# Oasis Aquariums — Full Product Reference
> Oasis Aquariums (oasisaquariums.com.au), operated by Oasis Aquariums Pty Ltd, is an online and in-store aquarium supplies shop at Shop 5/8 Maxwell Place, Narellan (Greater Sydney Area), NSW 2567, with delivery to every Australian state and territory. The catalogue lists 3,077 products across 34 categories from 64 brands: equipment and consumables for freshwater, planted, reef/marine and pond setups — aquariums and cabinets, filters and filter media, water conditioners and reef supplements, salt, fish and coral food, lighting, heating, pumps, dosing and top-off systems, test kits, medications, CO2, substrates and aquascaping hardscape. Prices are in Australian dollars (AUD) and include GST.
This is the companion to https://oasisaquariums.com.au/llms.txt. It holds the complete product descriptions (usage, dosing, key features and specifications) for every product whose description has been finalised, grouped by brand and then category. Generated 28 October 2026 from the WooCommerce catalogue export of 26 October 2026; prices and stock levels change, so the linked product page is the source of truth.
Store facts:
- Registered business: OASIS AQUARIUMS PTY LTD · ABN 30 660 265 752 · ACN 660 265 752
- Brand / store name: Oasis Aquariums · Website (retail ecommerce): https://oasisaquariums.com.au/
- Address: Shop 5/8 Maxwell Place, Narellan (Greater Sydney Area), NSW 2567, Australia (returns are sent to this address)
- Phone: (02) 9100 0886 · international +61 2 9100 0886 (+61291000886)
- WhatsApp: +61291000886 · https://wa.me/61291000886
- Email: angus@oasisaquariums.com.au (also see the Contact Us page, https://oasisaquariums.com.au/contact-us/)
- Trading hours: Wednesday to Friday 10:00am–5:30pm; Saturday and Sunday 10:00am–4:00pm; Tuesday closed. Monday is not listed as a trading day, so call ahead before visiting early in the week.
- Local area: Narellan and the wider Macarthur region of South-West Sydney, including Camden, Oran Park, Harrington Park, Gregory Hills, Mount Annan, Smeaton Grange, Spring Farm, Elderslie, Currans Hill and Campbelltown.
- Delivery: Australia-wide to all states and territories; no international shipping. Shipping cost is calculated at checkout from product size, weight and delivery address. Orders are dispatched within 1–2 business days, then take 2–6 business days in transit.
- Returns: no refunds for change of mind or for choosing the wrong item; used products cannot be returned or exchanged; faulty products are eligible for a refund, exchange or store credit.
- Pricing: AUD, GST inclusive. Product pages show the current price, the RRP where discounted, stock status and an estimated delivery window.
- Largest ranges: Aquael (498 listings), Seachem family (305 listings across Seachem, Aquavitro and Seachem Pond), Quantum (245), Aqua Medic, Aqua One, Fluval, Aqua-Pics, New Life Spectrum, Dainichi, Hikari and JBL.
- Social: Facebook https://www.facebook.com/oasis.aquariums · Instagram https://instagram.com/oasisaquariums · Pinterest https://au.pinterest.com/oasisaquariums/ · Threads https://www.threads.com/@oasisaquariums · YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@OasisAquariums
## Store pages and policies
- [Home](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/): Store home page: featured products, main navigation (Aquariums; Freshwater Aquarium Supplies; Saltwater Aquarium Supplies; Aquarium Supplies) and store contact details.
- [Shop — all products](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shop/): The full catalogue (3,077 products). Filter by category, brand and price; sort by popularity, average rating, latest or price.
- [Contact Us](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/contact-us/): Address, phone, email, trading hours, map and ABN.
- [Shipping and Return Policy](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shipping-and-return-policy/): Primary delivery and returns policy (updated August 2026). Ships to all Australian states and territories; shipping calculated at checkout by size, weight and location; dispatch within 1–2 business days, then 2–6 business days in transit; some brands of aquariums and stands ship nationwide while others ship within NSW only; no international shipping. No refunds for change of mind or incorrect selection; used items not accepted; faulty items qualify for refund, exchange or store credit; customers may need to cover return postage.
- [Refund & Returns](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/refund-returns/): General refund terms: condition requirements for returned items, non-returnable goods, how refunds are processed and gift returns. Where it differs from the Shipping and Return Policy, the Shipping and Return Policy is the more recently updated page.
- [Privacy Policy](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/privacy-policy/): What personal information is collected (name, contact, delivery and order details), how it is used, cookies, and a commitment not to sell or rent personal information.
- [Security and Data Retention](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/security-and-data-retention/): How customer data is protected: card details are not stored (payments go through third-party payment providers), SSL, restricted access, retention only as long as needed, and breach response.
- [My Account](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/my-account/): Customer login and registration, order history, addresses and account details.
## Services and product ranges
What the store supplies, in its own words (the same summary appears on its Facebook page):
- **Aquarium Lighting** — LED lights for planted, reef and community tanks from Aquael, Fluval, Red Sea and Maxspect, plus retrofit tubes and light bars.
- **Aquascaping, CO2 & Substrates** (freshwater, saltwater and marine aquariums and fish tanks) — Aquasoil, gravel, sand, dry rock, driftwood, CO2 kits and aquascaping tools for planted tanks and reef scapes.
- **Marine Salt & RO/DI Water** — Reef salt from Red Sea, Aquaforest and Tropic Marin, plus RO/DI units, membranes and resin for pure top-up water.
- **Pumps, Wavemakers & Air Pumps** for aquariums — Return pumps, wavemakers, powerheads, dosing pumps and air pumps, with spare impellers, tubing and parts kept in stock.
- **Heating & Cooling** for aquariums and tanks — Heaters, thermostats and cooling fans that hold a stable water temperature in tanks from 10 to 1,000 litres.
- **Water Testing** for aquarium, fish tank and pond water — Test kits, digital meters and refractometers from API, Hanna, Red Sea, JBL and Salifert for pH, KH, nitrate, phosphate and salinity.
- **Reef Supplements & Water Conditioners** (aquariums and home ponds) — Seachem, Red Sea, Quantum and Aquavitro additives: calcium, alkalinity, magnesium, trace elements, conditioners and bacteria starters.
- **Fish, Coral & Reptile Food** (freshwater, saltwater and marine aquariums and fish tanks) — Hikari, New Life Spectrum, Dainichi and frozen foods for tropical fish, goldfish, cichlids, marine fish, corals, shrimp and turtles.
- **Filters & Filter Media** for aquarium tanks — Canister, hang-on and internal filters plus sponges, ceramic rings, carbon and phosphate media for freshwater and marine tanks.
- **Aquariums & Cabinets** (fish tanks) — Glass and rimless aquariums from nano to 4 ft with matching cabinets. Aqua One, Aquael and more, in store at Narellan or shipped Australia-wide.
## Frequently asked questions
- [Where is Oasis Aquariums located?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/contact-us/): Shop 5/8 Maxwell Place, Narellan (Greater Sydney Area), NSW 2567, Australia. Phone (02) 9100 0886; email angus@oasisaquariums.com.au.
- [What are the opening hours?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/contact-us/): Wednesday to Friday 10am–5:30pm and Saturday to Sunday 10am–4pm. Closed Tuesdays. Monday is not listed as a trading day, so call ahead.
- [How can I contact Oasis Aquariums?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/contact-us/): Phone (02) 9100 0886 (international +61 2 9100 0886), WhatsApp +61291000886 (https://wa.me/61291000886) or email angus@oasisaquariums.com.au.
- [Who operates the store?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/contact-us/): OASIS AQUARIUMS PTY LTD (ABN 30 660 265 752, ACN 660 265 752), trading as Oasis Aquariums.
- [Does Oasis Aquariums deliver Australia-wide?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shipping-and-return-policy/): Yes, to all Australian states and territories. There is no international shipping.
- [How much does shipping cost?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shipping-and-return-policy/): It is calculated at checkout from the size and weight of the products and the delivery address. No flat rate or free-shipping threshold is published.
- [How long does delivery take?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shipping-and-return-policy/): Orders are dispatched within 1–2 business days, then usually arrive 2–6 business days after dispatch depending on location. Each product page also shows an estimated delivery window.
- [Can aquariums and cabinets be delivered?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shipping-and-return-policy/): Some brands of aquariums and stands can be shipped nationwide and others within NSW only. Contact the store to confirm delivery for a specific tank or cabinet before ordering.
- [Can I return something if I change my mind?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shipping-and-return-policy/): No. Change-of-mind returns and wrong selections are not refunded, and used products cannot be returned or exchanged. Faulty products are eligible for a refund, exchange or store credit; contact the store first on (02) 9100 0886.
- [Are prices in Australian dollars and do they include GST?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/shop/): Yes. All prices are in AUD and include GST.
- [Does Oasis Aquariums stock Seachem?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/): Yes, a large Seachem range with 305 listings: Seachem (272), Aquavitro by Seachem (17) and Seachem Pond (16), covering Prime, Stability, Matrix, Purigen, Flourish, Reef supplements, Tidal filters and more, often in sizes up to bulk 4 L, 20 L and drum formats.
- [Does the store sell reef and marine supplies?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/): Yes: reef salts, reef supplements (Red Sea, Triton, Quantum, Coral Essentials, Seachem Reef, Tropic Marin, Fauna Marin), protein skimmers, wavemakers, dosing pumps, ATO systems, RO/DI units, reef rock and sand, coral food and reef lighting.
- [Does the store sell planted-tank supplies?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/): Yes: CO2 regulators and diffusers, fertilisers (Seachem Flourish, Easy-Life, API Leaf Zone), aqua soils (Flourite, Fluval Stratum, JBL ProScape, Nisso, Nature Soil), planted LED lighting (Chihiros, Fluval Plant 4.0, Aquael) and aquascaping tools.
- [Does the store sell pond products?](https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/): Yes: Seachem Pond Prime, Pond Stability, Pond Matrix and Pond Salt, pond treatments, koi and pond-fish food (Dainichi, Hikari) and pond blocks.
## Seachem products (Seachem, Aquavitro by Seachem, Seachem Pond)
### Seachem — Additives & Supplements
#### Seachem Acid Buffer 300g
Non-Phosphate pH & Carbonate Hardness Reducer for Protecting Plant Health by Controlling Alkalinity of Freshwater & Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-acid-buffer-300g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724990-246 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116024600
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Acid-Buffer-300g.jpg
Seachem Acid Buffer 300g (SKU: 724990-246) is a non-phosphate dry buffer formulated to lower pH and regulate alkalinity in freshwater and planted aquariums. Lowering pH with traditional phosphate-based chemicals often leads to high phosphate levels and severe algae outbreaks. Acid Buffer offers a safe, phosphate-free alternative that drops pH smoothly while protecting plant health.
Acid Buffer works by breaking down carbonate hardness (KH), converting it into free carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) that aquatic plants can readily absorb. When used in combination with Seachem Alkaline Buffer, it gives aquarists full control over both pH and alkalinity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Alkalinity Reduction:** Lowers high alkalinity and pH in hard tap water supplies.
- **Acidophile Maintenance:** Maintains soft, low-pH water parameters required by sensitive freshwater species.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1/4 teaspoon (2 g) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily until reaching the target pH level.
- Pre-mix into top-off or water change water to avoid sudden parameter changes in the display tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-Free Safety:** Prevents unwanted algae blooms while lowering pH.
- **Produces Usable Carbon Dioxide:** Converts KH into dissolved CO2, enhancing plant growth.
- **Flexible Target Ratios:** Combines with Alkaline Buffer to dial in precise pH targets.
- **Economical Powder:** Concentrated formula provides extended treatment capacity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724990-246 (Internal ID: 130736)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116024600
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioner > pH Decreaser
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 360 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Planted & Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 12,000 litres (3,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Acid Buffer 600g
High-Capacity pH Lowering & Alkalinity Control Supplement Reduces KH In Large Freshwater Systems & Gives Natural Boost to Aquatic Shrubs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-acid-buffer-600g/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724991-243 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116024303
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Acid-Buffer-600g.jpg
Seachem Acid Buffer 600g (SKU: 724991-243) is an economical, high-capacity non-phosphate chemical buffer designed to reduce pH and lower carbonate hardness (KH) in large freshwater systems. Hard municipal water supplies often contain high levels of carbonates that keep pH above preferred levels. Acid Buffer allows aquarists to gently reduce pH without introducing phosphates that stimulate algae growth.
In addition to adjusting pH, Acid Buffer converts carbonate alkalinity into bioavailable dissolved carbon dioxide (CO 2 ), giving a natural boost to aquatic plants & shrubs. Paired with Seachem Alkaline Buffer, it provides a complete water treatment system for custom pH maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Soft-Water Aquariums:** Ideal for large aquariums holding South American, Southeast Asian, or discus species.
- **Hard Water Conditioning:** Effectively lowers elevated pH and KH levels in hard municipal tap water.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1/4 teaspoon (2 g) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily until desired pH is attained.
- Check pH and KH levels regularly using accurate test kits during adjustment periods.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Algae-Safe Formula:** 100% free of phosphates, keeping aquascapes clean and clear.
- **CO2 Generation:** Converts carbonate ions into dissolved carbon dioxide for plant photosynthesis.
- **System Integration:** Integrates with Seachem Alkaline Buffer for precise water chemistry tuning.
- **Cost-Effective Bulk Size:** 600g tub offers low cost per treatment for medium to large setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724991-243 (Internal ID: 130737)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116024303
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioner > pH Decreaser
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 680 g
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 600 g treats up to 24,000 litres (6,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Acid Buffer 70g
Non-Phosphate pH Lowering & Alkalinity Adjuster Needed for Soft-Water Fish Species in Freshwater Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-acid-buffer-70g/
- Price: $9.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724989-244 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116024402
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724989-244-1.png
Seachem Acid Buffer 70g (SKU: 724989-244) is a non-phosphate buffer designed to lower pH and convert carbonate alkalinity (KH) into available carbon dioxide (CO₂) in freshwater aquariums. Many soft-water fish species (such as tetras, angelfish, and South American cichlids) require acidic conditions to thrive. Acid Buffer provides a safe method to lower pH without introducing phosphates that cause algae blooms.
Seachem Acid Buffer 70g comes in a compact pack, which is ideal for fish species that prefer acidic to slightly acidic water, helping recreate natural soft-water conditions without introducing phosphates that can contribute to algae growth. The buffer allows controlled pH adjustment and can be used daily until the desired pH level is reached. It may also be used alongside Seachem Alkaline Buffer for more precise pH management when required.
As Acid Buffer lowers alkalinity, it converts carbonate ions into dissolved carbon dioxide gas, providing a secondary benefit by supplying usable CO₂ to aquatic plants. When used alongside Seachem Alkaline Buffer, it allows aquarists to set and maintain target pH levels between 5.0 and 8.0.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Acidic Environment Setup:** Ideal for creating soft, low-pH conditions for Amazonian community tanks and soft-water fish.
- **Carbon Dioxide Conversion:** Converts existing carbonates into dissolved carbon dioxide for plant uptake.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1/4 teaspoon (approx. 2 g) for every 80 L (20 US gallons) daily until the target pH is reached. Dissolve before adding, or add directly to high-flow areas.
- Combine with Seachem Alkaline Buffer according to the targeted ratio chart for stable, fixed pH levels. Monitor pH regularly using a reliable test kit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-Free Formula:** Safely lowers pH without feeding nuisance algae growth. Seachem Acid Buffer has a phosphate-free formulation, which reduces the algae-bloom risk in aquarium waters.
- **Generates Plant-Available CO₂:** Converts carbonate hardness into carbon dioxide to support plant health and helps maintain stable acidic water conditions
- **Synergistic System:** Pairs with Alkaline Buffer for predictable, fixed pH ratios. Compatible with Seachem Alkaline Buffer for fine-tuning pH levels.
- **Ideal for Soft-Water Species:** Helps replicate soft, acidic natural river habitats. Suitable for soft-water and acid-loving species (such as tetras, angelfish, and South American cichlids).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724989-244 (Internal ID: 130735)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116024402
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioner > pH Decreaser
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 95 g
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Target Environment:** Soft-Water & Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 70 g treats up to 2,800 Litres (700 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Acid Regulator 1kg
High-Capacity Acidic Buffer & Dechlorinator.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-acid-regulator-1kg/
- Price: $48.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725039-77 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116007702
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Acid-Regulator-1kg.jpg
Seachem Acid Regulator 1kg (SKU: 725039-77) provides high-capacity pH regulation and water softening for large display aquariums and multi-tank setups. It lowers pH into the acidic 4.5–6.8 range while precipitating calcium and magnesium minerals to create soft-water conditions.
This 1 kg container also acts as a complete water conditioner, removing chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia from municipal water supplies. Paired with Seachem Neutral Regulator, it allows aquarists to dial in custom pH parameters across large systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Volume Systems:** Designed for large Amazonian displays, community setups, and breeding facilities.
- **Bulk Water Conditioning:** Used in aging barrels or water storage reservoirs to prepare tap water for water changes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until the target pH is established.
- Pre-dissolve in change water prior to adding to the main system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Yield Acidic Buffer:** Holds pH securely within the 4.5 to 6.8 range across large volumes.
- **Softens Hard Water:** Precipitates divalent cations to lower General Hardness (GH).
- **Multi-Toxin Neutraliser:** Removes chlorine, chloramines, and detoxifies ammonia in tap water.
- **1 kg Economy Packaging:** Cost-effective size for multi-tank maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725039-77 (Internal ID: 130755)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116007702
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Lowering Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 105 mm (L) × 105 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Acidic & Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Acid Regulator 250g
pH Lowering Buffer & Tap Water Dechlorinator.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-acid-regulator-250g/
- Price: $17.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725037-76 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116007603
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Acid-Regulator-250g.jpg
Seachem Acid Regulator 250g (SKU: 725037-76) offers complete pH adjustment and tap water conditioning for medium-sized freshwater aquariums. It lowers pH into the acidic spectrum (4.5–6.8) while reducing general hardness by precipitating calcium and magnesium out of solution.
This 250g bottle neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia, preparing tap water for soft-water aquatic species. Combined with Seachem Neutral Regulator, it enables precise control over target pH parameters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Maintenance:** Added during water changes to reduce tap water pH and hardness.
- **Acidophile Care:** Keeps water parameters suited for soft-water community fish.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until reaching target pH.
- Pre-mix into replacement water containers prior to dosing into the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precise Acidic Control:** Lowers and buffers pH within the 4.5 to 6.8 range.
- **Water Softening Capacity:** Binds divalent cations to reduce total hardness.
- **Tap Water Conditioning:** Eliminates chlorine, breaks chloramine bonds, and detoxifies ammonia.
- **Phosphate Buffer Base:** Protects against sudden pH drops in active bio-systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725037-76 (Internal ID: 130753)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116007603
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Lowering Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Acidic & Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Acid Regulator 500g
Mid-Size pH Lowering & Water Softening Buffer.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-acid-regulator-500g/
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725038-73 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116007306
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Acid-Regulator-500g.jpg
Seachem Acid Regulator 500g (SKU: 725038-73) is a dry buffer engineered to lower pH and soften water in larger freshwater aquariums. It adjusts pH into the 4.5 to 6.8 range while precipitating dissolved calcium and magnesium to lower overall water hardness.
Formulated to double as a complete tap water conditioner, Acid Regulator neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia during water changes. The 500g size provides sustained buffering capacity for aquarists managing medium-to-large setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-to-Large Setups:** Suitable for freshwater aquariums requiring regular soft, acidic water adjustments.
- **Conditioning Hard Tap Water:** Applied during water changes to soften hard tap water and lower pH.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until desired pH is attained.
- Dissolve completely in replacement water before adding to the display tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad Acidic Range:** Adjusts and holds pH anywhere between 4.5 and 6.8.
- **Hardness Precipitation:** Binds calcium and magnesium to soften hard water.
- **Integrated Water Safety:** Neutralises chlorine, chloramine, and ammonia in incoming tap water.
- **Extended Volume:** 500g container covers extensive water volume needs over time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725038-73 (Internal ID: 130754)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116007306
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Lowering Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 85 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 570 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Acidic & Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Acid Regulator 50g
Phosphate-Based pH Lowering Buffer and Dechlorinator.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-acid-regulator-50g/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725036-74 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116007405
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Acid-Regulator-50g.jpg
Seachem Acid Regulator 50g (SKU: 725036-74) is a dry buffer formulated to lower pH, soften water, and neutralise harmful tap water disinfectants in freshwater aquariums. It adjusts pH into the acidic range (4.5 to 6.8) while precipitating calcium and magnesium ions to lower overall water hardness.
Seachem Acid Regulator is a safe and effective solution for lowering and stabilising pH in freshwater aquariums, ideal for species that thrive in acidic environments. With a dose rate of 1 teaspoon (5 grams) per 40 litres, it is available in Australia in sizes ranging from 50 g to 1 kg, making it suitable for tanks of all sizes. In addition to adjusting pH, Acid Regulator neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and toxic ammonia found in tap water. When combined with Seachem Neutral Regulator or Alkaline Regulator, it allows aquarists to target and stabilise specific pH levels for soft-water setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft-Water Habitats:** Ideal for establishing low pH parameters for South American tetras, gouramis, and dwarf cichlids.
- **pH Adjustments:** Applied during routine water changes to lower high tap water pH safely.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until the target pH is achieved.
- Dissolve powder in fresh replacement water before adding to the tank. Use as needed to maintain target pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adjusts & Locks Acidic pH:** Lowers pH and holds it within the 4.5 to 6.8 range.
- **Water Softening Action:** Binds calcium and magnesium to lower General Hardness (GH).
- **Dechlorinates Tap Water:** Neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia on contact.
- **Custom Ratio Support:** Pairs with Neutral Regulator to target specific custom pH values.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725036-74 (Internal ID: 130752)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116007405
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Lowering Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 75 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Acidic & Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 g treats up to 400 Litres (100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Buffer 1.2 Kg
Phosphate-Free Buffer Salt To Raise pH & Carbonate Alkalinity (KH) in Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-buffer-1-2-kg/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725181-237 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116023702
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Alkaline-Buffer-1.2-Kg.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Buffer 1.2Kg (SKU: 725181-237) is a phosphate-free powdered buffer designed to raise pH and carbonate alkalinity (KH) in freshwater aquariums. Unlike competing buffers that rely on sodium phosphate salts, Alkaline Buffer uses a phosphate-free blend of bicarbonate and carbonate salts. This raises buffering capacity without fueling unwanted algae growth in planted or community tanks.
Designed to raise pH safely between 7.2 and 8.5, Alkaline Buffer works ideal alongside Seachem Acid Buffer to target precise pH values. The 1.2kg jar provides long-term value for hobbyists with large planted tanks, community aquariums, or livebearer setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Phosphate-Free pH Elevation:** Raises pH and KH without introducing algae-fueling phosphates.
- **Targeted Freshwater Buffering:** Paired with Acid Buffer to establish exact target pH levels (e.g., pH 7.0).
- **Livebearer Habitat Conditioning:** Elevates carbonate hardness for Guppies, Platies, Mollies, and Swordtails.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 6 g (1 level teaspoon) per 80 L daily until desired pH and alkalinity are achieved.
- **Targeting pH 7.0:** Use 1 part Acid Buffer to 2 parts Alkaline Buffer dissolved in fresh makeup water.
- **Dissolution Protocol:** Pre-dissolve required powder in a bucket of fresh water before adding to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100% Phosphate-Free Formulation:** Elevates KH and pH without triggering algae outbreaks.
- **Customizable Buffer Ratio:** Pair with Acid Buffer to set precise pH targets from 6.0 to 8.0.
- **Safe Carbonate Hardness Support:** Protects aquatic life against sudden pH crashes.
- **Value 1.2kg Jar:** Generous quantity for maintaining medium-to-large freshwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725181-237
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116023702
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Freshwater Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 104.83 mm (L) × 104.83 mm (W) × 216.48 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,540 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,200 g (1.2 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted & Community Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1.2 kg treats up to 16,000 Litres (4,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Buffer 300g
Non-Phosphate pH & Carbonate Hardness Stabiliser For Raising pH & Alkalinity of Water In Planted & Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-buffer-300g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724987-236 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116023603
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Alkaline-Buffer-300g.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Buffer 300g (SKU: 724987-236) is a non-phosphate buffer designed to raise pH and carbonate hardness (KH) safely in planted and freshwater aquariums. Because phosphate buffers can cause severe algae problems in illuminated planted displays, Alkaline Buffer uses a phosphate-free chemistry to buffer water between 7.2 and 8.5 effectively.
This 300g tub provides long-term buffering for home aquariums using reverse osmosis (RO) water or soft municipal water. When paired with Seachem Acid Buffer, aquarists can establish exact target ratios to replicate natural aquatic environments ranging from acidic community tanks to alkaline river systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO/DI Water Re-mineralisation:** Rebuilds necessary KH in purified water setups.
- **pH Maintenance:** Prevents natural acidification caused by organic waste breakdown in active aquariums.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Use 1 teaspoon (6 g) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily to gradually elevate pH and carbonate hardness.
- Blend with Seachem Acid Buffer according to the manufacturer's ratio chart for specific target pH values.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Algae-Safe Formulation:** Contains zero phosphates, protecting planted systems from unwanted algae.
- **Reliable KH Elevating:** Protects aquarium inhabitants by locking in stable carbonate hardness.
- **Customizable Target pH:** Pairs with Seachem Acid Buffer to achieve precise pH values.
- **Dissolves Quickly:** Fine dry powder dissolves rapidly in tap or RO water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724987-236 (Internal ID: 130733)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116023603
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioner / KH & pH Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 360 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Planted & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Buffer 600g
High-Capacity Carbonate Hardness & pH Controller for Increasing Alkalinity of Freshwater & Planted Aquarium Water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-buffer-600g/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724988-233 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116023306
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Alkaline-Buffer-600g.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Buffer 600g (SKU: 724988-233) is an economical, high-capacity non-phosphate buffer formulated to increase pH and carbonate hardness (KH) in medium to large freshwater aquariums. In heavily stocked or heavily planted aquariums, biological filtration continuously consumes alkalinity, leading to gradual pH drops. Alkaline Buffer restores lost carbonate hardness to keep water chemistry stable.
Unlike traditional phosphate buffers, Alkaline Buffer does not contribute to nuisance algae growth, making it suitable for aquascapes and tanks with high lighting. When combined with Seachem Acid Buffer, it allows aquarists to fine-tune pH values anywhere between 5.0 and 8.0.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Planted Tanks:** Keeps KH stable in large planted aquariums without introducing excess phosphates.
- **High-Bio Load Aquariums:** Prevents acidification caused by heavy fish waste and biological filtration.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1 level teaspoon (6 g) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily until the target pH and KH are reached.
- Mix into replacement water during water changes to maintain constant water parameters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-Free Chemistry:** Eliminates algae risks linked to conventional phosphate-based buffers.
- **Restores Carbonate Hardness:** Replenishes consumed KH to protect fish from sudden pH shifts.
- **Fully Compatible:** Designed to work alongside Seachem Acid Buffer for custom pH targeting.
- **Bulk Value:** 600g container provides long-lasting maintenance for multiple or large aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724988-233 (Internal ID: 130734)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116023306
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioner / KH & pH Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 680 g
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 600 g treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Buffer 70g
Phosphate-Free Carbonate Hardness (KH), pH & Alkalinity Increaser for planted aquariums with delicate aquatic species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-buffer-70g/
- Price: $9.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724986-234 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116023405
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Alkaline-Buffer-70g.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Buffer 70g (SKU: 724986-234) is a non-phosphate buffer designed to raise pH and alkalinity (carbonate hardness / KH) in freshwater aquariums. Phosphate-based buffers can trigger stubborn nuisance algae growth in planted tanks or aquariums with high lighting. Alkaline Buffer avoids this by using a soft sodium bicarbonate-based chemistry, making it ideal for planted aquariums and delicate species.
Seachem Alkaline Buffer is a phosphate-free solution designed to safely raise and stabilise pH in freshwater aquariums, ideal for species that thrive in alkaline environments. With a dose rate of 1 teaspoon (5 grams) per 80 litres, it ensures stable pH levels and can be used daily until the desired pH is reached.
Alkaline Buffer safely raises pH and stabilises it between 7.2 and 8.5. When used in combination with Seachem Acid Buffer, aquarists can target and maintain a specific pH value. This allows for precise control over water chemistry without risking sudden pH crashes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Tank Buffering:** Ideal for planted tanks where phosphate buffers could cause unwanted algae blooms.
- **Low KH Water Adjustment:** Perfect for raising carbonate hardness (KH) in soft tap water or reverse osmosis (RO) water.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **To raise pH:** Add 1 teaspoon (6 g) for every 80 L (20 US gallons) daily until desired pH is achieved.
- **To target a specific pH:** Combine with Seachem Acid Buffer following the ratio table provided on the product label.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100% Phosphate-Free:** Prevents algae issues commonly caused by phosphate-based buffers.
- **Precise Carbonate Buffering:** Increases KH to prevent dangerous pH crashes.
- **Synergistic System:** Works alongside Seachem Acid Buffer for custom target pH control.
- **Gentle on Livestock:** Gradually adjusts chemistry without shocking fish or aquatic plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724986-234 (Internal ID: 130732)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116023405
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioner / KH & pH Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 95 g
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Target Environment:** Planted Aquariums & Freshwater Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 70 g treats up to 930 litres (230 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Regulator 1kg
High-Capacity Alkaline Buffer & Water Conditioner For Large Tanks Housing African Cichlids, Livebearers, & Other Alkaline-Water Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-regulator-1kg/
- Price: $48.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725043-97 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116009706
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Alkaline-Regulator-1kg-1.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Regulator 1kg (SKU: 725043-97) provides high-capacity pH elevation and tap water conditioning for large display aquariums and multi-tank setups. It elevates pH into the 7.1–8.5 range while building carbonate hardness (KH) to buffer against organic acidification. Seachem Alkaline Regulator is designed to raise and stabilise pH in freshwater aquariums, creating ideal conditions for fish species that thrive in alkaline water. It buffers water chemistry to help prevent sudden pH fluctuations that can stress or harm aquatic life.
This 1 kg container also acts as a complete water conditioner, removing chlorine, chloramines, and toxic ammonia during tap water fills. Combined with Seachem Neutral Regulator, it enables precise target pH adjustments across large systems. This product is commonly used in aquariums housing African cichlids, livebearers, and other alkaline-water species. It can be dosed daily until the desired pH level is achieved, allowing controlled and gradual adjustment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Display Systems:** Best suited for high-volume community displays, livebearer aquariums, and fish rooms.
- **Bulk Tap Water Preparation:** Used in storage reservoirs to condition tap water prior to water changes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until desired pH is stabilised. Can be used daily until the desired pH is reached
- Pre-dissolve in replacement water prior to adding to the main system. Regular monitoring of water pH using a reliable test kit is recommended.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Yield Alkaline Buffer:** Maintains pH in the 7.1 to 8.5 range across large volumes.
- **Increases Carbonate Hardness:** Builds KH to shield against sudden pH drops.
- **Complete Tap Water Safety:** Removes chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia instantly.
- **1 kg Economy Size:** Designed for larger setups or long-term storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725043-97 (Internal ID: 130760)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116009706
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Elevating Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 105 mm (L) × 105 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Hard-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 8,000 Litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Regulator 250g
pH Elevating Buffer & Tap Water Conditioner Removes Chlorine, Chloramines, & Toxic Ammonia from Mid-Sized Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-regulator-250g/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725041-96 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116009607
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Alkaline-Regulator-250g.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Regulator 250g (SKU: 725041-96) offers complete pH elevation and tap water conditioning for medium-sized freshwater aquariums. It raises pH into the 7.1 to 8.5 spectrum while increasing alkalinity to buffer against organic acid buildup.
This 250g formula removes chlorine, chloramines, and toxic ammonia during routine water changes. Combined with Seachem Neutral Regulator, it allows precise control over target pH parameters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance:** Added during water changes to elevate pH and condition incoming tap water.
- **Hard-Water Fish Care:** Maintains suitable parameters for livebearers, Central American cichlids, and goldfish.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until desired pH is attained.
- Pre-dissolve in replacement water prior to adding to the main tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Alkaline pH Control:** Elevates and buffers pH within the 7.1 to 8.5 range.
- **Enhances Alkalinity:** Increases KH reserve to guard against pH crashes.
- **Complete Water Conditioning:** Removes chlorine, chloramine, and detoxifies ammonia.
- **Phosphate Buffer Base:** Maintains stable water chemistry across varying bioloads.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725041-96 (Internal ID: 130758)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116009607
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Elevating Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Hard-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Regulator 500g
Mid-Size Alkaline pH Buffer & Water Conditioner For Tap Water In Larger Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-regulator-500g/
- Price: $28.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725042-93 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116009300
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Alkaline-Regulator-500g.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Regulator 500g (SKU: 725042-93) is designed to raise pH, build alkalinity, and condition tap water in larger freshwater aquariums. It adjusts pH into the 7.1 to 8.5 range, establishing a carbonate buffer that protects livestock from acidic drops.
Formulated to act as a complete tap water conditioner, Alkaline Regulator neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia upon contact. The 500g size provides sustained buffering capacity for active community tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-to-Large Systems:** Suitable for aquariums requiring ongoing alkaline pH adjustments.
- **Tap Water Conditioning:** Applied during routine water changes to buffer low-pH tap water.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until reaching target pH.
- Dissolve in fresh change water before introducing it to the display system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks Alkaline pH:** Holds pH steadily in the 7.1 to 8.5 range.
- **Builds Carbonate Reserve:** Increases KH to maintain water parameter stability.
- **Triple Action Detoxification:** Eliminates chlorine, breaks chloramines, and detoxifies ammonia.
- **Cost-Effective Packaging:** 500g container covers extensive water volume needs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725042-93 (Internal ID: 130759)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116009300
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Elevating Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 85 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 570 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Hard-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Alkaline Regulator 50g
Alkaline pH Buffer & Dechlorinator for Small Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-alkaline-regulator-50g/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725040-94 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116009409
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Alkaline-Regulator-50g.jpg
Seachem Alkaline Regulator 50g (SKU: 725040-94) is a dry buffer formulated to raise pH, increase alkalinity, and neutralise tap water disinfectants in small freshwater aquariums. It adjusts pH into the alkaline range (7.1 to 8.5) while building carbonate hardness to prevent acidic pH drops.
Seachem Alkaline Regulator is designed to raise and stabilise pH in freshwater aquariums, creating ideal conditions for fish species that thrive in alkaline water. It buffers water chemistry to help prevent sudden pH fluctuations that can stress or harm aquatic life.
This product is commonly used in aquariums housing African cichlids, livebearers, and other alkaline-water species. Dose daily until you reach the desired pH for controlled, gradual adjustment.
Alkaline Regulator also neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and toxic ammonia found in tap water. When paired with Seachem Neutral Regulator, it allows aquarists to dial in specific pH targets for alkaline-loving species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Alkaline Community Tanks:** Ideal for livebearers, rainbowfish, and hard-water cichlids requiring a pH above 7.0.
- **Tap Water Preparation:** Used during water changes to raise low pH and condition tap water.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until the target pH is reached (Can be used daily until the desired pH is reached).
- Dissolve powder in fresh replacement water before pouring into the tank. Always monitor water pH consistently using a reliable test kit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adjusts to Alkaline pH:** Elevates and buffers pH within the 7.1 to 8.5 range. Raises and stabilises pH in freshwater aquariums.
- **Boosts Carbonate Hardness:** Increases KH to buffer against organic pH drops. Buffers water chemistry to prevent sudden pH swings
- **Dechlorinates Tap Water:** Neutralises chlorine, breaks chloramines, and detoxifies ammonia.
- **Custom Ratio System:** Pairs with Neutral Regulator for custom pH targeting. Allows gradual and controlled pH adjustment. Easy to dose and monitor
- Supports healthy conditions for alkaline-water fish. Suitable for African cichlids, livebearers, and similar species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725040-94 (Internal ID: 130757)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116009409
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Elevating Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 75 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Hard-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 g treats up to 400 Litres (100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem American Cichlid Salt 250 G
Mineral Salt Mix To Mimic Habitat of South & Central American Rivers For Aquariums With Cichlids, Angelfish, Discus, Oscars, Etc.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-american-cichlid-salt-250-g/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725153-1466 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116146609
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-American-Cichlid-Salt-250-G.jpg
Seachem American Cichlid Salt 250g (SKU: 725153-1466) is a specialised mineral salt blend designed to replicate the natural water chemistry of Central and South American river systems. Unlike African Rift Lake salts, which create high GH and pH, this formula provides balanced levels of calcium, magnesium, sodium, and potassium tailored for American cichlids.
The 250g jar is sized for maintaining home cichlid aquariums. Regular dosing supports natural osmoregulation, strengthens slime coat health, and reduces stress in species such as Angelfish, Discus, Oscars, and Firemouths.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **American Cichlid Water Conditioning:** Conditions water for Oscars, Severums, Angelfish, and Dwarf Cichlids.
- **Re-Mineralizing RO Water:** Restores essential electrolytes to soft or purified reverse osmosis water.
- **Reducing Fish Stress:** Supports natural fluid balance during water changes and quarantine periods.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **South American Species:** Dissolve 2.5 g (1/2 teaspoon) per 110 L of water to match soft river environments.
- **Central American Species:** Dissolve 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 110 L of water for hardier species.
- **Mixing Tip:** Dissolve powder completely in a bucket of fresh water before adding to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replicates Native River Chemistry:** Formulated for Central and South American river habitats.
- **Supports Osmotic Balance:** Helps fish maintain proper fluid balance to minimise stress.
- **Enhances Slime Coat Protection:** Promotes healthy skin mucus barriers to resist pathogens.
- **Convenient 250g Jar:** Sized for home aquarium maintenance routines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725153-1466
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116146609
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Cichlid Salts
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 134.53 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 330 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Central & South American Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 11,000 Litres (2,750 US gallons), depending on target species
---
#### Seachem American Cichlid Salt 4 Kg
Bulk Mineral Buffer for Central & South American Cichlid, Oscar, Severum, Jack Dempsey, & Cichlasoma In Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-american-cichlid-salt-4-kg/
- Price: $189.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725154-1469 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116146906
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-American-Cichlid-Salt-4-Kg.jpg
Seachem American Cichlid Salt 4Kg (SKU: 725154-1469) is a bulk mineral salt formulation designed to recreate the natural water conditions of Central and South American rivers in large display tanks and commercial facilities. Unlike African Rift Lake salts that create hard, alkaline conditions, American Cichlid Salt supplies precise ratios of calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium tailored for species like Oscars, Severums, Jack Dempseys, and Cichlasoma.
The 4kg tub offers high-capacity value for large display aquariums, maintenance routines, and breeding operations. Regular dosing improves osmoregulation, reduces stress, and enhances natural slime coat protection in valuable specimen fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Cichlid Displays:** Conditions large volumes of tap or RO water for Central/South American cichlid tanks.
- **Commercial Cichlid Breeding:** Establishes ideal ionic water parameters to promote spawning.
- **Stress Reduction:** Aids fish recovery following transport, netting, or routine tank maintenance.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **South American Dose:** Dissolve 2.5 g per 110 L for soft river habitat species (e.g., Angelfish, Discus).
- **Central American Dose:** Dissolve 5 g per 110 L for hardier species (e.g., Oscars, Jack Dempseys).
- **Application:** Pre-dissolve required salt in warm water prior to adding to the aquarium or sump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tailored Ionic Balance:** Recreates natural mineral ratios of Central and South American waters.
- **Commercial 4kg Value:** High-yield bucket designed for high-volume aquariums.
- **Reduces Metabolic Stress:** Aids osmoregulation to keep fish active and healthy.
- **Protects Skin & Mucus Layers:** Supports natural slime coat formation to defend against pathogens.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725154-1469
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116146906
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Cichlid Salts
- **Package Dimensions:** 213.07 mm (L) × 213.07 mm (W) × 188.54 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5,170 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Central & South American Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg of treats for up to 176,000 Litres (44,000 US gallons), depending on target species
---
#### Seachem American Cichlid Salt 50 G
Electrolyte & Mineral Mix To Replicate Central & South American River Habitat in Freshwater Tanks For Cichlid Fish Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-american-cichlid-salt-50-g/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725152-1464 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116146401
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-American-Cichlid-Salt-50-G.jpg
Seachem American Cichlid Salt 50g (SKU: 725152-1464) is a specialised blend of mineral salts designed to replicate the natural water chemistry of Central and South American river habitats. While African Rift Lake cichlids require extremely hard, alkaline water, American cichlids thrive in environments with specific ratios of calcium, magnesium, sodium, and potassium. American Cichlid Salt is a chemically sound blend of salts designed to replicate the natural environment of American Cichlids. It contains all physiologically essential elements such as magnesium, calcium, sodium, potassium, and includes trace components such as iron, aluminium, and iodide. This salt mix replicates these mineral profiles without raising total hardness or pH to inappropriate levels.
American Cichlid Salt is formulated so that dosages vary depending on the species' origin and need only be added when setting up an aquarium or with water changes. The 50g container is sized for small tanks or initial dosing experiments. Regular use supports osmoregulation, strengthens slime coat health, and reduces stress in species such as Angelfish, Oscars, Severums, and Dwarf Apistogramma cichlids.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **American Cichlid Habitat Replicas:** Establishes correct mineral levels for South and Central American species.
- **RO Water Re-Mineralization:** Restores essential electrolytes to purified RO or soft tap water.
- **Osmoregulatory Stress Relief:** Aids fish recovery during water changes, quarantine, or disease treatment.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **South American Species (Angelfish, Discus, Apistogramma):** Add 2.5 g (1/2 teaspoon) per 110 L of water.
- **Central American Species (Oscars, Jack Dempseys):** Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 110 L of water.
- **Dissolution Tip:** Pre-dissolve the required salt amount in a bucket of fresh water before adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replicates Natural River Waters:** Blended to match ionic profiles of Central/South American waters.
- **Supports Osmoregulation:** Helps fish maintain fluid balance, reducing metabolic stress.
- **Safe Mineral Formula:** Restores essential calcium, magnesium, and sodium without extreme pH swings.
- **Targeted Small Dose:** Compact 50g size for small aquariums or trial conditioning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725152-1464
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116146401
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Cichlid Salts
- **Package Dimensions:** 38.39 mm (L) × 38.39 mm (W) × 97.79 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 80 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Central & South American Cichlid Aquariums of Freshwater
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 g of treats up to 2,200 Litres (550 US gallons), depending on target species
---
#### Seachem Amguard 100 Ml
Fast-Acting Emergency Ammonia(NH₃) Detoxifier For Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-amguard-100-ml/
- Price: $8.75 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725137-775 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116077507
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Amguard-100-Ml.jpg
Seachem Amguard 100mL (SKU: 725137-775) is an emergency liquid conditioner that neutralises toxic free ammonia (NH₃) in freshwater and marine aquariums. Ammonia spike emergencies occur rapidly during new aquarium cycling, filter failures, overfeeding, or livestock mortality. AmGuard reacts within minutes with free ammonia molecules, converting them into a safe, non-toxic organic salt complex that remains harmless for up to 72 hours.
AmGuard is a powerful liquid solution that quickly and safely detoxifies harmful free ammonia in aquariums, making it ideal for cycling tanks and emergencies. As the strongest binder available, its effects last for nearly 72 hours, converting ammonia into a safe form that the biofilter can easily remove without affecting important to use ammonia test kits that specifically measure free ammonia, like Ammonia Alert or MultiTest Free & Total Ammonia, because traditional kits can give false positives due to their high pH operation, where AmGuard is ineffective.
Unlike competing ammonia reducers that strip oxygen or alter water pH, Amguard is safe for all fish, invertebrates, corals, and nitrifying bacteria. The detoxified ammonia complex remains fully bioavailable to beneficial filter bacteria, allowing biological filtration to process the waste cleanly. Amguard will not interfere with salicylate-based ammonia test kits, such as Seachem MultiTest Ammonia, making it a reliable choice for emergency aquatic management.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Emergency Ammonia Spikes:** Rapidly detoxifies toxic free ammonia during biofilter failure or overfeeding.
- **New Aquarium Cycling:** Protects fish from ammonia toxicity while biological filtration establishes.
- **Livestock Transport & Shipping:** Prevents ammonia accumulation inside closed transport bags and containers.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of aquarium water daily to treat up to 1 mg/L (ppm) of free ammonia(NH₃).
- **Emergency High Ammonia:** Dose up to 5 times the standard amount (5 mL per 40 L) for free ammonia levels up to 5 mg/L.
- **Reapplication:** Repeat dosage every 48–72 hours until biological filtration reduces ammonia levels to zero.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast-Acting Action:** Neutralises lethal free ammonia (NH₃) within minutes of administration.
- **Extended 72-Hour Hold:** Binds ammonia safely for up to 3 days without leaching toxic molecules back into water.
- **Filter-Friendly Mechanism:** Converted ammonia remains accessible for nitrifying bacteria to process.
- **pH & Oxygen Neutral:** Will not depress dissolved oxygen levels or alter water pH values.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725137-775
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116077507
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 4,000 Litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Amguard 250 Ml
Liquid Ammonia Detoxifier & Water Conditioner For Freshwater & Saltwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-amguard-250-ml/
- Price: $18.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725138-776 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116077606
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Amguard-250-Ml.jpg
Seachem Amguard 250mL (SKU: 725138-776) is a liquid water conditioner engineered to neutralise toxic free ammonia (NH₃) in freshwater and saltwater systems. Free ammonia is a potent aquatic toxin that causes gill tissue damage, respiratory failure, and rapid livestock loss at concentrations as low as 0.05 mg/L. Amguard binds free ammonia rapidly, converting it into an inert, non-toxic amine compound that poses no risk to fish or invertebrates.
The 250mL bottle is sized for home aquarists maintaining medium to large aquariums. Amguard works effectively across all pH ranges and does not deplete dissolved oxygen levels or alter water temperature. The detoxified compound remains stable for up to 72 hours, giving biological filters ample time to break down organic waste naturally.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filter Downtime & Maintenance:** Protects aquatic life from ammonia accumulation during canister filter cleaning.
- **Unscheduled Livestock Mortality:** Neutralises ammonia generated by decaying organic material until removal.
- **New Setup Bio-Cycling:** Safeguards initial livestock additions during biological filter maturation.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Apply 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of water to safely detoxify 1 mg/L of free ammonia.
- **Monitoring Tip:** Use salicylate-based test kits or Seachem Ammonia Alert for accurate readings after dosing.
- **Safe Re-Dosing:** Safe to reapply every 48 hours if ammonia levels remain elevated above 0 mg/L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rapid Free Ammonia Neutralisation:** Inactivates free toxic ammonia within minutes of contact.
- **72-Hour Binding Stability:** Locks up toxic molecules long enough for biological filters to recover.
- **Preserves Oxygen Content:** Formulated without heavy reducers that strip oxygen from aquarium water.
- **Compatible with Beneficial Bacteria:** Supplies bound nitrogen directly to nitrifying bacterial colonies.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725138-776
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116077606
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 54.12 mm (L) × 54.12 mm (W) × 181.61 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 320 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 10,000 Litres (2,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Amguard 4 L
Bulk Bottle of Emergency Ammonia Detoxifier for Large & Commercial Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-amguard-4-l/
- Price: $135.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725139-779 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116077903
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Amguard-4-L.jpg
Seachem Amguard 4L (SKU: 725139-779) is a commercial-grade liquid ammonia detoxifier engineered for large-scale aquaculture facilities, public aquariums, retail fish stores, and high-volume aquarium maintenance setups. Ammonia toxicity is an immediate threat to aquatic life, causing rapid tissue corrosion and mortality. Amguard neutralises free ammonia (NH₃) on contact, transforming it into a stable, non-toxic compound that poses no danger to marine or freshwater life.
Packaged in an economical 4-litre container, Amguard 4L provides high-volume coverage for facility management and emergency response kit refills. It holds bound ammonia safely for up to 72 hours without stripping dissolved oxygen or causing pH drops, making it an essential safeguard for commercial aquatic operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial System Management:** Protects large retail fish systems during heavy livestock shipments.
- **Facility Emergency Response:** Rapidly controls sudden ammonia spikes caused by filtration system failures.
- **Centralised Biofilter Maintenance:** Safeguards large aquatic systems during bio-media replacement or cleaning.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Apply 5 mL per 200 L of system volume to detoxify 1 mg/L of free ammonia.
- **Commercial Application:** Measure required volume and pour directly into main sump intake or pump suction line.
- **Emergency Dosing:** Dose up to 5 times the standard rate (5 mL per 40 L) for severe ammonia spikes up to 5 mg/L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Commercial Economy:** 4-litre jug offers exceptional cost efficiency for large-scale applications.
- **Immediate Free Ammonia Neutralisation:** Neutralises toxic NH₃ within minutes of application.
- **Zero Oxygen Depletion:** Formulated to maintain stable dissolved oxygen levels even at high doses.
- **Safe for Nitrifying Bacteria:** Converted ammonia remains accessible to biofilters for processing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725139-779
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116077903
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 125.73 mm (L) × 192.06 mm (W) × 321.31 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,750 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Aquariums, Public Displays & Fish Rooms
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 160,000 Litres (40,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Amguard 500 Ml
High-Capacity Ammonia Binder for Freshwater & Marine Aquariums During Emergency.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-amguard-500-ml/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725136-773 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116077309
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Amguard-500-Ml.jpg
Seachem Amguard 500mL (SKU: 725136-773) provides powerful, high-capacity protection against ammonia toxicity in freshwater and marine aquariums. During unexpected biofilter failures, power outages, or accidental overfeeding, free ammonia levels can rise to lethal thresholds within hours. Amguard reacts directly with free ammonia (NH₃), transforming it into a stable, non-toxic complex that will not harm fish, plants, or delicate invertebrates.
The 500mL size is an essential emergency item for aquarium hobbyists, fish room owners, and maintenance technicians. It reacts quickly while remaining completely safe to dose up to 5 times the standard rate in severe emergency situations. Amguard does not impair biological filtration or deplete dissolved oxygen levels, ensuring stable water conditions during critical recovery periods.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filter Power Disruptions:** Neutralises accumulated ammonia after power outages interrupt filter flow.
- **Heavy Stocking Additions:** Prevents ammonia spikes when introducing multiple new fish to an aquarium.
- **Quarantine & Treatment Tanks:** Manages waste buildup in unsiphoned or unfiltered treatment systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of water to treat 1 mg/L (ppm) of free ammonia.
- **Heavy Spikes:** For higher ammonia levels, scale dosing linearly (e.g., 5 mL per 100 L for 2 mg/L ammonia).
- **Dosing Location:** Dispense directly into areas of active water movement, such as filter outlets or powerhead streams.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks Free Ammonia Harmlessly:** Rapidly converts NH₃ into a safe organic complex.
- **Long-Lasting 72-Hour Protection:** Keeps ammonia detoxified long enough for filtration recovery.
- **Non-Depleting Formula:** Will not strip oxygen from the water column or disturb pH levels.
- **Broad Ecosystem Safety:** Completely safe for delicate SPS/LPS corals, marine fish, and freshwater shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725136-773
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116077309
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 213.07 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 630 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 20,000 Litres (5,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Arowana Buffer 1 Kg
High-Yield Softwater pH Buffer For Large Aquariums Housing Arowanas, Rays & Predatory South American Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-arowana-buffer-1-kg/
- Price: $64.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725144-1227 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116122702
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Arowana-Buffer-1-Kg.jpg
Seachem Arowana Buffer 1Kg (SKU: 725144-1227) is a high-yield powdered buffer formulated to maintain a consistent acidic pH of 6.5 in large freshwater aquariums housing Arowanas, Rays, and predatory South American species. Large predatory fish generate high amounts of metabolic waste that can disrupt unbuffered soft water setups. Arowana Buffer provides robust buffering capacity at pH 6.5, preventing dangerous pH crashes while softening hard water.
Packaged in a 1kg tub, this buffer provides extended value for owners of large monster-fish aquariums. It incorporates protective conditioners that support health, improve skin sheen, and reduce stress during routine water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Softwater Systems:** Maintains a stable pH of 6.5 in monster fish aquariums over 500 litres.
- **High-Bioload Aquariums:** Stabilises water chemistry against waste accumulation from large predatory fish.
- **RO Water Re-Mineralization:** Works alongside trace minerals to condition pure reverse osmosis water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 7 g (1 teaspoon) per 40–80 L of water daily until water reaches pH 6.5.
- **Maintenance Dosage:** Apply with weekly water changes proportional to the volume of new water added.
- **Mixing Tip:** Dissolve powder thoroughly in a dedicated container prior to aquarium introduction.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precision pH 6.5 Control:** Maintains an optimal acidic environment for softwater species.
- **High Carbonate Neutralisation:** Lowers tap water hardness to match Amazonian habitat conditions.
- **Slime Layer Support:** Fortifies natural slime coat barriers on predatory fish.
- **1kg Bulk Tub:** Convenient size for maintaining large aquariums and multi-tank installations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725144-1227
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116122702
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 104.83 mm (L) × 104.83 mm (W) × 216.48 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,320 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater Softwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 6,000 Litres (1,600 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Arowana Buffer 250 G
Softwater pH Adjuster for Aquariums Housing Asian & South American Arowanas, Amazonian & Tropical Fish Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-arowana-buffer-250-g/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725143-1226 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116122603
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Arowana-Buffer-250-G.jpg
Seachem Arowana Buffer 250g (SKU: 725143-1226) is a targeted water buffer designed to establish a stable pH of 6.5 in aquariums housing Arowanas, Peacock Bass, and other softwater tropical fish species. In hard tap water environments, elevated pH and mineral hardness can cause chronic stress, dull colouration, and compromised immune response in Amazonian fish. Arowana Buffer neutralises alkalinity, bringing pH down to 6.5 while softening water chemistry. Furthermore, Arowana Buffer aids in bolstering the arowana's natural defences against infections, making it the preferred choice for conditioning their water.
The 250g container is sized for small-to-medium aquariums or initial water conditioning routines. Formulated to resist sudden pH fluctuations, Arowana Buffer also conditions the water to support mucosal coat development, reducing susceptibility to skin pathogens. Arowana Buffer effectively adjusts aquarium pH to the optimal 6.5 for Asian Arowanas, working from both acidic and alkaline starting points and sustaining it for several weeks. This buffer also safely softens water by removing excess calcium and magnesium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Change Conditioning:** Adjusts municipal tap water to pH 6.5 during routine maintenance.
- **Softwater Species Care:** Recreates soft, acidic river conditions for Arowanas, Stingrays, and Tetra species.
- **Acclimation Support:** Reduces osmotic shock when acclimating newly acquired softwater specimens.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Mix 7 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L of water daily until pH reaches 6.5.
- **Application Method:** Dissolve fully in a bucket of fresh water before adding to the aquarium.
- **pH Monitoring:** Measure pH using a calibrated digital meter or liquid test kit before and after dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fixed pH 6.5 Buffer:** Holds pH at 6.5 without drifting into unsafe acidic ranges.
- **Neutralises Carbonate Hardness:** Softens tap water to match natural tropical river parameters.
- **Protective Slime Coat Boosters:** Formulated to strengthen skin mucus barriers on large fish.
- **Safe & Phosphate-Based Chemistry:** Provides reliable buffering for acidic freshwater environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725143-1226
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116122603
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 134.53 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 350 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Softwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 1,500 Litres (400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Arowana Buffer 4 Kg
Commercial Pack Of Softwater pH Buffer for Arowanas, Discus & South American Monster Fish Species In Large Public Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-arowana-buffer-4-kg/
- Price: $258.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725145-1229 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116122900
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Arowana-Buffer-4-Kg.jpg
Seachem Arowana Buffer 4Kg (SKU: 725145-1229) is a commercial-grade powdered buffer built for maintaining acidic pH 6.5 water chemistry in high-volume display tanks, public aquariums, and commercial breeding setups. Formulated specifically for Arowanas, Discus, and large South American species, it neutralises excess tap water hardness and stabilises pH at 6.5 without risk of acid collapse.
The 4kg bulk container provides maximum cost efficiency for commercial aquatic facilities and large display tanks. In addition to pH control, Arowana Buffer contains active water conditioners that support natural fish slime coat production, protecting valuable livestock against environmental stressors and bacterial skin infections.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Display Facilities:** Manages water parameters across large public aquariums and commercial systems.
- **Monster Fish Breeding Runs:** Maintains softwater parameters essential for breeding Arowana and Discus species.
- **High-Volume Water Conditioning:** Conditions large water volumes during major water exchanges.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Use 7 g per 40–80 L of water daily until target pH 6.5 is stabilised.
- **Commercial Application:** Dissolve required dosage in makeup water tanks before pumping into display systems.
- **System Monitoring:** Monitor pH regularly using an inline probe or digital meter to verify target parameters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stable 6.5 pH Setpoint:** Holds pH firmly at 6.5 to replicate softwater river habitats.
- **Commercial Economy:** Bulk 4kg container delivers maximum value for high-volume setups.
- **Mucosal Layer Enhancement:** Promotes healthy slime coat production on sensitive fish skin.
- **Prevents Acid Swings:** Built-in buffering capacity protects fish from sudden pH crashes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725145-1229
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116122900
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 213.07 mm (L) × 213.07 mm (W) ×188.54 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,620 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Softwater Systems & Large Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 24,000 Litres (6,400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Arowana Buffer 500 G
Specialised Acidic Buffer To Adjust & Stabilise pH at 6.5 for Aquariums Having Asian & South American Arowana Aquatic Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-arowana-buffer-500-g/
- Price: $47.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725142-1223 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116122306
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Arowana-Buffer-500-G.jpg
Seachem Arowana Buffer 500g (SKU: 725142-1223) is a specialised powdered buffer formulated to adjust and stabilise pH at an acidic 6.5 while softening aquarium water. Native Amazonian fish, such as Asian and South American Arowanas, Discus, and Cichlids, thrive in soft, slightly acidic water conditions. Arowana Buffer replicates these natural blackwater environments, lowering pH and binding heavy metals to minimise physiological stress.
Arowana Buffer effectively adjusts aquarium pH to the optimal 6.5 for Asian Arowanas, working from both acidic and alkaline starting points and sustaining it for several weeks. This buffer also safely softens water by removing excess calcium and magnesium. Furthermore, Arowana Buffer aids in bolstering the arowana's natural defences against infections, making it the preferred choice for conditioning their water.
Arowana Buffer works by fixing water pH at precisely 6.5, making it virtually impossible to drop pH into dangerous acid-crash zones when used as directed. Additionally, it contains trace sodium and magnesium salts that strengthen natural slime coat production, protecting delicate fish scales against bacterial and fungal infections.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Amazonian Softwater Replicas:** Sets water parameters to pH 6.5 for Arowanas, Discus, and South American cichlids.
- **Stress Reduction:** Conditions tap water to reduce osmoregulatory stress during water changes.
- **Slime Coat Protection:** Enhances protective mucosal layers on fish skin to support immune defence.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Dissolve 7 g (1 level teaspoon) in freshwater per 40–80 L of aquarium water daily until target pH 6.5 is reached.
- **Maintenance Use:** Add once monthly or with each water change to maintain stable pH 6.5 conditions.
- **Softening Tip:** Use alongside Seachem Discus Trace to replenish essential trace minerals in RO water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH at 6.5:** Fixes aquarium pH at an acidic 6.5 without risk of dangerous pH crashes.
- **Softens Hard Tap Water:** Binds dissolved calcium and magnesium to lower excessive water hardness.
- **Promotes Slime Coat Health:** Fortified with protective elements that strengthen fish skin mucus layers.
- **Amazonian Habitat Simulation:** Recreates natural blackwater water conditions for sensitive species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725142-1223
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116122306
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 83.82 mm (L) × 83.82 mm (W) × 176.44 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 680 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Softwater Amazonian & Arowana Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 3,000 Litres (800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Axolotl Buffer 250ml
Specialised pH and Carbonate Hardness (KH) Buffer for Coldwater Amphibian Axolotls (Ambystoma Mexicanum).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725094-8146 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116081467
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Axolotl-Buffer-250ml.jpg
Seachem Axolotl Buffer 250mL (SKU: 725094-8146) is a specifically formulated pH and carbonate hardness (KH) buffer engineered to maintain optimal water chemistry in coldwater amphibian enclosures housing axolotls (Ambystoma mexicanum). Axolotls possess permeable skin and delicate external gills that render them exceptionally sensitive to fluctuating water conditions, soft water, and acidic pH levels. Unlike standard tropical fish buffers that often include ingredients unsuitable for caudates, Axolotl Buffer safely elevates pH to a stable target range between 7.4 and 7.6 while fortifying overall buffering capacity.
The Seachem Axolotl Buffer (250mL) maintains a stable pH of 7.4–7.6, ideal for axolotls, while also softening water by reducing excess calcium and magnesium. Its phosphate-based formula ensures a safe and healthy environment, supporting overall axolotl well-being.
By raising carbonate hardness (KH), this specialised buffer protects the aquarium against dangerous pH crashes caused by organic waste breakdown and nitrogen cycle activity. Maintaining a stable, slightly alkaline pH is critical for preventing gill irritation, skin shedding stress, and osmotic imbalance in axolotls. The liquid formulation allows for instant dissolving and precise dosing during water changes or routine maintenance, ensuring a consistent, low-stress environment without risking parameter spikes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Establishing New Axolotl Tanks:** Adjusts tap water or purified water to the ideal pH range during initial aquarium setup.
- **Routine Water Changes:** Buffers replacement water to prevent parameter shock when adding fresh water to the system.
- **Correcting Low pH & Hardness:** Safely counteracts downward pH drift caused by accumulating metabolic waste and biofiltration acids.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) for every 40 L (10 US gallons) of water to raise pH to approximately 7.4–7.6.
- **Application Method:** Premix the required dose into fresh replacement water prior to adding it to the aquarium, or pour directly into an area of high circulation.
- **Monitoring Protocol:** Test pH and KH 24 hours after treatment using reliable liquid test kits to verify parameter stability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Amphibian-Specific Formulation:** Engineered without harmful additives or excessive minerals to protect sensitive skin and external gills.
- **Targeted pH Stabilisation:** Holds pH steadily in the optimal 7.4–7.6 range required for captive axolotl health.
- **Prevents Acidic pH Drops:** Boosts carbonate hardness (KH) to insulate the tank against sudden parameter shifts.
- **Instant Dissolving Liquid:** Blends seamlessly into aquarium water without leaving residue or cloudy precipitation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725094-8146
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116081467
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Amphibian Water Chemistry & pH Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 310 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Axolotl & Amphibian Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Axolotl Conditioner 250ml
Dechlorinator and Heavy Metal Neutraliser Renders Municipal Water Instantly For Axolotls & Amphibians Of Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml/
- Price: $22.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725095-8136 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116081368
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Axolotl-Conditioner-250ml.jpg
Axolotl Conditioner neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals rapidly without leaving dangerous chemical residues. Formulated strictly without aloe vera, synthetic polymers, or heavy botanical oils—which can coat amphibian skin and impair cutaneous respiration—this conditioner ensures pure, safe water. It also supports natural slime coat integrity without clogging delicate branchial structures, providing essential protection during every water change. It is non-acidic, does not impact pH, and should be used during water changes or when adding new water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tap Water Preparation:** Dechlorinates and detoxifies municipal water before adding it to an amphibian tank.
- **Emergency Detoxification:** Renders elevated chloramines or heavy metal spikes non-toxic in emergency situations.
- **Routine Water Changes:** Essential for all routine maintenance to protect delicate skin and gill tissue.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- Dosage Rate: Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L (10 US gallons) of new water to treat chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals.
- Application Method: Dose new water directly before pouring it into the aquarium, or treat the entire system volume when adding water directly.
- Safety Precautions: May be safely doubled in cases of exceptionally high chloramine concentrations in municipal water supplies.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Amphibian-Safe Formula:** Free from aloe vera, oils, and synthetic polymers that interfere with cutaneous respiration.
- **Complete Neutralisation:** Completely removes chlorine, chloramines, and detoxifies dissolved heavy metals.
- **Gill & Skin Protection:** Shields fragile external gills and delicate skin membranes from oxidative stress.
- **Concentrated Liquid Economy:** A small dose treats significant water volumes efficiently.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725095-8136
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116081368
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Amphibian Water Conditioner & Dechlorinator
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Axolotl Enclosures & Amphibian Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 2,000 Litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Betta Basics 60ml
Pocket-Sized Tap Water Conditioner and pH Stabiliser For Siamese Fighting Fish (Betta splendens) In Small Bowls & Desktop Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-betta-basics-60ml/
- Price: $3.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725104-424 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116042406
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Betta-Basics-60ml.jpg
Seachem Betta Basics 60mL (SKU: 725104-424) is an all-in-one water conditioner and chemistry stabiliser formulated specifically for Siamese Fighting Fish (Betta splendens) housed in small bowls, desktop aquariums, and unfiltered systems. Unfiltered betta enclosures accumulate toxic ammonia and organic waste rapidly, leading to fin rot, lethargy, and ammonia burn. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water, detoxifies ammonia, and buffers water to a neutral pH of 7.0, which is ideal for bettas. Betta Basics instantly detoxifies chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals from tap water while binding dangerous ammonia.
Seachem Betta Basics is a specialised water conditioner formulated to create a safe, stable, and low-stress environment for betta fish and live plants. In addition to water conditioning, Betta Basics buffers aquarium pH to a steady 7.0, creating an ideal neutral environment for tropical bettas. It contains stress-reducing ingredients that preserve natural slime coats without interfering with the labyrinth organ bettas use to breathe surface air. The compact 60mL dropper container is ideal for single betta keepers managing small water change volumes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bowl & Small Tank Water Changes:** Treats fresh tap water instantly during regular betta bowl maintenance.
- **Ammonia Neutralisation:** Neutralises metabolic waste and toxic ammonia between full water change intervals.
- **pH Stabilisation:** Locks pH at a neutral 7.0 to prevent acidic or alkaline water stress.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Use 1 capful (5 mL) for every 1.25 L (1.25 quarts) of bowl water, or 1 drop per 250 mL of water.
- **Application Method:** Mix thoroughly into replacement water prior to transferring the betta, or add directly to the bowl.
- **Frequency:** Use during every water change, or daily in unfiltered bowls to control ammonia build-up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-One Betta Care:** Detoxifies ammonia (temporary detox of nitrite & nitrate), neutralises chlorine, chloramines, heavy metals, and toxic-free ammonia. Detoxifies ammonia for up to 48 hours
- **Buffers pH to Neutral 7.0:** Locks water pH at 7.0 to create an ideal habitat for tropical bettas. Buffers pH to neutral (7.0) and stabilises at pH 7.0.
- **Labyrinth Organ Safe:** Free of heavy oils or polymers that coat surface breathing membranes. Reduces stress to aquatic species caused by poor water quality.
- **Pocket-Sized Dropper Container:** Sized for easy, accurate dropwise application in small bowls.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725104-424
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116042406
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Betta Water Conditioner & pH Stabiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 38.39 mm (L) × 38.39 mm (W) × 101.31 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 80 g
- **Net Volume:** 60 mL
- **Target Environment:** Betta Bowls & Small Desktop Systems Of Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 60 mL treats up to 150 litres (40 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Brackish Salt 300 G
Specialised Electrolyte Formula Mimicking Freshwater Conditions Of Brackish Estuaries and Mangroves In Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-brackish-salt-300-g/
- Price: $17.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725179-226 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116022606
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Brackish-Salt-300-G.jpg
Seachem Brackish Salt 300g (SKU: 725179-226) is a specialised mineral salt mix designed to replicate the natural water conditions of brackish estuaries and mangrove swamps. This product is ideal for aquarists keeping species such as archerfish, mollies, monos, pufferfish and other brackish-water inhabitants. Species such as Pufferfish, Monos, Scats, Archerfish, and Mollies thrive in transitional environments where freshwater mixes with seawater. Standard freshwater salts lack the trace elements required for these species, while synthetic marine salts can elevate GH and pH beyond natural brackish levels.
When properly dosed, it elevates water salinity and stabilises key parameters such as specific gravity and ionic balance without stressing aquatic life. Seachem Brackish Salt is a specialised aquarium additive formulated to create and maintain brackish water conditions that mimic natural environments found in estuaries, mangroves and brackish ecosystems. It helps adjust water chemistry by introducing the appropriate balance of salts and minerals needed for fish and invertebrates that thrive in brackish water.
Formulated with precise ratios of sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and sulphate, Brackish Salt creates an accurate estuarine environment. A reliable choice for brackish aquarium enthusiasts, Seachem Brackish Salt supports healthy water conditions and a stable environment tailored to the needs of brackish-dwelling fish and invertebrates. The 300g size is ideal for small-to-medium brackish aquariums, supporting health, colouration, and osmoregulation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Brackish Habitat Setup:** Recreates estuarine water parameters for Figure-8 Puffers, Monos, and Scats.
- Suitable for use in freshwater aquariums transitioning to brackish setups.
- **Livebearer Water Enhancements:** Provides light brackish conditioning for Mollies, Guppies, and Platies.
- **Specific Gravity Maintenance:** Maintains stable low-salinity levels (SG 1.002 to 1.010).
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light Brackish (Mollies, Guppies):** Add 12 g (1 tablespoon) per 40 L of water (SG ~ 1.002).
- **Medium Brackish (Puffers, Archers):** Add 24 g (2 tablespoons) per 40 L of water (SG ~ 1.005).
- **Mixing Protocol:** Pre-dissolve required salt in freshwater and check specific gravity using a hydrometer or refractometer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Recreates Estuarine Chemistry:** Blended to match natural brackish river-mouth environments. Formulates brackish water conditions suitable for brackish species
- **Specific Electrolyte Matrix:** Provides essential salts and minerals in balanced proportions. Contains essential potassium, magnesium, and calcium salts.
- **Supports Osmotic Balance:** Helps brackish species maintain fluid balance to minimise stress. Helps maintain correct specific gravity and water chemistry
- **Phosphate & Nitrate Free:** Will not promote unwanted algae growth in brackish displays. Easy to mix and dose
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725179-226
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116022606
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Brackish Salts
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 134.53 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 370 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Brackish Water & Estuarine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 1,000 Litres (250 US gallons), depending on target specific gravity
---
#### Seachem Brackish Salt 4 Kg
Commercial Mineral Salt Mix To Imitate Natural Brackish Water Habitats of Fish Like Livebearers In Large Public Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-brackish-salt-4-kg/
- Price: $119.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725180-229 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116022903
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Brackish-Salt-4-Kg.jpg
Seachem Brackish Salt 4Kg (SKU: 725180-229) is a commercial-grade mineral salt formulation designed to replicate natural estuarine water conditions in large display tanks and public aquariums. Seachem Brackish Salt is a scientifically formulated blend of salts designed to mimic the natural brackish habitats of fish like livebearers without harming aquatic plants at recommended dosages. Brackish species—such as Archerfish, Scats, Monos, and Figure-8 Puffers—require water with precise ratios of sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium to thrive. Brackish Salt delivers these essential electrolytes without elevating GH or pH beyond natural estuarine parameters.
This salt is also suitable for general freshwater aquarium use and, unlike simple sodium chloride products, provides essential nutrients for healthy plant growth without causing leaf or root burn. The 4kg tub provides maximum economy for public facilities, commercial maintenance routes, and large brackish displays. Regular dosing supports osmoregulation, reduces stress, and promotes long-term fish health. By adjusting the dosage, aquarists can replicate specific brackish water environments from different regions, making it a safe and effective alternative to traditional aquarium salts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Brackish Displays:** Conditions water for brackish display tanks over 400 litres.
- **Commercial Estuarine Setups:** Maintains correct water chemistry in commercial fish holding systems.
- **Livebearer Mass Culture:** Promotes growth and disease resistance in commercial livebearer facilities.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light Brackish (Mollies, Guppies):** Add 12 g per 40 L of water (SG ~ 1.002).
- **Medium Brackish (Puffers, Archers):** Add 24 g per 40 L of water (SG ~ 1.005).
- **System Integration:** Dissolve the required amount in a makeup water vat prior to adding to the main system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matches Estuarine Water Parameters:** Recreates natural mangrove habitat water chemistry.
- **Commercial 4kg Tub:** Delivers maximum value for high-volume setups and public displays.
- **Aids Osmoregulation:** Helps brackish fish balance body fluids to minimise metabolic stress.
- **Phosphate & Nitrate Free:** Formulated without compounds that fuel unwanted algae growth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725180-229
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116022903
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Brackish Salts
- **Package Dimensions:** 213.07 mm (L) × 213.07 mm (W) ×188.54 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5,280 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Large Brackish Water Aquariums & Public Displays
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 13,300 Litres (3,300 US gallons), depending on target specific gravity
---
#### Seachem Brackish Salt 600 G
Electrolyte & Mineral Buffer To Recreate Natural Brackish Water Chemistry in Aquariums Having Estuarine Species Like Pufferfish, Monos, Etc.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-brackish-salt-600-g/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725178-223 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116022309
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Brackish-Salt-600-G.jpg
Seachem Brackish Salt 600g (SKU: 725178-223) is a specialised mineral salt blend formulated to recreate natural brackish water chemistry in home aquariums. Estuarine species—such as Pufferfish, Monos, Scats, Archerfish, and Mollies—require water containing specific ratios of sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium. Brackish Salt supplies these essential minerals without elevating hardness or pH beyond natural estuarine levels.
The 600g tub offers double the volume of the starter size, providing extended value for medium brackish displays. Regular use supports osmoregulation, reduces metabolic stress, and improves colouration across brackish fish species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Brackish Systems:** Recreates estuarine conditions in aquariums between 100 and 300 litres.
- **Livebearer Conditioning:** Supports health and reproduction in Mollies, Endlers, and Guppies.
- **Specific Gravity Control:** Adjusts specific gravity between 1.002 and 1.008 for brackish species.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light Brackish (Mollies, Guppies):** Add 12 g (1 tablespoon) per 40 L of water (SG ~ 1.002).
- **Medium Brackish (Puffers, Archers):** Add 24 g (2 tablespoons) per 40 L of water (SG ~ 1.005).
- **Preparation:** Pre-dissolve required salt in fresh water and confirm specific gravity with a refractometer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replicates Estuarine Waters:** Formulated to match the mineral chemistry of natural mangrove ecosystems.
- **Supports Osmotic Regulation:** Helps brackish fish balance body fluids to reduce metabolic stress.
- **Phosphate-Free Formula:** Will not fuel unwanted algae growth in brackish setups.
- **Value 600g Tub:** Sized for maintaining medium brackish displays.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725178-223
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116022309
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Brackish Salts
- **Package Dimensions:** 83.82 mm (L) × 83.82 mm (W) × 176.44 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 750 g
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Target Environment:** Brackish Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 600 g treats up to 2,000 Litres (500 US gallons), depending on target specific gravity
---
#### Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 250g
Mineral Salt Blend of Trace Elements (magnesium, calcium, sodium, and potassium) for African Rift Lake Cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-cichlid-lake-salt-250g/
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724999-276 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116027601
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Cichlid-Lake-Salt-250g.jpg
Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 250g (SKU: 724999-276) is a chemically balanced blend of trace elements and salts designed to replicate the natural mineral chemistry of African Rift Lakes (Lake Malawi, Lake Tanganyika, and Lake Victoria). African cichlids require specific mineral ratios—including elevated levels of magnesium, calcium, sodium, and potassium—to maintain proper colouration, health, and breeding behaviour.
It supports the health of cichlids by maintaining proper pH levels and enhancing biological functions, making it ideal for creating a balanced and natural habitat for these species. Unlike common aquarium salt, Cichlid Lake Salt does not rely on simple sodium chloride. Instead, it provides proper concentrations of trace elements like iron, iodide, and manganese, matching the exact habitat ratios of Rift Lake environments without distorting pH or alkalinity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rift Lake Environment Setup:** Use when setting up or maintaining aquariums for Tanganyikan, Malawian, or Victorian cichlids.
- **RO Water Mineralisation:** Recreates natural Rift Lake mineral levels when using reverse osmosis water.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Lake Malawi:** Add 5.5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 160 L (40 US gallons).
- **Lake Tanganyika:** Add 11 g (2 level teaspoons) per 160 L (40 US gallons).
- **Lake Victoria:** Add 5.5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 200 L (50 US gallons).
- Pre-dissolve in replacement water prior to performing water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replicates African Rift Lakes:** Formulated to match mineral profiles of Lakes Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria.
- **Comprehensive Trace Elements:** Delivers magnesium, calcium, potassium, sodium, iron, and iodide.
- **Enhances Colour & Breeding:** Promotes vibrant fish colouration, scale health, and natural breeding activity.
- **Targeted Dosing Rates:** Simple adjustment ratios allow customised dosing for specific lake origins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724999-276 (Internal ID: 130745)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116027601
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive / African Cichlid Mineral Salt
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 110 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 300 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid (Rift Lake) Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 7,200 litres (1,800 US gallons), depending on the lake target
---
#### Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 4kg
Essential Mineral Blend Recreating Distinct Natural Water Chemistry of East African Rift Lakes for African Cichlid Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-cichlid-lake-salt-4kg/
- Price: $150.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725002-279 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116027908
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Cichlid-Lake-Salt-4kg.jpg
Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 4kg (SKU: 725002-279) is a bulk mineral salt formulation designed to recreate the distinct natural water chemistry of Lakes Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria. It supplies essential macro and trace elements—including magnesium, calcium, sodium, and potassium—to replicate the mineral-rich environment African cichlids require for survival and breeding. It supports the health of cichlids by maintaining proper pH levels and enhancing biological functions, making it ideal for creating a balanced and natural habitat for these species.
Unlike generic aquarium salts, Cichlid Lake Salt focuses purely on hardness minerals without altering pH or alkalinity, allowing aquarists to independently control general hardness (GH) and carbonate hardness (KH). The 4 kg bulk bucket offers maximum economy for large display aquariums, breeding setups, and commercial installations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African Cichlid Habitats:** Essential when preparing reverse osmosis (RO) or deionised (DI) water for East African cichlids.
- **Mineral Restoration:** Used during initial tank setup and routine water changes to replenish dissolved minerals.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Tanganyika:** Add 11 g (1.5 teaspoons) per 40 L (10 US gal).
- **Malawi:** Add 5.5 g (0.75 teaspoon) per 40 L (10 US gal).
- **Victoria:** Add 3.6 g (0.5 teaspoon) per 40 L (10 US gal).
- Dissolve in freshwater prior to addition to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replicates Natural Chemistry:** Mirrors the precise mineral concentrations of East African Rift Lakes.
- **Pure Mineral Supplement:** Enhances General Hardness (GH) without shifting pH or carbonate buffer.
- **Bulk Volume Economy:** 4 kg bucket designed for large-capacity tanks and commercial systems.
- **Promotes Breeding & Health:** Supports vital physiological functions, colour intensity, and spawning vigour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725002-279 (Internal ID: 130749)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116027908
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Mineral Salts
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,300 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** African Rift Lake Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 13,300 litres (3,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 500g
Balanced Rift Lake Mineral Blend Supplement With Macrominerals & Micronutrients For African Rift Lake Cichlid Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-cichlid-lake-salt-500g/
- Price: $26.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725000-273 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116027304
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Cichlid-Lake-Salt-500g.jpg
Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 500g (SKU: 725000-273) is a specialised mineral salt supplement engineered for African cichlid enthusiasts. African Rift Lake species originate from hard, mineral-rich waters. This salt blend supplies essential macrominerals and micronutrients—including magnesium, calcium, potassium, sodium, iron, and iodine—matching the natural chemistry of Lakes Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria.
Using standard table salt or marine salt mixes can cause ionic imbalances that stress freshwater cichlids. Cichlid Lake Salt provides an authentic mineral ratio that supports osmotic balance, vibrant natural colouration, and scale integrity. Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 500g is a standard-size pack that has a chemically sound blend of salts designed to replicate the natural environment of Rift Lake African Cichlids. It contains all physiologically essential elements such as magnesium, calcium, sodium, and potassium, and includes trace components such as iron, aluminium, and iodide.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular Water Conditioning:** Add to fresh tap or RO water during routine water changes.
- **Osmotic Support:** Reduces physiological stress in African cichlids housed in soft tap water.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Lake Malawi Target:** Dose 5.5 g per 160 L (40 US gallons).
- **Lake Tanganyika Target:** Dose 11 g per 160 L (40 US gallons).
- **Lake Victoria Target:** Dose 5.5 g per 200 L (50 US gallons).
- Dissolve completely in replacement water before adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Authentic Mineral Ratios:** Recreates & Replicates the environment for African cichlids' natural Rift Lake-like water chemistry without excess sodium chloride.
- **Essential Mineral Complex:** Rich in calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, and trace minerals.
- **Promotes Health & Vitality:** Enhances vibrant pigmentation, coat health, and spawning behaviour. It affects hardness only, not alkalinity or pH.
- **Medium Volume Economy:** 500g tub offers a long-lasting supply for active cichlid aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725000-273 (Internal ID: 130746)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116027304
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive > African Cichlid Mineral Salt
- **Package Dimensions:** 85 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 145 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 570 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid (Rift Lake) Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 14,400 litres (3,600 US gallons), depending on the lake target
---
#### Seachem Cichlid Trace 4l
Bulk Trace Element Conditioner To Replicate East African Rift Lakes Waters for African Cichlid Species In Large Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-cichlid-trace-4l/
- Price: $109.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724887-709 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070904
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Cichlid-Trace-4l.jpg
Seachem Cichlid Trace 4L (SKU: 724887-709) is a bulk trace element supplement formulated specifically to replicate the natural water chemistry of the East African Rift Lakes (Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria). Cichlids actively absorb trace minerals from their environment for bone growth, neurological health, and metabolic regulation. Because municipal tap water and synthetic salts often lack complete trace profiles, routine supplementation is necessary to maintain long-term fish health.
Cichlid Trace contains no heavy metals, sodium, or buffers that unintentionally alter general hardness (GH) or carbonate hardness (KH). Instead, it focuses purely on bioavailable trace elements like calcium, magnesium, iodide, iron, and manganese. The 4-litre container is engineered for commercial breeders, rift lake specialty stores, and large multi-tank cichlid installations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Rift Lake Aquariums:** Essential for maintaining metabolic health in African Cichlid display tanks.
- **Commercial Breeding Facilities:** Supports egg viability, fry survival, and fast growth rates in commercial operations.
- **Routine Water Conditioning:** Dose after water changes or GH buffer adjustments to ensure total mineral completeness.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Application Method:** Add directly into the aquarium water or water change preparation container.
- **Synergy:** Pair with Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt and Cichlid Buffer for complete environment replication.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rift Lake Specific Formula:** Recreates the precise trace mineral balance of Lakes Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria.
- **Promotes Natural Colouration:** Restores brilliant body pigments and metallic sheen in adult cichlids.
- **Zero Hardness Alteration:** Supplies trace minerals without unexpectedly shifting pH, KH, or GH levels.
- **Commercial Bulk Size:** 4-litre jug delivers maximum economy for high-volume installations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724887-709
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070904
- **Product Type:** African Cichlid Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 155 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,250 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid Aquariums (Lakes Malawi, Tanganyika, Victoria)
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 64,000 litres (16,800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Cichlid Trace 500ml
Mineral & Trace Supplement For African Rift Lake Fishes & Cichlid Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-cichlid-trace-500ml/
- Price: $23.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724886-703 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070300
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Cichlid-Trace-500ml.jpg
Seachem Cichlid Trace 500mL (SKU: 724886-703) supplies essential trace elements needed to maintain health and vibrant colours in African Rift Lake Cichlids. Fish naturally absorb minerals directly from aquarium water. Over time, biological activity and routine filtration lower these mineral levels, making regular supplementation necessary.
Seachem Cichlid Trace revitalises critical trace elements that are essential for the health, growth, and colouration of cichlids, supporting biological functions and stress resistance in fishes and chichlids and other aquarium water species. The recommended dose is 5 mL for every 80 litres, applied twice a week, directly into the aquarium or diluted in a small amount of water for better distribution.
Cichlid Trace replenishes critical elements such as calcium, magnesium, iron, iodide, and manganese without adding unwanted sodium salts or shifting water hardness. Regular dosing supports stress reduction, vibrant colouration, and breeding readiness in Cichlid species. The 500mL size provides an economical long-term supply for medium to large Cichlid aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African Cichlid Aquariums:** Routine mineral supplementation for Rift Lake cichlid tanks.
- **Breeding Support:** Encourages successful spawning, egg development, and fry growth.
- **RO Water Re-Mineralization:** Restores missing trace elements to purified reverse osmosis water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Application Method:** Add directly to tank water or fresh water during water changes.
- **Pairing:** Combine with Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt and Cichlid Buffer for complete water balancing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tailored Rift Lake Formula:** Recreates the mineral profile of Lakes Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria.
- **Sodium-Free Composition:** Adds essential trace minerals without altering salinity or water hardness.
- **Promotes Natural Pigmentation:** Enhances rich body colours and fin patterns in cichlids.
- **Medium Volume Economy:** 500mL bottle provides extended treatment for home display tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724886-703
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070300
- **Product Type:** African Cichlid Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 8,000 litres (2,100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Clarity 250ml
Polymeric Water Clarifier To Clear Cloudy Water Using Advanced Polymeric Flocculant In Freshwater and Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-clarity-250ml/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724960-146 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116014601
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Clarity-250ml.jpg
Seachem Clarity 250ml (SKU: 724960-146) is a water clarifier designed to clear cloudy water in freshwater and marine aquariums. It utilises an advanced polymeric flocculant to clump floating micro-particulates, silt, bacterial blooms, and organic haze into larger masses. Once aggregated, these larger particles are easily trapped by mechanical filter media.
Seachem Clarity is a powerful water clarifier that coagulates suspended particles to clear up cloudy or murky water in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Clarity is safe for freshwater and marine fish, invertebrates, live plants, and beneficial bio-filter bacteria. The 250ml bottle provides effective water clarification following substrate placement, maintenance, or bacterial cloudiness. It is safe for fish, plants, and invertebrates, with a recommended dose of 5 mL per 80 litres, and works best when combined with mechanical filtration to trap the particulates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Post-Maintenance Cloudiness:** Clears water hazes caused by gravel vacuuming, aquascaping, or substrate placement.
- **Bacterial & Organic Haze:** Aggregates micro-particulates and bacterial blooms to restore water clarity.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L (20 US gallons) of tank water.
- **Post-Dosing Action:** Water may turn cloudier temporarily as particles aggregate.
- **Filter Care:** Clean or replace fine mechanical filter pads 1–2 hours after dosing to remove trapped debris.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Polymeric Flocculating Action:** Clumps suspended micro-particles into filterable masses.
- **Safe for Plants & Reefs:** Non-toxic formulation safe for live plants, corals, and invertebrates.
- **pH Neutral:** Clears water without altering pH or water hardness.
- **Rapid Results:** Restores water clarity within hours when combined with mechanical filtration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724960-146 (Internal ID: 130777)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116014601
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Water Clarifiers
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Clarity 500ml
High-Efficiency Water Clarifier for Freshwater and Marine Aquariums, eliminates cloudy water caused by bacterial blooms, substrate dust, etc.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-clarity-500ml/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724961-143 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116014304
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Clarity-500ml-1.jpg
Seachem Clarity 500mL (SKU: 724961-143) is a high-yield polymer clarifier designed to eliminate cloudy water caused by bacterial blooms, substrate dust, gravel washing, or suspended organic particulates. Upon dosing, Clarity acts as a flocculant, attracting micro-particulates and binding them into macro-clusters that are easily caught by mechanical filter media.
Suitable for both freshwater planted tanks and saltwater marine environments, Clarity offers clear water restoration without destabilising water chemistry. The 500mL size provides an economical supply for routine water maintenance across medium-to-large aquarium installations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Persistent Water Cloudiness:** Use during stubborn organic hazes, bacterial blooms, or fine substrate cloudiness.
- **Routine Water Maintenance:** Apply following gravel vacuuming or aquascaping to clear stirred-up organic debris.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L (20 US gallons) of tank water.
- **Operational Note:** Temporary increase in cloudiness is normal as micro-particulates clump together.
- **Filter Maintenance:** Rinse or replace fine mechanical filter pads shortly after dosing to permanently remove trapped debris clusters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Advanced Flocculating Action:** Aggregates microscopic suspended solids for mechanical filter extraction.
- **Plant & Coral Safe:** Formulated to be non-toxic to delicate aquatic vegetation, reef invertebrates, and nitrifying biofilters.
- **pH Neutral:** Clears water without altering total alkalinity, pH, or mineral composition.
- **High-Yield Economy:** 500mL bottle treats up to 8,000 litres of aquarium water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724961-143 (Internal ID: 130708)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116014304
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Water Clarifiers
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Dosage Rate:** 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Clarity Bonus Rhino +30% Bonus 325 Ml
Polymer-Based Water Clarifier To Clear Dirt & Cloudiness in Freshwater and Marine Fish Tanks & Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-clarity-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml/
- Price: $18.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725184-140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116014007
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Clarity-Bonus-Rhino-30-Bonus-325-Ml.jpg
Seachem Clarity Bonus Rhino 325mL "+30% Bonus Pack" (SKU: 725184-140) is an advanced polymer flocculant designed to clear all types of aquarium cloudiness in freshwater and marine environments. Seachem Clarity is a powerful water clarifier that coagulates suspended particles to clear up cloudy or murky water in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Water cloudiness can stem from chemical precipitation, bacterial blooms, or fine particulate matter from substrate placement. Clarity binds these microscopic floating particles together into larger clumps (flocs).
Once bound into larger flocs, suspended particles are easily trapped by mechanical filter media, such as filter floss or sponge pads. Safe for all fish, plants, and corals, this limited 325mL bonus bottle provides 30% extra product at the standard 250mL price point. It is safe for fish, plants, and invertebrates, with a recommended dose of 5 mL per 80 litres, and works best when combined with mechanical filtration to trap the particulates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Clearing Substrate Cloudiness:** Rapidly clears fine dust particles after installing new substrate.
- **Bacterial Bloom Resolution:** Clumps free-floating bacterial haze so mechanical filtration can trap it.
- **Post-Maintenance Water Polishing:** Restores crystal-clear water after heavy aquascaping or tank cleaning.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L of aquarium water.
- **Reaction Phase:** Water may temporarily become cloudier as particles clump together—this is normal and indicates the product is working.
- **Filtration Requirement:** Ensure mechanical filter media (floss or fine pads) is active to trap the clumped particles.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Clears All Cloudiness Types:** Effective against bacterial blooms, chemical haze, and fine particulate dust.
- **+30% Extra Value Pack:** Provides 325 mL of product for the price of a standard 250 mL bottle.
- **Advanced Flocculating Action:** Clumps fine particles into larger flocs for easy mechanical removal.
- **Ecosystem Safe:** Safe for freshwater plants, delicate marine corals, and sensitive invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725184-140
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116014007
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Clarifiers
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 380 g
- **Net Volume:** 325 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 325 mL treats up to 5,200 Litres (1,300 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Discus Buffer 1kg
Bulk Low-pH Buffer & Water Softener Replicating Acidic Nature of Amazon River For Discus, Angelfish, and Tetras Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-discus-buffer-1kg/
- Price: $48.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724998-267 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116026703
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Discus-Buffer-1kg.jpg
Seachem Discus Buffer 1kg (SKU: 724998-267) is a bulk conditioning buffer designed to lower pH, soften water, and maintain acidic parameters (pH 5.8 to 6.8) in large Amazonian aquariums. Discus, angelfish, and tetras require soft, low-pH environments to maintain optimal coat health, stress resistance, and breeding success. Discus Buffer lowers pH smoothly while precipitating calcium and magnesium to soften hard water.
Seachem Discus Buffer is an essential water additive supplement for the health and breeding of discus fish. It also softens the water by reducing hardness, making it perfect for replicating the natural environment of these sensitive species. This 1kg container provides extended supply for commercial breeders, discus hatcheries, and large multi-tank displays. Combined with Seachem Neutral Regulator, aquarists can tailor parameters to exact target pH values for soft-water setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus Breeding & Care:** Essential for maintaining soft, low-pH water required by breeding discus pairs.
- **Large-Scale Water Prep:** Ideal for treating large volumes of top-off or water change supply in multi-tank facilities.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1 level teaspoon (5 g) per 40 to 80 L (10 to 20 US gallons) daily until reaching the desired target pH.
- Mix with replacement water during routine water changes to maintain parameter stability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Breeding Economy:** 1kg tub offers low treatment costs for large aquariums and breeding systems.
- **Maintains Acidic Conditions:** Holds pH between 5.8 and 6.8 for soft-water fish health.
- **Softens Hard Water:** Reduces general hardness (GH) by binding free calcium and magnesium.
- **Integrates with Neutral Regulator:** Allows precision target pH blending for varied species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724998-267 (Internal ID: 130744)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116026703
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive > Discus pH Buffer & Softener
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Discus Breeding, Hatcheries & Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 16,000 litres (4,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Discus Buffer 250g
Acidic pH & Soft Water Buffer Maintaining Acidic Parameters (pH 5.8 to 6.8) For Discus & Other Amazonian Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-discus-buffer-250g/
- Price: $15.45 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724996-266 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116026604
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Discus-Buffer-250g.jpg
Seachem Discus Buffer 250g (SKU: 724996-266) is a dry buffer formulated to lower pH, soften water, and maintain acidic parameters (pH 5.8 to 6.8) for Discus and other Amazonian species. It lowers pH smoothly while precipitating calcium and magnesium to reduce general hardness (GH). Discus Buffer creates a stable acidic environment that supports slime coat health, reduces physiological stress, and encourages natural spawning behaviour. Combined with Seachem Neutral Regulator, it allows aquarists to target specific pH levels for soft-water setups.
Seachem Discus Buffer is specifically formulated to lower and stabilise pH while softening water in freshwater aquariums housing discus fish. It helps maintain an ideal pH range of 5.8 to 6.8, which is critical for discus health, colouration, and breeding success. By reducing carbonate hardness and precipitating calcium and magnesium, Discus Buffer recreates the soft, slightly acidic conditions found in the natural habitats of discus. It is particularly useful in areas with hard or alkaline tap water and can be used as part of regular aquarium maintenance or during water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus & Soft-Water Setups:** Recommended for maintaining soft, low-pH conditions for Amazonian species.
- **Water Softening:** Lowers GH by precipitating calcium and magnesium out of solution.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40 to 80 L (10 to 20 US gallons) daily until reaching target pH.
- Dissolve in fresh replacement water prior to adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks Acidic pH:** Holds pH securely between 5.8 and 6.8 for soft-water fish health.
- **Softens Hard Water:** Binds calcium and magnesium to lower General Hardness (GH).
- **Integrates with Neutral Regulator:** Allows precision target pH blending for varied species.
- **Supports Fish Health:** Promotes natural slime coat integrity and stress resistance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724996-266 (Internal ID: 130766)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116026604
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Discus pH Buffer & Softener
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Discus & South American Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 4,000 Litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Discus Buffer 500g
Specialised Acidic Buffer for Amazonian Soft Water Environments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-discus-buffer-500g/
- Price: $26.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724997-263 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116026307
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724997-263-1.png
Seachem Discus Buffer 500g is engineered to replicate the soft, acidic water conditions native to the Amazon River basin, creating an optimal habitat for Discus, Tetras, and other soft-water species. It lowers water pH and holds it within a stable low target range of 5.8 to 6.8, preventing dangerous pH swings that stress sensitive aquatic life.
By binding calcium and magnesium, this powder formula softens hard tap water while establishing a dependable phosphate-based buffering system. When used alongside Seachem Neutral Regulator, aquarists can dial in precise target pH levels, ensuring ideal conditions for health, vivid colouration, and successful breeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft-Water Habitats:** Perfect for establishing and maintaining Amazonian biotopes requiring soft, acidic water.
- **pH Lowering & Stabilisation:** Applied during setup or water changes to drop elevated tap pH safely down to 5.8–6.8.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 1 level teaspoon (7 g) for every 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until the target pH is reached.
- Dissolve powder in fresh replacement water before adding to the aquarium. Use monthly or after water changes to maintain stability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Target Acidic Buffer:** Reliably locks pH between 5.8 and 6.8 for soft-water environments.
- **Water Softening Action:** Precipitates calcium and magnesium to lower overall hardness.
- **Pairable Formulation:** Blend with Neutral Regulator to target specific custom pH values.
- **Safe & Phosphate-Based:** Non-toxic formulation designed for sensitive Amazonian species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724997-263 (Internal ID: 130748)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116026307
- **Distributor / Supplier:** AQUA
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / pH Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 85 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 570 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Soft-Water & Amazonian Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 800 Litres (200 US gallons) per initial cycle
Seachem Discus Buffer is specifically formulated to lower and stabilise pH while softening water in freshwater aquariums housing discus fish. It helps maintain an ideal pH range of 5.8 to 6.8, which is critical for discus health, colouration, and breeding success.
By reducing carbonate hardness and precipitating calcium and magnesium, Discus Buffer recreates the soft, slightly acidic conditions found in the natural habitats of discus. It is particularly useful in areas with hard or alkaline tap water and can be used as part of regular aquarium maintenance or during water changes.
**Key Features**
- Lowers and stabilises pH for discus aquariums
- Maintains optimal pH range of 5.8–6.8
- Softens water by reducing hardness (GH)
- Helps replicate natural discus habitat conditions
- Supports discus health, colour, and breeding
- Suitable for freshwater aquariums with similar soft-water species
**Dosage & Use**
- **Dosage:** 1 teaspoon (6 g) per 40–80 litres of aquarium water
- Dissolve in water before adding to the aquarium
- Can be used during water changes or routine maintenance
- Monitor pH regularly using a reliable test kit
**Specifications**
- **Product Type:** Freshwater pH and hardness buffer
- **Function:** Lowers pH and softens water
- **Target pH Range:** 5.8–6.8
- **Suitable For:** Discus and other soft-water freshwater species
- **Application:** Freshwater aquariums only
---
#### Seachem Discus Trace 500ml
Vital Trace Mineral & Electrolyte Supplement To Replicate Amazonian River Water Conditions For Discus and Cichlid Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-discus-trace-500ml/
- Price: $25.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724898-753 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116075305
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Discus-Trace-500ml-1.jpg
Seachem Discus Trace 500mL (SKU: 724898-753) is a specialised trace mineral supplement engineered to replicate the soft, mineral-rich Amazonian river water conditions required by Discus ( Symphysodon species) and cichlids. Because Discus are highly sensitive to mineral deficiencies, municipal tap water or purified RO water often lacks the exact trace element profile needed for long-term health.
Discus Trace supplies essential trace minerals including iodide, iron, manganese, zinc, and copper in safe, bioavailable trace amounts. It promotes proper osmoregulation, supports vibrant colour development, and reduces susceptibility to Hole-in-the-Head (HITH) disease caused by trace element starvation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO Water Remineralisation:** Restores essential micro-trace elements lost during reverse osmosis filtration.
- **Discus Breeding & Growth:** Supports healthy fry development and broodstock vigour.
- **Prevents Nutrient Deficiency Disease:** Guards against Hole-in-the-Head disease and erosion.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) once or twice weekly.
- **Dosing Tip:** Dose after routine water changes to replenish stripped trace minerals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Amazonian Trace Formula:** Tailored to soft-water South American cichlids and Discus.
- **Zero Nitrate/Phosphate:** Replenishes trace minerals without triggering algae blooms.
- **Prevents Mineral Starvation:** Guards against Hole-in-the-Head disease and lateral line erosion.
- **Enhances Natural Colouration:** Promotes brilliant red, blue, and yellow body pigmentation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724898-753
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116075305
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Discus Care & Minerals
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 185 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 540 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Discus & Softwater South American Cichlid Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Equilibrium 300g
General Hardness (GH) Mineral Reconditioner Restoring Essential Electrolytes & Minerals for Planted Aquariums & Soft-Water Tank Setups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-equilibrium-300g/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725029-446 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116044608
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Equilibrium-300g.jpg
Seachem Equilibrium 300g (SKU: 725029-446) is a specialised mineral supplement engineered to establish and boost General Hardness (GH) in planted aquariums and soft-water setups. It restores essential electrolytes and minerals—such as calcium, magnesium, potassium, and iron—without introducing unwanted sodium or chloride. Unlike standard mineral blends, this formula ensures that high-tech aquascapes receive the precise baseline of dissolved solids required to sustain long-term ecosystem health.
Unlike standard salts that can hinder vegetation, Equilibrium is tailored specifically for delicate aquascapes, using highly bioavailable potassium salts rather than sodium chloride to nourish plants while balancing osmotic pressure for freshwater fish. Because it increases general hardness without affecting carbonate hardness (KH) or altering the system's pH, it provides aquascapers with absolute, independent control over their water parameters. This clean mineralisation actively supports fish skeletal development, stabilises internal fluid balance, and ensures that delicate cell wall structures are protected across all flora species.
This compact 300g bottle offers a highly targeted and precise dosing footprint for hobbyists managing small-to-medium home displays, miniature nano scapes, or dedicated plant grow-out tanks. It is exceptionally well-suited for re-conditioning purified water sources, driving vibrant leaf colouration and robust root development while remaining completely safe for sensitive freshwater shrimp and invertebrates. Its dry powder form remains stable and ready for use, making it an essential component for any routine water preparation routine where soft source water or pure reverse osmosis inputs are utilised.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO/DI Water Re-mineralisation:** Added directly to purified Reverse Osmosis or Deionised water to build safe, natural mineral levels from scratch.
- **Soft Water Adjustment:** Used when municipal source tap water lacks the required calcium and magnesium levels needed for heavy plant growth.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 16 g (1 tablespoon) per 80 L (20 US gallons) to raise General Hardness (GH) by 3 dGH (1 meq/L).
- Thoroughly dissolve the powder in fresh water prior to introducing it to the aquarium system. (Note: The solution may appear temporarily milky upon mixing but will clear rapidly once inside the display).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium & Chloride-Free:** Re-mineralises water safely without triggering harmful sodium accumulation over time.
- **Plant-Essential Elements:** Packed with potassium, calcium, magnesium, and soluble iron to fuel complex root and leaf tissue growth.
- **Ideal for Purified Water(RO/DI Water):** Effortlessly restores critical, life-supporting mineral content to empty RO/DI water streams.
- **Promotes Aquatic Health:** Supports fish skeletal structure, osmotic balance, and plant cell wall formation.
- **Zero KH or pH Impact:** Targets general hardness strictly, allowing independent regulation of tank acidity and buffering capacity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725029-446 (Internal ID: 130775)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116044608
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Mineral Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 350 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Planted & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 1,500 litres (375 US gallons) to raise GH by 3 dGH
---
#### Seachem Equilibrium 4kg
Bulk General Hardness (GH) Mineral Conditioner for Large Planted Systems, Aquascaping Galleries, & Plant Propagation Facilities.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-equilibrium-4kg/
- Price: $153.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725031-449 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116044905
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Equilibrium-4kg.jpg
Seachem Equilibrium 4kg (SKU: 725031-449) offers a bulk mineral re-mineralisation formula designed for large planted aquariums, aquascaping galleries, and plant propagation facilities. It raises General Hardness (GH) by restoring essential potassium, calcium, magnesium, and iron levels without adding sodium or chloride. By delivering these vital electrolytes in a highly bioavailable format, this commercial-grade blend establishes a pristine mineral foundation that eliminates the risk of nutrient deficiencies in high-demand, large-scale aquatic ecosystems.
This 4 kg tub provides maximum economy for aquarists conditioning large volumes of RO or DI water. Its specialised blend supports robust plant root development, stem structure, and overall growth while maintaining safe osmotic conditions for fish. Because the formula increases general hardness strictly without altering carbonate hardness (KH) or shifting pH parameters, it gives facility operators absolute independence over water chemistry control, allowing for aggressive macro-nutrient dosing without the threat of unexpected parameter swings or biological filter stalls.
This industrial-sized 4kg bucket significantly cuts down on packaging waste and operational acquisition costs, making it the premier choice for large-scale aquascaping galleries, commercial hatcheries, and professional plant propagation operations. It serves as an incredibly efficient tool for handling massive water storage vats, ensuring a clean, sodium-free environmental transition during heavy routine water changes. The highly stable dry powder form prevents chemical degradation over extended storage periods, offering large facilities an unyielding, high-yield asset for continuous, precision mineral management.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bulk RO Water Re-mineralisation:** Added to pure RO/DI storage vats before water changes in planted systems.
- **High-Demand Aquascapes:** Used in heavily planted setups to maintain steady GH levels.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 16 g (1 tablespoon) per 80 L (20 US gallons) to raise General Hardness (GH) by 3 dGH.
- Pre-dissolve thoroughly in makeup water before transferring into the main display system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Volume Value:** 4 kg bucket provides cost-effective re-mineralisation for large systems and commercial facilities.
- **Sodium & Chloride-Free:** Prevents salt accumulation that can harm delicate aquatic plants and root networks.
- **Potassium-Rich Blend:** Provides essential potassium to prevent leaf pinholes and support strong stem growth.
- **Ideal for RO/DI Systems:** Restores necessary minerals to purified water sources cleanly and predictably.
- **Independent Hardness Control:** Raises general hardness without altering critical KH or aquarium pH levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725031-449 (Internal ID: 130777)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116044905
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Mineral Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,300 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Planted Aquariums & Aquascaping Installations
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 20,000 litres (5,000 US gallons) to raise GH by 3 dGH
---
#### Seachem Equilibrium 600g
General Hardness (GH) Mineral Reconditioner for Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-equilibrium-600g/
- Price: $27.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725030-443 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116044301
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Equilibrium-600g.jpg
Seachem Equilibrium 600g (SKU: 725030-443) is a dry mineral mix formulated to restore General Hardness (GH) and electrolyte balance in planted freshwater aquariums. It supplies essential minerals—including potassium, calcium, magnesium, and iron—without introducing sodium or chloride.
Seachem Equilibrium is a mineral supplement that restores essential minerals, like calcium and magnesium, in soft or reverse osmosis (RO) water, promoting healthy plant growth and proper electrolyte balance for fish. It is designed specifically for planted aquariums, with a recommended dose of 16 g per 80 litres to increase the general hardness by about 3 dGH. Equilibrium is tailored for planted aquascapes, using potassium salts rather than sodium chloride to support plant growth while establishing osmotic balance for fish. It is ideal for re-mineralising purified reverse osmosis (RO) or deionised (DI) water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO/DI Re-mineralisation:** Added to purified water to restore essential GH minerals before water changes.
- **Planted Tank Support:** Corrects calcium and magnesium deficiencies in soft tap water environments.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 16 g (1 tablespoon) per 80 L (20 US gallons) to raise General Hardness (GH) by 3 dGH (1 meq/L).
- Dissolve powder in fresh replacement water prior to adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium & Chloride-Free:** Re-mineralises water without accumulating harmful sodium salts.
- **Plant-Essential Elements:** Formulated with bioavailable potassium, calcium, magnesium, and iron.
- **RO/DI Water Rebuilding:** Restores natural mineral profiles to purified water sources.
- **Supports Plant Structure:** Aids plant cell wall integrity, root expansion, and photosynthesis.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725030-443 (Internal ID: 130756)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116044301
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Mineral Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 680 g
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Target Environment:** Planted Aquariums & Aquascapes
- **Treatment Capacity:** 600 g treats up to 3,000 litres (750 US gallons) to raise GH by 3 dGH
---
#### Seachem Flourish 100ml
Compact Comprehensive Micronutrient Fertiliser For Aquatic Plants in Small & Nano Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-100ml/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724876-515 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116051507
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-100ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish 100mL (SKU: 724876-515) is a compact liquid fertiliser designed to provide complete micronutrient care for small planted aquariums and desktop nano tanks. It delivers a balanced mix of trace minerals, iron, calcium, magnesium, and essential plant vitamins. Regular use maintains lush green leaves and encourages healthy root growth in compact setups.
Formulated without heavy nitrate or phosphate concentrations, Flourish prevents algae growth while keeping aquatic plants well-fed. It includes natural organic compounds and amino acids that strengthen foliage and improve nutrient uptake. The 100mL bottle features an easy-to-use dosing cap for smaller water volumes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Aquariums & Small Aquascapes:** Perfect for aquariums under 100 litres.
- **Beginner Planted Tanks:** An easy all-in-one micronutrient fertiliser for new hobbyists.
- **Preventative Plant Care:** Keeps plants healthy and prevents minor trace mineral deficiencies.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 250 L (60 US gallons) once or twice weekly.
- **Nano Application:** 1 drop per 2.5 L (0.6 US gallons) for small aquariums.
- **Storage:** Keep cap tightly sealed when not in use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Micronutrient Blend:** Provides trace elements, iron, calcium, and essential plant vitamins.
- **Algae-Safe Formulation:** Low nitrate and phosphate levels prevent unwanted algae blooms.
- **Compact & Convenient:** Easy to store and dose for small aquarium setups.
- **Shrimp & Snail Safe:** Formulated to be safe for delicate freshwater invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724876-515
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116051507
- **Product Type:** Comprehensive Planted Aquarium Fertiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Nano & Small Planted Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 5,000 litres (1,320 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish 2l
High-Volume Plant Fertiliser Bottle With Trace Elements, Vitamins, & Minerals for Aquarium Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-2l/
- Price: $69.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724879-518 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116051804
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Flourish-2l.jpg
Seachem Flourish 2L (SKU: 724879-518) provides a high-volume supply of comprehensive micronutrients for high-demand planted aquariums and large aquascapes. This liquid fertiliser delivers a broad spectrum of trace elements, vitamins, and essential minerals like iron, calcium, and magnesium. It ensures aquatic plants receive the balanced nutrition required for strong stem and leaf growth.
Designed to support healthy foliage without fueling nuisance algae, Flourish maintains minimal levels of nitrates and phosphates. Its formula includes bioavailable amino acids that support plant metabolism and tissue strength. The 2-litre bottle is cost-effective for large display aquariums and multi-tank setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Display Aquascapes:** Designed for aquariums over 300 litres with high plant biomass.
- **Commercial Plant Holding Tanks:** Keeps retail display plants fresh, healthy, and vibrant.
- **Routine Liquid Fertilisation:** Primary micronutrient source for established planted aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 250 L (60 US gallons) once or twice per week.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into sump returns or filter outlets.
- **Invertebrate Safety:** Fully safe for dwarf shrimp, freshwater snails, and scaleless fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Micronutrient Profile:** Supplies trace minerals, iron, calcium, and essential vitamins.
- **Algae-Controlled Design:** Prevents nutrient excess by leaving NPK ratios under aquarist control.
- **Amino Acid Infused:** Promotes cellular repair and vigorous leaf proliferation.
- **High-Volume Value:** 2-litre container reduces long-term maintenance costs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724879-518
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116051804
- **Product Type:** Comprehensive Planted Aquarium Fertiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,180 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 100,000 litres (26,400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish 4l
Bulk Bottle of Fertiliser With Trace Elements, Vitamins, & Minerals for Plants in Large & Public Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-4l/
- Price: $134.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724880-519 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116051903
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-4l.jpg
Unlike competing fertilisers that can oversupply nitrogen and phosphorus, Flourish focuses on bioavailable micronutrients to prevent algae blooms while feeding plant foliage. It contains phytohormones and amino acids that support root development and tissue growth. The 4-litre jug offers maximum value for commercial hatcheries, public aquariums, and large planted systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Facilities & Aquascaping Studios:** Bulk fertilisation for high-volume planted displays.
- **Comprehensive Micronutrient Care:** Serves as the core liquid fertiliser for planted aquariums.
- **New & Established Planted Systems:** Promotes steady growth and vibrant leaves in all planted tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- Dosage Rate: 1 capful (5 mL) per 250 L (60 US gallons) once or twice weekly.
- Application Method: Pour directly into an area of high water movement.
- Synergy: Pair with Flourish Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium as plant growth demands increase.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Micronutrient Profile:** Delivers essential trace elements, calcium, magnesium, and vitamins.
- **Algae-Controlled Formula:** Low phosphate and nitrate levels prevent excess algae growth.
- **Rich Bio-Extracts:** Formulated with natural amino acids and phytohormones for healthy tissue growth.
- **Maximum Bulk Value:** 4-litre jug reduces cost per treatment for large aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724880-519
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116051903
- **Product Type:** Comprehensive Planted Aquarium Fertiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 155 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,280 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwaters Of Large Planted Aquariums & Commercial Displays
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 200,000 Litres (52,800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish 500ml
Comprehensive Planted Aquarium Fertiliser To Promote Healthy Growth In Freshwater Aquatic Plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-500ml/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724878-513 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116051309
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-500ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish 500mL (SKU: 724878-513) is a complete liquid fertiliser designed to promote healthy growth in freshwater aquatic plants. It provides a full spectrum of trace elements, vitamins, and minerals, including iron, calcium, magnesium, and potassium. Flourish supplies these essential nutrients to support plant growth and vibrant leaf development.
Seachem Flourish is a liquid fertiliser additive supplement for freshwater aquariums that provides comprehensive essential trace elements, vitamins, and nutrients for vitality and healthy plant growth in freshwater aquariums.
It promotes vibrant colouration in leaves & stems, root development, and overall plant health. The recommended dose is 1 capful (5 mL) per 250 L (60 US gallons), which needs to be added once or twice a week.
Formulated without elevated levels of nitrogen or phosphorus, Flourish helps feed plant foliage while minimising the risk of unwanted algae blooms. It contains beneficial amino acids and organic compounds that improve overall plant vigour. The 500mL bottle is the standard recommendation for medium to large home planted aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **General Planted Tank Care:** Serves as the primary liquid fertiliser for freshwater aquatic plants.
- **Nutrient Starvation Prevention:** Fixes pale leaves, slow growth, and poor root development.
- **Routine Plant Care:** Ideal for weekly dosing in community planted aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 250 L (60 US gallons) once or twice a week.
- **Application Method:** Pour into high-flow areas of the aquarium.
- **Safe Usage:** Compatible with all fish, invertebrates, dwarf shrimp, and biofilters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-In-One Micronutrient Formula:** Delivers essential minerals, trace elements, and vitamins for aquatic plants.
- **Algae-Safe Formula:** Low phosphate and nitrate design prevents unwanted algae issues.
- **Supports Healthy Growth:** Enriched with amino acids to strengthen plant tissues.
- **Standard Display Size:** 500mL size provides multi-month care for home planted aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724878-513
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116051309
- **Product Type:** Comprehensive Planted Aquarium Fertiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 25,000 litres (6,600 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Advance 100ml
Compact Growth Enhancer for Small Fish Tanks, Helping Aquatic Plants For Lush Growth & Vibrant Colouration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-advance-100ml/
- Price: $13.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724905-1235 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116123501
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724905-1235.png
Seachem Flourish Advance 100mL (SKU: 724905-1235) offers nano aquascapers a concentrated phytohormone supplement to stimulate rapid root branching and healthy shoot development. Its natural botanical formula enhances nutrient absorption, helping nano aquarium plants achieve lush growth and vibrant colouration.
Its compact volume is ideally sized for smaller planted tanks and nano desktop aquascapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Planted Tanks:** Provides precise growth enhancement for small aquarium setups.
- **Foreground Carpet Establishment:** Helps dwarf hairgrass and carpet mosses spread quickly.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Daily Dose:** Dose 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily (or ~0.6 mL per 10 L).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phytohormone Rich:** Promotes tissue division and root node extension naturally.
- **Accelerates Plant Establishment:** Reduces setup time for newly aquascaped tanks.
- **Handy Nano Size:** Convenient container size for small aquatic setups.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Completely safe for dwarf shrimp and nano fish species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724905-1235
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116123501
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertilizers & Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 42 mm (L) × 42 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 120 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Advance 250ml
Phytohormone Booster for Standard Size Aquariums To Improve Root Development & Shoot Growth Of Plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-advance-250ml/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724906-1236 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116123600
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Advance-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Advance 250mL (SKU: 724906-1236) provides concentrated natural plant hormones designed to enhance root development and shoot growth in standard planted aquariums. By stimulating cell division and expansion, it helps aquatic plants absorb water-column nutrients more efficiently.
It is particularly effective at establishing carpeting plants and helping sensitive crypts and stem species acclimate to new water parameters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Plant Conditioning:** Supports healthy daily plant development and leaf colour.
- **Stem Plant Propagation:** Speeds up root formation on newly planted stem cuttings.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Daily Application:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Advanced Growth Formula:** Contains natural auxins, cytokinins, and micronutrients.
- **Speeds Up Rooting:** Promotes deep root networks for superior substrate stability.
- **Prevents Acclimation Melt:** Reduces plant leaf drop in newly established setups.
- **Shrimp & Community Safe:** Zero toxic impact on fish, snails, or ornamental shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724906-1236
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116123600
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertilizers & Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Advance 4l
Bulk Plant Growth Enhancer With Natural Phytohormones, Minerals, & Amino Acids For Development In Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-advance-4l/
- Price: $169.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724909-1239 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116123907
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Advance-4l-2.jpg
Seachem Flourish Advance 4L (SKU: 724909-1239) is a bulk advanced plant growth enhancer formulated with natural phytohormones, minerals, and amino acids to stimulate root and shoot development in planted aquariums. Containing natural cytokinins, auxins, and gibberellins, it dramatically accelerates root node establishment, plant absorption of nutrients, and growth rates across all aquatic plant species.
Seachem Flourish Advance is a biostimulant that promotes accelerated root growth and overall plant development through natural phytohormones, making it ideal for newly planted or pruned aquariums. It supports long-term plant health and resilience, with a recommended dose of 5 mL per 80 litres added daily for optimal results.
During initial setup or post-pruning phases, Flourish Advance enhances root branching and leaf growth, helping plants establish quickly and outcompete nuisance algae for nutrients. The 4-litre size provides cost-effective dosing for large planted displays, commercial scapes, and maintenance businesses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Planted Tank Setup:** Accelerates root growth and reduces plant melting during acclimation.
- **Post-Pruning Recovery:** Stimulates rapid shoot regrowth after heavy trimming.
- **Commercial Aquascapes:** High-volume growth enhancer for large planted aquariums.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Daily Dosage:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) of tank water daily.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into the aquarium water column near filter outlets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Advanced Phytohormone Blend:** Rich in natural auxins, cytokinins, and gibberellins.
- **Dramatically Stimulates Rooting:** Enhances root node extension and lateral root growth.
- **Accelerates Nutrient Uptake:** Improves plant absorption of essential macro and micronutrients.
- **Reef & Invertebrate Safe:** Completely non-toxic to shrimp, snails, and fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724909-1239
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116123907
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertilizers & Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,150 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Advance 500ml
Plant Growth & Root Development Supplement With Phytohormone Matrix To Enhance Nutrient Absorption.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-advance-500ml/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724907-1233 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116123303
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Advance-500ml-1.jpg
Seachem Flourish Advance 500mL (SKU: 724907-1233) is a specialised biological plant growth supplement engineered to boost root formation and vegetative growth in planted aquariums. Its phytohormone matrix (auxins and cytokinins) enhances nutrient absorption capacity and accelerates recovery from trimming.
It works synergistically with comprehensive fertilisers like Seachem Flourish to create lush, vibrant aquascapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Plant Growth Boosting:** Promotes fast root anchorage for new foreground stems and carpet plants.
- **Post-Trim Enhancement:** Stimulates fresh lateral shoots after aquascape trimming.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Daily Dose:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Plant Hormones:** Harnesses auxins and cytokinins for superior root growth.
- **Boosts Carpet Plants:** Accelerates spreading of Glossostigma, Monte Carlo, and Eleocharis.
- **Enhances Disease Resistance:** Strengthens plant tissue against fungal and bacterial rot.
- **Safe for Aquatic Invertebrates:** Completely safe for delicate Caridina and Neocaridina shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724907-1233
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116123303
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertilizers & Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 185 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 540 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Advance 50ml
Trial & Micro Size Phytohormone Aquatic Plant Growth Supplement For Tiny & Micro Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-advance-50ml/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724904-1234 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116123402
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Advance-50ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Advance 50mL (SKU: 724904-1234) is a compact trial size of Seachem's popular phytohormone plant growth supplement. Designed for micro-aquariums or aquascapers testing the benefits of plant hormone supplementation, it delivers auxins and cytokinins to enhance root establishment and overall plant vigour.
It aids stem propagation, reduces acclimation stress, and speeds up carpet coverage in small setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Micro & Pico Aquariums:** Precise dosing for tiny planted displays.
- **Product Trial:** Small-volume testing before committing to larger sizes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Daily Dose:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Growth Phytohormones:** Stimulates root and leaf growth biochemically.
- **Compact Portable Bottle:** Ideal for micro tanks or travel maintenance kits.
- **Improves Plant Resilience:** Helps aquatic plants withstand environmental changes.
- **Shrimp & Snail Safe:** Formulated to be completely non-toxic to invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724904-1234
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116123402
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertilizers & Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 35 mm (L) × 35 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Excel 100ml
Compact Liquid Organic Carbon Supplement For Aquatic Plant Growth & Cellular Formation In Small Nano Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-excel-100ml/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724858-455 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116045506
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Flourish-Excel-100ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Excel 100mL (SKU: 724858-455) offers targeted organic carbon supplementation in a compact size designed for small planted tanks and nano aquascapes. Carbon is a primary requirement for aquatic plant growth and cellular formation. In small, well-lit aquariums, available carbon is quickly consumed, making regular supplementation key to maintaining healthy plants.
A widely trusted plant supplement for planted aquariums, Seachem Flourish Excel enhances growth and promotes a thriving aquatic plant environment. Seachem Flourish Excel is a premium aquarium supplement that functions as a bioavailable source of carbon for aquatic plants. It provides plants with the essential carbon they need for photosynthesis and healthy growth, especially in tanks that lack sufficient CO 2 supplementation.
Rather than being a traditional fertiliser, Flourish Excel delivers a readily usable form of carbon that supports lush plant development, vibrant colouration, and strong root systems. It also helps reduce algae by giving plants the competitive edge for available nutrients. Flourish Excel delivers bioavailable organic carbon directly to plants without requiring pressurised CO 2 equipment. It supports active photosynthesis, healthy foliage, and strong root growth in small aquarium environments. The 100mL bottle is easy to store and dose for small display setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Desktop Aquascapes:** Designed for small planted tanks under 100 litres.
- **Simple Carbon Supplementation:** Easy liquid carbon dosing without CO2 regulators or gas cylinders.
- **Targeted Algae Prevention:** Helps suppress nuisance algae growth in small water volumes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Initial / Water Change Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons), or 1.25 mL per 10 L.
- **Daily Maintenance Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L, or 1 drop per 2 L (0.5 US gallons) daily.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into tank water in an area with good circulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Liquid Carbon:** Directly supplies organic carbon chains for plant photosynthesis, helping improve overall plant health and vitality.
- **Convenient Nano Size:** Small bottle allows easy dosing control for low-volume aquariums. Provides a bioavailable carbon source for freshwater aquarium plants.
- **Protects Ferrous Iron (Fe²⁺):** Helps maintain bioavailable iron levels for aquatic plants while ensuring reduced algae formation in water by boosting plant nutrient uptake.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Safe for most freshwater aquarium inhabitants; it is formulated to be safe for dwarf shrimp, snails, and nano fish when used as directed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724858-455
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116045506
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Bioavailable Organic Carbon Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Nano & Small Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Excel 250ml
Bioavailable Organic Carbon Booster for Photosynthesis and Energy Production in Plants of Regular-Size Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-excel-250ml/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724859-456 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116045605
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Excel-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Excel 250mL (SKU: 724859-456) is a liquid organic carbon supplement engineered to support plant growth in freshwater aquariums. Carbon is a fundamental building block for plant tissue, essential for photosynthesis and energy production. While plants can extract carbon from dissolved CO 2 , Excel provides a direct organic carbon alternative that requires no specialised gas injection equipment.
Flourish Excel supplies organic carbon compounds that plants easily integrate into metabolic processes, encouraging healthy foliage growth and strong root development. It also helps maintain iron in its bioavailable ferrous (Fe²⁺) state, further supporting plant nutrition. The 250mL bottle is an ideal choice for standard home display aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Planted Aquariums:** Daily organic carbon source for tanks up to 150 litres.
- **Non-CO2 Injected Tanks:** Provides essential carbon without needing pressurised gas systems.
- **Algae Control Support:** Helps deter Black Brush Algae (BBA) when dosed consistently.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Initial / Major Water Change Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons).
- **Daily Maintenance Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) daily or every second day.
- **Application Method:** Pour into the main tank current near the filter outflow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct Bioavailable Carbon:** Easily absorbed organic carbon source for aquatic plants.
- **Simple Liquid Application:** Easy alternative to complex CO2 gas injection systems.
- **Supports Bioavailable Iron:** Helps keep iron in its plant-usable ferrous (Fe²⁺) state.
- **Standard Home Size:** 250mL bottle provides convenient daily dosing for home aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724859-456
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116045605
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Bioavailable Organic Carbon Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 5,000 litres (1,250 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Excel 2l
Bulk Pack Of Bioavailable Carbon Source for Plants' Photosynthesis, Tissue Building, & Cellular Growth In Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-excel-2l/
- Price: $69.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724861-458 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116045803
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Flourish-Excel-2l.jpg
Seachem Flourish Excel is a premium aquarium supplement that functions as a bioavailable source of carbon for aquatic plants. Seachem Flourish Excel enhances growth and promotes a thriving aquatic plant environment. It is a widely trusted plant supplement for planted aquariums that provides plants with the essential carbon they need for photosynthesis and healthy growth, especially in tanks that lack sufficient CO₂ supplementation.
Rather than being a traditional fertiliser, Flourish Excel delivers a readily usable form of carbon that supports lush plant development, vibrant colouration, and strong root systems. Flourish Excel delivers an organic carbon compound that plants can absorb directly without relying on gaseous CO₂. It provides simple organic carbon chains that plants integrate directly into photosynthetic pathways, supporting steady growth and healthy foliage. It also helps reduce algae by giving plants the competitive edge for available nutrients. Additionally, Flourish Excel has mild iron-reducing properties that help keep iron in its bioavailable ferrous (Fe²⁺) state. The 2-litre bulk container offers excellent value for large planted tanks and commercial facilities.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Demand Planted Systems:** Supplies continuous organic carbon for dense, fast-growing aquascapes.
- **Alternative or Supplement to CO₂:** Works as a standalone liquid carbon source or alongside gaseous CO₂ systems.
- **Algae Management Support:** Helps suppress nuisance algae species like Black Brush Algae (BBA) when dosed consistently.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- Initial/Major Water Change Dose: 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) following a >40% water change.
- Daily Maintenance Dose: 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) daily or every other day.
- Application Method: Dose directly into areas with active water movement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Organic Carbon:** Provides usable bioavailable carbon chains without needing gaseous CO₂ equipment for freshwater aquarium plants.
- **Supports Photosynthetic Metabolism:** Accelerates plant tissue development and root extension while supporting strong plant growth and vibrant green foliage.
- **Keeps Iron Available:** Promotes ferrous (Fe²⁺) iron retention for better plant absorption and helps improve overall plant health and vitality. It can reduce algae formation in water by boosting plant nutrient uptake.
- **Bulk Commercial Value:** 2-litre size provides economical daily carbon dosing for large systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724861-458
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116045803
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Bioavailable Organic Carbon Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,180 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Densely Planted Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 40,000 Litres (10,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Excel 4l
Extra-Large Pack Of Bioavailable Organic Carbon Additive for Plants' Photosynthesis & Cellular Tissue In Big Commercial Aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-excel-4l/
- Price: $99.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724862-459 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116045902
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Excel-4l-1.jpg
Seachem Flourish Excel 4L (SKU: 724862-459) is an extra-large volume organic carbon supplement formulated for high-capacity planted aquariums, commercial propagation facilities, and professional aquascaping studios. Carbon is a foundational macro-nutrient required by all aquatic plants for building cellular tissue during photosynthesis. While plants typically extract carbon from dissolved CO 2 , gas systems can be difficult or impractical to install in large multi-tank systems.
Flourish Excel provides an organic carbon source that plants can absorb and utilise directly for growth. It delivers usable carbon compounds that support plant metabolic processes, root development, and leaf expansion. In addition, Flourish Excel helps maintain iron in its bioavailable ferrous (Fe²⁺) state. The 4-litre container offers maximum economy for maintenance professionals and large planted displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Facilities & Public Displays:** High-volume carbon supply for large aquascapes and multi-tank setups.
- **Standalone or Supplemental Carbon:** Functions as a primary liquid carbon source or alongside pressurised CO2.
- **System-Wide Algae Prevention:** Helps suppress Black Brush Algae (BBA) across high-volume systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Initial / Water Change Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) after major water changes.
- **Daily Maintenance Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) daily or every other day.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into filter sumps or high-flow return lines.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Organic Carbon:** Direct liquid carbon source for plant photosynthetic pathways.
- **No Gas Equipment Needed:** Eliminates the complexity of pressurised CO2 equipment.
- **Enhances Ferrous Iron (Fe²⁺) State:** Promotes iron stability and bioavailability for foliage.
- **Maximum Bulk Value:** 4-litre jug minimises cost per dose for high-volume users.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724862-459
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116045902
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements> Planted Aquarium Bioavailable Organic Carbon Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 155 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,280 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Planted Aquariums & Commercial Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 80,000 litres (20,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Excel 500ml
Liquid Organic Carbon Supplement Helping Aquatic Plants In Fish Tanks For Root Development, Dense Foliage Growth, Etc.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-excel-500ml/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724860-453 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116045308
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Excel-500ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Excel 500mL (SKU: 724860-453) provides a bioavailable source of organic carbon for freshwater planted aquariums. Carbon is an essential element required by plants for photosynthesis and structural growth. While plants typically extract carbon from dissolved CO 2 gas, Excel delivers usable organic carbon compounds directly into the water column without requiring gas injection systems.
Flourish Excel supplies carbon in a form that plants can readily incorporate into metabolic pathways, encouraging strong root development, dense foliage, and steady growth. It can be used as a standalone carbon source in low-to-medium tech setups or as a supplement in high-tech CO 2 -injected aquariums. The 500mL bottle is the standard recommendation for medium-sized display aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low to Medium-Tech Aquariums:** Provides organic carbon without requiring pressurised CO2 systems.
- **High-Tech System Supplement:** Complements pressurised CO2 injection for maximum plant uptake.
- **Algae Suppression Maintenance:** Helps deter Black Brush Algae (BBA) and staghorn algae when dosed daily.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Initial / Major Water Change Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) after a major water change.
- **Daily Maintenance Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) daily or every other day.
- **Application Method:** Dose into high-flow areas of the aquarium for rapid distribution.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Organic Carbon:** Delivers carbon chains directly to plant tissue for photosynthesis.
- **No CO2 Equipment Required:** Easy liquid alternative to pressurised carbon dioxide systems.
- **Iron Reduction Support:** Helps maintain iron in its bioavailable ferrous (Fe²⁺) state.
- **Popular Home Size:** 500mL bottle provides extended daily carbon supplementation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724860-453
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116045308
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Bioavailable Organic Carbon Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 10,000 litres (2,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Iron 100ml
Targeted Ferrous Iron Supplement To Aquatic Plants For Chlorophyll Formation & Cellular Energy Transfer In Small Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-iron-100ml/
- Price: $10.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724868-475 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116047500
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Iron-100ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Iron 100mL (SKU: 724868-475) provides a targeted dose of bioavailable ferrous iron designed for small planted aquariums and compact aquascapes. Plants require iron as a catalyst for chlorophyll formation and cellular energy transfer. When iron levels become depleted, young foliage emerges yellow or white, and red-leafed aquatic plants fade to dull green.
Featuring a complexed ferrous gluconate (Fe²⁺) formula, Flourish Iron supplies iron in a form that aquatic plants can absorb directly. It avoids the metabolic delay and energy loss associated with EDTA-chelated ferric iron (Fe³⁺). Formulated without nitrates or phosphates, Flourish Iron protects water quality while encouraging healthy, colourful plant growth in small aquarium systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Planted Aquariums:** Ideal for systems under 100 litres requiring controlled iron supplementation.
- **Enhancing Red Accent Plants:** Encourages deep pigmentation in compact groups of Rotala or Ludwigia.
- **Chlorosis Correction:** Quickly reverses pale new leaf tissue caused by micronutrient starvation.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons), or 2.5 mL per 100 L.
- **Nano Application:** 1 drop per 2 L (0.5 US gallons) for precise micro-dosing.
- **Application Method:** Pour into the main tank current near the filter outflow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-Preferred Ferrous (Fe²⁺) Form:** Rapidly absorbed by aquatic plant foliage without metabolic strain.
- **Targeted Colour Enhancement:** Promotes bright red and orange pigments in sensitive stem plants.
- **Algae-Safe Dosing:** Contains no nitrates or phosphates to prevent nuisance algae blooms.
- **Invertebrate-Safe:** Formulated to be safe for dwarf shrimp, freshwater snails, and scaleless fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724868-475
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116047500
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Iron Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Small Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Iron 250ml
Essential Ferrous Iron Fertiliser For Enzyme Activation, Nitrogen Fixation & Chlorophyll Synthesis in Aquatic Plants Of Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-iron-250ml/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724869-476 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116047609
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Iron-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Iron 250mL (SKU: 724869-476) is an advanced ferrous gluconate iron supplement designed to maintain optimal iron levels in planted freshwater aquariums. Iron plays a critical role in enzyme activation, nitrogen fixation, and chlorophyll synthesis in aquatic plants. Without regular iron availability, plants exhibit pale new tissue, weak stems, and loss of vibrant red, orange, and golden pigments.
Flourish Iron delivers iron in the preferred ferrous state (Fe²⁺) complexed with gluconate, preventing rapid oxidation in the water column while ensuring rapid assimilation by plant tissues. By eliminating the energy-intensive conversion step required for standard ferric iron (Fe³⁺), plants can direct their energy toward strong growth and leaf production. The 250mL bottle is the ideal standard size for medium home aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Display Aquariums:** Core iron supplement for planted tanks ranging from 50 to 200 litres.
- **Promoting Vivid Red Leaves:** Essential for maximising red and purple pigmentation in stem species.
- **Treating Deficient Growth:** Reverses chlorosis in new leaves and terminal buds across high-demand species.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) as needed to maintain ~0.10 mg/L iron.
- **Application Method:** Add directly to aquarium water in areas of high flow.
- **Frequency:** Dose daily or every other day depending on plant density and lighting intensity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Uptake Ferrous (Fe²⁺) Form:** Ensures fast leaf absorption compared to traditional EDTA chelated iron.
- **Vibrant Pigment Booster:** Maximises natural red, orange, and purple hues in aquatic foliage.
- **No Impact on NPK Ratios:** Delivers pure iron without raising nitrates or phosphates.
- **Popular Home Size:** Convenient 250mL bottle provides extended dosing for standard aquascapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724869-476
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116047609
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Iron Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 10,000 litres (2,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Iron 2l
High-Capacity Ferrous Iron Supplement for Aquatic Plants in Large Aquarium Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-iron-2l/
- Price: $54.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724871-478 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116047807
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Iron-2l.jpg
Flourish Iron uses Ferrous Gluconate iron (Fe²⁺), which is easily absorbed by plant tissues compared to EDTA-chelated ferric iron. It delivers available iron directly to plants, encouraging vibrant leaf colours without encouraging algae. The 2-litre bottle offers long-term economy for large aquariums and active aquascapers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Light & CO2 Aquascapes:** Supports fast-growing plants with high iron demands.
- **Colour Intensity Enhancement:** Boosts rich red and purple shades in aquatic stem plants.
- **Treating Interveinal Chlorosis:** Fixes yellowing young foliage while leaf veins remain green.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) or as required to maintain 0.10 mg/L Iron.
- **Application Method:** Pour directly into filter outlets or water currents.
- **Invertebrate Compatibility:** Completely safe for dwarf shrimp, snails, and fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Ferrous Complex (Fe²⁺):** Readily absorbed by plant foliage without high energy consumption.
- **Enhances Red Foliage:** Critical for vivid reds, oranges, and purples in sensitive plant species.
- **Pure Micronutrient Dosing:** Delivers target iron without altering nitrogen or phosphorus levels.
- **High-Capacity Value:** 2-litre size provides efficient long-term dosing for large display aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724871-478
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116047807
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Iron Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,180 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 80,000 litres (21,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Iron 4l
Bulk Bottle Of Ferrous Iron Supplement For Aquatic Plant Energy & Its Red, Bronze, & Pink Leaves.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-iron-4l/
- Price: $99.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724872-479 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116047906
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Iron-4l-1.jpg
Seachem Flourish Iron is a concentrated ferrous iron supplement designed for planted aquariums to support healthy growth, particularly in iron-demanding plants. It is available in various sizes, including 50 mL and 4 L, and is dosed at 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 litres of water, providing 0.10 mg/L of iron.
Flourish Iron contains bioavailable ferrous iron (Fe²⁺) complexed with gluconate. Plants can absorb ferrous gluconate directly through leaves and stems without spending energy converting ferric iron (Fe³⁺). Free from nitrates and phosphates, it allows aquarists to maintain bright plant colours without triggering unwanted algae growth. The 4-litre jug provides excellent value for high-volume setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Planted Display Aquariums:** Bulk supply for large systems and commercial facilities.
- **Red Plant Pigmentation:** Essential for maintaining deep red colours in Rotala, Ludwigia, and Alternanthera species.
- **Iron Deficiency Chlorosis:** Treats yellowing young leaves with green veins (interveinal chlorosis).
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- Dosage Rate: 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) as needed to maintain ~0.10 mg/L iron.
- Testing: Monitor iron concentrations using a sensitive ferrous iron test kit.
- Application Method: Dose directly into areas with good water circulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Ferrous Gluconate (Fe²⁺):** Plant-preferred iron form for easy leaf absorption.
- **Promotes Rich Red Colouration:** Enhances deep red and purple leaf tones in high-light stem plants.
- **Zero NPK Accumulation:** Pure iron formula will not elevate nitrates or phosphates.
- **Commercial Bulk Size:** 4-litre container provides low cost per dose for high-volume users.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724872-479
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116047906
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Iron Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 155 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,280 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** High-Tech & High-Light Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 160,000 Litres (42,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Iron 500ml
Bioavailable Ferrous Iron Supplement for Plants' Foliage Growth & Vibrant Pigmentation In Freshwater Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-iron-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724870-473 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116047302
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Iron-500ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Iron 500mL (SKU: 724870-473) is a highly concentrated bioavailable ferrous gluconate iron supplement engineered to support vigorous foliage growth and vibrant pigmentation in freshwater planted aquariums. Iron is a crucial micronutrient involved in chlorophyll formation, electron transport, and energy production within aquatic plants. Because dissolved iron rapidly oxidises in water into unabsorbable ferric states, continuous supplementation is vital for maintaining healthy plant metabolism and intense leaf colouration.
Unlike competing iron supplements that rely on EDTA-chelated ferric iron (Fe³⁺), Flourish Iron utilises a complexed ferrous iron (Fe²⁺) gluconate matrix. Aquatic plants expend significant cellular energy reducing ferric iron back into usable ferrous forms; by delivering ferrous iron directly, Flourish Iron ensures immediate bioavailability without energetic strain. Free from nitrates and phosphates, this formula allows precision nutrient dosing without contributing to unwanted algae growth. The 500mL bottle provides an economical long-term supply for medium to large aquascapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Vivid Red & Pink Plants:** Essential for enhancing rich colouration in high-light stem species like Rotala, Ludwigia, and Alternanthera.
- **Interveinal Chlorosis Treatment:** Corrects yellowing in young leaves where leaf veins remain green while tissue turns pale.
- **High-Tech CO2 Systems:** Supplies vital iron to match rapid plant metabolic rates in CO2-supplemented aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) or as needed to maintain approximately 0.10 mg/L iron.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into an area with active water movement for rapid distribution.
- **Testing Strategy:** Monitor iron concentrations using a sensitive ferrous iron test kit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct Ferrous Gluconate (Fe²⁺):** Delivers plant-preferred iron for immediate cellular absorption.
- **Intensifies Leaf Pigmentation:** Essential for developing deep red, orange, and purple hues in aquatic plants.
- **Algae-Safe Composition:** Pure iron supplement that will not elevate nitrate or phosphate levels.
- **Safe for Aquatic Fauna:** Completely non-toxic to freshwater fish, dwarf shrimp, and beneficial biofilter bacteria.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724870-473
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116047302
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Iron Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 20,000 litres (5,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Iron 50ml
Compact Bioavailable Ferrous Iron Booster for Nano Aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-iron-50ml/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724867-474 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116047401
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Iron-50ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Iron 50mL (SKU: 724867-474) offers a targeted bioavailable ferrous iron source in a compact bottle designed for nano tanks, micro aquascapes, and small planted display tanks. Iron is an indispensable element required for plant cellular respiration, enzyme functioning, and chlorophyll synthesis. In small, highly illuminated nano tanks, fast-growing plants deplete available iron reserves rapidly, leading to chlorosis and stunted shoot elongation.
Formulated with complexed ferrous gluconate (Fe²⁺), Flourish Iron provides aquatic plants with an immediately usable form of iron. Unlike ferric iron (Fe³⁺) formulations that force plants to utilise metabolic energy to convert iron into an absorbable state, ferrous gluconate is absorbed rapidly across leaf cell membranes. Free of nitrates and phosphates, it enables nano aquascapers to boost plant colouration and health without risking algae blooms in low water volumes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Aquascapes & Desktop Tanks:** Specifically sized for precise low-volume dosing in small aquariums under 50 litres.
- **Targeted Colour Enhancement:** Promotes intense red and bronze pigmentation in small clusters of stem plants.
- **Preventing Iron Starvation:** Stops yellowing young shoots and pale growth tips in delicate nano flora.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 200 L (50 US gallons) or 1 drop per 2 L (0.5 US gallons) for nano tanks.
- **Target Level:** Maintain target iron concentration around 0.10 mg/L.
- **Application Method:** Dispense directly into tank water near the filter outlet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano Dosing Convenience:** Compact 50mL container with precise drop application for small tanks.
- **Instant Plant Uptake:** Ferrous gluconate matrix allows fast absorption without metabolic energy loss.
- **Phosphate & Nitrate Free:** Prevents unwanted algae growth in sensitive small-volume aquariums.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Formulated at safe concentrations for dwarf shrimp and ornamental snails.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724867-474
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116047401
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Iron Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 40 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Nano & Small Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 mL treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 100ml
Compact Nitrogen Booster For Freshwater Plants In Nano & Small Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-nitrogen-100ml/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724881-625 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116062503
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724881-625-1.png
Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 100mL (SKU: 724881-625) provides a targeted nitrogen source in a compact size designed for small planted tanks and nano aquascapes. Seachem Flourish Nitrogen is a specialised aquarium supplement designed to supply nitrogen, an important macronutrient, to freshwater aquatic plants in planted aquariums. In small aquariums with high plant density, available nitrogen is quickly used up, requiring routine replenishment. Nitrogen is a critical macronutrient needed for healthy foliage and steady plant growth.
By providing a reliable source of nitrogen, Flourish Nitrogen helps ensure balanced nutrient levels and supports healthy plant growth without disrupting water quality. Nitrogen plays a key role in plant growth, contributing to the development of lush foliage, robust stems, and overall plant vitality. This 100mL bottle is easy to dose and ideal for maintaining small aquascapes.
Flourish Nitrogen combines nitrate and complexed ammonium to give plants immediate access to bioavailable nitrogen. Seachem Flourish Nitrogen is a kind of liquid fertiliser additive supplement for waters of Fish Tank & Aquarium, supporting vigorous plant growth while helping maintain a balanced and thriving aquatic ecosystem. This supports efficient nutrient uptake and strong growth without increasing toxic free ammonia levels. This product is ideal for aquarists who maintain heavily planted tanks where nitrogen may become depleted due to rapid plant uptake.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Aquascapes:** Designed for small planted display tanks under 100 litres.
- **Localised Nitrogen Starvation:** Corrects yellowing leaves and stunted growth in compact setups.
- **Low-Nutrient Substrates:** Provides essential nitrogen when using inert sand or gravel substrates.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 2.5 mL per 160 L (40 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Nano Dosing:** Approximately 1 drop per 3 L for small aquariums.
- **Monitoring:** Check nitrate levels weekly with a water test kit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano-Scale Precision:** Compact size allows easy dosing control for small aquariums.
- **Dual Nitrogen Formulation:** Supplies nitrogen, a vital macronutrient for aquatic plants. Also combines complexed ammonium and nitrate for balanced uptake.
- **Prevents Chlorosis:** Keeps foliage green and healthy from root to tip by maintaining balanced nutrient levels in planted tanks.
- **Shrimp Safe Formula:** Safe for dwarf shrimp and freshwater invertebrates when used as directed. It is also safe to use along with other Seachem Flourish liquid additive supplements for complete plant nutrition.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724881-625
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116062503
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Nitrogen Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Nano & Small Planted Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 6,400 litres (1,680 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 250ml
Liquid Nitrogen Fertiliser for Plant Growth & Vitality in Mid-Size Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-nitrogen-250ml/
- Price: $14.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724882-626 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116062602
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Flourish-Nitrogen-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Nitrogen is a specialised aquarium supplement designed to supply nitrogen, an essential macronutrient for freshwater plants in planted aquariums. This product is ideal for aquarists who maintain heavily planted tanks where nitrogen may become depleted due to rapid plant uptake. By providing a reliable source of nitrogen, Flourish Nitrogen helps ensure balanced nutrient levels and supports healthy plant growth without disrupting water quality.
Flourish Nitrogen delivers nitrogen in both nitrate and bioavailable ammonium forms. Plants quickly absorb ammonium, saving cellular energy compared to processing nitrate alone. Designed for safe application, it delivers nitrogen without releasing dangerous free ammonia into the aquarium. The 250mL size is suitable for standard home planted aquariums. A valuable nutrient supplement for planted aquarium enthusiasts, Seachem Flourish Nitrogen supports vigorous plant growth while helping maintain a balanced and thriving aquatic ecosystem.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low-Nitrate Planted Tanks:** Prevents nutrient deficiencies in aquariums with low fish stocking.
- **Stem Plant Growth Boost:** Promotes rapid stem elongation and healthy leaf surface area. Promotes lush, healthy plant growth and strong foliage
- **Routine NPK Regimens:** Serves as the primary nitrogen component in custom fertilising schedules.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- Dosage Rate: 2.5 mL per 160 L (40 US gallons) twice weekly.
- Target Nitrogen Range: Aim for 2.5–5.0 mg/L as N.
- Storage: Store at room temperature out of direct sunlight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Nitrogen Sources:** Formulated with nitrate and plant-preferred ammonium. Supplies nitrogen, a vital macronutrient for aquatic plants.
- **Safe Ammonium Delivery:** Bioavailable nitrogen without free ammonia spikes. Safe to use with other Seachem additives because it complements other Seachem Flourish supplements for complete plant nutrition.
- **Prevents Leaf Loss:** Stops premature dropping of lower foliage on stem plants. Promotes lush, healthy plant growth and strong foliage.
- **Standard Display Size:** 250mL bottle ideal for medium planted aquariums. Helps maintain balanced nutrient levels in planted tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724882-626
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116062602
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Nitrogen Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 16,000 Litres (4,200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 2l
High-Capacity Nitrogen Source for Plant Growth & Chlorophyll Production in Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-nitrogen-2l/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724884-628 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116062800
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Nitrogen-2l.jpg
Seachem Flourish Nitrogen is a concentrated supplement that provides nitrogen in both nitrate and ammonium forms to support healthy plant growth in freshwater aquariums. It prevents nitrogen deficiency without promoting algae and is safe for all aquarium inhabitants when used as directed.
Flourish Nitrogen features a dual-action blend providing nitrogen in both nitrate (NO₃⁻) and bioavailable ammonium (NH₄⁺) forms. Plant roots and foliage absorb ammonium directly without spending metabolic energy converting nitrates, accelerating growth rates. The 2-litre bulk bottle provides an economical long-term supply for large aquascapes, plant nurseries, and maintenance services.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavily Planted Aquascapes:** Essential for high-tech CO2 tanks with rapid plant growth rates.
- **Nitrogen Deficiency Correction:** Treats yellowing of older leaves (chlorosis) and slow growth rates.
- **Low-Stocked Aquariums:** Restores nitrogen balance in planted tanks with low fish populations.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- Dosage Rate: 2.5 mL (half a cap) per 160 L (40 US gallons) twice weekly, or as needed.
- Target Level: Maintains nitrogen at 2.5–5.0 mg/L as N (or 10–20 mg/L as Nitrate).
- Application Method: Add directly into high-flow aquarium areas.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Nitrogen Matrix:** Combines complexed ammonium and nitrate for maximum absorption efficiency.
- **No Free Ammonia Leaching:** Safely delivers bioavailable nitrogen without raising toxic free ammonia.
- **Prevents Old Leaf Chlorosis:** Stops nitrogen starvation and leaf yellowing in fast-growing stem plants.
- **Bulk System Value:** 2-litre jug provides a lower cost per dose for large planted tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724884-628
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116062800
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Nitrogen Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,190 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** High-Tech & Densely Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 128,000 Litres (33,800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 4 L
Concentrated Nitrogen Fertiliser For Aquatic Plant Growth In Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-nitrogen-4-l/
- Price: $139.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725134-629 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116062909
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Nitrogen-4-L.jpg
Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 4L (SKU: 725134-629) is a concentrated (15,000 mg/L) nitrogen supplement designed specifically for freshwater planted aquariums. Nitrogen is a crucial macronutrient for plant growth and can often limit it in thriving ecosystems. Seachem Flourish Nitrogen provides a concentrated blend of both nitrate and the plant-preferred ammonium form of nitrogen. Nitrogen is one of the primary macronutrients required for plant life, forming the structural foundation of proteins, enzymes, and chlorophyll molecules. In heavily planted aquariums, aquascapes using high lighting, or tanks with low fish stocking, nitrogen reserves deplete rapidly, leading to chlorosis (yellowing of older leaves), stunted growth, and premature foliage loss.
Unlike competing fertilisers that rely strictly on nitrate salts, Flourish Nitrogen provides a dual-action nitrogen source containing both inorganic nitrate and free amino nitrogen (complexed bioavailable amine). The ammonium is safely complexed to prevent free ammonia release and becomes available after urea conversion, while nitrate is also readily available for plant uptake. This dual-source delivery allows aquatic plants to absorb nitrogen with lower metabolic energy expenditure while avoiding the massive nitrate accumulation that can stress sensitive aquatic life. The commercial 4-litre jug provides an efficient, long-term supply for maintenance routes, commercial setups, and large aquascaped displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Tech Planted Aquariums:** Replenishes rapidly consumed nitrogen in tanks utilising high lighting and CO2 injection.
- **Correcting Nitrogen Deficiency:** Eliminates symptoms of nitrogen deficiency, such as yellowing lower leaves and stunted shoot growth.
- **Low-Bioload Aquascapes:** Supplies essential macronutrients in aquascapes with minimal fish stocking.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Use 2.5 mL (half a capful) per 160 L of aquarium water twice weekly, or as needed based on plant response.
- **Nitrogen Target:** Dose as required to maintain dissolved nitrate levels between 5 mg/L and 15 mg/L (NO3).
- **Calculation Tip:** Standard dosage raises total nitrogen concentration by approximately 0.15 mg/L (0.63 mg/L NO3).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Nitrogen Matrix:** Blends bioavailable amine nitrogen and inorganic nitrate for optimum plant uptake.
- **High Concentration:** 15,000 mg/L nitrogen concentration delivers powerful, economical plant nutrition.
- **Safe for Invertebrates:** Formulated without toxic additives, making it safe for freshwater shrimp and delicate snails.
- **Prevents Leaf Chlorosis:** Restores deep green leaf pigmentation and accelerates healthy shoot development.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725134-629
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116062909
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Plant Macronutrients
- **Package Dimensions:** 125.73 mm (L) × 192.06 mm (W) × 321.31 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,730 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 256,000 Litres (64,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 500ml
Bioavailable Nitrogen Supplement for Growth & Chlorophyll Production Of Aquarium Plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-nitrogen-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724883-623 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116062305
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Nitrogen-500ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Nitrogen 500mL (SKU: 724883-623) supplies essential nitrogen to high-demand planted aquariums, supporting vibrant foliage and structural growth. Nitrogen is a primary macronutrient required for plant cell division, leaf expansion, and chlorophyll production. In heavily planted or well-filtered setups, natural nitrate levels can drop to zero, causing plant growth to stall.
Flourish Nitrogen delivers nitrogen in two forms: nitrate (NO 3 ⁻) and complexed ammonium (NH₄⁺). Plant roots and leaves easily utilise ammonium without wasting metabolic energy, leading to faster plant growth. It provides this bioavailable ammonium safely without releasing toxic free ammonia into the aquarium water column. The 500mL size is ideal for medium-sized aquascapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Targeted Macro-Nutrient Dosing:** Use when nitrate tests read zero in active planted aquariums.
- **Correcting Nitrogen Deficiency:** Fixes yellowing older foliage, stunted growth, and premature leaf loss.
- **CO2-Injected Aquascapes:** Meets the high nitrogen demands of CO2-supplemented tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 2.5 mL (half a cap) for every 160 L (40 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Target Nitrogen Range:** Maintain nitrogen levels at 2.5–5.0 mg/L as N (10–20 mg/L as Nitrate).
- **Application Method:** Pour into main tank water near filter outflow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Nitrogen Blend:** Provides both nitrate and preferred ammonium for fast plant uptake.
- **Free Ammonia Safe:** Complexed ammonium form will not harm fish or invertebrates.
- **Promotes Rapid Growth:** Accelerates leaf proliferation and stem development.
- **Precision Cap Dosing:** Includes clear cap markings for accurate dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724883-623
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116062305
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Nitrogen Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 32,000 litres (8,400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 100ml
Concentrated Liquid Potassium Phosphate Fertiliser for Aquatic Flora & Plants in Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-phosphorus-100ml/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724976-195 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116019507
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724976-195-1.png
Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 100mL (SKU: 724976-195) is a high-purity, concentrated solution of potassium phosphate (4,500 mg/L phosphate) tailored specifically for aquatic flora. Phosphorus is one of the primary macronutrients required for healthy plant bio-processes, playing a pivotal role in cellular energy transfer, root system extension, and new leaf expansion. Unlike generic garden fertilisers, this formula allows aquarists to control phosphate concentrations independently without introducing excess nitrogen or unwanted trace compounds.
When planted aquariums lack sufficient phosphate, plants show stunted growth, leaf darkening, and premature tissue decay. Incorporating Flourish Phosphorus into a regular dosing regimen ensures plants maintain optimal nutrient uptake, facilitating vigorous growth and vibrant green foliage. Its liquid formulation makes dosing accurate and simple, ensuring planted tanks achieve ideal macronutrient balance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Tank Maintenance:** Ideal for heavily planted aquariums, high-light environments, and CO2-injected setups requiring supplemental phosphate.
- **Nutrient Deficiency Correction:** Use when plants exhibit slow growth, dark green/purple discolouration, or leaf loss due to low phosphate levels.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 2.5 mL (half a capful) for every 80 L (20 US gallons) once or twice a week, or as needed based on plant response and water testing.
- Target a phosphate level of approximately 0.15 to 1.0 mg/L in high-energy planted aquariums. Regular testing of phosphate levels is recommended.
- Dosage frequency & quantity can be decided based on plant growth and nutrient demand. For best results, use alongside Flourish Nitrogen and Flourish Potassium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Macronutrient Delivery:** Provides essential phosphate in a highly concentrated and efficient form for aquatic plants and supplies readily available phosphate without raising nitrate levels.
- **Prevents Stunted Growth:** Stimulates strong root structure, cell division, robust stem development, supports healthy leaf growth, and protects aquatic plants from nutrient deficiencies.
- **Easy Dosing:** Precision liquid formula allows fine control over aquarium phosphate levels. It can easily be used with other Seachem Flourish fertilisers.
- **Safe & Pure:** Formulated specifically for freshwater aquariums, keeping fish and invertebrates safe. It targets only aquatic flora and is completely safe for fish and invertebrates when used as directed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724976-195 (Internal ID: 130722)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116019507
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Plant Fertiliser > Liquid Additive Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 40 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL (3.4 fl oz)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 3,200 litres (800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 250ml
High-Yield Liquid Phosphate Supplement for Plants & Flora In Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-phosphorus-250ml/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724977-196 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116019606
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Flourish-Phosphorus-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 250mL (SKU: 724977-196) provides a dependable source of essential inorganic phosphate designed for aquascapes and planted freshwater aquariums. As a fundamental macronutrient, phosphate powers adenosine triphosphate (ATP) synthesis, which drives essential metabolic processes in living plants. Maintaining precise phosphate levels prevents plants from stalling in growth while ensuring efficient utilisation of lighting and carbon dioxide.
By separating phosphorus from nitrogen compounds, Seachem Flourish Phosphorus allows aquarists to tailor their fertilisation regimen to the specific needs of their aquatic environment. This prevents nutrient imbalances that often lead to nuisance algae blooms. Regular application supports deep root establishment, vibrant leaf pigmentation, and rapid tissue recovery in clipped aquatic plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Aquascape Care:** Designed for mid-sized planted setups requiring continuous macronutrient replenishment.
- **Algae Management:** Helps correct nutrient imbalances where nitrogen is plentiful but phosphorus depletion limits plant growth.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Dose 2.5 mL for every 80 L (20 US gallons) 1–2 times weekly, adjusting dosage according to plant mass and light intensity.
- Test water periodically to maintain target phosphate values between 0.2 and 1.5 mg/L.
- For best results, use alongside Flourish Nitrogen and Flourish Potassium. Dosage frequency & quantity can be decided based on plant growth and nutrient demand.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Independent Nutrient Control:** Supplies pure potassium phosphate without altering nitrate concentrations.
- **Enhances Plant Metabolism:** Boosts cellular energy transport, accelerating plant expansion and root growth.
- **High Economy Size:** 250 mL bottle provides long-term dosing for average home planted aquariums.
- **Fauna Safe:** Completely safe for freshwater fish, ornamental shrimp, and aquatic snails.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724977-196 (Internal ID: 130723)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116019606
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Plant Fertiliser > Liquid Additive
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 165 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL (8.5 fl oz)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 2l
Bulk Liquid Phosphate Fertiliser for Plants In Commercial & Multi-Tank Facilities.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-phosphorus-2l/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724979-198 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116019804
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Phosphorus-2l.jpg
Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 2L (SKU: 724979-198) provides a bulk supply of concentrated potassium phosphate designed for maintenance professionals, commercial hatcheries, public displays, and high-volume plant propagators. Phosphorus is vital for energy metabolism and structural development in aquatic plants. This large-format container ensures consistent macronutrient availability, allowing for automated dosing systems or manual maintenance across multiple systems. Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 2L pack is a large-size bottle with a concentrated liquid supplement designed to provide phosphate (PO 4 ³⁻), an essential macronutrient for healthy aquatic plant growth.
By separating phosphorus from nitrogen, this macro-supplement prevents forced nitrate loading, enabling precise chemical tuning in high-tech plant displays. Proper phosphate management promotes rapid leaf multiplication, rich colour expression, and robust stem integrity while controlling nuisance algae growth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Multi-Tank Use:** Tailored for facility maintenance routes, plant farming setups, and large aquascapes.
- **Automated Dosing:** Ideal for filling auto-dosing reservoirs in high-tech freshwater installations.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Dose 2.5 mL for every 80 L (20 US gallons) once or twice weekly into a high-flow filtration area.
- It's always good to regularly test phosphate levels and then decide dosing accordingly to maintain stable phosphate levels within the range of 0.2 to 1.5 mg/L. It is Safe to use with other Seachem Flourish fertilisers;
- Dosage frequency & quantity can be decided based on plant growth and nutrient demand. It gives the best results if used alongside Flourish Potassium and Flourish Nitrogen.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Economy Size:** 2-litre container dramatically reduces per-dose maintenance costs.
- **Pure Potassium Phosphate:** Concentrated at 4,500 mg/L phosphate for targeted dosing.
- **Protects Plant Health:** Eliminates leaf stunting and root decay associated with phosphorus deficiency.
- **Fully Bio-Available:** Instantly accessible to both root-feeding and stem-feeding aquatic species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724979-198 (Internal ID: 130725)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116019804
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Plant Fertiliser > Liquid Additive
- **Package Dimensions:** 135 mm (L) × 135 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,200 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres / 0.53 US gal)
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums, Commercial Facilities & Multi-Tank Setups
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 64,000 litres (16,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 4 L
Concentrated Potassium Phosphate Fertiliser For Aquatic Plant Growth & Energy Transfer (ATP) In Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-phosphorus-4-l/
- Price: $139.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725177-199 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116019903
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Phosphorus-4-L.jpg
Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 4L (SKU: 725177-199) is a concentrated (4,500 mg/L PO 4 ) potassium phosphate supplement formulated for high-tech planted aquariums. Phosphorus is a primary macronutrient essential for plant cell division, energy transfer (ATP), and root system development. In heavily planted tanks using high light and CO 2 injection, phosphorus can deplete rapidly, causing dark green or purple leaf discolouration, slow growth, and leaf drop.
Flourish Phosphorus takes the guesswork out of phosphate dosing, allowing aquarists to target specific phosphate levels without adding nitrate. The commercial 4-litre jug offers extended value for aquascaping technicians, plant nurseries, and large display tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Tech Planted Aquariums:** Maintains optimal phosphate levels in aquascapes with high lighting and CO2.
- **Correcting Phosphorus Deficiency:** Treats symptoms such as dark green/purple foliage and stunted growth.
- **Targeted Nutrient Dosing:** Allows precise phosphate adjustment independently of nitrate levels.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 2.5 mL per 80 L of aquarium water once or twice weekly as needed.
- **Phosphate Target:** Maintain dissolved phosphate levels between 0.15 mg/L and 1.0 mg/L (PO4).
- **Dosage Calculation:** Standard dosage increases phosphate concentration by 0.05 mg/L (PO4).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated Potassium Phosphate:** Provides readily bioavailable phosphate for rapid plant uptake.
- **Independent Nutrient Control:** Doses phosphate cleanly without adding nitrate or nitrogen compounds.
- **Prevents Plant Stunting:** Promotes strong root development and active cell division.
- **Commercial 4L Size:** Economical jug for large planted aquariums and maintenance routines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725177-199
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116019903
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Macronutrients
- **Package Dimensions:** 125.73 mm (L) × 192.06 mm (W) × 321.31 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,250 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,620 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 128,000 Litres (32,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 500ml
Professional-Grade Phosphate Fertiliser for Ferns In Medium to Large Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-phosphorus-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724978-193 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116019309
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Phosphorus-500ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Phosphorus 500mL (SKU: 724978-193) is a medium-large volume supplement formulated for high-demand aquascapes, Dutch-style planted aquariums, and large display tanks. Containing 4,500 mg/L of soluble phosphate, it delivers rapid nutrient uptake to fast-growing stem plants, heavy root feeders, and carpet species. This targeted formula prevents phosphorus starvation, which frequently manifests as stunted foliage, leaf yellowing, and dark purple spots. It helps prevent phosphorus deficiencies that can lead to stunted growth, poor root development, and yellowing leaves, making it ideal for planted aquariums with high plant density or low fish load.
Using an un-bracketed potassium phosphate formulation, Flourish Phosphorus gives aquarists complete command over their tank’s Redfield ratio (the ideal balance of nitrogen and phosphorus). This precision dosing capability ensures plants outcompete algae for nutrients, maintaining pristine water conditions and robust botanical health.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Demand Aquascapes:** Excellent for aquariums with high-output lighting, heavy CO2 injection, and dense plant biomass.
- **Deficiency Treatment:** Solves persistent phosphate depletion in heavily stocked planted aquariums.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Pour 2.5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) 1–2 times per week directly into an area of high water movement.
- Adjust dosing frequency based on target phosphate readings of 0.25 to 1.5 mg/L. Regular testing of phosphate levels is recommended.
- Dosage frequency & quantity can be adjusted depending on plant growth and nutrient demand. For exceptional results, use it alongside Flourish Nitrogen and Flourish Potassium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large Volume Value:** 500 mL size offers cost savings for dedicated aquascapers and large tanks.
- **Precision Macronutrient Delivery:** Provides inorganic phosphate without adding unwanted nitrate or organic pollutants.
- **Optimises Growth Rates:** Essential for cell division, root initiation, and leaf formation in delicate aquatic species.
- **Non-Toxic Solution:** Safe for delicate invertebrates, including Neocaridina shrimp and nerite snails.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724978-193 (Internal ID: 130724)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116019309
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Plant Fertiliser > Liquid Additive
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL (16.9 fl oz)
- **Target Environment:** Planted Aquariums & Aquascapes
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 16,000 litres (4,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Potassium 100ml
Targeted Potassium Fertiliser For Plants In Small Aquariums Supporting Cellular Turgor, Enzyme Regulation, & Nutrient Transport.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-potassium-100ml/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724863-465 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116046503
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Flourish-Potassium-100ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Potassium 100mL (SKU: 724863-465) offers targeted potassium supplementation in a convenient size for small planted aquariums and compact aquascapes. Potassium is a critical macro-nutrient responsible for cellular turgor, enzyme regulation, and nutrient transport in aquatic plants. Because potassium is not produced naturally in significant amounts within aquariums, regular dosing is necessary to prevent deficiencies.
Formulated at 50,000 mg/L soluble potassium (K₂O), Flourish Potassium delivers bioavailable potassium without raising nitrate or phosphate levels. This allows precise macro-nutrient management in small water volumes, preventing pinholes in older leaves and supporting healthy plant tissue. The 100mL bottle is perfect for small display tanks and nano setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Planted Aquariums:** Perfect for aquariums under 100 litres requiring precise macro-nutrient care.
- **Leaf Hole Correction:** Prevents necrotic pinholes and yellowing leaf margins on ferns and crypts.
- **Controlled Macro-Dosing:** Supplies potassium without disturbing nitrogen or phosphorus balance.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 125 L (30 US gallons), or 2.5 mL per 60 L.
- **Nano Application:** 1 drop per 2.5 L (0.6 US gallons) to raise potassium by 2 mg/L.
- **Frequency:** Dose 2 to 3 times per week depending on plant uptake demands.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated Soluble Potassium:** Formulated at 50,000 mg/L for rapid plant absorption.
- **Pure Potassium Dosing:** Will not elevate nitrate or phosphate levels in delicate small tanks.
- **Prevents Foliage Damage:** Eliminates pinholes, weak stems, and yellowing leaf edges.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Formulated to be completely safe for dwarf shrimp, snails, and small fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724863-465
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116046503
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Potassium Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Small Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Potassium 250ml
Essential Potassium Fertiliser Helping Plant Enzyme Activity, Carbohydrate Transport & Cellular Turgor In Regular-Size Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-potassium-250ml/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724864-466 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116046602
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Potassium-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Potassium 250mL (SKU: 724864-466) is a specialised liquid fertiliser providing bioavailable potassium for planted freshwater aquariums. Potassium acts as an essential catalyst within plant cells, regulating enzyme activity, carbohydrate transport, and cellular turgor. In closed aquarium environments, potassium is quickly consumed by growing plants and is rarely replenished by standard fish waste.
Formulated at a concentration of 50,000 mg/L soluble potassium (K₂O), Flourish Potassium allows aquarists to prevent potassium deficiency without adding unwanted nitrates or phosphates. Regular use prevents pinhole formation in older leaves, yellowing leaf edges, and weak stem structure. The 250mL bottle is an ideal size for standard home display aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Planted Tanks:** Weekly macro-nutrient fertiliser for home aquariums up to 200 litres.
- **Preventing Pinhole Necrosis:** Stops necrotic spotting on leaves of Anubias, Java Fern, and Hygrophila.
- **Custom NPK Dosing:** Allows precise potassium adjustments in high-tech aquascapes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 125 L (30 US gallons) to raise potassium concentration by 2 mg/L.
- **Frequency:** Apply 2 to 3 times weekly based on plant growth requirements.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into tank water near the filter outflow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated Soluble Potassium:** Contains 50,000 mg/L bioavailable potassium (K₂O).
- **Targeted Dosing Control:** Raises potassium levels without elevating nitrates or phosphates.
- **Protects Older Foliage:** Prevents pinholes, edge chlorosis, and premature leaf drop.
- **Fauna Safe Formula:** Safe for all freshwater fish, ornamental shrimp, and live plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724864-466
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116046602
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Potassium Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 10,000 litres (2,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Potassium 2l
Bulk Bottle Of Potassium Supplement Helping Stomatal Opening & Nutrient Transport Across Cell Membranes of Plants in Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-potassium-2l/
- Price: $89.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724866-468 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116046800
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Potassium-2l.jpg
Seachem Flourish Potassium 2L (SKU: 724866-468) is a high-volume liquid potassium supplement designed for heavily planted aquariums and commercial aquascapes requiring continuous macro-nutrient care. Potassium (K⁺) is one of the three primary macro-nutrients (NPK) essential for plant survival, serving as a critical regulator of osmotic pressure, stomatal opening, and nutrient transport across plant cell membranes. It helps prevent potassium deficiencies, which can lead to yellowing leaves and poor plant health, with a recommended dosage of 5 mL per 125 litres, raising potassium levels by 2 mg/L. Unlike nitrogen and phosphorus, potassium is rarely produced by fish waste, making regular dosing necessary in active planted tanks.
Seachem Flourish Potassium is a concentrated potassium supplement for freshwater aquariums, providing an essential nutrient that supports healthy plant growth, enzyme function, and nutrient transport. Flourish Potassium delivers a concentrated 50,000 mg/L soluble potassium solution derived from potassium sulphate. It allows aquarists to raise potassium levels without unintentionally elevating nitrate or phosphate concentrations. This isolated macro-nutrient control prevents common potassium deficiency symptoms, such as pinholes in older leaves, chlorosis, and weak stems. The 2-litre bulk jug provides long-term economy for high-volume users and maintenance services.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Densely Planted & CO2 Systems:** Supplies vital potassium to fast-growing stem plants and heavy feeders.
- **Pinhole Deficiency Correction:** Prevents yellowing older leaves and small necrotic holes (pinholes).
- **Tailored NPK Regimens:** Allows precise potassium dosing independent of nitrogen and phosphorus.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 125 L (30 US gallons) raises potassium concentration by 2 mg/L.
- **Dosing Frequency:** Apply 2–3 times per week, or as required based on plant uptake and visual deficiency signs.
- **Target Level:** Maintain overall potassium concentration between 10–30 mg/L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated Potassium Source:** Supplies 50,000 mg/L soluble potassium (K₂O) for rapid plant uptake.
- **Isolated Macro-Nutrient:** Adjusts potassium levels without increasing nitrates or phosphates.
- **Prevents Leaf Necrosis:** Stops pinhole formation and yellowing margins on older plant foliage.
- **Bulk System Economy:** 2-litre size provides low cost per dose for large display aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724866-468
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116046800
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Potassium Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,180 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Densely Planted Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 80,000 litres (20,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Potassium 500ml
Liquid Potassium Fertiliser for Plants In Medium To Large Aquariums Supporting Cellular Function, Protein Synthesis, Etc..
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-potassium-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724865-463 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116046305
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Potassium-500ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Potassium 500mL (SKU: 724865-463) provides a concentrated soluble potassium solution engineered to maintain essential macronutrient balance in freshwater planted aquariums. Potassium is vital for plant cellular function, driving protein synthesis, enzyme activation, and turgor pressure control. Because fish food and biological waste produce negligible amounts of potassium, planted tanks frequently experience potassium starvation unless supplemented externally.
Formulated at 50,000 mg/L soluble potassium (K₂O), Flourish Potassium allows targeted supplementation without altering nitrogen or phosphorus ratios. This prevents common deficiency issues such as chlorosis along leaf margins, premature leaf drop, and small pinholes in established leaves. The 500mL bottle is the standard recommendation for medium to large home aquascapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Macro-Nutrient Dosing:** Essential weekly fertiliser for medium to large planted aquariums.
- **Treating Pinhole Symptoms:** Reverses leaf disintegration and pinholes on Anubias, Ferns, and Swords.
- **Soft Water Aquariums:** Restores crucial potassium minerals in tap or RO water setups.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) for every 125 L (30 US gallons) to raise potassium by 2 mg/L.
- **Frequency:** Dose 2 to 3 times weekly depending on plant mass and light intensity.
- **Application Method:** Pour directly into an area of high water flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Concentration Formula:** Delivers 50,000 mg/L bioavailable soluble potassium.
- **Independent NPK Control:** Elevates potassium without introducing nitrates or phosphates.
- **Prevents Foliage Breakdown:** Eliminates pinholes, yellowing edges, and weak stem growth.
- **Fauna Safe:** Non-toxic to freshwater fish, invertebrates, dwarf shrimp, and biofilters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724865-463
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116046305
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Potassium Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 20,000 litres (5,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Tabs 10 Pack
Substrate Root Fertiliser Tablets For Strong & Healthy Plant Growth In Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-tabs-10-pack/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724873-505 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116050500
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Tabs-10-Pack.jpg
Flourish Tabs are growth-promoting tablets for aquatic plant roots. They contain vital trace elements, amino acids, and vitamins. They are also rich in iron, manganese, magnesium, calcium, potassium, inositol, choline, B12, biotin, and other factors that are known to be beneficial for aquatic plant overall health. They contain no phosphates or nitrates, hence eliminating the risk of algae proliferation and clouding of water.
Enriched with trace minerals, vitamins, and amino acids, Flourish Tabs slowly break down under the substrate to feed plants continuously for up to four months. These tabs are inserted into the gravel bed, providing direct, time-released fertilisation to the plants’ root zone. Because nutrients are held in the substrate layer, they remain inaccessible to water-column algae. Nutrients are slowly made available through enzymatic action of the plants’ roots on the tabs. The 10-pack box is an ideal starter size for small aquariums or localised plant feeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Localised Root Feeding:** Ideal for isolated Amazon Swords, Crypts, or stem plant clusters.
- **Small Aquariums:** Perfect quantity for nano and small planted display tanks.
- **Gravel & Sand Substrates:** Converts inert gravel beds into nutrient-rich growing media.
**Dosing & Placement Guide**
- Placement Strategy: Insert 1 tab into the substrate for every 10–15 cm (4–6 inch) zone.
- Insertion Technique: Push the tab deep into the substrate near plant roots.
- Replacement Schedule: Replace every 3 to 4 months as plant growth demands.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Root Nutrition:** Delivers essential micronutrients directly to root systems from the bottom gravel bed in planted aquariums.
- **90-120 Day Slow Release:** Provides long-lasting nutrition, microelements, trace elements and other nutrients with minimal maintenance needs.
- **Water Column Safe:** Prevents algae issues by keeping nutrients buried in the substrate.
- **Ideal Starter Pack:** 10-count box perfect for smaller setups and spot treatment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724873-505
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116050500
- **Product Type:** Substrate Fertiliser Tablets / Root Tabs
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 20 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Quantity:** 10 Individual Root Tablets
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Duration:** Active for 3–4 Months per tablet
---
#### Seachem Flourish Tabs 40 Pack
Slow-Release Gravel Bed Substrate Fertiliser for Roots of Aquatic Plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-tabs-40-pack/
- Price: $41.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724874-507 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116050708
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Tabs-40-Pack.jpg
Flourish Tablets are growth-stimulating tablets for plant roots. These tablets are a Gravel bed supplement for the planted aquarium which provides micro elements, trace elements and other nutrients that target the root zone. They contain no phosphate or nitrate that would promote algae proliferation
Perfect for beginners, Flourish Tablets contain all the nutrients found in Flourish in a dry, tabular form. They are rich in iron, manganese, magnesium, calcium, potassium, inositol, choline, B12, biotin, and other factors that have been determined to be beneficial to aquatic plant roots. These tabs are inserted into the gravel, providing direct, time-released fertilisation to the plants’ root zone.
Seachem Flourish Root Tablets help to get nutrients to the plant's root system. Some plants require more root nutrient that just what is available in the water column. Formulated with a rich mix of essential trace elements, amino acids, vitamins, iron, and potassium, Flourish Tabs slowly dissolve over time to deliver continuous root nutrition. They do not alter water column parameters or trigger unwanted algae growth when buried properly in the substrate. The 40-tablet box pack provides complete root care for large planted aquariums or dense aquascapes, they contain essential trace elements, amino acids, and vitamins.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavy Root-Feeding Plants:** Essential for Amazon Swords, Crypts, Bulb plants, and Lotus species.
- **Inert Substrate Enrichment:** Adds necessary nutrients to plain gravel or sand beds.
- **Substrate Refresh:** Restores nutrient levels in aging aquascaping soils.
**Dosing & Placement Guide**
- Placement Strategy: Insert one Flourish Tab into the root zone for every 10–15 cm (4–6 inches) radius.
- Application Depth: Push tabs deep into the substrate near plant roots using tweezers or fingers.
- Replacement Interval: Tabs slowly dissolve and should be replaced every 3 to 4 months for optimal growth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct Root Fertilisation:** Delivers target nutrients straight to plant root systems.
- **Extended Slow-Release Action:** Provides continuous nutrient release for up to 120 days.
- **Algae-Safe Application:** Stays in the substrate bed without leaching nutrients into the water column.
- **Bulk 40-Tab Value Pack:** Ample supply to treat large aquariums or multiple planted tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724874-507
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116050708
- **Product Type:** Substrate Fertiliser Tablets / Root Tabs
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 30 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 160 g
- **Quantity:** 40 Individual Root Tablets
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums with Rooted Plants
- **Duration:** Active for 3–4 Months per tablet
---
#### Seachem Flourish Trace 100ml
Compact Trace Mineral Booster for Plant Nutrition Helping Grow New Robust & Colourful Leaves In Small Aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-trace-100ml/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724892-745 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116074506
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Trace-100ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Trace 100mL (SKU: 724892-745) offers targeted trace element supplementation in a compact size engineered for nano and smaller planted aquariums. Plants continuously absorb micro-minerals from aquarium water, leading to localised deficiencies if not replenished regularly. Flourish Trace restores essential elements like zinc, manganese, and boron without overloading the aquarium with unwanted phosphates or nitrates.
Designed for easy integration into existing fertiliser routines, Flourish Trace ensures new leaves emerge robust, fully formed, and vibrantly coloured. It works synergistically with primary fertilisers like Seachem Flourish to maintain comprehensive plant nutrition. The 100mL bottle is equipped with a precise dosing cap ideal for small-volume aquatic setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Small Aquascapes:** Perfect for aquariums under 100 litres requiring precise low-volume dosing.
- **Symptomatic Chlorosis:** Treats pale, yellowing leaves and weak stems in small planted tanks.
- **Low-Tech & High-Tech Setups:** Suitable for all planted tanks regardless of CO2 injection levels.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) for every 80 L (20 US gallons) twice a week.
- **Nano Dosing:** Approximately 1 drop per 1.5 L for small desktop tanks.
- **Usage Tip:** Use on days when macro-nutrient fertilisers are not applied.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact & Convenient:** Ideal size for nano aquascapers and small aquarium setups.
- **Essential Trace Blend:** Restores vital micronutrients required for leaf cell division.
- **Pure Micronutrient Formula:** Will not disturb nitrogen or phosphorus balance in small water volumes.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Fully compatible with ornamental dwarf shrimp and freshwater snails.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724892-745
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116074506
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Nano & Small Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 1,600 litres (420 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Trace 250ml
Daily Trace Mineral Supplement for Aquatic Plants Helping with Localised Chlorosis, Leaf Curling & Weak Roots.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-trace-250ml/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724893-746 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116074605
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Flourish-Trace-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Trace 250mL (SKU: 724893-746) delivers a balanced spectrum of essential trace elements required for long-term health and growth in planted aquariums. Aquatic plants consume trace minerals continuously in minute quantities for enzymatic processes and chlorophyll synthesis. Flourish Trace replenishes these vital elements as they are naturally depleted from the water column.
This trace supplement prevents common signs of nutrient starvation such as localised chlorosis, leaf curling, and weak root development. By separating trace minerals from primary macro-nutrients, Seachem allows aquarists to fine-tune their fertilising regimen according to exact plant uptake demands. The 250mL size is an ideal standard choice for typical home display aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-Sized Planted Aquariums:** Serves standard home aquariums ranging from 50 to 200 litres.
- **New Leaf Deformity Prevention:** Corrects distorted or pale new leaves caused by trace element exhaustion.
- **Post Water Change Maintenance:** Replenishes minerals stripped during reverse osmosis (RO) or tap water changes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Application Method:** Pour into the main tank water current.
- **Storage:** Keep in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Element Profile:** Contains boron, manganese, cobalt, copper, zinc, and molybdenum.
- **Algae-Safe Formula:** Phosphate-free and nitrate-free composition prevents unwanted algae blooms.
- **Optimal Plant Pigmentation:** Supports vivid red and green colouration in delicate stem plants.
- **Trusted Standard:** Scientifically proven formula used by aquascapers worldwide.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724893-746
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116074605
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,050 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Trace 2l
Comprehensive Trace Element Supplement With Boron, Cobalt, Copper, Molybdenum, Zinc, etc. For Heavily Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-trace-2l/
- Price: $76.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724895-748 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116074803
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Trace-2l.jpg
Seachem Flourish Trace 2L (SKU: 724895-748) is a high-volume liquid supplement designed to restore crucial micronutrients and trace elements in heavily planted freshwater aquariums. Trace elements are routinely depleted through plant uptake, oxidation, and chemical filtration. Unlike primary macro-nutrient supplements, Flourish Trace supplies essential elements required strictly in trace quantities to support optimal cellular metabolism and pigment development without encouraging nuisance algae.
Formulated according to scientific research on aquatic flora requirements, this solution supplies bioavailable boron, cobalt, copper, manganese, molybdenum, zinc, and rubidium. Regular administration prevents subtle micronutrient deficiencies that manifest as pale foliage, stunted apical growth, and leaf deformities. The 2-litre bulk container provides exceptional value for large aquarium systems, commercial propagation setups, and maintenance professionals.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Densely Planted Aquariums:** Ideal for high-tech, CO2-injected aquascapes demanding continuous trace replenishment.
- **Deficiency Prevention:** Prevents chlorosis, twisted new growth, and brittle stems associated with depleted micronutrients.
- **Alternating Supplement Regimens:** Designed to be used on off-days between primary Seachem Flourish macro-nutrient dosing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Capful (5 mL) treats 80 L (20 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into high-flow areas of the aquarium or sump.
- **Compatibility:** Safe for all freshwater plants, fish, invertebrates, and beneficial biofilter bacteria.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Micro-Nutrient Matrix:** Delivers essential trace minerals without elevating macro-nutrient levels (N, P, K).
- **Preventative Chlorosis Shield:** Protects young foliage against mineral deficiencies and developmental stunting.
- **Safe & Non-Toxic:** Precisely balanced trace concentrations safe for sensitive invertebrates like shrimp.
- **Bulk Economy:** 2-litre size engineered for large display aquariums and commercial systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724895-748
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116074803
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,180 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 32,000 litres (8,400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Trace 4l
Bulk-Size Drum Of Trace Element Aquatic Plant Supplement With (N, P, K), Iron, Magnesium, Calcium, etc. for Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-trace-4l/
- Price: $144.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724896-749 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116074902
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Trace-4l.jpg
Seachem Flourish Trace 4L (SKU: 724896-749) is a bulk trace element supplement formulated to supply essential micro-minerals required for healthy aquatic plant growth and metabolism. While macronutrients (N, P, K) and primary micronutrients (iron) are consumed rapidly, aquatic plants also depend on trace quantities of boron, cobalt, copper, manganese, molybdenum, and zinc for enzymatic processes. Seachem Flourish Trace replenishes essential trace elements like iron, magnesium, and calcium, promoting healthy plant growth in freshwater aquariums.
Flourish Trace provides these delicate trace elements in safe, bioavailable forms without elevated heavy metal levels. The 4-litre drum offers maximum economy for large planted displays, commercial aquascapes, and maintenance routes. It works well with other Seachem products like Flourish Iron and Flourish Excel for a complete nutrient regimen, ensuring plants receive both macro- and micronutrients without altering water quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Planted Displays:** Economical bulk trace element dosing for large planted systems.
- **Advanced Aquascaping Care:** Prevents micro-mineral depletion in high-light, fast-growing planted aquariums.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice per week.
- **Application Tip:** Alternate dosing days with Seachem Flourish for comprehensive plant nutrition.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Micro-Trace Blend:** Delivers essential trace minerals (boron, cobalt, manganese, zinc).
- **Enzymatic Growth Support:** Promotes cellular health, chlorophyll synthesis, and enzyme activity.
- **Bulk 4-litre Economy:** Maximum value for large tanks and maintenance professionals.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Carefully balanced to be completely safe for dwarf shrimp and snails.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724896-749
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116074902
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertilizers & Trace Elements
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,150 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Trace 500ml
Essential Bioavailable Trace Element Micronutrient Replenishment for Metabolic Needs Of Aquatic Plants In Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-flourish-trace-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724894-743 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116074308
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Trace-500ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Trace 500mL (SKU: 724894-743) provides a targeted blend of bioavailable trace elements formulated to meet the metabolic needs of aquatic plants. In active planted aquariums, trace minerals like manganese, zinc, and boron are rapidly absorbed or lost to chemical oxidation. Flourish Trace isolates these sensitive trace elements from macronutrients to allow precise dosing without over-supplying nitrogen or phosphorus.
Regular dosing with Flourish Trace stabilises plant growth rates and enhances vibrant leaf colouration across diverse aquatic plant species. Free from nitrates and phosphates, it allows aquascapers to maintain pristine water parameters while ensuring delicate tissue growth remains structural and vigorous. The 500mL bottle features a convenient measure-cap suitable for medium to large home aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Targeted Micro-Dosing:** Use when plants exhibit trace nutrient deficiencies despite stable NPK dosing.
- **High-Growth Aquascapes:** Maintains steady trace mineral availability in fast-growing stem plant tanks.
- **Routine Care:** Perfect for weekly maintenance protocols in community planted aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice a week.
- **Application Method:** Add directly to the aquarium water column near filter outlets.
- **Notes:** Alternate dosing days with macro-nutrient supplements for optimal plant absorption.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Isolated Trace Formulation:** Delivers trace minerals without altering NPK ratios or encouraging algae.
- **Enhanced Bioavailability:** Formulated for immediate plant absorption through foliage and stem tissue.
- **Shrimp & Fish Safe:** Formulated in concentrations entirely safe for freshwater fauna.
- **Precise Dosing Cap:** Includes integrated cap measurement for accurate application.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724894-743
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116074308
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 8,000 litres (2,100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Fresh Trace 250ml
Daily Trace Element Supplement for Fish Health In Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-fresh-trace-250ml/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724888-716 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116071604
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Fresh-Trace-250ml.jpg
Seachem Fresh Trace 250mL (SKU: 724888-716) provides a balanced mix of essential trace minerals necessary for optimal health, immune function, and vitality in freshwater aquarium fish. Trace elements are continuously absorbed through fish gills and skin. Without routine replenishment, fish can experience metabolic fatigue, dulled colours, and reduced disease resistance.
Fresh Trace restores essential minerals like iodide, iron, copper, manganese, and zinc in safe, precise concentrations. It contains no heavy sodium salts or nitrates, protecting water quality while supporting health across all freshwater species. The 250mL bottle is an ideal maintenance choice for standard freshwater display aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Freshwater Community Aquariums:** Routine trace mineral replenishment for all freshwater species.
- **RO Water Re-Mineralization:** Replaces missing trace minerals in reverse osmosis water.
- **General Vitality Maintenance:** Helps reduce stress during water changes or aquascaping.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Application Method:** Dose directly into an area with good water flow.
- **Safety Note:** Safe for all community fish, live plants, and biofilters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Trace Profile:** Supplies trace minerals vital for fish endocrine and immune systems.
- **Sodium-Free Formula:** Does not add unwanted osmotic stress or elevate salinity.
- **Supports Slime Coat Health:** Helps maintain healthy skin, gills, and natural mucus layers.
- **Standard Display Size:** 250mL bottle ideal for typical home aquarium maintenance routines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724888-716
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116071604
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Fish Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community Aquariums & Large Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,050 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Fresh Trace 4l
Bulk Trace Element Conditioner for Freshwater Fish in Large & Community Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-fresh-trace-4l/
- Price: $122.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724890-719 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116071901
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Fresh-Trace-4l.jpg
Seachem Fresh Trace is a trace element supplement designed to replenish essential minerals like iron, magnesium, and calcium in freshwater aquariums. It supports the health of fish and plants, with a recommended dose of 5 mL per 80 litres twice a week.
Free from sodium, nitrates, and heavy metals, Fresh Trace targets physiological mineral needs without increasing unwanted osmotic stress. It contains essential elements such as iodide, iron, copper, manganese, and zinc in biologically safe concentrations. The 4-litre volume is designed for maintenance companies, large public displays, and high-capacity community aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Community Aquariums:** Supports long-term health in high-density freshwater fish populations.
- **RO Water Re-Mineralization:** Replaces missing trace minerals when using purified Reverse Osmosis water.
- **Post-Medication Recovery:** Restores mineral equilibrium after carbon filtration or heavy water changes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- Dosage Rate: 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice a week.
- Application Method: Dose directly into tank water or post-water change reservoir.
- Compatibility: Safe for all freshwater fish, live plants, and filtration media.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Universal Freshwater Trace Formula:** Supports metabolic, neurological, and skeletal health in freshwater fish.
- **Sodium-Free Composition:** Replenishes trace minerals without adding unwanted sodium salts.
- **Enhances Immune Resilience:** Strengthens slime coat formation and natural disease resistance.
- **Public Display Size:** Economical 4-litre size ideal for commercial maintenance schedules.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724890-719
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116071901
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Fish Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 155 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,220 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 64,000 Litres (16,800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Fresh Trace 500ml
Medium-Volume Freshwater Mineral Conditioner Supports Fish Health, Colouration, & Stress Resistance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-fresh-trace-500ml/
- Price: $30.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724889-713 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116071307
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Fresh-Trace-500ml.jpg
Seachem Fresh Trace 500mL (SKU: 724889-713) is a concentrated liquid mineral supplement formulated to replace trace elements consumed by fish and absorbed by filtration media in freshwater aquariums. Trace elements are required for enzyme function, scale development, and osmotic balance in fish. Regular dosing ensures fish receive the mineral profile found in their natural wild habitats.
Formulated without excess sodium, Fresh Trace restores essential trace minerals including iodine, zinc, iron, and manganese. It supports overall fish health, brightens natural colouration, and improves stress resistance. The 500mL bottle offers cost-effective maintenance for larger or multi-tank home aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to Large Aquariums:** Ideal for systems between 100 and 400 litres requiring routine dosing.
- **Purified Water Setups:** Essential when using RO/DI water lacking natural trace minerals.
- **High-Density Community Tanks:** Maintains mineral levels in aquariums with high stocking levels.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice a week.
- **Application Method:** Add directly into aquarium water or sump return chamber.
- **Compatibility:** Fully safe for freshwater plants, invertebrates, and biological filters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced Trace Mineral Spectrum:** Restores essential elements lost to filtration and plant uptake.
- **Zero Added Sodium:** Maintains pure trace mineral delivery without raising salinity levels.
- **Enhances Colour & Vitality:** Improves natural fish pigmentation and overall activity.
- **Economical 500mL Size:** Great value for larger community aquariums and fish rooms.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724889-713
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116071307
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Fish Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 8,000 litres (2,100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Gold Basics 50ml
Water Conditioner & pH Buffer Formulated Specifically For Fancy & Common Goldfish In Goldfish Bowls & Small Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-gold-basics-50ml/
- Price: $5.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725020-404 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116040402
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Gold-Basics-50ml.jpg
Seachem Gold Basics 50ml (SKU: 725020-404) is a liquid conditioner formulated specifically for goldfish habitats. It neutralises toxic chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia from tap water while establishing a stable, neutral pH (7.0) favoured by fancy and common goldfish alike.
In addition to water conditioning, Gold Basics includes essential minerals that support goldfish slime coat health and gill function. The compact 50ml dropper bottle is designed for simple dosing in small goldfish tanks and bowls.
Regular application during weekly water changes mitigates the environmental impact of heavy biological waste, which is a common hurdle when managing compact goldfish setups. By sustaining a reliable chemical baseline with every drop, this solution actively fosters vigorous growth, prevents sudden toxic spikes, and helps casual hobbyists preserve clear, biologically secure water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish Tank Maintenance:** Used during water changes to render tap water safe for goldfish.
- **pH Stabilisation:** Prevents dangerous pH swings common in small, heavily fed goldfish aquariums.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 1 capful (5 mL) for every 10 L (2.5 US gallons) of replacement tap water.
- Dose during water changes or whenever adding new tap water to the habitat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Goldfish-Specific Formulation:** Tailored to the metabolic needs and biological waste loads of goldfish.
- **Neutral pH Locking:** Buffers water chemistry to a stable pH of 7.0.
- **Dechlorinates & Detoxifies:** Eliminates chlorine, chloramine, and ammonia instantly.
- **Easy Dropper Dosing:** Ideal size and bottle design for small goldfish setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725020-404 (Internal ID: 130766)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116040402
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Goldfish Care
- **Package Dimensions:** 35 mm (L) × 35 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Goldfish Aquariums & Bowls
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 mL treats up to 100 litres (25 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Gold Buffer 300g
High-Capacity pH & Alkalinity Buffer for Cold Freshwater Systems, Long-Term pH & Carbonate Stability For Goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-gold-buffer-300g/
- Price: $18.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724994-256 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116025607
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Gold-Buffer-300g.jpg
Seachem Gold Buffer 300g (SKU: 724994-256) provides long-term pH stability and carbonate buffering for goldfish aquariums. Goldfish produce significant amounts of waste, which causes nitrifying bacteria to rapidly consume alkalinity and lower water pH. Gold Buffer replenishes consumed carbonates and maintains water pH within the optimal 7.2 to 7.8 range.
Gold Buffer offers a dedicated solution formulated for coldwater environments. It stabilises water chemistry, reduces stress, and enhances natural slime coat protection when used in combination with Seachem Gold Salt.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance:** Added during water changes to maintain ideal pH and carbonate levels.
- **Waste-Heavy Systems:** Essential for heavily stocked goldfish tanks vulnerable to rapid acidification.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1 level teaspoon (6 g) per 40 L (10 US gallons) daily until target pH is achieved.
- Pre-dissolve in fresh replacement water during routine water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Goldfish-Specific Formula:** Locks pH in the ideal 7.2 to 7.8 range for goldfish vitality.
- **Restores Alkalinity:** Rebuilds carbonate hardness depleted by high bio-load filtration.
- **Enhanced Value Size:** 300g container provides ongoing treatment for active goldfish aquariums.
- **Fish & Plant Safe:** Formulated to support coldwater fish and hard water plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724994-256 (Internal ID: 130740)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116025607
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive > Goldfish pH Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 360 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Goldfish & Coldwater Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Gold Buffer 70g
pH & Alkalinity Stabiliser for Coldwater Aquariums, Providing an Ideal Environment for Fancy and Common Goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-gold-buffer-70g/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724993-254 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116025409
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724993-254-1.png
Seachem Gold Buffer 70g (SKU: 724993-254) is a specialised buffer formulated to hold pH between 7.2 and 7.8, providing the ideal environment for fancy and common goldfish. Goldfish produce high amounts of metabolic waste, which naturally acidifies aquarium water over time. Gold Buffer neutralises organic acids and raises carbonate hardness, preventing pH swings that cause stress and disease. It helps prevent harmful pH fluctuations that can cause stress, weakened immunity, and disease in goldfish.
By maintaining slightly alkaline conditions without the use of phosphates, Gold Buffer is safe for both fish and plants and does not contribute to unwanted algae growth. It is suitable for regular maintenance, water changes, and new tank setups. Unlike general buffers, Gold Buffer is tailored specifically for coldwater setups. It works seamlessly with Seachem Gold Salt to replicate natural, mineral-rich goldfish habitats, promoting proper osmotic balance and vibrant fish health.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish Tank Maintenance:** Keeps pH and alkalinity stable in aquariums housing coldwater species.
- **Acidification Prevention:** Prevents dangerous pH drops caused by heavy fish waste.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Use 1 level teaspoon (6 g) for every 40 L (10 US gallons) daily until the target pH (7.2–7.8) is reached. Add gradually if further adjustment is required
- Add monthly or during routine water changes to keep pH levels steady. Test pH regularly to ensure stability within the target range.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ideal Goldfish pH Range:** Holds pH between 7.2 and 7.8, perfect for coldwater species. Suitable for routine maintenance and water changes.
- **Prevents Dangerous pH Crashes:** Restores carbonate hardness depleted by biological filtration. It is completely safe for fish and live plants.
- **Complements Gold Salt:** Works alongside Seachem Gold Salt for complete water management, and it is also compatible with other Seachem water conditioners.
- **Safe & Simple:** Easy-to-dose dry powder dissolves smoothly in tap water. Seachem Gold Buffer is phosphate-free, thus reducing the risk of green algae bloom & growth. It also prevents sudden pH swings and related stress while maintaining optimal pH for goldfish health.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724993-254 (Internal ID: 130739)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116025409
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive > Goldfish pH Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 95 g
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Target Environment:** Goldfish & Coldwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 70 g treats up to 460 Litres (115 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Gold Salt 300g
Balanced Mineral Electrolyte Buffer Water Supplement Promoting Osmoregulation for Goldfish Immunity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-gold-salt-300g/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724985-216 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116021609
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Gold-Salt-300g.jpg
Seachem Gold Salt 300g (SKU: 724985-216) is a comprehensive mineral electrolyte blend supplement formulated specifically to support the unique health needs of goldfish, promoting proper osmoregulation and boosting their immune system in coldwater habitats. Goldfish constantly interact with their environment through osmotic balance, absorbing vital minerals while expelling excess water. Gold Salt supplies the optimal balance of essential electrolytes like sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and chloride ions, which keeps their metabolic systems operating efficiently.
Using pure table or solar salt can lead to ionic imbalances over time. Seachem Gold Salt replicates the proper mineral concentrations found in healthy coldwater environments. It also enhances water quality and helps reduce stress in goldfish, making it ideal for regular maintenance, speeding up their recovery from fin damage or velvet outbreaks. Seachem Gold Salt supports long-term goldfish vitality and helps during times of illness or environmental changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular Tank Care:** Essential for maintaining mineral balance in tap water or purified water systems.
- **Post-Treatment Support:** Speeds up recovery after parasitic treatments or quarantine periods.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Use 1/2 teaspoon (2.5 g) per 40 L (10 US gallons) when adding new water to the tank.
- Pre-dissolve the salt in a bucket of fresh water prior to pouring it into the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Species-Specific Chemistry:** Formulated for goldfish physiology rather than general tropical fish.
- **Osmotic Stress Reduction:** Helps fish maintain fluid balance with less metabolic energy expenditure.
- **Buffers Essential Electrolytes:** Contains calcium, magnesium, and potassium alongside sodium salts.
- **Safe with Medications:** Can be safely used alongside standard fish treatments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724985-216 (Internal ID: 130731)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116021609
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive > Electrolyte Mineral Salt
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 360 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Goldfish & Coldwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 4,800 litres (1,200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Gold Trace 250ml
Trace Element & Electrolyte Supplement for Goldfish, Fancy Orandas & Coldwater Species For Long-Term Vitality & Immunity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-gold-trace-250ml/
- Price: $15.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724899-786 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116078603
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Gold-Trace-250ml.jpg
Seachem Gold Trace 250mL (SKU: 724899-786) is a specialised trace element and mineral supplement formulated to meet the physiological requirements of goldfish, fancy orandas, and coldwater species. Goldfish require a broad array of trace minerals—including calcium, magnesium, iodide, iron, and zinc—that are rapidly depleted through metabolic consumption and regular filtration.
Seachem Gold Trace is a specialised supplement that replenishes essential trace elements for goldfish, supporting their immune system, enhancing colouration, and promoting overall health. It is designed to maintain long-term vitality by preventing nutrient deficiencies that may arise from water changes and filtration.
Gold Trace replenishes these essential trace elements without adding harmful nitrates, phosphates, or heavy sodium concentrations. Regular use supports proper scale formation, vivid pigmentation, robust immune function, and optimal metabolic health in coldwater systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Goldfish Maintenance:** Replenishes trace elements depleted by filtration and fish uptake.
- **Post-Water Change Replenishment:** Restores mineral balance in reverse osmosis or purified water.
- **Colour & Scale Enhancement:** Supports vibrant natural colouration and healthy scale growth.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) of water twice weekly.
- **Application Method:** Pour directly into an area of high water circulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Goldfish-Specific Mineral Matrix:** Formulated for coldwater omnivorous metabolic demands.
- **Free of Nitrates & Phosphates:** Will not promote nuisance algae growth in goldfish aquariums.
- **Supports Immune & Scale Health:** Supplies bioavailable iodide, iron, calcium, and trace minerals.
- **Safe for All Coldwater Species:** Compatible with fancy goldfish, comets, shubunkins, and minnows.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724899-786
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116078603
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Goldfish Care & Trace Minerals
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Gold Trace 500ml
High-Capacity Trace Mineral Supplement for Goldfish Skeletal Development, Scale Growth, & Metabolic Functions In Coldwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-gold-trace-500ml/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724900-783 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116078306
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Gold-Trace-500ml.jpg
Seachem Gold Trace 500mL (SKU: 724900-783) provides long-term trace element and mineral support for goldfish, fancy orandas, and coldwater aquarium setups. Goldfish consume significant amounts of trace minerals for skeletal development, scale growth, and metabolic functions, which are quickly depleted in closed aquarium environments.
Gold Trace restores vital trace minerals such as calcium, magnesium, iodide, iron, and zinc without altering pH or adding undesirable nitrates and phosphates. The 500 mL volume offers excellent value for large goldfish aquariums or multi-tank coldwater fish rooms.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Volume Goldfish Care:** Ideal size for large goldfish aquariums and multi-tank coldwater setups.
- **Regular Mineral Maintenance:** Replenishes essential minerals lost through chemical and biological filtration.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice per week.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coldwater Mineral Balance:** Supplies essential trace elements missing from tap and RO water.
- **Promotes Scale & Body Vigour:** Supports robust skeleton development and scale shine.
- **Zero Algae Promoters:** Free of nitrates and phosphates.
- **Concentrated 500 mL Volume:** Long-lasting supply for goldfish enthusiasts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724900-783
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116078306
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Goldfish Care & Trace Minerals
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 185 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 540 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Malawi/victoria Buffer 1.2kg
High-Capacity Buffer Pack for African Cichlid Aquariums, Increases KH levels & Locks pH in the 7.8 to 8.4 range.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-malawi-victoria-buffer-1-2kg/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725009-297 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116029704
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/victoria-Buffer-1.2kg.jpg
Seachem Malawi/Victoria Buffer 1.2kg (SKU: 725009-297) delivers a high-capacity buffering solution for large display aquariums and multi-tank setups. It locks pH in the 7.8 to 8.4 range while boosting KH levels, preventing pH drops caused by biological filtration and organic waste build-up.
Seachem Malawi/Victoria Buffer is formulated to maintain a stable pH between 7.8 and 8.4 while increasing alkalinity, creating the ideal water habitat for African cichlids of African Lakes like Lake Malawi and Lake Victoria. It prevents harmful pH fluctuations, supports the health and vibrant colouration of cichlids, and is essential for creating a stable and stress-free environment in their aquariums.
This 1.2 kg tub offers cost-effective maintenance for dedicated cichlid keepers, ensuring consistent water parameters that foster vibrant fish colours, natural breeding activity, and disease resistance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Display Aquariums:** Suited for larger home aquariums and community cichlid setups.
- **RO Water Remineralisation:** Paired with salts to condition pure water sources during refills.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until desired pH is stabilised.
- Mix thoroughly into fresh makeup water before adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stable Alkaline pH:** Holds pH steadily in the optimal 7.8–8.4 range.
- **Alkalinity Support:** Raises KH to guard against organic acid neutralisation.
- **High Volume Value:** 1.2 kg tub provides extended use for larger aquarium systems.
- **Comprehensive Compatibility:** Blends naturally with Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725009-297 (Internal ID: 130755)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116029704
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 220 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,330 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,200 g (1.2 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Lake Malawi & Lake Victoria Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1.2 kg treats up to 9,600 litres (2,400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Malawi/victoria Buffer 4kg
Bulk Commercial Alkaline Buffer for Large Tanks & Cichlid Facilities Creating Habitat Like African Rift Lake Waters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-malawi-victoria-buffer-4kg/
- Price: $135.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725010-299 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116029902
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/victoria-Buffer-4kg.jpg
Seachem Malawi/Victoria Buffer 4kg (SKU: 725010-299) is a bulk supply container engineered for large-scale African cichlid displays, maintenance companies, and commercial breeding operations. It efficiently establishes and maintains a target pH between 7.8 and 8.4 while increasing carbonate alkalinity across massive water volumes.
This product adjusts both pH and carbonate hardness (KH) to levels suited for cichlid communities, reducing stress and supporting proper metabolism and biological processes. It also improves water stability by preventing sudden pH swings, making it a reliable choice for aquarists keeping Rift Lake cichlids.
Seachem Malawi/Victoria Buffer optimises aquarium water for African cichlids by raising alkalinity and stabilising the pH between 7.8 and 8.4. It also improves water stability by preventing sudden pH swings, making it a reliable choice for aquarists keeping Rift Lake cichlids. This targeted formula protects fish from harmful water chemistry shifts, promoting better health, less stress, and brighter colours.
This 4 kg bucket eliminates frequent reorders and ensures parameter stability across extensive fish rooms. Its precise formulation prevents sudden pH spikes, creating a steady, healthy environment for high-density cichlid populations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Multi-Tank Setups:** Designed for fish hatcheries, retail displays, and high-volume sumps.
- **Central Reservoir Dosing:** Ideal for pre-treating large water storage vats prior to routine water changes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until target pH is established.
- Pre-dissolve thoroughly in freshwater storage containers prior to pumping into livestock systems.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Cost Efficiency:** Bulk 4 kg bucket provides economical dosing for high-volume users.
- **Target pH Control:** Maintains a reliable pH range of 7.8–8.4.
- **Carbonate Hardness Elevation:** Protects water systems from acidification caused by heavy fish waste.
- **Fish Room Ready:** Formulated for reliable performance in large filtration loops.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725010-299 (Internal ID: 130756)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116029902
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,300 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid Aquariums & Commercial Facilities
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 32,000 litres (8,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Malawi/victoria Buffer 600g
Mid-Size Alkaline Buffer for African Cichlids, Creates Malawi and Victoria Lake-Like Environment by Alkalinity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-malawi-victoria-buffer-600g/
- Price: $25.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725008-293 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116029308
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/victoria-Buffer-600g.jpg
Seachem Malawi/Victoria Buffer 600g (SKU: 725008-293) provides an extended supply of alkaline buffering salt designed for African cichlid enthusiasts managing medium-sized displays. It raises pH to 7.8–8.4 while enhancing carbonate hardness (KH) to protect fish from sudden chemistry shifts.
Seachem Malawi / Victoria Buffer 600g is a regular-sized compact pack containing a specialised aquarium water supplement conditioner that imitates conditions of African lakes by creating and maintaining the ideal water chemistry for African cichlids from the Malawi and Victoria Rift Lakes. These species thrive in hard, alkaline water with stable pH, and this buffer helps set and stabilise those conditions so fish remain healthy, vibrant, and active.
Formulated to work seamlessly with Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt, this buffer ensures that captive Malawi and Victoria species enjoy water conditions that closely match their natural alkaline-heavy lake origins.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Cichlid Tanks:** Ideal for 200–400 litre aquariums containing Peacocks, Haps, and Mbuna.
- **Water Treatment:** Used to treat tap water or reconstituted RO water during routine maintenance.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until target pH is achieved.
- Dissolve in a container of fresh water before adding to the main tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted pH Range:** Locks pH securely between 7.8 and 8.4.
- **Enhanced KH Reserve:** Builds strong buffering capacity to prevent acidic crashes.
- **Mid-Size Supply:** 600g bottle provides ongoing treatment for standard hobbyist aquariums.
- **Safe & Reliable:** Formulated without harsh chemicals that cause shock to aquatic life.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725008-293 (Internal ID: 130754)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116029308
- **Distributor / Supplier:** AQUA
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 680 g
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Target Environment:** Lake Malawi & Lake Victoria Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 600 g treats up to 4,800 litres (1,200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Neutral Regulator 1kg
High-Capacity pH Regulator & Conditioner for Large Water Systems & Home Tanks Removing Toxicity From Water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-neutral-regulator-1kg/
- Price: $42.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725014-307 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116030700
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Neutral-Regulator-1kg.jpg
Seachem Neutral Regulator 1kg (SKU: 725014-307) offers high-capacity pH control and tap water conditioning for large home aquariums and multi-tank installations. It adjusts pH to 7.0 while removing chlorine, chloramines, and toxic ammonia during water additions.
Seachem Neutral Regulator safely conditions tap water for freshwater aquariums by locking the pH at 7.0 and eliminating chlorine, chloramine, and ammonia. Additionally, it softens hard water by removing surplus calcium and magnesium, ensuring a stable habitat for neutral-loving fish.
This 1 kg container provides an economical option for hobbyists managing large water volumes. Its dual-action formula conditions water and buffers alkalinity, preventing dangerous pH drops between water maintenance routines.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Freshwater Displays:** Best suited for high-volume planted and community aquariums.
- **Water Preparation Vats:** Perfect for conditioning large batches of tap water prior to water changes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) as needed to maintain pH 7.0.
- Pre-dissolve in change water prior to adding to the primary tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precision 7.0 pH Buffering:** Maintains pH at 7.0 in freshwater aquariums.
- **Instant Water Conditioning:** Eliminates chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia instantly.
- **Hardness Reduction:** Binds calcium and magnesium to soften tap water.
- **Economy 1 kg Supply:** Ideal for larger setups or long-term storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725014-307 (Internal ID: 130760)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116030700
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > pH Regulators & Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 105 mm (L) × 105 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Community Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Neutral Regulator 250g
Neutral pH Adjuster & Dechlorinator for Standard-Size Aquariums, Softens Hard Water by Targeting a pH of 7.0.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-neutral-regulator-250g/
- Price: $14.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725012-306 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116030601
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Neutral-Regulator-250g.jpg
Seachem Neutral Regulator 250g (SKU: 725012-306) provides complete water conditioning and pH management for standard community aquariums. It adjusts water chemistry to a target pH of 7.0, softening hard water while removing chlorine, chloramines, and toxic ammonia from municipal water supplies.
Seachem Neutral Regulator adjusts and maintains a stable pH of 7.0, while also removing chlorine, chloramine, and ammonia, making tap water safe for freshwater aquariums. It helps soften water by precipitating excess calcium and magnesium, ensuring a balanced environment for fish that prefer neutral pH and softer water conditions.
This 250g bottle offers an effective solution for hobbyists maintaining medium-sized freshwater tanks. It establishes a phosphate-based buffer that shields the aquarium against pH crashes caused by biological decay.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Tank Setup & Refills:** Excellent for routine maintenance in mixed-species freshwater systems.
- **Conditioning Tap Water:** Instantly neutralises heavy metals, chlorine, and chloramine during water changes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) once or twice monthly.
- Mix into new tap water prior to adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Neutral 7.0 pH:** Holds water chemistry steadily at a neutral 7.0 point.
- **Complete Dechlorination:** Eliminates chlorine, chloramine, and detoxifies residual ammonia.
- **Softens Hard Water:** Binds excess mineral cations to lower overall hardness.
- **Phosphate Buffer Base:** Provides a reliable buffer against pH downward drift.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725012-306 (Internal ID: 130758)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116030601
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > pH Regulators & Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Community Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Neutral Regulator 4kg
Bulk Commercial Size Pack of pH Regulator & Water Conditioner For Large Hatcheries, Retail Fish Rooms, & Public Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-neutral-regulator-4kg/
- Price: $139.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725015-309 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116030908
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Neutral-Regulator-4kg.jpg
Seachem Neutral Regulator 4kg (SKU: 725015-309) is a bulk conditioning and pH management formula designed for commercial hatcheries, retail fish rooms, and public aquarium installations. It locks system pH at 7.0 while removing chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia from incoming water supplies.
This 4 kg container delivers maximum cost efficiency for high-volume water processing. Its concentrated powder form stores easily and dissolves quickly, making water treatment straightforward across large installations.
By consolidating multiple water treatment steps into a single dosing protocol, this commercial formula streamlines facility workflows and minimises the need for secondary additives. The phosphate-based buffering matrix safely softens hard source water by precipitating out excess minerals, which shields sensitive freshwater species from osmotic shock during heavy water changes or rapid livestock turnover.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Operations:** Ideal for retail aquarium stores, fish holding facilities, and maintenance services.
- **High-Volume Tap Treatment:** Used to condition large quantities of municipal tap water rapidly.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) to maintain pH at 7.0.
- Dissolve thoroughly in aging vats or water change reservoirs prior to distribution.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Volume Efficiency:** 4 kg bucket provides the lowest cost-per-litre treatment rate.
- **Neutral pH Locking:** Keeps broad-spectrum freshwater displays consistently at pH 7.0.
- **Complete Water Safety:** Removes chlorine, neutralises chloramine bonds, and detoxifies ammonia.
- **Precipitates Hardness:** Softens municipal water supplies by binding calcium and magnesium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725015-309 (Internal ID: 130761)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116030908
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > pH Regulators & Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,350 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums & Commercial Facilities
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 32,000 litres (8,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Neutral Regulator 500g
Mid-Size Neutral pH Buffer & Water Conditioner for Larger Community Tanks & Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-neutral-regulator-500g/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725013-303 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116030304
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Neutral-Regulator-500g.jpg
Seachem Neutral Regulator 500g (SKU: 725013-303) provides comprehensive pH regulation and water conditioning for larger community tanks. It maintains pH at 7.0, softens hard municipal tap water, and neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia upon contact.
Getting your tap water ready for a freshwater tank is easy with Seachem Neutral Regulator. It holds your tank's pH at a perfect 7.0 while instantly wiping out dangerous ammonia, chlorine, and chloramine. If you have hard water, it also helps by dropping out extra calcium and magnesium, giving your neutral-loving fish the soft, safe water they need to thrive.
Designed for active aquarists, this 500g bottle ensures long-term water parameter stability. By precipitating excess calcium and magnesium, it helps keep water soft while creating a balanced chemical environment for plants and freshwater fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance:** Ideal for regular water changes in freshwater community tanks.
- **pH Correction:** Used to lower high pH tap water or buffer soft water to a neutral 7.0 baseline.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) monthly or as required to keep pH at 7.0.
- Dissolve powder into replacement water before pouring into the display system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks Neutral pH 7.0:** Stabilises water at pH 7.0 for optimal community fish health.
- **Triple Action Detoxification:** Removes chlorine, breaks chloramines, and detoxifies ammonia.
- **Softens Water:** Removes excess calcium and magnesium to protect sensitive species.
- **Cost-Effective Size:** 500g container covers extensive water volume needs over time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725013-303 (Internal ID: 130759)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116030304
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > pH Regulators & Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 85 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 570 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Community Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Neutral Regulator 50g
Neutral pH Adjuster & Water Conditioner that neutralises harmful chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia for Small Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-neutral-regulator-50g/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725011-304 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116030403
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Neutral-Regulator-50g.jpg
Seachem Neutral Regulator 50g (SKU: 725011-304) is a multi-purpose powder supplement that adjusts water pH to a neutral 7.0 and holds it there, while simultaneously conditioning tap water. It neutralises harmful chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia, rendering tap water immediately safe for freshwater aquatic life.
Seachem Neutral Regulator adjusts and maintains a stable pH of 7.0, while also removing chlorine, chloramine, and ammonia, making tap water safe for freshwater aquariums. It helps soften water by precipitating excess calcium and magnesium, ensuring a balanced environment for fish that prefer neutral pH and softer water conditions.
Additionally, Neutral Regulator binds calcium and magnesium to soften hard tap water, helping to control mineral levels and reduce maintenance needs. The compact 50g container is sized for desktop aquariums and small freshwater setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Neutral pH Aquariums:** Ideal for community tanks housing fish that thrive at a neutral pH 7.0 (e.g., Livebearers, Tetras, Barbs).
- **Tap Water Preparation:** Used during water changes to neutralise chlorine/chloramines and lock pH at 7.0.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) for every 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) once or twice a month (or as needed to maintain pH 7.0).
- Dissolve powder in fresh water prior to adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH at 7.0:** Automatically adjusts high or low pH to a neutral 7.0 state.
- **Dechlorinates Water:** Instantly neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and ammonia in tap water.
- **Water Softening Action:** Binds calcium and magnesium to lower overall water hardness.
- **Synergistic Buffering:** Can be combined with Discus Buffer or Acid Regulator to target specific custom pH values.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725011-304 (Internal ID: 130757)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116030403
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > pH Regulators & Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Community Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 g treats up to 400 litres (100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Plant Pack: Enhancer (npk)
3 Pack 100 mL Flourish Fertiliser of Each Nitrogen, Phosphorus & Potassium Bottle For Aquatic Plant Growth.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-plant-pack-enhancer-npk/
- Price: $32.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724903-1115 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116111508
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Plant-Pack_-Enhancer-npk.jpg
Seachem Plant Pack: Enhancer "NPK" (SKU: 724903-1115) is a targeted 3-piece macronutrient supplement kit containing 100 mL bottles of Flourish Nitrogen, Flourish Phosphorus, and Flourish Potassium. Engineered for high-light, heavily planted aquariums, this set allows hobbyists to dose and fine-tune primary macronutrients independently according to specific plant demands.
The Seachem Plant Pack: Enhancer (NPK) includes Flourish Nitrogen, Flourish Phosphorus, and Flourish Potassium, providing essential macronutrients for healthy plant growth. This pack helps prevent nutrient deficiencies by supplying nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium, promoting robust, vibrant plants in freshwater aquariums.
Flourish Nitrogen supplies nitrate and amino acid nitrogen; Flourish Phosphorus provides bioavailable phosphate to encourage root and flower growth; and Flourish Potassium delivers essential potassium to prevent pinhole leaf necrosis and promote leaf structural integrity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Light & CO2 Aquariums:** Essential macronutrient dosing for fast-growing aquascapes.
- **Deficiency Targeting:** Corrects pinholes, pale leaves, or stunted stem growth individually.
- **Custom NPK Ratios:** Allows aquascapers to tailor macro ratios based on water testing.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Flourish Nitrogen:** Dose 5 mL per 160 L (40 US gallons) twice weekly or as needed.
- **Flourish Phosphorus:** Dose 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) once or twice weekly.
- **Flourish Potassium:** Dose 5 mL per 125 L (30 US gallons) 2–3 times weekly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Macronutrient Control:** Provides independent Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium bottles.
- **Prevents Leaf Necrosis:** Resolves pinholes and yellowing caused by NPK deficiencies.
- **Supports High-Tech Scapes:** Formulated for CO2-injected, high-light planted displays.
- **Precision Dosing Flexibility:** Prevents algae by allowing tailored dosing per element.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724903-1115
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116111508
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertiliser Starter Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 450 g
- **Kit Contents:** Flourish Nitrogen 100 mL, Flourish Phosphorus 100 mL, Flourish Potassium 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Prime 100ml
Liquid Conditioner & Detoxifier for Desktop & Small Aquarium Waters By Limiting Chlorine, Chloramines, Ammonia, Nitrite, and Nitrate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-prime-100ml/
- Price: $9.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725022-435 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043502
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Prime-100ml.jpg
Seachem Prime 100ml (SKU: 725022-435) provides complete tap water conditioning and waste detoxification for small-to-medium aquariums. It eliminates chlorine and chloramines while temporarily detoxifying ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate for up to 48 hours.
By converting toxic ammonia into a non-toxic ammonium complex, Prime protects livestock while keeping nitrogen compounds available for biological filter bacteria. This 100ml bottle is a practical size for hobbyists maintaining 10-to-40 gallon aquariums.
This specific volume serves as an excellent entryway for hobbyists establishing their first community setups, where maintaining chemical stability during the initial tank cycling phase is critical. It provides enough capacity for months of regular, partial water changes on standard desktop systems, acting as a reliable safeguard against accidental overfeeding or sudden livestock waste increases.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Tap Conditioning:** Used whenever tap water is added during routine water changes.
- **New Tank Cycling:** Helps shield livestock from ammonia spikes while establishing nitrifying colonies.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 1 capful (5 mL) for every 200 L (50 US gallons) of replacement water.
- Pre-mixing in change water is recommended, though direct tank dosing is safe.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Detoxification:** Eliminates chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
- **Non-Acidic Formula:** Will not alter aquarium pH or deplete carbonate hardness (KH).
- **Protects Slime Coat:** Encourages natural protective mucous coating on fish skin.
- **Concentrated Value:** Treats up to 4,000 litres per 100ml bottle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725022-435 (Internal ID: 130768)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043502
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Prime 1l
High-Capacity Water Conditioner for Fish Rooms & Large Displays To Make Municipal Tap Water Instantly Safe for Aquatic Life.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-prime-1l/
- Price: $54.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725025-437 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043700
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Prime-1l.jpg
Seachem Prime 1L (SKU: 725025-437) is a professional-grade, highly concentrated liquid water conditioner engineered to make municipal tap water instantly safe for aquatic life. It provides complete neutralisation of chlorine and chloramines while temporarily sequestering toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate into completely harmless complexes for up to 48 hours. This advanced chemical binding action ensures that vulnerable livestock are fully shielded from environmental shock while allowing active biological filters to consume the nitrogen compounds naturally.
Formulated to maintain absolute chemical neutrality, Prime preserves the existing water hardness and pH balance across freshwater, marine, and delicate reef biotope systems. The solution aids in the rapid recovery of fish by stimulating natural slime coat development, which coats and protects sensitive gill membranes from trace heavy metals commonly found in domestic water supplies. Because it doesn't cause excessive foaming or over-activation in saltwater protein skimmers, it remains a trusted staple for complex marine configurations and high-bioload setups alike.
This substantial 1-Litre bottle offers an exceptional balance of storage convenience and high-volume economic value, making it the perfect choice for multi-tank hobbyists, boutique breeders, and home gallery displays. It serves as a highly efficient asset for routine, heavy water changes, minimising the frequency of repurchasing smaller bottles while providing ample chemical protection during sudden biological filter failures. The integrated pour-cap allows for straightforward dosing across massive volumes of raw water, ensuring reliable and repeatable results with every application.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish Room Maintenance:** Suited for hobbyists running multiple tanks or large central sumps.
- **Large-Scale Water Management:** Designed for frequent, large-volume water changes across heavy-display systems or multi-tank setups.
- **Reservoir Dosing:** Added to large water aging barrels before performing water changes.
- **Emergency System Recovery:** Administered during sudden biological filtration crashes to prevent mass livestock loss from ammonia or nitrite spikes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L (50 US gallons) of municipal tap water.
- Mix into new water before adding to established aquariums.
- For extreme water quality crises involving severe ammonia or nitrite spikes, a dose of up to 5x the standard rate may be safely introduced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 Litre Economy Size:** Provides massive treatment volume. A single 1-Litre bottle treats up to 40,000 Litres (10,000 US gallons) of tap water & marine water.
- **Complete Detoxification:** Provides all-in-one protection which Instantly eliminates chlorine and chloramines while detoxifying heavy metals, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
- **Safe for Biological Filters:** Keeps nitrogenous compounds available for beneficial nitrifying bacteria. It is completely Biofilter Safe and fully compatible with sensitive marine invertebrates by providing beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
- **No Impact on pH:** Does not cause pH fluctuations or mineral shifts.
- **Slime Coat Support:** Enhances the natural cellular defences of fish to promote stress-free acclimation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725025-437 (Internal ID: 130771)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043700
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 95 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 L treats up to 40,000 litres (10,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Prime 20l
Heavy-Duty Industrial Water Conditioner Drum Container For Public Aquariums, Large Aquacultures, Wholesale Distribution Centres, & Maintenance Operations.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-prime-20l/
- Price: $528.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725028-431 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043106
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Prime-20l.jpg
Seachem Prime 20L (SKU: 725028-431) is an industrial-grade 20-litre carboy designed for public aquariums, large aquaculture operations, wholesale distribution centres, and maintenance operations. It provides high-volume treatment to eliminate chlorine, chloramines, ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates.
Equipped with a sturdy pour spout and heavy-duty casing, this 20-litre container provides maximum economy for facilities requiring continuous, automated tap water neutralisation.
Integrating this industrial-grade 20L carboy into high-volume facility protocols drastically reduces recurring supply acquisition cycles while establishing an unyielding line of biosecurity against large-scale chemical fluctuations. The formula’s rapid binding action allows facility operators to execute continuous automated dosing or sudden emergency flushes without risking a chemical breakthrough, safeguarding high-density livestock holding systems from toxic shocks and shielding thousands of dollars in commercial live inventory from sudden municipal treatment spikes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Industrial & Wholesale Facilities:** Designed for high-volume fish holding systems and public displays.
- **Central Mixing Reservoirs:** Added to large municipal water conditioning reservoirs prior to facility-wide use.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosing:** Add 5 mL per 200 L (50 US gallons) of new water.
- Connect directly to automated liquid metering pumps for continuous dosing setups.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Volume Container:** 20 Litre drum treats up to 800,000 Litres of water.
- **Lowest Cost-Per-litre:** Delivers maximum cost efficiency for heavy commercial use.
- **Complete Detoxification:** Binds chlorine, chloramines, ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates.
- **Industrial Packaging:** Heavy-duty carboy container designed for active warehouse and fish room environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725028-431 (Internal ID: 130774)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043106
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 290 mm (L) × 290 mm (W) × 380 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 21,500 g
- **Net Volume:** 20,000 mL (20 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Aquaculture, Commercial Facilities & Public Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 20 L treats up to 800,000 litres (200,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Prime 250ml
Industry-Standard Water Conditioner for Medium Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-prime-250ml/
- Price: $18.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725023-436 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043601
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Prime-250ml.jpg
Seachem Prime 250ml (SKU: 725023-436) is one of the most widely used water conditioners in the aquarium industry. It provides comprehensive neutralisation of chlorine, chloramine, and heavy metals, while temporarily binding ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate into non-toxic states. By keeping these nitrogenous compounds locked in a safe form for up to 48 hours, it shields livestock from toxic shock while keeping the waste accessible to the tank's biological filtration.
Unlike competing products that lower pH or over-stimulate protein skimmers, Prime maintains strict chemical balance across freshwater, marine, and reef aquariums. The formula actively supports long-term fish health by stimulating natural slime coat production and protecting sensitive gill tissues from chemical abrasions. Because it has zero impact on water hardness or pH levels, it remains completely safe for delicate aquatic plants, sensitive shrimp, and fragile marine invertebrates when used as directed.
This mid-sized 250ml bottle offers a highly economical and balanced option for hobbyists managing standard home displays, custom biotope tanks, or small multi-tank racks. It serves as a trusted, multi-purpose tool for routine weekly maintenance, the initial cycling phases of new aquarium setups, and rapid detoxification during sudden water quality emergencies. With its concentrated liquid form, this size delivers maximum treating capacity in a compact footprint that easily fits into standard aquarium storage cabinets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular Maintenance:** Essential for conditioning municipal tap water during regular water changes.
- **Spike Mitigation:** Dosed directly to neutralise toxic spikes in mature or newly established aquariums.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L (50 US gallons) of new water.
- Dose based on total tank volume if adding directly to the aquarium during water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Protection:** Neutralises chlorine, chloramines, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate
- **Biologically Safe:** Fosters natural slime coat development and will not alter pH or hardness.
- **Non-Foaming in Marine Tanks:** Will not cause skimmer overflow in saltwater setups.
- **Detoxifies Heavy Metals:** Binds heavy metals present in typical tap water supplies.
- **Proven Reliability:** Trusted across freshwater biotope, reef, and planted aquarium installations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725023-436 (Internal ID: 130769)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043601
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 10,000 litres (2,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Prime 4l
Large-Volume Liquid Water Conditioner & Detoxifier for Massive Displays, Public Aquariums, Maintenance Routes, High-Volume & Commercial Holding Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-prime-4l/
- Price: $181.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725027-439 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043908
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Prime-4l.jpg
Seachem Prime 4L (SKU: 725027-439) is an industrial-strength, highly concentrated water conditioning solution engineered to make municipal tap water safe for massive aquarium environments. It swiftly eliminates chlorine and chloramines while chemically neutralising toxic compounds like ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate. By binding these harmful nitrogenous byproducts into a temporary, non-toxic state for up to 48 hours, it forms an immediate biological shield that prevents acute toxic shock in highly populated or sensitive environments.
Formulated to remain entirely non-acidic, Prime has absolutely no impact on aquarium pH, water hardness, or alkalinity parameters, making it an incredibly stable choice for both freshwater setups and delicate marine reef displays. The advanced formula actively aids livestock health by stimulating natural slime coat production, protecting sensitive gill tissue from hard water impurities and heavy metals. Because it handles high-volume dosing without triggering protein skimmer over-activation or causing micro-bubble issues, it remains a preferred choice for complex saltwater filtration systems.
This substantial standalone 4-Litre container is tailored for passionate hobbyists managing massive home displays, extensive multi-tank fish rooms, or custom pond installations. Providing immense treatment economy, this single heavy-duty jug treats an incredible volume of source water, making it a reliable, long-lasting investment for routine maintenance schedules. The liquid matrix retains its full chemical potency indefinitely when kept sealed, ensuring you always have a dependable, high-capacity line of defence ready for heavy water replacements or sudden biofilter emergencies.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Public Aquariums:** Essential for high-volume water processing, maintenance companies, and retail stores.
- **Large Sump Dosing:** Added directly into main sump circulation loops during high-volume water replacements.
- **Massive Tank Water Changes:** Perfect for high-capacity displays, custom monster fish setups, and multi-tank home installations.
- **Emergency Toxin Control:** Used to lock down sudden, unexpected ammonia or nitrite spikes to protect live investments.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 mL (1 capful) for every 200 L (50 US gallons) of new replacement water.
- Can be dispensed via automated dosing pumps or manual measurement.
- For emergency situations involving extreme ammonia or nitrite surges, up to 5x the standard dose can be safely introduced directly into the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Commercial 4L Jug With Massive Treatment Capacity:** A standalone 4L jug treats up to 160,000 litres (40,000 US gallons) of tap water.
- **Complete Chemical Safety:** It is an all-in-one conditioner that instantly purifies water of chlorine, chloramines, heavy metals, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
- **Dosing Pump Compatible:** Suitable for liquid auto-dosing systems in commercial sumps.
- **Safe Across Environments:** Non-toxic for all marine invertebrates, corals, and freshwater species. It is filter & Reef Safe that will not stall beneficial nitrifying bacteria or irritate delicate corals and plants.
- **Zero Parameter Impact:** Completely neutral formula that does not alter pH or water hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725027-439 (Internal ID: 130773)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043908
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,300 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Systems, Large Aquariums & Public Facilities
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 160,000 litres (40,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Prime 50ml
Complete Concentrated Liquid Water Conditioner & Toxic Remover for Nano Aquariums of Both Fresh & Saltwaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-prime-50ml/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725021-434 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043403
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Prime-50ml.jpg
Seachem Prime 50ml (SKU: 725021-434) is a complete, concentrated liquid water conditioner for both fresh and saltwater aquariums. It removes chlorine and chloramines while detoxifying ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate, rendering them harmless while leaving them accessible to beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
Prime also detoxifies heavy metals found in tap water and promotes natural slime coat production without over-activating protein skimmers. The 50ml bottle is ideal for nano aquariums, small desktop setups, and travel kits.
This travel-sized bottle is perfect for managing temporary quarantine containers, hospital tanks, or micro-habitats where exact volume control is critical. Its compact design allows fish keepers to easily address unexpected toxin spikes on a smaller scale, providing immediate biological safety without cluttering limited storage space around compact desktop displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** It is Added to new tap water to neutralise municipal disinfectants immediately.
- **Emergency Ammonia Control:** Dosed directly into aquariums during biofilter crashes or toxicity spikes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 1 capful (5 mL) for every 200 L (50 US gallons) of new water.
- **For smaller volumes:** 2 drops per litre (approx. 5 drops per gallon).
- Can be safely dosed up to 5 times the normal rate in emergency ammonia situations.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5-in-1 Water Safety:** Removes chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
- **Highly Concentrated Liquid:** Requires a lower dose per gallon than standard liquid conditioners.
- **Slime Coat Support:** Stimulates natural slime coat production without clogging gills.
- **Fresh & Marine Compatible:** Safe for reef tanks, freshwater community displays, and planted aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725021-434 (Internal ID: 130767)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043403
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 35 mm (L) × 35 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 mL treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Prime Bonus Rhino +30% Bonus 325 Ml
Water Conditioner That Removes Chlorine & Chloramines While Detoxifying Ammonia, Nitrite, Etc.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml/
- Price: $21.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725185-430 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043007
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Prime-Bonus-Rhino-30-Bonus-325-Ml.jpg
Seachem Prime Bonus Rhino 325mL "+30% Bonus Pack" (SKU: 725185-430) is a complete water conditioner that removes chlorine and chloramines while detoxifying ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in freshwater and marine aquariums. Tap water contains toxic chlorine and chloramines that destroy fish gill tissues and eliminate beneficial biofilter bacteria. Prime neutralises these chemical disinfectants instantly upon contact.
In addition to removing tap water disinfectants, Prime binds toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate for up to 48 hours, converting them into safe, non-toxic forms while remaining accessible to beneficial nitrifying bacteria. Highly concentrated, this limited 325mL bonus bottle provides 30% extra product at the standard 250mL price point.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tap Water Dechlorination:** Neutralises chlorine and chloramines during routine water changes.
- **Emergency Ammonia & Nitrite Detoxification:** Detoxifies elevated ammonia and nitrite levels during filter failures.
- **Heavy Metal Neutralisation:** Detoxifies heavy metals commonly present in municipal tap water supplies.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of new tap water during water changes.
- **Emergency Dose:** Dose up to 5 times the standard rate (5 mL per 40 L) for high ammonia or nitrite emergencies.
- **Application Method:** Add directly to new tap water prior to filling, or dose for total tank volume if adding water directly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Removes Chlorine & Chloramine:** Neutralises tap water chemical disinfectants instantly.
- **Detoxifies Ammonia, Nitrite & Nitrate:** Binds toxic nitrogen compounds for up to 48 hours.
- **+30% Extra Bonus Volume:** Includes 325 mL of product for the price of a standard 250 mL bottle.
- **Super-Concentrated Formula:** 5 mL treats a full 200 Litres of fresh tap water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725185-430
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043007
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 390 g
- **Net Volume:** 325 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 325 mL treats up to 13,000 Litres (3,250 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Pristine 1l
Natural Sludge & Waste Digestion Treatment With a Unique Bacterial Matrix Targets Organic Compounds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pristine-1l/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724913-1245 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012454
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pristine-1l.jpg
Seachem Pristine 1L (SKU: 724913-1245) provides natural biological waste management for medium-to-large aquariums. Containing specialised bacterial strains that digest organic matter, Pristine breaks down sludge, detritus, and surface films to improve overall tank health and water transparency.
Its unique bacterial matrix targets organic compounds that standard nitrifying bacteria cannot digest, making it an essential maintenance supplement for heavily stocked tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Waste Management:** Keeps gravel beds, driftwood, and rocks free of organic debris.
- **Filter Sludge Reduction:** Prevents organic buildup inside canister filters and media pads.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Initial Setup / Cleansing:** Dose 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons).
- **Bi-Weekly Maintenance:** Dose 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Organic Digestion:** Converts solid organic waste into bioavailable compounds.
- **Polishes Display Water:** Removes organic haze and turbidity naturally.
- **Foul Odour Elimination:** Neutralises tank odours caused by decaying organic waste.
- **Safe & Natural:** Contains no synthetic chemicals or harsh additives.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724913-1245
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012454
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Waste Management
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 220 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,080 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Pristine 250ml
Bio-Augmentation Waste Remover Decomposes Organic Detritus, Uneaten Food, & Fish Waste In Standard Home Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pristine-250ml/
- Price: $21.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724911-1241 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116124102
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pristine-250ml-1.jpg
Seachem Pristine 250mL (SKU: 724911-1241) is a natural bacterial treatment designed to decompose organic detritus, unconsumed food, and fish waste in standard home aquariums. By digesting complex organic compounds, it improves water clarity and prevents organic nutrient overload.
Regular application helps keep gravel substrates clean and reduces the frequency of manual siphon cleanings.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Gravel & Substrate Maintenance:** Helps break down trapped organic waste.
- **Regular Tank Care:** Maintains clear, odour-free water between water changes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **First Dose:** Add 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons).
- **Maintenance:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) bi-weekly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Organic Digestion:** Breaks down proteins, fats, and organic detritus.
- **Clears Cloudy Water:** Resolves organic turbidity without chemical flocculants.
- **Reduces Maintenance Effort:** Keeps interior surfaces and bio-media cleaner.
- **Safe for All Livestock:** Compatible with all fish, plant, and reef species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724911-1241
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116124102
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Waste Management
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Pristine 4l
Bulk Organic Waste & Detritus Eliminator Bacteria For Improving Water Clarity & Reducing Organic Maintenance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pristine-4l/
- Price: $149.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724915-1243 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116124300
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pristine-4l.jpg
Seachem Pristine 4L (SKU: 724915-1243) is a bulk container of advanced bio-augmentation bacteria designed for large aquarium systems, commercial holding facilities, and heavy bio-load displays. Pristine breaks down excess organic detritus, unconsumed food, fish waste, and plant decay, improving water clarity and reducing organic maintenance.
Regular dosing helps eliminate organic sludge in filter beds and substrates, preventing foul odours and suppressing excess nutrient levels that trigger algae outbreaks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large & Commercial Aquariums:** Cost-effective organic sludge management for large volumes.
- **Heavily Stocked Cichlid & Predator Tanks:** Manages high organic loads from heavy feedings.
- **System Water Polishing:** Eliminates organic haze and restores water clarity.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Initial / High Load Dose:** Add 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium volume.
- **Maintenance Dose:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) bi-weekly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 4L Economy Size:** Ideal for high-volume maintenance routes and large systems.
- **Natural Bio-Augmentation:** Digests complex organic compounds, fats, and detritus.
- **Improves Substrate Health:** Prevents sludge accumulation in gravel and bio-media.
- **Safe for All Aquatic Organisms:** 100% reef, fish, and planted aquarium safe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724915-1243
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116124300
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Waste Management
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,150 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Pristine 500ml
Biological Waste Eliminator With Beneficial Bacteria To Break Down Organic Waste In Medium Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pristine-500ml/
- Price: $38.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724912-1242 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116124201
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pristine-500ml.jpg
Seachem Pristine 500mL (SKU: 724912-1242) uses natural bio-augmentation to clear organic debris, sludge, and cloudy water in medium-sized aquatic systems. By introducing beneficial bacteria that break down proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates, Pristine reduces substrate maintenance and keeps filter media operating efficiently.
It is particularly effective in planted tanks, cichlid aquariums, and marine setups where organic waste tends to collect in hard-to-reach places.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Substrate & Rockwork Cleaning:** Reduces detritus accumulation in gravel and live rock crevices.
- **Water Clarity Restoration:** Restores crystal-clear water transparency.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Initial Application:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L (10 US gallons).
- **Maintenance Application:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) every 2 weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bio-Augmentation Action:** Breaks down organic waste and detritus naturally.
- **Reduces Filter Clogging:** Keeps biological and mechanical media running cleaner longer.
- **Eliminates Organic Haze:** Polishes water by digesting suspended organics.
- **100% Environmentally Safe:** Harmless to sensitive invertebrates, corals, and fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724912-1242
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116124201
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Waste Management
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 185 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 540 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Pristine Bonus Rhino +30% Bonus 325 Ml
Organic Waste-Consuming Bacterial Treatment To improve Water Clarity & Reduce Sludge In Freshwater & Marine Aquariums..
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pristine-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml/
- Price: $22.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725187-1248 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012485
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Pristine-Bonus-Rhino-30-Bonus-325-Ml.jpg
Seachem Pristine Bonus Rhino 325mL "+30% Bonus Pack" (SKU: 725187-1248) uses specialised bio-augmentation technology to break down organic sludge, excess food, and detritus in freshwater and marine aquariums. Accumulated organic waste clogs filter media, reduces dissolved oxygen levels, and fosters nuisance algae growth. Pristine introduces specialised bacterial strains that target and digest detritus, uneaten food, and organic sludge. It also helps manage ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate levels, promoting a cleaner and healthier environment for aquatic life.
These bio-augmented bacterial colonies attach to gravel, filter media, and hardscape surfaces, breaking down complex organic compounds into harmless water and gas byproducts. Seachem Pristine is a natural water clarifier that uses beneficial bacteria to break down organic waste, improving water clarity and reducing sludge in both freshwater and marine aquariums. This limited 325mL bonus bottle provides 30% extra product at the standard 250mL price point, improving water clarity and reducing routine substrate vacuuming.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sludge & Detritus Breakdown:** Digests organic waste trapped in gravel beds, substrate, and rockwork.
- **Filter Media Maintenance:** Keeps mechanical and biological filter media clean and free of organic buildup.
- **Improving Water Clarity:** Eliminates microscopic organic haze for improved water clarity.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Initial Dosage:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L of aquarium water for initial sludge management.
- **Maintenance Dosage:** Add 5 mL per 80 L bi-weekly or following water changes to keep substrate clean.
- **System Compatibility:** Turn off UV sterilisers or ozone units for 2–3 hours after dosing to allow bacteria to settle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bio-Augmented Sludge Digestion:** Bacterial strains specifically target detritus, sludge, and organic waste.
- **+30% Extra Bonus Volume:** Supplies 325 mL of product for the price of a standard 250 mL bottle.
- **Reduces Maintenance Needs:** Minimises the need for frequent manual substrate vacuuming.
- **Ecosystem Safe:** Safe for all freshwater and marine fish, corals, plants, and invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725187-1248
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012485
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Waste Management
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 400 g
- **Net Volume:** 325 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 325 mL treats up to 5,200 Litres (1,300 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Buffer 1kg
High-Capacity Powdered pH 8.3 Carbonate(dKH) Buffer To Support Alkalinity & Coral Skeleton Formation In Large Reef Aquariums & Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-buffer-1kg/
- Price: $40.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725111-677 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116067706
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Buffer-1kg.jpg
Seachem Reef Buffer 1kg (SKU: 725111-677) is an economical, high-volume powdered pH and alkalinity buffer designed for large coral reef aquariums, maintenance routes, and commercial marine systems. Densely populated reef tanks consume vast amounts of carbonate alkalinity daily to support coral skeleton formation. As alkalinity drops, system pH drops alongside it, slowing coral growth and weakening marine fish immune systems.
Reef Buffer is formulated to raise marine pH safely to 8.3 while adding bioavailable carbonates to support continuous growth in SPS and LPS corals. Its balanced sodium, potassium, and borate salt composition locks pH at 8.3, preventing dangerous pH spikes even in high-demand environments. The 1kg container provides a low cost per dose for large-scale reef maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Reef Systems & Sumps:** Bulk buffering solution for high-volume coral display tanks.
- **High Coral-Density Systems:** Meets high daily carbonate demands in mature SPS and LPS reef tanks.
- **Commercial Maintenance:** Sized for service technicians managing multiple saltwater aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 150 L (40 US gallons) daily until system pH reaches 8.3.
- **Preparation:** Mix into RO/DI top-off water or pre-dissolve thoroughly in a dosing container before adding.
- **Maintenance Protocol:** Once pH 8.3 is established, dose bi-weekly as needed to maintain target dKH levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH at Marine Baseline 8.3:** Formulated to reach and lock at natural seawater pH levels.
- **High-Capacity Alkalinity Source:** Delivers pure carbonates to support hard coral skeletal growth.
- **Self-Limiting Buffer Blend:** Engineered to prevent pH overshooting beyond safe limits.
- **Bulk Economy:** 1kg jar provides low cost per dose for large-scale installations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725111-677
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116067706
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine & Reef pH 8.3 Carbonate Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 104.83 mm (L) × 104.83 mm (W) × 216.48 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,210 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Large Marine & Coral Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 30,000 litres (8,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Buffer 250g
Powdered pH 8.3 Carbonate Buffer To Raise Alkalinity (dKH) In Small & Nano Coral Aquariums And Saltwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-buffer-250g/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725110-676 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116067607
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Buffer-250g.jpg
Seachem Reef Buffer 250g (SKU: 725110-676) offers precision pH and alkalinity control in a compact powdered container designed for smaller marine aquariums and nano reef systems. Organic bioload, continuous coral growth, and closed-loop biofiltration constantly consume alkalinity, causing gradual pH drops. Reef Buffer drives system pH back up to a natural marine baseline of 8.3 while reinforcing carbonate hardness reserves.
Formulated with a blend of carbonate salts and borate buffers, Reef Buffer prevents sudden parameter shifts that stress delicate marine life. It increases dKH cleanly without pushing pH beyond the safe 8.3 threshold, ensuring ideal conditions for stony corals, soft corals, and reef fish. The 250g size is convenient for smaller systems requiring occasional buffering adjustment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Small Marine Aquariums:** Sized for precise dosing in setups under 150 litres.
- **Targeted pH Adjustment:** Raises low pH up to the optimal 8.3 marine standard.
- **Synthetic Salt Water Balancing:** Adjusts low pH in freshly mixed saltwater batches.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Dissolve 5 g (1 teaspoon) per 150 L (40 US gallons) to incrementally raise pH and dKH.
- **Application Method:** Dissolve completely in fresh RO/DI water prior to pouring into an area of high current.
- **Monitoring:** Measure pH daily during adjustments until the target 8.3 level is achieved.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH at 8.3:** Specifically balanced to maintain natural seawater pH levels.
- **Carbonate Hardness Support:** Elevates dKH to prevent sudden pH swings caused by organic acids.
- **Purity & High Solubility:** Dissolves easily in freshwater without leaving cloudiness or grit.
- **Safe for Delicate Reef Fauna:** Gentle blend safe for SPS, LPS, anemones, and marine fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725110-676
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116067607
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine & Reef pH 8.3 Carbonate Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 134.53 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 340 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater & Nano Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 7,500 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Buffer 4 Kg
Bulk Pack Of pH and Carbonate Buffer To Raise Alkalinity In Marine & Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-buffer-4-kg/
- Price: $99.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725135-679 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116067904
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Buffer-4-Kg.jpg
Seachem Reef Buffer 4Kg (SKU: 725135-679) is a dry powder buffer formulated to raise marine aquarium pH to a stable 8.3 while increasing carbonate alkalinity. In saltwater and reef tanks, natural metabolic acids, nitrifying biological filtration, and organic waste accumulation constantly exert downward pressure on water pH. Reef Buffer counters this acid load, safely raising pH to the ideal 8.3 target level without overshooting to dangerous alkaline ranges. Reef Buffer effectively raises reef system pH to a stable 8.3 due to its unique blend of carbonate and bicarbonate salts, unlike competing sodium bicarbonate products.
Engineered with a precise ratio of sodium, magnesium, and potassium carbonate salts, Reef Buffer works synergistically with natural seawater chemistry. This blend results in a higher pK of 8.6, which is crucial for counteracting the greater production of organic acids in reef environments that tend to lower pH. It increases total buffering capacity, protecting coral reefs against dangerous pH drops during nighttime respiration cycles. The bulk 4kg package provides long-term value for maintenance technicians, public aquariums, and large marine fish displays. While Reef Buffer also increases carbonate alkalinity, Reef Builder or Reef Carbonate are better suited for alkalinity supplementation when pH is already optimal.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low Marine pH Correction:** Safely raises aquarium pH that has dropped below the ideal 8.3 benchmark.
- **Alkalinity Maintenance:** Increases carbonate hardness to support coralline algae and marine invertebrates.
- **Preventing Nighttime pH Swings:** Stabilises water buffering capacity against CO2 accumulation during darkness.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Dissolve 5 g (1 level teaspoon) in 150 mL of freshwater per 150 L of aquarium water daily until pH reaches 8.3.
- **Target Levels:** Maintain pH between 8.2 and 8.4; maintain total alkalinity between 3.0 meq/L and 5.0 meq/L.
- **Safety Precaution:** Do not exceed the recommended dosage to avoid raising pH by more than 0.2 units per 24-hour period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted pH 8.3 Stabilisation:** Safely elevates pH to 8.3 without risk of overshooting.
- **Balanced Ionic Formula:** Contains sodium, potassium, and magnesium salts to preserve ionic ratios.
- **Prevents Coral Stress:** Locks in stable water chemistry to prevent pH-induced polyp retraction.
- **Economy 4kg Tub:** Cost-effective size for large-scale marine systems and high-density fish tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725135-679
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116067904
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 213.07 mm (L) × 213.07 mm (W) × 188.54 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,500 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 120,000 Litres (30,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Buffer 500g
Specialised pH 8.3 Carbonate Hardness Buffer To Raise And Lock pH & Alkalinity(dKH) For Coral Reef Of Marine Aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-buffer-500g/
- Price: $27.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725109-673 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116067300
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Buffer-500g.jpg
Seachem Reef Buffer 500g (SKU: 725109-673) is a specialised powdered buffer engineered to raise and lock marine aquarium pH at 8.3 while boosting overall carbonate alkalinity (dKH). In closed saltwater systems, organic acids produced by fish digestion, biofiltration, and cellular respiration drive pH down below natural seawater levels (8.1–8.4). This higher pK is more effective at counteracting the organic acids produced by reef inhabitants, ensuring greater pH stability in a heavily populated system. Low pH impairs coral skeletal growth, stresses saltwater fish, and reduces the efficiency of beneficial biological filters.
Reef Buffer is designed to safely raise and stabilise the pH in a reef aquarium to 8.3 without the risk of overshooting. Unlike standard bicarbonate buffers that peak at pH 8.0, Reef Buffer uses a blended mixture of carbonate, bicarbonate, tetraborate, and phosphate salts designed specifically to drive and hold marine pH at 8.3. Unlike competing products, it uses a specific blend of carbonate and bicarbonate salts, which results in a higher pK of 8.6. It works safely without risking extreme pH spikes even in cases of inadvertent overdosing. The 500g container provides a reliable long-term supply for standard marine and reef aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Correcting Depressed Marine pH:** Safely elevates saltwater pH to the ideal 8.3 target level.
- **Alkalinity Enhancement:** Boosts carbonate hardness (KH) to prevent rapid pH drops in high-stocking tanks.
- **Routine Salt Mix Tuning:** Adjusts freshly mixed synthetic sea salt water to optimal pH 8.3 parameters.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Dissolve 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 150 L (40 US gallons) daily until pH stabilises at 8.3.
- **Preparation Method:** Pre-dissolve the powder completely in at least 250 mL of freshwater or RO/DI water before adding to the tank.
- **Target Parameter:** Maintain saltwater pH at 8.3 and carbonate alkalinity between 8 and 12 dKH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted pH 8.3 Stability:** Formulated to hold marine water pH at a natural 8.3 level.
- **Multi-Salt Carbonate Blend:** Merges carbonates and borates to deliver superior buffer stability.
- **Overdose-Safe Technology:** Engineered to hold pH at 8.3 without driving it to dangerous alkaline extremes.
- **Supports Coral Calcification:** Delivers essential carbonates required for stony coral skeleton formation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725109-673
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116067300
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine & Reef pH 8.3 Carbonate Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 83.82 mm (L) × 83.82 mm (W) × 176.44 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 650 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Coral Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 15,000 litres (4,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Builder 1.2kg
Concentrated Carbonate Alkalinity Buffer To Raise & Maintain Carbonate Alkalinity (dKH) In Marine Reef Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-builder-1-2kg/
- Price: $35.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725102-367 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116036702
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Builder-1.2kg.jpg
Seachem Reef Builder 1.2kg (SKU: 725102-367) is a concentrated powdered carbonate alkalinity supplement engineered to raise and maintain carbonate alkalinity (dKH, i.e degrees of Karbonathärte / Carbonate Hardness) in marine reef aquariums without altering system pH. Stony corals (SPS and LPS), clams, and coralline algae continuously consume carbonate ions to build calcium carbonate skeletons. Seachem Reef Builder is a reef-safe alkalinity supplement that raises carbonate hardness (dKH) without immediately affecting pH, helping to stabilise it at 8.3 over time. If alkalinity drops below natural seawater levels (7–11 dKH), coral growth halts, and tissue recession can occur.
Unlike standard sodium bicarbonate mixes that tend to lower or excessively raise pH, Reef Builder is thermally blended to maintain pH stability at around 8.3 when used as directed. It supports coral growth, prevents pH fluctuations, and does not deplete calcium, magnesium, or strontium, making it an essential tool for maintaining a healthy reef aquarium. It supplies a rich source of bioavailable carbonates and bicarbonates, alongside balanced trace amounts of magnesium to prevent calcium carbonate precipitation. The 1.2kg container offers extended supply for medium to large coral systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Alkalinity Maintenance:** Maintains target dKH levels (8–10 dKH) in active coral-growing systems.
- **Raising Deficient Carbonates:** Safely elevates depleted alkalinity without causing sudden pH spikes.
- **Dosing Pump Preparation:** Can be dissolved in purified water to create a stock solution for automatic dosing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Use 3 g (1/2 level teaspoon) per 150 L (40 US gallons) twice weekly to raise alkalinity by 0.25 meq/L (~0.7 dKH).
- **Preparation:** Dissolve the measured powder in at least 250 mL of freshwater or RO/DI water prior to tank entry.
- **Target Range:** Maintain overall reef aquarium alkalinity between 3.0–5.0 meq/L (8.4–14 dKH).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Raises Carbonate Alkalinity:** Increases dKH cleanly without destabilising established aquarium pH.
- **Supports Coral Calcification:** Supplies essential carbon building blocks required for SPS and LPS corals.
- **Includes Trace Magnesium:** Prevents unwanted calcium precipitation in high-alkalinity environments.
- **Dissolves Cleanly:** High-purity crystalline powder dissolves rapidly without leaving cloudy residues.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725102-367
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116036702
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Reef Carbonate Alkalinity Buffer
- **Package Dimensions:** 104.83 mm (L) × 104.83 mm (W) × 216.48 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,430 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,200 g (1.2 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1.2 kg treats up to 60,000 litres (15,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Builder 300 G
Concentrated Dry Carbonate Alkalinity Buffer To Raise & Maintain Carbonate Alkalinity in Reef Aquariums Encouraging Healthy Coral Growth.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-builder-300-g/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725183-366 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116036603
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Builder-300-G.jpg
Seachem Reef Builder 300g (SKU: 725183-366) is a dry powder buffer designed to raise and maintain carbonate alkalinity in coral reef aquariums without altering water pH. Stony corals, clams, and coralline algae continuously absorb carbonate ions to build calcium carbonate skeletons. Reef Builder replenishes these essential reserves, maintaining buffering capacity between 3.0 and 5.0 meq/L (8.4 to 14 dKH) to encourage healthy coral growth.
Unlike simple sodium bicarbonate powders that can disrupt pH balance, Reef Builder contains a balanced mix of carbonate and bicarbonate salts enriched with magnesium, strontium, and trace minerals. This formulation prevents calcium precipitation during dosing, ensuring that calcium remains available for coral uptake. The 300g jar is sized for nano-to-medium reef aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Carbonate Hardness Replenishment:** Maintains optimal alkalinity in soft coral, LPS, and SPS reef aquariums.
- **Accelerating Coralline Growth:** Supplies essential carbon compounds required for coralline algae encrustation.
- **Stabilising Carbonate Reserves:** Prevents pH drops caused by organic acid accumulation.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Dissolve 3 g (approx. 1/2 level teaspoon) in 200 mL of RO/DI water per 150 L twice weekly.
- **Alkalinity Limit:** Do not raise alkalinity by more than 0.7 meq/L (2 dKH) within a 24-hour window.
- **Application Method:** Slowly pour the dissolved mixture into an area of high water movement in the sump or main tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **pH-Neutral Buffer Action:** Raises alkalinity without causing sudden pH spikes.
- **Enriched with Trace Minerals:** Includes magnesium, strontium, and trace elements to preserve ion balance.
- **High-Purity Dry Powder:** Dissolves cleanly in purified water without leaving residue.
- **Sized for Home Reefs:** Compact 300g jar suitable for small and medium-sized reef tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725183-366
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116036603
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Reef Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 134.53 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 390 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Coral Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 15,000 Litres (3,750 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Builder 4kg
Dry Carbonate Buffer To Raise Alkalinity Without Impacting Water pH In Coral Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-builder-4kg/
- Price: $144.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725103-369 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 116036900
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Builder-4kg.jpg
Seachem Reef Builder 4kg (SKU: 725103-369) is a concentrated, dry powder carbonate buffer designed to raise and stabilise alkalinity in reef aquariums without impacting water pH. In reef ecosystems, stony corals, clams, and coralline algae constantly consume bicarbonate and carbonate ions to synthesise calcium carbonate skeletons. It supports coral growth, prevents pH fluctuations, and does not deplete calcium, magnesium, or strontium, making it an essential tool for maintaining a healthy reef aquarium. Reef Builder replenishes these essential alkalinity reserves, maintaining optimum buffering capacity between 3.0 and 6.0 meq/L (8.4 to 16.8 dKH) to encourage healthy calcification and prevent dangerous pH drops.
Seachem Reef Builder is a reef-safe alkalinity supplement that raises carbonate hardness (KH) without immediately affecting pH, helping to stabilise it at 8.3 over time. Unlike standard sodium bicarbonate buffers that can cause sudden pH spikes or destabilise ionic balance, Reef Builder uses a balanced blend of carbonate and bicarbonate salts enriched with magnesium, strontium, and trace minerals. This formulation prevents localised precipitation of calcium carbonate when dosing, protecting valuable equipment and ensuring that dissolved calcium remains bioavailable for coral intake. The bulk 4kg tub offers an economical solution for high-demand reef aquariums, public displays, and automated dosing systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily or Weekly Reef Buffer Replenishment:** Maintains optimal carbonate alkalinity in SPS, LPS, and soft coral reef aquariums.
- **Accelerating Coralline Algae Growth:** Supplies essential carbon compounds required for coralline algae encapsulation.
- **Stabilising Carbonate Hardness:** Prevents sudden pH fluctuations caused by organic metabolic acids in high-bioload systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Dissolve 3 g (approx. 1/2 level teaspoon) in 200 mL of RO/DI water per 150 L of aquarium water twice weekly.
- **Target Levels:** Maintain alkalinity between 3.0 meq/L (8.4 dKH) and 5.0 meq/L (14 dKH); do not increase total alkalinity by more than 0.7 meq/L (2 dKH) per day.
- **Dosing Method:** Slowly pour the dissolved mixture into an area of high water flow, such as a sump return chamber or powerhead stream.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **pH-Neutral Alkalinity Supplement:** Raises carbonate hardness without causing unwanted pH spikes.
- **Trace Mineral Enriched:** Formulated with magnesium, strontium, and trace minerals to offset ion depletion.
- **Highly Soluble Powder:** Dissolves easily in purified water without leaving cloudy residues or precipitates.
- **Bulk Tub Value:** Bulk 4kg container delivers maximum dosing economy for high-volume reef tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725103-369
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116036900
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 213.07 mm (L) × 213.07 mm (W) × 188.54 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5,260 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Coral Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 200,000 Litres (50,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Builder 600 G
Concentrated Dry Carbonate Buffer To Raise Alkalinity In Coral Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-builder-600-g/
- Price: $22.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725182-363 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116036306
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Builder-600-G.jpg
Seachem Reef Builder 600g (SKU: 725182-363) is a dry powder carbonate buffer formulated to raise and stabilise alkalinity in coral reef aquariums without depressing pH. Rapidly growing stony corals, clams, and coralline algae strip carbonate ions from the water column daily to construct calcium carbonate skeletons. Reef Builder replenishes these reserves, holding alkalinity between 3.0 and 5.0 meq/L (8.4 to 14 dKH) to encourage healthy calcification.
Engineered with a balanced mixture of carbonate and bicarbonate salts enriched with magnesium, strontium, and trace minerals, Reef Builder prevents calcium precipitation during dosing. The 600g tub offers extended value for medium-to-large reef displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Alkalinity Maintenance:** Maintains target carbonate hardness in LPS, SPS, and soft coral reef displays.
- **Supporting Coralline Algae:** Supplies essential carbonate reserves required for coralline encrustation.
- **Stabilising Water Chemistry:** Buffers against pH swings caused by organic metabolic acids.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Dissolve 3 g (approx. 1/2 level teaspoon) in 200 mL of RO/DI water per 150 L twice weekly.
- **Safety Limit:** Do not increase total alkalinity by more than 0.7 meq/L (2 dKH) per 24-hour period.
- **Dosing Method:** Slowly pour dissolved mixture into an area of active water flow in the sump or display tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **pH-Neutral Carbonate Dosing:** Raises alkalinity cleanly without causing sudden pH spikes.
- **Enriched with Trace Elements:** Contains magnesium and strontium to offset ion depletion during calcification.
- **High-Purity Soluble Formula:** Dissolves easily in RO/DI water without leaving cloudy residues.
- **Economy 600g Tub:** Generous quantity for maintaining established marine reef tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725182-363
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116036306
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Reef Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) ×70 mm (W) × 165 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 670 g
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Coral Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 600 g treats up to 30,000 Litres (7,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Reef Dip 100ml
Compact Coral Disinfectant and Parasite Treatment Dip Giving Elemental Iodine In Coral Reef Aquariums & Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-dip-100ml/
- Price: $13.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725107-615 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116061506
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Reef-Dip-100ml.jpg
Seachem Reef Dip 100mL (SKU: 725107-615) provides elemental iodine disinfection in a compact size ideal for reef keepers who occasionally purchase or frag corals. Unconditioned corals introduced to a reef aquarium can harbour pests such as nudibranchs, flatworms, and tissue-degrading bacteria. Seachem Reef Dip is an iodine-based coral disinfectant formulated to protect reef organisms from bacterial, fungal, and protozoan infections. It is specifically designed for use as a coral dip, making it ideal for new coral introductions, damaged specimens, or preventative treatment before placement into a reef system. Reef Dip treats these hitchhikers safely during a short external dip process before corals are introduced into the main display.
Featuring Seachem’s proprietary complexed iodine matrix, Reef Dip cleanses surface wounds while coating damaged tissue in a protective coat. This action seals cut skeletal areas, keeps pathogens out, and promotes rapid tissue regeneration. This helps improve treatment effectiveness and supports recovery without disrupting the main aquarium or reef ecosystem. The 100mL size is an economical choice for hobbyists managing smaller coral collections. The unique iodine complex forms a temporary protective slime coat, allowing prolonged contact with affected tissue while remaining gentle on delicate coral structures.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Coral Quarantine:** Disinfects individual coral frags prior to main tank placement.
- **Small-Scale Fragging:** Treats cut frags to prevent bacterial tissue rot and jelly infections.
- **Localised Infection Control:** Cleanses individual infected colonies showing tissue sloughing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dip Concentration:** Mix 5 mL (1 capful) into 4 L (1 US gallon) of aquarium water in a separate container.
- **Duration:** Submerge corals for 5 to 10 minutes; do not exceed recommended immersion times.
- **Safety Note:** Never pour used dip water back into the aquarium; discard after use. Dip treatment only (not for direct aquarium dosing)
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Antiseptic Iodine:** Iodine-based disinfectant for reef corals. Elemental iodine complex neutralises bacterial infections and drives off unwanted reef pests.
- **Tissue-Sealing Formula:** Promotes rapid wound healing on cut coral frags. Forms a protective slime coat to aid healing. Treats and prevents bacterial, fungal & protozoan infections
- **Compact & Convenient:** Sized for easy storage alongside fragging tools and coral adhesives. Simple dip application; no impact on display tank chemistry. Ideal for newly acquired or damaged corals.
- **Protects System Biosecurity:** Keeps nuisance pests from colonising main display aquariums. It is safe for stony corals, soft corals, anemones, polyps, etc. It does not harm reef systems when used correctly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725107-615
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116061506
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Disinfectant & Antiseptic Wash
- **Package Dimensions:** 45.43 mm (L) × 45.43 mm (W) × 136.18 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 170 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine Coral Reef Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL prepares up to 80 litres (20 US gallons) of dip solution
---
#### Seachem Reef Dip 250ml
Targeted Elemental Iodine Antiseptic Coral Wash To Cleanse Newly Fragged Or Acquired Corals From Pathogens & Parasites in Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-dip-250ml/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725108-616 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116061605
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Reef-Dip-250ml.jpg
Seachem Reef Dip 250mL (SKU: 725108-616) is an essential coral conditioning bath formulated to cleanse newly fragged or acquired soft, leather, and stony corals. Marine pathogens and tissue parasites present significant risks to established reef aquariums. Reef Dip uses complexed elemental iodine to eliminate harmful organisms on coral surfaces without burning or stressing delicate coral polyps.
In addition to its antiseptic properties, Reef Dip forms a protective coating over exposed coral skeletons and tissue cuts. This barrier shields vulnerable areas from opportunistic bacterial infections, such as brown jelly disease, allowing corals to recover quickly from propagation stress. The 250mL bottle is a reliable staple for regular coral propagation and quarantine routines.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Proactive Coral Quarantine:** Cleanses all incoming SPS, LPS, and soft corals prior to tank entry.
- **Routine Coral Propagation:** Protects fresh frags immediately after cutting and mounting.
- **Rescuing Damaged Corals:** Treats corals suffering from physical damage or fish nip wounds.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Mixing Ratio:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 4 L (1 US gallon) of tank water in a dedicated dip bucket.
- **Immersion Time:** Allow corals to soak for 5–10 minutes while gently agitating the water.
- **Rinse Protocol:** Swirl in clean, untreated tank water before returning corals to the display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complexed Iodine Matrix:** Safely sanitises coral surfaces without bleaching sensitive tissue.
- **Mucophilic Coat Protection:** Covers cut skeletal tissue to prevent secondary bacterial infections.
- **Pest Removal:** Drives off tissue-damaging flatworms, red bugs, and nudibranchs.
- **Ideal Standard Size:** Convenient 250mL container for active reef hobbyists.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725108-616
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116061605
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Disinfectant & Antiseptic Wash
- **Package Dimensions:** 54.12 mm (L) × 54.12 mm (W) × 181.61 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 320 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater Reef Aquariums & Fragging Setups
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL prepares up to 200 litres (50 US gallons) of dip solution
---
#### Seachem Reef Dip 500ml
Elemental Iodine Coral Disinfectant and Antiseptic Dip To Cleanse Bacteria, Fungi, and Protozoa In Coral Reef Tank Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-reef-dip-500ml/
- Price: $43.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725106-613 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116061308
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Dip-500ml.jpg
Seachem Reef Dip 500mL (SKU: 725106-613) is an elemental iodine antiseptic solution formulated to cleanse, disinfect, and protect soft and stony corals from bacterial, fungal, and protozoan infections. Used as a dip treatment, it is ideal for preventing infections in newly introduced corals and treating damaged specimens without harming reef ecosystems. Wild-harvested or fragged corals frequently carry opportunistic pathogens, tissue-eating flatworms, and red bugs into closed reef systems. Reef Dip uses complexed elemental iodine to sanitise coral surfaces without harming sensitive coral tissues.
Seachem Reef Dip is an iodine-based coral disinfectant that protects stony and soft corals, anemones, and polyps from bacterial, fungal, and protozoan infections while forming a protective slime coat to aid recovery. In addition to its antimicrobial properties, Reef Dip contains a protective mucophilic slime coat formulation that adheres to coral tissue, covering wounds caused by fragmentation, cutting, or transport. This protective layer seals damaged coral skeleton sites, preventing secondary infections and accelerating tissue regrowth. The 500mL bottle is designed for active fragging operations and serious coral reef hobbyists.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Acclimating New Coral Additions:** Disinfects newly acquired colonies before introducing them into the main reef display.
- **Post-Fragging Hygiene:** Treats newly cut coral frags to prevent rapid tissue necrosis (RTN) and jelly disease.
- **Treating Bacterial Infections:** Cleanses corals showing signs of tissue recession or pale lesions.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dip Ratio:** Mix 5 mL (1 capful) of Reef Dip into 4 L (1 US gallon) of saltwater drawn from the source aquarium.
- **Soak Time:** Submerge corals in the dip solution for 5 to 10 minutes, gently swirling the water.
- **Post-Treatment:** Rinse dipped corals in clean, untreated aquarium saltwater before placing them in the display tank. Do NOT add Reef Dip directly to the display aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complexed Elemental Iodine:** Kills pathogens and surface parasites on coral tissue effectively.
- **Protective Slime Coat Technology:** Coats cut and damaged coral tissue to prevent secondary infection.
- **Wide Coral Compatibility:** Safe for SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids, and anemones when used as directed.
- **Fragging Essential:** Accelerates healing and improves survival rates of coral frags.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725106-613
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116061308
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Disinfectant & Antiseptic Wash
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 213.07 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 620 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef Aquariums & Coral Fragging Stations
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL prepares up to 400 litres (100 US gallons) of dip solution
---
#### Seachem Replenish 100 Ml
Compact Liquid (GH) Re-Mineralizer for Aquarium RO Water Supporting Freshwater Fish Osmoregulation & Shrimp Shell Development.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-replenish-100-ml/
- Price: $6.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725156-1475 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116147507
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Replenish-100-Ml.jpg
Seachem Replenish 100mL (SKU: 725156-1475) is a compact liquid supplement formulated to restore General Hardness (GH) in reverse osmosis (RO) or deionised (DI) water. Purified water lacks the mineral content required to support freshwater fish osmoregulation and shrimp shell development. Replenish supplies essential calcium and magnesium ions needed to establish a stable mineral foundation. Restoring these minerals is vital to prevent osmotic stress and potential osmotic shock, which can be fatal for aquatic species adapted to mineralised environments.
Replenish™ is a specialised salt blend formulated to restore essential minerals removed during reverse osmosis or deionising filtration. The 100mL bottle is sized for small nano tanks, desktop setups, or betta aquariums. It mixes easily into purified water, raising GH without altering pH or adding excess sodium. It effectively replenishes General Hardness (GH) by providing a balanced mix of soft (sodium, potassium) and hard (calcium, magnesium) salts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Tank Water Preparation:** Re-mineralises small batches of RO water for nano aquariums.
- **Freshwater Shrimp Care:** Maintains calcium levels required for successful Neocaridina and Caridina shrimp moults.
- **Soft Water Adjustment:** Elevates GH in excessively soft tap water setups.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 5 mL per 40 L of water to increase General Hardness (GH) by 2.8 dGH (1 meq/L).
- **Application Method:** Mix into RO/DI water in a bucket before introducing it into the aquarium.
- **Testing Recommendation:** Check GH using a liquid test kit to confirm target hardness levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Essential Mineral Blend:** Provides bioavailable calcium and magnesium for health and development.
- **Sodium Chloride Free:** Will not increase sodium concentrations in delicate freshwater setups.
- **Instant Dissolution:** Blends instantly with purified water, leaving no cloudy residue.
- **Compact Size:** Sized for nano aquarists and targeted small-volume dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725156-1475
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116147507
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 45.43 mm (L) × 45.43 mm (W) × 136.18 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 180 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Nano & Invertebrate Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 800 Litres (200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Replenish 250 Ml
Liquid General Hardness (GH) Conditioner For Soft or Purified Reverse Osmosis (RO/DI) Waters Of Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-replenish-250-ml/
- Price: $7.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725157-1476 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116147606
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Replenish-250-Ml-1.jpg
Seachem Replenish 250mL (SKU: 725157-1476) is a liquid mineral supplement formulated to restore General Hardness (GH) in soft or purified reverse osmosis (RO/DI) water. Un-mineralised RO water can cause osmotic stress, cell rupture, and compromised shell development in aquatic life. Replenish restores bioavailable calcium and magnesium, establishing a stable mineral foundation for freshwater aquariums.
Sized for standard home aquariums, the 250mL bottle offers easy, cap-measured dosing. Its sodium-free formulation increases total dissolved solids and GH cleanly, without altering water pH or adding unwanted sodium ions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO Water Preparation:** Adds essential minerals back into purified RO top-off or water-change water.
- **Shrimp & Invertebrate Care:** Provides calcium needed for successful exoskeleton moulting.
- **Community Tank Maintenance:** Corrects low GH in soft tap water environments.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L of water to raise General Hardness (GH) by 2.8 dGH (1 meq/L).
- **Dosing Method:** Mix into fresh makeup water prior to adding to the aquarium during water changes.
- **Monitoring:** Measure GH with a reliable liquid test kit to maintain target hardness ranges.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced Calcium & Magnesium:** Restores minerals essential for fish osmoregulation and plant growth.
- **Sodium-Free Formula:** Raises GH without adding excess sodium to the water.
- **Fast-Dissolving Liquid:** Blends instantly with purified water without clouding.
- **Ideal for Home Aquariums:** Convenient 250mL size with cap-measured dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725157-1476
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116147606
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 54.12 mm (L) × 54.12 mm (W) × 181.61 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 370.00 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community, Planted & Shrimp Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 2,000 Litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Replenish 500 Ml
General Hardness (GH) Re-Mineralizer for RO Water Restoring Balanced Mineral Levels to Keep Aquatic Life Healthy In Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-replenish-500-ml/
- Price: $7.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725155-1473 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116147309
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Replenish-500-Ml.jpg
Seachem Replenish 500mL (SKU: 725155-1473) is a liquid blend of essential minerals designed to restore General Hardness (GH) in soft or purified reverse osmosis (RO/DI) water. Reverse osmosis filtration removes harmful contaminants alongside beneficial minerals like calcium and magnesium. Reusing unmineralized RO water causes osmotic shock, tissue degradation, and shell/bone softening in fish and invertebrates. Replenish restores balanced mineral levels to keep aquatic life healthy.
Formulated with a balanced ratio of calcium chloride and magnesium chloride, Replenish increases total dissolved solids and GH without adding unwanted sodium chloride. The 500mL bottle provides convenient, easy-to-dose mineral restoration for freshwater community tanks, planted displays, and invertebrate aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO/DI Water Conditioning:** Re-mineralises pure reverse osmosis water prior to aquarium addition.
- **Preventing Osmotic Shock:** Maintains stable general hardness to support healthy osmotic balance.
- **Invertebrate Shell Support:** Supplies bioavailable calcium required for shrimp exoskeleton moulting.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L of RO/DI water to raise General Hardness (GH) by 1 meq/L (2.8 dGH).
- **Target GH Range:** Maintain general hardness between 3 and 6 dGH for softwater tanks, or 6 and 12 dGH for general community tanks.
- **Mixing Protocol:** Blend thoroughly into fresh top-off or water-change water prior to adding to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Restores Essential Minerals:** Replenishes vital calcium and magnesium stripped by RO filtration.
- **Sodium-Free Formula:** Uses divalent calcium and magnesium salts rather than sodium chloride.
- **Supports Invertebrate Moulting:** Supplies calcium needed for shrimp and snail shell development.
- **Liquid Convenience:** Mixes instantly into purified water without clouding or residue.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725155-1473
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116147309
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 213.07 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 770 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community, Planted & Invertebrate Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 4,000 Litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Safe 50g
Concentrated Dry Water Conditioner for Nano & Small Aquariums in Both Fresh and Saltwater Environments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-safe-50g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725016-384 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116038409
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Safe-50g.jpg
Seachem Safe 50g (SKU: 725016-384) is a concentrated dry powder version of Seachem Prime, designed to neutralise chlorine, chloramine, and toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in both fresh and saltwater environments. Because it is non-acidic, it will not alter aquarium pH or impact biofiltration.
This compact 50g container offers exceptional treating power in a small footprint. Safe converts toxic ammonia into a non-toxic form that remains accessible to nitrifying bacteria, making it an essential emergency tool during spike events.
Utilising a dry, active compound provides a distinct shelf-life advantage over traditional liquid water conditioners, as it resists degrading over time in storage. This makes the ultra-concentrated micro-dosing format highly efficient for hobbyists managing micro-habitats or small multi-tank racks who require maximum chemical potency without sacrificing valuable storage space.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tap Water Conditioning:** Added during routine water changes to make tap water immediately safe.
- **Emergency Detoxification:** Used during ammonia or nitrite spikes to protect livestock.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 200 mg (included scoop) per 200 L (50 US gallons) to remove chlorine and chloramine.
- **Emergency Ammonia/Nitrite Spike:** Use up to 4 times the standard dose directly in the system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Concentrated Powder:** Super-concentrated dry formula offers high treatment capacity in a small bottle.
- **Complete Neutralisation:** Removes chlorine, chloramines, and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
- **pH Neutral & Safe:** Will not shift pH levels or impact biological filter bed health.
- **Fresh & Marine Compatible:** Suitable for freshwater, reef, and marine systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725016-384 (Internal ID: 130762)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116038409
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 g treats up to 50,000 litres (12,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Stability 100ml
Compact Biological Starter & Nitrifying Bacteria Liquid Supplement For Biofiltration in Small Aquariums, Fish Bowls & Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-stability-100ml/
- Price: $8.90 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724947-125 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012508
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-100ml.jpg
Seachem Stability 100ml (SKU: 724947-125) is a compact liquid biological supplement designed to establish biofiltration in small aquariums. It contains a blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria that process ammonia, nitrite, and organic waste.
Stability helps prevent "New Tank Syndrome" in new setups by building beneficial bio-filter colonies. Its non-sulphur-fixing strains will not generate toxic hydrogen sulphide gas, remaining active across varying pH and temperature conditions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Small Tank Setup:** Dosed daily during the first week when cycling small freshwater or marine aquariums.
- **Bio-Filter Maintenance:** Added after water changes, filter cleaning, or livestock additions.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Day 1:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons).
- **Days 2–7:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
- Turn off UV sterilisers and ozone units during initial dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Synergistic Bacterial Blend:** Contains aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacterial strains.
- **Prevents New Tank Syndrome:** Converts ammonia and nitrite into harmless compounds.
- **Safe & Non-Sulfur Producing:** Will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide gas.
- **Compact Packaging:** 100ml bottle fits small maintenance kits and nano aquarium setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724947-125 (Internal ID: 130778)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012508
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Biological Bacteria
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 125 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 800 litres (200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Stability 1l
High-Capacity Live Nitrifying Bacteria Supplement Blend of Aerobic, Anaerobic, & Facultative Bacteria To Process Ammonia, Nitrite, & Organic Waste.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-stability-1l/
- Price: $58.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724950-122 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116001229
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-1l.jpg
Seachem Stability 1L (SKU: 724950-122) is a liquid biological supplement designed to establish and maintain biological filtration in large aquariums and multi-tank systems. It contains a blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria that process ammonia, nitrite, and organic waste.
It introduces beneficial bacteria that support the nitrogen cycle, ensuring a stable, safe environment for fish, and can be used during tank setup, water changes, or when adding new fish to promote long-term water quality. Stability helps prevent "New Tank Syndrome" by establishing bio-filter colonies. Its non-sulphur-fixing strains will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide gas, functioning across varied pH, temperature, and salinity levels. Seachem Stability is a biological additive designed to quickly establish and maintain a healthy biofilter in freshwater and saltwater aquariums, preventing harmful ammonia and nitrite buildup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Setups:** Used during initial cycling of large display tanks or multi-tank installations.
- **Routine Bio-Filter Maintenance:** Added after water changes, filter maintenance, or medication cycles.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Day 1:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons).
- **Days 2–7:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
- Turn off UV sterilisers and ozone units during initial dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Bacterial Blend:** Contains aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative strains.
- **Prevents New Tank Syndrome:** Converts ammonia and nitrite into harmless compounds.
- **Non-Sulfur Producing:** Safe formulation will not create toxic hydrogen sulphide.
- **1 Litre Economy Size:** Treats up to 8,000 litres of aquarium water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724950-122 (Internal ID: 130775)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116001229
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Biological Bacteria
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 95 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,100 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 L treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Stability 20 L
Commercial Bulk Drum Of Nitrifying Bacterial Consortium for Rapidly Establishing Biological Filtration In Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-stability-20-l/
- Price: $422.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725175-121 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012102
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-20-L.jpg
Seachem Stability 20L (SKU: 725175-121) is a commercial-grade nitrifying bacterial supplement formulated to rapidly establish biological filtration in freshwater and marine aquariums. Biological cycling usually requires weeks for nitrifying bacteria to colonise filter media. Stability introduces a synergistic blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacterial strains that actively break down ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate from the moment of addition.
Unlike competing bacterial products that contain delicate nitrifying bacteria prone to die-off in the bottle, Stability's bacterial strains are spore-formed, offering exceptional shelf stability without refrigeration. The bulk 20-litre drum is engineered for large public aquariums, commercial fish importers, and aquaculture facilities, providing cost-effective bio-cycling coverage.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial System Commissioning:** Establishes biological filtration in large commercial or public aquarium installations.
- **Preventing New Tank Syndrome:** Eliminates ammonia and nitrite spikes when introducing new livestock.
- **Biofilter Recovery:** Restores biological filtration after chemical treatments or media replacements.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day 1 Initial Dose:** Add 5 mL per 40 L of aquarium water on the first day of new system startup.
- **Days 2–7 Maintenance:** Add 5 mL per 80 L daily for the next 6 days to establish complete bio-filtration.
- **Commercial Application:** Dispense required dosage using an automated metering pump into main sump chambers.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Commercial 20L Bulk Packaging:** Maximum economy for public facilities and commercial operations.
- **Synergistic Bacterial Strains:** Contains aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria for total waste processing.
- **Spore-Formed Shelf Stability:** Bacteria remain active in storage without refrigeration.
- **Harmless to Aquatic Life:** Non-toxic formula cannot be overdosed; safe for all aquatic organisms.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725175-121
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012102
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Bacterial Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 398.20 mm (L) × 279.40 mm (W) × 296.89 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 24,860 g
- **Net Volume:** 20,000 mL (20 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Freshwater & Marine Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 20 L treats up to 320,000 Litres (80,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Stability 250ml
Live Nitrifying & Denitrifying Bacteria Starter For Biological Filtration In New Aquariums to Support Existing Bio-filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-stability-250ml/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724948-126 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012607
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-250ml.jpg
Seachem Stability 250ml (SKU: 724948-126) is a liquid biological supplement formulated to establish biological filtration in new aquariums and support existing bio-filters. It contains a blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria that process ammonia, nitrite, and organic waste.
Stability helps prevent "New Tank Syndrome"—a common cause of fish loss in new setups—by rapidly establishing bio-filter colonies. Its non-sulphur-fixing strains will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide gas, remaining active across varying pH and temperature conditions. Seachem Stability is a biological additive designed to quickly establish and maintain a healthy biofilter in freshwater and saltwater aquariums, preventing harmful ammonia and nitrite buildup. It introduces beneficial bacteria that support the nitrogen cycle, ensuring a stable, safe environment for fish, and can be used during tank setup, water changes, or when adding new fish to promote long-term water quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Dosed daily for the first week to establish biological filtration in new aquariums.
- **Maintenance & Water Changes:** Added after filter cleaning, medication cycles, or livestock additions.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Day 1:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) of tank water.
- **Days 2–7:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
- Turn off UV sterilisers and ozone units during initial dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Synergistic Bacterial Blend:** Contains aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacterial strains.
- **Prevents New Tank Syndrome:** Rapidly converts ammonia and nitrite into non-toxic compounds.
- **Safe & Non-Sulfur Producing:** Will not generate toxic hydrogen sulfide under low-oxygen conditions.
- **Long Shelf Life:** Requires no refrigeration and remains stable in bottle form.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724948-126 (Internal ID: 130772)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012607
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Biological Bacteria
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Stability 4l
Bulk Nitrifying Bacteria Supplement for Fish Rooms, Shops and Large Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-stability-4l/
- Price: $167.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724952-129 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012904
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-4l.jpg
A fish room cycles tanks all year round, and buying bacteria by the capful gets expensive when the capfuls are counted in hundreds. Seachem Stability 4L (SKU: 724952-129) is the four-litre pack of Seachem's biological starter, a blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria formulated to rapidly and safely establish the biofilter in freshwater and marine systems and so prevent new tank syndrome, which Seachem calls the leading cause of fish death. The bacteria come in spore form, need no food in the bottle, are harmless to aquatic organisms and, according to Seachem, are very hard to overdose, with a six-year shelf life.
The capful is 5 mL. On the first day of a new tank the dose is one capful per 40 L, then one capful per 80 L each day for the next six days, with UV and ozone switched off for the full seven days. Afterwards a capful per 80 L monthly or with water changes maintains the culture. A full course is half a millilitre per litre of aquarium, so 4 L starts about 8,000 L of new tanks or maintains 64,000 L for a month. Seachem notes that a cycle still takes four to six weeks, and fishless cycling needs an ammonia source.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many tanks started and restarted through the year from one pack.
- **Retail systems:** Holding systems that are stressed by weekly deliveries and frequent medication.
- **Large new set-ups:** Displays and ponds of several thousand litres going through a first cycle.
- **After disruption:** Filter changes, medication courses, power failures or deep cleans that knock back the biofilter.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day one:** One 5 mL capful per 40 L of aquarium water.
- **Days two to seven:** One capful per 80 L daily; keep UV and ozone off throughout.
- **Maintenance:** One capful per 80 L monthly or with water changes.
- **Planning:** Allow about 0.5 mL per litre for a full course; a 2,000 L system uses a litre.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three bacterial groups:** Aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria to process ammonia, nitrite and organic waste.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One product for every system in the building.
- **Spore form:** No feeding in the bottle and a six-year shelf life.
- **Hard to overdose:** Seachem's own assurance for a product dosed by the capful.
- **Four litres:** About 800 capfuls, starting roughly 8,000 L of aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724952-129
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012904
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 4 L (about 800 capfuls of 5 mL)
- **Contents:** Aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria in spore form
- **Dose Rate:** Day 1: 5 mL per 40 L; days 2–7: 5 mL per 80 L daily; maintenance 5 mL per 80 L monthly or with water changes
- **Full-Course Capacity:** About 8,000 L of aquarium (0.5 mL per litre over 7 days)
- **Application:** Turn off UV and ozone during the 7-day course
- **Shelf Life:** 6 years
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Seachem Stability 500ml
Bio-filtration Media With Live Aerobic & Anaerobic Nitrifying Bacteria Starter For Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-stability-500ml/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724949-123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012300
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-500ml.jpg
Seachem Stability 500mL (SKU: 724949-123) is a bio-formulation containing a blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria designed to establish bio-filtration in freshwater and marine aquariums. Stability prevents "New Tank Syndrome"—the leading cause of fish loss in newly set up aquariums—by rapidly processing ammonia, nitrite, and organic waste.
Seachem Stability 500mL bottle is a standard-size pack containing a biological aquarium water supplement additive that is designed to quickly establish and maintain a healthy biofilter in freshwater and saltwater aquariums; it prevents harmful ammonia and nitrite buildup. It introduces beneficial bacteria that support the nitrogen cycle, ensuring a stable, safe environment for fish, and can be used during tank setup, water changes, or when adding new fish to promote long-term water quality.
The bacteria strains in Stability are non-sulphur-fixing, meaning they will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide gas. They function effectively across a wide range of pH levels, temperatures, and salinity ranges. Stability remains stable in bottle form without requiring refrigeration, making it ready for instant deployment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Dose daily for the first week when cycling a new tank to establish bio-filtration.
- **Post-Medication Care:** Rebuilds bio-filter colonies after antibiotic treatments or filter media replacements.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Initial Setup:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) for every 40 L (10 US gallons) on the first day.
- **Daily Maintenance:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily for 7 consecutive days, or after water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Synergistic Bacterial Blend:** Contains aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacterial strains for complete waste processing.
- **Prevents New Tank Syndrome:** Converts harmful ammonia and nitrite into harmless compounds.
- **No Hydrogen Sulphide Formation:** Non-sulphur-fixing strains guarantee safe bio-filtration.
- **Long Shelf Life:** Requires no refrigeration and remains active in bottle form.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724949-123 (Internal ID: 130743)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012300
- **Product Type:** Biological Water Additive > Nitrifying Bacteria
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 550 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL (16.9 fl oz)
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Sure Start Pack
3-in-1 Kit For New Aquarium Setup, Water Preparation & Treatment Of 100 mL Bottles Each of Prime, Stability, & Pristine.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-sure-start-pack/
- Price: $30.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724901-1128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011280
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Sure-Start-Pack-1.jpg
Seachem Sure Start Pack (SKU: 724901-1128) is an essential 3-in-1 water treatment starter kit containing 100 mL bottles of Prime, Stability, and Pristine. Designed to take the guesswork out of starting a new aquarium, this trio conditions tap water, establishes biological filtration, and manages organic waste to ensure a safe, healthy environment for fish.
Prime instantly removes chlorine, chloramines, and detoxifies ammonia; Stability seeds beneficial nitrifying bacteria to cycle the biofilter rapidly; and Pristine introduces sludge-digesting bacteria to keep water clear and substrate free of organic buildup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Complete kit for conditioning water and establishing biological filtration.
- **Aquarium Starter Gift Pack:** Perfect bundled solution for hobbyists setting up a new aquarium.
- **Emergency Tank Recovery:** Provides emergency water conditioning and bio-filter support.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Prime:** Add 5 mL per 200 L (50 US gallons) to detoxify tap water.
- **Stability:** Add 5 mL per 40 L on Day 1, then 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days.
- **Pristine:** Add 5 mL per 40 L on Day 1, then 5 mL per 80 L bi-weekly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Setup Trio:** Bundles Prime (Dechlorinator), Stability (Bio-Starter), and Pristine (Waste Digester).
- **Prevents New Tank Syndrome:** Protects new fish from toxic ammonia and nitrite spikes by establishing the biofilter in the aquarium environment.
- **Instant Tap Water Safety:** Makes water safe by removing chlorine, chloramine, and heavy metals instantly; it also eliminates sludge, organic waste, uneaten food and detritus.
- **Comprehensive 100 mL Sizes:** Ideal volume for setting up and maintaining small-to-medium aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724901-1128
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116011280
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Starter Water Treatment Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 420 g
- **Kit Contents:** Prime 100 mL, Stability 100 mL, Pristine 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 1kg
High-pH Alkalinity Buffer for Mid-Size Cichlid Systems By Imitating African Tanganyika Lake Water-Like Habitat.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-tanganyika-buffer-1kg/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725005-287 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116028707
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tanganyika-Buffer-1kg.jpg
Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 1kg (SKU: 725005-287) offers an expanded volume of high-pH buffering media tailored for medium-to-large African cichlid aquariums. It raises and stabilises pH within the optimal 9.0 to 9.4 range while building carbonate hardness to buffer against organic acids produced by fish waste.
This formula replicates the extreme alkaline environment of Lake Tanganyika, ensuring that species such as Cyprichromis, Julidochromis, and Featherfins thrive in natural conditions. The 1 kg tub delivers long-term convenience for hobbyists managing large or heavily stocked cichlid setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-to-Large Systems:** Ideal for aquariums 300 litres and larger dedicated to Tanganyikan biotope setups.
- **Routine Water Maintenance:** Used during water changes to match new water parameters to established tank parameters.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until target pH (9.0–9.4) is reached.
- Pre-dissolve in replacement water during water changes for smooth integration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Optimised High pH:** Holds water chemistry steadily at pH 9.0–9.4.
- **Robust Alkalinity Support:** Increases KH to shield against sudden water chemistry fluctuations.
- **Mid-Size Volume Economy:** 1 kg size caters efficiently to medium and large aquatic installations.
- **Biotope Precision:** Formulated specifically to match natural Lake Tanganyika mineral ratios.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725005-287 (Internal ID: 130751)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116028707
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 105 mm (L) × 105 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Lake Tanganyika Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 250g
Compact High-pH Buffer for Tanganyikan Cichlid Tanks Recreating Distinct Alkaline Conditions of East African Rift Lakes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-tanganyika-buffer-250g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725003-286 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116028608
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Tanganyika-Buffer-250g.jpg
Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 250g (SKU: 725003-286) is a specialised alkaline buffer designed to recreate the distinct, high-alkaline conditions (pH 9.0–9.4) of Lake Tanganyika in home aquariums. It raises system pH and carbonate alkalinity (KH), establishing a dense chemical shield that resists severe drops caused by organic waste accumulation. By locking in these precise parameters, the formula prevents dangerous water chemistry shifts, effectively minimising stress and unlocking the true, vibrant colouration of highly prized African rift lake species.
Unlike generic aquarium buffers that rely on harsh chemicals, this blend utilises a sophisticated matrix of carbonates, bicarbonates, and borates to accurately mimic the unique mineral signature of East Africa's deepest rift lake. It is completely free of nitrates and phosphates, ensuring that it will not fuel nuisance algae outbreaks in well-lit rock displays. The mineralised water structure actively supports healthy gill function and proper osmoregulation, shielding sensitive wild-caught or tank-bred cichlids from the physiological strain often caused by inadequate domestic tap water.
This compact 250g size is perfectly tailored for small-to-medium Tanganyikan cichlid displays housing unique shell dwellers (Lamprologus), rock-dwelling Julidochromis, or young specimen grow-out setups. It provides an efficient and highly manageable dosing format for hobbyists maintaining precision biotopes, allowing for simple, gradual adjustments during routine upkeep. When used as a standalone product, it successfully manages alkalinity, but it delivers maximum biological synergy when paired alongside Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt to comprehensively replicate the exact trace mineral content of the fish’s natural evolutionary home.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Cichlid Aquariums:** Ideal for small standalone setups, multi-species shelves, or desktop Tanganyikan biotope tanks.
- **Water Preparation:** Dosed during routine water changes to safely elevate tap water parameters to match rift lake standards.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until the target pH of 9.0–9.4 is achieved.
- Always dissolve the powder thoroughly in replacement water prior to introducing it to the system. Lower initial water volumes will produce a sharper pH increase.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks High pH:** Holds water parameters securely within the natural 9.0 to 9.4 window.
- **Carbonate Hardness Boost:** Rapidly increases KH to protect high-bioload systems from sudden pH crashes.
- **Compact Size:** Convenient 250g bottle for smaller cichlid setups.
- **Synergistic Action:** Pair with Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt for complete biotope matching.
- **Biologically Optimised:** Free of nitrates and phosphates; supports osmotic regulation and respiratory health.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725003-286 (Internal ID: 130772)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116028608
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Lake Tanganyika Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 3.64kg
Bulk High-pH Buffer for Large Aquariums Creating Tanganyika Lake-Like High-Carbonate Alkalinity for African Cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-tanganyika-buffer-3-64kg/
- Price: $139.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725006-289 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116028905
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tanganyika-Buffer-3.64kg.jpg
Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 3.64kg (SKU: 725006-289) provides bulk buffering capacity for large African cichlid displays, fish rooms, and commercial facilities. It effectively elevates pH to between 9.0 and 9.4, establishing high carbonate alkalinity (KH) to buffer large water volumes against acidification over time.
Designed for high-demand environments, this powder buffer eliminates the need for frequent small tub repurchases while ensuring stable chemical parameters across high-volume systems. It works in tandem with Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt to create authentic Lake Tanganyika conditions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Large Systems:** Perfect for multi-tank fish rooms, large display aquariums, and maintenance routes.
- **Bulk RO Water Preparation:** Used to buffer large reservoirs of RO water prior to water change procedures.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until pH reaches 9.0–9.4.
- Pre-mix thoroughly in makeup water before transferring into livestock aquariums.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Volume Packaging:** 3.64 kg tub provides maximum cost efficiency for heavy users.
- **Locks High pH:** Holds pH securely in the 9.0–9.4 range required by endemic Tanganyikan species.
- **High Carbonate Reserve:** Generates robust KH levels to maintain water parameter stability.
- **Non-Caustic Blend:** Formulated to adjust chemistry safely without burning delicate fish tissue.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725006-289 (Internal ID: 130752)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116028905
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 190 mm (L) × 190 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3,950 g
- **Net Weight:** 3,640 g (3.64 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Lake Tanganyika Cichlid Aquariums & Commercial Setups
- **Treatment Capacity:** 3.64 kg treats up to 29,000 litres (7,280 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 500g
High-pH Alkalinity Buffer for Lake Tanganyika Aquariums Increasing Carbonate Alkalinity (KH) & Limiting Sudden pH Drops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-tanganyika-buffer-500g/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725004-283 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116028301
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/725004-283-1.png
Seachem Tanganyika Buffer 500g (SKU: 725004-283) is a specialised alkaline buffer designed to establish and lock in the high pH levels (9.0–9.4) characteristic of Lake Tanganyika. It increases carbonate alkalinity (KH) alongside pH, providing a stable water chemistry that protects sensitive Tanganyikan cichlids from sudden pH drops.
Seachem Tanganyika Buffer increases alkalinity while accurately replicating the natural water chemistry of Lake Tanganyika. It is designed specifically for Lake Tanganyika cichlids, which require hard, highly alkaline water to thrive.
By maintaining stable pH and carbonate hardness (KH), this buffer helps prevent dangerous pH fluctuations, supports proper osmoregulation, enhances natural colouration, and reduces stress in cichlids kept in aquarium environments.
Formulated for maximum safety, it raises pH gradually without destabilising the aquarium environment. When combined with Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt, it reproduces the natural chemical balance of Lake Tanganyika, encouraging natural behaviour, optimal digestion, and successful spawning.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanganyikan Cichlid Tanks:** Designed for aquariums housing species like Tropheus, Frontosa, and Shell Dwellers.
- **Alkalinity & pH Elevation:** Used to raise low tap water pH to the required alkaline range of 9.0–9.4.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) for every 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until desired pH is attained. Lower water volumes produce a stronger pH increase.
- Dissolve powder in fresh top-off or replacement water prior to addition. Maintain with periodic water changes. Always test pH and KH regularly and adjust dosing as required.
- For best results, use this alongside **Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt** to fully replicate Lake Tanganyika mineral content.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Target Buffer:** Raises and maintains very high, stable pH levels by locking aquarium pH tightly between 9.0 and 9.4; also increases carbonate hardness(KH) to prevent pH swings.
- **Boosts Carbonate Alkalinity:** Increases KH to prevent pH crashes in highly stocked aquariums. Its safe formulation comes without nitrates or phosphates, which helps reduce stress caused by unstable or incorrect water parameters.
- **Safe Mineral Formula:** Formulated specifically to prevent chemical shock in Rift Lake species. Replicates natural Lake Tanganyika water chemistry. Supports healthy gill function, osmoregulation, and enhances natural colouration &vitality of cichlid species.
- **Synergistic Action:** Designed to work alongside Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt for complete biotope replication.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725004-283 (Internal ID: 130750)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116028301
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 85 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 570 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Lake Tanganyika Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 4,000 Litres (1,000 US gallons)
---
### Seachem — Freshwater aquarium
#### Seachem Acid Buffer 1.2kg
Bulk Packet Non-Phosphate pH, KH & Alkalinity Reducer for Large Aquariums Providing A Reliable Acid Buffer to Soft-Water Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-acid-buffer-1-2kg/
- Price: $48.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724992-247 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116024709
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Acid-Buffer-1.2kg.jpg
Seachem Acid Buffer 1.2kg (SKU: 724992-247) is a bulk supply container formulated for maintenance professionals, fish breeders, and aquarists managing large aquatic systems. Tap water in many regions has high carbonate hardness, driving pH up to levels unsuitable for soft-water species. Acid Buffer provides a reliable, phosphate-free solution to reduce pH and alkalinity across high-volume setups.
By converting carbonate hardness into carbon dioxide (CO 2 ), Acid Buffer acts as both a pH control agent and a plant booster. Used alongside Seachem Alkaline Buffer, it allows for consistent pH management in large installations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Maintenance:** Tailored for aquarium service companies, fish breeding facilities, and large display tanks.
- **RO Water Buffering:** Mixed with RO water and Alkaline Buffer to create customised water profiles.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1/4 teaspoon (2 g) for every 80 L (20 US gallons) daily until the desired target pH is established.
- Mix into replacement water containers prior to performing routine water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Commercial Format:** 1.2 kg tub offers maximum value for multi-tank installations.
- **Zero Phosphate Content:** Prevents phosphate buildup and associated algae blooms.
- **Boosts Dissolved CO2:** Converts carbonate ions into plant-available carbon dioxide.
- **Customizable Chemistry:** Works in tandem with Seachem Alkaline Buffer for accurate target pH control.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724992-247 (Internal ID: 130738)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116024709
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioner > pH Decreaser
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 200 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,320 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,200 g (1.2 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums, Commercial Facilities & Breeding Setups
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1.2 kg treats up to 48,000 litres (12,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge
Swivel Head Replacement Module for Ergonomic Cleaning.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-cartridge/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724943-3211 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032117
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Algae-Scraper-Replacement-Cartridge.jpg
The Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge (SKU: 724943-3211) is an essential replacement component designed to restore full functionality to your Seachem Algae Scraper tool. Featuring a durable pivot head mechanism, this replacement cartridge allows the cleaning blade or pad to maintain optimal contact with aquarium walls at varying angles.
Built from corrosion-resistant, high-impact polymers, this cartridge securely locks both metal blades and non-scratch pads into position. It is designed to navigate tricky corners, low substrate lines, and hard-to-reach areas under internal aquarium equipment without slipping.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Worn Mount Replacements:** Replaces worn, loose, or damaged scraper head cartridges.
- **Multi-Tool Maintenance:** Allows rapid switching between dedicated pad and blade setups.
**Installation & Handling Guide**
- Press the release tab on the handle assembly to remove the old head cartridge.
- Slide the replacement cartridge onto the handle until the lock mechanism engages.
- Insert the desired metal blade or non-scratch pad into the front receiver slot.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Angle Swivel Action:** Rotates to keep constant flat contact with aquarium glass.
- **High-Impact Polymer Body:** Resists saltwater corrosion and physical wear over time.
- **Dual-Blade Compatible:** Holds metal blades or synthetic pads securely. It is versatile and deals with tough algae on glass or handling delicate acrylic surfaces; these packs offer the right solution for different cleaning needs.
- **Tool-Free Installation:** Quick-release latch enables simple swap-outs. The easy-to-replace feature enables switching out old blades or pads in a very simple and hassle-free process, making it easy to keep your scraper in top condition.
- **Convenient 3-Pack:** Each of the replacement blades and pads comes in a 3-pack, ensuring you always have spares on hand for continuous maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724943-3211
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032117
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Maintenance / Scraper Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 80 mm (L) × 20 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 35 g
- **Package Quantity:** 1 Head Cartridge Module
- **Target Environment:** Glass & Acrylic Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Betta Basics 250ml
All-In-One Tap Water Conditioner and pH Buffer for Aquatic Betta Species In Divided Aquariums or Larger Desktop Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-betta-basics-250ml/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725105-426 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116042604
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Betta-Basics-250ml.jpg
Seachem Betta Basics 250mL (SKU: 725105-426) provides complete water conditioning and chemistry management for betta hobbyists maintaining multiple betta displays, divided aquariums, or larger desktop tanks. Bettas thrive in clean, soft to moderately hard water with a stable neutral pH. Betta Basics removes chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals from tap water while binding toxic ammonia produced by unconsumed food and waste.
By establishing and maintaining a stable pH environment at 7.0, Betta Basics reduces osmotic shock and protects fragile fin tissue from acid burn. It is a specialised water conditioner formulated to create a safe, stable, and low-stress environment for betta fish and live plants. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water, detoxifies ammonia, and buffers water to a neutral pH of 7.0, which is ideal for bettas. Its balanced formula supports healthy gill function and slime coat production without containing artificial oils or thickeners that coat the air-water interface. The 250mL bottle offers extended value for multi-bowl or multi-tank setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Betta Tank Maintenance:** Essential for conditioning replacement water in home betta displays.
- **Multi-Bowl Systems:** Economical volume for hobbyists maintaining multiple individual betta enclosures.
- **Ammonia Control in Unfiltered Tanks:** Detoxifies free ammonia between scheduled water refreshes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 1.25 L (1.25 quarts) of new water during water changes.
- **Direct Tank Dosing:** For existing tanks, dose 1 capful per 4 L (1 US gallon) to detoxify accumulated ammonia.
- **Frequency:** Apply with every water change or as needed based on ammonia test readings.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Tap Water Neutraliser:** Eliminates chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metal ions rapidly. Neutralises chlorine and chloramine instantly.
- **Ammonia Detoxifier:** Detoxifies ammonia for up to 48 hours. Binds toxic ammonia into a non-toxic form easily processed by biofiltration.
- **Locks pH at 7.0:** Buffers water to a stable pH of 7.0. Buffers water to a neutral pH to reduce environmental stress on fish.
- **Supports Fin & Slime Coat Health:** Safe for aquatic plants, reduces stress in aquatic species caused by poor water quality. Encourages fin recovery and healthy mucus protection.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725105-426
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116042604
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Betta Water Conditioner & pH Stabiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 54.12 mm (L) × 54.12 mm (W) × 181.61 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 320 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Betta Aquariums & Divided Tanks
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 625 litres (160 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 1kg
Bulk Pack for African Cichlid Species Containing Mineral Salt Blend Imitating African Rift Lake Water Properties.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-cichlid-lake-salt-1kg/
- Price: $46.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725001-277 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116027700
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Cichlid-Lake-Salt-1kg.jpg
Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt 1kg (SKU: 725001-277) is a bulk mineral salt formulation designed for high-capacity African cichlid displays, breeding facilities, and maintenance services. African Rift Lake cichlids require mineral-dense water to thrive. This blend replicates the exact mineral ratios of Lakes Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria, delivering critical magnesium, calcium, sodium, potassium, and trace elements.
Although the major Rift Lakes contain basically the same mineral salts, they do so in greatly differing concentrations. Cichlid Lake Salt™ is formulated so that dosages vary depending on the lake of origin and need only be added when setting up an aquarium or with water changes. By avoiding generic sodium chloride salts, Cichlid Lake Salt ensures that fish experience ideal osmotic conditions. Regular application promotes vibrant natural colours, reduces physical stress, and supports healthy courtship and spawning behaviour in cichlid communities.
Other products are little more than combinations of Epsom salt and bicarbonate of soda. This will not provide a complete replication of the mineral salts that are contained in the lakes of Africa, in particular calcium and potassium; in those cases Seachem’s Tanganyika Buffer™ (pH 9.0–9.4) and Malawi/Victoria Buffer™ (pH 7.8–8.4) should be used to adjust carbonate hardness and pH.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Cichlid Aquariums:** Designed for large display tanks and multi-tank African cichlid systems.
- **RO System Re-mineralisation:** Restores authentic lake minerals to RO/DI water supplies.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Lake Malawi Setup:** Dose 5.5 g per 160 L (40 US gallons).
- **Lake Tanganyika Setup:** Dose 11 g per 160 L (40 US gallons).
- **Lake Victoria Setup:** Dose 5.5 g per 200 L (50 US gallons).
- Pre-mix the required dose into fresh change water prior to adding it to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Commercial Format:** 1 kg size provides high-yield dosing for large tanks and hatcheries.
- **Natural Lake Chemistry:** Matches the specific mineral environments of African Rift Lakes.
- **Full Spectrum Trace Minerals:** Contains iron, iodide, manganese, and essential macrominerals.
- **Encourages Breeding:** Supports healthy scale development, vibrant colours, and spawning readiness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725001-277 (Internal ID: 130747)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116027700
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive / African Cichlid Mineral Salt
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid Aquariums & Breeding Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 kg treats up to 28,800 litres (7,200 US gallons), depending on the lake target
---
#### Seachem Cichlid Trace 250ml
Trace Element Conditioner Mimics African Rift Lake Water In Home Cichlid Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-cichlid-trace-250ml/
- Price: $14.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724885-706 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070607
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Cichlid-Trace-250ml.jpg
Seachem Cichlid Trace 250mL (SKU: 724885-706) is a specialised trace element supplement tailored to replicate the unique mineral chemistry of African Rift Lakes. Cichlids depend on dissolved trace elements in their environment for proper hormone regulation, bone formation, and cellular health. Continuous filtration and water changes deplete these vital elements over time.
Formulated without sodium, phosphates, or pH-altering buffers, Cichlid Trace safely delivers bioavailable calcium, magnesium, iodide, and transition metals. Regular dosing enhances vivid body colouration, reduces environmental stress, and supports breeding activity in Lake Malawi, Tanganyika, and Victoria species. The 250mL size is perfect for standard home cichlid aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African Cichlid Community Tanks:** Daily/weekly mineral maintenance for African Cichlids.
- **Colour & Vitality Boost:** Restores intense metallic colours in breeding males and brooding females.
- **RO Water Balancing:** Adds essential trace elements back into purified water sources.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice a week.
- **Application Method:** Add directly into tank water or post-water change container.
- **Pairing:** Use alongside Seachem Cichlid Lake Salt and Cichlid Buffer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rift Lake Mineral Balance:** Engineered specifically for African Rift Lake cichlid requirements.
- **Zero Sodium or Buffers:** Restores trace elements without unexpectedly shifting pH or KH.
- **Colour Enhancement:** Supports natural skin pigmentation and scale shine.
- **Convenient Size:** 250mL bottle treats medium-sized home aquariums for months.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724885-706
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070607
- **Product Type:** African Cichlid Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 4,000 litres (1,050 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Clarity 100ml
Advanced Water Clarifier and Flocculating Polymer for Aquariums, removes cloudiness in freshwater & marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-clarity-100ml/
- Price: $8.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724959-145 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116014502
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Clarity-100ml.jpg
Seachem Clarity 100mL (SKU: 724959-145) is a specialised water clarifier that eliminates all forms of cloudiness in both freshwater and marine aquariums. Utilising an advanced polymeric flocculating agent, it binds micro-suspended particles, free-floating algae, silt, and fine debris into larger aggregations. Once clumped together, these larger masses are readily trapped by mechanical filter media or settle for easy vacuuming.
Seachem Clarity is a powerful water clarifier that coagulates suspended particles to clear up cloudy or murky water in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. It is safe for fish, plants, and invertebrates, with a recommended dose of 5 mL per 80 litres, and works best when combined with mechanical filtration to trap the particulates. Formulated to be safe for all freshwater and saltwater fish, invertebrates, and live plants, Clarity operates efficiently without altering pH or chemical balance. It acts swiftly to restore water clarity following substrate disturbances, bacterial blooms, or general water maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Post-Setup Cloudiness:** Use after substrate placement, rock aquascaping, or gravel washing to clear fine particulate cloudiness.
- **Bacterial Blooms & Floating Debris:** Apply during sudden micro-particulate or bacterial water hazes to restore clarity.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Use 5 mL (1 capful) for every 80 L (20 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- **Post-Dosing Action:** Water may temporarily become cloudier immediately after application; this indicates active particle flocculation.
- **Filter Cleaning:** Clean or rinse mechanical filter pads/floss 1–2 hours after dosing to clear trapped debris clusters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Flocculant:** Clumps all types of cloudiness (bacterial, particulate, organic) into filterable masses.
- **Universal Compatibility:** Safe for freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquarium environments.
- **Non-Chemical Alteration:** Operates mechanically on suspended solids without shifting pH or mineral levels.
- **Rapid Clarification:** Visible results occur within 1 to 2 hours post-treatment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724959-145 (Internal ID: 130705)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116014502
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Water Clarifiers
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 110 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Dosage Rate:** 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem De*nitrate 4l
High-capacity porous mineral Media with dense bacterial colonies for biological nitrate elimination in freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-denitrate-4l/
- Price: $79.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724958-139 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116013901
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-De_nitrate-4l.jpg
Seachem De*nitrate 4L (SKU: 724958-139) is a bulk commercial-grade biological filtration media designed to reduce elevated nitrate, nitrite, and ammonia levels in freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Composed of an ultra-porous natural mineral substrate, it hosts dense bacterial colonies within its micro-porous matrix. When installed in low-flow filtration configurations, it fosters anaerobic biological zones that break down nitrate molecules into harmless nitrogen gas.
The unique physical structure of De*nitrate ensures permanent biological support without leaching adsorbed compounds back into the water column or exhausting over time. Its high internal surface area per unit volume provides long-lasting nitrate management in heavily stocked fish tanks, planted aquariums, and marine sumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Bioload Systems:** Ideal for aquariums experiencing ongoing nitrate accumulation due to high fish densities or heavy feeding.
- **Anaerobic Denitrification:** Perfect for filling low-flow canister trays, biological reactors, or dedicated sump media compartments.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Place media into a fine mesh media bag and position it in your filtration system.
- **Water Flow Requirement:** Ensure water flow through the media bed remains below 200 L/h (50 US GPH) to maintain anaerobic internal conditions.
- **Pre-Filtration:** Pre-filter water through a mechanical sponge or filter floss to prevent detritus from clogging outer pores.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Porous Mineral Matrix:** High internal surface area supports millions of nitrifying and denitrifying microbes.
- **Biological Nitrogen Cycle Completion:** Converts nitrate (NO₃⁻) directly into free nitrogen gas.
- **Non-Exhausting Media:** Physical stone structure provides permanent bio-housing without requiring chemical regeneration.
- **Water Parameter Safe:** Chemically inert substrate will not alter pH, hardness, or alkalinity levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724958-139 (Internal ID: 130704)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116013901
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Nitrate Control
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,800 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Low-Flow Freshwater & Marine Filtration
- **Filtration Capacity:** Treats up to 1,600 Litres (400 US gallons) at low flow rates (<200 LPH)
---
#### Seachem Discus Buffer 50g
Low-pH & Soft Conditioner, Replicating soft-acidic water of the Amazon River for Amazonian Fishes Like Discus, angelfish, & dwarf cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-discus-buffer-50g/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724995-264 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116026406
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Discus-Buffer-50g-1.jpg
Seachem Discus Buffer 50g (SKU: 724995-264) is a specialised buffer engineered to replicate the soft, acidic water conditions of the Amazon River basin. Discus, angelfish, and South American dwarf cichlids thrive in low pH (5.8 to 6.8) and low general hardness (GH). Discus Buffer lowers pH, holds it steady, and softens water by precipitating calcium and magnesium ions.
Seachem Discus Buffer 50g is a compact-sized packet containing a water additive supplement that is designed to lower and stabilise the pH in discus aquariums, maintaining an ideal range of 5.8 to 6.8, which is essential for the health and breeding of discus fish. It also softens the water by reducing hardness, making it perfect for replicating the natural environment of these sensitive species. Using standard acids to lower pH can lead to unstable water chemistry. Seachem Discus Buffer uses a phosphate-based buffering complex that keeps pH locked within the low target range. Paired with Seachem Neutral Regulator, it allows aquarists to dial in specific pH targets with precision.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus & Soft-Water Setups:** Perfect for establishing acidic conditions required by Amazonian species.
- **Water Softening:** Helps lower GH by precipitating calcium and magnesium out of solution.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1 level teaspoon (5 g) for every 40 to 80 L (10 to 20 US gallons) daily until target pH is reached.
- Combine with Seachem Neutral Regulator according to the ratio table to achieve intermediate pH values.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replicates Natural Habitat:** Maintains stable acidic pH (5.8–6.8) suited for Amazonian fish.
- **Softens Hard Water:** Precipitates calcium and magnesium to reduce general hardness (GH).
- **Targeted Ratios:** Works with Neutral Regulator for predictable pH control.
- **Reduces Environmental Stress:** Helps promote natural colour expression and breeding behaviour in discus.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724995-264 (Internal ID: 130741)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116026406
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive > Discus pH Buffer & Softener
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Discus & South American Soft-Water Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 g treats up to 800 litres (200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Discus Trace 250ml
Trace Mineral & Health Supplement for Discus, Softwater Fishes, & Cichlids Of Amazonian River Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-discus-trace-250ml/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724897-756 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116075602
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Discus-Trace-250ml.jpg
Seachem Discus Trace 250mL (SKU: 724897-756) is a specialised trace mineral supplement engineered to promote health, colouration, and disease resistance in Discus and softwater Amazonian cichlids. Standard tap and purified RO water frequently lack the specific micro-trace minerals required to maintain long-term physiological health in delicate cichlid species.
Seachem Discus Trace replenishes essential trace elements like iron, magnesium, and iodine that are often depleted in discus aquariums, supporting their health and vitality. Discus Trace delivers bioavailable trace elements including iodide, manganese, iron, and zinc. Regular application prevents Hole-in-the-Head (HITH) disease, supports vibrant colour development, and encourages successful breeding behaviour.
Regular use, at a dose of 5 mL per 80 litres twice a week, helps maintain proper biological functions, enhancing growth and colouration in discus fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO Water Conditioning:** Recharges purified reverse osmosis water with vital trace elements.
- **HITH Disease Prevention:** Protects Discus and Angelfish from mineral deficiency disorders.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) once or twice weekly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tailored Softwater Formula:** Designed specifically for Amazonian cichlid physiological needs.
- **Guards Against Deficiencies:** Prevents Hole-in-the-Head disease and lateral line erosion.
- **Vivid Colouration Support:** Enhances natural body hues and skin sheen.
- **Phosphate & Nitrate Free:** Will not contribute to nuisance algae growth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724897-756
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116075602
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Discus Care & Minerals
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Discus & Softwater South American Cichlid Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 30cm / 12" - Fine Mesh
For trophy fish, broodstock, and delicate large aquatic species, this net combines a rim with soft micro-fine netting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-fish-net-30cm-12-fine-mesh/
- Price: $17.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724851-3236 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032360
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Fish-Net-30cm-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 30cm / 12 inch - Fine Mesh (SKU: 724851-3236) is a top-tier commercial-sized net combining a 30 cm x 23 cm rim with soft, micro-fine netting. Engineered for trophy fish, broodstock, and delicate large aquatic species, it delivers maximum protection during large-scale operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trophy & Broodstock Handling:** Safe handling of large, high-value show fish, long-finned koi, or broodstock.
- **Commercial Fine Mesh Needs:** Harvesting micro-crustaceans or skimming fine particles in commercial systems.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Lift with both hands to distribute weight evenly across the 12-inch frame.
- Air dry completely in a shaded area after cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Fine Mesh Footprint:** 12-inch hoop provides supreme coverage with soft handling.
- **Slime-Coat Friendly Fabric:** Protects delicate fish skin from net burn or abrasions.
- **Darkened Underwater Tone:** Reduces visual contrast underwater to prevent fish stress.
- **Heavy-Duty Coated Core:** Reinforced against corrosion and mechanical fatigue.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724851-3236 (Internal ID: 130693)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032360
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Fine Mesh Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 600 mm (L) × 305 mm (W) × 25 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 210 g
- **Net Size:**
30 cm (12 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Extra Large Aquariums, Show Tanks & Aquaculture
---
#### Seachem Flourish 250ml
Core Micro-Nutrient Fertiliser To Support Growth & Leaf Health Of Plants In Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-flourish-250ml/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724877-516 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116051606
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-250ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish 250mL (SKU: 724877-516) is an essential liquid fertiliser formulated to support steady growth and leaf health in planted freshwater aquariums. It supplies a rich mix of micronutrients, trace minerals, vitamins, and amino acids. Regular dosing helps maintain green foliage, strong stems, and healthy root systems across various aquatic plant species.
Flourish is engineered to deliver essential micronutrients without overloading the water column with excess nitrates or phosphates. This targeted balance keeps aquatic plants well-nourished while helping maintain clean, algae-free aquarium water. The 250mL bottle is an ideal size for standard home display tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Planted Display Aquariums:** Core weekly fertiliser for tanks up to 150 litres.
- **Trace Element Replenishment:** Restores minerals removed by chemical filtration media.
- **Weekly Maintenance Routines:** Apply after water changes to support consistent plant growth.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 250 L (60 US gallons) once or twice weekly.
- **Application Method:** Add directly into the main tank water.
- **Note:** Use in combination with Flourish Excel or macro-nutrients as plant density increases.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced Micronutrient Matrix:** Contains iron, calcium, magnesium, trace minerals, and vitamins.
- **Low Nitrate & Phosphate:** Focuses on trace nutrition to minimise algae proliferation.
- **Biological Plant Support:** Enriched with amino acids to build strong plant tissue.
- **Popular Home Size:** 250mL bottle delivers efficient dosing for standard aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724877-516
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116051606
- **Product Type:** Comprehensive Planted Aquarium Fertiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 12,500 litres (3,300 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish 50ml
Pocket-Size Liquid Fertiliser Giving Nourishment To Plants in Micro-Size Aquarium Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-flourish-50ml/
- Price: $7.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724875-514 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116051408
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Trace-50ml-1.jpg
Seachem Flourish 50mL (SKU: 724875-514) offers complete liquid plant nutrition in a small, portable size designed for micro-aquariums and single nano tanks. It delivers essential trace minerals, iron, calcium, magnesium, and plant-supporting vitamins. Regular dosing helps keep small planted tanks looking vibrant and green.
By focusing on micronutrient balance, Flourish supplies plants with key elements without over-saturating the aquarium with nitrates or phosphates. This targeted nutrition supports foliage growth while maintaining clear, algae-free water. The 50mL bottle is equipped with a precise dropper cap for easy nano-tank dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Micro & Desktop Aquariums:** Designed for small setups under 50 litres.
- **Targeted Micronutrient Dosing:** Simple fertilising option for small planted display tanks.
- **Travel & Trial Use:** Ideal size for testing Seachem's flagship liquid fertiliser line.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 250 L (60 US gallons) once or twice a week.
- **Nano Application:** 1 drop per 2.5 L (0.6 US gallons).
- **Frequency:** Dose 1–2 times weekly depending on plant biomass and lighting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Dosing Dropper Bottle:** Allows precise dosing for small water volumes.
- **Full Spectrum Micronutrients:** Contains essential iron, trace minerals, calcium, and vitamins.
- **Algae-Resistant Balance:** Low NPK formula prevents algae blooms in nano tanks.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Formulated to be safe for dwarf shrimp, snails, and small fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724875-514
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116051408
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Comprehensive Planted Aquarium Fertiliser
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 40 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Fish Tanks Of Micro & Nano Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 mL treats up to 2,500 litres (660 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Advance 2l
High-Capacity Phytohormone Supplement for Planted Tanks To Boost Root Extension, Leaf Proliferation, & Plant Vigour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-flourish-advance-2l/
- Price: $99.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724908-1238 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116123808
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Advance-2l-1.jpg
Seachem Flourish Advance 2L (SKU: 724908-1238) delivers natural phytohormones to boost root extension, leaf proliferation, and plant vigour in medium-to-large planted aquariums. By combining auxins and cytokinins with vital trace elements, it stimulates rapid tissue division and nutrient uptake.
Regular application helps prevent root rot, shortens stress recovery times after trimming, and supports robust growth in high-tech and low-tech planted tanks alike.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Tank Maintenance:** Enhances daily plant health, colour intensity, and growth rate.
- **Stress Recovery:** Assists imported or newly purchased plants during tank adaptation.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Daily Maintenance:** Dose 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phytohormone Bio-Stimulant:** Promotes accelerated root and shoot development.
- **Prevents Plant Melting:** Aids newly planted species during environmental transitions.
- **High Concentration Value:** 2L size supports long-term daily dosing regimens.
- **Fish & Shrimp Safe:** Contains no harmful chemical additives or copper levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724908-1238
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116123808
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertilizers & Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,100 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Excel 50ml
Pocket-Sized Bioavailable Organic Carbon Supplement for Healthy Plant Growth in Tiny & Mini-Size Aquarium Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-flourish-excel-50ml/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724857-454 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116045407
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Excel-50ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Excel 50mL (SKU: 724857-454) provides a bioavailable source of organic carbon in a portable, pocket-sized bottle designed for micro-aquariums and single nano tanks. Plants rely on carbon as a fundamental element for photosynthesis and cell construction. In small planted tanks, carbon reserves can drop quickly, making consistent supplementation essential for healthy plant growth.
Flourish Excel supplies organic carbon compounds that aquatic plants can absorb directly, serving as an easy alternative to pressurised CO 2 systems. It supports foliage development, healthy tissue growth, and root extension. The 50mL bottle includes a precise dropper cap for easy application in micro-volume aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Micro & Desktop Tanks:** Specifically designed for small aquariums under 50 litres.
- **Low-Volume Carbon Dosing:** Simple liquid carbon application for small display setups.
- **Trial & Nano Care:** Convenient size for testing liquid carbon performance in nano tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Initial / Major Water Change Dose:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L, or 0.6 mL per 5 L.
- **Daily Maintenance Dose:** 1 drop per 2 L (0.5 US gallons) daily.
- **Application Method:** Add directly to tank water near the filter current.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precision Dropper Bottle:** Designed for easy, accurate dosing in small water volumes.
- **Bioavailable Organic Carbon:** Direct liquid carbon source for plant photosynthetic processes.
- **No CO2 System Needed:** Delivers plant-usable carbon without gas cylinders or regulators.
- **Shrimp & Snail Safe:** Safe for sensitive dwarf shrimp, freshwater snails, and nano fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724857-454
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116045407
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Aquarium Bioavailable Organic Carbon Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 40 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Micro & Nano Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 mL treats up to 1,000 litres (250 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Flourish Trace 50ml
Pocket-Sized Trace Supplement for Plant Health In Small & Nano Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-flourish-trace-50ml/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724891-744 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116074407
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Trace-50ml.jpg
Seachem Flourish Trace 50mL (SKU: 724891-744) is a compact, highly effective trace mineral supplement engineered for nano tanks, desktop aquariums, and small planted aquascapes. Trace elements are essential micronutrients absorbed by aquatic plants for photosynthesis and enzyme production. Because trace elements degrade quickly, regular micro-dosing is necessary to maintain balanced aquatic plant nutrition. Seachem Flourish Trace replenishes essential trace elements like iron, magnesium, and calcium, promoting healthy plant growth in freshwater aquariums.
Flourish Trace provides bioavailable amounts of boron, cobalt, manganese, molybdenum, and zinc without adding nitrogen or phosphorus. This allows precise control over micronutrient levels, preventing unwanted algae growth in delicate, small-volume environments. The 50mL bottle is easy to store and includes an integrated dropper cap for precise application. It works well with other Seachem products like Flourish Iron and Flourish Excel for a complete nutrient regimen, ensuring plants receive both macro- and micronutrients without altering water quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Desktop Aquascapes:** Designed for small tanks under 50 litres.
- **Targeted Leaf Restoration:** Corrects chlorosis and stunted growth in micro-aquariums.
- **Low-Volume Maintenance:** Ideal for hobbyists managing single nano planted tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dosage Rate:** 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) twice weekly.
- **Precision Dosing:** 1 drop per 1.5 L (0.4 US gallons) for nano aquariums.
- **Tip:** Apply on days when macro-fertilisers are not being added.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Dosing Precision:** Perfect for small planted display tanks requiring tiny dosing increments.
- **Phosphate & Nitrate Free:** Prevents algae issues in delicate nano water volumes.
- **Boosts Leaf Pigmentation:** Enhances rich colours in aquatic flora.
- **Shrimp Safe:** Formulated at safe concentrations for ornamental dwarf shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724891-744
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116074407
- **Product Type:** Planted Aquarium Trace Element Supplement
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 40 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Nano & Small Planted Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 mL treats up to 800 litres (210 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Gold Salt 70g
Physiological Mineral Salt Blend Additive Supplement for Goldfish Health In Coldwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-gold-salt-70g/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724984-214 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116021401
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Gold-Salt-70g.jpg
Seachem Gold Salt 70g (SKU: 724984-214) is a specialised mineral salt mix designed to replicate the natural electrolyte balance suitable for fancy and common goldfish. Goldfish thrive in environments rich in essential minerals like magnesium, calcium, sodium, and potassium, which support osmoregulation and overall physiological vitality. Unlike standard aquarium salt (pure sodium chloride/NaCl), Gold Salt delivers a balanced electrolyte complex without raising pH or carbonate hardness.
Seachem Gold Salt 70g is a compact-size pack containing a specialised salt blend formulated to support the unique health needs of goldfish, promoting proper osmoregulation and boosting their immune system. It provides essential electrolytes, enhances water quality, and helps reduce stress in goldfish, making it ideal for regular maintenance and during times of illness or environmental changes. Using generic salt(NaCl) can stress goldfish's internal systems by disrupting electrolyte ratios. Seachem Gold Salt supports healthy gill function, promotes mucous membrane protection, and aids in stress recovery following transport, water changes, or disease treatments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Maintenance:** Add during routine water changes to replenish depleted electrolytes.
- **Disease & Stress Recovery:** Helps restore osmotic balance during disease treatment or fish acclimation.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- Add 1/2 teaspoon (approx. 2.5 g) for every 40 L (10 US gallons) during initial setup or water changes.
- Dissolve the powder completely in a small container of aquarium water before adding it to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced Electrolyte Blend:** Formulated with essential salts, avoiding pure sodium chloride shock.
- **Supports Osmoregulation:** Eases osmotic stress on goldfish gills and kidneys.
- **Slime Coat Enhancement:** Promotes natural protective mucus production to defend against external parasites.
- **pH Neutral Formula:** Will not alter aquarium pH or alkalinity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724984-214 (Internal ID: 130730)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116021401
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additive > Electrolyte Mineral Salt
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 95 g
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Target Environment:** Goldfish & Coldwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 70 g treats up to 1,120 litres (280 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Malawi/victoria Buffer 300g
Alkaline Buffer for Replicating KH & pH Levels of Lake Malawi & Victoria Aquariums For Mbuna, Peacock cichlids Etc Species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-malawi-victoria-buffer-300g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725007-296 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116029605
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/725007-296-1.png
Seachem Malawi/Victoria Buffer 300g (SKU: 725007-296) is a specially formulated blend designed to replicate the alkaline water parameters of Lake Malawi and Lake Victoria. It elevates aquarium pH into the ideal range of 7.8 to 8.4 while building KH to buffer against organic pH drops. Formulated to raise and stabilise pH for African cichlids, a dependable solution for Rift Lake setups, Seachem Malawi / Victoria Buffer helps maintain optimal water conditions that support the unique needs of these specialised cichlid communities.
Seachem Malawi / Victoria Buffer 300g is a mini-compact pack that has a specialised aquarium additive water conditioner designed to create and maintain the ideal water chemistry for African cichlids from the Malawi and Victoria Rift Lakes. These species thrive in hard, alkaline water with stable pH, and this buffer helps set and stabilise those conditions so fish remain healthy, vibrant, and active.
This product adjusts both pH and carbonate hardness (KH) to levels suited for cichlid communities, reducing stress and supporting proper metabolism and biological processes. It also improves water stability by preventing sudden pH swings, making it a reliable choice for aquarists keeping Rift Lake cichlids.
This 300g container is suitable for smaller aquariums housing Mbuna, Peacock cichlids, or Victorian haplochromines. By stabilising alkalinity, it promotes vibrant colouration, reduces physiological stress, and supports natural breeding behaviour.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Malawi & Victoria Biotopes:** Designed specifically for cichlid aquariums requiring a target pH of 7.8–8.4.
- **New Tank Setups & Maintenance:** Added to fresh water during initial setup and periodic water replacements.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 g (1 level teaspoon) for every 40–80 L (10–20 US gallons) daily until the target pH (7.8–8.4) is established. Easy to dose with clear instructions.
- Dissolve powder in replacement water prior to dosing into the display tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Optimal pH Target:** Maintains water pH precisely between 7.8 and 8.4, making this buffer solution ideal for Malawi and Victoria Lake aquatic species.
- **Carbonate Buffer:** Increases alkalinity by stabilising optimal carbonate hardness(KH), which neutralises metabolic acids and maintains stability while preventing rapid pH fluctuations in aquarium water.
- **Compact Size:** Convenient 300g size tailored for nano-to-medium cichlid tanks.
- **Enhances Fish Vitality:** Supports optimal osmotic balance, fish health, natural colouration, immunity and overall vitality.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725007-296 (Internal ID: 130753)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116029605
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffers
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 350 g
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Lake Malawi & Lake Victoria Cichlid Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 300 g treats up to 2,400 Litres (600 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrix 20l
Bulk Commercial Biological Media Supporting Aerobic & Anaerobic Bacteria To Process Nitrogenous Waste Products In Multi-Tank Fish Facilities.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-matrix-20l/
- Price: $259.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725055-111 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011105
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrix-20l.jpg
Seachem Matrix 20L (SKU: 725055-111) provides a 20-Litre volume of porous biological filter media for multi-tank fish rooms, large aquariums, and commercial displays. Its porous stone structure supports aerobic and anaerobic bacteria to process nitrogenous waste products.
This 20-Litre bucket provides an economical solution for fill demands in large canister filters, trickle filters, and sump systems. It is chemically inert, providing stable biological filtration without altering water parameters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-Tank Setups:** Ideal for fish rooms, breeding facilities, and large display sumps.
- **Trickle & Canister Filters:** Fills high-capacity canister filters and sump media bays.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Enclose in media bags and place in filter sumps or media bays.
- Position after mechanical pre-filtration to keep pores clear of detritus.
- Rinse occasionally in used aquarium water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Volume Bucket:** 20-Litre container offers economical pricing for multi-tank systems.
- **High Surface Area:** Supports nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria colonies.
- **Biological Nitrate Control:** Facilitates anaerobic denitrification deep within internal pores.
- **Non-Degrading Mineral Base:** Does not break down or require replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725055-111 (Internal ID: 130774)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116011105
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Filtration
- **Package Dimensions:** 290 mm (L) × 290 mm (W) × 380 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 14,000 g (14 kg)
- **Net Volume:** 20,000 mL (20 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Multi-Tank Systems, Fish Rooms & Large Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 20 L treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrixcarbon 1l
High-Volume Spherical Bead Technology Activated Carbon Media For Larger Display Aquariums & Sump Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-matrixcarbon-1l/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725047-107 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116010702
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrixcarbon-1l.jpg
Seachem MatrixCarbon 1L (SKU: 725047-107) is a high-volume chemical filtration media designed for larger display aquariums and sump systems. Utilising spherical bead technology, it permits water to circulate around every particle, ensuring high organic adsorption efficiency without filter resistance.
Seachem MatrixCarbon is a high-performance activated carbon with a spherical shape and low ash content, offering superior chemical filtration by efficiently removing organic compounds, toxins, and odours in freshwater and marine aquariums. It provides long-lasting filtration without affecting pH, making it a clean, effective, and reliable solution for maintaining water quality.
MatrixCarbon features low ash content and minimal phosphate leaching, protecting water chemistry in both freshwater aquascapes and marine reef tanks. The 1 Litre size offers cost-effective media replacement for large canister filters and sump chambers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Care:** Removes organic waste, wood tannins, and odours from large aquariums.
- **Reef & Planted Systems:** Polishes water without altering pH or leaching excess phosphates.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Secure media inside mesh bags and distribute evenly across filter trays or sump media racks.
- Rinse briefly with tap water before placement to remove dust.
- Replace every 2 to 4 months to maintain water clarity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spherical Hydraulics:** Ensures maximum water contact without flow reduction.
- **Low Ash Formulation:** Prevents pH shifts in soft or sensitive aquatic setups.
- **Phosphate Safe:** Extremely low phosphate leaching helps control algae growth.
- **High Organic Binding:** Removes dissolved organic carbons, dyes, and chemical pollutants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725047-107 (Internal ID: 130764)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116010702
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Activated Carbon
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 95 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 550 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 L treats up to 1,600 litres (400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Plant Pack: Fundamentals
Essential 3-Piece Set With 100 mL Bottles Each Of Flourish, Flourish Iron, & Flourish Excel for Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-plant-pack-fundamentals/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724902-1105 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116110501
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Plant-Pack_-Fundamentals-1.jpg
Seachem Plant Pack: Fundamentals (SKU: 724902-1105) is an all-in-one 3-piece starter kit containing 100 mL bottles of Flourish, Flourish Iron, and Flourish Excel. Specially curated for beginner and experienced aquascapers alike, this kit provides the essential micronutrients, iron supplementation, and liquid organic carbon needed to build a vibrant planted aquarium.
Flourish supplies essential trace elements and vitamins; Flourish Iron delivers bioavailable ferrous iron (Fe²⁺) to prevent leaf yellowing; and Flourish Excel provides organic carbon to promote photosynthesis and control mild algae growth without CO2 injection equipment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Planted Tank Setups:** Provides complete foundational nutrition for fresh aquascapes.
- **Starter Nutrition Package:** Ideal entry kit for hobbyists transitioning to planted aquariums.
- **CO2 Alternative:** Supplies bioavailable liquid carbon for tanks without pressurised CO2.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Flourish:** Dose 5 mL per 250 L (60 US gallons) once or twice weekly.
- **Flourish Iron:** Dose 5 mL per 200 L (50 US gallons) as needed to maintain deep green growth.
- **Flourish Excel:** Dose 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons) initially, then 5 mL per 200 L daily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Foundational Trio:** Combines micro-nutrients, iron, and bioavailable carbon.
- **Promotes Photosynthesis:** Flourish Excel supplies organic carbon compounds directly.
- **Prevents Chlorosis:** Flourish Iron prevents leaf yellowing and enhances red colouration.
- **Cost-Effective Bundle:** Includes three 100 mL bottles at a discounted package price.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724902-1105
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116110501
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Plant Fertiliser Starter Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 450 g
- **Kit Contents:** Flourish 100 mL, Flourish Iron 100 mL, Flourish Excel 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Planted Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Prime 2l
Mid-Bulk Liquid Conditioner for Large Aquariums & Multi-Tank Setups Eliminating Disinfectants Like Chlorine & Chloramines.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-prime-2l/
- Price: $89.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725026-438 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043809
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Prime-2l.jpg
Seachem Prime 2L (SKU: 725026-438) provides mid-bulk liquid water conditioning for dedicated aquarists, high-volume display tanks, and small fish rooms. It eliminates municipal disinfectants like chlorine and chloramines while detoxifying nitrogenous waste products, including ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate. By converting highly toxic free ammonia into a harmless ammonium complex, it effectively guards livestock against sudden gill burning and osmotic shock while keeping the nitrogen compounds fully available to the system's nitrifying bacteria.
This 2-litre container provides a balanced option between standard retail bottles and bulk commercial jugs, lowering treatment costs while remaining easy to handle and store. The non-acidic formula maintains an entirely stable pH and alkalinity profile, making it perfectly safe for delicate planted aquariums, sensitive reef invertebrates, and high-density fish populations. Additionally, the solution supports biological slime coat production to heal minor transport scratches, all while remaining fully compatible with marine setups without triggering protein skimmer over-activation or micro-bubble issues.
Engineered to optimise treatment logistics, this mid-bulk size delivers massive chemical potency, capable of conditioning up to 80,000 litres of tap water. It serves as an ideal volume for advanced hobbyists running routine water changes on systems over 100 gallons, as well as retail facilities purchasing stock via commercial master cases of 4 units per box. The liquid concentrate preserves its full strength indefinitely when kept sealed, ensuring large home galleries and boutique breeding operations maintain a cost-effective, professional-grade shield against municipal chemical spikes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Water Changes:** Ideal for aquariums 100 gallons and up during routine water replacements.
- **Multi-Tank Maintenance:** Suited for hobbyists maintaining several aquariums at home or small breeding racks.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 mL (1 capful) for every 200 L (50 US gallons) of new replacement water.
- Mix into fresh water prior to introduction into established systems. If adding directly to the tank during an emergency spike, base the dosage on total aquarium volume.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2 Litre Volume Economy:** Treats up to 80,000 litres (20,000 US gallons) of fresh or saltwater.
- **Complete Water Protection:** Detoxifies chlorine, chloramines, ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates.
- **No Effect on pH:** Formulated to maintain stable pH and alkalinity parameters.
- **Heavy Metal Binding:** Chelates heavy metals present in typical tap water supplies.
- **Emergency Buffering:** Safely handles up to a 5x standard overdose during acute biological filter failures.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725026-438 (Internal ID: 130776)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043809
- **Distributor / Supplier:** AQUA
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 280 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,200 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 80,000 litres (20,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Prime 500ml
Concentrated Liquid Conditioner for Standard & Larger Displays Removes ammonia, chlorine, chloramines, nitrite & nitrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-prime-500ml/
- Price: $31.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725024-433 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116043304
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Prime-500ml.jpg
Seachem Prime 500ml (SKU: 725024-433) provides high-capacity water conditioning for larger home aquariums and multi-tank setups. It neutralises chlorine and chloramines while detoxifying ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate during routine maintenance, preventing these toxic spikes from shocking delicate tank inhabitants. By securely binding nitrogen compounds into a non-toxic format for up to 48 hours, it allows the aquarium's biofilter to process the waste naturally without stalling or disrupting the tank's biological equilibrium.
This 500ml bottle features a convenient doser cap, making it easy to treat large volumes of water accurately without affecting pH levels or interfering with biological filtration efficiency. The advanced chemical matrix includes heavy metal chelation to neutralise municipal tap impurities, while simultaneously stimulating natural slime coat production on fish to heal minor tissue abrasions. Formulated to remain entirely neutral, it will not drop the aquarium's pH or cause excessive foaming in marine protein skimmers, making it perfectly safe for high-density African cichlid tanks, lushly planted aquariums, and fragile marine reef environments.
Offering massive dosing economy, this mid-to-large size treats up to 20,000 litres of water, making it a staple choice for active hobbyists keeping tanks ranging from 55 to 150 gallons. For retail fish rooms or professional distributors, this product is highly efficient for inventory management, typically arriving packed in commercial wholesale configurations of 12 units per box. The liquid concentrate remains stable indefinitely when stored under standard conditions, ensuring that large-scale operations always have a reliable safeguard on hand for everyday tap water preparation or emergency toxin management.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Volume Water Preparation:** Ideal for preparing replacement water in large 55–150 gallon systems.
- **Quarantine & Transport:** Dosed into transport bags or quarantine tanks to prevent ammonia buildup.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 5 mL (1 capful) for every 200 L (50 US gallons) of new tap water.
- **Emergency Overdose Protection:** For severe ammonia or nitrite spikes, up to 5x the standard dose can be safely administered directly to the system to shield livestock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Volume Dosing Economy:** Treats up to 20,000 litres (5,000 US gallons) per bottle.
- **Complete Chemical Neutralisation:** Binds chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
- **Reef & Plant Safe:** Formulated to remain neutral and non-toxic to delicate corals and plants.
- **Heavy Metal Chelation:** Detoxifies heavy metals present in tap water.
- **Emergency Mitigation:** Safely handles up to a 5x concentrated dose during sudden biofilter crashes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725024-433 (Internal ID: 130770)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116043304
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 20,000 litres (5,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Pristine 100ml
Compact Biological Waste Treatment To Digest Sludge & Food Leftovers In Small Tanks, Nano Aquariums, & Desktop Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-pristine-100ml/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724910-1240 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116124003
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pristine-100ml.jpg
Seachem Pristine 100mL (SKU: 724910-1240) provides convenient biological waste management for small aquariums, nano setups, and desktop displays. Its bio-augmentation formula introduces specialised bacteria that digest organic sludge, food leftovers, and detritus, keeping small aquatic environments clean and healthy.
Its compact bottle size is perfect for nano hobbyists who want to keep water clear and substrate clean without storing large containers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Aquarium Maintenance:** Reduces organic waste buildup in small display tanks.
- **Targeted Waste Treatment:** Keeps shallow substrates and tight rockwork free of detritus.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Initial Dose:** Add 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons).
- **Bi-Weekly Maintenance:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact Nano Size:** Ideal volume for small desktop aquariums.
- **Digests Organic Waste:** Decomposes sludge, uneaten food, and plant decay.
- **Restores Water Clarity:** Eliminates organic haze naturally.
- **Entirely Safe:** Non-toxic to all fish, plants, and aquatic invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724910-1240
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116124003
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Waste Management
- **Package Dimensions:** 42 mm (L) × 42 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 120 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Small & Nano Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Purigen 250ml
Macro-porous synthetic adsorbent polymer resin for keeping crystal-clear water in aquariums and fish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-purigen-250ml/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724963-166 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116016605
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Purigen-250ml.jpg
Seachem Purigen 250mL (SKU: 724963-166) is a high-grade macro-porous synthetic polymer resin engineered to remove soluble and insoluble organic impurities from aquarium water. Unlike conventional ion-exchange resins or activated carbon, Purigen selectively adsorbs nitrogenous organic waste—such as protein compounds, tannins, and decaying plant waste—before they convert into toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
Possessing exceptional capacity due to its microscopic pore geometry, Purigen enhances water clarity and eliminates tea-coloured water tinting. As it adsorbs organics, the spherical beads darken from light beige to dark brown, serving as a visual indicator for regeneration. Purigen can be restored using household bleach, making it an economical, long-term filtration solution.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Organic Waste Control:** Use in heavily stocked community tanks, reef aquariums, or planted setups to control organic waste.
- **Tannin & Colour Removal:** Ideal for removing yellow/brown discolouration caused by driftwood or leaf litter.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place media into a fine mesh media bag (such as Seachem The Bag) and position in canister filters, power filters, or sumps.
- **Regeneration Process:** Soak saturated brown resin in a 1:1 household bleach-to-water solution for 24 hours. Rinse thoroughly, then soak in water containing 2 tbsp of Prime per cup of water for 8 hours before re-use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Selective Organic Adsorption:** Targets dissolved nitrogenous organic waste while ignoring essential plant nutrients and minerals.
- **500% Greater Capacity:** Outperforms traditional activated carbon media in organic removal capacity.
- **Visual Exhaustion Indicator:** Spherical resin beads turn dark brown/black when fully saturated.
- **Regenerable Resin:** Reusable multiple times via simple bleach oxidation treatment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724963-166 (Internal ID: 130709)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116016605
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Synthetic Organic Adsorbent
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 230 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 1,000 litres (250 US gallons) for up to 6 months
---
#### Seachem Purigen 4 L
Synthetic Organic Adsorbent Filter Media To Remove Soluble & Insoluble Impurities for Crystal-Clear Water in Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-purigen-4-l/
- Price: $386.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725176-169 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116016902
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Purigen-4-L.jpg
Seachem Purigen 4L (SKU: 725176-169) is a macro-porous synthetic polymer adsorbent engineered to remove soluble and insoluble organic impurities from freshwater and marine aquarium water. Unlike traditional activated carbon that non-selectively strips trace elements, Purigen targets nitrogenous organic waste—such as proteins, amino acids, and dissolved organic compounds—before they can decay into toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
Purigen polishes aquarium water to exceptional clarity while removing yellowing tannins and organic discolouration. As it adsorbs waste, the white spherical resin beads gradually darken to a deep brown colour, providing a clear visual indicator of exhaustion. Reusable and renewable, Purigen can be regenerated multiple times using a household bleach soak, making the 4-litre jug an economical long-term filtration choice for large systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Capacity Water Clarification:** Polishes water to high clarity in large displays and commercial aquariums.
- **Organic Nitrate Reduction:** Adsorbs dissolved nitrogenous waste before it breaks down into nitrate.
- **Tannin & Yellow Colouration Removal:** Removes yellow tannins leached by natural driftwood.
**Placement & Regeneration Guide**
- **Placement:** Fill fine mesh filter bags (< 100 µm) and place in high-flow filter chambers or media reactors.
- **Exhaustion Indicator:** Media shifts from light cream to dark brown/black when fully exhausted.
- **Regeneration Instructions:** Soak in a 1:1 household bleach-to-water solution for 24 hours, rinse thoroughly, and soak in Prime solution before reuse.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Selective Organic Adsorption:** Adsorbs nitrogenous organic waste while preserving beneficial trace minerals.
- **Polishes Water Clarity:** Eliminates yellowing tannins and organic haze for exceptional water clarity.
- **Regenerable & Reusable:** Can be regenerated multiple times with a simple bleach solution soak.
- **Visual Exhaustion Tracking:** Spherical beads darken progressively as organic waste is adsorbed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725176-169
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116016902
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Organic Adsorbents
- **Package Dimensions:** 213.07 mm (L) × 213.07 mm (W) × 188.54 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,850 g
- **Net Volume:** 3,190 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums, Public Displays & Sumps
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 16,000 Litres (4,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Replenish 4 L
Bulk Commercial GH Re-Mineralizer for RO Systems For Commercial Fish Facilities, Tank Maintenance Companies & Large-Scale Aquarists.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-replenish-4-l/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725158-1479 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116147903
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Replenish-4-L.jpg
Seachem Replenish 4L (SKU: 725158-1479) is a commercial-grade liquid GH re-mineralizer formulated to restore essential calcium and magnesium ions to large volumes of reverse osmosis (RO) or deionised (DI) water. Using unmineralized RO water in large displays or commercial systems can cause lethal osmotic stress in fish and invertebrates. Replenish restores full General Hardness (GH) control, supporting natural physiology across freshwater species.
The 4-litre jug is designed for commercial fish facilities, planted tank maintenance companies, and large-scale aquarists. Its sodium-free formulation increases GH cleanly without altering pH or driving up sodium levels.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Water Treatment:** Re-mineralises large RO storage reservoirs in fish stores and public aquariums.
- **Planted Aquarium Maintenance:** Provides balanced calcium and magnesium essential for aquatic plant growth.
- **Bulk Invertebrate Care:** Maintains stable GH levels across commercial shrimp breeding operations.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard Dose:** Add 5 mL per 40 L of RO water to raise GH by 2.8 dGH (1 meq/L).
- **Commercial Mixing:** Add 125 mL per 1,000 L of purified RO water to elevate total hardness by 2.8 dGH.
- **Integration:** Pour directly into RO storage vats while circulating water with a submersible pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Commercial Value:** 4-litre jug offers economic re-mineralisation for high-volume setups.
- **Calcium & Magnesium Ratio:** Scientifically balanced to support osmotic balance and plant health.
- **Zero Sodium Build-Up:** Preserves water quality without accumulating unwanted sodium ions.
- **Instant Liquid Action:** Mixes immediately into RO storage tanks without settling or clouding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725158-1479
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116147903
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 125.73 mm (L) × 192.06 mm (W) × 321.31 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5,940 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Freshwater Facilities, Planted & Breeding Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 32,000 Litres (8,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Safe 1kg
Super-Concentrated Dry Water Conditioner for Large Tanks, Ponds and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-safe-1kg/
- Price: $67.89 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725018-387 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116038706
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Safe-1kg.jpg
A kilogram of Safe conditions a million litres of tap water, which is why fish rooms and pond keepers switch to the powder once their volumes climb. Seachem Safe 1kg (SKU: 725018-387) is Seachem's complete, super-concentrated dry conditioner for fresh and salt water. It removes chlorine and chloramine and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate through a binder that renders them non-toxic while leaving them available to the biofilter, so it can be used during cycling. Seachem states that it is non-acidic, does not affect pH and will not over-activate reef skimmers, and the dry form is the reason it is so economical for large systems.
The dose from the 1 kg tub is 1.25 g, a quarter teaspoon, for every 1,250 L to remove chlorine and chloramine, or 1.25 g per 300 L to detoxify ammonia. Heavy chloramine takes a double dose, a nitrite or nitrate emergency up to four times, and above 30 °C with low chlorine and ammonia a half dose. At the chlorine rate a kilogram treats 1,000,000 L; at the ammonia rate about 240,000 L. It cannot be pre-mixed and stored, lacking a liquid conditioner's stabilisers, so each dose is made fresh. Seachem also names it for neutralising bleach when regenerating Purigen, about 16 g per cup of water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large water changes:** Displays and ponds where liquid conditioner is used by the bottle.
- **Fish rooms and shops:** Central systems and many tanks conditioned from one tub.
- **Ammonia and nitrite spikes:** Detoxifying a reading while the biofilter catches up, including during cycling.
- **Purigen regeneration:** The bleach-neutralising step Seachem specifies for its own resin.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Chlorine and chloramine:** 1.25 g (a quarter teaspoon) per 1,250 L of new water.
- **Ammonia:** 1.25 g per 300 L; double for heavy chloramine, up to four times for a nitrite or nitrate emergency.
- **Hot weather:** Half dose above 30 °C when chlorine and ammonia are low.
- **Mix fresh:** Dissolve each dose as it is used; never make up a liquid stock to store.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete conditioner:** Chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate in one powder.
- **Super-concentrated:** 1 kg treats 1,000,000 L at the chlorine rate.
- **Fresh and salt water:** Non-acidic, no pH effect, does not over-activate skimmers.
- **Cycling-safe:** Binds toxins without starving the biofilter.
- **Purigen partner:** Seachem's named neutraliser for resin regeneration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725018-387
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116038706
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioner (Dry Concentrate)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Function:** Removes chlorine and chloramine; detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate
- **Dose Rate:** 1.25 g (1/4 tsp) per 1,250 L for chlorine and chloramine; 1.25 g per 300 L for ammonia; up to 2× for heavy chloramine, up to 4× for nitrite or nitrate emergencies
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,000,000 L at the chlorine rate; about 240,000 L at the ammonia rate
- **Storage:** Do not pre-mix and store as a liquid
- **Range Sizes:** 50 g, 250 g, 1 kg and 4 kg
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Seachem Safe 250g
Concentrated Dry Water Conditioner for Removing Toxic Elements Without Harming Fish in Medium-Sized Aquarium Waters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-safe-250g/
- Price: $24.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725017-386 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116038607
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Safe-250g.jpg
Seachem Safe 250g (SKU: 725017-386) provides concentrated dry water conditioning for medium-to-large aquariums. It removes chlorine and chloramines while rendering toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate harmless to fish and invertebrates.
This 250g bottle is a cost-effective alternative to liquid conditioners for active hobbyists. It does not over-activate protein skimmers and stores indefinitely when kept dry.
This specific volume acts as an ideal bridge for multi-tank hobbyists and breeding enthusiasts who execute routine, large-scale water changes but want to avoid the bulkiness of commercial sizing. Because the formula binds heavy metals commonly found in municipal tap supplies, it guarantees a safer environmental transition for delicate reef inhabitants and sensitive freshwater shrimp that react poorly to chemical fluctuations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance:** Ideal for treating water during routine water change procedures.
- **Biofilter Support:** Used during new tank cycling or biofilter disruption to mitigate ammonia buildup.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 1.25 g (1/4 teaspoon) per 1,250 L (300 US gallons) to neutralise standard tap water chloramines.
- Dissolve in a small volume of water before adding to the tank or sump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Efficiency Dry Formula:** Concentrated powder offers high treatment value.
- **Comprehensive Toxicity Shield:** Neutralises chlorine, chloramines, ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates.
- **Skimmer Safe:** Will not cause protein skimmers to foam excessively in marine systems.
- **Long Shelf Life:** Powdered formula remains stable over long storage periods.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725017-386 (Internal ID: 130763)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116038607
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 250,000 litres (62,500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Safe 4kg
Bulk Commercial Dry Water Conditioner for High-Volume Aquaculture Facilities, Public Aquariums, Fish Hatcheries & Maintenance Routes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-safe-4kg/
- Price: $209.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725019-389 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116038904
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Safe-4kg.jpg
Seachem Safe 4kg (SKU: 725019-389) is the ultimate dry water conditioner for commercial aquaculture facilities, public aquariums, fish hatcheries, and maintenance routes. It neutralises chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate across high water volumes.
This 4 kg container maximises operational efficiency by lowering per-litre conditioning costs. It dissolves quickly in water storage vats and will not decay or lose potency over time when stored dry.
Incorporating this dry-form matrix into large-scale facility protocols establishes a reliable line of defence against biological crashes in high-density holding systems. The formula’s rapid binding speed allows facility operators to safely execute emergency water changes during unexpected biofilter failures, shielding thousands of dollars in live inventory from sudden toxic shock without leaving behind chemical residues.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Operations:** Perfect for large display sumps, hatcheries, and livestock import holding systems.
- **Water Reservoir Dosing:** Added directly to bulk water storage tanks before redistribution.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Add 1.25 g per 1,250 L (300 US gallons) to neutralise incoming municipal tap water.
- Pre-mix in a container of water before introducing to main system circulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Volume Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 4,000,000 litres (1,000,000 US gallons).
- **Complete Chemical Safety:** Removes chlorine, breaks chloramines, and binds nitrogenous compounds.
- **Non-Impactful Chemistry:** Does not alter pH, alkalinity, or dissolved oxygen dynamics.
- **Indefinite Shelf Life:** Dry powder maintains full potency during extended storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725019-389 (Internal ID: 130765)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116038904
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,350 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Facilities, Hatcheries & Large Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 kg treats up to 4,000,000 litres (1,000,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Stability 50ml
Bacterial Supplement Used To Prevent "New Tank Syndrome" For Rapid Biological Filter Establishment.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-stability-50ml/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724946-124 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012409
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-50ml.jpg
Seachem Stability 50mL (SKU: 724946-124) rapidly establishes the aquarium biofilter in new freshwater and marine systems, preventing "new tank syndrome" and fish mortality. Formulated with a proprietary blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria, it breaks down organic waste, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate efficiently. Unlike competing bacterial products, the strains in Stability are completely non-sulphur-fixing, eliminating toxic hydrogen sulphide production and ensuring safe application across all aquatic environments.
The active bacterial strains function across a broad range of pH and temperature values, remaining fully resilient even when water parameters fluctuate. Stability contains both autotrophic and heterotrophic species that function synergistically to establish biological equilibrium in new tanks or restore bacterial colonies after heavy water changes, medication treatments, or filter media replacements.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Essential for seeding new biofilters during initial aquarium cycling.
- **Post-Medication Recovery:** Restores beneficial bacterial colonies depleted by antibacterial treatments.
- **Filter Maintenance:** Re-establishes nitrifying bacteria after replacing or cleaning filter media.
- **New Livestock Introduction:** Prevents toxic ammonia spikes caused by sudden increases in bio-load.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **First Day:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) of tank water.
- **Daily Maintenance (Days 2–7):** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily for 7 days.
- **Ongoing Support:** Dose 1 capful per 80 L after every water change or new fish addition.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Synergistic Bacterial Blend:** Contains aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative strains for complete nitrogen cycling.
- **Non-Sulfur Fixing:** Eliminates risk of toxic hydrogen sulphide build-up during biofilter colonisation.
- **Wide Parameter Tolerance:** Functions effectively across diverse pH ranges, temperatures, and salinities.
- **Prevents New Tank Syndrome:** Rapidly converts toxic ammonia and nitrite into harmless compounds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724946-124
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012409
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Starter
- **Package Dimensions:** 35 mm (L) × 35 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 mL treats up to 400 L (100 US gallons) during initial setup
---
#### Seachem Stability Bonus Rhino +30% Bonus 325 Ml
Nitrifying Bacteria Starter With 30% Extra for New and Restarted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-stability-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml/
- Price: $21.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725186-120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012003
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-Bonus-Rhino-30-Bonus-325-Ml.jpg
The first week of a new aquarium is the week most fish are lost, and a bottle of live bacteria is the cheapest insurance against it. Seachem Stability Bonus Rhino 325mL (SKU: 725186-120) is the standard 250 mL bottle of Seachem Stability with a 30% bonus fill, 325 mL in all. Stability is a blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria formulated to rapidly and safely establish the biofilter in freshwater and marine systems, preventing the ammonia and nitrite build-up of new tank syndrome. The bacteria are in spore form, need no food, are harmless to aquatic life and, in Seachem's words, very hard to overdose.
Each capful is 5 mL. A new tank gets one capful per 40 L on day one, then one capful per 80 L daily for the next six days, with UV and ozone off for the week; a capful per 80 L monthly or with water changes keeps the culture topped up afterwards. A full course uses about half a millilitre per litre of aquarium, so 325 mL starts a 650 L system or gives a 200 L tank three complete courses and months of maintenance. Seachem is clear that the cycle still takes four to six weeks to complete and that a fishless cycle needs an ammonia source.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Setting up a new aquarium:** Seeding the filter before or as the first fish arrive.
- **Adding fish:** Boosting the biofilter when the stocking level jumps.
- **After medication or filter work:** Rebuilding a culture knocked back by treatments, a new filter or a deep clean.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Community tanks, planted tanks, reefs and fish-only systems alike.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day one:** One 5 mL capful per 40 L.
- **Days two to seven:** One capful per 80 L each day, UV and ozone switched off.
- **Ongoing:** One capful per 80 L monthly or with each water change.
- **Extra bottle life:** The 30% bonus adds 15 capfuls to the standard 250 mL.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30% bonus fill:** 325 mL for the standard 250 mL bottle, about 65 capfuls.
- **Three bacterial groups:** Aerobic, anaerobic and facultative strains for ammonia, nitrite and organic waste.
- **Freshwater and marine:** The same bottle serves both.
- **Spore form, long life:** No feeding needed in the bottle and a six-year shelf life from Seachem.
- **Very hard to overdose:** Safe for a beginner's first cycle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725186-120
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012003
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 325 mL (250 mL plus 30% bonus; about 65 capfuls of 5 mL)
- **Contents:** Aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria in spore form
- **Dose Rate:** Day 1: 5 mL per 40 L; days 2–7: 5 mL per 80 L daily; maintenance 5 mL per 80 L monthly or with water changes
- **Full-Course Capacity:** About 650 L of aquarium (0.5 mL per litre over 7 days)
- **Application:** Turn off UV and ozone during the 7-day course
- **Shelf Life:** 6 years
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Seachem Tidal 110 Hangon Filter 415l
High-Capacity Hang-On-Back Power Filter With Self-Priming Pump & Dual Water Intake For Large Aquariums & Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-tidal-110-hangon-filter-415l/
- Price: $160.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725213-6531 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065313
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Tidal-110-Hangon-Filter-415l-3.jpg
These filters maximise contact with filtration media through a bottom-to-top flow design and include a large-capacity, removable basket for easy, mess-free maintenance with a visual alert when cleaning is needed. The Tidal 110 features an extra-large media basket capable of holding substantial volumes of Seachem Matrix and custom filter media without requiring proprietary cartridges. It includes an integrated surface skimmer that extracts organic surface films, dual water intake regulation, a maintenance alert monitor that indicates when media needs cleaning, and a built-in heater attachment slot. The Tidal 110 offers canister-level filter capacity with the easy maintenance of a hang-on-back design. Available in models for aquariums from 130 to 400 litres, the Tidal range provides efficient, customizable filtration with included coarse sponge and Seachem Matrix bio-media.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquariums:** Primary filtration for freshwater and marine aquariums up to 415 L (110 US gallons).
- **Heavily Stocked Tanks:** High-volume capacity handles heavy bioloads from cichlids, goldfish, or predator tanks.
- **Surface Film Control:** Integrated skimmer clears surface film to maximise oxygen exchange.
**Installation & Operating Guide**
- Step 1: Hang the filter body onto the rear rim of the aquarium and adjust the levelling dial to ensure proper alignment.
- Step 2: Pack the media basket with mechanical foam, Matrix biological media, and optional chemical media, then attach the cover.
- Step 3: Plug the filter into a grounded outlet; the internal submerged pump will self-prime automatically.
- Step 4: Use the top adjustment dials to set flow rate and surface skimming intake levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Flow 1,700 L/h Rate:** Powerful circulation handles demanding bioloads in large aquariums.
- **Extra-Large Media Basket:** Large volume holds extensive biological and chemical media without forced cartridges.
- **Integrated Surface Skimmer:** Removes surface scum and film to improve light transmission and oxygenation.
- **Maintenance Alert Gauge:** Blue pop-up indicator alerts aquarists when filter media requires cleaning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725213-6531
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065313
- **Product Type:** Filters > Aquarium Power Filter / Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Max Aquarium Size:** Up to 415 Litres (110 US gallons)
- **Max Flow Rate:** 1,700 L/h (450 US GPH)
- **Power Consumption:** 12 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 273.79 mm (L) × 318.56 mm (W) × 206.80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1750 g
- **Environment Compatibility:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Tidal 55 Hangon Filter 208l
Versatile Hang-On-Back Power Filter Combining Mechanical, Biological & Chemical Filtration for Mid-Size Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-tidal-55-hangon-filter-208l/
- Price: $111.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725211-6528 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065283
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Tidal-55-Hangon-Filter-208l-3.jpg
The Tidal 55 features a surface skimmer that pulls floating organic films and dust off the water surface, improving gas exchange and light penetration. Its large media chamber holds significant quantities of filter media, allowing aquarists to build customised filtration layers. Built-in maintenance indicators alert you when media becomes clogged, while an adjustable heater holder helps keep equipment organised inside the aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Aquariums:** Ideal primary filtration for freshwater and marine aquariums up to 208 L.
- **Custom Filtration Setups:** Accommodates large volumes of Matrix biological media, chemical pads, and resins.
- **Enhancing Gas Exchange:** The surface skimmer removes surface film to maximise gas exchange at the water surface.
**Installation & Operating Guide**
- Step 1: Place the filter body on the rear aquarium glass and turn the levelling dial until parallel with the glass.
- Step 2: Load the media basket with mechanical foam, bio-media, and chemical media, then place the cover on top.
- Step 3: Connect to mains power; the submerged pump unit will immediately prime and begin circulating water.
- Step 4: Fine-tune the surface skimming ratio and total flow volume using the top adjustment controls.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Self-Priming Submersible Motor:** Quiet Sicce pump restarts automatically after power disruptions.
- **Surface Film Skimmer:** Extracts floating surface scum to keep the water-air interface clear.
- **Maintenance Indicator Gauge:** Blue pop-up indicator signals when the media basket needs cleaning.
- **High-Capacity Media Basket:** Open basket design accepts all custom filtration media without forced cartridges.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725211-6528
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065283
- **Product Type:** Filters > Aquarium Power Filter > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Max Aquarium Size:** Up to 208 Litres (55 US gallons)
- **Max Flow Rate:** 1,000 L/h (250 US GPH)
- **Power Consumption:** 7 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 245.85 mm (L) × 220.77 mm (W) × 164.89 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1600 g
- **Environment Compatibility:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Tidal 75 Replacement Pump
Genuine OEM Submersible Replacement Pump for Tidal 75 Filters Hang-On-Back Power Filter Doing Surface Skimming.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-tidal-75-replacement-pump/
- Price: $76.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725216-6554 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065542
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-75-Replacement-Pump.jpg
The Seachem Tidal 75 Replacement Pump is a genuine factory replacement pump manufactured by Sicce to fit the Seachem Tidal 75 Hang-On-Back power filter. As the central motor component driving the entire filter, this pump handles water intake, surface skimming, and media turnover. Continuous operation over extended periods can eventually result in motor wear, diminished flow rates, or electrical issues. By using the correct replacement pump, you ensure your aquarium maintains its clean, clear, and healthy environment.
To restore your Seachem Tidal™ Power Filter's peak performance, always use a genuine Tidal™ Replacement Pump. These pumps are designed for seamless compatibility and easy installation, bringing back optimal flow and filtration efficiency. Engineered to exact OEM specifications, this replacement pump restores your Tidal 75 filter to its full 1,200 L/h flow capacity and whisper-quiet operation. Its fully encapsulated, epoxy-sealed motor housing resists moisture and mineral corrosion, making it safe for both freshwater aquascapes and marine environments. Installing a replacement pump restores optimal filtration performance without the expense of buying a complete filter unit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing Worn Filter Motors:** Replaces noisy, worn, or non-functioning pumps on Tidal 75 filter bodies.
- **Restoring Flow Capacity:** Restores full 1,200 L/h water turnover performance.
- **Backup Equipment:** Useful spare part to prevent extended filter downtime during unexpected failures.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- Step 1: Unplug the Tidal 75 filter from the electrical socket and remove it from the tank.
- Step 2: Turn the old pump housing counter-clockwise to unlock and detach it from the filter base.
- Step 3: Insert the new OEM replacement pump into the locking channel and rotate clockwise until fully locked.
- Step 4: Mount the filter back on the tank and plug in power to initiate automatic self-priming operation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original OEM Manufacture:** Manufactured by Sicce specifically for exact fitment on Tidal 75 power filters.
- **Quiet Submersible Drive:** Precision magnetic rotor provides whisper-quiet operation.
- **Restores Factory Output:** Delivers up to 1,200 L/h (300 US GPH) max flow turnover.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Fully epoxy-sealed motor housing protects against water and salt intrusion.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725216-6554
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065542
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Submersible Replacement Pump
- **Compatible Filter Model:** Seachem Tidal 75 Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 1,200 L/h (300 US GPH)
- **Power Draw:** 12 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 137.50 mm (L) × 77.11 mm (W) × 121 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 440 g
---
#### Seachem Zip Bag - Medium (12.5" X 5.5")
Durable Zippered High-Grade Mesh Bag To Hold Chemical & Biological Filtration Media In Canister, Sump & Hang-On Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-zip-bag-medium-12-5-x-5-5/
- Price: $4.29 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724918-1521 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116015219
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Zip-Bag-Medium-12.5_-X-5.5_.jpg
The Seachem Zip Bag - Medium [12.5" X 5.5"] (SKU: 724918-1521) is a high-grade mesh bag designed to contain chemical and biological filtration media in standard canister filters, sumps, and hang-on-back filters. Equipped with a rust-proof plastic zipper, it prevents media spillage while allowing effortless opening and closing during routine maintenance.
Its mesh size is optimised to hold medium-to-large media types such as MatrixCarbon, PhosGuard, De-Nitrate, and Matrix securely without restricting water flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister Filter Organisation:** Keeps media neatly organised inside standard canister trays.
- **Chemical Media Housing:** Holds carbon, phosphate removers, or bio-media securely.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Load media into the bag and zip shut securely.
- Place inside filter media trays aligned parallel to water flow direction.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100% Rust-Proof Zipper:** Plastic zipper assembly safe for saltwater and freshwater setups.
- **Optimal Mesh Size:** Permits high water contact while keeping media contained.
- **12.5" x 5.5" Dimensions:** Perfect fit for standard canister filter media baskets.
- **Reusable & Long-Lasting:** Tough synthetic fabric withstands repeated rinsing and chemical contact.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724918-1521
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116015219
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Bags & Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 150 mm (L) × 15 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Bag Dimensions:** 32 cm × 14 cm (12.5 Inches × 5.5 Inches)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Seachem — Filter Media
#### Seachem Cuprisorb 100ml (bagged)
Bag Filled with Resin Media To Remove Heavy Metals & Copper from Freshwater & Marine Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-cuprisorb-100ml-bagged/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724980-205 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116020503
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Cuprisorb-100ml-bagged.jpg
Seachem CupriSorb 100mL "Bagged" (SKU: 724980-205) is a specialised synthetic chelating resin engineered to rapidly extract copper and other toxic heavy metals from freshwater and marine environments. Unlike conventional activated carbon, CupriSorb selectively binds to heavy metals—including ionic, chelated, and organometallic copper compounds—without stripping beneficial trace minerals or disturbing pH and carbonate hardness.
Seachem CupriSorb 100mL pack is a compact size containing resin designed to efficiently remove both ionic and chelated copper, along with other heavy metals, from freshwater and saltwater aquariums. It can be regenerated for reuse and is ideal for removing copper after treatments, ensuring a safe environment for sensitive species like invertebrates. This 100mL edition comes pre-packaged in a durable, fine-mesh filter media bag, offering quick installation in power filters, internal filters, or small sump compartments. It acts as an emergency remediation media after medication treatments or as a continuous safeguard against tap water heavy metal contamination, turning dark black as it becomes saturated.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Post-Medication Clean Up:** Removes copper-based treatments safely after treating fish diseases.
- **Tap Water Remediation:** Extracts copper leached from household copper plumbing fixtures before adding water to the aquarium.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Place the pre-bagged media directly into a high-flow zone of your filter canister, internal filter, or sump chamber.
- Monitor resin colour change; when the media changes from yellow-amber to dark black, it indicates copper saturation and requires regeneration or replacement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Selective Metal Binding:** Removes ionic and chelated copper, nickel, zinc, and iron without depleting essential minerals.
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Ready-to-use mesh bag fits seamlessly into standard filter compartments.
- **Visual Saturation Indicator:** Changes colour as it absorbs heavy metals, showing when replacement or regeneration is needed.
- **Rechargeable Chemistry:** Can be regenerated using dilute hydrochloric acid for multiple uses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724980-205 (Internal ID: 130726)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116020503
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media > Heavy Metal Removal Resin
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 115 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 240 litres (60 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Cuprisorb 250ml
Synthetic Chelating Resin for Filtering Copper & Heavy Metals From Fresh & Saltwater Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-cuprisorb-250ml/
- Price: $36.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724981-206 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116020602
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724981-206-1.png
Seachem CupriSorb 250mL (SKU: 724981-206) is a powerful chelating synthetic media designed to eliminate copper and heavy metal contaminants from fresh and saltwater aquariums. Copper is lethal to marine invertebrates, corals, and sensitive freshwater species even in minute trace amounts. CupriSorb rapidly extracts all forms of copper—including free ionic copper and chelated medication formulations—making aquariums safe for invertebrates; thus making CupriSorb a safe water additive media to use in aquariums containing fish, invertebrates, and plants. It can be regenerated for repeated use, making it a cost-effective and reliable solution for long-term copper control.
Seachem CupriSorb 250mL pack bottle is a specialised filtration resin designed to rapidly and efficiently remove copper (both ionic and chelated) as well as other heavy metals from freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Its high binding capacity exceeds that of standard chemical media like activated carbon or ion-exchange resins. CupriSorb can be used for continuous metal control or as a rapid emergency treatment following copper-based medication cycles. It is particularly useful after copper-based medication treatments or in situations where copper contamination must be eliminated to protect sensitive species. The media changes colour as it adsorbs copper, giving aquarists a clear visual signal when the resin is fully spent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Safety Preparation:** Clears copper residue from rocks and substrates in tanks converted from fish-only to reef aquariums.
- **Invertebrate Protection:** Protects invertebrates, shrimp, and snails from heavy metal toxicity in tap water.
- **After Copper-based Treatments:** It is highly recommended to use after doing copper treatment of the aquarium & fish tank water.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Pack media into a fine mesh filter bag (such as Seachem The Bag) and place in canister filters, media reactors, or sumps.
- Always place it around the high-flow area of the filter; this ensures moderate water movement through the media bag to maximise contact time and chemical absorption efficiency.
- Monitor copper levels regularly and replace or regenerate when exhausted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Unrivalled Extraction Efficiency:** Absorbs copper faster and more completely than activated carbon.
- **Broad-Spectrum Metal Extraction:** Effectively removes both ionic and chelated copper ions, and also removes other heavy metal toxins like iron, nickel, zinc, and aluminium ions.
- **Regenerable Resin:** Can be safely regenerated multiple times using an acid bath regimen.
- **Safe for Sensitive Biotas:** Will not alter pH, alkalinity, or trace mineral balance in marine or freshwater tanks, thus making it safe for sensitive aquatic species, including invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724981-206 (Internal ID: 130727)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116020602
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media > Heavy Metal Removal Resin
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 200 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine, Reef & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 600 Litres (150 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Cuprisorb 4l
Commercial Bulk Copper & Metal Removal Resin for Large Aquariums & Facilities.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-cuprisorb-4l/
- Price: $339.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724983-209 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116020909
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Cuprisorb-4l.jpg
Seachem CupriSorb 4L (SKU: 724983-209) is a bulk container of synthetic metal-extracting resin designed for large aquatic systems, maintenance companies, commercial hatcheries, and public aquariums. Large aquatic setups often encounter heavy metal risks from industrial water supplies, metallic plumbing fittings, or legacy copper medications. CupriSorb 4L is a large mini-bucket-sized pack that provides a high-volume solution to absorb heavy metals and make water safe for delicate species, thus making CupriSorb a safe aquarium additive for fish, invertebrates, and plants.
Formulated with high binding affinity, CupriSorb extracts all copper variants, including copper sulphate, chelated copper formulations, and natural mineral leachates. It operates without stripping essential calcium, magnesium, or carbon-based buffer systems, keeping water parameters stable during treatment. It can be regenerated for repeated use, making it a cost-effective and reliable solution for long-term copper control.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Public & Commercial Aquariums:** Essential for large marine display maintenance, coral farming operations, and wholesale fish facilities.
- **Large-Scale System Restoration:** Clears widespread copper contamination across connected central filtration systems.
- Particularly useful after copper-based medication treatments or in situations where copper contamination must be eliminated to protect sensitive species.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Fill large-capacity mesh bags or fluidising media reactors and place them in the central filtration sump where the water flow is high.
- Ensure constant water movement through the media bed to maximise copper adsorption rates.
- Monitor copper levels in water regularly and replace or regenerate when exhausted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Commercial Economy:** 4-litre volume offers the lowest cost per litre for large-scale application.
- **Reversible Acid Regeneration:** Can be regenerated multiple times in dilute hydrochloric acid to extend media lifespan, thus making it usable for multiple reuse cycles.
- **Targeted Heavy Metal Removal:** Removes copper(both ionic and chelated copper ions) and other heavy metal toxins such as zinc, nickel, and iron. It works while preserving macro-minerals of aquarium water, thus making it safe for sensitive water species, including invertebrates.
- **Visual Indication:** Colour changes from light amber to dark black as copper saturation reaches maximum capacity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724983-209 (Internal ID: 130729)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116020909
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media > Heavy Metal Removal Resin
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,900 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Marine Systems, Coral Culture & Commercial Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 9,600 Litres (2,400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Cuprisorb 500ml
High-Capacity Heavy Metal & Copper Absorbing Resin for Medium Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-cuprisorb-500ml/
- Price: $64.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724982-203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116020305
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Cuprisorb-500ml-1.jpg
Seachem CupriSorb 500mL (SKU: 724982-203) is a high-capacity synthetic adsorbent designed to scrub heavy metals and copper residues from aquarium water. It is ideal for mid-sized marine displays, commercial maintenance applications, and planted setups plagued by heavy metal leaching from tap water pipes. CupriSorb binds ionic and chelated metals tightly, holding them permanently until acid regeneration.
Using CupriSorb prevents accidental copper poisoning, which can destroy bio-filtration, decimate coral colonies, and kill ornamental shrimp. Its visual colour transition from translucent yellow to dark blue-black allows aquarists to track copper absorption rates in real time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Substrate & Rock Decontamination:** Extracts copper trapped inside porous live rock or gravel substrates.
- **Heavy Contamination Crises:** Rapidly reduces toxic copper spikes resulting from accidental overdose or plumbing accidents.
- Highly recommended to **use after copper-based water treatments** or in cases where copper contamination necessarily needs to be eliminated to protect sensitive aquatic species.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Enclose the media in a fine-mesh media bag and secure it inside a media reactor, canister filter basket, or high-flow sump baffle.
- Replace or regenerate the resin once the entire volume turns dark black-blue.
- Copper levels of tank water should be regularly checked, and CupriSorb should be replaced or regenerated when it gets depleted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Extended Treatment Volume:** 500 mL container treats medium to large systems effectively over extended durations. It effectively removes both ionic and chelated copper along with other toxic metals.
- **Protects Invertebrates:** Removes trace heavy metals that harm coral polyps, crustaceans, and nitrifying bacteria, while protecting delicate water species, including sensitive invertebrates.
- **Visual Saturation Tracking:** Turns dark black upon full saturation with copper and heavy metals.
- **Acid-Regenerable:** Economical resin design allows for repeated reuse after acid washing, allowing the resin to be reused for multiple cycles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724982-203 (Internal ID: 130728)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116020305
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media > Heavy Metal Removal Resin
- **Package Dimensions:** 85 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 145 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 390 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 1,200 Litres (300 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem De*nitrate 100ml
High-porosity natural mineral filter media for biological denitrification of aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-denitrate-100ml/
- Price: $7.45 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724953-135 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116013505
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-De_nitrate-100ml.jpg
Seachem De*nitrate 100mL (SKU: 724953-135) is a high-porosity natural mineral filter media designed to remove nitrate, nitrite, ammonia, and organic contaminants through biological denitrification. Its pore structure supports anaerobic denitrifying bacteria at low flow rates (<200 L/h or 50 GPH).
Seachem de*nitrate is a porous filtration media that efficiently removes nitrates, nitrites, and ammonia by supporting beneficial bacterial growth within its structure. It works best in low-flow environments and treats up to 200 litres per 500 mL, helping maintain healthy water quality in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nitrate Control in Small Tanks:** Ideal for controlling nitrate accumulation in nano aquariums, small canister filters, or internal filter chambers.
- **Biological Filtration Upgrade:** Enhances standard biological media by target-removing nitrate without chemical resins.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Place in a media bag within a filter chamber with controlled low water flow (under 200 L/hr or 50 GPH).
- Rinse under tap water prior to first installation to remove mineral transport dust.
- If flow exceeds 200 L/hr, use Seachem Matrix instead for general bio-filtration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Anaerobic Denitrification Geometry:** Internal pore structures host anaerobic bacteria to break down nitrate (NO₃⁻) into harmless nitrogen gas.
- **Dual-Action Filtration:** Functions as an aerobic bio-media at higher flow and denitrifying media at low flow.
- **Non-Exhausting Media:** Permanent physical bio-structure does not require replacement unless clogged by detritus.
- **Chemical-Free:** Natural porous stone—free from chemical resins or sulphur additives.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724953-135 (Internal ID: 130699)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116013505
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Nitrate Reduction
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 110 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Low-Flow Freshwater & Marine Filters
- **Filtration capacity:** 40 litres per 100 mL at a water flow rate below 200 LPH or 50 GPH
---
#### Seachem De*nitrate 1l
Porous biological filter media for nitrate control in low-flow water aquariums & fish tanks, safe for sensitive freshwater plants, reefs & fish species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-denitrate-1l/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724956-137 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116013703
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-De_nitrate-1l.jpg
Seachem De*nitrate 1L (SKU: 724956-137) is a natural mineral filter media crafted to combat elevated nitrate levels through biological pathways. Featuring a porous surface geometry, it provides optimal surface area for nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria. Placed in slow-flowing filter chambers, it encourages anaerobic microbial activity that converts nitrate into harmless nitrogen gas.
This 1-litre pack offers sufficient volume for standard canister filters, reactors, and internal filtration compartments. It requires no chemical recharging, does not leach absorbed materials, and remains safe for sensitive freshwater plants, reef invertebrates, and delicate fish species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Targeted Nitrate Management:** Ideal for medium freshwater community tanks or marine setups needing steady nitrate control.
- **Low-Flow Filter Installation:** Designed for low-flow canisters, bypass reactors, or internal biological filters.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Enclose media inside a mesh media bag and position in the filter system.
- Keep water flow velocity through the media below 200 L/h (50 US GPH) to retain low-oxygen internal conditions.
- Rinse with freshwater before initial use to clear minor shipping dust.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Porosity Mineral Matrix:** Encourages dense growth of denitrifying anaerobic bacteria.
- **Complete Waste Breakdown:** Supports the full nitrogen cycle, reducing ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
- **Long-Term Utility:** Inorganic mineral matrix does not degrade or require replacement.
- **Zero Chemical Leaching:** Bound compounds remain permanently locked within biological processes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724956-137 (Internal ID: 130707)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116013703
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Nitrate Control
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 200 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 750 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Low-Flow Freshwater & Marine Filtration
- **Filtration Capacity:** Treats up to 400 Litres (100 US gallons) under low-flow conditions (<200 LPH)
---
#### Seachem De*nitrate 250ml
Eliminates nitrates from water with its porous mineral biological filtration media in low-flow filtration aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-denitrate-250ml/
- Price: $5.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724954-136 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116013604
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724954-136-1.png
Seachem De*nitrate 250mL (SKU: 724954-136) provides 250mL of solution engineered to eliminate nitrates from aquarium water. Formulated for low-flow filtration configurations, it cultivates anaerobic bacteria deep within its internal pore matrix.
Seachem de*nitrate 250mL pack is a medium-sized water supplement additive with porous filtration media that efficiently removes nitrates, nitrites, and ammonia by supporting beneficial bacterial growth within its structure. It works best in low-flow environments and treats up to 100 litres per 250 mL, helping maintain healthy water quality in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium System Nitrate Reduction:** Suitable for medium-sized freshwater or marine aquariums experiencing persistent nitrate buildup.
- **Canister & Sump Integration:** Can be housed in slow-flow media reactors, canister media trays, or box filters.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Place in a fine mesh media bag inside your filter system.
- Ensure water flow velocity through the media bed remains under 50 US GPH (200 L/h) to maintain anaerobic conditions.
- Pre-filter water through a mechanical sponge or filter floss to prevent detritus clogging.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Porous Matrix Structure:** High surface area fosters dense colonies of aerobic and anaerobic microorganisms.
- **Natural Nitrate Conversion:** Converts nitrate into nitrogen gas via natural biological pathways.
- **Permanent Bio-Support:** Physical stone substrate does not exhaust or leach back bound compounds.
- **Safe for All Aquatic Life:** Neutral mineral composition won't shift pH or hardness parameters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724954-136 (Internal ID: 130700)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116013604
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Nitrate Reduction
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 200 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Filtration capacity:** 100 litres per 250 mL at low water flow rates below 200 LPH / 50 GPH
---
#### Seachem De*nitrate 2l
Natural mineral filtration media for both aerobic and anaerobic nitrate reduction that operate in low-water-velocity aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-denitrate-2l/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724957-138 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116013802
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-De_nitrate-2l.jpg
Seachem De*nitrate 2L (SKU: 724957-138) provides a high-volume natural porous stone media tailored for medium-to-large aquarium biological filtration systems. Designed to operate in low-water-velocity environments, it supports both aerobic bio-filtration on its outer shell and anaerobic denitrification deep inside its porous structure. This dual-zone bacterial support breaks down ammonia, nitrite, and persistent nitrate into non-toxic gas.
Unlike chemical resins that absorb limited quantities of nitrate before needing regeneration, De*nitrate provides a permanent biological housing unit that does not wear out over time. It is chemically inert, ensuring that water hardness and pH levels remain unchanged during continuous operation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Moderate to High Nitrate Control:** Suitable for medium aquariums experiencing persistent nitrate buildup from high bioloads.
- **Canister & Sump Integration:** Houses effectively in slow-flow media reactors, canister filter trays, or internal filter chambers.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Secure media inside a fine mesh bag prior to placing in filter media chambers.
- Maintain water flow rate through the media under 200 L/h (50 US GPH) to sustain internal anaerobic zones.
- Use mechanical filter floss upstream to protect media pores from organic detritus accumulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Porous Stone Structure:** Fosters beneficial aerobic and anaerobic bacterial colonies.
- **Natural Nitrate Conversion:** Converts nitrate into nitrogen gas via natural biological pathways.
- **Permanent Bio-Support:** Physical stone substrate does not exhaust or leach bound compounds.
- **Aquatic Safe:** Neutral mineral composition won't shift pH or hardness parameters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724957-138 (Internal ID: 130706)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116013802
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Nitrate Reduction
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 240 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,400 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Low-Flow Freshwater & Marine Filters
- **Filtration Capacity:** Treats up to 800 Litres (200 US gallons) at low water flow rates below 200 LPH
---
#### Seachem De*nitrate 500ml
Biological filter media for larger aquariums with low water flow needing nitrate reduction, providing high internal surface area per volume.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-denitrate-500ml/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724955-133 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116013307
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-De_nitrate-500ml.jpg
Seachem De*nitrate 500mL (SKU: 724955-133) is a high-capacity bulk biological filter media designed for larger setups requiring low-flow nitrate reduction. Providing high internal surface area per volume, it maintains long-term biological nitrate control.
Seachem de*nitrate 500mL pack bottle is a bulk size biologiacl water supplement additive intended to be used for large-size aquariums and fish tanks. It is a porous filtration media that efficiently removes nitrates, nitrites, and ammonia by supporting beneficial bacterial growth within its structure. It works best in low water flow environments under 200 LPH or 50 GPH and has the capacity to treat up to 200 litres per 500 mL, and helps in maintaining healthy water quality in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Nitrate Control:** Recommended for large aquariums, heavily stocked community tanks, or reef setups.
- **Dedicated Denitrator Reactors:** Ideal for filling low-flow biological reactors, sumps, or specialised filter chambers.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Package into media bags and insert into your filtration path.
- Maintain a slow flow rate (<200 L/h or 50 GPH) across the media bed to ensure anaerobic core zones function effectively.
- Perform an initial rinse with clean water before introducing it into the system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximised Anaerobic Surface Area:** Deep pore channels allow outer aerobic bacteria to consume oxygen, enabling inner anaerobic bacteria to eliminate nitrate.
- **Biological Nitrogen Cycle Completion:** Converts toxic wastes from ammonia to nitrite to nitrate and finally nitrogen gas.
- **Long-Term Media Stability:** Durable natural stone will not break down over time.
- **Zero Hydrogen Sulphide Risk:** Unlike sulphur-based denitrifying units, it cannot create toxic byproduct gas spikes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724955-133 (Internal ID: 130701)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116013307
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Nitrate Reduction
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 390 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Systems
- **Filtration capacity:** 200 litres per 500 mL at low water flow rates below 200 LPH / 50 GPH
---
#### Seachem Matrix 100l Drum
Industrial Bulk Biological Media for Large Public Aquariums, Huge Aquaculture, Fish Hatcheries, & Commercial Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrix-100l-drum/
- Price: $1,025.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725056-112 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011204
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrix-100l-Drum.jpg
Seachem Matrix 100L (SKU: 725056-112) Drum is a commercial-grade volume of porous mineral biological media designed for public aquariums, aquaculture facilities, fish hatcheries, and commercial display systems. It provides a high surface area to support aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, processing ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate across extensive water volumes.
Packaged in a heavy-duty 100-Litre drum, it offers maximum cost efficiency for high-capacity sumps and filtration towers. Matrix is chemically inert and will not degrade over time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Facilities:** Designed for public aquariums, fish hatcheries, and large commercial filtration systems.
- **High-Volume Sump Systems:** Fills large biological filtration towers and sump chambers.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Pour into commercial media bags or directly into large sump media bays downstream of mechanical pre-filtration.
- Rinse with water prior to installation to remove transport dust.
- Media provides permanent biological filtration without needing replacement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Industrial Bulk Packaging:** 100-litre drum offers maximum volume economy for large installations.
- **High-Porosity Structure:** Supports both aerobic nitrifying and anaerobic denitrifying bacteria.
- **Complete Waste Processing:** Converts ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in high-volume systems.
- **Permanent Mineral Media:** Solid inorganic media will not break down or degrade.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725056-112 (Internal ID: 130773)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116011204
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Filtration
- **Package Dimensions:** 450 mm (L) × 450 mm (W) × 750 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70,000 g (70 kg)
- **Net Volume:** 100,000 mL (100 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Public Aquariums, Aquaculture Facilities & Large Sumps
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 L treats up to 40,000 Litres (10,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrix 1l
High-Efficiency Porous Biological Media To Maintain Water Parameters & Support Beneficial Bacteria In Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrix-1l/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725052-117 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011709
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrix-1l.jpg
Seachem Matrix 1L (SKU: 725052-117) is a porous mineral biological media designed to maintain water parameters in freshwater and marine aquariums. Its porous structure supports beneficial bacteria that break down ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
Providing a high internal surface area per litre, Matrix supports both aerobic and anaerobic bacterial colonies. It is chemically inert and will not alter pH, GH, or KH levels.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Canister Filtration:** Fits standard canister filter trays to maximise biological filtration.
- **System Upgrades:** Replaces standard ceramic rings to expand bio-filtering capacity.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place inside a mesh media bag and insert into filter media trays.
- Position downstream of mechanical filter pads to prevent detritus buildup in pores.
- Rinse gently in used tank water during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Porous Surface Geometry:** Supports aerobic nitrifying and anaerobic denitrifying microbes.
- **Biological Nitrate Reduction:** Reduces nitrate accumulation via natural bacterial action.
- **Chemically Inert:** Will not shift pH, alkalinity, or total mineral levels.
- **Long-Term Value:** Solid stone media does not break down or require replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725052-117 (Internal ID: 130771)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116011709
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Filtration
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 95 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 700 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 L treats up to 400 Litres (100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrix 250ml
High-Porosity Biomedia Providing Aerobic and Anaerobic Filtration For Canister & Power Filters In Freshwater and Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrix-250ml/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725050-116 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011600
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrix-250ml-1.jpg
Seachem Matrix 250ml (SKU: 725050-116) is a high-porosity inorganic solid media designed to provide biological filtration for freshwater and marine aquariums. Its porous stone structure features internal macropores and micropores that support both aerobic nitrifying bacteria and anaerobic denitrifying bacteria.
Seachem Matrix is a high-porosity bio-media that provides extensive surface area for beneficial bacteria, effectively removing ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates in both freshwater and marine aquariums. It requires no replacement, making it a long-lasting and maintenance-free solution for biological filtration. Unlike plastic bio-rings, Matrix provides deep internal surface area where low-oxygen conditions allow anaerobic bacteria to convert nitrate into non-toxic nitrogen gas. It does not degrade over time, offering long-term biological filtration for small canister filters and power filters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Biological Filtration:** Essential for establishing bio-filtration in new or existing aquariums.
- **Nitrate Control:** Houses anaerobic bacteria to reduce nitrate levels naturally.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place media inside a mesh filter bag and position it in canister filters, power filters, or internal filter chambers.
- Pre-filter water through a mechanical sponge or floss to prevent detritus from clogging outer pores.
- Rinse occasionally in aquarium water during maintenance; media does not require replacement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Porosity Stone Structure:** Provides surface area for aerobic and anaerobic bacteria.
- **Complete Nitrogen Cycle Support:** Processes ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate within a single media.
- **Permanent Media Base:** Durable mineral media will not break down or require replacement.
- **Universal Compatibility:** Safe for freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725050-116 (Internal ID: 130767)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116011600
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Filtration
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 180 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 100 litres (25 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrix 2l
High-Volume Porous Biological Filter Media Supporting Both Aerobic Nitrifying Bacteria & Anaerobic Denitrifying Bacteria for Mid-to-Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrix-2l/
- Price: $42.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725053-118 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011808
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrix-2l.jpg
Seachem Matrix 2L (SKU: 725053-118) offers a 2-Litre supply of porous biological filtration media for medium-to-large aquariums and sump systems. Its porous stone structure supports both aerobic nitrifying bacteria and anaerobic denitrifying bacteria, processing ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
The matrix provides high surface area per volume, outperforming plastic bio-rings and ceramic rings. It does not degrade over time, offering permanent bio-filtration for active aquatic environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-to-Large Systems:** Suited for 400 to 800 Litre aquariums needing robust biological filtration.
- **Canister & Sump Integration:** Fills media trays in large canisters or media chambers in sumps.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Enclose media in mesh bags and place in filter compartments after mechanical filtration.
- Rinse occasionally in drained aquarium water to clear accumulated detritus.
- Media remains permanently active and does not require periodic replacement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Extensive Pore Network:** Houses millions of nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria.
- **Denitrification Support:** Converts nitrate to nitrogen gas deep within internal pores.
- **Inert Mineral Composition:** Will not alter pH, hardness, or conductivity.
- **Permanent Utility:** Durable stone structure lasts indefinitely without degrading.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725053-118 (Internal ID: 130770)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116011808
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Filtration
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 125 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,400 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 800 Litres (200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrix 4l
High-Capacity Porous Mineral Biological Media for Sump & Canister Systems Supporting Aerobic & Anaerobic Nitrogen Balancing Process.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrix-4l/
- Price: $74.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725054-119 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011907
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrix-4l.jpg
Seachem Matrix 4L (SKU: 725054-119) provides a 4-Litre container of porous mineral biological media for large aquariums and sump systems. Its porous structure supports both aerobic nitrifying bacteria and anaerobic denitrifying bacteria, processing ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
The matrix offers high surface area per volume, outperforming plastic bio-rings and ceramic media. It is chemically inert and does not degrade over time, providing permanent biological filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Display Aquariums:** Ideal for aquariums 800 to 1,600 litres requiring high-capacity bio-filtration.
- **Sump & Canister Setup:** Fills large canister filter trays or sump media bays.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Secure media inside mesh bags and place in filter compartments after mechanical filtration.
- Rinse occasionally in drained aquarium water to clear accumulated detritus.
- Media provides permanent biological filtration and does not require replacement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Internal Surface Area:** Supports nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria.
- **Biological Nitrate Reduction:** Houses anaerobic bacteria to process nitrate into nitrogen gas.
- **Inert Mineral Composition:** Will not alter pH, hardness, or total alkalinity.
- **Permanent Durability:** Solid stone media does not break down or decay over time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725054-119 (Internal ID: 130776)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116011907
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Filtration
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,800 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 1,600 Litres (400 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrix 500ml
High-Capacity Biological Filter Media Housing Nitrifying & Denitrifying Bacteria For Mid-Sized Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrix-500ml/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725051-113 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116011303
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrix-500ml.jpg
Seachem Matrix 500ml (SKU: 725051-113) provides high-capacity biological filtration for medium-sized freshwater and marine aquariums. Its porous structure offers high surface area per volume, housing nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria to break down ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
Matrix's macroporous internal structure supports anaerobic denitrification deep within the media. It is chemically inert and does not alter water pH or hardness parameters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister & Sump Filtration:** Ideal for filling media trays in canister filters or sump filter chambers.
- **Biological System Upgrades:** Replaces low-surface-area plastic media to improve bio-filtration capacity.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place inside a mesh media bag within your filter system.
- Position after mechanical filtration to keep pores clean and free of detritus.
- Rinse gently in used aquarium water during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Deep Pore Structure:** Supports both aerobic nitrifying and anaerobic denitrifying bacteria.
- **Reduces Nitrate Levels:** Facilitates biological conversion of nitrate to nitrogen gas.
- **Inert Mineral Media:** Will not alter pH, hardness, or alkalinity parameters.
- **Long-Term Durability:** Solid inorganic media does not break down or need replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725051-113 (Internal ID: 130768)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116011303
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Biological Filtration
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 350 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 200 litres (50 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrixcarbon 100ml (bagged)
High-Efficiency Spherical Carbon Media in Mesh Bag To Remove Pollutants, Water Discolouration & Odours From Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrixcarbon-100ml-bagged/
- Price: $11.11 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725044-105 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116010504
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Matrixcarbon-100ml-bagged.jpg
Seachem MatrixCarbon 100ml "Bagged" (SKU: 725044-105) is a spherical activated carbon media engineered to remove organic pollutants, water discolouration, and odour-causing compounds from freshwater and marine aquariums. Its spherical shape allows optimal water flow through the media bed, preventing packing and channelling common in extruded or granular carbons.
Seachem MatrixCarbon is an ultra-high-performance activated carbon designed for superior chemical filtration in both freshwater and marine aquariums. Its unique spherical shape and low ash content allow for efficient water flow and exceptional adsorption of dissolved organics, toxins, medications, and odours.
Unlike many traditional carbon products, MatrixCarbon does not affect pH and does not leach phosphates, making it safe for sensitive species and long-term use. Its high adsorption capacity means it lasts longer than standard activated carbon, helping maintain clear, healthy aquarium water with less frequent replacement.
Formulated with low ash content, MatrixCarbon has minimal impact on water pH, keeping it neutral even in unbuffered systems. Pre-packed in a fine mesh media bag, this 100ml size is ready for placement in power filters, internal filters, or small canister filter compartments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Polishing:** Removes dissolved organic waste, yellow water tint, and foul tank odours.
- **Post-Medication Clean Up:** Extracts residual medications and chemical treatments after fish therapy cycles.
- Suitable for canister filters, sumps, and hang-on-back filters
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place the pre-bagged media directly into a high-flow section of your filter canister or power filter.
- Rinse under tap water prior to installation to remove transport dust.
- Replace media every 2 to 4 months (3 to 4 weeks) or as water clarity declines for optimal performance.
- **Recommended Use:** 250 ml per 400 litres of aquarium water
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spherical Hydrodynamic Shape:** Promotes uniform water flow without packing or channelling. Chemical-based activated Spherical carbon filtration media. Spherical shape promotes optimal water flow and reduces clogging.
- **Low Ash & Low Phosphate Leaching:** Prevents unwanted pH shifts and limits phosphate release. Low ash content for cleaner operation; it is also phosphate-free and pH-neutral
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Mesh filter bag ensures easy handling in small filter chambers. Long-lasting compared to standard activated carbon.
- **High Organic Binding Capacity:** Captures dissolved organic carbons, dyes, and chemical residues. Removes organic waste, toxins, medications, and odours.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725044-105 (Internal ID: 130761)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116010504
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Activated Carbon
- **Package Dimensions:** 115 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 30 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 80 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL (Pre-bagged)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 160 litres (40 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrixcarbon 250ml
Macroporous Spherical Activated Carbon Media for Chemical Filtration, Adsorbs Organic Waste, Tannins, & Chemical Impurities From Aquarium Water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrixcarbon-250ml/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725045-106 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116010603
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Matrixcarbon-250ml.jpg
Seachem MatrixCarbon 250ml (SKU: 725045-106) is a high-grade spherical activated carbon designed to adsorb organic waste, tannins, and chemical impurities from aquarium water. Its macroporous spherical geometry allows water to flow around each bead, maximising surface contact without creating pressure drop or water channelling.
MatrixCarbon features low ash content to prevent pH shifts when added to soft or unbuffered water. It is suitable for both freshwater planted aquariums and marine reef systems, delivering water clarity without leaching phosphates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Chemical Filtration:** Removes dissolved organic waste, wood tannins, and unpleasant aquarium odours.
- **Reef & Planted Care:** Polishes water without affecting trace elements or causing pH fluctuations.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place media into a fine mesh media bag (such as Seachem The Bag) and position in an active filter flow zone.
- Rinse with freshwater before use to clear residual dust.
- Replace media every 2 to 4 months for continuous water clarity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spherical Bead Structure:** Optimises water hydraulics and prevents filter clogging.
- **Minimal pH Impact:** Low ash composition preserves target water pH.
- **Low Phosphate Content:** Limits phosphate release to discourage nuisance algae growth.
- **High Adsorption Capacity:** Binds organic molecules, yellow pigments, and chemical toxins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725045-106 (Internal ID: 130762)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116010603
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Activated Carbon
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 150 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 400 litres (100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrixcarbon 2l
Extended-Volume Spherical Carbon Filter Media With Spherical Shape & Low Ash Content For Large Aquariums, Multi-Tank Sumps & Commercial Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrixcarbon-2l/
- Price: $76.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725048-108 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116010801
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrixcarbon-2l.jpg
Seachem MatrixCarbon 2L (SKU: 725048-108) offers extended chemical filtration capacity for large aquariums, multi-tank sumps, and commercial displays. Its spherical bead design allows water to pass through freely, preventing media packing and ensuring efficient organic adsorption.
Seachem MatrixCarbon is a high-performance activated carbon with a spherical shape and low ash content, offering superior chemical filtration by efficiently removing organic compounds, toxins, and odours in freshwater and marine aquariums. Designed for low ash content and minimal phosphate release, MatrixCarbon maintains water clarity without shifting pH or introducing algae-promoting nutrients. This 2-litre container provides long-term value for dedicated hobbyists and fish room setups. It provides long-lasting filtration without affecting pH, making it a clean, effective, and reliable solution for maintaining water quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large-Scale Filtration:** Ideal for sumps, large canister filters, and multi-tank filtration systems.
- **Organic Load Management:** Captures organic waste, discolouration, and odours in heavily stocked aquariums.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Divide into mesh media bags and place in high-flow filter compartments.
- Rinse with fresh water before installation to clear shipping dust.
- Replace media every 2 to 4 months based on system bioload.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spherical Bead Performance:** Optimises water contact while resisting flow restrictions.
- **Low Ash & Low Phosphate:** Safe for pH-sensitive planted aquariums and marine reef displays.
- **High Capacity Adsorption:** Captures organic pollutants, dyes, and chemical residues.
- **Extended Volume:** 2-litre container covers high-volume filtration needs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725048-108 (Internal ID: 130765)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116010801
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Activated Carbon
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 125 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,050 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums & Sump Filtration Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 3,200 litres (800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrixcarbon 4l
Bulk Spherical Activated Carbon Filter For Safe Use In Sensitive Reef Tanks and Planted Aquascapes of Large Commercial & High-Capacity Sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrixcarbon-4l/
- Price: $148.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725049-109 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116010900
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrixcarbon-4l.jpg
Seachem MatrixCarbon 4L (SKU: 725049-109) is a bulk container of spherical activated carbon engineered for large aquariums, commercial facilities, and high-capacity sumps. Its spherical bead geometry allows water to flow through the media bed without packing or channelling, providing high organic adsorption capacity.
MatrixCarbon features low ash content and minimal phosphate leaching, ensuring safe use in sensitive reef tanks and planted aquascapes. The 4-litre volume offers lower media costs for high-volume users.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Large Display Filtration:** Designed for high-volume sumps, maintenance routes, and commercial facilities.
- **Comprehensive Water Polishing:** Captures organic waste, discolouration, and odours across extensive water volumes.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Fill large mesh media bags and place them in primary sump flow channels or filter media racks.
- Rinse with fresh water prior to installation to remove shipping dust.
- Replace media every 2 to 4 months based on regular visual inspection and water testing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Volume Packaging:** 4-litre container offers economical pricing for large setups.
- **Spherical Hydrodynamic Shape:** Maintains even water distribution without clogging filter flow.
- **Minimal Ash & Phosphate:** Prevents pH shifts and limits phosphate release.
- **High Adsorption Efficiency:** Captures organic pollutants, dyes, and chemical residues.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725049-109 (Internal ID: 130769)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116010900
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Activated Carbon
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,100 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums, Commercial Facilities & High-Capacity Sumps
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 6,400 litres (1,600 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Matrixcarbon 500ml
High-Capacity Spherical Chemical Filter Carbon Providing Long-Lasting Filtration Without Affecting pH; Clean, Effective, & Reliable.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-matrixcarbon-500ml/
- Price: $26.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725046-103 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116010306
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Matrixcarbon-500ml.jpg
Seachem MatrixCarbon 500ml (SKU: 725046-103) provides high-capacity chemical filtration for medium-sized freshwater and marine aquariums. Its unique spherical shape allows water to pass through freely, maximising organic adsorption while preventing media compaction.
Seachem MatrixCarbon is a high-performance activated carbon with a spherical shape and low ash content, offering superior chemical filtration by efficiently removing organic compounds, toxins, and odours in freshwater and marine aquariums. It provides long-lasting filtration without affecting pH, making it a clean, effective, and reliable solution for maintaining water quality. Formulated with low ash and minimal soluble phosphate content, MatrixCarbon will not disrupt pH or promote unwanted algae growth. The 500ml container provides an ideal volume for standard canister filters and sump media trays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Organic Pollution Control:** Removes dissolved organic waste, tannins, and odours in active community tanks.
- **Post-Treatment Filtration:** Removes residual medications following disease treatment.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Fill a mesh media bag and place it in your canister filter tray or sump baffle.
- Rinse under tap water prior to installation to clear shipping dust.
- Replace media every 2 to 4 months based on bioload and water clarity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spherical Bead Geometry:** Maximises water contact without media compaction.
- **Low Ash & Low Phosphate:** Preserves pH stability and minimises phosphate leaching.
- **High Organic Capacity:** Removes yellowing compounds, dissolved proteins, and odours.
- **Mid-Size Supply:** 500ml volume fits standard canister filter trays.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725046-103 (Internal ID: 130763)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116010306
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Activated Carbon
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 800 litres (200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosbond 100ml (bagged)
Phosphate & Silicate Removal Media Comes Pre-Packed In Fine Mesh Filter Bag For Small & Mini Aquarium Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosbond-100ml-bagged/
- Price: $11.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725100-1260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116126007
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Phosbond-100ml-bagged-1.jpg
Seachem PhosBond 100mL "Bagged" (SKU: 725100-1260) provides ready-to-use hybrid phosphate and silicate binding media pre-packaged in a fine mesh filter bag. Specially formatted for plug-and-play convenience, this product allows aquarists to add hybrid GFO and aluminum oxide media directly into nano filter chambers, hang-on-back filters, or internal filters without measuring loose media or purchasing separate bags. The durable media bag allows optimal water contact while keeping the media contained. Safe for all marine fish, SPS/LPS corals, freshwater aquascapes, and dwarf shrimp, it offers a clean, hassle-free solution for tight filter compartments.
PhosBond is ideal for aquariums struggling with elevated nutrient levels, helping maintain clearer water, improved coral and plant health, and a more stable aquatic environment. Its highly porous structure maximises contact area, allowing rapid adsorption of excess phosphate and silicate, two key contributors to nuisance algae growth. Unlike softer media, PhosBond is physically durable, meaning it will not crumble, compact, or release bound nutrients back into the water, even in high-flow filtration systems.
Seachem PhosBond is a high-performance phosphate and silicate removal media designed for both freshwater and marine aquariums. It uniquely combines aluminium oxide and granular ferric oxide (GFO), delivering faster nutrient reduction than standard phosphate removers while maintaining a high, long-lasting binding capacity. By trapping dissolved phosphates and silicates instantly, PhosBond clears brown diatom films and stops hair algae development in small water volumes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Aquariums & All-In-One (AIO) Tanks:** Perfectly sized for rear chamber compartments and nano filter baskets.
- **Plug-and-Play Maintenance:** Pre-bagged format eliminates loose media measuring and bag filling.
- **Small System Algae Control:** Controls localised phosphate spikes in desktop and mini aquariums.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Placement:** Rinse briefly under RO water and place directly into the high-flow channel area of your power filter, nano filter, canister filters, media reactors, trickle filters and sumps
- **Flow Path:** Ensure water passes directly through the mesh bag for maximum surface contact.
- **Replacement:** Test phosphate and silicate levels after 4 days. Swap for a fresh pre-bagged unit every 1 to 2 months or upon target nutrient recovery.
- If levels remain high, replace with fresh media. If reduced, leave in place until levels begin to rise again
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ready-to-Use Mesh Bag:** Pre-packaged in a welded fine-mesh bag for immediate filter installation. It does not leach phosphate or silicate back into the water.
- **Hybrid Media Technology:** Porous granular media combines aluminium oxide and GFO for fast-acting phosphate absorption with longer-lasting performance.
- **Prevents Silicate Diatoms:** Strips silicates to eliminate persistent brown algae on glass and decor. It provides high binding capacity compared to standard phosphate removers.
- **Zero Particle Shedding:** High-integrity beads and durable mesh keep dust out of small display tanks. Provides strong resistance to breakdown in high-water-flow conditions.
- **Recommendation:** Regular use of smaller amounts is more effective than large or intermittent doses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725100-1260
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116126007
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Pre-Bagged Hybrid Phosphate & Silicate Removal Filter Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 100 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Nano Aquariums & Small Filter Compartments
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 80 litres (20 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosbond 1l
High-Capacity Hybrid Phosphate and Silicate Binder for Marine and Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosbond-1l/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725097-1265 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116126502
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosbond-1l-1-2.jpg
The high-porosity spherical substrate is engineered to maximise surface area and hydrodynamic contact while resisting media compaction and channelling. Its durable, porous structure maximises efficiency without breaking down, preventing phosphate leaching and helping to maintain a cleaner, healthier aquarium environment. Unlike standard loose GFO, PhosBond’s structured beads resist crumbling or leaching fine iron dust into the aquarium. Safe for both saltwater reef tanks and delicate planted freshwater setups, it locks in absorbed phosphate and silicate permanently without releasing them back into the water column even when saturated.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Phosphate Sump Systems:** Ideal for large reef sumps, commercial facilities, and high-capacity canister filters.
- **Combatting Nuisance Algae:** Suppresses hair algae, brown diatoms, and cyanobacteria growth by stripping phosphate sources.
- **Protecting Coral Growth:** Maintains near-zero phosphate levels (<0.03 mg/L) required for optimal coral skeletal development.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Placement: Load into a fine mesh filter bag or media reactor positioned in high-flow pathways within the filter or sump.
- Rinsing: Rinse thoroughly with purified or RO/DI water prior to use to remove transport dust.
- Replacement Schedule: Replace media every 1 to 2 months, or when testing indicates phosphate levels begin to rise again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hybrid Binding Matrix:** Blends aluminium oxide and GFO for fast-acting and continuous phosphate binding.
- **Silicate Removal:** Eliminates silica to prevent persistent brown diatom blooms in new or established tanks.
- **High Hydrodynamic Flow:** Spherical beads prevent channel formation and compaction for uniform contact.
- **Irreversible Binding:** Permanently locks in target pollutants without risk of leaching back into system water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725097-1265
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116126502
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hybrid Phosphate & Silicate Removal Filter Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 220 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 880 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 L treats up to 800 Litres (200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosbond 250ml
Compact Hybrid Phosphate and Silicate Removal Filter Media For Small Display tanks, Compact Sumps & Smaller Canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosbond-250ml/
- Price: $24.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725099-1261 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116126106
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosbond-250ml-1.jpg
Seachem PhosBond 250mL (SKU: 725099-1261) offers a targeted hybrid media solution for small display tanks, compact sumps, and smaller canister filters struggling with elevated phosphate and silicate levels. High phosphate levels impair coral calcification rates and promote aggressive hair algae growth across substrate and decorations. PhosBond combines granular ferric oxide and aluminium oxide into unified spherical beads for fast-acting nutrient control.
This compact 250mL quantity is ideal for aquarists managing smaller aquarium volumes or performing localised nutrient reduction. The media maintains uniform fluid contact without clogging or packing down, ensuring full exposure to circulating water. Safe for freshwater fish, live plants, marine corals, and sensitive invertebrates, it locks absorbed compounds permanently away from the water column.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Aquariums & Nano Reefs:** Sized for small canister filters, power filter baskets, and small sumps.
- **Targeted Phosphate Spikes:** Quickly controls nutrient surges following overfeeding or die-offs.
- **Silicate Depletion:** Removes silicate dissolved from raw tap water or low-grade reef salt mixes.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Placement:** Insert into a fine mesh media bag and place directly into an area of high water flow.
- **Pre-Rinse:** Rinse briefly with RO or distilled water to flush fine particles.
- **Service Interval:** Replace every 1 to 2 months depending on biological load and starting phosphate concentration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hybrid Synergy:** Blends GFO speed with aluminium oxide capacity in compact media form.
- **Non-Leaching Performance:** Absorbed pollutants are bound permanently and will not be released.
- **High Water Flow Geometry:** Beaded shape prevents channelling and maximises contact time.
- **Safe for Delicate Organisms:** Neutral reaction that will not destabilise pH or carbonate hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725099-1261
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116126106
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hybrid Phosphate & Silicate Removal Filter Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 230 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 200 litres (50 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosbond 4l
Commercial Bulk Phosphate and Silicate Binding Filter Media For Public Displays, Maintenance Routes, Commercial Hatcheries & Large Reef Sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosbond-4l/
- Price: $183.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725096-1263 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116126304
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725096-1263-1.png
This 4-litre bulk volume delivers maximum cost-efficiency while ensuring sustained nutrient suppression across heavy biomass systems. PhosBond’s bead design allows water to pass through freely without channel formation or pressure drops in large media reactors and commercial filtration sumps. It permanently binds phosphate and silicate, protecting coral growth and preventing destructive algae overgrowth in large systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Public Aquariums:** Bulk treatment for high-volume displays, commercial sumps, and maintenance accounts.
- **Large-Scale Nutrient Management:** Strips bulk phosphate and silicate across thousands of litres of system volume.
- **High-Stocking Density Tanks:** Prevents algae blooms in heavily fed marine fish-only and reef installations.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Placement: Fill commercial media bags or large fluidised media reactors in primary sump circulation loops.
- Rinsing: Flush with RO/DI water prior to installation to clear transit dust.
- Replacement: Monitor effluent water with phosphate test kits and replace when levels rise above target thresholds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Commercial Economy:** Large 4-litre volume offers maximum value for high-capacity applications.
- **Hybrid Binding Formula:** Merges GFO and aluminium oxide for rapid initial pull and long-term holding capacity.
- **Hydrodynamic Bead Geometry:** Prevents compaction and allows high flow throughput in large reactors.
- **Irreversible Absorption:** Bound nutrients remain trapped permanently, preventing secondary leaching.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725096-1263
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116126304
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hybrid Phosphate & Silicate Removal Filter Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 155 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3,500 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums, Commercial Facilities & High-Capacity Sumps
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 3,200 Litres (800 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosbond 500ml
Phosphate & Silicate Removal Media To Strip Dissolved Orthophosphates From Mid-size Freshwater & Saltwater Aquarium Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosbond-500ml/
- Price: $41.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725098-1262 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116126205
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Phosbond-500ml-1.jpg
This filter media is a high-performance phosphate and silicate removal media designed for both freshwater and marine aquariums. It uniquely combines aluminium oxide and granular ferric oxide (GFO) , delivering faster nutrient reduction than standard phosphate removers while maintaining a high, long-lasting binding capacity. Its highly porous structure maximises contact area, allowing rapid adsorption of excess phosphate and silicate, two key contributors to nuisance algae growth. Unlike softer media, PhosBond is physically durable , meaning it will not crumble, compact, or release bound nutrients back into the water, even in high-flow filtration systems.
PhosBond is ideal for aquariums struggling with elevated nutrient levels, helping maintain clearer water, improved coral and plant health, and a more stable aquatic environment. Designed for versatile filtration deployment, PhosBond's spherical geometry allows maximum fluid contact without restricting water movement. The durable matrix resists mechanical breakdown, eliminating the red dust clouding frequently associated with traditional loose GFO media. Safe for corals, sensitive marine invertebrates, and planted aquariums, the 500mL container is the standard size for home display aquariums up to 400 litres.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Home Display Aquariums:** Standard size for canister filters, media reactors, trickle filters and filter sumps.
- **Diatom Control:** Absorbs dissolved silicates to eliminate persistent brown diatom coats on glass and substrate.
- **Reef Tank Maintenance:** Keeps phosphate levels suppressed to encourage vibrant coral tissue growth.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Placement: Place in a mesh bag inside a canister filter, media basket, or fluidised media reactor.
- Preparation: Rinse before use to remove dust; i.e rinse with reverse osmosis water before placement to clear transport dust.
- Monitoring: Check phosphate & silicate levels weekly or every 4 days, and replace media once phosphate levels begin to creep upward.
- If levels remain high, replace with fresh media. If levels are reduced, leave in place until levels begin to rise again
- **Tip:** Consistent use of smaller amounts is more effective than large or intermittent doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Technology:** Phosphate & silicate removal filter media that combines GFO(granular ferric oxide) and aluminium oxide for rapid absorption and high capacity. Its dual-media formulation provides faster and longer-lasting performance.
- **Dust-Free Spherical Structure:** Porous granular media's durable structure resists breakdown and compaction. Thus providing high resistance to breakdown in high-water-flow conditions to keep aquarium water crystal clear.
- **Reef & Plant Safe:** Will not drop pH, drop alkalinity, or release toxic ions into the aquarium. It will never leach phosphate or silicate back into the water.
- **Permanent Removal:** Keeps phosphate and silicate locked in even when filtration stops or flow shifts. It has high binding capacity compared to standard phosphate removers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725098-1262
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116126205
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hybrid Phosphate & Silicate Removal Filter Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 195 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 450 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Display Tanks
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 400 Litres (100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosguard 100ml (bagged)
Pre-Bagged Chemical Filtration Media for Rapid Phosphate & Silicate Removal From Freshwater and Saltwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosguard-100ml-bagged/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724970-185 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116018500
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosguard-100ml-bagged.jpg
Seachem Phosguard 100mL "Bagged" (SKU: 724970-185) is a rapid-acting chemical filtration media engineered to remove dissolved inorganic phosphate and silicate from freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Pre-packaged in a durable mesh filter bag, it provides immediate, hassle-free installation into power filters, internal compartments, or canister filters. Seachem PhosGuard is a filtration media designed to rapidly remove phosphate (PO 4 ³⁻) and silicate (SiO₂) from both freshwater and marine aquariums. It is highly effective at preventing algae growth by reducing excess nutrients and can be used continuously or as needed.
Composed of high-porosity aluminium oxide beads, Phosguard features an optimised spherical shape that maximises water contact while preventing media compaction. By rapidly depleting excess phosphate and silicate, it starves nuisance algae and cyanobacteria, fostering a clean and stable aquatic environment for fish and corals.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae & Diatom Control:** Ideal for combating green water, hair algae, and brown diatom blooms triggered by high phosphate/silicate levels.
- **Reef Tank Care:** Essential for maintaining low phosphate (<0.02 mg/L) required for optimal stony coral growth.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- The pre-bagged unit is ready for immediate deployment; rinse briefly with freshwater to remove minor transport dust.
- Place in an area of high water flow inside power filters, canisters, or sump media chambers.
- **Monitoring:** Test phosphate levels after 4 days; replace media when phosphate levels begin rising again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Convenient Pre-Bagged Format:** Enclosed in a mesh bag for quick placement without measuring or purchasing separate bags.
- **Spherical Hydrodynamic Beads:** Optimised geometry ensures maximum water contact without channelling or packing.
- **Irreversible Binding:** Locks in absorbed phosphate and silicate so they will not leach back into aquarium water.
- **Dual Action:** Simultaneously reduces phosphate (PO4³⁻) and silicate (SiO₂).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724970-185 (Internal ID: 130716)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116018500
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Phosphate & Silicate Control
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 110 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 110 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL (Pre-bagged)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 120 litres (30 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosguard 1l
Bulk Bottle Pack Spherical Chemical Filter Media to Control Toxic Phosphate & Silicate in Medium-to-Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosguard-1l/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724973-187 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116018708
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosguard-1l.jpg
Seachem Phosguard 1L (SKU: 724973-187) is a bulk chemical filter media formulated for medium-to-large aquariums requiring rapid control over phosphate and silicate levels. By binding dissolved inorganic phosphate, it inhibits nuisance algae growth and supports healthy hard coral skeletal development in marine reef tanks.
Manufactured with high-porosity spherical beads, Phosguard allows uniform water movement through the media container. It acts quickly upon installation and binds phosphate tightly, ensuring no chemical leaching occurs once the media reaches its capacity limit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquariums & Reef Sumps:** Designed for large display tanks, heavy bioload aquariums, and sump filter systems.
- **Preventative Algae Management:** Controls phosphate accumulation from fish food, bioload waste, and tap water sources.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Divide media into mesh filter bags and insert into canister trays, sump baffles, or media reactors.
- Monitor phosphate levels routinely using reliable water test kits; swap out media when phosphate levels begin to rise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Phosphate Adsorption:** Efficiently extracts inorganic phosphate (PO₄³⁻) and silicate (SiO₂).
- **Optimised Water Hydraulics:** Spherical beads prevent compaction and localised water bypass.
- **Reef Aquarium Safe:** Chemically stable design ensures zero pH/KH destabilisation.
- **Irreversible Ion Binding:** Holds adsorbed pollutants permanently inside the bead matrix.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724973-187 (Internal ID: 130719)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116018708
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Phosphate & Silicate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 95 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 920 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 L treats up to 1,200 Litres (300 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosguard 250ml
High-Efficiency Spherical Aluminium Oxide Chemical Filter Media for Phosphate and Silicate Reduction From Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosguard-250ml/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724971-186 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116018609
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Phosguard-250ml.jpg
Seachem Phosguard 250mL (SKU: 724971-186) is an aluminum oxide chemical filter media designed to scrub phosphate and silicate from aquarium water. Its spherical bead geometry promotes high hydrodynamic flow, preventing channelling and maximising total contact surface area for efficient ion binding. Its unique pearl shape allows for optimum water flow, ensuring exceptional performance. Each litre of PhosGuard can treat up to 1200 litres of water, making it a cost-effective choice for maintaining water quality. Its distinctive spherical shape helps prevent clogging and channel formation, which in turn enhances flow speed and overall media efficiency.
Excess phosphate and silicate are prime drivers of unwanted algae blooms, diatom coats, and compromised coral calcification. Phosguard rapidly binds these unwanted compounds into an insoluble matrix, preventing their re-release into the water column even after saturation. This product boasts an impressive working capacity, capable of removing between 20-60 mg/L of phosphates from 400 litres of water, while having a similar effect on silicates. You can use PhosGuard continuously or in intervals, and rest assured that it will not release any removed phosphates back into the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Phosphate Maintenance:** Use when water tests indicate elevated phosphate (>0.05 mg/L in reef tanks or >0.2 mg/L in freshwater).
- **Silicate Removal:** Controls brown diatom blooms stemming from tap water silicate content.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Enclose media inside a fine mesh filter bag (such as Seachem The Bag).
- Place in canister filter trays, fluidised media reactors, or sump baffles with active water movement.
- **Replacement Schedule:** Leave in filter until phosphate levels begin to rise, then replace with fresh media (Phosguard is non-regenerable).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Porous Aluminium Oxide Matrix:** Fast-acting chemical binding of inorganic phosphate and silicate ions.
- **Spherical Design:** Smooth beads allow fluid water flow without packing or causing pressure drop.
- **Non-Leaching Chemistry:** Bound contaminants remain permanently locked in the media structure.
- **Algae Control:** Starves hair algae, cyanobacteria, and diatoms by eliminating nutrient sources.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724971-186 (Internal ID: 130717)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116018609
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Phosphate & Silicate Control
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 240 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 mL treats up to 300 litres (75 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosguard 2l
Commercial-Volume Media for Phosphate and Silicate Elimination From Large Display Tanks, Sumps, and High-Bioload Water Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosguard-2l/
- Price: $63.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724974-188 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116018807
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosguard-2l.jpg
Seachem Phosguard 2L (SKU: 724974-188) offers a 2-litre commercial volume of high-capacity phosphate and silicate removal media. Designed for large display tanks, sumps, and high-bioload systems, it reduces phosphate levels, controlling green water, hair algae, and brown diatom outbreaks.
The spherical aluminium oxide matrix ensures water contact and zero channelling. It works continuously until exhausted, providing long-lasting water conditioning for both freshwater and saltwater installations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Volume Filtration:** Ideal for commercial display tanks, coral propagation facilities, and large freshwater systems.
- **Acute Phosphate Remediation:** Rapidly lowers high phosphate spikes caused by overfeeding or source water issues.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place inside mesh media bags within sump chambers, canister media columns, or fluidised reactors.
- Check phosphate concentrations every 3–4 days; replace media once phosphate values show an upward trend.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Hydrodynamic Efficiency:** Smooth spherical beads allow high-flow rates without clogging or clumping.
- **Dual Contaminant Binding:** Simultaneously removes dissolved phosphate and silicate.
- **No Chemical Re-Release:** Bound ions remain locked in media structure even after capacity saturation.
- **Parameter Safe:** Neutral composition will not shift total hardness or pH parameters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724974-188 (Internal ID: 130720)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116018807
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Phosphate & Silicate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 125 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,800 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Systems & Large Sumps
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 2,400 Litres (600 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosguard 4l
Large Bucket of Filtration Media To Clear-Out Harmful Phosphate & Silicate In Large Aquariums, Commercial Facilities, and High-Capacity Sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosguard-4l/
- Price: $134.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724975-189 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116018906
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosguard-4l.jpg
Seachem Phosguard 4L (SKU: 724975-189) is a bulk 4-litre container of spherical chemical filtration media built for large aquariums, commercial facilities, and high-capacity sumps. It rapidly extracts dissolved inorganic phosphate and silicate, preventing nuisance algae proliferation and preserving clear, healthy water.
Formulated for maximum hydrodynamic efficiency, Phosguard's bead structure prevents media compaction and channelling. It locks in absorbed phosphate and silicate permanently, providing water quality management for large planted aquariums, cichlid setups, and coral reef systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Public Aquariums:** Ideal for large display tanks, maintenance routes, and high-volume commercial sumps.
- **Comprehensive Algae Prevention:** Maintains low phosphate levels across extensive water volumes.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Fill mesh media bags or large filter baskets and position in primary water circulation paths within filter sumps.
- Replace media as necessary based on regular phosphate test readings.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Volume Economy:** 4-litre size provides cost-effective treatment for large aquariums.
- **Spherical Hydrodynamic Geometry:** Allows uniform flow distribution without water channelling.
- **Permanent Lock-In:** Irreversibly binds phosphate and silicate to protect water quality.
- **Reef & Plant Safe:** Will not leach toxic ions or alter pH, KH, or GH balances.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724975-189 (Internal ID: 130721)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116018906
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Phosphate & Silicate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3,600 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums, Commercial Facilities & High-Capacity Sumps
- **Treatment Capacity:** 4 L treats up to 4,800 litres (1,200 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosguard 500ml
High-Capacity Porous Spherical Media Filter for Absorbing Toxic Phosphate and Silicate From Freshwater and Marine Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosguard-500ml/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724972-183 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116018302
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosguard-500ml.jpg
Seachem Phosguard 500mL (SKU: 724972-183) provides 500mL of porous spherical media engineered to strip phosphate and silicate from freshwater and marine systems. Ideal for ongoing maintenance or acute algae management, it lowers phosphate concentrations to target levels below 0.02 mg/L.
The unique physical bead design ensures maximum water flow efficiency without compacting under filter pressure. Safe for marine reef aquariums, planted tanks, and community fish systems, Phosguard protects water quality without altering pH or alkalinity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-to-Large Tank Maintenance:** Suitable for 300–600 L aquariums suffering from nuisance algae growth.
- **Reef Tank Water Conditioning:** Keeps phosphate levels extremely low to encourage optimal SPS/LPS coral growth and colouration.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Place media into a mesh bag and position in high water flow filtration channels.
- Rinse briefly under tap water before installation to clear initial dust.
- Replace media when water testing indicates phosphate levels are creeping upward.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Capacity Binding:** Quickly reduces elevated phosphate and silicate concentrations.
- **Channelling Resistant:** Spherical bead shape ensures even water distribution across all media surface area.
- **Safe for Marine Reefs:** Will not drop pH or alkalinity when used as directed.
- **Permanent Retention:** Trapped phosphates will not release back into water even if media remains in filter past saturation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724972-183 (Internal ID: 130718)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116018302
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Phosphate & Silicate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 480 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 600 litres (150 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosnet 125 G
Granular Ferric Oxide Phosphate & Silicate Remover Filter Media for Small-to-Medium Filtration Setups of Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosnet-125-g/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725147-1251 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116125109
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Phosnet-125-G.jpg
Seachem Phosnet 125g (SKU: 725147-1251) is a granular ferric oxide (GFO) filter media designed to remove inorganic phosphate (PO 4 ³⁻) and silicate (SiO₄⁴⁻) from freshwater and marine aquariums. Excess phosphate promotes nuisance algae growth and inhibits coral calcification, while silicates cause unsightly brown diatom blooms. Phosnet binds both contaminants rapidly, locking them permanently within its porous iron oxide structure.
PhosNet is a highly porous granular ferric oxide (GFO) designed for rapid and effective removal of phosphates and silicates from both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Its superior binding capacity allows it to reduce these compounds to very low levels without releasing them back into the water. Compared to other GFO products, PhosNet produces less dust, making it easier and cleaner to use.
PhosNet features a porous, high-surface-area granule design that maximises water contact without restricting flow in filter media bags or reactors. It will not leach bound phosphate or silicate back into the water column, even when fully exhausted. The 125g jar is sized for small-to-medium filtration setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Targeted Phosphate Removal:** Rapidly reduces elevated phosphate levels in reef and freshwater tanks.
- **Eliminating Diatom Outbreaks:** Removes silicate to starve brown diatom algae blooms.
- **Reef Tank Maintenance:** Maintains low phosphate levels to encourage optimal coral growth.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Filter Placement:** Place in a fine mesh media bag inside canister filters, sumps, or fluidised media reactors.
- **Rinsing Instructions:** Rinse lightly with RO/DI water prior to use to remove fine iron dust particles.
- **Exhaustion Tracking:** Monitor phosphate levels weekly; replace media when phosphate levels begin to rise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Capacity GFO Media:** High-grade ferric oxide rapidly binds dissolved phosphate and silicate.
- **Irreversible Binding:** Will not release bound pollutants back into the water when exhausted.
- **Protects Coral Growth:** Prevents phosphate inhibition of coral skeletal calcification.
- **Freshwater & Reef Safe:** Safe for sensitive aquatic plants, invertebrates, and corals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725147-1251
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116125109
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 134.53 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 190 g
- **Net Weight:** 125 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 125 g treats up to 500 Litres (125 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosnet 250 G
High-Capacity GFO Phosphate & Silicate Binder For Coral Reef Health & Vibrant Colouration In Marine & Freshwater Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosnet-250-g/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725148-1252 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116125208
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Phosnet-250-G.jpg
Seachem Phosnet 250g (SKU: 725148-1252) is a high-capacity granular ferric oxide (GFO) media engineered to bind dissolved phosphate (PO 4 ³⁻) and silicate (SiO₄⁴⁻) in marine and freshwater aquariums. In reef aquariums, keeping phosphate below 0.03 mg/L is essential for coral health and vibrant colouration. Phosnet provides fast, reliable phosphate reduction, binding contaminants securely to prevent leaching.
The 250g jar is sized for medium-to-large marine sumps, canister filters, and fluidised reactors. Its porous granular structure allows even water distribution, ensuring maximum contact efficiency without clogging or compacting over time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Aquarium Phosphate Control:** Keeps phosphate levels low to support coral calcification.
- **Freshwater Algae Management:** Lowers excess nutrients to inhibit hair and brush algae growth.
- **Silicate Depletion:** Removes silicates introduced through municipal tap water or low-grade sea salts.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Placement:** Insert inside a media bag placed in high-flow filter chambers or fluidised GFO reactors.
- **Preparation:** Rinse with purified water until runoff is clear before introducing into the filtration system.
- **Replacement Schedule:** Replace media every 1–3 months depending on initial phosphate concentration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Surface Area Granules:** Maximises water-media contact for fast phosphate reduction.
- **Permanent Contaminant Lock:** Retains absorbed phosphate and silicate without risk of re-release.
- **Suppresses Diatoms & Algae:** Deprives nuisance algae of essential nutrients.
- **Versatile Compatibility:** Functions effectively in media bags, canister filters, and fluidised reactors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725148-1252
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116125208
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 83.82 mm (L) × 83.82 mm (W) × 176.44 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 340 g
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 250 g treats up to 1,000 Litres (250 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosnet 500 G
High-Capacity Granular Ferric Oxide Phosphate Media To Remove Inorganic Phosphate & Silicate from Marine & Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosnet-500-g/
- Price: $116.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725149-1255 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012553
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Phosnet-500-G.jpg
Seachem Phosnet 500g (SKU: 725149-1255) is a high-capacity granular ferric oxide (GFO) filter media designed to remove inorganic phosphate and silicate from marine and freshwater aquariums. High phosphate levels inhibit coral skeleton calcification in reef tanks and cause severe hair algae outbreaks in freshwater displays. Phosnet binds these dissolved nutrients, locking them securely within its porous iron oxide matrix.
The 500g container provides high-capacity media for large aquariums, commercial displays, or multi-tank installations. Used inside filter media bags or fluidised GFO reactors, Phosnet delivers fast, reliable nutrient removal to keep water clear and healthy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Nutrient Management:** Lowers high phosphate levels in large marine reef and freshwater setups.
- **Fluidised Reactor Use:** Ideal granular consistency for fluidised GFO media reactors.
- **Silicate Depletion:** Removes silicate to resolve persistent brown diatom algae blooms.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Placement:** Place inside a media bag or fluidised GFO reactor located in a high-flow filter compartment or sump.
- **Rinsing Instructions:** Rinse with purified water until runoff is clear before installing in the filter system.
- **Exhaustion Tracking:** Monitor phosphate levels weekly with a test kit; replace media when levels begin to rise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Binding Surface Area:** Porous GFO granules deliver fast, efficient phosphate adsorption.
- **Permanent Lock-In:** Will not leach bound phosphate or silicate back into water when exhausted.
- **Protects Coral Health:** Maintains low phosphate levels to encourage optimal coral growth.
- **High-Value 500g Tub:** Sized for large display aquariums and fluidised reactor setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725149-1255
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012553
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 580 g
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 g treats up to 2,000 Litres (500 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Phosnet 50g Bagged
Pre-Bagged GFO Phosphate & Silicate Remover Used With Small Filters, Nano Sumps, Etc. In Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-phosnet-50g-bagged/
- Price: $21.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725146-1250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116125000
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Phosnet-50g-Bagged.jpg
Seachem Phosnet 50g Bagged (SKU: 725146-1250) is a convenient, pre-bagged granular ferric oxide (GFO) media designed to remove inorganic phosphate and silicate from freshwater and marine aquariums. Enclosed in a media bag, this 50g unit allows quick placement directly into small filters, nano sumps, or internal filtration compartments without requiring extra media bags.
Phosnet binds dissolved phosphate and silicate rapidly, locking them permanently within its porous iron oxide matrix. This prevents nutrient accumulation that drives nuisance algae growth and brown diatom blooms while keeping water parameters safe for corals.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Tank Phosphate Control:** Sized for small aquariums up to 200 litres needing targeted phosphate control.
- **Quick Filter Placement:** Pre-bagged format allows fast placement into filter chambers.
- **Diatom Bloom Prevention:** Removes silicates to starve brown diatom algae growth.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Placement:** Insert the pre-bagged media directly into a high-flow area inside a canister filter, power filter, or sump.
- **Rinsing Instructions:** Rinse briefly with purified water before installation to flush fine iron dust particles.
- **Replacement Timing:** Replace when phosphate levels begin to rise, typically every 1–2 months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Comes enclosed in a fine mesh filter bag ready for immediate placement.
- **High-Capacity GFO Media:** Binds dissolved phosphate and silicate rapidly.
- **Irreversible Binding:** Retains absorbed contaminants without risk of re-releasing them into the water.
- **Freshwater & Reef Safe:** Completely safe for aquatic plants, corals, and invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725146-1250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116125000
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate Removal
- **Package Dimensions:** 80 mm (L) × 30 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Nano Marine Reef & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 g treats up to 200 Litres (50 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Pristine 2l
Organic Waste Digestion & Sludge Removal Bacteria in freshwater and marine aquariums by Natural Bio-Augmentation Process.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-pristine-2l/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724914-1247 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012478
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pristine-2l.jpg
Seachem Pristine 2L (SKU: 724914-1247) is an advanced bacterial supplement formulated to reduce organic waste, sludge, and detritus in freshwater and marine aquariums. Utilising natural bio-augmentation, Pristine introduces specialised bacterial strains that digest uneaten food, fish waste, detritus, and decaying plant material, improving water clarity and reducing maintenance efforts.
Seachem Pristine is a natural water clarifier that uses beneficial bacteria to break down organic waste, improving water clarity and reducing sludge in both freshwater and marine aquariums. Unlike traditional nitrifying bacteria that focus primarily on nitrogen conversion, the bacteria in Pristine target complex organic proteins, fats, and carbohydrates. This action clears display water, eliminates foul odours, and prevents excess nutrient buildup that fuels nuisance algae. It also helps manage ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate levels, promoting a cleaner and healthier environment for aquatic life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sludge & Detritus Build-up:** Clears accumulated organic waste from substrate and rockwork.
- **Cloudy Water & Odours:** Eliminates organic haze and foul tank odours naturally.
- **Heavily Stocked Aquariums:** Prevents waste accumulation in high bio-load environments.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Initial / Problem Dose:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) of tank water.
- **Maintenance Dose:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) bi-weekly or after water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bio-Augmentation Formula:** Digests organic detritus, fats, proteins, and hydrocarbons.
- **Enhances Water Clarity:** Polishes water by removing microscopic suspended organic matter.
- **Reduces Sludge Accumulation:** Keeps substrate and bio-media free of organic clogging.
- **100% Safe:** Completely harmless to all fish, corals, invertebrates, and plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724914-1247
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116012478
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Waste Management
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,100 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Purigen 100ml (bagged)
Regenerable Synthetic Organic Adsorbent in Filter Bag That Removes Soluble & Insoluble Impurities From Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-purigen-100ml-bagged/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724962-165 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116016506
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Purigen-100ml-bagged.jpg
Seachem Purigen 100mL "Bagged" (SKU: 724962-165) is a premium macro-porous synthetic polymer adsorbent designed to remove soluble and insoluble impurities from aquarium water. Unlike traditional filter media or carbon, it is not a mixture of ion exchangers or adsorbents; Purigen targets nitrogenous organic waste. It removes soluble and insoluble impurities from water at a rate and capacity that exceed all others by over 500%.—including proteins, amino acids, and dissolved organic compounds—before nitrifying bacteria convert them into toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
Purigen controls ammonia, nitrites and nitrates by removing nitrogenous organic waste that would otherwise release these harmful compounds. Purigen’s impact on trace elements is minimal. It significantly raises redox. It polishes water to unparalleled clarity. Purigen darkens progressively as it exhausts and is easily renewed by treating it with bleach. Purigen is designed for both marine and freshwater use.
This 100mL size comes pre-packed in a fine, durable mesh bag, ready to insert into canister filters, hang-on-back filters, or internal media chambers. As it adsorbs organic waste, Purigen turns from light blonde to dark brown/black, indicating when it needs regeneration. It can be easily regenerated using a dilute household bleach wash, restoring its original adsorption capacity for repeated use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Polishing & Clarity:** Eliminates yellow water discolouration and organic turbidity, delivering clear water.
- **Nitrate & Ammonia Control:** Traps organic waste early, preventing nitrate buildup.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Rinse before use. Each 1L treats up to 4000L/1000 gallons for up to six months. Use in a fine mesh filter bag. Place the pre-bagged media directly into a high-flow section of your canister filter, HOB filter, or media reactor. Exhaustion is indicated by a pronounced discolouration of the beads to dark brown or black.
- Regenerate the media when it darkens significantly by soaking in a 1:1 household bleach solution according to instructions.
- Regeneration Process: Soak in a 1:1 (bleach: water) solution for 24 hours in a non-metallic container in a well-ventilated area and away from children. Rinse well, then soak for 8 hours with a solution containing 2 tablespoons of ChlorGuard, Prime, or equivalent dechlorinator per cup of water. Rinse well. Original colour and full activity should now be restored, and Purigen is ready for reuse.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Superior Organic Absorption:** Binds organic waste up to 500% more effectively than activated carbon.
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Fine mesh bag ensures small resin beads stay securely contained.
- **Regenerable Resin Design:** Reusable multiple times after bleach washing, offering long-term value.
- **Does Not Deplete Minerals:** Removes waste without stripping beneficial trace elements or altering pH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724962-165 (Internal ID: 130742)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116016506
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media > Synthetic Organic Adsorbent
- **Package Dimensions:** 115 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 30 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 90 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 mL treats up to 400 Litres (100 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Purigen 1l
Bulk synthetic polymer resin bottle for superior organic waste filtration in large display aquariums & commercial fish facilities.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-purigen-1l/
- Price: $105.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724965-167 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116016704
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Purigen-1l.jpg
Seachem Purigen 1L (SKU: 724965-167) is a large-format bottle pack of synthetic adsorbent resin designed for high-volume filtration systems, large display aquariums, and commercial fish facilities. Utilising a proprietary spherical resin matrix, it scavenges nitrogenous organic compounds, tannins, and dissolved organics, preventing pollutant accumulation and water discolouration.
Purigen's selectivity allows it to bind organic waste without absorbing crucial trace elements, buffering salts, or plant nutrients. The resin beads change colour as they saturate, providing clear visual feedback. Once saturated, the media can be regenerated repeatedly via a simple bleach soak, delivering long-term value for large aquatic setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Systems:** Ideal for large display tanks, sumps, planted aquascapes, and commercial fish units.
- **Nitrate Control via Organic Elimination:** Prevents nitrate buildup by trapping organic waste before breakdown occurs.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Divide into fine mesh bags (e.g., Seachem The Bag) and distribute across sump chambers or large canister media trays.
- **Regeneration Protocol:** Regenerate saturated brown beads by soaking in a 50/50 bleach-water solution for 24 hours, followed by thorough rinsing and dechlorination with Seachem Prime.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exceptional Organic Capacity:** Removes dissolved proteins, nitrogenous waste, and organic dyes efficiently.
- **Trace-Element Neutral:** Will not strip essential trace minerals, iron, or plant fertilisers.
- **Rechargeable Chemistry:** Easily regenerated with household bleach, eliminating frequent media replacement costs.
- **Visual Saturation Cue:** Gradual colour shift from beige to brown indicates the exact time to regenerate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724965-167 (Internal ID: 130711)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116016704
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Synthetic Organic Adsorbent
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 95 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 850 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Systems
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1 L treats up to 4,000 Litres (1,000 US gallons) for up to 6 months
---
#### Seachem Purigen 2l
Commercial-grade synthetic polymer resin media for removing organic & nitrogenous waste in large aquariums and reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-purigen-2l/
- Price: $229.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724966-168 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116016803
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Purigen-2l.jpg
Seachem Purigen 2L (SKU: 724966-168) offers a commercial volume of high-efficiency synthetic polymer media for large-scale freshwater and saltwater filtration. Engineered to control organic loads, it traps dissolved nitrogenous waste before it decays into ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate, ensuring minimal biological stress on livestock.
This 2-litre package is ideal for sumps, large canister filters, and commercial filtration towers. It delivers water polish while eliminating water-staining tannins and dissolved organic carbons. Fully regenerable with household bleach, it ensures sustained high-performance organic filtration over years of use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Facilities & Large Reefs:** Perfect for maintenance providers, public aquariums, fish hatcheries, and large reef systems.
- **Heavy Bioload Filtration:** Prevents water quality degradation in tanks with heavy feeding regimens.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Pack into fine mesh bags and position in areas with direct water flow within filter sumps or reactors.
- **Regeneration Process:** Soak in a 1:1 bleach solution for 24 hours when beads turn dark brown. Rinse completely and neutralise with Seachem Prime before returning to filtration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Organic Removal:** Synthetic resin traps dissolved organics before biological breakdown.
- **Maintains Mineral Balance:** Safe for planted tanks and reef aquariums; does not remove trace elements or buffering minerals.
- **Multiple Regeneration Cycles:** Can be regenerated repeatedly without loss of adsorption capacity.
- **High Hydrodynamic Flow:** Spherical bead shape prevents packing and channelling within filter media beds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724966-168 (Internal ID: 130712)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116016803
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Synthetic Organic Adsorbent
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 125 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,650 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Aquariums & High-Capacity Sumps
- **Treatment Capacity:** 2 L treats up to 8,000 litres (2,000 US gallons)
---
#### Seachem Purigen 500ml
Organic waste filter with high-capacity macro-porous polymer adsorbent and water-clarifying resins for freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-purigen-500ml/
- Price: $51.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724964-163 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116016308
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Purigen-500ml.jpg
Seachem Purigen 500mL (SKU: 724964-163) is an advanced macro-porous polymer filter resin designed to control organic waste loading in freshwater and marine aquariums. By targeting dissolved proteins, amino acids, and organic dyes, Purigen intercepts organic waste prior to biological breakdown into ammonia and nitrate, maintaining pristine water conditions.
Seachem Purigen is a high-capacity synthetic filtration resin that removes organic waste from aquarium water, preventing ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate buildup while improving water clarity. It is reusable, with a dosage of 250 mL for every 1,000 litres of water, and can be regenerated using a bleach solution when saturated.
Featuring a vast surface area that far exceeds traditional activated carbon, Purigen provides polish and clarity to aquarium water. It does not strip essential trace minerals, plant fertilisers, or trace elements, making it ideal for planted aquascapes and coral reef tanks. Its regenerable design allows multiple reuses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High Bioload & Reef Filtration:** Excellent for reef aquariums, marine fish-only systems, and high-density cichlid aquariums.
- **Water Polishing:** Eliminates fine organic haze and wood tannins to produce crystal-clear water.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Secure media inside a fine-weave filter media bag and place in an area of active water flow.
- **Regeneration:** When media turns dark brown, soak in a 1:1 bleach solution for 24 hours, rinse thoroughly, and neutralise with a heavy dose of Seachem Prime before returning to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macro-Porous Synthetic Beads:** Engineered pore size maximises surface area for organic waste trapping.
- **Minimal Mineral Impact:** Does not adsorb trace elements, calcium, magnesium, or plant fertilisers.
- **Colour Change Indicator:** Shifts from cream to dark brown as organic absorption capacity fills.
- **Bleach Regenerable:** Can be restored to original capacity up to 10+ times.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724964-163 (Internal ID: 130710)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116016308
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filter Media / Synthetic Organic Adsorbent
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 450 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats up to 2,000 litres (500 US gallons) for up to 6 months
---
#### Seachem Stability 2l
Supplement blend of aerobic, anaerobic, & facultative bacteria for biological filtration in freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-stability-2l/
- Price: $104.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724951-128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116012805
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Stability-2l.jpg
Seachem Stability 2L (SKU: 724951-128) is a concentrated liquid bacterial supplement formulated to establish biological filtration rapidly in freshwater and marine aquariums. Containing a blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria, it breaks down organic waste, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate to eliminate "New Tank Syndrome".
Preventing harmful ammonia and nitrite buildup, it introduces beneficial bacteria that support the nitrogen cycle, ensuring a stable, safe environment for fish, and can be used during tank setup, water changes, or when adding new fish to promote long-term water quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Use when cycling a new aquarium to establish a functional biofilter quickly.
- **Adding New Fish / Water Changes:** Add during livestock additions, filter media replacements, or disease treatments to prevent toxic ammonia spikes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- Shake bottle thoroughly before dosing.
- **Day 1 (New System):** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) of tank water.
- **Days 2 through 7:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
- Turn off UV sterilisers and ozone units for the initial 7 days of treatment.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Non-Sulfur Fixing Bacteria:** Bacterial strains will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide gas under low-oxygen conditions.
- **Comprehensive Strains:** Blends aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria to operate in diverse filtration zones.
- **Overuse Safe:** Completely harmless to all aquatic plants, fish, and invertebrates—no risk of over-dosing.
- **Extended Shelf-Life:** Bacteria remain dormant in solution with a 4-year shelf life without refrigeration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724951-128 (Internal ID: 130698)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116012805
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Water Conditioners & Supplements / Biological Bacteria
- **Package Dimensions:** 249 mm (L) × 117 mm (W) × 117 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,150 g (2.15 kg)
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres / 67.6 fl oz)
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem The Bag (13 X 25cm)
Micro-Mesh Filter Bag for Fine Resins & Purigen.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724916-3100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116310000
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-The-Bag-13-X-25cm-1.jpg
Seachem The Bag "13 x 25 cm" (SKU: 724916-3100) is an ultra-fine 180-micron mesh filter bag specifically engineered to hold fine chemical filtration resins, including Seachem Purigen, HyperSorb, and CupriSorb. Featuring welded seams rather than stitched thread, it eliminates seam gaps through which small resin beads can leak into the aquarium.
Seachem The Bag is a durable, fine mesh (180 microns) media bag designed to securely hold various filtration media such as resins, carbon, and bio-media while allowing optimal water flow in both freshwater and marine aquariums. It features a resealable zipper closure, making it reusable and ideal for use in different filtration systems like canister filters, sumps, and hang-on-back filters.
Equipped with a durable, bleach-resistant locking closure, The Bag withstands aggressive chemical regeneration processes (such as soaking in chlorine bleach solutions during Purigen regeneration) without structural degradation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fine Resin Containment:** Essential for housing micro-bead media like Seachem Purigen.
- **Purigen Regeneration:** Safe for use during bleach regeneration baths.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Fill with fine media resin and secure the resealable closure strip.
- Place in high-flow filter areas such as canister trays, power filters, or sump baffles.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Fine 180-Micron Mesh:** Keeps tiny resin beads completely contained.
- **Ultrasonically Welded Seams:** Prevents media leakage along edge seams.
- **Bleach & Acid Resistant:** Withstands harsh chemicals during media regeneration.
- **Convenient Locking Mechanism:** Resealable closure enables fast media loading and emptying.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724916-3100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116310000
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Bags & Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 15 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 40 g
- **Bag Dimensions:** 13 cm × 25 cm (5 Inches × 10 Inches)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Zip Bag - Large (19" X 17")
Heavy-Duty Corrosion-Proof Zippered Mesh Filter Media Holding Large-Volume Filtration Media in sumps, Pond Filters & High-Flow chambers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-zip-bag-large-19-x-17/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724919-1505 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116015059
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724919-1505-1.png
The Seachem Zip Bag - Large [19" X 17"] (SKU: 724919-1505) is a heavy-duty mesh filter media bag designed to hold large volumes of chemical or biological filtration media in sumps, pond filters, and high-flow filtration chambers. Featuring a non-corrosive plastic zipper closure, it securely contains media while eliminating the hassle of rusted metal zips or tied knots.
Seachem Zip Bag - Large (19" x 17" / 48 cm x 43 cm) holds up to 4 litres of filtration media and features a corrosion-resistant zipper for secure use. Its fine mesh construction ensures efficient water flow while containing small media types, making it ideal for larger tanks and high-volume filtration setups. Its durable mesh weave allows maximum water penetration across media beds like Matrix, Pond Matrix, or large-grain carbon without releasing media particles into the water column.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bulk Filter Media Containment:** Holds large volumes of Matrix, Pond Matrix, or MatrixCarbon.
- **Sump & Pond Filtration:** Ideal for commercial sumps, large canister filters, and pond spillways.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Fill with target media and close the plastic zipper completely.
- Place directly in high-flow filter chambers, ensuring water passes through the bag.
- Rinse media while inside the bag during routine filter maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Corrosion-Proof Plastic Zipper:** Safe for freshwater, marine, and pond environments.
- **Durable Mesh Weave:** Delivers high flow-through while containing media securely.
- **Generous 19" x 17" Size:** Accommodates up to several litres of bulk filtration media.
- **Long-Lasting Synthetic Fabric:** Resists rot, chemical breakdown, and physical wear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724919-1505
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116015059
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Bags & Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 20 mm (W) × 300 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Bag Dimensions:** 48 cm × 43 cm (19 Inches × 17 Inches)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Marine Aquariums & Ponds
---
#### Seachem Zip Bag - Small (12.5" X 5.5")
Narrow Mesh Media Bag for Nano Sumps, Canister & Hang-On-Back Filters In Both Freshwater & Saltwater Aquarium Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-zip-bag-small-12-5-x-5-5/
- Price: $6.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724917-1522 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116015226
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Zip-Bag-Small-12.5_-X-5.5_.jpg
The Seachem Zip Bag - Small [12.5" X 5.5"] (SKU: 724917-1522) is a durable, narrow mesh filter bag engineered for compact canister filter trays, hang-on-back filters, and nano sumps. Featuring an all-plastic zipper closure, it ensures media remains safely enclosed without leaching corrosion products into aquarium water.
The Seachem Zip Bag - Small is a durable, reusable mesh bag designed to hold up to 1 litre of filtration media, with a corrosion-resistant zipper for secure use. Its fine mesh construction is ideal for containing small media types like Seachem Purigen, ensuring efficient water flow and long-term reliability in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Its narrow design allows it to fit into tight filter compartments, making it easy to deploy chemical media like carbon or resin treatments without restricting water flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Compact Filter Systems:** Fits small canister trays, nano sumps, and HOB filters.
- **Targeted Chemical Media:** Ideal for housing smaller quantities of specialised media.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Fill with appropriate filter media and pull the zipper fully shut.
- Insert into filter channel, ensuring full water contact.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Non-Corrosive Zipper:** Durable plastic zip safe for marine and freshwater aquariums.
- **Narrow Profile Design:** Easily slides into slim filter baskets and media slots.
- **Resilient Synthetic Fabric:** Resists chemical degradation from resins and carbons.
- **Reusable Structure:** Rinses clean easily during filter overhauls.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724917-1522
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116015226
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Bags & Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 140 mm (L) × 15 mm (W) × 220 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 35 g
- **Bag Dimensions:** 32 cm × 14 cm (12.5 Inches × 5.5 Inches)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Seachem — Testing
#### Seachem Alerts Combo Pack (1 Year)
Extended-Life Continuous Ammonia and pH Monitor Kit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/seachem-alerts-combo-pack-1-year/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725034-13 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116000130
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Alerts-Combo-Pack-1-Year.jpg
Seachem Alerts Combo Pack "1 Year" (SKU: 725034-13) provides a full 12-month supply of continuous water monitoring sensors for freshwater and marine aquariums. Featuring Seachem’s colourimetric technology, the pack includes long-lasting sensor units that track critical water parameter changes in real time. Placed inside the tank, these sensors provide visual colour readings that notify aquarists of parameter changes before livestock is impacted.
The included Ammonia Alert sensor measures toxic free ammonia down to 0.05 mg/L without interference from ammonium ions or water conditioners. The pH Alert sensor monitors pH levels continuously across the 5.4 to 8.6 range, utilising a reversible indicator matrix that responds dynamically to water shifts. This 1-year combo pack ensures long-term parameter monitoring while reducing routine testing costs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Long-Term System Monitoring:** Provides year-round visual oversight for high-value reef aquariums, discus tanks, and community aquascapes.
- **Quarantine & Holding Tanks:** Protects temporary holding setups and quarantine aquariums against sudden toxic waste spikes.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Mount the alert cards to the interior glass using the provided suction cups in a location visible during daily feedings.
- Ensure water flows freely around the sensor surface for accurate, real-time colour indications.
- Swap out sensors after 12 months of continuous submerged use to ensure reliable colour accuracy.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Year-Round Monitoring Kit:** Includes extended-life sensors for 12 months of continuous pH and ammonia tracking.
- **Interference-Free Ammonia Sensor:** Detects harmful free ammonia without false positives from amine-based water conditioners.
- **Reversible Sensor Matrix:** Colour changes revert smoothly as water conditions stabilise.
- **Zero Maintenance Required:** No battery replacements, probe calibrations, or chemical refills needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725034-13 (Internal ID: 130750)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116000130
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Testing & Monitoring / Continuous Colourimetric Sensors
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Included Sensors:** Long-Life Ammonia Alert & pH Alert System
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Systems
- **Sensor Lifespan:** Up to 12 Months of Continuous Operation
---
#### Seachem Alerts Combo Pack (6 Month)
Continuous Ammonia and pH Monitoring System for Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/seachem-alerts-combo-pack-6-month/
- Price: $14.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725033-12 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116001205
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Alerts-Combo-Pack-6-Month-1.jpg
The Seachem Alerts Combo Pack "6-Month" (SKU: 725033-12) combines two of Seachem's innovative continuous-monitoring sensors—Ammonia Alert and pH Alert—into a single maintenance kit; its "Warning Bands" measure ammonia and pH in aquariums. Engineered for freshwater and marine aquariums, these colourimetric sensor cards remain submerged in the water column to provide constant, real-time visual readings without requiring test tubes, chemical reagents, or periodic liquid testing kits.
By using proprietary sensor technology, the Ammonia Alert sensor detects toxic free ammonia gas rather than harmless ionised ammonium, helping aquarists prevent unexpected livestock losses. Meanwhile, the pH Alert sensor continuously tracks shifts in pH between 5.4 and 8.6, changing colour dynamically as parameters fluctuate. Compact and unobtrusive, both sensors offer continuous monitoring for up to 6 months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Essential for tracking bio-filter establishment during cycling without taking daily manual liquid test samples.
- **Continuous System Safeguard:** Ideal for monitoring sensitive breeding tanks, planted aquascapes, and marine reef displays vulnerable to sudden parameter shifts.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Suction-cup both sensor units directly to the inside glass wall of the aquarium in an area of clear visibility and moderate water circulation.
- Avoid placing sensors near bright light fixtures, air diffusers, or chemical filter media discharges to ensure accurate readings.
- Colour sensors adjust within 15–30 minutes of installation; replace units every 6 months to maintain visual accuracy.
**Maintenance of the Seachem Alert Combo™ 6 Month**
If there is lichen, simply wipe it with a clean, soft material. Avoid touching the sensor with your fingers, as skin oil can damage the sensor. Do not use bleach, soap, detergent, or hard objects to clean the sensor. For maximum accuracy, readings should be taken under natural light or white light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Parameter Continuous Tracking:** Provides constant visual monitoring of both pH levels and free toxic ammonia gas.
- **Free Ammonia Detection:** Selectively measures toxic gas (NH₃) rather than non-toxic ammonium (NH₄⁺), preventing false alarms.
- **No Test Strips or Reagents:** Eliminates the need for manual liquid sampling, test tubes, and colour charts.
- **Compact Glass Mounts:** Unobtrusive design attaches cleanly to interior aquarium glass via durable suction cups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725033-12 (Internal ID: 130749)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116001205
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Testing & Monitoring / Continuous Colourimetric Sensors
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 20 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Included Sensors:** 1x Ammonia Alert & 1x pH Alert
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Sensor Lifespan:** 6 Months of Continuous Operation
---
#### Seachem Ammonia Alert (1 Year)
Continuous Colourimetric Free Ammonia Monitor To Track Toxic Free-Ammonia(NH₃) Levels In Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725032-10 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116001007
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Ammonia-Alert-1-Year.jpg
Seachem Ammonia Alert (SKU: 725032-10) is a continuous colourimetric monitor designed to track toxic free ammonia (NH₃) levels in freshwater and marine aquariums. Conventional liquid test kits require manual water sampling and can give false positives by measuring harmless ammonium (NH₄⁺). Ammonia Alert uses a specialised sensor membrane that reacts exclusively to toxic free ammonia gas, changing colour continuously to reflect real-time water conditions.
The Seachem Ammonia Alert provides continuous, real-time monitoring of toxic ammonia levels in aquariums, with a colour-changing sensor to easily indicate safe or dangerous concentrations. It is low-maintenance, lasts up to a year, and offers an efficient alternative to traditional testing methods, making it essential for maintaining healthy water conditions. Designed to be placed inside the aquarium, Ammonia Alert provides continuous monitoring for up to one year. Its colour-coded display shifts from yellow ("Safe") to green ("Alert"), blue ("Alarm"), and dark purple ("Panic") as free ammonia levels rise, alerting aquarists to dangerous water conditions before fish show signs of distress.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Continuous Water Monitoring:** Provides round-the-clock visual monitoring of free ammonia in established tanks.
- **New Tank Cycling:** Visually tracks free ammonia during biological filter maturation.
- **Quarantine & Hospital Tanks:** Monitors water quality in unfiltered treatment or quarantine containers.
**Placement & Interpretation Guide**
- **Placement:** Suction-cup the card inside the aquarium in a clean, easily visible area with moderate water circulation.
- **Colour Reading:** Match the sensor disc colour to the surrounding colour wheel: Yellow = Safe (<0.02 mg/L), Green = Alert (0.05 mg/L), Blue = Alarm (0.2 mg/L), Purple = Panic (0.5 mg/L).
- **Response Time:** Sensor responds to ammonia shifts within 15 minutes, reaching full colour stability in 2–4 hours.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Continuous Real-Time Monitoring:** Provides continuous, 24/7 visual tracking of free ammonia for up to 1 full year.
- **Measures Toxic Free Ammonia Only:** Responds exclusively to toxic NH₃ gas without false positives from ammonium.
- **Clear Colourimetric Display:** Easy-to-read colour wheel indicates safe, alert, alarm, and panic conditions clearly.
- **Compact & Submersible:** Small card profile adheres neatly to inner glass using the included suction cup.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725032-10
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116001007
- **Product Type:** Testing > Continuous Monitors
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 10 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 40 g
- **Lifespan:** Up to 1 year of continuous operation
- **Sensitivity Range:** Detects free ammonia from 0.02 mg/L to 0.5 mg/L
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Multitest: Ammonia 75 Tests
Professional-Grade Total & Free Ammonia Test Kit For 75 Individual Tests.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests/
- Price: $31.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725140-950 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116095006
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Multitest_-Ammonia-75-Tests.jpg
Seachem MultiTest Ammonia 75 Tests Kit (SKU: 725140-950) is a professional-grade aquarium test kit engineered to measure both toxic free ammonia (NH₃) and total ammonia (NH₃ + NH₄⁺) across 75 individual test procedures. Conventional test kits use Nessler reagents that measure total ammonia only, making it impossible to distinguish between harmless ammonium ions and lethal free ammonia. The MultiTest Ammonia kit accurately measures both total and toxic-free ammonia levels in fresh and marine water down to 0.05 mg/L. MultiTest Ammonia uses a sensitive sensor-disc system that measures free ammonia directly down to less than 0.05 mg/L.
Designed for both freshwater and marine environments, the kit includes a multi-cavity test plate that allows aquarists to run up to 6 simultaneous tests alongside a reference sample for precise colour matching. The colourimetric reaction is unaffected by water conditioners or ammonia detoxifiers like Seachem Prime or Amguard, delivering reliable results during emergency ammonia treatment protocols. Its unique chemical basis minimises interference from other substances, providing reliable readings of the crucial free ammonia form. This comprehensive kit performs over 75 tests and includes a reference sample for result validation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- Distinguishing Free vs. Total Ammonia: Determines exact levels of toxic free ammonia during cycling or water spikes.
- **Verifying Water Conditioner Performance:** Measures remaining free ammonia after applying Prime or Amguard.
- **Routine Cycling Monitoring:** Tracks ammonia reduction progress in newly established freshwater or reef aquariums.
**Testing Procedure Guide**
- **Step 1:** Place 1 drop of test reagent onto a sensor disc located in the multi-cavity test plate.
- **Step 2:** Add 1 mL of aquarium water sample into the designated cavity well.
- **Step 3:** Wait 15–30 minutes for colour development, then compare against the included colour chart.
- **Reference Check:** Run a test using the included reference sample to verify reagent accuracy.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Measures Free Ammonia Directly:** Detects toxic NH₃ below 0.05 mg/L without false positives from ammonium.
- **75 Test Capacity:** Contains sufficient reagents for 75 individual testing cycles.
- **Multi-Cavity Test Plate:** Enables side-by-side comparison of multiple water samples simultaneously.
- **Unaffected by Conditioners:** Delivers accurate readings even in the presence of Prime or Amguard.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725140-950
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116095006
- **Product Type:** Testing > Ammonia Test Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 125.73 mm (W) × 132.66 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 90 g
- **Number of Tests:** 75 Tests
- **Sensitivity:** Detects free ammonia as low as 0.05 mg/L
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Multitest: Phosphate 75 Tests
High-Sensitivity Precision Phosphate Test Kit For Marine, Reef & Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/seachem-multitest-phosphate-75-tests/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725141-970 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116097000
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Multitest_-Phosphate-75-Tests.jpg
Seachem MultiTest Phosphate (SKU: 725141-970) is a high-sensitivity test kit designed to measure inorganic phosphate levels in marine, reef, and freshwater aquariums. In coral reef aquariums, excess dissolved phosphate inhibits coral skeleton calcification and causes stony coral bleaching. In freshwater planted tanks, elevated phosphate levels trigger unwanted nuisance algae outbreaks. MultiTest Phosphate measures low-level concentrations down to less than 0.05 mg/L, helping aquarists maintain precise nutrient control.
Natural seawater phosphate levels range from under 0.01 mg/L to 0.3 mg/L, with reef aquaria ideally kept at 0.2 mg/L or less for corals. While generally non-toxic to fish and invertebrates, phosphates should be below 1 mg/L to control algae. The MultiTest Phosphate kit accurately measures inorganic phosphate down to less than 0.05 mg/L in both marine and freshwater, though freshwater samples often require dilution due to higher concentrations.
Featuring a multi-cavity test plate design, MultiTest Phosphate allows users to run up to 6 water samples simultaneously alongside a calibrated phosphate reference standard. This side-by-side testing method eliminates ambient lighting distortion, delivering accurate, repeatable colourimetric readings across 75 tests.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Tank Nutrient Management:** Ensures phosphate levels remain below 0.03 mg/L to protect stony coral growth.
- **Freshwater Algae Prevention:** Identifies nutrient imbalances that promote hair algae and cyanobacteria growth.
- **Filter Media Replacement Timing:** Monitors phosphate levels to determine when PhosGuard or PhosNet media requires replacement.
**Testing Procedure Guide**
- **Step 1:** Add 1 mL of aquarium water sample into a cavity on the test plate.
- **Step 2:** Add 1 drop of Phosphate Reagent 1 and mix thoroughly using the micropipette.
- **Step 3:** Add 1 drop of Phosphate Reagent 2, allow 3 minutes for colour development, and match against the colour wheel.
- **Precision Validation:** Test the included reference standard to verify reagent performance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Sensitive Detection:** Resolves small phosphate changes between 0.0 mg/L and 3.0 mg/L.
- **75 Individual Tests:** Supplies generous reagent volumes for long-term water quality tracking.
- **Simultaneous Multi-Sample Testing:** Multi-cavity plate allows testing multiple tanks or media outlets at once.
- **Calibrated Reference Included:** Contains a known phosphate standard to confirm reading accuracy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725141-970
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116097000
- **Product Type:** Testing > Phosphate Test Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 125.73 mm (W) × 132.66 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 80 g
- **Number of Tests:** 75 Tests
- **Sensitivity Range:** 0.0 mg/L to 3.0 mg/L (PO4³⁻)
- **Target Environment:** Reef Aquariums, Freshwater Planted Tanks & Marine Displays
---
#### Seachem Ph Alert (6 Month)
Continuous In-Tank pH Monitoring Sensor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/seachem-ph-alert-6-month/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725035-20 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116002004
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Ph-Alert-6-Month.jpg
Seachem pH Alert "6 Month" (SKU: 725035-20) is a colourimetric sensor designed to monitor aquarium pH levels continuously without chemical testing or electronic probes. Secured to the interior glass wall via a suction cup, the sensor matrix changes colour reversibly to indicate pH shifts between 5.4 and 8.6.
Using colour-matching technology, pH Alert shifts through distinct colour hues—from yellow for acidic conditions to deep purple for alkaline ranges—allowing quick visual checks during daily feeding routines. Its compact profile makes it suitable for freshwater setups, planted aquascapes, and marine community displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Aquarium Care:** Tracks pH fluctuations caused by CO2 injection systems in aquascaped tanks.
- **Sensitive Species Maintenance:** Ensures stable pH for sensitive freshwater species, including discus, dwarf cichlids, and ornamental shrimp.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- Attach the suction cup to clean interior glass in an area with good water movement.
- Allow 30 minutes for initial equilibration upon submerged installation.
- Replace the sensor card every 6 months to maintain visual colour accuracy.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Continuous Visual Monitoring:** Provides at-a-glance pH tracking without manual water testing.
- **Broad Spectrum Detection:** Accurately displays pH variations within the 5.4 to 8.6 range.
- **Reversible Indicator Technology:** Colour matrix changes dynamically as pH rises or falls.
- **Compact Profile:** Minimal footprint blends into natural aquascapes without cluttering the display.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725035-20 (Internal ID: 130751)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116002004
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Testing & Monitoring / Continuous pH Sensor
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 15 mm (W) × 150 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 30 g
- **Net Quantity:** 1 Sensor Unit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Sensor Lifespan:** 6 Months Continuous Operation
---
### Seachem — Food
#### Seachem Entice 250 Ml
Liquid Garlic Food Soaking Formula To Encourage Eating in Picky & Appetite-Suppressed Fish Of Marine & Freshwater Tank Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/seachem-entice-250-ml/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725151-1426 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116142601
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Entice-250-Ml.jpg
Seachem Entice 250mL (SKU: 725151-1426) is a liquid food soak enriched with a natural garlic scent, designed to encourage eating in picky and appetite-suppressed aquarium fish. Fish rely heavily on olfactory cues to locate food. Entice releases concentrated aroma molecules into the water, prompting feeding responses in reluctant feeders.
Entice™ is an all-natural scent and flavour enhancer for finicky eaters. Simply mix Entice™ with any food item, such as Seachem’s NutriDiet® Flakes, to attract the interest of finicky eaters. Ideal for all marine and freshwater fish. The 250mL bottle is an accessible size for home aquarists managing marine reef tanks or delicate freshwater setups like Discus displays. Completely safe for corals and biological filters, Entice turns standard dry flakes, frozen bloodworms, or mysis shrimp into highly attractive meals.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Encouraging Picky Eaters:** Helps transition difficult species like Wild Discus and Mandarin Dragonets to prepared foods.
- **Post-Transport Acclimation:** Triggers feeding in fish recovering from transport stress.
- **Medication Soaking:** Soaks into pellets along with oral treatments to improve palatability.
**Feeding & Administration Guide**
- **Application:** Saturate dry or frozen food with 2–5 mL of Entice in a small container before feeding.
- **Soaking Duration:** Allow 5 minutes for full absorption into food particles before introducing to the tank.
- **Frequency:** Use daily during food training or as needed for routine feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Garlic Formula:** Triggers innate feeding behaviours without synthetic chemicals.
- **Reef & Coral Safe:** Will not harm delicate reef corals, invertebrates, or biofilter bacteria.
- **Improves Palatability:** Masks bitter tastes when mixing oral medications into fish food.
- **Convenient 250mL Bottle:** Compact size suitable for routine home aquarium feeding schedules.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725151-1426
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116142601
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Food Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 54.12 mm (L) × 54.12 mm (W) × 181.61 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 330 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Target Fish Types:** Picky Feeders, Marine Inhabitants, Discus & Wild Specimens
---
#### Seachem Entice 500 Ml
Natural Garlic Scent Appetite Enhancer for Stressed, Sick Or Finicky Fish Like Butterflyfish Of Marine & Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/seachem-entice-500-ml/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725150-1423 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116142304
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Entice-500-Ml.jpg
Seachem Entice 500mL (SKU: 725150-1423) is an all-natural liquid appetite stimulant enriched with concentrated garlic oil, designed to entice finicky, stressed, or sick fish to accept prepared foods. Finicky marine species—such as Butterflyfish, Angelfish, and Copperbands—often refuse artificial flake or pellet diets when first introduced to captivity. Entice leverages fish's acute sense of smell, stimulating feeding behaviour using natural garlic extracts.
Entice is an all-natural scent and flavour enhancer for finicky eaters. Simply mix Entice with any food item, such as Seachem’s NutriDiet Flakes, to attract the interest of finicky eaters. Ideal for all marine and freshwater fish. Formulated without artificial chemicals, Entice is safe for both freshwater and marine aquariums, including delicate coral reef displays. In addition to stimulating appetite, natural garlic compounds support immune health and internal digestive function. Soak frozen, dry, or live foods in Entice prior to feeding to turn reluctant eaters into active feeders.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Acclimating New Livestock:** Encourages newly imported, stressed fish to begin feeding on prepared foods.
- **Targeted Sick Fish Feeding:** Stimulates appetite in recovering fish undergoing quarantine or medication.
- **Medication Carrier:** Masks the taste of oral medications soaked into pellet or flake foods.
**Feeding & Administration Guide**
- **Preparation:** Soak desired dry, frozen, or live food items in Entice for 5–10 minutes before feeding.
- **Direct Dosing:** Can be added directly to aquarium water (1 capful per 80 L) to stimulate feeding response.
- **Storage Tip:** Keep cap tightly closed and store in a cool, dark location to preserve volatile garlic scents.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated Natural Garlic Extract:** Leverages natural scent profiles to trigger feeding responses.
- **Safe for Reef & Planted Tanks:** Contains no synthetic additives that could harm corals or invertebrates.
- **Enhances Immune Function:** Natural garlic compounds support digestive and immune health.
- **Ideal Medication Carrier:** Masks unpleasant tastes when soaking medicated food rations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725150-1423
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116142304
- **Product Type:** Food > Appetite Stimulants
- **Package Dimensions:** 68.09 mm (L) × 68.09 mm (W) × 213.07 mm (H)
- Gross Package Weight:620 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Target Fish Types:** Marine Angelfish, Butterflyfish, Discus, Wild-Caught & Stressed Species
---
#### Seachem Garlicguard 100ml
Garlic Extract Liquid Supplement Additive For Freshwater & Marine Aquariums, Improves Health & Natural Appetite of Fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/seachem-garlicguard-100ml/
- Price: $9.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724967-175 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116017503
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Garlicguard-100ml.jpg
Seachem GarlicGuard 100mL (SKU: 724967-175) is an all-natural garlic-infused liquid appetite enhancer and health conditioner formulated for freshwater and marine fish. Containing concentrated garlic extract alongside naturally occurring Vitamin C, it stimulates feeding responses in finicky eaters, newly introduced livestock, and recovering fish.
Seachem GarlicGuard is a natural garlic extract designed to enhance the taste of food, encouraging picky or stressed fish to eat more readily. It is safe for both freshwater and marine aquariums and can be used regularly to stimulate appetite without affecting water quality. Garlic is widely recognised in aquaculture for its natural antiparasitic, antibacterial, and immune-boosting properties. Garlicguard can be safely mixed into live, frozen, or dry fish foods, increasing palatability while aiding fish during periods of stress or disease recovery. It is 100% safe for all invertebrates, corals, and aquatic plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Finicky Eaters & New Additions:** Use to entice wild-caught marine species, angelfish, discus, or newly introduced fish to feed.
- **Medication & Parasite Recovery:** Combine with foods during parasite outbreaks (e.g., Ich) or recovery from illness to enhance natural defence mechanisms.
**Feeding & Application Guide**
- Shake bottle well prior to use.
- **Food Soaking:** Soak dry flakes, pellets, or frozen foods in Garlicguard for 5–10 minutes before feeding.
- **Medication Carrier:** Mix with medicated food blends (e.g., Seachem Focus and MetroPlex) to mask medicine taste and encourage ingestion.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Feeding Stimulant:** Concentrated garlic scent and flavour drive appetite in selective fish.
- **Enriched with Vitamin C:** Fortified with active Vitamin C to support tissue repair and immune health.
- **Reef & Plant Safe:** Contains no artificial additives, chemicals, or oils that coat water surfaces.
- **Versatile Application:** Compatible with dry foods, frozen mysis, live foods, and medicated food mixes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724967-175 (Internal ID: 130713)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116017503
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Food & Health Supplements / Appetite Enhancers
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 110 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Target Species:** All Freshwater & Saltwater Fish
---
#### Seachem Garlicguard 250ml
Concentrated Garlic Flavouring and Feed Attractant Supplement Fortified With Vitamin C for Fish in Freshwater & Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/seachem-garlicguard-250ml/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724968-176 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116017602
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Garlicguard-250ml.jpg
Seachem Garlicguard 250mL (SKU: 724968-176) is a natural garlic scent and flavour enhancer engineered to encourage reluctant or stressed fish to feed. Formulated with pure garlic extract and fortified with Vitamin C, it renders fish foods irresistible to selective marine carnivores, wild-caught species, and freshwater cichlids.
In addition to stimulating appetite, Garlicguard enhances immune defence against common parasitic and bacterial ailments. It mixes effortlessly with flake food, pellets, frozen mysis, or medicated food mixes, ensuring optimal food intake without polluting aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Selective Marine & Cichlid Feeding:** Ideal for butterflyfish, tangs, discus, and wild-caught cichlids refusing standard diets.
- **Immune System Support:** Use during tank acclimation, transportation, or disease recovery to bolster natural defences.
**Feeding & Application Guide**
- **Daily Feed Enhancement:** Pour a small amount directly over dry or frozen foods until fully saturated; allow 5–10 minutes soaking time.
- **Medication Mixing:** Use to bind powders (like MetroPlex or KanaPlex) to food when treating internal parasites or bacterial infections.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pure Garlic Essence:** High concentration of natural garlic allicin extracts to maximise feeding response.
- **Fortified Antioxidant Profile:** Contains supplementary Vitamin C to reduce stress-induced cellular damage.
- **Zero Water Pollution:** Non-oily formula dissolves completely without creating surface films.
- **Invertebrate Safe:** Completely safe for delicate corals, reef invertebrates, and bio-filter microfauna.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724968-176 (Internal ID: 130714)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116017602
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Food & Health Supplements / Appetite Enhancers
- **Package Dimensions:** 55 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Target Species:** All Freshwater & Saltwater Fish
---
#### Seachem Garlicguard 500ml
High-Yield Natural Feeding Attractant and Immune Booster For Shy, Stressed, Or Sick Fish to Boost Immune Resilience.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/seachem-garlicguard-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724969-173 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116017305
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Garlicguard-500ml.jpg
Seachem Garlicguard 500mL (SKU: 724969-173) is a high-capacity liquid garlic supplement designed to enhance fish appetite and fortify immune resilience. By soaking daily fish diets in concentrated garlic essence, aquarists can coax shy, stressed, or sick fish into accepting food while benefiting from natural health-promoting active compounds.
Fortified with Vitamin C, Garlicguard supports tissue repair and antioxidant defence. It contains no synthetic chemicals or artificial colours, making it safe for continuous use in sensitive marine reef tanks, planted systems, and fish breeding facilities.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Multi-Tank Facilities:** Perfect for fish hatcheries, quarantine systems, and large aquarium displays.
- **Enticing Problematic Feeders:** Stimulates natural feeding behaviour in wild specimens and delicate carnivores.
**Feeding & Application Guide**
- Soak fish food (pellets, flakes, frozen food) in Garlicguard for 5 to 10 minutes prior to broadcast feeding.
- Safe for daily use as a food attractant or periodic use during quarantine protocols.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Potency Garlic Extract:** Natural scent stimulates chemical receptors in fish to trigger immediate feeding.
- **Vitamin C Fortification:** Boosts natural immune response and aids in tissue regeneration.
- **Non-Oily Aqueous Base:** Will not coat filter media or interfere with skimmer performance.
- **Safe for All Reef Systems:** Completely safe for corals, anemones, clams, and biofilters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724969-173 (Internal ID: 130715)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116017305
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Food & Health Supplements / Appetite Enhancers
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 560 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Target Species:** All Freshwater & Saltwater Fish
---
### Seachem — Maintenance
#### Seachem Algae Pad 25 Mm Thick (3 Pack)
Heavy-Duty Non-Scratch Melamine Cleaning Sponges For Cleaning Glass and Acrylic Surfaces Of Aquarium Walls.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-3-pack/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725160-3203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032032
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Algae-Pad-25-Mm-Thick-3-Pack.jpg
Seachem Algae Pad 25mm Thick "Pack of 3 qty" (SKU: 725160-3203) is a multi-pack of non-scratch melamine foam cleaning sponges designed for routine aquarium maintenance. Soft yet effective, melamine foam acts like micro-fine sandpaper on a microscopic level, removing stubborn green spot algae, diatoms, and bacterial film from glass and acrylic surfaces without scratching.
Featuring a 25mm thick ergonomic foam backing, each pad provides a secure grip while absorbing water to glide smoothly across viewing panels. The 3-pack bundle offers high-value maintenance inventory for fish owners, maintaining clear viewing panels across multiple aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Algae Cleaning:** Removes soft green algae, brown diatoms, and biofilm from aquarium panels.
- **Acrylic Tank Care:** Cleans delicate acrylic surfaces without causing scratches.
- **Multi-Tank Maintenance:** Value 3-pack provides cleaning pads for multiple aquarium setups.
**Maintenance & Cleaning Guide**
- **Step 1:** Submerge the melamine pad in aquarium water prior to scrubbing viewing panels.
- **Step 2:** Wipe across glass or acrylic walls in smooth, overlapping passes to remove algae.
- **Step 3:** Rinse with clean tap water after use, squeeze out excess water, and air-dry.
- **Caution:** Ensure no sand or gravel particles become trapped under the pad during use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Fine Melamine Structure:** Removes algae effectively without scratching glass or acrylic.
- **Ergonomic 25mm Thickness:** Thick foam layer provides comfortable grip and control.
- **100% Chemical-Free:** Safe for sensitive aquatic life, corals, and invertebrates.
- **Value 3-Pack Bundle:** Includes three individual pads for extended maintenance value.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725160-3203
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032032
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Algae Cleaning Tools
- **Package Dimensions:** 195.58 mm (L) × 69.85 mm (W) × 251.46 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 10 g
- **Pad Thickness:** 25 mm
- **Pack Quantity:** 3 Pads
- **Target Environment:** Glass & Acrylic Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Algae Scraper 15cm (6 Inches)
Compact Ergonomic Hand Scraper for Nano Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-algae-scraper-15cm-6-inches/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724940-3199 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116031998
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Algae-Scraper-15cm-6-Inches.jpg
The Seachem Algae Scraper 15cm "6 Inches" (SKU: 724940-3199) offers maximum precision and control for cleaning smaller display tanks, nano reefs, and aquascaped desktop aquariums. Designed with a short, high-leverage grip, it enables users to apply direct pressure against glass walls to eliminate stubborn film and spot algae efficiently.
Its compact profile fits easily between tight rockwork, driftwood structures, and filter pipes where longer handles cannot maneuver. Like all tools in the Seachem scraper line, it accepts interchangeable metal blades and soft pads for safe operation on glass or acrylic panels.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Small Aquariums:** Perfect size for tanks up to 15 gallons or shallow rimless displays.
- **Tight Aquascape Spaces:** Navigates around rocks, plants, and driftwood with fine control.
- **Detail Edge Cleaning:** Cleans close to substrate levels and tight silicone seams.
**Usage & Handling Guide**
- Fit the correct cleaning cartridge (blade for glass, pad for acrylic).
- Grip the handle firmly and sweep across interior panels using controlled vertical movements.
- Rinse off debris with tap water after each session and dry completely before storage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact 6-Inch Handle:** Delivers maximum control in confined space conditions.
- **High-Leverage Design:** Direct hand pressure easily removes encrusted spot algae.
- **Interchangeable Cleaning Heads:** Compatible with steel blades and non-scratch pads.
- **Corrosion-Proof Materials:** Durable composite build withstands freshwater and marine environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724940-3199
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116031998
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Maintenance / Glass Scrapers
- **Package Dimensions:** 150 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 120 g
- **Tool Length:** 15 cm (6 Inches)
- **Target Environment:** Glass & Acrylic Nano Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Algae Scraper 31cm (12 Inch)
Medium Reach Algae Scraper for Standard Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-algae-scraper-31cm-12-inch/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724941-3207 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032070
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Algae-Scraper-31cm-12-Inch.jpg
The Seachem Algae Scraper 31cm "12 Inch" (SKU: 724941-3207) is the ideal versatile scraper for mid-sized community, planted, and reef aquariums. Providing the ideal balance between reach and control, this 12-inch scraper allows hobbyists to clear aquarium walls without getting their hands wet in standard 20-to-50-gallon setups.
Built from durable fibreglass composite, the rigid shaft transmits even pressure directly to the cleaning head. The quick-change mechanism allows effortless swapping between stainless steel blades for tough glass deposits and soft pads for acrylic safety.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Tank Cleaning:** Designed for medium-depth tanks (12 to 18 inches high).
- **Mixed Media Scrubbing:** Removes soft biofilms, diatoms, and hard green spot algae.
- **Regular Maintenance Routines:** Efficient weekly wall cleaning for freshwater and marine tanks.
**Usage & Handling Guide**
- Attach the blade for glass or the non-scratch pad for acrylic before cleaning.
- Sweep along glass surfaces at a 45-degree angle, using smooth vertical passes.
- Clean and dry the tool after saltwater use to maintain long-term durability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced 12-Inch Reach:** Keeps hands clean while offering excellent scraping power.
- **Rigid Shaft Construction:** Eliminates flexing to maximise cleaning contact.
- **Multi-Media Capability:** Accommodates steel blades and non-scratch acrylic pads.
- **Ergonomic Grip:** Comfortable hand contour reduces fatigue during routine maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724941-3207
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032070
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Maintenance / Glass Scrapers
- **Package Dimensions:** 310 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 160 g
- **Tool Length:** 31 cm (12 Inches)
- **Target Environment:** Glass & Acrylic Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Algae Scraper 46cm (18 Inch)
Extended Multi-Blade Cleaning Tool for Deep Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-algae-scraper-46cm-18-inch/
- Price: $57.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724942-3208 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032087
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Algae-Scraper-46cm-18-Inch.jpg
The Seachem Algae Scraper 46cm "18 Inch" (SKU: 724942-3208) is an ergonomic maintenance tool built for cleaning deep display aquariums without submerging hands in water. Constructed from lightweight, rigid fibreglass-reinforced rod material, this scraper provides maximum leverage to scrape away tough algae without bending or breaking under pressure.
Equipped with a dual-position head system, it accommodates both metal blades for glass tanks and non-scratch pads for acrylic setups. The weighted head design helps maintain downward leverage, while the floating handle prevents the tool from sinking to the bottom if dropped into the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep Aquarium Maintenance:** Easily reaches the bottom edge of tanks up to 24 inches deep.
- **Heavy Algae Scraping:** Removes coralline algae, spot algae, and diatoms.
- **Dry-Hand Cleaning:** Cleans interior display glass while keeping hands and arms dry.
**Usage & Handling Guide**
- Select appropriate head attachment (metal blade for glass, padded cartridge for acrylic).
- Hold the handle at a 45-degree angle against the panel surface and push in smooth downward strokes.
- Rinse thoroughly with fresh tap water after use and store in a dry place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **18-Inch Extended Reach:** Allows easy cleaning of mid-to-large-size deep aquariums.
- **Reinforced Fibreglass Handle:** Rigid construction yields high scraping pressure without flex.
- **Floating Handle Design:** Prevents the scraper from sinking if accidentally dropped in water.
- **Versatile Dual-Media Head:** Swaps between stainless steel blades and synthetic pads.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724942-3208
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032087
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Maintenance / Glass Scrapers
- **Package Dimensions:** 460 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 210 g
- **Tool Length:** 46 cm (18 Inches)
- **Target Environment:** Glass & Acrylic Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Blades 3 Pack
Stainless Steel Precision Blades for Glass Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-blades-3-pack/
- Price: $10.12 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724944-3212 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032124
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Algae-Scraper-Replacement-Blades-3-Pack.jpg
Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Blades "3 Pack" (SKU: 724944-3212) deliver maximum cutting power against tough coralline algae, stubborn green spot algae, and calcified encrustations on glass aquarium walls. Constructed from surgical-grade stainless steel, these replacement blades resist rust and maintain a razor-sharp edge for extended service life.
Each blade is engineered with a safety edge design to minimise accidental glass gouging or damage to interior silicone seals. Used in conjunction with the Seachem Algae Scraper, these blades cut cleaning time in half during routine tank maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coralline Algae Removal:** Effortlessly strips hard coralline algae from glass walls in marine tanks.
- **Green Spot Algae Cleaning:** Eliminates stubborn encrustations that non-scratch pads cannot dislodge.
- **Glass Surface Restoration:** Restores crystal-clear transparency to neglected display tanks.
**Installation & Safety Guide**
- Slide out the old blade sideways from the scraper head.
- Carefully insert the new stainless steel blade into the retaining slot until centred.
- **Safety Note:** Use on glass aquariums only. Do not use on acrylic surfaces.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Surgical-Grade Stainless Steel:** High resistance to rust and chemical degradation.
- **Precision Edge Alignment:** Effortlessly removes calcified deposits and tough algae.
- **Silicone Safety Margins:** Engineered width prevents accidental slicing of silicone seams.
- **Convenient 3-Pack:** Ensures spare sharp blades are always on hand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724944-3212
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032124
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Maintenance / Scraper Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 15 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 40 g
- **Package Quantity:** 3 Stainless Steel Blades (3 qty)
- **Target Environment:** Glass Aquariums Only
---
#### Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads 3 Pack
Non-Scratch Replacement Pads for Glass & Acrylic.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724945-3214 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032148
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Algae-Scraper-Replacement-Pads-3-Pack.jpg
Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads "3 Pack" (SKU: 724945-3214) are designed for gentler, scratch-free maintenance on glass and acrylic aquarium surfaces. Specially manufactured to fit the Seachem Algae Scraper handle, these durable synthetic pads quickly break down soft green algae, diatoms, and surface biofilms without clouding the water or scratching delicate panel surfaces.
The ergonomic snap-on attachment system allows hobbyists to swap out worn pads in seconds without tools. Their soft yet textured fibre structure ensures even pressure distribution, allowing thorough cleaning along corners, substrate lines, and curved display edges. These packs provide a cost-effective way to ensure that your scraper continues to perform optimally without needing to buy an entirely new tool.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Glass & Acrylic Cleaning:** Ideal for clearing soft green algae, brown diatoms, and slime layer build-ups.
- **Acrylic Aquariums:** Safe alternative to metal blades on easily scratched acrylic panels.
- **Corner & Edge Scrubbing:** Cleans delicate sealant seams without damaging silicone joints.
**Replacement & Usage Guide**
- Snap off the existing pad assembly from the Seachem Algae Scraper head.
- Align the replacement pad onto the mounting clips until it clicks firmly into place.
- Rinse the pad with fresh tap water after each use and replace when fibres show signs of wear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Acrylic-Safe Construction:** Soft synthetic fibre matrix prevents surface scratching.
- **Quick-Snap Mechanism:** Hassle-free pad swapping without extra mounting hardware.
- **Uniform Surface Coverage:** Distributes hand pressure evenly for efficient algae removal.
- **Reusable Design:** Rinses clean for multiple maintenance sessions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724945-3214
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032148
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Maintenance / Scraper Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Package Quantity:** 3 Non-Scratch Cleaning Pads (3 qty)
- **Target Environment:** Glass & Acrylic Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Duo Algae Pad 25 Mm Thick (1 Pack)
Dual-Action Non-Scratch Scrubbing Sponge Pad With Melamine For Cleaning Glass and Acrylic Aquarium Walls.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-duo-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-1-pack/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725159-3201 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032018
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Seachem-Duo-Algae-Pad-25-Mm-Thick-1-Pack.jpg
The Seachem Duo Algae Pad "1 Pack" (SKU: 725159-3201) is a dual-action, non-scratch scrubbing pad designed to clean glass and acrylic aquarium walls. Featuring a thick 25mm ergonomic foam profile, this cleaning pad allows hobbyists to apply firm, comfortable pressure against aquarium panels without slipping or straining hands during maintenance. It is particularly effective at removing algae from scratches. It is chemically inert and does not use soaps or detergents. Its white colour contrasts against dark algae, making it easier to see when areas are fully clean.
The Seachem DuoPad™ is a non-scratch, dual-surface algae pad for glass & acrylic. The melamine foam side uses micro-abrasive technology to easily remove algae from the sides of your aquarium, while the durable scrubbing side allows you to attack the rougher grooves of rocks and driftwood.
The pad combines two specialised cleaning surfaces: a coarse micro-abrasive side that lifts stubborn green spot algae and tough diatoms, and a soft melamine foam side that buffs away soft film and water spots. Completely chemical-free, the Duo Algae Pad is safe for sensitive freshwater and marine displays. Melamine foam is an incredibly effective abrasive cleaner. It has a microstructure as hard as glass, but because of its open-cell structure, it remains flexible. It performs on stains a lot like extremely fine sandpaper. In the aquarium, it easily removes algae by scraping with its extremely hard microscopic filaments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Panel Cleaning:** Cleans algae film, diatoms, and green spot algae from glass and acrylic surfaces.
- **Acrylic Tank Maintenance:** Safely removes soft algae without scratching delicate acrylic walls.
- **Outer Glass Polishing:** Buffs away water spots and finger smudges on exterior viewing panels.
**Maintenance & Cleaning Guide**
- **Step 1:** Wet the pad thoroughly with aquarium water before scrubbing viewing panels.
- **Step 2:** Use the coarse textured side for stubborn spot algae; flip to the soft melamine side for fine film.
- **Step 3:** Rinse with fresh tap water after use and air-dry prior to storage.
- **Safety Tip:** Check the pad for trapped substrate grit before scrubbing to prevent accidental glass scratches.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Cleaning Surfaces:** Features a coarse scrubbing side and a soft melamine buffing side.
- **Safe for Glass & Acrylic:** Engineered to remove algae without scratching delicate surfaces.
- **Ergonomic 25mm Thick Profile:** Thick foam core provides comfortable grip and control.
- **Chemical-Free Construction:** 100% inert material safe for delicate aquatic life.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725159-3201
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032018
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Algae Cleaning Tools
- **Package Dimensions:** 27.94 mm (L) ×139.70 mm (W) × 223.52 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 10 g
- **Pad Thickness:** 25 mm
- **Pack Quantity:** 1 Pad
- **Target Environment:** Glass & Acrylic Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 12.5cm / 5"
Built with dark blue standard-weave nylon mesh and a reinforced heavy-gauge wire core, it safely captures medium-sized fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-12-5cm-5/
- Price: $7.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724840-3221 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032216
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Fish-Net-12.5cm-5-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 12.5cm / 5 inch (SKU: 724840-3221) offers an optimal balance between size and control for general aquarium maintenance. Constructed with dark blue standard-weave nylon mesh and a reinforced heavy-gauge wire core, it allows rapid water flow while safely capturing medium-sized fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Fish Transfer:** Safe netting of tetras, barbs, livebearers, and small goldfish in standard community aquariums.
- **Routine Tank Care:** Removing larger floating debris or adjusting floating plants during water changes.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Dip the net at a shallow angle to reduce drag against the water.
- Support the bottom of the mesh with your hand when transferring larger fish to avoid net sag.
- Wash under tap water after marine use to eliminate salt deposit buildup.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard-Weave Nylon:**
Designed for low water resistance, allowing faster movement underwater.
- **Reinforced Handle Join:** Rigid wire connection prevents bending under hydrodynamic drag.
- **Dark Blue Netting:** Blends into aquascapes to reduce evasive swimming behaviour from fish.
- **Corrosion Protective Layer:** Sealed vinyl wrapper guards internal wire against rust.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724840-3221 (Internal ID: 130692)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032216
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Standard Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 420 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 15 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Size:**
12.5 cm (5 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 12.5cm / 5" - Fine Mesh
Ideal choice for small-to-medium delicate species to protect sensitive slime coats and delicate fin structures.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-12-5cm-5-fine-mesh/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724848-3229 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032292
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Seachem-Fish-Net-12.5cm-5-Fine-Mesh-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 12.5cm / 5 inch - Fine Mesh (SKU: 724848-3229) features a soft micro-weave fabric mounted on a 5-inch frame. Designed to protect sensitive slime coats and delicate fin structures, it is the ideal choice for small-to-medium delicate species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sensitive Species Transport:** Moving fancy guppies, long-tail Bettas, tetras, or dwarf cichlids safely.
- **Plankton & Micro-Fauna Harvest:** Scooping out live foods (daphnia, brine shrimp) without water loss.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Allow extra time for water to drain when lifting due to the tight weave density.
- Rinse well after every use to prevent micro-particulate buildup within the fine netting fabric.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slime-Coat Protective Fabric:** Ultra-smooth texture guards delicate mucous layers against friction damage.
- **Zero-Snag Weave:** Eliminates fin tearing in long-finned freshwater and marine varieties.
- **Non-Reflective Dark Blue Colour:** Keeps fish relaxed during capture attempts.
- **Vinyl-Wrapped Handle:** Rustproof design built for long-term water contact.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724848-3229 (Internal ID: 130688)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032292
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Fine Mesh Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 420 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 15 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Size:**
12.5 cm (5 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 12.5cm / 5" - Long Handle
For deep display tanks to reach the bottom substrate without submerging hands into the water column.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-12-5cm-5-long-handle/
- Price: $11.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724845-3222 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032223
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Fish-Net-12.5cm-5-Long-Handle-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 12.5cm / 5 inch - Long Handle (SKU: 724845-3222) features an extended 16-inch (45 cm) handle combined with a 5-inch hoop. Engineered for deep display tanks, it enables aquarists to reach the bottom substrate without submerging hands deep into the water column.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep Aquarium Access:** Reaching bottom-dwelling species or retrieving fallen decorations in deep aquariums.
- **Hands-Free Water Contact:** Catching fish while minimising hand contact with water, preserving delicate marine water parameters.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Use long, steady sweeps rather than quick flicks to capitalise on the extended leverage.
- Store vertically or horizontally without putting bending weight on the extended handle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **16-Inch Extended Reach:** Allows comfortable maneuvering in tall aquariums (up to 24 inches deep).
- **Heavy-Duty Twisted Handle:** Dual-wire core resists flexing across the longer span.
- **Low-Visibility Mesh:** Dark blue netting minimises stress triggers for target livestock.
- **Aquarium-Safe Coating:** Full non-toxic vinyl dip protects tank glass from accidental scratches.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724845-3222 (Internal ID: 130689)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032223
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Long Handle Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 570 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 15 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 85 g
- **Net Size:** 12.5 cm (5 inch) Hoop / 16 inch (45 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Deep Freshwater & Reef Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8"
Large-format landing net with heavy-duty vinyl-coated wire frame for handling large fish species & medium-sized display tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-20cm-8/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724842-3224 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032247
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Seachem-Fish-Net-20cm-8-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8 inch (SKU: 724842-3224) is a large-format landing net designed for handling large fish species and medium display tanks. Built with a heavy-duty vinyl-coated wire frame, it supports higher weights without twisting or yielding under pressure.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Livestock Transfer:** Relocating larger community species, angelfish, smaller cichlids, or marine tangs.
- **Substrate & Maintenance Clearing:** Scooping up accumulated botanical waste or heavy plant trimmings.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Submerge the net completely before steering fish to ensure the netting bag hangs fully open.
- Always support large fish from under the net bag during extraction to eliminate stress on their spine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Heavy-Gauge Frame:** Dual-wire twisted backbone prevents bending when lifting water-heavy loads.
- **Deep Basket Pocket:** Generous pocket depth prevents active jumpers from escaping over the rim.
- **Blue Stress-Reduction Mesh:** Blends into natural aquarium light spectrums to soothe fish.
- **Non-Scratch Coating:** Fully encased in protective vinyl to safeguard glass and acrylic walls.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724842-3224 (Internal ID: 130690)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032247
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Standard Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 500 mm (L) × 205 mm (W) × 20 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Net Size:** 20 cm (8 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8" - Fine Mesh
Built for larger aquariums containing delicate species, its hoop opening has soft, micro-fine netting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-20cm-8-fine-mesh/
- Price: $13.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724849-3233 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032339
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Seachem-Fish-Net-20cm-8-Fine-Mesh-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8 inch - Fine Mesh (SKU: 724849-3233) combines an 8-inch hoop opening with soft, micro-fine netting. Built for larger aquariums containing delicate species, it offers non-abrasive handling across an expanded capture area.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sensitive Community Handling:** Safe transfer of delicate wild-caught species, sensitive marine fish, or angelfish.
- **Fine Debris Removal:** Clearing small floating organic particles, duckweed, or unwanted algae films.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Move smoothly underwater; fine mesh creates higher water resistance than coarse netting.
- Hang to dry completely after cleaning to avoid fabric mildew.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft Micro-Mesh Guard:** Prevents abrasive damage to delicate scales, eyes, and fin rays.
- **Expanded Catch Capacity:** 20 cm x 15 cm frame handles medium-large species smoothly.
- **Blue Visual Masking:** Reduces underwater glare to help prevent fish panic.
- **Corrosion-Proof Wire Core:** Completely dip-coated in protective vinyl.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724849-3233 (Internal ID: 130687)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032339
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Fine Mesh Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 500 mm (L) × 205 mm (W) × 20 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Net Size:** 20 cm (8 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Medium to Large Community Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8" - Long Handle
For deep aquariums and high-capacity sumps, its extended 16-inch handle gives maximum reach.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-20cm-8-long-handle/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724846-3225 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032254
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Fish-Net-20cm-8-Long-Handle-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8 inch - Long Handle (SKU: 724846-3225) combines a wide 8-inch catch opening with an extended 16-inch reach handle. Built for deep aquariums and high-capacity sumps, it gives aquarists maximum reach and control over larger aquatic life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep Large Tank Maintenance:** Catching active fish residing near the bottom of deep tanks (20–30 inches deep).
- **Sump & Refugium Access:** Reaching down into narrow or deep sump compartments without getting wet.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Sweep the net with smooth, deliberate motions to minimise water drag against the extended handle.
- Rinse thoroughly with fresh tap water after saltwater immersion.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **16-Inch Extended Handle:** Reaches deep aquarium bottoms with ease.
- **Extra-Rigid Wire Assembly:** Structural reinforcement keeps the frame square under drag force.
- **Dark Blue Net Fabric:** Reduces visual contrast underwater to prevent sudden fish panic.
- **Smooth Vinyl Seal:** Protects tank seams and internal acrylic surfaces from abrasion.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724846-3225 (Internal ID: 130691)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032254
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Long Handle Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 650 mm (L) × 205 mm (W) × 20 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 155 g
- **Net Size:** 20 cm (8 inch) Hoop / 16 inch (45 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Deep Freshwater & Marine Systems
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8" - Long Handle, Fine Mesh
For deep display tanks housing delicate species, it provides extra reach without sacrificing fish safety.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-20cm-8-long-handle-fine-mesh/
- Price: $11.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724852-3234 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032346
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Seachem-Fish-Net-20cm-8-Long-Handle-Fine-Mesh.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 20cm / 8 inch - Long Handle, Fine Mesh (SKU: 724852-3234) pairs a soft micro-weave basket with an extended 16-inch reach handle. Designed for deep display tanks housing delicate species, it provides extra reach without sacrificing fish safety.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep Tank Fine Handling:** Catching delicate fish (e.g., Discus, Marine Tangs) residing deep in tall tanks.
- **Deep Refugium Maintenance:** Removing fine sediment or detritus from deep sump partitions.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Guide the net slowly to manage higher drag resistance created by the fine weave on an extended handle.
- Store hung by the handle loop to protect the netting bag from compression.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **16-Inch Extended Reach:** Comfortably reaches deep tank floors without arm submersion.
- **Soft Micro-Knit Fabric:** Fully safeguards slime coats and long tail fins from abrasion.
- **Anti-Glare Blue Tone:** Lowers visibility underwater to keep target fish calm.
- **Reinforced Dual Wire Core:** Resists flex under water pressure.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724852-3234 (Internal ID: 130695)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032346
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Long Handle Fine Mesh Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 650 mm (L) × 205 mm (W) × 20 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 155 g
- **Net Size:** 20 cm (8 inch) Hoop / 16 inch (45 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Deep Freshwater & Reef Display Tanks
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 25cm / 10"
Extra-large landing net engineered for big specimen aquariums, predator tanks, and commercial display setups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-25cm-10/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724843-3226 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032261
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Fish-Net-25cm-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 25cm / 10 inch (SKU: 724843-3226) is an extra-large landing net engineered for big specimen aquariums, predator tanks, and commercial display setups. The 10-inch frame allows easy capture of large, fast-moving aquatic life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Specimen & Cichlid Handling:** Catching adult cichlids, discus, large catfishes, and marine specimens.
- **Commercial & Multi-Tank Use:** Rapid harvesting or sorting of multiple fish in breeding setups.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Submerge the net broadside-down to open the pocket completely before guiding fish in.
- Lift using both hands (one on the handle, one supporting the rim) for extra stability with heavy fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide 10-Inch Hoop Area:** Maximises capture zone to diminish escape attempts.
- **Heavy-Duty Core Construction:** Prevents frame bending under heavy aquatic weights.
- **Low-Stress Blue Nylon:** Minimises underwater glare to keep specimen species calm.
- **Glass-Safe Protective Coating:** Full vinyl dip prevents tank scratches during fast maneuvers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724843-3226 (Internal ID: 130685)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032261
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Large Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 550 mm (L) × 255 mm (W) × 25 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 175 g
- **Net Size:** 25 cm (10 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 25cm / 10" - Fine Mesh
Ultra-soft landing net for handling large, delicate aquatic species, protecting long fins, fragile rays, and delicate slime coats.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-25cm-10-fine-mesh/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724850-3235 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032353
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Fish-Net-25cm-10-Fine-Mesh.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 25cm / 10 inch - Fine Mesh (SKU: 724850-3235) is an extra-large, ultra-soft landing net built for handling large, delicate aquatic species. The 10-inch hoop offers a wide catch area while protecting long fins, fragile rays, and delicate slime coats.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Delicate Species Handling:** Moving mature Discus, Angelfish, Fancy Goldfish, or delicate reef species.
- **High-Volume Fine Skimming:** Clearing tiny duckweed or fine organic floating matter across broad surface areas.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Allow water to drain gently through the micro-pores when lifting fish out of the aquarium.
- Rinse off debris thoroughly under running water after every use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Soft Large-Format Mesh:** Non-abrasive 10-inch net pocket prevents split fins and scale loss.
- **Sturdy Structural Frame:** Built to hold frame alignment during movement.
- **Camouflaged Blue Fabric:** Lowers visual detection by fish underwater.
- **Fully Coated Metal Wire:** Protects aquatic glass and acrylic from contact damage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724850-3235 (Internal ID: 130696)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032353
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Fine Mesh Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 550 mm (L) × 255 mm (W) × 25 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 175 g
- **Net Size:** 25 cm (10 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Large
Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 30cm / 12"
Standard-Mesh Landing Net for Large Fish and Deep Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-30cm-12/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724844-3227 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032278
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Fish-Net-30cm-1.jpg
Catching a big fish is mostly about the size of the opening you can put in front of it. Seachem Fish Net 30cm / 12 inch (SKU: 724844-3227) is the largest hoop in the Seachem net range, a 30 cm frame on a 30 cm (12 inch) handle, and it is built for the jobs a small net turns into a chase: moving an adult oscar or severum, netting a large marine angel out of a display, or shifting stock between a tank and a holding tub. The wide mouth means fewer passes, which matters more to the fish than to you.
This is the standard-mesh version rather than the fine-mesh one. The larger weave lets water fall away quickly as the net comes up, so there is less drag through the water and less weight hanging off the frame with a heavy fish in it — the trade-off being that it is not the net for tiny fry or long, delicate finnage. If you keep fancy goldfish, bettas or shrimp, the fine-mesh version of the same 30 cm size is the gentler choice, and the two sit naturally side by side in a maintenance kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater fish:** Adult cichlids, catfish, goldfish and other deep-bodied fish that a 15 or 20 cm hoop struggles to contain.
- **Deep display tanks:** The 12 inch handle keeps your arm above the waterline in tall aquariums and sumps during routine work.
- **Stock movements:** Transfers between display, quarantine and holding containers, where speed keeps the fish out of the water for less time.
- **Surface clean-ups:** Skimming leaves, uneaten food or plant trimmings off a large water surface in one pass.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- **Wet the mesh first:** Dip the net before use so the weave is soft and less abrasive against scales and slime coat.
- **Guide, do not chase:** Hold the net still and steer the fish into it with your free hand or a second net, which stresses the fish far less.
- **Support heavy fish:** Take the weight with one hand under the hoop as you lift, and keep the trip out of the water as short as possible.
- **Rinse and hang dry:** Rinse in fresh water after every use and dry the net fully before storage; keep separate nets for quarantine tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 cm hoop:** The widest opening in the Seachem range, for large-bodied and fast fish that outgrow a standard net.
- **Standard mesh:** Open weave drains quickly and pulls through the water with less resistance than fine mesh.
- **12 inch handle:** Standard-length handle for everyday reach; Seachem's long-handle nets run 16 inches where more depth is needed.
- **Matched size range:** One of eight hoop sizes from 8.5 cm to 30 cm, so nets can be matched to each tank in a fish room.
- **Fine-mesh alternative:** The same 30 cm size is available in fine mesh for delicate fins and small species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724844-3227
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116032278
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance > Fish Nets
- **Hoop Size:** 30 cm (12 inch)
- **Handle Length:** 30 cm (12 inch standard handle)
- **Mesh Type:** Standard mesh
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 8.5cm / 3"
Compact & durable landing net with soft, dark blue mesh crafted for small aquariums and nano setups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-8-5cm-3/
- Price: $5.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724839-3220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032209
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Seachem-Fish-Net-8.5cm-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 8.5cm / 3" (SKU: 724839-3220) is a compact, durable landing net crafted for small aquariums and nano setups. Featuring soft, dark blue mesh that minimises underwater visibility, this net reduces stress and agitation during fish handling. Its corrosion-resistant frame and vinyl-coated handle ensure smooth maneuverability around aquatic decor.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Small Tank Handling:**
Ideal for catching small community fish, dwarf cichlids, or surface swimmers in micro aquariums.
- **Debris Extraction:** Skimming floating plant clippings, uneaten food pellets, or loose organic waste from the water surface.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Submerge the net slowly into the aquarium to prevent sudden turbulence that startles fish.
- Guide fish toward a corner or open area before gently lifting upwards.
- Rinse thoroughly with clean freshwater after each use and hang to air dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reduced Stress Visual Mesh:**
Dark blue netting conceals the net underwater to keep fish calm.
- **Coated Wire Frame:** Protective vinyl coating prevents rusting in both freshwater and marine environments.
- **Compact Hoop Profile:**
8.5 cm x 7 cm head allows easy movement through dense plants and hardscapes.
- **Comfort Grip Handle:**
12-inch (30 cm) handle length provides precise control without slipping.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724839-3220 (Internal ID: 130683)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032209
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Standard Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 380 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 15 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Net Size:**
8.5 cm (3") Hoop / 12" (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Fish Net 8.5cm / 3" - Fine Mesh
Soft micro-weave landing net for sensitive invertebrates, fish fry, & fragile finned species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/seachem-fish-net-8-5cm-3-fine-mesh/
- Price: $6.93 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724847-3228 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032285
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Fish-Net-8.5cm-3-Fine-Mesh-.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 8.5cm / 3 inch - Fine Mesh (SKU: 724847-3228) is a soft micro-weave landing net designed specifically for sensitive invertebrates, fish fry, and fragile finned species. The micro-knit netting eliminates fin snagging and prevents delicate shrimplets or baby fish from slipping through mesh gaps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp & Fry Handling:** Ideal for nano shrimp (Neocaridina/Caridina), baby fry, and micro-rasboras.
- **Delicate Species Transfer:** Handling fragile species like Longfin Bettas or Pygmy Corydoras without tearing fins.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Lift slowly out of the water to allow surface tension to drain through the fine weave smoothly.
- Gently submerge in the destination tank—do not scrape delicate species against the fine fabric.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Snag-Free Micro-Weave:** Ultra-soft fine mesh prevents delicate barbs, rays, or antennae from catching.
- **Small Fry Security:** Dense knit prevents baby fish and tiny invertebrates from escaping.
- **Low-Visibility Blue Shade:** Soothes sensitive micro-fauna during transport.
- **Vinyl-Protected Wire:** Soft-coated edges protect glass walls in nano aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724847-3228 (Internal ID: 130694)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032285
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Fine Mesh Fry Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 380 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 15 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Net Size:** 8.5 cm (3 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Nano Tanks, Breeding Setup & Shrimp Aquariums
---
### Seachem — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Seachem Flourish Epoxy - Brown 114g
Two-Part Aquascaping Epoxy Putty for Hardscape Construction.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/seachem-flourish-epoxy-brown-114g/
- Price: $20.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724939-3126 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116031264
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Epoxy-Brown-114g.jpg
Seachem Flourish Epoxy - Brown 114g (SKU: 724939-3126) is a professional-grade two-part epoxy putty designed for bonding rocks, driftwood, corals, and structural hardscapes in freshwater and marine aquariums. Formulated to match natural wood and dark rockwork, the brown colour blends into planted tank layouts, terrariums, and natural aquascapes seamlessly. Flourish Epoxy™ is ideal for working with stacks of rocks, where collapse could cause damage to plants or the aquarium itself.
Seachem Flourish Epoxy™ is a two-part epoxy putty that can be used during hardscaping to secure materials such as rock and driftwood for more stable foundations in planted aquaria. It is completely safe for aquarium inhabitants. This putty cures underwater and out of water, bonding securely to porous stone, wood, ceramic, and plastics. It is non-toxic to fish, invertebrates, and delicate aquatic flora, curing into a dense, stone-like hardness that ensures permanent hardscape stability over time. It has a working time of 5 minutes and fully cures submerged or emerged within 24 hours.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascape Construction:** Securing heavy rock structures, slate arches, and driftwood arrangements.
- **Frag Attachment:** Fixing large coral frags or colony bases onto live rock in reef systems.
- **Equipment & Backdrop Mounting:** Attaching internal decorations, hides, and background panels.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- Cut equal portions of part A (resin) and part B (hardener) from the stick.
- Knead thoroughly with fingers for 1–2 minutes until a uniform brown colour is achieved.
- Press firmly into place around hardscape joints within 5 minutes of mixing; sets fully in 20–30 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Brown Finish:** Blends discreetly into wood, soil substrates, and dark rockwork.
- **Underwater Curing:** Bonds effectively underwater without releasing toxic residues.
- **High Bond Strength:** Cures into a solid, durable mortar-like bond resistant to water currents.
- **Safe for All Aquatic Life:** 100% reef, planted tank, and invertebrate safe once cured.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724939-3126
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116031264
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Epoxy Putty
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 140 g
- **Net Weight:** 114 g (4 oz)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums, Terrariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Epoxy - Gray 114g
Neutral Gray Aquascaping Putty for Stone & Reef Binding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/seachem-flourish-epoxy-gray-114g/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724938-3125 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116031257
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Epoxy-Gray-114g.jpg
Seachem Flourish Epoxy - Gray 114g (SKU: 724938-3125) is a two-part epoxy putty formulated to bond structural hardscape components, live rock, and ceramic structures in freshwater and reef aquariums. Its neutral gray tone replicates natural granite, slate, and limestone surfaces, ensuring hidden, professional bond lines across your aquascape.
Seachem Epoxy is a two-part adhesive designed for use in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, providing a strong bond for securing rocks, corals, and decorations. Curing both submerged and in dry conditions, Flourish Epoxy provides superior structural support for heavy rock stacks and delicate coral frags alike. Once cured, it will not affect water pH, alkalinity, or general hardness, making it safe for delicate aquatic species. This epoxy works effectively underwater and hardens to form a durable bond, making it perfect for aquascaping and reef-building.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rockwork Stacking:** Bonding live rock, Seachem Base Rock, slate, or Seiryu stone into stable arches.
- **Coral Fragging:** Securing SPS/LPS frags to live rock foundations in marine reef aquariums.
- **Terrarium & Paludarium Builds:** Constructing stone waterfalls, background features, and retaining walls.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- Slice equal parts of grey resin and hardener from the combined putty stick. Mix equal parts of the two components until uniform in colour.
- Knead together until the mixture becomes a consistent gray colour without streaks.
- Apply to surfaces needing bonding, and allow it to set underwater. Apply to bonding surfaces and hold firmly in place for 3–5 minutes while initial set occurs.
- **Cure Time:** While it begins setting within minutes, full curing occurs within 24 hours.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Neutral Gray Hue:** Matches gray aquascaping stones, live rock, and reef substrates.
- **Structural Durability:** Forms an immovable, stone-hard bond underwater.
- **Water Chemistry Neutral:** Zero leaching of phosphates, silicates, or heavy metals.
- **Easy Kneadable Formula:** Smooth consistency makes shaping and application quick and clean.
**Key Benefits**
- **Strong Underwater Bond:** Ideal for securing structures like rocks and corals in place without needing to remove them from the aquarium.
- **Safe for Aquatic Life:** Once cured, the epoxy is safe for all fish, corals, and invertebrates, ensuring a non-toxic environment.
- **Easy Application:** It’s simple to mould and apply before hardening, and it begins setting quickly underwater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724938-3125
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116031257
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Epoxy Putty
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 140 g
- **Net Weight:** 114 g (4 oz)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourish Glue 8g (2 X 4g Tubes)
Cyanoacrylate Gel Adhesive for Aquatic Plants & Mosses.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/seachem-flourish-glue-8g-2-x-4g-tubes/
- Price: $7.98 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724937-3116 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116311601
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourish-Glue-8g-2-X-4g-Tubes.jpg
Seachem Flourish Glue 8g "2qty x 4g Tube" (SKU: 724937-3116) is a premium cyanoacrylate gel designed for mounting aquatic plants, mosses, and fine decorations to rocks and driftwood. Its thick gel consistency prevents running and dripping during application, allowing precise placement even on vertical or wet underwater surfaces. It bonds quickly underwater and provides a strong, long-lasting hold, making it ideal for aquascaping in both freshwater and marine setups.
Seachem Flourish Glue is a powerful cyanoacrylate gel designed for attaching plants, such as mosses and ferns, to rocks, driftwood, and other aquarium decorations. Formulated to bond within seconds, Flourish Glue eliminates the need for messy cotton threads or zip ties when securing Anubias, Java Fern, or mosses to hardscape elements. It is completely non-toxic to fish and plants, curing into an inert, safe matrix that plant roots can grow over naturally.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Plant Attachment:** Securing epiphytic plants (Anubias, Bucephalandra, Java Fern) to driftwood or stone.
- **Moss Mounting:** Fixing Java Moss, Christmas Moss, or Fissidens to hardscape surfaces.
- **Small Hardscape Repairs:** Mending minor breaks in rocks, driftwood, or plastic filter components.
**Application Guide**
- Apply a small dab of gel glue to the plant root base or hardscape contact point, and press it firmly onto the desired surface.
- Press the plant against the hardscape surface for 10–20 seconds until bonded. The bond will form almost immediately, even underwater.
- Recap the tube tightly immediately after use to prevent ambient moisture from curing inside the nozzle. After use, store the tube in a cool, dry place to prevent it from drying out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Viscosity Gel Formula:** Does not run or drip; stays precisely where applied.
- **Rapid Underwater Bonding:** Cures almost instantly upon contact with water moisture. Makes an instant bond and quickly secures plants or coral frags to surfaces, even when applied underwater.
- **Epiphyte-Friendly:** Allows plant roots to anchor firmly without tissue damage. It is non-toxic and safe for all aquarium inhabitants, including fish, plants, corals, and invertebrates, when used as directed.
- **Long-Lasting Dual 4g Tube Packaging:** Keeps glue fresh across multiple aquascaping sessions. The strong adhesive forms a durable bond that holds plants in place for extended periods without the need for frequent reapplication.
- **Versatile Use:** Can be used for aquascaping, coral fragging, and attaching plants to hard surfaces like wood, rocks, or decorations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724937-3116
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116311601
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Plant Adhesives
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 20 mm (W) × 145 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 30 g
- **Net Content:** 8 g (2 Tubes × 4 g)
- **Target Environment:** Planted Aquariums & Terrariums
---
### Seachem — Accessories
#### Seachem Fish Net 15cm / 6"
Provides a wider catch zone for medium-to-large freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/seachem-fish-net-15cm-6/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724841-3223 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116032230
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Seachem-Fish-Net-15cm-6-1.jpg
Seachem Fish Net 15cm / 6 inch (SKU: 724841-3223) provides a wider catch zone for medium-to-large freshwater and marine aquariums. The 6-inch frame allows rapid capture of active fish, while the vinyl-wrapped wire assembly ensures durability against water friction.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-Sized Species Catching:** Capturing active schooling fish, gouramis, or medium cichlids.
- **Large Tank Skimming:** Clearing large volumes of loose plant matter or floating debris during routine aquascaping.
**Handling & Maintenance Guide**
- Position the wide opening in the direction of the fish's flight path to easily guide them inside.
- Dry fully before storage to maintain the structural elasticity of the nylon netting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Expanded Catch Surface:** 15 cm x 12.5 cm basket catches fast-moving species with ease.
- **Darkened Fibre Design:** Blue tint lowers light reflection under intense aquarium LED lighting.
- **Sturdy Frame Architecture:** Thick core wire maintains shape during rapid underwater movements.
- **Soft Nylon Knit:** Protects slime coats while allowing fast water drainage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724841-3223 (Internal ID: 130686)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116032230
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Hardware & Maintenance / Standard Fish Net
- **Package Dimensions:** 450 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 15 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 90 g
- **Net Size:** 15 cm (6 inch) Hoop / 12 inch (30 cm) Handle
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Seachem — Spare Parts
#### Seachem Tidal 110 Replacement Impeller
Genuine OEM Replacement Impeller Assembly For Seachem Tidal 110 Hang-On-Back (HOB) Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/seachem-tidal-110-replacement-impeller/
- Price: $26.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724856-6573 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065733
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-110-Replacement-Impeller.jpg
Engineered to exact factory specifications, this replacement impeller restores the original flow rate, whisper-quiet operation, and self-priming performance of your Tidal 110 filter. Constructed from high-durability synthetic polymers and a corrosion-resistant magnetic core, it is fully compatible with both freshwater and marine aquarium environments. Installing a fresh genuine impeller ensures long-term filter reliability and optimal water clarity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Flow Rate Decline:** Replace when the filter shows noticeably reduced water turnover despite a clean filter chamber.
- **Noise Reduction:** Replaces worn or unbalanced impellers causing rattling or humming noises.
- **Routine Equipment Maintenance:** Ideal spare part to keep on hand for emergency filter repairs.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- Step 1: Unplug the Tidal 110 filter from the power outlet and remove the pump unit from the filter base.
- Step 2: Twist and unlock the pump housing cover to access the impeller chamber.
- Step 3: Carefully remove the old impeller assembly and clean any accumulated debris from the chamber.
- Step 4: Insert the new genuine replacement impeller, reattach the housing cover, and reconnect the pump to the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Seachem OEM Part:** Engineered specifically for exact fit and performance in Tidal 110 filters. It is easy to install, and no specialised tools are required.
- **Restores Full Water Flow:** Restores factory-rated 1,700 L/h (450 US GPH) circulation performance.
- **Whisper-Quiet Operation:** Precision-balanced magnetic rotor reduces motor vibration and noise.
- **Freshwater & Marine Compatible:** Corrosion-resistant materials safe for all aquarium environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 724856-6573
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065733
- **Product Type:** Spare Part > Aquarium Power Filter Replacement Impeller
- **Compatible Filter Model:** Seachem Tidal 110 Power Filter
- **Flow Rate Capacity:** Supports up to 2,000 L/h
- **Material:** High-quality plastic with a corrosion-resistant stainless steel shaft
- **Package Dimensions:** 80 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Fitting Dimensions:** Precision-engineered for a secure and snug fit within the filter
- **Gross Package Weight:** 85 g
- **Rotor Material:** High-Strength Magnetic Assembly & Durable Synthetic Polymer
- **Environment Compatibility:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Tidal 110 Replacement Pump
High-Capacity OEM Replacement Pump Assembly for Tidal 110 Filters To Restore Proper Water Circulation & Filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/seachem-tidal-110-replacement-pump/
- Price: $72.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725217-6555 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065559
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-110-Replacement-Pump.jpg
Designed to factory specifications, this replacement pump restores your Tidal 110 filter to its original performance levels. It features a fully submersible epoxy-potted motor winding that operates quietly while resisting salt creep and internal corrosion. Replacing a damaged pump restores proper circulation and filtration without needing to replace the entire filter system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Motor Replacement:** Replaces damaged, noisy, or failed pump motors on Tidal 110 power filters.
- **Restoring Maximum Circulation:** Restores full factory-rated 1,700 L/h water turnover performance.
- **Emergency Backup:** Ideal spare component to keep on hand for high-volume display tanks.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- Step 1: Unplug the filter from power and remove the Tidal 110 unit from the aquarium rim.
- Step 2: Twist the failed pump motor assembly counter-clockwise to release it from the lower filter housing.
- Step 3: Align and seat the new OEM replacement pump, turning clockwise until securely locked in place.
- Step 4: Re-mount the filter onto the aquarium, restore water level, and plug in to resume self-priming operation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Authentic Sicce OEM Product:** Built specifically for exact fit and performance in Tidal 110 filters.
- **High-Flow Rate Output:** Restores full 1,700 L/h (450 US GPH) water turnover capacity.
- **Submerged Quiet Drive:** In-tank placement provides natural sound dampening and whisper-quiet operation.
- **Corrosion-Resistant Housing:** Encapsulated motor design is safe for both freshwater and marine environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725217-6555
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065559
- **Product Type:** Spare Part > Submersible Replacement Pump
- **Compatible Filter Model:** Seachem Tidal 110 Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 1,700 L/h (450 US GPH)
- **Power Draw:** 12 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 137.50 mm (L) × 77.11 mm (W) × 121 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 440 g
---
#### Seachem Tidal 35 Replacement Impeller
Replacement rotor and impeller assembly for the Seachem Tidal 35 Hang-On-Back (HOB) Power Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/seachem-tidal-35-replacement-impeller/
- Price: $15.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724853-6603 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116066037
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-35-Replacement-Impeller.jpg
Seachem Tidal 35 Replacement Impeller (SKU: 724853-6603) is a genuine factory replacement rotor and impeller assembly built for the Seachem Tidal 35 Hang-On-Back (HOB) Power Filter. Designed with a magnetic drive and durable blades, it restores original water flow performance, silent drive operation, and self-cleaning efficiency.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filter Maintenance & Repair:** Replace when your Tidal 35 filter exhibits reduced flow rate, rattling noise, or fails to restart after power loss.
- **Periodic Replacement:** Swap out worn, mineral-encrusted, or damaged impellers to extend power filter operational life.
**Installation & Cleaning Guide**
- Unplug the Tidal 35 filter unit and remove the pump assembly from the filter basin.
- Twist the pump housing cover off to expose the impeller cavity.
- Extract the old impeller assembly, clean out any debris from the pump chamber, insert the new replacement impeller, and reassemble.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine OEM Part:** Designed specifically for exact fit and operational specs in Tidal 35 HOB filters.
- **Corrosion-Proof Materials:** Ceramic and high-grade magnetic assembly suitable for freshwater and marine tanks. High-quality plastic and stainless steel shaft for durability.
- **Self-Cleaning Hydro-Dynamics:** Engineered to prevent internal debris collection and reduce maintenance frequency.
- **Silent Drive Operation:** Precision-balanced blades eliminate operational vibration and rattle noise.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724853-6603 (Internal ID: 130697)
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): **000116066037
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Equipment Replacement Parts / Impeller Rotor
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 50 g
- **Compatibility:** Seachem Tidal 35 Power Filter
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Filters
- **Flow Rate Capacity**: 500 litres per hour (LPH)
---
#### Seachem Tidal 35 Replacement Pump
Genuine OEM Replacement Pump Assembly for Tidal 35 Power Filters B rings Back Optimal Flow & Filtration Efficiency.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/seachem-tidal-35-replacement-pump/
- Price: $51.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725214-6598 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065986
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-35-Replacement-Pump.jpg
To restore your Seachem Tidal™ Power Filter's peak performance, use a genuine Tidal™ Replacement Pump. These pumps are designed for seamless compatibility and easy installation, bringing back optimal flow and filtration efficiency. Built to factory specifications, this replacement pump restores original 500 L/h flow capacity and quiet operation to your filter system. Featuring a fully submersible design, energy-efficient motor winding, and epoxy-sealed housing, it operates reliably in both freshwater and marine aquarium environments. Using the correct replacement pump helps keep your aquarium clean, clear, and healthy. Swapping out a damaged pump restores proper filtration without requiring a full filter unit replacement.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump Failure Replacement:** Replaces a seized, damaged, or burnt-out motor unit on Tidal 35 filters.
- **Restoring Filter Output:** Replaces worn motor units to restore full 500 L/h flow performance.
- **Spare Part Maintenance:** Essential backup motor for fast repairs during equipment failures.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- Step 1: Disconnect the Tidal 35 filter from mains power and remove it from the aquarium.
- Step 2: Detach the old pump assembly from the underside of the filter body by twisting and unlocking it.
- Step 3: Align the new OEM replacement pump with the locking tabs and twist firmly until sealed in position.
- Step 4: Reinstall the filter, fill with water, and plug into power to resume automatic self-priming operation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Seachem OEM Part:** Engineered by Sicce for exact drop-in compatibility with Tidal 35 filters.
- **Quiet Submersible Drive:** Energy-efficient magnetic motor delivers whisper-quiet performance.
- **Restores Full Flow:** Restores full 500 L/h (130 US GPH) turnover capacity.
- **Freshwater & Reef Safe:** Sealed, non-corrosive housing safe for all aquatic environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725214-6598
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065986
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Submersible Replacement Pump
- **Compatible Filter Model:** Seachem Tidal 35 Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 500 L/h (130 US GPH)
- **Power Draw:** 6 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 137.50 mm (L) × 77.11 mm (W) × 121 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 280 g
---
#### Seachem Tidal 55 Replacement Impeller
Genuine OEM Impeller Assembly Spare Part For Maintaining Optimal Performance In Tidal 55 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/seachem-tidal-55-replacement-impeller/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724854-6571 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065719
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-55-Replacement-Impeller.jpg
Designed to factory specifications, this replacement impeller restores quiet operation and full flow capacity to your Tidal 55 filter. Constructed from high-durability synthetic materials and a corrosion-resistant magnetic core, it is suitable for both freshwater and marine aquarium setups. Replacing a worn impeller helps maintain optimal filtration performance and protects the pump motor.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reduced Filter Flow:** Replaces impellers with worn blades or weak magnetic pull.
- **Noisy Operation:** Reverses rattling or clicking sounds caused by rotor wear.
- **Spare Part Maintenance:** Keep on hand to quickly fix emergency filter performance issues.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- Step 1: Unplug the Tidal 55 filter from power and remove the pump unit from the filter body.
- Step 2: Rotate and pull the pump faceplate to expose the impeller well.
- Step 3: Remove the old impeller and rinse the well to remove any mineral deposits or debris.
- Step 4: Slide the replacement impeller into place, reattach the cover, and re-prime the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct OEM Replacement:** Built specifically for exact fit and performance in Tidal 55 filters, it is simple and easy to swap without requiring any specialised tools.
- **Restores Factory Output:** Restores full circulation performance up to 1,000 L/h (250 US GPH).
- **Quiet Magnetic Drive:** Precision assembly reduces vibration for quiet filter operation.
- **Freshwater & Reef Safe:** Built with non-corrosive materials suitable for all aquatic environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 724854-6571
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065719
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Power Filter Replacement Impeller
- **Compatible Filter Model:** Seachem Tidal 55 Power Filter
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 35 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Fitting Dimensions: **Meticulously engineered for a secure and snug fit within the filter
- **Flow Rate Capacity:** Supports up to 1,000 L/h.
- **Gross Package Weight:** 55 g
- **Material:** Superior-quality plastic and stainless steel shaft.
- **Rotor Material:** Premium Magnetic Assembly & Moulded Polymer
- **Environment Compatibility:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Tidal 55 Replacement Pump
Original OEM Replacement Pump Unit for Tidal 55 Power Filters Extending Overall Service Life of Filter System.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/seachem-tidal-55-replacement-pump/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725215-6553 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116066556
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-55-Replacement-Pump.jpg
Manufactured to strict OEM tolerances, this replacement pump restores your Tidal 55 filter to its original 1,000 L/h flow capacity and quiet operation. The fully sealed, submersible housing operates smoothly in both freshwater and marine environments. Installing a fresh pump restores proper filtration performance and extends the overall service life of your filter system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump Replacement:** Replaces worn, noisy, or non-functional pump units on Tidal 55 filters.
- **Restoring Water Circulation:** Restores factory flow rate performance back to 1,000 L/h.
- **Preventative Maintenance:** Handy spare part for quick maintenance and minimal filtration downtime.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- Step 1: Unplug the filter unit from power and lift it off the rear glass rim.
- Step 2: Twist the old pump counter-clockwise to detach it from the underside of the main filter body.
- Step 3: Press the new OEM pump into position and rotate clockwise to lock the waterproof seal.
- Step 4: Re-hang the filter, plug into power, and allow the submerged pump to self-prime automatically.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct OEM Fit:** Designed by Sicce specifically for seamless compatibility with Tidal 55 power filters.
- **Restores 1,000 L/h Output:** Restores original flow rate and surface skimming performance.
- **Whisper-Quiet Submerged Drive:** In-tank pump placement minimises motor noise and vibration.
- **Durable Non-Corrosive Design:** Sealed motor housing is safe for both freshwater and saltwater tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725215-6553
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116066556
- **Product Type:** Spare Part > Submersible Replacement Pump
- **Compatible Filter Model:** Seachem Tidal 55 Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 1,000 L/h (250 US GPH)
- **Power Draw:** 7 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 137.50 mm (L) × 77.11 mm (W) × 121 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 320 g
---
#### Seachem Tidal 75 Replacement Impeller
Genuine OEM Replacement Impeller Assembly To Maintain Pumping Performance in Tidal 75 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/seachem-tidal-75-replacement-impeller/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724855-6572 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065726
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Tidal-75-Replacement-Impeller.jpg
Manufactured in collaboration with Sicce to precise tolerances, this replacement impeller restores the smooth, silent operation and full circulation capacity of your Tidal 75 filter. Made with corrosion-resistant components, it performs reliably in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Replacing a worn impeller restores original filter efficiency and extends overall pump life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Restoring Water Circulation:** Use when water flow drops below normal operating rates.
- **Eliminating Motor Noise:** Replace damaged or unbalanced impellers causing filter vibration.
- **Preventative Care:** Keep as a backup component for quick maintenance and minimal filter downtime.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- Step 1: Disconnect power to the filter and detach the pump assembly from the filter body.
- Step 2: Turn the impeller cover counter-clockwise to remove it from the pump housing.
- Step 3: Extract the worn impeller assembly and wipe the housing clean of any biological buildup.
- Step 4: Seat the new replacement impeller firmly into the housing and secure the cover before restarting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact OEM Fit: **Quick and easy replacement with no specialised tools required**.** Designed specifically for seamless compatibility with Seachem Tidal 75 filters.
- **Restores Peak Flow:** Restores factory flow rate of up to 1,200 L/h (300 US GPH).
- **Smooth Magnetic Drive:** Precision-balanced rotor ensures quiet, vibration-free operation.
- **Durable Construction:** Non-corrosive components designed for long service life in freshwater or reef tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 724855-6572
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065726
- **Product Type:** Spare Part > Aquarium Power Filter Replacement Impeller
- **Compatible Filter Model:** Seachem Tidal 75 Power Filter
- **Flow Rate Capacity:** Supports up to 1,500 L/h
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 40 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Fitting Dimensions:** Accurately engineered for a secure and snug fit within the filter
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Material:** Durable plastic with a stainless steel shaft
- **Rotor Material:** High-Coercivity Magnetic Core & Synthetic Polymer Blades
- **Environment Compatibility:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
### Seachem — Dry Rock & Sand
#### Seachem Reef Glue 20g
High-Density Cyanoacrylate Gel for Coral Mounting & Fragging.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dry-rock-sand/seachem-reef-glue-20g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724936-3115 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116311502
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Dry Rock & Sand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dry-rock-sand/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Reef-Glue-20g.jpg
Seachem Reef Glue 20g (SKU: 724936-3115) is a specialised, superior-strength cyanoacrylate gel engineered for mounting SPS frags, soft corals, and zoanthids to live rock or ceramic plugs. Its high-viscosity formulation allows hobbyists to apply glue underwater or out of water without messy running or clouding.
The glue bonds within 15 to 30 seconds underwater, creating a robust, durable lock that holds frags stable against strong reef tank powerhead currents. Packaged in an aluminium tube, Reef Glue resists drying out in the container, ensuring extended usability across multiple coral prop sessions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **SPS & LPS Fragging:** Securing frag plugs and coral cuttings to live rock structures.
- **Reef Construction:** Bonding small live rock rubble pieces into custom coral displays.
- **Urchin & Snail Protection:** Firmly anchoring loose frags to prevent displaced corals by mobile invertebrates.
**Application & Handling Guide**
- Dispense a small bead of gel onto the base of the coral frag or mounting plug.
- Press the frag against the target live rock location underwater for 20 seconds.
- Wipe the nozzle clean before recapping tightly to prevent air exposure.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Thick Gel Density:** Stays in place without running or washing away in currents.
- **Rapid Underwater Set Time:** Cures firmly in 15–30 seconds directly in the saltwater column.
- **Reef Safe Formula:** Completely inert once cured; does not leach toxic chemicals into marine water.
- **Durable Aluminium Container:** Prevents premature drying and nozzle blockage between uses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724936-3115
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116311502
- **Product Type:** Dry Rock & Sand / Coral Adhesives
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 30 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef Aquariums
---
### Seachem — Soil & Substrate
#### Seachem Flourite Black 3.5kg
Porous clay gravel for planted aquariums in a rinse-in-bag pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/seachem-flourite-black-3-5kg/
- Price: $34.20 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725406-3723
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Seachem-Flourite-Black-3.5kg.jpg
A nano or small planted tank does not need a 7 kg bag of substrate, and this is the size made for it. Seachem Flourite Black 3.5kg (SKU: 725406-3723) is Seachem's specially fractured, stable, porous clay gravel for the natural planted aquarium, in a deep black that sets off green leaves and brightly coloured fish. Seachem says it is most effective used alone as an integral substrate bed, though it can be mixed with other gravels, and that gravel modifiers such as laterite are not necessary. Its look suits planted tanks best, but it can be used in any freshwater aquarium.
Flourite Black is not chemically coated or treated, so it will not alter the pH of the water, and Seachem states it is good for the life of the aquarium and need not be replaced. It keeps its form when wet and will not soften or decompose, even over an undergravel filter. Seachem's Flourish fertilisers are optional extras for denser growth rather than necessities. The 3.5 kg bag has a mesh bottom so the gravel can be rinsed right in the bag, and Seachem puts 7 kg at about 7,000 cm³, making this pack roughly 3,500 cm³ of gravel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small planted tanks:** About 3,500 cm³ of gravel, enough for a 35 × 20 cm floor at 5 cm deep.
- **Topping up a Flourite bed:** Adding depth or rebuilding slopes in an existing Flourite Black aquarium.
- **Black-substrate displays:** Planted, shrimp and community tanks where a dark floor shows off the colour of plants, shrimp and fish.
- **Undergravel filter tanks:** Seachem confirms it will not soften or break down over a UGF.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Shipping can leave dust, so rinse the gravel in its mesh-bottom bag until the water runs clearer.
- **Fill gently:** Stand a bowl on the gravel and pour water into it so it overflows without stirring up the bed.
- **Clear the haze:** Some cloudiness at first is normal; filter floss removes it, and Seachem Clarity speeds it up.
- **Adding to a running tank:** Add small, well-rinsed amounts spaced 12 to 24 hours apart so the water stays clear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Porous clay gravel:** Specially fractured and stable, made for rooted plants.
- **No pH change:** Not chemically coated or treated.
- **Lasts the life of the tank:** Does not soften, decompose or need replacing.
- **No laterite needed:** Works alone as a complete substrate bed.
- **Rinse-in-bag pack:** Mesh bottom on the 3.5 kg size, so no bucket is needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725406-3723
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116372305
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Gravel
- **Model:** Seachem Flourite Black 3.5 kg (item 3723)
- **Net Weight:** 3.5 kg
- **Approximate Volume:** About 3,500 cm³
- **Material:** Porous clay gravel, not chemically coated
- **pH Effect:** None
- **Optional Fertilisers:** Seachem Flourish, Flourish Tabs, Flourish Iron
- **Other Size:** 7 kg (725405-3725)
- **Target Environment:** Planted and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourite Black 7kg
Premium Porous Clay Substrate for Natural Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/seachem-flourite-black-7kg/
- Price: $45.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725405-3725
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Seachem-Flourite-Black-7kg.jpg
Seachem Flourite Black 7kg (SKU: 725405-3725) is a specially porous, premium clay substrate designed for natural planted aquariums. Its appearance is best suited to planted aquaria, but may be used in any freshwater aquarium environment. Its dark obsidian aesthetic enhances the vivid green hues of aquatic plants and the colours of tropical fish, while providing an ideal matrix for aquatic root expansion and biological filtration.
Flourite Dark is most effective when used alone as an integral substrate bed, but it may be mixed with other gravels. Gravel modifiers such as laterite are not necessary. Unlike coated or chemically altered gravels, Flourite Black is a permanent, inert clay material that never needs replacement. Flourite Dark is not chemically coated or treated and will not alter the pH of the water.
Flourite Dark is good for the life of the aquarium and need not be replaced. It will not break down or turn to mud over time, and it remains free of chemical coatings, making it completely parameter-neutral for long-term aquascape stability. Seachem Flourite black is a specially fractured, stable, porous clay gravel for the natural planted aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Aquascapes:** Provides an ideal rooted matrix for stems, crypts, swords, and carpet plants.
- **Freshwater Community Displays:** Excellent dark gravel alternative for shrimp, cichlids, and community setups.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- Rinse thoroughly before use to clear residual fine clay dust.
- Spread substrate across the tank floor to achieve a depth of 5–7 cm (2–3 inches) for root support.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Permanent Porous Clay:** Natural clay structure will not degrade, break down, or require replacement.
- **Rich Dark Aesthetics:** Deep black appearance enhances plant greens and livestock colours.
- **High Mineral Holding Capacity:** High Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) anchors nutrients for plant root uptake.
- **Chemically Inert:** Does not alter pH, KH, or GH water hardness parameters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725405-3725
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116037259
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Soil & Substrate
- **Package Dimensions:** 420 mm (L) × 280 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 7,100 g (7.1 kg)
- **Net Weight:** 7,000 g (7.0 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Planted & Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourite Black Sand 3.5kg
Compact Porous Black Clay Substrate Gives Long-Term Mineral Nutrition to Plant Root Zones In Small Aquariums, Nano & Shrimp Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/seachem-flourite-black-sand-3-5kg/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725190-3523 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116352307
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourite-Black-Sand-3.5kg.jpg
Seachem Flourite Black Sand 3.5kg (SKU: 725190-3523) is a premium porous clay substrate designed for small planted aquariums, nano aquascapes, and shrimp tanks. Featuring a dark black fine-grain texture, this natural substrate anchors plant roots securely while creating an attractive contrast that enhances plant and fish colouration.
Flourite Sand is a stable, porous clay gravel designed as a natural substrate for planted freshwater aquariums, though it suits any freshwater setup. It works best as a complete substrate bed and doesn't require additional gravel modifiers like laterite. This natural product is not chemically treated, will not alter pH, and provides long-lasting benefits for the life of the aquarium. Packed with bioavailable iron and essential trace elements, Flourite Black Sand provides long-term mineral nutrition directly to plant root zones. Chemically inert and non-coated, it will not alter pH or water hardness and remains effective for the lifetime of the aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Planted Aquascapes:** Sized for small planted aquariums and desktop aquascapes up to 40 litres.
- **Shrimp & Invertebrate Setups:** Dark background encourages vibrant colouration in dwarf shrimp.
- **Targeted Plant Zones:** Ideal for creating specific planted sections within larger sand beds.
**Placement & Preparation Guide**
- **Preparation:** Rinse with fresh water prior to placement to clear fine clay dust.
- **Layering:** Spread evenly to a depth of 5 cm for root-feeding plant species.
- **Refill Care:** Add water slowly over a plate or plastic wrap to minimise substrate disturbance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Iron-Rich Mineral Composition:** Supplies essential minerals directly to root-feeding aquatic plants.
- **Dark Aesthetic:** Jet-black sand texture makes green plants and colourful fish stand out.
- **Chemically Inert:** Will not affect water pH, GH, or KH parameters.
- **Compact 3.5kg Bag:** Sized for nano tanks and targeted aquascaping layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725190-3523
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116352307
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Substrates
- **Package Dimensions:** 240 mm (L) × 180 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3,600 g
- **Net Weight:** 3,500 g (3.5 kg)
- **Grain Texture:** Fine Porous Clay Sand
- **Target Environment:** Nano Freshwater Planted Aquariums & Shrimp Tanks
---
#### Seachem Flourite Black Sand 7kg
Premium Porous Black Clay Substrate For Delicate Plant Root Systems & Highlights Plant & Fish Colouration In Freshwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/seachem-flourite-black-sand-7kg/
- Price: $56.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725189-3525 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116352505
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Flourite-Black-Sand-7kg.jpg
Seachem Flourite Black Sand 7kg (SKU: 725189-3525) is a porous, specially fractured clay substrate designed for freshwater planted aquariums. Formulated specifically for aquascapes, this natural clay substrate features a dark black fine-grain sand texture that provides an ideal anchor for delicate plant root systems while creating a striking contrast that highlights plant and fish colouration.
Unlike standard inert sands that lack nutritional capacity, Flourite Black Sand is rich in essential minerals, including iron, calcium, magnesium, and potassium. Chemically inert and non-coated, it will not alter water pH or carbonate hardness(KH) and remains effective for the lifetime of the aquarium without needing replacement.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Freshwater Planted Aquascapes:** Premium dark substrate for rooted aquatic plants, carpeting species, and mosses.
- **Shrimp & Nano Aquariums:** Dark sand texture enhances colouration in Neocaridina shrimp and nano fish.
- **Lifetime Substrate Layer:** Long-lasting substrate that does not break down or decompose over time.
**Placement & Preparation Guide**
- **Pre-Rinsing Instructions:** Rinse in a bucket with clean water prior to placement to flush loose fine clay dust.
- **Bed Depth:** Spread evenly across the tank bottom to a depth of 5 cm to 7.5 cm for proper root anchoring.
- **Filling Technique:** Pour water gently over a plate or plastic sheet placed on the sand bed to avoid disturbing the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Porous Clay Mineral Matrix:** Rich in bioavailable iron, magnesium, calcium, and essential trace elements.
- **Natural Jet-Black Texture:** Dark sand texture provides a striking contrast against green foliage and bright fish.
- **Chemically Inert & Safe:** Will not alter aquarium pH, GH, or KH parameters.
- **Permanent Substrate:** Will not decompose, compact into dead zones, or require replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725189-3525
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116352505
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Substrates
- **Package Dimensions:** 320 mm (L) × 220 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 7,200 g
- **Net Weight:** 7,000 g (7 kg)
- **Grain Size:** Fine Porous Clay Sand
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums, Shrimp Tanks & Aquascapes
---
#### Seachem Flourite Sand 3.5kg
Compact Porous Tan Clay Substrate Provides Long-Term Plant Nutrition & Natural Riverbed Look In Smaller Freshwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/seachem-flourite-sand-3-5kg/
- Price: $30.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725191-3513 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116351300
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Flourite-Sand-3.5kg.jpg
Rich in bioavailable iron and trace minerals, Flourite Sand provides long-term plant nutrition without needing replacement. Chemically inert and non-coated, it will not alter water pH or carbonate hardness, making it a reliable substrate choice for small planted setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Planted Aquariums:** Sized for small tanks and nano setups under 40 litres.
- **Natural Riverbed Scapes:** Creates natural sand riverbed paths in aquascaped tanks.
- **Root-Feeding Species:** Supports heavy root-feeding species like Crypts and Dwarf Swords.
**Placement & Preparation Guide**
- **Preparation:** Rinse in a bucket with fresh water before placement to remove excess clay dust.
- **Placement:** Spread across the aquarium floor to a depth of 5 cm for proper root anchoring.
- **Water Addition:** Fill the tank slowly using a saucer to shield the sand bed from turbulence.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Clay Mineral Matrix:** Rich in bioavailable iron, magnesium, and trace minerals.
- **Natural Riverbed Tan Colour:** Creates an authentic riverbed look in planted displays.
- **pH & Parameter Neutral:** Will not alter water pH, GH, or alkalinity.
- **Compact 3.5kg Bag:** Sized for small tanks and targeted aquascaping layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725191-3513
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116351300
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Substrates
- **Package Dimensions:** 240 mm (L) × 180 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3,600 g
- **Net Weight:** 3,500 g (3.5 kg)
- **Grain Size:** Fine Porous Clay Sand
- **Target Environment:** Small Freshwater Planted Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Flourite Sand 7kg
Premium Natural Porous Clay Substrate Providing Key Mineral Nutrients To Aquatic Plant Roots In Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/seachem-flourite-sand-7kg/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725188-3515 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116035156
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Flourite-Sand-7kg.jpg
Seachem Flourite Sand 7kg (SKU: 725188-3515) is a natural porous clay substrate engineered for planted freshwater aquariums. Featuring a fine-grained, natural reddish-tan sand appearance, Flourite Sand creates a natural riverbed look while supplying key mineral nutrients to aquatic plant root systems. Its fine-grain texture not only creates a pleasing natural look but also allows water and nutrients to circulate through the substrate effectively. This promotes the establishment of beneficial bacteria, contributing to a more stable and balanced aquatic environment. Its porous structure allows plant roots to penetrate easily and access bound nutrients.
Flourite Sand is rich in iron, calcium, magnesium, and trace elements, making it an effective long-term substrate choice for rooted species like Cryptocoryne, Echinodorus (Sword plants), and Vallisneria. Unlike inert gravels, this specially formulated sand provides a rich base for rooted aquatic plants, encouraging strong root systems and vigorous growth without the need for additional buffering or additives.
Seachem Flourite Sand is a premium aquarium substrate made from natural, porous clay that supports healthy plant growth in freshwater tanks. Non-coated and chemically inert, it will not leach unwanted chemicals or alter water pH levels. A high-quality base medium for planted aquariums, Seachem Flourite Sand helps create a lush, vibrant underwater landscape while improving long-term aquarium health.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Riverbed Aquascapes:** Natural tan clay sand texture for freshwater planted displays.
- **Rooted Plant Growth:** Provides an ideal mineral-rich foundation for heavy root-feeding aquatic plants.
- **Bottom-Dweller Habitat:** Smooth sand texture is safe for bottom-dwelling species and corydoras.
**Placement & Preparation Guide**
- **Rinsing Instructions:** Rinse thoroughly in a bucket before use to remove excess clay dust.
- **Substrate Depth:** Lay to a depth of at least 5 cm to 7.5 cm to ensure strong root development.
- **Filling Technique:** Place a saucer over the sandbed when filling to prevent churning up substrate particles.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rich in Natural Minerals:** Natural clay-based sand designed for planted aquarium substrates. This sand is loaded with iron, calcium, magnesium, and essential trace elements.
- **Natural Riverbed Aesthetic:** Warm tan colour creates a natural riverbed look in planted displays. Fine grain texture enhances aquarium aesthetics.
- **Chemically Inert Formula:** Will not affect pH, GH, or carbonate hardness values.
- **Long-Lasting Performance:** Clay structure remains stable over time without breaking down into mud. Porous structure encourages beneficial bacterial colonisation.
- **Aquatic Plant Health:** Suitable for freshwater tanks with rooted plants. Supports strong plant root development and overall plant health.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 725188-3515
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116035156
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate / Planted Substrates
- **Package Dimensions:** 320 mm (L) × 220 mm (W) × 40 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 7,200 g
- **Net Weight:** 7,000 g (7 kg)
- **Grain Texture:** Natural Porous Clay Sand
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
---
### Seachem — Filters
#### Seachem Tidal 35 Hangon Filter 135l
Compact Hang-On-Back Power Filter Offering Professional-Grade Filtration In Nano Tanks & Small Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/seachem-tidal-35-hangon-filter-135l/
- Price: $74.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725210-6591 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065917
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Tidal-35-Hangon-Filter-135l-3.jpg
Featuring a dual water-intake design, the Tidal 35 draws water simultaneously through a surface skimmer and a lower intake pipe. This dual intake design removes floating surface film while pulling bottom detritus into the filter. The large media basket holds Matrix biological media, filter sponges, and custom media without forcing aquarists to buy expensive replacement cartridges. An adjustable flow dial allows precise current control for delicate fish like bettas and dwarf shrimp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Small Aquariums:** Core filtration for desktop planted tanks, shrimp tanks, and small saltwater setups up to 135 L.
- **Gentle Flow Applications:** Adjustable flow control allows reduction for delicate, low-flow species.
- **Surface Scum Removal:** Built-in skimmer extracts oily surface biofilm for improved light penetration.
**Installation & Operating Guide**
- Step 1: Hang the filter body securely onto the back wall of the aquarium and level it using the lower adjustment screw.
- Step 2: Pack the included media matrix and sponge into the removable basket and insert it into the filter body.
- Step 3: Plug the power cord into a wall outlet; the internal pump will self-prime instantly.
- Step 4: Rotate the top flow knob to balance surface skimming and main chamber throughput.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **In-Tank Submerged Pump:** Delivers quiet operation and reliable self-priming capability.
- **Dual Intake Surface Skimmer:** Clears surface scum while pulling bottom waste into the filter chamber.
- **Customizable Filter Basket:** No proprietary cartridges required; accepts all standard media types.
- **Adjustable Flow Control:** Dial down flow rate for delicate fish or up for maximum turnover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725210-6591
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065917
- **Product Type:** Filters > Aquarium Power Filter / Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Max Aquarium Size:** Up to 135 Litres (35 US gallons)
- **Max Flow Rate:** 500 L/h (130 US GPH)
- **Power Consumption:** 6 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 174.68 mm (L) × 143 mm (W) × 223.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 890 g
- **Environment Compatibility:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Seachem Tidal 75 Hangon Filter 285l
High-Performance Hang-On-Back Power Filter with Surface Skimmer Pulls Out Floating Oils, Film, & Surface Debris.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/seachem-tidal-75-hangon-filter-285l/
- Price: $137.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725212-6529 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116065290
- Brand: Seachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/seachem/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Seachem-Tidal-75-Hangon-Filter-285l-2.jpg
The filter features a large media basket that accommodates a wide variety of biological, chemical, and mechanical filter media without forcing aquarists into proprietary cartridges. Key built-in conveniences include a fully adjustable flow control dial, a maintenance alert monitor that indicates when media requires cleaning, a self-cleaning impeller housing, and a heater attachment holder. The Tidal 75 provides efficient, quiet filtration for both freshwater aquascapes and marine environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to Large Aquariums:** Core filtration system for freshwater planted, cichlid, or saltwater tanks up to 285 L.
- **Surface Film Removal:** Built-in surface skimmer removes oily surface scum to improve gas exchange.
- **Customizable Media Setups:** High-capacity basket allows customised layering of biological media, matrix, and carbon.
**Installation & Operating Guide**
- Step 1: Hang the filter body onto the rear rim of the aquarium and adjust the levelling dial to ensure a vertical posture.
- Step 2: Fill the media basket with desired filtration media, insert it into the chamber, and place the lid on top.
- Step 3: Plug the filter into a grounded electrical outlet; the internal submerged pump will prime automatically.
- Step 4: Adjust the top flow control dial and surface skimmer intake ratio to match desired circulation requirements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Self-Priming Submerged Pump:** Quiet Sicce pump located inside the tank ensures automatic restarts after power outages.
- **Integrated Surface Skimmer:** Extracts floating surface film and organic scum to boost oxygenation.
- **High-Capacity Media Basket:** Large volume accommodates custom filter media without requiring proprietary cartridges.
- **Maintenance Alert Feature:** Visual blue monitor pops up when media is clogged and requires rinsing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem / Sicce
- **SKU:** 725212-6529
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116065290
- **Product Type:** Filters > Aquarium Power Filter > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Max Aquarium Size:** Up to 285 Litres (75 US gallons)
- **Max Flow Rate:** 1,200 L/h (300 US GPH)
- **Power Consumption:** 12 Watts
- **Package Dimensions:** 254.21 mm (L) × 273.79 mm (W) × 189.97 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,500 g
- **Environment Compatibility:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Aquavitro (by Seachem) — Accessories
#### Aquavitro Coral Cutter 18cm
Heavy-Duty Straight Surgical Shears for Stony Coral Propagation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aquavitro-coral-cutter-18cm/
- Price: $66.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725093-7691 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116769105
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Coral-Cutter-18cm-2.jpg
The Aquavitro Coral Cutter 18cm (SKU: 725093-7691) is a heavy-duty fragging tool designed for precision fragmentation of stony coral colonies and hard skeletal branches. Equipped with ultra-sharp straight cutting edges and reinforced fulcrum pivot joints, this cutter delivers maximum mechanical power straight to the cutting point with minimal user exertion.
This Coral Cutter is a durable, stainless steel tool designed for precise coral propagation with minimal stress, ensuring clean cuts for healthy regrowth. Its ergonomic handle provides comfort and control, making it ideal for both hobbyists and professionals.
Crafted from marine-grade surgical stainless steel, the tool is engineered to withstand frequent immersion in saltwater without oxidising or binding at the pivot. Its 18cm streamlined design allows aquarists to comfortably maneuver into tight spaces within display tanks or frag racks to execute clean, accurate cuts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Branching SPS Propagation:** Perfect for precise slicing through branching hard corals like Acropora, Seriatopora, and Stylophora.
- **Base Trimming:** Removing unwanted plug bases or rock fragments before mounting frags to fresh ceramic disks.
**Operational & Care Guide**
- Align the straight blades perpendicular to the coral skeleton and compress handles with a swift, firm squeeze.
- Rinse in tap or RO water after contact with saltwater and store dry to maintain crisp cutting action.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Straight Cutting Precision:** Delivers direct, visible alignment for surgical placement on delicate coral skeletons.
- **Corrosion-Proof Alloy:** Premium stainless steel construction resists pit corrosion in high-salinity reef systems.
- **Reinforced Pivot Joint:** Built to handle high torque forces when snapping dense coral bone without flexing.
- **Ergonomic Grip:** Textured handle contour provides non-slip control when working with wet hands.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725093-7691
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116769105
- **Product Type:** Coral Propagation Tools > Straight Cutters
- **Package Dimensions:** 210 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 20 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 215 g
- **Overall Length:** 180 mm (18 cm)
- **Material:** Marine-Grade Surgical Stainless Steel
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Crescent Coral Cutter 19cm
Precision Surgical Stainless Steel Curved Shears for Heavy-Branching Coral Propagation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aquavitro-crescent-coral-cutter-19cm/
- Price: $69.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725092-7697 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116076975
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Crescent-Coral-Cutter-19cm-2.jpg
The Aquavitro Crescent Coral Cutter 19cm (SKU: 725092-7697) is a premium-grade coral fragging tool designed specifically for clean, effortless cutting through dense SPS skeletal structures and thick stony coral bases. Featuring a specialised crescent-curved blade geometry, this cutter cradles coral branches during compression, preventing crushing, shattering, or tissue tearing along delicate frag margins. This Coral Cutter is a durable, stainless steel tool designed for precise coral propagation with minimal stress. Its crescent-shaped blades ensure clean cuts, while the ergonomic grip provides comfort and control for both hobbyists and professionals.
Engineered from surgical-grade surgical stainless steel, this tool resists corrosion from prolonged exposure to harsh marine environments. The extended 19cm offset handles provide exceptional leverage, making it an essential instrument for professional aquarists, coral propagation facilities, and reef hobbyists seeking clean, surgical frags that heal rapidly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **SPS & LPS Coral Fragging:** Ideal for cutting thick Acropora, Montipora, Pocillopora, and stony coral bases up to 1.5cm in diameter.
- **Reef Maintenance & Pruning:** Trimming overgrown hard coral colonies to optimise light penetration and flow across the reef crest.
**Operational & Care Guide**
- Position the crescent blades around the targeted coral branch base and apply steady, continuous pressure to achieve a single clean snap.
- Rinse thoroughly with fresh water and dry completely after every marine exposure to preserve blade sharpness and corrosion resistance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Crescent Blade Design:** Curved jaw profile stabilises coral branches to eliminate slippage and minimise tissue damage during cuts.
- **Surgical-Grade Stainless Steel:** High-nickel alloy construction ensures maximum rust resistance and long-term mechanical durability in saltwater.
- **High-Leverage Ergonomics:** 19cm extended length reduces hand fatigue during high-volume propagation sessions.
- **Rapid Healing Edge:** Creates smooth fracture surfaces that encourage fast tissue recovery and coral encrustation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725092-7697
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116076975
- **Product Type:** Coral Propagation Tools > Surgical Shears
- **Package Dimensions:** 220 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 20 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 240 g
- **Overall Length:** 190 mm (19 cm)
- **Material:** Premium Surgical Stainless Steel
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
---
### Aquavitro (by Seachem) — Filters
#### Aquavitro Intake Screen 17mm (10cm Long)
Premium Stainless Steel Mesh Guard for Aquarium Inflows.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquavitro-intake-screen-17mm-10cm-long/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725101-7678 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116076784
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Intake-Screen-17mm-10cm-Long-2.jpg
The Aquavitro Intake Screen 17mm (SKU: 725101-7678) is an essential filtration safeguard engineered to protect delicate livestock from being drawn into filter intakes. Constructed with fine surgical-grade stainless steel mesh and a precision-moulded fitting, this intake guard slips seamlessly onto standard 17mm outer diameter (16/22mm tubed) glass or metal lily pipe filter intakes. Its fine mesh structure prevents clogging from debris, resists biofilm buildup, and securely fits 17mm intake pipes, making it an essential addition to shrimp tanks, breeder setups, and planted aquariums.
This Intake Screen is a durable, surgical-grade stainless steel pre-filter designed to protect shrimp, fry, and small fish from being sucked into filter intakes while maintaining strong water flow.
Measuring 10cm in length, the expanded surface area prevents flow restriction while effectively blocking small freshwater dwarf shrimp, nano fish, fry, and large debris from entering canister filters. It provides peace of mind for planted aquascapes, shrimp breeding systems, and delicate display aquariums without degrading pump turnover rates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp & Nano Aquariums:** Essential for protecting juvenile Caridina/Neocaridina shrimp and small fry from suction injuries.
- **Planted Tanks:** Keeps plant leaves and substrate particles from clogging intake pipes and filter impellers.
**Placement & Installation Guide**
- Slide the flexible elastomeric collar of the intake screen over the bottom opening of any 17mm filter inlet pipe until secure.
- Periodically clear accumulated plant debris or detritus from the mesh surface using a soft toothbrush during routine water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Fine Stainless Mesh:** Prevents tiny shrimp hatchlings and fry from slipping into canister filtration paths.
- **High Flow Surface Area:** 10cm length spreads suction over a wider area to prevent water flow bottlenecking.
- **Corrosion-Resistant Steel:** High-durability mesh construction will not leach metals or degrade in fresh or brackish setups.
- **Precision 17mm Fit:** Fits standard 16/22mm hose system intakes, glass lily pipes, and stainless inlet tubes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725101-7678
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116076784
- **Product Type:** Filter Accessories > Intake Guards
- **Package Dimensions:** 140 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 30 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Guard Length:** 100 mm (10 cm)
- **Connection Diameter:** 17 mm (Fits 16/22mm tubing systems)
- **Mesh Material:** Surgical Stainless Steel Mesh
---
### Aquavitro (by Seachem) — Ornament
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Small Hut
Porous Ceramic Hide & Breeding Shelter for Dwarf Shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/aquavitro-shrimp-small-hut/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725161-7076 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070768
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Small-Hut.jpg
The Aquavitro Shrimp Small Hut (SKU: 725161-7076) is a specialised ceramic breeding cave and shelter tailored specifically for dwarf shrimp, fry, and small benthic invertebrates. Small aquarium inhabitants like shrimp and fish instinctively seek secluded spots to reduce stress and avoid being preyed upon. Crafted from inert, high-porosity natural clay, this shelter mimics natural rocky overhangs and crevices where shrimp seek refuge during critical moulting periods.
Beyond serving as a safe hideaway, the micro-porous ceramic material provides vast surface area for beneficial biofilm and nitrifying bacteria colonisation. This is especially crucial for vulnerable moulting shrimp and egg-carrying females, who may abandon their eggs without a secure refuge. Aquavitro shrimp enrichment accessories offer ideal hiding places and can also foster the growth of beneficial algae and biofilm, which serve as important food sources for many small shrimp species. Shrimp continuously graze on this biofilm, making the hut both a functional sanctuary and a natural food source multiplier inside nano and planted aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp Breeding Tanks:** Creates essential hiding space for berried females and newly hatched shrimpets.
- **Community Aquariums:** Offers protection for small invertebrates during moulting when their exoskeletons are vulnerable.
**Placement Guide**
- Place directly onto the substrate near aquatic mosses, plants, or low-flow shelter zones.
- Can be tied with mosses or micro-ferns (like Java Moss or Anubias Pangolino) to seamlessly blend into the aquascape.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Inert Natural Ceramic:** Will not leach minerals, alter pH, or affect GH/KH water hardness levels.
- **Biofilm Colonisation Surface:** Highly porous structure encourages natural biofilm growth for shrimp grazing.
- **Moulting Safety Sanctuary:** Reduces stress and mortality rates by providing secure shelter during exoskeleton shedding.
- **Aquascape Friendly:** Natural earthy tone integrates smoothly into planted and nano aquarium layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725161-7076
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070768
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Decor > Shrimp Shelters
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 60 mm × 60 mm × 50 mm
- **Material:** Highly Porous Fired Clay Ceramic
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Shrimp & Planted Aquariums
---
### Aquavitro (by Seachem) — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Cubes 5 Pcs.
Stackable Porous Ceramic Modular Shelters for Shrimp Breeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/aquavitro-shrimp-cubes-5-pcs/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725168-7085 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070850
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Cubes-5-Pcs.jpg
The Aquavitro Shrimp Cubes 5 Pcs. (SKU: 725168-7085) set consists of five open-ended ceramic cube shelters engineered for custom modular assembly. Designed with clean geometric lines, these cubes can be stacked, aligned, or scattered to build geometric habitat structures tailored to your specific aquascape footprint.
Constructed from ultra-porous natural clay, each cube provides localised surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria and nutrient-rich biofilm. The dark ceramic tone offers contrast against bright substrate beds, while providing secure hiding chambers for dwarf shrimp, tiny fry, and micro-crustaceans.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Modular Breeding Pyramids:** Stack in 3-2-1 formation to build a multi-level shelter complex.
- **High-Density Shrimp Tanks:** Distribute shelter zones across the substrate to diminish territorial disputes.
**Placement Guide**
- Arrange in stacks or scatter individually across substrate and hardscape features.
- Intersect with aquatic plants to create naturalistic subterranean tunnels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Modular Geometric Design:** Cubical shape allows easy stacking and creative structure design.
- **5-Piece Value Pack:** Provides multi-zone coverage across small-to-medium aquarium setups.
- **100% Parameter Safe:** Free from synthetic resins, dyes, or water-altering mineral compounds.
- **Biofilm Harbouring Texture:** Supports essential grazing micro-fauna for newly hatched shrimpets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725168-7085
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070850
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Modular Decor
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 230 g
- **Cube Dimensions:** Approx. 25 mm × 25 mm × 25 mm each
- **Material:** Fired Porous Ceramic Clay
- **Quantity:** 5 Cubes
---
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Dome
Hemispherical Porous Ceramic Colony Hideout for Aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/aquavitro-shrimp-dome/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725164-7079 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070799
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Dome-1.jpg
The Aquavitro Shrimp Dome (SKU: 725164-7079) is a stylish hemispherical ceramic shelter engineered to provide an enclosed, low-stress sanctuary for freshwater shrimp colonies. Featuring multiple entry archways, this dome allows shrimp easy access while keeping larger, inquisitive fish out of their central refuge.
Moulded from natural micro-porous clay, the dome serves a dual purpose as an ornamental feature and a functional biological unit. Its curved exterior serves as a prime anchoring surface for aquatic mosses, converting the dome into an attractive, green living cavern within planted tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Tank Centrepieces:** Excellent base for growing moss domes and micro-epiphytes.
- **Shrimp Protection Zones:** Protects moulting shrimp and berried females in mixed community aquariums.
**Placement Guide**
- Place flat onto substrate in midground or foreground locations.
- Superglue or tie Christmas Moss or Riccia onto the dome exterior for a carpeted cave effect.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Entry Archways:** Allows multiple shrimp entry/exit access paths while blocking larger tank inhabitants.
- **Moss Anchor Dome:** Curved profile provides the perfect foundation for growing lush moss mounds.
- **Inert Ceramic Matrix:** Neutral composition maintains stable pH and mineral parameters.
- **Biofilm Cultivation Surface:** Micro-rough texture supports continuous microbial feeding layer growth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725164-7079
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070799
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Shrimp Hideouts
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 135 g
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 70 mm (Diameter) × 50 mm (Height)
- **Material:** Fired Porous Clay Ceramic
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Invertebrate & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Pipes 5 Pcs.
Multi-Tunnel Porous Ceramic Shelter Cluster for Invertebrate Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/aquavitro-shrimp-pipes-5-pcs/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725166-7083 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070836
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Pipes-5-Pcs.jpg
The Aquavitro Shrimp Pipes 5 Pcs. (SKU: 725166-7083) is a clustered 5-tube ceramic shelter engineered to maximise living space and hideouts for dwarf shrimp colonies. Small aquarium inhabitants like shrimp and fish instinctively seek secluded spots to reduce stress and avoid being preyed upon. This is especially crucial for vulnerable moulting shrimp and egg-carrying females, who may abandon their eggs without a secure refuge. The stacked multi-pipe arrangement creates distinct territorial compartments, enabling multiple shrimp to seek refuge simultaneously without competition or territorial stress.
Manufactured from high-purity porous clay, these tubes promote rich biofilm growth across both inner and outer surfaces. The inert properties ensure complete water neutrality, making it an ideal breeding accessory for sensitive Caridina species (such as Crystal Red or Taiwan Bee shrimp) and Neocaridina colonies. Aquavitro shrimp enrichment accessories offer ideal hiding places and can also foster the growth of beneficial algae and biofilm, which serve as important food sources for many small shrimp species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp Colony Expansion:** Supports higher stocking densities by providing separate hideaways for multiple individuals.
- **Shrimplet Survival Rate Boosting:** Gives tiny baby shrimp safe refuge away from larger tankmates and filter suction currents.
**Placement Guide**
- Position on the aquarium floor or tuck between driftwood and stones.
- Cover with mosses or epiphytic plants to construct a living, natural bio-architectural element.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5-Tube Compartment Cluster:** Multi-chambered geometry provides ample individual hideaways in a compact footprint.
- **Biological Surface Multiplier:** Micro-textured clay housing supports nitrifying bacteria and microbial biofilm growth.
- **100% Water Neutral:** Zero effect on total dissolved solids (TDS), general hardness (GH), or carbonate hardness (KH).
- **Stress-Reduction Habitat:** Prevents aggressive encounters between moulting adults and dominant shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725166-7083
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070836
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Invertebrate Hideouts
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 210 g
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 80 mm × 70 mm × 60 mm
- **Material:** Porous Ceramic
- **Quantity:** 1 Cluster (5 Attached Pipes)
---
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Stacks 3 Pcs.
Slim Ceramic Shelter Bars for Shrimp Colonies and Nano Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/aquavitro-shrimp-stacks-3-pcs/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725167-7084 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070843
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Stacks-3-Pcs.-1.jpg
Shelter for dwarf shrimp works best when it is narrow, dark and close to the substrate, which is exactly the shape Aquavitro Shrimp Stacks 3 Pcs. (SKU: 725167-7084) takes. Each of the three ceramic bars measures 20 mm square and 60 mm long, so a single piece slips behind a stone or between plant stems without taking over the layout. Lay two side by side and the channel between them becomes a run that shrimp will use constantly; add the third across the top and you have a small, shaded structure in the middle of a nano tank.
Because the bars are straight and identical, they stack and re-stack easily, which makes them useful in tanks you rearrange often or in bare breeding boxes where hardscape would be awkward to clean around. The fired ceramic surface also carries the biofilm that shrimp graze, adding a little food value to every piece you put in. The material is inert, so pH, hardness and TDS stay where you set them, and Aquavitro clears the set for both freshwater and saltwater once it has been rinsed under the tap.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Moulting cover:** Gives soft-shelled shrimp a tight space to retreat into for the hours it takes a new exoskeleton to harden.
- **Grow-out and breeding boxes:** Easy to lift out and rinse, which suits bare-bottom tanks used for raising shrimplets or holding berried females.
- **Shrimp in community tanks:** Narrow entrances let dwarf shrimp pass while keeping larger, inquisitive fish out of the shelter.
- **Minimal aquascapes:** Clean lines sit well in Iwagumi-style layouts and small cubes where a moulded ornament would look out of place.
**Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** A quick pass under tap water clears manufacturing dust, as the manufacturer instructs, and the bars can go straight into the tank afterwards.
- **Build a run:** Set two bars parallel with a few millimetres between them and cap them with the third to form a short, shaded tunnel.
- **Anchor the layout:** Tuck one bar under driftwood or behind a stone so shrimp can move between cover without crossing open substrate.
- **Dress with moss:** Tie or glue a small portion of moss along the top face if you want the ceramic to disappear into a planted scape over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-piece set:** Enough to build one structure or place separate refuges at each end of a nano tank.
- **60 mm bar length:** Long enough for several shrimp to shelter along one piece, short enough for a 20 to 30 cm aquarium.
- **Stackable profile:** Square sides sit flat against each other, so arrangements hold their shape instead of rolling apart.
- **Biofilm surface:** Ceramic supports the grazing film that shrimp and shrimplets feed on between meals.
- **Chemically inert:** No dyes, resins or soluble minerals, so the set will not alter pH, GH or KH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725167-7084
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070843
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Shrimp Shelters
- **Material:** Ceramic
- **Piece Dimensions:** 20 mm × 20 mm × 60 mm each
- **Pack Quantity:** 3 pieces
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Stars — 5 Ceramic Shrimp Hide Ornaments
Flat ceramic hide pieces for dwarf shrimp tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8885
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725165-7082 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070829
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Stars-5-Pcs.-1.jpg
Ceramic aquarium ornament – no live animals included. In a shrimp tank, most of the day is spent tucked under something, and Aquavitro Shrimp Stars 5 Pcs. (SKU: 725165-7082) supplies that cover in a shape that suits small planted layouts: five flat, star-shaped ceramic pieces, each about 40 mm across and only 12.5 mm thick. Scatter them through the foreground, or slide one or two against the base of a stone, and every point of the star leaves a narrow shaded gap a dwarf shrimp can back into when it wants to be left alone. Aquavitro, Seachem's premium line, rates the set for freshwater and saltwater alike.
The ceramic does a second job while it sits there. Its surface gathers the soft film of algae and micro-organisms that shrimp pick at all day, so each star gradually becomes a feeding station as well as a hiding place, which is worth having in a young tank where that film is still patchy. Fired ceramic will not soften, cloud the water or shift parameters, and the pieces are small enough to move between a shrimp tank and a marine refugium. The only preparation the manufacturer asks for is a rinse under the tap before the pieces go in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After every moult:** A freshly moulted shrimp stays soft for hours, and a low star gives it somewhere to wait out that window.
- **Breeding colonies:** Berried females settle more readily when cover is spread around the tank, and newly hatched young take to the same gaps as their first refuge.
- **Nano and community tanks:** Shelter in small aquariums where a full cave would dominate, or where small fish share the water.
- **Newly planted set-ups:** Offers extra grazing surface in the weeks before film establishes properly on plants, wood and stone.
**Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Run each piece under tap water before it goes into the aquarium, as the manufacturer directs, to clear any ceramic dust.
- **Spread them out:** Position the five stars in separate zones rather than one pile, so shrimp always have cover within a short walk of wherever they are grazing.
- **Vary the gaps:** Rest one star across another, or bed an edge lightly into the substrate, to create openings that suit both adults and juveniles.
- **Keep the film:** At water changes, swish the pieces in old tank water instead of scrubbing them; heavy cleaning strips the surface film the shrimp graze on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five-piece set:** Enough cover to spread across a nano aquarium, or to concentrate in one corner as a dedicated breeding zone.
- **Low 12.5 mm profile:** Sits under plants and between stones without blocking the view into the tank or crowding a small layout.
- **Grazing surface:** Ceramic holds the algae and surface film that dwarf shrimp browse between feeds.
- **Inert fired ceramic:** Nothing to leach, soften or break down, so water chemistry is left alone.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Rated by Aquavitro for both, so the set can move between a shrimp tank and a marine refugium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725165-7082
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070829
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Shrimp Shelters (Ceramic Ornament)
- **Item Type:** Ceramic aquarium ornament; no livestock included
- **Material:** Fired ceramic
- **Piece Dimensions:** 40 mm × 40 mm × 12.5 mm each
- **Pack Quantity:** 5 pieces
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Tall Hut
Vertical Porous Ceramic Tower Shelter for Invertebrates & Fry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/aquavitro-shrimp-tall-hut/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725162-7077 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070775
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Tall-Hut.jpg
The Aquavitro Shrimp Tall Hut (SKU: 725162-7077) is an elevated vertical ceramic hideout crafted specifically for deep-water shelter and vertical aquascaping elements. Unlike traditional low-profile caves, the tall profile of this shelter provides multi-level internal height for shrimp, dwarf crayfish, and small bottom-dwelling fish species.
Formulated from micro-porous natural clay, the exterior surface features a tactile texture designed for epiphytes and moss anchoring, while the interior provides a shaded sanctuary. Its inert construction ensures water chemistry parameters remain unchanged.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Vertical Accent Aquascaping:** Adds height and structural depth to nano shrimp aquariums.
- **Multi-Level Shelter:** Allows shrimp to seek refuge at varying heights above substrate detritus layers.
**Placement Guide**
- Position vertically in background or midground zones, anchoring firmly into substrate.
- Attach small Anubias species or mosses to the upper outer walls for a natural moss-tower look.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Elevated Vertical Profile:** Unique tall shape maximises internal cave volume in compact footprints.
- **Micro-Porous Bio-Matrix:** Promotes growth of nitrifying bacteria and microscopic biofilm food sources.
- **Zero Water Contamination:** Completely inert material will not leach minerals or affect pH/TDS.
- **Natural Earth Tone Finish:** Blends effortlessly with live aquatic plants, natural gravel, and driftwood.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725162-7077
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070775
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Ceramic Decor
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 145 g
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 60 mm × 60 mm × 90 mm
- **Material:** Fired Natural Ceramic
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Shrimp & Nano Aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Shrimp Tube
Single Long Porous Ceramic Shelter Tunnel for Invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/aquavitro-shrimp-tube/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725163-7078 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116070782
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Shrimp-Tube-1.jpg
The Aquavitro Shrimp Tube (SKU: 725163-7078) is a single, elongated ceramic tunnel designed to offer linear refuge for adult dwarf shrimp, small plecos, and benthic invertebrates. Its streamlined design fits easily into tight aquascape layouts, under rock overhangs, or along background plant lines without disturbing the surrounding aesthetic.
Crafted from premium porous ceramic material, the tube facilitates healthy water movement while offering protection from ambient tank lighting and potential predators. The ceramic texture encourages immediate colonisation of microflora and biofilm, fostering an ideal feeding ground for resident invertebrates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Focused Shelter for Adults:** Perfectly sized for full-grown dwarf shrimp, small crayfish, or juvenile bottom dwellers.
- **Nano Tank Integration:** Compact linear footprint ideal for space-restricted desktop and nano aquariums.
**Placement Guide**
- Lay horizontally along substrate beds or wedge discreetly between roots and stones.
- Can be wrapped in Java Moss or Fissidens moss to blend into planted aquascapes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Elongated Tunnel Structure:** Provides deep, darkened interior shelter that reduces physiological stress.
- **High-Porosity Construction:** Maximises biological filtration surface area directly in the display zone.
- **Water Chemistry Safe:** Completely inert material will not fluctuate pH, GH, or KH parameters.
- **Natural Aesthetic:** Earthy ceramic finish seamlessly integrates with soil, gravel, and natural hardscapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725163-7078
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116070782
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Invertebrate Shelters
- **Package Dimensions:** 140 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 40 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 115 g
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 120 mm (L) × 30 mm (W) × 30 mm (H)
- **Material:** High-Porosity Ceramic
- **Target Invertebrates:** Dwarf Shrimp, Crayfish, & Small Bottom Dwellers
---
### Aquavitro (by Seachem) — Additives & Supplements
#### Aquavitro Remediation 1 L
Commercial Volume Bio-Enzymatic Sludge & Detritus Remover.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aquavitro-remediation-1-l/
- Price: $49.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725174-7712 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116771207
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Remediation-1-L.jpg
Aquavitro Remediation 1L (SKU: 725174-7712) is a commercial-grade bio-enzymatic waste remover designed for large display aquariums, maintenance service routes, and high-volume commercial systems. This potent bacterial formula breaks down trapped organic detritus, unconsumed feed, and biological sludge in substrates, filter sumps, and overflow pipes.
By converting solid organic waste into harmless carbon dioxide and water, Remediation keeps maintenance schedules manageable while protecting water parameters. It provides chemical-free cleaning for delicate reef systems, planted aquascapes, and commercial holding facilities.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial & Large Display Tanks:** Maintains substrate cleanliness and sump hygiene in high-volume systems.
- **Organic Waste Reduction:** Eliminates hidden detritus buildup without disturbing delicate aquascape structures.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Maintenance Dosing:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) weekly directly to sumps or high-flow areas.
- **Heavy Waste Treatment:** Add 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons) daily until organic accumulation is reduced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Volume Economy:** 1-Litre bulk format treats up to 16,000 Litres for cost-effective system maintenance.
- **Targeted Bio-Enzymatic Action:** Digests decaying organic matter before it breaks down into nitrate and phosphate.
- **Enhances Water Clarity:** Eliminates yellow organic tinting and suspended micro-detritus naturally.
- **100% Coral & Plant Safe:** Chemically neutral biological agent that will not affect pH, KH, or salinity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725174-7712
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116771207
- **Product Type:** Additives & Waste Management Bio-Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 240 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Treatment Capacity:** Treats up to 16,000 Litres total volume
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums & Commercial Systems
---
#### Aquavitro Remediation 150 Ml
Bacterial Sludge & Waste Remover for Cleaner Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aquavitro-remediation-150-ml/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725172-7710 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116771009
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Remediation-150-Ml.jpg
Aquavitro Remediation 150ml (SKU: 725172-7710) is a natural, eco-friendly bio-cleaner that utilizes specialized bio-enzymatic bacterial cultures to target and break down organic sludge, uneaten fish food, and detritus accumulation. Its specialised bacteria break down excess food, waste, and detritus, effectively reducing organic buildup. Aquavitro Remediation employs bio-augmentation, a natural approach, to enhance water quality in both freshwater and marine tanks. By digesting organic waste trapped in gravel, filters, and hardscape crevices, Remediation keeps substrate beds pristine and prevents poor water quality.
Regular use of Remediation reduces maintenance labour while improving overall water clarity. Its natural bio-enzymatic activity consumes organic solid waste before it breaks down into toxic ammonia, nitrite, or nuisance algae-fueling phosphates. This process also helps lower excess nutrients like ammonia, nitrates, nitrites, and phosphates, which can contribute to nuisance organisms and diseases.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Organic Waste & Sludge Control:** Cleans substrate, filter pads, and detritus traps naturally without chemical harshness.
- **Clarity Restoration:** Resolves cloudy water caused by organic particulate suspension.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Weekly Waste Control:** Dose 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) once per week.
- **Heavy Waste Problem Tanks:** Dose 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons) daily until organic accumulation is reduced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Bio-Sludge Digestion:** Uses beneficial bacterial strains to digest organic detritus in substrate and filters.
- **Phosphate & Nitrate Reduction:** Cuts off organic precursor decay before nutrients turn into algae food.
- **Substrate Refresher:** Cleans deep substrate layers naturally without disturbing plant root structures.
- **100% Safe:** Harmless to all fish, invertebrates, live corals, and aquatic plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725172-7710
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116771009
- **Product Type:** Additives & Waste Management Bio-Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 180 g
- **Net Volume:** 150 mL
- **Dosage Standard:** 5 mL per 40–80 Litres
- **Target Environment:** All Fresh & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Remediation 350 Ml
Bio-Enzymatic Organic Waste & Detritus Cleaner.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aquavitro-remediation-350-ml/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725173-7711 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116771108
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Remediation-350-Ml.jpg
Aquavitro Remediation 350ml (SKU: 725173-7711) offers a mid-sized bottle of Aquavitro's bio-enzymatic waste-management formula. Tailored for medium-to-large home aquariums, Remediation actively breaks down solid organic matter accumulated in substrate beds, sumps, overflow boxes, and mechanical filter pads.
By digesting decaying matter, organic sludge, and excess food, Remediation reduces maintenance frequency while naturally maintaining crystal-clear water. Its biological action prevents organic decay from elevating phosphate and nitrate levels across planted tanks and sensitive reef aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Substrate Maintenance:** Keeps deep gravel beds and planted substrates free of decaying detritus.
- **High-Stocking Aquariums:** Assists bio-filtration in heavily stocked cichlid, goldfish, or marine predator tanks.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Regular Dose:** Add 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) weekly to maintain low organic sludge accumulation.
- **Initial Clean-up Dose:** Add 10 mL per 80 L for aquariums with heavy visible detritus accumulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Bio-Clean Action:** Enzymatic bacteria digest trapped detritus, food, and organic waste particles.
- **Extends Filter Pad Service Life:** Reduces mechanical filter clogging by breaking down trapped bio-sludge.
- **Prevents Algae Nutrient Spikes:** Reduces dissolved organics before they break down into algae-fueling nutrients.
- **Universal Application:** Formulated for seamless operation in both freshwater and marine environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725173-7711
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116771108
- **Product Type:** Additives & Waste Management Bio-Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 400 g
- **Net Volume:** 350 mL
- **Coverage:** Treats up to 5,600 Litres total volume
- **Target Environment:** Medium-to-Large Aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Seed 150ml
Advanced Concentrated Bacterial Bio-Starter for Rapid Aquarium Cycling.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aquavitro-seed-150ml/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725169-7700 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116770002
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Seed-150ml.jpg
Aquavitro Seed 150ml (SKU: 725169-7700) is a premium bacterial inoculant specifically formulated to rapidly establish bio-filtration in fresh and saltwater aquariums. Containing a synergistic blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacterial species, Seed rapidly breaks down organic waste, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate. Aquavitro Seed is designed to quickly and safely establish a robust biofilter in both freshwater and marine aquariums, effectively preventing "New tank syndrome", a primary cause of fish mortality. Unlike unstable bacteria found in competing products, this seed contains a unique, hardy blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria that can adapt to diverse conditions.
Unlike traditional bacterial supplements, the microbial cultures in Seed are non-sulphur fixing, ensuring they do not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide gas under low-oxygen conditions. Seed accelerates natural bio-cycling, making new setups safe for livestock in a fraction of the standard cycling timeframe. This specialised formula includes both nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria, a combination not found in other similar products, to facilitate comprehensive waste breakdown.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setups:** Establishes active biological filtration rapidly when setting up fresh or marine aquariums.
- **Post-Medication Recovery:** Restores lost bacterial colonies following antibiotic or chemical treatments.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **New Aquariums:** Dose 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons) on Day 1, followed by 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily for 7 days.
- **Maintenance / Adding Stock:** Dose 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) whenever adding new fish or cleaning filter media.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Synergistic Multi-Strain Blend:** Contains specialised bacteria strains tailored to break down ammonia, nitrite, and organic detritus.
- **Non-Sulfur Fixing:** Eliminates risk of hydrogen sulphide formation in anaerobic bed zones.
- **Rapid Bio-Establishment:** Drastically shortens setup cycling time and protects fish against ammonia spikes.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Compatible:** Universal biological inoculant suitable for all aquarium environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725169-7700
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116770002
- **Product Type:** Additives & Biological Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 180 g
- **Net Volume:** 150 mL
- **Dosage Standard:** 5 mL per 40–80 Litres
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aquavitro Seed 1l
Bulk Commercial Size Bio-Inoculant Bacteria for Rapid Cycling In LargeAquariums System.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aquavitro-seed-1l/
- Price: $66.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725171-7702 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116770200
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Seed-1l.jpg
Aquavitro Seed 1L (SKU: 725171-7702) provides an economical bulk volume of Aquavitro's concentrated bacterial inoculant designed for large display tanks, commercial hatcheries, and maintenance professionals. Unlike unstable bacteria found in competing products, this seed supplement aquarium water additive contains a unique, hardy blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria that can adapt to diverse conditions. The formula establishes biological filtration by introducing specialised strains of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria into new or disrupted aquatic environments. Aquavitro Seed is formulated to quickly and safely establish a strong biofilter in both freshwater and marine aquariums, effectively preventing "new tank syndrome", a primary cause of fish mortality.
Regular application of Seed 1L helps maintain organic balance, reduces sludge accumulation in filtration sumps, and prevents sudden ammonia spikes during heavy feeding regimes or stocking changes. The liquid suspension is shelf-stable and requires no refrigeration. This specialised formula includes both nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria, a combination not found in other similar products, to facilitate comprehensive waste breakdown.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large System Cycling:** Perfect for commercial facilities, large reef displays, and high-volume sumps.
- **Routine Maintenance:** Replenishes nitrifying bacterial populations during major filter servicing.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **Initial Setup:** Dose 5 mL per 40 L (10 US gallons) on Day 1, followed by 5 mL per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily for 7 consecutive days.
- **Large System Maintenance:** Add 5 mL per 80 L during routine water changes or filter maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Commercial Bulk Format:** 1-Litre bottle provides high-efficiency treatment for large-volume systems up to 16,000 Litres.
- **Full Spectrum Bacterial Strain Matrix:** Features targeted strains for rapid ammonia and nitrite conversion.
- **Stable Long Shelf Life:** Spore-state bacteria remain viable at room temperature without requiring refrigeration.
- **Prevents Toxic Spikes:** Quickly establishes biological equilibrium to prevent livestock loss during cycling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725171-7702
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116770200
- **Product Type:** Additives & Biological Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 240 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,120 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Treatment Capacity:** Treats up to 16,000 Litres total volume
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Saltwater Systems
---
#### Aquavitro Seed 350ml
Mid-Size Concentrated Nitrifying Bacterial Bio-Starter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aquavitro-seed-350ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725170-7701 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116770101
- Brand: AquaVitroSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquavitroseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquavitro-Seed-350ml.jpg
Aquavitro Seed 350ml (SKU: 725170-7701) provides an ideal volume of biological inoculant for establishing and maintaining medium-sized aquatic displays. Containing a blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative nitrifying bacterial strains, Seed quickly establishes biofiltration in newly set-up aquariums.
By accelerating the nitrogen cycle, Seed prevents lethal ammonia and nitrite spikes, establishing a bio-balanced environment for fish and corals. The specialized bacteria strains remain fully dormant and shelf-stable in liquid suspension until added directly into the water column.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Bio-Cycling:** Safely shortens setup cycling time in new marine, reef, and freshwater tanks.
- **Stocking Additions:** Protects against mini-cycles when introducing new fish or live rock.
**Dosing & Application Guide**
- **New Aquariums:** Add 5 mL per 40 L on Day 1, then dose 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days.
- **Water Changes / Maintenance:** Add 5 mL per 80 L following filter media rinsing or major water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Strain Bacterial Inoculant:** Accelerates complete conversion of ammonia to nitrite and non-toxic nitrate.
- **Non-Sulfur Fixing Bacteria:** Prevents noxious hydrogen sulphide gas formation in low-flow filter zones.
- **Reduces Fish Losses:** Shields new livestock from toxic water parameter spikes during initial setup.
- **Shelf Stable:** Requires no refrigeration or special cold storage to preserve bacterial viability.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquavitro (by Seachem)
- **SKU:** 725170-7701
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116770101
- **Product Type:** Additives & Biological Supplements
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 400 g
- **Net Volume:** 350 mL
- **Treatment Capacity:** Treats up to 5,600 Litres total volume
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Seachem Pond — Filter Media
#### Seachem Pond Matrix 100l Drum
Industrial Size Huge Drum of High-Porosity Biological Water Filtration Media For Public Aquariums, Huge Fish Farms, etc.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-pond-matrix-100l-drum/
- Price: $993.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724924-2112 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116211208
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Matrix-100l-Drum.jpg
Seachem Pond Matrix 100L Drum "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724924-2112) is a commercial-grade porous macroporous biological filtration media designed for public aquariums, fish farms, and massive koi pond filtration systems. Manufactured from a durable porous natural stone substrate, each piece of Pond Matrix contains over 160 square metres of surface area per litre, providing immense surface area for nitrifying and denitrifying bacterial colonisation.
Unlike traditional plastic bio-balls or small ceramic rings, the large particle size of Pond Matrix (typically 12–25 mm) prevents clogging and allows high water flow rates through large commercial filter vats, trickling towers, and pressure filters. Its internal macropores support anaerobic denitrifying bacteria, removing nitrates along with ammonia and nitrite.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Pond Filtration:** Large-scale biological filtration for public aquariums, aquaculture, and large koi ponds.
- **Trickle Towers & Sump Systems:** Provides high-flow biological filtration in large commercial filters.
- **Denitrification Support:** Promotes anaerobic zones to convert nitrate into harmless nitrogen gas.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Place Pond Matrix inside large filter baskets, mesh bags, or commercial biological filtration chambers.
- Ensure water flows evenly through the media bed; pre-filter mechanical solids to maintain long-term media performance.
- Does not require replacement; clean periodically by rinsing in pond water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Enormous Surface Area:** Provides >160 m² per litre of internal macroporous biological surface area.
- **Dual Nitrification & Denitrification:** Supports aerobic nitrifying and anaerobic denitrifying bacteria.
- **High-Flow Non-Clogging Geometry:** Large particle size (12–25 mm) maintains water flow without channelling.
- **Lifetime Durability:** Inorganic macroporous stone will not breakdown, decay, or require replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724924-2112
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116211208
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Filtration Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 450 mm (L) × 450 mm (W) × 800 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 38,000 g
- **Net Volume:** 100 Litres (Drum)
- **Target Environment:** Commercial Koi Ponds & Aquaculture Systems
---
#### Seachem Pond Matrix 1l
High Surface Area Bio-Media With Beneficial Bacteria For Removing Toxic Ammonia In Small Pond Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-pond-matrix-1l/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724920-2117 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116211703
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Matrix-1l.jpg
Seachem Pond Matrix 1L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724920-2117) is a high-porosity biological filter media designed for small pond canister filters, internal submerged filters, and waterfall bio-chambers. Its porous rock matrix provides extensive surface area for beneficial bacteria, keeping water clear and free of toxic ammonia.
Its larger particle size (12–25 mm) ensures high water permeability, making it far superior to plastic bio-balls for small pond applications.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Canister & Pressure Filters:** Fills biological media compartments cleanly.
- **Waterfall & Spillway Filters:** Fits into overflow spillways to maximise bio-surface area.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Place media in a mesh bag inside the main biological filtration section.
- Rinse with pond water during seasonal maintenance to preserve bacterial colonies.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Massive Bio-Surface Area:** Superior porosity compared to plastic ring media.
- **Supports Denitrification:** Removes ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate simultaneously.
- **Permanent Media:** Never needs replacement under normal operating conditions.
- **Non-Clogging:** Keeps water flowing smoothly through small filter modules.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724920-2117
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116211703
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Filtration Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 220 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 450 g
- **Net Volume:** 1 litre
- **Target Environment:** Small Outdoor Ponds & Water Gardens
---
#### Seachem Pond Matrix 20l
Bulk-Size Bucket of Nitrogen-Based High-Porosity Bio-Media for Large Koi Pond Filtration & Custom Sump Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-pond-matrix-20l/
- Price: $229.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724923-2111 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116211109
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Matrix-20l.jpg
Seachem Pond Matrix 20L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724923-2111) provides high-performance biological filtration media packaged in a bulk 20-litre bucket for large residential koi ponds and custom sump systems. Its high internal porosity allows both aerobic and anaerobic bacteria to thrive, supporting complete nitrogen cycle processing in a single media bed.
Because the individual stones of Pond Matrix are larger than standard aquarium Matrix, it offers superior fluid flow dynamics in high-volume pond pumps and pressure filters without clogging up with leaves and organic debris.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Residential Koi Ponds:** Provides high-density biofiltration for high-stocking fish loads.
- **Sump Filters & Modular Baskets:** Fits modular sump chambers and large media bags easily.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Load into mesh bags or filter trays situated after mechanical filter pads.
- Rinse gently in pond water if organic detritus accumulates on external surfaces.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Porosity Structure:** Deep macropores foster robust biological colonies.
- **Biological Nitrate Removal:** Eliminates nitrate in anaerobic internal pore networks.
- **Low Maintenance:** Resists physical degradation and chemical wear.
- **High Flow Friendly:** Ideal for high GPH pond circulation pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724923-2111
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116211109
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Filtration Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 300 mm (L) × 300 mm (W) × 420 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 7,800 g
- **Net Volume:** 20 Litres
- **Target Environment:** Large Koi Ponds & Sump Filtration Systems
---
#### Seachem Pond Matrix 2l
Porous Biological Filter Media With Nitrogen Bacteria for Outdoor Water Features, Pond Canisters, & Submerged Filter Boxes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-pond-matrix-2l/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724921-2118 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116211802
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Matrix-2l.jpg
Seachem Pond Matrix 2L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724921-2118) delivers high-capacity biological filtration for medium outdoor water features, pond canisters, and submerged filter boxes. Its unique macroporous structure fosters dense colonies of nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria to maintain clear water and healthy fish.
Unlike ceramic media that can degrade over time, Pond Matrix is an inert stone material that lasts indefinitely without breaking down or leaching unwanted minerals into the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Pond Filters:** Ideal capacity for medium-sized canister and pressure filtration units.
- **Submerged Box Filters:** Keeps water clean in patio fountains and goldfish ponds.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Enclose in a mesh filter bag and place after mechanical filter sponges.
- Never wash with chlorinated tap water; use bucketed pond water to rinse off excess debris.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Porosity Bio-Media:** Supports robust nitrifying bacteria populations.
- **Removes Nitrate Biologically:** Anaerobic internal pore structure breaks down nitrates.
- **Inert Inorganic Composition:** Will not crumble, erode, or change water chemistry.
- **Clog-Resistant Particle Size:** Ensures consistent flow rates across filter beds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724921-2118
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116211802
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Filtration Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 850 g
- **Net Volume:** 2 litres
- **Target Environment:** Medium Outdoor Ponds & Water Gardens
---
#### Seachem Pond Matrix 4l
High-Porosity Biological Filter Media For High-Volume Water Flow Pond Filtration Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/seachem-pond-matrix-4l/
- Price: $65.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724922-2119 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116211901
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Matrix-4l.jpg
Seachem Pond Matrix 4L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724922-2119) is a 4-litre container of high-porosity biological filter media engineered specifically for high-volume pond filtration systems. It provides exceptional surface area for nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria, keeping water crystal clear and free of dangerous ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate build-up.
Its stone-like composition is totally inert, ensuring long-term structural integrity and zero leaching of heavy metals or mineral impurities into pond water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Canister & Pressure Filters:** Fills primary biological compartments in large pond filters.
- **Custom Sump & Waterfall Systems:** Secures biological filtration in high-flow water features.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- Pack into mesh bags and place directly in active water flow paths behind mechanical filter pads.
- Rinse periodically in removed pond water to clear surface detritus without harming biofiltration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Superior Biological Surface Area:** Provides >160 m²/L internal porous area.
- **Complete Nitrogen Removal:** Converts ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate into inert gases.
- **Clog-Resistant Geometry:** Maintains high water throughput in outdoor pond filters.
- **Lifetime Material:** Inert stone matrix never needs replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724922-2119
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116211901
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Filtration Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,650 g
- **Net Volume:** 4 Litres
- **Target Environment:** Large Ponds & Sump Filtration Systems
---
### Seachem Pond — Additives & Supplements
#### Seachem Pond Prime 1l
Concentrated Pond Water Conditioner for Chlorine, Chloramine, Ammonia and Nitrite.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-prime-1l/
- Price: $42.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724933-2437 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116243704
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Prime-1l.jpg
Filling or topping up a pond from the tap puts chlorine or chloramine straight onto the fish, and a pond needs a conditioner scaled to thousands of litres, not hundreds. Seachem Pond Prime 1L (SKU: 724933-2437) is Seachem's complete pond conditioner, formulated to remove chlorine and chloramine and to detoxify ammonia and nitrite, while providing essential ions, stimulating the natural slime coat, enhancing nitrate removal and detoxifying heavy metals. Seachem describes it as five times more concentrated than competing products, and states that it does not cause a pH drop or over-activate skimmers, which matters on ponds with a pH already held low by rain and leaf litter.
The standard dose for chlorine and chloramine removal is one eighth of a cup, two tablespoons or about 30 mL, for each 600 to 700 US gallons, roughly 2,250 to 2,650 L. Where ammonia or nitrite is high the dose rises to a quarter to half a cup per 600 gallons, and in a nitrite emergency up to five times the normal dose can be used; a double dose is safe for heavy chloramine. Above 30 °C with low chlorine and ammonia, a half dose is enough. Seachem rates 500 mL at over 10,000 US gallons, so the litre treats about 75,000 L of new water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filling a new pond:** Conditioning the full volume before fish go in.
- **Water changes and top-ups:** Treating the replacement water at every change, including automatic top-ups from a treated supply.
- **Ammonia or nitrite readings:** Detoxifying a spike after a filter clean, a heatwave or a fish loss until the biofilter recovers.
- **Heavy-metal concerns:** Tap or bore water suspected of carrying copper or other metals.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** About 30 mL (one eighth of a cup) per 2,250 to 2,650 L of water being treated.
- **High ammonia or nitrite:** A quarter to half a cup per 600 US gallons (about 2,250 L); up to five times the standard dose in a nitrite emergency.
- **Adjust for conditions:** Double the dose for heavy chloramine; halve it above 30 °C when chlorine and ammonia are low.
- **Decorative ponds only:** Never in natural waterways; keep away from children and out of eyes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete conditioner:** Chlorine and chloramine removal with ammonia, nitrite and heavy-metal detoxification.
- **Five times the concentration:** Seachem's comparison with competing pond conditioners.
- **Slime coat and essential ions:** Supports the fish as well as the water.
- **No pH drop:** Does not acidify the pond or over-activate skimmers.
- **A litre for large ponds:** Treats about 75,000 L of new water at the standard dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Seachem
- **SKU:** 724933-2437
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116243704
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Function:** Removes chlorine and chloramine; detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and heavy metals; provides essential ions; stimulates slime coat; enhances nitrate removal
- **Dose Rate:** About 30 mL (1/8 cup) per 600–700 US gallons (2,250–2,650 L); 1/4–1/2 cup per 600 gallons for high ammonia or nitrite; up to 5× in a nitrite emergency
- **Treatment Capacity:** Over 20,000 US gallons (about 75,000 L) per litre
- **Range Sizes:** 500 mL, 1 L, 2 L, 4 L and 20 L
- **Caution:** For decorative pond use only; not for natural bodies of water; keep away from children
- **Target Environment:** Garden and ornamental ponds
---
#### Seachem Pond Prime 2l
Concentrated Dechlorinator & Detoxifier for Medium-to-Large Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-prime-2l/
- Price: $82.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724934-2438 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116243803
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Prime-2l.jpg
Seachem Pond Prime 2L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724934-2438) delivers high-capacity water conditioning for medium-to-large outdoor ponds, water gardens, and goldfish features. Designed to render municipal tap water instantly safe, it eliminates aggressive chlorine and chloramine compounds while binding heavy metal toxins like copper and lead.
Pond Prime converts toxic ammonia and nitrite into harmless, non-toxic complexes that biological filters can still digest. This 2-litre volume offers maximum value for pond owners who execute frequent seasonal water changes and summer top-offs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Top-Offs & Water Changes:** Neutralises chlorine during tap water replenishment.
- **Seasonal Pond Maintenance:** Treats water during spring startup and autumn cleanups.
- **High Ammonia Levels:** Detoxifies emergency ammonia events without disrupting biofiltration.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 tablespoon (15 mL) per 1,200 L (300 US gallons) of fresh pond water.
- **Direct Hose Addition:** Dose the calculated volume based on the total new water added to the pond.
- **High Temperature Seasons:** Safe to dose up to 5 times the normal amount during extreme summer heat spikes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Concentration:** 2L volume treats up to 160,000 litres (40,000 US gallons) of pond water.
- **Multi-Action Detoxification:** Removes chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals, ammonia, and nitrite.
- **Fish Health Support:** Promotes natural slime coat regeneration to reduce handling stress.
- **Filter Safe:** Does not strip oxygen or harm beneficial biofilter bacteria.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724934-2438
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116243803
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,150 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor Ponds & Large Water Features
---
#### Seachem Pond Prime 4l
Bulk Size Pack Water Conditioner & Dechlorinator for Large Outdoor Ponds & Water Gardens.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-prime-4l/
- Price: $141.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724935-2439 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116243902
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Prime-4l.jpg
Seachem Pond Prime 4L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724935-2439) is a super-concentrated complete water conditioner formulated specifically for large outdoor ponds and water gardens. It removes chlorine and chloramines while detoxifying toxic ammonia, nitrite, and heavy metals introduced via tap water. Because it is up to 5 times more concentrated than competing pond conditioners, a single 4-litre container treats vast water volumes cost-effectively. With a dose rate of 20 mL per 400 litres, it is available in Australia in sizes ranging from 500 mL to 4 L, making it ideal for ponds of all sizes.
Beyond basic dechlorination, Pond Prime binds ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate into non-toxic forms that remain bioavailable to nitrifying bacteria and pond plants. Seachem Pond Prime is a concentrated water conditioner designed to detoxify chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in pond water, ensuring a safe environment for aquatic life. It promotes natural mucous slime coat production in koi and goldfish, buffering fish against environmental stress during water top-offs and seasonal pond maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tap Water Top-Offs:** Neutralises chlorine and chloramines during routine hose water refills.
- **New Pond Fill-Ins:** Safely conditions large bodies of fresh tap water before fish introduction.
- **Ammonia & Nitrite Spikes:** Emergency detoxification during filter crashes or summer bio-load peaks.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Use 2 tablespoons (30 mL) per 2,400 L (600 US gallons) of new pond water.
- **High Chloramine Areas:** Double the standard dosage for high municipal chloramine levels.
- **Ammonia Detoxification:** Dose up to 5 times the standard volume during critical toxic spikes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Super-Concentrated Formula:** Treats up to 320,000 litres (80,000 US gallons) per 4L container.
- **Complete Detoxification:** Instantly neutralises chlorine, chloramines, ammonia, nitrite, and heavy metals.
- **Slime Coat Enhancement:** Stimulates natural fish mucous coatings for superior disease defence.
- **Non-Acidifying:** Will not destabilise pond pH or alkalinity balances.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724935-2439
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116243902
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,200 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor Ponds, Water Gardens & Large Systems
---
#### Seachem Pond Prime 500ml
Essential Water Conditioner for Small Ponds & Water Gardens.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-prime-500ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724932-2433 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116243308
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Prime-500ml.jpg
Seachem Pond Prime 500mL "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724932-2433) is the ideal water treatment solution for small-to-medium outdoor water gardens, patio ponds, and ornamental koi basins. It quickly detoxifies harmful additives in municipal tap water, ensuring a safe aquatic environment for pond fish, lilies, and aquatic plants.
Its advanced formula neutralises chlorine, breaks down tough chloramine bonds, and detoxifies trace heavy metals. Pond Prime also temporarily binds ammonia and nitrite during biological filter setup or seasonal temperature changes, protecting valuable koi and goldfish from toxicity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Pond Water Changes:** Treats new tap water during weekly or monthly maintenance.
- **Patio Container Ponds:** Ideal size for managing small-volume outdoor water features.
- **Emergency Water Cleansing:** Detoxifies unexpected chloramine flushes or ammonia spikes.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 400 L (100 US gallons) of new pond water.
- **Mixing:** Add directly to incoming water stream during refilling for optimal mixing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Water Safe Formula:** Instantly removes chlorine and chloramines upon contact.
- **Ammonia & Nitrite Binder:** Converts nitrogen toxins into non-toxic bioavailable forms.
- **Slime Coat Protector:** Aids fish mucosal health to protect against skin parasites.
- **Concentrated Value:** 500 mL treats up to 40,000 litres (10,000 US gallons) of water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724932-2433
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116243308
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioners
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 185 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 550 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor Ponds & Water Gardens
---
#### Seachem Pond Salt 1kg
Essential Mineral Electrolyte Mix to Support Fish Gill Function & Healthy Skin Coatings In Small Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-salt-1kg/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724929-2227 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116222709
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Salt-1kg.jpg
Seachem Pond Salt 1kg "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724929-2227) provides essential electrolyte balance and physiological support for ornamental fish in smaller ponds and water features. Formulated with precise ratios of sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium, it supports gill function and healthy skin coatings without introducing harmful additives. It delivers essential electrolytes such as sodium, calcium, magnesium, and chloride, all of which are vital for maintaining proper osmotic balance in fish, promoting healthy gill function, and strengthening immune systems.
The Seachem Pond Salt is a high-purity, premium-grade salt specifically formulated for freshwater ponds to support fish health and improve biological filtration. Unlike common table or rock salts that may contain impurities and harmful additives, Seachem Pond Salt is made from evaporated sea salt , ensuring it is free of unwanted chemicals and safe for pond ecosystems.
It can be especially beneficial when fish are acclimating to a new pond, recovering from illness, or under stress due to rapid changes in water conditions. By supporting these physiological processes, Seachem Pond Salt helps fish withstand stress caused by poor water quality, environmental fluctuations, handling, or transport.
Pond Salt reduces osmoregulatory stress caused by water changes or sudden temperature swings. It serves as a natural therapeutic tonic that helps koi and goldfish fight off common external parasites while reducing energy expenditure during recovery. The salt assists fish in maintaining their osmotic balance, which is critical for their ability to regulate fluids and salts within their bodies, helping them thrive in challenging environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Water Feature Care:** Maintains ideal mineral levels in patio and tub ponds.
- **Stress Reduction:** Eases shock during fish transportation, handling, or quarantine.
- **Mild Parasite Prevention:** Discourages external parasites like Ich and Costia.
**Dosage & Application Guide (Directions for Use)**
Seachem Pond Salt is easy to use and can be applied regularly or during times of stress, illness, or water changes. Follow these steps for effective application:
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1/4 cup (75 g) per 250 L (65 US gallons) of pond water.
- **Pre-Dissolve:** Mix completely in a bucket of pond water before adding to the system.
- **Dosage**:
For routine maintenance, add **9.75 grams (1 level teaspoon) of salt per 40 liters** of pond water.
- For ponds where fish are stressed, ill, or acclimating to new environments, increase the dose to **12 grams (1.25 teaspoons) per 40 liters** of pond water.
- Dissolve the required amount of salt in a container of pond water before adding it to the pond.
- Slowly pour the dissolved salt solution around the perimeter of the pond to ensure even distribution. This helps avoid concentrated areas that could irritate fish or plants.
- Avoid adding undissolved salt directly into the pond, as this may cause localised irritation to fish and aquatic plants.
- Pond salt does not evaporate or dissipate, so re-dosing is only necessary when performing water changes. Add salt proportionally to the amount of water being replaced, ensuring the correct concentration is maintained in the pond.
By following these instructions, Seachem Pond Salt can be used safely and effectively to maintain optimal pond health. Seachem Pond Salt is available in various package sizes, making it convenient to use in both small and large pond systems. Its high purity and easy dissolvability make it an ideal solution for ponds of all sizes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced Mineral Matrix:** Supplies vital electrolytes missing from purified or tap water.
- **Enhances Slime Coat:** Promotes natural slime coat production to shield against infections.
- **Combats Nitrite Toxicity:** Minimises gill uptake of harmful nitrite ions.
- **Pure & Safe Formula:** Free from yellow prussiate of soda, additives, or fillers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724929-2227
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116222709
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Pond Salts & Minerals
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,100 g
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g (1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor Ponds & Goldfish Water Gardens
---
#### Seachem Pond Salt 2kg
Electrolyte Supplement for Enhancing Osmoregulation In Mid-Size Water Gardens & Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-salt-2kg/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724930-2228 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116222808
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Salt-2kg.jpg
Seachem Pond Salt 2kg "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724930-2228) offers mid-sized pond owners a balanced electrolyte supplement designed to reduce fish stress and enhance osmoregulation. By supplementing key mineral cations like calcium, magnesium, and potassium, Pond Salt helps fish maintain internal fluid balance efficiently. It promotes the growth and activity of beneficial nitrifying bacteria in the pond, which are responsible for breaking down harmful compounds like ammonia and nitrites.
In addition to supporting fish health, Seachem Pond Salt also plays a crucial role in enhancing biological filtration. By improving the efficiency of these bacteria, the salt helps maintain higher water quality, reduces toxic buildup, and keeps the pond water clear and healthy for all aquatic life.
Seachem Pond Salt is versatile and can be used as part of routine maintenance or during specific situations like treating sick fish, reducing stress, or acclimating new fish to the pond. Its unique formulation ensures that it is safe for use with freshwater plants and other pond organisms, provided it is dosed correctly.
This product is particularly useful during seasonal transitions, heavy rainfall events, or high-stress periods when fish immune systems are vulnerable. It also blocks toxic nitrite uptake, making it a critical health aid for koi and goldfish collections. The salt is compatible with a wide range of pond setups, making it an essential tool for maintaining a balanced and stable aquatic environment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Post-Rainfall Recovery:** Replenishes lost minerals after heavy rainwater dilution.
- **Seasonal Temperature Changes:** Protects fish during erratic spring and autumn weather swings.
- **Supportive Treatment:** Aids recovery from net damage, transport, or parasite treatments.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Maintenance Dose:** Add 1/2 cup (150 g) per 500 L (130 US gallons) of pond water.
- **Therapeutic Use:** Dose up to 1 cup per 500 L for nitrite detoxification or recovery support.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Element Electrolytes:** Formulated with essential sodium, calcium, and magnesium.
- **Reduces Osmotic Stress:** Minimises biological stress on fish gills and kidneys.
- **Nitrite Poisoning Defence:** Prevents nitrite toxicity in under-filtered ponds.
- **High Purity Salt Mix:** Free of harmful anti-caking additives.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724930-2228
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116222808
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Pond Salts & Minerals
- **Package Dimensions:** 140 mm (L) × 140 mm (W) × 200 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,150 g
- **Net Weight:** 2,000 g (2 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Medium Outdoor Ponds & Water Gardens
---
#### Seachem Pond Salt 4kg
Bulk Bucket of Electrolyte & Osmoregulatory Salt Mix Mimicking Natural River & Lake Chemistry for Large Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-salt-4kg/
- Price: $83.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724931-2229 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116222907
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Salt-4kg.jpg
Seachem Pond Salt 4kg "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724931-2229) is a chemically optimised salt blend designed to restore essential electrolytes and promote healthy osmoregulation in koi, goldfish, and pond fish. Unlike standard table salt, Pond Salt contains beneficial trace minerals such as calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium, mimicking natural river and lake chemistry. It promotes osmoregulation, reduces stress, and supports the growth of beneficial bacteria, making it a valuable tool for maintaining a healthy pond environment.
Regular use helps pond fish resist disease by reducing osmotic stress, encouraging protective mucous slime production, and mitigating nitrite toxicity. The Seachem Pond Salt is a high-purity, evaporated sea salt designed to support fish health by providing essential electrolytes and enhancing biological filtration in freshwater ponds. The 4kg bulk container provides ample salt content for large water garden systems and seasonal treatment protocols.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Spring & Autumn Transitions:** Eases osmotic stress during seasonal temperature shifts.
- **Nitrite Poisoning Defence:** Prevents brown blood disease by blocking nitrite uptake through fish gills.
- **Disease & Parasite Recovery:** Aids fish recovering from bacterial, fungal, or protozoan infections.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **General Maintenance:** Add 1 cup (300 g) per 1,000 L (250 US gallons) of pond water.
- **Nitrite Toxicity Relief:** Dose 1 to 2 cups per 1,000 L to block nitrite absorption.
- **Application Method:** Dissolve salt in a bucket of pond water before pouring evenly around the perimeter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Enriched Mineral Blend:** Contains essential sodium, calcium, potassium, and magnesium ions.
- **Osmoregulatory Support:** Helps fish maintain fluid balance with less metabolic energy.
- **Nitrite Detoxifying Action:** Prevents dangerous nitrite absorption into the fish bloodstream.
- **Plant-Safe at Standard Doses:** Safe for most pond flora when used according to instructions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724931-2229
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116222907
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Pond Salts & Minerals
- **Package Dimensions:** 180 mm (L) × 180 mm (W) × 240 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,200 g
- **Net Weight:** 4,000 g (4 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Koi Ponds & Outdoor Water Gardens
---
#### Seachem Pond Stability 1l
Bio-Filter Starter & Waste Eliminator with High-Performance Bacterial Conditioner For Mid-Size Outdoor Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-stability-1l/
- Price: $41.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724926-2127 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116212700
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Stability-1l.jpg
Seachem Pond Stability 1L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724926-2127) is a high-performance bacterial conditioner engineered to jump-start biological filtration and remove organic waste in medium outdoor ponds. Its proprietary formula contains hardy bacterial strains that quickly colonise bio-balls, ceramic rings, and filter mats.
Pond Stability prevents fish loss caused by ammonia and nitrite toxicity during new tank setups or after chemical treatments. It works continuously to break down excess fish waste, uneaten food, and decaying plant matter before water quality degrades.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filter Setup & Maintenance:** Establishes nitrifying bacteria in new or cleaned pond filters.
- **Spring Re-Start:** Jumpstarts biofiltration when water temperatures reach 10°C (50°F).
- **High Waste Accumulation:** Reduces bottom sludge and organic debris load.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Initial Setup:** Add 12.5 mL per 100 L (25 US gallons) on Day 1.
- **Days 2–7:** Add 12.5 mL per 200 L (50 US gallons) daily for 6 additional days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rapid Biofiltration Setup:** Establishes biological cycling quickly and safely.
- **Waste & Sludge Reduction:** Digests organic detritus to reduce filter maintenance frequency.
- **Resilient Strain Selection:** Performs across variable pH and temperature ranges.
- **100% Fish & Plant Safe:** Will not harm delicate water lilies, koi, or aquatic life.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724926-2127
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116212700
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Treatments
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 220 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,080 g
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL (1 Litre)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor Ponds & Water Gardens
---
#### Seachem Pond Stability 2l
Biological Filter Supplement With Concentrated Cocktail of Nitrifying & Denitrifying Bacterial Strains for Medium-To-Large Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-stability-2l/
- Price: $96.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724927-2128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116212809
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Stability-2l.jpg
Seachem Pond Stability 2L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724927-2128) rapidly builds a stable, healthy biological filtration system in medium-to-large ponds and water gardens. By delivering a concentrated cocktail of nitrifying and denitrifying bacterial strains, it prevents toxic ammonia spikes and accelerates organic sludge decomposition.
Formulated to thrive in varied outdoor temperature conditions, Pond Stability functions seamlessly alongside Pond Prime to maintain crystal-clear, biologically balanced water. It is non-toxic to aquatic plants, koi, goldfish, and pond invertebrates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **System Startup:** Initial bio-cycling of new outdoor ponds and water gardens.
- **Post-Filter Cleaning:** Restores beneficial bacteria after washing mechanical/biological media.
- **High Heat Operations:** Maintains biological filtration stability during hot summer months.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **First Day:** Dose 25 mL per 200 L (50 US gallons) of pond water.
- **Daily Maintenance (Days 2–7):** Dose 25 mL per 400 L (100 US gallons) daily for 7 days.
- **Ongoing Dose:** Add 25 mL per 400 L after major water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad Spectrum Bacterial Strains:** Contains aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative species.
- **Prevents New Pond Syndrome:** Converts dangerous ammonia and nitrite into non-toxic nitrate.
- **Non-Sulfur Producing:** Completely safe for deep biological media beds.
- **High Capacity Packaging:** 2-litre bottle provides long-term biological maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724927-2128
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116212809
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Treatments
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2,100 g
- **Net Volume:** 2,000 mL (2 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Medium Outdoor Ponds & Water Features
---
#### Seachem Pond Stability 500ml
Nitrogen-Based Biological Filter Treatment for Small Ponds, Water Gardens, Patio Ponds & Goldfish Basins.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/seachem-pond-stability-500ml/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724925-2123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116212304
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Stability-500ml.jpg
Seachem Pond Stability 500mL "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724925-2123) provides convenient biological filtration management for small water gardens, patio ponds, and goldfish basins. Formulated to eliminate harmful ammonia and nitrite, it introduces a robust consortium of nitrifying bacteria to keep pond ecosystems crystal clear and healthy.
It is particularly effective at preventing "new tank syndrome" in fresh installations and maintaining biological stability during seasonal temperature shifts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Water Garden Startup:** Establishes biofiltration in small outdoor water features.
- **Post-Medication Treatments:** Re-establishes beneficial bacteria colonies after fish disease care.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Day 1:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 40 L (10 US gallons) of pond water.
- **Days 2–7:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L (20 US gallons) daily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Prevents Nitrogen Toxicity:** Rapidly converts toxic ammonia and nitrite into nitrate.
- **Non-Sulfur Fixing:** Eliminates hydrogen sulphide production risks.
- **Convenient Small Size:** Ideal for smaller water features and micro-ponds.
- **Safe for All Aquatic Life:** Compatible with all species of pond fish and flora.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724925-2123
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116212304
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Treatments
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 185 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 540 g
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Small Outdoor Ponds & Water Features
---
### Seachem Pond — Freshwater aquarium
#### Seachem Pond Stability 4l
Commercial Bulk Bio-Filter Blend of Aerobic, Anaerobic, & Facultative Bacteria For Large Outdoor Ponds & Commercial Fish Farms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/seachem-pond-stability-4l/
- Price: $123.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724928-2129 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 000116212908
- Brand: OasisSeachem (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/oasisseachem/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Seachem-Pond-Stability-4l.jpg
Seachem Pond Stability 4L "OasisSeachem" (SKU: 724928-2129) is a commercial-grade bacterial inoculant designed to establish and maintain biological filtration in large outdoor ponds, commercial fish farms, and high-volume water features. Containing a specialised blend of aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative bacteria, it rapidly breaks down organic waste, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
Pond Stability's bacterial strains are non-sulphur-fixing, preventing the formation of toxic hydrogen sulphide gas in dense filter media or pond bottom sediments. This 4-litre jug ensures cost-effective bio-management across massive water volumes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Pond Commissioning:** Rapidly establishes the biological filter in new pond builds.
- **Spring Startup:** Re-seeds nitrifying bacteria as water temperatures rise in spring.
- **High Stocking Densities:** Manages organic load spikes in heavily stocked koi ponds.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Day 1 Dosage:** Add 50 mL per 400 L (100 US gallons) of pond water.
- **Days 2–7 Maintenance:** Dose 50 mL per 800 L (200 US gallons) daily for 7 consecutive days.
- **Regular Dose:** Add 50 mL per 800 L monthly or after filter cleanings.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Commercial Scale Volume:** 4L container treats large-scale ponds economically.
- **Non-Sulfur Producing:** Eliminates hydrogen sulphide risks in deep filter beds.
- **Resilient Strain Matrix:** Bacterial colony remains active across wide temperature fluctuations.
- **Controls Organic Sludge:** Accelerates breakdown of unconsumed food, leaves, and fish waste.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** OasisSeachem / Seachem
- **SKU:** 724928-2129
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000116212908
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Biological Treatments
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 310 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,150 g
- **Net Volume:** 4,000 mL (4 Litres)
- **Target Environment:** Large Outdoor Ponds & Water Features
---
## Other brands with finished descriptions
### Aquael — Air Pump
#### Aquael Air Line 3m
4/6 mm aeration tubing for air stones, sponge filters and CO2 lines.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-air-line-3m/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102676 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209922
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102676-1.jpeg
An air pump is only as useful as the tube that carries its air, and a sponge filter or air stone on the far side of the tank needs a run of tubing that bends without pinching shut. Aquael Air Line 3m (SKU: 102676) is Aquael's aeration tubing in the 3 m length, item 245281 in the maker's range, with a 4 mm inner and 6 mm outer diameter, the standard 4/6 mm size used by most aquarium air pumps, air stones and valves. Aquael describes it as tubing for freshwater aquariums, designed to connect aerators to air stones and conventional sponge filters. The tube is soft and flexible, so it can be routed behind the cabinet, along the back glass and down to the outlet.
Aquael lists two further jobs for the same tube: it can be used in carbon dioxide fertilisation units, and in aquascaping it can be used to fill a tank with water without disturbing the aquarium interior.Three metres covers a single pump-to-stone run on most home aquariums, or two shorter runs split with a T-piece; the 6 m length (SKU 102677) suits larger set-ups and multi-outlet manifolds. When the pump sits below the water line, an Aquael Check Valve (SKU 102635), made for 4/6 mm hose, stops water siphoning back into the pump during a power cut. The same bore suits Aquael's cylinder and sphere air stones, whose long tip is sized for most aeration tubes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Air stone and sponge filter set-ups:** Connects the air pump to stones, sponge filters and air-driven ornaments.
- **Replacing tired tubing:** Old airline that has gone stiff, split or green with algae.
- **Diffusion CO2 systems:** Aquael lists the tube for carbon dioxide fertilisation units.
- **Filling a new aquascape:** A gentle trickle that leaves the substrate and plants undisturbed.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Measure the run:** Lay the tube from pump to outlet before cutting, leaving a little slack for maintenance.
- **Cut square:** Use sharp scissors for a straight end that seals on the pump and stone spigots.
- **Add a check valve:** Fit one in line whenever the pump stands lower than the water surface.
- **Route and secure:** Run the tube along the back glass with suction-cup clips so it stays out of sight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard 4/6 mm bore:** 4 mm inside and 6 mm outside, the common size for aquarium air gear.
- **Three-metre length:** Enough for one long run or a couple of short ones on a home aquarium.
- **Soft and flexible:** Bends around cabinet edges and tank rims for tidy routing.
- **Several uses:** Air stones, sponge filters, CO2 units and gentle tank filling, according to Aquael.
- **Cut to fit:** Trims to any length for a neat installation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102676
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209922
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Airline Tubing
- **Manufacturer Item:** Aquael Airline 3 m (245281)
- **Length:** 3 m
- **Diameter:** 4 mm inner, 6 mm outer (4/6 mm)
- **Uses:** Air pumps to air stones and sponge filters; CO2 fertilisation units; filling aquascapes
- **Companion Products:** Aquael Check Valve (SKU 102635); Aquael air stones
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Air Line 6m (SKU 102677)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Air Line 6m
Flexible 4/6 mm airline tubing for aquarium air pumps and accessories.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-air-line-6m/
- Price: $10.75 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102677 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209939
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102677-1.png
An air pump is only as useful as the hose connecting it to the stone or sponge filter at the other end, and a stiff or kinked length of tubing chokes the airflow before it ever reaches the tank. Aquael Air Line 6m (SKU: 102677) is six metres of Aquael's clear 4/6 mm airline tubing, made from flexible, non-toxic plastic sized to fit standard aquarium air pumps, air stones, sponge filters and other air-driven accessories. The 4 mm inner bore carries the airflow while the 6 mm outer diameter matches the barbed fittings on most air pumps and valves sold for freshwater and marine use. Supplied as one continuous length, it is cut to whatever run a particular setup needs rather than sold pre-terminated, and the same tubing is available in a shorter three-metre length for smaller installations.
Because the plastic stays flexible rather than stiffening with age, the tubing resists the kinking that can pinch off airflow at a tight bend behind a cabinet or under a hood. It carries air only, not water, so it has no pressure rating to speak of beyond what a typical diaphragm or piston air pump produces, and it is not intended for pressurised liquid lines. Where an air pump sits below the water line, such as on a shelf inside a cabinet, fitting a check valve between the pump and the tank is standard practice, so a power cut or pump failure cannot let water siphon back down the line into the pump. The clear finish makes it easy to spot algae growth or a kink along the run, and lengths can be joined with a T-piece or straight connector where one air pump feeds more than one outlet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Air Pump Setup:** Connecting a pump to a stone, sponge filter or ornament for the first time.
- **Replacing Brittle Tubing:** Swapping out line that has yellowed, cracked or stopped passing air freely.
- **Multiple Outlets:** Running several branches from one pump using T-pieces along a single length.
- **Longer Runs:** Pumps positioned away from the tank, such as in a cabinet or fish room.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Measure Before Cutting:** Run the tube along its planned path and trim with a clean, square cut.
- **Push onto the Barb:** Fit the tubing firmly over the air pump outlet and the accessory's intake.
- **Fit a Check Valve:** Add one between the pump and tank whenever the pump sits below water level.
- **Check Periodically:** Look along clear runs for algae build-up or soft spots and replace as needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard 4/6 mm Sizing:** Fits common aquarium air pumps, valves and accessories.
- **Flexible, Non-Toxic Plastic:** Safe for fish, plants and invertebrates in fresh or saltwater.
- **Kink-Resistant:** Stays pliable rather than stiffening and cracking with age.
- **Clear Finish:** Makes algae growth and kinks easy to spot along the run.
- **Cut-to-Length:** Six-metre coil trimmed to suit the installation rather than fixed fittings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102677
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209939
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Airline Tubing
- **Length:** 6 m
- **Diameter:** 4 mm inner / 6 mm outer
- **Material:** Flexible, non-toxic plastic
- **Compatibility:** Air pumps, air stones, sponge filters, air-driven ornaments
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Air Line 3m (SKU 102676)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Air Stone (m1) 25x50mm
Medium cylinder air stone for fine-bubble aeration in community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-air-stone-m1-25x50mm/
- Price: $3.23 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102631 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312844
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102633-1.jpg
A bare airline outlet throws out large, fast bubbles that rise in a single noisy column, and breaking that air into a fine curtain is the job of a porous stone. Aquael Air Stone (m1) 25x50mm (SKU: 102631) is the larger of Aquael's cylindrical air stones, listed by the maker as the Air Stone Roller Medium, Ø25 × 50 mm (item 246111). Aquael states that the porous structure produces seed-pearl air bubbles, and the stone has a long tip compatible with the diameter of most aeration tubes, so it pushes straight onto standard 4/6 mm airline. Aquael recommends its air stones for all models of aerators, and they are sold one stone per pack.
At 50 mm long and 25 mm across, the M1 is the longest of the three cylinder stones in this line, with more porous surface than the 25 × 30 mm M2 (SKU 102632) or the 15 × 25 mm S (SKU 102625), so it spreads the output of a mid-size pump over a wider column of bubbles. That suits community aquariums, and quarantine or hospital tanks that need extra surface movement for gas exchange, and it gives a visible, even bubble column as a feature behind plants or rock. Air stones gradually clog with mineral deposits and biofilm, so the output falls and the pump works harder; a stone that no longer bubbles evenly is due for cleaning or replacement. Place a check valve in the line whenever the pump sits below the water level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community aquariums:** Mid-size tanks where a longer bubble column improves surface movement.
- **Hospital and quarantine tanks:** Extra aeration during treatment and in warmer water.
- **Feature aeration:** A steady curtain of fine bubbles behind plants or hardscape.
- **Replacing a clogged stone:** When an old stone bubbles unevenly or the pump strains.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Soak first:** Let the stone sit in tank water for a few minutes so it bubbles evenly from the start.
- **Push onto the airline:** The long tip slides into standard 4/6 mm tubing.
- **Set the position:** Lay it on the substrate or behind decor, clear of the filter intake.
- **Protect the pump:** Add a check valve if the pump stands below the water surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium roller format:** Ø25 × 50 mm, the longest of the three cylinder sizes.
- **Seed-pearl bubbles:** Aquael's description of the porous stone's output.
- **Long connection tip:** Fits the diameter of most aeration tubes.
- **Suits any aerator:** Aquael recommends it for all models of aerators.
- **Larger diffusing surface:** Spreads a mid-size pump's air over a broader column.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102631
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312844
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stone
- **Manufacturer Item:** Air Stone Roller Medium (246111)
- **Shape and Size:** Cylinder, Ø25 × 50 mm
- **Bubble Type:** Fine (seed-pearl), per Aquael
- **Connection:** Long tip for most aeration tubing, including 4/6 mm airline
- **Companion Products:** Aquael Air Line 3m (SKU 102676); Aquael Check Valve (SKU 102635)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Air Stone (m2) 25x30mm (SKU 102632); Aquael Air Stone (s) 15x25mm (SKU 102625)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums run with an air pump
---
#### Aquael Air Stone (m2) 25x30mm
Short medium air stone for gentle aeration in small to mid-size tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-air-stone-m2-25x30mm/
- Price: $2.71 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102632 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312851
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102632-1.jpg
In a smaller tank a long air stone can look like equipment rather than part of the scene, and a short stone tucked behind a plant does the same job with less to hide. Aquael Air Stone (m2) 25x30mm (SKU: 102632) is the M2 size of Aquael's conventional air stones, 25 mm across and 30 mm long according to its name, sitting between the 15 × 25 mm S (SKU 102625) and the 25 × 50 mm M1 (SKU 102631) in size. Aquael describes these stones as porous, producing seed-pearl air bubbles, with a long tip compatible with the diameter of most aeration tubes, and recommends them for all models of aerators. It slides straight onto standard 4/6 mm airline with no adapter.
The shorter 30 mm body has less porous surface than the M1, which suits the lower air volume of a small single-outlet pump, or one branch of a gang-valve manifold in a fish room. It gives a modest column of fine bubbles that adds surface movement and gas exchange without turning the whole tank into a current, a good fit for shrimp, small tetras and breeding or grow-out tanks where strong water movement is unwelcome. Stones slowly clog with biofilm and mineral deposits, so a stone that starts to bubble coarsely, or only from one side, is due for a scrub in tank water or a replacement. A check valve protects any pump that sits below the water surface from back-siphoning.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium tanks:** A compact stone that hides easily behind plants or decor.
- **Shrimp and breeding tanks:** Gentle aeration without a strong current.
- **Fish-room manifolds:** One stone per outlet on a gang valve.
- **Low-output pumps:** Matches the air volume of small single-outlet aerators.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Wet it first:** Soak the stone in tank water briefly so it starts bubbling evenly.
- **Connect the tube:** Press the long tip firmly into standard 4/6 mm airline.
- **Choose the spot:** Keep it away from the filter intake so fine bubbles are not drawn in.
- **Balance the flow:** On a manifold, adjust each valve until the bubble stream is steady.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Short medium stone:** 25 mm in diameter and 30 mm long.
- **Fine bubble output:** Aquael's porous stones release seed-pearl bubbles.
- **Easy connection:** The long tip suits most aeration tubing.
- **Discreet size:** A shorter body that tucks behind plants and rockwork.
- **Middle of the line:** Between the S and M1 cylinders in size and diffusing surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102632
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312851
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stone
- **Size:** 25 × 30 mm (as given in the product name)
- **Bubble Type:** Fine (seed-pearl), per Aquael
- **Connection:** Long tip for most aeration tubing, including 4/6 mm airline
- **Companion Products:** Aquael Air Line 3m (SKU 102676); Aquael Check Valve (SKU 102635)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Air Stone (m1) 25x50mm (SKU 102631); Aquael Air Stone (s) 15x25mm (SKU 102625)
- **Target Environment:** Small and medium freshwater or marine aquariums with an air pump
---
#### Aquael Air Stone (s) 15x25mm
Small ceramic diffuser stone for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-air-stone-s-15x25mm/
- Price: $2.18 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102625 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312837
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102633-2.png
A nano tank or a small breeding box needs gentle aeration, not the wash of bubbles a stone sized for a show tank would throw up. Aquael Air Stone (s) 15x25mm (SKU: 102625) is the smallest size in Aquael's ceramic air stone range, a cut ceramic diffuser measuring 15 by 25 mm that breaks the airflow from a pump into a steady stream of fine, evenly distributed bubbles. Made from porous ceramic rather than foam or plastic, it connects to standard 4/6 mm airline tubing and works with any air pump sized to push air through its pore structure. Aquael sells the same stone in two larger sizes, M1 at 25 by 50 mm and M2 at 25 by 30 mm, for tanks that need a bigger column of bubbles.
The fine bubbles a ceramic stone produces do more than look decorative: as they rise through the water column they increase the surface area of water in contact with air, which speeds oxygen exchange and helps drive off dissolved carbon dioxide. That makes the S size useful in shrimp tanks, betta cups, hospital and breeding tanks, and any small aquarium where a fixed air-driven sponge filter or ornament needs its own dedicated bubble source rather than sharing a larger stone's output. Ceramic stones gradually clog with mineral deposits and biofilm, which shows up as the bubble stream turning coarse and uneven or the stone struggling to pass air at all; at that point replacement is the practical fix, since the pore structure that breaks the air into fine bubbles cannot be restored by scrubbing the surface. Fitting a new stone takes only a moment on the end of the airline.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and Shrimp Tanks:** A fine, gentle bubble stream suited to small volumes.
- **Sponge Filter Aeration:** Driving the airlift on a small internal or sponge filter.
- **Breeding and Hospital Tanks:** Extra oxygenation without disturbing fry or recovering fish.
- **Coarse or Weak Bubbles:** A sign it is time to replace a stone that has clogged.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Fit the Tubing:** Push 4/6 mm airline tubing firmly onto the stone's barbed connector.
- **Position Low in the Tank:** Sit the stone on the substrate so bubbles travel the full water column.
- **Watch the Bubble Pattern:** A fine, even stream means the stone is still working properly.
- **Replace When Clogged:** Swap in a new stone once the bubbles turn coarse or stop altogether.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cut Ceramic Construction:** Porous stone that breaks airflow into fine bubbles.
- **Compact 15 x 25mm Size:** Suited to nano tanks and small breeding setups.
- **Fine, Even Bubble Stream:** Improves oxygen exchange without excess surface disturbance.
- **Standard Tubing Fit:** Connects to common 4/6 mm airline.
- **Part of a Sized Range:** Smallest of three sizes alongside M1 and M2.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102625
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312837
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stones
- **Size:** 15 x 25 mm
- **Material:** Cut ceramic (porous stone)
- **Bubble Type:** Fine, evenly distributed bubbles
- **Connection:** Standard 4/6 mm airline tubing
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Air Stone (M2) 25x30mm (SKU 102632); Aquael Air Stone (M1) 25x50mm (SKU 102631)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Air Stone Sphere 20mm
Small round air stone for nano, shrimp and breeding tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-air-stone-sphere-20mm/
- Price: $2.24 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102633 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312868
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102633-3.png
A nano tank or a breeding box needs aeration that is gentle and small enough to disappear, and a 20 mm ball is about as unobtrusive as an air stone gets. Aquael Air Stone Sphere 20mm (SKU: 102633) is the small spherical stone in Aquael's conventional air stone line, listed by the maker as the Air Stone Sphere Small, Ø20 mm (item 246112). Aquael states that its porous structure produces seed-pearl air bubbles and that the long tip is compatible with the diameter of most aeration tubes, so it pushes onto standard airline without an adapter. The maker recommends its air stones for all models of aerators.
The round shape releases bubbles from all around the ball rather than along a cylinder, giving a compact cluster of fine bubbles that rises in a narrow column. At 20 mm it is the smaller of the two Aquael spheres, the other being the 30 mm (SKU 102634), and it matches the modest output of a small air pump in nano and desktop aquariums, shrimp tanks, fry-raising and quarantine tanks, or a holding bucket during tank maintenance. Because it is small, the stone is easy to hide behind a single plant, a piece of wood or the corner of a sponge filter. Air stones clog gradually as biofilm and minerals fill the pores; when the bubbles turn coarse or the stone stops bubbling evenly, clean or replace it. Fit a check valve in the line if the pump sits lower than the water surface.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** Small enough to hide behind a single plant or stone.
- **Shrimp and fry tanks:** Gentle bubbles that young fish and shrimp cope with easily.
- **Quarantine and holding:** Quick aeration for a spare tank or a bucket of fish.
- **Small air pumps:** Matches the output of single-outlet nano aerators.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse and soak:** Rinse in tank water and let it soak briefly before first use.
- **Attach the airline:** Push the long tip into the end of the tubing until it is snug.
- **Position low:** Set it near the substrate so the bubbles travel the full water column.
- **Keep it clear:** Place it away from the filter intake and any sponge prefilter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ø20 mm sphere:** Aquael's small round air stone.
- **Seed-pearl bubbles:** Fine output from the porous structure.
- **Compact cluster:** The round shape gives a tight, narrow bubble column.
- **Long tip:** Fits most aeration tubing without an adapter.
- **Universal:** Aquael recommends it for all models of aerators.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102633
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312868
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stone
- **Manufacturer Item:** Air Stone Sphere Small (246112)
- **Shape and Size:** Sphere, Ø20 mm
- **Bubble Type:** Fine (seed-pearl), per Aquael
- **Connection:** Long tip for most aeration tubing, including 4/6 mm airline
- **Companion Products:** Aquael Air Line 3m (SKU 102676); Aquael Check Valve (SKU 102635)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Air Stone Sphere 30mm (SKU 102634)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, shrimp and small freshwater or marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Air Stone Sphere 30mm
Spherical black ceramic diffuser for small to medium aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-air-stone-sphere-30mm/
- Price: $2.61 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102634 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312875
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102634-1.jpg
A round diffuser sits differently on the substrate to a cylinder, throwing bubbles up and outward in a wider pattern rather than a single narrow column. Aquael Air Stone Sphere 30mm (SKU: 102634) is a 30 mm ceramic air stone from Aquael's Sphere range, moulded as a sphere rather than the roller or cylinder shapes used elsewhere in the brand's air stone line, and finished in black so it sits less conspicuously against dark substrate. Like the rest of the range it is a porous ceramic diffuser that breaks airflow from a standard aquarium air pump into a stream of fine bubbles, connected with ordinary 4/6 mm airline tubing. A smaller 20 mm Sphere is sold alongside it for tighter spaces.
The spherical shape gives an even bubble pattern from whichever side faces up once it is seated, which matters for a stone that may get nudged by substrate work or a curious fish. At 30 mm it suits small to medium aquariums and shrimp or breeding tanks where a wide, soft column of fine bubbles is wanted rather than the vigorous surface disturbance a larger air stone produces. As with any ceramic diffuser, the pores that create the fine bubble pattern gradually clog with mineral scale and biofilm; the stone keeps working but the bubbles coarsen and the flow drops, and a short soak or scrub rarely restores the original pore structure for long. Treating it as a periodic replacement item, rather than something to persist with once the bubbles turn uneven, keeps the aeration and the look of the tank consistent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to Medium Tanks:** A 30 mm stone sized for aquariums that do not need a large diffuser.
- **Dark Substrate:** Black finish blends in rather than standing out against gravel or sand.
- **Shrimp and Breeding Setups:** A gentle, even bubble pattern suited to sensitive stock.
- **Coarsening Bubbles:** A sign the stone has clogged and needs replacing.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Connect the Tubing:** Fit 4/6 mm airline onto the stone's barbed outlet.
- **Seat It on the Substrate:** Rest the sphere where bubbles can rise unobstructed through the water column.
- **Check the Bubble Spread:** An even pattern from all sides confirms the stone is clear.
- **Swap When Clogged:** Replace the stone once flow drops or bubbles turn coarse and uneven.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spherical Ceramic Design:** Gives an even bubble pattern regardless of orientation.
- **Black Finish:** Sits unobtrusively against dark gravel or substrate.
- **Fine Bubble Output:** Porous stone structure breaks airflow into a steady, fine stream.
- **Standard Airline Fit:** Works with common 4/6 mm aquarium tubing.
- **Compact 30mm Size:** Suited to small to medium freshwater and marine tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102634
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312875
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stones
- **Size:** 30 mm diameter, spherical
- **Material:** Ceramic (porous stone)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Connection:** Standard 4/6 mm airline tubing
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Air Stone Sphere 20mm (SKU 102633)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Check Valve
One-way valve that stops water back-siphoning into air pumps and CO2 gear.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-check-valve/
- Price: $2.65 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102635 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312882
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102635-1.jpg
A power cut is all it takes for water to run back down an airline, out through the air pump and onto the cabinet or floor, if the pump sits below the water line. Aquael Check Valve (SKU: 102635) is Aquael's plastic one-way valve for 4/6 mm air hose, fitted in the line between an air pump and the air stone, sponge filter or ornament it feeds. Air passes through in one direction only, and when the pump stops the valve closes, preventing water from flowing back into aerators or CO2 regulators. Retailers recommend it especially where the air pump is placed below the surface of the water, and it is a small part that saves the pump, and the floor beneath it, from water damage.
The valve is directional. A retailer's fitting note is to install it with the tip of the wedge-shaped part pointing in the direction of the gas flow, that is, towards the aquarium; fitted the wrong way round it simply blocks the air. It pushes into standard 4/6 mm tubing such as the Aquael Air Line 3m (SKU 102676), and in diffusion CO2 systems it keeps tank water away from the regulator or a yeast-based reactor. One valve is needed for each airline that runs below the water line, or one between the pump and a multi-outlet manifold. Check valves wear like any moving part: if the bubbles weaken or water appears on the pump side of the valve, it is time to replace it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump below the waterline:** Any air pump on a shelf or cabinet floor lower than the tank.
- **Power cuts and pump failure:** Stops water draining back when the air pressure stops.
- **CO2 diffusion:** Shields a CO2 regulator or yeast reactor from back-flowing water.
- **Upgrading old lines:** Replaces a valve that has stuck open or started to leak.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the direction:** The wedge tip points along the airflow, towards the aquarium.
- **Cut the line:** Cut the airline where the valve is to sit and push each end onto a spigot.
- **Test it:** Run the pump and check that bubbles reach the stone at the usual rate.
- **Inspect periodically:** Replace the valve if air flow drops or water reaches the pump side.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One-way action:** Air passes through, back-flowing water is blocked.
- **4/6 mm fitting:** Suits standard aquarium airline.
- **Plastic body:** Light enough to sit inline without dragging on the tubing.
- **Air and CO2:** Protects aerators and CO2 regulators alike.
- **Directional design:** The wedge-shaped tip shows which way it fits.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102635
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312882
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Airline Check Valve
- **Type:** One-way (non-return) valve
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Hose Fit:** 4/6 mm airline
- **Fitting Direction:** Wedge tip pointing in the direction of gas flow
- **Use With:** Air pumps and CO2 regulators
- **Companion Products:** Aquael Air Line 3m (SKU 102676); Aquael air stones
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums using air or CO2 lines
---
#### Aquael Miniboost 200 Air Pump
Two-outlet adjustable air pump for aquariums of 150 to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-miniboost-200-air-pump/
- Price: $42.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113213 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546330381
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113213-1.png
Bigger tanks often run two air-driven items at once, a sponge filter at one end and an airstone at the other, and one pump with two outlets keeps the cabinet tidy. Aquael Miniboost 200 Air Pump (SKU: 113213) is the larger of Aquael's Miniboost membrane pumps, with two outlets each delivering up to 100 L of air per hour, and the maker recommends it for aquariums of 150 to 200 litres. It draws 2.4 W in total, and a rotary knob gives continuous adjustment of the output. At 12.6 × 5.9 × 4.8 cm the body stays low and compact on a shelf or inside a cabinet.
Aquael rates the maximum head at 70 cm, 10 cm more than the Miniboost 100, which matters in deeper display tanks where the airstone sits near the substrate. Both outlets take standard 4/6 mm airline tubing. The pump is made in Poland to EU safety standards and designed for continuous operation, with a durable membrane that Aquael says will last a long time before it needs replacing. It drives conventional sponge filters and Aquael's AirLights LED nozzles as well as ordinary airstones, and Aquael lists it for freshwater aquariums. Where the two lines run to different depths, the shallower line takes more of the air, so an airline valve on each lets the output be balanced between them. For a single line on a tank under 100 litres, the Miniboost 100 (SKU 113016) is the smaller option.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two-point aeration:** Airstones at both ends of a 150 to 200 litre display.
- **Twin sponge filters:** Two sponge filters in a breeding or grow-out tank.
- **Two small tanks:** One outlet to each of two neighbouring tanks on a rack.
- **Deeper aquariums:** A 70 cm head for airstones placed close to the floor.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount above the waterline:** Or fit a non-return valve on each line so water cannot siphon back into the pump.
- **Run two lines:** Connect 4/6 mm tubing from each outlet to its airstone or filter.
- **Balance the outlets:** Fit valves where the two lines feed different depths or devices.
- **Adjust the output:** Turn the knob until both lines bubble at the rate the tank needs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two outlets:** Up to 100 L/h each, 200 L/h in total.
- **2.4 W consumption:** Economical for continuous, all-day running.
- **70 cm maximum head:** Reaches the floor of taller display tanks.
- **Continuous adjustment:** A knob sets the output without dismantling anything.
- **Low-profile body:** 12.6 × 5.9 × 4.8 cm, made in Poland.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113213
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546330381
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Membrane Air Pump (Two Outlet)
- **Air Output:** 2 × 100 L/h, adjustable
- **Power:** 2.4 W
- **Maximum Head:** 70 cm
- **Airline Size:** 4/6 mm
- **Dimensions:** 12.6 × 5.9 × 4.8 cm (W × D × H)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 150–200 L
- **Other Sizes:** Miniboost 100 Air Pump (SKU 113016)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums of 150 to 200 litres
---
#### Aquael Oxyboost 150 Plus Air Pump
Adjustable membrane air pump for tanks up to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-oxyboost-150-plus-air-pump/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101164 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195454
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101164-1.png
A sponge filter or an airstone only works as well as the pump driving it, and a pump that runs flat out or buzzes against the cabinet wall is no favour to either the fish or the household. Aquael Oxyboost 150 Plus Air Pump (SKU: 101164) is the 150 L/h model in Aquael's OxyBoost Plus range, sold under the model code OXYBOOST APR-150 PLUS, a single-outlet membrane air pump built around an insulated, rounded housing designed to run quietly on a shelf or inside a cabinet. It is aimed at aquariums of roughly 100 to 150 L and is one of four outputs in the Plus range, sitting between the smaller AP-100 Plus and the larger APR-300 Plus.
Aquael rates the pump's output at up to 150 L/h of air at a maximum head of 60 cm, running on 2.2 W, with a 4/6 mm hose connection on its single outlet. The "APR" in the model code marks it as an adjustable unit: a dial on the body lets the airflow be wound back for a gentler stream or opened up for stronger agitation, rather than running at one fixed rate. A built-in thermal switch protects the pump if it overheats, and the body's several connected, independent elements are designed to dampen noise and vibration rather than transmitting it through the cabinet. The pump pairs well with a sponge filter, an undergravel filter plate, or a simple airstone, and Aquael also sells illuminated AIR LIGHTS nozzles as an optional accessory for the outlet. It is made at Aquael's factory in Suwałki, Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge and undergravel filters:** Steady air supply to drive filtration in tanks of 100 to 150 L.
- **Surface agitation and gas exchange:** An airstone run to improve oxygenation, particularly overnight or in warmer weather.
- **Backup aeration:** A standby air supply during a power-out or a filter service.
- **Quiet household placement:** Suited to a lounge room or bedroom aquarium where noise matters.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Site it above water level:** Stand the pump higher than the tank, or fit a check valve, to stop water siphoning back.
- **Connect 4/6 mm airline:** Push the hose onto the single outlet and run it to the airstone or filter.
- **Set the output with the dial:** Turn the adjustment dial to the airflow the tank and livestock need.
- **Keep the housing ventilated:** Leave clear air space around the pump so the thermal switch is not tripped by trapped heat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adjustable output:** A dial varies airflow rather than running at one fixed rate.
- **150 L/h rated flow:** Suited to aquariums of roughly 100 to 150 L.
- **Quiet, insulated housing:** Several connected body elements reduce noise and vibration.
- **Thermal overheat protection:** A built-in switch guards the pump against overheating.
- **Low power draw:** Rated at 2.2 W of continuous consumption.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101164
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195454
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Adjustable Membrane Air Pump
- **Model:** OXYBOOST APR-150 Plus
- **Air Flow:** Up to 150 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 2.2 W
- **Maximum Head:** 60 cm
- **Hose Connection:** 4/6 mm, single outlet
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 100–150 L
- **Other Sizes:** Oxyboost 300 Plus Air Pump (SKU 101165)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Oxyboost 300 Plus Air Pump
Quiet two-outlet adjustable air pump for aquariums of 200 to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-oxyboost-300-plus-air-pump/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101165 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195461
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/101165-1.jpg
A heavily stocked 250 litre display, warm summer water or a medication course can call for more air than a small pump supplies. Aquael Oxyboost 300 Plus Air Pump (SKU: 101165) is the largest model in Aquael's Oxyboost Plus range, sold by the maker as the APR-300 Plus: a membrane air pump with two outlets delivering up to 300 L of air per hour in total, 150 L/h from each, recommended for aquariums of 200 to 300 litres. It draws only 2.5 W. As on the other APR models, a dial in the upper body gives smooth adjustment of the output, and the rounded black and white housing is insulated, which Aquael credits for its quiet running.
Aquael gives a maximum head of 70 cm and fits both outlets for standard 4/6 mm airline. A built-in thermal switch is listed among its features, and the pump is designed for continuous operation. It is produced at Aquael's own factory in Suwałki, Poland, where the maker produces membranes and piston units as spare parts, so a pump that has lost output after long service can be rebuilt rather than thrown away. Aquael suggests it for continuous aeration with its AirLights illuminated nozzles, for driving sponge filters and undergravel filters, and for running simple air-driven tube skimmers in marine aquariums. For tanks of 100 to 150 litres, the single-outlet Oxyboost 150 Plus (SKU 101164) is the smaller model.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community tanks:** Two airstones spreading oxygen along a 200 to 300 litre display.
- **Undergravel filters:** Driving the uplift tubes of an undergravel filter plate.
- **Marine set-ups:** Powering a simple air-driven tube skimmer.
- **Fish rooms:** Feeding sponge filters in two neighbouring tanks from one pump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site it high:** Place the pump above the water level, or fit non-return valves on both lines.
- **Connect both outlets:** Run 4/6 mm tubing to the airstones, filters or skimmer.
- **Use the dial:** Turn the dial on top of the housing to set the air output.
- **Plan for wear:** When output falls after long use, a replacement membrane restores it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 L/h total output:** Two outlets at 150 L/h each.
- **2.5 W power draw:** High output for very low consumption.
- **Smooth dial adjustment:** Fitted to the APR models of the range.
- **Thermal switch:** Built-in protection listed by the maker.
- **Insulated housing:** Designed for quiet operation in living areas.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101165
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195461
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Membrane Air Pump (Two Outlet)
- **Model:** APR-300 Plus
- **Air Output:** 2 × 150 L/h (300 L/h total), adjustable
- **Power:** 2.5 W
- **Maximum Head:** 70 cm
- **Airline Size:** 4/6 mm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 200–300 L
- **Other Sizes:** Oxyboost 150 Plus Air Pump (SKU 101164)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 200 to 300 litres
---
#### Aquael Oxypro 150 Air Pump
Quiet adjustable membrane air pump rated to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/aquael-oxypro-150-air-pump/
- Price: $119.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100383 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546143110
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100383-1.png
An air pump that whines every time the house goes quiet at night is the kind of thing that gets unplugged rather than used. Aquael Oxypro 150 Air Pump (SKU: 100383) is Aquael's OXYPRO 150, a single-outlet membrane pump built around a double-walled, transparent housing with a specially designed electromagnet, aimed at being close to inaudible in normal room use. The "150" in the name refers to its 150 L/h airflow rating rather than a fixed tank size: Aquael lists the pump as suited to aquariums under 200 L, which covers most small to mid-size freshwater and marine set-ups run with a sponge filter, airstone or undergravel plate.
The pump draws 2 W and can push air up to 2 m below the water surface, which covers all but unusually tall aquariums. Output is set with a large, ergonomic knob on the body rather than a fixed-rate design, so the airflow can be wound back for a gentle stream or opened up for stronger agitation. The double-walled casing and the pump's construction from several independently connected elements are built to damp both noise and vibration, and the housing is transparent, so the membrane's movement can be checked at a glance without opening the case. It connects to standard 4/6 mm airline tubing on its single outlet. The pump ships with a membrane already fitted and a printed manual, and is made at Aquael's factory in Suwałki, Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge and undergravel filtration:** Steady air for tanks up to roughly 200 L.
- **Night-time and bedroom tanks:** A quiet-running pump where cabinet or room noise matters.
- **Surface agitation:** Extra gas exchange via an airstone, particularly in warmer weather.
- **Backup aeration:** A standby air source to keep fish oxygenated during a power cut.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Position it above the waterline:** Site the pump higher than the tank or fit a check valve to prevent back-siphoning.
- **Fit 4/6 mm airline:** Push the tubing onto the single outlet and run it to the airstone or filter.
- **Dial in the flow:** Use the knob to set output anywhere up to the 150 L/h maximum.
- **Leave the casing clear:** Avoid boxing the pump in tightly, which traps heat and can increase operating noise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Near-silent operation:** Double-walled housing and a multi-part body designed to damp noise and vibration.
- **Adjustable airflow:** A large knob sets output rather than a single fixed rate.
- **2 m maximum head:** Pushes air to roughly 2 m below the water surface.
- **Transparent casing:** Lets the membrane's movement be checked without opening the pump.
- **Low power draw:** Rated at 2 W of continuous consumption.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100383
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546143110
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Adjustable Membrane Air Pump
- **Model:** OXYPRO 150
- **Air Flow:** Up to 150 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 2 W
- **Maximum Head:** About 2 m below the water surface
- **Hose Connection:** 4/6 mm, single outlet
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 200 L
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aquael — Freshwater aquarium
#### Aqs Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 500
Genuine replacement impeller for Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator 500.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aqs-rotor-pfn-turbo-circ-500/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100319 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134224
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100319-1.jpg
A pump that has run for a couple of seasons starts to rattle or lose flow well before the motor itself gives out, and the part doing the work inside is almost always the rotor. Aqs Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 500 (SKU: 100319) is Aquael's factory replacement rotor assembly for the PFN, Turbo and Circulator 500 range, built around the magnet and shaft that spin inside the pump housing to draw water through the impeller chamber. It is sold as a single spare part, not a full pump, and is fitted by anyone servicing an existing Aquael unit rather than replacing it outright. Aquael lists it under its own spare parts range, separate from the rotors made for the larger Circulator 1000 to 2000 models and the ASAP internal filters, which use their own sized versions.
The rotor sits inside a sealed chamber at the base of the motor housing, held in place by the impeller cover and spun by the magnetic field generated around the stator. Wear shows up as reduced flow, a rattling or buzzing noise, or the shaft refusing to spin freely when the unit is unplugged and turned by hand. Because the magnet and shaft wear as a single unit, Aquael sells the complete rotor rather than individual components, and fitting one restores the pump closer to its original flow and noise level than cleaning alone can manage. It is a maintenance item worth keeping on hand for a shop or fish room running several of these pumps, rather than something bought only after a failure strands a tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reduced Flow:** Output noticeably down from when the pump or filter was new.
- **Rattling or Buzzing:** Noise from the motor housing that cleaning the impeller chamber does not fix.
- **Routine Servicing:** Replacing the rotor on a schedule in a fish room running several units.
- **Spare on Hand:** Kept ready so a pump failure does not take an aquarium offline.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug First:** Disconnect the pump and remove it from the aquarium before opening the housing.
- **Open the Chamber:** Unclip or unscrew the impeller cover at the base of the motor housing.
- **Swap the Rotor:** Lift out the old rotor and bushings, then seat the new PFN/Turbo/Circ 500 rotor the same way.
- **Test Before Refitting:** Run the pump briefly in a bucket of water to check for a smooth, quiet spin before returning it to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Aquael Part:** Factory-specified replacement, not a generic substitute.
- **Sized for PFN, Turbo and Circ 500:** Matches the magnet and shaft dimensions of this pump range.
- **Single-Piece Rotor:** Magnet and shaft supplied as one assembly for a straightforward swap.
- **Restores Flow and Quiet Running:** Addresses the two most common symptoms of rotor wear.
- **Economical Maintenance:** Cheaper and faster than replacing the whole pump or filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100319
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134224
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Impellers & Filter Rotors
- **Manufacturer Item No.:** 45a109724
- **Compatibility:** Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator 500
- **Component:** Rotor assembly (magnet and shaft)
- **Fitting:** Replaces the rotor inside the sealed impeller chamber
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Asap Filter 700
The largest internal filter in the ASAP range, for aquariums up to 250 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-asap-filter-700/
- Price: $62.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101525 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546210287
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101525-1.jpg
A heavily stocked 200 litre tank needs more filtration muscle than the models built for smaller aquariums, without stepping up to an external canister and its hoses. Aquael Asap Filter 700 (SKU: 101525) is the largest internal filter in Aquael's ASAP range, built for aquariums between 150 and 250 litres and measuring about 6.5 by 9.9 by 24.4 cm, taller than the 300 and 500 to hold a larger volume of filtration sponge. The same layout applies at this size: a motor head at the top drives water down through a transparent bowl filled with sponge, giving mechanical and biological filtration from one unit that draws 6.8 W. Aquael's current specification rates its flow at 650 L/h, though some of the brand's own marketing material for this model quotes 700 L/h, a figure worth checking against the latest specification before relying on it for stocking calculations.
At its rated output the ASAP 700 turns over a 200 to 250 litre tank several times an hour, enough to manage a more heavily stocked community or a larger single-species setup without the footprint of an external filter. The taller bowl holds correspondingly more sponge surface area than the smaller sizes, which extends the time between cleans before flow starts to drop off, and it still lifts free as one piece for a rinse in tank water that leaves most of the biological colony undisturbed. Like the rest of the ASAP line, it can run in water as shallow as 5 cm, useful for paludariums and heavily planted aquariums with a lower water line. Carbon and PhosMax phosphate-removing cartridges sized for the ASAP 700 housing are sold separately for tanks needing extra chemical filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger Community Tanks:** Aquariums from 150 up to 250 litres needing the biggest ASAP unit.
- **Heavier Bioloads:** Tanks with more fish or waste output than a 300 or 500 filter can keep up with.
- **Shallow or Planted Setups:** Running in water as little as 5 cm deep.
- **Extra Chemical Filtration:** Fitting a carbon or PhosMax cartridge for a specific water-quality issue.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount Securely:** Submerge against the back glass and fix with the suction cups supplied.
- **Check the Rated Flow:** Match the tank's bioload against the 650 L/h rating before relying on it alone.
- **Switch On and Confirm Flow:** Prime the unit and check for a steady, even outflow.
- **Rinse the Bowl Periodically:** Detach the sponge bowl and rinse in tank water as part of routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest ASAP Model:** Sized for aquariums up to 250 litres.
- **Taller Sponge Bowl:** More filtration surface area than the 300 or 500.
- **650 L/h Rated Flow:** Aquael's specification figure for this model.
- **Low Power Draw:** Runs on 6.8 W.
- **Shallow-Water Capable:** Works in water as little as 5 cm deep.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101525
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546210287
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filters
- **Manufacturer Item No.:** 113613
- **Flow Rate:** 650 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 6.8 W
- **Dimensions:** About 6.5 x 9.9 x 24.4 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 150–250 L
- **Minimum Water Depth:** 5 cm (suits aquaterrariums)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Asap Filter 300 (SKU 101523); Aquael Asap Filter 500 (SKU 101524)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Duo Set 35x35x40 Cm - Tank Only + Under Mat
Glass aquarium and protective base mat from Aquael's DUO series.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-duo-set-35x35x40-cm-tank-only-under-mat/
- Price: $134.58 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113245 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313858
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113245-1.webp
Buying a full aquarium kit makes little sense for a keeper who already owns a filter, heater and light and just needs the glass box to put them in. Aquael Duo Set 35x35x40 Cm - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU: 113245) is the bare tank from Aquael's DUO aquarium series, a 35 by 35 by 40 cm enclosure holding 49 litres, supplied with the moulded foam base mat that sits under the glass but without the cascade filter, heater and LED lighting that make up Aquael's full DUO kit. The tank is built from 5 mm float glass, the same glass used across the DUO range, and its proportions, taller than they are wide, suit a cube-style nano or shrimp display rather than a long, low community layout. Buying the tank and mat alone suits anyone re-housing an existing filter and light, or building a custom set-up around Aquael's glass rather than its bundled equipment.
The under mat is a moulded foam sheet cut to the tank's footprint, its job to level out small irregularities in the cabinet or shelf surface and cushion the glass base against point loads that could otherwise crack it under the weight of water and substrate. Because this variant omits the filter and lighting, a buyer needs to plan separately for both: Aquael's own full DUO kit uses a cascade filter and a slim LED lighting unit sized for this tank, a guide to the equipment scale the glass is designed around, though any filter and light rated for 49 litres will do. At that volume the tank suits shrimp, nano fish or a small planted display rather than anything needing more swimming room.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Re-Housing Existing Equipment:** A filter, heater and light already on hand, just needing the tank.
- **Nano and Shrimp Displays:** A 49 litre cube-style tank sized for smaller setups.
- **Custom Builds:** Choosing equipment independently of Aquael's bundled DUO kit.
- **Protecting the Cabinet:** The foam mat cushions the glass base and levels minor surface irregularities.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the Surface:** Confirm the cabinet or shelf is level before placing the tank.
- **Lay the Mat First:** Position the foam under mat exactly under the tank's footprint.
- **Set the Tank on the Mat:** Lower the aquarium onto the mat without sliding it into place.
- **Fit Equipment Separately:** Install a filter, heater and light suited to a 49 litre tank before filling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5mm Float Glass:** The same glass used across Aquael's DUO aquarium range.
- **49-Litre Capacity:** A 35 x 35 x 40 cm cube suited to nano and shrimp set-ups.
- **Includes the Foam Base Mat:** Protects and levels the glass base under the tank.
- **Equipment Sold Separately:** No filter, heater or light bundled with this tank-only variant.
- **Cube Proportions:** Taller-than-wide footprint suited to planted and shrimp displays.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113245
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313858
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Dimensions:** 35 x 35 x 40 cm
- **Volume:** 49 L
- **Glass:** 5 mm float glass
- **Included:** Tank and moulded foam under mat only
- **Not Included:** Filter, heater and lighting (sold separately)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Filter Sponge Pat Mini (2pcs) - Standard Sponge
Replacement sponge pair for the Aquael PAT Mini internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-filter-sponge-pat-mini-2pcs-standard-sponge/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102563 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546198332
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102563-1.webp
A sponge filter only works as well as the sponge itself, and a PAT Mini that has lost flow or stopped clearing the water properly usually just needs a fresh one fitted. Aquael Filter Sponge Pat Mini (2pcs) - Standard Sponge (SKU: 102563) is a pack of two standard-grade replacement sponges sized for Aquael's PAT Mini internal filter, the small sponge-based unit Aquael rates at up to 400 L/h for tanks around 120 litres and under. The sponge is what performs the actual filtration in a PAT Mini: it traps fine particles mechanically while its surface area hosts the nitrifying bacteria that process ammonia and nitrite, so the sponge itself carries most of the filter's biological value rather than the plastic housing around it. Aquael also sells a finer-pored Baby Shrimp sponge for the same PAT Mini body, for tanks where fry or shrimp need to be kept out of the intake.
Over weeks of use a sponge accumulates enough trapped debris that flow drops noticeably even after a rinse, and eventually the foam itself starts to break down and stops holding its shape, at which point replacing rather than continuing to clean it is the practical option. Because the bacterial colony lives mostly on and within the sponge, Aquael's design for the PAT Mini lets the sponge come off the perforated shaft quickly, with cleaning described by the maker as taking under a minute, so day-to-day maintenance does not require removing the whole filter from the tank. Fitting a fresh pair from this pack restores that flow and filtering capacity without disturbing the filter's mounting or its position in the aquarium. Buying the standard sponge in a pack of two means a spare is on hand for the next clean, rather than running the filter on a sponge well past its working life while waiting for a replacement.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reduced Flow After Rinsing:** The sponge no longer restores output even after a clean.
- **Breaking-Down Foam:** The sponge has started crumbling or losing its shape.
- **Routine Stock Replacement:** Keeping a spare pair on hand for the next scheduled change.
- **Standard (Non-Shrimp) Filtration:** Tanks that do not need the finer Baby Shrimp sponge variant.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Lift Out the Filter:** Remove the PAT Mini from the tank before changing the sponge.
- **Slide Off the Old Sponge:** Pull the worn sponge free of the perforated shaft.
- **Fit the New Sponge:** Slide a fresh one from the pack onto the same shaft.
- **Return and Reprime:** Replace the filter in the tank and confirm flow resumes normally.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sized for PAT Mini:** Matched to Aquael's small internal sponge filter specifically.
- **Pack of Two:** A spare sponge ready for the next scheduled change.
- **Mechanical and Biological Role:** Traps debris while hosting the nitrifying bacterial colony.
- **Quick-Change Design:** Slides off the perforated shaft without removing the whole filter body.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102563
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546198332
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Replacement Sponge (PAT Mini)
- **Compatibility:** Aquael PAT Mini internal filter
- **Pack Contents:** 2 standard-grade sponges
- **Function:** Mechanical filtration and biological media surface
- **Alternative Variant:** Finer Baby Shrimp sponge also available for PAT Mini
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Finish Sponge For Ultramax / Ultra Canister Filter
30 PPI fine sponge insert for clearer water in Aquael canisters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-finish-sponge-for-ultramax-ultra-canister-filter/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112911 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546314930
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112911-1.jpg
A canister filter can be full of biological media and still return slightly hazy water if the finest particles pass straight through a coarse sponge. Aquael Finish Sponge For Ultramax / Ultra Canister Filter (SKU: 112911) is an original Aquael spare sponge in the 30 PPI (pores per inch) Finish grade, made for the filter systems of Aquael's Ultramax, Ultra and Maxi Kani series. It is the middle of the three densities Aquael makes for these filters, between the Standard sponge and the 45 PPI Super Finish, and retailers describe it as the balance between filtration performance and flow, giving increased water clarity. One sponge is supplied.
The sponge does two jobs: mechanical filtration, trapping fine suspended particles, and biological filtration, since smaller pores give a larger surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria. UK retailers list it for the Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000, and describe it as 100% non-toxic. Filter sponges are wearing parts that compress and lose their structure with repeated cleaning, and a sponge that no longer springs back, or has started to tear, needs renewing to keep the filter performing. Replace it in stages rather than at the same time as the other media, so the bacteria living elsewhere in the canister carry the biofilter while the new sponge is colonised. During routine maintenance rinse it in a bucket of tank water rather than under the tap, as chlorinated water kills the bacteria it holds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cloudy or hazy water:** A finer grade to polish water that a standard sponge lets through.
- **Worn sponge:** Replaces a Finish insert that has compressed, torn or lost its shape.
- **Planned media service:** Swap on a rotation with other media to keep the biofilter stable.
- **Upgrading from Standard:** Moves the canister one grade finer for better clarity.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off first:** Unplug the canister and isolate the hoses before opening it.
- **Fit in place of the old insert:** Seat the sponge where the worn one sat so water cannot bypass it.
- **Stage the change:** Replace one sponge or media layer at a time, a few weeks apart.
- **Clean in tank water:** Squeeze it out in removed aquarium water when the flow drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 PPI Finish grade:** Fine pores that trap smaller particles than the Standard sponge.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for Ultramax, Ultra and Maxi Kani filter systems.
- **Dual-purpose foam:** Mechanical capture plus surface area for nitrifying bacteria.
- **Middle density:** Sits between Standard and the 45 PPI Super Finish.
- **Non-toxic foam:** Suitable for freshwater and marine systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112911
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546314930
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Canister Filter Sponge (Spare Part)
- **Grade:** Finish, 30 PPI
- **Contents:** 1 sponge
- **Compatible Filters:** Aquael Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000; Ultra and Maxi Kani series
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Range Grades:** Standard; Finish 30 PPI; Super Finish 45 PPI
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with Aquael canister filters
---
#### Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 Black Aquarium
Complete 49-litre kit with a dark backdrop for shrimp and nano fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-fish-shrimp-set-duo-35-black-aquarium/
- Price: $387.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113220
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113220-1.png
Colourful shrimp and brightly marked nano fish stand out most clearly against a dark background, which is awkward to arrange after the fact around a tank that was never built for it. Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 Black Aquarium (SKU: 113220) is Aquael's complete, plug-and-play 49-litre cube aquarium in black, built as a 35 by 35 by 40 cm tank with the darker backdrop built into the cabinetwork rather than added with background film. The set includes an Aquael hang-on filter from the Versamax/FZN Versa Pro family rated at 700 litres per hour with adjustable flow, an Aquael Fix 50 pre-set heater, and a 10 W Aquael Leddy Slim Duo clip-on LED light, all sized to the 49-litre volume. A glass lid with a filter cut-out and a SMART OPEN hinge keeps the cover upright while the tank is serviced, and a foam pad under the tank protects the surface it sits on.
Aquael pairs the black trim with a slightly heavier glass build, described by the maker as around 5 mm against the 4 mm float glass on the white version, intended for the Day & Night lighting option in the Duo range. The Leddy Slim Duo supplies roughly 860 lumens from two 5 W LED rows, one at about 6500 K for natural-looking colour and the other at about 8000 K to support plant growth. A sponge over the filter intake keeps shrimp and fry out of the impeller and gives them a surface to graze. The set is rated energy class A+, and a matching black base cabinet is sold separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour-focused shrimp tanks:** A dark backdrop shows off red, blue and other high-contrast shrimp strains.
- **Nano and betta fish:** A 49-litre footprint sized for small fish rather than a community tank.
- **Planted nano aquascapes:** The dual-spectrum LED supports plant growth alongside display lighting.
- **A darker display spot:** Where a black cabinet and trim suit the room better than white.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a level base:** Stand the tank on a level, load-rated surface or the matching black cabinet.
- **Fit the filter and sponge:** Seat the hang-on filter and confirm the intake sponge is in place before switching on.
- **Submerge the heater before fish go in:** Let the Fix 50 heater settle to temperature over a few hours first.
- **Route the light cable:** Clip the Leddy Slim Duo to the rim and keep the cable clear of the lid's open side.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete matched set:** Filter, heater and light all sized to the same 49-litre tank.
- **Dark backdrop built in:** Black cabinetwork and trim rather than an added background.
- **Shrimp-safe filtration:** An intake sponge stops shrimp and fry entering the filter.
- **Dual-spectrum LED:** 10 W Leddy Slim Duo, about 860 lumens, for colour and plant growth.
- **Energy class A+:** The complete set is rated for efficient running.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113220
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Tank Size:** 35 x 35 x 40 cm, 49 L, glass about 5 mm
- **Filter:** Hang-on filter, 700 L/h, adjustable flow, with shrimp-safe intake sponge
- **Heater:** Aquael Fix 50, pre-set temperature
- **Lighting:** 10 W Aquael Leddy Slim Duo LED, approx. 860 lumens
- **Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Shrimp, nano fish and small planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 White Aquarium
Complete 49-litre kit for shrimp, nano fish and planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-fish-shrimp-set-duo-35-white-aquarium/
- Price: $387.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102577 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546309752
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102577-1.jpg
Starting a shrimp or nano tank from separate parts usually means guessing at a filter flow that is too strong for baby shrimp and a heater that is oversized for the water volume. Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 White Aquarium (SKU: 102577) is Aquael's complete, plug-and-play 49-litre cube aquarium in white, built as a 35 by 35 by 40 cm tank in clear float glass with every piece of equipment matched to that volume. The set ships with an Aquael hang-on filter from the Versamax/FZN Versa Pro family rated at 700 litres per hour with adjustable flow, an Aquael Fix 50 pre-set heater that holds a fixed temperature with no dial to set, and a 10 W Aquael Leddy Slim Duo clip-on LED light. The glass lid has a cut-out for the filter and a SMART OPEN hinge that holds it upright, and a foam base pad sits under the tank to protect the surface it stands on.
The Leddy Slim Duo runs two 5 W LED rows for a combined 10 W and roughly 860 lumens, one row at about 6500 K for natural-looking white light and the other at about 8000 K to support plant growth, suiting a lightly planted nano aquascape as well as a bare shrimp tank. A sponge over the filter intake keeps baby shrimp out of the impeller and doubles as a grazing surface. The set is rated energy class A+. The white finish suits a bright display spot; the same Duo 35 line is also sold in black with heavier glass for a darker backdrop.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp colonies:** The intake sponge and gentle, adjustable filter flow suit shrimp and their young.
- **Nano fish and bettas:** A 49-litre footprint sized for small fish rather than a full community tank.
- **Lightly planted tanks:** The dual-spectrum LED supports plant growth alongside natural-looking colour.
- **First complete set-up:** Matched filter, heater and light remove the guesswork of sourcing each part separately.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the stand first:** Set the tank on a level, load-rated surface or the matching base cabinet before filling.
- **Fit the filter and sponge:** Seat the hang-on filter at the rear and check the intake sponge is in place before switching on.
- **Submerge the heater fully:** Position the Fix 50 heater below the waterline and allow it to settle to temperature before adding livestock.
- **Clip on the light:** Fit the Leddy Slim Duo to the tank rim and route the cable away from the open side of the lid.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete matched set:** Filter, heater and light all sized to the same 49-litre tank.
- **Shrimp-safe filtration:** An intake sponge stops shrimp and fry entering the filter.
- **Dual-spectrum LED:** 10 W Leddy Slim Duo, about 860 lumens, for colour and plant growth.
- **SMART OPEN lid:** Hinged glass cover with a filter cut-out that stays upright when lifted.
- **Energy class A+:** The complete set is rated for efficient running.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102577
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546309752
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Tank Size:** 35 x 35 x 40 cm, 49 L, float glass
- **Filter:** Hang-on filter, 700 L/h, adjustable flow, with shrimp-safe intake sponge
- **Heater:** Aquael Fix 50, pre-set temperature
- **Lighting:** 10 W Aquael Leddy Slim Duo LED, approx. 860 lumens
- **Colour:** White
- **Target Environment:** Shrimp, nano fish and small planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fix-2 50w Pre-set Heater
Fixed 25°C submersible heater for small aquariums up to 50 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-fix-2-50w-pre-set-heater/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113144 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328586
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113144-1.png
A small tank rarely needs a heater with dials and a display; it needs one temperature held reliably without anything for the owner to get wrong. Aquael Fix-2 50w Pre-set Heater (SKU: 113144) is Aquael's factory-set glass heater, built with no external controls at all: the unit is set at the factory to 25°C and cannot be adjusted, which removes the chance of a dial being knocked or a target temperature set incorrectly. Aquael builds the heating element into an electronic glass tube with no printing on the glass itself, and rates the unit to IPX8, meaning it is fully submersible and designed to run permanently under water rather than being removed between uses. At 50 W, this is the smaller of the two Fix-2 wattages Oasis stocks, sized for aquariums up to about 50 litres.
Inside the fixed 25°C target, Aquael's Smart Heating System varies the actual heating output rather than simply switching full power on and off, which the maker says keeps the temperature swing to around ±0.5°C instead of letting the tank overshoot and cool repeatedly. Because the unit is not adjustable, it suits a tank where 25°C, the standard target for most tropical community fish, is exactly what is wanted, rather than a cooler-water or heavily planted set-up with its own temperature requirement. As with any glass heater, it should run fully submerged at all times and be given time to reach the water temperature before its reading is trusted. A 100 W version of the same Fix-2 design is sold for tanks up to about 100 litres where this 50 W unit would be undersized.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small tanks up to 50 L:** Nano and small community aquariums sized to this heater's output.
- **Standard tropical set-ups:** Any tank where 25°C suits the fish being kept, with no need for a different target.
- **Simplicity over control:** A fixed, factory-set heater for anyone who does not want to manage a dial.
- **Backup or spare heater:** A straightforward unit to keep on hand for a small tank or hospital set-up.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Submerge fully before switching on:** Place the heater below the waterline along the back or side glass.
- **Use the supplied mounting clips:** Secure the heater so it cannot rest directly on the substrate or against the glass.
- **Allow it to settle:** Give the heater time to reach a stable temperature before judging the tank by thermometer.
- **Never run it dry:** Unplug the heater before any water change that would expose it to air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Factory-set 25°C:** No external dial, so the target temperature cannot be knocked out of place.
- **Smart Heating System:** Varies output to hold temperature to about ±0.5°C.
- **IPX8 waterproof:** Fully submersible for permanent underwater operation.
- **Unmarked glass tube:** An electronic glass heater with no printing on the body.
- **Sized for small tanks:** 50 W rated for aquariums up to about 50 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113144
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328586
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Pre-set Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 50 W
- **Preset Temperature:** 25°C, fixed, not adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 50 L
- **Waterproofing:** IPX8, fully submersible
- **Other Sizes:** Fix-2 100w (113145)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 100x40x50 200l
Braced rectangular glass tank for an established community aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-100x40x50-200l/
- Price: $351.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725307
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725307-1.webp
Once a tank crosses the metre mark in width, the front panel is under enough water pressure that the glass and silicone alone are no longer the whole story. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 100x40x50 200l (SKU: 725307) is a mid-size tank in Aquael's Simple line of traditional glass aquariums, built with a straight rectangular front and measuring 100 by 40 by 50 cm for a capacity of 200 litres. At 100 cm wide, it is the first size in the range at which Aquael fits reinforcing glass carriers along the top edge of the front and rear panels, a brace that stops the glass bowing outward under the pressure of 200 litres of water rather than relying on the silicone joints alone. The glass itself steps up to 8 mm at this size, thicker than the 4 mm used on Aquael's smaller tanks.
A 200-litre footprint is enough for a genuine community aquarium: a mixed group of mid-size freshwater fish, a moderately planted layout, or a small cichlid set-up, all with more room to arrange rock, wood and plants than the smaller tanks in the range allow. Every panel is bonded with black aquarium silicone, which Aquael describes as resistant to dirt while remaining non-toxic to fish, so the seams stay dark and unobtrusive rather than yellowing with age. The tank is sold as glass only, without filtration, heating, lighting or a stand, so it suits a buyer building a system to their own specification or fitting it to an existing cabinet rated for the weight. Five other sizes in the same Simple line run from 25 litres up to 375 litres, with bracing applied to every size from this one upward.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established community tanks:** A 200-litre footprint for a genuine mixed-species set-up.
- **Moderately planted aquascapes:** Enough floor space for rock, wood and a real plant layout.
- **Stepping up from a nano tank:** A meaningful size increase from Aquael's smaller Simple tanks.
- **Cichlid and larger freshwater set-ups:** A tank sized for fish that need more swimming room.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a cabinet rated for the weight:** A filled 200-litre tank is significantly heavier than its empty weight.
- **Add a base mat:** A foam or cork mat protects the tank base and evens out minor surface irregularities.
- **Check the bracing is undamaged:** Inspect the reinforcing glass carriers before filling, since they are structural at this size.
- **Fit equipment before fish:** Run the filter, heater and light for a settling period before adding livestock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200-litre capacity:** Room for a genuine community or planted layout.
- **8 mm glass:** Stepped up from the 4 mm used on Aquael's smaller Simple tanks.
- **Reinforcing glass carriers:** Bracing along the top of the front and rear panels at this width.
- **Traditional rectangular front:** A straight front rather than the curved front of Aquael's oval range.
- **Black silicone joints:** Non-toxic to fish and resistant to dirt build-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725307
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Dimensions:** 100 x 40 x 50 cm (L x W x H)
- **Capacity:** 200 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 8 mm
- **Construction:** Black silicone joints with reinforcing glass carriers on front and rear panels
- **Other Sizes:** 41x25x25 25L (725300); 60x30x30 45L (725302); 75x35x40 105L (725304); 80x35x40 112L (725306); 120x40x50 240L (725308); 150x50x50 375L (725309)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 120x40x50 240l
Braced rectangular glass tank for a spacious community set-up.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-120x40x50-240l/
- Price: $410.36 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725308
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725308-1.webp
Twenty centimetres of extra length does more for an aquascape than the volume increase alone suggests, giving room for a proper foreground, midground and background instead of everything crowded together. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 120x40x50 240l (SKU: 725308) is a larger tank in Aquael's Simple line of traditional glass aquariums, built with the same straight rectangular front as the rest of the range and measuring 120 by 40 by 50 cm for a capacity of 240 litres. Like the 200-litre tank below it, the 240 is fitted with reinforcing glass carriers along the top edge of the front and rear panels, bracing that keeps the glass from bowing outward under the water pressure of a tank this wide, and it uses the same 8 mm glass as the 200-litre size rather than stepping up a grade.
The extra 20 cm of length over the 100 cm tank gives real scope for arranging decorations, roots and rock into a composed layout rather than a single cluster, and 240 litres is enough for a larger community of mid-size freshwater fish, a biotope set-up, or the early stages of a marine system where stocking density is kept conservative. Every panel is joined with black aquarium silicone, which Aquael describes as resistant to dirt while remaining non-toxic to fish, keeping the seams dark and unobtrusive rather than visible clear lines around the glass. The tank is sold as glass only, with no filtration, heating, lighting or stand included, so a cabinet rated for the weight and a full equipment set need to be sourced separately. Five other sizes in the Simple line run from 25 litres up to 375 litres, with the 100, 120 and 150 cm sizes all sharing the same bracing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Spacious community tanks:** A 240-litre footprint with room for a properly composed layout.
- **Biotope and aquascaped set-ups:** Extra length for arranging rock, wood and planting zones.
- **Stepping up from a 200-litre tank:** A modest capacity increase with the same glass grade and bracing.
- **Early-stage marine systems:** A large enough volume to start a conservatively stocked saltwater tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the cabinet's load rating:** A filled 240-litre tank needs a stand built for that weight.
- **Fit a base mat:** Use a foam or cork mat to protect the base and cushion minor surface unevenness.
- **Inspect the bracing before filling:** The reinforcing glass carriers are structural at this width.
- **Settle equipment before stocking:** Run filtration and heating for a period before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **240-litre capacity:** Extra length over the 200-litre size for a more composed layout.
- **8 mm glass:** The same grade used on the 200-litre tank in the range.
- **Reinforcing glass carriers:** Bracing on the front and rear panels at this width.
- **Traditional rectangular front:** A straight front rather than the curved front of Aquael's oval range.
- **Black silicone joints:** Non-toxic to fish and resistant to dirt build-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725308
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Dimensions:** 120 x 40 x 50 cm (L x W x H)
- **Capacity:** 240 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 8 mm
- **Construction:** Black silicone joints with reinforcing glass carriers on front and rear panels
- **Other Sizes:** 41x25x25 25L (725300); 60x30x30 45L (725302); 75x35x40 105L (725304); 80x35x40 112L (725306); 100x40x50 200L (725307); 150x50x50 375L (725309)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 150x50x50 375l
The largest Simple-line tank, built for biotopes and large displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-150x50x50-375l/
- Price: $609.66 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725309
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/14707-aquael-akwarium-proste-100x40x50-200-l-1-800x800-1.webp
At the top of a glass tank range, every dimension works harder: more water pressure on the front panel, more weight on the stand beneath it, and more glass needed to hold it all safely. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 150x50x50 375l (SKU: 725309) is the largest tank in Aquael's Simple line of traditional glass aquariums, built with the same straight rectangular front as the rest of the range and measuring 150 by 50 by 50 cm for a capacity of 375 litres. Aquael steps the glass up to 10 mm at this size, thicker than the 8 mm used on the 100 and 120 cm tanks below it, and fits the same reinforcing glass carriers along the top edge of the front and rear panels to keep the glass from bowing outward under the pressure of a tank this large.
A 375-litre footprint suits a large mixed community, an extensive planted biotope, or a display piece where the tank itself is part of the room's design. The extra width and length over the 120 cm size give more floor area for arranging roots, rock and planting zones into a layout with real depth rather than a single cluster against the back glass. Every panel is bonded with black aquarium silicone, described by Aquael as resistant to dirt while remaining non-toxic to fish. The tank is sold as glass only, with no filtration, heating, lighting or stand, so a heavy-duty cabinet and equipment need to be sourced separately. Five smaller sizes in the same Simple line run from 25 litres up to 240 litres.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large mixed communities:** A 375-litre footprint for a substantial fish population.
- **Extensive planted biotopes:** Floor area for a layout with real foreground-to-background depth.
- **Display installations:** A tank sized to be a feature of the room rather than a background fixture.
- **Stepping up from the 240-litre size:** A meaningful increase in both volume and glass thickness.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the floor and stand can take the weight:** A filled 375-litre tank is substantially heavier than it appears empty.
- **Fit a base mat:** Use a foam or cork mat under the tank to even out any minor surface unevenness.
- **Check the bracing:** Inspect the reinforcing glass carriers before the first fill, since they carry real structural load.
- **Allow a longer settling period:** Run filtration and heating for an extended period on a tank this size before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **375-litre capacity:** The largest tank in Aquael's Simple line.
- **10 mm glass:** Stepped up from the 8 mm used on the 100 and 120 cm sizes.
- **Reinforcing glass carriers:** Bracing on the front and rear panels against the highest water pressure in the range.
- **Traditional rectangular front:** A straight front rather than the curved front of Aquael's oval range.
- **Black silicone joints:** Non-toxic to fish and resistant to dirt build-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725309
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Dimensions:** 150 x 50 x 50 cm (L x W x H)
- **Capacity:** 375 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 10 mm
- **Construction:** Black silicone joints with reinforcing glass carriers on front and rear panels
- **Other Sizes:** 41x25x25 25L (725300); 60x30x30 45L (725302); 75x35x40 105L (725304); 80x35x40 112L (725306); 100x40x50 200L (725307); 120x40x50 240L (725308)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 41x25x25 25l
Compact rectangular starter tank in traditional glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-41x25x25-25l/
- Price: $73.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725300
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725300-1.jpg
A first aquarium does not need to be large to be done properly; it needs glass that is built to the right thickness for its size and joints that will not let go. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 41x25x25 25l (SKU: 725300) is the smallest tank in Aquael's Simple line of traditional glass aquariums, built with a straight rectangular front rather than the curved front of Aquael's oval range, and measuring 41 by 25 by 25 cm for a capacity of 25 litres. At this size, 4 mm glass is sufficient to hold the water pressure safely, which is the thickness Aquael uses across its smallest tanks before stepping up the glass grade on wider models. Every panel is bonded with black aquarium silicone, which Aquael describes as resistant to dirt while being non-toxic to fish, giving a clean, dark seam around the glass rather than a visible clear line.
A 25-litre footprint suits a single-species betta or nano set-up, a shrimp colony, a quarantine or hospital tank, or a first aquarium for someone finding out whether the hobby suits them before committing to something larger. Because the tank is only 41 cm wide, it falls well under the 100 cm threshold at which Aquael adds reinforcing glass carriers along the top edge of the panels to stop the front bowing outward; at this size the glass and silicone joints alone are enough to hold the tank square under normal use. The tank is sold as glass only, with no filtration, heating or lighting included, so it suits a buyer assembling their own equipment rather than wanting a complete kit. Five larger sizes in the same Simple line step up in both volume and glass thickness for bigger set-ups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First aquariums:** A manageable size and price point for someone new to fish-keeping.
- **Betta and nano fish:** A footprint suited to a single small fish or a nano community.
- **Shrimp colonies:** Enough volume for a dedicated shrimp set-up without excess water to condition.
- **Quarantine or hospital use:** A spare tank kept aside for new arrivals or sick fish.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a level, rated surface:** Stand the tank on furniture built to carry a filled aquarium's weight.
- **Add a base mat:** A foam or cork mat under the tank evens out any minor unevenness in the stand.
- **Fill gradually:** Add water slowly on first fill and check the silicone seams before stocking fish.
- **Fit equipment before livestock:** Install the filter, heater and light and let the tank settle before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Traditional rectangular glass:** A straight front rather than the curved front of Aquael's oval range.
- **25-litre capacity:** A compact footprint for nano and starter set-ups.
- **4 mm glass:** Sized to the tank's own dimensions rather than over- or under-built.
- **Black silicone joints:** Non-toxic to fish and resistant to dirt build-up.
- **Part of a sized range:** Five larger tanks share the same construction up to 375 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725300
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Dimensions:** 41 x 25 x 25 cm (L x W x H)
- **Capacity:** 25 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 4 mm
- **Construction:** Black silicone joints; no reinforcing bracing at this width
- **Other Sizes:** 60x30x30 45L (725302); 75x35x40 105L (725304); 80x35x40 112L (725306); 100x40x50 200L (725307); 120x40x50 240L (725308); 150x50x50 375L (725309)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 60x30x30 45l
A bare glass shell for a first community tank or a custom aquascape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-60x30x30-45l/
- Price: $106.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725302
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725302-1.webp
A tank with no lid, no light and no filtration built in gives an aquarist a free hand to choose every other component. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 60x30x30 45l (SKU: 725302) is a rectangular glass aquarium from Aquael, measuring 60 by 30 by 30 cm and holding 45 litres, sold as the tank alone with no hood, lighting, filter or heater fitted. It sits in Aquael's wider range of straight-sided glass tanks, built with polished panels joined by black aquarium silicone, a sealant chosen for its resistance to dirt and its safety around fish. The open top leaves the aquarist free to fit any hood, light bar, hang-on filter or internal heater that suits the stand it will sit on.
At 45 litres the tank suits a planted nano-to-small community set-up: small shoaling fish such as tetras or guppies, a modest group of shrimp, or a single betta with room to spare. Aquael builds this size into a wider straight and oval glass range running from 25 to 375 litres, with the same panel finish and silicone work used across the family regardless of footprint. The glass is clear float glass rather than low-iron, giving the slight green cast typical of ordinary aquarium glass, and there is no reinforcing bar across the top, which on this range is reserved for the 100 cm and longer models. Equipment should be sized to the true 45-litre volume rather than the external footprint, since wall thickness and substrate reduce it below the nominal figure.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First tank builds:** A blank glass shell for an aquarist choosing their own filter, light and hood.
- **Nano community set-ups:** Tetras, guppies or a shrimp colony in a modest footprint.
- **Replacing a cracked tank:** A same-size glass shell to rebuild a stand-mounted display around existing equipment.
- **Planted aquascapes:** An open-top tank that takes a clip-on light and CO2 gear without a lid in the way.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the stand first:** Confirm the cabinet or stand surface is flat and rated for a filled tank at roughly 1 kg per litre.
- **Add substrate and décor dry:** Lay substrate, rock and wood before any water goes in, to avoid cloudy refills later.
- **Fill gradually:** Add water slowly over the décor to avoid disturbing the substrate layer or stressing the silicone seams.
- **Fit equipment before fish:** Install the filter, heater and light and run the tank empty of livestock until the cycle is established.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **45-litre capacity:** A footprint that suits desks, bookshelves and small stands.
- **Black silicone seals:** Dirt-resistant and non-toxic to aquarium life.
- **Open-top design:** No fitted hood, so any light, filter or CO2 gear can be added.
- **Clear glass panels:** Polished edges typical of Aquael's straight-sided range.
- **Part of a sized range:** The same build runs from 25 to 375 litres for matching upgrades.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725302
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Tank Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 30 cm
- **Net Volume:** 45 L
- **Material:** Glass panels, black silicone seal
- **Equipment Included:** None; sold as the glass tank only
- **Other Sizes:** 41x25x25 25 L (SKU 725300); 75x35x40 105 L (SKU 725304); 80x35x40 112 L (SKU 725306); 100x40x50 200 L (SKU 725307); 120x40x50 240 L (SKU 725308); 150x50x50 375 L (SKU 725309)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, planted and community set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 75x35x40 105l
A roomy glass shell for a planted community display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-75x35x40-105l/
- Price: $210.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725304
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725304-1.webp
Stepping up from a nano tank to a genuine display size usually means outgrowing the glass before the stocking plan is finished, and 105 litres buys considerably more room to grow into. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 75x35x40 105l (SKU: 725304) is a rectangular glass aquarium from Aquael measuring 75 by 35 by 40 cm, sold as the bare tank with no hood, filter, heater or light fitted. It is built from the same straight-sided glass range as Aquael's smaller tanks, with polished panels sealed in black aquarium silicone chosen for its resistance to grime and its safety around aquatic life. A 75 cm footprint at this capacity lines up with the tank size Aquael uses in its own Leddy 75 complete set, which is listed elsewhere at 105 litres, so the figure on this bare-tank SKU matches Aquael's published capacity for a 75 cm model.
At 105 litres the tank has enough depth and floor space for a genuine community stocking list: a shoal of mid-size tetras or barbs, a pair of dwarf cichlids, or a heavily planted aquascape with room for driftwood and rockwork. Because no equipment is fitted, the buyer chooses the filter, heater, light and hood to suit the stocking plan, rather than working around a bundled kit. The tank sits within Aquael's broader glass range, which runs from 25 to 375 litres in the same straight-sided style, so a cabinet sized to 75 by 35 cm from any compatible stand range should fit. As with any bare glass tank, the usable water volume sits slightly below the brim-full nominal figure once substrate and décor are in place.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stepping up from nano:** More floor space and depth for a growing fish collection.
- **Planted aquascapes:** An open top that takes CO2 diffusers and clip-on lighting without a lid in the way.
- **Community stocking:** Mid-size tetras, barbs or a dwarf cichlid pair with swimming room to spare.
- **Custom equipment builds:** Aquarists who already own a filter, heater or light and only need the glass.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 105-litre tank weighs well over 100 kg; check the cabinet is rated for it.
- **Lay substrate dry:** Add substrate, rock and wood before water to keep the first fill clear.
- **Fill in stages:** Pour slowly over a plate or décor piece to avoid disturbing the substrate bed.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **105-litre capacity:** A genuine community and planted-display size.
- **75 x 35 x 40 cm footprint:** Matches Aquael's own 75 cm tank sizing.
- **Black silicone seals:** Chosen for grime resistance and fish safety.
- **No fitted equipment:** An open shell for a custom filter, light and hood.
- **Same glass range as smaller sizes:** Consistent build quality from 25 to 375 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725304
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Tank Dimensions:** 75 x 35 x 40 cm
- **Net Volume:** 105 L
- **Material:** Glass panels, black silicone seal
- **Equipment Included:** None; sold as the glass tank only
- **Other Sizes:** 41x25x25 25 L (SKU 725300); 60x30x30 45 L (SKU 725302); 80x35x40 112 L (SKU 725306); 100x40x50 200 L (SKU 725307); 120x40x50 240 L (SKU 725308); 150x50x50 375 L (SKU 725309)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, planted and community set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 80x35x40 112l
An 80 cm glass shell with 6 mm panels for an established community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-80x35x40-112l/
- Price: $247.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725306
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725306-1.webp
An 80 cm tank is where glass thickness starts to matter, since the front panel carries real hydrostatic pressure across its full width. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank 80x35x40 112l (SKU: 725306) is the 80 cm model in Aquael's straight-sided glass aquarium range, measuring 80 by 35 by 40 cm and holding 112 litres, built with 6 mm glass panels rather than the thinner glass used on Aquael's smaller tanks. It is sold as the bare glass tank with no hood, filter, heater or light, sealed with black aquarium silicone chosen for its resistance to dirt and its safety around fish.
At 112 litres and 80 cm long the tank suits a genuine community aquarium: a mixed shoal of tetras or barbs, a small angelfish group, or a planted aquascape with substantial hardscape. Aquael reserves a reinforcing glass carrier along the top edge for models from 100 cm upward, so this 80 cm tank relies on panel thickness alone rather than a bracing bar, which is standard for a tank of this width. Because the tank ships without equipment, filtration, heating and lighting should be sized to the true 112-litre volume once substrate and décor are in, and a cabinet footprint of 80 by 35 cm is needed to support it. The same silicone and panel finish carries across Aquael's wider glass range, from 25-litre nano tanks up to the 375-litre flagship size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established community tanks:** Enough floor space for a mixed shoal or a small angelfish group.
- **Heavier planted layouts:** Room for substantial hardscape and a dense plant mass.
- **Replacing an 80 cm tank:** A matching glass shell to rebuild around existing equipment and a cabinet.
- **Custom filtration builds:** Aquarists fitting their own canister filter and lighting rig.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the stand:** A filled 112-litre tank weighs well over 100 kg; the cabinet must be level and rated for it.
- **Lay substrate and hardscape dry:** Position rock, wood and substrate before any water goes in.
- **Fill slowly:** Pour over a plate or décor piece to keep the substrate bed undisturbed.
- **Run the cycle first:** Fit the filter and heater and let the biofilter establish before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **112-litre capacity:** An 80 cm tank for an established community.
- **6 mm glass panels:** Thicker than Aquael's smaller tanks in the same range.
- **Black silicone seals:** Resistant to dirt and safe around fish.
- **Open-top shell:** No fitted hood, light, filter or heater.
- **Part of a sized range:** From 25 to 375 litres in the same build.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725306
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Tank Dimensions:** 80 x 35 x 40 cm
- **Net Volume:** 112 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 6 mm
- **Material:** Glass panels, black silicone seal
- **Equipment Included:** None; sold as the glass tank only
- **Other Sizes:** 41x25x25 25 L (SKU 725300); 60x30x30 45 L (SKU 725302); 75x35x40 105 L (SKU 725304); 100x40x50 200 L (SKU 725307); 120x40x50 240 L (SKU 725308); 150x50x50 375 L (SKU 725309)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, planted and community set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank Leddy 40xl 35L
A replacement glass tank for the Leddy 40 XL Day&Night set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8956
- Price: $105.53 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725301
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725301-1.webp
A cracked or scratched tank does not have to mean buying a whole new aquarium kit when only the glass has failed. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank Leddy 40xl 35L (SKU: 725301) is the bare glass tank from Aquael's Leddy 40 XL Day & Night aquarium set, sold on its own as a replacement part rather than as a complete kit. It measures 41 by 25 by 35 cm and holds 35 litres, built with 4 mm glass panels and polished edges, and ships with no hood, lighting, filter or heater, since those parts of the original set are meant to carry over onto the new tank.
The full Leddy 40 XL set this tank belongs to pairs it with a Sunny Leddy Tube Day & Night light rated at 7 W, an ASAP 300 internal filter, and a Fix 50 W heater, all housed under a Smart Open cover with a feeding flap and a DubLED handle for adding a second light module. Buying this tank alone lets an owner of that set rebuild around the existing hood, filter and heater rather than replacing equipment that still works. Because the tank shares the Leddy 40 XL's exact footprint, the original cover and fittings should sit on it without modification. It can equally serve as a standalone 35-litre tank for a nano community or a shrimp colony, run with separately chosen filtration, lighting and heating if the original set's parts are not being reused.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or scratched glass:** Replacing the tank on a Leddy 40 XL set without buying the whole kit again.
- **Reusing existing equipment:** Keeping a working ASAP 300 filter, Fix 50 W heater and Leddy Tube light on a fresh tank.
- **Standalone nano builds:** A 35-litre shell for shrimp or a small community, run with separately chosen equipment.
- **Spare on hand:** A tank kept in reserve for a fish room running several Leddy 40 XL set-ups.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Empty and strip down the old set:** Remove fish, water, substrate and the filter, heater and light from the damaged tank.
- **Move the hood across:** Lift the Smart Open cover and light unit onto the new tank; the footprint matches the original.
- **Refit the filter and heater:** Reinstall the ASAP 300 filter and Fix 50 W heater in their original positions.
- **Cycle before restocking:** Run the filter for several days on the new glass before returning fish to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Leddy 40 XL fit:** Matches the footprint of the complete Day & Night set.
- **4 mm glass panels:** Polished edges on a 35-litre shell.
- **Sold as glass only:** No hood, filter, heater or light, so existing parts carry over.
- **Compatible equipment:** Works with the set's ASAP 300 filter, Fix 50 W heater and 7 W Sunny Tube light.
- **Dual-purpose shell:** Equally usable as a standalone small aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725301
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Replacement Aquarium Tank (Leddy XL)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 41 x 25 x 35 cm
- **Net Volume:** 35 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 4 mm
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Leddy 40 XL Day & Night aquarium set
- **Compatible Equipment:** ASAP 300 filter, Fix 50 W heater, 7 W Sunny Leddy Tube light
- **Equipment Included:** None; sold as the glass tank only
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, nano and small community set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank Leddy 60xl 60x30x40cm 75lt
A replacement glass tank for the Leddy 60 XL Day&Night set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-leddy-60xl-60x30x40cm-75lt/
- Price: $211.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725303
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725303-1.webp
A tank that has to carry a hood, an internal filter and a heater needs its glass sound, and when only the glass fails the rest of the set is worth keeping. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank Leddy 60xl 60x30x40cm 75lt (SKU: 725303) is the bare glass tank from Aquael's Leddy 60 XL Day & Night set, sold as a standalone replacement part. It measures 60 by 30 by 40 cm, built with 5 mm glass panels, and ships with no hood, filter, heater or light. Aquael's own published capacity for the 60 XL tank is 72 litres; this listing's 75-litre figure is close but not identical, and either should be treated as approximate once substrate and décor reduce the true water volume.
The complete Leddy 60 XL set this tank belongs to pairs it with a 10 W Sunny Leddy Tube Day & Night light, an ASAP 300 internal filter and a Fix 100 W heater, under a Smart Open cover with a feeding flap and a DubLED handle for a second light module. Replacing just the tank lets an existing Leddy 60 XL owner keep that filter, heater and light rather than buying the whole set again, since the new glass shares the original footprint. On its own, the tank also works as a mid-size standalone aquarium for a community of small to medium fish or a planted layout, run with separately chosen equipment sized to roughly 72 to 75 litres.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or leaking glass:** Replacing the tank on a Leddy 60 XL set while keeping the hood, filter and heater.
- **Reusing working equipment:** Carrying the ASAP 300 filter, Fix 100 W heater and Leddy Tube light onto a fresh tank.
- **Standalone community builds:** A 60 cm tank for small to medium fish, fitted with separately chosen equipment.
- **Fish room spares:** A replacement glass tank kept on hand for a Leddy 60 XL set-up.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Strip the old set down:** Remove fish, water, substrate and the filter, heater and light from the damaged tank.
- **Transfer the hood:** Lift the Smart Open cover and light unit onto the new tank; the footprint matches the original Leddy 60 XL.
- **Refit filter and heater:** Reinstall the ASAP 300 filter and Fix 100 W heater in their original positions.
- **Cycle before restocking:** Run the filter for several days on the new glass before returning fish to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Leddy 60 XL fit:** Matches the footprint of the complete Day & Night set.
- **5 mm glass panels:** Thicker glass than the 40 XL tank in the same range.
- **Sold as glass only:** No hood, filter, heater or light, so existing parts carry over.
- **Compatible equipment:** Works with the set's ASAP 300 filter, Fix 100 W heater and 10 W Sunny Tube light.
- **Mid-size standalone option:** Suits a community tank even outside the original set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725303
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Replacement Aquarium Tank (Leddy XL)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 40 cm
- **Net Volume:** Approx. 72–75 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Leddy 60 XL Day & Night aquarium set
- **Compatible Equipment:** ASAP 300 filter, Fix 100 W heater, 10 W Sunny Leddy Tube light
- **Equipment Included:** None; sold as the glass tank only
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, community and planted set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank Oval 60x30x30 45l
A curved-front glass shell for a panoramic small display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-oval-60x30x30-45l/
- Price: $120.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725310
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725310-1.webp
A flat front pane shows a single view of the tank; a curved one widens that view without adding floor space. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank Oval 60x30x30 45l (SKU: 725310) is the oval-fronted model in Aquael's glass aquarium range, measuring 60 by 30 by 30 cm and holding 45 litres, matching the dimensions and capacity Aquael publishes for its Oval 60 tank. It is built with 4 mm glass and the curved front panel typical of this shape, sold as the tank alone with no hood, lighting, filter or heater fitted, so any equipment can be chosen to suit the stand and the stocking plan.
The oval front changes the sightline more than the stocking: 45 litres still suits small shoaling fish, shrimp or a single betta, much as it would in the straight-sided version of the same footprint, but the curve gives a wider, less boxy view from the front and sides. Because the glass curves, a cabinet or stand built for a straight-sided 60 by 30 cm tank may not sit flush against an oval front, so matching furniture should be chosen with the shape in mind. The tank sits in Aquael's broader glass range alongside its straight-sided equivalents, sharing the same silicone and panel quality, and the usable water volume will sit a little under the nominal 45 litres once substrate, décor and any overflow allowance are accounted for.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Feature displays:** A wider viewing angle than a straight-fronted tank of the same footprint.
- **Nano community set-ups:** Small shoaling fish, shrimp or a single betta in 45 litres.
- **Corner or open-room placement:** The curved front reads well from more than one angle.
- **Custom equipment builds:** Aquarists choosing their own filter, heater and light for an open-top shell.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Match the stand to the shape:** Use a cabinet designed for an oval-fronted tank rather than a straight-sided one.
- **Add substrate and décor dry:** Lay substrate, rock and wood before any water goes in.
- **Fill gradually:** Pour slowly over décor to avoid disturbing the substrate bed near the curved glass.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Fit the filter and heater and let the biofilter establish before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Oval front panel:** A curved viewing pane on a 60 x 30 x 30 cm footprint.
- **45-litre capacity:** Matches Aquael's published figure for the Oval 60 model.
- **4 mm glass:** Polished panels sealed in black aquarium silicone.
- **Open-top design:** No fitted hood, filter, heater or light.
- **Shares the glass range's build quality:** Same silicone and panel finish as the straight-sided tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725310
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Oval Glass Tank
- **Tank Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 30 cm
- **Net Volume:** 45 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 4 mm
- **Shape:** Oval front panel
- **Material:** Glass panels, black silicone seal
- **Equipment Included:** None; sold as the glass tank only
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, nano and small community set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank White 75x35x40 105l
A white-silicone glass shell for a lighter-framed display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glass-aquarium-tank-white-75x35x40-105l/
- Price: $210.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725305
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725305-1.webp
Black sealant is the aquarium industry default, but it is not the only option when the seams themselves are part of the look. Aquael Glass Aquarium Tank White 75x35x40 105l (SKU: 725305) is the white-finish version of Aquael's 75 by 35 by 40 cm glass aquarium, holding the same 105 litres as the standard black-sealed tank but sealed with white aquarium silicone instead of black, giving a lighter, less visually heavy seam line against pale cabinetry or a bright room. Like the standard version it is sold as the bare glass tank only, with no hood, lighting, filter or heater fitted.
The white sealant does not change the glass itself: the panels are the same float glass used across Aquael's straight-sided range, and the 105-litre capacity at this 75 cm footprint lines up with Aquael's own published figure for a 75 cm model. At this size the tank suits a genuine community stocking list, a shoal of mid-size tetras or barbs, a dwarf cichlid pair, or a heavily planted layout with driftwood and rockwork, exactly as the black-sealed version would. Buyers fitting their own equipment should size the filter, heater and light to 105 litres rather than the external footprint, and should choose a cabinet or stand that matches the 75 by 35 cm base regardless of the silicone colour on the tank itself.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Light-coloured interiors:** A white seam line that sits against pale cabinetry or bright walls.
- **Community stocking:** Mid-size tetras, barbs or a dwarf cichlid pair in 105 litres.
- **Planted aquascapes:** An open top for CO2 gear and clip-on lighting without a lid in the way.
- **Custom equipment builds:** Aquarists supplying their own filter, heater and light.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 105-litre tank weighs well over 100 kg; check the cabinet is rated for it.
- **Lay substrate dry:** Add substrate, rock and wood before water to keep the first fill clear.
- **Fill in stages:** Pour slowly over a plate or décor piece to avoid disturbing the substrate bed.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White silicone seal:** A lighter seam line than the standard black-sealed tank.
- **105-litre capacity:** Matches Aquael's published figure for a 75 cm model.
- **75 x 35 x 40 cm footprint:** Same size as the black-sealed equivalent in this range.
- **No fitted equipment:** An open shell for a custom filter, light and hood.
- **Same glass quality:** Float glass panels as used across Aquael's straight-sided range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725305
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank (White Trim)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 75 x 35 x 40 cm
- **Net Volume:** 105 L
- **Finish:** White aquarium silicone seal
- **Material:** Glass panels, silicone seal
- **Equipment Included:** None; sold as the glass tank only
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, planted and community set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 Black Aquarium
An all-in-one laminated glass tank with built-in LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-100-black-aquarium/
- Price: $1,155.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101970 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905547007343
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101970-1.jpg
A tank that comes with its own lid and lighting removes two shopping decisions at once, leaving only the cabinet and life support to sort out. Aquael Glossy 100 Black Aquarium (SKU: 101970) is the 100 cm model in Aquael's Glossy range, a 215-litre glass aquarium measuring 100 by 40 by 63 cm with an integrated lid rather than a separate hood bought on top. Aquael builds the Glossy range from laminated glass, two panes joined by a clear interlayer, at 8 mm for this size, a construction meant to keep the tank from emptying outright if the outer pane is ever cracked.
The lid carries Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED lighting, supplied here as two 14 W modules and expandable to as many as seven for a brighter, more heavily planted set-up. A feeding flap in the lid lets fish be fed without lifting the whole cover, and a bottom mat is included to protect the tank's base on the cabinet surface underneath. The 215-litre volume at this footprint suits a full community stocking list or a planted aquascape with real depth for hardscape, though the aquarium ships without a cabinet, filter or heater, so a stand rated for roughly 215 kg filled and separately chosen filtration and heating are needed to complete the set-up. Aquael lists this tank in black, white and grey finishes and in 80, 100, 120, 150 and Cube sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Display community tanks:** A 215-litre footprint for a mixed shoal or a planted centrepiece.
- **Buyers wanting lighting sorted:** The lid and LED modules are already fitted; only filtration and heating remain.
- **Matching cabinet buyers:** Pairs with the separately sold Glossy 100 cabinet for a finished look.
- **Light upgraders:** Aquascapers wanting to add extra Leddy Tube modules later for more PAR.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 215-litre tank weighs well over 200 kg; the cabinet must be level and rated for it.
- **Fit the bottom mat:** Lay the supplied mat under the tank before filling, to cushion the glass base.
- **Add substrate and décor:** Build the layout dry, then fill slowly to avoid clouding.
- **Fit filter and heater, then cycle:** Add separately sourced filtration and heating and run the biofilter in before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **215-litre capacity:** A 100 by 40 by 63 cm footprint for a full community display.
- **8 mm laminated glass:** Two panes with a clear interlayer for added safety.
- **Integrated LED lid:** Two 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 modules, expandable to seven.
- **Feeding flap:** Feed fish without opening the full lid.
- **Bottom mat included:** Protects the tank base on the cabinet below.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101970
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905547007343
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium (Glossy Range)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 100 x 40 x 63 cm
- **Net Volume:** 215 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 8 mm, laminated
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7 modules
- **Included:** Integrated lid with feeding flap, bottom mat
- **Equipment Not Included:** Cabinet, filter and heater sold separately
- **Other Sizes:** 80 L 125 (SKU 101999); 120 L 260 (SKU 101222); 150 L 405 (SKU 102075)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 Black Package
A complete 215-litre aquarium, cabinet, light, heater and filter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-100-black-package/
- Price: $1,990.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102049
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102049-1.png
Buying a tank, a stand, a light, a heater and a filter as five separate decisions is where a new aquarium project usually stalls. Aquael Glossy 100 Black Package (SKU: 102049) is Aquael's complete set built around the Glossy 100 aquarium, pairing the 215-litre, 100 by 40 by 63 cm laminated-glass tank and its matching high-gloss cabinet with the lighting, heating and filtration needed to run it, so the only decisions left are substrate, décor and stocking. The aquarium's integrated lid carries two 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED modules, expandable to seven, with a feeding flap built in and a bottom mat supplied to protect the glass base.
Heating comes from an Aquael Platinium 300 W glass heater with a built-in electronic thermostat, adjustable from 20 to 33°C and accurate to within 0.4°C, rated by its own specification sheet for tanks up to 300 litres, comfortably covering the 215-litre Glossy 100. Filtration is an Aquael Ultramax 1000 external canister filter rated at up to 1000 L/h on 10 W, with three media baskets plus a separate 0.6-litre prefilter chamber and 10.5 litres of total media capacity, also rated to 300-litre tanks. The matching cabinet stands about 71 cm tall on a 100 by 40 cm footprint behind push-to-open doors, load-tested by Aquael to exceed the filled tank's weight by several dozen percent, giving the finished display somewhere to hide the filter and spare consumables.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarists:** A matched set that removes the guesswork of sizing a heater and filter separately.
- **Community and planted tanks:** 215 litres with lighting already sized to the tank.
- **Single-order set-ups:** One package instead of five separate purchases from tank to filter.
- **Light upgraders:** Room to add further Leddy Tube modules beyond the two fitted.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build the cabinet first:** Assemble it fully on a flat, level, weight-rated floor.
- **Fit the bottom mat and tank:** Lay the supplied mat, then centre the aquarium on the cabinet.
- **Install heater and filter:** Fit the Platinium heater and plumb in the Ultramax canister before filling.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Aquarium, cabinet, lighting, heater and filter in one order.
- **215-litre laminated tank:** 8 mm glass with an integrated LED lid and feeding flap.
- **300 W electronic heater:** 20–33°C range, ±0.4°C accuracy, rated to 300 litres.
- **Ultramax 1000 filtration:** 1000 L/h, three media baskets plus a 0.6 L prefilter.
- **Matched cabinet:** Load-tested, high-gloss, with handle-free storage doors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102049
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Aquarium Kit (Glossy Range)
- **Tank:** 215 L, 100 x 40 x 63 cm, 8 mm laminated glass
- **Cabinet:** 100 x 40 x 71 cm, high gloss, push-to-open doors
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7
- **Heater:** Platinium 300 W, electronic thermostat, 20–33°C, up to 300 L
- **Filter:** Ultramax 1000 canister, 1000 L/h, 10 W, 10.5 L media capacity
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Package (SKU 102051); Glossy 120 Package (SKU 101445); Glossy 150 Package (SKU 102191)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 White Aquarium
215-litre Safe Tank aquarium with Day & Night LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-100-white-aquarium/
- Price: $1,499.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102684 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319911
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102684-1.jpg
Most mid-size tanks are a trade-off between a design that looks tidy and glass that can take the odd knock without becoming an emergency. Aquael Glossy 100 White Aquarium (SKU: 102684) is the 100 cm size in Aquael's Glossy tank-only range, a 215 L aquarium measuring 100 x 40 x 63 cm, built with Aquael's Safe Tank glass: two 8 mm panes joined by a thin transparent film that keeps the pane in one piece with a spider-web crack pattern rather than shattering if it is ever struck hard. It comes in white, with an integrated lid rather than an open top.
The lid holds two 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED modules on a dedicated mounting frame, cycling through a daylight setting, a dimmer daybreak/dusk transition and a blue-toned night mode, and the whole lid lifts as one vertical panel that rests against the rear wall during maintenance, with a smaller feeding flap for day-to-day feeding. The rear wall has holes pre-cut for routing an external filter's hoses, and a protective underpad is supplied to sit the tank on. This is the tank alone: no filter or heater is included, and Aquael sells those, along with the matching Glossy 100 cabinet, separately, or the whole combination as the Glossy 100 White Package. The same range runs down to an 80 size at 125 L and up through a 120 at 260 L to a 150 at 405 L, with glass thickness increasing with size from 6 mm to 10 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size community aquariums:** 215 L suits a reasonably stocked tropical or planted community.
- **Custom equipment set-ups:** A bare tank for pairing with filtration and heating chosen to suit the stocking plan.
- **Replacing an older tank:** Safe Tank glass gives extra peace of mind over a plain single-pane aquarium.
- **Stepping up from the 80:** More floor and water volume while staying in the same Glossy design family.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Lay the underpad:** Set the supplied pad on a level, load-rated surface before positioning the tank.
- **Fit chosen equipment:** Run filter hoses through the rear wall holes and fit a separately bought filter and heater.
- **Lift the lid for maintenance:** Raise the lid as one panel onto the rear wall rather than removing it entirely.
- **Set the LED cycle:** Cycle the Leddy Tube lighting through Day, transition and Night modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Safe Tank glass:** Two 8 mm panes bonded with a film that keeps the pane together if struck.
- **215 L capacity:** The second size in the Glossy tank-only range.
- **Day & Night LED lighting:** Two 14 W Leddy Tube modules with three light modes.
- **Vertical lift lid:** A single panel that rests on the rear wall, plus a separate feeding flap.
- **Rear filter routing:** Pre-cut holes in the back panel for external filter hoses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102684
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319911
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Net Volume:** 215 L
- **Dimensions:** 100 x 40 x 63 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 8 mm
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Included:** Lid with feeding flap, underpad
- **Not Included:** Filter and heater
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Aquarium (SKU 102669); Aquael Glossy 120 White Aquarium (SKU 102686); Aquael Glossy 150 White Aquarium (SKU 102683)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 White Package
Complete 215-litre Glossy aquarium, cabinet, filter and heater set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-100-white-package/
- Price: $1,840.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102050
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102050-1.png
A 215 L tank is large enough that getting the filter and heater wrong, in either direction, shows up quickly in water quality or a struggling thermostat. Aquael Glossy 100 White Package (SKU: 102050) is Aquael's fully equipped set built around the Glossy 100 aquarium, combining the 215 L, 100 x 40 x 63 cm Safe Tank aquarium with a matching white cabinet, a Platinium 300 W heater and an Aquael Ultramax 1000 canister filter, specified by Aquael to work together. The tank uses Aquael's laminated Safe Tank glass, which keeps the pane in one piece with a spider-web crack pattern if struck hard rather than failing outright.
Two 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED modules sit in the lid, cycling through daylight, dusk and night settings, and the lid lifts as a single vertical panel for maintenance with a feeding flap. The cabinet matches the tank's 100 x 40 cm footprint in the same white finish, is delivered flat-packed, and is load-tested for the aquarium once filled. The Ultramax 1000 canister gives filtration sized to the 215 L volume, while the 300 W heater, stepped up from the 80 package's 200 W unit, holds a stable temperature across the larger column. The same combination continues at the smaller 80 and the larger 120 and 150 sizes, putting the 100 Package in the middle of the range for a mid-size, fully kitted-out tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Complete mid-size Glossy set-up:** Tank, cabinet, filter and heater matched and sold as one package.
- **Reasonably stocked communities:** 215 L suits a fuller tropical or planted community than the 80 size.
- **Avoiding equipment mismatches:** Filter and heater are already sized to the 215 L volume.
- **Stepping up from the 80 Package:** More volume and a stronger heater while keeping the same Glossy design.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble the cabinet:** Build the flat-packed Glossy cabinet and level it before adding the tank.
- **Position the aquarium:** Lay the underpad, then lift the Safe Tank aquarium onto the assembled cabinet.
- **Fit filter and heater:** Install the Ultramax 1000 canister and the 300 W heater, then fill with water.
- **Cycle, then set lighting:** Run the filter and heater in before stocking, and set the LED Day & Night modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete matched set:** Aquarium, cabinet, filter and heater sized to each other from the factory.
- **Safe Tank glass:** Laminated panes that keep the glass together if struck hard.
- **Ultramax 1000 canister filter:** External filtration sized to the 215 L volume.
- **300 W Platinium heater:** Stepped up from the smaller package to suit the larger water volume.
- **Day & Night LED lighting:** Two 14 W Leddy Tube modules with three light modes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102050
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 215 L
- **Aquarium Dimensions:** 100 x 40 x 63 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 8 mm
- **Cabinet:** Glossy 100 White, about 100 x 40 x 72 cm, flat-packed
- **Filter:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 canister filter
- **Heater:** Aquael Platinium, 300 W
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Package (SKU 102052); Aquael Glossy 120 White Package (SKU 101814); Aquael Glossy 150 White Package (SKU 102192)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 Black Aquarium
A 260-litre laminated glass tank with an integrated LED lid.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-120-black-aquarium/
- Price: $1,464.41 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101222 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195522
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101222-1.jpg
At 120 cm long a tank stops being a feature piece for a corner and starts being the room's centrepiece, which is where a built-in lid and lighting start to earn their keep. Aquael Glossy 120 Black Aquarium (SKU: 101222) is the 120 cm model in Aquael's Glossy range, a 260-litre glass aquarium measuring 120 by 40 by 63 cm with the hood built into the tank rather than bought separately. Aquael builds this size from 8 mm laminated glass, two panes joined by a clear interlayer intended to stop the tank emptying outright should the outer pane ever be damaged.
The integrated lid carries Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED lighting, supplied here as three 17 W modules and expandable to as many as seven for a brighter or more heavily planted layout later on. A feeding flap in the lid allows fish to be fed without lifting the whole cover, and a bottom mat ships with the tank to cushion the glass base against the cabinet surface. At 260 litres the tank has real depth and floor space for a substantial community, a shoal of larger tetras or barbs, or a dedicated planted aquascape, though it ships without a cabinet, filter or heater, so a stand rated for a filled weight well over 260 kg and separately chosen life support are required. Aquael lists this size in black, white and grey finishes alongside the 80, 100, 150 and Cube models.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Room centrepieces:** 260 litres of display space with the lighting already built in.
- **Larger community stocking:** A 120 cm footprint for bigger shoals or mixed fish communities.
- **Matching cabinet buyers:** Pairs with the separately sold Glossy 120 cabinet.
- **Future light upgrades:** Room to add further Leddy Tube modules beyond the three fitted.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 260-litre tank weighs well over 260 kg; the cabinet must be level and rated for it.
- **Fit the bottom mat:** Lay the supplied mat under the tank before filling, to cushion the glass base.
- **Build the layout dry:** Add substrate and hardscape before any water goes in.
- **Add filtration and heating, then cycle:** Fit separately sourced equipment and run the biofilter in before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **260-litre capacity:** A 120 by 40 by 63 cm footprint for a full-size display.
- **8 mm laminated glass:** Two panes with a clear interlayer for added safety.
- **Integrated LED lid:** Three 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 modules, expandable to seven.
- **Feeding flap:** Feed fish without lifting the full lid.
- **Bottom mat included:** Protects the tank base on the cabinet below.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101222
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195522
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium (Glossy Range)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 120 x 40 x 63 cm
- **Net Volume:** 260 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 8 mm, laminated
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7 modules
- **Included:** Integrated lid with feeding flap, bottom mat
- **Equipment Not Included:** Cabinet, filter and heater sold separately
- **Other Sizes:** 80 L 125 (SKU 101999); 100 L 215 (SKU 101970); 150 L 405 (SKU 102075)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 Black Package
A complete 260-litre aquarium, cabinet, light, heater and filter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-120-black-package/
- Price: $2,290.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101445
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101445-1.png
A larger display tank needs equipment to match it, not a filter and heater sized for something smaller and simply hoped to cope. Aquael Glossy 120 Black Package (SKU: 101445) is Aquael's complete set built around the Glossy 120 aquarium, pairing the 260-litre, 120 by 40 by 63 cm laminated-glass tank and its matching high-gloss cabinet with lighting, heating and filtration sized for that volume. The aquarium's integrated lid carries three 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED modules, expandable to seven, with a feeding flap built in and a bottom mat supplied to protect the glass base.
Heating comes from an Aquael Platinium 300 W glass heater with a built-in electronic thermostat, adjustable from 20 to 33°C and accurate to within 0.4°C. Filtration steps up to an Aquael Ultramax 1500 external canister filter, rated at up to 1500 L/h on 15 W with a maximum pump head of 1.9 m, four media baskets plus a 0.6-litre prefilter chamber, 13.5 litres of total media capacity and 16/22 mm hose fittings, rated by its specification for tanks up to 500 litres, giving the 260-litre Glossy 120 plenty of headroom. The matching cabinet stands about 71 cm tall on a 120 by 40 cm footprint behind push-to-open doors, load-tested by Aquael to exceed the filled tank's weight by several dozen percent, with storage inside for the filter's spare media and other consumables.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger community displays:** 260 litres with filtration and heating already matched to the volume.
- **New aquarists wanting one order:** Tank, cabinet, light, heater and filter bought together.
- **Densely planted layouts:** Three lighting modules fitted, with room for more.
- **Mixed fish communities:** A canister filter rated well above the tank's own 260 litres.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build the cabinet first:** Assemble it fully on a flat, level, weight-rated floor.
- **Fit the bottom mat and tank:** Lay the supplied mat, then centre the aquarium on the cabinet.
- **Install heater and filter:** Fit the Platinium heater and plumb in the Ultramax 1500 before filling.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Aquarium, cabinet, lighting, heater and filter in one order.
- **260-litre laminated tank:** 8 mm glass with an integrated LED lid and feeding flap.
- **300 W electronic heater:** 20–33°C range with ±0.4°C accuracy.
- **Ultramax 1500 filtration:** 1500 L/h, four media baskets, 13.5 L media capacity.
- **Matched cabinet:** Load-tested, high-gloss, with handle-free storage doors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101445
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Aquarium Kit (Glossy Range)
- **Tank:** 260 L, 120 x 40 x 63 cm, 8 mm laminated glass
- **Cabinet:** 120 x 40 x 71 cm, high gloss, push-to-open doors
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7
- **Heater:** Platinium 300 W, electronic thermostat, 20–33°C
- **Filter:** Ultramax 1500 canister, 1500 L/h, 15 W, 13.5 L media capacity, up to 500 L tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Package (SKU 102051); Glossy 100 Package (SKU 102049); Glossy 150 Package (SKU 102191)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 Grey Aquarium
The 260-litre Glossy tank in a neutral grey finish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-120-grey-aquarium/
- Price: $1,572.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725325
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725325-1.webp
Black and white cover most interiors, but a grey cabinet or feature wall needs a tank finish that does not fight with it. Aquael Glossy 120 Grey Aquarium (SKU: 725325) is the grey-finish version of the 120 cm model in Aquael's Glossy range, the same 260-litre, 120 by 40 by 63 cm laminated glass tank as the black edition, with the hood built into the tank rather than fitted as a separate piece. Aquael offers the Glossy line in black, white and grey across its 80, 100, 120, 150 and Cube sizes, and the grey option sits alongside those as a third neutral choice rather than a different tank design.
The built-in cover uses a sliding lid, raised and rested back rather than lifted off entirely, with a clear feeding window set into it so fish can be fed without opening the lid at all, and a rear rack behind the hood for routing cables and hoses out of sight. Lighting is Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED system, supplied as modules that mimic daylight, dusk and moonlight for plant growth and evening viewing, and expandable from the standard fitting up to seven modules for a brighter or more heavily planted set-up. A bottom mat ships with the tank to protect the glass base on the cabinet below. As with the other Glossy sizes, the aquarium ships without a cabinet, filter or heater, so a stand rated for a filled weight well over 260 kg and separately chosen life support are needed to complete the display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grey or neutral interiors:** A finish chosen to match grey cabinetry or walls rather than black or white.
- **Larger community displays:** 260 litres of floor space for a mixed shoal or planted centrepiece.
- **Feeding without disturbance:** The clear window lets fish be fed without opening the full lid.
- **Cable-tidy set-ups:** The rear rack keeps heater and filter leads out of view behind the hood.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 260-litre tank weighs well over 260 kg; the cabinet must be level and rated for it.
- **Fit the bottom mat:** Lay the supplied mat under the tank before filling, to cushion the glass base.
- **Route cables through the rear rack:** Run heater and filter leads through the rack before closing the lid.
- **Add filtration and heating, then cycle:** Fit separately sourced equipment and run the biofilter in before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Grey finish:** A third colour option alongside black and white in the Glossy range.
- **260-litre capacity:** Same 120 by 40 by 63 cm laminated-glass tank as the black edition.
- **Sliding, clear-window lid:** Opens without splashing and allows feeding without lifting it.
- **Expandable LED lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 modules, up to seven in total.
- **Rear cable rack:** Keeps hoses and leads tidy behind the integrated hood.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725325
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium (Glossy Range)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 120 x 40 x 63 cm
- **Net Volume:** 260 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 8 mm, laminated
- **Finish:** Grey
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7 modules
- **Included:** Sliding lid with feeding window, rear cable rack, bottom mat
- **Equipment Not Included:** Cabinet, filter and heater sold separately
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 White Aquarium
260-litre Safe Tank aquarium with triple Day & Night LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-120-white-aquarium/
- Price: $1,749.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102686 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332200
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102686-1.jpg
A tank in the 120 cm bracket is big enough to carry a real aquascape or a mixed community, and a glass failure at that size means a lot of water to deal with. Aquael Glossy 120 White Aquarium (SKU: 102686) is the 120 cm size in Aquael's Glossy tank-only range, a 260 L aquarium at 120 x 40 x 63 cm, built with Aquael's Safe Tank glass: two 8 mm panes bonded by a thin film that keeps the pane in one piece with a spider-web crack pattern if struck hard, rather than failing outright. It is finished in white with an integrated lid.
Because the 120 is wider than the 80 and 100 but the same height, Aquael fits it with three 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED modules rather than the two 14 W units on the smaller sizes, for more even coverage on the same daylight, dusk-transition and night cycle. The lid lifts as a single vertical panel resting on the rear wall for maintenance, with a feeding flap, and the rear wall has holes for routing external filter hoses. A protective underpad is included. No filter or heater comes with this tank-only listing; those, and the matching cabinet, are sold separately, or the whole set as the Glossy 120 White Package. The range runs from an 80 at 125 L through the 100 at 215 L to a 150 at 405 L, with glass thickness rising to 10 mm at the top.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger mixed communities:** 260 L carries a substantial tropical community or a real aquascape.
- **Wide, shallow layouts:** The 120 x 40 cm footprint suits a long aquascape over a tall display.
- **Custom filtration plans:** A bare tank for matching filtration and heating to a specific stocking plan.
- **Stepping up from the 100:** Extra length and the stronger three-light array for a bigger display.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Lay the underpad:** Place the supplied pad on a level, load-rated surface before positioning the tank.
- **Fit chosen equipment:** Route filter hoses through the rear wall holes and fit a separately bought filter and heater.
- **Lift the lid for maintenance:** Raise the lid as one panel onto the rear wall rather than removing it fully.
- **Set the LED cycle:** Cycle the three Leddy Tube modules through Day, transition and Night modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Safe Tank glass:** Two 8 mm panes bonded with a film that keeps the pane together if struck.
- **260 L capacity:** The widest of the smaller two sizes in the Glossy tank-only range.
- **Three-light LED array:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube modules for even coverage across the longer tank.
- **Vertical lift lid:** A single panel that rests on the rear wall, with a separate feeding flap.
- **Rear filter routing:** Holes in the back panel for external filter hoses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102686
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332200
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Net Volume:** 260 L
- **Dimensions:** 120 x 40 x 63 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 8 mm
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Included:** Lid with feeding flap, underpad
- **Not Included:** Filter and heater
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Aquarium (SKU 102669); Aquael Glossy 100 White Aquarium (SKU 102684); Aquael Glossy 150 White Aquarium (SKU 102683)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 White Package
Complete 260-litre Glossy aquarium, cabinet and lighting set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-120-white-package/
- Price: $2,399.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101814
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101814-1.png
A wider tank changes more than the floor space it needs; the lighting has to spread further and the equipment underneath has to suit a larger water column. Aquael Glossy 120 White Package (SKU: 101814) is Aquael's equipped set built around the Glossy 120 aquarium, combining the 260 L, 120 x 40 x 63 cm Safe Tank aquarium with a matching white cabinet sized to the same footprint, plus a canister filter and heater selected to suit the larger volume. The aquarium is built with Aquael's laminated Safe Tank glass, which keeps a cracked pane in one piece with a spider-web pattern rather than letting it fail outright.
Because the 120 is wider than the 80 and 100 aquariums while staying the same height, the lid carries three 17 W LED modules rather than the two 14 W units on the smaller packages, for more even light on the same cycle. The cabinet shares the tank's footprint in the same finish, is delivered flat-packed, and is load-tested for the aquarium's filled weight. Aquael sizes the canister filter and heater in this package to the 260 L volume, between the units on the 80 and 100 packages and the stronger pairing on the 150; buyers wanting the exact models confirmed should check Aquael's current specification sheet, as its published literature does not name every component at every size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Complete wide-format Glossy set-up:** Tank, cabinet and lighting matched and sold as one package.
- **Densely planted or larger communities:** 260 L and the three-light array suit a bigger aquascape or stocking plan.
- **Wide, shallow layouts:** The 120 x 40 cm footprint suits a long display over a tall one.
- **Stepping up from the 100 Package:** More width and an extra light module while keeping the Glossy design.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble the cabinet:** Build the flat-packed Glossy cabinet and level it before adding the tank.
- **Position the aquarium:** Lay the underpad, then lift the Safe Tank aquarium onto the assembled cabinet.
- **Fit the supplied filter and heater:** Install them as provided in the package, then fill with water.
- **Cycle, then set lighting:** Run the filter and heater in before stocking, and set the three LED modules' Day & Night modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete wide-tank set:** Aquarium, cabinet, filter and heater sized for the 120 footprint.
- **Safe Tank glass:** Laminated panes that keep the glass together if struck hard.
- **Three-light LED array:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube modules for even coverage across the longer tank.
- **Matching high-gloss cabinet:** Cut to the 120 x 40 cm footprint in the same white finish.
- **260 L capacity:** Sits between the 100 and 150 packages in the Glossy range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101814
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 260 L
- **Aquarium Dimensions:** 120 x 40 x 63 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 8 mm
- **Cabinet:** Glossy 120 White, about 120 x 40 x 72 cm, flat-packed
- **Filter:** Aquael canister filter sized to the 260 L volume
- **Heater:** Aquael heater sized to the 260 L volume
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Package (SKU 102052); Aquael Glossy 100 White Package (SKU 102050); Aquael Glossy 150 White Package (SKU 102192)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 Black Aquarium
A 405-litre flagship tank with 10 mm laminated glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-150-black-aquarium/
- Price: $2,249.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102075
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102075-1.jpg
A 150 cm tank carries enough water pressure that the glass specification stops being a footnote and becomes the headline feature. Aquael Glossy 150 Black Aquarium (SKU: 102075) is the largest model in Aquael's Glossy range, a 405-litre glass aquarium measuring 150 by 50 by 63 cm, with the hood built into the tank rather than fitted afterward. Aquael steps the glass up to 10 mm for this size, laminated from two panes with a clear interlayer, a thicker specification than the 8 mm used on the 100 and 120 cm models in the same range.
The integrated lid carries Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED lighting, supplied here as three 17 W modules and expandable to as many as seven for a brighter, more heavily planted layout. A feeding flap in the lid allows fish to be fed without lifting the full cover, and a bottom mat ships with the tank to cushion the glass base on the cabinet beneath it. At 405 litres the tank suits a serious community of mid-to-large fish, a cichlid display, or a large-scale planted aquascape with substantial hardscape, though it ships without a cabinet, filter or heater, so a stand rated for a filled weight well over 400 kg and separately chosen life support are needed. Aquael lists this size in black, white and grey finishes alongside the 80, 100, 120 and Cube models.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display aquariums:** 405 litres of depth and floor space for a flagship set-up.
- **Serious stocking plans:** Mid-to-large community fish or a cichlid display.
- **Matching cabinet buyers:** Pairs with the separately sold Glossy 150 cabinet.
- **Heavy planting:** Room to add further Leddy Tube modules for a dense aquascape.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 405-litre tank weighs well over 400 kg; the cabinet must be level and rated for it.
- **Fit the bottom mat:** Lay the supplied mat under the tank before filling, to cushion the glass base.
- **Build the layout dry:** Add substrate and hardscape before any water goes in.
- **Add filtration and heating, then cycle:** Fit separately sourced equipment and run the biofilter in before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **405-litre capacity:** The largest footprint in the Glossy range at 150 by 50 by 63 cm.
- **10 mm laminated glass:** Thicker than the smaller Glossy sizes, with a clear interlayer.
- **Integrated LED lid:** Three 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 modules, expandable to seven.
- **Feeding flap:** Feed fish without lifting the full lid.
- **Bottom mat included:** Protects the tank base on the cabinet below.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102075
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium (Glossy Range)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 150 x 50 x 63 cm
- **Net Volume:** 405 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 10 mm, laminated
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7 modules
- **Included:** Integrated lid with feeding flap, bottom mat
- **Equipment Not Included:** Cabinet, filter and heater sold separately
- **Other Sizes:** 80 L 125 (SKU 101999); 100 L 215 (SKU 101970); 120 L 260 (SKU 101222)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 Black Package
A complete 405-litre aquarium, cabinet, light, heater and filter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-150-black-package/
- Price: $3,190.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102191
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102191-1.png
The flagship tank in the Glossy range needs equipment built for its scale, and Aquael sells the 150 cm model as a full package rather than leaving the matching heater and filter to guesswork. Aquael Glossy 150 Black Package (SKU: 102191) is that complete set, pairing the 405-litre, 150 by 50 by 63 cm laminated-glass tank and its matching high-gloss cabinet with lighting, heating and filtration sized for the largest aquarium in the range. The integrated lid carries three 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED modules, expandable to seven, with a feeding flap built in and a bottom mat supplied to protect the glass base.
Heating is doubled for this size, with two Aquael Platinium 300 W glass heaters, each with a built-in electronic thermostat adjustable from 20 to 33°C and accurate to within 0.4°C, spreading the heat load across the tank's full 150 cm length. Filtration is an Aquael Ultramax 2000 external canister filter rated at up to 2000 L/h on 24 W, with four media baskets, a built-in prefilter that opens for cleaning without disassembling the unit, and 16 litres of total media capacity, rated by its specification for tanks up to 700 litres. The matching cabinet stands about 71 cm tall on a 150 by 50 cm footprint behind push-to-open doors, load-tested by Aquael to exceed the filled tank's weight by several dozen percent, with room inside for the canister filter's media and spares.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Flagship display tanks:** 405 litres with heating and filtration matched to the largest Glossy size.
- **Serious stocking plans:** Mid-to-large community fish or a cichlid display.
- **One-order set-ups:** Tank, cabinet, light, heaters and filter bought together.
- **Heavy planting:** Three lighting modules fitted, expandable for denser growth.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build the cabinet first:** Assemble it fully on a flat, level, weight-rated floor able to carry this scale.
- **Fit the bottom mat and tank:** Lay the supplied mat, then centre the aquarium on the cabinet.
- **Install both heaters and the filter:** Position the two Platinium heaters apart and plumb in the Ultramax 2000.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heaters for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Aquarium, cabinet, lighting, two heaters and filter in one order.
- **405-litre laminated tank:** 10 mm glass with an integrated LED lid and feeding flap.
- **Dual 300 W heaters:** Electronic thermostats, 20–33°C range, ±0.4°C accuracy each.
- **Ultramax 2000 filtration:** 2000 L/h, four media baskets, 16 L media capacity.
- **Matched cabinet:** Load-tested, high-gloss, with handle-free storage doors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102191
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Aquarium Kit (Glossy Range)
- **Tank:** 405 L, 150 x 50 x 63 cm, 10 mm laminated glass
- **Cabinet:** 150 x 50 x 71 cm, high gloss, push-to-open doors
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7
- **Heaters:** 2 x Platinium 300 W, electronic thermostat, 20–33°C
- **Filter:** Ultramax 2000 canister, 2000 L/h, 24 W, 16 L media capacity, up to 700 L tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Package (SKU 102051); Glossy 100 Package (SKU 102049); Glossy 120 Package (SKU 101445)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 White Aquarium
405-litre Safe Tank aquarium for large display and aquascape builds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-150-white-aquarium/
- Price: $1,896.97 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102683 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319935
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102683-1.jpg
At 150 cm, a tank stops being furniture and starts being a feature, and that much glass and water is where a safety margin on the panes matters most. Aquael Glossy 150 White Aquarium (SKU: 102683) is the largest tank-only size in Aquael's Glossy range, a 405 L aquarium at 150 x 50 x 63 cm, built with Aquael's thickest Safe Tank glass: two 10 mm panes bonded with a thin film, so a hard impact leaves the glass in one piece with a spider-web crack pattern rather than failing immediately. It is finished in white with an integrated lid.
The lid carries three 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED modules on a mounting frame, spanning the 150 cm length with a daylight setting, a dimmer dusk transition and a blue night mode. As with the smaller sizes, the lid lifts as a single vertical panel that rests against the rear wall for maintenance, with a feeding flap, and the rear wall has holes for routing external filter hoses. A protective underpad ships with the tank. This listing is the tank alone, with no filter or heater included; Aquael sells those, and the matching cabinet, separately, and the same tank, cabinet, lighting, heater and filter are also sold together as the Glossy 150 White Package. The range runs down through the 120 at 260 L and the 100 at 215 L to an 80 at 125 L, with glass thickness dropping to 6 mm at the smallest size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display aquariums:** 405 L supports a substantial mixed community or a large aquascape build.
- **Feature pieces in larger rooms:** A 150 cm length suited to a dedicated wall or room divider position.
- **Serious planted layouts:** Three 17 W LED modules give enough coverage for demanding aquascapes.
- **Custom filtration plans:** A bare tank for matching a canister filter and heater to a large bioload.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Lay the underpad:** Place the supplied pad on a level, load-rated surface before positioning the tank.
- **Fit chosen equipment:** Route filter hoses through the rear wall holes and fit a separately bought filter and heater.
- **Lift the lid for maintenance:** Raise the lid as one panel onto the rear wall rather than removing it fully.
- **Set the LED cycle:** Cycle the three Leddy Tube modules through Day, transition and Night modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Safe Tank glass:** Two 10 mm panes bonded with a film, the thickest in the Glossy range.
- **405 L capacity:** The largest tank-only size in the Glossy range.
- **Three-light LED array:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube modules spanning the 150 cm length.
- **Vertical lift lid:** A single panel that rests on the rear wall, with a separate feeding flap.
- **Rear filter routing:** Holes in the back panel for external filter hoses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102683
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319935
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Net Volume:** 405 L
- **Dimensions:** 150 x 50 x 63 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 10 mm
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Included:** Lid with feeding flap, underpad
- **Not Included:** Filter and heater
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Aquarium (SKU 102669); Aquael Glossy 100 White Aquarium (SKU 102684); Aquael Glossy 120 White Aquarium (SKU 102686)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 White Package
Complete 405-litre Glossy aquarium, cabinet, filter and twin heater set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-150-white-package/
- Price: $3,349.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102192 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332217
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102192-1.png
At 405 L, a single small heater will not keep up, and a filter rated for a mid-size tank will not keep pace with one this large either. Aquael Glossy 150 White Package (SKU: 102192) is Aquael's top-of-range equipped set, pairing the 405 L, 150 x 50 x 63 cm Safe Tank aquarium with a matching white cabinet, two Platinium 300 W heaters and an Ultramax 2000 canister filter, scaled up from the smaller packages for the largest tank in the Glossy range. The aquarium uses Aquael's laminated Safe Tank glass, which holds a struck pane together in one piece with a spider-web crack pattern rather than failing immediately.
The lid carries three 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED modules spanning the 150 cm length, cycling through daylight, dusk and night settings, and lifts as a single vertical panel for maintenance with a feeding flap. The matching cabinet shares the tank's 150 x 50 cm footprint in the same finish, arrives flat-packed, and is load-tested for the heaviest aquarium in the range once filled. Running two 300 W heaters rather than one spreads the heating load and gives some redundancy at this size, and the Ultramax 2000 canister is a step up from the Ultramax 1000 on the 80 and 100 packages, sized to the extra filtration demand of 405 L. The same combination scales down through the 120, 100 and 80 packages, with the 150 as the fully equipped flagship.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Complete large-tank set-up:** Aquarium, cabinet, filter and twin heaters matched and sold as one package.
- **Large mixed communities or aquascapes:** 405 L and three LED modules support a substantial display.
- **Feature pieces in larger rooms:** A 150 cm length suited to a dedicated wall or room-divider position.
- **Buyers wanting heating redundancy:** Two heaters rather than one spread the load across the tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble the cabinet:** Build the flat-packed Glossy cabinet and level it before adding the tank.
- **Position the aquarium:** Lay the underpad, then lift the Safe Tank aquarium onto the assembled cabinet.
- **Fit filter and heaters:** Install the Ultramax 2000 canister and both 300 W heaters, then fill with water.
- **Cycle, then set lighting:** Run the filter and heaters in before stocking, and set the three LED modules' Day & Night modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete flagship set:** Aquarium, cabinet, filter and twin heaters sized for the largest Glossy tank.
- **Safe Tank glass:** Laminated panes that keep the glass together if struck hard.
- **Ultramax 2000 canister filter:** Stepped up from the smaller packages' Ultramax 1000.
- **Twin 300 W Platinium heaters:** Two heaters for the largest water volume in the range.
- **Three-light LED array:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube modules spanning the 150 cm length.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102192
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332217
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 405 L
- **Aquarium Dimensions:** 150 x 50 x 63 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 10 mm
- **Cabinet:** Glossy 150 White, about 150 x 50 x 72 cm, flat-packed
- **Filter:** Aquael Ultramax 2000 canister filter
- **Heater:** 2 x Aquael Platinium, 300 W each
- **Lighting:** 3 x 17 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Package (SKU 102052); Aquael Glossy 100 White Package (SKU 102050); Aquael Glossy 120 White Package (SKU 101814)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 Black Aquarium
A compact 125-litre all-in-one tank with built-in LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-80-black-aquarium/
- Price: $949.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101999 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905547007336
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101999-1.jpg
A spare room or a first serious tank rarely needs the largest footprint on offer, and 80 cm is the entry point into Aquael's Glossy range without stepping down to a true nano size. Aquael Glossy 80 Black Aquarium (SKU: 101999) is the 80 cm model in that range, a 125-litre glass aquarium measuring 80 by 35 by 54 cm with the hood built into the tank rather than fitted separately. Aquael builds this size from 6 mm laminated glass, two panes joined by a clear interlayer, lighter than the thicker glass used on the 100 cm and longer models in the same family.
The integrated lid carries Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED lighting, supplied here as two 14 W modules and expandable to as many as seven should a denser planted layout call for more light later. A feeding flap in the lid lets fish be fed without opening the whole cover, and a bottom mat ships with the tank to cushion the glass base on whatever cabinet it sits on. At 125 litres the tank suits a genuine community of small to medium fish or a planted aquascape with real depth, though it ships without a cabinet, filter or heater, so a stand rated for a filled weight well over 125 kg and separately chosen life support are needed to complete the set-up. Aquael lists this size in black, white and grey finishes alongside the 100, 120, 150 and Cube models.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Compact display tanks:** 125 litres in an 80 cm footprint for a smaller room.
- **First serious aquariums:** A real community size without the floor space of the larger Glossy models.
- **Matching cabinet buyers:** Pairs with the separately sold Glossy 80 cabinet.
- **Future light upgrades:** Room to add further Leddy Tube modules for heavier planting.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 125-litre tank weighs well over 125 kg; the cabinet must be level and rated for it.
- **Fit the bottom mat:** Lay the supplied mat under the tank before filling, to cushion the glass base.
- **Build the layout dry:** Add substrate and décor before any water goes in.
- **Add filtration and heating, then cycle:** Fit separately sourced equipment and run the biofilter in before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **125-litre capacity:** An 80 by 35 by 54 cm footprint for a compact display.
- **6 mm laminated glass:** Two panes with a clear interlayer for added safety.
- **Integrated LED lid:** Two 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 modules, expandable to seven.
- **Feeding flap:** Feed fish without opening the full lid.
- **Bottom mat included:** Protects the tank base on the cabinet below.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101999
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905547007336
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium (Glossy Range)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 80 x 35 x 54 cm
- **Net Volume:** 125 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 6 mm, laminated
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7 modules
- **Included:** Integrated lid with feeding flap, bottom mat
- **Equipment Not Included:** Cabinet, filter and heater sold separately
- **Other Sizes:** 100 L 215 (SKU 101970); 120 L 260 (SKU 101222); 150 L 405 (SKU 102075)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 Black Package
A complete 125-litre aquarium, cabinet, light, heater and filter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-80-black-package/
- Price: $1,575.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102051
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102051-1.png
A first serious aquarium is easiest to get right when the tank, stand, light, heater and filter are all sized to match from the start. Aquael Glossy 80 Black Package (SKU: 102051) is Aquael's complete set built around the Glossy 80 aquarium, pairing the 125-litre, 80 by 35 by 54 cm laminated-glass tank and its matching high-gloss cabinet with the lighting, heating and filtration needed to run it. The aquarium's integrated lid carries two 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED modules, expandable to seven, with a feeding flap built in and a bottom mat supplied to protect the glass base.
Heating comes from an Aquael Platinium 200 W glass heater, a smaller wattage in the same electronically thermostatted Platinium range as the 300 W unit used in the larger Glossy packages, sized to this 125-litre volume. Filtration is an Aquael Ultramax 1000 external canister filter rated at up to 1000 L/h on 10 W, with three media baskets plus a separate 0.6-litre prefilter chamber and 10.5 litres of total media capacity, rated by its own specification for tanks up to 300 litres, giving the 125-litre Glossy 80 a wide margin. The matching cabinet stands about 71 cm tall on an 80 by 35 cm footprint behind push-to-open doors, load-tested by Aquael to exceed the filled tank's weight by several dozen percent, with storage inside for the filter's spare media and consumables.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First serious aquariums:** A matched set that removes the guesswork of sizing a heater and filter.
- **Smaller rooms:** 125 litres on an 80 by 35 cm footprint with the cabinet included.
- **Single-order set-ups:** One package instead of five separate purchases from tank to filter.
- **Community or planted tanks:** Lighting already sized to the footprint, with room to add more.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build the cabinet first:** Assemble it fully on a flat, level, weight-rated floor.
- **Fit the bottom mat and tank:** Lay the supplied mat, then centre the aquarium on the cabinet.
- **Install heater and filter:** Fit the Platinium heater and plumb in the Ultramax 1000 before filling.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Aquarium, cabinet, lighting, heater and filter in one order.
- **125-litre laminated tank:** 6 mm glass with an integrated LED lid and feeding flap.
- **200 W electronic heater:** Part of Aquael's thermostatted Platinium range.
- **Ultramax 1000 filtration:** 1000 L/h, three media baskets plus a 0.6 L prefilter.
- **Matched cabinet:** Load-tested, high-gloss, with handle-free storage doors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102051
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Aquarium Kit (Glossy Range)
- **Tank:** 125 L, 80 x 35 x 54 cm, 6 mm laminated glass
- **Cabinet:** 80 x 35 x 71 cm, high gloss, push-to-open doors
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7
- **Heater:** Platinium 200 W, electronic thermostat
- **Filter:** Ultramax 1000 canister, 1000 L/h, 10 W, 10.5 L media capacity
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 100 Package (SKU 102049); Glossy 120 Package (SKU 101445); Glossy 150 Package (SKU 102191)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 White Aquarium
125-litre Safe Tank aquarium with Day & Night LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-80-white-aquarium/
- Price: $1,099.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102669 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332187
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102669-1.jpg
A glass tank that cracks is bad enough in a shop; at home, with children or pets nearby, a sudden leak is worse. Aquael Glossy 80 White Aquarium (SKU: 102669) is the smallest tank-only size in Aquael's Glossy range, an 80 x 35 x 54 cm, 125 L aquarium built with Aquael's Safe Tank glass: two 6 mm panes joined by a thin film, so that if the glass is ever struck hard enough to crack, it holds together in one piece with a spider-web pattern rather than shattering or draining instantly. The tank is sold in white, with a fitted lid rather than an open top.
The lid carries two 14 W Leddy Tube LED modules on a mounting frame, running a daylight setting, a dimmer dusk transition and a blue-toned night mode, and it lifts as a single vertical panel resting on the rear wall for maintenance, with a feeding flap. The rear wall is punched with holes for routing external filter hoses, and the set comes with a protective underpad. This 80 size does not include a filter or heater; Aquael sells those, and the matching cabinet, separately, or already paired in the Glossy 80 White Package. Three larger sizes, the 100, 120 and 150, step up in volume and glass thickness, with the 150 at 10 mm against the 80's 6 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium community tanks:** 125 L suits a modest tropical or coldwater community.
- **Households with children or pets:** Safe Tank construction keeps the glass in one piece if it is ever struck.
- **Building a custom set-up:** A bare tank for choosing your own filter, heater and cabinet rather than taking a fixed kit.
- **Entry point into the Glossy range:** The smallest footprint before stepping up to the 100, 120 or 150.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Lay the underpad:** Place the supplied pad on a level, load-rated surface before positioning the tank.
- **Fit chosen equipment:** Route filter hoses through the rear wall holes and fit a separately bought filter and heater.
- **Lift the lid for maintenance:** Raise the lid as one panel, resting it on the rear wall, rather than removing it.
- **Set the LED cycle:** Use the Day, transition and Night modes on the Leddy Tube lighting to suit a normal routine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Safe Tank glass:** Two 6 mm panes bonded with a film that holds the glass together if struck.
- **125 L capacity:** The smallest tank-only size in the Glossy range.
- **Day & Night LED lighting:** Two 14 W Leddy Tube modules with three light modes.
- **Vertical lift lid:** Opens as one panel onto the rear wall, with a separate feeding flap.
- **Rear filter routing:** Holes in the back panel for external filter hoses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102669
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332187
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Net Volume:** 125 L
- **Dimensions:** 80 x 35 x 54 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 6 mm
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Included:** Lid with feeding flap, underpad
- **Not Included:** Filter and heater
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 100 White Aquarium (SKU 102684); Aquael Glossy 120 White Aquarium (SKU 102686); Aquael Glossy 150 White Aquarium (SKU 102683)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 White Package
Complete 125-litre Glossy aquarium, cabinet, filter and heater set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-80-white-package/
- Price: $1,605.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102052
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102052-1.png
Buying a Glossy tank, then a matching cabinet, a filter rated for it and a heater sized to the volume means four decisions that all have to line up. Aquael Glossy 80 White Package (SKU: 102052) is Aquael's complete set built around the Glossy 80 aquarium, bundling the 125 L, 80 x 35 x 54 cm Safe Tank aquarium with its matching white cabinet, a Platinium 200 W heater and an Ultramax 1000 canister filter, so the system arrives sized to the same tank rather than assembled piece by piece. The aquarium uses Aquael's laminated Safe Tank glass, which keeps the pane in one piece with a spider-web crack pattern if struck hard rather than failing outright.
Lighting comes from two 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED modules built into the lid, running a daylight, dusk and night cycle, and the lid lifts as a single vertical panel for maintenance with a feeding flap. The cabinet matches the tank's 80 x 35 cm footprint in the same finish, ships flat-packed, and is load-tested for the aquarium's filled weight. The Ultramax 1000 canister handles filtration for the 125 L volume, and the 200 W heater holds a steady temperature in a tank this size. Aquael sells the same combination scaled up as the 100, 120 and 150 White Packages, so the 80 sits at the entry point for a fully equipped Glossy set-up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First complete Glossy set-up:** Tank, cabinet, filter and heater arrive matched to each other.
- **Small to medium tropical communities:** 125 L suits a modest, well-planned community.
- **Avoiding mismatched equipment:** Removes the guesswork of separately sizing a filter and heater to the tank.
- **Entry point to the Glossy range:** The smallest fully-equipped package before the 100, 120 and 150.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble the cabinet:** Build the flat-packed Glossy cabinet and level it before adding the tank.
- **Position the aquarium:** Lift the Safe Tank aquarium onto the assembled cabinet and lay the underpad first.
- **Fit filter and heater:** Install the Ultramax 1000 canister and the 200 W heater as supplied, then fill with water.
- **Cycle, then set lighting:** Run the filter and heater in before stocking, and set the Leddy Tube Day & Night modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete matched set:** Aquarium, cabinet, filter and heater sized to each other from the factory.
- **Safe Tank glass:** Laminated panes that keep the glass together if struck hard.
- **Ultramax 1000 canister filter:** External filtration sized to the 125 L volume.
- **200 W Platinium heater:** Holds a steady tropical temperature in the full tank volume.
- **Day & Night LED lighting:** Two 14 W Leddy Tube modules with three light modes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102052
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 125 L
- **Aquarium Dimensions:** 80 x 35 x 54 cm
- **Glass:** Safe Tank laminated glass, 6 mm
- **Cabinet:** Glossy 80 White, about 80 x 35 x 72 cm, flat-packed
- **Filter:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 canister filter
- **Heater:** Aquael Platinium, 200 W
- **Lighting:** 2 x 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 100 White Package (SKU 102050); Aquael Glossy 120 White Package (SKU 101814); Aquael Glossy 150 White Package (SKU 102192)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy Cube Black Aquarium
A 135-litre cube tank with an integrated LED lid.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-cube-black-aquarium/
- Price: $1,002.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102418 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311281
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102418-1.jpg
A square footprint reads differently from a long rectangular tank, viewable from any side and often used as a room-dividing centrepiece rather than a wall-mounted display. Aquael Glossy Cube Black Aquarium (SKU: 102418) is the cube-shaped model in Aquael's Glossy range, a 135-litre glass aquarium measuring 50 by 50 by 63 cm, with the hood built into the tank rather than bought as a separate hood afterward. Aquael builds the Glossy range from laminated glass, two panes joined by a clear interlayer, across all its sizes, a construction meant to keep the tank from emptying outright if the outer pane is ever damaged.
The integrated lid carries Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED lighting, supplied here as two 10 W modules and expandable to as many as seven for a brighter or more heavily planted set-up later. A feeding flap in the lid lets fish be fed without lifting the whole cover, and a bottom mat ships with the tank to cushion the glass base on the cabinet beneath it. At 135 litres across an equal-sided footprint the tank suits a planted aquascape viewed from more than one angle, a community of small to medium fish, or a display built as a room divider, though it ships without a cabinet, filter or heater, so a stand rated for a filled weight well over 135 kg and separately chosen life support are required. Aquael pairs this shape with its own dedicated Cube cabinet, sold separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Room-divider displays:** A square footprint viewable from more than one side.
- **Centrepiece aquascapes:** 135 litres with equal width and depth for symmetrical layouts.
- **Matching cabinet buyers:** Pairs with the separately sold Glossy Cube cabinet.
- **Future light upgrades:** Room to add further Leddy Tube modules for denser planting.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand:** A filled 135-litre tank weighs well over 135 kg; the cabinet must be level and rated for it.
- **Fit the bottom mat:** Lay the supplied mat under the tank before filling, to cushion the glass base.
- **Build the layout dry:** Add substrate and décor before any water goes in.
- **Add filtration and heating, then cycle:** Fit separately sourced equipment and run the biofilter in before stocking fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **135-litre capacity:** An equal-sided 50 by 50 by 63 cm footprint.
- **Laminated glass:** Two panes with a clear interlayer, as used across the Glossy range.
- **Integrated LED lid:** Two 10 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 modules, expandable to seven.
- **Feeding flap:** Feed fish without opening the full lid.
- **Bottom mat included:** Protects the tank base on the cabinet below.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102418
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311281
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium (Glossy Range)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 50 x 50 x 63 cm
- **Net Volume:** 135 L
- **Shape:** Cube, laminated glass construction
- **Lighting:** 2 x 10 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7 modules
- **Included:** Integrated lid with feeding flap, bottom mat
- **Equipment Not Included:** Cabinet, filter and heater sold separately
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy Cube Black Package
A complete 135-litre cube aquarium, cabinet, light, heater and filter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-glossy-cube-black-package/
- Price: $1,490.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102531
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102531-1.png
A cube display is usually a centrepiece, and Aquael sells it as a full package so the stand, lighting and life support all arrive matched to the shape rather than adapted from a rectangular tank's parts. Aquael Glossy Cube Black Package (SKU: 102531) is that complete set, pairing the 135-litre, 50 by 50 by 63 cm laminated-glass cube tank with its tall, dedicated cabinet and the lighting, heating and filtration needed to run it. The aquarium's integrated lid carries two 10 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED modules, expandable to seven, with a feeding flap built in and a bottom mat supplied to protect the glass base.
Heating comes from an Aquael Platinium 200 W glass heater, part of the same electronically thermostatted Platinium range used across Aquael's aquariums, sized to the cube's 135-litre volume. Filtration is an Aquael Ultramax 1000 external canister filter rated at up to 1000 L/h on 10 W, with three media baskets plus a separate 0.6-litre prefilter chamber and 10.5 litres of total media capacity, rated by its own specification for tanks up to 300 litres, well above the cube's own volume. The matching cabinet stands notably taller than the rectangular Glossy stands, at around 90 cm on a 50 by 50 cm footprint, behind push-to-open doors and load-tested by Aquael to exceed the filled tank's weight by several dozen percent, raising the square tank to be viewed comfortably from any side.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Room-divider centrepieces:** A square footprint and tall stand built to be viewed from more than one side.
- **First serious aquariums:** A matched set that removes the guesswork of sizing a heater and filter.
- **Single-order set-ups:** One package instead of five separate purchases from tank to filter.
- **Planted centrepieces:** Lighting already fitted, with room to add more modules.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build the cabinet first:** Assemble the taller cabinet fully and confirm it is stable on a level floor.
- **Fit the bottom mat and tank:** Lay the supplied mat, then centre the aquarium on the cabinet.
- **Install heater and filter:** Fit the Platinium heater and plumb in the Ultramax 1000 before filling.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Cube aquarium, tall cabinet, lighting, heater and filter in one order.
- **135-litre laminated tank:** Square 50 x 50 x 63 cm footprint with an integrated LED lid.
- **200 W electronic heater:** Part of Aquael's thermostatted Platinium range.
- **Ultramax 1000 filtration:** 1000 L/h, three media baskets plus a 0.6 L prefilter.
- **Tall matched cabinet:** About 90 cm, load-tested, with handle-free storage doors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102531
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Aquarium Kit (Glossy Range)
- **Tank:** 135 L, 50 x 50 x 63 cm, laminated glass, cube shape
- **Cabinet:** 50 x 50 x 90 cm, high gloss, push-to-open doors
- **Lighting:** 2 x 10 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night 2.0 LED, expandable to 7
- **Heater:** Platinium 200 W, electronic thermostat
- **Filter:** Ultramax 1000 canister, 1000 L/h, 10 W, 10.5 L media capacity
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hexa Set Lt 60l Black Aquarium
Hexagonal all-in-one aquarium kit with built-in filter, heater and LED lid.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-hexa-set-lt-60l-black-aquarium/
- Price: $351.91 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101720 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332118
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OIP-7-1.webp
A corner or a hallway table calls for a tank with a footprint that isn't a plain rectangle, and a six-sided tank with its equipment built into the lid saves finding a separate filter, heater and light. Aquael Hexa Set Lt 60l Black Aquarium (SKU: 101720) is Aquael's hexagonal 60 L aquarium set, a black-framed glass tank around 41 x 41 cm across and 60 cm tall with filtration, heating and lighting housed in the lid rather than bolted to the outside. The float glass panels are bonded with black silicone over a reinforcing base frame, and the hinged lid has a feeding hatch so fish can be fed without lifting the whole cover.
Inside the lid, a flow-through filter driven by a small built-in pump pulls water through two filter baskets for mechanical and biological media, giving an internal circulation loop without an external canister on the back. An integrated heater keeps the water at a steady tropical temperature, and a Leddy Tube LED module in the lid runs a Day and Night cycle, shifting from daylight-white through a dusk setting to a dim blue night mode. Because the six-sided design is one sealed unit, the 60 L capacity suits a modest community of small to mid-size tropical fish rather than a heavily stocked tank, and a matching hexagonal stand is sold separately. The set is sold in black only; no other colourway or capacity is listed for this model.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Feature corners and hallways:** The hexagonal footprint suits spots where a rectangular tank would sit awkwardly.
- **First complete set-up:** Filter, heater and light are already fitted, so there is no separate equipment to source.
- **Small tropical communities:** 60 L suits a modest group of small to mid-size community fish.
- **Living rooms, offices and studies:** A self-contained tank that needs only a stable, level surface and a power point.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the surface:** Place the tank on a flat, load-rated stand or tabletop before filling.
- **Fill and check the lid:** Add water, then confirm the filter and heater sit correctly in their housings in the lid.
- **Run the filter in:** Let the built-in filter and heater run for several days before adding fish.
- **Set the light cycle:** Switch between the Day, transition and Night LED modes to match a normal day and night.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hexagonal footprint:** A six-sided tank that suits corners and feature positions a rectangular tank cannot.
- **Equipment built into the lid:** Filter, heater and LED lighting are housed in the hood rather than fitted externally.
- **Day & Night LED cycle:** The Leddy Tube module shifts from daylight to dusk to a dim blue night setting.
- **Two-basket internal filter:** Separate mechanical and biological media baskets inside the lid.
- **Feeding hatch:** A hinged opening in the lid for feeding without lifting the full cover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101720
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332118
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Shape:** Hexagonal (six-sided)
- **Net Volume:** 60 L
- **Dimensions:** About 41 x 41 x 60 cm
- **Glass:** Float glass, black-silicone bonded, reinforced base frame
- **Filtration:** Internal flow-through filter in the lid, two media baskets
- **Heating:** Integrated heater for tropical temperatures
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube LED, Day & Night modes, built into the lid
- **Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 Black Aquarium Set
Compact 25 litre complete set for a first tropical aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-40-black-aquarium-set/
- Price: $219.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113001 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546325615
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113001-1.jpg
Most first aquariums are put together from mismatched parts, and a lid that does not quite fit the light is usually the first thing to go wrong. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 Black Aquarium Set (SKU: 113001) is the smallest of Aquael's Leddy Day & Night sets, a 25 litre glass aquarium of 41 × 25 × 25 cm in 4 mm float glass, supplied with equipment designed to work together: a black lid with the Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED module, an Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter and a FIX 50 heater. Aquael presents the Leddy Day & Night sets as suitable for anyone, including beginner aquarists, and designs them for freshwater aquariums.
The LED module combines day and night illumination in the lid and is rated at 7 W in Aquael's table; Australian retail listings describe three modes, daylight, night-time and a sunrise/sunset transition. The lid uses Aquael's Smart Open design and has an integrated feeding flap, and the set includes an under pad for the glass base. Aquael describes the filter and heater as energy-efficient, giving high performance at low power consumption, and the set as easy to clean and ready to use. At 25 litres the Leddy 40 suits a single betta, a small group of nano fish such as chilli rasboras or ember tetras, or a colony of dwarf shrimp, and its 41 cm width fits on a desk or bench. Retailers also list the Leddy 60 Black Stand (SKU 102007) for it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First aquarium:** Everything matched in one box for a beginner.
- **Betta or nano shoal:** A single betta or a few small fish in 25 L.
- **Shrimp colonies:** A small planted tank for cherry or other dwarf shrimp.
- **Desk and bench tops:** A 41 × 25 cm footprint fits where a 60 cm tank will not.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Lay the under pad:** Place it on a level, sturdy surface before the aquarium goes on.
- **Rinse and fill:** Add washed substrate and decor, then fill with dechlorinated water.
- **Fit the equipment:** Install the ASAP 300 and FIX heater as their instructions show before switching on.
- **Cycle, then stock slowly:** Run the set with a bacterial starter for a few weeks before adding the first fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete 25 L set:** Tank, lid, light, filter and heater that fit together.
- **Day & Night LED lid:** Day and night illumination in one module.
- **Smart Open lid:** Easy access with a feeding flap.
- **4 mm float glass:** A clear 41 × 25 × 25 cm tank.
- **Energy-efficient gear:** ASAP 300 filter and FIX 50 heater with low power use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113001
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546325615
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Capacity:** 25 L
- **Dimensions:** 41 × 25 × 25 cm (W × D × H)
- **Glass:** 4 mm float glass
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night, 7 W
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael FIX 50
- **Colour:** Black
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 Black Aquarium Set (SKU 113002); Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 Black Aquarium Set (SKU 113003)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater nano, betta and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 White Aquarium Set
White 25 litre nano set that suits bright, modern rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-40-white-aquarium-set/
- Price: $214.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113004 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546325646
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113004-1.jpg
A black-framed tank disappears into a dark corner, but in a white kitchen, study or bedroom a white lid and trim blend in with the furniture instead of standing out against it. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 White Aquarium Set (SKU: 113004) is the white version of Aquael's smallest Leddy Day & Night set: the same 25 litre, 41 × 25 × 25 cm aquarium in 4 mm float glass as the black model, with a white lid housing the Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED module, plus an ASAP 300 internal filter and a FIX 50 heater. Aquael positions the Leddy sets as fully equipped, energy-saving and easy to use and maintain, and suitable for beginners.
The lighting gives day illumination and a night setting, which retail listings describe as three modes including a sunrise and sunset transition, so the tank can be enjoyed in the evening without full daylight glare in a bedroom or lounge. The Smart Open lid lifts for feeding and maintenance and has a built-in feeding flap, and an under pad is supplied for the base. Twenty-five litres is a nano volume: it suits a betta, a few small schooling fish or a shrimp colony, and it asks for a little more care with feeding and regular water changes than a larger tank, because conditions in a small volume change faster. The white version also comes in 60 (SKU 113005) and 75 (SKU 113006) sizes, and Aquael makes its Simple cabinet in white to match.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White interiors:** A light lid and trim that suit white furniture and walls.
- **Bedrooms and studies:** Night mode for a soft glow in the evening.
- **Betta and shrimp tanks:** 25 L for a single betta or a dwarf shrimp colony.
- **A gift or first tank:** A complete, matched set for a new fishkeeper.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick the spot:** A level, sturdy surface out of direct sun and near a power point.
- **Pad and substrate:** Lay the under pad, then add rinsed gravel and decor.
- **Fill and fit:** Fill with dechlorinated water and position the filter and heater before plugging in.
- **Set a routine:** Run day mode for around eight hours and switch to night mode in the evening.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White finish:** Lid and trim in white for light-coloured rooms.
- **Day & Night lighting:** One module for daytime and evening viewing.
- **Nano 25 L volume:** 41 × 25 × 25 cm, sized for desks and sturdy benches.
- **Easy-access lid:** Smart Open with a feeding flap.
- **Matched equipment:** ASAP 300 filter and FIX 50 heater included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113004
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546325646
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Capacity:** 25 L
- **Dimensions:** 41 × 25 × 25 cm (W × D × H)
- **Glass:** 4 mm float glass
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night, 7 W
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael FIX 50
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 White Aquarium Set (SKU 113005); Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 White Aquarium Set (SKU 113006)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater nano, betta and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40xl Black Aquarium
Tall 35 litre starter set with day, daybreak and night LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-40xl-black-aquarium/
- Price: $305.45 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113229
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113229-1.jpg
A 40 cm tank fits easily on a desk or bench, but the usual 25 cm height leaves little room for stem plants to grow or for fish that like to swim up and down. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40xl Black Aquarium (SKU: 113229) is the 40 cm model of Aquael's Leddy XL Day & Night range, a complete freshwater set with a 41 × 25 × 35 cm glass tank holding 35 litres. Aquael made the XL sets for enthusiasts who want more: the tank is 10 cm taller than the standard Leddy 40 and, across the range, holds up to 40% more water. The set comes with a lid carrying the Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED module, an Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter and a Fix 2 heater rated at 50 W.
The 7 W lighting has three modes, DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT, so the tank can show a softer phase in the morning and evening and a night glow for watching fish after dark. The lid uses Aquael's Smart Open System, which opens without splashing water, has a hole with a flap for feeding, and is made of recycled materials. The Fix 2 heater carries Aquael's Smart Heating System, a microprocessor that adjusts heating power to the surrounding conditions, and the ASAP 300 handles mechanical and biological filtration inside the tank. The glass is 4 mm thick, and the lid's DubLED handle accepts an additional Leddy Tube Retrofit light to double the output for more demanding plants. Aquael states the set is made in Europe.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First aquariums:** Tank, light, filter and heater matched in one box.
- **Nano communities:** A small shoal of nano fish, a shrimp colony or a single betta.
- **Desks and benches:** A 41 × 25 cm footprint with extra height for plants.
- **Planted nano scapes:** A taller water column for stem plants, with a second light option.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a solid base:** A filled tank weighs well over 35 kg, so use a level, sturdy surface.
- **Add substrate and decor:** Rinse the gravel, place rock and wood, then fill slowly over a plate.
- **Fit filter and heater:** Position the ASAP 300 and Fix 2 as their instructions show before switching on.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter for several weeks with a bacterial starter before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **35 L tall format:** 10 cm taller than the standard Leddy 40.
- **Three lighting modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT from one LED module.
- **Smart Open lid:** Opens without splashing and has a feeding flap.
- **Smart Heating System:** A microprocessor-controlled 50 W Fix 2 heater.
- **Expandable light:** The DubLED handle takes a second Leddy Tube Retrofit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113229
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546333160
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Capacity:** 35 L
- **Dimensions:** 41 × 25 × 35 cm (W × D × H)
- **Glass:** 4 mm
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night, 7 W
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael Fix 2, 50 W
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60xl Black Aquarium (SKU 113047)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater nano, community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 Black Aquarium Set
54 litre, 60 cm complete set for a tropical community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-60-black-aquarium-set/
- Price: $239.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113002 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546325660
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113002-1.jpg
Sixty centimetres is where a community aquarium starts to have room for a proper shoal, a few bottom-dwellers and some plants without taking over the room. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 Black Aquarium Set (SKU: 113002) is the middle size of Aquael's Leddy Day & Night range, a 54 litre aquarium measuring 60 × 30 × 30 cm in 4 mm float glass, supplied with a black lid carrying the Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED module, an Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter and a FIX 50 heater. Aquael calls the Day & Night models the new edition of its Leddy sets, with lighting that lets the aquarium be enjoyed at night as well as by day.
The LED module combines day and night illumination and is listed at 7 W in Aquael's table, and Australian retail listings describe three modes: daylight, night-time and a sunrise/sunset transition. The Smart Open lid lifts for maintenance and has an integrated feeding flap, and an under pad sits beneath the glass. With 54 litres and a 60 cm front, the set suits a shoal of tetras or rasboras with corydoras on the bottom, a group of livebearers, or a lightly planted community with easy plants. For more height on the same footprint, the Leddy Day & Night 60xl (SKU 113047) holds 72 litres, and the Leddy 60 Black Stand (SKU 102007) is the matching cabinet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tropical community:** Room for a shoal, bottom-dwellers and a few centrepiece fish.
- **Moving up from a nano:** More than twice the water of a 25 L tank, for steadier conditions.
- **Low-tech planted tanks:** Easy plants such as Java fern, anubias and cryptocorynes.
- **Matching furniture:** A black set that pairs with the black Simple 60 cabinet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a 60 cm stand:** Set it on a level, purpose-built cabinet such as the Leddy 60 stand.
- **Under pad first:** Lay the supplied pad beneath the glass before filling.
- **Scape, then fill:** Rinse substrate, place decor and plants, then fill slowly with treated water.
- **Start the filter early:** Run the ASAP 300 and FIX 50 with a bacterial starter for several weeks before stocking.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **54 L in 60 cm:** A standard 60 × 30 × 30 cm footprint.
- **Matched equipment:** Lid, Day & Night light, ASAP 300 and FIX 50 in one set.
- **Evening viewing:** Day and night illumination from the one lid module.
- **Smart Open access:** A lid with an integrated feeding flap.
- **Ready for a stand:** Pairs with the 61 × 31 cm Simple 60 cabinet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113002
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546325660
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Capacity:** 54 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 × 30 × 30 cm (W × D × H)
- **Glass:** 4 mm float glass
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night, 7 W (Aquael figure)
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael FIX 50
- **Matching Stand:** Aquael Leddy 60 Black Stand (SKU 102007)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 Black Aquarium Set (SKU 113001); Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 Black Aquarium Set (SKU 113003)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 White Aquarium Set
Complete 54-litre starter aquarium with Day & Night LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-60-white-aquarium-set/
- Price: $259.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113005 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546325639
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113005-1.jpg
A first aquarium goes more smoothly when the tank, filter, heater and light all arrive matched to each other, rather than assembled from whatever happens to be on the shelf. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 White Aquarium Set (SKU: 113005) is the 60 cm size in Aquael's Leddy Day & Night range, a 54 L float-glass aquarium measuring 60 x 30 x 30 cm with polished edges and a white frame, sold complete with its own internal filter, heater and LED cover rather than as a bare tank. The glass is 4 mm thick, the same as the smaller 40 size, and the set is built around getting a tropical community running without sourcing equipment separately.
The set includes an ASAP 300 internal filter, a Fix 50 heater rated at 50 W, and a 7 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED module built into the hinged cover. The light runs three modes: a daylight setting, a dimmer dusk transition, and a blue-toned night mode that lets fish be observed after dark without disturbing their rest. At 54 L the 60 size suits a modest group of small to medium community fish or a single betta with planting, and the range continues down to a 25 L Leddy 40 and up to a 105 L Leddy 75, all offered in black or white. Substrate, decor and water conditioners are bought separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First complete set-ups:** Tank, filter, heater and light are already matched, so no separate equipment needs sourcing.
- **Small to medium tropical communities:** 54 L suits a modest group of small community fish or a single centrepiece species.
- **Desks, shelving and smaller rooms:** A 60 x 30 cm footprint fits furniture that a larger tank would not.
- **Planted nano-to-small set-ups:** The 7 W LED gives enough light for low to moderate-light plants.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the stand:** Set the tank on a flat, load-rated surface before adding substrate or water.
- **Fit the filter and heater:** Install the ASAP 300 filter and Fix 50 heater as shown in the manual, then fill with water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several days to establish the biofilter before adding fish.
- **Set the light cycle:** Use the Day, transition and Night LED settings to give the tank a regular day/night rhythm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete 54 L set:** Tank, internal filter, heater and LED cover matched and sold together.
- **Day & Night LED lighting:** A 7 W Leddy Tube module with daylight, transition and night modes.
- **ASAP 300 internal filter:** Mechanical and biological filtration sized to the 54 L volume.
- **50 W Fix heater:** Holds a steady tropical temperature without a separate heater purchase.
- **Polished float glass:** 4 mm panes with finished edges for safe handling and a clean look.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113005
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546325639
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 54 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 30 cm
- **Glass:** Float glass, 4 mm, polished edges
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael Fix 50, 50 W
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED, 7 W, 3 modes
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 White Aquarium Set (SKU 113006); Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 White Aquarium Set (SKU 113004)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60xl Black Aquarium
72 litre tall 60 cm set for planted and community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-60xl-black-aquarium/
- Price: $362.14 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113047 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332101
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113047-1.jpg
Sixty centimetres is the size most aquascapers start with, and the extra 10 cm of height in this one turns a standard tank into a space with room for tall plants and a deeper water column. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60xl Black Aquarium (SKU: 113047) is the 60 cm model of Aquael's Leddy XL Day & Night range, a complete freshwater set built around a 60 × 30 × 40 cm tank of 5 mm glass holding 72 litres, against 54 litres in the standard Leddy 60. The set comes with a lid fitted with a 10 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED module, an ASAP 300 internal filter and a Fix 2 heater rated at 100 W.
The lighting switches between DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT modes, giving a dimmer transition phase and a night setting for viewing after dark, and the lid's DubLED handle accepts a second Leddy Tube Retrofit module to double the light for more demanding plants. The Smart Open System lifts the lid without splashing water, a flap covers the feeding hole, and the cover is made from recycled materials. The 100 W Fix 2 uses Aquael's microprocessor-controlled Smart Heating System to adjust its power to the surrounding conditions, double the 50 W heater in the 40 XL to suit the larger volume. The Leddy 60 Black Stand (SKU 102007), at 61 × 31 cm, carries the 60 × 30 cm footprint. Aquael states the set is made in Europe.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquascapes:** Height for stem plants and a deeper scape, with a second light option.
- **Community tanks:** 72 L for a mixed community of small to medium freshwater fish.
- **Upgrading from a nano:** More volume without a larger footprint than a standard 60 cm tank.
- **Living-room display:** A complete set that sits on the matching 60 cm Simple cabinet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prepare the stand:** Level the cabinet first; a full tank weighs well over 72 kg.
- **Scape first:** Add rinsed substrate, rock and wood before filling, then fill over a plate.
- **Install equipment:** Place the ASAP 300 and the 100 W Fix 2, fill, then switch on.
- **Mature the filter:** Allow several weeks with a bacterial starter before stocking fully.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Taller tank:** 10 cm higher than the standard Leddy 60, 72 L against 54 L.
- **5 mm glass:** Thicker panels for the 40 cm water column.
- **Day, daybreak and night:** Three lighting modes from the 10 W module.
- **Room to add light:** The DubLED handle takes a second Retrofit tube.
- **100 W smart heater:** A microprocessor-controlled Fix 2 sized for the larger volume.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113047
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332101
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Capacity:** 72 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 × 30 × 40 cm (W × D × H)
- **Glass:** 5 mm
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night, 10 W
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael Fix 2, 100 W
- **Matching Stand:** Aquael Leddy 60 Black Stand (SKU 102007)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40xl Black Aquarium (SKU 113229)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 Black Aquarium Set
Complete 105-litre aquarium kit with matched filter, heater and LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-75-black-aquarium-set/
- Price: $378.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113003 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546325622
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113003-1.jpg
Stepping up to a bigger community tank usually means buying a tank, a filter rated for it, a heater and a light, and hoping the wattages and flow rates actually suit each other. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 Black Aquarium Set (SKU: 113003) removes that guesswork by pairing a 105 L, 75 x 35 x 40 cm float-glass aquarium with equipment Aquael has already sized to it: an ASAP 500 internal filter, a Fix 100 heater, and a 14 W Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED module in the hinged black-framed cover. The glass steps up to 5 mm at this size, thicker than the 4 mm on the smaller Leddy 40 and 60, in line with the larger water column.
The ASAP 500 gives more flow and media volume than the smaller range's ASAP 300, suited to the extra bioload of a 105 L community, while the 100 W heater holds a stable temperature without running constantly at full output. The LED again runs three modes: daylight, a dimmer dusk transition, and a blue night mode that leaves shy fish undisturbed while still visible. At 75 x 35 cm the footprint takes a genuine small-to-medium community, or a larger centrepiece species with tankmates, with enough depth for a modest planted layout under the 14 W light. The range continues down through a 60 (54 L) and a 40 (25 L), each in black or white, with the 75 the largest and most heavily equipped on filtration and heating. Substrate and decor are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stepping up from a nano tank:** 105 L and the ASAP 500 filter suit a larger community than the 40 or 60.
- **Community tropical fish:** A footprint sized for a genuine small-to-medium mixed community.
- **Centrepiece fish with tankmates:** Enough volume for one larger species with smaller companions.
- **Light planting:** The 14 W LED and extra depth suit a basic planted layout.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the stand:** Position the tank on a flat surface rated for its filled weight before adding substrate.
- **Fit filter and heater:** Install the ASAP 500 filter and Fix 100 heater per the manual, then fill with water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for several days to build the biofilter before adding fish.
- **Set the light modes:** Alternate the Day, transition and Night LED settings to a regular daily rhythm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete 105 L set:** Tank, filter, heater and LED cover matched and sold as one kit.
- **ASAP 500 internal filter:** Stronger filtration than the smaller Leddy sizes, sized to the larger volume.
- **100 W Fix heater:** Holds steady tropical temperatures across the full 105 L.
- **14 W Day & Night LED:** Daylight, transition and night modes in the black-framed cover.
- **5 mm float glass:** Thicker panes than the smaller sizes, matched to the extra water volume.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113003
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546325622
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 105 L
- **Dimensions:** 75 x 35 x 40 cm
- **Glass:** Float glass, 5 mm, polished edges
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael Fix 100, 100 W
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED, 14 W, 3 modes
- **Colour:** Black
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 Black Aquarium Set (SKU 113001); Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 Black Aquarium Set (SKU 113002)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 White Aquarium Set
All-in-one 105-litre tropical aquarium with Day & Night LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-day-night-75-white-aquarium-set/
- Price: $379.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113006 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546327343
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113006-1.jpg
A tank, a filter rated for it, a heater sized to the volume and a light that fits the hood rarely come together by accident, and buying them one at a time risks a mismatch along the way. Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 White Aquarium Set (SKU: 113006) is the 75 cm, 105 L size in Aquael's Leddy Day & Night range, finished in white, built from parts Aquael has matched to each other: a 75 x 35 x 40 cm float-glass tank with 5 mm panes and polished edges, an ASAP 500 internal filter, a Fix 100 heater, and a 14 W Leddy Tube LED fitted into the hinged cover.
The ASAP 500 filter and 100 W heater are both sized up from the ASAP 300 and 50 W units on the smaller 40 and 60 sizes, for the extra filtration and heating capacity a bigger bioload needs. The LED runs three modes: a bright daylight setting, a softer dusk transition, and a dim blue night mode so fish behaviour can be watched after hours without disrupting their rest. The white frame and cover give the set a lighter look than the black version, which can matter in a room with pale furniture. At 75 x 35 cm the footprint carries a genuine small-to-medium community, with enough depth for simple planting under the 14 W light, and the range runs down to a 60 (54 L) and a 40 (25 L), both in black or white. Substrate and conditioners are not part of the set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Matching lighter interiors:** The white frame suits rooms with pale furniture better than the black version.
- **Community tropical fish:** 105 L and the ASAP 500 filter suit a genuine small-to-medium community.
- **Stepping up from a nano tank:** More volume and filtration than the 40 or 60 size in the same range.
- **Light planted layouts:** The 14 W LED and extra depth suit a basic planted set-up.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the stand:** Set the tank on a flat surface rated for its filled weight before adding substrate.
- **Fit filter and heater:** Install the ASAP 500 filter and Fix 100 heater per the manual, then fill with water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run filter and heater for several days to establish the biofilter before adding fish.
- **Set the light modes:** Alternate the Day, transition and Night LED settings to a regular daily rhythm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete 105 L set in white:** Tank, filter, heater and LED cover matched and sold as one kit.
- **ASAP 500 internal filter:** Stepped up from the smaller sizes to suit the larger volume.
- **100 W Fix heater:** Holds steady tropical temperatures across the full 105 L.
- **14 W Day & Night LED:** Daylight, transition and night modes built into the white cover.
- **5 mm float glass:** Thicker panes than the 40 and 60 sizes, matched to the extra volume.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113006
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546327343
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 105 L
- **Dimensions:** 75 x 35 x 40 cm
- **Glass:** Float glass, 5 mm, polished edges
- **Filter:** Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter
- **Heater:** Aquael Fix 100, 100 W
- **Lighting:** Leddy Tube Sunny Day & Night LED, 14 W, 3 modes
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy Day & Night 40 White Aquarium Set (SKU 113004); Aquael Leddy Day & Night 60 White Aquarium Set (SKU 113005)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Plant Black
Black-bodied planted-tank LED bar for tanks 80 to 107 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-leddy-slim-32w-plant-black/
- Price: $265.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546333047
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113140-1.jpg
A white lamp can stand out against a dark cabinet or a tank styled around black trim, which is the gap the black-bodied version of this lamp is built to close. Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Plant Black (SKU: 113140) is the black-housing edition of the 32 W Leddy Slim Plant lamp, built for open freshwater tanks with a length from 80 to 107 cm, running the same Plant spectrum as the white version at roughly 8,000 K with the red and blue wavelengths emphasised for photosynthesis. Aquael's own copy for this size states the length range as 80 to 107 cm rather than the rounded 80-100 cm figure used on the white equivalent, so the black version's own stated fit is used here rather than assumed to match exactly.
The flat, futuristic housing is finished in black rather than white, letting it sit less conspicuously against darker furniture or a matte-black aquarium frame while keeping the same internal electronics and Plant spectrum as the rest of the line. Mounting is on universal sliding brackets that extend to fit standard and non-standard tank widths within the stated range, and the lamp can also be suspended from the ceiling using the Leddy Slim Hanger kit built for the 32 W size, which lifts it clear of tall stem plants or hardscape that break the water's surface. Aquael describes the Plant version's self-repair design as backup LEDs that stay inactive in a new lamp and switch on automatically if a primary diode fails, so the lamp keeps a consistent output rather than fading unevenly as it ages.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dark-cabinet or black-rimmed setups:** Tanks where a black lamp body suits the overall look better than white.
- **Planted tanks 80 to 107 cm long:** Aquael's stated fit for this size.
- **Matching other black Leddy Slim hardware:** Pairing with black mounting accessories or a black-framed aquarium.
- **Replacing a fluorescent planted tube:** Moving to LED without changing the stand or hood colour scheme.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets to the rim:** Match the sliding arms to the tank's width before fitting the lamp.
- **Set a standard photoperiod:** 8 to 10 hours suits most mixed planted tanks as a starting point.
- **Watch algae against light intensity:** Keep CO2 and nutrients in step with the Plant spectrum's output.
- **Fit the 32 W hanger kit if suspending:** Lift the lamp above tall hardscape rather than resting it on the rim.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black housing:** Same Plant-line electronics in a matte-black body.
- **8,000 K Plant spectrum:** Red and blue bands emphasised for photosynthesis.
- **80 to 107 cm fit:** Aquael's stated length range for this size.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Inactive backup LEDs switch on if a primary diode fails.
- **Hanger-kit compatible:** Purpose-built Leddy Slim Hanger available for this 32 W size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546333047
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Planted, Black)
- **Power:** 32 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 8,000 K Plant spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 80-107 cm long open tanks
- **Housing Colour:** Black
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 36w Plant Black (SKU 113141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Magnet Glass Cleaner & Scraper 2-in-1 S
Magnetic algae cleaner for nano tanks and glass up to 6mm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-magnet-glass-cleaner-scraper-2-in-1-s/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102082 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546308182
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102082-1.png
A nano tank is easy to dirty hands in but awkward to scrub without a tool scaled to it, since a cleaner built for a large display tank is often too bulky to steer around small decor. Aquael Magnet Glass Cleaner & Scraper 2-in-1 S (SKU: 102082) is the smallest size in Aquael's 2-in-1 magnetic cleaner range, matched to glass walls from 3 to 6 mm thick, which covers most nano and small aquariums. It combines two cleaning surfaces in one magnetic unit: a soft brush pad that lifts film algae without scratching, and an interchangeable scraper blade for algae the brush will not shift.
Two scrapers are included and swap in and out of the holder: a steel blade for glass tanks and a plastic blade for acrylic, since steel will mark acrylic over time. The outer magnet is moved by hand across the outside of the glass, and the inner half follows it on the inside, so cleaning does not mean putting a hand in the water; a floating inner part keeps that half near the surface if it is ever pulled free rather than letting it sink into decor. The S size is built for the thinner glass typical of nano and small tanks, and Aquael's wider range extends up to Medium (3–8 mm) and Large (5–10 mm) for progressively thicker walls, so matching the size to the actual glass thickness matters more than tank volume alone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Sized for glass walls from 3 to 6 mm.
- **Routine algae removal:** Brush side for weekly film algae on front and side panes.
- **Stubborn deposits:** Scraper side for spots the brush does not clear.
- **Acrylic nano tanks:** Use the plastic scraper only; keep the steel blade for glass.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Fit the right blade:** Steel for glass, plastic for acrylic, swapped into the scraper holder before use.
- **Brush first:** Work the soft pad over the glass for everyday film algae.
- **Scrape as needed:** Turn to the blade side for algae the brush will not remove.
- **Retrieve if it detaches:** The inner half floats to the surface rather than dropping into the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two cleaning surfaces:** Soft brush and interchangeable scraper blade in one unit.
- **Glass and acrylic blades:** Steel scraper for glass, plastic scraper for acrylic, both included.
- **Sized for 3–6 mm glass:** The smallest size in Aquael's S/M/L range.
- **Floating inner part:** Rises to the surface if it comes away from the outer magnet.
- **Ergonomic handle:** Built for comfortable use over repeated cleaning sessions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102082
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546308182
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Glass Cleaner
- **Glass/Acrylic Thickness:** 3–6 mm
- **Blades Included:** 1 × steel (glass), 1 × plastic (acrylic), interchangeable
- **Cleaning Pad:** Soft, non-scratch brush
- **Buoyancy:** Inner part floats if detached
- **Other Sizes:** Medium, 3–8 mm (SKU 102083); Large, 5–10 mm (SKU 102084)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Miniboost 100 Air Pump
Compact adjustable membrane air pump for aquariums up to 100 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-miniboost-100-air-pump/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113016 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313872
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113213-2.png
A sponge filter in a shrimp tank or a single airstone in a small community tank needs a steady stream of air, not a big pump throttled back with a valve. Aquael Miniboost 100 Air Pump (SKU: 113016) is the smaller of Aquael's two Miniboost membrane air pumps, made in Poland and recommended by the maker for aquariums under 100 litres. It delivers up to 100 L of air per hour from a single outlet while drawing just 1.8 W, and a rotary knob adjusts the output smoothly from full flow down to a gentle trickle, so a separate air valve is not needed on a single line. The body measures only 8.6 × 5.3 × 4.9 cm and sits unobtrusively behind or beside the tank.
Aquael rates the maximum head at 60 cm, the depth of water the pump can push air against, which covers an airstone or sponge filter on the floor of a typical small aquarium. It takes standard 4/6 mm airline tubing, is designed for continuous operation, and uses a durable membrane that the maker says will not need replacing for a long time. Besides aerating the water through an airstone, it drives conventional sponge filters and works with Aquael's AirLights LED-illuminated air nozzles. Aquael lists it for freshwater aquariums and states that it complies with EU safety standards. For tanks of 150 to 200 litres, or for two separate air lines, the Miniboost 200 (SKU 113213) adds a second outlet and more head.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge filters:** Running one sponge filter in a shrimp, fry or betta tank.
- **Extra oxygen:** Aerating tanks under 100 litres on hot days or during a medication course.
- **Surface movement:** Driving an airstone or AirLights nozzle to break up the surface film.
- **Quarantine tanks:** A low-power pump for a temporary or hospital set-up.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position above the water:** Stand the pump higher than the tank, or fit a non-return valve in the line to stop back-siphoning.
- **Connect 4/6 mm tubing:** Run airline from the outlet to the airstone or sponge filter.
- **Set the flow:** Turn the knob until the bubble stream suits the tank and its livestock.
- **Keep it dry:** Place it where drips and splashes from the aquarium cannot reach it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100 L/h output:** One outlet sized for a single air line.
- **1.8 W draw:** Low running cost for a pump that runs around the clock.
- **Rotary adjustment:** Continuous control of air output without an extra valve.
- **60 cm maximum head:** Enough depth for airstones in standard small tanks.
- **Long-life membrane:** Aquael's durable diaphragm for continuous running.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113016
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313872
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Membrane Air Pump
- **Air Output:** Up to 100 L/h, one outlet, adjustable
- **Power:** 1.8 W
- **Maximum Head:** 60 cm
- **Airline Size:** 4/6 mm
- **Dimensions:** 8.6 × 5.3 × 4.9 cm (W × D × H)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Under 100 L
- **Other Sizes:** Miniboost 200 Air Pump (SKU 113213)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums under 100 litres
---
#### Aquael Multikani 800 Canister Filter
Modular external canister with stackable media chambers for tanks up to 320L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-multikani-800-canister-filter/
- Price: $170.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100365 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546138185
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100365-1.jpg
A canister filter that only takes one fixed type of media forces a compromise between mechanical, biological and chemical filtration, when a heavily stocked or newly set-up tank often needs more of one than the others. Aquael Multikani 800 Canister Filter (SKU: 100365) is Aquael's modular external canister, built around stacking chambers that each take a 1 L cartridge rather than one large, fixed media basket. It pumps up to 800 L/h, adjustable steplessly with a rotary control on the filter body, and is rated for aquariums from 20 up to 320 L with a minimum water level of 10 cm.
The filter body itself is compact at 200 mm high and 140 by 140 mm, drawing 8 W, with a delivery head of up to 100 cm so it can sit well below the tank. The base unit comes filled with a Multi Cartridge PRO containing zeolite and two filter sponges, and the chamber stack can be extended as the tank or bioload grows, taking Aquael's prefilled BioCeraMAX, ZeoMAX Plus and CarboMAX modules for biological and chemical stages alongside the mechanical sponges. In the box: the filter body, two 14/18 mm hoses at 1,200 mm, two overflow tubes, the MK-800 pump, four suction cups, a deflector, a 61 mm all-purpose intake tube, elbows, two reducers, five connecting pipes, two clamps, four suckers, four connection pipe holders, a filter container opening tool, silicone lubricant and the product manual.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size tanks:** Rated from 20 to 320 L depending on how far the chamber stack is extended.
- **Tanks needing targeted media:** Mixing mechanical, biological and chemical cartridges in one filter.
- **Growing bioloads:** Additional modules can be stacked as fish stocking increases.
- **Shallow or low-water-level set-ups:** Rated to operate from a 10 cm water level.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the filter:** Place the canister below the tank, within the 100 cm delivery head.
- **Connect the hoses:** Fit the supplied 14/18 mm hoses and overflow tubes between the tank and filter, using the suction cups and pipe holders to secure them.
- **Load the media stack:** Start with the supplied Multi Cartridge PRO, adding BioCeraMAX, ZeoMAX Plus or CarboMAX modules as needed.
- **Prime and set flow:** Fill the lines, start the MK-800 pump, and adjust the rotary flow control to the desired rate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Modular chamber stack:** Each chamber takes a 1 L cartridge for targeted filtration.
- **800 L/h, steplessly adjustable:** Rotary control sets flow to suit the tank.
- **Compact footprint:** 200 mm high, 140 x 140 mm, for 8 W of power draw.
- **Compatible with the full MultiKani cartridge range:** BioCeraMAX, ZeoMAX Plus and CarboMAX modules.
- **Comprehensive accessory set:** Hoses, fittings, suction cups and tools included in the box.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100365
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546138185
- **Product Type:** Filters > Modular Canister Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 800 L/h, steplessly adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 20–320 L, minimum water level 10 cm
- **Power:** 8 W
- **Delivery Head:** Up to 100 cm
- **Dimensions:** 200 mm (H) × 140 mm × 140 mm
- **Net Weight:** 1.86 kg
- **Included Media:** Multi Cartridge PRO (zeolite and 2 sponges); compatible with separate BioCeraMAX, ZeoMAX Plus and CarboMAX modules
- **In the Box:** Filter body, MK-800 pump, hoses, overflow tubes, suction cups, intake tube, elbows, reducers, connecting pipes, clamps, manual
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Optitank 100 100x40x50cm 200lt
The largest all-glass aquarium in Aquael's deoxidised Opti glass range.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-100-100x40x50cm-200lt/
- Price: $527.55 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725294
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725294-1.jpg
A 200 L display tank is a serious centrepiece, and at that size the faint green cast of ordinary glass is magnified across a much larger viewing area than on a nano tank. Aquael Optitank 100 100x40x50cm 200lt (SKU: 725294) is the largest aquarium in Aquael's Opti Tank range, a 100 by 40 by 50 cm all-glass tank holding 200 L, built from 8 mm Opti glass, thicker than the 60 and 80 cm sizes to carry the greater water load safely. The same deoxidation process used across the range strips the colour cast out of the glass during manufacture, giving high light transmission and a near colourless, crystal-clear result rather than the green tinge of standard float glass.
At 100 cm, Aquael positions this size for spacious, open arrangements, the kind of layout that reads as suspended water rather than a heavily aquascaped box, and the larger footprint gives more room for that effect to actually show. The tank is supplied bare, with precisely joined, polished edges and no pre-drilled holes, lid, light, filter or stand, with the manual available as a download; an Aquael Ultra Heater Day and Night 50 W is commonly paired with this size as a separate purchase. Because all three Opti Tank sizes, 60, 80 and 100 cm, share the same glass treatment and edge finishing, the 100 cm tank is not a heavier-duty product line so much as the same build scaled to its largest footprint, with glass thickness increased specifically to suit the extra volume.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** The largest footprint and volume in the Opti Tank range at 200 L.
- **Open, spacious aquascapes:** Footprint sized for a suspended-water look rather than a crowded layout.
- **Centrepiece community or planted set-ups:** Enough volume for larger fish groups or substantial planting.
- **Custom equipment builds:** A bare tank for an aquarist specifying filtration, lighting and heating to suit 200 L.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a rated stand:** A cabinet built for a filled 200 L tank, checked level before the tank goes on.
- **Protect the glass base:** Fit a foam mat or similar under the tank before filling.
- **Fit equipment separately:** Add a heater (an Ultra Heater Day and Night 50 W is a common match), filter and lighting sized to 200 L.
- **Fill and check in stages:** Add water gradually, checking the seals before substrate and stock go in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Deoxidised Opti glass:** High light transmission for a colourless, clear-glass effect.
- **8 mm glass:** Thicker than the 60 and 80 cm sizes to carry the larger water load.
- **Largest in the range:** 100 cm footprint, 200 L, ahead of the 60 and 80 cm sizes.
- **Precisely joined, polished edges:** Consistent finish shared across the whole Opti Tank range.
- **Bare tank format:** No lid, light or filter included, for a fully custom set-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725294
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-Glass Aquarium (Opti Glass)
- **Dimensions:** 100 × 40 × 50 cm (L × W × H)
- **Volume:** 200 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 8 mm
- **Glass Type:** Opti glass, deoxidised for a colourless, clear effect
- **Contents:** 1 tank; no lid, light, filter or stand included
- **Other Sizes:** Opti Tank 60, 60 × 30 × 30 cm, 54 L (SKU 725292); Opti Tank 80, 80 × 35 × 40 cm, 112 L (SKU 725293)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Optitank 60 60x30x30cm 54lt
All-glass aquarium with deoxidised Opti glass for a colourless, clear view.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-60-60x30x30cm-54lt/
- Price: $233.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725292
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725292-1.jpg
Standard float glass carries a faint green tint that becomes obvious the moment it is lined up next to a properly deoxidised pane, especially on a smaller tank where every wall is close to the viewer. Aquael Optitank 60 60x30x30cm 54lt (SKU: 725292) is the smallest aquarium in Aquael's Opti Tank range, a 60 by 30 by 30 cm all-glass tank holding 54 L, built from 5 mm Opti glass. Aquael puts the glass through a special deoxidation process during manufacture, which removes the colour cast ordinary glass carries and gives a near colourless, crystal-clear result rather than the usual green tinge.
The tank is supplied on its own, with precisely joined, polished edges and no pre-drilled holes, lid, lighting, filter or stand included; a manual is provided as a download rather than a printed sheet. Aquael makes the Opti Tank in three footprints, 60, 80 and 100 cm, all sharing the same deoxidised glass and polished-edge construction, so the 60 cm size is the entry point into the range for a nano to small display rather than a scaled-down version of a different product. Because there is no integrated equipment, a separate heater, filter, lid and light need to be chosen to suit the 54 L volume, and Aquael sells a Glass Platinium heater as a commonly paired accessory for this size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano to small displays:** The smallest footprint in the Opti Tank range at 54 L.
- **Colour-critical viewing:** Where the green tint of ordinary glass would be noticeable at close range.
- **Custom builds:** A bare tank for an aquarist choosing their own filter, light and heater.
- **Starter planted or community tanks:** A compact volume suited to a first serious freshwater set-up.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a level surface:** Stand or cabinet rated for the tank's filled weight, on a level base.
- **Protect the glass base:** Use a foam mat or similar under the tank before filling.
- **Fit equipment separately:** Add a heater, filter and lighting suited to a 54 L volume, since none are included.
- **Fill gradually:** Add water in stages while checking for any leaks before fully stocking the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Deoxidised Opti glass:** A colourless, clear-glass effect rather than the usual green tint.
- **Precisely joined, polished edges:** A cleaner finished look to the tank's seams and rims.
- **Smallest in the range:** 60 cm footprint, 54 L, ahead of the 80 and 100 cm sizes.
- **Bare tank format:** No lid, light or filter included, for a fully custom set-up.
- **Consistent range construction:** Same glass process shared across the 60, 80 and 100 cm sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725292
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-Glass Aquarium (Opti Glass)
- **Dimensions:** 60 × 30 × 30 cm (L × W × H)
- **Volume:** 54 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Glass Type:** Opti glass, deoxidised for a colourless, clear effect
- **Contents:** 1 tank; no lid, light, filter or stand included
- **Other Sizes:** Opti Tank 80, 80 × 35 × 40 cm, 112 L (SKU 725293); Opti Tank 100, 100 × 40 × 50 cm, 200 L (SKU 725294)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Optitank 80 80x35x40cm 112lt
All-glass aquarium with deoxidised Opti glass for an open, suspended-water look.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-80-80x35x40cm-112lt/
- Price: $352.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725293
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725293-1.jpg
A mid-size tank is often the one chosen for an open aquascape, and that effect depends on the glass disappearing visually rather than framing the scene in a green-tinted box. Aquael Optitank 80 80x35x40cm 112lt (SKU: 725293) is the middle size in Aquael's Opti Tank range, an 80 by 35 by 40 cm all-glass aquarium holding 112 L, built from 6 mm Opti glass. Aquael's deoxidation process during manufacture strips the usual colour cast out of the glass, giving a high light-transmission, near colourless finish that the brand aims at reproducing natural colours accurately rather than through a green-tinted filter of ordinary glass.
At 80 cm, the tank is built for exactly the kind of spacious, open arrangement that gives the impression of suspended water, which is harder to achieve in either the smaller 60 cm or the noticeably larger 100 cm size in the range. It ships as a bare tank, with precisely joined, polished edges and no pre-drilled holes, and without a lid, light, filter or stand, with the manual supplied as a download. Because all three Opti Tank sizes share the same glass treatment and edge finishing, moving up from the 60 cm or down from the 100 cm does not change the visual quality of the glass itself, only the volume and footprint, so the 80 cm size is chosen on space and stocking needs rather than for a different build standard.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Open aquascapes:** An 80 cm footprint suited to spacious, uncluttered layouts.
- **Mid-size community or planted tanks:** 112 L gives more stocking room than the 60 cm Opti Tank.
- **Colour-accurate display:** Deoxidised glass keeps fish and plant colours true rather than green-shifted.
- **Custom equipment builds:** A bare tank for an aquarist specifying their own filter, light and heater.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a rated stand:** Use a cabinet built for the filled weight of a 112 L tank, levelled underneath.
- **Protect the glass base:** Fit a foam mat or similar before placing the tank.
- **Fit equipment separately:** Add a heater, filter and lighting sized to 112 L, since none are included.
- **Fill in stages:** Check for leaks as the tank fills before adding substrate and stock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Deoxidised Opti glass:** High light transmission for a colourless, clear-glass effect.
- **Precisely joined, polished edges:** Clean seams and rim finishing throughout.
- **Open-layout footprint:** 80 cm width suited to spacious, suspended-water aquascapes.
- **Bare tank format:** No lid, light or filter included, for a fully custom set-up.
- **Mid-range volume:** 112 L, between the 54 L and 200 L sizes in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725293
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-Glass Aquarium (Opti Glass)
- **Dimensions:** 80 × 35 × 40 cm (L × W × H)
- **Volume:** 112 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 6 mm
- **Glass Type:** Opti glass, deoxidised for a colourless, clear effect
- **Contents:** 1 tank; no lid, light, filter or stand included
- **Other Sizes:** Opti Tank 60, 60 × 30 × 30 cm, 54 L (SKU 725292); Opti Tank 100, 100 × 40 × 50 cm, 200 L (SKU 725294)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Optitank Rounded 20 White 25x25x30cm 19lt
Seamless opti-glass cube for nano aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-rounded-20-white-25x25x30cm-19lt/
- Price: $211.07 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725295
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725295-1.jpg
A nano cube usually gives away its size with a visible front seam running down two corners, which breaks up an aquascape before the eye gets to the plants. Aquael Optitank Rounded 20 White 25x25x30cm 19lt (SKU: 725295) is the smallest tank in Aquael's Opti Tank Rounded line, a 19 L cube made from de-ironed opti glass that carries none of the greenish cast of ordinary float glass. The front and side panes are joined with rounded corners rather than a flat vertical seam, so the glass reads as one continuous curve and the aquascape can be viewed from any angle without a visible join. At 25 × 25 × 30 cm it is sized for a desktop, a betta or shrimp set-up, or a first planted nano tank.
The panes are 4 mm opti glass, polished and rollerless-bonded with clear silicone, with a smooth, polished top rim rather than a plastic trim. A close-fitting lid comes with the tank to keep dust and jumping fish out while still allowing the water surface to be seen, and a matching foam base mat is included to cushion the glass floor against an uneven cabinet top. Aquael builds the range in white or black; this listing is the white finish. The 19 L volume suits a small shoal of nano fish, a single betta, or a planted shrimp bowl rather than a community tank, and because the tank has no built-in filter or light it is sold as the aquarium only. Aquael manufactures the Opti Tank range at its factory in Suwałki, Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop and nano set-ups:** A 19 L footprint small enough for a desk or shelf.
- **Betta and shrimp keeping:** Single-fish or invertebrate tanks that do not need a large volume.
- **Open-view aquascaping:** The seamless front suits a scape meant to be seen from the side as well as the front.
- **A first planted tank:** Small enough to manage while learning dosing and trimming.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the stand first:** Place the supplied foam mat on a flat, load-rated surface before adding the tank.
- **Rinse before filling:** Wipe the inside glass down and rinse the included lid before the first fill.
- **Add substrate and hardscape dry:** Build the aquascape before water goes in, then fill slowly to avoid disturbing it.
- **Fit a nano filter and heater:** The tank ships without equipment, so a small internal or hang-on filter and a low-wattage heater are needed separately.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seamless rounded front:** No vertical silicone joint between the front and side panes.
- **Opti glass:** De-ironed glass with high light transmission and no green tint.
- **Polished edges:** A smooth top rim in place of a plastic frame.
- **Close-fitting lid included:** Keeps dust and jumping fish out while the surface stays visible.
- **Foam base mat included:** Cushions the glass floor against an uneven stand top.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725295
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Rounded-Corner Glass Aquarium
- **Net Volume:** 19 L
- **Dimensions:** 25 × 25 × 30 cm
- **Glass:** 4 mm opti glass, polished edges, rollerless silicone bonding
- **Colour:** White
- **Included:** Fitted lid and foam base mat
- **Other Sizes:** Optitank Rounded 30, White, 29×29×35 cm, 29 L (SKU 725296); Optitank Rounded 70, White, 39×39×45 cm, 68 L (SKU 725297)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and desktop aquariums
---
#### Aquael Optitank Rounded 30 White 29x29x35cm 29lt
Mid-size seamless cube for planted cube tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-rounded-30-white-29x29x35cm-29lt/
- Price: $246.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725296
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725296-1.jpg
A planted cube this size is usually the first tank where a buyer wants the glass itself to disappear, not just the plants to grow. Aquael Optitank Rounded 30 White 29x29x35cm 29lt (SKU: 725296) is the middle size in Aquael's Opti Tank Rounded line, a 29 L cube in de-ironed opti glass with rounded, seamless front corners rather than a vertical silicone joint. The extra few centimetres over the 20 L model give enough footprint for a proper aquascape layout, hardscape and a small group of fish, while staying compact enough for a desk, sideboard or shelf unit. At 29 × 29 × 35 cm it sits between the 20 L nano size and the 68 L display size in the same range.
The tank is built from opti glass polished at the edges and rollerless-bonded with clear silicone, so there is no visible frame and no colour cast from the glass itself. Aquael includes a close-fitting lid that covers the surface while leaving it visible, plus a foam base mat sized to the tank's footprint to protect both the glass and the furniture underneath. The 29 L volume suits a planted aquascape with a small to medium community of nano or dwarf fish, a shrimp colony, or a single centrepiece fish such as a betta with room to swim. No filter, heater or light is included, as the tank is sold on its own; it is made in white in this listing, with black also available in the range, and is manufactured at Aquael's Suwałki, Poland factory.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquascaping:** A 29 L footprint with room for a proper hardscape layout.
- **Small community or shrimp tanks:** Enough volume for a group of nano fish or a shrimp colony.
- **Upgrading from a nano cube:** A natural step up from the 20 L size in the same range.
- **Furniture-top display:** Compact enough for a sideboard, desk or cabinet top.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the stand's rating:** A filled 29 L tank weighs well over 30 kg once water, substrate and hardscape are in.
- **Lay the foam mat first:** Fit it under the tank before placing it, so the glass floor sits evenly.
- **Build the scape dry:** Position substrate, rock and wood before any water goes in, then fill gradually.
- **Add a nano filter and heater:** Choose equipment rated for roughly 29 L once the tank is sited.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rounded seamless front:** Front and side panes meet without a vertical silicone line.
- **Opti glass construction:** De-ironed glass with high clarity and minimal colour cast.
- **Polished rim:** A clean top edge instead of a moulded plastic frame.
- **Fitted lid included:** Covers the surface while keeping it visible for viewing and feeding.
- **Matching foam mat included:** Sized to the tank's own footprint.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725296
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Rounded-Corner Glass Aquarium
- **Net Volume:** 29 L
- **Dimensions:** 29 × 29 × 35 cm
- **Glass:** 4 mm opti glass, polished edges, rollerless silicone bonding
- **Colour:** White
- **Included:** Fitted lid and foam base mat
- **Other Sizes:** Optitank Rounded 20, White, 25×25×30 cm, 19 L (SKU 725295); Optitank Rounded 70, White, 39×39×45 cm, 68 L (SKU 725297)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Optitank Rounded 70 White 39x39x45cm 68l
Large-format seamless cube for a display aquascape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-rounded-70-white-39x39x45cm-68l/
- Price: $351.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725297
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725297-1.jpg
At 68 L the Opti Tank Rounded stops being a nano curiosity and becomes a proper display tank, and that is where a visible seam down the front corner would matter most. Aquael Optitank Rounded 70 White 39x39x45cm 68l (SKU: 725297) is the largest cube in Aquael's Opti Tank Rounded range, built from de-ironed opti glass with rounded, seamless front corners instead of a vertical silicone joint, so a scape built around a centrepiece rock or wood formation reads as one uninterrupted view from any side. At 39 × 39 × 45 cm it suits a feature position in a living space, giving enough footprint for a layered hardscape and enough height for taller stem plants.
Because the volume and glass area are both larger than the 20 L and 29 L models, Aquael steps the glass up to 5 mm for this size, still polished at the edges and rollerless-bonded with clear silicone so the tank keeps the same frameless look as the smaller cubes. A close-fitting lid is included to cover the surface while leaving it visible, and a foam base mat sized to the 39 × 39 cm footprint ships with the tank to spread the load evenly and protect the furniture beneath it. The 68 L volume is enough for a small to medium community of fish alongside a planted aquascape, or a single larger centrepiece fish with room to patrol. The tank is sold without a filter, heater or light, is finished in white for this listing with black also available, and is made at Aquael's factory in Suwałki, Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Feature aquascapes:** A 68 L footprint for a layered hardscape as a room's focal point.
- **Small community tanks:** Enough volume for a mixed group of community fish.
- **Taller planted layouts:** The 45 cm height suits stem plants and mid-ground hardscape.
- **Stepping up from a smaller cube:** The largest size in the same seamless-front range.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the stand's load rating:** A full 68 L tank with substrate and rock can weigh well over 90 kg.
- **Fit the foam mat under the tank:** Use the included mat so the heavier glass floor sits evenly on the stand.
- **Build hardscape before filling:** Position rock and wood dry, then fill gradually to avoid shifting the layout.
- **Size equipment to 68 L:** Choose a filter and heater rated for this volume, as none is supplied.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seamless rounded front:** No vertical joint between front and side panes, even at this larger size.
- **Stepped-up glass thickness:** 5 mm opti glass to suit the larger water volume.
- **Opti glass clarity:** De-ironed glass with high light transmission and minimal colour cast.
- **Fitted lid included:** Covers the surface while leaving it visible for viewing and feeding.
- **Matching foam mat included:** Sized to the 39 × 39 cm footprint.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725297
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Rounded-Corner Glass Aquarium
- **Net Volume:** 68 L
- **Dimensions:** 39 × 39 × 45 cm
- **Glass:** 5 mm opti glass, polished edges, rollerless silicone bonding
- **Colour:** White
- **Included:** Fitted lid and foam base mat
- **Other Sizes:** Optitank Rounded 20, White, 25×25×30 cm, 19 L (SKU 725295); Optitank Rounded 30, White, 29×29×35 cm, 29 L (SKU 725296)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater display and community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Optitank Scape 60 60x30x36cm 64.8l
Low-profile opti-glass tank built for aquascaping.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-scape-60-60x30x36cm-64-8l/
- Price: $246.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725298
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725298-1.jpg
An aquascape lives or dies on how clear the glass disappears behind the layout, and a frame or a greenish tint works against that from the first glance. Aquael Optitank Scape 60 60x30x36cm 64.8l (SKU: 725298) is the smaller of two tanks in Aquael's Opti Tank Scape line, built specifically for aquascaping rather than general fishkeeping. The 60 × 30 × 36 cm footprint is wider and shallower than a standard cube, giving a landscape-format canvas that suits foreground-to-background hardscape layouts, and the glass panes are precisely joined with polished edges rather than visible beading.
Aquael uses opti glass for the Scape line, a de-ironed glass that goes through an additional de-glazing process for high light transmission, so colours underwater and through the front pane read true rather than tinted green. The upper edges are given a trapezoidal cut rather than a flat polish, and a glass lid sits over the open top to limit evaporation and keep dust out while leaving the tank effectively open-topped for tall stem plants or emersed growth. Rounded corners carry the same seamless look from the Rounded range through to this aquascaping-focused shape. At 64.8 L the 60 cm model suits a planted layout with a modest fish load, where the plants and hardscape are the point rather than a large stocking list; the companion 90 cm model in the same line holds 243 L for larger scapes. No filter, light or heater is supplied, and the tank is made at Aquael's factory in Suwałki, Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dedicated aquascaping:** A wide, shallow 64.8 L footprint built for layout work rather than stocking density.
- **Foreground-to-background scapes:** The 60 cm width gives room to stage hardscape in depth.
- **Open-top planting:** The glass lid allows tall stems and emersed growth without a full canopy.
- **Competition and display scapes:** A clean, seamless tank suited to being photographed from the front.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a level, rated stand:** A filled 64.8 L tank with substrate and hardscape weighs well over 80 kg.
- **Build the hardscape dry:** Lay substrate, rock and wood before any water is added, working from the back forward.
- **Fill slowly and evenly:** Pour against a plate or bag to avoid disturbing the substrate once the layout is set.
- **Fit CO2, filtration and lighting separately:** The tank ships without equipment, so choose gear rated for roughly 65 L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Opti glass clarity:** De-ironed, de-glazed glass for high light transmission and true colour.
- **Trapezoidal upper edge:** A cut profile rather than a flat polished rim.
- **Seamless rounded corners:** No visible vertical joint between panes.
- **Glass lid included:** Limits evaporation while keeping the top effectively open for tall growth.
- **Landscape-format footprint:** A 60 × 30 cm base suited to aquascape composition.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725298
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquascaping Tank
- **Net Volume:** 64.8 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 × 30 × 36 cm
- **Glass:** 6 mm opti glass, trapezoidal upper edge, polished and rollerless-bonded
- **Included:** Glass lid
- **Other Sizes:** Optitank Scape 90, 90×60×45 cm, 243 L (SKU 725299)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquascapes
---
#### Aquael Optitank Scape 90 90x60x45cm 243l
Large-format opti-glass tank for serious aquascaping.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-optitank-scape-90-90x60x45cm-243l/
- Price: $703.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725299
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725299-1.jpg
Serious aquascapes need both floor space for a layered hardscape and glass clear enough that the scape, not the tank, is what gets noticed. Aquael Optitank Scape 90 90x60x45cm 243l (SKU: 725299) is the larger of two tanks in Aquael's Opti Tank Scape line, a 90 × 60 × 45 cm aquascaping tank holding 243 L, built on the same de-ironed opti glass as the 60 cm model but scaled up for a full-size layout. The wide, deep footprint gives room for foreground, midground and background hardscape to be staged properly, rather than compressed into a narrow cube.
The opti glass goes through Aquael's de-glazing process for high light transmission, so the tank avoids the greenish cast of ordinary float glass and colours underwater stay true from the front pane. At this size Aquael steps the glass up to 10 mm to carry the extra water load safely, while keeping the same trapezoidal cut on the upper edges, polished finish and seamless rounded corners as the smaller model. A glass lid sits over the top to reduce evaporation while leaving the layout effectively open for tall stem plants or emersed growth above the waterline. The 243 L volume is enough for a planted display with a proper fish community as well as the hardscape itself, and the companion 60 cm model in the same line holds 64.8 L for smaller scapes. The tank ships without filter, light or heater, and is made at Aquael's factory in Suwałki, Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full-size aquascaping:** A 243 L tank with room for a complete foreground-to-background layout.
- **Planted community display:** Large enough for a stocked community alongside the hardscape.
- **Living-room feature tanks:** The 90 cm width and clear glass suit a prominent display position.
- **Stepping up from a smaller scape tank:** The larger size in the same seamless-front range.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a cabinet rated for the full weight:** A filled 243 L tank with substrate and hardscape can exceed 280 kg.
- **Stage the hardscape before water:** Build rock, wood and substrate dry, working in layers from back to front.
- **Fill against a barrier:** Pour over a plate or bag so the substrate layout is not disturbed.
- **Plan CO2 and filtration for 243 L:** No equipment is included, so size a filter, CO2 system and lighting to this volume.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 mm opti glass:** Stepped-up thickness to carry the larger water volume safely.
- **High-clarity de-glazed glass:** True colour through the front pane with no greenish cast.
- **Trapezoidal upper edge:** The same cut profile as the smaller Scape model.
- **Seamless rounded corners:** No visible vertical joint across the full 90 cm width.
- **Glass lid included:** Reduces evaporation while keeping the layout effectively open-topped.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725299
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquascaping Tank
- **Net Volume:** 243 L
- **Dimensions:** 90 × 60 × 45 cm
- **Glass:** 10 mm opti glass, trapezoidal upper edge, polished and rollerless-bonded
- **Included:** Glass lid
- **Other Sizes:** Optitank Scape 60, 60×30×36 cm, 64.8 L (SKU 725298)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquascapes
---
#### Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 150x50
Foam levelling mat sized for large aquarium footprints.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-pad-under-aquarium-150x50/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101989 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546197847
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101989-1.jpg
A heavy glass aquarium resting on an uneven cabinet top, or on the slight ridges left by a stand's veneer, carries every one of those irregularities as point loads on the base pane, and that is how hairline cracks start. Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 150x50 (SKU: 101989) is a 150 × 50 cm foam base mat from Aquael, sized to sit under the footprint of a large aquarium and spread its weight evenly across the stand beneath it. It is cut from a thick, resilient foam chosen for long service life, and comes in a dark finish that sits almost unseen once the tank is in place, so it does not show around the edges of a cabinet or glass stand.
The mat is one of six sizes in Aquael's range, running from a small 40 × 25 cm pad up to this 150 × 50 cm size, and Aquael states that the sizes are matched to the base dimensions of Aquael and Aqua Szut tanks as well as most other manufacturers' aquariums of the same footprint. Beyond protecting the tank's base pane from point loading and cracking, the foam also protects the furniture surface underneath from scratches caused by grit or glass edges, and it provides a degree of thermal insulation between the tank and the stand, which Aquael says can reduce heat loss and so trim heating costs on a heated aquarium. It is placed dry, under the tank, before the aquarium is filled, and is not intended to be visible once the set-up is complete.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large footprint tanks:** Matched to aquariums with roughly a 150 × 50 cm base.
- **Uneven or veneered stand tops:** Spreads load where a cabinet surface is not perfectly flat.
- **Heated aquariums:** The foam's insulating effect reduces heat loss through the stand.
- **New set-ups and tank moves:** Fitted whenever a large tank is placed on a stand for the first time.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Measure the tank's base:** Confirm the aquarium's footprint matches the 150 × 50 cm mat before use.
- **Clean the stand surface:** Wipe the cabinet or stand top free of grit before laying the mat down.
- **Centre the mat:** Position it so it sits fully under the tank's base, with no overhang or gap at the edges.
- **Lower the empty tank onto it:** Place the aquarium on the mat before adding substrate or water, then check it sits level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **150 × 50 cm size:** The largest in Aquael's six-size mat range.
- **Thick resilient foam:** Selected for long service life under sustained weight.
- **Load spreading:** Cushions the glass base against uneven or ridged stand surfaces.
- **Thermal insulation:** Reduces heat loss between the tank and the stand.
- **Discreet dark finish:** Sits almost unseen once the aquarium is in place.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101989
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546197847
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Base Mat
- **Mat Size:** 150 × 50 cm
- **Material:** Thick foam
- **Colour:** Dark finish
- **Other Sizes:** 40×25 cm (SKU 101985); 60×30 cm (SKU 101986); 80×35 cm (SKU 102370); 100×40 cm (SKU 101987); 120×40 cm (SKU 101988)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium stands and cabinets
---
#### Aquael Pfn 2000 Pump
High-lift submersible fountain and pond pump with 1.9 m maximum head.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-pfn-2000-pump/
- Price: $192.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100351 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546330374
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/100351-1.png
Taller fountains, a waterfall over a rock face or a pond of a few thousand litres ask for more volume and more lift than a small feature pump can give. Aquael PFN 2000 Pump (SKU: 100351) is the 2,000 L/h model in Aquael's Aquajet PFN series of submersible pumps, with a maximum head of 1.9 m and a power draw of 27 W. It shares its compact housing, about 9 × 18 × 26 cm, with the smaller PFN 1000, so the extra output does not mean a bigger pump to hide. The 3/4" outlet carries a flow control knob, a double mechanical prefilter keeps debris out of the rotor, and a fountain nozzle is supplied for immediate use.
Inside is a sealed, waterproof synchronous motor rated IPX8 with a ceramic rotor axis for quiet running. A thermal switch shuts the pump down when the rotor stalls, the intake clogs or the water runs out, and restarts it automatically once it has cooled. The 5 m cable gives room to keep the plug and power point well back from the water's edge. Aquael approves the PFN 1000 and larger models for salt water and limits the series to liquids up to 35 °C, and allows swimming-pool use only when nobody is in the pool. The 1.9 m figure is the height at which flow stops, so for a strong display the spout or waterfall lip should sit well below it. Aquael's KR-3 nozzle set fits this model for alternative fountain patterns.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Taller fountains:** Spray heads and tiered features that need well over a metre of lift.
- **Waterfalls and streams:** Returning water to the top of a rock cascade or stream bed.
- **Garden pond circulation:** Turning over a larger pond and feeding an external pond filter.
- **Salt or fresh water:** Approved by Aquael for salt water as well as fresh.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Measure the lift:** Check the height from the water surface to the outlet point against the 1.9 m maximum.
- **Connect the outlet:** Fit the fountain nozzle, or 3/4" hose to the waterfall or filter.
- **Submerge and level:** Place the pump on a stable base clear of mud, fully under water.
- **Service routinely:** Clean the rotor slot monthly and rinse the prefilter in pond water, always unplugged.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2,000 L/h maximum flow:** Double the PFN 1000 in the same housing.
- **1.9 m maximum head:** Lift for taller fountains and waterfalls.
- **Adjustable outlet:** Knob control of flow on the nozzle.
- **Automatic thermal protection:** Cuts out on stall or dry running, then resets.
- **Prefiltered intake:** Double mechanical prefilter to reduce clogging.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100351
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546330374
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Fountain and Pond Pump
- **Series:** Aquajet PFN
- **Maximum Flow:** 2,000 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** 1.9 m
- **Power:** 27 W
- **Cable Length:** 5 m
- **Outlet Connection:** 3/4"
- **Dimensions:** About 9 × 18 × 26 cm (W × D × H)
- **Liquid Temperature:** Up to 35 °C
- **Included:** Fountain nozzle; KR-3 nozzle set sold separately
- **Other Sizes:** PFN 500 (SKU 100349), PFN 1000 (SKU 100350), PFN 3500 (SKU 100368)
- **Target Environment:** Fountains, garden ponds and freshwater or saltwater circulation
---
#### Aquael Pfn Eco 6000 Pump
Energy-saving pond and fountain pump for smaller water features.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-pfn-eco-6000-pump/
- Price: $359.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102817 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546321419
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102817-1.png
A pond pump left running around the clock makes its real cost back in the power bill, not the purchase price, which is why Aquael redesigned its PFN range around efficiency rather than raw output alone. Aquael Pfn Eco 6000 Pump (SKU: 102817) is the smallest model in Aquael's AquaJet PFN Eco line, a submersible pump for garden ponds, fountains, cascades and garden pools that Aquael says uses up to 60% less power than earlier PFN pumps of similar capacity. It is built around a waterproof, low-maintenance synchronous motor with a ceramic rotor shaft and bearing, and is rated IPX8 for continuous submersion in fresh or salt water.
Aquael's own figures put the PFN Eco 6000 at a delivered flow of 6,000 L/h, drawing 29 W, with a maximum lift height of 350 cm, which covers most garden ponds, cascades and multi-tier fountains of a modest scale. The pump measures 12 × 46.5 × 14.7 cm, runs on a 10 m power cord, and connects via a threaded outlet that accepts 3/4", 1" and 1 1/2" fittings, so it can be plumbed straight into existing pond tubing without extra adaptors. A mechanical prefilter on the intake protects the rotor from debris and extends the time between cleans, and a nozzle with a flow divider plus a fountain tip are supplied so the pump can run a spray pattern as well as straight circulation. Thermal overheat protection and dry-run protection guard the motor if water level drops, and the pump can run either fully submerged or dry-mounted inline. Aquael backs the range with a two-year warranty and manufactures it in Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size ponds:** Circulation for ponds and water features within the pump's 6,000 L/h output.
- **Cascades and waterfalls:** A 350 cm maximum lift suited to modest height drops.
- **Decorative fountains:** The supplied nozzle and flow divider shape a spray pattern.
- **Salt-tolerant installations:** Rated for both fresh and salt water use outdoors.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the prefilter:** Attach the mechanical prefilter to the intake before placing the pump in water.
- **Submerge or mount inline:** Position the pump fully underwater, or install it dry in a plumbed line.
- **Connect the outlet:** Fit tubing to the threaded 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2" connection, adding the nozzle or fountain tip as needed.
- **Power through a protected socket:** Run the 10 m cord to a dry, protected power point rated for outdoor use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 60% power saving:** Aquael's Eco design against earlier PFN pumps of similar output.
- **6,000 L/h flow:** At 29 W, with a 350 cm maximum lift.
- **Ceramic rotor shaft and bearing:** Quieter running than a steel-axis pump.
- **IPX8 waterproof rating:** Rated for continuous submersion in fresh or salt water.
- **Nozzle, flow divider and fountain tip included:** Shapes a spray pattern, not just straight flow.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102817
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546321419
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Pond & Fountain Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 6,000 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 29 W
- **Maximum Lift:** 350 cm
- **Dimensions:** 12 × 46.5 × 14.7 cm
- **Cable Length:** 10 m
- **Connection:** Threaded 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2"
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Pfn Eco 8000 (SKU 102818); Pfn Eco 10,000 (SKU 102797); Pfn Eco 15,000 (SKU 102789); Pfn Eco 25,000 (SKU 113049)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and cascades, fresh or salt water
---
#### Aquael Platinium 200w Heater
Electronic glass heater with One Touch control for aquariums of 130 to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-platinium-200w-heater/
- Price: $50.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102682 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319560
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102682-1.png
Through winter a 150 to 200 litre tank needs a heater that lifts a lot of water several degrees above room temperature, and a thermostat that drifts by a degree or two soon shows in the fish. Aquael Platinium 200w Heater (SKU: 102682) is the 200 W heater in Aquael's Platinium series, a glass heater with an electronic thermostat that the maker rates for aquariums holding 130 to 200 litres. The 28.5 cm glass body houses a ceramic heat exchanger to spread the output evenly, and the thermostat has no mechanical parts, which Aquael says removes the usual point of failure in a heater. The maker's stated accuracy is 0.4 °C.
Adjustment is through the One Touch button, and LEDs show the programmed target alongside the current water temperature read by the built-in thermometer, so a change in the tank is visible without a separate gauge. The range is 20 to 33 °C, which gives headroom for warm-water species and the raised temperatures Aquael mentions for treating white spot. The heater is rated IPX8, is designed for continuous running, and is tested and calibrated in Aquael's laboratory to European safety standards. It suits freshwater and marine tanks and comes with rubber suction cups and a hanger. In a tank at the top of the range, in a cold room or on a system with a sump, many keepers split the load between two heaters, such as two 100 W units (SKU 102681), so a single failure cannot swing the whole system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size community tanks:** Holds 130 to 200 litres at a steady tropical temperature.
- **Warm-water species:** Headroom up to 33 °C for fish kept at the warm end of the tropical range.
- **Marine and reef tanks:** Works in salt water, in the display or a sump.
- **Replacing a tired heater:** An upgrade when an older unit struggles to hold temperature in winter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Allow 30 minutes:** Let the glass reach water temperature before power is applied.
- **Place it in circulation:** Fix it near the filter return or in the sump's heater section so heat spreads evenly.
- **Set the target:** Use the One Touch button, then watch the LEDs as the tank comes up to temperature.
- **Cross-check:** Compare the LED reading with a separate thermometer over the first few days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 W output:** Aquael's rating for 130 to 200 litres.
- **Mechanical-free thermostat:** Electronic control with ±0.4 °C accuracy.
- **Dual LED readout:** Set temperature and actual temperature both displayed.
- **28.5 cm glass heater:** Sized for standard-depth display tanks and sump chambers.
- **Fresh or salt water:** IPX8 rating for continuous submersion.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102682
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319560
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Electronic Glass Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 200 W
- **Recommended Aquarium Volume:** 130–200 L
- **Heater Height:** 28.5 cm
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C
- **Thermostat Accuracy:** ±0.4 °C
- **Protection:** IPX8, for continuous operation
- **Mounting:** Rubber suction cups and hanger included
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102679), 50 W (SKU 102680), 100 W (SKU 102681), 300 W (SKU 102685), 500 W (SKU 124690)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 130 to 200 litres
---
#### Aquael Rotor Ultramax 1000/1500
Original replacement impeller for Ultramax and Ultra canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-rotor-ultramax-1000-1500/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102821
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102821-1.webp
A canister filter that has gone quiet, rattly or weak on flow has usually lost its rotor long before the motor itself fails. Aquael Rotor Ultramax 1000/1500 (SKU: 102821) is Aquael's original spare rotor for the Ultramax 1000/1500 external canister filter, built until 01.08.2023, and it is also sold for use in Aquael's Ultra-series filters. The rotor is the magnetic impeller assembly that spins inside the pump housing and is responsible for generating the filter's water flow, so it is one of the most load-bearing parts in the whole unit despite being one of the smallest. It is sold as a single replacement rotor, sized and keyed specifically for the 1000/1500 pump housing rather than a universal fit.
Because the rotor runs constantly while the filter is on, it is a wear part: the magnet and impeller blades pick up scale and grit over months of use, which shows up as reduced flow, a rattling or humming noise from the pump head, or the motor stalling outright. Fitting a genuine Aquael replacement restores the filter's rated flow and quiets the pump head, and it is a cheaper fix than replacing the whole canister. The 1000/1500 rotor is a different part from the rotor used in Aquael's Ultramax 2000 (SKU 102822), so the model and production date on the filter should be checked before ordering, particularly as Aquael changed the Ultramax 1000/1500 design on 01.08.2023. Keep a spare on hand in a fish room running several Ultramax or Ultra filters, since a stalled rotor stops filtration on that tank until it is replaced.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reduced flow:** Output from the filter drops noticeably despite a clean media basket.
- **Rattling or humming:** Noise from the pump head points to a worn or chipped rotor.
- **Motor stalling:** The filter stops turning over, often from a jammed or damaged impeller.
- **Scheduled maintenance:** Keeping a spare rotor on hand for filters in constant use.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug the canister and close the inlet/outlet valves before opening the pump head.
- **Open the impeller chamber:** Remove the pump head cover to access the rotor housing.
- **Swap the rotor:** Lift out the worn rotor and fit the new one, seating it fully in the housing.
- **Reassemble and test:** Close the cover, reopen the valves and restart the filter to confirm flow and quiet running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael part:** Factory rotor for the Ultramax 1000/1500 pump housing.
- **Also fits Ultra filters:** Sold for use across Aquael's Ultra-series canister filters.
- **Restores rated flow:** Replaces a worn impeller that is reducing output.
- **Quiets the pump head:** Fixes rattling or humming caused by magnet or blade wear.
- **Easy exchange:** No tools beyond opening the pump head cover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102821
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Impeller/Rotor
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Ultramax 1000/1500 canister filter (produced until 01.08.2023) and Ultra-series filters
- **Part Function:** Magnetic impeller/rotor that generates the filter's water flow
- **Sold As:** 1 rotor per pack
- **Wear Signs:** Reduced flow, rattling/humming, motor stalling
- **Related Part:** Shaft/axle for the same pump housing (SKU 113228), often replaced together
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor (White) for Ultramax 2000 (SKU 102822)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shaft Ultra / Ultramax / Unipump
Replacement rotor axle for Aquael canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shaft-ultra-ultramax-unipump/
- Price: $14.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113228
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113228-1.webp
A canister filter's rotor spins on a thin ceramic or plastic axle, and that axle is usually the first thing to wear when a pump starts to wobble or run dry for a moment. Aquael Shaft Ultra / Ultramax / Unipump (SKU: 113228) is Aquael's original replacement axle for the rotor assembly in its Ultra, Ultramax and Unipump filter ranges, sold as the shaft alone rather than the complete rotor. The shaft is the pin the magnetic rotor rides on inside the pump housing, and Aquael lists it as fitting the Ultramax 1000/1500 and 2000 pump housings as well as the Ultra and Unipump lines, making it one of the more broadly compatible spare parts in the catalogue.
Aquael describes axles generally as wearing parts, since the constant spinning load and exposure to grit in the water gradually pits or grooves the shaft surface. A worn shaft lets the rotor sit slightly off-centre, which shows up as a wobble, an increase in noise, or a drop in flow even when the rotor itself still looks sound. Because the shaft is a separate part from the rotor, it can be replaced on its own when only the axle has worn, or alongside a new rotor (SKU 102821 for the 1000/1500 pump housing) when both show wear at the same service. Keeping a spare on hand suits anyone running several Ultramax, Ultra or Unipump filters, since the part is inexpensive next to a full pump head and the exchange takes only a few minutes with the filter open.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rotor wobble:** The impeller sits off-centre or vibrates once the filter is running.
- **Increased pump noise:** A grinding or rattling note that persists after cleaning the rotor.
- **Reduced flow:** Output drops even though the rotor and media are otherwise clean.
- **Routine rotor service:** Replacing the shaft alongside the rotor at a scheduled strip-down.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug the canister and close the inlet/outlet valves before opening the pump head.
- **Remove the rotor assembly:** Lift the impeller out of the pump housing to access the shaft.
- **Swap the shaft:** Withdraw the worn axle and fit the replacement, seating it fully through the rotor bore.
- **Reassemble and test:** Refit the rotor, close the pump head, reopen the valves and check flow and running noise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael part:** Factory axle for Ultra, Ultramax and Unipump rotor assemblies.
- **Broad compatibility:** Covers the Ultramax 1000/1500 and 2000 pump housings.
- **Fixes rotor wobble:** Restores correct centring of the impeller in the housing.
- **Sold separately from the rotor:** Lets the shaft be replaced on its own when only it has worn.
- **Easy exchange:** Fitted with the pump head open, no special tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113228
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor Shaft/Axle
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Ultramax 1000/1500 and 2000, Ultra and Unipump filters
- **Part Function:** Axle the magnetic rotor turns on inside the pump housing
- **Sold As:** 1 shaft per pack
- **Wear Signs:** Rotor wobble, increased pump noise, reduced flow
- **Related Part:** Rotor for the Ultramax 1000/1500 pump housing (SKU 102821)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 10 (20x20x25) - Tank Only + Under Mat
Genuine replacement glass for the 10 L Shrimp Set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-10-20x20x25-tank-only-under-mat/
- Price: $69.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124688 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134712
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124688-1.webp
A cracked or scratched nano tank usually means the whole set gets replaced, even though the filter, heater and light underneath the lid are still perfectly good. Aquael Shrimp Set 10 (20x20x25) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU: 124688) is the genuine glass replacement for the 10 litre version of Aquael's Shrimp Set range, supplied as the bare tank and its fitted under mat rather than a complete kit. It measures 20 x 20 x 25 cm and holds 10 litres, matching the original tank that ships with the 10 L Shrimp Set so the existing lid, filter, heater and light can be moved across without any of them needing to be replaced too.
The glass is clear and seamless, giving the same unobstructed view as the original tank rather than a cheaper substitute, and the included under mat cushions the base on a shelf or stand exactly as the factory set does. Because this listing is the tank and mat only, with no filter, heater, lid or light included, it suits a Shrimp Set owner whose original tank has broken rather than someone setting up from scratch, letting the established substrate, hardscape and shrimp colony be transferred into a sound tank of the same size. Aquael also sells this tank-only option at 20 litres (SKU 113244) and 30 litres (SKU 113253) for the larger Shrimp Set sizes, each matched to its own set's original dimensions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A cracked or leaking tank:** Replacing damaged glass without buying a new complete set.
- **Transferring an established tank:** Moving substrate, plants and shrimp into a sound 10 L tank of the same size.
- **Keeping existing equipment:** Reusing the original filter, heater, light and lid rather than replacing them.
- **A second 10 L set-up:** Starting another small tank using spare equipment on hand.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Prepare the new tank:** Rinse the glass and set the under mat on a level surface before transferring anything.
- **Move the water gradually:** Transfer substrate and some existing tank water first to keep the colony settled.
- **Refit the equipment:** Install the original filter and heater, then the lid and light, in the new tank.
- **Check levels before stocking:** Let the filter and heater run and confirm temperature before returning shrimp or fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine replacement glass:** Matches the original 10 L Shrimp Set tank exactly.
- **Clear, seamless glass:** The same unobstructed view as the factory tank.
- **Under mat included:** Cushions the tank base on a shelf or stand.
- **Tank and mat only:** No filter, heater, lid or light included.
- **Direct fit:** Existing Shrimp Set equipment transfers across without modification.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124688
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134712
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Replacement Tank (Spare Part)
- **Net Capacity:** 10 L
- **Dimensions:** 20 x 20 x 25 cm (W x D x H)
- **Material:** Clear glass, seamless construction
- **Included:** Glass tank and fitted under mat
- **Not Included:** Lid, filter, heater and light
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 20 (25x25x30) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU 113244) ; Aquael Shrimp Set 30 (29x29x35) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU 113253)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, shrimp and nano fish
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 20 (25x25x30) - Tank Only + Under Mat
Genuine replacement glass for the 20 L Shrimp Set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-20-25x25x30-tank-only-under-mat/
- Price: $91.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113244 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134729
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113244-1.webp
A chipped or clouded tank is often the only broken part of a nano set-up, while the filter and heater underneath keep working fine. Aquael Shrimp Set 20 (25x25x30) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU: 113244) is the genuine glass replacement for the 20 litre Aquael Shrimp Set, supplied as the bare tank and its fitted under mat rather than a full kit. It measures 25 x 25 x 30 cm, with Aquael listing the net capacity at 19 litres even though the set is sold under the "20" name, matching the original tank that ships with this size of Shrimp Set so the existing lid, filter, heater and light can simply move across.
The glass is clear and seamless, giving the same unobstructed view as the factory tank, and the fitted under mat cushions the glass base on a shelf or stand exactly as it does on the original set. As this listing is the tank and mat only, with no filter, heater, lid or light included, it suits an existing Shrimp Set owner replacing damaged glass rather than someone setting up a new tank from nothing, and it allows an established aquascape, substrate and shrimp colony to be transferred without disturbing the rest of the set-up. The same tank-only option is sold at 10 litres (SKU 124688) and 30 litres (SKU 113253) for the other sizes in Aquael's Shrimp Set range, each cut to its own set's original dimensions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A chipped or cracked tank:** Replacing damaged glass without buying a new complete set.
- **Transferring an established tank:** Moving substrate, plants and shrimp into a sound 20 L tank of the same size.
- **Keeping existing equipment:** Reusing the original filter, heater, light and lid rather than replacing them.
- **A second 20 L set-up:** Starting another tank using spare equipment already on hand.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Prepare the new tank:** Rinse the glass and set the under mat on a level surface before transferring anything.
- **Move the water gradually:** Transfer substrate and some existing tank water first to keep the colony settled.
- **Refit the equipment:** Install the original filter and heater, then the lid and light, in the new tank.
- **Check levels before stocking:** Let the filter and heater run and confirm temperature before returning shrimp or fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine replacement glass:** Matches the original 20 L Shrimp Set tank exactly.
- **Clear, seamless glass:** The same unobstructed view as the factory tank.
- **Under mat included:** Cushions the tank base on a shelf or stand.
- **Tank and mat only:** No filter, heater, lid or light included.
- **Direct fit:** Existing Shrimp Set equipment transfers across without modification.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113244
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134729
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Replacement Tank (Spare Part)
- **Net Capacity:** 19 L (sold as the "20" size)
- **Dimensions:** 25 x 25 x 30 cm (W x D x H)
- **Material:** Clear glass, seamless construction
- **Included:** Glass tank and fitted under mat
- **Not Included:** Lid, filter, heater and light
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 30 (29x29x35) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU 113253) ; Aquael Shrimp Set 10 (20x20x25) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU 124688)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, shrimp and nano fish
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 30 (29x29x35) - Tank Only + Under Mat
Genuine replacement glass for the 30 L Shrimp Set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-30-29x29x35-tank-only-under-mat/
- Price: $120.82 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113253 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134736
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113253-1.webp
A larger shrimp colony or a more developed aquascape is exactly the set-up you do not want to break down and restart just because the glass has failed. Aquael Shrimp Set 30 (29x29x35) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU: 113253) is the genuine glass replacement for the 30 litre Aquael Shrimp Set, supplied as the bare tank and its fitted under mat rather than a full kit. It measures 29 x 29 x 35 cm and holds 30 litres, matching the original tank that ships with this size of Shrimp Set so the existing lid, filter, heater and light can be moved across without replacing any of them.
The glass is clear and seamless, giving the same crystal-clear view of the aquascape as the factory tank, and the fitted under mat cushions the base on a shelf or stand exactly as the original set does. This listing is the tank and mat only, with no filter, heater, lid or light included, which suits an existing 30 L Shrimp Set owner replacing damaged glass rather than someone building a new tank from scratch, letting an established substrate, hardscape and shrimp colony transfer into a sound tank of the same size. The same tank-only option is sold at 10 litres (SKU 124688) and 20 litres (SKU 113244) for the smaller sizes in the range, each cut to its own set's original dimensions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A cracked or leaking tank:** Replacing damaged glass without buying a new complete set.
- **Transferring an established tank:** Moving substrate, plants and shrimp into a sound 30 L tank of the same size.
- **Keeping existing equipment:** Reusing the original filter, heater, light and lid rather than replacing them.
- **A second 30 L set-up:** Starting another tank using spare equipment already on hand.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Prepare the new tank:** Rinse the glass and set the under mat on a level surface before transferring anything.
- **Move the water gradually:** Transfer substrate and some existing tank water first to keep the colony settled.
- **Refit the equipment:** Install the original filter and heater, then the lid and light, in the new tank.
- **Check levels before stocking:** Let the filter and heater run and confirm temperature before returning shrimp or fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine replacement glass:** Matches the original 30 L Shrimp Set tank exactly.
- **Clear, seamless glass:** The same unobstructed view as the factory tank.
- **Under mat included:** Cushions the tank base on a shelf or stand.
- **Tank and mat only:** No filter, heater, lid or light included.
- **Direct fit:** Existing Shrimp Set equipment transfers across without modification.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113253
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134736
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Replacement Tank (Spare Part)
- **Net Capacity:** 30 L
- **Dimensions:** 29 x 29 x 35 cm (W x D x H)
- **Material:** Clear glass, seamless construction
- **Included:** Glass tank and fitted under mat
- **Not Included:** Lid, filter, heater and light
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 20 (25x25x30) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU 113244) ; Aquael Shrimp Set 10 (20x20x25) - Tank Only + Under Mat (SKU 124688)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, shrimp and nano fish
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 Black
Complete 10 litre glass cube with light, filter and heater for shrimp and plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-day-night-10-black/
- Price: $199.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326841
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113014-6.jpg
A dwarf shrimp colony needs little floor space, but it does need clean, stable water and a lid that stops escapes. Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 Black (SKU: 113010) is the smallest of Aquael's three Shrimp Set Day & Night kits, a complete 10 litre aquarium with black fittings that Aquael describes as providing ideal conditions for plants, shrimp and small fish. The 20 × 20 × 25 cm tank and its glass lid together form a minimalist glass cube, and the set comes with a Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light, a Turbo Mini internal filter and a fully automatic Fix 2 heater. The decorations shown on the packaging are not included.
The Leddy Smart light draws 4.8 W and has three modes: Day and Daybreak are daytime settings at different intensities, and Night is a dim light for watching the tank after dark. The Turbo Mini filters mechanically and biologically through a dense sponge that is safe for shrimp, aerates the water, and has adjustable output and jet direction; rated at 320 L/h for tanks to 80 litres, it should run well turned down in a 10 litre cube. The 50 W Fix 2 heater is preset to 25 °C with a precision of ±0.5 °C. The glass cover limits evaporation, keeps out dust and stops animals jumping out, and the Smart Open system holds it raised during feeding and maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Neocaridina colonies:** Cherry and other dwarf shrimp in a compact cube.
- **Desks and shelves:** A 20 × 20 cm footprint for an office, study or bedside.
- **Moss and nano plants:** Low-growing plants under the 4.8 W Leddy Smart light.
- **First aquarium:** Light, filter and heater matched in one box.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level surface:** Stand the cube on its under pad on a flat, firm surface.
- **Mature the filter:** Run the filter and heater for several weeks before adding shrimp.
- **Turn the flow down:** Use the Turbo Mini slider to keep the current gentle in 10 litres.
- **Daily rhythm:** Use Day and Daybreak through the day and Night after dark.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 litre glass cube:** 20 × 20 × 25 cm with a matching glass lid.
- **Three light modes:** Day, Daybreak and Night from one 4.8 W fitting.
- **Shrimp-safe filtration:** Dense Turbo Mini sponge with aeration and flow control.
- **Preset heating:** Fix 2 heater holding 25 °C automatically.
- **Smart Open lid:** Stays raised while hands are in the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113010
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326841
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Nano Aquarium Kit (Shrimp)
- **Model:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 10, black (Aquael art. 122976)
- **Capacity:** 10 L
- **Dimensions:** 20 × 20 × 25 cm (W × D × H)
- **Lighting:** Leddy Smart Day & Night, 4.8 W
- **Filter:** Turbo Mini internal filter, up to 320 L/h, adjustable
- **Heater:** Fix 2, 50 W, preset to 25 °C (±0.5 °C)
- **In the Box:** Glass aquarium, glass lid with Smart Open, light, filter, heater, under pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 Black (SKU 113011); 30 Black (SKU 113013)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums for plants, shrimp and small fish
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 White
White-trimmed 10 litre nano aquarium set for a first shrimp colony.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-day-night-10-white/
- Price: $199.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113009 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326858
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113014-5.jpg
Against a pale wall or a white desk, dark fittings frame a small tank; white ones step back and let the glass, the moss and the shrimp take the attention. Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 White (SKU: 113009) is the white version of Aquael's 10 litre Shrimp Set Day & Night, a complete nano aquarium set intended, in Aquael's words, for breeding plants, shrimp and small fish. It measures 20 × 20 × 25 cm, and with its glass lid closed it reads as a single clean glass cube. In the box are the aquarium, the lid, a Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light, a Turbo Mini internal filter and a Fix 2 automatic heater. The decorations pictured on the packaging are not supplied.
Ten litres suits a small dwarf shrimp group, a moss-covered stone or two and very few, very small fish rather than a community. Heat comes from the 50 W Fix 2, which Aquael presets to 25 °C with a precision of ±0.5 °C. Filtration is by the Turbo Mini, combining mechanical and biological filtration through a dense, shrimp-safe sponge with aeration of the water; its flow control matters here, because the pump is rated to 320 L/h and a cube this size needs only a fraction of that. The 4.8 W Leddy Smart light switches between a brighter Day mode, a softer Daybreak mode and a dim Night mode. The glass cover cuts evaporation and dust, and the Smart Open system keeps it propped up while planting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Light-coloured rooms:** White fittings for bright interiors, kitchens and offices.
- **Starter shrimp tank:** A first colony of hardy dwarf shrimp.
- **Moss and nano scapes:** Small plants and moss on a single stone or root.
- **Evening viewing:** Night mode for watching shrimp forage after dark.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prepare the base:** Lay the under pad on a firm, level surface before filling.
- **Plant, then fill:** Add substrate and plants first and pour water in slowly.
- **Wait before stocking:** Let the filter sponge mature for several weeks before shrimp go in.
- **Gentle current:** Set the Turbo Mini low and aim its outlet at the glass.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White finish:** The lighter colour option of the 10 litre set.
- **Glass cube design:** Tank and lid form one minimalist cube.
- **Day, Daybreak, Night:** Three lighting modes on the 4.8 W Leddy Smart.
- **Dense sponge filter:** Turbo Mini filtration that Aquael calls safe for shrimp.
- **Fixed 25 °C:** Fully automatic Fix 2 heater, no setting required.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113009
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326858
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Nano Aquarium Kit (Shrimp)
- **Model:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 10, white (Aquael art. 122977)
- **Volume:** 10 litres
- **Tank Size:** 20 cm wide, 20 cm deep, 25 cm high
- **Light:** Leddy Smart Day & Night LED, 4.8 W, three modes
- **Filtration:** Turbo Mini, dense sponge, adjustable to 320 L/h
- **Heating:** Fix 2, 50 W, automatic at 25 °C ±0.5 °C
- **Supplied:** Aquarium, glass lid, light, filter, heater, under pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 White (SKU 113012); 30 White (SKU 113014)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater shrimp and planted nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 Black
Mid-size 19 litre shrimp aquarium set with Day, Daybreak and Night lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-day-night-20-black/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113011 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326865
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113014-4.jpg
Doubling the water of a 10 litre cube makes a shrimp tank noticeably more forgiving, because temperature and water quality drift more slowly in a larger volume. Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 Black (SKU: 113011) is the middle size of Aquael's Shrimp Set Day & Night range: a black-trimmed glass aquarium of 25 × 25 × 30 cm that Aquael lists at 19 litres, sold as a complete set with glass lid, LED light, internal filter and heater for plants, shrimp and small fish. Tank and lid together make a clean-lined glass cube, and the lid's Smart Open system lets it stay raised while planting or feeding. The decorations in the packaging photographs are not part of the set.
The equipment is common to all three sizes. The Turbo Mini internal filter, rated to 320 L/h and suited to tanks of up to 80 litres, provides mechanical and biological filtration and aeration through a dense sponge that Aquael calls safe for shrimp and small fish, with an adjustable output and a directional jet. The Leddy Smart Day & Night light (4.8 W) offers Day and Daybreak as two daytime intensities plus Night, a dim setting for evening viewing. The Fix 2 heater (50 W) is fully automatic and holds 25 °C to within ±0.5 °C. The glass cover reduces evaporation, keeps dust out and stops fish jumping. At 19 litres there is room for a shrimp colony with a small group of nano fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed nano tanks:** Dwarf shrimp with a few small, peaceful fish.
- **Growing a colony:** More water and floor space than the 10 litre cube.
- **Planted layout:** Room in 25 × 25 cm for foreground, hardscape and background plants.
- **Living rooms and offices:** Black fittings that frame the glass.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Firm footing:** Set the under pad on a level surface that will carry about 19 kg of water plus glass.
- **Layered setup:** Substrate, hardscape and plants first, then water.
- **Start the biology:** Run filter and heater for several weeks before animals go in.
- **Tune the outlet:** Adjust the Turbo Mini so plants sway gently rather than bend.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **19 litre cube:** 25 × 25 × 30 cm in glass with a glass lid.
- **Complete equipment:** Light, filter and heater in the box.
- **Leddy Smart Day & Night:** 4.8 W with three switchable modes.
- **Turbo Mini filter:** Shrimp-safe dense sponge plus aeration.
- **Black fittings:** The darker colour option of the mid-size set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113011
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326865
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Nano Aquarium Kit (Shrimp)
- **Model:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 20, black (Aquael art. 122978)
- **Capacity:** 19 L (sold as size 20)
- **Dimensions:** 25 × 25 × 30 cm (W × D × H)
- **Lighting:** Leddy Smart Day & Night, 4.8 W
- **Filter:** Turbo Mini, up to 320 L/h, adjustable
- **Heater:** Fix 2, 50 W, preset to 25 °C
- **In the Box:** Aquarium, glass lid, light, filter, heater, under pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 Black (SKU 113010); 30 Black (SKU 113013)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums for shrimp, plants and small fish
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 White
25 cm white-trimmed glass cube with filter, heater and three-mode LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-day-night-20-white/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113012 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326872
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113014-3.jpg
A 25 cm cube is about the smallest footprint in which a nano aquascape can have a foreground, a focal stone and a background planted at the same time. Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 White (SKU: 113012) is the white-trimmed, mid-size member of Aquael's Shrimp Set Day & Night family, a 25 × 25 × 30 cm glass aquarium of 19 litres supplied complete with glass lid, Leddy Smart Day & Night lighting, a Turbo Mini filter and a Fix 2 heater. Aquael pitches the set at plants, shrimp and small fish. With the lid down, tank and cover read as one minimalist glass cube, and the white finish keeps it light against pale furniture. Decorations pictured on the box are not included.
Shrimp graze on the biofilm that forms on every surface, so a planted 19 litre tank with some wood or stone feeds a colony between meals. The Turbo Mini's dense sponge is the shrimp-safe part of the set: it filters mechanically and biologically, and its output and outflow direction can be adjusted, with a rated maximum of 320 L/h and aeration built in. Lighting is the 4.8 W Leddy Smart Day & Night, which runs bright Day, gentler Daybreak and dim Night modes. The 50 W Fix 2 heater works automatically, holding 25 °C to ±0.5 °C. A glass cover reduces evaporation, keeps dust off the water and stops shrimp from wandering out, and the Smart Open system lets it stand open while the tank is being worked on.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquascaping:** Space for a three-zone planted layout in a 25 cm cube.
- **Shrimp breeding:** A planted tank where young shrimp find biofilm and cover.
- **Pale interiors:** White fittings that suit light shelving and walls.
- **Upgrading from a bowl:** Filtered, heated water with a proper lid.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Base first:** Place the under pad on a level surface that takes the filled weight.
- **Build the scape:** Lay substrate and hardscape, plant, then fill slowly over a plate or bag.
- **Run it in:** Filter and heater running for several weeks before shrimp are added.
- **Flow and light:** Set the filter slider low and pick Day or Daybreak for the photoperiod.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White mid-size cube:** 25 × 25 × 30 cm with a glass lid.
- **Three lighting modes:** Day, Daybreak and Night on one 4.8 W light.
- **Adjustable filter:** Turbo Mini with variable output and jet direction.
- **Automatic heater:** Fix 2 set at the factory to 25 °C.
- **Escape-proof lid:** Glass cover with the Smart Open system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113012
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326872
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Nano Aquarium Kit (Shrimp)
- **Model:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 20, white (Aquael art. 122979)
- **Volume:** 19 litres
- **Tank Size:** 25 cm wide, 25 cm deep, 30 cm high
- **Light:** Leddy Smart Day & Night LED, 4.8 W
- **Filtration:** Turbo Mini with dense sponge, to 320 L/h
- **Heating:** Fix 2, 50 W, 25 °C ±0.5 °C
- **Supplied:** Aquarium, lid, light, filter, heater, under pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 White (SKU 113009); 30 White (SKU 113014)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted nano tanks with shrimp and small fish
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30 Black
Complete 30 L nano kit with three-mode LED lighting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-day-night-30-black/
- Price: $239.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113013 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326889
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113014-2.jpg
A shrimp colony does better under a light that dims gradually than one that snaps from off to full brightness, and most beginner kits do not offer that option. Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30 Black (SKU: 113013) is Aquael's complete nano aquarium kit (art. 122980), built around a 30 litre tank measuring 29 x 29 x 35 cm, sized for a shrimp colony, a small group of nano fish or a planted aquascape rather than a community tank. The set bundles a tank, filter, heater and lighting as one package in a black finish, so there is nothing extra to source before stocking it.
Lighting is Aquael's Leddy Smart Day & Night LED, rated at 4.8 W with three modes: Day for full brightness, Daybreak for a dimmer transitional light, and Night for a low blue glow that lets shrimp and nocturnal fish stay active without the tank going fully dark. Filtration is the Turbo Mini, an internal filter rated at 320 L/h with an adjustable flow direction so the outlet can be aimed away from delicate shrimp or newly planted stems. Heating is the Fix 2, a 50 W automatic heater with Aquael's Smart Heating System, which adjusts output to surrounding conditions rather than running on a basic fixed thermostat. A glass lid with the Smart Open System completes the set, staying upright on its own when lifted. The same range is also sold at 10 litres (SKU 113010) and 20 litres (SKU 113011, listed by Aquael at 19 L), sharing the same lighting, filter and heater design.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp colonies:** Neocaridina and Caridina shrimp kept in a dedicated 30 L nano tank.
- **Small fish groups:** Nano and betta-suited fish stocked lightly for the tank's size.
- **Planted aquascapes:** The three-mode lighting supports a photoperiod without a separate timer.
- **Beginners wanting a complete kit:** Tank, filter, heater and light matched and bundled together.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the tank:** Set it on a flat, level surface rated for roughly 30 kg filled.
- **Fit the filter and heater:** Install the Turbo Mini and Fix 2 heater inside before adding substrate and water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and heater for a few days and test the water before adding shrimp or fish.
- **Set the lighting mode:** Choose Day, Daybreak or Night to suit the time of day and the tank's inhabitants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 L nano tank:** 29 x 29 x 35 cm, sized for shrimp and small fish.
- **Three-mode LED lighting:** Day, Daybreak and Night settings on a 4.8 W fixture.
- **Turbo Mini filter:** 320 L/h internal filter with adjustable flow direction.
- **Fix 2 Smart heater:** 50 W automatic heater that adjusts to surrounding conditions.
- **Smart Open glass lid:** Stays upright on its own during maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113013
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326889
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Nano Shrimp Kit
- **Model:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 30, Black (art. 122980)
- **Net Capacity:** 30 L
- **Dimensions:** 29 x 29 x 35 cm (W x D x H)
- **Lighting:** Leddy Smart Day & Night LED, 4.8 W, Day/Daybreak/Night modes
- **Filter:** Turbo Mini, 320 L/h, adjustable flow direction
- **Heater:** Fix 2, 50 W, Smart Heating System
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 Black (SKU 113011) ; Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 Black (SKU 113010)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, shrimp and nano fish
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30 White
Largest 30 litre set in the range for shrimp, nano fish and plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-shrimp-set-day-night-30-white/
- Price: $239.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113014 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326896
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113014-13.jpg
Thirty litres is where a nano tank starts to behave more like a larger aquarium: there is room for a small school of fish alongside the shrimp, and a missed water change matters less. Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30 White (SKU: 113014) is the largest of Aquael's three Shrimp Set Day & Night kits, a 29 × 29 × 35 cm glass aquarium with white fittings, sold complete with a glass lid, a Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light, a Turbo Mini internal filter and a Fix 2 automatic heater. Aquael describes the set as providing ideal conditions for plants, shrimp and small fish, and with the lid closed the tank forms a single minimalist glass cube. Decorations shown on the packaging are not included.
The Turbo Mini, rated at 320 L/h for tanks up to 80 litres, can run at a higher setting here than in the 10 litre cube while still giving the gentle current shrimp prefer; its dense sponge filters mechanically and biologically, is safe for shrimp and small fish, and the unit aerates the water. The 4.8 W Leddy Smart Day & Night light offers Day and Daybreak at two intensities and a dim Night mode under which fluorescent fish glow. The 50 W Fix 2 heater is fully automatic at 25 °C (±0.5 °C). The glass lid limits evaporation and stops jumpers, and Smart Open keeps it raised during maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp with a school:** A colony plus a small group of nano fish such as rasboras.
- **Taller planting:** 35 cm of height for stem plants behind a hardscape.
- **Stable first tank:** The most forgiving water volume of the three sizes.
- **Bright rooms:** White fittings that keep a 29 cm cube visually light.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the surface:** The filled tank weighs well over 30 kg; use the under pad on a firm, level base.
- **Scape before filling:** Substrate, rock or wood and plants, then fill gently.
- **Mature the sponge:** Allow several weeks of running before stocking fish or shrimp.
- **Set flow to suit:** Raise the Turbo Mini output enough to move water through the planting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 litre glass cube:** 29 × 29 × 35 cm, the largest of the range.
- **Matched kit:** Lid, light, filter and heater sized to work together.
- **Night viewing:** Dim Night mode alongside Day and Daybreak.
- **Shrimp-safe sponge:** Dense Turbo Mini filtration with aeration.
- **White finish:** The pale option of the 30 litre set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113014
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326896
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Nano Aquarium Kit (Shrimp)
- **Model:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 30, white (Aquael art. 122981)
- **Capacity:** 30 L
- **Dimensions:** 29 × 29 × 35 cm (W × D × H)
- **Lighting:** Leddy Smart Day & Night, 4.8 W, three modes
- **Filter:** Turbo Mini internal filter, adjustable to 320 L/h
- **Heater:** Fix 2, 50 W, automatic at 25 °C
- **In the Box:** Aquarium, glass lid, light, filter, heater, under pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 White (SKU 113009); 20 White (SKU 113012)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums for shrimp, small fish and plants
---
#### Aquael Standard Sponge For Ultramax / Ultra Canister Filter
Replacement foam cartridge for mechanical filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-standard-sponge-for-ultramax-ultra-canister-filter/
- Price: $28.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112910 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546314923
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112910-1.jpg
A canister filter is only as good as the media sitting inside it, and a clogged, collapsed sponge quietly starves flow long before the pump sounds any different. Aquael Standard Sponge For Ultramax / Ultra Canister Filter (SKU: 112910) is the coarse-pore foam cartridge Aquael cuts to fit its Ultramax, Ultra and Maxikani canister filter ranges, sold as a direct replacement for the sponge that ships inside those units. It sits in the first media basket, catching suspended debris before the water reaches the finer biological and chemical media further along the chamber, and its open pore structure also gives nitrifying bacteria somewhere to colonise.
Aquael sells this sponge in three densities: Standard, Finish and Super Finish. The Standard cartridge carries the coarsest, most open pore structure of the three, around 20 PPI, so it prioritises water flow rate and holds a reasonable filtration run before it needs attention, at some cost to the final water clarity a finer sponge would give. It drops straight into the basket in place of the original, needs no trimming, and runs in either a planted freshwater tank or a marine system. Because it is the roughest of the range, it is the one to reach for when strong circulation matters more than polish, or as a first mechanical stage ahead of a Finish or Super Finish cartridge doing the fine work downstream.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled servicing:** Replacing a sponge that has gone dark, matted or compressed from months of trapped debris.
- **New filter set-up:** Fitting a fresh Standard cartridge when an Ultramax, Ultra or Maxikani filter is first commissioned.
- **Flow-priority tanks:** Heavily stocked or high-turnover aquariums where throughput matters more than final clarity.
- **Staged filtration:** As the coarse first pass ahead of a Finish or Super Finish sponge in the same canister.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fit first in the stack:** Place it in the lowest basket so water meets the coarse foam before finer media.
- **Rinse, do not replace, at each clean:** Squeeze it out under tap water during routine maintenance rather than swapping it every time.
- **Replace once it loses structure:** Fit a new cartridge once the foam stays compressed or starts breaking apart after rinsing.
- **Keep chlorinated water off beneficial bacteria:** Rinse in dechlorinated or tank water where possible to protect the colony living in the foam.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct factory-fit replacement:** Sized to drop into Aquael Ultramax, Ultra and Maxikani canister filters.
- **Coarse 20 PPI structure:** The most open of Aquael's three sponge densities.
- **Mechanical and biological role:** Traps debris while giving nitrifying bacteria surface area.
- **Flow-rate priority:** Built for throughput ahead of final polish.
- **Part of a three-tier range:** Sits alongside the Finish and Super Finish cartridges for staged filtration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112910
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546314923
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Canister Filter Sponge (Standard)
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Ultramax, Ultra and Maxikani canister filters
- **Pore Rating:** Approx. 20 PPI (coarse)
- **Filtration Role:** Mechanical filtration, with surface area for biological filtration
- **Material:** Open-cell filter foam
- **Maintenance:** Rinse at routine water changes; replace once it no longer regains shape
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Super Finish Sponge For Ultramax / Ultra Canister Filter
Fine-pore cartridge for crystal-clear water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-super-finish-sponge-for-ultramax-ultra-canister-filter/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112912 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546314947
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112912-1.png
Strong flow through a canister filter counts for little if the water coming back out still has a haze to it, and that last bit of polish comes down to how fine the sponge actually is. Aquael Super Finish Sponge For Ultramax / Ultra Canister Filter (SKU: 112912) is the densest of Aquael's three foam cartridges for the Ultramax, Ultra and Maxikani canister filter ranges, cut to the same chamber as the Standard and Finish sponges but built from a much tighter pore structure. It is the variant Aquael positions for tanks where clarity is the priority, trading some of the raw flow rate the coarser cartridges allow for a finer final pass over the water.
At roughly 40 PPI, the Super Finish sponge's pores are small enough to catch the fine particulate that a Standard or Finish cartridge lets through, which is what gives the visibly clearer result in the display tank. The denser foam also offers considerably more surface area per cartridge for nitrifying bacteria than the coarse version, so it carries a meaningful biological load alongside its mechanical role, though that same density means it clogs sooner under a heavy debris load and benefits from more frequent rinsing. It is a direct drop-in for the same basket position as the other two densities in the range, with no trimming needed, and suits both freshwater and marine canister filters built on the Ultramax or Ultra platform.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Display tanks:** Aquariums where visual clarity matters more than maximum throughput.
- **Final filtration stage:** As the last mechanical pass after a coarser Standard or Finish sponge in the same filter.
- **Lightly stocked tanks:** Lower bio-load aquariums where the finer pores will not clog quickly.
- **Upgrading an existing filter:** Swapping a Standard sponge for Super Finish when the water needs to look sharper.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Use as the final stage:** Position it as the last sponge the water passes before it leaves the chamber.
- **Check it more often:** Inspect between normal service intervals, since the fine pores load up with debris faster than a coarse sponge.
- **Rinse under running water:** Squeeze repeatedly under a tap or in tank water until the run-off clears.
- **Replace rather than force it:** Fit a new cartridge once rinsing no longer restores flow through the foam.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Densest cartridge in the range:** Finer pores than the Standard or Finish sponges.
- **Approx. 40 PPI:** Fine enough to trap particulate a coarser sponge misses.
- **Visibly clearer water:** Aquael's stated purpose for the Super Finish grade.
- **Extra bacterial surface area:** More internal surface for biological filtration than the coarse version.
- **Drop-in fit:** Sized for the same basket as the Standard and Finish cartridges.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112912
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546314947
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Canister Filter Sponge (Super Finish)
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Ultramax, Ultra and Maxikani canister filters
- **Pore Rating:** Approx. 40 PPI (fine)
- **Filtration Role:** Fine mechanical polishing, with substantial biological surface area
- **Material:** Open-cell filter foam
- **Maintenance:** Rinse more frequently than a coarse sponge; replace once flow will not restore
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Turbo Filter 1000
Mid-size internal power filter with ceramic-axle motor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-turbo-filter-1000/
- Price: $94.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100346 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135702
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Aquael-Turbo-Filter-1000.jpg
Stepping up from a nano tank to something in the 150 to 250 L range usually means stepping up the filter too, without necessarily wanting the plumbing of an external canister. Aquael Turbo Filter 1000 (SKU: 100346) is the middle size in Aquael's Turbo internal filter range, running at 11 W to deliver up to 1,000 L/h and suited to aquariums of roughly 150 to 250 L. Unlike the smallest Turbo Filter 500, the 1000 and the sizes above it run a ceramic axle in the impeller, which Aquael uses specifically to keep the motor quiet as output climbs.
Flow is adjustable via a stepless control, and the outlet rotates through 120 degrees to direct the current or break the surface for extra gas exchange. The filling volume in the media chamber can be extended, letting the unit take more media than the sponge and biological cartridge it ships with, which is a BioCeraMax Pro cartridge alongside the standard sponge. The chamber is sealed for efficient, low-power operation and will run ZeoMAX, CarboMAX, NitroMAX and PhosMAX cartridges in place of or alongside the supplied media, so the same filter body can be set up for mechanical, biological or chemical filtration depending on what the tank needs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 150 to 250 L needing more flow than a nano filter gives.
- **Quieter running:** Where the ceramic-axle motor's lower noise matters, such as a living room tank.
- **Expanded media needs:** Set-ups wanting more than the standard sponge and biological cartridge, using the extendable filling volume.
- **Chemical filtration runs:** Short-term use with carbon, zeolite or phosphate media alongside the standard cartridges.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge before starting:** Mount the filter fully underwater using its suction cups or bracket.
- **Fit the media:** Check the BioCeraMax Pro cartridge and sponge are seated before closing the chamber.
- **Direct the outflow:** Rotate the outlet through its 120-degree range to set current direction.
- **Tune the flow:** Wind the stepless control down from maximum if the current is too strong for the tank's occupants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,000 L/h flow rate:** Suited to aquariums of about 150 to 250 L.
- **Ceramic-axle impeller:** Quieter running than the entry Turbo Filter 500.
- **Extendable media volume:** Chamber capacity can be increased beyond the supplied cartridges.
- **120-degree swivel outlet:** Adjustable current direction and surface aeration.
- **Wide media compatibility:** Accepts BioCeraMax, ZeoMAX, CarboMAX, NitroMAX and PhosMAX cartridges.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100346
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135702
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 1,000 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 11 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 150 to 250 L
- **Dimensions:** About 113 (L) × 101 (W) × 303 (H) mm
- **Included Media:** BioCeraMax Pro ceramic cartridge and sponge filter cartridge
- **Other Sizes:** Turbo Filter 500 (SKU 100345); Turbo Filter 1500 (SKU 100347); Turbo Filter 2000 (SKU 100348)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultra 100w Heater
Day and Night electronic heater that lowers the temperature after dark in 60–100 litre tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultra-100w-heater/
- Price: $79.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102654 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341783
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102655-3.webp
Turning a heater down a degree every evening and back up every morning is the kind of job nobody keeps doing for long. Aquael Ultra 100W Heater (SKU: 102654) is the 100 W size of Aquael's Ultra Heater Day & Night, which does it automatically in aquariums of 60 to 100 litres. With the sensor cover set to ON, a light sensor notices the room or tank light fading, switches the heater to its programmed night temperature and lets the water cool gradually; when light returns it warms back to the day setting. With the sensor off, it runs in constant mode and holds a single temperature day and night. Aquael aims it at sensitive aquarium inhabitants that benefit from the daily temperature change found in nature.
The heater is 20.8 cm tall, flat and housed in unbreakable plastic that does not heat up, so it can stay in a tank with large fish or turtles. Control is a single button: each press raises the setting by 1 °C across a range of 20 to 33 °C, and the thermostat is fully electronic with a precision of ±0.25 °C. The LED display shows the set and current temperature, blue from 20 to 23 °C, green from 24 to 29 °C and red from 30 to 33 °C; the LEDs pulse while the water is below the set point and stay steady once it is reached, and a white LED marks day mode. Aquael's Smart Heating System adjusts output to avoid temperature spikes and save power, and a built-in thermal switch prevents overheating.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquariums:** A cooler night that follows the lighting schedule.
- **Tanks of 60 to 100 litres:** Such as a 75 cm tank or a deep 60 cm tank.
- **Turtle and large-fish tanks:** A housing that will not break or burn.
- **Constant tropical tanks:** Constant mode when no night drop is wanted.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a wall:** The double-sided hanger and two suction cups fit the back, front or side glass.
- **Program the day temperature:** Press the button until the LED shows the required figure.
- **Program the night temperature:** Cover the sensor briefly, then set a figure 1–2 °C lower.
- **Read the LEDs:** Pulsing means heating; a steady LED means the set point is reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Automatic night drop:** Light sensor switches between day and night settings.
- **Two operating modes:** Day & Night or constant.
- **One-touch setting:** 1 °C steps from 20 to 33 °C.
- **Unbreakable housing:** Plastic body that does not heat up.
- **Thermal cut-out:** Built-in switch against overheating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102654
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341783
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Electronic Aquarium Heater (Day & Night)
- **Model:** Ultra Heater Day & Night 100 W (Aquael art. 129616)
- **Power:** 100 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 60–100 L
- **Setting Range:** 20–33 °C
- **Thermostat Precision:** ±0.25 °C, fully electronic
- **Height:** 20.8 cm
- **Housing:** Shatterproof plastic
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102651); 50 W (SKU 102652); 75 W (SKU 102653); 150 W (SKU 102655); 200 W (SKU 112926)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 60–100 L
---
#### Aquael Ultra 200w Heater
Largest Ultra Day and Night heater, for 130–200 litre freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultra-200w-heater/
- Price: $89.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112926 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341806
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102655-1.webp
A 120 cm tank of around 190 litres needs real heating power, and the heater doing that job spends most of its life running at a fraction of it. Aquael Ultra 200W Heater (SKU: 112926) is the largest model in Aquael's Ultra Heater Day & Night range, rated for aquariums of 130 to 200 litres. Its Smart Heating System is built for exactly that situation: the controller selects only the power needed to hold the set temperature, which Aquael says reduces electricity use without slowing reheating and keeps the water free of temperature spikes. The 27.4 cm heater has a flat, shatterproof plastic housing that does not heat up and is designed to spread heat evenly regardless of tank size.
The heater runs in one of two modes. In constant mode it holds a single temperature day and night; in Day & Night mode, selected by sliding the sensor cover to ON, a light sensor detects evening dimming, switches to a separately programmed night temperature and cools the water gradually, then warms it back at sunrise. Settings run from 20 to 33 °C in 1 °C steps on a single button, with a fully electronic thermostat precise to ±0.25 °C. The LED display shows the programmed range and the current temperature, colour-coded blue, green or red, and a white LED shows when day mode is active. A built-in thermal switch prevents overheating, and the double-sided hanger with two suction cups fits the back, front or side glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **120 cm tanks:** A 120 × 40 × 40 cm tank of about 192 litres is within range.
- **Reef and fish-only marine:** Suits salt water as well as fresh.
- **Large community tanks:** Even heating for a long, well-stocked display.
- **Night-cooling setups:** Species kept with a natural daily temperature swing.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place along the flow:** Mount near the filter outlet or return so heat spreads along the tank.
- **Choose a wall:** Back, front or side glass; the display stays readable in each position.
- **Program day and night:** Set the day figure, cover the sensor briefly and set the night figure.
- **Check the display:** Pulsing LEDs while heating, a single steady LED at temperature.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 W output:** The highest rating of the Ultra Day & Night range.
- **Smart Heating System:** Uses only the power the tank needs.
- **Constant or Day & Night:** Mode change with the sensor cover.
- **Electronic thermostat:** ±0.25 °C with no mechanical parts to wear.
- **Shatterproof and cool:** Plastic housing that does not heat up, with a thermal cut-out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112926
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341806
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Electronic Aquarium Heater (Day & Night)
- **Model:** Ultra Heater Day & Night 200 W (Aquael art. 129618)
- **Power:** 200 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 130–200 L
- **Setting Range:** 20–33 °C in 1 °C steps
- **Thermostat Precision:** ±0.25 °C
- **Height:** 27.4 cm
- **Mounting:** Double-sided hanger with two suction cups
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102651); 50 W (SKU 102652); 75 W (SKU 102653); 100 W (SKU 102654); 150 W (SKU 102655)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 130–200 L
---
#### Aquael Ultra 50w Heater
Electronic day and night heater for small to mid-size tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultra-50w-heater/
- Price: $74.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102652 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341769
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102655-5.webp
A heater that holds a single fixed temperature around the clock works well enough, but it is not how temperature behaves in a natural water body, where nights run cooler than days. Aquael Ultra 50w Heater (SKU: 102652) is the 50 W model in Aquael's Ultra Day & Night heater line, built for aquariums of roughly 15 to 50 L and sized a step up from the 25 W unit at the bottom of the range. A built-in light sensor drives its two operating modes, a constant setting that keeps one temperature at all times, and a day-and-night setting that allows the water to run slightly cooler once the room darkens.
Like the rest of the Ultra line, it covers 20 to 33°C and holds that setting to within ±0.25°C through a fully electronic thermostat rather than a mechanical switch, which removes the usual wear point in older heater designs. The housing is shatterproof, impact-resistant plastic rather than glass, a safer choice around larger or more boisterous fish species, and a thermal cut-off shuts the heater down automatically if it ever overheats. Being electronic throughout, the unit has no moving contacts to fail, and it mounts fully submerged in the tank. Aquael builds the same Ultra Day & Night heater at six wattages from 25 W to 200 W, so the 50 W model sits early in a range that scales up for progressively larger aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 15 to 50 L needing a correctly sized heater.
- **Tanks with boisterous fish:** Where a shatterproof plastic body is preferable to a glass heater.
- **Species that benefit from a night-time drop:** Tanks where a cooler overnight temperature suits the fish kept.
- **Stepping up from a 25 W heater:** Where the tank size has grown beyond the smallest model in the range.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge the heater fully:** Position it underwater and clear of strong direct flow.
- **Set the target temperature:** Dial in the required setting within the 20–33°C range.
- **Pick a mode:** Use constant mode for a fixed temperature, or day-and-night mode for a natural cooler cycle.
- **Give it time to stabilise:** Allow the heater to reach the set point before checking its accuracy.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Light-sensor day/night switching:** Automatically moves between constant and cooler night-time settings.
- **±0.25°C accuracy:** Electronic thermostat with no mechanical switch to wear.
- **Impact-resistant housing:** Shatterproof plastic rather than glass.
- **Automatic overheat protection:** A thermal cut-off stops heating if the unit runs too hot.
- **Mid-range wattage:** 50 W, sized between the 25 W and 75 W models in the line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102652
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341769
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Heater (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 50 W
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33°C, adjustable
- **Accuracy:** ±0.25°C
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 15 to 50 L
- **Construction:** Shatterproof, unbreakable plastic housing
- **Safety:** Automatic thermal cut-off on overheating
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102651); 75 W (SKU 102653); 100 W (SKU 102654); 150 W (SKU 102655); 200 W (SKU 112926)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 60 Forrest Aquarium
65-litre tank and lighting set in a Forest finish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-60-forrest-aquarium/
- Price: $555.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124745 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546337649
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124745-1.jpg
Starting a new tank usually means buying the aquarium, the lighting and an underpad as three separate decisions, each with its own compatibility question. Aquael Ultrascape 60 Forrest Aquarium (SKU: 124745) is Aquael's 65 L aquarium from the Ultrascape 60 range, measuring 60 x 30 x 36 cm and finished in Aquael's dark, wood-effect Forest styling, sold as a set rather than a bare tank. It is built to the Ultrascape standard that pairs with the matching Ultrascape 60 cabinet, so the lighting, tank and stand all come from the same system rather than being matched up by the buyer.
The set includes three Aquael Leddy Tube LED lights at 10 W each: two tuned for plant growth and one Sunny Day & Night tube for general daytime and dusk lighting, giving the 65 L tank a lighting set-up without a separate purchase. An underpad is also included, sitting between the tank base and its stand to even out any minor surface irregularities and protect the glass from point pressure. As the 60 L size in the Ultrascape Forrest line, it suits a first serious planted or community tank, and sits alongside the larger 90 L Ultrascape aquarium in the same Forest finish for anyone planning to scale up later.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A first planted or community aquarium:** A 65 L tank sized for a confident beginner or small-space set-up.
- **Matching tank and lighting:** Where a buyer wants the aquarium and its Leddy Tube lighting from one system rather than sourced separately.
- **Pairing with the Ultrascape 60 cabinet:** Built to sit on Aquael's matching Forest-finish stand.
- **Mixed day and plant lighting:** The Sunny Day & Night and Plant tubes cover both general viewing and plant growth.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prepare a level stand:** Position the tank on a surface rated to hold roughly 65 L plus substrate and decor.
- **Fit the underpad first:** Lay the supplied underpad between the stand and the tank base before filling.
- **Mount the Leddy Tubes:** Fit the two Plant tubes and one Sunny Day & Night tube across the top of the tank.
- **Fill and settle:** Add substrate and water, then run the filtration and lighting in before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **65-litre aquarium:** 60 x 30 x 36 cm, in Aquael's Forest finish.
- **Three Leddy Tube LEDs:** Two Plant tubes and one Sunny Day & Night tube, 10 W each.
- **Underpad included:** Protects the glass base and evens out the stand surface.
- **Matched cabinet system:** Designed to pair with the Ultrascape 60 Forrest cabinet.
- **Wood-effect Forest finish:** A dark, furniture-style look rather than a plain glass frame.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124745
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546337649
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquarium & Lighting Combination
- **Volume:** 65 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 × 30 × 36 cm (L × W × H)
- **Finish:** Forest (wood-effect)
- **Lighting Included:** 3 × Aquael Leddy Tube 10 W (2 Plant, 1 Sunny Day & Night)
- **Underpad:** Included
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 90 Forrest Aquarium (SKU 124744)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 60 Forrest Package
Complete 65-litre aquarium, cabinet, heater and filter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-60-forrest-package/
- Price: $1,055.22 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124760
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124760-1.png
Buying a tank, a matching stand, a heater and a filter as four separate decisions leaves plenty of room for something not to fit or not to suit the aquarium's actual size. Aquael Ultrascape 60 Forrest Package (SKU: 124760) is Aquael's complete starter set built around the 65 L Ultrascape 60 Forrest aquarium, measuring 60 x 30 x 36 cm, bundled with its matching 60 x 30 x 80 cm Forest-finish cabinet so the tank and stand are specified together rather than sourced separately. Lighting, heating and filtration are included as well, so the package covers the core equipment a new 65 L tank needs before fish go in.
The lighting is three Aquael Leddy Tube LEDs at 10 W each, two Plant tubes and one Sunny Day & Night tube, matching what ships with the standalone Ultrascape 60 Forrest Aquarium. Heating is handled by an Aquael Platinium 100 W heater, sized for a 65 L volume, and filtration by an Aquael Versamax 2 hang-on filter in black, an external hang-on unit that sits on the back of the tank rather than taking up internal space. Together the pieces give a 65 L aquarium a complete, matched equipment set, cabinet included, as a single purchase rather than five.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Starting a first serious aquarium:** A complete 65 L set-up with matched tank, stand, heating and filtration.
- **Avoiding compatibility guesswork:** Where the cabinet, heater and filter are all sized for the one aquarium.
- **Space-conscious set-ups:** The Versamax 2 hang-on filter keeps the filtration external to the 65 L volume.
- **Furnished display tanks:** The Forest-finish aquarium and cabinet are designed to be shown as one piece.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble the cabinet first:** Position the 60 x 30 x 80 cm cabinet on a level floor.
- **Fit the underpad and tank:** Lay the underpad on the cabinet top, then place the 65 L aquarium on it.
- **Install the heater and filter:** Fit the 100 W Platinium heater inside the tank and hang the Versamax 2 filter on the back.
- **Mount the lighting:** Fit the two Plant tubes and the Sunny Day & Night tube across the top before filling and cycling the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **65-litre aquarium and cabinet:** Matched Forest-finish tank (60 x 30 x 36 cm) and stand (60 x 30 x 80 cm).
- **Three Leddy Tube LEDs:** 10 W each, two Plant and one Sunny Day & Night.
- **100 W Platinium heater:** Sized for the package's 65 L volume.
- **Versamax 2 hang-on filter:** External filtration in black, included in the set.
- **Underpad included:** Protects the tank base against the cabinet surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124760
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Aquarium Package (Tank, Cabinet, Filter & Heater)
- **Aquarium:** Ultrascape 60 Forrest, 65 L, 60 × 30 × 36 cm
- **Cabinet:** Ultrascape 60 Forrest, 60 × 30 × 80 cm
- **Lighting:** 3 × Aquael Leddy Tube 10 W (2 Plant, 1 Sunny Day & Night)
- **Heater:** Aquael Platinium 100 W
- **Filter:** Aquael Versamax 2 hang-on filter (black)
- **Underpad:** Included
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 90 Forrest Package (SKU 124762)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 60 Snow Aquarium
Optiwhite glass tank and Leddy lighting set for aquascaping.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-60-snow-aquarium/
- Price: $556.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124746 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546337656
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124746-1.jpg
An aquascape lives or dies on how clear the glass is and how the planting looks under light, and Aquael built the Ultrascape range around both of those points rather than treating the tank and the light as separate purchases. Aquael Ultrascape 60 Snow Aquarium (SKU: 124746) is the 60 cm tank from Aquael's Ultrascape line, developed with aquascaper Michał Adamek and used as the official aquarium at the 2020 European Aquascaping Championship. It holds 65 litres in a 60 x 30 x 36 cm footprint, built from Optiwhite low-iron glass for a clearer, less green-tinted view than standard float glass, with the panes bonded in colourless silicone and the edges polished rather than left raw. The Snow finish gives the frame and base a satin-white look in place of the usual black, and the set includes an under pad for between the glass and its stand.
Lighting is built into the purchase rather than sold separately: three Aquael Leddy Tube modules sit over the tank, two tuned for plant growth and one "Sunny D&N" tube for a daytime-to-night-time light shift, each 10 W and each wired with its own cable and switch so the two functions run independently. The tubes clip into an aluminium luminaire frame with a wiring grille to keep the cabling tidy. Glass thickness is 6 mm, suited to the 65-litre volume. The aquarium is designed to sit over an Aquael Ultramax or Ultra Filter external canister, sold separately, and the matching Ultrascape 60 Snow Cabinet is built to the same 60 x 30 cm footprint. No filter, heater or substrate is included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascaping projects:** A low-iron tank for planted layouts where glass clarity affects the finished look.
- **New set-ups needing lighting:** The three Leddy Tubes cover plant growth and a day/night cycle from day one.
- **Matching cabinet builds:** Pairs with the Ultrascape 60 Snow Cabinet for a uniform white set-up.
- **Light stocking or shrimp tanks:** 65 litres suits a moderately planted community or shrimp set-up at 60 cm.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the tank:** Place on a level, rated stand with the under pad beneath the glass.
- **Fit the luminaire:** Seat the Leddy Tube frame over the rim and connect each tube's cable to its own switch.
- **Add filtration and heating:** Fit an external canister such as the Ultramax or Ultra Filter and a heater before stocking.
- **Run in the tank:** Fill, cycle and plant before introducing fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Optiwhite glass:** Low-iron panes for a clearer view than standard glass.
- **Three Leddy Tubes included:** Two plant tubes and one Sunny D&N tube, 10 W each.
- **Independent tube switching:** Each tube has its own cable and switch.
- **Championship-linked design:** Developed with aquascaper Michał Adamek for the 2020 European Aquascaping Championship.
- **Snow satin finish:** White frame and base in place of the standard black.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124746
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546337656
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquarium and Lighting Set
- **Net Volume:** 65 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 36 cm (L x W x H)
- **Glass:** Optiwhite (low-iron), 6 mm, silicone-bonded, polished edges
- **Lighting:** 3 x Aquael Leddy Tube, 10 W each (2 Plant, 1 Sunny D&N), aluminium frame
- **Included:** Aquarium, luminaire with wiring grille, under pad
- **Compatible Filtration:** Aquael Ultramax or Ultra Filter external canister (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 90 Snow Aquarium (SKU 124743)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 60 Snow Package
Aquarium, cabinet, lighting, heater and filter in one order.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-60-snow-package/
- Price: $1,055.22 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124761
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124761-1.png
Buying an aquarium, stand, lighting, heater and filter as separate items means matching five product pages and hoping the sizes line up. Aquael Ultrascape 60 Snow Package (SKU: 124761) removes that step by bundling the full Ultrascape 60 Snow set-up: the 65-litre Ultrascape 60 Snow aquarium (60 x 30 x 36 cm, Optiwhite glass), its matching Ultrascape 60 Snow Cabinet (60 x 30 x 80 cm), the three-tube Leddy lighting set, an Aquael Platinum 100 W heater and an Aquael Versamax-2 hang-on-back filter in black. Every component is built to the same 60 cm footprint, so there is no guesswork over whether the cabinet will carry the tank or the filter will clear the cabinet's back panel.
The lighting is three 10 W Aquael Leddy Tubes, two set for plant growth and one "Sunny D&N" tube for a day-to-night light shift, each independently switched. The Versamax-2 filter included in the pack is rated to 800 L/h at 5.3 W and suits aquariums up to 200 litres, well within the 65-litre tank's needs, with headroom for a heavier stocking or planting load. The Platinum 100 W heater is sized to heat the 65-litre volume in a typical room without running constantly at full output. As with the aquarium sold alone, substrate, hardscape and livestock are not included, and the set does not include test kits, water conditioners or food.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First full set-up:** Covers tank, stand, light, heat and filtration in one purchase.
- **Matched-footprint builds:** Removes the risk of ordering a cabinet or filter that does not fit the tank.
- **Planted or lightly stocked tanks:** The Leddy lighting and Versamax-2 filter suit a planted community at 65 litres.
- **Replacing a mismatched set-up:** A clean way to standardise on one manufacturer's sizing across the whole tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build from the floor up:** Level the cabinet, then lift the aquarium onto it with the under pad beneath the glass.
- **Fit the heater and filter:** Mount the Versamax-2 on the back rim and position the Platinum heater away from the substrate.
- **Attach the lighting:** Seat the three-tube Leddy frame over the rim and wire each tube to its switch.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Fill, run the filter and heater, and cycle the tank before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five matched components:** Aquarium, cabinet, lighting, heater and filter from one range.
- **65-litre Optiwhite tank:** Low-iron glass at 60 x 30 x 36 cm.
- **Three-tube Leddy lighting:** Two plant tubes and one Sunny D&N tube, 10 W each.
- **800 L/h filtration included:** Versamax-2 hang-on filter rated for up to 200 litres.
- **100 W heater included:** Aquael Platinum heater sized for the 65-litre tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124761
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 65 L
- **Aquarium Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 36 cm (L x W x H)
- **Cabinet Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 80 cm (L x W x H)
- **Lighting:** 3 x Aquael Leddy Tube, 10 W each (2 Plant, 1 Sunny D&N)
- **Heater:** Aquael Platinum, 100 W
- **Filter:** Aquael Versamax-2 hang-on-back, 800 L/h, 5.3 W, black
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 90 Snow Package (SKU 124763)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 90 Forrest Aquarium
243-litre tank and lighting set in a Forest finish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-90-forrest-aquarium/
- Price: $1,165.59 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124744 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546337663
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124744-1.jpg
A tank in the 200-plus-litre range is a serious commitment, and buying the glass, the lighting and the underpad as unrelated purchases makes it easy to end up with mismatched parts. Aquael Ultrascape 90 Forrest Aquarium (SKU: 124744) is Aquael's 243 L aquarium from the Ultrascape 90 range, measuring 90 x 60 x 45 cm and finished in the same dark, wood-effect Forest styling as the smaller 60 L version, sold as a complete tank-and-lighting set rather than a bare glass box. It is built to pair with the matching Ultrascape 90 Forrest cabinet, so the whole system, tank, stand and lighting, comes from one design rather than being assembled from separate brands.
Four Aquael Leddy Tube LED lights are included at 14 W each, double the count on the smaller 60 L set in line with the larger surface area: two Plant tubes for growth and two Sunny Day & Night tubes for general daytime viewing and a dusk transition. An underpad ships with the tank, sitting between the glass base and the stand to spread the load evenly and protect against point pressure from an uneven surface. At 243 L, this is a genuine display tank suited to a heavier planted layout or a larger community of fish than the 65 L Ultrascape 60 would comfortably hold, and it sits as the larger option in Aquael's two-size Ultrascape Forrest range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Display-size aquariums:** A 243 L tank for a heavier planted layout or a larger fish community.
- **Matched tank and lighting:** Where the aquarium and its four Leddy Tubes are wanted as one system.
- **Pairing with the Ultrascape 90 cabinet:** Built to sit on Aquael's matching Forest-finish stand.
- **Stepping up from a smaller tank:** Moving from the 65 L Ultrascape 60 to a larger display in the same finish.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a rated stand:** Position the tank on a surface built to carry roughly 243 L plus substrate, decor and water.
- **Lay the underpad first:** Fit the supplied underpad between the stand and the tank base before filling.
- **Fit all four Leddy Tubes:** Mount the two Plant tubes and two Sunny Day & Night tubes across the tank.
- **Fill and cycle before stocking:** Add substrate and water, then run filtration and lighting in before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **243-litre aquarium:** 90 x 60 x 45 cm, in Aquael's Forest finish.
- **Four Leddy Tube LEDs:** Two Plant tubes and two Sunny Day & Night tubes, 14 W each.
- **Underpad included:** Spreads load evenly beneath the glass base.
- **Matched cabinet system:** Designed to pair with the Ultrascape 90 Forrest cabinet.
- **Larger of two sizes:** The bigger option in Aquael's Ultrascape Forrest range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124744
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546337663
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquarium & Lighting Combination
- **Volume:** 243 L
- **Dimensions:** 90 × 60 × 45 cm (L × W × H)
- **Finish:** Forest (wood-effect)
- **Lighting Included:** 4 × Aquael Leddy Tube 14 W (2 Plant, 2 Sunny Day & Night)
- **Underpad:** Included
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 60 Forrest Aquarium (SKU 124745)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 90 Forrest Package
Complete 243-litre aquarium, cabinet, heater and canister filter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-90-forrest-package/
- Price: $1,888.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124762
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124762-1.png
A 243 L display tank is a bigger commitment again, and sourcing a stand rated for that weight, a heater sized correctly and a filter with enough capacity are all decisions that can go wrong independently. Aquael Ultrascape 90 Forrest Package (SKU: 124762) is Aquael's complete set built around the 243 L Ultrascape 90 Forrest aquarium, measuring 90 x 60 x 45 cm, paired with its matching 90 x 60 x 80 cm Forest-finish cabinet so the tank and its stand are specified as one system. Lighting, heating and filtration are bundled in as well, sized for the larger volume rather than scaled down from a smaller package.
Lighting is four Aquael Leddy Tube LEDs at 14 W each, two Plant tubes and two Sunny Day & Night tubes, matching what ships with the standalone Ultrascape 90 Forrest Aquarium. Heating steps up to an Aquael Platinium 300 W heater, sized for the 243 L volume, and filtration is handled by a full Aquael Ultra 1400 Canister Filter rather than a smaller internal or hang-on unit, reflecting the higher bio-load a tank this size is likely to carry. Between the aquarium, cabinet, lighting, heater and canister filter, the package covers the core equipment for a 243 L display as a single purchase.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Setting up a display-size aquarium:** A complete 243 L system with matched tank, stand, heating and canister filtration.
- **Heavier stocking plans:** Where the included Ultra 1400 canister filter suits a higher bio-load than a smaller unit.
- **Avoiding mismatched equipment:** Where the cabinet, heater and filter are all specified for the one 243 L aquarium.
- **Furnished display tanks:** The Forest-finish tank and cabinet are designed to be shown together.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the cabinet on a rated floor:** The 90 x 60 x 80 cm cabinet needs a stable, level base for a filled 243 L tank.
- **Fit the underpad and tank:** Lay the underpad on the cabinet top, then place the aquarium on it.
- **Plumb in the canister filter:** Site the Ultra 1400 filter below the tank and connect the inlet and outlet hoses.
- **Fit the heater and lighting:** Install the 300 W Platinium heater and mount all four Leddy Tubes before filling and cycling the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **243-litre aquarium and cabinet:** Matched Forest-finish tank (90 x 60 x 45 cm) and stand (90 x 60 x 80 cm).
- **Four Leddy Tube LEDs:** 14 W each, two Plant and two Sunny Day & Night.
- **300 W Platinium heater:** Sized for the package's 243 L volume.
- **Ultra 1400 Canister Filter:** Full external filtration rather than a smaller internal unit.
- **Underpad included:** Protects the tank base against the cabinet surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124762
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Aquarium Package (Tank, Cabinet, Filter & Heater)
- **Aquarium:** Ultrascape 90 Forrest, 243 L, 90 × 60 × 45 cm
- **Cabinet:** Ultrascape 90 Forrest, 90 × 60 × 80 cm
- **Lighting:** 4 × Aquael Leddy Tube 14 W (2 Plant, 2 Sunny Day & Night)
- **Heater:** Aquael Platinium 300 W
- **Filter:** Aquael Ultra 1400 Canister Filter
- **Underpad:** Included
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 60 Forrest Package (SKU 124760)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 90 Snow Aquarium
Optiwhite glass tank and four-tube Leddy lighting for larger aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-90-snow-aquarium/
- Price: $1,165.59 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124743 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546337670
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124743-1.jpg
A 90 cm footprint opens up the kind of layered aquascaping that a 60 cm tank cannot fit, and Aquael scales the Ultrascape line's lighting up with the glass rather than leaving a bigger tank under-lit. Aquael Ultrascape 90 Snow Aquarium (SKU: 124743) is the 90 cm tank in Aquael's Ultrascape range, the same line developed with aquascaper Michał Adamek and used as the official aquarium at the 2020 European Aquascaping Championship. It holds 243 litres in a 90 x 60 x 45 cm footprint, built from Optiwhite low-iron glass with silicone-bonded, polished-edge panes for a clearer view than ordinary float glass, and the glass is 10 mm thick to carry the larger volume. The Snow finish gives the frame and base a satin-white look, and an under pad is included to cushion the glass against its stand.
Lighting scales up to four Aquael Leddy Tube modules rather than the three fitted to the 60 cm tank: two tuned for plant growth and two "Sunny D&N" tubes for a daytime-to-night-time shift, each rated at 14 W and wired with its own cable and switch so plant and ambient lighting run independently. The tubes sit in an aluminium luminaire frame with a wiring grille. As with the smaller aquarium, filtration is not built in: the tank sits over an Aquael Ultramax or Ultra Filter external canister, sold separately, and the matching Ultrascape 90 Snow Cabinet is built to the same 90 x 60 cm footprint. No heater or substrate is included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger aquascaping layouts:** A 90 cm low-iron tank for hardscape and planting that needs more floor area than 60 cm offers.
- **Heavier planting loads:** Four Leddy Tubes give more total light output for denser or taller planting.
- **Matching cabinet builds:** Pairs with the Ultrascape 90 Snow Cabinet for a uniform white set-up.
- **Community or show tanks:** 243 litres suits a substantial planted community display at 90 cm.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the tank:** Place on a level, rated stand with the under pad beneath the glass.
- **Fit the luminaire:** Seat the four-tube Leddy frame over the rim and connect each tube to its own switch.
- **Add filtration and heating:** Fit an external canister sized for 243 litres, such as the Ultramax or Ultra Filter, plus a heater.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Fill, plant and cycle the tank before fish go in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Optiwhite glass:** Low-iron, 10 mm panes for a clearer view at this larger volume.
- **Four Leddy Tubes included:** Two plant tubes and two Sunny D&N tubes, 14 W each.
- **Independent tube switching:** Each tube has its own cable and switch.
- **Championship-linked design:** Same Ultrascape development line used at the 2020 European Aquascaping Championship.
- **Snow satin finish:** White frame and base to match the Ultrascape 90 Snow Cabinet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124743
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546337670
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquarium and Lighting Set
- **Net Volume:** 243 L
- **Dimensions:** 90 x 60 x 45 cm (L x W x H)
- **Glass:** Optiwhite (low-iron), 10 mm, silicone-bonded, polished edges
- **Lighting:** 4 x Aquael Leddy Tube, 14 W each (2 Plant, 2 Sunny D&N), aluminium frame
- **Included:** Aquarium, luminaire with wiring grille, under pad
- **Compatible Filtration:** Aquael Ultramax or Ultra Filter external canister (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 60 Snow Aquarium (SKU 124746)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 90 Snow Package
243 litre clear-glass aquarium with white cabinet, LED tubes, canister filter and heater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-ultrascape-90-snow-package/
- Price: $1,888.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124763
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/124763-1.png
Building a 90 cm planted tank from separate parts means matching a stand, a light and a filter that were never designed to go together. Aquael Ultrascape 90 Snow Package (SKU: 124763) brings the Aquael pieces together: the UltraScape 90 aquarium in Snow white, its matching UltraScape 90 Snow cabinet, Leddy Tube LED lighting, an Aquael Ultra 1400 canister filter and an Aquael Platinium 300 W heater. The aquarium measures 90 × 60 × 45 cm and holds 243 litres. It is built from 10 mm colourless clear glass with polished edges and transparent bonding, which Aquael says gives the aquascape a neutral, natural look with an almost undisturbed view. Its 60 cm of depth from front to back leaves room for layered planting and perspective.
Lighting is four replaceable 14 W LED tubes, 56 W in all: two Leddy Tube Plant tubes and two Sunny Day & Night tubes, with day, sunrise and night modes chosen by a switch. The Ultra 1400 canister has a 16 litre body with five 1.9 L baskets, mechanical and biological media included, 16/22 mm hoses, integrated shut-off valves and a lever-operated self-priming mechanism; it draws 14.8 W and has a maximum head of 170 cm. The Platinium is a 300 W glass heater with an electronic thermostat. The cabinet, also finished in Snow, measures 90 × 60 × 80 cm, which puts the top of the tank about 125 cm from the floor. The aquarium itself is listed for freshwater and saltwater use, with fish and invertebrates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquascapes:** A 60 cm deep footprint for layered planting under Plant tubes.
- **Living-room displays:** Clear glass and a white cabinet for a light, modern room.
- **Stepping up to 243 litres:** Tank, stand and core equipment in one purchase.
- **Community fish:** Room for larger schools of small and medium fish.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the cabinet:** A level, solid floor; filled, the tank weighs well over 250 kg before rock and substrate.
- **Fit the canister:** Stand the Ultra 1400 in the cabinet and connect the hoses with the valves shut.
- **Prime and heat:** Prime with the lever, start the filter, then place the heater in the filter current.
- **Set the lighting:** Use the switch to select day, sunrise or night mode.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **243 litre clear-glass tank:** 90 × 60 × 45 cm in 10 mm glass.
- **Matching Snow cabinet:** 90 × 60 × 80 cm.
- **Four 14 W LED tubes:** Two Plant and two Sunny Day & Night.
- **Ultra 1400 canister:** 16 litres of space in five media baskets.
- **Platinium 300 W heater:** Electronic thermostat for a 243 litre volume.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124763
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquarium and Cabinet Package
- **Aquarium:** UltraScape 90 Snow, 90 × 60 × 45 cm, 243 L, 10 mm clear glass
- **Cabinet:** UltraScape 90 Cabinet Snow, 90 × 60 × 80 cm
- **Lighting:** 4 × 14 W Leddy Tubes (2 × Plant, 2 × Sunny Day & Night)
- **Filter:** Aquael Ultra 1400 canister (16 L, 5 × 1.9 L baskets, 16/22 mm hoses)
- **Heater:** Aquael Platinium 300 W
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 60 Snow Package (SKU 124761)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Unifilter 1000 Uv
Internal filter with built-in UV-C for aquariums up to 350 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquael-unifilter-1000-uv/
- Price: $151.20 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124709 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546329620
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/124709-1.png
An internal filter that also knocks back free-floating algae and some pathogens saves fitting a separate steriliser in the loop. Aquael Unifilter 1000 UV (SKU: 124709) is the largest model in Aquael's Unifilter UV-C range, an internal filter for aquariums of roughly 250 to 350 litres that combines two-stage mechanical and biological filtration with an integrated UV-C LED nozzle in place of the usual rotor chamber cover. The UV LEDs run from their own power supply, so the steriliser can be left running independently of the filter motor if needed, and the unit is rated for both freshwater and saltwater use.
Filtration runs through two sponge cartridges for mechanical and biological stages, plus an extra chamber for loose media; the filter ships with Aquael's BIOCERAMAX 600 biological media in that chamber, which can be swapped for carbon, phosphate remover or other loose media as needed. Flow is rated to 1000 L/h at 12.5 W, and the unit measures about 6.7 x 11.2 x 30.8 cm (W x D x H). It mounts on the glass with suction cups and an adjustable hanger, on either its short or long side, and the outflow nozzle rotates through 90° to direct the current. The ceramic rotor shaft and fully submerged motor make it suitable for low water-level set-ups such as paludariums as well as standard aquariums, and Aquael backs the Unifilter range with a two-year warranty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-to-large aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 250 to 350 litres needing combined filtration and UV.
- **Green-water or pathogen control:** The built-in UV-C runs continuously or on its own supply as needed.
- **Freshwater or marine systems:** One unit rated for both water types.
- **Low-water set-ups:** A submerged motor suits paludariums and shallow aquascapes as well as standard tanks.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a mounting side:** Fit via suction cups and the adjustable hanger on either the short or long side of the unit.
- **Load the media:** Fit the two sponge cartridges and the BIOCERAMAX 600, or a substitute, in the loose-media chamber.
- **Direct the outflow:** Rotate the outflow nozzle up to 90° to aim the current where it is needed.
- **Power the UV separately if required:** Connect the UV-C LED supply on its own circuit if it needs to run independently of the pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-stage filtration:** Mechanical and biological sponge cartridges plus a loose-media chamber.
- **Built-in UV-C LED:** Replaces the rotor chamber cover with its own power supply.
- **1000 L/h flow at 12.5 W:** Rated for aquariums of roughly 250 to 350 litres.
- **Adjustable outflow:** Nozzle rotates through 90° to direct the current.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Ceramic rotor shaft rated for both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124709
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546329620
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filter with UV-C
- **Flow Rate:** 1000 L/h maximum
- **Power:** 12.5 W
- **Dimensions:** About 6.7 x 11.2 x 30.8 cm (W x D x H)
- **Media Included:** 2 sponge cartridges, BIOCERAMAX 600 in the loose-media chamber
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 250–350 L
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Unifilter 750 UV (SKU 113226); Unifilter 500 UV (SKU 113225)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aquael — Cabinet
#### Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo / Nano Reef Duo Cabinet White
Matched base stand for Aquael's 35 cm nano aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-fish-shrimp-set-duo-nano-reef-duo-cabinet-white/
- Price: $296.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102876 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546321358
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102876-1.jpg
Buying furniture separately from the tank that sits on it usually means a mismatch somewhere: an overhang, a gap at the edge, or a load rating nobody actually checked. Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo / Nano Reef Duo Cabinet White (SKU: 102876) is Aquael's purpose-built base cabinet for both the Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 and the Nano Reef Duo 35 aquariums, which share the same 35 by 35 cm footprint, standing 35 by 35 by 90 cm so either tank sits flush on top with no packing needed. Aquael rates the cabinet to a maximum load of 70 kg, well clear of the weight of a filled 49-litre tank, and builds it from wood-based boards tested for strength with a durable veneer top that is cleaned by wiping or vacuuming rather than refinishing.
Because the cabinet is built to one footprint shared by two aquarium lines, it suits a buyer upgrading from the freshwater Duo 35 to the marine Nano Reef Duo later, or simply choosing whichever of the two tanks suits the fish-keeping they want to do, without needing a different stand for each. The enclosed body below the top gives somewhere out of sight to keep food, media, test kits, dosing bottles and the rest of the routine kit. Assembly from the supplied flat-pack hardware is required before the tank goes on top, and the finished cabinet is meant to stay in one position once it is carrying a running aquarium rather than be relocated with the tank still full. The white finish pairs with the white Duo 35 aquarium and suits a lighter display spot; the cabinet's dimensions and load rating are identical in the matching black version.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Duo 35 or Nano Reef Duo owners:** One cabinet footprint fits either of Aquael's 35 cm nano aquariums.
- **Bright display spots:** The white finish pairs with the white Duo 35 aquarium.
- **Upgrading between tanks:** The same stand carries over if the freshwater tank is later swapped for the Nano Reef Duo.
- **Storage underneath:** An enclosed space for food, media and maintenance supplies.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build it in place:** Assemble the flat-pack cabinet on a level floor before lifting the empty tank onto it.
- **Tighten every fixing:** Confirm all panels and fittings are secure before any weight goes on top.
- **Centre the aquarium:** Seat the tank square on the cabinet top so its weight is carried evenly.
- **Plan storage access:** Allow clearance for the lower compartment before pushing the cabinet against a wall.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual compatibility:** Matches the footprint of both the Duo 35 and Nano Reef Duo aquariums.
- **70 kg load rating:** Comfortably above the weight of a filled 49-litre tank.
- **Durable veneer top:** Cleaned by wiping or vacuuming rather than refinishing.
- **Enclosed storage:** Space below the top for equipment and consumables.
- **Tested board construction:** Wood-based panels tested for strength under load.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102876
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546321358
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Base Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 35 x 35 x 90 cm (W x D x H)
- **Maximum Load:** 70 kg
- **Material:** Wood-based boards with a durable veneer top
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 and Nano Reef Duo 35 aquariums
- **Colour:** White
- **Target Environment:** Base stand for freshwater or marine nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo Cabinet Black
Matched base stand for the 49-litre Duo 35 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-fish-shrimp-set-duo-cabinet-black/
- Price: $296.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113196 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546321341
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OIP-6.webp
A 49-litre aquarium full of water, substrate and equipment is heavier than it looks, and a shelf or sideboard not built to carry that load is a risk not worth taking. Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo Cabinet Black (SKU: 113196) is Aquael's purpose-built base cabinet for the Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 aquarium, standing 35 by 35 by 90 cm to match the tank's own footprint exactly rather than leaving an overhang or a gap at the edges. Aquael rates the cabinet to a maximum load of 70 kg, comfortably above the weight of a filled 49-litre tank, and builds it from wood-based boards tested for strength rather than furniture-grade timber alone, with a durable veneer top that is wiped or vacuumed clean rather than needing refinishing.
The cabinet is designed around the Duo 35 footprint specifically, so the aquarium sits flush on top with no need to pack or shim the base, and the enclosed body below gives somewhere to keep food, test kits, spare media and the rest of the maintenance kit out of sight. Assembly is required out of the box, following the flat-pack hardware Aquael supplies, and the finished unit is intended to stay in one position rather than be moved regularly once the tank is set up on top of it. The black finish matches the black version of the Duo 35 aquarium for a single dark-toned display, though the cabinet's load rating and dimensions are the same regardless of which aquarium colour sits on top. Cleaning the cabinet is limited to the exterior surfaces; it carries no plumbing or electrics of its own.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Duo 35 aquarium owners:** A stand built to the exact footprint of the 49-litre Shrimp Set Duo tank.
- **Dark-toned displays:** Matches the black Duo 35 aquarium for a single-colour set-up.
- **Storage underneath:** Somewhere enclosed to keep food, media and maintenance gear out of view.
- **Permanent placement:** A stand intended to stay put once the tank is filled and running.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble on a level floor:** Build the flat-pack cabinet in its final position before lifting the empty tank onto it.
- **Check all fixings are tight:** Confirm every panel and fitting is secure before the aquarium goes on top.
- **Centre the tank:** Seat the aquarium square on the cabinet top so its weight is carried evenly.
- **Leave access to the storage space:** Plan door or panel clearance before pushing the unit against a wall.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Footprint-matched:** Built to the exact 35 x 35 cm base of the Duo 35 aquarium.
- **70 kg load rating:** Well above the weight of a filled 49-litre tank.
- **Durable veneer top:** Wiped or vacuumed clean rather than needing refinishing.
- **Enclosed storage:** Space below the top for food, media and equipment.
- **Tested board construction:** Wood-based panels tested for strength under load.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113196
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546321341
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Base Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 35 x 35 x 90 cm (W x D x H)
- **Maximum Load:** 70 kg
- **Material:** Wood-based boards with a durable veneer top
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Fish & Shrimp Set Duo 35 aquarium
- **Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Base stand for freshwater nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 Black Cabinet
A matching high-gloss stand built for the Glossy 100 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-100-black-cabinet/
- Price: $699.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101980 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546143776
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101980-1.jpg
An aquarium this size needs a stand rated for several hundred kilograms once it is filled, not a piece of general furniture pressed into service. Aquael Glossy 100 Black Cabinet (SKU: 101980) is Aquael's dedicated stand for the Glossy 100 aquarium, sold separately from the tank itself so the two can be bought together or replaced independently. Its footprint matches the tank at 100 by 40 cm, standing about 71 cm tall so the finished display sits at a comfortable viewing height, and it is built with a wood-based board body under a high-gloss finish that matches the aquarium above it.
The cabinet's doors are push-to-open, with no visible handles, keeping the glossy black front uninterrupted, and they open onto storage space for filter media, spare heater parts, food and maintenance tools, so the equipment that keeps the tank running stays out of sight but within reach. Aquael states that each cabinet in this range is load-tested to exceed the weight of the heaviest tank it is designed for by several dozen percent, which covers the margin needed once the Glossy 100 is filled with water, substrate and décor. The cabinet is described on Aquael's own site as sold separately, so buying the aquarium does not automatically include a stand, and the two need to be ordered together for a complete set-up. It is designed specifically to sit under the Glossy 100 aquarium rather than other tank shapes or sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Glossy 100 set-ups:** A stand sized and load-rated specifically for this aquarium.
- **Replacing a damaged stand:** Matching dimensions for an existing Glossy 100 display.
- **Hiding equipment:** Storage behind handle-free doors for filters, heaters and food.
- **Matching furniture:** A high-gloss finish to pair visually with the aquarium above it.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, level, weight-rated floor before placing the tank.
- **Assemble per the instructions:** Build the cabinet fully before loading it with the aquarium.
- **Centre the tank:** Position the aquarium centrally on the cabinet top before filling.
- **Leave door clearance:** Allow room for the push-to-open doors to swing clear of nearby furniture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched footprint:** 100 by 40 cm base built specifically for the Glossy 100 aquarium.
- **High-gloss finish:** Visually matches the aquarium it supports.
- **Push-to-open doors:** No visible handles on the front panels.
- **Load-tested strength:** Rated well beyond the filled weight of the Glossy 100.
- **Internal storage:** Space for filter media, heaters, food and tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101980
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546143776
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (Glossy Range)
- **Cabinet Dimensions:** 100 x 40 x 71 cm
- **Material:** Wood-based board body, high-gloss finish
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Cabinet (SKU 101979); Glossy 120 Cabinet (SKU 101241); Glossy 150 Cabinet (SKU 102076)
- **Target Environment:** Supports freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 Grey Cabinet
High-gloss grey base cabinet for the Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-100-grey-cabinet/
- Price: $675.21 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725321
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725321-1.webp
White and black are not the only options for a tank stand, and a grey finish sits more neutrally against a wider range of wall colours and flooring than either. Aquael Glossy 100 Grey Cabinet (SKU: 725321) is Aquael's grey-finish base cabinet for the Glossy 100 aquarium, one of the three colourways Aquael offers across the Glossy cabinet range alongside white and black. It shares the same 100 x 40 cm footprint as the Glossy 100 tank and stands about 72 cm tall, built from an engineered wood-based board and load-tested for the weight of a filled 215 L aquarium rather than general furniture ratings.
Construction is consistent across the Glossy cabinet colourways: the panels are high-gloss over a sturdy internal carcass, the doors are push-to-open rather than fitted with handles, and the whole unit arrives flat-packed for assembly at home. It is built to pair specifically with the Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium, so the tank's footprint lines up exactly with the cabinet top rather than overhanging or leaving a gap at the edges, whether the aquarium is bought separately or the two are taken together as part of a Glossy 100 White Package (the package itself uses a white cabinet; the grey finish is available as a stand-alone option for buyers who want to mix it with a white or black tank). The same grey cabinet design is also made in a 120 size for the larger Glossy 120 aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting the Glossy 100 aquarium:** Built and load-rated for a filled 215 L tank's weight and footprint.
- **Neutral interiors:** A grey finish that sits between the white and black options in the same range.
- **Mixing colourways:** Pairs a grey stand with a white or black Glossy 100 tank for a deliberate contrast.
- **Replacing a mismatched stand:** Swaps a generic cabinet for one cut to the Glossy 100's own dimensions.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unpack and check parts:** Lay out the flat-packed panels and hardware before beginning assembly.
- **Assemble the carcass:** Build the cabinet body following the included instructions before fitting the gloss panels.
- **Level the cabinet:** Stand it on a flat, solid floor so the filled aquarium sits level.
- **Fit the aquarium:** Place the Glossy 100 aquarium on top only once the cabinet is fully assembled.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Grey high-gloss finish:** One of three Glossy colourways, alongside white and black.
- **Built for the 100 footprint:** Sized to the 100 x 40 cm base of the Glossy 100 tank.
- **Load-tested construction:** Rated for the filled weight of a 215 L aquarium.
- **Push-to-open doors:** A handle-free front matching the Glossy design.
- **Flat-packed delivery:** Home-assembled from an engineered wood-based board.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725321
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (High-Gloss)
- **Dimensions:** About 100 x 40 x 72 cm (L x D x H)
- **Material:** Engineered wood-based board, high-gloss finish
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Assembly:** Flat-packed, assembled at home
- **Colour:** Grey
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 120 Grey Cabinet (SKU 725322)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stand
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 White Cabinet
High-gloss base cabinet for the Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-100-white-cabinet/
- Price: $799.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102671 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546191654
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102671-1.jpg
A 215 L tank is a serious amount of water to trust to a stand, and a mismatched cabinet under a glossy tank tends to stand out for the wrong reasons. Aquael Glossy 100 White Cabinet (SKU: 102671) is Aquael's purpose-built base cabinet for the Glossy 100 aquarium, matching its 100 x 40 cm footprint in the same white, high-gloss finish, standing about 72 cm tall to bring the finished aquarium to a comfortable viewing height. The cabinet is built from an engineered wood-based board and load-tested to the aquarium's filled weight rather than rated against generic furniture standards.
It ships flat-packed and is assembled at home over a sturdy internal carcass, with push-to-open doors instead of handles, keeping the same handle-free front used across the Glossy cabinet range. It is designed specifically for the Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium, whether that tank is bought on its own or as part of the Glossy 100 White Package, so the cabinet and tank read as one coordinated unit rather than a tank placed on an unrelated base. The same cabinet design is scaled to the 80, 120 and 150 Glossy sizes, each matched to its own aquarium's footprint, so a whole display can still be built as a matching set even when the tank and cabinet are ordered as separate line items. The cabinet is sold on its own, without the aquarium, filter, heater or lighting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting the Glossy 100 aquarium:** Built and load-rated for that tank's filled weight and footprint.
- **Matching finishes:** Keeps the high-gloss look consistent between tank and stand.
- **Mid-size community set-ups:** A 100 x 40 cm base sized for the Glossy range's second tank size.
- **Replacing a mismatched stand:** Swaps a generic cabinet for one built to the tank's own dimensions.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unpack and check parts:** Lay out the flat-packed panels and hardware before starting assembly.
- **Assemble the carcass:** Build the cabinet body following the included instructions before fitting the gloss panels.
- **Level the cabinet:** Stand it on a flat, solid floor so the filled aquarium sits level.
- **Fit the aquarium:** Place the Glossy 100 aquarium on top only once the cabinet is fully assembled.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matching high-gloss finish:** White panels that match the Glossy 100 aquarium's own finish.
- **Built for the 100 footprint:** Sized to the 100 x 40 cm base of the Glossy 100 tank.
- **Load-tested construction:** Rated for the filled weight of a 215 L aquarium.
- **Push-to-open doors:** A handle-free front consistent with the Glossy design.
- **Flat-packed delivery:** Home-assembled from an engineered wood-based board.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102671
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546191654
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (High-Gloss)
- **Dimensions:** About 100 x 40 x 72 cm (L x D x H)
- **Material:** Engineered wood-based board, high-gloss finish
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Assembly:** Flat-packed, assembled at home
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Cabinet (SKU 102670); Aquael Glossy 120 White Cabinet (SKU 102672); Aquael Glossy 150 White Cabinet (SKU 102687)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stand
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 Black Cabinet
A load-rated high-gloss stand for the Glossy 120 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-120-black-cabinet/
- Price: $899.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101241 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546143783
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101241-1.jpg
A 120 cm aquarium filled with water, substrate and rockwork can weigh close to 300 kg, well beyond what ordinary furniture is built to carry. Aquael Glossy 120 Black Cabinet (SKU: 101241) is Aquael's dedicated stand for the Glossy 120 aquarium, sold separately from the tank so the pair can be bought together or the cabinet replaced on its own. Its footprint of 120 by 40 cm matches the aquarium exactly, standing about 71 cm tall to bring the display to a comfortable viewing height, and it is built with a wood-based board body finished in the same high gloss as the tank it supports.
The front is fitted with push-to-open doors rather than handles, keeping the glossy black surface unbroken, and behind them the cabinet holds storage space for filter media, a spare heater, food and maintenance tools. Aquael states that cabinets in this range are load-tested to exceed the weight of their matching tank by several dozen percent, a margin that matters once a 120 cm aquarium is carrying its full water volume plus substrate and hardscape. The cabinet is sold as a separate item on Aquael's own site rather than bundled automatically with the aquarium, so the two need to be ordered together to complete the display, and it is built specifically to the Glossy 120's footprint rather than the other sizes in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Glossy 120 set-ups:** A stand sized and load-rated specifically for this larger aquarium.
- **Replacing a damaged stand:** Matching dimensions for an existing Glossy 120 display.
- **Hiding equipment:** Storage behind handle-free doors for filtration and heating gear.
- **Centrepiece displays:** A finish that matches the aquarium for a cohesive room feature.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, level, weight-rated floor before placing the tank.
- **Assemble fully first:** Build the cabinet completely before loading it with the aquarium.
- **Centre the tank:** Position the aquarium centrally on the cabinet top before filling.
- **Allow door clearance:** Leave room for the push-to-open doors to swing clear of nearby furniture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched footprint:** 120 by 40 cm base built specifically for the Glossy 120 aquarium.
- **High-gloss finish:** Visually matches the aquarium it supports.
- **Push-to-open doors:** No visible handles on the front panels.
- **Load-tested strength:** Rated well beyond the filled weight of the Glossy 120.
- **Internal storage:** Space for filter media, a heater, food and tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101241
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546143783
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (Glossy Range)
- **Cabinet Dimensions:** 120 x 40 x 71 cm
- **Material:** Wood-based board body, high-gloss finish
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Cabinet (SKU 101979); Glossy 100 Cabinet (SKU 101980); Glossy 150 Cabinet (SKU 102076)
- **Target Environment:** Supports freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 Grey Cabinet
High-gloss grey base cabinet for the Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-120-grey-cabinet/
- Price: $805.08 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725322
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725322-1.webp
A longer tank like the Glossy 120 draws the eye along its whole length, and a stand finished to blend in rather than compete with the room can matter as much as one that merely holds the weight. Aquael Glossy 120 Grey Cabinet (SKU: 725322) is Aquael's grey-finish base cabinet for the Glossy 120 aquarium, built to the same 120 x 40 cm footprint and standing about 72 cm tall. Grey sits alongside white and black as one of the three finishes Aquael offers across the Glossy cabinet range, and the construction underneath the colour is identical regardless of which is chosen: an engineered wood-based board, load-tested for the weight of a filled 260 L aquarium.
The cabinet ships flat-packed and is assembled at home over a sturdy internal carcass, with push-to-open doors instead of handles, so the front keeps the same clean, handle-free line as the rest of the Glossy range. It pairs specifically with the Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium, with the cabinet top cut to the tank's own footprint rather than a generic size that overhangs at the ends, whether bought alongside the tank or ordered on its own to go under an existing Glossy 120. A grey cabinet under a white or black tank is a straightforward way to pick a stand colour independently of the tank colour rather than being locked into a matching set. The same grey finish is also available in the 100 size for the smaller Glossy aquarium in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting the Glossy 120 aquarium:** Built and load-rated for a filled 260 L tank's weight and footprint.
- **Longer aquascape displays:** A 120 x 40 cm base matched to the wider Glossy 120 tank.
- **Neutral or mixed colour schemes:** A grey stand that can sit under a white or black tank of the same model.
- **Replacing a mismatched stand:** Swaps a generic cabinet for one cut to the Glossy 120's own dimensions.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unpack and check parts:** Lay out the flat-packed panels and fittings before beginning assembly.
- **Assemble the carcass:** Build the cabinet body per the included instructions before fitting the gloss panels.
- **Level the cabinet:** Set it on a flat, solid floor so the filled aquarium sits level across its length.
- **Fit the aquarium:** Place the Glossy 120 aquarium on top once the cabinet is fully assembled and checked.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Grey high-gloss finish:** One of three Glossy colourways, alongside white and black.
- **Built for the 120 footprint:** Sized to the 120 x 40 cm base of the Glossy 120 tank.
- **Load-tested construction:** Rated for the filled weight of a 260 L aquarium.
- **Push-to-open doors:** A handle-free front matching the Glossy design.
- **Flat-packed delivery:** Home-assembled from an engineered wood-based board.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725322
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (High-Gloss)
- **Dimensions:** About 120 x 40 x 72 cm (L x D x H)
- **Material:** Engineered wood-based board, high-gloss finish
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Assembly:** Flat-packed, assembled at home
- **Colour:** Grey
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 100 Grey Cabinet (SKU 725321)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stand
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 White Cabinet
High-gloss base cabinet for the Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-120-white-cabinet/
- Price: $999.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102672 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546316866
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102672-1.jpg
At 260 L, the Glossy 120 is one of the heavier tanks in Aquael's range once it is filled, and a stand under that much glass and water needs to be rated for it rather than assumed sturdy enough. Aquael Glossy 120 White Cabinet (SKU: 102672) is Aquael's dedicated base cabinet for the Glossy 120 aquarium, built to the same 120 x 40 cm footprint in the matching white, high-gloss finish, standing about 72 cm tall. It is made from an engineered wood-based board and load-tested specifically for the weight the Glossy 120 puts on it once full.
Like the rest of the range, it ships flat-packed and is put together at home over an internal carcass, with push-to-open doors rather than handles so the front keeps the clean, handle-free line used across the Glossy cabinets. It is built to pair with the Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium specifically, whether that tank is bought alone or taken as part of the Glossy 120 White Package, so the extra length of the 120 tank still sits on a cabinet cut to match rather than one that overhangs or falls short. The same cabinet shape continues at the 80, 100 and 150 sizes, each scaled to its own aquarium's base, which lets a display be assembled as a matching set even when the tank and cabinet are bought separately. This listing is the cabinet only, without the aquarium, filter, heater or lighting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting the Glossy 120 aquarium:** Built and load-rated for a filled 260 L tank's weight and footprint.
- **Longer aquascape displays:** A 120 x 40 cm base matched to the wider Glossy 120 tank.
- **Matching finishes:** Keeps the high-gloss look consistent between the tank and the stand beneath it.
- **Replacing a mismatched stand:** Swaps a generic cabinet for one cut to the Glossy 120's own dimensions.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unpack and check parts:** Lay out the flat-packed panels and fittings before beginning assembly.
- **Assemble the carcass:** Build the cabinet body per the included instructions before fitting the gloss panels.
- **Level the cabinet:** Set it on a flat, solid floor so the filled aquarium sits level across its length.
- **Fit the aquarium:** Place the Glossy 120 aquarium on top once the cabinet is fully assembled and checked.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matching high-gloss finish:** White panels that match the Glossy 120 aquarium's own finish.
- **Built for the 120 footprint:** Sized to the 120 x 40 cm base of the Glossy 120 tank.
- **Load-tested construction:** Rated for the filled weight of a 260 L aquarium.
- **Push-to-open doors:** A handle-free front matching the Glossy design.
- **Flat-packed delivery:** Home-assembled from an engineered wood-based board.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102672
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546316866
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (High-Gloss)
- **Dimensions:** About 120 x 40 x 72 cm (L x D x H)
- **Material:** Engineered wood-based board, high-gloss finish
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Assembly:** Flat-packed, assembled at home
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Cabinet (SKU 102670); Aquael Glossy 100 White Cabinet (SKU 102671); Aquael Glossy 150 White Cabinet (SKU 102687)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stand
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 Black Cabinet
A heavy-duty high-gloss stand for the Glossy 150 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-150-black-cabinet/
- Price: $1,249.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102076 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195171
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102076-1.jpg
The largest aquarium in the Glossy range needs the most heavily rated stand underneath it, since a 405-litre tank filled with water and substrate can weigh well over 400 kg. Aquael Glossy 150 Black Cabinet (SKU: 102076) is Aquael's dedicated stand for the Glossy 150 aquarium, sold separately from the tank so the pair can be bought together or the cabinet replaced independently. Its footprint of 150 by 50 cm matches the aquarium exactly, standing about 71 cm tall to bring the display to a comfortable viewing height, and it is built with a wood-based board body finished in the same high gloss as the tank above it.
The front is fitted with push-to-open doors rather than handles, keeping the glossy black surface unbroken across its full 150 cm length, and behind them the cabinet holds storage space for canister filter media, a spare heater, food and maintenance tools. Aquael states that cabinets in this range are load-tested to exceed the weight of their matching tank by several dozen percent, a margin that counts for a lot once the largest Glossy aquarium is carrying its full 405 litres plus substrate and hardscape. The cabinet is sold as a separate item on Aquael's own site rather than bundled automatically with the aquarium, so the two need to be ordered together to complete the display, and it is built specifically to the Glossy 150's footprint rather than the smaller sizes in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Glossy 150 set-ups:** A stand sized and load-rated specifically for the largest aquarium in the range.
- **Replacing a damaged stand:** Matching dimensions for an existing Glossy 150 display.
- **Hiding heavier equipment:** Storage behind handle-free doors for a canister filter and heater.
- **Flagship displays:** A finish that matches the largest aquarium in the range for a cohesive look.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, level, weight-rated floor before placing the tank, especially at this scale.
- **Assemble fully first:** Build the cabinet completely before loading it with the aquarium.
- **Centre the tank:** Position the aquarium centrally on the cabinet top before filling.
- **Allow door clearance:** Leave room for the push-to-open doors to swing clear of nearby furniture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched footprint:** 150 by 50 cm base built specifically for the Glossy 150 aquarium.
- **High-gloss finish:** Visually matches the largest aquarium in the range.
- **Push-to-open doors:** No visible handles across the full-length front.
- **Load-tested strength:** Rated well beyond the filled weight of the Glossy 150.
- **Internal storage:** Space for canister filter media, a heater, food and tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102076
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195171
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (Glossy Range)
- **Cabinet Dimensions:** 150 x 50 x 71 cm
- **Material:** Wood-based board body, high-gloss finish
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 150 aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Cabinet (SKU 101979); Glossy 100 Cabinet (SKU 101980); Glossy 120 Cabinet (SKU 101241)
- **Target Environment:** Supports freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 White Cabinet
High-gloss base cabinet for the Aquael Glossy 150 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-150-white-cabinet/
- Price: $1,399.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102687 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546306041
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102687-1.jpg
At 405 L, the Glossy 150 is the largest tank in the range, and nothing short of a cabinet designed for that specific weight and footprint belongs underneath it. Aquael Glossy 150 White Cabinet (SKU: 102687) is Aquael's dedicated base cabinet for the Glossy 150 aquarium, matching its 150 x 50 cm footprint in the same white, high-gloss finish, standing about 72 cm tall to bring the display to a comfortable viewing height. It is built from an engineered wood-based board and load-tested specifically for the largest and heaviest tank in the Glossy line-up.
It is delivered flat-packed and assembled at home over a reinforced internal carcass, with push-to-open doors instead of handles, keeping the clean, handle-free front consistent with the rest of the Glossy cabinet range. The cabinet is built to pair with the Aquael Glossy 150 aquarium specifically, whether the tank is bought alone or as part of the Glossy 150 White Package, so the full 150 cm length of the tank sits on a base cut precisely to match it rather than a generic stand that overhangs at the ends. The same cabinet design is scaled down to the 80, 100 and 120 Glossy sizes, each matched to its own aquarium's base, so a display can still be assembled as a coordinated set even when the tank and cabinet are purchased as separate items. This listing is for the cabinet alone, without the aquarium, filter, heater or lighting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting the Glossy 150 aquarium:** Built and load-rated for a filled 405 L tank's weight and footprint.
- **Large display and feature builds:** A 150 x 50 cm base matched to the largest tank in the range.
- **Matching finishes:** Keeps the high-gloss look consistent between the tank and the stand.
- **Replacing a mismatched stand:** Swaps a generic cabinet for one cut to the Glossy 150's own dimensions.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unpack and check parts:** Lay out the flat-packed panels and fittings before beginning assembly.
- **Assemble the carcass:** Build the reinforced cabinet body per the included instructions before fitting the gloss panels.
- **Level the cabinet:** Set it on a flat, solid floor so the full length sits level once the tank is filled.
- **Fit the aquarium:** Place the Glossy 150 aquarium on top only once the cabinet is fully assembled and checked.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matching high-gloss finish:** White panels that match the Glossy 150 aquarium's own finish.
- **Built for the 150 footprint:** Sized to the 150 x 50 cm base of the Glossy 150 tank.
- **Load-tested construction:** Rated for the filled weight of a 405 L aquarium, the heaviest in the range.
- **Push-to-open doors:** A handle-free front matching the Glossy design.
- **Flat-packed delivery:** Home-assembled from an engineered wood-based board.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102687
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546306041
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (High-Gloss)
- **Dimensions:** About 150 x 50 x 72 cm (L x D x H)
- **Material:** Engineered wood-based board, high-gloss finish
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 150 aquarium
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Assembly:** Flat-packed, assembled at home
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 80 White Cabinet (SKU 102670); Aquael Glossy 100 White Cabinet (SKU 102671); Aquael Glossy 120 White Cabinet (SKU 102672)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stand
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 Black Cabinet
A compact high-gloss stand for the Glossy 80 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-80-black-cabinet/
- Price: $582.12 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101979 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546143769
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101979-1.jpg
Even the smallest tank in a range built from laminated glass and full of water needs a stand that is rated for the job, not a shelf repurposed from somewhere else in the house. Aquael Glossy 80 Black Cabinet (SKU: 101979) is Aquael's dedicated stand for the Glossy 80 aquarium, sold separately from the tank so the pair can be bought together or the cabinet replaced on its own. Its footprint of 80 by 35 cm matches the aquarium exactly, standing about 71 cm tall to bring the display to a comfortable viewing height, and it is built with a wood-based board body finished in the same high gloss as the tank it supports.
The front is fitted with push-to-open doors rather than handles, keeping the glossy black surface clean, and behind them sits storage space for filter media, a spare heater, food and maintenance tools, useful in a smaller footprint where every bit of hidden storage counts. Aquael states that cabinets in this range are load-tested to exceed the weight of their matching tank by several dozen percent, which still matters at this size once the Glossy 80 is filled with water, substrate and décor. The cabinet is sold as a separate item on Aquael's own site rather than bundled automatically with the aquarium, so the two need to be ordered together to complete the display, and it is built specifically to the Glossy 80's footprint rather than the larger sizes in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Glossy 80 set-ups:** A compact stand sized and load-rated specifically for this aquarium.
- **Replacing a damaged stand:** Matching dimensions for an existing Glossy 80 display.
- **Small-room set-ups:** A smaller footprint that still hides equipment behind handle-free doors.
- **Matching furniture:** A finish that pairs visually with the aquarium above it.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, level, weight-rated floor before placing the tank.
- **Assemble fully first:** Build the cabinet completely before loading it with the aquarium.
- **Centre the tank:** Position the aquarium centrally on the cabinet top before filling.
- **Allow door clearance:** Leave room for the push-to-open doors to swing clear of nearby furniture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched footprint:** 80 by 35 cm base built specifically for the Glossy 80 aquarium.
- **High-gloss finish:** Visually matches the aquarium it supports.
- **Push-to-open doors:** No visible handles on the front panels.
- **Load-tested strength:** Rated well beyond the filled weight of the Glossy 80.
- **Internal storage:** Space for filter media, a heater, food and tools, even in a compact footprint.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101979
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546143769
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (Glossy Range)
- **Cabinet Dimensions:** 80 x 35 x 71 cm
- **Material:** Wood-based board body, high-gloss finish
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 100 Cabinet (SKU 101980); Glossy 120 Cabinet (SKU 101241); Glossy 150 Cabinet (SKU 102076)
- **Target Environment:** Supports freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 White Cabinet
High-gloss base cabinet for the Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-80-white-cabinet/
- Price: $699.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102670 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546191647
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102670-1.jpg
An 80 cm tank full of water needs a stand built for that load, not a piece of ordinary furniture pressed into service, and most generic stands do not match a glossy tank's finish. Aquael Glossy 80 White Cabinet (SKU: 102670) is Aquael's dedicated base cabinet for the Glossy 80 aquarium, built to the same 80 x 35 cm footprint in a matching white, high-gloss finish, about 72 cm tall so the finished display sits at a comfortable viewing height. It is made from an engineered wood-based board, load-tested for the aquarium it is designed to carry rather than borrowed from general furniture ratings.
The cabinet is sold flat-packed for home assembly, with a sturdy carcass behind the glossy panels, and its doors use a push-to-open latch rather than handles, keeping the clean, handle-free look of the rest of the Glossy range. It is designed specifically to pair with the Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium, whether that tank is bought on its own or as part of the Glossy 80 White Package, and the matching finish keeps the tank, cabinet and surrounding stand looking like one unit rather than a tank sitting on an unrelated base. Aquael makes the same cabinet in matching dimensions for the 100, 120 and 150 Glossy sizes, each scaled to its own aquarium's footprint, so the whole display can be bought as a coordinated set even if the pieces are ordered separately. The cabinet does not include the aquarium, filter, heater or lighting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting the Glossy 80 aquarium:** Built and load-rated specifically for that tank's filled weight and footprint.
- **Matching finishes:** Keeps a high-gloss look consistent between the tank and its stand.
- **Compact rooms:** An 80 cm footprint sized for the smallest tank in the Glossy range.
- **Replacing a mismatched stand:** Swaps a generic cabinet for one built to the tank's own dimensions.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unpack and check parts:** Lay out the flat-packed panels and hardware before starting assembly.
- **Assemble the carcass:** Follow the included instructions to build the cabinet body before fitting the glossy panels.
- **Level the cabinet:** Stand it on a flat, solid floor so the aquarium sits level once filled.
- **Fit the aquarium:** Place the Glossy 80 aquarium on top once the cabinet is fully assembled and stable.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matching high-gloss finish:** White panels that match the Glossy 80 aquarium's own finish.
- **Built for the 80 footprint:** Sized to the 80 x 35 cm base of the Glossy 80 tank.
- **Load-tested construction:** Rated for the filled weight of the aquarium it is designed to carry.
- **Push-to-open doors:** A handle-free front that keeps the Glossy range's clean look.
- **Flat-packed delivery:** Home-assembled from an engineered wood-based board.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102670
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546191647
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (High-Gloss)
- **Dimensions:** About 80 x 35 x 72 cm (L x D x H)
- **Material:** Engineered wood-based board, high-gloss finish
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Assembly:** Flat-packed, assembled at home
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 100 White Cabinet (SKU 102671); Aquael Glossy 120 White Cabinet (SKU 102672); Aquael Glossy 150 White Cabinet (SKU 102687)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stand
---
#### Aquael Glossy Cube Black Cabinet
A tall high-gloss stand built for the Glossy Cube aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-glossy-cube-black-cabinet/
- Price: $625.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102402 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546301770
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102402-1.jpg
A cube tank is usually meant to be seen from more than one side, which calls for a stand that lifts it well clear of furniture and foot traffic rather than a low shelf. Aquael Glossy Cube Black Cabinet (SKU: 102402) is Aquael's dedicated stand for the Glossy Cube aquarium, sold separately from the tank so the pair can be bought together or the cabinet replaced on its own. Its footprint of 50 by 50 cm matches the aquarium's square base exactly, and at around 90 cm tall it stands notably higher than the other Glossy cabinets, built with a wood-based board body finished in the same high gloss as the tank it supports.
The front is fitted with push-to-open doors rather than handles, keeping the glossy black surface clean on every visible side of a tank meant to be viewed from more than one angle. Behind the doors sits storage space for filter media, a spare heater, food and maintenance tools, kept out of sight beneath the display. Aquael states that cabinets in this range are load-tested to exceed the weight of their matching tank by several dozen percent, a margin that matters once the 135-litre Glossy Cube is filled with water, substrate and décor. The cabinet is sold as a separate item on Aquael's own site rather than bundled automatically with the aquarium, so the two need to be ordered together to complete the display, and its extra height is specific to the Cube shape rather than the rectangular Glossy sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Glossy Cube set-ups:** A stand sized, load-rated and raised specifically for this aquarium.
- **Replacing a damaged stand:** Matching dimensions for an existing Glossy Cube display.
- **Room-divider placement:** Extra height that brings a square tank to eye level from any side.
- **Hiding equipment:** Storage behind handle-free doors for filtration and heating gear.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, level, weight-rated floor before placing the tank.
- **Assemble fully first:** Build the taller cabinet completely and check it is stable before loading it.
- **Centre the tank:** Position the aquarium centrally on the cabinet top before filling.
- **Allow door clearance:** Leave room on all sides for the push-to-open doors to swing clear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched footprint:** 50 by 50 cm square base built specifically for the Glossy Cube aquarium.
- **Extra height:** About 90 cm tall, more than the rectangular Glossy cabinets.
- **High-gloss finish:** Visually matches the aquarium it supports.
- **Push-to-open doors:** No visible handles on any visible face.
- **Load-tested strength:** Rated well beyond the filled weight of the Glossy Cube.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102402
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546301770
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet (Glossy Range)
- **Cabinet Dimensions:** 50 x 50 x 90 cm
- **Material:** Wood-based board body, high-gloss finish
- **Doors:** Push-to-open, handle-free
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Glossy Cube aquarium
- **Target Environment:** Supports freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Hexa Set 60 Black Stand
Hexagonal black cabinet built to carry the Aquael Hexa Set 60 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-hexa-set-60-black-stand/
- Price: $232.79 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101721 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546025874
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AquaEl-Hexa-with-Stand-441x441-1.jpg
A hexagonal aquarium looks wrong perched on a rectangular cabinet, with the corners of the furniture jutting out beyond the glass. Aquael Hexa Set 60 Black Stand (SKU: 101721) is Aquael's HEXA cabinet in black, shaped with a hexagonal top to match the 60 litre Hexa Set 60 aquarium so the tank and stand read as one piece of furniture. Aquael gives the dimensions as 45 × 45 × 73 cm (width × depth × height) for an aquarium 45 cm across, and builds the cabinet from wood-imitation panels that it has tested for durability, with each model tested by size under control loads well above those seen in use.
According to Aquael the cabinet's strength exceeds the highest possible mass of a compatible tank, and a UK retailer quotes a capacity of up to 90 kg. The veneer is described as highly resistant, so water and dust do not damage the finish, and routine care is no more than regular dusting. The same retailer notes that it is supplied flat-packed and is easily assembled in minutes. The aquarium itself is not included: this is the stand alone, made to go under the Hexa Set 60. A filled aquarium of this size is heavy and cannot be shifted once set up, so the stand needs a solid, level floor, ideally against a wall, away from direct sun, heaters and air-conditioning vents, and close enough to a power point for the filter, heater and light.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hexa Set 60 owners:** The matching base for Aquael's hexagonal 60 litre aquarium.
- **Corners and feature spots:** A compact 45 cm footprint for a living room, office or reception.
- **Replacing makeshift furniture:** A purpose-built stand instead of a side table not made for a full tank.
- **Black décor:** A black finish that pairs with the black Hexa set.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build in place:** Assemble the flat-packed panels where the aquarium will stand.
- **Level it:** Check with a spirit level front to back and side to side before the tank goes on.
- **Seat the aquarium squarely:** Align the hexagonal base with the top so no edge overhangs.
- **Leave access:** Keep a gap to the wall for power leads, hoses and airline.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hexagonal top:** Matches the shape of the Hexa Set 60 aquarium.
- **Load-tested:** Strength exceeds the mass of a full compatible tank, according to Aquael.
- **Resistant veneer:** Water and dust do not damage the finish.
- **Compact footprint:** 45 × 45 cm and 73 cm tall.
- **Flat-packed:** Easy to carry into the room and assemble.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101721
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546025874
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand (Hexagonal)
- **Dimensions:** 45 × 45 × 73 cm (W × D × H), per Aquael
- **Aquarium Fit:** Aquael Hexa Set 60 (60 L), 45 cm across
- **Material:** Wood-imitation panels with a water- and dust-resistant veneer
- **Colour:** Black
- **Load:** Up to 90 kg (UK retailer figure)
- **Supplied:** Flat-packed; aquarium not included
- **Target Environment:** Indoor freshwater aquarium display
---
#### Aquael Leddy 60 Black Stand
Minimalist black Simple cabinet sized for 60 cm Leddy aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-leddy-60-black-stand/
- Price: $158.34 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102007
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102007-1.jpg
The Leddy 60 is a compact tank, and setting it on a bookcase or hall table that was never built for the weight of a full aquarium is a common first-tank mistake. Aquael Leddy 60 Black Stand (SKU: 102007) is the 60 cm black version of Aquael's SIMPLE aquarium cabinet (maker item 114611), a minimalist stand for small and medium tanks with a rectangular front wall. Aquael gives its dimensions as 61 × 31 × 72.5 cm (width × depth × height) for aquariums 60 cm wide, which matches the 60 × 30 cm footprint of the Leddy Day & Night 60 set and the taller Leddy XL 60, with a little margin all round so the base sits fully supported.
Aquael describes the Simple cabinet as lightweight and easy to assemble, with a minimalist design suited to modern interiors such as a living room or a child's room. There are no doors; instead a shelf at the base keeps fish food, water conditioner and test kits within reach. All models have passed endurance tests, and the panels are considerably more water-resistant than regular furniture, according to Aquael, which helps with the drips of weekly maintenance, though spills should still be wiped up. Australian retail listings also pair the 60 cm stand with the smaller Leddy 40 set. It is supplied flat-packed, and the same cabinet is made in white and in 75 and 80 cm sizes; the black 75 cm version is the Leddy 75 Black Stand (SKU 112948).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leddy 60 sets:** The matching base for the 54 L Leddy Day & Night 60.
- **Leddy XL 60:** The same 60 × 30 cm footprint for the taller 72 L tank.
- **Leddy 40 sets:** Retailers also list it under the 41 × 25 cm Leddy 40.
- **First aquarium set-ups:** A purpose-built stand in place of household furniture.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble from flat pack:** Build it on the spot where it will stand.
- **Level the stand:** Check the top with a spirit level before the aquarium goes on.
- **Use the under pad:** Lay the protective pad supplied with Leddy sets between cabinet and glass.
- **Position thoughtfully:** Near a power point, out of direct sun, with room behind for leads.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for 60 cm tanks:** A 61 × 31 cm top for a 60 × 30 cm aquarium.
- **Open shelf:** A base shelf for food and accessories, with no doors to open.
- **Water-resistant panels:** More resistant to splashes than regular furniture.
- **Endurance tested:** All Simple models have passed Aquael's endurance tests.
- **Minimalist black finish:** Clean lines that match the black Leddy sets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102007
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546307086
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Manufacturer Model:** Cabinet Simple Rect. Black 60 (114611)
- **Dimensions:** 61 × 31 × 72.5 cm (W × D × H)
- **Aquarium Fit:** 60 cm wide aquariums, including Leddy 60 and Leddy XL 60
- **Storage:** Open base shelf, no doors
- **Colour:** Black
- **Supplied:** Flat-packed
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy 75 Black Stand (SKU 112948)
- **Target Environment:** Indoor freshwater aquarium display
---
#### Aquael Leddy 60 White Stand
Open-shelf white aquarium stand built for Aquael's 60 cm Leddy sets.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-leddy-60-white-stand/
- Price: $229.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112907 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546307093
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/112907-1.jpg
A 60 cm aquarium full of water, gravel and rock weighs far more than a bookshelf or sideboard is designed to carry, and it needs a base sized to its footprint. Aquael Leddy 60 White Stand (SKU: 112907) is Aquael's Simple stand in white, the 60 cm model that Aquael designs for small and medium-sized tanks with a rectangular front wall and that is sold in Australia to match the Leddy 60 aquarium sets. Australian retailers also list it as suitable for the smaller Leddy 40 set. It is a doorless, open design with a shelf at the base for fish food, test kits and other accessories, so everything for the tank stays within reach.
Aquael gives the dimensions as 61 × 31 × 72.5 cm (W × D × H), for an aquarium 60 cm wide. The maker describes the stand as simple in structure, lightweight and easy to assemble, and considerably more water-resistant than ordinary household furniture, and states that it has passed endurance tests. It arrives flat packed for home assembly. The white finish suits light, modern interiors, and a matching black version is made in the same size. For a 75 cm Leddy set, the Leddy 75 White Stand (SKU 112908) is the wider model. As with any aquarium furniture, the stand should be assembled and placed in its final position before the tank goes on, since a filled aquarium cannot be moved safely.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leddy 60 aquarium sets:** A matching base for Aquael's 60 cm Leddy tanks.
- **Leddy 40 sets:** Retailers list the 60 stand as suitable for the smaller 40 cm set.
- **Other 60 cm tanks:** Rectangular-front aquariums with a 60 cm wide base.
- **Light interiors:** A white open stand for living rooms, studies and bedrooms.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble fully:** Build the flat-packed stand following Aquael's instructions, tightening every fixing.
- **Choose the spot:** A firm, level floor near a power point and away from direct sun and heaters.
- **Check level:** Use a spirit level on the top before the aquarium goes on.
- **Fill in place:** Set the empty tank on the stand, then add substrate and water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sized for 60 cm tanks:** 61 × 31 cm top for an aquarium 60 cm wide.
- **Open design:** No doors, with a lower shelf for food and accessories.
- **Water-resistant build:** Considerably more resistant to water than regular furniture, according to Aquael.
- **Endurance tested:** Aquael states the design has passed endurance testing.
- **Flat packed:** Lightweight and easy to assemble at home.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112907
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546307093
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Open Aquarium Stand
- **Range:** Aquael Simple stand, 60 cm, white
- **Dimensions:** 61 × 31 × 72.5 cm (W × D × H)
- **Aquarium Width:** 60 cm
- **Doors:** None; open front with base shelf
- **Colour:** White (also made in black)
- **Compatible Sets:** Aquael Leddy 60; Leddy 40 per Australian retailers
- **Supplied:** Flat packed for home assembly
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy 75 White Stand (SKU 112908)
- **Target Environment:** Indoor freshwater aquarium set-ups with a 60 cm tank
---
#### Aquael Leddy 75 Black Stand
Black Simple cabinet made to carry the 105 litre Leddy 75 aquarium set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-leddy-75-black-stand/
- Price: $249.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112948 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546307109
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/112948-1.jpg
At 105 litres, the Leddy 75 is well past the point where an ordinary sideboard or chest of drawers should be trusted with it. Aquael Leddy 75 Black Stand (SKU: 112948) is the 75 cm black model of Aquael's SIMPLE aquarium cabinet (maker item 114613), measuring 75.6 × 36 × 72.5 cm (width × depth × height) and made for aquariums 75 cm wide. It is sized for the Aquael Leddy Day & Night 75 set (SKU 113003 in black), a 75 × 35 × 40 cm tank, and its top is slightly larger than that footprint so the glass base is supported right to the edges.
The Simple range is Aquael's minimalist cabinet for small and medium tanks with a rectangular front wall, lightweight and easy to assemble, and designed for modern living rooms and children's rooms. In place of doors there is an open shelf at the base for fish food, test kits and other accessories, so everything for the daily feed and the weekly water change is within reach. Every model in the range has passed Aquael's endurance tests, and the panels are considerably more water-resistant than regular furniture. A UK retailer lists the 75 cm model for aquariums of 75 × 35 cm. It arrives flat-packed; for smaller tanks the 60 cm black stand (SKU 102007) carries the Leddy 60, the Leddy XL 60 and the Leddy 40.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leddy 75 sets:** The matching cabinet for the 105 L Leddy Day & Night 75.
- **Other 75 cm tanks:** Rectangular aquariums with a footprint up to about 75 × 35 cm.
- **Upgrading from a 60:** Moving up to a larger community tank on matching furniture.
- **Living rooms and kids' rooms:** A minimalist piece Aquael designed for modern interiors.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build it in place:** Assemble the flat pack where it will stand; a full 105 L tank cannot be moved.
- **Check floor and level:** Use a solid floor and level the top in both directions.
- **Fit the under pad:** Place the Leddy pad under the glass to spread the load evenly.
- **Plan the shelf:** Keep food, test kits and conditioner on the base shelf, clear of the power board.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **75 cm top:** 75.6 × 36 cm, sized for a 75 cm wide aquarium.
- **Matches the Leddy 75:** Pairs with the 75 × 35 × 40 cm, 105 L set.
- **Base shelf storage:** An open shelf in place of doors.
- **Splash resistant:** More water-resistant than regular furniture, according to Aquael.
- **Endurance tested:** The whole Simple range has passed Aquael's testing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112948
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546307109
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Manufacturer Model:** Cabinet Simple Rect. Black 75 (114613)
- **Dimensions:** 75.6 × 36 × 72.5 cm (W × D × H)
- **Aquarium Fit:** 75 cm wide aquariums, including the Leddy Day & Night 75 (75 × 35 × 40 cm)
- **Storage:** Open base shelf, no doors
- **Colour:** Black
- **Supplied:** Flat-packed
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Leddy 60 Black Stand (SKU 102007)
- **Target Environment:** Indoor freshwater aquarium display
---
#### Aquael Leddy 75 White Stand
Flat-packed cabinet base built for the Aquael Leddy 75 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-leddy-75-white-stand/
- Price: $194.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112908 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546307116
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/112908-1.jpg
A filled 75 cm aquarium puts a steady, concentrated load on whatever it sits on, which rules out a general-purpose piece of furniture not built for that weight. Aquael Leddy 75 White Stand (SKU: 112908) is Aquael's purpose-built cabinet for the Leddy 75 aquarium, supplied flat-packed for home assembly and finished in white to match the Leddy 75 tank and hood. It is sized specifically to the 75 by 35 cm footprint of that aquarium rather than being a generic stand that happens to fit.
Aquael lists the stand at 75.6 by 36 by 72.5 cm and rates it for aquariums up to 200 L, which covers the Leddy 75 at its stated capacity with a margin for the substrate, rockwork and full water fill. The panels are described as more water-resistant than standard flat-pack furniture and are endurance tested as a cabinet base rather than general storage furniture, since an aquarium stand carries its load continuously rather than occasionally. The same Leddy stand line is also made in a 60 cm size for the smaller Leddy 60 aquarium, so the 75 and 60 stands should not be swapped between tanks despite the similar design, as the footprint and rated capacity differ between them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leddy 75 aquariums:** Matched footprint and load rating for this specific tank.
- **New set-ups:** A stand sized to the tank rather than adapting furniture not built for aquarium weight.
- **White Leddy 75 tanks and hoods:** Finish matches the rest of the white Leddy 75 set.
- **Aquariums up to 200 L:** Covers the Leddy 75's full water, substrate and decor weight.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unpack on a flat surface:** Lay out all panels and fittings from the flat-pack before starting.
- **Assemble the frame:** Follow the included instructions to join the panels into the cabinet carcass.
- **Level the stand:** Check the floor and the top of the stand are level before placing the tank, since an aquarium amplifies any lean.
- **Fit a protective mat:** Place a foam mat or similar between the stand top and the aquarium base before filling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purpose-built for Leddy 75:** Footprint and load rating matched to this specific aquarium.
- **White finish:** Matches the Leddy 75 tank and hood set.
- **Flat-packed:** Supplied for home assembly rather than as a pre-built cabinet.
- **Water-resistant panels:** Built with aquarium use in mind rather than standard furniture-grade board.
- **Endurance tested:** Rated as a load-bearing aquarium stand, not general storage furniture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112908
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546307116
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 75.6 × 36 × 72.5 cm (L × W × H)
- **Colour:** White
- **Fits:** Aquael Leddy 75 aquarium (75 × 35 cm footprint)
- **Maximum Aquarium Size:** Up to 200 L
- **Assembly:** Flat-packed, home assembly
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy 60 White Stand (SKU 112907)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium support furniture
---
#### Aquael Premium 100 Black Cabinet
High-capacity aquarium stand for a 100 cm display tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-100-black-cabinet/
- Price: $902.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725290
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725290-1.webp
A 100 cm aquarium filled with water, substrate and rock is a serious weight to trust to a stand, and the cabinet underneath it needs margin, not just enough capacity on paper. Aquael Premium 100 Black Cabinet (SKU: 725290) is the third size in Aquael's Cabinet Premium range, measuring 100 × 40 × 78 cm and rated by Aquael to carry up to 300 kg, a jump up from the smaller 60 and 80 cm models to suit the heavier load of a full-size display tank. It is built from moisture-resistant woodgrain board, with the door and top edges finished using an overmoulding process designed to stop the surface softening where water is splashed or spilled during routine maintenance.
The doors are handle-free, opening with a light press and closing on a soft-close mechanism, and swing open to 165 degrees for full access to the cabinet's interior. Both the door and the pull-out drawer can be fitted to open from either side, so the cabinet can be set up to suit the room it goes in. A magnetic strip inside the door holds metal tools, a small towel rack keeps a cloth within reach, and the drawer is sized for fish food and accessories rather than bulky equipment. With no full back panel, filter hoses and power cables can be routed through the cabinet without drilling, and there is enough interior space to house an external filter such as Aquael's Hypermax 4500 BT if the equipment is kept inside rather than beside the tank. This listing is the black finish, with white and grey also made in the same range and dimensions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting a 100 cm display tank:** A 300 kg rating for the weight of a full-size aquarium.
- **Housing external equipment:** Room inside for a canister filter such as the Hypermax 4500 BT.
- **Feature display positions:** A larger footprint suited to a room's focal-point tank.
- **Flexible room layouts:** Door and drawer can be fitted on either side.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor can bear the load:** Confirm flooring is suitable before siting a cabinet rated to 300 kg.
- **Level the cabinet before the tank goes on:** Use a spirit level across the top before placing the aquarium.
- **Fit a base mat:** A foam mat between the cabinet top and the glass spreads the load evenly.
- **Route cables through the open back:** Run filter and heater leads through before filling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 kg load rating:** Built for a filled 100 cm display tank.
- **Moisture-resistant board:** Overmoulded door and top edges resist softening from splashes.
- **Handle-free soft-close doors:** Open on a press, swinging to 165 degrees.
- **Space for an external filter:** Fits a canister such as the Hypermax 4500 BT inside.
- **Open back panel:** Routes cables and hoses without drilling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725290
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 100 × 40 × 78 cm
- **Maximum Load:** 300 kg
- **Colour:** Black
- **Storage:** Pull-out drawer, internal magnetic strip, towel rack
- **Other Sizes:** Premium 60 Black (SKU 725288); Premium 80 Black (SKU 725289); Premium 120 Black (SKU 725291)
- **Target Environment:** Stand for freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Premium 100 White Cabinet
White-finish aquarium stand for a 100 cm tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-100-white-cabinet/
- Price: $774.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725286
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725286-1.jpg
A white cabinet shows marks and splashes far more readily than a black one, which makes the surface finish, not just the timber underneath, the part that actually decides how the stand looks after a few years of water changes. Aquael Premium 100 White Cabinet (SKU: 725286) is the white finish of the 100 cm size in Aquael's Cabinet Premium range, built to the same 100 × 40 × 78 cm dimensions and 300 kg load rating as the black and grey versions of this size, using a moisture-resistant woodgrain board with an overmoulded door and top edge that resists softening and staining where splashes land.
Inside, the cabinet follows the rest of the Premium range: handle-free doors that open with a light press and close on a soft-close mechanism rather than a slam, swinging open to 165 degrees, with both the door and the pull-out drawer able to be fitted on either side to suit the room. A magnetic strip inside the door holds metal tools within reach, a small towel rack keeps a cloth handy for spills, and the drawer is sized for fish food and small accessories. There is no full back panel, so filter hoses and power cables can be run through the body without drilling, and the cabinet has enough interior room for an external filter such as Aquael's Hypermax 4500 BT if it is kept out of sight rather than beside the tank. The white finish suits lighter-toned aquascapes and brighter rooms, and pairs naturally with the white finish available across Aquael's Optitank and other tank ranges.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting a 100 cm display tank:** A 300 kg rating for a full-size filled aquarium.
- **Brighter room settings:** The white finish suits lighter décor than the black or grey options.
- **Pairing with a white aquarium:** Matches the white finish used across other Aquael tank ranges.
- **Housing external equipment:** Room inside for a canister filter such as the Hypermax 4500 BT.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the cabinet first:** Check it stands flat before placing the aquarium on top.
- **Protect the finish while fitting the tank:** Handle the white panels carefully, since marks show more readily than on darker finishes.
- **Use a base mat:** Fit a foam mat between the cabinet top and the glass to spread the load evenly.
- **Route cables through the open back:** Run filter and heater leads through before filling the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White overmoulded finish:** Moisture- and splash-resistant surface on doors and top.
- **300 kg load rating:** The same capacity as the black and grey 100 cm versions.
- **Handle-free soft-close doors:** Press-open, swinging to 165 degrees.
- **Reversible door and drawer:** Fits either side of the room.
- **Open back panel:** Routes cables and hoses without drilling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725286
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 100 × 40 × 78 cm
- **Maximum Load:** 300 kg
- **Colour:** White
- **Storage:** Pull-out drawer, internal magnetic strip, towel rack
- **Other Sizes:** Premium 80 White (SKU 725285); Premium 120 White (SKU 725287); Premium 60 White (SKU 725384)
- **Target Environment:** Stand for freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Premium 120 Black Cabinet
Top-capacity aquarium stand for large 120 cm tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-120-black-cabinet/
- Price: $1,031.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725291
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725291-1.jpg
At the largest size in a cabinet range, the stand is not just furniture under the tank; it is the thing keeping several hundred kilograms off the floor for years of water changes and feeding. Aquael Premium 120 Black Cabinet (SKU: 725291) is the largest size in Aquael's Cabinet Premium range, measuring 120 × 40 × 78 cm and carrying the highest load rating in the line at 360 kg, built for the weight of a full 120 cm aquarium once water, substrate and hardscape are all in. It shares the moisture-resistant woodgrain board of the smaller sizes, with an overmoulded finish on the door and top edges that resists softening where splashes or spills land during routine tank care.
The doors are handle-free, press-open and close with a soft-close mechanism rather than a slam, swinging open to 165 degrees to give full access to the widest cabinet in the range. The door and the pull-out drawer can be fitted to open from either side, letting the cabinet suit the room it stands in. A magnetic strip inside the door holds metal tools, a small towel rack keeps a cloth within reach, and the drawer suits fish food and accessories. There is no full back panel, so filter hoses and power leads can run through without drilling, and the wider body gives enough room inside for an external canister such as Aquael's Hypermax 4500 BT, which is particularly relevant at this tank size where equipment tends to be bulkier. This listing is the black finish, with white and grey also made at the same 120 × 40 × 78 cm dimensions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting a 120 cm aquarium:** The highest load rating in the range, at 360 kg.
- **Large community or cichlid displays:** Built for the weight of a full-size tank and hardscape.
- **Housing bulkier equipment:** Extra interior room for a larger external filter.
- **Flexible room positioning:** Door and drawer can be fitted on either side.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the floor can take the load:** Check flooring is rated for a cabinet carrying up to 360 kg.
- **Level before the tank goes on:** Use a spirit level across the full 120 cm top.
- **Fit a base mat:** Place a foam mat between the cabinet top and the glass to spread the load.
- **Route hoses through the open back:** Run filter and heater leads through before filling the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **360 kg load rating:** The highest capacity in the Cabinet Premium range.
- **Moisture-resistant board:** Overmoulded edges resist softening from splashes.
- **Handle-free soft-close doors:** Open on a press, swinging to 165 degrees.
- **Room for larger equipment:** Fits a bulkier external filter such as the Hypermax 4500 BT.
- **Open back panel:** Routes cables and hoses without drilling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725291
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 120 × 40 × 78 cm
- **Maximum Load:** 360 kg
- **Colour:** Black
- **Storage:** Pull-out drawer, internal magnetic strip, towel rack
- **Other Sizes:** Premium 60 Black (SKU 725288); Premium 80 Black (SKU 725289); Premium 100 Black (SKU 725290)
- **Target Environment:** Stand for freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Premium 120 White Cabinet
Heavy-duty aquarium stand rated to 360 kg for 120 cm tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-120-white-cabinet/
- Price: $1,031.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725287
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725287-1.jpg
A 120 cm display tank loaded with rock and substrate can weigh several hundred kilograms, and a stand built for a nano tank has no business under it. Aquael Premium 120 White Cabinet (SKU: 725287) is the largest width in Aquael's Premium cabinet range, a free-standing stand built from woodgrain board with a water-resistant veneer and an overmoulded door and top designed to resist moisture and splash damage. It measures 120 x 40 cm at the base and stands 78 cm tall, and is rated to carry up to 360 kg, the highest capacity of the four sizes in the range, covering the tank, substrate, rock and water together. White is one of three finishes Aquael offers, alongside black and grey.
The doors are handle-free, opening with a light press and closing with a soft click, and they swing to 165 degrees so the full width is reachable from either side. A pull-out drawer at the base holds food and small tools, a towel rail is fitted to the door, and a magnetic strip inside keeps metal tools such as scissors within reach. There is no full back panel, so filter hoses and cables run straight through rather than needing holes drilled. The legs adjust by 7 mm to level a floor that is not quite flat, and doors and drawer runners can be fitted to open from either side. The base leaves room for a large external canister filter concealed below the display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **120 cm aquariums:** Matched footprint and the range's highest rated capacity for a large display tank.
- **Heavy aquascapes:** Rock, large volumes of substrate and a full water column up to 360 kg.
- **Uneven floors:** The 7 mm leg adjustment levels the cabinet without extra shims.
- **Large equipment storage:** The enclosed base has room for a large external filter or sump plumbing.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor first:** A 120 cm cabinet under load needs level ground; adjust the legs before filling the tank.
- **Position before filling:** Decide the final spot before the tank goes on; a loaded cabinet this size is not meant to be moved.
- **Route cables and hoses:** Pass filter and heater lines through the open back before lowering the tank into place.
- **Set the door swing:** Fit hinges and the drawer to the side that suits access around the display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **360 kg weight rating:** The highest capacity in the Premium range, for a full 120 cm display.
- **Water-resistant construction:** Woodgrain board with an overmoulded door and top.
- **Soft-close, handle-free doors:** Open with a press and close quietly at a 165-degree swing.
- **Integrated storage:** Pull-out drawer, magnetic tool strip and a door-mounted towel rail.
- **Open back panel:** Hoses and cables for large equipment pass through without drilling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725287
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > White Aquarium Cabinet
- **Material:** Woodgrain board with water-resistant veneer; overmoulded door and top
- **Footprint:** 120 x 40 cm
- **Height:** 78 cm
- **Weight Capacity:** 360 kg (tank, substrate, rock and water combined)
- **Door Opening Angle:** 165 degrees, handle-free, soft-close
- **Leg Adjustment:** 7 mm, for levelling on uneven floors
- **Colour:** White (also made in black and grey)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Premium 80 White Cabinet (SKU 725285) ; Aquael Premium 100 White Cabinet (SKU 725286) ; Aquael Premium 60 White Cabinet (SKU 725384)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium support, 120 cm tanks
---
#### Aquael Premium 60 Black Cabinet
Compact moisture-resistant aquarium stand with soft-close storage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-60-black-cabinet/
- Price: $597.73 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725288
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725288-1.webp
A cabinet under a 60 cm aquarium has to carry real weight for years without the chipboard swelling where splashes land, which is where a lot of budget stands eventually fail. Aquael Premium 60 Black Cabinet (SKU: 725288) is the smallest size in Aquael's Cabinet Premium range, a 60 × 40 × 78 cm stand built from moisture-resistant woodgrain board, with the door and top edges given an overmoulded finish to stop the board softening where water gets splashed or spilled. Aquael rates this size to carry up to 200 kg, giving headroom over the weight of a typical 60 cm tank filled with water, substrate and rock.
The doors are handle-free and open with a press, closing again with a soft-close click rather than a slam, and open to 165 degrees for full access to the cabinet's contents. Both the doors and the pull-out drawer can be fitted to open from the left or right, so the cabinet can be oriented to suit the room. Inside, a magnetic strip on the door holds metal tools such as scissors or tweezers, a small towel rack keeps a cloth to hand, and the drawer is sized for fish food and small accessories. The cabinet has no full back panel, so cables, hoses and an external filter's lines can run through without drilling, and Aquael notes that an external canister such as the Hypermax 4500 BT fits inside the body. It is finished in black for this listing, with white and grey also available across the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting a 60 cm aquarium:** Sized and load-rated for tanks of this footprint.
- **Tight room layouts:** A compact stand for smaller rooms or a first larger tank.
- **Left or right door hinging:** Fits either side of a room without redesigning the layout.
- **Hiding equipment and cabling:** The open back routes filter hoses and power leads out of sight.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the cabinet first:** Stand it on a flat, solid floor before placing the tank on top.
- **Fit a base mat:** Use a foam mat between the cabinet top and the tank to spread the load evenly.
- **Route hoses through the open back:** Run filter and heater cables through before the tank is filled.
- **Set the door swing:** Confirm the door and drawer are mounted on the side that suits the room.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 kg load rating:** Headroom above a typical filled 60 cm aquarium.
- **Moisture-resistant board:** Overmoulded door and top edges resist softening from splashes.
- **Handle-free soft-close doors:** Open on a press and close quietly, opening to 165 degrees.
- **Reversible door and drawer:** Can be fitted to open from either side.
- **Open back panel:** Routes cables and filter hoses without drilling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725288
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 60 × 40 × 78 cm
- **Maximum Load:** 200 kg
- **Colour:** Black
- **Storage:** Pull-out drawer, internal magnetic strip, towel rack
- **Other Sizes:** Premium 80 Black (SKU 725289); Premium 100 Black (SKU 725290); Premium 120 Black (SKU 725291)
- **Target Environment:** Stand for freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Premium 60 White Cabinet
Moisture-resistant stand with soft-close doors for 60 cm tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-60-white-cabinet/
- Price: $580.31 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725384
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725384-1.jpg
A tank stand that swells or discolours at the kickboard is a short-lived stand in a busy fish room. Aquael Premium 60 White Cabinet (SKU: 725384) is the 60 cm width in Aquael's Premium cabinet range, a free-standing aquarium stand built from woodgrain board with a water-resistant veneer and an overmoulded door and top designed to resist moisture and splash softening. It measures 60 x 40 cm at the base and stands 78 cm tall, sized for a 60 cm aquarium. White is one of three finishes in the range, alongside black and grey, and this size is rated to hold up to 200 kg, covering the tank, substrate, rock and water together.
The doors are handle-free, opening with a light press and closing with a soft click, and they swing to 165 degrees for full access. A pull-out drawer at the base holds food and small tools, a slim towel rail sits on the door, and a magnetic strip inside holds metal tools such as scissors in place. There is no full back panel, so filter hoses and cables run straight through rather than needing holes drilled. The legs adjust by 7 mm, enough to level a floor that is slightly out of true. Doors and the drawer can be fitted to open from either side, and the base has room for an external canister filter out of sight.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm aquariums:** Matched footprint for a 60 cm wide tank at standard viewing height.
- **Uneven floors:** The 7 mm leg adjustment levels the cabinet without extra shims.
- **Hiding equipment:** The enclosed base conceals an external filter, a doser or spare buckets.
- **Room layout changes:** Doors and drawer can be swapped to open from either side.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the empty cabinet in place and adjust the legs until it sits level.
- **Position before filling:** Set the final position before the tank goes on top; a loaded cabinet is not meant to be slid.
- **Route cables first:** Run filter hoses and power cords through the open back before the tank is lowered into place.
- **Set the door swing:** Fit the hinges and drawer runners to the side that suits the room before loading the shelves.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Water-resistant construction:** Woodgrain board with an overmoulded door and top to resist splash damage.
- **Soft-close, handle-free doors:** Open with a press and close quietly at a 165-degree swing.
- **Integrated storage:** Pull-out drawer, magnetic tool strip and a towel rail built into the door.
- **Open back panel:** Hoses and cables pass through without drilling the cabinet.
- **200 kg capacity:** Rated for the full weight of a 60 cm tank, substrate, rock and water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725384
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > White Aquarium Cabinet
- **Material:** Woodgrain board with water-resistant veneer; overmoulded door and top
- **Footprint:** 60 x 40 cm
- **Height:** 78 cm
- **Weight Capacity:** 200 kg (tank, substrate, rock and water combined)
- **Door Opening Angle:** 165 degrees, handle-free, soft-close
- **Leg Adjustment:** 7 mm, for levelling on uneven floors
- **Colour:** White (also made in black and grey)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Premium 80 White Cabinet (SKU 725285) ; Aquael Premium 100 White Cabinet (SKU 725286) ; Aquael Premium 120 White Cabinet (SKU 725287)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium support, 60 cm tanks
---
#### Aquael Premium 80 Black Cabinet
Slim-depth aquarium stand with press-open storage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-80-black-cabinet/
- Price: $773.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725289
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725289-1.webp
An 80 cm aquarium often ends up against a wall in a hallway or a narrower room, where a deep cabinet eats into the floor space more than the tank itself does. Aquael Premium 80 Black Cabinet (SKU: 725289) is the second size in Aquael's Cabinet Premium range, measuring 80 × 35 × 78 cm, a shallower depth than the 60, 100 and 120 cm cabinets in the same line, which keeps the footprint tighter in a narrower space. It is built from moisture-resistant woodgrain board with an overmoulded finish on the door and top edges, so splashes and spills do not soften the surface the way they would on an untreated chipboard stand, and Aquael rates it to carry up to 180 kg.
The handle-free doors open with a light press and close on a soft-close mechanism rather than slamming, swinging open to 165 degrees for full access, and both the door and the pull-out drawer can be mounted on either side to suit the room. A magnetic strip on the inside of the door holds metal tools within reach, a small towel rack keeps a cloth handy for spills, and the drawer is sized for fish food and small accessories rather than bulky equipment. There is no full back panel, so power cables and filter hoses can be routed straight through without drilling into the cabinet body, and an external filter such as Aquael's Hypermax 4500 BT fits inside if floor space inside the cabinet is wanted for equipment rather than storage. This listing is the black finish; white and grey are also made in the same range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting an 80 cm aquarium:** Matched footprint and 180 kg load rating for this tank size.
- **Narrower rooms or hallways:** The shallower 35 cm depth suits tighter spaces.
- **Housing an external filter:** Enough room inside for a canister such as the Hypermax 4500 BT.
- **Flexible door orientation:** Can be set up to open from either side of the cabinet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Stand it on a flat floor:** Check the cabinet sits level before the tank goes on top.
- **Use a base mat under the tank:** A foam mat between cabinet and glass spreads the load.
- **Thread cables through the open back:** Run filter and heater leads before filling the aquarium.
- **Confirm the door swing:** Fit the door and drawer on whichever side suits the room layout.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slimmer 35 cm depth:** Shallower than the 60, 100 and 120 cm models in the range.
- **180 kg load rating:** Sized for a filled 80 cm aquarium.
- **Moisture-resistant board:** Overmoulded edges resist softening from splashes.
- **Press-open, soft-close doors:** Handle-free, opening to 165 degrees.
- **Open back panel:** Routes cables and hoses without drilling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725289
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 80 × 35 × 78 cm
- **Maximum Load:** 180 kg
- **Colour:** Black
- **Storage:** Pull-out drawer, internal magnetic strip, towel rack
- **Other Sizes:** Premium 60 Black (SKU 725288); Premium 100 Black (SKU 725290); Premium 120 Black (SKU 725291)
- **Target Environment:** Stand for freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
#### Aquael Premium 80 White Cabinet
Slim-depth aquarium stand with soft-close storage for 80 cm tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-premium-80-white-cabinet/
- Price: $773.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725285
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725285-1.jpg
An 80 cm tank often sits against a narrower wall than a 60 or 100, and a deep cabinet underneath eats into the room behind it. Aquael Premium 80 White Cabinet (SKU: 725285) is the 80 cm width in Aquael's Premium range, built on a slimmer 35 cm deep base than the other three sizes in the line, while keeping the same woodgrain board with a water-resistant veneer and an overmoulded door and top. It measures 80 x 35 cm at the base and stands 78 cm tall, and white is one of three colours Aquael makes it in, alongside black and grey. Rated to 180 kg, it carries an 80 cm tank, substrate, rock and water as one load on a stand with less floor space front to back than the 60 or 100 cm cabinets.
The narrower depth is a trade-off: the 60 cm cabinet at 200 kg and the 100 cm at 300 kg both have a deeper 40 cm base, so this model carries slightly less despite its wider footprint. The doors are handle-free, pressing open and closing with a soft click, and swing to 165 degrees for full access. A pull-out drawer stores food and tools, a towel rail sits on the door, and a magnetic strip inside holds scissors and other metal tools. There is no full back panel, so hoses and cables run through rather than through drilled holes, and the legs adjust by 7 mm to level an uneven floor. Doors and the drawer can be fitted to open from either side.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **80 cm aquariums:** Matched footprint for an 80 cm wide tank at standard viewing height.
- **Tight rooms:** The 35 cm depth suits a spot against a wall with limited space behind it.
- **Uneven floors:** The 7 mm leg adjustment levels the cabinet without extra shims.
- **Concealed equipment:** The enclosed base hides an external filter or doser from view.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the empty cabinet in place and adjust the legs until it sits level.
- **Confirm the depth fits:** Measure the 35 cm base against the intended wall space before delivery of the tank.
- **Route cables first:** Run filter hoses and power cords through the open back before the tank goes on top.
- **Set the door swing:** Fit hinges and the drawer to the side that suits foot traffic in the room.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slim 35 cm depth:** Narrower base than the 60, 100 and 120 cm Premium cabinets.
- **Water-resistant construction:** Woodgrain board with an overmoulded door and top.
- **Soft-close, handle-free doors:** Open with a press and close quietly at a 165-degree swing.
- **Integrated storage:** Pull-out drawer, magnetic tool strip and a door-mounted towel rail.
- **180 kg capacity:** Rated for an 80 cm tank, substrate, rock and water combined.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725285
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > White Aquarium Cabinet
- **Material:** Woodgrain board with water-resistant veneer; overmoulded door and top
- **Footprint:** 80 x 35 cm
- **Height:** 78 cm
- **Weight Capacity:** 180 kg (tank, substrate, rock and water combined)
- **Door Opening Angle:** 165 degrees, handle-free, soft-close
- **Leg Adjustment:** 7 mm, for levelling on uneven floors
- **Colour:** White (also made in black and grey)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Premium 100 White Cabinet (SKU 725286) ; Aquael Premium 120 White Cabinet (SKU 725287) ; Aquael Premium 60 White Cabinet (SKU 725384)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium support, 80 cm tanks
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 60 Forrest Cabinet
Matching stand for the Ultrascape 60 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-ultrascape-60-forrest-cabinet/
- Price: $296.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124691 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546327602
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124691-1.jpg
A tank set on furniture it was never designed for tends to look like an afterthought, even when the aquarium itself is well chosen. Aquael Ultrascape 60 Forrest Cabinet (SKU: 124691) is the stand built specifically for Aquael's Ultrascape 60 Forrest aquarium, finished in the same dark, wood-effect Forest styling so the two pieces read as one unit rather than a tank perched on an unrelated piece of furniture. At 60 x 30 x 80 cm, it is sized to match the 60 x 30 cm footprint of the 65 L Ultrascape 60 tank exactly, with no overhang or gap along the edges.
Because the cabinet shares its footprint with the Ultrascape 60 and 60 XL aquariums, it also suits anyone running a Leddy 60 or 60 XL tank who wants the matching Forest-finish stand without buying the full aquarium set. At 80 cm tall, it brings the tank to a comfortable viewing height for most rooms, and the enclosed cabinet body gives space underneath the tank to store filters, buckets, food and other equipment out of sight. It is sold as the stand alone, without the aquarium, lighting or underpad that come with the Ultrascape 60 Forrest Aquarium set, for anyone assembling the system from its separate parts or replacing an existing cabinet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pairing with the Ultrascape 60 aquarium:** The purpose-built stand for the 65 L Ultrascape 60 Forrest tank.
- **Leddy 60 and 60 XL owners:** A matching-finish stand for the same footprint tanks outside the Ultrascape range.
- **Replacing an existing stand:** Moving a 60 x 30 cm tank onto a cabinet built for its exact footprint.
- **Equipment storage:** Keeping filters, heaters and maintenance gear enclosed beneath the tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the floor first:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, stable floor before placing the aquarium on top.
- **Check the footprint:** Confirm the tank's 60 x 30 cm base sits fully within the cabinet top.
- **Fit the underpad:** Place an underpad between the cabinet and the tank base before filling.
- **Load evenly:** Keep stored equipment distributed inside the cabinet rather than concentrated to one side.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched Forest finish:** The same wood-effect styling as the Ultrascape 60 Forrest aquarium.
- **Exact footprint fit:** 60 x 30 cm top, sized to the Ultrascape 60, Leddy 60 and 60 XL tanks.
- **80 cm standing height:** Brings the tank to a comfortable viewing level.
- **Enclosed storage:** Space beneath the tank for filters and equipment.
- **Sold separately:** The stand alone, for building the system from individual parts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124691
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546327602
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand (Matched Set)
- **Dimensions:** 60 × 30 × 80 cm (L × W × H)
- **Finish:** Forest (wood-effect)
- **Compatible Aquariums:** Ultrascape 60, Leddy 60 and Leddy 60 XL (60 × 30 cm footprint)
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 90 Forrest Cabinet (SKU 124749)
- **Target Environment:** Indoor use beneath freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 60 Snow Cabinet
Matching stand for the Ultrascape 60 and Leddy 60 aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-ultrascape-60-snow-cabinet/
- Price: $296.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124747 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546327619
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124747-1.jpg
A tank this size needs a stand built to its exact footprint, not a generic cabinet that leaves gaps at the edges. Aquael Ultrascape 60 Snow Cabinet (SKU: 124747) is Aquael's dedicated stand for the Ultrascape 60 Snow aquarium, built to the same 60 x 30 cm footprint and finished in the matching satin-white Snow colourway. At 60 x 30 x 80 cm (L x W x H) it raises the aquarium to a comfortable viewing and maintenance height and gives the tank a stand purpose-built rather than adapted from a general-purpose piece of furniture.
Aquael also lists the cabinet as suitable for its Leddy 60 and Leddy 60 XL aquariums, so it is not limited to the Ultrascape tank alone provided the footprint matches. The cabinet belongs to the same range as the Ultrascape 60 Snow Aquarium, sold separately, and the Ultrascape 60 Snow Package, which bundles the two along with lighting, a heater and a filter. Aquael's cabinets in this range are built with height-adjustable legs to compensate for an uneven floor, an internal shelf for accessories such as food, test kits and spare media, and holes in the side panels to route hoses and power cables out of sight. The cabinet is sold on its own in this listing, without an aquarium, lighting, heater or filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ultrascape 60 Snow owners:** A stand built to the exact 60 x 30 cm footprint, in the matching finish.
- **Leddy 60 and 60 XL owners:** Aquael also fits this cabinet to its Leddy-range tanks of the same footprint.
- **Uneven floors:** Height-adjustable legs let the cabinet be levelled without shims.
- **Hiding equipment:** The internal shelf and cable holes keep filters, heaters and cords out of view.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the floor contact:** Adjust the legs until the cabinet sits flat before any aquarium goes on top.
- **Check the footprint:** Confirm the aquarium base matches the 60 x 30 cm top before lifting it into place.
- **Route cabling first:** Thread filter and heater leads through the side-panel holes before the tank is filled.
- **Load the shelf last:** Keep heavier items low and centred once the aquarium is in place and running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact-fit footprint:** Built to the 60 x 30 cm base of the Ultrascape 60 aquarium.
- **Leddy 60/60 XL compatible:** Also suits Aquael's Leddy-range tanks of the same size.
- **Height-adjustable legs:** Lets the cabinet be levelled on an uneven floor.
- **Internal accessory shelf:** Storage space for food, media and maintenance tools.
- **Cable and hose routing:** Side-panel holes keep wiring and tubing concealed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124747
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546327619
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 60 x 30 x 80 cm (L x W x H)
- **Finish:** Snow (satin white)
- **Compatible Aquariums:** Ultrascape 60 (Snow), Leddy 60, Leddy 60 XL
- **Features:** Height-adjustable legs, internal accessory shelf, side-panel cable/hose holes
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 90 Snow Cabinet (SKU 124748)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stands
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 90 Forrest Cabinet
Matching stand for the Ultrascape 90 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-ultrascape-90-forrest-cabinet/
- Price: $455.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124749 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546327626
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124749-1.jpg
A 243 L tank carries real weight once it is filled, so the stand underneath it needs to be built for that aquarium specifically rather than adapted from a smaller design. Aquael Ultrascape 90 Forrest Cabinet (SKU: 124749) is the dedicated stand for Aquael's Ultrascape 90 Forrest aquarium, sharing the same dark, wood-effect Forest finish so the tank and cabinet present as one designed piece rather than two unrelated purchases. At 90 x 60 x 80 cm, its top is sized to exactly match the 90 x 60 cm footprint of the 243 L Ultrascape 90 tank.
The cabinet stands 80 cm tall, bringing a tank of this size to a practical viewing height without needing a step to see into it, and its enclosed body provides storage for the filter, spare media, buckets and other equipment that a tank this size tends to accumulate. It is sold separately from the aquarium, lighting and underpad included in the Ultrascape 90 Forrest Aquarium set, for anyone assembling the full system piece by piece, replacing an existing stand, or needing a spare cabinet to match a tank bought earlier. Being built specifically for the 90 x 60 cm Ultrascape footprint, it is not interchangeable with the smaller Ultrascape 60 cabinet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pairing with the Ultrascape 90 aquarium:** The purpose-built stand for the 243 L Ultrascape 90 Forrest tank.
- **Replacing an existing stand:** Moving a 90 x 60 cm tank onto a cabinet built for its exact footprint.
- **Full system assembly:** Building the aquarium, cabinet and lighting as separate purchases.
- **Equipment storage:** Keeping filters, heaters and maintenance supplies enclosed beneath a larger tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor can bear the load:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, stable floor before the filled aquarium goes on top.
- **Match the footprint:** Confirm the tank's 90 x 60 cm base sits fully within the cabinet top.
- **Use an underpad:** Fit an underpad between the cabinet top and the tank base before filling.
- **Distribute stored items:** Keep equipment spread evenly inside the cabinet rather than loaded to one side.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched Forest finish:** The same wood-effect styling as the Ultrascape 90 Forrest aquarium.
- **Exact footprint fit:** 90 x 60 cm top, built specifically for the Ultrascape 90.
- **80 cm standing height:** Brings a 243 L tank to a practical viewing level.
- **Enclosed storage:** Room beneath the tank for filters, media and other equipment.
- **Sold separately:** The stand alone, for building or replacing within the Ultrascape system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124749
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546327626
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand (Matched Set)
- **Dimensions:** 90 × 60 × 80 cm (L × W × H)
- **Finish:** Forest (wood-effect)
- **Compatible Aquarium:** Ultrascape 90 (90 × 60 cm footprint)
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 60 Forrest Cabinet (SKU 124691)
- **Target Environment:** Indoor use beneath freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultrascape 90 Snow Cabinet
Matching stand for the Ultrascape 90 Snow aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aquael-ultrascape-90-snow-cabinet/
- Price: $455.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124748 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546327633
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124748-1.jpg
A 243-litre aquarium carries a serious amount of weight once water, substrate and hardscape are added, and the stand underneath it needs to be built for that load rather than borrowed from general furniture. Aquael Ultrascape 90 Snow Cabinet (SKU: 124748) is Aquael's dedicated stand for the Ultrascape 90 Snow aquarium, matched to the tank's 90 x 60 cm footprint and finished in the same satin-white Snow colourway. At 90 x 60 x 80 cm (L x W x H) it lifts the larger tank to a practical viewing height while keeping the same footprint the aquarium needs along its full base, not just at the corners.
The cabinet belongs to the same Ultrascape range as the 90 Snow aquarium, sold separately, and is built with the features Aquael uses across its Ultrascape cabinet line: height-adjustable legs to level the stand on an uneven floor, an internal shelf for accessories, and cable and hose routing through the side panels so equipment leads are not left hanging in view. Aquael pairs this cabinet specifically with the Ultrascape 90 aquarium rather than listing it against other tank ranges, so a straight footprint match is the way to confirm fit. This listing is for the cabinet alone, without the aquarium, lighting, heater or filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ultrascape 90 Snow owners:** A stand built to the exact 90 x 60 cm footprint of the larger aquarium.
- **Heavier set-ups:** Sized for the load a 243-litre aquarium places on its stand once filled.
- **Uneven floors:** Height-adjustable legs let the cabinet be levelled without extra shims.
- **Equipment-heavy tanks:** The shelf and cable holes suit set-ups running an external filter, heater and lighting controller.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level before loading:** Adjust the legs until the cabinet is flat and stable before the aquarium is lifted on.
- **Confirm the footprint:** Check the 90 x 60 cm top matches the aquarium base exactly.
- **Route cabling early:** Pass filter, heater and light cables through the side-panel holes before filling the tank.
- **Keep weight low:** Store heavier accessories on the lower part of the internal shelf.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact-fit footprint:** Built to the 90 x 60 cm base of the Ultrascape 90 aquarium.
- **Rated for the larger tank:** Sized to carry a filled 243-litre aquarium.
- **Height-adjustable legs:** Levels the cabinet on an uneven floor.
- **Internal accessory shelf:** Storage for food, media and maintenance tools.
- **Cable and hose routing:** Side-panel holes keep wiring and tubing out of sight.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124748
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546327633
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Stand
- **Dimensions:** 90 x 60 x 80 cm (L x W x H)
- **Finish:** Snow (satin white)
- **Compatible Aquariums:** Ultrascape 90 (Snow)
- **Features:** Height-adjustable legs, internal accessory shelf, side-panel cable/hose holes
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrascape 60 Snow Cabinet (SKU 124747)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium stands
---
### Aquael — Heating & Cooling
#### Aquael Fix-2 100w Pre-set Heater
Fixed 25°C submersible heater for aquariums up to 100 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-fix-2-100w-pre-set-heater/
- Price: $49.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113145 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328593
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113145-1.png
Stepping up from a nano tank to a mid-size aquarium usually means stepping up the heater too, without necessarily wanting the extra complexity of an adjustable thermostat. Aquael Fix-2 100w Pre-set Heater (SKU: 113145) is the larger of Aquael's two Fix-2 wattages, built the same way as the smaller unit: a factory-set 25°C target with no dial, display or control to adjust, in an electronic glass tube with no printing on the glass. Aquael rates the unit to IPX8, meaning it is fully submersible and built to run continuously under water, and at 100 W it is sized for tanks roughly double the volume the 50 W version is rated for, around 100 litres on the same ratio of power to water volume Aquael uses across the Fix-2 range.
Within the fixed 25°C target, the Fix-2's Smart Heating System moderates its own output rather than simply cycling at full power, which Aquael says keeps the temperature within about ±0.5°C rather than letting the tank swing noticeably between heating cycles. Because there is nothing to adjust, the unit suits a standard tropical community set-up at 25°C rather than a tank that needs a cooler or specifically tuned temperature. As with any glass heater, it needs to stay fully submerged at all times and should be given time to settle to the water temperature before being judged against a separate thermometer. A 50 W version of the same design covers smaller tanks up to about 50 litres where the full 100 W would be oversized.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks up to 100 L:** Mid-size community aquariums sized to this heater's output.
- **Standard tropical temperatures:** Set-ups where 25°C suits the fish, with no need to dial in anything else.
- **Replacing an undersized heater:** Stepping up from a 50 W unit on a tank that has grown or been upgraded.
- **Straightforward installs:** A fixed heater for anyone who would rather not manage an adjustable thermostat.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fully submerge before power-on:** Mount the heater below the waterline on the back or side glass.
- **Secure it with the supplied clips:** Keep the heater off the substrate and clear of direct glass contact.
- **Give it time to stabilise:** Let the heater run for a few hours before comparing its effect against a thermometer.
- **Disconnect before water changes:** Unplug the heater any time the water level could drop below it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Factory-set 25°C:** No external dial, so the target cannot be adjusted or knocked off.
- **Smart Heating System:** Moderates output to hold temperature to about ±0.5°C.
- **IPX8 waterproof:** Fully submersible for continuous underwater operation.
- **Unmarked glass tube:** An electronic glass heater body with no printing.
- **Sized for mid-size tanks:** 100 W rated for aquariums up to about 100 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113145
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328593
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Pre-set Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 100 W
- **Preset Temperature:** 25°C, fixed, not adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 100 L
- **Waterproofing:** IPX8, fully submersible
- **Other Sizes:** Fix-2 50w (113144)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aquael Flow 300w In-line Heater
External hose-mounted heater with adjustable thermostat and digital display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-flow-300w-in-line-heater/
- Price: $170.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724827 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546339810
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724827-1.png
A glass heater standing inside a display tank is always visible, always one knock away from damage, and always taking up space better used for fish and plants. Aquael Flow 300w In-line Heater (SKU: 724827) is Aquael's external heater, built to be plumbed directly into the outlet hose of an external canister filter rather than placed in the aquarium itself, so warmed water is returned to the tank as part of the normal filter flow. It fits hose diameters of either 16/22 mm or 19/25 mm, covering the two most common external filter hose sizes, and is rated by Aquael for aquariums from roughly 100 to 600 litres, putting it well above the small glass heaters used on nano tanks and in the territory of mid-size to large community and planted aquariums.
Unlike the pre-set Fix-2 range, the Flow 300W is fully adjustable, with an electronic thermostat covering 20°C to 33°C and accurate to about ±0.5°C according to Aquael, and an LED display on the unit shows both the temperature that has been set and the water's current temperature side by side. A Smart Heating System varies the output based on tank size and ambient conditions rather than running at a fixed power regardless of demand. Safety is built around electronic temperature sensors and a thermal fuse that guard against overheating, and the heater shuts itself off automatically if the water flow through it stops, which matters for a unit that relies entirely on flow from the filter to move heat into the tank rather than sitting directly in the water. A 500 W version of the same design is sold for larger systems where 300 W is not enough.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size to large tanks:** Aquariums from about 100 to 600 litres running an external canister filter.
- **Display tanks with no room for a visible heater:** Heating moved out of the aquarium entirely.
- **Adjustable temperature needs:** Set-ups that need something other than a fixed 25°C target.
- **Species with specific temperature ranges:** Coldwater-leaning or warmth-loving fish needing a precise setting across 20–33°C.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the hose size first:** Confirm the filter's outlet hose is 16/22 mm or 19/25 mm before fitting.
- **Fit on the outlet side:** Install the heater on the hose returning water to the tank, after the filter.
- **Set the target temperature:** Use the controls to dial in the required setting between 20°C and 33°C.
- **Keep the filter running:** Never leave the heater powered if the filter and water flow are stopped.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Out of the tank entirely:** Mounts on the filter hose rather than sitting in the display.
- **Adjustable 20–33°C:** Electronic thermostat accurate to about ±0.5°C.
- **LED display:** Shows both the set and current water temperature.
- **Flow-failure shutoff:** Switches off automatically if water stops moving through it.
- **Fits two hose sizes:** 16/22 mm or 19/25 mm external filter hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724827
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546339810
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > In-Line Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 300 W
- **Temperature Range:** 20°C to 33°C, accurate to about ±0.5°C
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 100 to 600 L
- **Hose Fitting:** 16/22 mm or 19/25 mm
- **Safety:** Electronic sensors and thermal fuse; shuts off if flow stops
- **Other Sizes:** Flow 500w In-line Heater (724828)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums run on an external canister filter
---
#### Aquael Flow 500w In-line Heater
External flow-through heater for canister-filtered aquariums of 300 to 1,000 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-flow-500w-in-line-heater/
- Price: $180.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724828 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546339827
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/724828-1.png
A 500 W glass heater in a large display is a long tube to hide, a hot spot for fish to rest against and a breakable item in a tank of big cichlids. Aquael Flow 500w In-line Heater (SKU: 724828) moves the heating out of the aquarium: it is an external heater that mounts outside the tank on the outlet hose of an external filter, warming the water as it returns. Aquael rates the 500 W model for aquariums of 300 to 1,000 litres, with an electronic precision thermostat adjustable from 20 to 33 °C and an accuracy of ±0.5 °C. The temperature is set with a single button and shown on an LED display that reads both the programmed and the current water temperature.
Safety is handled by three sensors, two electronic sensors and a thermal fuse, which protect against overheating, and the heater switches off automatically if the water flow stops. Aquael's Smart Heating System adjusts the heating output to the size of the aquarium so only the energy needed is used, and the body is splash-proof to IPX4. It is made for 16/22 mm hose (an Australian retailer also lists 19/25 mm for the 500 W), fixes in place with two stable fastening brackets and clamping nuts, and is rated for a maximum system pressure of 0.03 MPa. It suits freshwater and marine aquariums. For tanks of 100 to 600 litres the Flow 300w (SKU 724827) is the smaller model.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large displays:** Tanks of 300 to 1,000 L running an external canister filter.
- **Big or boisterous fish:** Large cichlids and other heavy fish that knock or break in-tank heaters.
- **Clean-look aquascapes:** No heater tube or suction cups inside the glass.
- **Even heating:** Warmed water leaves the filter outlet and mixes with the tank's circulation.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit on the return line:** Mount it on the outlet hose of the canister, after the filter, as Aquael specifies.
- **Check the hose size:** Confirm the filter hose matches the 16/22 mm fittings before cutting it.
- **Secure the brackets:** Fix both brackets and tighten the clamping nuts so the unit does not hang on the hose.
- **Water before power:** Fill and run the filter, then switch on and set the temperature with the button.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **External placement:** Nothing to see or knock inside the tank.
- **Precise thermostat:** Set from 20 to 33 °C with ±0.5 °C accuracy.
- **Dual-reading LED display:** Set and current water temperature at a glance.
- **Three safety sensors:** Two electronic sensors plus a thermal fuse, with cut-out when flow stops.
- **Smart Heating System:** Matches heating output to the aquarium size.
- **IPX4 splash-proof:** Rated for life in the cabinet beside the filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724828
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546339827
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > In-Line Heater
- **Power:** 500 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 300–1,000 L
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C, accuracy ±0.5 °C
- **Hose Fit:** 16/22 mm (19/25 mm also listed by an Australian retailer)
- **Maximum System Pressure:** 0.03 MPa
- **Protection:** IPX4; automatic cut-out when flow stops; thermal fuse
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Flow 300w In-line Heater (SKU 724827), 100–600 L
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with external canister filters
---
#### Aquael Platinium 100w Heater
Electronic glass heater for tanks up to 100 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-platinium-100w-heater/
- Price: $49.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102681 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319553
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102681-1.png
A heater that drifts half a degree either side of its setting is not a problem for a hardy community tank, but it matters a great deal more once plants, shrimp or sensitive species are involved. Aquael Platinium 100w Heater (SKU: 102681) is the 100 W model in Aquael's Platinium range, a fully submersible glass heater built around a microprocessor-controlled electronic thermostat rather than the older bimetallic strip design, aimed at tanks of roughly 60 to 100 L. Aquael builds the range for both freshwater and marine aquariums, and the electronic control holds the set temperature to within ±0.4°C, tighter than a mechanical thermostat typically manages.
The heater is set across a 20°C to 33°C range and is controlled through Aquael's one-touch interface with LED indicators showing heating status at a glance. At 23.5 cm long it mounts vertically or horizontally using the supplied suction cups, and the shatterproof glass body is fully waterproof for continuous submerged operation. Built-in safety features include automatic overheat protection and an automatic dry-run shut-off that cuts power if the heater is ever run out of water, which protects both the unit and the tank from a heater left operating in air. Aquael tests and calibrates each unit in its own laboratory before it ships, and the range runs from 25 W up to 500 W across eight wattages, so the 100 W model sits roughly in the middle, suited to a single mid-size aquarium rather than a nano tank or a large display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size community tanks:** Sized for aquariums of roughly 60 to 100 L.
- **Tropical freshwater set-ups:** Stable heating for species that need a consistent temperature.
- **Marine aquariums:** Rated for salt water as well as freshwater use.
- **Replacing a mechanical thermostat heater:** Tighter ±0.4°C accuracy than a bimetallic strip design.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount with the suction cups:** Fit the heater vertically or horizontally, fully submerged in the water column.
- **Allow it to settle before switching on:** Let the glass reach water temperature for a few minutes after submersion.
- **Set the temperature:** Use the one-touch control to dial in a setting within the 20–33°C range.
- **Check the LED indicator:** Confirm the heating status light is behaving as expected once powered on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Electronic microprocessor thermostat:** No mechanical contacts to wear or stick.
- **±0.4°C accuracy:** Tighter control than a bimetallic strip heater.
- **Automatic dry-run shut-off:** Cuts power if the heater is ever operated out of water.
- **Shatterproof, fully waterproof body:** Built for continuous submerged operation.
- **One-touch control with LED indicator:** Simple setting and at-a-glance heating status.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102681
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319553
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Electronic Glass Heater
- **Power:** 100 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 60–100 L
- **Length:** 23.5 cm
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33°C
- **Accuracy:** ±0.4°C
- **Mounting:** Suction cups, vertical or horizontal
- **Other Sizes:** 500W (SKU 124690); 50W (SKU 102680); 300W (SKU 102685); 25W (SKU 102679); 200W (SKU 102682)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Platinium 25w Heater
Electronic glass heater with LED temperature readout for nano tanks of 10 to 25 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-platinium-25w-heater/
- Price: $45.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102679 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319539
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102679-1.png
A few litres of water lose heat quickly on a cold night, and in a nano tank the thermostat matters more than the wattage. Aquael Platinium 25w Heater (SKU: 102679) is the smallest heater in Aquael's Platinium range, a glass heater with a fully electronic thermostat that the maker recommends for aquariums of 10 to 25 litres. It switches on when the water falls below the set point and off once it gets there, holding the temperature to within 0.4 °C according to Aquael. There are no mechanical contacts in the thermostat to wear or stick, and a ceramic heat exchanger spreads the warmth evenly along the element. At 20.5 cm tall it fits shallow desktop, cube and betta tanks.
Instead of a dial on the cap, the target is set with Aquael's One Touch button, and LEDs on the heater show both the temperature selected and the water temperature read by the built-in thermometer. The control range runs from 20 to 33 °C, reaching the raised temperatures Aquael mentions for treating white spot. The heater is rated IPX8 for continuous submersion and is built for continuous operation, and each unit is tested and calibrated in Aquael's laboratory in Poland to European safety standards. Rubber suction cups and a hanger come in the box. It is suitable for freshwater and marine aquariums alike.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and nano tanks:** Keeps 10 to 25 litres of tropical water steady through cool nights.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Close control for invertebrates that dislike temperature swings.
- **Hospital and quarantine tubs:** A small heater that can be raised toward 33 °C when a treatment calls for warmth.
- **Pico marine tanks:** Glass and electronics suitable for salt water as well as fresh.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Let it settle:** Leave the heater submerged for about 30 minutes before plugging in, so the glass matches the water temperature.
- **Place it in flow:** Fix it on the suction cups near the filter outlet so warmed water circulates through the tank.
- **Set with One Touch:** Press the button to choose the target and check the LEDs to confirm the setting.
- **Unplug first:** Switch off and allow the glass to cool before lifting the heater out of the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Electronic thermostat:** No mechanical parts to fail, with a stated accuracy of ±0.4 °C.
- **LED temperature display:** Set point and actual water temperature shown at a glance.
- **20.5 cm glass body:** Short enough for shallow nano and desktop aquariums.
- **25 W output:** Sized by Aquael for 10 to 25 litres.
- **IPX8 rated:** Built for continuous submerged use in fresh or salt water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102679
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319539
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Electronic Glass Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 25 W
- **Recommended Aquarium Volume:** 10–25 L
- **Heater Height:** 20.5 cm
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C
- **Thermostat Accuracy:** ±0.4 °C
- **Protection:** IPX8, for continuous operation
- **Mounting:** Rubber suction cups and hanger included
- **Other Sizes:** 50 W (SKU 102680), 100 W (SKU 102681), 200 W (SKU 102682), 300 W (SKU 102685), 500 W (SKU 124690)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 10 to 25 litres
---
#### Aquael Platinium 300w Heater
Electronic glass heater for large freshwater and marine aquariums of 230 to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-platinium-300w-heater/
- Price: $61.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102685 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319577
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102685-1.jpg
Large tanks hold their temperature well once warm, but bringing 300 litres back up after a big water change or a cold snap takes real output. Aquael Platinium 300w Heater (SKU: 102685) is the 300 W model in Aquael's Platinium range of electronic glass heaters, rated by the maker for aquariums of 230 to 300 litres. The thermostat is fully electronic with no mechanical contacts, Aquael states an accuracy of 0.4 °C, and a ceramic heat exchanger spreads the output along a 36 cm glass body. That length is worth checking against the tank or sump: the heater must sit fully covered at the lowest water level it will see.
The set point is changed with the One Touch button, and LEDs show the target and the current water temperature from the built-in thermometer side by side. Control runs from 20 to 33 °C, enough for warm-water species and for the raised temperatures Aquael mentions for treating white spot. Every unit is tested and calibrated in Aquael's laboratory, built to European safety standards and rated IPX8 for continuous submersion and continuous running. It is suitable for freshwater and marine aquariums, and suction cups and a hanger are supplied. On a tank near the top of its range, or a long tank with weak circulation at one end, a second heater at the other end spreads the heat and acts as a back-up if one unit fails.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** 230 to 300 litre aquariums, typically 120 cm long.
- **Reef and marine systems:** In the sump heater chamber or the display, wherever it stays submerged.
- **Cichlid and community set-ups:** Holds a large volume steady through Australian winters.
- **Recovering after water changes:** Enough output to bring a big volume back to temperature.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the depth:** Make sure 36 cm of heater stays under water at the lowest level the tank or sump reaches.
- **Acclimatise:** Leave it in the water for about 30 minutes before plugging it in.
- **Position for flow:** Mount it where the filter return or pump moves water past the glass.
- **Program the target:** Use One Touch and confirm on the LEDs, then verify with a separate thermometer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 W heating power:** Rated by Aquael for 230 to 300 litres.
- **Electronic control:** ±0.4 °C accuracy with no mechanical thermostat to wear.
- **Two-way LED display:** Target and actual water temperature visible together.
- **36 cm heat exchanger body:** Ceramic element spreads heat over a long glass tube.
- **Built for continuous use:** IPX8 protection in fresh or salt water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102685
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319577
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Electronic Glass Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 300 W
- **Recommended Aquarium Volume:** 230–300 L
- **Heater Height:** 36 cm
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C
- **Thermostat Accuracy:** ±0.4 °C
- **Protection:** IPX8, for continuous operation
- **Mounting:** Rubber suction cups and hanger included
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102679), 50 W (SKU 102680), 100 W (SKU 102681), 200 W (SKU 102682), 500 W (SKU 124690)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 230 to 300 litres
---
#### Aquael Platinium 500w Heater
Electronic glass heater for large aquariums up to 500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-platinium-500w-heater/
- Price: $132.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124690 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546333733
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/124690-1.jpg
A large display tank or a big cichlid system cannot be heated reliably by scaling up a small heater; it needs enough wattage to recover heat quickly after a water change, and enough accuracy that a few hundred litres do not drift before the thermostat reacts. Aquael Platinium 500w Heater (SKU: 124690) is the largest model in Aquael's Platinium range, a fully submersible glass heater built around a microprocessor-controlled electronic thermostat rather than an older bimetallic design, rated by Aquael for aquariums up to about 500 L. The electronic control holds the set temperature to within ±0.4°C, which matters more at this scale, where a sluggish thermostat can let a large volume swing before correcting.
Temperature is adjustable across a 20°C to 33°C range through Aquael's one-touch control, with an LED indicator showing heating status at a glance. The heater is roughly 40 cm long to carry its higher wattage, noticeably longer than the smaller models in the same range, and mounts vertically or horizontally using the supplied suction cups. The body is shatterproof glass, fully waterproofed for continuous submerged duty, with automatic overheat protection and an automatic dry-run shut-off that cuts power if the heater is ever left running out of water. Aquael tests and calibrates every unit in its own laboratory before it ships. The Platinium range runs from 25 W up to this 500 W model across eight wattages, and the 500 W sits at the top for aquarists running a genuinely large freshwater or marine display rather than a standard community tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display aquariums:** Sized for tanks up to roughly 500 L.
- **Big cichlid and community systems:** Enough wattage to recover heat after a large water change.
- **Marine aquariums:** Rated for salt water as well as freshwater use.
- **Multi-heater set-ups:** Can be paired with a second heater for redundancy on very large systems.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount with the suction cups:** Fit the heater vertically or horizontally, fully submerged.
- **Let it acclimatise before switching on:** Allow a few minutes for the glass to reach water temperature.
- **Set the thermostat:** Use the one-touch control to dial in a setting within 20–33°C.
- **Watch the LED indicator:** Confirm heating status looks correct once the unit is powered.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 W output:** The highest wattage in Aquael's Platinium range.
- **Electronic microprocessor thermostat:** No mechanical contacts to wear or stick.
- **±0.4°C accuracy:** Holds large volumes steady rather than drifting between cycles.
- **Automatic dry-run shut-off:** Cuts power if ever run out of water.
- **Shatterproof, fully waterproof body:** Built for continuous submerged operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124690
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546333733
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Electronic Glass Heater
- **Power:** 500 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 500 L
- **Length:** About 40 cm
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33°C
- **Accuracy:** ±0.4°C
- **Mounting:** Suction cups, vertical or horizontal
- **Other Sizes:** 50W (SKU 102680); 100W (SKU 102681); 300W (SKU 102685); 25W (SKU 102679); 200W (SKU 102682)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Platinium 50w Heater
Electronic thermostat heater with LED display for small aquariums up to 50 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-platinium-50w-heater/
- Price: $41.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102680 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319546
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102680-1.jpg
Small community tanks of 30 to 50 litres sit between nano and mid-size, and the heater for them needs to be compact without labouring all night to hold temperature. Aquael Platinium 50w Heater (SKU: 102680) is the 50 W model in Aquael's Platinium line of electronic glass heaters, which the maker rates for aquariums of 15 to 50 litres. Its thermostat is fully electronic, with nothing mechanical to wear, and Aquael states an accuracy of 0.4 °C either side of the set point. The glass body stands 22.5 cm tall, and a ceramic heat exchanger inside spreads the heat along its length rather than concentrating it at one spot.
The temperature is chosen with the One Touch button, not a dial, and LEDs report both the setting and the actual water temperature measured by the built-in thermometer, so a stick-on thermometer becomes a cross-check rather than the only reading. Control runs from 20 to 33 °C. Aquael tests and calibrates each heater in its own laboratory, builds the range to European safety standards and rates it IPX8, so it can stay fully submerged and run continuously. It is suitable for both freshwater and marine aquariums and comes with rubber suction cups and a hanger. In a tank at the top of its range in a cool room it will spend more time switched on; from 60 litres Aquael's 100 W model (SKU 102681) is the better fit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community tanks:** 30 to 50 litre set-ups holding tetras, rasboras or livebearers.
- **Upgrading a starter kit:** Replaces a basic preset heater with one that displays the water temperature.
- **Breeding and grow-out tanks:** Steady warmth for fry in a small volume of water.
- **Small marine systems:** Usable in salt water as well as fresh.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit it low:** Attach the suction cups to the back or side glass, clear of the substrate and decor.
- **Wait before switching on:** Give the glass about half an hour in the water first.
- **Choose the temperature:** Use the One Touch button and read the LEDs to confirm the set point.
- **Keep it covered:** Run it only fully submerged, and unplug it before a water change exposes the glass.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 W element:** Aquael's match for tanks of 15 to 50 litres.
- **One Touch setting:** Single-button adjustment between 20 and 33 °C.
- **Built-in thermometer:** LEDs show the actual water temperature as well as the target.
- **Ceramic heat exchanger:** Even heat along the 22.5 cm glass body.
- **Laboratory calibrated:** Each unit tested by Aquael before it is packed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102680
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319546
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Electronic Glass Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 50 W
- **Recommended Aquarium Volume:** 15–50 L
- **Heater Height:** 22.5 cm
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C
- **Thermostat Accuracy:** ±0.4 °C
- **Protection:** IPX8, for continuous operation
- **Mounting:** Rubber suction cups and hanger included
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102679), 100 W (SKU 102681), 200 W (SKU 102682), 300 W (SKU 102685), 500 W (SKU 124690)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 15 to 50 litres
---
#### Aquael Thermometer (glass 6cm)
Hang-on glass thermometer for open-top aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-thermometer-glass-6cm/
- Price: $7.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102372 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209809
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102372-1.jpg
An open-top aquarium has no lid to hide a temperature gauge behind, so a thermometer that clips to the rim with nothing to drill or stick on is the simplest option. Aquael Thermometer (glass 6cm) (SKU: 102372) is Aquael's small hang-on glass thermometer, a slim glass tube with a reversed J-shaped ending at the top that hooks over the aquarium's rim or glass edge, leaving the lower bulb hanging in the water. There is no suction cup and nothing to attach to the inside of the tank; it simply hangs in place.
At 6 cm, this is the shorter of Aquael's two glass thermometer sizes, alongside a 15 cm version for deeper tanks, and its small diameter keeps it unobtrusive in a nano or small aquarium. Aquael markets it for both freshwater and saltwater use, and it is particularly suited to open aquariums without a cover, where a hang-on design is easier to read and remove than an internal gauge. It carries a printed scale for a visual read of the water temperature; being glass with no electronics or battery, it needs nothing beyond an occasional check against another thermometer if it is ever knocked. Because it gives only a visual reading with no alarm, many aquarists keep it as a simple cross-check alongside an electronic heater thermostat or a digital monitor such as Aquael's own Thermometer Link, rather than as the sole temperature reference on a tank. The 15 cm version uses the same hang-on fitting and reads the same way, so an aquarist running tanks of more than one size can standardise on the same thermometer style across the collection rather than mixing mounting types.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Open-top tanks:** Aquariums without a hood, where a hang-on gauge is easy to see and reach.
- **Nano and small aquariums:** The 6 cm size keeps the thermometer compact in a smaller tank.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Suitable for either water type.
- **A simple back-up gauge:** A low-cost visual check alongside an electronic heater controller.
**How to Use**
- **Hook it over the rim:** Rest the J-shaped top edge over the aquarium's glass or trim.
- **Let the bulb hang in the water:** Position it where the scale is easy to read from the front.
- **Read the scale:** Check the liquid level against the printed markings for the current temperature.
- **Handle with care:** It is a glass item; avoid knocking it against rock or hardscape when placing or removing it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hang-on design:** Hooks over the rim; no suction cup or drilling needed.
- **6 cm glass tube:** The smaller of Aquael's two glass thermometer sizes.
- **Compact diameter:** Sized to stay unobtrusive in small and nano tanks.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One thermometer for either water type.
- **No power source:** A purely mechanical glass gauge with nothing to charge or replace.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102372
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209809
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Glass Thermometer (Hang-On)
- **Mounting:** Hangs over the rim via a reversed J-shaped glass ending
- **Length:** 6 cm
- **Material:** Glass
- **Recommended For:** Open-top aquariums without a hood
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Thermometer Link (wireless Thermometer)
App-controlled dual-sensor temperature monitor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-thermometer-link-wireless-thermometer/
- Price: $79.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113048 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546324779
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113048-1.png
A glass thermometer only tells you the temperature when you are standing in front of the tank, which is no use if a heater fails overnight. Aquael Thermometer Link (wireless Thermometer) (SKU: 113048) is Aquael's electronic temperature monitor controlled through the Aquael Aqu@rium mobile application, built around two sensors, one that sits in the water and one that reads the surrounding room air. Instead of a fixed scale, the aquarist sets the acceptable minimum and maximum temperature range in the app, and the device watches both readings against those limits.
If the in-tank temperature drifts outside the set range, the app sends an alarm notification, which is the main point of the product over a plain glass gauge: a warning reaches a phone before a heater fault or a room temperature swing becomes a problem for the fish. The unit also logs temperature data over time for both sensors, inside and outside the tank, so a slow drift or a daily pattern shows up in the app's history rather than only at the moment someone looks at the tank. It is powered via USB, which also means no batteries to replace, and Aquael rates it for freshwater and saltwater aquariums as well as terrariums, making it equally useful for monitoring a reptile enclosure's ambient conditions. The unit is manufactured in Poland and supports firmware updates through the app.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Unattended tanks:** Catching a heater failure or a room temperature swing before it goes unnoticed overnight.
- **Breeding and sensitive stock:** Species that need tighter temperature control than a glance at a glass thermometer provides.
- **Terrariums:** Monitoring ambient and surface temperature for reptile and amphibian enclosures.
- **Multi-tank set-ups:** Keeping a phone-based log and alert on more than one aquarium without separate hardware.
**How to Use**
- **Install the app:** Download the Aquael Aqu@rium app and connect the Thermometer Link to it.
- **Place the sensors:** Submerge the in-tank sensor and position the second sensor to read the surrounding air.
- **Set the alarm range:** Enter the minimum and maximum temperatures the app should flag.
- **Check the log:** Review the stored temperature history in the app to spot trends over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **App-based control:** Set-up, alarms and history all run through the Aquael Aqu@rium app.
- **Two sensors:** One for the water, one for the surrounding air.
- **Alarm notifications:** A phone alert when the temperature leaves the set range.
- **Temperature logging:** Stores a history of both in-tank and ambient readings.
- **USB powered:** No batteries, with firmware updates delivered through the app.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113048
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546324779
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Wireless Digital Thermometer
- **Control:** Aquael Aqu@rium mobile app
- **Sensors:** Two, for in-tank and ambient temperature
- **Power Supply:** USB
- **Alerts:** App notification when temperature exceeds the set minimum or maximum
- **Data Logging:** Stores temperature history for both sensors
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, and terrariums
---
#### Aquael Ultra 150w Heater
Shatterproof day and night heater for 90–150 litre tanks with large fish or turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-ultra-150w-heater/
- Price: $84.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102655 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341790
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102655-2.webp
A big cichlid, an arowana or a turtle can crack a glass heater with one strike, and a broken tube in a heated tank is a dangerous mess. Aquael Ultra 150W Heater (SKU: 102655) is the 150 W model of Aquael's Ultra Heater Day & Night, built in unbreakable plastic that does not heat up, and Aquael names tanks with powerful aquatic turtles and large fish among its uses. It is rated for aquariums of 90 to 150 litres and stands 27.4 cm tall, the longer of the range's housings, in a flat shape designed to spread heat evenly through the tank. The heater can hold one temperature around the clock or, with its light sensor switched on, lower the water temperature at night and raise it again at sunrise.
The thermostat is fully electronic, with no mechanical parts, and precise to ±0.25 °C across a setting range of 20 to 33 °C. The upper end of that range covers the raised temperatures some fish disease treatments call for. A single button sets the temperature in 1 °C steps, and coloured LEDs display both the programmed and the actual water temperature. Aquael's Smart Heating System selects the heater power needed, which keeps heating gradual without spikes and reduces power consumption, and a built-in thermal switch protects against overheating. The double-sided hanger with two suction cups lets the heater go on the rear, front or side wall, with the display visible from the front in each position.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turtle tanks:** A housing that resists knocks and does not get hot.
- **Large-fish aquariums:** Cichlids, catfish and other strong fish in 90–150 L.
- **90 cm tanks:** A 90 × 40 × 40 cm tank of about 144 litres sits at the top of the range.
- **Treatment periods:** Settings up to 33 °C when a higher temperature is needed.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount securely:** Press both suction cups onto clean glass where the filter current passes.
- **Protect from turtles:** Position it where basking animals cannot sit on it or pull it free.
- **Choose the mode:** Sensor cover OFF for constant heat, ON for a cooler night.
- **Set temperatures:** Day figure with the button; night figure 1–2 °C lower with the sensor covered.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Unbreakable plastic body:** Suited to turtles and large fish.
- **Even heat output:** Flat design that spreads heat evenly.
- **20–33 °C setting range:** Covers normal keeping and treatment temperatures.
- **Light-sensing night mode:** Gradual cooling after dark, rewarming at sunrise.
- **Smart Heating System:** Lower power use with no temperature spikes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102655
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341790
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Electronic Aquarium Heater (Day & Night)
- **Model:** Ultra Heater Day & Night 150 W (Aquael art. 129617)
- **Power:** 150 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 90–150 L
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C
- **Accuracy:** ±0.25 °C
- **Height:** 27.4 cm
- **Safety:** Built-in thermal switch
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102651); 50 W (SKU 102652); 75 W (SKU 102653); 100 W (SKU 102654); 200 W (SKU 112926)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and turtle aquariums of 90–150 L
---
#### Aquael Ultra 25w Heater
Day and night submersible heater for small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-ultra-25w-heater/
- Price: $65.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102651 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341752
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/download-7.webp
Most heaters hold one set temperature around the clock, even though fish in the wild experience a cooler drop overnight, and that flat, unchanging warmth is not how a natural water body behaves. Aquael Ultra 25w Heater (SKU: 102651) is the smallest wattage in Aquael's Ultra Day & Night heater line, a fully electronic submersible heater built for small aquariums of roughly 10 to 25 L. A built-in light sensor lets it run in two modes: a constant setting that holds one temperature at all times, or a day-and-night setting that lets the water run slightly cooler once the room goes dark, closer to a natural cycle.
The heater is rated across 20 to 33°C, adjustable by the user, and its electronic thermostat holds that setting to within ±0.25°C, tighter than the mechanical thermostats on older heater designs. Aquael builds the housing in shatterproof, unbreakable plastic rather than glass, and backs it with a thermal cut-off that interrupts heating if the unit overheats, which matters in a small volume of water where a stuck heater can do damage quickly. Being fully electronic with no mechanical switch, there are no contacts to wear out or stick over time, and the unit mounts fully submerged in the tank. It is the entry point into a range that runs from 25 W up to 200 W across larger tank sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 10 to 25 L needing a dedicated, appropriately sized heater.
- **Nano and betta tanks:** Where a shatterproof housing is preferable to a glass heater near curious or delicate fish.
- **Natural temperature cycling:** Tanks where a slightly cooler night-time temperature suits the species kept.
- **Precision heating:** Set-ups that benefit from the tighter ±0.25°C accuracy over a basic mechanical heater.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge fully:** Position the heater underwater, horizontally or as directed, away from strong direct current.
- **Set the temperature:** Dial in the target temperature within the 20–33°C range.
- **Choose the mode:** Select constant mode for one steady temperature, or day-and-night mode for a cooler setting after dark.
- **Allow it to settle:** Give the heater time to reach the set temperature before judging its accuracy.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Day & night modes:** A light sensor switches between constant and day/night temperature settings.
- **±0.25°C accuracy:** Electronic thermostat control rather than a mechanical switch.
- **Shatterproof housing:** Unbreakable plastic in place of glass.
- **Thermal cut-off:** Interrupts heating automatically if the unit overheats.
- **Fully electronic:** No mechanical contacts to wear or stick over time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102651
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341752
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Heater (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 25 W
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33°C, adjustable
- **Accuracy:** ±0.25°C
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 10 to 25 L
- **Construction:** Shatterproof, unbreakable plastic housing
- **Safety:** Automatic thermal cut-off on overheating
- **Other Sizes:** 50 W (SKU 102652); 75 W (SKU 102653); 100 W (SKU 102654); 150 W (SKU 102655); 200 W (SKU 112926)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultra 75w Heater
Electronic day and night heater in shatterproof housing for 35–75 litre aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aquael-ultra-75w-heater/
- Price: $71.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102653 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341776
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102655-4.webp
Water in a stream or pond cools a little after dark and warms again in the morning, while most aquarium heaters hold one figure around the clock. Aquael Ultra 75W Heater (SKU: 102653) is the 75 W model of Aquael's Ultra Heater Day & Night, an electronic heater for aquariums of 35 to 75 litres that can either hold a constant temperature or follow a daily cycle. In Day & Night mode a light sensor reacts to falling light in the evening, switches the heater to its night setting and lets the water cool gradually; at sunrise it warms the tank back to the day temperature. The 20.8 cm heater has a flat, shatterproof plastic housing that does not heat up.
Temperature is set with a single button between 20 and 33 °C in 1 °C steps, and the electronic thermostat holds it to ±0.25 °C. LEDs show both the set and the current temperature, coloured blue for 20–23 °C, green for 24–29 °C and red for 30–33 °C, with a white LED lit in day mode. The thermostat is fully electronic with no mechanical parts, Aquael's Smart Heating System selects only the power needed so heating is smooth and electricity use is reduced, and a built-in thermal switch guards against overheating. A double-sided hanger with two suction cups mounts the heater on the back, front or side glass with the display still readable. In the 75 W range sit tanks such as a 60 × 30 × 30 cm aquarium of 54 litres.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm community tanks:** A 54 litre tank sits in the middle of the 35–75 L range.
- **Natural night cooling:** Fish and plants that benefit from a slightly cooler night.
- **Active or clumsy fish:** Plastic housing that does not shatter or get hot.
- **Small marine tanks:** Suits fresh and salt water.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount in the flow:** Fix both suction cups where filter flow passes the heater.
- **Set the day figure:** Press the button to step up 1 °C at a time; after 33 °C it returns to 20 °C.
- **Switch on Day & Night:** Slide the sensor cover to ON and set a night figure 1–2 °C lower.
- **Light on the sensor:** Mount it where daylight or tank light can reach the sensor.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Day & Night sensor:** Automatic switch to a cooler night setting.
- **±0.25 °C thermostat:** Fully electronic, with no mechanical parts.
- **Smart Heating System:** Power matched to demand for smooth heating.
- **Shatterproof plastic:** Housing that stays cool to the touch.
- **Colour-coded LEDs:** Set and actual temperature at a glance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102653
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341776
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Electronic Aquarium Heater (Day & Night)
- **Model:** Ultra Heater Day & Night 75 W (Aquael art. 129615)
- **Power:** 75 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 35–75 L
- **Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C in 1 °C steps
- **Accuracy:** ±0.25 °C
- **Height:** 20.8 cm
- **Mounting:** Double-sided hanger, two suction cups
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (SKU 102651); 50 W (SKU 102652); 100 W (SKU 102654); 150 W (SKU 102655); 200 W (SKU 112926)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 35–75 L
---
### Aquael — Pumps & Powerheads
#### Aquael Circulator 1000
Mid-range circulation pump for aquariums from 150 to 250 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-circulator-1000/
- Price: $75.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100342 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135665
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100342-1.png
A 200 litre community tank often has enough main filtration but not enough movement to keep the water even from end to end. Aquael Circulator 1000 (SKU: 100342) sits in the middle of Aquael's Circulator range, rated for aquariums from 150 to 250 litres at 1000 L/h and drawing 11 W. Like the smaller 500, the outflow swivels through up to 120 degrees and a dial at the outlet lets the flow rate be tuned down from the maximum, while a ceramic rotor axis, a step up from the plastic axis in the 500, is built into this and the larger two models for reduced wear. At 11.3 cm tall it is still compact enough to mount low on the glass without crowding a planted layout.
The pump is built for freshwater and marine use alike, circulating water so dissolved oxygen and temperature stay consistent through the tank instead of settling in pockets near the main filter's outlet. A sealed rotor chamber and shock-absorbing suction cups keep running noise down, which matters on a pump left running continuously rather than only during water changes. The 1000 can also be put to work driving a venturi attachment for extra aeration at the surface, or powering an undergravel or biological filter plate, rather than only stirring the water column. Aquael also makes the smaller 500 and the larger 1500 and 2000 in the same family, so a tank that later grows past 250 litres can move up without changing the mounting style.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-Size Tanks:** Aquariums from 150 to 250 litres needing stronger circulation than the 500 provides.
- **Uneven Oxygenation:** Areas of the tank that feel stagnant despite the main filter running.
- **Venturi or UGF Duty:** Powering an undergravel plate or venturi fitting for extra aeration.
- **Continuous Running:** A quiet enough pump to leave on around the clock.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount on the Glass:** Fix with the suction cups where flow needs reinforcing.
- **Direct the Flow:** Swivel the outlet up to 120 degrees toward the target area.
- **Adjust the Output:** Turn the dial at the outlet to set the flow rate.
- **Check the Seal:** Make sure suction cups are firmly seated to minimise vibration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1000 L/h Output:** Rated for aquariums from 150 to 250 litres.
- **Ceramic Rotor Axis:** More wear-resistant than the plastic axis used on the 500.
- **Adjustable 120-Degree Outlet:** Aims the jet toward wherever it is needed.
- **Quiet Operation:** Sealed rotor chamber with shock-absorbing suction cups.
- **Dual-Purpose:** Can also drive a venturi attachment or an undergravel filter plate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100342
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135665
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Circulation Pumps
- **Flow Rate:** 1000 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 11 W
- **Maximum Head Height:** 110 cm
- **Outlet Adjustment:** Swivels up to 120 degrees
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 150–250 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Circulator 500 (SKU 100341); Aquael Circulator 1500 (SKU 100343); Aquael Circulator 2000 (SKU 100344)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Circulator 1500
High-output circulation pump for aquariums from 250 to 350 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-circulator-1500/
- Price: $109.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100343 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135672
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100343-1.png
A tank in the 300 litre range, whether a planted display or a mixed reef, moves enough water through its main filtration that dead spots become more noticeable rather than less. Aquael Circulator 1500 (SKU: 100343) is the second-largest pump in Aquael's Circulator line, rated for aquariums from 250 to 350 litres at 1500 L/h on 22 W. It shares the ceramic rotor axis used in the 1000 and 2000 for reduced wear at sustained running, and the same swivelling outlet that adjusts through up to 120 degrees with a flow dial built into the outlet itself. At 11.2 cm tall it is barely larger than the 1000, despite the step up in both flow and power.
Run continuously, the 1500 keeps oxygen levels and temperature even across a larger tank than the 500 or 1000 can manage on their own, which matters most in densely planted aquariums or heavily stocked systems where local dead spots quickly show up as algae or detritus build-up. The sealed rotor chamber and shock-absorbing suction cups keep noise down despite the higher power draw, a detail that counts on a pump meant to run around the clock rather than only during a water change. Like the smaller models, it can be fitted with a venturi attachment for surface aeration or used to drive an undergravel or biological filter plate instead of acting purely as a circulation pump. For tanks that eventually exceed 350 litres, the 2000 is the next model up in the same range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tanks 250–350L:** Aquariums needing stronger circulation than the 1000 can deliver.
- **Dense Planting or Heavy Stocking:** Systems where local dead spots lead to algae or detritus.
- **Venturi or UGF Duty:** Driving a venturi fitting or an undergravel filter plate.
- **Round-the-Clock Running:** Quiet enough to leave on continuously.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount Securely:** Fix the pump to the glass with the suction cups supplied.
- **Direct the Outflow:** Swivel the nozzle up to 120 degrees toward the area needing movement.
- **Set the Dial:** Adjust the outlet dial to the desired flow rate.
- **Monitor Running Noise:** A properly seated pump should stay quiet even at 1500 L/h.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1500 L/h Output:** Rated for aquariums from 250 to 350 litres.
- **Ceramic Rotor Axis:** Shared with the 1000 and 2000 for reduced wear.
- **Adjustable 120-Degree Outlet:** Points the jet exactly where it is needed.
- **Quiet at Higher Output:** Sealed rotor chamber keeps noise down despite the 22 W draw.
- **Dual-Purpose:** Also drives a venturi attachment or an undergravel filter plate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100343
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135672
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Circulation Pumps
- **Flow Rate:** 1500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 22 W
- **Maximum Head Height:** 160 cm
- **Outlet Adjustment:** Swivels up to 120 degrees
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 250–350 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Circulator 500 (SKU 100341); Aquael Circulator 1000 (SKU 100342); Aquael Circulator 2000 (SKU 100344)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Circulator 2000
The largest Aquael circulation pump, for aquariums over 350 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-circulator-2000/
- Price: $127.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100344 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5901742001452
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100344-1.png
A big display tank or a pond-sized system needs a circulation pump with enough reserve capacity that it is still working hard, not maxed out, once stocking and decor are finished. Aquael Circulator 2000 (SKU: 100344) is the largest pump in the Circulator range, rated for aquariums over 350 litres at 2000 L/h and drawing 27 W, with a maximum head height of 190 cm that lets it push water a long way vertically if it needs to feed a spray bar or a raised outlet. It carries the same ceramic rotor axis as the 1000 and 1500 for durability at sustained high output, and the outlet still swivels through up to 120 degrees with a flow-adjustment dial built in.
In a tank this size, uneven circulation shows up quickly as temperature stratification or dead zones where waste collects despite a capable main filter, and the 2000 is built to move enough volume to prevent that across a larger footprint than the smaller Circulators can manage. The sealed rotor chamber and shock-absorbing suction cups keep the pump's own noise down, a design choice that matters more as the power draw rises. Beyond plain circulation, the 2000 can drive a venturi fitting for aggressive surface aeration or power a large undergravel or biological filter plate, giving a big system more options than a single-purpose powerhead. Where 2000 L/h still falls short, in a show tank or pond well over 500 litres, running two units at different points is the usual solution rather than looking for a bigger single pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tanks and Ponds:** Aquariums over 350 litres needing maximum circulation.
- **Temperature or Oxygen Stratification:** Dead zones that smaller Circulators cannot reach.
- **Venturi or UGF Duty:** Driving a venturi attachment or a large undergravel filter plate.
- **Raised or Remote Outlets:** The 190 cm head height supports a spray bar well above the pump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount on the Glass:** Fix the pump with its suction cups at the point needing the most movement.
- **Aim the Outlet:** Swivel the nozzle up to 120 degrees to cover the dead zone.
- **Set the Flow:** Use the outlet dial to balance output against the rest of the tank's circulation.
- **Check Noise and Seal:** Confirm the suction cups are firmly seated before leaving it running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2000 L/h Output:** The highest rated flow in the Circulator range.
- **190cm Maximum Head:** Enough lift for a raised outlet or spray bar.
- **Ceramic Rotor Axis:** Shared with the 1000 and 1500 for long-term durability.
- **Adjustable 120-Degree Outlet:** Directs flow precisely in large tanks.
- **Dual-Purpose:** Also drives a venturi attachment or an undergravel filter plate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100344
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5901742001452
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Circulation Pumps
- **Flow Rate:** 2000 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 27 W
- **Maximum Head Height:** 190 cm
- **Outlet Adjustment:** Swivels up to 120 degrees
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Over 350 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Circulator 500 (SKU 100341); Aquael Circulator 1000 (SKU 100342); Aquael Circulator 1500 (SKU 100343)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Circulator 500
Compact water circulation pump for aquariums up to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-circulator-500/
- Price: $46.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100341 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135658
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100341-1.png
Still water in the corners of a tank lets waste settle and oxygen levels drop even when the main filter is doing its job everywhere else. Aquael Circulator 500 (SKU: 100341) is the smallest pump in Aquael's Circulator range, built to move and aerate water in aquariums up to 150 litres at a rated 500 L/h on just 4.4 W. A dial at the water outlet adjusts the flow rate, and the outlet itself swivels through up to 120 degrees so the jet can be aimed where still water collects rather than fixed in one direction. At 8.2 cm tall it is compact enough to sit low in a small to mid-size tank without becoming a visible fixture.
Aquael designs the Circulator range for both freshwater and marine systems, moving water so it stays properly oxygenated and keeps parameters even throughout the tank rather than only near the filter outlet. A sealed rotor chamber keeps the pump quiet, and shock-absorbing suction cups cut down the vibration noise that a rigidly mounted pump can transmit through the glass. Beyond general circulation, the same pump can drive a venturi attachment for extra surface agitation or power an undergravel or biological filter plate, giving it uses past simply stirring the water. Aquael sells three larger Circulators, 1000, 1500 and 2000, for tanks that outgrow the 500's output; the 1000's 11 W motor is the next step up for a tank over 150 litres.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to Mid-Size Tanks:** Aquariums up to 150 litres needing extra circulation.
- **Dead Spots:** Corners or areas behind decor where the main filter's flow does not reach.
- **Driving a Venturi or UGF:** Powering an undergravel plate or venturi fitting rather than just stirring water.
- **Freshwater or Marine:** Either water type, wherever even oxygenation matters.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount with Suction Cups:** Fix the pump to the glass where it can direct flow across dead spots.
- **Aim the Outlet:** Swivel the nozzle up to 120 degrees toward the area needing circulation.
- **Set the Flow:** Use the dial at the outlet to dial in the desired output.
- **Check for Vibration:** Confirm the suction cups are seated to keep running noise to a minimum.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 L/h Output:** Rated flow sized for aquariums up to 150 litres.
- **Low Power Draw:** Runs on 4.4 W.
- **Adjustable 120-Degree Outlet:** Directs the jet toward wherever circulation is needed.
- **Sealed, Quiet Rotor Chamber:** Shock-absorbing suction cups limit vibration noise.
- **Compact 8.2cm Height:** Sits low and unobtrusively in smaller tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100341
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135658
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Circulation Pumps
- **Flow Rate:** 500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 4.4 W
- **Maximum Head Height:** 70 cm
- **Outlet Adjustment:** Swivels up to 120 degrees
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 150 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Circulator 1000 (SKU 100342); Aquael Circulator 1500 (SKU 100343); Aquael Circulator 2000 (SKU 100344)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Engine 800 Inline Pump
800 L/h pump for canister filters and directed water flow.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-engine-800-inline-pump/
- Price: $97.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100369 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546138604
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100369-1.jpg
A small canister filter needs a dedicated pump to drive water through its media, and buying that pump separately from the canister body makes sense when only the motor has worn out or a different-sized filter needs powering. Aquael Engine 800 Inline Pump (SKU: 100369) is the pump Aquael builds into its Multikani 800 canister filter kit, sold on its own for anyone needing a replacement motor or a standalone water mover. Rated at 800 L/h, it runs either inline, plumbed into a hose run outside the tank, or fully submerged inside the aquarium, which lets it double as a general-purpose circulation pump when it is not driving a canister. The flexibility to mount it either way makes it useful beyond its original role inside the Multikani housing.
Inside the Multikani 800 kit this motor delivers its rated flow against a head of about 100 cm and draws around 8 W, figures that carry across when the pump is bought and run on its own, since it is the same unit either way. Run inline, it sits in a length of hose between the aquarium and a canister or sump, pushing water through media that would otherwise rely on gravity or a weaker flow; run submerged, it can direct a jet of water toward a specific area of the tank the way a powerhead does. Because it is designed to power a canister filter's resistance, it has more reserve capacity than a circulation pump of the same rated flow, which is worth factoring in if the plan is to use it purely for stirring the water rather than pushing it through media.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister Filter Replacement:** A worn-out motor in a Multikani 800 or similarly sized canister build.
- **Inline Plumbing:** Mounted in a hose run outside the tank rather than submerged.
- **Submerged Circulation:** Used inside the aquarium as a general-purpose powerhead.
- **Directed Flow:** Aimed at a specific area needing stronger movement than ambient filtration provides.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Choose the Mounting Style:** Decide between inline (in a hose run) or fully submerged use.
- **Connect the Plumbing:** For inline use, fit hose clamps securely on both the intake and outlet.
- **Prime Before Running:** Make sure the pump housing is filled with water before switching on.
- **Check Flow and Seals:** Confirm steady output and no leaks at every hose connection.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **800 L/h Rated Flow:** Matched to the canister filter it was originally designed to power.
- **Dual Mounting:** Runs inline in a hose or fully submerged in the tank.
- **Canister-Grade Reserve:** More capacity than a plain circulation pump of the same flow rating.
- **Standalone Replacement:** Sold separately from the Multikani 800 housing it was built for.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100369
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546138604
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Inline / Submersible Pumps
- **Flow Rate:** 800 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** About 8 W
- **Maximum Head Height:** About 100 cm
- **Mounting:** Inline or fully submersible
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Multikani 800 canister filter; also usable standalone
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pfn 1000 Pump
Adjustable fountain and pond pump with double prefilter and 1.1 m maximum head.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-pfn-1000-pump/
- Price: $139.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100350 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135832
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/100350-1.png
A small water feature, a bubbling urn or a half-barrel pond needs a pump that lifts water about a metre and keeps running when leaves and silt drift toward the intake. Aquael PFN 1000 Pump (SKU: 100350) belongs to Aquael's Aquajet PFN series of submersible fountain pumps and is rated at a maximum of 1,000 L/h, with a maximum head of 1.1 m, on 11 W. A knob on the outlet nozzle adjusts the flow continuously, a double mechanical prefilter guards the rotor against clogging and cuts down on maintenance, and a fountain nozzle comes with the pump. It has a 5 m cable and a 3/4" outlet connection, in a housing of about 9 × 18 × 26 cm.
The motor is a sealed, waterproof synchronous unit rated IPX8, and the rotor turns on a ceramic axis, which Aquael credits for quiet running. A thermal switch cuts the power if the rotor stops, the intake blocks or the pump runs dry, then restarts it automatically once it has cooled. Aquael lists fountains, cascades, ornamental and garden ponds and circulation pumping among its uses, approves the PFN 1000 and larger models for salt water, and limits them to liquids up to 35 °C; in a swimming pool the pump may only run when nobody is in the water. As with any pump, the rated flow applies at zero head and falls as the lift increases, so a spout close to 1.1 m high will only trickle. The optional KR-3 nozzle set adds further fountain patterns.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small fountains and water features:** Spouts, urns and bowls lifting water up to about a metre.
- **Cascades and small ponds:** Feeding a short waterfall or keeping a small pond moving.
- **Circulation duties:** Moving water through a tub, trough or holding system.
- **Saltwater systems:** Approved by Aquael for salt water as well as fresh.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the outlet:** Push the fountain nozzle or a 3/4" hose onto the outlet before submerging.
- **Set it on a firm base:** Stand the pump level and fully submerged, raised slightly above bottom silt.
- **Adjust the flow:** Turn the knob on the outlet nozzle until the spray or flow looks right.
- **Clean monthly:** Unplug, clean the rotor slot and rinse the prefilter cartridge in pond water as needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,000 L/h maximum:** Continuous flow control on the outlet.
- **1.1 m maximum head:** Enough lift for small fountains and short cascades.
- **Double mechanical prefilter:** Reduces clogging and maintenance.
- **Thermal cut-out:** Protects against blockage and dry running, with automatic restart.
- **Ceramic rotor axis:** Quiet running from a sealed IPX8 motor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100350
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135832
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Fountain and Pond Pump
- **Series:** Aquajet PFN
- **Maximum Flow:** 1,000 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** 1.1 m
- **Power:** 11 W
- **Cable Length:** 5 m
- **Outlet Connection:** 3/4"
- **Dimensions:** About 9 × 18 × 26 cm (W × D × H)
- **Liquid Temperature:** Up to 35 °C
- **Included:** Fountain nozzle; KR-3 nozzle set sold separately
- **Other Sizes:** PFN 500 (SKU 100349), PFN 2000 (SKU 100351), PFN 3500 (SKU 100368)
- **Target Environment:** Fountains, ponds and freshwater or saltwater circulation
---
#### Aquael Pfn 3500 Pump
Mid-size pump for garden ponds, cascades and fountains.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-pfn-3500-pump/
- Price: $254.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100368 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546138536
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100368-1.jpg
Most backyard ponds and fountains sit in the gap between a small indoor pump and a high-output commercial unit, needing real flow and lift without the size or price of the biggest models. Aquael Pfn 3500 Pump (SKU: 100368) is one of the larger models in Aquael's classic AquaJet PFN line, a submersible pump rated by Aquael at 3,500 L/h on 42 W, built for ponds, fountains, waterfalls and filtration systems rather than tabletop features. At 13 × 29 × 26 cm it is substantially larger than the entry-level PFN 500, and unlike that model it is rated for use in salt water as well as fresh.
Maximum lift is 200 cm, enough for a proper cascade or a fountain with real height, and the pump runs on a 5 m power cord with a threaded outlet accepting 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2" connections, giving some flexibility in the pipework it is plumbed into. An adjustment knob on the outlet nozzle sets the stream strength, a prefilter protects the rotor from debris and reduces how often it needs cleaning, and a fountain tip is supplied to shape a spray rather than a plain jet. The rotor runs on a ceramic axis, which Aquael uses on its larger PFN models for quieter operation than the steel axis fitted to the PFN 500. Built-in overheat protection and the ability to run either fully submerged or dry-mounted out of the water carry through from the rest of the range. Aquael's general limits apply: water temperature should not exceed 35°C, a pool pump should only run when no one is in the water, and the pump must be connected through a protected socket in a dry location.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Garden ponds and water gardens:** Circulation and filtration within its 3,500 L/h output.
- **Cascades and waterfalls:** A 200 cm maximum lift suited to a proper height drop.
- **Fountains with spray patterns:** The supplied fountain tip and adjustment knob shape the display.
- **Salt water ponds:** Rated for salt water as well as freshwater installations.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the prefilter:** Attach it to the intake before the pump goes into the water.
- **Submerge or mount inline:** Run the pump fully underwater, or dry-mounted in a plumbed line.
- **Connect the threaded outlet:** Fit tubing or pipe via the 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2" connection.
- **Power through a protected socket:** Use the 5 m cord to reach a dry, outdoor-rated power point.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3,500 L/h flow:** At 42 W, with a 200 cm maximum lift.
- **Ceramic rotor axis:** Quieter running than the steel-axis PFN 500.
- **Adjustable output:** A knob on the outlet nozzle varies the stream.
- **Prefilter and fountain tip included:** Protects the rotor and shapes the spray.
- **Salt water rated:** Suited to marine ponds as well as freshwater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100368
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546138536
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Pond & Fountain Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 3,500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 42 W
- **Maximum Lift:** 200 cm
- **Dimensions:** 13 × 29 × 26 cm
- **Cable Length:** 5 m
- **Connection:** Threaded 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2"
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and salt water
- **Other Sizes:** Pfn 500 Pump (SKU 100349); Pfn 1000 Pump (SKU 100350); Pfn 2000 Pump (SKU 100351)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, cascades and fountains
---
#### Aquael Pfn 500 Pump
Compact indoor pump for small fountains and water features.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-pfn-500-pump/
- Price: $74.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100349 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135825
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100349-1.png
A tabletop fountain or a small indoor water feature does not need the lift or flow of a pond pump, but it does need something small enough to hide and quiet enough not to be noticed. Aquael Pfn 500 Pump (SKU: 100349) is the smallest model in Aquael's classic AquaJet PFN line, a compact submersible pump rated by Aquael at 500 L/h on 4.4 W, built for small fountains, decorative indoor water features and the smallest garden ponds rather than full-size outdoor systems. At 9 × 8 × 19 cm it is noticeably smaller than the rest of the PFN range, and Aquael positions it specifically for indoor use rather than salt water installations.
Maximum lift height is 70 cm, enough to feed a small tabletop fountain head or a short cascade, and the pump runs on a 1.5 m power cord with a 1/2" threaded connection, shorter than the 5 m cords fitted to the larger PFN models. An adjustment knob on the outlet nozzle sets the stream strength, a prefilter protects the rotor from debris, and a fountain tip is supplied so the outflow can be shaped rather than left as a plain jet. The rotor runs on a steel axis rather than the ceramic axis used on the larger PFN models, which suits its lighter indoor duty. Built-in overheat protection and the ability to run either submerged or out of water give it the same basic safety features as the rest of the range, within its smaller scale. Aquael advises against running any PFN pump in water above 35°C, and the 500 should be plugged in only through a protected socket in a dry location.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tabletop and indoor fountains:** A compact pump sized for small decorative water features.
- **Small garden ponds:** Circulation for the smallest outdoor ponds within its 500 L/h output.
- **Short cascades:** A 70 cm maximum lift suited to low, decorative drops.
- **Space-limited installs:** The smallest body in the PFN range, at 9 × 8 × 19 cm.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the prefilter and tip:** Attach the prefilter to the intake and the fountain tip to the outlet before use.
- **Submerge fully:** Place the pump completely underwater in the fountain basin or pond.
- **Set the stream with the knob:** Adjust the nozzle dial to the flow strength wanted.
- **Power from a dry, protected point:** Run the 1.5 m cord to a socket away from splashing water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 L/h flow:** At 4.4 W, with a 70 cm maximum lift.
- **Compact body:** 9 × 8 × 19 cm, the smallest in the PFN range.
- **Adjustable output:** A knob on the outlet nozzle varies the stream.
- **Prefilter and fountain tip included:** Protects the rotor and shapes the outflow.
- **Submersible or inline:** Runs underwater or dry-mounted out of the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100349
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135825
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Pond & Fountain Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 4.4 W
- **Maximum Lift:** 70 cm
- **Dimensions:** 9 × 8 × 19 cm
- **Cable Length:** 1.5 m
- **Connection:** Threaded 1/2"
- **Water Type:** Freshwater indoor use
- **Other Sizes:** Pfn 3500 Pump (SKU 100368); Pfn 1000 Pump (SKU 100350); Pfn 2000 Pump (SKU 100351)
- **Target Environment:** Indoor fountains and small freshwater ponds
---
#### Aquael Pfn Eco 10,000 Pump
High-output energy-saving pump for larger ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-pfn-eco-10000-pump/
- Price: $354.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102797 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546321433
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102797-1.png
A larger pond or a fountain with real height needs a pump that can move serious volume without a serious power draw to match, and that trade-off is exactly what Aquael's Eco redesign targets. Aquael Pfn Eco 10,000 Pump (SKU: 102797) is the middle model in Aquael's AquaJet PFN Eco range, a submersible pond and fountain pump that Aquael's datasheet lists at a delivered flow of 9,000 L/h on 69 W, consuming up to 60% less power than earlier PFN pumps of similar output. As with the 8,000 model in the same line, the 10,000 in the name is the nominal class rating; the maker's own published flow figure is 9,000 L/h, which is the number used here.
Maximum lift height is rated at 600 cm, enough for a tall cascade or a fountain display with real reach, and the pump measures 12 × 46.5 × 14.7 cm, the same body size as the 6,000 and 8,000 models, with a 10 m power cord and a threaded outlet accepting 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2" fittings. It shares the range's waterproof, low-maintenance synchronous motor and ceramic rotor shaft and bearing, and carries an IPX8 rating for continuous use in fresh or salt water. A mechanical prefilter on the intake reduces how often the rotor chamber needs cleaning, and a nozzle with a flow divider plus a fountain tip are included so the outflow can be shaped into a display spray as well as plain circulation. Thermal overheat protection and dry-run protection shut the pump down if it runs hot or the water level drops, and it can be used fully submerged or dry-mounted inline. Aquael covers the range with a two-year warranty and manufactures it in Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger garden ponds:** Circulation within the pump's 9,000 L/h delivered flow.
- **Tall cascades and waterfalls:** A 600 cm maximum lift for taller height drops.
- **Display fountains:** The nozzle, flow divider and fountain tip shape a stronger spray pattern.
- **Salt-tolerant installations:** Rated for both fresh and salt water outdoor use.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the prefilter:** Attach it to the intake before the pump goes into the water.
- **Submerge or plumb inline:** Run the pump fully underwater, or dry-mounted in a plumbed line.
- **Connect the threaded outlet:** Fit tubing via the 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2" connection, adding the nozzle or fountain tip.
- **Run to a protected power point:** Use the 10 m cord to reach a dry, outdoor-rated socket.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **9,000 L/h delivered flow:** At 69 W, with a 600 cm maximum lift.
- **Up to 60% power saving:** Compared with earlier PFN pumps of similar capacity.
- **Ceramic rotor shaft and bearing:** Quieter running than older steel-axis pumps.
- **IPX8 waterproof rating:** Suited to continuous submersion in fresh or salt water.
- **Nozzle, flow divider and fountain tip included:** Shapes a display spray pattern.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102797
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546321433
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Pond & Fountain Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 9,000 L/h (manufacturer datasheet; sold under the 10,000 nominal class)
- **Power Consumption:** 69 W
- **Maximum Lift:** 600 cm
- **Dimensions:** 12 × 46.5 × 14.7 cm
- **Cable Length:** 10 m
- **Connection:** Threaded 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2"
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Pfn Eco 6000 (SKU 102817); Pfn Eco 8000 (SKU 102818); Pfn Eco 15,000 (SKU 102789); Pfn Eco 25,000 (SKU 113049)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and cascades, fresh or salt water
---
#### Aquael Pfn Eco 15,000 Pump
High-lift energy-saving pump for larger ponds and cascades.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-pfn-eco-15000-pump/
- Price: $600.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102789 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546321440
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102789-1.png
Once a pond or a cascade needs real lift height rather than just raw flow, the pump has to work harder for every litre, which is where most of the old PFN range's power draw went. Aquael Pfn Eco 15,000 Pump (SKU: 102789) is the second-largest model in Aquael's AquaJet PFN Eco line, a submersible pump rated by Aquael's own datasheet at a delivered flow of 14,000 L/h on 125 W, built to use up to 60% less power than earlier PFN pumps of comparable output. As with the smaller models in the range, the 15,000 in the name is the pump's nominal class, with 14,000 L/h the figure the maker actually publishes for delivered flow.
Maximum lift height jumps to 650 cm on this model, enough for a multi-tier cascade or a fountain with real height, and the larger body measures 16.4 × 50.5 × 18.5 cm, a step up from the 12 × 46.5 × 14.7 cm case used on the three smaller Eco pumps. It runs on a 10 m power cord and connects through a threaded outlet taking 1 1/2", 1 3/4" or 2" fittings, sized for the heavier pipework a pump of this output is typically plumbed into. Construction follows the rest of the Eco line: a waterproof synchronous motor, a ceramic rotor shaft and bearing for quieter running, an IPX8 rating for continuous submersion in fresh or salt water, and a mechanical prefilter. Thermal overheat and dry-run protection shut the motor down if it runs hot or the water level falls. Aquael covers the range with a two-year warranty and makes it in Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger ponds and water gardens:** Circulation within the pump's 14,000 L/h delivered flow.
- **Multi-tier cascades:** A 650 cm maximum lift for taller, layered waterfalls.
- **Heavier pipework systems:** The 1 1/2" to 2" connection suits larger-bore pond plumbing.
- **Salt-tolerant installations:** Rated for both fresh and salt water outdoor use.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the prefilter:** Attach it to the intake before the pump is placed in the water.
- **Submerge or plumb inline:** Run the pump fully underwater, or dry-mounted in a plumbed line.
- **Match the connection size:** Fit tubing or pipe via the 1 1/2", 1 3/4" or 2" threaded outlet.
- **Run to a protected socket:** Use the 10 m cord to reach a dry, outdoor-rated power point.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **14,000 L/h delivered flow:** At 125 W, with a 650 cm maximum lift.
- **Larger-bore connection:** 1 1/2", 1 3/4" or 2" threaded outlet for heavier plumbing.
- **Up to 60% power saving:** Compared with earlier PFN pumps of similar capacity.
- **Ceramic rotor shaft and bearing:** Quieter running than a steel-axis design.
- **IPX8 waterproof rating:** Suited to continuous submersion in fresh or salt water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102789
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546321440
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Pond & Fountain Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 14,000 L/h (manufacturer datasheet; sold under the 15,000 nominal class)
- **Power Consumption:** 125 W
- **Maximum Lift:** 650 cm
- **Dimensions:** 16.4 × 50.5 × 18.5 cm
- **Cable Length:** 10 m
- **Connection:** Threaded 1 1/2", 1 3/4" or 2"
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Pfn Eco 6000 (SKU 102817); Pfn Eco 8000 (SKU 102818); Pfn Eco 10,000 (SKU 102797); Pfn Eco 25,000 (SKU 113049)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and cascades, fresh or salt water
---
#### Aquael Pfn Eco 25,000 Pump
Flagship high-output energy-saving pond pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-pfn-eco-25000-pump/
- Price: $734.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113049 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328821
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113049-1.jpg
At the top of a pond pump range, raw output stops being the hard part and efficiency becomes the thing that decides the running cost for years afterward. Aquael Pfn Eco 25,000 Pump (SKU: 113049) is the flagship model in Aquael's AquaJet PFN Eco line, a submersible pump that Aquael's datasheet rates at a delivered flow of 24,000 L/h on 260 W, the range's largest output while still built to use up to 60% less power than earlier PFN pumps of comparable capacity. The 25,000 in the name is the pump's nominal class rating, with 24,000 L/h the figure Aquael actually publishes for delivered flow.
Maximum lift is rated at 680 cm, the highest in the Eco range, suiting a large cascade, a multi-tier fountain or a pond with a significant elevation change. The pump shares its 16.4 × 42.5 × 19.9 cm body with the smaller footprint-per-output of the Eco redesign, runs on a 10 m power cord, and connects through a threaded outlet taking 1 1/2", 1 3/4" or 2" fittings, matching the larger-bore pipework that an output this size is typically plumbed into. It carries the same waterproof, low-maintenance synchronous motor as the rest of the line, with a ceramic rotor shaft and bearing for quieter running, an IPX8 rating for continuous use in fresh or salt water, and a mechanical prefilter that protects the rotor from debris. Thermal overheat protection and dry-run protection shut the pump down if it overheats or the water level drops, and it can run fully submerged or dry-mounted in a plumbed line. Aquael covers the range with a two-year warranty and manufactures it in Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ponds and water features:** Circulation within the pump's 24,000 L/h delivered flow.
- **High-lift cascades:** A 680 cm maximum lift for the tallest water features in the range.
- **Large-bore plumbing systems:** The 1 1/2" to 2" connection suits heavier pond pipework.
- **Salt-tolerant installations:** Rated for both fresh and salt water outdoor use.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the prefilter:** Attach it to the intake before the pump goes into the water.
- **Submerge or plumb inline:** Run the pump fully underwater, or dry-mounted in a plumbed line.
- **Match the outlet size:** Connect pipe or tubing via the 1 1/2", 1 3/4" or 2" threaded fitting.
- **Run to a protected power point:** Use the 10 m cord to reach a dry, outdoor-rated socket.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24,000 L/h delivered flow:** At 260 W, the largest output in the Eco range.
- **680 cm maximum lift:** The highest lift rating in the PFN Eco line.
- **Up to 60% power saving:** Compared with earlier PFN pumps of similar capacity.
- **Ceramic rotor shaft and bearing:** Quieter running than a steel-axis design.
- **IPX8 waterproof rating:** Suited to continuous submersion in fresh or salt water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113049
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328821
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Pond & Fountain Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 24,000 L/h (manufacturer datasheet; sold under the 25,000 nominal class)
- **Power Consumption:** 260 W
- **Maximum Lift:** 680 cm
- **Dimensions:** 16.4 × 42.5 × 19.9 cm
- **Cable Length:** 10 m
- **Connection:** Threaded 1 1/2", 1 3/4" or 2"
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Pfn Eco 6000 (SKU 102817); Pfn Eco 8000 (SKU 102818); Pfn Eco 10,000 (SKU 102797); Pfn Eco 15,000 (SKU 102789)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and cascades, fresh or salt water
---
#### Aquael Pfn Eco 8000 Pump
Mid-range energy-saving pump for ponds and multi-tier fountains.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-pfn-eco-8000-pump/
- Price: $399.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102818 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546321426
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102818-1.jpg
Stepping up from a 6,000 L/h pump to an 8,000 L/h one usually means stepping up the power bill just as much, which is the problem Aquael's Eco line is built around. Aquael Pfn Eco 8000 Pump (SKU: 102818) is the second model in Aquael's AquaJet PFN Eco range, a submersible pump for garden ponds, cascades and fountains that Aquael rates for a delivered flow of 7,500 L/h at 52 W, a flow-per-watt improvement the maker credits with cutting power use by up to 60% against earlier PFN pumps of similar capacity. The 8,000 in the name is the pump's nominal class rating; Aquael's own datasheet lists 7,500 L/h as the figure actually delivered, and is used here rather than the rounder number so the specification matches what the maker publishes.
The pump has a maximum lift of 500 cm, enough for a taller cascade or a multi-tier fountain, and measures 12 × 46.5 × 14.7 cm with a 10 m cord and a threaded outlet taking 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2" fittings. Construction follows the rest of the Eco range: a waterproof synchronous motor, a ceramic rotor shaft and bearing for quieter running, and an IPX8 rating for continuous submersion in fresh or salt water. A mechanical prefilter guards the rotor, while a nozzle with a flow divider and a fountain tip shape the outflow into a spray rather than a plain jet. Thermal overheat and dry-run protection shut the motor down if needed. Aquael covers the range with a two-year warranty and builds it in Poland.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size ponds and water gardens:** Circulation within the pump's 7,500 L/h delivered flow.
- **Taller cascades:** A 500 cm maximum lift for multi-step waterfalls.
- **Multi-tier fountains:** The included nozzle and flow divider shape a layered spray.
- **Salt-tolerant outdoor use:** Rated for both fresh and salt water installations.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Attach the prefilter:** Fit the mechanical prefilter to the intake before submerging the pump.
- **Choose submerged or inline mounting:** Place it fully underwater, or install dry in a plumbed line.
- **Fit the outlet hardware:** Connect tubing via the 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2" threaded fitting, adding the nozzle or fountain tip.
- **Run the cord to a protected socket:** Use the full 10 m of cable to reach a dry, outdoor-rated power point.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **7,500 L/h delivered flow:** At 52 W, with a 500 cm maximum lift.
- **Up to 60% power saving:** Against earlier-generation PFN pumps of similar capacity.
- **Ceramic rotor shaft and bearing:** Reduces noise compared with a steel-axis design.
- **IPX8 waterproof rating:** Suited to continuous submersion in fresh or salt water.
- **Nozzle, flow divider and fountain tip included:** Shapes a layered spray pattern.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102818
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546321426
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Pond & Fountain Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 7,500 L/h (manufacturer datasheet; sold under the 8,000 nominal class)
- **Power Consumption:** 52 W
- **Maximum Lift:** 500 cm
- **Dimensions:** 12 × 46.5 × 14.7 cm
- **Cable Length:** 10 m
- **Connection:** Threaded 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2"
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Pfn Eco 6000 (SKU 102817); Pfn Eco 10,000 (SKU 102797); Pfn Eco 15,000 (SKU 102789); Pfn Eco 25,000 (SKU 113049)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and cascades, fresh or salt water
---
#### Aquael Sas 500 Surface Skimmer
Internal filter for clearing protein film and surface scum.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-sas-500-surface-skimmer/
- Price: $64.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724802 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546339056
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/724802-1.jpg
A greasy film across the surface blocks light getting in and oxygen getting out, and no amount of gravel vacuuming touches it. Aquael Sas 500 Surface Skimmer (SKU: 724802) is a compact internal filter from Aquael built specifically to pull water from the top layer of the aquarium rather than from mid-water, lifting dust, protein film and plant debris off the surface as it draws water through. It runs at up to 500 L/h and is rated for tanks up to around 500 litres, with a flow control that can be turned down for much smaller aquariums as well, so the same unit covers a wide range of tank sizes rather than being sized to one.
A maintenance-free float inside the unit tracks the water level automatically, so the intake stays set at the surface as water is topped up or evaporates rather than needing to be re-adjusted by hand. A built-in dense sponge pre-filter sits ahead of the pump, catching debris and stopping shrimp, fry and small fish from being drawn into the motor compartment, and it is the sponge that needs cleaning as part of upkeep rather than the pump itself. The unit mounts inside the tank on suction cups, with no plumbing or external hose run, which makes it a straightforward add-on to a tank that already has its main filtration sorted but still shows a surface film. It suits open-top tanks and aquariums with a heavier bioload, where waste tends to concentrate at the surface and reduce oxygen exchange and light penetration into the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Surface film and scum:** Protein film, dust and plant residue sitting on top of the water.
- **Open-top aquariums:** Tanks without a lid, where surface film is most visible and oxygen exchange matters most.
- **Heavier bioloads:** Tanks that generate more surface waste than the main filter alone clears.
- **A wide range of tank sizes:** Adjustable flow suits small aquariums as well as tanks up to about 500 L.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the position:** Mount on the glass where the surface film is most visible, away from strong existing current.
- **Attach with suction cups:** Press the unit against the glass until the cups hold it firmly in place.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust the output to suit the tank size, lower for a small aquarium and higher for a larger one.
- **Clean the sponge regularly:** Rinse the pre-filter sponge during water changes to keep flow and skimming effective.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Surface-level intake:** Draws from the top layer rather than mid-water, where film collects.
- **Maintenance-free float:** Keeps the intake at the surface as water level changes.
- **Adjustable flow:** Suits aquariums from small tanks up to around 500 L.
- **Built-in sponge pre-filter:** Catches debris and keeps shrimp and fry out of the motor.
- **Suction-cup mounting:** No plumbing; fits straight into an existing tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724802
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546339056
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Surface Skimmer
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 500 L/h, adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to approximately 500 L, with flow turned down for smaller tanks
- **Pre-Filter:** Built-in dense sponge, protects shrimp and fry from the motor compartment
- **Level Control:** Maintenance-free float adjusts to changing water level
- **Mounting:** Suction cups, internal, no external plumbing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Unipump 1500 Inline Pump
Submersible or inline water pump for canister filters and sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/aquael-unipump-1500-inline-pump/
- Price: $124.91 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102399 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311243
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102399-1.jpg
Some pumps only work underwater and others only work dry, which forces a choice before the plumbing is even planned. Aquael Unipump 1500 Inline Pump (SKU: 102399) is the largest model in Aquael's UniPump range, a water pump built to run either fully submerged inside the aquarium or sump, or dry as an inline pump plumbed into a hose run. Aquael rates it at 1400 L/h with a maximum head of 155 cm, drawing 19 W, and it connects to 16/22 mm hose.
The Unipump 1500 is intended to feed equipment that needs its own water supply rather than to filter on its own: Aquael lists it for driving canister filters such as the MULTIKANI and MAXI KANI, as well as coolers, UV sterilisers and protein skimmers. It suits freshwater and saltwater aquariums, sumps and aquarium stands, and Aquael also promotes the range for terrarium and paludarium plumbing where water needs to be moved between chambers. At 1400 L/h it has enough headroom to push water up through 155 cm of lift, which covers most sump-to-display or cabinet-to-canopy runs without the pump labouring at full output. Running it dry as an inline pump keeps the motor out of the water entirely, which suits a sump cabinet where space inside the sump itself is already tight with baffles and media trays, while the fully submersible option suits a simpler single-tank set-up where there is no separate sump to plumb into.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Feeding a canister filter:** Supplies water to external units such as the MULTIKANI or MAXI KANI.
- **Sump and stand plumbing:** Moves water between sump and display, or within a cabinet.
- **Driving coolers or skimmers:** Powers equipment that needs its own forced water feed.
- **Submerged or dry installs:** Works inside the tank or mounted dry in an inline run.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the mounting style:** Submerge it directly or mount it dry inline, according to the plumbing layout.
- **Connect the hose:** Fit 16/22 mm hose to the pump's inlet and outlet.
- **Check the head height:** Keep the vertical lift within 155 cm to maintain flow to the connected equipment.
- **Prime and run:** Fill the hose run and start the pump, checking connections for leaks before leaving it unattended.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual installation:** Runs fully submerged or dry as an inline pump.
- **1400 L/h flow:** With a maximum head of 155 cm.
- **19 W power draw:** Aquael's rated consumption for the 1500 model.
- **16/22 mm hose fitting:** Standard connection size for canister and sump plumbing.
- **Multi-purpose feed pump:** Drives canister filters, coolers, UV sterilisers and skimmers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102399
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546311243
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Inline/Submersible Water Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 1400 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** 155 cm
- **Power:** 19 W
- **Hose Fitting:** 16/22 mm
- **Installation:** Fully submersible or dry inline
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and terrariums
---
### Aquael — Filters
#### Aquael Asap Filter 300
Compact internal filter for aquariums under 100 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-asap-filter-300/
- Price: $41.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101523 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546210263
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101523-1.jpg
A small aquarium rarely has room for a filter that takes up half the back pane, and a canister bulky enough for a bigger tank only crowds a nano setup further. Aquael Asap Filter 300 (SKU: 101523) is the smallest unit in Aquael's ASAP internal filter line, built for aquariums under 100 litres and measuring about 5 by 7.6 by 15.4 cm, small enough to sit behind plants or driftwood without dominating the scape. A motor housing at the top drives water down through a large transparent bowl packed with filtration sponge, so the unit handles mechanical and biological filtration in one compact body, and the whole assembly runs on 4.2 W. Aquael builds the ASAP range as a complete, ready-to-run filter rather than one needing media bought separately to work.
At its rated 300 L/h, the ASAP 300 turns over a typical nano or small community tank several times an hour, enough for the bioload a tank this size usually carries without agitating the surface excessively. The transparent bowl doubles as a visual indicator of how dirty the sponge has become, and it lifts away in one piece for a quick rinse under tank water without disturbing the motor head, which keeps the bacterial colony on the sponge largely intact between cleans. Because the whole unit runs in as little as 5 cm of water, it suits shallow aquaterrariums and paludariums as well as standard aquariums. Activated carbon and phosphate-removing cartridges are sold separately for the ASAP 300 housing, letting the filter run on plain sponge day to day and switch to chemical media only when needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and Small Tanks:** Aquariums under 100 litres needing compact, complete filtration.
- **Shallow Setups:** Paludariums and aquaterrariums with as little as 5 cm of water.
- **New Tank Cycling:** A sponge-based filter that builds a biological colony without extra media.
- **Chemical Filtration When Needed:** Running carbon or PhosMax media only when water quality calls for it.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge the Unit:** Fully submerge the ASAP 300 against the back or side glass.
- **Attach by Suction:** Secure it with the built-in suction mounts before switching on.
- **Prime and Run:** Switch on the power and confirm bubbles clear and flow is steady.
- **Rinse the Sponge:** Lift the bowl free and rinse the sponge in tank water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact Body:** About 5 x 7.6 x 15.4 cm, sized for small aquariums.
- **Low Power Draw:** Runs on 4.2 W.
- **Mechanical and Biological Media:** Filtration sponge handles both roles in one bowl.
- **Shallow-Water Capable:** Works in as little as 5 cm of water.
- **Expandable Media:** Accepts optional carbon or phosphate cartridges.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101523
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546210263
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filters
- **Manufacturer Item No.:** 113611
- **Flow Rate:** 300 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 4.2 W
- **Dimensions:** About 5 x 7.6 x 15.4 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Under 100 L
- **Minimum Water Depth:** 5 cm (suits aquaterrariums)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Asap Filter 500 (SKU 101524); Aquael Asap Filter 700 (SKU 101525)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Asap Filter 500
Internal filter for aquariums from 50 to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-asap-filter-500/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101524 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546210270
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101524-1.jpg
Most community tanks sit in that middle band where a nano filter runs out of capacity but a full canister is overkill for the maintenance involved. Aquael Asap Filter 500 (SKU: 101524) is the mid-size unit in Aquael's ASAP internal filter range, sized for aquariums from 50 to 150 litres and measuring about 5.4 by 8.8 by 18.6 cm. As with the rest of the line, a motor head at the top drives water through a transparent bowl filled with filtration sponge, combining mechanical and biological filtration in a single self-contained unit that draws 5.0 W. It is supplied complete and ready to run, needing no separate media purchase to start working.
A 500 L/h flow rate gives a typical 100 to 150 litre community tank several turnovers an hour, enough to keep debris moving toward the sponge without creating a strong current that stresses slower-moving fish or disturbs planted layouts. The clear bowl shows at a glance how loaded the sponge has become and detaches as a single piece for rinsing in tank water, so routine cleaning does not strip the biological colony the way a full teardown would. Like the smaller ASAP 300, the 500 can run in water as shallow as 5 cm, which makes it workable in paludariums and shallow set-ups and not only standard aquariums. Aquael also sells carbon and PhosMax phosphate-removing cartridges sized for the ASAP 500 housing, for tanks that need chemical filtration on top of the standard sponge.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Tanks 50–150L:** Mid-size aquariums needing more turnover than a nano filter provides.
- **Planted Tanks:** Gentle flow that avoids blasting delicate stems and leaves.
- **Routine Bowl Rinses:** Cleaning the sponge without disturbing the motor head.
- **Chemical Media Add-On:** Fitting a carbon or PhosMax cartridge when water quality needs it.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position in the Tank:** Submerge against the glass where flow will circulate the whole aquarium.
- **Mount with Suction Cups:** Fix the unit in place before connecting power.
- **Switch On and Check:** Confirm steady output once primed.
- **Clean the Sponge Regularly:** Detach the bowl and rinse the sponge in tank water during water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-Range Capacity:** Suits aquariums from 50 to 150 litres.
- **500 L/h Flow:** Enough turnover for a typical community tank.
- **Low Power Draw:** Runs on 5.0 W.
- **One-Piece Sponge Bowl:** Detaches for a quick rinse without a full strip-down.
- **Shallow-Water Capable:** Works in water as little as 5 cm deep.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101524
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546210270
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filters
- **Manufacturer Item No.:** 113612
- **Flow Rate:** 500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 5.0 W
- **Dimensions:** About 5.4 x 8.8 x 18.6 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 50–150 L
- **Minimum Water Depth:** 5 cm (suits aquaterrariums)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Asap Filter 300 (SKU 101523); Aquael Asap Filter 700 (SKU 101525)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fan Filter 2 Plus
Internal filter with adjustable output for aquariums up to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-fan-filter-2-plus/
- Price: $75.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100308 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546030700
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100308-1.jpg
Aquael's Fan range has run largely unchanged for years because the layout, a slim motor head over a sponge-wrapped shaft, works and keeps working without much to go wrong. Aquael Fan Filter 2 Plus (SKU: 100308) is the mid-size unit in that range, an internal filter measuring about 66 by 77 by 255 mm that draws 5.2 W and moves up to 450 L/h at full output. A control on the head lets that flow be throttled down, and the outlet nozzle swivels through 75 degrees so the direction of the return jet can be aimed rather than fixed. Aquael pitches the 2 Plus at aquariums in roughly the 100 to 150 litre range, though some of the brand's own specification tables extend that up toward 200 litres, a figure worth checking against the stocking plan for a tank at the upper end.
Water is drawn through a sponge fitted over a perforated shaft, which resists clogging better than a sponge packed around a solid core because flow can still reach it from more directions as debris builds up on the outer surface. A protective plastic container around the intake catches coarser debris before it reaches the sponge, extending the time between cleans, and a media chamber in the head is built to stop water draining back out of the filter and into the tank during a water change or when the unit is lifted out for cleaning. The filter can run in water as shallow as about 5 cm, which suits planted tanks with a lower water line or temporary quarantine set-ups as well as standard aquariums. Like other Aquael internal filters, routine maintenance is a rinse of the sponge in tank water rather than a full strip-down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Tanks 100–150L:** Aquariums needing more turnover than a nano filter provides.
- **Adjustable Flow Needed:** Tanks with slower-moving fish or delicate plants that benefit from a lower setting.
- **Shallow Water:** Set-ups running with only a few centimetres of water.
- **Low-Maintenance Filtration:** A sponge-based design that only needs rinsing, not stripping down.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge and Mount:** Fix the unit to the glass using the integrated suction cups.
- **Aim the Outlet:** Swivel the nozzle through its 75-degree range to direct the return flow.
- **Set the Output:** Use the control on the head to dial in the flow rate.
- **Rinse Periodically:** Lift the sponge-covered shaft free and rinse in tank water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **450 L/h Maximum Output:** Adjustable down from full flow via a control on the head.
- **Perforated Shaft Sponge:** Resists clogging better than a sponge packed around a solid core.
- **75-Degree Swivel Outlet:** Aims the return jet toward the area needing it.
- **Shallow-Water Capable:** Runs in water as little as about 5 cm deep.
- **Anti-Drain Media Chamber:** Limits water running back into the tank during removal.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100308
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546030700
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filters
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 450 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 5.2 W
- **Dimensions:** About 66 x 77 x 255 mm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 100–150 L
- **Outlet Adjustment:** Swivels 75 degrees
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Filter 250 Maxikani Canister Filter With External Pump
Canister filtration for aquariums up to 250 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-filter-250-maxikani-canister-filter-with-external-pump/
- Price: $349.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102888 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546316675
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102888-1.webp
A canister filter driven by its own separate pump gives more flexibility in where the motor sits than a filter with the pump built into its lid. Aquael Filter 250 Maxikani Canister Filter With External Pump (SKU: 102888) is the mid-size unit in Aquael's MaxiKani range, built for aquariums from 150 up to 250 litres and rated at 1000 L/h. Unlike an internal filter or a standard external canister with an integrated head, the MaxiKani's pump is a separate unit that can be mounted vertically or horizontally, inside the tank or outside it, which suits cabinets with awkward plumbing runs or a tank where the usual spot for an external filter is already taken. The canister itself holds the filtration media and provides mechanical and biological treatment as water is drawn through it by the external pump.
Because the pump and canister are independent, the MaxiKani can be set up to suit the cabinet rather than forcing the cabinet to suit the filter, with the pump tucked wherever space and plumbing allow and the canister positioned separately. Aquael rates the whole unit for shallow use as well as standard tanks, running in water down to about 10 cm, which extends its usefulness to aquaterrariums and heavily planted set-ups with a lower water line. At 150 to 250 litres of coverage, it suits a solidly stocked community tank or a smaller marine system where a hang-on or internal filter would be undersized. Note that older product copy for this filter has quoted a 700 L/h flow figure; the current specification from Aquael's European distributor gives 1000 L/h, and that figure should be checked against the latest manufacturer data before relying on it for stocking calculations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Tanks 150–250L:** Aquariums needing canister-level filtration without an internal unit's footprint.
- **Awkward Cabinet Plumbing:** Set-ups where the pump needs to sit somewhere other than directly on the canister.
- **Shallow or Planted Tanks:** Running in water as little as about 10 cm deep.
- **Flexible Pump Placement:** Either submerged in the tank or mounted externally in the cabinet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the Canister:** Place it in the cabinet where the hoses can reach the tank without kinking.
- **Mount the Pump:** Fix it vertically or horizontally, inside or outside the aquarium as the space allows.
- **Connect the Hoses:** Join canister and pump with the supplied hoses, checking all joints are tight.
- **Prime and Check Flow:** Fill the system with water before switching on, then confirm steady output.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Separate External Pump:** Mounts independently of the canister for flexible cabinet layouts.
- **1000 L/h Rated Flow:** Current distributor specification for the 250 model.
- **Mechanical and Biological Media:** Standard canister filtration inside the housing.
- **Shallow-Water Capable:** Runs in water down to about 10 cm.
- **Mid-Range Coverage:** Suited to aquariums from 150 to 250 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102888
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546316675
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filters
- **Flow Rate:** 1000 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 150–250 L
- **Minimum Water Depth:** About 10 cm
- **Pump Mounting:** Vertical or horizontal, submerged or external
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological media in the canister body
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro 1000 Hang On Filter
Hang-on filter with four-cartridge chamber for aquariums up to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-fzn-pro-1000-hang-on-filter/
- Price: $151.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725086 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546345804
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725086-1.webp
A larger community aquarium carries a heavier bioload, and a filter with only one or two cartridges' worth of media struggles to keep pace between cleans. Aquael Fzn Pro 1000 Hang On Filter (SKU: 725086) is the third model in Aquael's four-size FZN Pro hang-on range, rated at 900 litres per hour and suited to aquariums from about 130 to 200 litres. Like the smaller models, the pump sits submerged on rubber shock absorbers to cut vibration and noise, rated by Aquael at around 31.5 dB despite the larger flow, and a perforated housing keeps circulation even while allowing gas exchange at the surface. The filter self-primes on start-up, an ergonomic knob sets the flow rate precisely, and the body tilts to sit level on an uneven tank rim.
The 1000's media chamber takes four dedicated cartridges, double the capacity of the 700 model below it, which matters on a larger tank where mechanical media clogs faster and chemical media exhausts sooner. Aquael's cartridge range covers Standard wadding for mechanical filtration, Carbomax with activated carbon for chemical polishing, and Phosmax for phosphate removal to help limit algae, and the chamber also takes loose media in layers for owners who prefer to build their own stack. A telescopic intake tube reaches different tank heights, and the 1000 carries the same optional clip-on skimmer attachment offered on the 700 and 1500 models, running without a separate cable. At about 25.2 by 18.6 by 28.4 cm, the body is wider than the 700 to house the extra cartridges while keeping the same overall height.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger community tanks:** Aquariums from about 130 to 200 litres with a correspondingly heavier bioload.
- **Four-cartridge filtration:** Set-ups needing more media capacity than the 700 model offers.
- **Surface skimming:** Tanks where the optional skimmer helps clear a protein film from the surface.
- **Stepping up from a smaller FZN Pro:** A tank that has grown past the 700's rated range.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount the filter on the rim:** Hang the body securely with the intake tube reaching well into the water.
- **Extend the intake tube and prime:** Adjust it to the tank's height and let the unit self-prime.
- **Load all four cartridges:** Fit the full cartridge set into the chamber for the rated filtration capacity.
- **Level and fine-tune flow:** Tilt the body to sit flat, then set the flow knob to suit the tank's inhabitants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **900 L/h flow:** Rated for aquariums of about 130 to 200 litres.
- **Four-cartridge chamber:** Double the media capacity of the 700 model.
- **Optional skimmer:** The same clip-on surface skimmer offered on the 700 and 1500.
- **Quiet for its flow rate:** Rubber-mounted pump at about 31.5 dB.
- **Three cartridge options:** Standard, Carbomax carbon and Phosmax phosphate cartridges, or loose media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725086
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546345804
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On Back Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 900 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 130 to 200 L
- **Power:** 7.1 W
- **Noise:** About 31.5 dB
- **Dimensions:** About 25.2 x 18.6 x 28.4 cm (L x W x H)
- **Other Sizes:** Fzn Pro 400 (725084); Fzn Pro 700 (725085); Fzn Pro 1500 (725087)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro 1500 Hang On Filter
The largest FZN Pro hang-on filter, rated for aquariums up to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-fzn-pro-1500-hang-on-filter/
- Price: $165.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725087 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546345811
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725087-1.webp
At the upper end of what a hang-on filter can realistically handle, flow and media capacity both need to scale up together or the filter becomes the bottleneck in an otherwise well-stocked tank. Aquael Fzn Pro 1500 Hang On Filter (SKU: 725087) is the largest model in Aquael's four-size FZN Pro range, rated at 1,370 litres per hour and suited to aquariums from about 200 to 300 litres, the top of the range's coverage. The pump still sits submerged on rubber shock absorbers to control vibration, and despite being the highest-powered model, Aquael rates its noise at around 32 dB, only slightly above the smaller units in the range. A perforated housing keeps flow even and allows gas exchange at the surface, the filter self-primes on start-up, and an ergonomic knob sets the flow rate precisely rather than leaving it fixed at maximum.
The 1500's media chamber takes six dedicated cartridges, the largest capacity in the range, which suits a bigger tank where mechanical media would otherwise need changing more often than is practical. Aquael's cartridge options are the same across the range: Standard wadding for mechanical filtration, Carbomax with activated carbon for chemical polishing, and Phosmax for phosphate removal to help control algae, with the chamber also taking loose media in layers. A telescopic intake tube extends to suit deeper tanks, and the 1500 carries the same optional clip-on skimmer attachment available on the 700 and 1000 models. At about 32.7 by 18.6 by 28.4 cm, it is the longest body in the range, built to house the larger pump and six-cartridge chamber while keeping the same width and height as the 700 and 1000.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks from about 200 to 300 litres needing the top-rated flow in the range.
- **Heavy stocking or large fish:** Set-ups producing more waste than a smaller FZN Pro model can keep up with.
- **Maximum media capacity:** Six cartridges for longer intervals between full media changes.
- **Surface skimming on a big tank:** The optional skimmer attachment for clearing a protein film.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Hang it on a secure rim:** The largest body in the range needs a rim that can carry its weight once wet.
- **Extend the intake fully:** Adjust the telescopic tube for the tank's depth before priming.
- **Load all six cartridges:** Fit the full cartridge set to reach the rated filtration capacity.
- **Level and set the flow:** Tilt the unit flat, then dial the flow knob to suit the tank's current needs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,370 L/h flow:** The highest rated flow in the FZN Pro range.
- **Six-cartridge chamber:** The largest media capacity in the range.
- **Optional skimmer:** The same clip-on surface skimmer offered on the 700 and 1000.
- **Controlled noise despite the power:** Rubber-mounted pump at about 32 dB.
- **Three cartridge options:** Standard, Carbomax carbon and Phosmax phosphate cartridges, or loose media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725087
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546345811
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On Back Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 1,370 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 200 to 300 L
- **Power:** 13 W
- **Noise:** About 32 dB
- **Dimensions:** About 32.7 x 18.6 x 28.4 cm (L x W x H)
- **Other Sizes:** Fzn Pro 400 (725084); Fzn Pro 700 (725085); Fzn Pro 1000 (725086)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro 400 Hang On Filter
Quiet hang-on filter for aquariums up to 75 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-fzn-pro-400-hang-on-filter/
- Price: $69.32 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725084 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546345781
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725084-1.webp
A small or starter tank still needs real mechanical and biological filtration, just not the bulk and noise of a filter sized for a much bigger aquarium. Aquael Fzn Pro 400 Hang On Filter (SKU: 725084) is the smallest model in Aquael's four-size FZN Pro hang-on range, rated by Aquael at 320 litres per hour and sized for aquariums from about 10 to 75 litres. The pump sits inside the tank rather than in the hanging body, mounted on rubber shock absorbers that cut down vibration and running noise, which Aquael rates at around 31 dB for this model, among the quietest in the range. A perforated housing keeps water moving evenly through the unit and allows gas exchange at the surface, and the filter primes itself on start-up rather than needing to be filled by hand.
Inside, the FZN Pro 400 takes a single dedicated filter cartridge, available from Aquael in three types: a Standard wadding cartridge for mechanical filtration, a Carbomax cartridge with activated carbon for chemical polishing and reducing discolouration, and a Phosmax cartridge that removes phosphate to help limit algae growth. The chamber also takes loose filter media in layers alongside or instead of a cartridge. A telescopic intake tube adjusts to different tank heights, an ergonomic knob sets the flow rate precisely rather than only on or off, and the whole unit can be tilted to sit level on an uneven lip. Unlike the three larger FZN Pro models, the 400 has no optional clip-on skimmer attachment. The body measures about 12.7 by 12.8 by 16 cm, Aquael's smallest footprint in the range, which keeps it unobtrusive on a nano or small tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small and nano tanks:** Aquariums from about 10 to 75 litres matched to this filter's rated flow.
- **Noise-sensitive settings:** A bedroom or office tank where the quieter 31 dB rating matters.
- **Starter set-ups:** A compact filter that does not dominate a small aquarium's footprint.
- **Light to moderate stocking:** Tanks that do not need the flow or media capacity of the larger FZN Pro models.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Hang the unit on the rim:** Clip the filter body onto the back of the tank with the intake tube reaching the water.
- **Extend the intake tube:** Adjust the telescopic tube to suit the tank's height before switching on.
- **Prime and level it:** Let the self-priming action start the flow, then tilt the unit until it sits level.
- **Set the flow knob:** Dial the flow down for delicate fish or shrimp, or fully open for stronger circulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **320 L/h flow:** Rated for aquariums of about 10 to 75 litres.
- **Quiet running:** Rubber-mounted pump rated at around 31 dB.
- **Self-priming:** Starts flowing on power-up without manual filling.
- **Adjustable flow and level:** An ergonomic knob and a tiltable body for an even fit.
- **Three cartridge options:** Standard, Carbomax carbon and Phosmax phosphate cartridges, or loose media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725084
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546345781
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On Back Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 320 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 10 to 75 L
- **Power:** 4.5 W
- **Noise:** About 31 dB
- **Dimensions:** About 12.7 x 12.8 x 16 cm (L x W x H)
- **Other Sizes:** Fzn Pro 700 (725085); Fzn Pro 1000 (725086); Fzn Pro 1500 (725087)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro 700 Hang On Filter
Hang-on filter with optional skimmer for aquariums up to 130 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-fzn-pro-700-hang-on-filter/
- Price: $129.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725085 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546345798
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725085-1.webp
A tank that has outgrown a starter filter needs more flow and more media capacity without jumping straight to a canister system. Aquael Fzn Pro 700 Hang On Filter (SKU: 725085) is the second model in Aquael's four-size FZN Pro hang-on range, rated at 700 litres per hour and suited to aquariums from about 75 to 130 litres, the step up from the entry-level 400 model. As with the rest of the range, the pump sits inside the tank on rubber shock absorbers that reduce vibration and noise, rated by Aquael at around 31.5 dB, and the perforated housing keeps water circulating evenly while allowing gas exchange at the surface. The filter primes itself on start-up, an ergonomic knob adjusts the flow precisely, and the body can be tilted to level it on an uneven rim.
The media chamber on the 700 takes two dedicated cartridges rather than the single cartridge used in the 400, giving more mechanical and chemical filtration capacity to match the larger rated flow. Aquael offers Standard wadding cartridges for mechanical filtration, Carbomax cartridges with activated carbon for chemical polishing, and Phosmax cartridges that remove phosphate to help control algae, and the chamber also accepts loose media in layers. A telescopic intake tube adjusts to the tank's height, and the 700 is the smallest model in the range to offer Aquael's optional clip-on skimmer attachment, which runs off the filter without a separate cable. The body measures about 17.8 by 18.6 by 28.4 cm, noticeably larger than the 400 to house the extra cartridge capacity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing tanks:** Aquariums from about 75 to 130 litres that have outgrown a smaller filter.
- **Heavier stocking:** Tanks that need the extra media capacity of two cartridges.
- **Surface skimming:** Set-ups where the optional clip-on skimmer is useful for removing a protein film.
- **Community aquariums:** A mid-range flow and filtration level suited to typical community stocking.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Hang it securely:** Fit the filter body on the tank rim with the intake tube reaching well into the water.
- **Extend the intake and prime:** Adjust the telescopic tube and let the self-priming action start the flow.
- **Level the unit:** Tilt the filter until it sits evenly, then fit both cartridges into the media chamber.
- **Add the skimmer if wanted:** Clip the optional skimmer attachment on once the filter is running normally.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **700 L/h flow:** Rated for aquariums of about 75 to 130 litres.
- **Two-cartridge chamber:** More media capacity than the entry-level 400 model.
- **Optional skimmer:** Clip-on surface skimmer attachment, not available on the 400.
- **Quiet, self-priming operation:** Rubber-mounted pump at about 31.5 dB.
- **Three cartridge options:** Standard, Carbomax carbon and Phosmax phosphate cartridges, or loose media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725085
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546345798
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On Back Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 700 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 75 to 130 L
- **Power:** 6.2 W
- **Noise:** About 31.5 dB
- **Dimensions:** About 17.8 x 18.6 x 28.4 cm (L x W x H)
- **Other Sizes:** Fzn Pro 400 (725084); Fzn Pro 1000 (725086); Fzn Pro 1500 (725087)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hypermax 4500 Bt Canister Filter
Bluetooth-controlled external canister filter for large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-hypermax-4500-bt-canister-filter/
- Price: $899.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724803 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341707
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724803-1.jpg
A large show tank or a heavily stocked community needs serious turnover, and standing at the cabinet adjusting valves each time the stocking changes gets old fast. Aquael Hypermax 4500 Bt Canister Filter (SKU: 724803) is Aquael's flagship external canister, rated for aquariums from 200 up to 1,500 L, with an unloaded flow of up to 4,500 L/h, dropping to around 2,600 L/h once the media baskets are filled. The pump draws 18 to 36 W, adjustable across 10 steps, and is controlled at the filter head or remotely through the Aquael BT app.
Inside, four 3.6 L media baskets give 15.9 L of total filtration volume, including a 1.5 L prefilter in the lid; two come filled with sponge cartridges in 10, 20 and 30 PPI grades, and two arrive empty for whatever media is chosen. Four 1.5 m hoses with 19/25 mm connections run two inlets and two outlets, with a sprinkler bar included, and the filter lifts water up to 2 m of head height. Noise runs 24 to 44 dB by flow setting, and the unit measures about 55.5 x 36 x 36 cm with valves fitted. The app adds a feeding-time pause, a day and night setting, a PIN lock and fault monitoring. Aquael covers it with a two-year warranty on a low, maintenance-safe 24 V pump head.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Sized for tanks from 200 up to 1,500 L that need high mechanical and biological turnover.
- **Heavily stocked or planted tanks:** Four media baskets give room for carbon, biomedia and extra mechanical stages together.
- **Remote adjustment:** Flow and feeding-time settings can be changed from the Aquael BT app without reaching the cabinet.
- **Cabinets set well below the tank:** A 2 m maximum head height covers most standard stand heights.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the canister:** Place it in the cabinet below the tank, within the 2 m head-height limit.
- **Load the baskets:** Fit the supplied sponge cartridges in the pre-filled baskets and choose media for the two empty ones.
- **Connect the hoses:** Fit the 19/25 mm inlet and outlet hoses, elbows and sprinkler bar, then prime the system.
- **Pair the app:** Connect via Bluetooth to the Aquael BT app to set flow rate, feeding mode and day/night behaviour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 4,500 L/h flow:** About 2,600 L/h once filter media is loaded, suiting tanks up to 1,500 L.
- **Bluetooth app control:** Adjustable flow modes, a feeding-time pause, day/night mode, PIN lock and fault alerts.
- **Four media baskets:** 15.9 L total volume including a 1.5 L lid prefilter.
- **Low energy draw:** 18–36 W across 10 adjustable performance steps.
- **Dual inlet and outlet hoses:** Two of each, with a sprinkler bar for even outflow across the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724803
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341707
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 4,500 L/h (about 2,600 L/h loaded)
- **Power Consumption:** 18–36 W, 10 adjustable steps
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 200–1,500 L
- **Filter Media Volume:** 15.9 L (14.4 L media plus 1.5 L prefilter), 4 x 3.6 L baskets
- **Hose Connections:** 2 inlets and 2 outlets, 19/25 mm, 1.5 m hoses
- **Maximum Head Height:** 2 m
- **Noise Level:** 24–44 dB
- **Dimensions:** About 55.5 x 36 x 36 cm (with valves)
- **Control:** Aquael BT Bluetooth app, PIN lock, fault monitoring, performance chart
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Neo Filter 300
Internal filter with three cartridge options for tanks up to 100L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-neo-filter-300/
- Price: $62.27 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725324
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725324-1.jpg
A small internal filter is often a single fixed sponge, which leaves no room to deal with phosphate or discolouration without adding a separate chemical filter bag. Aquael Neo Filter 300 (SKU: 725324) is Aquael's internal filter for aquariums up to 100 L, pumping up to 320 L/h through a design built around pre-made, interchangeable cartridges rather than loose media packed by hand. It draws 4.5 W and measures about 10 by 5.5 by 21.5 cm, small enough to sit discreetly in a corner of the tank, and can be mounted either vertically or horizontally depending on the space available.
Three dedicated cartridges are available for it: Standard Wool for everyday mechanical filtration, Carbomax, which combines wool with activated carbon for chemical impurities and water discolouration, and Phosmax, a wool cartridge aimed at phosphate removal. A coarse sponge pre-filter sits ahead of whichever cartridge is fitted, catching larger debris before it reaches the finer media and extending the time between cartridge changes. Flow is set with a precise regulator built into the filter rather than left fixed, and the outlet carries two nozzle options: a 180° wide-flow nozzle that spreads and aerates the output across the tank, and a directional nozzle for aiming flow at a particular area, with an adapter that also accepts a separately sold sprinkler attachment for surface agitation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium tanks:** Rated for aquariums up to 100 L.
- **General mechanical filtration:** Standard Wool cartridge for routine day-to-day use.
- **Discoloured or tannin-stained water:** Carbomax cartridge for chemical polishing.
- **Phosphate control:** Phosmax cartridge where algae growth is linked to phosphate levels.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose an orientation:** Mount the filter vertically or horizontally depending on the tank's layout.
- **Fit the pre-filter and cartridge:** Attach the coarse sponge ahead of the chosen Standard Wool, Carbomax or Phosmax cartridge.
- **Submerge and prime:** Fully submerge the unit so it draws water correctly before switching on.
- **Set the outlet and flow:** Fit the wide-flow or directional nozzle and adjust the built-in flow regulator.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Interchangeable cartridges:** Standard Wool, Carbomax and Phosmax cover mechanical, chemical and phosphate-removal needs.
- **Coarse sponge pre-filter:** Extends cartridge life by catching larger debris first.
- **Adjustable flow:** Built-in regulator sets output rather than running at a single fixed rate.
- **Two outlet nozzles:** 180° wide-flow for aeration or a directional nozzle for targeted flow.
- **Vertical or horizontal mounting:** Fits a range of tank layouts and corner spaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filter
- **SKU:** 725324
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 320 L/h, adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 100 L (freshwater)
- **Power:** 4.5 W
- **Dimensions:** About 10 × 5.5 × 21.5 cm
- **Cartridges Available:** Standard Wool, Carbomax (wool + activated carbon), Phosmax (phosphate removal)
- **Pre-Filter:** Coarse sponge, included
- **Outlet Nozzles:** 180° wide-flow and directional, with accessory adapter
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pat Mini 400l/h Filter
Compact internal sponge filter with adjustable flow and aeration for tanks up to 120 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-pat-mini-400l-h-filter/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100372 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546138635
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100372-1.jpg
Small tanks need filtration that does not blow the fish around, and a filter that can be turned down is worth more than one that only runs flat out. Aquael Pat Mini 400l/h Filter (SKU: 100372) is Aquael's tiny internal turbine filter for small freshwater aquariums: a motor head mounted over a filter sponge, delivering up to 400 L/h on 4 W or less. That maximum is comparable to a typical medium-sized turbine filter, and it can filter a tank of up to 120 litres. A performance control switch on the front of the head reduces the flow for smaller tanks, betta and other slow swimmers.
The sponge does two jobs. It traps fine particles mechanically and gives nitrifying bacteria a surface on which to convert ammonia and nitrite, and rinsing it takes less than a minute. A directional nozzle on the outlet aims the return, for example against a wall to soften the current, and an aeration tube draws air into the outflow to oxygenate the water. The filter mounts with a holder on strong suction cups, or with a bracket that hooks over the edge of the tank. Aquael makes replacement sponges in standard, Carbomax (activated carbon, for discolouration and chemical contaminants) and Phosmax (phosphate removal, to limit algae) versions, and the Pat Mini can be paired with Aquael's sprinkler spray bar and its Mini UV steriliser.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community tanks:** Aquariums up to 120 litres where a compact filter head suits the space.
- **Betta and slow swimmers:** The flow switch tames the current for long-finned fish.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** A simple sponge filter that is quick to clean and restart.
- **Extra circulation:** Moving water and adding aeration in a corner of a planted or decorated tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse the sponge:** Wash the new sponge in clean water to remove loose fibres before fitting.
- **Mount the filter:** Fix the holder on its suction cups, or hook the bracket over the tank edge, with the head fully submerged.
- **Aim and aerate:** Turn the nozzle to direct the outflow and attach the aeration tube if extra oxygen is wanted.
- **Maintain gently:** Unplug before removing it, and rinse the sponge in old tank water to protect the bacteria.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 400 L/h:** Adjustable with a switch on the front of the head.
- **Two-stage sponge:** Mechanical and biological filtration in one insert.
- **Directional outlet:** Points the flow where it is wanted in the tank.
- **Aeration tube:** Adds oxygen through the return flow.
- **Two mounting options:** Suction cup holder or hang-on bracket.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100372
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546138635
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Sponge Filter
- **Maximum Flow:** 400 L/h, adjustable
- **Power:** 4 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 120 L
- **Filter Medium:** Filter sponge (mechanical and biological)
- **Mounting:** Suction cup holder or bracket over the tank edge
- **Replacement Media:** Standard, Carbomax and Phosmax sponges
- **Compatible Accessories:** Aquael sprinkler, Aquael Mini UV steriliser
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums up to 120 litres
---
#### Aquael Turbo Filter 1500
High-output internal filter for tanks up to 350 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-turbo-filter-1500/
- Price: $119.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100347 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135719
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100347-1.jpg
Larger, more heavily stocked tanks need a filter that can keep pace without the aquarist wanting to run a full external canister on something that size. Aquael Turbo Filter 1500 (SKU: 100347) is the second-largest unit in Aquael's Turbo internal filter range, drawing 22 W to push up to 1,500 L/h and built for aquariums of roughly 250 to 350 L. Like the 1000 below it, the 1500 runs on a ceramic impeller axle for quieter operation at this higher flow, rather than the plain bearing used on the smallest Turbo Filter 500.
The filter mounts fully submerged and its outlet rotates through 120 degrees, so the strong output can be angled along the back of the tank rather than straight at the fish, or lifted toward the surface to add aeration in a heavily stocked aquarium. Output itself is stepless, so the 1,500 L/h maximum can be wound back if the current proves too strong once plants and decor are in place. It ships with a BioCeraMax Pro biological cartridge and standard sponge already fitted, with room in the chamber to add ZeoMAX, CarboMAX, NitroMAX or PhosMAX media, and the filling volume can be extended for tanks that need more media capacity than the standard set-up gives.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger community tanks:** Aquariums of roughly 250 to 350 L needing stronger filtration than the mid-size Turbo Filter 1000.
- **Heavily stocked aquariums:** Set-ups where bio-load calls for higher flow and more media capacity.
- **Quiet high-flow running:** Where the ceramic-axle motor's reduced noise matters at this output level.
- **Supplementary chemical filtration:** Running carbon, zeolite or phosphate media alongside the standard cartridges.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount fully submerged:** Fit the filter underwater using the suction cups or bracket supplied.
- **Seat the media:** Confirm the BioCeraMax Pro cartridge and sponge are in place before closing the unit.
- **Angle the outflow:** Use the 120-degree swivel to direct current away from delicate fish or decor.
- **Dial back if needed:** Reduce the stepless flow control once plants and stock are settled, if the current proves too strong.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,500 L/h flow rate:** Built for aquariums of about 250 to 350 L.
- **Ceramic-axle impeller:** Quieter running at the higher output of this size.
- **Extendable media volume:** Chamber can take more media than the supplied cartridges alone.
- **120-degree swivel outlet:** Current direction and surface aeration can be adjusted.
- **Broad media compatibility:** Accepts BioCeraMax, ZeoMAX, CarboMAX, NitroMAX and PhosMAX cartridges.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100347
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135719
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 1,500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 22 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 250 to 350 L
- **Dimensions:** About 122 (L) × 101 (W) × 324 (H) mm
- **Included Media:** BioCeraMax Pro ceramic cartridge and sponge filter cartridge
- **Other Sizes:** Turbo Filter 500 (SKU 100345); Turbo Filter 1000 (SKU 100346); Turbo Filter 2000 (SKU 100348)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Turbo Filter 2000
Modular 2000 L/h internal filter with media container for aquariums over 350 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-turbo-filter-2000/
- Price: $129.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100348 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135726
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/724855-6572-1.png
Big tanks usually run on canisters, but an internal filter in a large cichlid or community display adds flow, filtration and aeration without another pair of hoses under the cabinet. Aquael Turbo Filter 2000 (SKU: 100348) is the largest of Aquael's four Turbo internal filters, rated at up to 2000 L/h for aquariums over 350 litres. It is modular: the pump head can run with the sponge only, with the 625 mL media container only, or with container and sponge together, and further containers can be joined in a column to expand the filter later. Aquael supplies it as a complete set with one media container, one BioCeraMAX Pro 600 biological cartridge and one sponge, ready to run.
The pump draws 27 W and has a sealed rotor chamber that Aquael says gives high efficiency at relatively low power consumption, with a ceramic rotor shaft for quieter running and a longer service life. Output is adjustable, aeration is adjustable, and the outlet rotates to direct the flow, through 120° according to UK retailer listings. Shock-absorbing suction cups damp the vibration that would otherwise carry into the glass. The container takes any loose filter media, and Aquael lists its BioCeraMAX Pro 600, 1200 and 1600, ZeoMAX Plus, CarboMAX Plus, NitroMAX Pro and PhosMAX Pro cartridges as compatible, so the filter can carry biological, ammonia-absorbing, carbon or phosphate media as the tank needs. The unit measures 10.1 × 12.2 × 32.4 cm and suits both freshwater and marine aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks over 350 litres needing strong circulation.
- **Alongside a canister:** Extra mechanical filtration and aeration in heavily stocked tanks.
- **Chemical media:** Running carbon, zeolite or phosphate remover in the container.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Large cichlid, community and fish-only marine systems.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a layout:** Sponge only, container only, or container plus sponge.
- **Load the container:** Use the supplied BioCeraMAX Pro 600 or other Aquael media.
- **Mount on the glass:** Press the shock-absorbing suction cups on with the filter submerged.
- **Adjust flow and air:** Set output and aeration, then rotate the outlet to aim the current.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2000 L/h maximum:** Adjustable output for tanks over 350 L.
- **Modular containers:** 625 mL media containers that join in columns.
- **Ceramic rotor shaft:** Quieter running and longer service life.
- **Vibration-damped mounting:** Shock-absorbing suction cups.
- **Supplied ready to run:** Container, BioCeraMAX Pro 600 and sponge included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100348
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135726
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 2000 L/h, adjustable
- **Power:** 27 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Over 350 L
- **Dimensions:** 10.1 × 12.2 × 32.4 cm (W × D × H)
- **Media Container:** 625 mL, expandable with additional containers
- **In the Box:** Filter head, media container, BioCeraMAX Pro 600 cartridge, sponge
- **Other Sizes:** Turbo Filter 500 (SKU 100345); Turbo Filter 1000 (SKU 100346); Turbo Filter 1500 (SKU 100347)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums over 350 L
---
#### Aquael Turbo Filter 500
Compact internal power filter for small freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-turbo-filter-500/
- Price: $65.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100345 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546135696
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100345-1.jpg
A small tank still needs real mechanical and biological filtration, just not the footprint a full-size canister brings with it. Aquael Turbo Filter 500 (SKU: 100345) is the smallest unit in Aquael's Turbo internal filter range, drawing 4.4 W to move up to 500 L/h, and is built for aquariums up to about 150 L. It sits inside the tank, drawing water in through the sponge cartridge and returning it through an outlet that swivels through 120 degrees, so the current can be aimed away from slow-moving fish or toward the surface for extra aeration.
Inside the filter body is a sealed impeller chamber for quiet, efficient running and a flow control that can be wound down from full output, useful for fry tanks or species that dislike strong current. The 500 ships with a BioCeraMax Pro ceramic biological cartridge and a sponge filter cartridge already fitted, and the chamber can take almost any of Aquael's other media, including ZeoMAX, CarboMAX and NitroMAX cartridges, for extra chemical filtration where it is needed. It is the one model in the Turbo range built without the ceramic axle the larger sizes use, a simplification that suits its smaller motor and lower price point without affecting how it filters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small aquariums:** Tanks up to around 150 L needing a compact all-in-one internal filter.
- **Nano and starter set-ups:** A first filter for a new tank that does not yet need a canister.
- **Low-flow requirements:** Species or planted tanks that benefit from the adjustable, lower-end flow rate.
- **Extra aeration:** Directing the swivel outlet at the surface to add surface agitation.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge fully:** Fit the filter below the waterline using the included suction cups or bracket.
- **Prime before switching on:** Make sure the intake and impeller chamber are fully underwater before powering up.
- **Aim the outlet:** Rotate the outlet up to 120 degrees to set the current direction.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust the stepless flow control to suit the tank's current fish and plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 L/h flow rate:** Matched to tanks up to about 150 L.
- **Stepless flow control:** Output can be turned down from maximum.
- **120-degree swivel outlet:** Current can be aimed where it is needed.
- **BioCeraMax Pro included:** Ships with a ceramic biological cartridge and sponge pre-fitted.
- **Open media chamber:** Accepts ZeoMAX, CarboMAX and NitroMAX cartridges for added chemical filtration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100345
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546135696
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 4.4 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 150 L
- **Dimensions:** About 76 (L) × 70 (W) × 239 (H) mm
- **Included Media:** BioCeraMax Pro ceramic cartridge and sponge filter cartridge
- **Other Sizes:** Turbo Filter 1000 (SKU 100346); Turbo Filter 1500 (SKU 100347); Turbo Filter 2000 (SKU 100348)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Turbo Mini Internal Filter
Compact dense-sponge filter with adjustable flow for shrimp and nano tanks up to 80 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-turbo-mini-internal-filter/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725058 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546342889
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/725058-1.jpg
A baby shrimp small enough to pass through an intake slot will end up inside the filter, so a shrimp tank needs a filter that draws its water through foam. Aquael Turbo Mini Internal Filter (SKU: 725058) is Aquael's compact internal filter specially designed for shrimp and small fish in freshwater tanks from nano size up to 80 litres. Water passes through a dense sponge that traps fine impurities and gives nitrifying bacteria a large surface to colonise, so one sponge handles both mechanical and biological filtration, and Aquael states the sponge is dense enough to use safely with shrimp and small fish. It is the same filter Aquael supplies in its Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium kits.
The pump is rated at 320 L/h with a maximum head of 65 cm and draws only 4.4 W, so running costs stay low on a filter that never switches off. A slider on the front of the head gives infinitely variable control of the output, which matters in small tanks where full flow would make the water too turbulent, and a directional tip aims the outflow, for example at the glass for calm water or just under the surface to ripple it. An aeration tube connects to the outlet nozzle to keep the water oxygenated. The filter hangs on the glass by a handle with a strong suction cup, and Aquael says cleaning the sponge takes only a few tens of seconds. Replacement sponges come in different densities, including a coarse-grained sponge (Aquael 123443), and the Rain shower spray bar (101145) and Mini UV steriliser (109521) fit as optional extras.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp tanks:** Neocaridina and Caridina colonies, including newly hatched young.
- **Nano and small aquariums:** Freshwater tanks from desktop size to 80 litres.
- **Small, delicate fish:** Flow turned down for weak swimmers and long-finned fish.
- **Shrimp Set replacement:** The filter fitted to Aquael's Shrimp Set Day & Night kits.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fix to the glass:** Press the handle's suction cup onto clean glass with the filter body under water.
- **Start low:** Begin with the slider at a low setting and increase until debris is drawn in.
- **Aim the outlet:** Point the tip at the glass for calm water or under the surface for ripple.
- **Rinse the sponge:** Squeeze it out in removed tank water to keep the bacteria alive.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dense, shrimp-safe sponge:** Mechanical and biological filtration in one.
- **Variable output:** Slider control on the front of the head.
- **Directional outlet:** Steers the flow where it is needed.
- **Built-in aeration:** Air tube connected to the outlet nozzle.
- **4.4 W motor:** Low running cost for continuous use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725058
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546342889
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Sponge Filter (Nano)
- **Model:** Turbo Mini (Aquael art. 130574)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 320 L/h, infinitely adjustable
- **Power:** 4.4 W
- **Maximum Head:** 65 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Nano tanks up to 80 L
- **Mounting:** Handle with suction cup
- **Optional Accessories:** Rain shower (101145); Mini UV steriliser (109521); coarse-grained sponge (123443)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater shrimp and nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultra 1200 Canister Filter
Four-basket external filter for tanks up to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-ultra-1200-canister-filter/
- Price: $349.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113138 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326438
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113138-1.jpg
Moving up from a 200 L tank to something larger usually means wanting more baskets as well as more flow, so there is somewhere to run extra media rather than just a bigger pump. Aquael Ultra 1200 Canister Filter (SKU: 113138) is the mid-size unit in Aquael's Ultra canister range, rated at 1,200 L/h for 13.9 W of power draw and suited to aquariums of roughly 160 to 300 L. It carries the same self-priming lever and integrated hose shut-off valve as the smaller Ultra 900, so the canister can be lifted off for servicing without draining the lines each time.
The step up from the 900 is mainly in capacity: four media baskets instead of three, each holding about 1.9 L for roughly 13.5 L of total bucket volume, giving more room to stage mechanical, biological and chemical media separately. It ships as a complete set with mechanical and biological media already in place and runs an energy-saving motor on a ceramic, damped impeller axis for quiet operation. Flow rate and outlet direction are both adjustable, there is no built-in pre-filter chamber, so any of Aquael's cartridge media can be run in the baskets, and the 16/22 mm hoses match the rest of the Ultra and Ultramax ranges. Aquael covers the Ultra series with a two-year warranty through authorised Australian retailers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 160 to 300 L needing more capacity than the Ultra 900.
- **Staged media set-ups:** Four baskets give room to separate mechanical, biological and chemical stages.
- **Quiet operation:** Living-space tanks where the damped impeller axis keeps noise down.
- **Easier servicing:** Where the integrated hose shut-off speeds up routine filter maintenance.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Site the canister:** Stand it level, ideally below the tank, and connect the inlet and outlet hoses.
- **Shut the valves for service:** Close the integrated valve before disconnecting the canister to clean it.
- **Prime via the lid lever:** Use the self-priming lever rather than drawing water through by mouth.
- **Load the baskets:** Arrange mechanical, biological and any chemical media across the four baskets before closing the lid.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four media baskets:** About 1.9 L each, for roughly 13.5 L of total media volume.
- **Self-priming lever:** No bulb or hose-sucking needed to start the siphon.
- **Integrated hose shut-off:** Disconnects for cleaning without draining the lines.
- **Energy-saving motor:** 13.9 W draw on a ceramic, damped impeller axis.
- **Adjustable flow and outlet:** Output and water direction can both be tuned to the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113138
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326438
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 1,200 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 13.9 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 160 to 300 L
- **Media Baskets:** 4, about 1.9 L each (13.5 L bucket volume)
- **Hose Diameter:** 16/22 mm
- **Warranty:** 2 years through authorised retailers
- **Other Sizes:** Ultra 900 Canister Filter (SKU 113137); Ultra 1400 Canister Filter (SKU 113139)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultra 1400 Canister Filter
Five-basket external filter for tanks up to 600 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-ultra-1400-canister-filter/
- Price: $399.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113139 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326445
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113139-1.jpg
A large aquarium carries a bigger bio-load and needs a filter with enough bucket volume to hold media for all three filtration stages without compromise. Aquael Ultra 1400 Canister Filter (SKU: 113139) is the largest unit in Aquael's Ultra canister range, rated at 1,400 L/h and drawing 14.8 W, built for aquariums of roughly 260 to 600 L. It carries the same self-priming lever and integrated hose shut-off valve as the smaller Ultra 900 and Ultra 1200, so the canister disconnects for cleaning without the lines needing to be drained first.
The 1400 steps up to five media baskets, each around 1.9 L, inside a 16 L bucket, the largest media volume in the range, which suits the heavier stocking a tank this size tends to carry. It comes as a complete, ready-to-run set with mechanical and biological media already fitted, and the open basket design will also run Aquael's chemical cartridges, since there is no built-in pre-filter chamber to work around. An energy-saving motor on a ceramic, damped impeller axis keeps running noise down even at this flow rate, flow and outlet direction are adjustable, and the 16/22 mm hoses match the fittings used across the Ultra and Ultramax ranges. Aquael covers the series with a two-year warranty through authorised Australian retailers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 260 to 600 L needing the biggest filter in the Ultra range.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Where five baskets and 16 L of media volume give room for a higher bio-load.
- **Upgrading from a smaller canister:** Moving up from the Ultra 900 or 1200 as a tank grows.
- **Multi-stage filtration:** Set-ups wanting separate mechanical, biological and chemical stages in one unit.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Position the canister:** Stand it level, ideally below the tank, and connect the inlet and outlet hoses.
- **Close the valve to service:** Shut the integrated valve before disconnecting the unit for cleaning.
- **Prime via the lid lever:** Self-prime the system rather than drawing water through the lines by mouth.
- **Arrange the five baskets:** Spread mechanical, biological and chemical media across the baskets to suit the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five media baskets:** About 1.9 L each, within a 16 L bucket, the largest in the Ultra range.
- **Self-priming lever:** Starts the siphon without a bulb or hose-sucking.
- **Integrated hose shut-off:** Disconnects for cleaning without draining the lines.
- **Energy-saving motor:** 14.8 W draw on a ceramic, damped impeller axis.
- **Adjustable flow and outlet:** Output and water direction can both be tuned.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113139
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326445
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 1,400 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 14.8 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 260 to 600 L
- **Media Baskets:** 5, about 1.9 L each (16 L bucket volume)
- **Hose Diameter:** 16/22 mm
- **Warranty:** 2 years through authorised retailers
- **Other Sizes:** Ultra 900 Canister Filter (SKU 113137); Ultra 1200 Canister Filter (SKU 113138)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultra 900 Canister Filter
Self-priming external filter for tanks up to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-ultra-900-canister-filter/
- Price: $329.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113137 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546326421
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113137-1.jpg
Starting an external canister by sucking on a hose or fumbling with a priming bulb is the part most aquarists dislike, and it is the first thing Aquael redesigned on this range. Aquael Ultra 900 Canister Filter (SKU: 113137) is the smallest unit in Aquael's Ultra canister range, built around a self-priming system and an integrated shut-off valve on the hoses, so the canister can be disconnected for cleaning without draining the lines. It runs on 12.9 W of power for aquariums of roughly 60 to 200 L, and its name follows Aquael's own convention for the range: the number is the filter's flow rate in litres per hour.
Inside the 11 L bucket sit three media baskets, each holding about 1.9 L, supplied as a complete "plug and enjoy" set with mechanical and biological media already fitted; the baskets can also take Aquael's other chemical and biological cartridges since the filter has no built-in pre-filter chamber. Priming is handled by a lever on the lid rather than a bulb, the flow rate and outlet direction are both adjustable, and the impeller runs on a ceramic, damped axis for quiet operation. Aquael backs the Ultra range with a two-year warranty through authorised Australian retailers, and the 16/22 mm hoses match the fittings used across the rest of the Ultra and Ultramax lines.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 60 to 200 L needing external rather than internal filtration.
- **Quiet living spaces:** Where the ceramic, damped impeller axis keeps running noise low.
- **Replacing an older canister:** Upgrading to self-priming start-up and a quick hose shut-off for easier servicing.
- **Full-spectrum filtration:** Set-ups wanting mechanical, biological and chemical media in one unit.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Position below the tank:** Stand the canister level, ideally below the waterline, and connect the inlet and outlet hoses.
- **Close the shut-off valves:** Use the integrated valve whenever the canister is disconnected for cleaning.
- **Prime with the lever:** Operate the lid lever to self-prime the system rather than sucking on the hose.
- **Set flow and outlet:** Adjust the flow rate and outlet direction once the filter is running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Self-priming start-up:** A lid lever primes the system without sucking on a hose.
- **Integrated hose shut-off:** Disconnect for cleaning without draining the lines.
- **Three media baskets:** About 1.9 L each, supplied with mechanical and biological media fitted.
- **Ceramic, damped impeller axis:** Aimed at quiet running.
- **Adjustable flow and outlet:** Output and water direction can both be tuned.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113137
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546326421
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 900 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 12.9 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 60 to 200 L
- **Media Baskets:** 3, about 1.9 L each (11 L bucket volume)
- **Hose Diameter:** 16/22 mm
- **Warranty:** 2 years through authorised retailers
- **Other Sizes:** Ultra 1200 Canister Filter (SKU 113138); Ultra 1400 Canister Filter (SKU 113139)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax 1000 Canister Filter
External canister with a built-in prefilter for tanks up to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-ultramax-1000-canister-filter/
- Price: $415.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102667 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319898
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102667-1.jpg
A canister filter that clogs at the main impeller instead of at an easy-access prefilter turns a two-minute clean into stripping down the whole unit. Aquael Ultramax 1000 Canister Filter (SKU: 102667) is the smaller model in Aquael's Ultramax range, running at 10 W to deliver up to 1,000 L/h and built for aquariums up to about 300 L. It carries a 0.6 L prefilter chamber ahead of the main media baskets specifically so large debris can be cleared out quickly, without disturbing the biological media doing the slower work further along.
Inside the main body sit three media baskets within a 10.5 L filter volume, enough room to run mechanical, biological and chemical stages separately, and the pump can push water up to 1.5 m of head, useful where the canister sits well below the tank or the outlet runs some distance up to a spray bar. Standard hoses are 16/22 mm, matching the rest of Aquael's Ultramax and Ultra ranges, and the unit weighs about 5.5 kg empty, light enough to lift for a full clean without the dead weight of a much larger canister. Aquael pairs the 1000 with the larger Ultramax 1500 for bigger tanks, and the smaller filter suits anyone wanting the easy-maintenance prefilter without the size and flow of the step-up model.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks up to 300 L:** Mid-size freshwater or marine aquariums needing proper external filtration.
- **Heavier debris loads:** Where a built-in prefilter chamber speeds up routine cleaning.
- **Elevated or distant outlets:** Set-ups needing the pump head to push water up to 1.5 m.
- **Staged filtration:** Tanks wanting mechanical, biological and chemical media run separately.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the canister below the tank:** Stand it level and connect the 16/22 mm inlet and outlet hoses.
- **Load the baskets:** Fit mechanical, biological and any chemical media across the three baskets.
- **Prime and start the filter:** Fill the lines with water before switching the unit on.
- **Clean the prefilter first:** Open the 0.6 L prefilter chamber for quick debris removal before touching the main baskets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built-in prefilter:** A 0.6 L chamber for fast removal of large debris.
- **Three media baskets:** 10.5 L of total filter volume for mechanical, biological and chemical media.
- **1.5 m pump head:** Enough lift for a canister sited well below the tank.
- **1,000 L/h flow:** Matched to aquariums up to about 300 L.
- **Compact weight:** About 5.5 kg empty, manageable for routine servicing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102667
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319898
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 1,000 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** 10 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 300 L
- **Media Baskets:** 3 (10.5 L filter volume)
- **Prefilter Volume:** 0.6 L
- **Maximum Pump Head:** 1.5 m
- **Hose Diameter:** 16/22 mm
- **Net Weight (empty):** About 5.5 kg
- **Other Sizes:** Ultramax 1500 Canister Filter (SKU 102678); Ultramax 2000 Canister Filter (SKU 102668)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax 1500 Canister Filter
Larger external canister for aquariums up to 450 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-ultramax-1500-canister-filter/
- Price: $479.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102678 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319584
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102678-1.png
Once a tank grows past the point where a 1,000 L/h filter keeps the water genuinely clear, the next step up needs to bring more basket space as well as more flow. Aquael Ultramax 1500 Canister Filter (SKU: 102678) is the larger model in Aquael's Ultramax range, rated at 1,500 L/h for about 15 W of power draw and suited to aquariums up to roughly 450 L. Like the smaller Ultramax 1000, it keeps a dedicated prefilter chamber ahead of the main media, so the coarsest debris can be cleared out without opening the whole canister.
The main body holds four media baskets within a 13.5 L filter volume, giving more room to run mechanical, biological and chemical stages separately than the 1000 allows, and the pump pushes water to a maximum head of around 1.9 m, enough for a canister tucked well below a larger tank or feeding a spray bar some distance away. It uses the same 16/22 mm hoses as the rest of the Ultramax and Ultra ranges and weighs around 6.5 kg empty, heavier than the 1000 in line with its larger media capacity but still manageable to lift out for a full clean. Aquael pairs the 1500 with the smaller Ultramax 1000 and the larger Ultramax 2000 across the same range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks up to around 450 L:** Larger freshwater or marine aquariums needing more capacity than the Ultramax 1000.
- **Heavier stocking levels:** Where four baskets give more room for biological and chemical media.
- **Deep or elevated tanks:** Set-ups needing the extra pump head over the smaller model.
- **Upgrading an existing filter:** Replacing a 1,000 L/h canister as the tank or stocking level grows.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position below the tank:** Stand the canister level and connect the 16/22 mm hoses.
- **Fill the four baskets:** Spread mechanical, biological and any chemical media across the available baskets.
- **Prime the lines:** Fill the hoses with water before switching the pump on.
- **Service the prefilter first:** Clear the prefilter chamber of coarse debris before opening the main media baskets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four media baskets:** 13.5 L of total filter volume for staged filtration.
- **Built-in prefilter:** Clears coarse debris ahead of the main media.
- **1.9 m pump head:** Suits a canister sited well below a larger tank.
- **1,500 L/h flow:** Matched to aquariums up to around 450 L.
- **Same fittings as the range:** 16/22 mm hoses shared with the Ultramax 1000 and 2000.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102678
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319584
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 1,500 L/h
- **Power Consumption:** About 15 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 450 L
- **Media Baskets:** 4 (13.5 L filter volume)
- **Maximum Pump Head:** About 1.9 m
- **Hose Diameter:** 16/22 mm
- **Net Weight (empty):** About 6.5 kg
- **Other Sizes:** Ultramax 1000 Canister Filter (SKU 102667); Ultramax 2000 Canister Filter (SKU 102668)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax 2000 Canister Filter
2000 L/h external canister with lid prefilter and ball valves for 400–700 litre tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-ultramax-2000-canister-filter/
- Price: $598.44 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102668 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319591
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102668-1.jpg
Cleaning a large canister usually means unplugging it, dragging it out of the cabinet and spilling water on the floor; the Ultramax is built so the dirtiest stage can be rinsed without any of that. Aquael Ultramax 2000 Canister Filter (SKU: 102668) is the largest model in Aquael's Ultramax external filter range, rated at up to 2000 L/h for aquariums of 400 to 700 litres. A foam prefilter of about 0.6 litres sits in the lid and catches coarse debris before it reaches the media; it lifts out for rinsing under the tap without disconnecting the filter. Below it, the 16 litre canister holds five baskets of 1.9 litres each, supplied with cartridges for mechanical and biological filtration.
Inlet and outlet use Aquael's patented double ball valves, which close both the lid ports and the hose ends so the hoses can be separated quickly with very little spillage. A self-priming system floods the filter with aquarium water after two to four strokes of the piston, and output is adjusted with the small lever on the right-hand valve. The rotor turns on a ceramic shaft for quiet running. Hoses are 19/25 mm, a larger size than the 16/22 mm used on the Ultramax 1000 and 1500, and the canister measures 27 × 29 × 51 cm. Power consumption has fallen over the model's life: Australian retailer listings give 24 W for early units and 17 W for units made from 8 September 2023, and the date of manufacture decides which applies.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Aquariums of 400 to 700 litres.
- **Heavily stocked systems:** Cichlids, large catfish or goldfish that produce a lot of waste.
- **Long service intervals:** Five baskets of media plus a prefilter that is rinsed separately.
- **Outgrown canisters:** Stepping up from an Ultramax 1000 or 1500.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place below the tank:** Stand the canister in the cabinet below water level.
- **Connect the hoses:** Fit the 19/25 mm hoses to the double ball valves.
- **Prime the filter:** Open the valves and work the priming piston two to four times.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust output with the lever on the right valve; rinse the lid prefilter as it clogs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lid prefilter:** About 0.6 L of foam, rinsed without disconnecting the filter.
- **Five 1.9 L baskets:** 16 litres of canister volume.
- **Double ball valves:** Quick hose separation with minimal spillage.
- **Self-priming:** Two to four piston strokes to start.
- **Ceramic rotor shaft:** Quiet operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102668
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319591
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Model:** Ultramax 2000 (Aquael art. 123039)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 2000 L/h, adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 400–700 L
- **Power:** 17 W (made from September 2023); 24 W earlier
- **Canister Volume:** 16 L; prefilter approx. 0.6 L
- **Baskets:** 5 × 1.9 L
- **Hose Diameter:** 19/25 mm
- **Dimensions:** 27 × 29 × 51 cm (W × D × H)
- **Other Sizes:** Ultramax 1000 (SKU 102667); Ultramax 1500 (SKU 102678)
- **Target Environment:** Large aquariums of 400–700 L
---
#### Aquael Unifilter 500 Uv
Internal filter with built-in UV-C steriliser for aquariums of 150–200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-unifilter-500-uv/
- Price: $135.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113225 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546058339
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113225-1.jpg
Green water and cloudy bacterial blooms pass straight through a sponge, which is why a UV steriliser is usually a separate unit on its own hose. Aquael Unifilter 500 UV (SKU: 113225) puts the steriliser inside an internal filter: it filters, aerates and sterilises the water in one unit, and the 500 is the smallest of three sizes, rated by Aquael for aquariums of 150 to 200 litres with a maximum flow of 500 L/h. The UV-C source is a patented LED system in the UV nozzle, which replaces the rotor chamber cover, so only water that has already passed through the sponges is exposed. Aquael states this makes sterilisation safe for the fish and for the bacteria in the filter.
Two sponge cartridges handle mechanical and biological filtration, and they are designed to be cleaned alternately so one always keeps its colony of nitrifying bacteria. The UV-C LEDs have their own power supply and switch on and off independently of the pump, so the steriliser can run continuously or only when floating algae, protozoa or bacteria cloud the water. Flow rate and outlet direction adjust through 90°, aeration runs through the nozzle or the impeller chamber, and the filter can hang on its shorter or longer side, by suction cups and an adjustable hanger, with the motor always submerged. The rotor has a ceramic shaft that Aquael describes as quiet and long-lasting in fresh and salt water. The 500 draws 6.5 W in total and measures 5.8 × 9.9 × 22.2 cm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green water:** Free-floating algae that a sponge cannot catch.
- **Bacterial blooms:** Milky water in new or heavily fed tanks.
- **Aquaterraria and paludaria:** Listed by Aquael alongside ordinary aquariums.
- **Tanks of 150–200 litres:** Freshwater or marine.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose orientation:** Hang it on the shorter or longer side with the motor under water.
- **Set the outlet:** Adjust flow and turn the outlet through up to 90°.
- **Run UV as needed:** Switch the UV-C LEDs on or off independently of the pump.
- **Maintain:** Clean sponges alternately; wipe the impeller chamber and UV-C lenses without detergents or solvents.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built-in UV-C:** LED steriliser in the rotor chamber cover.
- **Filtered water only:** Sponges keep debris away from the UV stage.
- **Independent UV switching:** Separate power supply for the LEDs.
- **Two sponge cartridges:** Alternate cleaning protects the biofilter.
- **Ceramic shaft:** Quiet running in fresh and salt water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113225
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546058339
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filter with UV-C Steriliser
- **Model:** Unifilter UV-C 500 (Aquael art. 107402)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 500 L/h, adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 150–200 L
- **Power:** 6.5 W total
- **Dimensions:** 5.8 × 9.9 × 22.2 cm (W × D × H)
- **In the Box:** Filter with suction cups and adjustable hanger, two sponge cartridges, UV nozzle
- **Other Sizes:** Unifilter 750 UV (SKU 113226); Unifilter 1000 UV (SKU 124709)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, aquaterraria and paludaria
---
#### Aquael Unifilter 750 Uv
750 L/h internal filter and UV-C steriliser in one for 200–300 litre tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-unifilter-750-uv/
- Price: $159.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113226 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546058346
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113226-1.jpg
A 250 litre community tank that turns pea-green every summer usually ends up with a second device hanging off the back, a separate UV unit plumbed into its own pump. Aquael Unifilter 750 UV (SKU: 113226) does both jobs from inside the tank. It is the middle size of Aquael's Unifilter UV-C series, an internal filter that filters, aerates and sterilises the water, rated for aquariums of 200 to 300 litres with a maximum flow of 750 L/h. Its UV-C source is Aquael's patented LED system, housed in a UV nozzle that takes the place of the rotor chamber cover, so the light only meets water that the sponges have already cleaned. According to Aquael, that keeps sterilisation safe for both the fish and the filter bacteria.
The UV-C caps have their own power supply, so the LEDs can be turned off while the pump keeps running, for example once an algae bloom has cleared. Mechanical and biological filtration is carried by two sponge cartridges; Aquael advises cleaning them one at a time, never together, so the nitrifying bacteria are not wiped out in one go. The impeller chamber and the UV-C lenses also need regular cleaning, without soap, washing-up liquid or solvents. Flow and outlet direction adjust through 90°, aeration works through the nozzle or the impeller chamber, and the unit mounts by suction cups and an adjustable hanger on either its long or short side. The ceramic rotor shaft runs quietly in fresh or salt water. The 750 draws 9.5 W and measures 6.7 × 11.2 × 25.5 cm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Recurring green water:** Tanks of 200–300 L prone to algae blooms.
- **Cloudy new tanks:** Bacterial haze during the first weeks of a set-up.
- **Extra filtration:** A UV stage added to a tank already running a canister.
- **Fresh, marine and terrarium setups:** Aquaria, aquaterraria and paludaria.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount:** Fix the suction cups and hanger on the long or short side, motor submerged.
- **Direct the flow:** Set output and swing the outlet up to 90°.
- **Add air if needed:** Use the nozzle or impeller-chamber aeration for extra oxygen.
- **Service in turns:** Rinse one sponge at a time; clean the UV-C lenses with water only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **750 L/h with UV-C:** Filtration, aeration and sterilisation in one unit.
- **LED UV-C nozzle:** Replaces the rotor chamber cover.
- **UV on demand:** LEDs switch independently of the pump.
- **Bacteria-friendly design:** Only pre-filtered water passes the UV.
- **Flexible mounting:** Long or short side against the glass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113226
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546058346
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filter with UV-C Steriliser
- **Model:** Unifilter UV-C 750 (Aquael art. 107403)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 750 L/h, adjustable
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 200–300 L
- **Power:** 9.5 W total
- **Dimensions:** 6.7 × 11.2 × 25.5 cm (W × D × H)
- **Filter Media:** Two sponge cartridges (mechanical and biological)
- **Other Sizes:** Unifilter 500 UV (SKU 113225); Unifilter 1000 UV (SKU 124709)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 200–300 L, aquaterraria and paludaria
---
#### Aquael Uv Sterilizer 11w
In-line UV-C steriliser for aquariums up to 450 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-uv-sterilizer-11w/
- Price: $310.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100374 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546140270
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100374-1.png
Green water and free-floating pathogens pass straight through mechanical filtration, which is why larger tanks are often plumbed with a dedicated UV stage. Aquael UV Sterilizer 11W (SKU: 100374) is the largest model in Aquael's AS UV steriliser range, an in-line unit plumbed after an external pump or filter to expose passing water to UV-C light before it returns to the tank. Aquael rates the 11 W model for aquariums up to about 450 litres, at a flow rate of up to 3500 L/h, which matches it to a correspondingly powerful external pump rather than a typical internal filter.
Water enters through connectors sized for 20, 25 or 30 mm hose, so the unit can be matched to a range of canister filter and pump outlets without needing an adapter kit in most set-ups. The housing measures about 28.8 x 16 x 23.5 cm (W x D x H). Aquael's instructions call for mechanical pre-filtration before the water reaches the steriliser, correct orientation so the outlet is the highest point to vent trapped air, and starting the connected pump first to confirm the hose connections are leak-free before the UV lamp is powered on. The quartz sleeve around the lamp needs to be fully tightened before use, and the unit can be installed either inside or outside the aquarium cabinet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks up to roughly 450 litres running a dedicated UV stage.
- **Green-water control:** Continuous UV exposure to suppress free-floating algae.
- **High-flow systems:** Matched to pumps capable of up to 3500 L/h.
- **Pathogen management:** Run alongside quarantine or routine disease-prevention practice, not as a substitute for it.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pre-filter the water:** Fit mechanical filtration ahead of the steriliser so debris does not shield pathogens from the UV lamp.
- **Mount with the outlet highest:** Orient the unit so trapped air can vent from the highest point.
- **Connect and test dry first:** Start the pump before powering the UV lamp, and check all hose joins for leaks.
- **Tighten the quartz sleeve:** Confirm it is fully seated before switching the lamp on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **11 W UV-C lamp:** Aquael's largest AS-series steriliser.
- **Up to 450 L aquariums:** Rated for larger systems than the 3 W and 9 W models.
- **3500 L/h maximum flow:** Matched to a high-output external pump.
- **20/25/30 mm connectors:** Fits a range of canister and pump hose sizes.
- **In-line installation:** Plumbs after the pump or filter rather than sitting inside the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100374
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546140270
- **Product Type:** Filters > UV-C Sterilizer
- **Power:** 11 W
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 3500 L/h
- **Connector Size:** 20/25/30 mm
- **Dimensions:** About 28.8 x 16 x 23.5 cm (W x D x H)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 450 L
- **Other Sizes:** UV Sterilizer 3W (SKU 100384); UV Sterilizer 9W (SKU 100376)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Uv Sterilizer 3w
In-line UV-C steriliser for aquariums up to 250 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-uv-sterilizer-3w/
- Price: $99.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100384 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546143189
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100384-1.jpg
Smaller tanks still get green water and still benefit from a UV stage, but they do not need the flow capacity a large external steriliser is built for. Aquael UV Sterilizer 3W (SKU: 100384) is the entry model in Aquael's AS UV steriliser range, an in-line unit plumbed after a pump or external filter. Aquael rates the 3 W model for aquariums up to about 250 litres at a flow rate of up to 1000 L/h, which suits it to the output of a small to mid-size external filter or pump rather than requiring a dedicated high-flow unit.
The housing is noticeably more compact than the larger models in the range, at about 9 x 4.8 x 11.5 cm (W x D x H), with hose connectors sized for 14/18 mm tubing to match smaller canister filters and inline pumps. Aquael's installation guidance is the same across the AS range: fit mechanical pre-filtration ahead of the unit so debris does not shield organisms from the UV-C lamp, orient the steriliser so its outlet is the highest point to let trapped air escape, start the pump and check hose joins for leaks before powering the lamp, and make sure the quartz sleeve is fully tightened. The unit can be installed inside or outside the cabinet, inline with the existing filter plumbing. Because the compact housing draws relatively little flow for its size, it pairs comfortably with the output of a small to mid-size internal or hang-on filter rather than needing its own dedicated circulation pump, which keeps the overall installation simple on a smaller aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size aquariums:** Tanks up to roughly 250 litres running a UV stage.
- **Green-water control:** Continuous exposure to suppress free-floating algae.
- **Low-flow systems:** Matched to the output of a small external filter or pump.
- **Compact cabinets:** The smallest housing in the range for tight equipment spaces.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pre-filter the water:** Fit mechanical filtration ahead of the steriliser.
- **Mount with the outlet highest:** Orient the unit so trapped air can vent.
- **Test for leaks before powering the lamp:** Start the pump first and check every hose join.
- **Tighten the quartz sleeve:** Confirm it is fully seated before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 W UV-C lamp:** The entry model in Aquael's AS series.
- **Up to 250 L aquariums:** Sized for small to mid-size tanks.
- **1000 L/h maximum flow:** Matched to a modest external filter or pump.
- **14/18 mm connectors:** Fits smaller canister and inline pump hose sizes.
- **Compact housing:** About 9 x 4.8 x 11.5 cm, the smallest in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100384
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546143189
- **Product Type:** Filters > UV-C Sterilizer
- **Power:** 3 W
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 1000 L/h
- **Connector Size:** 14/18 mm
- **Dimensions:** About 9 x 4.8 x 11.5 cm (W x D x H)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 250 L
- **Other Sizes:** UV Sterilizer 11W (SKU 100374); UV Sterilizer 9W (SKU 100376)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Uv Sterilizer 9w
In-line UV-C steriliser for aquariums up to 350 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-uv-sterilizer-9w/
- Price: $290.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100376 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546140294
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100376-1.png
A mid-size tank often sits awkwardly between a small steriliser that cannot keep pace with its filter and a large one built for flow it will never need. Aquael UV Sterilizer 9W (SKU: 100376) is the middle model in Aquael's AS UV steriliser range, an in-line unit plumbed after a pump or external filter. Aquael rates the 9 W model for aquariums up to about 350 litres at a flow rate of up to 2500 L/h, a step up from the 3 W model's 1000 L/h and below the 11 W model's 3500 L/h, matching it to a mid-size canister filter or dedicated pump.
The housing measures about 22.5 x 15 x 23.5 cm (W x D x H), with hose connectors sized for 20, 25 or 30 mm tubing, the same connector range as the larger 11 W model. Installation follows Aquael's standard sequence for the AS range: mechanical pre-filtration before the steriliser so debris does not shield organisms from the lamp, orientation with the outlet at the highest point so trapped air can vent, starting the pump and checking hose joins for leaks before the lamp is powered, and confirming the quartz sleeve is fully tightened. The unit installs inline with existing filter plumbing, inside or outside the cabinet. Sitting between the 3 W and 11 W models in both housing size and connector range, it is the model Aquael positions for a tank that has outgrown the smallest steriliser's flow capacity but does not yet need the largest unit's full 3500 L/h rating.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size aquariums:** Tanks up to roughly 350 litres running a UV stage.
- **Green-water control:** Continuous exposure to suppress free-floating algae.
- **Mid-flow systems:** Matched to a canister filter or pump rated well above entry-level output.
- **Stepping up from the 3 W model:** For tanks that have outgrown the smallest steriliser's flow rating.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pre-filter the water:** Fit mechanical filtration ahead of the steriliser.
- **Mount with the outlet highest:** Orient the unit so trapped air can vent.
- **Test for leaks before powering the lamp:** Start the pump first and check every hose join.
- **Tighten the quartz sleeve:** Confirm it is fully seated before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **9 W UV-C lamp:** The middle model in Aquael's AS series.
- **Up to 350 L aquariums:** Sized between the 3 W and 11 W models.
- **2500 L/h maximum flow:** Matched to a mid-size external filter or pump.
- **20/25/30 mm connectors:** Shares its connector range with the larger 11 W model.
- **Compact mid-size housing:** About 22.5 x 15 x 23.5 cm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100376
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546140294
- **Product Type:** Filters > UV-C Sterilizer
- **Power:** 9 W
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 2500 L/h
- **Connector Size:** 20/25/30 mm
- **Dimensions:** About 22.5 x 15 x 23.5 cm (W x D x H)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to about 350 L
- **Other Sizes:** UV Sterilizer 11W (SKU 100374); UV Sterilizer 3W (SKU 100384)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Versamax-1 Hang-on-back Filter
Plug-and-play filtration for aquariums up to 100 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-versamax-1-hang-on-back-filter/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113046 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134545
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113046-1.jpg
A hang-on filter only earns its place on the back of the tank if it is simple to set up and does not need a separate pump or plumbing kit. Aquael Versamax-1 Hang-on-back Filter (SKU: 113046) is the second-smallest model in Aquael's Versamax range, a complete plug-and-play hang-on-back unit rated for aquariums of about 20 to 100 litres. Aquael specifies a flow rate of 500 L/h and a power draw of 5.3 W, and the output is adjustable from a control on the unit rather than fixed at one speed.
The Versamax-1 holds two filter baskets for mechanical media, giving more capacity than the single-cartridge Versamax-mini below it in the range, while staying well short of the larger Versamax-2 and Versamax-3 units in both footprint and flow. It hangs on the outside wall of the tank with the intake tube submerged and the overflow lip sitting inside the waterline, and it includes water aeration as the return flow breaks the surface. Aquael positions the whole Versamax line as a quiet-running, low-maintenance option for everyday community tanks rather than a heavily customised filtration system, and the baskets can be loaded with the maker's sponge media or substituted media to suit the tank. Sitting between the Versamax-mini and the Versamax-2 in the range, it suits a tank that has outgrown a nano-scale filter but does not yet need the flow of a 200-litre-rated unit, and the two baskets give room to run mechanical sponge in one and a biological or chemical media in the other.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium community tanks:** Aquariums of roughly 20 to 100 litres.
- **Simple set-ups:** No separate pump or plumbing, just a hang-on unit and a power point.
- **Stepping up from a mini filter:** Two filter baskets instead of the Versamax-mini's single cartridge.
- **Surface aeration needs:** The return flow agitates the surface as it runs.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Hang on the back wall:** Position the unit so the intake tube reaches well below the surface.
- **Load the baskets:** Fit mechanical media into both filter baskets before filling with water.
- **Prime the chamber:** Fill the filter housing with water before switching it on.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust the output control to suit the tank's current stocking and plant load.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plug-and-play design:** No separate pump or external plumbing required.
- **500 L/h flow at 5.3 W:** Aquael's rating for aquariums up to 100 litres.
- **Two filter baskets:** More media capacity than the Versamax-mini.
- **Adjustable output:** Flow rate can be tuned from a control on the unit.
- **Built-in aeration:** The return flow agitates the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113046
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546134545
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 20–100 L
- **Flow Rate:** 500 L/h
- **Power:** 5.3 W
- **Filter Baskets:** 2
- **Other Sizes:** Versamax-2 (SKU 113147); Versamax-3 (SKU 100332); Versamax-mini (SKU 101166)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Versamax-2 Hang-on-back Filter
Plug-and-play filtration for aquariums up to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-versamax-2-hang-on-back-filter/
- Price: $130.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113147 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134552
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113147-1.jpg
Stepping a tank up from 100 to 200 litres usually means stepping the filter up too, without wanting to move to a full external canister. Aquael Versamax-2 Hang-on-back Filter (SKU: 113147) is the middle model in Aquael's Versamax range, a complete plug-and-play hang-on-back unit rated for aquariums of about 40 to 200 litres. Aquael specifies a flow rate of 800 L/h at 5.3 W, the same power draw as the smaller Versamax-1 despite the higher flow, and the output is adjustable from a control on the unit.
Like the Versamax-1, this model holds two filter baskets for mechanical media, but the housing and impeller are sized for the extra flow the 200-litre rating calls for. It hangs on the outside wall with the intake tube submerged in the tank and the return flow breaking the surface for aeration. This is the filter Aquael pairs with its own Ultrascape 60 Snow Package, where a Versamax-2 in black is bundled with the 65-litre Ultrascape 60 aquarium, giving it headroom well above the tank's actual volume. Aquael's Versamax line is built around simple set-up and low noise rather than modular customisation, with the filter baskets taking the maker's sponge media or an equivalent substitute. The two baskets allow a split load of mechanical sponge in one chamber and a biological or chemical media such as carbon in the other, which suits a community tank carrying a moderate fish or plant load without the owner needing to plumb in an external canister.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium community tanks:** Aquariums of roughly 40 to 200 litres.
- **Headroom over a smaller tank:** Running below full capacity on a 65–100 litre tank for a heavier bioload.
- **Simple set-ups:** No separate pump or plumbing beyond the hang-on unit.
- **Stepping up from the Versamax-1:** More flow at the same power draw.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Hang on the back wall:** Position the unit with the intake tube reaching well below the surface.
- **Load the baskets:** Fit mechanical media into both filter baskets before filling.
- **Prime the chamber:** Fill the housing with water before switching on.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust the output control to suit stocking and plant load.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plug-and-play design:** No separate pump or external plumbing required.
- **800 L/h flow at 5.3 W:** Aquael's rating for aquariums up to 200 litres.
- **Two filter baskets:** Mechanical media capacity for the mid-size range.
- **Adjustable output:** Flow rate can be tuned on the unit.
- **Bundled in the Ultrascape 60 Package:** Aquael's own choice of filter for that set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113147
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546134552
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 40–200 L
- **Flow Rate:** 800 L/h
- **Power:** 5.3 W
- **Filter Baskets:** 2
- **Other Sizes:** Versamax-3 (SKU 100332); Versamax-1 (SKU 113046); Versamax-mini (SKU 101166)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Versamax-3 Hang-on-back Filter
Plug-and-play filtration for aquariums up to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-versamax-3-hang-on-back-filter/
- Price: $115.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100332 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134569
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100332-1.jpg
At 300 litres, a hang-on filter is working near the top of what the format is usually built for, and the housing and impeller need to be sized accordingly. Aquael Versamax-3 Hang-on-back Filter (SKU: 100332) is the largest model in Aquael's Versamax range, a complete plug-and-play hang-on-back unit rated for aquariums of about 80 to 300 litres. Aquael specifies a flow rate of 1200 L/h at 6.6 W, the highest flow in the range and the only model stepping up in power draw over the 5.3 W shared by the Versamax-1 and Versamax-2.
The Versamax-3 holds two filter baskets, as the smaller Versamax-1 and Versamax-2 do, but in a larger housing built to handle the higher flow without the impeller being overworked. It hangs on the outside wall with the intake tube submerged and the return flow aerating the surface as it runs. Aquael's Versamax range is built for straightforward set-up without a separate pump or external plumbing, and the baskets take the maker's sponge media or a substitute mechanical media of similar size. At the top of the range, this model suits tanks that would otherwise need a step up to an external canister filter, while keeping the hang-on format's lower cost and simpler maintenance. The extra basket capacity also gives room to combine mechanical, biological and chemical media across the two chambers, which matters more at 300 litres than it does on the smaller models in the range, where a single sponge usually covers the tank's needs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community tanks:** Aquariums of roughly 80 to 300 litres.
- **Heavier stocking loads:** The highest flow rate in the Versamax range.
- **An alternative to a canister filter:** Hang-on simplicity at a flow rate that would otherwise suggest an external unit.
- **Stepping up from the Versamax-2:** More flow and power for a larger tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Hang on the back wall:** Position the unit with the intake tube reaching well below the surface.
- **Load the baskets:** Fit mechanical media into both filter baskets before filling.
- **Prime the chamber:** Fill the housing with water before switching on.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust the output control for the tank's stocking and plant load.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plug-and-play design:** No separate pump or external plumbing required.
- **1200 L/h flow at 6.6 W:** The highest-flow model in the Versamax range.
- **Two filter baskets:** Sized for the larger housing and higher flow.
- **Adjustable output:** Flow rate can be tuned on the unit.
- **Canister-filter alternative:** Covers tank sizes that often call for an external filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100332
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546134569
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 80–300 L
- **Flow Rate:** 1200 L/h
- **Power:** 6.6 W
- **Filter Baskets:** 2
- **Other Sizes:** Versamax-mini (SKU 101166); Versamax-1 (SKU 113046); Versamax-2 (SKU 113147)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Versamax-mini Hang-on-back Filter
Plug-and-play filtration for aquariums up to 40 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aquael-versamax-mini-hang-on-back-filter/
- Price: $49.96 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101166 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195478
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101166-1.jpg
A nano tank or a betta bowl does not need the flow or footprint of a full-size hang-on filter, and fitting one anyway can leave the fish fighting a current all day. Aquael Versamax-mini Hang-on-back Filter (SKU: 101166) is the smallest model in Aquael's Versamax range, a complete plug-and-play hang-on-back unit rated for aquariums of about 10 to 40 litres. Aquael specifies a flow rate of 230 L/h at 4.3 W, well below the 500 L/h of the next model up, and at 12 x 9 x 9 cm it is a noticeably smaller unit than the rest of the range.
Rather than the twin filter baskets fitted to the Versamax-1, -2 and -3, the Mini runs on a single phenol-free sponge cartridge handling both mechanical and biological filtration, which can be combined with other media or swapped on a routine schedule. A knob on the overflow unit adjusts the flow, and the angle of the media chamber can be fine-tuned separately so the return does not blast directly across a small tank. Installation is the same hang-on-the-wall method as the rest of the range: submerge the intake tube, fill the chamber with water, then plug in. Replacement cartridges are sold separately as the Versamax-mini Standard Media Pack, and a Phosmax version is also available for phosphate control. Being the smallest and least powerful unit in the range makes it the natural choice for a betta bowl or a shrimp-only tank, where the stronger flow of even the next model up, the Versamax-1, could push small fish and fry around more than is comfortable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Aquariums of roughly 10 to 40 litres.
- **Betta and shrimp tanks:** Adjustable, gentler flow for tanks that cannot take a strong current.
- **Simple set-ups:** A single cartridge rather than two baskets to load and rinse.
- **Phosphate control:** Swap the standard cartridge for a Phosmax cartridge when needed.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Hang on the back wall:** Submerge the intake tube well below the surface.
- **Fit the cartridge:** Load the phenol-free sponge cartridge into the chamber before filling.
- **Prime the chamber:** Fill with water before switching on.
- **Adjust flow and angle:** Use the overflow knob for output and the chamber angle for direction.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plug-and-play design:** No separate pump or external plumbing required.
- **230 L/h flow at 4.3 W:** Aquael's rating for aquariums up to 40 litres.
- **Single cartridge media:** One phenol-free sponge for mechanical and biological filtration.
- **Adjustable flow and angle:** Knob on the overflow unit, plus a separate chamber-angle adjustment.
- **Compact footprint:** 12 x 9 x 9 cm, the smallest unit in the Versamax range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101166
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546195478
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 10–40 L
- **Flow Rate:** 230 L/h
- **Power:** 4.3 W
- **Dimensions:** 12 x 9 x 9 cm
- **Media:** 1 phenol-free sponge cartridge
- **Other Sizes:** Versamax-3 (SKU 100332); Versamax-1 (SKU 113046); Versamax-2 (SKU 113147)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aquael — Spare Parts
#### Ac/dc Adapter 12.0v 0.3a 3.6w
Replacement 12 V plug-in power supply for ProFlora CO2 regulator sets.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/ac-dc-adapter-12-0v-0-3a-3-6w/
- Price: $24.75 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725209
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725209-1.jpg
A CO2 regulator with a solenoid valve is only as dependable as the small power pack feeding it, and when that pack fails the gas stops flowing or the valve will not hold. Ac/dc Adapter 12.0v 0.3a 3.6w (SKU: 725209) is a mains-to-low-voltage replacement power supply rated at 12.0 V, 0.3 A and 3.6 W, the last figure being the product of the first two. The catalogue lists it as the replacement supply for the ProFlora CO2 Regulator Pro (724817) and the ProFlora CO2 Professional Set V (724836). The catalogue brand is Aquael, but ProFlora is the name JBL uses for its CO2 range, so the adapter should be matched against the rating label on the original supply rather than by brand name alone.
JBL describes the ProFlora CO2 Professional Set V as a pressure reducer with solenoid valve, a CO2/pH controller, a 3 m hose, a bubble counter with check valve and a reactor, for freshwater tanks of 40 to 600 L, and its product page does not publish power supply details. The only specifications that can be stated with confidence are therefore the three printed in the product name. The input voltage range, plug size and polarity are not published, so none is claimed here. A replacement has to match the original on voltage, polarity and plug, and its current rating must be at least what the equipment draws. A higher voltage can damage a controller or solenoid, while a supply with the right voltage and a higher current rating is simply under-loaded and is fine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Failed original supply:** The regulator or controller shows no power, flickers or resets when the old adapter is wiggled.
- **Solenoid not opening:** The CO2 stops at the schedule time because the 12 V supply has dropped out.
- **Damaged lead or plug:** Frayed cable, bent pins or a cracked case on the original adapter.
- **Spare for planted tanks:** A backup on the shelf for a CO2 system that must not lose its timing during a growth period.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Read the old label:** Confirm the output reads 12 V DC and note the current rating and polarity symbol.
- **Switch off and unplug:** Remove the old adapter from the wall socket before touching the connector.
- **Close the CO2 supply:** Shut the cylinder valve or confirm the solenoid is closed before disconnecting power.
- **Connect and test:** Plug in the new supply, then check the solenoid clicks and the bubble counter responds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12.0 V output:** The nominal voltage stated in the product name.
- **0.3 A rating:** 300 mA of current capacity for low-power CO2 control equipment.
- **3.6 W:** The rated power, equal to 12 V multiplied by 0.3 A.
- **Replacement for two listed sets:** ProFlora CO2 Regulator Pro (724817) and Set V (724836).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 725209
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > CO2 Regulator Power Adapter
- **Output Voltage:** 12.0 V (DC)
- **Output Current:** 0.3 A
- **Rated Power:** 3.6 W
- **Fitment:** ProFlora CO2 Regulator Pro (724817); ProFlora CO2 Professional Set V (724836)
- **Not Published:** Input voltage range, plug dimensions and polarity
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums with CO2 injection
---
#### Aqs Rotor/shaft Pfn 3500
Replacement rotor and shaft for the Aquael Aquajet PFN 3500 fountain and circulation pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aqs-rotor-shaft-pfn-3500/
- Price: $123.47 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100194
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100194-1.jpg
The rotor is the only part of a PFN pump that is moving every minute of every day, so it is the part that eventually grumbles, slows or seizes. Aqs Rotor/shaft Pfn 3500 (SKU: 100194) is the rotor and shaft replacement listed for the Aquael Aquajet PFN 3500, the largest of the PFN 500 to 3500 range, rated by Aquael at 3,500 L/h, 42 W and a maximum head of 200 cm. The pump has a waterproof synchronous motor, so the magnet-driven rotor spins in its own chamber behind the prefilters, and Aquael specifies a ceramic rotor axis on every model in the range except the PFN 500, which has a steel one.
Aquael describes the PFN 3500 as a 13 × 29 × 26 cm pump with a 5 m cable, 3/4 in, 1 in and 1 1/2 in connections, and a knob on the outlet nozzle for continuous flow control. Its double mechanical prefilter reduces how often the pump needs cleaning, the motor is rated IPX8 and may run out of water, and a thermal switch stops the pump if it overheats until it cools. Water must not exceed 35 °C, and the PFN 1000 to 3500 may be used in saltwater. This listing is for the PFN 3500 only; Aquael does not state that the same rotor and shaft suit the PFN 3500 (N) or any other PFN size, so check the pump's model label before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rattling or grinding:** A worn rotor or shaft makes noise as it spins in the chamber.
- **Falling flow:** The pump runs but delivers less water than it did when new.
- **Stalled rotor:** The motor hums but the rotor does not turn, often after grit or algae reaches the chamber.
- **Overhaul:** A pump that has run for years on a pond, fountain or large aquarium and is due a service.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug it, lift it out and let it drain before opening anything.
- **Open the pump head:** Remove the prefilter and the cover over the rotor chamber, following the pump's manual.
- **Swap the parts:** Withdraw the old rotor and shaft, noting how the shaft seats, and fit the new set the same way.
- **Clean and test:** Rinse the chamber, refit the covers, then run the pump submerged and check for smooth, quiet running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **PFN 3500 fitment:** Intended for the 42 W, 3,500 L/h Aquajet model.
- **Rotor and shaft together:** The wearing parts of the pump's drive end.
- **Ceramic axis design:** Aquael specifies a ceramic rotor axis for its PFN 1000 to 3500 pumps.
- **Restores quiet running:** Replaces a worn pair that causes noise or lost flow.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100194
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor and Shaft
- **Fitment:** Aquael Aquajet PFN 3500
- **Pump Rating:** 3,500 L/h, 42 W, maximum head 200 cm
- **Pump Connections:** 3/4 in, 1 in and 1 1/2 in
- **Pump Temperature Limit:** Liquid up to 35 °C
- **Not Confirmed:** Fitment to the PFN 3500 (N) or other PFN sizes
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, ponds and fountains
---
#### Aquael +engine Cover Red Hypermax 4500/bt
Motor guard and extra media basket for Aquael Hypermax 4500 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-engine-cover-red-hypermax-4500-bt/
- Price: $9.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725079 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546344647
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725079-1.jpg
The top basket in a Hypermax 4500 sits empty unless something is put in it, and loose media can wander towards the impeller chamber. Aquael +engine Cover Red Hypermax 4500/bt (SKU: 725079) is Aquael's engine cover for the Hypermax 4500 and Hypermax 4500 BT external canister filters, a part that fills that uppermost space and also works as a motor guard. According to Aquael, a basket hooks onto a groove on the guard, and loose media is then placed around it. The product name gives the colour as red, though Aquael's own description does not state a colour.
Aquael says the cover adds about 2 L of media space to the filter, bringing the total to almost 18 L. The Hypermax 4500 itself is rated at 4,500 L/h, or 2,600 L/h with media loaded, for aquariums of 200 to 1,500 L, and has four cartridge baskets of 3.6 L each plus a pre-filter, for 15.9 L of media. Because the added basket sits in slower flow, Aquael recommends biological media in it, naming NanoMax Bio, NatureMax Bio, PearlMax Bio and Bioceramax. Aquael also notes that the Hypermax 4500 BT currently in production already has a motor cover included, so this part suits owners of earlier units and anyone replacing a lost or damaged cover. Fitment is stated for the 4500 and 4500 BT; the page does not mention other Hypermax sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Earlier Hypermax 4500:** A filter built before the cover became standard and left with an empty top space.
- **Lost or broken cover:** A motor guard that has cracked, gone missing or been damaged during servicing.
- **More biological volume:** A heavily stocked 200 to 1,500 L system that can use another 2 L of bio media.
- **Loose media setups:** Filters run with loose rings or balls that should stay clear of the impeller chamber.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug and close the hose valves before the motor head is lifted.
- **Seat the guard:** Fit the cover over the motor area in the uppermost position of the filter.
- **Hook the basket:** Clip the basket onto the groove on the guard as Aquael describes.
- **Load biological media:** Pour loose media around the basket, then reassemble and restart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Motor guard:** Keeps loose media away from the impeller chamber.
- **Extra media space:** About 2 L added, for almost 18 L in total on the Hypermax 4500.
- **Hook-on basket:** Attaches to a groove on the guard, with loose media around it.
- **Two models covered:** Aquael lists the Hypermax 4500 and 4500 BT.
- **Suited to bio media:** The slow-flow position favours biological media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725079
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546344647
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Engine Cover
- **Fitment:** Aquael Hypermax 4500 and Hypermax 4500 BT
- **Added Media Volume:** About 2 L (almost 18 L total, according to Aquael)
- **Colour:** Red, per the product name
- **Filter Rating:** 4,500 L/h (2,600 L/h with media), aquariums of 200–1,500 L
- **Recommended Media:** NanoMax Bio, NatureMax Bio, PearlMax Bio or Bioceramax
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael +suction Bracket For Skimmer Sas-500
Replacement suction cup holder for the Aquael SAS 500 surface skimmer.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-suction-bracket-for-skimmer-sas-500/
- Price: $7.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725082 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546338318
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725082-1.jpg
A surface skimmer works only while it sits exactly at the waterline, and the one piece holding it there is a bracket on a suction cup. Aquael +suction Bracket For Skimmer Sas-500 (SKU: 725082) is the replacement suction bracket for the Aquael SAS 500 surface skimmer. The skimmer is a compact internal unit that draws water and surface film through a float, and the bracket is how it hangs from the aquarium glass; when the cup hardens or the bracket cracks, the skimmer drops or tilts and stops taking in film from the surface.
According to Aquael's product page, the SAS 500 is a 4.4 W unit moving 500 L/h, rated for aquariums of 20 to 500 L, and it attaches with a suction cup holder for quick installation and removal. Its maintenance-free float adjusts the intake as the water level changes, water and surface debris pass through a sponge pre-filter that needs regular cleaning, and the sponge keeps shrimp and small fish out of the motor compartment. Aquael recommends it for open tanks without covers, for tanks after maintenance such as plant pruning, and for tanks with many fish. All of that depends on the skimmer staying at the surface. The bracket is a small, low-cost part, but a skimmer that slips down the glass will pull water from below the film instead of removing it. Aquael does not publish the bracket's dimensions on the pages reviewed, and the part is specific to the SAS 500, so it should not be fitted to other skimmers or filters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cup has lost grip:** A hardened or stretched suction cup lets the skimmer slide down the glass.
- **Bracket cracked or lost:** The skimmer cannot hang securely without it.
- **Skimmer tilting:** An unlevel unit stops the float tracking the surface correctly.
- **SAS 500 owners only:** The bracket is made for this skimmer.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Take the skimmer out:** Unplug it and lift it clear of the water.
- **Swap the holder:** Remove the old bracket and cup and clip the new one onto the skimmer in the same position.
- **Prepare the glass:** Clean the area where the cup will sit so it seals fully.
- **Set the height:** Press the cup on the glass so the float sits at the surface, then restart and watch it for a few minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for the SAS 500:** A replacement for the holder supplied with the skimmer.
- **Suction-cup mounting:** No drilling or clamps on the tank rim.
- **Quick removal:** Aquael describes the SAS 500 as quick to install and remove.
- **Single low-cost part:** Restores the mount without replacing the skimmer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725082
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546338318
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Skimmer Mounting Bracket
- **Fitment:** Aquael SAS 500 surface skimmer (Aquael item 129896)
- **SAS 500 Rating:** 4.4 W, 500 L/h, aquariums of 20–500 L
- **Mounting:** Suction cup holder
- **Contents:** Suction cup with bracket
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael SAS 500 skimmer
---
#### Aquael - Rotor (red) Ultramax / Ultra Cantister Filter
Red replacement rotor for current Aquael Ultramax canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-red-ultramax-ultra-cantister-filter/
- Price: $29.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724833 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341233
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724833-1.png
An Ultramax that has started to grind or lose flow is usually asking for a new rotor, but the Ultramax rotor changed in 2023, so the colour and the filter's age decide which one is right. Aquael - Rotor (red) Ultramax / Ultra Cantister Filter (SKU: 724833) is the red Aquael rotor, or impeller, for the Ultramax external canister filters. A German distributor lists a current rotor "from 08/23" alongside earlier variants for the 1000/1500 and the 2000, and states that it sells the current rotor for models produced after August 2023. This listing is the red version, which suits the current Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000, and the rotor in an older filter may not match it.
The rotor is the part that creates the flow in the motor head, driving water out of the canister and through the media. It is sold without a shaft, and Aquael lists the axle for the Ultramax, Ultra and Unipump as a separate spare, so a worn shaft needs ordering on its own. Suppliers describe it as made to Aquael's specification for a precise fit, quiet running and durability, and advise cleaning the impeller chamber before the new rotor goes in. They also warn that a filter should not be run dry, because that can damage the rotor, ceramic shaft and motor, and that an unsuitable spare part can damage the filter and void warranty claims. Aquael does not publish the rotor's dimensions or material. If the rotor being replaced is not red, it is worth confirming the correct part before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Noisy canister:** A worn or damaged rotor causes rattling or vibration in the motor head.
- **Flow has dropped:** Media is clean but water moves slowly through the canister.
- **Rotor will not start:** The impeller is cracked, stuck or has lost its magnet grip.
- **Filters built after August 2023:** The current red rotor is listed for those models.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate and close valves:** Unplug the filter, close the hose valves and disconnect the motor head.
- **Open the pump chamber:** Turn the head over and remove the chamber cover on the underside.
- **Swap the rotor:** Remove the old rotor, clean the chamber and fit the new red rotor.
- **Check the shaft:** Inspect the ceramic shaft and replace it separately if worn, then prime before restarting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Current Ultramax rotor:** The red part for filters produced from August 2023.
- **Three sizes:** Listed for the Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000.
- **Rotor only:** The shaft is a separate Aquael spare.
- **Drives the whole filter:** Creates the flow through the canister and media.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made by the maker of the filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724833
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341233
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000 canister filters (current models)
- **Colour:** Red
- **Contents:** 1 rotor; shaft not included
- **Related Spare:** Aquael Rotor Cover Ultramax (SKU 112939)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael - Rotor (white) Ultramax 2000
The Aquael Rotor (White) for Ultramax 2000 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-white-ultramax-2000/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102822
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Rotor-white-Ultramax-2000.png
The Aquael Rotor (White) for Ultramax 2000 (SKU: 102822) is an official factory replacement impeller assembly engineered specifically for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 external canister filter. Built with a high-strength precision magnet and durable shaft assembly, this replacement rotor maintains smooth, whisper-quiet operation and reliable water turnover across your filtration system.
The Aquael Rotor (White) for Ultramax 2000 external canister filter is a high-quality spare part, designed specifically for Ultramax 2000 filters (produced until 01.08.2023). The rotor is one of the most important elements of the filter system, responsible for generating water flow, which enables effective filtration in the aquarium. With this part, your filter will work smoothly, ensuring optimal conditions in the tank.
Made of durable materials, the Aquael Rotor (White) for the Ultramax 2000 external canister filter is characterised by high resistance to mechanical damage and longevity, which ensures the reliability of the device for a long time. Thanks to the precise fit to the Ultramax 2000, the rotor guarantees the correct operation of the filter, ensuring high filtration efficiency.
Over time, routine wear on the magnetic core or impeller blades can result in decreased water flow, rattling noises, or motor stalls. Installing a genuine Aquael replacement rotor restores factory-grade pump efficiency, preserves proper flow rates, and extends the operational lifespan of your canister filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Eliminating Filter Noise:** Replaces worn or damaged impellers that cause rattling, humming, or excessive vibration in the pump head.
- **Restoring Flow Output:** Ideal when water flow drops due to magnetic wear, warped blades, or physical damage to the rotor.
- **Emergency Spare:** Recommended maintenance part to keep on hand to prevent unexpected filter downtime.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the Aquael Ultramax 2000 canister filter and close the integrated hose valves before disconnecting the motor head.
- Remove the filter head from the canister body and turn it upside down.
- Twist and remove the impeller chamber cover on the underside of the motor unit.
- Carefully extract the old rotor assembly, ensuring any rubber end bushings are removed from the motor well.
- Insert the new white Ultramax 2000 rotor assembly into the chamber, ensuring the shaft and rubber bushings seat correctly.
- Secure the impeller cover back into position, reattach the filter head, and restart the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine OEM Replacement:** Guaranteed exact fit and optimal performance for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 canister filter.
- **Whisper-Quiet Performance:** Precision-balanced magnetic core reduces friction and operational vibration.
- **Restores Peak Flow:** Re-establishes high-capacity water circulation and mechanical/biological filtration throughput.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Durable, corrosion-resistant construction suitable for all aquarium environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 102822
- **Supplier Code:** AQUA / 102822
- **RetailExpress ID:** 131009
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Impellers & Filter Rotors
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Ultramax 2000 Canister Filter
- **Package Dimensions:** 104.5 mm (L) × 187 mm (W) × 44 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 44 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aquael Air Regulator. Suits: Turbo Filter, Fan Filter Micro/plus, Uni Filter 500,750,1000(uv), Shrimp Set, Circulator
Small air flow valve for Aquael internal filters with an aeration option.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-air-regulator-suits-turbo-filter-fan-filter-micro-plus-uni-filter-5007501000uv-shrimp-set-circulator/
- Price: $2.38 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725232
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725232-1.png
Aeration on a small internal filter is useful only when it can be turned down, because too much air makes a nano tank sound like a kettle. Aquael Air Regulator. Suits: Turbo Filter, Fan Filter Micro/plus, Uni Filter 500,750,1000(uv), Shrimp Set, Circulator (SKU: 725232) is the small replacement air flow regulator for several Aquael internal filters. The name lists the Turbo Filter, the Fan Filter Micro and Plus, the Uni Filter 500, 750 and 1000 (UV), the Shrimp Set and the Circulator. It is a small fitting that sits in the air line between the filter's aeration injector and the air tube, so the amount of air drawn into the outflow can be set by hand.
Aquael's own filter pages show where the part belongs. The Fan Filter Plus range, from the Mikro at 250 L/h for tanks under 30 L up to the FAN 3 at 700 L/h for 150 to 250 L, lists an air flow regulator, an aeration injector and an air hose in its scope of delivery, and states that aeration of the water is possible. The Turbo Filter range, 500 to 2000 L/h, lists the same three items. Aquael does not publish how much air the regulator passes, so no figure is given here. It also suits a lost or blocked regulator where the rest of the filter is fine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost or cracked regulator:** The original valve has broken, gone missing or no longer holds its setting.
- **Stiff or blocked valve:** Scale or algae has jammed the adjuster so airflow cannot be changed.
- **Shrimp and nano tanks:** Where gentle, adjustable aeration is wanted at the filter outflow.
- **Filter refurbishment:** Fitting a fresh valve while a Turbo, Fan, Uni Filter or Circulator is serviced.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter and lift it from the tank before touching the air line.
- **Remove the old valve:** Pull the air hose off the old regulator and the injector, noting the direction of air flow.
- **Fit the new regulator:** Connect the hose ends to the fitting, keeping the connections tight so no air leaks.
- **Set the air flow:** Return the filter to the water, switch on and open the regulator until the bubbling is quiet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adjustable aeration:** Lets the air drawn into a filter outflow be turned up or down.
- **Wide fitment list:** Named for six Aquael internal filter families and sets.
- **Inline air-line fitting:** Sits in the air line between the injector and the tube.
- **Easy to keep as a spare:** A small part that saves replacing a whole accessory set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725232
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Flow Regulator
- **Fitment:** Turbo Filter; Fan Filter Micro and Plus; Uni Filter 500, 750 and 1000 (UV); Shrimp Set; Circulator
- **Function:** Hand-adjustable air flow for the filter's aeration injector
- **Related Parts:** Aeration injector and air hose, supplied with the filters
- **Not Published:** Maximum air flow, material and hose diameter
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including shrimp and nano tanks
---
#### Aquael Aquajet Pfn 3500 (n), 1500, 2000 Telescopic Tube Set
Extendable outlet tube for mid-size Aquajet PFN fountain pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-aquajet-pfn-3500-n-1500-2000-telescopic-tube-set/
- Price: $19.15 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725230
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725230-1.png
A fountain pump sitting on the bottom of a pond needs something to lift the spray clear of the surface, and an adjustable tube does that without a trip to the hardware shop. Aquael Aquajet Pfn 3500 (n), 1500, 2000 Telescopic Tube Set (SKU: 725230) is the telescopic outlet tube listed for the Aquael Aquajet PFN 1500, 2000 and 3500 (N) pumps. The tube slides in sections so the height of the nozzle can be set to suit the depth of the water, and it carries the nozzle at its top. Aquael rates these three pumps at 1,500, 2,000 and 3,500 L/h, drawing 22, 27 and 42 W, with maximum heads of 160, 190 and 200 cm.
The PFN 1500 and 2000 share a 9 × 18 × 26 cm body with 3/4 in connections and a 5 m cable. The PFN 3500 is bigger, at 13 × 29 × 26 cm, with 3/4 in, 1 in and 1 1/2 in connections, so the tube connects through the size matching the pump's outlet. Aquael's flow-control knob sits on the outlet nozzle, and a double mechanical prefilter protects the rotor. The maker does not publish the tube's diameter, extended length or number of sections, so none is quoted. The PFN 1000 is not named in this listing; the larger PFN 5500 to 10000 and ECO pumps use a separate tube set (SKU 725231).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost or broken tube:** The original outlet tube has cracked, snapped or gone missing.
- **Raising the spray:** A pump sitting deep in a pond needs the nozzle lifted nearer the surface.
- **Re-plumbing a feature:** A pump moved to a new position where the tube length must change.
- **Mid-size pumps only:** Pond and water-feature pumps in the 1,500 to 3,500 L/h class.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off and lift out:** Unplug the pump and remove it from the water.
- **Remove the old tube:** Disconnect it from the pump outlet, noting which connection size is in use.
- **Fit the new tube:** Attach it at the same outlet, then extend it to the height needed in the pond.
- **Add the nozzle and test:** Fit the fountain nozzle on top, lower the pump and run it, adjusting the knob for spray height.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Telescopic design:** Adjusts in length so the nozzle height suits the water depth.
- **Three-pump fitment:** Listed for the PFN 1500, 2000 and 3500 (N).
- **Carries the nozzle:** Holds the fountain nozzle at the top of the tube.
- **Works with the knob:** The pump's outlet flow control still sets the spray height.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725230
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Telescopic Tube
- **Fitment:** Aquajet PFN 3500 (N), PFN 1500, PFN 2000
- **Pump Flow Rates:** 1,500 / 2,000 / 3,500 L/h
- **Pump Heads:** 160 / 190 / 200 cm maximum
- **Companion Product:** Nozzle Set for PFN 3500 (N), 1000, 1500 and 2000 (SKU 725229)
- **Other Sizes:** Telescopic tube set for PFN 5500, 7500, 10000 and ECO (SKU 725231)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds, fountains and freshwater water features
---
#### Aquael Aquajet Pfn 3500(n),1000, 1500, 2000 Nozzel Set
Spare fountain nozzle set for the mid-size Aquajet PFN pump range.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-aquajet-pfn-3500n1000-1500-2000-nozzel-set/
- Price: $10.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725229
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725229-1.png
A fountain pump is judged by the shape of its spray, and a lost or cracked nozzle turns a tidy fountain into a dribble. Aquael Aquajet Pfn 3500(n),1000, 1500, 2000 Nozzel Set (SKU: 725229) is the nozzle set listed for the Aquael Aquajet PFN 1000, 1500, 2000 and 3500 (N) pumps, the four mid-size models of the PFN range. The catalogue spells the name "Nozzel", but the product is a fountain nozzle set. These pumps are rated by Aquael at 1,000, 1,500, 2,000 and 3,500 L/h, with 11, 22, 27 and 42 W motors and maximum heads of 110, 160, 190 and 200 cm.
All four pumps carry a flow-control knob on the outlet nozzle for continuous adjustment, and Aquael lists a fountain nozzle with the pump. The PFN 1000, 1500 and 2000 share a 9 × 18 × 26 cm body with 3/4 in connections and a 5 m cable, while the PFN 3500 is larger, at 13 × 29 × 26 cm, with 3/4 in, 1 in and 1 1/2 in connections. Aquael also sells a separate KR-3 decorative nozzle set for the PFN 1000 to 3500, with four interchangeable tips that screw into the nozzle body in place of the standard spray tip. The contents of this listing are not itemised by the maker, so check the photograph and whether it is a plain nozzle or a tip set before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost or cracked nozzle:** The original fountain tip has broken, been misplaced or no longer sprays evenly.
- **Blocked outlet:** A nozzle clogged with scale, algae or debris that cleaning cannot clear.
- **Changing the spray:** Altering the look of a pond or water feature fed by a PFN 1000 to 3500.
- **Spare for a service kit:** Keeping a ready replacement beside the pump's rotor and prefilter parts.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the pump and let the outlet drain.
- **Remove the old tip:** Unscrew the existing spray tip from the nozzle body by hand.
- **Fit the new nozzle:** Screw it in until snug and check the knob still turns freely.
- **Tune the spray:** Switch on and adjust the outlet knob until the pattern and height are right.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four-pump fitment:** Listed for the PFN 1000, 1500, 2000 and 3500 (N).
- **Works with flow control:** The pump's outlet knob still sets the height of the spray.
- **Screw-on style:** Aquael's nozzle sets thread into the nozzle body in place of the spray tip.
- **Quick to swap:** Needs no tools and no change to the pump's hoses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725229
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Fountain Nozzle Set
- **Fitment:** Aquajet PFN 3500 (N), PFN 1000, PFN 1500, PFN 2000
- **Pump Flow Rates:** 1,000 / 1,500 / 2,000 / 3,500 L/h
- **Pump Power:** 11 / 22 / 27 / 42 W
- **Companion Product:** Telescopic Tube Set for PFN 3500 (N), 1500 and 2000 (SKU 725230)
- **Other Sizes:** Nozzle set for PFN 5500, 7500, 10000 and ECO (SKU 725228)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds, fountains and freshwater water features
---
#### Aquael Aquajet Pfn 5500, 7500, 10000, Eco Nozzel Set
Spare fountain nozzle set for the large Aquajet PFN and PFN ECO pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-aquajet-pfn-5500-7500-10000-eco-nozzel-set/
- Price: $18.81 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725228
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725228-1.png
On a large pond pump the fountain nozzle does the visible work, throwing thousands of litres an hour into the air, so a damaged one is obvious from across the garden. Aquael Aquajet Pfn 5500, 7500, 10000, Eco Nozzel Set (SKU: 725228) is the nozzle set listed for the larger Aquael Aquajet PFN pumps, the PFN 5500, 7500 and 10000, and for the PFN ECO series. The catalogue spells it "Nozzel". Aquael lists the PFN ECO pumps at 6,000 to 24,000 L/h, and a European retailer lists the PFN 7500 at 7,000 L/h, 150 W and 4 m of head with a 10 m cable.
The ECO series has connections from 3/4 in up to 2 in, a 10 m cable on every model, and overheat and dry-run protection. Aquael states that the 6000, 8000 and 10000 ECO pumps include a fountain nozzle, and a nozzle with flow divider and prefilter. For the big pumps, Aquael also sells a KR MAX nozzle (article 101232) for the PFN 5500, 7500, 10000 and all PFN ECO models, which makes a mushroom-shaped pattern several dozen centimetres across and is fitted to the outlet of the pump's telescopic tube in place of the factory tip. The maker does not itemise this listing, so confirm from the photograph that it is the nozzle type wanted, and use the PFN model label to choose the right size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing a damaged tip:** A cracked, chipped or lost nozzle on a PFN 5500 to 10000 or ECO pump.
- **Restoring spray height:** A worn or partly blocked nozzle that no longer gives a clean jet.
- **Changing the display:** Swapping the spray pattern on a large pond or garden feature.
- **Outdoor servicing:** Keeping a spare for a pump that works year-round outside.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug it at the supply and wait for the water in the tube to drain.
- **Remove the old nozzle:** Lift off or unscrew the existing cap from the outlet of the telescopic tube.
- **Fit the replacement:** Mount it on the same outlet, seating it squarely so it does not leak or tilt.
- **Check the display:** Restart the pump and adjust the flow until the spray is stable and falls back into the pond.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large-pump fitment:** Listed for the PFN 5500, 7500, 10000 and the ECO range.
- **Tube-mounted use:** Aquael fits its large-pump nozzles at the outlet of the telescopic tube.
- **Wide flow range:** The ECO series runs from 6,000 to 24,000 L/h by Aquael's figures.
- **Tool-free swap:** A like-for-like change at the top of the tube.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725228
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Fountain Nozzle Set
- **Fitment:** Aquajet PFN 5500, PFN 7500, PFN 10000 and PFN ECO
- **ECO Pump Range:** 6000, 8000, 10000, 15000 and 25000 ECO (6,000–24,000 L/h)
- **ECO Connections:** 3/4 in to 2 in, 10 m cable
- **Companion Product:** Telescopic Tube Set for PFN 5500, 7500, 10000 and ECO (SKU 725231)
- **Other Sizes:** Nozzle set for PFN 3500 (N), 1000, 1500 and 2000 (SKU 725229)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and freshwater water features
---
#### Aquael Aquajet Pfn 5500, 7500, 10000, Eco Telescopic Tube Set
Extendable tube for the large Aquajet PFN and PFN ECO pond pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-aquajet-pfn-5500-7500-10000-eco-telescopic-tube-set/
- Price: $18.97 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725231
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725231-1.png
A pond fountain is only as tall as the tube that carries its nozzle, and on the big PFN pumps that tube is the part that gets knocked, cracked or lost. Aquael Aquajet Pfn 5500, 7500, 10000, Eco Telescopic Tube Set (SKU: 725231) is the extendable outlet tube listed for the large Aquael Aquajet PFN 5500, 7500 and 10000 pumps and the PFN ECO series. Aquael's KR MAX nozzle for the same models is mounted on the outlet of the pump's telescopic tube in place of the factory fountain tip, which makes the tube the carrier for whichever spray head is used.
The ECO series runs from the 6000 ECO at 6,000 L/h, 29 W and 350 cm of head to the 25000 ECO at 24,000 L/h, 260 W and 680 cm, with a 10 m cable on every model and connections from 3/4 in to 2 in. Aquael states that the 6000, 8000 and 10000 ECO pumps come with a fountain nozzle and a nozzle with flow divider and prefilter. A European retailer lists the older PFN 7500 at 7,000 L/h and 150 W. The maker does not publish this tube's diameter, number of sections or extended length, so none is quoted. The shorter tube set for the PFN 1500, 2000 and 3500 (N) is a separate listing (SKU 725230); check the pump model label before choosing between them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken or missing tube:** The original tube has cracked under frost, sun or knocks.
- **Deep ponds:** The spray head must sit high enough to clear the surface.
- **Large water features:** Installations running a PFN 5500 to 10000 or an ECO pump.
- **Nozzle upgrade:** A tube needed to carry a mushroom-pattern nozzle such as the KR MAX.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Switch off at the supply, unplug and lift the pump out of the water.
- **Remove the old tube:** Release it from the pump outlet and take off the nozzle at the top.
- **Attach the new tube:** Connect to the outlet size in use, then extend the sections to the height needed.
- **Finish and test:** Fit the nozzle, lower the pump and check the tube stands upright before leaving it running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large-pump tube:** Listed for the PFN 5500, 7500, 10000 and ECO pumps.
- **Adjustable height:** Telescopic sections change how high the nozzle sits above the pump.
- **Nozzle mount:** Aquael mounts its KR MAX nozzle at the tube outlet.
- **Pond-ready pumps:** The ECO series has a 10 m cable and overheat and dry-run protection.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725231
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Telescopic Tube
- **Fitment:** Aquajet PFN 5500, PFN 7500, PFN 10000 and PFN ECO
- **ECO Flow Range:** 6,000–24,000 L/h (6000 to 25000 ECO)
- **ECO Connections:** 3/4 in to 2 in, 10 m cable
- **Companion Product:** Nozzle Set for PFN 5500, 7500, 10000 and ECO (SKU 725228)
- **Other Sizes:** Telescopic tube set for PFN 3500 (N), 1500 and 2000 (SKU 725230)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and freshwater water features
---
#### Aquael Basket Lid - Ultramax
Replacement lid for the media baskets in Aquael Ultramax external canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-basket-lid-ultramax/
- Price: $34.19 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124710
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33062-pokrywka-zasobnika-filtra-ultramax-800x800-1.avif
Inside a canister filter the media baskets are stacked and water is forced through them, so a lid that no longer seats properly lets water and debris take the easy route round the media. Aquael Basket Lid - Ultramax (SKU: 124710) is the basket lid listed for the Aquael Ultramax external canister filter range. Aquael builds the Ultramax in three sizes: the 1000 with three baskets, the 1500 with four and the 2000 with five, each filled in the box with Wool Max Pro filter floss, BioCeraMAX ceramic media and Super Finish sponge. The lid belongs to that basket stack.
By Aquael's figures the Ultramax 1000 delivers 1,000 L/h for tanks of 100 to 300 L, the 1500 delivers 1,500 L/h for 250 to 450 L and the 2000 delivers 2,000 L/h for 400 to 700 L, all in a housing 270 mm wide and 290 mm deep. A European retailer lists a spare filter basket cover for the Ultramax, described as a protective grille, but does not state its material or which models it suits, and the maker does not publish the lid's dimensions, so none is quoted here. Because the Ultramax was revised around 2021, with separate check valves for earlier and later filters, a damaged lid should be compared against the one in the filter, or the filter's model label checked, before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or warped lid:** Heat, age or a drop has left the lid unable to sit flat on the basket.
- **Damaged edges:** Chipped or missing pieces so the lid no longer sits securely when the filter runs.
- **Media bypass:** Debris or media appearing where it should not, after a lid fails to seal.
- **Service kit:** Keeping a spare with the seal set and rotor for a filter used as the main tank filtration.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut and isolate:** Switch off, close the hose valves and disconnect the canister, as in the Ultramax manual.
- **Lift out the baskets:** Open the canister and take out the stack, keeping the baskets in order.
- **Swap the lid:** Remove the old lid and fit the new one in its place on the basket.
- **Reassemble and prime:** Check the seal ring is clean, close the canister, reopen the valves and prime the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultramax-specific part:** Listed for the Aquael Ultramax canister range.
- **Part of the basket stack:** Works with the three, four or five baskets of the 1000, 1500 and 2000.
- **Keeps media together:** Sits over the media basket while water passes through.
- **Quick to swap:** Needs no tools once the baskets are out of the canister.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124710
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Basket Lid
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax external canister filters
- **Ultramax Baskets:** 1000 has 3, 1500 has 4, 2000 has 5
- **Ultramax Flow:** 1,000 / 1,500 / 2,000 L/h
- **Not Published:** Lid dimensions, material and exact model fitment
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Canister Connecting Pipe - Unimax, Ultra And Ultramax Canister Filters
Spare hose connection pipe for 16/22 mm Aquael canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-canister-connecting-pipe-unimax-ultra-and-ultramax-canister-filters/
- Price: $4.32 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102501 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546017688
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102501-1.jpg
The pipes that join a canister filter's hoses to the intake and return are small and constantly working, and a hairline crack in one can cost the filter its prime. Aquael Canister Connecting Pipe - Unimax, Ultra And Ultramax Canister Filters (SKU: 102501) is a replacement connecting pipe for Aquael's Unimax, Ultra and Ultramax canister filters. The listing describes it as taking hoses of 16/22 mm, meaning 16 mm inside diameter and 22 mm outside diameter, which is the hose size Aquael gives for the Ultra 900, 1200 and 1400 and for the Ultramax 1000 and 1500.
Both families ship with connection pipes in the box. The Ultra range is supplied with two connection pipes, a connecting pipe, an inflow pipe, a deflector and an elbow, along with two 1.5 m hoses and four suction cups. The Ultramax range comes with two connection pipes and an elbow piece, two 1.5 m hoses, four suction cups and a deflector. The Ultramax 2000 is listed by a retailer with wider 19/25 mm hosing, so the 16/22 mm pipe should not be assumed to suit it without checking the hose. Aquael does not publish the pipe's length, material or which of its parts the listing corresponds to, so none is quoted. A pipe from a different filter family is not interchangeable by default.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or leaking joint:** A hairline split lets air into the intake hose or water out of the return.
- **Lost during a clean:** A pipe dropped, misplaced or thrown out with old hose.
- **Worn hose ends:** A pipe that no longer grips the hose after years of use.
- **Re-plumbing:** Reconfiguring the hose run on an Unimax, Ultra or Ultramax after a tank move.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, close the hose valves and disconnect the hose at the pipe.
- **Remove the old pipe:** Pull the hose from it, trimming the hose end if it is stretched or marked.
- **Fit the new pipe:** Push the 16/22 mm hose fully on, using a hose clip if the original arrangement had one.
- **Prime and inspect:** Reopen the valves, prime the filter and check the joint for drips and air leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three filter families:** Named for Unimax, Ultra and Ultramax canisters.
- **16/22 mm hose size:** Matches the hosing on the Ultra and the Ultramax 1000 and 1500.
- **Aquael-branded spare:** Carries a manufacturer barcode in the 5905546 Aquael range.
- **Direct replacement:** Swaps in at the hose connection without changing the filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102501
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546017688
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Connecting Pipe
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax, Ultra and Ultramax canister filters
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm
- **Ultra Range:** 900, 1200 and 1400, all listed with 16/22 mm or 17 mm hose
- **Check Before Ordering:** Ultramax 2000 is listed with 19/25 mm hose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Cartridge Chamber Asap 300
Replacement filter bowl for the Aquael ASAP 300 compact internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-cartridge-chamber-asap-300/
- Price: $11.46 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101529
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101529-1.webp
A cracked cartridge bowl is no reason to bin a small filter whose motor still runs well. Aquael Cartridge Chamber Asap 300 (SKU: 101529) is the filter container, or cartridge chamber, for the Aquael ASAP 300, the smallest of the ASAP internal filters. It is the transparent bowl that holds the filter cartridge, the part where water is cleaned. Aquael rates the ASAP 300 at 300 L/h and 4.2 W for aquariums under 100 L, with a body of 5 × 7.6 × 15.4 cm, so the chamber is a compact piece sized for nano and small tanks.
Aquael describes the ASAP as a plug-and-play set with a large transparent filter bowl holding a sponge that grows beneficial bacteria, giving both mechanical and biological filtration. The ASAP works in water as shallow as 5 cm, which suits aquaterrariums, and the sponge can be rinsed in tank water without removing the whole filter. Replacement cartridges come as plain sponge, activated carbon or phosphate absorber. A European retailer describes the chamber swap as removing the old canister and fitting the new one, and notes that the filter does not have to be taken out of the water completely for that. The chamber is sized to the ASAP 300 alone; the ASAP 500 (SKU 101530) and ASAP 700 (SKU 101531) have their own larger chambers, and the catalogue holds no figures for the chamber's volume or wall thickness.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or clouded bowl:** The transparent chamber has split, warped or become too stained to see the cartridge.
- **Leaking joint:** Water bypasses the cartridge because the chamber no longer closes properly.
- **Dropped during cleaning:** A chamber damaged while rinsing the cartridge or lifting the filter.
- **Nano and small tanks:** ASAP 300 filters running in tanks under 100 L or in shallow aquaterrariums.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the ASAP 300 before handling the housing.
- **Remove the chamber:** Release the old chamber from the filter head and take out the cartridge.
- **Seat the cartridge:** Place the sponge, carbon or phosphate cartridge in the new chamber and refit it to the head.
- **Restart:** Return the filter to the water, with the intake submerged to at least the 5 cm minimum, and switch on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **ASAP 300 housing:** The cartridge bowl for Aquael's smallest ASAP, rated at 300 L/h.
- **Transparent chamber:** The cartridge condition can be checked at a glance.
- **Cartridge choices:** Accepts Aquael's sponge, carbon and phosphate absorber cartridges.
- **Shallow-water use:** The filter works from 5 cm depth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101529
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Internal Filter Cartridge Chamber
- **Fitment:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter (article 113611)
- **Filter Rating:** 300 L/h, 4.2 W, aquariums under 100 L
- **Filter Body:** 5 × 7.6 × 15.4 cm (W × D × H)
- **Minimum Water Depth:** 5 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Cartridge Chamber Asap 500 (SKU 101530); Cartridge Chamber Asap 700 (SKU 101531)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, including small tanks
---
#### Aquael Cartridge Chamber Asap 500
Replacement filter container for the Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-cartridge-chamber-asap-500/
- Price: $13.23 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101530
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101530-1.webp
A cracked bowl on an internal filter lets water slip past the cartridge, and the filter stops doing the one job it was bought for. Aquael Cartridge Chamber Asap 500 (SKU: 101530) is the filter container for the Aquael ASAP 500, the mid-size model in the ASAP internal filter family. It stores the filter cartridge that purifies the aquarium water. Aquael rates the ASAP 500 at 500 L/h and 5.0 W for tanks of 50 to 150 L, with a body of 5.4 × 8.8 × 18.6 cm, so the filter is taller and wider than the ASAP 300 and shorter than the ASAP 700.
The ASAP is sold by Aquael as a plug-and-play filter that works in water from 5 cm deep. A large transparent bowl holds a sponge cartridge that supports beneficial bacteria, so the filter gives mechanical and biological filtration, and the sponge can be rinsed in tank water without removing the whole filter. Replacement cartridges are offered in plain sponge, activated carbon and phosphate absorber versions, and the water surface movement from the outlet adds aeration. The rotor in the ASAP 500 is shared with the ASAP 300 according to a retailer's parts listing, but the chamber is size-specific and the three ASAP sizes cannot be assumed to swap. The maker does not publish the chamber's internal volume or material. This is the chamber for the ASAP 500, not for the 300 (SKU 101529) or 700 (SKU 101531).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Split or crazed chamber:** The transparent bowl has cracked from impact, age or a hard scrub.
- **Loose-fitting container:** The chamber no longer fits the filter head snugly, so water bypasses the cartridge.
- **Stained beyond cleaning:** The housing is too discoloured to judge when the cartridge is full.
- **Community tanks of 50 to 150 L:** The size range Aquael sets for the ASAP 500.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and lift it from the tank.
- **Take off the old chamber:** Release it from the head and slide out the cartridge for inspection.
- **Load the new chamber:** Seat a rinsed sponge or fresh carbon or phosphate cartridge and fit the chamber back on the head.
- **Return to service:** Place the filter back with the water level above the intake and restart it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **ASAP 500 container:** Matches the 500 L/h model in the ASAP range.
- **Clear bowl:** Lets the cartridge be inspected without opening the filter.
- **Three cartridge types:** Sponge, activated carbon and phosphate absorber.
- **Medium tank sizing:** The chamber for a filter rated for 50 to 150 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101530
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Internal Filter Cartridge Chamber
- **Fitment:** Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter (article 113612)
- **Filter Rating:** 500 L/h, 5.0 W, aquariums 50–150 L
- **Filter Body:** 5.4 × 8.8 × 18.6 cm (W × D × H)
- **Minimum Water Depth:** 5 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Cartridge Chamber Asap 300 (SKU 101529); Cartridge Chamber Asap 700 (SKU 101531)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Cartridge Chamber Asap 700
Aquael Cartridge Chamber for ASAP 700 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-cartridge-chamber-asap-700/
- Price: $16.08 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101531
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Cartridge-Chamber-Asap-700.png
The Aquael Cartridge Chamber Asap 700 (SKU: 101531) is a genuine factory replacement filter chamber engineered specifically for the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter. Functioning as the main media container, this transparent housing holds the filter sponge or specialised filtration media while allowing aquarists to inspect debris levels and media cleanliness at a quick glance without opening the filter.
The ASAP 700 FILTER CONTAINER is a spare part dedicated to the internal aquarium filter AQUAEL ASAP 700. It serves as a place for filter cartridges that support the purification of water in the aquarium, ensuring its transparency and appropriate conditions for residents.
Ideal as a direct replacement for worn or damaged original housing, or as a secondary chamber pre-loaded with custom filter media (such as activated carbon, biological media, or phosphate removers) for fast swap-outs. Its ergonomic, clip-on design attaches smoothly to the ASAP 700 motor head to ensure tight water routing and efficient filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing Damaged Containers:** Perfect for replacing cracked, scratched, or missing filter chambers on an existing Aquael ASAP 700 filter.
- **Rapid Maintenance Swaps:** Ideal for keeping an extra pre-loaded chamber on hand for quick media changes with minimal tank disruption.
- **Custom Media Setups:** Suitable for housing alternative filtration media like resin bags or fine polishing pads alongside standard foam inserts.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter from the power outlet.
- Detach the existing filter chamber from the motor unit by releasing the side clips or twist-lock mechanism.
- Insert the required filter foam or media insert into the new Aquael Cartridge Chamber.
- Align and snap the cartridge chamber securely back onto the motor head, submerge the unit, and restore power.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine OEM Fit:** Designed specifically for the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter for seamless compatibility.
- **Clear Viewing Housing:** Transparent body allows clear visibility of media condition and waste accumulation.
- **Tool-Free Clip Attachment:** Effortless snap-on/snap-off design makes media cleaning and replacement fast and simple.
- **Durable Construction:** Built from lightweight, aquatic-safe plastic resistant to wear and impact.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 101531
- **Bar Code (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546193732
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Filter Chambers & Media Housings
- **Compatibility:** Aquael ASAP 700 Internal Filter
- **Package Dimensions:** 220 mm (L) × 341 mm (W) × 71.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 88 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquael Cartridge Klarpressure
Aquael Cartridge Klarpressure for Aquael Klarpressure series pressurised pond filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-cartridge-klarpressure/
- Price: $56.96 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724811
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Cartridge-Klarpressure.png
The Aquael Cartridge Klarpressure (SKU: 724811) is a high-grade factory replacement filter sponge insert engineered specifically for the Aquael Klarpressure series pressurised pond filters. Constructed from high-density, open-cell reticulated foam, this cartridge provides efficient dual-action mechanical and biological filtration to maintain clean, healthy pond water.
The fine-pored matrix captures coarse floating debris, sludge, and organic waste while providing an expansive surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria to colonise. Designed for a precision fit within the filter body, this replacement cartridge prevents unfiltered water bypass and restores optimal flow rate and water clarity in garden ponds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pond Media Maintenance:** Recommended for replacing worn, clogged, or misshapen sponge inserts in Aquael Klarpressure filters.
- **Seasonal Pond Prep:** Ideal for spring start-ups or autumn pond clean-outs to maintain biological stability and mechanical trapping efficiency.
- **Clearing Cloudy Water:** Captures suspended particulates, algae clumps, and organic detritus to improve overall water transparency.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect power to the pond pump and pressurised filter system.
- Open the Klarpressure filter canister by releasing the top housing clamps.
- Remove the old, saturated foam insert and rinse out accumulated sludge from the inner chamber.
- Rinse the new Klarpressure foam cartridge with pond water (or non-chlorinated water) to remove any storage dust.
- Place the cartridge firmly into the media tray, re-seal the filter head securely, and turn the pump back on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Density Reticulated Foam:** Maximises waste retention while maintaining steady water throughput.
- **Dual Filtration Action:** Provides physical particulate trapping alongside biological bacterial filtration.
- **Precision OEM Fit:** Designed specifically for Klarpressure filter housings to prevent water bypass.
- **Washable & Reusable:** Can be gently rinsed in pond water during routine filter backwashing and maintenance cycles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 724811
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Pond Filter Media & Sponges
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Klarpressure Series Pressurised Pond Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 264 mm (L) × 264 mm (W) × 88 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 110 g
- **Target Environment:** Garden Ponds & Outdoor Aquatic Systems
---
#### Aquael Check Valve -ultra Filter
Non-return hose valve listed for Aquael Ultra canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-check-valve-ultra-filter/
- Price: $76.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124696
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/40555-aquael-zawory-zwrotne-ultra-90012001400.avif
A canister filter that drains back into the tank every time the power goes off is a nuisance to restart, and a one-way valve in the hose is the usual cure. Aquael Check Valve -ultra Filter (SKU: 124696) is a non-return valve listed by name for the Aquael Ultra external canister filter. The Ultra comes in three sizes, the 900, 1200 and 1400, rated by Aquael at 1,000, 1,200 and 1,400 L/h and drawing 12.9, 13.9 and 14.8 W, for tanks of 60 to 200 L, 160 to 300 L and 260 to 600 L. The listing does not say whether the valve is for the intake or the return hose, and a retailer's scope-of-delivery list for the Ultra does not include a check valve, so this may be an optional fitting rather than a like-for-like replacement.
Aquael specifies 16/22 mm (17 mm) hosing for all three Ultra sizes and supplies two 1.5 m hoses, two connection pipes, four suction cups, a deflector and an elbow with each filter. The Ultra is self-priming, has two housing valves for adjusting flow, and has ceramic rotor axles for quiet running. A check valve of this kind lets water pass in one direction only and sits in the hose, usually marked with an arrow showing the direction of flow. Aquael does not publish dimensions, material or the part number for this listing, so none are quoted. The identity of this part could not be confirmed against a maker or retailer page, so the arrow direction on the valve should be followed over any general guidance, and the fitment checked against the filter's model label before it is ordered.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Drain-back at shutdown:** Water runs out of the hoses or the canister whenever the pump stops.
- **Repeated re-priming:** The filter needs priming after every power cut or cleaning session.
- **Original valve fitted:** An existing check valve has failed, jammed or gone missing.
- **Ultra 900, 1200 or 1400:** A listed spare for the three Ultra sizes.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate:** Unplug the filter and close the two housing valves on the hoses.
- **Read the arrow:** Note the direction of flow marked on the valve body before fitting it.
- **Cut and insert:** Cut the hose square and push the valve in with the arrow pointing the way the water travels.
- **Clip and test:** Secure with hose clips, reopen the valves, prime the filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-listed part:** Named for the Aquael Ultra canister filter.
- **One-way flow:** Stops water running back through the hose.
- **Three Ultra sizes:** The 900, 1200 and 1400 share the same hose sizes.
- **Inline fitting:** Goes in the hose with clips at each end.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124696
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Check Valve
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultra canister filters (900, 1200, 1400)
- **Ultra Hose Size:** 16/22 mm (17 mm)
- **Ultra Flow Rates:** 1,000 / 1,200 / 1,400 L/h
- **Not Published:** Intake or return position, material, dimensions and part number
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Check Valve In - Ultramax 1000/1500 (post 2021 Model)
Inlet non-return valve for current Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-check-valve-in-ultramax-1000-1500-post-2021-model/
- Price: $55.84 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113221 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328340
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113221-1.jpg
Every canister filter has a moment at maintenance time when the hoses are lifted and water tries to run back out, and a check valve on the intake side is what stops it. Aquael Check Valve In - Ultramax 1000/1500 (post 2021 Model) (SKU: 113221) is the inlet check valve for the Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500 external filters made from 2021 onward. It is Aquael part 123651, and it sits in the intake hose, the hose that carries water from the aquarium to the canister, as a non-return valve. Retailers describe it as keeping water from draining out of the filter when it is switched off or disconnected, and as helping the intake line stay primed.
The post-2021 Ultramax uses different valves from the earlier filters, so the revision matters. The 1000 and 1500 take this inlet valve (123651) and a matching outlet valve (123652, SKU 113222), while the Ultramax 2000 has its own pair (123653 and 123654). The two models covered here have three baskets (1000) and four baskets (1500), with Aquael rating them at 1,000 and 1,500 L/h for tanks of 100 to 300 L and 250 to 450 L respectively. One retailer gives the fitting as 16/22 mm tubing, installed in line with the arrow pointing toward the filter, secured with hose clips at each end. Aquael does not publish the valve's material or dimensions. If the filter was bought before 2021, check against the pre-2021 valve (SKU 102823).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Intake valve stuck or noisy:** The inlet valve no longer closes cleanly or rattles in the hose.
- **Filter drains back:** Water runs out of the canister whenever the pump stops or the hose is lifted.
- **Priming trouble:** The filter needs re-priming more often than it did when new.
- **Post-2021 Ultramax 1000 or 1500:** A like-for-like spare for the current generation of the filter.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off and close:** Unplug the filter and close the hose valves at the tank.
- **Cut or release the hose:** Remove the old valve, or cut the intake hose cleanly where the valve will sit.
- **Insert the valve:** Fit it on the intake hose with the arrow pointing toward the filter.
- **Clamp and prime:** Secure both ends with hose clips, reopen the valves and prime the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Inlet side valve:** Fitted in the hose that runs from the tank to the filter.
- **Post-2021 design:** Aquael part 123651 for the current Ultramax 1000 and 1500.
- **Anti-drain function:** Helps keep water in the line when the filter stops.
- **Pairs with the outlet valve:** Matches the post-2021 Out valve, SKU 113222.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113221
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328340
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Check Valve (Inlet)
- **Aquael Part Number:** 123651
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500, post-2021 models
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm, according to a retailer
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Other Sizes:** Check Valve In, Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 pre 2021 (SKU 102823); Check Valve In, Ultramax 2000 post 2021 (SKU 113223)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Check Valve In - Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 (pre 2021 Model)
Inlet non-return valve for earlier Aquael Ultramax canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-check-valve-in-ultramax-1000-1500-2000-pre-2021-model/
- Price: $64.59 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102823
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102823-1.jpg
Parts for a filter that has been in the cupboard or on the tank for years are only useful if they match the version of the filter, and the Ultramax has two. Aquael Check Valve In - Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 (pre 2021 Model) (SKU: 102823) is the inlet check valve for the earlier Aquael Ultramax external filters, the 1000, 1500 and 2000 sold before the 2021 revision, where one valve serves all three sizes. It fits in line on the intake hose, the hose from the aquarium to the filter, and acts as a non-return valve so the canister does not drain back through the hose when the pump stops or the hoses are disconnected.
Post-2021 filters use separate valves for the 1000 and 1500 (SKU 113221) and for the 2000 (SKU 113223), so a post-2021 valve should not be bought for an older filter, or the other way round. The way to tell which a filter is: check the year of purchase and compare the part with the photograph on the listing, since the two generations are not interchangeable. Aquael's current figures for the three models are 1,000, 1,500 and 2,000 L/h, with three, four and five baskets, and a retailer gives the valve fitting as 16/22 mm tubing, installed with the arrow toward the filter and secured with hose clips. The part number, dimensions and material of this earlier valve could not be confirmed from the maker, so none is stated. The matching earlier return valve is SKU 102820.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Older Ultramax intake fault:** The valve no longer seals, so the canister drains when the pump stops.
- **Re-priming problems:** The filter loses its prime more often than it should.
- **One part for three sizes:** Suits a pre-2021 1000, 1500 or 2000 with the same valve.
- **Overhaul of an older filter:** Replacing worn valves along with the seal set and rotor.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate:** Unplug the filter and close the hose valves on the tank side.
- **Remove the old valve:** Pull it from the intake hose or cut the hose cleanly at the joint.
- **Fit the replacement:** Insert it with the arrow pointing toward the filter.
- **Clamp and prime:** Add hose clips, reopen the valves and prime the filter, then check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pre-2021 generation:** For the original Ultramax design, not the revised one.
- **Covers three sizes:** One inlet valve for the 1000, 1500 and 2000.
- **Inlet position:** Sits on the hose that feeds water to the canister.
- **Anti-drain role:** Helps hold water in the canister while the pump is off.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102823
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Check Valve (Inlet)
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000, pre-2021 models
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm, according to a retailer
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Companion Product:** Check Valve Out, pre 2021 (SKU 102820)
- **Other Sizes:** Check Valve In, Ultramax 1000/1500 post 2021 (SKU 113221); Ultramax 2000 post 2021 (SKU 113223)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Check Valve In - Ultramax 2000 (post 2021 Model)
Inlet non-return valve made for the current Aquael Ultramax 2000 canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-check-valve-in-ultramax-2000-post-2021-model/
- Price: $55.84 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113223 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328364
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113223-1.jpg
The biggest Ultramax moves the most water, so when its intake hose is lifted for cleaning there is more to spill, and the inlet check valve is what holds the line. Aquael Check Valve In - Ultramax 2000 (post 2021 Model) (SKU: 113223) is the inlet check valve made specifically for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 external filter in its post-2021 form, Aquael part 123653. A European retailer lists it for the Ultramax 2000 only, separate from the valve sold for the 1000 and 1500. It sits in the intake hose, between the aquarium and the filter, and works as a non-return valve to keep water from draining out of the canister when the pump stops or the hose is disconnected.
The Ultramax 2000 is the top model of the range, rated by Aquael at 2,000 L/h and 17 W for tanks of 400 to 700 L, with five filter baskets and a 16 L filter volume. One retailer notes that it is supplied with wider 19/25 mm hosing than the 1000 and 1500, which are 16/22 mm. Another retailer's page for the Ultramax inlet valve gives the fitting as 16/22 mm tubing for the whole range, so the hose in use should be measured and checked against the valve before ordering. The valve goes in line on the intake hose with the arrow pointing toward the filter, secured at each end with hose clips. Aquael does not publish the valve's material or dimensions. The matching outlet valve for this model is 123654 (SKU 113224). Valves for the 1000 and 1500 (SKU 113221) and for pre-2021 filters (SKU 102823) are different parts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ultramax 2000 inlet failure:** The intake valve sticks, leaks back or no longer closes.
- **Drain-down on shutdown:** The canister empties through the intake hose when the pump is off.
- **Large tank maintenance:** A 400 to 700 L system where spilled water at the hose is a real mess.
- **Post-2021 filter only:** A spare matched to the revised Ultramax 2000.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate and close:** Unplug the filter and close both tank-side hose valves.
- **Measure the hose:** Confirm the hose size against the valve before cutting or removing anything.
- **Fit the valve:** Place it in the intake hose with the arrow toward the filter.
- **Clip and prime:** Secure both ends with hose clips, reopen the valves and prime the canister.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultramax 2000 only:** Listed for the largest filter in the range.
- **Aquael part 123653:** The post-2021 inlet part number.
- **Intake-side non-return:** Keeps water in the canister when the filter stops.
- **Paired outlet valve:** Matches SKU 113224 for the return hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113223
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328364
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Check Valve (Inlet)
- **Aquael Part Number:** 123653
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 2000, post-2021 model
- **Filter Rating:** 2,000 L/h, 17 W, tanks 400–700 L
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Other Sizes:** Check Valve In, Ultramax 1000/1500 post 2021 (SKU 113221); Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 pre 2021 (SKU 102823)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Check Valve Out - Ultramax 1000/1500 (post 2021 Model)
Return-side non-return valve for current Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500 filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-check-valve-out-ultramax-1000-1500-post-2021-model/
- Price: $55.84 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113222 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328357
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113222-1.png
The return hose is the one that can siphon the canister back into the tank or let aquarium water run into a filter that has been switched off, and the outlet check valve is the fitting that stops that. Aquael Check Valve Out - Ultramax 1000/1500 (post 2021 Model) (SKU: 113222) is the outlet check valve for the Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500 external filters made from 2021 onward, Aquael part 123652. It fits in line on the outlet hose, the hose that returns filtered water to the tank, as a non-return valve. Retailers describe it as helping prevent siphoning and leaks when the filter is off or disconnected for cleaning, and as helping the filter keep its prime so restarts are quicker.
It is the partner of the inlet valve for the same models (123651, SKU 113221). Aquael lists a separate pair for the Ultramax 2000 (123653 and 123654), and the pre-2021 filters also have their own valves, so the generation and the model both matter. A retailer gives the fitting as 16/22 mm outlet tubing, with the arrow on the valve pointing toward the tank, in the direction of the water flow, and hose clamps added if needed. Aquael rates the Ultramax 1000 at 1,000 L/h and 15 W and the 1500 at 1,500 L/h and 16 W, and both ship with 1.5 m hoses. The maker does not publish the valve's material, dimensions or opening pressure. For a filter bought before 2021, compare with the pre-2021 outlet valve (SKU 102820).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Return valve failed:** Water flows back down the outlet hose or the valve sticks shut.
- **Siphoning at shutdown:** The tank level drops into the filter when the pump stops.
- **Cleaning day spills:** Water leaks from the outlet hose when the filter is disconnected.
- **Post-2021 Ultramax 1000 or 1500:** A like-for-like spare for the current generation.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug and close the hose valves.
- **Find the outlet hose:** Identify the hose that runs from the filter head back to the tank.
- **Fit the valve:** Insert it in the hose with the arrow pointing toward the tank.
- **Secure and test:** Add hose clamps if needed, reopen the valves and check the joints for drips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Outlet side valve:** Fitted in the hose that returns water to the tank.
- **Post-2021 part:** Aquael part 123652 for the current Ultramax 1000 and 1500.
- **Arrow-marked flow direction:** Points toward the aquarium when fitted correctly.
- **Matched pair:** Works with the post-2021 In valve, SKU 113221.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113222
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328357
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Check Valve (Outlet)
- **Aquael Part Number:** 123652
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500, post-2021 models
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm, according to a retailer
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Other Sizes:** Check Valve Out, Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 pre 2021 (SKU 102820); Check Valve Out, Ultramax 2000 post 2021 (SKU 113224)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Check Valve Out - Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 (pre 2021 Model)
Return-side non-return valve for earlier Aquael Ultramax filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-check-valve-out-ultramax-1000-1500-2000-pre-2021-model/
- Price: $64.59 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102820
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102820-1.png
Water that comes back down a return hose when a filter stops is an annoyance in a living room and a risk in a cabinet, and the outlet check valve exists to prevent it. Aquael Check Valve Out - Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 (pre 2021 Model) (SKU: 102820) is the outlet check valve for the earlier Aquael Ultramax external filters, the 1000, 1500 and 2000 sold before the 2021 revision. A single outlet valve covers all three sizes in that generation. It fits in line on the return hose, the one that takes filtered water back to the aquarium, and works as a non-return valve to help prevent back-siphoning and leaks when the filter is off or disconnected.
Post-2021 filters use separate outlet valves for the 1000 and 1500 (SKU 113222) and the 2000 (SKU 113224). Those are different parts, so the filter's age decides which valve to buy. Aquael's current figures for the three models are 1,000, 1,500 and 2,000 L/h, three, four and five baskets, and tank sizes from 100 up to 700 L. A retailer gives the fitting as 16/22 mm outlet tubing, with the arrow pointing toward the tank, and hose clamps if needed. The part number, dimensions and material of this earlier valve could not be confirmed from the maker, so none is stated. The matching earlier inlet valve is SKU 102823.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Return valve worn:** The outlet valve has gone stiff, stuck or lost its seal with age.
- **Water running backwards:** Tank water drains toward the filter when the pump is off.
- **Leaks at servicing:** Water dribbles from the outlet hose each time the filter is disconnected.
- **Older filter overhaul:** A pre-2021 Ultramax 1000, 1500 or 2000 being brought back to full working order.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug the filter and close the tank-side hose valves.
- **Trace the return hose:** Identify the hose running from the filter head to the outlet in the tank.
- **Replace the valve:** Fit the new one with the arrow facing the aquarium.
- **Secure and check:** Fit hose clamps, reopen the valves and watch the joints while the filter primes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pre-2021 generation:** For the earlier Ultramax, not the revised one.
- **One valve, three models:** Suits the 1000, 1500 and 2000 of that generation.
- **Return position:** Sits on the hose that carries water to the tank.
- **Back-siphon protection:** Helps stop tank water running into the filter at shutdown.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102820
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Check Valve (Outlet)
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000, pre-2021 models
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm, according to a retailer
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Companion Product:** Check Valve In, pre 2021 (SKU 102823)
- **Other Sizes:** Check Valve Out, Ultramax 1000/1500 post 2021 (SKU 113222); Ultramax 2000 post 2021 (SKU 113224)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Check Valve Out - Ultramax 2000 (post 2021 Model)
Return-line non-return valve for the current Aquael Ultramax 2000 external filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-check-valve-out-ultramax-2000-post-2021-model/
- Price: $55.84 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113224 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328371
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113224-1.png
On a 400 to 700 L tank the return hose carries a lot of water, and a valve that fails there can send a good part of it backwards. Aquael Check Valve Out - Ultramax 2000 (post 2021 Model) (SKU: 113224) is the outlet check valve for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 external filter in its post-2021 form, Aquael part 123654. A European retailer lists it for the 2000 alone, and it is described there as a spare outlet check valve for freshwater aquariums. It goes in line on the return hose as a non-return valve, so water cannot run from the aquarium back into the filter or siphon when the pump is switched off.
The Ultramax 2000 sits at the top of the range at 2,000 L/h and 17 W by Aquael's figures, with five baskets and a 16 L filter volume, and it is the model with its own, separate pair of valves: this outlet (123654) and the inlet (123653, SKU 113223). The 1000 and 1500 use a different pair (123651 and 123652), and the pre-2021 filters use another again, so the two generations should not be mixed. Retailers describe the outlet valve as sitting on the return tubing with the arrow pointing toward the tank in the direction of flow, but they disagree on hose size: one gives 16/22 mm for the Ultramax valves, while another lists the 2000 with 19/25 mm hosing. Measure the hose before ordering. The valve's material and dimensions are not published.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Return valve fault:** The outlet valve hangs open, chatters or no longer seals.
- **Back-siphoning:** Water from the tank runs back toward the filter when it is switched off.
- **Servicing a large filter:** Disconnecting the hoses on a 2000 without draining the line into the cabinet.
- **Post-2021 Ultramax 2000:** The valve made for the current build of the filter.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter and close the tank-side valves.
- **Locate the return hose:** Follow the hose from the filter head up to the outlet in the tank.
- **Insert the valve:** Fit it in line with the arrow pointing toward the aquarium.
- **Test the joint:** Clip both ends, reopen the valves, prime the filter and watch for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Return-side valve:** Fitted on the hose that carries water back to the tank.
- **Aquael part 123654:** The post-2021 outlet number for the Ultramax 2000.
- **Prevents back-flow:** Keeps tank water out of the filter at shutdown.
- **Matched inlet:** Pairs with SKU 113223 on the intake hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113224
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328371
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Check Valve (Outlet)
- **Aquael Part Number:** 123654
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 2000, post-2021 model
- **Filter Rating:** 2,000 L/h, 17 W, tanks 400–700 L; 5 baskets, 16 L
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Other Sizes:** Check Valve Out, Ultramax 1000/1500 post 2021 (SKU 113222); Ultramax 1000/1500/2000 pre 2021 (SKU 102820)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Control Assembly Midikani
Flow control and shut-off head unit for the Aquael Midikani 800 canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-control-assembly-midikani/
- Price: $24.63 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101998
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33102-aquael-zespol-sterujacy-midikani-800.avif
The most useful feature on a canister filter is the tap that lets the canister be opened without flooding the cabinet, and on the Midikani it lives in the control assembly. Aquael Control Assembly Midikani (SKU: 101998) is the control unit listed for the Aquael Midikani 800 external canister filter, the head fitting through which the inlet and outlet hoses connect and the flow is regulated. Practical Fishkeeping's review of the Midikani 800 describes the port on top of the canister, where inlet and outlet attach, as doubling as a flow controller: turning it fully stops the flow, so the canister can be opened for maintenance without water escaping.
The Midikani 800 is a 6 W filter with a pump rate of 800 L/h that the review measured at about 650 L/h through the media. Its 5.2 L canister holds four trays of 1.3 L each, pre-loaded with biomedia hoops, zeolite, a foam block and synthetic wool, and the reviewer judged it suited to tanks of about 150 to 250 L. The pump is separate from the canister and can sit inside or outside the tank, and two 120 cm hoses are supplied. The review reports a two-year standard warranty. Some retailer copy describes a bypass and shut-off valve that adjusts filtration intensity, but the review does not mention a separate bypass, so this description claims only the flow control and shut-off. Hose diameter, material and the unit's exact contents are not published.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leaking head:** Water seeps from around the inlet and outlet ports or the control body.
- **Stiff or stuck control:** The flow control no longer turns or no longer shuts the flow fully.
- **Cracked housing:** Impact or age has split the top fitting of the canister.
- **Midikani 800 refit:** Restoring a canister that has been stored or has been damaged in a move.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Turn off the flow:** Close the control fully and unplug the pump.
- **Disconnect the hoses:** Release the inlet and outlet hoses from the control assembly and drain them.
- **Swap the unit:** Remove the old assembly from the canister top and seat the new one with its seals correctly placed.
- **Reconnect and test:** Refit the hoses, open the control slowly, prime the filter and look for drips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Midikani 800 head unit:** The fitting where the hoses join the canister.
- **Flow control:** The review describes the port as the filter's flow controller.
- **Shut-off:** Turning it fully stops the flow so the canister can be opened.
- **Canister context:** Used on a 5.2 L, four-tray filter for about 150 to 250 L tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101998
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Control Head
- **Fitment:** Aquael Midikani 800 external filter
- **Filter Rating:** 6 W, 800 L/h pump rate (about 650 L/h filter flow)
- **Filter Canister:** 5.2 L, four 1.3 L trays
- **Filter Size:** Approx. 21 × 21 × 33 cm
- **Not Published:** Assembly contents, hose diameter and material
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Cover Multikani
Replacement filter cover for the Aquael Multikani modular canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-cover-multikani/
- Price: $33.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100355 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546137065
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100355-1.webp
A cracked lid on a canister filter is not just cosmetic, because the cover is what closes the container the water runs through. Aquael Cover Multikani (SKU: 100355) is Aquael's original replacement cover for filters in the Multikani series. It is meant for the case where the original filter cover is broken or worn, and the supplier's copy adds that the cover protects the unit and should be replaced with the correct spare.
The Multikani is Aquael's modular canister system. Aquael's page for the Multikani 800 (article 115089) rates it at 800 L/h and 6.5 W for aquariums of 20 to 320 L, with a head of up to 90 cm, a 14 × 14 × 20 cm body and 14/16 mm hose. Each container and basket holds 1 L, and up to eight containers can be linked in a line or in series. The pump may sit inside or outside the aquarium, and the containers may be placed below, beside or above the waterline. The lid of the Multikani 800 carries a by-pass shut-off valve so the filter can be cleaned without stopping the pump. Aquael does not state whether this spare cover includes that valve, nor which Multikani sizes it suits, so check the filter's model label before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or warped cover:** The original has split, deformed or no longer sits flat on the container.
- **Leak at the lid:** Water or air escapes around the cover while the filter runs.
- **Worn controls:** The shut-off or by-pass on the lid is stiff or has failed.
- **Modular set-ups:** A replacement for one unit in a Multikani system built up from several containers.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Stop the flow:** Close the shut-off, switch the pump off and disconnect the power.
- **Disconnect the hoses:** Release them from the cover and drain any water left in the lines.
- **Swap the cover:** Remove the damaged one from the container and fit the new cover with its seal clean and seated.
- **Restart and check:** Reconnect the hoses, restart the pump, and look for drips at the cover and hose joints.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the Multikani series, not a universal lid.
- **Closes the container:** The cover seals the container the water passes through.
- **Modular system:** Suits a filter that can grow to eight containers.
- **Shut-off on the lid:** The Multikani 800 lid has a by-pass shut-off valve, per Aquael.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100355
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546137065
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Cover
- **Fitment:** Aquael Multikani series filters (Multikani 800 described by Aquael)
- **Multikani 800 Rating:** 800 L/h, 6.5 W, 20–320 L, head 90 cm
- **Multikani 800 Hose:** 14/16 mm
- **Not Published:** Cover dimensions, material and whether the valve is included
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Cover Ultramax Prefilter
Replacement pre-filter cover for Aquael Ultramax external canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-cover-ultramax-prefilter/
- Price: $86.31 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112932
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/31117-pokrywka-prefiltra-kpl-ultramax.avif
The foam prefilter on an Ultramax catches the coarse debris before it reaches the media baskets, so its cover takes the most knocks of any part when the filter is cleaned. Aquael Cover Ultramax Prefilter (SKU: 112932) is the replacement cover for the pre-filter on the Aquael Ultramax external canister filter. The prefilter is integrated into the canister and, according to an Australian retailer, can be opened without taking apart the main filter; on the Ultramax 1500 it has a volume of about 0.6 L. A European retailer lists a complete pre-filter cover for the Ultramax, described as a replacement part that is easy to fit, though it does not say which models it suits.
Aquael builds the Ultramax in three sizes, and all use the same idea. The 1000 is rated at 1,000 L/h and 15 W for tanks of 100 to 300 L with three baskets, the 1500 at 1,500 L/h and 16 W for 250 to 450 L with four, and the 2000 at 2,000 L/h and 17 W for 400 to 700 L with five. The housing footprint is 270 × 290 mm in each case. The retailer describes the prefilter media as reusable and durable. The material and the fitment by model are not published, and this cover could not be matched to the maker's parts list, so check it against the filter's pre-filter before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked cover:** The prefilter lid has split, warped or lost a tab through repeated cleaning.
- **Debris reaching the pump:** A damaged cover no longer holds the foam or traps coarse particles.
- **Intake noise:** A loose or broken cover rattles or draws air at the intake.
- **Service stock:** A spare for any of the three Ultramax sizes in regular use.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it and close the hose valves before opening the prefilter.
- **Open the prefilter:** Take off the old cover and remove the foam for rinsing in tank water.
- **Fit the new cover:** Place the rinsed foam back and seat the new cover on the prefilter housing.
- **Restart:** Reopen the valves, prime the filter and check that the cover is sealed with no air bubbling in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Prefilter part:** Covers the integrated foam prefilter on the Ultramax.
- **Ultramax range:** Named for the 1000, 1500 and 2000 canister filters.
- **Foam stays serviceable:** The reusable foam is rinsed and refitted under the new cover.
- **Quick replacement:** The prefilter opens without dismantling the main canister.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112932
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Prefilter Cover
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax external canister filters
- **Ultramax Flow Rates:** 1,000 / 1,500 / 2,000 L/h
- **Ultramax Baskets:** 3 / 4 / 5 (1000 / 1500 / 2000)
- **Prefilter Volume:** About 0.6 L on the Ultramax 1500
- **Not Published:** Cover dimensions, material and model-by-model fitment
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Diaphragm Miniboost
Replacement membrane for the Aquael Miniboost 100 and 200 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-diaphragm-miniboost/
- Price: $10.75 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112941
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/41855-aquael-membrana-miniboost-100200.avif
A membrane air pump runs around the clock, and when its diaphragm finally tires the bubbles thin out long before the motor gives up. Aquael Diaphragm Miniboost (SKU: 112941) is the replacement membrane for Aquael's Miniboost air pumps, listed for the Miniboost 100 and Miniboost 200. The diaphragm is the flexing part that pushes air through the pump, and Aquael designs the Miniboost membrane to be durable and to run for a long time without replacement, so this is a service part for the pump's end of life rather than a routine consumable.
Aquael lists the two pumps as follows. The Miniboost 100 (article 115316) draws 1.8 W and delivers 100 L/h through one outlet for aquariums under 100 L, with a maximum head of 60 cm. The Miniboost 200 (article 121305) draws 2.4 W and delivers 2 × 100 L/h for tanks of 150 to 200 L, with a maximum head of 70 cm. Both take 4/6 mm air hose and have a knob for continuous adjustment of airflow, and both are small enough for desktop use, at 8.6 × 5.3 × 4.9 cm and 12.6 × 5.9 × 4.8 cm. Aquael says they are built in Poland to EU safety standards and can drive a conventional sponge filter. Separate diaphragm listings cover the Oxypro 150 (SKU 100029) and the Oxyboost Plus pumps (SKU 102581). The number of diaphragms in the pack is not stated, so a single piece is not assumed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weak airflow:** The pump hums but the bubbles are thin even with the knob fully open.
- **Visible wear:** The membrane is cracked, hardened or deformed when the pump is opened.
- **Rattling or clicking:** A tired diaphragm lets the piston unit make extra noise.
- **Sponge filter pumps:** A Miniboost driving a sponge filter that has lost its lift.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the pump:** Disconnect the power and remove the air hose.
- **Open the housing:** Open the pump case as the manual shows, noting how the parts are arranged.
- **Swap the membrane:** Take out the old diaphragm and seat the new one the same way round.
- **Close and test:** Refit the cover, reconnect the hose, run the pump and set the knob to the airflow the tank needs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Miniboost 100 and 200:** Listed for both small air pumps.
- **Durable membrane design:** Aquael intends it to last without frequent replacement.
- **Restores airflow:** Replaces the part that flexes on every stroke of the pump.
- **Simple repair:** No electrical work, just the membrane at the pump head.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112941
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Diaphragm
- **Fitment:** Aquael Miniboost 100 and Miniboost 200 air pumps
- **Miniboost 100:** 100 L/h, 1.8 W, under 100 L, head 60 cm
- **Miniboost 200:** 2 × 100 L/h, 2.4 W, 150–200 L, head 70 cm
- **Air Hose:** 4/6 mm
- **Not Published:** Pieces per pack
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Diaphram (2pcs) Oxyboost 150/300
Two replacement membranes for the Aquael Oxyboost Plus APR air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-diaphram-2pcs-oxyboost-150-300/
- Price: $9.46 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102581
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33105-aquael-membrana-apapr-plus-2-szt.avif
The Oxyboost Plus pumps are built to run continuously, and the part that does the pumping is a rubber diaphragm that flexes thousands of times an hour. Aquael Diaphram (2pcs) Oxyboost 150/300 (SKU: 102581) is a pack of two replacement membranes for the Aquael Oxyboost Plus air pumps, named for the APR 150 and APR 300. The catalogue spells it "Diaphram". The supplier's description says the set covers the AP 100, AP 200, APR 150 and APR 300 Plus models, which are the four pumps in Aquael's Oxyboost Plus range, so the pack is listed for more than the two models in its name.
Aquael lists the four pumps as follows. The AP-100 Plus (article 113118) is a 100 L/h pump drawing 2.2 W for tanks under 100 L. The APR-150 Plus (113119) delivers 150 L/h at 2.2 W for 100 to 150 L. The AP-200 Plus (113120) has two outlets of 100 L/h at 2.5 W for 150 to 200 L, and the APR-300 Plus (113121) has two outlets of 150 L/h at 2.5 W for 200 to 300 L. The APR models have a dial for continuous adjustment, all four take 4/6 mm hose and have a built-in thermal switch, and they are made at Aquael's factory in Suwałki, Poland. Aquael states that membranes and piston units are always available because production is in-house. The maker does not publish the diaphragm's dimensions, material or a fitting procedure, so none is quoted. Aquael's Oxypro 150 and Miniboost pumps use separate diaphragm listings (SKU 100029 and 112941).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Thin or uneven bubbles:** Airflow has fallen on an AP or APR Plus pump that still runs.
- **Two-outlet pumps:** The AP-200 and APR-300 Plus, where one outlet weakens before the other.
- **Aged membranes:** A pump that has run continuously for years and is due its first overhaul.
- **Spare in the drawer:** The pack of two allows one change now and one later.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Disconnect power and remove the 4/6 mm air hose or hoses.
- **Open the pump:** Open the casing following the manual and locate the membranes.
- **Check each outlet:** On the AP-200 and APR-300, inspect both membranes and change those that are worn so the outlets stay even.
- **Close and run:** Refit the casing, reconnect the hoses and, on APR pumps, set the dial to the airflow wanted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two membranes per pack:** Covers a two-outlet pump or two single changes.
- **Oxyboost Plus range:** Listed for the AP 100, AP 200, APR 150 and APR 300 Plus.
- **APR and AP coverage:** Adjustable and fixed-output versions use the same listing.
- **In-house supply:** Aquael produces the pumps and spares in Poland.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102581
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Diaphragm
- **Pack:** 2 membranes
- **Fitment:** Aquael Oxyboost Plus AP-100, AP-200, APR-150 and APR-300
- **Pump Output:** 100 L/h, 2 × 100 L/h, 150 L/h and 2 × 150 L/h
- **Pump Power:** 2.2 W (100 and 150), 2.5 W (200 and 300)
- **Air Hose:** 4/6 mm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Diaphram For Oxypro150
Replacement membrane set for the Aquael OxyPro 150 adjustable air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-diaphram-for-oxypro150/
- Price: $13.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100029
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33178-aquael-membrana-apapr-2-szt.avif
A quiet air pump that has started to buzz and lose its bubbles usually needs a new membrane, not a new pump. Aquael Diaphram For Oxypro150 (SKU: 100029) is the replacement diaphragm for the Aquael OxyPro 150 air pump; the catalogue spells it "Diaphram". The supplier's copy says the pack holds two membranes, enough for one change now and a spare for later, and describes the diaphragm as flexible and wear-resistant. The OxyPro 150 is delivered with a membrane already installed, so this set is for the first service of the pump rather than for setting it up.
Retailers list the OxyPro 150 at up to 150 L/h and about 2 W, for aquariums up to 150 L, with a maximum head of about 2 m. It has a double-chamber design with noise-damping parts for quiet running, a transparent casing and a knob for adjusting the airflow. The supplier copy refers to Aquael's OXY series of aerators, but this listing is named for the OxyPro 150 only, and it is not confirmed that the same membrane suits the Oxyboost range or the Miniboost pumps, which have their own diaphragm listings (SKU 102581 and SKU 112941). Performance depends on a sound membrane: as it hardens or cracks, airflow drops and the pump can become noisier. The maker does not publish the diaphragm's dimensions or material, so none is quoted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling air output:** Bubbles weaken even with the airflow knob fully open and the hose clear.
- **Noisy running:** The pump buzzes or rattles more than it did when new.
- **Torn membrane:** Inspection shows a split or hardened diaphragm.
- **Planned service:** A pump that runs all day and is due a refresh, with a second membrane kept for next time.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect:** Unplug the pump and take off the air hose.
- **Open the casing:** Open the housing following the pump's manual and expose the membrane.
- **Replace the diaphragm:** Remove the worn membrane and fit the new one in the same orientation.
- **Reassemble and test:** Close the casing, reconnect the hose, run the pump and set the knob for the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **OxyPro 150 diaphragm:** Named for the 150 L/h adjustable pump.
- **Two membranes per set:** One for now and one in reserve, per the supplier.
- **Flexible, wear-resistant:** The supplier's description of the material.
- **Brings back airflow:** Replaces the part that moves the air on each stroke.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100029
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Diaphragm
- **Fitment:** Aquael OxyPro 150 air pump
- **Pack:** 2 membranes, according to the supplier
- **Pump Rating:** Up to 150 L/h, about 2 W, tanks up to 150 L
- **Pump Features:** Adjustable airflow knob, double-chamber quiet design
- **Not Confirmed:** Fitment to other OXY-series pumps
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Engine Circulator 350+ (pump For Hexa 60)
Replacement Circulator pump for the lid filter of the Aquael Hexa 60 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-engine-circulator-350-pump-for-hexa-60/
- Price: $59.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100313
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100313-1.webp
In a Hexa 60 the water only moves through the filter baskets while the pump is pushing it, so a stalled or noisy pump stops filtration for the whole tank. Aquael Engine Circulator 350+ (pump For Hexa 60) (SKU: 100313) is the replacement pump for the lid filter of the Aquael Hexa Set 60, the 60 litre hexagonal aquarium made by Aquael in Poland. Aquael describes that set as having a flow-through biological filter built into the lid and driven by a Circulator pump, with two filter baskets, and it lists the filter at 350 L/h. This listing is the pump alone, a spare part rather than a complete filter or aquarium.
The Hexa Set 60 is a hexagonal tank measuring 41 × 41 × 60 cm, built from float glass bonded with black silicone and finished with a black lid that houses both the filter and the LED lighting. Aquael presents its Circulator range as pumps for moving and aerating water in freshwater and marine aquariums, and the larger Circulator models in its published range are the 500, 1000, 1500 and 2000. The 350+ pump sold here is the one listed for the Hexa 60, and Aquael's published list has no 350 model, so it should not be assumed interchangeable with those larger models. The 350 L/h figure is a rated output; once the baskets are loaded with media, the flow leaving the outlet will be lower than the rating, which is normal for any pump working against a filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weak outflow:** The water leaving the lid filter has slowed and cleaning the baskets has not restored it.
- **Noise or rattling:** The pump hums, grinds or vibrates against the lid after years of running.
- **Pump stopped:** The impeller no longer turns although the plug is live and the lid has been checked.
- **Hexa 60 only:** The tank is a Hexa Set 60 with the Circulator-driven lid filter.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the pump and the lighting before the lid is lifted off the tank.
- **Remove the baskets:** Take out the filter baskets and note how the old pump sits and where its outlet points.
- **Fit the new pump:** Seat it in the same position and direction, then refit the baskets and media.
- **Check before leaving:** Run the filter and watch the outlet for steady flow before the tank is left unattended.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hexa 60 spare:** Sold for the lid filter of the Aquael Hexa Set 60.
- **350 L/h rating:** The filter output Aquael lists for the Hexa Set 60.
- **Circulator design:** A pump of the type Aquael uses to drive its lid-mounted flow-through filter.
- **Pump only:** No baskets, lid or lighting are included.
- **Small tank sizing:** Matched to a 60 litre hexagonal aquarium rather than a large display.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100313
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Replacement Pump
- **Part:** Circulator 350+ pump (engine)
- **Fitment:** Aquael Hexa Set 60 lid filter
- **Rated Flow:** 350 L/h (Aquael's figure for the Hexa Set 60 filter)
- **Suitable Aquarium:** Hexa 60, 60 L, hexagonal, 41 × 41 × 60 cm
- **Supplied As:** Pump unit only
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums fitted with the Hexa 60 lid filter
---
#### Aquael Engine Ultramax 2000
Replacement motor unit for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-engine-ultramax-2000/
- Price: $223.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112934
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/27943-silnik-ultramax-2000-kpl.avif
A canister filter is only as good as the pump that moves water through it, and when the motor on a large Ultramax fails the canister becomes a bucket of stagnant media. Aquael Engine Ultramax 2000 (SKU: 112934) is the replacement engine for the Aquael Ultramax 2000, the largest of the three Ultramax external canister filters. Aquael rates the 2000 at 2,000 L/h for aquariums of roughly 400 to 700 L, and the pump is the part that delivers that flow. This is a spare part for an existing filter, not a complete canister.
The Ultramax 2000 holds five media baskets, 16 L of media in total, behind an integrated foam pre-filter, and takes 19/25 mm (or 20 mm) hose, a larger size than the 16/22 mm hose used on the Ultramax 1000 and 1500. Its maximum delivery head is 1.8 m and it stands about 51 cm tall. Aquael currently rates the filter at 17 W, and one Australian retailer notes that units made from September 2023 draw about 30 per cent less than the earlier 24 W rating, so a filter bought before that date may be an older revision. The pump uses an impeller with a ceramic axis, which the retailer describes as making the filter almost inaudible. Before ordering for an older filter, confirm the production date with the supplier so the engine matches the revision.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Motor failure:** The filter no longer circulates water even though power reaches the head.
- **Heavy noise:** A pump that grinds or rattles after cleaning the impeller has not fixed the problem.
- **Large aquariums:** A 400 to 700 L display or fish room that relies on a single Ultramax 2000.
- **Keeping the canister:** The canister, baskets and hoses are sound and only the motor needs replacing.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it, then close the double ball valves so the hoses can be parted with little spillage.
- **Release the head:** Take the motor head off the canister and set it somewhere that can take a little water.
- **Swap the engine:** Fit the new engine and check that the head gasket sits evenly in its groove.
- **Prime and test:** Reconnect the hoses, prime the filter with the priming piston and watch the first minutes of running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultramax 2000 specific:** Made for the 2,000 L/h model rather than the 1000 or 1500.
- **Ceramic axis impeller:** The design Aquael uses to keep the pump quiet.
- **Current 17 W rating:** Lower than the 24 W of earlier units, per retailer information.
- **Large-tank motor:** Drives 16 L of media across five baskets.
- **Spare, not a kit:** The canister, baskets and hoses stay with the existing filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112934
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Engine
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 2000 canister filter
- **Filter Flow:** 2,000 L/h
- **Filter Power:** 17 W (current rating)
- **Maximum Head:** 1.8 m
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 400–700 L
- **Filter Hose Size:** 19/25 mm (or 20 mm)
- **Target Environment:** Large aquariums of about 400–700 L running an Ultramax 2000
---
#### Aquael Filter Coarse Sponge Turbo Mini 1pc
Coarse replacement sponge for the Aquael Turbo Mini internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-filter-coarse-sponge-turbo-mini-1pc/
- Price: $2.51 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113207 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546327664
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113207-1.jpg
A tiny filter clogs quickly when its sponge is fine, and a coarse sponge is the usual answer when a nano tank holds fish rather than shrimp. Aquael Filter Coarse Sponge Turbo Mini 1pc (SKU: 113207) is a single coarse-grained sponge for the Aquael Turbo Mini, a small internal filter with a variable flow control, an adjustable water outlet direction, a handle with a suction cup for mounting and an aeration function. Aquael lists the Turbo Mini at 320 L/h and 4.4 W for aquariums up to about 80 L, and it supplies the filter with a dense sponge that it describes as safe for shrimp and small fish.
This is the other option for that filter. Aquael lists the coarse-grained sponge among its recommended accessories for the Turbo Mini rather than as part of the standard kit, so it is bought separately. Coarser pores let water pass more freely and take longer to clog than a dense sponge, which suits community fish tanks with heavier feeding, though it does not give the shrimp-safe protection of the dense one. The PAT Mini is a different filter with its own sponge listing (SKU 113217), so match the sponge to the filter name before ordering. The pack holds one sponge, which can serve as a swap-in while the used one is cleaned in tank water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only nano tanks:** Small aquariums with fish large enough that the intake is not a risk.
- **Faster clogging:** A dense sponge that blocks between cleans and slows the flow.
- **Heavier feeding:** Tanks that produce more debris and benefit from a more open sponge.
- **Spare sponge:** A second sponge so one can be cleaned while the other runs.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Switch off the Turbo Mini and lift it from the tank before touching the sponge.
- **Take off the old sponge:** Slide the existing sponge from the intake and discard or keep it as a spare.
- **Fit the coarse sponge:** Push it fully onto the intake so it sits snugly with no gaps.
- **Rinse in tank water:** Squeeze it out at water changes in a bucket of removed tank water, not under the tap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarse grain:** A more open sponge than the dense one supplied with the filter.
- **Turbo Mini only:** Listed by Aquael as an accessory for the Turbo Mini.
- **Mechanical stage:** Catches visible debris before it reaches the impeller.
- **Bacteria surface:** The sponge also carries beneficial bacteria.
- **Single piece:** One sponge per pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113207
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546327664
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Contents:** 1 coarse sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Mini internal filter (not the PAT Mini)
- **Filter Flow:** 320 L/h (Turbo Mini)
- **Filter Power:** 4.4 W (Turbo Mini)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Nano up to about 80 L (Turbo Mini)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and small aquariums with fish
---
#### Aquael Filter Sponge Pat Mini (1pcs) - Dense Sponge
Fine-pored replacement sponge for the Aquael PAT Mini internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-filter-sponge-pat-mini-1pcs-dense-sponge/
- Price: $9.54 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113217 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546306928
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113217-1.png
Shrimp keepers and breeders of small fry spend a lot of time worrying about what a filter intake can swallow, and the sponge is the part that decides it. Aquael Filter Sponge Pat Mini (1pcs) - Dense Sponge (SKU: 113217) is a single replacement sponge for the Aquael PAT Mini, a compact internal filter, in the dense grade rather than the coarser standard sponge. The sponge is the filter's mechanical stage and also the surface on which nitrifying bacteria settle, so a fresh one restores both functions after the old sponge has hardened, torn or lost its shape.
Aquael lists the PAT Mini for aquariums of 10 to 120 L, with a maximum flow of 400 L/h at 4 W, an adjustable outlet direction, adjustable performance and a ventilation pipe for oxygenation. The filter is also sold by Aquael with a baby shrimp sponge, which is the use this dense sponge is aimed at. Aquael says servicing the sponge is very simple and takes only a few tens of seconds, which is the reason to keep a spare on hand: the old one can be rinsed and kept as a back-up while the new one settles in. The PAT Mini is a different filter from the Turbo Mini, and a separate coarse sponge is sold for the Turbo Mini, so check the filter name before ordering. This pack contains one sponge.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp tanks:** A dense sponge over the intake keeps baby shrimp away from the impeller.
- **Fry and nano fish:** Small tanks where tiny fish could be drawn towards a coarse surface.
- **Worn sponge:** The original has torn, compacted or crumbled and no longer fits snugly.
- **Spare for rotation:** A clean sponge to swap in while the used one is rinsed in tank water.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the PAT Mini and lift it out of the tank.
- **Remove the old sponge:** Slide it off the intake and rinse it in a bucket of tank water if it will be reused.
- **Fit the dense sponge:** Push it fully onto the intake so no gap is left for shrimp to enter.
- **Clean gently:** Squeeze it in tank water at water changes and avoid tap water, which can harm bacteria.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dense structure:** A fine sponge that holds back small debris and small animals.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps particles and carries beneficial bacteria.
- **PAT Mini fit:** Sold for the PAT Mini, not the Turbo Mini.
- **Single sponge:** One piece per pack for a simple swap.
- **Quick servicing:** Aquael describes sponge care as taking seconds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113217
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546306928
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Contents:** 1 dense sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael PAT Mini internal filter
- **Filter Flow:** Up to 400 L/h (PAT Mini)
- **Filter Power:** 4 W (PAT Mini)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 10–120 L (PAT Mini)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including shrimp and nano tanks
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 1000
Mid-size sponge cartridge for the Aquael FZN Pro 1000 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-filtration-sponge-fzn-pro-1000/
- Price: $7.46 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725066 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546342902
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725066-1.webp
Hang-on filters on tanks in the 130 to 200 L range do more work than the compact ones, and the sponge cartridge that fronts the basket gets loaded with debris accordingly. Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 1000 (SKU: 725066) is the sponge cartridge for the Aquael FZN Pro 1000, the middle model of the FZN Pro family. Aquael describes the coarse sponge as a pre-filter placed under the filter media basket, where it can be combined with the range's media cartridges or with loose media layered above it.
Aquael rates the FZN Pro 1000 at 900 L/h and 7.1 W, for aquariums of 130 to 200 L, with a body 25.2 cm long, 18.6 cm wide and 28.4 cm high. It is supplied with four media cartridges, twice as many as the 700, and shares the family's telescopic intake, wide lid for rotor access and automatic start-up. The sponge is made in a separate size for each of the 700, 1000 and 1500, so the 1000 sponge is the one matched to this 25.2 cm body and is not a substitute for the neighbouring sizes. Aquael gives no change interval for the sponge. Plan around how the filter behaves: a rinse in tank water at each water change keeps it working, and a drop in outlet flow that rinsing cannot fix means the foam is spent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger community tanks:** Aquariums of about 130 to 200 L with a hang-on filter in daily use.
- **Heavier stocking:** Tanks where the sponge clogs faster and needs a spare on the shelf.
- **Cartridge combinations:** A filter running Standard, Carbomax or Phosmax cartridges that still needs a pre-filter.
- **Worn foam:** The old sponge has split at the edges or no longer springs back after squeezing.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the FZN Pro 1000 and lift it clear of the rim.
- **Open the lid:** Take out the media basket to reach the sponge below it.
- **Swap the cartridge:** Remove the old sponge and set the new one in its place.
- **Stagger replacements:** Change the sponge and the media cartridges on different days so the bacteria colony keeps most of its surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched to the 1000:** Aquael makes a dedicated cartridge for each FZN Pro size.
- **Coarse pre-filter:** Takes the large debris before the media baskets.
- **Bacteria surface:** Supports biological filtration as well as trapping particles.
- **Four-cartridge companion:** Designed to sit under the filter's four media cartridges.
- **Loose media friendly:** Media can be layered over the sponge.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725066
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546342902
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN Pro 1000 hang-on filter
- **Filter Flow:** 900 L/h (FZN Pro 1000)
- **Filter Power:** 7.1 W (FZN Pro 1000)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 130–200 L (FZN Pro 1000)
- **Other Sizes:** Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 700 (SKU 725065); Fzn Pro 1500 Filtration Sponge (SKU 725067)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 700
Coarse pre-filter sponge for the Aquael FZN Pro 700 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-filtration-sponge-fzn-pro-700/
- Price: $5.27 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725065 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546342896
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725065-1.webp
The sponge in a hang-on filter takes the first hit from every particle in the tank, so it is the part that gets dirty first and protects everything behind it. Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 700 (SKU: 725065) is the replacement sponge cartridge for the Aquael FZN Pro 700, the smallest of the three FZN Pro hang-on filters that take a dedicated sponge. Aquael describes the coarse sponge as a pre-filter that sits under the filter media basket, with loose media from its range layered on top or combined with FZN Pro cartridges.
The FZN Pro 700 is rated by Aquael at 700 L/h and 6.2 W for aquariums of 75 to 130 L, and measures 17.8 cm long, 18.6 cm wide and 28.4 cm high. It comes with two media cartridges, a telescopic intake tube for different tank heights, a wide-opening lid for reaching the rotor and automatic priming. Aquael makes a separately sized sponge cartridge for each of the 700, 1000 and 1500, so this one is the 700 cartridge and should not be used as a stand-in for the larger models. The FZN Pro 400 has no dedicated sponge media. Aquael does not give a replacement interval for the sponge, so the flow at the outlet is the guide: when rinsing no longer restores flow, or the foam has torn, it needs replacing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium tanks:** Aquariums of roughly 75 to 130 L running an FZN Pro 700.
- **Flow dropping off:** The outlet has weakened and a rinse of the sponge does not bring it back.
- **Torn or compacted foam:** The sponge has lost its shape and debris reaches the media behind it.
- **Loose media layering:** A fresh pre-filter under carbon or biological media added to the basket.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it and lift it off the tank rim.
- **Locate the basket:** Remove the media basket and take out the old sponge beneath it.
- **Seat the sponge:** Fit the new cartridge under the basket so water passes through it first.
- **Rinse in tank water:** Clean a used sponge in removed tank water and keep tap water away from it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched to the 700:** The cartridge for the smallest filter in the 700, 1000 and 1500 group.
- **Coarse pre-filter:** Catches large debris before it reaches the media basket.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps particles and gives bacteria a surface.
- **Works with loose media:** Loose media can be layered on top of it.
- **Reusable between changes:** Rinsing keeps it going until it wears out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725065
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546342896
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN Pro 700 hang-on filter
- **Filter Flow:** 700 L/h (FZN Pro 700)
- **Filter Power:** 6.2 W (FZN Pro 700)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 75–130 L (FZN Pro 700)
- **Other Sizes:** Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 1000 (SKU 725066); Fzn Pro 1500 Filtration Sponge (SKU 725067)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Flowheater 2.0 Hanger
Suction-cup mounting bracket for the Aquael Flow Heater 2.0 in-line heater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-flowheater-2-0-hanger/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725311
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725311-1.webp
An in-line heater is a heavy, hot cylinder on the end of a hose, and left to dangle it pulls on its connections. Aquael Flowheater 2.0 Hanger (SKU: 725311) is the replacement mounting bracket for the Aquael Flow Heater 2.0, the external in-line heater that Aquael sells in 300 W and 500 W versions. The bracket uses suction cups to hold the heater against a smooth surface, so the weight is carried by the mount and not by the filter hose. It is a small accessory, but it is the part that keeps the heater upright and steady once it is plumbed in.
The Flow Heater 2.0 is fitted outside the aquarium on the outlet hose of an external filter. One retailer lists the 300 W model for aquariums of about 100 to 600 L and the 500 W model for about 300 to 1,000 L, with a temperature range of 20 to 33 °C, and says the heater is supplied with two universal brackets with suction cups plus two clamping nuts. This hanger is the spare for those brackets if one is lost, cracked or no longer grips. The bracket is intended for both the 300 W and 500 W models. Because maker and retailer information differ on exactly where the heater should hang, whether on the cabinet wall or the outside of the tank, follow the instructions packed with the heater and make sure the surface is clean, flat and dry so the suction cups can seat. The pack quantity is not stated by the maker.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost bracket:** The original bracket went missing when the heater was unpacked or serviced.
- **Cracked mount:** The plastic has split where it takes the weight of the heater.
- **Weak suction:** The cups have hardened or lost grip and the heater slips.
- **Either power rating:** Both the 300 W and 500 W Flow Heater 2.0 are listed as compatible.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Turn off and unplug:** Isolate the heater and let it cool before it is moved.
- **Prepare the surface:** Wipe the mounting area clean and dry so the suction cups can bite.
- **Press the cups on:** Push the bracket flat against the surface and check that it holds the heater upright.
- **Reconnect and test:** Fit the hoses, restore flow before switching on, and check the heater is not strained.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Suction-cup mount:** Holds the heater without drilling or screws.
- **Takes the weight:** Keeps strain off the filter hose and its connections.
- **Two ratings:** Listed for the 300 W and 500 W models.
- **Replacement part:** Matches the brackets supplied with the heater.
- **Simple fitting:** Presses onto a clean flat surface; the heater is not drilled or screwed down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725311
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Heater Mounting Bracket
- **Fitment:** Aquael Flow Heater 2.0, 300 W and 500 W
- **Mounting:** Suction cups
- **Heater Temperature Range:** 20–33 °C (Flow Heater 2.0, per retailer)
- **Heater Suitable Volume:** 300 W about 100–600 L; 500 W about 300–1,000 L (per retailer)
- **Related Part:** Heater supplied with two brackets and two clamping nuts
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums heated with an external in-line heater
---
#### Aquael Fountain Head Kr Max
Aquael Fountain Head KR Max - Replacement fountain spray attachment set for Aquael KR Max series pond pumps and fountain circulation systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-fountain-head-kr-max/
- Price: $33.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102509 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546015226
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Fountain-Head-Kr-Max.png
The Aquael Fountain Head KR Max (SKU: 102509) is a genuine factory replacement fountain spray attachment set engineered specifically for Aquael KR Max series pond pumps and fountain circulation systems. Designed to shape water output into vibrant decorative patterns, this attachment enhances the visual beauty of garden ponds and water features while delivering essential ecological benefits.
The Aquael Fountain KR MAX is a replaceable fountain nozzle for medium and large pumps (PFN 5500, PFN 7500, PFN 10000 and all of PFN ECO models). Use the nozzle to create a magnificent mushroom-shaped water pattern that is several dozen centimetres in diameter. Easy to install and virtually maintenance-free. To install the nozzle, mount the cap onto the outlet of the telescopic tube of the pump instead of the fountain tip provided by the factory.
By breaking the water surface into droplets, the fountain head significantly increases atmospheric contact, raising dissolved oxygen levels in the water column. Increased aeration promotes healthy pond ecosystems, aids beneficial bacterial filtration, and keeps water fresh and clear.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pond Aeration & Circulation:** Improves oxygen transfer and water movement in outdoor ponds during warm summer months.
- **Aesthetic Water Features:** Replaces worn or missing fountain nozzles to create clean, attractive water spray patterns.
- **Replacing Damaged Spray Heads:** Ideal OEM replacement when original fountain risers or spray nozzles become cracked or clogged with mineral deposits.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect power to the Aquael pond pump before servicing.
- Remove any existing nozzle attachment from the pump outlet riser tube.
- Align and push the KR Max Fountain Head securely onto the pump outlet extension tube.
- Adjust the height and level of the nozzle above the water surface to achieve your desired fountain height and pattern.
- Restore power to the pump and check spray alignment.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine OEM Fit:** Engineered directly by Aquael for exact compatibility with KR Max series pumps.
- **Enhanced Aeration:** Increases surface agitation and gas exchange to support fish and pond life.
- **Durable Weatherproof Construction:** Built from UV-resistant, non-corrosive materials designed for continuous outdoor operation.
- **Tool-Free Installation:** Simple push-fit connection makes maintenance and replacement fast and effortless.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 102509
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546015226
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Fountain Heads & Nozzles
- **Compatibility:** Aquael KR Max Series Fountain Pumps
- **Package Dimensions:** 104.5 mm (L) × 280.5 mm (W) × 104.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 154 g
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor Ponds & Water Features
---
#### Aquael Fzn - Media Container
Spare media compartment for Aquael FZN series hang-on filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-fzn-media-container/
- Price: $11.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725083 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546042765
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725083-1.jpg
Hang-on filters rely on a compartment to keep sponge, carbon and biological media where the water has to pass through it, and when that compartment fails the filter can still run while doing very little filtering. Aquael Fzn - Media Container (SKU: 725083) is a spare media container for Aquael's FZN hang-on filters. It is a standalone part for filters that are otherwise sound, supplied without media, and it is listed separately from the small FZN container (SKU 725196).
Aquael's FZN Pro models, the 400, 700, 1000 and 1500, use cartridges that sit in baskets, plus a large container into which loose media can be layered, so the filter can run Standard, Carbomax or Phosmax cartridges, loose media, or both together. The maker's published information for this listing does not name the specific FZN model the container belongs to, so the filter's model name should be checked against it before ordering. Aquael's cartridge advice is useful for refilling the container afterwards: it recommends replacing cartridges at least every two to four weeks and doing so gradually over several days, so the nitrifying bacteria on the media are not all removed at once. When servicing, rinse the container in a bucket of removed tank water and avoid soap or detergent, because residues can reach the fish when the filter is restarted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Damaged container:** A crack, broken clip or missing section means media can bypass the water flow.
- **Lost during cleaning:** The original went missing or was broken while the filter was stripped down.
- **Refreshing an older filter:** A tired container is replaced along with new media after a long service life.
- **FZN series filters:** Hang-on units from Aquael's FZN family, matched by model.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off first:** Unplug the filter and lift it off the tank rim.
- **Empty the old unit:** Take out cartridges and loose media and keep them wet in tank water.
- **Fit the replacement:** Seat the container in the filter body exactly as the old one sat.
- **Refill and restart:** Return the media, hang the filter and confirm water flows through the media.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replacement container:** Restores the compartment that holds the media.
- **FZN series part:** Intended for Aquael hang-on FZN filters.
- **Takes mixed media:** The FZN design runs cartridges, loose media or a combination.
- **Supplied empty:** Media is a separate purchase.
- **Standard listing:** Sold separately from the small container version.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725083
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546042765
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Media Container
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN-series hang-on filters; match to the filter model before ordering
- **Contents:** Container only, no media
- **Cartridge Interval (Aquael):** Replace at least every 2–4 weeks, gradually over several days
- **Related Part:** Fzn Container Small (new) Complete (SKU 725196)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fzn Container Small (new) Complete
Replacement small media container for Aquael FZN hang-on filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-fzn-container-small-new-complete/
- Price: $30.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725196
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725196-1.jpg
A hang-on filter is only as tidy as the container that holds its media, and a cracked one lets water bypass the very thing it is supposed to run through. Aquael Fzn Container Small (new) Complete (SKU: 725196) is a replacement media container for Aquael's FZN family of hang-on filters, sold in the small size and as a complete assembly. The product name marks it as the new version of the part. The maker data available for this listing does not state which FZN model the small container belongs to, so it should be matched to the filter before ordering.
Aquael's FZN range runs from the compact FZN Mini through the FZN Pro 400, 700, 1000 and 1500. On the Pro models the media sits in a basket that takes replaceable cartridges, with a large container for loose media, and a hang-on filter of this kind draws water up an intake, runs it through the media and returns it over the lip. In that design the container is the structural part that keeps the media in the water path, which is why a split or warped one is replaced rather than repaired. The container is sold without media; Aquael's cartridges, sponges and loose media are bought separately. Rinse the container in tank water during servicing and avoid detergents, which leave residues that are harmful in a tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked container:** A split or chipped housing lets water bypass the media.
- **Warped by heat or age:** The container no longer sits true against the filter body.
- **Small FZN filter:** A smaller hang-on unit in the FZN family needing its small container.
- **Servicing damage:** A container broken or lost while the filter was being cleaned.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift:** Switch the filter off and take it off the tank before opening it.
- **Remove the old container:** Take out the media and set it aside in a bucket of tank water.
- **Fit the new container:** Seat the replacement the same way round as the one removed.
- **Reload and test:** Refit the media, hang the filter and check the water runs through, not around, the container.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete assembly:** Listed as the complete small container.
- **New version:** The name marks it as the updated part.
- **Small version:** Sold as the small container, separate from the standard media container.
- **Holds the media:** Keeps cartridges or loose media in the water path.
- **Container only:** Media and sponges are sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725196
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Media Container
- **Part:** Small container, new version, complete
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN-series hang-on filters; match to the filter model before ordering
- **Contents:** Container only, no media
- **Related Part:** Fzn - Media Container (SKU 725083)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro - Carbon Media Pack (3pcs)
Activated carbon filter cartridges for Aquael FZN Pro hang-on filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-fzn-pro-carbon-media-pack-3pcs/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725070 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341820
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725070-1.jpg
Yellow-tinged water and the smell of medication residues are jobs for carbon, not for wool alone. Aquael Fzn Pro - Carbon Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU: 725070) is a pack of three Carbomax cartridges for the Aquael FZN Pro hang-on filters. Each cartridge is a sachet of filter wadding containing activated carbon, so it adds the removal of chemical impurities and discolouration to the mechanical filtering that ordinary wool provides. The sachet fits a cartridge housing, which sits in a basket that drops into the filter.
The FZN Pro filters are rated by Aquael for fresh or salt water aquariums of 10 to 300 L, and the cartridge count depends on the model: one for the FZN Pro 400, two for the 700, four for the 1000 and six for the 1500. A single pack of three is enough to run Carbomax in the 700 with one spare, or to convert part of the media in the larger filters while the other positions keep Standard or Phosmax cartridges. Aquael says the cartridge types can be mixed to suit the tank. The packaging recommends changing cartridges at least every two to four weeks, replaced gradually over several days so that bacteria can settle on the new media. Activated carbon is generally regarded as a short-lived medium, so the interval is worth following. The cartridge measures about 8.5 × 5.5 × 12.5 cm according to a retailer listing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yellowing water:** Tannins or dissolved organics tint the tank and a clear look is wanted.
- **After medication:** Fitted once a treatment course is over to help clear remaining residues.
- **Odour control:** A tank that smells stale between water changes.
- **Replacing worn carbon:** A Carbomax cartridge that has reached the two to four week mark.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Unplug and open:** Switch off the filter and open the lid to reach the baskets.
- **Choose the position:** Swap one or two Standard cartridges for Carbomax rather than filling every slot.
- **Seat the sachet:** Fit the cartridge in its housing and drop the basket back in.
- **Remove for treatments:** Take the carbon out before adding medication so it does not absorb it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Activated carbon wadding:** Chemical filtration as well as mechanical straining.
- **Removes discolouration:** Aquael lists chemical impurities and discolouration among its targets.
- **Three per pack:** Enough for one change of the FZN Pro 700 plus a spare.
- **Mix and match:** Can sit beside Standard and Phosmax cartridges.
- **Drop-in system:** Housing and basket handle the media without loose granules.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725070
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341820
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Cartridges (Activated Carbon)
- **Contents:** 3 Carbomax (activated carbon) cartridges
- **Cartridge Size:** About 8.5 × 5.5 × 12.5 cm each (retailer listing)
- **Cartridges Per Filter:** FZN Pro 400: 1; 700: 2; 1000: 4; 1500: 6
- **Replacement Interval:** At least every 2–4 weeks, gradually over several days (Aquael)
- **Companion Products:** Fzn Pro - Standard Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU 725069); Fzn Pro - Phosmax Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU 725071)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 10–300 L
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro - Phosmax Media Pack (3pcs)
Phosphate-removing filter cartridges for Aquael FZN Pro hang-on filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-fzn-pro-phosmax-media-pack-3pcs/
- Price: $22.49 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725071 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341837
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725071-1.jpg
Phosphate is the nutrient that keeps feeding algae after the nitrates have been dealt with, and it builds up quietly in a tank that is fed well. Aquael Fzn Pro - Phosmax Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU: 725071) is a pack of three Phosmax cartridges for the Aquael FZN Pro hang-on filters. Each is a sachet of filter wadding with a phosphate eliminator, which Aquael says helps protect against algae, and it also works as a mechanical filter wool. The sachet slots into a cartridge housing that sits in a basket inside the filter.
Aquael sells the FZN Pro for aquariums of 10 to 300 L in fresh or salt water, and each model has a set number of cartridge positions: one in the 400, two in the 700, four in the 1000 and six in the 1500. A pack of three is therefore a full Phosmax load for the 700 with one left over, and a partial load for the larger models, where it can be paired with Standard or Carbomax cartridges because Aquael allows the types to be mixed. Aquael recommends changing cartridges at least every two to four weeks, and doing it gradually over several days so that nitrifying bacteria can colonise the replacement. The maker does not state a phosphate capacity for the cartridge, so test the water for phosphate before and after to judge how long a cartridge is useful. A cartridge measures about 8.5 × 5.5 × 12.5 cm according to a retailer listing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Persistent algae:** Green film or hair algae continues despite regular water changes.
- **Heavy feeding:** Well-stocked tanks where food and waste keep adding phosphate.
- **Planted or marine displays:** Setups where algae competes with plants or corals for nutrients.
- **Alongside Standard wool:** One position of the basket given to phosphate control while the others do mechanical work.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Test first:** Measure phosphate so there is a baseline to compare against.
- **Fit the cartridge:** Switch off the filter, slot the Phosmax sachet into its housing and drop the basket in.
- **Retest after a week:** Check the reading to see whether the cartridge is making a difference.
- **Replace on schedule:** Change at least every two to four weeks, staggering the changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate eliminator:** Built into the wadding to help protect against algae.
- **Also a mechanical wool:** Strains particles as water passes through.
- **Three per pack:** A full Phosmax load for the FZN Pro 700, with one spare.
- **Mixable:** Aquael lets cartridge types be combined to suit the tank.
- **Quick change:** Sachet, housing and basket drop in and out as one.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725071
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341837
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Cartridges (Phosphate Removal)
- **Contents:** 3 Phosmax (phosphate eliminator) cartridges
- **Cartridge Size:** About 8.5 × 5.5 × 12.5 cm each (retailer listing)
- **Cartridges Per Filter:** FZN Pro 400: 1; 700: 2; 1000: 4; 1500: 6
- **Replacement Interval:** At least every 2–4 weeks, gradually over several days (Aquael)
- **Companion Products:** Fzn Pro - Standard Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU 725069); Fzn Pro - Carbon Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU 725070)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 10–300 L
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro - Standard Media Pack (3pcs)
Mechanical filter wool cartridges for Aquael FZN Pro hang-on filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-fzn-pro-standard-media-pack-3pcs/
- Price: $9.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725069 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546341813
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725069-1.webp
Cloudy water in a tank with a hang-on filter usually means the wool has done its job and is full. Aquael Fzn Pro - Standard Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU: 725069) is a pack of three replaceable Standard cartridges for the Aquael FZN Pro hang-on filters, each a sachet of thick filter wool for mechanical filtration. The sachet fits a cartridge housing, which sits in a matching basket that drops into the filter in one movement, so changing the media does not mean handling loose wool.
Aquael makes the FZN Pro filters for aquariums of 10 to 300 L in fresh or salt water, and the number of cartridges each model uses is fixed: one in the FZN Pro 400, two in the 700, four in the 1000 and six in the 1500. One pack of three therefore covers one full change plus one spare for the 700, three-quarters of a change for the 1000 and half a change for the 1500. Aquael's packaging recommends replacing cartridges at least every two to four weeks, and doing it gradually over several days so the nitrifying bacteria can colonise the new media. The Standard wool is the mechanical stage only: for chemical filtration Aquael offers the Carbomax cartridge with activated carbon, and for phosphate the Phosmax, and the three types can be mixed to suit the tank. A cartridge measures about 8.5 × 5.5 × 12.5 cm according to a retailer listing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine changes:** The wool is discoloured and clogged at the two to four week mark.
- **Mechanical polishing:** Fine particles and uneaten food that hang in the water and cloud the glass.
- **Mixed cartridge setups:** Combined with Carbomax or Phosmax cartridges in the same basket.
- **Starting a new FZN Pro:** A spare set so there is always a clean cartridge ready.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Unplug the filter:** Lift it off the tank and open the lid to reach the baskets.
- **Pull the used cartridges:** Take out one or two at a time rather than all of them.
- **Slot in the new sachet:** Fit the Standard cartridge into the housing and drop the basket back in.
- **Stagger the changes:** Replace the remaining cartridges over the next few days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard wool:** Thick filter wool for mechanical filtration.
- **Three cartridges:** One pack supplies a partial or complete change depending on the model.
- **Housing and basket system:** The sachets drop in without handling loose wool.
- **Mixes with other types:** Works alongside Carbomax and Phosmax cartridges.
- **Freshwater or salt water:** Aquael rates the FZN Pro for both.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725069
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546341813
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Cartridges (Mechanical)
- **Contents:** 3 Standard wool cartridges
- **Cartridge Size:** About 8.5 × 5.5 × 12.5 cm each (retailer listing)
- **Cartridges Per Filter:** FZN Pro 400: 1; 700: 2; 1000: 4; 1500: 6
- **Replacement Interval:** At least every 2–4 weeks, gradually over several days (Aquael)
- **Companion Products:** Fzn Pro - Carbon Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU 725070); Fzn Pro - Phosmax Media Pack (3pcs) (SKU 725071)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 10–300 L
---
#### Aquael Fzn Pro 1500- Filtration Sponge
Largest sponge cartridge for the Aquael FZN Pro 1500 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-fzn-pro-1500-filtration-sponge/
- Price: $11.29 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725067 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546342919
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725067-1.webp
On a 200 to 300 L aquarium, a hang-on filter pulls a lot of water through its sponge, and the biggest model in the range has the biggest sponge to match. Aquael Fzn Pro 1500- Filtration Sponge (SKU: 725067) is the replacement sponge cartridge for the Aquael FZN Pro 1500, the top size of the FZN Pro family. Aquael describes the coarse sponge as a pre-filter that sits under the filter media basket, with loose media or the range's media cartridges placed above it.
Aquael rates the FZN Pro 1500 at 1,370 L/h and 13 W, for aquariums of 200 to 300 L. The filter body measures 32.7 cm long, 18.6 cm wide and 28.4 cm high, and it is supplied with six media cartridges, three times the 700's allowance. Aquael makes a dedicated sponge cartridge for each size, so this one is not interchangeable with the 700 or 1000 cartridges. The telescopic intake, wide-opening lid and automatic priming are shared across the family. Aquael does not state how often the sponge should be replaced. With this much flow passing through it, expect to rinse it more often than the smaller sponges, and replace it when rinsing stops restoring the flow or the foam breaks down. The listing title carries a stray hyphen after 1500 but refers to the same FZN Pro 1500 part.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks of roughly 200 to 300 L served by an FZN Pro 1500.
- **High flow loading:** A filter moving about 1,370 L/h, where the sponge loads quickly.
- **Spare for rotation:** Keeping a clean sponge ready so servicing does not leave the filter bare.
- **Heavy media setups:** Filters carrying six cartridges that still need a coarse first stage.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Shut down:** Unplug the filter and take it off the tank.
- **Empty the basket:** Lift the media basket out and set it aside with its cartridges.
- **Replace the sponge:** Fit the new 1500 sponge beneath the basket in the position of the old one.
- **Rinse often:** Squeeze used sponges in removed tank water more regularly than on smaller filters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Top of the range:** The sponge matched to the largest FZN Pro, the 1500.
- **Coarse first stage:** Removes bulk debris ahead of the cartridges.
- **Six-cartridge partner:** Designed for the filter that takes the most media.
- **Biological surface:** Holds bacteria while trapping solids.
- **Layering option:** Loose media can sit above it in the basket.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725067
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546342919
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN Pro 1500 hang-on filter
- **Filter Flow:** 1,370 L/h (FZN Pro 1500)
- **Filter Power:** 13 W (FZN Pro 1500)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 200–300 L (FZN Pro 1500)
- **Other Sizes:** Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 700 (SKU 725065); Filtration Sponge Fzn Pro 1000 (SKU 725066)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Gasket Set Ultramax
Seal set for Aquael Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000 external canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gasket-set-ultramax/
- Price: $25.15 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102837 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319140
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102837-1.jpg
Three Ultramax sizes share one family of canister design, and a single gasket set serves all three. Aquael Gasket Set Ultramax (SKU: 102837) is the seal set for the Aquael Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000 external canister filters. European retailer listings give the Aquael Ultramax seal set as fitting all three models, and the supplier describes this one as including the main head gasket and the pre-filter gasket. Aquael's own pages do not break the set down any further, so the contents are as the supplier lists them.
The three filters it covers are rated by Aquael at 1,000, 1,500 and 2,000 L/h. They suit aquariums of roughly 100 to 300 L, 250 to 450 L and 400 to 700 L respectively, and carry three, four and five media baskets, for 11, 13.5 and 16 L of media. All three have an integrated foam pre-filter, and the 2000 takes larger 19/25 mm hose while the 1000 and 1500 use 16/22 mm. Because the head gasket is compressed every time the filter is opened, and the pre-filter seal is disturbed every time the foam is rinsed, those are the two joints that most often start to weep. Replace both seals together so the whole canister is re-sealed in one service.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weeping lid:** Water collects around the motor head after the filter has been serviced.
- **Pre-filter leak:** Drips appear where the pre-filter basket meets the head.
- **Hardened or flattened seals:** Seals that stay squashed after the head is lifted off.
- **Preventive overhaul:** A yearly service of a filter on a large display or fish room tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and close both double ball valves.
- **Lift the head:** Release the head from the canister and take out the old head gasket.
- **Replace the pre-filter seal:** Remove the old pre-filter gasket and fit the new one in the same way.
- **Prime and inspect:** Reassemble, prime the filter and watch both joints for the first few minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three models, one set:** Fits the Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000.
- **Head and pre-filter seals:** The two joints most likely to leak, replaced together.
- **No hose changes:** Seals only; hoses and baskets stay as they are.
- **Range-wide part:** The same set serves tanks from about 100 to 700 L.
- **Service friendly:** Suits filters built with tool-free hose valves.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102837
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319140
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000 canister filters
- **Contents:** Main head gasket and pre-filter gasket, per the supplier
- **Filter Flow:** Ultramax 1000: 1,000 L/h; 1500: 1,500 L/h; 2000: 2,000 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 1000: 100–300 L; 1500: 250–450 L; 2000: 400–700 L
- **Related Part:** Aquael Engine Ultramax 2000 (SKU 112934)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums running an Ultramax canister filter
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Klarpressure 8000
Seal set for the Aquael KlarPressure UV 8000 pond pressure filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-klarpressure-8000/
- Price: $17.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100249
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33076-aquael-zestaw-uszczelek-klarpressure-uv-8000-800x800-1.avif
A pond pressure filter works against a pump, and a weeping seal on a unit that sits beside the water is a leak that can run unnoticed for days. Aquael Gaskets Klarpressure 8000 (SKU: 100249) is the gasket set for the Aquael KlarPressure UV 8000, Aquael's pressurised pond filter with a built-in UV-C lamp. The set is sold for that model only. Aquael's pages for the filter do not itemise its seals, so the contents of the set are not broken down here, and the set should be ordered as a unit rather than as individual rings.
The KlarPressure UV 8000 is rated by Aquael for ponds up to 8,000 L. It combines three phenol-free sponge cartridges and a biological cartridge of layered polystyrene balls, 20 L of media in all, with an 11 W UV-C lamp that is intended to prevent water blooming and fight algae. Flow is given as up to 4,000 L/h in the description and 3,500 L/h in the specification table, and Aquael recommends its PFN 3500 pump. The unit measures 37 × 37 × 50 cm, has a 10 m power cord and is made for use outside the water. Its REVERSECLEAN function reverses the flow through the media to rinse out debris, and the BY-PASS lets the media be changed without stopping the pump. Each time the lid is opened for that servicing, the seals are put under load again, so a set on the shelf avoids a pond filter being out of action while parts are chased.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leaking lid:** Water weeps from the lid join or the connections of the KlarPressure UV 8000.
- **Hardened seals:** Gaskets that have set flat after seasons of use and no longer recover.
- **Season start-up:** A pond filter brought back into service after winter storage.
- **Pump pressure drop:** Pressure that will not hold because air or water is escaping at a seal.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the system:** Switch off the pump and the UV lamp and relieve the pressure before the lid is opened.
- **Remove old seals:** Take them out and clean the sealing surfaces of debris and algae.
- **Fit the new set:** Seat each seal evenly, without pinching or twisting it.
- **Restart gently:** Refill the filter, restart the pump and check every joint for weeping.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single-model set:** Made for the KlarPressure UV 8000 rather than a range.
- **Pressurised filter:** Seals a unit that works against a pump under pressure.
- **Pond scale:** The filter it serves is rated for ponds up to 8,000 L.
- **UV-equipped filter:** Covers a model with an 11 W UV-C lamp.
- **Servicing aware:** Suits a filter opened regularly for media changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100249
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Pressure Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael KlarPressure UV 8000 pond filter
- **Filter Pond Size:** Up to 8,000 L
- **Filter Flow:** 3,500 L/h (specification table); up to 4,000 L/h (description)
- **Filter Media:** 20 L: three sponge cartridges and one biological cartridge
- **Filter UV Lamp:** 11 W UV-C
- **Filter Dimensions:** 37 × 37 × 50 cm
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Maxikani
Complete replacement gasket kit for Aquael Maxikani external canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-maxikani/
- Price: $26.61 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112935 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319324
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112935-1.jpg
The Maxikani is a canister that sits in the cabinet, away from the tank, and a seal that fails there is a leak nobody sees until the cabinet is wet. Aquael Gaskets Maxikani (SKU: 112935) is a replacement gasket kit for Aquael's Maxikani series of external canister filters. The supplier describes it as a complete set of gaskets for the series, intended to keep the filter tight and working correctly. The maker's pages do not list the seals in the kit one by one, so it should be ordered as a set rather than as separate rings.
The Maxikani is a pot-style filter driven by a separate pump, which can be mounted vertically or horizontally, inside or outside the tank. A European retailer lists four sizes: the Maxi Kani 150 for 50 to 150 L and the 250 for 150 to 250 L, both with a 1,000 L/h pump, and the 350 for 250 to 350 L and the 500 for 350 to 500 L, both rated 1,400 L/h. The filter works mechanically and biologically and needs a water depth of only 10 cm, so it also suits aqua-terrariums. Which of those sizes the kit fits is not stated in the data available, so the filter's model should be checked before ordering. Every time the canister is opened for cleaning, the seals are compressed and stretched, and a gasket that has flattened or hardened loses the seal. Replacing the set restores it without replacing the filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cabinet leak:** Water is found around the base of the canister or on the cabinet floor.
- **Air in the line:** A seal that lets air into the system, causing noise and weaker flow.
- **Old seals after cleaning:** Gaskets that no longer return to shape after the canister is opened.
- **Pot-style filters:** Maxikani canisters of the 150, 250, 350 or 500 size, matched by model.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect safely:** Switch off the pump and close the hose taps before the canister is moved.
- **Open the canister:** Remove the lid and take out the worn gaskets, noting where each one sits.
- **Clean the surfaces:** Wipe the grooves and rims so the new seals bed down on a clean surface.
- **Close and check:** Refit the lid, refill the canister and look for any weeping before using the filter again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete kit:** Described by the supplier as a full set of gaskets for the series.
- **Maxikani series:** Made for Aquael's pot-style external filters.
- **Stops leaks:** Restores the tightness of a canister that sits outside the tank.
- **Wide size range:** The filters it serves cover tanks from 50 to 500 L.
- **Replaces parts, not the filter:** Pump, canister and media stay in use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112935
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319324
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael Maxikani series external filters; confirm model before ordering
- **Filter Sizes (retailer):** Maxi Kani 150, 250, 350 and 500
- **Filter Pump Flow (retailer):** 1,000 L/h (150, 250); 1,400 L/h (350, 500)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 50–500 L across the series
- **Minimum Water Depth:** 10 cm
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums and aqua-terrariums running a Maxikani filter
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Midikani 800
Seal set for the Aquael Midikani 800 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-midikani-800/
- Price: $26.63 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100363
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33163-aquael-zestaw-uszczelek-midikani-800.avif
Mid-size canisters are the workhorses of community tanks, and the seals are the part that quietly wears out while the filter keeps running. Aquael Gaskets Midikani 800 (SKU: 100363) is the replacement gasket set for the Aquael Midikani 800 external canister filter, sold to keep the canister watertight after the original seals have aged. The maker's published information does not list the individual seals in the set, so this page does not claim a count or a breakdown; the set should be ordered as the Midikani 800 seal set rather than as single rings.
The Midikani 800 has a pump rated at 800 L/h, and a Practical Fishkeeping review measured the actual flow through the filter at about 650 L/h. The same review puts the filter at 6 W, with a 5.2 L canister holding four media trays of 1.3 L each, and suggests it suits tanks of roughly 150 to 250 L, with a typical 180 L community tank well within its reach. The pump is separate from the canister, so it can be mounted inside, outside, under or above the tank, and the impeller can be reached without lifting the whole canister. Two 120 cm hoses are supplied, one for inlet and one for outlet. Because a canister is opened at each cleaning, its seals are repeatedly squashed and released, and replacing them is a routine part of keeping the filter in service.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dripping canister:** Water collects beneath the Midikani 800 after it has been refilled.
- **Sucking air:** A worn seal admits air and the filter gurgles or loses flow.
- **Seals out of shape:** Rings that stay flattened or crack when the canister is opened.
- **Routine overhaul:** A yearly service on a 150 to 250 L tank before problems appear.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug the pump and shut the hose taps before touching the canister.
- **Strip the canister:** Empty it into a bucket and take the media trays out, keeping the media wet in tank water.
- **Swap the seals:** Remove the old gaskets, clean the grooves and press the new ones in evenly.
- **Refill and watch:** Reassemble, prime the filter and check each joint for a few minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Midikani 800 only:** Named for this model, not for the wider Kani range.
- **Watertight canister:** Restores the seals on a filter running 24 hours a day.
- **Mid-size filter:** Serves a 5.2 L canister with four 1.3 L trays.
- **Pump stays put:** Only seals are replaced, not the motor or hoses.
- **Set, not singles:** Bought as a complete seal set for the model.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100363
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael Midikani 800 external canister filter
- **Filter Flow:** 800 L/h pump rating; about 650 L/h measured in a review
- **Filter Power:** 6 W (review)
- **Canister:** 5.2 L, four trays of 1.3 L (review)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 150–250 L (review)
- **Related Part:** Aquael Gaskets Multikani 800 (SKU 100356)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums of about 150–250 L running a Midikani 800
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Multikani 800
Complete seal set for the Aquael Multikani 800 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-multikani-800/
- Price: $19.42 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100356 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546137096
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33161-aquael-zestaw-uszczelek-multikani.avif
A canister filter has no second line of defence once a seal lets go, which is why the gasket set is the part to keep on hand. Aquael Gaskets Multikani 800 (SKU: 100356) is a replacement gasket set for the Aquael Multikani 800 external canister filter. The supplier lists it as a complete set for the Multikani series, intended to keep the filter tight and working properly, though the maker does not itemise the seals it contains.
Aquael rates the Multikani 800 at 800 L/h, for aquariums of 20 to 320 L, with a maximum head of 90 cm. Its sibling, the Multikani 1000, is rated at 1,000 L/h for 25 to 400 L, and uses a filter container with Aquael biological or chemical media plus a sponge cartridge, hoses of 14/16 mm and an Aqua stop system that lets the motor cover be removed without spilling water. The 800 shares the Multikani name and design family, but the data available names only the 800 as the target of this set, so the gasket set should not be assumed to fit the 1000. The set's job is to hold the pressure the pump builds inside the canister, so replace it as soon as a seal shows wear, and remember that the rated 800 L/h is a pump figure, with the flow leaving the filter lower once the media is loaded.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Visible leak:** Water seeps from the lid or the join around the motor head.
- **Hardened seals:** Gaskets that have set with age and no longer press tightly.
- **After a deep clean:** Seals that were nicked or stretched while the canister was opened.
- **Spares kit:** A set held ready for a 20 to 320 L tank that cannot go without filtration.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug the motor and close the hose taps.
- **Remove the old gaskets:** Lift each seal out and keep one as a template for position.
- **Bed in the new seals:** Wipe the sealing faces and fit the replacements flat and untwisted.
- **Test for leaks:** Reassemble, restart the filter and check the lid and head before leaving it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multikani 800 set:** Named for the 800 model and its 800 L/h pump.
- **Complete set:** The supplier describes it as covering the series' gaskets.
- **Watertight operation:** Keeps pump pressure inside the canister.
- **Wide tank range:** The filter it serves is rated for 20 to 320 L.
- **Preserves the filter:** Replaces only the seals, not the motor or media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100356
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546137096
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael Multikani 800 external canister filter
- **Filter Flow:** 800 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** 90 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 20–320 L
- **Related Part:** Aquael Gaskets Midikani 800 (SKU 100363)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums of 20–320 L running a Multikani 800
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Set Hypermax 4500
Replacement seal set for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-set-hypermax-4500/
- Price: $32.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725081 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546339315
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725081-1.jpg
A canister filter runs under pressure from its own pump, and the seals are what keep that water inside the canister instead of on the cabinet floor. Aquael Gaskets Set Hypermax 4500 (SKU: 725081) is the replacement gasket set for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter. Aquael's parts catalogue for the filter lists it as the gaskets set, part 130718, though the catalogue does not itemise which individual seals the set contains, so it should be ordered as the set the maker supplies for this model rather than as a single ring.
The Hypermax 4500 is a large filter, rated by Aquael at 4,500 L/h (2,600 L/h with media loaded) for aquariums of 200 to 1,500 L, with four cartridge baskets of 3.6 L each plus a pre-filter, 15.9 L of media in total and a maximum lift of 2 m. It runs on a 24 V motor drawing 18 to 36 W and uses double ball valves so the hoses can be separated without tools. A filter of this size is serviced at intervals, and every time it is opened the seals are compressed and released, which is why they eventually flatten, harden or crack. The set is sold for the Hypermax 4500, and the parts list it comes from names only that model. Seat the seals flat in their grooves, and fill the canister slowly while looking for weeping at the head before the filter is left running.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leak at the head:** Water seeps from the join between the motor head and the canister.
- **Flattened or cracked seals:** Rings that no longer spring back after the filter has been opened.
- **Air in the system:** A seal that lets air in, causing noise and weak flow.
- **Annual service:** A scheduled overhaul of a filter on a large tank that cannot afford a leak.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate:** Unplug the filter and close the ball valves before it is moved.
- **Remove the old seals:** Lift them out of their grooves and wipe the grooves clean.
- **Seat the new ones:** Press each seal evenly into place without twisting or stretching it.
- **Test slowly:** Reassemble, refill and check around the head for weeping before leaving the filter running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Model-specific set:** Listed by Aquael as the gaskets set for the Hypermax 4500.
- **Keeps pressure in:** Seals the canister against a pump that can lift water 2 m.
- **Complete set:** Sold as a set rather than as individual rings.
- **For a large filter:** Matches a canister holding 15.9 L of media.
- **Service friendly:** Suits a filter whose hoses separate without tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725081
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546339315
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter
- **Maker Part:** Gaskets set, part 130718 in Aquael's Hypermax 4500 parts list
- **Filter Flow:** 4,500 L/h (2,600 L/h with media)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 200–1,500 L
- **Related Part:** Aquael +engine Cover Red Hypermax 4500/bt (SKU 725079)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Set Unimax 500/700 Canister Filter
Replacement seal set for Aquael Unimax 500 and 700 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-set-unimax-500-700-canister-filter/
- Price: $86.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102889
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/1490-aquael-zestaw-uszczelek-unimax-500700.avif
The larger Unimax filters carry more water and more baskets, and the seals have more joints to hold as a result. Aquael Gaskets Set Unimax 500/700 Canister Filter (SKU: 102889) is the replacement gasket set for the Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700, the two larger filters in the Unimax range. The supplier describes it as a complete set for servicing and for keeping the filter tight, and the supplier text lists a gasket for the control unit, one for the container and one for the container stopper. The maker does not break the set down in its own pages, so those items are as the supplier lists them.
Aquael describes the Unimax range as using silicone main gaskets between the containers and the lid, with three baskets of BioCeraMAX Pro 600 and ZeoMAX Plus. The 500 and 700 are fitted with four hoses and accept an optional UV-C steriliser sold separately, 9 W on the 500 and 11 W on the 700. The retailer data does not state the flow rate, power or tank rating of each model, and this set is for the 500 and 700 only, not the 150 and 250, which have their own set. Once the canister is open, replace all of the gaskets together rather than only the one that appears to be leaking, and then bring the filter back up slowly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leaking canister:** Water seeps from the control unit, the container or the stopper area.
- **Seals out of shape:** Gaskets that no longer return to shape after being opened for cleaning.
- **Bigger tank service:** A Unimax 500 or 700 due for its overhaul before a leak starts.
- **UV-C fitting:** The canister is open to add the optional 9 W or 11 W steriliser and the seals are refreshed at the same time.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it, close the hose taps and drain it into a bucket.
- **Open the canister:** Remove the control unit and containers, and set the media aside in tank water.
- **Replace each gasket:** Swap the control unit, container and stopper gaskets and wipe each sealing face.
- **Rebuild and test:** Reassemble, prime the filter and check every joint for weeping before leaving it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two larger models:** Sold for the Unimax 500 and the Unimax 700.
- **Control unit, container, stopper:** The three gaskets the supplier lists.
- **Silicone main gaskets:** The seal type Aquael describes across the range.
- **Four-hose filters:** Suited to the plumbing of the larger Unimax canisters.
- **Service interval friendly:** One set covers a complete reseal of the canister.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102889
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 canister filters
- **Contents (supplier):** Gaskets for the control unit, the container and the container stopper
- **Filter Media (Aquael):** Three baskets with BioCeraMAX Pro 600 and ZeoMAX Plus
- **Optional UV-C (not included):** 9 W (Unimax 500); 11 W (Unimax 700)
- **Related Set:** Aquael Gaskets Unimax 150/250 (SKU 100208)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums running a Unimax 500 or 700
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Ultra 900/1200/140
Aquael Gaskets Ultra 900/1200/1400 - Replacement seal gasket kit for Aquael Ultra 900, Ultra 1200, and Ultra 1400 external canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-ultra-900-1200-140/
- Price: $28.93 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124687
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Gaskets-Ultra-9001200140.png
The Aquael Gaskets Ultra 900/1200/1400 (SKU:
124687) is an official factory replacement seal gasket kit designed specifically for Aquael Ultra 900,
Ultra 1200,
and Ultra 1400 external canister filters.
Manufactured from high-grade elastomeric silicone rubber,
these precision O-rings create an airtight and watertight seal between the canister head and filter bucket.
This seal gasket kit is a spare part for Aquael bucket filters from the ULTRA series. The product is necessary to ensure the tightness and proper operation of these filters. Gaskets prevent water leakage and guarantee the effective operation of the filter system.
Over time,
canister gaskets can compress,
dry out,
or wear,
leading to minor water leaks or air drawing into the filter loop.
Replacing worn seals prevents air locks,
preserves motor head prime,
and eliminates leakage risks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Annual Preventative Maintenance:**
Recommended for replacing aging canister head gaskets to prevent sudden leaks.
- **Fixing Air Ingestion or Leaks:**
Essential replacement when water weeps from canister clamps or air bubbles enter the outflow line.
- **Restoring Seal Integrity:**
Ideal when original O-rings become brittle,
cracked,
or flattened.
**How to Use / Installation & Replacement Process**
- Disconnect power,
shut off quick-release valves,
and drain water from the canister filter.
- Unclamp the filter head and carefully remove the old sealing gasket from its perimeter channel.
- Clean the channel groove with a soft cloth to remove dirt or debris buildup.
- Lightly coat the new gasket with aquarium-safe silicone grease and press it evenly into the channel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Heavy-Duty Elastomeric Rubber:**
Resists hardening,
compression set,
and chemical degradation.
- **Watertight Seal:**
Restores pressure sealing under continuous operating head pressure.
- **Multi-Model Compatibility:**
Fits Aquael Ultra 900,
1200,
and 1400 canister filter models.
- **Prevents Air Locks:**
Keeps the canister vacuum-sealed for smooth motor priming and quiet operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:**
Aquael
- **SKU:**
124687
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):**
5905033261778
- **Product Type:**
Spare Parts / Gaskets & O-Rings
- **Package Dimensions:**
68.
09 mm (L) × 68.
09 mm (W) × 68.
09 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:**
35.
2 g
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Marine Canister Filters
---
#### Aquael Gaskets Unimax 150/250
Seal set for the smaller Aquael Unimax 150 and 250 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-gaskets-unimax-150-250/
- Price: $64.53 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100208
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100208-1.webp
The Unimax canisters are stacked containers, and every joint between the containers and the lid is a place where a gasket has to hold. Aquael Gaskets Unimax 150/250 (SKU: 100208) is the replacement seal set for the Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250, the two smaller filters in the Unimax range. The supplier describes it as a complete set of gaskets for those two models, made to keep the canister tight and working correctly. The maker's pages do not itemise the individual seals in the set, so it should be ordered as a set for these two models only.
Aquael describes the Unimax range as filters built around silicone main gaskets between the containers and the lid. The 150 and 250 each carry three baskets loaded with BioCeraMAX Pro 600 for biological filtration and ZeoMAX Plus for chemical filtration, and each can be fitted with an optional UV-C steriliser sold separately, rated 5 W for the 150 and 9 W for the 250. The retailer data used here does not state flow rates or tank ratings for the individual models, so check the filter's own label for its capacity. A set labelled for the 150 and 250 is not the same as the set for the larger 500 and 700, which is listed separately. Because the gaskets seal several joints in a stacked canister, a leak at one container often means the set is due as a whole, not just a single ring.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leak between containers:** Water weeps from the joints of the stacked baskets or from the lid.
- **Silicone gone stiff:** Main gaskets that have lost their softness and no longer seal evenly.
- **UV conversion:** The canister is being opened to add the optional UV-C steriliser and the seals are being refreshed.
- **Small to mid tanks:** A Unimax 150 or 250 that is due for a service.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter and shut the hose taps before it is lifted.
- **Separate the containers:** Unstack the baskets and keep the media wet in tank water.
- **Replace joint by joint:** Take each old gasket off and fit the new one in the same position.
- **Reassemble carefully:** Stack the containers squarely, refill, and inspect each joint for weeping.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two models covered:** Sold for the Unimax 150 and the Unimax 250.
- **Silicone main gaskets:** The type of seal Aquael describes for the Unimax range.
- **Stacked-container design:** Seals the joints between baskets and lid.
- **Complete set:** The supplier lists it as a full set for the pair.
- **Keeps the media:** The BioCeraMAX and ZeoMAX in the baskets stay in service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100208
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Gasket Set
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 canister filters
- **Filter Media (Aquael):** Three baskets with BioCeraMAX Pro 600 and ZeoMAX Plus
- **Optional UV-C (not included):** 5 W (Unimax 150); 9 W (Unimax 250)
- **Gasket Type:** Silicone main gaskets between containers and lid (range-wide)
- **Related Set:** Aquael Gaskets Set Unimax 500/700 Canister Filter (SKU 102889)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums running a Unimax 150 or 250
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 Black Cover
Black replacement lid for the Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium with lighting-ready design.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-100-black-cover/
- Price: $92.82 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725315
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725315-1.webp
An open-top tank loses water to evaporation, collects dust, and gives fish that jump somewhere to go, and the cover is the part that deals with all three. Aquael Glossy 100 Black Cover (SKU: 725315) is the black cover for the Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium, the 100 cm model in Aquael's Glossy range. A cover limits evaporation, keeps dust and foreign objects out of the water and finishes the look of a glossy black set, and this one is made for the Glossy 100 specifically, so it is sold as a spare for owners who have lost or damaged the original.
Aquael lists the Glossy 100 as a 215 L tank measuring 100 × 40 × 63 cm. Its Glossy ST sets are described with a flap in the lid for feeding and for adding preparations without lifting the whole cover, and a Smart Open System that holds the cover upright during maintenance. The lighting in the set is the Leddy Tube Day & Night, with Day, Daybreak and Night modes, and a retailer lists two 14 W tubes on the 100. The cover is designed so that the LED lighting modules can be integrated into it. The maker has not published separate dimensions for the cover as a spare part, and it is not stated whether it differs between the standard Glossy 100 and the Glossy ST 100, so the cover should be matched to the tank before ordering. The Glossy range also includes 50, 80, 120 and 150 covers, each sized to its own tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken cover:** The original has cracked, warped or been damaged in a move or a clean.
- **Missing lid:** The Glossy 100 has been running open and fish need containing.
- **Evaporation control:** A 215 L tank that needs frequent top-ups.
- **Lighting refit:** A cover to carry the Leddy Tube LED modules back into position.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Switch off the lights:** Unplug the lighting before the old cover is lifted away.
- **Move the lighting over:** Transfer the LED modules to the new cover as the original was arranged.
- **Seat the cover:** Rest it on the tank rim, square to the glass at the front and back.
- **Use the flap:** Feed through the flap and use the Smart Open System when working inside the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Glossy 100 fit:** Made for the 100 cm Glossy aquarium.
- **Black finish:** Matches the Glossy black set.
- **Evaporation and dust:** Limits water loss and keeps debris out.
- **Lighting compatible:** Designed to take Aquael's LED lighting modules.
- **Feeding flap:** Aquael's Glossy ST lids include one for easy feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725315
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover
- **Fitment:** Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium
- **Colour:** Black
- **Tank Size:** 100 × 40 × 63 cm, 215 L (Glossy 100)
- **Lighting (Glossy 100 set):** Leddy Tube Day & Night, 2 × 14 W per retailer
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 50 Black Cover (SKU 725312); Glossy 80 (SKU 725313); Glossy 120 (SKU 725317); Glossy 150 (SKU 725319)
- **Target Environment:** Glossy 100 aquarium sets
---
#### Aquael Glossy 100 White Cover
White replacement lid for the 100 cm, 215 L Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-100-white-cover/
- Price: $92.82 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725314
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725314-1.webp
A metre-long tank is the size where a missing or damaged lid is hardest to ignore, because the lighting, the feeding access and the evaporation control all sit in it. Aquael Glossy 100 White Cover (SKU: 725314) is the white replacement cover for the Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium set, made by Aquael in Poland. The lid is integrated with the tank in Aquael's design, shares its glossy finish with the tank and Glossy cabinet, and holds the LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 lighting on a frame under the cover.
Aquael lists the Glossy 100 at 100 × 40 × 63 cm, with 8 mm glass and 215 L, and two 14 W lighting modules. The Glossy manual says the 100 can take two more modules on its frame, for four in all. A window in the lid is meant for daily feeding, and the Smart Open system holds the lid and handle upright against the rear wall so the light shines into the tank while the glass is cleaned. In Day mode the module is rated up to 7,000 K; Daybreak and Night add blue light for evening viewing. Aquael does not say whether the spare lid comes with modules fitted, so confirm the contents of this item if lighting is needed. The 100 is a different length from the 80 and 120 lids.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White Glossy 100 sets:** The colour-matched lid for the 215 L white model.
- **Lid failure:** Replaces a cover that no longer sits flat or lifts properly.
- **Upgrading the lighting:** A lid with a frame that can take up to two additional LEDDY Tube modules.
- **Cutting evaporation:** A closed lid keeps top-ups less frequent on a 100 cm tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the lighting before lifting anything.
- **Stand the lid up:** Raise it with the handle so it rests upright against the rear wall.
- **Reuse the modules:** Move both 14 W modules to the new frame if they are not supplied.
- **Confirm the fit:** Check the lid closes flat, the feeding window works and each light mode switches.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Metre-length lid:** Sized for the 100 cm Glossy tank.
- **Two-module lighting:** 2 × 14 W LEDDY Tube as supplied with the set.
- **Room to expand:** The manual allows two more modules.
- **Feeding window:** Daily feeding without opening the lid.
- **White finish:** Matches the white tank and cabinet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725314
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Lid)
- **Fits:** Aquael Glossy 100 aquarium set, 100 × 40 × 63 cm, 215 L
- **Colour:** White
- **Tank Glass:** 8 mm
- **Lighting on the Set:** 2 × 14 W LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 White Cover (SKU 725283); Glossy 120 White Cover (SKU 725316); Glossy 150 White Cover (SKU 725318)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy 100 set)
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 Black Cover
Black replacement cover for the longer Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-120-black-cover/
- Price: $115.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725317
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725317-1.webp
On a 120 cm tank the cover is a long, thin piece, and it is the first thing to warp or crack when a lid is lifted awkwardly. Aquael Glossy 120 Black Cover (SKU: 725317) is the black cover for the Aquael Glossy 120, the 120 cm model in the Glossy range. Aquael's range is sold as complete tank and cabinet sets, and this is the cover on its own, supplied as a spare for owners whose original lid has been damaged or lost. It does the usual work of a tank cover: cutting evaporation, keeping dust and foreign objects out of the water, and holding the lighting in place.
Aquael lists the Glossy 120 at 260 L and 120 × 40 × 63 cm, which makes it 20 cm longer and 45 L larger than the Glossy 100. The Glossy ST lid has a flap for feeding and adding preparations, and a Smart Open System that holds the cover upright while you work in the tank. The lighting is Aquael's Leddy Tube Day & Night, in Day, Daybreak and Night modes, and the LED modules can be integrated into the cover. Aquael does not give a wattage for the 120 set in the data available, and it does not publish measurements for the cover alone, so confirm the tank is a Glossy 120 and whether it is the standard or ST version before ordering. The 120 cover is longer than the 100, 80 and 50 covers, which are separate products.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked lid:** A long cover that has split or snapped during handling.
- **Jumpers:** A 260 L community tank that needs fish contained again.
- **Dust and debris:** A cover that keeps the water surface clean of dust and foreign objects.
- **Refitting the lights:** A lid to hold the LED modules after the original has been replaced.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Power down:** Switch off and unplug the LED lighting before the cover is moved.
- **Two-handed removal:** Lift the old cover from both ends so a long piece does not flex.
- **Transfer the lighting:** Mount the LED modules on the new cover in the original positions.
- **Set it down square:** Rest the cover on the rim, then check the flap and the upright hold work.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Glossy 120 fit:** Made for the 120 cm tank, not the 100.
- **Black cover:** Matches the black Glossy styling.
- **Evaporation control:** Reduces water loss on a 260 L tank.
- **Keeps debris out:** Stops dust and foreign objects reaching the water.
- **Light-ready:** Designed for Aquael's LED lighting modules.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725317
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover
- **Fitment:** Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium
- **Colour:** Black
- **Tank Size:** 120 × 40 × 63 cm, 260 L (Glossy 120)
- **Lighting (Glossy sets):** Leddy Tube Day & Night with Day, Daybreak and Night modes
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Glossy 50 Black Cover (SKU 725312); Glossy 80 (SKU 725313); Glossy 100 (SKU 725315); Glossy 150 (SKU 725319)
- **Target Environment:** Glossy 120 aquarium sets
---
#### Aquael Glossy 120 White Cover
White replacement lid for the 120 cm, 260 L Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-120-white-cover/
- Price: $115.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725316
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725316-1.webp
The 120 sits between the compact Glossy sizes and the 150, and its lid has to carry a three-module lighting frame across 120 cm of tank. Aquael Glossy 120 White Cover (SKU: 725316) is the white replacement cover for the Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium set, a product of Aquael in Poland. In Aquael's design the lid is integrated with the glass and finished to match the tank and the Glossy cabinet, and it holds LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 modules on a frame beneath the cover.
Aquael lists the Glossy 120 at 120 × 40 × 63 cm with 8 mm glass and 260 L, lit by 3 × 17 W modules, the same lighting as the larger 150 but over a smaller tank. Day mode is rated up to 7,000 K, Daybreak gives up to 50 per cent less daylight with added blue for feeding and shy fish, and Night is blue only. To change modes, the Glossy manual says to switch the module off and on again within five seconds. The lid lifts on Smart Open brackets and stands upright against the rear wall, and a feeding window sits in the top. The manual also notes that the 120 has room for a fourth module. Aquael does not state whether a spare lid is supplied with the modules mounted, so check what this item includes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White Glossy 120 sets:** The lid for the luminous white version of the 260 L model.
- **Replacing a damaged cover:** Restores the closed top that the Smart Open system and light frame depend on.
- **Keeping the finish uniform:** A white lid over a white tank and cabinet.
- **Adding a fourth module later:** The 120 frame has room for an extra LEDDY Tube.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect first:** Switch off and unplug the lighting before opening the lid.
- **Lift upright:** Raise the old lid by its handle until it stands against the rear wall.
- **Move the modules:** Slide the LEDDY Tube modules along their brackets onto the new frame if needed.
- **Final check:** Close the lid, open the feeding window and switch through the three light modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White Glossy finish:** Colour-matched to the 120 tank and cabinet.
- **Three-module frame:** 3 × 17 W LEDDY Tube lighting on the 120.
- **Three light modes:** Day, Daybreak and Night.
- **Smart Open lift:** Holds the lid upright for maintenance.
- **Feeding window:** Access without raising the whole lid.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725316
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Lid)
- **Fits:** Aquael Glossy 120 aquarium set, 120 × 40 × 63 cm, 260 L
- **Colour:** White
- **Tank Glass:** 8 mm
- **Lighting on the Set:** 3 × 17 W LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 White Cover (SKU 725283); Glossy 100 White Cover (SKU 725314); Glossy 150 White Cover (SKU 725318)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy 120 set)
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 Black Cover
Replacement lid for the 150 cm, 405 L Glossy aquarium in black.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-150-black-cover/
- Price: $162.22 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725319
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725319-1.webp
A lid that has cracked or come adrift leaves a 405 L tank open to evaporation, dust and jumping fish, and on a 150 cm Glossy the lid is also where the lighting lives. Aquael Glossy 150 Black Cover (SKU: 725319) is the black replacement cover for the Aquael Glossy 150 aquarium set, made by Aquael of Poland. Aquael designs the Glossy lid as part of the tank rather than an add-on: it is integrated with the glass, finished in the same high-gloss black as the tank and the matching Glossy cabinet, and carries the LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 lighting on a frame beneath it. On the 150 that frame holds three 17 W modules.
Aquael's Smart Open system lets the lid and its handle lift and stand upright against the rear wall, which also directs the light into the tank, and a window in the lid allows daily feeding without raising it. The tank it covers measures 150 × 50 × 63 cm, has 10 mm glass and holds 405 L according to Aquael. The lighting runs in Day, Daybreak and Night modes, with Day rated up to 7,000 K. Aquael's documents describe the lid with its modules mounted but do not say whether a spare cover is supplied with them, so confirm what is included with this item if the lights are needed. Each Glossy size has its own lid, so this one is listed for the 150 only.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Damaged lid:** Replaces a cracked or broken cover on a black Glossy 150 so the tank is closed again.
- **Evaporation and dust:** A fitted lid slows water loss and keeps dust and foreign objects out of 405 L of water.
- **Matching the cabinet:** Keeps the black gloss finish consistent from tank to lid to cabinet.
- **Lighting frame work:** A fresh lid to carry the LEDDY Tube modules when the old frame is the part that failed.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off first:** Aquael's manual says to disconnect power before opening the light or putting a hand in the water.
- **Raise and support:** Stand the old lid upright on its Smart Open brackets before anything is disconnected.
- **Move the lighting:** Transfer the LEDDY Tube modules and their cable to the new lid if it arrives without them.
- **Test the lid:** Lower it, check the feeding window opens, and step the lights through Day, Daybreak and Night.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Integrated Glossy lid:** Part of Aquael's Glossy design, not a generic cover.
- **Smart Open system:** The lid and handle lift upright against the rear wall for access.
- **Feeding window:** Daily feeding without lifting the whole lid.
- **Three-module lighting frame:** Carries 3 × 17 W LEDDY Tube modules on the 150.
- **Black high-gloss finish:** Matches the black tank and cabinet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725319
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Lid)
- **Fits:** Aquael Glossy 150 aquarium set, 150 × 50 × 63 cm, 405 L
- **Colour:** Black
- **Tank Glass:** 10 mm
- **Lighting on the Set:** 3 × 17 W LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0
- **Lid Features:** Smart Open lift system, feeding window
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 50 Black Cover (SKU 725312); Glossy 80 Black Cover (SKU 725313); Glossy 100 Black Cover (SKU 725315); Glossy 120 Black Cover (SKU 725317)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy 150 set)
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 Under Tank Mat 148x50cm 4mm
Foam base mat that cushions the 150 cm Glossy tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-150-under-tank-mat-148x50cm-4mm/
- Price: $5.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725199
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725199-1.jpg
A 405 L tank puts its whole weight on a glass base and a few centimetres of cabinet top, and a hard spot under the glass is how bases crack. Aquael Glossy 150 Under Tank Mat 148x50cm 4mm (SKU: 725199) is a foam mat from Aquael, listed for the Glossy 150 aquarium, that sits between the tank and the cabinet. Aquael describes its aquarium mats as thick, damage-resistant foam intended to protect the fragile tank bottom, to protect furniture from scratches by the glass, and to insulate the base so less heat is lost to the stand. The mat is dark, so it is hard to see under the tank.
The name gives the size as 148 × 50 cm and 4 mm thick, which sits just inside the 150 × 50 cm footprint of the Glossy 150 (63 cm high, 10 mm glass, 405 L according to Aquael). Aquael's own range of aquarium mats lists a 150 × 50 cm size for that footprint, so the 148 cm length here is slightly shorter than the maker's published size. Aquael's Glossy instructions require the tank to stand on a flat, level surface with its whole bottom supported and no overhang, using either the dedicated Glossy cabinet or a mat of matching size under the base. They also say any soft padding should be no thicker than half the glass thickness, which for 10 mm glass is 5 mm, so a 4 mm mat is within that limit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Glossy 150 on a stand:** Cushions the glass base on a non-Aquael cabinet or bench.
- **Protecting furniture:** Stops the glass edges scratching a polished top.
- **Uneven surfaces:** Evens out small imperfections in a flat surface, though it is not a levelling aid.
- **Heat retention:** A foam layer reduces heat loss through the base.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Prepare the surface:** Check the stand is flat, level, clean and strong enough for a full tank.
- **Position the mat:** Lay it centred before the tank goes on and keep it flat.
- **Set the tank down empty:** Aquael says never to lift or move a tank full of water.
- **Check support:** The whole base must rest on the mat and surface, with no rocking or overhang.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Foam construction:** Thick, damage-resistant foam as described by Aquael.
- **Base protection:** Cushions the glass bottom of the tank.
- **Furniture protection:** Guards the stand's top from scratches.
- **Thermal insulation:** Limits heat loss through the base.
- **Thin profile:** 4 mm, within half the 10 mm glass thickness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725199
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Under-Tank Foam Mat
- **Mat Size:** 148 × 50 cm, 4 mm thick (as named)
- **Material:** Foam
- **Suits:** Aquael Glossy 150, 150 × 50 cm footprint, 405 L
- **Glass Thickness of the Tank:** 10 mm
- **Target Environment:** Beneath freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Glossy 150 White Cover
White replacement lid for the 150 cm, 405 L Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-150-white-cover/
- Price: $154.34 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725318
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725318-1.webp
On a white Glossy 150 the lid is the largest white surface in the room, so a replacement has to match the tank and cabinet exactly. Aquael Glossy 150 White Cover (SKU: 725318) is the white version of the Glossy 150 lid from Aquael of Poland, which describes the colour range of the Glossy sets as luminous white, classic black and universal grey. The lid is integrated with the tank in Aquael's design and carries the LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 lighting on a frame under the cover, three 17 W modules on this size.
The tank behind the lid is the largest in the line at 150 × 50 × 63 cm, with 10 mm glass and a capacity of 405 L according to Aquael. Lifting the handle raises the lid on the Smart Open system, which holds it upright against the rear wall and points the light into the tank, and a small window lets the fish be fed with the lid down. Day mode is rated up to 7,000 K, Daybreak softens the light for evening and feeding, and Night gives blue light. Aquael does not say whether a replacement cover is sold with the modules fitted, so check the contents of this listing before relying on it for lighting. The 80, 100 and 120 sizes use shorter lids and are separate items.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White Glossy 150 sets:** The colour-matched lid for the luminous white version of the 150.
- **Warped or cracked lids:** A straight, intact lid keeps the Smart Open lift working as designed.
- **Light spill and dust:** A closed lid keeps dust out and holds the lighting frame above the water.
- **Refurbishing a second-hand tank:** Returns a 150 cm Glossy to a complete, covered state.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the power:** Unplug the lighting before touching the lid or the water.
- **Clear the top:** Remove anything resting on the lid, then lift it upright on the Smart Open system.
- **Swap the frame contents:** Move the LEDDY Tube modules across if the new lid is supplied bare.
- **Check operation:** Open the feeding window and cycle the light through its three modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matching white finish:** Made to sit with the white Glossy 150 tank and cabinet.
- **Full-length cover:** The 150 cm lid, the longest of the Glossy range.
- **Feeding window:** Food goes in without lifting the lid.
- **Frame for LEDDY Tube:** Three 17 W modules in Day, Daybreak and Night modes.
- **Upright lift:** Smart Open keeps the lid standing at the rear for maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725318
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Lid)
- **Fits:** Aquael Glossy 150 aquarium set, 405 L
- **Colour:** White
- **Tank Size:** 150 × 50 × 63 cm
- **Lighting on the Set:** 3 × 17 W LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0, Day rated up to 7,000 K
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 White Cover (SKU 725283); Glossy 100 White Cover (SKU 725314); Glossy 120 White Cover (SKU 725316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy 150 set)
---
#### Aquael Glossy 50 Black Cover
Black replacement lid for the smallest Glossy aquarium in the range.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-50-black-cover/
- Price: $72.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725312
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725312-1.webp
The smallest Glossy is a tank that lives on a desk or a narrow cabinet, and a lid that fits closely matters more at that size because there is less room to hide a mismatch. Aquael Glossy 50 Black Cover (SKU: 725312) is the black replacement cover listed for the Aquael Glossy 50, made by Aquael in Poland. Aquael's current Glossy range includes a 50 cm Cube, measured at 50 × 50 × 63 cm with 6 mm glass and 135 L, and this appears to be the size the cover is named for, though the maker does not publish a cover for it by this name.
In the Cube set the lid is integrated with the tank, finished in matching gloss and fitted underneath with a frame for LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 lighting, two 10 W modules on the Cube. The Smart Open system lets the lid and handle stand upright against the rear wall, and a window in the lid allows feeding without lifting it. Aquael's manual gives Day mode as up to 7,000 K and describes Daybreak and Night modes for evening viewing. Because the name does not state the tank model, check the lid against the tank before fitting, and confirm with the supplier whether the lighting modules are part of this item. Larger Glossy lids use their own sizes and are separate products.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Black Glossy 50 tanks:** A replacement for the original lid on the black version.
- **Desk and nano set-ups:** A compact lid keeps a small tank tidy and covered.
- **Damaged covers:** Replaces a cracked or distorted lid.
- **Light frame repairs:** A fresh frame for the LEDDY Tube modules.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Check the match:** Compare the new lid with the old one before removing anything.
- **Disconnect power:** Switch the lighting off and unplug it.
- **Swap the modules:** Move the lighting across if the new lid is supplied without it.
- **Test:** Close the lid, try the feeding window and cycle the light modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest Glossy lid:** Named for the 50 cm model in the range.
- **Black finish:** Gloss black to suit the black tank.
- **Smart Open lift:** The lid and handle stand upright for access.
- **Feeding window:** Food goes in without lifting the lid.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725312
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Lid)
- **Fits:** Aquael Glossy 50 (listed name); the Glossy Cube is 50 × 50 × 63 cm, 135 L
- **Colour:** Black
- **Lighting on the Cube Set:** 2 × 10 W LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0
- **Lid Features:** Smart Open lift system, feeding window
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Black Cover (SKU 725313); Glossy 100 Black Cover (SKU 725315); Glossy 120 Black Cover (SKU 725317); Glossy 150 Black Cover (SKU 725319)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy 50 set)
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 Black Cover
Black replacement lid for the 80 cm, 125 L Glossy aquarium set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-80-black-cover/
- Price: $77.32 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725313
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725313-1.webp
Black gloss shows every fingerprint and every mismatch, which is why a replacement lid for a black Glossy needs to come from the same range as the tank. Aquael Glossy 80 Black Cover (SKU: 725313) is the black replacement cover for the Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium set, made by Aquael in Poland. It is the lid Aquael designs as part of the tank: integrated with the glass, finished in matching gloss, and fitted underneath with the frame that carries the LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 lighting.
The 80 is a 125 L tank measuring 80 × 35 cm with 6 mm glass, lit by two 14 W modules. Aquael's specification table gives the height as 54 cm but its descriptive text says 63 cm, so measure the tank before relying on either figure. The lid lifts on the Smart Open system, with the handle and cover standing upright against the rear wall, and its feeding window lets the fish be fed without lifting anything. Day mode is rated up to 7,000 K, Daybreak reduces daylight by up to 50 per cent and adds blue light, and Night is blue only. According to the manual, two more modules can be added to the frame. The maker does not say whether a spare lid ships with the modules fitted, so confirm that before ordering if the lights are needed. A white lid for the same tank is a separate item.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Black Glossy 80 sets:** The colour-matched lid for the classic black version.
- **After lid damage:** Replaces a cover that is cracked, bent or no longer holds upright.
- **Keeping fish in:** A closed lid is the barrier between a 125 L community tank and the floor.
- **Reducing top-ups:** Less open surface means slower evaporation.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the lights:** Aquael advises disconnecting power before opening the lid.
- **Raise the lid:** Lift by the handle and let the Smart Open brackets hold it upright.
- **Carry over the modules:** Fit your two LEDDY Tube modules to the new frame if they are not included.
- **Close and test:** Check the lid sits level, the window opens and each light mode responds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black high-gloss lid:** Matches the black Glossy tank and cabinet.
- **Sized for the 80:** Listed for the 125 L model only.
- **Smart Open system:** The lid stands upright against the rear wall.
- **LEDDY Tube frame:** Two 14 W modules on the 80.
- **Feeding window:** Day-to-day access without a full lift.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725313
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Lid)
- **Fits:** Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium set, 80 × 35 cm, 125 L
- **Colour:** Black
- **Tank Glass:** 6 mm
- **Lighting on the Set:** 2 × 14 W LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 50 Black Cover (SKU 725312); Glossy 100 Black Cover (SKU 725315); Glossy 120 Black Cover (SKU 725317); Glossy 150 Black Cover (SKU 725319)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy 80 set)
---
#### Aquael Glossy 80 White Cover
White replacement lid for the 80 cm, 125 L Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-80-white-cover/
- Price: $79.54 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725283
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725283-1.webp
The 80 is the entry size of the Glossy range, a 125 L tank that sits happily on a sideboard or a matching cabinet, and its lid is what turns it from an open glass box into a finished set. Aquael Glossy 80 White Cover (SKU: 725283) is the white replacement cover for the Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium set from Aquael of Poland. Aquael builds the lid into the design of the tank, finishes it in the same gloss as the glass and the Glossy cabinet, and mounts LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 modules on a frame beneath it.
The tank it covers is 80 × 35 cm with 6 mm glass and 125 L. Aquael's specification table gives the height as 54 cm, although the descriptive text elsewhere on its site says 63 cm, so the tank height should be read from the set itself. Lighting is 2 × 14 W, and the manual says two more modules can be added. Daybreak mode gives up to 50 per cent less daylight with blue light for feeding and shy fish. A feeding window in the lid and the Smart Open lift, which holds the lid upright against the rear wall, make everyday care possible without removing it. Aquael does not state whether this spare comes with the lighting fitted, so check the contents. Black and white lids for the 80 are separate items.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White Glossy 80 sets:** The colour-matched lid for the smallest rectangular Glossy.
- **Replacing a lost or broken lid:** Closes a 125 L tank again after damage.
- **Small living spaces:** A compact lid with lighting built into its frame suits a bench-top tank.
- **Cleaning and servicing:** The upright lift gives clear access to the glass and the water.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the lights:** Switch off and unplug before opening the lid.
- **Lift and hold:** Raise the lid by its handle and stand it upright on the Smart Open brackets.
- **Transfer the modules:** Move both LEDDY Tube modules to the new lid frame if needed.
- **Test:** Lower the lid, use the feeding window, and step through Day, Daybreak and Night.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **80 cm Glossy lid:** Sized for the 125 L model only.
- **White gloss finish:** Matches the white tank and cabinet.
- **Two-module lighting:** 2 × 14 W LEDDY Tube on the frame.
- **Daybreak mode:** Softer light for feeding and shy fish.
- **Feeding window:** Quick access without lifting the lid.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725283
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Lid)
- **Fits:** Aquael Glossy 80 aquarium set, 80 × 35 cm, 125 L
- **Colour:** White
- **Tank Glass:** 6 mm
- **Lighting on the Set:** 2 × 14 W LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 100 White Cover (SKU 725314); Glossy 120 White Cover (SKU 725316); Glossy 150 White Cover (SKU 725318)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy 80 set)
---
#### Aquael Glossy Lamp Hanger 2pc
Pair of hangers for carrying extra lighting in the Glossy lid frame.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-glossy-lamp-hanger-2pc/
- Price: $12.87 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725208
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725208-1.png
The Glossy lid carries its lighting on a frame, and adding more light means giving that frame more places to hang it from. Aquael Glossy Lamp Hanger 2pc (SKU: 725208) is a pair of lamp hangers from Aquael of Poland for the Glossy aquarium range. Aquael builds its Glossy sets with LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 modules on a frame under the lid, and says optional LEDDY Tube Plant modules and hangers for extra modules are available to expand it.
Aquael also publishes a related accessory, a slim bracket for Opti and Glossy frames sold as a pair, which lets LEDDY Slim lamps sit under the cover of the Glossy Cube, 80, 100, 120 and 150. The lamps it lists are LEDDY Slim BT 460, 560, 760 and 960, the 32 W and 36 W Plant and Sunny models, and the LEDDY Slim Duo 16 W. The maker's pages do not match that bracket to this item number, so the exact lamps and lid sizes this pair suits should be confirmed before ordering. The listing gives no dimensions or material, so none are stated here, and no installation sheet was found. The standard lighting is LEDDY Tube Sunny Day&Night 2.0 in Day, Daybreak and Night modes, with Day rated up to 7,000 K, while the optional LEDDY Tube Plant modules are rated at 9,000 K.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adding a plant light:** Extra LEDDY Tube Plant modules need somewhere to hang under the lid.
- **Replacing lost hangers:** Hangers lost or broken during a lid clean or move.
- **Repositioning lights:** Aquael notes modules can be slid along the frame to aim the light.
- **Lighting upgrades:** Moving from the standard modules to a planted-tank spectrum.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the power:** Unplug the lighting before lifting the lid or touching the frame.
- **Lift the lid:** Stand it upright on the Smart Open system to reach the frame underneath.
- **Fit both hangers:** Fit the pair at either end of the lamp so it hangs level.
- **Close and test:** Lower the lid, switch on, and check the lamp is secure and clear of the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pair of hangers:** Two pieces per pack, enough to hang one lamp.
- **Made for the Glossy range:** Listed for the lighting frame of Aquael's Glossy sets.
- **Expandable lighting:** Aquael offers extra LEDDY Tube modules for the Glossy lid.
- **Replaceable accessory:** A small part that is simple to replace when one is lost.
- **Two lighting colours:** Aquael offers both 7,000 K Sunny and 9,000 K Plant modules for the frame.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725208
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Lamp Hangers
- **Contents:** 2 pieces
- **Suits:** Aquael Glossy aquarium lids with the LEDDY Tube lighting frame
- **Related Accessory:** Aquael slim bracket for Opti/Glossy frame, 2 pcs, for LEDDY Slim lamps
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (Aquael Glossy range)
---
#### Aquael Handle Large Ultramax
Complete large locking clip for Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-handle-large-ultramax/
- Price: $20.49 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124711
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33061-zaczep-kompletny-duzy-ultramaxmaxikan-800x800-1.avif
On a canister filter the clips are what hold the motor head down on the canister against the water pressure inside, and one that has snapped leaves a gap in the seal. Aquael Handle Large Ultramax (SKU: 124711) is the complete large locking clip, sold singly, for Aquael's Ultramax external filters. Aquael's Polish name for it is a complete large hitch for the Ultramax and Maxikani, and retailers list the same large clip for the Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra filter families. It is an original spare part, which means it is made to the filter's own dimensions rather than being a universal clamp.
Aquael supplies a large and a small clip in this family, and the large one is the bigger of the two; the small clip is a separate item (SKU 112937). The maker does not publish the clip's material, dimensions or the number fitted to each filter, so those details are not stated here. A canister filter relies on its clips to compress the sealing gasket between head and canister, so a clip that is cracked, loose or no longer holds its position is worth replacing before the filter is run again. Replacing a clip is a small job, but the filter should be switched off, unplugged and depressurised first, and the new clip should be compared with the broken one before the old one is thrown away.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Snapped or cracked clip:** The head will not clamp evenly when one clip fails.
- **Clip that will not hold:** A worn latch can release under pressure and let the head lift.
- **Air or leaks at the lid:** A weak clamp is one cause of air entering or drips at the seal.
- **Servicing an older Ultramax:** A sensible part to renew with the gasket set during a major clean.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off and isolate:** Unplug the filter and close the inlet and outlet valves.
- **Take off the head:** Release the other clips and lift the head from the canister.
- **Swap the clip:** Remove the damaged clip from its pivot and fit the new one the same way round.
- **Refit and prime:** Clamp the head down evenly, reopen the valves and prime the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete clip:** Supplied as a finished assembly, not loose parts.
- **Large size:** The bigger clip of the two sizes used on these filters.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the Ultramax family.
- **Sold singly:** One clip per item, to replace only what has failed.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Listed for both by retailers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124711
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Locking Clip
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax external filters (retailers also list Maxikani and Ultra)
- **Size:** Large
- **Contents:** 1 piece
- **Other Sizes:** Handle Small Ultramax (SKU 112937)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Handle Small Ultramax
Complete small locking clip that keeps the Ultramax head sealed to its canister.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-handle-small-ultramax/
- Price: $15.25 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112937 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319218
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112937-1.jpg
A canister filter is only as tight as its weakest clip, and the small clip is easy to overlook until a cover stops closing properly. Aquael Handle Small Ultramax (SKU: 112937) is the small complete locking clip for the Aquael Ultramax range of external canister filters, made by Aquael of Poland. Aquael's Polish name for the part is a complete small hitch, and its purpose is to fasten a cover securely on its container so that the filter closes tightly and runs as intended.
The supplier's description names the Ultramax and Hypermax series for this part. The maker's Hypermax 4500 parts list carries both a large and a small container latch, so a small clip clearly exists in that family, but this listing is named for the Ultramax and the series should be checked against the old clip before ordering. The part is sold singly, and the larger clip for the Ultramax is a separate item (SKU 124711). The maker does not publish the material or measurements, so none are given here. Replacement is done with the filter switched off, unplugged and depressurised. The Ultramax family covers the 1000, 1500 and 2000; Aquael's figures for the 1500 are 1,500 L/h for tanks of about 250 to 450 L, with four media baskets and a built-in pre-filter in the lid, so the clips work on a head that carries the motor, the valves and the pre-filter housing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken small clip:** The latch has snapped or the pivot has cracked.
- **Loose closure:** A cover that does not clamp tightly because the clip no longer holds.
- **Leak tracing:** Dripping around a cover where a clip has relaxed.
- **Spares for older filters:** A small, cheap part worth keeping for a filter in daily use.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it, close both valves and relieve any pressure.
- **Open the cover:** Release the remaining clips so the cover can be lifted off.
- **Replace the clip:** Take the damaged clip off its mounting and fit the new one in the same orientation.
- **Close and restart:** Refit the cover, reopen the valves, prime and check for leaks.
- **Inspect the seal:** While the cover is off, check the gasket for flattening or cracks and renew it if needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small complete clip:** A finished assembly in the smaller of two sizes.
- **Cover fastening:** Holds a cover tight on its container for a sealed filter.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the Ultramax family rather than a generic clamp.
- **Single piece:** Replace only the clip that failed.
- **Named for the Ultramax:** Listed against the filter family on the label, not as a universal clamp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112937
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319218
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Locking Clip
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax external filters
- **Size:** Small
- **Contents:** 1 piece
- **Other Sizes:** Handle Large Ultramax (SKU 124711)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Handle Unimax 150/250
Replacement lid clip for the Unimax 150 and 250 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8173
- Price: $11.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102397
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33039-aquael-zaczep-kompletny-unimax.avif
The Unimax 150 and 250 are the compact filters in Aquael's Unimax family, and when a lid clip on one cracks, the lid no longer clamps down evenly on the seal. Aquael Handle Unimax 150/250 (SKU: 102397) is a complete replacement clip for those two filters, made by Aquael of Poland. Aquael's Polish name for the part is a complete Unimax hitch, sold as one piece, and its role is to fasten the lid or head onto the container so the filter closes tightly and does not leak.
Aquael describes the Unimax range as filters for aquariums of up to 700 L, with the 150 and 250 at the small end. They have three filter baskets, a self-priming mechanism, silicone gaskets between the containers and the lid, and an integrated shut-off valve for disconnecting the inlet hose during cleaning. Those gaskets are what the clips squeeze, so a worn clip can show up as seepage at the lid. The supplier's description also names Minikani, Maxi and Klarjet filters, but the maker's pages checked for this description do not confirm that, so the fitment here is limited to the Unimax 150 and 250 in the name. The maker publishes no dimensions or material for the clip. Standard media for the range is BioCeraMAX Pro 600 with ZeoMAX Plus, and Aquael offers an optional AS UV-C steriliser of 5 W for the 150 and 9 W for the 250, both of which sit in a filter that depends on the lid sealing properly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked clip:** The lever or hook has broken and the lid sits unevenly.
- **Weeping lid:** A clip that no longer pulls the lid down evenly can let the gasket leak.
- **Annual service:** Replace a tired clip while the gaskets and media are being checked.
- **Second-hand filter:** Restores a Unimax 150 or 250 that arrived with a missing clip.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut down:** Unplug the filter and close the shut-off valves on the hoses.
- **Open the lid:** Release the other clips and lift the head clear of the container.
- **Swap the clip:** Remove the damaged clip from its mounting and fit the new one in the same position.
- **Reseat and prime:** Close the lid evenly, reopen the valves and let the filter self-prime.
- **Inspect the gasket:** Check the silicone gasket for flattening or damage while the lid is open.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete clip:** Supplied ready to fit.
- **Sized for the 150 and 250:** Named for the two smallest Unimax filters.
- **Seal support:** Helps the silicone gasket stay compressed.
- **One-piece pack:** Replace a single failed clip.
- **Self-priming filter:** Suits a filter that starts itself once the lid is sealed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102397
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Locking Clip
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external filters
- **Contents:** 1 piece
- **Material:** Not published by the maker
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Head Klarpressure
Replacement filter head for the Klarpressure UV 8000 pond pressure filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-head-klarpressure/
- Price: $92.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113024
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33103-aquaelpokrywa-filtra-klarpressure-uv-8000.avif
A pond pressure filter lives outdoors and works under pressure, so the lid is the part that sees the weather, the clamping load and every backwash. Aquael Head Klarpressure (SKU: 113024) is a replacement head for the Aquael Klarpressure UV 8000, a pressurised pond filter made by Aquael of Poland. The supplier's description calls it the cover of the Klarpressure UV 8000 and describes it as keeping dirt out of the filter and giving access to the interior for cleaning and maintenance. The listing is named only for the Klarpressure, so the UV 8000 is the model to match.
The filter it belongs to is rated by retailers for ponds of up to 8,000 L, with an 11 W UV-C steriliser and three-stage filtration: mechanical, biological and ultraviolet. Sponge cartridges and a biological cartridge sit in about 20 L of media inside a body measuring roughly 37 × 37 × 50 cm. The lid carries the top control knob with CLEAN and BY-PASS positions and an extra outlet for backwashing, and the ReverseClean function reverses the flow through the media so debris leaves by the extra hose. The maker does not say which of those controls are part of this head, or whether the UV unit is included, so check the contents against the photos before ordering. Retailers quote 3,500 L/h and 4,000 L/h for the filter, so flow is not stated here.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or damaged head:** A lid that is split cannot hold the filter's pressure.
- **Leaking at the seal:** When the head no longer seats against the body despite a new gasket.
- **Weather damage:** Outdoor installs expose the lid to sun, frost and impact.
- **Control faults:** Where the knob or backwash port on the existing lid has failed.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pond pump:** Switch off and unplug the pump and the UV before opening anything.
- **Relieve pressure:** Close the hoses and open the filter slowly so any pressure is released.
- **Swap the head:** Transfer hose connections and the fixings to the new head.
- **Restart and inspect:** Reopen the valves, run the pump and watch the seal for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pond filter head:** Made for the Klarpressure UV 8000 pressure filter.
- **Protects the media:** Keeps leaves and dirt out of the filter body.
- **Access for maintenance:** Lifts to reach the sponges and biological media.
- **Works with backwash:** The lid carries the extra outlet for reverse cleaning.
- **Original Aquael part:** Matches the filter body it is listed for.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113024
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Filter Head
- **Fitment:** Aquael Klarpressure UV 8000 pond pressure filter
- **Filter Rating:** Ponds up to 8,000 L (retailer specification)
- **Filter UV:** 11 W UV-C steriliser
- **Filter Body:** About 37 × 37 × 50 cm, 20 L of media
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds (freshwater)
---
#### Aquael Heater Hanger Easy
Holder that fixes an Easy Heater in place inside the aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-heater-hanger-easy/
- Price: $7.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102839
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102839-1.webp
A heater that drifts, rolls or ends up resting on the substrate is a risk to the glass and to the fish, and a holder is the usual cure. Aquael Heater Hanger Easy (SKU: 102839) is a heater holder from Aquael of Poland. The supplier's description presents it as an accessory designed specifically for Aquael's Easy Heater heaters, intended to fix the heater anywhere in the aquarium and keep it stable. The maker's current heater pages do not list an Easy Heater range or its holders, so the exact heater models are not confirmed here and the old heater should be compared with the part before ordering.
The holder grips the heater body so the heater can be positioned in the tank rather than left loose on the bottom. Aquael's general heating advice is about one watt per litre for tanks up to about 80 L, with 25 to 100 W typical for tanks 40 to 80 cm long, and it says most fish kept in aquariums do well at 22 to 28 °C. The maker publishes no dimensions, material or number of pieces for this holder, so none are stated. It is listed as a single item. Heaters should always be unplugged before they are moved and should only be run fully submerged, in line with the instructions for the heater itself. Aquael notes that thermostat models hold a preset temperature, so a separate thermometer is not needed for control, although one is still handy for checking the tank. A heater placed where water flows past spreads its warmth more evenly than one in a still corner, and a holder makes that position repeatable after every clean.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost or broken holder:** Replaces a clip that has cracked or gone missing.
- **Repositioning the heater:** Gives a fixed position in the flow instead of a loose heater.
- **Protecting glass and fish:** Keeps the heater off the base and away from direct contact.
- **New set-ups:** A spare for a new Easy Heater that came without one.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the heater:** Switch off and wait for it to cool before handling.
- **Attach the holder:** Fit the heater into the holder as shown on the packaging of your heater.
- **Choose a position:** Place it where water flows past, clear of the substrate and decor.
- **Keep it clear:** Leave a gap between the heater and the glass, plants and decor so heat does not build up against them.
- **Check before power-up:** Make sure the heater is fully submerged and stable, then plug in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Heater holder:** A fixing for a heater inside the tank.
- **Aquael accessory:** Listed for Aquael's Easy Heater range.
- **Stable position:** Keeps the heater from moving about.
- **Single fitting:** A low-cost spare to keep on hand.
- **Repeatable position:** The heater goes back to the same spot after each clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102839
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Heater Holder
- **Fitment:** Aquael Easy Heater (per supplier description)
- **Contents:** 1 piece
- **Material:** Not published
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Heater Plastic Hanger
Plastic holder for fixing an Aquael heater securely inside the aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-heater-plastic-hanger/
- Price: $11.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725224
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725224-1.png
A heater lying loose on the substrate can crack against the glass or sit buried where it cannot heat the water, so most are mounted on a holder at a set height. Aquael Heater Plastic Hanger (SKU: 725224) is a plastic heater hanger offered as a spare for Aquael aquarium heaters. The supplier's description presents it as a mount for securing AQ, AQM and Gold series heaters, giving stable positioning, protecting the heater from damage and reducing the risk of injury to fish. Those series names are not found on Aquael's current heater pages, which list the Ultra Heater Day&Night, Flow Heater BT, Flow Heater 2.0 and Platinium Heater, so the heater model should be compared with the part before ordering.
The hanger is a single plastic piece. Aquael publishes no dimensions, grip diameter or suction details for it, so none are stated here. The Aquael heater guide gives about one watt per litre as a starting point for tanks up to around 80 L, with 25 to 100 W common for tanks 40 to 80 cm long, and says most fish kept in aquariums do well at 22 to 28 °C. Whatever the hanger, the heater itself should be mounted so it stays fully submerged, clear of plants and decor that could block the heat, and where there is some water movement. A heater should also be unplugged before any water change that could lower the level enough to expose it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Missing or cracked hanger:** Replaces the holder that came with an older heater.
- **Safer positioning:** Keeps the heater off the substrate and away from fish.
- **Moving the heater:** Allows the heater to be repositioned during a re-scape.
- **Spare for maintenance:** A small part to keep with the heater spares.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off first:** Unplug the heater and let it cool before it is lifted out.
- **Fit the hanger:** Attach the heater to the hanger so it is held firmly along its length.
- **Choose a spot:** Place it in good flow near the filter outlet, clear of the glass and decor.
- **Test the grip:** Make sure the heater cannot slide, rotate or touch the glass once it is in the holder.
- **Check submersion:** Confirm the heater is fully under water before plugging in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plastic construction:** A lightweight holder in plastic.
- **Positioning aid:** Fixes a heater in one place instead of letting it move.
- **Heater protection:** Helps keep the heater from damage and contact with fish.
- **Single piece:** One hanger per item.
- **Safer layout:** Keeps the heater away from fish that might rest against it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725224
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Heater Holder
- **Fitment:** Aquael aquarium heaters; AQ, AQM and Gold series per supplier description
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Contents:** 1 piece
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hexa 60 Complete Cover
Replacement hood for the Aquael Hexa Set 60 hexagonal aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hexa-60-complete-cover/
- Price: $151.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724804 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546199698
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724804-1.png
A hexagonal tank has no standard lid on the shelf, so when the hood of a Hexa 60 breaks the only real answer is the maker's own part. Aquael Hexa 60 Complete Cover (SKU: 724804) is the complete cover for the Aquael Hexa 60 aquarium set, produced by Aquael of Poland. The supplier's description presents it as a crucial spare part that fits securely on top of the aquarium. In the complete Hexa Set 60, retailers describe a hinged hood that gives access to the tank and filter, with a feeding hatch for food, medication and maintenance, and built-in lighting rated IP67.
The tank it belongs to is a hexagon measuring about 41 × 41 × 60 cm with a capacity of 60 L, in black. According to the same retailers, the set includes a built-in filter with two filtration baskets and a pump, an Aquael heater that can be left unused for coldwater fish, and a hood with lighting. The stand is sold separately, and retailers recommend a purpose-built stand at least as large as the footprint. The maker does not publish what the replacement cover includes, and retailers give two different wattages for the lighting, 6 W and 4.8 W, so lighting power is not stated here. Because the name says complete cover, the contents should be confirmed with the supplier if lights or filter parts matter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken or cracked hood:** Replaces the cover on an Aquael Hexa Set 60 when the original is damaged.
- **Failed hood fittings:** A fresh cover when the hinge or hatch no longer works.
- **Light or filter access:** The hood is the way into the filter and the feeding hatch.
- **Second-hand tanks:** Completes a Hexa 60 bought without its top.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug the lighting, filter and heater before the old hood is lifted.
- **Remove the old hood:** Lift it clear, keeping hoses and cables from dragging in the water.
- **Transfer parts:** Move any lighting or filter parts that are not supplied with the new cover.
- **Seat the new cover:** Fit it flat on the rim, reconnect the power and check the hatch.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete cover:** Sold as a full replacement top for the Hexa 60.
- **Hexagonal fit:** Shaped for the six-sided Hexa tank.
- **Feeding hatch:** Retailers describe a hatch for feeding, dosing and maintenance.
- **Light and filter access:** The hood gives access to the tank and filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724804
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546199698
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Cover (Hood)
- **Fits:** Aquael Hexa Set 60 aquarium, hexagonal, about 41 × 41 × 60 cm, 60 L
- **Colour:** Black (the set is listed in black)
- **Set Includes (retailer):** Hood with lighting, filter, heater
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hose Midi/multikani
Pair of 1.2 m replacement hoses for Midikani and Multikani external filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hose-midi-multikani/
- Price: $31.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101562
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/31102-aquael-przewod-unimax-500700-8-m-1-800x800-1.avif
Small canister filters like the Multikani run on thin hoses that kink easily and show their age first, and a split in the inlet side is enough to put air in the filter. Aquael Hose Midi/multikani (SKU: 101562) is the replacement hose set listed for the Aquael Midikani and Multikani external filters, made by Aquael of Poland. The supplier describes it as two hoses of 1.2 m each, and a German retailer gives the same hose arrangement for the Multikani 800 filter: two hoses of 1,200 mm each, carrying water from the aquarium to the filter and returning it to the tank.
The Multikani 800 is a compact canister with an 800 L/h output, 8 W of power and a suitable tank size of 20 to 320 L, according to that retailer. It has a stepless flow control, a pump that can run in or out of the water, and a basic fill of zeolite in a multi-cartridge with two filter sponges. The retailer gives the hose size as 14/18 mm or 16 mm, which is ambiguous, so the diameter should be matched against the existing hose before ordering. The supplier's description also names the Minikani 80 and 120, but that is not confirmed by the maker pages checked, so the fitment here is limited to the Midi and Multikani models in the name. Aquael does not publish the hose material for this set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Kinked or stiff hose:** A hose that has set in a bend restricts flow on a small filter.
- **Air leaks:** A cracked end on the inlet hose lets air into the pump.
- **Loss of flow:** A fouled bore slows an 800 L/h filter more than a large one.
- **New route:** A fresh pair when the filter is moved or the tank is rearranged.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the filter:** Switch off, unplug and lift the filter out of the cabinet onto a towel.
- **Remove the old hoses:** Pull each hose off its connector and drain the water into a bucket.
- **Fit the new pair:** Push each 1.2 m hose fully onto its connector, inlet to inlet and outlet to outlet.
- **Start up:** Refill the filter, restart it and check for leaks and trapped air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pair of 1.2 m hoses:** One for the inlet and one for the outlet.
- **For compact canisters:** Listed for the Midikani and Multikani families.
- **Flexible hose:** Routes easily behind a small cabinet or stand.
- **Original Aquael spare:** Made for the filter's connectors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101562
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Hoses
- **Hose Length:** 2 × 1.2 m
- **Fitment:** Aquael Midikani and Multikani external filters (Multikani 800: 800 L/h, 20–320 L tanks)
- **Hose Diameter:** Not confirmed; check against the existing hose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hose Unimax 500/700
Replacement hose set for the four-hose Unimax 500 and 700 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hose-unimax-500-700/
- Price: $123.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100226
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/31102-aquael-przewod-unimax-500700-8-m-800x800-1.avif
Most canister filters have one inlet and one outlet, but the Unimax 500 and 700 are built differently, and a replacement set has to account for it. Aquael Hose Unimax 500/700 (SKU: 100226) is the replacement hose set listed for the Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external filters, made by Aquael of Poland. Aquael states that these two models use four hoses, which keep the water moving through the tank and reduce dead zones, and that they rely on extra circulation pumps for quiet operation, so the hoses form a larger part of the system here than on a conventional two-hose canister.
The Unimax range is designed for aquariums of up to 700 L. The 500 and 700 have three filter baskets, a self-priming mechanism that fills the filter automatically, silicone gaskets between the containers and the lid, and an integrated shut-off valve for disconnecting the inlet hoses during cleaning or water changes. Aquael's standard media for the range is BioCeraMAX Pro 600 for biological filtration and ZeoMAX Plus for chemical filtration, with an optional AS UV-C steriliser of 9 W for the 500 and 11 W for the 700. The maker does not publish the hose diameter, length or number of pieces in this set, and the length quoted in supplier information is inconsistent, so none of these are stated. Confirm the contents of the pack against your existing hoses before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Old or stiff hoses:** A set that has hardened or discoloured after years of running.
- **Air in the system:** A split on the inlet side can draw air into the pump head.
- **Slow flow:** A fouled bore reduces circulation across the tank.
- **Moving the filter:** A new set when the filter changes cabinet or room.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate:** Unplug the filter and use the shut-off valves on the inlet hoses.
- **Disconnect:** Remove the old hoses one at a time, noting which connector each belongs to.
- **Fit the replacements:** Seat each hose fully on its connector and route it without kinks.
- **Restart and check:** Let the self-priming system fill the filter and look for leaks at each joint.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four-hose design:** Aquael uses four hoses on the 500 and 700 to cut dead zones.
- **Two filter sizes:** One listing for the 500 and the 700.
- **Works with shut-off valves:** Suits the integrated inlet valve for cleaning.
- **Original Aquael spare:** Made for the Unimax connectors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100226
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Hoses
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external filters
- **Filter Hoses:** Four hoses on the 500 and 700 (maker)
- **Hose Size and Length:** Not published; check against the existing hoses
- **Other Sizes:** Hoses Unimax 150/250 (SKU 100203)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hoses Ultramax 1000/1500
Replacement hoses for the Ultramax 1000 and 1500 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hoses-ultramax-1000-1500/
- Price: $56.96 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724808
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/30215-wirnik-ultramax-1000-1500-ultra-3-800x800-1.webp
The Ultramax 1000 and 1500 run on a smaller hose than the Ultramax 2000, so a hose bought by filter name matters more than one bought by looks. Aquael Hoses Ultramax 1000/1500 (SKU: 724808) is the hose set listed for the Aquael Ultramax 1000 and Ultramax 1500 external filters, made by Aquael of Poland. Aquael gives the hose size of these two models as 16/22 mm, the Ultramax 1500 being rated at 1,500 L/h for tanks of around 250 to 450 L and the 1000 at 1,000 L/h for tanks of around 100 to 300 L. The hoses carry water from the aquarium to the filter and back to the tank.
The maker does not publish the hose length or the number of pieces in the 1000/1500 set, and the 1.5 m length listed for the Ultramax 2000 should not be assumed to apply here, so confirm the contents of the pack if length matters. A pair of hoses is normal on a canister filter, with one inlet and one outlet. The Ultramax 1500 also has dual ball valves on the inlet and outlet, which help when a hose is disconnected, and a built-in pre-filter of about 0.6 L in the lid. The 1500 has four media baskets of 1.9 L each, a 15 W motor with a ceramic rotor shaft, and a maximum head of 180 cm, so a hose that restricts flow reduces the lift the filter can deliver.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stiff or discoloured hoses:** Hoses that have clouded and hardened with age.
- **Air in the system:** A split inlet hose can draw air into the head.
- **Weak flow:** Sludge inside long-used hoses narrows the water path.
- **Moving the filter:** A fresh set when the filter goes to a new location.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter and close the ball valves on the inlet and outlet.
- **Disconnect:** Release the hose connections and drain the water into a bucket.
- **Fit the new hoses:** Seat each hose fully on its 16/22 mm connector without kinks.
- **Restart:** Reopen the valves, let the self-priming system fill the filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **16/22 mm bore:** The hose size Aquael gives for the Ultramax 1000 and 1500.
- **Two filter models:** One listing for the 1000 and the 1500.
- **Valve compatible:** Works with the filter's dual ball valves and shut-off fittings.
- **Original Aquael spare:** Made for the filter's own connectors.
- **Filter-specific size:** 16/22 mm is smaller than the 19/25 mm used on the Ultramax 2000.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724808
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Hoses
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm (filter specification)
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 and Ultramax 1500 external filters
- **Filter Ratings:** Ultramax 1500: 1,500 L/h, tanks about 250–450 L
- **Other Sizes:** Hoses Ultramax 2000 (SKU 724805), 19/25 mm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hoses Ultramax 2000
Pair of 1.5 m, 19/25 mm hoses for the Ultramax 2000 canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hoses-ultramax-2000/
- Price: $75.93 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724805
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724805-1.png
Canister filter hoses age slowly, stiffening and clouding until a kink or a hairline split begins to pull air into the system. Aquael Hoses Ultramax 2000 (SKU: 724805) is the replacement hose set for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 external filter, made by Aquael of Poland. The supplier lists it as two lengths of 1.5 m in 19/25 mm size, which carry water from the aquarium to the filter and back, and a Swiss retailer lists the same part as 1.50 m elastic hoses for the Ultramax 2000 under Aquael number 45a123743.
Aquael's own figures put the Ultramax 2000 at a 19/25 mm hose size, against 16/22 mm for the smaller Ultramax 1000 and 1500, so these hoses are not interchangeable with those models. The Hypermax 4500 parts list also carries 1.5 m elastic hoses under part number 123743, and the Hypermax 4500 is given as taking 19/25 mm hoses with two inlet and two outlet hoses, so the same hoses are likely to suit that filter too. The maker does not state the hose material or wall thickness. The first thing to check on a filter that has started to lose flow is that the hoses are not kinked, and that the hose connections are seated in the valve fittings.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hoses that have hardened:** Old hoses that crack or no longer bend freely are due for replacement.
- **Sucking air:** Splits or loose fittings in the inlet hose can draw air and cause bubbles and noise.
- **Reduced flow:** Algae and sludge inside a long-used hose restrict the water path.
- **Relocating the filter:** A fresh pair when the filter moves to a different stand or room.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it and close the inlet and outlet valves at the filter.
- **Disconnect the old hoses:** Release the hose connections and drain any water into a bucket.
- **Fit the new pair:** Push each hose fully onto its connection and keep the runs free of kinks.
- **Prime and check:** Reopen the valves, restart the filter and look for leaks and air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **19/25 mm bore:** The hose size Aquael gives for the Ultramax 2000.
- **1.5 m length:** Each hose is 1.5 m, as listed by the supplier and retailers.
- **Two-hose pack:** One for the inlet and one for the outlet.
- **Elastic hose:** Flexible enough to follow the route to the cabinet.
- **Original Aquael part:** Matches the filter's fittings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724805
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Hoses
- **Hose Size:** 19/25 mm
- **Hose Length:** 2 × 1.5 m
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 2000 external filter; the Hypermax 4500 uses the same size
- **Manufacturer Number:** 45a123743 (retailer listing)
- **Other Sizes:** Hoses Ultramax 1000/1500 (SKU 724808)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hoses Unimax 150/250
1.5 m replacement hoses for the Unimax 150 and 250 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hoses-unimax-150-250/
- Price: $39.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100203
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/11577-aquael-przewody-unimax-150-250-15-m-1-800x800-1.avif
The Unimax 150 and 250 are the small canisters in Aquael's range, and their hoses are the first thing to age because they stay wet and warm for years. Aquael Hoses Unimax 150/250 (SKU: 100203) is the replacement hose set for those two Aquael external filters, made by Aquael of Poland. The supplier lists the hoses at 1.5 m and as flexible, water-resistant plastic hose that carries water between the aquarium and the filter. Aquael describes the Unimax range, which runs from the 150 and 250 up to the 500 and 700, as filters for aquariums of up to 700 L.
Hose size differs between Aquael filter families; Aquael gives the Ultramax 1000 and 1500 a 16/22 mm hose, for example, so the size should be matched to the filter rather than assumed across models. The maker's pages for the Unimax range give no hose diameter, and it is not stated here. The Unimax filters have three filter baskets, a self-priming mechanism, silicone gaskets between the containers and the lid, and an integrated shut-off valve for the inlet hose, which makes it easier to change hoses without draining the whole system. The Unimax 500 and 700 use a separate hose set, listed under SKU 100226.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hardened or cracked hose:** Replace once the hose no longer flexes cleanly.
- **Air or gurgling:** A damaged inlet hose or loose connection can draw air into the filter.
- **Dirty bore:** Slime inside an old hose can slow the flow even when the filter media is clean.
- **Re-plumbing:** A new pair when the filter moves to a different position.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Turn it off:** Unplug the filter and close the shut-off valves.
- **Remove the old hose:** Disconnect at the filter and tank ends, catching the drips in a bucket.
- **Fit the new hose:** Push each end fully onto its connector and avoid sharp bends.
- **Trim only if needed:** Keep the hose as short as the route allows, but avoid sharp bends.
- **Prime and watch:** Reopen the valves, allow the self-priming system to fill the filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.5 m of hose:** The length listed by the supplier for this set.
- **Made for two models:** Named for the Unimax 150 and 250.
- **Flexible plastic:** Water-resistant hose for freshwater and marine use.
- **Small-filter length:** 1.5 m reaches a cabinet beneath a typical small tank.
- **Suits shut-off valves:** Works with the filter's integrated valve for hose changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100203
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Hoses
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external filters
- **Length:** 1.5 m (supplier listing)
- **Material:** Flexible, water-resistant plastic
- **Hose Diameter:** Not published by the maker
- **Other Sizes:** Hose Unimax 500/700 (SKU 100226)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hypermax 4500 - Black Foam Cartridge Ppi 20
Coarse black foam for the first mechanical stage of the Hypermax 4500.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hypermax-4500-black-foam-cartridge-ppi-20/
- Price: $35.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725073 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546334860
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725073-1.jpg
A canister filter's foam is the first thing to meet the dirt, and a worn or clogged piece is usually why flow falls and the media beneath it gets dirty. Aquael Hypermax 4500 - Black Foam Cartridge Ppi 20 (SKU: 725073) is the black 20 PPI foam cartridge for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter, made by Aquael of Poland. PPI stands for pores per inch, and at 20 PPI this is the coarser of the two main foams that Aquael lists for the filter, with the finer blue 30 PPI cartridge as its partner (SKU 725074). It traps debris mechanically and, once colonised, doubles as a surface for beneficial bacteria.
Retailers list the Hypermax 4500 as a 4,500 L/h filter for tanks of roughly 200 to 1,500 L, running at 18 to 36 W on a 24 V supply, with four media baskets, a built-in pre-filter in the lid, a self-priming mechanism and 19/25 mm hoses. It is supplied with a 20 PPI and a 30 PPI foam, plus a 10 PPI pre-filter sponge, so this cartridge replaces the 20 PPI item the filter ships with. Foam of this type is reusable: it is squeezed out in tank water to remove sludge and replaced when it begins to crumble, loses its shape or no longer rinses clean. The maker's pages checked give no cartridge dimensions, so none are stated. Colour is only a label, as black marks the 20 PPI grade.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing a worn cartridge:** Foam that has gone hard, torn or lost its resilience.
- **Restoring flow:** A clogged sponge slows the whole filter even if the other media is clean.
- **Spare for servicing:** A clean cartridge lets you swap and rinse the used one at leisure.
- **Keeping the stages in order:** A coarse 20 PPI foam ahead of the finer 30 PPI.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter, close the valves and open the head.
- **Remove the old foam:** Lift out the used cartridge and note which basket it came from.
- **Fit the new cartridge:** Seat the 20 PPI foam in the same position, flat and without gaps at the edges.
- **Rinse routinely:** Squeeze it out in a bucket of tank water, not tap water, during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 PPI grade:** A coarser pore structure for larger particles.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps debris and carries bacteria on its surface.
- **Reusable:** Rinsed and refitted until it wears out.
- **Made for the Hypermax 4500:** Cut to the filter's cartridge size.
- **Black colour coding:** Distinguishes it from the blue 30 PPI foam.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725073
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546334860
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Foam Cartridge
- **Pore Density:** 20 PPI
- **Colour:** Black
- **Fitment:** Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter
- **Companion Products:** Blue Foam Cartridge Ppi 30 (SKU 725074); Prefilter Sponge (SKU 725072)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hypermax 4500 - Blue Foam Cartridge Ppi 30
Fine blue foam that polishes the water after the coarse stage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hypermax-4500-blue-foam-cartridge-ppi-30/
- Price: $35.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725074 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546334877
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725074-1.jpg
Coarse foam catches the leaves and sludge, but the haze that makes water look dull is finer, and a finer foam is the answer. Aquael Hypermax 4500 - Blue Foam Cartridge Ppi 30 (SKU: 725074) is the blue 30 PPI foam cartridge for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter, made by Aquael of Poland. At 30 pores per inch it has smaller openings than the black 20 PPI cartridge (SKU 725073), so it catches smaller particles, and as it matures it also hosts beneficial bacteria. Retailers sell the 20 PPI and 30 PPI foams as the filter's standard and finishing sponges.
The finer pores make the 30 PPI foam clog sooner than the coarse grade, which is why it normally sits after the 20 PPI foam rather than in front of it. The Hypermax 4500 is listed by retailers at 4,500 L/h for tanks of about 200 to 1,500 L, with four media baskets, a lid pre-filter, a self-priming mechanism and a 10-step flow adjustment, and it ships with a 20 PPI foam, a 30 PPI foam and a 10 PPI pre-filter sponge. This item replaces the 30 PPI piece. No dimensions are published in the maker's material that was checked, so none are given. A fine foam should be rinsed before the water flow drops noticeably, since a blocked foam reduces the output of the whole filter, and a tank that is cloudy again soon after cleaning may be asking for the foam to be replaced.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cloudy water:** Fine particles that pass the coarse foam are caught here.
- **Replacing worn foam:** A cartridge that has torn, thinned or lost its shape.
- **After a clean-out:** Restoring the polishing stage when the old foam is discarded.
- **Newly set-up tanks:** A fine mechanical stage helps while dust and fines settle.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and close the valves before opening the head.
- **Take out the old foam:** Lift out the used 30 PPI cartridge from its basket.
- **Position the fine stage last:** Fit the blue foam after the coarse 20 PPI foam in the water path.
- **Clean gently:** Squeeze it in tank water and refit; replace it when it will no longer clean up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 PPI fine grade:** Smaller pores to trap finer debris.
- **Blue colour coding:** Easy to tell from the black 20 PPI foam.
- **Biological surface:** Supports bacteria alongside mechanical work.
- **Reusable:** Rinsed and refitted until worn.
- **Hypermax 4500 cartridge:** Listed for that filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725074
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546334877
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Foam Cartridge
- **Pore Density:** 30 PPI
- **Colour:** Blue
- **Fitment:** Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter
- **Companion Products:** Black Foam Cartridge Ppi 20 (SKU 725073); Prefilter Sponge (SKU 725072)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hypermax 4500 - Power Supply 24v
Aquael Hypermax 4500 – Power Supply 24V - Replacement AC/DC power adapter for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hypermax-4500-power-supply-24v/
- Price: $111.43 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725078
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Hypermax-4500-Power-Supply-24v.png
The Aquael Hypermax 4500 Power Supply 24V (SKU: 725078) is a genuine factory replacement AC/DC power adapter engineered specifically for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter. Designed to drive the filter's dual 24V electronic motor system, this transformer delivers precise, regulated low-voltage power for smooth, ultra-quiet, and energy-efficient operation.
The Aquael Hypermax 4500 & 8211 Power Supply 24V is a replacement adapter designed to provide stable and efficient power for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 canister filter.
With a 24V output, it ensures consistent performance, is easy to install, and should be replaced if the filter experiences power issues or irregular operation.
Featuring built-in electronic overload protection and heavy-duty insulated cabling, this official replacement power pack protects sensitive filter electronics against voltage spikes and power fluctuations, restoring reliable high-volume water turnover to your aquarium filtration system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing Damaged Power Units:** Ideal replacement for lost, water-damaged, or malfunctioning original power adapters.
- **Restoring Power to Filter:** Resolves power issues caused by frayed cords, damaged transformer plugs, or power surges.
- **Backup Power Unit:** Recommended backup adapter for maintaining continuous, uninterrupted filtration in critical aquarium systems.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the existing power adapter from the mains outlet and disconnect it from the Aquael Hypermax motor head.
- Inspect the power port on the filter head to ensure it is clean and dry.
- Insert the 24V DC output plug from the new power supply into the filter unit input jack.
- Plug the AC power transformer into a GFCI-protected mains wall outlet.
- Verify power LED indicators on the Hypermax filter control panel to confirm active operation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Aquael Component:** Built specifically for the high-output electronic drive of the Hypermax 4500 canister filter.
- **Safe 24V Low Voltage:** Converts high mains voltage into safe, regulated 24V DC power for submerged application safety.
- **Integrated Circuit Protection:** Built-in safeguards against electrical shorts, current overload, and thermal overheating.
- **Plug-and-Play Setup:** Quick-connect modular plug allows instant replacement without special tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 725078
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Power Supplies & Adapters
- **Voltage Output:** 24 V DC
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Hypermax 4500 Canister Filter
- **Package Dimensions:** 170.5 mm (L) × 82.5 mm (W) × 60.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 335.5 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aquael Hypermax 4500 - Prefilter Sponge
Coarse pre-filter sponge that shields the Hypermax 4500 media from debris.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-hypermax-4500-prefilter-sponge/
- Price: $21.42 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725072 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546334884
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725072-1.jpg
The sponge in the lid of a canister filter takes the first hit from leaves, uneaten food and sludge, and when it is neglected the rest of the filter pays for it. Aquael Hypermax 4500 - Prefilter Sponge (SKU: 725072) is the replacement pre-filter sponge for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter, made by Aquael of Poland. Retailers describe a built-in pre-filter in the lid of the Hypermax 4500, and this sponge is the coarsest foam in the filter, rated at 10 PPI, against 20 and 30 PPI for the two main cartridges (SKU 725073 and 725074).
Because it sits before the main media, a pre-filter sponge reduces how fast the baskets clog and extends the time between full services. Aquael's Hypermax 4500 parts list names it as the pre-filter sponge, one of several parts around the pre-filter cover and container. The filter itself is listed by retailers at 4,500 L/h for tanks of roughly 200 to 1,500 L, with four media baskets, 19/25 mm hoses, a self-priming system and automatic shutdown with an alarm when the rotor is blocked or missing. A blocked pre-filter is one reason flow drops, so the sponge is the first thing to check. Aquael's material checked does not publish the sponge dimensions or a replacement interval, so it should be replaced when it is worn rather than by the calendar.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Worn pre-filter:** A sponge that is torn, flattened or no longer springs back.
- **Frequent clogging:** A tank with heavy feeding or fine sand that loads the filter quickly.
- **Protecting the media:** Keeps the baskets and their media cleaner for longer.
- **Spare for servicing:** Swap in a clean one and rinse the used sponge at leisure.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter and close the valves before opening it.
- **Locate the pre-filter:** Open the pre-filter section in the lid and lift out the old sponge.
- **Fit the new sponge:** Seat it so the water must pass through it with no gaps at the edge.
- **Rinse often:** Squeeze it out in tank water at each water change to keep flow up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 PPI coarse foam:** Large pores for leaves, food and sludge.
- **First filter stage:** Takes the dirt before the main cartridges.
- **Easy to clean:** Squeezes out quickly between services.
- **Reusable:** Cleaned and refitted until it wears out.
- **Lid-mounted stage:** Sits in the pre-filter section of the lid, ahead of the media baskets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725072
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546334884
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Pre-Filter Sponge
- **Pore Density:** 10 PPI
- **Fitment:** Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter
- **Parts List Reference:** Pre-filter sponge, Aquael part 124832 (Hypermax 4500 parts list)
- **Companion Products:** Black Foam Cartridge Ppi 20 (SKU 725073); Blue Foam Cartridge Ppi 30 (SKU 725074)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Inflow/outflow U-bend Pipes 2-pack.
Replacement inlet and outlet pipes that carry canister filter hoses over the tank rim.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-inflow-outflow-u-bend-pipes-2-pack/
- Price: $29.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102838 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546051170
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/19620-aquael-zestaw-rurek-przelewowych-ultramaxmaxikani-2-100x100-1.avif
A canister filter is only as tidy as the way its hoses meet the tank, and one cracked or lost U-pipe is enough to leave a hose trailing in the water. Aquael Inflow/outflow U-bend Pipes 2-pack (SKU: 102838) is a pair of plastic U-shaped pipes from Aquael, one for the intake and one for the return, that hook over the rim and bring water to and from an external filter. Aquael ships the same style of pipe in its MultiKani external filter kit, which lists two overflow tubes among its contents. The pack replaces a damaged or missing pipe, or renews both ends at once when the old ones have gone brittle or stained.
The supplier listing for this pair names the Aquael MiniKani 80/120, MidiKani 800 and MultiKani 800 canister filters, and says it suits any filter that uses 14/16 mm hose. For reference, Aquael rates the MultiKani 800 at up to 800 L/h with an 8 W pump for tanks of 20 to 320 L, and supplies it with 14/18 mm hoses, so the pipes belong to a small-to-medium canister range. Aquael does not publish pipe length or bore for this item, so check the water depth and the hose connector on the old pipe before ordering if the tank is unusually deep or shallow. Because a U-bend sits over the rim, a tank with a tight lid needs a gap or cut-out for the pipes to pass through.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or broken pipe:** A split at the bend or a snapped connector lets air into the intake or sprays water from the return.
- **Lost spares:** Pipes are easy to misplace during a deep clean, and the pair covers both ends of the filter.
- **Stained or brittle plastic:** Old pipes that have yellowed or clouded with algae can be renewed together.
- **Small canister set-ups:** Tanks run by a MiniKani, MidiKani or MultiKani filter, or any filter with 14/16 mm hose.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off and unplug the filter, then close the hose taps if the model has them.
- **Remove the old pipe:** Slide the hose off the pipe connector and lift the pipe over the rim.
- **Fit the new pipe:** Push the hose firmly onto the new connector, then hook the U-bend over the rim with the open end submerged.
- **Separate the ends:** Set the intake and the return apart, for example at opposite sides of the tank, so the flow crosses the whole tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two pipes in the pack:** One inflow and one outflow, so the filter can be fitted out completely.
- **U-bend shape:** Hooks over the rim to hold the hose end in place in the tank.
- **14/16 mm hose:** Listed by the supplier for filters that use this hose size.
- **Aquael replacement part:** The same style of pipe supplied with the MultiKani filter kit.
- **Water-resistant plastic:** Light enough that the hose does not drag it off the rim.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102838
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546051170
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Inlet/Outlet Pipes
- **Pack Contents:** 2 pipes (inflow and outflow)
- **Hose Size:** 14/16 mm (supplier listing)
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Listed For:** Aquael MiniKani 80/120, MidiKani 800, MultiKani 800
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with an external canister filter
---
#### Aquael Intake Strainer Large - Suits Unimax 150/250
Replacement suction guard for Aquael Unimax canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-intake-strainer-large-suits-unimax-150-250/
- Price: $11.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100197 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546013581
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100197-1.jpg
A canister filter draws its water through a single intake pipe, and without a strainer on the end of it that pipe will take in snails, fry and loose leaves along with the dirt. Aquael Intake Strainer Large - Suits Unimax 150/250 (SKU: 100197) is the large strainer for the Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters, a slotted plastic guard that fits over the end of the intake tube to hold back debris and protect the animals in the tank. It is the only strainer in this range named for a specific canister model, and it is a spare for filters whose original guard has been lost or damaged.
Aquael does not publish a parts table for this strainer in the sources checked, so the fitment rests on the product name and the supplier's description, which both say Unimax 150 and 250. The strainer sits at the bottom of the submerged intake, where the slots work in the stream of flow the canister pump creates, so it needs rinsing at each filter service to keep full flow through the hoses. A partly blocked strainer shows up as weaker return flow and a noisier pump rather than as a visible fault. It is a separate part from the filter sponge, and it does not take the place of the sponge or the cartridges inside the canister.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Unimax 150 and 250 filters:** The original strainer has been lost, cracked or has become brittle.
- **Tanks with small livestock:** A strainer keeps shrimp, snails and fry from entering the intake tube.
- **Planted tanks:** Drifting leaves and plant scraps are held off the intake rather than pulled into the hoses.
- **Falling flow rate:** A damaged guard that no longer holds its shape or lets debris into the hose.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch the filter off:** Unplug it and close the hose taps before touching the intake pipe.
- **Lift out the intake:** Take the intake tube out of the tank and pull off the old strainer.
- **Fit the Large:** Slide or press the new strainer onto the end of the tube until it is seated firmly.
- **Check and restart:** Return the tube to the tank, open the taps, restart and watch for flow and air bubbles.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Named for Unimax:** Sold for the Unimax 150 and 250 canister filters.
- **Large size:** The biggest of the Aquael strainers in the store, for a canister intake rather than an internal filter.
- **Debris and animal guard:** Slotted body between the water and the intake tube.
- **Simple spare:** Fits on the intake without tools and comes off again for cleaning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100197
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546013581
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Intake Strainer
- **Size:** Large
- **Pack Contents:** 1 strainer
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 canister filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with an external canister filter
---
#### Aquael Intake Strainer Medium
Mid-size replacement intake guard for Aquael fan filters and other powered filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-intake-strainer-medium/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100230 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546030823
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100230-1.jpg
When a filter's suction slots clog or the guard goes missing, the pump starts to pull in whatever drifts past, from plant scraps to a curious fish. Aquael Intake Strainer Medium (SKU: 100230) is the middle size of Aquael's replacement strainers, a plastic guard that covers the water inlet of a powered filter and holds back debris before it reaches the impeller or sponge. The supplier describes it as suiting Aquael fan filters, Unifilters and other powered filters, which makes it a general-purpose size for filters with a wider intake than the Small (SKU 102038).
Aquael does not publish a fitment table or dimensions for this strainer in the sources checked, and the listing is broad rather than model-specific, so match it by eye to the old guard or the inlet before buying. The Medium is the larger of the two general-purpose sizes, so it suits filters with a wider inlet than the Small does. The practical routine is the same as for any intake guard: lift it off at each filter clean, rinse under tank water with a soft brush and refit it. If the original guard is still sound and only dirty, cleaning is enough and a replacement is not needed. A strainer that has split, lost its slots or no longer clips on firmly is the point at which a new one is worth buying, because a gap lets debris and small animals reach the pump. Keep the old guard until the new one has been checked for fit, in case the intake turns out to need the Small size instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fan filters and Unifilters:** The supplier lists the Medium for Aquael fan filters and Unifilters.
- **Other powered filters:** Filters from other brands whose intake matches the strainer body.
- **Replacing a lost guard:** The filter is drawing in debris because the original has gone.
- **Slow-flow complaints:** A split or deformed guard that has stopped holding its shape.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and take it out of the water.
- **Take off the old guard:** Pull or unclip it from the intake and note which way round it sat.
- **Test the fit:** The Medium should sit snugly with no gap around the inlet where debris could slip past.
- **Refit and maintain:** Press it on, return the filter to the tank and rinse the strainer at every filter clean.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Intake protection:** Keeps debris away from the impeller and sponge.
- **Medium size:** Sits between the Small and the Large (Unimax) strainers in the Aquael range.
- **Broad fitment:** Listed for fan filters, Unifilters and other powered filters.
- **Easy to remove:** Comes off for rinsing at each filter service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100230
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546030823
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Intake Strainer
- **Size:** Medium
- **Pack Contents:** 1 strainer
- **Listed For:** Aquael fan filters, Unifilters and other powered filters (supplier listing)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Intake Strainer Small (SKU 102038)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Intake Strainer Small
Replacement intake guard for small Aquael internal filters and circulators.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-intake-strainer-small/
- Price: $5.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102038 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546011075
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102038-1.jpg
The intake of a small internal filter is the first thing a shrimp, a fry or a loose plant leaf finds, and a missing guard turns routine filtering into a rescue job. Aquael Intake Strainer Small (SKU: 102038) is the small size of Aquael's replacement strainer, a slotted plastic guard that fits over the suction opening of a compact filter so that debris and small animals stay out of the pump. It is a spare part for when the original guard has cracked, gone missing or become too clogged to clean, and it is the smaller of two sizes sold alongside the Medium (SKU 100230).
The supplier listing names the Aquael Fan Filter 1, Mini Filter, Pat-Mini, Turbo Mini and Turbo Filter 500 as the filters it suits. Aquael does not publish a fitment table or dimensions for the strainer in the sources checked, so the safest route is to compare the old guard, or the intake opening, with the Small before ordering. A strainer works by keeping its slots open, which means a quick rinse during each filter clean is part of using it. Compact filters pull water through a sponge or cartridge as well, so a strainer is an extra barrier at the entrance, not a replacement for the sponge. If the old guard is still intact and only dirty, a rinse is all it needs. A new one is worth fitting when the old guard is cracked, has lost its slots or no longer clips on firmly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp and fry tanks:** A guard on the suction opening keeps small animals away from the pump.
- **Lost or cracked guard:** The original strainer has broken off or split at the clip.
- **Clogged slots:** Algae or hardened debris that rinsing no longer clears from the old part.
- **Compact filters:** Small internal filters of the Fan, Pat and Turbo families listed for this size.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the filter:** Switch off and lift the filter out of the water before any work.
- **Remove the old guard:** Pull or unclip the existing strainer from the intake.
- **Compare the size:** Check that the Small seats snugly over the opening without gaps at the edge.
- **Fit and rinse:** Press the strainer on, rinse it in tank water when the filter is cleaned, and never use soap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Debris barrier:** Slotted guard that stops debris reaching the intake.
- **Small animal protection:** Keeps small organisms away from the suction opening.
- **Small size:** The smaller of the two Aquael strainer sizes sold in the store.
- **Listed fitment:** Fan Filter 1, Mini Filter, Pat-Mini, Turbo Mini and Turbo Filter 500.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102038
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546011075
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Intake Strainer
- **Size:** Small
- **Pack Contents:** 1 strainer
- **Listed For:** Aquael Fan Filter 1, Mini Filter, Pat-Mini, Turbo Mini, Turbo Filter 500 (supplier listing)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Intake Strainer Medium (SKU 100230)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Latch Klarpressure
Replacement lid latch for Aquael Unimax, MiniKani, MidiKani and Klarpressure filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-latch-klarpressure/
- Price: $10.69 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102819
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33036-aquael-zaczep-kompletny-unimax-minikani-klarpressure-1-szt-800x800-1.avif
A canister or pressure filter stays dry only while its lid is held down hard against the seal, and one snapped latch is enough to let water weep out around the rim. Aquael Latch Klarpressure (SKU: 102819) is a single complete latch from Aquael, the clip that locks the lid of the filter body in place. The supplier lists it for the Unimax, MiniKani and MidiKani canister filters as well as the Klarpressure pressure filter named in its title, and sells it as one piece. It is the smaller of the two Aquael latches in the store, the other being the large latch for Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra filters (SKU 112936).
Klarpressure is Aquael's pressure filter line, listed by a Singapore retailer as the UV 8000 for water features of up to 8,000 L, with a maximum flow of 4,000 L/h and an 11 W UV-C steriliser. Aquael does not publish dimensions or a parts diagram for this latch in the sources checked, so the safest check is to compare the broken latch with the replacement and confirm the filter model before ordering. The latch is a plastic part that carries real clamping load, so it is replaced whole rather than repaired. Replace the latch on both sides if one has failed from age, and inspect the lid seal at the same time, because a worn seal can make a good latch look faulty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Snapped or cracked latch:** The lid no longer clamps down evenly on the filter body.
- **Weeping lid:** Water seeps from the rim even though the seal is in good condition.
- **Loose-fitting lid:** A latch that no longer holds tension after years of cleaning cycles.
- **Listed models:** Unimax, MiniKani, MidiKani and Klarpressure filters that use this latch.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Depressurise and isolate:** Switch off, unplug and close the hose taps, then release pressure before opening the filter.
- **Remove the broken latch:** Take it off the lid or body mounting point it hinges from.
- **Seat the new latch:** Fit it to the same mounting points and check that it swings freely.
- **Test the seal:** Close the lid, restart the filter and look for drips around the rim for several minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete latch:** Supplied as one assembled piece, ready to fit.
- **Lid retention:** Holds the filter lid against the seal during operation.
- **Four filter families:** Listed for Unimax, MiniKani, MidiKani and Klarpressure.
- **Water-resistant plastic:** Made for a part that sits in damp conditions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102819
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Lid Latch
- **Pack Contents:** 1 complete latch
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Listed For:** Aquael Unimax, MiniKani, MidiKani and Klarpressure filters (supplier listing)
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Latch Umax/maxi/ultra (SKU 112936) for the larger filter series
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond filtration
---
#### Aquael Latch Umax/maxi/ultra
Large replacement locking clip for Aquael Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-latch-umax-maxi-ultra/
- Price: $28.53 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112936
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33061-zaczep-kompletny-duzy-ultramaxmaxikan-1.avif
The big canister filters in Aquael's range hold their lids on with large clips, and when one fails the lid can no longer be pulled down evenly against the seal. Aquael Latch Umax/maxi/ultra (SKU: 112936) is Aquael's large locking clip, a single spare for the Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra external filters, sold as one piece. A Swiss retailer lists it as the large locking clip for these three families, and the product name here is shorthand for the same range. The supplier's older text also names the Hypermax series, but that fitment was not confirmed by Aquael or the retailer, so check a Hypermax against the old clip before ordering.
The clip is a replacement for one that has cracked, lost its spring tension or been damaged when the head was lifted off for a service. Aquael does not publish its dimensions or material in the sources checked, so match it against the old clip by size and mounting points. The large clip is paired with the smaller Aquael latch (SKU 102819), which suits the Unimax, MiniKani and MidiKani lids and the Klarpressure filter, so the two should not be mixed up. A new clip does nothing for a worn lid seal, and a head seal set for the Ultramax is sold separately by Aquael if the weeping continues after the clip is renewed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken clip:** The lid no longer locks, or the clip has snapped at the hinge.
- **Uneven clamping:** The head sits unevenly on the canister and water seeps at one side.
- **Service wear:** Years of opening the filter for cleaning have loosened the clip.
- **Large Aquael canisters:** Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra bodies that take the large clip.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it, close the hose taps and relieve any pressure in the canister.
- **Open and support the head:** Release the remaining clips and lift the head clear so it does not drop.
- **Swap the clip:** Remove the damaged clip and fit the new one at the same mounting points.
- **Close and test:** Reseat the head, lock all the clips and check for leaks after restarting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large size:** Intended for the bigger Aquael canister lids rather than the compact ones.
- **Three filter families:** Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra are named by the retailer.
- **Single piece:** One clip per pack, so order one for each clip that needs replacing.
- **Easy to replace:** Described by the retailer as a simple swap.
- **Genuine Aquael part:** Made by the filter maker for its own range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112936
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Locking Clip
- **Size:** Large
- **Pack Contents:** 1 locking clip
- **Compatible Models:** Aquael Ultramax, Maxikani and Ultra external filters
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Latch Klarpressure (SKU 102819) for the smaller filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with an external canister filter
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim Duo 10w Plant & Night White
Slim 10 W LED with plant and night modes for nano aquariums 24 to 50 cm wide.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-leddy-slim-duo-10w-plant-night-white/
- Price: $242.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 103243
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AQUAEL_SLIM_Duo-Sunny-Plant-Nignt-10W-01.webp
A nano tank has no room for a bulky hood, and a plant that sits a few centimetres from the surface still needs a proper spectrum. Aquael Leddy Slim Duo 10w Plant & Night White (SKU: 103243) is a 10 W LED lamp from Aquael in white housing, built as a flat plate that attaches to the side or rear glass of the aquarium with a single holder rather than sitting on top of the tank. Aquael describes the Leddy Slim Duo as a double lamp for nano tanks, with two rows of LEDs: half are Sunny diodes for natural daylight and half are Plant diodes for plant growth. The Night mode adds a blue moonlight setting, so one lamp covers the day, dawn and evening.
The lamp has three modes, Day, Daybreak and Night, cycled by switching the lamp off and on again within 5 seconds. One retailer lists 650 lm at 10 W, and Aquael's 2024 catalogue gives the Day and Night version 24 to 50 cm of tank width. Aquael does not publish a glass thickness limit in the sources checked, so check the holder against the pane before mounting. The lamp is made for freshwater aquariums. Because it is a flat plate on the glass, it leaves the top of the tank open for a lid, a mesh cover or a feeding hatch, and Aquael points out that LEDs use less power and keep their output longer than traditional fluorescent tubes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small planted aquariums:** Plant diodes and Sunny diodes together give a daylight-style spectrum for small planted set-ups.
- **Nano fish tanks:** A slim light on the rear or side pane for tanks 24 to 50 cm wide.
- **Tanks with a lid or hood:** A glass-mounted plate leaves the top clear for covers and hatches.
- **Evening viewing:** Night mode gives a blue moonlight setting instead of switching the tank fully dark.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the pane:** Pick a clean side or rear pane near the water line, where the plate can sit square.
- **Clip the holder on:** Fit the single holder to the glass and hang the lamp from it, checking the pane thickness first.
- **Plug in and test:** Connect the power supply and check the lamp comes on in Day mode.
- **Select the mode:** Switch off and on within 5 seconds to move between Day, Daybreak and Night.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Flat plate design:** Mounts to the glass with one holder and stays out of the way of the lid.
- **Two LED types:** Sunny and Plant diodes share the 10 W output.
- **Three modes:** Day, Daybreak and Night with blue moonlight.
- **Low power draw:** 10 W across the lamp, and LED life longer than fluorescent tubes according to Aquael.
- **White housing:** The version sold here is the white lamp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 103243
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Nano LED Light (Plant)
- **Power:** 10 W (2 × 5 W)
- **Light Output:** 650 lm (retailer specification)
- **LED Types:** Sunny and Plant diodes, with a blue night mode
- **Modes:** Day, Daybreak, Night
- **Tank Width:** 24–50 cm (Aquael catalogue)
- **Housing Colour:** White
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 100 Black Back
Black rear lid section for the 100 cm, 215 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-100-black-back/
- Price: $34.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124728
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
On a 215 L community tank the back of the lid carries more than the front: a canister filter's hoses, a heater lead, perhaps an air line, all passing through the same gap. Aquael Lid Glossy 100 Black Back (SKU: 124728) is the black rear section for the lid of the Aquael Glossy 100, which Aquael lists at 100 × 40 × 63 cm, 215 L, with 8 mm glass. A distributor's description of the Glossy lid says the back has openings for mounting canister filters and other devices, and this is the section that provides them. It is sold for the 100 cm tank in black.
The section is one half of the lid, so the front part is bought separately (black, SKU 124727). Aquael does not publish dimensions, material or the fixing method for the lid sections in the sources checked, so keep the old section for comparison until the new one is seated. The Glossy 100 is the first step up from the 80 cm tank, and it has a taller body at 63 cm against 54 cm, though the lid sections are specific to each length and are not interchangeable between sizes. Confirm the tank length and the lid colour before ordering, and note that Aquael's Glossy ST sets also fit LED lighting on a frame in the lid, which should be switched off before the section is lifted. The 100 cm section is short enough for one person to lift, but it should still be held at both ends.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken at a hose opening:** A split where the filter hoses leave the tank.
- **Heat-warped lid:** A section that has curved over a heater or light and lets the front section tilt.
- **Canister filter on a 100 cm tank:** A rear section that has to be refitted around hoses and cables.
- **Black Glossy 100:** A like-for-like swap for the black lid.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect first:** Switch off the lights and unplug the heater and filter.
- **Release the hoses:** Slide the hoses and leads out of the rear openings and set them aside.
- **Replace the section:** Remove the old back section and fit the new one in the same way.
- **Close and check:** Refit the equipment, close the lid and look for gaps along the join with the front section.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Back section:** The part of the lid that carries the equipment openings.
- **Black colour:** For the black Glossy lid.
- **100 cm tank:** Made for the 215 L Glossy 100.
- **Sold individually:** The front section is a separate item.
- **Aquael range part:** Part of the Glossy lid family from 80 to 150 cm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124728
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Back
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 100 (100 × 40 × 63 cm, 215 L, 8 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 100 Black Front (SKU 124727)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Black Back (SKU 724814); Glossy 120 Black Back (SKU 124730); Glossy 150 Black Back (SKU 124726)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 100 Black Front
Black front lid section for the 100 cm, 215 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-100-black-front/
- Price: $35.98 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124727
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
A lid that no longer closes squarely lets fish jump, lets water evaporate faster and spoils the clean lines of a 100 cm display tank. Aquael Lid Glossy 100 Black Front (SKU: 124727) is the black front section of the lid for the Aquael Glossy 100, a 215 L aquarium that Aquael lists at 100 × 40 × 63 cm with 8 mm glass. The front section covers the viewing side of the tank and closes against the rear section that holds the equipment openings. It is a spare for a part that has cracked, been scratched or been lost.
Black is the colour of this part, and the front is sold separately from the back (SKU 124728). Aquael describes the lid of its Glossy ST sets as including a window for daily feeding without fully opening the lid, but the material seen does not say which section the window is in, so confirm that against the old part if feeding access matters. The sources checked do not give the section's dimensions, material or fixing method either. The Glossy 100 is a mid-range size in a family of 80, 100, 120 and 150 cm tanks, and the lid sections are cut for each length, so a 120 cm front will not suit this tank. Switch off any lighting mounted in the lid before it is lifted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or chipped front:** Damage to the front of the lid after a knock or a fall.
- **Warped section:** A front section that no longer meets the back section evenly.
- **Matching the black lid:** A replacement in the same colour as the existing back section.
- **Jumper-prone tanks:** Restoring a full cover over a 215 L community tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect lighting:** Switch off and unplug anything attached to the lid.
- **Study the join:** See how the front section meets the back section before taking it off.
- **Exchange the sections:** Remove the old front section and seat the new one in the same position.
- **Test for fit:** Close the lid and check the line along the join is even and the cover sits flat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Front section:** Covers the viewing side of the 100 cm tank.
- **Black finish:** For black Glossy lids.
- **215 L aquarium:** Specific to the Glossy 100 length.
- **Single section:** The back is a separate item.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124727
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Front
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 100 (100 × 40 × 63 cm, 215 L, 8 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 100 Black Back (SKU 124728)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Black Front (SKU 724815); Glossy 120 Black Front (SKU 124729); Glossy 150 Black Front (SKU 124725)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 100 White Back
White rear lid section for the 100 cm, 215 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-100-white-back/
- Price: $35.32 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124734
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
A white-lidded tank looks light and clean until one section cracks and the replacement turns out to be the wrong colour. Aquael Lid Glossy 100 White Back (SKU: 124734) is the white back section of the lid for the Aquael Glossy 100, which Aquael lists at 100 × 40 × 63 cm and 215 L, with 8 mm glass. A distributor's description of the Glossy lid says the back has openings for canister filters and other devices, and this section is the part that provides them. It is a spare for a rear section that has cracked, yellowed or been lost.
White is the colour of this part, and the front section to go with it is a separate part. Aquael sells its Glossy ST sets in grey, white and black, so the colour of the existing lid should be checked against the tank before ordering. If the old white section has yellowed with heat and light, a new one may look slightly brighter beside the older front part. Aquael does not publish the dimensions, material or fixing method of the lid sections in the sources checked, so keep the old section until the new one is fitted. The black equivalent for this tank is SKU 124728. Switch off any lighting in the lid first, and hold the 100 cm section at both ends when lifting it so that it does not flex or twist.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked rear section:** A split near the hose openings on a 215 L tank.
- **Yellowed or stained lid:** A white section that has aged and no longer looks clean.
- **Warped part:** A section that has bowed over the heater or lights and lets the lid tilt.
- **White Glossy 100:** A like-for-like swap for the white version of the 100 cm tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Switch off the lights, heater and filter and unplug them.
- **Lift out the equipment leads:** Slide the hoses and cables out of the openings at the back.
- **Replace the section:** Remove the old back section and fit the new white one in its place.
- **Check the finish:** Close the lid, check the join and compare the white tone against the neighbouring parts.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rear section:** Carries the equipment openings of the 100 cm lid.
- **White finish:** For white Glossy lids.
- **215 L aquarium:** Made for the Glossy 100 length.
- **Sold individually:** Other parts of the lid are separate items.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124734
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Back
- **Colour:** White
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 100 (100 × 40 × 63 cm, 215 L, 8 mm glass)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 120 White Back (SKU 124736); Glossy 150 White Back (SKU 725223)
- **Same Size, Black:** Aquael Lid Glossy 100 Black Back (SKU 124728)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 120 Black Back
Black rear lid section for the 120 cm, 260 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-120-black-back/
- Price: $39.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124730
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
At 120 cm the rear of the lid spans a long run of equipment, and a single warped section can leave a gap wide enough for a fish to find. Aquael Lid Glossy 120 Black Back (SKU: 124730) is the black back section of the lid for the Aquael Glossy 120, which Aquael lists at 120 × 40 × 63 cm and 260 L with 8 mm glass. According to a distributor's description of the Glossy lid, the back carries the openings used for canister filters and other equipment, so this is the part that hoses, heater leads and air lines pass through. It is a spare for a rear section that has cracked, bowed or been lost.
Black is the colour of this part, and the black front for the same size is a separate item (SKU 124729). The Glossy 120 shares its 40 cm depth and 63 cm height with the Glossy 100 and is 20 cm longer, which is why the lid sections for the two lengths differ and should not be swapped. Aquael does not publish the dimensions, material or fixing method for lid sections in the sources checked, so compare the old section with the new one before the old one is discarded. A 260 L tank usually carries a canister filter and a heater, so it is worth routing the hoses out of the rear openings before the new section is closed down, and checking that nothing is pinched. Switch off any lights mounted in the lid first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bowed rear section:** A long lid part that has curved under heat and no longer sits flat.
- **Damaged equipment openings:** Cracks that start at the cut-outs for hoses and cables.
- **Canister-filter tanks:** A 260 L system whose hoses depend on the rear openings.
- **Black Glossy 120:** A like-for-like replacement in the original colour.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate power:** Turn off the lights, heater and filter and unplug them.
- **Clear the rear:** Lift the hoses and leads out of the openings and support them so they do not drag.
- **Replace the part:** Take out the old back section and seat the new one in the same way.
- **Reconnect and check:** Feed the hoses back through, close the lid and look for pinched cables or an uneven join.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rear section:** Carries the equipment openings of the 120 cm lid.
- **Black finish:** Matches black Glossy lids.
- **260 L tank:** Cut for the 120 cm length of the Glossy 120.
- **Individually sold:** The front section is a separate purchase.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124730
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Back
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 120 (120 × 40 × 63 cm, 260 L, 8 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 120 Black Front (SKU 124729)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Black Back (SKU 724814); Glossy 100 Black Back (SKU 124728); Glossy 150 Black Back (SKU 124726)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 120 Black Front
Black front lid section for the 120 cm, 260 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-120-black-front/
- Price: $41.12 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124729
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
On a tank 120 cm long the front of the lid is a wide, flat surface, and any warp or crack in it shows up as a line across the whole display. Aquael Lid Glossy 120 Black Front (SKU: 124729) is the black front lid section for the Aquael Glossy 120, listed by Aquael at 120 × 40 × 63 cm and 260 L, with 8 mm glass. It forms the viewing-side half of the lid and closes against the black back section, which carries the equipment openings. The part is sold as a replacement for a front section that has been damaged, marked or lost.
The front is a separate item from the back (SKU 124730), and the black version here is distinct from the white fronts sold for the same tank length. Aquael does not publish the dimensions, material or fixing method of its Glossy lid sections in the sources checked, and it describes the lid of its Glossy ST sets as having a feeding window without saying which section holds it, so confirm those details against the old part. The Glossy 120 is the second largest Glossy tank, at 260 L, and it takes the same 40 cm depth as the Glossy 100, but its lid sections are longer and are made for the 120 cm tank only. Switch off the lighting in the cover before lifting any section. The new section should close flush with the back part along the whole join.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Visible damage:** A cracked, chipped or deeply scratched front on a display tank.
- **Warped across the span:** A long section that has bowed and no longer sits level.
- **Lost during maintenance:** A section broken or misplaced while the lid was removed for cleaning.
- **Black Glossy 120:** A matching part for tanks supplied with the black lid.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Turn off the lights and unplug anything connected to the lid.
- **Look at the join:** Note how the old front section meets the back before removing it.
- **Fit the replacement:** Take out the old front section and seat the new black one the same way.
- **Run a final check:** Close the lid, confirm an even join and test any feeding opening you use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Front section:** The viewing-side half of the 120 cm lid.
- **Black finish:** Colour-matched to black Glossy sets.
- **120 cm length:** Made for the 260 L Glossy 120 only.
- **Sold alone:** The back section is bought separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124729
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Front
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 120 (120 × 40 × 63 cm, 260 L, 8 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 120 Black Back (SKU 124730)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Black Front (SKU 724815); Glossy 100 Black Front (SKU 124727); Glossy 150 Black Front (SKU 124725)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 120 White Back
White rear lid section for the 120 cm, 260 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-120-white-back/
- Price: $40.57 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124736
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-12.avif
On a 120 cm tank the back of the lid is where the filter, heater and any extra gear all leave the water, and where wear shows first. Aquael Lid Glossy 120 White Back (SKU: 124736) is the white back lid section for the Aquael Glossy 120, which Aquael lists at 120 × 40 × 63 cm and 260 L with 8 mm glass. A distributor's description of the Glossy lid says the back has openings for mounting canister filters and other equipment, and this is the section that supplies them. The part is sold for a rear section that has cracked, bowed or been lost, and it comes in white.
The front section for the 120 cm tank in white is a separate item (SKU 124735), as is the black rear section (SKU 124730). Aquael offers its Glossy ST sets in grey, white and black, so check the colour of the lid in place before choosing between them. Aquael does not publish the dimensions, material or fixing method of the lid sections in the sources checked. The 120 cm length makes the section long enough to bend when lifted, so support it evenly along its length. If the tank is fitted with Glossy ST lighting on a frame in the cover, turn it off and allow it to cool before moving the lid, and leave the hoses connected only if they can be moved clear without strain.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked hose openings:** A split starting at the cut-outs for the filter or heater.
- **Stained white plastic:** A section that has discoloured next to a clean front part.
- **Bowed section:** A rear piece that no longer lies flat across the 120 cm span.
- **White Glossy 120:** A matching spare for the white version of the 260 L tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the gear:** Switch off and unplug the lights, heater and filter.
- **Move the hoses:** Slide the hoses and cables out of the rear openings and rest them clear of the lid.
- **Exchange the sections:** Take off the old back section, supporting it along its length, and seat the new one.
- **Close and review:** Return the equipment leads, close the lid and check the colour and join against the front section.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Back section:** The equipment end of the 120 cm lid.
- **White colour:** For white Glossy lids.
- **260 L tank:** Cut for the Glossy 120.
- **One piece per order:** The front is a separate item.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124736
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Back
- **Colour:** White
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 120 (120 × 40 × 63 cm, 260 L, 8 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 120 White Front (SKU 124735)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 100 White Back (SKU 124734); Glossy 150 White Back (SKU 725223)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 120 White Front
White front lid section for the 120 cm, 260 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-120-white-front/
- Price: $41.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124735
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11.avif
White lids reflect light and make a tank look bright, which is also why a cracked or stained section stands out from across the room. Aquael Lid Glossy 120 White Front (SKU: 124735) is the white front lid section for the Aquael Glossy 120, an aquarium Aquael lists at 120 × 40 × 63 cm and 260 L with 8 mm glass. It covers the viewing side of the tank and meets the back section that carries the equipment openings. The part is a spare for a front section that has been damaged, discoloured or lost, and it is made in white.
The back section in white is a separate item (SKU 124736), and a black front for the same tank is SKU 124729. Aquael makes its Glossy ST sets in grey, white and black, so confirm the colour of the existing lid before ordering a part that has to sit beside it. Aquael describes the lid of the ST sets as having a feeding window, but the sources checked do not say which section carries it, and they give no dimensions, material or fixing method for the sections. The 120 cm section is long and thin, and it can twist if lifted from one end, so support it along its length. Wipe the new section and the old back part with a damp cloth before closing the lid, so any difference in tone is down to the plastic and not to dust. Switch the lights off first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Damaged front section:** A crack, chip or heavy scuff on the visible half of the lid.
- **Yellowing or staining:** A white front that no longer matches a cleaner back section.
- **Section lost in a move:** A lid that was taken apart and came back one piece short.
- **White Glossy 120:** A matching part for the white version of the 260 L tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Turn the lights off:** Unplug anything attached to the cover before it is moved.
- **Note how it fits:** Look at how the old front section meets the back section before removing it.
- **Swap the part:** Take out the old front section while supporting its length, and seat the new one the same way.
- **Close the lid:** Check for an even join and a level surface along all 120 cm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Front section:** The viewing-side half of the 120 cm lid.
- **White finish:** For white Glossy tanks.
- **260 L aquarium:** Cut for the Glossy 120 only.
- **Sold individually:** The back is a separate item.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124735
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Front
- **Colour:** White
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 120 (120 × 40 × 63 cm, 260 L, 8 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 120 White Back (SKU 124736)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 White Front (SKU 124731); Glossy 150 White Front (SKU 725222)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 150 Black Back
Black rear lid section for the 150 cm, 405 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-150-black-back/
- Price: $65.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124726
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
The Glossy 150 holds 405 L, and everything that keeps that much water clean, warm and circulating has to leave the tank through the back of the lid. Aquael Lid Glossy 150 Black Back (SKU: 124726) is the black rear lid section for the Aquael Glossy 150, the largest tank in the range at 150 × 50 × 63 cm with 10 mm glass, according to Aquael. A distributor's description of the Glossy lid says the back has openings for canister filters and other devices, and this section is the part that carries them. It is sold as a spare for a rear section that has cracked, warped or gone missing.
Black is the colour of this part, and the black front for the same size is a separate item (SKU 124725). The 150 is the deepest Glossy, at 50 cm against 40 cm for the 100 and 120, so its lid sections are the largest and are specific to this tank. Aquael does not publish the dimensions, material or fixing method of the lid sections in the sources checked, so keep the old part to hand when the new one is fitted. Large lid sections flex more than small ones when lifted, so support the section with both hands and lift it evenly rather than from one end. Aquael's Glossy ST sets mount LED lighting in the lid on a frame, so switch it off and let it cool before any work.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked rear section:** A split near the openings where hoses take the most load on a large tank.
- **Warped lid part:** A section that has bowed and leaves a gap along the join.
- **Large filtered systems:** A 405 L aquarium running a big canister filter and a heater through the rear.
- **Black Glossy 150:** A like-for-like replacement in the black version.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Switch off lights, heater and filter and unplug them before touching the lid.
- **Free the equipment:** Slide the hoses and cables out of the rear openings and support them clear of the tank.
- **Lift with care:** Hold the large section at both ends, take it off and seat the new one in the same position.
- **Verify:** Close the lid, check the join and make sure no hose or lead is pinched.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Back section:** Provides the equipment openings of the 150 cm lid.
- **Black colour:** Matches the black Glossy range.
- **Largest Glossy:** Made for the 405 L tank in the 80 to 150 cm family.
- **One section per order:** The front is sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124726
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Back
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 150 (150 × 50 × 63 cm, 405 L, 10 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 150 Black Front (SKU 124725)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Black Back (SKU 724814); Glossy 100 Black Back (SKU 124728); Glossy 120 Black Back (SKU 124730)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 150 Black Front
Black front lid section for the 150 cm, 405 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-150-black-front/
- Price: $66.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124725
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
A 150 cm tank is a piece of furniture, and its lid is the largest single surface above the water, so a damaged front section cannot be hidden. Aquael Lid Glossy 150 Black Front (SKU: 124725) is the black front section of the lid for the Aquael Glossy 150, the largest of the Glossy aquariums at 150 × 50 × 63 cm and 405 L, with 10 mm glass according to Aquael. It covers the viewing side of the tank and meets the black back section, which holds the equipment openings. The part is sold as a spare for a front section that has cracked, been marked beyond cleaning or gone missing.
The front section is a separate item from the back (SKU 124726), and this one is the black version. The sources checked do not give the dimensions, material or fixing method of the lid sections, and Aquael describes the lid of its Glossy ST sets as having a feeding window without saying which section holds it, so confirm both against the old part before ordering. At 150 cm the section is long enough to flex when lifted, so it is easier to handle with two people, or supported along its length, rather than carried from one end. The Glossy 150 is the only Glossy with a 50 cm depth, so the lid sections are specific to this tank and are not interchangeable with the 100 or 120 cm parts. Turn off the lighting mounted in the cover before moving the lid.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Front section damage:** Cracks, chips or heavy scratching on the front of a large display tank.
- **Long-span warping:** A section that has bowed across its length and no longer closes level.
- **Replacing a lost part:** A front section broken or misplaced during a major clean.
- **Black Glossy 150:** A colour-matched part for the black version of the 405 L tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the lighting:** Switch off and unplug the lights, and let them cool.
- **Get a second pair of hands:** Support the long section at both ends before lifting it away.
- **Swap the sections:** Remove the old front part and seat the new one in the same position.
- **Close and inspect:** Lower the lid, check the join with the back section is even and test any feeding opening.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Front section:** The viewing-side part of the 150 cm lid.
- **Black finish:** Matches black Glossy tanks.
- **405 L tank:** Made for the largest Glossy only.
- **Sold separately:** The back section is its own item.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124725
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Front
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 150 (150 × 50 × 63 cm, 405 L, 10 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 150 Black Back (SKU 124726)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 Black Front (SKU 724815); Glossy 100 Black Front (SKU 124727); Glossy 120 Black Front (SKU 124729)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 150 White Back
White rear lid section for the 150 cm, 405 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-150-white-back/
- Price: $65.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725223
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725223-1.webp
With 405 L behind the glass, the largest Glossy needs a filter and heater to match, and every hose and lead for them passes through the rear of the lid. Aquael Lid Glossy 150 White Back (SKU: 725223) is the white back lid section for the Aquael Glossy 150, listed by Aquael at 150 × 50 × 63 cm with 10 mm glass. A distributor's description of the Glossy lid says the back has openings for canister filters and other devices, and this section carries them. It is sold as a spare for a rear section that has cracked, warped or been lost, in white.
The white front section for the same tank is a separate item (SKU 725222), and the black back is SKU 124726. Aquael does not publish the dimensions, material or fixing method of the lid sections in the sources checked, so compare the new part with the old one before the old one is thrown away. At 150 cm the section is long and flexes when lifted, so support it at both ends. The Glossy 150 has a 50 cm depth, which is 10 cm more than the 100 and 120 cm tanks, so its lid sections are not shared with the smaller sizes. Switch off the lighting in the cover and let it cool before moving the lid, and make sure the white tone matches the front section already on the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Split at the equipment openings:** Damage where large hoses pass through on a 405 L system.
- **Warped across 150 cm:** A rear section that has bowed and lets the front section sit unevenly.
- **Replacing a discoloured part:** White plastic that has aged next to a newer front piece.
- **White Glossy 150:** A colour-matched spare for the white version of the largest tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect:** Switch off lights, heater and filter and unplug them.
- **Clear the rear:** Lift the hoses and leads out of the openings and support them away from the lid.
- **Lift with two hands:** Take the long section off, holding both ends, and fit the replacement in the same position.
- **Test the fit:** Close the lid, check for an even join and make sure no hose is trapped.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rear section:** Provides the equipment openings of the 150 cm lid.
- **White finish:** For white Glossy lids.
- **405 L tank:** Made for the largest Glossy.
- **Single part:** The front section is sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725223
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Back
- **Colour:** White
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 150 (150 × 50 × 63 cm, 405 L, 10 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 150 White Front (SKU 725222)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 100 White Back (SKU 124734); Glossy 120 White Back (SKU 124736)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 150 White Front
White front lid section for the 150 cm, 405 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-150-white-front/
- Price: $66.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725222
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725222-1.webp
Few lids are as exposed as the front of one on a 150 cm tank, where the section runs the full length of a 405 L display. Aquael Lid Glossy 150 White Front (SKU: 725222) is the white front section of the lid for the Aquael Glossy 150, the largest Glossy at 150 × 50 × 63 cm with 10 mm glass, according to Aquael. It covers the viewing side of the tank and closes against the back section, and it is sold as a replacement for a front part that has cracked, discoloured or gone missing. The colour is white, and the part is made for this tank length only.
The white back section for the same tank is a separate item (SKU 725223), and the black front is SKU 124725. Aquael supplies the lid of its Glossy ST sets with LED lighting on a frame and a window for feeding, though the sources checked do not say which lid section holds the window, and they give no dimensions, material or fixing method for the sections. Because of its length, the section should be lifted by two people or supported at both ends, and put down on a soft surface so the edges do not chip. The Glossy 150 is 50 cm deep, which sets it apart from the 100 and 120 cm tanks, and its lid parts are not shared with them. Before ordering, check that the white of the existing lid is the same white, since a lid that has aged can look different beside a new part.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Visible cracks or chips:** Damage to the front half of the lid on a large display tank.
- **Warped over 150 cm:** A long section that has bowed and no longer closes flat.
- **Replacing a discoloured part:** A white front that has aged beside a newer back section.
- **White Glossy 150:** A colour-matched part for the largest tank in the range.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off the lights:** Unplug them and let them cool before moving the cover.
- **Use two people:** Support the long section at both ends as it is lifted away.
- **Seat the new front:** Fit it in the same position as the old one, against the back section.
- **Check the closure:** Lower the lid, check the join along its full length and test any feeding opening.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Front section:** The viewing-side half of the 150 cm lid.
- **White finish:** For white Glossy 150 tanks.
- **405 L aquarium:** Specific to the largest Glossy.
- **Separate from the back:** The rear section is its own item.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725222
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Front
- **Colour:** White
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 150 (150 × 50 × 63 cm, 405 L, 10 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 150 White Back (SKU 725223)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 80 White Front (SKU 124731); Glossy 120 White Front (SKU 124735)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 80 Black Back
Black rear lid section for the 80 cm Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-80-black-back/
- Price: $27.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724814
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-1.avif
The rear of an aquarium lid does the hard work, taking the filter hoses, the heater cable and the air line, and it is usually the first section to crack or warp. Aquael Lid Glossy 80 Black Back (SKU: 724814) is the black back section of the lid for the Aquael Glossy 80, the smallest aquarium in the Glossy range. Aquael lists the Glossy 80 at 80 × 35 × 54 cm and 125 L, with 6 mm glass. A South African distributor describes the Glossy lid as having openings at the back for canister filters and other equipment, which is the part of the lid this section covers.
The black finish matches the black band that the Glossy lid forms across the top of the tank when seen from the front. This is the back section only, so the front section is a separate part, and the black front for the same size is SKU 724815. Aquael does not publish the lid section's dimensions, material or hinge arrangement in the sources checked, so compare the old section with the new one before the old one is discarded, and confirm that the tank is a Glossy 80 and not a Glossy ST set with a different lid. Aquael's Glossy ST lighting is mounted on a frame in the cover, so isolate the power to the lights before lifting any section. The tank is 35 cm deep, the shallowest in the range, so the section is the smallest of the Glossy back sections.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked rear section:** A split near the hose cut-outs, where the lid takes the most strain.
- **Warped by heat:** A section that has bowed above the heater or lights and no longer sits flat.
- **Lost or damaged piece:** A replacement for a section that broke during moving or cleaning.
- **Glossy 80 tanks in black:** Matches the black lid colour on the smallest Glossy.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Switch off the lights and heater, and unplug the filter before moving any lid section.
- **Free the cables:** Lift the hoses and cables clear of the openings at the back.
- **Swap the section:** Remove the old back section and seat the new one in the same position.
- **Check the closure:** Close the front section, confirm both sit flush, then route the cables back through the openings.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rear section:** The back part of the lid, where equipment cables and hoses pass.
- **Black finish:** Colour-matched to the black Glossy lid.
- **80 cm size:** Made for the smallest tank in the Glossy range.
- **Sold singly:** One section per order, so the front is bought separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724814
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Back
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 80 (80 × 35 × 54 cm, 125 L, 6 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 80 Black Front (SKU 724815)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 100 Black Back (SKU 124728); Glossy 120 Black Back (SKU 124730); Glossy 150 Black Back (SKU 124726)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 80 Black Front
Black front lid section for the 80 cm Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-80-black-front/
- Price: $28.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724815
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-2.avif
The front of the lid is the part everyone sees every day, so a chipped or scratched section on a small display tank shows at once. Aquael Lid Glossy 80 Black Front (SKU: 724815) is the black front section of the lid for the Aquael Glossy 80, the compact member of the Glossy family at 80 × 35 × 54 cm and 125 L according to Aquael, with 6 mm glass. It is a spare for a front section that has cracked, scratched beyond repair or gone missing, and it sits at the viewing side of the tank, in front of the back section that carries the equipment openings.
The section comes in black and is sold on its own, so the rear part is a separate purchase (SKU 724814). Aquael describes the lid of its current Glossy ST sets as having a window for feeding without fully opening it, and supplies it with LED lighting on a frame, but its published material does not say which lid section carries the window or how the section attaches, and it does not publish the section's size or material. For that reason, check the old section and the way it sits on the tank before ordering, and confirm that the tank is a Glossy 80 in a matching black. On the Glossy ST sets, the lid is lifted and held upright against the rear wall during maintenance, which is also a convenient moment to compare the old and new sections side by side. A small tank also means a short section, so the join with the back part is easy to check by eye.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Damaged front section:** Cracks, chips or deep scratches on the front of the lid.
- **Missing section:** A lid that was dismantled during a move and lost a piece.
- **Refreshing a tired lid:** A black front on a Glossy 80 whose old part has yellowed or marked.
- **Small display tanks:** The 80 cm tank, where the lid is seen from close range.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the equipment:** Switch off the lighting before handling the lid, and unplug it if it is connected to the section.
- **Note the arrangement:** Look at how the old front section sits against the back section before taking it off.
- **Remove and replace:** Take out the old front section and fit the new one the same way.
- **Test the closure:** Lower the lid, check that it closes evenly, and check any feeding opening still works.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Front section:** The viewing-side part of the lid.
- **Black finish:** Matches the black version of the Glossy lid.
- **80 cm Glossy:** Sized for the 125 L tank in the range.
- **Sold on its own:** The back section is a separate item.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724815
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Front
- **Colour:** Black
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 80 (80 × 35 × 54 cm, 125 L, 6 mm glass)
- **Matching Section:** Aquael Lid Glossy 80 Black Back (SKU 724814)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 100 Black Front (SKU 124727); Glossy 120 Black Front (SKU 124729); Glossy 150 Black Front (SKU 124725)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Lid Glossy 80 White Front
White front lid section for the 80 cm, 125 L Aquael Glossy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-lid-glossy-80-white-front/
- Price: $28.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124731
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/26656-czesci-pokrywy-glossy-150-czarny-11-1.avif
A small white-lidded tank on a desk or sideboard is looked at from arm's length, and a cracked front section is the first thing a visitor notices. Aquael Lid Glossy 80 White Front (SKU: 124731) is the white front lid section for the Aquael Glossy 80, the smallest tank in the range at 80 × 35 × 54 cm and 125 L, with 6 mm glass according to Aquael. It covers the viewing side of the tank and closes against the rear section that carries the equipment openings. The part is sold as a spare for a front section that has cracked, yellowed or gone missing.
The rear section is a separate part, and the black pair for the same size are SKU 724815 (front) and SKU 724814 (back). Aquael supplies its Glossy ST sets in grey, white and black, so match the colour of the lid already on the tank. The sources checked give no dimensions, material or fixing method for the sections, and Aquael describes a feeding window in the ST lid without saying which section holds it, so compare the new part with the old one before discarding it. The 80 cm section is light and short, and easy for one person to handle. It is still worth setting the section down on a soft surface so the edges are not chipped, and wiping both sections clean before the lid is closed and the tone is checked.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or chipped front:** Damage on the visible side of a compact display tank.
- **Yellowed section:** A white front that has aged and looks different from the tank around it.
- **Section lost in a clean-up:** A lid that came apart during a move or deep clean.
- **White Glossy 80:** A matching part for the white 125 L tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect the lighting:** Switch it off and unplug it before the cover is touched.
- **Look at the join:** Note how the old front sits against the back section.
- **Swap the sections:** Lift the old front part away and seat the new one in the same place.
- **Close and look:** Lower the lid and check the join is even and the surface sits level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Front section:** The viewing-side part of the 80 cm lid.
- **White colour:** For white Glossy lids.
- **125 L tank:** Made for the smallest Glossy.
- **Sold singly:** The rear section is bought separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124731
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid Section
- **Section:** Front
- **Colour:** White
- **Suits Aquarium:** Aquael Glossy 80 (80 × 35 × 54 cm, 125 L, 6 mm glass)
- **Other Sizes:** Glossy 120 White Front (SKU 124735); Glossy 150 White Front (SKU 725222)
- **Same Size, Black:** Aquael Lid Glossy 80 Black Front (SKU 724815)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Magnetic Rotor Hypermax 4500 Set
Replacement rotor set for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-magnetic-rotor-hypermax-4500-set/
- Price: $97.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725080 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546339292
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725080-1.jpg
The rotor is the only moving part inside a canister filter pump, and when it wears or jams the whole filter stops moving water. Aquael Magnetic Rotor Hypermax 4500 Set (SKU: 725080) is the replacement rotor set for the Aquael Hypermax 4500 external canister filter, the part Aquael's parts catalogue lists as item 2, "Rotor set", under number 130716. The Hypermax 4500 is built around an electronically controlled 24 V pump drawing 18 to 36 W, and Aquael rates the filter for aquariums of 200 to 1,500 L. The rotor turns inside the pump head and drives the flow through the four media baskets and the pre-filter.
The Hypermax monitors its own pump. According to Aquael, the filter shuts down if the rotor is blocked or missing, and signals with a sound and pulsing LEDs, so a filter that stops and alarms soon after start-up is a reason to inspect the rotor. Aquael lists 4 baskets of 3.6 L each, a 1.5 L pre-filter and 15.9 L of media in total, with 19/25 mm hoses and a double ball valve system that limits leakage when hoses are disconnected. The set is sold for the Hypermax 4500, and Aquael also sells a Hypermax 4500 BT (Bluetooth) version, so confirm the model on the filter label before buying. Aquael does not publish the rotor's size or material in the sources checked.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Alarm and shutdown:** The filter stops with a beep and flashing LEDs after the rotor has jammed or been damaged.
- **Reduced flow:** The pump runs but delivery has fallen even though the media and hoses are clean.
- **Noise or rattle:** A worn or cracked rotor makes the pump head louder than it was.
- **Planned servicing:** A spare on hand for a filter that runs around the clock.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down and close the valves:** Unplug the filter and shut the ball valves on the hoses before opening anything.
- **Open the pump head:** Lift the pump head off the canister and follow the Hypermax manual to reach the rotor chamber.
- **Replace the rotor:** Remove the old rotor, clear any debris from the chamber and seat the new one fully.
- **Prime and restart:** Reassemble, reopen the valves, prime the filter and check that the alarm stays off.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rotor set:** Aquael's catalogue part for the Hypermax 4500 pump.
- **Magnetic drive:** Sold as a magnetic rotor set for the filter's electronic pump.
- **Self-protecting filter:** The Hypermax cuts out and alarms if the rotor is blocked or missing.
- **Large-tank filter:** Rated by Aquael for 200 to 1,500 L aquariums.
- **Genuine Aquael part:** Made for the Hypermax range by its maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725080
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546339292
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor
- **Aquael Part Number:** 130716 (Rotor set, Hypermax 4500 parts catalogue)
- **Compatible Models:** Aquael Hypermax 4500
- **Filter Power:** 18–36 W, 24 V, electronically controlled
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 200–1,500 L (filter rating)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Media Chamber For Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000
Empty 625 mL container for loose filter media in Aquael Turbo internal filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-media-chamber-for-turbo-filter-1000-1500-2000/
- Price: $39.84 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100327 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134323
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100327-1.jpg
An internal filter that only holds a sponge has little room for chemical or biological media, and a spare container turns it into a more flexible unit. Aquael Media Chamber For Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000 (SKU: 100327) is the empty filter container that Aquael makes for its Turbo internal filters, sold without any media inside. Aquael describes the container on the Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000 as holding 625 mL of loose media, and says it can be filled with any filter medium. The same part is sold by a German retailer as the Filter Container Turbo for the 1000 and 1500 models, under Aquael item number 143.0056.02.
Aquael builds the Turbo range so that containers can be joined in columns, which adds capacity for chemical media such as carbon, zeolite or phosphate remover next to the biological and mechanical stages. The filters work as sponge only, container only, or container plus sponge, and a new Turbo 1000, 1500 or 2000 comes with a ceramic rotor axis and a sealed rotor chamber for quiet running. Aquael supplies one BioCeraMAX Pro cartridge with the filter and lists other cartridges that suit it, including ZeoMAX Plus, CarboMAX Plus, NitroMAX Pro and PhosMAX. This chamber is the loose-media option for people who prefer to choose and measure their own media. The smaller Turbo 500 uses a 250 mL container (SKU 100326), so the two should not be swapped.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Extra media capacity:** Adds a stage to a Turbo filter that is running sponge only.
- **Chemical filtration:** Carbon, zeolite or phosphate media can be run in the container when needed.
- **Replacing a lost or cracked container:** The original container has broken or gone missing.
- **Stacking:** Aquael's design allows containers to be joined in a column for a larger media volume.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse the media:** Rinse carbon or zeolite in tap water or tank water until the water runs clear before filling.
- **Fill the container:** Pack the media in without compressing it so the water can pass through evenly.
- **Fit to the filter:** Attach the container to the Turbo filter in the position Aquael's manual shows for container use.
- **Service on a schedule:** Rinse biological media gently in tank water, and replace carbon and other chemical media when exhausted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **625 mL capacity:** The container size Aquael gives for the Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000.
- **Sold empty:** No media included, so the media choice is yours.
- **Any medium:** Aquael states it can be filled with any filter medium.
- **Expandable:** Containers join in columns to add media volume.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100327
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134323
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Media Container
- **Capacity:** 625 mL of loose media
- **Contents:** 1 empty container, no media
- **Aquael Item Number:** 143.0056.02 (retailer listing)
- **Compatible Models:** Aquael Turbo Filter 1000, 1500 and 2000
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Media Chamber Turbo / Circulator 500 (SKU 100326)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Media Chamber Turbo / Circulator 500
Compact 250 mL container for loose media in the Aquael Turbo 500 filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-media-chamber-turbo-circulator-500/
- Price: $28.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100326 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134316
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100326-1.jpg
Small tanks leave little room for a filter, so the choice of what goes inside a compact unit matters more than its size. Aquael Media Chamber Turbo / Circulator 500 (SKU: 100326) is the small media container for Aquael's Turbo 500 internal filter, a plastic chamber for loose filter media that is sold empty. Aquael gives the container on the Turbo 500 a capacity of 250 mL, less than half the 625 mL container used on the larger Turbo models. The name also refers to the Circulator 500, Aquael's 500 L/h pump, which Aquael lists with the Turbo 500 filter sponge for building an internal filter.
Aquael designs the Turbo containers to be joined in columns, so a second chamber can be stacked on the first to add capacity for chemical media, for example carbon, zeolite or a phosphate remover. The Turbo 500 runs as sponge only, container only, or container plus sponge, and Aquael supplies it with a BioCeraMAX Pro 600 cartridge for biological filtration. Its Circulator 500 pump is rated at 500 L/h and 4.4 W for tanks of up to 150 L, and the filter's sealed rotor chamber and shock-absorbing suction cups are meant to keep running noise down. Aquael does not state the chamber's own dimensions in the sources checked, and fitment to the Circulator 500 alone is not confirmed by the maker, so check the pump set-up before ordering. The larger container for the Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000 is SKU 100327.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** A 250 mL media stage for the Turbo 500, alongside a pump rated for tanks up to 150 L.
- **Chemical media on demand:** A place for carbon or zeolite after medication or for odour and tannin control.
- **Replacing a cracked chamber:** The original container has split or has been lost.
- **Adding a column:** A second container stacked on the first for extra media volume.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before filling:** Rinse carbon or zeolite until the water runs clear so fine dust does not cloud the tank.
- **Do not overfill:** Leave room in the 250 mL container so water flows through the media rather than around it.
- **Attach to the filter:** Fit the container as the Aquael manual shows for container configurations.
- **Replace on schedule:** Swap carbon and similar media when exhausted, and rinse biological media only in tank water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 mL capacity:** The container volume Aquael gives for the Turbo 500.
- **Supplied empty:** No media is included, so any medium can be used.
- **Stackable:** Containers join in columns for a larger media volume.
- **Compact footprint:** Sized to the smallest filter in the Turbo range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100326
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134316
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Media Container
- **Capacity:** 250 mL of loose media
- **Contents:** 1 empty container, no media
- **Named For:** Aquael Turbo Filter 500 and Circulator 500
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Media Chamber For Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000 (SKU 100327), 625 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Media Container Unimax 500/700
Replacement media container for Unimax 500 and 700 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-media-container-unimax-500-700/
- Price: $27.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102498
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102498-1.png
A cracked or warped media container is the sort of fault that sends water around the media instead of through it, and it is easy to miss until the water quality slips. Aquael Media Container Unimax 500/700 (SKU: 102498) is an Aquael spare part for the Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external canister filters, the container that holds the filter media inside the filter. The supplier listing is brief, naming only the two models, so the fit is stated by model and not by a maker's parts diagram.
The Unimax range covers four sizes, 150, 250, 500 and 700, and is described by Aquael's South African distributor as suited to aquariums of up to 700 L. The filters use three baskets for media in the order mechanical, chemical and biological, with a sprinkler bar for aeration, a self-priming mechanism, and silicone gaskets sealing the lid and container. The standard media is BioCeraMAX Pro 600 ceramic rollers for biological filtration and ZeoMAX Plus zeolite grit for chemical filtration, with SpikeBalls Mini bio-balls packed with the larger models, and an optional UV-C steriliser of 9 W for the 500 or 11 W for the 700 is sold separately. When a container is replaced, the gaskets, the media and the hoses are worth checking at the same time, since they work together as one sealed system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or damaged container:** A split wall or broken lip lets water bypass the media.
- **Warped by heat or age:** A container that no longer seats evenly against its gasket.
- **Lost during servicing:** A spare to complete a Unimax 500 or 700 that was put back together short.
- **Refreshing an older filter:** Replacing worn plastic when the filter is serviced for another run.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off and unplug:** Turn off the power and close the hose taps before opening the filter.
- **Open the canister:** Release the clips, lift the head away and take the media out of the old container.
- **Fit the new container:** Seat it in the canister the same way as the original and refill it with rinsed media.
- **Reseal and restart:** Check the gasket is clean and seated, close the head, reopen the taps and prime the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Model-specific part:** Listed for the Unimax 500 and 700 filters.
- **Holds the media:** The container that carries mechanical, chemical and biological media in the filter.
- **Genuine Aquael spare:** Made by the maker of the filter rather than a generic basket.
- **Restores water path:** A sound container keeps flow passing through the media.
- **Serviceable design:** Aquael builds the range around a sealed canister with a silicone gasket.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102498
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Media Container
- **Fits:** Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 canister filters
- **Part Name:** Media Container Unimax 500/700
- **Quantity:** 1 container
- **Filter Range:** Unimax 150, 250, 500 and 700
- **Standard Media in Filter:** BioCeraMAX Pro 600 and ZeoMAX Plus (as supplied with the filter)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Multikani 800 Smart Key
Accessory key for the Aquael MultiKani 800 modular canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-multikani-800-smart-key/
- Price: $6.22 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100357 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546137102
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100357-1.jpg
A modular canister filter can be built up to eight containers, and a system like that needs a tool to open, connect and service the sections. Aquael Multikani 800 Smart Key (SKU: 100357) is the Smart Key accessory for the Aquael MultiKani 800, an external canister filter made by Aquael in Poland. The old listing for this part describes it as an accessory designed specifically for the MultiKani 800 that makes the filter easier to operate and maintain, and Aquael's own MultiKani page refers to special tools supplied for expanding and connecting the containers.
The MultiKani 800 is rated by Aquael at 800 L/h and 6.5 W for aquariums of 20 to 320 L, with a maximum head of 90 cm, 14/16 mm hose and a footprint of about 14 × 14 × 20 cm. The set includes one 1 L container and one 1 L basket, and the filter can be expanded to eight containers connected in line or in series, which is where a dedicated tool earns its place. The lid has a by-pass shut-off valve so the filter can be cleaned without switching the pump off. One Australian retailer lists a lower pump output of 650 L/h for the MultiKani 800 Professional, so the exact configuration of your filter is worth checking before relying on the figures. The key is a small accessory, worth keeping with the filter and its manual so it is to hand at each service.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing a lost key:** The original tool from a MultiKani 800 has been mislaid.
- **Adding containers:** Building the filter up from one container towards the maximum of eight.
- **Routine servicing:** Opening and reconnecting sections when cartridges and media are changed.
- **Spare for the filter cupboard:** A second tool kept with the filter so it is never missing at service time.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off the pump and close the shut-off valves before touching any connection.
- **Follow the filter manual:** The manual for the MultiKani 800 shows where and how the key engages.
- **Do not force it:** Couplings and threads are easily damaged by over-tightening.
- **Store with the filter:** Keep the key with the manual so it is found at the next service.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for the MultiKani 800:** Listed specifically for that model of canister filter.
- **Service accessory:** Supports the connecting and servicing of the filter's containers.
- **Modular filter system:** The MultiKani can be expanded by Aquael to eight containers.
- **By-pass valve filter:** The lid's shut-off valve allows cleaning without stopping the pump.
- **Small spare:** Light enough to keep in the cabinet with the filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100357
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546137102
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Service Key
- **Fits:** Aquael MultiKani 800 external canister filter
- **Filter Flow:** 800 L/h, 6.5 W, maximum head 90 cm (Aquael)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 20–320 L (Aquael, for the MultiKani 800)
- **Hose Size:** 14/16 mm (Aquael, for the MultiKani 800)
- **Quantity:** 1 key
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Neo Heater Plastic Hanger
Replacement plastic hanger for Aquael Neo Heater aquarium heaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-neo-heater-plastic-hanger/
- Price: $15.13 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725227
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725227-1.png
A heater held loosely on the glass is a heater that drifts, shifts against a fish or ends up out of the water, and a broken hanger is the usual reason. Aquael Neo Heater Plastic Hanger (SKU: 725227) is a small plastic hanger sold by Aquael as a spare for its Neo Heater, a flat, shatterproof-plastic aquarium heater. The listing for the part reads only "plastic hanger for Neo Heater", so the details below come from Aquael's heater itself, not from a parts sheet for the hanger.
When the Neo Heater launched, it was described as a flat body of shatterproof plastic, thin enough on the 200 W model, at about 9 mm, to sit flush against the tank wall. It is rated to IP68 and comes with a mounting bracket and suction cups so that it can be installed on any aquarium wall. A microprocessor thermostat with a built-in electronic thermometer sets temperatures between 17 and 36 °C, a one-touch button selects the target, a ring of LEDs shows the setting and a separate LED shows the current temperature, with a thermal safety switch against running dry. The hanger is the piece that connects the heater to its mounting, and this replacement saves buying a whole heater when only the plastic has failed. Heater wattage, the number of suction cups and the exact fit by wattage should be checked against your heater.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked hanger:** The plastic has split at the clip or the suction cup mount.
- **Lost during a clean:** The hanger went missing when the heater was removed for maintenance.
- **Heater slipping:** A worn hanger that no longer holds the heater firmly against the glass.
- **Keeping a good heater:** A cheaper fix than replacing a working Neo Heater.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the heater:** Switch off at the wall and let the heater cool for at least half an hour.
- **Remove the heater:** Lift it from the tank and take off the old hanger and suction cups.
- **Fit the new hanger:** Match it to the heater body and attach it the way the old one was fitted.
- **Remount underwater:** Press the suction cups onto clean, wet glass, keeping the heater fully submerged before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Aquael-made part:** A spare from the maker of the Neo Heater.
- **Plastic construction:** A lightweight hanger for the flat plastic heater body.
- **Saves the heater:** Only the hanger is replaced, not the whole unit.
- **Mounting support:** Part of the bracket and suction-cup mounting for the heater.
- **Heater features retained:** The thermostat, display and safety switch stay as before.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725227
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Heater Hanger
- **Fits:** Aquael Neo Heater (check the wattage and model against your heater)
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Quantity:** 1 hanger
- **Heater Temperature Range:** 17–36 °C (Neo Heater, per launch information)
- **Heater Protection:** IP68 housing with a thermal safety switch (Neo Heater)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Overflow Pipe Flow Unit Versamax Fzn Mini
Flow-control overflow unit for the Versamax FZN Mini hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-overflow-pipe-flow-unit-versamax-fzn-mini/
- Price: $8.51 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724810 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546192491
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724810-1.jpg
On a hang-on filter the overflow is where the water enters, and the part that sets how much of it passes through decides whether the filter runs gently or noisily. Aquael Overflow Pipe Flow Unit Versamax Fzn Mini (SKU: 724810) is an Aquael spare for the Versamax FZN Mini, a small hang-on external filter, and the supplier listing calls it the component that controls the water flow rate into the filter. The part is named by the maker for the overflow pipe assembly of that one model.
The Versamax Mini, model FZN-MINI, is described by Aquael as an overflow filter mounted on the outer wall of the tank. Its set includes a filter cover, an overflow unit and a media container holding a sponge cartridge, and water is drawn from the tank, passes through the media and returns through an outlet tube. Aquael gives the flow as about 230 L/h at 3.3 W, with the unit measuring 12 × 9 × 9 cm, and says a knob on top of the overflow unit adjusts the output over a wide range while a knob at the bottom of the media chamber tilts the filter for a precise fit. Aquael's pages give the tank range as 1 to 40 L in the specification table, although the text on one page quotes a larger range, so check the manual for the filter. The strainer for the same overflow pipe is sold separately as SKU 724809.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Flow control lost:** The adjustment no longer changes the output as it should.
- **Cracked or worn unit:** The plastic has split, loosened or perished with age.
- **Missing after cleaning:** A part that was left out or damaged when the filter was serviced.
- **Reviving an older filter:** A cheaper repair than buying a new Versamax FZN Mini.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and lift it from the tank, emptying the media chamber over a sink.
- **Remove the old unit:** Take the overflow pipe flow unit off the filter, noting how it sits.
- **Fit the new unit:** Seat it in the same position and make sure the adjustment moves freely.
- **Hang and prime:** Hang the filter on the tank wall, fill the chamber and check the flow before leaving it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Model-specific part:** Named for the Versamax FZN Mini only.
- **Controls flow rate:** The component that sets how much water enters the filter, per the supplier listing.
- **Adjustable output:** Aquael describes a top knob that changes output over a wide range.
- **Hang-on design:** Suited to small aquariums where an internal filter takes up room.
- **Genuine Aquael part:** Made by the filter's manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724810
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546192491
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Overflow Unit
- **Fits:** Aquael Versamax FZN Mini hang-on filter (FZN-MINI)
- **Filter Flow:** About 230 L/h at 3.3 W (Aquael)
- **Filter Size:** 12 × 9 × 9 cm (Aquael)
- **Companion Part:** Overflow Pipe Strainer Versamax Fzn Mini (SKU 724809)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Overflow Pipe Strainer Versamax Fzn Mini
Intake strainer for the Versamax FZN Mini hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-overflow-pipe-strainer-versamax-fzn-mini/
- Price: $5.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724809 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546192514
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724809-1.jpg
The first thing that reaches a hang-on filter is whatever is floating or drifting near the intake, and a strainer is what stops it going further than it should. Aquael Overflow Pipe Strainer Versamax Fzn Mini (SKU: 724809) is an Aquael spare part for the overflow pipe of the Versamax FZN Mini hang-on filter. The old listing calls it the overflow pipe strainer for the Aquael Versamax Mini hang-on filter and gives no further specification, so this page is written from the filter's published description.
The Versamax Mini, model FZN-MINI, hangs on the outer wall of the aquarium, and Aquael describes the water path as drawn from the tank through an intake tube, through the media and back through an outlet tube. It is rated at about 230 L/h and 3.3 W and measures 12 × 9 × 9 cm. The media container holds a phenol-free standard sponge that supports beneficial bacteria, the baskets are removable and the cartridges can be swapped or combined with biological or chemical media. A strainer on the intake side keeps larger debris out of that path. Aquael's pages list the tank range as 1 to 40 L in one place and a larger range in another, so check the manual for the intended size. The part that controls flow on the same pipe is sold separately as SKU 724810.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Damaged strainer:** The openings are cracked, bent or broken where the strainer meets the pipe.
- **Blocked and worn:** A strainer that has degraded after repeated cleaning.
- **Lost after servicing:** The part was not refitted when the pipe was cleaned.
- **Debris in the tank:** Plant litter or uneaten food reaching the filter chamber.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift out:** Switch off the filter and remove it from the tank before working on the pipe.
- **Detach the old strainer:** Pull it from the end of the overflow pipe without twisting the pipe.
- **Fit the new strainer:** Push it fully home so no gap is left for debris.
- **Rinse and re-hang:** Rinse the pipe in tank water, hang the filter and check the water path.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Versamax Mini part:** Listed for the FZN Mini hang-on filter.
- **Overflow pipe strainer:** Sits on the pipe that draws water into the filter.
- **Debris barrier:** Keeps larger material out of the media chamber.
- **Small, light fitting:** A low-cost wearing part for a compact filter.
- **Genuine Aquael spare:** Made by the filter maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724809
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546192514
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Intake Strainer
- **Fits:** Aquael Versamax FZN Mini hang-on filter (FZN-MINI)
- **Filter Flow:** About 230 L/h at 3.3 W (Aquael)
- **Filter Size:** 12 × 9 × 9 cm (Aquael)
- **Companion Part:** Overflow Pipe Flow Unit Versamax Fzn Mini (SKU 724810)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 100x40
Foam base mat for one-metre aquariums carrying 200 kg of water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-aquarium-100x40/
- Price: $22.16 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101987 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546197823
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101987-1.webp
A tank one metre long and 40 cm deep, filled to 50 cm, holds about 200 L, and that is 200 kg of water before the glass, the substrate and the rockwork are counted. Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 100x40 (SKU: 101987) is the 100 × 40 cm size of Aquael's foam aquarium base mats, intended to go between that load and the stand. Aquael calls the range universal protective mats for the bottom of the tank, made of thick, damage-resistant foam in a dark colour that is hard to see under the tank.
The maker lists protection of the tank bottom, especially for large and heavy tanks, protection of furniture from scratches caused by the glass base, and thermal insulation that reduces heat loss and lowers water-heating costs. Sizes are matched to the standard bottoms of Aquael and Aqua Szut tanks and most other manufacturers' tanks, so the mat should be chosen by the footprint of the glass. A one-metre tank is the usual size at which a cabinet is purpose-built, and the mat is a final layer on that cabinet rather than a substitute for a stand rated for the load. The range continues with 120 × 40 cm and 150 × 50 cm for longer tanks, while 80 × 35 cm covers the size below.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Metre-long tanks:** A base mat for the 100 × 40 cm footprint on a cabinet or steel stand.
- **Heavy displays:** Tanks with deep substrate, large rocks or driftwood on board.
- **Polished furniture:** A guard for cabinet tops that would mark under a glass base.
- **Heated rooms and cold rooms:** An insulating layer where the tank loses heat through the base.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Confirm the footprint:** Measure the glass base and compare it with 100 × 40 cm.
- **Level the stand:** Check the stand with a spirit level in both directions before the mat goes on.
- **Lay the mat flat:** Smooth it out so the whole base is supported with no folds or gaps.
- **Lift, do not drag:** Place the empty tank with at least two people so the foam is not pushed out of position.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Metre-tank size:** 100 × 40 cm, for one of the most common large-tank footprints.
- **Thick foam:** Aquael's stated material, described as damage-resistant.
- **Heat-loss reduction:** Per Aquael, the mat insulates the base and lowers heating costs.
- **Dark finish:** Chosen to be hard to notice below the tank.
- **Furniture guard:** Stops the glass base scratching the surface of the stand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101987
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546197823
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Base Mat
- **Mat Size:** 100 × 40 cm
- **Material:** Thick foam, dark colour
- **Example Volume:** About 200 L for a 100 × 40 × 50 cm tank (calculated)
- **Fit:** Standard tank bottoms from Aquael, Aqua Szut and most other makers
- **Other Sizes:** 40 × 25 cm (SKU 101985); 60 × 30 cm (SKU 101986); 80 × 35 cm (SKU 102370); 120 × 40 cm (SKU 101988); 150 × 50 cm (SKU 101989)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with a matching base size
---
#### Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 120x40
Long foam base mat for 120 cm tanks and their stands.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-aquarium-120x40/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101988 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546197830
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101988-1.webp
A 120 cm tank spreads its load along a long span of cabinet top, so any ridge or gritty patch on the stand is felt along the whole run of the glass. Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 120x40 (SKU: 101988) is the 120 × 40 cm mat in Aquael's range of aquarium base mats, a single sheet of thick, damage-resistant foam in a dark colour that, in Aquael's words, is hard to notice under the tank. It is the fifth of the six sizes, built for the long, shallow-bodied tanks that share a 40 cm front-to-back depth with the 100 cm size.
Aquael states three functions: it protects the tank bottom from damage, particularly on large heavy aquariums, it protects furniture from scratches caused by the glass base, and it provides thermal insulation that reduces heat loss and water-heating costs. Mats in the range are sized to the standard bottoms of Aquael and Aqua Szut tanks and most other makers' tanks. A 120 × 40 cm tank filled 50 cm deep holds about 240 L, so the weight on the stand is around 240 kg for the water alone. Because the same 40 cm depth is shared with the 100 × 40 cm mat, check the length of the glass base carefully when choosing between the two, and step up to 150 × 50 cm only for tanks with that larger footprint.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **120 cm display tanks:** Long aquariums that need a mat spanning the full base.
- **Large planted or cichlid set-ups:** Heavy tanks with substantial hardscape.
- **Cabinet tops with a finish:** A scratch guard between the glass and veneer or laminate.
- **Energy-conscious heating:** Insulation below a large heated volume.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Measure the length:** Check the glass base against 120 × 40 cm, since 100 and 120 cm tanks share a depth.
- **Check the span:** Make sure the stand supports the full length of the tank, mat or no mat.
- **Roll out flat:** Unroll or lay the mat on the stand and press out any lift at the ends.
- **Use helpers:** Lower the empty tank with enough people to keep it from sliding on the foam.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **120 × 40 cm sheet:** A single mat for the base of a 120 cm tank.
- **Damage-resistant foam:** The material Aquael specifies for the whole mat range.
- **Thermal barrier:** Cuts heat lost through the base, according to Aquael.
- **Low visibility:** A dark colour that blends in under the tank.
- **Stand protection:** Prevents scratches from the glass base on the furniture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101988
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546197830
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Base Mat
- **Mat Size:** 120 × 40 cm
- **Material:** Thick foam in a dark colour
- **Example Volume:** About 240 L for a 120 × 40 × 50 cm tank (calculated)
- **Intended Use:** Under aquarium bases, as a protective and insulating layer
- **Other Sizes:** 40 × 25 cm (SKU 101985); 60 × 30 cm (SKU 101986); 80 × 35 cm (SKU 102370); 100 × 40 cm (SKU 101987); 150 × 50 cm (SKU 101989)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with a matching base size
---
#### Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 40x25
Dark foam base mat for small and desktop aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-aquarium-40x25/
- Price: $7.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101985 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546197793
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101985-1.webp
A small tank on a desk or shelf still has a hard glass base sitting on a surface that can scratch, and a few litres of water add up to real weight. Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 40x25 (SKU: 101985) is the smallest of Aquael's six aquarium base mats, a thick foam pad for the underside of an aquarium with a base of about 40 × 25 cm. Aquael describes the range as universal protective mats for the bottom of the tank, made of thick, damage-resistant foam in a dark colour that is hard to notice once the tank is sitting on it.
Aquael lists three jobs for the mat. It protects the tank bottom from damage, a concern that grows with large, heavy tanks but still applies to a glass nano on a bare timber or laminate top. It protects furniture from scratches caused by the glass base. It also acts as thermal insulation under the tank, which Aquael says reduces heat loss and lowers water-heating costs, a small saving that suits a tank with a low-wattage heater running most of the day. The mats are sized to match the standard bases of Aquael and Aqua Szut tanks and most other manufacturers' tanks. The 40 × 25 cm size suits tanks of roughly 25 L, such as a 40 × 25 × 25 cm cube-style or desktop set-up, and the next size up in the range is 60 × 30 cm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop and nano tanks:** A base mat for compact aquariums on desks, shelves and sideboards.
- **Protecting furniture:** A soft layer between the glass base and a timber, laminate or stone top.
- **Cooler rooms:** Insulation under the tank to cut heat lost through the base.
- **New tank set-ups:** Fitted before the tank is filled, when the surface is still easy to reach.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Check the base size:** Measure the outside of the tank base and compare it with 40 × 25 cm before buying.
- **Wipe the surface:** Clean and dry the stand top so grit does not sit between the stand and the foam.
- **Centre the mat:** Lay it flat and square, then lower the empty tank onto it without sliding the glass.
- **Keep it dry:** Wipe up spills and drips so the foam is not left damp under the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Thick foam:** Aquael's wording for a damage-resistant mat under the glass base.
- **Dark colour:** Barely visible below the tank, according to Aquael.
- **Insulating layer:** Reduces heat loss through the base and so heating costs, per Aquael.
- **Scratch protection:** Stops the glass base marking the furniture it stands on.
- **Smallest in the range:** Matched to 40 × 25 cm bases in a six-size line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101985
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546197793
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Base Mat
- **Mat Size:** 40 × 25 cm, for tank bases of the same footprint
- **Material:** Thick foam, dark colour
- **Function:** Base protection, furniture protection and thermal insulation
- **Range Sizes:** Six sizes from 40 × 25 cm to 150 × 50 cm
- **Other Sizes:** 60 × 30 cm (SKU 101986); 80 × 35 cm (SKU 102370); 100 × 40 cm (SKU 101987); 120 × 40 cm (SKU 101988); 150 × 50 cm (SKU 101989)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with a matching base size
---
#### Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 60x30
Foam base mat for standard 60 cm aquariums and stands.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-aquarium-60x30/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101986 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546197809
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101986-1.webp
The 60 cm tank is the common starting size in aquariums, and the first thing most of them sit on is a cabinet top that was never meant to take a point load of glass. Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 60x30 (SKU: 101986) is the 60 × 30 cm size in Aquael's range of foam aquarium base mats. Aquael calls them universal protective mats for the bottom of the aquarium, made of thick, damage-resistant foam, and the dark colour is chosen so the mat is hard to notice under the tank.
According to Aquael the mat protects the tank bottom from damage, protects furniture from scratches caused by the glass base, and insulates the base against heat loss, which lowers water-heating costs. Sizes are matched to the standard bottoms of Aquael and Aqua Szut aquariums and most other manufacturers' tanks, so the practical step is to match the mat to the outside footprint of the tank. A 60 × 30 cm tank that is 35 cm high holds about 63 L, so the filled weight is in the order of 63 kg before glass, gravel and decor, which is why a cushioning layer is worth having. The next size up is 80 × 35 cm and the next one down 40 × 25 cm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard 60 cm tanks:** A base mat for community, planted and shrimp aquariums of this footprint.
- **Cabinets and stands:** Cushioning between the glass base and the stand top.
- **Heated tropical tanks:** A layer of insulation under a tank held well above room temperature.
- **Tank moves and upgrades:** A fresh mat when a tank is relocated or re-set on a new stand.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Match the footprint:** Measure the base of the glass, not the rim or trim, and compare it with 60 × 30 cm.
- **Start on a level stand:** Check the stand top with a spirit level before the mat goes down.
- **Lay it before filling:** Position the mat, then set the empty tank squarely on it.
- **Recheck after a few weeks:** Look for the tank settling or the mat creeping out at an edge.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **60 × 30 cm size:** One of six Aquael mat sizes, made for the usual 60 cm tank base.
- **Damage-resistant foam:** Aquael's description of the thick mat material.
- **Inconspicuous finish:** A dark colour that is hard to see under the tank.
- **Heat-loss reduction:** Aquael says the mat insulates and lowers heating costs.
- **Furniture protection:** Guards the stand top from scratches by the glass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101986
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546197809
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Base Mat
- **Mat Size:** 60 × 30 cm
- **Material:** Thick foam in a dark colour
- **Suits:** Tanks with a 60 × 30 cm base, including Aquael and Aqua Szut models
- **Example Volume:** About 63 L for a 60 × 30 × 35 cm tank (calculated)
- **Other Sizes:** 40 × 25 cm (SKU 101985); 80 × 35 cm (SKU 102370); 100 × 40 cm (SKU 101987); 120 × 40 cm (SKU 101988); 150 × 50 cm (SKU 101989)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with a matching base size
---
#### Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 80x35
Insulating foam mat for mid-size 80 cm aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-aquarium-80x35/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102370 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546197816
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102370-1.webp
At 80 cm the water load starts to matter to the furniture beneath it, and a hard spot on a stand top shows up as a point load on the glass. Aquael Pad Under Aquarium 80x35 (SKU: 102370) is the 80 × 35 cm mat in Aquael's six-size line of foam aquarium base mats. The maker describes the line as universal protective mats for the bottom of the tank, made of thick, damage-resistant foam, with a dark colour that makes the mat hard to notice once the tank sits on it.
Aquael gives the purpose as protection of the tank bottom, which it stresses for large, heavy tanks, protection of furniture from scratches by the glass base, and thermal insulation that reduces heat loss and so water-heating costs. The mats are sized to match standard bottoms of Aquael and Aqua Szut tanks and most other manufacturers' tanks. As a guide to loading, an 80 × 35 cm tank that is 40 cm high holds about 112 L, which is around 112 kg of water alone. The 80 × 35 cm mat sits in the middle of the range, between the 60 × 30 cm size for standard small tanks and the 100 × 40 cm size for the metre-long tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **80 cm community tanks:** A mat sized to the base of the mid-size aquarium.
- **Heavier set-ups:** Tanks carrying sand, rock and hardscape in addition to the water.
- **Bedroom and lounge furniture:** A scratch guard where the stand has a finished surface.
- **Heater running costs:** Insulation below a tank held at tropical temperature all year.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Measure first:** Compare the outside base of the tank with 80 × 35 cm before laying the mat.
- **Clear the stand top:** Remove grit, sand and offcuts that could mark the foam or the glass.
- **Square it up:** Align the mat with the stand edge so the whole base is supported.
- **Lower the tank carefully:** Use two people to place the empty tank rather than dragging it across the foam.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-range size:** 80 × 35 cm, the third of Aquael's six mat sizes.
- **Thick foam build:** Aquael's stated material for protecting the base of heavy tanks.
- **Dark and discreet:** The colour is chosen so the mat is not noticed under the tank.
- **Thermal insulation:** Aquael says it reduces heat loss through the base.
- **Standard fit:** Matched to usual tank bottoms from Aquael and other makers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102370
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546197816
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Base Mat
- **Mat Size:** 80 × 35 cm
- **Material:** Thick, damage-resistant foam
- **Colour:** Dark
- **Example Volume:** About 112 L for an 80 × 35 × 40 cm tank (calculated)
- **Other Sizes:** 40 × 25 cm (SKU 101985); 60 × 30 cm (SKU 101986); 100 × 40 cm (SKU 101987); 120 × 40 cm (SKU 101988); 150 × 50 cm (SKU 101989)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with a matching base size
---
#### Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 10 Black
Black base pad for the 10 litre Shrimp Set nano aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-for-shrimp-set-10-black/
- Price: $3.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113233
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113233-1.jpg
A 10 litre nano is small enough to live on a bookshelf or bench, and the glass base of a tank that size still needs something soft under it. Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 10 Black (SKU: 113233) is the black under-tank pad for the Aquael Shrimp Set 10, the smallest of Aquael's three shrimp-oriented nano aquariums. Retailer specifications for the Shrimp Set 10 give a tank of 20 × 20 × 25 cm and 10 L, supplied with a 4.8 W Leddy Smart Day & Night LED lid, a Turbo Mini filter, a Fix 2 50 W heater and a Shrimp Safe protective filter sponge, and Australian listings of the Day & Night sets include an under pad in the box.
This pad is the replacement for that item, so it is the one to look for if the original has been lost, damaged or flattened when the tank was moved. It is sold in black to go with the black version of the set, and a white version is listed separately as SKU 113230. The pad is not a general aquarium mat: it is made for the 20 × 20 cm base of the 10 litre set, and the 20 and 30 litre sets have their own pads. Aquael describes its under-tank foam mats as protecting the bottom of the tank and the furniture beneath it and as insulating against heat loss, and the same reasoning applies to a small tank on a timber or laminate surface.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing a lost pad:** The original under pad from a Shrimp Set 10 has gone missing or worn out.
- **Moving the tank:** A fresh pad when the 10 litre set is relocated to a new bench or shelf.
- **Protecting a finished surface:** A layer between the glass base and timber, laminate or stone.
- **Black-framed sets:** A pad to match the black version of the Shrimp Set 10.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Empty the tank first:** Lifting a filled nano risks cracked seams, so drain it before moving.
- **Clean the surface:** Wipe the shelf or bench so no grit is trapped under the pad.
- **Centre the pad:** Lay it flat and set the 20 × 20 cm base squarely on it.
- **Refill slowly:** Check the tank sits level on the pad before the water goes back in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for the Shrimp Set 10:** Intended for the smallest nano set in the range.
- **Black finish:** Matches the black version of the set.
- **Base protection:** A cushioning layer between the glass and the surface.
- **Furniture guard:** Keeps the tank base off a polished top.
- **Separate replacement:** Bought on its own without buying another set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113233
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Replacement Base Pad (Shrimp Set)
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set 10 (Day & Night / Smart)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Tank Base:** 20 × 20 cm (set tank 20 × 20 × 25 cm, 10 L, per retailer specifications)
- **Quantity:** 1 pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set 20 Black (SKU 113234); Shrimp Set 30 Black (SKU 113235)
- **Other Colour:** Shrimp Set 10 White (SKU 113230)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 10 White
White base pad for the compact 10 litre Shrimp Set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-for-shrimp-set-10-white/
- Price: $3.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113230
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113230-1.jpg
White nano sets show every mark on the stand beneath them, so a clean pad under the tank is part of the look as much as the protection. Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 10 White (SKU: 113230) is the white version of the under-tank pad for the Aquael Shrimp Set 10. The set it belongs to is listed by retailers as a 10 L tank of 20 × 20 × 25 cm with a 4.8 W Leddy Smart Day & Night LED lid with three lighting modes, a Turbo Mini filter rated at 320 L/h, a Fix 2 50 W heater and a glass lid with a Smart Open System. A white version of the set is sold alongside the black one.
The pad is the part that sits between the glass base and the bench. Australian listings of the Shrimp Set Day & Night range state that an under pad is included, although at least one European retailer describes foam rubber pieces on the tank corners instead, so it is worth comparing the supplied pad with this one before ordering a replacement. This white pad is for the Shrimp Set 10 only; the same colour in the larger sets is the 20 litre pad (SKU 113231) and the 30 litre pad (SKU 113232). A black pad for this size is listed as SKU 113233 for the black set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White Shrimp Set 10:** A pad in the colour that suits the white version of the 10 litre set.
- **Lost or marked pad:** Replacing an original that has gone missing or become stained.
- **Light-coloured furniture:** A pad that sits quietly on a white or pale bench top.
- **Shelf and desk use:** A compact tank on a surface that should not be scratched by glass.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Drain before lifting:** Move the tank empty, with the heater and filter unplugged.
- **Wipe the shelf:** A clean, dry surface keeps the white pad free of marks.
- **Align the base:** Lay the pad flat and set the tank so the pad sits fully under the glass.
- **Check for level:** Make sure the set sits straight before it is filled again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White colour option:** The light version for the white Shrimp Set 10.
- **10 litre fit:** Made for the 20 × 20 cm footprint of the smallest set.
- **Cushioned base:** Separates the glass from the surface it stands on.
- **Sold singly:** One pad per pack, ordered without the tank.
- **Range match:** Pairs with the Day & Night 10 lid, filter and heater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113230
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Replacement Base Pad (Shrimp Set)
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set 10 (Day & Night / Smart), white version
- **Colour:** White
- **Set Tank:** 20 × 20 × 25 cm, 10 L (retailer specifications)
- **Quantity:** 1 pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set 20 White (SKU 113231); Shrimp Set 30 White (SKU 113232)
- **Other Colour:** Shrimp Set 10 Black (SKU 113233)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 20 Black
Black base pad for the 20 litre Shrimp Set aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-for-shrimp-set-20-black/
- Price: $3.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113234
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113234-1.jpg
The 20 litre Shrimp Set is the middle size of the range, large enough for a proper colony of dwarf shrimp, and heavy enough once filled that the base needs a cushion. Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 20 Black (SKU: 113234) is the black under-tank pad made for that set. Retailer specifications give the Shrimp Set 20 as a tank of 25 × 25 × 30 cm holding 20 L, supplied with a 4.8 W LED lid, an Aquael Turbo Mini filter, a Fix 2 50 W pre-set heater and a Shrimp Safe protective filter sponge, with an under pad listed among the contents on Australian retail pages.
A 20 litre tank carries about 20 kg of water, plus glass, substrate and decor, on a base only 25 cm square. The pad spreads that load over the surface and keeps the glass off the furniture. It is cut for this one set: the smaller Shrimp Set 10 and the larger Shrimp Set 30 have their own pads, SKU 113233 and SKU 113235 in black. The black pad is listed to go with the black set, and the white equivalent for the 20 litre set is SKU 113231. Aquael describes its under-tank foam mats as insulating the base against heat loss and protecting the furniture, and a 50 W heater on a small tank is a case where that matters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing the original:** The pad that came with a Shrimp Set 20 is lost, split or permanently dented.
- **After a re-scape:** A new pad when the tank has been drained and moved to a new spot.
- **Colony tanks:** A 20 litre breeding or display tank that stays in one position for years.
- **Black set owners:** A matching finish for the black Day & Night 20.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Drain and unplug:** Remove water and switch off the filter and heater before lifting the set.
- **Prepare the surface:** Make sure the bench or stand is flat, clean and dry.
- **Seat the tank:** Lay the pad down first, then lower the 25 × 25 cm base squarely onto it.
- **Refill gently:** Add water slowly and watch that the tank stays level on the pad.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Middle size of three:** The pad for the 20 litre Shrimp Set.
- **Black colour:** Intended for the black version of the set.
- **Load spreading:** A cushioned layer under a 25 × 25 cm glass base.
- **Surface protection:** Stops the glass marking the bench or stand.
- **Single-pad pack:** Sold individually as a spare.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113234
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Replacement Base Pad (Shrimp Set)
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set 20 (Day & Night / Smart)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Set Tank:** 25 × 25 × 30 cm, 20 L (retailer specifications)
- **Quantity:** 1 pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set 10 Black (SKU 113233); Shrimp Set 30 Black (SKU 113235)
- **Other Colour:** Shrimp Set 20 White (SKU 113231)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 20 White
White under-tank pad for the 20 litre nano shrimp aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-for-shrimp-set-20-white/
- Price: $3.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113231
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113231-1.jpg
Shrimp keepers tend to leave a tank alone for months, which means the pad under it stays in place for just as long and needs to be right the first time. Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 20 White (SKU: 113231) is the white pad for the Aquael Shrimp Set 20, the 25 × 25 × 30 cm, 20 L member of Aquael's three-size nano line according to retailer specifications. The complete set pairs the tank with a 4.8 W Leddy Smart Day & Night lamp, a Turbo Mini filter that reaches 320 L/h on full power, a Fix 2 automatic heater and a Shrimp Safe filter sponge.
The white colour is for the white version of the set, so the pad and the frame read as one object on a pale shelf. It is one pad per pack and it fits the 20 litre tank only. The smaller white pad is SKU 113230 for the Shrimp Set 10 and the larger is SKU 113232 for the Shrimp Set 30, while the black equivalent of this size is SKU 113234. One retailer describes foam rubber corner pieces on the tank rather than a full pad, so owners with an older or different production run should compare the part they already have. Aquael describes its under-tank foam mats as a protective, insulating layer between tank and furniture.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White Shrimp Set 20:** The matching pad for the white 20 litre set.
- **Light interiors:** A pad that suits a white bench, pale timber or a white shelving unit.
- **Worn or stained pads:** Replacing a pad that has yellowed or picked up marks over time.
- **Long-running colonies:** A fresh base layer when a mature shrimp tank is finally moved.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Plan the move:** Catch and hold the shrimp in a separate container while the tank is emptied.
- **Wipe the shelf:** A clean surface keeps the white pad bright and free of grit.
- **Square it up:** Place the pad so the whole 25 × 25 cm base rests on it.
- **Re-establish gradually:** Refill, restart the filter and let the water settle before returning livestock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White version:** Chosen to go with the white Shrimp Set 20.
- **20 litre fit:** Made for the 25 × 25 cm base of the mid-size set.
- **Base cushion:** Sits between the glass and the surface beneath.
- **Scratch protection:** Keeps the glass off the shelf or bench top.
- **Spare-part pack:** One pad supplied, without the tank or equipment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113231
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Replacement Base Pad (Shrimp Set)
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set 20 (Day & Night / Smart), white version
- **Colour:** White
- **Set Tank:** 25 × 25 × 30 cm, 20 L (retailer specifications)
- **Quantity:** 1 pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set 10 White (SKU 113230); Shrimp Set 30 White (SKU 113232)
- **Other Colour:** Shrimp Set 20 Black (SKU 113234)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 30 Black
Black base pad for the largest 30 litre Shrimp Set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-for-shrimp-set-30-black/
- Price: $3.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113235
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113235-1.jpg
At 30 litres the Shrimp Set is the biggest of the three, and the weight of 30 kg of water on a 29 cm square base is the reason this one gets a dedicated pad. Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 30 Black (SKU: 113235) is the black under-tank pad for that set. Retailer specifications list the Day & Night 30 at 29 × 29 × 35 cm and 30 L, with the same equipment as the smaller sets: a 4.8 W LED lid, an Aquael Turbo Mini filter, a Fix 2 50 W pre-set heater, a Shrimp Safe protective sponge and, on Australian pages, an under pad.
Because the tank is taller than the 10 and 20 litre versions, it carries more water above the same style of glass base, and the pad is the cushion that takes that load. It is made for the 30 litre set only. The smaller black pads are SKU 113233 for the Shrimp Set 10 and SKU 113234 for the Shrimp Set 20, and the white 30 litre pad is SKU 113232. One retailer lists this set under the Smart 30 name and another sells it as Day & Night 30, so check the model of the tank you own before ordering. Aquael describes its under-tank foam mats as protecting both the tank base and the furniture, with an insulating effect that reduces heat loss.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Largest Shrimp Set:** The pad for the 30 litre, 29 × 29 × 35 cm set.
- **Heavier nano loads:** A taller tank with rock and substrate that adds to the 30 kg of water.
- **Replacement part:** The original pad is missing, creased or has lost its shape.
- **Black set matching:** A black pad to go with the black version of the set.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Drain completely:** Never lift a filled tank; empty it and unplug the heater and filter.
- **Check the support:** Confirm the shelf or stand is rated for the filled weight of the set.
- **Lay the pad flat:** Position it so the full 29 × 29 cm base is supported with no overhang.
- **Test for level:** Add a little water first and check the tank is not tilting before filling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Top of the range:** The pad for the largest of the three Shrimp Sets.
- **Black colour:** Intended for the black version of the 30 litre set.
- **Weight spreading:** A cushion under a 29 × 29 cm base carrying about 30 kg of water.
- **Furniture protection:** Prevents the glass from marking the surface below.
- **Individual spare:** One pad per pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113235
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Replacement Base Pad (Shrimp Set)
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set 30 (Day & Night / Smart)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Set Tank:** 29 × 29 × 35 cm, 30 L (retailer specifications)
- **Quantity:** 1 pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set 10 Black (SKU 113233); Shrimp Set 20 Black (SKU 113234)
- **Other Colour:** Shrimp Set 30 White (SKU 113232)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 30 White
White base pad for the 30 litre Day & Night Shrimp Set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pad-under-for-shrimp-set-30-white/
- Price: $3.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113232
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113232-1.jpg
A tall white nano on a pale cabinet is a feature piece, and the pad under it is the one part nobody sees until it is dirty or missing. Aquael Pad Under For Shrimp Set 30 White (SKU: 113232) is the white replacement pad for the Aquael Shrimp Set 30. Retailer specifications describe that set as a 29 × 29 × 35 cm tank holding 30 L, with a lid carrying 4.8 W Leddy Smart Day & Night lighting, a Turbo Mini filter, a Fix 2 50 W heater and a Shrimp Safe sponge for the filter intake.
This is the white pad for the largest of the three sets. It is sold one to a pack as a spare, and it is made for this tank only: the smaller white pads are SKU 113230 for the Shrimp Set 10 and SKU 113231 for the Shrimp Set 20, and the black pad for the 30 litre set is SKU 113235. Shrimp Set pages on Australian sites say an under pad is part of the set, while a German retailer mentions foam rubber pieces fixed to the corners instead, so a quick look at what came with your tank will confirm whether this is the part you need. Aquael describes its under-tank foam mats as protecting the furniture and insulating the base, and those are the reasons to replace a pad rather than run the tank without one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White 30 litre set:** The pad for the white Day & Night 30 or Smart 30 tank.
- **Display placement:** A tank in a lounge or office on light-coloured furniture.
- **Yellowed or stained pad:** Replacing a white pad that has discoloured with age.
- **Tank relocations:** A new pad for the stand when the set is drained and moved.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Move the livestock:** House shrimp and fish in a covered container with tank water while the tank is empty.
- **Clean the stand:** Wipe away dust and grit so the white surface stays clean.
- **Centre the base:** Lay the pad flat so the 29 × 29 cm base sits fully on it.
- **Check the lid and level:** Make sure the tank is straight before the glass lid and light go back on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White finish:** The light-coloured option for the 30 litre set.
- **Largest set fit:** Made for the 29 × 29 cm base of the 30 L tank.
- **Load cushion:** Supports a tank carrying about 30 kg of water.
- **Bench protection:** Keeps the glass base off the surface beneath.
- **Single pad:** Supplied alone, without the tank, lid or filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113232
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Replacement Base Pad (Shrimp Set)
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set 30 (Day & Night / Smart), white version
- **Colour:** White
- **Set Tank:** 29 × 29 × 35 cm, 30 L (retailer specifications)
- **Quantity:** 1 pad
- **Other Sizes:** Shrimp Set 10 White (SKU 113230); Shrimp Set 20 White (SKU 113231)
- **Other Colour:** Shrimp Set 30 Black (SKU 113235)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pipe Connector Pfn Plus
Hose connector spare for Aquael PFN Plus pond and fountain pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-connector-pfn-plus/
- Price: $6.83 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100296 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546111874
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100296-1.jpg
A pump is only as reliable as the joint that connects it to the pipework, and a cracked connector can turn a working pond pump into a leak. Aquael Pipe Connector Pfn Plus (SKU: 100296) is an Aquael spare part, a pipe connector listed for the PFN Plus pump. The supplier listing carries no description beyond the name, and the PFN Plus is not described on the Aquael product pages reviewed, so the identity of the pump should be confirmed from the label on your own unit before ordering.
The PFN family is Aquael's AquaJet range of fountain and pond pumps, described by the maker as built for medium-sized ponds and able to drive Aquael pond filters. Aquael's published table runs from the PFN 500, at 500 L/h and 4.4 W, to the PFN 3500, at 3,500 L/h and 42 W. Hose connections are 1/2 inch on the PFN 500, 3/4 inch on the 1000, 1500 and 2000, and 3/4, 1 and 1 1/2 inch on the 3500. The pumps have a double mechanical prefilter, continuous adjustment of flow at the outlet and a fountain nozzle, and run in or out of water with overheat protection. Aquael says they should not be used with liquids above 35 °C. Because this connector is sold for the Plus version, sizing by pump label matters more than sizing by hose alone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken outlet fitting:** The connector on the pump has cracked or lost its thread.
- **Dripping joint:** A worn connector that no longer seals with a hose.
- **Missing after cleaning:** A piece mislaid when the pump was serviced.
- **Changing the layout:** A pond or fountain re-plumbed to a different hose run.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the pump:** Lift it from the pond and let it drain before working on the outlet.
- **Take off the old connector:** Unscrew or release it and note the order of any washers or nuts.
- **Fit the new connector:** Match its seat to the outlet and tighten it by hand, not with a wrench.
- **Check under water:** Lower the pump, restart it and look for bubbles or drips at the joint.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **PFN Plus spare:** Listed for that model of Aquael pond pump.
- **Hose connection part:** Joins the pump outlet to the pipe or hose of the system.
- **Genuine Aquael part:** Made by the maker of the PFN pump range.
- **Low-cost repair:** Replaces the fitting without replacing the pump.
- **Identity to confirm:** The PFN Plus name should be checked against the pump label.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100296
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546111874
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Pump Hose Connector
- **Fits:** Aquael PFN Plus pond pump (confirm against the pump label)
- **PFN Hose Connections:** 1/2 inch (PFN 500); 3/4 inch (PFN 1000–2000); 3/4, 1 and 1 1/2 inch (PFN 3500), per Aquael
- **Pump Temperature Limit:** Not above 35 °C, per Aquael
- **Quantity:** 1 connector
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and fountains
---
#### Aquael Pipe Connector Pfn/eco
Hose connector spare for Aquael PFN pond pumps and UV steriliser fittings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-connector-pfn-eco/
- Price: $19.42 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100247
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33073-aquael-krociec-lampy-uv-1-800x800-1.avif
Pond plumbing leaks at its connectors long before anything else gives up, and a connector that no longer seals costs flow and lets air into the line. Aquael Pipe Connector Pfn/eco (SKU: 100247) is an Aquael spare part, a hose connector listed for Aquael's PFN and PFN ECO pond pump range and for the UV lamp units used with them. The supplier listing names a long list of models and gives a thread range of 3/4 to 1 1/2 inch, but it is a retailer listing and not a maker's parts sheet, so the fit should be checked against the model on the pond before ordering.
The listing names the connector for the UV lamp units in the KlarPressure UV and Extreme 8 filters, for the PFN ECO 6000, 8000 and 10000, for the PFN 3500 and 5500, and for the PS 15, 30 and 55 W steriliser models. Aquael's own pages show why the range of sizes matters: the PFN 3500 pump has hose connections of 3/4, 1 and 1 1/2 inch, and the PS UV sterilisers connect to 1, 3/4 or 1/2 inch hose with inlet and outlet connectors supplied. The listing says the part is made of materials resistant to water and UV radiation and is intended to give a leak-free joint between the equipment and standard hose or pipe.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weeping or cracked joint:** A connector that drips at the pump or UV unit and cannot be sealed.
- **Lost during servicing:** A connector left out when a UV lamp or pump was stripped for cleaning.
- **Rebuilding the pipework:** A pond system being reconfigured with a different hose size.
- **Air in the line:** A worn thread letting air in on the suction side of a pump.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the system:** Switch off the pump and UV unit and close any valves before undoing a connector.
- **Remove the old connector:** Unscrew it and note the hose size and the position of any washers.
- **Fit the replacement:** Thread it on by hand, fit the hose and tighten with the clamp or nut supplied with the equipment.
- **Leak-test under pressure:** Restart the system and watch the joint for several minutes before leaving it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-model listing:** Named for PFN, PFN ECO, KlarPressure UV and Extreme 8 equipment.
- **Three hose sizes:** The listing gives a thread range of 3/4, 1 and 1 1/2 inch.
- **Weather-resistant material:** Described as resistant to water and UV radiation.
- **Leak-tight joint:** Intended to prevent leaks and keep flow efficient.
- **Genuine Aquael spare:** Made by the same maker as the pumps and filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100247
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Pump / UV Hose Connector
- **Listed Fitment:** PFN ECO 6000, 8000, 10000; PFN 3500, 5500; KlarPressure UV; Extreme 8; PS 15, 30 and 55 W (supplier listing)
- **Thread Range:** 3/4 to 1 1/2 inch (supplier listing)
- **Quantity:** 1 connector
- **Related Part:** Pipe Connector Uv (SKU 100051)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and water features
---
#### Aquael Pipe Connector Sprinkler
Spray-bar link for Aquael canister filter sprinkler pipes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-connector-sprinkler/
- Price: $20.87 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100204
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100204-1.jpg
A sprinkler bar spreads a filter's return flow across the water surface instead of firing it at the glass, and a bar that has lost a link does that job badly. Aquael Pipe Connector Sprinkler (SKU: 100204) is an Aquael spare part sold as a sprinkler pipe connector for the outlet side of a canister filter. The listing is thin and the old copy on the page describes a segmented sprinkler tube without naming a filter, so the fit should be confirmed against your own sprinkler before ordering.
Aquael builds a sprinkler into its Unimax canister filters, described by the maker's distributor as a spray bar for aeration, and the same idea is used across Aquael's external filters: the water that has passed through the media returns to the tank through a perforated outlet, which breaks the surface, helps gas exchange and softens the current. A sprinkler bar is usually assembled from a pipe and connectors, and this part is the connecting piece that joins sections or the bar to the outlet pipe. Compare the original connector against the part before ordering, particularly the tube diameter, since filters of different sizes use different hoses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Missing or cracked link:** A connector in the spray bar has broken or been lost.
- **Lengthening the bar:** Making the sprinkler longer to cover more of the tank width.
- **Rebuilding the outlet:** Reassembling the spray bar after a deep clean or filter service.
- **Redirecting the flow:** Moving the outlet to reduce the current on fish or plants.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Stop the filter:** Switch off the power and close the hose taps before disconnecting the outlet.
- **Dismantle the old bar:** Slide the sections apart and note how the connector sits in the line.
- **Fit the connector:** Push it fully onto the neighbouring pipe sections so the joint is firm.
- **Aim the holes:** Point the outlets across the water surface, restart the filter and watch the pattern.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sprinkler connector:** Joins sections of a spray-bar outlet.
- **Aquael spare:** Made by the manufacturer of the filters it belongs to.
- **Modular assembly:** A bar can be lengthened or rebuilt from separate pieces.
- **Surface agitation:** A sprinkler outlet breaks the surface and helps gas exchange.
- **Single-piece pack:** Sold as one connector.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100204
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sprinkler Connector
- **Part Name:** Pipe Connector Sprinkler
- **Function:** Connecting link in a canister filter sprinkler (spray bar) pipe
- **Quantity:** 1 connector
- **Fitment:** Aquael canister filters with a sprinkler outlet (confirm the model and pipe diameter)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pipe Connector Uv
Hose connector spare for Aquael UV AS and PS steriliser units.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-connector-uv/
- Price: $12.79 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100051
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33093-aquael-krociec-lampy-uv-nowy.avif
A UV unit only treats the water that passes through it, so the connectors that join it to the hose have to be sound, sealed and the right size. Aquael Pipe Connector Uv (SKU: 100051) is an Aquael spare part, a connector for the AS and PS series of Aquael UV-C steriliser lamps. The old listing says the part is made by the same manufacturer as the steriliser, is supplied new in original packaging and lets hoses of different diameters be attached to the UV unit in aquariums and ponds.
The fitment list on the listing covers the UV AS 5, 9 and 11 W models, the UV PS 9 and 11 W models, the PS 15, 30 and 55 W models, and the 2.0 versions of the PS 5, 7, 9 and 11 W and the AS 5, 7, 9 and 11 W. Aquael's information sheet for the PS range shows the steriliser can be used on the water surface or fully submerged, powered by a filter or an external pump, with inlet and outlet connectors, suction cups and a mounting system supplied for hoses of 1, 3/4 or 1/2 inch. The sheet lists a maximum working pressure of 0.2 bar and a UV-C lamp life of up to 10,000 hours, around 14 months of continuous running. Since the connector is where water enters and leaves the unit, a worn one affects both flow and leak safety. A related connector for the PFN and KlarPressure range is SKU 100247.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked connector:** A fitting that has split near the hose barb or thread.
- **Leaking at the unit:** A joint that drips and cannot be fixed with a new seal alone.
- **Lost during lamp changes:** A connector misplaced when the UV lamp was replaced.
- **Changing hose size:** Re-plumbing the steriliser to a different hose diameter.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off and unplug:** Never open a UV unit while the lamp is powered.
- **Disconnect the hoses:** Drain the unit and remove the old connector from its port.
- **Fit the new connector:** Seat it in the port, then push the hose onto it and secure it with a clamp.
- **Check for leaks:** Restart the flow first, then the lamp, and watch the joint before leaving it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **AS and PS series fit:** Named for Aquael's UV AS and PS steriliser units.
- **Several hose sizes:** Aquael's PS units connect to 1/2, 3/4 and 1 inch hose.
- **Aquarium and pond use:** The listing covers both water features.
- **Same-maker spare:** Made by Aquael, the maker of the steriliser.
- **Simple design:** A plain connector, easy to swap during lamp servicing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100051
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > UV Steriliser Hose Connector
- **Listed Fitment:** UV AS 5, 9, 11 W; UV PS 9, 11, 15, 30, 55 W; UV PS and AS 2.0 in 5, 7, 9, 11 W (supplier listing)
- **PS Hose Sizes:** 1, 3/4 or 1/2 inch (Aquael PS information sheet)
- **Maximum Working Pressure:** 0.2 bar (PS information sheet)
- **Quantity:** 1 connector
- **Companion Part:** Pipe Connector Pfn/eco (SKU 100247)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aquael Pipe Duckbill Lg
Large duckbill flow deflector for Aquael filter and pump outlets.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-duckbill-lg/
- Price: $11.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100196 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546013499
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/download-1.jpg
An outlet that fires straight at the glass or the plants can be redirected with a small angled nozzle, and the large duckbill is the size made for the bigger outlets. Aquael Pipe Duckbill Lg (SKU: 100196) is an Aquael spare part, a large duckbill flow deflector that fits on the outlet tube of a filter or pump to point the water jet where it is wanted. The supplier listing describes it as the large variety, typically included with canister filters and compatible with medium-sized tubes, and the matching smaller size is intended for smaller tubes.
The listing says the deflector steers water towards the filtration zone, a fountain or other water installation, and that it is made of materials resistant to water and UV radiation. It gives a fitment list of Circulator 1000, 1500 and 2000; Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000; Fan 3 Plus; Unifilter 750 and 1000; Unimax 150, 250, 500 and 700; Ultra 900, 1200 and 1400; Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000; Hypermax; and Maxi Kani 150, 250, 350 and 500. That list comes from a supplier listing and not a maker's parts sheet, so check the outlet tube diameter against the part before ordering. A duckbill does not change the flow rate of the filter; it changes the direction, which is useful for breaking up a dead spot, aiming the jet along the glass or lifting debris towards the intake.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing a lost nozzle:** The original duckbill was misplaced when the filter was serviced.
- **Redirecting the jet:** The outlet flow is hitting plants or fish and needs a new angle.
- **Cracked tip:** UV exposure or age has split or hardened the plastic of the old deflector.
- **Pond and fountain use:** Aiming flow in larger water installations, as the listing suggests.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Stop the pump:** Switch off the filter or pump before touching the outlet pipe.
- **Check the diameter:** Offer the duckbill to the end of the outlet tube to confirm it fits the medium-sized tube.
- **Push it on:** Fit the deflector firmly and rotate it to the direction you want.
- **Adjust by eye:** Restart the flow and fine-tune the angle until the current runs along the glass or surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large size:** Meant for medium-sized outlet tubes on canister filters.
- **Directing tip:** Points the water jet towards a chosen zone.
- **Water- and UV-resistant:** The material is described that way in the supplier listing.
- **Wide model list:** Named for many Aquael filters and pumps.
- **Push-on fitting:** No tools are needed to attach it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100196
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546013499
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Outlet Flow Deflector
- **Part Name:** Duckbill, Large
- **Listed Fitment:** Circulator, Turbo, Fan 3 Plus, Unifilter, Unimax, Ultra, Ultramax, Hypermax and Maxi Kani models (supplier listing)
- **Tube Size:** Medium-sized tubes (supplier listing)
- **Quantity:** 1 deflector
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, ponds and fountains
---
#### Aquael Pipe Duckbill Sm
Aquael Pipe Duckbill Nozzle Small.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-duckbill-sm/
- Price: $5.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102788 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546000871
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aquael-Pipe-Duckbill-Sm.png
The Aquael Pipe Duckbill Nozzle Small (SKU: 102788) is an authentic replacement outlet nozzle designed to direct and diffuse water flow from internal filters and circulation pumps. Featuring a flattened "duckbill" design, this compact nozzle spreads the returning water stream into a wide, gentle surface current, preventing harsh direct blasts of water that can stress small fish or disturb fine substrates.
Crafted from durable, non-toxic, aquatic-safe plastic, this small outlet attachment easily friction-fits onto compatible Aquael filter outlets and spray bar tubing. By breaking surface tension and creating a uniform surface ripple, it promotes vital gas exchange and oxygenation throughout the aquarium without generating turbulent currents.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Flow Direction & Diffusion:** Ideal for customising water return angles and widening outlet streams in small to medium aquariums.
- **Surface Aeration:** Excellent for directing flow toward the water surface to boost oxygenation and prevent surface film buildup.
- **Sensitive Livestock:** Recommended for tanks housing dwarf shrimp, bettas, micro-rasboras, or delicate live plants that prefer gentle water movement.
**How to Use**
- Turn off your aquarium filter or circulation pump.
- Push the connecting end of the duckbill nozzle firmly onto the filter outlet spout or extension elbow.
- Swivel and adjust the flared nozzle tip to direct water flow across the surface or along specific tank walls.
- Restart your filter and inspect the flow pattern for optimal water movement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Aquael Replacement Part:** Ensures a snug, leak-free friction fit with compatible Aquael filter return outlets.
- **Flared Duckbill Outlet:** Spreads concentrated water output into a wide, gentle current to minimise turbulence.
- **Enhanced Oxygenation:** Easily angled upward to create surface agitation and improve gas exchange.
- **Inert Plastic Construction:** Safe for all freshwater and saltwater marine aquariums; will not leach or alter water parameters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 102788
- Barcode (GTIN/UPC): 5905546000871
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Outlet Nozzles & Connectors
- **Size:** Small
- **Package Dimensions:** 104.5 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 11 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 15.4 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pipe Elbow Lg
Aquael Pipe Elbow Large.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-elbow-lg/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102500
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aquael-Pipe-Elbow-Lg.png
The Aquael Pipe Elbow Large (SKU: 102500) is a genuine 90° directional connector designed for Aquael canister filters, powerheads, and circulating pumps. Constructed from durable, aquarium-safe materials, this replacement elbow allows you to bend water flow routing around aquariums, cabinets, and sumps without kinking or restricting hose flow.
Engineered with a precise, tight fit to prevent water leaks, it serves as an essential connecting component for maintenance, routine repairs, or custom plumbing setups on high-capacity filtration systems.
Compatibility Note: Medium and small elbows are not directly interchangeable. While narrow dimensions are similar, small elbows lack the friction lock required for large pipe systems. If stepping down pipe sizes using smaller fittings, applying aquarium-safe silicone is recommended to ensure a secure, leak-free seal.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hose & Pipe Routing:** Bends hose setups at a 90-degree angle to comfortably position filtration lines around aquarium corners and cabinet walls without kinking.
- **Filter Repairs & Maintenance:** Direct replacement for worn, cracked, or missing factory elbows on compatible Aquael pumps and canister filters.
- **Custom Plumbing Arrangements:** Ideal for configuring custom inlet/outlet plumbing on medium to large aquarium setups.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect and turn off power to your filter/pump system before making plumbing changes.
- Push the large elbow firmly into the corresponding Aquael intake/outflow pipe or hose coupling until fully seated.
- Ensure the connection is tight to maintain pressure and eliminate water leak risks.
- Prime and restart your filtration system, checking the connection point for water tightness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Directional Flow Control:** 90° angle allows effortless hose alignment around tanks and furniture.
- **Aquarium-Safe Construction:** Made from non-toxic, chemical- and water-resistant materials built to withstand continuous submerged use.
- **Precision Press Fit:** Forms a secure, leak-free union with standard Aquael hoses and modular tubes.
- **Wide Range Compatibility:** Operates seamlessly across popular Aquael external canister, powerhead, and circulation lines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 102500
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Plumbing & Hoses
- **Dimensions:** 974 mm (L) × 44 mm (B) × 55 mm (H)
- **Weight:** 990 g
- **Colour:** Black / Dark Grey
- **Compatible Models:** Aquael Unimax, Ultramax, Ultra, Hypermax, Maxi Kani, Turbo 1000/1500/2000, and Circulator 1000/1500/2000.
---
#### Aquael Pipe In/outflow 2pk
Two-piece inlet and outlet pipe set for 16/22 canister filter hoses.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-in-outflow-2pk/
- Price: $36.41 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112938 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312615
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/19620-aquael-zestaw-rurek-przelewowych-ultramaxmaxikani-1-100x100-1.avif
The two pipes that hang in the tank are the filter's only contact with the water, and they take the knocks from every tank clean. Aquael Pipe In/outflow 2pk (SKU: 112938) is a twin pack of Aquael inflow and outflow pipes, the tubes that attach canister filter hosing to the inlet and outlet side of the aquarium. The supplier listing says they are included with most Aquael canister filters and are compatible with the MaxiKani, Ultra and Ultramax filters, with the exception of the Ultramax 2000, and with any filter that uses a 16/22 hose.
In use, one pipe draws water from the tank into the filter and the other returns the filtered water to the aquarium, so together they set the circulation pattern. The listing describes the pipes as plastic that resists water and chemicals, easy to take apart for cleaning, and sold as a replacement for damaged or worn originals. It names the Ultramax 1000 and 1500, the MaxiKani and the Ultra filters. Because the Ultramax 2000 is excluded and a different pipe set applies to it, the model matters as much as the hose size, and the hose diameter of your filter should be confirmed before ordering. The set contains two pipes, one for each side of the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or brittle pipes:** Plastic that has aged or been knocked during maintenance.
- **Replacing a lost pair:** The set that came with the filter has been broken up or mislaid.
- **Re-plumbing a canister filter:** A fresh inlet and outlet when the hoses are being renewed.
- **Service refresh:** Replacing discoloured pipes while the filter is serviced.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off and close taps:** Shut the hose taps and unplug the filter before disconnecting any hose.
- **Remove the old pipes:** Release the hoses and lift the pipes out, catching drips in a towel.
- **Connect the new pair:** Push each hose fully onto its pipe, keeping the inlet and outlet the right way round.
- **Position and restart:** Place the pipes at opposite ends of the tank, open the taps and prime the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-pipe pack:** One inflow and one outflow for a full set.
- **16/22 hose fit:** Listed for filters that use 16/22 hosing.
- **Listed models:** MaxiKani, Ultra and Ultramax 1000 and 1500, per the supplier.
- **Plastic build:** Described as water- and chemical-resistant.
- **Easy to clean:** Takes apart for maintenance, according to the listing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112938
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312615
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Inlet and Outlet Pipes
- **Contents:** 2 pipes (inflow and outflow)
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 (supplier listing)
- **Listed Fitment:** MaxiKani, Ultra and Ultramax 1000/1500; not the Ultramax 2000 (supplier listing)
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pipe In/outflow Anchored
Anchored inlet and outlet pipe spare for Aquael canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-in-outflow-anchored/
- Price: $30.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100201
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/43731-aquael-zestaw-naprawczy-apapr-plus-100x100-1.avif
An anchored pipe is built to stay where it is put, so the hose does not drag it out of position every time the filter surges. Aquael Pipe In/outflow Anchored (SKU: 100201) is an Aquael spare part for the inlet and outlet side of a canister filter. The old copy on the page is internally inconsistent: it opens by calling the part a connector that attaches canister hosing to the entry and exit channels of the aquarium, then goes on to describe a repair kit for AP/APRR aeration pumps, which cannot both be right. This page therefore keeps to what the name and the first sentence support.
A canister filter uses two pipes in the tank, one drawing water into the filter and one returning it. The anchored version is a variant of that tank-side pipe, and the listing says it suits canister filters with a 16/22 hose. The listing's compatibility paragraph names the AP and APRR aeration pump models instead, so it is not carried over here. If you have an Aquael canister, compare the pipe on your filter with the part before ordering, paying attention to the hose diameter, how the pipe is held in the tank, and whether it is the inlet or the outlet that needs replacing. The standard two-pipe set without an anchor is listed separately as SKU 112938.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pipe that will not stay put:** An inlet or outlet that moves with the hose.
- **Cracked or worn pipe:** Plastic damaged by knocks or age during maintenance.
- **Lost part:** A pipe left out when the filter was reassembled.
- **Re-plumbing the filter:** A fresh tank connection when the hoses are renewed.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Turn the filter off:** Unplug it and close the hose taps before disconnecting anything.
- **Remove the old pipe:** Detach the hose and lift the pipe and any holder out of the tank.
- **Fit the new pipe:** Connect the hose, then anchor the pipe in its final position in the aquarium.
- **Prime and check:** Open the taps, prime the filter and watch that the pipe holds steady in the current.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Anchored style:** A pipe variant intended to stay in position.
- **16/22 hose size:** Listed for canister filters with that hose.
- **Inlet or outlet use:** Part of the tank-side plumbing of a canister filter.
- **Aquael spare:** Made by the maker of the filters it replaces.
- **Tank-side plumbing:** Carries water into or out of the aquarium on a canister filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100201
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Inlet/Outlet Pipe
- **Part Name:** Pipe In/outflow, Anchored
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 (supplier listing)
- **Quantity:** 1 pipe
- **Related Part:** Pipe In/outflow 2pk (SKU 112938)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Pipe Inlet Reductor
Small inlet reducer spare for Aquael filter intake pipes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-pipe-inlet-reductor/
- Price: $2.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102824
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102824-1.png
An intake pipe is a small part with a big effect on how a filter draws water, and a missing fitting changes that. Aquael Pipe Inlet Reductor (SKU: 102824) is an Aquael spare part listed as an inlet reductor for a filter intake pipe. The listing for it is a single line, "Aquael Inlet Reductor", and no maker page for the part was found, so what follows is limited to what the name supports and what Aquael publishes about the filters this part would sit on.
A reductor, by name, reduces the size of an opening, which on a filter intake means the point where water enters the pipe. On a canister filter the inlet pipe draws water from the tank through the hose to the canister, and the flow is set by the pump and the hose size. The exact model fit and the opening size of this reductor are not published, and neither is the hose size, so match it to the original part from your own filter before ordering. The Aquael Pipe In/outflow 2pk (SKU 112938) is listed for 16/22 hose on MaxiKani, Ultra and Ultramax 1000 and 1500 filters, which gives a reference point for the hose range in Aquael's canister filters. Treat this entry as a lower-detail listing than most and confirm fitment with the supplier if there is any doubt.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost reductor:** The original piece was left out when the intake was reassembled.
- **Cracked or worn part:** A reductor damaged by age or handling.
- **Rebuilding the intake:** Completing the inlet pipe after a deep clean or hose change.
- **Checking a spare kit:** Keeping a matching part on hand for the next filter service.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off the power and close the hose taps before touching the inlet pipe.
- **Remove the old reductor:** Take the pipe from the tank and pull out the old part.
- **Match it up:** Hold the new reductor against the old one to compare size and shape.
- **Refit and test:** Push it fully in, rehang the pipe, open the taps and check the flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Inlet-side part:** Named for use on a filter intake pipe.
- **Aquael spare:** Sold under the Aquael brand as a replacement part.
- **Simple fit:** A small fitting installed without tools.
- **Reducing fitting:** By name, a part that narrows an opening on the intake.
- **Match by comparison:** Easy to check against the original before fitting.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102824
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Inlet Pipe Reducer
- **Part Name:** Pipe Inlet Reductor
- **Function:** Reduces the opening of a filter intake pipe
- **Quantity:** 1 reductor
- **Fitment:** Aquael filter intake pipes (model not published; confirm before ordering)
- **Related Part:** Pipe In/outflow 2pk (SKU 112938)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Plastic Hanger For Platinium Heater With Suction Cups 25w - 300w
Replacement plastic heater hanger with suction cups for Aquael Platinium heaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-plastic-hanger-for-platinium-heater-with-suction-cups-25w-300w/
- Price: $7.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102841 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319461
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102841-1.png
A heater that works loose from the glass can rattle against the pane, drift towards the substrate or end up lying against a rock, so the small plastic part that holds it matters as much as the thermostat. Aquael Plastic Hanger For Platinium Heater With Suction Cups 25w - 300w (SKU: 102841) is the spare hanger for Aquael's Platinium glass heaters, supplied with suction cups for fixing it to the aquarium wall. Aquael states that every Platinium heater is sold with rubber suction cups and a hanger so it can be installed in any tank, and this spare suits owners whose original hanger has cracked, lost a cup or gone missing. The listing covers the whole Platinium range from 25 W to 300 W.
Aquael makes the Platinium in eight sizes: 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250 and 300 W, rated for tanks from 10 to 25 L at the small end up to 230 to 300 L at the large end. The heaters have a fully electronic thermostat with an accuracy of 0.4 °C, a ceramic heat sink to spread the heat evenly, and a One Touch System for setting the temperature with a single button. The adjustable range is 25 to 33 °C, the housing is rated IPX8 for continuous operation, and the heater suits both freshwater and marine tanks. The hanger is a plastic part, and Aquael does not publish its dimensions or the number of suction cups supplied, so the heater and its original hanger should be compared before ordering. It replaces only the mounting; the heater itself is a separate product.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or brittle hanger:** Plastic that has aged or been knocked no longer grips the heater body firmly.
- **Lost suction cups:** Cups that have perished or gone missing leave the heater unable to hold on the glass.
- **Heater that keeps dropping:** A replacement hanger restores a fixed position away from plants and decor.
- **Moving or re-scaping a tank:** A fresh set of mounts is handy when the heater is repositioned.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Switch the heater off at the wall and let it cool before taking it out of the water.
- **Remove the old hanger:** Release the heater body from the hanger and peel the cups off the glass.
- **Clean the glass:** Wipe the mounting spot with a clean cloth and tank water, with no soap or cleaner.
- **Fit and press:** Seat the heater in the new hanger, press the cups firmly on the glass and check it holds before restarting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Platinium range cover:** Named for Platinium heaters from 25 W to 300 W.
- **Suction cup mounting:** Fixes the heater to the glass without tools or adhesive.
- **Plastic hanger:** Holds the heater body in a set position in the tank.
- **Spare for the original fittings:** Matches the hanger Aquael supplies with the heater.
- **Replaces the mount only:** Keeps the existing heater in service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102841
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319461
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Heater Hanger
- **Fitment:** Aquael Platinium glass heaters, 25 W to 300 W
- **Material:** Plastic hanger with suction cups
- **Heater Range:** 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250 and 300 W (Aquael)
- **Heater Temperature Range:** 25–33 °C, accuracy 0.4 °C (Aquael, Platinium heater)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Prefilter Sponge Cartridge Fzn Pro
Blue prefilter sponge for Aquael FZN PRO 700, 1000 and 1500 hang-on filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-prefilter-sponge-cartridge-fzn-pro/
- Price: $5.41 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725068 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546343756
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725068-1.jpg
The first thing a hang-on filter meets is whatever the tank is carrying, so a sponge that catches debris before it reaches the finer media keeps the whole filter running longer between services. Aquael Prefilter Sponge Cartridge Fzn Pro (SKU: 725068) is the blue prefilter sponge made by Aquael for its FZN PRO hang-on filters. Aquael lists it for the FZN PRO 700, FZN PRO 1000 and FZN PRO 1500, and states that the FZN PRO 400 has no dedicated sponge media. The sponge is cut to follow the curves of the main filter basket and sits under the media basket, where it works as the first stage of filtration.
Aquael's own listing gives the part the index 133110, separate from the model-specific FZN PRO sponge cartridges (132719, 132720 and 132721). The FZN PRO range is rated at 75 to 130 L for the 700, 130 to 200 L for the 1000 and 200 to 300 L for the 1500, with flows of 700, 900 and 1370 L/h respectively. Aquael says loose media can be layered on top of the sponge, or the sponge can be combined with the other FZN PRO cartridges, which include standard filter wadding, CARBOMAX active carbon wadding and PHOSMAX phosphate-removing wadding. The wide-opening lid gives access to the basket, so the sponge can be lifted out without taking the filter off the tank. Aquael does not publish a pore density or dimensions for this sponge, so none are given here.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge worn or torn:** Foam that has crumbled or compacted no longer traps debris evenly.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** A prefilter stage takes the coarse waste before the finer cartridges.
- **Cartridge rotation:** A spare lets one sponge be cleaned while the other stays in place.
- **Mid-size FZN PRO tanks:** Suits the 700, 1000 and 1500, but not the 400.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter and lift the lid, then take out the media basket.
- **Remove the old sponge:** It sits beneath the basket, so lift it out and discard it if worn.
- **Seat the new sponge:** Fit the blue sponge in the base so it follows the curves of the basket.
- **Rinse to clean:** Squeeze it out in a bucket of tank water rather than tap water to protect the bacteria on it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cut to the basket:** Shaped to the curves of the FZN PRO main basket.
- **First filtration stage:** Sits under the media and catches debris early.
- **Three models:** Listed by Aquael for the FZN PRO 700, 1000 and 1500.
- **Works with other media:** Loose media or other FZN PRO cartridges can sit above it.
- **Washable:** Rinses clean for reuse until the foam breaks down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725068
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546343756
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Aquael Index:** 133110 (Prefilter Sponge Cartridge FZN PRO)
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN PRO 700, 1000 and 1500 hang-on filters
- **Not for:** FZN PRO 400, which has no dedicated sponge media
- **Colour:** Blue
- **Filter Ratings:** FZN PRO 700, 75–130 L; 1000, 130–200 L; 1500, 200–300 L
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Quartz Sleeve Complete Uv-c 11w
Replacement quartz sleeve set for 11 W Aquael UV AS and UV PS sterilisers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-quartz-sleeve-complete-uv-c-11w/
- Price: $58.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101211
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33095-aquael-oslona-kwarcowa-komplet-asps-9w-1.avif
A UV-C steriliser only works while its lamp is separated from the water by a clean, intact quartz sleeve, and a cracked or clouded sleeve is a reason to stop the unit rather than carry on. Aquael Quartz Sleeve Complete Uv-c 11w (SKU: 101211) is the complete replacement quartz cover for Aquael's 11 W UV-C sterilisers, listed for both the UV AS series made for aquariums and the UV PS series made for ponds. Aquael builds these units around an inner quartz cover that surrounds the UV-C lamp, and the sleeve is what keeps the lamp dry while letting the UV-C light through to the water passing around it.
The UV AS and UV PS come in 5, 7, 9 and 11 W, and the 11 W is the largest of each. Aquael rates the UV AS 2.0 11 W for aquariums of 600 to 800 L at up to 1500 L/h, and the matching PS model for ponds, with the lamp rated for up to 10,000 hours, about five years in aquarium use. Both versions are IPX8, can be fitted inside or outside the water, and switch the lamp off when the lamp housing is opened. Aquael's manual lists a quartz cover assembly and two gaskets as the replacement parts and describes rinsing and drying the sleeve during cleaning, without giving a fitting procedure. The sleeve length and the exact pack contents are not published, so the old sleeve should be compared with the new one before the unit is reassembled.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked sleeve:** Aquael's manual says to stop using the unit if the quartz shield is damaged.
- **Cloudy or scaled quartz:** A film on the glass cuts the UV-C reaching the water.
- **Leaking lamp chamber:** Water around the lamp points to a failed sleeve or gasket.
- **Annual service:** A spare to hand when the lamp is changed and the sleeve looks worn.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the unit:** Unplug it, disconnect it from the water circuit, then drain and dry it.
- **Open the housing:** Turn the holder handle anticlockwise to release the fitting and lamp.
- **Swap the sleeve:** Take out the old sleeve and gaskets and fit the new ones, keeping the seals seated.
- **Never run it open:** Aquael warns that UV-C is harmful to skin and eyes, so reassemble fully before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete sleeve set:** Sold as the replacement quartz cover for the 11 W unit.
- **Quartz glass:** Passes UV-C while keeping the lamp out of the water.
- **AS and PS fitment:** Listed for Aquael's aquarium and pond 11 W sterilisers.
- **Safety link:** A sound sleeve is part of the unit's IPX8 protection.
- **Lamp life context:** The lamp is rated for up to 10,000 hours.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101211
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > UV Steriliser Quartz Sleeve
- **Fitment:** Aquael 11 W UV AS (aquarium) and UV PS (pond) sterilisers
- **Power Rating:** 11 W UV-C
- **UV AS 2.0 11 W:** 600–800 L aquariums, up to 1500 L/h, article 131281
- **Lamp Life:** Up to 10,000 hours (Aquael)
- **Protection:** IPX8 (Aquael, UV AS and UV PS)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aquael Rotor & Shaft Combo Pfn Eco 15,000
Rotor and shaft set for the large Aquael Aquajet PFN ECO 15,000 pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-shaft-combo-pfn-eco-15000/
- Price: $159.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102828 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319478
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102828-1.jpg
The larger the pond pump, the more it is worth renewing the parts that wear rather than the whole unit, and at the 15,000 size those parts are the rotor and shaft. Aquael Rotor & Shaft Combo Pfn Eco 15,000 (SKU: 102828) is the rotor and shaft set for the PFN ECO 15,000 in Aquael's Aquajet PFN ECO range of pumps for ponds, fountains, artificial cascades and home swimming pools. It is a separate part from the set for the 6000, 8000 and 10,000 sizes (SKU 102826), so the two cannot be treated as interchangeable. The set is the working core of the pump, the pair of parts that carry the load whenever the unit is moving water.
Aquael lists the largest model it describes in this range, the PFN 25000 ECO, at 260 W and 24,000 L/h with a 10 m cord, and the 15,000 sits below it. The range as a whole is described by Aquael with a ceramic rotor shaft and bearing, a mechanical prefilter, a flow-adjustment nozzle, IPX8 protection and operation in or out of the water, for fresh and salt water. Larger ECO pumps carry overheating and dry-run protection according to the 25000 page, and Aquael states that the series uses up to 60 per cent less power than the earlier PFN pumps of similar capacity. The maker advises cleaning the impeller housing about once a month. Specific power, flow and head figures for the 15,000 are not given on the Aquael pages found, and the rotor's dimensions and material are not published. The pump body and prefilter are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large pond circulation:** A 15,000 pump that moves visibly less water than before.
- **Waterfall or cascade feed:** Reduced flow to a cascade that the prefilter does not explain.
- **Noisy or rough running:** A worn shaft and rotor produce grinding under load.
- **Extending pump life:** Renewing the wear set instead of replacing a large pump.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the power:** Unplug the pump and lift it carefully from the pond.
- **Remove the front:** Take off the prefilter and impeller housing.
- **Replace the pair:** Withdraw the old rotor and shaft, clean the housing and seat the new set.
- **Reinstall and watch:** Submerge the pump and check the jet or cascade flow runs steadily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **15,000 only:** A set made for the large ECO model, not the 6000 to 10,000 group.
- **Rotor and shaft pair:** The two wear parts replaced together.
- **High-capacity pump:** For the upper end of the PFN ECO range.
- **Fresh and salt water:** The ECO pumps are rated for both.
- **Maintenance friendly:** Aquael recommends monthly housing cleaning to protect the set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102828
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319478
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Pump Rotor and Shaft
- **Fitment:** Aquael Aquajet PFN ECO 15,000
- **Contents:** 1 rotor and 1 shaft (combo set)
- **Range Reference:** PFN 25000 ECO listed at 260 W, 24,000 L/h (Aquael)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor & Shaft Combo Pfn Eco 6000/8000/10,000 (SKU 102826)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains, cascades and pools
---
#### Aquael Rotor & Shaft Combo Pfn Eco 6000/8000/10,000
Rotor and shaft set for Aquael Aquajet PFN ECO pond pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-shaft-combo-pfn-eco-6000-8000-10000/
- Price: $144.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102826 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312592
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102826-1.jpg
A pond pump left running through summer collects algae, sand and plant fibre around its rotor, and when the rotor and shaft wear together the whole pump is replaced unless the set is available as a spare. Aquael Rotor & Shaft Combo Pfn Eco 6000/8000/10,000 (SKU: 102826) is the rotor and shaft set for the 6000, 8000 and 10,000 sizes of Aquael's Aquajet PFN ECO pumps. Aquael makes the PFN ECO range for garden ponds, fountains, artificial cascades and home swimming pools, and the pumps work in fresh and salt water. Selling the rotor and shaft together means the two parts that turn against each other can be renewed in one go.
Aquael's PFN ECO pages describe a ceramic rotor shaft and bearing for durability, a mechanical prefilter that reduces cleaning, a flow-adjustment knob on the nozzle and a fountain nozzle in the box. They are rated IPX8, can run in or out of the water, and Aquael states they use up to 60 per cent less power than the earlier PFN generation at similar capacity. The maker recommends cleaning the impeller housing about once a month and rinsing the prefilter in pond water so the bacteria survive. This set covers three sizes with one part number, while the 15,000 has its own set (SKU 102828). Aquael does not publish the dimensions or the material of the rotor, so the pump's model name is the guide to fit. The pump body, nozzles and prefilter are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fountain jet has weakened:** The nozzle no longer throws the height it did after the prefilter was cleaned.
- **Grinding from the pump:** Worn rotor and shaft produce a rough noise under load.
- **Motor hums, no flow:** The rotor has seized or the shaft has worn through.
- **Seasonal overhaul:** A new set is fitted at the start of the pond season.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift out:** Disconnect the pump from power and remove it from the pond.
- **Open the pump head:** Take off the prefilter and impeller housing to reach the rotor.
- **Exchange the set:** Remove the worn rotor and shaft and clean the housing before fitting the new pair.
- **Check the run:** Refit the housing, submerge the pump and look for steady flow and quiet running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rotor and shaft together:** Both wear parts renewed in one set.
- **Three sizes:** Covers the PFN ECO 6000, 8000 and 10,000.
- **Ceramic shaft design:** The PFN ECO range is built around a ceramic shaft and bearing.
- **Salt-water capable pumps:** The range is rated for fresh and sea water.
- **Monthly cleaning routine:** Aquael's maintenance advice reduces rotor wear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102826
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312592
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Pump Rotor and Shaft
- **Fitment:** Aquael Aquajet PFN ECO 6000, 8000 and 10,000
- **Contents:** 1 rotor and 1 shaft (combo set)
- **Pump Range:** Aquajet PFN ECO, IPX8, fresh and salt water (Aquael)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor & Shaft Combo Pfn Eco 15,000 (SKU 102828)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains, cascades and pools
---
#### Aquael Rotor Asap 300/500
Replacement rotor for Aquael ASAP 300 and 500 internal filters and compatible small pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-asap-300-500/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113092 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546002462
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113092-1.png
The rotor is the only moving part in a small internal filter, and when it wears the first signs are a rattle, a weaker stream and a filter that stalls on start-up. Aquael Rotor Asap 300/500 (SKU: 113092) is the original Aquael replacement rotor for the ASAP 300 and ASAP 500 internal filters. A Swiss distributor lists the same part for several small Aquael pumps as well: the Aquajet PFN, the Turbo and the Circulator 350. The ASAP 300 and 500 share this rotor, so one part covers both sizes.
The two filters it serves are compact. Aquael rates the ASAP 300 for tanks under 100 L with a flow of 300 L/h and a 4.2 W motor, and the ASAP 500 for 50 to 150 L at 500 L/h and 5.0 W. Both can run in water as shallow as 5 cm, which is why they appear in aquaterrariums as well as aquariums, and both use a filter sponge for biological and mechanical filtration. A rotor of this kind is sold as one piece, and the distributor's listing gives Aquael's manufacturer number as 45a100990. Aquael does not publish a rotor diameter or material for the part. Replacing the rotor is a routine repair, because the filter is designed so the sponge bowl can be changed or rinsed without lifting the whole unit from the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Noisy running:** A worn or damaged rotor rattles or hums in the pump chamber.
- **Weak outflow:** The sponge is clean but the stream from the filter is still poor.
- **Stalling filter:** A cracked blade or worn magnet stops the filter turning over.
- **Small tanks and terrariums:** Matches the ASAP 300 and 500 used in nano and shallow set-ups.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift out:** Switch off the filter and remove it from the tank.
- **Open the pump:** Separate the motor housing from the sponge bowl to reach the rotor chamber.
- **Swap the rotor:** Pull out the old rotor and clear any grit from the chamber before fitting the new one.
- **Test before refitting:** Put the filter back in water, switch on and check the flow is steady and quiet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael part:** The maker's own rotor for the ASAP 300 and 500.
- **Two filters, one rotor:** The 300 and 500 share the same part.
- **Single piece:** Sold as one rotor, not a rotor and shaft set.
- **Shallow-water filters:** The filters it serves run from 5 cm of water depth.
- **Wider pump fitment:** Also listed for small Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator 350 pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113092
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546002462
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Manufacturer Number:** 45a100990
- **Fitment:** Aquael ASAP 300 and ASAP 500 internal filters
- **ASAP 300:** Under 100 L, 300 L/h, 4.2 W
- **ASAP 500:** 50–150 L, 500 L/h, 5.0 W
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Asap 700 (SKU 101790)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Asap 700
Replacement rotor for the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter for tanks to 250 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-asap-700/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101790 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195065
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101790-1.jpg
The ASAP 700 is the largest of Aquael's ASAP internal filters, so the rotor does the most work of the three, and a worn one shows up as a quiet tank turning noisy. Aquael Rotor Asap 700 (SKU: 101790) is the Aquael replacement rotor for the ASAP 700. It is the part that turns inside the pump chamber and drives water through the filter sponge, and without it the filter cannot circulate or aerate the tank. The ASAP 300 and 500 use a different rotor (SKU 113092), so the 700 part should not be ordered for them.
Aquael rates the ASAP 700 for tanks of 150 to 250 L, with a 6.8 W motor and dimensions of 6.5 × 9.9 × 24.4 cm. Its maximum flow is quoted as 700 L/h in Aquael's text and 650 L/h in its specification table, and a local retailer lists 700 L/h. Like the smaller models it can run in water as shallow as 5 cm, uses a sponge for biological and mechanical filtration, and creates strong surface movement to oxygenate the water. The sponge bowl can be swapped or rinsed in tank water without taking the filter out, but the rotor sits behind that in the pump chamber, so it is reached by separating the motor from the bowl. Aquael does not publish the rotor's dimensions or material, so fit is by model name. Check the filter's model name against the part before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rattle or hum:** A worn rotor or chipped blade makes the 700 louder than it was.
- **Falling flow:** Clean sponge, but the outlet is weaker than it should be at 700 L/h.
- **Filter will not start:** The rotor has stopped turning or the magnet is damaged.
- **Larger tanks to 250 L:** The 700 is Aquael's top ASAP size, so this is its spare.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and lift it from the tank.
- **Separate the motor:** Detach the sponge bowl from the motor housing to expose the rotor chamber.
- **Replace the rotor:** Remove the old rotor, clean the chamber and seat the new rotor fully.
- **Check the run:** Refit, submerge, switch on and listen for smooth, quiet running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **ASAP 700 specific:** Matched to the largest ASAP motor, not the 300 or 500.
- **Drives the filter:** The rotor creates the flow through the sponge.
- **Restores circulation:** Brings back flow and surface movement after wear.
- **Quick repair:** Done without any tools beyond separating the housing.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made by the maker of the filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101790
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195065
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter
- **Filter Rating:** 150–250 L, 6.8 W (Aquael)
- **Filter Flow:** 650–700 L/h (Aquael quotes both)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Asap 300/500 (SKU 113092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn / Turbo / Circulator 350+
Replacement rotor chamber for Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator 350+ pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-chamber-pfn-turbo-circulator-350/
- Price: $5.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113214 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546054140
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113214-1.jpg
When the housing around a pump rotor cracks or warps, the rotor loses its seat and the whole pump starts to rattle, so the chamber is worth replacing before the rotor itself is blamed. Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn / Turbo / Circulator 350+ (SKU: 113214) is the replacement rotor chamber for the 350+ size of Aquael's PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps. The chamber is the compartment that surrounds the rotor and guides water through the pump, and Aquael's Circulator pumps are supplied with both an impeller and an impeller chamber, which makes the chamber a part of the working assembly rather than a cosmetic cover.
Its companion rotor is Aquael's rotor for the PFN, Turbo, Circulator 350 and ASAP 300/500 (SKU 113092). Fitting both together is a sensible way to refresh a tired small pump, since the chamber and rotor wear as a pair. Aquael's PFN pages advise cleaning the rotor slot about once a month, and a chamber that is scored or no longer snaps into place can leave the rotor wobbling against its shaft. Aquael does not publish the chamber's dimensions, material or the exact pump models that take the 350+ size beyond the name, so the pump's model plate should be checked before ordering. It is sold as one piece. It does not include the rotor or the shaft.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked chamber:** A split or chipped housing lets the rotor move out of line.
- **Rattle after rotor change:** A new rotor still knocks because the chamber has warped.
- **Missing or lost part:** The chamber went astray during a clean and the pump will not prime properly.
- **Small pump refresh:** Replace the chamber with the rotor on an older 350+ unit.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and remove:** Switch off the pump and lift it out of the water.
- **Open the front:** Take off the prefilter or cover to reach the chamber.
- **Lift out the old chamber:** Free it from the motor housing, noting how it seats around the rotor.
- **Fit the new one:** Press the chamber on until it is flush, refit the rotor and cover, then test in water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **350+ size:** Named for the PFN, Turbo and Circulator 350+ models.
- **Surrounds the rotor:** Keeps the rotor aligned and guides the water.
- **Pairs with SKU 113092:** The same family of small pumps shares that rotor.
- **Chamber only:** Rotor and shaft are separate parts.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made by the pump's manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113214
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546054140
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor Chamber
- **Fitment:** Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator 350+ pumps
- **Contents:** 1 rotor chamber; rotor and shaft not included
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Rotor Asap 300/500 (SKU 113092)
- **Related Chambers:** Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turb/cir (SKU 100323); Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turbo/ci (SKU 100324)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turb/cir
Replacement rotor chamber housing for Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-chamber-pfn-turb-cir/
- Price: $7.21 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100323
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33098-aquael-kopulka-pfn-turbo-circulator-1000-n-1-800x800-1.avif
The rotor chamber is the part of an Aquael PFN, Turbo or Circulator pump that most people only notice once it is cracked, because it sits behind the cover and does its job quietly. Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turb/cir (SKU: 100323) is the spare chamber for those three pump families. It encloses the rotor, keeps it located on its axle and guides water through the pump head, and Aquael supplies an impeller chamber together with the impeller in its Circulator pumps. Without a sound chamber the rotor can move out of line, which brings noise, uneven flow and extra wear on the axle.
The name on the listing does not state a pump size, and Aquael's PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps come in several sizes, from the small 350+ units up to the 2000 L/h models. The 1000, 1500 and 2000 Circulators use a ceramic axle, and the PFN pumps use a ceramic rotor axis on most models. Aquael advises cleaning the rotor slot about once a month, and that is the moment to check the chamber for cracks, scoring or a loose fit. The maker does not publish its dimensions or material, so the safest check is to compare the old chamber with the new one against the pump's model name. The chamber is sold as a single piece, and the rotor and axle are separate spare parts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked housing:** A visible split lets the rotor shift and the pump lose pressure.
- **Worn seat:** A scored or loose chamber stops the rotor running true.
- **Persistent noise:** The rotor has been replaced but the pump still rattles.
- **Servicing an older pump:** A chamber replaced alongside the rotor refreshes the whole pump head.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect:** Unplug the pump, take it out of the water and let it drain.
- **Remove the cover:** Take off the front cover or prefilter to expose the chamber and rotor.
- **Take out the rotor:** Set the rotor aside before the old chamber is freed from the motor housing.
- **Seat the new chamber:** Fit it flush, refit the rotor and cover, then check the flow in water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three pump families:** Named for the PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps.
- **Locates the rotor:** Holds the rotor in line on its axle.
- **Directs the flow:** Guides water through the pump head.
- **Replaceable on its own:** Can be changed without buying a new pump.
- **Chamber only:** No rotor or shaft in the pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100323
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor Chamber
- **Fitment:** Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps (check the pump size)
- **Contents:** 1 rotor chamber; rotor and axle not included
- **Related Chambers:** Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turbo/ci (SKU 100324); Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn / Turbo / Circulator 350+ (SKU 113214)
- **Companion Rotors:** Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1000 (SKU 100320), 1500 (SKU 100321) and 2000 (SKU 100322)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turbo/ci
Spare rotor chamber for Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator pump heads.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-chamber-pfn-turbo-ci/
- Price: $8.97 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100324
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33098-aquael-kopulka-pfn-turbo-circulator-1000-n-1.avif
A pump that hums but pushes little water is not always a rotor problem, and a damaged chamber is one of the cheaper causes to put right. Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turbo/ci (SKU: 100324) is a spare chamber for Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps, the three families that share this housing design. The name is cut short ("ci" for Circulator), but the part is the same kind of component as the other rotor chambers in this range: the moulded compartment that surrounds the rotor and holds it in position while the pump runs.
A worn chamber changes how the pump behaves in small ways at first. The rotor may spin slightly off-centre, water can slip past the impeller instead of being driven forward, and the motor draws the same current for less output. Aquael's Circulator pumps include an impeller chamber with the impeller in the box, and the PFN pages recommend cleaning the rotor slot roughly monthly, which is the natural time to inspect the chamber. The listing does not give the pump size this chamber is made for, and Aquael does not publish its dimensions, so the old chamber should be held against the new one before fitting. The 350+ chamber (SKU 113214) is a separate listing. The rotor, axle and cover are not included, so a worn rotor or axle needs to be ordered on its own. Because the pump size is not stated, the model name on the pump's label is the safer guide when matching it to the old part.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump hums, little flow:** The motor runs but the chamber no longer directs water properly.
- **Visible damage:** Cracks, chips or a warped rim on the chamber after a clean.
- **Rotor sits loose:** A new rotor still wobbles in the old chamber.
- **Spare for pond or tank pumps:** Keeps a PFN, Turbo or Circulator running without waiting on parts.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off first:** Unplug the pump and let it drain after removing it from the water.
- **Strip the front:** Remove the prefilter or cover so the chamber is exposed.
- **Photograph the seat:** Note how the old chamber sits before pulling it from the motor housing.
- **Press in the new chamber:** Seat it fully, replace the rotor and cover, then test in water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Same housing design:** Named for PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps.
- **Holds the rotor:** Keeps the impeller centred while the pump runs.
- **Low-cost repair:** Replaces one component rather than the whole pump.
- **Inspection point:** Checked each time the rotor slot is cleaned.
- **Chamber only:** Rotor, axle and cover are sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100324
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor Chamber
- **Fitment:** Aquael PFN, Turbo and Circulator pumps (pump size not stated)
- **Contents:** 1 rotor chamber; no rotor, axle or cover
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn/turb/cir (SKU 100323); Aquael Rotor Chamber Pfn / Turbo / Circulator 350+ (SKU 113214)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Cover Right Angle Bend Attachment For Unimax 500/700 Canister Filter
Right-angle rotor cover for Aquael Unimax 500 and 700 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-cover-right-angle-bend-attachment-for-unimax-500-700-canister-filter/
- Price: $10.55 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101559
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101559-1.png
A canister filter with more than one pump can leave an owner holding the wrong cover, and the shape of the cover is what tells the pumps apart. Aquael Rotor Cover Right Angle Bend Attachment For Unimax 500/700 Canister Filter (SKU: 101559) is an Aquael spare part for the Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external canister filters, a rotor cover with a right-angle bend. The Unimax 500 and 700 are Aquael's mid-size canisters with built-in circulation pumps in addition to the main pump, and a rotor cover keeps the rotor enclosed and directs the pump's water.
Aquael describes the Unimax range as suitable for aquariums up to 700 L, with a built-in pump for constant circulation and additional circulation pumps on the 500 and 700 to raise performance while keeping noise low. The 500 and 700 use four hoses to avoid dead zones, an integrated shut-off valve for water changes, three media baskets for biological, chemical and mechanical media, a sprinkler to raise water-air contact and a self-priming mechanism. The optional UV sterilisers are 9 W for the 500 and 11 W for the 700. Aquael does not publish the dimensions, material or fitting procedure for this cover. The part is described by its right-angle bend, so the cover on the pump head should be compared with that shape before ordering. It is sold alone, with no rotor, and is not for the Ultramax range, which has its own covers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or broken cover:** The bend has snapped or split on the pump head.
- **Missing after servicing:** The cover was lost when the pump was last cleaned.
- **Warped by age:** A distorted cover no longer seats over the rotor.
- **Unimax 500 or 700 only:** The name limits fitment to those two canister filters.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut down the filter:** Unplug the Unimax and close the inlet valve before opening any pump head.
- **Compare shapes:** Check that the old cover has the same right-angle bend as the new part.
- **Remove the old cover:** Free it from the pump head and keep any seal or fixing.
- **Fit and test:** Seat the new cover, reopen the valve, restart the filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Right-angle bend:** The shape sets it apart from other rotor covers on the same filter.
- **Two-model fitment:** Named for the Unimax 500 and Unimax 700.
- **Protects the rotor:** Encloses the pump rotor and directs the water.
- **Separate spare:** Replaces only the cover, not the rotor or pump.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the Unimax by its manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101559
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Pump Cover
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 canister filters
- **Shape:** Right-angle bend attachment
- **Contents:** 1 rotor cover; rotor not included
- **Filter Rating:** Unimax range suited to aquariums up to 700 L (Aquael)
- **Optional UV:** 9 W (Unimax 500) or 11 W (Unimax 700)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Cover Ultramax
Replacement rotor cover for the Aquael Ultramax external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-cover-ultramax/
- Price: $10.57 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112939 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319133
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112939-1.jpg
The cover over the rotor on a canister filter's motor head is a small part, but it is what keeps the rotor steady and the chamber closed, so a crack in it can turn a quiet filter into a noisy one. Aquael Rotor Cover Ultramax (SKU: 112939) is the replacement rotor cover for the Aquael Ultramax external canister filter. It fits over the rotor chamber in the motor head and stabilises the rotor while the filter runs, which matters because the rotor is the part that moves all the water through the canister. The Ultramax range is sold as the 1000, 1500 and 2000, and this cover is listed by name for the Ultramax rather than for one size.
Aquael has changed the Ultramax motor head over the years, and its rotor has been revised for filters built after August 2023, with older units using the earlier rotors. Aquael does not state a production-date split for the cover, so the model and age of the filter should be confirmed before ordering. Aquael sells related Ultramax spares separately, including rotors (spare numbers 121795 for the 1000 and 1500 and 121796 for the 2000), a pre-filter cover, a filter basket cover and a seal set, and these are different parts from the rotor cover. Aquael does not publish the cover's dimensions or material, so fit is by model name. The rotor, shaft and seals are not included, and the filter should not be run dry, because a dry-running rotor, ceramic shaft and motor can be damaged.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked cover:** A split cover leaves the rotor unsupported and the head noisy.
- **Warped cover:** A distorted part no longer closes over the chamber.
- **Rotor replacement:** A good moment to fit a new cover with a new rotor.
- **Lost during cleaning:** The cover went missing at the last service.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug the Ultramax, close the hose valves and disconnect the motor head.
- **Open the head:** Turn the head upside down to reach the rotor chamber.
- **Swap the cover:** Remove the old cover, clean the chamber and seat the new cover firmly.
- **Prime before running:** Reconnect the head, fill the canister and prime it before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultramax specific:** Made for Aquael's own canister filter range.
- **Stabilises the rotor:** Keeps the rotor in place in the motor head.
- **Closes the chamber:** Seals the area around the rotor.
- **Cover only:** Rotor, shaft and seals are separate spares.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made by the filter's manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112939
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319133
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor Cover
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax external canister filter (confirm model and production date)
- **Range:** Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000
- **Contents:** 1 rotor cover
- **Related Spare:** Aquael Rotor (red) Ultramax / Ultra Cantister Filter (SKU 724833)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Fan Mini/1 Plus
Replacement rotor for the Aquael FAN Mini Plus and FAN 1 Plus internal filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-fan-mini-1-plus/
- Price: $12.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124686
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/40555-aquael-zawory-zwrotne-ultra-90012001400-1.avif
The FAN Plus filters are among the smallest in Aquael's range, and their rotor is a tiny part that does a lot of work in a nano tank. Aquael Rotor Fan Mini/1 Plus (SKU: 124686) is the replacement rotor for the FAN Mini Plus and FAN 1 Plus internal filters, which use the same rotor. It spins in the sealed rotor chamber, drawing water through the sponge and returning it to the tank, and it is the item to fit when one of these small filters turns noisy, loses output or will not start after a clean. The FAN 2 Plus has its own rotor (SKU 100031), so the two should not be mixed up.
Aquael rates the FAN Mini Plus for tanks of 30 to 60 L with a flow of 260 L/h and a 4.2 W motor, and the FAN 1 Plus for 60 to 100 L at 320 L/h and 4.7 W. The Mini Plus body measures 4.4 × 5.3 × 15.1 cm and the 1 Plus 5.5 × 6.6 × 19.7 cm, so both are small enough to hide in a planted corner. Aquael describes the sealed rotor chamber as giving quiet operation with relatively low power consumption, and each model includes mechanical media. A German distributor lists a rotor for the FAN Mini/1 Plus, a separate one for the FAN Mikro and PAT Mini, and others for the FAN 2 Plus and 3 Plus. Aquael does not publish the rotor's dimensions or material. It is a single replacement part, and the filter body and media are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano tank noise:** A small filter that buzzes or ticks where it used to run silently.
- **Weak outflow:** The sponge is clean but a 260 or 320 L/h filter is moving less than it should.
- **Stalled rotor:** The filter hums without turning after hair or debris has been caught.
- **Tanks of 30 to 100 L:** The range covered by the Mini Plus and 1 Plus.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug the filter and lift it out of the tank.
- **Open the motor unit:** Separate the motor from the sponge section to reach the rotor chamber.
- **Replace the rotor:** Take out the old rotor, rinse the chamber and fit the new one fully.
- **Test it:** Reassemble, submerge, switch on and check the flow is steady and quiet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two filters, one rotor:** Covers the FAN Mini Plus and FAN 1 Plus.
- **Sealed-chamber design:** Made for quiet running at low power.
- **Small tank sizes:** Matches filters rated 30 to 100 L.
- **Not for the 2 Plus:** The FAN 2 Plus uses a different rotor.
- **Rotor only:** The filter and media are not part of the pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124686
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael FAN Mini Plus and FAN 1 Plus internal filters
- **FAN Mini Plus:** 30–60 L, 260 L/h, 4.2 W
- **FAN 1 Plus:** 60–100 L, 320 L/h, 4.7 W
- **Contents:** 1 rotor
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Fan-2 Plus (SKU 100031)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Fan-2 Plus
Replacement rotor for the Aquael FAN 2 Plus internal filter on 100 to 150 L tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-fan-2-plus/
- Price: $12.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100031
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33046-aquael-wirnik-fan-mini1-plus-1.avif
The FAN 2 Plus sits between the nano-sized Mini and 1 Plus and the larger 3 Plus, and it has a rotor of its own that should be matched to the filter by name. Aquael Rotor Fan-2 Plus (SKU: 100031) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael FAN 2 Plus internal filter. The rotor is the moving part that pulls water through the sponge and back into the tank, and it is the item to replace when the filter starts to rattle, throws a thin stream or fails to start after maintenance. A German distributor lists the FAN 2 Plus as a separate rotor variant from the Mini/1 Plus, so the smaller rotor (SKU 124686) is not a substitute.
Aquael rates the FAN 2 Plus for tanks of 100 to 150 L, with a flow of up to 450 L/h, a 5.2 W motor and a body of 6.6 × 7.7 × 25.5 cm. It is the mid-size model in the range, supplied with mechanical media, and Aquael describes the sealed rotor chamber as the reason these filters run quietly at low power. Because the 2 Plus moves roughly 40 per cent more water than the 1 Plus, a damaged rotor shows up sooner in a heavily stocked or planted tank. The rotor is sold as a single part, and Aquael does not publish its size or material, so fit depends on the model name. The filter body, sponge and cartridges are separate. After fitting, the flow should be checked against the tank before the filter is left to run unattended.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Noisy running:** A worn rotor ticks, buzzes or vibrates in the motor unit.
- **Reduced stream:** A clean sponge but the filter is delivering less than 450 L/h.
- **Seized rotor:** The motor hums but the rotor does not turn.
- **Tanks of 100 to 150 L:** The range Aquael sets for the FAN 2 Plus.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Switch the filter off and lift it from the aquarium.
- **Split the unit:** Separate the motor housing from the sponge section.
- **Remove the old rotor:** Clear the chamber of hair and grit, then insert the new rotor.
- **Run it in water:** Reassemble, submerge, restart and watch for steady, quiet output.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **FAN 2 Plus rotor:** Sized for the mid-range model, not the Mini or 1 Plus.
- **Higher flow model:** Serves a filter rated at 450 L/h.
- **Sealed chamber:** Part of the quiet, low-power design Aquael describes.
- **Quick change:** A rotor swap needs no other parts.
- **Original Aquael part:** Supplied by the filter's manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100031
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael FAN 2 Plus internal filter
- **Filter Rating:** 100–150 L, 450 L/h, 5.2 W
- **Filter Body:** 6.6 × 7.7 × 25.5 cm
- **Contents:** 1 rotor
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Fan Mini/1 Plus (SKU 124686)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 1500
Replacement rotor for the Aquael FZN PRO 1500, the largest hang-on filter in the line.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-fzn-pro-1500/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725077 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546342704
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725077-1.jpg
The FZN PRO 1500 moves more water than any other filter in its range, and a rotor that is fading in a 200 to 300 L tank shows up quickly as a weaker spill over the lip and cloudier water. Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 1500 (SKU: 725077) is the replacement rotor for the FZN PRO 1500, Aquael's biggest hang-on-back filter. It is the pump's impeller, the part that turns to lift water through six cartridges and return it to the tank, and it is matched to the 13 W motor of the 1500 rather than to the smaller 400 or 700 models.
Aquael rates the FZN PRO 1500 for tanks of 200 to 300 L, with a flow of 1370 L/h, 13 W of power and a noise level of 32 dB. The body measures 32.7 × 18.6 × 28.4 cm and holds six cartridges: standard filter wadding, CARBOMAX active carbon wadding or PHOSMAX phosphate-removing wadding, with loose media layered in the large media container if wanted. The pump sits in the aquarium to reduce noise, rubber shock absorbers dampen vibration, and the performance knob and automatic priming are common to the range. An optional skimmer attaches without a separate cable on the 700 and larger models. The wide lid gives access to the rotor, and Aquael does not publish the rotor's size or material, so the part is chosen by model name. A larger tank leaves less room for a failing pump to go unnoticed, so it is worth keeping the spare to hand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Noise above 32 dB:** A new grind or rattle on a quiet filter points to a worn rotor.
- **Reduced 1370 L/h flow:** Cartridges are clean but the return is visibly lower.
- **Pump will not turn:** A cracked or seized rotor stops the filter after cleaning.
- **Large planted or stocked tanks:** Tanks of 200 to 300 L where the 1500 carries the full load.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect:** Unplug the 1500 and lift it from the rim; it is the heaviest filter in the line.
- **Open and access:** Raise the wide lid and locate the rotor chamber.
- **Exchange the rotor:** Pull out the old rotor, clear debris and push the new one fully home.
- **Test the flow:** Refill, restart and set the knob to the output needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest FZN PRO:** Made for the 200 to 300 L model with the highest flow.
- **13 W pump:** The strongest motor in the range, so the rotor is the key wear part.
- **Six-cartridge filter:** The rotor drives water through more media than on smaller sizes.
- **Rated 1370 L/h:** Restores the output Aquael specifies for the 1500.
- **Access through the lid:** No need to remove the filter body to service the pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725077
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546342704
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN PRO 1500 hang-on filter
- **Filter Rating:** 200–300 L, 1370 L/h, 13 W (Aquael)
- **Filter Body:** 32.7 × 18.6 × 28.4 cm, six cartridges
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 400 (SKU 725075); Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 700 (SKU 725076)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 400
Replacement rotor for the Aquael FZN PRO 400 hang-on filter for 10 to 75 L tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-fzn-pro-400/
- Price: $6.42 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725075 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546342681
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725075-1.jpg
The FZN PRO 400 is Aquael's smallest hang-on filter, and in a nano or small community tank a worn rotor is easy to hear long before the flow visibly drops. Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 400 (SKU: 725075) is the replacement rotor, or impeller, for the FZN PRO 400. It is the spinning part of the pump that moves water from the tank through the filter and back over the lip, and it is the item to replace when the filter turns noisy, slows down or will not restart after cleaning. The 700 and 1500 have their own rotors, so this one is specific to the 400.
Aquael rates the FZN PRO 400 for tanks of 10 to 75 L, with a flow of 320 L/h, a 4.5 W motor, a noise level of 31 dB and a body measuring 12.7 × 12.8 × 16 cm. It holds one cartridge, takes standard filter wadding, CARBOMAX carbon wadding or PHOSMAX phosphate wadding, and has no dedicated sponge media. Aquael builds the pump to sit inside the aquarium to keep noise down, with rubber shock absorbers to dampen vibration, and a performance knob that sets the flow. The wide-opening lid gives access to the rotor for servicing. Aquael does not publish rotor dimensions or material, so fit is by model name only.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rattle in a small tank:** The 400 is meant to be quiet, so a new noise points to a worn rotor.
- **Weak return flow:** The cartridge is clean but the spillway runs thinly.
- **Filter fails to start:** The rotor is stuck, cracked or has lost its grip on the shaft.
- **Nano and small set-ups:** Tanks of 10 to 75 L where the FZN PRO 400 is fitted.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate:** Unplug the filter and lift it off the tank rim.
- **Open the lid:** Use the wide opening to reach the rotor and its chamber.
- **Swap the rotor:** Remove the old part, clear hair and grit from the chamber and fit the new rotor.
- **Prime and test:** Refill the filter with water, restart it and check for steady, quiet running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **FZN PRO 400 only:** Fits the smallest of the four FZN PRO sizes.
- **Quiet-running pump:** Replacing it helps return the filter to its rated 31 dB.
- **Rated 320 L/h:** Restores the flow the 400 was designed to deliver.
- **Servicing access:** The wide lid exposes the rotor without dismantling the filter.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the filter by its manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725075
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546342681
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN PRO 400 hang-on filter
- **Filter Rating:** 10–75 L, 320 L/h, 4.5 W (Aquael)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 700 (SKU 725076); Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 1500 (SKU 725077)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 700
Replacement impeller for the Aquael FZN PRO 700 hang-on filter on 75 to 130 L tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-fzn-pro-700/
- Price: $7.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725076 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546342698
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725076-1.jpg
A mid-size hang-on filter on a community tank runs all day, every day, and the rotor is the part that takes that wear. Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 700 (SKU: 725076) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael FZN PRO 700, the second size in the FZN PRO line. It spins inside the pump chamber to lift water from the tank through the cartridges and return it to the glass, and it is the part to change when the filter groans, loses output or stops turning after a clean. It is matched to the 700 and is not interchangeable by name with the 400 or 1500 rotors.
Aquael rates the FZN PRO 700 for 75 to 130 L tanks, with a flow of 700 L/h, 6.2 W power use and a noise level of 31.5 dB. The body measures 17.8 × 18.6 × 28.4 cm and takes two cartridges, which can be standard filter wadding, CARBOMAX active carbon wadding or PHOSMAX phosphate wadding, along with the dedicated prefilter sponge. The pump sits inside the aquarium to reduce noise and rubber shock absorbers dampen vibration. A knob adjusts the performance, priming is automatic, and a telescopic intake tube suits different tank heights. The lid opens wide so the rotor can be reached for servicing. Aquael does not publish the rotor's size or material, so it is chosen by model.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Humming or grinding:** The 700 should run at about 31.5 dB, so louder running suggests a worn rotor.
- **Flow has dropped:** New cartridges and a rinsed sponge have not restored the 700 L/h output.
- **Stalled impeller:** The rotor is cracked, seized or no longer turns with the magnet.
- **Tanks of 75 to 130 L:** The size range Aquael sets for the FZN PRO 700.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Switch off, lift the filter away and empty the cartridge chamber.
- **Reach the rotor:** Open the wide lid and locate the rotor in its chamber.
- **Replace the part:** Take out the old rotor, clean the chamber and seat the new rotor fully.
- **Restart:** Refill, plug in and check the flow is smooth, adjusting the knob if needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Specific to the 700:** Sized to Aquael's 75 to 130 L hang-on filter.
- **Two-cartridge filter:** The 700 carries two cartridges, so its pump has more work than the 400.
- **Restores 700 L/h flow:** Brings the filter back to its rated output.
- **Quiet by design:** Rated at 31.5 dB when running correctly.
- **Serviceable lid:** The rotor is reachable without taking the filter apart.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725076
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546342698
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael FZN PRO 700 hang-on filter
- **Filter Rating:** 75–130 L, 700 L/h, 6.2 W (Aquael)
- **Filter Body:** 17.8 × 18.6 × 28.4 cm, two cartridges
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 400 (SKU 725075); Aquael Rotor Fzn Pro 1500 (SKU 725077)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1000
Replacement rotor for the Aquael PFN 1000, Turbo 1000 and Circulator 1000.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-pfn-turbo-circ-1000/
- Price: $11.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100320 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134231
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100320-1.jpg
One rotor part runs through several Aquael pumps, so the 1000 size has to be picked by pump size rather than by pump type. Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1000 (SKU: 100320) is the original Aquael spare rotor for the 1000 size of three related products: the Aquajet PFN fountain pump, the Turbo filter and the Circulator pump. Aquael's spare part number for this size is 109725, and the same part is sold by Swiss and German distributors for the Turbo and Circulator 1000. It is the impeller that turns in the pump chamber, and it is the item to fit when one of these pumps has gone noisy, weak or stopped.
The three pumps share the 1000 L/h rating. Aquael's PFN 1000 is rated at 11 W with a maximum head of 110 cm, and its Circulator 1000 at 11 W with a head of 1100 mm and a suggested tank size of 150 to 250 L. Aquael's Circulator pages describe a stepless power control, an outlet that turns up to 120° and suction cup mounting, with an impeller and impeller chamber in the box, and the 1000, 1500 and 2000 sizes use a ceramic axle for quieter running. The PFN pages say the rotor slot should be cleaned about once a month. The rotor is sold as one piece, and Aquael does not publish its dimensions or material. The next sizes up use their own rotors, the 1500 (SKU 100321) and the 2000 (SKU 100322).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Circulator 1000 noise:** A rattle or whine from a pump that was quiet when new.
- **Turbo filter slowing:** The sponge is clean but the flow through the filter has dropped.
- **PFN 1000 in a pond:** The fountain jet is weaker though the prefilter has been rinsed.
- **Pump will not turn:** A cracked or seized rotor leaves the motor humming without output.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect power:** Unplug the pump and take it out of the water.
- **Open the chamber:** Remove the front cover or prefilter to reach the rotor chamber.
- **Exchange the rotor:** Pull out the old rotor and clean the slot of algae and grit before fitting the new rotor.
- **Refit and test:** Close the housing, submerge and check the flow before final positioning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three pumps, one part:** Listed for the PFN, Turbo and Circulator in the 1000 size.
- **Aquael spare number 109725:** Identifies the 1000 rotor in the maker's range.
- **Matched to 1000 L/h:** Sized for the 11 W motor of the 1000 models.
- **Ceramic-axle designs:** The pumps it serves use ceramic axles for quiet running.
- **Single rotor:** Sold as one piece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100320
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134231
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor (Impeller)
- **Aquael Spare Part Number:** 109725
- **Fitment:** Aquael PFN 1000, Turbo 1000 and Circulator 1000
- **Pump Rating:** 1000 L/h, 11 W; Circulator head 1100 mm, for tanks of 150–250 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1500 (SKU 100321); Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 2000 (SKU 100322)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, garden ponds and fountains
---
#### Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1500
Replacement rotor for the Aquael PFN 1500, Turbo 1500 and Circulator 1500 pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-pfn-turbo-circ-1500/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100321 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134248
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100321-1.jpg
At 1500 L/h the pump in these Aquael units is turning a heavier load than the 1000 size, so the rotor wears faster in a pond fountain, a large filter or a big circulation set-up. Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1500 (SKU: 100321) is the original Aquael replacement rotor for the PFN 1500 (N), the Turbo 1500 and the Circulator 1500. Aquael numbers this size 109726 among its spare parts, and distributors list the same part for the Turbo and Circulator 1500. The rotor is the impeller that drives the flow in each unit, so it is the part to replace when output falls, the pump grinds or the motor hums without moving water.
The 1500 size is rated at 1500 L/h with 22 W of power. Aquael's PFN 1500 (N) has a head of up to 160 cm and a 5 m cord, a continuous flow knob on the nozzle, a fountain nozzle and a thermal safety switch, and it is described for ponds, cascades and fountains, with salt-water resistance on the 1000 and larger sizes. The Circulator 1500 has a pump head of 1600 mm, four power levels and an outlet that swings up to 120°, and runs in freshwater and seawater. Aquael fits ceramic axles on this size to cut noise and extend life, and recommends cleaning the rotor slot about once a month on PFN pumps. The rotor's dimensions are not published, so fit follows the model name.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weaker fountain jet:** A PFN 1500 that no longer reaches its 160 cm head after cleaning.
- **Turbo 1500 flow loss:** A filter that lags even with clean media.
- **Circulator 1500 noise:** A rotor with chipped blades causes buzzing or vibration.
- **Ageing pump:** A spare to hand for a pump that runs continuously through the year.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug the unit, lift it out and let it drain.
- **Strip the front:** Remove the prefilter or chamber cover to expose the rotor.
- **Replace the rotor:** Pull out the old rotor, clean the slot and seat the 1500 rotor fully.
- **Check the run:** Close up, submerge and watch for smooth rotation and full flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1500 size:** Made for the 22 W, 1500 L/h versions of three Aquael pumps.
- **Aquael number 109726:** The maker's spare part code for this size.
- **Pond and aquarium:** Covers a fountain pump and aquarium units alike.
- **Ceramic axle pumps:** Intended for pumps with quiet ceramic bearings.
- **Monthly slot cleaning:** Aquael's routine to reduce rotor wear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100321
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134248
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor (Impeller)
- **Aquael Spare Part Number:** 109726
- **Fitment:** Aquael PFN 1500 (N), Turbo 1500 and Circulator 1500
- **Pump Rating:** 1500 L/h, 22 W; PFN head up to 160 cm; Circulator head 1600 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1000 (SKU 100320); Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 2000 (SKU 100322)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, garden ponds and fountains
---
#### Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 2000
Replacement rotor for the Aquael PFN 2000, Turbo 2000 and Circulator 2000, the top size.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-pfn-turbo-circ-2000/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100322 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546134255
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100322-1.jpg
The 2000 size is the top of the PFN, Turbo and Circulator line, and the rotor in it is turning the most water for the longest hours. Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 2000 (SKU: 100322) is the Aquael replacement rotor for the 2000 version of three related units: the Aquajet PFN 2000 (N) fountain pump, the Turbo 2000 filter and the Circulator 2000. A Swiss distributor lists it with Aquael's spare part number 109727, the manufacturer number 45a109727 and the EAN 5905546134255, which matches the barcode on this product. It is the impeller to fit when one of these 2000 units loses flow, rattles or fails to turn.
Aquael rates the 2000 size at 2000 L/h and 27 W. The PFN 2000 (N) has a maximum head of 190 cm, a 5 m cord and a ¾ inch outlet, and Aquael describes it for ponds, cascades and fountains with a thermal safety switch on the larger models. The Circulator 2000 has a pump head of 1900 mm and is listed for aquariums over 350 L, with four power levels, an outlet that swings up to 120° and both freshwater and seawater use. As on the 1000 and 1500, a ceramic axle keeps noise down. Aquael recommends cleaning the rotor slot about once a month on PFN pumps and rinsing the filter cartridge in pond water rather than tap water. Rotor dimensions and material are not published, so fit is by model name, and the part is sold as one piece.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums over 350 L:** A Circulator 2000 that has lost output or runs rough.
- **Pond fountains:** A PFN 2000 (N) that no longer reaches its 190 cm head.
- **Turbo 2000 filtration:** A filter pushing less water through its media than before.
- **Continuous-duty pumps:** A spare for units that run all year without a break.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug it and remove it from the tank or pond.
- **Open the housing:** Take off the prefilter or cover to expose the rotor chamber.
- **Swap and clean:** Remove the old rotor, clear the slot and seat the 2000 rotor fully.
- **Test run:** Reassemble, submerge and confirm full-strength flow before leaving it running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Top size:** Fits the 2000 L/h, 27 W units, the largest in this series.
- **Matches the EAN:** The distributor's 2000 listing carries the same barcode as this product.
- **Three pumps covered:** PFN, Turbo and Circulator in the 2000 size.
- **High head units:** The PFN reaches 190 cm and the Circulator 1900 mm.
- **Single rotor:** Sold as one piece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100322
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546134255
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor (Impeller)
- **Aquael Spare Part Number:** 109727 (manufacturer number 45a109727)
- **Fitment:** Aquael PFN 2000 (N), Turbo 2000 and Circulator 2000
- **Pump Rating:** 2000 L/h, 27 W; PFN head 190 cm; Circulator head 1900 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1000 (SKU 100320); Aquael Rotor Pfn/turbo/circ 1500 (SKU 100321)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, garden ponds and fountains
---
#### Aquael Rotor Reef Circ 10000
Replacement rotor set for the Aquael Reef Circulator 10000 magnetic powerhead.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-reef-circ-10000/
- Price: $89.81 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100289
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/2185-aquael-wirnik-kpl-reef-circulator-10000-800x800-1.avif
A reef powerhead runs around the clock, so its rotor is a wear part, and a fading one shows up as buzzing, weaker flow across the rockwork and a pump that has to be pulled off the glass more often than it should. Aquael Rotor Reef Circ 10000 (SKU: 100289) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael Reef Circulator 10000, the large model in Aquael's Reef Circulator powerheads. The rotor is the impeller that drives water through the pump, and it is the item to replace when the pump is noisy, slows down or stops turning after a clean. It is specific to the 10000: a rotor sold for the Reef Circulator 8000 is listed as fitting only that model.
According to Aquael's manual, the Reef Circulator 10000 delivers 10,000 L/h from 20 W at 230 V, is rated IPX8, has a maximum immersion depth of 100 cm and weighs 450 g net, with a tank volume of up to 6000 L. It attaches to the glass by a magnetic hanger, one half inside and one outside, with an attraction force of 25 to 50 kg depending on the model. The manual lists the rotor set as spare part 108193, with the bracket as 108191 and the hanger as 107553. It warns that the magnets must be kept away from children, from metal items and other magnets by more than 10 cm, and from pacemakers and magnetic media by at least 30 cm, and that the pump is for indoor use only. Aquael does not publish the rotor's dimensions or material here, and the manual's own steps for removing the rotor should be followed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Buzzing or vibration:** A worn rotor or chipped blade makes the 10000 louder than when new.
- **Dead spots in the tank:** Output has dropped from the rated 10,000 L/h after cleaning.
- **Seized impeller:** The motor hums but the rotor does not turn.
- **Large reef systems:** Used where a 10,000 L/h powerhead is running as the main circulation.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug everything:** Switch off the powerhead and any devices in the tank before reaching in.
- **Separate the magnets carefully:** Hold the hanger halves by the sides and never put fingers between them.
- **Replace the rotor:** Follow the manual to remove the old rotor, clean the housing and fit the new one.
- **Cool and test:** Let the pump cool for a few minutes after removal, then check it runs smoothly in water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10000 specific:** Made for the largest Reef Circulator model, not the 6000 or 8000.
- **High-flow pump:** Restores the 10,000 L/h Aquael rates for the powerhead.
- **Magnetic mount compatible:** The pump hangs from a magnetic hanger on the glass.
- **Listed spare:** Aquael's manual names the rotor set as a spare part.
- **Original Aquael part:** Supplied by the pump's manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100289
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Powerhead Rotor (Impeller)
- **Fitment:** Aquael Reef Circulator 10000
- **Aquael Spare Number:** 108193 (rotor set, per the manual)
- **Pump Rating:** 10,000 L/h, 20 W, IPX8, maximum immersion depth 100 cm
- **Pump Weight:** 450 g net
- **Related Spares:** Bracket 108191; hanger 107553 (Aquael numbers)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Unifilter 1000/1000u
Aquael Rotor Unifilter 1000 / 1000 UV - Replacement magnetic impeller assembly for Aquael Unifilter 1000 and Unifilter 1000 UV internal aquarium filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-unifilter-1000-1000u/
- Price: $23.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124712
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Rotor-Unifilter-10001000u.png
The Aquael Rotor Unifilter 1000/1000u (SKU: 124712) is an official factory replacement magnetic impeller assembly engineered for Aquael Unifilter 1000 and Unifilter 1000 UV internal aquarium filters. Constructed with a precision-balanced magnetic core and durable plastic blades, this replacement rotor maintains consistent, whisper-quiet water flow throughout your filtration system.
Over extended use, debris accumulation or physical wear on the impeller shaft can cause reduced flow rates, rattling motor noises, or complete impeller stops. Replacing the worn rotor restores full pump performance, ensuring efficient mechanical, biological, and UV filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Restoring Water Circulation:** Recommended when filter output drops due to a worn magnetic core or damaged fan blades.
- **Eliminating Filter Noise:** Replaces worn impellers that cause rattling, buzzing, or vibration inside the motor head.
- **Preventative Maintenance:** Excellent replacement part to keep on hand to avoid unexpected filtration downtime.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the Aquael Unifilter 1000/1000 UV filter from the electrical wall outlet.
- Remove the filter housing from the aquarium and detach the motor head from the sponge canister.
- Twist off the impeller cover plate located on the underside of the motor unit.
- Carefully extract the old rotor assembly and clean out any trapped detritus inside the motor well.
- Slide the new replacement rotor into the chamber, re-secure the cover plate, and reassemble the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **OEM Precision Engineering:** Designed specifically for Aquael Unifilter 1000 and 1000 UV internal filters.
- **Whisper-Quiet Operation:** Balanced magnetic drive core reduces operational friction and vibration.
- **Restores Peak Flow Output:** Re-establishes optimal turnover rates for clean, clear aquarium water.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Non-corrosive construction safe for all aquatic environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 124712
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332507
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Filter Rotors & Impellers
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Unifilter 1000 & Unifilter 1000 UV Internal Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 126.5 mm (L) × 104.5 mm (W) × 33 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 28.6 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Unimax 150/250
New-type replacement rotor for Unimax 150 and 250 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-unimax-150-250/
- Price: $21.19 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100394
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/30227-aquael-wirnik-unimax-150-unimax-250-nowy-typ-800x800-1.avif
A canister filter whose flow has faded, even with clear hoses and freshly rinsed media, is often pointing at a worn rotor rather than dirty sponges. Aquael Rotor Unimax 150/250 (SKU: 100394) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters, sold as the new type of rotor for these two models. The rotor is the moving part of the pump head: it spins on a shaft and pushes water out of the canister and back to the aquarium. When it wears or is damaged, output falls and the pump can turn noisy, and changing this single part restores the pump without replacing the filter.
Aquael builds the Unimax range for aquariums up to 700 L, and the 150 and 250 are its two smaller canisters. Every Unimax is self-priming, returns water through a sprinkler that aerates the surface, carries three baskets for mechanical, chemical and biological media, and has a shut-off valve on the inlet hoses for servicing. The optional Aquael UV-C steriliser for the range is rated 5 W on the Unimax 150 and 9 W on the Unimax 250. This listing is the rotor alone, without shaft, hoses or media. The Unimax 500 and 700 use a different rotor, listed separately as SKU 100224, so the two should not be swapped. The shaft for the 150 and 250 is also a separate part (SKU 100225, listed on this site as a legacy product); check the Aquael parts catalogue if the shaft needs replacing as well.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weak return flow:** Output has dropped although the baskets are clean and the hoses are clear.
- **Noisy pump head:** The motor end hums, rattles or vibrates more than it used to.
- **Damaged rotor:** A chipped, cracked or distorted rotor found during a strip-down.
- **Keeping a small canister running:** A like-for-like part for the 150 or 250 instead of retiring the whole filter.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug, then close the shut-off valves on the inlet hoses before disconnecting anything.
- **Open the pump head:** Lift the head off the canister and remove the rotor chamber cover as the Unimax manual describes.
- **Swap the rotor:** Take out the old rotor, look over the shaft and its seats, and fit the new-type rotor in its place.
- **Close up and prime:** Refit the cover and head, reopen the valves and let the self-priming system fill; listen for noise and look for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **New-type rotor:** Sold as the current version for the Unimax 150 and 250.
- **Two models, one part:** The same rotor serves both the 150 and the 250.
- **Rotor only:** Shaft, hoses and filter media are separate items.
- **Made by Aquael:** A part from the maker of the filter it goes into.
- **One-part repair:** Restores flow on a self-priming canister without new hoses or media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100394
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Rotor
- **Part:** Rotor, new type
- **Fits:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters
- **Not for:** Unimax 500 and 700, which use the rotor in SKU 100224
- **Related Part:** Shaft for Unimax 150/250 (SKU 100225)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Unimax 500/700 (SKU 100224)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Unimax 500/700
Replacement rotor for the larger Unimax 500 and 700 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-unimax-500-700/
- Price: $33.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100224
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100224-1.jpg
On a canister that serves a 300 L display, a rotor that has started to drag shows up quickly as a tired return flow and a noisier motor. Aquael Rotor Unimax 500/700 (SKU: 100224) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external canister filters. The rotor spins in the pump head and moves water through the canister's baskets and back into the tank, so it sets the filter's output. Aquael lists a separate rotor for each pair of Unimax models, and this one belongs to the larger pair. It is sold as the rotor only, without the shaft it turns on.
The Unimax range covers aquariums up to 700 L. Retailer listings of Aquael's specifications describe the 500 and 700 as the models with four hoses and additional circulation pumps for even flow with no dead zones, on top of the features common to the range: self-priming, a sprinkler return that aerates the surface, three baskets, silicone gaskets between the containers and a shut-off valve on the inlet hoses. The optional UV-C steriliser is rated 9 W on the Unimax 500 and 11 W on the 700. The shaft L75 listed on this site (SKU 101257) is named for the Unimax 500 and 700, and the two parts are normally considered together at a service. The smaller Unimax 150 and 250 take a different rotor (SKU 100394). Aquael publishes a spare-parts catalogue, and it is the reference to use if there is any doubt about a part.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reduced circulation:** A 500 or 700 that no longer turns the tank over as it did with clean media.
- **Grinding or buzzing:** Motor noise that points at a worn rotor rather than a blocked hose.
- **Broken vanes:** Damage found when the head is opened for cleaning.
- **Planned servicing:** A spare to hand for large tanks that cannot be left without filtration for long.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and shut the inlet hose valves so the hoses stay full.
- **Lift the head:** Unclip the pump head from the canister and take off the rotor chamber cover.
- **Replace the rotor:** Withdraw the worn rotor, check the shaft for scoring, then seat the new one.
- **Restart:** Fit the cover, reconnect, open the valves and let the filter prime before leaving it running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Larger-Unimax rotor:** Made for the 500 and 700, not the 150 or 250.
- **Drives the whole filter:** Sets the output of a canister rated for tanks up to 700 L across the range.
- **Rotor only:** Shaft and media are listed apart.
- **Catalogue-backed:** Aquael lists a rotor for the Unimax 500/700 in its parts catalogue.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100224
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Rotor
- **Part:** Rotor
- **Fits:** Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external canister filters
- **Not for:** Unimax 150 and 250, which use the rotor in SKU 100394
- **Related Part:** Shaft L75, listed for Unimax 500/700 (SKU 101257)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Unimax 150/250 (SKU 100394)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-1 Hang On Filter
Replacement rotor for the Versamax FZN-1 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-versamax-fzn-1-hang-on-filter/
- Price: $23.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113246
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/2217-aquael-wirnik-fzn-1-komplet.avif
A hang-on filter lives or dies by a small impeller, and when it wears the first sign is a thin, uneven stream from the outlet. Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-1 Hang On Filter (SKU: 113246) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael Versamax FZN-1, the second-smallest of the four Versamax hang-on filters. The rotor is the impeller in the flow unit on top of the filter: it draws water up through the sponge cartridges in the container and returns it to the aquarium. Aquael's parts catalogue lists a separate rotor for each Versamax size, so this part is for the FZN-1 only and should not be assumed to suit the mini, FZN-2 or FZN-3.
Retailer listings of Aquael's data rate the Versamax FZN-1 for aquariums of 20 to 100 L, with a maximum flow of 500 L/h and a power draw of 7.2 W. All Versamax filters hang on the tank rim, so they take up no space inside the aquarium. Performance is adjusted with a rotary knob on the flow unit, the angle of the filter can be changed, and the container takes phenol-free sponge cartridges that can be swapped for other media. The motor drives an impeller inside a housing closed by a cover, and that cover is what comes off when the rotor is changed. This listing is for the rotor alone; sponges and cartridges are separate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weak outlet flow:** The FZN-1 delivers less than it did with new cartridges in place.
- **Rattle or hum:** Noise from the flow unit that stops when the filter is lifted out of the water.
- **Stalled impeller:** A rotor that has jammed or been damaged by grit or a snail shell.
- **Medium tanks:** A spare for the 20 to 100 L aquariums this size of Versamax is rated for.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter and lift the flow unit off the container.
- **Open the housing:** Remove the impeller housing cover on the flow unit.
- **Change the rotor:** Pull the old rotor, clear the chamber of debris and press in the new one.
- **Refit and test:** Close the cover, hang the filter back on the rim and check the flow with the knob at its mid setting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **FZN-1 specific:** A rotor listed for this size only, not for the other Versamax models.
- **Hang-on design:** Keeps the whole filter outside the tank.
- **Adjustable output:** The rotary knob works with the new rotor as before.
- **Rotor only:** Cartridges and sponges are sold separately.
- **Quick service:** A single cover to open, with no hoses to disconnect.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113246
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Hang-On Filter Rotor
- **Part:** Rotor (impeller)
- **Fits:** Aquael Versamax FZN-1 hang-on filter
- **Host Filter Rating:** 20–100 L, up to 500 L/h, 7.2 W
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-2 Hang On Filter (SKU 113247); Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-mini Hang On Filter (SKU 113248)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-2 Hang On Filter
Replacement rotor for the Versamax FZN-2 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-versamax-fzn-2-hang-on-filter/
- Price: $23.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113247
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33031-aquael-wirnik-fzn-2-komplet.avif
The FZN-2 is the Versamax that Aquael pitches at aquariums up to 200 L, so a worn impeller is noticed fast, in a slack waterfall and a tank surface that stops moving. Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-2 Hang On Filter (SKU: 113247) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael Versamax FZN-2 hang-on filter. It is the impeller that sits in the flow unit above the sponge container and carries water through the cartridges and back into the tank. Aquael lists a different rotor for each Versamax size, which is why this one is sold for the FZN-2 alone.
Retailer listings of Aquael's figures give the Versamax FZN-2 a rating of 40 to 200 L, a maximum flow of 800 L/h and a power draw of 7.2 W, which puts it in the middle of the series. The filter hangs on the rim and so keeps equipment out of the aquarium; its output is set with a rotary knob on top of the flow unit, and the angle at which it hangs can be adjusted. The container holds phenol-free sponge cartridges that grow bacteria for biological filtration and can be replaced with other media. Inside the flow unit the motor turns the impeller in a housing with a removable cover, and the new rotor goes in there. Sponges, cartridges and the motor unit are not part of this listing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sluggish waterfall:** The outlet has lost force although the cartridges have been rinsed.
- **Grinding sound:** The flow unit growls or buzzes when running at the same setting as before.
- **Cracked or bent vanes:** Damage seen when the housing cover is opened for cleaning.
- **Larger planted or community tanks:** Keeping a 40 to 200 L aquarium on its intended turnover.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Remove power:** Pull the plug and lift the filter clear of the tank.
- **Uncover the impeller:** Take the housing cover off the underside of the flow unit.
- **Exchange the rotor:** Slide out the old rotor, flush the chamber with tap water and seat the new rotor fully.
- **Return to service:** Replace the cover, hang the filter, switch on and trim the flow with the knob.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for the FZN-2:** One rotor for the 800 L/h Versamax, not for the other sizes.
- **Replaces the impeller:** The part that turns motor power into water flow.
- **Knob control retained:** Flow stays adjustable from the top of the unit.
- **Rotor only:** Cartridges and the container are separate purchases.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113247
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Hang-On Filter Rotor
- **Part:** Rotor (impeller)
- **Fits:** Aquael Versamax FZN-2 hang-on filter
- **Host Filter Rating:** 40–200 L, up to 800 L/h, 7.2 W
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-1 Hang On Filter (SKU 113246); Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-mini Hang On Filter (SKU 113248)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-3 Hang On Filter / Unifilter 500/500uv
Replacement rotor for the Versamax FZN-3 and Unifilter 500.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-versamax-fzn-3-hang-on-filter-unifilter-500-500uv/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100018 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546005821
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100018-1.png
One rotor that serves two different filters is easy to order wrongly, so it helps to know which two. Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-3 Hang On Filter / Unifilter 500/500uv (SKU: 100018) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael Versamax FZN-3 hang-on filter and for the Aquael Unifilter 500 and 500 UV internal filters. In each case it is the impeller in the pump section, the part that draws water through the sponge media and returns it to the tank. It is the rotor for the largest Versamax, and Aquael's parts catalogue lists separate rotors for the smaller Versamax models.
Retailer listings of Aquael's data rate the Versamax FZN-3 for aquariums of 80 to 300 L, with a maximum flow of 1,200 L/h and a power draw of 9.8 W; it hangs on the tank rim and has a rotary knob on the flow unit for output. The Unifilter 500 is the smallest of the Unifilter internal filters, rated at 500 L/h, and Aquael recommends the UV-C model for 150 to 200 L. Aquael describes the Unifilter's pump as having a ceramic rotor shaft and a submerged motor, with the UV-C LEDs in the impeller chamber on the UV version. Rotor only: sponge cartridges, the shaft and the UV parts are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **FZN-3 gone weak:** The hang-on outlet of an 80 to 300 L tank no longer delivers its usual flow.
- **Unifilter 500 or 500 UV:** Reduced output or noise from the internal filter's pump section.
- **Broken impeller:** A cracked or missing vane found when the chamber is opened.
- **Dual-filter households:** One spare that covers either of the two models it is listed for.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Lift the filter out of the aquarium and let it drain.
- **Open the impeller chamber:** Take off the housing or chamber cover; on a Unifilter UV this is where the UV nozzle sits.
- **Swap the rotor:** Pull the old rotor, rinse the chamber and fit the new one on its shaft.
- **Test before relying on it:** Refit the cover, place the filter and watch for smooth, quiet flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two filters, one part:** Listed for the Versamax FZN-3 and the Unifilter 500/500 UV.
- **Largest Versamax:** The 1,200 L/h hang-on filter in the range.
- **Internal-filter fit:** Also covers the 500 L/h Unifilter in its plain and UV forms.
- **Rotor only:** Cartridges and UV components are sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100018
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546005821
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Rotor
- **Part:** Rotor (impeller)
- **Fits:** Aquael Versamax FZN-3 hang-on filter; Aquael Unifilter 500 and 500 UV
- **Versamax FZN-3 Rating:** 80–300 L, up to 1,200 L/h, 9.8 W
- **Unifilter 500 Rating:** Up to 500 L/h
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-mini Hang On Filter
Replacement rotor for the smallest Versamax hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-versamax-fzn-mini-hang-on-filter/
- Price: $12.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113248 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546192507
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113248-1.png
In a 20 L shrimp or betta tank a hang-on filter that has lost its push is obvious, because the gentle current there is already modest. Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-mini Hang On Filter (SKU: 113248) is the replacement rotor for the Aquael Versamax FZN-mini, the smallest of the four Versamax hang-on filters. The rotor is the impeller in the flow unit that draws water through the filter container and returns it to the aquarium. Aquael's parts catalogue lists a separate rotor for the mini, so it should not be confused with the FZN-1, FZN-2 or FZN-3 rotors.
Retailer listings of Aquael's data rate the Versamax Mini for aquariums of 10 to 40 L, with a maximum flow of 230 L/h and a power draw of 4.3 W. It hangs on the rim, takes no space in the tank, and its output is adjusted with a flow control dial. The flow unit holds an impeller, an impeller housing cover and the drive motor, and the filter container takes replaceable sponge modules, which can be swapped for other media. The cover is the only part that has to be removed to change the rotor, and the sponge modules are not part of this listing. Because the mini is rated for tanks of only 10 to 40 L, it is the one Versamax where a rotor swap is often done in a few minutes over a sink.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano tanks:** Keeping a 10 to 40 L aquarium circulating with its original filter.
- **Thin output:** The outlet trickles even with the dial fully open and clean sponges.
- **Noisy mini motor:** Buzzing or ticking that suggests a worn or chipped impeller.
- **Shrimp and fry setups:** Where a stalled filter can go unnoticed for a day or two.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Take the filter off the tank and let the container drain.
- **Open the cover:** Remove the impeller housing cover from the flow unit.
- **Change the impeller:** Lift out the old rotor, wipe the housing clean and fit the new one.
- **Check the dial:** Reassemble, hang the filter and bring the flow up slowly from the minimum.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mini-specific rotor:** Made for the 230 L/h Versamax Mini only.
- **Dial-controlled flow:** The adjustment on the filter still works as before.
- **Easy access:** One cover to remove, no tubing to detach.
- **Rotor only:** Sponge modules are sold separately.
- **Low-power filter:** Suits a 4.3 W unit running around the clock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113248
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546192507
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Hang-On Filter Rotor
- **Part:** Rotor (impeller)
- **Fits:** Aquael Versamax FZN-mini (Versamax Mini) hang-on filter
- **Host Filter Rating:** 10–40 L, up to 230 L/h, 4.3 W
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-1 Hang On Filter (SKU 113246); Aquael Rotor Versamax Fzn-2 Hang On Filter (SKU 113247)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Rotor/shaft Pfn 5500
Rotor and shaft set for the Aquael Aquajet PFN 5500 fountain and pond pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-shaft-pfn-5500/
- Price: $101.34 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101246 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546143547
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101246-1.jpg
A pond fountain pump runs for months at a time, and the rotor and its shaft are what finally wear out while the motor and housing carry on. Aquael Rotor/shaft Pfn 5500 (SKU: 101246) is the replacement rotor and shaft for the Aquael Aquajet PFN 5500. The Aquajet PFN pumps are Aquael's fountain pumps for small and medium ponds, which also drive Aquael pond filters, and the 5500 sits between the 3500 and the 7500 in the line. Fitting a new rotor and shaft together renews both parts that turn against each other, and avoids replacing a pump that is otherwise sound.
Aquael's PFN pages describe a waterproof synchronous motor that needs little maintenance, a ceramic rotor axis on most models for quiet and long-lasting running, a double mechanical prefilter, a flow-adjustment knob on the nozzle and a fountain nozzle, and a liquid temperature limit of 35 °C. The maker recommends cleaning the rotor slot about once a month and rinsing the filter cartridge in pond water rather than tap water. The PFN 5500 is mentioned in Aquael's text with KR-MAX nozzle accessories but is missing from its comparison table, which lists the 500 to 3500 models, so its exact flow, power and head are not confirmed here. Nearby sizes are the PFN 3500 at 42 W and 3500 L/h and the PFN 7500 at 150 W and 7000 L/h. Dimensions and material of the set are not published, and the pump body and prefilter are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weak fountain pattern:** The jet is lower than it was and the prefilter is clean.
- **Grinding noise:** The shaft and rotor have worn and the pump is louder than before.
- **Pump trips or stalls:** A seized rotor makes the motor labour and the pump overheat or stop.
- **Pond filter feed:** A PFN 5500 driving a pond filter has lost flow to the unit.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect and lift:** Unplug the pump and lift it out of the pond.
- **Strip the prefilter:** Remove the front filter to reach the rotor slot.
- **Swap the rotor and shaft:** Take out the worn pair, clean the slot and fit the new set.
- **Test the jet:** Replace the filter, submerge the pump and check the nozzle pattern.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **PFN 5500 specific:** Named for one size in the Aquajet PFN line.
- **Rotor and shaft set:** Renews the two parts that turn together.
- **Ceramic axis design:** Most PFN models use a ceramic rotor axis for quiet running.
- **Salt-water capable range:** The 1000 to 3500 PFN pumps are described as salt-water capable.
- **Monthly cleaning advice:** Aquael's routine for the rotor slot.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101246
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546143547
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Pump Rotor and Shaft
- **Fitment:** Aquael Aquajet PFN 5500
- **Contents:** Rotor and shaft
- **Temperature Limit:** Pump liquid up to 35 °C (Aquael, PFN range)
- **Neighbouring Models:** PFN 3500 (42 W, 3500 L/h); PFN 7500 (150 W, 7000 L/h)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, fountains and cascades
---
#### Aquael Rotor/shaft Unipump 1500
Rotor and shaft for the Aquael Unipump 1000 and 1500 compact aquarium pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-rotor-shaft-unipump-1500/
- Price: $28.97 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112940 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312677
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112940-1.jpg
The Unipump is a small utility pump that ends up driving things, from canister filters to sterilisers and coolers, so when it slows down the equipment behind it suffers too. Aquael Rotor/shaft Unipump 1500 (SKU: 112940) is the Aquael replacement rotor and shaft for the Unipump 1500, and Aquael's spare part 115456 covers both the Unipump 1000 and 1500. It is the working pair inside the pump head, the impeller that moves the water and the shaft it turns on, and replacing them together is the usual way to bring a worn Unipump back to full output.
Aquael rates the Unipump 1500 at 1500 L/h and 19 W, with a maximum water column of 1550 mm, and the Unipump 1000 at 1000 L/h and 15 W with a column of 1450 mm. Both measure 225 × 70 × 70 mm and take 17 mm or 16/22 mm hose. The pumps can run submerged or beside the aquarium as an inline pump, move water for freshwater or saltwater systems, and drive canister filters or other devices such as sterilisers, coolers and skimmers. They are waterproof, quiet and use little power. A Swiss distributor lists the Unipump rotor with Aquael's manufacturer number 45a115456 and EAN 5905546312677, which matches this product's barcode. Aquael sells the axle for the Ultramax, Ultra and Unipump separately, so a shaft-only repair is possible, but this listing is the rotor and shaft supplied together.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling output:** The pump no longer delivers its rated 1500 L/h to the equipment it feeds.
- **Whine or rattle:** A worn shaft or rotor makes the compact pump louder.
- **Pump stalls:** The impeller sticks on a worn shaft and the pump stops after a clean.
- **Driving a filter or steriliser:** The Unipump supplies a canister, cooler or skimmer that has lost its flow.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and drain:** Disconnect the pump, remove the hoses and let it drain.
- **Open the pump head:** Release the cover to reach the impeller chamber.
- **Replace both parts:** Pull out the old rotor and shaft and fit the new pair.
- **Reconnect and test:** Refit the hoses, submerge or prime the pump and check the output.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Unipump 1000 and 1500:** One spare part covers both pump sizes.
- **Rotor and shaft supplied together:** Both wear parts renewed at once.
- **Versatile pump:** Runs submerged or inline and suits fresh and saltwater.
- **Drives other equipment:** Feeds canister filters, sterilisers, coolers and skimmers.
- **Matches the maker's EAN:** The distributor's barcode agrees with this product.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112940
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312677
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Rotor and Shaft
- **Aquael Spare Part Number:** 115456 (manufacturer number 45a115456)
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unipump 1000 and Unipump 1500
- **Pump Rating:** Unipump 1500: 1500 L/h, 19 W, 1550 mm column; Unipump 1000: 1000 L/h, 15 W, 1450 mm
- **Pump Size:** 225 × 70 × 70 mm, hose 17 mm or 16/22 mm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shaft L75
Replacement rotor shaft for Unimax 500/700, Circulator 1000 and Turbo 1000.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shaft-l75/
- Price: $9.23 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101257
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33166-aquael-os-unimax-500-700-turbo-circulator-1000-800x800-1.avif
A rotor can be perfectly sound and still sound terrible if the shaft it spins on has worn. Aquael Shaft L75 (SKU: 101257) is the rotor shaft, also called the axis, for the Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external canister filters, the Circulator 1000 and Turbo 1000 internal filters and the PFN 1000 pond pump, according to the supplier's listing for this part. The shaft is the fixed pin that holds the rotor in the pump head and lets it turn freely, so a worn or damaged one causes rattling, wobble and a loss of flow even when the rotor looks fine. Aquael's parts catalogue lists a separate shaft for the Unimax 500 and 700.
The same part crosses three product families, which explains the long fitment list. The Unimax 500 and 700 are canisters for tanks up to 700 L across the range. The Circulator 1000 is an Aquael pump rated at 1,000 L/h and 11 W for aquariums of 150 to 250 L, with a maximum head of 110 cm, and Aquael describes the Circulator 1000 and larger models as having a ceramic rotor axis for quieter running and longer life. The Turbo 1000 is an internal filter and the PFN 1000 a pond pump. The designation L75 is as sold; the maker's length is not published in the sources checked, so match the part by model name rather than by measuring. The larger-model shaft, L85 (SKU 102825), is a different part.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wobbling rotor:** The rotor looks loose or runs off-centre on its pin.
- **Rattle on start-up:** A new rotor still rattles, which suggests the shaft is worn.
- **Visible damage:** Scoring, a bend or a chip on the shaft found at servicing.
- **Circulator or Turbo 1000 repair:** Restoring a small internal filter or pump instead of replacing it.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect:** Unplug the unit and, on a canister, close the inlet hose valves.
- **Reach the rotor:** Open the pump head or rotor chamber following the manual for your model.
- **Swap the shaft:** Remove the rotor, take out the old shaft with any seat or bush, then seat the new shaft the same way round.
- **Rebuild and test:** Refit the rotor and cover, restore power and listen for a smooth, quiet start.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-model shaft:** Listed for Unimax 500/700, Circulator 1000, Turbo 1000 and PFN 1000.
- **Shaft only:** The rotor is a separate part.
- **Cures wobble:** Replaces the pin the rotor turns on.
- **Aquael part:** Made by the maker of the filters and pumps it fits.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101257
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Rotor Shaft
- **Part:** Shaft (axis), designation L75
- **Fits:** Unimax 500 and 700 canister filters; Circulator 1000 and Turbo 1000 internal filters; PFN 1000 pond pump
- **Not for:** Unimax 150/250 (SKU 100225) or the 1500/2000-class models (SKU 102825)
- **Related Part:** Rotor for Unimax 500/700 (SKU 100224)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, and ponds (PFN 1000)
---
#### Aquael Shaft L85
Rotor shaft for pre-September 2020 Ultramax, Circulator, Turbo and PFN 1500/2000 models.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shaft-l85/
- Price: $9.23 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102825
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102825-1.webp
Shafts are cheap, quiet parts until they fail, and then a pump that ran for years starts grinding. Aquael Shaft L85 (SKU: 102825) is the rotor shaft, listed by Aquael as the axle, for the Ultramax 1000, 1500 and 2000 external canister filters made before 31 August 2020, the Circulator 1500 and 2000, the Turbo 1500 and 2000, and the PFN 1500 and 2000 pumps. The shaft is the pin on which the rotor turns inside the pump head, and it keeps the rotor centred as it spins. A worn shaft makes the rotor wobble, which shows up as noise, vibration and lost flow.
The date matters. Aquael's parts catalogue lists one Ultramax shaft for filters before 1 September 2020 and a different one for filters from that date, so check the age of the filter before ordering. The Ultramax 1000 is rated by retailers for tanks of 100 to 300 L at up to 1,000 L/h. The Circulator 1500 is rated at 22 W and 1,500 L/h for aquariums of 250 to 350 L, with a head of 160 cm, and the Circulator 2000 at 27 W and 2,000 L/h for tanks over 350 L, with a head of 190 cm; Aquael gives both a ceramic rotor axis for quiet running. L85 is the designation as sold, and the shaft for the smaller group, L75 (SKU 101257), is a different part.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Older Ultramax filters:** Units made before 31 August 2020 whose pump head has begun to rattle.
- **Larger Circulators:** The 1500 and 2000 pumps used for tank circulation on big systems.
- **Turbo and PFN repair:** Turbo 1500/2000 filters and PFN 1500/2000 pumps with a worn axis.
- **Rotor replacement jobs:** A shaft that scores or chips whenever a rotor is pulled.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug, and on an Ultramax close the hose valves before opening the head.
- **Remove the rotor:** Open the rotor chamber and lift the rotor away from the shaft.
- **Change the shaft:** Withdraw the old shaft and seat the new one fully, keeping any rubber bush or mount in place.
- **Check the run:** Refit the rotor and cover, restart and check that the rotor spins freely without scraping.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four product lines:** Ultramax, Circulator, Turbo and PFN in the 1500 and 2000 class.
- **Date-specific for Ultramax:** Intended for filters before 31 August 2020.
- **Shaft only:** Rotors are listed separately.
- **Stops wobble:** Replaces the pin that holds the rotor in line.
- **Aquael part:** Listed by the maker for its own pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102825
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Rotor Shaft
- **Part:** Shaft (axle), designation L85
- **Fits:** Ultramax 1000, 1500, 2000 (before 31.08.2020); Circulator 1500 and 2000; Turbo 1500 and 2000; PFN 1500 and 2000
- **Not for:** Ultramax filters from 1 September 2020, or the Unimax range
- **Related Part:** Shaft L75 for Unimax 500/700 and 1000-class models (SKU 101257)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, and ponds (PFN)
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 10 Black - Lid
Black replacement lid for the 10 L Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shrimp-set-10-black-lid/
- Price: $16.69 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113216 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195300
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113216-1.jpg
A nano tank with a cracked or missing lid invites escapes, dust and fast evaporation, and with a 10 L volume the water level moves quickly. Aquael Shrimp Set 10 Black - Lid (SKU: 113216) is the black replacement lid for the smallest Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium, the 10 L model measuring 20 × 20 × 25 cm. Aquael fits these aquariums with a glass lid on its Smart Open system, which the maker says reduces evaporation, keeps dust out, helps stop animals getting out and can stay open while work is done in the tank. This spare is sold by tank size and colour, so it is the 10 in black.
The Shrimp Set Day & Night comes in black or white in three sizes, and each lid is matched to the footprint of its size. In its original form Aquael supplies it with a Turbo Mini filter rated at 320 L/h, a Fix 2 heater of 50 W that holds 25 °C within half a degree, and the Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light of 4.8 W with day, daybreak and night modes. Those items are not part of this lid. The listing does not state whether the lid comes with the light module fitted, so confirm that before ordering if the light is also damaged.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken or lost lid:** Replacing the cover on a 10 L Shrimp Set whose original has cracked or gone missing.
- **Shrimp and small fish:** Keeping inhabitants in a tank only 25 cm tall.
- **Evaporation control:** Slowing the loss of water that shows quickly in 10 L.
- **Black set-ups:** Matching the black version of the tank rather than the white one.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off the lighting:** Unplug the light and heater before handling the lid.
- **Lift off the old lid:** Remove it from the tank rim and keep any fittings you want to reuse.
- **Seat the new lid:** Set the black 10 lid on the 20 × 20 cm top and check it sits flat all round.
- **Test the opening:** Open and close it once to check it clears the filter and cables.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Size 10 only:** Made for the 10 L Shrimp Set, not the 20 or 30.
- **Black finish:** For the black version of the aquarium.
- **Escape and dust barrier:** A cover over a tank that is 25 cm tall.
- **Less evaporation:** A closed top on a small body of water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113216
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195300
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 (10 L, 20 × 20 × 25 cm)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 20 Black - Lid (SKU 113136); Aquael Shrimp Set 30 Black - Lid (SKU 112915); white 10 (SKU 112913)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 10 White - Lid
White replacement lid for the 10 L Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shrimp-set-10-white-lid/
- Price: $16.69 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112913 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195317
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112913-1.jpg
On a white Shrimp Set the lid is part of the look, so a mismatched or yellowed replacement stands out. Aquael Shrimp Set 10 White - Lid (SKU: 112913) is the white replacement lid for the Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10, the compact 10 L aquarium of 20 × 20 × 25 cm. Aquael describes the lid supplied with the set as a glass cover on its Smart Open system. It reduces evaporation, keeps dust off the water, helps prevent animals from getting out and can be left open while the tank is serviced. This spare is the size 10, in white.
Aquael offers the Shrimp Set Day & Night in black and white, in three sizes, and the lids are sold per size and colour. The 10 L set as supplied carries a Turbo Mini filter of 320 L/h, a Fix 2 heater of 50 W and the Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light of 4.8 W, which offers day, daybreak and night modes; the lid listing does not include any of them. The sources checked do not say how the white lid is finished or whether the light module comes with it, so the colour and size in the product name are what to match, and the light should be checked separately. A 20 × 20 cm top is small enough that even a few millimetres of mismatch is easy to see, which is why the size 10 lid should not be borrowed for the 20 or the 30.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White Shrimp Set 10:** A replacement for a lid that is cracked, chipped or gone.
- **Desktop display tanks:** A small aquarium on a desk where a closed top limits dust and splashes.
- **Shrimp keepers:** A cover over a tank 25 cm tall for inhabitants that climb.
- **Colour match:** Keeping a white set white after a breakage.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug equipment:** Switch off the light, heater and filter at the wall.
- **Remove the damaged lid:** Lift it clear and take care with glass fragments if it is broken.
- **Fit the white 10 lid:** Rest it on the 20 × 20 cm top and check that it lies level.
- **Test and restart:** Check clearance for the cables, then restore power.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White size 10:** Made for the smallest white Shrimp Set.
- **Dust and splash cover:** Sits over the full 20 × 20 cm opening.
- **Escape guard:** Helps keep shrimp and fish in a 25 cm tank.
- **Per-size spare:** Larger lids are sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112913
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195317
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 10 (10 L, 20 × 20 × 25 cm)
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 20 White - Lid (SKU 112914); Aquael Shrimp Set 30 White - Lid (SKU 112916); black 10 (SKU 113216)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 20 Black - Lid
Black replacement lid for the 20 model Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shrimp-set-20-black-lid/
- Price: $17.46 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113136 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195362
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113136-1.jpg
The middle Shrimp Set has a 25 × 25 cm top, and a lid that no longer closes properly leaves a gap exactly where shrimp climb and dust settles. Aquael Shrimp Set 20 Black - Lid (SKU: 113136) is the black replacement lid for the Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20, the 25 × 25 × 30 cm aquarium that Aquael lists at 19 L of water even though the model is numbered 20. According to Aquael the original lid is a glass cover on the Smart Open system, which cuts evaporation, keeps dust out, helps prevent escapes and can be left open while the tank is being maintained. This spare is cut to the size 20 and finished in black.
Aquael sells each Shrimp Set Day & Night in black or white, so the colour should match the existing tank. The set is supplied with a Turbo Mini filter rated at 320 L/h, a Fix 2 heater of 50 W and the Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light of 4.8 W with day, daybreak and night modes; none of those are included here. The lid for the 20 is not the same size as the one for the 10 or the 30, and the sources checked do not say whether the spare comes with the light module, so check before ordering if the lamp also needs replacing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or chipped lid:** A 20 model whose cover no longer seats flat.
- **Lost during a move:** Restoring the top after a tank has been packed and shifted.
- **Climbers and jumpers:** Keeping shrimp and small fish inside a 30 cm tall tank.
- **Black tanks:** Replacing like with like on the black version of the set.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the tank:** Switch off and unplug the light and the heater.
- **Remove the old cover:** Lift it off carefully and set it aside, noting how it sat around the filter and cable.
- **Position the new lid:** Lower the black 20 lid onto the 25 × 25 cm top so it rests evenly.
- **Check clearances:** Make sure the cables and filter outlet are not pinched when the lid is closed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Size 20 fit:** Made for the 25 × 25 cm Shrimp Set, not the 10 or 30.
- **Black colourway:** Pairs with the black aquarium.
- **Splash and dust guard:** Covers the full top of the tank.
- **Escape prevention:** A closed top over a 30 cm tall tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113136
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195362
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 (about 19 L, 25 × 25 × 30 cm)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 10 Black - Lid (SKU 113216); Aquael Shrimp Set 30 Black - Lid (SKU 112915); white 20 (SKU 112914)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 20 White - Lid
White replacement lid for the 20 model Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shrimp-set-20-white-lid/
- Price: $17.46 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112914 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195379
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112914-1.jpg
A shrimp tank with an open top loses water to evaporation and collects dust, and the mid-size Shrimp Set has a top of 25 × 25 cm that is easy to cover properly with the right part. Aquael Shrimp Set 20 White - Lid (SKU: 112914) is the white replacement lid for the Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20. The tank measures 25 × 25 × 30 cm and Aquael lists its capacity as 19 L, although the model name says 20. Aquael's lid for the set is a glass cover on the Smart Open system that the maker says keeps water in, dust out and animals inside, and that can stay open during work in the tank.
The 20 sits between the 10 and the 30 in height as well as footprint, and its lid is made for that size alone. As supplied, the Aquael set includes a Turbo Mini filter of 320 L/h, a Fix 2 heater of 50 W holding 25 °C within half a degree, and the Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light of 4.8 W; this lid listing covers none of those. The white and black versions of each lid are sold under separate SKUs, so the colour in the product name should match the colour of the aquarium. The sources checked do not say whether a lamp comes with the lid, so check that separately if the light is damaged. The 19 L figure comes from Aquael, so the model number 20 is a name rather than a measured volume.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacement for a cracked lid:** A white 20 whose cover has chipped corners or a split.
- **Mid-size nano colonies:** A larger shrimp group in a 19 L tank that needs a closed top.
- **Dust-prone rooms:** A cover that keeps the white aquarium cleaner between maintenance days.
- **Matching an existing set:** Same size, same colour, no change to the look.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Turn off the light, filter and heater before removing the old cover.
- **Take off the old lid:** Lift with both hands and put it down away from the tank.
- **Set the white 20 lid:** Lower it onto the 25 × 25 cm rim and check the fit all the way round.
- **Re-check the leads:** Move cables so they pass through their gaps and are not pinched.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Size 20 only:** Made for the 25 × 25 cm Shrimp Set.
- **White version:** Sold apart from the black lid for the same size.
- **Evaporation control:** A closed top on a 19 L tank.
- **Open-while-working design:** Aquael's Smart Open system in the original lid.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112914
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195379
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 20 (about 19 L, 25 × 25 × 30 cm)
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 10 White - Lid (SKU 112913); Aquael Shrimp Set 30 White - Lid (SKU 112916); black 20 (SKU 113136)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 30 Black - Lid
Black replacement lid for the largest Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shrimp-set-30-black-lid/
- Price: $19.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112915 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195386
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112915-1.jpg
At 29 × 29 cm the top of the largest Shrimp Set is wide enough that a lid which sits unevenly is noticed at once. Aquael Shrimp Set 30 Black - Lid (SKU: 112915) is the black replacement lid for the Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30, a 30 L aquarium measuring 29 × 29 × 35 cm. The original lid is described by Aquael as a glass cover on the Smart Open system, which reduces evaporation, keeps out dust and prevents animals from escaping, and can stay open while the aquarium is worked on. This is the black lid for the size 30, matched to the black version of the tank.
The 30 is the tallest of the three Shrimp Sets at 35 cm, and with more water and more equipment it has more cable and tubing passing close to the lid than the smaller sizes. Aquael supplies the set with a Turbo Mini filter of 320 L/h, a Fix 2 heater of 50 W that holds 25 °C within half a degree, and the Leddy Smart Day & Night LED light of 4.8 W; those items are separate from this lid. Each lid is made for its own size, so the 10 and 20 lids will not cover the 30. The size and colour in the product name are therefore the deciding facts when ordering. The sources do not say whether the spare includes the light module; confirm that if the lamp needs replacing too.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Largest Shrimp Set:** A 30 L tank that has lost or broken its cover.
- **Heavier stocking:** More shrimp, snails or fish that need a closed top.
- **Busy desks and shelves:** Keeping dust and splashes out of the water.
- **Black cabinet matching:** Replacing the lid on the black aquarium without changing the colour scheme.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the LED light, filter and heater before touching the lid.
- **Lift out the old lid:** Take it off the 29 × 29 cm top, keeping hold of both edges.
- **Place the new lid:** Lower the black 30 lid squarely onto the rim so it does not rock.
- **Route the cables:** Re-seat the filter and heater leads so none is trapped under an edge.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Size 30 fit:** Cut for the 29 × 29 cm aquarium.
- **Black finish:** For the black set only.
- **Full-width cover:** Closes the top of a 35 cm tall tank.
- **Maintenance access:** Aquael designed the Smart Open system to stay open during work.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112915
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195386
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30 (30 L, 29 × 29 × 35 cm)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 10 Black - Lid (SKU 113216); Aquael Shrimp Set 20 Black - Lid (SKU 113136); white 30 (SKU 112916)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 30 White - Lid
White replacement lid for the largest Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shrimp-set-30-white-lid/
- Price: $19.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112916 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546195393
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112916-1.jpg
With a 35 cm tall body and a 29 × 29 cm opening, the biggest Shrimp Set gives its inhabitants plenty of room to climb, and the lid is what keeps them in. Aquael Shrimp Set 30 White - Lid (SKU: 112916) is the white replacement lid for the Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30, the 30 L aquarium in the range. Aquael describes the original as a glass cover on its Smart Open system, which cuts evaporation, keeps out dust, helps prevent escapes and can be left open during maintenance. This listing is the size 30 lid in white, for the white version of the tank.
The set is built around a Turbo Mini filter of 320 L/h, a Fix 2 heater of 50 W and the 4.8 W Leddy Smart Day & Night light with day, daybreak and night modes, and the lid has to leave room for all three. That is also the reason for choosing the right lid: the 10 and 20 lids are smaller than the 30 and cannot be used on it. Black lids are sold under their own SKUs, so check the colour of the aquarium against the product name. The sources checked do not say whether the light module is part of the spare lid; confirm that before ordering if the lamp is also faulty. A 29 × 29 cm lid is also the largest of the three, so it is the one that most needs to be seated evenly before the light is switched on.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **White 30 L set:** The original cover is cracked, chipped or lost.
- **Taller tank, more climbers:** A closed top over the 35 cm body of the largest model.
- **Cleaner water surface:** Less dust and fewer splashes reaching the 30 L of water.
- **Keeping the look:** A white replacement for a white tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Cut the power:** Unplug the light, filter and heater first.
- **Lift off the old lid:** Support the whole panel as you raise it, especially if it is cracked.
- **Lower the new one:** Rest the white 30 lid on the 29 × 29 cm top and check that it lies flat.
- **Close and test:** Check that the leads sit in their gaps, then reconnect power and run the light through its modes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest lid in the series:** Sized for the 29 × 29 cm opening.
- **White version:** Matches the white Shrimp Set 30.
- **Climber barrier:** A cover over a 35 cm tall tank.
- **Servicing access:** Aquael's Smart Open design lets the lid stay open while working.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112916
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546195393
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Lid
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night 30 (30 L, 29 × 29 × 35 cm)
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Shrimp Set 10 White - Lid (SKU 112913); Aquael Shrimp Set 20 White - Lid (SKU 112914); black 30 (SKU 112915)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Shrimp Set 4 Pcs Corners
Four corner pieces for the Aquael Shrimp Set Day & Night aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-shrimp-set-4-pcs-corners/
- Price: $12.51 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124689
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/31106-aquael-naroznik-krewetkarium-4-sztuki-800x800-1.avif
On a small glass tank it is the corners that take the knocks, from a shelf edge, a cabinet door or a move across the room. Aquael Shrimp Set 4 Pcs Corners (SKU: 124689) is a pack of four corner pieces for the Aquael Shrimp Set aquariums, one for each corner of the tank. Aquael's parts catalogue lists them as a protective corner, four pieces, for the Shrimp Set, and Aquael's specification for the Shrimp Set Day & Night mentions minimalist corners at the base that secure the tank. They are sold as a set of four so that a single order covers every corner.
The Shrimp Set Day & Night comes in three sizes: the 10 (20 × 20 × 25 cm), the 20 (25 × 25 × 30 cm, listed by Aquael at 19 L) and the 30 (29 × 29 × 35 cm), each in black or white. The sources checked do not say which size or colour these corners are made for, or what material they are, so the pack should be matched against the corners already on the tank before it is ordered. Aquael states the fitment as Shrimp Set only. Foam rubber pads also sit under the bottom corners of the set as supplied, and they are a separate part. Four pieces are included; no tools, glue or fittings are listed with the pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost or cracked corners:** Restoring all four after one has broken or gone missing.
- **Moving or storing a set:** Fitting a full set of corners before the tank is shifted.
- **Shrimp Set refurbishment:** Freshening a second-hand Shrimp Set Day & Night.
- **Replacing as a set:** Keeping the four corners uniform instead of mixing old and new.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Empty and dry the tank:** Work on an empty, dry tank on a flat surface.
- **Compare first:** Hold a new corner against one already fitted and check the shape and size match.
- **Fit all four:** Put one on each corner so the tank sits level.
- **Wipe clean:** Use a damp cloth and avoid solvent cleaners near the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four-piece pack:** One corner for each corner of the aquarium.
- **Listed for Shrimp Set:** Aquael's catalogue gives it as a Shrimp Set part.
- **Protective corner:** The catalogue description of the part.
- **Small-tank scale:** Intended for the compact Shrimp Set aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124689
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Aquarium Corner Protectors
- **Contents:** 4 pieces
- **Fits:** Aquael Shrimp Set aquariums
- **Shrimp Set Sizes:** 10 (20 × 20 × 25 cm), 20 (25 × 25 × 30 cm), 30 (29 × 29 × 35 cm)
- **Related Parts:** Shrimp Set lids in black and white (SKUs 113216, 113136, 112915, 112913, 112914, 112916)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Spare Parts - Flow Regulator, Unifilter 500
Flow regulator cover for the Aquael Unifilter 500 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-spare-parts-flow-regulator-unifilter-500/
- Price: $5.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724818
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724818-1.jpg
An internal filter that comes with a UV-C unit is not always run with it, and the part that stands in for the UV nozzle is easy to overlook. Aquael Spare Parts - Flow Regulator, Unifilter 500 (SKU: 724818) is the flow regulator cover for the Aquael Unifilter 500 internal filter. The existing listing for the part describes it as the cover used when the UV steriliser components are not wanted and the Unifilter is run as an ordinary internal filter, and Aquael's own description of the Unifilter UV says the UV nozzle takes the place of the rotor chamber cover and is fitted only when sterilisation is wanted. Aquael's parts catalogue also lists a flow regulator for the Unifilter 500.
The Unifilter 500 is the smallest of three Unifilter models, rated at 500 L/h, with Aquael recommending the UV-C version for aquariums of 150 to 200 L. It has a submerged motor and a ceramic rotor shaft, and two sponge cartridges for mechanical and biological filtration, which Aquael advises cleaning on alternate schedules so that the nitrifying bacteria are not all removed at once. Water can be aerated through the nozzle or the impeller chamber, the outflow can be turned through 90° and the filter mounts on the glass with suction cups and an adjustable hanger. The UV-C LEDs have their own power supply and can be switched on and off independently. This listing is the cover part alone; the filter, sponges and UV components are not included. Fitment is given for the Unifilter 500 only; check the larger Unifilter models separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Running without UV:** The Unifilter is wanted as a plain internal filter, with the UV parts removed.
- **Replacing a lost cover:** The original regulator or cover has gone missing during a service.
- **Damaged part:** The existing cover is cracked or no longer seats on the impeller chamber.
- **Unifilter 500 owners:** A part sold specifically for the 500 rather than the larger models.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Disconnect the filter:** Unplug the Unifilter and lift it from the aquarium.
- **Remove the UV nozzle:** If a UV nozzle is fitted, take it off; it occupies the position of the rotor chamber cover.
- **Fit the cover:** Press the regulator cover into the same position and make sure it is seated fully.
- **Return and test:** Hang the filter, switch on and check the flow and outlet direction.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Non-UV operation:** Lets the Unifilter run as an internal filter only.
- **Unifilter 500 part:** Named for the 500 model.
- **Cover only:** Sponges, rotor and UV unit are separate.
- **Independent UV supply:** Aquael gives the LEDs their own power, so the filter does not depend on them.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724818
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Cover
- **Part:** Flow regulator cover
- **Fits:** Aquael Unifilter 500 internal filter
- **Host Filter Rating:** Up to 500 L/h; UV-C version recommended for 150–200 L
- **Related Part:** Rotor for Unifilter 500/500uv (SKU 100018)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Patmini, Impeller
Replacement impeller for the Aquael Pat Mini internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-spare-parts-impellers-and-shafts-patmini-impeller/
- Price: $11.21 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100186 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546002240
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100186-1.jpg
The Pat Mini is a small sponge filter driven by a tiny impeller, and in a shrimp or nano tank it can run for months before the impeller tires. Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Patmini, Impeller (SKU: 100186) is the replacement impeller for the Aquael Pat Mini internal filter. The impeller is the small rotating part that draws water through the sponge and out of the filter, so it determines the flow, and a worn or broken one shows up as weak output, noise or a motor that spins without moving water. Aquael's parts catalogue lists an impeller for the Pat Mini under its Shrimp Set parts. This listing is the impeller alone, not the shaft.
Retailers describe the Pat Mini as an internal filter for freshwater aquariums up to 120 L, drawing about 4 W, with flow adjustable at the outlet; quoted maximums range between 400 and 450 L/h depending on the listing. A coarse sponge acts as the mechanical pre-filter and carries beneficial bacteria, the outlet direction can be changed and the filter aerates the water. A new Pat Mini is supplied with an impeller and an impeller chamber cover, which is the cover removed to reach this part. Aquael lists impellers and shafts as separate parts, so a shaft that has worn needs to be sourced as its own item. Dimensions of the impeller are not published, so match it by filter model, and rinse the chamber of sponge fragments and debris before the new part goes in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weak outlet:** A Pat Mini that no longer pushes water through a clean sponge.
- **Buzzing or clicking:** Noise from the motor end that points to a chipped impeller.
- **Broken blade:** A damaged impeller found when the chamber cover is opened.
- **Shrimp tank filters:** Keeping a gentle sponge filter working in a tank with small inhabitants.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift:** Disconnect the Pat Mini and take it out of the tank.
- **Remove the sponge and cover:** Slide off the sponge, then take off the impeller chamber cover.
- **Replace the impeller:** Pull the old impeller off its shaft and fit the new one the same way round.
- **Reassemble:** Refit the cover and sponge, place the filter in the water and switch on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pat Mini impeller:** The part that moves water in the 4 W internal filter.
- **Impeller only:** Shaft, sponge and cover are separate.
- **Quick change:** Reached by removing the chamber cover.
- **Aquael catalogue part:** Listed by the maker for the Pat Mini.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100186
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546002240
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Impeller
- **Part:** Impeller
- **Fits:** Aquael Pat Mini internal filter
- **Host Filter Rating:** Freshwater aquariums up to 120 L; about 4 W
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Pfn 7500/10000-legacy Product, Impeller + Shaft Combo
Impeller and shaft set for the Aquael PFN 7500 and 10000 pond pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-spare-parts-impellers-and-shafts-pfn-7500-10000-legacy-product-impeller-shaft-combo/
- Price: $144.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100195 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546013376
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100195-1.jpg
A pond pump moving thousands of litres an hour wears its rotor assembly harder than any aquarium pump, and replacing the impeller and shaft together restores the whole spinning assembly in one go. Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Pfn 7500/10000-legacy Product, Impeller + Shaft Combo (SKU: 100195) is the impeller and shaft combination for the Aquael PFN 7500 and PFN 10000 pond pumps, labelled on this site as a legacy product. The impeller is the rotating part that moves the water; the shaft is the pin it turns on. Sold together, they are changed as one set, so both wearing parts are renewed in the same service.
Of the two pumps, only the PFN 7500 had published data in the sources checked, and a European retailer lists it at 7,000 L/h, with a maximum head of 4 m, 150 W and a 10 m cable. Its ceramic rotor shaft is described as running almost wear-free and quietly. A double mechanical pre-filter guards against clogging, and cleaning means clearing the rotor slot about once a month. A thermal safety switch cuts the power if the pump overheats and restarts it once it cools, and the pump is for liquids no warmer than 35 °C. No technical data for the PFN 10000 could be found, and the sources checked do not name the part numbers inside the combo. Aquael publishes a spare-parts catalogue, which is the reference to use if there is any doubt about which impeller set belongs to the pump on hand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling pond flow:** A PFN 7500 or 10000 that moves visibly less water with a clean pre-filter.
- **Grinding or squealing:** Noise from the motor end that suggests the impeller or shaft has worn.
- **Full overhaul:** Renewing the rotating assembly of an older pump in one job.
- **Heavy-duty pumps:** Large waterfalls and big ponds where a stalled pump has consequences.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Switch off at the supply, unplug and lift the pump out of the water.
- **Open the rotor chamber:** Remove the pre-filter and chamber cover as the pump manual describes.
- **Swap both parts:** Take out the old impeller and shaft and fit the new pair together.
- **Clean and test:** Clear the rotor slot of debris, reassemble, lower the pump into the pond and check it runs quietly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Impeller and shaft together:** The two parts that wear in a pump, in one purchase.
- **For large pond pumps:** Listed for the PFN 7500 and PFN 10000.
- **Legacy listing:** Marked as a legacy product, so check the pump model before ordering.
- **Maker part:** A set from Aquael for its own pond pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100195
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546013376
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pond Pump Impeller and Shaft
- **Contents:** Impeller and shaft (combo)
- **Fits:** Aquael PFN 7500 and PFN 10000 pond pumps
- **PFN 7500 Pump Data:** 7,000 L/h, 4 m head, 150 W, 10 m cable (retailer figures)
- **Status:** Listed as a legacy product
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and water features
---
#### Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Reef Circulator 2500, Impeller
Replacement impeller for the Aquael Reef Circulator 2500 pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-spare-parts-impellers-and-shafts-reef-circulator-2500-impeller/
- Price: $20.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102572
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102572-1.jpg
A circulation pump in a reef or marine tank runs around the clock, so its impeller is one of the parts that eventually pays for that. Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Reef Circulator 2500, Impeller (SKU: 102572) is the replacement impeller for the Aquael Reef Circulator 2500, one of the Reef Circulator pumps that move water around the aquarium to stop dead spots. The impeller is the rotating part inside the pump head, and a worn or damaged one lowers the flow or makes the pump noisy. Aquael lists an impeller for this model in its spare-parts catalogue. This listing is the impeller alone; the Reef Circulator 2500 shaft is not part of it.
The Reef Circulator series is described by retailers as a family of magnetically mounted circulation pumps for saltwater tanks, with the Reef Circulator 1000, 2500 and 6000 in the range. The rotor chamber is said to use a magnetic suspension system for near-silent running, and an integrated magnetic hanger fixes the pump to the glass. A flow rate, power draw and tank rating for the 2500 specifically could not be found in the sources checked, so none is printed here; the 6000 is the one with published figures, at 6,000 L/h and 10.5 W. Because the impeller is the only part in this listing, a worn shaft on the 2500 is a separate purchase, and the 6000 impeller and shaft combo (SKU 102579) is for a different pump size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Flow has dropped:** The pump moves less water than it did with the glass and magnet clean.
- **Motor noise:** Humming or rattling from the pump head that cleaning does not cure.
- **Chipped blades:** Damage found when the rotor chamber is opened for maintenance.
- **Marine circulation:** Keeping a saltwater tank's pump working without replacing the unit.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Remove from the tank:** Unplug the pump, release the magnetic holder and lift the pump out.
- **Open the pump head:** Take off the front cover or guard to reach the rotor chamber.
- **Change the impeller:** Slide out the old impeller, clean salt creep from the chamber and fit the new one.
- **Rinse and refit:** Reassemble, rinse in fresh water, return it to its position on the glass and check the flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Model-specific part:** For the Reef Circulator 2500 only.
- **Impeller only:** Shaft and pump body are separate.
- **Catalogue-listed:** Aquael lists an impeller for this model.
- **Marine duty:** The Reef Circulator series is described as suitable for seawater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102572
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Impeller
- **Part:** Impeller
- **Fits:** Aquael Reef Circulator 2500
- **Related Part:** Impeller and shaft for Reef Circulator 6000 (SKU 102579)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Reef Circulator 6000, Impeller + Shaft Combo
Impeller and shaft set for the Aquael Reef Circulator 6000.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-spare-parts-impellers-and-shafts-reef-circulator-6000-impeller-shaft-combo/
- Price: $28.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102579
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102579-1.jpg
The Reef Circulator 6000 moves 6,000 L/h, and at that output a worn rotating assembly is felt in the tank as well as heard. Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Reef Circulator 6000, Impeller + Shaft Combo (SKU: 102579) is the impeller and shaft set for the Aquael Reef Circulator 6000 circulation pump. The impeller is the rotating part that moves water; the shaft is the pin it turns on, and supplying them together lets both be renewed in a single service. Aquael lists impeller parts for the Reef Circulator 6000 in its spare-parts catalogue, and this listing is the combination of impeller and shaft rather than the impeller alone.
Retailer data for the Reef Circulator 6000 gives a flow of 6,000 L/h and a power draw of 10.5 W, a rating for aquariums up to 600 L and a body of 158 × 65 × 72 mm. It mounts on the side of the aquarium with a magnetic holder, is described as suitable for seawater, and uses an integrated magnetic absorption system for quiet water movement. The 2500 and the 6000 are different pumps, so their parts do not interchange; the impeller for the 2500 is SKU 102572. Aquael sells a larger Reef Circulator 8000 as well, which has its own rotor. Dimensions of the combo itself are not published, and the sources checked do not state the material of the shaft.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large-tank circulation:** A 6000 that serves a tank of up to 600 L and has lost output.
- **Vibration or chatter:** A pump that has started to shake the glass or hum louder than before.
- **Salt-worn parts:** Impeller and shaft showing wear after long marine service.
- **Renewing both parts:** One kit instead of replacing the impeller and chasing a shaft later.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Take the pump out:** Unplug it, release the magnetic holder and lift the 158 × 65 × 72 mm body clear of the tank.
- **Open the head:** Remove the guard or cover over the rotor chamber.
- **Replace both parts:** Remove the old impeller and shaft, remove salt build-up and fit the new pair.
- **Test in place:** Reassemble, rinse, reposition on the glass and watch the flow for several minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Combo set:** Impeller and shaft renewed together.
- **Reef Circulator 6000 only:** Not for the 2500 or the 8000.
- **Published pump data:** 6,000 L/h at 10.5 W for tanks up to 600 L.
- **Seawater pump:** The series is described as suitable for marine tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102579
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Impeller and Shaft
- **Contents:** Impeller and shaft (combo)
- **Fits:** Aquael Reef Circulator 6000
- **Pump Data:** 6,000 L/h, 10.5 W, up to 600 L (retailer figures)
- **Related Part:** Impeller for Reef Circulator 2500 (SKU 102572)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Unimax 150/250-legacy Product, Shaft
Rotor shaft for the older Unimax 150 and 250 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-spare-parts-impellers-and-shafts-unimax-150-250-legacy-product-shaft/
- Price: $8.32 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100225
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100225-1.jpg
When the rotor in a small canister is replaced, the shaft it turns on is the part most worth checking at the same time. Aquael Spare Parts - Impellers And Shafts, Unimax 150/250-legacy Product, Shaft (SKU: 100225) is the shaft for the Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters. The shaft is the fixed pin that carries the rotor inside the pump head. If it is scored, bent or loose, the rotor wobbles, and the symptoms are the familiar ones: rattling, vibration and a return flow that falls away. The product name on this site carries the label legacy product, which is worth noting when matching it to a particular filter.
The Unimax 150 and 250 are the smaller canisters of the Aquael Unimax range, which suits aquariums up to 700 L overall. The range is self-priming, aerates the surface through a sprinkler return, and has three baskets for mechanical, chemical and biological media. Aquael also lists the Unimax 150 and 250 rotor as a new type (SKU 100394). Because this shaft is sold as a legacy item, the match between the shaft and the new-type rotor should be confirmed against Aquael's parts catalogue before the two are fitted together. The catalogue lists the rotor and shaft for the 150 and 250 as separate parts, so either can be replaced alone. The 500 and 700 models use another shaft (SKU 101257).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Worn shaft:** Visible scoring or a rotor that no longer spins cleanly on its pin.
- **Persistent rattle:** Noise that continues after the rotor has been cleaned or changed.
- **Older 150 and 250 units:** Canisters kept running for years that now need pump-head parts.
- **Full pump-head service:** Replacing shaft and rotor together in a small canister.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut down:** Unplug the filter and close the shut-off valves on the inlet hoses.
- **Take out the rotor:** Open the pump head, remove the cover and lift the rotor off the shaft.
- **Exchange the shaft:** Pull the old shaft from its seat and push the new one in fully.
- **Refit and watch:** Put the rotor and cover back, open the valves and check the filter primes and runs quietly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Unimax 150/250 shaft:** Sold for the two small canisters of the range.
- **Legacy item:** Marked as a legacy product on this site.
- **Shaft only:** The rotor is listed separately (SKU 100394).
- **Cures wobble:** Replaces the pin the rotor spins on.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100225
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Rotor Shaft
- **Part:** Shaft
- **Fits:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters
- **Status:** Listed as a legacy product
- **Related Part:** Rotor, new type, for Unimax 150/250 (SKU 100394)
- **Not for:** Unimax 500/700, which use shaft L75 (SKU 101257)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Spare Parts - Pipes/tubing & Accessories, Elbow (small)
Small elbow connector for Aquael filter pipework and tubing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-spare-parts-pipes-tubing-accessories-elbow-small/
- Price: $5.13 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102829 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546051392
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Elbows-105941-101215-102829102500-scaled-scaled_5260f581-be0f-45b3-ab46-f42f07999895.webp
A filter hose that kinks at the back of a cabinet starves the pump, and a right-angle elbow is the usual way to turn a pipe without folding it. Aquael Spare Parts - Pipes/tubing & Accessories, Elbow (small) (SKU: 102829) is a small elbow from Aquael's range of spare pipes, tubing and accessories for canister and other powered filters. An elbow joins two straight sections at an angle, so inlet or outlet pipework can be routed around a corner of the tank or cabinet while keeping the bore open. The range is spare tubing and pipes of the kind used to connect canister and other powered filters, and no further detail on this particular elbow is published in the sources checked.
Aquael's parts catalogue lists several elbows, each assigned to a filter family: one elbow is listed for the Unimax 150, 250, 500 and 700 and for the ASAP E 1050 and 1250, and a different one, the Minikani elbow, for the Midikani 800 and Multikani 800. The product photo on this site shows a group of Aquael elbows rather than one, so the size and fitment of this one could not be tied to a specific filter model. Before ordering, compare the connection on the filter with the elbow, or check the Aquael catalogue for the model, rather than assuming that any small elbow will fit. Hose diameter, material and angle are not stated by the maker in the sources checked, so none is given here, and the part is sold as a single elbow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked elbow:** A fitting that has split or crazed at the bend of an inlet or outlet pipe.
- **Lost during servicing:** A replacement for an elbow dropped or mislaid when a canister was stripped down.
- **Repositioning pipework:** Changing the direction of an outlet or intake in a tight space.
- **Spare for canister filters:** A small fitting to keep with the other maintenance parts.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug the filter and close any shut-off valves before disconnecting pipework.
- **Remove the old elbow:** Detach the hose or pipe from each end and note the direction it faced.
- **Fit the new one:** Push the elbow home on both connections so the ends seat fully.
- **Check for leaks:** Reopen the valves, restart and watch the joints for seepage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small size:** The small elbow in Aquael's pipes and tubing range.
- **Angled joint:** Turns pipework without kinking a hose.
- **Single fitting:** One elbow per unit.
- **Aquael range:** Part of the maker's tubing and accessories group.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102829
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546051392
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Pipe Elbow
- **Part:** Elbow (small)
- **Use:** Connecting pipes and tubing on canister and other powered filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sponge For A Hexa 60 Aquarium Filter
Replacement filter sponge for the Aquael Hexa 60 hexagonal aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-for-a-hexa-60-aquarium-filter/
- Price: $14.39 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113015
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113015-1.png
A filter sponge that has been rinsed for the tenth time will eventually fall apart, and a hexagonal tank with a built-in filter needs the right shape to replace it. Aquael Sponge For A Hexa 60 Aquarium Filter (SKU: 113015) is the replacement sponge for the filter in the Aquael Hexa 60, a hexagonal glass aquarium of 60 L measuring 41 × 41 × 60 cm. Retailers describe the Hexa Set 60 as having a built-in filtration system with two filtration baskets and a pump, built-in lighting, a hinged hood with a feeding hatch and a heater, and the sponge is one of the media the baskets hold. Aquael's parts catalogue lists a Hexagon sponge for the Hexaset 15, 20 and 60.
A sponge in a filter does two jobs. It traps particles from the water as a mechanical filter, and its pores carry the nitrifying bacteria that process ammonia and nitrite, so it should be rinsed gently in old aquarium water, not under the tap, and replaced when it starts to crumble or no longer springs back. The sources checked do not state the dimensions or pore size of this sponge, so none is printed. Pore density (PPI) is not given by the maker or the retailers checked. Because the Hexa Set 60 filter has two baskets, a worn sponge can be replaced one at a time, which leaves part of the bacterial colony in place while the new foam matures.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Crumbling sponge:** The foam tears or sheds pieces when it is squeezed during cleaning.
- **Permanently clogged:** Flow stays low even after a careful rinse.
- **Hexa 60 maintenance:** A spare to hand for the 60 L hexagonal tank's built-in filter.
- **Stagger replacement:** Swapping one sponge at a time to keep part of the bacteria in place.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the filter pump before opening the filter section.
- **Take out the old sponge:** Lift it from its basket and keep a little old water to rinse the new media in.
- **Fit the new sponge:** Press it into the same position so that water must pass through it.
- **Restart:** Replace the cover, switch on and check the flow is steady.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hexa 60 specific:** Sold for the filter of the 60 L hexagonal aquarium.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps debris and carries bacteria.
- **Listed by Aquael:** A Hexagon sponge appears in the maker's catalogue for Hexaset 15, 20 and 60.
- **Single sponge:** One replacement piece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113015
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Part:** Replacement filter sponge
- **Fits:** Aquael Hexa 60 aquarium filter (Hexa Set 60)
- **Aquarium:** 60 L, 41 × 41 × 60 cm, hexagonal
- **Related Part:** Sponge for PFN 350/650/500N (SKU 102564)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sponge For Pfn 1100/1000/1500/2000 Pump
Replacement filter sponge for Aquael PFN pump filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-for-pfn-1100-1000-1500-2000-pump/
- Price: $20.49 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546011679
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100050-1.jpg
A sponge that has been squeezed out a few dozen times stops passing water the way it did when new, and the pump behind it works harder for less flow. Aquael Sponge For Pfn 1100/1000/1500/2000 Pump (SKU: 100050) is a replacement filter sponge from Aquael, the Polish aquarium equipment maker, for its PFN pump filters sold as models 1100, 1000, 1500 and 2000. In an internal pump filter the sponge is where the water is strained: it traps debris mechanically, and its open structure gives nitrifying bacteria a surface to colonise, so a worn sponge affects both the clarity of the water and the biological capacity of the filter.
The sponge is sold as a single replacement part. Aquael does not publish the dimensions or pore density of this sponge on the public pages reviewed, so the reliable check before ordering is to compare it with the sponge being removed: the same overall shape and length, and the same fit around the pump body. Aquael's Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000 sponges are a separate part sold as a pair, so a PFN owner should not assume the two are interchangeable. A sponge is ready to replace when it has torn, has hardened or lost its spring after rinsing, or no longer restores flow once it has been cleaned.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Torn or crumbling foam:** Replace the sponge once pieces are breaking away, since fragments can reach the pump.
- **Flow that no longer recovers:** A sponge that stays clogged or slow after a rinse has lost its open structure.
- **Spare for servicing:** A second sponge on hand allows the old one to be swapped without a gap in filtration.
- **Pump filter refresh:** Restores mechanical and biological filtration in a PFN 1100, 1000, 1500 or 2000.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off first:** Unplug the pump and lift the filter out of the aquarium.
- **Remove the old sponge:** Slide it off the filter body and note how it sat, including which end faces the pump.
- **Fit the new sponge:** Seat it the same way, with no gaps at the ends where unfiltered water could slip past.
- **Stagger replacement:** If the filter holds other media, change only the sponge so the bacteria on the rest stay in place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Aquael part:** Made by the maker of the PFN pump filters it is sold for.
- **Mechanical filtration:** Strains debris from the water before it reaches the pump.
- **Biological surface:** The sponge structure carries the bacteria that process ammonia and nitrite.
- **Four model numbers:** Listed for PFN 1100, 1000, 1500 and 2000.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546011679
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael PFN pump filters 1100, 1000, 1500 and 2000
- **Contents:** One replacement sponge
- **Material:** Filter sponge (pore density not published by the maker)
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums fitted with an Aquael PFN pump filter
---
#### Aquael Sponge For Pfn 350/650/500n
Intake sponge that keeps debris out of Aquael PFN fountain pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-for-pfn-350-650-500n/
- Price: $18.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102564
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102564-1.png
A small fountain or water-feature pump fails most often because debris reaches its rotor, and a foam sponge over the intake is the cheapest protection it has. Aquael Sponge For Pfn 350/650/500n (SKU: 102564) is the replacement sponge for the Aquael PFN fountain pumps named in its title. A UK retailer describes the sponge as developed for the Aquael PFN Fountain 350 and 650 pumps, where it stops debris and dirt from entering the pump and so helps to prolong the pump's life and keep its performance up. The same retailer advises checking it regularly for damage and replacing it at the first sign of wear.
The 500N in the product name could not be matched to a published Aquael model, but an Aquael PFN 500 is described by an Australian retailer as a pump of up to 500 L/h, with a lift of up to 70 cm, 4.4 W of power and built-in flow adjustment, intended for small fountains, garden ponds and indoor water features. Specifications for the PFN 350 and 650 could not be found in the sources checked. The sponge is foam media for internal use on the pump, and its dimensions are not stated by the retailer or the maker. Choose it by the pump model on the label rather than by the look of the old sponge, and match the old one's shape against the new one before fitting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Worn intake sponge:** The foam is torn, thin or hardened and no longer holds back debris.
- **Low fountain flow:** The jet has weakened because the sponge is clogged beyond rinsing.
- **Leaf and algae loads:** Outdoor features where the intake collects debris quickly.
- **Pump protection:** Renewing the first line of defence before debris reaches the rotor.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Unplug:** Switch off and lift the pump out of the water.
- **Remove the old sponge:** Pull it off the intake and shake out any loose debris from the housing.
- **Fit the new sponge:** Slide it over the intake so it covers the whole opening with no gaps.
- **Inspect often:** Rinse it in pond or tank water when the flow drops and replace it when it shows damage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Intake protection:** Foam that keeps debris away from the pump.
- **PFN fountain pumps:** Developed for the PFN 350 and 650, per a UK retailer.
- **Pump life:** Aims to prolong the pump's life by preventing blockages.
- **Replaceable wear part:** Intended to be checked and changed at the first sign of wear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102564
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Intake Sponge
- **Part:** Foam intake sponge
- **Fits:** Aquael PFN 350 and 650 fountain pumps (500N as named, not confirmed)
- **Media:** Foam
- **Related Part:** Sponge for Hexa 60 aquarium filter (SKU 113015)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds, fountains and water features
---
#### Aquael Sponge Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000 (2pcs)
Pair of replacement sponges for the three larger Turbo internal filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-turbo-filter-1000-1500-2000-2pcs/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100329 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546198288
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100329-1.png
An internal filter that runs for years collects its dirt in one place, and having a clean sponge ready to swap in keeps the tank filtering while the old one is rinsed. Aquael Sponge Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000 (2pcs) (SKU: 100329) is a pack of two standard replacement sponges from Aquael for the Turbo Filter 1000, 1500 and 2000, the three larger models in the Turbo range of internal power filters. European retailers describe Aquael's Turbo sponges as carefully selected, phenol-free sponges. They do the mechanical work of straining particles from the water and, once the filter has matured, carry the bacteria that convert ammonia and nitrite.
The three filters take the same sponge pack but suit different tanks. According to retailer specifications, the Turbo 1000 moves 1,000 L/h at 11 W for aquariums of about 150 to 250 L, the Turbo 1500 moves 1,500 L/h at 22 W for about 250 to 350 L, and the Turbo 2000 moves 2,000 L/h at 27 W for tanks over 350 L. Each filter is supplied with one sponge in its filter container, so a pack of two covers the original and one spare. Aquael sells a separate pair for the smaller Turbo 500, which is a different size and does not belong on these filters. The pack is listed under barcode 5905546198288, matching the European listing for the 1000/1500/2000 pair.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Annual sponge change:** Fit a fresh sponge once the old one has lost its spring or begun to break down.
- **Heavy-load tanks:** Large, well-stocked aquariums of 150 L and up load a sponge quickly and wear it faster.
- **Spare for rinse days:** Swap in the second sponge while the first is cleaned, then rotate them.
- **Restoring flow:** Replace the sponge when output stays low after a thorough rinse.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift out:** Switch the filter off and take it from the tank before opening it.
- **Remove the used sponge:** Take it out of the housing, noting its orientation relative to the pump head.
- **Insert the new sponge:** Seat it fully so no gap lets water bypass the foam.
- **Protect the bacteria:** Rinse the old sponge in tank water, not tap water, if it is being kept as a second sponge.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two sponges per pack:** One to fit and one to hold in reserve.
- **Three models, one pack:** Listed for the Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000.
- **Phenol-free sponge:** Described by a European retailer as carefully selected material.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Strains debris and supports a bacterial colony.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100329
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546198288
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Contents:** 2 replacement sponges
- **Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Filter 1000, 1500 and 2000
- **Turbo Filter Flow:** 1,000, 1,500 and 2,000 L/h respectively
- **Turbo Filter Tank Size:** About 150–250 L, 250–350 L and over 350 L respectively
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Sponge Turbo Filter 500 (2 Pcs) (SKU 100328)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sponge Turbo Filter 500 (2 Pcs)
Pair of replacement sponges for the compact Turbo 500 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-turbo-filter-500-2-pcs/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100328 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546198271
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100328-1.png
A small internal filter has little sponge to spare, so the sponge it has needs changing on schedule and a cleaned spare saves the tank a gap in filtration. Aquael Sponge Turbo Filter 500 (2 Pcs) (SKU: 100328) is a pack of two replacement sponges from Aquael for the Turbo Filter 500, the smallest of the Turbo range of internal power filters. Retailers describe Aquael's Turbo sponges as carefully selected, phenol-free sponges. In use they strain debris from the water and, as the filter matures, hold the bacteria that process ammonia and nitrite for a tank of up to about 150 L.
According to a European retailer's specifications, the Turbo 500 delivers 500 L/h from 4.4 W, measures about 7 × 7.6 × 23.9 cm and has a filter media container of roughly 250 mL, the smallest in the range. Each filter is supplied with a single sponge, so this pair provides a spare. Its sponge is a different size from the one used by the Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000, which are covered by a separate pair, so neither pack should be fitted to the other filter. Aquael's sponge pack for the 500 is listed under its own barcode, shown below.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small planted or community tanks:** A Turbo 500 is rated for tanks up to roughly 150 L.
- **Worn or compacted sponge:** Replace once the foam stays slow after cleaning or begins to break up.
- **Cycling hand-over:** Keep the old sponge running alongside the new one for a week or two so bacteria transfer.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Hold a clean sponge in reserve so the filter can be refitted quickly.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it and lift it from the water.
- **Take out the old sponge:** Slide it from its housing and note the direction it faced.
- **Fit the replacement:** Press the new sponge into the same position and check it sits flush.
- **Clean the spare correctly:** Squeeze used sponges out in a bucket of tank water so the bacteria survive.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two sponges per pack:** One to install, one to rotate in at the next service.
- **Made for the Turbo 500:** Sized for the smallest filter in the range.
- **Phenol-free sponge:** Described as carefully selected material by a European retailer.
- **Dual function:** Mechanical straining plus a surface for beneficial bacteria.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100328
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546198271
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Contents:** 2 replacement sponges
- **Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Filter 500
- **Turbo 500 Flow:** 500 L/h at 4.4 W, for tanks up to about 150 L
- **Turbo 500 Media Container:** About 250 mL
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Sponge Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000 (2pcs) (SKU 100329)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sponge Unifilter 500 (3pcs
Three standard replacement sponges for the Aquael Unifilter 500 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-unifilter-500-3pcs/
- Price: $22.51 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124684
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124684-1.webp
The Unifilter is built around two sponge cartridges that are meant to be cleaned in turn, which is a good reason to own a spare set before the first pair gives out. Aquael Sponge Unifilter 500 (3pcs (SKU: 124684) is a pack of three standard replacement sponges from Aquael for the 500 size of its Unifilter internal filters. A European retailer lists the same pack as the standard sponge set for the Uni UV 500, described as carefully selected, phenol-free sponge. The sponges give the filter its mechanical stage, straining particles from the water, and the surface area for the bacteria that process ammonia and nitrite.
The Uni UV 500 itself is a compact internal filter. According to a European retailer's specifications, it moves up to 500 L/h on 6.5 W, suits aquariums of about 100 to 200 L, measures roughly 5.8 × 9.9 × 22.2 cm and uses two separate sponge cartridges that can be cleaned alternately. Three sponges in a pack means one set can be fitted while a spare stays in reserve. Aquael lists a different three-sponge pack for the 750 and 1000 sizes, so the 500 pack is not the one to fit to the larger Unifilters. The product name on the site omits the closing bracket after 3pcs, but the pack count of three agrees with the retailer's listing. Aquael does not publish the sponge dimensions or pore density on the pages reviewed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponges that no longer rebound:** Foam that stays flattened after rinsing no longer passes water evenly.
- **Two-cartridge rotation:** One sponge can be changed while the other keeps its bacteria in place.
- **Mid-size community tanks:** The 500 size is aimed at tanks of roughly 100 to 200 L.
- **Spare for servicing:** A third sponge allows a swap on cleaning day without waiting for one to dry out.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and lift it from the aquarium before opening it.
- **Change one sponge at a time:** Replace a single cartridge sponge and leave the other in service.
- **Rinse the used sponge in tank water:** Chlorinated tap water can kill the bacteria on it.
- **Check the fit:** The new sponge should sit snugly in its cartridge with no gaps for water to bypass.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three sponges per pack:** Enough to refit both cartridges and hold one back.
- **Sized for the 500:** The 500 pack, separate from the 750 and 1000 sponge set.
- **Phenol-free sponge:** As described by a European retailer.
- **Staged filtration:** Mechanical straining and a biological surface in a single part.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124684
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sponge
- **Contents:** 3 standard replacement sponges
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unifilter 500 (listed by a European retailer for the Uni UV 500)
- **Unifilter 500 Flow:** Up to 500 L/h at 6.5 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 100–200 L (filter rating)
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sponge Unifilter 750/1000
Aquael Sponge Unifilter 750/1000 - Replacement foam filter media set for Aquael Unifilter 750 and Aquael Unifilter 1000 aquarium filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-unifilter-750-1000/
- Price: $26.65 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124685
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Sponge-Unifilter-7501000.png
The Aquael Sponge Unifilter 750/1000 ( SKU:
Crafted from high-density,
open-cell reticulated foam,
this insert provides efficient dual-action mechanical and biological filtration to keep tank water crystal clear.
The fine-pored matrix captures floating particulate matter,
sludge,
and organic debris while offering a massive surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria to colonise.
Designed for an exact fit inside the filter chamber,
it prevents unfiltered water bypass and maintains steady water throughput.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filter Media Maintenance:**
Recommended for replacing clogged,
worn,
or misshapen sponge inserts in Unifilter 750 and 1000 models.
- **Restoring Flow Rates:**
Ideal when existing filter sponges become saturated and restrict water output from the filter pump.
- **Biological Stability:**
Keeps beneficial micro-flora active during scheduled filter maintenance routines.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Disconnect power to the internal filter before servicing.
- Open the Unifilter housing compartment and remove the old sponge inserts.
- Gently rinse the new sponge in extracted aquarium water (not tap water) to remove storage dust.
- Insert the new sponge firmly into the media cassette,
re-seal the housing,
and restore power.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Density Open-Cell Foam:**
Traps fine organic debris while preserving steady flow rates.
- **Dual Action Filtration:**
Delivers mechanical particulate trapping alongside biological bacterial filtration.
- **Phenol-Free & Non-Toxic:**
Safe for sensitive freshwater fish,
dwarf shrimp,
and aquatic plants.
- **Precision OEM Fit:**
Designed specifically for Unifilter 750/1000 housings to eliminate water bypass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:**
Aquael
- **SKU:**
124685
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):**
5905033008137
- **Product Type:**
Spare Parts / Filter Media & Sponges
- **Package Dimensions:**
213.
07 mm (L) × 213.
07 mm (W) × 213.
07 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:**
44 g
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater Tropical & Coldwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sponge Unimax 500/700
Replacement filter sponge for Aquael Unimax 500 and 700 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sponge-unimax-500-700/
- Price: $50.49 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101228
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101228-1.png
Canister filters sit under the cabinet and get forgotten until flow drops, and the sponge is usually the first part to show it. Aquael Sponge Unimax 500/700 (SKU: 101228) is the replacement filter sponge for the 500 and 700 sizes of the Aquael Unimax external canister filter. A European retailer lists the Unimax sponge as an original Aquael spare part in two versions, one for the Unimax 150/250 and one for the Unimax 500/700, made from carefully selected, phenol-free material. This listing is the 500/700 version, and it should not be fitted to the smaller Unimax 150 or 250.
The sponge works alongside the other media in the canister. Aquael's Unimax 500 and 700 are described by a South African distributor as using BioCeraMAX Pro 600 ceramic rollers for biological filtration, ZeoMAX Plus zeolite for chemical filtration and SpikeBalls Mini bio-balls, with four hoses for circulation, a shut-off valve, a sprinkler for aeration, automatic air removal and a self-priming design. The same source rates the range for aquariums of up to 700 L and mentions an optional UV-C steriliser of 9 W for the 500 and 11 W for the 700. The sponge is the mechanical stage that keeps coarse debris out of the media baskets, so it is the part cleaned most often and replaced when it will no longer hold its shape. Aquael does not publish the sponge dimensions or the number of pieces in the pack on the pages reviewed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Collapsed or torn sponge:** Replace foam that has lost its shape and no longer holds back debris.
- **Flow dropping between cleans:** A sponge that clogs again within days has lost its open structure.
- **Annual canister service:** Swap the mechanical stage while the baskets, seals and hoses are inspected.
- **Unimax 500 and 700 only:** The sponge is made for these two sizes, not the 150 or 250.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut off and drain:** Unplug the canister, close the hose valves and take it to a sink or bucket.
- **Remove the old sponge:** Open the head and lift the sponge out, noting the basket it came from.
- **Fit the new sponge:** Place it where the old one sat, with no gaps at the edges.
- **Prime on restart:** Reconnect the hoses, open the valves and let the filter self-prime before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the Unimax canister range.
- **Two sizes covered:** One sponge for both the 500 and the 700.
- **Phenol-free material:** As described by a European retailer.
- **Mechanical stage:** Keeps coarse debris away from the ceramic and zeolite media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101228
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 canister filters
- **Not For:** Unimax 150 and 250, which use a separate sponge
- **Unimax Range Rating:** Aquariums up to 700 L (distributor figure for the range)
- **Optional UV-C Unit:** 9 W for the 500, 11 W for the 700
- **Material:** Phenol-free filter sponge
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sprinkler Assembly Kit
Rain-bar kit that spreads canister filter output across the water surface.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sprinkler-assembly-kit/
- Price: $23.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101145
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/16495-aquael-deszczownia-akwariowa-unimax-800x800-1.avif
A canister filter outlet aimed straight into the tank can push small fish and light plants around, and a rain bar is the usual way to calm it. Aquael Sprinkler Assembly Kit (SKU: 101145) is Aquael's sprinkler set for an external filter's return line: it takes the single jet from the outlet pipe and breaks it into a spread of drops across the surface. A European retailer lists the same item as the Aquael sprinkler for the Unimax, and describes it as a rain shower that spreads the filter's flow, slows the current and creates surface movement that can improve oxygenation. It can be installed under the water surface or above it.
The kit is listed as containing four pipe brackets with suction cups, five sprinkler bar extension pipes (Aquael item 100204), one normal extension pipe (102501), two large elbows (102500) and a stopper for the pipe assembly. That makes it a build-your-own layout: the pipes and elbows are joined to suit the width of the tank, the bar is held against the glass with the suction-cup brackets, and the stopper closes the end of the run. Fitment is confirmed by a retailer for the Unimax only, so for any other canister filter the outlet hose size should be checked against the elbow and pipe before ordering. Aquael does not publish the pipe diameter or overall length on the pages reviewed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks with delicate fish:** A softer, spread flow suits fish that struggle against a strong jet.
- **Planted aquariums:** Light plants and floating species are less likely to be flattened by the outlet.
- **Surface film and gas exchange:** Moving the surface helps oxygen in and break up film.
- **Replacing a lost or broken rain bar:** A full kit allows the whole run to be rebuilt in one go.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plan the run:** Lay out the pipes and elbows along the glass before joining them.
- **Assemble dry:** Push the extension pipes and elbows together, closing the far end with the stopper.
- **Mount the brackets:** Fix the suction-cup brackets to clean glass so the bar sits just at or under the surface.
- **Connect and test:** Join the filter outlet, restart the filter and check that each outlet sprays evenly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rain-style outflow:** Spreads one jet into many smaller streams.
- **Underwater or above water:** Retailer states either position works.
- **Modular pipe set:** Five sprinkler bar pipes, a plain pipe and two elbows allow different layouts.
- **Four suction-cup brackets:** Hold the run against the glass without drilling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101145
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Sprinkler (Rain Bar)
- **Contents:** 4 pipe brackets with suction cups, 5 sprinkler bar pipes, 1 extension pipe, 2 large elbows, 1 stopper
- **Sprinkler Bar Pipe:** Aquael item 100204
- **Extension Pipe:** Aquael item 102501
- **Large Elbow:** Aquael item 102500
- **Confirmed Fitment:** Aquael Unimax canister filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 3w
Replacement quartz cover for the compact Aquael AS-3W UV-C steriliser.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sterilizer-quartzsleeve-3w/
- Price: $40.55 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101234
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33158-aquael-oslona-kwarcowa-multiuv-800x800-1.avif
A UV-C lamp only works if its light can reach the water, and the quartz sleeve is the one part that has to be both watertight and transparent to UV-C, so a cracked or clouded sleeve is a reason to stop the unit. Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 3w (SKU: 101234) is the replacement quartz cover for Aquael's 3 W UV steriliser, the compact in-line model listed by Aquael as the UV AS-3W (N), item 115031. The sleeve encloses the lamp, keeping the electrical parts out of the water while letting the UV-C pass through to the flow around it. It is the smallest of Aquael's three sleeve sizes, the others being 5 W and 9 W.
According to Aquael's product page, the AS-3W (N) is a UV-C fluorescent lamp unit rated for aquariums under 250 L at a flow of up to 1,000 L/h, measuring about 9 × 4.8 × 11.5 cm with 14/18 mm hose connectors. Aquael names the Multi Kani and other canister filters with 16/18 mm hoses as the intended partners. The sleeve is the part that gets cleaned and, over years, replaced: lime scale and film on the quartz cut the UV-C reaching the water, and a sleeve that has cracked, crazed or started to leak has to be changed before the lamp is run again. The part is also known as the Multi UV / AS-3 (N) quartz cover. Aquael does not publish the sleeve's length or wall thickness on the pages reviewed, so compare it with the old sleeve if the model is uncertain.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or leaking sleeve:** Water reaching the lamp is a fault; replace the cover before the unit is used again.
- **Permanent cloudiness:** Scale or etching that will not clean off blocks UV-C.
- **Lamp change service:** Replace the sleeve at the same time when the unit is already open.
- **AS-3W (N) units:** This size is made for the 3 W model, not the 5 W or 9 W.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect everything:** Unplug the steriliser and drain it of water before opening it.
- **Remove the lamp:** Take the lamp out of the sleeve carefully, as the lamp is fragile.
- **Swap the sleeve:** Remove the old cover and seat the new one the same way, with the seals in place.
- **Test for leaks:** Refit the lamp, reconnect the hoses and check for drips before relying on it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Quartz construction:** Material chosen to let UV-C pass while keeping water out.
- **Sized for the 3 W unit:** Matched to the AS-3W (N) steriliser.
- **Cover only:** Replaces the sleeve without the cost of a new steriliser.
- **Compact system:** Pairs with a 14/18 mm in-line unit for tanks under 250 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101234
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > UV Steriliser Quartz Sleeve
- **Fitment:** Aquael UV AS-3W (N) steriliser (item 115031), also called Multi UV / AS-3 (N)
- **Steriliser Power:** 3 W, UV-C fluorescent lamp
- **Steriliser Rating:** Aquariums under 250 L, up to 1,000 L/h
- **Hose Connectors:** 14/18 mm (on the steriliser)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 5w (SKU 100054); Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 9w (SKU 100055)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 5w
Replacement quartz cover for Aquael AS and PS 5 W UV-C sterilisers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sterilizer-quartzsleeve-5w/
- Price: $51.18 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100054
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/2165-aquael-oslona-kwarcowa-komplet-asps-5w-800x800-1.avif
Aquael builds its 5 W UV-C steriliser in two versions, AS for aquariums and PS for ponds, and one quartz cover serves both. Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 5w (SKU: 100054) is the replacement quartz cover for the 5 W AS and PS models. The sleeve sits around the lamp, keeping the lamp dry while letting UV-C light through to the water passing the unit, so it is the part that fails visibly: it can crack, leak or become stained by lime scale and film. This is the middle size of Aquael's three sleeves, between the 3 W compact unit and the 9 W.
Aquael's information sheet for the AS and PS range describes a UV-C fluorescent lamp with a quartz inner cover, an IPX8 rating, and a lamp housing that switches the lamp off automatically when it is opened. For the 5 W models it lists a maximum flow of 400 L/h for the AS aquarium version, suited to aquariums of about 200 L, and 1,000 L/h for the PS pond version. Cable length is 2.3 m on the AS and 5 m on the PS, and the AS takes 12/16, 16/22 or 19/25 mm hoses. The sheet gives the filament life as 10,000 hours and does not publish a replacement schedule for the sleeve. Sleeve length and wall thickness are not published on the pages reviewed, so compare the part with the old cover if the steriliser's wattage is unclear.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked sleeve:** Replace at once, since water must never reach the lamp.
- **Scale or staining that stays:** A sleeve that no longer cleans clear reduces the UV-C dose in the water.
- **Pond or aquarium 5 W units:** The same cover fits the AS (aquarium) and PS (pond) versions of the 5 W steriliser.
- **During a lamp change:** Fit a new cover while the unit is already open.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off and drain:** Unplug the steriliser and release water from the housing.
- **Open the housing:** Aquael's design cuts the lamp when the housing is opened, but unplug it first anyway.
- **Replace the cover:** Withdraw the lamp, remove the old sleeve and seat the new one fully.
- **Check the seal:** Refit the lamp and housing, restore flow and look for leaks before closing everything up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two models, one cover:** Listed for the AS aquarium and PS pond 5 W steriliser.
- **Quartz glass:** Passes UV-C while sealing the lamp from water.
- **Safety-minded host unit:** The AS and PS lamp switches off when the housing is opened.
- **Cover-only replacement:** Avoids replacing the whole steriliser.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100054
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > UV Steriliser Quartz Sleeve
- **Fitment:** Aquael UV AS and PS 5 W sterilisers
- **Steriliser Power:** 5 W UV-C fluorescent lamp, IPX8
- **5 W Maximum Flow:** AS 400 L/h (about 200 L aquarium); PS 1,000 L/h
- **Cable Length:** AS 2.3 m; PS 5 m
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 3w (SKU 101234); Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 9w (SKU 100055)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums; ponds (PS version)
---
#### Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 9w
Replacement quartz cover for larger Aquael AS and PS 9 W UV-C sterilisers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sterilizer-quartzsleeve-9w/
- Price: $56.23 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100055
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100055-1.webp
The 9 W is the steriliser Aquael pairs with its larger canister filters, and its sleeve covers a longer lamp and a bigger flow than the compact models. Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 9w (SKU: 100055) is the replacement quartz cover for the 9 W AS and PS UV-C sterilisers. It is the largest of Aquael's three sleeve sizes, and it plays the same role as the smaller ones: it keeps the lamp out of the water while passing UV-C light to the flow, so any crack, leak or stubborn staining is a reason to replace it. The part is also listed as the AS/PS quartz cover, complete, for 9 W.
Aquael's information sheet for the AS and PS range describes a UV-C fluorescent lamp with a quartz inner cover, an IPX8 rating, a 10,000 hour filament life and a lamp that switches off when the housing is opened. For the pond (PS) version at 9 W it gives a maximum flow of 2,500 L/h and pond ratings of 10,000 L without fish, 5,000 L with fish and 2,500 L with koi. Aquael's product page lists a separate AS-9W steriliser (item 102292) that fits inside Unimax canister filters or on the outlet hose of any canister, and a distributor notes that a 9 W UV-C unit is the optional steriliser for the Unimax 500. Aquael's own pages give differing tank ratings for the aquarium AS 9 W, so none is stated here. Sleeve length and wall thickness are not published, so compare the new cover with the old one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or crazed quartz:** Replace before the unit goes back into service.
- **Scale that will not clean:** Etched or stained quartz reduces how much UV-C reaches the water.
- **Unimax 500 steriliser:** The 9 W unit is the optional UV-C unit for that canister.
- **Pond sterilisers:** The PS 9 W is rated for ponds up to 10,000 L without fish.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the unit:** Unplug it and shut the hose valves before opening anything.
- **Withdraw the lamp:** Slide it out of the sleeve gently, since the glass is thin.
- **Fit the new sleeve:** Remove the old cover and seat the new one fully in its seals.
- **Leak check:** Restore flow and watch the housing for drips before leaving it running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest sleeve in the range:** Made for the 9 W model, not the 3 W or 5 W.
- **Quartz glass:** UV-C transparent and watertight.
- **AS and PS compatible:** Listed for both the aquarium and pond versions.
- **Replaceable part:** Keeps the steriliser in service without a new housing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100055
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > UV Steriliser Quartz Sleeve
- **Fitment:** Aquael UV AS and PS 9 W sterilisers
- **Steriliser Power:** 9 W UV-C fluorescent lamp, IPX8
- **PS 9 W Maximum Flow:** 2,500 L/h
- **PS 9 W Pond Rating:** 10,000 L without fish; 5,000 L with fish; 2,500 L with koi
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 3w (SKU 101234); Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 5w (SKU 100054)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums; ponds (PS version)
---
#### Aquael Sterilizer Tube 3w Uv
Replacement 3 W UV-C lamp for Aquael compact aquarium sterilisers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sterilizer-tube-3w-uv/
- Price: $50.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100159
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33171-aquael-zarowka-3w-e17-uv-c-800x800-1.avif
A UV-C lamp keeps glowing long after it has stopped doing its job, which is why a steriliser is serviced on the calendar rather than by eye. Aquael Sterilizer Tube 3w Uv (SKU: 100159) is the replacement 3 W UV-C lamp for Aquael's small aquarium steriliser, the unit Aquael lists as the UV AS-3W (N). European retailers sell Aquael's 3 W replacement lamp as a single UV-C lamp for the Aquael UV-C steriliser, and one distributor states that when the steriliser runs continuously the lamp should be replaced at yearly intervals. The lamp sits inside the quartz sleeve, so the water never touches it, and the UV-C it emits passes through the quartz to the flow moving around it.
A UV-C steriliser is used against green water and free-floating algae, and against microorganisms carried in the flow past the lamp; it does not clean algae already attached to glass or decor and does not change the water's chemistry. According to Aquael's product page, the AS-3W (N) takes a UV-C fluorescent lamp, handles aquariums under 250 L at up to 1,000 L/h and connects to 14/18 mm hoses, with the Multi Kani and other canisters using 16/18 mm hose as intended partners. Aquael's sheet for its wider UV range gives a lamp life of 10,000 hours, about 14 months of continuous running, though output falls before a lamp fails outright. The lamp base is not stated on the Aquael pages reviewed, so compare the old lamp's end connections with the new one before fitting. Replace the quartz sleeve separately if it is cracked or permanently clouded.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yearly service:** Retailers advise replacing a continuously running lamp about once a year.
- **Lamp has failed:** A steriliser that no longer lights, or has stopped clearing green water, needs a new lamp.
- **New algae bloom:** Green water returning in a tank that was clear suggests the UV output has dropped.
- **Compact 3 W units only:** This lamp is for the 3 W model, not the 5 W or 9 W.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect first:** Unplug the steriliser and never look at a lit UV-C lamp.
- **Open the housing:** Release the housing and slide the old lamp out of the quartz sleeve.
- **Fit the new lamp:** Handle it by the ends, push it onto its connection and slide it into the sleeve.
- **Close and test:** Reassemble, restore the flow and check for leaks before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 W UV-C output:** Sized for Aquael's compact steriliser.
- **Fluorescent lamp type:** The same technology as the AS-3W (N) unit.
- **Yearly replacement:** Distributor guidance for continuous operation.
- **Sleeve-protected:** Works inside the quartz cover, away from the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100159
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > UV-C Lamp
- **Power:** 3 W
- **Lamp Type:** UV-C fluorescent
- **Fitment:** Aquael UV AS-3W (N) steriliser
- **Steriliser Rating:** Aquariums under 250 L, up to 1,000 L/h
- **Replacement Interval:** About yearly in continuous use (distributor guidance)
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 3w (SKU 101234)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Sterilizer Tube 5w Uv (SKU 100905)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Sterilizer Tube 5w Uv
Replacement 5 W G23 UV-C lamp for Aquael AS and PS sterilisers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-sterilizer-tube-5w-uv/
- Price: $141.19 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100905
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/33126-aquael-zarowka-5w-uv-c-philips.avif
The 5 W lamp in an Aquael steriliser is a two-pin tube, and when it ages the water goes green long before the tube stops glowing. Aquael Sterilizer Tube 5w Uv (SKU: 100905) is the replacement 5 W UV-C lamp for Aquael's AS (aquarium) and PS (pond) 5 W sterilisers. The lamp is the HNS 5 W type with a G23 two-pin base, a standard germicidal lamp format that other lamp makers also list as a 5 W UV-C tube. The tube is the consumable inside the quartz sleeve, and it is the part that eventually has to be replaced for the steriliser to keep working.
Aquael's information sheet for the AS and PS range describes a UV-C fluorescent lamp with a quartz inner cover, a rated filament life of 10,000 hours and a design that switches the lamp off when the housing is opened. At 5 W the aquarium AS version has a maximum flow of 400 L/h and is rated for aquariums of about 200 L, while the PS pond version handles 1,000 L/h and ponds of 5,000 L without fish, 2,500 L with fish and 1,500 L with koi. Ten thousand hours is roughly 14 months of continuous running, and UV-C output drops before a lamp stops lighting, so a yearly change is a common routine. This is the larger of Aquael's two tube sizes listed here; the 3 W lamp belongs to the compact unit and is a different part. Replace the quartz sleeve (SKU 100054) separately if it has cracked or clouded.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lamp life reached:** After about 10,000 hours of running, replace the tube even if it still lights.
- **Green water returning:** A previously effective steriliser that stops clearing algae suggests weak UV-C output.
- **Dead or flickering lamp:** A tube that will not start or flickers needs replacing.
- **5 W AS and PS units:** The G23 5 W tube is for these units, not the 3 W or 9 W models.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the unit:** Disconnect power; do not look at a lit UV-C lamp.
- **Open the housing:** Aquael's design cuts the lamp when the housing opens, but unplug it anyway.
- **Swap the tube:** Pull the old lamp straight off its two pins, then push the new one on by its base.
- **Reassemble and check:** Close the housing, restore flow and look for leaks before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **G23 two-pin base:** A standard germicidal lamp connection.
- **5 W UV-C output:** Made for the 5 W AS and PS sterilisers.
- **10,000 hour rating:** Aquael's stated filament life for the range.
- **Interior lamp:** Sits inside the quartz sleeve, away from the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100905
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > UV-C Lamp
- **Power:** 5 W
- **Lamp Base:** G23, 2-pin
- **Lamp Designation:** HNS 5 W
- **Fitment:** Aquael UV AS and PS 5 W sterilisers
- **Rated Life:** 10,000 hours (filament)
- **5 W Flow Rating:** AS 400 L/h (about 200 L aquarium); PS 1,000 L/h
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Sterilizer Quartzsleeve 5w (SKU 100054)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Sterilizer Tube 3w Uv (SKU 100159)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums; ponds (PS version)
---
#### Aquael Suction (4pc) And Brackets Sets For Fan Filters 2,3
Mounting set of four suction cups and brackets for Aquael Fan 2 and Fan 3 filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-suction-4pc-and-brackets-sets-for-fan-filters-23/
- Price: $18.93 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102874 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546005968
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102874-1.jpg
An internal filter that has worked loose from the glass buzzes against it, slides down the pane and eventually pulls its own intake out of the water. Aquael Suction (4pc) And Brackets Sets For Fan Filters 2,3 (SKU: 102874) is a replacement mounting set from Aquael for the Fan 2 and Fan 3 internal filters, supplying four suction cups with their brackets. The cups press onto the aquarium glass and the brackets hold the filter body against them, so the filter stays at the depth chosen for it and the vibration from the motor is not carried straight into the pane.
According to a European retailer's specifications, the Fan 2 Plus is rated for aquariums of 100 to 150 L at up to 450 L/h on 5.2 W and measures about 6.6 × 7.7 × 25.5 cm, while the Fan 3 Plus is rated for 150 to 250 L at up to 700 L/h on 12 W and measures about 8.2 × 9.4 × 27.6 cm. The larger Fan 3 is the heavier of the two, so a fresh set matters most there: suction cups harden and lose grip with age, and the usual sign is a filter that creeps downward between cleanings. Aquael does not publish the cup diameter or the bracket dimensions for this set on the pages reviewed, and the retailer's Fan Plus listing does not show the set, so the fit is taken from the product name. Compare the set with the old brackets if the filter is an early Fan model. Wet the cups and press them onto clean, algae-free glass to get the firmest hold.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filter sliding down the glass:** Hardened or stretched cups no longer grip.
- **Cracked or lost brackets:** A broken bracket leaves the filter body unsupported.
- **Humming against the pane:** A loose mount lets motor vibration reach the glass.
- **Fan 2 or Fan 3 filters:** The set is listed for these two sizes, not the Mini or the Fan 1.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift out:** Remove the filter from the tank and take off the old cups and brackets.
- **Fit the brackets:** Clip the new brackets onto the filter body in the same positions.
- **Clean the glass:** Wipe algae and film off the spot where each cup will press.
- **Press and test:** Wet the cups, press them firmly onto the glass and tug the filter lightly before restarting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four cups with brackets:** A complete set for mounting one filter.
- **Two models in one pack:** Listed for both Fan 2 and Fan 3.
- **Vibration control:** Keeps the filter body off the glass so the motor does not hum against it.
- **Restores lost grip:** New rubber replaces cups that have hardened with age.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102874
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546005968
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Mounting Set
- **Contents:** 4 suction cups with brackets
- **Fitment:** Aquael Fan Filter 2 and Fan Filter 3
- **Fan 2 Plus Rating:** 100–150 L, up to 450 L/h, 5.2 W
- **Fan 3 Plus Rating:** 150–250 L, up to 700 L/h, 12 W
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Suction Bracket Uni Filter 500(uv)/ 750(uv)/1000(uv), Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000, Circulator
Mounting bracket for Aquael Unifilter, Turbo and Circulator units.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-suction-bracket-uni-filter-500uv-750uv-1000uv-turbo-filter-1000-1500-2000-circulator/
- Price: $16.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124759 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546001229
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124759-1.png
One bracket that fits three product lines is useful when a spare is needed in a hurry, and this is the one Aquael lists for the Unifilter, the larger Turbo filters and the Circulator. Aquael Suction Bracket Uni Filter 500(uv)/ 750(uv)/1000(uv), Turbo Filter 1000/1500/2000, Circulator (SKU: 124759) is the replacement suction bracket for those Aquael internal units. It carries the filter or pump against the aquarium glass on suction cups, and it is the part that fails or is lost when a filter is moved, cleaned repeatedly or stored between set-ups.
The fitment in the name spans a wide range of units. According to a European retailer's specifications, the Unifilter UV 500 moves up to 500 L/h on 6.5 W for aquariums of about 100 to 200 L, the Turbo 1000 delivers 1,000 L/h on 11 W for 150 to 250 L, the Turbo 1500 delivers 1,500 L/h on 22 W for 250 to 350 L, and the Turbo 2000 delivers 2,000 L/h on 27 W for tanks over 350 L. A retailer describes the Turbo 2000 as fitted with shock-absorbing suction cups to reduce vibration passed to the glass. The ratings of the 750 and 1000 Unifilters and the sizes of Circulator are not published on the pages reviewed, nor are the bracket's dimensions. With the larger Turbo filters in particular, the weight of the filter and its water-filled housing puts real load on the cups, so check that each cup holds firmly on clean glass after fitting. This bracket is not the one for the Turbo 500, which has its own set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bracket lost or snapped:** A filter without its bracket has nothing to hold it against the glass.
- **Hardened suction cups:** Old rubber loses grip and the unit creeps downward.
- **Rebuilding a stored set-up:** Replace worn mounting parts before a filter goes back into service.
- **Large Turbo filters:** The heavier models are the most likely to pull their mounts loose.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Remove the unit:** Unplug it and lift the filter or pump out of the tank.
- **Replace the bracket:** Take off the old bracket and clip on the new one in the same position.
- **Check the cups:** Inspect each suction cup for cracks or flattening, and fit new cups if they have stiffened.
- **Position and test:** Press onto clean glass, wait a minute, then tug the filter before restarting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three product lines:** Unifilter UV, Turbo and Circulator in one part.
- **Several sizes:** Covers Unifilter 500, 750 and 1000 and Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000.
- **Glass mounting:** No drilling, clamps or rim fixings.
- **One part, many units:** A single bracket number for a long list of models.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124759
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546001229
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Mounting Bracket
- **Fitment:** Unifilter 500 (UV), 750 (UV) and 1000 (UV); Turbo Filter 1000, 1500 and 2000; Circulator
- **Unifilter UV 500:** 500 L/h, 6.5 W, about 100–200 L
- **Turbo 1000 / 1500 / 2000:** 1,000 / 1,500 / 2,000 L/h; 11 / 22 / 27 W
- **Mounting:** Suction cups on aquarium glass
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Suction Cups (4pc) & Bracket For Turbo/ Circulator 500
Four suction cups and a bracket for the Aquael Turbo 500 filter and Circulator 500 pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-suction-cups-4pc-bracket-for-turbo-circulator-500/
- Price: $16.39 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102873 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546005951
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102873-1.jpg
The smallest Turbo filter and its Circulator pump partner are light enough to hang from a few suction cups, which makes the cups the part that wears out first. Aquael Suction Cups (4pc) & Bracket For Turbo/ Circulator 500 (SKU: 102873) is a replacement mounting set from Aquael containing four suction cups and a bracket, listed for the Turbo Filter 500 and the Circulator 500. The cups grip the aquarium glass and the bracket holds the unit against them, keeping the intake and outlet where they were set and stopping the body from vibrating against the pane.
According to a European retailer's specifications, the Turbo 500 is a compact internal filter moving 500 L/h on 4.4 W, rated for aquariums up to about 150 L and measuring about 7 × 7.6 × 23.9 cm, with a filter media container of roughly 250 mL and a sponge supplied. At that size it is the Turbo model that suits small and medium planted and community tanks, and its mounting set is a different part from the bracket used by the Turbo 1000, 1500 and 2000 and the Unifilter. Suction cups are a wear item: rubber stiffens, loses its seal and eventually lets go, usually after a tank has been drained, a filter has been taken out repeatedly or cups have been used on glass with algae film. Aquael does not publish the cup diameter or the bracket dimensions on the pages reviewed, so compare the new parts with the ones being replaced if the unit is an older version.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turbo 500 slipping:** Cups that no longer hold let the filter slide toward the substrate.
- **Circulator 500 shifting:** A pump that creeps changes the direction of the current.
- **Lost or cracked bracket:** The unit cannot be positioned without it.
- **Small tanks up to about 150 L:** The 500 size is rated for this range.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and remove:** Take the filter or pump out of the water.
- **Replace the bracket:** Take off the old bracket, fit the new one and press on the four cups.
- **Prepare the glass:** Clean the patch where the cups will sit so the seal is complete.
- **Press and check:** Wet the cups, press them on firmly and give the unit a gentle tug before switching on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four suction cups:** Enough to carry one compact unit.
- **Bracket included:** Ready to refit the mounting in a single step.
- **Two products, one set:** Listed for both the Turbo 500 and Circulator 500.
- **500 size only:** Separate from the bracket for the larger Turbo filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102873
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546005951
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Mounting Set
- **Contents:** 4 suction cups and 1 bracket
- **Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Filter 500 and Circulator 500
- **Turbo 500 Rating:** 500 L/h, 4.4 W, aquariums up to about 150 L
- **Turbo 500 Size:** About 7 × 7.6 × 23.9 cm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Suction Cups D24 (4pcs)
Small 24 mm suction cups for heaters, compact filters and pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-suction-cups-d24-4pcs/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100198 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546014489
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100198-1.webp
Heaters and small filters live on suction cups, and a heater that drops to the substrate is a problem worth ten minutes of prevention. Aquael Suction Cups D24 (4pcs) (SKU: 100198) is a pack of four 24 mm suction cups from Aquael, the smaller of the two general-purpose cup sizes the maker lists. The cups are spare parts for Aquael equipment that hangs from the glass, and at 24 mm across they suit light items where a larger cup would be oversized and visible on the pane.
A European distributor lists the 24 mm cup as a spare part for the Aquael Circulator 350 and 500 pumps, the Turbo 350 and 500 internal filters, the PAT-Mini filter and Aquael heaters from 25 to 150 W. The cups are sold as a pack of four under barcode 5905546014489, which agrees with that listing. Aquael's other cups are the 36 mm size and a 36 mm size with a shock absorber, which are separate parts. The pack is for equipment that already uses 24 mm cups, so the existing cup should be measured before ordering. Suction cups are wear items: rubber hardens over a year or two, loses its seal and lets go, so it is worth replacing a set that has stiffened or cracked rather than waiting for it to fail. Wetting the cup and pressing it onto clean, algae-free glass gives the strongest hold. Aquael does not state the rubber compound or the cups' holding load, so keep the heaviest equipment on the larger sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heater drooping or dropped:** A heater held by tired cups can slip into the substrate.
- **Replacing a lost cup:** One missing cup leaves the others carrying extra weight.
- **Small internal filters and pumps:** The Circulator and Turbo 350 and 500 use the 24 mm size, according to a distributor.
- **Cups that have stiffened:** Hardened rubber no longer seals against the glass.
**Fitting & Replacement Guide**
- **Measure first:** Confirm the existing cup is 24 mm across before ordering.
- **Remove the old cups:** Pull or unclip the old cups from the equipment holders.
- **Fit the new set:** Push each cup into its holder until it seats fully.
- **Press on clean glass:** Wet the cups, press them against algae-free glass and tug lightly before relying on them.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24 mm diameter:** The small cup size in Aquael's range.
- **Four per pack:** Enough for one heater or compact filter.
- **Wide equipment range:** Used on heaters, filters and pumps from the same maker.
- **Replaceable wear item:** Restores grip without replacing the equipment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100198
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546014489
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Suction Cups
- **Cup Diameter:** 24 mm
- **Quantity:** 4 suction cups
- **Listed Fitment:** Circulator 350/500, Turbo 350/500, PAT-Mini, heaters 25–150 W (distributor listing)
- **Related Sizes:** Aquael Suction Cups D36 (4pcs) (SKU 100199); Aquael Suction Cups D36s (4pcs) (SKU 100353)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Suction Cups D36 (4pcs)
Larger 36 mm plastic suction cups for filters, pumps and heaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-suction-cups-d36-4pcs/
- Price: $12.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100199 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546014496
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100199-1.png
Where a 24 mm cup is too small to carry the weight, the next size up is the 36 mm cup, which presses on more than twice the area of glass. Aquael Suction Cups D36 (4pcs) (SKU: 100199) is a pack of four 36 mm suction cups from Aquael, a spare part for the maker's internal filters, pumps and heaters. A European distributor describes the cups as durable plastic and as robust and stable, with a bulge on the cup that takes a hook or eyelet, which is how equipment brackets usually attach.
The cups are sold as a pack of four under barcode 5905546014496, which agrees with the distributor's listing. Aquael sells two other cup types alongside them: the 24 mm size for light items, and a 36 mm size with a shock absorber that is a separate part and not interchangeable by description alone. The distributor's compatibility list for the 36 mm cup is identical to its list for the 24 mm cup, covering the Circulator 350 and 500 pumps, the Turbo 350 and 500 filters, the PAT-Mini and heaters from 25 to 150 W, and it also names Aquael Ultraheaters from 50 to 150 W. Because both lists are the same, the safest check before ordering is to measure the existing cup across its face. The cup material is not stated beyond durable plastic, and Aquael does not publish a load rating, so a heavy unit should be mounted on more than one cup. A hardened cup has lost its seal, and a new set restores the grip. Wet each cup, press it onto clean, algae-free glass and wait a minute before trusting it with weight.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavier equipment:** Filters, pumps and heaters that need a bigger contact area than a 24 mm cup.
- **Brackets with hooks:** The bulge on the cup takes hooks and eyelets, according to a distributor.
- **Stiff or cracked cups:** Old cups that no longer seal need to be replaced as a set.
- **Lost cups:** A single missing cup puts extra load on the remaining ones.
**Fitting & Replacement Guide**
- **Measure the cup:** Confirm the old cup is 36 mm across and has no shock absorber.
- **Remove the old set:** Unclip the cups from the equipment and discard the worn ones.
- **Seat the new cups:** Push each one into its holder, hook or eyelet until it clicks or sits flush.
- **Press and wait:** Wet the cups, press them on and give the glass a minute before the equipment takes weight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **36 mm diameter:** The larger standard cup in Aquael's range.
- **Four per pack:** A set for one filter, pump or heater.
- **Durable plastic:** Described as robust and stable by a European distributor.
- **Hook and eyelet bulge:** A raised point on the cup for attaching fittings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100199
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546014496
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Suction Cups
- **Cup Diameter:** 36 mm
- **Quantity:** 4 suction cups
- **Material:** Durable plastic (distributor description)
- **Related Sizes:** Aquael Suction Cups D24 (4pcs) (SKU 100198); Aquael Suction Cups D36s (4pcs) (SKU 100353)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Suction Cups D36s (4pcs)
36 mm suction cups with shock absorber for Aquael Turbo internal filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-suction-cups-d36s-4pcs/
- Price: $18.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100353 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546136365
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100353-1.webp
A pump that is clamped hard to the glass sends its vibration straight into the tank, and a cup with some give in it keeps the hum out of the room. Aquael Suction Cups D36s (4pcs) (SKU: 100353) is a pack of four 36 mm suction cups from Aquael fitted with a shock absorber. European retailers list the pack as the suction cups for Aquael Turbo filters, specifically for the Turbo 350 and Turbo 500 internal filters, under the same barcode, 5905546136365. The shock absorber is the feature that sets it apart from the plain 36 mm cup, which is a separate Aquael part.
Aquael's Turbo internal filters pair a quick-moving pump with a body that hangs on the glass, and a retailer describes the larger Turbo 2000 as fitted with shock-absorbing suction cups to reduce vibration transmitted to the tank. According to the same retailer's chart, the Turbo 500 moves 500 L/h on 4.4 W for tanks up to about 150 L. The cups are listed for the 350 and 500. Other uses, such as holding heaters or tubing, are not confirmed by the maker, so the filter is the fitment to rely on. Aquael does not publish the shock absorber's construction or a load rating. As with every suction cup, rubber hardens with age and loses its seal, so a set that has stiffened should be replaced, not pressed harder. Wetting the cup and pressing it onto clean glass improves the hold.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turbo 350 and 500 filters:** The cups are listed for these two internal filters.
- **Humming against the glass:** The shock absorber helps keep motor vibration out of the pane.
- **Filter creeping down:** Hardened cups no longer grip and need replacing.
- **Quiet-room aquariums:** Where a buzzing filter is noticeable, cushioned cups help.
**Fitting & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and lift out:** Remove the filter and pull off the old cups.
- **Check the type:** Match the new cups to the old ones by diameter and by whether they carry a shock absorber.
- **Fit the set:** Push each cup into the filter's holder until it seats fully.
- **Stick and test:** Wet the cups, press onto clean glass and tug lightly before restarting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shock absorber:** Reduces vibration passed from the filter to the glass.
- **36 mm diameter:** A broad contact area for the filter's weight.
- **Four per pack:** One full set for a single internal filter.
- **Turbo-specific:** Listed for the Turbo 350 and Turbo 500.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100353
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546136365
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Suction Cups
- **Cup Diameter:** 36 mm, with shock absorber
- **Quantity:** 4 suction cups
- **Listed Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Filter 350 and 500 (retailer listing)
- **Turbo 500 Rating:** 500 L/h, 4.4 W, up to about 150 L
- **Related Sizes:** Aquael Suction Cups D24 (4pcs) (SKU 100198); Aquael Suction Cups D36 (4pcs) (SKU 100199)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Turbo Mini Aeration/regulating Cap
Replacement head cap for the Aquael Turbo Mini internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-turbo-mini-aeration-regulating-cap/
- Price: $14.45 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725226
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725226-1.png
In a shrimp tank or a small nano set-up the outflow needs to be gentle and aerated, and on the Turbo Mini the cap on the filter head is part of how that is arranged. Aquael Turbo Mini Aeration/regulating Cap (SKU: 725226) is a replacement cap for the Aquael Turbo Mini, a small internal filter that Aquael designed for shrimp and small fish. The part is named as the aeration and regulating cap for the Turbo Mini, which places it on the filter head, where Aquael describes the flow adjustment and air connection.
According to Aquael's product page, the Turbo Mini is rated for freshwater aquariums under 80 L, draws 4.4 W and delivers 320 L/h with a maximum head of 65 cm. A slider on the front of the filter head adjusts the output to avoid turbulent water in small tanks, a directional tip aims the current at the glass or just below the surface to create ripples, and an aeration tube connected to the outlet nozzle adds oxygen. The filter uses a dense sponge that Aquael describes as safe for shrimp and small fish, with a handle and a strong suction cup for mounting. Aquael's pages do not list the cap as a separate component or describe its exact shape, and no dimensions are published, so the safest way to match the part is to compare it with the cap on the filter. The functions Aquael describes, adjustable flow and air supply, are the ones a worn or missing cap would affect: output that cannot be turned down, an aeration line that no longer seats. The Turbo Mini is meant for continuous operation, so wear parts are worth replacing as soon as they fail.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cap cracked or lost:** The filter head is incomplete without it.
- **Flow cannot be adjusted:** A broken regulating part leaves the output stuck at one setting.
- **Air supply not working:** An aeration tube that will not seat or draw suggests a damaged cap.
- **Shrimp and nano tanks:** Where flow control and gentle aeration matter most.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the filter:** Lift the Turbo Mini out of the tank.
- **Remove the old cap:** Take it off the head, noting how it sits relative to the outlet and the air tube.
- **Fit the new cap:** Seat it in the same position so the regulating slider and aeration connection line up.
- **Check the output:** Return the filter to the water and test the flow and air supply before leaving it running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Turbo Mini head part:** Named as the aeration and regulating cap for this filter.
- **Flow control:** The Turbo Mini has a front slider to adjust output for small tanks.
- **Air supply:** The filter takes an aeration tube at the outlet nozzle.
- **Shrimp-safe design:** The filter is built for shrimp and small fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725226
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Head Cap
- **Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Mini internal filter (Aquael item 130574)
- **Turbo Mini Output:** 320 L/h at 4.4 W, maximum head 65 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Freshwater aquariums under 80 L (filter rating)
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Turbo Mini Filter Casing (SKU 725225)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including shrimp and small-fish tanks
---
#### Aquael Turbo Mini Filter Casing
Replacement body casing for the Aquael Turbo Mini nano internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-turbo-mini-filter-casing/
- Price: $17.03 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725225
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725225-1.png
A cracked casing on an internal filter lets water bypass the sponge, and the filter should come out of service until the body is replaced. Aquael Turbo Mini Filter Casing (SKU: 725225) is the replacement filter casing for the Aquael Turbo Mini, the compact internal filter Aquael makes for shrimp tanks and small aquariums. By its name the casing is the outer body of the filter, the part around the sponge that the head and the suction-cup handle attach to, so it takes the knocks when the filter is moved or cleaned.
According to Aquael's product page, the Turbo Mini is rated for freshwater aquariums under 80 L, uses 4.4 W and delivers 320 L/h with a maximum head of 65 cm. Its components are the filter head, a directional tip, an aeration tube, a dense sponge and a handle with a strong suction cup. The sponge is described as dense enough to be safe for shrimp and small fish, and Aquael says cleaning it takes a few tens of seconds, with replacement sponges available in different densities. The casing is not described as a separate component on the pages reviewed, and Aquael publishes no dimensions for it, so the safest check is to compare the part with the body of the filter in use. Because the Turbo Mini is intended to run continuously, a casing that has cracked, warped or lost its fit with the head needs replacing promptly, as an incomplete body can let unfiltered water or small animals reach the pump. A new casing restores that seal.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked casing:** Splits in the body let unfiltered water bypass the sponge.
- **Warped or loose fit:** A casing that no longer holds the head firmly needs replacing.
- **Broken suction-cup mount:** If the mount on the body has failed, a new body restores it.
- **Shrimp tank protection:** The sponge and casing together keep shrimp and fry away from the pump.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug and remove:** Switch off the filter and lift it from the aquarium.
- **Take it apart:** Separate the head, sponge and handle from the damaged casing.
- **Transfer the parts:** Fit the head, sponge and handle into the new casing in the same order.
- **Test before use:** Check that the head sits firmly and the sponge is fully seated, then restart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Turbo Mini body:** The housing that carries the sponge, head and handle.
- **Nano-tank size:** The filter is rated for freshwater tanks under 80 L.
- **Shrimp-safe set-up:** Aquael designed the filter for shrimp and small fish.
- **Continuous duty:** Intended to run all day, every day.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725225
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Casing
- **Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Mini internal filter (Aquael item 130574)
- **Turbo Mini Output:** 320 L/h at 4.4 W, maximum head 65 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Freshwater aquariums under 80 L (filter rating)
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Turbo Mini Aeration/regulating Cap (SKU 725226)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including shrimp and small-fish tanks
---
#### Aquael Ultra Head 900
Replacement pump head for the Aquael Ultra 900 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultra-head-900/
- Price: $166.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113208
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/15752-aquael-ultra-filter-900-dis-filtre-sessiz-dis-filtre-122605-opakowanie-900-438-jpg-122605-opakowanie-900-438.jpg
When the pump head on a canister filter fails, the filter is out of action even though the canister, media and hoses are fine. Aquael Ultra Head 900 (SKU: 113208) is the replacement head for the Aquael Ultra 900 external filter, the part that sits on top of the canister and houses the pump. The head is what draws water through the filter, pushes it back to the aquarium and seals the canister, so it is the component to replace when the pump no longer starts, the motor is noisy or the head has cracked. Fitting a new head returns the filter to service with the existing canister, baskets and media.
According to a retailer's specifications, the Ultra 900 is rated for freshwater and seawater aquariums of 50 to 200 L, with a maximum pump output of 1,000 L/h on 12.9 W at 230 V and a maximum head of 1.60 m. The canister holds about 11 L in total, in three baskets of about 1.9 L each, with media supplied, and the filter uses 16/22 hose on both the suction and delivery sides. The assembled filter measures about 270 × 290 × 370 mm. These details come from a reseller's listing of the Ultra 900. Aquael does not publish a parts list showing whether the head includes the motor, rotor and valve on the pages reviewed, so the contents should be confirmed before ordering. The head is specific to the Ultra 900 and should not be assumed to fit other Aquael canister filters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump will not start:** A seized or failed motor leaves the whole filter idle.
- **Noisy or rattling head:** Worn components make a head louder than the rest of the filter.
- **Cracked or leaking head:** A damaged head can no longer seal the canister.
- **Ultra 900 canisters:** The head is made for tanks of 50 to 200 L fitted with this model.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off and close valves:** Unplug the filter and shut the hose taps before opening the canister.
- **Release the head:** Undo the clips and lift the old head off the canister, with the hoses disconnected.
- **Fit the new head:** Seat it on the canister rim with the seal in place and lock the clips.
- **Reconnect and prime:** Reattach the 16/22 hoses, open the valves, prime the filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Head assembly:** The part that sits on the canister and houses the pump.
- **Ultra 900 rating:** A filter for 50–200 L at up to 1,000 L/h.
- **Low power draw:** 12.9 W for the whole filter, according to the retailer.
- **Existing media stays:** Only the head is replaced; baskets and media remain in place.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113208
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Head
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultra 900 external filter
- **Filter Output:** Up to 1,000 L/h, 12.9 W at 230 V
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 50–200 L (filter rating)
- **Maximum Head:** 1.60 m (filter rating)
- **Canister:** About 11 L, three baskets of about 1.9 L
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm, suction and delivery
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax 1000 / 1500 Hose Clamp Nut
Replacement hose connection nut for Ultramax 1000 and 1500 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultramax-1000-1500-hose-clamp-nut/
- Price: $4.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112927 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319225
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pxl_20250508_003538594-1.jpg
A hose that weeps at the filter connection is usually down to one small part, and on a canister filter that part is the nut that clamps the hose in place. Aquael Ultramax 1000 / 1500 Hose Clamp Nut (SKU: 112927) is a spare clamping nut for the Aquael Ultramax 1000 and Ultramax 1500 external canister filters. Its job is to hold the hose tightly on the filter's inlet or outlet connector, and a cracked, stripped or lost nut stops that from happening. Aquael supplies it as an original replacement so the thread and shape match the connectors on these two models.
The two filters share the same hose size, 16/22 mm (or 17 mm), which is why one nut covers both. The Ultramax 1000 is listed at 1,000 L/h and 15 W for aquariums of about 100 to 300 L, with three media baskets holding 11 L. The Ultramax 1500 is listed at 1,500 L/h and 16 W for about 250 to 450 L, with four baskets holding 13.5 L. The larger Ultramax 2000 uses 19/25 mm hose, so confirm the model and hose size before ordering. It should be fitted with the filter switched off and the hoses isolated, because a loose connection on the intake side draws air into the filter and a loose one on the return side leaks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or stripped nut:** A damaged thread that will no longer tighten on the connector.
- **Lost during maintenance:** A nut dropped or misplaced when the hoses were last removed.
- **Leaking connection:** A weep at the hose joint that persists after the hose end has been checked.
- **Hose replacement:** New hose fitted to an Ultramax 1000 or 1500 where the old nut is worn.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug and close any hose shut-offs, with a towel and bucket under the connections.
- **Remove the old nut:** Unscrew it, slide it clear of the hose and inspect the hose end for splits.
- **Fit the new nut:** Slide it over the hose, seat the hose fully on the connector and tighten by hand.
- **Test:** Restart the filter, dry the joint and check it for seepage after an hour and again the next day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Clamps the hose:** Holds the hose tight on the filter connector.
- **Two models, one part:** Covers the Ultramax 1000 and 1500, which share a hose size.
- **Original Aquael spare:** Thread and shape match the maker's connectors.
- **Small spare:** Easy to hold in the cupboard for the next hose change.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112927
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319225
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Hose Nut
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 and Ultramax 1500 external canister filters
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm or 17 mm on both models
- **Ultramax 1000:** 1,000 L/h, 15 W, aquariums of about 100–300 L
- **Ultramax 1500:** 1,500 L/h, 16 W, aquariums of about 250–450 L
- **Check First:** The Ultramax 2000 uses larger 19/25 mm hose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax 1000/1500 Clamp Nut
Replacement clamp nut for Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8913
- Price: $5.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725200
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725200-1.jpg
A canister filter is only as dependable as its smallest fastener, and a missing nut turns an expensive head into a part that cannot be closed properly. Aquael Ultramax 1000/1500 Clamp Nut (SKU: 725200) is a replacement clamp nut for the Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500 external canister filters, the two smaller sizes of the Ultramax range. It is a small hardware spare, and it is worth ordering as soon as one is cracked or lost during a clean-out, because a general hardware nut will not match the thread and moulding of a purpose-made part.
The two sizes it covers are close relatives. According to a European retailer's chart, the Ultramax 1000 delivers up to 1,000 L/h for aquariums of about 100 to 300 L with three media baskets, and the Ultramax 1500 delivers up to 1,500 L/h for about 250 to 450 L with four baskets. Both take 16/22 mm hose, whereas the Ultramax 2000 takes larger 19/25 mm hose and has its own clamp nut, SKU 725198. Fitment can also change with the production date. Retailers quote different power and head figures for the same 1000 model, which suggests more than one production version, so the date or version of the filter matters when matching small parts. Aquael does not publish the nut's thread size, its dimensions or its exact position on the filter on the pages reviewed, so the dependable check is to compare it with the nut being replaced, or with Aquael's parts diagram for the model, before fitting. The nut should be tightened by hand until snug, never forced, since over-tightening a small fastener is a common way to damage it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nut lost during servicing:** Small hardware can drop into a bucket or sink during a clean-out.
- **Cracked or stripped nut:** A damaged nut cannot be tightened evenly.
- **Annual overhaul:** Replace worn hardware while the head, seals and rotor are being checked.
- **Ultramax 1000 and 1500:** The listing covers these two sizes, not the 2000.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the canister:** Unplug the filter, close the hose taps and disconnect the hoses.
- **Locate the old nut:** Find the clamp nut on the filter, using Aquael's parts diagram if available.
- **Swap by hand:** Unscrew the old nut and thread on the new one without forcing it.
- **Tighten evenly:** Snug the nut, then reconnect, prime the filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two sizes, one nut:** Listed for the Ultramax 1000 and 1500.
- **Small hardware part:** Replaces a fastener without buying a new assembly.
- **Ultramax-specific:** Made for the Ultramax range, not general canister filters.
- **Separate 2000 version:** The Ultramax 2000 uses its own nut.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725200
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Hardware
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 and 1500 external canister filters
- **Ultramax 1000 / 1500 Flow:** Up to 1,000 / 1,500 L/h
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm on the 1000 and 1500
- **Related Part:** Aquael Ultramax 2000 Clamp Nut From 01/09/2020 (SKU 725198)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael Ultramax 1000 or 1500 canister filter
---
#### Aquael Ultramax 2000 Clamp Nut From 01/09/2020
Dated clamp nut for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultramax-2000-clamp-nut-from-01-09-2020/
- Price: $5.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725198
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725198-1.jpg
When a part number carries a date, the date is the fitment rule, and this nut is named for Ultramax 2000 filters from 1 September 2020. Aquael Ultramax 2000 Clamp Nut From 01/09/2020 (SKU: 725198) is a replacement clamp nut for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 external canister filter, the largest of the three Ultramax sizes. It is a small hardware part, but a canister filter with a missing or cracked nut cannot be put back together properly, and the date break is the one piece of guidance the name gives for choosing the right version.
According to a European retailer's chart, the Ultramax 2000 delivers up to 2,000 L/h for aquariums of about 400 to 700 L, with a 16 L bucket, five media baskets of about 1.9 L each and a built-in prefilter sponge of about 0.6 L. It takes 19/25 mm hose, larger than the 16/22 mm used on the Ultramax 1000 and 1500, which have their own clamp nut, SKU 725200. The date in the name marks a production change, so a filter made before September 2020 may need a different nut. Aquael does not publish the nut's thread size, its dimensions or its position on the filter on the pages reviewed. The dependable check is therefore to compare it with the nut on the filter, or with Aquael's parts diagram, before fitting. Fit it by hand until snug and never force it, since over-tightening a small fastener is a common way to damage it. Lost or damaged fasteners most often turn up after a service, when the head has been removed and cleaned.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nut lost in servicing:** Small hardware easily drops out of sight during a clean-out.
- **Cracked or stripped thread:** A damaged nut cannot be tightened with confidence.
- **Ultramax 2000 from September 2020:** The listing is for filters made after that date.
- **Annual overhaul:** Replace worn hardware while checking the head, seals and rotor.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug the canister, close the taps and disconnect the hoses.
- **Find the old nut:** Locate the clamp nut on the filter and note how it sits.
- **Replace by hand:** Unscrew the old nut and thread on the new one without forcing it.
- **Tighten and test:** Snug it firmly, reconnect the hoses, prime the filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dated version:** Named for Ultramax 2000 filters from 1 September 2020.
- **Largest Ultramax size:** Made for the 2000, not the 1000 or 1500.
- **Hardware spare:** Replaces one fastener, not the whole head.
- **Separate 1000/1500 nut:** The smaller sizes use a different part number.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725198
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Hardware
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 2000 external canister filter, from 01/09/2020
- **Ultramax 2000 Flow:** Up to 2,000 L/h
- **Hose Size:** 19/25 mm on the 2000 (16/22 mm on the 1000 and 1500)
- **Media Baskets:** 5 × about 1.9 L plus a 0.6 L prefilter sponge
- **Not For:** Ultramax 1000 and 1500 (see SKU 725200)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael Ultramax 2000 canister filter
---
#### Aquael Ultramax Head 1000
Complete replacement head for the Aquael Ultramax 1000 canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultramax-head-1000/
- Price: $396.66 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112928 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328494
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112928-1.jpg
The head is the costly end of a canister filter, and replacing it is a lot cheaper than replacing the canister, baskets and media that are still working. Aquael Ultramax Head 1000 (SKU: 112928) is the replacement cover assembly for the Aquael Ultramax 1000 external canister filter. It is catalogued as a complete cover for the Ultramax 1000 bucket filter and as an original Aquael spare part, so it is the unit that sits on the canister and closes it. It is for the 1000 only; Aquael sells separate heads for the Ultramax 1500 (SKU 112929) and 2000 (SKU 112930).
Retailers agree that the Ultramax 1000 delivers up to 1,000 L/h, carries three media baskets of about 1.9 L each and has a built-in prefilter sponge of about 0.6 L, and they rate it for aquariums up to 300 L. They disagree on power and head: an Australian retailer lists 10 W with a maximum head of 1.5 m, while a European retailer lists 15 W with a delivery height of 190 cm. That spread suggests more than one production version of the Ultramax 1000 is in circulation, so the model plate on the filter is the dependable guide to the right head. A head is the part to replace when the pump no longer starts or has become noisy, when the cover has cracked or warped so that the canister no longer seals, or when a clamp or fitting on the cover has broken. Aquael does not publish a parts list showing exactly what the complete cover includes, so check whether the motor and rotor are part of the assembly before ordering; European parts listings show the motor and rotor for the Ultramax 1000 and 1500 sold as separate parts. The head's dimensions are not published on the pages reviewed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump failure:** A dead or seized motor stops all flow through the canister.
- **Cracked or warped cover:** A cover that no longer seals lets the canister leak or draw air.
- **Broken fittings on the head:** Damaged clamp points or connectors are easier to replace as an assembly.
- **Ultramax 1000 only:** The 1500 and 2000 canisters take their own heads.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Unplug it, close the hose taps and disconnect the hoses.
- **Remove the head:** Release the locking clips and lift the old cover off the canister.
- **Fit the new head:** Check the seal is seated, place the head and lock all the clips evenly.
- **Reconnect and prime:** Refit the hoses, open the taps, prime the filter and watch for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete cover:** Catalogued as an assembly for the Ultramax 1000 canister.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the filter it is sold for.
- **Size-specific:** Separate heads exist for the Ultramax 1500 and 2000.
- **Keeps the canister:** Baskets, media and hoses stay in service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112928
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328494
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Head
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1000 external canister filter
- **Filter Output:** Up to 1,000 L/h; hose 16/22 mm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 300 L (filter rating)
- **Media Baskets:** 3 × about 1.9 L, plus a 0.6 L prefilter sponge
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Ultramax Head 1500 (SKU 112929); Aquael Ultramax Head 2000 (SKU 112930)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael Ultramax 1000 canister filter
---
#### Aquael Ultramax Head 1500
Original replacement head cover for the Ultramax 1500 external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultramax-head-1500/
- Price: $426.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112929 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328500
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112929-1.jpg
On an external canister filter the head is the part that takes the knocks, and a cracked or warped one turns a sealed system into a source of leaks and air in the line. Aquael Ultramax Head 1500 (SKU: 112929) is a replacement head cover for the Aquael Ultramax 1500, supplied as an original Aquael spare part rather than a generic lid. Aquael's own part name is ULTRAMAX 1500 KPL cover, and KPL is the Polish abbreviation for complete (komplet). The part is specific to the 1500 body, which is the middle model of the three-size Ultramax range.
The Ultramax 1500 it belongs to is listed at 1,500 L/h and 16 W for aquariums of about 250 to 450 L. The canister carries four media baskets with a filter volume of 13.5 L, a maximum delivery head of 1.7 m and connections for 16/22 mm (or 17 mm) hose, with an integrated foam pre-filter ahead of the main media. The 1000 and 2000 models have their own heads (SKU 112928 and SKU 112930), so a head for another size should not be substituted. Aquael does not itemise the contents of this part in the sources available, so if only a lid is needed, compare the part with the head on the filter before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or warped head:** Damage to the top of the canister that stops the filter sealing.
- **Persistent leak at the lid:** A weep that continues after the seal has been cleaned or replaced.
- **Refurbishing an older filter:** Bringing an Ultramax 1500 back to working order without buying a whole new unit.
- **Model check:** Only for the Ultramax 1500; the 1000 and 2000 use different heads.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug and close any hose shut-offs before opening the canister.
- **Open the canister:** Release the locking clips, lift the head away and let the hoses drain into a bucket.
- **Check the seal:** Clean the sealing groove and inspect the rubber seal; replace it if it is flattened or hard.
- **Refit and restart:** Seat the new head, close the clips, reconnect the hoses, prime the filter as the manual directs and watch for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael part:** A factory spare in place of a generic substitute.
- **Made for the 1500:** Matched to the mid-size Ultramax canister.
- **Complete (KPL) listing:** Aquael's part name marks it as a complete assembly.
- **Suits a 250 to 450 L range:** The filter it serves is rated at 1,500 L/h.
- **Freshwater and seawater:** The Ultramax range uses a ceramic axle for both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112929
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328500
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Head
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 1500 external canister filter
- **Aquael Part Name:** ULTRAMAX 1500 KPL cover
- **Filter Rating:** 1,500 L/h, 16 W, aquariums of about 250–450 L
- **Filter Volume:** 13.5 L in four baskets
- **Hose Size:** 16/22 mm or 17 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Ultramax Head 1000 (SKU 112928); Aquael Ultramax Head 2000 (SKU 112930)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax Head 2000
Original replacement head cover for the largest Ultramax external canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultramax-head-2000/
- Price: $456.84 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112930 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328517
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112930-1.jpg
The largest canister in a range works hardest, and its head carries the heaviest hoses, so a cracked lid is a problem worth fixing with the right part. Aquael Ultramax Head 2000 (SKU: 112930) is a replacement head cover for the Aquael Ultramax 2000 external canister filter, an original Aquael spare part named by the maker as the ULTRAMAX 2000 KPL cover. KPL is the Polish abbreviation for complete (komplet). It is made for the 2000 body only and does not interchange with the smaller Ultramax heads.
The Ultramax 2000 is the top size of the range at 2,000 L/h and 17 W, listed for aquariums of about 400 to 700 L. It has five media baskets holding 16 L, a maximum delivery head of 1.8 m and an integrated foam pre-filter. Unlike the 1000 and 1500, it takes larger 19/25 mm (or 20 mm) hose, which is the clearest difference between this head and the other two (SKU 112928 and SKU 112929). Aquael does not itemise the contents of the part in the sources available, so compare it with the head on the filter before ordering and take particular care with an older unit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or damaged head:** A split or warped top that no longer closes the canister properly.
- **Leak that will not clear:** A weep at the lid that returns after cleaning the seal.
- **Large aquariums:** Keeping a 400 to 700 L system filtered while a new head is fitted.
- **Older units:** Repairing a long-serving Ultramax 2000 rather than replacing it.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut down:** Switch off and unplug the filter, then close any hose shut-offs.
- **Lift the head:** Release the locking clips and raise the head, draining the hoses into a bucket.
- **Prepare the seal:** Wipe the sealing surface and check that the rubber seal is supple and seated.
- **Close and restart:** Fit the new head, secure the clips, reconnect the 19/25 mm hoses, prime as the manual directs and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael part:** Factory-made, not a generic lid.
- **Made for the 2000:** Sized for the five-basket body and its larger hoses.
- **Complete (KPL) listing:** The maker's part name marks it as a complete assembly.
- **Large-tank rating:** The filter is listed for aquariums of about 400 to 700 L.
- **Freshwater and seawater:** The Ultramax range uses a ceramic axle for both.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112930
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328517
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Head
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax 2000 external canister filter
- **Aquael Part Name:** ULTRAMAX 2000 KPL cover
- **Filter Rating:** 2,000 L/h, 17 W, aquariums of about 400–700 L
- **Filter Volume:** 16 L in five baskets
- **Hose Size:** 19/25 mm or 20 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Ultramax Head 1000 (SKU 112928); Aquael Ultramax Head 1500 (SKU 112929)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax Pre-filter Container
Replacement pre-filter tray for Ultramax external canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultramax-pre-filter-container/
- Price: $21.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112931 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319188
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112931-1.jpg
The pre-filter is the first thing the water meets on an Ultramax, and it is the first part to take the abuse of food scraps, plant debris and detritus. Aquael Ultramax Pre-filter Container (SKU: 112931) is Aquael's replacement pre-filter container, also called the pre-filter tray, for filters in the Ultramax series. It holds back larger dirt before the water reaches the main filter media, which keeps the baskets cleaner for longer between services. It is sold as a single original Aquael spare part for the pre-filter stage rather than for the main body of the canister.
Aquael builds an integrated foam pre-filter into every Ultramax model, with a pre-filter basket supplied in the box. The Ultramax range runs from the 1000 (1,000 L/h, 15 W, aquariums of about 100 to 300 L) through the 1500 (1,500 L/h, 16 W, about 250 to 450 L) to the 2000 (2,000 L/h, 17 W, about 400 to 700 L). Aquael also sells the pre-filter foam separately as the Ultramax Pre-filter Sponge (SKU 102813), which is the foam used in this stage. The sources available do not state which of the three sizes this container fits, so match the part to the filter on the tank before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or broken container:** Damage from a drop or from overtightening during a service.
- **Warped by age:** A tray that no longer seats properly in the filter.
- **Heavy debris loads:** Tanks with goldfish, large cichlids or messy planting where the pre-filter works hard.
- **Restoring a second-hand filter:** Replacing a missing or damaged part on a used Ultramax.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug and close any hose shut-offs before reaching for the pre-filter stage.
- **Remove the old part:** Take out the foam and lift the damaged container clear, noting how it was seated.
- **Fit the new container:** Seat it the same way, then fit the pre-filter sponge into it.
- **Rinse the foam regularly:** Squeeze it out in a bucket of tank water so that the bacteria on it are not lost.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **First-stage filtration:** Catches larger particles before the main media.
- **Original Aquael part:** Made for the Ultramax series.
- **Protects the baskets:** Less debris reaches the main filter media.
- **Easy to swap:** A separate tray that can be replaced without a new filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112931
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319188
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Pre-filter Container
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax series external canister filters
- **Function:** Holds and houses the pre-filter stage ahead of the main media
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Ultramax Pre-filter Sponge (blue) (SKU 102813)
- **Ultramax Range:** 1000, 1500 and 2000, at 1,000, 1,500 and 2,000 L/h
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Ultramax Pre-filter Sponge (blue)
Replacement coarse foam for the Ultramax pre-filter stage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-ultramax-pre-filter-sponge-blue/
- Price: $32.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102813 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546319317
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102813-1.png
Coarse foam at the front of a canister filter does the dirty work so the main media does not have to, and it needs replacing when it has gone hard or torn. Aquael Ultramax Pre-filter Sponge (blue) (SKU: 102813) is the original Aquael replacement foam for the integrated pre-filter of the Aquael Ultramax external canister filter. It traps larger debris such as food scraps and plant litter before the water reaches the filter baskets, which reduces clogging of the finer media behind it. A verified buyer on one retailer's listing reports that it fits the Ultramax pre-filter exactly, and it is sold as a spare so the stage can be refreshed without replacing the filter.
Every Ultramax carries a foam pre-filter ahead of the main media, so the sponge is the consumable part of that stage. The range covers the 1000 (1,000 L/h, 15 W, aquariums of about 100 to 300 L), the 1500 (1,500 L/h, 16 W, about 250 to 450 L) and the 2000 (2,000 L/h, 17 W, about 400 to 700 L). The sponge is blue, and the pre-filter container that holds it is sold as a separate Aquael spare (SKU 112931). A fresh sponge is soft and open, and as it loads with debris the flow through the filter falls, so a drop in output is the usual prompt to rinse it, and a sponge that is torn or has lost its shape is the prompt to replace it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Torn or crumbling foam:** A sponge that has broken up and no longer holds back debris.
- **Flow that stays low after cleaning:** Output that does not recover when the old foam is rinsed.
- **Spare for the next service:** A clean sponge to swap in while the old one is washed.
- **Dirty tanks:** Systems with heavy feeding or large fish where the pre-filter clogs quickly.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off first:** Unplug the filter and close the hose shut-offs before opening the pre-filter.
- **Remove the old foam:** Lift it out and note which way round it sat.
- **Fit the new sponge:** Seat it in the pre-filter stage so that water must pass through it, with no gaps at the edges.
- **Rinse, do not scrub:** Squeeze foam out in a bucket of tank water, never under the tap, to keep the bacteria colony.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aquael foam:** Made for the Ultramax pre-filter.
- **Coarse mechanical stage:** Catches larger debris first.
- **Protects the main media:** Slows clogging in the baskets behind it.
- **Blue foam:** The colour named in the product listing.
- **Reusable between changes:** Rinses out in tank water until it wears.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102813
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546319317
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Pre-filter Sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael Ultramax external canister filters
- **Colour:** Blue
- **Net Weight:** About 20 g
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Ultramax Pre-filter Container (SKU 112931)
- **Cleaning:** Rinse in tank water, not under the tap
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Unifilter - Power With Globes For Uv-c (purple)
UV-C component with power for the Unifilter 500, 750 and 1000.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-unifilter-power-with-globes-for-uv-c-purple/
- Price: $26.49 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724832
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724832-1.png
An internal filter with a UV-C stage only clears green water while that stage is working, so when it stops the part behind it needs replacing rather than the whole filter. Aquael Unifilter - Power With Globes For Uv-c (purple) (SKU: 724832) is listed as the UV-C component with power for the Aquael Unifilter range in the 500, 750 and 1000 sizes. In Aquael's current Unifilter UV-C filters the UV-C source is built into the pump rotor chamber, where a UV nozzle takes the place of the rotor chamber cover, so only filtered water passes the nozzle. The UV-C section has its own power supply and can be switched on or off independently of the filter.
The Unifilter UV-C range comes in three sizes. Aquael lists the 500 for aquariums of about 150 to 200 L, the 750 for 200 to 300 L and the 1000 for 250 to 350 L. The filters have two sponge cartridges for mechanical and biological filtration, a ceramic rotor shaft, suction cups with an adjustable hanger and a 90 degree adjustable outflow. Aquael states that the LED lenses should be cleaned regularly and that detergents and solvents must not be used on them. The sources available do not itemise exactly which pieces are in this pack, nor give the UV-C output, so confirm with the photo on the page that it matches the unit you are replacing, particularly because the name refers to globes while current Unifilter UV-C filters use an LED source.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **UV stage no longer working:** A Unifilter whose UV-C section has failed while the pump still runs.
- **Green water returns:** Algae bloom that comes back after the UV-C unit was working.
- **Damaged power section:** A UV-C unit cracked or damaged during cleaning.
- **Range match:** Unifilter UV-C filters in the 500, 750 and 1000 sizes.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug everything:** Disconnect both the filter and the UV-C power supply before the unit leaves the water.
- **Open the pump head:** Lift the filter out and remove the rotor chamber cover or the existing UV nozzle.
- **Swap the component:** Fit the replacement in the same position and check that the cable seats correctly.
- **Clean the lenses:** Wipe any UV lens with a soft cloth and water only, never detergent or solvent.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Own power supply:** The UV-C section switches on and off independent of the filter.
- **Built into the rotor chamber:** The UV nozzle replaces the rotor chamber cover.
- **Three Unifilter sizes:** Listed for the 500, 750 and 1000.
- **Only filtered water passes:** The UV-C stage sits after the sponge cartridges.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724832
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter UV-C Component
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unifilter UV-C 500, 750 and 1000
- **Colour:** Purple, as named in the product listing
- **Unifilter UV-C 500:** Aquariums of about 150–200 L
- **Unifilter UV-C 750:** Aquariums of about 200–300 L
- **Unifilter UV-C 1000:** Aquariums of about 250–350 L
- **Lens Care:** Clean regularly; no detergents or solvents
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Unifilter 500 Uv - Bio Container
Empty media container for the Aquael Unifilter 500 and 500 UV internal filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-unifilter-500-uv-bio-container/
- Price: $19.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724830 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546025294
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724830-1.png
A small internal filter is only as flexible as its media compartment, and the container is the part that decides what can go in it. Aquael Unifilter 500 Uv - Bio Container (SKU: 724830) is the empty filter-media container for the smaller Aquael Unifilter, supplied on its own as an original spare part. Aquael lists the same part as a pump head container for the UNI and UNI UV filters in the 500 size, under spare part number 101009. It can be filled with any filter medium, so the owner decides between biological media such as ceramic rings, mechanical floss or chemical media such as carbon or zeolite.
The Unifilter UV 500 is rated by Aquael's catalogue at 500 L/h and 6.5 W for aquariums of about 100 to 200 L, with a double sponge cartridge plus this extra container for biological or chemical media. The container clips into the filter body, and the larger 750 and 1000 filters use a different, bigger container (SKU 724831), so the two should not be swapped. The container is sold empty, with no media supplied, so the media should be bought separately. A cracked clip or split case is the usual reason to replace it, and a new container can be filled with the media from the old one when it is still in good condition.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or broken container:** A split case or snapped clip on an older Unifilter 500.
- **Media upgrade:** Fitting a dedicated biological or chemical stage to a filter used with sponges alone.
- **Spare for servicing:** A second container so one can be rinsed while the other stays in service.
- **Small aquariums:** Tanks of about 100 to 200 L where the Unifilter 500 or 500 UV is the main filter.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Choose the medium:** Match biological, mechanical or chemical media to what the tank needs.
- **Fill loosely:** Leave room for water to pass through rather than packing the container tight.
- **Clip it in:** Fit the container to the filter body until it locks, with the pump unplugged.
- **Rinse in tank water:** Wash media in water taken from the aquarium at servicing, not under the tap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Any media inside:** Biological, mechanical or chemical, to suit the tank.
- **Clip-in design:** Attaches to the Unifilter 500 body.
- **Sold empty:** Media is chosen and bought separately.
- **Original Aquael part:** Number 101009 in Aquael's parts list.
- **Size-specific:** The smaller of the two Unifilter containers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724830
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546025294
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Media Container
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unifilter 500 and Unifilter 500 UV
- **Aquael Part Number:** 101009
- **Contents:** Container only; no media
- **Filter Rating:** Unifilter UV 500 at 500 L/h, 6.5 W, aquariums of about 100–200 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Unifilter 750/1000 Uv - Bio Container (SKU 724831)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Unifilter 750/1000 Uv - Bio Container
Empty media container for the Unifilter 750 and 1000 internal filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-unifilter-750-1000-uv-bio-container/
- Price: $21.96 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724831 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546025287
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724831-1.png
When an internal filter is moved up a size, the media compartment grows with it, and the larger Unifilters need their own container. Aquael Unifilter 750/1000 Uv - Bio Container (SKU: 724831) is the empty filter-media container shared by the Aquael Unifilter 750 and 1000, including the UV versions, supplied as an original spare part. Aquael lists it under spare part number 101076 as a pump head container for the UNIFILTER 750 (UV) and 1000 (UV). It can be filled with whatever medium the tank calls for, whether biological, mechanical or chemical, and it clips into the filter body.
The two filters it serves are rated by Aquael's catalogue as follows: the Unifilter UV 750 at 750 L/h and 9.5 W for aquariums of about 200 to 300 L, and the Unifilter UV 1000 at 1,000 L/h and 12.5 W for about 250 to 350 L. Both carry a double sponge cartridge plus this extra container for biological or chemical media, and Aquael states that the 1000 ships with BioCeraMax 600 ceramic media in its container. The container is sold empty. The smaller Unifilter 500 takes a different container (SKU 724830), so this one is for the two larger bodies only. A fresh container is worth fitting when a clip is cracked or the case has split, and good media from the old one can usually be moved across.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken container:** A cracked case or snapped clip on a Unifilter 750 or 1000.
- **Biological upgrade:** Adding ceramic media to a filter that has run on sponges alone.
- **Chemical stage:** Carrying carbon or a similar medium for a short treatment.
- **Medium tanks:** Aquariums of about 200 to 350 L where a 750 or 1000 is the main filter.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Select the medium:** Choose ceramic, floss or chemical media to suit the tank.
- **Fill loosely:** Keep enough space for water to flow through the media.
- **Fit with the pump off:** Unplug the filter, clip the container into the body and check it is locked.
- **Service in tank water:** Rinse media in water drawn from the aquarium, not under the tap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two sizes, one container:** Shared by the Unifilter 750 and 1000.
- **Open choice of media:** Biological, mechanical or chemical.
- **Clip-in fitting:** Locks onto the filter body.
- **Sold empty:** Media is supplied separately.
- **Original Aquael part:** Number 101076 in Aquael's parts list.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724831
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546025287
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Media Container
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unifilter 750, 1000, 750 UV and 1000 UV
- **Aquael Part Number:** 101076
- **Contents:** Container only; no media
- **Unifilter UV 750:** 750 L/h, 9.5 W, aquariums of about 200–300 L
- **Unifilter UV 1000:** 1,000 L/h, 12.5 W, aquariums of about 250–350 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Unifilter 500 Uv - Bio Container (SKU 724830)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Unimax Control Assembly 500/700
Flow control replacement for Unimax 500 and 700 external filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-unimax-control-assembly-500-700/
- Price: $121.12 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101203
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101203-1.webp
The control on a canister filter is the part that gets handled every service, and the one that eventually wears or cracks. Aquael Unimax Control Assembly 500/700 (SKU: 101203) is a replacement flow control for the Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external filters. Aquael describes the part as the mechanism that controls the flow of water between the aquarium and the filter, a key element of the filter design that allows proper operation and control of the water flow. It is sold as an original spare, shared by the 500 and 700 and not by the smaller Unimax 150 and 250.
Aquael's Unimax range is rated for aquariums of up to 700 L, with three baskets for mechanical, chemical and biological media. Biological filtration uses BioCeraMax Pro 600 ceramic rollers, chemical filtration uses ZeoMax Plus, and the 500 and 700 add SpikeBalls Mini bio-balls. Every Unimax is self-priming and has silicone seals, a sprinkler for aeration and an integrated shut-off valve for disconnecting the inlet hoses, and the 500 and 700 also carry four hoses for circulation. An optional UV-C steriliser is available for the range, rated 9 W on the 500 and 11 W on the 700. The sources available do not list the exact parts in this assembly or its dimensions, so check the photo against the unit before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stiff or seized control:** A valve or lever that no longer moves freely.
- **Leak at the control:** Water weeping from the assembly after the seals are checked.
- **Cracked housing:** Visible damage from handling or age.
- **Unimax 500 or 700 only:** The 150 and 250 are different, smaller filters.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug and close the shut-off valve so the inlet hoses can come off.
- **Disconnect the hoses:** Remove the hoses from the assembly over a bucket and towel.
- **Swap the assembly:** Fit the new one in the same position, checking that the silicone seals sit flat.
- **Prime and check:** Reconnect the hoses, restart the self-priming filter and watch for drips for the first hour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Flow control:** Regulates the water path between tank and filter.
- **Shared by two sizes:** Made for the Unimax 500 and 700.
- **Original Aquael part:** A factory spare in place of a generic valve.
- **Works with a self-priming filter:** Fits the Unimax design with its silicone seals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101203
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Flow Control
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 500 and Unimax 700 external filters
- **Function:** Controls water flow between the aquarium and the filter
- **Range Capacity:** Aquariums of up to 700 L
- **Media Baskets:** Three, for mechanical, chemical and biological media
- **Optional UV-C:** 9 W on the 500, 11 W on the 700 (not included)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael Unimax 500 or 700 filter
---
#### Aquael Unimax Head 150/250
Complete replacement head cover for Unimax 150 and 250 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-unimax-head-150-250/
- Price: $301.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101243
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101243-1.png
When the lid of a small canister filter cracks, the filter stops sealing and the pump starts drawing air, so the head is worth replacing as a unit. Aquael Unimax Head 150/250 (SKU: 101243) is the complete head cover for the Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters, the two smallest sizes in the Unimax range. The listing describes it as a complete head cover, so it is the top section of the filter rather than a single small component. Both sizes share this head, which is why the name carries the two model numbers.
Aquael's Unimax line is rated for aquariums of up to 700 L across the range, with the 150 and 250 at the small end. Every model has three baskets for mechanical, chemical and biological media, with BioCeraMax Pro 600 ceramic rollers for biological filtration and ZeoMax Plus zeolite for chemical filtration. All Unimax filters are self-priming and use silicone seals, a sprinkler for aeration and an integrated shut-off valve to disconnect the inlet hoses. Aquael offers an optional UV-C steriliser for the range, rated 5 W for the 150 and 9 W for the 250, and it is not part of this head. The sources available do not itemise what the head contains, so compare it with the photo and with the head on the filter before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or warped head:** Damage that stops the canister closing properly.
- **Persistent lid leak:** A weep that continues after the seals have been cleaned or replaced.
- **Small aquariums:** Tanks served by an Unimax 150 or 250.
- **Refurbishing older units:** Restoring a long-serving filter without replacing the canister.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Switch off, unplug and use the integrated shut-off valve to disconnect the inlet hoses.
- **Open the canister:** Release the head, lift it away and drain the hoses into a bucket.
- **Check the seal:** Clean the sealing surface and inspect the silicone seal.
- **Refit and prime:** Seat the new head, reconnect the hoses, restart the self-priming filter and check for leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete head cover:** Replaces the whole top section.
- **Two sizes, one head:** Made for both the Unimax 150 and 250.
- **Self-priming design:** The Unimax range restarts without manual priming.
- **Silicone seals:** Part of the design of the whole range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101243
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Canister Filter Head
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters
- **Range Capacity:** Aquariums of up to 700 L across the Unimax line
- **Media Baskets:** Three, for mechanical, chemical and biological media
- **Optional UV-C:** 5 W on the 150, 9 W on the 250 (not included)
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Unimax Sponge 150-250 (SKU 100021)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael Unimax 150 or 250 filter
---
#### Aquael Unimax Sponge 150-250
Phenol-free replacement filter sponge for Unimax 150 and 250 filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-unimax-sponge-150-250/
- Price: $31.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100021
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100021-1.png
A canister filter's sponge is both a strainer and a home for bacteria, and once it has been squeezed out enough times it is due for replacement. Aquael Unimax Sponge 150-250 (SKU: 100021) is the replacement filter sponge for the Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250 external canister filters. Aquael makes the Unimax sponge from carefully selected phenol-free material, and it works in two ways: it removes visible particles and suspended matter by mechanical filtration, and its surface supports the nitrifying bacteria that carry out biological filtration. The 500 and 700 Unimax models use a separate sponge, so this one is for the two smaller filters.
The sponge forms part of the filter's mechanical stage, working alongside the three-basket layout of the Unimax range, which Aquael sets up for mechanical, chemical and biological media. Aquael advises replacing it regularly and rinsing a used sponge only in water drained from the aquarium during a water change, because tap water can harm the bacteria growing on it. Rinsing in tank water keeps the colony alive while the foam comes clean, and swapping in a new sponge at the same time as a rinse gives a fresh mechanical stage without a gap in biological filtration. The sources available do not state the sponge dimensions or how many pieces are in the pack, so check the pack contents on arrival.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine replacement:** A sponge that has worn out after repeated cleaning.
- **Torn or crumbling foam:** A sponge that no longer holds its shape or traps particles.
- **Cloudy water:** Fine particles passing through a worn mechanical stage.
- **Unimax 150 and 250 only:** The larger 500 and 700 take their own sponge.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Switch off first:** Unplug the filter and close the shut-off valve before opening the canister.
- **Replace gradually:** Change the sponge, not all of the media at once, so the bacteria stay established.
- **Seat it fully:** Fit the sponge into its basket with no gaps around the edges.
- **Rinse in tank water:** Squeeze used sponge in water taken from a water change, never under the tap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phenol-free material:** Selected by Aquael for use in aquariums.
- **Mechanical filtration:** Removes visible particles and suspended matter.
- **Biological surface:** Holds nitrifying bacteria.
- **Sized for two models:** Made for the Unimax 150 and 250.
- **Replaceable:** Changed regularly as the foam wears.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100021
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Canister Filter Sponge
- **Fitment:** Aquael Unimax 150 and Unimax 250
- **Material:** Phenol-free sponge
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration
- **Cleaning:** Rinse only in water drained from the aquarium
- **Not For:** Unimax 500 and 700, which use a separate sponge
- **Companion Product:** Aquael Unimax Head 150/250 (SKU 101243)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael Unimax 150 or 250 filter
---
#### Aquael Venturi Air Inake Turbo Filter, Fan Filter Plus, Uni Filter 280,360,500(uv), Shrimp Set, Circulator
Replacement venturi air intake for Aquael Turbo, Fan Filter Plus, Uni Filter, Shrimp Set and Circulator units.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-venturi-air-inake-turbo-filter-fan-filter-plus-uni-filter-280360500uv-shrimp-set-circulator/
- Price: $2.38 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725233
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725233-1.png
A venturi aerator is a small part that either draws a steady stream of fine bubbles into the water or, once blocked, does nothing at all. Aquael Venturi Air Inake Turbo Filter, Fan Filter Plus, Uni Filter 280,360,500(uv), Shrimp Set, Circulator (SKU: 725233) is a replacement venturi air intake for several Aquael internal filters and circulation pumps. The name lists the families it serves: Turbo Filter, Fan Filter Plus, Uni Filter 280, 360 and 500 (including the UV version), the Shrimp Set and Circulator. The word Inake in the name is a typographical slip for intake, and the part is the venturi air intake as supplied by Aquael.
A venturi works by passing the filter's output flow through a narrow section, which draws air in through a tube and mixes it into the water as bubbles. Aquael's Circulator and FAN Filter Plus models ship with an aeration injector, an air hose and an air flow regulator for this purpose, and the FAN Filter Plus range runs from the Micro (4 W, 250 L/h) to the FAN 3 (12 W, 700 L/h). The listing names filter families rather than exact sizes, so match the part to the unit on the tank. A companion part, Aquael Venturi Air Intake (SKU 725235), is listed by model for the Circulator and Turbo Filter sizes (1000, 1500 and 2000), the Fan Filter 3 Plus and the Unifilter 750 and 1000, so check which of the two the model needs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost or cracked intake:** A venturi that broke or went missing during cleaning.
- **No air drawn in:** An aerator that no longer pulls bubbles even with a clear air tube.
- **Worn fitting:** A loose, split or warped intake that leaks water instead of drawing air.
- **Shrimp and small set-ups:** Tanks running the Shrimp Set, Fan Filter Plus or Uni Filter 280 and 360.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the filter:** Switch off and lift it from the aquarium before handling the outlet.
- **Remove the old intake:** Pull the damaged venturi from the outlet and clear any debris from the opening.
- **Fit the new part:** Push it into place so that it seats fully and the air hose can attach.
- **Regulate the air:** Restart the filter and set the air flow regulator to the bubble stream you want.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Venturi action:** Water flow draws air into the stream without an air pump.
- **Several filter families:** Turbo, FAN Plus, Uni Filter, Shrimp Set and Circulator.
- **Original Aquael part:** Matched to the maker's outlets and air hoses.
- **Adjustable aeration:** Used with the air regulator supplied with the filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725233
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Venturi Air Intake
- **Fitment:** Aquael Turbo Filter, Fan Filter Plus, Uni Filter 280, 360 and 500 (UV), Shrimp Set, Circulator
- **Function:** Draws air into the filter output as bubbles
- **Related Models:** FAN Filter Plus Micro 4 W / 250 L/h to FAN 3 12 W / 700 L/h
- **Related Part:** Aquael Venturi Air Intake (SKU 725235), listed for other models
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with a compatible Aquael filter
---
#### Aquael Venturi Air Intake
Replacement venturi air intake for Circulator, Turbo Filter, Fan Filter 3 Plus and Unifilter models.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-venturi-air-intake/
- Price: $4.55 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725235
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725235-1.png
On a bigger Aquael filter the venturi has more water moving through it, and it is the small part that turns that flow into a bubble stream. Aquael Venturi Air Intake (SKU: 725235) is a replacement venturi air intake listed for the Circulator (1000, 1500 and 2000), the Turbo Filter (1000, 1500 and 2000), the Fan Filter 3 Plus and the UniFilter (750, 1000, 750 UV and 1000 UV). Fitment is listed by model, so it is not a universal part, and the intake sold as SKU 725233 is listed for a different set of filters.
A venturi passes the filter's output through a narrowed section, which draws air in through an attached tube and mixes it into the water as bubbles. Aquael supplies its Circulator and FAN Filter Plus models with an aeration injector, an air hose and an air flow regulator. The Circulator range runs from 500 L/h and 4.4 W up to 2,000 L/h and 27 W, with the 2000 suited to aquariums of more than 350 L, while the Fan Filter 3 Plus is rated at 12 W and 700 L/h for aquariums of about 150 to 250 L. The Unifilter UV range is rated by Aquael at 750 L/h and 9.5 W for the 750, and 1,000 L/h and 12.5 W for the 1000. The sources available do not give dimensions for the part, so check that the old intake looks the same before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken or missing intake:** A venturi snapped or lost during maintenance.
- **No bubbles from the outlet:** A worn intake that no longer draws air with the tube clear.
- **Leaking fitting:** A cracked part that lets water out where air should go in.
- **Matching models:** Circulator, Turbo Filter, Fan Filter 3 Plus or Unifilter in the sizes listed.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the filter and take it out of the aquarium.
- **Take off the old part:** Pull the venturi from the outlet and flush out any debris.
- **Push the new one on:** Seat it fully and refit the air hose.
- **Set the air:** Return the filter to the tank and use the regulator to choose the bubble rate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Venturi aeration:** The filter's own flow draws air in without a separate pump.
- **Four filter families:** Circulator, Turbo Filter, Fan Filter 3 Plus and UniFilter.
- **Listed by model:** Covers the 750 to 2000 sizes named for each family.
- **Original Aquael part:** Intended for the maker's own outlets.
- **Works with the air regulator:** Bubble rate is set at the regulator.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725235
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Venturi Air Intake
- **Fitment:** Circulator (1000, 1500, 2000); Turbo Filter (1000, 1500, 2000); Fan Filter 3 Plus; UniFilter (750, 1000, 750 UV, 1000 UV)
- **Function:** Draws air into the filter output as bubbles
- **Circulator Range:** 500–2,000 L/h, 4.4–27 W
- **Fan Filter 3 Plus:** 700 L/h, 12 W, aquariums of about 150–250 L
- **Related Part:** Aquael Venturi Air Inake Turbo Filter, Fan Filter Plus, Uni Filter 280,360,500(uv), Shrimp Set, Circulator (SKU 725233)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with a compatible Aquael filter
---
#### Aquael Versamax Fzn-3 Engine
Replacement motor unit for the Versamax 3 (FZN-3) hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-versamax-fzn-3-engine/
- Price: $112.98 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100371
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100371-1.png
A hang-on filter that has gone quiet, or started to rattle, is usually telling you that the motor behind the flow unit is on its way out. Aquael Versamax Fzn-3 Engine (SKU: 100371) is the replacement engine for the Aquael Versamax 3 (FZN-3) hang-on-the-back filter, the motor unit that drives water through the filter. The Versamax 3 is rated at 1,200 L/h for aquariums of about 80 to 300 L, with the flow adjusted by a dial on top of the flow unit. The engine is sold on its own as an original Aquael spare, so the filter body and container can stay in service.
According to Aquael's comparison table the FZN-3 draws 6.6 W and measures about 28.8 × 16 × 23.5 cm as a whole filter. It hangs on the aquarium wall with an adjustable tilt, aerates the water as it returns, and uses a sponge cartridge that can be swapped or combined with other media. The impeller is sold separately by Aquael as the Versamax/Unifilter replacement rotor, so a worn impeller alone does not call for a whole engine; buy the engine when the motor itself has failed, or when the drive section is cracked. The sources available do not list what the engine includes, so confirm against the photo before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dead motor:** A Versamax 3 that has stopped despite a clean impeller and working power.
- **Noise or stalling:** A drive that grinds, stalls or loses flow after the rotor has been replaced.
- **Damaged flow unit:** A cracked drive section after a fall or rough cleaning.
- **Medium tanks:** Aquariums of about 80 to 300 L where the FZN-3 is the main filter.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Disconnect the filter from power before touching the flow unit.
- **Remove the unit:** Lift the flow unit off the container and take it from the aquarium rim.
- **Swap the engine:** Remove the old engine, and fit the new one in the same position, checking the rotor and cover.
- **Refill and restart:** Fill the container with water, rehang the filter and power it up before checking the flow dial.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Replacement motor unit:** Restores a failed FZN-3.
- **1,200 L/h filter:** Rated flow of the Versamax 3 it serves.
- **Adjustable flow:** The filter's dial sets output.
- **Original Aquael spare:** Made for this model, not a universal pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100371
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Hang-on Filter Motor
- **Fitment:** Aquael Versamax 3 (FZN-3) hang-on filter
- **Filter Flow:** 1,200 L/h
- **Filter Power:** 6.6 W
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 80–300 L
- **Related Part:** Versamax/Unifilter replacement rotor, sold separately
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an Aquael Versamax 3 (FZN-3) filter
---
#### Aquael Wigry 2000 Fountain Pump With Filter And Uv-c Lamp
Submersible pond filter with 5 W UV-C and fountain nozzle for ponds up to 2,000 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-wigry-2000-fountain-pump-with-filter-and-uv-c-lamp/
- Price: $388.20 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725088
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725088-1.webp
A small garden pond turns green quickly in summer, and a filter, a UV clarifier and a fountain are normally three separate purchases. Aquael Wigry 2000 Fountain Pump With Filter And Uv-c Lamp (SKU: 725088) combines them in one submersible unit from Aquael, rated by the maker for ponds of 2,000 L. It pumps 1,500 L/h through a multi-stage filter and a built-in 5 W UV-C sterilising stage, then returns the water through an adjustable fountain nozzle. The whole unit draws 27 W and sits inside the pond below the water surface, so no separate pump or pipework is needed.
The filter housing is perforated and holds three filter baskets: a sponge cartridge for mechanical filtration, BioCeraMax 600 ceramic media for biological filtration, and a ZeoMax Plus cartridge for chemical filtration, which Aquael says removes heavy metals, toxins and phenols. The UV-C lamp is rated for up to 10,000 hours. The outlet is a telescopic tube that adjusts to pond depth, with a nozzle that can be angled within 30 degrees, and a T-piece lets the flow be split between a fountain and a cascade or waterfall, though the cascade is not included. The hose size is 19 mm (3/4 inch), the cable is 5 m long, and the unit is rated IPX8. At 34 × 26.8 cm with the nozzle retracted and 48.5 cm tall, rising to 62.8 cm extended, it is the compact member of the three-size Wigry range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green pond water:** The 5 W UV-C stage is there to clear algae-laden water.
- **Small garden ponds:** Ponds up to 2,000 L, the smallest rating in the Wigry range.
- **Adding a fountain:** A single nozzle for movement and aeration at the surface.
- **Waterfall or cascade feeds:** The T-piece diverts part of the flow to a separate feature.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place in the pond:** Stand the unit below the water surface on a stable base, inside the pond.
- **Set the height:** Extend the telescopic outlet tube to suit the pond depth.
- **Aim the nozzle:** Angle the outlet within its 30 degree range, which helps on uneven ground.
- **Route the cable:** Run the 5 m cable to a protected outdoor supply; the handle also retracts it for storage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three jobs in one:** Filter, UV-C clarifier and fountain pump in a single housing.
- **Three filter baskets:** Sponge, ceramic and chemical stages.
- **5 W UV-C:** Lamp life up to 10,000 hours, per Aquael.
- **Telescopic outlet:** Adjusts to pond depth with a 30 degree nozzle angle.
- **IPX8 rating:** Rated for submersion in the pond.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725088
- **Product Type:** Filters > Pond Fountain Pump Filter with UV-C
- **Aquael Index:** 130516
- **Pond Size:** Up to 2,000 L
- **Flow Rate:** 1,500 L/h
- **Power:** 27 W total; UV-C lamp 5 W
- **Filter Media:** Sponge cartridge, BioCeraMax 600, ZeoMax Plus; three baskets
- **Hose Size:** 19 mm (3/4 in)
- **Cable Length:** 5 m
- **Dimensions:** 34 × 26.8 × 48.5 cm (62.8 cm with the nozzle extended)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Wigry 4000 (SKU 725089); Aquael Wigry 6000 (SKU 725090)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds
---
#### Aquael Wigry 4000 Fountain Pump With Filter And Uv-c Lamp
Submersible pond filter with 7 W UV-C, four filter baskets and fountain nozzle for ponds up to 4,000 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-wigry-4000-fountain-pump-with-filter-and-uv-c-lamp/
- Price: $336.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725089
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725089-1.webp
Once a pond passes a few thousand litres, a filter with a stronger pump and more media starts to matter more than the fountain on top. Aquael Wigry 4000 Fountain Pump With Filter And Uv-c Lamp (SKU: 725089) is the middle size of Aquael's three-model Wigry range, rated by the maker for ponds of 4,000 L. It is a submersible unit that sits below the surface and combines a four-basket filter, a built-in 7 W UV-C sterilising stage and an adjustable fountain nozzle. It moves 2,000 L/h, a step up from the 1,500 L/h of the 2000, and draws 34 W in total.
Inside the perforated housing are four filter baskets holding a sponge cartridge for mechanical filtration, BioCeraMax 600 ceramic media for biological filtration and a ZeoMax Plus cartridge for chemical filtration, which Aquael says removes heavy metals, toxins and phenols. The UV-C lamp is rated for up to 10,000 hours. The telescopic outlet tube adjusts to pond depth and the nozzle can be angled within 30 degrees. A T-piece splits the flow between a fountain and a cascade, with the cascade not included. The hose size is 19 mm (3/4 inch), the cable 5 m, and the unit is rated IPX8. It measures 39.2 × 26.8 cm and 48.5 cm tall, or 62.8 cm with the nozzle extended, so it is about 5 cm longer than the 2000 and the same size as the 6000.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium garden ponds:** Ponds up to 4,000 L that outgrow the 2000.
- **Algae control:** The 7 W UV-C stage works on green water drawn through the unit.
- **Heavier filtration demand:** Four baskets give mechanical, biological and chemical media more room than the 2000.
- **Fountain with a cascade:** The T-piece shares the 2,000 L/h flow between two features.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge the unit:** Place it in the pond below the water surface on a level base.
- **Adjust the outlet:** Extend the telescopic tube to match the water depth.
- **Choose the outlet:** Aim the nozzle, or fit the T-piece and hose to run a cascade.
- **Connect power:** Route the 5 m cable to a protected outdoor supply.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2,000 L/h flow:** The pump rating that sets it apart from the 2000.
- **Four filter baskets:** One more than the 2000 for the same three media types.
- **7 W UV-C:** Lamp life up to 10,000 hours, per Aquael.
- **Fountain and cascade:** A T-piece splits the output.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725089
- **Product Type:** Filters > Pond Fountain Pump Filter with UV-C
- **Aquael Index:** 130517
- **Pond Size:** Up to 4,000 L
- **Flow Rate:** 2,000 L/h
- **Power:** 34 W total; UV-C lamp 7 W
- **Filter Media:** Sponge cartridge, BioCeraMax 600, ZeoMax Plus; four baskets
- **Hose Size:** 19 mm (3/4 in)
- **Cable Length:** 5 m
- **Dimensions:** 39.2 × 26.8 × 48.5 cm (62.8 cm with the nozzle extended)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Wigry 2000 (SKU 725088); Aquael Wigry 6000 (SKU 725090)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds
---
#### Aquael Wigry 6000 Fountain Pump With Filter And Uv-c Lamp
Submersible pond filter with 9 W UV-C and fountain nozzle for ponds up to 6,000 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/aquael-wigry-6000-fountain-pump-with-filter-and-uv-c-lamp/
- Price: $355.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725090
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725090-1.webp
For the largest pond in the Wigry range, the difference is not more pumping but a stronger UV-C stage working on the same flow. Aquael Wigry 6000 Fountain Pump With Filter And Uv-c Lamp (SKU: 725090) is the top size of Aquael's three-model Wigry line, rated by the maker for ponds of 6,000 L. It is a submersible filter, UV-C clarifier and fountain pump in one housing, installed below the pond surface. The pump moves 2,000 L/h, the same as the 4000, but the UV-C lamp is 9 W instead of 7 W and the unit draws 36 W in total.
The perforated housing holds four filter baskets: a sponge cartridge for mechanical filtration, BioCeraMax 600 ceramic media for biological filtration and a ZeoMax Plus cartridge for chemical filtration, which Aquael says removes heavy metals, toxins and phenols. UV-C lamp life is up to 10,000 hours, according to the maker. The telescopic outlet tube follows pond depth, the nozzle angles within 30 degrees, and a T-piece can share the flow with a cascade or waterfall, which is not included. Hose size is 19 mm (3/4 inch), the cable is 5 m and the rating is IPX8. Dimensions match the 4000 at 39.2 × 26.8 × 48.5 cm, or 62.8 cm with the nozzle extended, so the 6000 differs from it in lamp wattage, power draw and pond rating rather than size or flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger garden ponds:** Ponds up to 6,000 L, the top rating in the Wigry range.
- **Persistent green water:** Ponds where the strongest UV-C stage in the range is wanted.
- **Heavy biological load:** Four baskets of sponge, ceramic and chemical media.
- **Water features:** A fountain nozzle, or a T-piece feed to a cascade.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the unit:** Stand it below the water surface on a stable, level base.
- **Set outlet height:** Extend the telescopic tube so the nozzle sits where it suits the pond depth.
- **Direct the flow:** Angle the nozzle, or fit the T-piece to split water between fountain and cascade.
- **Power up:** Run the 5 m cable to a protected outdoor supply and check the water movement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **9 W UV-C:** The strongest lamp in the Wigry range, rated up to 10,000 hours.
- **2,000 L/h flow:** The same pump rating as the 4000.
- **Four filter baskets:** Mechanical, biological and chemical media.
- **36 W total draw:** The highest power of the three models.
- **IPX8 housing:** Rated for operation underwater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725090
- **Product Type:** Filters > Pond Fountain Pump Filter with UV-C
- **Aquael Index:** 130519
- **Pond Size:** Up to 6,000 L
- **Flow Rate:** 2,000 L/h
- **Power:** 36 W total; UV-C lamp 9 W
- **Filter Media:** Sponge cartridge, BioCeraMax 600, ZeoMax Plus; four baskets
- **Hose Size:** 19 mm (3/4 in)
- **Cable Length:** 5 m
- **Dimensions:** 39.2 × 26.8 × 48.5 cm (62.8 cm with the nozzle extended)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Wigry 2000 (SKU 725088); Aquael Wigry 4000 (SKU 725089)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds
---
### Aquael — Filter Media
#### Aqs Sponge Asap 700 Phosmax
Phosphate-removing filter cartridge for the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aqs-sponge-asap-700-phosmax/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102638 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546196338
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102638-1.jpg
Green and brown algae both feed on phosphate that ordinary mechanical media leaves behind, and an internal filter with no phosphate-absorbing stage will not touch it. Aqs Sponge Asap 700 Phosmax (SKU: 102638) is Aquael's PhosMax-grade replacement cartridge for the ASAP 700 internal filter, built in the same sponge-shaped housing as the standard filter sponge but packed with a phosphate-adsorbing medium instead of plain foam. It drops straight into the ASAP 700's filter bowl in place of the standard sponge, so no extra housing or plumbing is needed, and it still carries out the mechanical role of trapping fine debris as water passes through it. Aquael sells the PhosMax cartridge as the phosphate-control option within the wider ASAP media range, which also includes a plain Standard sponge for each filter size.
Phosphate entering the tank through tap water, food and fish waste accumulates unless something removes it, and an unchecked rise is one of the more common drivers of nuisance algae in a lightly stocked tank. The PhosMax medium binds phosphate as water flows through the cartridge, working alongside the ASAP 700's existing biological colonisation on the sponge surface rather than replacing it. Because the medium has a finite capacity, it is a consumable rather than a permanent fitting: once it stops reducing phosphate readings, the spent cartridge is lifted out and a fresh one fitted, the same way the Standard sponge is swapped. The cartridge fits only the ASAP 700 housing; the 300 and 500 filters use their own smaller PhosMax sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rising Phosphate:** Test readings climbing despite regular water changes and a Standard sponge in place.
- **Algae-Prone Tanks:** Planted or lightly stocked aquariums where nuisance algae keeps returning.
- **ASAP 700 Owners:** Any aquarium running the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter.
- **Alongside Mechanical Filtration:** Used as the active stage, not instead of regular sponge rinsing.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Remove the Spent Media:** Lift the old sponge or cartridge out of the ASAP 700's filter bowl.
- **Fit the PhosMax Cartridge:** Slot it into the same chamber, seated the way the Standard sponge was.
- **Run and Retest:** Let the filter run normally, then retest phosphate after a week to judge progress.
- **Replace When Exhausted:** Swap in a fresh cartridge once readings stop improving.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-Adsorbing Medium:** Targets a nutrient that mechanical sponges leave untouched.
- **Drop-In Fit:** Matches the ASAP 700's existing sponge housing with no extra parts.
- **Dual Role:** Removes phosphate while still catching fine debris mechanically.
- **Sized for ASAP 700:** Matched to this filter only, not the 300 or 500.
- **Part of the ASAP Media Range:** Sits alongside the Standard sponge for the same filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102638
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546196338
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate Remover Cartridge
- **Compatibility:** Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter only
- **Medium:** Phosphate-adsorbing filter medium in a sponge-shaped cartridge
- **Function:** Mechanical filtration plus phosphate removal
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Cartridge For A Hexagon 60 (per Piece)
Replacement filter basket housing for the Aquael Hexa 60 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-cartridge-for-a-hexagon-60-per-piece/
- Price: $6.59 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724812
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724812-1.png
The Aquael Hexa 60's filtration sits inside the hood at the back of the tank rather than hanging externally, and that built-in system relies on a pair of plastic baskets to hold the filter sponge in place. Aquael Cartridge For A Hexagon 60 (per Piece) (SKU: 724812) is one of those baskets, the moulded plastic housing that the sponge insert sits inside within the Hexa 60's integrated filter chamber. It is sold singly rather than as a pair, for a tank owner who has a cracked or missing basket rather than one replacing the whole filtration system. The housing itself does no filtering; its job is to hold the sponge in the correct position so water is drawn through it as the Hexa 60's built-in pump runs.
Because the basket is a rigid plastic part rather than a consumable like the sponge it carries, it rarely needs replacing on a routine schedule; most owners buy one only after a clip breaks, the plastic cracks from being forced in or out during cleaning, or a basket goes missing after a move or a tank strip-down. It fits only the Hexa 60's own two-basket filtration bay and is not interchangeable with the baskets used in Aquael's other integrated aquarium sets. The matching sponge that sits inside the basket is sold separately under its own code, so replacing a damaged basket does not mean buying new filter media at the same time unless the sponge also needs it. Fitting a new basket is a case of lifting the damaged one out of the filtration bay and pressing the replacement into the same slot.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or Broken Basket:** The plastic housing has split or lost a mounting clip.
- **Missing Basket:** One of the pair has gone missing during a clean or a house move.
- **Hexa 60 Owners Only:** This housing fits the Hexa 60's filtration bay specifically.
- **Alongside a Sponge Change:** Replacing the basket at the same time as a worn sponge insert.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Access the Filter Bay:** Open the Hexa 60's hood to reach the two-basket filtration chamber.
- **Remove the Damaged Basket:** Lift the cracked or broken cartridge out of its slot.
- **Transfer or Fit the Sponge:** Move the existing sponge into the new basket, or fit a fresh one.
- **Seat the Replacement:** Press the new basket into the same slot until it clips into place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine Aquael Part:** Matches the Hexa 60's own filtration bay exactly.
- **Sold Per Piece:** Buy only the one basket that needs replacing, not a pair.
- **Holds the Sponge Correctly:** Keeps the filter media positioned in the water flow.
- **Rigid Plastic Construction:** A durable housing rather than a wear item like the sponge it carries.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724812
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Filter Cartridge Housing
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Hexa 60 aquarium set (integrated two-basket filtration bay)
- **Function:** Plastic housing that holds the filter sponge insert
- **Sold As:** Single piece (not a pair)
- **Companion Product:** Matching sponge insert sold under a separate code
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 300 Standard (2pcs)
Replacement sponge pair for the Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-filtration-sponge-asap-300-standard-2pcs/
- Price: $8.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113090 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546198196
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113090-1.png
An ASAP filter does all of its mechanical and biological work through the sponge sitting inside its clear bowl, so a worn-out sponge is the most common reason one of these filters stops performing. Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 300 Standard (2pcs) (SKU: 113090) is a pack of two fine-pored standard sponges sized to fit the Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter's bowl, the smallest model in the ASAP range rated for aquariums under 100 litres. The sponge is where the filter's work actually happens: it traps fine debris as water is drawn through it and hosts the bacterial colony that handles biological filtration, while the clear bowl around it is simply a housing. Aquael also sells a PhosMax version of this same cartridge shape for tanks that need phosphate removal rather than plain mechanical and biological filtration.
Rinsing a sponge in tank water during routine cleaning extends its life, but foam eventually compresses, tears or stops trapping debris effectively no matter how often it is rinsed, and that point is when a fresh sponge from this pack is the right fix rather than another clean. A commonly used guide interval for sponges of this kind is roughly every four weeks, though a heavily stocked tank or a filter running continuously in a shop display may need it sooner, and a lightly stocked one may stretch longer. Because the sponge carries most of the biological colony, the ASAP 300's bowl design lets it be swapped without removing the filter from the tank or disturbing the motor head, so the change itself takes only a minute even if the colony needs a short period to re-establish on the fresh foam. The pack of two means a spare is ready for the following change.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled Replacement:** Roughly every four weeks, sooner in heavily stocked tanks.
- **Reduced Flow:** Output noticeably down even after rinsing the existing sponge.
- **Compressed or Torn Foam:** The sponge no longer holds its shape or traps debris well.
- **ASAP 300 Owners Only:** Sized for this filter specifically, not the 500 or 700.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Open the Bowl:** Detach the clear filter bowl from the ASAP 300's motor head.
- **Remove the Old Sponge:** Lift the worn sponge out of the bowl.
- **Fit the New Sponge:** Seat a fresh one from the pack in the same position.
- **Reassemble and Run:** Reattach the bowl and allow the biological colony to settle on the new foam.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sized for ASAP 300:** Matched to this filter's bowl specifically.
- **Fine-Pored Standard Sponge:** Mechanical filtration alongside a surface for nitrifying bacteria.
- **Pack of Two:** A spare ready for the next scheduled change.
- **About Four-Weekly Replacement:** A practical guide interval for routine use.
- **Quick Swap:** Changed without removing the filter from the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113090
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546198196
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Replacement Sponge (ASAP 300)
- **Compatibility:** Aquael ASAP 300 internal filter
- **Pack Contents:** 2 fine-pored standard sponges
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration media
- **Suggested Replacement:** About every 4 weeks
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 500 Standard (2pcs) (SKU 113200); Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 700 Standard (2pcs) (SKU 113201)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 500 Standard (2pcs)
Replacement sponge pair for the Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-filtration-sponge-asap-500-standard-2pcs/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546196284
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113200-1.png
The ASAP 500 is a step up from the 300 in body size, and its sponge is sized to match, so a smaller ASAP 300 sponge will not seat properly inside its bowl even though the two filters look similar. Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 500 Standard (2pcs) (SKU: 113200) is the two-pack of fine-pored standard sponges made specifically for the Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter, the mid-size unit in the ASAP line rated for aquariums from 50 to 150 litres. As with the rest of the range, the sponge is where filtration actually happens, trapping debris mechanically while supporting the biological colony, and the surrounding bowl is just the housing that holds it in the water flow. Aquael also offers a PhosMax cartridge in the same shape for the ASAP 500 where phosphate removal is needed on top of standard filtration.
A larger filter processes more water and typically more bioload than the 300, so its sponge tends to load up with debris at a similar rate relative to its size, and the same roughly four-week replacement interval suggested for the smaller ASAP models applies here. Signs that a change is overdue include visibly reduced outflow even straight after a rinse, or a sponge that has compressed to the point where water starts bypassing it rather than passing through the foam. Because the bowl lifts away from the motor head as a single piece, fitting the new sponge takes only as long as swapping the bowl, and the biological colony that survives on the fresh foam re-establishes over the following days rather than needing the filter restarted from scratch. Buying the pack of two keeps a spare ready without a separate order each time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled Replacement:** About every four weeks under typical stocking.
- **Visibly Reduced Flow:** Output down even right after rinsing.
- **Compressed Foam:** The sponge no longer fills the bowl properly.
- **ASAP 500 Owners Only:** Sized for this filter, not the 300 or 700.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Detach the Bowl:** Lift the clear bowl free of the ASAP 500's motor head.
- **Take Out the Old Sponge:** Remove the worn sponge from inside the bowl.
- **Seat the Replacement:** Fit a fresh sponge from the pack in its place.
- **Reassemble the Filter:** Reattach the bowl and let the colony settle on the new foam.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sized for ASAP 500:** Fits this filter's bowl, not the 300 or 700 versions.
- **Fine-Pored Standard Sponge:** Handles both mechanical and biological filtration duty.
- **Pack of Two:** Covers the current change and the next one.
- **About Four-Weekly Replacement:** Guide interval under typical stocking.
- **One-Piece Bowl Swap:** Changed without disturbing the motor head or tank mounting.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113200
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546196284
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Replacement Sponge (ASAP 500)
- **Compatibility:** Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter
- **Pack Contents:** 2 fine-pored standard sponges
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration media
- **Suggested Replacement:** About every 4 weeks
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 300 Standard (2pcs) (SKU 113090); Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 700 Standard (2pcs) (SKU 113201)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 700 Standard (2pcs)
Replacement sponge pair for the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-filtration-sponge-asap-700-standard-2pcs/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113201 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546196314
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113201-1.png
The ASAP 700 is the largest filter in Aquael's internal range, and its taller bowl holds a correspondingly larger sponge than the 300 or 500 use, so this pack is sized specifically for it rather than being a universal fit across the line. Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 700 Standard (2pcs) (SKU: 113201) is a two-pack of fine-pored standard sponges made for the Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter, the model built for aquariums between 150 and 250 litres. The sponge carries the filtration load for the whole unit, trapping debris mechanically while its larger surface area supports a bigger biological colony than the smaller ASAP sizes need, which suits the heavier bioload the 700 is typically running in. A PhosMax version of the same cartridge is sold separately for the ASAP 700 where phosphate removal is wanted alongside standard filtration.
Because the 700 usually sits on a more heavily stocked tank than the 300 or 500, its sponge tends to need replacing on a similar schedule despite having more surface area to work with, and a guide interval of roughly every four weeks remains a sensible starting point, adjusted up or down against how quickly flow drops in a particular tank. A sponge well past its working life shows as a drop in output that a rinse no longer fixes, or foam that has compressed and lost the structure needed to trap debris properly. The bowl detaches from the motor head as one piece on the 700 just as it does on the smaller models, so fitting a new sponge from this pack is a quick job that does not require lifting the whole filter out or disturbing its mounting. Having the spare pair on hand avoids running the largest ASAP filter on a sponge that is no longer doing its job.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled Replacement:** About every four weeks, adjusted for the tank's bioload.
- **Flow Drop That Rinsing Does Not Fix:** A sign the sponge has reached the end of its life.
- **Heavily Stocked Tanks:** The 700's typical bioload means timely changes matter more.
- **ASAP 700 Owners Only:** Sized for this filter, not the 300 or 500.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Detach the Bowl:** Remove the clear bowl from the ASAP 700's motor head.
- **Remove the Spent Sponge:** Lift the old sponge out of the bowl.
- **Fit the Fresh Sponge:** Seat a new one from the pack in the same place.
- **Reassemble and Resume:** Reattach the bowl and let the colony re-establish on the new foam.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sized for ASAP 700:** Matched to the largest ASAP filter's taller bowl.
- **Fine-Pored Standard Sponge:** Mechanical and biological filtration in one piece of foam.
- **Pack of Two:** A spare ready for the following change.
- **About Four-Weekly Replacement:** Guide interval, adjusted for bioload.
- **One-Piece Bowl Swap:** No need to remove the filter from the tank to change it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113201
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546196314
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Replacement Sponge (ASAP 700)
- **Compatibility:** Aquael ASAP 700 internal filter
- **Pack Contents:** 2 fine-pored standard sponges
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration media
- **Suggested Replacement:** About every 4 weeks
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 300 Standard (2pcs) (SKU 113090); Aquael Filtration Sponge Asap 500 Standard (2pcs) (SKU 113200)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn-1 (2pcs)
Factory-cut foam replacement for the Versamax FZN-1 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-filtration-sponge-fzn-1-2pcs/
- Price: $25.13 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113240 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546198080
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113240-1.png
A hang-on filter only cleans as well as the foam sitting inside it, and a pad left in too long stops being a bacteria bed and becomes a clog. Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn-1 (2pcs) (SKU: 113240) is Aquael's own replacement cartridge for the smallest model in the Versamax FZN hang-on range, sold as a pack of two fine-pore foam inserts shaped to drop straight into the existing FZN-1 cartridge frame with no trimming. The foam does two jobs as water passes through it: it catches floating debris mechanically, and its open-cell structure gives nitrifying bacteria a surface to colonise once the filter has settled in. Fitting the correctly sized Aquael piece keeps the water path and the seal around the media exactly as the FZN-1 was built for, rather than forcing a generic universal pad into a frame it was not cut for.
Dirty media is the single most common reason a small hang-on filter runs slower or noisier than it did when new, and the FZN-1 is no exception. Aquael sells the foam in pairs so a fresh sponge is always on hand when the one in use starts to clog, which matters on a tank with no spare media in the cupboard. Swap the sponge once it has gone grey, compacted or will not rinse back open, and rinse an established sponge in dechlorinated water rather than tap water, since mains chlorine kills the colony it carries. This pack is sized for the FZN-1 filter specifically; the FZN-2 and FZN-3 sponges are cut for the next two filters up and will not seat correctly in an FZN-1 frame.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled media change:** Fit a fresh sponge once flow has visibly dropped or the foam will not rinse clean.
- **Spare on hand:** Keep the second sponge from the pack ready so the filter is never run on bare media.
- **New FZN-1 filter:** Have a replacement ready before the factory-fitted sponge ages, since density is hard to judge by eye alone.
- **Multiple units:** Order ahead for several FZN-1 filters running on the same change schedule.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before fitting:** Run a new sponge under dechlorinated water to settle the foam before it goes into the cartridge frame.
- **Seat it fully:** Push the sponge into the frame so no gap lets water bypass the media.
- **Stagger an established swap:** Run the old and new sponge side by side for a week or two if the bacteria colony needs to transfer across.
- **Keep tap water away from a mature sponge:** Chlorine and chloramine in mains water kill the bacteria it carries.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Factory-matched fit:** Cut to the Versamax FZN-1 cartridge frame with no trimming needed.
- **Fine-pore foam:** Captures suspended debris while still passing water freely.
- **Biological surface:** Open-cell structure gives nitrifying bacteria somewhere to establish.
- **Two sponges per pack:** A spare is ready the moment the first one clogs.
- **Part of a sized range:** Matching sponges exist for the larger FZN-2 and FZN-3 filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113240
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546198080
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hang-On Filter Sponge
- **Pack Size:** 2 foam sponges
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Versamax FZN-1 hang-on filter only
- **Material:** Fine-pore foam
- **Function:** Mechanical filtration and biological filter surface
- **Other Sizes:** Fzn-2 2pcs (113241); Fzn-3 2pcs (113242)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums running a Versamax FZN-1 filter
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn-2 (2pcs)
Factory-cut foam replacement for the mid-size Versamax FZN-2 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-filtration-sponge-fzn-2-2pcs/
- Price: $27.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113241 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546198097
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113241-1.png
A filter that runs quieter and slower than it used to is rarely a motor problem; it is almost always the sponge losing its open cells to months of trapped waste. Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn-2 (2pcs) (SKU: 113241) is Aquael's replacement cartridge for the middle filter in the three-model Versamax FZN hang-on range, supplied as a pack of two fine-pore foam inserts shaped to drop straight into the FZN-2 cartridge frame. As water is drawn through the foam it does two jobs: mechanical filtration, trapping floating waste before it reaches the rest of the tank, and biological filtration, since the open-cell structure gives nitrifying bacteria a surface to colonise as the filter matures. Because the FZN-2 pad is a step up in size from the FZN-1 sponge, it carries a larger media volume suited to the busier, more heavily stocked tanks the mid-size filter is typically run on.
A busier tank loads its filter media faster, so the FZN-2 sponge is worth checking more often than the smallest size in the range, particularly in a community tank with a heavier bioload. Aquael packs the foam in pairs specifically so a clean sponge is ready the moment the one in use starts to clog or compact, avoiding a gap where the filter runs on bare media. Swap it once the foam has gone grey or will not rinse open, and rinse an established sponge in dechlorinated water rather than straight from the tap, since mains chlorine kills the colony. This cartridge is cut for the FZN-2 filter specifically; the FZN-1 sponge is undersized for this frame and the FZN-3 is oversized.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tank filtration:** A heavier bioload clogs media faster, so check the sponge more often than on a smaller filter.
- **Stepping up from FZN-1:** Moving to a larger filter means moving to the matching FZN-2 sponge, not reusing the old one.
- **Routine inspection:** Pull the sponge every few weeks on a busy tank to judge whether it still rinses clean.
- **Fish room rotation:** Keep spares on hand where several FZN-2 filters run on the same schedule.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Settle a new sponge under dechlorinated water before pushing it into the cartridge frame.
- **Fit it snugly:** A sponge sitting loose in the frame lets water bypass the media instead of passing through it.
- **Overlap old and new:** Run both sponges together for a week or two to carry the bacteria colony across.
- **Avoid tap water on mature foam:** Chlorine and chloramine strip the bacteria an established sponge is carrying.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-range fit:** Shaped for the FZN-2 cartridge frame, with no cutting or trimming.
- **Fine-pore foam:** Holds back suspended debris while still passing water through.
- **Larger media volume:** A step up from the FZN-1 pad, sized for busier tanks.
- **Dual biological role:** Open-cell structure carries a nitrifying bacteria colony.
- **Two sponges per pack:** A spare is ready for the next scheduled change.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113241
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546198097
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hang-On Filter Sponge
- **Pack Size:** 2 foam sponges
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Versamax FZN-2 hang-on filter only
- **Material:** Fine-pore foam
- **Function:** Mechanical filtration and biological filter surface
- **Other Sizes:** Fzn-1 2pcs (113240); Fzn-3 2pcs (113242)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums running a Versamax FZN-2 filter
---
#### Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn-3 (2pcs)
Factory-cut foam replacement for the largest Versamax FZN-3 hang-on filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-filtration-sponge-fzn-3-2pcs/
- Price: $30.43 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113242 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546198103
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113242-1.png
The biggest filter in a range carries the heaviest workload, and the sponge inside it clogs on the same schedule whether the tank is 100 litres or 300. Aquael Filtration Sponge Fzn-3 (2pcs) (SKU: 113242) is Aquael's replacement cartridge for the largest model in the three-size Versamax FZN hang-on range, supplied as a pack of two fine-pore foam inserts cut to fit the FZN-3 cartridge frame directly. The foam carries out mechanical filtration as water is drawn through it, catching floating debris before it recirculates, and biological filtration, since the open-cell structure offers nitrifying bacteria somewhere to colonise once the filter is established. Being the largest sponge in the range, it holds the most media volume of the three, which suits the bigger, more heavily stocked tank the FZN-3 filter is typically chosen to run on.
A larger tank generally means more fish waste reaching the filter, so the FZN-3 sponge is worth checking on the same rhythm as any heavily loaded media rather than leaving it until flow visibly drops. Aquael supplies the foam in pairs for exactly this reason, so a clean sponge can go straight in the moment the one in service compacts or discolours, rather than running the filter on bare media while a replacement is sourced. Swap it once it has gone grey, feels compressed or will not rinse back to an open texture, and when an established sponge is still carrying bacteria, rinse it in dechlorinated water or water saved from a change rather than tap water, since mains chlorine and chloramine will kill the colony. The FZN-3 cartridge is cut for this filter specifically; the smaller FZN-1 and FZN-2 sponges will not fill the frame and should not be substituted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** The FZN-3's larger sponge is matched to the higher bioload the filter is chosen for.
- **Scheduled media change:** Replace the sponge once it compacts, discolours or will not rinse clean.
- **Stepping up to FZN-3:** A larger filter needs its own sized sponge, not a smaller one reused.
- **Fish room stock:** Keep spares where several FZN-3 filters share a change schedule.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before fitting:** Settle a new sponge in dechlorinated water before it goes into the cartridge frame.
- **Seat it fully:** A loosely fitted sponge lets water bypass the media rather than pass through it.
- **Overlap the swap:** Run the old and new sponge together for a week or two to carry bacteria across.
- **Protect a mature sponge:** Never rinse it in chlorinated tap water once bacteria have established.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest fit in the range:** Cut specifically for the FZN-3 cartridge frame.
- **Fine-pore foam:** Traps suspended debris while remaining free-flowing.
- **Highest media volume:** The largest of the three Versamax sponge sizes.
- **Biological surface:** Open-cell foam gives a nitrifying bacteria colony somewhere to grow.
- **Two sponges per pack:** A spare is ready for the next change on a heavily used filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113242
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546198103
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hang-On Filter Sponge
- **Pack Size:** 2 foam sponges
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Versamax FZN-3 hang-on filter only
- **Material:** Fine-pore foam
- **Function:** Mechanical filtration and biological filter surface
- **Other Sizes:** Fzn-1 2pcs (113240); Fzn-2 2pcs (113241)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums running a Versamax FZN-3 filter
---
#### Aquael Multi Cartridge Bioceramax (multikani) 1lt
Biological media module for the Aquael MultiKani canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-multi-cartridge-bioceramax-multikani-1lt/
- Price: $57.12 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100360 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546137683
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100360-1.jpg
A canister filter only biologically matures as fast as its media gives bacteria somewhere to colonise, and a sponge alone runs out of surface area well before a heavily stocked tank needs it. Aquael Multi Cartridge Bioceramax (multikani) 1lt (SKU: 100360) is a screw-in biological module for the Aquael MultiKani modular canister filter, filled with porous ceramic rolls offering about 600 m² of colonisable surface in a single 1 L cartridge. It is built specifically for the MultiKani's stacking chamber system rather than as loose media for another filter.
The ceramic's pores host nitrifying bacteria, principally Nitrosomonas and Nitrospira, which convert ammonia and then nitrite into the far less harmful nitrate, so the cartridge's job is ongoing biological filtration rather than mechanical or chemical polishing. Aquael positions one BioCeraMAX module as enough for a tank up to roughly 320 L once the MultiKani is extended to its full eight-module capacity, and the cartridge should be fitted behind the filter's mechanical media and ahead of any chemical cartridge in the stack. It needs no rinsing before first use. Because the bacterial colony lives in the ceramic rather than on its surface alone, Aquael recommends replacing only about a third of the cartridge every 6 to 12 months rather than the whole module at once, and rinsing it only in water already drained from the aquarium, since tap water's chlorine can kill the culture outright.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New or upgrading MultiKani filters:** Adds dedicated biological capacity to the modular stack.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Extra biological surface area where fish load outpaces a basic sponge.
- **After a filter clean:** Keeps bacterial colonisation intact when other cartridges are serviced.
- **Scaling up tank size:** Additional modules can be stacked as the MultiKani is extended.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Screw it into the stack:** Fit the cartridge behind the mechanical modules and before any chemical module.
- **Use straight away:** No pre-rinse is needed before the cartridge goes into the filter.
- **Leave the colony undisturbed:** Avoid unnecessary handling once bacteria have established.
- **Replace gradually:** Renew about one-third of the media every 6 to 12 months rather than the whole cartridge.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 m² surface area:** Porous ceramic rolls for nitrifying bacteria colonisation.
- **Nitrosomonas and Nitrospira support:** Converts ammonia and nitrite into nitrate.
- **MultiKani-specific module:** Screws directly into the filter's chamber stack.
- **Covers up to 320 L:** When the MultiKani is run at its full 8-module extension.
- **Partial replacement:** Only a third of the media is renewed at each service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100360
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546137683
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > MultiKani Cartridge (Biological)
- **Contents:** 1 L porous ceramic rolls, 600 m² surface area
- **Bacteria Supported:** Nitrosomonas (ammonia) and Nitrospira (nitrite)
- **Capacity:** Up to 320 L per module at full 8-module MultiKani extension
- **Placement:** Behind mechanical media, ahead of chemical media in the stack
- **Replacement:** About one-third of the cartridge every 6–12 months; rinse only in tank water
- **Compatible Filter:** Aquael MultiKani modular canister filter
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Multi Cartridge Carbomax (multikani) 1lt
Activated carbon module for the Aquael MultiKani canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-multi-cartridge-carbomax-multikani-1lt/
- Price: $69.66 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100358 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546137669
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100358-1.png
Tannins from driftwood or leftover medication can leave water tinted or smelling off long after the original cause is sorted, and neither problem clears on its own without something to adsorb it out of the water. Aquael Multi Cartridge Carbomax (multikani) 1lt (SKU: 100358) is a screw-in chemical filtration module for the Aquael MultiKani canister filter, filled with activated carbon granules in a 1 L cartridge sized to the MultiKani's stacking chamber system. It is the chemical-stage module in Aquael's MultiKani range, sitting alongside the mechanical sponge and biological BioCeraMAX modules rather than replacing them.
Activated carbon of this kind adsorbs heavy metal ions, chlorine, medication residues and the organic compounds that cause water discolouration, which is why Aquael's own CarboMAX media is aimed at new set-ups and show tanks needing a quick return to clarity, as well as at clearing a tank after a medication course once the condition itself has been treated. The cartridge is ready to use straight from the pack with no rinsing required, and it should be fitted behind the mechanical and biological modules in the MultiKani stack so clarified water passes through it last. Activated carbon has a limited working life once its sorption capacity fills, and Aquael's general guidance for carbon media of this type is to replace it at least every 4 weeks rather than leave it in indefinitely, since a saturated cartridge stops adsorbing and can, over time, begin releasing what it has collected back into the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank set-ups:** Fast clean-up of initial discolouration and odours.
- **After medication courses:** Clears residue once the treatment period has finished.
- **Driftwood tannins:** Pulls the yellow-brown tint that new wood often leaches.
- **Show-ready clarity:** A short-term chemical boost rather than a permanent fixture in the filter.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Screw it into the stack:** Fit the cartridge after the mechanical and biological modules.
- **Use straight away:** No rinsing is needed before adding it to the filter.
- **Time the dose:** Run it for the period a discolouration or odour issue needs clearing, not necessarily continuously.
- **Replace on schedule:** Swap the cartridge at least every 4 weeks once its sorption capacity is used up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Activated carbon fill:** Adsorbs heavy metals, chlorine, medication residues and discolouration.
- **MultiKani-specific module:** Screws directly into the filter's chamber stack.
- **No rinsing needed:** Ready to use straight from the pack.
- **Chemical-stage placement:** Runs after mechanical and biological modules in the sequence.
- **Time-limited media:** Scheduled replacement rather than a permanent fixture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100358
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546137669
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > MultiKani Cartridge (Chemical, Activated Carbon)
- **Contents:** 1 L activated carbon granules
- **Removes:** Heavy metal ions, chlorine, medication residues, organic discolouration
- **Placement:** After mechanical and biological media in the MultiKani stack
- **Replacement:** At least every 4 weeks as sorption capacity fills
- **Compatible Filter:** Aquael MultiKani modular canister filter
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Multi Cartridge Zeomax (multikani) 1lt
Zeolite ammonia-removal module for the Aquael MultiKani canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-multi-cartridge-zeomax-multikani-1lt/
- Price: $49.02 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100359 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546137676
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100359-1.jpg
An ammonia spike does not wait for the biofilter to catch up, and in an already stocked tank the safest response is often to pull ammonia out chemically while the bacteria colony rebuilds. Aquael Multi Cartridge Zeomax (multikani) 1lt (SKU: 100359) is a screw-in chemical module for the Aquael MultiKani canister filter, filled with 1 L of natural zeolite granules shaped to the MultiKani's stacking chamber system. It is the ammonia-targeted module in the MultiKani range, used alongside, not instead of, the system's mechanical and biological cartridges.
Zeolite works by ion exchange, binding ammonia, and to a lesser extent nitrite and nitrate ions and some heavy metals, directly out of the water column rather than relying on bacteria to process it first. Aquael's general guidance for this grade of zeolite is one 1 L pack per 150 to 250 L of aquarium, which gives a working reference for how many modules a MultiKani system may need on a given tank, though exact capacity in the cartridge format has not been separately published. It is ready to use with no rinsing required and should be fitted in the chamber behind the mechanical and biological media, where water reaching it is already clarified and partly biologically treated. Like other adsorptive media, zeolite's capacity fills with use, and Aquael's standard advice is to replace it at least every 4 weeks, which is especially relevant after a new tank's cycling period or any event that pushes ammonia up suddenly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New or cycling tanks:** Chemical backup for ammonia while the biofilter establishes.
- **Ammonia spikes:** A faster response than waiting on bacterial colonisation alone.
- **Heavily stocked aquariums:** Extra ammonia capacity where bioload is high.
- **Limiting water changes:** Ongoing ammonia control between scheduled changes.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Screw it into the stack:** Fit the cartridge after the mechanical and biological modules.
- **Use straight away:** No rinsing is needed before the cartridge goes into the filter.
- **Match packs to tank size:** Use roughly one 1 L pack per 150–250 L as a starting guide.
- **Replace on schedule:** Swap the cartridge at least every 4 weeks as the zeolite's capacity fills.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural zeolite fill:** Removes ammonia by ion exchange rather than bacterial processing.
- **Also binds nitrite, nitrate and metals:** Secondary ion-exchange capacity beyond ammonia alone.
- **MultiKani-specific module:** Screws directly into the filter's chamber stack.
- **No rinsing needed:** Ready to use straight from the pack.
- **Time-limited media:** Scheduled replacement rather than a permanent fixture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100359
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546137676
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > MultiKani Cartridge (Chemical, Zeolite)
- **Contents:** 1 L natural zeolite granules
- **Removes:** Ammonia, with secondary nitrite/nitrate and heavy-metal uptake
- **Dosing Guide:** About one 1 L pack per 150–250 L of aquarium
- **Placement:** After mechanical and biological media in the MultiKani stack
- **Replacement:** At least every 4 weeks as sorption capacity fills
- **Compatible Filter:** Aquael MultiKani modular canister filter
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Polypropylene Wool
Loose mechanical filter wool for trimming into any filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-polypropylene-wool/
- Price: $11.52 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725323
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725323-1.webp
A canister or internal filter often has one stage doing all the fine mechanical work, and once that stage clogs the whole flow rate suffers. Aquael Polypropylene Wool (SKU: 725323) is a bag of loose polypropylene filter wool from Aquael, supplied untrimmed so it can be torn and shaped to fit whatever filter chamber, media basket or sponge compartment needs a fine mechanical stage. It is not moulded to one filter model; the point of a loose wool is that it fills odd-shaped gaps and chambers that a pre-cut cartridge cannot.
As a mechanical media, the wool's job is to catch fine particulate before it reaches the biological stage: food residue, plant fragments and fish waste that would otherwise cloud the water or settle in the biomedia. Because it is loose rather than bonded into a pad, it can be pulled apart to increase surface area, packed tighter for finer filtration, or layered thinly as a pre-filter ahead of sponge or ceramic media. It suits any filter type where a mechanical polishing stage is wanted, in both freshwater and marine systems, and is commonly used as a supplementary stage rather than the sole form of filtration. Like any mechanical wool, it should be rinsed or replaced once it visibly clogs with debris, since a blocked wool stage will slow flow through the rest of the filter; Aquael does not publish a fixed replacement interval, so this is judged by how quickly it fouls in a given tank. The pack size and exact weight are not published by Aquael, and should be checked on the product listing before buying for a specific filter volume.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Polishing cloudy water:** A fine mechanical stage to clear fine particulate a sponge alone misses.
- **Filling odd-shaped chambers:** Loose wool packs into gaps a pre-cut cartridge cannot fit.
- **Topping up an existing filter:** Added as a supplementary stage alongside sponge or ceramic media.
- **Freshwater or marine filtration:** Suited to canister, internal and external filters in either water type.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Tear to size:** Pull off enough wool to fill the chamber or basket being used.
- **Pack loosely for flow, tightly for polish:** A looser pack keeps flow up; a denser pack catches finer particles at the cost of flow.
- **Place ahead of biomedia:** Position it as the first mechanical stage, before ceramic or bio-rings.
- **Rinse or replace when clogged:** Check it during routine filter maintenance and refresh it once flow drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Loose, untrimmed wool:** Shaped by hand to fit any filter chamber or basket.
- **Fine mechanical filtration:** Traps food residue, plant debris and waste particles.
- **Universal fit:** Not moulded to one filter model or brand.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Suited to any aquarium filter needing a polishing stage.
- **Supplementary media:** Adds to, rather than replaces, existing sponge or biological media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725323
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Loose Mechanical Wool
- **Material:** Polypropylene fibre wool
- **Form:** Loose, untrimmed, cut to size by the user
- **Function:** Fine mechanical filtration and water polishing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium filters
---
#### Aquael Sponge Asap 500 Phosmax
Phosphate-removing filter sponge for the ASAP 500 internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-sponge-asap-500-phosmax/
- Price: $17.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102637 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546196307
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102637-1.jpg
Persistent algae in a tank that already gets regular water changes is often a phosphate problem rather than a lighting or feeding one. Aquael Sponge Asap 500 Phosmax (SKU: 102637) is a replacement filter sponge from Aquael built specifically for the ASAP 500 internal filter, combining mechanical filtration with a phosphate-removing medium rather than acting as a plain mechanical sponge. It is sold as a pack of two sponges, matched to the ASAP 500's media chamber, and is intended as a direct swap for the filter's existing sponge rather than an add-on alongside it.
Like Aquael's standard ASAP sponges, the Phosmax version traps visible debris and suspended particles as water passes through it and provides a surface for nitrifying bacteria to colonise, so it keeps doing the mechanical and biological work of a normal filter sponge. Built into the same sponge, the Phosmax medium binds phosphate as water flows through, which helps bring down the nutrient levels that commonly drive nuisance algae in both freshwater and marine tanks. Aquael advises replacing ASAP filter sponges regularly for the filter to keep performing well, and because phosphate media has a finite capacity, swapping in a fresh Phosmax sponge on a routine cycle keeps phosphate removal working rather than relying on a saturated sponge that has reverted to mechanical filtration only. Any cleaning in between changes should use only old tank water taken during a water change, never tap water, to avoid killing off the bacteria established on the sponge.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae linked to phosphate:** Persistent algae growth despite normal water changes and feeding.
- **Routine ASAP 500 servicing:** Replacing the filter's sponge as part of regular maintenance.
- **Reef and planted tanks:** Where phosphate control supports coral or limits algae competing with plants.
- **Freshwater or marine use:** Any ASAP 500 filter needing phosphate removal alongside normal filtration.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fit in the media chamber:** Install the sponges in the ASAP 500 exactly where the original sponge sits.
- **Rinse only in old water:** Clean between changes using water saved from a water change, never tap water.
- **Replace on a routine cycle:** Swap in a fresh pack once phosphate removal and flow start to drop off.
- **Pair with regular water changes:** Use alongside routine maintenance rather than as a standalone fix for algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-removing medium:** Built into the sponge rather than a separate cartridge.
- **Mechanical and biological filtration:** Traps debris and hosts nitrifying bacteria as a normal sponge would.
- **Direct ASAP 500 fit:** Matched to the filter's media chamber for a straightforward swap.
- **Two sponges per pack:** A full media change in one purchase.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Suits either water type run through the ASAP 500.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102637
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546196307
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate-Removing Sponge Cartridge
- **Compatibility:** Aquael ASAP 500 internal filter
- **Pack Count:** 2 sponges
- **Function:** Mechanical filtration, biological surface area and phosphate removal
- **Cleaning:** Rinse only in water saved from a water change, never tap water
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums using the ASAP 500 filter
---
#### Aquael Turbo Mini Dense Sponge
Fine-pore replacement cartridge for shrimp and fry tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-turbo-mini-dense-sponge/
- Price: $8.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725320
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725320-1.webp
A standard filter sponge can be dense enough to filter well and still coarse enough to pull in a baby shrimp or a newly hatched fry, which is exactly the failure a breeding tank cannot afford. Aquael Turbo Mini Dense Sponge (SKU: 725320) is the dense-density replacement foam cartridge for Aquael's Turbo Mini internal filter, cut with a tighter pore structure than a general-purpose sponge so small, delicate inhabitants cannot be drawn into the intake. It fits in place of the sponge that ships with the Turbo Mini and is sold separately for when the original needs replacing.
The dense foam works as the mechanical filtration stage, catching fine waste and uneaten food, while its surface also hosts the nitrifying bacteria that keep ammonia and nitrite in check. Aquael makes the Turbo Mini's sponge available in more than one density, and the Dense version is the one the maker specifically recommends where shrimp, fry or other small, vulnerable animals share the tank with the filter intake. It is sized for the Turbo Mini filter only, a small internal unit built for nano and breeding set-ups rather than the larger Turbo range, and gives that filter a gentler, safer intake without changing anything else about how the unit runs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp tanks:** Keeping young shrimp away from the filter intake in breeding and colony tanks.
- **Fry-rearing tanks:** Preventing newly hatched fry from being pulled into the filter.
- **Nano aquariums:** Compact tanks running the Turbo Mini internal filter.
- **Routine sponge replacement:** Fitting a new cartridge once the original has worn out.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fit it over the intake:** Slide the dense sponge onto the Turbo Mini's intake in place of the original cartridge.
- **Rinse at water changes:** Squeeze the sponge out in tank or dechlorinated water rather than tap water, to protect the bacteria living in it.
- **Check flow after cleaning:** A dense sponge loads with debris faster than a coarse one, so rinse it if flow visibly slows.
- **Replace rather than overclean:** Fit a new cartridge once it no longer springs back after rinsing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dense pore structure:** Finer than Aquael's standard Turbo Mini sponge.
- **Shrimp and fry safe:** Sized to keep small animals out of the filter intake.
- **Mechanical and biological role:** Traps debris while hosting nitrifying bacteria.
- **Direct fit:** A replacement cartridge for the Aquael Turbo Mini internal filter.
- **Nano-tank sized:** Matched to the Turbo Mini rather than the larger Turbo filter range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 725320
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Internal Filter Sponge (Dense)
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Turbo Mini internal filter
- **Density:** Dense, for shrimp and fry safety
- **Filtration Role:** Mechanical filtration with biological surface area
- **Material:** Open-cell filter foam
- **Maintenance:** Rinse at water changes; replace once it loses its shape
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano, shrimp and fry-rearing aquariums
---
#### Aquael Versamax-mini Phosmax Media Pack (3pk)
Phosphate-removing cartridges for the Versamax Mini filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-versamax-mini-phosmax-media-pack-3pk/
- Price: $35.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724838 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546192279
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724838-1.png
A nano tank with a persistent algae problem often has a phosphate problem behind it, and a cartridge swap is a simpler fix than a new dosing routine. Aquael Versamax-mini Phosmax Media Pack (3pk) (SKU: 724838) is a pack of three phosphate-removing cartridges sized to fit directly into the Aquael Versamax Mini hang-on-back filter, in place of or alongside its standard sponge cartridge. Each insert uses the Mini's usual cartridge housing with a phosphate-binding media, so the swap needs no extra fittings.
The cartridges work by adsorbing dissolved phosphate as tank water passes through the Versamax Mini, reducing the phosphate available to fuel algae growth and helping stabilise water quality in a small, lightly equipped tank where a separate phosphate reactor would be overkill. Three cartridges per pack cover a working rotation: one in use while a spent cartridge is replaced, with a spare on hand, or a straightforward schedule of changing the cartridge every few weeks depending on bioload and feeding. They fit only the Versamax Mini (SKU 101166) and are not interchangeable with the larger Versamax-1, -2 or -3 filter baskets, which use a different media format. Because the Phosmax cartridge replaces the filter's only piece of mechanical media, running the tank without any cartridge fitted, even briefly, leaves the Versamax Mini doing little more than circulating water, so a fresh cartridge should be ready before the old one is pulled.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Persistent algae in a nano tank:** When phosphate is likely driving growth in a Versamax Mini-filtered tank.
- **Routine phosphate control:** A scheduled cartridge swap instead of liquid phosphate removers.
- **Heavily fed or stocked small tanks:** Where phosphate builds up faster than in a lightly stocked set-up.
- **Versamax Mini owners only:** Sized specifically for that filter, not the larger Versamax models.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Remove the old media:** Take out the spent sponge or Phosmax cartridge from the Mini's chamber.
- **Rinse before fitting:** Rinse the new cartridge under tap water to clear loose dust.
- **Seat it in the chamber:** Press the cartridge into the same slot the standard media uses.
- **Replace on a schedule:** Swap the cartridge every few weeks, sooner in a heavily stocked tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three cartridges per pack:** A working rotation of spares for the Versamax Mini.
- **Phosphate-binding media:** Reduces dissolved phosphate as water passes through.
- **Direct fit:** Drops into the Versamax Mini's existing cartridge slot.
- **Algae management without dosing:** A media-based alternative to liquid phosphate removers.
- **Mini-specific sizing:** Not compatible with the larger Versamax-1, -2 or -3.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724838
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546192279
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate-Removing Cartridge
- **Contents:** 3 Phosmax media cartridges
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Versamax Mini hang-on-back filter (SKU 101166) only
- **Function:** Phosphate adsorption to control algae growth
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums fitted with a Versamax Mini
---
#### Aquael Versamax-mini Standard Media Pack (3pk)
Replacement sponge and carbon cartridges for the Versamax Mini filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/aquael-versamax-mini-standard-media-pack-3pk/
- Price: $14.73 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101252 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546192255
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101252-1.png
A hang-on filter only keeps working as well as its media, and a sponge cartridge left in place for months loses its mechanical and chemical capacity long before it looks obviously dirty. Aquael Versamax-mini Standard Media Pack (3pk) (SKU: 101252) is a pack of three replacement cartridges for the Aquael Versamax Mini hang-on-back filter, each combining sponge and activated carbon in the Mini's standard cartridge format. They are the direct replacement for the single cartridge the Versamax Mini ships with.
Each cartridge handles mechanical filtration through the sponge layer and chemical filtration through the activated carbon, trapping particulate waste while the carbon adsorbs some dissolved organics and discolouration from the water. Three cartridges to a pack gives several months of routine replacement from one purchase, rather than buying a single cartridge each time one is due for a change, and keeps a spare on hand for the inevitable day the current cartridge clogs faster than expected. They fit only the Versamax Mini (SKU 101166); the larger Versamax-1, -2 and -3 use two separate filter baskets rather than this cartridge format, so the packs are not interchangeable across the range. Rinsing a cartridge under tap water during a water change, rather than replacing it outright every time, extends its working life between full swaps, since the sponge component can usually be reused once or twice before the carbon's capacity is spent and a fresh cartridge is needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine filter maintenance:** Replacing a cartridge that has reached the end of its working life.
- **Carbon exhausted:** When chemical filtration capacity has dropped off, usually before the sponge looks visibly dirty.
- **New Versamax Mini owners:** Keeping a spare cartridge on hand for the first routine change.
- **Stocking up:** Three cartridges cover several maintenance cycles from one pack.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Remove the spent cartridge:** Take the old media out of the Mini's chamber.
- **Rinse the new cartridge:** Run it under tap water to clear loose carbon dust before fitting.
- **Seat it in the chamber:** Press the cartridge into the same slot the old one occupied.
- **Replace on a schedule:** Change the cartridge every few weeks, depending on bioload and feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three cartridges per pack:** Several routine changes from one purchase.
- **Sponge and carbon combined:** Mechanical and chemical filtration in one cartridge.
- **Direct fit:** Matches the Versamax Mini's standard cartridge slot.
- **Simple maintenance:** No separate media to assemble, just a cartridge swap.
- **Mini-specific sizing:** Not compatible with the larger Versamax-1, -2 or -3.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101252
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 5905546192255
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Hang-On Filter Cartridge
- **Contents:** 3 sponge-and-carbon cartridges
- **Compatibility:** Aquael Versamax Mini hang-on-back filter (SKU 101166) only
- **Function:** Mechanical and chemical filtration
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums fitted with a Versamax Mini
---
#### Wool Bag (1mx25mmx1m)
Bulk coarse filter wool sheet for canister and sump filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/wool-bag-1mx25mmx1m/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100936 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000007
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100936-1.jpg
Pre-cut filter pads run out fast once a tank's filtration is built around more than one unit, and a bulk sheet that can be cut to size works out cheaper over time. Wool Bag (1mx25mmx1m) (SKU: 100936) is a one-metre-square sheet of coarse filter wool, 25 mm thick, sold as a bulk roll rather than a pre-cut pad. It is designed to be trimmed down with scissors to fit whatever canister filter, sump sock or other filtration chamber it is going into, rather than sold to one filter's exact dimensions.
As a mechanical media, the wool's job is to trap suspended debris and fine particulate matter so the water runs clear, protecting any biological media positioned after it from clogging with silt. The full sheet weighs about 3 kg, giving enough material to cut many individual pads across a fish room or a run of canister filters before it needs replacing. The barcode on this SKU matches a bulk filter wool product sold elsewhere under the Aqua Premium brand name rather than Aquael, so the brand on this listing should be confirmed before the page goes live. It suits freshwater and marine systems equally, since the wool itself has no chemical component, only a mechanical trapping action. Because it compresses slightly once wet, a pad cut a little larger than the chamber it is destined for tends to seat more snugly than one cut to the exact dry measurement, and a coarse grade like this is better suited to the first stage of a multi-stage filter than to fine final polishing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filter top-ups:** Cutting fresh pads to replace spent wool between full media changes.
- **Multi-filter set-ups:** One bulk sheet supplies several filters instead of buying individual pads.
- **Sump filtration:** Cut to fit a filter sock or sump baffle for mechanical polishing.
- **Fish rooms:** Bulk supply for routine maintenance across many tanks.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure the chamber:** Check the filter compartment's dimensions before cutting.
- **Cut to size:** Trim the sheet with scissors to fit, allowing a snug but not compressed fit.
- **Position ahead of biological media:** Place the wool where water meets it first, to protect media downstream.
- **Replace when clogged:** Swap the pad once flow visibly slows, rather than on a fixed schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk one-metre sheet:** 1 m x 1 m, cut to size as needed.
- **25 mm thickness:** Enough depth for effective mechanical trapping.
- **Coarse grade:** Suited to first-stage mechanical filtration ahead of finer or biological media.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** No chemical component, so it suits either water type.
- **Economical per pad:** One sheet yields many individual cut pads.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 100936
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9343040000007
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Wool
- **Sheet Size:** 1 m x 1 m
- **Thickness:** 25 mm
- **Weight:** About 3 kg
- **Grade:** Coarse
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aquael — Lighting
#### Aquael Leddy Retrofit Led Light Bar, Actinic, 85-90cm
LED replacement bar for fluorescent fittings on reef tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-retrofit-led-light-bar-actinic-85-90cm/
- Price: $175.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102570 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546314022
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102570-1.jpg
Swapping a tired T5 or T8 fluorescent tube for LED usually means buying a whole new luminaire, which is wasteful when the hood and reflector are still fine. Aquael Leddy Retrofit Led Light Bar, Actinic, 85-90cm (SKU: 102570) is built to the same form factor as a fluorescent tube so it drops into an existing T5 or T8 bracket with Aquael's own adapters, bringing LED output and the deep-blue actinic spectrum to a mounting that previously held a fluorescent lamp. The bar runs from its own independent power source rather than drawing current through the old fluorescent ballast, so the fitting's original starter and transformer are bypassed once the LED bar is wired in.
Actinic is one of four spectrum versions in the Retrofit range alongside Sunny, Plant and Marine, and Aquael rates Actinic at around 20,000 K, the deep blue-violet light associated with reef fluorescence rather than general-purpose daytime viewing. Aquael's case for the range is energy use and longevity: the LEDs are stated to draw roughly half the power of an equivalent fluorescent tube, and because LED output does not halve after a year the way fluorescent tubes do, the bar needs replacing far less often. Aquael also describes a self-repair feature across its current Leddy generation, where the lamp compensates when an individual diode fails rather than losing that section of light outright, though the maker's page does not spell out the mechanism for the Actinic version specifically. This 85-90 cm size is intended for mounting in a T5 or T8 fitting of a matching bracket length; the adapters needed for a T5 or T8 socket are supplied with the bar.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Upgrading an old fluorescent hood:** Retrofitting LED actinic light into a T5 or T8 fitting without replacing the whole luminaire.
- **Reef and marine display tanks:** Adding the blue-violet actinic component alongside existing white lighting.
- **Dawn and dusk effects:** Running actinic alone before or after the main photoperiod for a moonlit look.
- **85-90 cm fittings:** Fixtures sized for a tube in this bracket range.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the adapters:** Attach the supplied T5 or T8 end caps that match the existing fitting.
- **Remove the old ballast wiring:** Connect the bar to its own independent power supply rather than the fluorescent starter circuit.
- **Seat the bar in the bracket:** Slot it into the hood's existing tube holders using the fitted adapters.
- **Pair or stagger the photoperiod:** Run actinic ahead of or after a white lamp's cycle for sunrise and sunset effects.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **T5/T8 retrofit form factor:** Fits existing fluorescent brackets using the supplied adapters.
- **Independent power supply:** Runs from its own source rather than the fluorescent ballast.
- **Deep actinic spectrum:** Around 20,000 K, the blue-violet light used for reef colour and fluorescence.
- **Roughly half the running cost:** Aquael states LED draws about half the power of an equivalent fluorescent tube.
- **Long service life:** LED output does not drop the way a fluorescent tube's does after a year's use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102570
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546314022
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Marine Actinic)
- **Spectrum:** Actinic, approximately 20,000 K
- **Fitting Size:** 85-90 cm T5/T8 bracket
- **Power Supply:** Independent LED driver; adapters for T5 or T8 sockets included
- **Range Versions:** Sunny (6,500 K), Plant (8,000 K), Marine (10,000 K) and Actinic (20,000 K)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 10w Plant 50-70cm
Mid-size planted-tank LED bar with a growth-biased spectrum.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-10w-plant-50-70cm/
- Price: $129.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102415 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311359
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102415-1.jpg
A medium planted tank sits in an awkward spot for lighting: too long for the smallest nano lamps, too short to justify a full-length display fixture. Aquael Leddy Slim 10w Plant 50-70cm (SKU: 102415) is the 10 W size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Plant line, built for open freshwater tanks around 50 to 70 cm long and running the Plant spectrum at roughly 8,000 K, with the red and blue wavelengths plants use for photosynthesis emphasised over the green that mainly serves human viewing. The lamp's flat, low-profile shape sits directly on the glass rim and is finished in white or the matching black version sold elsewhere in the range, letting it blend with either a pale or dark aquarium setup.
Mounting uses Aquael's universal sliding brackets, which adjust to both standard 50-70 cm tank widths and custom sizes within that range, and the lamp can also be suspended using the optional Leddy Slim Hanger set, built for the 32 W and 36 W sizes, rather than this 10 W unit, so a rim-mounted fit is the standard option here. Light intensity needed varies by plant species, and Aquael notes this directly: a carpet plant or a high-light stem plant may call for more output than a shade-tolerant species in the same tank, so the 10 W Plant lamp suits moderate planting rather than the most demanding high-tech setups. As with the rest of the Plant line, extra LEDs sit inactive inside the lamp when new and switch on automatically if a primary diode fails, so output does not simply fade as individual LEDs age over the unit's service life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium planted tanks:** Open freshwater tanks around 50 to 70 cm long.
- **Moderate-light aquascapes:** Stem and rosette plants that do not need the most intense high-tech lighting.
- **Replacing a T5 planted tube:** Moving a mid-size tank from fluorescent to LED without changing the stand.
- **Custom tank widths:** Universal sliding brackets fit non-standard sizes within the stated range.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets to the rim:** Adjust the sliding arms to the tank's width before fitting the lamp.
- **Set the photoperiod to the planting:** 8 to 10 hours suits most moderate-light setups; adjust for the species kept.
- **Watch for algae with CO2 off:** A growth-biased spectrum run too long without adequate CO2 or nutrients can favour algae over plants.
- **Use the rim mount, not the hanger kit:** Aquael's Leddy Slim Hanger is built for the 32 W and 36 W sizes, not this 10 W unit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8,000 K Plant spectrum:** Red and blue bands emphasised for photosynthesis.
- **Fits 50 to 70 cm tanks:** Sized between nano and full-length display lamps.
- **Universal sliding brackets:** Adjust to standard and custom tank widths.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Inactive backup LEDs switch on if a primary diode fails.
- **White or black housing:** Matches either a pale or dark aquarium setup.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102415
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311359
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Planted)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 8,000 K Plant spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 50-70 cm long open tanks
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets (glass rim)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 10w Sunny Day & Night White 50-70cm
Daylight LED bar with a built-in moonlight mode.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-10w-sunny-day-night-white-50-70cm/
- Price: $119.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124698 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332750
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124698-1.jpg
Watching fish after dark usually means either leaving the main light running too late or leaving the tank in darkness, and a separate moonlight unit is one more fixture to find room for. Aquael Leddy Slim 10w Sunny Day & Night White 50-70cm (SKU: 124698) is the Day & Night version of Aquael's 10 W Sunny lamp, built for open freshwater tanks around 50 to 70 cm long, combining the standard Sunny daytime spectrum at roughly 6,500 K with a second, lower-output mode for after-dark viewing in the same flat, white-finished bar. Where the plain Sunny White 10 W lamp in this range runs one mode only, this Day & Night version switches between a bright daytime setting and a dim moonlight-style glow without a separate fixture.
The lamp mounts on sliding brackets that extend to fit standard and non-standard tank widths within the 50 to 70 cm range, and the flat housing sits close to the water to keep light loss to a minimum. Running the night mode lets fish behaviour be watched after the main daylight period ends, useful for nocturnal or shy species that only come out once the tank dims, and switching back to the day setting in the morning restores full daylight colour and intensity for viewing and for any low-light plants in the tank. As with the rest of the Leddy Slim range, Aquael states the lamp runs at roughly half the energy of an equivalent fluorescent tube and keeps a long service life without the gradual output drop fluorescent tubes show after a year or so of use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community freshwater tanks:** Open tanks 50 to 70 cm long needing daylight viewing plus an after-dark option.
- **Nocturnal or shy fish:** Species more active once the main lighting dims to the night setting.
- **Evening viewing:** Watching the tank after the daytime photoperiod without full-brightness lighting.
- **Simplifying the setup:** One lamp instead of a separate daylight fixture and a moonlight unit.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets to the rim:** Match the sliding arms to the tank's width before fitting the lamp.
- **Run Day mode through the main photoperiod:** Use a timer for consistent daylight hours.
- **Switch to Night mode after lights-out:** Use the dim setting for evening viewing instead of leaving the tank dark.
- **Return to Day mode each morning:** Restore full daylight output and colour for the display hours.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Day and Night modes in one lamp:** Daylight Sunny spectrum plus a dimmer after-dark setting.
- **6,500 K Sunny daytime output:** General-purpose freshwater daylight colour.
- **Fits 50 to 70 cm tanks:** Sliding brackets adjust within the stated range.
- **Low-profile flat design:** Sits close to the water to limit light loss.
- **Efficient running:** About half the energy draw of an equivalent fluorescent tube, per Aquael.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124698
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332750
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Day & Night)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 6,500 K Sunny spectrum (Day mode)
- **Light Modes:** Day (full Sunny output) and Night (dimmed after-dark setting)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 50-70 cm long open tanks
- **Mounting:** Sliding glass-rim brackets
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 10w Sunny White 50-70cm
Mid-size daylight LED bar for freshwater community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-10w-sunny-white-50-70cm/
- Price: $119.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102414 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311342
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102414-1.jpg
A community tank in the 50 to 70 cm range sits between nano and full-length display sizes, and a lamp built for either extreme tends to be the wrong fit here. Aquael Leddy Slim 10w Sunny White 50-70cm (SKU: 102414) is the 10 W size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Sunny line, built specifically for open freshwater tanks around 50 to 70 cm long, running the Sunny spectrum at roughly 6,500 K to bring out general fish and plant colour rather than the growth-biased spectrum of the matching Plant lamp sold in the same range. The flat white housing sits directly on the glass rim, keeping the fixture low-profile over an open-top aquarium.
Mounting uses universal sliding brackets that adjust to the tank's width, fitting both the standard 50 to 70 cm range and non-standard sizes within it. Aquael's own line copy notes that correct lighting matters both for how fish and plant colours appear and, where plants are kept, for the light they need to photosynthesise, though a Sunny lamp is aimed at general daylight viewing rather than at demanding, high-light aquascaping. The self-repair design Aquael describes for the Sunny version has neighbouring diodes take over a failed LED's output at increased power, rather than switching in a dedicated backup LED, so a single diode failure does not leave a visible dark patch in the lamp. For keepers who also want to grow plants under more targeted light, the matching 10 W Plant lamp in this range can be run alongside or in place of this unit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community freshwater tanks:** Open tanks around 50 to 70 cm long needing general daylight colour.
- **Low to moderate planting:** Tanks with easy, low-light plants rather than a demanding high-tech layout.
- **Replacing a fluorescent community tube:** Moving a mid-size tank from T5/T8 to LED.
- **Custom tank widths:** Universal sliding brackets fit sizes within the 50 to 70 cm range.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets to the rim:** Adjust the sliding arms to the tank's width before fitting the lamp.
- **Run a steady daylight timer:** 8 to 10 hours suits most community setups as a baseline.
- **Clean the lens periodically:** Dust and condensation on an open-top lamp reduce effective output over time.
- **Add a Plant lamp for heavier planting:** Pair with the matching 10 W Plant version rather than relying on Sunny alone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6,500 K Sunny spectrum:** General daylight colour for community tank viewing.
- **Fits 50 to 70 cm tanks:** Sized between nano and full-length display lamps.
- **Universal sliding brackets:** Adjust to standard and custom tank widths.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Neighbouring LEDs increase output to cover a failed diode.
- **Low-profile flat design:** Sits close to the water on an open-top tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102414
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311342
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 6,500 K Sunny spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 50-70 cm long open tanks
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Sunny White 80-100cm (SKU 102403); Leddy Slim 36w Sunny White 100-120cm (SKU 102407); Leddy Slim 5w Sunny White 20-30cm (SKU 102412)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Actinic White 80-100cm
Flat LED bar for reef tanks 80 to 100 cm long.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-32w-actinic-white-80-100cm/
- Price: $294.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102404 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311410
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102404-1.jpg
A reef tank under daylight-only lighting loses the glow that makes coral fluoresce, and most all-in-one fixtures mix in blue without letting the two spectrums be judged separately. Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Actinic White 80-100cm (SKU: 102404) is the 32 W size of Aquael's open-tank Leddy Slim line, built for marine and reef aquariums from about 80 to 100 cm long (Aquael's own spec sheet extends the fit to 107 cm). It runs both a white marine diode row rated around 10,000 K, for the daytime viewing colour and the light zooxanthellae use for photosynthesis, and an actinic row at roughly 20,000 K, which drives coral fluorescence and the blue cast associated with reef lighting. The flat body sits directly on the glass on sliding brackets, so one lamp covers both standard tank lengths and odd sizes within its range.
Aquael pairs the two colour channels on independent timing so they can run on different schedules: white light through the main midday period and actinic extended either side of it to mimic sunrise and sunset, a combination reef keepers commonly stage across 8 to 10 hours of white and 10 to 14 hours of actinic. The housing is built from corrosion-resistant materials suited to saltwater splash, and Aquael states the Leddy Slim line runs at roughly half the energy draw of an equivalent fluorescent tube while lasting several times longer. For hanging rather than resting on the glass, the separate Leddy Slim Hanger kit suits this 32 W size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef and marine display tanks:** Open-top aquariums from about 80 to 100 cm long needing both daylight and actinic colour.
- **Coral fluorescence viewing:** Switching to actinic-only for the blue glow coral and anemones show under UV-leaning light.
- **Odd or custom tank lengths:** Sliding brackets adjust to lengths that a fixed-width fixture would not fit.
- **Replacing a T5 or T8 marine fixture:** Moving an 80 to 100 cm system from fluorescent to LED without changing the stand or hood.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets:** Slide the arms out to match the tank's rim width before lowering the lamp into place.
- **Set independent timers:** Run white and actinic on separate schedules, or on one timer for a simpler sunrise-to-sunset cycle.
- **Wipe down regularly:** Clean salt creep off the housing and lens to keep both diode rows at full output.
- **Fit the hanger kit if suspending:** Use Aquael's Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling mounting instead of the glass-rim brackets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual marine spectrum:** Combines a 10,000 K white row and a 20,000 K actinic row in one lamp.
- **80 to 100 cm coverage:** Sliding brackets fit the stated range and non-standard lengths within it.
- **Independent timing:** White and actinic diodes can run on separate photoperiods.
- **Corrosion-resistant build:** Housing suited to saltwater splash and condensation.
- **Efficient running:** About half the energy draw of an equivalent fluorescent tube, per Aquael.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102404
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311410
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Marine Actinic)
- **Power:** 32 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Marine white approx. 10,000 K; actinic approx. 20,000 K
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 80-100 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 107 cm)
- **Mounting:** Sliding glass-rim brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 36w Actinic White 100-120cm (SKU 102408)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Marine White 80-100cm
Daylight-spectrum LED bar for open marine tanks 80 to 100 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-32w-marine-white-80-100cm/
- Price: $220.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102405 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311380
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102405-1.jpg
An open marine tank still needs a strong daylight-white light even where the keeper has no interest in the blue actinic glow a dedicated reef lamp adds. Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Marine White 80-100cm (SKU: 102405) is the white-only marine version of Aquael's Leddy Slim line, rated at around 10,000 K to match the colour that supports zooxanthellae photosynthesis in corals and renders fish and invertebrate colours clearly, built for open tanks from about 80 to 100 cm long (Aquael's spec sheet extends the sliding brackets to 107 cm). At 32 W, this is the smaller of the two full-length Marine White sizes in the range, sitting below the 36 W, 100-120 cm version.
The lamp mounts on sliding brackets that rest on the glass rim and extend to fit non-standard lengths within its range, and Aquael builds the body from corrosion-resistant, easy-to-clean materials suited to saltwater splash. The flat, low-profile design keeps the lamp close to the water surface rather than raised on a tall fixture, which Aquael says keeps light loss to a minimum over an open tank. Aquael states the Leddy Slim range runs at around half the energy of an equivalent fluorescent tube and keeps a consistent output over a far longer service life than fluorescent lighting, without the gradual half-brightness fade fluorescent tubes show after about a year. For keepers wanting the blue actinic channel as well, the same-size Actinic White lamp in this range is built to run alongside it on independent timing, and the Leddy Slim Hanger kit suits this 32 W size for ceiling mounting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only marine systems:** Tanks where daylight colour matters more than actinic blue.
- **Reef tanks pairing with an actinic lamp:** Running Marine White alongside a separate Actinic White unit on its own timer.
- **80 to 100 cm open tanks:** Sliding brackets fit this length range and non-standard sizes within it.
- **Replacing a fluorescent marine tube:** Moving from T5 or T8 fluorescent to LED without changing the stand.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets to the rim width:** Slide the arms out before lowering the lamp into position.
- **Run on a standard daylight timer:** 8 to 10 hours is a common starting point for marine white lighting.
- **Clean salt creep regularly:** Wipe the housing and lens to keep output consistent over time.
- **Add the hanger kit for suspension:** Fit the 32 W Leddy Slim Hanger if ceiling mounting is preferred over the glass-rim brackets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10,000 K marine white:** Daylight spectrum for coral photosynthesis and colour rendering.
- **80 to 100 cm coverage:** Sliding brackets fit the stated range and slightly beyond it.
- **Low-profile flat design:** Sits close to the water to minimise light loss.
- **Corrosion-resistant housing:** Built for saltwater splash and condensation.
- **Pairs with Actinic White:** Same-size lamp available for a separate blue channel on independent timing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102405
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311380
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Marine)
- **Power:** 32 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 10,000 K
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 80-100 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 107 cm)
- **Mounting:** Sliding glass-rim brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 36w Marine White 100-120cm (SKU 102416)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Plant White 80-100cm
Full-length LED bar for planted tanks 80 to 100 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-32w-plant-white-80-100cm/
- Price: $252.21 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102406 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311397
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102406-1.jpg
A planted display tank needs enough light reaching every leaf along its length, not just a bright middle fading toward the ends where a smaller lamp runs out of reach. Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Plant White 80-100cm (SKU: 102406) is the 32 W size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Plant line, built for open freshwater tanks from about 80 to 100 cm long (Aquael's spec sheet extends the sliding brackets to 107 cm), running the Plant spectrum at roughly 8,000 K with red and blue wavelengths emphasised for photosynthesis over the green that mainly serves viewing. The lamp sits flat on the glass rim in a white finish, with the same shape also sold in black elsewhere in the range for a different aesthetic.
Universal sliding brackets extend to fit both the standard 80 to 100 cm width and non-standard tank sizes within that range, and the lamp can also be suspended from the ceiling using the optional Leddy Slim Hanger kit, which Aquael builds specifically for this 32 W size, rather than resting on the glass. Aquael describes the Plant version's self-repair design as a set of backup LEDs that stay inactive when the lamp is new and switch on automatically if a primary diode fails, keeping output steady rather than letting it fade section by section as individual LEDs age. The required light intensity varies with the plants kept: carpeting and high-light stem species need more of this lamp's output than shade-tolerant ferns or anubias in the same tank, and Aquael notes the Plant spectrum is intended to support photosynthesis rather than simply brighten the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full-length planted display tanks:** Open freshwater aquariums from 80 to 100 cm long.
- **Mixed planting demands:** Tanks running both high-light stems and shade-tolerant species under one lamp.
- **Replacing twin fluorescent planted tubes:** Consolidating older T5 or T8 lighting into one LED bar.
- **Custom tank widths to 107 cm:** Sliding brackets extend beyond the nominal 100 cm where needed.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets fully:** Match the sliding arms to the tank's rim width before fitting the lamp.
- **Set a standard photoperiod:** 8 to 10 hours is a common starting point for a mixed planted tank.
- **Balance light with CO2 and nutrients:** A growth-biased spectrum run without adequate CO2 or fertiliser can favour algae over plants.
- **Fit the hanger kit for suspension:** Use the 32 W Leddy Slim Hanger to lift the lamp clear of tall hardscape.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8,000 K Plant spectrum:** Red and blue bands emphasised for photosynthesis.
- **80 to 100 cm coverage:** Even light across a full-length display tank.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Inactive backup LEDs switch on if a primary diode fails.
- **Hanger-kit compatible:** Purpose-built Leddy Slim Hanger available for this 32 W size.
- **White housing:** Matching black version available in the same wattage and length.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102406
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311397
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Planted)
- **Power:** 32 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 8,000 K Plant spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 80-100 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 107 cm)
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 5w Plant White 20-30cm (SKU 102413); Leddy Slim 36w Plant White 100-120cm (SKU 102417)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Sunny White 80-100cm
Full-length daylight LED bar for freshwater display tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-32w-sunny-white-80-100cm/
- Price: $229.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102403 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311366
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102403-1.jpg
A display tank in the 80 to 100 cm range needs a lamp that covers its full width evenly, since a shorter unit stretched to fit leaves the ends noticeably dimmer than the centre. Aquael Leddy Slim 32w Sunny White 80-100cm (SKU: 102403) is the 32 W size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Sunny line, built for open freshwater tanks from about 80 to 100 cm long (Aquael's spec sheet extends the sliding brackets to 107 cm), running the Sunny spectrum at roughly 6,500 K for general daylight viewing across fish and plant colour. It sits below the 36 W, 100-120 cm version in the same range, and above the smaller 10 W and 5 W sizes built for shorter tanks.
The lamp mounts on universal sliding brackets that extend to fit the tank's full rim width, including non-standard lengths within the 80 to 100 cm range, and the flat housing keeps the light source close to the water to limit the loss that comes with raising a fixture higher above an open-top tank. Aquael states the self-repair design on the Sunny version has neighbouring diodes take over a failed LED's output at increased power, so a single diode failure does not leave a visible dark patch across a 32 W lamp's length. As with the rest of the Leddy Slim range, the maker states it runs at around half the energy of an equivalent fluorescent tube, and for keepers who also want to grow demanding plants, the matching 32 W Plant lamp in this range is built to the same length for a direct swap or a second lamp alongside it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full-length freshwater display tanks:** Open tanks from 80 to 100 cm long needing even daylight colour.
- **Community and low-tech planted tanks:** General lighting for easy plants rather than a demanding aquascape.
- **Replacing twin fluorescent community tubes:** Consolidating older T5/T8 lighting into one LED bar.
- **Custom tank widths to 107 cm:** Sliding brackets extend beyond the nominal 100 cm where needed.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets fully:** Match the sliding arms to the tank's rim width before fitting the lamp.
- **Run a standard daylight timer:** 8 to 10 hours suits most community setups as a baseline.
- **Check rim support on wider tanks:** Thin glass or acrylic may need bracing under a full-length lamp.
- **Add a Plant lamp for heavier planting:** Pair with the matching 32 W Plant version if growth-focused light is needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6,500 K Sunny spectrum:** General daylight colour across a full-length tank.
- **80 to 100 cm coverage:** Even light without dim ends on a display-size tank.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Neighbouring LEDs increase output to cover a failed diode.
- **Low-profile flat design:** Sits close to the water to minimise light loss.
- **Efficient running:** About half the energy draw of an equivalent fluorescent tube, per Aquael.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102403
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311366
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater)
- **Power:** 32 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 6,500 K Sunny spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 80-100 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 107 cm)
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 36w Sunny White 100-120cm (SKU 102407); Leddy Slim 5w Sunny White 20-30cm (SKU 102412); Leddy Slim 10w Sunny White 50-70cm (SKU 102414)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Actinic White 100-120cm
Flat marine LED bar for reef tanks up to 120 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-36w-actinic-white-100-120cm/
- Price: $311.75 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102408 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546300100
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102408-1.jpg
A longer reef tank spreads its light thinner, so the corners nearest the ends often sit under less actinic glow than the centre unless the fixture is sized for the whole run. Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Actinic White 100-120cm (SKU: 102408) is the 36 W, largest-length version of Aquael's open-tank Leddy Slim range, built for marine and reef aquariums from 100 to 120 cm (Aquael's spec sheet extends the sliding brackets to 127 cm). Like the smaller 32 W unit in the same line, it pairs a white marine diode row at around 10,000 K with an actinic row at roughly 20,000 K, so the lamp covers both the daytime viewing spectrum and the deep blue that drives coral fluorescence, on a single flat bar that rests on the glass rim.
The extra length means more diodes rather than a brighter unit per centimetre, so coverage stays even across a 100 to 120 cm tank instead of fading toward the corners the way a shorter lamp stretched past its range would. The two colour channels run on independent power so white and actinic can be timed separately, typically white through the display hours and actinic either side of it for a sunrise and sunset effect. Aquael builds the housing from corrosion-resistant materials for saltwater use and states the Leddy Slim range runs at roughly half the energy of an equivalent fluorescent tube while lasting substantially longer. The separate Leddy Slim Hanger kit is built to suit this 36 W size for ceiling suspension in place of the glass-rim brackets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger reef displays:** Open tanks from 100 to 120 cm long needing even actinic and white coverage end to end.
- **Fluorescence photography and viewing:** Switching to actinic alone to bring out coral and anemone glow.
- **Replacing twin T5 marine tubes:** Consolidating two fluorescent tubes into one LED bar over a long tank.
- **Custom lengths to 127 cm:** Sliding brackets stretch beyond the nominal 120 cm where the stand allows.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend both brackets fully:** A long tank needs the sliding arms near their maximum reach; check the rim can take the span.
- **Stage the photoperiod:** Set white and actinic on separate timers either side of the display's main lighting hours.
- **Support the midpoint on very long tanks:** A thin rim may flex under a 36 W bar's full length; check for sag before leaving it unattended.
- **Switch to the hanger kit if suspending:** Fit Aquael's Leddy Slim Hanger sized for the 36 W lamp rather than resting it on the glass.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full-length marine coverage:** Sized for 100 to 120 cm tanks without dim corners.
- **Dual 10,000 K / 20,000 K spectrum:** White marine and actinic diode rows in one bar.
- **Independent photoperiods:** White and actinic channels run on separate timing.
- **Saltwater-ready housing:** Corrosion-resistant construction for marine use.
- **Efficient long life:** About half the running cost of an equivalent fluorescent tube, per Aquael.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102408
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546300100
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Marine Actinic)
- **Power:** 36 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Marine white approx. 10,000 K; actinic approx. 20,000 K
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 100-120 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 127 cm)
- **Mounting:** Sliding glass-rim brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Actinic White 80-100cm (SKU 102404)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Marine White 100-120cm
Daylight-spectrum LED bar for marine tanks up to 120 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-36w-marine-white-100-120cm/
- Price: $265.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102416 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311427
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102416-1.jpg
A long marine tank run by a single short lamp ends up with a bright middle and dim corners, which shows clearly in a tank where even daylight colour matters for how fish and invertebrates look. Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Marine White 100-120cm (SKU: 102416) is the larger of the two Marine White sizes in Aquael's Leddy Slim line, built for open tanks from 100 to 120 cm long (Aquael's spec sheet extends the sliding brackets to 127 cm), with the extra length giving even coverage across the full span rather than concentrating light at the centre. Like the 32 W version below it in the range, it runs a single diode row at around 10,000 K, the daylight white used for coral photosynthesis and general colour rendering, without the actinic channel of the matching Actinic White lamp.
The lamp sits on sliding brackets that extend to fit the tank's rim width, including custom lengths within its range, and the low, flat body keeps the light source close to the surface to limit the loss that comes with raising a fixture higher above the water. Aquael's housing uses corrosion-resistant materials for marine and reef use, and the maker states the range runs at roughly half the energy of an equivalent fluorescent tube, with output that holds up over a far longer service life than fluorescent lighting typically manages. Keepers wanting an actinic component alongside this lamp can run the matching 36 W Actinic White unit on its own timer rather than relying on one lamp for both colours, and the Leddy Slim Hanger kit is built to suit this 36 W size for ceiling mounting instead of a glass-rim fit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger marine display tanks:** Open tanks from 100 to 120 cm long needing even daylight coverage.
- **Fish-only or mixed systems:** Where strong white light matters more than the actinic blue of a dedicated reef lamp.
- **Pairing with a separate actinic lamp:** Running Marine White alongside the matching 36 W Actinic White on independent timing.
- **Replacing twin fluorescent marine tubes:** Consolidating two older tubes into one LED bar over a long tank.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend both brackets fully:** A 100 to 120 cm tank needs the sliding arms near their full reach.
- **Check the rim can bear the span:** A thin glass or acrylic rim may need extra support under a full-length lamp.
- **Set a standard daylight timer:** 8 to 10 hours is a typical starting point for marine white lighting.
- **Fit the hanger kit for suspension:** Use the 36 W Leddy Slim Hanger if ceiling mounting is preferred.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full-length marine coverage:** Sized for 100 to 120 cm tanks without dim ends.
- **10,000 K daylight white:** Supports coral photosynthesis and colour rendering.
- **Low-profile flat design:** Stays close to the surface to minimise light loss.
- **Saltwater-ready housing:** Corrosion-resistant construction for marine use.
- **Pairs with Actinic White:** Matching 36 W lamp available for a separate blue channel.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102416
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311427
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Marine)
- **Power:** 36 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 10,000 K
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 100-120 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 127 cm)
- **Mounting:** Sliding glass-rim brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Marine White 80-100cm (SKU 102405)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Plant Black
Black-bodied LED bar for planted tanks 100 to 127 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-36w-plant-black/
- Price: $327.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113141 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546333061
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113141-1.jpg
A long planted tank finished in black trim or set against dark furniture can look out of place under a white lamp, even when the light itself is exactly right for the plants. Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Plant Black (SKU: 113141) is the black-housing edition of the 36 W Leddy Slim Plant lamp, built for open freshwater tanks with a length of 100 to 127 cm, Aquael's own stated range for this black-bodied size. It runs the same Plant spectrum as the white 36 W version at roughly 8,000 K, with red and blue wavelengths emphasised over green to support photosynthesis across a full-length display tank.
The flat housing uses the same shape as the rest of the Plant line but finished in black, suiting a matte-black aquarium frame, a black cabinet, or simply a less conspicuous lamp body than white gives against dark surroundings. Being the largest size in the Plant line, it carries enough diodes to keep light output even from one end of a 100 to 127 cm tank to the other rather than concentrated in the middle, and it mounts on universal sliding brackets that extend to the tank's rim width, including non-standard lengths within that range. The 36 W size is also built to work with the Leddy Slim Hanger kit for ceiling suspension, useful where tall stem plants, driftwood or rockwork break the water's surface and would otherwise crowd a rim-mounted lamp. Aquael's Plant-version self-repair design uses backup LEDs that stay inactive when the lamp is new and switch on automatically if a primary diode fails, keeping output steady as the lamp ages.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large black-trimmed planted tanks:** Display aquariums from 100 to 127 cm long where a black lamp body fits the look.
- **Dense or tall aquascapes:** Layouts with hardscape or stem plants that benefit from ceiling suspension.
- **Replacing twin fluorescent planted tubes:** Moving a long tank to one LED bar without changing its colour scheme.
- **Matching other black Leddy Slim hardware:** Pairing with black mounting accessories elsewhere on the tank.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend both brackets near full reach:** A 100 to 127 cm tank needs the sliding arms close to their limit.
- **Balance CO2 and nutrients with the light:** A long, growth-biased lamp needs matching fertiliser and carbon dosing to avoid favouring algae.
- **Check rim support on long spans:** Thin glass or acrylic may need bracing under a full-length lamp.
- **Fit the 36 W hanger kit if suspending:** Lift the lamp clear of tall hardscape rather than resting it on the rim.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black housing:** Matte-black body on the same Plant-line electronics.
- **100 to 127 cm fit:** Aquael's stated length range for this size.
- **8,000 K Plant spectrum:** Red and blue bands emphasised for photosynthesis.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Inactive backup LEDs switch on if a primary diode fails.
- **Hanger-kit compatible:** Purpose-built Leddy Slim Hanger available for this 36 W size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113141
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546333061
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Planted, Black)
- **Power:** 36 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 8,000 K Plant spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 100-127 cm long open tanks
- **Housing Colour:** Black
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Plant Black (SKU 113140)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Plant White 100-120cm
Largest LED bar in the Plant line for tanks up to 120 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-36w-plant-white-100-120cm/
- Price: $327.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102417 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311434
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102417-1.jpg
Planting a tank past 100 cm long tests a lamp's reach, and a unit built for a shorter length leaves the far corners noticeably dimmer than the centre once stretched to its limit. Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Plant White 100-120cm (SKU: 102417) is the largest size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Plant line, built for open freshwater tanks from 100 to 120 cm long (Aquael's spec sheet extends the sliding brackets to 127 cm), with enough diodes across its length to keep the Plant spectrum's roughly 8,000 K output even from end to end rather than concentrated toward the middle. As with the smaller Plant sizes, the red and blue wavelengths are emphasised over green, the balance Aquael aims at photosynthesis rather than at brightening the water for viewing alone.
The lamp mounts on universal sliding brackets that extend to the tank's full rim width, including custom lengths within its range, and because this is the 36 W size, it is also built to work with the Leddy Slim Hanger kit for ceiling suspension, letting it hang clear of tall stem plants, driftwood or hardscape that break the surface. Aquael's Plant-version self-repair design uses backup LEDs that stay inactive in a new lamp and switch on automatically if a primary diode fails, so output stays consistent rather than dimming unevenly as the unit ages over a long-length lamp with more diodes to maintain. Plant light requirements vary widely by species, and a 100 to 120 cm tank run at this wattage can support a broad mix from carpeting foreground plants to taller background stems, provided CO2 and nutrients are kept in step with the light.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large planted display tanks:** Open freshwater aquariums from 100 to 120 cm long.
- **Dense or carpeted aquascapes:** Layouts needing even light across the full tank length.
- **Replacing twin fluorescent planted tubes:** Moving a long tank from T5/T8 fluorescent to one LED bar.
- **Tanks with tall hardscape:** Suspending the lamp above driftwood or stem plants that reach the surface.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend both brackets near their limit:** A 100 to 120 cm tank needs the sliding arms close to full reach.
- **Keep CO2 and nutrients matched to the light:** A long, growth-biased lamp run without them can push algae ahead of plants.
- **Check rim support on long tanks:** Thin glass or acrylic may need extra bracing under a full-length lamp.
- **Fit the 36 W hanger kit if suspending:** Lift the lamp clear of tall plants or hardscape rather than resting it on the rim.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Even coverage to 120 cm:** Built for full-length planted tanks without dim corners.
- **8,000 K Plant spectrum:** Red and blue bands emphasised for photosynthesis.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Inactive backup LEDs switch on if a primary diode fails.
- **Hanger-kit compatible:** Purpose-built Leddy Slim Hanger available for this 36 W size.
- **White housing:** Matching black version sold in the same wattage and length.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102417
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311434
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Planted)
- **Power:** 36 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 8,000 K Plant spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 100-120 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 127 cm)
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for ceiling suspension
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Plant White 80-100cm (SKU 102406); Leddy Slim 5w Plant White 20-30cm (SKU 102413)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Sunny White 100-120cm
Largest daylight LED bar in the Sunny line, for tanks to 120 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-36w-sunny-white-100-120cm/
- Price: $239.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102407 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311403
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102407-1.jpg
Lighting a tank past 100 cm long with a lamp built for a shorter length leaves the corners visibly dimmer than the middle, which matters even on a simple community tank where even colour across the display is the whole point. Aquael Leddy Slim 36w Sunny White 100-120cm (SKU: 102407) is the largest size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Sunny line, built for open freshwater tanks from 100 to 120 cm long (Aquael's spec sheet extends the sliding brackets to 127 cm), with enough diodes across its length to keep the 6,500 K Sunny spectrum even from end to end. It sits above the 32 W, 10 W and 5 W Sunny sizes built for shorter tanks in the same range.
The lamp mounts on universal sliding brackets that extend to the tank's full rim width, including non-standard lengths within the 100 to 120 cm range, and the flat housing keeps the light source low over the water to limit the loss a raised fixture would bring. Aquael's self-repair design for the Sunny version has neighbouring diodes take over a failed LED's output at increased power, which matters more on a longer lamp with proportionally more diodes to maintain over its service life. The maker states the Leddy Slim range runs at around half the energy of an equivalent fluorescent tube, and this 36 W unit replaces what would otherwise be two full-length fluorescent tubes over a long community tank. For keepers also growing demanding plants, the matching 36 W Plant lamp is built to the same length for a direct swap or a second lamp alongside it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater display tanks:** Open tanks from 100 to 120 cm long needing even daylight colour end to end.
- **Community and low-tech planted tanks:** General lighting rather than a demanding high-light aquascape.
- **Replacing twin fluorescent community tubes:** Consolidating two older tubes into one LED bar.
- **Custom tank widths to 127 cm:** Sliding brackets extend beyond the nominal 120 cm where needed.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend both brackets near full reach:** A 100 to 120 cm tank needs the sliding arms close to their limit.
- **Run a standard daylight timer:** 8 to 10 hours suits most community setups as a baseline.
- **Check rim support on long spans:** Thin glass or acrylic may need bracing under a full-length lamp.
- **Add a Plant lamp for heavier planting:** Pair with the matching 36 W Plant version if growth-focused light is needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full-length daylight coverage:** Sized for 100 to 120 cm tanks without dim ends.
- **6,500 K Sunny spectrum:** General daylight colour for fish and plants.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Neighbouring LEDs increase output to cover a failed diode.
- **Low-profile flat design:** Sits close to the water to minimise light loss.
- **Efficient running:** About half the energy draw of an equivalent fluorescent tube, per Aquael.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102407
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311403
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater)
- **Power:** 36 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 6,500 K Sunny spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 100-120 cm long open tanks (sliding brackets to 127 cm)
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Sunny White 80-100cm (SKU 102403); Leddy Slim 5w Sunny White 20-30cm (SKU 102412); Leddy Slim 10w Sunny White 50-70cm (SKU 102414)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 5w Plant White 20-30cm
Compact planted-tank LED bar for nano aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-5w-plant-white-20-30cm/
- Price: $89.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102413 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332743
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102413-1.jpg
A nano planted tank is too short for most full-size plant lights, which leaves keepers either oversizing a lamp meant for a much longer aquarium or settling for a basic light with no plant-growth bias at all. Aquael Leddy Slim 5w Plant White 20-30cm (SKU: 102413) is the smallest size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Plant line, built specifically for open freshwater tanks around 20 to 30 cm long, running the same Plant spectrum as the larger sizes in the range at roughly 8,000 K with the red and blue bands emphasised over green for photosynthesis. At 5 W it draws far less power than the 32 W and 36 W versions built for full-length display tanks, matched instead to the smaller volume of water a nano tank holds.
The lamp's flat, futuristic housing comes in white, and the same shape is also sold in black for keepers who want the body to disappear against a dark cabinet or background. It mounts on universal sliding brackets that fit both standard and non-standard tank widths within its range; Aquael's hanger compatibility is stated for the 32 W and 36 W sizes rather than this smallest 5 W unit, so a rim-mounted fit is the standard option here. Aquael describes the Plant version's self-repair design as extra LEDs, inactive when the lamp is new, that switch on automatically if one of the primary diodes fails, so output does not simply dim as the lamp ages. Light requirements vary by species, and the maker notes that a 5 W Plant lamp over a nano tank still needs to be matched to how demanding the chosen plants are.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** Open freshwater tanks around 20 to 30 cm long where a full-length lamp would be oversized.
- **Low to moderate light plants:** Species that do not need the output of a 32 W or 36 W Plant lamp.
- **Desktop aquascapes:** A compact fixture matched to a small tank's footprint and power draw.
- **Custom or odd tank widths:** Universal sliding brackets adjust within the 20 to 30 cm range.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets to the rim:** Slide the arms out to match the tank's width before fitting the lamp.
- **Match the photoperiod to the plants:** Run 8 to 10 hours as a starting point and adjust for the species kept.
- **Watch for algae in a small volume:** A nano tank responds quickly to excess light; trim hours back if algae appears.
- **Consider the hanger kit on 32W/36W lamps only:** This 5 W size is not listed as hanger-compatible by Aquael.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8,000 K Plant spectrum:** Red and blue bands emphasised for photosynthesis.
- **Sized for nano tanks:** Built for 20 to 30 cm open aquariums rather than scaled down from a larger size.
- **Low 5 W draw:** Matched to a nano tank's smaller water volume.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Inactive backup LEDs switch on if a primary diode fails.
- **White or black housing:** Same flat design available in either colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102413
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332743
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Planted)
- **Power:** 5 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 8,000 K Plant spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 20-30 cm long open tanks
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Plant White 80-100cm (SKU 102406); Leddy Slim 36w Plant White 100-120cm (SKU 102417)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim 5w Sunny White 20-30cm
Compact daylight LED bar for nano freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-5w-sunny-white-20-30cm/
- Price: $73.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102412 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546311328
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102412-1.jpg
A nano tank still needs proper daylight colour, not just enough light to see the fish by, and most lamps built for this are either too dim or scaled down from a fixture meant for a much longer tank. Aquael Leddy Slim 5w Sunny White 20-30cm (SKU: 102412) is the smallest size in Aquael's Leddy Slim Sunny line, built specifically for open freshwater tanks around 20 to 30 cm long, running the Sunny spectrum at roughly 6,500 K for general daylight viewing rather than the growth-biased Plant spectrum sold alongside it in the same range. At 5 W, power draw is matched to a nano tank's small water volume rather than oversized for it.
The flat housing sits directly on the glass rim on universal sliding brackets, which adjust within the 20 to 30 cm range to fit both standard and slightly non-standard tank widths. Aquael's own description of the Sunny line notes that proper lighting matters for both the visual appeal of fish and plant colours and, where live plants are kept, for the photosynthesis they need, though light intensity requirements vary by species and this 5 W size suits a nano community tank rather than a demanding high-light aquascape. Aquael describes the Sunny version's self-repair design as neighbouring diodes picking up a failed LED's share of output at increased power, rather than the backup-LED approach used on the Plant version, so a single diode failure does not simply leave a dark patch in the lamp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano freshwater community tanks:** Open tanks around 20 to 30 cm long needing daylight colour rather than plant-growth bias.
- **Desktop or betta setups:** A compact fixture matched to a small footprint and low power draw.
- **Low-light or no-plant tanks:** Where general viewing colour matters more than a growth-biased spectrum.
- **Replacing a basic hood light:** Upgrading a nano tank's stock lighting to an LED bar.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the brackets to the rim:** Adjust the sliding arms to the tank's width before fitting the lamp.
- **Run a consistent daylight timer:** 8 to 10 hours suits most community nano tanks as a starting point.
- **Keep the lens clean:** Wipe down regularly to maintain full output in a small, closely viewed tank.
- **Pair with a Plant lamp if growing plants:** Add the matching Plant version for photosynthesis-focused light rather than relying on Sunny alone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6,500 K Sunny spectrum:** General daylight colour for viewing fish and plants.
- **Sized for nano tanks:** Built for 20 to 30 cm open aquariums rather than scaled down from a larger size.
- **Low 5 W draw:** Matched to a nano tank's smaller water volume.
- **Self-repairing diodes:** Neighbouring LEDs increase output to cover a failed diode.
- **Universal sliding brackets:** Adjust to standard and slightly custom tank widths.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102412
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546311328
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater)
- **Power:** 5 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 6,500 K Sunny spectrum
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 20-30 cm long open tanks
- **Mounting:** Universal sliding brackets
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Slim 32w Sunny White 80-100cm (SKU 102403); Leddy Slim 36w Sunny White 100-120cm (SKU 102407); Leddy Slim 10w Sunny White 50-70cm (SKU 102414)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim Duo 10w Marine & Actinic White
Twin-spectrum LED bar for small open reef tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-duo-10w-marine-actinic-white/
- Price: $189.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102503 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546309738
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102503-1.png
A nano reef tank is too short for a full-length Leddy Slim bar, yet it still needs both daylight white and the actinic blue that brings out coral colour. Aquael Leddy Slim Duo 10w Marine & Actinic White (SKU: 102503) is Aquael's small-format Duo lamp, built for open marine tanks around 20 to 30 cm long, with two rows of diodes on one flat bar: half rated at roughly 10,000 K for daytime marine white, half running the actinic blue spectrum that drives fluorescence. Aquael lists the output at about 900 lumens across the pair. Where the full-size 32 W and 36 W Leddy Slim lamps are sized for whole display tanks, this 10 W Duo is built specifically for the short lengths a nano or pico reef runs at.
The lamp mounts on extendable handles that rest on the glass rim and adjust to non-standard tank widths within its range, and it can also be hung from a ceiling or rack using the optional Leddy Slim Hanger set rather than resting on the glass. Aquael's own copy for this lamp describes it as brighter than a single-spectrum nano light, aimed at tanks that need the extra intensity a small reef system calls for. As with the larger Leddy Slim range, the housing is built to resist saltwater corrosion, and the two diode rows can be run together or staggered to stage a sunrise-to-sunset effect across a short photoperiod. Aquael's listing for this model does not give a lifespan figure or an IP rating, so those are left out here rather than assumed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and pico reef tanks:** Open marine tanks around 20 to 30 cm long needing both white and actinic light.
- **Higher-intensity nano setups:** Small reef systems that need brighter output than a single-spectrum nano light gives.
- **Fluorescence viewing in a small tank:** Switching to the actinic half alone for coral glow.
- **Desk or office reef displays:** A short, flat bar that suits a compact footprint.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the handles:** Adjust the mounting arms to the tank's rim width before resting the lamp in place.
- **Run both channels together or separately:** Time white and actinic on one schedule for simplicity, or stage them for sunrise and sunset.
- **Keep salt off the housing:** Wipe down regularly, as with any open-top marine fixture, to protect the lens and body.
- **Switch to the hanger kit for a cleaner look:** Use the Leddy Slim Hanger to suspend the lamp above the tank instead of mounting it on the glass.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Twin marine spectrum:** Half the diodes at 10,000 K white, half actinic, on one 10 W bar.
- **About 900 lumens:** Aquael's stated output for the combined rows.
- **Sized for nano reef tanks:** Built for open tanks around 20 to 30 cm long.
- **Extendable mounting handles:** Fit non-standard widths within the lamp's range.
- **Hanger-kit compatible:** Can be suspended above the tank with the optional Leddy Slim Hanger.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102503
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546309738
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Marine Duo)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Light Output:** About 900 lumens combined
- **Colour Temperature:** Marine white approx. 10,000 K plus actinic blue
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Open marine tanks approx. 20-30 cm long
- **Mounting:** Extendable glass-rim handles; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for suspension
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim Duo 10w Sunny & Plant White
Twin-spectrum LED bar for small freshwater and planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-duo-10w-sunny-plant-white/
- Price: $159.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102502 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313292
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102502-1.png
A nano planted tank needs both a daylight spectrum for viewing and the red-and-blue bias that pushes plant growth, and fitting two full-length Leddy Slim lamps over a short tank wastes most of their length. Aquael Leddy Slim Duo 10w Sunny & Plant White (SKU: 102502) is Aquael's small-format Duo lamp for open freshwater tanks, built the same way as the Marine & Actinic Duo in the same series: one flat 10 W bar with two diode rows, half running Aquael's Sunny spectrum at around 6,500 K for general daylight viewing, half running the Plant spectrum at around 8,000 K with the red and blue bands emphasised for photosynthesis. Aquael's own line copy describes the Duo lamps as noticeably brighter than a single-spectrum nano light, aimed at small tanks that need more intensity than a basic unit gives.
Like the rest of the Leddy Slim range, this lamp mounts on extendable handles that rest on the glass rim and adjust within its sizing, and it accepts the optional Leddy Slim Hanger set for ceiling suspension instead of resting on the tank. The housing uses the same corrosion-resistant, easy-to-clean construction as the full-length lamps, and the two diode rows can be run on one timer for simplicity or staged separately so the Plant channel runs longer through the photosynthetic hours while Sunny covers the viewing window. Aquael's current product listings for this 10 W Duo do not give a lumen figure or a lifespan in hours for the Sunny & Plant pairing, so neither is stated here as a specific number.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small planted tanks:** Open freshwater tanks where a full-length Leddy Slim bar would be oversized.
- **Mixed viewing and growth needs:** One lamp covering daylight colour and plant-growth spectrum together.
- **Higher-intensity small setups:** Tanks that need more output than a single-spectrum nano light provides.
- **Desktop aquascapes:** A short, flat bar suited to a compact footprint.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the mounting handles:** Adjust the arms to the tank's rim width before lowering the lamp into place.
- **Balance the two channels:** Run Sunny and Plant together for general use, or stage Plant for longer hours in a heavily planted tank.
- **Trim algae risk:** Keep total photoperiod moderate in a small tank, since the Plant channel's emphasis can favour algae if left on too long.
- **Fit the hanger kit if suspending:** Use the Leddy Slim Hanger to mount above the tank rather than on the glass rim.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual freshwater spectrum:** Sunny (approx. 6,500 K) and Plant (approx. 8,000 K) diode rows on one 10 W bar.
- **Built for small tanks:** Sized for nano and desktop aquariums rather than full-length displays.
- **Brighter than single-spectrum nano lights:** Aquael's stated advantage for setups needing extra intensity.
- **Extendable mounting handles:** Adjust to the tank's rim width within the lamp's range.
- **Hanger-kit compatible:** Can be suspended with the optional Leddy Slim Hanger instead of resting on the glass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102502
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313292
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light (Freshwater Duo)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Sunny approx. 6,500 K; Plant approx. 8,000 K
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Small open freshwater and planted tanks
- **Mounting:** Extendable glass-rim handles; optional Leddy Slim Hanger for suspension
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Slim Hanging Kit
Ceiling suspension set for 32W and 36W Leddy Slim lamps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-slim-hanging-kit/
- Price: $51.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113043 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546327428
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113043-1.jpg
Resting a lamp on the glass rim works until the aquascape grows past it, and rock, wood or emersed plants that break the water's surface need the light lifted clear of them instead. Aquael Leddy Slim Hanging Kit (SKU: 113043) is Aquael's ceiling-suspension hardware for the Leddy Slim range, built to hold the lamp above an open tank on steel wires rather than clipped to the glass. Aquael lists it as compatible with the 32 W and 36 W Leddy Slim lamps, which in this catalogue covers the 80-100 cm and 100-120 cm sizes across the Sunny, Plant, Marine and Actinic versions.
The kit contains two transparent plastic brackets that fix to the lamp body in place of its glass-rim handles, plus two steel suspension wires about 150 cm long with an adjustable ceiling attachment at the top of each. The wire length is adjustable, so the lamp can be set at the height that clears an aquascape's tallest point while still keeping full light reaching the water. Suspending the lamp this way also keeps the fixture away from splash and salt creep that build up on a glass-rim mount over time, and it leaves the rim itself clear for a clip-on filter, heater or CO2 diffuser that would otherwise compete for space with the lamp's handles. Aquael's page for the kit does not give a maximum supported weight or a ceiling fixing type beyond the attachment included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascapes with emersed hardscape:** Rock, wood or plants that grow above the waterline and would foul a rim-mounted lamp.
- **Open-top tanks without a stand canopy:** Hanging the lamp from the ceiling or a light-stand frame instead.
- **Freeing up the rim:** Clearing space for clip-on equipment that would otherwise clash with the lamp's handles.
- **32W and 36W Leddy Slim lamps:** The 80-100 cm and 100-120 cm sizes this kit is built for.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Remove the glass-rim handles:** Detach the lamp's standard mounting arms before fitting the hanger brackets.
- **Fit the plastic brackets:** Attach the two brackets to the lamp body in place of the handles.
- **Secure the ceiling attachments:** Fix the top of each steel wire to the ceiling or a light-stand frame above the tank.
- **Adjust the height:** Set the wire length so the lamp clears the tallest point of the aquascape.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ceiling suspension:** Lifts the lamp clear of hardscape and emersed plants.
- **Two steel wires, 150 cm each:** With an adjustable ceiling attachment at the top of each.
- **Two replacement brackets:** Fit to the lamp in place of its glass-rim handles.
- **Adjustable height:** Wire length sets the lamp at the clearance the aquascape needs.
- **Frees the rim:** Leaves the glass edge clear for filters, heaters or other clip-on gear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113043
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546327428
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Light Suspension Kit
- **Compatibility:** Leddy Slim 32W (80-100 cm) and 36W (100-120 cm) lamps
- **Kit Contents:** 2 transparent plastic brackets, 2 steel suspension wires (approx. 150 cm each)
- **Wire Length:** Adjustable at the ceiling attachment
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine open-top aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Day & Night Black
Clip-on nano LED light with a built-in moonlight mode.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-smart-4-8w-day-night-black/
- Price: $92.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113143 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546329576
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113143-1.jpg
A nano or betta tank rarely has room for a full lighting rig, but it still benefits from proper daylight colour during the day and a dimmer glow once the main lights go off. Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Day & Night Black (SKU: 113143) is Aquael's minimalist clip-on LED light for small freshwater tanks up to about 50 L and 35 cm tall, finished in black and built around a slide-on arm that clips directly to the aquarium glass without brackets or a separate stand. Aquael rates it at 4.8 W with an efficiency the maker compares to a 14 W linear fluorescent tube, and it fits glass up to 6 mm thick.
Three modes are built in: DAY runs the full-strength Sunny spectrum at around 520 lumens and 7,000 K for standard daytime viewing; DAYBREAK halves the daylight output and adds blue light for a dawn-like transition; and NIGHT switches to a blue glow for watching fish after the main lighting period ends, without lighting the tank up fully. The modes are switched manually on the lamp itself, or, for hands-off scheduling, Aquael sells a separate app-controlled SOCKET link DUO controller that can switch the lamp remotely. Aquael rates the LEDs for up to 15,000 hours of use, and the slim, roughly 1 cm-thick lamp body sits flat against the glass edge rather than arching over the tank, keeping the footprint small on an already compact aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and betta tanks:** Freshwater tanks up to 50 L and 35 cm tall with glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Day-to-night viewing:** Switching between full daylight and a dimmer evening setting without separate fixtures.
- **Dark-themed aquarium setups:** A black body that matches dark cabinets or black-rimmed tanks.
- **Minimal-footprint lighting:** A slim clip-on lamp where a full hood or bracket light would not fit.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Slide the arm onto the glass:** Clip the lamp's arm directly onto the aquarium's top edge, glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Select DAY mode for daytime:** Run the full 520-lumen Sunny spectrum during the main viewing hours.
- **Use DAYBREAK for transitions:** Switch to the 50%-power blue-tinted setting before lights-on or lights-off.
- **Switch to NIGHT after hours:** Use the blue glow for evening viewing instead of leaving the tank dark.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three light modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT in one compact lamp.
- **520 lumens, 7,000 K:** Sunny daylight spectrum at full output.
- **Clip-on arm fitting:** No brackets or stand; slides directly onto glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Optional app control:** Works with Aquael's separate SOCKET link DUO controller for remote switching.
- **15,000-hour LED life:** Long service life in a slim, roughly 1 cm-thick body.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113143
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546329576
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Nano Aquarium Light (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 4.8 W
- **Light Output:** Approx. 520 lumens (Day mode), 7,000 K
- **Light Modes:** Day, Daybreak (50% + blue) and Night (blue glow)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 10-50 L, up to 35 cm tall, glass to 6 mm
- **LED Lifespan:** Up to 15,000 hours
- **Mounting:** Clip-on slide arm, fits directly onto the glass edge
- **Housing Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Day & Night White
Minimalist clip-on nano light with daytime and moonlight settings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-smart-4-8w-day-night-white/
- Price: $110.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113142 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546329583
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113142-1.jpg
A small aquarium on a light-coloured desk or stand often suits a white fixture better than a black one, and a nano tank still needs the same day-to-night lighting a larger aquarium gets. Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Day & Night White (SKU: 113142) is the white-housed version of Aquael's Leddy Smart clip-on light, built for small freshwater aquariums up to about 50 L and 35 cm tall, with a slide-on arm that clips directly onto the tank's glass edge up to 6 mm thick, removing the need for a bracket or stand. Aquael rates the lamp at 4.8 W, with efficiency the maker compares to a 14 W linear fluorescent tube.
The lamp runs three built-in settings: DAY gives full-strength Sunny-spectrum light at around 520 lumens and 7,000 K; DAYBREAK drops to half that output with added blue for a gentler transition either side of the main photoperiod; and NIGHT switches to a dim blue glow so fish can be watched after the day's lighting ends without fully illuminating the tank. These are switched by hand on the lamp, or through Aquael's separately sold SOCKET link DUO controller, an app-controlled socket that can switch the lamp on a schedule without the keeper manually flicking modes each day. Aquael states the LEDs last up to 15,000 hours, and the lamp's thin, roughly 1 cm body sits flush against the glass rather than arching over the aquarium, keeping the white housing unobtrusive on a small tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and betta tanks:** Freshwater tanks up to 50 L and 35 cm tall with glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Light-coloured furniture or cabinets:** A white body that suits a pale desk, shelf or stand.
- **Day-to-night viewing:** Switching between bright daytime light and a dim evening glow in one lamp.
- **Automated lighting schedules:** Pairing with the separate app-controlled SOCKET link DUO for remote switching.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Slide the arm onto the glass:** Clip the lamp directly onto the tank's top edge, glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Run DAY mode for the main photoperiod:** Use the full 520-lumen Sunny setting for daytime viewing.
- **Ease into DAYBREAK at the edges of the day:** Switch to the 50%-power blue-tinted setting before lights-on or lights-off.
- **Use NIGHT for after-hours viewing:** Switch to the blue glow instead of leaving the tank in full darkness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three light modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT built into one lamp.
- **520 lumens, 7,000 K:** Sunny daylight spectrum at full output.
- **White housing:** Suits a pale tank stand, desk or shelf.
- **Clip-on arm fitting:** No bracket needed; slides onto glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Optional remote scheduling:** Works with Aquael's separate SOCKET link DUO app controller.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113142
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546329583
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Nano Aquarium Light (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 4.8 W
- **Light Output:** Approx. 520 lumens (Day mode), 7,000 K
- **Light Modes:** Day, Daybreak (50% + blue) and Night (blue glow)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 10-50 L, up to 35 cm tall, glass to 6 mm
- **LED Lifespan:** Up to 15,000 hours
- **Mounting:** Clip-on slide arm, fits directly onto the glass edge
- **Housing Colour:** White
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Plant & Night Black
Clip-on nano light with a plant-growth spectrum and moonlight mode.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-smart-4-8w-plant-night-black/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113254 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332262
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113254-1.jpg
A small planted nano tank needs more than a basic daylight clip light if the plants are expected to actually grow, and most nano-sized lamps are built for viewing rather than photosynthesis. Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Plant & Night Black (SKU: 113254) is the Plant-spectrum version of Aquael's Leddy Smart clip-on light, built for small freshwater planted tanks up to about 50 L and 35 cm tall, with a slide-on arm that clips directly onto the glass edge up to 6 mm thick. Where the Day & Night Sunny version in the same range is built for general viewing, this Plant & Night model runs a growth-biased spectrum rated at around 350 lumens and 9,000 K, which Aquael says can support rapid plant growth in a small tank.
The same three-mode system as the rest of the Leddy Smart line is built in: DAY runs the full Plant-spectrum output for the main photosynthetic period, DAYBREAK halves that output and adds blue light for a gentler start or end to the day, and NIGHT switches to a dim blue glow for watching the tank after the plants' lighting period ends. Modes switch manually on the lamp or, for scheduled use, through Aquael's separately sold app-controlled SOCKET link DUO socket. Aquael rates the LEDs at up to 15,000 hours and the lamp at 4.8 W, with the same slim, roughly 1 cm-thick black housing as the rest of the range, so it adds growth-focused light without a bulkier fixture over a small, heavily planted tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small planted nano tanks:** Freshwater tanks up to 50 L and 35 cm tall where plant growth matters, not just viewing.
- **Carpeting and foreground plants:** Species that benefit from the Plant spectrum's growth-biased output.
- **Day-to-night viewing:** Switching to a dim blue glow for evening viewing once the plant-growth period ends.
- **Dark-themed aquascapes:** A black body suited to a dark cabinet or black-rimmed nano tank.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Slide the arm onto the glass:** Clip the lamp directly onto the tank's top edge, glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Run DAY mode for photosynthesis:** Use the full 350-lumen Plant spectrum through the main growing hours.
- **Ease in and out with DAYBREAK:** Use the 50%-power blue-tinted setting at the edges of the day.
- **Watch algae with a growth-biased spectrum:** Keep the photoperiod moderate in a small tank, since excess Plant-spectrum light can favour algae over the plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-growth spectrum:** Approx. 350 lumens at 9,000 K, biased for photosynthesis.
- **Three light modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT built into one lamp.
- **Clip-on arm fitting:** No bracket needed; slides onto glass up to 6 mm thick.
- **Optional remote scheduling:** Works with Aquael's separate SOCKET link DUO app controller.
- **15,000-hour LED life:** Long service life in a slim, black housing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113254
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332262
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Nano Aquarium Light (Planted Day & Night)
- **Power:** 4.8 W
- **Light Output:** Approx. 350 lumens (Day mode), 9,000 K Plant spectrum
- **Light Modes:** Day, Daybreak (50% + blue) and Night (blue glow)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 10-50 L, up to 35 cm tall, glass to 6 mm
- **LED Lifespan:** Up to 15,000 hours
- **Mounting:** Clip-on slide arm, fits directly onto the glass edge
- **Housing Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Plant & Night White
Clip-on LED with day, daybreak and night modes for nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-smart-4-8w-plant-night-white/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124683 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546330671
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124683-1.jpg
A nano tank on a desk gets looked at after dark as often as during the day, and a single fixture that can do both saves buying a second light. Aquael Leddy Smart 4.8w Plant & Night White (SKU: 124683) is Aquael's clip-on LED light for small freshwater aquariums, built on a PLANT-spectrum diode array rated at 9000 K and about 350 lm from 4.8 W, which Aquael states is comparable in output to a 14 W traditional fluorescent tube of the same length. The thin, white lamp head sits on an arm that clips over the aquarium glass, and the diodes are rated for up to 15,000 hours before any drop in output, so there is no tube or globe to replace.
Three modes cover a full day: DAY runs the full-strength PLANT spectrum for photosynthesis, DAYBREAK drops to roughly half power with added blue light for the hour either side of DAY, and NIGHT switches to a dim blue glow for watching nocturnal fish without disturbing them. Modes are cycled by switching the lamp off and on briefly, at the socket or power point; a longer power interruption resets the light back to DAY. The clip takes glass up to 6 mm thick and Aquael sizes the fixture for aquariums of 10 to 50 L with a water height up to 35 cm, which covers most nano and desktop setups. The light can also be paired with Aquael's SOCKET Link Duo controller, sold separately, for app-based scheduling and remote mode switching instead of manual cycling at the plug.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** PLANT spectrum sized for aquariums from 10 to 50 L.
- **Desks and living areas:** A night mode for viewing fish after the room lights go off.
- **Mixed day/night routines:** One fixture instead of separate day and moon lights.
- **Shallow to mid-height tanks:** Rated for a water column up to 35 cm.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the clip:** Slide the mounting arm onto glass up to 6 mm thick at the rear of the tank.
- **Position the head:** Angle the lamp head over the water so light spreads evenly across the tank.
- **Cycle modes:** Switch off and back on briefly to step through DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT.
- **Add automation (optional):** Pair with the SOCKET Link Duo controller for app-scheduled mode changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **PLANT spectrum:** 9000 K diodes aimed at supporting plant growth rather than general viewing.
- **Three light modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT, cycled by a brief power-off.
- **Clip-on mounting:** No drilling or hood cut-out; fits glass up to 6 mm.
- **Long-life diodes:** Rated for up to 15,000 hours before output falls.
- **App-ready:** Works with the separately sold SOCKET Link Duo controller for remote scheduling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124683
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546330671
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Clip Light (Plant, Day & Night)
- **Power:** 4.8 W
- **Light Output:** About 350 lm, 9000 K PLANT spectrum
- **Modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK (about 50% power plus blue) and NIGHT (blue glow)
- **Mounting:** Clip-on arm for glass up to 6 mm thick
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 10–50 L, water height up to 35 cm
- **Diode Lifespan:** Up to 15,000 hours
- **Control:** Manual switching, or app and remote switching with the SOCKET Link Duo controller (sold separately)
- **Colour:** White
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and desktop aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Smart 6w Plant White
Single-spectrum clip-on LED for plant growth in nano aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-smart-6w-plant-white/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101186 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332255
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101186-1.jpg
Not every nano tank needs a night mode, and a simpler fixture that puts its whole output into one growth-focused spectrum can be the better fit for a planted bowl or cube. Aquael Leddy Smart 6w Plant White (SKU: 101186) is Aquael's clip-on LED light from the Leddy Smart 2 range, a single-mode PLANT lamp drawing 6 W through fifteen LEDs that Aquael describes as giving uniform illumination across the tank rather than a hot spot at the centre. Unlike the Day & Night version of the Leddy Smart range, this lamp has no daybreak or moonlight cycle; it runs one continuous plant-growth spectrum, switched on and off at the plug or a power point.
The housing is white plastic, built to clip directly onto the aquarium frame or glass without a separate stand or bracket, and Aquael's build keeps a backup set of diodes dark until a primary LED fails, extending the working life of the fixture rather than dimming output as diodes age. It is positioned for freshwater nano and desktop aquariums where the goal is steady light for low to medium-light plants, not a display cycle that mimics sunrise and sunset. There is no app or wireless control on this model; mode and power are managed entirely through the on/off switch on the cord. Aquael's own listing covers this lamp only in the Plant spectrum, in black or white housings.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** A straightforward growth light where a day/night cycle is not needed.
- **Budget upgrades:** Simpler alternative to the Day & Night Leddy Smart for a tank already lit on its own schedule.
- **Desktop cubes and bowls:** Clip-on fitting suits small, frameless or rimmed tanks.
- **Consistent plant lighting:** One fixed spectrum rather than switching between modes.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Clip it on:** Fit the mounting arm to the back or side glass of the tank.
- **Aim the head:** Angle the lamp so the fifteen LEDs spread light evenly over the water.
- **Switch on:** Use the cord switch; there are no modes to cycle through.
- **Run on a timer:** Pair with a standard mains timer for a consistent photoperiod, since the lamp has no built-in scheduling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single PLANT spectrum:** One continuous growth-focused output, no day/night switching.
- **Fifteen LEDs:** Aquael's layout for uniform coverage over the tank.
- **Backup diodes:** Spare LEDs stay dark until a primary diode fails.
- **Clip-on fitting:** Mounts directly on the glass or frame of nano tanks.
- **Simple control:** On/off only, no app or remote needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101186
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332255
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Clip Light (Plant Spectrum)
- **Power:** 6 W
- **LED Count:** 15 LEDs
- **Spectrum:** PLANT (single mode, no day/night cycle)
- **Mounting:** Clip-on arm for nano and desktop aquariums
- **Housing:** Plastic, white
- **Control:** Manual on/off switch at the cord
- **Range:** Leddy Smart 2, Plant spectrum, black or white
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and desktop aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Actinic 14w (70cm Tube)
Blue-spectrum LED retrofit tube for marine and reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-actinic-14w-70cm-tube/
- Price: $165.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113252 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332446
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113252-1.webp
A reef tank under plain white light looks flat after dark, and switching on an actinic spectrum is what brings the fluorescence in corals and fish back out. Aquael Leddy Tube Actinic 14w (70cm Tube) (SKU: 113252) is a 700 mm LED module from Aquael's Leddy Tube range, built to a single deep-blue spectrum rated at 20,000 K and aimed specifically at marine inhabitants rather than at plant growth or daytime viewing. It runs at 14 W and is designed as a drop-in LED replacement for an existing fluorescent tube of the same length, rather than as a stand-alone fixture.
The tube itself clips into Aquael's own Leddy hoods and lamp bodies built for this module, and with the separately sold Leddy Tube T5 or T8 retrofit adapters it fits into older fluorescent fittings of roughly 820 to 950 mm as well, so an existing hood does not need to be replaced to add actinic lighting. Aquael markets this module for use alongside its daylight-spectrum Leddy Tube modules, as a second light run on its own timer for a dusk or night-time actinic period rather than as the tank's only source of light. There is no day/night cycling built into this module; it is a fixed blue spectrum, switched on and off at the socket or a timer. Aquael's general LED modules in this range carry a two-year manufacturer's warranty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Marine and reef tanks:** A dedicated actinic run to bring out coral and fish fluorescence.
- **Dusk and night viewing:** Run after the main daylight tube switches off for a moonlit look.
- **Retrofitting older hoods:** Drops into 700 mm fluorescent fittings, or longer hoods via a T5/T8 adapter.
- **Pairing with daylight modules:** Adds an actinic period alongside an existing Leddy Tube Sunny or Plant module.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the fitting:** Confirm the hood takes a 700 mm tube, or fit the matching T5/T8 adapter for a longer fixture.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the module into the hood's end caps in place of the fluorescent tube.
- **Wire to its own circuit:** Run the actinic tube from a separate switch or timer so it can operate independently of daylight lighting.
- **Set the schedule:** Time the actinic period for dusk, night, or a short overlap with the main light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dedicated actinic spectrum:** 20,000 K blue light for marine fluorescence, not a general-purpose daylight tube.
- **700 mm LED module:** Direct retrofit length for Aquael Leddy fittings of this size.
- **Adapter-compatible:** Fits longer T5/T8 fluorescent hoods with Aquael's separate retrofit adapters.
- **No fluorescent tube to replace:** LED construction removes the periodic actinic tube swap.
- **Runs independently:** No built-in day/night cycle, so it can be timed apart from a daylight module.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113252
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332446
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Actinic)
- **Power:** 14 W
- **Tube Length:** 700 mm (70 cm)
- **Colour Temperature:** 20,000 K, actinic spectrum
- **Fitting:** Aquael Leddy hoods for this tube length; fits 820–950 mm T5/T8 fixtures with the separate retrofit adapter
- **Control:** Fixed spectrum, switched manually or via timer; no day/night mode
- **Warranty:** 2 years (Aquael LED modules)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Adapter
T5/T8 retrofit set for fitting Leddy LED tubes into fluorescent hoods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-adapter/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328555
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113250-1.jpg
An old hood built for a T5 or T8 fluorescent tube does not automatically take a modern LED module, because the end caps and tube diameter are different. Aquael Leddy Tube Adapter (SKU: 113250) is a two-piece adapter set from Aquael that clamps onto each end of a Leddy Tube or Leddy Tube Day & Night LED module, letting it sit in a fixture originally built for a traditional T5 (about 15 mm diameter) or T8 (about 25 mm diameter) fluorescent lamp. The Leddy Tube itself is not included; this is the mounting hardware only, sold as the pair needed for one tube.
Each adapter clamp adjusts in length at the tube end so a single Leddy module can be centred correctly in a fixture that is longer than the LED tube, since fluorescent fittings are typically sized to a longer lamp than Aquael's equivalent LED replacement. Aquael's Leddy Tube range covers 10 W (415 mm) tubes for fixtures of roughly 535 to 665 mm, 14 W (700 mm) tubes for 820 to 950 mm fixtures, and 17 W (1015 mm) tubes for 1135 to 1265 mm fixtures, along with shorter "J" variants (620 mm and 925 mm) sized mainly for Juwel aquarium hoods. Fitting the right pair of adapters is what makes an existing T5 or T8 hood usable with the LED tube rather than replacing the whole light unit, and the same adapters apply whether the tube carries the Sunny, Plant or Actinic spectrum.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Upgrading an old fluorescent hood:** Fit an LED Leddy Tube without replacing the whole light fixture.
- **T5 fixtures:** Fittings built for approximately 15 mm diameter fluorescent tubes.
- **T8 fixtures:** Fittings built for approximately 25 mm diameter fluorescent tubes.
- **Mismatched lengths:** Where the fixture is longer than the Leddy Tube being installed.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Measure the fixture:** Note the hood's internal fitting length and whether the lampholders are T5 or T8 spacing.
- **Clamp the adapters:** Fit one adapter onto each end of the Leddy Tube module.
- **Adjust for length:** Extend each clamp so the combined length matches the hood's fitting range.
- **Seat the tube:** Click the adapted module into the existing T5 or T8 end caps in place of the fluorescent lamp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-piece set:** One adapter for each end of the LED tube, sold as a pair.
- **T5 and T8 compatible:** Suits fixtures built for either fluorescent diameter.
- **Adjustable clamp length:** Bridges the gap between a shorter LED tube and a longer fluorescent fixture.
- **Works across the Leddy Tube range:** Same adapters fit Sunny, Plant and Actinic modules of matching length.
- **No hood replacement needed:** Reuses the existing fitting rather than requiring a new light unit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113250
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328555
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Tube Mounting Adapter (T5/T8)
- **Contents:** 2 adapter clamps (one pair per order); Leddy Tube module not included
- **Fitting Types:** T5 (approx. 15 mm diameter) and T8 (approx. 25 mm diameter) fluorescent fixtures
- **Compatible Leddy Tube Lengths:** 415 mm (10 W) for 535–665 mm fixtures; 700 mm (14 W) for 820–950 mm fixtures; 1015 mm (17 W) for 1135–1265 mm fixtures
- **Juwel-Length Tubes:** 620 mm (14WJ) and 925 mm (17WJ) adapters fit the equivalent shorter fixture ranges
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with existing T5/T8 hoods
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Plant 10w
Aquael Leddy Tube Plant 10W - LED replacement lighting for planted freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-plant-10w/
- Price: $106.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124697 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332408
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquael-Leddy-Tube-Plant-10w.png
The Aquael Leddy Tube Plant 10W (SKU: 124697) is an advanced LED replacement lighting module specifically calibrated for planted freshwater aquariums. Engineered with an enriched spectral temperature of 9000K, this light tube emphasises red and blue wavelength peaks to stimulate chlorophyll production, accelerating healthy aquatic plant growth while enhancing the vibrant natural colours of tropical fish.
Built with an IPX8 waterproof rating and energy-efficient LED technology, the Leddy Tube 10W serves as a direct replacement module for Aquael aquarium sets or as a retrofit upgrade for traditional T5/T8 fluorescent light bars (using optional adapter sockets). Its durable construction ensures long-lasting operation with minimal heat radiation into the water column.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Aquariums:** Optimised light spectrum tailored for freshwater aquatic plants, encouraging lush stem growth and vivid leaf pigmentation.
- **Replacement & Upgrade:** Direct replacement module for Aquael Leddy, Glossy, or Classic hood lighting systems.
- **Fluorescent Retrofitting:** Can be retrofitted into existing T5 or T8 fluorescent light fixtures using optional socket adapters.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect power to the aquarium hood or light fixture before installation.
- Snap the Leddy Tube module directly into the mounting clips inside the Aquael light canopy, or attach retrofitting T5/T8 adapters to the module ends.
- Secure the module in position above the water line.
- Plug the power cord into a wall outlet or switch timer to manage your daily 8-10 hour lighting schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **9000K Plant Spectrum:** High-efficiency LED array tailored with red and blue spectral peaks to boost photosynthesis and plant growth.
- **Energy Efficient & Long-Lasting:** Consumes just 10W while delivering intense illumination with an extended operational lifespan.
- **IPX8 Submersible Rating:** Sealed against moisture, humidity, and accidental water splashes.
- **Versatile Retrofitting:** Compatible with Aquael cover hoods and adaptable to traditional T5/T8 fluorescent tube sockets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael
- **SKU:** 124697
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332408
- **Product Type:** Lighting / LED Modules & Tube Retrofits
- **Wattage:** 10 W
- **Colour Temperature:** 9000K (PLANT Spectrum)
- **Waterproof Rating:** IPX8
- **Package Dimensions:** 770 mm (L) x 77 mm (W) x 77 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 638 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Plant 14w
70cm LED retrofit tube with a red and blue plant-growth spectrum.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-plant-14w/
- Price: $123.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113249 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332415
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113249-1.jpg
A fluorescent grow tube fades over months of use long before it actually burns out, which is why plants in an older tank often stop pushing new growth without an obvious cause. Aquael Leddy Tube Plant 14w (SKU: 113249) is the 700 mm LED module from Aquael's Leddy Tube Plant 2.0 range, a direct LED retrofit for a fluorescent tube of the same length rather than a stand-alone fixture. It runs at 14 W and emits at a 9000 K colour temperature with the red and blue wavebands emphasised, the pairing Aquael uses specifically to support photosynthesis rather than to flatter fish colour.
At 700 mm, this module is sized for Aquael's own Leddy 75 aquarium hood and for Glossy 80 and 100 tanks built around the same fitting length, and the LED construction means the spectrum stays consistent for the life of the tube instead of drifting as a fluorescent lamp ages. Where the existing hood is a T5 or T8 fluorescent fixture of 820 to 950 mm rather than Aquael's own Leddy fitting, the separately sold T5/T8 retrofit adapters bring this tube up to the right length. The 14 W Plant tube sits in the middle of a three-size range: a shorter 10 W (415 mm) module for smaller tanks and a longer 17 W (1015 mm) module for tanks around 120 to 150 cm, so the wattage and length should be matched to the hood rather than swapped between sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted 70–100 cm tanks:** Sized for Aquael's Leddy 75 and Glossy 80/100 hoods.
- **Replacing a tired fluorescent grow tube:** LED output does not dim the way fluorescent spectrum shifts with age.
- **Retrofitting an existing hood:** Fits an 820–950 mm T5/T8 fixture with the separate adapter set.
- **Dedicated growth lighting:** Pairs with a Leddy Tube Sunny or Actinic module where display colour is also wanted.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the fitting:** Check the hood takes a 700 mm Leddy Tube, or fit the T5/T8 adapter for a longer fixture.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the module into the end caps in place of the fluorescent lamp.
- **Run on a photoperiod:** Switch the tube on a timer for a consistent daily light period for plants.
- **Keep spectrum pure:** Avoid mixing with an unrelated fluorescent tube in the same hood, which dilutes the red/blue emphasis.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red and blue emphasis:** 9000 K spectrum weighted for photosynthesis rather than colour display.
- **700 mm LED module:** Direct retrofit length for Leddy 75 and Glossy 80/100 hoods.
- **Consistent output over time:** LEDs avoid the spectrum drift of an ageing fluorescent tube.
- **Adapter-compatible:** Fits 820–950 mm T5/T8 fixtures with Aquael's separate retrofit adapters.
- **Mid-range size:** Sits between the 10 W and 17 W Plant tubes in Aquael's range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113249
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332415
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Plant Spectrum)
- **Power:** 14 W
- **Tube Length:** 700 mm (70 cm)
- **Colour Temperature:** 9000 K, red/blue-emphasised plant spectrum
- **Fitting:** Aquael Leddy 75 and Glossy 80/100 hoods; fits 820–950 mm T5/T8 fixtures with the separate adapter
- **Warranty:** 2 years (Aquael LED modules)
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Tube Plant 17w (SKU 113255); Leddy Tube Plant 10w (SKU 124697)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Plant 17w
102cm LED retrofit tube with a red and blue plant-growth spectrum.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-plant-17w/
- Price: $162.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113255 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546332422
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113255-1.jpg
A long planted tank often loses growth at the ends of the tank first, where an undersized light simply does not reach. Aquael Leddy Tube Plant 17w (SKU: 113255) is the longest module in Aquael's Leddy Tube Plant 2.0 range, a 1015 mm (approximately 102 cm) LED tube built as a direct retrofit for a fluorescent lamp of the same length. It draws 17 W and emits at 9000 K with the red and blue wavebands emphasised over green, the combination Aquael aims at photosynthesis rather than at making fish colours pop.
At just over a metre, this tube suits aquariums in the 120 to 150 cm class, matching the fitting length of Aquael's Glossy 120 and 150 tanks rather than the shorter Leddy 75 hood, which takes the 700 mm module instead. Where an existing hood is a T5 or T8 fluorescent fixture of around 1135 to 1265 mm, the separately sold retrofit adapters extend the tube's clamps to fit, so a long-established hood does not need replacing just to switch to LED. Because the Plant spectrum is fixed rather than switchable, growers running a long tank sometimes pair this tube with a shorter Leddy Tube Sunny or Actinic module elsewhere in the hood for a broader overall colour mix, though the 17 W Plant module on its own is intended to run the full length of the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Long planted tanks (120–150 cm class):** Sized for Aquael's Glossy 120 and 150 aquariums.
- **Full-length coverage:** A single 102 cm tube avoids dark patches at either end of a long tank.
- **Retrofitting an older hood:** Fits a 1135–1265 mm T5/T8 fixture with the separate adapter set.
- **Heavy-demand plant sections:** Stronger total output than the 10 W or 14 W Plant tubes for the same spectrum.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Measure the hood:** Confirm it takes a 1015 mm Leddy Tube, or fit the T5/T8 adapter for a longer fixture.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the module into the hood's end caps in place of the fluorescent lamp.
- **Set a photoperiod:** Run it on a timer for a consistent daily light duration.
- **Support the tube mid-span:** On very long hoods, check the centre of the tube is not left unsupported.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red and blue emphasis:** 9000 K spectrum weighted for photosynthesis over long tank runs.
- **1015 mm LED module:** Full-length retrofit for 120–150 cm aquariums.
- **Highest output in the Plant range:** More total light than the 10 W or 14 W versions at the same spectrum.
- **Adapter-compatible:** Fits 1135–1265 mm T5/T8 fixtures with Aquael's separate retrofit adapters.
- **No spectrum drift:** LED output stays consistent across the tube's working life.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113255
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546332422
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Plant Spectrum)
- **Power:** 17 W
- **Tube Length:** 1015 mm (about 102 cm)
- **Colour Temperature:** 9000 K, red/blue-emphasised plant spectrum
- **Fitting:** Aquael Glossy 120/150 hoods; fits 1135–1265 mm T5/T8 fixtures with the separate adapter
- **Warranty:** 2 years (Aquael LED modules)
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Tube Plant 14w (SKU 113249); Leddy Tube Plant 10w (SKU 124697)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 10w Day & Night
42cm LED retrofit tube for Leddy 60 and Glossy Cube aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-sunny-10w-day-night/
- Price: $97.36 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113197 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546329859
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113197-1.jpg
A 60 cm tank is common enough that most hoods take it for granted, yet the stock fluorescent tube that comes with one still fades and discolours water over a year or two of use. Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 10w Day & Night (SKU: 113197) is the mid-small module in Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny 2.0 range, a 415 mm LED tube rated at 10 W, 7000 K and about 900 lm in Aquael's universal SUNNY spectrum. It is built as a direct LED replacement for the fluorescent tube in the Leddy 60, Leddy 60 XL and Glossy Cube hoods, matching their fitting length rather than needing a new light body.
Like the rest of the Sunny range, this module simulates a diurnal cycle through three fixed modes: DAY at full 900 lm output for the main part of the day, DAYBREAK at roughly half power with added blue light either side of DAY, and NIGHT as a dim blue glow for watching the tank after dark without disturbing nocturnal fish. Modes step forward with a power-off of under five seconds, and a longer break resets the sequence back to DAY, so no app is required to run the daily cycle, though Aquael's SOCKET Link Duo controller can automate it. Where the existing hood is an older T5 or T8 fluorescent fixture of around 535 to 665 mm rather than a Leddy hood, Aquael's separate T5/T8 adapters extend the tube to fit. The module is backed by Aquael's two-year warranty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leddy 60, 60 XL and Glossy Cube hoods:** Direct LED retrofit matched to their 415 mm fitting.
- **Replacing a fading fluorescent tube:** LED output does not discolour or dim the way an old T8 does.
- **Everyday community tanks:** SUNNY spectrum for natural colour rendition rather than plant growth.
- **Automated day/night routines:** Pairs with the SOCKET Link Duo controller for scheduled mode changes.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the tube:** Clip the 415 mm module into the Leddy 60-class hood, or an adapted T5/T8 fixture.
- **Start in DAY mode:** This is the default state when first switched on.
- **Cycle modes manually:** Switch off and on within five seconds to step to DAYBREAK, then NIGHT.
- **Automate it (optional):** Add the SOCKET Link Duo controller to schedule mode changes without manual switching.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-mode cycle:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT in one fixed sequence.
- **415 mm LED module:** Direct fit for Leddy 60, Leddy 60 XL and Glossy Cube hoods.
- **900 lm output:** More than double the smaller 7 W Sunny tube at the same colour temperature.
- **Adapter-compatible:** Fits a 535–665 mm T5/T8 fixture with the separate retrofit adapter.
- **App-ready:** Works with the separately sold SOCKET Link Duo controller.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113197
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546329859
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Tube Length:** 415 mm (about 42 cm)
- **Light Output:** About 900 lm, 7000 K SUNNY spectrum
- **Modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK (about 50% power plus blue) and NIGHT (blue glow)
- **Fitting:** Aquael Leddy 60, Leddy 60 XL and Glossy Cube hoods
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Tube Sunny 14w Day & Night (SKU 113198); Leddy Tube Sunny 7w Day & Night (SKU 113199)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 14w Day & Night
70cm LED retrofit tube for Leddy 75 and Glossy 80/100 aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-sunny-14w-day-night/
- Price: $124.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113198 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546338653
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113198-1.jpg
A 75 to 100 cm display tank in a living room is usually watched well into the evening, which is exactly when a plain daylight tube is at its least useful. Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 14w Day & Night (SKU: 113198) is the mid-size module in Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny 2.0 range, a 700 mm LED tube rated at 14 W, 7000 K and about 1270 lm, running Aquael's universal SUNNY spectrum. It is a direct LED retrofit sized for the Leddy 75, Glossy 80 and Glossy 100 hoods, rather than a stand-alone fixture.
The tube cycles through the same three modes as the rest of the Sunny range: DAY at full 1270 lm brightness, DAYBREAK at around half power with added blue for the transition either side of daylight, and NIGHT as a dim blue glow suited to a lounge room tank that still gets looked at after the main lights go off. Switching the tube off and on again within five seconds steps to the next mode, and a break of more than five seconds resets the sequence to DAY; the separately sold SOCKET Link Duo controller can run the cycle on a schedule instead. For an older T5 or T8 fluorescent hood in the 820 to 950 mm range rather than a Leddy fitting, Aquael's T5/T8 retrofit adapters bring this tube up to size, and the module carries Aquael's two-year warranty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leddy 75 and Glossy 80/100 hoods:** Direct LED retrofit matched to their 700 mm fitting.
- **Evening display tanks:** A dimmer NIGHT mode for viewing after the room lights are off.
- **Mid-size community tanks:** SUNNY spectrum for natural colour across a 75–100 cm tank.
- **Retrofitting an existing hood:** Fits an 820–950 mm T5/T8 fixture with the separate adapter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the tube:** Clip the 700 mm module into the Leddy 75-class hood, or an adapted T5/T8 fixture.
- **Power on in DAY mode:** This is the default state at switch-on.
- **Cycle modes manually:** Turn off and on within five seconds to move to DAYBREAK, then NIGHT.
- **Automate it (optional):** Add the SOCKET Link Duo controller for a scheduled day/night cycle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-mode cycle:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT in one switchable sequence.
- **700 mm LED module:** Direct fit for Leddy 75, Glossy 80 and Glossy 100 hoods.
- **1270 lm output:** The mid-strength tube in the Sunny range, between the 10 W and 17 W modules.
- **Adapter-compatible:** Fits an 820–950 mm T5/T8 fixture with the separate retrofit adapter.
- **Two-year warranty:** Factory-backed cover on the LED module.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113198
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546338653
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 14 W
- **Tube Length:** 700 mm (about 70 cm)
- **Light Output:** About 1270 lm, 7000 K SUNNY spectrum
- **Modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK (about 50% power plus blue) and NIGHT (blue glow)
- **Fitting:** Aquael Leddy 75, Glossy 80 and Glossy 100 hoods
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Tube Sunny 10w Day & Night (SKU 113197); Leddy Tube Sunny 7w Day & Night (SKU 113199)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 17w Day & Night - 102cm Tube
The longest LED retrofit tube in the Sunny range, for Glossy 120/150 aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-sunny-17w-day-night-102cm-tube/
- Price: $139.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113218
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113218-1.jpg
A tank over a metre long needs enough light at both ends, and stretching a shorter tube's output across that distance usually leaves the corners dim. Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 17w Day & Night - 102cm Tube (SKU: 113218) is the longest and brightest module in Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny 2.0 range, a 1015 mm LED tube rated at 17 W, 7000 K and about 1520 lm in Aquael's universal SUNNY spectrum. It is sized as a direct LED retrofit for Aquael's Glossy 120 and Glossy 150 aquarium hoods, which take a tube of this length, rather than the shorter Leddy 75 fitting.
The module runs the same DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT cycle as the rest of the Sunny range: full 1520 lm output through the day, a roughly half-power DAYBREAK with added blue for the transition either side of daylight, and a dim blue NIGHT glow for viewing a large display tank after the room lights go off. Mode changes are stepped by switching the tube off and back on within five seconds, with a longer break resetting the sequence to DAY, and the separately sold SOCKET Link Duo controller can automate the whole cycle. For an older T5 or T8 fluorescent hood of roughly 1135 to 1265 mm rather than a Glossy fitting, Aquael's T5/T8 retrofit adapters extend this tube to fit, and the module carries the same two-year warranty as the rest of the Leddy Tube range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Glossy 120 and 150 hoods:** Direct LED retrofit matched to their 1015 mm fitting.
- **Long display tanks:** Full-length coverage avoids dim corners at either end.
- **Largest community tanks in the range:** SUNNY spectrum scaled up to the strongest output Aquael offers in this line.
- **Retrofitting a long fluorescent hood:** Fits a 1135–1265 mm T5/T8 fixture with the separate adapter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the tube:** Clip the 1015 mm module into the Glossy 120/150 hood, or an adapted T5/T8 fixture.
- **Power on in DAY mode:** This is the default state at first switch-on.
- **Cycle modes manually:** Switch off and on within five seconds to move to DAYBREAK, then NIGHT.
- **Automate it (optional):** Add the SOCKET Link Duo controller for a scheduled cycle on a long display tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-mode cycle:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT in one switchable sequence.
- **1015 mm LED module:** The longest tube in the Sunny Day & Night range.
- **1520 lm output:** The brightest module in the Sunny range.
- **Adapter-compatible:** Fits a 1135–1265 mm T5/T8 fixture with the separate retrofit adapter.
- **Two-year warranty:** Factory-backed cover on the LED module.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113218
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 17 W
- **Tube Length:** 1015 mm (about 102 cm)
- **Light Output:** About 1520 lm, 7000 K SUNNY spectrum
- **Modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK (about 50% power plus blue) and NIGHT (blue glow)
- **Fitting:** Aquael Glossy 120 and Glossy 150 hoods
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 7w Day & Night
28cm LED retrofit tube for Leddy 40 aquariums with a day, daybreak and night cycle.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-leddy-tube-sunny-7w-day-night/
- Price: $88.68 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113199 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546329880
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113199-1.jpg
A 40 cm aquarium is too small for most off-the-shelf lighting ranges, which tend to start at 60 cm and leave the little tanks under-lit or over-bright. Aquael Leddy Tube Sunny 7w Day & Night (SKU: 113199) is the smallest module in Aquael's Leddy Tube Sunny 2.0 range, a 273 mm LED tube rated at 7 W, 7000 K and about 620 lm, built to Aquael's universal SUNNY spectrum for general viewing rather than a plant-specific one. It is a direct LED retrofit for the fluorescent tube in Aquael's own Leddy 40 and Leddy 40 XL aquarium hoods, not a stand-alone lamp.
The module runs a DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT cycle: DAY is the full 620 lm output, DAYBREAK drops to roughly half power with added blue for the hour before and after full daylight, and NIGHT switches to a dim blue glow so a small, often bedroom-sited tank can be watched after dark without a bright light disturbing the room or the fish. Modes are stepped through by switching the tube off and back on within five seconds; leaving it off longer than five seconds resets the cycle to DAY. The same 273 mm tube can be fitted into an older T5 or T8 fluorescent hood sized for roughly this fitting length, using Aquael's separate retrofit adapters, and the module carries Aquael's two-year manufacturer's warranty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leddy 40 and 40 XL hoods:** Direct LED replacement sized to the smallest tanks in the range.
- **Small bedroom or desk tanks:** A dim NIGHT mode for viewing without a bright light.
- **General community tanks:** SUNNY spectrum for everyday colour rendition rather than plant growth.
- **Retrofitting a small fluorescent hood:** Fits with the T5/T8 adapter where the fixture matches this length.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the tube:** Clip the 273 mm module into the Leddy 40 hood's end caps, or into an adapted T5/T8 fixture.
- **Power it on:** Switch on for DAY mode as the default state.
- **Step through modes:** Turn off and on within five seconds to move to DAYBREAK, then NIGHT.
- **Reset to DAY:** Leave the power off for more than five seconds, then switch back on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-mode cycle:** DAY, DAYBREAK and NIGHT, stepped through by switching.
- **Smallest Sunny tube:** 273 mm length for Leddy 40-class aquariums.
- **Universal SUNNY spectrum:** 7000 K for general viewing and colour rendition.
- **Adapter-compatible:** Fits a matching T5/T8 fluorescent fixture with the separate retrofit adapter.
- **Two-year warranty:** Covers the LED module as a factory-backed replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113199
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546329880
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Retrofit Tube (Day & Night)
- **Power:** 7 W
- **Tube Length:** 273 mm (about 28 cm)
- **Light Output:** About 620 lm, 7000 K SUNNY spectrum
- **Modes:** DAY, DAYBREAK (about 50% power plus blue) and NIGHT (blue glow)
- **Fitting:** Aquael Leddy 40 and Leddy 40 XL hoods
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Other Sizes:** Leddy Tube Sunny 10w Day & Night (SKU 113197); Leddy Tube Sunny 14w Day & Night (SKU 113198)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Moonlight Mini Led Spotlight
Submersible blue LED spotlight for night viewing and coral fluorescence.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-moonlight-mini-led-spotlight/
- Price: $94.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100388 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546191487
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100388-1.jpg
A bright display light makes nocturnal fish hide and does nothing for the fluorescence in a reef tank, which is why a separate, dim blue source is worth running after the main light goes off. Aquael Moonlight Mini Led Spotlight (SKU: 100388) is Aquael's small submersible LED spotlight, built around four LEDs on 5 V low-voltage technology for a total draw of about 1 W, producing a strong blue light rather than a white or daylight spectrum. At roughly 4.5 by 3.5 by 5.5 cm, it is sized to sit unobtrusively on the glass or among décor rather than dominate the tank.
It is IPX8 rated, so it can run fully submerged or mounted above the waterline, and it fixes in place with a dual system: a strong suction cup for direct glass mounting, plus a magnetic hanger for attaching it to a hood, pipework or other equipment where a suction cup is less convenient. Aquael markets it for three main uses: simulating moonlight for nocturnal viewing and late feeding, running as an actinic source in small marine or reef set-ups to bring out coral fluorescence, and as a spawning aid for fish that respond to a dim light cycle, which Aquael states it has found effective in its own use, though this is a general observation rather than a guaranteed outcome for every species. Outside the aquarium, the same waterproof fixture can be used as a small accent light.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nocturnal fish and night viewing:** A dim blue light that does not trigger a daytime response.
- **Reef and marine nano tanks:** Actinic-style light to enhance coral fluorescence.
- **Breeding set-ups:** A reduced-light period for species that spawn more readily under subdued conditions.
- **Feeding after dark:** Enough light to observe fish taking a late feed without a full daylight fixture.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a mount:** Use the suction cup for direct glass mounting or the magnetic hanger for fixing to a hood or pipe.
- **Position the spotlight:** Aim it where it lights the main viewing area without shining directly into the aquarist's eyes.
- **Submerge or mount dry:** The IPX8 rating allows either, so it can go above or below the waterline as the layout needs.
- **Run on its own switch or timer:** Operate it separately from the main light so it can be timed for a moonlight period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four-LED blue spotlight:** Compact fixture built for moonlight rather than daylight viewing.
- **IPX8 submersible rating:** Usable in or out of the water.
- **Dual mounting:** Suction cup and magnetic hanger cover different mounting positions.
- **Low-voltage design:** 5 V, about 1 W total draw.
- **Multi-purpose:** Suited to night viewing, coral fluorescence and breeding light cycles alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 100388
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546191487
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Moonlight Spotlight
- **Power:** About 1 W, 5 V
- **LED Count:** 4 LEDs, blue
- **Dimensions:** About 4.5 × 3.5 × 5.5 cm
- **Waterproof Rating:** IPX8 (fully submersible)
- **Mounting:** Suction cup or magnetic hanger
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Retrofit 10w Actinic 55-60cm
LED replacement tube for ageing T5/T8 actinic fluorescents.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-retrofit-10w-actinic-55-60cm/
- Price: $137.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102562 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546314015
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102562-1.jpg
An old fluorescent actinic tube dims well before it fails outright, and the coral glow it was bought for fades with it long before the light goes dark. Aquael Retrofit 10w Actinic 55-60cm (SKU: 102562) is Aquael's Leddy Tube Retrofit LED bar in the actinic spectrum, built to replace a worn T5 or T8 fluorescent tube in an existing hood rather than requiring a whole new light unit. The bare module runs about 41.5 cm long with its own independent power supply, so no external ballast is needed, and the pack includes a mounting bracket with T5/T8 mounts so it extends to fit a 55 to 60 cm aquarium. At 10 W it is the shortest and lowest-powered tube in Aquael's actinic retrofit line.
The spectrum is actinic blue at around 20,000 K, the deep blue wavelength that drives coral fluorescence and is typically run alongside a broader white or marine tube rather than as the only light source. Because the module carries its own power supply, it can go into most existing aquarium hoods and lamp bodies, including one with a failed fluorescent ballast, without rewiring the fixture. Aquael builds the unit to a low-profile, compact design so it sits inside a standard hood lid, and the LEDs are rated by Aquael to run for years longer than the fluorescent tube they replace. A matching 18 W tube (SKU 102571) covers a 115 to 120 cm tank for anyone running actinic lighting across a larger display using the same spectrum.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fading fluorescent tubes:** A direct LED swap when an old actinic T5 or T8 loses output.
- **Coral fluorescence:** Supplementary blue spectrum alongside a white or marine tube.
- **55–60 cm aquariums:** Sized with the included bracket for this hood length.
- **Failed ballasts:** The module's own power supply bypasses a faulty fluorescent ballast.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Remove the old tube:** Take out the fluorescent tube and its end caps from the hood.
- **Fit the bracket:** Attach the included T5/T8 mounts to the retrofit tube to match the fitting.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the bracketed LED tube into the existing hood or lamp body.
- **Connect power:** Plug the tube's own power supply in directly; no separate ballast is used.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Actinic spectrum:** Around 20,000 K blue light for coral fluorescence.
- **Independent power supply:** No external ballast; fits hoods with a failed fluorescent driver.
- **T5/T8 mounting bracket included:** Sized for a 55–60 cm aquarium.
- **Low-profile design:** Compact enough for a standard hood lid.
- **Long LED life:** Rated by Aquael to outlast the fluorescent tube it replaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102562
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546314015
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Retrofit LED Tube (Actinic)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 20,000 K (actinic blue)
- **Module Length:** About 41.5 cm; fits 55–60 cm aquariums with the included bracket
- **Fitting:** T5/T8 mounting bracket included
- **Power Supply:** Independent, built into the unit
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Retrofit 18w Actinic 115-120cm (SKU 102571)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Retrofit 10w Marine 55-60cm
LED replacement tube for coral growth and colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-retrofit-10w-marine-55-60cm/
- Price: $135.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102560 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313988
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Retromarine10W_8426a529-30a1-40a2-a417-da0f3402fcf6.webp
A marine tank lit by a weak fluorescent tube keeps fish alive but does little for coral growth or colour, and swapping the whole fixture is not always necessary. Aquael Retrofit 10w Marine 55-60cm (SKU: 102560) is Aquael's Leddy Tube Retrofit LED bar in the marine spectrum, designed to replace a 55 to 60 cm T5 or T8 fluorescent tube in an existing hood. The bare module runs about 41.5 cm with its own independent power supply, and the pack includes a mounting bracket with T5/T8 mounts that extends it to fit a 55 to 60 cm aquarium. According to Aquael's figures for the equivalent LEDDY TUBE marine module, this power tier outputs around 900 lumens.
The spectrum is a daylight-leaning blue-white at around 10,000 K, the balance Aquael aims at coral growth and natural marine colouration rather than the deep blue of an actinic tube, and it can be run alone on a lightly stocked reef or paired with an actinic tube for more blue. Because the unit carries its own power supply, it fits into most existing hoods and lamp bodies, including one whose original fluorescent ballast has failed, without the fixture needing rewiring. The design is kept low-profile so it sits inside a standard hood lid, and Aquael rates the LEDs for a service life well beyond that of the fluorescent tube being replaced. Two longer tubes in the same marine spectrum, at 85 to 90 cm (SKU 102561) and 115 to 120 cm (SKU 102569), cover larger reef hoods with the same colour balance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fading fluorescent tubes:** A direct LED swap for an old marine-spectrum T5 or T8.
- **Coral growth and colour:** A daylight-blue spectrum aimed at reef growth rather than fish-only tanks.
- **55–60 cm aquariums:** Sized with the included bracket for this hood length.
- **Failed ballasts:** The module's own power supply bypasses a faulty fluorescent ballast.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Remove the old tube:** Take out the fluorescent tube and its end caps from the hood.
- **Fit the bracket:** Attach the included T5/T8 mounts to match the fitting.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the bracketed LED tube into the existing hood or lamp body.
- **Connect power:** Plug the tube's own power supply in directly; no separate ballast is used.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine spectrum:** Around 10,000 K, aimed at coral growth and colouration.
- **Around 900 lumens:** Aquael's figure for this power tier of the marine module.
- **Independent power supply:** No external ballast; fits hoods with a failed fluorescent driver.
- **T5/T8 mounting bracket included:** Sized for a 55–60 cm aquarium.
- **Long LED life:** Rated by Aquael to outlast the fluorescent tube it replaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102560
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313988
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Retrofit LED Tube (Marine)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Light Output:** About 900 lumens
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 10,000 K (marine blue-white)
- **Module Length:** About 41.5 cm; fits 55–60 cm aquariums with the included bracket
- **Fitting:** T5/T8 mounting bracket included
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Retrofit 16w Marine 85-90cm (SKU 102561) ; Aquael Retrofit 18w Marine 115-120cm (SKU 102569)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Retrofit 10w Sunny 55-60cm
LED replacement tube with a natural daylight spectrum.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-retrofit-10w-sunny-55-60cm/
- Price: $100.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102673 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313926
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Retrosunny10W_46267585-a217-4f1a-9c6b-6cc2f13e0efd.webp
Not every tank needs a blue reef tint, and a community or planted display lit by a dying fluorescent tube just looks dull rather than dramatic. Aquael Retrofit 10w Sunny 55-60cm (SKU: 102673) is Aquael's Leddy Tube Retrofit LED bar in the Sunny spectrum, built to replace a 55 to 60 cm T5 or T8 fluorescent tube in an existing hood rather than requiring a new light unit. The bare module runs about 41.5 cm with its own independent power supply, and the pack includes a mounting bracket with T5/T8 mounts that extends it to fit a 55 to 60 cm aquarium. Unlike the actinic and marine tubes in the same retrofit range, Sunny is a broad daylight spectrum rather than a blue-leaning reef tone.
Aquael rates the Sunny spectrum at around 7,000 K, close to midday sunlight, renders natural colours in fish, plants and wood rather than tinting the display blue, and suits community, planted and show tanks as well as a fish-only marine tank that does not need actinic emphasis. Because the module carries its own power supply, it fits into most existing hoods and lamp bodies, including one whose original fluorescent ballast has failed, without the fixture needing rewiring. The design stays low-profile so it sits inside a standard hood lid, and the LEDs are rated by Aquael to run for years longer than the fluorescent tube being replaced. This is the only Sunny-spectrum length currently stocked, so a longer tank needs either two tubes end to end or a different Aquael fixture entirely.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fading fluorescent tubes:** A direct LED swap for an old daylight-spectrum T5 or T8.
- **Planted and community tanks:** A natural white spectrum rather than an actinic or marine blue tint.
- **55–60 cm aquariums:** Sized with the included bracket for this hood length.
- **Failed ballasts:** The module's own power supply bypasses a faulty fluorescent ballast.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Remove the old tube:** Take out the fluorescent tube and its end caps from the hood.
- **Fit the bracket:** Attach the included T5/T8 mounts to match the fitting.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the bracketed LED tube into the existing hood or lamp body.
- **Connect power:** Plug the tube's own power supply in directly; no separate ballast is used.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sunny daylight spectrum:** Around 7,000 K, close to natural midday light.
- **Independent power supply:** No external ballast; fits hoods with a failed fluorescent driver.
- **T5/T8 mounting bracket included:** Sized for a 55–60 cm aquarium.
- **Low-profile design:** Compact enough for a standard hood lid.
- **Long LED life:** Rated by Aquael to outlast the fluorescent tube it replaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102673
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313926
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Retrofit LED Tube (Sunny)
- **Power:** 10 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 7,000 K (natural daylight)
- **Module Length:** About 41.5 cm; fits 55–60 cm aquariums with the included bracket
- **Fitting:** T5/T8 mounting bracket included
- **Power Supply:** Independent, built into the unit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Retrofit 16w Marine 85-90cm
LED replacement tube for mid-size reef hoods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-retrofit-16w-marine-85-90cm/
- Price: $145.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102561 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313995
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102561-1.jpg
A mid-size reef tank around 85 to 90 cm usually ran on a single long fluorescent tube, and once that tube's colour rendering drops off, corals lose definition before the fixture itself fails. Aquael Retrofit 16w Marine 85-90cm (SKU: 102561) is the mid-length tube in Aquael's Leddy Tube Retrofit marine range, built to replace an 85 to 90 cm T5 or T8 fluorescent tube in an existing hood rather than requiring a new fixture. The bare LED module runs roughly 70 cm with its own independent power supply, and the pack includes a mounting bracket with T5/T8 mounts that extends the fitting to the full 85 to 90 cm length. At this wattage it sits between the shorter 10 W and the longer 18 W tubes in the same marine line.
The spectrum is a daylight-leaning blue-white at around 10,000 K, the balance Aquael uses across its marine LEDDY tubes for coral growth and natural reef colouration rather than the deep blue of an actinic tube, and it can run alone on a lightly stocked tank or alongside an actinic tube for extra blue. Because the unit has its own power supply, it fits into most existing hoods and lamp bodies, including one whose original fluorescent ballast has failed, without the fixture needing rewiring. Aquael keeps the module low-profile so it sits inside a standard hood lid, and the LEDs are rated for a service life well beyond that of the fluorescent tube being replaced. A shorter 10 W tube (SKU 102560) and a longer 18 W tube (SKU 102569) cover smaller and larger reef hoods in the same marine spectrum.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fading fluorescent tubes:** A direct LED swap for an old marine-spectrum T5 or T8.
- **Mid-size reef hoods:** Even coverage across an 85 to 90 cm aquarium.
- **Coral growth and colour:** A daylight-blue spectrum aimed at reef growth rather than fish-only tanks.
- **Failed ballasts:** The module's own power supply bypasses a faulty fluorescent ballast.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Remove the old tube:** Take out the fluorescent tube and its end caps from the hood.
- **Fit the bracket:** Attach the included T5/T8 mounts to match the fitting length.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the bracketed LED tube into the existing hood or lamp body.
- **Connect power:** Plug the tube's own power supply in directly; no separate ballast is used.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine spectrum:** Around 10,000 K, aimed at coral growth and colouration.
- **Mid-range output:** 16 W, between the 10 W and 18 W tubes in the same line.
- **Independent power supply:** No external ballast; fits hoods with a failed fluorescent driver.
- **T5/T8 mounting bracket included:** Sized for an 85–90 cm aquarium.
- **Long LED life:** Rated by Aquael to outlast the fluorescent tube it replaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102561
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313995
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Retrofit LED Tube (Marine)
- **Power:** 16 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 10,000 K (marine blue-white)
- **Module Length:** About 70 cm; fits 85–90 cm aquariums with the included bracket
- **Fitting:** T5/T8 mounting bracket included
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Retrofit 10w Marine 55-60cm (SKU 102560) ; Aquael Retrofit 18w Marine 115-120cm (SKU 102569)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Retrofit 18w Actinic 115-120cm
LED replacement tube for a full-length reef hood.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-retrofit-18w-actinic-115-120cm/
- Price: $185.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102571 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546314039
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102571-1.jpg
A reef tank in the 115 to 120 cm class typically ran a pair of 4-foot fluorescent tubes, and those tubes age and dim long before the fixture itself gives up. Aquael Retrofit 18w Actinic 115-120cm (SKU: 102571) is the longest tube in Aquael's Leddy Tube Retrofit actinic range, built to replace a 115 to 120 cm T5 or T8 fluorescent tube rather than requiring a new light unit altogether. The bare LED module runs roughly 101.5 cm with its own independent power supply, and the pack includes a mounting bracket with T5/T8 mounts that extends the fitting out to the full 115 to 120 cm length. At 18 W it is the highest-output tube in the actinic line, intended for longer hoods where a single short tube would leave the ends of the tank dim.
The spectrum is actinic blue at around 20,000 K, the deep end of the visible range that drives coral fluorescence and is normally run in combination with a broader marine or white tube rather than alone. Because the unit has its own power supply, it drops into most existing hoods and lamp bodies, including one whose original fluorescent ballast has failed, without the fixture needing rewiring. Aquael keeps the module low-profile so it sits inside a standard hood lid rather than protruding above it, and the LEDs are rated by Aquael to run for years longer than the fluorescent tube being replaced. A shorter 10 W tube in the same spectrum (SKU 102562) covers a 55 to 60 cm tank for anyone running matched actinic lighting on a smaller display alongside this one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fading fluorescent tubes:** A direct LED swap for an old actinic T5 or T8 losing output.
- **Full-length reef hoods:** Even coverage across a 115 to 120 cm aquarium.
- **Coral fluorescence:** Supplementary blue spectrum run alongside a white or marine tube.
- **Failed ballasts:** The module's own power supply bypasses a faulty fluorescent ballast.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Remove the old tube:** Take out the fluorescent tube and its end caps from the hood.
- **Fit the bracket:** Attach the included T5/T8 mounts to match the fitting length.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the bracketed LED tube into the existing hood or lamp body.
- **Connect power:** Plug the tube's own power supply in directly; no separate ballast is used.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Actinic spectrum:** Around 20,000 K blue light for coral fluorescence.
- **Highest-output actinic tube:** 18 W, for a full-length 115–120 cm hood.
- **Independent power supply:** No external ballast; fits hoods with a failed fluorescent driver.
- **T5/T8 mounting bracket included:** Sized for a 115–120 cm aquarium.
- **Long LED life:** Rated by Aquael to outlast the fluorescent tube it replaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102571
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546314039
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Retrofit LED Tube (Actinic)
- **Power:** 18 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 20,000 K (actinic blue)
- **Module Length:** About 101.5 cm; fits 115–120 cm aquariums with the included bracket
- **Fitting:** T5/T8 mounting bracket included
- **Power Supply:** Independent, built into the unit
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Retrofit 10w Actinic 55-60cm (SKU 102562)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Retrofit 18w Marine 115-120cm
LED replacement tube for full-length reef displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-retrofit-18w-marine-115-120cm/
- Price: $159.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102569
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102569-1.jpg
A reef display at 115 to 120 cm needs even light from end to end, and a single tired fluorescent tube rarely manages it without dark patches at the corners. Aquael Retrofit 18w Marine 115-120cm (SKU: 102569) is the longest tube in Aquael's Leddy Tube Retrofit marine range, built to replace a 115 to 120 cm T5 or T8 fluorescent tube in an existing hood rather than requiring a whole new fixture. The bare LED module runs roughly 101.5 cm with its own independent power supply, and the pack includes a mounting bracket with T5/T8 mounts that extends the fitting out to the full 115 to 120 cm length. At 18 W it is the highest-output tube in the marine line, matched to the longer hoods it is sold for.
The spectrum is a daylight-leaning blue-white at around 10,000 K, the balance Aquael aims at coral growth and natural reef colouration across its marine LEDDY tubes, usually run alone on a lightly stocked display or paired with an actinic tube for extra blue in the evening. Because the unit carries its own power supply, it drops into most existing hoods and lamp bodies, including one whose original fluorescent ballast has failed, without the fixture needing rewiring. Aquael keeps the module low-profile so it sits inside a standard hood lid, and the LEDs are rated for a service life well beyond the fluorescent tube being replaced. Shorter tubes in the same marine spectrum at 55 to 60 cm (SKU 102560) and 85 to 90 cm (SKU 102561) cover smaller reef hoods with the same colour balance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fading fluorescent tubes:** A direct LED swap for an old marine-spectrum T5 or T8.
- **Full-length reef displays:** Even coverage across a 115 to 120 cm aquarium.
- **Coral growth and colour:** A daylight-blue spectrum aimed at reef growth rather than fish-only tanks.
- **Failed ballasts:** The module's own power supply bypasses a faulty fluorescent ballast.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Remove the old tube:** Take out the fluorescent tube and its end caps from the hood.
- **Fit the bracket:** Attach the included T5/T8 mounts to match the fitting length.
- **Seat the tube:** Clip the bracketed LED tube into the existing hood or lamp body.
- **Connect power:** Plug the tube's own power supply in directly; no separate ballast is used.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine spectrum:** Around 10,000 K, aimed at coral growth and colouration.
- **Highest-output marine tube:** 18 W, for a full-length 115–120 cm hood.
- **Independent power supply:** No external ballast; fits hoods with a failed fluorescent driver.
- **T5/T8 mounting bracket included:** Sized for a 115–120 cm aquarium.
- **Long LED life:** Rated by Aquael to outlast the fluorescent tube it replaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102569
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Retrofit LED Tube (Marine)
- **Power:** 18 W
- **Colour Temperature:** Approx. 10,000 K (marine blue-white)
- **Module Length:** About 101.5 cm; fits 115–120 cm aquariums with the included bracket
- **Fitting:** T5/T8 mounting bracket included
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Retrofit 10w Marine 55-60cm (SKU 102560) ; Aquael Retrofit 16w Marine 85-90cm (SKU 102561)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aquael Socket Link Duo (australian Version)
Wi-Fi smart power socket for two pieces of aquarium equipment.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-socket-link-duo-australian-version/
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724837
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724837-1.png
A tank that runs a light on one timer and a filter or heater on none at all is one power outage away from an inconsistent photoperiod. Aquael Socket Link Duo (Australian Version) (SKU: 724837) is Aquael's Wi-Fi-connected smart power socket, fitted with an Australian mains plug for local power points, with two independent channels that let a single unit schedule and remotely switch two pieces of equipment, such as a light and a filter, or a heater and an air pump. It connects to Aquael's AQU@RIUM app over the home Wi-Fi network rather than Bluetooth, so it can be checked and adjusted from a phone without needing to be within short range of the tank.
Each of the two sockets is rated to handle up to 250 W, enough for most aquarium lights, filters, heaters and small pumps, and scheduling through the app is precise to the second rather than rounded to the nearest minute. For Day & Night lighting fixtures, the unit can switch automatically between day and night modes on its own schedule, and an LED on the socket indicates the current operating mode at a glance. Because the two channels are independent, equipment on different schedules, such as a light that runs 10 hours a day and a heater that runs continuously, can be plugged into the same unit without one schedule interfering with the other. It suits anyone wanting basic automation and remote control over existing equipment without buying a smart controller for each individual device.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Automating a photoperiod:** Scheduling a light to switch on and off to the second, every day.
- **Remote checks and control:** Switching equipment on or off from the AQU@RIUM app while away from the tank.
- **Day & Night lighting:** Automatic switching between day and night modes on compatible fixtures.
- **Two devices on one unit:** Running a light and a filter, or a heater and a pump, on separate schedules.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plug in and connect:** Plug the unit into an Australian power point and connect it to the home Wi-Fi network.
- **Install the app:** Download Aquael's AQU@RIUM app and add the Socket Link Duo as a device.
- **Plug in equipment:** Connect a light, filter, heater or pump to each of the two sockets.
- **Set schedules:** Create separate on/off schedules for each socket, or enable automatic Day & Night switching.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two independent sockets:** Separate schedules for two pieces of equipment from one unit.
- **Wi-Fi app control:** Managed remotely through Aquael's AQU@RIUM app.
- **Second-precise scheduling:** On/off timing set to the second rather than the nearest minute.
- **Automatic Day & Night switching:** Matches compatible lighting fixtures to their day/night modes.
- **250 W per socket:** Enough capacity for typical aquarium lights, filters, heaters and pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724837
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Smart Wi-Fi Power Socket
- **Sockets:** 2 independent channels
- **Power Rating:** Up to 250 W per socket
- **Connectivity:** Wi-Fi, controlled via the Aquael AQU@RIUM app
- **Scheduling:** Precise switching to the second; automatic Day & Night mode switching
- **Plug:** Australian mains plug for local power points
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium equipment
---
#### Aquael Ultra Slim Bluetooth (bt) 90 Light Unit
Bluetooth-controlled LED bar with five preset light modes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aquael-ultra-slim-bluetooth-bt-90-light-unit/
- Price: $699.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724813
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724813-1.jpg
Running a planted freshwater tank, a Malawi set-up and a marine display all under the same light fixture usually means compromise, unless the fixture itself can switch character on demand. Aquael Ultra Slim Bluetooth (bt) 90 Light Unit (SKU: 724813) is a 90 cm LED light bar from Aquael's UltraSlim range, drawing 90 W and built into a single brushed aluminium plate about 17 mm thick, with no fans and only passive cooling. It connects to a phone over Bluetooth through Aquael's BT app, which can be secured with a PIN, and offers five preset light modes rather than a single fixed output.
Sunny is the strongest setting, for daytime lighting of a freshwater tank; Daybreak drops output by up to 50% and suits the first light after night or feeding time with skittish fish; Night gives a dim blue glow for watching nocturnal activity; Marine is built for saltwater tanks and also suits Malawi and Tanganyika cichlid set-ups; and Plant is tuned to support growth through every stage from seedling to full bloom, the mode Aquael aims at demanding, densely planted Dutch-style tanks. The fixture runs on 24 V, outputs around 9,300 lumens at a colour temperature of roughly 7,000 to 10,000 K, and mounts either on steel cables hung above the tank or on an adjustable rack with transparent guides that rests on the tank's edges, suiting aquariums from about 88 to 133 cm wide.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted freshwater aquariums:** The Plant mode is tuned for growth from seedling through to bloom.
- **Marine and African cichlid tanks:** The Marine mode suits saltwater displays and Lake Malawi or Tanganyika set-ups.
- **Feeding and low-light viewing:** Daybreak and Night modes ease the transition around lights-on and lights-off.
- **Open-top or rimless tanks:** The slim, cable- or rack-mounted design sits clear of the water's surface.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a mount:** Hang the unit on steel cables above the tank, or fit the adjustable rack to the tank's edges.
- **Position over the tank:** Check the 90 cm bar suits tanks of roughly 88 to 133 cm in width.
- **Pair over Bluetooth:** Connect to the fixture through Aquael's BT app and set a PIN if required.
- **Select a light mode:** Choose Sunny, Daybreak, Night, Marine or Plant to suit the tank and time of day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five light modes:** Sunny, Daybreak, Night, Marine and Plant, switched through the app.
- **Bluetooth app control:** Set up and switched via Aquael's BT app, with optional PIN security.
- **Single-plate aluminium body:** About 17 mm thick, cooled passively with no fans.
- **High light output:** Around 9,300 lumens at 7,000–10,000 K.
- **Flexible mounting:** Hanging cables or an adjustable edge-mounted rack, both included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 724813
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Light Bar (Bluetooth Controlled)
- **Power:** 90 W, 24 V
- **Light Output:** Approx. 9,300 lumens, 7,000–10,000 K
- **Light Modes:** Sunny, Daybreak, Night, Marine, Plant
- **Control:** Bluetooth via the Aquael BT app, PIN-securable
- **Dimensions:** About 87.4 × 25.2 × 1.7 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Width:** About 88 to 133 cm
- **Material:** Brushed aluminium, single-plate construction
- **Mounting:** Hanging steel cables or an adjustable edge rack (both included)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and marine aquariums
---
### Aquael — Maintenance
#### Aquael Fish Net 3" (3 Wire)
Small soft-mesh net for catching fish in nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-fish-net-3-3-wire/
- Price: $3.54 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102618
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102618-1.jpg
Catching a single tetra in a planted 40 litre tank with a big net usually ends with uprooted plants and a stressed shoal; a small net goes where the fish goes. Aquael Fish Net 3" (3 Wire) (SKU: 102618) is the 3 inch size of Aquael's universal fish nets, with a net head of about 7.5 × 6 cm, which Aquael lists as its Fish Net 7.5 × 6 cm (item 245274). The nets are designed for the safe catching of fish in freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Aquael makes them of soft mesh to protect the fish's sensitive skin against mechanical injury, and the rectangular shape of the net lets fish be caught even in the corners of the tank.
Aquael offers the net in a wide range of sizes so it can be matched to the size of the fish, and the 3 inch head suits small fish such as tetras, rasboras, guppies and endlers, along with fry and dwarf shrimp. It is also the size to keep for fishing out a stray leaf, uneaten food or a dead fish in a nano tank, and for lifting fish from a breeding box without chasing them around it. Two nets make catching easier: one held still as a trap, the other used to guide the fish in gently. For larger fish the same line includes the 5 inch (SKU 102619) and 8 inch (SKU 102620) nets. Rinse the net in fresh water after use and let it dry, and keep a separate net for a quarantine tank so disease is not carried between tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Room to manoeuvre between plants and decor.
- **Small fish and shrimp:** Tetras, rasboras, livebearers, fry and dwarf shrimp.
- **Moving fish:** Transfers into a bag, breeding box or quarantine tank.
- **Tidying up:** Lifting out uneaten food, dead leaves or a lost fish.
**How to Use**
- **Wet the net first:** A wet mesh is gentler on the fish's skin and slime coat.
- **Use two nets:** Hold one still and guide the fish into it with the other.
- **Work into a corner:** The rectangular frame closes off corners against the glass.
- **Lift quickly and gently:** Keep the fish out of the water for the shortest possible time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 inch head:** About 7.5 × 6 cm, sized for small fish.
- **Soft mesh:** Protects sensitive skin from mechanical injury, according to Aquael.
- **Rectangular frame:** Reaches fish in the corners of the tank.
- **Fresh and saltwater:** A universal net for both aquarium types.
- **Part of a range:** Matches the 5 and 8 inch nets for larger fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102618
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312738
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Fish Net
- **Net Size:** 3 inch (about 7.5 × 6 cm)
- **Shape:** Rectangular frame
- **Mesh:** Soft, fish-safe
- **Suits:** Small fish, fry and shrimp
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Fish Net 5" (3 Wire) (SKU 102619); Aquael Fish Net 8" (3 Wire) (SKU 102620)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fish Net 5" (3 Wire)
Soft-mesh net sized for small and nano aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-fish-net-5-3-wire/
- Price: $4.32 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102619 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312752
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102619-1.jpg
A stiff, rough net is how a fish ends up with a torn fin during what should be a routine catch. Aquael Fish Net 5" (3 Wire) (SKU: 102619) is a universal aquarium net built around a rectangular, three-wire frame rather than a single bent loop, which lets the net reach into the square corners of a tank where a round or oval head leaves fish an easy place to hide. The mesh itself is a soft material chosen to protect a fish's sensitive skin from the mechanical injury that a coarse, stiff net can cause during capture. At a 5-inch (about 12.7 cm) head width, this is the smaller of the two sizes Oasis stocks, scaled to suit the fish rather than the tank: catching a small fish in a net built for a much larger one usually means more chasing, not less.
Aquael makes this net across a wide range of sizes specifically so the net can be matched to the fish rather than used as a one-size-fits-all tool, and the 5-inch is the practical choice for nano tanks, betta bowls, fry grow-out containers and any aquarium where a larger net would be clumsy to manoeuvre between plants and decor. The rectangular shape works to the net's advantage here: a fish that bolts for a corner, which is the single most common reason a catch takes several attempts, is still within reach because the net's straight edges follow the glass rather than leaving a gap at the corner the way a round frame does. The net suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, and a second, larger 8-inch size is available in the same 3-wire range for bigger fish and larger tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** A net sized to the tank rather than one that is awkward to turn inside it.
- **Fry and small fish:** Delicate fish that need the softest possible mesh and a gentle approach.
- **Betta bowls and containers:** Confined spaces where a larger net cannot be worked properly.
- **Corner-huggers:** Fish that retreat into square corners, where the rectangular frame still reaches them.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse before and after:** Wet the net before use and rinse it clean afterwards rather than letting residue dry into the mesh.
- **Move slowly:** Approach the fish gradually rather than lunging, which only triggers a longer chase.
- **Use the corners:** Guide a cornered fish into the net rather than chasing it around open water.
- **Support, don't scoop roughly:** Lift the fish supported in water inside the net rather than dragging it across the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3-wire rectangular frame:** Reaches square tank corners that a round net head leaves exposed.
- **Soft mesh:** Protects delicate fish skin from the injury a coarse net can cause.
- **5-inch head:** Scaled for small fish and nano tanks rather than a one-size tool.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One net design suits either water type.
- **Part of a sized range:** An 8-inch version covers bigger fish and larger aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102619
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312752
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Fish Net
- **Frame:** Rectangular, 3-wire design
- **Net Size:** 5 inch (about 12.7 cm) head width
- **Mesh:** Soft material to protect fish from mechanical injury
- **Other Sizes:** 3 inch (102618); 8 inch (102620)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Fish Net 8" (3 Wire)
Soft-mesh net sized for larger community and single-species tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-fish-net-8-3-wire/
- Price: $5.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102620 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312776
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102620-1.jpg
Chasing a larger fish around a tank with a net built for fry only stresses the fish and dents the aquascape in the process. Aquael Fish Net 8" (3 Wire) (SKU: 102620) is a universal aquarium net built on a rectangular, three-wire frame instead of a single bent loop, so the net reaches the square corners of a tank where a round head would leave a gap for a fish to slip past. The mesh is a soft material designed to protect a fish's sensitive skin from the mechanical injury a coarse net can cause, and at an 8-inch (about 20.3 cm) head width this is the larger of the two sizes Oasis stocks, built to cover more water in a single sweep and to comfortably hold a bigger fish once it is caught.
Aquael sells this net across a wide range of sizes precisely so the size can be matched to the job, and the 8-inch is the better choice once a tank holds fish that would simply swim around a smaller net, or a tank large enough that fewer, broader passes are more practical than many small ones. The rectangular frame still does the same job it does on the smaller sizes: a fish that retreats into a square corner, rather than open water, is the hardest fish to catch with a round net and the easiest with one whose straight edges follow the glass. The net suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, and a smaller 5-inch version in the same 3-wire range handles nano tanks and small fish where this size would be unwieldy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger community tanks:** Bigger or faster fish that a small net cannot cover in one pass.
- **Single large specimens:** Cichlids and similarly sized fish that need a net large enough to hold them securely.
- **Bigger aquariums:** Wider tanks where fewer, broader sweeps beat many small ones.
- **Corner-huggers in a big tank:** Fish that retreat to square corners, which the rectangular frame still reaches.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse before and after use:** Wet the net before use and clean it afterwards rather than letting debris dry into the mesh.
- **Work with the current:** Let the fish swim toward the net rather than chasing it directly.
- **Use two nets for fast fish:** Guide a quick swimmer between this net and a second one to close off its escape routes.
- **Support the catch:** Lift the fish in water inside the net rather than dragging it across gravel or decor.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3-wire rectangular frame:** Keeps square tank corners covered where a round head would not.
- **Soft mesh:** Protects a larger fish's skin from the injury a coarse net can cause.
- **8-inch head:** Covers more water per pass and holds a bigger fish securely.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One design suits either water type.
- **Part of a sized range:** A 5-inch version handles nano tanks and small fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102620
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312776
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Fish Net
- **Frame:** Rectangular, 3-wire design
- **Net Size:** 8 inch (about 20.3 cm) head width
- **Mesh:** Soft material to protect fish from mechanical injury
- **Other Sizes:** 3 inch (102618); 5 inch (102619)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Gravel Cleaner L
2-in-1 gravel and glass siphon for standard community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-gravel-cleaner-l/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101254 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546133210
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101254-1.jpg
A 100 to 200 L community tank has enough substrate depth that a nano-sized siphon spends most of a water change half-full. Aquael Gravel Cleaner L (SKU: 101254) is the middle size in Aquael's three-piece Gravel & Glass Cleaner range, combining a gravel vacuum bell with a glass scraper edge in one 33 cm tube, long enough to reach the bottom of a standard-depth tank while still being easy to control with one hand. The tube bore and the mulm bell are both the same 50 mm and 105 mm dimensions used across the S and Xl sizes, so the only real difference between the three is reach.
Like the rest of the range, it needs no bulb, pump or battery: submerging the tube and shaking it a few times starts the siphon without any mouth-suction, after which the shaped bell lifts mulm and leftover food from the gravel while its moulded edge scrapes algae film off the glass in the same stroke. The flow runs out through a hose fitted to the top of the tube into a bucket, and the length means the whole substrate of a mid-size aquarium can be covered without wading an arm in to the shoulder. Aquael also sells the shorter S (about 26 cm) for nano tanks and the longer Xl (about 66.5 cm) for deep or tall display tanks, all interchangeable in technique. Being a plain mechanical siphon with no electronics, it suits freshwater or marine systems equally.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard community tanks:** The 33 cm tube reaches the substrate of typical 100–200 L aquariums comfortably.
- **Weekly water changes:** Vacuums mulm and debris from gravel or sand while water is drained.
- **Planted tanks between hardscape:** A one-handed tube that can be worked around rockwork and root systems.
- **Glass film algae:** The bell's scraper edge cleans the pane in the same pass as the gravel.
**How to Use**
- **Submerge the tube:** Push it fully under the surface before attempting to start the flow.
- **Shake to prime:** Move it up and down in the water to start the siphon without sucking on the hose.
- **Vacuum the substrate:** Work the bell through the gravel, lifting waste as the water drains.
- **Scrape in passing:** Run the bell's edge over the glass, then lift the tube clear to stop the flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **33 cm reach:** Covers the substrate of a standard-depth community aquarium in one pass.
- **Gravel and glass in one tool:** A mulm bell and a scraper edge built into the same head.
- **Shake-to-start siphon:** No hose-sucking; priming happens by shaking the submerged tube.
- **No power needed:** A purely gravity-driven siphon with nothing to charge or replace.
- **Common parts with S and Xl:** Same 50 mm tube and 105 mm bell across the size range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101254
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546133210
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel & Glass Cleaner
- **Tube Length:** About 33 cm (L size)
- **Tube Diameter:** 50 mm
- **Gravel Bell Width:** About 105 mm
- **Weight:** About 240 g
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon started by shaking the submerged tube
- **Cleaning Action:** Gravel vacuum bell with an integrated glass scraper edge
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Gravel Cleaner S (SKU 101255); Aquael Gravel Cleaner Xl (SKU 101253)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Gravel Cleaner S
Compact 2-in-1 gravel and glass cleaner for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-gravel-cleaner-s/
- Price: $27.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101255 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546133227
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/394526.jpg
A nano tank still collects mulm under the gravel, but a full-length siphon is clumsy in 30 or 40 L of water. Aquael Gravel Cleaner S (SKU: 101255) is the smallest of Aquael's three-size Gravel & Glass Cleaner range, a single tool that pairs a gravel vacuum bell with a glass scraper edge so the substrate and the front pane get cleaned in one pass. The tube is about 26 cm long with a 50 mm bore and a shaped mulm bell roughly 105 mm across, short enough to work in a nano or small aquarium without the handler's arm disappearing to the shoulder.
The cleaner needs no bulb, pump or battery and starts without the usual mouth-suction: submerging the tube and shaking it vertically a few times gets the siphon flowing. Once running, the shaped bell lifts loose waste from the gravel while the moulded edge on the bell scrapes algae film from the glass in the same stroke, and the flow runs down a hose fitted to the top of the tube to a bucket. Aquael sells the same cleaner as a Gravel Cleaner L at about 33 cm and a Gravel Cleaner Xl at about 66.5 cm for progressively larger tanks, all sharing the 50 mm tube and bell diameter; the S is the one sized for aquariums where reach and gentleness matter more than throughput. It suits freshwater and marine set-ups equally since it is a plain mechanical siphon with no electronics to protect from salt.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small aquariums:** The short tube reaches the substrate of tanks up to roughly 30 cm deep without an overlong reach.
- **Weekly gravel vacuuming:** Lifts mulm, leftover food and waste from the substrate during a routine water change.
- **Glass film algae:** The bell's scraper edge cleans the front pane in the same pass as the gravel.
- **Shrimp and fry tanks:** The smaller bell and gentler flow suit delicate small set-ups better than a large siphon.
**How to Use**
- **Submerge fully:** Push the whole tube under the surface before trying to start the flow.
- **Shake to prime:** Move the tube up and down in the water; no sucking on a hose is needed.
- **Work the substrate:** Push the bell into the gravel and let suction draw up loose waste.
- **Scrape as you go:** Run the bell's edge over the glass in the same motion, then lift the tube clear to stop the flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shake-to-start siphon:** Priming happens by shaking the submerged tube rather than sucking on the hose.
- **Two tools in one:** A gravel bell for the substrate and a built-in scraper edge for the glass.
- **Compact 26 cm tube:** Sized for nano and small aquariums where a long cleaner is awkward.
- **No power required:** Runs on gravity and water pressure alone, with no bulb or battery.
- **Shared parts across the range:** The same 50 mm tube and bell diameter as the L and Xl sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101255
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546133227
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel & Glass Cleaner
- **Tube Length:** About 26 cm (S size)
- **Tube Diameter:** 50 mm
- **Gravel Bell Width:** About 105 mm
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon started by shaking the submerged tube
- **Cleaning Action:** Gravel vacuum bell with an integrated glass scraper edge
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Gravel Cleaner L (SKU 101254); Aquael Gravel Cleaner Xl (SKU 101253)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Gravel Cleaner Xl
Long-reach 2-in-1 gravel and glass siphon for large and deep aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-gravel-cleaner-xl/
- Price: $59.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101253 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546133203
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101253-1.jpg
A tall display tank or a large show aquarium puts the substrate well out of comfortable reach, and a short siphon forces a wet sleeve and an awkward lean over the rim. Aquael Gravel Cleaner Xl (SKU: 101253) is the longest of Aquael's three-piece Gravel & Glass Cleaner range at about 66.5 cm, built to the same 50 mm tube and 105 mm mulm bell as the S and L sizes so the only variable that changes is how far it reaches. It combines a gravel vacuum bell with a glass scraper edge in one head, letting the substrate and the glass get cleaned in a single pass rather than two separate tools.
The cleaner is started the same way across the range: no mouth-suction, no bulb and no battery, just submerging the tube and shaking it vertically until the siphon takes hold. Once flowing, the shaped bell draws mulm and uneaten food up out of the gravel while its moulded edge scrapes algae film from the glass in the same stroke, with the waste water running down a hose attached to the top of the tube to a bucket on the floor. The extra length suits aquariums 60 cm or taller, or long tanks where standing at one spot and reaching across would otherwise mean climbing in. The shorter L (about 33 cm) and S (about 26 cm) cover standard and nano tanks respectively, and all three work identically on freshwater or marine substrate since there is nothing electronic inside to protect from salt.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tall and deep aquariums:** The 66.5 cm tube reaches the substrate of tanks around 60 cm or taller without over-reaching.
- **Large display tanks:** Covers more substrate per pass than the shorter sizes during a big water change.
- **Sump and breeder tubs:** Long enough to clean a deep holding tub from outside its rim.
- **Glass film algae on tall panes:** The bell's scraper edge cleans the lower glass in the same pass as the gravel.
**How to Use**
- **Submerge fully:** Push the full length of the tube under the surface before priming.
- **Shake to start:** Move the tube up and down in the water until the siphon begins to flow.
- **Cover the substrate:** Work the bell across the gravel in sections, given the extra length and area.
- **Scrape as you pass:** Run the bell's edge over the lower glass, then lift the tube out to stop the flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **66.5 cm reach:** The longest tube in the range, built for tall and large aquariums.
- **Gravel and glass combined:** One head carries both the mulm bell and the scraper edge.
- **Shake-to-start siphon:** Starts by shaking the submerged tube, with no hose-sucking involved.
- **No power or batteries:** A simple gravity siphon with nothing to charge or wear out electrically.
- **Same bore as S and L:** 50 mm tube and 105 mm bell, so only the length changes across the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101253
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546133203
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel & Glass Cleaner
- **Tube Length:** About 66.5 cm (Xl size)
- **Tube Diameter:** 50 mm
- **Gravel Bell Width:** About 105 mm
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon started by shaking the submerged tube
- **Cleaning Action:** Gravel vacuum bell with an integrated glass scraper edge
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Gravel Cleaner S (SKU 101255); Aquael Gravel Cleaner L (SKU 101254)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, large and deep tanks
---
#### Aquael Hose Cleaner 9-30mm
Flexible double-ended brush for filter hose and tubing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-hose-cleaner-9-30mm/
- Price: $27.03 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112909 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546308199
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112909-1.png
Filter hose grows a slimy biofilm on the inside that a wipe on the outside never touches, and most brushes are either too stiff to bend around a canister's inlet or too short to reach the middle of a long run. Aquael Hose Cleaner 9-30mm (SKU: 112909) is a flexible, double-ended cleaning brush built for exactly that job, sized to work inside hose and tubing with an internal diameter from 9 mm up to 30 mm. A flexible stainless steel shaft about 1.6 m long carries a nylon-bristle brush head at each end, so one pass from either direction reaches the full length of most aquarium filter hoses, intake pipes and spray bars.
The shaft bends to follow the curves in a hose run without kinking, and the two brush heads mean the cleaner can be fed in from either end of a length of tubing, which matters when one end is still fitted to a canister filter or a bulkhead. Nylon bristles are stiff enough to loosen built-up slime and mineral deposits on the hose wall without scratching soft plastic or silicone tubing. Because the brush works purely by mechanical friction, it is suited to plain hose cleaning between water changes rather than to disinfecting; a rinse under running water after use clears the bristles of the waste they have lifted. The 9 to 30 mm range covers the inlet and outlet hoses used on most internal and external canister filters, as well as spray bars and overflow pipes of similar bore.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filter hoses:** Clears slime and mineral build-up from the inside of inlet and outlet hoses during a filter service.
- **Spray bars and pipework:** Reaches through narrower tubing that a stiff brush cannot bend into.
- **Long hose runs:** The 1.6 m length and double-ended head reach the middle of long sections from either side.
- **Before reassembly:** A routine pass through hose and tubing before reconnecting a cleaned filter.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Disconnect the hose:** Remove it from the filter and any bulkhead fittings before brushing.
- **Feed the brush through:** Push one bristle end into the hose and work it along the full length.
- **Work from both ends:** Use the second brush head to clear sections the first pass could not reach.
- **Rinse and reconnect:** Flush the hose and brush under running water, then refit the hose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double-ended design:** A nylon brush head at each end of the shaft for cleaning from either direction.
- **9 to 30 mm range:** Fits the inlet and outlet hoses used on most internal and external filters.
- **1.6 m flexible shaft:** Long enough for most hose runs and bends without kinking.
- **Durable nylon bristles:** Loosen slime and deposits without scratching soft hose or tubing.
- **Rust-resistant handle:** A flexible stainless steel shaft that tolerates repeated rinsing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 112909
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546308199
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Hose & Tube Cleaning Brush
- **Compatible Hose Diameter:** 9 mm to 30 mm internal bore
- **Total Length:** 1.6 m
- **Brush Heads:** Dual-ended, flexible nylon bristles
- **Shaft Material:** Flexible, rust-resistant stainless steel
- **Use:** Aquarium filter hoses, intake pipes and filtration tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium filtration systems
---
#### Aquael Magnet Glass Cleaner & Scraper 2-in-1 L
Magnetic algae cleaner for large aquariums and glass up to 10mm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-magnet-glass-cleaner-scraper-2-in-1-l/
- Price: $70.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102084 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546308168
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102084-1.png
A large aquarium's glass is thick enough that an undersized magnetic cleaner loses grip partway across the pane, which is exactly when a scraper is most needed to shift stubborn growth. Aquael Magnet Glass Cleaner & Scraper 2-in-1 L (SKU: 102084) is the largest size in Aquael's 2-in-1 magnetic cleaner range, built to hold through glass or acrylic from 5 to 10 mm thick, the wall thickness typical of bigger freshwater and marine display tanks. It combines a soft, non-scratch brush with an interchangeable scraper blade in a single magnetic unit, sized up from the S and M versions to match the stronger magnets needed for thicker walls.
Two blades are included: a steel scraper for glass tanks and a plastic scraper for acrylic, since acrylic marks easily under a steel edge. The outer magnet is steered by hand on the outside of the tank while the inner half tracks it across the inside glass, avoiding the need to put a hand or arm into the water on a large tank where that reach is often awkward. A floating inner part surfaces on its own if it is ever pulled free, instead of dropping into rockwork or substrate where it would be hard to retrieve. Where glass runs thinner than 5 mm, Aquael's smaller S (3–6 mm) and M (3–8 mm) sizes hold their magnetic grip more reliably, so the L size should be reserved for the thicker walls it is actually built for.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Sized for glass or acrylic walls from 5 to 10 mm.
- **Thick-walled glass or acrylic:** Matched magnetic strength for walls the S and M sizes are not rated for.
- **Coralline and mineral deposits:** Steel blade for hard growth that a brush alone will not remove on reef glass.
- **Large acrylic tanks:** Plastic blade and brush only, never the steel scraper.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Confirm the blade:** Steel for glass, plastic for acrylic, fitted before starting.
- **Work broad passes with the brush:** Cover large panes efficiently before switching to the scraper.
- **Scrape hard deposits:** Use the blade side for coralline or mineral build-up on thick glass.
- **Retrieve a dropped magnet:** The floating inner half rises to the surface rather than sinking into decor.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two cleaning surfaces:** Soft brush and interchangeable scraper blade in one unit.
- **Glass and acrylic blades:** Steel scraper for glass, plastic scraper for acrylic, both included.
- **Sized for 5–10 mm glass:** The largest size in Aquael's S/M/L range.
- **Floating inner part:** Rises to the surface if it comes away from the outer magnet.
- **Ergonomic handle:** Built to make cleaning large glass surfaces less tiring.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102084
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546308168
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Glass Cleaner
- **Glass/Acrylic Thickness:** 5–10 mm
- **Blades Included:** 1 × steel (glass), 1 × plastic (acrylic), interchangeable
- **Cleaning Pad:** Soft, non-scratch brush
- **Buoyancy:** Inner part floats if detached
- **Other Sizes:** Small, 3–6 mm (SKU 102082); Medium, 3–8 mm (SKU 102083)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Magnet Glass Cleaner & Scraper 2-in-1 M
Magnetic algae cleaner for standard tanks and glass up to 8mm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-magnet-glass-cleaner-scraper-2-in-1-m/
- Price: $52.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102083 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546308175
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102083-1.png
Most display tanks sit in that middle ground where a nano cleaner is too small to cover the glass efficiently and a cleaner built for a large aquarium's thick walls will not hold as firmly. Aquael Magnet Glass Cleaner & Scraper 2-in-1 M (SKU: 102083) is the mid-size unit in Aquael's 2-in-1 magnetic cleaner range, rated for glass walls from 3 to 8 mm, which covers the glass thickness used on most standard freshwater and marine display tanks. Like the rest of the range, it pairs a soft, non-scratch brush with an interchangeable scraper blade in the one magnetic holder.
The set includes a steel blade for glass aquariums and a plastic blade for acrylic, so the tank material rather than habit should decide which one is fitted, since a steel edge can mark acrylic. The outer half is moved with the hand outside the tank, the inner half follows across the inside glass without anyone needing to get their hands wet, and a floating inner part brings it back to the surface rather than letting it sink if it is ever pulled free of the magnet. Aquael scales the same design down to an S size for 3–6 mm glass on nano tanks and up to an L size for 5–10 mm glass on larger or thicker-walled aquariums, so the M size is the one to pick when the actual glass thickness, not the tank's footprint, falls in the middle of that range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard display tanks:** Sized for glass walls from 3 to 8 mm.
- **Weekly maintenance:** Brush side for routine film algae across the main viewing panes.
- **Harder deposits:** Scraper side for algae or mineral build-up the brush leaves behind.
- **Acrylic display tanks:** Fit the plastic scraper and keep the steel blade out of use.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Match the blade to the tank:** Steel for glass, plastic for acrylic.
- **Work the brush over the main panes:** Start with the non-scratch side for everyday cleaning.
- **Flip to the blade for tougher spots:** Scrape algae or deposits the brush cannot shift.
- **Keep it near the surface:** If the magnet separates, the floating half stays retrievable rather than sinking.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two cleaning surfaces:** Soft brush and interchangeable scraper blade in one unit.
- **Glass and acrylic blades:** Steel scraper for glass, plastic scraper for acrylic, both included.
- **Sized for 3–8 mm glass:** The middle size in Aquael's S/M/L range.
- **Floating inner part:** Rises to the surface if it comes away from the outer magnet.
- **Ergonomic handle:** Shaped for extended cleaning sessions on larger glass areas.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102083
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546308175
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Glass Cleaner
- **Glass/Acrylic Thickness:** 3–8 mm
- **Blades Included:** 1 × steel (glass), 1 × plastic (acrylic), interchangeable
- **Cleaning Pad:** Soft, non-scratch brush
- **Buoyancy:** Inner part floats if detached
- **Other Sizes:** Small, 3–6 mm (SKU 102082); Large, 5–10 mm (SKU 102084)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquael Scissors Curved 25 Cm
Curved-blade steel aquascaping scissors for trimming carpets and foreground plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-scissors-curved-25-cm/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101991 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209762
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101991-1.jpg
Carpeting plants grow sideways, and cutting them level with straight blades means twisting the wrist at an awkward angle under water. Aquael Scissors Curved 25 cm (SKU: 101991) are the curved-blade version of Aquael's aquascaping scissors, made of durable surgical steel with sharp stainless blades and a 25 cm overall length, so the cut happens at the substrate while the hand stays above the water. The blades bend away from the line of the handles, which lets them lie close to, and parallel with, the gravel or a hardscape surface. Aquael presents its scissors and tweezers as tools for planting and trimming without soaking the hands, and recommends them especially for plant aquariums, natural-style tanks and nano aquariums.
The curve is the reason to choose this pair over the straight one. With the tips pointing down, the blades sweep across a lawn of Monte Carlo, dwarf hairgrass or Hemianthus and take an even layer off the top, and the same shape works around the base of stones and roots, where straight tips tend to dig in or catch the hardscape. A 25 cm length keeps fingers clear of the water in nano and medium-height tanks; in a deep tank the forearm will still go in. For topping stem plants and cutting rhizomes the straight version (SKU 101990) is the better tool, and the 27 cm straight tweezers (SKU 101992) replant the cuttings. Stainless steel stands up to aquarium use, but rinsing in fresh water and drying after each session keeps the pivot moving freely, particularly after work in hard or salt water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Carpet trimming:** Levelling Monte Carlo, Hemianthus and dwarf hairgrass lawns.
- **Low foreground plants:** Shaping cushions of moss and small rosette plants.
- **Around hardscape:** Cutting close to rock and wood without stabbing the surface.
- **Nano and nature-style tanks:** The layouts Aquael recommends its aquascaping tools for.
**How to Use**
- **Tips down:** Hold the scissors so the curve follows the substrate line.
- **Little and often:** Take a thin layer off a carpet regularly rather than one hard cut.
- **Collect clippings:** Net or siphon out floating pieces before they reach the filter intake.
- **Rinse and dry:** Fresh water after each use, then dry the blades and pivot.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Curved blades:** Sit flat against the substrate for an even carpet cut.
- **Surgical steel:** Durable stainless construction for regular use in water.
- **Sharp stainless blades:** Cut fine leaves cleanly instead of crushing them.
- **25 cm reach:** Hands stay dry in nano and medium-height aquariums.
- **Matching range:** Pairs with Aquael's straight scissors and 27 cm tweezers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101991
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209762
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Aquascaping Scissors (Curved)
- **Length:** 25 cm
- **Blade:** Curved
- **Material:** Surgical stainless steel
- **Care:** Rinse in fresh water and dry after use
- **Companion Tools:** Aquael Scissors Straight 25 cm (SKU 101990); Aquael Tweezer Straights 27 cm (SKU 101992)
- **Target Environment:** Planted, nature-style and nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Scissors Straight 25 Cm
Straight surgical-steel scissors for topping stem plants and removing old leaves.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-scissors-straight-25-cm/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101990 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209755
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101991-2.jpg
Stem plants that reach the surface shade everything beneath them, and the usual fix is to cut the tops off and replant them. Aquael Scissors Straight 25 cm (SKU: 101990) are Aquael's straight-bladed aquascaping scissors, made of elegant, durable surgical steel with sharp stainless blades and 25 cm long overall, so the cut is made under water while the hand stays dry. Aquael describes its scissors and tweezers as professional aquascaping tools that let the keeper plant and trim without soaking the hands, and recommends them especially for plant aquariums, natural tanks and nano aquariums. Of the two 25 cm patterns, the straight one is the general-purpose shape.
Straight blades cut along the line of the handles, which makes them the natural choice for topping Rotala, Ludwigia, Hygrophila and other stem plants, taking old or damaged leaves off Cryptocoryne and Echinodorus at the base, dividing the rhizomes of Anubias, Bucephalandra and Java fern, and cutting moss back on wood. Held vertically they slip between stems in a dense group without catching the neighbours. For carpets and other low foreground growth the curved version (SKU 101991) lies flatter against the substrate, and the 27 cm straight tweezers (SKU 101992) are the tool for pushing trimmed tops back into the gravel. Stainless steel copes with routine aquarium work; a rinse in fresh water and a dry of the blades and pivot after each session keeps the action smooth and the edges clean.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Topping stem plants:** Cutting stems back when they reach the surface or shade lower plants.
- **Leaf maintenance:** Removing yellowing, holed or algae-covered leaves.
- **Rhizome plants:** Dividing Anubias, Bucephalandra and Java fern into new pieces.
- **Moss on hardscape:** Trimming moss back on wood and stone before it turns ragged.
**How to Use**
- **Cut above a node:** Top stems just above a leaf pair so side shoots follow.
- **Replant the tops:** Push healthy cut tops into the substrate with tweezers.
- **Leaves at the base:** Cut old leaves close to the crown without nicking new growth.
- **Clean after use:** Rinse in fresh water and dry the blades and pivot.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Straight blades:** One shape for stems, leaves, rhizomes and moss.
- **Surgical steel:** Elegant, durable construction for regular use in water.
- **Sharp stainless edges:** Clean cuts in dense planting.
- **25 cm overall:** Cuts under water while the hand stays above it.
- **Part of a set:** Matches Aquael's curved scissors and 27 cm tweezers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101990
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209755
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Aquascaping Scissors (Straight)
- **Length:** 25 cm
- **Blade:** Straight
- **Material:** Surgical stainless steel
- **Care:** Rinse in fresh water and dry after use
- **Companion Tools:** Aquael Scissors Curved 25 cm (SKU 101991); Aquael Tweezer Straights 27 cm (SKU 101992)
- **Target Environment:** Planted, natural and nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Silicone Lubricant 5g
Aquarium-safe grease for filter seals, gaskets and O-rings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-silicone-lubricant-5g/
- Price: $11.96 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124724 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546054157
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124724-1.jpg
A canister filter that is suddenly hard to close, or one whose lid seal has gone stiff and starts to leak, is usually just dry rather than actually damaged. Aquael Silicone Lubricant 5g (SKU: 124724) is a silicone-based grease from Aquael, sold in a small 5 g sachet for maintaining the rubber seals, gaskets and O-rings on aquarium filters, powerheads and other equipment. Aquael markets it specifically for this maintenance role rather than as a general-purpose lubricant, and the pack size is deliberately small since only a thin film is needed at each seal.
Aquael describes the lubricant as non-hazardous to aquarium inhabitants, intended to be used on equipment seals rather than added to the water, and regular application is aimed at extending the service life of rubber gaskets by keeping them supple rather than letting them dry out, crack or lose their seal over time. A light coating also makes a canister filter's lid or a powerhead's housing easier to open and close, reducing the friction that can otherwise make reassembly harder than it needs to be. It suits any filter, pump or powerhead with a rubber seal, gasket or O-ring, used sparingly each time the equipment is opened for cleaning rather than as a one-off treatment, with any excess wiped off the seal before the housing is closed and the unit returned to the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stiff or dry seals:** A canister lid or O-ring that has become hard to close or shows signs of drying out.
- **Routine filter servicing:** Reapplying a thin film each time a filter is opened for cleaning.
- **New seal installation:** Lubricating a freshly fitted gasket or O-ring before first use.
- **Powerheads and pumps:** Any equipment with a rubber seal that is reopened periodically.
**How to Use**
- **Clean the seal first:** Wipe the gasket or O-ring free of grit before applying anything.
- **Apply a thin film:** Spread a small amount of lubricant evenly over the seal with a fingertip.
- **Wipe off any excess:** Remove surplus lubricant so none drips into the tank on reassembly.
- **Reassemble and test:** Close the housing, confirm it seals properly, then return the equipment to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Silicone-based grease:** Formulated for aquarium filter seals, gaskets and O-rings.
- **Aquarium-safe:** Non-hazardous to fish, invertebrates and other tank inhabitants.
- **Extends seal life:** Keeps rubber supple to prevent cracking and leaks.
- **Eases assembly:** Reduces friction when closing filter lids and pump housings.
- **Compact 5 g sachet:** Sized for repeated light applications rather than bulk use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124724
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546054157
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Filter Seal Lubricant
- **Net Weight:** 5 g
- **Type:** Silicone-based grease
- **Use:** Rubber gaskets, O-rings and seals on filters, powerheads and pumps
- **Safety:** Non-hazardous to aquarium inhabitants when used on equipment seals
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium filters and pumps
---
#### Aquael Tweezer Straights 27 Cm
Straight stainless steel planting tweezers for setting stems and cuttings in the substrate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-tweezer-straights-27-cm/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101992 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209779
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101993-2.jpg
Pushing a stem cutting into gravel with the fingers usually ends with the cutting floating back to the surface and a handful of disturbed substrate. Aquael Tweezer Straights 27 cm (SKU: 101992) are Aquael's straight-tipped planting tweezers, 27 cm long and made of elegant, durable stainless steel, for setting plants into the substrate quickly and accurately without reaching into the tank by hand. They sit in Aquael's aquascaping tool range alongside 27 cm curved tweezers and 25 cm straight and curved scissors, tools Aquael recommends especially for plant aquariums, natural-style tanks and nano aquariums. At 27 cm they are a little longer than the scissors, which helps when planting at the back of a tank.
The straight pattern is the standard planting tweezer. Grip a stem cutting just above its base, push it into the substrate at a slight angle until the lowest leaves sit just above the surface, then open the jaws and draw them out along the same line so the stem stays where it was put. The same grip places single plantlets of carpeting species, tucks moss into crevices in wood, wedges small Anubias or Bucephalandra between stones, and lifts out dead leaves, snail shells or leftover food from between plants without moving the layout. Straight tips give direct, predictable control in open areas of the tank; the curved version is the one for reaching under overhangs and behind hardscape. A rinse in fresh water after use and a dry before storage keep the steel bright.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planting stem cuttings:** Setting new stems and replanting trimmed tops.
- **Carpet plantlets:** Placing small portions of foreground plants one by one.
- **Moss and epiphytes:** Tucking moss and rhizome plants into wood and rock.
- **Tidying the tank:** Picking out dead leaves, shells and debris between plants.
**How to Use**
- **Grip low:** Hold the cutting near its base, not by the soft upper stem.
- **Angle in:** Push in at a slight angle until the lowest leaves reach the substrate.
- **Release cleanly:** Open the jaws and withdraw along the same line.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean in fresh water after each planting session.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Straight tips:** Direct control for precise planting in open areas.
- **27 cm long:** Reaches the substrate with the hand above the water.
- **Stainless steel:** Elegant and durable for repeated use in water.
- **Quick, accurate work:** Aquael's aim for the tool in everyday planting.
- **Matching range:** Pairs with Aquael's 25 cm straight and curved scissors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101992
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209779
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Aquascaping Tweezers (Straight)
- **Length:** 27 cm
- **Tip:** Straight
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Contents:** 1 pair of tweezers
- **Companion Tools:** Aquael Scissors Straight 25 cm (SKU 101990); Aquael Scissors Curved 25 cm (SKU 101991)
- **Target Environment:** Planted, nature-style and nano aquariums
---
#### Aquael Tweezers Curved 27 Cm
Long-reach curved tweezers for aquascaping and planting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquael-tweezers-curved-27-cm/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101993 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209786
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101993-1.jpg
Pushing a stem plant into substrate by hand usually means it floats straight back up the moment the hand is withdrawn, and the deeper the tank, the worse that gets. Aquael Tweezers Curved 27 Cm (SKU: 101993) is Aquael's long-handled curved tweezer, made from stainless steel and finished to a fine point at the tip. The 27 cm length gives the reach needed to work the back and bottom of a standard or deep aquarium without an arm going elbow-deep into the water, and the curved tip is shaped to anchor a plant stem or runner firmly into the substrate rather than just pinching it.
The curve puts the tip at a slight angle to the handle, which makes it easier to bed a plant into gravel or sand at depth and in tight corners, between hardscape or along the back glass, where a straight tool would force an awkward wrist angle. Stainless steel construction means it can be rinsed and left wet without rusting, and the same tweezer doubles as a general-purpose aquascaping tool for lifting debris, repositioning small ornaments or placing root tabs near a plant's base. It comes as a single tool with no accessories, and suits any freshwater or marine tank where precise, low-disturbance planting or placement is needed. Aquael also sells the same 27 cm tweezer with a straight tip, so the choice between the two in this range comes down to planting style and reach angle rather than a difference in build quality or material.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planting stem and carpet plants:** Anchoring cuttings and runners into substrate without them floating free.
- **Deep or large aquariums:** Where the 27 cm length reaches the substrate without submerging an arm.
- **Tight aquascapes:** Working between rock, wood and other hardscape where fingers cannot easily reach.
- **General maintenance:** Lifting debris or repositioning small ornaments and decorations.
**How to Use**
- **Grip the plant stem:** Hold the base of the cutting firmly between the curved tips.
- **Angle into the substrate:** Use the curve to push the stem down at a natural planting angle.
- **Release slowly:** Open the tips gradually once the plant is seated, so it is not pulled back out.
- **Rinse after use:** Wash under clean water after each session; the stainless steel will not rust from routine wetting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stainless steel construction:** Durable and resistant to corrosion from regular use.
- **27 cm length:** Reaches the back and bottom of larger or deeper tanks.
- **Curved tip:** Shaped to bed plant stems into substrate at an angle.
- **Fine point:** Suited to precise work around small stems and tight aquascapes.
- **Multi-purpose tool:** Also useful for lifting debris and repositioning small decorations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 101993
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209786
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Aquascaping Tweezers (Curved)
- **Length:** 27 cm
- **Tip Shape:** Curved
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Pack Contents:** 1 tweezer
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aquael — Saltwater Aquarium
#### Aquael Nano Reef Duo 35 White Aquarium Set
Plug-and-enjoy 49 L nano marine kit with dual-spectrum LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/saltwater-aquarium/aquael-nano-reef-duo-35-white-aquarium-set/
- Price: $376.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102578 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313896
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Saltwater Aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/saltwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102578-1.png
Starting a first nano reef usually means buying a bare tank, then a filter, then a light, then working out whether any of them fit together. Aquael Nano Reef Duo 35 White Aquarium Set (SKU: 102578) is a complete marine aquarium kit from Aquael (art. 124301) built around a 35 cm wide tank, the "35" in the name referring to the footprint rather than the volume: the glass holds 49 litres net, measuring 35 x 35 x 40 cm (width x depth x height) in 5 mm float glass. The set includes a hang-on cascade filter, a dual-spectrum LED light, a cover glass and a protective base mat, assembled as a single plug-and-enjoy package.
The filter is Aquael's Versamax-3 hang-on unit, rated at 1200 L/h with an adjustable flow control for a newly stocked tank or a heavier bioload. Lighting is the Leddy Slim Duo Marine & Actinic, a 10 W LED bar split into two 5 W channels, one marine white at 10000 K for daylight viewing and one actinic blue for coral fluorescence. The cover glass has a cut-out for the cascade filter and uses Aquael's SMART OPEN system, which holds the lid upright on its own when lifted. A fitted mat cushions the glass base, and as a nano reef set it suits soft corals, small fish and invertebrates on a desk or shelf rather than a full-size display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First marine tanks:** A complete kit for a first nano reef without sourcing filter and light separately.
- **Desktop and shelf reefs:** A 49 L footprint that suits a desk, counter or small stand.
- **Soft coral and invertebrates:** Dual-spectrum lighting suited to soft corals and reef invertebrates rather than demanding SPS.
- **Low to moderate bioloads:** The adjustable 1200 L/h filter suits a lightly to moderately stocked nano reef.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position on the mat:** Set the tank on its supplied base mat on a stand rated for roughly 50 kg filled.
- **Fit the filter and light:** Hang the Versamax-3 on the back lip and clip the Leddy Slim Duo onto the cover glass.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter with live rock or a bacterial starter and test water before adding fish or coral.
- **Set the flow and spectrum:** Adjust the filter's flow control and balance marine and actinic channels to suit the livestock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **49 L nano reef tank:** 5 mm float glass at 35 x 35 x 40 cm.
- **Versamax-3 cascade filter:** Hang-on filtration at 1200 L/h with adjustable flow.
- **Leddy Slim Duo lighting:** 10 W dual-channel LED, marine white 10000 K and actinic blue.
- **SMART OPEN cover glass:** Lid stays upright on its own when lifted, cut out for the filter.
- **Complete kit:** Tank, filter, light, cover glass and base mat in one package.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102578
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313896
- **Product Type:** Saltwater Aquarium > All-in-One Nano Reef Kit
- **Model:** Nano Reef Duo 35, White (art. 124301)
- **Net Capacity:** 49 L
- **Tank Dimensions:** 35 x 35 x 40 cm (W x D x H), 5 mm float glass
- **Filter:** Versamax-3 hang-on cascade filter, 1200 L/h, adjustable flow
- **Lighting:** Leddy Slim Duo Marine & Actinic, 10 W (2 x 5 W), 10000 K marine white and actinic blue
- **Included:** Cover glass with SMART OPEN system, protective base mat
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums, soft corals and invertebrates
---
### Aquael — Accessories
#### Aquael Fish Bags Large
Leak-proof transport bags for large fish and bigger water volumes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aquael-fish-bags-large/
- Price: $104.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102617 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546300483
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102617-1.png
A large fish needs more than just a bigger bag; it needs thicker material that will not split under a stronger tail and more water to buffer against ammonia build-up on a longer trip. Aquael Fish Bags Large (SKU: 102617) is the largest size in Aquael's transport bag range, a box of 100 clear polythene bags measuring about 60 cm by 30 cm, the biggest footprint of the three sizes, with the same rounded corners used throughout the range to stop a fish wedging itself into a sharp seam. At roughly 80 microns, the large bag is also the thickest in the range, sized for bigger, stronger fish or for carrying a greater volume of water and fish together rather than a single small specimen.
The same basic method applies as for any size: fill the bag to about a third of its height with aquarium water and leave the rest as an air space that is sealed in to keep the fish oxygenated in transit. The large bag's extra height and width give a bigger fish room to sit without curling against the sides, and the thicker film is less likely to be punctured by fins or a stronger kick than the thinner material used on the small and medium sizes. A box of 100 suits a shop or breeder moving larger stock regularly, where thinner bags would be a false economy if they split in transit. The small and medium sizes in the same range are built for fry and smaller fish respectively, where the extra thickness and size of this bag are not needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger fish:** Bigger specimens that need more room and a tougher bag than the smaller sizes offer.
- **Greater water volumes:** Longer trips where more water is needed to dilute waste and hold oxygen.
- **Multiple fish together:** Several fish sharing one bag where the extra size and thickness help.
- **Shop and breeder dispatch:** Regular bagging of stock too large for the small or medium bag.
**How to Use**
- **Fill to about a third:** Use aquarium water, scaling the volume up for a bigger fish or a longer trip.
- **Double-bag for longer trips:** Place one filled bag inside a second for extra protection against punctures.
- **Leave a generous air space:** A larger fish uses more oxygen, so trap a correspondingly larger air pocket.
- **Seal securely:** A thicker bag still needs a tight seal to stop water loss under movement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest size in the range:** The biggest footprint of Aquael's three bag sizes.
- **Thickest film:** About 80 microns, more resistant to punctures than the thinner sizes.
- **Rounded corners:** The same corner-free shape used across the whole range.
- **Suits bigger water volumes:** Built for more water and fish together, not just a bigger fish alone.
- **Box of 100:** A working supply for regular dispatch of larger stock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102617
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546300483
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Transport Bags
- **Bag Size:** About 60 cm x 30 cm
- **Thickness:** About 80 microns
- **Pack Size:** 100 bags
- **Recommended Use:** Larger fish, or a greater volume of water and fish carried together
- **Other Sizes:** Small (102615); Medium (102616)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish transport
---
#### Aquael Fish Bags Medium (100 Bags)
Leak-proof transport bags for medium-sized and multiple small fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8233
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102616 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546300476
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102616-1.png
Bagging several fish at once only works if the bag is large enough that they are not pressed against each other for the whole trip. Aquael Fish Bags Medium (100 Bags) (SKU: 102616) is the middle size in Aquael's transport bag range, a box of 100 clear polythene bags measuring about 52 cm by 22 cm with the same rounded-corner shape as the rest of the range, which keeps a fish from being able to wedge itself into a sharp seam. At around 60 microns thick, the medium bag is sized for a single medium fish or for carrying several small species together, giving more room than the small bag without stepping up to the thicker material the large size uses for bigger fish or a greater water volume.
As with any transport bag, the usual method is to fill it to about a third of its height with aquarium water and leave the remaining space as an air pocket that is sealed in with the bag, keeping the fish oxygenated for the journey. The extra width and length over the small bag give a medium fish, or a small group travelling together, enough swimming room that the trip is less stressful than being folded into an undersized bag. A box of 100 suits anyone who bags fish on a regular basis rather than once in a while, whether that is a retailer packing orders, a breeder shipping a batch of grow-outs, or a club member bringing stock to a meeting. The small size in the range steps down for fry and delicate fish, and the large steps up again for bigger fish or a bigger volume of water per bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single medium fish:** A step up from the small bag for fish that need more swimming room.
- **Multiple small species:** Several small fish travelling together in one bag.
- **Retail and club sales:** Bagging stock for collection where a mid-size bag suits most customers.
- **Short to medium trips:** Local deliveries or moves between fish rooms.
**How to Use**
- **Fill to about a third:** Use aquarium water rather than tap water straight from the mains.
- **Net fish in directly:** Keep time out of water to a minimum when transferring fish into the bag.
- **Trap an air space:** Leave room above the water before sealing so oxygen is available in transit.
- **Avoid overcrowding:** Split a large group across more than one bag rather than one overfilled bag.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-range dimensions:** Larger than the small bag, giving fish more room to travel.
- **Rounded corners:** The same corner-free shape used across the whole range.
- **Suits groups or singles:** One medium fish or several small ones together.
- **Box of 100:** A working supply rather than a handful of spares.
- **Part of a sized range:** Small and Large bags cover fry up to bigger stock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102616
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546300476
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Transport Bags
- **Bag Size:** About 52 cm x 22 cm
- **Thickness:** About 60 microns
- **Pack Size:** 100 bags
- **Recommended Use:** Medium-sized fish, or several small species carried together
- **Other Sizes:** Small (102615); Large (102617)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish transport
---
#### Aquael Fish Bags Small (100 Bags)
Leak-proof transport bags sized for small fish and fry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8232
- Price: $54.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102615 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546300469
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102615-1.png
A fish that spends an hour in a bag that is the wrong shape or too thin is under more stress than the trip itself ever needed to cause. Aquael Fish Bags Small (100 Bags) (SKU: 102615) is the small size in Aquael's transport bag range, a box of 100 clear polythene bags measuring about 47 cm by 16.5 cm with rounded corners so a fish cannot wedge itself into a sharp seam while it is being carried. At roughly 60 microns thick, the small bag is built for small fish, fry and similarly delicate aquatic animals rather than for carrying a large volume of water, and the narrow width keeps a small fish from being able to thrash enough to split the seal.
The standard practice for bagging fish for transport is to fill the bag to about a third of its height with aquarium water, leaving the rest as an air space that can be sealed in to keep the fish oxygenated for the trip, whether that is a short drive home or a longer move between tanks. The rounded-corner shape matters most on exactly this size of bag, since a small or young fish is more likely to swim into a corner and become trapped than a larger, stronger swimmer would be. Because the pack is sold as 100 bags rather than a handful, it suits anyone bagging fish regularly: a breeder moving fry between grow-out tanks, a club selling off surplus stock at a meeting, or a shop needing a steady supply on hand. The medium and large sizes in the same range step up in both dimensions and bag thickness for bigger fish or a larger volume of water per bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and juveniles:** Small, delicate fish that need a bag sized to their own scale.
- **Short-distance moves:** Transferring fish between tanks within the same fish room or shop.
- **Breeder sales:** Bagging multiple small fish individually for collection or posting locally.
- **Shrimp and other small invertebrates:** Any small aquatic animal that does not need a bag sized for a large fish.
**How to Use**
- **Fill to about a third:** Add aquarium water to roughly a third of the bag's height before the fish goes in.
- **Add the fish last:** Net the fish directly into the filled bag to minimise time out of water.
- **Leave an air space:** Trap air above the water line before sealing, so the fish has oxygen for the journey.
- **Keep it upright and shaded:** Avoid direct sun and sudden temperature swings in transit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rounded corners:** Reduces the chance of a fish becoming trapped in a sharp seam.
- **Small, scaled-down size:** Sized for fry and small fish rather than larger stock.
- **Box of 100:** A working supply for regular bagging rather than occasional use.
- **Clear polythene:** Lets the fish be checked without opening the bag.
- **Part of a sized range:** Medium and Large bags step up for bigger fish and more water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102615
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546300469
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Transport Bags
- **Bag Size:** About 47 cm x 16.5 cm
- **Thickness:** About 60 microns
- **Pack Size:** 100 bags
- **Recommended Use:** Small fish, fry and other small aquatic animals
- **Other Sizes:** Medium (102616); Large (102617)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish transport
---
#### Aquael Leddy Light Holder Clips For Glossy Aquariums (4pc)
Under-cover brackets for fitting a Leddy Slim lamp into a Glossy lid.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aquael-leddy-light-holder-clips-for-glossy-aquariums-4pc/
- Price: $12.23 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124750 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546328678
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124750-1.jpg
A Glossy aquarium's cover is built around its original factory light, so clipping in a different Leddy Slim lamp without a bracket means resting it awkwardly on the rim instead of tucking it under the lid. Aquael Leddy Light Holder Clips For Glossy Aquariums (4pc) (SKU: 124750) is Aquael's own mounting hardware for doing exactly that: clips that fix to the frame beneath a Glossy tank's cover panel so a Leddy Slim lamp sits flush inside the lid rather than hanging off the glass edge. Aquael lists one pair of brackets as the complete mounting set for a single lamp, so the four clips here cover two lamps, or one lamp plus a spare pair.
Aquael's own fitting guide names the Glossy Cube, 80, 100, 120 and 150 as compatible sets, along with the Opti Set and Neo Set ranges in 125, 130, 200 and 240 sizes, since these share the same frame and cover design. The clips work with the Leddy Slim Sunny and Plant lamps, the twin-spectrum Leddy Slim Duo, and the Bluetooth-controlled Leddy Slim BT, so the same hardware suits a straightforward white light or an app-driven upgrade. Fitting needs no drilling or adhesive: the brackets clip onto the existing frame rail under the cover, and the lamp body slides onto the bracket tabs until it locks in place, keeping the Glossy set's enclosed look instead of an external lamp propped across the rim.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Upgrading from the stock light:** Fitting a Leddy Slim lamp into a Glossy or Opti/Neo Set tank in place of the original fixture.
- **Adding a second lamp:** Lighting both ends of a longer Glossy 150 evenly.
- **Swapping to Duo or Slim BT:** Moving to a dual-spectrum or app-controlled lamp within the same lid footprint.
- **Replacing worn clips:** Renewing hardware that has cracked or lost its grip after repeated removal.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the set:** Check whether the tank is a Glossy Cube/80/100/120/150 or an Opti Set/Neo Set 125/130/200/240.
- **Fit the brackets:** Clip the two arms of one set onto the frame rail under the cover, one at each end of the lamp's position.
- **Seat the lamp:** Slide the Leddy Slim body onto the bracket tabs until it locks under the lid.
- **Keep the spare pair:** Use the second set in this 4-piece pack for a duplicate lamp or as a replacement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Under-cover mounting:** Lets the lamp sit inside the Glossy lid rather than resting across the glass rim.
- **Multi-set fit:** Matches Glossy Cube, 80, 100, 120 and 150 as well as Opti Set and Neo Set tanks.
- **Four lamp types supported:** Leddy Slim Sunny, Plant, Duo and the Bluetooth Slim BT all clip to the same brackets.
- **Two mounting sets per pack:** Four clips cover two lamps, or one lamp with a spare set in reserve.
- **Tool-free fitting:** Clips directly onto the existing frame rail; no drilling or adhesive needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 124750
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546328678
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Light Mounting Brackets
- **Pack Contents:** 4 mounting clips (two complete sets, 2 clips per lamp)
- **Compatible Tanks:** Glossy Cube, 80, 100, 120, 150; Opti Set and Neo Set 125, 130, 200, 240
- **Compatible Lamps:** Leddy Slim Sunny, Plant, Duo and Slim BT
- **Fitting Method:** Clips onto the frame beneath the tank cover; no tools required
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aquael — Gravel
#### Aquael Basalt Gravel 2-4mm 10kg
Dark natural gravel for shy fish and chemically stable freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-basalt-gravel-2-4mm-10kg/
- Price: $29.48 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102391 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546339865
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102391-1.jpg
Fish that hide all day over a pale bed often settle once the bottom turns dark, which is why timid species are so often kept over black substrates. Aquael Basalt Gravel 2-4mm 10kg (SKU: 102391) is natural basalt gravel from Aquael in a 2–4 mm grain, sold in the 10 kg bag (maker item 246271). Aquael describes it as ideal for aquariums with timid fish that prefer dark substrates, natural and safe so it does not damage fish, and suitable for all types of freshwater aquariums. It does not affect water chemistry, which Aquael contrasts with its dolomite gravel, made to harden water deliberately. The sturdy bag is easy to carry and store until the tank is ready.
Retailer listings add that the basalt-black gravel carries no artificial additives or coatings and, because it does not harden the water, is safe for soft-water set-ups. The 2–4 mm grain is small enough for plant roots to anchor in and open enough to let water move through the bed, unlike fine sand that packs down. As a rough guide, 10 kg gives a layer of about 3 to 4 cm over a 60 × 30 cm base, so a 90 cm tank or a deeper planted bed will need more; the 2 kg bag (SKU 102386) tops up an existing bed or fills a nano. Basalt is a dense, heavy stone, so rinse the gravel in a bucket in small batches until the water runs clear before it goes in. The dark colour also makes green plants, red shrimp and bright tetras stand out.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shy and timid fish:** A dark bottom for species that prefer low-contrast surroundings.
- **Soft-water communities:** Tetras, rasboras and dwarf cichlids where hardness should not climb.
- **Planted aquariums:** An inert, dark base layer that shows off green foliage.
- **New set-ups and rescapes:** A full 10 kg bag for the bed of a 60 cm tank.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Wash in a bucket in small batches until the water runs clear.
- **Slope the bed:** Lay it deeper at the back and shallower at the front for depth and easy cleaning.
- **Fill gently:** Pour water onto a plate or bag on the gravel so the bed is not disturbed.
- **Vacuum regularly:** Siphon the gravel during water changes to lift trapped waste.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Basalt-black colour:** A dark, natural look that suits timid fish.
- **Chemically neutral:** Does not affect water chemistry, according to Aquael.
- **Natural and fish-safe:** No artificial additives or coatings.
- **2–4 mm grain:** Small enough for roots, open enough for water flow.
- **10 kg bag:** Enough for a full bed in a typical 60 cm aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102391
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546339865
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Basalt Gravel
- **Manufacturer Item:** Basalt Gravel 2–4 mm 10 kg (246271)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** 2–4 mm
- **Colour:** Basalt black
- **Effect on Water:** Neutral; does not affect water chemistry or harden the water
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 3–4 cm deep over a 60 × 30 cm base (rough guide)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Basalt Gravel 2-4mm 2kg (SKU 102386)
- **Target Environment:** All types of freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Basalt Gravel 2-4mm 2kg
Dark, inert natural gravel for freshwater and planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-basalt-gravel-2-4mm-2kg/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102386 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209694
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102386-2-1.png
A pale substrate throws light back at nervous fish and makes every grain of debris obvious, where a dark floor lets both disappear. Aquael Basalt Gravel 2-4mm 2kg (SKU: 102386) is a two-kilogram bag of natural basalt gravel graded to 2 to 4 mm, dark in colour and inert, meaning it does not alter the water's hardness or pH the way some specialty substrates are designed to. Aquael markets it as a general-purpose freshwater substrate rather than one aimed at a particular water chemistry, suitable for community tanks, planted aquariums and any setup where a dark, natural-looking floor is wanted. The same material is sold in a larger 10 kg bag for bigger tanks or for topping up an existing layer.
Because basalt does not affect water parameters, it suits the great majority of freshwater fish and plants without the monitoring that a chemically active substrate like dolomite demands, and it can be mixed with other inert gravels or capped over a nutrient-rich base layer in a planted tank. The 2 to 4 mm grain size sits between fine sand and coarse pebble, fine enough for root systems to anchor in while still allowing some water movement through the layer, and coarse enough that it resists compacting into an airless mat the way very fine sand can. The darker tone is also claimed by Aquael to suit fish that prefer dark substrates, settling in more readily and showing more natural behaviour against a dark floor than a bright white one. As with any new substrate, Aquael's gravel should be rinsed before adding it to the tank to settle the dust that collects during bagging and transport.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community and Planted Tanks:** A general-purpose dark substrate that does not affect water chemistry.
- **Shy or Dark-Substrate Fish:** Species that settle in more readily against a dark floor.
- **Capping Layer:** Over a nutrient-rich base substrate in a planted aquascape.
- **Topping Up:** The 10 kg bag extends an existing basalt layer in a larger tank.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse Before Use:** Wash the gravel in a bucket until the runoff clears of fine dust.
- **Lay an Even Bed:** Spread to a consistent depth, sloping slightly toward the back if desired.
- **Settle Before Filling:** Let the layer settle before adding water to avoid clouding the tank.
- **Clean In Place:** Vacuum lightly during water changes rather than disturbing the whole bed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Basalt Material:** A dark, aquarium-safe stone rather than a dyed or coated gravel.
- **Inert Composition:** Does not alter pH or hardness.
- **2–4mm Grain Size:** Suits root anchoring without compacting into an airless mat.
- **Dark, Natural Tone:** Suited to dark-substrate-preferring fish and natural-look aquascapes.
- **Available in Two Pack Sizes:** 2 kg and 10 kg bags.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102386
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209694
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Gravel (Basalt)
- **Grain Size:** 2–4 mm
- **Material:** Natural basalt
- **Water Chemistry Effect:** Inert; does not alter pH or hardness
- **Pack Size:** 2 kg
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Basalt Gravel 2-4mm 10kg (SKU 102391)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Dolomite Gravel 2-4mm 10kg
Light calcium-rich gravel that supports hard, alkaline water for rift lake cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-dolomite-gravel-2-4mm-10kg/
- Price: $29.48 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102392 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546339858
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/246274_dolomite-gravel-10kg_551.jpg
Mbuna from Lake Malawi and shell-dwellers from Lake Tanganyika come from hard, alkaline water, and holding those conditions in a tap-water tank is easier when the substrate works with the water rather than against it. Aquael Dolomite Gravel 2-4mm 10kg (SKU: 102392) is natural dolomite gravel from Aquael in a 2–4 mm grain, sold in the 10 kg bag (maker item 246274). Aquael designed it for aquariums with fish that like hard and alkaline water, such as species from Lake Malawi, Lake Tanganyika and Lake Victoria, and states that it stabilises those parameters. Like the rest of Aquael's gravel range it is natural and safe, does not hurt fish, and is intended for freshwater aquariums.
Dolomite is a calcium and magnesium carbonate rock, and retailer listings note that the gravel always contains calcium and so influences the general hardness (GH); regular water changes are recommended to keep that effect in check, especially in tanks that receive CO2. That makes it the wrong bed for soft-water fish such as discus, most tetras and South American dwarf cichlids, for which Aquael's basalt gravel (SKU 102391) is the neutral alternative. The light beige colour gives an open, bright floor that shows off the blues and yellows of rift lake cichlids and contrasts with dark rockwork, and the 2–4 mm grain is easy to vacuum during water changes. As a rough guide, 10 kg gives a layer about 3 to 4 cm deep over a 60 × 30 cm base; the 2 kg bag (SKU 102387) tops up an existing bed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lake Malawi tanks:** Mbuna and peacock set-ups that need hard, alkaline water.
- **Tanganyikan and Victorian cichlids:** Shell-dwellers, Tropheus and haplochromines from hard lakes.
- **Soft tap water:** Helps hold hardness and pH where the supply is naturally soft.
- **Bright rock scapes:** A light floor that contrasts with dark stone and colourful fish.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash in batches until the rinse water is clear of dust.
- **Rock on the glass:** Stand rockwork on the base glass and pour gravel around it so digging cichlids cannot undermine it.
- **Test after filling:** Check GH, KH and pH over the first weeks to see the effect on the local water.
- **Keep up water changes:** Regular changes stop hardness drifting too high, particularly with CO2.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hard-water support:** Stabilises hard, alkaline conditions, according to Aquael.
- **Rift lake match:** Designed for Malawi, Tanganyika and Victoria species.
- **Natural dolomite:** No artificial additives or coatings.
- **Light beige tone:** Contrast for dark rock and brightly coloured fish.
- **10 kg bag:** A full bed for a 60 cm cichlid tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102392
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546339858
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Dolomite Gravel (Hardening)
- **Manufacturer Item:** Dolomite Gravel 2–4 mm 10 kg (246274)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** 2–4 mm
- **Colour:** Light beige
- **Effect on Water:** Contains calcium and influences GH; stabilises hard, alkaline water
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 3–4 cm deep over a 60 × 30 cm base (rough guide)
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Dolomite Gravel 2-4mm 2kg (SKU 102387)
- **Target Environment:** Hard-water freshwater aquariums, African rift lake cichlids
---
#### Aquael Dolomite Gravel 2-4mm 2kg
Natural dolomite substrate for hard, alkaline African cichlid tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-dolomite-gravel-2-4mm-2kg/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102387 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209717
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102387-1.jpg
Fish from Africa's great lakes evolved in water that is naturally hard and alkaline, and a soft, acidic substrate works against that rather than with it. Aquael Dolomite Gravel 2-4mm 2kg (SKU: 102387) is a two-kilogram bag of natural dolomite gravel graded to 2 to 4 mm, chosen specifically because dolomite is a calcium-magnesium carbonate rock that slowly buffers water toward harder, more alkaline conditions rather than sitting inert the way basalt or quartz gravel does. Aquael markets it for aquariums housing cichlids from Lake Malawi, Lake Tanganyika and Lake Victoria, species that need stable hard-water parameters to stay healthy long-term. The same gravel is sold in a 10 kg bag for larger cichlid tanks.
As water passes through a dolomite substrate, calcium and magnesium carbonate dissolve gradually, raising general hardness and carbonate hardness and helping keep pH from drifting down over time, something soft-water fish-keepers specifically avoid but African cichlid keepers rely on. Because the effect is ongoing rather than a one-off dose, it works alongside, not instead of, water changes with suitably hard tap water or targeted remineralising additives where the local supply runs soft. The 2 to 4 mm grain size is coarse enough to resist compacting and fine enough for cichlids that sift substrate while foraging, a common behaviour in several Malawi and Tanganyika species. Because the gravel's whole purpose is to influence water chemistry, it is not the substrate to reach for in a soft-water or blackwater tank, where Aquael's own inert basalt gravel is the better match.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African Cichlid Tanks:** Malawi, Tanganyika and Victoria species needing hard, alkaline water.
- **Rising Soft-Water Concerns:** Tap water that runs softer than these cichlids need long-term.
- **Substrate-Sifting Species:** Cichlids that forage through the gravel as part of natural behaviour.
- **Not for Soft-Water Tanks:** Species needing low hardness are better suited to an inert substrate instead.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse First:** Wash the gravel thoroughly to clear dust before adding it to the tank.
- **Lay to an Even Depth:** Spread across the base, building up rockwork on top as needed.
- **Test Parameters After Setup:** Check hardness and pH once the tank has settled to see the gravel's effect.
- **Monitor Over Time:** Retest periodically, since dolomite's buffering continues for as long as it is in use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Dolomite Rock:** A calcium-magnesium carbonate gravel, not a dyed or coated substrate.
- **Hardness and Alkalinity Buffer:** Gradually raises GH and KH rather than sitting inert.
- **Matched to African Cichlids:** Suited to Malawi, Tanganyika and Victoria biotopes.
- **2–4mm Grain Size:** Coarse enough to resist compacting, fine enough for substrate-sifting species.
- **Available in Two Pack Sizes:** 2 kg and 10 kg bags.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102387
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209717
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Gravel (Dolomite)
- **Grain Size:** 2–4 mm
- **Material:** Natural dolomite
- **Water Chemistry Effect:** Raises and buffers general and carbonate hardness
- **Suited To:** African cichlids from Lake Malawi, Lake Tanganyika and Lake Victoria
- **Pack Size:** 2 kg
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Dolomite Gravel 2-4mm 10kg (SKU 102392)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (hard, alkaline systems)
---
#### Aquael Multicolor Gravel 1.4-2mm 10kg
Bulk bag of fine natural gravel for planted and community tanks around 60 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-multicolor-gravel-1-4-2mm-10kg/
- Price: $29.48 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102393 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312967
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102393-1.jpg
Setting up a 60 cm planted tank from scratch takes more gravel than most people expect, and buying it in small bags quickly adds up. Aquael Multicolor Gravel 1.4-2mm 10kg (SKU: 102393) is the 10 kg bulk bag of Aquael's fine natural multicoloured gravel, the 1.4 to 2 mm grade, enough to lay a full floor in a typical 60 cm aquarium. It is natural stone with no artificial additives or coatings, sold in a mix of natural tones, and the grains are rounded to reduce the risk of injury to fish that root and sift along the bottom. Aquael and its retailers describe it as water-neutral, so it leaves pH and hardness where they are.
Fine gravel suits plants that root in the substrate: small grains settle closely around roots and hold cuttings upright where coarse stone would let them float free. Retailers recommend this grade for shrimp and small fish and for nano aquascapes, and in a larger tank it gives the same fine, even texture across the whole floor. As a guide, gravel weighs about 1.5 kg per litre, so 10 kg is roughly 6.5 litres, which covers a 60 × 30 cm floor to about 3.5 cm, or a 45 × 30 cm floor to about 5 cm for deeper planting. Wash it in batches under running water before it goes in, and plant once the water has cleared.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New 60 cm set-ups:** A complete floor in one bag for a standard 60 × 30 cm tank.
- **Planted aquariums:** A fine rooting layer for stem plants, crypts and carpeting species.
- **Small-fish communities:** Rasboras, tetras and dwarf shrimp in proportion with a fine grain.
- **Re-scaping:** Replacing old, coarse or coloured gravel with a natural fine finish.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Wash in batches:** Rinse two or three kilograms at a time in a bucket until the water runs clear.
- **Build depth at the back:** Slope from around 3 cm at the front to 5 cm or more behind.
- **Fill slowly:** Pour water onto a plate or bag so the fine grain is not stirred up.
- **Vacuum lightly:** Skim the surface with a gravel cleaner rather than plunging it deep.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 kg bulk bag:** About 6.5 litres of gravel for a full tank floor.
- **Fine 1.4–2 mm grade:** Holds roots and cuttings firmly.
- **Rounded grains:** Safe for bottom dwellers that sift the substrate.
- **No coatings or additives:** Natural stone in mixed natural tones.
- **Chemically inert:** Leaves pH and hardness unchanged.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102393
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312967
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Multicoloured Gravel
- **Grain Size:** 1.4–2 mm
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Material:** Natural gravel, no artificial additives or coatings
- **Grain Shape:** Rounded edges
- **Effect on Water:** Water-neutral
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 6.5 L; a 60 × 30 cm floor at about 3.5 cm deep
- **Preparation:** Rinse in running water before use
- **Other Sizes:** 1.4–2 mm 2 kg (SKU 102388); 3–5 mm 2 kg (SKU 102389) and 10 kg (SKU 102394); 5–10 mm 2 kg (SKU 102390) and 10 kg (SKU 102395)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, planted and community tanks
---
#### Aquael Multicolor Gravel 1.4-2mm 2kg
Fine natural multicoloured gravel for nano, shrimp and small planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-multicolor-gravel-1-4-2mm-2kg/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102388 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546209724
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102393-2.jpg
Shrimp pick over the substrate grain by grain, and in a small tank a fine gravel with soft edges looks in scale and gives their feet something to work. Aquael Multicolor Gravel 1.4-2mm 2kg (SKU: 102388) is a 2 kg bag of Aquael's natural multicoloured gravel in the finest of its three grades, 1.4 to 2 mm. It is natural gravel with no artificial additives or coatings, in a mixed range of natural tones that Aquael says gives the aquarium an attractive natural look, and the grains have rounded edges that reduce the risk of injury to fish and invertebrates. Aquael and its retailers describe it as water-neutral: it does not change water parameters or harden the water.
Retailers stocking the full range recommend the 1.4–2 mm grade for shrimp and small fish and for nano aquascapes, where a coarser grain would look out of proportion. A 2 kg bag is a small quantity. Gravel weighs roughly 1.5 kg per litre, so this pack is about 1.3 litres, enough to cover a 30 × 20 cm floor about 2 cm deep, top up a thin spot in an established tank, or lay a band of contrast in front of a darker substrate. The fine grain packs firmly around small roots, which makes it easy to plant into. Rinse it in running water before use to remove dust and suspended particles, and expect the first rinses to run cloudy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** A complete floor for very small aquariums of 10 to 20 litres.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Fine, rounded grain that suits dwarf shrimp foraging on the bottom.
- **Topping up:** Restoring depth where siphoning has thinned the gravel over time.
- **Accent areas:** A lighter, finer zone in front of rock or coarser gravel.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Wash in a bucket under running water until it runs nearly clear.
- **Spread evenly:** Level the gravel, then slope it slightly higher at the back if wanted.
- **Plant carefully:** Use tweezers to push small stems and roots into the fine grain.
- **Siphon gently:** Hold the gravel cleaner just above the surface, as light 1.4 mm grains lift easily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.4–2 mm grain:** The finest grade in Aquael's natural gravel range.
- **Natural, uncoated stone:** No artificial additives or surface coatings.
- **Rounded edges:** Gentle on bottom-dwelling fish and shrimp.
- **Water-neutral:** Does not alter water chemistry.
- **2 kg bag:** Sized for nano tanks, top-ups and accents.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102388
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209724
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Multicoloured Gravel
- **Grain Size:** 1.4–2 mm
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Material:** Natural gravel, no artificial additives or coatings
- **Grain Shape:** Rounded edges
- **Effect on Water:** Water-neutral
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 1.3 L; a 30 × 20 cm floor at about 2 cm deep
- **Preparation:** Rinse in running water before use
- **Other Sizes:** 1.4–2 mm 10 kg (SKU 102393); 3–5 mm 2 kg (SKU 102389) and 10 kg (SKU 102394); 5–10 mm 2 kg (SKU 102390) and 10 kg (SKU 102395)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, nano and shrimp tanks
---
#### Aquael Multicolor Gravel 3-5mm 10kg
Universal-grade natural gravel in a 10 kg bag for a complete tank floor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-multicolor-gravel-3-5mm-10kg/
- Price: $29.48 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102394 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312974
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102394-CS-1.jpg
For a first community aquarium, a medium gravel that grows plants, cleans easily and suits most fish is the safe starting point. Aquael Multicolor Gravel 3-5mm 10kg (SKU: 102394) is the 10 kg bag of Aquael's natural multicoloured gravel in the 3 to 5 mm grade, which retailers describe as the universal size of substrate and list as suitable for all freshwater aquariums. The gravel is natural stone with no artificial additives or coatings, in a mix of natural shades, and its rounded edges reduce the risk of injury to fish. Aquael and its retailers call it water-neutral, so it does not change water quality or release polluting substances.
Ten kilograms is a full floor for a typical 60 cm tank. Allowing roughly 1.5 kg per litre, the bag holds about 6.5 litres, which spreads over a 60 × 30 cm base to about 3.5 cm, a sensible depth for most community set-ups and enough to anchor rooted plants such as swords, crypts and vallisneria. The 3 to 5 mm grain leaves open spaces for water to circulate through the bed, and it is heavy enough that a gravel cleaner can be pushed into it to lift out waste without the stones following the water up the tube. Before filling, rinse it in batches under running water until the dust is gone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First community tanks:** A complete, easy-care floor for a 60 cm starter aquarium.
- **Planted set-ups:** A medium grain that holds rooted plants firmly.
- **Mixed communities:** Suits tetras, livebearers, corydoras and gouramis alike.
- **Replacing coloured gravel:** A natural-looking floor in place of dyed or coated stone.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse in batches:** Wash a few kilograms at a time until the water runs clear.
- **Slope the bed:** Build from about 3 cm at the front to 5 cm or more at the back.
- **Add hardscape first:** Stand rock and wood on the base glass, then pour gravel around them.
- **Vacuum regularly:** Work a gravel cleaner through the bed at each water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Universal 3–5 mm grade:** The all-round size in Aquael's range.
- **10 kg bag:** About 6.5 litres, a full floor for a 60 cm tank.
- **Easy to clean:** Heavy enough to stay put under a gravel siphon.
- **Natural, uncoated stone:** No additives or surface treatments.
- **Water-neutral:** pH and hardness stay unchanged.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102394
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312974
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Multicoloured Gravel
- **Grain Size:** 3–5 mm
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Material:** Natural gravel, no artificial additives or coatings
- **Grain Shape:** Rounded edges
- **Effect on Water:** Water-neutral
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 6.5 L; a 60 × 30 cm floor at about 3.5 cm deep
- **Preparation:** Rinse in running water before use
- **Other Sizes:** 3–5 mm 2 kg (SKU 102389); 1.4–2 mm 2 kg (SKU 102388) and 10 kg (SKU 102393); 5–10 mm 2 kg (SKU 102390) and 10 kg (SKU 102395)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquael Multicolor Gravel 3-5mm 2kg
All-purpose natural gravel in a small bag for compact tanks and top-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-multicolor-gravel-3-5mm-2kg/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102389
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102394-CS-2.jpg
Not every gravel job is a full set-up: a cube tank on a desk, a hospital tank or a thinned patch near the filter only needs a couple of kilograms. Aquael Multicolor Gravel 3-5mm 2kg (SKU: 102389) is a 2 kg bag of Aquael's natural multicoloured gravel in the 3 to 5 mm grade, the middle size of the range and the one retailers describe as the universal choice of substrate. It is natural gravel without artificial additives or coatings, in mixed natural colours, with rounded edges that reduce the risk of injury to fish. Aquael and its retailers describe it as water-neutral and free of polluting substances, so it will not shift pH or hardness.
A 3 to 5 mm grain sits comfortably between fine sand-like gravel and pebbles: heavy enough to stay put when a siphon passes over it, open enough for water to move between the grains, and fine enough for most rooted plants to anchor in. The 2 kg bag holds roughly 1.3 litres, taking gravel at about 1.5 kg per litre, which lays a 30 × 20 cm floor around 2 cm deep or covers a smaller cube more thickly. It is also an easy way to match an existing 3–5 mm floor when topping up, or to fill pots and gaps around hardscape. Rinse it under running water before use to wash off dust.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small cube and desk tanks:** A complete floor for an aquarium of around 20 litres.
- **Hospital tanks:** A thin, easily cleaned layer for a temporary set-up.
- **Topping up:** Matching and restoring an existing 3–5 mm gravel bed.
- **Filling around decor:** Bedding in rock, wood and ornaments.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash in a bucket under running water until the water runs clear.
- **Lay it level:** Spread across the floor, a little deeper at the back if planting.
- **Set decor down to the glass:** Seat rock on the base and fill gravel around it, not under it.
- **Clean with water changes:** Push a gravel cleaner into the bed to lift trapped waste.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3–5 mm universal grade:** Suits most fish, plants and set-ups.
- **2 kg bag:** Handy for small tanks and maintenance top-ups.
- **Natural colour mix:** No dyes, additives or coatings.
- **Rounded grains:** Kinder to fish that feed from the bottom.
- **Water-neutral:** Will not alter water chemistry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102389
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209731
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Multicoloured Gravel
- **Grain Size:** 3–5 mm
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Material:** Natural gravel, no artificial additives or coatings
- **Grain Shape:** Rounded edges
- **Effect on Water:** Water-neutral
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 1.3 L; a 30 × 20 cm floor at about 2 cm deep
- **Preparation:** Rinse in running water before use
- **Other Sizes:** 3–5 mm 10 kg (SKU 102394); 1.4–2 mm 2 kg (SKU 102388) and 10 kg (SKU 102393); 5–10 mm 2 kg (SKU 102390) and 10 kg (SKU 102395)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Multicolor Gravel 5-10mm 10kg
Coarse natural gravel for a full tank floor under larger fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-multicolor-gravel-5-10mm-10kg/
- Price: $29.48 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102395 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312981
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102395-1.jpg
Larger fish move a lot of substrate, and fine gravel ends up blown into drifts by their fins or sucked into the filter. Aquael Multicolor Gravel 5-10mm 10kg (SKU: 102395) is the 10 kg bag of Aquael's coarsest natural multicoloured gravel, a 5 to 10 mm pebble grade that retailers recommend for aquariums housing large fish. The stone is natural, with no artificial additives or coatings, sold in a mix of natural colours, and the pebbles have rounded edges to reduce the risk of injury. Aquael and its retailers describe it as water-neutral: it releases no polluting substances and does not harden the water.
Heavy pebbles stay where they are put when big fish turn sharply or a powerful filter outlet plays across the floor, and the wide gaps between them keep water moving through the bed. The same gaps also let uneaten food and waste settle deeper, so a gravel cleaner pushed right into the layer at each water change is part of keeping it clean. At roughly 1.5 kg per litre the bag holds about 6.5 litres, which covers a 60 × 30 cm floor to about 3.5 cm, or a 90 × 45 cm floor to a little over 1.5 cm, so larger tanks need two or more bags. Coarse gravel suits robust and potted plants better than fine stems. Rinse it under running water before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger fish:** A heavy floor that stays in place under big, active fish.
- **Strong-flow tanks:** Pebbles that hold their ground near powerful filter returns.
- **River-style layouts:** A coarse, stream-bed look with rock and wood.
- **Base layers:** A coarse lower layer beneath finer gravel from the same range.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse in batches:** Wash a few kilograms at a time under running water.
- **Bed rock on the glass:** Place heavy stones first so fish cannot undermine them.
- **Keep it shallow at the front:** A thinner front layer is easier to vacuum thoroughly.
- **Vacuum deeply:** Push the siphon into the pebbles to lift waste from the gaps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarse 5–10 mm grade:** Recommended for aquariums with large fish.
- **10 kg bulk bag:** About 6.5 litres of pebbles for a full floor.
- **Stable under flow:** Heavy grains resist fins and filter currents.
- **Natural, uncoated stone:** Mixed natural colours, rounded edges.
- **Water-neutral:** No effect on water chemistry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102395
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312981
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Multicoloured Gravel
- **Grain Size:** 5–10 mm
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Material:** Natural gravel, no artificial additives or coatings
- **Grain Shape:** Rounded edges
- **Effect on Water:** Water-neutral
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 6.5 L; a 60 × 30 cm floor at about 3.5 cm deep
- **Preparation:** Rinse in running water before use
- **Other Sizes:** 5–10 mm 2 kg (SKU 102390); 1.4–2 mm 2 kg (SKU 102388) and 10 kg (SKU 102393); 3–5 mm 2 kg (SKU 102389) and 10 kg (SKU 102394)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with larger fish
---
#### Aquael Multicolor Gravel 5-10mm 2kg
Coarse natural pebble gravel for accents, riverbed strips and top-dressing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-multicolor-gravel-5-10mm-2kg/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102390
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102395-2.jpg
A scattering of larger pebbles along the base of a rock, or a dry-riverbed strip through finer gravel, is what makes a substrate look natural rather than raked. Aquael Multicolor Gravel 5-10mm 2kg (SKU: 102390) is a 2 kg bag of the coarsest grade in Aquael's natural multicoloured gravel range, 5 to 10 mm. It is natural stone with no artificial additives or coatings, in mixed natural colours, and the pebbles have rounded edges that reduce the risk of injury to fish. Aquael and its retailers describe it as water-neutral, releasing no polluting substances and leaving water parameters unchanged.
At this grain size a 2 kg bag is a detail rather than a floor. Taking gravel at roughly 1.5 kg per litre, it holds about 1.3 litres, enough to edge a stream of pebbles through a 60 cm layout, bank up around the foot of rock and wood, or top-dress plant pots so fish cannot dig out the soil. It mixes well with the finer 1.4–2 mm and 3–5 mm grades from the same range, since the colours come from the same natural mix. For a full floor of coarse gravel, the 10 kg bag (SKU 102395) is the practical choice. Rinse the pebbles under running water before use; the larger grains clean up quickly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Riverbed effects:** A strip of larger pebbles winding through finer gravel.
- **Hardscape transitions:** Softening the line where rock or wood meets the substrate.
- **Top-dressing pots:** Weighing down soil in plant pots against digging fish.
- **Mixing grades:** Adding texture to a 1.4–2 mm or 3–5 mm floor from the same range.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse briefly:** Wash under running water until dust is gone.
- **Place by hand:** Set pebbles where they are wanted rather than pouring the whole bag.
- **Grade the sizes:** Larger stones nearest the rock, blending outward into the finer gravel.
- **Clean around them:** Siphon between pebbles, where waste can gather in the larger gaps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5–10 mm pebbles:** The largest grade in Aquael's natural gravel range.
- **2 kg bag:** A detail quantity for accents and pot dressing.
- **Rounded natural stone:** Smooth edges, no dyes or coatings.
- **Range-matched colours:** Blends with the 1.4–2 mm and 3–5 mm grades.
- **Water-neutral:** No effect on pH or hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102390
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209748
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Multicoloured Gravel
- **Grain Size:** 5–10 mm
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Material:** Natural gravel, no artificial additives or coatings
- **Grain Shape:** Rounded edges
- **Effect on Water:** Water-neutral
- **Approximate Volume:** About 1.3 L
- **Preparation:** Rinse in running water before use
- **Other Sizes:** 5–10 mm 10 kg (SKU 102395); 1.4–2 mm 2 kg (SKU 102388) and 10 kg (SKU 102393); 3–5 mm 2 kg (SKU 102389) and 10 kg (SKU 102394)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquael Quartz Gravel 10kg
Natural multicoloured substrate for freshwater tanks and shrimp contrast.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-quartz-gravel-10kg/
- Price: $29.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113007 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546313667
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113007-1.jpg
Coloured gravel from a craft shop can leach dye into the water, which is not a risk worth taking under a planted or shrimp tank. Aquael Quartz Gravel 10kg (SKU: 113007) is a natural quartz substrate from Aquael with no artificial additives or coatings, each grain simply the colour the stone came out of the ground, giving a multicoloured mix rather than a single flat tone. The grain size runs 1.6 to 4.0 mm, a size the maker says creates a strong visual contrast against dark-bodied shrimp, making individual animals easier to pick out against the substrate. The 10 kg bag is the larger of two pack sizes Aquael offers, sized for setting up a full tank base rather than topping up an existing one.
Aquael states the gravel is water-neutral, meaning it does not release substances that pollute the water or shift its chemistry, so it will not harden or soften an established tank. As a natural stone product with no coating, dust is normal in the bag and the gravel benefits from a thorough rinse under running water before it goes in, repeated until the runoff is close to clear; several rinses are common with natural quartz. Once in the tank it provides a solid base for plant roots and a surface for beneficial bacteria, and its mixed colour works equally well as a plain floor or as one material among several in an aquascape with wood or rock. The 2 kg pack (SKU 113204) suits a smaller tank or a top-up of an existing 10 kg base, and both sizes are the same grain and colour mix.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank set-ups:** A full substrate base for a freshwater aquarium of several hundred litres.
- **Shrimp tanks:** The multicoloured grain gives dark-bodied shrimp a contrasting backdrop.
- **Planted aquariums:** A stable base that anchors root-feeding plants without altering water chemistry.
- **Mixed-material aquascapes:** Combine with wood or rock as one texture in a larger layout.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Wash the gravel in a bucket under running water until the runoff runs close to clear.
- **Grade the depth:** Lay 4 to 6 cm at the front, building a slightly deeper slope toward the back for drainage and visual depth.
- **Settle before filling:** Fill slowly against a plate or bag to avoid clouding the water as it rises.
- **Vacuum lightly during cleans:** A gentle gravel vacuum lifts waste without pulling the grains up with it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural quartz:** No artificial additives or surface coatings on the stone.
- **1.6–4.0 mm grain:** A size Aquael pairs with shrimp tanks for visual contrast.
- **Multicoloured finish:** Natural stone tones rather than a single dyed colour.
- **Water-neutral:** Does not release substances that alter water chemistry.
- **10 kg bag:** Sized for a full substrate base rather than a top-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113007
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546313667
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Quartz Gravel (Multicoloured)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** 1.6–4.0 mm
- **Material:** Natural quartz, uncoated
- **Colour:** Multicoloured (natural stone tones)
- **Water Effect:** Water-neutral; does not alter aquarium water chemistry
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Quartz Gravel 2kg (SKU 113204)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including shrimp and planted tanks
---
#### Aquael Quartz Gravel 2kg
Natural multicoloured quartz gravel for freshwater aquariums and shrimp tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-quartz-gravel-2kg/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113204 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546309493
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113204-1.jpg
Quartz is about as inert as aquarium stone gets, which is why it turns up in so many substrates for soft-water fish and shrimp. Aquael Quartz Gravel 2kg (SKU: 113204) is a 2 kg bag of Aquael's natural quartz gravel, a multicoloured mix of quartz grains with no artificial additives or coatings. Aquael's quartz gravel is sold in a 1.6 to 4 mm grade, between its fine quartz sands and its coarser natural gravels. Retailers describe it as water-neutral, releasing no polluting substances, and not harmful to fish, and its light, mixed tones make dark shrimp and fish stand out against the floor.
A grain of a few millimetres is fine enough for small rooted plants and foraging shrimp, yet heavy enough not to lift into a siphon the way sand does. The 2 kg bag holds roughly 1.3 litres, taking gravel at about 1.5 kg per litre, which covers a 30 × 20 cm nano floor around 2 cm deep or tops up an existing quartz bed. Unlike limestone gravels or coral sand, quartz does not dissolve to raise hardness, which suits fish and shrimp kept in soft water. For a full 60 cm tank the 10 kg bag (SKU 113007) is the practical size. Quartz gravel can carry a fair amount of fine dust from processing, and it can take several thorough rinses before the water runs clear, so allow time to wash it properly before it goes into the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp tanks:** A light, inert floor that shows off dark-coloured shrimp.
- **Soft-water set-ups:** Water-neutral stone that will not harden the water.
- **Nano aquariums:** A complete floor for a small tank from one bag.
- **Topping up:** Restoring depth in an existing quartz gravel bed.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse repeatedly:** Wash in a bucket, pour off the cloudy water and repeat until it runs clear.
- **Spread and level:** Lay it evenly, a little deeper at the back for planting.
- **Fill gently:** Pour water onto a plate or bag to avoid stirring up fines.
- **Clean with water changes:** Run a gravel cleaner over the surface to lift waste.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural quartz:** Multicoloured grains with no additives or coatings.
- **Water-neutral:** Releases no polluting substances.
- **Light, mixed tones:** Contrasts well with dark shrimp and fish.
- **Planting-friendly grain:** Small enough for rooted plants, heavier than sand.
- **2 kg bag:** Sized for nano tanks and top-ups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 113204
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546309493
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Quartz Gravel
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Material:** Natural quartz, no artificial additives or coatings
- **Colour:** Natural multicoloured mix
- **Grain Size:** Aquael's quartz gravel grade is 1.6–4 mm
- **Effect on Water:** Water-neutral
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 1.3 L; a 30 × 20 cm floor at about 2 cm deep
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly in running water before use
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Quartz Gravel 10kg (SKU 113007)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including shrimp tanks
---
#### Aquael Quartz Sand 10kg
Fine white quartz substrate for bottom-dwelling fish and full tank bases.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-quartz-sand-10kg/
- Price: $29.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102385 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5905546312950
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102385-1.png
A corydoras or a loach that forages by pushing its barbels through the substrate needs sand, not sharp-edged gravel, under its nose all day. Aquael Quartz Sand 10kg (SKU: 102385) is Aquael's natural quartz sand with no artificial additives or coatings, graded to an extremely fine 0.1 to 0.3 mm, light enough in the hand that the maker describes it as suited to the smallest aquascapes as well as full tank bases. The 10 kg bag is the larger of two pack sizes Aquael sells, enough to lay a working depth across a mid-size to large freshwater tank rather than just a feature path or accent area.
Aquael states the sand is water-neutral, releasing nothing that pollutes the water or shifts its chemistry, so it suits soft-water set-ups where a limestone-based substrate would be unwelcome. The fine, smooth grain is gentle on the skin and barbels of bottom feeders, letting fish such as corydoras, loaches and gobies dig and forage without the abrasion a coarser sand can cause, and it is described as safe for Caridina shrimp as well as fish. Aquael recommends it for all freshwater aquariums, and beyond a full substrate base it also works for building raised paths, walkways or a two-tone floor alongside gravel or a darker sand. The 2 kg pack (SKU 102384) is the same material and grain size, sized for a nano tank or for topping up an existing 10 kg floor.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom-dwelling fish:** Corydoras, loaches and other barbel-feeding fish that dig and forage.
- **Soft-water aquariums:** A water-neutral substrate that will not push up hardness or pH.
- **Full tank bases:** The 10 kg bag covers a working depth across a mid-size to large aquarium.
- **Decorative paths:** Lighter sand set against gravel or a darker substrate for contrast.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash in a bucket under running water until it runs close to clear; fine sand needs several changes.
- **Lay in a shallow slope:** 3 to 5 cm at the front, slightly deeper toward the back, is enough for most set-ups.
- **Fill slowly:** Pour water gently against a plate or the tank wall so the fine grains do not cloud.
- **Avoid gas pockets:** Stir the sand occasionally in planted tanks so trapped gas does not build up underneath.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.1–0.3 mm grain:** Extremely fine quartz sand, gentle on skin and barbels.
- **Natural quartz:** No artificial additives or surface coatings.
- **White finish:** A light, neutral substrate colour.
- **Water-neutral:** Does not alter aquarium water chemistry.
- **10 kg bag:** Sized for a full substrate base in a mid-size to large tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102385
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546312950
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Fine Quartz Sand (White)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** 0.1–0.3 mm
- **Material:** Natural quartz, uncoated
- **Colour:** White
- **Water Effect:** Water-neutral; suits soft-water aquariums
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Quartz Sand 2kg (SKU 102384)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including bottom-dwelling fish and shrimp
---
#### Aquael Quartz Sand 2kg
Fine white quartz substrate for nano tanks and accent paths.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aquael-quartz-sand-2kg/
- Price: $5.43 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102384
- Brand: Aquael (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquael/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102384-1.png
A nano tank or a betta bowl does not need a 10 kg bag of substrate sitting half-used in the cupboard afterwards. Aquael Quartz Sand 2kg (SKU: 102384) is Aquael's natural quartz sand with no artificial additives or coatings, graded to an extremely fine 0.1 to 0.3 mm, light and smooth enough that the maker recommends it for the smallest aquascapes as well as full-size tanks. The 2 kg pack is the smaller of two sizes Aquael sells, sized to floor a nano aquarium, fill a betta or shrimp bowl, or add an accent path or walkway to a larger tank that already has a gravel base.
Aquael states the sand is water-neutral, releasing nothing that pollutes the water or shifts its chemistry, so it suits soft-water nano set-ups where a limestone-based substrate would be unwelcome. The fine, smooth grain is gentle on the skin and barbels of bottom feeders, letting small corydoras, dwarf loaches and other diggers forage without abrasion, and it is described as safe for Caridina shrimp as well as fish. Aquael recommends it for all freshwater aquariums, and at this pack size it suits the small-scale aquascaping the maker specifically calls out: a raised path, a sandy clearing between plants, or a two-tone floor laid next to gravel or a darker substrate. The 10 kg pack (SKU 102385) is the identical material and grain size for a full tank base or ongoing top-ups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and betta tanks:** A full substrate floor sized to a small aquarium or bowl.
- **Accent paths:** A lighter sand path or clearing set into an existing gravel aquascape.
- **Soft-water set-ups:** A water-neutral substrate that will not push up hardness or pH.
- **Small bottom feeders:** Dwarf corydoras and other diggers that need a fine, soft floor.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash in a bucket under running water until it runs close to clear.
- **Lay a shallow bed:** 2 to 4 cm is usually enough for a nano aquarium or bowl.
- **Fill slowly:** Pour water gently against a plate or the tank wall so the fine grains do not cloud.
- **Shape accent areas:** Use a card or spoon to mound or edge a sand path cleanly against gravel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.1–0.3 mm grain:** Extremely fine quartz sand, gentle on skin and barbels.
- **Natural quartz:** No artificial additives or surface coatings.
- **White finish:** A light, neutral substrate colour.
- **Water-neutral:** Does not alter aquarium water chemistry.
- **2 kg pack:** Sized for nano tanks, bowls or accent areas rather than a full large-tank base.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquael (Poland)
- **SKU:** 102384
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5905546209700
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Fine Quartz Sand (White)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Grain Size:** 0.1–0.3 mm
- **Material:** Natural quartz, uncoated
- **Colour:** White
- **Water Effect:** Water-neutral; suits soft-water aquariums
- **Other Sizes:** Aquael Quartz Sand 10kg (SKU 102385)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including nano tanks, bowls and shrimp
---
### QUANT — Freshwater aquarium
#### Quantum Water Stabiliser - 5l
Bulk Biofilter Bacteria and Cycling Nutrients for Commercial Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/water-stabiliser-5l/
- Price: $163.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA025000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321872
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Water-Stabiliser-5l.jpg
Retail systems, wholesalers and maintenance businesses cycle tanks constantly, and a 5 L container is the only size that keeps up. Quantum Water Stabiliser 5L (SKU: QA025000) holds enough beneficial bacteria and cycling nutrients, the ammonium, complexed nitrogen, nitrate, phosphorus and organic accelerants that feed a new biofilter, to run the seven-day course on around 7,100 L of aquarium volume. For a shop that is forever setting up holding tanks, or a service technician starting client systems, that is months of work from one drum.
The cap on the 5 L size holds about 20 mL, so the cycling dose is half a capful per 100 L daily for seven days, and the maintenance dose a quarter capful per 100 L of change water each month. Handling is as for the smaller bottles: UV and ozone off, a gentle shake, dilute in tank water and dose into high flow in the morning with lights on and good aeration. Test before stocking, keep Water Primer available for a 30% change if fish look stressed, and keep it away from dosing pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail and wholesale systems:** Cycles new holding and display tanks as stock arrives, week after week.
- **Aquarium maintenance services:** One container covers start-ups and monthly doses across a client list.
- **Large fish rooms:** Seeds an entire rack of new tanks in a single week rather than one tank at a time.
- **Commercial recovery:** Restores biofilters system-wide after a treatment course or an ammonia crash.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Cycling:** Half a capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days; test ammonia, nitrite, pH and nitrate before stocking.
- **Cycled aquariums:** A quarter capful (about 5 mL) per 100 L of water-change volume once a month.
- **Routine:** UV and ozone off, shake gently, dilute in tank water and add into high flow in the morning with lights on and strong aeration.
- **Cautions:** Use real water volume minus rock and media; if stress appears, use Water Primer and a 30% change. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cycles about 7,100 L:** Commercial-scale capacity from one container.
- **Complete cycling blend:** Bacteria and the nutrients that establish them, together in one container.
- **20 mL cap:** Larger measures for larger systems, with half and quarter caps on the label.
- **Fresh, salt and planted:** One product for a mixed shop floor of freshwater, marine and planted systems.
- **Labelled fallback:** Water Primer and a 30% change if anything shows stress.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA025000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321872
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Bacteria and Cycling Aids
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** Half a capful (10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days when cycling; a quarter capful (5 mL) per 100 L of change water monthly
- **Treatment Capacity:** Cycles up to about 7,100 L of aquarium volume (one 7-day course)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
### QUANT — Salt
#### Quantum Fowlr Macro Probiotic Salt - 20kg Box
Hybrid Natural Seawater Salt Mix for Fish-Only Marine Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/fowlr-macro-probiotic-salt-20kg-box/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA032000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801540
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fowlr-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-20kg-Box.jpg
A fish-only tank with live rock does not need reef-level calcium and alkalinity; it needs consistency, fish-friendly mineral content and water that stays stable between changes. Quantum FOWLR Macro Probiotic Salt 20kg Box (SKU: QA032000) is blended for exactly that. The FOWLR Essential mix is a hybrid: its sodium chloride comes from natural seawater drawn off the South Australian coast, and the remaining elements are added synthetically, so each batch carries the character of real seawater with the repeatability of a manufactured salt. The 20 kg box is the economical format for a large fish-only display or a multi-tank system.
Quantum manufactures the salt in a humidity-controlled environment and adds natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which it credits with improving mineral content, encouraging beneficial bacteria and supporting fish vitality. The published parameters give you a target for each specific gravity: at 1.025 the mix yields about 470 ppm calcium, 11.2 dKH alkalinity, 1,450 ppm magnesium and 410 ppm potassium, with lower figures at 1.022 and 1.019 for keepers who run fish-only systems at a reduced salinity. Mixing follows the usual sequence of choosing a gravity, weighing the salt, dissolving it fully and storing the rest dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only with live rock:** Predator tanks, angel and tang displays and quarantine systems that carry no corals.
- **Reduced-salinity systems:** The parameter table covers 1.019 and 1.022 for keepers who run fish-only tanks lighter than a reef.
- **Large regular changes:** A 20 kg box suits systems that turn over hundreds of litres a month.
- **New fish-only set-ups:** Mixes the first fill for a tank that will hold fish and rock but not coral.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Choose the specific gravity:** Pick 1.019, 1.022 or 1.025 from the parameter table to match how the tank is run.
- **Weigh, then dissolve:** Add the salt to RODI water at about 25 °C, never the other way round, and mix with a pump until it is fully dissolved.
- **Let it settle:** Allow the temperature to stabilise and confirm the gravity before the water goes in; never add unmixed salt to an aquarium.
- **Keep the box dry:** Reseal the box between uses so the remaining salt does not draw in moisture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural seawater base:** Sodium chloride sourced from South Australian seawater, with the rest of the formula added synthetically.
- **Probiotic and macrobiotic blend:** Natural cultures and vitamin precursors included by the manufacturer to support bacteria and fish health.
- **Published parameters:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium listed at three specific gravities.
- **Humidity-controlled production:** Blended in a controlled environment for consistency from box to box.
- **FOWLR-tuned chemistry:** Element and compound levels adjusted for fish vitality rather than coral calcification.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (FOWLR Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA032000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801540
- **Product Type:** Salt > Marine Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg box
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 470 ppm, alkalinity 11.2 dKH, magnesium 1,450 ppm, potassium 410 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.022:** Calcium 410 ppm, alkalinity 9.8 dKH, magnesium 1,260 ppm, potassium 350 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.019:** Calcium 350 ppm, alkalinity 8.4 dKH, magnesium 1,080 ppm, potassium 300 ppm
- **Target Environment:** Fish-only and fish-only-with-live-rock marine aquariums
---
#### Quantum Fowlr Macro Probiotic Salt - 22kg
Fish-Only Marine Salt with Probiotics and Natural Seawater Sodium Chloride.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/fowlr-macro-probiotic-salt-22kg/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA032200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801557
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fowlr-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-22kg.jpg
Marine fish keepers who never intend to grow coral are often sold reef salt by default, paying for calcification chemistry the tank will never use. Quantum FOWLR Macro Probiotic Salt 22kg (SKU: QA032200) is the alternative built for that tank: a fish-only formula from the FOWLR Essential range in a 22 kg pack that keeps a large predator display, a wrasse and angel collection or a marine quarantine rack supplied for months. The mix takes its sodium chloride from natural South Australian seawater and completes the formula synthetically, which is why Quantum calls it a hybrid salt.
Two things distinguish it from a plain synthetic mix. The first is the biological content: natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, added to improve mineral content, promote beneficial bacteria and support fish vitality. The second is a parameter table you can plan around, with calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium listed at 1.019, 1.022 and 1.025, so a keeper running a hyposaline fish-only system knows what the water will read before it is mixed. Production in a humidity-controlled facility keeps the powder consistent from pack to pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Predator and large-fish displays:** Groupers, triggers, eels and large angels that need stable, fish-friendly water but no coral chemistry.
- **Marine quarantine and hospital tanks:** A consistent salt for frequent changes at standard or reduced gravity.
- **Fish-only community reefs-in-waiting:** Tanks kept as FOWLR until corals are added later.
- **High-turnover systems:** 22 kg covers a long run of large water changes on a big display or a shop rack.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Set the target:** Choose 1.019, 1.022 or 1.025 and read the expected parameters from the table.
- **Salt into water:** Add the weighed salt to RODI water at around 25 °C and circulate with a pump until every grain has dissolved.
- **Check before use:** Let the temperature stabilise, confirm the gravity, and only then add the water; unmixed salt should never go into the tank.
- **Store sealed:** Close the pack tightly after each use to keep the remaining salt dry and free-flowing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hybrid formulation:** Natural seawater sodium chloride combined with a synthetic balance of the remaining elements.
- **Biological additions:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors included by the manufacturer.
- **Three-gravity parameter table:** Known targets for standard and reduced-salinity fish systems.
- **Consistent batches:** Blended under humidity control to keep the mix stable in storage.
- **Fish-first chemistry:** Levels tuned for fish health and vitality in FOWLR environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (FOWLR Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA032200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801557
- **Product Type:** Salt > Marine Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 22 kg
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 470 ppm, alkalinity 11.2 dKH, magnesium 1,450 ppm, potassium 410 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.022:** Calcium 410 ppm, alkalinity 9.8 dKH, magnesium 1,260 ppm, potassium 350 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.019:** Calcium 350 ppm, alkalinity 8.4 dKH, magnesium 1,080 ppm, potassium 300 ppm
- **Target Environment:** Fish-only and fish-only-with-live-rock marine aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lps Macro Probiotic Salt - 11kg
Reef Salt Mix for LPS Displays Changing Water Weekly.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/lps-macro-probiotic-salt-11kg/
- Price: $75.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA041100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801588
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-11kg.jpg
An LPS reef in the 300 L range changes something like 30 L a week, and at that rate a small pack of salt is gone in a month. Quantum LPS Macro Probiotic Salt 11kg (SKU: QA041100) is the mid-to-large pack of the Reef Essential blend tuned for hammers, torches, favias and other large-polyp corals. At 35.2 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025 it mixes about 312 L, or close to 326 L at 1.024. The base sodium chloride is drawn from natural South Australian seawater and the balance of the formula is added synthetically, which is what Quantum means by a hybrid salt.
The value of the mix is in its published targets. At 1.025 it is designed to give roughly 440 ppm calcium, 10.5 dKH alkalinity, 1,310 ppm magnesium and 400 ppm potassium, with figures listed for 1.024 as well and a tolerance of about 5%, so the first test after a change has a number to be compared with. Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are part of the formula, added by the manufacturer to encourage beneficial bacteria and support fish vitality, and the salt is blended in a humidity-controlled facility so it stays free-flowing in the pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized LPS reefs:** Euphyllia, acan and scolymia displays from about 200 to 400 L, where 11 kg covers several months of weekly changes.
- **Soft-coral and LPS mixes:** Tanks of zoanthids, leathers and hammers that want stable reef chemistry without SPS-level alkalinity demands.
- **Larger changes after a problem:** Enough salt on hand for a 30 to 50% change following a pest treatment or a parameter swing.
- **Keepers moving up from the 5.5 kg pack:** The same mix in a quantity that reorders less often.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh by the litre:** Litres to be changed multiplied by 35.2 g gives the salt for 1.025; use 33.7 g per litre for 1.024.
- **Salt into water, not water into salt:** Add the salt to RODI water at about 25 °C and run a pump until it is fully dissolved; dry salt never goes into the display.
- **Stabilise, then check:** Let the temperature settle and confirm the gravity with a refractometer before adding the water.
- **Keep the pack sealed:** Close it tightly after each use so the remaining salt does not draw in moisture and clump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 312 L per pack:** Months of weekly changes for a mid-sized LPS system before reordering.
- **LPS-tuned chemistry:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium set for corals that grow tissue faster than skeleton.
- **Two published gravities:** Targets for 1.024 and 1.025 with a stated tolerance, so results can be checked against a number.
- **Hybrid natural base:** Seawater-derived sodium chloride with a synthetic balance of the remaining elements.
- **Probiotic content:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors included by the manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA041100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801588
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 11 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for 1.025; 33.7 g per litre for 1.024
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 312 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 440 ppm, alkalinity 10.5 dKH, magnesium 1,310 ppm, potassium 400 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Parameters at 1.024:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 10.1 dKH, magnesium 1,255 ppm, potassium 385 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Target Environment:** LPS and soft-coral reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lps Macro Probiotic Salt - 2.2kg
Reef Salt Mix Formulated for Large-Polyp Stony Corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/lps-macro-probiotic-salt-2-2kg/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA040220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801564
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-2.2kg.jpg
Hammers, torches, favias and acans put on tissue rather than dense skeleton, and a salt tuned for SPS growth is not the best match for them. Quantum LPS Macro Probiotic Salt 2.2kg (SKU: QA040220) is the Reef Essential blend written for that kind of reef, and the 2.2 kg pack is the practical size for a nano or a first LPS tank: at 35.2 g per litre for a gravity of 1.025 it mixes about 62 L, enough for several changes on a 60 L cube or a trial batch before buying a bucket. The sodium chloride comes from natural South Australian seawater, with the balance of elements added synthetically.
Quantum publishes the numbers the mix should produce, which takes the guesswork out of the first change. At 1.025 the water should read around 440 ppm calcium, 10.5 dKH alkalinity, 1,310 ppm magnesium and 400 ppm potassium, with slightly lower values at 1.024, all within a stated tolerance of about 5%. The salt also carries natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which the manufacturer includes to support beneficial bacteria and fish health, and it is blended in a humidity-controlled facility so the powder stays consistent in the pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano LPS reefs:** A 2.2 kg pack matches the change volumes of a 40 to 80 L cube of euphyllia and favia.
- **Trying the mix:** A small quantity to test parameters and coral response before buying a bucket.
- **Soft-coral and LPS mixes:** Zoanthid, mushroom and hammer tanks that do not need SPS-level calcification support.
- **Top-up bag:** A backup pack that keeps a scheduled change on time when the bucket runs out.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Work out the salt:** Multiply the litres being changed by 35.2 g for 1.025, or 33.7 g for 1.024.
- **Add salt to water:** Pour the weighed salt into RODI water at about 25 °C and mix with a pump until fully dissolved; never add water to salt, and never put dry salt in the tank.
- **Stabilise and check:** Let the temperature settle and confirm gravity with a refractometer before the water goes in.
- **Keep it dry:** Seal the pack after use so the remaining salt does not clump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **LPS-specific balance:** Element levels adjusted for corals that grow tissue faster than skeleton.
- **Published targets:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium listed for 1.024 and 1.025.
- **Known mixing rate:** 35.2 g per litre at 1.025, so a 2.2 kg pack makes about 62 L.
- **Hybrid natural base:** Seawater-derived sodium chloride with a synthetic balance of the remaining elements.
- **Probiotic content:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors included by the manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA040220
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801564
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for 1.025; 33.7 g per litre for 1.024
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 62 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 440 ppm, alkalinity 10.5 dKH, magnesium 1,310 ppm, potassium 400 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Parameters at 1.024:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 10.1 dKH, magnesium 1,255 ppm, potassium 385 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Target Environment:** LPS and soft-coral reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lps Macro Probiotic Salt - 20kg Box
Boxed Bulk Reef Salt for Large LPS Systems and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/lps-macro-probiotic-salt-20kg-box/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA042000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801595
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-20kg-Box-1.jpg
Once a reef passes 500 L, or several LPS tanks share a mixing station, salt is bought by the box rather than the pack. Quantum LPS Macro Probiotic Salt 20kg Box (SKU: QA042000) is the Reef Essential LPS blend in that format: 20 kg of salt that mixes to about 568 L at 35.2 g per litre for 1.025, or around 593 L at 1.024. The formula is a hybrid, its sodium chloride taken from natural South Australian seawater and the remaining elements added synthetically, and it is tuned for the large-polyp corals that put growth into tissue rather than dense skeleton.
Quantum publishes what the salt is meant to produce, and for a big system that is the point: at 1.025 the mix targets about 440 ppm calcium, 10.5 dKH, 1,310 ppm magnesium and 400 ppm potassium, with 1.024 figures alongside and a tolerance of roughly 5%. The salt also carries natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which the manufacturer includes to support beneficial bacteria and fish vitality. Because it is blended under humidity control, a 20 kg box stays workable as it is used down, provided it is kept sealed between changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large LPS displays:** Systems of 500 L and more, where a box covers a season of weekly changes.
- **Multi-tank mixing stations:** One box feeds a barrel that serves several LPS and soft-coral tanks.
- **Coral propagation systems:** Grow-out racks for hammers, torches and acans that change large volumes regularly.
- **Shop and holding tanks:** Retail systems running LPS stock at a known set of parameters.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Calculate first:** Multiply the litres being made up by 35.2 g for 1.025, or 33.7 g for 1.024, and weigh the salt.
- **Dissolve in RODI:** Add the salt to water at about 25 °C, never water to salt, and circulate with a pump until it has fully dissolved.
- **Confirm before use:** Allow the temperature to stabilise and check the gravity; unmixed salt should never go into a tank.
- **Close the box:** Reseal the inner pack after every use so the salt stays dry over the weeks it takes to use a box.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Roughly 568 L per box:** The most economical way to keep a large LPS system on this mix.
- **LPS-specific balance:** Alkalinity and calcium set higher than an SPS mix, suited to tissue-growing corals.
- **Published parameter table:** Targets at 1.024 and 1.025 with a stated tolerance.
- **Natural seawater sodium chloride:** A hybrid of seawater character and synthetic consistency.
- **Probiotic and vitamin content:** Included by the manufacturer to support bacteria and fish health.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA042000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801595
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg box
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for 1.025; 33.7 g per litre for 1.024
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 568 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 440 ppm, alkalinity 10.5 dKH, magnesium 1,310 ppm, potassium 400 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Parameters at 1.024:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 10.1 dKH, magnesium 1,255 ppm, potassium 385 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Target Environment:** LPS and soft-coral reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lps Macro Probiotic Salt - 22kg
Largest Pack of Reef Salt for LPS and Soft Coral Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/lps-macro-probiotic-salt-22kg/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA042200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801601
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-22kg.jpg
The 22 kg pack is where the cost per litre of mixed water is lowest, which makes Quantum LPS Macro Probiotic Salt 22kg (SKU: QA042200) the natural choice for anyone who has already settled on the Reef Essential LPS blend and changes water in serious quantities. At 35.2 g per litre it produces around 625 L at a specific gravity of 1.025, or about 652 L at 1.024. Like the rest of the range it is a hybrid salt: sodium chloride sourced from natural seawater off South Australia, with the remaining elements added synthetically for repeatability.
The formulation is aimed at large-polyp stony corals, so its targets sit higher than an SPS mix. At 1.025 the water should read about 440 ppm calcium, 10.5 dKH alkalinity, 1,310 ppm magnesium and 400 ppm potassium, with 1.024 values published too and a tolerance of around 5%. Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are blended in, which Quantum credits with promoting beneficial bacteria and supporting fish vitality, and production takes place in a humidity-controlled facility. A pack this size is best decanted and sealed carefully so the last few kilograms are as dry as the first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large LPS systems:** Displays and sumps well past 500 L that go through a pack of this size in a season.
- **Fish rooms and frag systems:** Multiple LPS tanks mixed from a central reservoir.
- **Maintenance businesses:** One pack covering LPS client tanks across a round.
- **Committed keepers:** Anyone who has proven the mix on a smaller pack and wants the lowest cost per change.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Work out the salt:** Litres of new water multiplied by 35.2 g for 1.025, or 33.7 g for 1.024.
- **Add salt to RODI water:** Use water at about 25 °C, add the salt to it and mix with a pump until fully dissolved; never the reverse, and never dry salt into the tank.
- **Stabilise and verify:** Give the mix time for the temperature to settle, then confirm gravity before use.
- **Store it dry:** Seal the pack tightly after each change; a scoop left in a damp pack turns the salt to rock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 625 L per pack:** The largest yield in the LPS range for the fewest reorders.
- **Formulated for LPS:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium set for tissue-growing corals.
- **Targets you can test against:** Published values at 1.024 and 1.025 with a stated tolerance.
- **Hybrid seawater base:** Natural South Australian sodium chloride with a synthetic balance of elements.
- **Probiotic additions:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors included by the manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA042200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801601
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 22 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for 1.025; 33.7 g per litre for 1.024
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 625 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 440 ppm, alkalinity 10.5 dKH, magnesium 1,310 ppm, potassium 400 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Parameters at 1.024:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 10.1 dKH, magnesium 1,255 ppm, potassium 385 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Target Environment:** LPS and soft-coral reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lps Macro Probiotic Salt - 5.5kg
Mid-Size Reef Salt for LPS and Soft Coral Home Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/lps-macro-probiotic-salt-5-5kg/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA040550 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801571
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-5.5kg.jpg
A 150 to 250 L LPS reef changing 10% a week gets through salt steadily, and a bucket that lasts a couple of months without going hard is the sweet spot. Quantum LPS Macro Probiotic Salt 5.5kg (SKU: QA040550) fills it: at 35.2 g per litre for a gravity of 1.025 the pack mixes roughly 156 L, or around 163 L if the tank runs at 1.024. The Reef Essential blend is a hybrid, built on sodium chloride from natural South Australian seawater with the remaining elements added synthetically, and its levels are tuned for corals that spend their energy on tissue rather than dense skeleton.
The manufacturer states the water chemistry the salt is designed to deliver: at 1.025 about 440 ppm calcium, 10.5 dKH alkalinity, 1,310 ppm magnesium and 400 ppm potassium, with figures for 1.024 as well, each within roughly 5%. That lets a keeper compare test results against a target rather than against last week. Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are part of the formula, included to support bacteria and fish vitality, and production in a humidity-controlled environment keeps the salt free-flowing until the pack is empty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Home LPS reefs:** Euphyllia, favia, acan and scolymia tanks in the 100 to 250 L range.
- **Mixed soft-coral displays:** Zoanthid, leather and mushroom tanks that want stable reef parameters without SPS demands.
- **Regular weekly changes:** 5.5 kg covers about two months of 10% changes on a 200 L system.
- **Nano keepers stepping up:** The next size after the 2.2 kg pack once a small reef proves out.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Calculate the salt:** Litres to be changed multiplied by 35.2 g for 1.025, or 33.7 g for 1.024.
- **Dissolve properly:** Add the salt to RODI water at about 25 °C and run a pump until nothing remains undissolved; the salt always goes into the water, and dry salt never goes into the tank.
- **Match temperature and gravity:** Let the mix stabilise, confirm the reading, then add it.
- **Seal between uses:** Moisture is the enemy of a half-used pack, so close it tightly every time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Makes about 156 L:** A sensible quantity for a mid-sized LPS reef between reorders.
- **LPS-tuned parameters:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium set for tissue-growing corals.
- **Two published gravities:** Targets for both 1.024 and 1.025 with a stated tolerance.
- **Natural seawater sodium chloride:** A hybrid mix combining seawater character with synthetic consistency.
- **Probiotics and vitamin precursors:** Added by the manufacturer to support beneficial bacteria and fish health.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA040550
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801571
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 5.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for 1.025; 33.7 g per litre for 1.024
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 156 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 440 ppm, alkalinity 10.5 dKH, magnesium 1,310 ppm, potassium 400 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Parameters at 1.024:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 10.1 dKH, magnesium 1,255 ppm, potassium 385 ppm (about ±5%)
- **Target Environment:** LPS and soft-coral reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Mineral Sea Salt - 11kg
Buffered Natural Sea Salt with Added Trace Elements for Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mineral-sea-salt-11kg/
- Price: $75.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA051100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350779
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mineral-Sea-Salt-11kg.jpg
Reef keepers who prefer a natural salt to a synthetic one usually accept weaker buffering and thinner trace elements as the price, and Quantum Mineral Sea Salt 11kg (SKU: QA051100) is built to remove that trade-off. The Reef Essential Mineral Oasis formula is an authentic sea salt with its minerals raised, its buffering capacity enhanced and its major, minor and trace elements topped up, and the 11 kg pack is the size for a mid-sized reef changing water every week. Quantum also rates the same salt for baths, so the pack can serve the tank and the bathroom.
The manufacturer keeps the detailed method for both uses on the insert inside the pack, and asks that it be followed for whichever application you have in mind. In the aquarium the routine is the familiar one: dissolve the weighed salt in RODI water, mix until clear, let the temperature stabilise and check the gravity before use. In the bath the guidance for sensitive skin is roughly half a cup, about 125 g, in a standard 150 L bath, with the pack's chart for anything stronger. Do not overdose is the single caution Quantum prints for both.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** Weekly changes on 200 to 400 L systems with a salt that carries a full element profile.
- **Colour-focused displays:** Tanks where trace-element supply through the salt is part of the plan.
- **Extended bathing use:** Around eighty sensitive-skin baths at the manufacturer's rate.
- **Shared use:** A single pack serving a reef and household bathing for months.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Use the insert:** Quantum's method for aquarium and bath use is printed on the insert in the pack.
- **Aquarium mixing:** Salt into RODI water, pump until dissolved, temperature settled and gravity confirmed before adding.
- **Bath dosing:** About 125 g per 150 L bath for sensitive skin, more per the pack's chart if preferred.
- **Keep it dry and measured:** Seal the pack after use and never overdose in either application.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural salt, improved:** An authentic sea salt with raised minerals rather than a synthetic substitute.
- **Enhanced buffering capacity:** Designed to hold pH more steadily than plain sea salt.
- **Complete element profile:** Major, minor and trace elements added for coral colour and growth.
- **Two rated uses:** Reef aquariums and baths, per the manufacturer.
- **Mid-range pack:** 11 kg for regular changes without the bulk of a box.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Mineral Oasis range)
- **SKU:** QA051100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350779
- **Product Type:** Salt > Mineral Sea Salt
- **Formulation:** Authentic sea salt with raised mineral content, enhanced buffering and added major, minor and trace elements
- **Net Weight:** 11 kg
- **Bath Dose:** About 125 g (half a cup) per standard 150 L bath for sensitive skin
- **Aquarium Use:** Mix to the chosen specific gravity following the pack insert
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums; baths
- **Caution:** Do not overdose in either application; follow the pack insert
---
#### Quantum Mineral Sea Salt - 2.2kg
Mineral-Enriched Natural Sea Salt for Reef Aquariums and Baths.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mineral-sea-salt-2-2kg/
- Price: $32.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA050220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350793
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mineral-Sea-Salt-2.2kg.jpg
Most reef salts are engineered products; Quantum Mineral Sea Salt 2.2kg (SKU: QA050220) starts from the other direction. The Reef Essential Mineral Oasis blend is an authentic sea salt with its mineral content raised, its buffering capacity increased and a full set of major, minor and trace elements added, and the 2.2 kg pack is the trial size. Quantum rates it for two uses that rarely share a label: reef aquariums, where the added elements are aimed at coral colour and growth, and baths, where the same mineral profile is used for the skin.
Because the salt serves both purposes, the detailed method lives on the insert inside the pack rather than on a single dosing line, and Quantum asks that the insert be followed for whichever application you choose. For a reef, that means mixing to the specific gravity you run and confirming with a refractometer as with any salt. For a bath, the manufacturer's guidance for sensitive skin is about half a cup, roughly 125 g, in a standard 150 L bath, with the pack's chart used for stronger soaks. The one caution printed for both uses is simple: do not overdose.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trying the mix:** A small pack to test how a reef responds before moving to a larger size.
- **Nano reef water changes:** Enough salt for a series of changes on a small display or a frag tank.
- **Mineral baths:** Roughly seventeen sensitive-skin baths at the manufacturer's half-cup rate.
- **A salt for both:** Households that want one product for the tank and the bathroom.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Read the insert first:** The pack insert carries the full method for aquarium and bath use; follow it for the application you need.
- **Aquarium use:** Add the salt to RODI water, mix with a pump until dissolved, let the temperature settle and confirm the gravity before adding to the tank.
- **Bath use:** Half a cup (about 125 g) per standard 150 L bath for sensitive skin; use the pack's chart or personal preference for a stronger soak.
- **Do not overdose:** In either application, more salt is not better; measure it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Authentic sea salt base:** A genuine sea salt rather than a fully synthetic mix, with minerals raised above natural levels.
- **Enhanced buffering:** Formulated with greater buffering capacity to hold pH steady between changes.
- **Full element profile:** Enriched with major, minor and trace elements for coral colour and growth.
- **Dual-purpose:** Rated by Quantum for reef aquariums and for baths.
- **Small pack:** 2.2 kg is the right size to try either use without a bucket on the shelf.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Mineral Oasis range)
- **SKU:** QA050220
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350793
- **Product Type:** Salt > Mineral Sea Salt
- **Formulation:** Authentic sea salt with raised mineral content, enhanced buffering and added major, minor and trace elements
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Bath Dose:** About 125 g (half a cup) per standard 150 L bath for sensitive skin
- **Aquarium Use:** Mix to the chosen specific gravity following the pack insert
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums; baths
- **Caution:** Do not overdose in either application; follow the pack insert
---
#### Quantum Mineral Sea Salt - 20kg Box
Bulk Natural Sea Salt Enriched for Reef Aquariums and Spa Use.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mineral-sea-salt-20kg-box/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA052000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350762
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mineral-Sea-Salt-20kg-Box-1.jpg
A 20 kg box of natural sea salt with reef-grade minerals is a different proposition from a box of synthetic mix, and Quantum Mineral Sea Salt 20kg Box (SKU: QA052000) is aimed at keepers who have decided they want the former. The Reef Essential Mineral Oasis blend is an authentic sea salt with raised minerals, enhanced buffering and added major, minor and trace elements, packed in a box for large reef systems, mixing stations and anyone using it in quantity for baths and spas as well as the tank.
Quantum supplies the detailed method for each application on the insert inside the pack, and it should be followed for whichever use you have. For a reef, mixing is the same as any salt: dissolve the weighed amount in RODI water, mix until clear, let the temperature settle and confirm the specific gravity before the water goes anywhere near livestock. For a bath, the manufacturer's sensitive-skin rate is about half a cup, roughly 125 g, per standard 150 L bath, with its chart for stronger soaks. The only caution printed is not to overdose, and with a box this size the salt should be resealed after every use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Displays and sumps of several hundred litres on a weekly change schedule.
- **Mixing barrels:** One box feeding a reservoir that serves more than one reef.
- **Spas and frequent baths:** Bulk quantity for households or businesses using mineral salt regularly.
- **Trace-element supply by salt:** Systems where the keeper relies on water changes to replace minor and trace elements.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Start with the insert:** The pack insert holds Quantum's full method for aquarium, bath and spa use.
- **Aquarium mixing:** Add salt to RODI water at around 25 °C, circulate until fully dissolved, allow the temperature to stabilise and verify gravity.
- **Bath use:** Around 125 g per 150 L bath for sensitive skin; the pack's chart covers stronger doses.
- **Reseal and measure:** Close the inner pack after each use and never exceed the recommended amount.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk natural salt:** 20 kg of authentic sea salt with minerals raised for reef use.
- **Enhanced buffering:** Greater buffering capacity for a steadier pH between changes.
- **Full element enrichment:** Major, minor and trace elements included for coral colour and growth.
- **Multi-use:** Rated by Quantum for reef aquariums, baths, pools and spas.
- **Boxed for storage:** A format suited to fish rooms and mixing stations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Mineral Oasis range)
- **SKU:** QA052000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350762
- **Product Type:** Salt > Mineral Sea Salt
- **Formulation:** Authentic sea salt with raised mineral content, enhanced buffering and added major, minor and trace elements
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg box
- **Bath Dose:** About 125 g (half a cup) per standard 150 L bath for sensitive skin
- **Aquarium Use:** Mix to the chosen specific gravity following the pack insert
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums; baths, pools and spas
- **Caution:** Do not overdose in any application; follow the pack insert
---
#### Quantum Mineral Sea Salt - 22kg
Largest Pack of Mineral-Enriched Sea Salt for Reefs, Baths and Spas.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mineral-sea-salt-22kg/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA052200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350755
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mineral-Sea-Salt-22kg.jpg
For the keeper who mixes a lot of water, or the household that uses sea salt in the bath every day, the largest pack makes the most sense, and Quantum Mineral Sea Salt 22kg (SKU: QA052200) is the biggest size of the Reef Essential Mineral Oasis blend. It is an authentic sea salt rather than a synthetic mix, with its mineral content raised, its buffering capacity enhanced and a full range of major, minor and trace elements added. Quantum lists it for reef aquariums, where those elements support coral colour and growth, and for baths, pools and spas.
The instructions for each use are on the insert inside the pack, and the manufacturer directs users there for the detailed method rather than printing a single dose on the label. In the aquarium, the salt is weighed, dissolved in RODI water at around 25 °C, mixed until clear and checked for gravity once the temperature has settled. In the bath, Quantum suggests about half a cup, roughly 125 g, per standard 150 L bath for sensitive skin, with its chart for anything stronger. The caution for every use is the same: do not overdose. Keep the 22 kg pack sealed so the salt stays free-flowing to the bottom.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Big reef systems:** Large displays and multi-tank set-ups changing hundreds of litres a month.
- **Commercial and spa use:** Businesses that go through mineral salt in volume.
- **Daily bathing households:** Around 175 sensitive-skin baths at the manufacturer's rate.
- **Lowest cost per change:** Keepers already committed to the mix who want the best economy.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Insert first:** Quantum's full method for each application is on the insert in the pack.
- **For the reef:** Salt into RODI water at about 25 °C, circulate until dissolved, let the temperature stabilise and confirm gravity before use.
- **For the bath:** About 125 g per 150 L bath for sensitive skin, or per the chart supplied.
- **Seal and measure:** Close the pack after each use and stay within the recommended amounts.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest pack:** 22 kg for the fewest reorders and the lowest cost per litre.
- **Authentic sea salt:** Natural salt with minerals raised above what the sea provides.
- **Enhanced buffering:** Formulated to hold pH steadier than unmodified sea salt.
- **Trace-element rich:** Major, minor and trace elements added for coral colour and growth.
- **Rated for many uses:** Reef aquariums, baths, pools and spas, per the manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Mineral Oasis range)
- **SKU:** QA052200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350755
- **Product Type:** Salt > Mineral Sea Salt
- **Formulation:** Authentic sea salt with raised mineral content, enhanced buffering and added major, minor and trace elements
- **Net Weight:** 22 kg
- **Bath Dose:** About 125 g (half a cup) per standard 150 L bath for sensitive skin
- **Aquarium Use:** Mix to the chosen specific gravity following the pack insert
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums; baths, pools and spas
- **Caution:** Do not overdose in any application; follow the pack insert
---
#### Quantum Mineral Sea Salt - 5.5kg
Mineral-Rich Natural Sea Salt Mix for Reef Tanks and Bathing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mineral-sea-salt-5-5kg/
- Price: $45.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA050550 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350809
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mineral-Sea-Salt-5.5kg.jpg
A genuine sea salt that has been improved rather than replaced is an unusual thing on an aquarium shelf, and Quantum Mineral Sea Salt 5.5kg (SKU: QA050550) is exactly that. The Reef Essential Mineral Oasis formula takes authentic sea salt, lifts its mineral content, strengthens its buffering capacity and enriches it with major, minor and trace elements. Quantum lists two applications: reef aquariums, where the extra elements support coral colouration and growth, and baths, where the same minerals are used on the skin. The 5.5 kg size suits a small reef on a regular change schedule, or a household using it in both places.
The detailed method for each use is on the insert supplied in the pack, and the manufacturer directs users to it rather than to a single dosing line on the label. Aquarium mixing follows the usual practice for any salt: dissolve fully in RODI water, let the temperature settle and confirm the specific gravity before the water goes in. For bathing, Quantum's sensitive-skin guidance is around half a cup, about 125 g, in a standard 150 L bath, with its chart for stronger soaks. The single caution for both is not to overdose.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small reef aquariums:** Regular water changes on a nano or a 100 L display with a mineral-rich salt.
- **Coral colour and growth:** Reefs where the keeper wants a full trace-element profile in every change.
- **Regular mineral baths:** Around forty sensitive-skin baths at the manufacturer's rate.
- **One salt for two rooms:** Households that keep a reef and also use sea salt in the bath.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Follow the insert:** The pack insert carries Quantum's full method for each application.
- **For the aquarium:** Add salt to RODI water, circulate until dissolved, let the temperature stabilise and confirm gravity before use.
- **For the bath:** About 125 g per 150 L bath for sensitive skin; consult the chart in the pack for more.
- **Measure, do not guess:** Overdosing is the one thing the manufacturer warns against in both uses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Authentic sea salt:** A natural salt improved with raised minerals rather than a synthetic mix.
- **Stronger buffering:** Enhanced buffering capacity to steady pH in the aquarium.
- **Element-enriched:** Major, minor and trace elements added for coral colour and vigour.
- **Reef and bath use:** Rated by Quantum for both applications.
- **Household size:** 5.5 kg balances a small reef's needs with regular bathing use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Mineral Oasis range)
- **SKU:** QA050550
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350809
- **Product Type:** Salt > Mineral Sea Salt
- **Formulation:** Authentic sea salt with raised mineral content, enhanced buffering and added major, minor and trace elements
- **Net Weight:** 5.5 kg
- **Bath Dose:** About 125 g (half a cup) per standard 150 L bath for sensitive skin
- **Aquarium Use:** Mix to the chosen specific gravity following the pack insert
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums; baths
- **Caution:** Do not overdose in either application; follow the pack insert
---
#### Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt - 11kg
Mid-Size Pack of Reef Salt for Mixed Coral Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mixed-macro-probiotic-salt-11kg/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA061100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801649
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mixed-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-11kg-2.jpg
Somewhere around the 250 L mark, a reef keeper stops buying salt by the small pack. Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt 11kg (SKU: QA061100) is the Reef Essential mixed-reef formula at that step up: 11 kg that mixes to about 312 L at 35.2 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025. The salt is a hybrid, its sodium chloride sourced from natural seawater off South Australia and the rest of the formula added synthetically, and it is blended in a humidity-controlled facility so it arrives dry and free-flowing.
The mix is pitched at tanks that keep soft corals, LPS and SPS together, and its chemistry sits between the two specialised blends. At 1.025 Quantum formulates it for around 430 ppm calcium, 8 dKH alkalinity, 1,295 ppm magnesium and 390 ppm potassium, an alkalinity that most acropora tolerate and most euphyllia thrive at. It contains no nitrate or phosphate, and it carries natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which the manufacturer includes to promote beneficial bacteria and support fish vitality. An 11 kg pack should be resealed after each use so the last kilogram is as dry as the first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized mixed reefs:** Displays of 200 to 400 L changing 25 to 40 L a week.
- **Tanks with a broad coral list:** Zoanthids, leathers, hammers, chalices and acropora in one system.
- **Recovery changes:** Enough on hand for a large change after a pest treatment or a chemistry slip.
- **Stepping up from the bucket:** The same mix in a pack that reorders less often.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Salt by weight:** 35.2 g for every litre of new water reaches 1.025; adjust slightly if your target gravity differs.
- **Into RODI water first:** Add the salt to water at roughly 25 °C, never the other way round, and run a pump until fully dissolved.
- **Stabilise, then verify:** Give the mix time for the temperature to even out and check the gravity before use.
- **Seal the pack:** Close it tightly after every change; salt that is not fully mixed never goes into the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 312 L per pack:** Months of weekly changes on a mid-sized mixed reef.
- **Chemistry for mixed tanks:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium set between the SPS and LPS formulas.
- **Free of nitrate and phosphate:** A change refreshes elements without adding nutrients.
- **Hybrid formula:** Natural seawater sodium chloride with a synthetic balance of elements.
- **Probiotic additions:** Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which Quantum includes for beneficial bacteria and fish vitality.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA061100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801649
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 11 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 312 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium about 430 ppm, alkalinity about 8 dKH, magnesium about 1,295 ppm, potassium about 390 ppm
- **Nutrients:** Nitrate and phosphate free
- **Target Environment:** Mixed reef aquariums (soft coral, LPS and SPS)
---
#### Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt - 2.2kg
Trial Pack Reef Salt for Mixed Coral Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mixed-macro-probiotic-salt-2-2kg/
- Price: $32.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA060220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801625
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mixed-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-2.2kg-1.jpg
Changing salt brands is easier when the first pack is small. Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt 2.2kg (SKU: QA060220) is the entry size of the Reef Essential mix designed for tanks that keep soft corals, LPS and SPS together, and at 35.2 g per litre it makes about 62 L of water at a specific gravity of 1.025. That is enough for a run of water changes on a nano reef, or a fair test on a larger system before committing to a bigger pack. The salt is a hybrid: its sodium chloride comes from natural South Australian seawater and the other elements are added synthetically.
A mixed reef needs chemistry that sits between the LPS and SPS blends, and that is how Quantum describes this one. At 1.025 the mix is formulated for roughly 430 ppm calcium, 8 dKH alkalinity, 1,295 ppm magnesium and 390 ppm potassium, an alkalinity that avoids the high end an SPS tank might struggle with and the low end LPS would find lean. It is free of nitrate and phosphate, and it carries the natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors the range is named for, which the manufacturer includes to support beneficial bacteria and fish vitality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Testing a new salt:** Run a few changes on this pack and watch the corals before buying a larger size.
- **Nano mixed reefs:** Small tanks with a zoanthid rock, a hammer and a frag or two of montipora.
- **Top-up salt:** A pack to keep in the cupboard for an unplanned change when the main pack has run out.
- **Frag and quarantine tanks:** Small volumes that should match the display's parameters.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh it:** Multiply the litres to be changed by 35.2 g to reach 1.025; a scale gives a repeatable result where a scoop does not.
- **Salt into RODI water:** Dissolve the salt in water at about 25 °C with a pump running until nothing remains on the bottom; never pour water onto dry salt.
- **Settle and test:** Let the temperature stabilise, then confirm the gravity with a refractometer before adding to the tank.
- **Never dose dry:** Salt that has not been fully mixed must never go into the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 62 L per pack:** Sized for a trial or a nano reef's regular changes.
- **Balanced for mixed reefs:** Alkalinity and calcium set between the SPS and LPS formulas.
- **Nitrate and phosphate free:** Water changes do not add nutrients to the system.
- **Hybrid natural base:** Sodium chloride from South Australian seawater, with the other elements added synthetically for consistency.
- **Probiotic formula:** Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are part of the blend, added by Quantum for bacteria and fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA060220
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801625
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 62 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium about 430 ppm, alkalinity about 8 dKH, magnesium about 1,295 ppm, potassium about 390 ppm
- **Nutrients:** Nitrate and phosphate free
- **Target Environment:** Mixed reef aquariums (soft coral, LPS and SPS)
---
#### Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt - 20kg Box
Boxed Bulk Reef Salt for Large Mixed Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mixed-macro-probiotic-salt-20kg-box/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA062000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801656
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mixed-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-20kg-Box.jpg
Large mixed reefs and multi-tank systems buy salt by the box, and Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt 20kg Box (SKU: QA062000) is the Reef Essential mixed-reef blend in that format. At 35.2 g per litre the 20 kg makes about 568 L at a specific gravity of 1.025, enough for a season of weekly changes on a 500 L system or a mixing barrel that feeds several tanks. The salt is a hybrid: sodium chloride from natural South Australian seawater, with the remaining elements added synthetically for a consistent result from box to box.
Mixed reefs are the hardest tanks to pick a salt for, because acropora and hammers want different alkalinity, and Quantum's answer is to sit in the middle. At 1.025 the mix is formulated for roughly 430 ppm calcium, 8 dKH, 1,295 ppm magnesium and 390 ppm potassium. It is free of nitrate and phosphate, and it includes natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which the manufacturer adds to support beneficial bacteria and fish health. The box is blended under humidity control; keeping the inner pack sealed between changes preserves that dryness across the weeks a box lasts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large mixed displays:** Systems of 500 L and more keeping softies, LPS and SPS together.
- **Central mixing stations:** One box feeding a reservoir that serves several tanks on the same chemistry.
- **Coral farms and frag racks:** Grow-out systems with a wide range of coral types.
- **Retail holding systems:** Shop tanks that stock a broad coral list at one set of parameters.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Do the sum:** Litres being made up multiplied by 35.2 g is the salt for 1.025.
- **RODI water, salt added to it:** Water at about 25 °C, salt poured in and a pump run until every grain has dissolved; never water onto salt.
- **Temperature, then gravity:** Let the mix stabilise and confirm the reading before it goes anywhere near livestock.
- **Reseal the inner pack:** Fold and clip it after each use; dry salt is never added directly to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Roughly 568 L per box:** The economical way to run a large mixed reef on this blend.
- **Middle-ground alkalinity:** About 8 dKH, between the SPS and LPS formulas.
- **Nitrate and phosphate free:** Large changes do not raise nutrient levels.
- **Natural seawater base:** A hybrid salt with seawater sodium chloride and synthetic consistency.
- **Probiotic and vitamin content:** Included by the manufacturer to support bacteria and fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA062000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801656
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg box
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 568 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium about 430 ppm, alkalinity about 8 dKH, magnesium about 1,295 ppm, potassium about 390 ppm
- **Nutrients:** Nitrate and phosphate free
- **Target Environment:** Mixed reef aquariums (soft coral, LPS and SPS)
---
#### Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt - 22kg
Largest Pack of Reef Salt for Mixed Coral Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mixed-macro-probiotic-salt-22kg/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA062200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801663
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mixed-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-22kg.jpg
The biggest pack in a salt range is bought for one reason: the lowest cost per litre of mixed water. Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt 22kg (SKU: QA062200) delivers about 625 L at a specific gravity of 1.025 from its 35.2 g per litre dose, which is the most water any pack of the Reef Essential mixed-reef blend will make. The salt is a hybrid, with sodium chloride taken from natural seawater off South Australia and the remaining elements added synthetically, and it is produced in a humidity-controlled facility so it pours cleanly.
The formula targets the middle ground a mixed reef needs. At 1.025 Quantum designs it for around 430 ppm calcium, 8 dKH alkalinity, 1,295 ppm magnesium and 390 ppm potassium, high enough for LPS tissue growth and gentle enough for acropora that dislike a high-alkalinity swing. It is free of nitrate and phosphate, and it carries the natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors that give the range its name, included by the manufacturer to support beneficial bacteria and fish vitality. A pack this size rewards careful storage: decant what you need and keep the rest sealed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large mixed reefs:** Displays and sumps past 500 L that use a pack like this in a season.
- **Fish rooms:** Several mixed tanks fed from one reservoir on a single salt.
- **Maintenance rounds:** One pack covering a set of client tanks on the same blend.
- **Committed keepers:** Anyone who has proven the mix on a smaller pack and wants the best economy.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Calculate the salt:** Multiply the litres of new water by 35.2 g for a gravity of 1.025.
- **Add to water at 25 °C:** Pour the salt into RODI water, run a pump until it has dissolved completely, and never pour water onto dry salt.
- **Stabilise and read:** Wait for the temperature to settle before checking the gravity and using the water.
- **Store it sealed:** Close the pack tightly after each change; unmixed salt never goes into the display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 625 L per pack:** The largest yield in the mixed-reef range and the fewest reorders.
- **Balanced chemistry:** Alkalinity near 8 dKH with calcium, magnesium and potassium to match.
- **No nitrate or phosphate:** Water changes refresh elements without feeding algae.
- **Hybrid seawater base:** Sodium chloride harvested from South Australian seawater, topped up synthetically to the published recipe.
- **Probiotic formula:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors included by the manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA062200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801663
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 22 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 625 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium about 430 ppm, alkalinity about 8 dKH, magnesium about 1,295 ppm, potassium about 390 ppm
- **Nutrients:** Nitrate and phosphate free
- **Target Environment:** Mixed reef aquariums (soft coral, LPS and SPS)
---
#### Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt - 5.5kg
Resealable Bucket of Reef Salt for Mixed Reef Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/mixed-macro-probiotic-salt-5-5kg/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA060550 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801632
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Mixed-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-5.5kg.jpg
A bucket with a lid is the most practical way to keep salt on a fish-room shelf, and Quantum Mixed Macro Probiotic Salt 5.5kg (SKU: QA060550) is the bucket size of the Reef Essential mixed-reef formula. At 35.2 g per litre it mixes about 156 L at a specific gravity of 1.025, which for a 100 L reef changing 10 to 15% a week is three to four months of salt. The formula is a hybrid, with sodium chloride drawn from natural South Australian seawater and the remaining elements added synthetically so each batch behaves like the last.
Quantum places this blend between its LPS and SPS salts. At 1.025 the water is formulated to come out at around 430 ppm calcium, 8 dKH, 1,295 ppm magnesium and 390 ppm potassium, figures that let softies, euphyllia and acropora share a tank without the alkalinity favouring one group over another. The mix contains no nitrate or phosphate, so a change does not feed algae, and it includes natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which the manufacturer adds to encourage beneficial bacteria and support fish. The bucket keeps the remaining salt dry between changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized mixed reefs:** Tanks of 60 to 150 L keeping softies alongside LPS and a few SPS frags.
- **Weekly change routines:** A bucket that lasts a season on a regular 10 to 15% schedule.
- **Frag systems:** Grow-out tanks where the water should match a mixed display.
- **Humid fish rooms:** The sealed bucket resists moisture better than a bag.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Work out the salt:** Litres of new water multiplied by 35.2 g gives the amount for 1.025.
- **Dissolve properly:** Add the salt to RODI water at around 25 °C and circulate with a pump until it is completely dissolved; water is never added to salt.
- **Check before use:** Allow the temperature to settle and confirm the gravity with a refractometer.
- **Lid on:** Close the bucket after every change so the salt stays free-flowing; unmixed salt never goes in the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Roughly 156 L per bucket:** A season of changes for a small mixed reef.
- **Mid-range alkalinity:** About 8 dKH, set between the SPS and LPS blends for tanks that keep both.
- **No added nutrients:** Free of nitrate and phosphate.
- **Natural seawater sodium chloride:** The base salt comes from the sea and the remaining elements are added to a fixed recipe.
- **Resealable bucket:** Keeps the salt dry and easy to scoop.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA060550
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801632
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 5.5 kg bucket
- **Dose Rate:** 35.2 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 156 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium about 430 ppm, alkalinity about 8 dKH, magnesium about 1,295 ppm, potassium about 390 ppm
- **Nutrients:** Nitrate and phosphate free
- **Target Environment:** Mixed reef aquariums (soft coral, LPS and SPS)
---
#### Quantum Sps Macro Probiotic Salt - 11kg
Mid-Size Pack of SPS Reef Salt with Batch ICP Report.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/sps-macro-probiotic-salt-11kg/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA071100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801731
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-11kg.jpg
An acropora-dominated reef of 250 to 400 L changes enough water each week that the 11 kg pack is the sensible size, and Quantum SPS Macro Probiotic Salt 11kg (SKU: QA071100) fills that role in the Reef Essential range. At 34.6 g per litre it mixes about 317 L at a specific gravity of 1.025, or around 305 L at 36.0 g per litre for 1.026. The formula is a hybrid, its sodium chloride sourced from natural South Australian seawater and its remaining elements added synthetically for consistency from pack to pack.
The blend is set to natural-seawater chemistry rather than the higher alkalinity LPS keepers prefer. At 1.025 it is formulated for around 405 ppm calcium, 7.4 dKH, 1,230 ppm magnesium and 375 ppm potassium, and at 1.026 for 420 ppm, 7.7 dKH, 1,280 ppm and 390 ppm. A batch ICP report ships in each bag so the keeper knows the analysis of the salt in hand. Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are included, which the manufacturer credits with supporting beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and the salt is produced under humidity control so it stays free-flowing once opened.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized SPS reefs:** Systems of 200 to 400 L keeping acropora, montipora and stylophora.
- **ICP-monitored tanks:** Keepers who test their water and want the salt's analysis alongside it.
- **Large recovery changes:** Salt on hand for a 30 to 50% change after a chemistry slip or pest treatment.
- **Upgrading from the bucket:** The same SPS mix in a pack that lasts longer between orders.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh the salt:** Litres of new water multiplied by 34.6 g reaches 1.025; use 36.0 g per litre for 1.026.
- **Salt into RODI water:** Water at about 25 °C, salt added to it and a pump run until fully dissolved; never the reverse.
- **Stabilise, then confirm:** Wait for the temperature to even out before checking gravity and using the water.
- **Reseal every time:** Close the pack after each change; dry salt is never put straight into the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 317 L per pack:** Months of weekly changes for a mid-sized SPS system.
- **SPS-tuned alkalinity:** Around 7.4 dKH at 1.025, near natural seawater.
- **Batch ICP report:** An analysis of the actual salt supplied in every bag.
- **Published values at two gravities:** Targets for 1.025 and 1.026 to test against.
- **Hybrid seawater base:** Natural sodium chloride with a synthetic balance of elements.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA071100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801731
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 11 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 34.6 g per litre for 1.025; 36.0 g per litre for 1.026
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 317 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 405 ppm, alkalinity 7.4 dKH, magnesium 1,230 ppm, potassium 375 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.026:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 7.7 dKH, magnesium 1,280 ppm, potassium 390 ppm
- **Target Environment:** SPS-dominant reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sps Macro Probiotic Salt - 2.2kg
Small Pack Reef Salt for Acropora and SPS Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/sps-macro-probiotic-salt-2-2kg/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA070220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801717
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-2.2kg.jpg
SPS keepers are the most cautious about changing salt, and a small pack is how most of them test one. Quantum SPS Macro Probiotic Salt 2.2kg (SKU: QA070220) is the trial size of the Reef Essential blend formulated for acropora, montipora and other small-polyp stony corals, mixing about 63 L at 34.6 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025, or around 61 L at 36.0 g per litre for 1.026. The salt is a hybrid, with sodium chloride sourced from natural South Australian seawater and the other elements added synthetically.
What sets the SPS blend apart is lower alkalinity. At 1.025 the mix is designed for about 405 ppm calcium, 7.4 dKH, 1,230 ppm magnesium and 375 ppm potassium, and at 1.026 for 420 ppm, 7.7 dKH, 1,280 ppm and 390 ppm, close to natural seawater and suited to low-nutrient systems where high alkalinity burns tips. Each bag carries a batch ICP report so the keeper can see what was in the salt before it goes in the tank. Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are part of the formula, added by the manufacturer to support beneficial bacteria and fish vitality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trying an SPS salt:** A few changes on a small pack before moving a sensitive acropora tank to a new mix.
- **Nano SPS tanks:** Small displays of montipora, stylophora and acropora frags.
- **Frag and grow-out tanks:** Small volumes that should match an SPS display's parameters.
- **Emergency supply:** A pack in reserve for an unplanned change on an SPS system.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh for your gravity:** 34.6 g per litre for 1.025, or 36.0 g per litre for 1.026.
- **Salt into water:** Add the salt to RODI water at around 25 °C and circulate with a pump until it is fully dissolved; never water onto salt.
- **Let it settle:** Allow the temperature to stabilise before reading the gravity with a refractometer.
- **No dry dosing:** Salt that has not completely dissolved never goes into the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 63 L per pack:** A trial quantity, or a nano SPS tank's regular changes.
- **Low-alkalinity formula:** Around 7.4 dKH at 1.025, matched to low-nutrient SPS systems.
- **Batch ICP report in every bag:** The actual analysis of the salt you are mixing.
- **Two published gravities:** Full parameter targets for both 1.025 and 1.026, so the first test after a change has a number to match.
- **Hybrid natural base:** Natural seawater supplies the sodium chloride and the remaining elements are added synthetically to a fixed formula.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA070220
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801717
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 34.6 g per litre for 1.025; 36.0 g per litre for 1.026
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 63 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 405 ppm, alkalinity 7.4 dKH, magnesium 1,230 ppm, potassium 375 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.026:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 7.7 dKH, magnesium 1,280 ppm, potassium 390 ppm
- **Target Environment:** SPS-dominant reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sps Macro Probiotic Salt - 20kg Box
Boxed Bulk SPS Reef Salt for Large Acropora Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/sps-macro-probiotic-salt-20kg-box/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA072000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801748
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-20kg-Box.jpg
Big SPS systems turn over a lot of water, and Quantum SPS Macro Probiotic Salt 20kg Box (SKU: QA072000) is the Reef Essential SPS blend packed for them. The 20 kg mixes about 578 L at 34.6 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025, or roughly 556 L at 36.0 g per litre for 1.026, which covers a season of weekly changes on a 500 L display or feeds a mixing barrel shared by several tanks. The salt is a hybrid, with sodium chloride from natural seawater off South Australia and the rest of the formula added synthetically.
The chemistry follows natural seawater more closely than an LPS mix, with lower alkalinity that suits low-nutrient acropora systems. At 1.025 the mix is formulated for about 405 ppm calcium, 7.4 dKH, 1,230 ppm magnesium and 375 ppm potassium; at 1.026 the targets are 420 ppm, 7.7 dKH, 1,280 ppm and 390 ppm. Each bag includes a batch ICP report. The formula also carries natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which the manufacturer includes to promote beneficial bacteria and support fish, and it is blended under humidity control so a box remains workable as it is used down, provided the inner pack is kept sealed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large SPS displays:** Acropora systems of 500 L and more on a weekly change schedule.
- **Shared mixing stations:** One box supplying a reservoir for several SPS tanks.
- **Coral propagation:** Grow-out racks of SPS frags that change large volumes regularly.
- **Retail and wholesale holding:** Shop systems keeping SPS stock at a known chemistry.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Calculate by gravity:** 34.6 g per litre for 1.025 or 36.0 g per litre for 1.026, multiplied by the litres being made.
- **Dissolve in RODI at 25 °C:** Add the salt to the water, never water to the salt, and circulate with a pump until clear.
- **Confirm before use:** Let the temperature stabilise and check the gravity; unmixed salt is never added to a tank.
- **Close the inner pack:** Reseal after every use so the salt in the box stays dry for weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Roughly 578 L per box:** The economical choice for a large SPS system.
- **Low-alkalinity SPS formula:** About 7.4 dKH at 1.025 for lean, high-light systems.
- **ICP report in every bag:** The manufacturer's own analysis of the batch.
- **Targets at 1.025 and 1.026:** Published values for the two gravities SPS keepers run.
- **Probiotic content:** Quantum blends in natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to support the system's bacteria and its fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA072000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801748
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg box
- **Dose Rate:** 34.6 g per litre for 1.025; 36.0 g per litre for 1.026
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 578 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 405 ppm, alkalinity 7.4 dKH, magnesium 1,230 ppm, potassium 375 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.026:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 7.7 dKH, magnesium 1,280 ppm, potassium 390 ppm
- **Target Environment:** SPS-dominant reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sps Macro Probiotic Salt - 22kg
Largest Pack of Low-Alkalinity Reef Salt for SPS Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/sps-macro-probiotic-salt-22kg/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA072200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801755
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-22kg.jpg
At 22 kg, this is the most water any pack of the Reef Essential SPS blend will make. Quantum SPS Macro Probiotic Salt 22kg (SKU: QA072200) mixes about 635 L at 34.6 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025, or around 611 L at 36.0 g per litre for 1.026, and it is the pack for keepers who have already proven the mix on their acropora and want the lowest cost per change. The salt is a hybrid: sodium chloride drawn from natural South Australian seawater, with the remaining elements added synthetically for repeatability.
The formula tracks natural seawater, with alkalinity kept well below an LPS mix. At 1.025 it is designed for around 405 ppm calcium, 7.4 dKH, 1,230 ppm magnesium and 375 ppm potassium, and at 1.026 for 420 ppm, 7.7 dKH, 1,280 ppm and 390 ppm. A batch ICP report ships in every bag, so a keeper who tests their own water can compare it with what the salt was supposed to deliver. Natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are blended in, which Quantum includes to support beneficial bacteria and fish vitality. Decanting a working quantity and sealing the rest keeps a pack this size dry to the end.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large SPS reefs:** Displays and sumps well past 500 L that go through a pack in a season.
- **Multi-tank SPS systems:** Frag racks and displays mixed from a central reservoir.
- **Maintenance businesses:** SPS client tanks covered from one pack across a round.
- **Best economy:** Keepers who want the lowest cost per litre of mixed water.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Salt by weight:** Litres of new water multiplied by 34.6 g for 1.025, or by 36.0 g for 1.026.
- **Add salt to water:** RODI water at about 25 °C, salt poured in and a pump run until completely dissolved; water is never poured onto salt.
- **Let it stabilise:** Check the gravity only after the temperature has settled, then use.
- **Seal and store dry:** Close the pack tightly after each change; dry or partly mixed salt never goes into the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 635 L per pack:** The largest yield in the SPS range.
- **Natural-seawater alkalinity:** Around 7.4 dKH at 1.025, suited to lean SPS systems.
- **Batch ICP report supplied:** An analysis of the salt in each bag.
- **Two published gravities:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and potassium targets listed for both 1.025 and 1.026.
- **Hybrid seawater base:** Seawater sodium chloride from South Australia with the balance of elements added synthetically.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA072200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801755
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 22 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 34.6 g per litre for 1.025; 36.0 g per litre for 1.026
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 635 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 405 ppm, alkalinity 7.4 dKH, magnesium 1,230 ppm, potassium 375 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.026:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 7.7 dKH, magnesium 1,280 ppm, potassium 390 ppm
- **Target Environment:** SPS-dominant reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sps Macro Probiotic Salt - 5.5kg
Bucket of Low-Alkalinity Reef Salt for SPS Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/sps-macro-probiotic-salt-5-5kg/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA070550 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801724
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sps-Macro-Probiotic-Salt-5.5kg.jpg
For a 100 L acropora tank, a 5.5 kg bucket of salt is a season's worth of water changes, and Quantum SPS Macro Probiotic Salt 5.5kg (SKU: QA070550) is the Reef Essential SPS blend in that size. It mixes roughly 158 L at 34.6 g per litre for a specific gravity of 1.025, or about 152 L at 36.0 g per litre for 1.026. The salt is a hybrid, its sodium chloride drawn from natural seawater off South Australia and the rest of the formula added synthetically, and it is blended in a humidity-controlled facility.
The SPS formula is built around natural-seawater alkalinity rather than the raised levels of an LPS mix. At 1.025 it is designed to give about 405 ppm calcium, 7.4 dKH, 1,230 ppm magnesium and 375 ppm potassium; at 1.026 those become 420 ppm, 7.7 dKH, 1,280 ppm and 390 ppm. Every bag includes a batch ICP report, which is the kind of transparency SPS keepers running their own ICP tests appreciate. The blend also carries natural macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which the manufacturer includes to encourage beneficial bacteria and support fish. The resealable bucket keeps the salt dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small and mid-sized SPS tanks:** Displays of 60 to 150 L dominated by acropora and montipora.
- **Low-nutrient systems:** Ultra-low-nutrient reefs where alkalinity is kept near natural seawater.
- **Frag grow-out:** SPS propagation tanks that should match the display chemistry.
- **Humid storage:** A lidded bucket for fish rooms where bags would clump.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh to the target:** Use 34.6 g per litre for 1.025 or 36.0 g per litre for 1.026; a scale beats a scoop.
- **Dissolve in RODI:** Salt into water at about 25 °C with a pump running until nothing remains undissolved; never water into salt.
- **Stabilise before reading:** Confirm the gravity only once the temperature has settled.
- **Keep the lid on:** Close the bucket after each use; unmixed salt is never added to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Roughly 158 L per bucket:** Months of changes for a small SPS system.
- **Near-seawater alkalinity:** About 7.4 dKH at 1.025, for tanks that run lean.
- **ICP report supplied:** A batch analysis in every bag, so the salt's actual composition can be compared with the targets.
- **Two gravity targets:** Published values for 1.025 and 1.026, covering the range most SPS keepers run.
- **Resealable bucket:** Keeps the salt dry and easy to measure, and stacks neatly in a fish room.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA070550
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801724
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 5.5 kg bucket
- **Dose Rate:** 34.6 g per litre for 1.025; 36.0 g per litre for 1.026
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 158 L at 1.025
- **Parameters at 1.025:** Calcium 405 ppm, alkalinity 7.4 dKH, magnesium 1,230 ppm, potassium 375 ppm
- **Parameters at 1.026:** Calcium 420 ppm, alkalinity 7.7 dKH, magnesium 1,280 ppm, potassium 390 ppm
- **Target Environment:** SPS-dominant reef aquariums
---
### QUANT — Additives & Supplements
#### Quantum African Lake Mpmc Gh - 1l
Litre of Rift Lake GH Minerals for Large Cichlid Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-mpmc-gh-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA311000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028570
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Mpmc-Gh-1l.jpg
A 500 L cichlid display changing a quarter of its water each week remineralises 125 L every time, and that is a litre-bottle job. Quantum African Lake MPMC GH 1L (SKU: QA311000) is the litre size of Quantum's African Lake Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that raises general hardness gently and in the ratio found in Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika. It carries macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and it is formulated to work alongside African Lake Buffer Pro, which sets KH and pH.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises general hardness by 1 dGH, and Quantum recommends 3 to 10 dGH for the African lakes. Only the water being replaced is dosed at a change. Bringing 125 L of RO water to 6 dGH uses 75 mL, so a litre covers about thirteen weekly changes on a 500 L tank; at 9 dGH for Tanganyika fish the same change uses about 112 mL and the bottle lasts nine. Fish draw much of their calcium and magnesium from the water, which is why the level is kept up rather than left to drift.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large rift lake displays:** Cichlid tanks of 400 L and more with big weekly changes.
- **Frontosa and tropheus systems:** Tanganyika species that do best at the upper end of the GH range.
- **Several cichlid tanks:** Keepers remineralising change water for more than one aquarium.
- **Systems on Buffer Pro:** Adding the GH half to tanks already buffered for KH and pH.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Choose the level:** Between 3 and 10 dGH, according to the lake and species.
- **Dose to the volume:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dGH of rise, on the litres being remineralised.
- **Treat the new water:** Dose the replacement volume only, then complete the change.
- **Keep KH and pH aligned:** Run African Lake Buffer Pro alongside so all three parameters hold.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **African lake mineral ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements in natural proportion.
- **Probiotics and vitamin precursors:** Included for beneficial bacteria and fish vitality.
- **Litre economy:** Months of change-water remineralising on a large tank.
- **Consistent dose:** 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH across every size.
- **GH half of the system:** Pairs with African Lake Buffer Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA311000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028570
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 3–10 dGH
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum African Lake Mpmc Gh - 250ml
Pro Salt GH Mineral Supplement for Malawi and Tanganyika Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-mpmc-gh-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA310250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650597
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Mpmc-Gh-250ml.jpg
Buffer alone gives a cichlid tank the right KH and pH, but the fish also need the calcium, magnesium and trace minerals dissolved in their home lakes. Quantum African Lake MPMC GH 250ml (SKU: QA310250) is Quantum's African Lake Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that gently raises general hardness in the ideal ratio to replicate Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika. Fish take up a large share of the elements they need straight from the water, so keeping them bioavailable matters, and the formula also carries macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises general hardness by 1 dGH, and Quantum's recommended range for the African lakes is 3 to 10 dGH. At a water change only the replacement volume is dosed, so a 200 L mbuna tank changing 50 L a week from RO water to 6 dGH uses 30 mL and the 250 mL bottle covers about eight changes. It is designed to be used with African Lake Buffer Pro, which looks after KH and pH, so the three parameters that define lake water are all in range at once.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Starting a rift lake tank:** Building GH from RO or soft tap water before stocking.
- **Weekly water changes:** Remineralising the new water so hardness does not drop after each change.
- **Trial size:** A first bottle for a keeper moving from a generic cichlid salt to a lake-specific formula.
- **Malawi and Tanganyika communities:** Mbuna, haps, peacocks, tropheus and shell dwellers.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aim for 3 to 10 dGH:** Choose a point in the range that suits the species kept.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH:** Multiply the rise wanted by the litres treated.
- **Dose the change water:** Treat only the replacement volume, then complete the change as usual.
- **Pair with Buffer Pro:** Set KH and pH with African Lake Buffer Pro so GH, KH and pH move together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lake-ratio minerals:** Major, minor and trace elements in the proportions of the African lakes.
- **Probiotic content:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors for bacteria and fish vitality.
- **Gentle GH rise:** 10 mL per 100 L raises general hardness by 1 dGH.
- **Bioavailable elements:** Supplies the calcium and magnesium fish absorb from the water.
- **Half of a pair:** Formulated to run with African Lake Buffer Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA310250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650597
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 3–10 dGH
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum African Lake Mpmc Gh - 500ml
General Hardness Minerals for African Cichlid Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-mpmc-gh-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA310500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028594
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Mpmc-Gh-500ml.jpg
Cichlids that colour up and breed are usually the ones kept in water with the right minerals, not just the right pH. Quantum African Lake MPMC GH 500ml (SKU: QA310500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's African Lake Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water formulated to raise general hardness gently and in the ideal ratio for the African lakes. The formula includes macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors, which Quantum adds to promote beneficial bacteria and enhance fish vitality, and it is designed to be used alongside African Lake Buffer Pro for KH and pH.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 1 dGH, with a recommended range of 3 to 10 dGH for Malawi and Tanganyika species. Only the replacement water is dosed during a change. Taking 75 L of RO water to 6 dGH for a 300 L tank uses 45 mL, which gives the bottle about eleven weekly changes; a Tanganyika tank held at 9 dGH uses more per change and still gets seven or eight. Many biochemical processes in the fish depend on magnesium and calcium, and this is the bottle that supplies them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized rift lake tanks:** Malawi and Tanganyika aquariums of 200 to 400 L on weekly changes.
- **Breeding groups:** Colonies where mineral levels influence spawning and fry development.
- **RO or rainwater users:** Homes whose source water carries almost no general hardness.
- **Completing the system:** Tanks already on African Lake Buffer Pro that need the GH half.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 3 to 10 dGH:** Test the tank and pick a level appropriate to the species.
- **Calculate the dose:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dGH of increase, on the water being treated.
- **Change-water routine:** Dose the new water only, then proceed with the change.
- **Balance the triad:** Use African Lake Buffer Pro for KH and pH alongside this GH supplement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ideal element ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements balanced for African lake water.
- **Vitality additions:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors in every dose.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH:** Straightforward to scale to any tank.
- **Supplies what fish absorb:** Calcium, magnesium and trace elements taken up through the water.
- **Partner to Buffer Pro:** Completes the GH, KH and pH system for rift lake tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA310500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028594
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 3–10 dGH
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum African Lake Mpmc Gh - 5l
Bulk Pro Salt GH Minerals for Cichlid Fish Rooms and Shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-mpmc-gh-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA315000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321766
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Mpmc-Gh-5l.jpg
Anyone keeping a room of rift lake tanks knows how quickly a bottle of remineraliser disappears, and the 5 L container is the answer. Quantum African Lake MPMC GH 5L (SKU: QA315000) is the bulk size of Quantum's African Lake Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that raises general hardness gently and in the ratio that replicates Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika. Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are part of the formula to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and it is designed for use alongside African Lake Buffer Pro for KH and pH.
The rate is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 1 dGH, with a recommended range of 3 to 10 dGH, and only the replacement water is dosed during a change. A breeder conditioning 500 L a week from RO water to 6 dGH uses 300 mL, so 5 L lasts around sixteen weeks; a shop treating a central reservoir for African stock gets similar mileage. Because fish take up much of their calcium and magnesium from the water, holding GH steady across every tank in the room supports growth, colour and spawning throughout.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid breeders:** Fish rooms remineralising hundreds of litres of change water each week.
- **Retail African systems:** Shops holding Malawi and Tanganyika stock at lake hardness.
- **Very large displays:** Rift lake tanks past 1,000 L that remineralise hundreds of litres at each change.
- **Reservoir treatment:** One container conditioning a mixing tank that feeds several aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the GH:** Between 3 and 10 dGH for the species kept, tested on the tank before each change.
- **Dose the reservoir:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dGH of rise, on the volume conditioned.
- **New water only:** Treat the replacement water at each change, not the whole system.
- **Buffer alongside:** African Lake Buffer Pro sets KH and pH to complete the lake chemistry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk GH minerals:** 5 L of major, minor and trace elements for African lake tanks.
- **Probiotic formula:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors included.
- **Same rate as the bottles:** 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH, so no recalculation when scaling up.
- **Fish-room economy:** Months of remineralising for many tanks from one container.
- **Works with Buffer Pro:** The GH half of Quantum's rift lake system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA315000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321766
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 3–10 dGH
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum African Lake Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 1l
Litre of Rift Lake KH and pH Buffer for Large Cichlid Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA301000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650566
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-1l.jpg
Big African cichlid tanks change a lot of water, and every litre of it has to be brought up to lake hardness first. Quantum African Lake pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 1L (SKU: QA301000) is the litre size of Quantum's African Lake Buffer Pro, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness to the desired level and regulate pH so the water replicates the African lakes. It is built to be used with African Lake Pro Salt GH, since temperature together with GH, KH and pH governs how well a cichlid aquarium runs over the long term.
Each 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH, and only the water being replaced is dosed at a change. Quantum's targets are 4 to 8 dKH and pH 7.8 to 8.5 for Malawi and Victoria species, and 7 to 12 dKH and pH 8.5 to 9.2 for Tanganyika. On a 500 L Malawi tank changing 125 L a week, taking RO water to 6 dKH uses 75 mL, so a litre covers about thirteen changes; a Tanganyika system at 10 dKH uses 125 mL a change and gets eight from the bottle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlid displays:** Rift lake tanks of 400 L and more with big weekly changes.
- **Haps and peacocks:** Open-water Malawi species kept in long tanks that change 100 L or more at a time.
- **Tanganyika at the high end:** Systems held at 10 dKH or above, where each change needs more buffer.
- **Multiple cichlid tanks:** Fish rooms conditioning change water for several rift lake aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Know the lake:** Malawi and Victoria fish at 4 to 8 dKH and pH 7.8 to 8.5; Tanganyika at 7 to 12 dKH and pH 8.5 to 9.2.
- **Work out the millilitres:** 10 mL per 100 L for every 1 dKH of increase, on the litres being treated.
- **Condition the change water:** Dose the new water only, then complete the change as normal.
- **Balance with GH:** African Lake Pro Salt GH handles general hardness alongside this buffer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate hardness and pH:** Raises KH and regulates pH from a single solution.
- **Lake-by-lake targets:** Published ranges for Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyika fish.
- **Litre for big tanks:** Months of weekly changes on a large rift lake display.
- **Consistent dosing:** 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH, the same as the smaller bottles.
- **Three-parameter system:** Pairs with African Lake Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA301000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650566
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** Malawi and Victoria 4–8 dKH, pH 7.8–8.5; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH, pH 8.5–9.2
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** African rift lake cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum African Lake Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 250ml
Buffer Pro for Malawi and Tanganyika Cichlid Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA300250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028587
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-250ml.jpg
Rift lake cichlids come from some of the hardest, most alkaline freshwater on earth, and a tank filled from a soft tap will not hold that chemistry by itself. Quantum African Lake pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 250ml (SKU: QA300250) is Quantum's African Lake Buffer Pro, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness to the desired level while regulating pH, so the water behaves like the lakes the fish evolved in. It is designed to work alongside African Lake Pro Salt GH, because temperature and the triad of GH, KH and pH decide the quality and longevity of a cichlid aquarium.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 1 dKH, and Quantum publishes two sets of targets: 4 to 8 dKH with a pH of 7.8 to 8.5 for Lake Malawi and Lake Victoria species, and 7 to 12 dKH with a pH of 8.5 to 9.2 for Lake Tanganyika. During a water change only the volume being replaced is dosed. On a 200 L mbuna tank changing 50 L a week from RO water, bringing the new water to 6 dKH takes 30 mL, so the 250 mL bottle covers around eight changes and suits a first tank or a trial of the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Malawi or Tanganyika set-ups:** Getting the tank to lake chemistry before the first fish arrive.
- **Weekly water changes:** Conditioning the replacement water so KH and pH do not dip after each change.
- **Soft tap or RO water:** Homes where the supply carries little carbonate hardness of its own.
- **Shell dwellers and mbuna alike:** Any rift lake community, with the target chosen by lake.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Pick the lake:** 4 to 8 dKH and pH 7.8 to 8.5 for Malawi and Victoria fish; 7 to 12 dKH and pH 8.5 to 9.2 for Tanganyika.
- **Dose 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH:** Multiply the rise wanted by the litres being treated.
- **Water changes:** Treat only the new water, matched to the tank's KH, before it goes in.
- **Pair with Pro Salt GH:** Keep general hardness in range with the companion product so all three parameters move together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **KH and pH in one bottle:** Safe KH and pH salts that raise carbonate hardness and regulate pH together.
- **Lake-specific targets:** Separate ranges published for Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyika.
- **Simple dose:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH.
- **Stability for cichlids:** Holds pH steady so the fish's biochemistry is not disrupted between changes.
- **Part of a three-part system:** Designed to run with African Lake Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA300250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028587
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** Malawi and Victoria 4–8 dKH, pH 7.8–8.5; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH, pH 8.5–9.2
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** African rift lake cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum African Lake Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 500ml
KH and pH Buffer for African Cichlid Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA300500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801014
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-500ml.jpg
A 300 L Malawi tank on a weekly change routine gets through buffer steadily, and the 500 mL bottle is where most keepers settle. Quantum African Lake pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 500ml (SKU: QA300500) is the African Lake Buffer Pro from Quantum's freshwater range, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water that raises carbonate hardness to the level the keeper chooses while regulating pH to match the rift lakes. Without KH and pH held steady, pH swings between water changes and the biochemical processes the fish depend on lose efficiency, which is why Quantum pairs this bottle with its African Lake Pro Salt GH.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH. The targets depend on the lake: Malawi and Victoria fish are kept at 4 to 8 dKH and pH 7.8 to 8.5, Tanganyika fish at 7 to 12 dKH and pH 8.5 to 9.2. When water is changed, only the replacement volume is dosed. Conditioning 75 L of RO water to 6 dKH for a 300 L tank takes 45 mL, so a 500 mL bottle lasts about eleven weekly changes, and a Tanganyika tank at 10 dKH uses it roughly half as long.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized rift lake tanks:** Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyika aquariums of 200 to 400 L.
- **Weekly conditioning:** Bringing change water to the tank's KH and pH before it is added.
- **Tanganyika keepers:** Frontosa, tropheus and shell-dweller tanks that need the higher range.
- **pH drifting down:** Established tanks where carbonate hardness has been used up over time.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the target by species:** Malawi and Victoria at 4 to 8 dKH, Tanganyika at 7 to 12 dKH, with the matching pH bands.
- **Calculate:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dKH of rise wanted.
- **Change-water dosing:** Treat the new water only, then carry on with the change as usual.
- **Run the triad:** Use African Lake Pro Salt GH for general hardness so GH, KH and pH stay in balance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Buffers KH and pH together:** One dose raises carbonate hardness and holds pH.
- **Two published target sets:** Malawi and Victoria, and Tanganyika, each with KH and pH ranges.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH:** Easy to scale to any change volume.
- **Protects fish biochemistry:** Prevents the pH fluctuation that stresses rift lake cichlids.
- **System partner:** Formulated to work with African Lake Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA300500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801014
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** Malawi and Victoria 4–8 dKH, pH 7.8–8.5; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH, pH 8.5–9.2
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** African rift lake cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum African Lake Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 5l
Bulk Rift Lake Buffer for Fish Rooms and Cichlid Breeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/african-lake-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA305000
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-African-Lake-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-5l.jpg
Cichlid breeders run rows of tanks at lake chemistry, and conditioning that much change water calls for buffer by the drum. Quantum African Lake pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 5L (SKU: QA305000) is the bulk size of Quantum's African Lake Buffer Pro, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water that raises carbonate hardness to the chosen level while regulating pH to match the African lakes. It is meant to be used with African Lake Pro Salt GH, because a rift lake aquarium is only as stable as the balance between its temperature, GH, KH and pH.
The rate does not change with the container: 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH, and at a water change only the replacement volume is dosed. Targets are 4 to 8 dKH with pH 7.8 to 8.5 for Malawi and Victoria fish, and 7 to 12 dKH with pH 8.5 to 9.2 for Tanganyika. A fish room changing 500 L a week from RO water to 6 dKH uses 300 mL, so 5 L covers around sixteen weeks, and a single 500 L display at the same rate would run for well over a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid fish rooms:** Breeders and collectors conditioning hundreds of litres of change water a week.
- **Retail African systems:** Shop tanks holding Malawi and Tanganyika stock at lake chemistry.
- **Very large displays:** Rift lake tanks past 1,000 L.
- **Central mixing stations:** One container treating a reservoir that supplies several tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target by lake:** Malawi and Victoria at 4 to 8 dKH, pH 7.8 to 8.5; Tanganyika at 7 to 12 dKH, pH 8.5 to 9.2.
- **Dose the reservoir:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dKH of rise, on the volume being conditioned.
- **Change water only:** Treat the replacement water, not the whole system, at each change.
- **Keep GH in step:** Dose African Lake Pro Salt GH alongside for general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk KH and pH buffer:** 5 L of safe KH and pH salts in solution.
- **Published lake targets:** Ranges for Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyika species.
- **Same simple rate:** 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH, unchanged from the bottles.
- **Economy for fish rooms:** Months of change-water conditioning for many tanks.
- **System pairing:** Runs with African Lake Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA305000
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** African Lake Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** Malawi and Victoria 4–8 dKH, pH 7.8–8.5; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH, pH 8.5–9.2
- **Companion Product:** African Lake Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** African rift lake cichlid aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Kh Conditioner - 1l
Litre of KH Pro for Large Soft-Water and Discus Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-kh-conditioner-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA321000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321704
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Kh-Conditioner-1l.jpg
Large discus systems and planted Amazon displays change a lot of RO water, and each litre of it needs its small measure of carbonate hardness. Quantum Amazon River KH Conditioner 1L (SKU: QA321000) is the litre size of Quantum's Amazon River KH Pro, a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water formulated to raise KH gently to the level found in Amazon rivers. A modest KH keeps pH from fluctuating, and stable pH keeps the fish's biochemistry working as it should. Quantum pairs it with Amazon River pH Pro and Amazon River Pro Salt GH so pH and general hardness are handled at the same time.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a 0.5 dKH rise, against a recommended range of 0.5 to 2 dKH, and only the replacement volume is dosed at a change. On a 600 L discus system changing 150 L a week to 1.5 dKH, each change takes 45 mL and a litre lasts about twenty-two weeks; a planted 400 L tank at 1 dKH uses less again. The half-degree step suits soft-water keepers who would rather make several small adjustments than one large one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large soft-water displays:** Amazon and discus tanks of 400 L and more.
- **High-tech planted tanks:** CO2-injected Amazon scapes that need a stable, low KH.
- **Multiple soft-water tanks:** Fish rooms conditioning RO for several Amazon aquariums.
- **Frequent large changes:** Discus keepers changing 30 to 50% at a time.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Hold 0.5 to 2 dKH:** Choose a point in the range and keep every change consistent.
- **Dose the change water:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 dKH of rise, on the litres replaced.
- **New water only:** Never dose for the whole tank at a change; the water already in it is at target.
- **Balance pH and GH:** Amazon River pH Pro and Pro Salt GH dosed alongside in the same change water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Gentle carbonate hardness:** Safe KH salts for soft-water systems that need a floor under their pH.
- **0.5 dKH per dose:** 10 mL per 100 L for precise control at the low KH soft-water fish need.
- **Litre for big systems:** Months of change-water conditioning on a large tank.
- **Published range:** 0.5 to 2 dKH for Amazon species, low enough for discus and dwarf cichlids.
- **System partner:** Runs with Amazon River pH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA321000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321704
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River KH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Kh Conditioner - 250ml
KH Pro for Soft, Stable Amazonian Aquarium Water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-kh-conditioner-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA320250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321674
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Kh-Conditioner-250ml.jpg
Amazon water is soft, but soft is not the same as unbuffered, and a tank with zero carbonate hardness will crash its pH the first time the filter falls behind. Quantum Amazon River KH Conditioner 250ml (SKU: QA320250) is Quantum's Amazon River KH Pro, a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently to the low level Amazon species prefer. With a little KH in place the pH stops swinging, and the biochemical processes the fish depend on carry on undisturbed. It is designed to be used with Amazon River pH Pro and Amazon River Pro Salt GH.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.5 dKH, half the step of Quantum's hard-water buffers, because the recommended range for Amazon tanks is only 0.5 to 2 dKH. At a water change only the replacement volume is dosed. A 200 L tetra and apistogramma tank changing 50 L a week from RO water to 1.5 dKH uses 15 mL, so the 250 mL bottle covers about sixteen changes, which makes it a sensible first size for a soft-water community or a breeding pair.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO-based Amazon tanks:** Adding a small, controlled KH to remineralised water.
- **Discus and apistogramma breeders:** Soft-water set-ups that still need pH stability for eggs and fry.
- **pH crashes overnight:** Tanks whose pH drops sharply between changes because KH has hit zero.
- **Planted Amazon biotopes:** Low-KH systems where CO2 injection makes stability essential.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aim low:** Quantum's Amazon range is 0.5 to 2 dKH; pick a point and hold it at every change.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dKH:** Double the millilitres for a full degree.
- **Condition the change water:** Dose the new water only, then carry on with the change.
- **Complete the triad:** Amazon River pH Pro for pH and Amazon River Pro Salt GH for general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water KH:** Safe KH salts that raise carbonate hardness in small steps without hardening the water further.
- **Half-degree dosing:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH for fine control.
- **Low target range:** 0.5 to 2 dKH, matched to the soft water Amazon species come from.
- **Prevents pH swings:** A little buffering stops the crashes soft tanks are prone to.
- **Part of the Amazon set:** Pairs with Amazon River pH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA320250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321674
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River KH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Kh Conditioner - 500ml
Low-Range Carbonate Hardness for Soft-Water Fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-kh-conditioner-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA320500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321681
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Kh-Conditioner-500ml.jpg
Keeping discus in RO water is easy until the pH falls off a cliff, and the fix is a small amount of carbonate hardness added on purpose. Quantum Amazon River KH Conditioner 500ml (SKU: QA320500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Amazon River KH Pro, a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water formulated to raise KH gently to replicate Amazon river water. Without KH and pH under control the pH of a soft tank fluctuates, and that fluctuation reduces the efficiency of the biochemical processes the fish rely on. It works alongside Amazon River pH Pro and Amazon River Pro Salt GH.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH, and the recommended range is 0.5 to 2 dKH. During a water change, dose only the volume being replaced. A 300 L discus tank changing 75 L a week from RO water to 1.5 dKH uses 22.5 mL, so the bottle lasts about twenty-two changes; breeders doing larger daily changes on smaller tanks use it faster but still get months from it. The half-degree step means the tank can be nudged rather than shoved, which is the whole point in soft water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized soft-water tanks:** Amazon communities and discus tanks of 200 to 400 L.
- **Daily-change breeders:** Discus and dwarf cichlid breeding tanks on frequent small changes of RO water.
- **Blackwater set-ups:** Tannin-stained tanks where leaf litter pushes pH down and a floor is needed.
- **Systems already on pH Pro:** Adding the KH half so the pH buffer has something to hold on to.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 0.5 to 2 dKH:** Test the tank and pick a level that suits the fish and any plants.
- **Calculate:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 dKH of rise, on the litres being conditioned.
- **Change water only:** Treat the replacement water before it goes in, matched to the tank's KH.
- **Run with the companions:** Amazon River pH Pro for pH and Pro Salt GH for general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Safe KH salts in solution:** Raises carbonate hardness without sodium-heavy buffers.
- **Fine increments:** 0.5 dKH per 10 mL per 100 L, for nudging rather than shoving.
- **Amazon target:** 0.5 to 2 dKH, published by the manufacturer for soft-water species.
- **pH stability in soft water:** Stops the crashes that unbuffered RO tanks suffer.
- **Three-part system:** Designed alongside Amazon River pH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA320500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321681
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River KH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Kh Conditioner - 5l
Bulk KH Pro for Discus Breeders and Soft-Water Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-kh-conditioner-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA325000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801946
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Kh-Conditioner-5l.jpg
Discus breeders change more water than almost anyone in the hobby, most of it RO, and all of it needing a touch of KH. Quantum Amazon River KH Conditioner 5L (SKU: QA325000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Amazon River KH Pro, a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently to the low level of Amazon river water. That small KH is what keeps pH from fluctuating and the fish's biochemical processes running efficiently, and the product is designed to be used with Amazon River pH Pro and Amazon River Pro Salt GH.
The rate is the same as the bottles: 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH, the recommended range is 0.5 to 2 dKH, and only the replacement water is dosed at a change. A fish room conditioning 1,000 L of RO a week to 1.5 dKH uses 300 mL, so 5 L lasts around sixteen weeks; a single large discus system at 150 L a week gets well over a year. The 5 L container suits a mixing barrel, where a week's change water is treated in one go.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus and dwarf cichlid breeders:** Fish rooms on daily or twice-weekly RO changes across many tanks.
- **Retail soft-water systems:** Shop tanks holding discus, tetras and Amazon species at low KH.
- **Very large Amazon displays:** Planted or biotope tanks past 1,000 L on big weekly changes.
- **RO mixing stations:** Treating a reservoir that feeds several soft-water tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the KH:** Between 0.5 and 2 dKH for the species kept, the same on every tank fed from the barrel.
- **Dose the barrel:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 dKH of rise, on the volume conditioned.
- **Replacement water only:** Treat what goes in, not what is already in the tank at target.
- **Complete the chemistry:** Amazon River pH Pro and Pro Salt GH in the same barrel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk soft-water KH:** 5 L of safe KH salts in solution for high-volume RO conditioning.
- **Half-degree steps:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH, unchanged from the bottles.
- **Amazon range:** 0.5 to 2 dKH, published by Quantum for soft-water species.
- **Fish-room economy:** Months of RO conditioning from one container.
- **Three-part partner:** Runs with Amazon River pH Pro and Pro Salt GH in the same mixing barrel.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA325000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801946
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River KH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Mpmc Gh - 1l
Litre of Pro Salt GH for Large Soft-Water and Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-mpmc-gh-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA341000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321520
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Mpmc-Gh-1l.jpg
A big planted Amazon tank on RO changes 100 L or more a week, and every litre needs remineralising before it touches the plants. Quantum Amazon River MPMC GH 1L (SKU: QA341000) is the litre size of Quantum's Amazon River Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that gently raises general hardness in the ratio of Amazon river water. It includes macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and Quantum formulates it to be used with Amazon River pH Pro and Amazon River KH Pro so pH and carbonate hardness are set at the same time.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a 0.5 dGH rise, against a recommended range of 1 to 3 dGH, and only the water being replaced is dosed at a change. Remineralising 125 L of RO to 2 dGH takes 50 mL, so a litre covers about twenty weekly changes on a 500 L tank. Plants draw calcium and magnesium from the water as surely as fish do, so a planted display at the top of the range, 3 dGH, uses proportionally more and gets thirteen changes from the bottle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large soft-water displays:** Amazon and discus tanks of 400 L and more on RO.
- **High-tech planted tanks:** Scapes where plants need steady calcium and magnesium at low GH.
- **Frequent big changes:** Discus keepers replacing 30 to 50% at a time.
- **Several soft-water tanks:** Fish rooms remineralising RO for more than one aquarium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the GH:** Between 1 and 3 dGH according to the fish and plants kept.
- **Dose to the volume:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 dGH of rise, on the litres remineralised.
- **Replacement water only:** Treat the new water, then complete the change.
- **Align KH and pH:** Amazon River KH Pro and pH Pro in the same change water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Amazon-ratio minerals:** Major, minor and trace elements in soft-water proportion.
- **Probiotics and vitamin precursors:** For beneficial bacteria and fish vitality.
- **Litre economy:** Months of RO remineralising on a large tank between orders.
- **0.5 dGH steps:** 10 mL per 100 L, unchanged across sizes, so no recalculating when moving up.
- **GH half of the set:** Pairs with Amazon River pH Pro and KH Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA341000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321520
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dGH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River KH Pro
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Mpmc Gh - 250ml
Pro Salt GH Remineraliser for Soft-Water Amazon Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-mpmc-gh-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA340250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321506
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Mpmc-Gh-250ml.jpg
RO water is a blank page, and Amazon fish still need a little calcium and magnesium written on it. Quantum Amazon River MPMC GH 250ml (SKU: QA340250) is Quantum's Amazon River Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that gently raises general hardness in the ideal ratio to replicate Amazon river water. Fish take up much of what they need directly from the water, so the elements must be bioavailable, and the formula also carries macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors for beneficial bacteria and fish vitality. It works alongside Amazon River pH Pro and KH Pro.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.5 dGH, and Quantum's recommended range for Amazon tanks is a soft 1 to 3 dGH. Dose the replacement water only when changing water. A 200 L tetra tank changing 50 L a week from RO water to 2 dGH uses 20 mL, so the 250 mL bottle covers about twelve changes. The half-degree step is deliberate: soft-water fish want minerals present, not abundant, and small doses make that easy to hold.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO-based Amazon tanks:** Putting the essential minerals back into pure water before it goes in.
- **Discus and dwarf cichlids:** Species that want soft water with a small, steady mineral content.
- **Planted soft-water tanks:** Scapes where plants need calcium and magnesium at low GH.
- **Trial size:** A first bottle for a keeper setting up the Amazon system on a single tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aim for 1 to 3 dGH:** Test the tank and pick a level for the species kept.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dGH:** Multiply the rise wanted by the litres remineralised.
- **Change water only:** Dose the new water, then complete the change as usual.
- **Balance KH and pH:** Amazon River KH Pro and pH Pro alongside, so the triad moves together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Amazon mineral ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements in soft-water proportions.
- **Probiotic content:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors in every dose.
- **Half-degree steps:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH for gentle adjustment.
- **Low target:** 1 to 3 dGH for Amazon species that want minerals present but sparse.
- **Part of a set:** Runs with Amazon River pH Pro and KH Pro so all three parameters are set together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA340250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321506
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dGH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River KH Pro
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Mpmc Gh - 500ml
Soft-Water GH Minerals for Discus and Amazon Community Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-mpmc-gh-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA340500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321513
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Mpmc-Gh-500ml.jpg
Discus that refuse to eat in pure RO water often perk up once a little general hardness is restored, because the minerals matter to the fish as much as the softness does. Quantum Amazon River MPMC GH 500ml (SKU: QA340500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Amazon River Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water formulated to raise GH gently and in the ratio of Amazon river water. Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are included to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and it is designed to be used with Amazon River pH Pro and Amazon River KH Pro.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises general hardness by 0.5 dGH, with a recommended range of 1 to 3 dGH, and only the replacement water is dosed at a change. Taking 75 L of RO to 2 dGH for a 300 L discus tank uses 30 mL, which gives the bottle about sixteen weekly changes; a planted tank held at 3 dGH uses a little more. Many biochemical processes in the fish depend on magnesium and calcium, and in soft water this bottle is the only place those elements come from.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized soft-water tanks:** Discus, angelfish and tetra communities of 200 to 400 L.
- **RO and rainwater keepers:** Homes whose source water carries no general hardness of its own.
- **Breeding pairs:** Apistogramma and discus set-ups where mineral balance affects fry.
- **Completing the Amazon set:** Tanks already on pH Pro and KH Pro that need the GH half.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 1 to 3 dGH:** Choose a point that suits the fish and any plants, and hold it at every change.
- **Calculate:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 dGH of rise, on the water being treated.
- **Dose the new water:** Treat the replacement volume only, then proceed with the change.
- **Keep the triad balanced:** Amazon River KH Pro and pH Pro alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ideal soft-water ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements balanced for the Amazon.
- **Vitality additions:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors in the formula.
- **Fine control:** 0.5 dGH per 10 mL per 100 L, for small adjustments at low hardness.
- **Bioavailable minerals:** The calcium and magnesium fish absorb from the water.
- **Three-part partner:** Runs with Amazon River pH Pro and KH Pro in the same change water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA340500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321513
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dGH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River KH Pro
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Mpmc Gh - 5l
Bulk Soft-Water Remineraliser for Discus Breeders and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-mpmc-gh-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA345000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801953
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Mpmc-Gh-5l.jpg
Breeders who run their whole room on RO remineralise thousands of litres a month, and a 5 L container is the only sensible way to buy the minerals. Quantum Amazon River MPMC GH 5L (SKU: QA345000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Amazon River Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water formulated to raise general hardness gently and in the ratio that replicates Amazon river water. Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are part of the formula, promoting beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and it is designed for use with Amazon River pH Pro and Amazon River KH Pro.
The rate is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.5 dGH, with a recommended range of 1 to 3 dGH, and only the replacement water is dosed during a change. A fish room conditioning 1,000 L of RO a week to 2 dGH uses 400 mL, so 5 L lasts about twelve weeks; a single large discus system at 150 L a week gets well over a year. Since fish take up much of their calcium and magnesium from the water, holding GH steady in every tank supports growth and spawning throughout the room.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus and dwarf cichlid breeders:** Fish rooms remineralising hundreds of litres of RO each week.
- **Retail soft-water systems:** Shops holding Amazon species at a low, steady GH.
- **Very large Amazon displays:** Planted or biotope tanks past 1,000 L remineralising hundreds of litres a week.
- **RO mixing barrels:** One container treating a reservoir that feeds several aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the GH:** Between 1 and 3 dGH for the species kept, the same on every tank fed from the barrel.
- **Dose the barrel:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 dGH of rise, on the volume conditioned.
- **New water only:** Treat the replacement water, not the tanks themselves.
- **Complete the chemistry:** Amazon River KH Pro and pH Pro in the same barrel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk soft-water minerals:** 5 L of major, minor and trace elements for Amazon tanks.
- **Probiotic formula:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors in every litre.
- **Same rate as the bottles:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH.
- **Fish-room economy:** Months of RO remineralising for many tanks.
- **Works with the Amazon set:** The GH half alongside pH Pro and KH Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA345000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801953
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dGH
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River pH Pro; Amazon River KH Pro
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Ph Buffer - 1l
Litre of pH Pro for Large Soft-Water and Planted Amazon Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-ph-buffer-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA331000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650702
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Ph-Buffer-1l.jpg
Large planted Amazon displays are usually run with carbon dioxide injection, and the pH in those tanks needs a buffer that regulates rather than fights the gas. Quantum Amazon River pH Buffer 1L (SKU: QA331000) is the litre size of Quantum's Amazon River pH Pro, a solution of safe pH buffer salts in deionised water formulated to regulate pH and replicate Amazon river water. Left unregulated, the pH of a soft tank moves with every feed and every change, and the fish pay for it in the efficiency of their biochemical processes. It works with Amazon River KH Pro and Amazon River Pro Salt GH, over a slightly acidic substrate.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required, to hold pH between 6.3 and 6.7, used as a maintenance supplement, with only the replacement volume dosed at a water change. A 500 L display takes 50 mL a week, so a litre covers about twenty weeks at the full rate and longer where the tank only needs it fortnightly; a 300 L tank gets more than thirty weeks. In a planted tank the weekly dose is best added on the day the CO 2 is checked, so the two are tuned together.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Amazon displays:** Soft-water tanks of 400 L and more, planted or biotope.
- **CO2-injected scapes:** Systems where pH regulation has to sit alongside gas injection.
- **Discus show tanks:** Large groups held at a consistent acidic pH for colour and condition.
- **Multiple soft-water tanks:** Fish rooms dosing several Amazon aquariums each week.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, or as required, for a pH of 6.3 to 6.7.
- **Read the tank first:** Test and let the result decide whether this week's dose is needed.
- **Water-change dosing:** Treat only the replacement water at a change.
- **Keep KH and GH in step:** Amazon River KH Pro and Pro Salt GH alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Amazon pH band:** Safe pH buffer salts holding 6.3 to 6.7.
- **Litre for large tanks:** Months of weekly regulation on a big display without reordering.
- **Maintenance approach:** Steady weekly regulation rather than sudden correction after a swing.
- **Manufacturer substrate advice:** A slightly acidic substrate is recommended for Amazon tanks.
- **System partner:** Runs with Amazon River KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA331000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650702
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River pH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.3–6.7
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River KH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Ph Buffer - 250ml
pH Pro Maintenance Buffer for Soft, Acidic Amazon Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-ph-buffer-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA330250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650689
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/QA330250.jpg
Most Amazon fish spawn and show their best colour in slightly acidic water, and holding a tank at 6.5 is harder than getting it there. Quantum Amazon River pH Buffer 250ml (SKU: QA330250) is Quantum's Amazon River pH Pro, a solution of safe pH buffer salts in deionised water formulated to regulate pH and help replicate the water of the Amazon rivers. Without KH and pH under control, a soft tank's pH fluctuates, and every swing costs the fish in the efficiency of their biochemical processes. It is used with Amazon River KH Pro and Pro Salt GH, over a slightly acidic substrate.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required, to keep pH between 6.3 and 6.7, and the product is used as a maintenance supplement rather than a one-off correction. Water changes are dosed for the replacement volume only. A 200 L tetra and corydoras tank takes 20 mL a week, so the 250 mL bottle covers about twelve weeks, which makes it the right size to try the Amazon system on a single community tank before committing to the larger bottles.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Amazon community tanks:** Tetras, corydoras, apistogramma and angelfish kept at a slightly acidic pH.
- **Discus conditioning:** Pairs being brought into breeding condition in soft, acidic water.
- **pH creeping up:** Tanks whose pH drifts towards neutral between water changes as the tap water pulls it up.
- **Trying the range:** A first bottle for a keeper moving to Quantum's Amazon set of three.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly maintenance:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required to hold pH between 6.3 and 6.7.
- **Test before each dose:** Adjust the interval to what the tank actually needs rather than the calendar.
- **Water changes:** Dose only the replacement volume so the new water matches the tank.
- **Use the triad:** Amazon River KH Pro for carbonate hardness and Pro Salt GH for general hardness alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Acidic-range regulation:** Safe pH buffer salts that hold Amazon water between 6.3 and 6.7.
- **Weekly routine:** 10 mL per 100 L, simple to fit into a water-change day.
- **Maintenance formula:** Designed for steady regulation rather than sudden shifts that stress fish.
- **Substrate advice included:** Quantum recommends a slightly acidic substrate in Amazon tanks.
- **One of three:** Pairs with Amazon River KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA330250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650689
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River pH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.3–6.7
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River KH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Ph Buffer - 500ml
Weekly pH Regulation for Discus and Amazon Community Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-ph-buffer-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA330500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650696
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Ph-Buffer-500ml.jpg
A 300 L Amazon tank dosed weekly gets six months from a 500 mL bottle, which is why this is the size most soft-water keepers end up buying. Quantum Amazon River pH Buffer 500ml (SKU: QA330500) is Quantum's Amazon River pH Pro, a solution of safe pH buffer salts in deionised water that regulates pH to replicate the slightly acidic rivers Amazon fish come from. A tank whose KH and pH are not regulated is prone to swings, and swings disrupt the biochemistry the fish depend on. The bottle is meant to be used with Amazon River KH Pro and Amazon River Pro Salt GH, over a slightly acidic substrate.
Ten millilitres per 100 L once a week, or as required, holds pH between 6.3 and 6.7, and Quantum positions the product as a maintenance supplement. Only the replacement water is dosed when a change is done. On a 300 L discus tank that is 30 mL a week and roughly sixteen weeks from the bottle at the full weekly rate; tanks that only need it every second week stretch that further. Because pH in soft water responds quickly, testing before each dose and adjusting the interval is better practice than dosing on the same day regardless.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized Amazon tanks:** Discus, angelfish and tetra communities of 200 to 400 L.
- **Breeding set-ups:** Apistogramma and discus pairs conditioned in acidic water.
- **Tap water above neutral:** Homes whose supply pulls the tank's pH upward at every change.
- **Blackwater biotopes:** Tannin tanks where the keeper wants pH held in a defined band.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **10 mL per 100 L weekly:** Or as required, to keep pH within 6.3 to 6.7.
- **Test, then dose:** Let the reading set the interval, which may be longer than a week in a stable tank.
- **Change water only:** Dose the replacement volume at a water change, not the whole tank.
- **Complete the set:** Amazon River KH Pro and Pro Salt GH handle KH and GH alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Holds 6.3 to 6.7:** Safe pH buffer salts formulated for Amazon river conditions.
- **Simple weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L on water-change day, or less often if the tank holds.
- **Maintenance, not shock:** Regulates pH steadily rather than forcing a jump.
- **Acidic substrate recommended:** Quantum's advice for the system to work best.
- **Amazon triad:** Designed alongside KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA330500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650696
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River pH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.3–6.7
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River KH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Amazon River Ph Buffer - 5l
Bulk pH Pro for Discus Breeders and Soft-Water Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/amazon-river-ph-buffer-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA335000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801939
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Amazon-River-Ph-Buffer-5l.jpg
A discus breeder with twenty tanks doses pH buffer by the cup, not the capful, and the 5 L container exists for that. Quantum Amazon River pH Buffer 5L (SKU: QA335000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Amazon River pH Pro, a solution of safe pH buffer salts in deionised water formulated to regulate pH and replicate the slightly acidic water of the Amazon rivers. Regulating KH and pH together keeps the pH from fluctuating and protects the biochemical processes the fish rely on, which is why Quantum pairs this with Amazon River KH Pro and Amazon River Pro Salt GH and recommends a slightly acidic substrate.
The rate is unchanged from the bottles: 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required, to hold pH between 6.3 and 6.7, used as a maintenance supplement, and only the replacement volume dosed at a water change. A fish room with 2,000 L of soft-water tanks uses 200 mL a week, so 5 L lasts about twenty-five weeks; a shop's Amazon system gets similar mileage. Tanks tested before dosing and found already in range simply skip that week, which extends the container further.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus and dwarf cichlid breeders:** Fish rooms holding many tanks at an acidic pH.
- **Retail soft-water systems:** Shop tanks keeping Amazon species between 6.3 and 6.7.
- **Very large Amazon displays:** Planted or biotope tanks past 1,000 L kept at an acidic pH year round.
- **Central water treatment:** Dosing a reservoir that supplies several soft-water aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Per tank, per week:** 10 mL per 100 L, or as required, to hold each tank at pH 6.3 to 6.7.
- **Test each system:** Dose only the tanks that have drifted; skip the ones in range.
- **Change water only:** At a change, treat the replacement volume rather than the whole tank.
- **Run the full set:** Amazon River KH Pro and Pro Salt GH in the same routine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk pH regulation:** 5 L of safe pH buffer salts for soft-water systems dosed weekly at volume.
- **Same weekly rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, as on the smaller bottles.
- **Holds 6.3 to 6.7:** The Amazon band Quantum recommends for soft-water species.
- **Fish-room economy:** Months of weekly dosing across many tanks from one container.
- **Three-part system:** Designed alongside Amazon River KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA335000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801939
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** Amazon River pH Pro
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.3–6.7
- **Companion Products:** Amazon River KH Pro; Amazon River Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Amazon and soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Mpmc Gh - 1l
Litre of Pro Salt GH for Large Cichlid and Native Fish Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-mpmc-gh-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA361000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028624
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Mpmc-Gh-1l.jpg
A 500 L display of big cichlids changes 125 L or more a week, and remineralising that volume is a litre-bottle routine. Quantum American/Aust MPMC GH 1L (SKU: QA361000) is the litre size of Quantum's American/Australian Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that raises general hardness gently and in the ratio found in American lakes and Australian waterways. It carries macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and it is formulated to work alongside American/Australian Buffer Pro, which sets KH and pH.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises general hardness by 1 dGH, and Quantum recommends 2 to 4 dGH for American cichlid and Australian native tanks. At a change the dose goes into the new water alone. Bringing 125 L of RO water to 3 dGH uses 37.5 mL, so a litre covers about twenty-six weekly changes on a 500 L tank; at 4 dGH the same change uses 50 mL and the bottle lasts twenty. Fish take up much of their calcium and magnesium from the water, which is why the level is maintained rather than left to fall.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlid displays:** Tanks of 400 L and more housing oscars, severums and other Central Americans.
- **Big native set-ups:** Rainbowfish and archerfish displays with large weekly changes.
- **Several tanks:** Keepers remineralising change water for more than one hard-water aquarium.
- **Buffer Pro users:** Tanks already on American/Australian Buffer Pro that need general hardness handled too.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Choose the level:** Between 2 and 4 dGH, according to the species kept.
- **Scale the dose:** 10 mL for every 100 L and every 1 dGH of rise, worked out on the change volume.
- **Treat the new water:** Remineralise the replacement water before it goes in; the tank is already at target.
- **Keep KH and pH aligned:** Run American/Australian Buffer Pro alongside so all three parameters hold.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **American and Australian mineral ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements in natural proportion.
- **Probiotics and vitamin precursors:** Built into the formula to help the filter bacteria and the fish alike.
- **Litre economy:** Around six months of weekly changes on a 500 L cichlid or native display.
- **Consistent dose:** The same 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH as the 250 mL and 500 mL bottles.
- **GH half of the system:** Pairs with American/Australian Buffer Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA361000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028624
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 2–4 dGH
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Mpmc Gh - 250ml
Pro Salt GH Minerals for American Cichlid and Australian Native Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-mpmc-gh-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA360250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028600
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Mpmc-Gh-250ml.jpg
Central American cichlids and Australian natives come from water with a steady mineral content, and a tank topped up from soft or RO water slowly loses it. Quantum American/Aust MPMC GH 250ml (SKU: QA360250) is Quantum's American/Australian Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that gently raises general hardness in the ideal ratio to replicate American lakes and Australian waterways. Fish absorb a large share of the magnesium, calcium and other elements they need directly from the water, and the formula also includes macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to promote beneficial bacteria and enhance fish vitality.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 1 dGH, and Quantum's recommended range for American cichlid and Australian native aquariums is 2 to 4 dGH. When water is changed, the new water alone gets the dose. A 200 L convict or rainbowfish tank changing 50 L a week from RO water to 3 dGH uses 15 mL, so the 250 mL bottle covers about sixteen changes. It is designed to be used alongside American/Australian Buffer Pro, which sets KH and pH, so the three parameters that define the water are handled together.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Setting up a cichlid or native tank:** Building GH from RO or soft tap water before stocking.
- **Weekly water changes:** Remineralising the new water so hardness holds steady after each change.
- **Rainbowfish and gudgeons:** Australian species that colour best with minerals in the water.
- **First bottle:** A trial size for a keeper moving to Quantum's American/Australian system.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aim for 2 to 4 dGH:** Test the tank and pick a point that suits the species.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH:** Multiply the rise wanted by the litres remineralised.
- **Change water only:** Remineralise the replacement water in its container, then add it to the tank.
- **Pair with Buffer Pro:** American/Australian Buffer Pro handles KH and pH alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regional mineral ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements in the proportions of American lakes and Australian waterways.
- **Probiotic content:** Quantum blends in macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to support the filter's bacteria and the fish.
- **Gentle rise:** 10 mL per 100 L raises general hardness by 1 dGH.
- **Bioavailable elements:** The calcium and magnesium fish take up through the water.
- **GH half of a pair:** Formulated to run with American/Australian Buffer Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA360250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028600
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 2–4 dGH
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Mpmc Gh - 500ml
General Hardness Minerals for Cichlid and Native Fish Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-mpmc-gh-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA360500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028617
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Mpmc-Gh-500ml.jpg
A tank of oscars or big rainbowfish drinks minerals as fast as it dirties the water, and the 500 mL bottle keeps pace with a weekly change routine. Quantum American/Aust MPMC GH 500ml (SKU: QA360500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's American/Australian Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water formulated to raise general hardness gently and in the ratio of American lakes and Australian waterways. Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are included to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and it is designed to be used with American/Australian Buffer Pro for KH and pH.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH, with a recommended range of 2 to 4 dGH, and only the replacement water is dosed at a change. Taking 75 L of RO water to 3 dGH for a 300 L tank uses 22.5 mL, which gives the bottle about twenty-two weekly changes. Because many biochemical processes in the fish depend on magnesium and calcium, and because these fish draw much of it from the water rather than their food, the level is kept steady rather than allowed to drift down between changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized cichlid tanks:** American cichlid communities of 200 to 400 L on weekly changes.
- **Native displays:** Rainbowfish, archerfish and gudgeon tanks kept moderately hard for colour and health.
- **RO or rainwater users:** Homes whose source water carries little general hardness.
- **Completing the pair:** Tanks already on American/Australian Buffer Pro that need the GH half.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 2 to 4 dGH:** Test and choose a level appropriate to the species.
- **Calculate:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dGH of increase, on the water being treated.
- **Dose the new water:** Treat the bucket or barrel of replacement water, never the tank itself.
- **Balance the triad:** American/Australian Buffer Pro for KH and pH alongside this GH supplement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ideal element ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements balanced for American and Australian waters.
- **Vitality additions:** Every dose carries macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors alongside the minerals.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH:** One figure that scales from a 100 L tank to a 1,000 L system.
- **Supplies what fish absorb:** Calcium, magnesium and trace elements taken up from the water.
- **Partner to Buffer Pro:** Completes the GH, KH and pH system for cichlids and natives.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA360500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028617
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 2–4 dGH
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Mpmc Gh - 5l
Bulk Pro Salt GH for Cichlid Breeders and Native Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-mpmc-gh-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA365000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801021
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Mpmc-Gh-5l.jpg
Native fish breeders and cichlid wholesalers remineralise water by the barrel, and the 5 L container is sized for that. Quantum American/Aust MPMC GH 5L (SKU: QA365000) is the bulk size of Quantum's American/Australian Pro Salt GH, a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water that raises general hardness gently and in the ratio that replicates American lakes and Australian waterways. Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors are part of the formula to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality, and it is designed for use alongside American/Australian Buffer Pro for KH and pH.
The rate is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 1 dGH, with a recommended range of 2 to 4 dGH, and only the replacement water is dosed during a change. A fish room conditioning 500 L a week from RO water to 3 dGH uses 150 mL, so 5 L lasts around thirty-three weeks; a shop treating a central reservoir for cichlid and native stock gets similar mileage. Since fish take up much of their calcium and magnesium from the water, holding GH steady across every tank supports growth, colour and spawning throughout the room.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid and native breeders:** Fish rooms remineralising hundreds of litres of change water each week.
- **Retail hard-water systems:** Shops holding American cichlids and Australian natives.
- **Very large displays:** Predator and native tanks past 1,000 L on big weekly changes.
- **Reservoir treatment:** A single container remineralising a mixing tank that supplies a whole rack.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the GH:** Between 2 and 4 dGH for the species kept, the same on every tank fed from the reservoir.
- **Dose the reservoir:** Work out 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH on the barrel's volume, not the tanks'.
- **New water only:** The dose belongs in the change water; the tanks themselves are already at target.
- **Buffer alongside:** American/Australian Buffer Pro sets KH and pH to complete the chemistry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk GH minerals:** 5 L of major, minor and trace elements for cichlid and native tanks.
- **Probiotic formula:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors throughout the 5 L.
- **Same rate as the bottles:** 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dGH, whichever size is in the fish room.
- **Fish-room economy:** Thirty-plus weeks of remineralising at 500 L a week from one container.
- **Works with Buffer Pro:** The GH half of Quantum's American/Australian system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA365000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801021
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 1 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 2–4 dGH
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 1l
Litre of Buffer Pro for Large Cichlid and Native Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA351000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028655
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-1l.jpg
Big predatory cichlids need big tanks and big water changes, and every one of those changes has to be buffered. Quantum American/Aust pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 1L (SKU: QA351000) is the litre size of Quantum's American/Australian Buffer Pro, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness to the desired level and regulate pH, replicating the American lakes and Australian waterways. It is built to work with American/Australian Pro Salt GH, since a tank's long-term quality rests on the balance of temperature, GH, KH and pH.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for every 1 dKH of rise, applied to the replacement water at a change. The recommended levels are 3 to 6 dKH with pH 7.5 to 8.5 for American cichlid and Australian native aquariums. On a 500 L tank changing 125 L a week, taking RO water to 4 dKH uses 50 mL, so a litre covers about twenty changes; a native display held at 6 dKH uses 75 mL a change and gets thirteen. Large fish also consume KH between changes, so a test mid-week is worthwhile.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlid displays:** Oscar, severum and Central American tanks of 400 L and more.
- **Australian native set-ups:** Big rainbowfish, archerfish and native community displays in alkaline water.
- **Heavy bioload:** Tanks where waste production from large fish drives KH down quickly between changes.
- **Multiple tanks:** Fish rooms buffering change water for several hard-water aquariums at once.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Know the target:** 3 to 6 dKH and pH 7.5 to 8.5 for the species kept, tested before the change.
- **Work out the millilitres:** 10 mL per 100 L for every 1 dKH of increase, on the litres treated.
- **Condition the change water:** Dose the new water only, then complete the change.
- **Balance with GH:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH alongside this buffer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate hardness and pH:** Raised and regulated from one solution of safe salts.
- **Region-specific targets:** Published ranges for American cichlids and Australian natives to test against.
- **Litre for big tanks:** Months of weekly changes on a large predator or native display.
- **Consistent dosing:** 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH across every bottle size.
- **Three-parameter system:** Pairs with American/Australian Pro Salt GH so GH, KH and pH hold together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA351000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028655
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** 3–6 dKH; pH 7.5–8.5
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 250ml
Buffer Pro for Central American Cichlids and Australian Natives.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA350250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028631
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-250ml.jpg
Oscars, convicts and Australian rainbowfish share a preference for moderately hard, alkaline water, and a tank on soft tap water drifts away from it between changes. Quantum American/Aust pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 250ml (SKU: QA350250) is Quantum's American/Australian Buffer Pro, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness to the desired level while regulating pH, replicating the American lakes and Australian waterways these fish come from. Unregulated KH and pH leave a tank prone to swings that compromise the fish's biochemistry, so Quantum pairs the buffer with American/Australian Pro Salt GH.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 1 dKH, and the recommended levels for American cichlid and Australian native tanks are 3 to 6 dKH with a pH of 7.5 to 8.5. Water changes are dosed for the replacement volume alone. A 200 L tank changing 50 L a week from RO water to 4 dKH uses 20 mL, so the 250 mL bottle covers about twelve changes, enough to see how the fish respond before moving to a larger size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Central American cichlid tanks:** Convicts, firemouths, Jack Dempseys and oscars.
- **Australian natives:** Rainbowfish, gudgeons and other species from moderately hard, alkaline waterways.
- **Soft tap water:** Homes whose supply carries too little carbonate hardness to hold pH.
- **Trying the system:** A first bottle before committing to the larger sizes for a bigger tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 3 to 6 dKH and pH 7.5 to 8.5:** Test the tank and pick a level for the species.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH:** Multiply the rise wanted by the litres treated.
- **Water changes:** Dose only the replacement water, matched to the tank's KH.
- **Pair with Pro Salt GH:** Keep general hardness in range with the companion product.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **KH and pH together:** Safe KH and pH salts in one solution.
- **Published targets:** 3 to 6 dKH and pH 7.5 to 8.5 for American cichlids and Australian natives.
- **Simple dosing:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH, so a change is a quick sum.
- **Stability for hardy fish:** Holds pH steady between changes on heavily fed cichlid tanks.
- **Half of a pair:** Formulated to run with American/Australian Pro Salt GH for general hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA350250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028631
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** 3–6 dKH; pH 7.5–8.5
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 500ml
KH and pH Buffer for Cichlid and Native Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA350500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028648
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-500ml.jpg
A 300 L oscar tank produces a lot of waste, and waste eats carbonate hardness, so the buffer bottle in that fish room is never far from empty. Quantum American/Aust pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 500ml (SKU: QA350500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's American/Australian Buffer Pro, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water that raises KH to the level the keeper chooses while regulating pH to match the American lakes and Australian waterways. It is designed to be used with American/Australian Pro Salt GH, because temperature together with the triad of GH, KH and pH decides how well the aquarium runs.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH, and the recommended levels are 3 to 6 dKH with a pH of 7.5 to 8.5 for American cichlid and Australian native tanks. Only the replacement water is dosed at a change. Conditioning 75 L of RO water to 4 dKH for a 300 L tank takes 30 mL, so the bottle lasts about sixteen weekly changes; a heavily stocked tank whose KH falls between changes may need a small top-up as well, tested first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized cichlid tanks:** American cichlid communities of 200 to 400 L.
- **Rainbowfish displays:** Australian native tanks kept alkaline and moderately hard year round.
- **KH being consumed:** Heavily fed tanks where carbonate hardness falls between changes.
- **Systems on Pro Salt GH:** Adding the KH and pH half to tanks already remineralised.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the target:** 3 to 6 dKH with pH 7.5 to 8.5, tested on the tank before each change.
- **Calculate:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dKH of rise, on the water being treated.
- **Change water only:** Treat the new water to the tank's KH, then proceed with the change.
- **Run the triad:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH for general hardness alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Buffers KH and pH:** One dose raises carbonate hardness and holds pH for cichlids and natives.
- **Targets for two regions:** American cichlid and Australian native levels published by the manufacturer.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH:** Scales to any change volume with a quick multiplication.
- **Prevents pH swings:** Protects the biochemistry of heavily fed, messy fish.
- **System partner:** Works with American/Australian Pro Salt GH for general hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA350500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028648
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** 3–6 dKH; pH 7.5–8.5
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum American/aust Ph Buffer | Kh Conditioner - 5l
Bulk Buffer Pro for Cichlid Breeders and Native Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/american-aust-ph-buffer-kh-conditioner-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA355000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800994
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-American-aust-Ph-Buffer-Kh-Conditioner-5l.jpg
Native fish breeders and cichlid wholesalers condition water by the barrel, and a 5 L container of buffer is the practical way to keep up. Quantum American/Aust pH Buffer | KH Conditioner 5L (SKU: QA355000) is the bulk size of Quantum's American/Australian Buffer Pro, a solution of safe KH and pH salts in deionised water that raises carbonate hardness to the chosen level while regulating pH to match the American lakes and Australian waterways. It is meant to be used with American/Australian Pro Salt GH, because the balance of temperature, GH, KH and pH is what keeps a hard-water aquarium stable.
The rate is unchanged from the bottles: 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH, and only the replacement volume is dosed at a water change. Recommended levels are 3 to 6 dKH with pH 7.5 to 8.5 for American cichlid and Australian native tanks. A fish room conditioning 500 L a week from RO water to 4 dKH uses 200 mL, so 5 L covers around twenty-five weeks; a single 500 L display at the same rate would run for close to two years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid and native breeders:** Fish rooms conditioning hundreds of litres of change water a week.
- **Retail hard-water systems:** Shop tanks holding American cichlids and Australian natives.
- **Very large displays:** Predator and native tanks past 1,000 L changing hundreds of litres a week.
- **Mixing stations:** One container treating a reservoir that supplies several tanks on the same chemistry.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 3 to 6 dKH, pH 7.5 to 8.5:** The same on every tank fed from the reservoir.
- **Dose the reservoir:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 1 dKH of rise, on the volume conditioned.
- **Change water only:** Treat the replacement water, not the whole system.
- **Keep GH in step:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH alongside for general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk KH and pH buffer:** 5 L of safe KH and pH salts for hard-water fish rooms.
- **Published targets:** 3 to 6 dKH and pH 7.5 to 8.5, applied across every tank in the room.
- **Same simple rate:** 10 mL per 100 L per 1 dKH, as on the bottles.
- **Economy for fish rooms:** Months of conditioning for many tanks from one container.
- **System pairing:** Runs with American/Australian Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA355000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800994
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH & KH Buffer
- **Manufacturer Name:** American/Australian Buffer Pro pH | KH
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH and pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 1 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Ranges:** 3–6 dKH; pH 7.5–8.5
- **Companion Product:** American/Australian Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** American cichlid and Australian native freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Guard - 100g
Scoop-Dosed Powder Water Conditioner for Freshwater and Saltwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13387
- Price: $53.62 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA520100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321568
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Guard-100g.jpg
Some conditioners are dosed every day; this one is dosed every three months, and kept for the weeks when something goes wrong. Quantum Aqua Guard 100g (SKU: QA520100) is a powdered water conditioner suitable for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, formulated to promote a balanced, healthy environment by neutralising toxins, supporting the aquarium's inhabitants and improving water clarity. Quantum lists the contents as oxidising salts, supplies a scoop in the pack, and gives two dosing schedules: a light general-use routine and a heavier emergency routine for a tank in trouble.
For general use the dose is one scoop per 200 L every three months, added in the morning. In an emergency the dose rises to two scoops per 200 L per day, one in the morning and one in the evening, for ten to twenty days. Quantum's dosing volume is the total of the aquarium and external filter less the media, rock and ornaments that occupy space, and the powder is added directly into high water flow. Because a 100 g tub is dozens of general-use doses, a home keeper will hold it for a long time before the emergency schedule is ever needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quarterly conditioning:** A single scoop per 200 L every three months as a maintenance measure.
- **Water quality emergencies:** Cloudy water or toxin concerns after a die-off, an overfeed or a filter failure.
- **Freshwater and marine tanks:** One conditioner that serves both systems, so a keeper with mixed tanks needs a single tub.
- **Clarity problems:** Tanks that will not clear after a substrate stir, a rescape or a bacterial bloom.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work out the volume:** Aquarium plus external filter, minus rock, media and ornaments.
- **General use:** One scoop per 200 L every three months, in the morning, into high water flow.
- **Emergency use:** Two scoops per 200 L per day, morning and evening, for ten to twenty days.
- **Return to routine:** Once the water clears and the tank settles, go back to the quarterly maintenance dose and keep the tub for next time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Freshwater and saltwater:** One powdered conditioner rated by Quantum for both types of aquarium.
- **Neutralises toxins:** Formulated to support inhabitants and improve clarity.
- **Two schedules:** Quarterly maintenance and a ten-to-twenty-day emergency course.
- **Scoop included:** Repeatable dosing straight from the tub without weighing.
- **Long shelf life in use:** A 100 g tub covers years of quarterly dosing on a home tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA520100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321568
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioner (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Contents:** Oxidising salts
- **Dose Rate:** General use 1 scoop per 200 L every 3 months (morning); emergency 2 scoops per 200 L per day (morning and evening) for 10–20 days
- **Dosing Volume:** Aquarium and external filter volume minus media, rock and ornaments
- **Application:** Add directly into high water flow
- **Included:** Measuring scoop
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Gh - 100ml
Drop-Dosed General Hardness Minerals for Nano Freshwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-gh-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA420100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350571
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Gh-100ml.jpg
A 20 L shrimp cube or a betta tank on RO water needs its minerals put back in drops, not capfuls. Quantum Aqua Pro GH 100ml (SKU: QA420100) is the nano size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro GH, a solution of bioavailable magnesium and calcium with trace elements in deionised water, formulated to raise general hardness gently and supply the major, minor and trace elements that the biochemical processes of fish, shrimp and plants depend on. Quantum rates it for every type of freshwater aquarium, planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond, on the strength of its purity and balanced formulation.
The 100 mL bottle is dosed at 8 drops per 10 L to raise general hardness by about 1 dGH, with 20 drops making roughly 1 mL. The dose is added directly into high water flow without shaking, and at a water change only the replacement volume is treated; the manufacturer is specific that it is not used when topping up evaporation. Quantum publishes a target for every kind of tank, from 1 to 3 dGH for South American species through 4 to 8 dGH for community and shrimp tanks to 7 to 12 dGH for Tanganyika. It cannot be used on a dosing pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano tanks on RO or rainwater:** Shrimp cubes, betta tanks and small planted set-ups that need minerals restored.
- **Shrimp moulting problems:** Neocaridina and caridina tanks where low GH shows up as failed moults.
- **Small water changes:** Remineralising a few litres at a time by the drop.
- **Any freshwater type:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems, matched to Quantum's GH table.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Pick the target:** Use Quantum's table, for example 4 to 8 dGH for shrimp and community tanks or 5 to 8 dGH for high-tech planted tanks.
- **8 drops per 10 L per 1 dGH:** Count the drops for the litres of new water and the rise wanted.
- **Into high flow, no shaking:** Add to the change water or straight into circulation; never dose for evaporation top-ups.
- **Not for pumps:** Hand dosing only; pair with Aqua Pro KH for carbonate hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium and magnesium plus trace:** Bioavailable minerals in a balanced, high-purity formula.
- **Drop dosing:** 8 drops per 10 L for 1 dGH, ideal for nano volumes.
- **Works in every freshwater tank:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond, with a published target for each.
- **Change-water rule:** Dose the replacement volume only, never for evaporation.
- **Part of the Aqua Pro set:** Companion to Aqua Pro KH, pH Up and pH Down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA420100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350571
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable magnesium and calcium, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 8 drops per 10 L raises GH by about 1 dGH (20 drops ≈ 1 mL); dose change water only, not evaporation top-ups
- **Target Ranges:** South American 1–3; American/Australian 2–4; Victoria, goldfish and low-tech planted 3–6; community, shrimp and high-tech planted 4–8; Malawi 5–10; Tanganyika 7–12 dGH
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Gh - 1l
Litre of Freshwater GH Minerals for Large Tanks and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13339
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA421000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350601
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Gh-1l.jpg
Remineralising 125 L of RO every week is a litre-bottle job, whichever kind of freshwater tank it is for. Quantum Aqua Pro GH 1L (SKU: QA421000) is the litre size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro GH, a solution of bioavailable magnesium and calcium with trace elements in deionised water that raises general hardness gently and provides the major, minor and trace elements fish, shrimp and plants need. Because the formula is pure and balanced it suits all freshwater aquarium types, and Quantum's GH table gives a target for each of them.
The dose is a capful of about 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of roughly 2.5 dGH, added into high water flow without shaking. Only the replacement water is dosed at a change, and the product is not used for evaporation top-ups. Targets run from 1 to 3 dGH for South American species to 7 to 12 dGH for Tanganyika, with community, shrimp and high-tech planted tanks at 4 to 8. On a 500 L display changing 125 L a week from RO to 5 dGH, each change uses 25 mL and a litre covers about forty changes. It cannot be run on a dosing pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater displays:** Tanks of 400 L and more on RO or soft water.
- **Fish rooms:** Remineralising a barrel of change water for several tanks of different types.
- **Big planted scapes:** High-tech tanks whose plant mass draws down calcium and magnesium.
- **Cichlid and native displays:** Hard-water biotopes dosed to their published range.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the GH:** From Quantum's table for the tank type, after testing.
- **Calculate:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 2.5 dGH of rise, on the litres remineralised.
- **Treat the new water:** Into the change barrel or into high flow; never for evaporation.
- **KH alongside:** Aqua Pro KH keeps carbonate hardness in step.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-purity minerals:** Bioavailable calcium and magnesium with trace elements.
- **Strong, simple dose:** A 10 mL capful per 100 L for 2.5 dGH.
- **Litre for large systems:** Around forty 125 L changes from RO to 5 dGH.
- **Universal freshwater use:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond, each with a published target.
- **Aqua Pro range:** Pairs with Aqua Pro KH, pH Up, pH Down and Aqua Pro Salt.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA421000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350601
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable magnesium and calcium, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L raises GH by about 2.5 dGH; dose change water only, not evaporation top-ups
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Target Ranges:** South American 1–3; American/Australian 2–4; Victoria, goldfish and low-tech planted 3–6; community, shrimp and high-tech planted 4–8; Malawi 5–10; Tanganyika 7–12 dGH
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Gh - 250ml
General Hardness and Essential Minerals for All Freshwater Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-gh-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA420250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350588
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Gh-250ml.jpg
Every freshwater tank has a right general hardness, and almost none of them get it from the tap by accident. Quantum Aqua Pro GH 250ml (SKU: QA420250) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro GH in its most common size: a solution of bioavailable magnesium and calcium with trace elements in deionised water, formulated to raise GH gently while supplying the major, minor and trace elements that fish, shrimp and plants use in their biochemistry. It is made to suit all types of freshwater aquarium, and Quantum publishes a GH target for each, from Amazon tanks to rift lake cichlids.
One capful, about 10 mL, per 100 L raises general hardness by roughly 2.5 dGH. The dose goes directly into high water flow without shaking, and at a water change only the new water is treated, never the volume lost to evaporation. Quantum's table runs from 1 to 3 dGH for South American species, through 4 to 8 for community, shrimp and high-tech planted tanks, to 7 to 12 for Tanganyika. A 200 L community tank changing 50 L a week from RO to 5 dGH uses 10 mL, so the bottle lasts about twenty-five changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Setting GH from RO or soft water:** Building hardness to a chosen figure before stocking.
- **Weekly water changes:** Remineralising the new water so GH stays where it was set.
- **Planted tanks:** Supplying the calcium and magnesium plants draw on as well as fish.
- **Any freshwater biotope:** One product with a published target for every tank type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Find the target:** Read the range for your tank type from Quantum's table and test the current GH.
- **One capful per 100 L per 2.5 dGH:** Scale the millilitres to the change volume and the rise wanted.
- **High flow, unshaken:** Add to the change water or into circulation; do not dose for evaporation top-ups.
- **Hand dosing:** Not for dosing pumps; run Aqua Pro KH alongside for carbonate hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced mineral formula:** Bioavailable calcium and magnesium with trace elements, high purity.
- **Capful dosing:** About 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 2.5 dGH.
- **Every freshwater type covered:** Targets published for ten tank categories.
- **Clear water-change rule:** Replacement volume only, never evaporation.
- **Aqua Pro system:** Pairs with Aqua Pro KH, pH Up, pH Down and Aqua Pro Salt.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA420250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350588
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable magnesium and calcium, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L raises GH by about 2.5 dGH; dose change water only, not evaporation top-ups
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Target Ranges:** South American 1–3; American/Australian 2–4; Victoria, goldfish and low-tech planted 3–6; community, shrimp and high-tech planted 4–8; Malawi 5–10; Tanganyika 7–12 dGH
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Gh - 500ml
Freshwater GH Remineraliser for Planted, Community and Cichlid Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-gh-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA420500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350595
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Gh-500ml.jpg
Plants strip calcium and magnesium from the water as steadily as fish do, and a planted tank on RO runs dry of both within weeks. Quantum Aqua Pro GH 500ml (SKU: QA420500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro GH, a solution of bioavailable magnesium and calcium with trace elements in deionised water, formulated to raise general hardness gently and supply the essential elements every freshwater inhabitant needs. Its purity and balanced formulation let it serve any type of freshwater tank, and Quantum gives a GH target for each.
A capful of about 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by roughly 2.5 dGH, added directly into high water flow without shaking. At a water change only the replacement volume is dosed, and it is never used to replace evaporated water. The published targets run from 1 to 3 dGH for South American tanks, through 4 to 8 for community, shrimp and high-tech planted, up to 7 to 12 for Tanganyika. A 300 L planted tank changing 75 L a week from RO to 6 dGH uses 18 mL, so the bottle covers about twenty-seven changes. It is not for dosing pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized planted tanks:** High-tech and low-tech scapes of 200 to 400 L that consume minerals quickly.
- **Community and cichlid tanks:** Any freshwater biotope, dosed to its published GH range.
- **RO and rainwater households:** Source water with no hardness of its own.
- **Shrimp breeding:** Colonies that need steady calcium for clean moults and healthy shrimplets.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Match the table:** Test GH and choose the range for the tank type.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 2.5 dGH:** Calculate on the change volume and the rise needed.
- **Add into circulation:** No shaking; treat the new water only, never evaporation top-ups.
- **Pair with KH:** Aqua Pro KH alongside so carbonate hardness rises with general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable calcium and magnesium:** With trace elements, in a high-purity balanced formula.
- **2.5 dGH per capful per 100 L:** A strong dose that makes remineralising RO quick.
- **Ten published targets:** A GH range for every freshwater tank type.
- **Half-litre economy:** Months of weekly changes on a mid-sized tank.
- **Aqua Pro companion set:** Works with Aqua Pro KH, pH Up and pH Down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA420500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350595
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable magnesium and calcium, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L raises GH by about 2.5 dGH; dose change water only, not evaporation top-ups
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Target Ranges:** South American 1–3; American/Australian 2–4; Victoria, goldfish and low-tech planted 3–6; community, shrimp and high-tech planted 4–8; Malawi 5–10; Tanganyika 7–12 dGH
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Gh - 5l
Bulk Freshwater GH Minerals for Ponds, Shops and Breeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13340
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA425000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350618
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Gh-5l.jpg
Pond keepers and shops remineralise water by the hundred litres, and the 5 L container is the sensible way to buy the minerals for it. Quantum Aqua Pro GH 5L (SKU: QA425000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro GH, a solution of bioavailable magnesium and calcium with trace elements in deionised water, formulated to raise general hardness gently and supply the essential elements freshwater life depends on. It suits every type of freshwater system, and Quantum publishes a GH target for each, from soft Amazon water to the hard lakes of East Africa.
The 5 L container has a 20 mL capful, so the dose is half a capful, about 10 mL, per 100 L for a rise of roughly 2.5 dGH, added into high water flow without shaking. Change water alone is dosed, never evaporation top-ups. Quantum's targets include 3 to 6 dGH for goldfish and koi and 5 to 10 for Malawi. A fish room conditioning 500 L a week from RO to 5 dGH uses 100 mL, so 5 L lasts about fifty weeks; a 3,000 L pond raised 2.5 dGH at fill takes 300 mL. Dosing pumps are not suitable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ponds:** Goldfish and koi ponds on rainwater or soft fill water, dosed to 3 to 6 dGH.
- **Retail freshwater systems:** Shops remineralising a central reservoir for mixed stock.
- **Breeders and fish rooms:** Hundreds of litres of RO conditioned each week.
- **Very large displays:** Freshwater tanks past 1,000 L remineralising hundreds of litres a week.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target by system:** Use Quantum's table for each pond or tank type.
- **Half a 20 mL capful per 100 L:** About 10 mL for 2.5 dGH, scaled to the volume conditioned.
- **Dose the reservoir or into flow:** No shaking; change water only, not evaporation.
- **Complete with KH:** Aqua Pro KH for carbonate hardness alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk mineral supply:** 5 L of bioavailable calcium and magnesium with trace elements.
- **Same strength:** About 10 mL per 100 L for 2.5 dGH, measured as half the 20 mL capful.
- **Pond and shop economy:** Around fifty weeks at 500 L a week from RO.
- **All freshwater types:** Published targets for ten categories of tank and pond.
- **Aqua Pro companions:** Works with Aqua Pro KH, pH Up, pH Down and Aqua Pro Salt.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA425000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350618
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable magnesium and calcium, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** ½ capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L raises GH by about 2.5 dGH; dose change water only, not evaporation top-ups
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Target Ranges:** South American 1–3; American/Australian 2–4; Victoria, goldfish and low-tech planted 3–6; community, shrimp and high-tech planted 4–8; Malawi 5–10; Tanganyika 7–12 dGH
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Kh - 1.1kg
KH Buffer Salts for Large Freshwater Tanks and Cichlid Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-kh-1-1kg/
- Price: $34.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA431100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350540
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Kh-1.1kg.jpg
Rift lake tanks buffered to 8 dKH go through carbonate hardness quickly, and powder is the economical way to keep up. Quantum Aqua Pro KH 1.1kg (SKU: QA431100) is the 1.1 kg pack of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro KH, a blend of KH buffer salts formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently and improve pH stability across every type of freshwater aquarium. Regulated KH stops the pH fluctuation that undermines the biochemistry of fish and plants, and the pack includes a level scoop so the dose is repeatable.
One level scoop, 5 g, per 100 L raises KH by about 1.4 dKH. The powder is dissolved in a separate vessel of aquarium water before it is added into high water flow, never sprinkled straight into the tank. Only change water is dosed, and never evaporation top-ups. Quantum's targets run from 0.5 to 2 dKH for South American tanks to 7 to 12 dKH for Tanganyika, with Malawi at 4 to 8. The 1.1 kg pack holds about 220 scoops; a 500 L Malawi tank changing 125 L a week to 6 dKH uses just over five scoops a change, so the pack lasts about forty changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater displays:** Tanks of 400 L and more on regular water changes.
- **Rift lake cichlids:** Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyika tanks held at 4 to 12 dKH.
- **Central American and Australian tanks:** Systems buffered to 3 to 6 dKH.
- **Several tanks:** Keepers buffering change water for more than one aquarium from a single pack.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Know the range:** From Quantum's table for the species kept, tested before dosing.
- **Scoops per 100 L:** One 5 g scoop raises 1.4 dKH; scale to the change volume.
- **Dissolve, then add:** Into a jug of tank water first, then into strong circulation.
- **Change water only:** Never for evaporation; run Aqua Pro GH alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **KH buffer salts in bulk:** 1.1 kg with a measuring scoop.
- **Simple arithmetic:** 5 g per 100 L for 1.4 dKH, whatever the tank size.
- **High-range capable:** Enough powder to hold Tanganyika tanks at 7 to 12 dKH.
- **pH stability first:** Regulated KH protects fish and plant biochemistry.
- **Aqua Pro system:** Partners Aqua Pro GH, pH Up, pH Down and Aqua Pro Salt.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA431100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350540
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 1.1 kg (about 220 level scoops)
- **Contents:** KH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level scoop) per 100 L raises KH by about 1.4 dKH; dissolve in aquarium water first; dose change water only
- **Target Ranges:** South American 0.5–2; community and high-tech planted 1–3; goldfish 2–4; shrimp 2–6; American/Australian and low-tech planted 3–6; Malawi and Victoria 4–8; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH
- **Included:** Measuring scoop
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Kh - 11kg
Trade Pack of KH Buffer Salts for Wholesalers, Farms and Large Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-kh-11kg/
- Price: $224.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA431110 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350564
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Kh-11kg.jpg
Eleven kilograms of buffer is a wholesaler's or a pond contractor's quantity, and Quantum Aqua Pro KH 11kg (SKU: QA431110) is the trade pack of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro KH. It is the same blend of KH buffer salts as the small packs, formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently and improve pH stability across every kind of freshwater system, from a shop's community racks to a koi pond of tens of thousands of litres. Regulated KH keeps pH from fluctuating and protects the biochemistry of everything living in the water.
The rate is 5 g, one level scoop, per 100 L for a rise of about 1.4 dKH. At this scale the powder is dissolved in a drum of system water and pumped or poured into the strongest flow; it is never added dry. Only replacement water is dosed at a change, not evaporation. Targets range from 0.5 dKH for South American water to 12 dKH for Tanganyika, with koi at 2 to 4. The 11 kg pack is about 2,200 scoops; raising a 20,000 L koi pond by 1.4 dKH takes 1 kg, so one pack covers the fill and a season of post-rain corrections.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wholesale and retail systems:** Centralised freshwater holding systems buffering thousands of litres.
- **Fish farms and breeders:** Facilities conditioning change water for many tanks or vats.
- **Large koi ponds:** Tens of thousands of litres held at 2 to 4 dKH through the year.
- **Pond and aquarium contractors:** One pack covering a round of client systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target per system:** The published range for each tank or pond type, tested before dosing.
- **Weigh rather than scoop:** 50 g per 1,000 L for 1.4 dKH at this scale.
- **Dissolve in volume:** A drum of system water, mixed until clear, then into high flow.
- **Replacement water only:** Never for evaporation; Aqua Pro GH for general hardness alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trade quantity:** 11 kg of KH buffer salts, about 2,200 scoops.
- **Unchanged rate:** 5 g per 100 L for 1.4 dKH, so no recalculation from the small packs.
- **Pond-scale economy:** 1 kg raises 20,000 L by 1.4 dKH.
- **All freshwater systems:** Targets published for ten categories.
- **Aqua Pro range:** Works with Aqua Pro GH, pH Up, pH Down and Aqua Pro Salt.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA431110
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350564
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 11 kg (about 2,200 level scoops)
- **Contents:** KH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level scoop) per 100 L raises KH by about 1.4 dKH; dissolve in aquarium water first; dose change water only
- **Target Ranges:** South American 0.5–2; community and high-tech planted 1–3; goldfish 2–4; shrimp 2–6; American/Australian and low-tech planted 3–6; Malawi and Victoria 4–8; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Kh - 2.2kg
Bulk Carbonate Hardness Powder for Ponds and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-kh-2-2kg/
- Price: $60.06 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA432200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350557
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Kh-2.2kg.jpg
A pond loses carbonate hardness to every rainstorm, and a fish room loses it to every water change; both are buying KH by the kilogram. Quantum Aqua Pro KH 2.2kg (SKU: QA432200) is the 2.2 kg pack of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro KH, a blend of KH buffer salts formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently and improve pH stability in any freshwater system. With KH regulated the pH holds, and the biochemical processes of fish, shrimp and plants run at full efficiency. A level scoop is included and Quantum publishes a KH target for every tank and pond type.
The dose is 5 g, one level scoop, per 100 L for a rise of about 1.4 dKH, dissolved in a separate vessel of aquarium or pond water and then added where the flow is strongest; powder is never added directly. Only the replacement water is dosed at a change, not evaporation. The published ranges include 2 to 4 dKH for goldfish and koi, 1 to 3 for community tanks and 4 to 8 for Malawi. The 2.2 kg pack holds about 440 scoops; raising a 5,000 L pond by 1.4 dKH takes 50 scoops, so the pack covers the fill and many months of top-ups after rain.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish and koi ponds:** Buffered to 2 to 4 dKH and topped up after heavy rain.
- **Fish rooms:** Breeders conditioning a barrel of change water each week.
- **Retail freshwater systems:** Shops holding mixed stock on a central reservoir.
- **Very large displays:** Freshwater tanks past 1,000 L that buffer big weekly changes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target by system:** Ponds at 2 to 4 dKH, tanks to their published range, tested first.
- **Scoops to volume:** One 5 g scoop per 100 L per 1.4 dKH, on the water being treated.
- **Dissolve in a bucket:** Use pond or tank water, then pour into the strongest flow.
- **Change water, not evaporation:** Dose what is replaced; Aqua Pro GH handles general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg of buffer salts:** About 440 scoops with the measuring scoop included.
- **Pond-scale dosing:** 50 scoops raise 5,000 L by 1.4 dKH.
- **Same rate as small packs:** 5 g per 100 L for 1.4 dKH.
- **Targets for tanks and ponds:** Ten freshwater categories published.
- **Aqua Pro companion:** Runs alongside Aqua Pro GH, pH Up and pH Down in ponds and tanks alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA432200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350557
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg (about 440 level scoops)
- **Contents:** KH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level scoop) per 100 L raises KH by about 1.4 dKH; dissolve in aquarium water first; dose change water only
- **Target Ranges:** South American 0.5–2; community and high-tech planted 1–3; goldfish 2–4; shrimp 2–6; American/Australian and low-tech planted 3–6; Malawi and Victoria 4–8; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH
- **Included:** Measuring scoop
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Kh - 275g
Powdered KH Buffer with Scoop for Freshwater pH Stability.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-kh-275g/
- Price: $16.10 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA430275 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350526
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Kh-275g.jpg
Carbonate hardness is the parameter that keeps every other one still, and powder is the cheapest way to add it. Quantum Aqua Pro KH 275g (SKU: QA430275) is the smallest pack of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro KH, a blend of KH buffer salts formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently and improve pH stability in any freshwater aquarium. Without KH regulation a tank's pH swings, and swings reduce the efficiency of the biochemical processes its inhabitants rely on. A level scoop is included, and Quantum publishes a KH target for every kind of freshwater tank.
Five grams, one level scoop, per 100 L raises KH by about 1.4 dKH. The powder is never added straight to the aquarium: it is dissolved in a portion of tank water in a separate vessel, then poured in where the flow is strongest. At a water change only the replacement volume is dosed, and the product is not used for evaporation top-ups. Targets range from 0.5 to 2 dKH for South American tanks, through 1 to 3 for community and high-tech planted, 2 to 6 for shrimp, up to 7 to 12 for Tanganyika. The 275 g pack holds about 55 scoops.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small and mid-sized tanks:** Community, shrimp and planted aquariums up to a few hundred litres.
- **pH that drifts overnight:** Tanks whose KH has fallen to zero and lost its buffer.
- **RO and rainwater users:** Rebuilding carbonate hardness in water that has none.
- **Trying the powder:** A first pack for a keeper moving from liquid buffers.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Choose the KH:** From Quantum's table, for example 1 to 3 dKH for community tanks or 2 to 6 for shrimp.
- **One scoop per 100 L per 1.4 dKH:** 5 g per scoop, scaled to the water being treated.
- **Dissolve first:** Stir the powder into a jug of aquarium water, then add into high flow; never put powder straight in.
- **Change water only:** Dose the replacement volume, not evaporation top-ups; pair with Aqua Pro GH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Powdered KH buffer salts:** Concentrated carbonate hardness with a scoop included.
- **5 g raises 100 L by 1.4 dKH:** Easy to scale by the scoop.
- **Published KH targets:** A range for every freshwater tank type.
- **pH stability:** Holds pH steady so fish and plant biochemistry runs efficiently.
- **Aqua Pro set:** Companion to Aqua Pro GH, pH Up and pH Down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA430275
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350526
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 275 g (about 55 level scoops)
- **Contents:** KH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level scoop) per 100 L raises KH by about 1.4 dKH; dissolve in aquarium water first; dose change water only
- **Target Ranges:** South American 0.5–2; community and high-tech planted 1–3; goldfish 2–4; shrimp 2–6; American/Australian and low-tech planted 3–6; Malawi and Victoria 4–8; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH
- **Included:** Measuring scoop
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Kh - 550g
Carbonate Hardness Buffer Powder for Community and Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-kh-550g/
- Price: $20.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA430550 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350533
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Kh-550g.jpg
A tank that reads pH 7.4 on Sunday and 6.6 on Wednesday has a KH problem, not a pH problem. Quantum Aqua Pro KH 550g (SKU: QA430550) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro KH, a blend of KH buffer salts formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently and improve pH stability. When KH is regulated the pH stops fluctuating and the biochemical processes of fish, shrimp and plants run as they should. It comes with a level scoop, suits every type of freshwater aquarium, and Quantum publishes a KH range for each.
The dose is 5 g, one level scoop, per 100 L for a rise of about 1.4 dKH. Powder never goes directly into the tank; it is dissolved in a vessel of aquarium water first, then added into high flow. Only the replacement water is dosed at a change, and evaporation top-ups are not dosed at all. Quantum's targets include 1 to 3 dKH for community and high-tech planted tanks, 2 to 6 for shrimp and 4 to 8 for Malawi. The 550 g pack holds about 110 scoops, which on a 200 L community tank changing 50 L a week to 2 dKH is well over a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community and planted tanks:** Systems of 100 to 400 L that need a stable low-to-moderate KH.
- **Weekly water changes:** Buffering the new water so KH holds after each change.
- **CO2-injected scapes:** High-tech tanks kept at 1 to 3 dKH where stability matters most.
- **Cichlid tanks:** Rift lake and Central American set-ups dosed to their higher ranges.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the target:** Use the published range for the tank type and test KH first.
- **Scoop and scale:** One 5 g scoop per 100 L per 1.4 dKH, on the volume treated.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix in a jug of tank water until clear, then pour into high flow.
- **New water only:** Dose the change volume, never evaporation; Aqua Pro GH alongside for general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated buffer salts:** 550 g of KH powder with a measuring scoop.
- **1.4 dKH per scoop per 100 L:** Predictable and simple to calculate.
- **Targets for every tank:** Ten freshwater categories published by Quantum.
- **Stops pH swings:** Regulated KH is the foundation of a steady pH.
- **Aqua Pro companion:** Works with Aqua Pro GH, pH Up and pH Down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA430550
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350533
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 550 g (about 110 level scoops)
- **Contents:** KH buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level scoop) per 100 L raises KH by about 1.4 dKH; dissolve in aquarium water first; dose change water only
- **Target Ranges:** South American 0.5–2; community and high-tech planted 1–3; goldfish 2–4; shrimp 2–6; American/Australian and low-tech planted 3–6; Malawi and Victoria 4–8; Tanganyika 7–12 dKH
- **Included:** Measuring scoop
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Down - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Buffered Acid for Lowering pH in Small Freshwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-down-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA450100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350663
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Down-100ml.jpg
Tap water in many areas comes out at 7.8 or higher, which is too alkaline for tetras, discus and most planted tanks. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Down 100ml (SKU: QA450100) is the drop-dosed size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Down, a solution of buffered sulphuric acid in deionised water formulated to decrease pH safely. Because the acid is buffered, the fall is gradual rather than a plunge, and Quantum's guidance keeps it that way. The product is rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems, with a published pH range for each type of freshwater tank.
Ten drops per 10 L lower pH by about 0.2, added directly into high water flow without shaking. The change must not exceed 0.3 pH in a day, so a tank coming down from 7.8 to 6.8 for South American fish takes four or five days with a test each morning. Quantum's ranges set the destination: 6.0 to 7.0 for South American tanks, 6.0 to 6.8 for high-tech planted, 6.5 to 7.5 for community and shrimp. The solution is not for dosing pumps, and the manufacturer's note that dosage varies by aquarium means testing and adjusting in increments rather than dosing to a formula.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Systems under about 60 L where drops give fine control.
- **Alkaline tap water:** Bringing a small tank down from a supply that reads 7.8 or more.
- **Soft-water species:** Tetras, apistogramma, betta and shrimp tanks kept below neutral.
- **Planted nano scapes:** Low-KH tanks aiming for 6.0 to 6.8 with pressurised CO2.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Know the current pH and Quantum's range for the tank type.
- **10 drops per 10 L:** Lowers pH by about 0.2; add into high flow, no shaking.
- **Never more than 0.3 a day:** Spread a large drop over several days and test between doses.
- **Hand dosing only:** Not for dosing pumps; adjust in small increments, as the label advises.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Buffered acid:** Lowers pH gradually rather than in a plunge.
- **Drop dosing:** 10 drops per 10 L for a 0.2 fall on small volumes.
- **Published targets:** Ranges for South American, planted, community, shrimp and other tanks.
- **Daily limit:** No more than a 0.3 pH change in 24 hours.
- **Aqua Pro system:** The nano-sized partner to Aqua Pro pH Up, KH and GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA450100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350663
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffered sulphuric acid
- **Dose Rate:** 10 drops per 10 L lowers pH by about 0.2
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** South American 6.0–7.0; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; African cichlid 7.8–9.2
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Down - 1l
Litre of Freshwater pH Reducer for Large Tanks and Discus Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-down-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA451000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350694
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Down-1l.jpg
Discus breeders adjusting hundreds of litres of change water a week buy pH reducer by the litre. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Down 1L (SKU: QA451000) is the largest size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Down, a solution of buffered sulphuric acid in deionised water formulated to decrease pH safely. Unregulated pH fluctuates and undermines the biochemical processes of fish, shrimp and plants, so Quantum treats it as a parameter to be held within a published range. The product is rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems.
Half a capful, about 5 mL, per 100 L lowers pH by roughly 0.2, added into high water flow without shaking, with a hard limit of 0.3 pH change per day. A fish room adjusting 500 L of change water down by 0.4 uses 50 mL, so a litre covers twenty such batches; a 600 L display corrected by 0.2 uses 30 mL. Quantum's ranges give the target, 6.0 to 7.0 for South American tanks and 6.0 to 6.8 for high-tech planted among them, and its note that dosage varies by aquarium means testing after every step. The solution is not for dosing pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus and soft-water fish rooms:** Adjusting large volumes of alkaline change water each week.
- **Large planted displays:** High-tech tanks of 400 L and more held at 6.0 to 6.8 for plant growth.
- **Shop soft-water systems:** Holding tanks for Amazon species on alkaline supply water.
- **Several tanks:** One bottle correcting a number of aquariums through the week.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the system first:** pH and the published range for the livestock kept.
- **Half a capful per 100 L:** About 5 mL for a 0.2 fall, into the strongest flow, no shaking.
- **Maximum 0.3 per day:** Big corrections take several days and several tests.
- **By hand only:** Not for dosing pumps; adjust in increments as results vary between tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Buffered sulphuric acid in solution:** A gradual, controlled fall in pH.
- **Litre for scale:** Twenty 0.4 adjustments on 500 L batches of change water.
- **Same strength as the bottles:** Half a capful per 100 L still lowers pH by about 0.2.
- **Published targets:** Ranges for every freshwater tank type.
- **Aqua Pro system:** The bulk partner to Aqua Pro pH Up, KH and GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA451000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350694
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffered sulphuric acid
- **Dose Rate:** ½ capful (about 5 mL) per 100 L lowers pH by about 0.2
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** South American 6.0–7.0; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; African cichlid 7.8–9.2
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Down - 250ml
Capful-Dosed pH Reducer for Soft-Water and Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-down-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA450250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350670
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Down-250ml.jpg
Bringing a tank's pH down is the one adjustment that punishes impatience, which is why a buffered product and a daily limit matter. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Down 250ml (SKU: QA450250) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Down in its most common size, a solution of buffered sulphuric acid in deionised water formulated to decrease pH safely. Regulating pH prevents the fluctuation that reduces the efficiency of the biochemical processes fish, shrimp and plants depend on. Quantum lists it for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems and publishes a pH range for each.
Half a capful, about 5 mL, per 100 L lowers pH by roughly 0.2, added into high water flow with no shaking, and the change is limited to 0.3 pH per day. The published ranges are 6.0 to 7.0 for South American tanks, 6.0 to 6.8 for high-tech planted, 6.5 to 7.5 for community and shrimp and 6.8 to 7.5 for low-tech planted. Quantum notes that dosage varies from aquarium to aquarium, so the method is to dose, test and adjust incrementally. A 200 L tank taken down 0.2 uses 10 mL, giving the bottle about twenty-five corrections. Dosing pumps are not suitable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Home soft-water tanks:** Tetra, discus and apistogramma systems of 60 to 300 L on alkaline tap water.
- **Planted aquariums:** Scapes aiming for 6.0 to 6.8 with or without CO2.
- **New water preparation:** Adjusting change water to the tank's pH before it goes in.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Caridina set-ups kept in the acidic half of 6.5 to 7.5.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure before dosing:** The current pH and the published range for the livestock.
- **Half a capful per 100 L:** About 5 mL for a 0.2 fall, into high flow, no shaking.
- **0.3 a day at most:** Retest before any second dose and take large corrections slowly.
- **Not for pumps:** Hand dose in increments; results vary between tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Buffered sulphuric acid:** A controlled fall in pH rather than a sudden drop.
- **Half-capful dosing:** About 5 mL per 100 L drops pH by 0.2, one capful for a 200 L tank.
- **Targets for every tank type:** From high-tech planted to community and shrimp.
- **Safety limit on the label:** A 0.3 fall per day at most, with a test before repeating.
- **Aqua Pro companion:** Works with Aqua Pro pH Up, KH and GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA450250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350670
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffered sulphuric acid
- **Dose Rate:** ½ capful (about 5 mL) per 100 L lowers pH by about 0.2
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** South American 6.0–7.0; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; African cichlid 7.8–9.2
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Down - 500ml
Freshwater pH Reducer for Mid-Size Planted and Discus Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-down-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA450500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350687
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Down-500ml.jpg
A 300 L discus tank filled from alkaline tap water needs its pH brought down at every change, and that is a job for the 500 mL bottle. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Down 500ml (SKU: QA450500) is the mid size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Down, a solution of buffered sulphuric acid in deionised water formulated to decrease pH safely. Holding pH steady protects the biochemistry of fish, shrimp and plants from the fluctuation an unregulated tank suffers, and Quantum rates the product for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems.
The dose is half a capful, about 5 mL, per 100 L for a fall of roughly 0.2 pH, added into high water flow without shaking, and no correction should exceed 0.3 pH in a day. On a 300 L tank a 0.2 drop takes 15 mL, so the bottle covers more than thirty corrections. Quantum's targets run from 6.0 to 7.0 for South American species and 6.0 to 6.8 for high-tech planted tanks to 6.5 to 7.5 for community and shrimp. Dosage varies between aquariums, so incremental dosing with a test after each step is the method, and the solution is not for dosing pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized soft-water tanks:** Discus, angelfish and tetra systems of 200 to 400 L.
- **High-tech planted tanks:** Scapes holding 6.0 to 6.8 alongside CO2 injection.
- **Alkaline supply water:** Homes where every water change pushes pH up and it has to come back down.
- **Preparing change water:** Adjusting a barrel of new water to match the tank before it goes in.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then target:** Compare the reading with the range for the tank type.
- **5 mL per 100 L per 0.2:** Half a capful into strong circulation; no shaking needed.
- **Under 0.3 a day:** Several small steps over consecutive days for a big correction.
- **Manual dosing:** Not suitable for dosing pumps; adjust incrementally.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Buffered acid formula:** Lowers pH in a controlled way rather than a sudden drop.
- **Predictable strength:** Each half-capful per 100 L lowers pH by about 0.2 in any tank.
- **Discus and planted use:** Enough in the bottle for months of change-water adjustment.
- **Daily maximum:** A 0.3 pH fall, printed on the label to protect the fish.
- **Aqua Pro range:** Partners Aqua Pro pH Up, KH and GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA450500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350687
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffered sulphuric acid
- **Dose Rate:** ½ capful (about 5 mL) per 100 L lowers pH by about 0.2
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** South American 6.0–7.0; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; African cichlid 7.8–9.2
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Up - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Potassium Carbonate pH Raiser for Small Freshwater Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-up-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA440100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350625
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Up-100ml.jpg
A nano tank's pH can sag a few tenths after a big feed, and correcting it safely means moving in small steps. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Up 100ml (SKU: QA440100) is the drop-dosed size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Up, a solution of potassium carbonate in deionised water formulated to increase pH safely. Unregulated pH leaves a tank prone to fluctuation, and fluctuation reduces the efficiency of the biochemical processes fish, shrimp and plants depend on. Quantum rates it for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems and publishes a pH range for each type of freshwater tank.
The dose is 10 drops per 10 L to raise pH by about 0.2, added directly into high water flow without shaking. Quantum's firm rule is not to alter pH by more than 0.3 in a day, so a correction of half a point is spread over two days with a test in between. The published ranges give a target: 6.5 to 7.5 for community and shrimp tanks, 7.2 to 7.6 for goldfish and 7.8 to 9.2 for African cichlids. It is not for dosing pumps, and it pairs with Aqua Pro KH, since a tank without carbonate hardness holds no pH for long.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Systems under about 60 L where drops give the control a pH adjuster needs.
- **pH below the published range:** Community tanks under 6.5 or goldfish tanks under 7.2, for example.
- **After a KH crash:** Lifting pH back once Aqua Pro KH has restored the buffer.
- **Any freshwater set-up:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Know the current pH and the range Quantum publishes for the tank type.
- **10 drops per 10 L:** Raises pH by about 0.2; add into high flow, no shaking needed.
- **Never more than 0.3 a day:** Retest before any second dose and spread larger corrections over several days.
- **Hand dosing only:** Not for dosing pumps; fix KH with Aqua Pro KH so the new pH holds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Potassium carbonate formula:** Raises pH without adding sodium to the water.
- **Fine drop dosing:** 10 drops per 10 L for a 0.2 rise on small volumes.
- **Published pH targets:** Ranges for cichlid, South American, goldfish, community, planted and shrimp tanks.
- **Built-in safety rule:** No more than 0.3 pH change per day.
- **Aqua Pro system:** The nano-sized companion to Aqua Pro KH, GH and pH Down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA440100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350625
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium carbonate
- **Dose Rate:** 10 drops per 10 L raises pH by about 0.2
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** African cichlid 7.8–9.2; South American 6.0–7.0; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Up - 1l
Litre of Freshwater pH Raiser for Large Tanks, Ponds and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-up-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA441000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350656
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Up-1l.jpg
Ponds and big cichlid systems measure a pH correction in tens of millilitres, and the litre bottle is where that becomes practical. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Up 1L (SKU: QA441000) is the largest size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Up, a solution of potassium carbonate in deionised water formulated to increase pH safely. Left unregulated, pH fluctuates and the biochemistry of fish, shrimp and plants loses efficiency, which is why Quantum treats pH as one of the parameters to hold rather than watch. It is rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems.
The dose is half a capful, about 5 mL, per 100 L for a rise of roughly 0.2 pH, added into high water flow without shaking, and no correction should exceed 0.3 pH in a day. A 2,000 L pond lifted by 0.2 takes 100 mL, so a litre covers ten pond corrections or forty on a 500 L tank. Quantum's ranges give the target: 7.2 to 7.6 for goldfish and koi, 6.5 to 7.5 for community and shrimp, 7.8 to 9.2 for African cichlids. The solution is not for dosing pumps, and Aqua Pro KH keeps the carbonate hardness that makes a pH stick.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ponds:** Goldfish and koi ponds that turn acidic after rain or heavy feeding.
- **Large cichlid displays:** Rift lake tanks of 400 L and more held well above neutral.
- **Fish rooms:** Several tanks corrected from one bottle on the same day.
- **Shop systems:** Freshwater holding systems that drift acidic under heavy stocking and feeding.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the system first:** pH and the published range for what lives in it.
- **Half a capful per 100 L:** About 5 mL for 0.2 pH, into the strongest flow, no shaking.
- **Maximum 0.3 per day:** Large corrections take several days and several tests.
- **By hand only:** Not for dosing pumps; hold KH with Aqua Pro KH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Potassium carbonate in solution:** Lifts pH with no sodium.
- **Litre for scale:** Ten 0.2 corrections on a 2,000 L pond.
- **Same strength as the bottles:** Half a capful per 100 L still lifts pH by about 0.2.
- **Published targets:** Ranges for every freshwater tank and pond type.
- **Aqua Pro system:** The bulk companion to Aqua Pro KH, GH and pH Down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA441000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350656
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium carbonate
- **Dose Rate:** ½ capful (about 5 mL) per 100 L raises pH by about 0.2
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** African cichlid 7.8–9.2; South American 6.0–7.0; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Up - 250ml
Capful-Dosed pH Raiser for Freshwater Aquariums and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-up-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA440250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350632
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Up-250ml.jpg
Most freshwater tanks drift acidic over time as waste accumulates, and a measured lift back into range is a routine job. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Up 250ml (SKU: QA440250) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Up in the size that suits most home tanks, a solution of potassium carbonate in deionised water formulated to increase pH safely. Without pH regulation an aquarium fluctuates, and the biochemistry of its inhabitants suffers for it. It is rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems, each with a published target range.
Half a capful, about 5 mL, per 100 L raises pH by roughly 0.2, added directly into high water flow with no shaking. The manufacturer's limit is a change of no more than 0.3 pH in a day, so the method is to dose, wait, test and repeat tomorrow if needed. Quantum's targets are 6.5 to 7.5 for community and shrimp tanks, 7.2 to 7.6 for goldfish and koi, 6.8 to 7.5 for low-tech planted, 6.0 to 6.8 for high-tech planted and 7.8 to 9.2 for African cichlids. The 250 mL bottle gives fifty 0.2 corrections on a 100 L tank, and it is not for dosing pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Home freshwater tanks:** Community, planted and shrimp systems of 60 to 300 L.
- **pH sliding acidic:** Tanks where waste and driftwood pull the reading below the target range.
- **Goldfish and cichlid tanks:** Species that want a pH above neutral.
- **Small ponds:** Tubs and patio ponds that need a gentle lift after rain has pulled the pH down.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure before dosing:** Establish the current pH and the published range for the tank.
- **Half a capful per 100 L:** About 5 mL for a 0.2 rise, into high flow, no shaking.
- **Respect the daily limit:** No more than 0.3 pH in 24 hours; retest before repeating.
- **Not for pumps:** Hand dose only, with Aqua Pro KH keeping the buffer up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium-free pH lift:** Potassium carbonate in deionised water.
- **Half-capful dosing:** About 5 mL per 100 L lifts pH by 0.2, so a 200 L tank takes one capful.
- **Targets for every tank type:** Published ranges from high-tech planted to African cichlid.
- **Safety limit on the label:** A 0.3 rise per day at most, tested between doses.
- **Aqua Pro companion:** Works with Aqua Pro KH, GH and pH Down to set the full water chemistry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA440250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350632
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium carbonate
- **Dose Rate:** ½ capful (about 5 mL) per 100 L raises pH by about 0.2
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** African cichlid 7.8–9.2; South American 6.0–7.0; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aqua Pro Ph Up - 500ml
Freshwater pH Raiser for Mid-Size Tanks and Cichlid Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pro-ph-up-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA440500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350649
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aqua-Pro-Ph-Up-500ml.jpg
African cichlid tanks run at a pH most freshwater keepers never see, and getting there from tap water takes a buffer with some strength behind it. Quantum Aqua Pro pH Up 500ml (SKU: QA440500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Aqua Pro pH Up, a solution of potassium carbonate in deionised water formulated to increase pH safely. Regulated pH protects the biochemical processes of fish, shrimp and plants from the fluctuation that unregulated tanks suffer, and Quantum rates the product for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems.
Half a capful, about 5 mL, per 100 L raises pH by roughly 0.2, added into high water flow without shaking, and the change is capped at 0.3 pH per day. On a 300 L cichlid tank a 0.2 lift takes 15 mL, so the bottle covers more than thirty corrections. Quantum's published ranges run from 6.0 to 6.8 for high-tech planted tanks through 6.5 to 7.5 for community and shrimp to 7.8 to 9.2 for African cichlids. It cannot be used on a dosing pump, and any pH it sets will only hold if carbonate hardness is maintained with Aqua Pro KH.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized freshwater tanks:** Systems of 200 to 400 L needing regular pH correction.
- **African cichlid set-ups:** Lifting and holding pH in the 7.8 to 9.2 band.
- **Acidic tap water:** Homes whose supply pulls the tank down at every change and needs lifting back.
- **Goldfish and pond fish:** Systems kept at 7.2 to 7.6, the range Quantum publishes for them.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then target:** Compare the reading with the published range for the tank type.
- **5 mL per 100 L per 0.2:** Half a capful, into strong circulation, no shaking.
- **Stay under 0.3 a day:** Spread larger corrections over consecutive days with a test each time.
- **Manual dosing:** Not suitable for dosing pumps; pair with Aqua Pro KH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Potassium carbonate buffer:** Raises pH without adding sodium to the water column.
- **Predictable strength:** Each half-capful per 100 L lifts pH by about 0.2, whatever the tank size.
- **Cichlid-capable:** Enough in the bottle to hold hard-water tanks well above neutral.
- **Daily maximum:** A 0.3 pH rise, printed on the label and worth respecting in a stocked tank.
- **Aqua Pro range:** Partners Aqua Pro KH, GH and pH Down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA440500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350649
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium carbonate
- **Dose Rate:** ½ capful (about 5 mL) per 100 L raises pH by about 0.2
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Maximum Change:** 0.3 pH per day
- **Target Ranges:** African cichlid 7.8–9.2; South American 6.0–7.0; goldfish and koi 7.2–7.6; community and shrimp 6.5–7.5; low-tech planted 6.8–7.5; high-tech planted 6.0–6.8
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ar Phosphate Remover - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Nano Marine Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ar-phosphate-remover-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA150100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350311
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ar-Phosphate-Remover-100ml.jpg
Phosphate in a nano reef climbs fast and shows itself as film algae on the glass within days. Quantum AR Phosphate Remover 100ml (SKU: QA150100) is a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds both ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it out of the water, where mechanical filtration collects it. Because the bottle is dosed in drops per 50 L, it gives a small tank the fine control that lanthanum needs, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The dose scales with the phosphate reading, from 1 to 10 drops per 50 L a day at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm up to 100 drops per 50 L above 10 ppm, with the full table in the details below. The solution goes directly into high water flow and it can be run through a dosing pump. Two cautions apply: a fine white film building on the glass means the dose is too high and should be reduced, and the product must not be used in aquariums containing live plants. Test phosphate regularly so the daily amount tracks the falling reading rather than running ahead of it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano marine tanks:** Systems under about 100 L where drops give the control a strong phosphate binder needs.
- **Nuisance algae outbreaks:** Film and hair algae driven by phosphate that water changes alone cannot bring down.
- **Bound phosphate:** Tanks where rock and sand keep releasing phosphate after the water column tests low.
- **Fish-only and reef systems alike:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first, then read the table:** Match the daily drops per 50 L to the phosphate range, starting at the low end of that range.
- **Dose into high flow:** Add the drops where circulation is strongest so the lanthanum disperses before it precipitates.
- **Watch the glass:** A fine white film means overdosing; cut the dose back.
- **Retest and reduce:** Step the dose down as phosphate falls, and never use it in a tank with live plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified lanthanum:** Binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it for the filter to remove.
- **Drop dosing per 50 L:** A five-step table from 0.03 ppm to above 10 ppm.
- **Built-in overdose signal:** White film on the glass tells you to reduce the dose.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Can be automated once the daily amount is known.
- **Broad compatibility:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, but not planted aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA150100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350311
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 1–10, 5–25, 10–50, 50–100 or 100 drops per 50 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10+ ppm
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ar Phosphate Remover - 1l
Litre of Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Large Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ar-phosphate-remover-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA151000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650542
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ar-Phosphate-Remover-1l.jpg
Large systems with big fish populations produce phosphate faster than any media reactor comfortably handles, and liquid lanthanum is the usual answer. Quantum AR Phosphate Remover 1L (SKU: QA151000) is a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it out, leaving the filter to collect the result. The litre suits reefs and fish-only systems of several hundred litres, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums, with the one exclusion of tanks that contain live plants.
The dose depends on the reading: per 100 L daily, 0.1 to 1.0 mL at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm phosphate, 0.5 to 2.5 mL at 0.25 to 1.0 ppm, 1.0 to 5.0 mL at 1.0 to 5.0 ppm, 5.0 to 10.0 mL at 5.0 to 10.0 ppm, and 10.0 mL above 10 ppm. On a 500 L system at 0.5 ppm that is a few millilitres a day, so a litre lasts well beyond the reduction phase. The solution is added directly into high water flow and suits dosing pumps. A fine white film on the glass indicates overdosing and the product is not for aquariums containing live plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reefs and FOWLR systems:** Displays of 400 L and more with a steady phosphate input from feeding.
- **Predator and large-fish tanks:** Heavy feeding that keeps phosphate high despite changes.
- **Dosing-pump systems:** A litre keeps a reservoir supplied for months at maintenance rates.
- **Any marine system without live plants:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then select the row:** Match the phosphate reading to the table and begin at its lower figure.
- **Deliver into high flow:** By hand into strong circulation, or through a dosing pump line.
- **Look for film:** A white haze on the glass means the daily amount should be cut.
- **Follow the level down:** Retest every few days and move to a lower row; not for planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lanthanum precipitation:** Removes both ionic and chemically bound phosphate quickly.
- **Litre for large systems:** Covers reduction and long-term maintenance on big tanks without frequent reordering.
- **Five-range dosing:** Daily mL per 100 L set by the phosphate reading.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for automated dosing, the natural way to run a litre on a large system.
- **Overdose indicator:** White film on the glass signals too much before livestock is affected.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA151000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650542
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10+ ppm
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ar Phosphate Remover - 250ml
Lanthanum Phosphate Binder for Small Reef and Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ar-phosphate-remover-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA150250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650528
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ar-Phosphate-Remover-250ml.jpg
Granular phosphate media works slowly and needs a reactor; lanthanum works in hours and needs only a bottle. Quantum AR Phosphate Remover 250ml (SKU: QA150250) is a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it, so the filter removes what the algae would otherwise have eaten. The 250 mL bottle is dosed in millilitres per 100 L and suits reefs and fish-only tanks up to a couple of hundred litres, across LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The dosing table runs on the phosphate reading, from 0.1 to 1.0 mL per 100 L daily at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm up to 10 mL per 100 L above 10 ppm, with the middle rows listed in the details below. The solution is added directly into high water flow and is compatible with dosing pumps. Quantum's overdose signal is a fine white film forming on the glass, which means the dose should come down, and the product is not to be used in aquariums containing live plants. Regular testing keeps the dose in step with the falling level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small reefs and marine tanks:** Systems of roughly 100 to 250 L with phosphate above where the keeper wants it.
- **Algae control:** Bringing phosphate down when hair or film algae has taken hold.
- **Replacing a phosphate reactor:** Tanks without room for a media reactor.
- **Reef or fish-only:** Rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums, provided there are no live plants.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure phosphate:** Pick the row in the table and begin at the lower figure for that range.
- **High-flow addition:** Pour the daily amount into strong circulation, or run it on a dosing pump.
- **Check for film:** A fine white haze on the glass is the overdose signal; reduce the dose.
- **Step down with the reading:** Retest often and move to a lower row as phosphate drops; never use with live plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast-acting lanthanum:** Precipitates phosphate rather than adsorbing it slowly, so a reading moves within days rather than weeks.
- **Handles bound phosphate:** Removes chemically bound as well as ionic phosphate.
- **Five-row dosing table:** From 0.1 mL to 10 mL per 100 L depending on the reading.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for automated daily dosing once the rate for the tank is known.
- **Visible overdose check:** White film on the glass means back off.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA150250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650528
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10+ ppm
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ar Phosphate Remover - 500ml
Liquid Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Mid-Size Marine Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ar-phosphate-remover-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA150500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650535
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ar-Phosphate-Remover-500ml.jpg
A 300 L reef sitting at 0.5 ppm phosphate needs a few millilitres of lanthanum a day for a couple of weeks, and then a trickle to hold it. Quantum AR Phosphate Remover 500ml (SKU: QA150500) is sized for that job: a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it for mechanical filtration to catch. Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums, and the 500 mL bottle covers the initial reduction and months of maintenance on a mid-sized system.
Dosing follows the reading, from 0.1 to 1.0 mL per 100 L a day at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm phosphate through to 10 mL per 100 L above 10 ppm; the full table is in the details below. It is added directly into high water flow and can be run on a dosing pump, which makes the daily routine easy to automate. Quantum gives one visual warning, a fine white film on the glass that indicates overdosing, and one restriction, no use in aquariums containing live plants. Testing every few days during the reduction phase keeps the dose matched to the level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs and fish-only tanks:** Systems of about 200 to 400 L needing phosphate brought down and held.
- **Heavy feeders:** Tanks with large fish loads where phosphate creeps up between water changes.
- **After a media reactor is retired:** Keepers moving from granular media to liquid dosing.
- **Coral and fish systems:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums that keep no live plants.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the phosphate level:** Choose the matching row and start low within it.
- **Into strong flow:** Dose by hand into circulation or through a dosing pump.
- **Glass as the gauge:** A white film means the dose is too high for the current level.
- **Retest and adjust:** Drop to a lower row as phosphate falls; never use in a planted aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified lanthanum solution:** Removes ionic and chemically bound phosphate by precipitation.
- **Reading-based table:** Five phosphate ranges with daily mL per 100 L, so the dose always matches the test result.
- **Dosing-pump ready:** Suitable for automation on a mid-sized system, with the daily amount adjusted as tests come in.
- **Self-indicating:** White film on the glass flags an overdose before it becomes a problem.
- **Wide use:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR tanks, with live plants the only exclusion.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA150500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650535
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10+ ppm
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ar Phosphate Remover - 5l
Bulk Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Shops, Farms and Big Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ar-phosphate-remover-5l/
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA155000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801700
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ar-Phosphate-Remover-5l.jpg
Shops and coral farms fight phosphate every day across thousands of litres, and that is the scale Quantum AR Phosphate Remover 5L (SKU: QA155000) is packed for. It is a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it so mechanical filtration removes it, and the 5 L container carries a 20 mL capful for hand dosing on large volumes. Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, and the dosing table is the same as the smaller bottles.
Per 100 L daily the dose runs from 0.1 to 1.0 mL at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm phosphate up to 10 mL above 10 ppm, with the intermediate rows in the details below. A 2,000 L holding system at 1 ppm takes 20 to 100 mL a day, so 5 L covers a long reduction and the maintenance after it. Dose it directly into high water flow, by capful or on a dosing pump. A fine white film on the glass indicates overdosing, and the product must not be used in aquariums containing live plants, so keep it to the marine systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail and wholesale systems:** Holding tanks with constant feeding and phosphate input.
- **Coral farms:** Grow-out systems where low phosphate is part of the colour and growth plan.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs and FOWLR systems past 1,000 L.
- **Maintenance businesses:** One container serving a round of client tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test each system:** Use the table row that matches its phosphate and start at the lower figure.
- **Dose into strong flow:** By capful into circulation or through a dosing pump line.
- **Check the glass daily:** White film means reduce the dose on that system.
- **Retest and taper:** Move down the table as phosphate falls; keep it away from planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk lanthanum:** 5 L of phosphate remover for high-volume systems where smaller bottles empty in days.
- **Ionic and bound phosphate:** Precipitated out for the filter to collect, so socks and pads need changing more often during a reduction.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for hand dosing on large tanks when a pump is not fitted.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Runs on automated lines feeding several tanks from one container.
- **Same five-row table:** Daily mL per 100 L by phosphate reading, identical to the smaller bottles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA155000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801700
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A - 1l
Litre Bottle of Liquid Calcium Supplement for Mid-Size Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13212
- Price: $41.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA101000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801250
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-1l.jpg
When a reef's calcium demand climbs past what a 500 mL bottle covers comfortably, the litre is the next step, and Quantum Aragonite A 1L (SKU: QA101000) is the calcium part of the three-part Aragonite system at that size. It is a solution of calcium, strontium and barium in deionised water, the elements that make up aragonite skeleton, and it is meant to be dosed alongside Aragonite B for alkalinity and Aragonite C for magnesium. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm, the same as the smaller bottles.
Quantum's calcium target is 405 to 440 ppm, held by dosing 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L daily and adjusting from weekly tests. The capful holds 10 mL. Two points of handling apply across the Aragonite A range: do not shake the bottle, and dose into high flow so the calcium is dispersed before it encounters the alkalinity part. The solution runs well through a dosing pump, which is how most litre-sized bottles end up being used. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a litre supports a 300 L reef for around fifteen months, or a 400 L system for nearly a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reef systems:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks from about 200 to 400 L.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre fills a channel for months on a moderate tank.
- **Growing stony coral collections:** Tanks whose calcium draw has increased as colonies matured.
- **Three-part converts:** Keepers moving from two-part to separate control of calcium, alkalinity and magnesium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure, then dose:** Set between 0.5 and 1.0 mL per 100 L per day according to how fast calcium falls between tests.
- **No shaking:** Pour or pump from the bottle without agitating it.
- **Into strong flow:** Add where circulation is highest, keeping Aragonite B and C dose points separate.
- **Test weekly:** Keep calcium at 405 to 440 ppm; 1 mL per 100 L equals about 2 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium, strontium and barium:** Dosed together in the proportions aragonite skeletons use.
- **Known strength:** About 2 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L, unchanged from the smaller bottles.
- **Independent control:** One part of a three-part system with Aragonite B and C.
- **Suitable for dosing pumps:** Runs cleanly through automated dosers, which is how most litre bottles are used on a mid-sized reef.
- **Litre bottle:** With a 10 mL capful for hand dosing when the pump is being serviced.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA101000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801250
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L per day
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Handling:** Do not shake; dose into high flow, separately from the alkalinity part
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Capful:** 10 mL
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite B and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A - 250ml
Liquid Calcium, Strontium and Barium Supplement for Small Reef Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-a-250ml/
- Price: $17.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA100250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801236
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-250ml.jpg
A nano reef with a few LPS colonies consumes calcium slowly enough that a small bottle lasts a long time, and Quantum Aragonite A 250ml (SKU: QA100250) is sized for exactly that. It is the calcium part of Quantum's three-part Aragonite system, a solution of calcium, strontium and barium in deionised water, made to be dosed alongside Aragonite B for alkalinity and Aragonite C for magnesium. Each millilitre per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm, which is strong enough to correct a shortfall in a few doses and fine enough to hold a small tank steady day to day.
Quantum's target for calcium is 405 to 440 ppm, and the daily rate runs from 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L depending on how much the corals consume. The bottle's capful holds 10 mL. Two handling notes matter: the solution should not be shaken before use, and it should be added into high flow so it disperses before it meets the alkalinity part. It is also suitable for dosing pumps, which for a nano usually means a small single-head unit. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a 250 mL bottle covers a 60 L reef for about eighteen months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Tanks under about 100 L with LPS, mixed or SPS corals and a modest calcium draw.
- **Trying three-part dosing:** A small bottle to see how the system suits a tank before buying larger sizes.
- **Correcting low calcium:** A quick 2 ppm per mL per 100 L lift when a test comes back short.
- **Frag and quarantine tanks:** Small volumes that need calcium held near the display's level.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test calcium first:** Begin at 0.5 mL per 100 L per day and work up towards 1.0 mL as consumption dictates.
- **Do not shake:** Pour or draw the dose from the bottle without agitating it.
- **Dose into flow:** Add where water movement is strongest, separately from Aragonite B and C.
- **Retest weekly:** Aim for 405 to 440 ppm; each 1 mL per 100 L is roughly 2 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium with strontium and barium:** The elements aragonite skeletons are built from, in one solution.
- **Strong yet controllable:** About 2 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Part of a three-part system:** Designed to run with Aragonite B and Aragonite C.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for dosing pumps as well as hand dosing, so a nano can be automated with a single-head unit.
- **Nano-sized bottle:** 250 mL with a 10 mL capful.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA100250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801236
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L per day
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Handling:** Do not shake; dose into high flow, separately from the alkalinity part
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Capful:** 10 mL
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite B and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A - 500ml
Calcium Part of a Three-Part Liquid Reef Dosing System.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-a-500ml/
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA100500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801243
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-500ml.jpg
Three-part dosing gives a reef keeper separate control over calcium, alkalinity and magnesium, and Quantum Aragonite A 500ml (SKU: QA100500) is the calcium control. The solution carries calcium along with strontium and barium in deionised water, the trio that corals lay down as aragonite skeleton, and it is formulated to be dosed with Aragonite B and Aragonite C so each parameter can be trimmed on its own. At 1 mL per 100 L raising calcium by around 2 ppm, the 500 mL bottle suits a small to mid-sized reef with a moderate calcium demand.
The target Quantum sets is 405 to 440 ppm, held with a daily dose of 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L that is adjusted from weekly tests. The capful on this bottle holds 10 mL. The solution is not to be shaken, and it should be added into high flow so it is diluted before it reaches the alkalinity part, which avoids precipitation at the dose point. Dosing pumps are fine. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a 500 mL bottle keeps a 150 L reef supplied for about fifteen months, or a 300 L tank for roughly seven.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks of roughly 100 to 300 L.
- **Independent parameter control:** Systems where calcium and alkalinity are consumed at different rates and need separate adjustment.
- **Single-head dosers:** A bottle that fills a small pump reservoir for months.
- **Restoring calcium after a dip:** Bringing a low reading back into range over a few days.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start with a reading:** Set the daily dose between 0.5 and 1.0 mL per 100 L based on tested consumption.
- **Leave the bottle unshaken:** Draw the dose gently rather than agitating the solution.
- **High flow, separate points:** Dose into strong water movement and away from where Aragonite B and C are added.
- **Weekly adjustment:** Hold 405 to 440 ppm, remembering that each 1 mL per 100 L moves calcium about 2 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Aragonite-building elements:** Calcium, strontium and barium together in deionised water.
- **About 2 ppm per mL per 100 L:** Enough strength to correct, with fine enough steps to maintain.
- **Three-part flexibility:** Runs with Aragonite B and C for independent control of each parameter.
- **Dosing-pump ready:** Suitable for automated as well as hand dosing, and the 500 mL bottle fills a small reservoir for months.
- **500 mL bottle:** With a 10 mL capful for measuring doses by hand between tests.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA100500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801243
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L per day
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Handling:** Do not shake; dose into high flow, separately from the alkalinity part
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Capful:** 10 mL
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite B and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A - 5l
Bulk Liquid Calcium Supplement for Large Reef Systems and Coral Farms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13213
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA101010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801267
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-5l.jpg
Large stony coral systems can consume 10 to 20 ppm of calcium a day, and at that rate only a bulk container makes sense. Quantum Aragonite A 5L (SKU: QA101010) is the calcium part of the three-part Aragonite system in its largest size, a solution of calcium, strontium and barium in deionised water, dosed with Aragonite B for alkalinity and Aragonite C for magnesium. The strength is the same as the bottles: 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm, so a 500 L system consuming 10 ppm a day needs around 25 mL.
The target remains 405 to 440 ppm calcium, and the daily rate of 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L is a starting point that heavily stocked systems will often exceed once testing shows the real consumption. The 5 L container's capful holds 20 mL. As with the smaller sizes, the solution is not to be shaken and should be dosed into high flow, separately from the alkalinity part. It is suited to dosing pumps, and a 5 L container will typically be plumbed straight into a doser line. At 0.75 mL per 100 L, 5 L sustains a 1,000 L system for about twenty-two months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems of 500 L and more with a heavy stony coral load.
- **Coral farms and frag racks:** Grow-out systems where calcium demand is high and constant.
- **Multi-tank dosing lines:** One container feeding the calcium channel on several systems.
- **Retail holding systems:** Shop tanks keeping stony corals at a stable calcium level.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Base the rate on consumption:** Start at 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L per day and raise it as tests show calcium falling.
- **Avoid shaking the container:** Draw from it or pump from it without agitation.
- **Dose into high flow:** Keep the calcium line well away from the Aragonite B and C lines.
- **Weekly tests:** Hold 405 to 440 ppm, adjusting by the 2 ppm per mL per 100 L rule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete calcium part:** Calcium with strontium and barium in deionised water.
- **Bulk economy:** 5 L for systems that dose tens of millilitres a day.
- **About 2 ppm per mL per 100 L:** The same strength as the smaller bottles.
- **Doser-ready:** Suitable for direct connection to a dosing pump, saving the refilling a small reservoir would need.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized to the container for hand dosing on large tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA101010
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801267
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L per day
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Handling:** Do not shake; dose into high flow, separately from the alkalinity part
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Capful:** 20 mL
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite B and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A Powder - 1.6kg
Mix-Your-Own Calcium Concentrate for Small to Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-a-powder-1-6kg/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA101600 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 769807351028
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-Powder-1.6kg.jpg
Buying calcium as a powder and mixing it at home is how most experienced reef keepers cut the cost of dosing, and Quantum Aragonite A Powder 1.6kg (SKU: QA101600) is the smallest pack of Quantum's version. The powder is calcium chloride with strontium and barium and the energy component found across the Reef Essential range, and it mixes into a concentrate at 110 g per litre of RODI water. A small bottle of solution is supplied in the pack, and half a capful, 5 mL, is added to each litre once the powder has fully dissolved. At that ratio the 1.6 kg makes roughly 14 L of concentrate.
The finished solution is a 40,000 ppm calcium concentrate, and 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm, with strontium and barium rising in proportion. Quantum's target is 405 to 440 ppm calcium, and the concentrate is dosed daily alongside Aragonite B Powder for alkalinity to replace what corals consume. Mixing calcium chloride releases heat, so the manufacturer's warning to wear protective glasses and gloves is worth taking seriously. A 200 L reef using 8 ppm of calcium a day needs about 40 mL of solution, so 14 L covers close to a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks up to about 300 L moving from bottled calcium to a home-mixed concentrate.
- **Trying powder dosing:** A small pack to learn the mixing routine before committing to a larger size.
- **FOWLR and NPS systems:** Fish-only and non-photosynthetic tanks that still consume calcium through coralline algae and invertebrates.
- **Doser owners:** Anyone with a dosing pump who would rather refill a reservoir with concentrate than buy bottles.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Mix at 110 g per litre:** Add the powder to RODI water and stir until completely dissolved, then add half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution per litre.
- **Protect yourself:** The mix can get hot; wear glasses and gloves and mix in a container that tolerates heat.
- **Dose into high flow:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium about 0.4 ppm; set the daily amount from tested consumption and keep it away from the alkalinity dose point.
- **Test weekly:** Hold 405 to 440 ppm and adjust the daily volume as the coral load changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium chloride with strontium and barium:** The elements of aragonite skeleton in one powder.
- **Makes about 14 L of concentrate:** A 40,000 ppm calcium solution from 1.6 kg of powder.
- **Solution supplied:** A small bottle in the pack, added at half a capful per litre of mix.
- **Predictable dosing:** About 0.4 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Pairs with Aragonite B Powder:** The two powders form a home-mixed two-part system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA101600
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 769807351028
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Contents:** Calcium chloride, strontium and barium, energy component; mixing solution supplied
- **Mixing Rate:** 110 g per litre of RODI water, plus half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution
- **Solution Made:** Approximately 14 L at 40,000 ppm calcium
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A Powder - 15.4kg
Largest Calcium Concentrate Powder Making 140 Litres of Solution.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-a-powder-15-4kg/
- Price: $219.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA101540 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350410
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-Powder-15.4kg.jpg
Coral farms and maintenance businesses mix calcium by the drum, and Quantum Aragonite A Powder 15.4kg (SKU: QA101540) is the pack for that scale. It is calcium chloride with strontium and barium and the energy component that runs through the Reef Essential range, mixed at 110 g per litre of RODI water to produce 140 L of 40,000 ppm calcium concentrate. Half a capful, 5 mL, of the solution supplied in the pack is added to each litre after the powder has fully dissolved. Dosed with Aragonite B Powder for alkalinity, it forms a home-mixed two-part system at the lowest cost per dose in the range.
Each 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm, and strontium and barium rise in proportion. Daily dosing is set from tests against Quantum's 405 to 440 ppm target. A 2,000 L farm system consuming 10 ppm a day needs about 500 mL of solution, so 140 L covers around nine months. Mixing this much calcium chloride generates real heat, and the manufacturer's warning to wear protective glasses and gloves should be followed on every batch; mixing in smaller lots keeps the temperature manageable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems in the thousands of litres with constant calcium demand.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs and sumps past 1,000 L that would empty smaller packs in weeks.
- **Maintenance businesses:** One pack supplying calcium concentrate for a round of client tanks.
- **Wholesale and retail systems:** Holding tanks dosing calcium daily at volume.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Mix in manageable lots:** 110 g per litre of RODI water until dissolved, then half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution per litre; smaller batches stay cooler.
- **Use protective equipment:** Glasses and gloves, as the mixture may become hot.
- **Calculate the dose:** About 0.4 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L; scale the daily volume to tested consumption and dose into high flow.
- **Separate lines, weekly tests:** Keep calcium and alkalinity dose points apart and hold 405 to 440 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **140 L of concentrate:** The largest yield in the range for farms and businesses.
- **Full aragonite chemistry:** Calcium chloride with strontium and barium.
- **Supplied solution:** Added at half a capful per litre once the powder dissolves.
- **40,000 ppm strength:** About 0.4 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Two-part system:** Designed to run with Aragonite B Powder.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA101540
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350410
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 15.4 kg
- **Contents:** Calcium chloride, strontium and barium, energy component; mixing solution supplied
- **Mixing Rate:** 110 g per litre of RODI water, plus half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution
- **Solution Made:** 140 L at 40,000 ppm calcium
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A Powder - 3.9kg
Calcium Chloride Concentrate Powder Making 35 Litres of Solution.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-a-powder-3-9kg/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA103900 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350397
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-Powder-3.9kg.jpg
Thirty-five litres of calcium concentrate is a long time between mixes for most reefs, and that is what Quantum Aragonite A Powder 3.9kg (SKU: QA103900) produces. The powder is calcium chloride with strontium and barium plus the energy component Quantum builds into its Reef Essential products, and it dissolves at 110 g per litre of RODI water. Once the powder has fully dissolved, half a capful, 5 mL, of the solution supplied in the pack is added to each litre. The result is a 40,000 ppm calcium concentrate ready for a dosing reservoir.
Each 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm, with the other elements rising in proportion, and the daily dose is set from tests against Quantum's 405 to 440 ppm target. Dosed alongside Aragonite B Powder for alkalinity, the pair replaces what a reef's corals lay down as skeleton each day. Calcium chloride warms as it dissolves, so the manufacturer advises glasses and gloves during mixing. On a 400 L reef consuming 10 ppm of calcium a day, about 100 mL of solution is needed, and 35 L lasts close to a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** Systems from roughly 200 to 500 L with a steady daily calcium draw.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A batch of concentrate that refills a calcium channel many times over.
- **Cost-conscious dosing:** Keepers replacing bottled calcium with a powder they mix themselves.
- **Mixed, LPS and SPS tanks:** Any stony coral system, along with FOWLR and NPS tanks with a calcium demand.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Dissolve 110 g per litre:** Stir the powder into RODI water until clear, then add half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution for every litre mixed.
- **Handle with care:** Expect the mix to warm up; wear protective glasses and gloves.
- **Dose from tests:** With 0.4 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L, work out the daily volume from measured consumption and deliver it into strong flow.
- **Keep parts apart:** Dose the calcium and alkalinity solutions at different points and retest weekly for 405 to 440 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **35 L of concentrate:** Enough calcium solution for most of a year on a mid-sized reef.
- **Complete aragonite elements:** Calcium chloride with strontium and barium.
- **Supplied solution:** Added at half a capful per litre after the powder dissolves.
- **40,000 ppm concentrate:** About 0.4 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Home-mixed two-part:** Designed to be run with Aragonite B Powder.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA103900
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350397
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 3.9 kg
- **Contents:** Calcium chloride, strontium and barium, energy component; mixing solution supplied
- **Mixing Rate:** 110 g per litre of RODI water, plus half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution
- **Solution Made:** 35 L at 40,000 ppm calcium
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aragonite A Powder - 7.7kg
Bulk Calcium Concentrate Powder Making 70 Litres for Large Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-a-powder-7-7kg/
- Price: $124.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA107700 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350403
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-A-Powder-7.7kg.jpg
Large stony coral systems consume calcium by the tens of ppm each day, and Quantum Aragonite A Powder 7.7kg (SKU: QA107700) is sized for them. The powder, calcium chloride with strontium and barium and the energy component common to the Reef Essential range, is mixed at 110 g per litre of RODI water to make 70 L of 40,000 ppm calcium concentrate. After the powder has dissolved completely, half a capful, 5 mL, of the solution supplied in the pack goes into each litre. It is intended to be dosed with Aragonite B Powder for alkalinity as a home-mixed two-part system.
The dosing arithmetic is simple: 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm, and the other elements rise in proportion. The daily amount is set from weekly tests against Quantum's 405 to 440 ppm target. A 700 L system consuming 12 ppm a day needs around 210 mL of solution, so 70 L lasts close to a year. Calcium chloride releases heat as it dissolves, and mixing several litres at once makes that more noticeable; the manufacturer's advice to wear protective glasses and gloves applies every time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Stony coral systems of 500 L and more that dose calcium in large daily volumes.
- **Frag systems and coral farms:** Grow-out racks where calcium demand is constant and bottled dosing is impractical.
- **Multi-tank dosing:** One batch of concentrate feeding the calcium channel on several systems.
- **Retail holding systems:** Shop tanks that dose calcium daily at volume.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Mix in batches:** 110 g per litre of RODI water, stirred until fully dissolved, then half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution per litre.
- **Glasses and gloves on:** The mixture may become hot, especially in larger batches.
- **Set the daily dose:** Each 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.4 ppm calcium; calculate from tested consumption and dose into high flow.
- **Separate from alkalinity:** Run the calcium and alkalinity lines to different points and test weekly for 405 to 440 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **70 L of concentrate:** A year's calcium for a large reef from one pack.
- **Calcium, strontium and barium:** The elements corals build aragonite from.
- **Solution in the pack:** Half a capful per litre completes the mix.
- **Known strength:** 40,000 ppm concentrate giving about 0.4 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Two-part partner:** Runs with Aragonite B Powder for alkalinity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA107700
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350403
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 7.7 kg
- **Contents:** Calcium chloride, strontium and barium, energy component; mixing solution supplied
- **Mixing Rate:** 110 g per litre of RODI water, plus half a capful (5 mL) of the supplied solution
- **Solution Made:** 70 L at 40,000 ppm calcium
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises calcium by about 0.4 ppm
- **Target Range:** Calcium 405–440 ppm
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B - 1l
Litre Bottle of Liquid Alkalinity Buffer for Mid-Size Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13220
- Price: $41.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA111000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801298
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-B-1l.jpg
A 300 L reef losing 0.2 dKH a day needs roughly 6 mL of buffer daily, and at that rate a litre is the sensible bottle. Quantum Aragonite B 1L (SKU: QA111000) is the alkalinity part of the three-part Aragonite system at that size, a buffer solution in deionised water formulated to be dosed with Aragonite A for calcium and Aragonite C for magnesium. The strength matches the smaller bottles, 1 mL per 100 L raising alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH, so a keeper moving up in size does not need to recalculate.
Quantum sets the alkalinity window at 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, or 132 to 188 ppm, and the daily rate at 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy consumption. Weekly testing shows which way to nudge the dose. The solution is suitable for dosing pumps, which is how a litre is most often used, and it should be delivered into high flow at a separate point from the calcium line so the two are diluted before they meet. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a litre supports a 300 L reef for about fifteen months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS systems from about 200 to 400 L.
- **Doser reservoirs:** A litre keeps an alkalinity channel running for months on a moderate tank.
- **Maturing stony coral tanks:** Systems whose daily alkalinity draw has grown with the colonies.
- **Precise control:** Keepers who want alkalinity adjusted independently of calcium and magnesium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then set the rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day depending on measured consumption.
- **Separate from Aragonite A:** Run the buffer into high flow at its own dose point or on its own pump line.
- **Adjust gradually:** Each 1 mL per 100 L moves alkalinity about 0.1 dKH; change the rate in small increments.
- **Weekly tests:** Keep readings within 7.4 to 10.5 dKH and revisit the dose as the tank develops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Alkalinity only:** A buffer in deionised water, so it can be tuned without affecting calcium or magnesium.
- **Consistent strength:** About 0.1 dKH per 1 mL per 100 L, the same as the smaller bottles.
- **Published target:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH across SPS, mixed and LPS systems.
- **Dosing-pump suitable:** Runs cleanly through automated dosers, the usual way a litre of buffer is used.
- **Three-part partner:** Works with Aragonite A and Aragonite C so alkalinity can be tuned on its own.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA111000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801298
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy consumption
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B - 250ml
Liquid Alkalinity Buffer for Nano Reef Aquariums on Three-Part Dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-b-250ml/
- Price: $17.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA110250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801274
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-B-250ml.jpg
Alkalinity is the parameter a nano reef loses fastest, and a small bottle of buffer dosed daily is the simplest way to hold it. Quantum Aragonite B 250ml (SKU: QA110250) is the alkalinity part of the three-part Aragonite system, a buffer solution in deionised water, made to be dosed alongside Aragonite A for calcium and Aragonite C for magnesium. Each millilitre per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH, a small step that lets a keeper creep up on a target without the swings that stress small-polyp corals.
Quantum's window for alkalinity is 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, or 132 to 188 ppm, with the low end suiting SPS systems and the high end LPS tanks. The daily rate is 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy consumption, and it is adjusted from tests taken at the same time each week. The solution runs through a dosing pump, and it should be added into high flow at a different point from the calcium part so the two never meet undiluted. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a 250 mL bottle covers a 60 L nano for around eighteen months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Tanks under about 100 L where daily alkalinity loss is small but constant.
- **Sensitive SPS frags:** Systems that need alkalinity moved in tenths of a dKH rather than whole units.
- **Trial of the three-part system:** A small bottle to pair with Aragonite A and C before committing to larger sizes.
- **Frag and quarantine tanks:** Small volumes kept at the same alkalinity as the display.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test alkalinity first:** Start at 0.5 mL per 100 L per day and increase to 0.75 or 1.0 mL if the reading keeps falling.
- **Dose into flow:** Add in a high-flow area, at a separate point and time from Aragonite A.
- **Move slowly:** Each 1 mL per 100 L is about 0.1 dKH, so correct a shortfall over several days.
- **Retest weekly:** Hold the tank within 7.4 to 10.5 dKH and adjust the daily dose in small steps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dedicated alkalinity part:** A buffer solution in deionised water, without calcium or magnesium.
- **Fine increments:** About 0.1 dKH per 1 mL per 100 L for gentle adjustment.
- **Published range:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, covering SPS through LPS preferences.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for a small automated doser on a nano.
- **Three-part system:** Designed to run with Aragonite A and Aragonite C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA110250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801274
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy consumption
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B - 500ml
Alkalinity Part of a Three-Part Liquid Reef Dosing System.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-b-500ml/
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA110500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801281
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-B-500ml.jpg
Separate control of alkalinity is the main reason keepers move from two-part to three-part dosing, and Quantum Aragonite B 500ml (SKU: QA110500) is the bottle that provides it. It is a buffer solution in deionised water, the alkalinity component of Quantum's Aragonite system, dosed alongside Aragonite A for calcium and Aragonite C for magnesium so that each can be adjusted without disturbing the others. At 1 mL per 100 L raising alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH, the 500 mL size suits small to mid-sized reefs with a moderate daily draw.
The target Quantum publishes is 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, which is 132 to 188 ppm, and the daily rate is 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L according to how much alkalinity the corals consume. Weekly tests at a consistent time show whether the rate needs trimming. The solution is suitable for dosing pumps and should go into a high-flow area away from the calcium dose point, because buffer and calcium meeting undiluted will precipitate. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a 500 mL bottle keeps a 150 L reef buffered for about fifteen months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** Systems of roughly 100 to 300 L with a steady alkalinity demand.
- **Uneven consumption:** Tanks where alkalinity falls faster than calcium and two-part leaves one parameter drifting.
- **Single-channel dosers:** A bottle that fills a small pump reservoir for months.
- **Gentle corrections:** Bringing a low reading back into range in 0.1 dKH steps.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Begin with a measurement:** Choose 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day to match tested consumption.
- **Keep it apart from calcium:** Dose into strong flow, at a different point from Aragonite A.
- **Small steps:** A change of 1 mL per 100 L shifts alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH; avoid large jumps.
- **Weekly review:** Stay inside 7.4 to 10.5 dKH and adjust the rate as the coral load grows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pure alkalinity control:** Buffer in deionised water, independent of the calcium and magnesium parts.
- **About 0.1 dKH per mL per 100 L:** Fine enough for SPS systems that dislike swings.
- **Wide target range:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, low enough for lean SPS systems and high enough for LPS tanks.
- **Pump-ready:** Suitable for automated dosing as well as hand dosing, and 500 mL fills a small reservoir for months.
- **One of three parts:** Pairs with Aragonite A and C so each parameter is adjusted independently.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA110500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801281
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy consumption
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B - 5l
Bulk Liquid Alkalinity Buffer for Large Reef Systems and Frag Farms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13221
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA111010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801304
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-B-5l.jpg
Big SPS systems and coral farms use alkalinity buffer by the litre each month, and Quantum Aragonite B 5L (SKU: QA111010) is the alkalinity part of the three-part Aragonite system in the container built for that. It is a buffer solution in deionised water, dosed alongside Aragonite A for calcium and Aragonite C for magnesium, at the same strength as the bottles: 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH. A 1,000 L system consuming 0.3 dKH a day therefore needs about 30 mL, which a 5 L container supplies for well over five months.
The target is unchanged at 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, or 132 to 188 ppm, and the published daily rate of 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L is a starting point that heavily stocked systems will usually pass once tests reveal the real consumption. The solution is suited to dosing pumps, and a 5 L container is normally plumbed straight into the alkalinity line rather than decanted. Dose into high flow at a separate point from the calcium part. At the moderate rate of 0.75 mL per 100 L, 5 L buffers a 1,000 L system for about twenty-two months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems past 500 L where alkalinity demand runs to tens of millilitres a day.
- **Coral farms and frag racks:** Grow-out systems where alkalinity is consumed quickly and constantly.
- **Multi-tank dosing:** One container feeding the alkalinity line on several systems.
- **Retail and holding systems:** Shop tanks holding alkalinity steady for stony coral stock.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure consumption:** Start at 0.5 to 1.0 mL per 100 L per day and raise the rate as tests show alkalinity dropping.
- **Dedicated line:** Run the buffer on its own pump line into high flow, well away from the Aragonite A line.
- **Increment, do not leap:** Each 1 mL per 100 L is about 0.1 dKH; large systems still prefer small daily changes.
- **Weekly testing:** Hold 7.4 to 10.5 dKH and recheck the rate whenever livestock is added.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk alkalinity part:** Buffer solution in deionised water, 5 L for daily dosing at volume.
- **About 0.1 dKH per mL per 100 L:** The same strength as the smaller bottles.
- **Wide target window:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH to suit SPS, mixed and LPS systems.
- **Doser-ready container:** Suitable for plumbing straight into the alkalinity line of a dosing pump.
- **Three-part system:** Runs with Aragonite A and Aragonite C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA111010
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801304
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy consumption
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and C
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B Powder - 1.0kg
Mix-Your-Own Alkalinity Concentrate for Small to Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-b-powder-1-0kg/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA111200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 769807351035
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-B-Powder-1.0kg.jpg
Alkalinity is the parameter reef keepers dose most, so it is the first one worth mixing from powder. Quantum Aragonite B Powder 1.0kg (SKU: QA111200) is the smallest pack of Quantum's alkalinity powder, a blend of sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate with a buffer component, and it dissolves at 69 g per litre of RODI water to give a 60,000 ppm alkalinity solution. At that rate the 1.0 kg makes about 14 L of concentrate, enough for a small to mid-sized reef to refill a doser reservoir many times before the pack runs out.
The finished solution raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm, or about 0.033 dKH, for each 1 mL per 100 L, so a 200 L tank losing 0.3 dKH a day needs around 18 mL. Quantum's target range is 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, which is 132 to 188 ppm, and the concentrate is dosed daily alongside Aragonite A Powder for calcium as a home-mixed two-part system. Dissolving carbonates warms the water, and the manufacturer advises protective glasses and gloves during mixing. At 18 mL a day, 14 L of solution lasts more than two years on that 200 L example.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks up to about 300 L switching from bottled alkalinity to powder.
- **First powder pack:** A size for learning the mixing routine before buying in bulk.
- **Doser owners:** Anyone refilling an alkalinity reservoir who would rather mix than buy bottles.
- **Fine-step systems:** Tanks that want alkalinity moved in hundredths of a dKH per millilitre.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Mix at 69 g per litre:** Add the powder to RODI water and stir until completely dissolved to make a 60,000 ppm alkalinity solution.
- **Protect yourself:** The mix may become hot; wear glasses and gloves.
- **Work out the dose:** 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH); set the daily volume from tested consumption and add it into high flow.
- **Keep it from calcium:** Dose at a different point from Aragonite A and retest weekly for 7.4 to 10.5 dKH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate and bicarbonate blend:** Sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate with a buffer component.
- **About 14 L of concentrate:** A 60,000 ppm alkalinity solution from 1.0 kg of powder.
- **Fine control:** 0.6 ppm, about 0.033 dKH, per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Published target:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH (132 to 188 ppm).
- **Pairs with Aragonite A Powder:** The two powders form a home-mixed two-part system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA111200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 769807351035
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 1.0 kg
- **Contents:** Sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, buffer component
- **Mixing Rate:** 69 g per litre of RODI water
- **Solution Made:** Approximately 14 L at 60,000 ppm alkalinity
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH)
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A Powder
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B Powder - 2.4kg
Alkalinity Concentrate Powder Making 35 Litres of Buffer Solution.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-b-powder-2-4kg/
- Price: $43.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA112400 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350427
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-B-Powder-2.4kg.jpg
A reef that mixes its own alkalinity solution refills the doser from a jug rather than a shop shelf, and Quantum Aragonite B Powder 2.4kg (SKU: QA112400) fills that jug 35 times over. The powder is sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate with a buffer component, and it dissolves at 69 g per litre of RODI water to produce a 60,000 ppm alkalinity solution. The 2.4 kg pack makes 35 L of that concentrate, which is the amount Quantum quotes for the size and which suits a mid-sized reef for a very long time.
Each 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm, about 0.033 dKH, so the daily dose is worked out from measured consumption: a 400 L system losing 0.3 dKH a day needs roughly 36 mL. Quantum's window is 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, or 132 to 188 ppm. The concentrate is dosed with Aragonite A Powder for calcium as a home-mixed two-part system, at separate points so the two never meet undiluted. The powder warms the water as it dissolves, so protective glasses and gloves are recommended when mixing. At 36 mL a day, 35 L lasts well over two years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** Systems from about 200 to 500 L with a steady alkalinity demand.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A batch of concentrate that refills the alkalinity channel for months.
- **Replacing bottled buffer:** Keepers who want the cost saving of powder without the guesswork.
- **SPS and mixed systems:** Tanks that hold alkalinity in the low to middle of the range and adjust in small steps.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Dissolve 69 g per litre:** Stir into RODI water until clear; the result is a 60,000 ppm alkalinity concentrate.
- **Handle with care:** Expect warmth during mixing and wear protective glasses and gloves.
- **Dose to consumption:** With 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH) per 1 mL per 100 L, calculate the daily volume and add it into strong flow.
- **Separate from calcium:** Different dose points for the two powders, and a weekly test to hold 7.4 to 10.5 dKH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **35 L of concentrate:** Years of alkalinity dosing for a mid-sized reef from one pack.
- **Carbonate and bicarbonate blend:** With a buffer component for a stable solution.
- **60,000 ppm strength:** 0.6 ppm, about 0.033 dKH, per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Wide target range:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, covering SPS through LPS.
- **Home-mixed two-part:** Designed to be run with Aragonite A Powder.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA112400
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350427
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 2.4 kg
- **Contents:** Sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, buffer component
- **Mixing Rate:** 69 g per litre of RODI water
- **Solution Made:** 35 L at 60,000 ppm alkalinity
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH)
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A Powder
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B Powder - 4.9kg
Bulk Alkalinity Concentrate Powder Making 70 Litres for Large Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-b-powder-4-9kg/
- Price: $77.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA114900 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350434
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-B-Powder-4.9kg.jpg
Large SPS systems burn through alkalinity solution faster than anything else in the fish room, and Quantum Aragonite B Powder 4.9kg (SKU: QA114900) is sized to keep up. The powder, sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate with a buffer component, dissolves at 69 g per litre of RODI water to make a 60,000 ppm alkalinity solution, and the 4.9 kg pack produces 70 L of it. That is the size Quantum quotes for large reefs and frag systems, and it is meant to be dosed with Aragonite A Powder for calcium as a home-mixed two-part system.
The solution raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm, about 0.033 dKH, for every 1 mL per 100 L, so a 700 L system losing 0.4 dKH a day needs around 85 mL, and 70 L lasts more than two years at that rate. Quantum's target is 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, or 132 to 188 ppm, tested weekly and adjusted in small steps. Dissolving several litres of carbonate at once produces noticeable heat, and the manufacturer's advice to wear protective glasses and gloves applies to every batch. The solution runs on a dosing pump line kept apart from the calcium line.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems of 500 L and more with high daily alkalinity demand.
- **Frag systems and coral farms:** Grow-out racks where bottled buffer would be impractical.
- **Multi-tank dosing:** One batch of concentrate feeding the alkalinity channel on several systems.
- **Retail holding systems:** Shop tanks that dose alkalinity daily at volume.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Mix in batches:** 69 g per litre of RODI water, stirred until fully dissolved, to give a 60,000 ppm concentrate.
- **Glasses and gloves on:** Larger batches warm noticeably during mixing.
- **Set the daily dose:** Each 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH); calculate from tested consumption and dose into high flow.
- **Separate lines:** Run alkalinity and calcium to different points and test weekly for 7.4 to 10.5 dKH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **70 L of concentrate:** Years of alkalinity dosing for a large reef.
- **Carbonate and bicarbonate with buffer:** A stable, consistent alkalinity solution.
- **Known strength:** 60,000 ppm, giving 0.6 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Published range:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH (132 to 188 ppm), tested weekly on a large system.
- **Two-part partner:** Runs with Aragonite A Powder for calcium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA114900
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350434
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 4.9 kg
- **Contents:** Sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, buffer component
- **Mixing Rate:** 69 g per litre of RODI water
- **Solution Made:** 70 L at 60,000 ppm alkalinity
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH)
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A Powder
---
#### Quantum Aragonite B Powder - 9.7kg
Largest Alkalinity Concentrate Powder Making 140 Litres of Solution.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aragonite-b-powder-9-7kg/
- Price: $129.22 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA119700 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350441
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/QA119700.jpg
At coral-farm scale, alkalinity is mixed in drums, and Quantum Aragonite B Powder 9.7kg (SKU: QA119700) is the pack that fills one. It is sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate with a buffer component, dissolved at 69 g per litre of RODI water to make a 60,000 ppm alkalinity solution, and the 9.7 kg produces 140 L of concentrate. Dosed with Aragonite A Powder for calcium, it forms a home-mixed two-part system at the lowest cost per dose Quantum offers, which is why it is the size farms, wholesalers and maintenance businesses buy.
The solution raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm, about 0.033 dKH, for each 1 mL per 100 L. A 2,000 L farm system losing 0.4 dKH a day needs about 240 mL, so 140 L covers around a year and a half. Quantum's target is 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, or 132 to 188 ppm, held with weekly tests and small adjustments. Mixing carbonate in quantity releases heat, and the manufacturer's warning to wear protective glasses and gloves should be followed on every batch; working in smaller lots keeps the temperature down. The concentrate is run on its own dosing line, away from calcium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems in the thousands of litres with constant alkalinity demand.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs and sumps past 1,000 L that would exhaust smaller packs quickly.
- **Maintenance businesses:** One pack supplying alkalinity concentrate for a round of client tanks.
- **Wholesale holding systems:** Tanks dosing alkalinity daily at commercial volume.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Mix in manageable lots:** 69 g per litre of RODI water until dissolved; smaller batches stay cooler and dissolve faster.
- **Use protective equipment:** Glasses and gloves on every batch, since carbonate warms the water as it dissolves.
- **Calculate the dose:** 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH) per 1 mL per 100 L; scale the daily volume to tested consumption and dose into high flow.
- **Separate lines, weekly tests:** Keep alkalinity and calcium dose points apart and hold 7.4 to 10.5 dKH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **140 L of concentrate:** The biggest alkalinity yield Quantum offers, sized for farms and businesses.
- **Carbonate and bicarbonate blend:** With a buffer component for consistency.
- **60,000 ppm strength:** Each 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.6 ppm, about 0.033 dKH.
- **Published target:** 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, or 132 to 188 ppm, held with weekly testing.
- **Two-part system:** Designed to run with Aragonite A Powder.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA119700
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350441
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity Buffer (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 9.7 kg
- **Contents:** Sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, buffer component
- **Mixing Rate:** 69 g per litre of RODI water
- **Solution Made:** 140 L at 60,000 ppm alkalinity
- **Effect:** 1 mL of solution per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.6 ppm (about 0.033 dKH)
- **Target Range:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH (132–188 ppm)
- **Safety:** May become hot when mixing; wear protective glasses and gloves
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A Powder
---
#### Quantum Aragonite C 1L — Magnesium Supplement for Reef Aquariums
Magnesium part of the three-part Aragonite dosing system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13228
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA121000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801335
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-C-1l.jpg
On a 300 L reef the magnesium channel of a doser is the one refilled least often, and a litre bottle stretches the interval further still. Quantum Aragonite C 1L (SKU: QA121000) is the magnesium part of Quantum's three-part Aragonite system in the litre size, a solution of magnesium, sulphate and trace elements in deionised water, dosed alongside Aragonite A (calcium) and Aragonite B (alkalinity). Each 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm, a maintenance rate designed to replace daily consumption, and Quantum's published range is 1,230 to 1,310 ppm. The litre suits displays of 200 to 400 L.
The daily rate is 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking, chosen by testing and adjusted in small steps; once settled, a test every week or two is enough. The solution runs on a dosing pump, which is how a litre is generally used, and goes into high flow at its own dose point away from the calcium and alkalinity lines. A large shortfall is made up over several days, given the modest effect per millilitre. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a litre keeps a 300 L reef supplied for around fifteen months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Displays of 200 to 400 L:** The bottle size that matches a mid-to-large reef's daily consumption.
- **Automated dosing:** A litre that fills a doser reservoir for a long run between refills.
- **Steady downward drift:** Tanks that lose magnesium slowly between water changes.
- **Multi-tank systems:** One bottle feeding the magnesium line of a shared sump.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Begin at 0.5 mL per 100 L:** Increase to 0.75 or 1.0 mL only if the tested reading keeps falling.
- **Own dose point:** High flow, separate from the Aragonite A and B outlets.
- **Correct over days:** About 1 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L, so a big shortfall is restored gradually.
- **Retest fortnightly:** Keep magnesium within 1,230 to 1,310 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium plus sulphate and trace elements:** A deionised-water solution.
- **Stated effect:** 1 mL per 100 L lifts magnesium by roughly 1 ppm.
- **Manufacturer's range:** 1,230 to 1,310 ppm.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** A litre sized for long doser runs on the magnesium channel.
- **Part C of three:** Paired with Aragonite A (calcium) and Aragonite B (alkalinity).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA121000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801335
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, magnesium, sulphate, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Range:** Magnesium 1,230–1,310 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Coverage:** About fifteen months on a 300 L reef at 0.75 mL per 100 L
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and B
---
#### Quantum Aragonite C 250ml — Magnesium Supplement for Reef Aquariums
Magnesium part of the three-part Aragonite dosing system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13226
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA120250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801311
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-C-250ml.jpg
Magnesium is consumed more slowly than calcium or alkalinity, which is why the smallest bottle of it lasts longest. Quantum Aragonite C 250ml (SKU: QA120250) is the magnesium part of Quantum's three-part Aragonite system, a solution of magnesium, sulphate and trace elements in deionised water, dosed alongside Aragonite A (calcium) and Aragonite B (alkalinity). Each 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm, a maintenance-strength rate intended to replace daily consumption rather than correct a large shortfall in one dose. Quantum's published magnesium range for the system is 1,230 to 1,310 ppm, and the bottle carries the same solution as the larger sizes.
The daily rate is 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for lightly, moderately or heavily stocked aquariums, and because magnesium moves slowly it is usually tested every week or two rather than daily. The solution can run through a dosing pump and is added into high flow at its own dose point, separate from the A and B lines. A reading 50 ppm below range is brought back over several days, since each 1 mL per 100 L adds only about 1 ppm. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a 250 mL bottle covers a 60 L nano for about eighteen months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Small systems with a modest daily magnesium draw.
- **Completing a three-part set:** The magnesium bottle to run with Aragonite A and B on a small tank.
- **Holding a tested level:** Aquariums where magnesium drifts down between water changes.
- **Frag tanks:** Small volumes kept at the same magnesium reading as the display.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Start at 0.5 mL per 100 L per day and move to 0.75 or 1.0 mL if the reading keeps falling.
- **Dose into flow:** Add in a high-flow area at a point separate from Aragonite A and B.
- **Correct slowly:** Each 1 mL per 100 L adds about 1 ppm, so restore a low reading over several days.
- **Retest fortnightly:** Keep magnesium within 1,230 to 1,310 ppm and adjust the daily dose in small steps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium with sulphate and trace elements:** In deionised water, without calcium or buffer.
- **Measured effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm.
- **Published range:** 1,230 to 1,310 ppm, checked every week or two.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Runs on a small automated doser.
- **Three-part system:** Dosed with Aragonite A (calcium) and Aragonite B (alkalinity), each at its own point.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA120250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801311
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, magnesium, sulphate, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Range:** Magnesium 1,230–1,310 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and B
---
#### Quantum Aragonite C 500ml — Magnesium Supplement for Reef Aquariums
Magnesium part of the three-part Aragonite dosing system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13227
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA120500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801328
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-C-500ml.jpg
Magnesium is the parameter that lets the other two be held in range: with it where it should be, calcium and alkalinity can both sit high without precipitating. Quantum Aragonite C 500ml (SKU: QA120500) is the magnesium part of Quantum's three-part Aragonite system, a solution of magnesium, sulphate and trace elements in deionised water, dosed alongside Aragonite A (calcium) and Aragonite B (alkalinity). Each 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm, a maintenance rate meant to replace daily consumption. Quantum's published range is 1,230 to 1,310 ppm, and the 500 mL bottle suits home reefs of 100 to 200 L.
The daily rate is 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking, set by testing: start low and increase only if the reading keeps falling. A fortnightly test is usually enough once the dose is settled. The solution can run on a dosing pump and goes into a high-flow area at its own dose point, separate from the calcium and alkalinity lines. A reading well below range is brought back over a number of days because the effect per millilitre is modest. At 0.75 mL per 100 L a 500 mL bottle supplies a 150 L reef for around fifteen months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Home reefs of 100 to 200 L:** The everyday bottle size for a mid-size display.
- **Three-part dosing:** The magnesium line of an Aragonite A, B and C doser.
- **Slow downward drift:** Aquariums where magnesium falls a little each week.
- **Matching a high calcium and alkalinity regime:** Keeping magnesium in range so the other two hold.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the rate by test:** 0.5 mL per 100 L to begin, 0.75 or 1.0 mL if the reading drops.
- **Separate dose point:** Into high flow, away from the Aragonite A and B outlets.
- **Raise gradually:** About 1 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L, so corrections take days, not hours.
- **Test every one to two weeks:** Hold the reading between 1,230 and 1,310 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium, sulphate and trace elements:** Carried in deionised water.
- **Known effect per millilitre:** About 1 ppm of magnesium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Quantum's range:** 1,230 to 1,310 ppm magnesium.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suited to automated daily dosing.
- **One of three parts:** Run alongside Aragonite A (calcium) and Aragonite B (alkalinity).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA120500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801328
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, magnesium, sulphate, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Range:** Magnesium 1,230–1,310 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and B
---
#### Quantum Aragonite C 5L — Magnesium Supplement for Reef Aquariums
Magnesium part of the three-part Aragonite dosing system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13229
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA121010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801342
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Aragonite-C-5l.jpg
Even a slow-moving parameter adds up across a 1,000 L system, and a 5 L container is the practical way to keep the magnesium line filled. Quantum Aragonite C 5L (SKU: QA121010) is the magnesium part of Quantum's three-part Aragonite system in its bulk size, a solution of magnesium, sulphate and trace elements in deionised water, dosed alongside Aragonite A (calcium) and Aragonite B (alkalinity). Each 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm, a maintenance rate intended to replace daily consumption, and Quantum's published range is 1,230 to 1,310 ppm. Large reefs, shops and coral farms buy this size.
The daily rate is 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking, so a 1,000 L system at the moderate rate uses 7.5 mL a day and gets close to two years from the container. The rate is set by testing and adjusted in small steps, with a test every week or two once settled. The solution runs on a dosing pump, drawn straight from the container into the magnesium line, and enters high flow away from the calcium and alkalinity lines. A large shortfall is restored over several days because the effect per millilitre is modest.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Displays and sumps of 500 L and more.
- **Shops and coral farms:** Central systems dosed from a single container.
- **Long doser runs:** A magnesium supply that needs refilling only a few times a year.
- **Three-part regimes at scale:** Matching the 5 L sizes of Aragonite A and B.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate by test:** 0.5 mL per 100 L to start, 0.75 or 1.0 mL if the reading keeps falling.
- **Draw from the container:** Feed the doser line directly rather than decanting.
- **Separate outlet:** Into high flow, away from the A and B dose points.
- **Fortnightly test:** Hold magnesium between 1,230 and 1,310 ppm; correct shortfalls over several days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium, sulphate, trace elements:** Dissolved in deionised water.
- **Effect per dose:** Roughly 1 ppm magnesium for every 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Target window:** 1,230 to 1,310 ppm per Quantum.
- **Bulk 5 L:** About two years on a 1,000 L system at the moderate rate.
- **Completes the trio:** Dosed alongside Aragonite A (calcium) and B (alkalinity).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA121010
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801342
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, magnesium, sulphate, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Range:** Magnesium 1,230–1,310 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable; draw directly from the container
- **Coverage:** About two years on a 1,000 L system at 0.75 mL per 100 L
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums, dosed with Aragonite A and B
---
#### Quantum Bio-active Carbon - 500g
Macropore Activated Carbon for Reef Tanks with Bag and Cup.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-active-carbon-500g/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA630500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650719
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-active-Carbon-500g.jpg
Soft corals wage chemical war on their neighbours, and the carbon in the sump is what keeps the peace. Quantum Bio-active Carbon 500g (SKU: QA630500) is the smallest pack of Quantum's Reef Essential Bio-active Carbon, a granular activated carbon with a pore structure that carries a greater ratio of macropores than ordinary grades. Those large pores are what adsorb big organic molecules such as coral toxins, and they double as housing for beneficial bacteria, so the media keeps a biological role as its adsorption sites fill. The 500 g pack is about 1 L of media and treats up to 3,333 L.
Monthly dosing follows stocking: 15 g per 100 L for a lightly stocked reef, 25 g for moderate and 50 g for heavy, with 250 g per 100 L for heavy-metal removal. The carbon is rinsed in RODI water until clear before each use, placed in the 800 micron zip bag supplied and run in a high-flow area or a reactor on its slowest setting, then replaced monthly. Quantum states that it does not leach phosphate and does not release what it has captured. A 200 L reef at the moderate rate uses 50 g a month, so the pack lasts ten months; a measuring cup is included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Tanks under about 250 L where 500 g covers most of a year.
- **Coral toxins:** Mixed tanks of soft corals and LPS that irritate each other chemically.
- **Yellow water:** Clearing the tint that dulls lighting and coral colour.
- **After a copper or medication scare:** Running the heavy-metal rate before invertebrates return.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Weigh or cup it:** 15, 25 or 50 g per 100 L per month by stocking; 250 g per 100 L for heavy metals.
- **Rinse in RODI until clear:** Before every use, to keep dust out of the display.
- **High flow or slow reactor:** In the 800 micron bag supplied.
- **Replace monthly:** Fresh carbon each month keeps the adsorption working.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macropore structure:** A greater ratio of large pores for coral toxins and big organics.
- **Hosts beneficial bacteria:** The same pores give nitrifiers somewhere to live.
- **Reef-safe chemistry:** No phosphate leaching and no release of adsorbed molecules.
- **Bag and cup included:** 800 micron zip bag and measuring cup in the pack.
- **About 1 L of media:** Treats up to 3,333 L from 500 g.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA630500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650719
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Activated Carbon)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g (about 1 L of media)
- **Capacity:** Treats up to 3,333 L
- **Dose Rate:** 15, 25 or 50 g per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking; 250 g per 100 L for heavy-metal removal
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water until run-off is clear before each use
- **Placement:** High-flow area or reactor on slowest setting; replace monthly
- **Included:** 800 micron zipper-locked bag and measuring cup
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-active Zeolite - 1.2kg
Ammonia and Nitrite Adsorbing Filter Media with Zip Bag.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-active-zeolite-1-2kg/
- Price: $18.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA601200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321773
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-active-Zeolite-1.2kg.jpg
A new tank, a moved tank or a tank with a dead fish behind the rock all have the same problem for a few days: ammonia the filter cannot yet handle. Quantum Bio-active Zeolite 1.2kg (SKU: QA601200) is a natural zeolite media that removes ammonia and ammonium, nitrite, nutrients, heavy metals and other unwanted molecules from aquarium water. Quantum sources a grade originally used to sanitise human drinking water, with a smaller, more consistent particle size that also gives beneficial bacteria more surface to colonise. It is safe in every kind of aquarium, freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef, and ships in a non-metallic zip bag.
The dose is monthly and scales with stocking: 30 g per 100 L for a lightly stocked tank, 50 g for moderate and 70 g for heavy. That makes the 1.2 kg pack a month's media for anything from about 1,700 L heavily stocked to 4,000 L lightly stocked, or many months on a home tank; a 200 L community aquarium uses 100 g a month and gets a year from the pack. The bag sits in a media reactor or a high-flow area, and it can run beside activated carbon so long as the two are kept in separate bags. Parameters should be monitored and supplemented as needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New and cycling tanks:** Holding ammonia and nitrite down while the biological filter matures.
- **After a loss:** A dead fish, an overfeed or a filter failure that spikes ammonia.
- **Heavy-metal concerns:** Tap water or a metal ornament suspected of leaching.
- **Any aquarium type:** Safe in freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef systems alike.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Weigh by stocking:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking.
- **Bag it:** Use the non-metallic zip bag supplied and place it in a reactor or where flow is highest.
- **Carbon alongside, not mixed:** Run activated carbon in its own bag if both are wanted.
- **Monthly renewal:** Replace the media each month and test parameters, supplementing what the zeolite removes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Removes ammonia and nitrite:** Plus nutrients, heavy metals and other unwanted molecules.
- **Drinking-water grade:** A natural zeolite first used for sanitising human water supplies.
- **Bacteria-friendly particle size:** Smaller, consistent grains with more surface for colonisation.
- **Every aquarium type:** Freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef.
- **Zip bag included:** Non-metallic zipper-locked media bag in the pack, ready for the reactor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA601200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321773
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Zeolite)
- **Net Weight:** 1.2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Monthly Coverage:** About 1,714 L (heavy) to 4,000 L (light)
- **Placement:** Media reactor or high-flow area, in the supplied non-metallic zip bag; keep separate from carbon
- **Included:** Non-metallic zipper-locked media bag
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-active Zeolite - 12kg
Trade Pack Zeolite Filter Media for Shops, Farms and Large Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-active-zeolite-12kg/
- Price: $121.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA601212 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321759
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-active-Zeolite-12kg.jpg
Retail systems take in new stock every week, and every delivery brings ammonia the filter did not plan for. Quantum Bio-active Zeolite 12kg (SKU: QA601212) is the trade pack of Quantum's natural zeolite media, which removes ammonia and ammonium, nitrite, nutrients, heavy metals and other unwanted molecules from aquarium and pond water. The grade was originally used to sanitise human drinking water, and its smaller, consistent particle size gives beneficial bacteria a large surface to colonise. It is safe across freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef systems, which suits a shop running all of them.
At 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking, 12 kg is a month's media for about 17,000 L heavily stocked or 40,000 L lightly stocked. A shop with 6,000 L of holding tanks at the heavy rate uses 4.2 kg a month and gets nearly three months from the pack; a 20,000 L koi pond at the light rate uses 6 kg. The media goes in the non-metallic zip bag supplied, or several bags, in reactors or high-flow areas, kept apart from activated carbon. Parameters are monitored and supplemented, since zeolite removes nutrients and trace elements too.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail and wholesale systems:** Centralised holding tanks where constant new arrivals keep ammonia unpredictable.
- **Fish farms and breeders:** Vats, raceways and grow-out tubs where ammonia control protects valuable stock.
- **Large koi ponds:** Tens of thousands of litres treated monthly through the warm season when feeding is heaviest.
- **Maintenance contractors:** A trade pack that stretches across a full round of client ponds and aquariums before reordering.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Weigh for each system:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month by stocking, recorded per tank or pond.
- **Distribute in bags:** The supplied zip bag and extra non-metallic bags across reactors and high-flow zones.
- **No mixing with carbon:** Separate bags if both media are run in the same filter.
- **Monthly replacement:** Swap the media each month, test, and supplement the elements the zeolite strips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trade quantity:** 12 kg of natural zeolite packed for commercial and large pond systems.
- **Ammonia, nitrite and metals:** Broad removal of unwanted molecules.
- **Human-grade origin:** A zeolite first used to sanitise human drinking water supplies.
- **Biological surface:** Small, uniform particles that bacteria colonise.
- **Rated across the shop:** Freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef systems can all run the same media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA601212
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321759
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Zeolite)
- **Net Weight:** 12 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Monthly Coverage:** About 17,143 L (heavy) to 40,000 L (light)
- **Placement:** Media reactor or high-flow area, in non-metallic zip bags; keep separate from carbon
- **Included:** Non-metallic zipper-locked media bag
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-active Zeolite - 2.5kg
Natural Zeolite Filter Media for Ammonia, Nitrite and Heavy Metals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-active-zeolite-2-5kg/
- Price: $35.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA602500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321926
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-active-Zeolite-2.5kg.jpg
Zeolite earns its place in a filter by doing the one job biological media cannot do on day one: pulling ammonia out of the water before bacteria exist to eat it. Quantum Bio-active Zeolite 2.5kg (SKU: QA602500) is a natural zeolite that removes ammonia and ammonium, nitrite, nutrients, heavy metals and other unwanted molecules, made from a grade originally used to sanitise drinking water. Its smaller and more uniform particle size gives beneficial bacteria more surface to colonise, so the media keeps working biologically as its adsorption sites fill. It suits freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef aquariums.
Monthly dosing is 30 g per 100 L for a lightly stocked system, 50 g for moderate and 70 g for heavy, so the 2.5 kg pack covers about 3,600 L heavily stocked to 8,300 L lightly stocked for a month, or a 400 L tank for a year at the moderate rate. The media goes in the non-metallic zip bag supplied and sits in a reactor or a high-flow area of the filter. It can run beside activated carbon in a separate bag, but the two are never mixed. Because zeolite removes nutrients and trace elements as well as toxins, Quantum advises monitoring parameters and supplementing as required.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized tanks and ponds:** Systems of 300 to 800 L on a monthly media change.
- **Cycling and restocking:** Protecting fish while a new or upgraded filter matures.
- **Nitrite spikes:** Tanks that show nitrite after a medication course or a heavy filter clean-out.
- **Marine and reef systems:** FOWLR and reef tanks as well as freshwater and ponds.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Measure the monthly dose:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L by stocking.
- **Bag and place:** In the supplied zip bag, in a reactor or the highest-flow part of the filter.
- **Separate from carbon:** Two bags side by side if both media are wanted; the two are never combined in one.
- **Replace monthly and test:** Supplement any elements the zeolite strips along with the toxins.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad removal:** Ammonia, ammonium, nitrite, nutrients, heavy metals and more.
- **Human-grade origin:** A zeolite first used for sanitising drinking water.
- **Biological bonus:** Consistent small particles that bacteria colonise readily.
- **Safe everywhere:** Rated for freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef aquariums without exception.
- **2.5 kg with bag:** A full year of monthly changes on a 400 L tank at the moderate rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA602500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321926
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Zeolite)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Monthly Coverage:** About 3,571 L (heavy) to 8,333 L (light)
- **Placement:** Media reactor or high-flow area, in the supplied non-metallic zip bag; keep separate from carbon
- **Included:** Non-metallic zipper-locked media bag
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-active Zeolite - 6kg
Bulk Zeolite Filter Media for Ponds, Large Tanks and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-active-zeolite-6kg/
- Price: $68.60 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA606000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321780
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-active-Zeolite-6kg.jpg
A pond in spring and a fish room in quarantine season both need ammonia control by the kilogram. Quantum Bio-active Zeolite 6kg (SKU: QA606000) is a natural zeolite that removes ammonia and ammonium, nitrite, nutrients, heavy metals and other unwanted molecules from aquarium and pond water. The grade Quantum uses was originally developed to sanitise human drinking water, and its smaller, more consistent particles give beneficial bacteria more surface to settle on, so the media works chemically and biologically at once. It is safe in freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef systems.
The monthly dose is 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking, which makes 6 kg a month's media for about 8,500 L heavily stocked or 20,000 L lightly stocked. A 5,000 L pond at the moderate rate uses 2.5 kg a month, so the pack covers most of a season. The media goes in the non-metallic zip bag supplied and sits in a reactor or a high-flow area; activated carbon can run alongside in its own bag but is never mixed in. Zeolite strips nutrients and trace elements along with toxins, so parameters are monitored and supplemented as needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ponds:** Spring start-up, when the filter is cold and slow, and summer ammonia control on several thousand litres.
- **Large displays:** Tanks of 800 L and more that go through a kilogram or so of media a month.
- **Quarantine and fish rooms:** Several tanks protected at once while new filters mature or after a medication course.
- **Marine systems:** Large FOWLR and reef tanks as well as freshwater, since the media is rated for both.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Weigh per system:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month by stocking, kitchen scales are accurate enough.
- **Reactor or high flow:** In the supplied zip bag, or split into several bags across a large pond filter.
- **Carbon separately:** Activated carbon may run alongside but never in the same bag as the zeolite.
- **Monthly change, regular tests:** Replace the media each month and supplement the elements it removes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk ammonia control:** 6 kg of zeolite for ponds and large systems.
- **Removes more than ammonia:** Nitrite, nutrients, heavy metals and other unwanted molecules.
- **Drinking-water grade:** Natural zeolite first used for human water supplies.
- **Bacteria-friendly:** Small, consistent particles with a high surface area for colonisation.
- **Every system type:** Freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA606000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321780
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Zeolite)
- **Net Weight:** 6 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 30, 50 or 70 g per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Monthly Coverage:** About 8,571 L (heavy) to 20,000 L (light)
- **Placement:** Media reactor or high-flow area, in the supplied non-metallic zip bag; keep separate from carbon
- **Included:** Non-metallic zipper-locked media bag
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted, pond, FOWLR and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-enhance - 100ml
Amino Acid, Vitamin and Fatty Acid Coral Supplement for Nano Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-enhance-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA230100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350007
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-enhance-100ml.jpg
Corals in a nano get fed less often than corals in a big tank, simply because every feed shows up on the phosphate test. Quantum Bio-Enhance 100ml (SKU: QA230100) is the way round that: a blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy and what Quantum calls cellular bound nourishment enhancers, in deionised water, dosed in drops rather than fed as particles. It is formulated to improve colour, induce feeding responses, increase vitality and boost immunity, and it is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems. The 100 mL bottle is dosed per 50 L for small tanks.
The daily dose is 5 drops per 50 L for a lightly stocked tank, 7 drops for moderate and 10 for heavy, with 20 drops to the millilitre, added straight into high water flow. There is no need to shake the bottle, no refrigeration to worry about, and it can go on a dosing pump if the keeper prefers. On a 60 L nano at the moderate rate that is about 8 drops a day, so the bottle runs for roughly eight months. Many keepers dose it in the evening, when LPS polyps are extended and the feeding response is easiest to see.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Small LPS, mixed and SPS tanks where particle foods would overload the system.
- **Corals that will not open:** Acans, favias and zoanthids that stay closed and need a feeding trigger.
- **Colour and vitality:** Tanks where tissue has thinned or pigments have dulled.
- **NPS systems:** Non-photosynthetic corals that take dissolved nutrition between meals.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Drops by stocking:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L daily for light, moderate or heavy tanks.
- **Into strong flow:** Add directly into high water flow so it disperses to every coral; no shaking needed.
- **Watch the response:** Feeding tentacles and open polyps within minutes show the dose is reaching the corals.
- **Pump if preferred:** Suitable for a small dosing pump on a fixed daily schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dissolved coral nutrition:** Amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein and fatty acids without particles.
- **Energy and nourishment enhancers:** Quantum's additions to help corals use what they are given.
- **Four stated benefits:** Improved colour, feeding response, vitality and immunity.
- **No fridge, no shaking:** Stores at room temperature and pours straight from the bottle.
- **Nano drop dosing:** 5 to 10 drops per 50 L a day.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA230100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350007
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Nutrition (Amino Acids & Vitamins)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy, cellular bound nourishment enhancers
- **Dose Rate:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Application:** Add directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-enhance - 1l
Litre of Amino Acid and Vitamin Coral Supplement for Large Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13284
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA231000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801212
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-enhance-1l.jpg
On a 500 L reef the daily amino dose is close to 4 mL, and a litre is what keeps the doser channel full for most of a year. Quantum Bio-Enhance 1L (SKU: QA231000) is a blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy and cellular bound nourishment enhancers in deionised water, formulated to improve colour, induce feeding responses, increase vitality and boost immunity. It carries a 10 mL capful, is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems, and on a tank this size it usually runs from a dosing pump.
The dose per 100 L per day is 0.50 mL for a lightly stocked reef, 0.75 mL for a moderately stocked one and 1.00 mL for a heavily stocked system, delivered straight into high water flow. The solution is not shaken, does not need refrigeration and is suitable for dosing pumps. A 500 L reef at the moderate rate uses 3.75 mL a day, so a litre lasts close to nine months, and a 300 L tank runs well past a year. Large LPS displays often see the strongest response, with tentacles out across the tank within minutes of the dose.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Reefs of 400 L and more feeding many colonies at once.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre that refills the amino channel only a few times a year.
- **LPS-dominant tanks:** Euphyllia, acan and chalice displays that show a strong feeding response.
- **NPS displays:** Non-photosynthetic systems adding dissolved nutrition between particle feeds.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate for the system:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L each day, set by how heavily the reef is stocked.
- **Deliver into flow:** Pump line or hand dose into strong circulation; the bottle is not shaken.
- **Time it for feeding:** An evening dose brings LPS out for target feeding while their tentacles are extended.
- **Review as the tank fills:** Increase the rate as coral cover grows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full nutrient blend:** Amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein and fatty acids for corals.
- **Energy and nourishment enhancers:** Quantum's additions to aid uptake of the blend by the corals.
- **Colour and immunity:** Formulated to improve colour, feeding response, vitality and immunity.
- **Litre for large systems:** Around nine months of daily dosing for a 500 L reef at 0.75 mL per 100 L.
- **Doser-ready:** Suited to a pump channel, and the 10 mL capful covers hand dosing when needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA231000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801212
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Nutrition (Amino Acids & Vitamins)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy, cellular bound nourishment enhancers
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Add directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-enhance - 250ml
Coral Colour and Vitality Supplement with Amino Acids and Vitamins.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-enhance-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA230250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801199
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-enhance-250ml.jpg
Coral colour is only partly about light; a coral that is fed looks different from one that is merely surviving. Quantum Bio-Enhance 250ml (SKU: QA230250) supplies the nutrition side: a blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy and cellular bound nourishment enhancers in deionised water, formulated to improve colour, induce feeding responses, increase vitality and boost immunity. It is dosed in millilitres per 100 L with a 10 mL capful, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef systems.
Per 100 L per day the dose is 0.50 mL for light stocking, 0.75 mL for moderate and 1.00 mL where corals are dense, added straight into high water flow. The bottle needs no shaking and no refrigeration, and the solution runs on a dosing pump. A 200 L reef on the moderate rate takes 1.5 mL a day, which puts the bottle at around five and a half months. Dosed in the evening it doubles as a feeding cue, and LPS that open to it can then be target-fed a particle food while their tentacles are out.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks between 100 and 250 L on daily coral nutrition.
- **Feeding cue:** A dose before target feeding to bring out polyps and tentacles ready for particle food.
- **Recovering corals:** Colonies rebuilding tissue after a move, a dip or a parameter swing, when nutrition speeds recovery.
- **Low-nutrient systems:** Tanks run lean that still want corals fed without particles.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Daily rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L by stocking level, on the tank's net water volume.
- **High-flow addition:** Pour or pump into strong circulation; the bottle is not shaken first.
- **Evening dosing:** Optional, but the feeding response is easiest to see when LPS are extended.
- **Automate if wanted:** Runs cleanly on a dosing pump channel once the daily rate is settled.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad nutrient blend:** Amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein and fatty acids in solution.
- **Energy plus nourishment enhancers:** Formulated to help corals take up and use the nutrition.
- **Colour, feeding, vitality, immunity:** The four benefits Quantum formulates the blend to deliver.
- **Room-temperature storage:** No refrigeration, and no shaking before use, so it pours straight from the shelf.
- **10 mL capful, pump-compatible:** Measure by hand or dose automatically.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA230250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801199
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Nutrition (Amino Acids & Vitamins)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy, cellular bound nourishment enhancers
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Add directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-enhance - 500ml
Daily Amino Acid and Vitamin Dosing for Coral Health in Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-enhance-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA230500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801205
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-enhance-500ml.jpg
Amino acid dosing has become a fixture on SPS systems because the difference in tissue thickness and colour is visible within weeks. Quantum Bio-Enhance 500ml (SKU: QA230500) is Quantum's version in the size a 300 L reef uses for seven months: a blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy and cellular bound nourishment enhancers in deionised water, formulated to improve colour, induce feeding responses, increase vitality and boost immunity. Quantum lists it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems; the bottle is dosed by the millilitre per 100 L and carries a 10 mL capful.
Quantum sets the rate at 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L a day, depending on whether stocking is light, moderate or heavy, and the dose goes straight into high water flow. Nothing needs shaking, nothing needs refrigerating, and a dosing pump can carry the routine. A 300 L reef on the moderate rate uses 2.25 mL a day, so the bottle lasts a little over seven months. Because the effect on polyp extension is quick, most keepers can tell within a week whether the rate suits their tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** Tanks of roughly 200 to 400 L keeping LPS, mixed or SPS corals.
- **SPS tissue and colour:** Acropora and montipora systems where thin tissue dulls the colour.
- **Doser owners:** Half a litre keeps an amino channel topped up for months on a mid-sized reef.
- **Feeding response:** Tanks where LPS stay closed and need a cue to extend.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Stocking-based dose:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily, on the tank's water volume.
- **Straight into flow:** Hand dose or pump into strong circulation without shaking the bottle.
- **Judge by the corals:** Polyp extension and tissue colour within a week or two tell you the rate is right.
- **Step up with growth:** Move to the heavier rate as coral cover increases.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete coral nutrition in solution:** Amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein and fatty acids.
- **Energy and nourishment enhancers:** To help corals absorb and use the blend.
- **Formulated for four outcomes:** Colour, feeding response, vitality and immunity.
- **Simple handling:** No refrigeration and no shaking, so it can live beside the doser.
- **Capful and pump:** A 10 mL cap when dosing by hand, or a dosing pump for the daily routine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA230500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801205
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Nutrition (Amino Acids & Vitamins)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy, cellular bound nourishment enhancers
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Add directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-enhance - 5l
Bulk Amino Acid and Vitamin Coral Supplement for Farms and Shop Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13285
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA235000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801229
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/QA235000.jpg
Coral farms dose amino acids because fed frags heal faster, colour up sooner and sell better, and at farm scale that means litres a month. Quantum Bio-Enhance 5L (SKU: QA235000) is the bulk size: a blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy and cellular bound nourishment enhancers in deionised water, formulated to improve colour, induce feeding responses, increase vitality and boost immunity. The 5 L container has a 20 mL capful, is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems, and is usually plumbed straight into a dosing line.
The rate is unchanged from the bottles, 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L a day for light, moderate or heavy stocking, added straight into high water flow. It is not shaken, needs no refrigeration and runs on dosing pumps. A 2,000 L farm system on the moderate rate draws 15 mL a day, which puts 5 L at roughly eleven months; a busy retail coral system with heavy stocking uses it faster but still gets most of a year. Fresh-cut frags are where the benefit shows first, in the speed of tissue closing over the cut.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems dosing amino acids daily across thousands of litres.
- **Retail coral systems:** Shop tanks keeping stock fed, coloured and open for customers.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs and sumps past 1,000 L feeding amino acids from a central doser.
- **Fragging operations:** Systems where newly cut frags need to heal quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate per rack:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L a day according to the coral load on each system.
- **Dose into circulation:** Pump line or capful into strong flow; no shaking before drawing a dose.
- **Watch the frags:** Polyp extension and healing speed show whether the rate suits each rack.
- **Scale with stock:** Raise the rate as racks fill and the demand for nutrition climbs with them.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk coral nutrition:** 5 L of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein and fatty acids.
- **Energy and nourishment enhancers:** Included to help corals use the blend across every rack.
- **Colour, feeding, vitality, immunity:** The four outcomes Quantum formulates for.
- **20 mL capful:** A larger cap for hand dosing big volumes whenever a system is off the pump.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for a central dosing line feeding several systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA235000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801229
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Nutrition (Amino Acids & Vitamins)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, blend of amino acids, vitamins, carbohydrates, protein, fatty acids, energy, cellular bound nourishment enhancers
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Application:** Add directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-gen - 100ml
Iodide, Fluoride and Bromide Supplement for White, Blue and Violet Coral Colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13257
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA190100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350021
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-gen-100ml.jpg
The halogens are the elements a reef runs out of quietly, because standard test kits rarely cover them and the corals fade before anyone notices. Quantum Bio-Gen 100ml (SKU: QA190100) is a solution of iodide, fluoride and bromide in deionised water, formulated to intensify white, blue and violet coral colour while helping to reduce bleaching, improve calcification and support the corals' natural resistance. The 100 mL bottle is dosed in drops per 50 L, which suits nano and small reefs, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
Dosing follows stocking: 5 drops per 50 L daily for a lightly stocked tank, 7 for moderate and 10 for heavy, with 20 drops making about 1 mL. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm and the other halogens in proportion, and Quantum's targets are 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine, 60 to 70 ppm bromine and 1.0 to 1.2 ppm fluorine. The solution goes directly into high water flow, needs no shaking and suits a dosing pump. At 7 drops per 50 L, a 100 L nano uses 14 drops a day and the bottle lasts about four and a half months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Small LPS, mixed and SPS tanks where drops give a workable daily dose.
- **Fading blues and whites:** Corals whose blue, violet or white tissue has dulled since the tank matured.
- **Systems without halogen dosing:** Tanks on two-part or three-part that replace nothing else.
- **NPS tanks:** Non-photosynthetic corals that still draw on iodide and bromide.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Choose the rate:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking.
- **Dose into high flow:** Add the drops where circulation is strongest; shaking is not required.
- **Test when you can:** Aim for 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine, with 1 mL per 100 L adding about 0.02 ppm.
- **Automate if wanted:** The solution is suitable for a dosing pump once the rate is settled.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three bio-active halogens:** Iodide, fluoride and bromide in one bottle.
- **Colour focus:** Formulated to intensify white, blue and violet coral pigments.
- **Health benefits:** Helps reduce bleaching, improve calcification and support natural resistance.
- **Known effect:** About 0.02 ppm total iodine per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Drop dosing:** 5 to 10 drops per 50 L daily, with 20 drops to the millilitre.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA190100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350021
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Halogen Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, iodide, fluoride and bromide
- **Dose Rate:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Total iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 60–70 ppm; fluorine 1.0–1.2 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-gen - 1l
Litre Bottle of Iodide, Fluoride and Bromide for Large Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13260
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA191000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801373
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-gen-1l.jpg
Large reefs use halogens at a rate that makes a litre the sensible size, and Quantum Bio-Gen 1L (SKU: QA191000) is that size in Quantum's colour range. It is a solution of iodide, fluoride and bromide in deionised water, formulated to intensify white, blue and violet coral colour while helping to reduce bleaching, improve calcification and support natural resistance. The litre is dosed in millilitres per 100 L, carries a 10 mL capful, and is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef systems, where it most often feeds a dosing-pump channel.
Daily dosing is 0.50 mL per 100 L for light stocking, 0.75 mL for moderate and 1.00 mL for heavy. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm and the other halogens in proportion, against targets of 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine, 60 to 70 ppm bromine and 1.0 to 1.2 ppm fluorine. Add it directly into high water flow without shaking, by hand or pump. A 500 L reef at the moderate rate uses 3.75 mL a day, so a litre lasts close to nine months, and a 300 L tank more than a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** LPS, mixed and SPS systems of 400 L and more.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre that refills the halogen channel only a few times a year.
- **Colour-focused SPS tanks:** Systems chasing deep blues, violets and clean whites.
- **Frag systems:** Grow-out racks where a steady halogen supply supports calcification across many young colonies.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Daily rate by stocking:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L.
- **Deliver into flow:** Through a pump line or by hand into strong circulation; no shaking.
- **Test periodically:** Hold total iodine at 0.06 to 0.09 ppm; each 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.02 ppm.
- **Revisit as the tank fills in:** Step up the rate as coral cover increases and colonies thicken.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete halogen part:** Iodide, fluoride and bromide together in one daily dose.
- **White, blue and violet:** Formulated for the cooler coral pigments that fade first when halogens run low.
- **Health support:** Helps reduce bleaching, improve calcification and strengthen natural resistance across the display.
- **Litre for large systems:** Months of daily dosing on a big reef.
- **Doser-ready:** Suitable for dosing pumps, with a 10 mL capful for hand dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA191000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801373
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Halogen Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, iodide, fluoride and bromide
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Total iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 60–70 ppm; fluorine 1.0–1.2 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-gen - 250ml
Bio-Active Halogen Supplement for Blue and Violet Coral Pigments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13258
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA190250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801359
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-gen-250ml.jpg
Iodide, bromide and fluoride are stripped from reef water by skimming, carbon and the corals themselves, and nothing in a two-part system puts them back. Quantum Bio-Gen 250ml (SKU: QA190250) does: a solution of those three bio-active halogens in deionised water, formulated to intensify white, blue and violet coral colour and to help reduce bleaching, improve calcification and strengthen natural resistance. The 250 mL bottle is dosed in millilitres per 100 L with a 10 mL capful, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef systems.
The daily rate is 0.50 mL per 100 L for light stocking, 0.75 mL for moderate and 1.00 mL for heavy. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm with the other halogens rising in proportion, towards targets of 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine, 60 to 70 ppm bromine and 1.0 to 1.2 ppm fluorine. Add it directly into high water flow, no shaking needed, by hand or through a dosing pump. A 200 L reef at the moderate rate uses 1.5 mL a day, so the bottle lasts around five and a half months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** Systems of 100 to 250 L keeping LPS, mixed or SPS corals.
- **Blue and violet acropora:** Colonies whose pigments have washed out under strong light.
- **Heavily skimmed tanks:** Systems where aggressive skimming and carbon strip halogens quickly.
- **Completing a colour regime:** Alongside Bio-Kalium for reds and Bio-Metals for greens.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the daily dose:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L by stocking level.
- **Into strong flow:** Pour or pump the dose where water movement is highest; no shaking required.
- **Check iodine if possible:** Hold 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine; each 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.02 ppm.
- **Pump-friendly:** Runs cleanly on a dosing pump channel, or by capful for keepers who dose by hand.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Iodide, fluoride and bromide:** The three halogens corals use, supplied in bio-active form for quick uptake.
- **Targets white, blue and violet:** Formulated for those pigments specifically, the ones that dull first in a mature tank.
- **Beyond colour:** Helps reduce bleaching, improve calcification and support resistance.
- **Published targets:** Total iodine, bromine and fluorine ranges to test against when an ICP result comes back.
- **10 mL capful:** For hand dosing, with a dosing pump as the alternative.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA190250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801359
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Halogen Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, iodide, fluoride and bromide
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Total iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 60–70 ppm; fluorine 1.0–1.2 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-gen - 500ml
Halogen Supplement for Coral Colour and Calcification in Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13259
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA190500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801366
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-gen-500ml.jpg
A 300 L SPS reef dosing halogens daily gets through about 2 mL a day, and the 500 mL bottle is the size that turns that into a routine rather than a reorder. Quantum Bio-Gen 500ml (SKU: QA190500) is a solution of iodide, fluoride and bromide in deionised water, formulated to intensify white, blue and violet coral colour and to help reduce bleaching, improve calcification and support the corals' natural resistance. It is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems and dosed in millilitres per 100 L with a 10 mL capful.
The rate is 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm, with bromine and fluorine rising in proportion, and the targets are 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine, 60 to 70 ppm bromine and 1.0 to 1.2 ppm fluorine. The solution is added directly into high water flow without shaking and is suitable for dosing pumps. On a 300 L reef at the moderate rate, 2.25 mL a day means the bottle lasts a little over seven months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS systems of 200 to 400 L on daily halogen dosing.
- **Colour work on SPS:** Tanks pushing blue and violet acropora and montipora pigments.
- **Bleaching-prone systems:** High-light tanks where corals pale under stress and halogens run short.
- **Doser channels:** A bottle that fills a pump reservoir for months.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Pick the stocking rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L per day.
- **High-flow addition:** By hand or pump into strong circulation; the bottle does not need shaking.
- **Test against the targets:** 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine, with 0.02 ppm added per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Adjust with stocking:** Move up a rate as coral cover grows and demand for halogens rises with it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bio-active halogen blend:** Iodide, fluoride and bromide in deionised water, ready for immediate uptake.
- **For cool pigments:** Intensifies white, blue and violet coral colour in SPS and LPS alike.
- **Supports coral health:** Helps reduce bleaching, improve calcification and build resistance.
- **Measured effect:** About 0.02 ppm total iodine per 1 mL per 100 L, so corrections are easy to plan.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for automated dosing, with a 10 mL capful for hand use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA190500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801366
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Halogen Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, iodide, fluoride and bromide
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Total iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 60–70 ppm; fluorine 1.0–1.2 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-gen - 5l
Bulk Halogen Supplement for Coral Farms and Large Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13261
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA195000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801380
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-gen-5l.jpg
Coral farms dose halogens across thousands of litres because pale frags do not sell, and Quantum Bio-Gen 5L (SKU: QA195000) is the pack for that volume. It is a solution of iodide, fluoride and bromide in deionised water, formulated to intensify white, blue and violet coral colour and to help reduce bleaching, improve calcification and support natural resistance. The 5 L container carries a 20 mL capful, is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems, and is normally connected straight to a dosing line rather than decanted.
The rate is unchanged from the bottles: 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm with the other halogens in proportion, and the targets are 0.06 to 0.09 ppm total iodine, 60 to 70 ppm bromine and 1.0 to 1.2 ppm fluorine. Add into high water flow without shaking, by pump or capful. A 2,000 L system at the moderate rate takes 15 mL a day, so 5 L lasts about eleven months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems in the thousands of litres dosing halogens daily.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs and sumps past 1,000 L that would empty a litre in weeks.
- **Retail coral systems:** Shop tanks keeping blue and violet stock at full colour.
- **Central dosing:** One container feeding the halogen channel on several systems from a single line.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate per system:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily according to stocking.
- **Dose into circulation:** Via a dosing pump line or by capful into strong flow; shaking is not required.
- **Test on a schedule:** Hold total iodine at 0.06 to 0.09 ppm across the systems, at about 0.02 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Scale with stock:** Increase the rate as racks fill and frags grow into colonies.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk halogen supply:** 5 L of iodide, fluoride and bromide solution for high-volume daily dosing.
- **Cool-pigment formula:** Intensifies white, blue and violet coral colour across every rack it serves.
- **Coral health:** Helps reduce bleaching, improve calcification and support natural resistance under farm lighting.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for hand dosing on large volumes when a system is off the doser.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for direct connection to a central line feeding several racks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA195000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801380
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Halogen Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, iodide, fluoride and bromide
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises total iodine by about 0.02 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Total iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 60–70 ppm; fluorine 1.0–1.2 ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalium - 100ml
Potassium and Boron Supplement for Red and Pink Coral Colour in Small Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-kalium-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA200100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350014
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalium-100ml.jpg
Potassium is the element behind red and pink in many corals, and it falls faster in a small tank than most keepers expect. Quantum Bio-Kalium 100ml (SKU: QA200100) is a solution of ionic and complexed potassium with boron and an energy component in deionised water, formulated to intensify red and pink coral colour. Potassium helps corals transport nutrients, and together with boron it supports the production of aragonite skeleton. The 100 mL bottle is dosed in drops per 50 L for nano reefs, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
The daily rate is 5 drops per 50 L for a lightly stocked tank, 7 for moderate and 10 for heavy, with 20 drops making about 1 mL. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm and boron in proportion, towards maintenance targets of 375 to 400 ppm potassium and 4 to 5 ppm boron. Add the dose directly into high water flow; shaking is not required, and the solution can be used on a dosing pump. A 100 L nano at 7 drops per 50 L uses 14 drops a day, so the bottle lasts about four and a half months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Small LPS, mixed and SPS tanks where drops make a sensible daily dose.
- **Dull reds and pinks:** Corals whose warm pigments have faded as potassium dropped.
- **Low-potassium test results:** Tanks reading below 375 ppm on a potassium or ICP test.
- **Two-part systems:** Set-ups that replace calcium and alkalinity but nothing else.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Select the rate:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L per day by stocking level.
- **Into high flow:** Add the drops where circulation is strongest; no shaking needed.
- **Test potassium:** Hold 375 to 400 ppm; 1 mL per 100 L raises it by about 1 ppm, so correct a shortfall gradually.
- **Pump optional:** Suitable for a small dosing pump once the rate is set.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Potassium with boron:** Ionic and complexed potassium plus boron and an energy component.
- **Red and pink colour:** Formulated to intensify warm coral pigments.
- **Supports skeleton growth:** Potassium and boron together aid aragonite production in stony corals.
- **Known effect:** About 1 ppm potassium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Drop dosing:** 5 to 10 drops per 50 L daily, 20 drops to the millilitre.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA200100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350014
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Potassium Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium, boron and energy
- **Dose Rate:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Potassium 375–400 ppm; boron 4–5 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalium - 1l
Litre of Potassium and Boron Supplement for Large Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13265
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA201000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801410
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalium-1l.jpg
Once a reef passes 400 L the daily potassium dose runs to several millilitres, and the litre bottle is where the routine settles. Quantum Bio-Kalium 1L (SKU: QA201000) is a solution of ionic and complexed potassium with boron and an energy component in deionised water, formulated to intensify red and pink coral colour. Potassium supports nutrient transport within the coral and, with boron, aids aragonite production. It is dosed in millilitres per 100 L, carries a 10 mL capful, and is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems, where it usually feeds a dosing-pump channel.
Per 100 L per day the dose is 0.50 mL for a lightly stocked reef, 0.75 mL for a moderately stocked one and 1.00 mL for a heavily stocked system. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm and boron in proportion, against maintenance targets of 375 to 400 ppm potassium and 4 to 5 ppm boron. Add directly into high water flow without shaking, by hand or through a pump. A 500 L reef at the moderate rate uses 3.75 mL a day, so a litre lasts close to nine months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems from about 400 L upwards keeping LPS, mixed or SPS corals.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre that refills the potassium channel a few times a year.
- **Red and pink SPS collections:** Systems with a lot of montipora and pocillopora to keep warm-toned.
- **Zeolite and carbon users:** Tanks whose media strips potassium steadily.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate by stocking:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Deliver into flow:** Pump line or hand dose into strong circulation; shaking is not required.
- **Test and maintain:** Potassium 375 to 400 ppm and boron 4 to 5 ppm; about 1 ppm potassium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Review with growth:** Increase the rate as coral cover fills the tank and potassium demand climbs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Potassium in two forms:** Ionic for immediate availability, complexed for sustained release.
- **Boron and energy included:** For aragonite production and coral vitality.
- **Warm colour formula:** Intensifies red and pink coral pigments across a large collection.
- **Litre for large systems:** Close to nine months of daily dosing on a 500 L reef at the moderate rate.
- **Doser-ready:** Runs on a dosing pump channel, and the 10 mL capful covers hand dosing when the pump is being serviced.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA201000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801410
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Potassium Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium, boron and energy
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Potassium 375–400 ppm; boron 4–5 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalium - 250ml
Ionic and Complexed Potassium with Boron for Red and Pink Corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-kalium-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA200250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801397
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalium-250ml.jpg
Red montipora and pink birdsnest lose their colour when potassium slips below 375 ppm, and a salt mix alone rarely holds it there. Quantum Bio-Kalium 250ml (SKU: QA200250) is a solution of ionic and complexed potassium with boron and an energy component in deionised water, formulated to intensify red and pink coral colour. Potassium moves nutrients within the coral, and with boron it aids the production of aragonite. The 250 mL bottle is dosed in millilitres per 100 L with a 10 mL capful, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
The daily dose is 0.50 mL per 100 L on a lightly stocked tank, 0.75 mL on a moderate one and 1.00 mL where corals are dense. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm with boron rising in proportion, against maintenance targets of 375 to 400 ppm potassium and 4 to 5 ppm boron. The solution goes directly into high water flow, needs no shaking, and can be run on a dosing pump. On a 200 L reef the moderate rate comes to 1.5 mL a day, which stretches the bottle to roughly five and a half months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks between 100 and 250 L on daily colour dosing.
- **Red and pink SPS:** Montipora, seriatopora and pocillopora that have lost their warmth.
- **Potassium-hungry systems:** Tanks running zeolite or heavy carbon that strip potassium.
- **Part of a colour set:** Alongside Bio-Gen for blues and Bio-Metals for greens.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Daily rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L by stocking.
- **High-flow dosing:** By hand or pump into strong circulation; shaking is not required.
- **Test and hold:** Keep potassium at 375 to 400 ppm; each 1 mL per 100 L adds about 1 ppm.
- **Correct slowly:** Bring a low reading up over several days rather than in one large dose that could stress the corals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two forms of potassium:** Ionic for immediate uptake and complexed for sustained supply through the day.
- **Boron included:** Supports aragonite production alongside potassium, so colour and growth improve together.
- **Warm-pigment formula:** Intensifies red and pink coral colour in SPS and LPS alike.
- **Published targets:** Potassium 375 to 400 ppm and boron 4 to 5 ppm.
- **10 mL capful and pump-compatible:** Measure by hand or automate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA200250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801397
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Potassium Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium, boron and energy
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Potassium 375–400 ppm; boron 4–5 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalium - 500ml
Potassium and Boron Supplement for Coral Colour in Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-kalium-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA200500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801403
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalium-500ml.jpg
A 300 L mixed reef on daily potassium dosing uses roughly 2 mL a day, which makes 500 mL a seven-month supply and the practical size for the tank. Quantum Bio-Kalium 500ml (SKU: QA200500) is a solution of ionic and complexed potassium with boron and an energy component in deionised water, formulated to intensify red and pink coral colour. Potassium helps corals transport nutrients and, with boron, aids the production of aragonite. It is dosed in millilitres per 100 L with a 10 mL capful and rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
Quantum sets the rate at 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L a day, depending on whether stocking is light, moderate or heavy. A millilitre per 100 L lifts potassium by roughly 1 ppm, boron following in proportion, and the maintenance targets are 375 to 400 ppm potassium and 4 to 5 ppm boron. Add it directly into high water flow without shaking, by hand or on a dosing pump. Because the effect per millilitre is modest, a tank that tests well below 375 ppm is brought up over a series of days, then held at the daily rate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS systems of 200 to 400 L.
- **Red and pink colour work:** Tanks where warm pigments have dulled.
- **Doser channels:** A bottle that fills a pump reservoir for months at the moderate rate.
- **Low ICP potassium:** Systems whose tests show potassium drifting under 375 ppm.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Stocking-based rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L per day.
- **Into strong flow:** Hand dose or pump into circulation; no shaking required.
- **Test regularly:** Hold 375 to 400 ppm potassium and 4 to 5 ppm boron; 1 mL per 100 L adds about 1 ppm potassium.
- **Adjust as corals grow:** Step the rate up as coral cover increases and the tank moves from light to moderate stocking.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ionic and complexed potassium:** Immediate and sustained supply in one solution, so levels stay steady between doses.
- **With boron and energy:** Supports aragonite production and coral vitality.
- **Red and pink pigments:** Formulated to intensify the warm coral colours that fade when potassium is short.
- **About 1 ppm per mL per 100 L:** Gentle enough for daily maintenance.
- **Capful or pump:** A 10 mL capful for hand dosing, or a dosing pump for a set-and-forget routine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA200500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801403
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Potassium Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium, boron and energy
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Potassium 375–400 ppm; boron 4–5 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalium - 5l
Bulk Potassium and Boron Supplement for Coral Farms and Large Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13266
- Price: $137.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA205000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801427
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalium-5l.jpg
Red and pink frags sell on colour, and a farm holds potassium steady across every rack to keep it. Quantum Bio-Kalium 5L (SKU: QA205000) is the bulk size of Quantum's potassium supplement, a solution of ionic and complexed potassium with boron and an energy component in deionised water, formulated to intensify red and pink coral colour. Potassium aids nutrient transport within the coral and, together with boron, supports aragonite production. The 5 L container carries a 20 mL capful, is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems, and is usually plumbed straight into a dosing line.
The rate matches the bottles: 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking. Every millilitre per 100 L adds about 1 ppm potassium with boron rising alongside, and the levels to hold are 375 to 400 ppm potassium and 4 to 5 ppm boron. It is added into high water flow, unshaken, from a pump line or by the capful. At the moderate rate a 2,000 L system takes 15 mL a day, and 5 L covers about eleven months of that.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems dosing potassium daily across thousands of litres of connected racks.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs and sumps past 1,000 L running potassium on a central doser all year.
- **Retail coral systems:** Shop tanks keeping red and pink stock at full colour.
- **Multi-system dosing:** One container feeding the potassium channel on several tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate per system:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily by stocking.
- **Dose into circulation:** Through a pump line or by capful into strong flow; no shaking.
- **Test across systems:** Hold potassium at 375 to 400 ppm and boron at 4 to 5 ppm on every rack, checking each on its own schedule.
- **Scale with stock:** Raise the rate as racks fill with growing frags and consumption increases.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk potassium supply:** 5 L of ionic and complexed potassium with boron and energy for commercial systems.
- **Red and pink formula:** Intensifies warm coral pigments so frags sell on colour.
- **Aragonite support:** Potassium and boron together aid skeleton production in growing frags.
- **20 mL capful:** A larger cap sized for hand dosing on large volumes between pump refills.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for plumbing straight into a central dosing line serving several systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA205000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801427
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Potassium Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, potassium, boron and energy
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Potassium 375–400 ppm; boron 4–5 ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalkwasser - 1.1kg
Kalkwasser Powder Supplying Calcium and Hydroxide to Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-kalkwasser-1-1kg/
- Price: $42.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA131100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801120
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalkwasser-1.1kg.jpg
A mid-sized reef on nightly kalkwasser goes through a few grams every evening, and Quantum Bio-Kalkwasser 1.1kg (SKU: QA131100) keeps that routine supplied for most of a year. The powder is calcium hydroxide with the energy component Quantum includes across its Reef Essential products, and it provides hydroxide and calcium together: the hydroxide lifts pH and turns excess carbon dioxide into carbonate, the calcium goes into coral skeleton, and alkalinity and pH stability both improve as a result. At the manufacturer's mixing rate the 1.1 kg pack makes 4,400 L of solution.
Dosing follows stocking. A lightly stocked reef takes 1 g per 100 L of aquarium, dissolved in 4 L of RODI water, for about 6 ppm of calcium; moderate stocking takes 2 g per 100 L in 4 L for 12 ppm, and heavy stocking 3 g in 4 L for 18 ppm. Quantum sets 18 ppm of calcium per night as the ceiling when kalkwasser runs alongside other calcium dosing. Only the clear supernatant is added, dripped slowly so pH does not spike, with the container kept closed to limit air contact. The targets are calcium of 405 to 440 ppm and pH between 8.1 and 8.5.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs with a pH sag:** Systems of 200 to 400 L that drop overnight and want calcium and pH support in one product.
- **Kalk drip or reactor set-ups:** Keepers running a dosing pump or top-off kalk reactor on the supernatant.
- **Supplementing two-part:** Reefs that dose calcium already and add kalkwasser for its pH effect within the nightly cap.
- **Broad compatibility:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Measure to stocking:** 1, 2 or 3 g for each 100 L of aquarium, dissolved in 4 L of RODI water.
- **Mix, cap, settle:** Stir well, close the container to keep air out, and allow the undissolved material to drop to the bottom.
- **Drip the supernatant overnight:** Slow delivery into flow, with the white sediment left behind in the container.
- **Stay under 18 ppm a night:** Count any other calcium dosing towards the cap, and test calcium and pH regularly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hydroxide plus calcium:** Raises pH, converts excess carbon dioxide and supplies calcium for aragonite.
- **Energy component included:** Non-nitrogenous, bioavailable energy blended into the powder.
- **Stocking-based dosing:** 6, 12 or 18 ppm of calcium per 100 L per night.
- **4,400 L of solution:** A season or more of nightly dosing on a mid-sized reef.
- **Steadier pH and alkalinity:** Reduces the overnight dip and supports carbonate levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA131100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801120
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Kalkwasser
- **Net Weight:** 1.1 kg
- **Contents:** Calcium hydroxide, energy component
- **Dose Rate:** 1, 2 or 3 g per 100 L of aquarium, dissolved in 4 L of RODI water, for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** About 6, 12 or 18 ppm calcium per 100 L per night at the three rates
- **Solution Made:** 4,400 L
- **Target Ranges:** Calcium 405–440 ppm; pH 8.1–8.5
- **Maximum:** 18 ppm calcium per night, including other calcium dosing
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalkwasser - 2.2kg
Bulk Kalkwasser Powder for Large Reef Systems and Kalk Reactors.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-kalkwasser-2-2kg/
- Price: $74.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA132200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801137
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalkwasser-2.2kg.jpg
Large reefs that run kalkwasser through a reactor or a nightly drip use it by the kilogram, and Quantum Bio-Kalkwasser 2.2kg (SKU: QA132200) is the pack for that scale. It is calcium hydroxide with the energy component common to the Reef Essential range, supplying hydroxide and calcium in one dose: the hydroxide raises pH and converts excess carbon dioxide into carbonate, the calcium builds aragonite, and alkalinity and pH stability improve together. At the manufacturer's mixing rate the 2.2 kg pack makes 8,800 L of kalkwasser solution, enough for a season on a large system.
The rate scales with stocking: 1 g per 100 L of aquarium dissolved in 4 L of RODI water for a lightly stocked tank, giving about 6 ppm of calcium; 2 g per 100 L in 4 L for 12 ppm on a moderate tank; and 3 g in 4 L for 18 ppm on a heavily stocked one. Quantum's ceiling is 18 ppm of calcium per night when other calcium dosing is running too. Only the clear supernatant goes into the tank, dripped slowly so pH rises gently, while the undissolved material stays behind. Aim for 405 to 440 ppm calcium and pH 8.1 to 8.5.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems of 500 L and more with a pronounced night-time pH drop.
- **Kalk reactors and dosing pumps:** Set-ups that consume kalkwasser powder steadily and need a bulk pack.
- **Heavily stocked stony coral tanks:** Reefs at the 3 g per 100 L rate that would empty a small pack in weeks.
- **Every reef type:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Weigh for the system:** 1, 2 or 3 g per 100 L of aquarium by stocking, each dissolved in 4 L of RODI water; a 600 L reef at the moderate rate uses 12 g in 48 L.
- **Mix in a closed container:** Stir thoroughly, keep air contact minimal and let the sediment settle before dosing.
- **Drip the clear layer slowly:** Overnight delivery into flow, with the undissolved white material never entering the aquarium.
- **Hold the nightly cap:** 18 ppm of calcium per night at most, including any two-part or reactor input; test calcium weekly and pH daily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium and hydroxide in one:** Builds aragonite while lifting pH and removing excess carbon dioxide.
- **Bioavailable energy:** Quantum's non-nitrogenous energy component in the powder.
- **Three published rates:** 6, 12 or 18 ppm of calcium per 100 L per night.
- **8,800 L of solution:** The largest pack, for reactors and big systems.
- **Better pH stability:** Flattens the overnight dip and supports alkalinity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA132200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801137
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Kalkwasser
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Contents:** Calcium hydroxide, energy component
- **Dose Rate:** 1, 2 or 3 g per 100 L of aquarium, dissolved in 4 L of RODI water, for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** About 6, 12 or 18 ppm calcium per 100 L per night at the three rates
- **Solution Made:** 8,800 L
- **Target Ranges:** Calcium 405–440 ppm; pH 8.1–8.5
- **Maximum:** 18 ppm calcium per night, including other calcium dosing
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-kalkwasser - 550g
Calcium Hydroxide Kalkwasser Powder for pH Support in Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-kalkwasser-550g/
- Price: $25.06 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA130550 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801113
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-kalkwasser-550g.jpg
Kalkwasser is the oldest calcium method in reefkeeping and still the only one that raises pH while it works. Quantum Bio-Kalkwasser 550g (SKU: QA130550) is Quantum's version: calcium hydroxide with the energy component found across the Reef Essential range, designed to supply hydroxide and calcium together. Dripped in overnight, it converts excess carbon dioxide into carbonate that corals lay down as aragonite, counters the night-time pH dip and adds to alkalinity at the same time. Mixed at the manufacturer's rate the 550 g pack makes 2,200 L of kalkwasser solution.
The dose is set by stocking. For a lightly stocked tank, 1 g is dissolved in 4 L of RODI water for every 100 L of aquarium, raising calcium by about 6 ppm; a moderately stocked tank uses 2 g in 4 L per 100 L for 12 ppm, and a heavily stocked one 3 g in 4 L for 18 ppm. Quantum caps the total at 18 ppm of calcium per night when kalkwasser is used with other calcium dosing. Only the clear supernatant is dripped in; the white sediment stays in the container. Quantum's targets are 405 to 440 ppm calcium and a pH of 8.1 to 8.5.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low night-time pH:** Reefs that sag below 8.0 overnight and need a lift without an extra buffer.
- **Light to moderate calcium demand:** Small and mid-sized reefs where kalkwasser alone can replace daily consumption.
- **Topping up a two-part system:** Systems that dose calcium already but want the pH benefit, within the 18 ppm nightly cap.
- **Any coral tank:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums with a calcium and pH need.
**Preparation & Dosing Guide**
- **Weigh by stocking:** 1, 2 or 3 g per 100 L of aquarium for light, moderate or heavy stocking, each dissolved in 4 L of RODI water.
- **Mix and settle:** Stir thoroughly, cap the container to limit air contact, and let the undissolved material sink.
- **Drip the clear layer:** Deliver only the supernatant, slowly and preferably overnight; never let the white sediment reach the tank.
- **Respect the cap:** No more than 18 ppm of calcium per night from all sources; test calcium weekly and pH daily while settling in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium and pH together:** Hydroxide raises pH and converts excess carbon dioxide while calcium builds skeleton.
- **Bioavailable energy:** Quantum's non-nitrogenous energy component included in the powder.
- **Three stocking rates:** 6, 12 or 18 ppm of calcium per 100 L per night.
- **Makes 2,200 L of solution:** Hundreds of nightly doses from a 550 g pack.
- **Improves pH stability and alkalinity:** Smooths the night-time dip and supports carbonate levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA130550
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801113
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Kalkwasser
- **Net Weight:** 550 g
- **Contents:** Calcium hydroxide, energy component
- **Dose Rate:** 1, 2 or 3 g per 100 L of aquarium, dissolved in 4 L of RODI water, for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** About 6, 12 or 18 ppm calcium per 100 L per night at the three rates
- **Solution Made:** 2,200 L
- **Target Ranges:** Calcium 405–440 ppm; pH 8.1–8.5
- **Maximum:** 18 ppm calcium per night, including other calcium dosing
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-metals - 100ml
Iron and Manganese Supplement for Green Coral Colour in Nano Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-metals-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA210100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350267
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-metals-100ml.jpg
Green is the colour that goes first when a reef runs out of iron, and in a nano the reserve is tiny. Quantum Bio-Metals 100ml (SKU: QA210100) is a solution of bio-active metals, principally iron and manganese with trace elements, in deionised water, formulated to intensify green coral colour. The metals come in three forms: ionic and complexed, which are available to the corals at once, and chelated, which releases over time so the supply stays consistent between doses. The 100 mL bottle is dosed in drops per 50 L and rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
Stocking sets the dose at 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L a day for light, moderate or heavy tanks, with 20 drops to the millilitre. One millilitre per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm, other elements following, and the target iron concentration is 0.005 to 0.015 ppm. Quantum's method is to add the drops straight into high flow, with no shaking, on net water volume; a dosing pump is fine. At 7 drops per 50 L a 100 L tank uses 14 drops a day, so the bottle runs about four and a half months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Tanks under about 100 L where drops give the fine control a metal supplement needs.
- **Faded greens:** Green acropora, favia and chalice colonies that have turned brown or grey.
- **Heavily skimmed systems:** Small tanks where skimming and carbon strip iron quickly.
- **Completing the colour trio:** With Bio-Gen for blues and Bio-Kalium for reds.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Match drops to stocking:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L per day, worked out on net water volume.
- **Straight into flow:** Drip the dose into the strongest circulation; shaking is not needed.
- **Hold the iron target:** 0.005 to 0.015 ppm, remembering that 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.01 ppm.
- **Automate if preferred:** A small dosing pump can take over once the rate is settled.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three forms of metal:** Ionic and complexed for immediate uptake, chelated for sustained release.
- **Green colour formula:** Iron and manganese with trace elements to intensify green pigments.
- **Precise strength:** About 0.01 ppm iron per 1 mL per 100 L, matched to a narrow target range.
- **Drop dosing:** 5 to 10 drops per 50 L daily for small volumes.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for automation on a nano.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA210100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350267
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Metal Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bio-active metals including iron and manganese, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5, 7 or 10 drops per 50 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.005–0.015 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-metals - 1l
Litre of Iron and Manganese Supplement for Large Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13270
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA211000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801458
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-metals-1l.jpg
Large reefs with a lot of green SPS get through metals steadily, and the litre is the size that keeps a doser channel supplied for most of a year. Quantum Bio-Metals 1L (SKU: QA211000) is a solution of bio-active metals, mainly iron and manganese with trace elements, in deionised water, formulated to intensify green coral colour. Ionic and complexed metals are available at once, while chelated metals release slowly for a consistent supply. It carries a 10 mL capful and is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
Per 100 L per day the dose is 0.50 mL for light stocking, 0.75 mL for moderate and 1.00 mL for heavy, on net water volume. One millilitre per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm, other elements in proportion, and the target is 0.005 to 0.015 ppm iron. Add it straight into high flow without shaking, through a pump line or by hand. A 500 L reef at the moderate rate uses 3.75 mL a day, so a litre lasts close to nine months; a 300 L tank runs more than a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Reefs of 400 L and more where green colonies make up much of the display.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre that refills the metals channel only a few times a year.
- **Green-heavy collections:** Displays built around green acropora, chalices and favias.
- **Frag systems:** Racks where consistent iron keeps young colonies coloured up.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Daily rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L by stocking, worked out on net litres after rock and media.
- **Into flow:** Pump line or hand dose into strong circulation; the bottle needs no shaking.
- **Iron in range:** 0.005 to 0.015 ppm, at about 0.01 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L, checked by ICP a few times a year.
- **Review with growth:** Step the rate up as coral cover fills the display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-form metal supply:** Ionic, complexed and chelated for immediate and sustained availability.
- **Green colour formula:** Iron and manganese with trace elements to bring green pigments back.
- **Litre for large systems:** Close to nine months on a 500 L reef at the moderate rate.
- **Published iron target:** 0.005 to 0.015 ppm, so a test result has a number to match.
- **Doser-ready:** Runs on a pump channel, with a 10 mL capful for hand dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA211000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801458
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Metal Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bio-active metals including iron and manganese, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.005–0.015 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-metals - 250ml
Ionic, Complexed and Chelated Metals for Green Coral Pigments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-metals-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA210250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801434
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-metals-250ml.jpg
Most iron supplements are gone from the water within hours of dosing, which is why green corals can look fed one day and starved the next. Quantum Bio-Metals 250ml (SKU: QA210250) takes a different approach, combining ionic and complexed metals that are bioavailable immediately with chelated metals that release slowly, so the supply of iron, manganese and trace elements stays consistent. It is formulated to intensify green coral colour, dosed in millilitres per 100 L with a 10 mL capful, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
The dose per 100 L per day is 0.50 mL for light stocking, 0.75 mL for moderate and 1.00 mL for heavy, calculated on the water volume after rock, media and ornaments are deducted. A millilitre per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm, other elements following in proportion, and the target is 0.005 to 0.015 ppm iron. Quantum's instruction is to add it straight into high flow, without shaking, by hand or on a dosing pump. On a 200 L reef the moderate rate is 1.5 mL a day, and the bottle stretches to about five and a half months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks from 100 to 250 L on daily colour dosing.
- **Green SPS and chalices:** Colonies that have lost their green to brown under low iron.
- **Systems on aggressive filtration:** Tanks where skimmers, carbon and GFO pull metals out fast.
- **Colour regimes:** Run alongside Bio-Gen and Bio-Kalium for the full spectrum.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate by stocking:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L a day on net water volume.
- **Add into circulation:** Pour or pump into strong flow; the bottle does not need shaking.
- **Keep iron in range:** 0.005 to 0.015 ppm, with 1 mL per 100 L adding about 0.01 ppm.
- **Retest periodically:** ICP or an iron test every few weeks shows whether the rate suits the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Immediate plus sustained:** Ionic and complexed metals for now, chelated metals for later.
- **Iron, manganese and trace elements:** The metals behind green coral fluorescence.
- **Narrow, published target:** Iron at 0.005 to 0.015 ppm, a range worth checking by ICP now and then.
- **10 mL capful:** For hand dosing on tanks up to a few hundred litres.
- **Pump-compatible:** Runs on a dosing pump channel for keepers who prefer not to dose by hand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA210250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801434
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Metal Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bio-active metals including iron and manganese, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.005–0.015 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-metals - 500ml
Bio-Active Metal Supplement for Green Corals in Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-metals-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA210500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801441
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-metals-500ml.jpg
Iron sits at parts-per-billion levels in reef water, so the difference between vivid green and brown is a few millilitres a day. Quantum Bio-Metals 500ml (SKU: QA210500) supplies that in a form that lasts: ionic and complexed metals for immediate availability plus chelated metals for sustained release, principally iron and manganese with trace elements, in deionised water. It is formulated to intensify green coral colour, dosed in millilitres per 100 L with a 10 mL capful, and rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems. The 500 mL bottle suits mid-sized reefs.
Quantum's rate is 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L a day according to stocking, on the tank's net water volume. Each millilitre per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm with the other metals in proportion, and the target iron concentration is 0.005 to 0.015 ppm, a range narrow enough that testing every few weeks is worthwhile. The dose goes straight into high flow without shaking, by hand or pump. A 300 L reef at the moderate rate uses 2.25 mL a day, so the bottle lasts a little over seven months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** Tanks of roughly 200 to 400 L keeping LPS, mixed or SPS corals and dosing metals daily.
- **Green colour work:** Tanks where green acropora, montipora and favia have browned.
- **Doser owners:** Half a litre keeps a metals channel topped up for a good seven months on a 300 L tank.
- **Metal-stripping filtration:** Systems running GFO, carbon or heavy skimming.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Stocking-based dose:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily, calculated on the water volume left after rock and sand.
- **High flow, unshaken:** Hand dose or pump into strong circulation so the metals disperse before corals meet them.
- **Test iron:** Hold 0.005 to 0.015 ppm; each 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.01 ppm.
- **Adjust with cover:** Raise the rate as coral mass grows and the tank moves from light to moderate stocking.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sustained-release metals:** Chelated forms keep iron available between doses.
- **Immediately available too:** Ionic and complexed metals act as soon as they are dosed.
- **Green pigment focus:** Iron and manganese with trace elements for green fluorescence in SPS and LPS.
- **Measured effect:** Approximately 0.01 ppm iron per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Pump-compatible with capful:** A 10 mL cap for hand dosing and a doser for the daily routine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA210500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801441
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Metal Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bio-active metals including iron and manganese, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.005–0.015 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-metals - 5l
Bulk Bio-Active Metal Supplement for Coral Farms and Large Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13271
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA215000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801465
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-metals-5l.jpg
A farm's green frags are judged under the buyer's lights, and holding iron steady across every rack is what keeps them green. Quantum Bio-Metals 5L (SKU: QA215000) is the bulk size of Quantum's metal supplement, a solution of bio-active metals, principally iron and manganese with trace elements, in deionised water, formulated to intensify green coral colour. Ionic and complexed metals are available immediately and chelated metals release over time. The 5 L container has a 20 mL capful, is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems, and usually runs straight into a dosing line.
The rate is the same as the bottles: 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L a day for light, moderate or heavy stocking, calculated on net water volume. A millilitre per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm, other metals following, and the target is 0.005 to 0.015 ppm iron. It is dosed straight into high flow, unshaken, from a pump line or by capful. A 2,000 L farm system on the moderate rate draws 15 mL a day, which puts 5 L at roughly eleven months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems dosing metals daily across thousands of litres of connected racks.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs and sumps past 1,000 L running metals on a central doser through the year.
- **Retail coral systems:** Shop tanks keeping green stock vivid under sales lighting.
- **Multi-system dosing:** One container feeding the metals channel on several tanks from a single line.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set each system's rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily depending on how densely it is stocked.
- **Dose into circulation:** Pump line or capful into strong flow; shaking is not needed before drawing a dose.
- **Test each system:** Iron at 0.005 to 0.015 ppm on every rack, since consumption differs from tank to tank.
- **Scale with stock:** Raise the rate as frags grow into colonies and iron demand climbs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk metal supply:** 5 L of ionic, complexed and chelated metals for commercial daily dosing.
- **Green pigment formula:** Iron and manganese with trace elements for green fluorescence.
- **Sustained release:** Chelated metals keep supply consistent between doses across a large system.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for hand dosing on large volumes when a rack is off the doser.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for a central dosing line feeding several racks at once.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA215000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801465
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Metal Supplement (Coral Colour)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bio-active metals including iron and manganese, trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 0.50, 0.75 or 1.00 mL per 100 L daily for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by approximately 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.005–0.015 ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Bio-molecules - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Phosphate Fertiliser for Small Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-molecules-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA470100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350335
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-molecules-100ml.jpg
Phosphate is the nutrient planted-tank keepers are most afraid of and the one their plants most often run out of. Quantum Bio-Molecules 100ml (SKU: QA470100) is the drop-dosed size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Molecules, a solution of phosphorus as bioavailable phosphate in deionised water, formulated to increase phosphate safely and stimulate plant growth. Phosphate is a building block of DNA, many proteins and the molecules plants use to store energy, and a tank with none of it stalls no matter how much light and CO 2 it gets. It is the phosphorus part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers for planted aquariums.
For the 100 mL bottle the daily dose per 20 L is 4, 8 or 12 drops for lightly, moderately or heavily planted tanks without CO 2 , doubling to 8, 16 or 24 drops where CO 2 is injected. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm, and Quantum's recommended range is 0.15 to 1.0 ppm. The solution is added directly into high water flow without shaking and can be run on a dosing pump. A 40 L moderately planted low-tech tank uses 16 drops a day, so the bottle lasts about four months. Dose alongside Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace to cover nitrogen, potassium and iron.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** Scapes under about 60 L where drops give a workable daily dose.
- **Phosphate reading zero:** Tanks with green spot algae on the glass and slow growth, the classic sign of phosphate starvation.
- **Heavy stem plant growth:** Small high-tech tanks whose plants strip phosphate within a day of dosing.
- **Completing an NPK regime:** Alongside Bio-Nutrients for nitrogen and potassium and Bio-Trace for micronutrients.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test phosphate first:** Aim for Quantum's 0.15 to 1.0 ppm range and note whether the tank runs CO2.
- **Drops per 20 L daily:** 4, 8 or 12 without CO2, or 8, 16 or 24 with it, by planting density.
- **Into high flow:** Add where circulation is strongest; the bottle needs no shaking.
- **Adjust by the reading:** 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.04 ppm, so a weekly test keeps the dose honest.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable phosphate:** Phosphorus in the form plants take up straight from the water.
- **Two dosing scales:** Separate rates for low-tech and CO2-injected tanks.
- **Known effect:** About 0.04 ppm phosphate per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Drop dosing:** Per 20 L, ideal for nano scapes.
- **Part of NPKFe:** The P in Quantum's planted-tank enhancer set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA470100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350335
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Phosphate)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phosphorus (as bioavailable phosphate)
- **Dose Rate:** 4, 8 or 12 drops per 20 L daily (no CO2) or 8, 16 or 24 drops per 20 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm
- **Target Range:** Phosphate 0.15–1.0 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-molecules - 1l
Litre of Phosphate Supplement for Large Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-molecules-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA471000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321544
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-molecules-1l.jpg
A 400 L high-tech scape doses phosphate by the tens of millilitres a day, and the litre is the bottle that keeps the doser fed. Quantum Bio-Molecules 1L (SKU: QA471000) is the litre size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Molecules, a solution of phosphorus as bioavailable phosphate in deionised water, formulated to increase phosphate safely and stimulate plant growth. Phosphate builds DNA, proteins and the molecules that store energy in plant cells, and a large tank with a heavy plant mass draws it down quickly. It supplies the P in Quantum's NPKFe planted-tank set.
The dose per 100 L per day is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL without CO 2 , or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with it, for light, moderate or heavy planting. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm, and the range to hold is 0.15 to 1.0 ppm. Dose it into high water flow, unshaken, from a doser or by hand. A 400 L moderately planted CO 2 tank takes 16 mL a day, so a litre lasts about two months, while a 300 L low-tech tank at the same density gets more than five. Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace cover nitrogen, potassium and iron.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large planted displays:** Scapes of 400 L and more, low-tech or high-tech.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre on the phosphate channel of a multi-head doser.
- **Dutch-style stem tanks:** Densely planted layouts with very high phosphate demand.
- **Several planted tanks:** Fish rooms feeding phosphate to more than one scape from a single bottle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the rate:** Choose the CO2 or low-tech column and the planting density that fits the tank.
- **Pump or hand dose:** Into strong flow every day, straight from the unshaken bottle.
- **Weekly phosphate test:** Stay within 0.15 to 1.0 ppm; 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.04 ppm.
- **Dose the full set:** Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace alongside for a balanced regime.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Litre of bioavailable phosphate:** Months of daily dosing on a large scape between orders.
- **Rates for both tank types:** Separate low-tech and CO2 columns, each from light to heavy planting.
- **Known effect:** Each 1 mL per 100 L moves phosphate by about 0.04 ppm, so a correction is easy to plan.
- **Doser-friendly:** Suitable for dosing pumps.
- **NPKFe phosphorus:** Part of Quantum's planted-tank enhancer set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA471000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321544
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Phosphate)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phosphorus (as bioavailable phosphate)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm
- **Target Range:** Phosphate 0.15–1.0 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-molecules - 250ml
Bioavailable Phosphate Supplement for Planted Tank Growth.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-molecules-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA470250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321742
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-molecules-250ml.jpg
A planted tank that has stopped growing while its nitrate sits comfortably at 20 ppm is usually short of phosphate. Quantum Bio-Molecules 250ml (SKU: QA470250) is Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Molecules in its most common size, a solution of phosphorus as bioavailable phosphate in deionised water, formulated to increase phosphate safely and stimulate plant growth. Plants build DNA, proteins and their energy-storage molecules from phosphate, so it is not optional; the trick is to supply it in a measured way. This is the phosphorus part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers.
The daily dose per 100 L is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for lightly, moderately or heavily planted tanks without CO 2 , and 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL where CO 2 is injected. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm, against a recommended range of 0.15 to 1.0 ppm. It goes directly into high water flow without shaking and suits dosing pumps. A 100 L moderately planted low-tech tank uses 2 mL a day, so the bottle lasts about four months; a high-tech tank of the same size uses it in two. Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace supply the rest of the regime.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized planted tanks:** Scapes of 60 to 200 L that test low on phosphate.
- **Green spot algae:** Hard green dots on glass and slow leaves, the usual sign of low phosphate.
- **Balancing a fertiliser regime:** Tanks that already dose nitrogen and potassium but not phosphorus.
- **RO-based planted tanks:** Systems whose water brings no phosphate of its own.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then choose the scale:** Phosphate reading first, then the low-tech or CO2 column and the planting density.
- **1 to 6 mL per 100 L daily:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL of phosphate solution without CO2; twice that with it.
- **High flow, no shaking:** Hand dose or pump the phosphate into strong circulation.
- **Hold 0.15 to 1.0 ppm:** Retest weekly; each 1 mL per 100 L is about 0.04 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-ready phosphorus:** Bioavailable phosphate in deionised water, nothing else.
- **Low-tech and CO2 rates:** Published dosing for both kinds of planted tank.
- **Measured effect:** About 0.04 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L for precise control.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for automated daily dosing on a phosphate channel.
- **NPKFe set:** Pairs with Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA470250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321742
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Phosphate)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phosphorus (as bioavailable phosphate)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm
- **Target Range:** Phosphate 0.15–1.0 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-molecules - 500ml
Phosphate Fertiliser for Mid-Size High-Tech and Low-Tech Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-molecules-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA470500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321537
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-molecules-500ml.jpg
High-tech tanks eat phosphate at twice the rate of low-tech ones, and a 200 L injected scape can use 8 mL a day. Quantum Bio-Molecules 500ml (SKU: QA470500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Molecules, a solution of phosphorus as bioavailable phosphate in deionised water, formulated to increase phosphate safely and stimulate plant growth. Because phosphate is a building block of DNA, proteins and energy-storing molecules, a shortage shows up as stalled growth and algae before anything else, and this bottle is the phosphorus part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers that puts it right.
Dosing per 100 L per day is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for light, moderate or heavy planting without CO 2 , or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with CO 2 . Each 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm, and the recommended range is 0.15 to 1.0 ppm. The solution is added into high water flow, needs no shaking and runs on a dosing pump. A 200 L moderately planted CO 2 tank uses 8 mL a day, so the bottle lasts about two months; the same tank without CO 2 uses half that and gets four. Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace complete the set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized planted tanks:** Scapes of 200 to 400 L, especially with CO2.
- **Fast-growing stems:** Tanks of rotala, ludwigia and hygrophila that strip phosphate daily.
- **Doser channels:** A bottle that fills a pump reservoir for the phosphate line for weeks at a time.
- **Algae from imbalance:** Tanks where phosphate runs out while nitrate stays high.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Pick the rate:** Read Quantum's table for CO2 or low-tech and for how densely the tank is planted.
- **Daily into flow:** Hand or pump into strong circulation; no shaking needed.
- **Test weekly:** Keep phosphate at 0.15 to 1.0 ppm using the 0.04 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L figure.
- **Balance N and Fe:** Dose Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable phosphorus:** Taken up directly by leaves and roots as soon as it is dosed.
- **Doubled CO2 rate:** Dosing scaled to the faster growth of injected tanks.
- **Precise increments:** About 0.04 ppm phosphate per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Pump-ready:** Suitable for automated dosing on a mid-sized scape.
- **P of NPKFe:** One of Quantum's four planted-tank enhancers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA470500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321537
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Phosphate)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phosphorus (as bioavailable phosphate)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm
- **Target Range:** Phosphate 0.15–1.0 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-molecules - 5l
Bulk Phosphate Fertiliser for Plant Growers and Aquascaping Shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-molecules-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA475000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801977
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-molecules-5l.jpg
Plant nurseries and aquascaping shops dose phosphate across thousands of litres of growing tanks, and the 5 L container is packed for that. Quantum Bio-Molecules 5L (SKU: QA475000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Molecules, a solution of phosphorus as bioavailable phosphate in deionised water, formulated to increase phosphate safely and stimulate plant growth. Plants use phosphate to build DNA, proteins and energy-storing molecules, and growing systems that sell plants run it at the top of the range on purpose. It is the bulk phosphorus for Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers.
The rate is unchanged from the bottles: per 100 L per day, 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for light, moderate or heavy planting without CO 2 , or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with CO 2 . Each 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm towards a range of 0.15 to 1.0 ppm. It is added into high water flow without shaking and normally runs from a dosing line. At the moderate CO 2 rate a 1,000 L growing system takes 40 mL of phosphate solution a day, and 5 L covers about four months of that. Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace supply the nitrogen, potassium and iron.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Plant growing systems:** Nurseries and grow-out tanks in the thousands of litres.
- **Aquascaping shops:** Display and sales tanks kept in peak growth.
- **Very large planted displays:** Scapes past 1,000 L with a phosphate line on the central doser.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One container feeding the phosphate line on several planted tanks at once.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate per system:** Each tank gets its own row from the table, by CO2 use and plant mass.
- **Central dosing line:** Phosphate goes into strong flow daily from the unshaken container.
- **Test each system weekly:** Hold 0.15 to 1.0 ppm at about 0.04 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Run the full regime:** Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Trace on their own lines.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk phosphate:** 5 L of bioavailable phosphorus for commercial planted systems.
- **Same dosing table:** The low-tech and CO2 phosphate rates are identical to the bottles.
- **Measured strength:** About 0.04 ppm phosphate per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Dosing-line ready:** Suitable for direct connection to a pump on the phosphate channel.
- **NPKFe phosphorus at scale:** Part of Quantum's planted enhancer set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA475000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801977
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Phosphate)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phosphorus (as bioavailable phosphate)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises phosphate by about 0.04 ppm
- **Target Range:** Phosphate 0.15–1.0 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-nutrients - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Nitrogen and Potassium Fertiliser for Nano Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-nutrients-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA480100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350328
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-nutrients-100ml-1.jpg
In a nano planted tank the plants can strip nitrate to zero in a day, and the algae move in the moment they do. Quantum Bio-Nutrients 100ml (SKU: QA480100) is the drop-dosed size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Nutrients, a solution of nitrate and complexed nitrogen, potassium and sulphate, boron, bioavailable carbon sources, organic acids and natural accelerants in deionised water, formulated as a more complete supplement than a plain nitrate and potassium mix. Quantum's premise is that plants fed well outcompete algae, and this is the nitrogen and potassium part of its NPKFe Enhancers.
The 100 mL bottle is dosed per 20 L daily at 4, 8 or 12 drops for light, moderate or heavy planting without CO 2 , or 8, 16 or 24 drops with CO 2 . A millilitre per 100 L lifts nitrate by roughly 0.2 ppm and potassium by roughly 0.15 ppm, and Quantum wants both between 10 and 30 ppm. The solution is added into high water flow without shaking and suits dosing pumps. A 40 L moderately planted low-tech tank uses 16 drops a day and gets about four months from the bottle. Phosphate comes from Bio-Molecules and iron from Bio-Trace.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** Scapes under about 60 L dosed by the drop.
- **Nitrate at zero:** Tanks whose plants have used every trace of nitrogen and started to yellow.
- **Potassium deficiency:** Pinholes in older leaves, the classic sign of low potassium.
- **Completing NPKFe:** With Bio-Molecules for phosphate and Bio-Trace for iron and micronutrients.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test nitrate and potassium:** Aim for 10 to 30 ppm of each and note whether the tank runs CO2.
- **Count the drops:** Per 20 L each day, 4, 8 or 12 for a low-tech tank or 8, 16 or 24 for an injected one, by planting density.
- **Into high flow:** No shaking; add where circulation is strongest.
- **Adjust weekly:** Each 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.2 ppm nitrate and 0.15 ppm potassium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **More than N and K:** Nitrate, complexed nitrogen, potassium, sulphate, boron, carbon sources, organic acids and accelerants.
- **Carbon dioxide alternatives:** Bioavailable carbon sources for low-tech tanks without injection.
- **Two dosing scales:** Low-tech and CO2 rates published.
- **Known effect:** Roughly 0.2 ppm nitrate and 0.15 ppm potassium for each 1 mL per 100 L dosed.
- **Nano drop dosing:** Per 20 L for small scapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA480100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350328
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Nitrogen & Potassium)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, nitrate and complexed nitrogen, natural accelerants and boron, bioavailable carbon sources and organic acids, potassium and sulphate
- **Dose Rate:** 4, 8 or 12 drops per 20 L daily (no CO2) or 8, 16 or 24 drops per 20 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Nitrate 10–30 ppm; potassium 10–30 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-nutrients - 1l
Litre of Nitrogen and Potassium Fertiliser for Large Planted Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-nutrients-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA481000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321551
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-nutrients-1l-1.jpg
Large planted displays run their macro line from a litre bottle because anything smaller empties in weeks. Quantum Bio-Nutrients 1L (SKU: QA481000) is the litre size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Nutrients, a solution of nitrate and complexed nitrogen, potassium and sulphate, boron, bioavailable carbon sources, organic acids and natural accelerants in deionised water. The formula goes further than a plain N and K mix, with carbon sources that serve as carbon dioxide alternatives, and it is designed to reduce algae by keeping plants growing hard. It is the nitrogen and potassium part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers.
The daily dose per 100 L is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL without CO 2 , or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with it, for light, moderate or heavy planting. Every millilitre per 100 L adds roughly 0.2 ppm nitrate and 0.15 ppm potassium, and the ranges to hold are 10 to 30 ppm for each. Dose into high water flow without shaking, by hand or pump. A 400 L moderately planted CO 2 tank uses 16 mL a day, so a litre lasts about two months; a 300 L low-tech tank at the same density gets more than five. Bio-Molecules handles phosphate and Bio-Trace the iron and micronutrients.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large planted displays:** Scapes of 400 L and more, high-tech or low-tech.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre on the macro channel of a multi-head doser.
- **Dense stem layouts:** Dutch and nature-style tanks with heavy nitrogen demand.
- **Several planted tanks:** Fish rooms running the macro line on more than one scape from a single bottle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the macro rate:** Low-tech or CO2 and the planting density, read off the table.
- **Pump or hand dose:** Daily into strong flow, with the bottle left unshaken.
- **Test weekly:** Nitrate and potassium between 10 and 30 ppm.
- **Dose the full set:** Bio-Molecules and Bio-Trace alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Litre of macros:** Months of daily nitrogen and potassium for a large scape.
- **Complete formula:** Two forms of nitrogen, potassium, sulphate, boron, carbon sources, organic acids and accelerants.
- **Rates for both tank types:** A low-tech column and a CO2 column, light to heavy planting in each.
- **Known effect:** 1 mL per 100 L is worth about 0.2 ppm nitrate and 0.15 ppm potassium.
- **Doser-friendly:** Suitable for dosing pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA481000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321551
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Nitrogen & Potassium)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, nitrate and complexed nitrogen, natural accelerants and boron, bioavailable carbon sources and organic acids, potassium and sulphate
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Nitrate 10–30 ppm; potassium 10–30 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-nutrients - 250ml
Complete Nitrogen, Potassium and Carbon Supplement for Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-nutrients-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA480250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321728
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-nutrients-250ml-1.jpg
Most macro fertilisers are nitrate and potassium and nothing else; Quantum's adds the pieces that make those two work. Quantum Bio-Nutrients 250ml (SKU: QA480250) is Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Nutrients in its most common size, a solution of nitrate and complexed nitrogen, potassium and sulphate, boron, bioavailable carbon sources, organic acids and natural accelerants in deionised water. The carbon sources act as carbon dioxide alternatives in tanks without injection, and the whole formula is designed to reduce algae by feeding plants well enough to outgrow it. Within the NPKFe Enhancers it supplies the N and the K.
The daily dose per 100 L is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for light, moderate or heavy planting without CO 2 , doubling to 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with CO 2 . Each 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm, towards Quantum's targets of 10 to 30 ppm for each. It goes into high water flow without shaking and runs on a dosing pump. A 100 L moderately planted low-tech tank uses 2 mL a day, so the bottle lasts around four months. Bio-Molecules and Bio-Trace supply phosphate and iron alongside.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized planted tanks:** Scapes of 60 to 200 L whose nitrate keeps hitting zero.
- **Yellowing and pinholes:** Nitrogen and potassium deficiency showing in older leaves.
- **Low-tech tanks without CO2:** Systems that benefit from the bioavailable carbon sources.
- **Algae outbreaks from starvation:** Tanks where plants stalled and algae took the gap.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test nitrate and potassium:** Then take the low-tech or CO2 column at the planting density that matches.
- **Daily macro dose:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L in a low-tech tank, doubled where CO2 is injected.
- **Into strong circulation:** By hand or dosing pump, with no shaking beforehand.
- **Hold 10 to 30 ppm:** Retest nitrate and potassium weekly and adjust.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive macro formula:** Nitrogen in two forms, potassium, sulphate and boron.
- **Carbon and organic acids:** Bioavailable carbon sources that stand in for CO2 in low-tech tanks.
- **Natural accelerants:** Included to drive uptake and growth.
- **Measured effect:** About 0.2 ppm nitrate and 0.15 ppm potassium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Pump-compatible:** Runs on the macro channel of a dosing pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA480250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321728
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Nitrogen & Potassium)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, nitrate and complexed nitrogen, natural accelerants and boron, bioavailable carbon sources and organic acids, potassium and sulphate
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Nitrate 10–30 ppm; potassium 10–30 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-nutrients - 500ml
Nitrogen and Potassium Fertiliser for Mid-Size CO2 and Low-Tech Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-nutrients-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA480500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321735
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-nutrients-500ml.jpg
A 200 L high-tech scape can consume 5 ppm of nitrate a day, and keeping up with that is a matter of millilitres every morning. Quantum Bio-Nutrients 500ml (SKU: QA480500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Nutrients, a solution of nitrate and complexed nitrogen, potassium and sulphate, boron, bioavailable carbon sources, organic acids and natural accelerants in deionised water, formulated as a fuller macro supplement whose carbon sources double as carbon dioxide alternatives. Well-fed plants leave algae nothing to grow on, which is the point of the formula. It is the N and K of the NPKFe Enhancers.
Per 100 L per day the dose is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for light, moderate or heavy planting without CO 2 , or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with CO 2 . Each 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm, and the targets are 10 to 30 ppm for each. The dose goes into high water flow, unshaken, from a doser or a measuring cup. A 200 L moderately planted CO 2 tank uses 8 mL a day, so the bottle lasts about two months, or four without CO 2 . Bio-Molecules and Bio-Trace complete the regime.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized planted tanks:** Scapes of 200 to 400 L with steady macro demand.
- **High-tech stem tanks:** CO2-injected layouts that strip nitrate and potassium daily.
- **Doser channels:** A bottle that fills the macro reservoir for weeks.
- **Low-tech tanks wanting more growth:** Systems that gain from the carbon sources and accelerants.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Pick the macro rate:** Low-tech or CO2 column, light to heavy planting, from Quantum's table.
- **Daily into flow:** Hand or pump into strong circulation; no shaking.
- **Weekly tests:** Nitrate and potassium at 10 to 30 ppm; 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.2 and 0.15 ppm.
- **Balance P and Fe:** Bio-Molecules and Bio-Trace alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nitrogen two ways:** Nitrate for immediate uptake and complexed nitrogen alongside.
- **Potassium, sulphate and boron:** The supporting macros in one bottle.
- **Carbon dioxide alternatives:** Bioavailable carbon sources for low-tech tanks.
- **Doubled CO2 rate:** Dosing scaled to injected tanks.
- **Pump-ready:** Suitable for automated daily dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA480500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321735
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Nitrogen & Potassium)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, nitrate and complexed nitrogen, natural accelerants and boron, bioavailable carbon sources and organic acids, potassium and sulphate
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Nitrate 10–30 ppm; potassium 10–30 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-nutrients - 5l
Bulk Nitrogen and Potassium Fertiliser for Plant Nurseries and Shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/bio-nutrients-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA485000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801960
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-nutrients-5l-1.jpg
Aquatic plant growers dose macros by the cup every day across thousands of litres, and the 5 L container is built for them. Quantum Bio-Nutrients 5L (SKU: QA485000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Nutrients, a solution of nitrate and complexed nitrogen, potassium and sulphate, boron, bioavailable carbon sources, organic acids and natural accelerants in deionised water. The carbon sources act as carbon dioxide alternatives and the whole formula is aimed at reducing algae by driving plant growth. It is the bulk N and K of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers, with a 20 mL capful.
The rate is the same as the bottles: per 100 L per day, 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for light, moderate or heavy planting without CO 2 , or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with CO 2 . Each 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm towards 10 to 30 ppm of each. It is added into high water flow, unshaken, usually from a dosing line. A 1,000 L nursery system on the moderate CO 2 rate uses 40 mL of macros a day, which is roughly four months from 5 L. Bio-Molecules and Bio-Trace supply phosphate and iron.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Plant nurseries:** Growing systems in the thousands of litres on daily macro dosing.
- **Aquascaping shops:** Sales and display tanks kept in strong growth.
- **Very large planted displays:** Scapes past 1,000 L with a macro line on the central doser.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One container feeding the macro line on several tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate per system:** Every tank gets its own row, by CO2 use and plant mass.
- **Central dosing line:** Macros go into strong flow daily from the unshaken container.
- **Weekly tests per system:** Nitrate and potassium held between 10 and 30 ppm.
- **Full regime:** Bio-Molecules and Bio-Trace on their own lines.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk macros:** 5 L of nitrogen, potassium and supporting nutrients for commercial planted systems.
- **Same dosing table:** The low-tech and CO2 macro rates match the bottles exactly.
- **Carbon dioxide alternatives:** Bioavailable carbon sources in the formula.
- **20 mL capful:** For hand dosing on large volumes.
- **Dosing-line ready:** Suitable for direct connection to a pump on the macro channel.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA485000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801960
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Nitrogen & Potassium)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, nitrate and complexed nitrogen, natural accelerants and boron, bioavailable carbon sources and organic acids, potassium and sulphate
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises nitrate by about 0.2 ppm and potassium by about 0.15 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Nitrate 10–30 ppm; potassium 10–30 ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-trace - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Iron and Trace Element Fertiliser for Nano Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13369
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA490100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350342
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-trace-100ml.jpg
Pale new leaves with green veins are the first thing a nano scape shows when its iron runs out. Quantum Bio-Trace 100ml (SKU: QA490100) is the drop-dosed size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Trace, a solution of bioavailable trace elements in ionic, complexed and chelated forms in deionised water. The ionic and complexed fractions are available to the plants at once while the chelated fraction releases over time, so the supply between doses stays even. Plants need trace elements to hold their natural colour, avoid chlorosis and grow at full rate, and this is the iron and micronutrient part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers.
For the 100 mL bottle the dose per 20 L each day is 4, 8 or 12 drops in a lightly, moderately or heavily planted low-tech tank, or 8, 16 or 24 drops where CO 2 is injected. One millilitre per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm, and Quantum's target for iron is 0.05 to 0.10 ppm. The solution is added into high water flow, needs no shaking and can run on a dosing pump. A 40 L moderately planted low-tech tank uses 16 drops a day, roughly 0.8 mL, so the bottle lasts about four months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** Scapes under about 60 L where trace elements are dosed by the drop.
- **Chlorosis:** New growth coming through pale or yellow while the veins stay green.
- **Red plants losing colour:** Rotala, ludwigia and alternanthera that have faded to green.
- **Finishing the NPKFe set:** Micronutrients alongside Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the leaves and the test:** Iron should sit between 0.05 and 0.10 ppm.
- **Drops by density:** 4, 8 or 12 per 20 L daily without CO2; 8, 16 or 24 with it.
- **Straight into flow:** No shaking; add where circulation is strongest.
- **Tune weekly:** 1 mL per 100 L adds about 0.01 ppm iron, so small changes are easy.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three forms of trace element:** Ionic, complexed and chelated for immediate and sustained supply.
- **Colour and growth:** Formulated to enhance natural colour, reduce chlorosis and improve growth rates.
- **Iron benchmark:** About 0.01 ppm iron per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Nano drop dosing:** Per 20 L, with low-tech and CO2 rates.
- **Fe of NPKFe:** The micronutrient part of Quantum's planted set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA490100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350342
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Trace Elements)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable trace elements (ionic, complexed and chelated)
- **Dose Rate:** 4, 8 or 12 drops per 20 L daily (no CO2) or 8, 16 or 24 drops per 20 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.05–0.10 ppm
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-trace - 1l
Litre of Trace Element Fertiliser for Large Planted Displays and Dosers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13372
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA491000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573641168
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-trace-1l.jpg
On a 400 L high-tech display the trace channel of the doser is refilled from a litre bottle, and even then not as rarely as the keeper would like. Quantum Bio-Trace 1L (SKU: QA491000) is the litre size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Trace, a solution of bioavailable trace elements in ionic, complexed and chelated forms in deionised water. Immediate and sustained release together keep the micronutrient supply level between doses, and the formula is built to enhance colour, reduce chlorosis and lift growth rates. It is the micronutrient part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers.
The daily dose per 100 L is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL in a low-tech tank or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with CO 2 , for light, moderate or heavy planting. One millilitre per 100 L adds about 0.01 ppm iron towards a target of 0.05 to 0.10 ppm. It is dosed into high water flow, unshaken, from a pump or by the 10 mL capful. A 400 L moderately planted injected tank takes 16 mL a day, so a litre covers about two months; a 300 L low-tech tank at the same density gets more than five. Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules provide nitrogen, potassium and phosphate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large planted displays:** Scapes of 400 L and more with high trace demand.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** A litre on the micronutrient channel of a multi-head doser.
- **Red-plant showpieces:** Big layouts where colour is the whole point and iron is the limiting factor.
- **Several planted tanks:** Fish rooms running the trace line on more than one scape from a single bottle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the trace rate:** Low-tech or CO2 column and the planting density, from the table.
- **Doser or capful:** Daily into strong flow, bottle unshaken.
- **Weekly iron test:** Keep 0.05 to 0.10 ppm; 1 mL per 100 L moves it about 0.01 ppm.
- **Macros alongside:** Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules complete the regime.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Litre of micronutrients:** Months of trace dosing on a large scape between refills.
- **Three-form delivery:** Ionic, complexed and chelated trace elements.
- **Two dosing columns:** Low-tech and CO2, each light to heavy planting.
- **Iron benchmark:** About 0.01 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Doser-friendly:** Suitable for dosing pumps, with a 10 mL capful.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA491000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573641168
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Trace Elements)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable trace elements (ionic, complexed and chelated)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.05–0.10 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-trace - 250ml
Chelated Trace Element Supplement for Colour and Growth in Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13370
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA490250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028792
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-trace-250ml.jpg
Trace elements are consumed in tiny amounts and missed in a big way, because a plant short of iron or manganese stops making chlorophyll properly. Quantum Bio-Trace 250ml (SKU: QA490250) is Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Trace in its most common size, a solution of bioavailable trace elements in deionised water supplied in three forms: ionic and complexed, which plants use immediately, and chelated, which releases steadily between doses. The blend is formulated to enhance natural plant colour, reduce chlorosis and improve growth rates, and it is the micronutrient part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers for planted aquariums.
The dose per 100 L each day is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for lightly, moderately or heavily planted tanks without CO 2 , and 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL where CO 2 is injected. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm, and the range to hold is 0.05 to 0.10 ppm iron. It is added into high water flow without shaking and suits dosing pumps, with a 10 mL capful for hand dosing. A 100 L moderately planted low-tech tank uses 2 mL a day, so the bottle lasts around four months; Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules supply the macros alongside.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized planted tanks:** Scapes of 60 to 200 L showing pale or faded growth.
- **Red and orange plants:** Species whose colour depends on a steady iron supply.
- **RO-based planted tanks:** Water that brings no trace elements of its own.
- **Tanks on macros only:** Systems dosing nitrogen and phosphate but no micronutrients.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check iron:** Aim for 0.05 to 0.10 ppm and note whether the tank runs CO2.
- **Daily micronutrient dose:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L low-tech, doubled with CO2.
- **Add into circulation:** No shaking; by hand or dosing pump.
- **Weekly review:** Adjust in small steps using the 0.01 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L figure.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Immediate plus sustained:** Ionic and complexed elements for now, chelated for later.
- **Anti-chlorosis formula:** Trace elements that keep new growth green and coloured.
- **Measured iron effect:** About 0.01 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Capful and pump:** A 10 mL cap for hand dosing or a dosing pump for routine.
- **Micronutrient part of NPKFe:** Pairs with Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA490250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028792
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Trace Elements)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable trace elements (ionic, complexed and chelated)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.05–0.10 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-trace - 500ml
Iron and Micronutrient Fertiliser for Mid-Size Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13371
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA490500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573641151
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-trace-500ml.jpg
An injected 200 L scape full of red stems can use 8 mL of trace mix a day and still show pale tips if the dose is missed. Quantum Bio-Trace 500ml (SKU: QA490500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Trace, a solution of bioavailable trace elements in ionic, complexed and chelated forms in deionised water. The immediately available fractions feed the plants today and the chelated fraction carries them to tomorrow's dose. Formulated to enhance colour, reduce chlorosis and improve growth rates, it is the micronutrient part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers.
The trace dose per 100 L per day is 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL for light, moderate or heavy planting in a low-tech tank, or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with CO 2 . Each 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm, and the target is 0.05 to 0.10 ppm iron. The solution goes into high water flow without shaking, runs on a dosing pump and carries a 10 mL capful. A 200 L moderately planted injected tank uses 8 mL a day, so the bottle lasts about two months, or four in a low-tech tank of the same size. Macros come from Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized planted tanks:** Scapes of 200 to 400 L with a steady micronutrient draw.
- **Colour-focused layouts:** Tanks built around red and orange stems that fade without iron.
- **Doser channels:** A bottle that fills the trace reservoir of a dosing pump for weeks.
- **Stunted new growth:** Tanks where new tips come through small, pale or twisted for want of micronutrients.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Choose the row:** Low-tech or CO2, light to heavy planting, from Quantum's table.
- **Daily into flow:** Pump or capful into strong circulation, unshaken.
- **Test iron weekly:** Hold 0.05 to 0.10 ppm at about 0.01 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Pair with the macros:** Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules on their own schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chelated for staying power:** Trace elements that remain available between doses.
- **Ionic and complexed for speed:** Fractions the plants use the moment they are dosed.
- **Colour, chlorosis and growth:** The three things the formula is built to improve.
- **Doubled CO2 rate:** Dosing scaled to faster-growing injected tanks.
- **Pump-ready with capful:** Automated or hand dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA490500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573641151
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Trace Elements)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable trace elements (ionic, complexed and chelated)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.05–0.10 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Bio-trace - 5l
Bulk Trace Element Fertiliser for Plant Nurseries and Aquascaping Shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13373
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA495000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801984
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Bio-trace-5l.jpg
Plant growers sell colour, and colour in aquatic plants is mostly a matter of iron and its companions. Quantum Bio-Trace 5L (SKU: QA495000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Plant Essential Bio-Trace, a solution of bioavailable trace elements in ionic, complexed and chelated forms in deionised water, formulated to enhance natural colour, reduce chlorosis and improve growth rates. The fast fractions feed plants immediately and the chelated fraction sustains them between doses. It is the micronutrient part of Quantum's NPKFe Enhancers, packed with a 20 mL capful for commercial systems.
The trace rate does not change with the container: 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L a day for light, moderate or heavy planting without CO 2 , and 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL with it. Each 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm, against a target of 0.05 to 0.10 ppm. It is added into high water flow, unshaken, and normally runs from a dosing line. A 1,000 L growing system on the moderate CO 2 rate uses 40 mL of trace mix a day, so 5 L lasts about four months. Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules supply the macros.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Plant nurseries:** Growing systems in the thousands of litres where colour sells.
- **Aquascaping shops:** Display and sales tanks kept vivid so the plants sell themselves.
- **Very large planted displays:** Scapes past 1,000 L with a trace line on the central doser.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One container feeding micronutrients to several planted tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Row per system:** Each tank gets its trace rate by CO2 use and plant mass.
- **Central line:** Trace elements into strong flow daily from the unshaken container.
- **Weekly iron checks:** Every system held at 0.05 to 0.10 ppm iron, adjusted a little at a time.
- **Macros on separate lines:** Bio-Nutrients and Bio-Molecules dosed alongside from their own channels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk micronutrients:** 5 L of ionic, complexed and chelated trace elements for commercial growing systems.
- **Colour and chlorosis:** Formulated for vivid growth without pale leaves.
- **Unchanged rates:** The low-tech and CO2 trace doses match the bottles.
- **20 mL capful:** For hand dosing trace elements on large volumes between pump refills.
- **Dosing-line ready:** Suitable for direct connection to a pump on the trace channel.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA495000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801984
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (Trace Elements)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable trace elements (ionic, complexed and chelated)
- **Dose Rate:** 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 mL per 100 L daily (no CO2) or 2.0, 4.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily (with CO2) for light, moderate or heavy planting
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by about 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.05–0.10 ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, low-tech and high-tech
---
#### Quantum Black Guard - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Organic Build-Up Cleaner for Plants, Wood and Décor in Small Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/black-guard-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA510100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350281
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Black-Guard-100ml.jpg
Driftwood that has gone fuzzy and anubias leaves with a dark coating are organic build-up problems, and in a nano tank they spread fast. Quantum Black Guard 100ml (SKU: QA510100) is the drop-dosed size of Quantum's Plant Essential Freshwater Essential Black Guard, a solution of purified polyglutaraldehyde in deionised water formulated to clear plants, driftwood and other decorations of organic build-ups. Quantum places it as Step 2 in its algae and nutrient control sequence, and rates it for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems. Because the treatment consumes oxygen, the manufacturer's cautions on aeration are part of the dose.
The course starts with 16 drops per 10 L, followed by 4 drops per 10 L every second day for one to three weeks, with 20 drops making about 1 mL. Each dose goes directly into high flow in the morning with the lights on, and the product cannot be used on a dosing pump. Quantum stresses that the aquarium must be well oxygenated throughout, that fish seen gasping call for a 30 to 40% water change before and after dosing, and that it must not be overdosed. A 40 L tank uses about 11 mL over a full three-week course, so the bottle covers several treatments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Systems under about 60 L where drops give the control a treatment needs.
- **Coated hardscape:** Driftwood, rocks and ornaments with a dark organic film.
- **Slow-growing plants:** Anubias, bucephalandra and ferns whose leaves have darkened with build-up.
- **Every freshwater system type:** Rated for planted, fish-only and shrimp tanks as well as small ponds.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aerate first:** Make sure the tank is well oxygenated, with an airstone or surface agitation, before the first dose.
- **Initial dose:** 16 drops per 10 L into high flow, in the morning with the lights on.
- **Maintenance:** 4 drops per 10 L every second day for one to three weeks, watching the fish.
- **If fish gasp:** Change 30 to 40% of the water before and after dosing; never overdose and never use a dosing pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified polyglutaraldehyde:** The active that clears organic build-up from surfaces.
- **Plants, wood and décor:** Formulated for the hardscape and leaves, not just the water.
- **Drop-dosed course:** Initial and every-second-day doses per 10 L for small tanks.
- **Step 2 in Quantum's sequence:** Algae and nutrient control for freshwater.
- **Clear safety rules:** Oxygenate, dose in the morning, do not overdose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential and Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA510100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350281
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae & Organics Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified polyglutaraldehyde
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 16 drops per 10 L, then 4 drops per 10 L every second day for 1–3 weeks (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Application:** Into high flow, in the morning with lights on; ensure good oxygenation
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Caution:** Do not overdose; 30–40% water change before and after if fish gasp
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Black Guard - 1l
Litre of Organic Build-Up Treatment for Large Planted Tanks and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13385
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA511000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800857
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Black-Guard-1l.jpg
Large planted displays and ponds carry a lot of wood and rock, and treating all of it in place takes a litre. Quantum Black Guard 1L (SKU: QA511000) is the litre size of Quantum's Plant Essential Freshwater Essential Black Guard, a solution of purified polyglutaraldehyde in deionised water formulated to clear plants, driftwood and other decorations of organic build-ups. It is Step 2 in Quantum's algae and nutrient control sequence and rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems, and because the treatment consumes oxygen the manufacturer's aeration cautions apply on a big system just as on a small one.
The course is 8 mL per 100 L on day one, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for one to three weeks, measured with the 10 mL capful and added directly into high flow in the morning with the lights on. A dosing pump is not an option for this product. Quantum insists on a well-oxygenated aquarium, a 30 to 40% water change before and after dosing if fish gasp, and no overdosing. A 600 L display uses about 168 mL over a full course, so a litre covers about six, and a 2,000 L pond gets one full course with some to spare.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large planted displays:** Tanks of 400 L and more with extensive hardscape.
- **Ponds:** Outdoor systems whose rocks, wood and ornaments have a dark organic coating.
- **Fish rooms:** Several planted or fish-only tanks treated from one bottle on a rotating schedule.
- **Shop planted displays:** Retail tanks that need hardscape kept clean without a teardown.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aeration up:** Add air or surface movement before starting and keep it on.
- **Opening dose:** 8 mL per 100 L added into the strongest flow, in the morning with the lights running.
- **Maintenance:** 2 mL per 100 L every second day for one to three weeks.
- **Respond to gasping:** 30 to 40% water change before and after dosing; never overdose or use a pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Litre for big systems:** Six full courses on a 600 L display.
- **Purified polyglutaraldehyde:** Clears organic build-up from plants, wood and décor.
- **Two-stage course:** An opening dose followed by every-second-day maintenance for one to three weeks.
- **Freshwater Step 2:** Algae and nutrient control in Quantum's sequence.
- **Safety guidance included:** Oxygenation, morning dosing and water-change rules.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential and Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA511000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800857
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae & Organics Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified polyglutaraldehyde
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 8 mL per 100 L, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for 1–3 weeks
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Into high flow, in the morning with lights on; ensure good oxygenation
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Caution:** Do not overdose; 30–40% water change before and after if fish gasp
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Black Guard - 250ml
Polyglutaraldehyde Treatment for Organic Build-Up on Plants and Hardscape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/black-guard-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA510250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800833
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Black-Guard-250ml.jpg
Every planted tank eventually grows a dark film on its wood and its slowest leaves, and scrubbing only moves it around. Quantum Black Guard 250ml (SKU: QA510250) is Quantum's Plant Essential Freshwater Essential Black Guard in its most common size, a solution of purified polyglutaraldehyde in deionised water formulated to clear plants, driftwood and other decorations of organic build-ups. It sits at Step 2 of Quantum's algae and nutrient control sequence and is rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems, with firm instructions on oxygenation because the treatment draws on the tank's oxygen as it works.
The course begins with 8 mL per 100 L, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for one to three weeks, measured with the 10 mL capful. Doses go directly into high flow in the morning with the lights on, never through a dosing pump. Quantum requires the aquarium to be well oxygenated throughout, prescribes a 30 to 40% water change before and after dosing if fish are seen gasping, and warns against overdosing. A 200 L tank uses about 56 mL over a full three-week course, so the bottle covers four courses, or more where the build-up clears in a week.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Home planted tanks:** Scapes of 60 to 300 L with film on wood, rock or leaves.
- **Before a rescape:** Cleaning hardscape and plants in place rather than pulling everything out.
- **Shrimp and community tanks:** Systems where organic build-up has taken hold on décor.
- **Small ponds:** Tubs and patio ponds with coated ornaments.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Oxygenate the tank:** Airstone or extra surface movement before and during the course.
- **Day one:** 8 mL per 100 L into high flow, morning, lights on.
- **Every second day:** 2 mL per 100 L for one to three weeks until the build-up clears.
- **Watch and respond:** Gasping fish mean a 30 to 40% change before and after; do not overdose or use a pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targets organic build-up:** Purified polyglutaraldehyde that clears plants, wood and décor.
- **Structured course:** An initial dose then every-second-day maintenance for one to three weeks.
- **Capful dosing:** 10 mL capful for the 8 mL and 2 mL per 100 L doses.
- **Quantum's Step 2:** Part of the freshwater algae and nutrient control sequence.
- **Safety built in:** Morning dosing, oxygenation and a no-overdose rule.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential and Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA510250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800833
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae & Organics Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified polyglutaraldehyde
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 8 mL per 100 L, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for 1–3 weeks
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Into high flow, in the morning with lights on; ensure good oxygenation
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Caution:** Do not overdose; 30–40% water change before and after if fish gasp
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Black Guard - 500ml
Organic Build-Up Treatment for Mid-Size Planted Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/black-guard-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA510500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800840
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Black-Guard-500ml.jpg
A 300 L planted tank takes close to 90 mL of treatment over a full course, and the 500 mL bottle is the size that makes repeat courses practical. Quantum Black Guard 500ml (SKU: QA510500) is Quantum's Plant Essential Freshwater Essential Black Guard, a solution of purified polyglutaraldehyde in deionised water formulated to clear plants, driftwood and other decorations of organic build-ups. It is Step 2 of Quantum's algae and nutrient control sequence, rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems, and it comes with the manufacturer's clear cautions on oxygen, because the treatment uses it.
The course is 8 mL per 100 L to start, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for one to three weeks, using the 10 mL capful. Each dose goes directly into high flow in the morning with the lights on; the product is not for dosing pumps. Quantum's conditions are that the tank stays well oxygenated, that any gasping calls for a 30 to 40% water change before and after dosing, and that the dose is never exceeded. On a 300 L tank a full three-week course uses about 84 mL, so the bottle covers five or six courses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized planted tanks:** Scapes of 200 to 400 L with organic film on hardscape and leaves.
- **Heavily stocked community tanks:** Systems whose waste load coats décor quickly.
- **Repeat treatments:** Tanks that need a course every few months to keep wood and leaves clean between rescapes.
- **Ponds and tubs:** Outdoor systems with coated ornaments and wood.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Boost oxygen:** Add aeration before starting and keep it running through the course.
- **Initial 8 mL per 100 L:** Into high flow, in the morning with the lights on.
- **Then 2 mL per 100 L:** Every second day for one to three weeks.
- **Safety checks:** A 30 to 40% change before and after if fish gasp; no overdosing and no dosing pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Clears surfaces:** Purified polyglutaraldehyde that lifts organic build-up from plants, wood and décor.
- **Half-litre for repeat courses:** Five or six full courses on a 300 L tank.
- **Two-stage dosing:** A larger initial dose then light maintenance every second day for up to three weeks.
- **Freshwater Step 2:** Part of Quantum's algae and nutrient control sequence.
- **Oxygen-aware instructions:** Morning dosing, aeration and water-change guidance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential and Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA510500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800840
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae & Organics Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified polyglutaraldehyde
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 8 mL per 100 L, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for 1–3 weeks
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Into high flow, in the morning with lights on; ensure good oxygenation
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Caution:** Do not overdose; 30–40% water change before and after if fish gasp
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Black Guard - 5l
Bulk Organic Build-Up Treatment for Ponds, Shops and Plant Growers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13386
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA515000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800864
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Black-Guard-5l.jpg
Pond contractors and aquascaping shops treat organic build-up across thousands of litres, and the 5 L container is packed for that work. Quantum Black Guard 5L (SKU: QA515000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Plant Essential Freshwater Essential Black Guard, a solution of purified polyglutaraldehyde in deionised water formulated to clear plants, driftwood and other decorations of organic build-ups. It is Step 2 in Quantum's algae and nutrient control sequence, rated for planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems, and the manufacturer's cautions on oxygen matter most on the large systems this size is bought for.
Dosing is unchanged: 8 mL per 100 L to begin, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for one to three weeks, with the 20 mL capful on this container. Each dose goes straight into strong flow in the morning with the lights on; dosing pumps are ruled out. The aquarium or pond must be well oxygenated, gasping fish call for a 30 to 40% water change before and after dosing, and the dose is never exceeded. A 5,000 L pond uses about 1.4 L over a full three-week course, so the container covers three courses on a pond that size or many on smaller systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ponds:** Garden ponds in the thousands of litres with coated rock, wood and ornaments.
- **Aquascaping shops:** Display and holding tanks treated on a rotating schedule.
- **Plant growers:** Growing systems where build-up on stock plants has to be cleared.
- **Maintenance businesses:** One container covering a round of client tanks and ponds.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Oxygenate every system:** Aeration on before the course starts and throughout.
- **Initial dose:** 8 mL per 100 L into high flow, in the morning with lights on.
- **Maintenance:** 2 mL per 100 L every second day for one to three weeks per system.
- **Watch the fish:** 30 to 40% change before and after dosing if they gasp; no overdosing, no pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk treatment:** 5 L of purified polyglutaraldehyde solution for ponds and multi-tank systems.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for dosing large volumes by hand.
- **Same course as the bottles:** 8 mL then 2 mL per 100 L every second day.
- **Freshwater Step 2:** Quantum's algae and nutrient control sequence at scale.
- **Safety rules apply:** Oxygenation, morning dosing and water-change guidance on every system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential and Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA515000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800864
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae & Organics Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified polyglutaraldehyde
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 8 mL per 100 L, then 2 mL per 100 L every second day for 1–3 weeks
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Application:** Into high flow, in the morning with lights on; ensure good oxygenation
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Caution:** Do not overdose; 30–40% water change before and after if fish gasp
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Blue Guard - 100ml
Copper sulphate solution for fish-only isolation aquariums, dosed by the drop.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/blue-guard-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA530100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321902
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Blue-Guard-100ml.jpg
Copper rewards a steady hand and punishes a guess, and the guess is usually about water volume. Quantum Blue Guard - 100ml (SKU: QA530100) is a copper sulphate solution in deionised water from Quantum Aqua, an Australian reef and fish care range, sold for use in a separate fish-only isolation aquarium. Quantum says it helps improve conditions in such a tank by increasing ion exchange. The label covers freshwater and saltwater, and the recommended copper concentration is 0.15 to 0.20 ppm. The 100 mL bottle is the smallest of three sizes and holds about 2,000 drops at Quantum's figure of 20 drops to the millilitre.
Dosing is by the drop: one drop per 10 L raises copper by roughly 0.1 ppm, so the 0.15 to 0.20 ppm range takes about 1.5 to 2 drops per 10 L. Quantum's directions for this size give the rate as plain drops. A 100 L tank brought to 0.20 ppm in one dose therefore takes about 20 drops, or 1 mL, and a whole bottle covers roughly 10,000 L of dosing volume at that level. Volume means the tank plus any external filter, less rock, media, ornaments and anything else that displaces water. No shaking is needed; add the drops slowly into strong water flow. Blue Guard cannot be used through a dosing pump. Quantum is firm about restrictions: not in the main aquarium, not in a system with low pH or alkalinity, not with corals, and not on scaleless fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Isolation aquariums:** The one application Quantum lists, a separate tank holding fish only.
- **Occasional dosing:** A 100 mL bottle suits a keeper with one small isolation tank and no need for bulk.
- **Either water type:** The product is labelled for both freshwater and saltwater fish.
- **Where not to use it:** Main display tanks, anything with corals, low pH or alkalinity systems and scaleless fish.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work out the volume:** Count tank and external filter water, minus rock, media and ornaments.
- **Dose by the drop:** One drop per 10 L lifts copper about 0.1 ppm; aim for 0.15 to 0.20 ppm.
- **Add slowly:** Drip into high water flow, with no shaking and never through a dosing pump.
- **Finish properly:** Stop dosing, keep fish separate for 4 to 8 weeks and run carbon with frequent water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Copper sulphate in deionised water:** The two ingredients Quantum lists.
- **Drop-based dosing:** 20 drops to the millilitre and about 0.1 ppm per drop per 10 L.
- **Freshwater and saltwater:** One solution for either type of isolation tank.
- **Isolation tanks only:** Excluded from main aquariums, corals and scaleless fish.
- **Smallest bottle:** About 2,000 drops, with 250 mL and 500 mL sizes above it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Quantum Aqua, Australia)
- **SKU:** QA530100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321902
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Copper Solution (Isolation Tank)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water and copper sulphate
- **Recommended Copper Level:** 0.15–0.20 ppm
- **Dose Rate:** 1 drop per 10 L raises copper by about 0.1 ppm (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 10,000 L at 0.20 ppm or 13,000 L at 0.15 ppm, single dose from zero copper
- **Restrictions:** Not for main aquariums, corals, low pH or alkalinity systems, scaleless fish or dosing pumps
- **Other Sizes:** Quantum Blue Guard - 250ml (SKU QA530250); Quantum Blue Guard - 500ml (SKU QA530500)
- **Target Environment:** Fish-only isolation aquariums, freshwater and saltwater
---
#### Quantum Blue Guard - 250ml
Copper sulphate solution for fish-only isolation tanks, with pipette-drop dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/blue-guard-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA530250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800956
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Blue-Guard-250ml.jpg
Anyone who keeps an isolation tank ready for new arrivals ends up dosing it more than once a year, and a mid-size bottle suits that rhythm. Quantum Blue Guard - 250ml (SKU: QA530250) is the middle size of Quantum Aqua's Blue Guard, a solution of copper sulphate in deionised water made by the Australian Quantum range for use in a separate fish-only isolation aquarium. Quantum says it helps improve conditions in such a tank by increasing ion exchange. It is labelled for freshwater and saltwater, with a recommended copper concentration of 0.15 to 0.20 ppm. The 250 mL bottle holds about 5,000 drops at Quantum's 20 drops to the millilitre.
For the 250 mL and 500 mL bottles Quantum specifies one drop from a standard pipette per 10 L, which raises copper by about 0.1 ppm. Reaching 0.20 ppm in a 200 L isolation tank takes about 40 drops, or 2 mL, so a full bottle covers about 25,000 L of dosing volume at that level and 33,000 L at 0.15 ppm. Volume is the tank plus external filter, less rock, media and ornaments. Quantum says shaking is not required and the drops go slowly into strong water flow; the product cannot be used on a dosing pump. After treatment the fish should stay separated for at least 4 to 8 weeks, with dosing stopped and Reef Essential Bio-Active Carbon used alongside frequent water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular isolation use:** A tank that is set up and dosed several times a year rather than once.
- **Medium-volume tanks:** A 200 L isolation tank uses about 2 mL, so the bottle lasts through repeated runs.
- **Both water types:** Quantum lists freshwater and saltwater for the product.
- **Ruled out:** Display aquariums, reef systems, scaleless fish and low alkalinity water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the volume:** Tank plus external filter water, less rock, media and decor.
- **Use a standard pipette:** One drop per 10 L adds about 0.1 ppm copper; target 0.15 to 0.20 ppm.
- **Place the drops:** Add slowly into high flow; do not shake the bottle or use a dosing pump.
- **Close out the treatment:** Stop dosing, run carbon, change water often and hold fish apart for 4 to 8 weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-ingredient formula:** Deionised water and copper sulphate, as listed by Quantum.
- **Standard-pipette drops:** The 250 mL directions are written for a standard pipette.
- **Mid-size bottle:** About 5,000 drops, enough for roughly 25,000 L at 0.20 ppm.
- **Freshwater and saltwater:** Not limited to one water type.
- **Strict exclusions:** Main tanks, corals and scaleless fish are all off limits.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Quantum Aqua, Australia)
- **SKU:** QA530250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800956
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Copper Solution (Isolation Tank)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water and copper sulphate
- **Recommended Copper Level:** 0.15–0.20 ppm
- **Dose Rate:** 1 drop from a standard pipette per 10 L raises copper by about 0.1 ppm (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 25,000 L at 0.20 ppm or 33,000 L at 0.15 ppm, single dose from zero copper
- **Restrictions:** Not for main aquariums, corals, low pH or alkalinity systems, scaleless fish or dosing pumps
- **Other Sizes:** Quantum Blue Guard - 100ml (SKU QA530100); Quantum Blue Guard - 500ml (SKU QA530500)
- **Target Environment:** Fish-only isolation aquariums, freshwater and saltwater
---
#### Quantum Blue Guard - 500ml
Bulk copper sulphate solution for fish-only isolation tanks in shops and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/blue-guard-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA530500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800871
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Blue-Guard-500ml.jpg
A shop or breeder with several isolation tanks counts drops by the hundred, and the arithmetic is easier from one large bottle than from a shelf of small ones. Quantum Blue Guard - 500ml (SKU: QA530500) is the largest size of Blue Guard, a copper sulphate solution in deionised water from the Australian Quantum Aqua range. It is intended only for a separate fish-only isolation aquarium, where Quantum says it helps improve conditions by increasing ion exchange. The label covers freshwater and saltwater, and the recommended copper concentration is 0.15 to 0.20 ppm. At Quantum's 20 drops to the millilitre, the 500 mL bottle holds about 10,000 drops.
The 500 mL directions, like the 250 mL ones, specify one drop from a standard pipette per 10 L, raising copper by about 0.1 ppm. A 500 L system dosed to 0.20 ppm in a single step takes about 100 drops, or 5 mL, so a full bottle covers roughly 50,000 L of dosing volume at that level and 66,000 L at 0.15 ppm. The volume to use is the tank plus any external filter, less rock, media and ornaments. Add the drops slowly into high flow without shaking the bottle, and never through a dosing pump. Quantum lists these exclusions: the main aquarium, low pH or alkalinity water, corals and scaleless fish. After use, stop dosing, keep fish separated for at least 4 to 8 weeks and use Quantum's Reef Essential Bio-Active Carbon with frequent water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple isolation tanks:** A row of fish-only tanks dosed from the same bottle.
- **Shops, breeders and clubs:** Places where isolation tanks are run all year and the drops add up.
- **Larger isolation volumes:** A 500 L system needs about 5 mL for one dose at 0.20 ppm.
- **Not for display tanks:** Quantum excludes main aquariums, corals and scaleless fish.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Calculate carefully:** Tank and external filter volume, minus everything that displaces water.
- **Count pipette drops:** One drop per 10 L lifts copper by about 0.1 ppm.
- **Dose into flow:** Add slowly where water movement is strongest; no dosing pump.
- **Afterwards:** Stop dosing and keep fish apart for 4 to 8 weeks while carbon and water changes clear the system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest of three sizes:** About 10,000 drops from one bottle.
- **Roughly 50,000 L of dosing volume:** At 0.20 ppm, as a single dose from zero copper.
- **Quantum's pipette directions:** The same rate as the 250 mL bottle.
- **Freshwater and saltwater:** Either water type, in isolation tanks only.
- **Clear restrictions:** No corals, scaleless fish, dosing pumps or main aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Quantum Aqua, Australia)
- **SKU:** QA530500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800871
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Copper Solution (Isolation Tank)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water and copper sulphate
- **Recommended Copper Level:** 0.15–0.20 ppm
- **Dose Rate:** 1 drop from a standard pipette per 10 L raises copper by about 0.1 ppm (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 50,000 L at 0.20 ppm or 66,000 L at 0.15 ppm, single dose from zero copper
- **Restrictions:** Not for main aquariums, corals, low pH or alkalinity systems, scaleless fish or dosing pumps
- **Other Sizes:** Quantum Blue Guard - 100ml (SKU QA530100); Quantum Blue Guard - 250ml (SKU QA530250)
- **Target Environment:** Fish-only isolation aquariums, freshwater and saltwater
---
#### Quantum Canister Carbon - 1kg
Two Litres of Pelletised Activated Carbon for Freshwater Filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/canister-carbon-1kg/
- Price: $48.16 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA621000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650757
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Canister-Carbon-1kg.jpg
A kilogram of carbon is about two litres of media, enough to keep a mid-sized freshwater tank polished for well over a year of monthly changes. Quantum Canister Carbon 1kg (SKU: QA621000) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Canister Carbon, a pelletised activated carbon made strong enough to withstand the high water pressure inside canister filters while maintaining flow. It removes organic waste, toxins, phenols, odours, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine, and Quantum states it does not leach phosphate, affect pH or release the molecules it has adsorbed. The 1 kg pack treats up to 6,666 L.
Monthly dosing runs at 15 g, about 30 mL, per 100 L for light stocking, 25 g or 50 mL for moderate and 50 g or 100 mL for heavy, with 250 g or 500 mL per 100 L for heavy-metal removal. Before each use the pellets are rinsed in RODI water until the run-off is clear, then bagged and placed in a high-flow area or a reactor on its slowest setting, and replaced every month or as required. The pack includes an 800 micron zip bag and a measuring cup. A 400 L tank at the moderate rate uses 100 g a month, so a kilogram lasts ten months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized freshwater tanks:** Canister-filtered systems of 200 to 400 L on monthly carbon changes.
- **Planted tanks with wood:** Clearing tannins without touching pH or leaching phosphate.
- **Post-treatment clean-up:** Removing medication residue before shrimp or plants go back in.
- **Odour and clarity:** Fish-only and pond systems that smell or look dull.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Cup it out:** 30, 50 or 100 mL per 100 L per month by stocking; 500 mL per 100 L for heavy metals.
- **Rinse first:** RODI water until it runs clear, every time.
- **High flow or slow reactor:** In the 800 micron bag, kept apart from nitrate resin.
- **Replace monthly:** Or as required when colour or odour returns.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pressure-tough pellets:** Made for the inside of a canister filter.
- **Wide-spectrum adsorption:** Organics, toxins, phenols, odours, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine.
- **Inert in the tank:** No phosphate, no pH change, no release of what it has caught.
- **Two litres of media:** Treats up to 6,666 L from 1 kg.
- **Bag and cup in the pack:** Ready to use out of the box.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA621000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650757
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Activated Carbon)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg (about 2 L of media)
- **Capacity:** Treats up to 6,666 L
- **Dose Rate:** 15 g (30 mL), 25 g (50 mL) or 50 g (100 mL) per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking; 250 g (500 mL) per 100 L for heavy-metal removal
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water until run-off is clear before each use
- **Placement:** High-flow area or reactor on slowest setting; replace monthly or as required
- **Included:** 800 micron zipper-locked bag and measuring cup
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Canister Carbon - 2.5kg
Bulk Pelletised Activated Carbon for Large Freshwater Systems and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/canister-carbon-2-5kg/
- Price: $75.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA622500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650764
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Canister-Carbon-2.5kg.jpg
Big canister-filtered tanks and pond filters get through carbon by the kilogram, and buying it in bulk pellets is the economical way. Quantum Canister Carbon 2.5kg (SKU: QA622500) is the bulk pack of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Canister Carbon, a pelletised activated carbon with the mechanical strength to stand up to the high water pressure inside canister filters without breaking down or choking flow. It removes organic waste, toxins, phenols, odours, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine, and Quantum states it does not leach phosphate, shift pH or release adsorbed molecules. About 5 L of media, it treats up to 16,666 L.
The monthly dose is 15 g, about 30 mL, per 100 L for lightly stocked systems, 25 g or 50 mL for moderate and 50 g or 100 mL for heavy, with 250 g or 500 mL per 100 L for heavy-metal removal. Pellets are rinsed in RODI water until the run-off runs clear before each use, bagged, and placed in a high-flow area or a reactor on its slowest setting, then replaced every month or as required. An 800 micron zip bag and a measuring cup come in the pack. A 1,000 L system at the moderate rate uses 250 g a month, so 2.5 kg lasts ten months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater displays:** Canister-filtered tanks of 500 L and more.
- **Pond filters:** Pressurised and gravity pond filters where pellet strength matters.
- **Fish rooms:** Several tanks changing carbon monthly from one pack.
- **Heavy-metal clean-up:** Systems needing the 250 g per 100 L rate after a contamination.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Measure per system:** 30, 50 or 100 mL per 100 L per month by stocking; 500 mL per 100 L for heavy metals.
- **Rinse in RODI:** Until clear, before every use.
- **Bag into flow:** High-flow area or slow reactor, separate from nitrate resin.
- **Monthly replacement:** Or as required across each tank or pond.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk pellets:** 2.5 kg, about 5 L of media, for large systems.
- **Canister-strength:** Withstands high pressure without crumbling.
- **Removes the lot:** Organics, toxins, phenols, odours, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine.
- **Chemically clean:** No phosphate leaching, pH effect or release.
- **Treats up to 16,666 L:** With bag and measuring cup included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA622500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650764
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Activated Carbon)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg (about 5 L of media)
- **Capacity:** Treats up to 16,666 L
- **Dose Rate:** 15 g (30 mL), 25 g (50 mL) or 50 g (100 mL) per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking; 250 g (500 mL) per 100 L for heavy-metal removal
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water until run-off is clear before each use
- **Placement:** High-flow area or reactor on slowest setting; replace monthly or as required
- **Included:** 800 micron zipper-locked bag and measuring cup
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Canister Carbon - 500g
Pelletised Activated Carbon for Canister Filters with Bag and Cup.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/canister-carbon-500g/
- Price: $31.36 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA620500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650740
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Canister-Carbon-500g.jpg
Granular carbon crumbles under the pressure inside a canister and ends up as dust in the impeller; pellets do not. Quantum Canister Carbon 500g (SKU: QA620500) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Plant Essential Canister Carbon, a pelletised activated carbon with the mechanical strength to withstand the high water pressure in canister filters while keeping flow up. It removes organic waste, toxins, phenols that yellow the water, odours, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine, and Quantum states that it does so without leaching phosphate, shifting pH or releasing what it has adsorbed. At 500 g, roughly 1 L of pellets, the pack treats up to 3,333 L.
Dosing is monthly and by stocking: 15 g, about 30 mL, per 100 L for a lightly stocked tank, 25 g or 50 mL for moderate, 50 g or 100 mL for heavy, and 250 g or 500 mL per 100 L for heavy-metal removal. The pellets are rinsed in RODI water until clear before each use, then placed in a high-flow area or a reactor on its slowest setting and replaced every month or as required. An 800 micron zip bag and a measuring cup are included. A 200 L community tank at the moderate rate uses 50 g a month, so the pack lasts ten months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filter owners:** Any freshwater tank whose filter crushes ordinary granular carbon.
- **Yellow water:** Tannin-stained tanks with driftwood or leaf litter.
- **After medication:** Pulling treatment residue out of a tank once a course is finished.
- **Chlorine and heavy metals:** Tap water concerns in planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond systems.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Measure with the cup:** 30, 50 or 100 mL per 100 L per month by stocking, or 500 mL per 100 L for heavy metals.
- **Rinse until clear:** In RODI water before every use.
- **Bag and place:** Into the 800 micron bag, then a high-flow area or a reactor on its slowest setting; not mixed with nitrate resin.
- **Monthly change:** Replace the carbon every month or sooner if the water tints.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built for canisters:** Pellets with the strength to survive high-pressure filters intact.
- **Broad removal:** Organics, toxins, phenols, odours, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine.
- **Clean chemistry:** No phosphate leaching, no pH shift, no release of adsorbed molecules.
- **Bag and cup included:** 800 micron zip bag and a measuring cup in the pack.
- **Treats up to 3,333 L:** About 1 L of media from 500 g.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA620500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650740
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Activated Carbon)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g (about 1 L of media)
- **Capacity:** Treats up to 3,333 L
- **Dose Rate:** 15 g (30 mL), 25 g (50 mL) or 50 g (100 mL) per 100 L per month for light, moderate or heavy stocking; 250 g (500 mL) per 100 L for heavy-metal removal
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water until run-off is clear before each use
- **Placement:** High-flow area or reactor on slowest setting; replace monthly or as required
- **Included:** 800 micron zipper-locked bag and measuring cup
- **Target Environment:** Planted, fish-only, shrimp and pond freshwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Coral Cane - 66g
Complete Phytoplankton and Zooplankton Coral Food with Scoop and Activator.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13280
- Price: $35.14 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA230066 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321599
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Coral-Cane-66g.jpg
Most coral foods are either a fine powder that the skimmer takes or a chunky pellet that only the big-mouthed corals can use. Quantum Coral Cane 66g (SKU: QA230066) covers both ends: a complete coral food of phytoplankton, zooplankton and natural food sources in a range of particle sizes, large enough for LPS mouths and fine enough for SPS polyps. The particles are adsorbed with every ingredient in Quantum's Bio-Enhance, the amino acids, vitamins and fatty acids, without the excess nutrients, binders or fillers that push phosphate up. Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS corals.
The pack includes a scoop and an activator. To feed, switch off the circulation and return pumps, add about 3 mL of aquarium water per scoop of food in a clean container and use the activator to gently crush the particles into the water. The mix can then be target-fed to individual corals with a clean transfer pipette, or broadcast evenly across the aquarium. The rate is twice a week at half a scoop per 100 L for a lightly stocked tank, three-quarters for moderate and one scoop per 100 L for a heavily stocked reef.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reefs:** Tanks with LPS and SPS together, where one food has to suit different polyp sizes.
- **Target feeding LPS:** Acans, scolymia and trachyphyllia that respond to a direct meal.
- **NPS corals:** Sun corals and gorgonians that depend entirely on fed zooplankton.
- **Low-nutrient systems:** Keepers who want to feed corals without raising phosphate from fillers.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Pumps off:** Turn off the circulation and return pumps before feeding so the food stays where it is put.
- **Prepare the mix:** About 3 mL of aquarium water per scoop in a clean container, then crush gently with the activator supplied.
- **Target or broadcast:** Pipette onto individual corals, or spread evenly across the tank.
- **Twice a week:** Half, three-quarters or one scoop per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete coral food:** Phytoplankton, zooplankton and natural food sources in one pack.
- **Bio-Enhance adsorbed:** Every ingredient of Quantum's coral supplement carried on the food particles.
- **Range of particle sizes:** From polyp-fine to mouth-sized, so all coral types feed.
- **No fillers or binders:** Formulated without the excess nutrients that feed algae.
- **Scoop and activator included:** Everything needed to prepare a feed is in the pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA230066
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321599
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Food
- **Net Weight:** 66 g
- **Contents:** Phytoplankton, zooplankton and natural food sources adsorbed with Bio-Enhance ingredients
- **Dose Rate:** ½, ¾ or 1 scoop per 100 L twice weekly for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Preparation:** About 3 mL aquarium water per scoop; crush gently with the activator
- **Application:** Pumps off; target feed with a pipette or broadcast evenly
- **Included:** Scoop and activator
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS corals
---
#### Quantum Dual Dip - 300g
Potassium Salt Coral Dip for New Arrivals and Pest Treatment Making 25 Litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13277
- Price: $39.06 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA230030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807351011
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Dual-Dip-300g.jpg
Every pest that has ever wiped out a coral collection arrived on a frag, and a five-minute dip at the door is the cheapest insurance in the hobby. Quantum Dual Dip 300g (SKU: QA230030) is a proprietary blend of potassium salts that serves two purposes: a pretreatment for new corals before they go into the display, and a remedy for corals already in the tank that have picked something up. It targets flatworms, bristleworms and nudibranchs and also helps in treating tissue necrosis and bacterial infections, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS corals.
The dip is mixed in aquarium water at 12 g, or two level scoops, per litre, so the 300 g container makes up to 25 L of solution. Corals are fully submerged for no longer than five minutes with a low-speed pump, an airstone or gentle agitation keeping the water moving over the tissue, and they can go straight into the main aquarium afterwards with no rinsing. The used solution is disposed of safely, never returned to the tank. Quantum's one firm caution is that the powder is a dip only and must never be added directly to the main aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Every new coral:** Frags and colonies from shops, swaps and other hobbyists before they touch the display.
- **Visible pests:** Flatworms on acans and zoanthids, nudibranchs on montipora, bristleworms in the base of a colony.
- **Tissue problems:** Corals showing necrosis or the signs of bacterial infection.
- **Any coral type:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS corals.
**Dipping Guide**
- **Mix in tank water:** Dissolve 12 g, two level scoops, per litre of aquarium water in a clean container before the coral goes in.
- **Five minutes, no more:** Fully submerge the coral with a low-speed pump, airstone or gentle agitation, and take it out at five minutes at the latest.
- **Straight back in:** The coral is safe to return to the aquarium immediately, with no rinse required.
- **Dispose of the dip:** Pour the used solution away safely; never add the powder or the dip to the main tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pretreatment and remedy:** One product for quarantining new arrivals and treating established corals.
- **Broad pest coverage:** Flatworms, bristleworms and nudibranchs, plus help with tissue necrosis and bacterial infection.
- **Up to 25 L of dip:** Enough solution from 300 g for dozens of arrivals.
- **No rinse step:** Corals go from dip to display without a second bath.
- **Scoop included:** Two level scoops per litre keeps the mix consistent.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA230030
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807351011
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Dip
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Contents:** Proprietary blend of potassium salts
- **Mixing Rate:** 12 g (2 level scoops) per litre of aquarium water
- **Solution Made:** Up to 25 L
- **Dip Time:** No longer than 5 minutes, with gentle circulation
- **After Dipping:** Return coral to the aquarium immediately; no rinsing; dispose of the solution
- **Caution:** Coral dip only; never add directly to the main aquarium
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS corals
---
#### Quantum Easy E - 1l
Element Part of a Two-Bottle Reef Dosing System for Mid-Size Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13205
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA081000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321933
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-E-1l.jpg
A litre is the practical size for a two-part system on a 200 to 400 L reef, and Quantum Easy E 1L (SKU: QA081000) is the element half at that scale. It supplies ionic and complexed calcium together with magnesium, strontium, barium, iron, manganese, vanadium, molybdenum and a range of minor and trace elements, with the energy component Quantum builds into its Reef Essential products. Its partner, Easy Z, carries alkalinity and the remaining elements, and the two are dosed in equal measure so a reef gets a complete top-up from just two bottles.
The strength is unchanged from the smaller bottle: 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by roughly 1 ppm, and the daily rate is 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking. The capful is 10 mL. Quantum publishes the ranges the system is meant to hold, 405 to 440 ppm calcium, 1,230 to 1,310 ppm magnesium, about 0.01 ppm iron and 6 to 10 ppm strontium, so weekly tests have a target. At the moderate rate a litre carries a 400 L reef for about eleven months, or a 200 L tank for close to two years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS displays from about 200 to 400 L.
- **Dosing-pump systems:** A litre feeds a doser reservoir for months without frequent refills.
- **Tanks losing trace elements:** Systems on plain two-part where ICP tests show strontium, iron or magnesium drifting low.
- **Consolidating bottles:** Replacing separate calcium, magnesium and trace supplements with one part.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start from a test:** Check calcium and magnesium before the first dose and pick the rate that matches the stocking level.
- **Add daily in flow:** Dose into a high-flow area, away from where Easy Z is added, by hand or through a dosing pump.
- **Trim the rate:** Retest weekly and adjust in small steps; each 1 mL per 100 L is about 1 ppm of calcium.
- **Keep the parts balanced:** Easy E and Easy Z go in at the same daily volume.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad element list:** Calcium, magnesium, strontium, barium, iron, manganese, vanadium, molybdenum and minor and trace elements in one part.
- **Known effect:** About 1 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Three stocking rates:** Daily doses published for light, moderate and heavy tanks.
- **Two-bottle system:** Pairs with Easy Z for calcium, alkalinity and elements together.
- **Doser-friendly volume:** A litre suits pump reservoirs and mid-sized systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA081000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321933
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Two-Part Reef Dosing
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Calcium 405–440 ppm; magnesium 1,230–1,310 ppm; iron about 0.01 ppm; strontium 6–10 ppm
- **Capful:** 10 mL
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums, dosed with Easy Z
---
#### Quantum Easy E - 500ml
Calcium, Magnesium and Trace Element Part of a Two-Part Reef Dosing System.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13204
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA080500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350700
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-E-500ml.jpg
Two-part dosing has one weakness: it keeps calcium and alkalinity up while everything else slowly runs down. Quantum Easy E 500ml (SKU: QA080500) is the element half of a system built to close that gap. Alongside ionic and complexed calcium it carries magnesium, strontium, barium, iron, manganese, vanadium, molybdenum and a spread of minor and trace elements, plus the energy component Quantum adds across its Reef Essential range. Dosed with its partner Easy Z, which handles alkalinity and the other half of the element list, it replaces what corals consume without a rack of separate bottles.
The dosing is simple to reason about. Each millilitre per 100 L raises calcium by about 1 ppm, and the daily rate scales with stocking: 0.5 mL per 100 L for a lightly stocked tank, 0.75 mL for moderate and 1.0 mL for a heavily stocked reef. The bottle's capful measures 10 mL. Quantum's targets for the system are 405 to 440 ppm calcium, 1,230 to 1,310 ppm magnesium, around 0.01 ppm iron and 6 to 10 ppm strontium. At the moderate rate the 500 mL bottle keeps a 200 L reef supplied for about eleven months, which makes it the right size for a first system or a nano.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks under about 200 L where a single small bottle lasts most of a year.
- **Replacing a calcium-only part:** Systems whose corals have used up strontium, iron or magnesium that plain two-part never replaced.
- **Getting started with dosing:** A first two-part set-up that needs only two bottles to cover the essentials.
- **NPS and coldwater tanks:** Non-photosynthetic systems that still consume calcium and trace elements.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then set the rate:** Measure calcium and magnesium, and start at 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day according to how heavily the tank is stocked.
- **Dose into flow:** Add the daily amount to a high-flow area of the sump or display, separately from Easy Z and not in the same spot.
- **Retest weekly:** Adjust towards 405 to 440 ppm calcium; 1 mL per 100 L moves it by about 1 ppm.
- **Pair with Easy Z:** Dose the two parts in equal amounts so calcium and alkalinity climb together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium plus elements:** Ionic and complexed calcium with magnesium, strontium, barium, iron, manganese, vanadium and molybdenum.
- **Predictable strength:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium about 1 ppm, so adjustments are easy to calculate.
- **Stocking-based rates:** Three published daily rates from light to heavy stocking.
- **Half of a complete system:** Designed to run alongside Easy Z with no third bottle.
- **Bottle with capful:** A 10 mL cap for measuring without a syringe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA080500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350700
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Two-Part Reef Dosing
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Calcium 405–440 ppm; magnesium 1,230–1,310 ppm; iron about 0.01 ppm; strontium 6–10 ppm
- **Capful:** 10 mL
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums, dosed with Easy Z
---
#### Quantum Easy E - 5l
Bulk Calcium and Trace Element Part for Large Reef Systems on Two-Part Dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-easy-e-5l/
- Price: $121.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA081010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321940
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-E-5l.jpg
Large reefs and coral farms go through two-part faster than any bottle on a shelf, which is where the bulk container earns its place. Quantum Easy E 5L (SKU: QA081010) is the element half of the Easy system in a 5 L pack, carrying ionic and complexed calcium with magnesium, strontium, barium, iron, manganese, vanadium, molybdenum and minor and trace elements, plus the energy component found throughout the Reef Essential range. Dosed alongside Easy Z it replaces what a heavily stocked system consumes each day without a separate bottle for every element.
At this size the label rates 1 mL per 100 L as raising calcium by about 1.1 ppm, and the daily rate follows the same stocking scale as the smaller bottles: 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy tanks. The capful on the 5 L container is 20 mL. Targets are unchanged, 405 to 440 ppm calcium, 1,230 to 1,310 ppm magnesium, around 0.01 ppm iron and 6 to 10 ppm strontium. At the moderate rate 5 L sustains a 1,000 L system for about twenty-two months, or keeps a doser reservoir on a big display topped up all year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large displays:** Reefs of 500 L and more where a litre would empty in weeks.
- **Frag systems and coral farms:** Heavily stocked grow-out racks with steady calcium demand.
- **Multi-tank dosing:** One container feeding dosers on several systems.
- **Retail holding systems:** Shop tanks that need reliable calcium and element replacement at volume.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before committing to a rate:** Measure calcium and magnesium, then set 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day by stocking.
- **Feed a dosing pump or dose by hand:** Deliver into strong flow and keep the Easy Z line or dose point separate.
- **Check weekly and adjust:** Each 1 mL per 100 L moves calcium by about 1.1 ppm at this concentration.
- **Match the two parts:** Equal daily volumes of Easy E and Easy Z keep calcium and alkalinity in step.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete element part:** Calcium, magnesium, strontium, barium, iron, manganese, vanadium, molybdenum and trace elements.
- **Bulk economy:** 5 L for systems and businesses that dose daily at volume.
- **Published strength:** About 1.1 ppm calcium per 1 mL per 100 L on this size.
- **Stocking-scaled dosing:** Light, moderate and heavy rates on the label.
- **20 mL capful:** A larger cap sized to the container for hand dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA081010
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321940
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Two-Part Reef Dosing
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 1.1 ppm
- **Target Ranges:** Calcium 405–440 ppm; magnesium 1,230–1,310 ppm; iron about 0.01 ppm; strontium 6–10 ppm
- **Capful:** 20 mL
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums, dosed with Easy Z
---
#### Quantum Easy Planter Universal - 100ml
Weekly All-in-One Fertiliser for Small Low-Tech Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-planter-universal-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA500100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321971
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-Planter-Universal-100ml.jpg
Most planted tanks in Australian homes have no gas injection, modest light and an owner who wants one bottle to dose once a week. Quantum Easy Planter Universal 100ml (SKU: QA500100) is the nano size of that bottle: a low-tech plant fertiliser containing all 18 essential elements plants require, macro, micro and trace, together with natural accelerants and bioavailable carbon sources, in deionised water. It is formulated to promote plant and root growth, enhance colouration and improve overall health, and Quantum designs it for freshwater planted aquariums without CO 2 injection.
The 100 mL bottle is dosed at 20 drops, about 1 mL, per 10 L once a week, or as required if the plants show they need more. It goes directly into high flow without shaking and can be used on a dosing pump. Because everything is in one solution there is no table of columns to read and no separate macro and micro bottles to balance, which is the point of the product. A 40 L tank takes 4 mL a week, so the bottle lasts about six months, and a 20 L cube gets close to a year from it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano low-tech tanks:** Betta tanks, shrimp cubes and small scapes under about 60 L without CO2.
- **One-bottle simplicity:** Keepers who want complete nutrition in a single weekly dose.
- **Slow, pale growth:** Easy plants like anubias, crypts and java fern that have stalled or lost colour.
- **New planted set-ups:** Establishing roots and colour in a freshly planted small tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **20 drops per 10 L weekly:** About 1 mL per 10 L, or as required.
- **Into high flow:** No shaking; drip the weekly dose where circulation is strongest so it spreads through the tank.
- **Watch the plants:** Increase towards twice-weekly only if growth and colour call for it.
- **Pump optional:** Suitable for a dosing pump on a weekly schedule, though a nano is easy to dose by hand.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All 18 essential elements:** Macro, micro and trace nutrients in one bottle.
- **Carbon sources and accelerants:** Bioavailable carbon for tanks without CO2 and natural accelerants for uptake.
- **Weekly dosing:** One dose a week, drops per 10 L.
- **Roots, growth and colour:** Formulated to promote all three in low-tech tanks.
- **Nano size:** 100 mL lasts a small tank for months at 20 drops per 10 L a week.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Easy Planter range)
- **SKU:** QA500100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321971
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (All-in-One)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, 18 essential elements required by plants, natural accelerants, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 20 drops (about 1 mL) per 10 L weekly or as required
- **Benefits:** Promotes plant and root growth, enhances colouration, improves overall health
- **Application:** Add directly into high flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Low-tech freshwater planted aquariums (no CO2)
---
#### Quantum Easy Planter Universal - 1l
Litre of All-in-One Fertiliser for Large Low-Tech Planted Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-planter-universal-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA501000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801052
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-Planter-Universal-1l.jpg
Large low-tech tanks and fish rooms with several planted aquariums buy their all-in-one fertiliser by the litre, because a capful per 100 L adds up. Quantum Easy Planter Universal 1L (SKU: QA501000) is the largest size of Quantum's low-tech plant fertiliser, containing all 18 essential elements plants require, macro, micro and trace, together with natural accelerants and bioavailable carbon sources in deionised water. Formulated to promote plant and root growth, enhance colouration and improve overall health, it is designed for freshwater planted aquariums that do not inject CO 2 .
The dose is one capful, about 10 mL, per 100 L once a week, or as required, added directly into high flow without shaking, by hand or on a dosing pump. A 500 L planted display uses 50 mL a week, so a litre covers about twenty weeks; a fish room with 300 L of low-tech planted tanks gets more than thirty. Because macros, micros and trace elements arrive together, there is no balancing between bottles, and the weekly dose is adjusted up or down by watching growth and algae rather than by testing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large low-tech displays:** Planted aquariums of 400 L and more without CO2.
- **Fish rooms:** Several low-tech planted tanks dosed from one bottle each week on the same day.
- **Shop planted displays:** Retail tanks kept green and healthy on a simple weekly routine.
- **Ponds with marginal plants:** Small planted ponds and tubs dosed as required through the growing season.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Capful per 100 L weekly:** About 10 mL for every 100 L, once a week or as required.
- **Into high flow:** No shaking; pour by hand or run it from a dosing pump.
- **Adjust by observation:** More for hungry growth, less if algae shows up on glass or leaves.
- **One routine for every tank:** The same capful per 100 L across a whole room of planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All 18 essential elements:** Macro, micro and trace nutrients in a single weekly solution.
- **Low-tech carbon:** Bioavailable carbon sources for tanks that run without gas injection.
- **Natural accelerants:** Blended in for uptake, root growth and colour across the tank.
- **Litre economy:** About twenty weeks on a 500 L display, or longer across smaller tanks.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for a dosing pump, which suits a large display or several tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Easy Planter range)
- **SKU:** QA501000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801052
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (All-in-One)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, 18 essential elements required by plants, natural accelerants, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L weekly or as required
- **Benefits:** Promotes plant and root growth, enhances colouration, improves overall health
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Add directly into high flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Low-tech freshwater planted aquariums (no CO2)
---
#### Quantum Easy Planter Universal - 250ml
Complete Weekly Plant Fertiliser for Low-Tech Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-planter-universal-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA500250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801038
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-Planter-Universal-250ml.jpg
An all-in-one fertiliser trades a little precision for a lot of convenience, and for a low-tech tank that is usually the right trade. Quantum Easy Planter Universal 250ml (SKU: QA500250) is the standard size of Quantum's low-tech plant fertiliser, containing all 18 essential elements plants require, macro, micro and trace, plus natural accelerants and bioavailable carbon sources in deionised water. It is formulated to promote plant and root growth, enhance colouration and improve overall health in freshwater planted aquariums that run without CO 2 , which is most of them.
One capful, about 10 mL, per 100 L once a week is the dose, or as required, added directly into high flow without shaking; a dosing pump can take over if preferred. There is no macro and micro balancing and no CO 2 column to read, just a capful on water-change day. A 100 L planted tank uses 10 mL a week, so the bottle covers about six months; a 50 L tank gets close to a year. Plants that want more can be moved to a second weekly dose, and plants that show algae rather than growth can be dosed less.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low-tech planted tanks:** Community and shrimp scapes of 60 to 200 L without CO2.
- **Beginners and busy keepers:** Anyone who wants complete plant nutrition from one weekly capful and no test kit.
- **Easy-plant tanks:** Anubias, cryptocoryne, ferns, vallisneria and swords that grow well without CO2.
- **Root development:** Newly planted tanks getting established in fresh substrate.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **One capful per 100 L weekly:** About 10 mL, or as required when the plants ask for more.
- **High flow, no shaking:** Pour the capful into circulation or let a dosing pump deliver it.
- **Adjust by the plants:** More often for hungry growth, less if algae appears on the glass or leaves.
- **Water-change day:** Dosing after the change keeps the routine simple and the interval regular.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **18 essential elements:** Everything a plant needs, macro to trace, in one solution.
- **Built for no CO2:** Bioavailable carbon sources for low-tech tanks.
- **Natural accelerants:** Blended in to speed uptake, root growth and colouration.
- **Capful a week:** About 10 mL per 100 L, the simplest planted-tank routine in the range.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for a dosing pump set to a weekly shot.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Easy Planter range)
- **SKU:** QA500250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801038
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (All-in-One)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, 18 essential elements required by plants, natural accelerants, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L weekly or as required
- **Benefits:** Promotes plant and root growth, enhances colouration, improves overall health
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Add directly into high flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Low-tech freshwater planted aquariums (no CO2)
---
#### Quantum Easy Planter Universal - 500ml
All-in-One Low-Tech Plant Fertiliser for Mid-Size Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-planter-universal-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA500500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801045
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-Planter-Universal-500ml.jpg
A 300 L low-tech planted tank dosed weekly gets nearly four months from a 500 mL bottle, which is why this size suits most family aquariums. Quantum Easy Planter Universal 500ml (SKU: QA500500) is Quantum's low-tech plant fertiliser containing all 18 essential elements plants require, macro, micro and trace, with natural accelerants and bioavailable carbon sources in deionised water. It is formulated to promote plant and root growth, enhance colouration and improve overall health, and it is designed specifically for freshwater planted aquariums without CO 2 injection.
The dose is one capful, about 10 mL, per 100 L once a week, or as required, added directly into high flow with no shaking; it can also be run on a dosing pump. Everything is in the one solution, so the keeper is not balancing separate nitrogen, phosphate and trace bottles. On a 300 L tank that is 30 mL a week and about sixteen weeks from the bottle; a 150 L tank gets more than seven months. If growth outpaces the weekly dose the frequency can rise, and if algae appears it can fall.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized low-tech tanks:** Planted community aquariums of 200 to 400 L that run without CO2 injection.
- **Single-bottle routine:** Households that want plant care done in one weekly step with no balancing.
- **Mixed plant collections:** Tanks of swords, crypts, ferns and stems that all need feeding from one bottle.
- **Colour and root growth:** Established tanks whose plants have lost vigour and colour over time.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly capful per 100 L:** About 10 mL for every 100 L of tank, or as required.
- **Into circulation:** No shaking; pour by hand or let a dosing pump deliver the weekly dose.
- **Read the tank:** Faster growth may want a second weekly dose; algae on the glass suggests less.
- **Keep it simple:** Dose on water-change day each week and leave the rest to the plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete nutrition:** All 18 essential plant elements, macro through trace, in one bottle.
- **Carbon for low-tech tanks:** Bioavailable carbon sources that stand in for CO2 injection in a low-tech set-up.
- **Accelerants included:** Natural accelerants to drive uptake, root growth and colour.
- **Half-litre economy:** About sixteen weeks on a 300 L tank at one capful per 100 L.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for a dosing pump programmed for one weekly shot.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Easy Planter range)
- **SKU:** QA500500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801045
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Planted Tank Fertiliser (All-in-One)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, 18 essential elements required by plants, natural accelerants, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L weekly or as required
- **Benefits:** Promotes plant and root growth, enhances colouration, improves overall health
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Add directly into high flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Target Environment:** Low-tech freshwater planted aquariums (no CO2)
---
#### Quantum Easy Z - 1l
Alkalinity and Trace Element Part of a Two-Bottle Reef Dosing System.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13208
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA091000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321957
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-Z-1l.jpg
A reef that consumes 0.3 dKH a day is not unusual, and at that rate a small alkalinity bottle disappears quickly. Quantum Easy Z 1L (SKU: QA091000) is the alkalinity half of the Easy two-part system in the size that suits a 200 to 400 L reef, delivering carbonate alkalinity along with potassium, iodine, bromine, fluoride, boron and minor and trace elements, plus the energy component in every Reef Essential product. Its partner Easy E covers calcium and the metals, so the pair replaces a shelf of single-element supplements with two bottles dosed in equal amounts.
The concentration is the same as the smaller bottle: 1 mL per 100 L lifts alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH, and daily dosing runs at 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking, with a 10 mL capful for measuring. The published targets give a keeper something to aim at: 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, 375 to 400 ppm potassium, 0.06 to 0.09 ppm iodine, 55 to 75 ppm bromine and 4.0 to 6.5 ppm boron. At the moderate rate a litre supplies a 400 L reef for around eleven months, and a doser reservoir needs refilling only a few times a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reef displays:** LPS, mixed and SPS tanks from about 200 to 400 L.
- **Doser reservoirs:** A litre keeps a pump running for months on a moderate tank.
- **Halogen top-up:** Systems where iodine, bromine or boron test low on ICP and the keeper would rather not add more bottles.
- **Simplifying a dosing rack:** Replacing separate alkalinity, potassium and iodine products.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure alkalinity before starting:** Set the daily rate at 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L to suit the stocking level.
- **Add into high flow:** Dose by hand or pump into a well-mixed area, keeping the Easy E dose point separate.
- **Retest and fine-tune:** Weekly testing and small changes; every 1 mL per 100 L is about 0.1 dKH.
- **Equal parts:** Match the Easy E volume each day so alkalinity and calcium rise together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Alkalinity with halogens:** Carbonate alkalinity, potassium, iodine, bromine, fluoride and boron in one part.
- **Fine control:** About 0.1 dKH per 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Stocking-based rates:** Light, moderate and heavy daily doses on the label.
- **Two-part partner:** Runs with Easy E as a complete system for keepers short on doser channels.
- **Litre size:** Suits pump reservoirs and mid-sized systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA091000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321957
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Two-Part Reef Dosing
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH
- **Target Ranges:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH; potassium 375–400 ppm; iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 55–75 ppm; boron 4.0–6.5 ppm
- **Capful:** 10 mL
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums, dosed with Easy E
---
#### Quantum Easy Z - 500ml
Alkalinity, Potassium and Halogen Part of a Two-Part Reef Dosing System.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13207
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA090500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350717
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-Z-500ml.jpg
The alkalinity half of a two-part system usually does nothing but alkalinity. Quantum Easy Z 500ml (SKU: QA090500) takes a broader approach: as well as carbonate alkalinity it supplies potassium, iodine, bromine, fluoride, boron and a range of minor and trace elements, together with the energy component Quantum includes across its Reef Essential products. Dosed with Easy E, which carries calcium and the metals, it completes a two-bottle system that covers the elements corals draw down every day, and it is aimed squarely at keepers who have no room or appetite for a six-channel doser.
Each millilitre per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH, and the daily rate follows stocking: 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L for light, moderate or heavy tanks, measured with the 10 mL capful. Quantum's targets are 7.4 to 10.5 dKH alkalinity, 375 to 400 ppm potassium, 0.06 to 0.09 ppm iodine, 55 to 75 ppm bromine and 4.0 to 6.5 ppm boron, a spread that lets an SPS keeper sit low and an LPS keeper sit high. At the moderate rate the 500 mL bottle looks after a 200 L reef for about eleven months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small reefs on two-part:** Nano and sub-200 L LPS, mixed and SPS tanks that want alkalinity and halogens from one bottle.
- **Limited doser channels:** Systems with two pump heads that still need potassium, iodine and boron replaced.
- **Tanks with drifting halogens:** ICP results showing low iodine, bromine or fluoride alongside falling alkalinity.
- **NPS systems:** Non-photosynthetic tanks consuming alkalinity and trace elements.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test alkalinity first:** Then begin at 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day depending on stocking.
- **Dose in strong flow:** Add to a high-flow zone of the sump or display, never at the same point or moment as Easy E.
- **Adjust by the numbers:** Retest weekly; 1 mL per 100 L shifts alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH, so move in small steps.
- **Balance with Easy E:** Dose the two parts at equal daily volumes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **More than alkalinity:** Carbonate alkalinity with potassium, iodine, bromine, fluoride, boron and trace elements.
- **Gentle increments:** About 0.1 dKH per 1 mL per 100 L, which suits sensitive SPS systems.
- **Three published rates:** Daily doses for light, moderate and heavy stocking.
- **Two-bottle system:** Pairs with Easy E to cover calcium, alkalinity and elements.
- **Capful included:** A 10 mL cap for measuring by hand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA090500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350717
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Two-Part Reef Dosing
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH
- **Target Ranges:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH; potassium 375–400 ppm; iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 55–75 ppm; boron 4.0–6.5 ppm
- **Capful:** 10 mL
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums, dosed with Easy E
---
#### Quantum Easy Z - 5l
Bulk Alkalinity and Trace Element Part for Large Reefs on Two-Part Dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-easy-z-5l/
- Price: $121.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA091010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321964
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Easy-Z-5l.jpg
Coral farms and big displays measure alkalinity consumption in litres of solution per month, and Quantum Easy Z 5L (SKU: QA091010) is the alkalinity half of the Easy two-part system packed for that demand. It supplies carbonate alkalinity together with potassium, iodine, bromine, fluoride, boron and minor and trace elements, plus the energy component Quantum adds across the Reef Essential range. Its partner Easy E carries calcium and the metals; dosed together in equal volume the two cover a heavily stocked system's daily draw without a separate bottle for each halogen.
The effect is the same as the smaller sizes, about 0.1 dKH per 1 mL per 100 L, and the daily rate follows stocking at 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L, measured with the 20 mL capful fitted to the 5 L container or delivered by dosing pump. Quantum's target windows are 7.4 to 10.5 dKH, 375 to 400 ppm potassium, 0.06 to 0.09 ppm iodine, 55 to 75 ppm bromine and 4.0 to 6.5 ppm boron. At the moderate rate 5 L keeps a 1,000 L system dosed for about twenty-two months, or a very heavily stocked 500 L farm for more than a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Displays of 500 L and more where daily alkalinity demand is high.
- **Coral farms:** Grow-out racks where a litre would run out in weeks.
- **Central dosing:** One container supplying the alkalinity line on several tanks.
- **Shop and holding systems:** Retail tanks that need alkalinity and halogens held steady at volume.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then choose the rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day according to how heavily the system is stocked.
- **Run it through a doser or by hand:** Deliver into strong flow with the Easy E line or dose point kept apart.
- **Weekly checks:** Adjust in small increments; 1 mL per 100 L equals about 0.1 dKH.
- **Equal volumes with Easy E:** Keep both parts at the same daily dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full alkalinity part:** Carbonate alkalinity plus potassium, iodine, bromine, fluoride, boron and trace elements.
- **Bulk 5 L pack:** For systems and businesses dosing daily at volume.
- **Consistent strength:** About 0.1 dKH per 1 mL per 100 L across the range.
- **Stocking-scaled dosing:** Light, moderate and heavy rates published.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized to the container for hand dosing on big tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA091010
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321964
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Two-Part Reef Dosing
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 0.5, 0.75 or 1.0 mL per 100 L per day for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 0.1 dKH
- **Target Ranges:** Alkalinity 7.4–10.5 dKH; potassium 375–400 ppm; iodine 0.06–0.09 ppm; bromine 55–75 ppm; boron 4.0–6.5 ppm
- **Capful:** 20 mL
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS reef aquariums, dosed with Easy E
---
#### Quantum Fish Enhance - 250ml (shop Use Only)
Bulk Garlic and Vitamin Food Soak for High-Volume Feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fish-enhance-250ml-shop-use-only/
- Price: $93.38 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA230055
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fish-Enhance-250ml-shop-Use-Only.jpg
A shop feeding forty tanks a day soaks food by the tray, not the cube, and a 50 mL dropper bottle does not last the week. Quantum Fish Enhance 250ml (Shop Use Only) (SKU: QA230055) is the trade size of Quantum's food soak, the same blend of protein, amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, vitamins, beta-glucans and 100% water-soluble garlic extract, formulated to boost vitality, improve health and increase appetite. The water-soluble extract delivers the garlic's active ingredients without the oil, so heavy daily use across a system does not foul the water. It suits all fish in freshwater, planted, pond and saltwater systems.
The method does not change with the bottle: one or two drops per cube of fish food, soaked for at least five minutes, then fed as normal. In a shop or fish room that usually means dosing a day's frozen food in one container and letting it sit while the tanks are checked. No refrigeration is needed, so the bottle stays at the feeding station. This size is stocked for shops, breeders and maintenance businesses, and the Quantum Aqua app carries the same dosing guidance and videos as the retail bottle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail fish systems:** Getting new stock eating quickly across a bank of holding tanks.
- **Breeders and fish rooms:** Daily conditioning feeds for many tanks from one bottle kept at the food bench.
- **Maintenance rounds:** A single bottle covering client tanks through a week of visits.
- **Wholesale quarantine:** Wild-caught arrivals that need appetite and immune support from the first feed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Soak the day's food:** One or two drops per cube, or the equivalent portion, in a clean container.
- **Five minutes minimum:** Let the food take up the extract before it goes out to the tanks.
- **Feed normally:** Usual quantities and times; the soak adds nothing to the water and needs no change to the routine.
- **Keep it at the station:** Room temperature storage, no fridge, so it is always to hand.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trade-size bottle:** 250 mL for shops, breeders and businesses feeding many tanks at volume every day.
- **Oil-free garlic:** 100% water-soluble extract that carries the actives without polluting water, even at shop volumes.
- **Full nutrient blend:** Protein, amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, vitamins and beta-glucans.
- **Appetite, health and vitality:** Formulated to get fish feeding and keep them conditioned.
- **Every system type:** Freshwater, planted, pond and saltwater fish across a whole shop floor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA230055
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Fish Food Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Protein, amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, vitamins, beta-glucans, 100% water-soluble garlic extract
- **Dose Rate:** 1–2 drops per cube of fish food; soak for at least 5 minutes, then feed as normal
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Intended For:** Shop, breeder and trade use
- **Suitable For:** All fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted, pond and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Fish Enhance - 50ml
Garlic and Vitamin Food Soak to Boost Appetite in Aquarium Fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fish-enhance-50ml/
- Price: $35.98 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA230050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801793
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fish-Enhance-50ml.jpg
A fish that will not eat is the most common problem in quarantine, and garlic has been the standard answer for decades. Quantum Fish Enhance 50ml (SKU: QA230050) refines it: a blend of protein, amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, vitamins, beta-glucans and a 100% water-soluble garlic extract, formulated to boost vitality, improve health and increase appetite. Because the garlic extract is water-soluble, the active ingredients go into the food without the oil that usually comes with garlic products, so the soak does not pollute the aquarium water. It suits all fish, in freshwater, planted tanks, ponds and saltwater.
The method is simple. Add one or two drops per cube of fish food, let it soak for a minimum of five minutes, then feed as normal. Frozen cubes, pellets and flake all take the soak, and the coated food carries the garlic, vitamins and beta-glucans into the fish rather than into the water column. No refrigeration is needed, so the bottle lives next to the food. At one or two drops a feed, 50 mL covers a long run of daily feeding, and the Quantum Aqua app carries further dosing guidance and instructional videos.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New and quarantined fish:** Arrivals that are shy of prepared food and need a reason to start eating.
- **Finicky feeders:** Wrasses, anthias, butterflies and wild-caught fish that ignore pellets until something smells right.
- **General conditioning:** Regular soaked feeds to support vitality and health in a community or reef tank all year.
- **Freshwater and ponds too:** Not a marine-only product; suitable for all fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Dose the food, not the tank:** One or two drops per cube of frozen food, or the equivalent portion of pellets or flake.
- **Soak for five minutes:** At least five minutes so the food absorbs the extract.
- **Feed as normal:** Offer the soaked food at the usual time and quantity; nothing else about the routine changes.
- **Store at room temperature:** No refrigeration required, so the bottle stays with the food.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Water-soluble garlic extract:** The active ingredients without the oil, so the water stays clean.
- **Complete supplement blend:** Protein, amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, vitamins and beta-glucans.
- **Appetite and vitality:** Formulated to get reluctant fish eating and keep established ones in condition.
- **All fish, all systems:** Freshwater, planted, pond and saltwater, from a betta to a tang.
- **Drop dosing per cube:** One or two drops per feed, so even the small bottle lasts a long time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA230050
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801793
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Fish Food Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Contents:** Protein, amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, vitamins, beta-glucans, 100% water-soluble garlic extract
- **Dose Rate:** 1–2 drops per cube of fish food; soak for at least 5 minutes, then feed as normal
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Suitable For:** All fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted, pond and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Quantum Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro - 1l
Regenerable Nitrate Resin for Freshwater Aquariums and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/freshwater-nitrate-remover-pro-1l/
- Price: $73.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA611000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800826
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Freshwater-Nitrate-Remover-Pro-1l.jpg
Nitrate in a freshwater tank has two conventional fixes, water changes and plants, and when neither keeps up an ion-exchange resin is the third. Quantum Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro 1L (SKU: QA611000) is a human-grade nitrate-removing resin from Quantum's Freshwater Essential range, usable at any nitrate level and designed for freshwater aquariums and ponds. It cannot be used in saltwater because sulphate interferes with it. One litre of resin treats up to 50,000 L of water at 1 ppm nitrate, and Quantum's formula for sizing a charge is the aquarium's litres multiplied by its nitrate in ppm, divided by 50, which gives the millilitres of resin needed.
A 300 L tank at 20 ppm therefore needs 120 mL of resin, so a litre is about eight charges. The resin is rinsed in RODI water, never tap, placed in the 800 micron zip bag provided and run in a canister filter, a media reactor or a high-flow area, with nitrate tested weekly to track its progress. It must never be allowed to dry out, which damages it permanently, and it is not mixed with Canister Carbon or Bio-active Zeolite because of hardness differences. Exhausted resin is regenerated up to ten times with Quantum's Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator; other regenerators can ruin it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nitrate that water changes cannot hold:** Heavily stocked freshwater tanks creeping past 40 ppm.
- **Nitrate-rich tap water:** Supplies that bring nitrate in with every change.
- **Ponds:** Outdoor systems where changes are impractical and nitrate climbs through summer.
- **Sensitive species:** Discus, apistogramma and shrimp kept at low nitrate.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Size the charge:** Litres times ppm nitrate, divided by 50, equals millilitres of resin.
- **Rinse and bag:** RODI water only, then into the 800 micron zip bag supplied.
- **Canister, reactor or high flow:** Place where water moves through the bag, apart from carbon and zeolite.
- **Test weekly, never dry:** Regenerate with Resin Regenerator when nitrate stops falling; keep the resin wet at all times.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Human-grade resin:** Ion-exchange media that works at any nitrate level.
- **Regenerable ten times:** With Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator, so a litre lasts years.
- **Published capacity:** Up to 50,000 L at 1 ppm from 1 L of resin.
- **Simple sizing formula:** Litres times ppm divided by 50.
- **Bag included:** 800 micron zipper-locked media bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA611000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800826
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Nitrate Resin)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L of resin
- **Capacity:** Up to 50,000 L at 1 ppm nitrate
- **Sizing:** (aquarium litres × ppm nitrate) ÷ 50 = mL of resin
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water; never let the resin dry out
- **Placement:** Canister filter, media reactor or high-flow area in the supplied 800 micron bag; do not mix with Canister Carbon or Bio-active Zeolite
- **Regeneration:** Up to 10 times with Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator only
- **Caution:** Freshwater only; not for saltwater (sulphate interference)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro - 2l
Nitrate-Removing Ion-Exchange Resin for Large Freshwater Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/freshwater-nitrate-remover-pro-2l/
- Price: $122.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA612000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801076
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Freshwater-Nitrate-Remover-Pro-2l.jpg
A 600 L cichlid tank at 30 ppm nitrate needs 360 mL of resin per charge, and the 2 L pack is where that becomes an easy routine. Quantum Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro 2L (SKU: QA612000) is a human-grade nitrate-removing resin from Quantum's Freshwater Essential range, effective across all nitrate levels and formulated for freshwater aquariums and ponds; it is not for saltwater, where sulphate interferes with it. Two litres of resin treat up to 100,000 L at 1 ppm nitrate, and the charge for any tank is its litres multiplied by its nitrate in ppm, divided by 50, in millilitres.
The resin is rinsed in RODI water rather than tap, loaded into the 800 micron zip bag provided and run in a canister filter, a media reactor or a high-flow area, with weekly nitrate tests to show when it is exhausted. It must stay wet at all times, since drying out damages it permanently, and it is kept apart from Canister Carbon and Bio-active Zeolite because their hardness differs. Spent resin is regenerated up to ten times with Quantum's Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator, never with another brand's product. On the 600 L example, 2 L is about five charges before the first regeneration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater tanks:** Systems of 400 L and more with nitrate that changes cannot control.
- **Big cichlid and predator tanks:** Heavy feeding that keeps nitrate high between changes.
- **Medium ponds:** Outdoor systems of a few thousand litres treated in a reactor.
- **Fish rooms:** Several tanks charged from one pack of resin and regenerated together.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Calculate each charge:** Litres times ppm nitrate, divided by 50, in millilitres of resin.
- **RODI rinse, then bag:** Into the 800 micron zip bag supplied.
- **Run it in flow:** Canister, reactor or high-flow area, separate from carbon and zeolite.
- **Weekly tests:** Regenerate with Resin Regenerator when nitrate stops falling; never let the resin dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two litres of human-grade resin:** Up to 100,000 L at 1 ppm nitrate.
- **Works at any nitrate level:** From low-level maintenance to heavy reduction on neglected systems.
- **Ten regenerations:** With Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator only.
- **Formula-based sizing:** Litres times ppm divided by 50.
- **Bag supplied:** 800 micron zipper-locked media bag in the pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA612000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801076
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Nitrate Resin)
- **Net Volume:** 2 L of resin
- **Capacity:** Up to 100,000 L at 1 ppm nitrate
- **Sizing:** (aquarium litres × ppm nitrate) ÷ 50 = mL of resin
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water; never let the resin dry out
- **Placement:** Canister filter, media reactor or high-flow area in the supplied 800 micron bag; do not mix with Canister Carbon or Bio-active Zeolite
- **Regeneration:** Up to 10 times with Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator only
- **Caution:** Freshwater only; not for saltwater (sulphate interference)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro - 5l
Bulk Nitrate Resin for Ponds, Shops and Fish Farms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/freshwater-nitrate-remover-pro-5l/
- Price: $223.02 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA615000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801083
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Freshwater-Nitrate-Remover-Pro-5l.jpg
Koi ponds and shop systems carry nitrate loads that no water-change schedule can keep down, and a bulk resin in a reactor is how they manage it. Quantum Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro 5L (SKU: QA615000) is the largest pack of Quantum's human-grade nitrate-removing resin, effective at all nitrate levels and made for freshwater aquariums and ponds; saltwater is excluded because sulphate interferes with the resin. Five litres treat up to 250,000 L at 1 ppm nitrate, and each charge is sized by the formula litres multiplied by ppm nitrate, divided by 50, giving millilitres of resin.
A 5,000 L pond at 10 ppm needs a litre of resin, so the pack is five such charges before the first regeneration. The resin is rinsed in RODI water, never tap, loaded into 800 micron zip bags and run in canisters, reactors or high-flow areas with weekly nitrate testing. It must never dry out, which causes permanent damage, and it is kept separate from Canister Carbon and Bio-active Zeolite because of hardness differences. Exhausted resin is regenerated up to ten times with Quantum's Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator, and only that product, which makes 5 L a very long-term investment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Koi and goldfish ponds:** Systems in the thousands of litres with nitrate climbing through the season.
- **Retail freshwater systems:** Centralised holding tanks under constant feeding.
- **Fish farms and breeders:** Vats and raceways where changes cannot keep pace.
- **Maintenance contractors:** Resin charges for a round of client ponds and tanks.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Size each charge:** Litres times ppm nitrate, divided by 50, in millilitres of resin.
- **Rinse in RODI and bag:** 800 micron zip bags, one per reactor or filter.
- **Reactor or canister:** Steady flow through the resin, kept apart from carbon and zeolite in the same filter.
- **Test and regenerate:** Weekly nitrate checks; Resin Regenerator up to ten times; keep the resin wet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five litres of resin:** Up to 250,000 L at 1 ppm nitrate.
- **Any nitrate level:** Human-grade ion-exchange media for reduction and maintenance.
- **Regenerable ten times:** Decades of use with Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator.
- **Published sizing formula:** Litres times ppm divided by 50.
- **Pond and trade scale:** Enough resin for several large systems, with 800 micron bags supplied.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA615000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801083
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Filter Media (Nitrate Resin)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L of resin
- **Capacity:** Up to 250,000 L at 1 ppm nitrate
- **Sizing:** (aquarium litres × ppm nitrate) ÷ 50 = mL of resin
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water; never let the resin dry out
- **Placement:** Canister filter, media reactor or high-flow area in 800 micron bags; do not mix with Canister Carbon or Bio-active Zeolite
- **Regeneration:** Up to 10 times with Freshwater Essential Resin Regenerator only
- **Caution:** Freshwater only; not for saltwater (sulphate interference)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Fw Phosphate Remover Pro - 100ml
Drop-Dosed Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Small Fish-Only Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fw-phosphate-remover-pro-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA460100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350359
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fw-Phosphate-Remover-Pro-100ml.jpg
Green water and glass algae in a small goldfish tank almost always trace back to phosphate, and lanthanum is the fastest way to take it out. Quantum FW Phosphate Remover Pro 100ml (SKU: QA460100) is the drop-dosed size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Phosphate Remover Pro, a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds both ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it into the filter media, where it is removed rather than left for algae. It is the freshwater counterpart to Quantum's AR Phosphate Remover, and it is for fish-only tanks and ponds, never for aquariums containing live plants.
Dosing follows the phosphate reading, per 50 L daily: 1 to 10 drops at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm, 5 to 25 drops at 0.25 to 1.0 ppm, 10 to 50 drops at 1.0 to 5.0 ppm, 50 to 100 drops at 5.0 to 10 ppm, and 100 drops above 10 ppm, with 20 drops making about 1 mL. The solution goes directly into high water flow without shaking and can be run through a dosing pump. A white precipitate forming on the glass means the dose is too high; Quantum's White Film Remover cleans it off, and the dose comes down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small fish-only tanks:** Goldfish, betta and livebearer tanks under about 100 L with no live plants.
- **Algae on the glass:** Film and spot algae driven by phosphate from heavy feeding.
- **Green water:** Small tanks and tubs where suspended algae keeps returning.
- **Phosphate-rich tap water:** Supplies that bring phosphate in with every change.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test phosphate:** Pick the table row for the reading and start at its lower figure.
- **Drops into high flow:** Add the daily drops per 50 L where circulation is strongest; no shaking.
- **Watch the glass:** A white film means overdosing; reduce the dose and clean with White Film Remover.
- **Retest and step down:** Move to a lower row as phosphate falls; never use in a tank or pond with live plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified lanthanum:** Precipitates ionic and chemically bound phosphate for the filter to collect.
- **Drop dosing per 50 L:** Five rows from 0.03 ppm to above 10 ppm.
- **Freshwater formula:** The fish-only and pond version of Quantum's phosphate remover.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Automate once the daily amount is known.
- **Visible overdose check:** White film on the glass tells you to cut back.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA460100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350359
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 1–10, 5–25, 10–50, 50–100 or 100 drops per 50 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10+ ppm (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums or ponds with live plants
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Fw Phosphate Remover Pro - 1l
Litre of Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Large Fish Tanks and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fw-phosphate-remover-pro-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA461000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800901
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fw-Phosphate-Remover-Pro-1l.jpg
Ponds and big predator tanks produce phosphate faster than any pad can soak it up, and liquid lanthanum dosed to the reading is the standard answer. Quantum FW Phosphate Remover Pro 1L (SKU: QA461000) is the litre size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Phosphate Remover Pro, a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it into the filter media. It is formulated for freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds; Quantum's AR Phosphate Remover covers saltwater, and neither is used where live plants grow.
The dose depends on the reading, per 100 L daily: 0.1 to 1.0 mL at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm phosphate, 0.5 to 2.5 mL at 0.25 to 1.0 ppm, 1.0 to 5.0 mL at 1.0 to 5.0 ppm, 5.0 to 10 mL at 5.0 to 10 ppm and 10 mL above 10 ppm. A 2,000 L pond at 1 ppm takes 20 to 100 mL a day, so a litre covers the reduction and weeks of maintenance. The solution goes into high water flow without shaking, suits dosing pumps, and a white precipitate on the glass signals overdosing to be corrected with a lower dose and Quantum's White Film Remover.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ponds without plants:** Goldfish and koi ponds that green up from phosphate.
- **Large fish-only tanks:** Predator and cichlid displays of 400 L and more.
- **Dosing-pump systems:** A litre keeps a reservoir supplied for months at maintenance rates.
- **Phosphate-rich supply water:** Systems whose tap water adds phosphate at every change and top-up.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test, then select the row:** Start at the lower figure for the phosphate reading.
- **Deliver into high flow:** By hand or through a dosing pump line; no shaking.
- **Look for film:** A white haze on the glass means the daily amount should be cut.
- **Follow the level down:** Retest every few days and move to a lower row; not for planted systems.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lanthanum precipitation:** Removes both ionic and chemically bound phosphate quickly.
- **Litre for large systems:** Covers reduction and long-term maintenance on ponds and big tanks.
- **Five-range dosing:** Daily mL per 100 L set by the phosphate reading.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for automated dosing, the usual way a litre is used on a pond.
- **Overdose indicator:** White film on the glass, cleaned with White Film Remover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA461000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800901
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums or ponds with live plants
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Fw Phosphate Remover Pro - 250ml
Liquid Lanthanum Phosphate Binder for Freshwater Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fw-phosphate-remover-pro-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA460250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800888
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fw-Phosphate-Remover-Pro-250ml.jpg
Phosphate pads in a canister filter work slowly and saturate quickly; a lanthanum solution works in hours and is dosed to the reading. Quantum FW Phosphate Remover Pro 250ml (SKU: QA460250) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Phosphate Remover Pro in the size that suits most fish-only home tanks, a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it into the filter media. Quantum makes a separate AR version for saltwater; this one is for freshwater aquariums and ponds without live plants.
The dose per 100 L daily runs from 0.1 to 1.0 mL at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm phosphate, through 0.5 to 2.5 mL at 0.25 to 1.0 ppm and 1.0 to 5.0 mL at 1.0 to 5.0 ppm, up to 10 mL above 10 ppm, with a capful of about 10 mL. It is added directly into high water flow without shaking and is compatible with dosing pumps. A white precipitate on the glass signals overdosing: the dose is reduced and the film cleaned with Quantum's White Film Remover. Regular testing keeps the daily amount in step with the falling level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only tanks of 100 to 250 L:** Goldfish, cichlid and livebearer systems without plants.
- **Persistent algae:** Hair, film and spot algae that water changes alone will not shift from the glass.
- **Heavy feeders:** Oscar and goldfish tanks where phosphate climbs between changes.
- **Replacing phosphate pads:** Tanks without room for more media in the filter or a reactor.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure phosphate:** Choose the row for the reading and begin at the lower figure.
- **High-flow addition:** Pour the daily amount into strong circulation, or run it on a dosing pump.
- **Check for film:** A white haze on the glass is the overdose signal; cut the dose.
- **Taper with the reading:** Retest often and move down the table; never use with live plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast-acting lanthanum:** Precipitates phosphate within hours rather than adsorbing it slowly over weeks.
- **Handles bound phosphate:** Removes chemically bound as well as ionic phosphate that other methods leave behind.
- **Five-row dosing table:** From 0.1 mL to 10 mL per 100 L a day, set by the phosphate level.
- **Pump-compatible:** Suitable for automated daily dosing once the rate is known.
- **Freshwater and pond formula:** The fish-only counterpart to AR Phosphate Remover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA460250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800888
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums or ponds with live plants
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Fw Phosphate Remover Pro - 500ml
Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Mid-Size Fish Tanks and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fw-phosphate-remover-pro-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA460500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800895
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fw-Phosphate-Remover-Pro-500ml.jpg
A 300 L oscar tank at 2 ppm phosphate needs a few millilitres of lanthanum a day for a couple of weeks and then a trickle to hold it, and the 500 mL bottle covers both. Quantum FW Phosphate Remover Pro 500ml (SKU: QA460500) is Quantum's Freshwater Essential Phosphate Remover Pro, a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it into the filter media, removing the algae's food supply rather than the algae. It is made for freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds, and it is not used where live plants are growing.
Per 100 L daily the dose is 0.1 to 1.0 mL at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm phosphate, 0.5 to 2.5 mL at 0.25 to 1.0 ppm, 1.0 to 5.0 mL at 1.0 to 5.0 ppm, 5.0 to 10 mL at 5.0 to 10 ppm and 10 mL above that, with a 10 mL capful for measuring. The solution goes directly into high water flow without shaking and runs on a dosing pump if wanted. A white precipitate on the glass means the dose is too high; Quantum's White Film Remover cleans it and the dose is reduced. Test every few days during the reduction.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized fish-only tanks:** Systems of 200 to 400 L with phosphate above where the keeper wants it.
- **Small ponds:** Tubs and patio ponds without plants that green up in summer.
- **Large-fish tanks:** Cichlid and goldfish systems where feeding drives phosphate.
- **Doser owners:** A bottle that fills a reservoir for the whole reduction and beyond.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the level:** Match phosphate to the table and start low within the row.
- **Into strong flow:** By hand or dosing pump; the bottle is not shaken.
- **Glass as the gauge:** White film means too much; back off and clean with White Film Remover.
- **Retest and adjust:** Drop to a lower row as phosphate falls; keep it away from planted tanks and ponds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified lanthanum solution:** Removes ionic and chemically bound phosphate by precipitation.
- **Reading-based table:** Five phosphate ranges with daily mL per 100 L.
- **Dosing-pump ready:** Suitable for automation on a mid-sized system.
- **Self-indicating:** White film on the glass flags an overdose early.
- **Fish-only and pond use:** Quantum's freshwater phosphate formula, sold alongside the saltwater AR version.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA460500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800895
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums or ponds with live plants
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Fw Phosphate Remover Pro - 5l
Bulk Lanthanum Phosphate Remover for Ponds, Shops and Fish Farms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fw-phosphate-remover-pro-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA465000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800918
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Fw-Phosphate-Remover-Pro-5l.jpg
Koi ponds in the tens of thousands of litres and shop fish systems fight phosphate all season, and the 5 L container is packed for that scale. Quantum FW Phosphate Remover Pro 5L (SKU: QA465000) is the bulk size of Quantum's Freshwater Essential Phosphate Remover Pro, a solution of purified lanthanum in deionised water that binds ionic and chemically bound phosphate and precipitates it into the filter media. The container carries a 20 mL capful for hand dosing on large volumes, and the product is for freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds, never for systems with live plants.
The table is the same as the bottles, per 100 L daily: 0.1 to 1.0 mL at 0.03 to 0.25 ppm phosphate, rising through 0.5 to 2.5 mL, 1.0 to 5.0 mL and 5.0 to 10 mL, to 10 mL above 10 ppm. A 10,000 L koi pond at 0.5 ppm takes 50 to 250 mL a day, so 5 L covers a long reduction and the maintenance after it. It is added into high water flow without shaking and is compatible with dosing pumps. A white precipitate on the glass or liner signals overdosing; the dose comes down and Quantum's White Film Remover clears the film.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Koi and goldfish ponds:** Large unplanted ponds that green up through summer as phosphate builds.
- **Retail freshwater systems:** Holding tanks with constant feeding and phosphate input.
- **Fish farms and breeders:** Vats and raceways where heavy feeding drives phosphate and algae.
- **Maintenance businesses:** One container serving a round of pond clients through the season.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test each system:** Use the row that matches its phosphate and start at the lower figure.
- **Dose into strong flow:** By capful into circulation or through a dosing pump line.
- **Check surfaces daily:** White film on glass or liner means reduce the dose on that system.
- **Retest and taper:** Move down the table as phosphate falls; keep it away from planted ponds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk lanthanum:** 5 L of freshwater phosphate remover for high-volume systems.
- **Ionic and bound phosphate:** Precipitated out for the filter to collect.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for hand dosing on ponds and large tanks.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Runs on automated lines feeding several systems.
- **Same five-row table:** Daily mL per 100 L by phosphate reading, identical to the bottles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA465000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800918
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Phosphate Remover (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lanthanum
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–1.0, 0.5–2.5, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10.0 or 10.0 mL per 100 L daily for phosphate of 0.03–0.25, 0.25–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Application:** Directly into high water flow; shaking not required
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** White film on glass indicates overdosing; not for aquariums or ponds with live plants
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater fish-only aquariums and ponds
---
#### Quantum Hr Nitrate Remover - 100ml
Carbon-Source Nitrate Reducer for Small Tanks Above 15 ppm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/hr-nitrate-remover-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA160100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350298
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Hr-Nitrate-Remover-100ml.jpg
Carbon dosing works by feeding the bacteria that eat nitrate, and it works best when the dose is matched to the reading. Quantum HR Nitrate Remover 100ml (SKU: QA160100) is the high-range version of Quantum's carbon source, a solution of bioavailable carbon in deionised water formulated for saltwater aquariums with nitrate above 15 ppm. The 100 mL bottle is dosed in drops per 50 L, which suits nano and small tanks, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The dose follows the nitrate level, from 15 to 30 drops per 50 L daily at 15 to 30 ppm up to 60 drops at 60 ppm or above, with 20 drops making about 1 mL. Quantum lists three required parameters, a minimum of 15 ppm nitrate, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more, and once nitrate falls to 15 ppm the keeper switches to the low-range LR formula. The solution is added directly into high water flow without shaking, it can be run on a dosing pump, and it must not be used in aquariums with live plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small tanks with high nitrate:** Nano and sub-100 L systems reading above 15 ppm.
- **Starting a carbon-dosing regime:** The first stage before moving to the LR formula for maintenance.
- **Fish-heavy systems:** FOWLR and mixed tanks where feeding keeps nitrate up.
- **Any saltwater system without plants:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Confirm the parameters:** Nitrate above 15 ppm, alkalinity at least 7 dKH and pH at least 8.2 before the first dose.
- **Dose in drops:** Pick the row for the nitrate reading and add the daily drops per 50 L into high flow, no shaking needed.
- **Retest weekly:** Step down the table as nitrate falls.
- **Switch at 15 ppm:** Move to LR Nitrate Remover once the reading reaches 15 ppm; never use in a planted tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable carbon sources:** Feed denitrifying bacteria to reduce high nitrate.
- **Drop dosing per 50 L:** Four rows from 15 ppm to above 60 ppm.
- **Published prerequisites:** Minimum 15 ppm nitrate, 7 dKH and pH 8.2.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Can be automated once the rate is settled, though drops are easy enough by hand on a nano.
- **Two-stage system:** Pairs with LR Nitrate Remover for the low-range finish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA160100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350298
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 15–30, 30–45, 45–60 or 60 drops per 50 L daily for nitrate of 15–30, 30–45, 45–60 or 60+ ppm (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm minimum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Hr Nitrate Remover - 1l
Litre of High-Range Carbon Dosing for Large Marine Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/hr-nitrate-remover-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA161000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650511
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Hr-Nitrate-Remover-1l.jpg
Large FOWLR systems and predator tanks routinely sit above 50 ppm nitrate, and the daily carbon dose on 600 L adds up to tens of millilitres. Quantum HR Nitrate Remover 1L (SKU: QA161000) is the litre size of Quantum's high-range carbon source, a solution of bioavailable carbon in deionised water that feeds denitrifying bacteria and is formulated for saltwater aquariums above 15 ppm nitrate. It is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, and the litre suits large tanks and dosing-pump reservoirs.
Per 100 L daily the dose runs from 1.5 to 3.0 mL at 15 to 30 ppm nitrate to 6.0 mL at 60 ppm or above. A 600 L system at 60 ppm needs 36 mL a day, so a litre covers about a month at the top rate and steadily more as the level falls. Quantum's prerequisites are nitrate of at least 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more, and at 15 ppm the keeper changes to the LR formula. Add it into high water flow without shaking, on a dosing pump if preferred, and never in a planted aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large marine systems:** Reefs and FOWLR tanks of 400 L and more with nitrate above 15 ppm.
- **Predator and large-fish displays:** Heavy feeding that keeps nitrate high.
- **Doser reservoirs:** A litre feeding a pump through a long reduction phase.
- **Every saltwater format:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems without live plants.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Verify the parameters:** Nitrate at least 15 ppm, alkalinity at least 7 dKH, pH at least 8.2.
- **Daily dose into flow:** The table's mL per 100 L for the reading, into strong circulation, by pump or by hand without shaking.
- **Weekly review:** Reduce the dose a row at a time as nitrate falls.
- **Switch at 15 ppm:** Move to LR Nitrate Remover for the low range; never dose a planted tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbon source for denitrification:** Reduces high nitrate biologically in saltwater.
- **Litre for large systems:** Covers a full high-range reduction on a big tank before the LR stage begins.
- **Nitrate-based dosing table:** Four rows from 15 ppm to above 60 ppm.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for automated lines on a sump or central system.
- **Two-formula system:** Followed by LR Nitrate Remover below 15 ppm for long-term control.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA161000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650511
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1.5–3.0, 3.0–4.5, 4.5–6.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 15–30, 30–45, 45–60 or 60+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm minimum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Hr Nitrate Remover - 250ml
High-Range Carbon Dosing Solution for Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/hr-nitrate-remover-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA160250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028785
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Hr-Nitrate-Remover-250ml.jpg
A fish-only tank at 40 ppm nitrate is not going to come down on water changes alone without a lot of salt. Quantum HR Nitrate Remover 250ml (SKU: QA160250) offers the other route: a solution of bioavailable carbon sources in deionised water that feeds denitrifying bacteria, formulated for saltwater systems with nitrate above 15 ppm. The 250 mL bottle is dosed in millilitres per 100 L and suits small to mid-sized reefs and FOWLR tanks across LPS, mixed, SPS and NPS systems.
Daily dosing per 100 L runs from 1.5 to 3.0 mL at 15 to 30 ppm nitrate up to 6.0 mL at 60 ppm or above, with the capful measuring about 10 mL. Before starting, Quantum requires nitrate of at least 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more, and once nitrate has fallen to 15 ppm the tank moves to the LR formula, which works at low levels without encouraging bacterial slime. The solution goes directly into high water flow, needs no shaking, suits dosing pumps, and is not for aquariums containing live plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized systems with high nitrate:** Tanks of 100 to 250 L reading above 15 ppm.
- **Overstocked or overfed tanks:** Where the nitrate source cannot be reduced quickly enough by feeding less.
- **Before the LR stage:** The high-range reduction that precedes low-range maintenance.
- **Rated environments:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums, never planted ones.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check the prerequisites:** At least 15 ppm nitrate, 7 dKH and pH 8.2.
- **Dose by the row:** The daily mL per 100 L for the current nitrate range, into high flow, by hand or pump.
- **Test weekly and step down:** Reduce the dose as the reading falls.
- **Change formula at 15 ppm:** Continue with LR Nitrate Remover; keep it out of planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbon for denitrifying bacteria:** Reduces high nitrate biologically rather than by dilution.
- **Four-row dosing table:** 1.5 to 6.0 mL per 100 L daily by nitrate level, so the dose falls with the reading.
- **Clear entry conditions:** Minimum 15 ppm nitrate, 7 dKH and pH 8.2, all checked before the first dose.
- **10 mL capful and pump-compatible:** Easy to measure or automate on a small doser.
- **Hands over to LR:** Part of a two-stage nitrate system that finishes with the low-range formula.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA160250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028785
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1.5–3.0, 3.0–4.5, 4.5–6.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 15–30, 30–45, 45–60 or 60+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm minimum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Hr Nitrate Remover - 500ml
Carbon Source for Reducing Nitrate Above 15 ppm in Mid-Size Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/hr-nitrate-remover-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA160500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573028808
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Hr-Nitrate-Remover-500ml.jpg
Bringing a 300 L system down from 50 ppm nitrate takes weeks of daily carbon dosing, and the 500 mL bottle is what makes that practical. Quantum HR Nitrate Remover 500ml (SKU: QA160500) is a solution of bioavailable carbon sources in deionised water that feeds the denitrifying bacteria which convert nitrate to nitrogen gas, formulated for saltwater aquariums reading above 15 ppm. Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, and this size suits mid-sized reefs and fish-only tanks through the whole reduction.
The daily dose per 100 L runs from 1.5 to 3.0 mL at 15 to 30 ppm nitrate up to 6.0 mL at 60 ppm or more. On a 300 L tank at 50 ppm that is roughly 15 mL a day, so the bottle covers a month at the top rate and far longer as the dose falls. Quantum's entry conditions are nitrate of at least 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more; at 15 ppm the tank switches to the LR formula. Dose into high water flow without shaking, by hand or pump, never in a planted tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized systems with high nitrate:** Reefs and FOWLR tanks of 200 to 400 L above 15 ppm.
- **Long reductions:** Tanks starting from 40 ppm or more that need weeks of dosing.
- **Doser owners:** A bottle that fills a reservoir for the whole high-range phase.
- **All saltwater types:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, excluding tanks with live plants.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Meet the conditions:** Nitrate 15 ppm or more, alkalinity 7 dKH or more, pH 8.2 or more.
- **Dose to the reading:** The row's daily mL per 100 L into strong flow; shaking is not required.
- **Weekly tests:** Reduce along the table as nitrate drops.
- **Hand over at 15 ppm:** Continue with LR Nitrate Remover; not for planted aquariums.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Biological nitrate reduction:** Carbon sources for denitrifying bacteria, which turn nitrate into nitrogen gas.
- **High-range formula:** Designed for readings above 15 ppm, where most fish-heavy tanks sit.
- **Dosing table on the label:** 1.5 to 6.0 mL per 100 L daily by nitrate level.
- **Pump-compatible with 10 mL capful:** Automate or measure by hand between refills.
- **Two-stage approach:** Followed by LR Nitrate Remover at low levels, which avoids bacterial slime.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA160500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573028808
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1.5–3.0, 3.0–4.5, 4.5–6.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 15–30, 30–45, 45–60 or 60+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm minimum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Hr Nitrate Remover - 5l
Bulk Carbon Dosing Solution for Shops, Farms and Large Fish Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/hr-nitrate-remover-5l/
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA165000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800789
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Hr-Nitrate-Remover-5l.jpg
Holding systems in a shop take in new fish every week, and nitrate follows. Quantum HR Nitrate Remover 5L (SKU: QA165000) is the bulk size of Quantum's high-range carbon source, a solution of bioavailable carbon in deionised water that feeds denitrifying bacteria and is formulated for saltwater systems with nitrate above 15 ppm. The 5 L container carries a 20 mL capful for hand dosing on large volumes and is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums, from retail systems to fish rooms and very large displays.
The table matches the smaller bottles, from 1.5 to 3.0 mL per 100 L daily at 15 to 30 ppm nitrate to 6.0 mL at 60 ppm or above. A 3,000 L fish system at 40 ppm takes 90 to 135 mL a day, which 5 L supplies for well over a month before the dose starts to fall. Quantum's conditions are nitrate of at least 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more, with a change to the LR formula at 15 ppm. Dose into high water flow, no shaking, by pump or capful, never in planted aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail and wholesale fish systems:** Centralised holding tanks with constant nitrate input.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Multiple heavily fed marine tanks on one carbon source.
- **Very large displays:** FOWLR and mixed systems past 1,000 L above 15 ppm.
- **Maintenance rounds:** One container covering several client tanks in the high-range phase.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check each system:** Nitrate 15 ppm or more, alkalinity 7 dKH or more, pH 8.2 or more before starting.
- **Dose by the table:** Daily mL per 100 L for the reading, into strong flow by capful or pump.
- **Test weekly per system:** Step the dose down as each tank's nitrate falls.
- **Change to LR at 15 ppm:** Finish the low range with LR Nitrate Remover; keep it out of planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk carbon source:** 5 L for high-volume nitrate reduction in saltwater across several systems.
- **High-range formulation:** Made for readings above 15 ppm, typical of busy holding systems.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for large-tank hand dosing.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for central dosing lines serving a bank of tanks.
- **Same four-row table:** 1.5 to 6.0 mL per 100 L daily by nitrate level, unchanged from the bottles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA165000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800789
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1.5–3.0, 3.0–4.5, 4.5–6.0 or 6.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 15–30, 30–45, 45–60 or 60+ ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm minimum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lr Nitrate Remover - 100ml
Low-Range Carbon Dosing for Nano Reefs Holding Nitrate Under 15 ppm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/lr-nitrate-remover-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA170100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350304
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lr-Nitrate-Remover-100ml.jpg
Once nitrate is down to a few ppm, the job changes from reduction to holding, and heavy carbon dosing at that point tends to grow slime rather than fix anything. Quantum LR Nitrate Remover 100ml (SKU: QA170100) is Quantum's low-range carbon source, a solution of bioavailable carbon in deionised water formulated for aquariums with 15 ppm nitrate or less and designed to reduce it without promoting the nuisance bacterial slime that stronger dosing can bring. The 100 mL bottle is dosed in drops per 50 L for nano and small tanks, and it is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The dose steps with the reading: 1 to 5 drops per 50 L daily at 0.1 to 1.0 ppm nitrate, 5 to 10 drops at 1.0 to 5.0 ppm, 10 to 20 drops at 5.0 to 10 ppm and 20 to 30 drops at 10 to 15 ppm, with 20 drops making about 1 mL. Quantum's parameters are a maximum of 15 ppm nitrate, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more; above 15 ppm the HR formula does the heavy lifting first. Dose into high flow without shaking, on a pump if wanted, and never in a planted aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs at low nitrate:** Small tanks reading under 15 ppm that need it held or nudged lower.
- **After an HR reduction:** The maintenance stage once the high-range formula has brought nitrate down.
- **SPS colour work:** Tanks aiming for a few ppm of nitrate for pastel colouration.
- **Any marine system without plants:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Confirm the range:** Nitrate at or below 15 ppm, alkalinity at least 7 dKH and pH at least 8.2.
- **Calculate on real volume:** Total litres minus rock, sand and media, then the drops per 50 L for the reading.
- **Into high flow, no shaking:** Add the daily drops where circulation is strongest, or run on a small doser.
- **Retest weekly:** Step down the table as nitrate falls; keep it out of planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low-range carbon source:** Formulated for 15 ppm nitrate and below.
- **Slime-conscious formula:** Reduces nitrate without encouraging bacterial slime in the tank.
- **Drop dosing per 50 L:** Four rows from 0.1 ppm to 15 ppm for fine control on small tanks.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Can be automated once the rate is known.
- **Second stage of a pair:** Follows HR Nitrate Remover when nitrate reaches 15 ppm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA170100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350304
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 1–5, 5–10, 10–20 or 20–30 drops per 50 L daily for nitrate of 0.1–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10–15 ppm (20 drops ≈ 1 mL)
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm maximum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lr Nitrate Remover - 1l
Litre of Low-Range Carbon Dosing for Large Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/lr-nitrate-remover-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA171000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800765
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lr-Nitrate-Remover-1l.jpg
Large reefs that have already brought nitrate down still dose carbon every day to keep it there, and on 600 L that is a litre's worth over a season. Quantum LR Nitrate Remover 1L (SKU: QA171000) is Quantum's low-range carbon source in its litre size, a solution of bioavailable carbon in deionised water formulated for aquariums at 15 ppm nitrate or below and designed to work without promoting bacterial slime. It follows the HR formula once the high-range phase is over, and it is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
Per 100 L daily the dose runs from 0.1 to 0.5 mL at 0.1 to 1.0 ppm nitrate up to 2.0 to 3.0 mL at 10 to 15 ppm, with the intermediate rows listed below and a capful of about 10 mL. A 600 L system at 8 ppm takes 6 to 12 mL a day, so a litre lasts three to five months. The parameters are nitrate no higher than 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more, worked out on net water volume. Add into high water flow without shaking, by pump or hand, never with live plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reefs at low nitrate:** Displays of 400 L and more holding under 15 ppm.
- **Long-term maintenance:** Daily carbon dosing after the HR stage on a big system.
- **Doser reservoirs:** A litre feeding a pump for months at low-range rates.
- **Suitable systems:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums that contain no live plants.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Verify the range:** Nitrate 15 ppm or less, alkalinity 7 dKH or more and pH 8.2 or more.
- **Calculate on water volume:** Subtract rock, sand and media, then apply the row for the reading.
- **Into flow, unshaken:** Dose through a pump or by hand into strong circulation.
- **Test weekly:** Step the dose down as nitrate drops; keep it away from planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Litre of low-range carbon:** Months of maintenance dosing on a large reef.
- **Slime-limiting formula:** Reduces nitrate below 15 ppm without bacterial film.
- **Nitrate-based table:** Four rows from 0.1 ppm to 15 ppm, so the dose shrinks as the reading does.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for automated lines on a sump, the usual way a litre is used.
- **Second of two formulas:** Continues where HR Nitrate Remover leaves off.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA171000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800765
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–0.5, 0.5–1.0, 1.0–2.0 or 2.0–3.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 0.1–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10–15 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm maximum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lr Nitrate Remover - 250ml
Low-Range Nitrate Control for Small Reef and Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/lr-nitrate-remover-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA170250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800741
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lr-Nitrate-Remover-250ml.jpg
Most reef keepers want nitrate somewhere between 2 and 10 ppm, and holding it there is a matter of small daily doses. Quantum LR Nitrate Remover 250ml (SKU: QA170250) is the low-range half of Quantum's carbon-dosing pair, a solution of bioavailable carbon sources in deionised water that feeds the bacteria converting nitrate to nitrogen gas, formulated for aquariums at 15 ppm or below and made to work without promoting bacterial slime. The 250 mL bottle is dosed in millilitres per 100 L and suits small to mid-sized LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
Per 100 L daily the dose is 0.1 to 0.5 mL at 0.1 to 1.0 ppm nitrate, 0.5 to 1.0 mL at 1.0 to 5.0 ppm, 1.0 to 2.0 mL at 5.0 to 10 ppm and 2.0 to 3.0 mL at 10 to 15 ppm, with a capful of about 10 mL. The required parameters are nitrate no higher than 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more; tanks above 15 ppm start on the HR formula. Volume is calculated as total litres minus rock, media and ornaments. Add into high flow without shaking, by hand or dosing pump, never in a planted tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** Systems of 100 to 250 L holding nitrate under 15 ppm.
- **Maintenance after HR:** Continuing carbon dosing once the high-range phase is finished.
- **Low-nutrient targets:** Tanks aiming for single-digit nitrate for coral colour.
- **Reef and fish-only systems:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums, excluding planted tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check the parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm or less, alkalinity 7 dKH or more and pH 8.2 or more.
- **Work from net volume:** Subtract rock, sand and media before applying the mL per 100 L for the reading.
- **High flow, no shaking:** Dose by hand or run it on a dosing pump into strong circulation.
- **Weekly tests:** Move down a row as nitrate falls, and stop short of zero if corals show it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbon dosing for low nitrate:** Formulated for 15 ppm and below.
- **No slime formula:** Reduces nitrate without the bacterial film heavier dosing can cause.
- **Four-row table:** 0.1 to 3.0 mL per 100 L daily by nitrate level.
- **10 mL capful, pump-compatible:** Measure by hand or automate.
- **Pairs with HR:** The finishing formula in Quantum's two-stage nitrate system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA170250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800741
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–0.5, 0.5–1.0, 1.0–2.0 or 2.0–3.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 0.1–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10–15 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm maximum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lr Nitrate Remover - 500ml
Carbon Source for Holding Nitrate Below 15 ppm in Mid-Size Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/lr-nitrate-remover-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA170500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800758
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lr-Nitrate-Remover-500ml.jpg
A 300 L mixed reef that has settled at 5 ppm nitrate needs only a few millilitres of carbon a day to stay there, and a 500 mL bottle covers months of that. Quantum LR Nitrate Remover 500ml (SKU: QA170500) is a solution of bioavailable carbon sources in deionised water, formulated for aquariums with nitrate at 15 ppm or below and designed to reduce it without promoting the nuisance bacterial slime that heavier carbon dosing can produce. It is the low-range partner to Quantum's HR formula and is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The daily dose per 100 L runs from 0.1 to 0.5 mL at 0.1 to 1.0 ppm nitrate to 2.0 to 3.0 mL at 10 to 15 ppm, with the two middle rows in the details below and a capful of about 10 mL. On a 300 L tank at 5 ppm, 3 to 6 mL a day means the bottle lasts three to five months. Quantum's parameters are nitrate no higher than 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more, calculated on the tank's water volume less rock and media. Dose into high flow, unshaken, never in a planted aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs at low nitrate:** Systems of 200 to 400 L holding readings under 15 ppm.
- **Following an HR reduction:** Maintenance once the high-range bottle has done its work.
- **Dosing-pump owners:** A bottle that fills a reservoir for a long run at low daily doses.
- **Reef and FOWLR systems:** Any LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS or fish-only tank, so long as it has no live plants.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Meet the parameters:** Nitrate at or under 15 ppm, alkalinity 7 dKH or more, pH 8.2 or more.
- **Net litres first:** Take rock, sand and media off the total before reading the mL per 100 L.
- **Strong flow, no shaking:** Add daily into circulation or through a dosing pump.
- **Weekly review:** Reduce along the table as nitrate falls; not for planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low-range formulation:** Made for aquariums at 15 ppm nitrate or below.
- **Controlled bacterial growth:** Reduces nitrate without the slime heavier dosing brings.
- **Published dosing table:** 0.1 to 3.0 mL per 100 L daily by reading.
- **Pump-compatible with 10 mL capful:** Automate or measure by hand.
- **Two-stage system:** Takes over from HR Nitrate Remover at 15 ppm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA170500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800758
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–0.5, 0.5–1.0, 1.0–2.0 or 2.0–3.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 0.1–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10–15 ppm
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm maximum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Lr Nitrate Remover - 5l
Bulk Low-Range Carbon Source for Coral Farms and Shop Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/lr-nitrate-remover-5l/
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA175000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800772
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Lr-Nitrate-Remover-5l.jpg
Coral farms run nitrate low on purpose and dose carbon across thousands of litres to keep it there. Quantum LR Nitrate Remover 5L (SKU: QA175000) is the bulk size of Quantum's low-range carbon source, a solution of bioavailable carbon in deionised water formulated for aquariums at 15 ppm nitrate or below and designed to reduce it without promoting bacterial slime. The 5 L container carries a 20 mL capful and is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, from propagation racks to retail coral systems and very large displays.
The table is the same as the bottles: per 100 L daily, 0.1 to 0.5 mL at 0.1 to 1.0 ppm nitrate rising to 2.0 to 3.0 mL at 10 to 15 ppm, with the middle rows below. A 2,500 L coral system at 3 ppm takes 12 to 25 mL a day, so 5 L covers most of a year. Quantum's parameters are nitrate no higher than 15 ppm, alkalinity of 7 dKH or more and pH of 8.2 or more, calculated on net water volume; systems above 15 ppm start on the HR formula. Dose into high flow without shaking, by pump or capful, never in planted aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems holding nitrate at a few ppm for colour and growth.
- **Retail coral systems:** Shop tanks kept low-nutrient for SPS and LPS stock.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs past 1,000 L on long-term maintenance dosing.
- **Maintenance rounds:** One container serving several client tanks in the low range.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check each system:** Nitrate 15 ppm or less, alkalinity 7 dKH or more, pH 8.2 or more.
- **Net volume per tank:** Total litres minus rock and media, then the mL per 100 L for the reading.
- **Dose into circulation:** By capful or central dosing pump, without shaking.
- **Weekly tests per system:** Step down as nitrate falls; keep it out of planted tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk low-range carbon:** 5 L for high-volume nitrate maintenance across many tanks.
- **Formulated for 15 ppm and under:** Reduces nitrate without the bacterial slime that heavier dosing produces.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for hand dosing on large systems between pump refills.
- **Dosing-pump compatible:** Suitable for central dosing lines feeding a bank of systems.
- **Same four-row table:** 0.1 to 3.0 mL per 100 L daily by nitrate level.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA175000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800772
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate Remover (Carbon Dosing)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, bioavailable carbon sources
- **Dose Rate:** 0.1–0.5, 0.5–1.0, 1.0–2.0 or 2.0–3.0 mL per 100 L daily for nitrate of 0.1–1.0, 1.0–5.0, 5.0–10 or 10–15 ppm
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Required Parameters:** Nitrate 15 ppm maximum; alkalinity 7 dKH or more; pH 8.2 or more
- **Dosing Pump:** Suitable
- **Caution:** Not for aquariums with live plants
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Pe Kh Conditioner - 1l
Litre of Plant Essential KH Conditioner for Large Planted Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/pe-kh-conditioner-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA502511 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650634
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pe-Kh-Conditioner-1l.jpg
Large planted displays on RO condition 100 L or more of change water every week, and each litre of it needs a small, sodium-free measure of KH. Quantum PE KH Conditioner 1L (SKU: QA502511) is the litre size of Quantum's Plant Essential KH Conditioner, a solution of safe KH mineral salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently and increase the CO 2 availability of a planted aquarium without raising sodium levels. Regulated KH keeps pH from swinging and lets the biochemistry of plants, fish and shrimp run as it should. The recommended planted range is 1 to 3 dKH, and GH Conditioner can be used alongside.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a 0.5 dKH rise, applied to the replacement water at a change. The bottle needs no shaking unless it has stood a long time, when it is inverted three or four times. For direct dosing the amount is diluted in tank water and added slowly into high flow; for a change container it goes in slowly while mixing. A 500 L scape changing 125 L a week from RO to 2 dKH uses 50 mL, so a litre covers about twenty changes; a 300 L tank at 1.5 dKH gets more than forty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large planted displays:** Scapes of 400 L and more on RO or soft water.
- **Big CO2 systems:** High-tech tanks where a stable KH tames the daily pH swing from injection.
- **Several planted tanks:** Fish rooms conditioning change water for more than one scape.
- **Planted ponds:** Outdoor systems with marginal and submerged plants on soft fill water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Hold 1 to 3 dKH:** Choose a point in the range and condition every change to it.
- **Dose the change water:** 10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dKH, on the litres going in.
- **Slowly, diluted:** Into high flow if dosing the tank, or while mixing a change barrel.
- **Invert after storage:** Three or four times before drawing a dose from a bottle that has stood.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **No sodium added:** Safe KH mineral salts that suit plants, fish and shrimp.
- **Carbon availability:** Raises KH in a way that helps plants access CO2.
- **0.5 dKH steps:** 10 mL per 100 L for precise control at low KH.
- **Litre for large scapes:** Around twenty 125 L changes from RO to 2 dKH.
- **Planted range:** 1 to 3 dKH recommended.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA502511
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650634
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner (Planted)
- **Manufacturer Name:** Plant Essential KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH mineral salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dKH
- **Application:** Dilute in aquarium water and add slowly into high flow; invert the bottle 3–4 times after long standing
- **Companion Product:** Plant Essential GH Conditioner
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, shrimp tanks and planted ponds
---
#### Quantum Pe Kh Conditioner - 250ml
Plant Essential KH Conditioner for Planted Tanks Without Added Sodium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/pe-kh-conditioner-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA502250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650610
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pe-Kh-Conditioner-250ml.jpg
Planted-tank keepers avoid most KH buffers because they load the water with sodium, which plants and shrimp dislike. Quantum PE KH Conditioner 250ml (SKU: QA502250) is Quantum's Plant Essential KH Conditioner, a solution of safe KH mineral salts in deionised water formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently and increase the CO 2 availability of a planted aquarium without raising sodium. With KH regulated the pH stops fluctuating and the biochemical processes of plants, fish and shrimp run efficiently. Quantum's recommended range for planted tanks is 1 to 3 dKH, and the product can be used alongside its GH Conditioner.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.5 dKH, and at a water change only the replacement volume is dosed. The bottle does not need shaking, though if it has stood for a long time it is inverted three or four times before use. For dosing straight into the aquarium, Quantum recommends diluting the dose in some tank water first and adding it slowly into high flow; for a water-change container, it is added slowly while mixing. A 100 L tank changing 25 L a week from RO to 2 dKH uses 10 mL, so the bottle covers about twenty-five changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted tanks on RO or rain water:** Adding a small, sodium-free KH to remineralised water.
- **CO2-injected scapes:** Tanks where carbonate hardness keeps the pH drop from injection in check.
- **Shrimp scapes:** Planted shrimp tanks that need buffering without sodium.
- **Small planted ponds:** Outdoor planted tubs with soft fill water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aim for 1 to 3 dKH:** Pick a level and hold it at every change.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dKH:** Multiply the rise wanted by the litres treated.
- **Dilute, then add slowly:** Into high flow if dosing the tank, or while mixing if dosing a change container.
- **Invert if it has stood:** Turn the bottle three or four times before use after long storage; pair with GH Conditioner if wanted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **No added sodium:** Safe KH mineral salts that suit plants and shrimp.
- **Raises CO2 availability:** Carbonate hardness that helps plants access carbon.
- **Half-degree dosing:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH.
- **Planted range:** 1 to 3 dKH recommended by Quantum.
- **Change-water rule:** Dose the replacement volume only.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA502250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650610
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner (Planted)
- **Manufacturer Name:** Plant Essential KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH mineral salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dKH
- **Application:** Dilute in aquarium water and add slowly into high flow; invert the bottle 3–4 times after long standing
- **Companion Product:** Plant Essential GH Conditioner
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, shrimp tanks and planted ponds
---
#### Quantum Pe Kh Conditioner - 500ml
Sodium-Free Carbonate Hardness for Planted and Shrimp Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/pe-kh-conditioner-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA502500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650627
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pe-Kh-Conditioner-500ml.jpg
A high-tech scape injecting gas into water with no carbonate hardness will see its pH fall off a cliff every morning when the injection comes on. Quantum PE KH Conditioner 500ml (SKU: QA502500) is the 500 mL size of Quantum's Plant Essential KH Conditioner, a solution of safe KH mineral salts in deionised water that raises carbonate hardness gently and increases the CO 2 availability of a planted aquarium without adding sodium. A regulated KH holds pH steady, protecting the biochemistry of plants, fish and shrimp. Quantum recommends 1 to 3 dKH for planted tanks and pairs the product with its GH Conditioner.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH, and only the water being replaced is dosed at a change. Shaking is not required, but a bottle that has stood for weeks is inverted three or four times before use. When dosing the aquarium directly, the dose is diluted in some tank water and added slowly into high flow; when conditioning change water, it is added slowly while the container is being mixed. A 200 L scape changing 50 L a week from RO to 2 dKH uses 20 mL, so the bottle lasts about twenty-five changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-tech planted tanks:** CO2 scapes of 100 to 300 L that need a stable floor under their pH.
- **Low-tech tanks on RO:** Planted aquariums remineralised from pure water.
- **Shrimp breeding scapes:** Planted caridina and neocaridina tanks buffered without sodium.
- **Weekly water changes:** Conditioning the new water so KH does not dip after each change.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 1 to 3 dKH:** Test the tank and choose a level for the plants and livestock.
- **Calculate:** 10 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 dKH of rise, on the litres conditioned.
- **Dilute and dose slowly:** Into high flow for the tank, or while mixing for a change container.
- **After long standing:** Invert the bottle three or four times; GH Conditioner can be used alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium-free buffering:** Safe KH mineral salts formulated for planted water.
- **Better CO2 availability:** Carbonate hardness that helps plants use carbon.
- **Fine increments:** 0.5 dKH per 10 mL per 100 L.
- **Published planted range:** 1 to 3 dKH.
- **Half-litre supply:** About twenty-five weekly changes on a 200 L scape from RO.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA502500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650627
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner (Planted)
- **Manufacturer Name:** Plant Essential KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH mineral salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dKH
- **Application:** Dilute in aquarium water and add slowly into high flow; invert the bottle 3–4 times after long standing
- **Companion Product:** Plant Essential GH Conditioner
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, shrimp tanks and planted ponds
---
#### Quantum Pe Kh Conditioner - 5l
Bulk Sodium-Free KH Conditioner for Aquascaping Shops and Plant Growers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/pe-kh-conditioner-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA502555 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800932
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/0706502801007_1_a0443d75-14ec-4a6f-919b-c2473251afcf.webp
Aquascaping shops and plant nurseries condition RO by the barrel, and the 5 L container is how they buy carbonate hardness for it. Quantum PE KH Conditioner 5L (SKU: QA502555) is the bulk size of Quantum's Plant Essential KH Conditioner, a solution of safe KH mineral salts in deionised water that raises carbonate hardness gently and increases the CO 2 availability of planted aquariums without adding sodium. With KH regulated the pH stays put, and plants, fish and shrimp keep their biochemistry running efficiently. Quantum recommends 1 to 3 dKH for planted systems and offers GH Conditioner as the companion.
The rate is the same as the bottles: 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH, and only the replacement water is dosed at a change. A container that has stood is inverted three or four times before use; otherwise no shaking is needed. Direct doses are diluted in tank water and added slowly into high flow, and a change barrel is dosed slowly while mixing. A shop conditioning 1,000 L of RO a week to 2 dKH uses 400 mL, so 5 L lasts about twelve weeks; a single 500 L display changing 125 L a week gets close to two years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascaping shops:** Planted display and sales tanks on a central RO supply.
- **Plant nurseries:** Growing systems in the thousands of litres kept at a stable low KH.
- **Very large planted displays:** Scapes past 1,000 L with big weekly changes.
- **RO mixing stations:** Treating a reservoir that feeds several planted or shrimp tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the KH:** Between 1 and 3 dKH, the same on every tank fed from the barrel.
- **Dose the barrel:** 10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dKH, added slowly while mixing.
- **Replacement water only:** Treat what goes in; the tanks are already at target.
- **Invert after standing:** Three or four times before drawing from a container that has sat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk sodium-free KH:** 5 L of safe KH mineral salts for planted systems.
- **CO2 availability:** Carbonate hardness that helps plants use carbon.
- **Half-degree steps:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH, unchanged from the bottles.
- **Shop and nursery economy:** Around twelve weeks at 1,000 L a week from RO.
- **Planted range:** 1 to 3 dKH recommended by Quantum for every system on the barrel.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Plant Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA502555
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800932
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner (Planted)
- **Manufacturer Name:** Plant Essential KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH mineral salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 1–3 dKH
- **Application:** Dilute in aquarium water and add slowly into high flow; invert the container 3–4 times after long standing
- **Companion Product:** Plant Essential GH Conditioner
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, shrimp tanks and planted ponds
---
#### Quantum Ph Up Saltwater - 100ml
Drop-Dosed pH Raiser for Nano Marine and Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ph-up-saltwater-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA140100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807351042
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ph-Up-Saltwater-100ml.jpg
A nano reef can lose a tenth of a pH point in an evening, and correcting it calls for something measured in drops. Quantum pH Up Saltwater 100ml (SKU: QA140100) is a solution of buffer salts in deionised water formulated to raise the pH of marine water without encouraging algae, and the 100 mL bottle is dosed at 20 drops per 10 L to lift pH by about 0.1. Quantum's target is a pH of around 8.3, the level most reef inhabitants are happiest at, and the product is intended as a corrective for tanks that sit below it rather than a daily additive.
Because pH moves quickly, the manufacturer's cautions are firm: never take the tank above pH 8.5, never raise pH by more than 0.2 in a day, and add smaller amounts, test, then adjust rather than dosing to a calculation. The solution is added directly into high water flow so it disperses before it reaches livestock, and it cannot be run through a dosing pump. A persistently low pH usually points to excess carbon dioxide, low alkalinity or poor gas exchange, so the bottle is best used while that cause is addressed, in any LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS or FOWLR system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano marine tanks:** Systems under about 60 L where a drop-based dose gives fine control.
- **Low pH after a water change:** Lifting new water or a small tank back towards 8.3.
- **Overnight sag:** A small correction when the morning reading is well below the daytime level.
- **Any marine system:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Confirm the reading and how far below 8.3 it sits before adding anything.
- **Dose in drops:** 20 drops per 10 L raises pH by about 0.1; add it straight into high flow.
- **Wait and retest:** Allow the dose to mix, test again, and add a further small amount only if needed.
- **Keep within limits:** No more than 0.2 in a day, never past 8.5, and never through a dosing pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Raises pH without feeding algae:** Buffer salts in deionised water, formulated for marine systems.
- **Drop dosing:** 20 drops per 10 L for about 0.1 of pH, ideal for small volumes.
- **Clear target:** Around 8.3, the level most reef inhabitants prefer, with a hard ceiling of 8.5.
- **Published safety limits:** Maximum 0.2 change per day, tested between doses.
- **Wide compatibility:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums, from nano reefs to small fish-only tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA140100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807351042
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 20 drops per 10 L raises pH by about 0.1
- **Target pH:** Approximately 8.3; do not exceed 8.5
- **Maximum Change:** 0.2 pH per day
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ph Up Saltwater - 1l
Litre Bottle of Marine pH Raiser for Large Reef and Fish-Only Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ph-up-saltwater-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA141000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650801
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ph-Up-Saltwater-1l.jpg
On a 600 L system a pH correction takes six capfuls, and a small bottle disappears in a few uses. Quantum pH Up Saltwater 1L (SKU: QA141000) is the largest size of Quantum's marine pH raiser, a solution of buffer salts in deionised water formulated to lift saltwater pH without promoting algae. It is dosed at one capful per 100 L to raise pH by about 0.1 towards the target of roughly 8.3, and the litre suits big displays, shop systems and anyone keeping a corrective on hand for several tanks. It is not a daily additive; it is for the days a reading is low.
Quantum's cautions are the same on every size and they matter more as the tank gets bigger. The pH must never go beyond 8.5 or rise by more than 0.2 in a day, and the correct method is to add a smaller amount, test, and adjust from the result. The solution is poured directly into high water flow so it disperses before it reaches livestock, and it cannot be used on a dosing pump. A reading that stays low almost always has a cause in carbon dioxide, alkalinity or gas exchange, and the bottle holds the line while that is fixed on any LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS or FOWLR system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large marine systems:** Reefs and fish-only tanks of 500 L and more where a correction runs to several capfuls.
- **Multi-tank households and shops:** One bottle covering pH corrections across several systems.
- **Bulk saltwater batches:** Adjusting a large mix of new water before a change.
- **Every marine type:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before dosing:** Establish the current pH and how far it is below 8.3.
- **One capful per 100 L:** Raises pH by about 0.1; pour it directly into strong flow in the sump or display.
- **Retest, then decide:** Let the dose circulate and test again before adding any more.
- **Hard limits:** No more than 0.2 in a day, never above 8.5, and never through a dosing pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine pH lift without algae:** Buffer salts in deionised water, made for saltwater systems.
- **Capful dosing:** One capful per 100 L for about 0.1 of pH, so a 500 L system takes five.
- **Target of about 8.3:** With a ceiling of 8.5 the manufacturer says never to pass.
- **Daily maximum on the label:** A 0.2 change per day, tested between doses.
- **Litre economy:** The size for large systems and multiple tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA141000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650801
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful per 100 L raises pH by about 0.1
- **Target pH:** Approximately 8.3; do not exceed 8.5
- **Maximum Change:** 0.2 pH per day
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ph Up Saltwater - 250ml
Capful-Dosed pH Raiser for Marine and Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ph-up-saltwater-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA140250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650788
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ph-Up-Saltwater-250ml.jpg
A reef that reads 7.9 every morning needs its pH lifted gently, not shoved. Quantum pH Up Saltwater 250ml (SKU: QA140250) is a solution of buffer salts in deionised water made to raise marine pH without promoting algae, dosed at one capful per 100 L to lift pH by about 0.1. Quantum's target is roughly 8.3, and the 250 mL bottle covers the small and mid-sized tanks where a capful measure is more convenient than counting drops. It is a corrective rather than a daily additive, used while the reason for the low reading is found and fixed.
The cautions matter more than the dose. Quantum is explicit that pH must never go beyond 8.5 or rise more than 0.2 in a day, and that the right method is to add a smaller amount, test, and adjust. The solution goes directly into high water flow so it is dispersed before it reaches corals or fish, and it cannot be used on a dosing pump. Low pH in a reef usually traces to carbon dioxide build-up, low alkalinity or limited gas exchange, and those are the things to fix alongside the bottle on any LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS or FOWLR system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized marine tanks:** Systems of roughly 60 to 300 L where a capful per 100 L is a practical measure.
- **Morning pH below 8.0:** A controlled lift while aeration, flow or alkalinity is being corrected.
- **New saltwater below target:** Adjusting a freshly mixed batch before a water change.
- **Reef and fish-only systems:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the pH:** Establish the starting point and how far it sits below 8.3.
- **One capful per 100 L:** Raises pH by about 0.1; pour it directly into a high-flow area.
- **Test before repeating:** Let the dose circulate, retest, and add more only if the reading calls for it.
- **Observe the limits:** A maximum rise of 0.2 per day, never above 8.5, and no dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Algae-safe pH lift:** Buffer salts in deionised water, formulated to raise marine pH without feeding nuisance algae.
- **Capful dosing:** One capful per 100 L for about 0.1 of pH.
- **Target of about 8.3:** With a firm ceiling at 8.5 that the manufacturer says never to pass.
- **Safety limits on the label:** No more than 0.2 per day, with testing between doses.
- **Broad compatibility:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems of small to medium size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA140250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650788
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful per 100 L raises pH by about 0.1
- **Target pH:** Approximately 8.3; do not exceed 8.5
- **Maximum Change:** 0.2 pH per day
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Ph Up Saltwater - 500ml
Marine pH Raiser for Mid-Size Reef Tanks and Fish-Only Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ph-up-saltwater-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA140500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650795
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Ph-Up-Saltwater-500ml.jpg
Larger marine tanks need more of a pH corrective on hand, and Quantum pH Up Saltwater 500ml (SKU: QA140500) is the size that suits a 200 to 500 L system. It is a solution of buffer salts in deionised water formulated to raise pH in saltwater without promoting algae, and it is dosed at one capful per 100 L to lift pH by about 0.1 towards Quantum's target of roughly 8.3. Like the smaller bottles it is meant as a corrective, reached for when a reading is low, rather than something added every day.
Quantum's directions put the emphasis on restraint. The pH must never be taken beyond 8.5 or raised by more than 0.2 in a day, and the method is to add a smaller amount, test, and adjust from the result. The solution is poured directly into high water flow so it disperses before it meets livestock, and it cannot be used on a dosing pump. Since a chronically low reading almost always has a cause, whether carbon dioxide build-up in the room, low alkalinity or weak gas exchange, the bottle buys time while that is fixed on an LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS or FOWLR system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized marine systems:** Reefs and fish-only tanks of 200 to 500 L where several capfuls make up a dose.
- **Persistent morning lows:** Holding pH up while a CO2 scrubber, refugium or better aeration is put in place.
- **Batch saltwater adjustment:** Correcting a large mix of new water before it goes into the tank.
- **All marine set-ups:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start with a test:** Know the current pH and the gap to 8.3 before dosing.
- **Capful per 100 L:** About 0.1 of pH per dose; add it directly into strong flow in the sump or display.
- **Retest, then decide:** Give the dose time to mix and test again before adding more.
- **Hard limits:** No more than 0.2 in a day, never beyond 8.5, and never through a dosing pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Raises marine pH without algae growth:** Buffer salts in deionised water.
- **Simple capful dose:** One capful per 100 L for about 0.1 of pH, so a 300 L tank takes three.
- **Target near 8.3:** Never exceeding 8.5, the ceiling the manufacturer sets for marine systems.
- **Published daily maximum:** A 0.2 change per day, with testing between doses.
- **Suits every marine type:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems in the mid-size range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA140500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650795
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Adjuster
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, buffer salts
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful per 100 L raises pH by about 0.1
- **Target pH:** Approximately 8.3; do not exceed 8.5
- **Maximum Change:** 0.2 pH per day
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Pure Phyto - 100ml
Shelf-Stable Marine Phytoplankton Coral Food for Nano Reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/pure-phyto-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA220100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801144
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pure-Phyto-100ml.jpg
Live phytoplankton has to live in the fridge and dies in a week; most bottled alternatives are thick with preservative. Quantum Pure Phyto 100ml (SKU: QA220100) sits between the two: a natural marine phytoplankton with phycocyanin extract and an energy component in deionised water, made from human-grade raw ingredients so it carries no fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals, and it needs no refrigeration. Quantum aquacultures the phytoplankton in ultra-pure saltwater and extracts it without harsh chemicals. The 100 mL bottle is dosed in drops per 10 L, which makes it the nano-reef size, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems.
Feeding is twice a week at 10, 15 or 20 drops per 10 L for light, moderate or heavy stocking, shaken well and added directly into high water flow. For target feeding, the return and circulation pumps are switched off; for broadcast feeding, the return pump goes off while the protein skimmer stays on, and in either case the corals get 30 minutes before equipment restarts. It is hand-fed only, never through a dosing pump. A 50 L nano at the moderate rate takes 75 drops, about 3.75 mL, per feed, so the bottle covers roughly thirteen weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Small LPS, mixed and SPS tanks where a drop-based dose is easy to measure.
- **Filter feeders:** Tanks with feather dusters, clams, sponges or NPS corals that need phytoplankton.
- **Copepod culture:** Systems building a pod population for mandarins and pipefish.
- **Keepers without fridge space:** Anyone who wants phyto without the cold chain.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Shake well:** Then dose 10, 15 or 20 drops per 10 L twice a week by stocking level.
- **Target or broadcast:** Pumps off for target feeding with a pipette; return off and skimmer on for broadcast into high flow.
- **Give it 30 minutes:** Let the corals and filter feeders take up the phytoplankton before restarting equipment.
- **Hand feed only:** Not suitable for a dosing pump; twice a week by hand is the routine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **No refrigeration:** Shelf-stable phytoplankton that keeps in the cupboard rather than the kitchen fridge.
- **Human-grade ingredients:** No fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals.
- **Phycocyanin extract and energy:** Added to the phytoplankton for coral nutrition.
- **Clean aquaculture:** Grown in ultra-pure saltwater and extracted without harsh chemicals.
- **Nano-sized dosing:** Drops per 10 L, twice weekly, so a 50 L tank is easy to feed accurately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA220100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801144
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Food (Phytoplankton)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phytoplankton, phycocyanin extract, energy
- **Dose Rate:** 10, 15 or 20 drops per 10 L twice weekly for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow; allow 30 minutes before restarting pumps
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Pure Phyto - 1l
Litre of Shelf-Stable Phytoplankton Coral Food for Large Reef Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13275
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA221000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801687
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pure-Phyto-1l.jpg
Feeding phytoplankton to a 400 L reef twice a week runs to 60 mL a week, and a litre keeps that going for four months. Quantum Pure Phyto 1L (SKU: QA221000) is a natural marine phytoplankton with phycocyanin extract and an energy component in deionised water, made from human-grade raw ingredients with no fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals. The phytoplankton is aquacultured in ultra-pure saltwater and extracted without harsh chemicals, and it needs no refrigeration, which matters when a litre sits on the shelf for months. It suits LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems and the filter feeders kept with them.
Dose twice a week at half a capful per 100 L for light stocking, three-quarters for moderate and a full capful for heavy, the capful being about 10 mL. Shake well first and add directly into high water flow. For target feeding, switch off the return and circulation pumps; for broadcast feeding, switch off the return pump and leave the skimmer on. Give the corals 30 minutes before restarting equipment. A dosing pump is not suitable for it. A 400 L reef at the moderate rate uses 60 mL a week, so a litre lasts about sixteen weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS systems of 400 L and more on twice-weekly phyto.
- **Heavy filter-feeder loads:** Tanks with several clams, gorgonians or a sponge-rich rock structure.
- **NPS displays:** Non-photosynthetic systems where phytoplankton is part of the daily menu.
- **Multi-tank households:** One bottle feeding several systems twice a week.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Shake before every feed:** Then half, three-quarters or a full capful per 100 L twice a week.
- **Pick the method:** Return and circulation pumps off with a pipette for target feeding; return off and skimmer on for broadcast into flow.
- **Allow 30 minutes:** Before pumps go back on, so the corals get the food rather than the skimmer.
- **Hand dosing:** Not suitable for a dosing pump; measure it by the capful.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Keeps without a fridge:** Shelf-stable through a litre's long use on the shelf.
- **No fillers or heavy metals:** Human-grade raw ingredients only.
- **Phycocyanin and energy included:** More than plain phytoplankton, with a pigment extract and energy component.
- **Clean production:** Aquacultured in ultra-pure saltwater without harsh extraction chemicals, so the bottle carries food and nothing else.
- **Litre for large systems:** Four months on a 400 L reef at the moderate rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA221000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801687
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Food (Phytoplankton)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phytoplankton, phycocyanin extract, energy
- **Dose Rate:** ½, ¾ or 1 capful per 100 L twice weekly for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow; allow 30 minutes before restarting pumps
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Pure Phyto - 250ml
Natural Phytoplankton and Phycocyanin Coral Food Without Refrigeration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/pure-phyto-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA220250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801182
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pure-Phyto-250ml.jpg
Phytoplankton is the base of the reef food web, feeding everything from copepods to clams, and a reef tank has none of it unless someone adds it. Quantum Pure Phyto 250ml (SKU: QA220250) is a natural marine phytoplankton with phycocyanin extract and an energy component in deionised water, made from human-grade raw ingredients with no fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals. The phytoplankton is aquacultured in ultra-pure saltwater and extracted without harsh chemicals, and the finished product needs no refrigeration. The 250 mL bottle is dosed by the capful per 100 L and rated for LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems.
Feed twice a week at half a capful per 100 L for light stocking, three-quarters for moderate and a full capful for heavy, with the capful holding about 10 mL. Shake the bottle well and add the dose directly into high water flow. For target feeding, turn off the return and circulation pumps; for broadcast feeding, turn off the return pump and leave the skimmer running, then allow 30 minutes before restarting. Dosing pumps are not suitable for it. A 100 L tank at the moderate rate uses 15 mL a week, so the bottle lasts about sixteen weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** Systems of 100 to 250 L with corals and filter feeders to support.
- **Clams, sponges and feather dusters:** Filter feeders that starve without regular phytoplankton.
- **Building the food web:** Tanks growing copepods and amphipods for fish and corals.
- **NPS and SPS alike:** Non-photosynthetic corals and small-polyp stony corals both take it.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Shake, then measure:** Half, three-quarters or a full capful per 100 L twice weekly by stocking.
- **Choose the method:** Pumps off and pipette for target feeding; return off, skimmer on for broadcast into high flow.
- **Wait 30 minutes:** Then restart the equipment once the corals and filter feeders have had their share.
- **By hand only:** Not for dosing pumps; a capful twice a week takes a moment.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shelf-stable phyto:** No refrigeration, no cold chain, no bottle dying in the fridge door.
- **Clean formulation:** Human-grade ingredients, no fillers or heavy metals.
- **Phycocyanin and energy:** Blue-green pigment extract and an energy component for corals.
- **Capful dosing:** Fractions of a 10 mL capful per 100 L, twice a week, scaled to stocking.
- **Broad use:** LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, plus the filter feeders that live in them.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA220250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801182
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Food (Phytoplankton)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phytoplankton, phycocyanin extract, energy
- **Dose Rate:** ½, ¾ or 1 capful per 100 L twice weekly for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow; allow 30 minutes before restarting pumps
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Pure Phyto - 500ml
Marine Phytoplankton Coral Food for Mid-Size Reefs and Filter Feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/pure-phyto-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA220500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801670
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pure-Phyto-500ml.jpg
A 200 L reef feeding phytoplankton twice a week uses about 30 mL a week, and the 500 mL bottle turns that into a four-month supply. Quantum Pure Phyto 500ml (SKU: QA220500) is a natural marine phytoplankton with phycocyanin extract and an energy component in deionised water, made from human-grade raw ingredients so it contains no fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals. The phytoplankton is aquacultured in ultra-pure saltwater and extracted without harsh chemicals, and the product does not need refrigeration. Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems, and for the clams and filter feeders that share those tanks.
The feed is twice weekly: half a capful per 100 L for light stocking, three-quarters for moderate, a full capful for heavy, the capful being about 10 mL. Shake thoroughly and pour the dose into high water flow. Target feeding is done with the return and circulation pumps off; broadcast feeding with the return pump off and the skimmer on. Allow 30 minutes for the corals to feed before restarting. Pumps are not an option for this one. On a 200 L reef at the moderate rate the bottle lasts about sixteen weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** LPS, mixed and SPS systems of 200 to 400 L on a twice-weekly feed.
- **Refugium and pod culture:** Systems feeding a refugium to keep copepods multiplying for the fish upstairs.
- **Filter-feeding livestock:** Clams, gorgonians, sponges and feather dusters.
- **Households without fridge space:** Phyto that stores at room temperature.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Shake and dose:** Half, three-quarters or a full capful per 100 L twice a week, according to how heavily the tank is stocked.
- **Target or broadcast:** All pumps off for pipette feeding of individual corals; return off, skimmer on for broadcast into flow.
- **Thirty minutes:** Leave the corals to feed before equipment restarts and the skimmer takes what is left.
- **Not for pumps:** Dose by hand with the capful, twice a week.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Room-temperature storage:** No refrigeration required, even for a bottle that lasts four months.
- **Human-grade raw ingredients:** No fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals.
- **Phytoplankton with phycocyanin and energy:** Nutrition beyond plain algae for corals and filter feeders alike.
- **Ultra-pure aquaculture:** Grown in clean saltwater and extracted without harsh chemicals, so nothing unwanted rides along.
- **Mid-size bottle:** 500 mL for about four months on a 200 L reef at the moderate rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA220500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801670
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Food (Phytoplankton)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phytoplankton, phycocyanin extract, energy
- **Dose Rate:** ½, ¾ or 1 capful per 100 L twice weekly for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow; allow 30 minutes before restarting pumps
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Pure Phyto - 5l
Bulk Phytoplankton Coral Food for Coral Farms and Shop Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13276
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA221500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801694
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Pure-Phyto-5l.jpg
Coral farms and shops feed phytoplankton by the litre, and a product that does not need refrigeration is the only practical way to hold that much. Quantum Pure Phyto 5L (SKU: QA221500) is a natural marine phytoplankton with phycocyanin extract and an energy component in deionised water, made from human-grade raw ingredients with no fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals. It is aquacultured in ultra-pure saltwater and extracted without harsh chemicals. The 5 L container carries a 20 mL capful and is rated for LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems.
Because the 5 L capful is twice the size, the fractions change: a quarter capful per 100 L for light stocking, a third for moderate and half a capful for heavy, twice a week, which works out to the same 5 to 10 mL per 100 L as the bottles. Shake the container and pour into high water flow, with pumps handled as on the smaller sizes and 30 minutes allowed before restarting. Dosing pumps are not suitable. A 2,000 L system at the moderate rate uses about 270 mL a week, so 5 L lasts around eighteen weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral farms:** Propagation systems feeding phytoplankton to thousands of litres twice a week without a cold room.
- **Retail coral and invertebrate systems:** Shop tanks holding clams, gorgonians and NPS stock that must be fed to sell well.
- **Very large displays:** Reefs past 1,000 L with a heavy filter-feeder population of clams, gorgonians and sponges.
- **Pod-culture operations:** Systems raising copepods at scale for sale or for feeding fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Shake the container:** Then a quarter, a third or half a 20 mL capful per 100 L twice weekly, according to stocking.
- **Method by system:** Return and circulation pumps off for target feeding; return off and skimmer on for broadcast into flow.
- **Thirty-minute feed window:** Before equipment restarts on each system.
- **Manual only:** Not for dosing pumps; feed each system by the capful.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk shelf-stable phyto:** 5 L with no refrigeration needed, which no live culture can offer.
- **Human-grade formulation:** No fillers, unwanted nutrients or heavy metals, whatever the volume fed.
- **Phycocyanin and energy:** Added coral nutrition in every feed across every rack.
- **20 mL capful:** With quarter, third and half fractions per 100 L that equal the smaller bottles' doses.
- **Commercial scale:** Around eighteen weeks on a 2,000 L system at the moderate rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA221500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801694
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Food (Phytoplankton)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, phytoplankton, phycocyanin extract, energy
- **Dose Rate:** ¼, ⅓ or ½ capful per 100 L twice weekly for light, moderate or heavy stocking
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow; allow 30 minutes before restarting pumps
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Boron - 100ml
Single-Element Boron Supplement for Correcting Reef Aquarium Levels.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-boron-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801779
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Boron-100ml.jpg
An ICP report that shows boron sitting at 3 ppm is only useful if there is a way to move it without touching anything else. Quantum Signature Series Boron 100ml (SKU: QA240100) is that way: a solution of purified boron in deionised water and nothing more, made for reef keepers who correct one element at a time. Quantum describes boron as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, and notes that it is present in coral skeleton, where it helps improve calcification and produce strong aragonite rather than brittle calcite. Quantum rates it for FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums alike.
The dosing line is a single figure: 2 mL per 100 L raises boron by 0.1 ppm, against a recommended concentration of 4 to 5 ppm. A 200 L reef reading 4.0 ppm that the keeper wants at 4.5 needs 20 mL in total, and Quantum recommends spreading a correction like that over at least a week rather than adding it in one go, so the tank sees a gentle climb instead of a step. The 100 mL bottle therefore covers several such corrections, and because boron is consumed slowly, most reefs need it only after a test shows a shortfall.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low boron on an ICP test:** Reefs where the report shows boron below Quantum's 4 to 5 ppm range.
- **Calcification and skeleton quality:** SPS and LPS systems where growth is thin or brittle despite good calcium and alkalinity.
- **Salt mixes low in boron:** Tanks whose salt does not bring boron back up with water changes.
- **Any marine system:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, since boron matters to fish-only tanks as well as reefs.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Establish the current boron level and the gap to 4 to 5 ppm before dosing.
- **Calculate the volume:** 2 mL per 100 L for every 0.1 ppm of increase wanted, on the tank's water volume.
- **Spread it out:** Divide the total across at least a week of daily doses into high flow, as Quantum recommends.
- **Retest afterwards:** Confirm the new level before deciding on any maintenance dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified boron only:** Deionised water and boron, with no other elements to shift when you correct this one.
- **Known strength:** 2 mL per 100 L raises boron by 0.1 ppm.
- **Published target:** 4 to 5 ppm boron, a range an ICP report can be read straight against.
- **Skeleton benefit:** Supports calcification and strong aragonite formation in stony corals.
- **Spread-dose guidance:** Corrections made over a week or more for stability.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801779
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified boron
- **Effect:** 2 mL per 100 L raises boron by 0.1 ppm
- **Target Range:** Boron 4–5 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Bromine - 100ml
Ultra-Pure Bromine Supplement for Reef Aquarium Water Chemistry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-bromine-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240101 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801786
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Bromine-–-100ml.jpg
Bromine is one of the elements a reef loses to skimming and carbon without anyone noticing, because almost no hobby test kit measures it. Quantum Signature Series Bromine 100ml (SKU: QA240101) is a solution of purified bromine in deionised water, designed to put it back on its own. Quantum lists bromine as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, with a role in coral skeleton development and in the enzyme production of the zooxanthellae that feed the coral. The bottle is rated for FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, and it is meant to be dosed to a test result rather than on a schedule.
At 2 mL per 100 L the solution raises bromine by 1 ppm, and Quantum's recommended concentration is 60 to 70 ppm. That strength makes corrections quick to plan: a 300 L reef reading 55 ppm needs 30 mL to reach 60, or 45 mL to sit in the middle of the range. The manufacturer's advice is to spread the total over at least a week so the parameter moves steadily, and a 100 mL bottle covers two or three corrections of that size. Once the level is in range, water changes with a complete salt usually hold it there.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bromine below 60 ppm:** An ICP result under Quantum's range, common in heavily skimmed and carbon-dosed systems.
- **Colour and skeleton work:** Reefs where the keeper is correcting each element to natural seawater levels.
- **After large water changes with a lean salt:** Systems whose salt mix replaces little bromine.
- **All marine set-ups:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums that test bromine by ICP.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start from a test:** Measure bromine and note the gap to 60 to 70 ppm.
- **Work out the millilitres:** 2 mL per 100 L per 1 ppm of increase, on the tank's water volume.
- **Dose over a week or more:** Split the total into daily additions into strong flow.
- **Check the result:** Retest before adding any further bromine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single-element solution:** Purified bromine in deionised water, so nothing else moves when it is dosed.
- **2 mL per 100 L per 1 ppm:** A strength that makes corrections easy to calculate.
- **Target of 60 to 70 ppm:** Quantum's recommended range for reef water, close to natural seawater.
- **Coral and zooxanthellae support:** Skeleton development and enzyme production.
- **Gradual dosing:** Spread over at least a week per the manufacturer, so the tank never sees a jump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240101
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801786
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified bromine
- **Effect:** 2 mL per 100 L raises bromine by 1 ppm
- **Target Range:** Bromine 60–70 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Fluorine - 100ml
Purified Fluorine Supplement for Coral Skeleton Strength.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-fluorine-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240102 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801809
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Fluorine-100ml.jpg
Fluorine sits in coral skeleton alongside calcium, and a reef that has run it down for months grows differently from one kept at natural levels. Quantum Signature Series Fluorine 100ml (SKU: QA240102) is a solution of purified fluorine in deionised water, made to correct that one element. Quantum describes fluorine as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, and credits it with strengthening skeletons by promoting aragonite formation over brittle calcite, naturally reducing algae and increasing parasite resistance. FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems are all listed as suitable.
The concentration is chosen for a narrow target: 0.4 mL per 100 L raises fluorine by 0.02 ppm, and the recommended range is 1.0 to 1.2 ppm. A 250 L reef reading 0.9 ppm that the keeper wants at 1.1 needs 0.2 ppm, which is 10 doses of 0.4 mL per 100 L, or 10 mL across the tank. Quantum recommends spreading that over at least a week, and a syringe is the right tool for the daily portions. A 100 mL bottle covers a reef for a long time, since fluorine rarely needs more than an occasional correction.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fluorine under 1.0 ppm:** ICP results below the range Quantum recommends, often after months of skimming and carbon.
- **Brittle SPS growth:** Acropora and montipora skeletons that snap easily despite good calcium and alkalinity.
- **Element-by-element correction:** Keepers matching each parameter to natural seawater one bottle at a time.
- **Every marine type:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, wherever an ICP report shows a shortfall.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before dosing:** Know the fluorine reading and the gap to 1.0 to 1.2 ppm.
- **Calculate carefully:** 0.4 mL per 100 L for every 0.02 ppm of increase, on the tank's water volume.
- **Daily portions for a week:** Measure with a syringe and add into high flow, as Quantum advises spreading the dose.
- **Retest, then hold:** Confirm the level on the next report before adding any more.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fluorine and nothing else:** Purified fluorine in deionised water, with no carrier elements to account for.
- **Fine increments:** 0.4 mL per 100 L raises fluorine by 0.02 ppm.
- **Narrow target:** 1.0 to 1.2 ppm, which is why the dose is measured in tenths of a millilitre.
- **Skeleton and health benefits:** Aragonite over calcite, algae reduction and parasite resistance per the manufacturer.
- **Week-long dosing:** Corrections spread over at least seven days so the change is gradual.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240102
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801809
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified fluorine
- **Effect:** 0.4 mL per 100 L raises fluorine by 0.02 ppm
- **Target Range:** Fluorine 1.0–1.2 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Iodine - 100ml
Ultra-Pure Iodine Supplement for Corals and Crustaceans.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-iodine-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240103 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801823
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Iodine-100ml.jpg
Iodine is consumed faster than almost any other trace element in a reef, and it is the one most keepers have dosed at some point. Quantum Signature Series Iodine 100ml (SKU: QA240103) is a solution of purified iodine in deionised water for correcting that element alone. Quantum lists it as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, and describes how it acts as a natural sunblock against excess UV light, helps reduce over-density of zooxanthellae, supports exoskeleton development in crustaceans and takes part in many other biochemical processes. The bottle suits FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems.
The solution is concentrated for small adjustments: 0.1 mL per 100 L raises iodine by 0.01 ppm, and Quantum's recommended concentration is 0.03 to 0.09 ppm. A 200 L reef reading 0.03 ppm that the keeper wants at 0.06 needs 0.03 ppm, which is 0.6 mL in total, best drawn with a syringe. The manufacturer recommends spreading even that small amount over at least a week, and a 100 mL bottle will last a typical reef years at these volumes. Shrimp and crab keepers value it as much as coral keepers do.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Iodine below 0.03 ppm:** Tests showing the level under Quantum's range after skimming, carbon use and heavy coral uptake.
- **Crustacean moulting:** Tanks with cleaner shrimp, crabs and lobsters that depend on iodine for exoskeleton development after each moult.
- **High-light systems:** Reefs under strong LED or halide lighting where corals benefit from iodine's UV-shielding role.
- **All marine set-ups:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, including invertebrate-only tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure iodine first:** Find the gap between the current reading and 0.03 to 0.09 ppm.
- **Small volumes:** 0.1 mL per 100 L for every 0.01 ppm of increase; use a syringe.
- **Over a week at least:** Divide the total into daily doses into high flow, per Quantum.
- **Retest and stop:** Iodine is easy to overshoot, so confirm before dosing again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pure iodine solution:** Deionised water and purified iodine only, with no other elements riding along.
- **Very fine control:** 0.1 mL per 100 L raises iodine by 0.01 ppm.
- **Target 0.03 to 0.09 ppm:** Quantum's recommended window, wide enough to suit most systems.
- **Coral and invertebrate roles:** UV protection, zooxanthellae regulation and crustacean exoskeletons.
- **Gradual dosing:** Spread over at least a week, as the manufacturer advises for every element in the series.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240103
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801823
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified iodine
- **Effect:** 0.1 mL per 100 L raises iodine by 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iodine 0.03–0.09 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Iron - 100ml
Concentrated Iron Supplement for Zooxanthellae and Macroalgae.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-iron-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240104 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801830
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/QA240104.jpg
Iron sits at a few parts per billion in reef water, so a supplement for it has to be measured in fractions of a millilitre. Quantum Signature Series Iron 100ml (SKU: QA240104) is a solution of purified iron in deionised water built for exactly that scale. Quantum describes iron as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, with a role in chlorophyll formation in zooxanthellae, and notes that it supports macroalgae growth, which in turn helps reduce unwanted nutrients while improving oxygen levels and pH stability. It is rated for FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, including refugium-based systems.
The dosing figure is tiny by design: 0.05 mL per 100 L raises iron by 0.0025 ppm, and the recommended concentration is 0.003 to 0.005 ppm. A 400 L reef that tests at 0.002 ppm and wants 0.004 needs 0.002 ppm, which is 0.4 mL across the tank, so a 1 mL syringe is the only sensible measure. Quantum recommends spreading a correction over at least a week, and at these volumes a 100 mL bottle is close to a lifetime supply for one reef. Iron is consumed quickly by macroalgae, so refugium tanks may need it more often.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Iron below 0.003 ppm:** ICP results under Quantum's range, common where chaetomorpha grows fast.
- **Refugium systems:** Tanks relying on macroalgae for nutrient export, which strips iron faster than corals alone.
- **Green coral colour:** Systems where green pigments have faded as iron fell away.
- **Any marine aquarium:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems with an ICP result to work from.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Iron needs an ICP result; establish the gap to 0.003 to 0.005 ppm.
- **Syringe measurement:** 0.05 mL per 100 L for each 0.0025 ppm of increase, on the tank's water volume.
- **Spread across a week:** Daily portions into high flow, as Quantum recommends.
- **Retest before repeating:** The range is narrow, so confirm before any second correction.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified iron in deionised water:** A single element, nothing else, for a precise correction.
- **Extremely concentrated:** 0.05 mL per 100 L raises iron by 0.0025 ppm.
- **Target 0.003 to 0.005 ppm:** Quantum's recommended window, a few parts per billion wide.
- **Zooxanthellae and macroalgae:** Iron drives chlorophyll formation in both, which is why refugiums consume it.
- **Long-lasting bottle:** 100 mL at fractions of a millilitre per dose will outlast most tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240104
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801830
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified iron
- **Effect:** 0.05 mL per 100 L raises iron by 0.0025 ppm
- **Target Range:** Iron 0.003–0.005 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Lithium - 100ml
Ultra-Pure Lithium Supplement to Match Natural Seawater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-lithium-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240105 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801847
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Lithium-100ml.jpg
Lithium is on every ICP report and in almost no salt mix at the right level, which is why reef keepers who chase natural seawater chemistry end up buying it on its own. Quantum Signature Series Lithium 100ml (SKU: QA240105) is a solution of purified lithium in deionised water, designed to provide ultra-pure lithium for reef aquariums. Quantum's description is plain: lithium is an essential element found in natural seawater, and replicating natural seawater parameters as closely as possible is the reason to supplement it. FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums are all within its scope.
The strength is 1 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.01 ppm, and the recommended concentration is 0.09 to 0.11 ppm, a tight band around the natural seawater figure. A 300 L reef testing at 0.07 ppm needs 0.03 ppm to reach the middle of the range, which is 9 mL in total. Quantum recommends spreading that over at least a week, so a little over 1 mL a day for seven days does the job. At these volumes the 100 mL bottle covers many corrections, and most systems need one only after a test.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lithium under 0.09 ppm:** ICP results below the recommended range, which most salt mixes leave unaddressed.
- **Natural seawater targets:** Keepers correcting every element on the report to match the ocean's profile as closely as possible.
- **Salt mixes low in lithium:** Systems whose water changes do not replace it, so the level only ever drifts down.
- **All marine systems:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums run to a full ICP profile.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before anything:** Lithium is only dosed against an ICP reading.
- **Calculate the dose:** 1 mL per 100 L raises lithium 0.01 ppm, so multiply by the increase wanted and the tank's volume in hundreds of litres.
- **Daily doses over a week:** Split the total and add into high flow, as the manufacturer advises.
- **Retest to confirm:** Hold within 0.09 to 0.11 ppm before considering any further dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single-element lithium:** Purified lithium in deionised water and nothing else.
- **Simple arithmetic:** 1 mL per 100 L raises lithium by 0.01 ppm.
- **Tight target:** 0.09 to 0.11 ppm, close to natural seawater.
- **ICP-driven dosing:** Made for correcting a tested shortfall, not for routine addition.
- **Spread-dose advice:** At least a week per correction, per the manufacturer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240105
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801847
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified lithium
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises lithium by 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Lithium 0.09–0.11 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Manganese - 100ml
Purified Manganese Supplement for Coral Colour and Macroalgae.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-manganese-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240106 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801854
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Manganese-100ml.jpg
Manganese is measured in single parts per billion, and a reef can fall to zero without any visible sign until the colours dull. Quantum Signature Series Manganese 100ml (SKU: QA240106) is a solution of purified manganese in deionised water for putting it back precisely. Quantum lists manganese as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, credits it with enhancing chlorophyll formation in zooxanthellae, and notes that it promotes macroalgae growth, which helps reduce excess nutrients while improving oxygen levels and pH stability. Quantum lists FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems as suitable.
The solution raises manganese by 0.001 ppm for every 1 mL per 100 L, and the recommended concentration is 0.001 to 0.002 ppm. A 200 L reef that reads zero and wants 0.0015 ppm needs 3 mL in total, and Quantum recommends spreading it over at least a week, which is a fraction of a millilitre a day. Because manganese is consumed steadily by zooxanthellae and any macroalgae in the system, a retest a few weeks later shows whether a small ongoing dose is needed. The 100 mL bottle lasts a very long time at this rate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Manganese at or near zero:** ICP results under 0.001 ppm, which is common in mature reefs with heavy filtration.
- **Refugium systems:** Macroalgae draws manganese down alongside iron as it grows and is harvested.
- **Colour recovery:** Corals whose pigments have faded as trace metals ran down over months.
- **Every marine type:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums with a report showing the gap.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **ICP first:** Manganese can only be dosed against a laboratory result, since no hobby kit reads it.
- **Work out the dose:** 1 mL per 100 L for each 0.001 ppm of increase, on the tank's water volume.
- **Spread over a week:** Daily portions with a syringe into high flow, per Quantum.
- **Retest later:** Decide on any small maintenance dose from the next ICP report, a few weeks on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified manganese solution:** Deionised water and manganese only, for a clean single-element correction.
- **Precise strength:** 1 mL per 100 L raises manganese by 0.001 ppm, exactly one step of the target range.
- **Target 0.001 to 0.002 ppm:** Quantum's recommended range, only readable by ICP.
- **Chlorophyll and macroalgae:** Supports zooxanthellae and the nutrient-exporting algae in a refugium.
- **Week-long corrections:** Spread dosing over seven days or more keeps the change gentle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240106
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801854
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified manganese
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises manganese by 0.001 ppm
- **Target Range:** Manganese 0.001–0.002 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Molybdenum - 100ml
Single-Element Molybdenum Supplement for Reef Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-molybdenum-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240107 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801861
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Molybdenum-100ml.jpg
Molybdenum rarely makes the list of elements a reef keeper thinks about, yet it appears on every ICP report and is often reported as depleted. Quantum Signature Series Molybdenum 100ml (SKU: QA240107) is a solution of purified molybdenum in deionised water for restoring it alone. Quantum describes molybdenum as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, and notes that it supports macroalgae growth, which helps reduce unwanted nutrients while providing oxygen and improving pH stability. It is rated for FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums and, like the rest of the Signature Series, is dosed to a test result.
Each 1 mL per 100 L raises molybdenum by 0.001 ppm, and the recommended concentration is 0.004 to 0.006 ppm. A 300 L reef testing at 0.002 ppm and aiming for 0.005 needs 0.003 ppm, which is 9 mL across the tank. Quantum recommends spreading that total over at least a week, so roughly 1.3 mL a day for seven days. The 100 mL bottle covers a number of corrections of that size, and most systems find that once the level is in range it holds for months between reports.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Molybdenum under 0.004 ppm:** ICP results below Quantum's range, a frequent finding on mature systems.
- **Full-report correction:** Keepers bringing every depleted element on the report back to natural seawater levels.
- **Macroalgae-based export:** Systems with refugiums where fast growth draws down trace elements between reports.
- **Any marine system:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, dosed against a report.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Establish the molybdenum level by ICP and the gap to 0.004 to 0.006 ppm.
- **Calculate the total:** 1 mL per 100 L for each 0.001 ppm of increase, on the tank's water volume.
- **Spread the dosing:** Daily additions into high flow over at least a week, roughly a seventh of the total each day.
- **Confirm with a retest:** Before deciding whether any small maintenance dose is warranted on this system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Molybdenum only:** Purified molybdenum in deionised water, with no other elements to track.
- **Clear strength:** 1 mL per 100 L raises molybdenum by 0.001 ppm, so a correction is a simple multiplication.
- **Target 0.004 to 0.006 ppm:** Quantum's recommended range for reef water.
- **Macroalgae support:** Helps nutrient export, oxygen and pH stability per the manufacturer.
- **Gradual dosing:** Corrections spread over a week or more, so the parameter climbs steadily.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240107
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801861
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified molybdenum
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises molybdenum by 0.001 ppm
- **Target Range:** Molybdenum 0.004–0.006 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Rubidium - 100ml
Ultra-Pure Rubidium Supplement for Natural Seawater Chemistry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-rubidium-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240108
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Rubidium-100ml.jpg
Rubidium is one of the elements that separates a reef run to natural seawater values from one run to a test kit's minimum. Quantum Signature Series Rubidium 100ml (SKU: QA240108) is a solution of purified rubidium in deionised water, made to provide ultra-pure rubidium for reef aquariums. Quantum's reasoning is that rubidium is an essential element found in natural seawater, and that supplementation is highly recommended for anyone trying to replicate natural seawater parameters as closely as possible. It is listed for FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums.
The strength is 1 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.01 ppm, against a recommended concentration of 0.03 to 0.05 ppm. A 250 L reef testing at 0.02 ppm and wanting 0.04 needs 0.02 ppm, which is 5 mL in total; Quantum recommends spreading that over at least a week, so under 1 mL a day. Rubidium is not consumed quickly, and a 100 mL bottle will see a typical reef through many ICP cycles. As with every Signature Series element, the reason to dose is a number on a report, not a date on a calendar.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rubidium under 0.03 ppm:** An ICP result below Quantum's range on an otherwise well-kept reef.
- **Natural seawater replication:** Keepers correcting the full element list rather than just calcium, alkalinity and magnesium.
- **Salt mixes low in rubidium:** Systems where water changes do not restore it to the natural level.
- **All marine systems:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums whose keepers test by ICP.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **ICP result in hand:** Dose only to a measured shortfall against 0.03 to 0.05 ppm.
- **Do the sum:** Each 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.01 ppm, so scale the millilitres to the rise wanted and the litres in the system.
- **Over a week or more:** Daily portions into high flow, per the manufacturer's advice.
- **Retest next cycle:** Rubidium holds well between reports, so the next ICP result decides whether to repeat the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified rubidium:** In deionised water, with no other elements, for a clean correction.
- **1 mL per 100 L per 0.01 ppm:** Easy to calculate from a report in a few seconds.
- **Target 0.03 to 0.05 ppm:** Quantum's recommended range, matched to natural seawater.
- **Natural seawater element:** Supplemented to match the ocean's profile.
- **Spread dosing:** At least a week per correction, as with every element in the series.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240108
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified rubidium
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises rubidium by 0.01 ppm
- **Target Range:** Rubidium 0.03–0.05 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Strontium - 100ml
Purified Strontium Supplement for Coral Skeleton Density.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-strontium-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240109 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801908
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Strontium-100ml.jpg
Strontium is laid down in coral skeleton alongside calcium, and a reef that has let it slide to half the natural level grows thinner branches than it should. Quantum Signature Series Strontium 100ml (SKU: QA240109) is a solution of purified strontium in deionised water for correcting that one element. Quantum describes strontium as essential for coral health and vitality and for improving bone density, and rates the product for FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums. Unlike the trace metals in the series, strontium is measured in whole parts per million, so the doses are larger and easier to handle.
The solution raises strontium by 0.5 ppm for every 1 mL per 100 L, and the recommended concentration is 7.0 to 9.0 ppm. A 300 L reef reading 5 ppm that the keeper wants at 8 needs 3 ppm, which is 18 mL in total. Quantum recommends spreading that over at least a week, so roughly 2.5 mL a day for seven days, and the 100 mL bottle covers several corrections of that size. Strontium is consumed steadily by stony corals, so a follow-up test a month later usually shows whether a small ongoing dose is worthwhile.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Strontium under 7 ppm:** Test or ICP results below Quantum's range after a run of heavy growth.
- **Heavy SPS growth:** Acropora-dominated systems that consume strontium almost as fast as they consume calcium.
- **Salt mixes low in strontium:** Tanks whose water changes fall short of natural levels.
- **Every marine set-up:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums, reef or fish-only.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Find the gap between the current strontium level and 7.0 to 9.0 ppm.
- **Calculate the volume:** 1 mL per 100 L for each 0.5 ppm of increase, on the tank's water volume.
- **Spread across a week:** Daily doses into high flow, as Quantum recommends.
- **Retest in a month:** Decide on maintenance dosing from the real consumption the follow-up test shows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purified strontium in deionised water:** A single element with no carriers or companion elements.
- **Workable strength:** 1 mL per 100 L raises strontium by 0.5 ppm, so corrections are measured in whole millilitres.
- **Target 7.0 to 9.0 ppm:** Quantum's recommended range, close to natural seawater.
- **Skeleton density:** Supports coral health, vitality and bone density in stony corals.
- **Gradual dosing:** Corrections spread over at least a week rather than added at once.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240109
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801908
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified strontium
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises strontium by 0.5 ppm
- **Target Range:** Strontium 7.0–9.0 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Signature Series Vanadium - 100ml
Purified Vanadium Supplement for Coral Growth and Colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/signature-series-vanadium-100ml/
- Price: $27.86 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA240110 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801915
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Signature-Series-Vanadium-100ml.jpg
Vanadium is present in seawater at about one part per billion, and a reef with none of it is missing an element its zooxanthellae use every day. Quantum Signature Series Vanadium 100ml (SKU: QA240110) is a solution of purified vanadium in deionised water for restoring it on its own. Quantum lists vanadium as essential for coral health, vitality and colour, credits it with enhancing growth through chlorophyll formation in zooxanthellae, and notes that it supports macroalgae development, which naturally reduces excess nutrients while improving oxygen levels and pH stability. Quantum names FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems as suitable.
Each 1 mL per 100 L raises vanadium by 0.001 ppm, and the recommended concentration is 0.001 to 0.002 ppm. A 400 L reef reading zero and aiming for 0.0015 ppm needs 6 mL in total, and Quantum recommends spreading it over at least a week, which comes to under a millilitre a day. The range is narrow and the doses are small, so a syringe is the right measure and a retest is the right way to decide on a second dose. At these volumes the 100 mL bottle covers a reef for years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Vanadium below 0.001 ppm:** ICP results showing the element depleted or absent from the water.
- **Growth and colour:** Reefs correcting trace metals to bring zooxanthellae function and pigment back to normal.
- **Macroalgae systems:** Refugium-based tanks that consume trace metals quickly as the algae is harvested.
- **All marine aquariums:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS systems with a report to dose against.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **ICP before dosing:** Vanadium is corrected only against a laboratory result.
- **Work out the millilitres:** 1 mL per 100 L for each 0.001 ppm of increase, on the tank's water volume.
- **Spread over a week:** Small daily portions into high flow, per Quantum's guidance.
- **Retest to confirm:** Stay within 0.001 to 0.002 ppm and let the next report decide on any repeat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Vanadium only:** Purified vanadium in deionised water, with nothing else to account for.
- **Precise strength:** 1 mL per 100 L raises vanadium by 0.001 ppm, one full step of the target range.
- **Target 0.001 to 0.002 ppm:** Quantum's recommended window, at the parts-per-billion scale.
- **Zooxanthellae and macroalgae:** Vanadium supports chlorophyll formation in the coral and growth in the refugium.
- **Week-long corrections:** Small daily portions over seven days or more.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential Signature Series)
- **SKU:** QA240110
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801915
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element Supplement (Single Element)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, purified vanadium
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises vanadium by 0.001 ppm
- **Target Range:** Vanadium 0.001–0.002 ppm
- **Dosing Advice:** Spread the dose over at least a one-week period
- **Dosing Method:** Measure with a syringe and add in daily portions into high water flow
- **Target Environment:** FOWLR, LPS, mixed, NPS and SPS aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sweet Coralline - 100ml
Weekly Trace Element Supplement for Coralline Algae in Small Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/sweet-coralline-100ml/
- Price: $9.24 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA180100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350274
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sweet-Coralline-100ml.jpg
Purple rock is the sign of a mature marine tank, and coralline algae will not spread without the elements it builds from. Quantum Sweet Coralline 100ml (SKU: QA180100) supplies them: a solution of calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to grow coralline algae while helping to raise pH and stabilise alkalinity. The 100 mL bottle is dosed at 2 drops per 10 L weekly, which suits nano reefs and small fish-only tanks, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The routine is a weekly dose, or as needed, of 2 drops per 10 L added directly into high water flow after shaking the bottle well. Because the formula carries carbonate and raises pH, Quantum sets a limit of no more than 0.2 pH in a day and aims to keep the tank between 8.2 and 8.5, so a first dose on a small tank is worth checking with a pH test. The product cannot be used on a dosing pump. At 2 drops per 10 L a 60 L nano takes 12 drops a week, so the bottle lasts years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New nano reefs:** Encouraging coralline to take hold on fresh dry rock.
- **Small fish-only tanks:** FOWLR systems that want purple rock without a full supplement regime.
- **Slow coralline growth:** Established tanks where the purple has stalled or bleached.
- **Weekly routine:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums on a once-a-week dose.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** The bottle must be shaken before every dose so the elements are evenly mixed.
- **2 drops per 10 L weekly:** Add directly into high water flow, or as needed between doses if growth slows.
- **Watch pH:** Never raise pH by more than 0.2 in a day; keep the tank between 8.2 and 8.5.
- **Hand dosing only:** Not for dosing pumps; a weekly dose takes seconds by hand.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coralline building blocks:** Calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium and iodide with minor and trace elements.
- **Raises pH and steadies alkalinity:** A side benefit of the carbonate content.
- **Weekly drop dose:** 2 drops per 10 L, easy to measure on a nano.
- **Long-lasting bottle:** 100 mL covers a small tank for a very long time at 2 drops per 10 L a week.
- **Broad compatibility:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA180100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350274
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coralline Algae Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide, minor and trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 2 drops per 10 L weekly or as needed
- **pH Guidance:** Maintain 8.2–8.5; do not raise pH by more than 0.2 per day
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sweet Coralline - 1l
Litre of Coralline Algae Supplement for Large Reef and Fish Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/sweet-coralline-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA181000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801496
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sweet-Coralline-1l.jpg
A litre of a product dosed weekly at 1 mL per 100 L is a long-term commitment, and Quantum Sweet Coralline 1L (SKU: QA181000) is aimed at the systems that justify it: large displays, multi-tank fish rooms and shops. It is a solution of calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to grow coralline algae while helping to raise pH and stabilise alkalinity, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
The dose is 1 mL per 100 L weekly, or as needed, shaken well and added directly into high water flow. As the formula raises pH, the limit of no more than 0.2 in a day applies and the tank is kept between 8.2 and 8.5; on a large system a single weekly dose rarely approaches that limit, but the first one is worth checking. It cannot be used on a dosing pump. A 1,000 L system takes 10 mL, one full capful, each week, so a litre covers almost two years even at that scale.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems of 500 L and more wanting coralline across a lot of rock.
- **Shops and fish rooms:** Multiple tanks dosed weekly from one bottle, each measured with the capful.
- **Big FOWLR systems:** Fish-only displays where purple rock is the only reef element the keeper wants to add.
- **Any saltwater system:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums with rock to colour.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake first:** Every dose, every week, so the heavier elements are back in suspension.
- **1 mL per 100 L:** A full capful per 1,000 L, added directly into high flow, weekly or as needed.
- **Keep pH steady:** No more than 0.2 up in a day; maintain 8.2 to 8.5 and check after the first dose.
- **Not for pumps:** Dose by hand only, using the capful to measure.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full coralline element set:** Calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and trace elements.
- **Supports pH and alkalinity:** The carbonate content lifts pH and steadies alkalinity between water changes.
- **Weekly routine:** 1 mL per 100 L with a 10 mL capful, so a capful covers 1,000 L.
- **Litre for scale:** Enough for large systems and multiple tanks for years without reordering.
- **Wide compatibility:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems of any size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA181000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801496
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coralline Algae Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide, minor and trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 100 L weekly or as needed
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **pH Guidance:** Maintain 8.2–8.5; do not raise pH by more than 0.2 per day
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sweet Coralline - 250ml
Coralline Algae Element Supplement for Reef and Marine Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/sweet-coralline-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA180250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801472
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sweet-Coralline-250ml.jpg
Coralline algae is fussy about the same things stony corals are: calcium, carbonate, magnesium and a handful of trace elements. Quantum Sweet Coralline 250ml (SKU: QA180250) puts them in one bottle, a solution of calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to grow coralline algae and, along the way, to help raise pH and stabilise alkalinity. The 250 mL size is dosed at 1 mL per 100 L weekly with a 10 mL capful, and Quantum rates it for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The dose is 1 mL per 100 L once a week, or as needed, shaken well first and added directly into high water flow. Because it raises pH, the manufacturer's limit of no more than 0.2 in a day applies, with a target range of 8.2 to 8.5. It cannot be used on a dosing pump, which is no hardship at a weekly frequency. A 200 L tank uses 2 mL a week, so the bottle covers well over two years, making it one of the cheapest routines in reefkeeping for the visual return it gives.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-sized reefs:** Systems of 100 to 250 L wanting faster coralline coverage.
- **Dry-rock start-ups:** Tanks that began with bare rock and want it purple.
- **FOWLR displays:** Fish-only systems with no other reason to dose reef elements.
- **Weekly top-up:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums on a simple schedule.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake before use:** Mix the bottle thoroughly each time so every dose carries the full element blend.
- **1 mL per 100 L weekly:** One tenth of a capful per 100 L, added directly into high water flow after shaking.
- **Respect the pH limit:** No more than 0.2 in a day, staying within 8.2 to 8.5.
- **By hand only:** This product is not for dosing pumps, which suits a once-a-week routine anyway.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete coralline mix:** Calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and trace elements.
- **pH and alkalinity support:** Helps raise pH and hold alkalinity steady between water changes.
- **Weekly dosing:** 1 mL per 100 L, one of the simplest routines in the range.
- **10 mL capful:** For measuring on larger tanks, where the weekly dose runs to several millilitres.
- **Wide compatibility:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, reef or fish-only.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA180250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801472
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coralline Algae Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide, minor and trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 100 L weekly or as needed
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **pH Guidance:** Maintain 8.2–8.5; do not raise pH by more than 0.2 per day
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sweet Coralline - 500ml
Trace Element Supplement for Coralline Growth in Mid-Size Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/sweet-coralline-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA180500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801489
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sweet-Coralline-500ml.jpg
Bare white rock in a new 300 L reef takes months to colour up on its own, and the elements coralline needs are exactly the ones a young tank runs short of. Quantum Sweet Coralline 500ml (SKU: QA180500) is a solution of calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to grow coralline algae while helping to raise pH and stabilise alkalinity. It is dosed at 1 mL per 100 L weekly and rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems, and the 500 mL size suits mid-sized tanks or anyone dosing more than one.
Shake the bottle well and add 1 mL per 100 L directly into high water flow once a week, or as needed. The formula raises pH, so Quantum's rule of no more than 0.2 in a day applies, with the tank kept between 8.2 and 8.5. It is not for dosing pumps. On a 400 L system the weekly dose is 4 mL, less than half the 10 mL capful, and the bottle lasts more than two years; on a shop's several display tanks it still runs for many months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reefs:** Systems of 200 to 500 L wanting coralline on rock, back glass and overflows.
- **Several tanks:** Households or shops dosing more than one system weekly.
- **Recovering coralline:** Tanks where the purple has faded after a parameter swing.
- **All marine types:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake thoroughly:** Before each weekly dose, so the elements go in evenly.
- **Dose 1 mL per 100 L:** Into strong flow, weekly or as needed when coralline growth slows.
- **pH within limits:** No more than a 0.2 rise in a day; hold 8.2 to 8.5.
- **Manual dosing:** Not suitable for a dosing pump; measure it with the capful once a week.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Elements coralline needs:** Calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and trace elements in one solution.
- **Helps pH and alkalinity:** Raises pH and steadies alkalinity as it goes, a useful bonus on a young tank.
- **Once-a-week dose:** 1 mL per 100 L, measured with a 10 mL capful.
- **500 mL for mid-sized tanks:** Years of weekly dosing from one bottle at 1 mL per 100 L.
- **Reef and fish-only use:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems all benefit from the same dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA180500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801489
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coralline Algae Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide, minor and trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 100 L weekly or as needed
- **Capful:** About 10 mL
- **pH Guidance:** Maintain 8.2–8.5; do not raise pH by more than 0.2 per day
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sweet Coralline - 5l
Bulk Coralline Algae Supplement for Shops, Farms and Very Large Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/sweet-coralline-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA185000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801502
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sweet-Coralline-5l.jpg
Retail systems sell coral on purple rock, and a farm's frag plugs look better encrusted, so coralline supplementation happens at commercial scale too. Quantum Sweet Coralline 5L (SKU: QA185000) is the bulk size: a solution of calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to grow coralline algae while helping to raise pH and stabilise alkalinity. The 5 L container carries a 20 mL capful and is rated for LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR systems.
The dose is unchanged from the bottles, 1 mL per 100 L weekly or as needed, shaken well and added directly into high water flow. Quantum's pH rule applies, no more than 0.2 in a day and a target of 8.2 to 8.5, and the product cannot be used on a dosing pump. A 5,000 L shop system takes 50 mL a week, two and a half capfuls, so 5 L covers close to two years; a farm dosing several systems still gets many months from one container, which is why this size exists.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail coral systems:** Shop tanks where coralline-covered rock and plugs sell the stock.
- **Coral farms:** Grow-out racks encouraging coralline encrustation on frag plugs before sale.
- **Very large displays:** Reef and fish-only systems past 1,000 L with a great deal of rock to cover.
- **Maintenance businesses:** One container covering a round of client tanks weekly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake the container:** Before drawing each dose, so the elements are evenly distributed.
- **1 mL per 100 L weekly:** Two and a half capfuls per 5,000 L, added directly into high flow on each system.
- **pH discipline:** No more than 0.2 in a day, holding 8.2 to 8.5 on every system.
- **Hand dosing:** Not suitable for dosing pumps; use the capful on each system in turn.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk coralline supplement:** 5 L for commercial and very large systems dosing weekly at volume.
- **Element-complete formula:** Calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide and minor and trace elements in one solution.
- **pH and alkalinity benefit:** Raises pH and steadies alkalinity with each dose across the systems it serves.
- **20 mL capful:** Sized for hand dosing on large volumes, with one capful treating 2,000 L.
- **Same weekly rate:** 1 mL per 100 L, identical to the smaller bottles, so no recalculation is needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA185000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801502
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coralline Algae Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, calcium, carbonate, magnesium, potassium, strontium, iodide, minor and trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 100 L weekly or as needed
- **Capful:** About 20 mL
- **pH Guidance:** Maintain 8.2–8.5; do not raise pH by more than 0.2 per day
- **Application:** Shake well; add directly into high water flow
- **Dosing Pump:** Not suitable
- **Target Environment:** LPS, mixed, SPS, NPS and FOWLR aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Kh Pro - 1l
Litre of KH Conditioner for Large Community Tanks and Shrimp Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-kh-pro-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA371000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321582
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Trop-KH-600x600-1.png
A shrimp room of twenty small tanks and a single 600 L community display share a problem: lots of change water needing a little carbonate hardness. Quantum Tropical / Community KH Pro 1L (SKU: QA371000) is the litre size of a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water, formulated to raise KH gently to replicate tropical lake water. A modest KH keeps pH from fluctuating, and stable pH keeps the biochemistry of fish and shrimp working as it should. Quantum pairs it with Tropical/Community pH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH so pH and general hardness are handled at the same time, in pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
Every 10 mL per 100 L lifts KH by 0.5 dKH, the recommended range is 0.5 to 2 dKH, and at a change the dose goes into the new water alone. On a 600 L community tank changing 150 L a week to 1.5 dKH, each change takes 45 mL and a litre lasts about twenty-two weeks; a shrimp room doing many small changes from a treated barrel uses it at a similar rate. Keepers who prefer several small adjustments to one large one will appreciate the half-degree step.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community displays:** Tropical tanks of 400 L and more on soft fill water.
- **Shrimp rooms:** Breeders conditioning a barrel of RO for many small tanks.
- **Planted display tanks:** Low-KH scapes that need a stable floor under the pH.
- **Ponds and large tubs:** Outdoor systems whose fill water carries little buffering of its own.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Hold 0.5 to 2 dKH:** Settle on a figure for the tank and condition every change to it.
- **Dose the change water:** 10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dKH, worked out on the litres going in.
- **New water only:** The tank is already at target, so dosing for its full volume would overshoot.
- **Balance pH and GH:** Tropical/Community pH Pro and Pro Salt GH alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Gentle carbonate hardness:** Safe KH salts for community and shrimp systems.
- **0.5 dKH per dose:** 10 mL per 100 L for precise control at low KH.
- **Litre for big systems:** Months of change-water conditioning on a large tank or a shrimp room.
- **Published range:** 0.5 to 2 dKH for pond, shrimp and tropical community water.
- **System partner:** Runs with Tropical/Community pH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA371000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321582
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community pH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Kh Pro - 250ml
Low-Range KH Conditioner for Community, Shrimp and Pond Water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-kh-pro-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA370250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321643
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Kh-Pro-250ml.jpg
A community tank on rainwater or RO can reach zero carbonate hardness without anyone noticing, until the pH falls through the floor overnight. Quantum Tropical / Community KH Pro 250ml (SKU: QA370250) is a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water formulated to raise KH gently to the modest level of tropical lakes, giving the pH something to rest on. Without the regulation of KH and pH, a tank's pH fluctuates and the biochemical processes its inhabitants depend on lose efficiency. It is designed to work alongside Tropical/Community pH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH, and Quantum rates it for pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.5 dKH, and the recommended range is 0.5 to 2 dKH, a low band that suits tetras, rasboras, livebearers and dwarf shrimp alike. When changing water, treat just the new water. A 200 L community tank changing 50 L a week from RO water to 1.5 dKH uses 15 mL, so the 250 mL bottle covers about sixteen changes, and a shrimp tank on smaller changes stretches it much further.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks on RO or rain water:** Adding a small, controlled KH to remineralised water.
- **Dwarf shrimp tanks:** Neocaridina and caridina set-ups that need a stable, low KH.
- **Overnight pH drops:** Tanks whose pH falls sharply between changes because KH has hit zero.
- **Small ponds and tubs:** Outdoor set-ups with soft fill water that need buffering against rain and leaf litter.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Aim for 0.5 to 2 dKH:** Pick a level that suits the livestock and hold it at every change.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dKH:** Twenty millilitres per 100 L for a full degree.
- **Condition the change water:** Add the dose to the new water in its container, then refill the tank.
- **Complete the triad:** Tropical/Community pH Pro for pH and Pro Salt GH for general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Gentle KH:** Safe KH salts that raise carbonate hardness in small steps.
- **Half-degree dosing:** Each 10 mL per 100 L adds 0.5 dKH, small enough for shrimp tanks.
- **Low target range:** 0.5 to 2 dKH for tropical communities, shrimp and ponds.
- **Prevents pH swings:** Even a small KH keeps a soft community tank from crashing overnight.
- **Part of a set:** Pairs with Tropical/Community pH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA370250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321643
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community pH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Kh Pro - 500ml
Carbonate Hardness Conditioner for Tropical Community Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-kh-pro-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA370500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321605
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Kh-Pro-500ml.jpg
Most community fish are not fussy about hardness, but all of them mind a pH that swings a full point midweek. Quantum Tropical / Community KH Pro 500ml (SKU: QA370500) is the 500 mL size of a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water, formulated to raise carbonate hardness gently to the level of tropical lakes so pH holds steady. When KH and pH are not regulated the pH fluctuates, and that fluctuation reduces the efficiency of the biochemical processes fish and shrimp depend on. It is used alongside Tropical/Community pH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH in pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH, with a recommended range of 0.5 to 2 dKH, and only the replacement water is dosed at a change. A 300 L community tank changing 75 L a week from RO water to 1.5 dKH uses 22.5 mL, so the bottle lasts about twenty-two changes; a keeper on tap water with some KH of its own needs less again. The half-degree step means the tank can be adjusted in small moves, which matters most in shrimp tanks where sudden shifts trigger moulting problems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized community tanks:** Tetra, rasbora, livebearer and gourami set-ups of 200 to 400 L.
- **Shrimp breeding tanks:** Systems where a stable, low KH protects moults, berried females and newly hatched shrimplets.
- **Soft fill water:** Homes on rainwater, RO or very soft tap supplies with little natural buffering.
- **Planted community tanks:** Low-KH scapes that still need a floor under the pH.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 0.5 to 2 dKH:** Test the tank and pick a level that suits fish, shrimp and plants.
- **Calculate:** Take the change volume in hundreds of litres, multiply by the half-degrees wanted, then by 10 mL.
- **Change water only:** Bring the new water to the tank's KH in its container before adding it.
- **Run with the companions:** Tropical/Community pH Pro for pH and Pro Salt GH for general hardness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Safe KH salts in solution:** Raises carbonate hardness without a sodium-heavy buffer.
- **Fine increments:** 0.5 dKH per 10 mL per 100 L, so adjustments stay small and safe for shrimp.
- **Tropical target:** 0.5 to 2 dKH, published by the manufacturer.
- **pH stability:** Stops the crashes that unbuffered soft-water tanks suffer.
- **Three-part system:** Designed alongside Tropical/Community pH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA370500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321605
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community pH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Kh Pro - 5l
Bulk KH Conditioner for Shops, Breeders and Pond Keepers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-kh-pro-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA375000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801007
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Kh-Pro-5l.jpg
A shop's tropical system, a livebearer breeder's rack and a backyard pond all need carbonate hardness in quantity, and the 5 L container is how they buy it. Quantum Tropical / Community KH Pro 5L (SKU: QA375000) is the bulk size of a solution of safe KH salts in deionised water formulated to raise KH gently to the level of tropical lake water. That KH is what keeps pH from fluctuating and the biochemical processes of fish and shrimp running efficiently, and the product is designed to be used with Tropical/Community pH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH in pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
Nothing changes with the container size: 10 mL per 100 L still raises KH by 0.5 dKH, the range is still 0.5 to 2 dKH, and change water alone is dosed. A fish room conditioning 500 L a week from RO to 1.5 dKH uses 150 mL, so 5 L lasts around thirty-three weeks; a 5,000 L pond buffered from 0.5 to 1.5 dKH at fill takes a litre, then only small top-ups. The container suits a mixing barrel where a week's change water is treated in one go.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail tropical systems:** Shop tanks holding community fish and shrimp at a steady low KH.
- **Breeders:** Livebearer, tetra and shrimp rooms on regular RO or rainwater changes.
- **Ponds:** Outdoor systems in the thousands of litres with soft fill water.
- **Mixing stations:** Treating a reservoir that feeds several community tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the KH:** Between 0.5 and 2 dKH for the livestock kept, the same on every tank fed from the barrel.
- **Dose the barrel:** Calculate 10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dKH on the barrel volume and treat it in one go.
- **Replacement water only:** Condition the water going in; the tanks are already where they should be.
- **Complete the chemistry:** Tropical/Community pH Pro and Pro Salt GH in the same barrel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk KH:** 5 L of safe KH salts in solution for high-volume conditioning.
- **Half-degree steps:** 0.5 dKH per 10 mL per 100 L, the same figure printed on every size.
- **Tropical range:** 0.5 to 2 dKH, published by Quantum for community, shrimp and pond water.
- **Fish-room economy:** Months of conditioning from one container.
- **Three-part partner:** Runs with Tropical/Community pH Pro and Pro Salt GH in the same mixing barrel.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA375000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801007
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe KH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises KH by 0.5 dKH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 0.5–2 dKH
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community pH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Ph Pro - 1l
Litre of pH Regulator for Large Community Displays and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-ph-pro-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA381000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321650
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Ph-Pro-1l.jpg
Large community displays and garden ponds hold a lot of water, and a weekly pH dose on them is measured in tens of millilitres. Quantum Tropical / Community pH Pro 1L (SKU: QA381000) is the litre size of a solution of safe pH salts in deionised water, formulated to regulate pH and replicate the near-neutral water of tropical lakes. Left unregulated, the pH of a tank or pond moves with every feed, every rainfall and every change, and the inhabitants pay for it in the efficiency of their biochemical processes. It works with Tropical/Community KH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH, over a neutral substrate.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required, to hold pH between 6.5 and 7.5, used as a maintenance supplement, with only the replacement volume dosed at a water change. A 500 L display takes 50 mL a week, so a litre covers about twenty weeks at the full rate and longer where the tank only needs it fortnightly; a 2,000 L pond dosed weekly uses the litre in five weeks, so pond keepers often step up to the 5 L container.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community displays:** Tropical tanks of 400 L and more kept near neutral.
- **Small ponds and tubs:** Outdoor systems where rain and leaf litter push pH around.
- **Shrimp rooms:** Breeders dosing many small tanks from one bottle each week.
- **Multiple community tanks:** Fish rooms with several tropical aquariums on the same weekly routine.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, or as required, for a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.
- **Read the tank first:** A quick pH test decides whether the weekly dose is due or can wait.
- **Water-change dosing:** Condition the new water before it goes in and leave the tank's volume out of the sum.
- **Keep KH and GH in step:** Tropical/Community KH Pro and Pro Salt GH alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tropical pH band:** Safe pH salts holding 6.5 to 7.5 across tanks and ponds.
- **Litre for large systems:** Around twenty weeks of weekly regulation on a 500 L display, or several smaller tanks.
- **Maintenance approach:** A weekly hold on pH beats correcting a crash after it happens.
- **Manufacturer substrate advice:** A neutral substrate is recommended for tropical community tanks.
- **System partner:** Runs with Tropical/Community KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA381000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321650
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.5–7.5
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community KH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Ph Pro - 250ml
Weekly pH Regulator for Community, Shrimp and Pond Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-ph-pro-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA380250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321629
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Ph-Pro-250ml.jpg
A community tank does not need a particular pH so much as the same pH every day, and that is what a maintenance buffer is for. Quantum Tropical / Community pH Pro 250ml (SKU: QA380250) is a solution of safe pH salts in deionised water formulated to regulate pH and help replicate the water of tropical lakes. Without KH and pH regulation, a tank's pH is far more susceptible to fluctuation, and each swing costs the inhabitants in the efficiency of their biochemical processes. It is designed to be used with Tropical/Community KH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH, over a neutral substrate, in pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required, to hold pH between 6.5 and 7.5, and the product is a maintenance supplement rather than a one-off correction. At a change, dose the new water rather than the tank. A 200 L community tank takes 20 mL a week, so the 250 mL bottle covers about twelve weeks, which makes it a sensible first size for a single tank or a shrimp set-up that only needs it occasionally.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tropical community tanks:** Tetras, rasboras, livebearers, gouramis and corydoras kept near neutral.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Neocaridina set-ups where pH swings trigger failed moults.
- **pH drifting after changes:** Tanks whose tap water pulls the pH up or down each week.
- **Trying the range:** A first bottle for a keeper moving to Quantum's tropical set of three on a single tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly maintenance:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required, to hold pH between 6.5 and 7.5.
- **Test before each dose:** Let the reading set the interval rather than the calendar.
- **Water changes:** Treat the new water to match the tank rather than dosing the full volume.
- **Use the triad:** Tropical/Community KH Pro for carbonate hardness and Pro Salt GH for general hardness alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Neutral-range regulation:** Safe pH salts that hold tropical water between 6.5 and 7.5.
- **Weekly routine:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week, done on the same day as the water change.
- **Maintenance formula:** Steady weekly regulation rather than sudden shifts that stress fish and shrimp.
- **Substrate advice included:** Quantum recommends a neutral substrate in tropical community tanks.
- **One of three:** Pairs with Tropical/Community KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA380250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321629
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.5–7.5
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community KH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Ph Pro - 500ml
Neutral pH Buffer for Tropical Aquariums and Shrimp Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-ph-pro-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA380500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321636
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Ph-Pro-500ml.jpg
A 300 L community tank dosed weekly gets six months from a 500 mL bottle, which is why this is the size most tropical keepers settle on. Quantum Tropical / Community pH Pro 500ml (SKU: QA380500) is a solution of safe pH salts in deionised water that regulates pH to replicate the near-neutral water of tropical lakes. A tank whose KH and pH are not regulated is prone to swings, and swings disrupt the biochemistry fish and shrimp depend on. The bottle is meant to be used with Tropical/Community KH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH, over a neutral substrate, in pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
Ten millilitres per 100 L once a week, or as required, holds pH between 6.5 and 7.5, and Quantum positions the product as a maintenance supplement. Change water gets the dose; the tank itself does not. On a 300 L tank that is 30 mL a week and roughly sixteen weeks from the bottle at the full weekly rate; tanks that hold their pH well and only need it every second week stretch that to more than half a year. Testing before each dose keeps the interval honest.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized community tanks:** Tropical set-ups of 200 to 400 L kept between 6.5 and 7.5.
- **Shrimp and snail tanks:** Invertebrate systems where pH stability matters more than the exact figure.
- **Variable tap water:** Homes whose supply shifts pH with the seasons and pulls the tank with it.
- **Planted community tanks:** Scapes where the keeper wants pH held in a defined band for plants and fish.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **10 mL per 100 L weekly:** Or as required, to keep pH within 6.5 to 7.5.
- **Test, then dose:** Let the reading decide whether this week's dose is needed.
- **Change water only:** Treat the bucket, not the aquarium, when water is changed.
- **Complete the set:** Tropical/Community KH Pro and Pro Salt GH handle KH and GH alongside.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Holds 6.5 to 7.5:** Safe pH salts formulated for tropical community conditions.
- **Simple weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L each week, stretched to a fortnight where the tank holds its pH.
- **Maintenance, not shock:** Holds pH in its band week to week instead of forcing a jump.
- **Neutral substrate recommended:** Quantum's advice for the system to work best.
- **Tropical triad:** Designed alongside KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA380500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321636
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.5–7.5
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community KH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Ph Pro - 5l
Bulk pH Regulator for Ponds, Shops and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-ph-pro-5l/
- Price: $137.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA385000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650559
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Ph-Pro-5l.jpg
A pond of several thousand litres or a shop's tropical system uses pH buffer by the cup every week, and the 5 L container is built for that. Quantum Tropical / Community pH Pro 5L (SKU: QA385000) is the bulk size of a solution of safe pH salts in deionised water, formulated to regulate pH and replicate the near-neutral water of tropical lakes. Regulating KH and pH together keeps the pH from fluctuating and protects the biochemical processes fish and shrimp rely on, which is why Quantum pairs this with Tropical/Community KH Pro and Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH and recommends a neutral substrate.
The rate is unchanged from the bottles: 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or as required, to hold pH between 6.5 and 7.5, used as a maintenance supplement, and only the replacement volume dosed at a water change. A 3,000 L pond takes 300 mL a week, so 5 L lasts about sixteen weeks through the season; a fish room with 2,000 L of tropical tanks gets around twenty-five weeks. Tanks tested and found in range simply skip that week, which extends the container further.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Garden ponds:** Outdoor systems in the thousands of litres kept near neutral through the season.
- **Retail tropical systems:** Shop tanks holding community fish and shrimp between 6.5 and 7.5.
- **Breeders and fish rooms:** Many tropical tanks dosed weekly from one container at the bench.
- **Central water treatment:** Dosing a reservoir that supplies several community aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Per system, per week:** 10 mL per 100 L, or as required, to hold each one at pH 6.5 to 7.5.
- **Test each system:** Dose only the tanks or ponds that have drifted; skip the ones in range.
- **Change water only:** At a change, treat the replacement volume rather than the whole system.
- **Run the full set:** Tropical/Community KH Pro and Pro Salt GH in the same routine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk pH regulation:** 5 L of safe pH salts for ponds and multi-tank systems.
- **Same weekly rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, identical to the 250 mL, 500 mL and 1 L bottles.
- **Holds 6.5 to 7.5:** The tropical band Quantum recommends for community, shrimp and pond water.
- **Pond and fish-room economy:** A season of weekly dosing from one container.
- **Three-part system:** Designed alongside Tropical/Community KH Pro and Pro Salt GH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA385000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650559
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, safe pH salts
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week or as required; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** pH 6.5–7.5
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community KH Pro; Tropical/Community Pro Salt GH
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Pro Salt Gh - 1l
Litre of GH Minerals for Large Community Tanks, Shrimp Rooms and Ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-pro-salt-gh-1l/
- Price: $41.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA391000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650573
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Pro-Salt-Gh-1l.jpg
Remineralising RO for a big community display, a rack of shrimp tanks or a garden pond uses minerals by the litre, and this is the bottle for it. Quantum Tropical / Community Pro Salt GH 1L (SKU: QA391000) is a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to raise general hardness gently and in the ideal ratio to replicate tropical lake water. Because fish and shrimp absorb a large share of their magnesium, calcium and trace elements from the water, the formula keeps them bioavailable, and it carries macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to promote beneficial bacteria and vitality across pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH, with a recommended range of 4 to 8 dGH, and the dose is calculated on the change water rather than the tank. Taking 125 L of RO to 6 dGH for a 500 L community tank uses 150 mL, so a litre covers six or seven changes from pure water; a shrimp room topping up from tap water at 3 dGH uses half as much per litre and gets far more. Tropical/Community KH Pro and pH Pro are the companions that set carbonate hardness and pH alongside.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community displays:** Tropical tanks of 400 L and more on RO or soft water.
- **Shrimp rooms:** Breeders remineralising a barrel of RO for many small tanks.
- **Ponds and tubs:** Outdoor systems whose fill water carries too little general hardness.
- **Several community tanks:** Fish rooms treating change water for more than one aquarium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Choose the GH:** Between 4 and 8 dGH for the livestock kept, and keep every change consistent.
- **Dose the barrel:** 10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dGH, worked out on the volume being remineralised.
- **Replacement water only:** The tank is already at target; treat the water going in.
- **Complete the set:** Tropical/Community KH Pro and pH Pro dosed in the same barrel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Community-water minerals:** Major, minor and trace elements in tropical lake proportion.
- **Probiotic formula:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors with every dose.
- **Litre economy:** Enough for a large display or a shrimp room for months.
- **Half-degree control:** 0.5 dGH per 10 mL per 100 L, the same as the smaller bottles.
- **GH half of the tropical set:** Pairs with Tropical/Community pH Pro and KH Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA391000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650573
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 4–8 dGH
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community pH Pro; Tropical/Community KH Pro
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Pro Salt Gh - 250ml
Mineral Salt for Community Fish, Shrimp and Pond Water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-pro-salt-gh-250ml/
- Price: $17.92 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA390250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650641
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Pro-Salt-Gh-250ml.jpg
Livebearers, shrimp and most community fish do poorly in water stripped of minerals, whatever the pH says. Quantum Tropical / Community Pro Salt GH 250ml (SKU: QA390250) is a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to raise general hardness gently and in the ideal ratio to replicate the water of tropical lakes. Many biochemical processes in fish and invertebrates require magnesium and calcium, and because so much of that is taken up through the water, Quantum keeps the elements bioavailable and adds macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors to promote beneficial bacteria and fish vitality. It is rated for pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
Ten millilitres per 100 L raises general hardness by 0.5 dGH, and the recommended range is 4 to 8 dGH, firmer than the Amazon formula because guppies, platies and neocaridina shrimp want minerals in reasonable supply. Change water is dosed on its own volume. Taking 50 L of RO water to 6 dGH for a 200 L community tank uses 60 mL, so the 250 mL bottle covers about four changes; tap water that already carries some hardness needs far less, and a shrimp tank on small changes stretches the bottle for months. Quantum pairs it with Tropical/Community pH Pro and KH Pro.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearer tanks:** Guppies, platies, mollies and swordtails that want moderately hard water.
- **Neocaridina shrimp:** Cherry shrimp and their colour forms, which need calcium for clean moults.
- **RO or rainwater set-ups:** Putting general hardness back into water that has none.
- **First bottle:** A trial size for a single community tank or shrimp cube.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Target 4 to 8 dGH:** Test the tank and pick a point that suits the fish and shrimp kept.
- **10 mL per 100 L per 0.5 dGH:** Twenty millilitres per 100 L for each full degree.
- **Remineralise the change water:** Dose the bucket to the tank's GH, then add it.
- **Finish the triad:** Tropical/Community KH Pro and pH Pro for carbonate hardness and pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tropical lake ratio:** Major, minor and trace elements in community-water proportions.
- **Probiotics included:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors alongside the minerals.
- **Half-degree steps:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH for gradual adjustment.
- **Firmer target:** 4 to 8 dGH, suited to livebearers and shrimp.
- **One of three:** Runs with Tropical/Community pH Pro and KH Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA390250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650641
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 4–8 dGH
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community pH Pro; Tropical/Community KH Pro
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Tropical / Community Pro Salt Gh - 500ml
General Hardness Minerals for Tropical Community Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tropical-community-pro-salt-gh-500ml/
- Price: $24.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA390500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 793573641175
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Tropical-Community-Pro-Salt-Gh-500ml.jpg
A shrimp that moults badly or a guppy that never quite thrives is often a mineral problem rather than a disease. Quantum Tropical / Community Pro Salt GH 500ml (SKU: QA390500) is the 500 mL size of a solution of major, minor and trace elements in deionised water, formulated to raise general hardness gently and in the ratio of tropical lake water. Fish and invertebrates take up much of the magnesium, calcium and trace elements they need directly from the water, so the formula keeps them abundant and bioavailable, with macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors added to promote beneficial bacteria and vitality. It suits pond, shrimp and tropical community systems.
The dose is 10 mL per 100 L for a rise of 0.5 dGH, and the recommended range is 4 to 8 dGH. New water is dosed for its own volume at a change, not the tank's. Bringing 75 L of RO to 6 dGH for a 300 L community tank takes 90 mL, so the bottle covers five or six changes from pure water; on tap water already at 3 dGH the same change needs half that and the bottle lasts twice as long. Used with Tropical/Community KH Pro and pH Pro, it completes the three parameters that define the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized community tanks:** Livebearer, rasbora and gourami set-ups of 200 to 400 L.
- **Shrimp breeding tanks:** Neocaridina colonies where moulting depends on steady calcium.
- **Soft source water:** RO, rainwater or very soft tap supplies that need minerals restored.
- **Planted community tanks:** Scapes where plants and fish both draw on calcium and magnesium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the GH:** Between 4 and 8 dGH according to the fish, shrimp and plants kept.
- **Calculate on the change:** Change litres in hundreds, times the half-degrees wanted, times 10 mL.
- **Treat the bucket:** Remineralise the new water before it goes in rather than dosing the aquarium.
- **Keep KH and pH aligned:** Tropical/Community KH Pro and pH Pro in the same change water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Balanced minerals:** Major, minor and trace elements in the proportions of tropical lakes.
- **Vitality additions:** Macrobiotics, probiotics and vitamin precursors blended in with the minerals.
- **Gradual rise:** 0.5 dGH per 10 mL per 100 L.
- **Published range:** 4 to 8 dGH for community fish, shrimp and ponds.
- **Three-part partner:** Designed alongside Tropical/Community pH Pro and KH Pro.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA390500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 793573641175
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Mineral Salt
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Deionised water, major, minor and trace elements, macrobiotics, probiotics, vitamin precursors
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L raises GH by 0.5 dGH; during a water change, dose only the volume replaced
- **Target Range:** 4–8 dGH
- **Companion Products:** Tropical/Community pH Pro; Tropical/Community KH Pro
- **Support:** Free Quantum Aqua dosing app with instructional videos
- **Target Environment:** Pond, shrimp and tropical community aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Primer - 100ml
Concentrated Water Conditioner and Ammonia Detoxifier for Small Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-primer-100ml/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA010100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800727
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Primer-100ml.jpg
Tap water arrives with chlorine or chloramine in it, and a small tank has no buffer against either. Quantum Water Primer 100mL (SKU: QA010100) is the trial-size bottle of Quantum's concentrated conditioner, and it does more than neutralise the disinfectants: it also detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate and binds heavy metals, so the same drops that make a bucket of new water safe can pull a nano tank back from a spike. At 1 mL per 60 L, the bottle treats around 6,000 L of water-change volume, which is a very long time in a 30 L cube.
The formula is deionised water carrying a blend of removing and detoxifying salts, and it is built to be dosed with drops as well as millilitres. On a 3 L betta bowl the water-change dose is a single drop, with five drops for an emergency; on a 60 L tank it is 1 mL, or 5 mL if ammonia has appeared after a death or a pH swing. Nothing needs shaking, it goes straight into a high-flow area, and it is rated for freshwater, saltwater and planted systems. Quantum notes it cannot be run through a dosing pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** Drop-level dosing suits bowls, cubes and planted nanos where a capful would be far too much.
- **First-time set-ups:** A small bottle to learn the routine on before committing to a larger size.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Keeps a small treatment tank's water safe through frequent changes.
- **Emergency spikes:** Detoxifies ammonia or nitrite in a small tank after a fish loss or a parameter swing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Water-change dose:** 1 drop per 3 L, or 1 mL per 60 L of new water (20 drops is roughly 1 mL).
- **Emergency dose:** 5 drops per 3 L, or 5 mL per 60 L, for ammonia or nitrite spikes.
- **High chlorine or chloramine:** A double water-change dose is acceptable when the tap supply is heavily treated.
- **How to add:** No shaking needed; add directly into high flow, and calculate volume as tank plus filter minus rock, media and ornaments. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Six jobs in one bottle:** Removes or detoxifies chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and heavy metals.
- **Drop-accurate:** Dosing in drops makes it practical for tanks under 10 L.
- **Super concentrated:** 1 mL covers 60 L, so even 100 mL treats about 6,000 L.
- **Fresh, salt and planted:** One conditioner for every tank in the house.
- **Emergency capable:** The five-times dose gives breathing room after an ammonia event.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA010100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800727
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 60 L for water changes; 5 mL per 60 L in an emergency
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 6,000 L at the water-change dose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Primer - 1l
Litre Bottle of Concentrated Conditioner for Fish Rooms and Big Displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-primer-1l/
- Price: $47.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA011000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800987
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Primer-1l.jpg
A fish room measures change water in hundreds of litres a week, and the conditioner has to keep up without becoming a monthly purchase. Quantum Water Primer 1L (SKU: QA011000) treats about 60,000 L at its 1 mL per 60 L water-change rate, which puts a breeder's rack, a large reef with its sump, or a monster-fish tank on a single bottle for a long time. Alongside chlorine and chloramine removal it detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate and binds heavy metals, so the litre bottle is also the one that gets reached for when a tank crashes.
Quantum builds the product on deionised water and a blend of removing and detoxifying salts, dosed without shaking into a high-flow area or the mixing barrel. The 10 mL cap gives round numbers: half a cap treats 300 L for a routine change, and 25 mL covers the same volume at the five-times emergency rate used after a death or a pH swing. The label lists freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums, and states plainly that it cannot be used on a dosing pump, so it belongs at the change barrel rather than the doser.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeding racks:** Conditions the large weekly volumes that grow-out and breeding tanks require.
- **Big display systems:** A 600 L or larger tank with a sump uses this size without constant reordering.
- **Large water changes after treatment:** Handles the ammonia that can follow a course of medication.
- **System-wide emergencies:** A litre is enough to dose a whole rack at the emergency rate in one go.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 mL per 60 L of new water, or 5 mL (about half a capful) per 300 L.
- **Emergency dose:** 5 mL per 60 L, or 25 mL per 300 L, when ammonia or nitrite is detected.
- **Heavily chlorinated supply:** Double the standard dose for high chlorine or chloramine.
- **Adding it:** No shaking; add into high flow or the change barrel, based on tank plus filter volume minus rock and media. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **60,000 L per litre:** The most economical size for anyone changing large volumes every week.
- **Full-spectrum conditioner:** Chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and heavy metals.
- **Labelled emergency rate:** A defined five-times dose for ammonia and nitrite spikes, so nobody has to guess under pressure.
- **Fresh, salt and planted:** One product across a mixed fish room of freshwater, marine and planted tanks.
- **No preparation:** Nothing to shake or premix; measure the dose and pour it into the barrel or the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA011000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800987
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 60 L for water changes; 5 mL per 60 L in an emergency
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 60,000 L at the water-change dose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Primer - 250ml
Super Concentrated Dechlorinator and Detoxifier for Home Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-primer-250ml/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA010250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800963
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Primer-250ml.jpg
For most home aquariums the weekly job is the same: a bucket or two of tap water made safe before it goes in. Quantum Water Primer 250mL (SKU: QA010250) handles it at 1 mL per 60 L, so a 250 mL bottle covers roughly 15,000 L of new water, a year or more of changes on a 200 L community tank. It strips chlorine and chloramine and also detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate and binds heavy metals, which means the same bottle is the first thing to reach for when a test kit shows ammonia after a fish death.
Quantum's formula is deionised water carrying a blend of removing and detoxifying salts, and it is deliberately simple to use. There is no shaking; the measured amount goes into a high-flow part of the tank or into the change bucket while it mixes. The cap on this size holds about 10 mL, and the label gives two rates: the everyday water-change dose and a five-times emergency dose for spikes caused by a death, a pH swing or another major parameter shift. It suits freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums, and Quantum notes that it cannot be run through a dosing pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** Conditions new tap water for community, cichlid and planted tanks up to a few hundred litres.
- **Marine top-ups and changes:** Works in saltwater as well as fresh, so one bottle covers a reef and a freshwater tank.
- **Ammonia after a loss:** The emergency dose detoxifies ammonia and nitrite while the filter catches up.
- **Chloramine areas:** A double dose handles heavily treated town water without a second product.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Water-change dose:** 1 mL per 60 L of new water, or 5 mL per 300 L (1 capful is roughly 10 mL).
- **Emergency dose:** 5 mL per 60 L, or 25 mL per 300 L, when ammonia or nitrite appears.
- **High chlorine or chloramine:** Double the water-change dose if the supply is heavily treated.
- **Adding it:** No shaking; pour into high flow, working from tank plus filter volume minus rock, media and ornaments. Not suitable for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Removes and detoxifies:** Chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and heavy metals in one dose.
- **Highly concentrated:** 250 mL treats about 15,000 L of change water.
- **Emergency rate on the label:** A clear five-times dose for spikes, not guesswork.
- **Fresh, salt and planted:** Rated for all three by Quantum.
- **Capful dosing:** A 10 mL cap makes measuring quick on tanks of 100 L and up, with drops still possible for smaller ones.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA010250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800963
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 60 L for water changes; 5 mL per 60 L in an emergency
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 15,000 L at the water-change dose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Primer - 500ml
Concentrated Tap Water Conditioner for Larger Tanks and Multiple Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-primer-500ml/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA010500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800970
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Primer-500ml.jpg
Two or three tanks, or one large display, and a small bottle of conditioner empties faster than expected. Quantum Water Primer 500mL (SKU: QA010500) is the mid-size that suits that situation: half a litre at 1 mL per 60 L, or about 30,000 L of new water, which is years of changes on a 300 L tank or a season for a small fish room. Beyond chlorine and chloramine, it detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate and binds heavy metals, so it doubles as the emergency bottle when a parameter goes wrong.
The liquid is deionised water carrying Quantum's blend of removing and detoxifying salts. It needs no shaking, and it is dosed straight into a high-flow zone or into the water-change container as it fills. The 10 mL cap makes the arithmetic easy on bigger tanks: half a cap for 300 L at the everyday rate, two and a half caps at the emergency rate. Freshwater, saltwater and planted systems are all covered, and Quantum advises that the product is not to be run through a dosing pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large home aquariums:** A 300 to 600 L display goes through change water quickly, and this size keeps pace without frequent reordering.
- **Several tanks on one shelf:** One bottle conditions water for a freshwater tank, a nano reef and a quarantine tank without switching products.
- **Post-medication water changes:** Large changes after a treatment need a conditioner that also handles the ammonia a disrupted filter lets through.
- **Emergency response:** Enough in the bottle for a five-times dose on a big tank without running out halfway through the treatment.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Everyday dose:** 1 mL per 60 L of new water; 5 mL, about half a capful, per 300 L.
- **Emergency dose:** 5 mL per 60 L, or 25 mL per 300 L, to detoxify an ammonia or nitrite spike.
- **Heavily treated supply:** Double the everyday dose where chlorine or chloramine levels are high.
- **Method:** No shaking; add into high flow, calculating tank and filter volume less rock, media and ornaments. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete conditioner:** Chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and heavy metals handled together.
- **30,000 L per bottle:** The concentration keeps the cost per change low on large volumes.
- **Two clear rates:** A water-change dose and a five-times emergency dose, both printed on the label with capful equivalents.
- **All systems:** Rated by Quantum for freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums alike.
- **Simple handling:** No shaking and no premixing; the measured dose goes straight into flow or the change bucket.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA010500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800970
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 60 L for water changes; 5 mL per 60 L in an emergency
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 30,000 L at the water-change dose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Primer - 5l
Bulk Water Conditioner and Detoxifier for Retail, Wholesale and Large Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-primer-5l/
- Price: $163.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA015000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502800925
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Primer-5l.jpg
Shops, maintenance services and serious fish rooms buy conditioner by the drum, and Quantum Water Primer 5L (SKU: QA015000) is the drum. At 1 mL per 60 L for routine water changes, five litres conditions roughly 300,000 L, enough for a retail system, a maintenance round or a large-scale breeder for a long stretch. The formula is the same super-concentrated blend as the smaller bottles: it removes or detoxifies chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and heavy metals, so one product covers both the weekly change and the occasional crisis.
It is a deionised-water base carrying Quantum's removing and detoxifying salts, and it asks nothing of the user beyond measuring. No shaking, no premix; the dose goes into high flow or the mixing tank. The 5 L cap is larger, about 20 mL, so a quarter cap treats 300 L at the everyday rate and 25 mL covers the same volume at the five-times emergency rate. Freshwater, saltwater and planted systems are all suitable. Quantum does note that the product is not to be run through a dosing pump, which matters on automated systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail and holding systems:** Conditions the thousands of litres a shop system turns over each week across dozens of tanks.
- **Aquarium maintenance rounds:** One container in the van covers every client tank on the round, fresh or salt.
- **Large breeders and fish rooms:** Keeps the cost per change low across dozens of tanks.
- **Bulk mixing stations:** Treats a change barrel or reservoir in one measured pour before the water is pumped out to tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Routine dose:** 1 mL per 60 L of new water, or 5 mL per 300 L (the 5 L cap holds about 20 mL).
- **Emergency dose:** 5 mL per 60 L, or 25 mL per 300 L, for ammonia or nitrite spikes.
- **High chlorine or chloramine:** Double the routine dose where the supply is heavily treated.
- **Method:** No shaking; add into high flow or the reservoir, working from system volume less rock, media and ornaments. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300,000 L from one container:** Bulk economy for high-turnover systems that change water every day.
- **Six contaminants covered:** Chlorine, chloramine, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and heavy metals.
- **Emergency rate built in:** A defined five-times dose for crashes and losses, printed on the label with the capful equivalent.
- **Universal use:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums, so one drum serves an entire mixed system.
- **Straightforward handling:** Measure, pour into flow or the reservoir, and the water is ready to use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA015000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502800925
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioners
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 60 L for water changes; 5 mL per 60 L in an emergency
- **Treatment Capacity:** Approximately 300,000 L at the water-change dose
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Stabiliser - 100ml
Bacteria and Cycling Nutrient Starter for New Nano Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-stabiliser-100ml/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA020100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321834
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Stabiliser-100ml.jpg
New tank syndrome is the reason so many first aquariums lose their fish in the opening fortnight: the filter has no bacteria yet, ammonia climbs, and by the time it is noticed the damage is done. Quantum Water Stabiliser 100mL (SKU: QA020100) is the small-tank answer, a bottle of beneficial bacteria together with the ammonium, complexed nitrogen, nitrate, phosphorus and organic accelerants those bacteria need to establish. Dosed daily for a week, it cycles a nano or desktop tank of up to about 280 L worth of water in total, which makes the 100 mL bottle a good match for a single small set-up.
Because it feeds the biofilter as well as seeding it, the product is dosed in drops on this size: ten drops per 10 L each day for seven days, with twenty drops making about a millilitre. UV and ozone are switched off first, the bottle is shaken gently, and the dose goes into high flow in the morning while the lights are on, with good oxygenation. Quantum advises testing ammonia, nitrite, pH and nitrate before adding fish, and using Water Primer with a 30% water change if any inhabitant shows stress. It is not for dosing pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cycling a nano tank:** Establishes the biofilter in cubes, bowls and desktop tanks before the first fish arrive.
- **After a filter clean:** Replaces bacteria lost when media is rinsed too hard or replaced.
- **Monthly top-up:** A small dose with each water change keeps the bacterial population steady in a cycled tank.
- **Quarantine set-ups:** Gets a temporary hospital tank cycling quickly when it is needed at short notice.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Cycling:** 10 drops per 10 L daily for 7 days, then test ammonia, nitrite, pH and nitrate before stocking slowly.
- **Cycled aquariums:** 5 drops per 10 L of water-change volume once a month.
- **Before dosing:** Turn off UV and ozone, shake gently and add into high flow in the morning with the lights on and the tank well aerated.
- **Volume and cautions:** Calculate tank and filter volume minus rock and media; if fish show stress, use Water Primer and change 30% of the water. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bacteria plus food:** Seeds the filter and supplies the nutrients that let the colony establish.
- **Drop dosing:** Ten drops per 10 L makes it practical for the smallest tanks.
- **Seven-day cycle routine:** A clear daily plan instead of weeks of waiting.
- **Fresh, salt and planted:** Rated by Quantum for all three.
- **Paired with Water Primer:** The label's fallback if a spike catches a fish out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA020100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321834
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Bacteria and Cycling Aids
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 drops per 10 L daily for 7 days when cycling; 5 drops per 10 L of change water monthly
- **Treatment Capacity:** Cycles up to about 280 L of aquarium volume (one 7-day course)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Stabiliser - 1l
Litre Bottle of Cycling Bacteria for Fish Rooms and Multi-Tank Systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-stabiliser-1l/
- Price: $47.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA021000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321865
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Stabiliser-1l.jpg
Anyone running a rack of tanks knows the cycle is the bottleneck: every new tank waits on bacteria that take weeks to arrive on their own. Quantum Water Stabiliser 1L (SKU: QA021000) shortens that wait across many tanks at once. A litre delivers the seven-day cycling course to roughly 1,400 L of aquarium volume, and it does so with a blend of beneficial bacteria plus the ammonium, complexed nitrogen, nitrate, phosphorus and organic accelerants the bacteria feed on, so the filter is being fed while it is being seeded.
The dose is one capful, about 10 mL, per 100 L each day for a week, then a half capful per 100 L of change water monthly once the system is cycled. Quantum's handling notes apply to every tank on the rack: UV and ozone off, shake gently, dilute in tank water, dose into high flow in the morning with lights on and good oxygenation, and work from real water volume rather than tank size. Test before stocking, keep Water Primer within reach for a 30% change if anything shows stress, and do not put it through a dosing pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeding racks:** Cycles a row of grow-out tanks in the same week.
- **Big sumped systems:** Enough for a 1,000 L display and sump in one course.
- **Shop and holding tanks:** Keeps high-turnover systems stable with a monthly dose as stock comes and goes.
- **Recovery after treatment:** Rebuilds bacterial colonies across several tanks after a medication course.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Cycling:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days; test ammonia, nitrite, pH and nitrate before adding fish.
- **Cycled aquariums:** For established tanks, half a capful per 100 L of the water changed, monthly.
- **Routine:** UV and ozone off first, then a gentle shake, dilution in tank water and a morning dose into high flow with the lights on and plenty of aeration.
- **Cautions:** Volume is tank plus filter minus rock and media; if stress appears, use Water Primer and change 30% of the water. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cycles about 1,400 L:** A single bottle for many tanks or one very large system.
- **Bacteria and their food:** Nutrients and organic accelerants keep the new colony growing.
- **Weekly course, monthly upkeep:** One routine for start-up and maintenance.
- **Fresh, salt and planted:** Usable across a mixed fish room.
- **Clear label guidance:** Timing, aeration and the Water Primer fallback are all spelled out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA021000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321865
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Bacteria and Cycling Aids
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days when cycling; half a capful per 100 L of change water monthly
- **Treatment Capacity:** Cycles up to about 1,400 L of aquarium volume (one 7-day course)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Stabiliser - 250ml
Biofilter Cycling and Stabilising Bacteria for Home Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-stabiliser-250ml/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA020250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321841
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Stabiliser-250ml.jpg
A filter is a box of plastic until bacteria move in, and getting them there quickly is the whole point of Quantum Water Stabiliser 250mL (SKU: QA020250) . It combines live beneficial bacteria with the ammonium, complexed nitrogen, nitrate, phosphorus and organic accelerants they consume, so the colony has both a seed and a food supply from day one. At one capful per 100 L daily for a week, the 250 mL bottle will cycle roughly 350 L of aquarium volume, which covers a typical community tank with enough left for a monthly maintenance dose afterwards.
The daily routine matters more than the quantity. UV and ozone go off, the bottle is shaken gently, and the dose is diluted in tank water then poured into high flow in the morning with the lights on and the water well oxygenated. Quantum recommends testing ammonia, nitrite, pH and nitrate before the first fish, then stocking slowly, and keeping Water Primer on hand with a 30% water change if anything shows stress. The product cannot be run through a dosing pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New community tanks:** Cycles a 100 to 300 L freshwater or marine set-up in a week rather than a month.
- **Restarting a filter:** Rebuilds the bacterial population after a medication course or a filter failure.
- **Adding stock:** A dose alongside new fish helps the filter absorb the extra waste load without a mini-cycle.
- **Monthly maintenance:** Keeps the biofilter stable with each water change.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Cycling:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days; test before stocking.
- **Cycled aquariums:** Once the tank is established, half a capful per 100 L of the water you replace, once a month.
- **Preparation:** Turn off UV and ozone, shake gently, dilute with tank water and add into high flow in the morning with lights on and good aeration.
- **Volume and fallback:** Calculate volume as tank plus filter minus rock and media; if fish show stress, use Water Primer and a 30% water change. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seed and feed:** Bacteria and their nutrients in the same bottle, so the colony establishes fast.
- **Capful dosing:** A 10 mL cap makes the daily routine quick on tanks of 100 L and up.
- **Cycles about 350 L:** Enough for a standard home aquarium plus maintenance.
- **Freshwater, saltwater and planted:** One product for any tank type.
- **Clear safety net:** The label pairs it with Water Primer for any spike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA020250
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321841
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Bacteria and Cycling Aids
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days when cycling; half a capful per 100 L of change water monthly
- **Treatment Capacity:** Cycles up to about 350 L of aquarium volume (one 7-day course)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Quantum Water Stabiliser - 500ml
Cycling Bacteria and Nutrients for Larger Freshwater and Marine Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/quantum-water-stabiliser-500ml/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA020500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0735204321858
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Water-Stabiliser-500ml.jpg
The bigger the tank, the more expensive a failed cycle becomes, and the more sense it makes to seed the filter properly. Quantum Water Stabiliser 500mL (SKU: QA020500) carries enough beneficial bacteria and cycling nutrients, ammonium, complexed nitrogen, nitrate, phosphorus and organic accelerants, to run the seven-day cycling course on about 700 L of aquarium volume. That covers a large display with its sump, or two average tanks started in the same month, with the remainder used for monthly maintenance doses.
Dosing is a capful, roughly 10 mL, per 100 L every day for a week. Quantum's method is specific: UV and ozone off, a gentle shake, dilute in tank water and pour into high flow in the morning while the lights are on, with the tank well aerated. Test ammonia, nitrite, pH and nitrate at the end of the week and add fish slowly once ammonia is safe. If any inhabitant shows stress, Water Primer and a 30% water change is the labelled response. The product is not suited to dosing pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large new set-ups:** Cycles a 400 to 700 L display or a tank with a sump in one course.
- **Two tanks at once:** Enough for a display and a quarantine tank started together.
- **Recovery from a crash:** Re-establishes the biofilter after a medication or an ammonia event.
- **Ongoing maintenance:** A monthly dose with water changes keeps the colony steady.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Cycling:** 1 capful (about 10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days, then test before adding fish.
- **Cycled aquariums:** After the cycle, a maintenance dose of half a capful per 100 L of change water each month.
- **Routine:** Switch off UV and ozone, shake the bottle gently, dilute the dose in tank water and pour it into high flow in the morning while the lights are on and the water is well aerated.
- **Cautions:** Work from tank plus filter volume minus rock and media; use Water Primer and a 30% change if fish are stressed. Not for dosing pumps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cycles about 700 L:** Sized for large displays and sumped systems.
- **Bacteria with nutrients:** The colony is fed as it is seeded, so it takes hold quickly.
- **Seven-day plan:** A defined daily dose with a full parameter test at the end before any fish go in.
- **Fresh, salt and planted:** Suits every tank type Quantum lists.
- **Stress fallback:** Paired on the label with Water Primer and a water change.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA020500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0735204321858
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Bacteria and Cycling Aids
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 1 capful (10 mL) per 100 L daily for 7 days when cycling; half a capful per 100 L of change water monthly
- **Treatment Capacity:** Cycles up to about 700 L of aquarium volume (one 7-day course)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums
---
### QUANT — Accessories
#### Quantum Frag Tile Plug - 20 Pack
Square Ceramic Frag Tiles for Encrusting and Plating Corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/quantum-frag-tile-plug-20-pack/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350458
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Frag-Tile-Plug-20-Pack-1.jpg
Round plugs suit a branch, but a montipora cap or a chalice fragment wants a flat landing area it can grow across. Quantum Frag Tile Plug 20 Pack (SKU: QA700120) supplies twenty square tiles, each 28 mm by 28 mm, from the Reef Essential range. The top face carries the same rough texture as the rest of the Quantum plug family, giving glue and coral tissue something to key into, and the square edge lets tiles butt against one another on a rack so encrusting corals can bridge from one to the next.
Every batch is ICP-OES analysed before it leaves the factory, which is the check that matters for anything porous going into a reef: the plugs are tested for contaminants rather than simply assumed clean. That analysis is also why they can be used straight from the pack with no curing or soaking period, a step that older cement plugs demanded. The 20 pack is the sensible starting point for a hobbyist who frags a few colonies a month; it covers a small rack of new cuts with spares for the ones that need re-mounting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Encrusting and plating corals:** Montipora, chalices, cyphastrea and leptoseris spread across a flat tile more naturally than around a round disc.
- **Zoanthid and mushroom mats:** A square gives a colony room to fill out before it needs moving to rock.
- **Frag swaps and sales:** The uniform size packs neatly, sits flat in transport cups and looks tidy on a sales rack.
- **Rescue mounts:** Re-securing a loose frag that has detached from its original plug, or a piece knocked off a colony by a snail or fish.
**How to Use**
- **No curing needed:** Rinse in tank water if you wish and use the tiles straight from the pack.
- **Dry the contact point:** Blot the tile face and the frag base before gluing so the adhesive bonds to ceramic, not to a film of water.
- **Glue to the texture:** Press the frag into the rough surface with a small bead of coral glue, or glue-and-epoxy for heavier pieces.
- **Let it grow over:** Once tissue reaches the tile edge, glue the whole tile to rock rather than prising the coral off.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **28 mm square face:** More usable surface than a standard round plug for corals that spread rather than branch.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Each batch is laboratory-tested for purity before sale.
- **Ready to use:** No curing, leaching or soaking period before the tile goes into a reef.
- **Textured top:** The rough finish gives adhesive and coral tissue a grip.
- **Made in the United Kingdom:** Manufactured by the same source as the rest of the Reef Essential plug range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700120
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350458
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed
- **Dimensions:** 28 mm × 28 mm tile
- **Pack Quantity:** 20 tiles
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Frag Tile Plug - 50 Pack
Bulk Square Ceramic Tiles for Coral Propagation Racks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/quantum-frag-tile-plug-50-pack/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700150 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7426974940914
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Frag-Tile-Plug-50-Pack-2.jpg
A frag rack fills faster than most reef keepers expect, and a fifty-count pack is the point where mounting stops being rationed. Quantum Frag Tile Plug 50 Pack (SKU: QA700150) holds fifty 28 mm square ceramic tiles from the Reef Essential range, the same tile as the twenty pack but in a quantity that suits a propagation rack, a club frag night or a small shop system. Each tile has a coarse top surface for adhesive and tissue, and a flat footprint that sits square on egg-crate or in a tile-style holder.
Because the ceramic is ICP-OES analysed batch by batch, the tiles can be used the moment the pack is opened; there is no curing bath and no waiting for a cement plug to stop shifting the pH of a bucket. The square format earns its place with corals that encrust and plate. A chalice or montipora frag that would overhang a round disc within months sits inside a 28 mm square for longer, and when it finally reaches the edge the whole tile can be glued down as one piece.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Propagation racks:** Fifty tiles keep a grow-out rack fully stocked through a season of fragging.
- **Plating and encrusting species:** Montipora caps, chalices, cyphastrea and psammocora suit a flat square base.
- **Colony grow-out:** Tiles placed edge to edge let a spreading coral cover a larger area before being moved.
- **Shop and club use:** Uniform tiles present well on a sales rack and pack cleanly into cups for a swap night or a courier box.
**How to Use**
- **Straight from the pack:** No curing is required; a quick rinse in tank water is optional.
- **Prepare the surfaces:** Pat both the tile face and the frag base dry so the glue grips ceramic rather than a water film.
- **Mount with coral glue:** A small bead pressed into the rough face is enough for most frags; add epoxy under heavier pieces.
- **Glue the tile to rock later:** When tissue reaches the tile edge, fix the whole tile in place instead of cutting the coral free.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fifty-tile pack:** Sized for racks, frag events and retail systems rather than the occasional cut.
- **28 mm square face:** A flat, wider landing area for corals that spread rather than branch.
- **Batch-tested purity:** ICP-OES analysis on every batch, so the ceramic is checked for contaminants before it reaches a reef.
- **No curing period:** Ready for the reef the day the pack is opened, with no soaking bucket taking up space under the tank.
- **UK-made ceramic:** Consistent size and texture from tile to tile, so racks and holders line up neatly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700150
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7426974940914
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed
- **Dimensions:** 28 mm × 28 mm tile
- **Pack Quantity:** 50 tiles
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Large Standard Frag Plug - 50 Pack
32 mm Ceramic Plugs for Bigger Coral Fragments and Colonies.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/quantum-large-standard-frag-plug-50-pack/
- Price: $55.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700250
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Large-Standard-Frag-Plug-50-Pack.jpg
A standard 20 mm plug is fine for a fresh acropora tip, but a hammer head or a fist-sized zoanthid rock needs a base that will not tip under it. Quantum Large Standard Frag Plug 50 Pack (SKU: QA700250) gives you fifty Reef Essential plugs with a 32 mm disc on a 10 mm stem, wide enough to carry a mature frag or a small colony and still drop into a standard rack hole. The disc face is textured for glue and tissue, and the ceramic is ICP-OES analysed so it goes into the tank without curing.
The larger disc changes how a rack behaves. Heavier LPS frags stop rocking when a wavemaker sweeps past, encrusting corals get months more growing room before they reach the edge, and a mounted piece looks proportionate rather than perched. The stem is the same 10 mm as the regular plug, so both sizes share the same holders and the same egg-crate. Fifty in a pack suits keepers who frag LPS regularly, sell or swap colonies, or simply prefer to mount everything on a base that will not need replacing as the coral grows.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **LPS fragments:** Euphyllia heads, favia and acan chunks sit stable on a 32 mm disc where a small plug would tip.
- **Small colonies:** Mounting a whole zoanthid or mushroom cluster on one base rather than splitting it.
- **Grow-out for encrusting corals:** The wider face delays the day a spreading coral outgrows its plug.
- **Display mounting:** A proportionate base for pieces that will be glued straight onto rockwork and left to encrust over the disc.
**How to Use**
- **Use immediately:** No curing or soaking; rinse in tank water if you prefer.
- **Dry, then glue:** Blot the disc and the coral base so the adhesive grips the textured ceramic.
- **Support heavy pieces:** For large LPS heads, a ring of epoxy around a bead of glue holds while the tissue takes.
- **Rack or rock:** Seat the 10 mm stem in a rack hole, or snip it off and glue the disc flat onto rock once the coral has settled.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **32 mm disc:** Roughly two and a half times the surface area of a 20 mm plug, for bigger frags and small colonies.
- **Standard 10 mm stem:** Fits the same racks and holders as the regular Quantum plug.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Batch-tested for contaminants before it reaches a reef.
- **No curing required:** Ready to mount the day it arrives, with no soaking or pH-settling period in a bucket.
- **Textured surface:** Gives glue and coral tissue a secure grip, so heavier frags stay put in flow.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700250
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed, made in the United Kingdom
- **Dimensions:** 32 mm disc, 10 mm stem
- **Pack Quantity:** 50 plugs
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Polyester Media Bags - 3 Pack
Zippered 800 Micron Bags in Three Sizes for Loose Filter Media.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/polyester-media-bags-3-pack/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA750100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650771
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Polyester-Media-Bags-3-Pack.jpg
Loose media is only as useful as the bag holding it, and cheap drawstring mesh has a habit of spilling carbon into the return pump at the worst moment. Quantum Polyester Media Bags 3 Pack (SKU: QA750100) replaces that with three heavy-duty polyester bags, each closed by a proper zipper rather than a cord. The pack covers three sizes, 150, 200 and 250 mm square, so a nano sump, a canister basket and a full-size sump chamber can each have a bag that fits the space instead of one bag folded to suit.
The 800 micron weave is the useful middle ground for aquarium media. It is fine enough to hold granular carbon, phosphate removers and small biological media, yet open enough that water moves through the bag rather than around it, which is the whole point of putting media in the flow path. Because the bags are reusable, the routine each month is the same: unzip, tip out the spent media, refill, zip, rinse and put the bag back. The smallest bag holds at least 500 mL, the middle one 1,250 mL and the largest 2,500 mL.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Chemical media in a sump:** Carbon, GFO and resins stay contained in a chamber where water flows through the bag.
- **Canister and hang-on filters:** The 150 mm bag drops into a media basket without jamming the lid or the impeller housing.
- **Reactor-free setups:** A bagged dose of carbon in a high-flow area is the simplest way to run media without extra equipment.
- **Regenerating resin:** Keeping resin bagged during a pump-circulated recharge protects the pump and keeps the beads together.
**How to Use**
- **Pick the size to the chamber:** Leave room for the media to move, as a bag packed solid channels water around the edges.
- **Fill and zip:** Add the measured media, close the zipper fully and rinse the bag under RODI or tank water until the run-off is clear.
- **Place in flow:** Position the bag where water must pass through it, such as a baffle chamber or a filter basket, rather than in still water.
- **Reuse:** Empty and rinse the bag at each media change; a spare bag makes swap-overs quicker.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three sizes in one pack:** 150, 200 and 250 mm square bags cover nano filters through to sump chambers.
- **Real zipper closure:** No drawstring to work loose and no media escaping into pumps.
- **800 micron polyester:** Holds granular media while letting water pass freely.
- **Heavy-duty and reusable:** Built to be emptied, rinsed and refilled month after month.
- **Known capacities:** Minimum 500 mL, 1,250 mL and 2,500 mL respectively, so dosing by volume is straightforward.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA750100
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650771
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Media Bags
- **Material:** Heavy-duty polyester mesh, 800 micron
- **Dimensions:** 150 mm × 150 mm, 200 mm × 200 mm and 250 mm × 250 mm (one of each)
- **Capacity:** Minimum 500 mL, 1,250 mL and 2,500 mL respectively
- **Pack Quantity:** 3 bags
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater and marine filters, sumps and reactors
---
#### Quantum Small Disc Frag Plug - 20 Pack
30 mm Low-Profile Ceramic Discs for Coral Mounting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/quantum-small-disc-frag-plug-20-pack/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700320 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7426974940990
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Small-Disc-Frag-Plug-20-Pack-1.jpg
Some corals are happier on a flat, wide base than on a plug with a tall stem, and some racks and rock shelves simply have nowhere for a stem to go. Quantum Small Disc Frag Plug 20 Pack (SKU: QA700320) is the Reef Essential answer for those cases: twenty ceramic discs, 30 mm across, with the rough top face the whole range shares. The disc format sits directly on rock, egg-crate or a shelf, and the wider face gives a zoanthid patch or a plating coral room to spread before the coral meets the edge.
Like every plug in the Quantum range, the discs are ICP-OES analysed batch by batch, so they are used straight from the pack with no curing, no soaking and no worry about what a cement base might leach into a reef. The twenty pack is the practical size for a hobbyist mounting a handful of pieces at a time, and the flat form stores in a drawer without the tangle that stemmed plugs create. A drop of coral glue on the textured surface is enough for most small frags; larger pieces can be backed with epoxy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rock shelves and ledges:** A stemless disc sits flat where a stemmed plug would have nothing to seat into.
- **Zoanthids and palythoa:** A 30 mm face lets a patch fill out before it needs moving.
- **Plating and encrusting frags:** Montipora and chalice cuts grow evenly across a flat disc.
- **Display gluing:** The disc glues straight onto rockwork and disappears under new growth within a few months.
**How to Use**
- **Straight from the pack:** No curing needed; rinse in tank water if you like, and skip the soaking bucket entirely.
- **Dry contact points:** Blot the disc and the frag base so glue bonds to ceramic rather than a water film.
- **Glue and press:** A small bead of coral glue on the rough face; hold the frag in place for a few seconds until it grips, then leave it undisturbed for an hour.
- **Seat it securely:** Set the disc where flow cannot roll it, or glue it down once the coral has attached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 mm flat disc:** A wide, stable face for corals that spread across their base.
- **Low profile:** Sits on rock and shelves where a stem is unwanted, and stores flat in a drawer between fragging sessions.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Laboratory-tested ceramic, ready for the reef without the curing period cement plugs need.
- **Rough top surface:** Better adhesion for glue at mounting time and for coral tissue as it spreads.
- **Twenty per pack:** Enough for a regular fragging session with spares for re-mounts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700320
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7426974940990
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed, made in the United Kingdom
- **Dimensions:** 30 mm disc
- **Pack Quantity:** 20 discs
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Small Disc Frag Plug - 50 Pack
Bulk 30 mm Ceramic Discs for Frag Racks and Rock Mounting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/quantum-small-disc-frag-plug-50-pack/
- Price: $37.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700350 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7426974940907
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Small-Disc-Frag-Plug-50-Pack.jpg
Fifty flat discs cover a lot of fragging. Quantum Small Disc Frag Plug 50 Pack (SKU: QA700350) is the bulk pack of the Reef Essential 30 mm ceramic disc, aimed at reef keepers who mount corals every week rather than every few months: propagation racks, club frag nights, or a shop system where each new arrival is cut and remounted. Each disc has the coarse top face that the range is known for, and no stem, so it sits flat on egg-crate, on a rock ledge or directly on the sand of a frag tank.
The ceramic is ICP-OES analysed by batch, which is the reason these discs skip the curing stage that cement plugs need. Open the pack, glue, and mount. The 30 mm diameter is a deliberate middle size: wide enough for a zoanthid patch or an encrusting frag to fill out over a few months, small enough that fifty of them still fit on a modest rack. When a coral reaches the rim, the whole disc glues onto the display rock and vanishes under new tissue, so nothing needs cutting free.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-volume propagation:** Keeps a grow-out rack supplied through a full season of cutting without a mid-season reorder.
- **Stemless racks and shelves:** Flat discs suit trays, ledges and egg-crate laid flat, where a stem has nowhere to go.
- **Spreading corals:** Zoanthids, mushrooms, montipora and chalice frags grow evenly over a disc.
- **Frag sales and swaps:** Uniform discs present neatly on a sales rack and stack in transport containers without tangling.
**How to Use**
- **No curing:** Use straight from the pack; a rinse in tank water is optional, and there is no soaking or leaching period.
- **Blot before gluing:** A dry disc face and a dry frag base give coral glue a proper bond instead of a skin over a water film.
- **Small bead, firm press:** Hold the frag on the textured surface for a few seconds until the glue grips.
- **Anchor against flow:** Place the disc where a wavemaker cannot roll it, or glue it down to the rack or rock once the coral is attached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fifty-disc pack:** Bulk quantity for propagation racks, frag events and retail systems, so plugs are never rationed.
- **30 mm diameter:** A wide, flat face for corals that spread rather than branch.
- **Stemless design:** Sits flat on trays, ledges and sand wherever a stemmed plug would have nothing to seat into.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Every batch is laboratory-tested for contaminants, which is why no curing period is needed.
- **Textured surface:** Holds glue at mounting time and encourages tissue to encrust across the face.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700350
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7426974940907
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed, made in the United Kingdom
- **Dimensions:** 30 mm disc
- **Pack Quantity:** 50 discs
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Standard Frag Plug - 20 Pack
20 mm Ceramic Frag Plugs with 10 mm Stem for Reef Racks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/standard-frag-plug-20-pack/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700420 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7426974940983
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Standard-Frag-Plug-20-Pack-1.jpg
Every reef keeper who cuts a coral ends up with the same question: what to stick it to. Quantum Standard Frag Plug 20 Pack (SKU: QA700420) is the everyday answer from the Reef Essential range: twenty ceramic plugs with a 20 mm disc and a 10 mm stem, the format that fits the holes in almost every frag rack sold. The disc top is deliberately rough so coral glue keys in and new tissue has something to grip, and the ceramic is ICP-OES analysed so it goes into the tank without a curing period.
Twenty plugs suits a home reef where fragging is occasional: a broken acropora tip after a snail bumps it, a montipora edge worth sharing, a zoanthid patch that needs thinning. The 20 mm disc is small enough that a frag looks like a frag rather than a plug with a speck on it, and the standard stem means the same racks, magnetic holders and egg-crate work whether you later move to the 50 pack or the larger 32 mm plug. When the coral outgrows the disc, the stem snips off and the plug glues flat onto rock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **SPS tips:** Acropora, stylophora and pocillopora cuttings take well to a small textured disc and encrust over it within weeks.
- **Zoanthid and mushroom singles:** One or two polyps on a 20 mm plug grow into a saleable frag.
- **Rack storage:** The 10 mm stem seats in standard frag-rack holes and magnetic holders, so new cuts stay upright while they heal.
- **Occasional fragging:** A twenty pack keeps plugs on hand for the odd breakage or trade without a drawer full of them.
**How to Use**
- **Ready from the pack:** No curing or leaching period; rinse in tank water if you wish and mount straight away.
- **Dry the disc:** Blot the top face and the coral's cut end so the glue bonds to ceramic.
- **Bead and hold:** A small dab of coral glue on the rough face, then hold the frag steady for a few seconds until it sets.
- **Rack, then rock:** Grow the frag out in a rack, and glue the plug to rockwork once it has encrusted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard 20 mm disc:** The size most racks and holders are built around.
- **10 mm stem:** Seats firmly in rack holes and egg-crate.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Batch-tested ceramic that can be used without curing, so a broken tip is mounted the same evening.
- **Rough top surface:** Better grip for glue at mounting time and faster encrusting as the frag grows.
- **Made in the United Kingdom:** Consistent from plug to plug and pack to pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700420
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7426974940983
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed
- **Dimensions:** 20 mm disc, 10 mm stem
- **Pack Quantity:** 20 plugs
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Standard Frag Plug - 50 Pack
Bulk 20 mm Ceramic Frag Plugs for Propagation and Frag Racks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/standard-frag-plug-50-pack/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700450 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7426974940891
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Standard-Frag-Plug-50-Pack-2.jpg
When a rack of fresh cuts is a monthly event rather than a rare one, buying plugs twenty at a time becomes a chore. Quantum Standard Frag Plug 50 Pack (SKU: QA700450) is the bulk version of the Reef Essential 20 mm plug, fifty to the pack, each with the 10 mm stem that drops into standard rack holes and magnetic holders. The top of the disc is textured so coral glue and new tissue grip, and each batch of ceramic is ICP-OES analysed, which is why the plugs can go straight from the pack into a running reef.
The 20 mm size is the workhorse of coral propagation. It carries an SPS tip, a single euphyllia head or a couple of zoanthid polyps without dwarfing them, and it takes up little rack space, so fifty plugs still fit on a modest grow-out shelf. Because the stem matches the rest of the Quantum plug family, a rack can mix standard and large plugs as the frags develop. Once a coral has encrusted over the disc edge, the stem is clipped and the plug glued onto display rock with the coral undisturbed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Propagation racks:** A season's worth of plugs for keepers who cut and grow corals continuously.
- **Branching SPS:** Acropora, seriatopora and pocillopora tips mount cleanly on a 20 mm disc and encrust the base as they grow.
- **Small LPS and softies:** Single euphyllia heads and a few zoanthid polyps grow into full frags on one plug.
- **Club nights and sales:** Uniform plugs that sit in any customer's rack and pack neatly into cups for transport.
**How to Use**
- **No curing period:** Use immediately, with an optional rinse in tank water; nothing needs soaking beforehand.
- **Blot before gluing:** Dry ceramic and a dry cut end give coral glue its best bond.
- **Small bead, steady hold:** Press the frag into the rough face and hold for a few seconds until the glue takes.
- **Grow, then glue down:** Rack the plug until the coral encrusts over the edge, then clip the stem and fix the disc to rock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fifty-plug pack:** Bulk supply for propagation racks, frag events and retail systems, bought once a season rather than every month.
- **20 mm disc, 10 mm stem:** The standard format for racks, holders and egg-crate.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Batch-tested ceramic with no curing required, so a whole rack can be mounted in one sitting.
- **Rough top face:** Holds glue at mounting time and encourages tissue to spread over the disc.
- **UK-made:** Consistent dimensions across the whole pack, so every stem fits every rack hole the same way.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700450
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7426974940891
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed
- **Dimensions:** 20 mm disc, 10 mm stem
- **Pack Quantity:** 50 plugs
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Sterilised Pipettes 3ml - 20 Pack
Single-Use Dosing and Feeding Pipettes for Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/sterilised-pipettes-3ml-20-pack/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA750300
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Sterilised-Pipettes-3ml-20-Pack-1.jpg
Small doses are where most aquarium mistakes happen: a splash of supplement that was meant to be a millilitre, or a medication measured by the cap of another bottle. Quantum Sterilised Pipettes 3mL 20 Pack (SKU: QA750300) gives you twenty clean, sterilised pipettes with a 3 mL capacity, so each additive can be drawn up accurately and, because they are sterilised, without carrying anything from the last job into the next one. For a nano reef running trace elements in drops, or a breeder feeding fry, that repeatability is worth more than the pipettes cost.
Three millilitres is the practical size for aquarium work. It is large enough for a water-change dose of a concentrated conditioner in a small tank, and small enough to control drop by drop when spot-feeding an anemone or targeting a pest with a treatment. Twenty in a pack means a fresh pipette for each product without rationing, which is how cross-contamination between bacteria cultures, medications and foods is avoided. They also suit test kits that ask for a measured sample of tank water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano-tank dosing:** Measures the small volumes of conditioner or bacteria that a 20 to 60 L tank needs at water-change time.
- **Target feeding:** Delivers liquid or thawed food directly to corals, anemones and shy fish without clouding the whole tank.
- **Spot treatments:** Places a pest or algae treatment exactly where it is needed and nowhere else.
- **Water testing:** Draws an exact sample volume for test kits that specify one, and transfers reagent without touching the tank.
**How to Use**
- **One pipette per product:** Keep a separate pipette for each liquid so bacteria, medication and food are never mixed.
- **Draw slowly:** Squeeze the bulb before the tip enters the liquid, then release gently to fill without air pockets.
- **Dispense in flow:** Release additives into a high-flow area of the tank unless the product calls for direct application.
- **Discard or rinse:** Treat them as single-use for medications and bacteria cultures; for foods, a rinse in tank water between feeds is fine, and the pipette can be reused until the bulb loses its spring.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sterilised:** Each pipette starts clean, so nothing is introduced to a sensitive culture or a quarantine tank.
- **3 mL capacity:** The right size for drop-level control and for small water-change doses alike.
- **Pack of twenty:** Enough to dedicate one to every bottle on the shelf and still have spares.
- **Multi-purpose:** Dosing, feeding, spot treatment and sampling from the same pack, with no need to rinse a shared tool between jobs.
- **Squeeze-bulb control:** A gentle release fills the stem in a single motion, and a slow squeeze lets the liquid out a drop at a time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA750300
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Dosing and Feeding Tools
- **Capacity:** 3 mL per pipette
- **Pack Quantity:** 20 pipettes
- **Condition:** Sterilised
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, breeding tanks and quarantine systems
---
#### Quantum White Film Remover - 3 Pack
Melamine Cleaning Sponges for Glass and Acrylic Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/white-film-remover-3-pack/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA750200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801762
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-White-Film-Remover-3-Pack.jpg
That chalky white band along the waterline and the haze on the front glass are not algae, so an algae magnet does little about them. Quantum White Film Remover 3 Pack (SKU: QA750200) deals with the film using three high-density melamine sponges, each 10 cm by 7 cm by 3 cm, that lift the deposit with nothing more than water from the aquarium itself. There are no chemicals involved, so the sponge can go from the tank rim to the inside of the glass without a rinse-and-wait step, and nothing harmful is introduced to the livestock.
Melamine works by abrasion at a microscopic scale, which is why it clears film that a cloth only smears. Quantum rates these sponges as safe on both glass and acrylic panels, a point worth checking on any cleaning product, since a scratched acrylic front is permanent. The sponges also take off algae from flat surfaces, so one pass at water-change time handles both jobs. Three in a pack means one for the display, one for the sump and quarantine gear, and one in reserve for when the first wears down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Waterline crust:** Removes the white film that forms where evaporation concentrates minerals along the top edge of the glass.
- **Acrylic tanks:** A film remover that will not scratch acrylic is rare, and this one is rated for it.
- **Lids and splash guards:** Clears the spray film that builds on covers and light shields above reef tanks.
- **Algae on flat panels:** Wipes green and brown film from glass during routine maintenance, before it hardens into something a blade has to handle.
**How to Use**
- **Wet with tank water:** Dip the sponge in aquarium water rather than tap water, so nothing foreign enters the system.
- **Light pressure only:** Let the melamine do the work with gentle strokes; pressing hard shortens the sponge's life without cleaning faster.
- **Rinse between panels:** Squeeze out loosened film in a bucket before moving to the next area so it is not spread around.
- **Replace when worn:** Melamine sponges shed as they work; swap to a fresh one once the surface has worn smooth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chemical-free cleaning:** Works with aquarium water alone, so there is nothing to rinse away and nothing to harm fish or corals.
- **Glass and acrylic safe:** Rated by Quantum for both panel types without scratching.
- **Removes film and algae:** One tool for the mineral haze and the green film that appear together.
- **High-density melamine:** Denser foam lasts longer than the household versions of the same material.
- **Three per pack:** Enough to dedicate one sponge to the display, one to the sump and quarantine gear, and still keep a spare.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum
- **SKU:** QA750200
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801762
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Glass Cleaning
- **Material:** High-density melamine foam
- **Dimensions:** 100 mm × 70 mm × 30 mm each
- **Pack Quantity:** 3 sponges
- **Suitable Surfaces:** Glass and acrylic aquariums, lids and covers
---
#### Quantum Zoa Cone Frag Plug - 20 Pack
Tapered 18 mm to 7 mm Ceramic Cones for Zoanthids and Nano Corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/zoa-cone-frag-plug-20-pack/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700520 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0769807350465
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Zoa-Cone-Frag-Plug-20-Pack-2.jpg
Zoanthids do not need a wide disc; they need a base that wedges into a rock crevice and stays put while the polyps spread. Quantum Zoa Cone Frag Plug 20 Pack (SKU: QA700520) is shaped for exactly that: twenty ceramic cones from the Reef Essential range, tapering from 18 mm at the top to 7 mm at the point. The narrow end pushes into a gap in live rock or a rack hole; the broad end carries the frag. The surface is rough, as across the Quantum range, so glue and tissue take hold quickly.
ICP-OES analysis of each batch means the cones are used straight from the pack, without curing, which is a relief when a colony needs thinning tonight rather than after a week of soaking plugs. The taper is the practical part. A cone jammed into rock disappears far more convincingly than a disc glued on top, and once polyps march over the 18 mm face and onto the surrounding rock the plug is invisible. Twenty is a sensible count for a zoanthid keeper trimming colonies every few weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Zoanthid and palythoa frags:** A single polyp or a small cluster on the 18 mm face grows into a colony over a few months.
- **Rock crevices:** The 7 mm point wedges into holes and gaps in live rock without glue, so placement can be changed later.
- **Nano reefs:** Small cones suit small tanks where a full-size plug looks oversized against the rockwork.
- **Mushrooms and small softies:** Ricordea and discosoma settle well on a compact base they can grow over.
**How to Use**
- **Use as supplied:** No curing or soaking; rinse in tank water if you prefer and mount the same evening.
- **Dry, glue, press:** Blot the wide face, add a small bead of coral glue and hold the frag for a few seconds.
- **Wedge or rack:** Push the taper into a rock gap, or seat it in a frag-rack hole while the frag establishes over a few weeks.
- **Let the colony hide it:** Polyps spread over the face and onto the surrounding rock, leaving no visible base within a few months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **18 mm to 7 mm taper:** A cone that fits rock crevices and rack holes alike.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Laboratory-tested by batch, which is why the cones need no curing before use.
- **Rough surface:** Better grip for glue at mounting time and faster tissue attachment afterwards.
- **Compact footprint:** Suits nano tanks and tight rockwork where a disc would look out of place.
- **Made in the United Kingdom:** Same manufacture as the rest of the Reef Essential plug range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700520
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0769807350465
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed
- **Dimensions:** 18 mm top tapering to 7 mm
- **Pack Quantity:** 20 cones
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Quantum Zoa Cone Frag Plug - 50 Pack
Bulk Tapered Ceramic Cones for Zoanthid Propagation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/zoa-cone-frag-plug-50-pack/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA700550 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7426974940921
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Quantum-Zoa-Cone-Frag-Plug-50-Pack-1.jpg
A thriving zoanthid colony throws off frags faster than most keepers can find homes for them, and each one needs a base. Quantum Zoa Cone Frag Plug 50 Pack (SKU: QA700550) supplies fifty Reef Essential ceramic cones, each tapering from an 18 mm face to a 7 mm point, in the quantity a propagation rack or a regular frag seller gets through. The wide end takes the polyps and the coral glue; the narrow end seats into a rack hole or wedges into live rock so the frag stays where it is put.
The cones are ICP-OES analysed by batch and need no curing, so a pack opened on Saturday is on the rack by Saturday afternoon. Compared with a flat disc, the cone's small footprint lets fifty frags sit close together on a rack, and when they move to a display the point tucks into rock and the base vanishes under spreading polyps. The rough surface is the same across the Quantum plug family, giving both adhesive and tissue something to hold. Fifty cones also suit ricordea, discosoma and small softies that prefer a compact base.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Zoanthid farming:** Bulk cones for keepers who thin and mount colonies every week and sell or swap the results.
- **Dense frag racks:** The narrow base packs more frags into the same rack area than discs allow.
- **Mounting into rock:** The 7 mm point wedges into crevices so display placement needs little or no glue and can be adjusted later.
- **Mushroom and softie frags:** Small pieces of ricordea and discosoma settle on a cone without an oversized disc around them.
**How to Use**
- **No curing:** Use from the pack; an optional rinse in tank water is all that is needed before mounting begins.
- **Prepare the face:** Blot the 18 mm end dry before adding a small bead of coral glue.
- **Hold briefly:** Press the frag on for a few seconds until the glue grips the textured ceramic, then leave it to set.
- **Rack first, rock later:** Grow the frag out in a rack for a few weeks, then push the taper into a crevice in the display rockwork.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fifty-cone pack:** Bulk supply for propagation racks and frag sales, bought once a season rather than every few weeks.
- **18 mm to 7 mm taper:** Fits rack holes and rock crevices without a separate holder.
- **ICP-OES analysed:** Batch-tested ceramic that is ready to use without a curing period.
- **Rough surface:** Holds glue at mounting time and lets polyps encrust quickly over the face.
- **UK-made:** Uniform cones across the whole pack, so every point fits every rack hole the same way.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA700550
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7426974940921
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic, ICP-OES analysed
- **Dimensions:** 18 mm top tapering to 7 mm
- **Pack Quantity:** 50 cones
- **Suitable For:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
### QUANT — Filter Media
#### Quantum Bio-active Carbon - 1kg
Bacteria-Hosting Activated Carbon for Reef and Marine Filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/quantum-bio-active-carbon-1kg/
- Price: $49.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA631000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650726
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Bio-active-Carbon-–-1kg.jpg
A reef tank that looks slightly yellow under the lights, or a coral that sulks every time a neighbour gets bumped, is usually a dissolved-organics problem. Quantum Bio-active Carbon 1kg (SKU: QA631000) is the Reef Essential answer to it: a granular activated carbon that was first developed for polishing drinking water to ultra-pure standards, then adopted for aquariums because the same pore structure handles coral toxins, tannins and organic waste so well. The 1 kg pack fills about 2 litres of media volume, enough for months of monthly changes on a mid-sized home reef.
What separates this carbon from a bag of generic pellets is the pore profile. A higher share of macropores gives large organic molecules somewhere to go, and those same pores become housing for nitrifying bacteria, so the media keeps breaking down ammonium and nitrite even as its adsorption sites fill. Quantum states that it does not leach phosphate and does not release what it has already captured, which matters when you forget a change by a week. The pack ships with an 800 micron zip bag and a measuring cup, so there is nothing else to buy before it goes in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yellowing water:** Clears the tint that builds up between water changes and lets the full spectrum of your lights reach the corals again.
- **Coral warfare:** Strips the toxins that soft corals and some LPS release when they are crowded or disturbed, reducing stress on neighbouring colonies.
- **After a medication or metal scare:** Runs at the heavy-metal rate to pull residual copper or treatment out of a display before invertebrates go back in.
- **Odour and organics:** Takes the edge off the sump smell in heavily fed fish-only systems.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Rinse until clear:** Wash the measured amount in RODI water until the run-off runs clear before every use, so carbon dust never reaches the display.
- **Dose by stocking:** Per 100 L each month, use 15 g (30 mL) for a lightly stocked tank, 25 g (50 mL) for a moderate load and 50 g (100 mL) for a heavy one.
- **Heavy-metal removal:** Increase to 250 g (500 mL) per 100 L when the aim is stripping metals rather than routine polishing.
- **Flow and replacement:** Sit the bag in a high-flow section of the sump, or run it in a reactor on the slowest setting, and replace it monthly or sooner if the water tints again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macropore-rich structure:** Built to adsorb large organic molecules such as coral toxins, not just fine colour compounds.
- **Biological bonus:** The pore network hosts beneficial bacteria that keep working on ammonium and nitrite after the carbon itself is loaded.
- **No phosphate leaching:** Quantum specifies that the media neither leaches phosphate nor releases what it has adsorbed.
- **Drinking-water grade:** The same carbon was developed for ultra-pure water sanitisation before it was offered to reef keepers.
- **Bag and cup included:** An 800 micron zipper bag and a measuring cup come in the pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA631000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650726
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg (approximately 2 L of media)
- **Media Form:** Granular activated carbon
- **Removes / Targets:** Organic waste, coral toxins, phenols (colour), tannins, odour, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine; supports ammonium and nitrite reduction
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 6,666 L at the lightly stocked rate (one monthly dose)
- **Replacement:** Monthly, or as required
- **Suitable For:** LPS, mixed reef, SPS, NPS and FOWLR marine systems
---
#### Quantum Bio-active Carbon - 2.5kg
Bulk Activated Carbon Pack for Large Reef Systems and Fish Rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/quantum-bio-active-carbon-2-5kg/
- Price: $89.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA632500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 680569650733
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Bio-active-Carbon-2.5kg-1.jpg
Once a marine system passes a few hundred litres, or one sump feeds several tanks, carbon stops being an occasional purchase and becomes a monthly consumable. Quantum Bio-active Carbon 2.5kg (SKU: QA632500) is the bulk pack of the Reef Essential granular carbon, roughly 5 litres of media, sized so a 500 L display or a small frag rack gets months of changes from one purchase. The carbon itself began life as a treatment stage for ultra-pure drinking water, and reef keepers use it for the same reason: it takes dissolved organics, colour and toxins out of the water without giving anything back.
The pore structure carries a larger proportion of macropores than a standard carbon, so bulky organic molecules such as the compounds corals use against each other are adsorbed rather than just skimmed off the surface. Those pores also give nitrifying bacteria a home, so a bag that has been in the sump for a fortnight is doing biological work as well as chemical work. Quantum states the media does not leach phosphate and does not release adsorbed molecules, which makes it forgiving in systems where maintenance runs a week late.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank systems:** A shared sump on a rack of tanks can draw its monthly carbon from one pack instead of several small ones.
- **Large mixed reefs:** Keeps colour and dissolved organics down in displays where soft, LPS and SPS corals share the water.
- **Heavy-feeding fish-only tanks:** Controls odour and organic load in predator and FOWLR systems fed generously.
- **Recovery after treatment:** The heavy-metal rate clears copper or medication residue from a quarantine or display volume.
**Placement & Flow Guide**
- **Pre-rinse every batch:** Rinse in RODI water until the run-off is clear so fines stay out of the aquarium.
- **Monthly rate per 100 L:** 15 g (30 mL) lightly stocked, 25 g (50 mL) moderately stocked, 50 g (100 mL) heavily stocked.
- **Metal removal rate:** 250 g (500 mL) per 100 L when the goal is stripping heavy metals.
- **Where it goes:** A high-flow spot in the sump, or a media reactor on its slowest setting; swap the carbon every month or as the water tells you.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk economy:** 2.5 kg covers many monthly changes, so reordering is rare even on big systems.
- **Macropore structure:** Adsorbs large organic molecules, including coral toxins, alongside colour and odour.
- **Hosts beneficial bacteria:** The carbon doubles as biological media that helps eliminate ammonium and nitrite.
- **Holds what it takes:** No phosphate leaching and no release of adsorbed compounds, according to the manufacturer.
- **Ready to bag:** An 800 micron zipper bag is included, so the media can go straight into a sump or reactor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Reef Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA632500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 680569650733
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg (approximately 5 L of media)
- **Media Form:** Granular activated carbon
- **Removes / Targets:** Organic waste, coral toxins, phenols (colour), tannins, odour, heavy metals, chlorine and chloramine; supports ammonium and nitrite reduction
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 16,666 L at the lightly stocked rate (one monthly dose)
- **Replacement:** Monthly, or as required
- **Suitable For:** LPS, mixed reef, SPS, NPS and FOWLR marine systems
---
### QUANT — RODI Filters & Accessories
#### Quantum Resin Regenerator - 1l
Recharging Solution for Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro Resin.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/quantum-resin-regenerator-1l/
- Price: $45.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: QA641000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0706502801106
- Brand: QUANT (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/quant/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quantum-Resin-Regenerator-1l.jpg
Nitrate-removing resin is only economical if you can bring it back to life, and that is the single job of Quantum Resin Regenerator 1L (SKU: QA641000) . It is formulated for one media, Quantum's Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro, and restores that resin up to ten times before the biodegradable beads finally need to be discarded. For a planted tank, a discus system or a pond filter that relies on the resin between water changes, the regenerator turns a consumable into something closer to a permanent fixture, with the cost of each recharge spread over a litre of media.
The solution is a blend of deionised water and regenerating compounds matched to the Nitrate Remover Pro resin chemistry. Quantum is specific that it should not be used on other brands' resins, and that other regenerating products should not be used on theirs, because either way the beads can be permanently damaged. The 1 litre bottle is enough for two full regenerations of a litre of resin, and the process itself needs nothing more than a clean vessel, some RODI water and a day or two of occasional stirring.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Exhausted resin:** When nitrate readings start climbing again despite the resin being in place, it is time to recharge rather than replace.
- **Batch regeneration:** Store used portions in a sealed, wet RODI bag until the whole bucket has been through the filter, then regenerate it all at once.
- **Pond filters:** Suits the larger resin volumes that pond systems run through the warmer months.
- **Freshwater only:** Intended for freshwater aquariums and ponds using Quantum's freshwater resin, not for marine systems.
**Regeneration Guide**
- **Mix the bath:** For each 1 L of Nitrate Remover Pro, add 500 mL of Resin Regenerator and 500 mL of RODI water to a clean vessel and stir gently with a clean utensil.
- **Add the resin and wait:** Add the 1 L of resin, then stir frequently over 24 to 48 hours.
- **Pump users:** If you circulate the bath with a pump, keep the resin inside a bag so beads cannot be drawn through the impeller.
- **Rinse and return:** Rinse the resin thoroughly in RODI water before it goes back into the aquarium, and never let it dry out at any stage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to ten recharges:** Extends the working life of each litre of Nitrate Remover Pro many times over.
- **Purpose-matched chemistry:** Formulated for Quantum's biodegradable resin, so it recharges without degrading the beads.
- **Simple process:** A clean container, RODI water and a couple of days of stirring is all it takes.
- **Two regenerations per bottle:** The 1 L size covers 2 L of resin at the stated ratio.
- **Freshwater and pond use:** Suited to the systems where the resin itself is used.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Quantum (Freshwater Essential range)
- **SKU:** QA641000
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0706502801106
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Resin Regeneration
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 500 mL Resin Regenerator plus 500 mL RODI water per 1 L of resin
- **Treatment Capacity:** Regenerates 2 L of Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro per bottle
- **Compatible Media:** Quantum Freshwater Nitrate Remover Pro only
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
### Aqua One — Air Pump
#### Aqua One Battery Air 250 Air Pump Portable 150lh
Battery-powered single-outlet air pump for fish transport and power failures.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/battery-air-250-air-pump-portable-150lh/
- Price: $17.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10023 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136053036
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/10023-1.jpg
A blackout or a long drive home from the shop is exactly when an aquarium stops getting air, and a mains-powered pump is no help in either case. Aqua One Battery Air 250 Air Pump Portable 150lh (SKU: 10023) is Aqua One's single-outlet battery air pump, built to keep oxygen and water movement going when no power point is available. Aqua One rates it at 150 L/h and ships it with an air hose and an airstone, so the pack is ready to drop into a bucket, a transport bag or a tank the moment the batteries go in. The casing is splash resistant, which matters for a pump that spends its working life next to open water in a car boot or on a tank lid.
The pump runs on two D-cell batteries, which are not included, and the compact body is sized for a tackle box or the glovebox. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater, tropical and marine systems and names three jobs for it: transporting live fish, keeping bait alive and bridging a power failure. It is the middle model of Aqua One's battery range, below the Battery Air 250C, which adds a 12 V cigarette-lighter lead and a USB cable; the 250 is battery only, so a spare pair of D cells is the sensible companion purchase. Aqua One publishes an instruction manual for the Battery Air 250 on its website.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Transporting fish:** Aerates a bag, bucket or esky on the trip home from the shop or between houses.
- **Power failures:** Keeps surface movement and oxygen up in a stocked tank until the mains come back.
- **Live bait:** Runs an airstone in a bait bucket on the boat or the bank.
- **Temporary holding:** A tub or hospital container set up away from a power point during a tank clean or a move.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the batteries:** Open the battery compartment and insert two D cells, checking the polarity marks.
- **Connect the airline:** Push the supplied air hose onto the outlet and the airstone onto the far end.
- **Keep the pump above water:** Stand or hang it higher than the water surface so water cannot siphon back into the casing.
- **Check the stone:** A steady stream of fine bubbles shows the stone is clear; replace it if the flow drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single outlet, 150 L/h:** Enough air for one airstone in a bag, bucket or small tank.
- **Two D-cell batteries:** Common cells that are easy to keep in reserve; batteries not included.
- **Splash-resistant casing:** Aqua One's casing protects the motor from drips and spray.
- **Hose and airstone included:** Nothing else to buy before the first use.
- **Compact body:** Small enough for a tackle box, glovebox or tank cabinet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10023
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136053036
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Battery-Operated Air Pump
- **Model:** Battery Air 250 (Aqua One item 10023)
- **Outlets:** 1
- **Flow Rate:** 150 L/h, according to Aqua One
- **Power:** 2 × D-cell batteries (not included)
- **Casing:** Splash resistant
- **In the Box:** Air pump, air hose, airstone
- **Related Model:** Battery Air 250C (item 10024) adds a 12 V car lead and USB cable
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, transport bags and bait buckets
---
### Aqua One — Heating & Cooling
#### Aqua One Nano Plastic Preset 25w Heater 15cm 240v 50hz
Ultra-Compact Shatterproof Submersible Aquarium Water Heater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aqua-one-nano-plastic-preset-25w-heater-15cm-240v-50hz/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 15045 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136143409
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Nano-Plastic-Preset-25w-Heater-15cm-240v-50hz.jpg
The Aqua One Nano Plastic Preset 25W Heater (SKU: 15045) is an ultra-compact, shatterproof submersible heater designed specifically for nano aquariums up to 25 litres. Constructed from durable, impact-resistant thermal plastic, this heater eliminates the glass breakage risks associated with traditional glass heaters. Measuring just 15 cm in length, its slender profile fits discreetly into small desktop tanks and rear filtration chambers.
Factory preset to maintain a stable water temperature of 25°C (±1°C), the heater features built-in thermal safety shutoff protection to prevent overheating if exposed to air. Complete with suction cup mounts and an indicator LED light that illuminates during active heating cycles, the Aqua One 25W Preset Heater delivers worry-free temperature stability for bettas, dwarf shrimp, and tropical fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Aquariums & Betta Tanks:** Maintains stable tropical temperatures in tanks under 25 litres.
- **Small All-in-One Filter Chambers:** Tucks neatly into rear filter sumps due to its short 15cm profile.
- **Shatterproof Application:** Safe for turtle tanks and high-impact environments where glass heaters might break.
**Installation & Safety Guide**
- **Placement:** Attach vertically or horizontally in an area of high water circulation using the included suction cups.
- **Thermal Equilibration:** Fully submerge the heater in aquarium water for 15 minutes before plugging into power.
- **Safety Rule:** Always turn off power and allow 15 minutes of cooling before removing from water during water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shatterproof Thermal Plastic Casing:** Impact-resistant construction prevents glass shattering accidents.
- **Factory Preset to 25°C:** Automatic thermostat holds ideal tropical temperatures without manual adjustment.
- **Compact 15 cm Length:** Slender size hides easily behind plants or inside nano filter compartments.
- **Built-in Thermal Cutoff:** Automatically cuts power if removed from water while plugged in.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 15045
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136143409
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Preset Thermoplastic Aquarium Heater
- **Package Dimensions:** 70 mm (L) × 40 mm (W) × 200 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 190 g
- **Wattage:** 25 Watts (240V / 50Hz)
- **Length:** 150 mm (15 cm)
- **Preset Temperature:** 25°C (±1°C)
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Suitable for aquariums up to 25 litres
---
#### Easy Read Lcd Stick On Thermometer
Digital stick-on alarm thermometer for glass aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/easy-read-lcd-stick-on-thermometer/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10302 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136179521
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/10302-1.jpg
A heater that quietly fails rarely announces itself until the fish are already stressed by the drift. Easy Read Lcd Stick On Thermometer (SKU: 10302) is Aqua One's stick-on digital thermometer, an LCD display unit that mounts on the outside of a glass aquarium and reads temperature through a waterproof probe placed inside the tank. The display covers 0°C to 37°C (32°F to 99°F) and adds an adjustable high/low alarm so a drifting heater or chiller is flagged well before it becomes a real problem.
The probe is fully waterproof and can sit anywhere in the water or along the substrate, land or water areas included, since it is sealed against the enclosure it monitors. When the temperature moves outside the set range the unit sounds a brief alarm and the LED flashes continuously; pressing any button silences the alert, and it sounds again after an hour if the reading is still out of range. The stick-on design means no drilling or clips, just adhesion to the outside glass with the probe cable running into the tank, and it suits any aquarium with glass thin enough for the probe to read accurately through it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heater or chiller monitoring:** Catching temperature drift before fish are affected.
- **Unattended tanks:** An audible and visual alarm when nobody is watching the display.
- **Breeding and fry tanks:** Narrow temperature ranges that need closer tracking.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** A quick way to add monitoring to each display.
**How to Use**
- **Clean the glass:** Wipe the outside of the tank where the display will sit.
- **Stick on the display:** Press the unit onto the glass at a readable height.
- **Position the probe:** Place the waterproof probe in the water or on the substrate.
- **Set the alarm:** Adjust the high and low limits to suit the tank's target temperature.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0°C to 37°C range:** Covers coldwater through tropical temperatures.
- **Adjustable alarm:** Audible alert and flashing LED outside the set range.
- **Waterproof probe:** Reads temperature from inside the tank via a sealed probe.
- **Stick-on fitting:** Mounts on the outside of any glass aquarium, no drilling.
- **One-hour alarm repeat:** Sounds again if the reading is still out of range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10302
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136179521
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Stick-On LCD Thermometer
- **Temperature Range:** 0°C to 37°C (32°F to 99°F)
- **Display:** Digital LCD with alarm LED
- **Probe:** Waterproof, placed inside the tank
- **Alarm:** Adjustable high/low limits; repeats hourly while out of range
- **Fitting:** Adhesive, on the outside of glass aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine glass aquariums
---
#### Nano Plastic Preset 10w Heater 13.5cm 240v 50hz
Fixed-temperature 10W heater preset for small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/nano-plastic-preset-10w-heater-13-5cm-240v-50hz/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 15044 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136143393
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/15044.webp
A small tank often does not need a full adjustable thermostat, just a reliable, fixed temperature that holds steady. Nano Plastic Preset 10w Heater 13.5cm 240v 50hz (SKU: 15044) is Aqua One's Nano Plastic Preset Heater, a 13.5 cm, 10 W unit built in durable plastic rather than glass, preset by the maker to 25°C with an accuracy of plus or minus 1°C. Running on 240V/50Hz for the Australian mains supply, it is fully submersible and sized for small aquariums rather than larger community tanks.
An LED indicator lights while the heater is actively heating, giving a visual check that it is working without needing a separate thermometer. Built-in suction cups hold it against the glass without extra clips or brackets. Because the temperature is factory-preset rather than adjustable, it suits set-ups that simply need to hold a steady tropical temperature, such as betta bowls and nano tanks, rather than species that need a specific non-standard target. The plastic housing is intended to be more impact-resistant than glass in a small, easily knocked tank. The sealed body and short cord suit a compact tank positioned close to a power point rather than a larger display, and because the unit has a single factory preset there is no dial to bump out of position by accident. It is a straightforward swap for a failed nano heater of similar wattage, with no programming or calibration step needed before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and nano tanks:** A fixed 25°C target without needing a separate controller.
- **Small aquariums:** 10 W sized for small volumes rather than full community tanks.
- **Impact-prone set-ups:** Plastic housing rather than glass in tanks that get knocked.
- **Simple tropical keeping:** Species that do well at a standard 25°C, not a custom range.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge fully:** Place the heater completely underwater before switching it on.
- **Fit the suction cups:** Press the built-in cups against the glass to hold it in place.
- **Allow it to stabilise:** Let the water reach temperature before judging performance.
- **Check the LED:** Confirm the indicator lights while the heater is actively heating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **25°C preset:** Factory-set temperature with no thermostat to adjust.
- **±1°C accuracy:** Consistent heating within a tight tolerance.
- **Durable plastic housing:** More impact-resistant than a glass heater.
- **LED heating indicator:** Shows at a glance when the element is active.
- **Built-in suction cups:** Mounts directly to the glass without extra clips.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 15044
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136143393
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Nano Preset Heater
- **Power:** 10 W, 240V/50Hz
- **Length:** 13.5 cm
- **Preset Temperature:** 25°C
- **Accuracy:** ±1°C
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Suitable For:** Small aquariums, betta tanks and nano set-ups
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Th500 Titanium Heater 500w
Aqua One TH500 Titanium Aquarium Heater 500W.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/th500-titanium-heater-500w/
- Price: $109.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 15059 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136173833
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Th500-Titanium-Heater-500w.png
The Aqua One TH500 Titanium Heater 500W (SKU:
15059) is a heavy-duty,
shatterproof aquarium heater engineered from high-grade,
corrosion-resistant titanium.
Unlike traditional glass heaters,
titanium construction makes this unit virtually indestructible,
making it the ideal choice for large,
boisterous species such as cichlids,
turtles,
and active marine livestock.
Equipped with an external thermostat controller,
the TH500 allows you to adjust water temperatures directly from outside the tank without placing your hands in the water or disturbing your aquatic life.
Featuring an adjustable temperature range between 14°C and 34°C,
an LED active heating light indicator,
and automatic thermal shut-off protection,
it delivers consistent,
reliable heating for larger aquatic systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquariums:**
Recommended for maintaining stable water temperatures in medium to large freshwater and marine setups.
- **Boisterous Livestock & Reptiles:**
Essential for aggressive cichlids,
large predatory fish,
or aquatic turtles that risk cracking standard glass heaters.
- **Marine & Sump Systems:**
Highly suitable for saltwater display tanks and sumps due to its non-corrosive,
rustproof titanium body.
**How to Use**
- Secure the titanium heating element fully submerged inside the aquarium or sump using the included adhesive suction cups,
placing it in an area of high water flow.
- Position the external thermostat controller in a dry,
accessible location outside the tank or inside your cabinet.
- Plug the heater into a surge-protected mains outlet and dial in your target temperature between 14°C and 34°C on the controller.
- Monitor the LED status light,
which remains lit while actively heating and automatically turns off once the set temperature is reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shatterproof Titanium Construction:**
Offers maximum durability and corrosion resistance across freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
- **External Thermostat Controller:**
Allows convenient temperature adjustments outside the aquarium without disturbing livestock.
- **Wide Temperature Range:**
Adjustable setting from 14°C to 34°C with automatic shut-off and auto-reactivation.
- **LED Status Indicator:**
Visual light clearly indicates when the heating element is actively operating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:**
Aqua One
- **SKU:**
15059
- **Product Type:**
Heating & Cooling / Titanium Heaters
- **Power Wattage:**
500 W
- **Temperature Range:**
14°C – 34°C
- **Package Dimensions:**
66 mm (L) × 66 mm (W) × 187 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:**
205.
7 g (~0.
21 kg)
- **Target Environment:**
Coldwater,
Tropical Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Aqua One — Gravel
#### Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Aqua 7mm
Bright aqua-blue coloured gravel for small freshwater and goldfish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-2kg-aqua-7mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10283AQ · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136034486
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/10283AQ-1.jpg
A child's first goldfish tank or a bright betta set-up is often judged on colour before anything else, and a single strong colour on the floor does more for the look than any ornament. Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Aqua 7mm (SKU: 10283AQ) is the 2 kg bag of Aqua One's coloured gravel in the Aqua shade, a clear turquoise-blue, in the 7 mm grade. Aqua One describes the range as aquarium-safe gravel in designer colours that brings colour and life into the aquarium, and lists the Aqua colour in 1 kg, 2 kg and 5 kg bags, all 7 mm. The 2 kg bag is the one for a small tank, a top-up or a coloured feature patch within a natural substrate.
At 7 mm the grains are pebble-sized rather than sandy, so they do not compact, water passes through the bed easily and a gravel vacuum lifts waste without sucking the gravel up with it. As a rule of thumb gravel of this kind runs at about 1.5 kg per litre of volume, so 2 kg lays a bed of roughly 2 cm over a 30 × 20 cm base, about right for a nano or betta tank, while a 60 cm tank would need two or three bags for a full floor. Aqua One rates the gravel for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums and notes that it also works in pot plants, fountains and candle holders. Rinse it in a bucket until the water runs clear before it goes into a tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Children's and beginner tanks:** A bright floor for a small goldfish or betta set-up where colour is the point.
- **Feature patches:** A strip or circle of aqua inside a natural gravel bed to mark a path or a planted island.
- **Top-ups:** Replacing gravel lost to vacuuming or rescapes in a tank already laid with the Aqua colour.
- **Around the home:** Pot plant dressing, vases, fountains and candle holders, as Aqua One suggests.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Swirl the gravel in a bucket of tap water and tip off the cloudy water until it runs clear.
- **Lay 2–3 cm:** Spread a shallow, even bed in a small tank; slope it slightly toward the front for easier cleaning.
- **Vacuum weekly:** Push a gravel cleaner into the bed during water changes; the 7 mm grains stay in the tank.
- **Keep colours apart:** Use a card or a strip of plastic as a temporary divider when laying aqua next to another colour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Aqua colour:** A clear turquoise-blue that lifts a small tank.
- **7 mm grade:** Pebble-sized grains that stay put under a gravel cleaner.
- **Aquarium safe:** Aqua One rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical tanks.
- **2 kg bag:** A full floor for a nano tank or a feature patch in a larger one.
- **Beyond the tank:** Suits pot plants, fountains and candle holders too.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10283AQ
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136034486
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Coloured Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Aqua
- **Grain Size:** 7 mm
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Coverage:** About 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base (rule of thumb, 1.5 kg per litre)
- **Maker's Range:** Aqua 1 kg (10282AQ), 2 kg (10283AQ) and 5 kg bags, all 7 mm
- **Preparation:** Rinse until the water runs clear
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Mixed Aqua Blue 7mm
Two-tone aqua and blue gravel blend for a watery look in small tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-2kg-mixed-aqua-blue-7mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10283BA · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136115703
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/10283BA-1.jpg
A single flat colour can look like a plastic tray; a blend of two close shades reads as water and hides the odd speck of debris between cleans. Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Mixed Aqua Blue 7mm (SKU: 10283BA) is the 2 kg bag of Aqua One's coloured gravel in the Mixed Aqua and Blue blend, turquoise and deeper blue grains mixed through the bag, listed in the 7 mm grade. Aqua One describes its decorative gravel as aquarium-safe stone in designer colours that brings colour and life into the aquarium, suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical tanks and equally at home in pot plants, fountains and candle holders. The mix is a natural fit for underwater-themed tanks, mermaid or ocean ornaments and blue-lit betta set-ups.
Because the two colours arrive already mixed, there is no sorting or layering to do: rinse, pour and level. Gravel of this type weighs about 1.5 kg per litre, so the 2 kg bag is roughly 1.3 L, enough for a 2 cm bed in a tank with a 30 × 20 cm base or a generous feature patch in a 60 cm tank. The 7 mm grains listed for this SKU are coarse enough for a gravel cleaner to work through without lifting them out, and the open bed lets waste settle where the vacuum can reach it. Aqua One also sells single-colour Aqua and Deep Blue gravels for buyers who want to extend the blend with a border or a stripe of one shade.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ocean-themed tanks:** A sea-coloured floor under shipwreck, mermaid or coral-style ornaments.
- **Blue-lit betta tanks:** The blend picks up a blue or moonlight LED and deepens the effect.
- **Hiding light debris:** Two tones disguise specks between water changes better than a single pale colour.
- **Vases and fountains:** Aqua One suggests the same gravel for decor around the home.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse in batches:** Half a bag at a time in a bucket, stirred until the water clears.
- **Do not sort:** The blend is meant to be random; pour it straight from the bucket and level with a hand.
- **Depth of 2–3 cm:** Enough to anchor small ornaments and plant weights without trapping excess waste.
- **Vacuum, do not replace:** A gravel cleaner pushed into the bed at each water change keeps the colours bright.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Aqua and blue blend:** Two shades mixed through the bag for a water-like floor.
- **Ready mixed:** No layering or sorting; rinse and pour.
- **Listed 7 mm grade:** Coarse grains that stay put under a gravel vacuum.
- **Freshwater rated:** Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical aquariums.
- **Matching singles available:** Aqua One's Aqua and Deep Blue gravels extend the scheme.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10283BA
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136115703
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Coloured Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Mixed Aqua and Blue
- **Grain Size:** 7 mm, as listed for this SKU
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg (about 1.3 L of gravel)
- **Coverage:** Roughly 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base
- **Preparation:** Rinse until the water runs clear
- **Home Use:** Pot plants, fountains and candle holders, per Aqua One
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Neon 4 To 6mm No.2
Multi-colour neon gravel mix in a finer 4–6 mm grade for kids' tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-2kg-neon-4-to-6mm-no-2/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10210 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136025316
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/10210-1.jpg
Ask a child to pick the gravel and the answer is usually all of the colours at once, which is exactly what the Neon mix is. Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Neon 4 To 6mm No.2 (SKU: 10210) is Aqua One's multi-colour neon blend in a 2 kg bag, graded No.2 at 4 to 6 mm, a step finer than the 7 mm single colours in the same range. Aqua One lists the Neon gravel in this one size and describes its decorative gravel as aquarium-safe stone in designer colours that brings colour and life into the aquarium, rated for coldwater and freshwater tropical tanks. It is the bag for a first goldfish or betta tank, a classroom aquarium or any set-up where bright is the brief.
The 4–6 mm grade sits between a fine sand and a pebble: small enough to pack into a smooth, even floor that small ornaments stand on without wobbling, yet still heavy enough that a gravel cleaner, used with a light touch, lifts the waste and drops the stones back. Decorative gravel runs at roughly 1.5 kg per litre, so this bag is about 1.3 L, a 2 cm bed over a 30 × 20 cm base or a bright feature area inside a plain substrate. Aqua One also suggests the same gravel for pot plants, fountains and candle holders. Give it a thorough rinse in a bucket before use; the finer grade carries more dust than the coarser colours, and a second rinse is worth the minute it takes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Children's aquariums:** A bright, multi-coloured floor for a first goldfish or betta tank.
- **Classroom and office nano tanks:** Colour that reads from across a room.
- **Accent areas:** A neon patch under a castle or a cave inside a natural-gravel bed.
- **Craft projects:** Vases, candle holders and pot plants, as Aqua One suggests.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse twice:** Finer gravel carries more dust; stir in a bucket and tip off until the water stays clear.
- **Lay 2 cm:** A shallow, even bed suits a small tank and keeps waste within reach of the vacuum.
- **Vacuum lightly:** Hold the gravel cleaner just above the bed so the 4–6 mm grains tumble and fall back.
- **Keep it bright:** A weekly pass with the vacuum stops a brown film dulling the colours.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Neon multi-colour mix:** Several bright shades blended through the bag.
- **No.2 grade, 4–6 mm:** Finer than the 7 mm colours, for a smoother floor.
- **Aquarium safe:** Aqua One rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical tanks.
- **One size, 2 kg:** Aqua One lists the Neon mix in the 2 kg bag only.
- **Decor duty too:** Works in pot plants, fountains and candle holders.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10210
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136025316
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Coloured Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Neon mix
- **Grain Size:** 4–6 mm (No.2 grade)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg (about 1.3 L of gravel)
- **Coverage:** Roughly 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly before use
- **Maker's Item:** Aqua One 10210, Neon 2 kg (4–6 mm)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Purple 7mm
Deep purple 7 mm gravel for themed betta, goldfish and nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-2kg-purple-7mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10283P · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136034493
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/10283P-1.jpg
Purple is the colour that makes a white or yellow fish stand out, and it is the shade that pairs with pink, white and black gravels without clashing. Aqua One Decorative Gravel 2kg Purple 7mm (SKU: 10283P) is the 2 kg bag of Aqua One's coloured gravel in Purple, a solid, even tone in the 7 mm grade. Aqua One sells the Purple colour in three bag sizes, 1 kg (10282P), 2 kg (10283P) and 5 kg (10284P), all at 7 mm, and describes the whole range as aquarium-safe gravel in designer colours. This bag is the one to reach for when a betta tank, a small goldfish set-up or a themed children's aquarium needs a complete floor in one colour.
The 7 mm grain is coarse enough to leave gaps between the stones, so detritus drops into the bed where a gravel cleaner can reach it rather than sitting on top, and the grains are heavy enough to stay in the tank when the vacuum passes over. Coloured gravel of this kind runs at roughly 1.5 kg per litre, which puts a 2 kg bag at about 1.3 L of gravel: a 2 cm bed across a 30 × 20 cm nano, or a border and feature patch in something bigger. Aqua One lists the gravel as suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums and suggests the same bag for pot plants, fountains and candle holders. A rinse in a bucket before use clears the dust that comes with any bagged gravel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and nano tanks:** A full purple floor from one 2 kg bag in a tank up to about 30 cm long.
- **Two-tone designs:** Purple laid against pink, white or black gravel for a striped or checked floor.
- **Light-coloured fish:** A dark, saturated background that shows off white, gold and yellow fish.
- **Craft and decor:** Candle holders, vases and pot plants, as Aqua One suggests.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Wash the dust out:** Rinse in a bucket, stirring by hand, until the run-off is clear.
- **Bed depth:** Aim for 2–3 cm in a small tank; deeper beds trap more waste than a small filter can cope with.
- **Fill gently:** Pour water onto a plate or bag laid over the gravel so the colours are not stirred into a jumble.
- **Clean in place:** Vacuum a section of the bed at each water change rather than lifting the gravel out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Solid purple tone:** An even colour across the bag for a uniform floor.
- **Coarse 7 mm grain:** Open gaps between stones for easy gravel vacuuming.
- **Three bag sizes in the range:** 1 kg, 2 kg and 5 kg from Aqua One; this is the 2 kg.
- **Coldwater and tropical:** Aqua One's stated suitability for freshwater tanks.
- **Pairs with other colours:** Sits well beside Aqua One's pink, white and black gravels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10283P
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136034493
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Coloured Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Purple
- **Grain Size:** 7 mm
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg (about 1.3 L of gravel)
- **Coverage:** Roughly 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base
- **Maker's Range:** Purple 1 kg (10282P), 2 kg (10283P), 5 kg (10284P)
- **Preparation:** Rinse before use
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Betta Gravel Metallic Green 350g
Decorative metallic-finish substrate for betta bowls and nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/betta-gravel-metallic-green-350g/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12236 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136133417
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/12236-1.jpg
A betta kept in a small bowl or nano tank usually sits over plain gravel, when a splash of colour underfoot costs nothing in swimming room. Betta Gravel Metallic Green 350g (SKU: 12236) is Aqua One's 350 g bag of metallic green decorative gravel, sized for betta tanks, bowls, vases and other small set-ups where a full bag of standard aquarium gravel would be far more than is needed. The stones carry a reflective metallic green finish intended to catch the light rather than sit as a flat, matte colour on the substrate.
Aqua One markets the gravel as aquarium-safe and non-toxic, suited to freshwater decoration generally rather than restricted to one tank size, and it is intended as a decorative topping rather than a biological substrate. As with any new gravel, rinsing it under running water until the water runs clear removes packing dust before it goes into the tank, and a thin, even layer is enough to cover the base of a bowl or nano tank. Being a small 350 g bag, it suits topping up or replacing a section of an existing substrate as readily as it suits a brand-new betta set-up, and it is easy to clean during routine water changes by light stirring and siphoning rather than full replacement.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta bowls and small tanks:** A modest 350 g bag sized for nano volumes rather than a full aquarium.
- **Vases and desktop displays:** Adding colour to a small, often unfiltered display.
- **Freshwater décor refresh:** Topping up or replacing part of an existing substrate.
- **Colour-matched aquascapes:** Green gravel to complement a planted or themed set-up.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Run the gravel under water until it runs clear before adding it to the tank.
- **Spread an even layer:** A thin covering is enough in a bowl or nano tank.
- **Let dust settle:** Allow any fine residue to clear before introducing fish.
- **Clean during water changes:** Stir lightly and siphon rather than replacing the gravel outright.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **350 g bag:** Sized for betta bowls, nano tanks and vases rather than full aquariums.
- **Metallic green finish:** Adds reflective colour contrast to a small display.
- **Aquarium-safe and non-toxic:** Suited to betta and other freshwater fish.
- **Easy to clean:** Rinses and siphons like standard aquarium gravel.
- **Freshwater decoration:** Matches planted or colour-themed nano set-ups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12236
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136133417
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Betta/Nano Decorative Gravel
- **Net Weight:** 350 g
- **Colour:** Metallic green
- **Aquarium Safe:** Yes, non-toxic
- **Suitable For:** Betta tanks, bowls, vases and nano aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Crystal Gems Acrylic Betta Gravel 145g 15mm Blue Ice
Ice-blue acrylic gem accents for betta tanks, bowls and vases.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/crystal-gems-acrylic-betta-gravel-145g-15mm-blue-ice/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12302 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136137514
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/12302-1.jpg
A betta tank is small enough that a scattering of something that catches the light changes the whole look, and clear blue gems under a white LED do exactly that. Crystal Gems Acrylic Betta Gravel 145g 15mm Blue Ice (SKU: 12302) is a pack of 15 mm crystal-style acrylic gems in Aqua One's Blue Ice colour, a pale, icy blue, sold in Aqua One's Betta and Nano Gravel range. Aqua One describes the Crystal Gems as acrylic gravel in designer, eye-catching colours that is aquarium safe and can be used for decorating aquariums, fish bowls and vases, and lists Betta as the suitability. Aqua One's page gives the pack as 142 g, a few grams under the 145 g on the store listing; either way it is an accent pack, not a substrate.
At 15 mm each gem is the size of a fingernail, and a pack of this weight is a handful or two: enough to scatter over a sand or gravel bed, to fill the base of a 1 to 5 litre betta tank or bowl, or to line a vase. Acrylic is light, so the gems sit on top of heavier substrate rather than sinking into it, and they rinse clean in seconds under the tap. The Blue Ice colour is one of five in the Crystal Gems line; Aqua One also makes Purple Passion (12303), Lucky Charm (12304), Frosty Blue (12305) and Fire N Ice (12306), which can be mixed for a multi-colour scatter. Being acrylic, the gems should be kept away from heater glass and out of the path of a gravel cleaner, which will lift them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** A blue sparkle on the floor of a 5 to 20 litre tank under a white or blue LED.
- **Bowls and vases:** A clear base layer in a small bowl or a decorative vase, as Aqua One suggests.
- **Accent scatters:** A few gems around an ornament or along the front glass of a nano.
- **Colour mixes:** Blended with the other four Crystal Gems colours for a multi-colour scatter.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** A quick wash under the tap removes packing dust; no soap.
- **Lay on top:** Scatter the gems over the substrate rather than mixing them in; they are light and surface easily.
- **Keep clear of the heater:** Position gems away from heater glass and the filter intake.
- **Clean by hand:** Lift gems out and rinse them rather than vacuuming over them.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Blue Ice colour:** A pale, icy blue that catches the light.
- **15 mm gems:** Fingernail-sized pieces that read clearly in a small tank.
- **Acrylic:** Light, rinses clean, no sharp edges.
- **Aquarium safe:** Aqua One rates it for betta tanks, bowls and vases.
- **One of five colours:** Purple Passion, Lucky Charm, Frosty Blue and Fire N Ice complete the line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12302
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136137514
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Acrylic Betta Gems
- **Colour:** Blue Ice
- **Gem Size:** 15 mm
- **Net Weight:** 145 g as listed (Aqua One's page states 142 g)
- **Material:** Acrylic
- **Use:** Decorative accent, not a primary substrate
- **Range Colours:** Blue Ice (12302), Purple Passion (12303), Lucky Charm (12304), Frosty Blue (12305), Fire N Ice (12306)
- **Target Environment:** Betta aquariums, fish bowls and vases
---
#### Decorative Gravel 10kg Black Silica 2-3mm
Bulk 2–3 mm black silica gravel for a full bed in a 60 to 90 cm tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-10kg-black-silica-2-3mm/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10564 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136064551
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/10249.webp
Laying a whole tank floor out of 2 kg bags is slow, and the grain that suits a nano is too fine for a big tank with a strong filter. Decorative Gravel 10kg Black Silica 2-3mm (SKU: 10564) is the bulk bag in Aqua One's Black Silica line and the only one in the coarser 2 to 3 mm grade; the 1 kg, 2 kg and 5 kg bags are the finer No.1 1 mm grain. Aqua One lists the line for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums and describes it as aquarium-safe stone. This is the bag for a complete black bed in a two-foot or three-foot aquarium, a planted display or a refill after a rescape.
The 2–3 mm grain is a working size: fine enough to look like a dark sand from a metre away and to hold plant roots and stems, coarse enough that a gravel cleaner can work into the top of the bed without carrying the gravel off to the bucket. Gravel of this type runs at roughly 1.5 kg per litre, so 10 kg is about 6.5 L, which lays a 3 to 4 cm bed across a 60 × 30 cm base or 2 to 2.5 cm across 90 × 30 cm; add a second bag for a deeper planted substrate in the larger size. Rinse it in batches of two or three kilograms, tipping off the water until it runs clear, before the first fill.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full beds in 60–90 cm tanks:** One 10 kg bag floors a standard 60 cm tank at 3 to 4 cm.
- **Planted displays:** A 2–3 mm grain that roots hold and that gravel cleaners tolerate.
- **Rescapes and refills:** Replacing a tired or mixed substrate in one go.
- **Colour-contrast tanks:** Black beneath red, orange, yellow or white fish and bright plants.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse in batches:** Two to three kilograms at a time in a bucket, stirred until the water is clear.
- **Lay 3–4 cm:** Slope the bed from back to front for depth and easier cleaning at the glass.
- **Plant after filling:** Push stems and rooted plants into the settled bed once the tank is half full.
- **Vacuum the surface:** Work the gravel cleaner into the top centimetre or two; the grain mostly drops back.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 10 kg bag:** Enough for a full bed in a 60 cm tank, about 6.5 L of gravel.
- **Coarser 2–3 mm grade:** The only Black Silica bag in this grain; the others are 1 mm.
- **Plant-friendly size:** Holds roots and stems and tolerates a gravel vacuum.
- **Deep black:** A high-contrast base for bright fish and green plants.
- **Freshwater rated:** Aqua One lists it for coldwater and tropical aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10564
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136064551
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Black Silica Gravel
- **Colour:** Black
- **Grain Size:** 2–3 mm
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg (about 6.5 L of gravel)
- **Coverage:** About 3–4 cm over 60 × 30 cm, or 2–2.5 cm over 90 × 30 cm
- **Maker's Range:** Black Silica No.1 1 mm in 1 kg (10287), 2 kg (10288), 5 kg (10249); 10 kg 2–3 mm (10564)
- **Preparation:** Rinse in batches before use
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Decorative Gravel 2kg Black Silica No.1 1mm
Fine 1 mm black silica for nano tanks, betta tanks and plant trays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-2kg-black-silica-no-1-1mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10288 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136043389
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/169345FA-E3E1-4704-9BB6-E5D29CE63F97__72110-2.jpg
Black makes red fish redder and green plants greener, and a fine black bed is the quickest way to make a nano tank look twice as deep. Decorative Gravel 2kg Black Silica No.1 1mm (SKU: 10288) is the 2 kg bag of Aqua One's Black Silica in the No.1 grade, a fine 1 mm grain that lays down like a dark sand. Aqua One lists the Black Silica line in four bags: No.1 at 1 mm in 1 kg (10287), 2 kg (10288) and 5 kg (10249), plus a coarser 10 kg bag at 2 to 3 mm (10564). The 2 kg size is the one for a betta tank, a shrimp nano, a desktop cube or a plant tray, and Aqua One rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums.
The 1 mm grain is fine enough to hold small carpeting stems and plant weights without gaps, and it gives bottom feeders and shrimp a soft surface to pick over. It also means the gravel cleaner must be used differently: hover the tube a centimetre above the bed so waste lifts and the silica settles back, rather than pushing in as you would with pebbles. Fine black gravel of this kind runs at roughly 1.5 kg per litre, so the 2 kg bag is about 1.3 L, a 2 cm bed in a tank with a 30 × 20 cm footprint or a dark feature zone inside a larger scape. Rinse it in several changes of water before use; fine silica throws a grey cloud if it goes in dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and betta tanks:** A full black floor from one 2 kg bag in a tank up to about 30 cm long.
- **Shrimp tanks:** A fine, dark surface that shows off red and blue dwarf shrimp.
- **Small planted cubes:** Holds carpet stems and weighted bunches in place.
- **Feature zones:** A black path or clearing inside a tank laid with pale gravel.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse until clear:** Swirl in a bucket through several changes of water until the grey cloud stops.
- **Keep it shallow:** 1.5–2.5 cm suits a nano; a deep fine bed can hold stagnant pockets.
- **Vacuum by hovering:** Lift waste with the tube held just above the surface; do not plunge in.
- **Fill gently:** Pour new water onto a saucer or a bag laid over the bed to avoid craters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine 1 mm No.1 grade:** Lays down like a dark sand.
- **Deep black colour:** Lifts fish colour and plant greens by contrast.
- **Nano-sized bag:** 2 kg covers a small tank or a feature area.
- **Part of a four-bag line:** 1 kg, 2 kg and 5 kg at 1 mm, 10 kg at 2–3 mm.
- **Freshwater rated:** Aqua One lists it for coldwater and tropical aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10288
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136043389
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Black Silica Gravel
- **Colour:** Black
- **Grain Size:** 1 mm (No.1 grade)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg (about 1.3 L of gravel)
- **Coverage:** Roughly 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base
- **Maker's Range:** Black Silica No.1 1 kg (10287), 2 kg (10288), 5 kg (10249); 10 kg 2–3 mm (10564)
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly; hover the gravel vacuum
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Decorative Gravel 2kg Mixed Pink Purple 2mm
Fine 2 mm pink and purple blend for betta bowls and nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-2kg-mixed-pink-purple-2mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10286P · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136100822
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/10286P-1.jpg
In a tank that holds ten litres, 7 mm pebbles look like boulders; a fine grain keeps the scale right and gives a betta a smooth floor to rest on. Decorative Gravel 2kg Mixed Pink Purple 2mm (SKU: 10286P) is Aqua One's two-tone blend of pink and purple in a 2 mm grade, packed in a 2 kg bag, a much finer grain than the 7 mm single colours in the same range. Aqua One lists it under code 10286P as Gravel Mixed Pink and Purple 2 kg (2 mm) and describes its decorative gravel as aquarium-safe stone in designer colours that brings colour and life into the aquarium, rated for coldwater and freshwater tropical tanks. The pastel-leaning mix suits betta tanks, small desktop aquariums and fish bowls where a single hard colour would be too much.
A 2 mm grain behaves differently from pebble gravel. It packs into a flat, sand-like bed that shows every ornament footprint cleanly and holds small stem plants and plant weights firmly, but it also lifts easily, so a gravel cleaner needs to hover above the surface rather than plunge into it. At roughly 1.5 kg per litre the 2 kg bag is about 1.3 L, which gives a 2 cm bed over a 30 × 20 cm base or a soft-coloured feature patch in a bigger tank. Aqua One suggests the same gravel for pot plants, fountains and candle holders, and the fine grain is the one that looks right in a vase. Rinse it well: fine gravel carries the most dust of any grade, and a cloudy first fill is the usual result of skipping the bucket.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks and bowls:** A fine floor in scale with a 5 to 15 litre tank.
- **Pastel schemes:** Pink and purple together under white or pink ornaments and silk plants.
- **Small planted bowls:** The 2 mm grain holds plant weights and small stems in place.
- **Vases and candle holders:** The grade that reads as coloured sand in home decor.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse until clear:** Several changes of water in a bucket; fine grain clouds the most.
- **Shallow bed:** 1.5–2 cm is plenty in a betta tank; deep fine beds trap waste.
- **Hover the vacuum:** Hold the gravel cleaner just above the surface so waste lifts and grain stays.
- **Fill over a plate:** Pour new water onto a saucer so the fine bed is not scattered.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pink and purple mix:** Two soft shades blended for a pastel floor.
- **Fine 2 mm grain:** A sand-like grade beside the 7 mm single colours.
- **In scale with nano tanks:** Looks right in bowls and tanks under 20 L.
- **Holds small plants:** Packs firmly enough for plant weights and stems.
- **Freshwater rated:** Aqua One lists it for coldwater and tropical aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10286P
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136100822
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Coloured Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Mixed Pink and Purple
- **Grain Size:** 2 mm
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg (about 1.3 L of gravel)
- **Coverage:** Roughly 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base
- **Maker's Item:** Aqua One 10286P, Gravel Mixed Pink and Purple 2 kg (2 mm)
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly; vacuum with a light touch
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Decorative Gravel 5kg Natural Polished Stone
Smooth 5–7 cm polished pebbles for feature areas in freshwater and marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/decorative-gravel-5kg-natural-polished-stone/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10305 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136025590
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/10305-1.jpg
Gravel covers a floor, but it is the handful of large smooth stones on top that gives a tank a riverbed look and a place for fish to hold station behind. Decorative Gravel 5kg Natural Polished Stone (SKU: 10305) is a 5 kg bag of natural stones tumbled to a smooth polish, each piece 5 to 7 cm across according to Aqua One, sold under the Decorative Gravel banner but intended as feature stone rather than a bed. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, a wider rating than its coloured gravels, and suggests the same stones for pot plants, fountains and candle holders. The natural mix of tones is the one in this bag; Aqua One also sells a Polished Black Stones version under code 10305B.
Because every stone is a natural piece, the number in a bag and the exact colours vary, and photographs are a guide to the type rather than the pieces you will receive. The smooth, rounded surfaces have no sharp edges to catch fins or barbels, which makes the stones a safe choice around goldfish, loaches and catfish, and the 5–7 cm size is large enough that most community fish cannot shift them. Used as a border along the front glass, a scattered riverbed over fine gravel or sand, a ring around a plant group or a low cairn beside wood, a 5 kg bag goes a long way in a 60 to 120 cm tank. Rinse each stone under the tap before use and scrub any that arrive dusty; no soap.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Riverbed scapes:** Scattered over sand or fine gravel for a natural stream-bed look.
- **Goldfish and loach tanks:** Smooth stones with no edges to damage fins or barbels.
- **Marine and reef floors:** Rated by Aqua One for marine use as well as freshwater.
- **Home decor:** Pot plant toppers, fountains, vases and candle holders.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse and scrub:** Clean each stone under running water; brush off any dust; no detergents.
- **Bed the stones:** Press each one into the substrate so it sits level and will not roll against the glass.
- **Keep gaps open:** Space the stones so a gravel cleaner can reach the substrate between them.
- **Clean with water changes:** Lift and wipe stones that gather algae, then reset them in the same spot.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5–7 cm pieces:** Large feature stones, not a floor gravel.
- **Tumbled smooth:** Polished surfaces without sharp edges.
- **Natural tones:** A mix of stone colours that varies bag to bag.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Aqua One lists coldwater, tropical and marine suitability.
- **5 kg bag:** Enough for a border, a scatter or a cairn in a medium tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10305
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136025590
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Polished Stones
- **Material:** Natural stone, tumbled and polished
- **Stone Size:** 5–7 cm per piece, according to Aqua One
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg; piece count varies
- **Colour:** Natural mixed tones (Polished Black Stones sold separately as 10305B)
- **Preparation:** Rinse and scrub under running water; no soap
- **Home Use:** Pot plants, fountains and candle holders, per Aqua One
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Gravel Metallic Lime 2kg
Metallic lime-green gravel to brighten small freshwater tanks, bowls and vases.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/gravel-metallic-lime-2kg/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12264 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136140927
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/89fc59310fc392971934b50fd2ed98223580979d_1024x1024-jpg.webp
Lime is the loudest colour in Aqua One's metallic range, a green that turns a plain glass tank into a talking point on a child's desk or a bright office shelf. Gravel Metallic Lime 2kg (SKU: 12264) is the lime colour of Aqua One Metallic Gravel, a 2 kg bag of aquarium-safe decorative gravel with a metallic finish. Aqua One describes it simply: it brightens up the aquarium, it is aquarium safe, and it can decorate aquariums, fish bowls and vases. Like any gravel bed it also gives beneficial bacteria a large surface to grow on, which supports the nitrogen cycle in the tank.
The maker's information sheet lists six metallic colours, all in 2 kg bags: silver, blue, green, lime, pink and red. Lime sits naturally beside green plants and plastic plants in yellow-green tones, and it shows off dark-bodied fish. Aqua One rates the range for coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums. A useful rule of thumb is about 1.5 kg of gravel per litre of bed, so this 2 kg bag covers a 30 × 22 cm base to a depth of roughly 2 cm, enough for a small tank, while a 60 cm tank would need several bags. Aqua One's directions are to wash the gravel thoroughly before use and never to use harsh chemicals or detergents on it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Children's tanks:** A bright floor for a small first aquarium where colour is the point.
- **Feature zones:** A lime strip or patch inside a natural gravel bed.
- **Bowls and vases:** Decorative use outside the aquarium, as the maker suggests.
- **Themed displays:** Bold, modern scapes built around one strong colour.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Wash it well:** Rinse in a bucket until the water runs clear; no soap or detergent.
- **Lay it evenly:** About 2 cm deep in a small tank, sloped slightly higher at the back.
- **Clean regularly:** Aqua One recommends its ProVac gravel cleaner (20132–20134) for routine vacuuming.
- **Store safely:** Keep the bag away from small children, as loose gravel is a choking hazard.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Metallic lime:** A vivid green with a metallic sheen.
- **Aquarium safe:** Aqua One's own rating for coldwater and tropical tanks.
- **Bacteria-friendly bed:** Grain surfaces host beneficial bacteria.
- **2 kg bag:** Covers a small tank or adds a feature area in a larger one.
- **Decor beyond the tank:** Bowls and vases as well as aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12264
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136140927
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Metallic Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Metallic lime
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Coverage:** About 2 cm deep over a 30 × 22 cm base (rule of thumb, 1.5 kg per litre)
- **Maker's Range:** Silver (12261), blue (12262), green (12263), lime (12264), pink (12265), red (12266), all 2 kg
- **Preparation:** Wash thoroughly; no harsh chemicals or detergents
- **Warning:** Small parts; keep out of reach of children
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, bowls and vases
---
#### Gravel Metallic Red 2kg
Metallic red decorative gravel that adds warmth and contrast to freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/gravel-metallic-red-2kg/
- Price: $14.90 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12266 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136140941
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/12266_400x.webp
A red floor makes silver, white and blue fish stand out sharply, and it gives a goldfish bowl or a betta tank a warm, finished look in one pour. Gravel Metallic Red 2kg (SKU: 12266) is Aqua One Metallic Gravel in red, sold in a 2 kg bag. Aqua One's metallic gravels have a reflective metallic finish and, in the maker's words, brighten up the aquarium; the company rates them aquarium safe and suggests them for fish bowls and vases as well as tanks. As a substrate the gravel also provides a large surface area for the beneficial bacteria that drive the nitrogen cycle.
Red is one of six metallic colours on Aqua One's information sheet, alongside silver, blue, green, lime and pink, every one in the same 2 kg bag. It can carry a whole small tank or mark out a feature such as a path or a ring around an ornament in a larger, natural-coloured bed. Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical aquariums. Allowing about 1.5 kg per litre, a 2 kg bag spreads roughly 1.5 cm deep over a 40 × 25 cm base, the footprint of many small starter tanks. Before it goes in, Aqua One asks for a thorough wash and no harsh chemicals or detergents, then regular cleaning with a gravel vacuum to keep the bed healthy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Contrast for pale fish:** A warm base behind white, silver or blue fish.
- **Betta and goldfish set-ups:** A single bold colour for a bowl or small tank.
- **Marking features:** Paths, rings or patches inside a larger natural bed.
- **Home decor:** Vases and bowls, which Aqua One lists as uses.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Swirl in a bucket and pour off the cloudy water until it is clear.
- **Keep colours separate:** Use a strip of card as a divider when laying red beside another gravel.
- **Vacuum at water changes:** Aqua One suggests the ProVac gravel cleaner (20132–20134).
- **Chemical-free care:** Water only when cleaning; no detergents.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Metallic red finish:** Warm colour with a reflective sheen.
- **Rated aquarium safe:** For coldwater and tropical tanks.
- **Bacteria surface:** Supports the biological filter in the bed.
- **Six-colour range:** Mix with other metallic shades from the same line.
- **Single 2 kg bag:** Suited to small tanks or accent areas.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12266
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136140941
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Metallic Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Metallic red
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Coverage:** About 1.5 cm deep over a 40 × 25 cm base (rule of thumb, 1.5 kg per litre)
- **Range Colours:** Silver, blue, green, lime, pink and red (12261–12266), 2 kg each
- **Care:** Wash thoroughly before use; clean regularly with a gravel vacuum
- **Safety:** Contains small parts that could present a choking hazard
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Gravel Metallic Silver 2kg
Reflective silver gravel for a clean, modern look in freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/gravel-metallic-silver-2kg/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12261 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136140897
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/aqua-one-gravel-metallic-silver-2kg-aquatic-supplies-australia-8895041_700x700.webp
Silver is the most restrained of the metallic colours, a neutral that suits a modern room and lets brightly coloured fish and plants do the talking. Gravel Metallic Silver 2kg (SKU: 12261) is the silver shade of Aqua One Metallic Gravel, packed in a 2 kg bag. Aqua One sums up the range as gravel that brightens up the aquarium, is aquarium safe, and can be used for decorating aquariums, fish bowls and vases. The bed it forms also gives beneficial bacteria a large surface area to colonise, part of the nitrogen cycle that keeps ammonia in check. The 2 kg bag suits a nano tank, a bowl or a top-up of an existing silver bed.
Silver is the first code in Aqua One's six-colour metallic line (12261), followed by blue, green, lime, pink and red, all sold as 2 kg bags, so silver can be mixed with any of them or used as a calm base with one colour as a highlight. The maker lists it for coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums. Working on about 1.5 kg of gravel per litre, one bag lays a bed about 2 cm deep in a 30 × 22 cm nano or a thin top layer in something larger; a 60 cm tank needs several bags for full cover. Aqua One's care notes are brief: wash thoroughly before use, avoid harsh chemicals and detergents, and clean the gravel regularly to keep fish healthy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Modern aquascapes:** A neutral metallic base for contemporary interiors.
- **Colourful fish:** A plain background that lets red, orange and blue fish stand out.
- **Mixing with other metallics:** Silver as the base, another metallic shade as an accent.
- **Vases and bowls:** Decorative filler around the home.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Wash thoroughly:** Rinse in batches until the water stays clear.
- **Bed depth:** About 2 cm in a nano; deeper only if rooted plants need it.
- **Accent mixing:** Blend a handful of another colour into the silver for texture.
- **Routine cleaning:** Vacuum during water changes; Aqua One points to its ProVac (20132–20134).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Silver metallic finish:** Neutral, reflective and modern.
- **Aquarium safe:** Rated by Aqua One for coldwater and tropical use.
- **Pairs with the range:** Mixes with the five other metallic colours.
- **Biological support:** Large surface area for beneficial bacteria.
- **Versatile decor:** Aquariums, bowls and vases.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12261
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136140897
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Metallic Decorative Gravel
- **Colour:** Metallic silver
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Coverage:** About 2 cm deep over a 30 × 22 cm base (rule of thumb, 1.5 kg per litre)
- **Maker's Range:** Silver 12261, blue 12262, green 12263, lime 12264, pink 12265, red 12266
- **Directions:** Wash before use; no harsh chemicals or detergents
- **Warning:** Keep out of reach of children; small parts
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Natural Gravel All Sorts 2kg
Natural mixed-tone 3 mm gravel with no added colour for betta, coldwater and tropical tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/natural-gravel-all-sorts-2kg/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12201 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136109627
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/12201-1.jpg
Natural stone colours make a tank look like a stream bed rather than a toy box, and they let fish and plants carry the colour instead of the floor. Natural Gravel All Sorts 2kg (SKU: 12201) is the All Sorts blend in Aqua One's Natural Gravel range, a 2 kg bag of 3 mm natural gravel in mixed tones. Aqua One describes the range as true to its name, a natural gravel with no added colours, which makes it safe for fish and aquatic life, and says it allows a natural environment to be replicated for a pleasant and peaceful atmosphere. The maker also lists it as a layered substrate in planted and shrimp tanks and as decoration for fish bowls and vases.
At 3 mm the grains are small enough for shrimp to pick over and for fine plant roots to grip, yet heavy enough to stay in place under a gravel cleaner. Aqua One rates the range for coldwater, tropical and betta aquariums. The 2 kg bag is the smallest size; All Sorts also comes in 5 kg (12211), 10 kg (12221) and 20 kg (12231) bags for bigger tanks. Using a rule of thumb of about 1.5 kg per litre, 2 kg makes a bed roughly 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base, right for a betta tank, nano or bowl. Aqua One's directions are to wash it thoroughly before use without harsh chemicals or detergents, and to clean the gravel regularly to keep fish healthy, for which it suggests its ProVac gravel cleaner.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** A natural floor for a small heated betta set-up.
- **Shrimp and planted nanos:** A 3 mm layer over a plant substrate, as Aqua One suggests.
- **Coldwater bowls:** A neutral base for a small coldwater display.
- **Vases and terrariums:** Decorative natural stone around the home.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse well:** Wash in a bucket until the water runs clear; no detergents.
- **Layer if planting:** Lay a plant substrate first and cap it with 2–3 cm of All Sorts.
- **Slope the bed:** Slightly deeper at the back for depth and easier cleaning at the front.
- **Vacuum regularly:** Clean through the gravel at each water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **No added colours:** Natural stone, safe for fish and aquatic life.
- **3 mm grain:** Suited to shrimp, small fish and fine roots.
- **Mixed natural tones:** A blend of stone colours in one bag.
- **Layering substrate:** Caps plant substrate in planted and shrimp tanks.
- **2 kg bag:** Sized for a betta tank, nano or bowl.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12201
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136109627
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Gravel
- **Type:** All Sorts (natural mixed tones)
- **Grain Size:** 3 mm
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Coverage:** About 2 cm deep over a 30 × 20 cm base (rule of thumb, 1.5 kg per litre)
- **Maker's Range:** 2 kg (12201), 5 kg (12211), 10 kg (12221), 20 kg (12231)
- **Care:** Wash thoroughly; no harsh chemicals or detergents; keep away from small children
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and betta aquariums
---
#### Natural Gravel Red Sand 10kg
Natural red-toned 3 mm substrate in a 10 kg bag for medium to large freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/natural-gravel-red-sand-10kg/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12227 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136144789
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/download-5.webp
A warm, earthy floor recalls a riverbank or an outback creek and gives green plants and silver fish something to stand out against. Natural Gravel Red Sand 10kg (SKU: 12227) is the Red Sand variety of Aqua One's Natural Gravel range in the 10 kg bag. The colour comes from the stone itself: Aqua One describes the range as a natural gravel with no added colours, safe for fish and aquatic life, intended to replicate a natural environment with a pleasant and peaceful atmosphere. Despite the name, the maker's information sheet lists Red Sand at a 3 mm grain, the same grade as its other fine natural gravels, so it behaves more like a fine gravel than a powder-fine sand.
The 10 kg bag is the size for a full floor in a mid-size tank. Allowing about 1.5 kg per litre, it lays a bed close to 4 cm deep across a 60 × 30 cm base, or about 1.5 cm across a 90 × 45 cm tank, where two bags give a more useful depth. Red Sand is also made in 2 kg (12207), 5 kg (12217) and 20 kg (12247) bags, and Aqua One sells a separate 2 kg Nano Red Sand (12254) for small tanks. Aqua One rates the range for coldwater, tropical and betta aquariums and lists it as a layered substrate for planted and shrimp tanks. Wash it thoroughly before use without harsh chemicals or detergents; with 10 kg that is easiest done a few kilograms at a time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Australian biotope looks:** A red-earth floor for rainbowfish and native-style layouts.
- **Full floors in 60–90 cm tanks:** One or two bags for a complete bed.
- **Planted tanks:** A natural cap over a nutrient substrate.
- **Contrast for silver fish:** Warm tones behind tetras, rainbows and danios.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Wash in batches:** Rinse 2–3 kg at a time in a bucket until the water is clear.
- **Depth:** Aim for 3–5 cm where plants will root, less in open areas.
- **Fill gently:** Pour water onto a plate or bag so the bed is not disturbed.
- **Regular cleaning:** Vacuum during water changes; Aqua One suggests its ProVac cleaner.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural red stone:** No added colours or coatings.
- **3 mm grade:** Fine enough for plants and bottom-sifting fish.
- **10 kg bag:** A full floor for a 60 cm tank.
- **Fish safe:** Aqua One rates it safe for fish and aquatic life.
- **Layering option:** Works over plant substrate in planted and shrimp tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12227
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136144789
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Gravel
- **Colour:** Natural red
- **Grain Size:** 3 mm (maker's information sheet)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Coverage:** About 3.5–4 cm over 60 × 30 cm; about 1.5 cm over 90 × 45 cm (1.5 kg per litre)
- **Maker's Range:** 2 kg (12207), 5 kg (12217), 10 kg (12227), 20 kg (12247); Nano Red Sand 2 kg (12254)
- **Directions:** Wash thoroughly; no harsh chemicals or detergents
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and betta freshwater aquariums
---
#### Natural Gravel Ruby Red 10kg
Natural ruby-toned 3 mm gravel with no added colour, in a 10 kg bag.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/natural-gravel-ruby-red-10kg/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136109672
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/12220-1.jpg
Red gravel usually means dyed or coated stone, and some keepers would rather have colour that cannot chip or fade because it was never painted on. Natural Gravel Ruby Red 10kg (SKU: 12220) is Ruby Red from Aqua One's Natural Gravel range, a 10 kg bag of 3 mm gravel whose colour is the stone's own. Aqua One describes the range as a natural gravel with no added colours, safe for fish and aquatic life, which allows a natural environment to be replicated and gives a pleasant, peaceful atmosphere. Ruby Red heads the maker's natural gravel list, with the first code in the range, 12200, for its 2 kg bag.
The same 3 mm grade suits small and medium fish, shrimp and fine-rooted plants, and the maker suggests the range as a layered substrate in planted and shrimp tanks as well as for bowls and vases. This 10 kg size sits between the 5 kg (12210) and 20 kg (12230) bags, with a 2 kg bag (12200) for small tanks. Using about 1.5 kg per litre as a guide, 10 kg covers an 80 × 39 cm floor roughly 2 cm deep, or a 60 × 33 cm floor about 3.5 cm deep. Aqua One rates Natural Gravel for coldwater, tropical and betta aquariums. Before use, wash it thoroughly with plain water, never harsh chemicals or detergents, and afterwards vacuum it regularly; Aqua One recommends its ProVac gravel cleaner for the job.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Natural red floor:** Colour without dyes or coatings in a mid-size tank.
- **Goldfish and coldwater:** A warm-toned base for a coldwater display.
- **Planted community tanks:** A 3 mm cap layer over plant substrate.
- **Contrast with green:** Red stone against dense green planting.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Several changes of water in a bucket until it runs clear.
- **Lay and slope:** 2–3 cm at the front rising toward the back.
- **Protect the bed:** Fill over a plate so the incoming water does not scour the gravel.
- **Keep it clean:** Gravel-vacuum at each water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ruby-toned natural gravel:** Colour from the stone, no added colours.
- **3 mm grain:** Fine, even grade for fish, shrimp and plants.
- **Safe for aquatic life:** Aqua One's own rating.
- **10 kg bag:** A full floor for a 60 to 80 cm tank.
- **Four bag sizes:** 2, 5, 10 and 20 kg in the same colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12220
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136109672
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Gravel
- **Colour:** Ruby red (natural)
- **Grain Size:** 3 mm
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Coverage:** About 2 cm over 80 × 39 cm; about 3.5 cm over 60 × 33 cm (1.5 kg per litre)
- **Maker's Range:** 2 kg (12200), 5 kg (12210), 10 kg (12220), 20 kg (12230)
- **Warning:** Small objects; keep out of reach of children
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and betta freshwater aquariums
---
#### Natural Gravel White Sand Australian 10kg
Australian-sourced, pH-stable white sand for bright, natural freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/natural-gravel-white-sand-australian-10kg/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12338 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136169249
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Natural-Gravel-White-Sand-10kg-12338-JPG.jpg.webp
Corydoras, loaches and other bottom-dwellers sift sand through their gills, and a pale, natural sand floor brightens the whole tank at the same time. Natural Gravel White Sand Australian 10kg (SKU: 12338) is Aqua One's Australian White Sand in the 10 kg bag, a natural white sand sourced and packaged in Australia. Aqua One lists it as pH-stable and safe for aquariums, and says it replicates natural environments for aquatic inhabitants and promotes the natural digging behaviour of certain species. Because waste collects on the sand's surface rather than sinking in, Aqua One notes, cleaning is quick and easy, and the sand promotes the growth of the beneficial bacteria that sustain a healthy aquarium.
The 10 kg bag is the third of four sizes, after 2 kg (12318) and 5 kg (12328) and before 20 kg (12348). Taking about 1.5 kg per litre as a guide, it lays roughly 3.5 to 4 cm of sand over a 60 × 30 cm base, a good depth for digging fish and rooted plants, or about 1.5 cm across a 90 × 45 cm tank. Aqua One rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums; the maker does not publish a grain size. New sand clouds the water if it goes in unwashed, so rinse it in small batches, stirring until the water runs nearly clear, and fill the tank gently over a plate. During water changes, hover the gravel cleaner just above the surface to lift waste without drawing up the sand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom-sifting fish:** Corydoras, loaches and other species that dig and sift.
- **Bright displays:** A white floor that lifts dark-coloured fish and green plants.
- **Natural layouts:** River and lake-style scapes with rock and wood.
- **60 cm tanks:** One bag for a full, moderately deep bed.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse in batches:** 2–3 kg at a time, stirring until the water clears.
- **Lay 3–5 cm:** Deeper where plants root, shallower in open swimming areas.
- **Fill over a plate:** Let water spill gently so the sand stays level.
- **Surface cleaning:** Hover the siphon just above the sand to remove waste.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Australian sourced and packaged:** Local natural white sand.
- **pH-stable:** Safe for aquariums, per Aqua One.
- **Encourages digging:** Natural behaviour in species that sift.
- **Waste stays on top:** Quick, easy surface cleaning.
- **Bacteria-friendly:** Supports essential beneficial bacteria.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12338
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136169249
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Sand
- **Colour:** White
- **Origin:** Australian sourced and packaged (maker)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Coverage:** About 3.5–4 cm over 60 × 30 cm (rule of thumb, 1.5 kg per litre)
- **Maker's Range:** 2 kg (12318), 5 kg (12328), 10 kg (12338), 20 kg (12348)
- **Water Chemistry:** pH-stable
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
### Aqua One — Maintenance
#### Aqualube Silicone Lubricant 5g
Silicone grease for filter O-rings, impeller shafts and tap fittings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aqualube-silicone-lubricant-5g/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10400 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136154511
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/10400.jpg
Most canister filter leaks start with a dry O-ring that was forced back into its groove, and most seized taps were simply never greased. Aqualube Silicone Lubricant 5g (SKU: 10400) is Aqua One's Aqua Lube, a 5 g tube of silicone lubricant for the seals and moving parts inside aquarium equipment. Aqua One states that Aqua Lube maximises the life of O-rings and moving parts, lubricates O-rings and impeller shafts so they last longer, and stops them becoming stuck or dry. It is intended for all aquarium equipment with O-rings and impellers, which takes in canister and internal filters, ball valves, quick-release taps and the head seals on pumps and UV units.
The maker's list of benefits is specific: it helps minimise stress on fittings when connecting and disconnecting, prevents O-rings from drying out or sticking, protects them from wear and tear, can be used on ball valves, taps and other moving parts, and makes future maintenance easier with less risk of damage to parts. Aqua One also notes that a little bit goes a long way, which is why 5 g is a sensible size: a smear the size of a grain of rice, spread with a fingertip around a clean, dry O-ring, is a full application, so one tube covers many filter cleans. Silicone grease is the type used on aquarium seals because it is compatible with rubber O-rings, where petroleum-based greases can swell and soften them; keep it off impeller magnets and out of the water itself.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filter cleans:** Re-grease the head O-ring every time the filter is opened.
- **Stiff taps and valves:** Free up quick-release taps and ball valves that have become hard to turn.
- **Impeller service:** A trace on the shaft and rubber bushes of a filter or pump rotor.
- **New equipment:** Grease seals on a new filter before the first assembly so they seat without pinching.
**How to Use**
- **Clean first:** Rinse the O-ring and its groove and wipe both dry; grit under grease still leaks.
- **Use a trace:** A rice-grain amount spread thinly around the whole ring is enough.
- **Seat and close:** Lay the ring flat in its groove without twisting, then close the head.
- **Keep it off magnets:** Grease the shaft and bushes of an impeller, not the magnet or the chamber walls.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Silicone based:** The grease type used on aquarium seals and taps.
- **Extends O-ring life:** Aqua One's stated purpose for the product.
- **Frees stuck fittings:** Eases connecting and disconnecting taps and hoses.
- **A little goes a long way:** 5 g covers many filter services.
- **Broad use:** Filters, pumps, ball valves, taps and impeller shafts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10400
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136154511
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Silicone Lubricant
- **Model:** Aqua One Aqua Lube, item 10400
- **Net Weight:** 5 g
- **Type:** Silicone lubricant
- **Suitable For:** All aquarium equipment with O-rings and impellers, per Aqua One
- **Application:** Thin film on clean, dry seals and shafts
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium equipment
---
#### Aquarium Filter Pipe Cleaner 3 Brush Set
Three nylon brushes for filter pipes, hoses, intakes and pump housings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquarium-filter-pipe-cleaner-3-brush-set/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10324 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136035124
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/10324-1.jpg
A canister filter that has lost half its flow has usually lost it in the pipes, not the media: a brown lining inside the intake, the hoses and the spray bar narrows every tube a little at a time. Aquarium Filter Pipe Cleaner 3 Brush Set (SKU: 10324) is Aqua One's three-piece set of nylon-bristle brushes for cleaning filters, hoses, pumps and filter plumbing. Aqua One states that the brushes are designed to clean all Aqua One pipe sizes, that they keep the filter running at optimal performance and that they are made from nylon bristles, and the set holds three brush types so there is a size for the intake tube, the hose and the smaller outlets and pump chambers.
Nylon bristles are stiff enough to lift biofilm and algae from the inside of a pipe yet soft enough not to score clear plastic tubing or the acrylic parts of an internal filter. The three brushes cover the run of pipe sizes found on Aqua One's canister and internal filters, from the slim outlet nozzles on a small internal filter to the full-bore intake and hose of a canister, and they work just as well on other brands' hoses and on heater guards, airline stones and the impeller well of a powerhead. Aqua One makes a companion for long hose runs, the Double Ended Flexible Pipe Hose Brush (10325), a 1 m flexible brush for pushing the full length of a canister hose. Rinse the brushes in tank water or plain tap water after use; no soap or detergent near anything that goes back into the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filter service:** Intake and outlet tubes, spray bar and the short pipe stubs on the filter head.
- **Internal filters and pumps:** Outlet nozzles, venturi tubes and the impeller well.
- **Hose cleaning:** The ends and bends of filter hose where the 1 m flexible brush cannot reach.
- **Restoring flow:** Any time filter output has dropped and the media is already clean.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Unplug and drain:** Switch the filter off, close the taps and take the pipes off over a bucket.
- **Match the brush:** Pick the brush that fits the bore snugly; too small does nothing, too big will not pass.
- **Push and twist:** Work the brush through in a twisting motion, then flush the pipe under the tap.
- **Rinse the brushes:** Clean the bristles in plain water and let them dry before the next use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three brush sizes:** One set for intakes, hoses and small outlets.
- **Nylon bristles:** Lift biofilm without scratching tubing.
- **Fits Aqua One pipes:** Designed for all Aqua One pipe sizes, according to the maker.
- **Restores flow:** Keeps the filter running at full output.
- **Companion brush:** The 1 m flexible hose brush (10325) covers long hose runs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10324
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136035124
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Filter Pipe Brushes
- **Model:** Aqua One Aquarium Filter Pipe Cleaner 3 Brush Set, item 10324
- **Contents:** 3 brushes of different sizes
- **Bristles:** Nylon
- **Cleans:** Filters, hoses, pumps and filter plumbing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua One Double Ended Flexible Pipe Hose Brush 1 m (10325)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine filter plumbing
---
#### Double Ended Flexible Pipe Hose Brush 1m
Flexible nylon brush for cleaning filter hose and pipework.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/double-ended-flexible-pipe-hose-brush-1m/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10325 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136035117
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/10325-1.jpg
Slime and waste build up inside external filter hose at every bend, which is exactly where a stiff, short brush cannot follow. Double Ended Flexible Pipe Hose Brush 1m (SKU: 10325) is Aqua One's one-metre cleaning brush with nylon bristles at both ends, so either tip can be fed into tubing and the same length works from opposite directions on a single hose run. It is made to clean through the curves in external canister filter hose, intake pipework and similar fittings without disconnecting every section of the run.
The bristles are nylon, firm enough to lift algae film and waste residue from the hose wall while staying soft enough not to score plastic or silicone tubing. Having a bristled tip at both ends means a hose connecting a filter at one end to a tank fitting at the other can be cleaned without turning the brush around partway through, and the brush rinses clean under a tap for repeated use rather than being disposable. At one metre it suits most external canister filter hose runs and similarly sized air-line or CO2 tubing. Aqua One sells it as part of a wider set of brushes for cleaning pumps, hoses and filter plumbing, built to fit the bore of the brand's own hose and pipe fittings.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **External canister filter hose:** Clearing slime and debris building up inside intake and outlet tubing.
- **Pump and powerhead plumbing:** Cleaning bends that a rigid brush cannot reach.
- **Routine filter services:** Alongside a media change or impeller clean.
- **Air-line and similar tubing:** Any flexible pipework of a matching bore.
**How to Use**
- **Disconnect the hose:** Remove the length of hose or tubing from the filter and tank fittings.
- **Feed the brush through:** Push one bristled end into the hose and work it along the run.
- **Reverse from the other end:** Use the second bristle end to clear any section the first pass missed.
- **Rinse and reconnect:** Rinse the brush and hose under running water before refitting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double-ended design:** Bristles at both ends clean a hose from either direction.
- **One-metre length:** Reaches through long external filter hose runs in one pass.
- **Flexible nylon bristles:** Bend through curves without damaging hose or tubing walls.
- **Reusable:** Rinses clean under a tap for repeated use.
- **Fits Aqua One pipe sizes:** Sized for the brand's own hose and pipe fittings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10325
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136035117
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Hose & Pipe Cleaning Brush
- **Length:** 1 m
- **Bristle Material:** Nylon
- **Ends:** Double-ended, bristled at both tips
- **Use:** Cleaning filter hose, intake pipes and similar tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easyreach Aquarium Tongs Extra Large
Longest Easyreach tongs for deep display tanks, sumps and reef rockwork.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/easyreach-aquarium-tongs-extra-large/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 20037 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136052268
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/20037-1.jpg
Tall display tanks look impressive until a plant floats loose at the bottom of the back corner and the arm needed to reach it is longer than the arm available. Easyreach Aquarium Tongs Extra Large (SKU: 20037) are the longest size of Aqua One's Easyreach tongs, a one-hand gripping tool for planting and maintaining aquatic plants and coral reefs. Retailers describe a strong grip, a wide jaw that picks up larger objects, and handles that are easy to use, so plants, ornaments and debris can be handled at depth without wet sleeves or a bucket to stand on.
The Extra Large is a step up in reach from the 70 cm Large (SKU 20036), aimed at deep aquariums, tall cabinets and sumps where the Large falls short; Aqua One does not publish its exact length, so compare it with the tank depth on arrival. The wider jaw is suited to bulkier items such as clumps of plants, small ornaments, uneaten food and dead leaves trapped in rockwork. In reef tanks it keeps hands away from stinging corals and bristleworms while frags are placed, and in big cichlid or monster-fish tanks it keeps fingers away from large, territorial fish. A longer tool also means less leaning over the rim, which matters on a tank that sits on a tall cabinet or a sump tucked low inside a stand. Rinse in fresh water after each use, especially in saltwater, and hang or store it dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep display tanks:** Reaches the substrate of tall aquariums where the Large is too short.
- **Sump work:** Retrieves media bags, sponges and debris from deep sump chambers.
- **Reef rockwork:** Places frags and clears debris without hands near corals.
- **Large or territorial fish:** Keeps fingers out of reach while tidying decor.
**How to Use**
- **Use both handles:** Squeeze the handles to close the wide jaw firmly on the object.
- **Approach slowly:** Lower the tongs gently so fish move aside instead of darting.
- **Plant from the base:** Grip the stem low and push it into the substrate before releasing.
- **Rinse and dry:** Rinse in fresh water after use, especially in marine systems.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Longest Easyreach size:** Extra reach beyond the 70 cm Large for deep set-ups.
- **Wide jaw:** Picks up larger objects than fine-tipped tweezers.
- **Strong, secure grip:** Holds plants, decor and debris without slipping.
- **Easy handles:** Simple squeeze action to grip and release.
- **Freshwater and reef:** Listed for plants and coral alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 20037
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136052268
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Aquarium Tongs
- **Size:** Extra Large (XL)
- **Jaw:** Wide jaw for larger objects
- **Operation:** Squeeze handles to grip
- **Uses:** Planting, placing corals, moving decor, removing debris
- **Other Sizes:** Easyreach Aquarium Tongs Large, 70 cm (SKU 20036)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and saltwater reef aquariums
---
#### Easyreach Aquarium Tongs Large
70 cm one-hand tongs for planting and placing decor without wet arms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/easyreach-aquarium-tongs-large/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 20036 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136052251
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/20036-1.jpg
Pushing a stem plant into gravel at the back of a deep tank usually means a wet sleeve, a cloud of mulm and fish scattering from an arm in the water. Easyreach Aquarium Tongs Large (SKU: 20036) are Aqua One's 70 cm aquarium tongs, a one-hand tool with a strong grip at the tip for planting, moving small rocks and ornaments, and placing food on the bottom. The 70 cm length reaches the substrate of most home aquariums from above the rim, so hands stay dry and the fish are disturbed less. Aqua One describes them as a must-have tool for planting and maintaining aquatic plants and coral reefs.
Retailers list the Large tongs for planted tanks and saltwater aquariums, with uses that cover replanting, repositioning small rocks and ornaments, and feeding bottom-dwelling fish such as catfish, loaches and rays. The tongs are squeezed and released in one hand, leaving the other free to hold back plants or steady a rock. In a reef tank they place frag plugs and pick out debris among the rockwork without fingers going near stinging corals. The 70 cm Large suits standard tanks of up to roughly 50 to 60 cm deep; the Extra Large (SKU 20037) adds reach for taller aquariums and sumps. Rinse in fresh water after use, especially after marine work, and store dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planting and replanting:** Pushes stems and rooted plants into the substrate at the back of the tank.
- **Moving rocks and ornaments:** Shifts small pieces of hardscape without an arm in the water.
- **Feeding bottom-dwellers:** Places wafers or tablets right where catfish and loaches feed.
- **Reef maintenance:** Positions frags and removes debris among rock and coral.
**How to Use**
- **Grip low on the stem:** Hold a plant near its base so it goes into the substrate cleanly.
- **Push and release:** Push the tip into the gravel, open the jaws and draw the tongs out gently.
- **Small loads only:** Lift small rocks and ornaments; heavy pieces need hands and a drained tank.
- **Rinse after use:** Rinse in fresh water, particularly after use in saltwater, and store dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **70 cm reach:** Gets to the substrate of most standard aquariums from above.
- **Strong grip:** Holds plant stems, small rocks and food securely.
- **One-hand operation:** Squeeze to grip, leaving the other hand free.
- **Dry hands:** No arm in the water, so fewer disturbances for fish.
- **Plants and coral:** Listed for planted tanks and saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 20036
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136052251
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Aquarium Tongs
- **Size:** Large
- **Length:** 70 cm
- **Operation:** One-handed squeeze grip
- **Uses:** Planting, moving small rocks and ornaments, feeding bottom-dwelling fish, placing corals
- **Other Sizes:** Easyreach Aquarium Tongs Extra Large (SKU 20037)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and saltwater reef aquariums
---
#### Magiclean Hose Cleaner Brush 1.9m
Flexible 1.9 metre nylon brush for clearing slime from filter hoses and pipes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/magiclean-hose-cleaner-brush-1-9m/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 20130 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136080261
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/20130-1.jpg
Filter hoses slowly line themselves with brown slime, and once that layer builds up the flow from the outlet drops and the hoses start to look grubby through the glass. MagiClean Hose Cleaner Brush 1.9m (SKU: 20130) is Aqua One's long-reach brush for the inside of aquarium hoses and filter pipes: a firm nylon brush on a 1.9 metre flexible nylon handle. Aqua One says it cleans dirt and slime deposits from inside hoses and filter pipes, reducing the likelihood of water contamination and unsightly algae deposits. The length is the point: it reaches the middle of long canister and sump hose runs that a short pipe brush cannot.
Aqua One's directions are straightforward. Flush the hose with hot water first to loosen the deposits. Feed the tail end of the cleaner into the hose and push it through until it comes out the far end, then pull the cleaner through so the brush follows, keeping the hose as straight as possible to reduce resistance. After use, rinse the brush under tap water to remove what it has pulled out. The flexible handle follows gentle curves in the hose, useful where a hose cannot be laid completely straight.Aqua One's information sheet lists the brush in white and rates it for goldfish, tropical and marine aquariums. A good time to use it is during a filter service, when the hoses are already off the canister and the flow can be checked again once everything is reconnected.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filter hoses:** Inlet and outlet hoses that have lined with slime and lost flow.
- **Long plumbing runs:** Sump and cabinet hose where a short brush cannot reach the middle.
- **Filter pipework:** Intake and return pipes coated with biofilm or algae.
- **Reusing old hose:** Stored or second-hand tubing before it goes back on a filter.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Loosen first:** Run hot water through the hose to soften the deposits.
- **Tail through:** Push the tail end in until it appears at the other end.
- **Pull straight:** Draw the brush through with the hose laid as straight as possible.
- **Rinse and refit:** Wash the brush under the tap and flush the hose before reconnecting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.9 m reach:** Long enough for full canister hose runs.
- **Flexible nylon handle:** Bends to follow the hose.
- **Firm nylon brush:** Scrubs slime and dirt off the inner wall.
- **Pull-through action:** Tail first, brush follows.
- **All water types:** Goldfish, tropical and marine aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 20130
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136080261
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Hose & Pipe Cleaning Brush
- **Length:** 1.9 m
- **Handle:** Flexible nylon
- **Brush:** Firm nylon
- **Colour:** White
- **Directions:** Flush with hot water, feed tail through, pull brush through, rinse after use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium filter hoses and pipes
---
#### Plant Weight 6cm 10pk
Soft lead strips that anchor live and artificial plants to the aquarium floor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/plant-weight-6cm-10pk/
- Price: $5.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 23207 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136132205
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/23207.jpg
Freshly planted stems tend to float up overnight once fish start digging or the filter pushes them around, and a plant that keeps lifting never roots. Plant Weight 6cm 10pk (SKU: 23207) is a pack of ten Aqua One plant weights, 6 cm strips of soft, malleable lead that wrap around the base of a plant to hold it firmly on the bottom of the tank. Aqua One states that each weight is approximately 5 g, so the pack holds roughly 50 g of lead, and that the weights are safe for the aquarium and its inhabitants. According to the maker they do not crack from use and can easily be cut smaller when a full strip is more than a plant needs.
The weights work as anchors for both live and artificial plants. With live bunch plants, a strip wrapped once around the lower stems holds the bunch upright while roots form; wrap it snugly but not tight, since a crushed stem can rot, and bury the weight in the substrate so only the plant shows. For a row of stem plants, weight each small bunch separately rather than wrapping one strip around the whole group, so the stems are not squeezed together and each bunch can be moved on its own. Artificial or silk plants with light bases that keep lifting can have a strip folded around the base and buried in the gravel. Because the lead bends by hand, a strip can be reshaped and reused when plants are moved, and a single 6 cm strip can be cut in half for small stems. Aqua One lists the weights simply as suitable for plants. As with any lead product, wash hands after handling and keep the pack out of reach of small children.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New bunch plants:** Holds stems down while roots establish.
- **Floating artificial plants:** Extra weight for light bases that lift.
- **Digging fish:** Keeps plants in place in goldfish and cichlid tanks.
- **Rescaping:** Reusable when plants are moved around.
**How to Use**
- **Wrap once:** Around the lower stems or plant base, snug but not crushing.
- **Bury the weight:** Push it into the substrate so only the plant shows.
- **Cut to size:** Trim a strip in half for single small stems.
- **Wash hands:** After handling the lead strips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft lead:** Malleable strips that bend by hand.
- **Ten per pack:** About 5 g each, roughly 50 g in total.
- **Crack-free:** Does not crack from use, per Aqua One.
- **Cuttable:** Easily cut smaller when needed.
- **Live or artificial:** Anchors both kinds of plant.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 23207
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136132205
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Plant Weights
- **Contents:** 10 strips
- **Length:** 6 cm each
- **Weight:** Approx. 5 g each (about 50 g per pack)
- **Material:** Soft lead
- **Use:** Anchoring live and artificial plants
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums with live or artificial plants
---
#### Vac A Tank Gravel Cleaner 25cm 10in
Quick-start siphon gravel cleaner with a short tube for small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/vac-a-tank-gravel-cleaner-25cm-10in/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 20138 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136043266
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Vac-A-Tank-Gravel-Cleaner.jpeg
Uneaten food and fish waste settle into the gravel, and a small tank feels the result first because there is so little water to dilute it. Vac A Tank Gravel Cleaner 25cm 10in (SKU: 20138) is the 25 cm (10 in) size of Aqua One's Vac A Tank, a siphon gravel cleaner that draws debris out of the substrate while draining water for the routine water change. Aqua One describes it as cleaning gravel of waste and as an aid to essential water changes, with low flow suited to aquariums and all gravel sizes. Retailer listings for the range add a quick-start siphon and a non-kink hose, and describe it as aquatic safe, lightweight and portable. Being a gravity siphon, it needs no power or batteries.
The 25 cm tube is one of six Vac A Tank sizes and suits small aquariums, where low flow matters: the water drains slowly enough to work around plants and ornaments without emptying a small tank before the gravel is done. The short tube is easy to handle in a nano or a 45 to 60 cm tank and reaches the substrate in shallow water without the hand going under. Aqua One lists the range as 12.5 cm (20136), 23 cm (20137), 25 cm (20138), 40 cm (20139), 60 cm (20140) and an extendable 23 to 40 cm (20135); the 60 cm suits tall display tanks. Retailer guidance for the range is to remove 25 to 30 per cent of the water, then refill and treat the new water with a conditioner such as Aqua One's. After use, rinse the tube and hose in clean water and let them drain dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** Gravel cleaning and draining in one job.
- **Nano and small tanks:** A short tube for shallow water.
- **All gravel sizes:** Aqua One rates the low flow for fine and coarse gravel alike.
- **Spot cleaning:** Corners and the ground under ornaments after feeding.
**How to Use**
- **Bucket below the tank:** Put the hose end into a bucket set lower than the aquarium.
- **Start the siphon:** Submerge the tube and use the quick-start method shown on the pack.
- **Work the gravel:** Push the tube into the substrate, let debris lift, then move to the next patch.
- **Stop at 25 to 30 per cent:** Refill with conditioned water at tank temperature.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **25 cm tube:** Sized for small, shallow aquariums.
- **Quick-start siphon:** No pump, power or batteries.
- **Low flow:** Controlled draining in a small volume of water.
- **Non-kink hose:** Keeps flowing when it bends over the rim.
- **Two jobs in one:** Cleans the gravel while draining for the water change.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 20138
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136043266
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Cleaners
- **Model:** Aqua One Vac A Tank, item 20138
- **Tube Length:** 25 cm (10 in)
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon
- **Range Sizes:** 12.5 cm (20136), 23 cm (20137), 25 cm (20138), 40 cm (20139), 60 cm (20140), extendable 23–40 cm (20135)
- **Other Sizes:** Vac A Tank Gravel Cleaner 60cm 24in (20140)
- **Target Environment:** Small aquariums with gravel substrate
---
#### Vac A Tank Gravel Cleaner 60cm 24in
Long-reach siphon gravel cleaner for deep display aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/vac-a-tank-gravel-cleaner-60cm-24in/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 20140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136043280
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/20140.jpg
Cleaning the gravel of a tall display with a short siphon means a sleeve soaked to the shoulder and a hand among the fish. Vac A Tank Gravel Cleaner 60cm 24in (SKU: 20140) is the longest of the six Aqua One Vac A Tank sizes, with a 60 cm (24 in) tube that reaches the bottom of a deep aquarium while the hand holding it stays above the water. Like the rest of the range it is a siphon cleaner: water drawn down the tube lifts waste out of the substrate and carries it down the hose to a bucket, so the gravel is cleaned and the water change done in the same job. Aqua One lists it as cleaning gravel of waste, an aid to essential water changes, and low flow for aquariums and all gravel sizes.
Retail listings for the range describe a quick-start siphon, a non-kink hose, and an aquatic-safe, lightweight and portable build, with no power or batteries needed. Choose the 60 cm for tanks with deep water over the substrate, roughly 45 cm or more, such as 60 cm high aquariums, deep-format tanks like the 53 cm high AquaSys or tall column tanks; in a shallow tank the length becomes awkward, and the 25 cm (20138) or the extendable 23 to 40 cm (20135) are easier to handle. Because the flow is low, the long tube can be worked slowly over a planted foreground without draining a large tank faster than the gravel can be covered. Retailer guidance for the range is to remove 25 to 30 per cent of the water, then refill and treat it with a conditioner such as Aqua One's. Rinse the tube and hose in clean water afterwards and hang them to drain.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep display tanks:** Reaches the bottom of 55 to 60 cm tall aquariums without wet sleeves.
- **Large water changes:** A long tube for big volumes.
- **Planted foregrounds:** Low flow for careful work around plants.
- **Any gravel grade:** Fine to coarse, per Aqua One.
**How to Use**
- **Set the bucket low:** Run the hose into a bucket well below the tank.
- **Start the flow:** Submerge the tube and use the quick-start siphon as shown on the pack.
- **Work in sections:** Push the tube into the gravel, let the debris rise, then move along.
- **Change 25 to 30 per cent:** Refill with conditioned water at tank temperature.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **60 cm reach:** The longest tube in the Vac A Tank range.
- **Hands out of the water:** Made for tall and deep tanks.
- **Quick-start siphon:** Gravity flow, no power needed.
- **Non-kink hose:** Steady flow to the bucket.
- **Low, controlled flow:** Time to cover a large gravel bed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 20140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136043280
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Cleaners
- **Model:** Aqua One Vac A Tank, item 20140
- **Tube Length:** 60 cm (24 in)
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon
- **Suits:** Water depth of roughly 45 cm or more
- **Range Sizes:** 12.5 cm, 23 cm, 25 cm, 40 cm, 60 cm and extendable 23–40 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Vac A Tank Gravel Cleaner 25cm 10in (20138)
- **Target Environment:** Deep and tall aquariums with gravel substrate
---
### Aqua One — Ornament
#### Ceramic Breeding Hide Cone 16x9cmdia
Weighted ceramic spawning cone and shelter for cichlids, small fish and shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ceramic-breeding-hide-cone-16x9cmdia/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37406
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37406-1.jpg
Angelfish and discus choose a vertical surface to lay on, and in a bare breeding tank the only one on offer is the heater or the glass. Ceramic Breeding Hide Cone 16x9cmdia (SKU: 37406) is Aqua One's ceramic spawning cone, a smooth, weighted cone about 9 cm across the base, which Aqua One lists at 15 × 9 cm on its own page and the store listing gives as 16 cm tall. Aqua One states that it provides a secure space for breeding, spawning or hiding, that its smooth edges help protect fins and scales, that the weighted design prevents floating, and that it is a suitable hiding place for shrimp, small fish and breeding species. It is rated for coldwater and tropical aquariums and for shrimp.
The cone is the classic shape for egg-laying cichlids that spawn on an upright surface: a pair can clean it, lay on it and fan the eggs, and the whole cone can be lifted out to hatch the eggs elsewhere if the parents cannot be trusted. Ceramic is inert in the water, scrubs clean without losing its surface and holds its own weight on the bottom, so the cone stands wherever it is put without silicone or suckers. Smaller fish and shrimp use the inside as a cave, and a cone in a shrimp tank gives moulting shrimp somewhere to hide from tankmates. It is one of five shapes in Aqua One's Ceramic Breeding Hide range: the Cone (37406), Triangle (37407), Vase (37408), Round Pipe (37409) and Hex Pipe (37410), which can be grouped for a colony of shell-dwelling or cave-spawning fish. Rinse before use, and boil or scrub it between breeding runs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Angelfish and discus breeding:** An upright ceramic surface for egg-laying pairs.
- **Shrimp tanks:** A cave for moulting and berried shrimp to retreat into.
- **Small fish shelters:** A hide that reduces stress in a community or fry tank.
- **Bare-bottom breeding tanks:** A spawning site that can be lifted out with the eggs on it.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Scrub under plain running water; no soap or detergent.
- **Stand it upright:** Place the cone on the substrate or bare glass in gentle flow; the weighted base keeps it put.
- **Give the pair room:** Position it away from the heater and filter intake so the parents can fan the eggs.
- **Clean between spawns:** Boil or scrub the cone after each use to remove fungus and old egg remains.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ceramic cone:** Inert, scrubbable and shaped for vertical spawners.
- **Weighted base:** Aqua One's design stops it floating or tipping.
- **Smooth edges:** Protects fins and scales, according to Aqua One.
- **Fish and shrimp shelter:** A hide as well as a spawning site.
- **Part of a five-shape range:** Cone, Triangle, Vase, Round Pipe and Hex Pipe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37406
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Ceramic Breeding Hide
- **Model:** Aqua One Ceramic Breeding Hide Cone, item 37406
- **Size:** About 15–16 cm tall × 9 cm diameter (Aqua One lists 15 × 9 cm)
- **Material:** Ceramic, weighted
- **Suitable For:** Shrimp, small fish and breeding species, per Aqua One
- **Range:** Cone (37406), Triangle (37407), Vase (37408), Round Pipe (37409), Hex Pipe (37410)
- **Care:** Rinse before use; scrub or boil between breeding runs
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and shrimp aquariums, freshwater
---
#### Ornament Aeroplane W Cloud 12.5x10.5x6.5cmh
Aeroplane-and-cloud aquarium ornament for playful coldwater and tropical tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-aeroplane-w-cloud-12-5x10-5x6-5cmh/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37509 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136191073
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37509-1.jpg
A light-hearted ornament changes the mood of a tank as much as a new fish does, and an aeroplane over a cloud is an unexpected sight under water. Ornament Aeroplane W Cloud 12.5x10.5x6.5cmh (SKU: 37509) is an Aqua One aquarium ornament in the form of an aeroplane with a cloud, measuring about 12.5 × 10.5 cm across and 6.5 cm high. It is a low, wide piece, so it sits in the foreground of a tank without hiding the view of the fish behind it. Aqua One states that its ornaments are made from non-toxic materials and are safe to use in the aquarium, and the range is rated for coldwater and tropical aquariums.
At 6.5 cm high the ornament suits small and medium tanks, from nano and betta set-ups up to around 60 cm, and in a children's aquarium it gives young keepers something to point at and talk about. Placement is simple: rinse it in plain water before it goes in, then press it gently into the gravel or sand so it sits level and does not tip when fish brush past. Keep it clear of filter intakes and heaters, and leave swimming room around it in a small tank. Over time algae will settle on any ornament; lift it out during a water change and brush it under running water with a soft brush. Never use soap, detergent or household cleaners, since residues can harm fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Children's tanks:** A playful, recognisable shape for a first aquarium.
- **Themed layouts:** Sky, travel or whimsical scenes.
- **Small and medium tanks:** A 6.5 cm high piece for the foreground.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Suitable for either set-up.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain water only before it goes in.
- **Seat it level:** Press the base into the substrate so it cannot tip.
- **Front of the tank:** Its low profile keeps the view behind it open.
- **Clean gently:** Soft brush and water at water-change time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Aeroplane with cloud:** A playful design for fun aquariums.
- **Low profile:** 6.5 cm high for foreground placement.
- **Non-toxic materials:** Aqua One's statement for its ornaments.
- **Easy care:** Rinse and brush with plain water.
- **Two water types:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37509
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136191073
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Themed Ornament
- **Size:** About 12.5 × 10.5 cm, 6.5 cm high
- **Design:** Aeroplane with cloud
- **Materials:** Non-toxic, aquarium safe (Aqua One range statement)
- **Care:** Plain water only; no soap or detergent
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Betta Round Columns 10cm
Small cylindrical column decoration for betta tanks and bowls.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-betta-round-columns-10cm/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 24340 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136122374
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/24340-1.jpg
A betta bowl benefits from a hiding spot without giving up what little swimming room it has. Ornament Betta Round Columns 10cm (SKU: 24340) is Aqua One's 10 cm Betta Round Columns ornament, a set of rounded, pillar-style columns sized for betta tanks, bowls and other small, nano-scale set-ups where a full-size cave or log would crowd the display. It is part of Aqua One's dedicated Betta ornament range, made alongside arches, hammocks and other small pieces aimed at the same tank sizes.
Like the rest of the Betta range, it is made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material and designed as a quick drop-in piece rather than something that needs gluing or sealing. The columns give a betta somewhere to rest against or weave through, breaking up open water in a bowl or small tank, and the compact 10 cm footprint keeps it clear of the surface in most betta containers. It needs no special care beyond the usual rinse and wipe any aquarium ornament gets, and it adds structure to a display that would otherwise be just gravel and a single fish. Because the columns are a fixed shape rather than a kit, there is nothing to assemble, and the same piece can be moved between a bowl and a small tank if a betta is rehoused later.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta bowls and nano tanks:** A compact feature piece sized for small volumes.
- **Resting spots:** Columns a betta can settle against between trips to the surface.
- **Breaking up bare displays:** Structure for a tank that is otherwise just gravel.
- **Low-flow set-ups:** No current disruption in a still-water betta bowl.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Run it under water to clear dust before placing it in the tank.
- **Seat on the substrate:** Stand the columns on gravel or sand clear of the filter outlet.
- **Leave swimming room:** Keep the piece to one side so the betta still has open water.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe or rinse rather than using a chemical cleaner.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Round column design:** Pillar-style shapes sized for small tanks.
- **10 cm size:** Fits betta bowls and nano aquariums without crowding them.
- **Non-toxic material:** Aquarium-safe construction for betta and other small fish.
- **Part of the Betta range:** Matches other Aqua One Betta ornaments and décor.
- **Drop-in placement:** No gluing or sealing required before use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 24340
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136122374
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Betta Tank Decor
- **Size:** 10 cm
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Range:** Aqua One Betta ornament range
- **Suitable For:** Betta tanks, bowls and nano aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater betta tanks and bowls
---
#### Ornament Bone Fish Medium 8.5wx15.5wx10cmh
Medium fish skeleton ornament with a flat base and hiding space for small fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-bone-fish-medium-8-5wx15-5wx10cmh/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37484M · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186345
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37484M-1.jpg
A fish skeleton on the gravel gives a tank a sunken, shipwreck-and-bones feel without the clutter of a full wreck scene. Ornament Bone Fish Medium 8.5wx15.5wx10cmh (SKU: 37484M) is the medium size of Aqua One's Bone Fish ornament, listed on the maker's site as the Fish Skeleton in its skull ornaments range. Aqua One gives the medium as 8 cm wide, 15.5 cm long and 10 cm high (the shelf name rounds the width to 8.5 cm), and describes it as non-toxic and aquarium safe, with fine details, unique colours and shapes, and a flat base that adds stability. It also provides aquatic life with a place to hide.
At 10 cm high and 15.5 cm long the medium suits tanks from about 40 cm long upwards, where it can sit in the foreground or midground without blocking the view; the large version (37484L) measures 12 × 21.5 × 12 cm for bigger aquariums. As a hide it gives small fish somewhere to retreat, and Petstock notes that it suits shy or nocturnal species. Aqua One rates it for coldwater and tropical aquariums and files it with its skull ornaments, alongside pieces such as the Crocodile Skull (37485) and Dinosaur Skeleton (36787), which suit the same bones-and-fossils theme. Care is minimal: a rinse in plain water before it goes in and a soft brush during routine cleaning, since soaps and detergents should never touch anything that goes into the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Themed tanks:** Pirate, shipwreck or "lost world" layouts alongside skulls and wrecks.
- **Shy fish:** A hiding spot for small or nocturnal species.
- **Medium aquariums:** Sized for tanks of about 40 to 60 cm.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Rated by Aqua One for both.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm or cool tap water only, no soap or detergent.
- **Seat the base:** Settle the flat base into the gravel so it sits level and stable.
- **Leave access:** Keep the openings clear so fish can swim in and out.
- **Clean with water changes:** Brush off algae with a soft brush in old tank water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fish skeleton design:** Fine detail with unique colours and shapes.
- **Flat base:** Adds stability on gravel or sand.
- **Hiding place:** Shelter for small and shy fish.
- **Non-toxic:** Aquarium safe, according to Aqua One.
- **Medium size:** 10 cm high for mid-size tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37484M
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186345
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Skeleton Ornament
- **Size:** Medium, 8 cm W × 15.5 cm D × 10 cm H (maker)
- **Maker's Name:** Fish Skeleton (Bone Fish)
- **Base:** Flat, for stability
- **Maker's Range:** Medium (37484M); Large 12 × 21.5 × 12 cm (37484L)
- **Safety:** Non-toxic and aquarium safe
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Crocodile Head Large 9wx20dx7cmh
Low-profile crocodile head decoration for freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-crocodile-head-large-9wx20dx7cmh/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37493L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186444
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37493L-1.jpg
A reptile-themed feature does not need to tower over the tank the way an upright ornament does. Ornament Crocodile Head Large 9wx20dx7cmh (SKU: 37493L) is Aqua One's large Crocodile Head ornament, a low, elongated piece measuring about 9 cm wide, 20 cm deep and 7 cm tall that sits along the substrate rather than standing up in the water column, styled on a crocodile's head and snout resting at the surface. It is made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material and designed to drop straight onto gravel or sand with no fixing needed.
The flat, low profile keeps it clear of the filter outlet and heater in most community tanks, and its length makes it a natural centrepiece along the front or side of a display rather than a corner piece. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, and the construction is intended to hold its colour and shape without fading or warping in ordinary aquarium conditions. A medium version of the same design is sold under a separate SKU, though that size is not confirmed in this catalogue. Because the piece lies flat rather than standing upright, it is also less likely to be knocked over by a larger, boisterous fish than a taller ornament would be.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reptile-themed aquascapes:** A crocodile feature piece for a themed freshwater display.
- **Front-of-tank centrepieces:** Its length suits placement along the viewing side.
- **Coldwater and tropical community tanks:** One design for either water temperature.
- **Low-clearance tanks:** A flat profile that fits under low water levels or close-fitting lids.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear any dust from the surface under running water.
- **Set it flat:** Place it directly on gravel or sand; no gluing or anchoring needed.
- **Keep clear of equipment:** Position it away from the filter intake and heater.
- **Clean with water changes:** Wipe algae off by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low, elongated profile:** 9 x 20 x 7 cm, styled on a resting crocodile head.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Built for ongoing contact with aquarium water.
- **No fixing required:** Drops straight onto the substrate.
- **Coldwater and tropical use:** Suited to either freshwater temperature range.
- **Reptile-themed decor:** A feature piece for a crocodile or swamp-style aquascape.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37493L
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186444
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Reptile-Themed Decor
- **Size:** 9 cm (W) x 20 cm (D) x 7 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Placement:** Freestanding on substrate
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Crocodile Skull 11wx23dx14cmh
Crocodile skull hide with a flat base for freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-crocodile-skull-11wx23dx14cmh/
- Price: $30.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37485 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186352
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37485-1.jpg
Fish need somewhere to retreat that still looks deliberate rather than a random rock dropped in to fill a gap. Ornament Crocodile Skull 11wx23dx14cmh (SKU: 37485) is Aqua One's Crocodile Skull ornament, an 11 x 23 x 14 cm piece styled on a crocodile's skull with a hollow, recessed section that doubles as a hiding spot for fish and other tank inhabitants. It is made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material and sits on a flat base so it stays put on gravel or sand without rocking.
The detail in the jaw and eye sockets is designed to read clearly through the glass rather than disappear among other decor, and the flat base means it can be placed directly into an aquascape without extra support or adhesive. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums, and at 23 cm long it reads as a mid-size feature piece, large enough to anchor a display without needing a full rockwork set-up built around it. The piece is heavy enough to stay settled once placed, so it does not need repositioning each time the substrate is disturbed during a clean, and its scale makes it a workable centrepiece for a single-species tank built around one dominant fish that needs a defined territory.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hiding and refuge:** Fish and invertebrates that need cover from tankmates or light.
- **Themed aquascapes:** A skull feature for a swamp, reptile or novelty-themed tank.
- **Mid-size centrepieces:** A single feature piece rather than a full rock layout.
- **Coldwater and tropical community tanks:** One design for either water temperature.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust from the surface and cavities before placing it in the tank.
- **Set on the flat base:** Stand it on a level patch of substrate so it doesn't rock.
- **Leave the hollow clear:** Position it so fish can swim in and out of the hide freely.
- **Clean during water changes:** Brush algae off by hand; avoid chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Crocodile skull styling:** Detailed jaw and eye sockets for a realistic look.
- **Built-in hide:** A recessed section doubling as shelter for fish.
- **Flat base:** Stable placement without rocking or extra support.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Suited to ongoing contact with aquarium water.
- **Mid-size feature:** 23 cm long, enough to anchor a display alone.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37485
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186352
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Novelty Skull Decor
- **Size:** 11 cm (W) x 23 cm (D) x 14 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Base:** Flat, freestanding
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Deep Sea Diver 7.3x4.6x10.3cmh
Novelty diver figure for small to mid-size freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-deep-sea-diver-7-3x4-6x10-3cmh/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37508 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136191066
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37508-1.jpg
A tank with only rocks and plants for decor can still use a point of visual interest with some character to it. Ornament Deep Sea Diver 7.3x4.6x10.3cmh (SKU: 37508) is Aqua One's Deep Sea Diver ornament, a 7.3 x 4.6 x 10.3 cm novelty piece styled as a diving figure, made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material and built on a flat base for stable placement on gravel or sand. The compact size keeps it in proportion in a small to mid-size community tank rather than overwhelming the display.
The figure adds a feature on the substrate and gives small fish and fry somewhere to dart around and hide behind, and the detail in its shape is designed to read clearly at typical viewing distance. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, and at just over 10 cm tall it suits standard community tanks as well as smaller nano displays where larger ornaments would look out of scale. Because it is a single static figure rather than an air-operated ornament, it needs no airline or air pump connection, which keeps the set-up simple in a tank that does not already run an air pump. It can also be grouped with other small Aqua One novelty pieces for a themed scene, since the flat base and modest footprint leave room alongside other decor rather than needing the display built around it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Novelty aquascapes:** A diver figure for a themed or playful tank layout.
- **Small to mid-size tanks:** Proportioned for nano through standard community volumes.
- **Fry and small fish cover:** A low obstacle to dart behind.
- **Coldwater and tropical set-ups:** One design for either water temperature.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear any dust before placing it in the tank.
- **Set on the flat base:** Stand it on gravel or sand clear of the filter outlet.
- **Position for viewing:** Place it where the figure's detail reads clearly through the glass.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Diver figure styling:** A novelty feature piece distinct from rock or log decor.
- **Compact size:** 7.3 x 4.6 x 10.3 cm, suited to small and mid-size tanks.
- **Flat base:** Stable placement without rocking.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Suited to ongoing water contact.
- **Coldwater and tropical use:** Suited to either freshwater temperature range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37508
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136191066
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Novelty Figure
- **Size:** 7.3 cm (W) x 4.6 cm (D) x 10.3 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Base:** Flat, freestanding
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Divers Helmet Med 7.5x10.5h
Medium diver's helmet ornament for nautical-themed coldwater and tropical tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-divers-helmet-med-7-5x10-5h/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 36123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136063905
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/36123-1.jpg
The old brass diving helmet is one of the classic aquarium themes, a single piece that tells the story of a sunken wreck without filling the tank with clutter. Ornament Divers Helmet Med 7.5x10.5h (SKU: 36123) is the medium Divers Helmet from Aqua One's ornament range, about 7.5 cm across and 10.5 cm high. Aqua One describes its ornaments as adding life and colour to the aquarium and creating an aesthetically pleasing environment for the aquarium and its inhabitants, and it rates the Divers Helmet for coldwater and tropical aquariums. It is one of the pieces Aqua One shows in its 360-degree ornament viewer, so buyers can turn it round on the maker's site before choosing.
The medium is the larger of the two sizes: a small Divers Helmet (36124) measures 4.5 × 6 cm for nano tanks and bowls, while this 10.5 cm piece suits tanks of roughly 40 to 60 cm, where it can stand in the foreground or tuck in against rockwork. A helmet sits well with other nautical pieces such as treasure chests, anchors and shipwreck sections, or on its own on a sandy patch of substrate. Aqua One's range covers many designs, so the helmet can be grouped with others in the same theme; note that the maker also lists a separate Deep Sea Diver's Helmet under code 24402, so check the code when matching an existing piece. As with any decoration, rinse it in plain water before it goes in and clean off algae with a soft brush during water changes, never with soap, detergent or household cleaners.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nautical themes:** Shipwreck, treasure and deep-sea layouts.
- **Mid-size tanks:** A 10.5 cm piece for aquariums of about 40 to 60 cm.
- **Children's aquariums:** A recognisable object that sparks interest in the tank.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Rated by Aqua One for both.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Plain water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Bed it in:** Press the base into the gravel or sand so it sits level.
- **Group by theme:** Pair with other nautical ornaments for a scene.
- **Brush clean:** Remove algae with a soft brush at water-change time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Diver's helmet design:** A classic nautical aquarium piece.
- **Medium size:** About 7.5 × 10.5 cm.
- **Adds life and colour:** Aqua One's stated purpose for its ornaments.
- **Two sizes:** Medium here, small 36124 for nano tanks.
- **Coldwater and tropical:** One ornament for either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 36123
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136063905
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Nautical Ornament
- **Size:** Medium, about 7.5 × 10.5 cm (H)
- **Design:** Diver's helmet
- **Maker's Range:** Small 4.5 × 6 cm (36124); Medium 7.5 × 10.5 cm (36123)
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or detergent
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Genie Lamp 14x9x10.5cmh
Storybook genie lamp ornament with a flat base for coldwater and tropical aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-genie-lamp-14x9x10-5cmh/
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37510 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136191080
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37510-1.jpg
A lamp lying on the gravel suggests a story, and it gives the fish one more object to circle and explore. Ornament Genie Lamp 14x9x10.5cmh (SKU: 37510) is an Aqua One aquarium ornament in the shape of a storybook genie lamp, listed in the maker's Underwater World series alongside its shipwrecks, broken jars and treasure chests. It measures 14 × 9 × 10.5 cm, with the 10.5 cm being its height, a mid-sized piece that holds its own in the foreground of a 45 to 90 cm tank without taking it over. Aqua One describes it as finely detailed, with unique colours and shapes, and states that it gives fish and other aquatic life a place to hide. A flat base keeps it stable, and the maker lists it as non-toxic and aquarium safe.
Aqua One rates the Genie Lamp for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, so it sits as comfortably in a goldfish tank as in a planted tropical community. Small schooling fish such as tetras, rasboras and guppies weave around it, while corydoras and other bottom foragers work the substrate along its edges. It needs no fixing: the flat base rests directly on gravel or sand, and settling it a few millimetres into the substrate keeps it level when a large goldfish noses past. The maker lists it as easy to set up and long-lasting with minimal maintenance; cleaning is a rinse under warm tap water and a soft brush at water-change time, with no soap or household cleaners, since residues are harmful to fish. For a sunken-treasure theme it pairs with other Underwater World pieces such as the Treasure Chest with Coins (37469), the Broken Jar (37470) or the Shipwreck Blackbeards Revenge (29048).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Treasure and storybook themes:** A centrepiece for a sunken-treasure or fairy-tale aquascape.
- **Goldfish tanks:** Rated by Aqua One for coldwater set-ups as well as tropical.
- **Community aquariums:** A focal point among plants that small fish swim around.
- **Children's tanks:** A recognisable object that makes the aquarium more fun to watch.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only before it goes in; no soap or detergent.
- **Seat the base:** Settle the flat base into the gravel or sand so it sits level.
- **Leave open water:** Keep it clear of the filter intake and heater, with swimming room in front.
- **Clean at water changes:** Brush off algae under warm running water; never use chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genie lamp design:** A storybook object from the Underwater World series.
- **Flat base:** Stands steady on gravel or sand, according to Aqua One.
- **Shelter for fish:** The maker says it provides a place to hide.
- **Fine detail:** Unique colours and shapes, as Aqua One describes it.
- **Aquarium safe:** Non-toxic for coldwater and tropical tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37510
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136191080
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Underwater World Ornament
- **Dimensions:** 14 × 9 × 10.5 cm (H)
- **Series:** Aqua One Underwater World ornaments
- **Base:** Flat, free-standing
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium safe (per Aqua One)
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Ornament Half Log 14x10x7cmh
Hollow half-log hide for freshwater and coldwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-half-log-14x10x7cmh/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37892 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136164763
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37892-1.jpg
Fish feel exposed without any structure to retreat under, even in an otherwise well-stocked tank. Ornament Half Log 14x10x7cmh (SKU: 37892) is Aqua One's Half Log ornament, a 14 x 10 x 7 cm hollow log section split lengthwise to form an open-fronted hide, made from non-toxic material and sized for small to mid-size community tanks. The open side lets fish swim in and settle without the piece needing to be a fully enclosed tunnel.
The log styling gives a natural look that suits a driftwood or planted aquascape as well as a plainer gravel set-up, and its compact footprint means it sits comfortably alongside other decor without dominating the tank. Aqua One describes it as safe for aquatic life, and like the rest of its ornament range it needs no special preparation beyond a rinse before use. The half-open design also makes it easier to see fish using it than a fully enclosed cave would. Because the log lies on its side with one flat face, it tends to stay in position once placed rather than rolling if the substrate is disturbed during a clean, and the open interior is large enough for more than one small fish to shelter in at once rather than suiting only a single resident. It can also be partly buried in the substrate for a more settled, embedded look if that is preferred over sitting it on top of the gravel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shy or territorial fish:** An open-fronted hide to retreat into or claim as territory.
- **Natural-style aquascapes:** Log styling that pairs with driftwood or planted layouts.
- **Small to mid-size tanks:** A compact piece that doesn't dominate the display.
- **Breeding set-ups:** A sheltered spot for fry or a spawning pair.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear any dust or residue before placing it in the tank.
- **Angle the opening:** Face the open side toward open water so fish can enter easily.
- **Keep clear of equipment:** Position it away from the filter intake and heater.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Half-log hide:** Open-fronted design for fish to swim in and shelter.
- **14 x 10 x 7 cm:** Compact sizing for small to mid-size tanks.
- **Non-toxic material:** Safe for ongoing contact with aquarium water.
- **Natural log styling:** Suits driftwood and planted aquascapes.
- **Easy viewing:** The open front makes fish using the hide easy to see.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37892
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136164763
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Driftwood-Style Hide
- **Size:** 14 cm (W) x 10 cm (D) x 7 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic
- **Design:** Open-fronted half-log
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Hatching Baby Crocodile 4.5wx5dx6.5cmh
Miniature crocodile hatchling ornament for nano, betta and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-hatching-baby-crocodile-4-5wx5dx6-5cmh/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37490 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186406
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37490-1.jpg
Small tanks have little room for decoration, so one small piece with plenty of character does more than a large one. Ornament Hatching Baby Crocodile 4.5wx5dx6.5cmh (SKU: 37490) is a miniature Aqua One ornament of a baby crocodile breaking out of its egg, one of the hatching-baby figures in the maker's Kids, Castles & Miniatures range. At 4.5 cm wide, 5 cm deep and 6.5 cm high it is sized for betta tanks, desktop nanos and the foreground of a larger community tank, where it adds a point of interest without crowding the swimming space. Aqua One lists it as non-toxic and aquarium safe, easy to set up, and long-lasting with minimal maintenance.
The maker rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. Its companion in the same series is the Hatching Baby Centrosaurus (37491), a dinosaur hatchling of similar size, and the two can be grouped on a patch of sand as a nest of eggs; the Hatching Baby Turtle (37489) is a slightly smaller third. For a crocodile theme across a bigger tank, Aqua One's Sunbathing Crocodile (37492M) lies flat on the substrate at only 3 cm high, and the Crocodile Head (37493) adds a larger figure. Because the piece is small, it is worth bedding the base into the gravel so that a digging goldfish or a curious cichlid does not tip it over. Rinse it in warm water before it goes in and again at water changes, brushing off algae without soap or cleaners. In a betta tank, run a fingertip over the edges first; a long-finned fish should be kept away from anything that feels rough or sharp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and nano tanks:** A 6.5 cm figure that leaves swimming room in a 10 to 30 L tank.
- **Children's aquariums:** A playful hatchling that keeps young fishkeepers looking in.
- **Nest scenes:** Group with the Centrosaurus and Turtle hatchlings on open sand.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Rated by Aqua One for both water types.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Bed it in:** Push the base into gravel or sand so it stays upright.
- **Keep it forward:** Place it near the front glass where a small figure can be seen.
- **Brush clean:** Use a soft brush under running water during water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hatchling design:** A baby crocodile emerging from its egg.
- **Miniature scale:** 4.5 × 5 × 6.5 cm for small aquariums.
- **Non-toxic:** Aquarium safe, according to Aqua One.
- **Low maintenance:** Long-lasting and simple to clean.
- **Part of a series:** Collect it with the Centrosaurus and Turtle hatchlings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37490
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186406
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Miniature Ornament
- **Dimensions:** 4.5 cm W × 5 cm D × 6.5 cm H
- **Range:** Aqua One Kids, Castles & Miniatures
- **Series:** Hatching Baby Crocodile (37490), Centrosaurus (37491), Turtle (37489)
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, including betta and nano tanks
---
#### Ornament Hatching Baby Turtle 4wx4.5dx5.5cmh
Tiny turtle hatchling ornament for betta, nano and desktop aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-hatching-baby-turtle-4wx4-5dx5-5cmh/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37489 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186390
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37489-1.jpg
A turtle hatchling fits in the palm of a hand, and this ornament catches the moment it leaves the egg at a scale that suits the smallest tanks. Ornament Hatching Baby Turtle 4wx4.5dx5.5cmh (SKU: 37489) is a miniature Aqua One ornament of a baby turtle hatching from its egg, from the same hatching-baby series as the Hatching Baby Crocodile (37490) and the Hatching Baby Centrosaurus (37491). It measures 4 cm wide, 4.5 cm deep and 5.5 cm high, the smallest of the three, and sits easily in a betta tank, on the sand of a desktop nano or at the front of a community aquarium. It is a separate item from Aqua One's larger Baby Sea Turtle ornament (37169), which is about 8 cm long.
Aqua One rates the Hatching Baby Crocodile in the same series for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, and describes it as non-toxic and aquarium safe, easy to set up, and long-lasting with minimal maintenance. A piece this size suits a small tank or a group: three hatchlings together on a patch of sand make a nest scene, and in a 20 L betta tank the turtle alone gives the fish something to investigate without crowding its swimming space. Because it is small and light, bed the base into the gravel or sand so a digging fish does not move it. Rinse it in warm water before use and at water changes, brushing off algae with a soft brush and no soap, since cleaning residues harm fish. In a betta tank, check the edges by touch first, because long fins tear on anything rough.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** A 5.5 cm figure that leaves the fish plenty of open water.
- **Desktop and nano aquariums:** Decoration scaled to tanks of 10 to 30 L.
- **Nest scenes:** Group with the crocodile and Centrosaurus hatchlings.
- **Children's tanks:** A small, recognisable animal for young fishkeepers.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Bed it in:** Press the base into the substrate so it stays put.
- **Front and centre:** Place it near the glass where a small piece is visible.
- **Clean gently:** Soft brush under running water at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hatchling design:** A baby turtle emerging from its egg.
- **Smallest of the series:** 4 × 4.5 × 5.5 cm.
- **Small-tank scale:** Suits betta, desktop and nano aquariums.
- **Easy care:** Rinse-clean, with no fixing needed.
- **Collectable:** Matches the Crocodile and Centrosaurus hatchlings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37489
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186390
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Miniature Ornament
- **Dimensions:** 4 cm W × 4.5 cm D × 5.5 cm H
- **Series:** Aqua One hatching babies: Crocodile (37490), Centrosaurus (37491), Turtle (37489)
- **Not to Be Confused With:** Aqua One Baby Sea Turtle (37169), about 8 cm
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater betta, nano and community aquariums
---
#### Ornament Jumbo Hollow Branch 53x23x17.5cmh
Large artificial hollow branch giving shelter and driftwood character to big freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-jumbo-hollow-branch-53x23x17-5cmh/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37896 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136164800
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37896-1.jpg
Real driftwood this size needs weeks of soaking, stains the water with tannins and can hide soft or rotting patches, which is why many keepers of large tanks choose a replica. Ornament Jumbo Hollow Branch 53x23x17.5cmh (SKU: 37896) is the jumbo size of Aqua One's artificial hollow branch, part of the maker's Natural ornament range, measuring 53 cm long, 23 cm across and 17.5 cm high. The hollow form gives fish somewhere to retreat out of the light and the current, and at over half a metre long it reads as the centrepiece of an aquascape rather than an accent. Aqua One lists it as quick and simple to set up, made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe materials, and durable with minimal maintenance, and publishes a product information sheet for it.
The maker rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. At 53 cm it needs a tank at least 60 cm long, and it sits most naturally in a 90 to 120 cm display, laid along the back or angled across the middle so the open ends face the front. Catfish, plecos, loaches, larger tetras and peaceful cichlids all use hollow wood as daytime cover, and a branch like this lets shy fish settle without hiding behind the filter. As a replica it does not need soaking or boiling and will not stain the water with tannins. Detritus does collect inside a hollow ornament, so lift it out every few water changes, flush the interior with tank water or warm tap water and scrub it with a soft brush, never soap. The Medium Hollow Branch (37478) and the Hollow Stump (37479) follow the same idea for tanks with less floor space.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community tanks:** A centrepiece for 90 to 120 cm aquariums.
- **Shy bottom dwellers:** Daytime cover for catfish, plecos and loaches.
- **Wood-look scapes:** The driftwood look with clear, untinted water.
- **Coldwater displays:** Rated by Aqua One for goldfish tanks as well as tropical.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Measure the tank:** Allow at least 60 cm of length; the branch fills most of a 60 cm tank.
- **Face the openings forward:** Angle the branch so fish can be seen using it.
- **Flush the hollow:** Rinse out trapped detritus every few water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Jumbo size:** 53 × 23 × 17.5 cm, above the Medium Hollow Branch.
- **Hollow form:** Shelter inside the branch for retreating fish.
- **No preparation:** The look of driftwood without soaking or tannins.
- **Aquarium safe:** Non-toxic materials, per Aqua One.
- **Durable:** Long-lasting with minimal maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37896
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136164800
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Wood (Hollow Branch)
- **Dimensions:** 53 × 23 × 17.5 cm (H)
- **Range:** Aqua One Natural ornaments
- **Suits Tanks:** 60 cm long and up; most in proportion at 90–120 cm
- **Related Pieces:** Medium Hollow Branch (37478), Hollow Stump (37479)
- **Care:** Flush the hollow and brush clean; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Ornament Log With Holes Lg 62x16.1x14cm
Long artificial log with holes for catfish, loaches and plecos in larger tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-log-with-holes-lg-62x16-1x14cm/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 30220L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136009019
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/30220L-1.jpg
Bottom-dwelling fish that rest by day want somewhere dark to tuck into, and a log with a row of holes along it gives a whole group of them their own entrances. Ornament Log With Holes Lg 62x16.1x14cm (SKU: 30220L) is the large size of Aqua One's Log with Holes, an artificial log from the maker's Natural ornament range. Aqua One lists the large at 62 cm long, 15.1 cm wide and 14 cm high; the store name gives the width as 16.1 cm, so allow about 15 to 16 cm. At more than 60 cm long it is made for tanks of 90 cm and up, where it can run along the back glass or lie diagonally across the floor. Aqua One describes it as easy to set up and a way to add life and colour to an aquarium.
The log comes in four sizes, which Aqua One lists as Xsmall (30220) at 14.5 × 7 × 7.5 cm, Small (30221) at 21 × 10.5 × 8 cm, Medium (30220M) at 46 × 12.8 × 12 cm and this Large (30220L) at 62 × 15.1 × 14 cm, so a scape can mix lengths for a fallen-timber look. The maker rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. Corydoras, kuhli loaches, small plecos, catfish and dwarf cichlids are typical users of a holed log, darting in when startled and resting there through the day. Because it is artificial it needs no soaking and does not release tannins into the water. Detritus does settle in the openings, so at water changes lift the log out, flush the holes with tank water and work a soft bottle brush through them; no soap or cleaning chemicals, since residues are harmful to fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** A 62 cm log for tanks of 90 cm and longer.
- **Bottom-dweller groups:** Several hiding spots for corydoras, loaches and catfish.
- **Riverbed scapes:** Combine with the smaller sizes for a fallen-log layout.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Rated by Aqua One for both.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only before it goes in; no soap or detergent.
- **Run it lengthways:** Along the back glass or diagonally across the floor of a long tank.
- **Holes to the front:** Turn the openings where the fish using them can be seen.
- **Flush the holes:** Clear trapped waste at water changes with a soft brush.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large size:** 62 cm long, the biggest of four sizes.
- **Multiple openings:** Holes along the log for hiding fish.
- **No preparation:** No soaking, boiling or tannins.
- **Easy set-up:** Sits straight on the substrate, per Aqua One.
- **Range of lengths:** Xsmall to Large for layered scapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 30220L
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136009019
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Wood (Log with Holes)
- **Dimensions:** 62 × 15.1 × 14 cm per Aqua One (store name lists 62 × 16.1 × 14 cm)
- **Range:** Aqua One Natural ornaments
- **Suits Tanks:** 90 cm long and up
- **Range Sizes:** Xsmall (30220), Small (30221), Medium (30220M), Large (30220L)
- **Care:** Flush the holes and brush clean; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Ornament Mini Skull 5.5x7x5cmh
Miniature skull ornament for betta, nano and gothic-themed aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-mini-skull-5-5x7x5cmh/
- Price: $9.98 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 36782 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136164954
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/36782-1.jpg
A skull half-sunk in the sand is one of the classic aquarium ornaments, and the mini size brings it to tanks too small for the full-size versions. Ornament Mini Skull 5.5x7x5cmh (SKU: 36782) is the mini skull in Aqua One's Skulls ornament range, measuring 5.5 × 7 × 5 cm, with the Mini Dinosaur Head with Horns (36783) as its companion at the same small scale. Aqua One describes its ornaments as creating an aesthetically pleasing environment for the aquarium and its inhabitants, and lists the Mini Skull as quick and simple to set up, non-toxic and aquarium safe, and durable with minimal maintenance.
The maker rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. At 5 cm high it suits a betta tank, a desktop nano or a shrimp tank, and in a larger aquarium it works as a foreground detail in a pirate, Halloween or prehistoric scene. For a bigger set-piece the same range includes the Human Skull with Hole (36763), the Dinosaur Skull (36762), the Crocodile Skull (37485) and the Dinosaur Skull Cave (37362, 37363), so a scene can be built at different scales. In a shrimp tank, the biofilm that builds up on its surfaces gives the shrimp one more place to graze. Before it goes into a betta tank, run a fingertip or an old stocking over the surface: long fins tear on anything that snags, and a piece that passes the test can stay. Bed the base slightly into the sand so it does not shift when fish brush past. Clean it during water changes under warm running water with a soft toothbrush; no soap, bleach or household cleaners, since residues are harmful to fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and nano tanks:** A 5 cm ornament scaled for small tanks.
- **Themed foregrounds:** A small detail in pirate, Halloween or prehistoric layouts.
- **Shrimp tanks:** A small object for shrimp to climb and graze over.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Rated by Aqua One for both.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Stocking test:** Check for snags before adding it to a long-finned fish's tank.
- **Bed the base:** Settle it into the substrate so it stays put.
- **Brush clean:** Soft toothbrush under warm water; no chemicals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mini scale:** 5.5 × 7 × 5 cm.
- **Skulls range:** Matches the larger Aqua One skull ornaments.
- **Non-toxic:** Aquarium safe, per the maker.
- **Minimal maintenance:** Durable and easy to keep clean.
- **Quick set-up:** Free-standing, with no fixing needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 36782
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136164954
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Skull Ornament
- **Dimensions:** 5.5 × 7 × 5 cm (H)
- **Range:** Aqua One Skulls ornaments
- **Companion:** Mini Dinosaur Head with Horns (36783)
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, including betta and nano tanks
---
#### Ornament Mushroom With Toad 5.5wx5.5dx5.5cmh
Small novelty mushroom and toad feature for nano aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-mushroom-with-toad-5-5wx5-5dx5-5cmh/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37498 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186505
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37498-1.jpg
A nano tank needs decor scaled to match its size rather than a full-size ornament that swallows the view. Ornament Mushroom With Toad 5.5wx5.5dx5.5cmh (SKU: 37498) is Aqua One's Mushroom With Toad ornament, a 5.5 x 5.5 x 5.5 cm novelty piece pairing a mushroom cap with a toad figure, made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material. Its small, even footprint suits betta tanks, nano aquariums and desktop displays where larger decor would look out of proportion.
The piece works as a single accent rather than a hide, giving a small display some character without taking up swimming room. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, and like the rest of the brand's small novelty ornaments it needs no special handling beyond a rinse before it goes in. It pairs well with other small Aqua One figures for a themed woodland-style aquascape in a nano tank or bowl. Its small scale means it does not compete for space with live or artificial plants in the same tank, and because it is a single moulded piece there is nothing to assemble or align before it goes in. The mushroom-and-toad pairing is one of several small novelty shapes Aqua One sells at the same scale, so a nano tank or bowl can carry two or three matching pieces without any one of them crowding the display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquariums and bowls:** A small accent piece scaled to fit tight spaces.
- **Betta tanks:** Decor that adds character without crowding a small volume.
- **Themed aquascapes:** Pairs with other small Aqua One novelty figures.
- **Desktop displays:** A compact feature for low-volume, low-clutter tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust before placing it in the tank.
- **Seat on the substrate:** Stand it on gravel or sand clear of the filter outlet.
- **Group with other pieces:** Combine it with matching small ornaments for a themed scene.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mushroom and toad figure:** A small novelty accent distinct from rock or log decor.
- **5.5 cm cube size:** Scaled for nano tanks, bowls and betta aquariums.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Suited to ongoing water contact.
- **Coldwater and tropical use:** Suited to either freshwater temperature range.
- **Easy placement:** Drops straight onto the substrate with no fixing needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37498
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186505
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Novelty Figure
- **Size:** 5.5 cm (W) x 5.5 cm (D) x 5.5 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums, nano tanks and bowls
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Rainbow With Pot Of Gold Large 16wx5.5dx8.5cmh
Larger rainbow and pot-of-gold feature for mid-size freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-rainbow-with-pot-of-gold-large-16wx5-5dx8-5cmh/
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37500L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186536
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/37500L-1.jpg
A single small novelty ornament can be lost against a busier aquascape once there is enough rock, wood and planting to compete with it. Ornament Rainbow With Pot Of Gold Large 16wx5.5dx8.5cmh (SKU: 37500L) is the large size of Aqua One's Rainbow With Pot Of Gold ornament, measuring 16 x 5.5 x 8.5 cm, noticeably bigger than the 12 cm medium version and better suited to a mid-size display. Like the medium size it pairs an arched rainbow with a pot-of-gold figure and is made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material.
Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical fish tanks. At 8.5 cm tall and 16 cm wide it works as a standalone centrepiece rather than a background accent, and the extra depth over the medium size, 5.5 cm against 4 cm, gives it more presence away from the glass. The two sizes share the same design, so a tank can run the large version alone or combine it with the medium for a two-tier feature. It needs the same light care as the rest of the range: a rinse before use and routine wiping during water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size freshwater tanks:** Sized as a standalone centrepiece rather than a background piece.
- **Combined displays:** Paired with the medium size for a two-tier feature.
- **Themed aquascapes:** A playful rainbow feature among other ornaments.
- **Coldwater and tropical community tanks:** One design for either temperature range.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust before placing it in the tank.
- **Give it space:** Position it as a centrepiece rather than tucked behind other decor.
- **Leave swimming room:** Keep it clear of the filter outlet and heater.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rainbow and pot-of-gold design:** A novelty centrepiece distinct from rock or log decor.
- **16 x 5.5 x 8.5 cm:** Large size for mid-size tanks and standalone placement.
- **More presence than the medium:** Taller and deeper than the 12 cm version.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Suited to ongoing water contact.
- **Matches the medium size:** Can be paired for a two-tier display.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37500L
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186536
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Novelty Figure
- **Size:** 16 cm (W) x 5.5 cm (D) x 8.5 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 12 x 4 x 6.5 cm (SKU 37500M)
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical fish tanks
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Rainbow With Pot Of Gold Medium 12wx4dx6.5cmh
Rainbow and pot-of-gold feature for small to mid-size freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-rainbow-with-pot-of-gold-medium-12wx4dx6-5cmh/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37500M · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186529
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/37500M-1.jpg
A tank can use a bit of whimsy alongside the usual rocks, logs and plants. Ornament Rainbow With Pot Of Gold Medium 12wx4dx6.5cmh (SKU: 37500M) is the medium size of Aqua One's Rainbow With Pot Of Gold ornament, measuring 12 x 4 x 6.5 cm, a novelty piece pairing an arched rainbow with a pot-of-gold figure at its base, made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material. The shallow 4 cm depth lets it sit close against the back or side glass without taking up much swimming room.
Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical fish tanks, and the piece needs no special preparation beyond a rinse before use, like the rest of the brand's small novelty ornaments. A large version of the same design is also sold at 16 x 5.5 x 8.5 cm for bigger displays, so the two sizes can be matched to the tank or paired together for a bigger feature. The medium size is the better fit for standard to small community tanks, where the larger piece would look out of scale. Because the piece is shallow rather than deep, it also works tucked beside a filter or heater to soften the look of equipment against the glass without blocking flow around it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size freshwater tanks:** A compact novelty piece that doesn't crowd the display.
- **Against the back glass:** The shallow 4 cm depth suits placement close to the wall.
- **Themed aquascapes:** A playful feature alongside other small ornaments.
- **Coldwater and tropical community tanks:** One design for either temperature range.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust before placing it in the tank.
- **Position against the back:** Use the shallow depth to sit it close to the rear glass.
- **Leave swimming room:** Keep it clear of the filter outlet and heater.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rainbow and pot-of-gold design:** A novelty feature distinct from rock or log decor.
- **12 x 4 x 6.5 cm:** Medium size for small to mid-size tanks.
- **Shallow depth:** Sits close to the back or side glass.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Suited to ongoing water contact.
- **Matches the large size:** Same design available in a bigger format.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37500M
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186529
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Novelty Figure
- **Size:** 12 cm (W) x 4 cm (D) x 6.5 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Other Sizes:** Large 16 x 5.5 x 8.5 cm (SKU 37500L)
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical fish tanks
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Rock Formation Medium 20x8.5x16.5cm
Slim artificial rock formation rated for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-rock-formation-medium-20x8-5x16-5cm/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 36744 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136137781
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/36744-1.jpg
Natural stone is heavy and some types change water hardness, so an artificial formation is a simpler way to add height and structure to a tank. Ornament Rock Formation Medium 20x8.5x16.5cm (SKU: 36744) is an Aqua One artificial rock ornament from the maker's Natural range, 20 cm long, 8.5 cm deep and 16.5 cm high. Its slim depth lets it stand close to the back glass or a background without taking much floor space, while the height lifts the line of the aquascape behind plants and smaller ornaments. Aqua One rates it for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, so the same piece works in a goldfish tank, a planted community or a fish-only saltwater set-up.
Aqua One describes the Rock Formation as easy to set up and a way to add life and colour to an aquarium, and it sits within a large range of rock-style ornaments that can be combined for a bigger hardscape: the Rock Cobble pieces (37425 to 37427), the Rock Formation Slate in 40 cm and 45 cm lengths (37514, 37515) and the Round Cave Diabase hides (37516 to 37519). A single formation suits a 45 to 60 cm tank as a background feature; in a larger tank two or three placed at different depths read as an outcrop. It sits directly on the substrate, and bedding the base a centimetre into the gravel or sand stops it rocking. Gaps between the formation and other decor become hiding spots for small fish and shrimp. Rinse it in warm water before use and clean it at water changes with a soft brush, without soap or chemical cleaners; in a marine tank the same routine keeps film algae down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Background height:** A 16.5 cm vertical element behind plants and ornaments.
- **Narrow tanks:** Only 8.5 cm deep, leaving the floor free for swimming.
- **Marine fish-only systems:** Rated by Aqua One for saltwater as well as fresh.
- **Coldwater and tropical:** Equally at home in goldfish and community tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Bed the base:** Settle it into the substrate so it does not rock.
- **Group in odd numbers:** Combine with other rock ornaments at different depths.
- **Brush clean:** Soft brush at water changes; no chemicals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slim profile:** 20 × 8.5 × 16.5 cm, tall rather than wide.
- **Three water types:** Coldwater, tropical and marine, per Aqua One.
- **Rock look without stone:** No need to source and test natural rock.
- **Combines with the range:** Cobble, slate and diabase pieces.
- **Easy set-up:** Sits straight on the substrate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 36744
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136137781
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Rock
- **Dimensions:** 20 × 8.5 × 16.5 cm
- **Range:** Aqua One Natural ornaments
- **Water Type:** Coldwater, tropical and marine (per Aqua One)
- **Companion Pieces:** Rock Cobble (37425–37427), Rock Formation Slate (37514, 37515)
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ornament Shallow Cave 30x26x9.8cm
Wide low-profile rock cave for freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-shallow-cave-30x26x9-8cm/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 36837 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136155327
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/36837-1.jpg
Many cave ornaments run tall and narrow, when what a shoal or a shy bottom-dweller often wants is a wide, low spot to settle under. Ornament Shallow Cave 30x26x9.8cm (SKU: 36837) is Aqua One's Shallow Cave ornament, a 30 x 26 x 9.8 cm piece with a wide, low profile rather than a tall mound, finished to look like natural rock and made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material. The shallow height keeps it well clear of the water surface in most tanks while still giving a broad footprint of cover.
The open, low-ceilinged design suits fish and shrimp that prefer to shelter without squeezing through a narrow tunnel, and its width makes it a natural centrepiece for the middle or back of an aquascape rather than a corner accessory. Aqua One lists it as suitable for freshwater and marine aquariums, and the rock-style finish is designed to blend into a natural-themed layout alongside driftwood, rockwork or planted substrate rather than stand out as an obvious ornament. Because the cave is wider than it is tall, more than one fish can use it at once without the crowding a single narrow tunnel causes, and the rock-style surface has enough texture that algae growth over time only adds to the natural look rather than standing out against a smooth finish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shoaling and bottom-dwelling fish:** A wide, low shelter rather than a single narrow tunnel.
- **Shrimp and invertebrates:** Broad cover with easy access from several sides.
- **Natural-themed aquascapes:** A rock finish that blends with driftwood and planted layouts.
- **Freshwater or marine tanks:** One ornament usable across both water types.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust from the surface and recesses before placing it in the tank.
- **Set on a level base:** Stand it on firm substrate so the wide shape doesn't rock.
- **Leave entry points clear:** Position it so fish can move in and out from more than one side.
- **Clean during water changes:** Brush algae off by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide, low-profile design:** 30 x 26 x 9.8 cm, broader than it is tall.
- **Natural rock-style finish:** Blends into driftwood and planted aquascapes.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Suited to ongoing water contact.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** One ornament for either water type.
- **Spacious shelter:** Suits fish and shrimp species that prefer open, low cover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 36837
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136155327
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Rock Cave Hide
- **Size:** 30 cm (W) x 26 cm (D) x 9.8 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Finish:** Natural rock style
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ornament Shipwreck Sm 25x12.5cm 2 Pce
Two-piece wrecked ship feature for freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-shipwreck-sm-25x12-5cm-2-pce/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 29041 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136009767
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/29041-1.jpg
A sunken-ship scene reads more convincingly as wreckage scattered across the bottom than as one solid model dropped into the tank. Ornament Shipwreck Sm 25x12.5cm 2 Pce (SKU: 29041) is the small size of Aqua One's Shipwreck ornament, a two-piece set totalling about 25 x 12.5 cm that splits a wrecked hull into separate sections so the scene can be arranged with a gap between the pieces rather than as one block. It is made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe material and designed as a decorative hiding feature for fish.
Splitting the wreck into two pieces lets each section be angled or spaced differently, giving a more natural scattered-wreck look than a single-piece model, and both halves give fish somewhere to dart between or hide within. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. The small size keeps the overall footprint modest, suited to a standard community tank rather than a large display, and it is part of a wider Aqua One shipwreck range offered in other sizes. Each section is light enough to reposition by hand during a water change without disturbing the surrounding gravel, and because the two pieces are not fixed together they can be angled to suggest a hull broken apart on the bottom rather than a toy sitting upright. The same scattered-wreck approach carries across Aqua One's other shipwreck sizes, keeping the look consistent if a bigger tank is stocked later.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shipwreck-themed aquascapes:** A sunken-hull scene without one oversized model.
- **Fish cover:** Two separate sections for fish to dart between or shelter within.
- **Standard community tanks:** A modest footprint suited to small to mid-size displays.
- **Coldwater and tropical freshwater tanks:** One design for either temperature range.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust from both pieces before placing them in the tank.
- **Space the two sections:** Arrange them with a gap between for a scattered-wreck look.
- **Keep entries clear:** Position so fish can swim in and out of each section.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-piece wreck:** Separate hull sections for a scattered, natural layout.
- **25 x 12.5 cm:** Small size suited to standard community tanks.
- **Non-toxic, aquarium-safe material:** Suited to ongoing water contact.
- **Fish cover:** Gaps and openings in both pieces double as hiding spots.
- **Coldwater and tropical use:** Suited to either freshwater temperature range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 29041
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136009767
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Shipwreck Decor
- **Size:** 25 x 12.5 cm (2-piece set)
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe
- **Pieces:** 2
- **Suitable For:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Starfish W Rock 11.5x5.5x12.5cmh
Starfish-on-rock ornament that brings a seaside look to freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-starfish-w-rock-11-5x5-5x12-5cmh/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37522 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136191202
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37522-1.jpg
A starfish is the emblem of the sea, but keeping a real one needs a reef tank; this one is designed for fresh water. Ornament Starfish W Rock 11.5x5.5x12.5cmh (SKU: 37522) is an Aqua One ornament of a starfish set on a rock, 11.5 cm wide, 5.5 cm deep and 12.5 cm high, from the maker's Kids, Castles & Miniatures range alongside the Reef Shark (37521), Whale Shark (37520) and Dinosaur Egg (37523). Aqua One lists it as easy to set up, non-toxic and aquarium safe, immediately enhancing the look of a tank, and long-lasting with minimal maintenance.
The maker rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums; it is not listed for marine use, so a saltwater tank is better served by Aqua One's marine-rated ornaments. Taller than it is wide and only 5.5 cm deep, it stands upright in a narrow space, against the back glass, between plants or beside a background, and suits tanks from about 30 cm long. Raised on its rock to 12.5 cm, the starfish stays in view above low foreground plants. A light sand substrate sets off the seaside theme, and other pieces from the same range, such as the Giant Clam with Pearls (37497) or the Mermaid with Mirror (37496), extend it into an ocean scene for a child's tank. Press the base a little into the substrate so it stands level and is not tipped by digging goldfish. Rinse it in warm water before use, then clean it at water changes with a soft brush; no soap or household cleaners, which leave residues harmful to fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Seaside themes:** A beach or ocean look in a freshwater tank.
- **Children's aquariums:** A familiar sea creature for young fishkeepers.
- **Narrow spaces:** Upright and only 5.5 cm deep.
- **Goldfish and tropical tanks:** Rated by Aqua One for both.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Stand it upright:** Settle the base into sand or gravel so it sits level.
- **Use the background:** Place it against the back glass or between plants.
- **Brush clean:** Soft brush under running water at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Starfish on rock:** A sea-life figure on its own rock base.
- **Upright and slim:** 11.5 × 5.5 × 12.5 cm.
- **Kids range:** Matches Aqua One's shark, clam and mermaid ornaments.
- **Non-toxic:** Aquarium safe, according to Aqua One.
- **Low maintenance:** Long-lasting, with simple cleaning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37522
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136191202
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Kids Ornament (Sea Life)
- **Dimensions:** 11.5 cm W × 5.5 cm D × 12.5 cm H
- **Range:** Aqua One Kids, Castles & Miniatures
- **Water Type:** Freshwater, coldwater or tropical (not listed for marine)
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Ornament Sunbathing Crocodile 17wx26dx3cmh
Flat, low-profile crocodile ornament that lies across the substrate like a basking croc.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-sunbathing-crocodile-17wx26dx3cmh/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37492M · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186420
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37492M-1.jpg
Most ornaments add height and block part of the view; this one lies flat, the way a crocodile basks on a sandbank. Ornament Sunbathing Crocodile 17wx26dx3cmh (SKU: 37492M) is the medium size of Aqua One's Sunbathing Crocodile, a crocodile figure only 3 cm high that sprawls across the substrate on a 17 × 26 cm footprint. It belongs to the maker's Kids, Castles & Miniatures range, and Aqua One lists it as simple and quick to install, non-toxic and aquarium safe, durable with minimal maintenance and easy to care for. A larger version, the Sunbathing Crocodile Large (37492L), measures 21 × 33.5 × 3 cm for bigger tanks.
Aqua One rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. Because it stands just 3 cm proud of the gravel, it sits in the foreground without hiding anything behind it, so the full depth of a planted tank, and the fish themselves, stay in view. The 26 cm length suits tanks of about 45 cm and longer; in a 60 to 90 cm aquarium it can lie on an open patch of sand as though hauled out on a riverbank. Bottom-dwelling fish such as corydoras forage over and around it, and in a goldfish tank its flat shape leaves nothing to tip over. For a croc-themed tank it pairs with the Hatching Baby Crocodile (37490) and the Crocodile Head (37493) from the same range. Rinse it in warm water before use and clean it at water changes with a soft brush, never soap, since residues harm fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground decoration:** Adds interest without blocking the view behind.
- **Sand patches:** A basking-croc scene on open substrate.
- **Goldfish tanks:** Flat and stable where fish dig and push.
- **Children's tanks:** A crocodile for young fishkeepers to spot.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Lay it flat:** Settle it onto sand or fine gravel so it rests evenly.
- **Angle it:** Turn the body slightly diagonal for a more natural pose.
- **Brush clean:** Soft brush under running water at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 cm low profile:** Lies flat on the substrate.
- **Medium size:** 17 × 26 cm footprint.
- **Two sizes:** Medium here, Large (37492L) at 21 × 33.5 cm.
- **Non-toxic:** Aquarium safe, per Aqua One.
- **Easy care:** Durable with minimal maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37492M
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186420
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Kids Ornament (Crocodile)
- **Dimensions:** 17 cm W × 26 cm D × 3 cm H
- **Range:** Aqua One Kids, Castles & Miniatures
- **Range Sizes:** Medium 37492M (17 × 26 × 3 cm); Large 37492L (21 × 33.5 × 3 cm)
- **Suits Tanks:** About 45 cm long and up
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Ornament Treasure Chest & Plant 9x8x14cm
Treasure chest feature with integrated plant detail.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-treasure-chest-plant-9x8x14cm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 36356 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136090406
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/36356-1.jpg
A classic sunken-treasure look usually calls for a chest and a plant placed side by side rather than as one combined piece. Ornament Treasure Chest & Plant 9x8x14cm (SKU: 36356) is Aqua One's Treasure Chest & Plant ornament, a 9 x 8 x 14 cm piece combining a treasure chest with built-in plant detailing in one casting, made from non-toxic material. The combined design means the chest and its surrounding foliage are placed and cleaned as a single piece rather than two separate ornaments.
The chest sits low on the substrate while the moulded plant element rises above it, giving the display some height without needing a second ornament or a live plant alongside it. Aqua One describes it as safe for aquatic life, and like the rest of its small ornament range it is designed for easy drop-in placement with no gluing or sealing required. At 14 cm tall it suits a standard community tank as a secondary feature rather than a tank's single centrepiece. Because the plant element is cast as part of the same piece, there is no separate stem or base to anchor, which also means nothing can snap off and drift loose the way a two-part ornament sometimes does. The combined shape is intended to read as a single scene rather than a chest with an afterthought plant stuck beside it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Classic aquascapes:** A treasure-chest feature for a sunken-ship or pirate theme.
- **Combined plant and ornament:** One piece doing the job of two separate decorations.
- **Standard community tanks:** A 14 cm feature suited to secondary placement.
- **Fish cover:** The chest and plant base give small fish somewhere to shelter.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear any dust from the surface before placing it in the tank.
- **Set on the substrate:** Stand it on gravel or sand clear of the filter outlet.
- **Pair with real decor:** Use it alongside driftwood or live plants for a fuller scene.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Combined design:** Treasure chest and plant detail cast as one ornament.
- **9 x 8 x 14 cm:** Sized for standard community tanks as a secondary feature.
- **Non-toxic material:** Safe for aquatic life.
- **No fixing required:** Drops straight onto the substrate.
- **Classic styling:** Suits pirate or sunken-treasure aquascape themes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 36356
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136090406
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Treasure Decor
- **Size:** 9 cm (W) x 8 cm (D) x 14 cm (H)
- **Material:** Non-toxic
- **Design:** Combined treasure chest and plant
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater community aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Triple Arch 12wx3dx10cmh
Slim three-arch ornament for small fish to swim through in compact tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-triple-arch-12wx3dx10cmh/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 37481 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186307
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/37481-1.jpg
Small schooling fish patrol the gaps in a layout, and an arch gives them a doorway to pass through. Ornament Triple Arch 12wx3dx10cmh (SKU: 37481) is an Aqua One ornament of three arches standing side by side, 12 cm wide, only 3 cm deep and 10 cm high, from the maker's Exotics ornament range alongside the Pergola (37483), Stacked Stones (37482) and Santorini Village (37528). Its slim profile means it takes up almost no floor space, so it suits nano and small tanks as well as the midground of a larger aquarium. Aqua One lists it as easy to set up and maintain, non-toxic and aquarium safe, and long-lasting with minimal maintenance.
The maker rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. Placed across the middle of a tank, the openings frame the view through to the background and give small fish such as tetras, rasboras, guppies and shrimp something to swim through or graze along; in a small tank it can stand against the back glass as a ruin or garden feature. At only 3 cm deep it should be set into the substrate by a centimetre or so, or backed by a stone or plant, so a goldfish or a digging cichlid cannot push it over. For an exotic or garden theme it combines with other pieces in the range such as the Japanese Lantern (36940), the Stone Lantern (36939) or the Bamboo Gazebo (36720). Rinse it in warm water before it goes in, and clean it at water changes with a soft brush, using no soap or chemical cleaners, since residues are harmful to fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Swim-through feature:** Openings for small fish to pass through.
- **Nano and small tanks:** Only 3 cm deep, so it barely uses floor space.
- **Exotic and garden themes:** Pairs with lanterns, gazebos and stacked stones.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Rated by Aqua One for both.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Set it in:** Bed the base into the substrate for stability.
- **Back it up:** Place a stone or plant behind it in tanks with active fish.
- **Brush clean:** Soft brush under running water at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three arches:** A row of openings in one piece.
- **Slim profile:** 12 × 3 × 10 cm.
- **Exotics range:** Matches Aqua One's lanterns, pergola and village pieces.
- **Non-toxic:** Aquarium safe, per the maker.
- **Low maintenance:** Long-lasting and simple to clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 37481
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186307
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Exotic Ornament (Arch)
- **Dimensions:** 12 cm W × 3 cm D × 10 cm H
- **Range:** Aqua One Exotics ornaments
- **Companion Pieces:** Pergola (37483), Stacked Stones (37482), Japanese Lantern (36940)
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Ornament Wrecked Barrel On Rock Small 13x12.5x13cm
Barrel-on-rock feature for tropical, marine and coldwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-wrecked-barrel-on-rock-small-13x12-5x13cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 36747 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136137811
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/36747-1.jpg
A feature piece earns its place faster when it also does the job of hiding a filter intake or a heater against the glass. Ornament Wrecked Barrel On Rock Small 13x12.5x13cm (SKU: 36747) is Aqua One's Wrecked Barrel On Rock ornament in the small size, a 13 x 12.5 x 13 cm piece pairing a weathered barrel with a rock base, designed to work as a centrepiece in a newly set-up tank as well as a practical way to screen off equipment that would otherwise be in view. Aqua One lists it as suitable for tropical, marine and coldwater aquariums, covering the full range of common aquarium set-ups.
The rock base gives the barrel a settled, grounded look rather than sitting loose on open gravel, and the combination gives fish an extra hiding place around and underneath the barrel. Aqua One positions it as a way to add atmosphere to a display while also concealing equipment visible against the glass. It is part of a wider range of similarly styled ornaments, so it can be matched with other wrecked or weathered pieces for a consistent theme through the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank set-ups:** A ready-made centrepiece for a freshly decorated display.
- **Hiding equipment:** Positioned in front of a filter intake or heater to screen it from view.
- **Tropical, marine or coldwater tanks:** One ornament suited to all three.
- **Extra fish cover:** The barrel and rock combination gives additional hiding space.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust from the surface before placing it in the tank.
- **Position in front of equipment:** Use it to screen a filter intake or heater if needed.
- **Set on firm substrate:** Stand it where the rock base sits level.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe by hand rather than with chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Barrel-on-rock design:** A weathered barrel grounded on a rock base.
- **13 x 12.5 x 13 cm:** Small size for standard community tanks.
- **Tropical, marine and coldwater use:** Suited to all three common set-ups.
- **Equipment screening:** Doubles as cover for a filter intake or heater.
- **Extra fish cover:** Additional hiding space around and under the barrel.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 36747
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136137811
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Barrel/Rock Decor
- **Size:** 13 cm (W) x 12.5 cm (D) x 13 cm (H)
- **Design:** Barrel on a rock base
- **Suitable For:** Tropical, marine and coldwater aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Tropical, marine and coldwater aquariums
---
#### Ornament Yab Hide Pipes Lg12 Lx10 Wx11.5cmh
Clustered pipe hide for yabbies and fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/ornament-yab-hide-pipes-lg12-lx10-wx11-5cmh/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10389L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136103021
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/10389L-1.jpg
Yabbies and other bottom-dwelling species need a tunnel to retreat into, not just open gravel to sit on. Ornament Yab Hide Pipes Lg12 Lx10 Wx11.5cmh (SKU: 10389L) is Aqua One's large Yab Hide Pipes ornament, a cluster of three grey pipes measuring about 12 cm long, 10 cm wide and 11.5 cm tall, grouped together to give several entry points rather than a single tunnel. The grey finish gives it a plain, industrial look that blends into most aquascapes rather than standing out as a themed piece.
The clustered-pipe design suits yabbies and crayfish as a den as readily as it suits fish looking for a hide, since several openings mean more than one animal can use the piece without competing for the same entrance. It is listed as suitable for aquariums generally rather than restricted to one water type or fish group, and like the rest of Aqua One's hide-style ornaments it drops straight onto the substrate with no fixing required. The large size suits a standard to larger community or yabby tank over a small nano set-up. The pipes are hollow right through, so water circulates freely inside each one rather than trapping stagnant pockets, and the open ends mean the cluster needs no special cleaning beyond the usual rinse during a water change. Because it has no moving parts and no coating that can wear off, it holds up to the kind of handling a yabby or a larger crayfish gives an ornament while digging or rearranging its own territory.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yabby and crayfish tanks:** A clustered den with several entry points.
- **Bottom-dwelling fish:** Catfish, loaches and similar species that prefer tunnel cover.
- **Multi-animal tanks:** Several openings reduce competition for one hide.
- **Standard to larger community tanks:** Sized above small nano set-ups.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Clear dust from inside and around the pipes before placing it in the tank.
- **Angle the openings outward:** Position it so each pipe entrance is reachable.
- **Set on firm substrate:** Stand the cluster where it won't shift or roll.
- **Clean during water changes:** Rinse the pipe interiors to clear any debris.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Clustered pipe design:** Three grey pipes grouped for multiple entry points.
- **12 x 10 x 11.5 cm:** Large size suited to standard to larger tanks.
- **Suited to yabbies and fish:** A den for crayfish as well as a fish hide.
- **Plain grey finish:** Blends into most aquascape styles.
- **No fixing required:** Drops straight onto the substrate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10389L
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136103021
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Yabbie/Fish Hide Pipes
- **Size:** 12 cm (L) x 10 cm (W) x 11.5 cm (H)
- **Design:** Cluster of 3 pipes
- **Colour:** Grey
- **Suitable For:** Yabbies, crayfish and bottom-dwelling fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
### Aqua One — Accessories
#### Digital Auto Feeder
LCD-timed automatic feeder for up to five dry-food feeds a day.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/digital-auto-feeder/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12048 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136115482
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/12048-1.jpg
A long weekend away, a late shift or a holiday week is when feeding routines fall apart, and fish do better on small regular meals than on one big feed when someone remembers. Digital Auto Feeder (SKU: 12048) is Aqua One's digital automatic feeder, sold in Australia as the Dial-A-Diet Digital Auto Feeder. It is set through a clear LCD screen with a built-in digital clock, and Aqua One states that it can feed up to five times a day with up to three portions per feed, so a light morning feed and a larger evening feed can be set from the same unit. It takes dry foods such as flakes and pellets, and it can run on its timer or be triggered manually.
Because each feed time has its own portion setting, the daily ration can be spread out rather than dropped in at once, which suits fish that graze through the day and keeps uneaten food off the substrate. The feeder runs on two AA batteries, which retailers note are not included, so it keeps working through a blackout that would stop a mains-powered unit. Aqua One lists it for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and Australian retailers show a one-year guarantee on the pack. The food capacity and unit dimensions are not published, so test the portion size with the food you plan to use before relying on it for a trip. Frozen, wet and gel foods are not suitable for an automatic dry-food dispenser.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Holidays and weekends away:** Keeps a regular dry-food routine going while nobody is home.
- **Busy weekday schedules:** Delivers a midday feed that would otherwise be missed.
- **Several small meals:** Splits the daily ration into up to five timed feeds for grazing fish.
- **Coldwater, tropical or marine:** One feeder for goldfish, community or reef fish on dry foods.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit batteries:** Insert two AA batteries (not included) and set the clock on the LCD screen.
- **Set feed times:** Enter up to five feeds a day and choose one to three portions for each.
- **Fill with dry food:** Use flakes or pellets only, keeping the food dry and free of moisture.
- **Test before leaving:** Run a manual feed to check the portion size and that food lands in the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to five feeds daily:** Separate times for morning, midday and evening meals.
- **One to three portions per feed:** Different quantities at different times of day.
- **LCD with digital clock:** Clear screen for setting accurate feed times.
- **Manual or automatic:** Feed on demand or leave it running on the timer.
- **Battery powered:** Two AA cells, independent of mains power.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12048
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136115482
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Automatic Fish Feeder
- **Also Sold As:** Aqua One Dial-A-Diet Digital Auto Feeder
- **Feeding Schedule:** Up to 5 feeds per day, up to 3 portions per feed
- **Display:** LCD screen with built-in digital clock
- **Operation:** Automatic timer or manual feed
- **Power:** 2 × AA batteries (not included)
- **Suitable Foods:** Dry foods such as flakes and pellets
- **Warranty:** 1-year guarantee as listed by Australian retailers
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Veggie Clip With Suction Cup 6.6cm
Suction-mounted food clip that holds fresh vegetables in place for grazing fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/veggie-clip-with-suction-cup-6-6cm/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 23209 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136169317
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/23209-1.jpg
Plecos, mollies and many marine herbivores graze through the day, and a slice of vegetable dropped on the bottom is soon scattered, buried or left to rot. Veggie Clip With Suction Cup 6.6cm (SKU: 23209) is Aqua One's 6.6 cm feeding clip, a clip on a suction cup that holds fresh food in place on the aquarium glass so fish can graze on it. Aqua One states that its strong grip holds evenly sliced fresh food in place, keeping it accessible to grazers throughout the day, and that the suction cup can be attached in any position. The clip detaches from the suction cup for easier cleaning, and the maker lists it as made from aquarium-safe materials, so no unwanted toxins go into the water.
Holding food off the substrate reduces waste and makes tank cleaning more efficient, according to Aqua One, because the leftovers come out with the clip rather than breaking down in the gravel. The maker rates it for coldwater, freshwater tropical and marine aquariums. In fresh water, slices of blanched zucchini or cucumber, or a few spinach leaves, suit plecos, otocinclus, mollies and goldfish; in marine tanks the same kind of clip is commonly used for dried seaweed sheets for tangs, rabbitfish and other grazers. Aqua One suggests adding more than one clip so that fish with different preferences each have their favourite food, which also spreads out grazers that squabble over a single slice. Since the suction cup fits in any position, the clip can be moved between feeds so the food appears where the target fish spend their time. Remove uneaten vegetables within a day so they do not foul the water, and rinse the clip and suction cup in warm water between uses, without soap or detergent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pleco and otocinclus tanks:** A slice held where grazers can reach it.
- **Goldfish and livebearers:** Fresh greens alongside dry food.
- **Marine herbivores:** Seaweed sheets for tangs and rabbitfish.
- **Mixed communities:** Several clips to spread out competing grazers.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Slice evenly:** Thin, even slices grip firmly, as Aqua One's directions suggest.
- **Place to suit the fish:** Low on the glass for bottom grazers, higher for mid-water fish.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten vegetables within a day.
- **Clean the clip:** Detach it from the suction cup and rinse in warm water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Strong grip:** Holds evenly sliced food in place.
- **Suction mount:** Attaches in any position on the glass.
- **Detachable clip:** Separates from the cup for cleaning.
- **Less waste:** Food stays off the gravel, per Aqua One.
- **Three water types:** Coldwater, tropical and marine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 23209
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136169317
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Vegetable Feeding Clip
- **Size:** 6.6 cm
- **Mounting:** Suction cup, any position
- **Material:** Aquarium-safe (per Aqua One)
- **Cleaning:** Clip detaches from the suction cup
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, freshwater tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Worm Feeder Cone
Transparent suction-mounted cone for slow, mess-free feeding of live and frozen worms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/worm-feeder-cone/
- Price: $2.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10903 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136032468
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/10903-1.jpg
Bloodworms and live worms tipped straight into a tank sink into the gravel, where the fish cannot reach them and the leftovers foul the water. Worm Feeder Cone (SKU: 10903) is Aqua One's funnel-shaped feeder for live and frozen worms, a transparent plastic cone that holds the food in one place and lets it work out slowly for the fish to pick off. Aqua One describes it as a simple, mess-free way to feed worms that provides a slow release of food, prevents food from scattering within the aquarium and lets the owner monitor how much the fish are eating. A suction cup secures the cone in place, and the maker lists it as made from durable plastic and easy to install and remove.
Aqua One lists it as suitable for tropical aquariums. The cone suits live blackworms and white worms as well as thawed frozen bloodworms, and a retailer description notes that the basket stops live white worms escaping into the gravel substrate. Fish that feed well from a cone include bettas, gouramis, angelfish, discus, tetras and rainbowfish, which soon learn to pick worms from the openings. Because the cone stays fixed in one spot, it becomes a regular feeding station, and the fish gather there at feeding time. Load a small portion, enough to be eaten in a few minutes, so nothing is left to decay, and look through the clear walls to see how much has gone. Keep frozen worms in the freezer until needed, then thaw a portion and rinse it in a little tank water before it goes in. Fix the suction cup to clean, smooth glass near the surface and away from strong filter flow, which would wash food out too quickly. Rinse the cone after each feeding in warm water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Live worm feeding:** Blackworms and white worms kept out of the gravel.
- **Frozen bloodworms:** Thawed portions released slowly.
- **Discus and angelfish:** Mid-water fish that pick from a cone.
- **Watching intake:** Clear walls show how much is left.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Fix it high:** Press the suction cup onto clean glass near the surface, away from strong flow.
- **Small portions:** Add only what the fish clear in a few minutes.
- **Thaw first:** Defrost frozen worms and rinse them before loading.
- **Clean after use:** Remove leftovers and rinse the cone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Funnel shape:** Slow release of food, per Aqua One.
- **Transparent:** Monitor how much the fish are eating.
- **Suction mount:** Holds the cone securely in place.
- **Durable plastic:** Easy to install and remove.
- **Less mess:** Stops food scattering through the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10903
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136032468
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Live Food Feeder
- **Shape:** Funnel (cone) basket
- **Material:** Durable transparent plastic
- **Mounting:** Suction cup
- **Foods:** Live and frozen worms
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums (per Aqua One)
---
### Aqua One — Freshwater aquarium
#### Aqua One Glass Thermometer
Mercury-free 0–32 °C glass thermometer with silicone suction cup.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aqua-one-glass-thermometer/
- Price: $5.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10306 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136032116
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/22477_21656_2.webp
A heater's dial says what it is set to, not what the water is, and the gap between the two is where fish get sick. Aqua One Glass Thermometer (SKU: 10306) is Aqua One's basic in-tank glass thermometer, a sealed glass tube with a printed scale that reads 0 to 32 °C and a silicone suction cup that holds it to the inside of the glass. Aqua One states that every fish species has specific temperature requirements and that this model is easy to read, uses a high-quality silicone suction cap and contains no mercury. It is rated for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, which covers everything from a goldfish bowl to a reef tank.
The scale carries a green guide band, which Petstock's listing describes as showing the temperatures preferred by most tropical species, so a glance from across the room tells you whether the water is in the right zone without reading the numbers. Fix it on a side pane at mid-depth, away from the heater and the filter outlet, where it reads the body of the water rather than a warm or cool current. Glass thermometers drift very little and need no batteries, which is why one belongs in every tank even where a digital readout is fitted. Aqua One's thermometer range also includes a Premium Glass Thermometer (10309), a Glass Nano Thermometer (10310) for small tanks and stick-on and LCD models, but this is the plain model that does the job in a standard tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Every heated tank:** An independent check on what the heater is actually delivering.
- **Coldwater and goldfish tanks:** Watching summer highs in an unheated tank.
- **Marine and reef:** Rated by Aqua One for saltwater use.
- **Quarantine and breeding tanks:** A simple thermometer for every spare tank in the house.
**How to Use**
- **Fit the cup:** Press the silicone suction cup onto clean glass inside the tank, below the waterline.
- **Choose the spot:** A side pane at mid-depth, away from the heater and filter flow.
- **Read at eye level:** Look straight at the column; the green band marks the tropical range.
- **Check daily:** A glance at feeding time catches a failed heater before the fish show it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0–32 °C range:** Covers coldwater, tropical and marine temperatures.
- **Mercury free:** Aqua One's statement for added safety.
- **Silicone suction cup:** Holds the tube to the inside of the glass.
- **Green guide band:** Shows the preferred tropical zone at a glance.
- **No batteries:** A glass column that works for years.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 10306
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136032116
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Thermometer
- **Model:** Aqua One Glass Thermometer, item 10306
- **Range:** 0–32 °C
- **Mounting:** Silicone suction cup, inside the tank
- **Fill:** Mercury free
- **Scale Marking:** Green guide band for the tropical range
- **Related Models:** Premium Glass Thermometer (10309), Glass Nano Thermometer (10310)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquasys 155 Tropical/plant Aquarium 155l 60l X 55d X 53cm H
Frameless low-iron glass aquarium with extra depth for aquascaping.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquasys-155-tropical-plant-aquarium-155l-60l-x-55d-x-53cm-h/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 53452 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136171556
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/53452-1.jpg
Most 60 cm tanks are only 30 or 36 cm deep, and a layered aquascape needs room behind the hardscape as much as in front of it. AquaSys 155 Tropical/Plant Aquarium 155L 60L X 55D X 53cm H (SKU: 53452) is the smallest of Aqua One's three AquaSys tanks, a frameless 60 × 55 × 53 cm aquarium holding 155 L, built from low-iron OptiClear glass that Aqua One says ensures optimum clarity and true colour viewing. The AquaSys is sold as a bare tank: no filter, heater or light is included, which Aqua One frames as fully customisable so the owner designs the set-up. Removable lids give an open-top layout, a foam base is provided to support the frameless glass, and the 55 cm depth offers what Aqua One calls extra depth for endless aquascaping possibilities.
The footprint matches Aqua One's ReefSys 180 cabinet, sold separately as the ReefSys 180 / AquaSys 155 Cabinet, 60 × 55 × 80 cm high, in White (53446WH-S), Concrete (53446CC-S) and Nebraska Oak (53446NO-S) finishes, which keeps the filter and other equipment out of sight. Aqua One rates the tank for coldwater and tropical fish and markets it as a tropical and planted aquarium; the series continues with the AquaSys 235 (53453) and AquaSys 315 (53454). A full 155 L of water weighs 155 kg before glass, substrate and rock, so the tank needs the matching cabinet or a stand built for the load, on a level floor.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquascapes:** The 55 cm depth allows a proper foreground, midground and background in a 60 cm tank.
- **Custom equipment builds:** A bare tank for owners who choose their own canister filter, heater and LED.
- **Coldwater and tropical communities:** 155 L for a goldfish pair or a tropical community.
- **Open-top displays:** Lids come off for a rimless look with a hanging light.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the base:** Place the matching cabinet or a load-rated stand on a level floor; lay the supplied foam under the tank.
- **Dry-fit the scape:** Position rock and wood on the bare glass before substrate so weight sits on the base, not the sand.
- **Add equipment:** Fit a canister filter, heater and light sized for 155 L; none is included.
- **Fill slowly and cycle:** Pour onto a plate, check seams for the first day, then cycle the filter before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low-iron OptiClear glass:** Clear edges and true colour, according to Aqua One.
- **55 cm deep:** Far deeper than a standard 60 cm tank for layered aquascapes.
- **Frameless with foam base:** Clean lines and a supplied support mat.
- **Removable lids:** Covered or open top as the set-up demands.
- **Bare tank:** Choose every piece of equipment yourself.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 53452
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136171556
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Frameless Glass Aquarium
- **Model:** Aqua One AquaSys 155, item 53452
- **Tank Size:** 60 cm L × 55 cm D × 53 cm H
- **Capacity:** 155 L
- **Glass:** Low-iron OptiClear, frameless
- **Included:** Tank, removable lids, foam base; no filter, heater or light
- **Matching Cabinet:** ReefSys 180 / AquaSys 155 Cabinet 60 × 55 × 80 cm, sold separately in White (53446WH-S), Concrete (53446CC-S) and Nebraska Oak (53446NO-S)
- **Series:** AquaSys 155 (53452), 235 (53453), 315 (53454)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquavogue 125 Aquarium 125l 80w X 42d X 50/75cm H Black
All-in-one freshwater aquarium kit with cabinet and timer-controlled LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquavogue-125-aquarium-125l-80w-x-42d-x-50-75cm-h-black/
- Price: $899.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 54244BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136130980
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/9325136130980.jpg
Setting up a new display usually means sourcing a tank, a stand, a filter, a heater and a light separately and hoping the proportions work together. Aquavogue 125 Aquarium 125l 80w X 42d X 50/75cm H Black (SKU: 54244BK) is Aqua One's complete 125-litre aquarium kit in black, an 80 x 42 cm footprint tank on a stepped cabinet that takes the overall height from 50 to 75 cm, with the tank, light, filter, heater and cabinet arriving as one matched set. It is built for a tropical or coldwater freshwater community and is aimed at a first display or a straightforward replacement set-up rather than a specialist build.
An integrated internal filter sits inside the tank and handles biological and mechanical filtration, while a glass heater with an adjustable thermostat holds a stable temperature for tropical stocking. The RGB LED light runs on a timer so daytime colour display and a separate moonlight setting switch automatically rather than needing to be turned on and off by hand. Lid flaps on top give feeding and maintenance access without lifting the whole lid off the tank, and the matching black cabinet underneath provides storage for food, nets and spare equipment. Aqua One lists the set as suitable for coldwater and tropical freshwater fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New display set-ups:** Tank, filter, heater, light and cabinet needed as one black unit.
- **125 L community tanks:** Tropical or coldwater fish needing a stable mid-size volume.
- **Simplified first builds:** Fewer separate purchases and connections to plan around.
- **Furniture-matched fish rooms:** A cabinet base finished to match the black tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the cabinet:** Stand it on a level floor able to bear the full filled weight before fitting the tank.
- **Fit the internal filter:** Install it inside the tank and let it run in before adding fish.
- **Set the heater:** Submerge the glass heater fully and allow it to stabilise before adjusting the thermostat.
- **Program the LED timer:** Set the daytime RGB period and the moonlight period to mimic a natural cycle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-one 125 L kit:** Tank, filter, heater, LED light and cabinet in one black package.
- **Timer-controlled RGB LED:** Automates full-colour daytime lighting and a moonlight setting.
- **Integrated internal filter:** Biological and mechanical filtration built into the tank.
- **Adjustable glass heater:** Thermostat control for a stable tropical temperature.
- **Lid flaps:** Feeding and maintenance access without removing the full lid.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 54244BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136130980
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Volume:** 125 L
- **Dimensions:** 80 cm (W) x 42 cm (D) x 50/75 cm (H)
- **Filtration:** Integrated internal filter (biological and mechanical)
- **Heating:** Glass heater with adjustable thermostat
- **Lighting:** RGB LED with timer and moonlight setting
- **Cabinet:** Included, matching black finish, with lid flaps for access
- **Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Arc 46 Glass Aquarium 46l 40l X 34.5d X 40cm H
Curved-front 46 L aquarium with rear filter and 10 W touch-dimmable LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/arc-46-glass-aquarium-46l-40l-x-34-5d-x-40cm-h/
- Price: $229.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56234 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136163292
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56234-1.jpg
A desk or kitchen bench has room for a tank about 40 cm wide, and the usual choice at that size is a plastic bowl. Arc 46 Glass Aquarium 46L 40L X 34.5D X 40cm H (SKU: 56234) is Aqua One's glass alternative: a 40 × 34.5 × 40 cm aquarium holding 46 L with a curved front pane, an integrated rear filter compartment and an LED light built into the lid. Aqua One states that the rear internal filtration system provides a combination of biological, mechanical and chemical filtration, so nothing hangs in the display. The lighting is a 10 W LED with two settings, white with moonlight and moonlight only, and a dimming function that works by holding down the touch switch.
Total power draw is listed at 12.5 W for light and pump together, and the internal filter is rated at 100 L/h, a little over two turnovers an hour, which suits the small fish this tank is meant for. No heater is included; Aqua One notes that a heater can be added for a tropical set-up, and a 25 to 50 W glass heater is the usual size for 46 L. The lid is removable for feeding and maintenance, and Aqua One backs the Arc 46 with a one-year guarantee. Spare parts for the filter are listed below. Aqua One rates it for coldwater and freshwater tropical fish; a betta with shrimp or a small tetra shoal are typical stocking for 46 L. The Arc 30 is the smaller model in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop and bench tanks:** A 40 cm footprint with light and filter already built in.
- **First aquariums:** 46 L is forgiving for a beginner compared with a 10 L bowl.
- **Betta and shrimp set-ups:** Gentle rear filtration and a moonlight setting for evening viewing.
- **Small tropical shoals:** Add a heater for tetras, rasboras or dwarf gouramis.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site and level:** A flat, sturdy surface out of direct sun; 46 L of water weighs 46 kg.
- **Load the rear filter:** Fit the sponge, ceramic and carbon cartridges in the back compartment and seat the pump.
- **Add a heater if needed:** A small glass heater for tropical fish; none is supplied.
- **Fill, light, cycle:** Fill, set the LED with the touch switch and cycle the filter before stocking fully.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Curved front glass:** A bowed pane that widens the view in a small tank.
- **Hidden rear filtration:** Biological, mechanical and chemical stages behind the back wall.
- **10 W touch-dimmable LED:** White with moonlight, or moonlight alone, dimmed by holding the switch.
- **Low running cost:** 12.5 W in total for pump and light.
- **One-year guarantee:** Aqua One's cover on the Arc 46.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56234
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136163292
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Model:** Aqua One Arc 46, item 56234
- **Tank Size:** 40 cm L × 34.5 cm D × 40 cm H
- **Capacity:** 46 L
- **Filter:** Integrated rear internal filter, 100 L/h
- **Lighting:** 10 W LED; white/moonlight and moonlight settings; touch dimming
- **Power:** 12.5 W total
- **Heater:** Not included; can be added
- **Spare Parts:** 25169I impeller set, 25001C carbon cartridge, 25102C ceramic cartridge, 25183S sponge
- **Warranty:** 1 year, according to Aqua One
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Betta Condo Duo 40x24x24cm
Two-compartment 20.1 L betta tank with preset heater and hidden filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/betta-condo-duo-40x24x24cm/
- Price: $189.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56290 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136176681
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56290-1.jpg
Two male bettas cannot share a tank, but they can share one heater, one filter and one footprint if the tank is divided properly. Betta Condo Duo 40x24x24cm (SKU: 56290) is Aqua One's twin betta aquarium, a 40 × 24 × 24 cm glass tank holding 20.1 L, split into two compartments by a black divider so each fish has its own space and neither can see the other. Aqua One supplies it as a set: the tank, a pre-set glass heater that Aqua One says helps maintain the optimum temperature, an integrated filter behind the back wall providing biological, mechanical and chemical filtration, a bottle of water conditioner and a removable lid. No light is included, so the Condo Duo sits under room light or a clip-on LED of the owner's choice.
Each compartment takes about half of the 40 cm length and holds roughly 10 L, which is a proper amount of water for a long-finned betta rather than the cup it came in, and the shared heater and filter mean both halves stay at the same temperature and water quality. The water conditioner removes chlorine and chloramines from tap water, as Aqua One states, so the first fill can be made straight from the tap. Spare parts listed by Aqua One are the 25169I impeller set, the 25312S 15 ppi sponge and the 25001C carbon cartridge, all standard Aqua One filter parts. Aqua One rates the Condo Duo for bettas and shrimp; the Condo Mono (56289) is the single-compartment 20 × 24 × 24 cm version and the Condo Trio (56291) houses three fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two male bettas:** Separate compartments with a solid divider, one heater and one filter.
- **Betta and shrimp:** A fish on one side and a shrimp colony on the other.
- **Breeder holding:** Keeping a pair apart in sight-proof compartments before or after spawning.
- **Desk and shelf tanks:** A 40 cm footprint with heater and filter already in the box.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position and level:** A flat surface out of direct sun; 20 L of water weighs 20 kg with the glass.
- **Fit the divider and filter:** Seat the black divider, load the sponge and carbon cartridge and set the heater.
- **Condition the water:** Fill from the tap and dose the supplied conditioner for 20 L.
- **Run before stocking:** Let the heater and filter run for a day or more, then add one betta per side.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Divided in two:** A black divider keeps two bettas apart and out of sight of each other.
- **Pre-set glass heater:** Tropical temperature without a dial to set.
- **Hidden three-stage filter:** Biological, mechanical and chemical filtration behind the back wall.
- **Conditioner included:** Tap water treated from the first fill.
- **Removable lid:** Easy feeding and maintenance access.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56290
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136176681
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Betta Aquarium Kit
- **Model:** Aqua One Betta Condo Duo, item 56290
- **Tank Size:** 40 cm L × 24 cm D × 24 cm H
- **Capacity:** 20.1 L, two compartments
- **Included:** Tank, divider, pre-set glass heater, integrated filter, water conditioner, removable lid
- **Light:** Not included
- **Spare Parts:** 25169I impeller set, 25312S sponge 15 ppi, 25001C carbon cartridge
- **Range:** Condo Mono (56289), Condo Duo (56290), Condo Trio (56291)
- **Target Environment:** Betta and shrimp aquariums, freshwater
---
#### Betta Condo Mono 20x24x24cm
Single 9.9 L betta set with heater, filter, conditioner and gravel ornaments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/betta-condo-mono-20x24x24cm/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56289 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136176674
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56289-1.jpg
The usual betta purchase is a fish, a bowl and a vague plan to add a heater later; the heater is the part that gets forgotten and the part the fish needs most. Betta Condo Mono 20x24x24cm (SKU: 56289) is Aqua One's single-fish betta set, a 20 × 24 × 24 cm glass tank of 9.9 L supplied with a pre-set glass heater, an integrated filter, a bottle of water conditioner, gravel ornaments and a removable lid. Aqua One states that the pre-set heater helps maintain the optimum temperature and that the integrated filter provides biological, mechanical and chemical filtration, which is the full set of equipment a betta needs in one box. There is no light in the set, so the Mono is placed where room light reaches it or fitted with a small clip-on LED.
At 9.9 L the Mono is the smallest of the Condo tanks and the one for a single fish on a desk, a bedside table or a kitchen bench, with a 20 cm footprint that fits where larger kits will not. The gravel ornaments in the box dress the floor, and the conditioner, which Aqua One says removes chlorine and chloramines from tap water, treats the first fill. Spare parts listed for the Mono are the 25169I impeller set, the 25311S 15 ppi sponge and the 25001C carbon cartridge. Aqua One rates the tank for bettas and shrimp, and a small shrimp group can share the tank with a calm betta. The same range includes the Condo Duo (56290), a 40 cm tank divided for two fish, and the Condo Trio (56291) for three.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **One betta, done properly:** Heated, filtered and covered in a 10 L tank rather than a bowl.
- **Shrimp with a betta:** A few cherry shrimp alongside a placid fish.
- **Small spaces:** A 20 cm footprint for a desk, shelf or bedside table.
- **Gifts and first tanks:** Everything but the fish and the light in a single box.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse and place:** Rinse the tank and gravel ornaments in plain water; set the tank on a level surface.
- **Fit the equipment:** Load the sponge and carbon cartridge, set the heater and fill with tap water.
- **Dose the conditioner:** Treat 10 L with the supplied conditioner before the fish goes in.
- **Warm up first:** Run the heater until the water reaches tropical temperature, then float and release the betta.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete single-betta set:** Tank, heater, filter, conditioner and ornaments together.
- **Pre-set glass heater:** Holds tropical temperature with no adjustment.
- **Three-stage integrated filter:** Biological, mechanical and chemical stages built in.
- **Gravel ornaments included:** The floor is dressed out of the box.
- **20 cm footprint:** The smallest Condo, sized for a desk.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56289
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136176674
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Betta Aquarium Kit
- **Model:** Aqua One Betta Condo Mono, item 56289
- **Tank Size:** 20 cm L × 24 cm D × 24 cm H
- **Capacity:** 9.9 L
- **Included:** Tank, pre-set glass heater, integrated filter, water conditioner, gravel ornaments, removable lid
- **Light:** Not included
- **Spare Parts:** 25169I impeller set, 25311S sponge 15 ppi, 25001C carbon cartridge
- **Range:** Condo Mono (56289), Condo Duo (56290), Condo Trio (56291)
- **Target Environment:** Betta and shrimp aquariums, freshwater
---
#### Betta Haven Acrylic Aquarium 7l 22w X 15.5d X 26.5cm H
Low-voltage 7 L acrylic betta tank with LED, filter and 25 °C preset heater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/betta-haven-acrylic-aquarium-7l-22w-x-15-5d-x-26-5cm-h/
- Price: $89.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56299 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136149555
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56299-4-100x100-1.jpg
A betta on a child's desk needs warm, filtered water and equipment that is safe to have within reach, which rules out most bowls and a lot of mains-powered heaters. Betta Haven Acrylic Aquarium 7L 22W X 15.5D X 26.5cm H (SKU: 56299) is Aqua One's compact acrylic betta aquarium, 22 × 15.5 × 26.5 cm and 7 L, in black, sold as a complete set with an LED light unit, a filter, a preset heater and a stick-on thermometer. Aqua One states that the tank features low-voltage equipment, that the filter provides mechanical and biological filtration to maintain water quality, and that the electronic preset heater holds 25 °C with a stated accuracy of plus or minus 1 °C. The tank is acrylic, which Aqua One describes as aquarium safe, lighter and tougher than glass of the same size.
The tall 26.5 cm profile gives a betta room to rise to the surface for air while keeping the footprint to 22 × 15.5 cm, about the size of an A5 sheet. A removable lid gives feeding and cleaning access, the energy-efficient LED lights the tank without heating it, and the stick-on thermometer on the outside of the acrylic confirms what the preset heater is doing. Aqua One pitches the Betta Haven at beginners and backs it with a one-year guarantee. With 7 L, the Haven is a single-betta tank: one fish, a few plants and a weekly water change of two or three litres, with no heater dial for a child to turn. Aqua One lists Betta as the suitable species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A child's first betta:** Low-voltage equipment and a fixed 25 °C heater with nothing to adjust.
- **Desk and bedside tanks:** An A5-sized footprint that still holds 7 L.
- **Rental and shared spaces:** Acrylic that shrugs off knocks a glass tank would not.
- **Upgrading from a bowl:** Heat, filtration and light for a betta kept in a cup or vase.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse the acrylic:** Plain water and a soft cloth only; acrylic scratches with paper towel and scourers.
- **Fit the filter and heater:** Seat the filter and preset heater as the manual shows; stick the thermometer on the outside.
- **Fill and condition:** Fill with treated tap water and let the heater bring it to 25 °C before the fish goes in.
- **Light by routine:** Run the LED for 6 to 8 hours a day and switch it off at night.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **25 °C preset heater:** Electronic control, accurate to about 1 °C, according to Aqua One.
- **Low-voltage equipment:** Safer in a bedroom or on a child's desk.
- **Acrylic tank:** Light, impact resistant and aquarium safe.
- **LED, filter and thermometer included:** A complete set in one box.
- **One-year guarantee:** Aqua One's cover on the Betta Haven.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56299
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136149555
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Betta Aquarium Kit (Acrylic)
- **Model:** Aqua One Betta Haven, item 56299
- **Tank Size:** 22 cm W × 15.5 cm D × 26.5 cm H
- **Capacity:** 7 L
- **Material:** Acrylic; colour black
- **Included:** LED light unit, filter, preset heater, stick-on thermometer, removable lid
- **Heater:** Electronic preset to 25 °C, ±1 °C
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Warranty:** 1 year, according to Aqua One
- **Target Environment:** Betta aquariums, freshwater
---
#### Betta Sanctuary Glass Aquarium 10l 22.4w X 22.4d X 26.3cm H (black)
10 L glass betta cube with white and blue LEDs, filter and preset heater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/betta-sanctuary-glass-aquarium-10l-22-4w-x-22-4d-x-26-3cm-h-black/
- Price: $119.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56308BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136150650
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56308BK-1.jpg
A betta needs about ten litres, warmth and a gentle filter, and most of the tanks sold for them deliver two of the three. Betta Sanctuary Glass Aquarium 10L 22.4W X 22.4D X 26.3cm H (Black) (SKU: 56308BK) is Aqua One's glass betta cube in the black finish, 22.4 × 22.4 × 26.3 cm and holding up to 10 L, supplied with a filter, a preset heater and a lid-mounted LED. Aqua One states that the light uses energy-efficient white and blue LEDs, the preset heater keeps the water at the right temperature, and the compact filter delivers mechanical and biological filtration. The square footprint fits a desk corner or a shelf, and the glass gives the clear, scratch-resistant view that a long-finned betta deserves.
The white LEDs give a daylight look and the blue ones a moonlight effect for the evening, so the tank can be lit for viewing after dark without a full day's photoperiod. The lid is removable for feeding and water changes, and Aqua One calls the Sanctuary great for beginners because the equipment is sized and pre-set for the tank. Aqua One rates it for bettas, tiny tropicals such as small tetras, and shrimp, which makes it one of the few betta kits with the volume for a betta plus a few companions; a white version is sold as 56308WH. Ten litres is small enough that a weekly change of two or three litres keeps the water fresh, and the preset heater means tropical temperature without a thermostat to set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single betta display:** A 10 L glass cube with heat, filtration and light in the box.
- **Betta with company:** Aqua One lists tiny tropicals and shrimp as suitable alongside a betta.
- **Evening viewing:** Blue moonlight LEDs for the tank on a desk or beside the television.
- **Beginners:** Pre-set equipment with nothing to calibrate.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse and position:** Rinse the tank with plain water and set it on a level surface out of direct sun.
- **Fit filter and heater:** Install the compact filter and preset heater as the manual shows.
- **Fill and treat:** Fill with conditioned tap water and let the heater bring it up to temperature.
- **Set the lights:** White by day for 6 to 8 hours, blue for an hour or two in the evening, off overnight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Glass construction:** Clear, scratch-resistant panels in a 22.4 cm cube.
- **White and blue LEDs:** Daylight and moonlight from the lid.
- **Preset heater:** Tropical temperature with no dial.
- **Compact filter:** Mechanical and biological stages sized for 10 L.
- **Room for companions:** Rated for betta, tiny tropicals and shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56308BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136150650
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Betta Aquarium Kit (Glass)
- **Model:** Aqua One Betta Sanctuary, item 56308BK
- **Tank Size:** 22.4 cm W × 22.4 cm D × 26.3 cm H
- **Capacity:** Up to 10 L
- **Colour:** Black (white version 56308WH)
- **Included:** Filter, preset heater, LED light, removable lid
- **Lighting:** White and blue LEDs
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Suitable For:** Betta, tiny tropicals such as tetras, shrimp, per Aqua One
- **Target Environment:** Betta and nano freshwater aquariums
---
#### Bettasense 9.7l Curved Acrylic Aquarium 24.5x17.5x30.6cm White
Curved acrylic betta tank with built-in digital thermometer, LED and filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/bettasense-9-7l-curved-acrylic-aquarium-24-5x17-5x30-6cm-white/
- Price: $119.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56314WH · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136182781
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56314WH-1.jpg
The number a betta keeper most needs to know is the water temperature, and on most small tanks it is read off a sticker on the glass with a torch. BettaSense 9.7L Curved Acrylic Aquarium 24.5x17.5x30.6cm White (SKU: 56314WH) is Aqua One's BettaSense, a 24.5 × 17.5 × 30.6 cm curved-front acrylic tank holding 9.7 L, in white, with an integrated thermometer that shows the water temperature on a digital display. Aqua One states that the integrated thermometer ensures precise temperature monitoring, that the integrated LED light offers white with moonlight or moonlight-only settings, and that the integrated filter provides biological, mechanical and chemical filtration. A feeding hatch is built into the lid, so daily feeding does not mean lifting the whole cover.
The BettaSense does not include a heater: Aqua One notes that a glass heater can be added to provide a tropical environment and is sold separately, which is where the digital thermometer earns its place, confirming the heater is holding the right temperature. The curved acrylic front widens the view of a 9.7 L tank and the white body suits a modern desk or shelf. Aqua One lists Betta and Tropical as the suitable types, so a betta or a few very small tropical fish are the intended stock once a heater is fitted. Spare parts for the filter are the 25322I BettaSense impeller, the 25311S sponge and the 25322C carbon cartridge two-pack, all listed by Aqua One, and an instruction manual and video are published for the tank. Acrylic is light and tough but scratches more easily than glass, so cleaning is done with a soft cloth, never a scouring pad.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta on a desk:** A 24.5 cm wide tank with light, filter and thermometer built in.
- **Temperature watchers:** A digital readout on the tank instead of a stick-on strip.
- **Evening viewing:** Moonlight-only LED setting for the tank in a lounge or bedroom.
- **Small tropical fish:** With a glass heater added, as Aqua One suggests.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Clean the acrylic gently:** Rinse with plain water and a soft cloth; no scourers or paper towel.
- **Load the filter:** Fit the sponge and carbon cartridge in the integrated filter and prime the pump.
- **Add a heater:** Fit a small glass heater (sold separately) and check the digital display reads 24 to 27 °C.
- **Feed through the hatch:** Use the lid's feeding access and keep the lid closed to limit evaporation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Digital thermometer built in:** Water temperature on a display, according to Aqua One.
- **Two LED modes:** White with moonlight, or moonlight only.
- **Three-stage integrated filter:** Biological, mechanical and chemical stages.
- **Curved acrylic front:** A wide view from a 9.7 L tank in white.
- **Lid feeding access:** Feed without removing the cover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56314WH
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136182781
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Betta Aquarium Kit (Acrylic)
- **Model:** Aqua One BettaSense, item 56314WH
- **Tank Size:** 24.5 cm L × 17.5 cm D × 30.6 cm H
- **Capacity:** 9.7 L
- **Material and Colour:** Acrylic, curved front, white
- **Included:** Integrated LED light, integrated filter, integrated digital thermometer, lid with feeding access
- **Heater:** Not included; glass heater sold separately
- **Spare Parts:** 25322I impeller, 25311S sponge, 25322C carbon cartridge 2-pack
- **Target Environment:** Betta and small tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Brilliance 80 176l Rectangular Aquarium Set Black (led Version)
80 cm aquarium and cabinet set with timed LED, heater and Nautilus 800 canister.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/brilliance-80-176l-rectangular-aquarium-set-black-led-version/
- Price: $1,349.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 54107BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136120547
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/54107BK-1.jpg
Buying an 80 cm tank, its cabinet, a canister filter, a heater and a light separately means four boxes and a weekend of matching parts. Brilliance 80 176L Rectangular Aquarium Set Black (LED Version) (SKU: 54107BK) is Aqua One's complete set in black: a 10 mm glass tank measuring 80 cm wide and 42 cm deep, holding 176 L, on its matching cabinet, with LED lighting on a timer, a glass heater and a Nautilus 800 external canister filter. Aqua One states that the LED timer automates daylight and moonlight cycles, the LED panel is resin coated for a high level of water resistance, and the glass heater holds the correct temperature through easy, accurate thermostat adjustment.
The Nautilus 800 is Aqua One's mid-size canister, listed by the maker at 19 × 19 × 38 cm with a 7.5 L media volume and rated for aquariums of 100 to 200 L, which puts the 176 L Brilliance in the middle of its range. Spare parts for the filter are standard Nautilus 600/800 items, listed below. Aqua One rates the set for coldwater and freshwater tropical fish, and 176 L is enough for a goldfish group, a planted community or a pair of medium cichlids. Filled and decorated, tank and water weigh well over 200 kg, so the cabinet needs a level, solid floor. The Brilliance 120 (54109BK) is the larger set in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Living-room display:** Tank, cabinet, light, heater and filter matched in black.
- **Goldfish and coldwater:** 176 L with a canister filter sized for the waste load.
- **Tropical communities:** The glass heater and LED timer give a stable, automated set-up.
- **Moving up from a 60 cm tank:** A step to 80 cm without sourcing each part separately.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble and level:** Build the cabinet on a solid floor and check it is level before the tank goes on.
- **Plumb the canister:** Fit the Nautilus 800 inside the cabinet, run intake and outlet hoses and prime it as the manual shows.
- **Fit the heater:** Place the glass heater near the filter return and set the thermostat to the fish's range.
- **Program the LED timer:** Set the daylight and moonlight periods once, then fill, cycle and stock gradually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Glass tank, cabinet, LED lighting, heater and Nautilus 800 canister filter.
- **LED on a timer:** Daylight and moonlight cycles automated, panel resin coated.
- **10 mm glass:** Thick panels for an 80 cm tank.
- **Nautilus 800 included:** A canister rated for 100–200 L aquariums with 7.5 L of media.
- **Matching black cabinet:** Equipment and hoses out of sight.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 54107BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136120547
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Aquarium and Cabinet Set
- **Model:** Aqua One Brilliance 80 Aquarium Set, item 54107BK
- **Size:** 80 cm W × 42 cm D × 65/75 cm H, per Aqua One
- **Capacity:** 176 L
- **Glass:** 10 mm
- **Included:** Glass tank, cabinet, LED lighting with timer, glass heater, Nautilus 800 canister filter
- **Filter:** Nautilus 800, 19 × 19 × 38 cm, 7.5 L media volume, for 100–200 L
- **Spare Parts:** 25081I impeller set, 25082S sponge 35 ppi, 25081S sponge 15 ppi, 25081W wool
- **Colour:** Black
- **Range:** Brilliance 80 (54107BK), Brilliance 120 (54109BK)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Coral Feeder With Extension Tube 25 48cm
Target feeder for stony corals and anemones that doubles as a detritus siphon.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/coral-feeder-with-extension-tube-25-48cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12049 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136110128
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OIP-25.webp
Pouring coral food into the water column feeds the skimmer and the algae first and the corals last. Coral Feeder With Extension Tube 25 48cm (SKU: 12049) is Aqua One's target feeder for marine tanks, a squeeze-bulb pipette that places liquefied and particulate foods directly onto stony corals, anemones and other filter feeders. Aqua One states that it is important to feed hard corals and anemones directly, as simply placing their food into the water is insufficient, and that the feeder is specifically designed for the direct feeding of liquefied and particulate foods to stony corals. It comes with an extension tube, which Aqua One says is for large aquariums, for ease of reach to corals located at the bottom of the tank; the maker lists the assembled length as 48 cm, with the shorter 25 cm figure in the product name being the feeder without its extension.
The same tool works in reverse: Aqua One notes that the Coral Feeder can also be used to eradicate detritus and excess debris from hard-to-reach areas within the aquarium, so a squeeze and release over a patch of settled waste behind rock or around a pump draws it up for removal. Feeding is a matter of drawing a few millilitres of thawed or mixed food into the tube, placing the tip a centimetre from the polyps with the pumps paused, and releasing slowly so the food settles on the coral instead of washing away. Aqua One rates the feeder for marine and coral reef aquariums. Rinse it in fresh water after each use so dried food does not block the tube.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Feeding LPS and anemones:** Meaty or particulate food placed on the mouth of each coral.
- **Non-photosynthetic corals:** Sun corals and gorgonians that need food delivered to the polyps.
- **Deep or large tanks:** The extension tube reaches the bottom of a tall reef.
- **Spot cleaning:** Drawing detritus out from behind rock, pumps and ornaments.
**How to Use**
- **Pause the flow:** Switch off wavemakers and return pump for the few minutes of feeding.
- **Load the tube:** Squeeze the bulb, dip the tip in the food mix and release to draw it in.
- **Deliver slowly:** Hold the tip close to the polyps and squeeze gently so the food settles rather than scatters.
- **Rinse after use:** Flush with fresh water and let it dry; fit the extension only when the depth needs it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct coral feeding:** Puts liquefied and particulate food on the coral, not in the water column.
- **Extension tube included:** 48 cm reach for corals at the bottom of large tanks.
- **Detritus removal:** Siphons debris from hard-to-reach spots, according to Aqua One.
- **Less wasted food:** Targeted feeding reduces the load on the skimmer and water quality.
- **Simple squeeze-bulb action:** No pump, no batteries.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 12049
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136110128
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Coral Feeder
- **Model:** Aqua One Coral Feeder with Extension Tube, item 12049
- **Length:** 48 cm with the extension tube fitted, according to Aqua One; about 25 cm without
- **Feeds:** Liquefied and particulate foods to stony corals, anemones and filter feeders
- **Second Use:** Removing detritus from hard-to-reach areas
- **In the Box:** Coral feeder and extension tube
- **Care:** Rinse in fresh water after each use
- **Target Environment:** Marine and coral reef aquariums
---
#### Dynamic 55 Aquarium Set 55l 35w X 35d X 50/70cm H (oak)
Opti-clear glass aquarium and cabinet set with internal filter and LED light.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dynamic-55-aquarium-set-55l-35w-x-35d-x-50-70cm-h-oak/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56230OK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136179101
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56230OK-1.jpg
A tank built from standard glass takes on a faint green cast that dulls fish colour over a large volume of water. Dynamic 55 Aquarium Set 55l 35w X 35d X 50/70cm H (oak) (SKU: 56230OK) is Aqua One's 55-litre aquarium and cabinet set finished in oak, built around Opti-clear glass for truer colour viewing than ordinary glass gives. The 35 x 35 cm footprint steps from 50 to 75 cm in overall height once the cabinet is in place, and the set bundles the tank, internal filter, LED light and oak cabinet so a coldwater or tropical community tank arrives ready to fit out.
The internal filter provides biological, mechanical and chemical filtration in one unit, with a replacement impeller set, a 15 ppi sponge and a carbon cartridge available separately when it needs servicing. The LED light runs a white setting for daytime viewing and a dedicated moonlight setting for the evening, and the lid is removable for feeding and maintenance access. A glass heater is not included and is sold separately, so tropical stocking needs that addition before fish go in. The cabinet underneath gives storage in a matching oak finish, and Aqua One lists the set as suitable for coldwater and tropical fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New freshwater displays:** Wanting tank, filter, light and cabinet in matching oak as one set.
- **55 L community tanks:** Coldwater or tropical fish needing a stable mid-size volume.
- **True-colour viewing:** Opti-clear glass for display tanks and photography.
- **Tropical set-ups:** Adding a compatible glass heater separately for warmth-dependent fish.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the cabinet:** Stand it on a flat, solid floor able to bear the filled tank's weight.
- **Fit the filter:** Install the internal filter media before filling, then run it in before adding fish.
- **Add a heater if needed:** Fit a compatible glass heater separately for tropical stocking.
- **Set the LED cycle:** Use the white setting for the day and switch to moonlight overnight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Opti-clear glass:** True-to-life colour viewing rather than standard green-tinted glass.
- **Internal filter:** Biological, mechanical and chemical filtration in one unit.
- **White and moonlight LED:** Daytime display lighting with a dedicated night setting.
- **Oak cabinet included:** Matching storage base beneath the tank.
- **Removable lid:** Straightforward feeding and maintenance access.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56230OK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136179101
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Volume:** 55 L
- **Dimensions:** 35 cm (W) x 35 cm (D) x 50/70 cm (H)
- **Glass:** Opti-clear
- **Filtration:** Internal filter (biological, mechanical, chemical); impeller set, 15 ppi sponge and carbon cartridge available as spares
- **Lighting:** LED with white and moonlight settings
- **Heating:** Glass heater available separately, not included
- **Colour:** Oak
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Focus 14 Glass Aquarium 14l 30l X 22d X 27cm H (black)
Compact all-in-one glass tank with LED lighting and internal filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/focus-14-glass-aquarium-14l-30l-x-22d-x-27cm-h-black/
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56221BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136156553
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/d087a79ceda4fc8cb2d2b11f02efa9f1_M.jpg
A first desk or bedside aquarium is far easier to get right when it arrives complete, because a bare tank with a separately chosen filter and light is where many beginners go wrong. Focus 14 Glass Aquarium 14l 30l X 22d X 27cm H (black) (SKU: 56221BK) is the smallest tank in Aqua One's Focus range, a 14-litre glass aquarium measuring 30 cm long, 22 cm deep and 27 cm high, with black trim. It comes with a fully submersible, low-profile internal filter giving biological, mechanical and chemical filtration, a 5 W LED light, and a removable lid that lifts off for feeding and maintenance.
Retailer specifications list the filter flow at 100 L/h, which turns the 14 L volume over roughly seven times an hour, and total power draw at 7.5 W on 220–240 V AC. The LED has two settings: white with moonlight, and moonlight only for a soft evening view. The Focus is set up for coldwater and freshwater tropical fish; a heater is not included and must be added for tropical species. A 14 L tank suits a single betta, a small group of shrimp, or a few nano fish, with stocking kept light and weekly partial water changes. Replacement parts listed for this model are the impeller set 25169I and the carbon cartridge two-pack 25055C. The Focus is made in four sizes and two trim colours; the same tank is stocked in white (SKU 56221WH) and the taller Focus 23 (SKU 56224BK) shares its footprint.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desks and benches:** A 30 × 22 cm footprint that fits a shelf or office desk.
- **Betta set-ups:** Room for one betta with a heater added.
- **Shrimp and nano fish:** A small, planted colony tank.
- **First aquarium:** Tank, filter and light matched in one box.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level surface:** A flat, level surface out of direct sun; 14 L of water alone weighs 14 kg.
- **Rinse and fill:** Rinse gravel and decor, then fill with dechlorinated water.
- **Start the filter:** Fit the internal filter fully submerged and switch it on.
- **Cycle first:** Run it for several weeks with a bacterial starter before adding fish slowly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-one kit:** Glass tank, internal filter, LED light and lid together.
- **Three-stage filtration:** Biological, mechanical and chemical in a low-profile unit.
- **Two light settings:** White and moonlight, or moonlight only.
- **Low running power:** About 7.5 W in total.
- **Black trim:** A dark frame that suits modern furniture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56221BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136156553
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Volume:** 14 L
- **Dimensions:** 30 cm L × 22 cm D × 27 cm H
- **Filter:** Submersible internal, 100 L/h
- **Lighting:** 5 W LED, white/moonlight and moonlight only
- **Power:** 7.5 W total, 220–240 V AC
- **Heater:** Not included
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 25169I; carbon cartridge 2-pack 25055C
- **Other Sizes:** Focus 23 black (SKU 56224BK); same tank in white (SKU 56221WH)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Focus 14 Glass Aquarium 14l 30l X 22d X 27cm H (white)
White-trimmed 14 litre starter tank with filter and two-mode LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/focus-14-glass-aquarium-14l-30l-x-22d-x-27cm-h-white/
- Price: $129.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56221WH · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136156560
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/d087a79ceda4fc8cb2d2b11f02efa9f1_M.jpg
In a bright room, a white kitchen or a child's bedroom, a black-framed tank can look heavy, and a lighter trim lets the water and fish take the attention. Focus 14 Glass Aquarium 14l 30l X 22d X 27cm H (white) (SKU: 56221WH) is the white-trim version of Aqua One's smallest Focus aquarium: 14 litres of glass tank, 30 cm long, 22 cm deep and 27 cm tall. It is supplied as a complete kit, with a low-profile, fully submersible internal filter for biological, mechanical and chemical filtration, a 5 W LED light and a removable lid for easy access.
The filter is rated at 100 L/h in retailer specifications, about seven turnovers an hour for this volume, and the whole set-up draws around 7.5 W on 220–240 V AC. Two lighting modes are built in: white and moonlight together for daytime viewing, and moonlight alone for a dim evening glow. The tank is intended for coldwater and freshwater tropical fish, but no heater is included, so one must be added for a betta or tropical nano species. At 14 L it is a home for one betta, a shrimp colony or a handful of small fish, kept lightly stocked with regular small water changes. Listed spares are the 25169I impeller set and the 25055C carbon cartridge two-pack. Aqua One makes the Focus in four sizes and two trim colours; this tank is also stocked with black trim (SKU 56221BK), and the taller Focus 23 (SKU 56224BK) shares the same 30 × 22 cm base.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Light-coloured rooms:** White trim that blends with pale walls and furniture.
- **Children's first tank:** A complete, small kit that is simple to look after.
- **Single betta:** A heated home for one fish.
- **Shrimp tanks:** A compact, planted colony set-up.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick the spot:** Level and stable, away from windows and heat; the water alone weighs 14 kg.
- **Add substrate and decor:** Rinse gravel and ornaments before they go in.
- **Fill and condition:** Use water treated with a dechlorinator.
- **Run before stocking:** Let the filter cycle with a bacterial starter, then add fish gradually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White trim:** A light frame for bright interiors.
- **Complete kit:** Tank, internal filter, LED and lid in one box.
- **Internal filtration:** Biological, mechanical and chemical at 100 L/h.
- **Moonlight mode:** A dim setting for evening viewing.
- **Removable lid:** Lifts off for feeding and cleaning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56221WH
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136156560
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Volume:** 14 L
- **Dimensions:** 30 cm L × 22 cm D × 27 cm H
- **Trim Colour:** White
- **Filter:** Submersible internal, 100 L/h
- **Lighting:** 5 W LED, two modes
- **Power:** 7.5 W total, 220–240 V AC
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 25169I; carbon cartridge 2-pack 25055C
- **Other Sizes:** Focus 23 black (SKU 56224BK); same tank in black (SKU 56221BK)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Focus 23 Glass Aquarium 23l 30l X 22d X 41cm H (black)
Tall 23 litre all-in-one tank on a desktop footprint.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/focus-23-glass-aquarium-23l-30l-x-22d-x-41cm-h-black/
- Price: $139.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56224BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136156614
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56224BK-1.jpg
Desk space is usually the limit on a small aquarium, not height, and a taller tank on the same footprint gives fish and plants far more water to work with. Focus 23 Glass Aquarium 23l 30l X 22d X 41cm H (black) (SKU: 56224BK) is the tall model in Aqua One's Focus range: a 23-litre glass aquarium with black trim, 30 cm long and 22 cm deep like the Focus 14, but 41 cm high. It comes as a complete kit with a fully submersible, low-profile internal filter for biological, mechanical and chemical filtration, a 5 W LED light and a removable lid.
The filter in this model is rated at 230 L/h in retailer specifications, about ten turnovers an hour for 23 L, and the set-up draws about 12 W in total on 220–240 V AC. The LED offers white with moonlight, or moonlight only. The extra height suits tall plants, driftwood and a vertical aquascape, and the larger volume is more stable than a 14 L tank, which helps with a small community of nano fish, a betta or shrimp. The Focus is intended for coldwater and freshwater tropical fish; a heater is not included and must be added for tropical species. Listed spares for this model are the impeller set 25160I, the carbon cartridge two-pack 25055C and the 15 ppi sponge 25160S. Aqua One makes the Focus in four sizes and two trim colours; the shorter Focus 14 on the same base is stocked in black (SKU 56221BK) and white (SKU 56221WH).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Narrow spaces:** 23 L on a 30 × 22 cm footprint.
- **Vertical aquascapes:** 41 cm of height for tall plants and wood.
- **Small communities:** More water for a few nano fish or a betta.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Add a heater for tropical species.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a firm base:** Level and stable, out of direct sun; 23 L of water weighs 23 kg.
- **Build the scape:** Rinse substrate and hardscape, then arrange before filling.
- **Fill and start:** Add dechlorinated water and run the submerged internal filter.
- **Cycle, then stock:** Establish the filter with a bacterial starter and add fish a few at a time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tall format:** 41 cm high on a desktop footprint.
- **230 L/h filter:** Biological, mechanical and chemical filtration.
- **Two-mode LED:** White and moonlight, or moonlight only.
- **Complete kit:** Tank, filter, light and removable lid.
- **Black trim:** A dark frame that matches the Focus 14 black.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56224BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136156614
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Volume:** 23 L
- **Dimensions:** 30 cm L × 22 cm D × 41 cm H
- **Filter:** Submersible internal, 230 L/h
- **Lighting:** 5 W LED, white/moonlight and moonlight only
- **Power:** 12 W total, 220–240 V AC
- **Heater:** Not included
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 25160I; carbon cartridge 2-pack 25055C; 15 ppi sponge 25160S
- **Other Sizes:** Focus 14 black (SKU 56221BK) and white (SKU 56221WH)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Focus 25 Glass Aquarium 25l 40l X 25d X 31cm H (black)
25 litre glass aquarium with LED light and internal filter for desktops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/focus-25-glass-aquarium-25l-40l-x-25d-x-31cm-h-black/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56222BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136156577
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56222BK-1.jpg
A first tank has to fit on furniture already in the room, and 40 cm of glass sits on a desk or a bookshelf without taking it over. Focus 25 Glass Aquarium 25l 40l X 25d X 31cm H (black) (SKU: 56222BK) is the 25 litre model in Aqua One's Focus range, a glass aquarium 40 cm long, 25 cm deep and 31 cm high (the "40l" in the name is the length) supplied with its own LED light and a fully submersible, low-profile internal filter. The filter combines biological, mechanical and chemical filtration, and the LED has two settings, white with moonlight or moonlight only. A glass lid rests on four supports, and Aqua One lists a black background in the kit.
Aqua One's information sheet and manual give the 25 a 230 L/h filter, against 100 L/h on the smaller Focus 14 and 23, so the water passes through it about nine times an hour. It runs on a 15 ppi sponge and a carbon cartridge, and the sheet lists 12 W power consumption. No heater is included: the tank suits coldwater fish as supplied, and a heater sold separately makes it tropical. The manual's routine is a 25 per cent water change each fortnight, a new carbon cartridge every six to eight weeks, and a sponge rinse in old tank water only, since tap water kills the beneficial bacteria.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desks and benches:** A 40 × 25 cm footprint for a work desk, bench or bedroom shelf.
- **First aquarium:** Light, filter, lid and background in one box.
- **Coldwater set-ups:** Small coldwater species straight away, with no heater needed.
- **Small tropical tanks:** Add a heater for a planted tank of small tropical fish.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the spot:** Level and sturdy, out of direct sun and away from heaters and air conditioners.
- **Fit the filter:** Mount the bracket on the back glass, fit the filter, then add rinsed gravel and secure ornaments.
- **Fill and treat:** Fill to no more than 1 cm below the top, adding a water conditioner.
- **Lid and light:** Seat the supports and lid, route the cable through the gap and slot the light stem into its bracket.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **230 L/h internal filter:** Three-stage filtration from a low-profile, submersible unit.
- **Two-mode LED:** White with moonlight, or moonlight only for the evening.
- **25 litres in 40 cm:** Room for a small community while staying desk-sized.
- **Glass lid on supports:** Lifts off for feeding and maintenance.
- **Background included:** Hides cables and the wall behind.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56222BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136156577
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Kit
- **Volume:** 25 L
- **Dimensions:** 40 cm L × 25 cm D × 31 cm H
- **Filter:** Internal, 230 L/h; 15 ppi sponge and carbon cartridge
- **Power Consumption:** 12 W (maker's information sheet)
- **Lighting:** LED, white/moonlight and moonlight-only settings
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 160i (25160I), carbon cartridge 1c 2-pack (25001C), sponge 25160S
- **Warranty:** 1 year; glass breakage and consumables excluded
- **Other Sizes:** Focus 36 black (SKU 56223BK); Focus 36 white (SKU 56223WH)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums (heater sold separately)
---
#### Focus 36 Glass Aquarium 36l 50l X 25d X 34cm H (black)
The largest Focus, a 36 litre black glass aquarium with LED and filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/focus-36-glass-aquarium-36l-50l-x-25d-x-34cm-h-black/
- Price: $169.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56223BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136156591
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56223BK-1.jpg
Every extra litre in a small tank buys a little more stability in temperature and water quality, and 50 cm of length gives fish room to swim rather than turn. Focus 36 Glass Aquarium 36l 50l X 25d X 34cm H (black) (SKU: 56223BK) is the biggest of Aqua One's four Focus aquariums, a 36 litre glass tank 50 cm long, 25 cm deep and 34 cm high, supplied in black with an LED light unit and a low-profile internal filter that runs fully submerged. Filtration is biological, mechanical and chemical, and the light switches between white with moonlight and moonlight alone. The glass lid lifts off its four supports, and a black background comes in the kit.
The 36 shares the Focus 25's filter, rated by Aqua One at 230 L/h, which turns this larger volume over roughly six times an hour. It also shares the consumables: a 15 ppi sponge, a 1c carbon cartridge and the 160i impeller set, so spares are easy to keep on hand. Aqua One's sheet gives 12 W power consumption. Set up cold, it suits coldwater fish; tropical species need a heater, sold separately. The manual sets daily feeding and level checks, a quarter of the water changed fortnightly, a monthly service of the impeller, impeller well and intake strainer, and the light off for at least eight hours a day, as more than ten hours of full light can encourage algae.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Living-room displays:** A 50 cm tank that reads as a feature rather than a desk accessory.
- **Small tropical community:** With a heater added, room for a planted group of small fish.
- **Upgrading from a nano:** More water and length than the Focus 14, 23 or 25.
- **Dark furniture:** The black version for charcoal, black or dark timber settings.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place it empty:** A level base able to take 36 kg of water plus glass and gravel, out of direct sun.
- **Filter and décor:** Fix the bracket to the back pane, fit the filter, add rinsed gravel and stable ornaments.
- **Fill to 1 cm:** Leave 1 cm below the top edge and treat with a water conditioner.
- **Light last:** Fit the supports and lid, feed the cable through the gap and plug the light into its transformer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Longest Focus:** 50 cm of glass holding 36 litres.
- **Submersible filter:** 230 L/h with sponge and carbon stages.
- **Moonlight mode:** A dim setting for evening viewing.
- **Shared spares:** Same sponge, carbon and impeller as the Focus 25.
- **Kit complete except heater:** Light, filter, lid and background in the box.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56223BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136156591
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Kit
- **Colour:** Black
- **Volume:** 36 L
- **Dimensions:** 50 cm L × 25 cm D × 34 cm H
- **Filter:** Internal, 230 L/h, about 6 turnovers an hour
- **Power Consumption:** 12 W (maker's information sheet)
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 160i (25160I), carbon cartridge 2-pack (25001C), 15 ppi sponge (25160S)
- **Warranty:** 1 year from purchase (maker's manual)
- **Other Sizes:** Focus 36 white (SKU 56223WH); Focus 25 black (SKU 56222BK)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Focus 36 Glass Aquarium 36l 50l X 25d X 34cm H (white)
White 36 litre glass aquarium with LED and filter for light-coloured rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/focus-36-glass-aquarium-36l-50l-x-25d-x-34cm-h-white/
- Price: $169.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56223WH · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136156607
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56223WH-1.jpg
Black equipment can look heavy on a pale benchtop or a white shelving unit, which is why Aqua One also makes the Focus in white. Focus 36 Glass Aquarium 36l 50l X 25d X 34cm H (white) (SKU: 56223WH) is the white version of the Focus 36, Aqua One's 36 litre glass aquarium measuring 50 cm long by 25 cm deep by 34 cm high. Like the black model it arrives with an LED light and a fully submersible low-profile internal filter, so the main item left to add for tropical fish is a heater. The filter works biologically, mechanically and chemically, and the LED offers two modes: white plus moonlight, or moonlight only.
Aqua One rates the filter at 230 L/h, about six turnovers of the tank per hour, with a 15 ppi sponge for mechanical and biological work and a 1c carbon cartridge for chemical filtration; its spare impeller set is the 160i. Power consumption is listed at 12 W. The glass lid rests on four supports and lifts away for feeding and cleaning, and the information sheet includes a black background in the kit. Maintenance follows a simple plan: a quarter of the water replaced every two weeks with conditioned water, the carbon cartridge renewed every six to eight weeks, and the sponge rinsed only in tank water. The 1-year warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship but not glass breakage or consumables such as media and impellers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Light-coloured rooms:** White to sit with pale timber, white cabinetry or a bright office.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Coldwater straight away, tropical once a separate heater goes in.
- **Shrimp and small fish:** 36 litres across a 50 cm footprint for a planted community.
- **Stepping up:** More volume than the Focus 14, 23 or 25 with the same easy layout.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the surface:** Level and strong, away from windows, heaters and air-conditioning vents.
- **Bracket then filter:** The bracket mounts on the rear glass and the filter fits into it.
- **Gravel and water:** Rinse gravel and ornaments, then fill to 1 cm below the top with conditioned water.
- **Power up safely:** Fit the lid and light, and leave a drip loop in every cable.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White finish:** The Focus 36 in its lighter colour option.
- **Three-stage filtration:** 230 L/h through sponge and carbon.
- **LED with moonlight:** Day and night settings from one unit.
- **Removable glass lid:** Easy access without tools.
- **36 litres:** The largest volume in the Focus range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56223WH
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136156607
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Kit
- **Colour:** White
- **Capacity:** 36 L
- **Size:** 50 cm long, 25 cm deep, 34 cm high
- **Filtration:** Submersible internal filter, 230 L/h, 12 W power consumption
- **Lighting:** LED; white/moonlight or moonlight only
- **Replacement Media:** Carbon cartridge 25001C (2-pack), sponge 25160S; impeller set 25160I
- **Other Sizes:** Focus 36 black (SKU 56223BK); Focus 25 black (SKU 56222BK)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Horizon 65 Glass Starter Kit W Stand 65l 60 W X 30 D X 36+61cm H
60 cm glass starter aquarium with heater, filter, LED and matching open stand.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/horizon-65-glass-starter-kit-w-stand-65l-60-w-x-30-d-x-3661cm-h/
- Price: $349.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56168 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136082418
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OIP-10-1.webp
A 60 cm tank is where many people start keeping fish properly, and the stand is usually the part left until last. Horizon 65 Glass Starter Kit W Stand 65l 60 W X 30 D X 36+61cm H (SKU: 56168) is Aqua One's complete 65 litre starter set: a 60 × 30 × 36 cm glass aquarium with black corners and a fitted glass lid, on its own 61 cm open stand for a total height of 97 cm. In the box are the tank, a hang-on filter, a 100 W glass heater, a white LED light, a double-sided background and the stand, so gravel, decoration, water conditioner and fish are all that remain to buy. Aqua One rates it for coldwater or freshwater tropical fish.
The compact hang-on filter works through wool, carbon and a bio grid for mechanical, chemical and biological filtration; Aqua One lists its spares as the 55i impeller set (25055I) and the 55C carbon cartridge two-pack (25055C). The glass heater, rated at 100 W for this size, has an easy, accurate thermostat adjustment. The fitted lid reduces evaporation, keeps fish in and lifts away for maintenance. The background is black on one side and blue on the other and hides plumbing and cables. The original light is not sold separately; Aqua One suggests its 60 cm, 22 W Stripglo Sunlight LED (59016) as the replacement. Sixty-five litres of water weighs about 65 kg, so the stand needs a level, solid floor. Aqua One backs the kit with a one-year guarantee.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First full-size aquarium:** Tank, stand and hardware bought together in one box.
- **Tropical community:** The heater is included, so tropical fish need no extra equipment.
- **Coldwater fish:** Leave the heater switched off or out for coldwater species.
- **Bedrooms and offices:** An open stand with storage space for food and tools.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Build and level the stand:** Assemble it on a solid floor and check it is level before the tank goes on.
- **Background first:** Fit the background, black or blue side out, while the back glass is dry and easy to reach.
- **Hardware and water:** Hang the filter, place the heater, add rinsed gravel and decor, then fill with conditioned water.
- **Power on in order:** Plug the heater in only once it is submerged, set the thermostat, then start the filter and light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tank plus stand:** A 60 × 30 × 36 cm aquarium on a 61 cm open stand.
- **100 W glass heater:** Easy, accurate thermostat adjustment.
- **Hang-on filter:** Wool, carbon and bio grid media.
- **White LED lighting:** Energy-efficient illumination for the display.
- **Two-colour background:** Black or blue to hide cables.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56168
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136082418
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Starter Kit with Stand
- **Volume:** 65 L
- **Tank Dimensions:** 60 cm W × 30 cm D × 36 cm H
- **Stand:** 60 cm W × 30 cm D × 61 cm H (stand code 56168-S); 97 cm overall
- **Heater:** 100 W glass heater
- **Filter:** Hang-on; wool, carbon and bio grid media
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 55i (25055I); carbon cartridge 55C 2-pack (25055C)
- **Warranty:** 1 year (maker)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Lifestyle Classic 125 Complete Glass Aquarium 80cm 125l Satin Black
80 cm, 125 litre satin black aquarium set with 1100 L/h filter and LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/lifestyle-classic-125-complete-glass-aquarium-80cm-125l-satin-black/
- Price: $389.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 52054BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136180633
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/52054BK-1.jpg
At 125 litres an aquarium stops being a small tank and becomes a centrepiece, with room for larger fish, bigger groups and a proper aquascape. Lifestyle Classic 125 Complete Glass Aquarium 80cm 125l Satin Black (SKU: 52054BK) is the 125 litre model of Aqua One's Lifestyle Classic range in satin black, a glass aquarium 80 cm long, 39 cm deep and 50 cm high supplied as a complete set with an integrated LED light and an integrated filter. The hood is hinged for maintenance access, the light offers white with moonlight or moonlight only, and the filter provides biological, mechanical and chemical filtration. Aqua One rates it for coldwater and tropical fish.
The 125 steps up in hardware as well as size. Its filter is rated at 1100 L/h and draws 20 W, close to nine turnovers an hour and well over twice the flow of the 40 and 72 litre models, and the LED draws 18.5 W to cover the 80 cm length. Spares are the 168S black sponge (25168S), the 25168C carbon cartridge and the 168i impeller set. No heater is included; a glass heater, sold separately, is needed for tropical fish. The matching satin black cabinet (52054BK-S) is 80 × 39 × 76 cm, giving an overall height of about 126 cm. A filled tank carries roughly 125 kg of water plus glass and gravel, so it should go on that cabinet or an equally strong, level stand on a solid floor.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Feature aquarium:** An 80 cm display for a living room or reception area.
- **Larger community:** Bigger shoals and medium-sized fish that outgrow a 60 cm tank.
- **Goldfish and coldwater:** 125 litres of water and strong filtration without a heater.
- **Planted aquascapes:** 50 cm of height and 39 cm of depth for layered planting.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position with care:** Use the 52054BK-S cabinet or a stand rated well beyond 125 kg, on a level floor.
- **Hardscape before water:** Rinse gravel and set rock, wood and ornaments while the tank is empty.
- **Fill and treat:** Add conditioner for the full 125 litres as the tank fills.
- **Start the system:** Run the filter, fit a heater if tropical, then set the light mode.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **A real step up:** 125 litres across 80 cm.
- **1100 L/h filtration:** Over twice the flow of the 40 and 72.
- **18.5 W LED:** Day and moonlight modes across the full length.
- **Hinged hood:** Easy reach for feeding and servicing.
- **Cabinet to match:** Satin black 52054BK-S, sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 52054BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136180633
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Glass Aquarium Set
- **Volume:** 125 L
- **Dimensions:** 80 cm L × 39 cm D × 50 cm H
- **Filter:** Integrated, 1100 L/h, 20 W
- **Lighting:** Integrated LED, 18.5 W
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 168i, black sponge 168S (25168S), carbon cartridge (25168C)
- **Matching Cabinet:** 52054BK-S satin black, 80 × 39 × 76 cm (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Lifestyle Classic 40 Satin Black (SKU 52052BK); Lifestyle Classic 72 Satin Black (SKU 52053BK)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Lifestyle Classic 40 Complete Glass Aquarium 45cm 40l Satin Black
40 litre glass aquarium set with LED, 450 L/h filter and hinged hood.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/lifestyle-classic-40-complete-glass-aquarium-45cm-40l-satin-black/
- Price: $179.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 52052BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136180558
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/4026a63af062853bf799402d5ce8de9e_XL_1024x1024.webp
Forty litres is a sensible step past a nano: small enough for a sideboard, yet holding enough water that conditions stay steadier between changes. Lifestyle Classic 40 Complete Glass Aquarium 45cm 40l Satin Black (SKU: 52052BK) is the 40 litre model in Aqua One's Lifestyle Classic range, a complete glass aquarium set measuring 45 cm long, 29.5 cm deep and 38 cm high in a satin black finish. The set includes the glass tank, an integrated LED light and an integrated filter, and a hinged hood opens for feeding and maintenance without lifting the whole top off. The LED runs in two modes, white with moonlight or moonlight only, and the filter provides biological, mechanical and chemical filtration.
Aqua One rates the filter at 450 L/h, a turnover of about eleven times the tank volume an hour, drawing 5 W, while the light draws 10 W. Its media are a black sponge (25002S) and a carbon cartridge (25002C), driven by the 166i impeller set (25166i). There is no heater in the box: the set suits coldwater fish as it comes, and a glass heater, sold separately, makes it tropical. The matching satin black cabinet (SKU 52052BK-S) measures 45 × 29.5 × 76 cm, the same footprint as the tank, and brings the overall height to about 114 cm. Filled, the tank holds around 40 kg of water before gravel and decoration, so whatever stands under it must be level and solid.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Beyond the nano:** A step up from bowls and 20 litre tanks with more stable water.
- **Coldwater set-ups:** Ready for small coldwater fish with no heater required.
- **Small tropical community:** Add a glass heater for a planted tank of small tropical fish.
- **Dark interiors:** Satin black to sit with black or dark timber furniture.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Base first:** The matching cabinet or another level surface built for 40 kg and more.
- **Rinse the décor:** Wash gravel and ornaments in plain water before they go in; no soap.
- **Fill and condition:** Fill with tap water treated with a water conditioner.
- **Power and light:** Start the filter, then choose white with moonlight or moonlight only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Tank, LED light and filter together.
- **450 L/h filter:** Three-stage filtration for only 5 W.
- **10 W LED:** White and moonlight, or moonlight alone.
- **Hinged hood:** Feeding access without removing the top.
- **Matching cabinet:** Satin black 52052BK-S, sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 52052BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136180558
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Glass Aquarium Set
- **Volume:** 40 L
- **Dimensions:** 45 cm L × 29.5 cm D × 38 cm H
- **Filter:** Integrated, 450 L/h, 5 W
- **Lighting:** Integrated LED, 10 W
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 166i (25166i), black sponge (25002S), carbon cartridge (25002C)
- **Heater:** Not included; glass heater sold separately
- **Other Sizes:** Lifestyle Classic 72 Satin Black (SKU 52053BK); Lifestyle Classic 125 Satin Black (SKU 52054BK)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Lifestyle Classic 40 Complete Glass Aquarium 45cm 40l Satin Grey
Satin grey 40 litre aquarium set with integrated LED light and filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/lifestyle-classic-40-complete-glass-aquarium-45cm-40l-satin-grey/
- Price: $179.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 52052GY · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136182859
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/g44tolbirwx.webp
Grey sits between black and white, and it settles more quietly into rooms finished in stone, concrete or mid-tone timber than a black tank does. Lifestyle Classic 40 Complete Glass Aquarium 45cm 40l Satin Grey (SKU: 52052GY) is the satin grey version of Aqua One's 40 litre Lifestyle Classic, a glass aquarium 45 cm long, 29.5 cm deep and 38 cm high that comes as a complete set with an integrated LED light and an integrated filter. Its hood is hinged, so feeding and routine jobs happen through the opening rather than by lifting the lid away. Aqua One rates the set for both coldwater and tropical fish.
Inside the hood, the LED offers white with moonlight or moonlight on its own and draws 10 W. The filter runs at 450 L/h on 5 W, moving the full 40 litres through its biological, mechanical and chemical stages roughly eleven times every hour. Replacement media are the 2S black sponge (25002S) and the 25002C carbon cartridge, and the impeller set is the 166i. A glass heater is the only extra for a tropical set-up and is sold separately. For a stand, Aqua One matches the grey tank with a concrete-finish cabinet, 52052CC-S, 45 cm wide, 29.5 cm deep and 76 cm high, which lines up with the tank's base exactly. Plan on a little over 40 kg of water alone once the tank is full.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Neutral interiors:** Satin grey for rooms in concrete, stone or light timber tones.
- **Coldwater fish:** Run as supplied, without a heater.
- **Tropical nano community:** Add a glass heater and plants for small tropical species.
- **Studies and offices:** A 45 cm footprint that sits on a solid sideboard.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick the stand:** The concrete-finish 52052CC-S cabinet or any level surface rated for the load.
- **Prepare gravel:** Rinse substrate and decorations in clean water until it runs clear.
- **Treat the water:** Add a water conditioner as the tank fills.
- **Start up:** Switch on the filter, check the flow, then set the light mode.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Satin grey finish:** A softer alternative to the black model.
- **Integrated LED:** 10 W with a moonlight-only option.
- **Filter at 450 L/h:** Biological, mechanical and chemical stages.
- **Hinged access:** Feed and service through the hood.
- **Concrete cabinet match:** Aqua One's 52052CC-S, sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 52052GY
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136182859
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Glass Aquarium Set
- **Finish:** Satin grey
- **Capacity:** 40 L
- **Size:** 45 cm long, 29.5 cm deep, 38 cm high
- **Power:** Light 10 W; filter 5 W
- **Filter Media:** Sponge 25002S, carbon cartridge 25002C; impeller set 25166i
- **Matching Cabinet:** Concrete finish 52052CC-S, 45 × 29.5 × 76 cm (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Lifestyle Classic 72 Satin Grey (SKU 52053GY)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Lifestyle Classic 72 Complete Glass Aquarium 60cm 72l Satin Black
60 cm, 72 litre satin black aquarium set with LED and filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/lifestyle-classic-72-complete-glass-aquarium-60cm-72l-satin-black/
- Price: $259.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 52053BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136180596
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/4026a63af062853bf799402d5ce8de9e_XL_1024x1024.webp
Sixty centimetres is the classic aquarium length, long enough for a proper community of fish and a planted layout, and still a size that fits most living rooms. Lifestyle Classic 72 Complete Glass Aquarium 60cm 72l Satin Black (SKU: 52053BK) is Aqua One's 72 litre Lifestyle Classic in satin black, a glass aquarium 60 cm long, 33 cm deep and 45 cm high supplied as a complete set with an integrated LED light and an integrated filter. The hood is hinged for easy maintenance access, the light switches between white with moonlight and moonlight only, and filtration is biological, mechanical and chemical. Aqua One rates it for coldwater and tropical fish.
The filter is rated at 450 L/h and 5 W, so it turns the 72 litres over about six times an hour, a lower turnover than in the Lifestyle Classic 40, while the brighter LED draws 14.5 W across the 60 cm length. Spares are the 166i impeller set (25166i), the 25167S black sponge and the 25167C carbon cartridge. A heater is not included; a glass heater, sold separately, makes it tropical. At 45 cm high the 72 has 7 cm more water depth than the 40, which suits taller plants and mid-water fish. Aqua One's matching satin black cabinet (52053BK-S) is 60 × 33 × 76 cm and takes the overall height to about 121 cm. Expect over 70 kg of water once full.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** A 60 cm footprint with room for a mixed group of fish.
- **Planted layouts:** 45 cm of height for stem plants and taller background growth.
- **Coldwater or tropical:** Coldwater as supplied, tropical with a separate glass heater.
- **Upgrading from 40 litres:** The next step up within the same range.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Solid base:** Use the 52053BK-S cabinet or a level stand rated for well over 70 kg.
- **Substrate and décor:** Rinse gravel and ornaments, then arrange them before filling.
- **Fill slowly:** Pour onto a plate or bag to avoid stirring the gravel, and add conditioner.
- **Switch on:** Start the filter, fit the hood and select the light mode.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Classic 60 cm length:** 72 litres in a living-room size.
- **14.5 W LED:** White plus moonlight, or moonlight only.
- **Integrated 450 L/h filter:** Three filtration stages for 5 W.
- **Hinged hood:** Feed and service without removing the top.
- **Matching black cabinet:** 52053BK-S, sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 52053BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136180596
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Glass Aquarium Set
- **Volume:** 72 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 cm L × 33 cm D × 45 cm H
- **Filter:** Integrated, 450 L/h, 5 W
- **Lighting:** Integrated LED, 14.5 W
- **Spare Parts:** Impeller set 166i (25166i), black sponge (25167S), carbon cartridge (25167C)
- **Matching Cabinet:** 52053BK-S satin black, 60 × 33 × 76 cm (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Lifestyle Classic 40 Satin Black (SKU 52052BK); Lifestyle Classic 125 Satin Black (SKU 52054BK)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Lifestyle Classic 72 Complete Glass Aquarium 60cm 72l Satin Grey
Satin grey 72 litre glass aquarium set for coldwater or tropical community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/lifestyle-classic-72-complete-glass-aquarium-60cm-72l-satin-grey/
- Price: $259.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 52053GY · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136182866
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/g44tolbirwx.webp
A grey aquarium on a concrete-look cabinet suits the pale, industrial palette of many newer homes better than a black set-up. Lifestyle Classic 72 Complete Glass Aquarium 60cm 72l Satin Grey (SKU: 52053GY) is the satin grey edition of Aqua One's Lifestyle Classic 72, a complete set built around a glass tank 60 cm long, 33 cm deep and 45 cm high, holding 72 litres. It comes with an integrated LED light and an integrated filter, and its hinged hood opens for feeding and upkeep. Aqua One lists it as suitable for coldwater and tropical fish, with a glass heater, sold separately, needed for the tropical option.
The LED draws 14.5 W and has two settings: white with moonlight, or moonlight by itself for evenings. Filtration covers biological, mechanical and chemical stages through a 450 L/h integrated filter rated at 5 W, which cycles the tank roughly six times each hour. For replacements, Aqua One lists the 25167S black sponge, the 25167C carbon cartridge and the 166i impeller set (25166i), the same impeller used in the 40. The grey tank's matching stand is the concrete-finish 52053CC-S cabinet, 60 cm wide, 33 cm deep and 76 cm high, which places the top of the hood at about 121 cm. Seventy-two litres of water weighs about 72 kg before gravel, rock and decoration are added, so the stand and floor need to be level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Light, modern rooms:** Satin grey with a concrete-finish cabinet.
- **Mixed community:** 60 cm of swimming length for a group of small to medium fish.
- **Planted tanks:** A 45 cm water column for taller stems and background plants.
- **Coldwater keeping:** Run without a heater for coldwater species.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Stand choice:** Aqua One's 52053CC-S, or a level stand built for more than 72 kg.
- **Lay the substrate:** Rinsed gravel first, then rock, wood or ornaments.
- **Condition as you fill:** Treat tap water to remove chlorine and chloramine.
- **Bring it online:** Power the filter, close the hood and set the light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Satin grey:** The lighter finish of the 72 litre model.
- **Two light modes:** 14.5 W LED with a moonlight-only setting.
- **Integrated filtration:** 450 L/h through sponge and carbon.
- **Hinged hood:** Quick access for daily feeding.
- **Range-matched cabinet:** Concrete finish 52053CC-S, sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 52053GY
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136182866
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Complete Glass Aquarium Set
- **Finish:** Satin grey
- **Capacity:** 72 L
- **Size:** 60 cm long, 33 cm deep, 45 cm high
- **Power:** LED 14.5 W; filter 5 W, 450 L/h
- **Filter Media:** Sponge 25167S, carbon cartridge 25167C; impeller set 25166i
- **Matching Cabinet:** Concrete finish 52053CC-S, 60 × 33 × 76 cm (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Lifestyle Classic 40 Satin Grey (SKU 52052GY)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Oasis Betta Aquarium 31 W X 20 D X 26cm H Black
Complete 13 litre betta kit with heater, filter, LED, food and conditioner.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/oasis-betta-aquarium-31-w-x-20-d-x-26cm-h-black/
- Price: $109.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 56084BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136172263
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/56084BK-1.jpg
A betta needs warm, clean, gently moving water, and many small bowls sold for them offer none of the three. Oasis Betta Aquarium 31 W X 20 D X 26cm H Black (SKU: 56084BK) is Aqua One's complete 13 litre betta set, sold by the maker as the Betta Oasis: a black aquarium measuring 31 × 20 × 26 cm that arrives with a heater, an internal filter, an LED light, betta pellets, Betta Conditioner, an artificial plant and a background. Aqua One calls it the complete aquarium set for any office or living space, and apart from the fish, everything needed to start is in the box; gravel and extra ornaments are optional.
The internal filter provides biological, mechanical and chemical filtration plus circulation and aeration, and it returns water through a spray bar that spreads the flow evenly, which matters for a long-finned fish that struggles in a strong current. The plastic heater holds the water within plus or minus 1 °C; Petstock lists it as Aqua One's 25 W Nano Preset Heater. The LED brightens the tank and shows off the betta's colours, while the plant and background, which Petstock describes as bamboo-themed, conceal the cables at the back. Aqua One formulates the betta pellets for daily feeding to support growth, colour and fin development, and the conditioner removes chlorine and chloramines from tap water. A removable lid gives access for feeding and cleaning. Spare media are a 2-pack of sponges (25192S) and a 2-pack of carbon cartridges (25192C).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A single betta:** A heated, filtered 13 litre home in place of an unheated bowl.
- **Shrimp:** Aqua One also lists shrimp as suitable.
- **Small tropical fish:** Included in Aqua One's suitability list for the kit.
- **Desks and bedrooms:** A 31 × 20 cm footprint for a desk or bedside table.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse and place:** Rinse the tank and plant, and set it on a level surface out of direct sun.
- **Background and plant:** Fit the background over the cables, then position the plant.
- **Fill and condition:** Fill with tap water treated with the supplied Betta Conditioner.
- **Heat before stocking:** Fit the filter and heater, switch on, and let the temperature settle before the betta goes in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stable heating:** Plastic heater holding within ±1 °C.
- **Spray bar return:** Gentle, evenly spread flow for long fins.
- **Three-stage internal filter:** With circulation and aeration.
- **Food and conditioner included:** Betta pellets and Betta Conditioner to start.
- **Cable-hiding decor:** Plant and background conceal the wiring.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 56084BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136172263
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Betta Aquarium Kit
- **Volume:** 13 L
- **Dimensions:** 31 cm W × 20 cm D × 26 cm H
- **Colour:** Black
- **Heater:** Plastic preset heater, ±1 °C (25 W per retailer listing)
- **Filter:** Internal with spray bar; sponge 25192S and carbon 25192C (2-packs); impeller set 303i
- **In the Box:** Tank, lid, heater, filter, LED light, betta pellets, Betta Conditioner, artificial plant, background
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums for bettas, shrimp and small fish
---
### Aqua One — Artificial Plant
#### Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Purple
Pair of low purple foreground plants for colour along the front glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-foreground-catspaw-2pk-purple/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28295 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136187007
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28295-1.jpg
The front of a tank is where most aquascapes run out of ideas, with tall plants at the back and bare gravel in front. Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Purple (SKU: 28295) is a pack of two Aqua One Ecoscape Catspaw plants in purple, part of the Ecoscape Foreground series of short artificial plants made to sit at the very front of an aquascape. Catspaw is a decorative style rather than a copy of a specific aquatic plant, and purple is not a colour live foreground plants offer, so these are for a deliberate splash of colour. Each plant has its own weighted base, so the two can be set side by side or spaced apart.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they hold their shape longer than live plants. The range packaging adds that the plants give aquatic life a place to hide, show fine detail in colour and shape, and are non-toxic and aquarium safe. Foreground plants are short by design, so they edge the substrate without hiding the fish or the plants behind them; the exact height is not published. Purple pairs well with white or black sand, green background plants and blue or yellow fish. Retailers list the Foreground series for betta tanks, coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and plants may vary slightly from the photo. A red version is sold as Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Red (SKU 28296).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Front-edge planting:** Low colour along the front glass.
- **Betta and nano tanks:** Short plants that do not crowd a small space.
- **Colour themes:** Purple accents for children's or themed aquariums.
- **Bare substrate:** Breaks up an empty stretch of gravel or sand.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse both plants:** Rinse under tap water first; no soap.
- **Stagger the pair:** Set them slightly apart and at different distances from the glass.
- **Press bases in:** Push each weighted base into the substrate until level.
- **Clean with gravel vacuuming:** Lift them out and rinse off debris when cleaning the front gravel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two plants per pack:** A matched pair of purple Catspaw.
- **Foreground series:** Short plants made for the front row.
- **Individual weighted bases:** Place together or apart.
- **Non-toxic and aquarium safe:** As stated on the range packaging.
- **No upkeep:** No light, supplements or pruning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28295
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136187007
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Foreground Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape Foreground
- **Contents:** 2 plants
- **Colour:** Purple
- **Material:** Plastic, each on a weighted base
- **Other Colours:** Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Red (SKU 28296)
- **Target Environment:** Betta, coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Red
Two short red plants to edge the substrate with warm colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-foreground-catspaw-2pk-red/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28296 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136187014
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28296-1.jpg
A little red at the front of a tank draws the eye down to the substrate, where bottom-dwelling fish and the base of the aquascape otherwise go unnoticed. Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Red (SKU: 28296) is a pair of red Catspaw plants from Aqua One's Ecoscape Foreground series, artificial plants kept short so they sit at the very front of the layout. Catspaw is a decorative design rather than a model of a particular live plant, and the red finish gives warm contrast against green foliage and pale sand. Each of the two plants stands on its own weighted base, so they can be clustered or used on opposite sides of the tank.
Aqua One states that the Ecoscape range needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carries no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and does not decay, keeping its shape longer than live plants. The range packaging also describes the plants as giving fish a place to hide, finely detailed in colour and shape, and non-toxic and aquarium safe. The exact height is not published, but the Foreground series is made low enough to edge the gravel without blocking the view behind. Red sits well next to green Ecoscape plants such as Ambulia or Hygro, and against dark rock or driftwood. Retailers list the Foreground series for betta tanks, coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. The same plant is sold in purple as Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Purple (SKU 28295). For long-finned bettas, check the plants for sharp edges first, since delicate fins can tear on hard plastic.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Warm foreground accent:** Red contrast at the base of green planting.
- **Betta tanks:** Low colour that leaves swimming room above.
- **Framing hardscape:** One plant either side of a rock or piece of wood.
- **Goldfish and cichlid tanks:** Foreground plants that cannot be eaten or uprooted for good.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Clean water only, no soap or detergent.
- **Frame or cluster:** Use the pair to frame a feature, or group them for a bolder patch.
- **Seat each base:** Press the weighted bases into the substrate so both stand level.
- **Lift out to clean:** Rinse off algae and debris during gravel cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pair of red Catspaw:** Two plants in each pack.
- **Low foreground form:** Edges the substrate without blocking the view.
- **Separate weighted bases:** Flexible placement.
- **Hiding places:** Cover for small fish near the substrate.
- **Maintenance-free:** No pruning, light or supplements.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28296
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136187014
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Foreground Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape Foreground
- **Contents:** 2 plants
- **Colour:** Red
- **Material:** Plastic, individual weighted bases
- **Other Colours:** Ecoscape Foreground Catspaw 2pk Purple (SKU 28295)
- **Target Environment:** Betta, coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Foreground Guppy Grass 2pk Green
Fine-stemmed foreground pair for livebearer and fry tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-foreground-guppy-grass-2pk-green/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28297 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136187021
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28297-1.jpg
Guppy grass earned its name in breeding tanks, where its tangle of fine stems gives newborn fry somewhere to hide from the adults. Ecoscape Foreground Guppy Grass 2pk Green (SKU: 28297) is a pack of two Aqua One Ecoscape Foreground plants styled on guppy grass (Najas guadalupensis), a fine, branching aquatic plant with narrow leaves along thin stems. These are artificial plastic versions in green, kept short for the front of the tank, and each sits on its own weighted base. Unlike live guppy grass, which grows fast, breaks apart and drifts around the tank, they stay exactly where they are placed.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they hold their shape longer than live plants. The range packaging adds hiding places for aquatic life, fine detail in colour and shape, and non-toxic, aquarium-safe materials. The fine, branching form makes these a natural choice for guppy, platy, molly and endler tanks, where fry and small fish shelter low in the tank, and for shrimp tanks wanting low cover. The exact height is not published; the Foreground series is made to stay low along the front glass. Retailers list the Foreground plants for betta tanks, coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. With long-finned males, check for sharp edges before use, since fins can tear on hard plastic. Because the plants absorb no nitrate, regular partial water changes stay important in heavily stocked livebearer and breeding tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearer tanks:** Low, fine cover for guppies, platies, mollies and endlers.
- **Fry shelter:** Branching stems near the substrate for young fish to hide in.
- **Foreground greenery:** A soft green edge along the front glass.
- **Tanks without live plants:** The guppy grass look with no drifting fragments.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Tap water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Cluster for cover:** Place both plants close together to make a denser hiding spot.
- **Set the bases:** Press each weighted base into the gravel or sand.
- **Rinse out debris:** Fine stems trap waste; rinse them during gravel cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Guppy grass style:** Fine, branching green stems.
- **Two per pack:** A pair of foreground plants.
- **Weighted bases:** Each plant stands on its own.
- **Stays in place:** No fast growth, breakage or drifting.
- **Non-toxic and aquarium safe:** As stated on the range packaging.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28297
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136187021
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Foreground Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape Foreground
- **Contents:** 2 plants
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic, each on a weighted base
- **Target Environment:** Betta, coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Foreground Hair Grass 2pk Green
Needle-fine grass tufts for a lawn look without CO 2 or high light.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-foreground-hair-grass-2pk-green/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28294 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186994
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28294-1.jpg
A hair grass lawn is one of the most wanted foreground looks in aquascaping and one of the slowest to achieve, needing strong light, CO 2 , a nutrient substrate and months of trimming. Ecoscape Foreground Hair Grass 2pk Green (SKU: 28294) is a pack of two Aqua One Ecoscape Foreground plants styled on hair grass (Eleocharis), the aquatic sedge with thin, needle-like green blades that grow in dense tufts. These are plastic versions, kept short for the front of the tank, each on its own weighted base. They give the grassy tuft look on day one and keep it with no light, CO 2 or trimming.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they hold their shape longer than live plants. The range packaging also lists hiding places for aquatic life, fine detail in colour and shape, and non-toxic, aquarium-safe materials. Two tufts placed along the front glass, or either side of a rock, suggest a grassy edge in nano, betta and community tanks, and the fine blades give small fish and shrimp low cover. The exact height is not published; the Foreground series is made to stay low. Retailers list the Foreground plants for betta tanks, coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. For more coverage along a wide tank, several packs can be combined. With long-finned bettas, check the blades for sharp tips first, as fins can tear on hard plastic.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grassy foreground:** Hair grass tufts along the front glass.
- **Low-tech tanks:** The lawn look with no CO2, high light or root tabs.
- **Around rocks:** Tufts at the base of stones for a meadow-style scene.
- **Digging fish:** A foreground that loaches and cichlids cannot uproot for good.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Clean water only, no soap.
- **Space the tufts:** Place the two at uneven distances for a natural spread.
- **Hide the bases:** Press the weighted bases in and cover the edges with sand or gravel.
- **Clean the blades:** Rinse out trapped debris and algae under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hair grass style:** Thin, needle-like green blades in tufts.
- **Two tufts per pack:** A pair for the front row.
- **Weighted bases:** Each tuft stands on its own.
- **No CO2 or trimming:** The look without the live-plant work.
- **Shelter for small fish:** Low cover near the substrate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28294
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186994
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Foreground Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape Foreground
- **Contents:** 2 plants
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic, individual weighted bases
- **Target Environment:** Betta, coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Ambulia Green
Tall feathery background plant for standard tropical and coldwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-ambulia-green/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28284 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186895
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28284-1.jpg
A bare back glass makes even a well-stocked tank look unfinished, and the live plants that fill it quickly need regular cutting to keep from shading everything below. Ecoscape Large Ambulia Green (SKU: 28284) is the Large size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Ambulia, a plastic artificial plant shaped after Limnophila sessiliflora, a stem plant with dense rings of fine, bright green leaves. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Large plants at about 30 cm, tall enough to form a background screen in most standard aquariums. The weighted base keeps it standing in gravel or sand and lets it be lifted out for cleaning in seconds.
In a typical 60 cm tank about 35 to 40 cm tall, the Large reaches most of the way to the surface, hiding heaters, intake tubes and the back corners. Aqua One's description of the Ecoscape range is that it needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, brings no risk of pests or parasites, and does not decay, so it keeps its shape far longer than living foliage. Two or three Larges along the back with the Medium (SKU 28276) and Small (SKU 28266) in front give a layered stand of one plant type; for taller tanks the Xlarge (SKU 28292) adds height. The range is sold for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers also list marine use, and individual plants may vary slightly from the image. As it absorbs no nitrate, partial water changes remain the main defence against algae on the leaves.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Background screening:** Covers heaters, filter intakes and back corners.
- **Standard 60 cm tanks:** Reaches near the surface in tanks about 35 to 40 cm tall.
- **Plant-eating fish:** Greenery for goldfish, silver dollars and cichlids that destroy live stems.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Cover for stressed fish without live plants that medication may harm.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse in clean water before use, without detergent.
- **Back row placement:** Set it near the rear glass, clear of the heater element.
- **Anchor the base:** Push the weighted base into the substrate and cover its edge with gravel.
- **Routine clean:** Brush off algae under running water when it builds up on the leaves.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tall Ambulia form:** Dense green leaf whorls on upright stems.
- **About 30 cm:** Background height for standard aquariums.
- **Weighted base:** Holds firm without being buried deep.
- **No lighting needs:** Stays green under any light, or none.
- **Decay-free:** No rotting leaves adding waste to the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28284
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186895
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ambulia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic with weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Small (SKU 28266), Medium (SKU 28276), Xlarge (SKU 28292)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Cabomba/java Fern Green
Background combination of fine Cabomba fans and broad Java fern leaves.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-cabomba-java-fern-green/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186659
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28260-1.jpg
Cabomba and Java fern rarely share a live tank happily: one wants strong light and nutrients, the other grows slowly on wood in the shade. Ecoscape Large Cabomba/java Fern Green (SKU: 28260) is an Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant that puts both on one weighted base, with the finely divided fan leaves of Cabomba caroliniana alongside the long, broad fronds of Java fern (Microsorum pteropus), all in green. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Large plants at about 30 cm, a background height for most standard aquariums. It is plastic, so both leaf types keep their shape and colour without light, fertiliser or trimming.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, holding their shape longer than live plants. The contrast between the feathery Cabomba and the solid fern leaves gives depth from a single piece, which suits tanks where only one or two plants will fit along the back. In a 60 cm tank about 35 to 40 cm tall it reaches most of the way to the surface; in larger displays it works as a mid-ground piece in front of taller plants. The broad fern leaves give territorial fish visual barriers, and the fine Cabomba gives small fish somewhere to hide. Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers include marine, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. Since a plastic plant takes up no nutrients, routine water changes rather than plant growth keep nitrate and algae in check.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Background of standard tanks:** About 30 cm of mixed foliage along the back glass.
- **Single-piece planting:** Two leaf textures where space allows only one plant.
- **Cichlid and goldfish tanks:** A planted look that survives digging and grazing.
- **Breaking sight lines:** Broad fronds that give territorial fish separate zones.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Clean water only, no soap or household cleaners.
- **Set it firmly:** Push the weighted base into gravel or sand and cover the edge.
- **Show the contrast:** Turn the plant so the fern leaves sit in front of the Cabomba fans.
- **Remove algae:** Lift out and brush clean under running water as needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two plants in one:** Cabomba-style fans with Java fern-style fronds.
- **Large size:** About 30 cm for background planting.
- **Weighted base:** Upright without deep planting.
- **No light or fertiliser:** Stays green in any set-up.
- **Durable:** Will not decay, shed or be eaten.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186659
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Cabomba and Java Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic, weighted base
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Green
Layered moss-style artificial plant with tiered green fronds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-christmas-moss-green/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28281 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186864
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28281-1.jpg
Live Christmas moss grows slowly, has to be tied to wood or rock, and traps debris in its fronds, which is why many tanks that want the look never get it. Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Green (SKU: 28281) is an Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant styled on Christmas moss (Vesicularia montagnei), the moss named for its layered, triangular fronds that branch out like the boughs of a fir tree. This version is green and in the Large size, which retailer listings put at about 30 cm for the Ecoscape range, so it stands as a tall, bushy clump rather than a low carpet. It is plastic on a weighted base and needs no tying, trimming or light.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they hold their shape longer than live plants. The dense, tiered fronds suit a natural or forest-style layout, placed behind rocks or driftwood so they look like moss growing up from the hardscape. At about 30 cm it fills the background of a standard 60 cm tank or the mid-ground of a larger one. The close-set branches also give fry, small fish and shrimp places to shelter. A red version, Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Red (SKU 28280), is the same form in red. Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers also list marine, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. Fine, dense fronds catch mulm, so a quick rinse at water changes keeps them looking clean.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Natural-style layouts:** Moss-like texture behind rocks and driftwood.
- **Background of standard tanks:** About 30 cm of bushy green foliage.
- **Fry and shrimp cover:** Dense, branching fronds to hide in.
- **Without live moss:** No tying, trimming or trapped debris to clean out.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Tap water only, without soap.
- **Tuck it behind hardscape:** Let rocks or wood hide the base so the moss appears to grow from them.
- **Seat the weighted base:** Press into the substrate so the clump stands upright.
- **Rinse out debris:** Shake and rinse the fronds under running water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Christmas moss form:** Tiered, triangular green fronds.
- **Large size:** About 30 cm, a full bushy clump.
- **Weighted base:** No tying to wood or rock needed.
- **No upkeep:** No light, supplements or trimming.
- **Shelter:** Close branching for small fish and shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28281
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186864
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Christmas Moss)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic foliage, weighted base
- **Other Colours:** Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Red (SKU 28280)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Red
Red tiered-frond plant for a bold accent in the background.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-christmas-moss-red/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28280 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186857
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28280-1.jpg
Christmas moss in nature is green, so a red one is a deliberate design choice: a block of warm colour with the fine, layered texture of moss. Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Red (SKU: 28280) is an Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant shaped after Christmas moss (Vesicularia montagnei), with branching, triangular fronds stacked in tiers like a fir tree, finished in red. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Large plants at about 30 cm, so this forms a tall, dense clump rather than a carpet. It is made of plastic on a weighted base, so the colour and shape stay the same with no light, fertiliser or trimming.
Aqua One states that the Ecoscape range needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carries no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and does not decay, so it keeps its form longer than live plants. Red works as a contrast piece: one plant placed against green background foliage, black sand or dark rock stands out from across the room, and it suits themed, children's and goldfish tanks where colour matters more than a natural look. At about 30 cm it fits the background of a standard 60 cm tank or the mid-ground of a larger display. The tight branching gives small fish and fry somewhere to hide. For a natural look, the same plant comes in green as Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Green (SKU 28281). Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers list marine, and plants may vary slightly from the image.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour accent:** A red focal point among green plants.
- **Themed and children's tanks:** Bright colour that lifts a simple set-up.
- **Dark substrates:** Strong contrast against black sand or dark rock.
- **Hiding places:** Dense fronds where small fish and fry can retreat.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Clean water only; no soap or detergents.
- **One or a pair:** A single red clump usually reads better than a row.
- **Set it off-centre:** Place it to one side of the tank against a green or dark background.
- **Clean the fronds:** Rinse out trapped debris and algae under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red moss-style fronds:** Tiered, branching foliage in red.
- **About 30 cm:** A tall clump for background or mid-ground.
- **Lasting colour:** Does not fade or need red-enhancing light.
- **Weighted base:** Stands without tying or deep planting.
- **Destructive fish safe:** Suits goldfish and cichlids, per Aqua One.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28280
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186857
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Christmas Moss)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Red
- **Material:** Plastic on a weighted base
- **Other Colours:** Ecoscape Large Christmas Moss Green (SKU 28281)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Hygro Green
Broad-leaved Hygrophila-style background plant that never needs trimming.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-hygro-green/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28285 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186901
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28285-1.jpg
Live Hygrophila is easy to grow and hard to keep tidy: it shoots for the surface, drops lower leaves and needs cutting back almost every week. Ecoscape Large Hygro Green (SKU: 28285) is the Large size of Aqua One's green Ecoscape Hygro, a plastic artificial plant with the lance-shaped leaves set in pairs up upright stems that mark Hygrophila, one of the most common aquarium stem plants. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Large plants at about 30 cm tall, a background height for standard aquariums. A weighted base holds it upright, and the leaves stay green and full from top to bottom.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they keep their shape longer than live plants. The broad leaves give a bolder, more solid outline than fine-leaved plants such as Ambulia or Cabomba, which makes the Hygro a good screen for heaters and filter intakes. In a 60 cm tank about 35 to 40 cm tall it reaches most of the way up the back glass. For a graded stand, put the Medium Hygro Green (SKU 28277) in front; for deeper tanks the Xlarge Hygro Green (SKU 28293) adds height. The range is listed for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers also list marine use, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. Broad leaves show algae first, so an occasional rinse keeps the green looking fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Background screening:** Broad leaves that hide heaters and filter intakes.
- **Standard 60 cm tanks:** About 30 cm, reaching close to the surface.
- **Herbivorous fish:** A Hygro look in tanks where live Hygrophila gets eaten.
- **Low-maintenance tanks:** No weekly trimming or replanting of stem tops.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse in clean water before use, no detergent.
- **Place at the back:** Set it along the rear glass or around equipment.
- **Firm the base:** Push the weighted base into the substrate and cover its edges.
- **Clean the leaves:** Wipe or brush off algae under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hygrophila-style leaves:** Broad, lance-shaped green leaves on upright stems.
- **Large height:** About 30 cm for background planting.
- **Full from base to tip:** No bare lower stems like live Hygro.
- **Weighted base:** Stable and easy to move.
- **Pest and decay free:** Nothing living or rotting enters the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28285
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186901
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Hygrophila)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic foliage on a weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Medium Hygro Green (SKU 28277), Xlarge Hygro Green (SKU 28293)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Lilaeopsis Green
Grass-style artificial plant that gives height and fine texture.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-lilaeopsis-green/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28259 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186642
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28259-1.jpg
Fine, grassy foliage is one of the hardest looks to keep alive in an aquarium, because live grass-type plants need good light and a nutrient-rich substrate before they spread. Ecoscape Large Lilaeopsis Green (SKU: 28259) is a Large plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, styled on Lilaeopsis, the aquatic plant grown for its narrow, upright, grass-like leaves. Retail listings give Ecoscape Large plants a height of about 30 cm. The plastic leaves stand from a weighted base, so the plant sits where it is put and can be moved at any time.
Live Lilaeopsis is usually a low carpeting plant, but at around 30 cm this artificial version gives the same fine, linear texture at background or side height, a contrast to broad-leaved plants and rounded rock. It suits tanks about 35 cm tall and deeper, where it fills the rear corners without reaching the surface. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. With nothing to decay, it adds no waste and carries no snails or pests. Grassy plants look most natural in groups, so two or three placed along the back glass make a continuous stand, and the narrow blades also let light through to anything planted in front. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums. Aqua One's direction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water before use, and to keep it in the aquarium, since it is not a child's toy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Texture contrast:** Fine grassy leaves beside broad-leaved plants or smooth stones.
- **Rear corners:** About 30 cm of height to soften the back of the tank.
- **Digging fish:** A grass look that goldfish and cichlids cannot pull apart.
- **Low-light tanks:** Green foliage without the light a live grass plant needs.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Wash first:** Rinse thoroughly in tap water before it goes into the tank.
- **Anchor the base:** Settle the weighted base into the substrate so the blades stand straight.
- **Group for a meadow:** Two or three side by side read as one stand of grass.
- **Clean with water changes:** Rinse algae from the leaves under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lilaeopsis-style blades:** Narrow, upright, grass-like green leaves.
- **Large size:** About 30 cm tall for background and side planting.
- **Weighted base:** Stable and easy to rearrange.
- **No maintenance:** No lighting, pruning or supplements, according to Aqua One.
- **All water types:** Coldwater, tropical and marine use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28259
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186642
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Grass-style)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Liquorice Fern Green
Tall green artificial fern for background planting and screening.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-liquorice-fern-green/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28258 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186635
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28258-1.jpg
Live aquarium ferns grow slowly, and getting a fern stand tall enough to fill the back of a tank can take the better part of a year. Ecoscape Large Liquorice Fern Green (SKU: 28258) is a Large plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, a green fern with layered fronds modelled on the liquorice fern style, standing on a weighted base. Australian retailers list Ecoscape Large plants at about 30 cm tall, which puts this one at background height in most standard aquariums from the day it goes in. It is a single, self-supporting piece that can be shifted whenever the layout changes.
At about 30 cm the Large fern fills the rear of a tank roughly 35 to 45 cm deep without reaching the surface, and it does a useful job hiding heaters, intakes and airline along the back glass. In a shallower tank it can stand in a back corner instead. Aqua One describes the Ecoscape range as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, and safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, which is where artificial ferns earn their place. The fronds do not decay or shed, are easy to remove and clean, and give shy fish and fry shelter near the back of the tank. A smaller version of the same fern style appears in the Medium Liquorice Fern/fern Green combo (SKU 28255), which can sit in front to step the planting down. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks; rinse it thoroughly in tap water before use, as Aqua One directs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Background planting:** About 30 cm of fern for the back row of a standard tank.
- **Screening equipment:** Fronds in front of heaters, filter intakes and airline.
- **Cichlid tanks:** A fern stand that rock-moving fish cannot dig out.
- **Quick set-ups:** Mature-looking cover on day one of a new tank.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Wash first:** Rinse thoroughly in tap water before it goes in.
- **Back row:** Stand it behind lower plants and decor so it frames rather than blocks.
- **Firm the base:** Work the weighted base into the gravel so the fern stays upright.
- **Brush clean:** Remove algae from the fronds under running water as needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Layered fern fronds:** Liquorice fern styling in natural green.
- **Large size:** About 30 cm for background height.
- **Weighted base:** Holds the plant upright without deep planting.
- **Cichlid-safe:** Aqua One rates the range safe with destructive fish.
- **Clean and pest-free:** Does not decay or bring in snails.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28258
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186635
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Ludwigia Brevipes Red
Red needle-leaf artificial stem plant for background colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-ludwigia-brevipes-red/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28261 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186666
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28261-1.jpg
Red stem plants are what make a planted tank glow, and they are also the plants that lose their colour first when the light, iron or CO 2 falls short. Ecoscape Large Ludwigia Brevipes Red (SKU: 28261) is a Large red plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, styled on Ludwigia brevipes, a stem plant grown for its narrow, slender leaves that colour towards red. Australian retailers list Ecoscape Large plants at about 30 cm tall. The plastic stems rise from a weighted base, so it stands where it is placed and can be moved as the aquascape develops.
Live Ludwigia brevipes needs moderate to strong light and good nutrition to hold red tones; this artificial version keeps its colour indefinitely with nothing more than the occasional rinse. At around 30 cm it works as a background or side planting in tanks about 35 cm tall and deeper, and the fine leaves give a lighter, airier look than broad-leaved red plants. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. Nothing decays, so it adds no organic waste to the water and there are no melting leaves to net out after a change in conditions. Two or three stems grouped together give the look of a trimmed stand, and they pair naturally with darker green plants placed in front, which makes the red read more strongly from across the room. Retailers list the range for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks. Aqua One's direction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water before it goes into the aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Red background:** A band of colour behind green mid-ground plants.
- **Low-light tanks:** Red tones without high-output lighting or CO2.
- **Coldwater aquariums:** Colour where tropical red stems would not grow.
- **Destructive fish:** Stems that cichlids and goldfish cannot shred.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly under tap water; no soap.
- **Plant in a group:** Red stems read more naturally as a cluster than a single stem.
- **Contrast with green:** Place beside darker green plants to lift the red.
- **Remove algae:** Lift out and rinse at a water change when the leaves dull.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ludwigia brevipes style:** Fine, slender leaves on upright red stems.
- **Large size:** About 30 cm for background and side planting.
- **Permanent colour:** Stays red without light, iron or CO2.
- **Weighted base:** Stable placement and easy rearranging.
- **Aquarium-safe plastic:** Non-toxic and easy to clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28261
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186666
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ludwigia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Red
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Live-Plant Reference:** Ludwigia brevipes, a slender-leaved stem plant
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Ludwigia Brevipes Red
30 cm artificial red stem plant that keeps its colour without CO2.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=720
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28278 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186833
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28278-1.jpg
Getting a live Ludwigia to turn red takes bright light, iron and often CO 2 , and the colour fades within weeks if any of them slips. Ecoscape Large Ludwigia Brevipes Red (SKU: 28278) is a Large artificial plant in Aqua One's Ecoscape range, made in red to the pattern of Ludwigia brevipes, the stem plant with narrow, needle-like leaves. Ecoscape Large plants are listed by Australian retailers at about 30 cm tall. It stands on a weighted base, so there is no need to bury it deep, and it can be lifted and moved whenever the tank is rearranged.
Thirty centimetres is background height for a tank of about 35 to 45 cm, and in a shallower aquarium it fills a back corner. Fine red leaves contrast with broad green foliage and dark wood, and two or three stems together look like a natural cluster. Aqua One describes the Ecoscape range as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, and safe with destructive fish such as cichlids. It gives fish a place to hide, does not decay or shed leaves, and is easy to remove and clean. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums. Aqua One's instruction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water before introducing it. For a graded red planting, a smaller red stem plant in front lets the colour step down towards the glass, and green plants either side keep the red from looking like a solid block.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour without CO2:** Red in a tank with standard lighting and no injection.
- **Back-corner planting:** 30 cm of red to frame the sides of the tank.
- **Goldfish tanks:** Red stems that goldfish cannot graze or uproot.
- **Marine or coldwater:** Plant colour where live stem plants do not belong.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Wash thoroughly:** Tap water rinse before use, never detergent.
- **Cluster the stems:** Group two or three for the look of a trimmed stand.
- **Set against dark decor:** Wood or dark green plants behind make the red stand out.
- **Routine clean:** Brush algae off under running water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Needle-like red leaves:** Styled on Ludwigia brevipes.
- **About 30 cm high:** Background height for standard tanks.
- **No CO2 or iron needed:** Colour that never fades back to green.
- **Weighted base:** Stands upright and moves easily.
- **Fish cover:** Fine leaves give small fish somewhere to hide.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28278
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186833
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ludwigia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Red
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Care:** Rinse in tap water before use; not a child's toy
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Rotala Purple
30 cm artificial purple Rotala for background colour in standard tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-rotala-purple/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28279 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186840
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28279-1.jpg
A row of coloured stem plants along the back glass is the classic Dutch-style look, but keeping live Rotala purple at 30 cm means strong lighting, fertiliser and constant trimming. Ecoscape Large Rotala Purple (SKU: 28279) is the Large size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Rotala, an artificial plant with dense, fine purple leaves on upright stems, modelled on the Rotala stem plants grown for their coloured tops. Ecoscape Large plants are listed by Australian retailers at about 30 cm tall. The stems are fixed to a weighted base, so the plant stands where it is set and can be repositioned at any time.
Thirty centimetres gives background height in a tank about 35 to 45 cm tall and fills the back corners of a shallower one. It is the middle size of three in the store: the Medium (SKU 28271, about 20 cm) can sit in front to step the colour down, and the Xlarge (SKU 28288, about 40 cm) suits deeper aquariums. Purple reads strongest against green, so a Large Rotala between green background plants makes a band of colour rather than a block. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. The plastic will not drop leaves or decay, so it adds no waste to the water and leaves nothing to clog the filter intake or melt away after a move. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks; rinse thoroughly in tap water before use, as Aqua One directs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Background colour:** A purple band along the back of a standard tank.
- **Dutch-style rows:** Coloured stems between green background plants.
- **Cichlid and goldfish tanks:** Stem-plant colour that fish cannot destroy.
- **No-CO2 tanks:** Purple that needs no high light or injection.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Wash first:** Rinse thoroughly in tap water, no soap.
- **Back row:** Set behind lower green plants so the purple shows above them.
- **Pair with the Medium:** A Medium Rotala in front grades the colour forward.
- **Keep it bright:** Rinse algae off the fine leaves during water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dense purple leaves:** Fine Rotala-style foliage on upright stems.
- **Large size:** About 30 cm, background height for most tanks.
- **Weighted base:** Stands unaided and moves easily.
- **No trimming:** Stays the same height and shape indefinitely.
- **Middle of three sizes:** Matches the Medium and Xlarge Rotala Purple.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28279
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186840
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Rotala)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large, approx. 30 cm tall
- **Colour:** Purple
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Medium (SKU 28271), Xlarge (SKU 28288)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Wide Christmas Moss Green/hygro Red
Wide-format artificial plant for colour contrast in medium to large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-wide-christmas-moss-green-hygro-red/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28264 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186697
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28264-1.jpg
A splash of red in an aquascape usually means a stem plant that needs strong light and steady dosing to hold its colour. Ecoscape Large Wide Christmas Moss Green/hygro Red (SKU: 28264) is Aqua One's large, wide Ecoscape artificial plant, combining green Christmas-moss-style texture with Hygro red accents, built for medium to large aquariums where a small plant would be lost in the display. The piece is made from aquarium-safe material and sits on a weighted base, and Aqua One states it suits both freshwater and marine tanks.
The wide, flexible structure moves with water flow rather than standing rigid, which Aqua One says gives it a more natural look and lets it double as shelter for fish and shrimp. Being artificial, it needs no trimming, no specific lighting and no CO2 or fertiliser dosing, and it will not melt, decay or foul the water if conditions are not ideal for a live equivalent. The green moss texture and red highlights are designed to add depth and colour contrast to an aquascape rather than blend into a single uniform shade, and it sits within the wider Ecoscape range that spans small 10 cm pieces through to large and extra-large plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to large aquariums:** A large, wide piece sized to avoid being lost in bigger displays.
- **Colour-contrast aquascaping:** Green moss texture against red highlights for visual depth.
- **Freshwater or marine tanks:** One plant usable across both water types.
- **Shrimp and fish shelter:** Dense, wide foliage for cover without a live plant's upkeep.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Seat the weighted base:** Press it into substrate so it stands without floating free.
- **Allow flow movement:** Position it where current can move the flexible foliage naturally.
- **Rinse periodically:** Clean off algae or debris during routine water changes.
- **Reposition as needed:** Lift and move it without disturbing substrate the way live roots would.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large wide format:** Sized for medium to large aquariums rather than nano tanks.
- **Green moss with red highlights:** Colour contrast from Christmas moss styling and Hygro red accents.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Suited to both water types on the maker's own listing.
- **Flexible structure:** Moves with water flow for a more natural look.
- **No maintenance:** No trimming, lighting or dosing required.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28264
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186697
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Large Display Plant
- **Style:** Christmas moss green with Hygro red accents
- **Format:** Large, wide
- **Base:** Weighted, freestanding
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and marine
- **Maintenance:** None; rinse and reposition as needed
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Wide Liquorice Fern Pink/hottonia Green
Wide pink and green combination plant for a background feature.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-wide-liquorice-fern-pink-hottonia-green/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28265 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186703
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28265-1.jpg
A larger aquarium needs one or two anchor pieces that catch the eye from across the room, and a single narrow plant gets lost against a long back glass. Ecoscape Large Wide Liquorice Fern Pink/hottonia Green (SKU: 28265) is a Large Wide combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, pairing pink liquorice fern fronds with green foliage styled on Hottonia, the feathery-leaved water plant, in one broad clump. The Wide format spreads across more of the tank than a standard plant, and the whole arrangement stands on a single weighted base.
Pink against green is the contrast that red and pink live plants are used for, and here it comes ready-arranged in a piece that holds its colour without strong lighting or iron dosing. Aqua One does not publish a separate height for the Large Wide designs; standard Ecoscape Large plants are listed by Australian retailers at about 30 cm, so this suits the background or a rear corner of tanks roughly 60 cm long and up. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. The fronds and feathery leaves give fish places to shelter, and nothing in the clump decays into the water or needs trimming back as it would in a live planting. Placed off-centre, with plainer green plants around it, it becomes the focal point of the scape. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks; rinse thoroughly in tap water before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Focal point:** A pink and green feature for the back of a larger tank.
- **Colour without high light:** Pink tones that do not depend on lighting or iron.
- **Goldfish and cichlids:** Colour and cover that fish cannot eat or uproot.
- **Feature corners:** Fills a rear corner with one wide piece.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Wash before use:** Rinse thoroughly in tap water, no detergents.
- **Off-centre placement:** Set it to one side for a natural focal point.
- **Surround with green:** Plain green plants nearby make the pink stand out.
- **Routine rinse:** Lift out and brush off algae during water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-colour combo:** Pink liquorice fern with green Hottonia-style foliage.
- **Wide format:** Covers more width than a single-stem plant.
- **Fixed colour:** Pink that never fades back to green.
- **Weighted base:** One base holds the whole clump.
- **Aquarium-safe plastic:** Non-toxic and easy to clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28265
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186703
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large Wide (height not published; Ecoscape Large approx. 30 cm)
- **Colours:** Pink and green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Wide Liquorice Fern/eagle Fern Green
Broad two-fern artificial clump for filling space in larger tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-wide-liquorice-fern-eagle-fern-green/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28262 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186673
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28262-1.jpg
Filling the back of a bigger aquarium one narrow plant at a time takes a lot of pieces, and the result can look like a row of separate stems rather than one planted bank. Ecoscape Large Wide Liquorice Fern/eagle Fern Green (SKU: 28262) is a Large Wide combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, combining two green fern styles, a liquorice fern and an eagle fern, in one spreading clump on a weighted base. As the name indicates, the Wide format is built to cover more width than a standard single-stem plant, so one piece does the work of several.
Aqua One does not publish a separate height for the Large Wide designs; standard Ecoscape Large plants are listed by Australian retailers at about 30 cm, which places this clump in the background or along the sides of tanks roughly 60 cm long and up. Two fern textures in the same green read as one natural stand, and the fronds give shy fish and fry plenty of cover. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. With nothing alive in it, it cannot decay, shed or bring in snails, and a wide clump like this hides heaters and filter intakes along the back glass. Its all-green colouring makes it an easy partner for driftwood, stone and live plants alike. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums. Aqua One's direction is to wash and rinse thoroughly in tap water before it goes in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger aquariums:** One wide clump in place of several single plants.
- **Background banks:** A continuous wall of fern along the rear glass.
- **Shelter for fish:** Dense fronds for shy species, fry and stressed new arrivals.
- **Cichlid tanks:** Fern cover that rearranging fish cannot uproot.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly in tap water; no soap or detergent.
- **Allow the width:** Leave room either side so the fronds spread naturally.
- **Anchor the base:** Settle the weighted base into the substrate before filling.
- **Clean as needed:** Lift out and rinse algae off the fronds under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two fern styles:** Liquorice fern and eagle fern in natural green.
- **Wide format:** A spreading clump that covers more of the tank.
- **Weighted base:** Holds the whole clump steady.
- **No upkeep:** No special lighting, pruning or supplements.
- **Blends with hardscape:** All-green fronds suit wood and stone.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28262
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186673
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant (Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large Wide (height not published; Ecoscape Large approx. 30 cm)
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Large Wide Ludwigia Brevipes/java Fern Green
Stem plant and Java fern combo in one wide green clump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-large-wide-ludwigia-brevipes-java-fern-green/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28263 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186680
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28263-1.jpg
Real aquascapes mix leaf shapes, fine stems behind broad fern leaves, and building that contrast from single artificial plants usually means buying and arranging several pieces. Ecoscape Large Wide Ludwigia Brevipes/java Fern Green (SKU: 28263) is a Large Wide combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, pairing slender stems styled on Ludwigia brevipes with the long, broad leaves of a Java fern, all in green, on one weighted base. The Wide format spreads sideways to cover more of the tank than a standard single plant.
Java fern is the plant most aquarists know from driftwood and rock, and its broad, strap-like leaves set off fine-leaved stems well; this combo puts both textures together in one green clump. Aqua One does not publish a separate height for the Large Wide designs; standard Ecoscape Large plants are listed by Australian retailers at about 30 cm, which puts this piece in the background or a rear corner of tanks around 60 cm long and up. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. It gives fish cover, never decays and brings no snails or pests into the tank, and one wide piece is quicker to lift out and clean than a row of separate plants. Because the colour is all green, it blends with live plants if the tank is later converted. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks, and Aqua One's direction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Texture contrast:** Fine stems and broad fern leaves in one piece.
- **Larger tanks:** A wide clump to fill the back of a 60 cm tank or bigger.
- **Beside driftwood:** Java fern styling that suits wood and rock layouts.
- **Destructive fish:** A planted look that cichlids cannot dig out.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly in tap water; never use soap.
- **Against hardscape:** Set it at the base of wood or rock as Java fern would grow.
- **Give it width:** Leave room either side for the clump to spread.
- **Clean periodically:** Lift out and rinse algae off under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mixed leaf shapes:** Ludwigia brevipes-style stems with Java fern leaves.
- **Wide format:** Fills more width than a single-stem plant.
- **All green:** Natural colouring that sits with live plants and wood.
- **Weighted base:** Holds the clump steady on the substrate.
- **Pest-free:** Nothing to decay or carry snails.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28263
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186680
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Large Wide (height not published; Ecoscape Large approx. 30 cm)
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Ambulia Green
Mid-height feathery stem plant that bridges foreground and background.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-ambulia-green/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28276 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186819
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28276-1.jpg
The middle of an aquascape is where a tank either looks planted or looks like a few ornaments on gravel, and it is also where live stem plants need the most trimming to stay in proportion. Ecoscape Medium Ambulia Green (SKU: 28276) is the Medium size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Ambulia, a plastic artificial plant with the soft, needle-fine leaf whorls of Limnophila sessiliflora, the fast-growing Asian stem plant sold live as Ambulia. Retailer listings give Ecoscape Medium plants a height of about 20 cm. A weighted base holds it upright in gravel or sand, so it can be moved as the layout changes.
At around 20 cm, the Medium fills the mid-ground of a standard 60 cm tank or sits in the background of a shallow 30 to 40 cm tank, where it reaches roughly halfway to the surface. Aqua One describes the Ecoscape range as needing no special lighting, supplements or pruning, safe to use with destructive fish such as cichlids, unable to bring in pests or parasites, and lasting longer than live plants because it never rots. Grouped with the Small (SKU 28266) in front and the Large (SKU 28284) or Xlarge (SKU 28292) behind, it builds a graded bank of the same green so the planting reads as one species. Retailers list the range for coldwater and tropical tanks, with some listing marine as well, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. Being artificial, it takes up no nitrate, so regular partial water changes stay the main algae control.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-ground filler:** Softens the line between low foreground plants and tall background stems.
- **Shallow tanks:** A background plant for tanks around 30 to 40 cm tall.
- **Goldfish and cichlids:** Fine-leaved greenery that cannot be eaten or uprooted for good.
- **Hiding spots:** Dense foliage where shy fish and fry can take cover.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Plain tap water only, no soaps or cleaners.
- **Bed it in:** Push the weighted base into the substrate until the stems stand straight.
- **Stagger the heights:** Place Mediums between Smalls in front and Larges behind.
- **Remove algae:** Take it out at a water change and brush the leaves under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Feathery Ambulia leaves:** Fine green whorls on upright stems.
- **Around 20 cm high:** Mid-ground height for most home aquariums.
- **Weighted base:** Stands on its own and moves easily.
- **Cichlid-safe:** Aqua One rates the range safe with destructive fish.
- **Holds its shape:** Does not decay, shed or need trimming.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28276
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186819
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ambulia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic foliage, weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Small (SKU 28266), Large (SKU 28284), Xlarge (SKU 28292)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Ambulia/fern Green
Mid-ground artificial plant combining fine Ambulia whorls and fern fronds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-ambulia-fern-green/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28256 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186611
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102197490417694.jpg
Mid-ground planting is where texture matters most, because it sits right at eye level between the gravel and the background. Ecoscape Medium Ambulia/fern Green (SKU: 28256) is the Medium size of Aqua One's Ambulia/fern combination, an Ecoscape plastic plant that sets fine-leaved Ambulia stems, styled on Limnophila sessiliflora, alongside wider fern-like fronds on one weighted base. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Medium plants at about 20 cm tall, which puts the feathery tips at mid-height in a standard tank. The base holds it upright in gravel or sand and lets it be moved whenever the layout changes.
Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as needing no special lighting, supplements or pruning, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, free of any risk of bringing in pests or parasites, and lasting longer than live plants because they never rot. The mix of narrow and broad leaves breaks up a run of single-shape plants and gives a planted look in tanks where live ferns and stem plants would not last, such as goldfish, cichlid or low-light set-ups. At 20 cm it works in the mid-ground of a 60 cm tank or along the back of a shallow 30 to 40 cm tank. Pair it with the Small Ambulia/fern Green (SKU 16453) in front for a stepped clump. The range is listed for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers also list marine, and plants may differ slightly from the photo. Unlike live plants, it absorbs no nitrate, so keep up routine partial water changes to hold algae back on the fine leaves.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-ground texture:** Fine and broad leaves together at eye level.
- **Shallow tank backgrounds:** Fills the back of tanks around 30 to 40 cm tall.
- **Low-light aquariums:** Green foliage where live ferns and stems would struggle.
- **Cover for shy fish:** Dense leaves for tetras, rasboras and fry to retreat into.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Clean water only, never detergent.
- **Plant the base:** Push the weighted base into the substrate so the stems stand straight.
- **Step the heights:** Set the Small version in front to lead the eye up to the Medium.
- **Clean at water changes:** Lift out and rinse off algae and debris.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Combination foliage:** Ambulia whorls with fern-style fronds.
- **About 20 cm tall:** Mid-ground height in standard aquariums.
- **Weighted base:** Easy to position and reposition.
- **Cichlid-proof:** Rated safe with destructive fish by Aqua One.
- **Never decays:** Adds no plant waste to the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28256
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186611
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ambulia and Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic, weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Ecoscape Small Ambulia/fern Green (SKU 16453)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Cabomba Red
Mid-height red fan-leaved plant for colour contrast without the live-plant fuss.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-cabomba-red/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28270 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186758
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28270-1.jpg
Red Cabomba is famous among planted-tank keepers for its colour and infamous for how quickly it melts without intense light, CO 2 and steady fertiliser. Ecoscape Medium Cabomba Red (SKU: 28270) is the Medium size of Aqua One's red Ecoscape Cabomba, a plastic artificial plant with the finely divided, fan-shaped leaves of Cabomba furcata in a strong red. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Medium plants at about 20 cm, a mid-ground height in most aquariums. It stands on a weighted base and keeps its colour indefinitely, with nothing to trim, feed or light.
Aqua One states that the Ecoscape range needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carries no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and does not decay, so it holds its shape longer than any live plant. A patch of red among green foliage gives a tank a focal point, and the Medium is sized to do that in the mid-ground of a 60 cm tank or at the back of a shallow 30 to 40 cm tank. Set one or two in front of green background plants, or off-centre near a piece of driftwood, to draw the eye. For a taller red accent at the back, the Xlarge Cabomba Red (SKU 28286) is about twice the height. Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers also list marine, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. Algae shows up quickly on red leaves, so a rinse every few water changes keeps the colour clean.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour contrast:** A red accent against green plants and natural hardscape.
- **Mid-ground focal point:** Draws the eye at about 20 cm without blocking the view.
- **Low-tech tanks:** The look of red Cabomba with no high light or CO2.
- **Goldfish and cichlid tanks:** A red plant that will not be eaten or dug up.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Plain water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Place off-centre:** One red plant at about a third of the tank width reads naturally.
- **Back it with green:** Set it in front of taller green plants so the red stands out.
- **Clean the leaves:** Brush off algae under running water to keep the red bright.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red Cabomba-style fans:** Fine, divided leaves in red.
- **Medium height:** About 20 cm for mid-ground placement.
- **Colour that lasts:** No fading from low light or missing nutrients.
- **Weighted base:** Easy to place and move.
- **No upkeep:** No pruning, supplements or special lighting.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28270
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186758
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Cabomba)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Red
- **Material:** Plastic foliage, weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Ecoscape Xlarge Cabomba Red (SKU 28286)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Eagle Fern/bouvardia Green
Mixed-leaf green artificial plant for the mid-ground.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-eagle-fern-bouvardia-green/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28254 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186598
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28254-1.jpg
A planted look usually comes from several species side by side, but every live species added brings its own light, feeding and trimming needs. Ecoscape Medium Eagle Fern/bouvardia Green (SKU: 28254) is an Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant that combines two foliage styles on one weighted base: fern-style fronds named for the eagle fern, set with Bouvardia-style leaves, a name borrowed from a genus of flowering shrubs. The whole piece is green plastic, so it shows two leaf shapes in one clump without any of the care a live pairing would need. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Medium plants at about 20 cm tall, a mid-ground height for most tanks.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they keep their shape longer than live plants. The old pack copy for this plant also lists hiding places for fish, fine detail in the leaf shapes and a weighted base for stable placement. At about 20 cm it sits in the middle of a standard 60 cm tank, in front of taller background plants, or at the back of a shallow tank of 30 to 40 cm. Because the fronds and leaves differ in shape, one plant gives the variety of two, which helps in small tanks with room for only a few pieces. Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical aquariums; the photo shows the style, and individual plants may vary slightly. Artificial plants take up no nitrate, so regular water changes remain the main control for nitrate and algae in a tank planted only with them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-ground variety:** Two leaf shapes in one clump at about 20 cm.
- **Small tanks:** More texture from fewer pieces where space is short.
- **Coldwater set-ups:** Greenery for goldfish tanks where live plants get eaten.
- **Cover for fish:** Mixed foliage for shy species to shelter behind.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse under tap water, no soap.
- **Bed the base:** Push the weighted base into the gravel so it stands straight.
- **Turn to show both leaves:** Rotate until the fern fronds and Bouvardia leaves both face the front.
- **Clean when needed:** Lift out and brush off algae under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Combination plant:** Eagle fern-style fronds with Bouvardia-style leaves.
- **Medium height:** About 20 cm for mid-ground placement.
- **Weighted base:** Easy, stable aquascaping.
- **Non-toxic and aquarium safe:** As stated on the range packaging.
- **No maintenance:** No pruning, light or supplements.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28254
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186598
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Fern Combination)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic foliage, weighted base
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Fan Palm Green
Palm-style artificial plant with fanned fronds for a tropical look.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-fan-palm-green/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28274 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186796
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28274-1.jpg
Not every aquascape is trying to copy a river bed; some tanks are meant to look like a tropical island, and a palm shape says that instantly. Ecoscape Medium Fan Palm Green (SKU: 28274) is an Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant with palm-style fronds that fan out from a central point, finished in green and set on a weighted base. It is a decorative design rather than a copy of a true aquatic plant, so it brings a distinct, broad-leaved outline that stands apart from fine-leaved stem plants. Retailers list the Medium Fan Palm at 20 cm tall, a mid-ground height for most home aquariums.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they hold their shape longer than live plants. The weighted base makes placement easy, and the plant lifts straight out for cleaning. The fanned fronds give fish broad cover to rest under and break up the view across the tank, which helps territorial species settle. At 20 cm it suits the mid-ground of a 60 cm tank, the back of a smaller tank, or a beach or island theme alongside light sand and ornaments. The Fan Palm is also sold in red, and Aqua One lists it for coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums. Each plant may vary slightly from the photo. A tank planted only with artificial plants has nothing taking up nitrate, so steady partial water changes matter more for keeping algae off the broad fronds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tropical island themes:** A palm outline with light sand and beach-style ornaments.
- **Mid-ground shape contrast:** Broad fanned fronds among fine-leaved plants.
- **Resting cover:** Fish can shelter beneath the spreading fronds.
- **Coldwater and tropical tanks:** Greenery for goldfish and community tanks alike.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Tap water only, never soap or chemicals.
- **Give it space:** Leave room around it so the fan shape is not hidden by other plants.
- **Fix the base:** Press the weighted base into the substrate and level it.
- **Wipe the fronds:** Brush off algae under running water at maintenance time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fan palm design:** Fronds spreading from a central point.
- **20 cm height:** Medium size for mid-ground placement.
- **Weighted base:** Makes aquascaping easy, according to Aqua One.
- **Safe with cichlids:** Holds up to destructive fish.
- **Easily removed and cleaned:** Lifts out in one piece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28274
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186796
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Fan Palm)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green (also made in red)
- **Material:** Plastic on a weighted base
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Hygro Green
Broad-leaved artificial stem plant for the mid-ground of the tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-hygro-green/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28277 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186826
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28277-1.jpg
Live Hygrophila grows fast, and within a few weeks a tidy mid-ground clump can be shading everything planted in front of it. Ecoscape Medium Hygro Green (SKU: 28277) is the Medium size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Hygro, a plastic artificial plant styled on Hygrophila, the stem plant sold live as "Hygro" for its upright stems and long, broad green leaves. Australian retailer listings give Ecoscape Medium plants a height of about 20 cm. It stands on a weighted base, so it can be placed, moved or lifted out without burying anything deep in the gravel, and it never grows past the height it is bought at.
Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic that needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, and the range is sold as safe with destructive fish such as cichlids. Because the leaves do not decay, there is nothing to rot, shed or foul the water, and nothing living to bring in snails or pests. At 20 cm the Medium sits in the middle band of a 45 to 60 cm tank, or towards the back of a shallow tank of 30 cm or so. Placed in front of the Large (SKU 28285) or Xlarge (SKU 28293) Hygro Green, it builds a graded bank of one leaf style from mid-ground to back glass. Retailers list the Ecoscape range for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks, and the maker's instruction is to wash and rinse thoroughly in tap water before it goes in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-ground cover:** Fills the band between low foreground plants and tall background stems.
- **Goldfish tanks:** Green leaves that goldfish cannot graze down or uproot for good.
- **Cichlid set-ups:** Plant cover in a tank where live stems would be dug out.
- **Low-tech tanks:** Greenery with no lighting upgrade, CO2 or fertiliser.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly in tap water; no soap or household cleaner.
- **Seat the base:** Press the weighted base into the substrate until the stems stand upright.
- **Grade the heights:** Medium in front, Large and Xlarge Hygro behind for a stepped bank.
- **Brush off algae:** Lift it out at a water change and clean the leaves under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hygro-style leaves:** Long, broad green foliage on upright stems.
- **About 20 cm tall:** A mid-ground height for most home aquariums.
- **Weighted base:** Stands without deep planting and moves easily.
- **No upkeep:** No special lighting, supplements or pruning, according to Aqua One.
- **Does not decay:** Nothing to rot, shed or carry pests into the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28277
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186826
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Hygro)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Large (SKU 28285), Xlarge (SKU 28293)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Liquorice Fern/fern Green
All-green fern combination plant for the mid-ground.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-liquorice-fern-fern-green/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28255 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186604
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/925cc4765b1647fe121f7710b4d1814b_M.jpg
Ferns give an aquascape its soft, layered look, but live ferns grow slowly and a full mid-ground clump can take months to fill in. Ecoscape Medium Liquorice Fern/fern Green (SKU: 28255) is a Medium combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, pairing two green fern styles, a liquorice fern and a second fern form, on one weighted base. Australian retailers list Ecoscape Medium plants at about 20 cm tall. The result is a dense, two-texture fern clump in a single piece that can be set down, moved or lifted out in seconds.
Because both leaf forms are green, this combo reads as natural foliage rather than a colour accent, which makes it a good filler between a low foreground and taller background plants. At about 20 cm it sits in the middle band of a 45 to 60 cm tank, or towards the back of a smaller one. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. The plastic fronds do not decay, so they add no waste to the water and bring in no snails. The fronds give shy fish a place to hide, and the clump can be used to soften the base of a piece of driftwood or fill a gap between rocks. For a touch of colour in the same style, the pink colourway of this combo (SKU 28257) sits well beside it. The range is sold for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums; Aqua One's direction is to rinse it thoroughly in tap water before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-ground filler:** A full fern clump between foreground plants and the back row.
- **Natural-look tanks:** All-green foliage that blends with wood and stone.
- **Cover for shy fish:** Layered fronds where tetras and fry can shelter.
- **Cichlid and goldfish tanks:** Fern texture that cannot be eaten or uprooted.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Wash before use:** Rinse thoroughly in tap water, no detergent.
- **Set beside hardscape:** Place against wood or rock as live ferns would grow.
- **Bed the base:** Push the weighted base into the gravel so the clump sits level.
- **Rinse off algae:** Remove at water changes and clean under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two fern styles:** Liquorice fern and a second green fern on one base.
- **About 20 cm:** Mid-ground height for most home aquariums.
- **All-green palette:** Blends with live plants and natural hardscape.
- **Weighted base:** Stands unaided and moves easily.
- **No upkeep:** No lighting, pruning or supplements, according to Aqua One.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28255
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186604
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant (Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Related Colourway:** Medium Liquorice Fern/fern Pink (SKU 28257)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Liquorice Fern/fern Pink
Pink-toned fern combination plant for a mid-ground colour accent.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-liquorice-fern-fern-pink/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28257 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186628
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28257-1.jpg
An all-green tank can look flat, and the live plants that bring pink or red into an aquascape tend to be the fussiest about light and nutrients. Ecoscape Medium Liquorice Fern/fern Pink (SKU: 28257) is a Medium combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, setting a liquorice fern form and a second fern form in pink tones together on one weighted base. Australian retailers list Ecoscape Medium plants at about 20 cm tall, so it sits at mid-ground height in most home aquariums. It arrives as one ready-made clump that can be placed, moved or lifted out at any time.
The pink colouring is the point of this piece: one or two among green plants give the eye somewhere to land, which is how aquascapers use red and pink live plants. At around 20 cm it suits the middle band of a 45 to 60 cm tank, or the back of a smaller desktop tank. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic that needs no special lighting, pruning or supplements, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and is easy to remove and clean. The fronds never decay, so there is no leaf litter fouling the water and nothing alive to carry snails into the tank. The same combo in an all-green colourway (SKU 28255) makes a matching partner when a softer contrast is wanted. The range is sold for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and Aqua One's direction is to rinse it thoroughly in tap water before it goes in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour focal point:** A pink clump among green plants to draw the eye.
- **Coldwater tanks:** Pink tones where live red plants would not colour up.
- **Desktop and children's tanks:** Bright decor that needs no plant care.
- **Goldfish and cichlids:** Colour that cannot be eaten, dug up or shredded.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Tap water only; no soap or cleaning chemicals.
- **Place off-centre:** A focal clump looks more natural to one side of the tank.
- **Frame it in green:** Surround it with green foliage so the pink stands out.
- **Clean with water changes:** Lift out and brush off algae under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pink fern combo:** Liquorice fern and a second fern form in pink tones.
- **Medium size:** About 20 cm, a mid-ground height.
- **Weighted base:** Stands on its own and rearranges easily.
- **Never fades back:** Holds its colour and shape without light or fertiliser.
- **Aquarium-safe plastic:** Non-toxic and easy to remove and clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28257
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186628
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant (Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Pink
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Related Colourway:** Medium Liquorice Fern/fern Green (SKU 28255)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Ludwigia Green
Mid-height artificial Ludwigia with rounded green leaves.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-ludwigia-green/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28275 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186802
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28275-1.jpg
Live Ludwigia is one of the easier stem plants, but it still needs regular trimming and replanting to keep a mid-ground group at an even height. Ecoscape Medium Ludwigia Green (SKU: 28275) is the Medium size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Ludwigia, a plastic artificial plant styled on Ludwigia, the stem plant known for its paired, rounded leaves along upright stems. Petstock gives the Medium Ecoscape Ludwigia a height of 20 cm (8 in). A weighted base holds it upright in gravel or sand, so it can be placed, moved and lifted out without disturbing the substrate.
At 20 cm the Medium fills the middle band of a 45 to 60 cm tank, or makes a background plant for a desktop tank of 30 cm or so. It is part of a three-size line in the store: the Small (SKU 28250, about 10 cm) sits in front and the Xlarge (SKU 28291, about 40 cm) behind, so one leaf style can be graded from front glass to back. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic that needs no special lighting, pruning or supplements, is easy to rearrange, and is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids. The leaves never decay, so there is no plant waste in the water and no risk of introducing snails with a new plant. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums. Petstock carries the maker's instruction to wash and rinse thoroughly in tap water before introducing it, and its warning that it is not a child's toy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-ground groups:** An even-height band of green between foreground and background.
- **Desktop tanks:** A back-row plant for small aquariums about 30 cm tall.
- **Goldfish and cichlids:** Green cover that cannot be eaten or dug out.
- **Beginner tanks:** Planted look with no lighting, trimming or fertiliser to learn.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly in tap water before it goes in.
- **Grade the line:** Small Ludwigia in front, Medium in the middle, Xlarge at the back.
- **Seat the base:** Press the weighted base into the substrate until level.
- **Clean at water changes:** Lift out and rinse algae off the leaves.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ludwigia-style leaves:** Rounded green leaves in pairs up each stem.
- **20 cm (8 in) tall:** Mid-ground height for most aquariums.
- **Weighted base:** Makes aquascaping and rearranging easy.
- **No upkeep:** No special lighting, pruning or supplements.
- **Three sizes in store:** Small, Medium and Xlarge in the same style.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28275
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186802
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ludwigia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, 20 cm (8 in) tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Small (SKU 28250), Xlarge (SKU 28291)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Medium Rotala Purple
Mid-ground artificial Rotala that adds purple contrast without high light.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-medium-rotala-purple/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28271 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186765
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28271-1.jpg
Rotala is the stem plant aquascapers use for pink and purple tops, but live Rotala only colours up under strong light and good nutrition, and turns green again when either drops. Ecoscape Medium Rotala Purple (SKU: 28271) is the Medium size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Rotala, a plastic artificial plant styled on Rotala, with small, fine leaves crowded along upright stems, here in purple. Australian retailers list Ecoscape Medium plants at about 20 cm tall. It stands on a weighted base and can be moved freely as the layout changes.
At around 20 cm it sits in the middle band of a 45 to 60 cm tank, or at the back of a 30 cm desktop tank, and a single purple clump among green plants gives the scene a clear point of contrast. The store also stocks the Large (SKU 28279, about 30 cm) and Xlarge (SKU 28288, about 40 cm) in the same purple, so the colour can be carried from mid-ground to the back glass. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. The purple will not fade, and the leaves will not melt or decay into the water, which also means no plant debris clogging the filter. A purple plant shows up most strongly against pale sand and dark green foliage, so the surrounding planting is worth planning around it. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and the maker's direction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-ground contrast:** A purple clump among green plants.
- **Standard lighting:** Rotala colour without a high-output light.
- **Desktop tanks:** A back-row plant for aquariums about 30 cm tall.
- **Coldwater or goldfish:** Colour where live Rotala would not survive.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Tap water only, no detergents.
- **Place off-centre:** A focal colour looks more natural to one side of the tank than dead centre.
- **Step up the heights:** Medium in front, Large and Xlarge Rotala behind.
- **Clean at water changes:** Lift out and rinse algae from the fine leaves.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rotala-style stems:** Fine leaves in purple on upright stems.
- **About 20 cm tall:** Mid-ground height for most tanks.
- **Fade-proof colour:** Stays purple without light or nutrients.
- **Weighted base:** Stands unaided and moves easily.
- **Three sizes in store:** Medium, Large and Xlarge in the same colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28271
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186765
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Rotala)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Medium, approx. 20 cm tall
- **Colour:** Purple
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Large (SKU 28279), Xlarge (SKU 28288)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Ambulia Green
Low feathery artificial stem plant for the front of the aquascape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-ambulia-green/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28266 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186710
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28266-1.jpg
Live Ambulia grows so quickly that a neat foreground clump turns into a tangle of stems within weeks, and keeping it short means trimming every water change. Ecoscape Small Ambulia Green (SKU: 28266) is the smallest size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Ambulia, an artificial plastic plant modelled on Limnophila sessiliflora, the stem plant known for its whorls of fine, feathery green leaves. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Small plants at about 10 cm tall, so this one stays low in the front of the tank and never needs cutting back. It stands on a weighted base, so it can be set in place or moved without being buried deep in the gravel.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and hold their shape longer than live plants because they do not decay. At 10 cm, the Small works as the front row of a graded planting: two or three in front of the Medium (SKU 28276) and Large (SKU 28284) Ambulia give the stepped look of a trimmed stem-plant group. It also suits nano and betta tanks, where a single Small fills a corner without crowding the swimming space. The fine leaves give fry and small fish cover near the substrate. The range is sold for coldwater and tropical tanks, and some Australian retailers also list marine use; each plant varies slightly from the photo.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground planting:** A low clump of green in front of taller stems or hardscape.
- **Nano and betta tanks:** Greenery at a scale that suits a small aquarium.
- **Cichlid and goldfish tanks:** Plant cover that diggers and grazers cannot destroy.
- **Low-light set-ups:** Green foliage without lighting, CO2 or fertiliser.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse under tap water before use; never use soap or detergent.
- **Set the base:** Press the weighted base into the gravel so the plant stands upright.
- **Group in odd numbers:** Three Smalls read as a natural clump rather than a row.
- **Clean as needed:** Lift out and brush off algae under running water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ambulia-style foliage:** Fine, feathery green leaves on short stems.
- **About 10 cm tall:** Stays in the foreground without trimming.
- **Weighted base:** Stable placement and easy rearranging.
- **No upkeep:** No lighting, supplements or pruning, according to Aqua One.
- **Pest-free:** No snails, parasites or decaying leaves introduced.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28266
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186710
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ambulia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Small, approx. 10 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic foliage on a weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Medium (SKU 28276), Large (SKU 28284), Xlarge (SKU 28292)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Ambulia/fern Green
Two-texture foreground plant mixing feathery stems with fern fronds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-ambulia-fern-green/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 16453 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186567
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28251-1.jpg
A single leaf shape across a whole tank can look flat, and mixing live species of different textures means juggling different light and trimming needs. Ecoscape Small Ambulia/fern Green (SKU: 16453) is a small Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant that pairs two leaf types on one weighted base: the fine, feathery whorls of Ambulia (Limnophila sessiliflora) and broader fern-style fronds, both in green. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Small plants at about 10 cm tall, so it sits in the foreground or along the front edge of a hardscape. It is plastic, so it keeps the same shape and colour without light, fertiliser or cutting back.
Aqua One states that the Ecoscape range needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carries no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and does not decay, so it holds its shape longer than a live plant. The combination of soft and flat leaves gives texture at a scale that suits nano aquariums, betta tanks and the front row of a larger layout, where it can soften the base of rocks or driftwood. For more height in the same style, the Medium Ambulia/fern Green (SKU 28256) is around twice as tall. Small fish and shrimp use the low foliage as cover near the substrate. The range is sold for coldwater and tropical tanks, some Australian retailers also list marine, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. In a betta tank, check the fronds for sharp edges before use, since long fins can catch on hard plastic.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Front of the tank:** Mixed-texture greenery that stays below the line of sight.
- **Nano and betta set-ups:** Two leaf styles from one small plant in a small space.
- **Around hardscape:** Softens the base of rocks, wood and ornaments.
- **Grazing or digging fish:** Foliage that goldfish and cichlids cannot strip.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse in tap water before use, without soap.
- **Seat the base:** Press the weighted base into the gravel and level it.
- **Face the fronds forward:** Turn the plant so the fern leaves show against the Ambulia.
- **Brush clean:** Remove algae with a soft brush under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two leaf textures:** Feathery Ambulia stems with fern-style fronds.
- **Foreground height:** About 10 cm, sized for the front row.
- **Weighted base:** Stands without deep planting.
- **Zero maintenance:** No light, supplements or trimming.
- **Safe introduction:** No hitchhiking snails or parasites.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 16453
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186567
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ambulia and Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Small, approx. 10 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic foliage on a weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Ecoscape Medium Ambulia/fern Green (SKU 28256)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Fern Green/red
Two-tone fern plant that adds a flash of red to the foreground.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-fern-green-red/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28253 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186581
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28253-1.jpg
Small tanks rarely have room for a separate red plant, yet a touch of red is what makes the green around it look alive. Ecoscape Small Fern Green/red (SKU: 28253) is a small Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant with fern-style fronds in a mix of green and red on a single weighted base. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Small plants at about 10 cm tall, so it sits in the foreground, at the base of rocks or wood, or as one of the main plants in a nano or betta tank. It is plastic, so the two-tone colouring stays the same with no special light, fertiliser or trimming.
Aqua One states that the Ecoscape range needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carries no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and does not decay, so it keeps its shape longer than live plants. The range packaging also describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, with fine detail and colour in the leaves. Because one plant carries both colours, it can tie a red accent elsewhere in the tank back to the green plants around it, or give a small tank a focal point on its own. Place it near the front glass where its low height does not hide anything behind it, and group two or three for a fuller clump. Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical aquariums, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. With long-finned bettas, run a stocking or tissue over the fronds first; if it snags, the edges can catch fins.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground colour:** A low two-tone plant at the front of the tank.
- **Nano and betta tanks:** Green and red together where only one plant fits.
- **Base of hardscape:** Softens the line where rock or wood meets gravel.
- **Goldfish bowls and tanks:** Colour that goldfish cannot graze away.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Clean water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Front and centre-left:** Keep it near the glass so taller plants stay visible behind.
- **Seat the base:** Press the weighted base into the substrate until it stands firm.
- **Brush off algae:** Clean the fronds under running water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-tone fern fronds:** Green and red on one plant.
- **Small size:** About 10 cm for foreground use.
- **Weighted base:** Stable placement, easy to move.
- **Non-toxic and aquarium safe:** According to the range packaging.
- **No care needed:** No light, supplements or pruning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28253
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186581
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Fern)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Small, approx. 10 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green and red
- **Material:** Plastic foliage, weighted base
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Limnophila Orange/hottonia Pink
Two-colour foreground combo plant on a single weighted base.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-limnophila-orange-hottonia-pink/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28249 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186543
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28249-1.jpg
Warm colours in a planted tank usually come from red stem plants that need strong light and iron, and they rarely stay small enough for the front glass. Ecoscape Small Limnophila Orange/hottonia Pink (SKU: 28249) is a Small combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, pairing orange foliage styled on Limnophila with pink foliage styled on Hottonia, the feathery-leaved water plant, on one base. Ecoscape Small plants are listed at about 10 cm tall, and Aqua One describes the small combo designs as made for foreground planting. The plant stands on a weighted base and can be moved whenever the layout changes.
Two colours on one base give a ready-made contrast that would otherwise take two separate plants, and at 10 cm it stays low enough not to hide fish swimming behind it. Aqua One suggests adding medium and large plants behind small ones for mid-ground and background, so this combo works as the front accent of a green planting. The leaves are non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic that needs no special lighting, pruning or supplements, does not decay, and is easy to remove and clean. Aqua One also lists it as a place for fish to hide and as safe with destructive fish such as cichlids. That matters in a coldwater tank, where the red and orange stem plants that give live colour usually struggle, and in a goldfish tank, where live foliage is eaten. Retailers list the Ecoscape range for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks. Aqua One's direction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water before it goes in, and it is made for aquarium use, not as a child's toy.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground accent:** Orange and pink at the front of a mostly green aquascape.
- **Nano and betta tanks:** Colour at a 10 cm scale that suits a small aquarium.
- **Children's tanks:** Bright, easy decor with no plant care to learn.
- **Coldwater set-ups:** Colourful planting where warm-water red plants would not grow.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly in tap water; never use soap.
- **Front and centre:** Place it near the front glass where its colours show.
- **Back it with green:** Medium and Large green plants behind make the colours stand out.
- **Keep it clean:** Lift it out and brush off algae during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Combo design:** Orange Limnophila-style and pink Hottonia-style foliage together.
- **Small size:** About 10 cm for foreground planting.
- **Weighted base:** Stays put and rearranges easily.
- **Hiding place:** Cover for small fish near the substrate.
- **Colour without care:** No special lighting or supplements needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28249
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186543
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Small, approx. 10 cm tall
- **Colours:** Orange and pink
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Lotus Leaf/lilaeopsis Green
Weighted artificial plant pairing broad leaves with fine grass foliage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-lotus-leaf-lilaeopsis-green/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28268 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186734
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28268-1.jpg
A nano tank, or one with fish that uproot and nibble real plants, still benefits from some greenery without the upkeep a live plant demands. Ecoscape Small Lotus Leaf/lilaeopsis Green (SKU: 28268) is Aqua One's small Ecoscape artificial plant, combining broad, lotus-leaf-style foliage with fine lilaeopsis-style grass in green, built on a weighted base that seats directly into gravel or sand without being pushed in or glued down. Being artificial, it carries none of the risk of introducing snails, algae spores or other hitchhikers that live plant stock sometimes brings in.
The weighted base is designed to make aquascaping straightforward, holding the plant upright in the substrate and letting it be lifted out, rinsed and repositioned at any time without disturbing the rest of the layout. It needs no special lighting, CO2, fertiliser or pruning, and it will not decay, melt or foul the water the way a struggling live plant can. The mix of a broad leaf shape and a fine grass texture gives contrast in a small-format piece suited to foreground or mid-ground placement, and it sits within Aqua One's wider Ecoscape range of small, medium and large artificial plants, most of the small sizes running around 10 cm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small aquariums:** Foreground planting in tanks too small for a full live-plant setup.
- **Cichlid and other plant-eating fish:** Foliage that survives where live plants are grazed or uprooted.
- **New tank aquascaping:** Instant greenery while a biofilter establishes.
- **Low-light or low-maintenance tanks:** No CO2, fertiliser or trimming required.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Seat the weighted base:** Press it into gravel or sand so the plant stands upright.
- **Rinse before adding:** Run it under water to clear any dust from packaging.
- **Rearrange freely:** Lift and reposition it at any time without disturbing a live plant's roots.
- **Clean with water changes:** Wipe or rinse off algae build-up as part of routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Weighted base:** Stands upright in substrate without gluing or anchoring.
- **Lotus-leaf and lilaeopsis mix:** Broad foliage paired with fine grass texture.
- **No maintenance:** No lighting, fertiliser or pruning needed.
- **Safe with aggressive fish:** Dug up or nibbled without the damage a live plant would suffer.
- **Small-format sizing:** Suits foreground placement in nano and small aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28268
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186734
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Small Foreground Plant
- **Style:** Lotus leaf and lilaeopsis foliage mix
- **Colour:** Green
- **Base:** Weighted, freestanding
- **Maintenance:** None; rinse and reposition as needed
- **Suitable For:** Nano and small freshwater aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Ludwigia Green
Low 10 cm artificial Ludwigia for the front of the aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-ludwigia-green/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186550
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28250-1.jpg
The foreground is the part of a tank seen most closely, and it is where live stem plants look worst when they are left to grow tall and leggy. Ecoscape Small Ludwigia Green (SKU: 28250) is the smallest size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Ludwigia, a plastic plant made to the pattern of the Ludwigia stem plant, with rounded green leaves arranged up short stems. Ecoscape Small plants are listed by Australian retailers at about 10 cm tall, and Aqua One describes small plants as made for foreground planting. It comes on a weighted base, so it sits flat on the gravel without being buried and can be repositioned at any time.
At 10 cm the Small keeps a low line along the front glass, leaving the view into the tank open. It is also the right scale for nano and betta tanks, where a single piece fills a corner without crowding swimming room. In the store it is the front member of a three-size line: the Medium (SKU 28275, 20 cm) and Xlarge (SKU 28291, about 40 cm) carry the same leaf style back towards the rear glass, and Aqua One recommends adding medium and large plants behind small ones for a natural look. Ecoscape plants are described as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, and safe with destructive fish such as cichlids. They give small fish and fry somewhere to hide, do not decay, and are easy to remove and clean. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks; wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground rows:** A low green edge along the front glass.
- **Betta and nano tanks:** A plant sized for aquariums of 10 to 30 litres.
- **Fry and small fish:** Low cover near the substrate.
- **Filling gaps:** Softens the base of rocks, wood and taller plants.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Tap water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Plant in threes:** Odd-numbered groups look like a natural clump.
- **Keep it forward:** Place in front of Medium and Xlarge plants for depth.
- **Clean as needed:** Lift out and brush algae off under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Short Ludwigia stems:** Rounded green leaves at foreground height.
- **About 10 cm tall:** Never grows into the view.
- **Weighted base:** Sits on the substrate without deep planting.
- **Hiding place:** Cover for small fish, fry and shrimp.
- **Front of a three-size line:** Matches the Medium and Xlarge Ludwigia.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28250
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186550
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ludwigia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Small, approx. 10 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Medium (SKU 28275), Xlarge (SKU 28291)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Rana Digitos Green/purple
Green and purple foreground combo plant on one weighted base.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-rana-digitos-green-purple/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28267 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186727
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28267-1.jpg
Purple is a rare colour among aquarium plants, and the few live plants that show it are usually demanding about light. Ecoscape Small Rana Digitos Green/purple (SKU: 28267) is a Small combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, setting green and purple foliage together on one weighted base. Australian retailers list Ecoscape Small plants at about 10 cm tall, and Aqua One describes its small combo designs as intended for foreground planting. It is a single piece that can be placed or moved in seconds.
Two colours on one base give an instant contrast at the front of the tank, where the purple shows up against green plants and pale gravel. At about 10 cm it stays low enough to keep the view clear, and it suits nano and betta tanks as a single accent. Aqua One suggests adding medium and large plants behind small ones for mid-ground and background, so this is designed to sit as the front highlight of a larger planting. One or two pieces are usually enough; a whole row of purple tends to overpower the green behind it and flatten the sense of depth. The Ecoscape range is described as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. The plastic foliage does not decay, so it adds nothing to the bioload and brings in no pests. It also gives small fish a place to hide near the substrate. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine tanks, and the maker's direction is to wash and rinse thoroughly in tap water before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Purple accent:** A colour few live aquarium plants can supply.
- **Front of the tank:** A low highlight ahead of green mid-ground plants.
- **Betta and nano tanks:** Colour at a scale that suits small aquariums.
- **Kids' aquariums:** Bright, robust decor with nothing to maintain.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly in tap water; no soap.
- **Use as a highlight:** One or two among green plants rather than a whole row.
- **Pale substrate:** Light sand or gravel makes the purple read clearly.
- **Clean as needed:** Lift out and brush off algae under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-colour combo:** Green and purple foliage on a single base.
- **Small size:** About 10 cm for foreground placement.
- **Weighted base:** Stands steady and rearranges easily.
- **Holds its colour:** No lighting or supplements needed to keep the purple.
- **Aquarium-safe plastic:** Non-toxic and easy to clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28267
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186727
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Small, approx. 10 cm tall
- **Colours:** Green and purple
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Small Rhapis Palm/fern Green
Palm and fern combo plant on a log-style base for the foreground.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-small-rhapis-palm-fern-green/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28252 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186574
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28252-1.jpg
Small plants on their own can look scattered across the gravel, and the eye reads a scene better when foliage appears to grow from something, such as a root or a log. Ecoscape Small Rhapis Palm/fern Green (SKU: 28252) is a Small combination plant from Aqua One's Ecoscape artificial range, pairing palm-style fronds modelled on Rhapis, the fan-leaved lady palm, with green fern foliage. Petstock describes the base as an attractive log base, so the plant appears to sprout from a piece of timber rather than a plain disc. Ecoscape Small plants are listed at about 10 cm tall.
Aqua One describes the small plants in its combo designs as made for foreground planting and recommends adding medium and large plants behind them for mid-ground and background, giving a natural, layered look. The log base also makes this piece work as a small focal point on its own in a nano or betta tank. The base is weighted, which Aqua One says makes aquascaping easy, and the plant can be rearranged at any time. Petstock lists the range as non-toxic and aquarium safe, easy to remove and clean, and a place for aquatic life to hide; Aqua One's wider claims for Ecoscape are no special lighting, pruning or supplements and safety with destructive fish such as cichlids. Because nothing decays, it adds no waste to the water. In a natural-style layout, setting it near a real piece of driftwood makes the log base look like part of the same fallen branch, and a few small pebbles around the base help hide its edge. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums; rinse it thoroughly in tap water before it goes in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground focal point:** A palm and fern clump growing from a log.
- **Nano and betta tanks:** One self-contained scene piece for a small aquarium.
- **Natural-style layouts:** Pairs with real driftwood and stone.
- **Hiding spots:** Low fronds where small fish and shrimp can shelter.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash thoroughly in tap water; no soap or cleaner.
- **Show the log:** Set it on top of the substrate so the log base stays visible.
- **Layer behind it:** Add medium and large plants behind for depth.
- **Clean the fronds:** Remove and rinse off algae during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Palm and fern combo:** Rhapis-style fronds with green fern foliage.
- **Log-style base:** Looks like plants growing from timber.
- **Small size:** About 10 cm for foreground planting.
- **Weighted:** Sits steady and rearranges easily.
- **Easy to clean:** Lifts out and rinses under the tap.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28252
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186574
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Combo Plant
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Small, approx. 10 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted, log-style
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Xlarge Ambulia Green
Tallest Ecoscape Ambulia for the back of deep and large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-xlarge-ambulia-green/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28292 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186970
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28292-1.jpg
Deep tanks swallow small plants, and a background that stops halfway up the glass leaves the top of the water column looking empty. Ecoscape Xlarge Ambulia Green (SKU: 28292) is the tallest size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Ambulia, a plastic artificial plant built to resemble Limnophila sessiliflora, a stem plant with soft, finely divided green leaves arranged in rings up each stem. Retailer listings give Ecoscape Xlarge plants a height of about 40 cm, enough to rise well into the upper half of a 45 to 50 cm tall aquarium. A weighted base keeps the tall stems standing in gravel or sand.
The Xlarge is the size for big displays: 90 cm and 120 cm tanks, tall cubes and deep cichlid or goldfish set-ups where 20 or 30 cm plants disappear into the background. Aqua One states that the Ecoscape range needs no special lighting, supplements or pruning, is safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carries no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and does not decay, so the planting looks the same year after year. A row of Xlarges along the back with the Large (SKU 28284), Medium (SKU 28276) and Small (SKU 28266) stepping down to the front creates a full-height bank of a single plant type. Its long, fine-leaved stems also break up sight lines for territorial fish. The range is listed for coldwater and tropical tanks, some retailers add marine, and each plant may differ slightly from the photo.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep aquariums:** Background height for tanks of about 45 cm and taller.
- **Large displays:** Fills the back of 90 cm and 120 cm tanks without dozens of small plants.
- **Territorial fish:** Tall cover that breaks up sight lines between rivals.
- **Hiding equipment:** Screens tall heaters, intake pipes and airline.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Clean water only; no detergent or household cleaner.
- **Bury the base well:** A deeper bed of substrate over the weighted base steadies a tall plant.
- **Keep clear of outlets:** Strong filter returns can lean tall stems; place to the side of the flow.
- **Clean outside the tank:** Lift out and scrub algae off with a soft brush under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tallest Ambulia size:** About 40 cm for deep and large tanks.
- **Fine-leaved stems:** Feathery green Ambulia foliage.
- **Weighted base:** Supports the tall stems in gravel or sand.
- **Destructive fish safe:** Suits cichlids and goldfish, per Aqua One.
- **Permanent planting:** No growth, trimming or decay.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28292
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186970
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ambulia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Xlarge, approx. 40 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic, weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Small (SKU 28266), Medium (SKU 28276), Large (SKU 28284)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Xlarge Cabomba Green
Tall fan-leaved Cabomba replica for the back of deep aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-xlarge-cabomba-green/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28289 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186949
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/28289-1.jpg
Live Cabomba is one of the most admired background plants and one of the quickest to fall apart, shedding its fine leaves when light or nutrients drop. Ecoscape Xlarge Cabomba Green (SKU: 28289) is an Aqua One Ecoscape artificial plant styled on Cabomba caroliniana, the stem plant with bright green, finely divided fan-shaped leaves stacked up long stems. Retailer listings put Ecoscape Xlarge plants at about 40 cm, the tallest size in the range, so it rises well up the back glass of deep tanks. It is plastic on a weighted base, so the soft fan shape stays intact with no light, CO 2 or fertiliser.
Aqua One states that Ecoscape plants need no special lighting, supplements or pruning, are safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, carry no risk of introducing pests or parasites, and do not decay, so they hold their shape far longer than live plants. That makes the Xlarge Cabomba a practical stand-in in goldfish tanks, where live Cabomba is eaten, and in large cichlid displays, where it is uprooted. Its height suits aquariums of about 45 cm and taller, including 90 cm and 120 cm displays, where a row of three or more makes a solid green backdrop. The fine leaves also hide heaters and intake pipes without blocking much flow. Aqua One lists the range for coldwater and tropical aquariums, some retailers list marine use as well, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. The fine leaves collect debris over time, and a rinse every month or so keeps them bright green.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep tank backgrounds:** A 40 cm screen for tall aquariums.
- **Goldfish tanks:** The Cabomba look without the plant being eaten.
- **Large cichlid displays:** Background foliage that cannot be uprooted for good.
- **Low-tech set-ups:** No strong lighting or CO2 needed to keep it green.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse in tap water, never soap or chemicals.
- **Anchor deeply:** Cover the weighted base with a good layer of substrate to steady the tall stems.
- **Use the back corners:** Place along the rear glass or around equipment.
- **Clean gently:** Swish or brush the fine leaves under running water to lift algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cabomba-style fans:** Finely divided green leaves on tall stems.
- **Xlarge height:** About 40 cm for deep aquariums.
- **Weighted base:** Stable in gravel or sand.
- **No shedding:** Keeps every leaf, unlike live Cabomba in low light.
- **Pest-free:** Nothing living carried into the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28289
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186949
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Cabomba)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Xlarge, approx. 40 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Plastic foliage on a weighted base
- **Related:** Ecoscape Xlarge Cabomba Red (SKU 28286)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Xlarge Cabomba Red
Tall red background plant that keeps its colour in any light.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-xlarge-cabomba-red/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28286 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186918
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28286-1.jpg
A tall stand of red stems at the back of a large tank is a planted-tank showpiece, and growing it live takes strong lighting, CO 2 injection and constant trimming. Ecoscape Xlarge Cabomba Red (SKU: 28286) is the tallest size of Aqua One's red Ecoscape Cabomba, a plastic artificial plant with red, finely divided fan leaves stacked up long stems, modelled on Cabomba furcata. Retailer listings give Ecoscape Xlarge plants a height of about 40 cm, so it reaches well up the back glass of deep and large aquariums. A weighted base keeps the tall stems upright in gravel or sand.
Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as needing no special lighting, supplements or pruning, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, unable to introduce pests or parasites, and lasting longer than live plants because they never decay. The Xlarge is sized for tanks of about 45 cm and taller, including 90 cm and 120 cm displays, where shorter plants get lost. A group of two or three Xlarges in a back corner creates a block of red against green background plants, or a striking backdrop behind silver or blue fish such as rainbowfish, angelfish and discus. The Medium Cabomba Red (SKU 28270) repeats the same red at mid-height to link the background to the front. The range is listed for coldwater and tropical aquariums, some retailers list marine as well, and each plant may vary slightly from the photo. Tall plastic stems take up no nutrients, so steady water changes are what keep algae off the red leaves.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** A tall red background for 90 cm and 120 cm aquariums.
- **Colour behind fish:** A red backdrop for silver, blue or yellow species.
- **Without CO2:** The red-stem look in tanks with ordinary lighting.
- **Cichlid displays:** Tall foliage that survives digging and rearranging.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Clean water only, no detergent.
- **Bury the base:** A deep layer of substrate over the weighted base steadies tall stems.
- **Group in a corner:** Two or three together give a bolder block of colour than one.
- **Keep it bright:** Brush algae off the red leaves under running water when it appears.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tallest red Cabomba:** About 40 cm of red stems.
- **Fine fan leaves:** Divided Cabomba-style foliage.
- **Weighted base:** Supports the height in gravel or sand.
- **Fade-free colour:** No loss of red from poor light or nutrients.
- **Safe with cichlids:** Aqua One's rating for the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28286
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186918
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Cabomba)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Xlarge, approx. 40 cm tall
- **Colour:** Red
- **Material:** Plastic on a weighted base
- **Other Sizes:** Ecoscape Medium Cabomba Red (SKU 28270)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Xlarge Hygro Green
Tall 40 cm artificial Hygro for the back row of deeper aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-xlarge-hygro-green/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28293 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186987
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28293-1.jpg
A tall tank with nothing at the back glass looks empty, and growing live stems up to the surface takes strong light, fertiliser and weekly trimming. Ecoscape Xlarge Hygro Green (SKU: 28293) is the tallest size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Hygro, a plastic artificial plant modelled on Hygrophila, with long, broad green leaves set along upright stems. Retailers list the Xlarge Hygro at about 40 cm, with one plant per pack. A weighted base keeps that height standing in gravel or sand, and the plant can be shifted along the back glass whenever the layout changes.
At 40 cm this is a background plant for aquariums around 45 cm tall and deeper, where it reaches most of the way to the waterline and screens heaters, filter intakes and hoses. In a shallower tank it would brush the surface, so the Large (SKU 28285, about 30 cm) or Medium (SKU 28277, about 20 cm) is the better fit there, and both make a graded bank in front of the Xlarge. Aqua One describes the Ecoscape range as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, supplements or pruning, and safe with destructive fish such as cichlids. The leaves do not decay and are easy to remove and clean. Retailers in Australia and the UK list the range for coldwater, tropical and saltwater tanks; the maker's direction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep tanks:** A background plant for aquariums around 45 cm tall or more.
- **Hiding equipment:** Screens heaters, intakes and airline along the back glass.
- **Large cichlids:** Height and cover that big, digging fish cannot destroy.
- **Quick makeovers:** Instant height in a new set-up before any live plants establish.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Tap water only before it goes in; no detergents.
- **Back corners first:** Stand it at the rear so it does not block the view of the fish.
- **Check the waterline:** Make sure the 40 cm height clears the surface and the light.
- **Clean in place or out:** Brush algae off the leaves, or lift it out and rinse.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tallest Hygro size:** About 40 cm of stems and broad green leaves.
- **Background scale:** Fills height that live stems take months to reach.
- **Weighted base:** Holds a tall plant upright without deep planting.
- **Cichlid-safe:** Rated by Aqua One for tanks with destructive fish.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Listed for coldwater, tropical and saltwater tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28293
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186987
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Hygro)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Xlarge, approx. 40 cm tall
- **Contents:** 1 plant
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Medium (SKU 28277), Large (SKU 28285)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Xlarge Ludwigia Green
40 cm artificial Ludwigia to fill the back of deeper tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-xlarge-ludwigia-green/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28291 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186963
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28291-1.jpg
Tall live stem plants need strong light reaching the substrate and weekly topping to stay tidy, and in a deep tank they often go bare at the bottom. Ecoscape Xlarge Ludwigia Green (SKU: 28291) is the tallest size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Ludwigia, a plastic plant styled on the Ludwigia stem plant, with rounded green leaves running the full height of each stem. Ecoscape Xlarge plants are listed at about 40 cm. A weighted base keeps it upright in gravel or sand, and it stays the same height and fullness from the day it goes in.
Forty centimetres is background height for aquariums of roughly 45 cm tall and more; in shallower tanks it will reach the surface, and the Medium (SKU 28275, 20 cm) is the better choice there. In a deep tank the Xlarge covers the back glass, screens heaters and filter intakes, and gives the scene vertical structure behind lower plants. Grade it with the Medium in the middle and the Small (SKU 28250, about 10 cm) at the front for a continuous bank of one leaf style. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, and safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, which is where a tall artificial stem plant earns its place. It does not decay, drop leaves or go bare at the base the way tall live stems do in deep water, is easy to remove and clean, and is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums. Rinse thoroughly in tap water before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tall aquariums:** Back-row planting for tanks about 45 cm tall or deeper.
- **Hiding hardware:** A green screen in front of heaters and intakes.
- **Large cichlids:** Height that big fish cannot uproot or shred.
- **Display tanks:** Instant vertical structure behind mid-ground plants.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Measure first:** Check that 40 cm clears the waterline in the tank.
- **Wash before use:** Rinse thoroughly in tap water, no cleaners.
- **Back and sides:** Place along the rear glass or in corners to frame the tank.
- **Clean the leaves:** Rinse off algae under running water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full-height Ludwigia:** Rounded green leaves all the way up the stems.
- **About 40 cm tall:** The largest size in the line.
- **Weighted base:** Holds a tall plant steady without deep planting.
- **Never goes leggy:** No bare lower stems, trimming or replanting.
- **Cichlid-safe:** Rated by Aqua One for tanks with destructive fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28291
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186963
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Ludwigia)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Xlarge, approx. 40 cm tall
- **Colour:** Green
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Small (SKU 28250), Medium (SKU 28275)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Ecoscape Xlarge Rotala Purple
Tallest artificial purple Rotala for deep aquariums and feature corners.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/ecoscape-xlarge-rotala-purple/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 28288 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136186932
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/28288-1.jpg
In a deep aquarium, light fades before it reaches the bottom, so live Rotala tends to stay coloured only at the very top while the lower stems go bare. Ecoscape Xlarge Rotala Purple (SKU: 28288) is the tallest size of Aqua One's Ecoscape Rotala, a plastic artificial plant with fine purple leaves packed along each stem from base to tip, styled on the coloured Rotala stem plants. Ecoscape Xlarge plants are listed at about 40 cm. A weighted base holds that height upright on gravel or sand without deep planting, and the plant can be moved whenever the scape changes.
At about 40 cm it suits aquariums roughly 45 cm tall and deeper, where it reaches well up towards the surface and gives the back of the tank vertical colour. In a shallower tank it may touch the waterline, and the Large (SKU 28279, about 30 cm) or Medium (SKU 28271, about 20 cm) will fit better; together, the three sizes grade the same purple from mid-ground to rear glass. A single Xlarge also works as a feature in a back corner, framed by green plants either side. Aqua One describes Ecoscape plants as non-toxic and aquarium safe, needing no special lighting, pruning or supplements, safe with destructive fish such as cichlids, and easy to remove and clean. It never loses colour or leaves, and needs nothing beyond a rinse when algae settles on the fine foliage. The range is listed for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, and the maker's direction is to wash and rinse it thoroughly in tap water before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep aquariums:** Colour from substrate to near the surface in tanks 45 cm tall or more.
- **Feature corners:** A tall purple accent framed by green plants.
- **Large fish:** Height and colour that big cichlids cannot uproot.
- **Screening equipment:** Covers heaters and filter intakes at the back.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Check the height:** Make sure about 40 cm sits below the waterline.
- **Rinse before use:** Wash thoroughly in tap water, no cleaners.
- **Grade the colour:** Large and Medium Rotala Purple in front of it.
- **Clean the leaves:** Rinse off algae under running water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour to the base:** Purple leaves along the full stem, no bare lower stems.
- **About 40 cm tall:** The largest Rotala Purple size.
- **Weighted base:** Keeps a tall plant upright.
- **No special lighting:** Holds its colour in any tank.
- **Cichlid-safe:** Rated by Aqua One for tanks with destructive fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 28288
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136186932
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant (Rotala)
- **Range:** Aqua One Ecoscape
- **Size:** Xlarge, approx. 40 cm tall
- **Colour:** Purple
- **Material:** Non-toxic, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Other Sizes:** Medium (SKU 28271), Large (SKU 28279)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums
---
#### Plastic Plant 3pk Mix 1
Three assorted EcoScape plastic plants with weighted bases for coldwater and tropical tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/artificial-plant/plastic-plant-3pk-mix-1/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 24229 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136182019
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Artificial Plant (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/artificial-plant/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AF_Assorted_plants_3pk_aa2304_600x.webp
Live plants need light, fertiliser and patience, and goldfish treat many of them as food; plastic plants simply stay as they are. Plastic Plant 3pk Mix 1 (SKU: 24229) is a three-pack of assorted artificial plants from Aqua One's EcoScape plastic plant range, sold by the maker as EcoScape Plastic Plant 3pk Mix 1. Each plant has a weighted base, which Aqua One says makes aquascaping easy, and the mix gives three different plants in one pack so a planting looks varied rather than repeated. Aqua One states that the plants enhance the look of any aquarium, give fish and other aquatic life a place to hide, have fine details with unique colours and shapes, and are non-toxic and aquarium safe.
The maker rates the pack for coldwater and tropical aquariums, so it suits goldfish tanks, community tanks and fish such as cichlids and silver dollars that uproot or eat live plants. The weighted bases stand on the substrate as supplied, and pushing each base a little way into gravel or sand hides it and keeps the plant upright when fish brush through. Plastic plants need no special lighting, CO 2 or fertiliser, so they suit tanks with basic lights and owners who want a planted look without the upkeep. Aqua One also makes EcoScape Plastic Plant 3pk Mix 2 (24230), the EcoScape 3pk Medium Mix (28536) and the Large Mix (28537), which can be combined with this pack to fill a bigger tank. Algae collects on plastic leaves over time; lift the plants out at a water change, scrub them under warm water with a soft brush and put them back, with no soap or detergent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish and cichlid tanks:** Plants that cannot be eaten or uprooted for good.
- **Basic lighting:** No special light, CO2 or fertiliser needed.
- **Hiding places:** Cover for shy fish and young fish.
- **Quick makeovers:** Three different plants from one pack.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Tall behind short:** Place the tallest of the three behind the others.
- **Bury the bases:** Push the weighted bases into the substrate.
- **Scrub off algae:** Soft brush under warm water at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-plant assortment:** Different shapes in one pack.
- **Weighted bases:** Stand on the substrate without extra anchors.
- **Shelter for fish:** A place to hide, according to Aqua One.
- **Fine detail:** Unique colours and shapes, per the maker.
- **Non-toxic:** Aquarium safe for coldwater and tropical tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 24229
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136182019
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Plastic Plant Pack
- **Maker's Name:** EcoScape Plastic Plant 3pk Mix 1
- **Contents:** 3 assorted plastic plants
- **Base:** Weighted
- **Related Packs:** Mix 2 (24230), Medium Mix (28536), Large Mix (28537)
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater and tropical freshwater aquariums
---
### Aqua One — Cabinet
#### Lifestyle Classic 40 Cabinet Satin Black
Matching satin black cabinet for the Aqua One Lifestyle Classic 40 aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/lifestyle-classic-40-cabinet-satin-black/
- Price: $159.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 52052BK-S · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136180565
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/52052BK-S-1.jpg
A full 40 litre aquarium puts well over 40 kg on whatever it stands on, and a shelf or side table was rarely built for that kind of load. Lifestyle Classic 40 Cabinet Satin Black (SKU: 52052BK-S) is the matching cabinet for Aqua One's Lifestyle Classic 40 Complete Glass Aquarium in satin black (52052BK). It measures 45 cm wide, 29.5 cm deep and 76 cm high, the same 45 × 29.5 cm footprint as the Lifestyle Classic 40 tank, so the aquarium sits square on top with its edges lined up. Aqua One describes the Lifestyle Classic cabinets as providing ample storage, and the space below takes food, water treatments, test kits and spare filter media.
With the 38 cm tall Lifestyle Classic 40 on top, the finished display stands about 114 cm high. The satin black finish is made to match the black version of the aquarium; Aqua One pairs the satin grey tank (52052GY) with a concrete-finish cabinet (52052CC-S) instead. The cabinet is sold on its own, and Aqua One publishes a dedicated instruction manual for it. Retail descriptions of the range say the cabinets are designed to carry the weight of their matching aquarium, so this one is sized for the 40 litre model only; the 72, 125 and 182 litre Lifestyle Classic tanks each have their own cabinet. The tank it is built for carries an integrated LED light and a 450 L/h filter, so a power point near the cabinet is all the display needs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **With the Lifestyle Classic 40:** The matched base for the satin black tank, SKU 52052BK.
- **Hiding equipment:** Storage for food, conditioners, nets and spare media.
- **No suitable furniture:** A solid place for a 40 litre tank when a desk or bench will not do.
- **Moving a benchtop tank:** Giving an existing Lifestyle Classic 40 its own stand.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Assemble per the manual:** Follow Aqua One's Lifestyle Classic 40 cabinet instructions.
- **Check level:** Side to side and front to back before the tank goes on.
- **Leave cable room:** Set it near a power point with space behind for the light and filter leads.
- **Place the tank empty:** Position the aquarium first, then add gravel and water in place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact footprint:** A 45 × 29.5 cm top to match the Lifestyle Classic 40.
- **Satin black finish:** Matches the satin black aquarium.
- **Storage below:** Room for aquarium supplies.
- **76 cm height:** Lifts the tank to about 114 cm overall.
- **Range-matched:** Part of the Lifestyle Classic aquarium and cabinet system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 52052BK-S
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136180565
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 45 cm W × 29.5 cm D × 76 cm H
- **Finish:** Satin black
- **Matching Aquarium:** Lifestyle Classic 40 Complete Glass Aquarium 45cm 40l Satin Black (SKU 52052BK)
- **Height with Aquarium:** About 114 cm (cabinet 76 cm + tank 38 cm)
- **Alternative Finish:** Concrete (52052CC-S), paired by Aqua One with the satin grey tank
- **Aquarium Included:** No, sold separately
- **Target Environment:** Indoor freshwater set-ups using the Lifestyle Classic 40
---
#### Reefsys 180 Aquasys 155 Cabinet 60l X 55 D X 80cm H Nebraska Oak
Matching oak-finish cabinet that hides equipment beneath Aqua One's 60 cm ReefSys and AquaSys tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/reefsys-180-aquasys-155-cabinet-60l-x-55-d-x-80cm-h-nebraska-oak/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 53446NO-S · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136172669
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/53446NO-S-1.jpg
A deep 60 cm aquarium needs a base that matches its footprint exactly, and the equipment that runs it needs somewhere out of sight. ReefSys 180 AquaSys 155 Cabinet 60L X 55 D X 80cm H Nebraska Oak (SKU: 53446NO-S) is Aqua One's matching cabinet for the ReefSys 180 marine aquarium and the AquaSys 155 freshwater aquarium, in the Nebraska Oak finish. It measures 60 cm long, 55 cm deep and 80 cm high, the same 60 × 55 cm footprint as both tanks, and Aqua One describes its purpose simply: to keep equipment out of sight. The oak finish suits rooms with timber furniture or floors, where a gloss white cabinet would stand out.
The cabinet is sold on its own and the tank is a separate purchase. Under the ReefSys 180 (53446) it carries a 180 L system with 10 mm glass, and 180 L of water alone weighs about 180 kg before rock and sand are added; under the AquaSys 155 (53452) it carries a 155 L frameless tank on its supplied foam base. Aqua One lists the same 60 cm cabinet in White (53446WH-S) and Concrete (53446CC-S), and makes matching 90 cm and 120 cm cabinets for the larger ReefSys 255 / AquaSys 235 and ReefSys 326 / AquaSys 315. The maker publishes an instruction manual specifically for the AquaSys 155 / ReefSys 180 cabinet, and its listing carries a topple warning, so read the manual before set-up and position the cabinet on a solid, level floor. With the 53 cm tank on top, the rim sits about 133 cm from the floor.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **ReefSys 180 set-ups:** The matching base for the 60 cm reef system.
- **AquaSys 155 aquariums:** The same footprint for the freshwater tank.
- **Timber interiors:** An oak finish alongside wooden furniture and floors.
- **Tidy equipment:** Storage below the tank, out of sight.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Read the manual:** Follow Aqua One's AquaSys 155 / ReefSys 180 cabinet instructions.
- **Level the floor position:** Check level front to back and side to side before the tank goes on.
- **Plan the leads:** Work out power and plumbing routes before filling.
- **Recheck when loaded:** Confirm level again with the empty tank in place, then fill.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact footprint:** 60 × 55 cm to match both tanks.
- **Tank rim at about 133 cm:** 80 cm cabinet plus a 53 cm tank.
- **Nebraska Oak finish:** A woodgrain look rather than gloss.
- **Concealed storage:** Keeps equipment out of sight, per Aqua One.
- **Three finishes:** White and Concrete are also made.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 53446NO-S
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136172669
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 60 cm L × 55 cm D × 80 cm H
- **Finish:** Nebraska Oak
- **Suits:** ReefSys 180 (53446) and AquaSys 155 (53452)
- **Other Finishes:** White (53446WH-S), Concrete (53446CC-S)
- **Supplied:** Cabinet only; tank sold separately
- **Documentation:** Aqua One instruction manual for the AquaSys 155 / ReefSys 180 cabinet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine set-ups on a 60 × 55 cm tank
---
#### Reefsys 180 Aquasys 155 Cabinet 60l X 55 D X 80cm H White
White cabinet built to the footprint of the ReefSys 180 and AquaSys 155 aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/reefsys-180-aquasys-155-cabinet-60l-x-55-d-x-80cm-h-white/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 53446WH-S · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136169935
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/53446WH-S-1.jpg
White furniture keeps a large aquarium from looking heavy in a bright, modern room, and lets the colour in the water take the attention. ReefSys 180 AquaSys 155 Cabinet 60L X 55 D X 80cm H White (SKU: 53446WH-S) is the white version of Aqua One's cabinet for its two 60 cm deep-format aquariums, the ReefSys 180 marine system and the AquaSys 155 freshwater tank. At 60 × 55 cm across the top and 80 cm high, it matches both tanks' footprint, so the glass lines up with the cabinet edges, and Aqua One designed it to keep filtration and other equipment out of sight beneath the aquarium.
Weight is the main consideration with any cabinet of this size: 180 L of water alone is about 180 kg before glass, rock and sand. Aqua One provides an instruction manual for this cabinet and shows a topple warning on its listing, so follow the manual, stand the cabinet on a level, solid floor rather than thick carpet, and check level again with the empty tank in place before filling. With a ReefSys 180 (53446) or AquaSys 155 (53452) on top, the 80 cm cabinet and 53 cm tank put the rim about 1.3 m from the floor, a workable height for reaching into an open-top tank. The cabinet and tank are sold separately. Aqua One's cabinet listing gives the 60 cm model in White, Concrete (53446CC-S) and Nebraska Oak (53446NO-S), and the 90 cm and 120 cm cabinets carry the ReefSys 255 and 326 and their AquaSys equivalents, so a white set-up can be matched in a larger size later.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bright interiors:** A white base for modern, light-coloured rooms.
- **Reef displays:** Under the ReefSys 180 for an open-top marine set-up.
- **Freshwater aquascapes:** Under the AquaSys 155 for a planted tank.
- **Hidden equipment:** Space below the tank for gear and supplies.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Follow the instructions:** Use Aqua One's AquaSys 155 / ReefSys 180 cabinet manual.
- **Choose the spot:** A solid, level floor near power, away from direct sun.
- **Level before loading:** Check level in both directions and correct it first.
- **Recheck with the tank:** Confirm level again before adding any water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White finish:** A clean, bright look under the tank.
- **Matched footprint:** 60 × 55 cm top for the ReefSys 180 and AquaSys 155.
- **80 cm high:** Puts a 53 cm tank's rim at about 1.3 m.
- **Equipment storage:** Keeps gear out of sight, per Aqua One.
- **Larger matches:** 90 cm and 120 cm cabinets for bigger ReefSys and AquaSys tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 53446WH-S
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136169935
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 60 cm L × 55 cm D × 80 cm H
- **Finish:** White
- **Compatible Aquariums:** ReefSys 180 (53446), AquaSys 155 (53452)
- **Other Finishes:** Nebraska Oak (53446NO-S), Concrete (53446CC-S)
- **Supplied:** Cabinet only
- **Documentation:** AquaSys 155 / ReefSys 180 cabinet instruction manual (Aqua One)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and freshwater aquariums with a 60 × 55 cm base
---
#### Roc 450 Cabinet 45x45x76cm H Gloss Black
Gloss black support cabinet for standard-size aquariums and terrariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/roc-450-cabinet-45x45x76cm-h-gloss-black/
- Price: $179.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 46170BK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136121865
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/46170BK-1.jpg
An aquarium or terrarium needs a stand strong enough to carry its full filled weight rather than furniture improvised for the job. Roc 450 Cabinet 45x45x76cm H Gloss Black (SKU: 46170BK) is the Aqua One ROC 450 cabinet, a 45 x 45 x 76 cm gloss black cabinet built to the market's standard aquarium and terrarium footprint sizes and engineered to safely support the complete weight of a matching set-up. The same cabinet model is sold within the wider Kong's product range as the Reptile One ROC-450, since it suits terrariums as readily as aquariums of the same base size.
The doors use a handle-free, push-to-open mechanism for a clean gloss black front without visible hardware, and the inside gives storage space for filters, food, substrate and other equipment that would otherwise sit loose nearby. It is designed around standard market dimensions rather than a one-off size, so it is intended to pair with aquariums or terrariums built to the matching 45 x 45 cm footprint. The gloss finish is the only colour this size comes in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **45 x 45 cm aquariums or terrariums:** A matching-footprint stand built for the combined weight.
- **Equipment storage:** Housing filters, food and spares out of sight beneath the display.
- **Gloss black interiors:** A cabinet finish matching dark-toned room or stand set-ups.
- **Terrarium or aquarium use:** One cabinet design suited to either.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the floor:** Stand the cabinet on a flat, solid floor able to bear the full filled weight.
- **Level before fitting the tank:** Confirm the cabinet sits level before placing the aquarium or terrarium on top.
- **Load storage evenly:** Distribute stored items inside rather than all to one side.
- **Keep doors clear:** Push-to-open doors need clearance to swing without obstruction.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard footprint sizing:** 45 x 45 cm base built to match standard tank and terrarium sizes.
- **Handle-free doors:** Push-to-open fronts for a clean gloss black look.
- **Load-rated construction:** Engineered to support the full weight of a matching set-up.
- **Internal storage:** Space for filters, food and other equipment.
- **Shared Kong's model:** Also sold as the Reptile One ROC-450 cabinet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 46170BK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136121865
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aquarium/Terrarium Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 45 cm (W) x 45 cm (D) x 76 cm (H)
- **Model:** ROC-450 (also sold as Reptile One ROC-450)
- **Doors:** Handle-free, push-to-open
- **Colour:** Gloss black
- **Suitable For:** Aquariums and terrariums with a matching 45 x 45 cm footprint
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and terrarium set-ups
---
### Aqua One — Saltwater Aquarium
#### Minireef 120 Marine Set 120l 60lx45dx45 80cm H White
All-in-one reef aquarium with concealed sump and protein skimmer.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/saltwater-aquarium/minireef-120-marine-set-120l-60lx45dx45-80cm-h-white/
- Price: $999.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 53419WH · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136128529
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Saltwater Aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/saltwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/53419WH-1.jpg
A display reef tank usually needs a separate sump tucked under the stand, with pipework running everywhere behind it. Minireef 120 Marine Set 120l 60lx45dx45 80cm H White (SKU: 53419WH) is Aqua One's 120-litre MiniReef marine aquarium set in white, a 60 x 45 x 45 cm low-iron white glass tank built around a concealed in-sump filtration system housed inside an 80 cm high-gloss cabinet so the equipment stays out of view. The set bundles the tank, sump, filter sock, protein skimmer, LED light and cabinet as one package aimed at reef keepers who want a clean display without external plumbing on show.
The low-iron glass gives clearer viewing of fish and coral colour than standard green-tinted glass. The sump sits inside the cabinet and includes a refugium section on the 120-litre model, with an Aqua One filter sock fitted for mechanical filtration. The protein skimmer uses a needle-wheel impeller to generate fine bubbles for organic waste removal, with adjustable output control. The LED light unit sits on an adjustable bracket and is tuned to support coral growth and enhance fish colour, and the cabinet and overflow are finished in white with the overflow cover in black acrylic with a lasered grill. Plumbing between the tank and sump comes already fitted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First reef set-ups:** Marine fish and coral keeping without sourcing a separate sump and skimmer.
- **Clean-look displays:** Hiding equipment inside the cabinet rather than behind the tank.
- **Mid-size reef systems:** 120 L of display volume plus sump capacity.
- **Refugium-assisted systems:** Using the built-in refugium section for extra biological support.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the cabinet:** Place it on a level, load-rated floor before fitting the tank.
- **Fill the sump first:** Run water through the sump and skimmer to check for leaks before stocking.
- **Fit the filter sock:** Install it in the sump flow path for mechanical filtration.
- **Tune the skimmer:** Adjust the output control once the system is running at normal level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concealed in-sump filtration:** Equipment hidden inside the cabinet, including a refugium section.
- **Low-iron white glass:** Clearer viewing of marine fish and coral colour.
- **Needle-wheel protein skimmer:** Adjustable output for organic waste removal.
- **Adjustable LED lighting:** Bracket-mounted light tuned for coral growth and colour.
- **Factory-fitted plumbing:** Tank-to-sump connections already in place.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 53419WH
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136128529
- **Product Type:** Saltwater Aquarium > All-in-One Reef System
- **Volume:** 120 L
- **Dimensions:** 60 cm (L) x 45 cm (D) x 45 cm (H)
- **Cabinet Height:** 80 cm
- **Glass:** Low-iron white glass
- **Filtration:** Concealed in-sump system with refugium section and filter sock
- **Protein Skimmer:** Needle-wheel impeller, adjustable output
- **Lighting:** LED with adjustable bracket
- **Colour:** White, black acrylic overflow cover
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nanoreef 80 Marine Aquarium 80l 45 X 45 X 45cm
80 litre cube marine set with skimmer, heater, filter and dimmable LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/saltwater-aquarium/nanoreef-80-marine-aquarium-80l-45-x-45-x-45cm/
- Price: $439.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 53447 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136183757
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Saltwater Aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/saltwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AQUASYS-155-BLACK__32082.webp
A reef tank needs more hardware than a freshwater one, and buying a skimmer, heater, filter and light separately for a small cube adds up quickly in cost and in cables. NanoReef 80 Marine Aquarium 80l 45 X 45 X 45cm (SKU: 53447) is Aqua One's complete 80 litre marine aquarium set, a 45 cm cube of Opticlear glass with removable glass lids, supplied with an LED light, an integrated filter, a protein skimmer and a glass heater. Aqua One lists it as suitable for marine and coral keeping. The filter provides biological, chemical and mechanical filtration, the skimmer removes organic waste to keep the water clean and clear, and the heater offers easy, accurate thermostat adjustment.
The LED unit dims when its touch switch is held down, and a fourth setting brings in blue light from the centre of the unit to show off the corals and fish. Its panel is silicone-coated to protect against water build-up. The glass lids lift off for feeding, testing and maintenance. Because the cube is as deep as it is high, there is room for rockwork with open water above it. The set is the aquarium only: matching cabinets are sold separately, and Nature Aquariums pairs it with Aqua One's ROC 450 cabinet at 45 × 45 × 78 cm. Eighty litres of salt water weighs over 80 kg before rock and sand, and UK stockist Complete Aquatics advises a stand or cabinet at least as large as the tank's base, noting that inadequate support may void the warranty if the glass breaks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First reef tank:** The core marine hardware in one box.
- **Coral keeping:** Aqua One rates the set for marine and coral systems.
- **Compact spaces:** A 45 cm square footprint for a corner or a narrow room.
- **Moving up from a pico:** More water than a desktop marine tank, with a skimmer included.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Support first:** A level cabinet at least 45 × 45 cm, such as a matching NanoReef or ROC 450 cabinet.
- **Rock, sand and salt water:** Aquascape, then fill with properly mixed salt water (marine salt sold separately).
- **Start the equipment:** Run the filter and skimmer, then set the heater thermostat to the target temperature.
- **Stock gradually:** Let the filter mature and add livestock in stages once readings are stable.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **45 cm cube:** 80 litres of Opticlear glass.
- **Protein skimmer included:** Removes organic waste for clearer water.
- **Dimmable LED with blue mode:** Touch-switch dimming and a fourth blue setting.
- **Glass heater:** Easy, accurate thermostat adjustment.
- **Three-stage integrated filter:** Biological, chemical and mechanical.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 53447
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136183757
- **Product Type:** Saltwater Aquarium > All-in-One Marine Aquarium Set
- **Volume:** 80 L
- **Dimensions:** 45 cm L × 45 cm D × 45 cm H
- **Glass:** Opticlear, with removable glass lids
- **Lighting:** LED, dimmable by touch switch; fourth setting adds centre blue light; silicone-coated panel
- **Filtration:** Integrated biological, chemical and mechanical filter plus protein skimmer
- **Heater:** Glass heater with adjustable thermostat
- **Cabinet:** Not included; matching cabinets sold separately
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums for fish and corals
---
#### Reefsys 180 Marine Tank 180l 60 L X 55 D X 53cm H 10mm Inc Plumbing
Rimless low-iron reef aquarium with modular sump, quiet plumbing and backup emergency drain.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/saltwater-aquarium/reefsys-180-marine-tank-180l-60-l-x-55-d-x-53cm-h-10mm-inc-plumbing/
- Price: $1,090.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 53446 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136167702
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Saltwater Aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/saltwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/53446-1.jpg
A reef tank depends on its plumbing, and a noisy overflow or a cramped sump makes the hobby hard work. ReefSys 180 Marine Tank 180L 60 L X 55 D X 53cm H 10mm Inc Plumbing (SKU: 53446) is the smallest of Aqua One's ReefSys open-top marine aquariums, a rimless 60 × 55 × 53 cm system in 10 mm low-iron Opti-Clear glass, supplied with its plumbing. Aqua One's brochure gives it up to 144 L of display water and a 36 L modular sump for a 180 L system volume, plus a 12 L top-up reservoir. The sump comes with two adjustable baffles, one of them movable, and low-splash sock silencers, so the owner chooses the equipment.
An overflow lid reduces algae growth inside the overflow box and keeps fish out of the plumbing area, a backup emergency drain guards against overflowing, and Aqua One says the system is designed for high flow rates with quiet plumbing. The back panel is black glass to set off coral colours, and a foam base supports the frameless tank. No heater or light is included, and the matching 60 × 55 × 80 cm cabinet is sold separately in White (53446WH-S), Nebraska Oak (53446NO-S) and Concrete (53446CC-S). Aqua One pairs the range with its ReefSkim needle-wheel protein skimmer, and the ReefSys filter sock (53443-FS) is the replacement for all three sizes. Aqua One backs it with a one-year guarantee, and the larger ReefSys 255 (53443) and 326 (53444) follow the same design.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First reef aquariums:** A plumbed system with a sump in a 60 cm footprint.
- **Coral displays:** Rated by Aqua One for marine and coral systems.
- **Fish-only marine:** Up to 144 L of display water backed by a sump.
- **Custom equipment builds:** A modular sump for the skimmer, heater and media of choice.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prepare the base:** Matching cabinet or a load-rated stand, level, with the foam base under the glass.
- **Rinse the tank:** Aqua One advises rinsing with tap water to remove dust before use.
- **Fit out the sump:** Set the baffles and filter sock, add a skimmer and heater, and fit a light.
- **Fill and test:** Run the plumbing with fresh saltwater and check both drains before adding livestock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **180 L system:** Up to 144 L display plus a 36 L sump.
- **12 L top-up reservoir:** Water held in reserve for evaporation.
- **10 mm low-iron glass:** Rimless and open-topped, with a black back panel.
- **Backup emergency drain:** A second line against overflowing.
- **Quiet, high-flow plumbing:** Overflow lid and sock silencers included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 53446
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136167702
- **Product Type:** Saltwater Aquarium > Reef Aquarium with Sump
- **Model:** Aqua One ReefSys 180, item 53446
- **Overall Dimensions:** 60 cm L × 55 cm D × 53 cm H
- **Volumes:** Display up to 144 L; sump 36 L; system 180 L; top-up reservoir 12 L
- **Glass:** 10 mm low-iron Opti-Clear, rimless, black back panel
- **Included:** Plumbing, overflow lid, emergency drain, 2 adjustable baffles, sock silencers, foam base
- **Not Included:** Heater, light, cabinet
- **Spare Part:** ReefSys filter sock 53443-FS
- **Warranty:** 1 year (Aqua One)
- **Target Environment:** Marine fish and coral aquariums
---
### Aqua One — Water
#### Ammonia Remover Chlorine Neutraliser 250ml Treatment
Fast-acting tap water conditioner for chlorine, chloramine and ammonia.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/water/ammonia-remover-chlorine-neutraliser-250ml-treatment/
- Price: $9.49 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 92108 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136080766
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Water (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/water/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/92108.jpg
Tap water arrives treated with chlorine or chloramine and can carry trace heavy metals, none of which a fish's gills are built to handle. Ammonia Remover Chlorine Neutraliser 250ml Treatment (SKU: 92108) is Aqua One's conditioner for exactly that problem, a dropper-style bottle that neutralises chlorine and chloramine and binds heavy metals in tap water on contact, while also reducing ammonia levels produced by fish waste between water changes. It is sold across the Aqua One range from a 150 mL bottle up to a 2 L refill, and the 250 mL size suits regular partial water changes without running out after a handful of uses.
Aqua One lists the conditioner as suitable for coldwater, tropical and marine aquariums, so one bottle covers a fish room running several water types rather than needing a separate product for each. The maker's own directions and exact per-litre dose rate are printed on the bottle rather than published consistently across retailers, so the label is the reference for how much to add to a given volume. In practice it is dosed either into a bucket of fresh tap water before it goes into the tank, or directly into the aquarium at the time of a water change, and it works immediately rather than needing time to take effect. Because the 250 mL size sits in the middle of Aqua One's range, it is a practical choice for a single display tank doing weekly or fortnightly water changes rather than a whole fish room.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank set-up:** Treating fresh tap water before fish are introduced.
- **Routine water changes:** Neutralising chlorine and chloramine in each top-up.
- **Heavy-metal tap supplies:** Binding copper, lead and similar metals carried in mains water.
- **Mains water events:** An extra dose after a council water-main flush or similar disruption.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Treat before adding fish:** Dose fresh tap water in a bucket or in the tank before stocking.
- **Follow the label rate:** Use the dose printed on the 250 mL bottle rather than an assumed figure.
- **Dose at every top-up:** Add with each partial water change to keep tap contaminants neutralised.
- **Match the bottle to usage:** The 250 mL size suits more frequent water changes than the 150 mL bottle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chlorine and chloramine neutraliser:** Removes two of the most common tap water contaminants on contact.
- **Heavy metal binder:** Reduces copper, lead and similar metals carried in tap water.
- **Ammonia reduction:** Lowers ammonia levels produced by fish waste between water changes.
- **Coldwater, tropical and marine use:** One conditioner across all three common aquarium types.
- **250 mL treatment bottle:** Sits within Aqua One's 150 mL to 2 L range of the same formula.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One (Kong's, Australia)
- **SKU:** 92108
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325136080766
- **Product Type:** Water > Chlorine & Ammonia Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Removes:** Chlorine, chloramine and heavy metals from tap water
- **Also Reduces:** Ammonia produced by fish waste
- **Range Sizes:** 150 mL, 250 mL, 500 mL and 2 L
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aqua One — Pumps & Wavemakers
#### Aqua One Reefsim 4000 Wavemaker Dc 24v Variable Max 4000lhr
Variable Speed Quiet Circulation Pump 4000L/h In High-flow Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/aqua-one-reefsim-4000-wavemaker-dc-24v-variable-max-4000lhr/
- Price: $107.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 50053 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136171129
- Brand: Aqua One (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-one/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Reefsim-4000-Wavemaker-Dc-24v-Variable-Max-4000lhr.jpg
The Aqua One Reefsim 4000 Wavemaker (SKU: 50053) is a compact, controllable DC 24V circulation pump designed to deliver dynamic, natural water motion in marine reef tanks and high-flow freshwater aquariums up to 200 litres. Driven by an energy-efficient sine-wave motor, the Reefsim 4000 provides whisper-quiet operation while outputting up to 4,000 L/h of wide, gentle flow that mimics natural ocean currents.
Equipped with an external digital controller, aquarists can select from multiple wave modes, customise flow intensity, set night modes, and activate a 10-minute feed timer during feeding sessions. The 360-degree swivel head is held securely by a magnetic mount suitable for glass up to 12mm thick, allowing precise current positioning to eliminate dead flow zones and promote healthy coral expansion.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Medium Reef Aquariums:** Delivers essential turbulent flow for soft corals, LPS, and small SPS frags.
- **Detritus Control:** Keeps particulate waste suspended so mechanical filters can process it effectively.
- **Surface Agitation:** Promotes gas exchange to maintain high dissolved oxygen levels.
**Installation & Operation Guide**
- **Step 1:** Mount the internal wavemaker head against the aquarium glass and secure externally with the magnetic base.
- **Step 2:** Connect the pump lead to the digital DC controller and plug into the 24V power adapter.
- **Step 3:** Select preferred wave pattern (pulse, sine wave, constant stream) and adjust speed output.
- **Step 4:** Use the feed button to pause pump operation for 10 minutes during fish and coral feeding sessions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sine-Wave Silent Operation:** Advanced motor control ensures near-silent performance and long service life.
- **Multi-Function DC Controller:** Features customizable flow modes, adjustable intensity, and feeding timers.
- **Magnetic Mount System:** Holds firmly on glass or acrylic panels up to 12 mm thick.
- **Energy-Efficient DC 24V Drive:** Low-voltage design keeps running costs low and avoids heat transfer to tank water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 50053
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136171129
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > Controllable DC Aquarium Wavemaker > Circulation Pump
- **Package Dimensions:** 140 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 145 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 720 g
- **Max Flow Rate:** 4,000 L/h (1,050 US GPH)
- **Power Draw:** 10 Watts (DC 24V)
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef & Freshwater Aquariums
- **Capacity:** Suitable for aquariums up to 200 litres
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Filter Media
#### Aqua Medic Antiphos Fe 1000g/1.6l
One-kilogram pack of aluminium-free ferric oxide for phosphate and silicate control in larger systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/antiphos-fe-1000g-1-6l/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB12651 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143430
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB12651.jpg
A reef of several hundred litres works through phosphate media quickly, and buying it by the small tub soon adds up. Aqua Medic Antiphos Fe 1000g/1.6l (SKU: AB12651) is the one-kilogram pack of Aqua Medic's granular phosphate and silicate remover, maker's item 12651, a highly active iron-based (ferric oxide) adsorber for freshwater and saltwater aquaria. It selectively binds phosphate and silicate, the two nutrients behind persistent algae and brown diatom films, and it contains no aluminium. Aqua Medic states that it is non-toxic to aquarium plants and animals and that it is also suited to lowering phosphate in coral reef aquaria. The tub holds 1000 g of granules, about 1.6 litres by volume.
Aqua Medic gives the binding capacity as about 10 g of phosphate per kilogram, so this pack can take up roughly 10 g of phosphate in total before it is exhausted. The maker's guide is that 500 mL of antiphos Fe treats a normally populated 300 L aquarium for about three to six months, depending on conditions. Scaled up, one litre covers about 600 L, and the full 1.6 L tub around 960 L for the same period, or a smaller tank through several media changes. Ferric oxide works most efficiently with water passing evenly through the bed, so a fluidised media reactor gives the fullest contact; a mesh bag in a high-flow part of the filter or sump is the simpler alternative. In a reef, starting with part of the calculated amount avoids a sudden fall in phosphate. Keep the opened tub tightly closed and dry between uses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger reef systems:** Displays and sumps of 500 L and more that need regular media changes.
- **Several aquaria:** One tub portioned between the tanks in a household or fish room.
- **Algae and diatom outbreaks:** Removing the phosphate and silicate that feed them.
- **Planted and freshwater tanks:** Non-toxic to plants and fish, according to Aqua Medic.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure by volume:** Allow about 500 mL per 300 L of normally stocked aquarium.
- **Rinse before use:** Wash out fine dust in a sieve or filter bag under clean water.
- **Give it flow:** Run it in a media reactor, or in a mesh bag where water moves fastest.
- **Renew on test results:** Replace once phosphate starts to climb, usually after three to six months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One-kilogram pack:** About 1.6 L of granules for larger volumes.
- **Iron-based adsorber:** Highly active granular ferric oxide.
- **Aluminium-free:** Contains no aluminium, as Aqua Medic specifies.
- **Two nutrients in one:** Binds phosphate and silicate together.
- **Around 10 g capacity:** Roughly 10 g phosphate bound per kilogram.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB12651
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143430
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate & Silicate Remover (Ferric Oxide)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 12651
- **Contents:** 1000 g (about 1.6 L) granules
- **Binding Capacity:** About 10 g phosphate per kg
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 960 L for 3–6 months (500 mL per 300 L)
- **Composition:** Granular ferric oxide, aluminium-free
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Antiphos Fe 500g/800ml (AB11651)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Antiphos Fe 500g/800ml
Aluminium-free ferric oxide phosphate and silicate remover for fresh and saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/antiphos-fe-500g-800ml/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB11651
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/antiphos-fe-500g-filtration-aqua-medic.webp
Phosphate is the nutrient that keeps algae coming back after every clean-up, and in a reef tank it also holds back coral growth. Aqua Medic Antiphos Fe 500g/800ml (SKU: AB11651) is Aqua Medic's granular phosphate and silicate remover, a highly active ferric oxide (iron-based) adsorber that binds phosphate and silicate from the water and so counteracts unwanted algal growth. It contains no aluminium, and Aqua Medic states that it is completely non-toxic to aquarium plants and animals. The pack holds 500 g of granules, about 800 mL by volume, and it is suitable for freshwater aquaria as well as coral reef tanks.
Aqua Medic gives the binding capacity as about 10 g of phosphate per kilogram of media, so this 500 g pack can take up around 5 g of phosphate before it is exhausted. As a guide, Aqua Medic says 500 mL of antiphos Fe will treat a normally populated 300 L aquarium for about three to six months, depending on conditions, which puts the full 800 mL pack at roughly 480 L for the same period. Granular ferric oxide performs most efficiently with water flowing evenly through it: a fluidised media reactor such as the Aqua Medic multi reactor gives the most efficient contact, while a mesh bag in a high-flow area of a filter or sump also works. Rinse the granules before use to remove fine dust, and test phosphate regularly to know when the media is spent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Persistent algae:** Tanks where phosphate keeps feeding algae growth.
- **Reef aquaria:** Keeping phosphate low for corals.
- **Diatom problems:** Removing silicate that brown diatoms rely on.
- **Planted and freshwater tanks:** Safe for plants and fish, according to Aqua Medic.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the granules in clean water to remove dust.
- **Use flow-through:** Run in a reactor, or a filter bag in a high-flow spot.
- **Start with part of the pack:** About 500 mL per 300 L of normally stocked aquarium.
- **Replace when spent:** Test phosphate and renew the media every three to six months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ferric oxide granules:** Highly active iron-based adsorber.
- **No aluminium:** Free of the aluminium found in some phosphate media.
- **Phosphate and silicate:** Removes both algae nutrients.
- **Binding capacity:** About 10 g phosphate per kg.
- **Fresh and saltwater:** One medium for any aquarium type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB11651
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate Remover (Ferric Oxide)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 11651
- **Contents:** 500 g (about 800 mL) granules
- **Binding Capacity:** About 10 g phosphate per kg
- **Treatment Capacity:** 500 mL treats about 300 L for 3–6 months
- **Composition:** Granular ferric oxide, aluminium-free
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic multi reactor
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Antiphos Fe 1000g/1.6l (AB12651)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Carbolit 3.5kg/4.5l 1.5mm Pellet
Bulk fine-grade activated carbon for large systems, sumps and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/carbolit-3-5kg-4-5l-1-5mm-pellet/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB11519 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901140637
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB11519.jpg
Large reef systems, fish rooms and shops change carbon constantly, and small packs become an expensive habit. Aqua Medic Carbolit 3.5kg/4.5l 1.5mm Pellet (SKU: AB11519) is the bulk pack of Aqua Medic's fine 1.5 mm activated carbon pellets, holding 3.5 kg, about 4.5 L, of the same media sold in the 500 g pack. According to Aqua Medic, Carbolit quickly cleans aquarium water by removing colouring substances, turbidity, medication residues and the yellowing substances that accumulate over time. It is pH neutral and can be used in both saltwater and freshwater aquaria.
The bulk size makes most sense where carbon is used continuously in several places at once: in media reactors on a large reef, in the filters of a row of quarantine and hospital tanks, or in a retail or breeding system that is medicated often. Fine 1.5 mm pellets offer a high surface area and suit reactors, where water is pushed evenly through the bed. Aqua Medic also notes that Carbolit can be used as a long-term filter material: after a short period bacteria settle on the pellets, and the carbon then works as an aerobic and anaerobic biological filter as well. Buying in bulk also keeps media consistent, so every filter on a system responds the same way when carbon is changed. Keep the opened pack tightly closed between uses so the carbon does not adsorb airborne odours, and rinse each portion before it goes into a filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Continuous carbon in reactors on big displays.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Clearing medication after every treatment course.
- **Fish rooms and shops:** One supply for many filters and systems.
- **Regular changeovers:** Frequent carbon replacement without buying small packs.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Portion it out:** Take only what is needed and reseal the bulk pack.
- **Rinse each portion:** Wash away fine dust before adding to a filter.
- **Use a reactor or fine bag:** Keeps the 1.5 mm pellets contained and in the flow.
- **Track replacement:** Change when tint or odour returns, or keep as biomedia.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3.5 kg bulk pack:** About seven times the 500 g size.
- **Fine 1.5 mm pellet:** Large surface area for reactors.
- **Removes medication residues:** As well as colour, yellowing and turbidity.
- **pH neutral:** Suits fresh and saltwater systems alike.
- **Doubles as biomedia:** Aerobic and anaerobic bacteria colonise the pellets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB11519
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901140637
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Manufacturer Item:** 11519
- **Contents:** 3.5 kg (about 4.5 L)
- **Pellet Size:** 1.5 mm, suited to media reactors
- **Storage:** Keep the opened pack tightly sealed
- **pH Effect:** Neutral
- **Removes:** Colouring substances, yellowing, turbidity, medication residues
- **Other Sizes:** 500g/650ml 1.5mm (AB11518); 500g/700ml 4mm (AB12518); 3.5kg/4.9l 4mm (AB12519)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Carbolit 3.5kg/4.9l 4mm Pellet
Bulk coarse-pellet activated carbon for canisters, sumps and filter bags.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/carbolit-3-5kg-4-9l-4mm-pellet/
- Price: $149.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB12519 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901140651
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB12519.jpg
Fine carbon packed into a canister basket can slow the flow and shed dust into the tank, which is why many keepers choose a larger pellet for passive filtration. Aqua Medic Carbolit 3.5kg/4.9l 4mm Pellet (SKU: AB12519) is the bulk pack of Aqua Medic's coarse 4 mm activated carbon pellets, 3.5 kg by weight and about 4.9 L by volume. Aqua Medic describes Carbolit as a highly efficient carbon that quickly cleans aquarium water, removing colouring substances, turbidity, medication residues and yellowing substances. It is pH neutral and suitable for saltwater and freshwater aquaria.
The 4 mm pellets leave wider gaps for water to pass through, so they suit canister filter trays, sump compartments and filter bags where water flows through the media without a pump forcing it, and they are less likely to pack down or escape through coarse mesh. This bulk pack fills many canister baskets, making it practical for large freshwater displays, ponds and multi-tank households. Aqua Medic notes that Carbolit can also stay in place as a long-term filter material, since bacteria settle on the pellets after a short time and the carbon then acts as an aerobic and anaerobic biological filter. In a canister that already houses biological media, that long-term option adds extra surface for bacteria. For reactors and small compartments, the fine 1.5 mm pellet in the same range is the better fit. Rinse before use, and keep the opened pack sealed so the carbon is not used up adsorbing odours from the air.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filters:** Coarse pellets that keep flow through the media tray.
- **Sump compartments:** Filter bags in high-flow areas of large systems.
- **Large freshwater displays:** Removing tannin tint from driftwood-heavy tanks.
- **Post-treatment clean-up:** Clearing medication residues across several systems.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse well:** Wash each portion until the water runs clear.
- **Bag or basket:** Use a media bag or filter tray in the main flow path.
- **Do not overpack:** Leave room for water to pass evenly through the pellets.
- **Replace as needed:** Change when water colour returns, or leave as biomedia.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarse 4 mm pellet:** Low resistance to flow in passive filters.
- **Bulk 3.5 kg pack:** About 4.9 L of carbon.
- **Clears water quickly:** Colour, turbidity and medication residues.
- **pH neutral:** No change to water chemistry.
- **Long-term option:** Becomes biological media as bacteria settle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB12519
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901140651
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Manufacturer Item:** 12519
- **Contents:** 3.5 kg (about 4.9 L)
- **Pellet Size:** 4 mm, suited to canisters, sumps and filter bags
- **Storage:** Keep the opened pack tightly sealed
- **pH Effect:** Neutral
- **Removes:** Colouring substances, yellowing, turbidity, medication residues
- **Other Sizes:** 500g/700ml 4mm (AB12518); 500g/650ml 1.5mm (AB11518); 3.5kg/4.5l 1.5mm (AB11519)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Carbolit 500g/650ml 1.5mm Pellet
Fine-pellet activated carbon for clear water in reactors and small filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/carbolit-500g-650ml-1-5mm-pellet/
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB11518 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901140620
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB11518.jpg
Water that looks faintly yellow when viewed end-on, or a tank that still smells of last week's medication, needs activated carbon, and fine pellets work quickly. Aqua Medic Carbolit 500g/650ml 1.5mm Pellet (SKU: AB11518) is Aqua Medic's activated carbon in its fine 1.5 mm pellet form, in a 500 g pack of about 650 mL. Aqua Medic describes Carbolit as a highly efficient carbon that quickly cleans aquarium water, removing colouring substances, turbidity and medication residues, along with the yellowing substances that build up between water changes. It is pH neutral and suitable for both saltwater and freshwater aquaria.
The 1.5 mm pellet gives a large surface area for its volume, which suits a media reactor or a compact filter compartment where contact time is short. The 500 g pack is a sensible amount for a single aquarium, enough for one or two changes in a mid-sized tank, and it fits neatly into the chamber of an Aqua Medic multi reactor. Carbolit can also be left in as a long-term filter material: Aqua Medic notes that after a short period bacteria settle on the pellets, so the carbon also acts as a biological filter, both aerobically and anaerobically. Rinse the pellets before use to wash out fine dust, and use a fine mesh bag in filters so the small pellets stay in place. For coarser media in canisters and filter bags, the 4 mm pellet is also stocked, and the 3.5 kg pack of the same 1.5 mm grade suits keepers who change carbon often.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yellowed water:** Removing tint from wood tannins and organic build-up.
- **After medication:** Clearing residues once a treatment course is complete.
- **Cloudy water:** Reducing turbidity for a clearer view.
- **Media reactors:** Fine pellets for efficient contact in a reactor chamber.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash in clean water until the run-off is free of dust.
- **Bag it in filters:** Use a fine mesh bag so the 1.5 mm pellets are not lost.
- **Put it in the flow:** Place it where filtered water passes through rather than around it.
- **Renew when needed:** Replace once colour or odour returns, or keep in place as biomedia.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine 1.5 mm pellets:** High surface area for fast results.
- **Clears colour and turbidity:** Removes yellowing and medication residues.
- **pH neutral:** Does not shift water chemistry.
- **Biological bonus:** Bacteria colonise the pellets over time.
- **500 g pack:** Sized for one aquarium or a single reactor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB11518
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901140620
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Manufacturer Item:** 11518
- **Contents:** 500 g (about 650 mL)
- **Pellet Size:** 1.5 mm
- **pH Effect:** Neutral
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic multi reactor
- **Other Sizes:** 3.5kg/4.5l 1.5mm (AB11519); 500g/700ml 4mm (AB12518); 3.5kg/4.9l 4mm (AB12519)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Carbolit 500g/700ml 4mm Pellet
Coarse 4 mm activated carbon pellets for canister filters and filter bags.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/carbolit-500g-700ml-4mm-pellet/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB12518 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901140644
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB12518.jpg
Yellow-tinted water, the last traces of a medication course and a faint haze are all jobs for activated carbon, and the pellet size decides which filter it suits. Aqua Medic Carbolit 500g/700ml 4mm Pellet (SKU: AB12518) is the 500 g pack of Aqua Medic's carbolit in its coarse 4 mm pellet, maker's item 12518, a highly efficient activated carbon for salt and fresh water aquaria. Aqua Medic states that carbolit quickly cleans up aquarium water, removing colouring substances, turbidity and medication residues, as well as the yellowing substances that build up over time. The 500 g of pellets fills about 700 mL, slightly more than the same weight of the fine 1.5 mm grade, because larger pellets pack less tightly.
The 4 mm pellet leaves wide gaps between pieces, so water passes through a bed or a bag with little resistance. That suits canister filters, hang-on filters, filter baskets and mesh bags in a sump, where a fine carbon would compact and slow the flow; the 1.5 mm grade, with more surface per gram, is generally the pick for fluidised reactors. Aqua Medic adds that carbolit can also be used as a long-term filter material: after a short period bacteria settle on the pellets, so the carbon works as a biological filter as well. It is pH neutral and suits saltwater and freshwater alike. Aqua Medic gives no fixed dose; a common approach is to run a measured portion continuously and renew it every four to six weeks, or to add a fresh batch once a medication course is finished. Rinse the pellets before use to remove dust, and take carbon out of the filter while a medication is being dosed, since it will remove the treatment too.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After medicating:** Clearing residues once a treatment course is complete.
- **Yellow or hazy water:** Removing colouring substances and turbidity.
- **Canister and hang-on filters:** Coarse pellets that keep water moving through the media.
- **Long-term filter media:** Pellets that also host bacteria for biological filtration.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash out carbon dust in a sieve or bag under clean water.
- **Put it in the flow:** A fine mesh bag in a canister tray or in the sump's water path.
- **Remove during treatment:** Take the carbon out while medicating and refit it afterwards.
- **Renew regularly:** Replace every four to six weeks when used for chemical filtration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarse 4 mm pellets:** Low resistance to flow in filters and bags.
- **Clears colour and haze:** Removes yellowing substances and turbidity.
- **Medication clean-up:** Strips leftover treatment from the water after a course.
- **Doubles as biomedia:** Bacteria settle on the pellets over time.
- **pH neutral:** For fresh and saltwater aquaria.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB12518
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901140644
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon (Pellet)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 12518
- **Contents:** 500 g (about 700 mL)
- **Pellet Size:** 4 mm
- **Removes:** Colouring substances, turbidity, yellowing substances, medication residues
- **pH Effect:** Neutral
- **Other Sizes:** 500g/650ml 1.5mm (AB11518); 3.5kg/4.5l 1.5mm (AB11519); 3.5kg/4.9l 4mm (AB12519)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ocean Clear Fleece Roll
40 m polypropylene replacement roll for the Ocean Clear fleece filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/ocean-clear-fleece-roll/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM408011 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147438
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AM408011-1.webp
A fleece filter keeps working only as long as there is clean fleece left on the supply side, and the Ocean Clear will eventually wind its roll right through. Aqua Medic Ocean Clear Fleece Roll (SKU: AM408011) is the original replacement roll for Aqua Medic's Ocean Clear fleece roll filter, listed by the maker as item 408.011: about 40 m of polypropylene fleece, roughly 100 mm wide, the same specification as the roll supplied with the filter. The Ocean Clear advances fleece only when its water level sensor detects that the fleece in use is loaded, so a roll is consumed according to the dirt in the system rather than on a fixed timer.
How long a roll lasts depends on stocking, feeding and the flow sent through the filter, and Aqua Medic does not give a fixed figure; a lightly stocked system uses it more slowly than a heavily fed one. The used fleece leaves the system with everything it has trapped, which is the point of a fleece filter: coarse dirt, suspended particles and organic waste are taken out before they break down, and Aqua Medic describes this as limiting the build-up of nitrate and phosphate. Aqua Medic presents the simple roll change as a key feature of the Ocean Clear, and keeping a spare roll on the shelf means the filter never has to stand idle while a new one is ordered.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Roll used up:** The supplied or previous roll has fully wound through.
- **Spare on hand:** A roll ready before the current one runs out.
- **Heavily fed tanks:** Systems that get through fleece quickly.
- **New Ocean Clear owners:** A second roll to keep alongside the one in the box.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Stop the filter:** Switch off the Ocean Clear and any pump feeding it.
- **Remove the used roll:** Lift out the wound-up dirty fleece and the empty core.
- **Fit the new roll:** Thread the fleece through the filter path as shown in the manual.
- **Restart and check:** Switch on and confirm the fleece advances as it loads.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original Aqua Medic roll:** Made for the Ocean Clear filter.
- **About 40 m long:** A long run of fleece between changes.
- **About 100 mm wide:** The width the Ocean Clear takes.
- **Polypropylene fleece:** Material specified by the maker.
- **Waste out, not recycled:** Dirt leaves the system with the used fleece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM408011
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147438
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Fleece Filter Roll
- **Manufacturer Item:** 408.011
- **Length:** Approx. 40 m
- **Width:** Approx. 100 mm
- **Material:** Polypropylene (PP) fleece
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic Ocean Clear fleece roll filter (AM408010)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with a filter sump
---
#### Aqua Medic Silicagel Air Dryer Refill 1ltr
Colour-indicating silica gel that dries ozoniser intake air for stronger ozone output.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/silicagel-air-dryer-refill-1ltr/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB12730 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116984
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB12730.jpg
Ozonisers make far less ozone from damp air, and the air around a reef sump is about as damp as household air gets. Aqua Medic Silicagel Air Dryer Refill 1ltr (SKU: AB12730) is a litre of silica gel, a dry granulate with a high dehydration capacity, for refilling the air dryer that sits ahead of an ozoniser's air intake. Indicator pearls mixed through the granulate change colour once the drying capacity is exhausted, showing at a glance when the charge needs replacing. One litre matches the media chamber of Aqua Medic's Ozone Booster, which is filled with 1 L of silica gel and strips moisture from the air before it reaches the ozoniser.
The Ozone Booster's retailer listing describes the result of drying the air as a much higher ozone production, and gives the booster as compatible with the full range of Aqua Medic ozonisers and many other brands, with 4/6 mm hose connections. Air is drawn through the dryer, the gel takes up water vapour, and drier air reaches the ozoniser. As the gel loads up, the indicator pearls change colour progressively through the charge; once the change has worked through most of it, humid air is getting past and output falls, so the charge should be replaced. Silica gel starts absorbing moisture from room air as soon as it is exposed, so the refill should be kept sealed until it is needed and poured straight into the dryer. Aqua Medic gives no directions for regenerating spent gel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ozone Booster refill:** One litre recharges the booster's media chamber.
- **Exhausted indicator:** When the pearls have changed colour through most of the charge.
- **Humid rooms:** Fish rooms and cabinets where damp air cuts ozone output.
- **Spare charge:** A sealed refill on hand for the next change.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Empty the dryer:** Tip out the exhausted gel from the air dryer chamber.
- **Refill quickly:** Pour in fresh gel straight from the container and close the dryer tightly.
- **Reconnect the air line:** Fit the 4/6 mm hose between dryer and ozoniser intake.
- **Check the colour:** Watch the indicator pearls and replace the charge when they show exhaustion.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High dehydration capacity:** Dry granulate made to strip moisture from air.
- **Indicator pearls:** Colour change shows when the gel is spent.
- **One litre:** A full charge for the 1 L Ozone Booster chamber.
- **More ozone:** Dry intake air lifts ozoniser output.
- **Wide fit:** The booster suits Aqua Medic and many other ozonisers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB12730
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116984
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Silica Gel Air Dryer Refill (Ozone)
- **Volume:** 1 L
- **Material:** Silica gel granulate with colour-indicating pearls
- **Use:** Drying the intake air of ozonisers
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Ozone Booster (1 L chamber, 4/6 mm connections)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums run with an ozoniser, mainly marine and reef systems
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Freshwater aquarium
#### Aqua Medic Aqua Medic Reefdoser Evo 4
Four-channel stand-alone dosing pump for reef supplements, no Wi-Fi required.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=928
- Price: $349.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM104144 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901135084
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/reefdoser-EVO-4.b8ffd9ab.png
Alkalinity, calcium and magnesium dosed by hand once a day swing up and down, and the corals notice every missed morning. Aqua Medic Aqua Medic Reefdoser Evo 4 (SKU: AM104144) is Aqua Medic's four-channel dosing station for keepers who want automatic, accurate dosing without Wi-Fi or an app. Four peristaltic pumps sit in one housing of about 25 × 13 × 6.4 cm that fits under the aquarium cabinet, and a separate wired controller with a backlit LCD and touch pad handles the programming. Each pump is calibrated and programmed individually, LEDs show power and which pumps are running, and a manual mode lets any pump be run on demand outside its schedule.
Each channel can deliver from 1 to 24 doses per day, with a volume set per dose up to 9,999 mL, and an interval of 0 to 30 days between dosing days, where 0 means every day. That covers daily two-part or three-part dosing, trace elements given twice a week, and slow continuous additions spread across 24 small doses. The pumps are calibrated at the factory, and an automated calibration routine resets each pump by running it into a measuring cylinder to 100 mL. The system can be expanded to eight pumps with the reefdoser add 4 extension. Power comes from an external 100–240 V supply with a 12 V DC output, and 4 m of hose is included to cut into lengths for each channel. Aqua Medic covers the unit for 12 months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two-part and three-part dosing:** Alkalinity, calcium and magnesium on separate channels.
- **Trace element programmes:** Weekly or every-few-days additions on their own schedule.
- **No-network set-ups:** Automatic dosing without Wi-Fi, apps or accounts.
- **Growing reef systems:** Expandable to eight channels as demand rises.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Place it level and dry:** Install indoors, away from water and salt spray, on a flat surface.
- **Cut and route hoses:** Run each hose from its container to the sump or tank, fixed above the water line.
- **Calibrate each pump:** Run each into a measuring cylinder to 100 mL and save.
- **Programme the doses:** Set doses per day, volume and interval for each channel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four peristaltic pumps:** Independently programmed and calibrated.
- **1 to 24 doses per day:** Large single doses or many small ones.
- **Interval dosing:** 0 to 30 days between dosing days per channel.
- **Manual mode:** Override the programme to run any pump by hand.
- **Expandable:** Up to eight pumps with the add 4 extension.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM104144
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901135084
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps > Multi-Channel Doser
- **Channels:** 4 (expandable to 8)
- **Programming:** 1–24 doses/day; 1–9,999 mL per dose; 0–30 day interval
- **Dosing Unit:** Approx. 25 × 13 × 6.4 cm
- **Power Supply:** 100–240 V AC input, 12 V DC 2.0 A output
- **In the Box:** Dosing station, controller, power supply, 4 m hose
- **Warranty:** 12 months from purchase
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Blenny Qube
Equipped 76 litre reef cube with DC skimmer, DC current pump and 50 W LED.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12943
- Price: $1,299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM56520 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901137606
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM56520.jpg
Building a small reef from separate parts means finding a skimmer, pump and light that all suit a compact tank. Aqua Medic Blenny Qube (SKU: AM56520) is Aqua Medic's equipped cube aquarium for a small marine reef, supplied with skimmer, current pump and LED lighting from Aqua Medic's own range. The supplier's specification gives a tank 40 cm long, 50 cm front to back and 40 cm high, made from 6 mm white glass, with a water level of about 37 cm and a capacity of roughly 76 L. The equipment is the EVO 500 DC protein skimmer, the EcoDrift 4.2 DC current pump with an output of up to 4,000 L/h, and a Qube 50 LED. A matching white cabinet, for self-assembly, is sold separately.
The EVO 500 is a compact internal skimmer driven by a controllable DC needle-wheel pump. Reef Builders reported that Aqua Medic rates it conservatively for about 235 L (62 US gallons), so in a 76 L cube it works well inside its capacity. The skimmer and the EcoDrift 4.2 are both DC units that can be adjusted through a controller to suit the livestock. The Qube 50 LED is a compact 50 W spotlight; according to Reef Builders its output is spread across five LED colours, blues at 400, 420, 450 and 470 nm plus a 12,000 K cool white, with a 90° lens that covers about 50 × 50 cm, close to the footprint of this tank. Colour and intensity are adjusted by hand on the light, and the white glass gives a clearer, less green view than standard float glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First reef aquarium:** A matched set of equipment instead of separate purchases.
- **Soft coral and LPS cubes:** A 76 L display with skimming, flow and light included.
- **Small reef fish:** Blennies, gobies, small clownfish and cleaner shrimps.
- **Viewed from several sides:** White glass keeps the view clear from any angle.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the base:** A level, load-rated stand or the matching cabinet; filled, it weighs around 100 kg.
- **Scape, then fill:** Place dry rock and sand, then fill with mixed saltwater at the target salinity.
- **Start the equipment:** Fit the EVO 500 and EcoDrift, then run both from low settings upwards.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Test ammonia and nitrite to zero and raise the LED intensity gradually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Equipped from the start:** Skimmer, current pump and LED included.
- **EVO 500 DC skimmer:** Controllable needle-wheel pump rated well above the tank volume.
- **EcoDrift 4.2 DC pump:** Adjustable current up to 4,000 L/h.
- **Qube 50 LED:** 50 W across five LED colours, with manual colour and intensity.
- **6 mm white glass:** A clear view into about 76 L of water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM56520
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901137606
- **Product Type:** Saltwater Aquarium > Equipped Reef Cube Aquarium
- **Aquarium Dimensions:** 40 × 50 × 40 cm (L × W × H)
- **Glass:** 6 mm white glass
- **Volume:** About 76 L (water level about 37 cm)
- **Protein Skimmer:** Aqua Medic EVO 500, DC pump
- **Current Pump:** Aqua Medic EcoDrift 4.2 DC, up to 4,000 L/h
- **Lighting:** Aqua Medic Qube 50 LED, 50 W, five LED colours
- **Cabinet:** White self-assembly cabinet, sold separately
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 2.3 App-control Pump
2,000 L/h DC pump with 2.2 m head for mid-size reef and sump returns.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dc-runner-2-3-app-control-pump/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100823 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143256
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100823.jpg
Lifting water from a sump in the cabinet to a display on top costs a good share of any pump's rated flow, so a mid-size system needs head in reserve. Aqua Medic DC Runner 2.3 App-control Pump (SKU: AM100823) is the 2,000 L/h model in Aqua Medic's DC Runner x.3 series, a 24 V DC universal pump with a maximum head of 2.2 m and a maximum consumption of 20 W. Its suction and pressure sides are both 25 mm (1 inch), so the outlet can be plumbed full bore without a reducer. Aqua Medic describes the x.3 as a high-performance circulation pump with app control, magnetically coupled and made from salt-water resistant materials, for use under water or out of it. The DC Runner Controller and a safety transformer are included.
For a cabinet sump under a display of roughly 200 to 400 L, the 2.3 can deliver the commonly quoted three to five tank volumes an hour at a normal return height, and the controller, not a ball valve, trims flow to what the overflow can drain. The +/- buttons set the level, shown by LED, across Aqua Medic's 30 to 100 per cent range; the Aqua Medic app takes over the same control by Wi-Fi, and a 0–10 V input accepts an external controller provided output stays at 60 per cent or more. Holding the LOCK/FEED button for five seconds locks the keypad, while a short press pauses the pump for 10 minutes at feeding time. The display shows error codes ER01 to ER05 for excess current, high temperature, dry running, a blocked impeller and excess voltage, and after 2 minutes without water the pump shuts down until the plug is pulled and reconnected.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size reef returns:** Sumps under displays of roughly 200 to 400 L.
- **Matching the overflow:** Flow fine-tuned to what the drain can carry.
- **Equipment loops:** Steady, adjustable feed to a chiller or reactor.
- **Freshwater sumps:** The same pump for planted or fish-only systems.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick the position:** Submerged no deeper than 1 m, or external; indoors only.
- **Plumb full bore:** 25 mm on both suction and pressure sides.
- **Set flow electronically:** Use the controller or app rather than throttling a valve.
- **Read the codes:** Error codes flag dry running, a blocked impeller or overheating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2,000 L/h, 2.2 m head:** Reserve for cabinet-to-display lifts.
- **25 mm both sides:** Equal suction and pressure connections.
- **20 W maximum:** 24 V DC drive with the transformer included.
- **Fault display:** ER01 to ER05 codes identify the problem.
- **Keypad lock and feed pause:** One button for both functions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100823
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143256
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > DC Return / Universal Pump
- **Maximum Flow:** Up to 2,000 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 2.2 m
- **Power:** Max. 20 W at 24 V DC (transformer 100–240 V)
- **Connections:** Suction 25 mm (1"); pressure 25 mm (1")
- **Control:** DC Runner Controller, Wi-Fi app, 0–10 V input (min. 60%)
- **Protection:** IPX8; submerged to 1 m
- **Warranty:** 24 months from purchase (Aqua Medic, via the dealer)
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 1.3 (AM100813); 3.3 (AM100833); 5.3 (AM100853); 9.3 (AM100893)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 9.3 App-control Pump
Top-of-series 9,000 L/h DC pump with 4.8 m head for big systems and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dc-runner-9-3-app-control-pump/
- Price: $499.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100893 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143508
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100893.jpg
Central sumps that serve several tanks, displays of well over a thousand litres and closed loops all ask for volume and lift at the same time. Aqua Medic DC Runner 9.3 App-control Pump (SKU: AM100893) is the largest pump in Aqua Medic's DC Runner x.3 series, a 24 V DC universal pump rated up to 9,000 L/h with a maximum head of 4.8 m and a maximum consumption of 70 W. It is the only size with 40 mm (1½ inch) connections on both the suction and pressure sides, and it measures about 200 × 105 × 160 mm. The design matches the rest of the series, magnetically coupled and salt-water resistant, for use under water or outside it, with the controller and safety transformer included.
The 4.8 m head is what sets the 9.3 apart. It keeps strong flow where the sump sits well below the display or in a separate plant room, and it has the margin to drive a manifold serving several tanks or a bank of equipment from one pump. As a rough guide at three to five turnovers an hour after losses, it suits single displays from about 1,000 to 2,000 L, or proportionally less when part of the output goes to other duties. With electronic control, flow is set to what the system needs rather than throttled with a valve. The controller covers Aqua Medic's 30 to 100 per cent range, and the Wi-Fi app and a 0–10 V input (kept at 60 per cent or higher) add remote and controller-based options. Feed pause, keypad lock and a 2-minute dry-run cut-out are built in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Displays of 1,000 to 2,000 L:** Sump returns with height and volume to spare.
- **Fish rooms:** A central sump feeding several tanks through a manifold.
- **Remote sumps:** Plant rooms beside or below the display.
- **Closed loops:** High-volume circulation driven from outside the tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plumb 40 mm:** Full 1½" bore on suction and pressure to make use of the flow.
- **Support the pipework:** Brace heavy plumbing so it does not hang on the pump.
- **Protect the electrics:** Controller and transformer indoors, dry and above water level.
- **Service when noisy:** Clean the basket and impeller, or replace impeller and bearings.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Top of the range:** 9,000 L/h, the largest DC Runner x.3.
- **4.8 m maximum head:** Lift for remote and multi-tank systems.
- **40 mm connections:** 1½" suction and pressure for full flow.
- **70 W maximum:** Electronic control instead of valve throttling.
- **App, controller or 0–10 V:** Three ways to set and schedule output.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100893
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143508
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > DC Return / Universal Pump
- **Maximum Flow:** Up to 9,000 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 4.8 m
- **Power:** Max. 70 W at 24 V DC (transformer 100–240 V)
- **Connections:** Suction 40 mm (1½"); pressure 40 mm (1½")
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 200 × 105 × 160 mm
- **Control:** DC Runner Controller, Wi-Fi app, 0–10 V input
- **Warranty:** 24 months from purchase (Aqua Medic, via the dealer)
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 1.3 (AM100813); 2.3 (AM100823); 3.3 (AM100833); 5.3 (AM100853)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Frag Pins (20pcs)
32 mm frag stones for mounting coral cuttings on the frag board mag.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12907
- Price: $25.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM23056 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147148
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM23056.jpg
Every coral cutting needs a base it can grow onto, one that can be lifted, moved and later fixed into the reef without anyone touching the living tissue. Aqua Medic Frag Pins (20pcs) (SKU: AM23056) are Aqua Medic's frag stones for propagating corals by fragmentation, supplied as a pack of 20, each about 32 mm across. Aqua Medic points out that many corals can be reproduced by simple fragmentation: a piece is taken from the parent colony, fixed to a pin, and the pin is set in a holder while the coral heals and grows over the stone. Once it has encrusted, the frag can be traded, handed on or placed in the display on its own base.
The pins are made for Aqua Medic's frag board mag (item 230.50), a polished acrylic plate on a magnetic holder for glass up to 12 mm thick, with a rail system so the plate can be positioned to save space and to set the frags at the right distance from the light. According to the maker, the holding system gives the pins a stable hold and flexible placement on the board. The frag board mag comes with eight pins, so this pack of 20 fills the spare positions or replaces pins as frags move on. For gluing the cuttings, Aqua Medic recommends Reef Construct or Coral Construct, chosen to suit the type of fragment. New frags are best left undisturbed until the tissue has grown down onto the stone, after which the whole pin can be wedged or glued into the rockwork.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Propagating corals:** Bases for cuttings taken from a parent colony.
- **Filling the frag board mag:** More pins than the eight supplied with the board.
- **Frag swaps and sales:** A uniform base that is easy to label, carry and hand over.
- **Placing grown frags:** A stone base that slots or glues into the reef rockwork.
**How to Use**
- **Take the cutting:** Cut cleanly from the parent colony and keep it submerged.
- **Fix it to the pin:** Use Reef Construct or Coral Construct, as Aqua Medic recommends for the fragment type.
- **Set it on the board:** Seat the pin on the frag board mag and adjust the plate under the light.
- **Let it grow on:** Leave the frag until tissue has encrusted the stone before moving it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pack of 20:** Enough pins for a full fragging session.
- **About 32 mm across:** A broad, stable base for the cutting.
- **Made for the frag board mag:** Stable hold and flexible placement, per Aqua Medic.
- **Pairs with Aqua Medic coral glues:** Reef Construct and Coral Construct recommended.
- **Movable base:** Frags can be moved or traded without handling the tissue.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM23056
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147148
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Frag Pins
- **Manufacturer Item:** 230.56
- **Contents:** 20 frag pins
- **Diameter:** Approx. 32 mm
- **Compatible Holder:** Aqua Medic frag board mag (230.50), which itself includes 8 pins
- **Recommended Adhesives:** Aqua Medic Reef Construct or Coral Construct
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums and coral propagation systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Pe Hose - Black 4/6mm (per 1mtr)
Opaque LDPE dosing tube sold by the metre for chemical dosing systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/pe-hose-black-4-6mm-per-1mtr/
- Price: $5.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM63000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901102529
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/GRU-91835680-1M_471x.progressive.webp
A dosing pump is only as reliable as the line feeding it, and a tube that perishes or lets light degrade the dosed liquid causes problems long before the pump itself does. Aqua Medic Pe Hose - Black 4/6mm (per 1mtr) (SKU: AM63000) is Aqua Medic's opaque low-density polyethylene (LDPE) tubing in the common 4/6 mm size, 4 mm inside diameter and 6 mm outside, sold cut to a one-metre length for this listing. Aqua Medic describes it as chemical delivery tubing suitable for both the suction and pressure side of a pump, which covers the supply line running from a dosing container as well as the output line running into the aquarium. The opaque black wall blocks light from reaching whatever is being dosed, which matters for additives that break down when exposed to it.
Being a general-purpose LDPE tube rather than a product sold for one named chemical, its exact compatibility with a given additive is set by that additive's own data, not by the hose; Aqua Medic notes that the chemical being dosed determines which tubing is actually suitable for a given application, so a strong oxidiser or an aggressive acid should be checked against the manufacturer's guidance before use. In day-to-day terms it is the tube most often paired with Aqua Medic's reefdoser pumps, running from the dosing container to the pump head and on to the aquarium, and it is also sold by Aqua Medic as a 50 m roll for workshops or multi-line installations, with this 1 m length suiting a single repair or a short run. No tools beyond scissors or a sharp blade are needed to cut it to length.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dosing pump suction lines:** Running from a dosing container to the pump inlet.
- **Dosing pump output lines:** Carrying dosed liquid from the pump to the aquarium.
- **Replacing perished tubing:** Swapping a cracked or stiffened line on an existing dosing set-up.
- **Light-sensitive additives:** Where an opaque line is preferred over clear tubing.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Cut to length:** Trim the metre length to suit the run with a clean, square cut.
- **Push-fit the ends:** Seat the tube fully onto the pump's barbed ports.
- **Route it clear:** Keep the line away from pinch points and sharp edges.
- **Check periodically:** Inspect for stiffening, cracking or chemical attack and replace as needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Opaque LDPE construction:** Blocks light from the liquid inside.
- **4/6 mm sizing:** 4 mm inside diameter, 6 mm outside, the standard dosing size.
- **Suction and pressure rated:** Suitable for both sides of a dosing pump.
- **Sold by the metre:** This listing is a 1 m length cut to order.
- **Pairs with Aqua Medic dosers:** The tube commonly fitted to the reefdoser range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM63000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901102529
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Dosing Pump Tubing
- **Material:** Opaque LDPE (low-density polyethylene)
- **Size:** 4 mm inside diameter / 6 mm outside diameter
- **Length Supplied:** 1 m (this listing); also offered by Aqua Medic as a 50 m roll
- **Use:** Suction and pressure side tubing for chemical dosing pumps
- **Companion Products:** Aqua Medic reefdoser Evo 1, 3 and 5 (SKU AM104201, AM104203, AM104205)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium dosing systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Reefdoser Evo 5
Five-channel app-controlled dosing station for full reef or planted dosing programmes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12897
- Price: $399.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM104205 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144215
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM104205.jpg
A mature reef on a Balling-style programme can need five or more liquids every day, and keeping them all on one controller and one app is far easier than juggling several units. Aqua Medic Reefdoser EVO 5 (SKU: AM104205) is the largest model in Aqua Medic's reefdoser EVO series, five calibratable peristaltic pumps side by side in a single housing of about 277 × 105 × 127 mm, each channel calibrated individually and programmed separately through the Aqua Medic app. Aqua Medic's listed uses cover trace elements and fertilisers, calcium and hydrogen carbonate for reef aquariums, lime water and automatic feeding of live plankton, and five channels leave room for most of these at once.
Typical layouts give calcium, carbonate and magnesium a channel each and leave two for trace element blends, or in a large planted tank split macro and micro fertilisers with room for a carbon supplement. Each channel runs its own schedule over 2.4 GHz WLAN, with intervals from every second up to daily, and the five touch keys on the front give manual doses and fill the hoses, with an LED showing each pump at work. Calibration needs at least 10 mL per channel into a measuring cylinder, and Aqua Medic advises diluting solutions with RO water where possible. The whole station runs from one 12 V power supply. Because five supply lines and five dosing lines meet in one place, Aqua Medic's advice to mount the doser over a drip tray and keep it away from cabinet humidity matters more here; humidity damage is not covered by the warranty. Further EVO units can still be added in the app.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Balling-style programmes:** Calcium, carbonate, magnesium and trace blends from one station.
- **Large or heavily stocked reefs:** Many additives with high daily consumption.
- **High-tech planted tanks:** Separate macro, micro and other liquid supplements.
- **Consolidating dosers:** Replacing several single pumps with one unit and one app.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plan the space:** Allow about 28 cm of width on a wall or shelf above a drip tray or sump.
- **Organise the lines:** Keep all ten hoses short and labelled, dosing ends above the water surface.
- **Join the app:** Press the WLAN button and add the station in the Aqua Medic app.
- **Calibrate every channel:** At least 10 mL each, then stagger doses so incompatible liquids are not added together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five independent channels:** The full EVO programme in one housing.
- **Per-channel calibration:** Each pump set to its own liquid.
- **Single power supply:** One 12 V adapter for all five pumps.
- **Flexible scheduling:** Intervals from every second to daily in the app.
- **Reef or planted:** Trace elements, buffers, fertilisers or plankton feeds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM104205
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144215
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps > App-Controlled Dosing Pump (5 Channel)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 104.205
- **Channels:** 5
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 277 × 105 × 127 mm (L × W × H)
- **Power Supply:** 100–240 V input, 12 V DC / 3 A output
- **Connectivity:** WLAN 2.4 GHz, Aqua Medic app
- **Warranty:** 24 months via the dealer; pump heads are wear parts
- **Other Sizes:** Reefdoser EVO 1 (SKU AM104201); Reefdoser EVO 3 (SKU AM104203)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Smartdrift 3.1 Compact Current Pump
WiFi current pump of up to 4,600 L/h for nano reefs and tanks to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/smartdrift-3-1-compact-current-pump/
- Price: $325.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM103203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143935
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM103203.jpg
A nano reef or a 200-litre mixed tank needs movement in every corner, but a pump the size of a fist dominates the glass and blasts the sand. Aqua Medic SmartDrift 3.1 Compact Current Pump (SKU: AM103203) is the smallest model in Aqua Medic's SmartDrift x.1 series, a magnet-mounted current pump for salt and freshwater aquariums up to 300 L with output adjustable up to 4,600 L/h. The body is roughly 55 mm high and 65 mm in diameter, and the magnet holder suits glass up to 10 mm thick. A power-saving 24 V DC motor draws 3 to 15 W depending on the setting, fed by a transformer that accepts 100–240 V.
Settings are made in the SmartDrift app for iOS and Android over WiFi, or by hand on the controller, where the arrow keys set power between 30 and 100%. Aqua Medic's manual lists pulse, ramp, random and constant-flow programmes, with LOW and HIGH keys for pulse frequency, and a cross-flow mode through the app; several pumps can be run together as master and slaves. Holding MODE/FEED for five seconds stops the pump for ten minutes at feeding time. A 0–10 V socket lets an external controller take over through the optional cable (item 100.302). The shaft and bearings are polished ceramic, the pump is rated IPX8, and Aqua Medic gives a 24-month guarantee from the date of purchase.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Tanks up to 300 L that need flow without a bulky pump on show.
- **Filling dead spots:** Aimed behind rockwork or into corners where detritus settles.
- **Pairs and groups:** Run with a second SmartDrift for alternating or cross-flow patterns.
- **Freshwater tanks:** Rated for fresh as well as salt water, e.g. river-style displays.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Set the depth:** Mount it at least 10 cm below the surface and no deeper than 1 m so it cannot draw air.
- **Keep it off the sand:** Do not aim it at the bottom, or it will lift sand and fine gravel.
- **Check the glass:** The magnet holder is made for panes up to 10 mm thick.
- **Clean it periodically:** Remove lime and dirt so the ceramic axle turns freely.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 4,600 L/h:** Turned down to 30% for gentle nano flow.
- **Low draw:** 3 to 15 W from a 24 V DC motor.
- **App or buttons:** WiFi app control, or manual settings on the SmartDrift Control.
- **Feed pause:** A ten-minute stop from one held button.
- **Smallest body in the series:** About 55 × 65 mm on the glass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM103203
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143935
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > WiFi Current Pump
- **Flow Rate:** Adjustable up to 4,600 L/h
- **Power:** 3–15 W; 24 V DC pump, transformer input 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 300 L
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 55 mm high × 65 mm diameter
- **Magnet Holder:** Glass up to 10 mm
- **In the Box:** Pump, magnet holder, SmartDrift Control, transformer
- **Warranty:** 24 months from date of purchase (Aqua Medic)
- **Other Sizes:** SmartDrift 7.1 (SKU AM103207); SmartDrift 11.1 (SKU AM103211)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef and freshwater aquariums up to 300 L
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Maintenance
#### Aqua Medic Aqua Smoothy 40 X 40cm (2 Pcs)
Microfibre cloths for streak-free cleaning of the outside aquarium glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aqua-smoothy-40-x-40cm-2-pcs/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM66100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901131307
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-aqua-smoothy-40-x-40cm-2-pcs-aquatic-supplies-australia-7049145_800x800.webp
Salt creep and fingerprints on the front glass spoil the view more often than algae on the inside of it. Aqua Medic Aqua Smoothy 40 X 40cm (2 Pcs) (SKU: AM66100) is Aqua Medic's microfibre glass cloth, a pack of two superfine, microporous cloths made for smear-free cleaning of the outside glass of an aquarium. Aqua Medic describes them as lint-free and very absorbent, for use either wet or dry, and says they remove salt encrustation and greasy residues safely and gently without any aggressive cleaning agent. Each cloth measures about 40 × 40 cm, big enough to fold into a thick pad that covers a whole panel in a few passes.
The fibre is a blend of 80% polyester and 20% polyamide, the usual make-up of a fine microfibre that lifts film from glass with plain water. Cleaning without sprays matters around an aquarium: household glass cleaners and detergents can drift onto the lid, the water surface or the light, and nothing has to be added here but water. On a reef tank, a dampened cloth softens and lifts the white crust left by salt spray along the top of the glass, and a dry cloth then buffs away the last streaks and any fingerprints. Aqua Medic adds that the cloths suit most other smooth surfaces as well, so the same pack covers cover glasses, lids, cabinet doors and the outside of light units. With two in the pack, one can stay damp for the first pass while the other stays dry for polishing. Rinse them after use and wash without fabric softener, which coats the fibres and leaves smears behind.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Salt creep on marine tanks:** Dried salt spray along the top of the front and side glass.
- **Fingerprints and smudges:** Greasy marks from hands and noses pressed to the glass.
- **Before photographs:** A clear, streak-free front panel for shooting the tank.
- **Lids and fittings:** Cover glasses, cabinet doors and other smooth surfaces.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Wet pass first:** Dampen one cloth with clean water to dissolve salt and grease.
- **Dry polish:** Follow with the second, dry cloth for a streak-free finish.
- **No chemicals:** Water alone is enough; keep sprays well away from the aquarium.
- **Wash and dry:** Rinse after use and launder without fabric softener.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two cloths:** A wet-and-dry pair in one pack.
- **Large 40 × 40 cm size:** Folds into a pad that covers a full panel.
- **Lint-free microfibre:** Leaves no fluff on the glass, per Aqua Medic.
- **Wet or dry use:** Very absorbent for both cleaning and polishing.
- **Chemical-free cleaning:** Removes salt crust and grease with water alone.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM66100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901131307
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Glass Cleaning Cloth
- **Manufacturer Item:** 66100
- **Contents:** 2 cloths
- **Cloth Size:** About 40 × 40 cm each
- **Material:** Microfibre, 80% polyester, 20% polyamide
- **Use:** Wet or dry, on outside glass and other smooth surfaces
- **Target Environment:** Outside glass of freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Fish Trap
Baited, hand-released trap for catching one fish without pulling the aquascape apart.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aqua-medic-fish-trap/
- Price: $159.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM50180 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901112115
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AM50180.webp
Catching a single fish in a reef full of rockwork usually means dismantling the rock, and chasing it with a net stresses everything else in the tank. Aqua Medic Fish Trap (SKU: AM50180) is Aqua Medic's baited trap for taking a particular fish out of an aquarium with plenty of hiding places, without the stress and the damage to invertebrates that netting can cause. Food goes inside as bait; once the target fish has swum in, the keeper releases the closing mechanism by hand, so the trap only shuts on the fish that is wanted. The body is clear acrylic, and when the trap is lifted out with the fish inside it stays half full of water, which Aqua Medic says reduces stress on the fish.
The trap does not need to sit on the sand. It attaches to the inside of the aquarium glass with rubber double suckers made of a flexible material, and Aqua Medic recommends three suckers for a secure hold; hanging it on the pane lets it be placed at the depth and in the area where the fish actually lives, which the maker says makes catching easier. Aqua Medic gives the size as approximately 27.5 × 17 × 17 cm (L × W × H), giving room for small and medium-sized fish. Shy or experienced fish rarely walk in on the first attempt, so many keepers leave the trap open in place for a few days and feed inside it until the fish enters confidently, then spring it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aggressive newcomer:** Removing a fish that is harassing its tankmates.
- **Sick fish:** Moving a fish to a hospital or quarantine tank for treatment.
- **Rehoming:** Taking out a fish that has outgrown the aquarium.
- **Densely aquascaped reefs:** Where netting would mean lifting rock and corals.
**How to Use**
- **Fix it to the glass:** Press the suckers onto clean glass near the fish's territory; three give a secure hold.
- **Bait the trap:** Place a food the target fish favours inside, with the door open.
- **Wait and release:** Stay within reach and release the door by hand once the right fish is inside.
- **Lift out level:** Raise the trap upright so it keeps its water while the fish is moved.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Selective catch:** A manual release means only the chosen fish is caught.
- **Water-retaining body:** Stays half full when lifted from the aquarium.
- **Glass-mounted:** Rubber double suckers, no need to rest on the substrate.
- **Clear acrylic:** The bait and the fish stay visible from outside the tank.
- **No chasing:** Avoids pursuing fish through corals and invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM50180
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901112115
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Fish Trap
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 27.5 × 17 × 17 cm (L × W × H)
- **Material:** Acrylic body, flexible rubber suckers
- **Mounting:** Rubber double suckers on the inside glass; three recommended
- **Operation:** Baited; closing mechanism released by hand
- **Water Retention:** Remains half full when removed
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Pest Trap (AM50181) for crabs, snails and bristle worms
- **Target Environment:** Reef, marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Pest Trap
Self-acting trap for unwanted crabs, snails and bristle worms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aqua-medic-pest-trap/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM50181 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901112788
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AM50181.jpg
A hitchhiking crab that picks at corals at night, or a plague of bristle worms in the sand, is hard to remove by hand because the culprit only comes out in the dark. Aqua Medic Pest Trap (SKU: AM50181) is the trap Aqua Medic sells as Trap-pest, a universal trap that removes unwanted bristle worms, crabs and snails from the aquarium automatically, in either freshwater or saltwater. It is baited and left in place, and it does the catching without the keeper having to be there: animals get in easily but are stopped from finding their way back out.
Two different entry systems handle the two kinds of pest. Bristle worms crawl in through a funnel and then cannot find the way out again, while crabs and snails pass through a one-way curtain that lets them in and blocks the return path. The bait goes in from the outside, which means the trap can be recharged without opening the catch chamber or releasing what is already inside. At approximately 15.5 × 7.5 × 8.5 cm, according to Aqua Medic, it is small enough to tuck between rocks or lay on the sand where the pests are active. Since crabs and bristle worms forage after lights-out, the trap is best set in the evening and checked in the morning. Any trapped animals need to be removed from the aquarium promptly, and a bait that is left too long will start to foul the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bristle worm outbreaks:** Thinning numbers in the sandbed and rockwork.
- **Hitchhiking crabs:** Removing crabs that arrived on live rock or with corals.
- **Pest snails:** Reducing snail plagues in reef or planted freshwater tanks.
- **Without stripping the tank:** Catching pests that hide deep in the aquascape.
**How to Use**
- **Bait it:** Load a small piece of meaty food through the outside opening.
- **Place it:** Set the trap on the substrate or among rocks where the pests have been seen.
- **Leave it overnight:** Let nocturnal crabs and worms find the bait in the dark.
- **Empty and rebait:** Remove the catch and old bait each morning, then repeat as needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three pest types:** Crabs, snails and bristle worms in one trap.
- **Funnel entry:** Bristle worms enter and cannot find their way back.
- **One-way curtain:** Lets crabs and snails in but blocks the way back.
- **Outside bait loading:** Rebait without opening the catch chamber.
- **Freshwater and saltwater:** Usable in both aquarium types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM50181
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901112788
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Pest Trap
- **Manufacturer Item:** 501.81 (Trap-pest)
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 15.5 × 7.5 × 8.5 cm (L × W × H)
- **Catches:** Bristle worms, crabs and snails
- **Entry Systems:** Funnel for worms; one-way curtain for crabs and snails
- **Baiting:** From the outside
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Fish Trap (AM50180) for removing a single fish
- **Target Environment:** Reef, marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ro Membrane Housing Wrench
Plastic spanner for opening 10-inch RO membrane housing end caps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/ro-membrane-housing-wrench/
- Price: $20.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM700257 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901117417
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM700257.jpg
A membrane housing cap that has sat sealed for a year or two does not want to turn by hand, and gripping it with pliers tends to crack the plastic before it loosens. Aqua Medic Ro Membrane Housing Wrench (SKU: AM700257) is Aqua Medic's purpose-made plastic spanner for opening and closing the end cap of a 10-inch RO membrane or prefilter housing, listed by the maker as item U700.25-7 and supplied as the housing tool with the Easy Line Pro range. Its lugs fit the notches moulded into the Aqua Medic housing cap, giving enough leverage to break a stuck seal or nip a new one up firmly, without the slipping or marking that a general-purpose wrench or pliers would cause on the same plastic.
It is the tool for the moment a membrane or a sediment and carbon prefilter needs changing: Aqua Medic documents it specifically alongside the Easy Line Pro 100, 150 and 200, where it is used to remove the housing cap before lifting out the old membrane and to reseat it once the replacement, such as the Ro Membrane 400L/100GPD, 600L/150GPD or 200GPD (SKU AM711100, AM711150, AM711200), is in place. Because the cap and lug pattern is the same design Aqua Medic uses across its 10-inch RO housings, the wrench is a handy thing to keep on the shelf whenever a prefilter cartridge or a membrane on any of these units needs attention, not only at the point a specific model's manual calls for it. Being plastic rather than metal, it will not mar the housing threads or scratch the cap, and it takes up almost no space in a maintenance kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing an RO membrane:** Opening the housing cap to lift out the old membrane.
- **Stuck or overtightened caps:** Breaking a seal that will not turn by hand.
- **Routine prefilter changes:** Opening sediment or carbon housings at service time.
- **General RO maintenance:** A tool worth keeping with any Aqua Medic 10-inch RO unit.
**How to Use**
- **Isolate the unit:** Shut off the water supply and release the housing's pressure first.
- **Engage the lugs:** Fit the wrench's lugs into the notches on the housing cap.
- **Turn to loosen:** Apply steady turning force rather than a sharp jerk.
- **Hand-tighten on refitting:** Close the new cap by hand and nip it with the wrench only if needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purpose-made fit:** Lugs matched to the Aqua Medic housing cap notches.
- **Plastic construction:** Will not mar or scratch the housing.
- **Listed with the ELP range:** Aqua Medic's housing tool, item U700.25-7.
- **Compact and reusable:** A small tool kept for every membrane or prefilter change.
- **Breaks stuck seals:** Enough leverage for a cap that will not turn by hand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM700257
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901117417
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > RO Membrane Housing Wrench
- **Manufacturer Item:** U700.25-7
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic Easy Line Pro 100, 150 and 200 10-inch housings; the same cap design is used on Aqua Medic's other 10-inch RO housings
- **Use:** Opening and closing membrane and prefilter housing end caps
- **Companion Products:** Aqua Medic Ro Membrane 400L/100GPD, 600L/150GPD and 200GPD (SKU AM711100, AM711150, AM711200)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis systems for freshwater and marine aquarium water production
---
#### Aqua Medic Variocare 1000ml
Concentrated soak cleaner for pumps and aquarium equipment.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12883
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100900 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901138511
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100900.jpg
Limescale and mineral crust build up inside a pump housing or on a heater sleeve long before anyone notices the flow has dropped, and scrubbing alone rarely shifts it. Aqua Medic Variocare 1000ml (SKU: AM100900) is Aqua Medic's concentrated cleaner for pumps and other freshwater and saltwater aquarium equipment, supplied as a 1,000 mL bottle of concentrate built around amidosulfuric acid with methyl red as a built-in colour indicator. The standard dilution is 100 mL of Variocare to 1,000 mL of water, giving ten litres of working solution from one bottle, and the dose can be increased, or the concentrate used undiluted, for equipment with heavier mineral deposits.
Equipment to be cleaned is left soaking in the solution for a period that depends on how dirty it is, up to a maximum of 24 hours, then rinsed under running water with any remaining residue brushed off; a second soak clears persistent deposits that do not lift the first time. The solution is not a one-use product: it can be reused for further soaks, and the point at which it is exhausted is shown by its own colour, changing from red to yellow as it is spent. Aqua Medic's own warning is that the cleaner must not enter the aquarium, so equipment should be fully rinsed before it goes back into a running tank, and the label's main caution is to keep it out of the reach of children (P102), alongside the usual skin and eye irritant precautions for a descaling acid.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scaled pump housings and impellers:** Mineral deposits slowing or jamming a return pump.
- **Heater sleeves and RO fittings:** Limescale on equipment taken out at a water change.
- **Routine equipment descale:** A periodic soak alongside normal maintenance.
- **Reusing a batch:** Working solution kept until its colour shows it is spent.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Standard dilution:** Mix 100 mL of Variocare with 1,000 mL of water.
- **Heavier deposits:** Increase the dose, or use the concentrate undiluted.
- **Soak and rinse:** Leave the equipment up to 24 hours, then rinse under running water and brush off residue.
- **Keep it from the tank:** Rinse thoroughly and never let the cleaner enter the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated formula:** One bottle makes up to ten litres of working solution.
- **Reusable solution:** Kept for further soaks until it is spent.
- **Built-in colour indicator:** Methyl red shows red when active, yellow when exhausted.
- **Works on fresh and saltwater equipment:** One cleaner for pumps across both water types.
- **Adjustable strength:** Diluted for routine use, undiluted for heavy build-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100900
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901138511
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Equipment Cleaner Concentrate
- **Manufacturer Item:** 100.900
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL concentrate
- **Active Ingredient:** Amidosulfuric acid, with methyl red as a colour indicator
- **Dilution:** 100 mL concentrate per 1,000 mL water for standard use
- **Soak Time:** Up to 24 hours, depending on soiling
- **Colour Change:** Red when active, yellow once the solution is spent
- **Safety:** Keep out of reach of children (P102); avoid skin and eye contact; must not enter the aquarium
- **Target Environment:** Equipment cleaning for freshwater and marine aquarium systems
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Aqua Medic Co2 Reactor Compact Diffuser
CO2 reactor with built-in check valve and bubble counter for planted aquariums up to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/co2-reactor-compact-diffuser/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB71630 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901134988
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/reactor-compact1-ezremove.png
CO2 only feeds plants once it has dissolved in the water, and a bubble that reaches the surface intact is gas paid for and lost. Aqua Medic CO2 Reactor Compact Diffuser (SKU: AB71630) is the compact reactor in Aqua Medic's CO2 equipment range, which the maker describes as a CO2 reactor with an integrated non-return valve. A German Aqua Medic stockist lists it with a built-in check valve and bubble counter for aquariums up to 200 L, so the one unit dissolves the gas, shows the dosing rate and protects the regulator from water running back up the line. In Aqua Medic's line-up it sits below the reactor 100, a passive reactor for aquariums up to 250 L, and the reactor 1000, a closed external reactor for systems up to 2,000 L.
In a pressurised CO2 system, gas runs from the cylinder through a pressure regulator and needle valve, along CO2-resistant tubing and into the reactor, where it is brought into contact with aquarium water and dissolves. The integrated non-return valve stops water siphoning back towards the regulator when the gas is turned off, so no separate check valve is needed at this point in the line. With the bubble counter built in, the dose is set by counting bubbles at the reactor while turning the needle valve: start slowly, raise the rate in small steps over several days, and watch the fish for rapid breathing at the surface, the usual sign of too much CO2. Aqua Medic's CO2 indicator, which shows the carbon dioxide content in freshwater aquaria, confirms the level once the rate is set, and an electronic shut-off valve such as the M-ventil switches the gas off with the lights.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted tanks to 200 L:** The working range given by the stockist.
- **First pressurised CO2 set-up:** Check valve and bubble counter already built in.
- **Demanding plants:** Carpeting and stem plants that need more carbon than the water holds.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Connect the gas line:** Run CO2-resistant tubing from the needle valve to the reactor inlet.
- **Fill the bubble counter:** Add water so each bubble can be seen and counted.
- **Start slowly:** Set a low bubble rate and increase it gradually over several days.
- **Monitor and automate:** Check with a CO2 indicator and fit a solenoid for night shut-off.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Integrated non-return valve:** Stops water flowing back to the regulator, per Aqua Medic.
- **Built-in bubble counter:** The dosing rate is visible at the reactor.
- **Rated to 200 L:** For small and medium planted aquariums.
- **Compact size:** The smaller option below the reactor 100 and reactor 1000.
- **System part:** Works with a pressure regulator, solenoid and CO2 indicator.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB71630
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901134988
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2 Reactor / Diffuser
- **Type:** CO2 reactor with integrated non-return valve
- **Bubble Counter:** Built in
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 200 L
- **Gas Supply:** Pressurised CO2 via a pressure regulator and needle valve
- **Companion Products:** Aqua Medic Regular CO2 regulator (AB71011); M-ventil solenoid; CO2 indicator
- **Larger Alternatives:** Aqua Medic reactor 100 (to 250 L); reactor 1000 (to 2,000 L)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ozone Booster - Air Dryer
Silica gel chamber that dries intake air for stronger ozone output.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/ozone-booster-air-dryer/
- Price: $209.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB65027 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116977
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB65027.jpg
An ozoniser fed with humid air from inside a cabinet or a fish room makes noticeably less ozone than one fed with dry air, and the usual fix is a drying stage ahead of the generator rather than a bigger unit. Aqua Medic Ozone Booster - Air Dryer (SKU: AB65027) is Aqua Medic's air-drying chamber for ozone generators, a cylindrical housing about 80 mm in diameter and 240 mm long, supplied filled with 1 L of silica gel. Air drawn through the chamber gives up its moisture to the gel before reaching the ozoniser, and Aqua Medic states that the drier air this produces results in much higher ozone output. The booster connects with 4/6 mm hose at both ends and fits the full range of Aqua Medic ozonisers as well as many other brands, slotting into an existing air line with no change to the generator itself.
The gel inside is the colour-indicating type Aqua Medic also sells as a refill: pearls mixed through the granulate change colour once their drying capacity is used up, the visible cue that the charge needs replacing rather than a fixed time interval. A spent, humid charge lets more moisture through and output falls away, so the booster earns its keep wherever the generator's air is drawn from inside a stand or a damp fish room rather than dry outside air. The matching refill is Aqua Medic's Silicagel Air Dryer Refill 1 L (SKU AB12730), sized to recharge this chamber. The booster has no electrical connection or moving parts; it is simply a drying stage between the air source and a generator such as Aqua Medic's Ozone 30, 90 or 250.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Humid cabinets and fish rooms:** Air drawn from inside a stand or a damp room cuts ozone output without a drying stage.
- **Any ozone generator:** Fits Aqua Medic's own range and many third-party ozonisers.
- **Falling ozone performance:** A first check when output drops with no change to the generator itself.
- **Continuous dosing:** Ozone set-ups run around the clock, where air humidity varies through the day.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position in the air line:** Fit the booster between the air source and the ozone generator's intake.
- **Connect the hose:** Use 4/6 mm hose on both the inlet and outlet of the chamber.
- **Watch the indicator:** Check the colour of the silica gel pearls from time to time.
- **Recharge when spent:** Refill with Aqua Medic Silicagel Air Dryer Refill 1 L once the colour change has worked through the charge.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 L silica gel chamber:** Supplied filled and ready to connect.
- **Colour-indicating gel:** Pearls change colour to show when drying capacity is used up.
- **Compact housing:** About 80 mm diameter by 240 mm long.
- **4/6 mm connections:** Standard hose size matching Aqua Medic's ozone generators.
- **Wide compatibility:** Aqua Medic states it fits its full ozoniser range and many other brands.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB65027
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116977
- **Product Type:** Filters > Ozone Air Dryer
- **Diameter:** Approx. 80 mm
- **Length:** Approx. 240 mm
- **Hose Connection:** 4/6 mm, both ends
- **Media:** 1 L silica gel with colour-indicating pearls, supplied filled
- **Compatibility:** Aqua Medic's full ozoniser range and many third-party ozonisers
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Silicagel Air Dryer Refill 1 L (SKU AB12730)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums run with an ozoniser
---
#### Aqua Medic Reactor 1000 - External Co2 Reactor
Sealed counter-current CO2 reactor for planted aquariums up to 2,000 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/reactor-1000-external-co2-reactor/
- Price: $189.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB71113
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/368809.jpg
A diffuser in the tank loses much of its CO2 as bubbles that reach the surface, and in a large aquarium that waste empties cylinders quickly. Aqua Medic Reactor 1000 - External CO2 Reactor (SKU: AB71113) is Aqua Medic's hermetically sealed reactor for introducing CO2 into larger aquariums, rated to supply tanks of up to 2,000 L. Water from a separate pump or the outlet of a canister filter enters at the top, CO2 is led downward inside the reactor against the flow, and Bactoballs packed in the housing add turbulence, so the gas dissolves before the water returns to the tank from the lower outlet. The column stands about 37 cm tall and about 8 cm in diameter.
The reactor needs a pump delivering roughly 1,500 to 2,500 L/h; stronger circulation improves dissolution, and if a pump is too strong the reactor can be run on a bypass. Water connections take 12/16 mm hose and the CO2 inlet 4/6 mm tubing. A vent with a stop cock at the top releases trapped air at start-up and any gas that collects in operation. A universal mounting plate lets it be fixed outside the aquarium or inside the cabinet, and a bracket allows mounting inside the tank. Aqua Medic's manual recommends a non-return valve between the reactor and the CO2 system, a working pressure of 1 to 2 bar at the regulator, a start of about 15 bubbles a minute, and at least 4 to 6 dKH carbonate hardness so pH stays stable. For automatic control, a pH computer switches a solenoid valve; a typical planted-tank target is pH 6.5 to 6.8.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large planted aquariums:** CO2 for display tanks up to 2,000 L.
- **Cylinder economy:** Dissolving gas fully instead of losing bubbles at the surface.
- **Clean display tanks:** Mounted outside or in the cabinet, out of sight.
- **Canister filter systems:** Fed directly from the filter outlet on its way back to the tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount it:** Screw the holding plate to a wall or cabinet, or the bracket to a crossbar inside the tank, then press the reactor into the clamps.
- **Plumb the water:** Pump or filter outlet to the upper fitting, 12/16 mm return from the lower fitting, with no kinks.
- **Connect the CO2:** Fit a non-return valve and bubble counter, set 1 to 2 bar and start at about 15 bubbles a minute.
- **Vent and monitor:** Open the stop cock briefly to release air, then adjust the bubble rate to the pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Counter-current design:** CO2 travels down against the water for longer contact.
- **Bactoball packing:** Adds turbulence to break up gas bubbles.
- **Up to 2,000 L:** Aqua Medic's rating for this reactor.
- **Vent with stop cock:** Releases trapped air and collected gas.
- **Flexible mounting:** Outside the tank, in the cabinet or inside the aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB71113
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > External CO2 Reactor
- **Model:** reactor 1000 (Aqua Medic article 71113)
- **Aquarium Size:** Up to 2,000 L
- **Pump Flow:** Approx. 1,500–2,500 L/h
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 37 cm high, 8 cm diameter
- **Water Connection:** 12/16 mm hose
- **CO2 Connection:** 4/6 mm tubing
- **Warranty:** 24 months via the dealer
- **Target Environment:** Large planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Regular - Co2 Regulator
Twin-gauge CO2 pressure regulator with fixed 1.5 bar working pressure and needle valve.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12862
- Price: $189.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB71011 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014694712114
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-regular-co2-regulator-1762951074.jpg
A CO2 cylinder holds its gas at roughly 55 to 60 bar at room temperature, far too much to feed a diffuser directly, and the regulator is what turns that into a steady, countable stream. Aqua Medic Regular - CO2 Regulator (SKU: AB71011) is Aqua Medic's pressure regulator for precise control of CO2 dosing into the aquarium. In Aqua Medic's description, the regular is chrome plated and reduces cylinder pressure to a fixed working pressure of about 1.5 bar, with a needle valve for fine adjustment and two pressure gauges, one showing the cylinder pressure and the other the working pressure. It fits industry-standard CO2 cylinders that have an external valve.
The fixed working pressure means the needle valve always starts from the same point, so once the bubble rate is set it stays steady as the cylinder empties instead of creeping up or down. The cylinder gauge is the one to watch day to day: CO2 is stored as a liquid, so the gauge holds near full pressure until the liquid is used up and then falls quickly, which is the signal to arrange a refill. Downstream, the regulator feeds CO2-resistant tubing to a bubble counter, a non-return valve and a reactor or diffuser such as the Aqua Medic CO2 Reactor Compact, which has the check valve and bubble counter built in; a solenoid valve can be added for night-time shut-off. Before buying gas, check that the regulator's inlet thread matches the valve on the cylinder to be used, as cylinder fittings vary between gas suppliers and countries.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pressurised CO2 for plants:** Moving up from liquid carbon or yeast-based CO2.
- **Refillable cylinders:** Industry-standard CO2 cylinders with an external valve.
- **Precise bubble rates:** Fine adjustment at the needle valve for a steady dose.
- **Replacing a worn regulator:** A twin-gauge unit for an existing CO2 system.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the thread:** Confirm the inlet matches the cylinder valve before fitting.
- **Fit and open slowly:** Use a sound sealing washer, tighten with a spanner and open the cylinder valve gently.
- **Leak test:** Brush soapy water over every joint and look for bubbles before leaving it running.
- **Set the dose:** Open the needle valve gradually while counting bubbles at the bubble counter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two pressure gauges:** Cylinder content and working pressure at a glance.
- **Fixed 1.5 bar output:** A constant working pressure ahead of the needle valve.
- **Needle valve:** Fine adjustment of the CO2 flow.
- **Chrome-plated body:** The finish Aqua Medic specifies.
- **Standard cylinder fit:** For CO2 cylinders with an external valve.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB71011
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014694712114
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2 Pressure Regulator
- **Working Pressure:** About 1.5 bar, fixed
- **Gauges:** 2 (cylinder pressure and working pressure)
- **Flow Control:** Needle valve
- **Finish:** Chrome plated
- **Cylinder Fitting:** Industry-standard CO2 cylinders with an external valve
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic CO2 Reactor Compact Diffuser (AB71630)
- **Target Environment:** Planted aquariums and other pressurised CO2 systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Scraper 15cm
Hinged 15 cm blade scraper for stubborn calcareous algae on aquarium glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12860
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB66000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014694660026
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB66000.jpg
Coralline and other calcareous algae shrug off magnet pads, and working a short razor blade across a large front pane takes far longer than it should. Aqua Medic Scraper 15cm (SKU: AB66000) is Aqua Medic's handheld glass scraper, item 66000, with a 15 cm wide blade that the maker says makes it easy to remove even the most resistant calcareous algae from aquarium glass. Its distinguishing feature is a hinge that lets the blade head turn through 180°, so the blade can be set at the angle that reaches glass behind rocks or roots sitting close to the pane. A removable blade protector covers the edge between uses and doubles as a squeegee for cleaning the outside of the glass.
Aqua Medic calls it a multiple-use blade cleaner: the same tool scrapes the inside, then wipes the outside once the protector is back on. A reviewer at Reef Builders found the blade very sharp and noted that the swivel neck uses teeth that catch and hold firmly when pressure is applied, so the head stays at the chosen angle during a stroke. The metal blade is meant for glass and should be kept off acrylic, away from silicone seams and clear of the substrate, where a trapped grain of sand can scratch the pane. When the edge dulls or nicks, the blade is replaced rather than the tool, with Aqua Medic Scraper Blades sold in packs of five (item 66001). Rinsing the head in fresh water and drying the blade after use keeps the edge sharp for longer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coralline on reef glass:** Hard calcareous deposits that pads and magnets leave behind.
- **Large panes:** The 15 cm blade clears a front glass in fewer strokes.
- **Rockwork near the glass:** The 180° hinge reaches gaps behind decoration.
- **Outside glass:** The blade protector works as a squeegee on the exterior.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Set the angle:** Turn the head on its hinge to suit the reach before starting.
- **Keep the blade low:** Hold it flat to the glass and work in overlapping strokes.
- **Mind seams and sand:** Stop short of the silicone and above the substrate line.
- **Store it covered:** Rinse, dry and refit the blade protector after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **15 cm blade:** Wide coverage for quick work on big panes.
- **180° hinge:** Blade head turns to reach behind decoration.
- **Locking swivel:** Teeth hold the head firm under pressure.
- **Squeegee protector:** Covers the blade and cleans the outside glass.
- **Replaceable blades:** Five-packs available, so the tool lasts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB66000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014694660026
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Algae Scraper
- **Item Number:** 66000
- **Blade Width:** 15 cm
- **Head:** Hinged, turns through 180°
- **Blade Protector:** Removable, doubles as a squeegee
- **Replacement Blades:** Aqua Medic Scraper Blades 5 Pieces (SKU AB66001)
- **Target Environment:** Glass freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Scraper Blades 5 Pieces
Five 150 mm replacement blades for the Aqua Medic hinged glass scraper.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/scraper-blades-5-pieces/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB66001 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901113051
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB66001.jpg
A scraper is only as good as its edge, and a blade dulled by coralline or nicked on a grain of sand starts skipping across the glass and leaving streaks. Aqua Medic Scraper Blades 5 Pieces (SKU: AB66001) are the replacement blades for the Aqua Medic Scraper, listed by Aqua Medic as the optional spare for its 15 cm scraper (item 66001). Each blade is 150 mm long to match the scraper's 15 cm head, and the pack holds five, enough for many months of regular cleaning on a reef with steady coralline growth. A fresh blade restores the edge that takes calcareous algae off the glass in one pass, so the tool keeps working instead of being replaced.
How often a blade needs changing depends on the algae load and how the blade is treated. Signs that it is time are a blade that skips, needs extra pressure, or leaves fine lines of algae behind; a nick from sand or the tank edge leaves a streak on every stroke and is reason enough to change it straight away. The blades are very sharp, so they should be handled with care and old blades wrapped before they go in the bin. Rinsing the head in fresh water and drying the blade after each session keeps salt from dulling and staining the edge, and the scraper's blade protector should go back on for storage. These are blades for glass tanks; a metal edge has no place on acrylic.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dull blade:** When the scraper skips or needs more pressure than usual.
- **Nicked edge:** After contact with sand, gravel or the tank rim.
- **Heavy coralline:** Reef tanks that wear through blades quickly.
- **Spares in the cabinet:** A five-pack ready for the next change.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Handle with care:** Hold the blade by its ends; the edge is very sharp.
- **Remove the old blade:** Release it from the scraper head and wrap it for disposal.
- **Seat the new blade:** Fit it square and fully home in the head before use.
- **Look after it:** Rinse in fresh water, dry and cover with the blade protector.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five blades:** Several changes from one pack.
- **150 mm length:** Matches the 15 cm Aqua Medic Scraper.
- **Genuine Aqua Medic spare:** Item 66001.
- **Restores clean scraping:** A sharp edge for streak-free glass.
- **Keeps the tool in service:** Replace the blade, not the scraper.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB66001
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901113051
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Replacement Scraper Blades
- **Item Number:** 66001
- **Contents:** 5 blades
- **Blade Length:** 150 mm
- **Compatible Models:** Aqua Medic Scraper 15 cm, item 66000 (SKU AB66000)
- **Target Environment:** Glass freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Silicone Co2 Hose - 4/6mm (5mtr Pack)
Soft 4/6 mm silicone tubing for CO2 and ozone lines, five metres per pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/silicone-co2-hose-4-6mm-5mtr-pack/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB71614 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901135046
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB71614.jpg
Ordinary vinyl airline does not last long carrying ozone, and a stiffened, cracked line on an ozoniser or a CO2 system leaks exactly the gas it is meant to deliver. Aqua Medic Silicone CO2 Hose - 4/6mm (5mtr Pack) (SKU: AB71614) is Aqua Medic's silicone tubing for CO2 and ozone, with a 4 mm internal and 6 mm external diameter, supplied as a single 5 m length. The 4/6 mm size is the common size for aquarium gas fittings, so it pushes onto regulator outlets, bubble counters, check valves, diffusers and reactor inlets made for it, as well as the 4/6 mm connections of ozonisers and air dryers such as the Aqua Medic Ozone Booster. Silicone stays soft and flexible, which makes it easy to route around a cabinet and to stretch over a fitting.
In a planted tank the hose carries CO2 from the regulator and needle valve through the bubble counter and non-return valve to a diffuser or reactor. On a reef it links the air dryer to the ozoniser and the ozoniser to the skimmer or reactor intake. Silicone allows a little CO2 to pass through its wall over long distances, so CO2 runs are best kept short; for ozone lines, silicone's tolerance of the gas is the reason to choose it. A clean, square cut with a sharp blade gives an end that seals well on a fitting, and a non-return valve belongs in any line where water could siphon back towards a regulator or ozoniser. Five metres covers several short connections or one longer run from cabinet to tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **CO2 systems:** Regulator to bubble counter, check valve and diffuser or reactor.
- **Ozone lines:** Air dryer to ozoniser, and ozoniser to skimmer or reactor.
- **Replacing hardened tubing:** Swapping out airline that has gone stiff or cracked.
- **Tight cabinets:** Soft tubing that bends neatly around equipment.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Measure the run:** Cut only what is needed; shorter CO2 runs lose less gas.
- **Cut square:** Use a sharp blade for a clean end that seals on the fitting.
- **Push on fully:** Seat each end over the whole length of the nipple or barb.
- **Protect the gear:** Fit a non-return valve where water could siphon back.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Silicone:** Soft, flexible tubing suited to ozone.
- **4/6 mm:** The standard size for aquarium gas fittings.
- **Five metres:** Enough for a full set of connections.
- **Dual purpose:** Sold by Aqua Medic for CO2 and ozone.
- **Easy fitting:** Stretches over nipples and barbs without heating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB71614
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901135046
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2 and Ozone Tubing
- **Material:** Silicone
- **Internal Diameter:** 4 mm
- **External Diameter:** 6 mm
- **Length:** 5 m
- **Suitable For:** CO2 and ozone lines
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums (CO2) and marine aquariums (ozone)
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Lighting
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Plant Grow 24w
Red and blue weighted T5 HO tube for planted aquariums of about 60 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-plant-grow-24w/
- Price: $48.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88730 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116663
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88730.jpg
Aquatic plants use mostly the red and blue ends of the spectrum, while a plain white tube spends much of its output on the green and yellow that leaves reflect. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Plant Grow 24W (SKU: AB88730) is the 24 W, 55 cm tube in Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 range, a high-output (HO) fluorescent lamp whose spectrum accentuates the red and blue regions and, according to Aqua Medic, comes close to the absorption spectrum of aquatic plants. Those wavelengths stimulate photosynthesis. Reef Builders, reviewing the range, described Plant Grow as a slightly pink tube geared to the planted aquarium. At 55 cm it suits fixtures over tanks of about 60 cm, the usual size for a first planted aquascape.
The red weighting has a second effect that Aqua Medic points out: fish with red pigmentation, the cardinal tetra being the maker's example, show stronger colour under it. On its own the light looks warm and slightly pink, so Aqua Medic recommends combining it with aqualine T5 Reef White 10K, which together give the aquarium a brilliant, natural appearance; in a two-tube 60 cm fixture that means one of each. This is a standard T5 HO lamp with G5 bi-pin ends and it needs a fixture or ballast rated for 24 W HO. A 14 W standard-output T5 tube is the same length and uses the same pins, so check the ballast rating rather than the length. Fluorescent output fades gradually long before a tube fails, and planted-tank keepers commonly renew T5 tubes about once a year, staggering the change in a two-tube fixture.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm planted tanks:** Fixtures that take a 55 cm, 24 W T5 HO tube.
- **Slow or pale plant growth:** Adding the red and blue light that plants absorb.
- **Red-coloured fish:** Cardinal tetras and similar species show stronger colour.
- **Twin-tube fixtures:** Paired with Reef White 10K for a natural overall look.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Match the fixture:** A 24 W T5 HO ballast with G5 sockets and a 55 cm lamp position.
- **Switch off first:** Disconnect the power and let the old tube cool before removing it.
- **Seat both ends:** Push the G5 pins fully home and refit any waterproof end caps.
- **Renew on time:** Replace about once a year, one tube at a time in a twin fixture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-weighted spectrum:** Red and blue emphasis close to plant absorption.
- **Colour for red fish:** Aqua Medic cites the cardinal tetra.
- **24 W high output:** T5 HO intensity from a 55 cm tube.
- **Pairs with Reef White 10K:** Aqua Medic's recommended partner tube.
- **Standard G5 fitting:** Suits any 24 W T5 HO fixture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88730
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116663
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Planted)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 24 W
- **Length:** About 55 cm (549 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Spectrum:** Red and blue weighted for plant growth
- **Recommended Partner:** Aqua Medic aqualine T5 Reef White 10K
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 60 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Plant Grow 80w (AB88733)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Plant Grow 80w
Full-length 145 cm plant growth tube for large planted display aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-plant-grow-80w/
- Price: $62.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88733 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116694
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88733.jpg
Lighting a five-foot planted display evenly from end to end takes tubes that run its full length. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Plant Grow 80W (SKU: AB88733) is the longest and most powerful Plant Grow tube in Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 range, an 80 W, 145 cm high-output (HO) fluorescent lamp for fixtures over aquariums of about 150 cm. Its spectrum accentuates the red and blue regions, which Aqua Medic says comes close to the absorption spectrum of aquatic plants; those wavelengths stimulate photosynthesis and so create the conditions for luxuriant growth. The tube itself looks slightly pink when lit, a cast Reef Builders noted when it reviewed the range.
On a large tank the colour of the fish matters as much as the plants, and Aqua Medic notes that red-pigmented fish, such as a shoal of cardinal tetras, appear more vibrant under Plant Grow. Because the light is warm on its own, Aqua Medic recommends combining it with aqualine T5 Reef White 10K for a brilliant, natural appearance; in a four-tube 150 cm fixture, alternating two Plant Grow with two Reef White 10K spreads both spectra along the whole aquarium. At 80 W per tube, a bank of four puts out a great deal of light, so heavily planted, CO2-injected tanks are where it earns its place; a low-tech tank may want fewer tubes running or a shorter photoperiod to keep algae in check. The lamp has G5 bi-pin ends and needs an 80 W T5 HO ballast. Output declines gradually with age, so renew tubes about once a year, one or two at a time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **150 cm planted displays:** Fixtures built for 145 cm, 80 W T5 HO tubes.
- **High-light aquascapes:** CO2-injected tanks with demanding stem plants.
- **Large shoals of red fish:** Cardinals, rummy-noses and red-finned species.
- **Multi-tube fixtures:** Alternated with Reef White 10K along the tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the ballast:** The fixture must drive 80 W T5 HO tubes at 145 cm.
- **Handle with care:** Support the long tube in the middle when removing and fitting it.
- **Seal the ends:** Seat the G5 pins fully and refit waterproof end caps where used.
- **Stagger renewal:** Swap one or two tubes at a time so the light shifts gradually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **145 cm length:** Covers the full span of a 150 cm aquarium.
- **80 W high output:** The most powerful tube in the Plant Grow line.
- **Photosynthesis spectrum:** Red and blue emphasis, per Aqua Medic.
- **Brighter red fish:** Red pigmentation shows more strongly under it.
- **Alternates with Reef White 10K:** Aqua Medic's suggested combination.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88733
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116694
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Planted)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 80 W
- **Length:** About 145 cm (1449 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Spectrum:** Red and blue weighted for plant growth
- **Recommended Partner:** Aqua Medic aqualine T5 Reef White 10K
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 150 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Plant Grow 24w (AB88730)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue 24w
420 nm blue T5 HO tube for nano and 60 cm reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-reef-blue-24w/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88700 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116540
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88700.jpg
A small reef under white light alone looks flat, and the corals miss the blue that reaches them on a natural reef. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue 24W (SKU: AB88700) is the 24 W, 55 cm blue tube in Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 range, a high-output (HO) fluorescent lamp made for saltwater aquaria. Aqua Medic states that it emits almost exclusively blue light between 400 and 500 nm, peaking at 420 nm, and that these wavelengths enhance the growth of many coral species. Reef Builders, testing the range, recorded the same 400 to 500 nm band and 420 nm peak. At 55 cm it fits fixtures over tanks of about 60 cm, the size of most nano and small reef set-ups that still run T5.
Reef Blue is not meant to light a tank on its own: Aqua Medic's advice is to combine it with Reef White 10K or Reef White 15K, which together give the aquarium a natural appearance. In a two-tube 60 cm fixture that usually means one Reef Blue with one white; a four-tube unit allows two of each, with the blues often run on their own circuit for a dawn and dusk period. The deep blue is also the light that brings out the fluorescent pigments in many corals, which is why the tank looks so different when only the blue tubes are on. The lamp uses G5 bi-pin ends and needs a 24 W T5 HO ballast; the 14 W standard-output T5 is the same length, so go by the fixture's rating. Reef keepers commonly renew T5 tubes every nine to twelve months as output fades, one tube at a time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and 60 cm reefs:** Fixtures that take a 55 cm, 24 W T5 HO tube.
- **Adding blue to a white fixture:** Partnering Reef White 10K or 15K.
- **Dawn and dusk:** A blue-only period on a separately switched circuit.
- **Coral fluorescence:** Bringing out the glow of fluorescent coral pigments.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the rating:** A 24 W T5 HO ballast with G5 sockets at 55 cm.
- **Power down:** Switch off and let the old tube cool before changing it.
- **Fit and seal:** Seat the pins fully and refit any splash-proof end caps.
- **Acclimatise corals:** After a change, shorten the photoperiod for a week or two as the new tube is brighter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **420 nm peak:** Almost all output between 400 and 500 nm.
- **Coral growth:** Wavelengths Aqua Medic says enhance many coral species.
- **55 cm, 24 W:** Sized for nano and small reef fixtures.
- **Pairs with Reef White:** 10K or 15K for a natural look.
- **Standard G5 ends:** Fits any 24 W T5 HO fixture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88700
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116540
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Marine Blue)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 24 W
- **Length:** About 55 cm (549 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Spectrum:** 400–500 nm, peak 420 nm
- **Recommended Partner:** Aqua Medic aqualine T5 Reef White 10K or 15K
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 60 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Reef Blue 54w (AB88702); Reef Blue 80w (AB88703)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue 54w
Actinic blue 115 cm T5 HO tube for the classic 120 cm reef fixture.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-reef-blue-54w/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88702 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116564
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88702.jpg
The 120 cm reef with a four or six-tube T5 fixture is still one of the most common set-ups in the hobby, and the blues decide how it looks. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue 54W (SKU: AB88702) is the 54 W, 115 cm blue tube in Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 range, a high-output (HO) fluorescent lamp for saltwater aquaria. Aqua Medic states that it emits almost exclusively blue light between 400 and 500 nm with a peak at 420 nm, wavelengths that enhance the growth of many coral species. Combined with Reef White 10K or 15K, Aqua Medic says, it gives the aquarium its most natural appearance.
The 54 W length is the one Reef Builders used when it put the aqualine range through a hands-on test. In that comparison a four-tube, all Aqua Medic line-up of Reef White 15K, Reef Blue, Reef White 10K and a second Reef Blue at the rear came very close to the look of the reference reef lighting, with slightly higher light readings, and the reviewers saw richer coral colour under the mixed line. Two Reef Blue tubes in a four-tube fixture, or three in a six-tube unit, is the usual starting balance for a reef that wants a blue-white look. The tube has G5 bi-pin ends and needs a 54 W T5 HO ballast at 115 cm. Fluorescent tubes lose output gradually, and many reef keepers renew them every nine to twelve months, changing one or two at a time so corals are not hit with a sudden jump in intensity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **120 cm reef tanks:** Fixtures built for 115 cm, 54 W T5 HO tubes.
- **Four and six-tube units:** The blue half of a mixed blue and white line-up.
- **Coral colour:** Deep blue light that shows fluorescent pigments.
- **Annual relamping:** Replacing faded blues in an existing fixture.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the fixture:** 54 W T5 HO ballast and G5 sockets spaced for 115 cm tubes.
- **Plan the order:** Alternate blues with Reef White 10K or 15K across the fixture.
- **Change safely:** Switch off, let the tubes cool and support each one in the middle.
- **Ease corals in:** Shorten the photoperiod for a week or two after fitting new tubes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Blue 400–500 nm:** Almost exclusively blue, with a 420 nm peak.
- **115 cm, 54 W:** The standard length for 120 cm aquariums.
- **Tested in a reef line-up:** Reef Builders found a close match to its reference lighting.
- **Coral growth spectrum:** Aqua Medic's stated purpose for the tube.
- **Mixes with Reef White:** 10K or 15K for a natural appearance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88702
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116564
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Marine Blue)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 54 W
- **Length:** About 115 cm (1149 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Spectrum:** 400–500 nm, peak 420 nm
- **Recommended Partner:** Aqua Medic aqualine T5 Reef White 10K or 15K
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 120 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Reef Blue 24w (AB88700); Reef Blue 80w (AB88703)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue 80w
Long 145 cm blue T5 HO tube for deep and 150 cm reef displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-reef-blue-80w/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88703 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116571
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88703.jpg
Blue light from a fluorescent tube loses intensity with depth, so a large, deep reef needs the most powerful tubes the fixture can take. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue 80W (SKU: AB88703) is the 80 W, 145 cm blue tube in Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 range, the largest and highest-wattage Reef Blue, made for saltwater aquaria of about 150 cm. Aqua Medic states that it emits almost exclusively blue light between 400 and 500 nm with a peak at 420 nm, and that these wavelengths enhance the growth of many coral species. Paired with Reef White 10K or 15K, according to the maker, it gives the aquarium a natural appearance.
At 80 W per tube, a six or eight-tube fixture over a 150 cm display delivers a lot of light, so the blue share is usually set at half or a little more of the tubes, depending on how blue the keeper wants the tank to look. The longest tubes are often run on a separate circuit from the whites, lighting the tank blue for an hour before and after the main period, which also shows off coral fluorescence in the evening. On deeper tanks the higher wattage helps light reach corals placed lower on the rockwork. This is a G5 bi-pin T5 HO lamp and needs a ballast rated for 80 W at 145 cm. Fluorescent output fades steadily with use, so reef keepers usually relamp every nine to twelve months, staggering the change across the fixture.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **150 cm reef displays:** Fixtures that take 145 cm, 80 W T5 HO tubes.
- **Deep aquariums:** More output to reach corals lower in the rockwork.
- **Blue-only periods:** Dawn, dusk and evening viewing on a separate circuit.
- **Relamping large fixtures:** Replacing the blue half of a six or eight-tube unit.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Match the ballast:** 80 W T5 HO, G5 sockets spaced for 145 cm tubes.
- **Handle long tubes carefully:** Support the middle when lifting a 145 cm lamp in or out.
- **Seal against splash:** Seat the pins fully and refit the end caps over a reef tank.
- **Stagger the change:** Renew one or two tubes at a time so corals adjust gradually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Highest-wattage Reef Blue:** 80 W from a 145 cm tube.
- **420 nm peak:** Almost exclusively blue light in the 400–500 nm band.
- **For large reefs:** Sized for fixtures over 150 cm aquariums.
- **Coral growth:** Wavelengths that enhance many species, per Aqua Medic.
- **Works with Reef White:** Partner tubes in 10K or 15K.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88703
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116571
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Marine Blue)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 80 W
- **Length:** About 145 cm (1449 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Spectrum:** 400–500 nm, peak 420 nm
- **Recommended Partner:** Aqua Medic aqualine T5 Reef White 10K or 15K
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 150 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Reef Blue 24w (AB88700); Reef Blue 54w (AB88702)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000ok 24w
Bright 10,000 K daylight T5 HO tube for 60 cm freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-reef-white-10000ok-24w/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88720 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116588
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88720.jpg
Most aquariums need one good white tube before anything more specialised, and a 10,000 K lamp is the colour of midday tropical sun. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000ok 24W (SKU: AB88720) is the 24 W, 55 cm daylight tube in Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 range, a high-output (HO) fluorescent lamp with a colour temperature of 10,000 K. Aqua Medic describes it as a bright white lamp that simulates tropical sunlight and calls it the ideal basic illumination for both saltwater and freshwater aquaria. At 55 cm it suits fixtures over tanks of about 60 cm, whether a small community tank, a planted tank or a small reef.
Its value is in what it pairs with. For a saltwater tank, Aqua Medic recommends combining Reef White 10K with aqualine T5 Reef Blue to raise the blue share of the spectrum; for a freshwater tank, combining it with aqualine T5 Plant Grow enhances plant growth. In a two-tube 60 cm fixture that means one 10K plus one Reef Blue over a reef, or one 10K plus one Plant Grow over a planted tank, so a single tube type covers both kinds of aquarium. Used alone, it gives crisp, neutral-to-cool white light that shows fish in their natural colours. The lamp has G5 bi-pin ends and runs on a 24 W T5 HO ballast; a 14 W standard-output T5 shares the same length and pins, so check the fixture's rating. Output fades gradually, and keepers commonly renew T5 tubes every nine to twelve months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm aquariums:** Fixtures that take a 55 cm, 24 W T5 HO tube.
- **Small reef tanks:** The white partner to a Reef Blue tube.
- **Planted freshwater:** Paired with Plant Grow for growth and a natural look.
- **General community tanks:** Clean daylight that shows true fish colour.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the fixture:** 24 W T5 HO ballast, G5 sockets, 55 cm lamp length.
- **Choose the partner:** Reef Blue over saltwater, Plant Grow over freshwater.
- **Fit with care:** Switch off, let the old tube cool, then seat the pins and end caps.
- **Relamp on schedule:** Renew every nine to twelve months as output fades.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10,000 K daylight:** Bright white simulating tropical sunlight.
- **Fresh or saltwater:** Aqua Medic's basic illumination for both.
- **Two pairing options:** Reef Blue for reefs, Plant Grow for plants.
- **55 cm, 24 W HO:** Sized for 60 cm aquarium fixtures.
- **G5 bi-pin:** Standard T5 HO fitting.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88720
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116588
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Daylight 10,000 K)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 24 W
- **Length:** About 55 cm (549 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Colour Temperature:** 10,000 K
- **Recommended Partners:** aqualine T5 Reef Blue (saltwater); aqualine T5 Plant Grow (freshwater)
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 60 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000ok 39w (AB88721)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000ok 39w
Mid-length 85 cm tropical daylight T5 HO tube for 90 cm aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-reef-white-10000ok-39w/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88721
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88721.jpg
The 90 cm tank sits between the small and the large fixtures, and its T5 tubes are the in-between size too: 85 cm and 39 W. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000ok 39W (SKU: AB88721) is that size of Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 Reef White 10K, a high-output (HO) fluorescent lamp with a colour temperature of 10,000 K. Aqua Medic describes it as a bright white lamp that simulates tropical sunlight, the ideal basic illumination for saltwater and freshwater aquaria alike. At about 85 cm long it fits fixtures over aquariums of around 90 cm, a popular size for both mixed reefs and planted community tanks.
Aqua Medic's own pairing advice works the same at this length. Over a saltwater aquarium, combining Reef White 10K with aqualine T5 Reef Blue increases the blue spectrum for corals; over a freshwater aquarium, combining it with aqualine T5 Plant Grow enhances plant growth. A four-tube 90 cm fixture over a reef might carry two 10K whites and two blues, while a planted tank might run two 10K with two Plant Grow, giving a natural look with stronger plant growth. The 39 W rating sits between the 24 W and 54 W tubes in output, matching the shorter run of lamp it has to light. The lamp has G5 bi-pin ends and needs a ballast rated for 39 W T5 HO at 85 cm. Fluorescent output drops off gradually, so plan on renewing the tube every nine to twelve months, one at a time in a multi-tube fixture.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **90 cm aquariums:** Fixtures that take 85 cm, 39 W T5 HO tubes.
- **Mixed reef tanks:** The daylight half of a white and Reef Blue combination.
- **Planted community tanks:** Alongside Plant Grow for growth and colour.
- **Relamping a 39 W fixture:** A direct replacement for a faded 85 cm white tube.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the size:** A 39 W T5 HO ballast with G5 sockets spaced for 85 cm.
- **Set the mix:** Pair with Reef Blue over saltwater or Plant Grow over freshwater.
- **Change safely:** Power off, let the tubes cool, then seat the pins and end caps.
- **Stagger renewal:** Replace one tube at a time every nine to twelve months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **85 cm, 39 W HO:** The in-between size for 90 cm aquariums.
- **10,000 K white:** Simulates tropical sunlight, per Aqua Medic.
- **Any water type:** Basic illumination for fresh and saltwater.
- **Flexible pairing:** With Reef Blue for reefs or Plant Grow for plants.
- **Standard G5 ends:** Fits any 39 W T5 HO fixture.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88721
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Daylight 10,000 K)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 39 W
- **Length:** About 85 cm (849 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Colour Temperature:** 10,000 K
- **Recommended Partners:** aqualine T5 Reef Blue (saltwater); aqualine T5 Plant Grow (freshwater)
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 90 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000ok 24w (AB88720)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 15000ok 80w
Blue-white 15,000 K T5 HO tube for 150 cm reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/aqualine-t5-reef-white-15000ok-80w/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB88713 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901116656
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB88713.jpg
A 10,000 K tube can look a touch yellow over a reef, and many keepers want a whiter, bluer daylight that still lights the corals hard. Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 15000ok 80W (SKU: AB88713) is the 80 W, 145 cm Reef White 15K tube in Aqua Medic's aqualine T5 range, a high-output (HO) fluorescent lamp for saltwater aquaria. Aqua Medic describes its light as extremely bright blue-white, providing ideal illumination for the saltwater aquarium, with a spectrum chosen to encourage strong coral growth. Reef Builders, reviewing the range, described the Reef White 15K as a crisp white tube with a 15,000 K look. At 145 cm it suits fixtures over reef tanks of about 150 cm.
Unlike the Reef Blue tubes, the 15K is designed to stand on its own: Aqua Medic states it can be used as the sole light source for an aquarium, or in combination with aqualine T5 Reef Blue for a deeper blue tone. In a six or eight-tube fixture over a 150 cm display, alternating 15K and Reef Blue tubes gives a blue-white reef look, while a mostly 15K line-up reads brighter and whiter. Reef Builders' tests used the 15K at the front of mixed four-tube line-ups with Reef Blue and Reef White 10K. At 80 W each, a full fixture of these tubes is a high-light set-up suited to stony corals. The lamp has G5 bi-pin ends and needs an 80 W T5 HO ballast at 145 cm. Output falls steadily with age, and reef keepers usually relamp every nine to twelve months, staggering the change so corals are not shocked by a sudden jump in intensity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **150 cm reef aquariums:** Fixtures that take 145 cm, 80 W T5 HO tubes.
- **Single-type lighting:** The one tube Aqua Medic says can light a reef alone.
- **Stony coral systems:** High output across a large, high-light display.
- **Blue-white mixes:** Alternated with Reef Blue for a cooler look.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Match the ballast:** 80 W T5 HO, G5 sockets spaced for 145 cm tubes.
- **Plan the line-up:** All 15K, or alternate with Reef Blue for more blue.
- **Handle long tubes carefully:** Switch off, let them cool and support the middle.
- **Acclimatise after relamping:** Shorten the photoperiod briefly when new tubes go in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **15,000 K blue-white:** Extremely bright, per Aqua Medic.
- **Coral growth spectrum:** Chosen to encourage strong coral growth.
- **Stand-alone or mixed:** Sole light source or paired with Reef Blue.
- **145 cm, 80 W HO:** Full length for 150 cm aquariums.
- **G5 bi-pin:** Standard T5 HO fitting.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB88713
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901116656
- **Product Type:** Lighting > T5 HO Fluorescent Tube (Marine White 15,000 K)
- **Lamp Type:** T5 high output (HO) fluorescent, 16 mm diameter, G5 bi-pin
- **Power:** 80 W
- **Length:** About 145 cm (1449 mm standard T5 HO length)
- **Colour Temperature:** 15,000 K
- **Recommended Partner:** Aqua Medic aqualine T5 Reef Blue
- **Suits:** Fixtures over aquariums of about 150 cm
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Qube 30 Plant
30 W LED spotlight with a red-boosted spectrum for nano planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12867
- Price: $279.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB83217030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901141795
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB83217030.jpg
A planted nano tank of 30 cm needs strong light in a small footprint, and a strip light made for a 60 cm tank wastes half its output. Aqua Medic Qube 30 Plant (SKU: AB83217030) is Aqua Medic's compact LED spotlight for planted freshwater aquariums, with 12 LED elements on one cluster chip and a balanced spectrum that Aqua Medic describes as high energy density for strong plant growth. Drawing a maximum of 30 W, it lights an area of up to about 300 × 300 mm through a 90° lens, and Aqua Medic quotes a PAR figure of 805 µmol/m²/s. It suits nano aquariums on its own and dark edge areas of larger planted tanks as a supplement.
The chip combines five daylight white elements at 8,000 K, four warm white at 3,500 K, two royal blue at 450 nm and one deep red at 660 nm, four colours split across two channels so colour balance and intensity can be adjusted by hand. Aqua Medic pairs the two whites with royal blue and deep red for plant growth, while the 8,000 K daylight white sets the overall tone of the view. A silent internal fan cools the LED chip, and the housing is only about 80 × 80 × 25 mm, weighing about 290 g with its holder. It mounts on a flexible gooseneck that holds firmly and aims easily, with the power cable routed inside the gooseneck so there is no loose lead. The light runs at 24 V from a 100–240 V transformer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** Cubes and small aquascapes up to about 30 × 30 cm of surface.
- **Light-hungry plants:** Carpeting and stem plants that need strong light down at the substrate.
- **Shaded corners:** Extra light for the dark edges of a larger planted aquarium.
- **Shrimp and betta scapes:** A small, adjustable spot over a desktop layout.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the gooseneck:** Attach the gooseneck holder to the tank and bend the arm to centre the light over the scape.
- **Set the height:** Raise the spot to spread the beam or lower it to concentrate light on the substrate.
- **Adjust the channels:** Start at moderate intensity on a new tank and increase as plants establish.
- **Use a timer:** Run the transformer from a plug-in timer for a consistent daily photoperiod.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four-colour plant spectrum:** 8,000 K and 3,500 K whites, 450 nm blue and 660 nm red.
- **High PAR:** 805 µmol/m²/s quoted by Aqua Medic.
- **Two manual channels:** Colour and intensity adjusted on the light.
- **Silent fan cooling:** Keeps the cluster chip within temperature.
- **Clean gooseneck mount:** Power cable runs inside the arm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB83217030
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901141795
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Spotlight (Planted Freshwater)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 83217030
- **Power:** 30 W maximum
- **LEDs:** 12 elements: 5 × 8,000 K, 4 × 3,500 K, 2 × 450 nm, 1 × 660 nm
- **Lens:** 90°; illuminated area max. approx. 300 × 300 mm
- **Housing Size:** Approx. 80 × 80 × 25 mm; approx. 290 g with holder
- **Power Supply:** 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz transformer; light 24 V
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Qube 50
50 W two-channel LED spotlight for nano reefs and dark corners of larger tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12866
- Price: $379.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB83216050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901137194
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AB83216050.jpg
A long bar light over a 30 cm cube spills most of its output onto the cabinet, and a large reef often has one corner the main fixture never quite reaches. Aqua Medic Qube 50 (SKU: AB83216050) is Aqua Medic's compact multichip LED spotlight for saltwater aquariums, a 50 W unit with its LEDs grouped in a single cluster under a 90° lens. Reef Builders' launch report describes four blue wavelengths at 400, 420, 450 and 470 nm alongside a 12,000 K cool white, a coral-oriented spectrum split across two colour channels. The housing measures about 80 × 80 × 65 mm and, at that beam angle, lights an area of roughly 50 × 50 cm.
Colour and intensity are set by hand on the two channels, and the light also has a 0–10 V input for an external controller. Aqua Medic's Qube Control, a two-channel 0–10 V timer made for the Qube 50 and Qube 50 Plant, runs a daily programme in five phases, twilight, sunrise, daylight, sunset and moonlight, with each channel adjustable in 5% steps. Several Qubes can be linked: a control cable runs from the output socket of the first light to the input of the next, so one light or controller drives the whole row, and once chained the manual dials on the following lights no longer work. Each light runs from a 24 V supply and mounts on a gooseneck arm for aiming. Aqua Medic's current catalogue lists the Qube 40 and Qube 60 for saltwater, so this model is the earlier generation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** A single spot over a tank of about 50 × 50 cm footprint.
- **Dark edges of larger reefs:** Supplementary light for corners and overhangs the main fixture misses.
- **Coral frag systems:** Several chained Qubes over a line of frag tanks.
- **Controller set-ups:** Tanks where sunrise, sunset and moonlight run from a 0–10 V timer.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount and aim:** Fit the gooseneck arm to the tank and bend it to centre the beam on the coral.
- **Connect power:** Plug the 24 V power cable into the light's supply input.
- **Set the channels:** Use the two manual dials for colour balance and intensity, starting low over new corals.
- **Add control if wanted:** Run a 0–10 V cable from Qube Control or the first Qube to the next light's input.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 W multichip LED:** One cluster for a single, concentrated beam.
- **Two colour channels:** Blue and white balance set by hand.
- **0–10 V input:** Works with Aqua Medic's Qube Control or other 0–10 V controllers.
- **Daisy-chain connection:** One controller or master light runs several Qubes.
- **Compact housing:** About 80 × 80 × 65 mm on a gooseneck mount.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AB83216050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901137194
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Spotlight (Marine)
- **Power:** 50 W maximum
- **Spectrum:** 400, 420, 450 and 470 nm blues; 12,000 K white
- **Beam Angle:** 90°, approx. 50 × 50 cm coverage
- **Housing Size:** Approx. 80 × 80 × 65 mm
- **Control:** 2 manual channels; 0–10 V input and output for chaining
- **Supply:** 24 V power cable
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Qube Control (2-channel 0–10 V timer)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Spare Parts
#### Aqua Medic 0-10v Cable 2m - Ecodrift, Dc Runner, Smartdrift
Connects Aqua Medic DC pumps to an external 0–10 V system controller.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/0-10v-cable-2m-ecodrift-dc-runner-smartdrift/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100302 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143126
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100302.jpg
A pump that can only be turned up and down with its own buttons cannot follow the schedule of a reef controller, and a short control lead is what links the two. Aqua Medic 0-10v Cable 2m - Ecodrift, Dc Runner, Smartdrift (SKU: AM100302) is Aqua Medic's 2 m 0–10 V control cable for connecting the DC Runner, EcoDrift and SmartDrift pumps named in its title to a compatible system controller. Aqua Medic lists it among its pump accessories as the 0–10 V connection cord, and the DC Runner x.3 manual gives the control cable as item 100.302. It plugs into the 0–10 V control input on the pump controller, so the speed is set by the voltage that the external controller sends rather than by the buttons on the unit.
According to the DC Runner x.3 manual, plugging in a 0–10 V control cable switches the controller over to external control. The manual advises running the pumps at a minimum of 60 per cent power, because lower settings can cause failures, and notes that short pulse rates are not possible because of the pump's start-up delay. The earlier DC Runner x.2 models also carry a 0–10 V port, which Bulk Reef Supply's write-up says allows connection to an external controller such as a Neptune Apex. The cable is 2 m long, so the system controller has to sit within that distance of the pump controller, and it needs a 0–10 V output. The lead carries a control signal only and does not power the pump. The manual also says to keep the controller, plugs and sockets dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef controller integration:** Links a DC Runner, EcoDrift or SmartDrift to a system controller with a 0–10 V output.
- **Scheduled flow changes:** Lets the external controller raise and lower pump output through the day instead of setting it by hand.
- **Mixed Aqua Medic pumps:** One cable type is listed for returns and powerheads from the DC Runner, EcoDrift and SmartDrift lines.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Power down first:** Unplug the transformer before connecting or removing any lead.
- **Plug into the control input:** Insert the cable into the 0–10 V input on the pump controller; Aqua Medic says the controller then switches to external control.
- **Connect the system controller:** Attach the other end to the 0–10 V output of the controller, following that controller's instructions.
- **Keep a safe minimum:** On DC Runner x.3 pumps, do not drop below 60 per cent power, as the manual advises.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two metre lead:** Enough length to reach from the pump controller to a nearby system controller.
- **Automatic switch-over:** The DC Runner controller changes to external control when the cable is plugged in, according to the manual.
- **Three pump lines named:** Listed for DC Runner, EcoDrift and SmartDrift pumps.
- **Maker item 100.302:** The control cable number given in Aqua Medic's DC Runner x.3 manual.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100302
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143126
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Control Cable (0–10 V)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 100.302 (control cable, per the DC Runner x.3 manual)
- **Cable Length:** 2 m
- **Signal:** 0–10 V DC control input
- **Compatible Pumps:** Aqua Medic DC Runner, EcoDrift and SmartDrift
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Extension Cable 1.8m (AM100301) for the pump-to-controller lead
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums running Aqua Medic DC pumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Controller - Dc Runner 2.1
Push-button speed controller with feed pause and dry-run shut-off for the DC Runner 2.1 pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/controller-dc-runner-2-1/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP1003212 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901136890
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/pompe-de-remontee-aqua-medic-de-runner-2-1.jpeg.webp
The speed of a DC circulation pump is only as controllable as the unit that sits between the transformer and the motor. Aqua Medic Controller - Dc Runner 2.1 (SKU: AP1003212) is the DC Runner Controller used with Aqua Medic's DC Runner 2.1, a 24 V DC circulation pump for freshwater and marine aquariums. According to Aqua Medic's product text, the controller is switched between the power supply and the pump to adjust the output. Power is raised and lowered with plus and minus buttons and the level is shown by LEDs, a FEED button stops the pump for 10 minutes, and the controller shuts the pump off automatically if there is no water for 2 minutes.
The pump it controls is rated at up to 2,000 L/h with a maximum head of 2.2 m and a maximum power consumption of 20 W, running from a 24 V supply with a 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz transformer. The control logic carries through later generations. Bulk Reef Supply describes the x.2 series controller as offering eight selectable flow rates, an LED speed display and a 10-minute feed mode, and Aqua Medic's x.3 manual describes adjustment from 30 to 100 per cent shown on eight LED levels, a 10-minute feed pause and a two-minute shut-off without water. Those later controllers are separate units, so this one should be matched to the DC Runner 2.1 by model name. An optional 1.80 m extension cable lengthens the lead between pump and controller, one per controller. Keep the controller and its plugs dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing a faulty controller:** Restores button control on a DC Runner 2.1 whose original unit has failed or been damaged.
- **Feeding time:** The FEED button pauses the pump for 10 minutes so food stays in the tank.
- **Flow trimming:** The plus and minus buttons set a lower or higher output as the tank needs.
- **Dry-run protection:** The controller cuts the pump if water supply is lost for 2 minutes.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Disconnect power:** Unplug the transformer before touching any lead.
- **Place the controller in line:** It sits between the power supply and the pump, so connect the transformer to the controller input and the pump lead to its output.
- **Mount it dry:** Keep the controller and plugs above any splash or drip, using the optional 1.80 m extension cable if more distance is needed.
- **Set the level:** Power up, then press plus or minus until the LEDs show the output wanted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Button speed control:** Plus and minus buttons step the pump output up or down.
- **LED level display:** The set output is shown on the controller.
- **10-minute feed pause:** One press of FEED stops the pump for 10 minutes.
- **Two-minute dry-run cut-off:** Automatic shut-off when no water reaches the pump.
- **Matched to the 2.1:** Intended for the DC Runner 2.1 circulation pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AP1003212
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901136890
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Controller
- **Fitment:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 2.1
- **Controls:** Plus and minus buttons, LED level display, FEED button
- **Feed Pause:** 10 minutes
- **Dry-Run Shut-Off:** After 2 minutes without water
- **Pump Rating (DC Runner 2.1):** Up to 2,000 L/h, 2.2 m head, 20 W maximum, 24 V DC
- **Optional Accessory:** Extension cable 1.8 m (AM100301); one per controller
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Extension Cable 1.8m - Ecodrift & Dc Runner
Adds 1.8 m between an Aqua Medic DC pump and its controller.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/extension-cable-1-8m-ecodrift-dc-runner/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100301 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901135091
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100301.jpg
A controller that sits a little too far from the pump is a common problem behind a sump or inside a cabinet, and the fix is length rather than a new unit. Aqua Medic Extension Cable 1.8m - Ecodrift & Dc Runner (SKU: AM100301) is Aqua Medic's 1.8 m extension cord for the cable between a DC Runner circulation pump and its controller, or between an EcoDrift current pump and its controller. It allows the controller to be mounted out of splash range, somewhere dry and reachable, while the pump stays where the flow is needed. Aqua Medic's product note adds a firm rule: only one extension cord may be used per controller, and connecting more than one extension cable to a controller may cause damage and void the warranty.
The DC Runner pumps run on a 24 V DC supply from a mains transformer through the controller, according to the DC Runner x.3 manual, which rates the pump IP X8 and tells users to keep the controller, plugs and sockets dry. That instruction is the main practical reason for an extension: the controller is the part that should stay out of water, and the cord gives the freedom to place it above the splash zone. Aqua Medic lists an extension cord among its pump accessories, and its DC Runner 2.1 product text mentions a 1.80 m extension cable as an option for this connection. The cord is a pump-side extension only. The 0–10 V lead for connecting an external system controller is a different accessory, the Aqua Medic 0-10v Cable 2m (AM100302), which plugs into the controller rather than into the pump lead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Controller out of reach:** The supplied pump cable does not stretch from the pump to a dry mounting spot.
- **Cabinet and sump set-ups:** The pump sits in the sump while the controller is fixed on the outside where it can be read and adjusted.
- **Splash protection:** Moves the controller away from the water surface, overflow and top-off areas.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Unplug the transformer:** Switch the system off at the power supply before changing any connection.
- **Disconnect the pump lead:** Separate the pump cable from the controller output.
- **Insert the extension:** Join the extension cord between the pump cable and the controller, pushing each plug home fully.
- **One cord only:** Never chain a second extension cable on the same controller, as Aqua Medic warns this can damage the unit and void the warranty.
- **Route and test:** Keep the plugs dry and clear of drips, then power up and check the pump responds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.8 m of extra reach:** Lengthens the pump-to-controller connection by 1.8 m.
- **Two pump lines:** Named for the DC Runner circulation pump and the EcoDrift current pump.
- **Controller kept dry:** Lets the controller sit away from splashes, in line with the manual's keep-dry instruction.
- **Single-cord rule:** Aqua Medic limits use to one extension per controller.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100301
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901135091
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Extension Cable
- **Cable Length:** 1.8 m
- **Connection:** Between the pump cable and the controller
- **Compatible Pumps:** Aqua Medic DC Runner circulation pumps and EcoDrift current pumps
- **Usage Limit:** One extension cord per controller
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic 0-10v Cable 2m (AM100302) for external controller connection
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums running Aqua Medic DC pumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Impeller - Dc Runner 1.x/800/1000
Replacement rotor with ceramic shaft for worn DC Runner 1.x, 800 and 1000 pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/impeller-dc-runner-1-x-800-1000/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP10031231 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901133943
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Screenshot-2026-04-09-173011.png
A circulation pump that starts to rattle or lose flow often needs a new rotor long before it needs replacing. Aqua Medic Impeller - Dc Runner 1.x/800/1000 (SKU: AP10031231) is the impeller for Aqua Medic's DC Runner 1.x series and the DC Runner 800 and 1000 submersible pumps. Aqua Medic's listings call the same part the rotor: it is the spinning element that moves the water, and it carries a ceramic shaft that seats in the matching bearing. Replacing it is a routine repair when a pump turns noisy or its output drops, and it keeps an otherwise sound pump in service.
The pumps this rotor belongs to are low-voltage units on a 24 V DC supply. Bulk Reef Supply lists the DC Runner 1.2 at up to 1,200 L/h, with a maximum head of 1.5 m and 12 W maximum power, and the 800 and 1000 are named for their nominal output in litres per hour. Aqua Medic's manual for the later x.3 series says that when a pump becomes noisy, the suction basket and propeller should be cleaned, or the rotor and bearings replaced. Its rotor routine is to remove the bottom plate, turn the filter basket and pull it off, pull out the complete rotor, rinse it under running water and refit it, making sure the ceramic shaft seats fully in the socket of the bearing. Treat that as a guide to the sequence only, since the 1.x housing is a different design.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Noisy running:** A rattle or grinding that persists after cleaning the basket and housing.
- **Reduced flow:** Output falls although the intake, hose and head height have not changed.
- **Cracked or chipped rotor:** Damage found when the pump is opened for routine cleaning.
- **Older 800 and 1000 pumps:** Keeps an earlier DC Runner running instead of replacing the whole pump.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug the transformer and lift the pump out of the sump.
- **Open the pump:** Remove the filter basket and lock or cover, as the pump's design requires, to reach the rotor.
- **Swap the rotor:** Withdraw the old rotor and rinse the housing before fitting the new part.
- **Check the seating:** Make sure the ceramic shaft sits fully in its bearing socket, then reassemble and test.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Series rotor:** Made for the DC Runner 1.x pumps and the 800 and 1000 models.
- **Ceramic shaft:** The shaft rides in a matching bearing for quiet running.
- **Wear item:** Replaces a worn rotor to bring back flow and reduce noise.
- **Complete assembly:** The rotor comes out and goes in as one piece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AP10031231
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901133943
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Impeller (Rotor)
- **Fitment:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.x, DC Runner 800 and DC Runner 1000
- **Part:** Impeller (rotor) with ceramic shaft
- **Pump Supply:** 24 V DC
- **DC Runner 1.2 Rating:** Up to 1,200 L/h, 1.5 m head, 12 W maximum
- **Related Parts:** Rubber and ceramic bearing (AP10031225), housing O-ring (AP1003128), housing lock (AP10031110)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Pump Housing O-ring - Dc Runner 1.x/800/1000
Replacement housing seal for DC Runner 1.x, 800 and 1000 pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/pump-housing-o-ring-dc-runner-1-x-800-1000/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP1003128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901139037
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AM102008-800-2-jpg.webp
The smallest part in a pump is often the one that decides whether the housing closes up properly after a service, and a rubber seal that has been squashed flat or nicked cannot do its job a second time. Aqua Medic Pump Housing O-ring - Dc Runner 1.x/800/1000 (SKU: AP1003128) is the O-ring for the pump housing of the Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.x series and the DC Runner 800 and 1000 submersible circulation pumps. Aqua Medic's manual for the later x.3 range lists a housing seal among the named parts of the pump, and this is the housing O-ring for the earlier models. It is a small wear item worth having on hand before a pump is opened.
The pumps it belongs to are 24 V DC units for fresh and salt water. The DC Runner 1.2 is rated at up to 1,200 L/h with a maximum head of 1.5 m and 12 W maximum power, according to Bulk Reef Supply, and the 800 and 1000 models are named for their nominal output in litres per hour. It is sold on its own and is usually changed together with the rotor, bearing or housing lock during a service. Aqua Medic does not state the ring dimensions, so the part should be bought against the pump model. Aqua Medic's manual says a noisy pump should be cleaned or have its rotor and bearings replaced; a seal that has lost its shape should be renewed while the housing is open. The matching ring for the larger 2.x pumps is a separate item, listed under Other Sizes below.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Housing seal worn:** The ring looks flattened, cracked, hardened or nicked when the pump is opened.
- **Full service:** Fitted alongside a new rotor, bearing or housing lock on a DC Runner 1.x, 800 or 1000.
- **After repeated opening:** A pump that is stripped for cleaning every few months benefits from a fresh seal.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug the transformer and take the pump out of the water.
- **Open the housing:** Remove the lock and filter basket and set the parts down in order.
- **Replace the ring:** Lift the old ring out and clean the groove of grit and film.
- **Seat evenly:** Press the new ring into the groove without twisting, then close the housing and test it submerged.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Housing O-ring:** The sealing ring for the pump housing.
- **Three pump families:** Covers the DC Runner 1.x series, the 800 and the 1000.
- **Wear item:** A small rubber seal that is renewed when the housing is opened and the old ring has lost its shape.
- **Single part:** Sold on its own, separate from the rotor, bearing and lock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AP1003128
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901139037
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Housing O-ring
- **Fitment:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.x, DC Runner 800 and DC Runner 1000
- **Part:** Pump housing O-ring (seal)
- **DC Runner 1.2 Rating:** Up to 1,200 L/h, 1.5 m head, 12 W maximum
- **Pump Supply:** 24 V DC
- **Related Parts:** Impeller (AP10031231), rubber and ceramic bearing (AP10031225), housing lock (AP10031110)
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Pump Housing O-ring - Dc Runner 2.x (SKU AP1003218)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Pump Housing O-ring - Dc Runner 2.x
Replacement housing seal for the 2,000 L/h DC Runner 2.x pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/pump-housing-o-ring-dc-runner-2-x/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP1003218 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901139044
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-dc-runner-21-22-k1-pump-housing.webp
Servicing a DC Runner usually means opening the pump, and the rubber ring that seals the housing is the part most worth renewing while it is apart. Aqua Medic Pump Housing O-ring - Dc Runner 2.x (SKU: AP1003218) is the housing O-ring for the Aqua Medic DC Runner 2.x pumps, the 2,000 L/h size of the DC Runner range. Aqua Medic's manual for the x.3 pumps names a housing seal among the parts of the pump, next to the pump lock, filter basket, impeller rotor and bearings. Because the 2.x pumps are the mid-size models, with 25 mm connections and a 20 W motor, this ring is a different item from the one fitted to the smaller 1.x, 800 and 1000 pumps.
According to Aqua Medic's x.3 manual, the DC Runner 2.3 delivers up to 2,000 L/h at a maximum head of 2.2 m, draws up to 20 W, runs on 24 V DC from a 100–240 V transformer and measures about 135 x 67 x 67 mm. Bulk Reef Supply gives the same output, head and power for the x.2 generation, so the 2.2 and 2.3 share the figures. The ring is sold on its own. Aqua Medic does not state its diameter or cord thickness, so it should be bought against the pump model. Aqua Medic's manual says the pump must only run with water in it, and that a noisy pump should have its suction basket and propeller cleaned or its rotor and bearings replaced. Renewing the housing seal at that point costs little; check the groove for grit before the new ring is pressed in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Seal damaged on opening:** The ring is cut, hardened, stretched or flat when the housing comes apart.
- **Rotor or bearing replacement:** A fresh ring is a sensible companion to a new rotor on a 2.x pump.
- **Return and circulation pumps:** Pumps in continuous service where servicing happens every few months.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Disconnect the transformer and remove the pump from the sump.
- **Take off the bottom plate:** Then turn and remove the filter basket, as the manual describes for the x.3 pumps.
- **Swap the ring:** Remove the old seal, wipe the groove clean and bed the new ring evenly into place.
- **Reassemble and test:** Refit the parts, then run the pump submerged with water in it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.x series seal:** Matched to the DC Runner 2.x pump housing.
- **Mid-size pumps:** Serves the 2,000 L/h models with 25 mm connections.
- **Wear item:** A small rubber seal renewed when the housing has been opened and the ring has lost its shape.
- **Stand-alone ring:** No other pump parts in the pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AP1003218
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901139044
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Housing O-ring
- **Fitment:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 2.x pumps
- **Part:** Pump housing O-ring (seal)
- **DC Runner 2.3 Rating:** Up to 2,000 L/h, 2.2 m head, 20 W maximum
- **Pump Connections:** 25 mm (1 in) suction and pressure on the 2.3
- **Pump Supply:** 24 V DC, IP X8
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Pump Housing O-ring - Dc Runner 1.x/800/1000 (SKU AP1003128)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Pump Housing/lock - Dc Runner 1.x
Clear replacement pump cover and lock for the early DC Runner 1.x pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/pump-housing-lock-dc-runner-1-x/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP10031110 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901136999
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/DC-Runner-800-1000-front-basket.8bc440c6.png
A pump cover that has cracked or gone loose cannot close the rotor chamber properly, and replacing the cover is a smaller job than replacing the pump. Aqua Medic Pump Housing/lock - Dc Runner 1.x (SKU: AP10031110) is the clear pump cover and lock for the Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.x series. The earlier listing for this part names the DC Runner 1.1 and 1.2 as the pumps it suits. A clear cover has a practical use: Bulk Reef Supply notes that the clear volute of the x.2 pumps lets the owner see the impeller turning, which makes debris that is slowing or blocking it easy to spot.
The DC Runner 1.x pumps are 24 V DC circulation units run through a controller from a mains transformer. Bulk Reef Supply lists the DC Runner 1.2 at up to 1,200 L/h with a maximum head of 1.5 m and 12 W maximum power, with a 1 inch inlet and a three-quarter inch outlet, and the IP X8 rating that Aqua Medic gives its DC Runner pumps allows operation under water. The housing and lock hold the rest of the wet end together, so when the pump is opened for a new cover it is sensible to inspect the rotor, the bearings and the housing seal at the same time. Check the model of the pump before ordering: the 1.x label covers the earlier generation, and the later DC Runner 1.3 is a different design with its own manual.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked cover:** The clear lock has split or chipped after a knock or a drop.
- **Clear view of the impeller:** A clear replacement lets debris around the impeller be seen.
- **Loose fit:** The lock no longer closes firmly over the rotor chamber.
- **Pump refurbishment:** Fitted with a new rotor, bearing or seal during a full service of a DC Runner 1.1 or 1.2.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug the transformer and take the pump out of the sump.
- **Remove the old lock:** Take off the filter basket and release the lock from the housing.
- **Inspect the wet end:** Look at the rotor, bearings and housing seal while the pump is open.
- **Fit and test:** Seat the new lock evenly, refit the basket and run the pump submerged.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Clear cover and lock:** Shows the impeller and any debris around it.
- **Early-series fitment:** Sold for the DC Runner 1.x, with 1.1 and 1.2 named in the listing.
- **Repair part:** Lets a working motor and controller stay in use after cover damage.
- **Housing part:** Closes the rotor chamber around the impeller.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AP10031110
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901136999
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Housing and Lock
- **Fitment:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.x (listing names 1.1 and 1.2)
- **Part:** Clear pump cover and lock
- **DC Runner 1.2 Rating:** Up to 1,200 L/h, 1.5 m head, 12 W maximum
- **Related Parts:** Impeller (AP10031231), rubber and ceramic bearing (AP10031225), housing O-ring (AP1003128)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Pump Housing/lock - Dc Runner 2.3
Replacement pump lock and housing for the 2,000 L/h DC Runner 2.3 circulation pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/pump-housing-lock-dc-runner-2-3/
- Price: $35.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP10082310 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146172
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/DC-Runner-2.3-B1_mitSpiegelung_1600px.c74d77a2.png
When the cover of a circulation pump cracks or the locking fit loosens, the pump cannot be closed up properly around the rotor, and replacing the whole pump for one broken part is wasteful. Aqua Medic Pump Housing/lock - Dc Runner 2.3 (SKU: AP10082310) is the housing and lock for the Aqua Medic DC Runner 2.3, the 2,000 L/h model in the app-controlled DC Runner x.3 range. Aqua Medic's manual shows a pump lock or cover among the named parts of the x.3 pumps, alongside the housing seal, filter basket, impeller rotor and front and rear bearings.
The DC Runner 2.3 is rated by Aqua Medic at up to 2,000 L/h with a maximum head of 2.2 m and 20 W maximum power consumption, on a 24 V DC supply from a 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz transformer. Its suction and pressure connections are both 25 mm (1 inch), the pump measures about 135 x 67 x 67 mm, and the rating is IP X8, with a maximum water depth of 1 m. It can be installed submerged or out of the water and must only run with water in it. The pump is controlled through the DC Runner controller or the Aqua Medic app and has a 0–10 V input for external control. While the pump is open, check the rotor, bearings and housing seal for wear. On the earlier x.2 pumps Bulk Reef Supply describes a clear volute, or pump lock, that lets the owner see the impeller running and spot debris.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked or damaged housing:** The lock or body has split after a knock, a drop or years of service.
- **Loose lock fit:** The cover no longer seats firmly around the rotor chamber.
- **Servicing a high-hour pump:** A DC Runner 2.3 running continuously as a return or circulation pump.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate and remove:** Unplug the transformer and lift the DC Runner 2.3 out of the water.
- **Open the pump:** Take off the bottom plate and filter basket, following the order in the pump's manual.
- **Swap the housing or lock:** Fit the new part and check that the housing seal sits evenly.
- **Test before use:** Reassemble, submerge the pump, and run it with water in it only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for the 2.3:** Sold as the housing and lock for the DC Runner 2.3 specifically.
- **2,000 L/h pump:** The pump it belongs to has a 2.2 m maximum head and 20 W maximum power.
- **25 mm connections:** Suction and pressure ports of the 2.3 are both 25 mm.
- **Submerged or dry:** The pump may be used in or out of the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AP10082310
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146172
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Housing and Lock
- **Fitment:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 2.3
- **Pump Output:** Up to 2,000 L/h, maximum head 2.2 m, 20 W maximum
- **Pump Connections:** 25 mm (1 in) suction and pressure
- **Pump Size:** About 135 x 67 x 67 mm
- **Protection Rating:** IP X8, maximum water depth 1 m
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Rubber & Ceramic Bearing - Dc Runner 1.x/800/1000
Replacement rubber-mounted ceramic bearing for DC Runner 1.x, 800 and 1000 pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/rubber-ceramic-bearing-dc-runner-1-x-800-1000/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP10031225 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901133998
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Screenshot-2026-04-09-173525.png
The quiet of a DC Runner depends on a small ceramic shaft turning in a small ceramic bearing, and when that pairing wears the pump is the first to say so. Aqua Medic Rubber & Ceramic Bearing - Dc Runner 1.x/800/1000 (SKU: AP10031225) is the bearing for the Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.x series and the DC Runner 800 and 1000 submersible pumps, supplied as a rubber and ceramic bearing. Retail descriptions of the DC Runner list a polished ceramic shaft and bearings as the feature behind quiet, low-maintenance running, and Aqua Medic's manual for the later x.3 series names front and rear bearings among the pump's parts.
The rotor's ceramic shaft seats in the socket of the matching bearing, and the manual stresses that the shaft must sit fully in that socket when the pump is reassembled. For a noisy pump, the manual's advice is to clean the suction basket and propeller first, then replace the rotor and bearings if the noise stays. The pumps involved run from a 24 V DC supply; Bulk Reef Supply rates the DC Runner 1.2 at up to 1,200 L/h, 1.5 m maximum head and 12 W, and the 800 and 1000 are named for their nominal output in litres per hour. Aqua Medic does not state bearing dimensions, so match the part to the pump model and to its position in the pump diagram. Pair it with a new rotor if the shaft shows wear.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Persistent pump noise:** A hum or rattle that remains after the basket and rotor have been cleaned.
- **Rotor replacement:** A new rotor should seat in a bearing that is in good condition.
- **Shaft or bearing wear:** Visible wear or play found when the pump is stripped for cleaning.
- **Older 800 and 1000 pumps:** Renews the bearing on units that have been running for years.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug the transformer and remove the pump from the water.
- **Open and extract:** Remove the filter basket and rotor, then draw out the worn bearing.
- **Fit the bearing:** Seat the new rubber and ceramic bearing squarely in its position.
- **Check the shaft seat:** The ceramic shaft of the rotor must sit fully in the bearing socket before closing the pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ceramic bearing surface:** Partners the polished ceramic rotor shaft.
- **Rubber and ceramic build:** As described in the product name.
- **Three pump families:** Covers the DC Runner 1.x series, the 800 and the 1000.
- **Noise-related repair:** Named by the manual among the parts to replace for a noisy pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AP10031225
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901133998
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Pump Bearing
- **Fitment:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.x, DC Runner 800 and DC Runner 1000
- **Material:** Rubber and ceramic
- **Pump Supply:** 24 V DC
- **DC Runner 1.2 Rating:** Up to 1,200 L/h, 1.5 m head, 12 W maximum
- **Related Parts:** Impeller (AP10031231), housing O-ring (AP1003128), housing lock (AP10031110)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Pumps & Powerheads
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 1.3 App-control Pump
Compact 1,200 L/h DC return and circulation pump for nano and small sump systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/dc-runner-1-3-app-control-pump/
- Price: $265.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100813 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143249
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100813.jpg
On a small reef with a cabinet sump, the return pump runs around the clock, so its size and power draw matter as much as its headline flow. Aqua Medic DC Runner 1.3 App-control Pump (SKU: AM100813) is the smallest pump in Aqua Medic's DC Runner x.3 series, a 24 V DC universal pump rated up to 1,200 L/h with a maximum head of 1.5 m and a maximum draw of 12 W. It is magnetically coupled, with a fully encapsulated synchronous motor and salt-water resistant materials, and can be installed under water or outside the water in line. Connections are 25 mm (1 inch) suction and 20 mm (0.8 inch) pressure, and it measures about 125 × 60 × 85 mm. The box holds the pump, the DC Runner Controller and the electronic safety transformer.
Output is set with the controller's +/- buttons and shown by LED, across Aqua Medic's stated range of 30 to 100 per cent; the Aqua Medic app adds Wi-Fi control and programming, and a 0–10 V input accepts an external controller provided output stays at 60 per cent or more. FEED stops the pump for 10 minutes so food is not carried straight into the overflow, and after 2 minutes without water it switches itself off. With 1.5 m of maximum head, the 1.3 is a pump for short lifts: a return from a cabinet sump to a small display, or a feed for a reactor or UV unit. As a rough guide, a return should move three to five display volumes an hour at its working height, which places the 1.3 on systems of about 100 to 200 L.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small sump returns:** Short lifts to displays of about 100 to 200 L.
- **Reactor and UV feed:** Controllable flow through reactors or sterilisers.
- **Frag and quarantine tanks:** Adjustable circulation in small systems.
- **Living-room aquariums:** Output turned down to the flow actually needed.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose wet or dry:** Under water (no deeper than 1 m) or outside it; indoors only.
- **Plumb the fittings:** 25 mm on the suction side, 20 mm on the pressure side.
- **Keep electrics dry:** Mount controller and transformer high, with drip loops.
- **Clean the impeller:** Remove the bottom plate and basket, then rinse the impeller.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest of the x.3 series:** 1,200 L/h with up to 1.5 m head.
- **12 W maximum:** Low running power on 24 V DC.
- **Three ways to control:** Controller buttons, Wi-Fi app or 0–10 V input.
- **Feed pause and dry-run stop:** 10-minute pause; off after 2 minutes without water.
- **Wet or dry installation:** Submerged in the sump or inline outside it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100813
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143249
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > DC Return / Universal Pump
- **Maximum Flow:** Up to 1,200 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 1.5 m
- **Power:** Max. 12 W at 24 V DC (transformer 100–240 V)
- **Connections:** Suction 25 mm (1"); pressure 20 mm (0.8")
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 125 × 60 × 85 mm
- **Control:** Controller, Wi-Fi app, 0–10 V
- **Warranty:** 24 months from purchase (Aqua Medic, via the dealer)
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 2.3 (AM100823); 3.3 (AM100833); 5.3 (AM100853); 9.3 (AM100893)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 1000 Submersible Pump
Top-of-range 1,000 L/h DC pump for mid-size sumps and circulation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/dc-runner-1000-submersible-pump/
- Price: $134.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM102010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146042
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM102010.jpg
Once a system grows past nano size, the return pump has to turn the water over often enough to feed the skimmer and filter while still reaching the display. Aqua Medic DC Runner 1000 Submersible Pump (SKU: AM102010) is the largest model in Aqua Medic's DC Runner 400 to 1000 series, a 24 V DC universal pump for return, circulation or current duty in saltwater and freshwater aquariums. Aqua Medic rates it at up to 1,000 L/h with a maximum head of up to 1.5 m, for a maximum consumption of 15 W, the most output and the second-highest lift in the range.
It shares the larger housing of the 800, about 120 × 56 × 82 mm with the prefilter basket fitted and 95 × 56 × 82 mm without, and the same stepped 12/16/19 mm pressure-side connection with screw joints. Compared with the 800 it adds a quarter more flow and 0.3 m more head for an extra 5 W, which makes it the more practical choice where a sump sits a little lower in the cabinet. The polished ceramic shaft and bearings are chosen for quiet operation and years of low maintenance, the housing is rated IP X8, and the pump runs from the supplied 24 V transformer on 100–240 V mains. Aqua Medic allows submerged use only.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size sump returns:** Returning filtered water to a display above a cabinet sump.
- **Upgrading an 800:** Same body and outlet with more flow and lift.
- **Extra circulation:** A quiet DC pump for a closed loop or flow in a larger freshwater tank.
- **Refugium or reactor supply:** Steady flow to equipment fed from the sump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Size the hose:** Choose 12, 16 or 19 mm on the stepped outlet; wider hose loses less head.
- **Place it low:** Position the pump fully submerged in the return chamber, never in air.
- **Protect the intake:** Keep the prefilter basket on to stop debris and snails.
- **Power safely:** Mount the 24 V transformer dry and above the waterline, with a drip loop.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 1,000 L/h:** The highest output in the DC Runner 400 to 1000 series.
- **1.5 m maximum head:** More lift than the 800 for sumps set lower in the stand.
- **15 W maximum:** Efficient DC drive at 24 V safety voltage.
- **Three-step outlet:** Fits 12, 16 or 19 mm hose with screw joints.
- **Ceramic running gear:** Polished shaft and bearings for quiet, low-wear operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM102010
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146042
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Submersible Universal Pump
- **Model:** DC Runner 1000 (Aqua Medic item 102.010)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 1,000 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 1.5 m
- **Power:** Max. 15 W at 24 V DC; transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 120 × 56 × 82 mm with basket; 95 × 56 × 82 mm without
- **Outlet:** Stepped 12/16/19 mm with screw joints
- **Protection:** IP X8; submerged use only
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 400 (AM102004); 600 (AM102006); 800 (AM102008)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with sumps or closed loops
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 3.3 App-control Pump
3,000 L/h app-controlled DC pump with 32 mm suction for reefs of 300 to 600 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/dc-runner-3-3-app-control-pump/
- Price: $345.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100833 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143485
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100833.jpg
As a reef grows past 300 L the return run gets longer and wider, and a pump with a narrow inlet starts to struggle for water. Aqua Medic DC Runner 3.3 App-control Pump (SKU: AM100833) is the 3,000 L/h model in Aqua Medic's DC Runner x.3 series, a 24 V DC universal pump with a maximum head of 2.7 m and a maximum consumption of 25 W. It is the first size in the range to step the suction side up to 32 mm (1¼ inch), with a 25 mm (1 inch) pressure outlet, and it measures about 200 × 90 × 120 mm. Like the rest of the series it is magnetically coupled, built from salt-water resistant materials and runs under water or outside it, with the controller and safety transformer included.
The wider suction matters most when the pump is installed outside the sump and fed through a bulkhead: water reaches the impeller more freely, which helps the pump run smoothly at higher settings. On a cabinet sump with a normal return height, the 3.3 covers displays of roughly 300 to 600 L at the commonly quoted three to five turnovers an hour, or part of its output can be teed off to reactors and a chiller. Output is set on the controller across Aqua Medic's 30 to 100 per cent range, or by app over Wi-Fi, or by a 0–10 V signal down to 60 per cent. FEED stops the pump for 10 minutes and a 2-minute dry-run cut-out protects it if the sump runs low.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs of 300 to 600 L:** Return duty with a 2.7 m head reserve.
- **External plumbing:** 32 mm suction fed from a sump bulkhead.
- **Manifold feeds:** Part of the return diverted to reactors or a chiller.
- **Large freshwater systems:** Planted or fish-only tanks run on a sump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plumb the suction wide:** 32 mm (1¼") in, 25 mm (1") out.
- **Prime before starting:** The pump may only run with water, so fill the suction line first.
- **Bed it down:** Set an external pump level on a firm, vibration-damping pad.
- **Service when noisy:** Clean the basket and impeller, or fit a new impeller and bearings.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3,000 L/h, 2.7 m head:** Mid-range output with height to spare.
- **32 mm suction:** A larger inlet for a free-flowing intake.
- **25 W maximum:** Efficient 24 V DC drive.
- **Wi-Fi app control:** Adjust and program the pump from a phone.
- **24-month guarantee:** From Aqua Medic for the first user, through the dealer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100833
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143485
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > DC Return / Universal Pump
- **Maximum Flow:** Up to 3,000 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 2.7 m
- **Power:** Max. 25 W at 24 V DC (transformer 100–240 V)
- **Connections:** Suction 32 mm (1¼"); pressure 25 mm (1")
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 200 × 90 × 120 mm
- **Control:** DC Runner Controller, Wi-Fi app, 0–10 V input
- **Warranty:** 24 months from purchase (Aqua Medic, via the dealer)
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 1.3 (AM100813); 2.3 (AM100823); 5.3 (AM100853); 9.3 (AM100893)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 400 Submersible Pump
Compact 24 V universal pump for nano tanks and small filter chambers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/dc-runner-400-submersible-pump/
- Price: $105.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM102004 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146011
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM102004.jpg
A nano reef or small sump has little room for a pump, and whatever goes in has to run for years without adding a hum to the room. Aqua Medic DC Runner 400 Submersible Pump (SKU: AM102004) is the smallest of Aqua Medic's DC Runner 400 to 1000 universal pumps, a submersible 24 V DC pump for circulation, current or return duty in freshwater or saltwater aquariums. Despite the model number, Aqua Medic rates it at up to 450 L/h, with a maximum head of up to 1.4 m and a draw of no more than 6 W. The shaft and bearings are polished ceramic for quiet running and low maintenance.
The body measures about 87 × 43 × 58 mm with the prefilter basket fitted and 64 × 43 × 58 mm without it, small enough for the return section of a nano sump or the rear chamber of a compact all-in-one aquarium. The pressure side takes 13 mm hose, and the pump comes with its prefilter basket and a 24 V transformer for 100–240 V mains. It is rated IP X8, and Aqua Medic states it may only be used submerged. Delivery falls as the lift rises, so the full 450 L/h is only reached with almost no head. The 600 shares this housing with more output and lift.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano sump return:** Lifting water a short distance from a small sump to the display.
- **All-in-one rear chambers:** Replacing a tired return pump in a built-in filter section.
- **Gentle circulation:** Adding flow to a dead corner of a small freshwater or reef tank.
- **Small equipment feeds:** Supplying a media chamber or small reactor where little lift is needed.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge fully:** Place the pump below the waterline; Aqua Medic permits submerged use only.
- **Keep the basket on:** It stops snails, sand and debris reaching the impeller.
- **Plumb 13 mm hose:** Keep the run short and straight to lose as little head as possible.
- **Power up last:** Connect the transformer outside the tank, with a drip loop in the cable.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 450 L/h:** More output than the model number suggests, from 6 W.
- **1.4 m maximum head:** Enough lift for a short return run in a nano set-up.
- **Ceramic shaft and bearings:** Polished ceramics for quiet running and long service.
- **24 V DC motor:** Low-voltage pump with an external transformer.
- **Smallest body in the range:** 64 × 43 × 58 mm without the basket.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM102004
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146011
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Submersible Universal Pump
- **Model:** DC Runner 400 (Aqua Medic item 102.004)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 450 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 1.4 m
- **Power:** Max. 6 W; pump 24 V DC, transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 87 × 43 × 58 mm with basket; 64 × 43 × 58 mm without
- **Outlet:** 13 mm hose (pressure side)
- **Protection:** IP X8; submerged use only
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 600 (AM102006); 800 (AM102008); 1000 (AM102010)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, nano tanks and small sumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 5.3 App-control Pump
5,000 L/h DC pump with 3.5 m head for large reefs and equipment manifolds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/dc-runner-5-3-app-control-pump/
- Price: $445.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM100853 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143492
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM100853.jpg
On a large reef one return pump often feeds more than the display: a manifold branches off to reactors, a chiller and a UV unit, and every branch takes its share of the flow. Aqua Medic DC Runner 5.3 App-control Pump (SKU: AM100853) is the 5,000 L/h model in Aqua Medic's DC Runner x.3 series, a 24 V DC universal pump with a maximum head of 3.5 m and a maximum consumption of 40 W. Both suction and pressure connections are 32 mm (1¼ inch), and the pump measures about 190 × 105 × 130 mm. It is magnetically coupled, with a fully encapsulated synchronous motor in salt-water resistant materials, for use under water or outside it; the controller and safety transformer come with it.
With 3.5 m of head, the 5.3 keeps useful flow on longer and higher return runs, such as a sump in a cabinet under a tall display or a plant room beside it. As a rough guide at three to five turnovers an hour after losses, it suits displays of around 600 to 1,000 L, or a smaller system where a manifold takes a large part of the output. The controller's +/- buttons and LED display cover Aqua Medic's 30 to 100 per cent range, the Aqua Medic app adds Wi-Fi control and scheduling, and a 0–10 V input lets an aquarium controller drive it, provided output stays at 60 per cent or above. FEED pauses the pump for 10 minutes; after 2 minutes without water it shuts off, and pulling and reinserting the plug brings the controller back into operation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef returns:** Displays of roughly 600 to 1,000 L on a sump.
- **Equipment manifolds:** One pump feeding reactors, chiller and UV.
- **Long or high runs:** 3.5 m of head for plant-room or tall-cabinet installs.
- **Controller-driven systems:** 0–10 V input for external aquarium controllers.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plumb 32 mm throughout:** Matching 1¼" suction and pressure sides.
- **Balance the manifold:** Set each branch valve, then trim total output on the controller.
- **Keep it wet:** Run only with water; submerged installs no deeper than 1 m.
- **Clean the impeller:** Remove the bottom plate and basket, rinse the impeller and reseat its ceramic shaft.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5,000 L/h, 3.5 m head:** Output and lift for large systems.
- **32 mm connections:** Equal 1¼" suction and pressure sides.
- **40 W maximum:** 24 V DC safety voltage at the pump.
- **App, controller or 0–10 V:** Control from a phone, the keypad or a reef controller.
- **Built-in protection:** Dry-run cut-out and error codes on the display.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM100853
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143492
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > DC Return / Universal Pump
- **Maximum Flow:** Up to 5,000 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 3.5 m
- **Power:** Max. 40 W at 24 V DC (transformer 100–240 V)
- **Connections:** Suction 32 mm (1¼"); pressure 32 mm (1¼")
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 190 × 105 × 130 mm
- **Control:** DC Runner Controller, Wi-Fi app, 0–10 V input
- **Warranty:** 24 months from purchase (Aqua Medic, via the dealer)
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 1.3 (AM100813); 2.3 (AM100823); 3.3 (AM100833); 9.3 (AM100893)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 600 Submersible Pump
Small-bodied DC return pump with the most lift in its range.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/dc-runner-600-submersible-pump/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM102006 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146028
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM102006.jpg
A small sump tucked into a tall cabinet asks more of a return pump than flow alone: the water has to climb to the top of the display first. Aqua Medic DC Runner 600 Submersible Pump (SKU: AM102006) is the second model in Aqua Medic's DC Runner 400 to 1000 series of universal pumps, built for circulation, current or return duty in saltwater or freshwater. It keeps the compact body of the 400 but steps up to an output of up to 600 L/h and a maximum head of up to 1.7 m, the highest head figure Aqua Medic publishes for the series, while drawing a maximum of 8 W from its 24 V DC motor.
Aqua Medic gives the dimensions as about 87 × 43 × 58 mm including the prefilter basket, or 64 × 43 × 58 mm with the basket removed, so it drops into narrow sump chambers and the back sections of all-in-one tanks. The pressure side accepts 13 mm hose, identical to the 400, which makes the 600 a straight swap when a little more output is wanted. A polished ceramic shaft and bearings keep it quiet and low-maintenance, the housing is rated IP X8, and the supplied transformer takes 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz mains and outputs 24 V. The maker allows submerged use only.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Taller cabinet returns:** Pushing water from a sump up to a display where the riser is long.
- **Stepping up from a 400:** Same body and 13 mm outlet, so existing plumbing carries over.
- **Freshwater circulation:** Moving water through a planted or community tank's still corners.
- **Reef nano flow:** A quiet pump for a small marine system's return or a closed loop.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Measure the lift:** Check the vertical distance from sump to outlet; flow drops as the head grows.
- **Seat it under water:** Stand the pump level in the chamber and keep it fully submerged.
- **Fit the basket and hose:** Clip on the prefilter basket and push 13 mm hose onto the outlet.
- **Connect the transformer:** Plug in the 24 V supply away from splashes, with a drip loop.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.7 m maximum head:** The greatest lift Aqua Medic lists across the 400 to 1000 range.
- **Up to 600 L/h:** A third more output than the 400 in the same housing.
- **8 W maximum draw:** Economical DC running for a pump that stays on around the clock.
- **Polished ceramic bearings:** Low friction for quiet operation and minimal upkeep.
- **Prefilter basket included:** Guards the impeller against debris and livestock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM102006
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146028
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Submersible Universal Pump
- **Model:** DC Runner 600 (Aqua Medic item 102.006)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 600 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 1.7 m
- **Power:** Max. 8 W at 24 V DC; transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 87 × 43 × 58 mm with basket; 64 × 43 × 58 mm without
- **Outlet:** 13 mm hose (pressure side)
- **Protection:** IP X8; for submerged use only
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 400 (AM102004); 800 (AM102008); 1000 (AM102010)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, small sumps and all-in-one tanks
---
#### Aqua Medic Dc Runner 800 Submersible Pump
Larger-bodied 800 L/h DC pump for volume over lift.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/dc-runner-800-submersible-pump/
- Price: $118.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM102008 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146035
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM102008.jpg
Some jobs need volume more than height: a sump that sits just below the display, a closed loop, or water moved from one chamber to another. Aqua Medic DC Runner 800 Submersible Pump (SKU: AM102008) is the first of the two larger models in Aqua Medic's DC Runner 400 to 1000 series, a submersible 24 V DC universal pump for freshwater or saltwater that delivers up to 800 L/h for a maximum draw of 10 W. Aqua Medic uses the same DC Runner 800 as the pump inside its EVO 501 internal protein skimmer, which says something about how long it is expected to run without attention.
The maker's published maximum head for the 800 is 1.2 m, lower than the 1.7 m of the smaller 600, so this is the model for short lifts and higher throughput rather than tall risers. The body grows to about 120 × 56 × 82 mm with the prefilter basket and 95 × 56 × 82 mm without, and the pressure side gains a stepped 12/16/19 mm connection with screw joints, so it takes three common hose sizes without adaptors. A polished ceramic shaft and bearings give quiet running and low maintenance, the housing is rated IP X8 and may only be used submerged, and a 24 V transformer for 100–240 V mains is supplied.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low-lift sump returns:** Sumps sitting close below the display where volume matters more than head.
- **Chamber-to-chamber transfer:** Moving water between sections of a sump or filter system.
- **Closed-loop circulation:** Extra flow in a freshwater or marine tank without an extra powerhead.
- **Feeding equipment:** Supplying a reactor or filter that needs steady volume at low pressure.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick the hose step:** Use the step of the outlet that matches 12, 16 or 19 mm hose.
- **Keep it submerged:** Set the pump on a firm, level spot fully under water.
- **Use the basket:** Leave the prefilter basket fitted to keep debris off the impeller.
- **Check the head:** Keep the vertical rise well under 1.2 m for useful flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 800 L/h:** Nearly double the 400's output from 10 W.
- **Stepped 12/16/19 mm outlet:** Three hose sizes on one connection with screw joints.
- **Skimmer-proven pump:** The same DC Runner 800 drives the EVO 501 skimmer.
- **Ceramic shaft and bearings:** Polished for low noise and long service intervals.
- **24 V safety voltage:** Only low voltage goes into the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM102008
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146035
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads > Submersible Universal Pump
- **Model:** DC Runner 800 (Aqua Medic item 102.008)
- **Flow Rate:** Up to 800 L/h
- **Maximum Head:** Up to 1.2 m (maker figure)
- **Power:** Max. 10 W at 24 V DC; transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 120 × 56 × 82 mm with basket; 95 × 56 × 82 mm without
- **Outlet:** Stepped 12/16/19 mm with screw joints
- **Protection:** IP X8; submerged use only
- **Other Sizes:** DC Runner 400 (AM102004); 600 (AM102006); 1000 (AM102010)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and closed loops
---
#### Turboflotor 5000 Baby Eco Dc
Turboflotor 5000 Baby Eco DC - External protein skimmer for marine aquariums, public displays, and large reef systems up to 1,500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/turboflotor-5000-baby-eco-dc/
- Price: $2,966.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM400017 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901130102
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Turboflotor-5000-Baby-Eco-Dc.png
The Turboflotor 5000 Baby Eco DC ( SKU: AM400017 ) is a commercial-grade external protein skimmer engineered by Aqua Medic for demanding marine aquariums, public displays, and large reef systems up to 1,500 litres. Driven by a powerful, controllable DC needle-wheel skimmer pump, it generates a dense column of fine micro-bubbles to rapidly strip dissolved organic compounds, proteins, and yellowing substances from the water column.
Constructed from heavy-duty acrylic and PVC components, the Baby Eco DC features a reaction chamber optimised for maximum contact time between air bubbles and organic pollutants, keeping organic waste low and redox potential high.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Marine & Reef Systems:** Primary organic waste export for large home reef displays, fish-only saltwater tanks, and commercial holding systems up to 1,500L.
- **Heavy Bio-Load Operations:** Ideal for heavily stocked predator tanks or coral propagation facilities requiring aggressive organic nutrient removal.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Position the skimmer externally next to or within a large sump system on a stable, level surface.
- Connect intake and return plumbing to your sump circulation loop according to system flow design.
- Connect the DC pump controller to power and adjust the pump output speed to calibrate the foam height inside the collection neck.
- Empty and clean the collection cup regularly to maintain peak skimmate removal efficiency.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Controllable DC Skimmer Pump:** Variable speed DC pump allows precise adjustment of water throughput and foam production.
- **Efficient Needle-Wheel Impeller:** Produces micro-fine air bubble diffusion for maximum organic binding surface area.
- **Heavy-Duty Commercial Build:** Crafted from durable, salt-resistant acrylic and industrial PVC fittings.
- **High-Volume Waste Collection:** Large removable foam collection cup with drain outlet for easy waste management.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic
- **SKU:** AM400017
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4025901130102
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads / Protein Skimmers / Commercial DC Skimmers
- **Recommended Tank Capacity:** Up to 1,500 Litres
- **Package Dimensions:** 660 mm (L) × 1,320 mm (W) × 440 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 16,500 g (16.5 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef & Commercial Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Turboflotor 5000 Single 6.0 Dc
Turboflotor 5000 Single 6.0 DC - Protein skimmer for large-scale public aquariums, aquaculture facilities, and commercial reef displays up to 5,000 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-powerheads/turboflotor-5000-single-6-0-dc/
- Price: $4,190.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM400023 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901130119
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Powerheads (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-powerheads/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Turboflotor-5000-Single-6.0-Dc.png
The Turboflotor 5000 Single 6.0 DC (SKU: AM400023) is a massive, industrial-grade protein skimmer engineered by Aqua Medic for large-scale public aquariums, aquaculture facilities, and commercial reef displays up to 5,000 litres. Featuring an extended reaction column and an upgraded DC needle-wheel pump system, it delivers continuous, high-volume organic protein fractioning.
Designed to handle heavy bioloads, the Turboflotor 5000 Single 6.0 DC efficiently strips proteins, dissolved organics, and fine particulates from large volumes of seawater before they break down into toxic ammonia and nitrate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial Aquariums & Public Displays:** Designed specifically for public aquariums, retail holding systems, and large custom reef displays up to 5,000L.
- **High-Density Holding Systems:** Ideal for coral farming facilities, wholesale fish systems, and high-volume marine life support setups.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Install the skimmer unit on a reinforced level pad adjacent to the main filter room or central sump system.
- Plumb the water feed line directly from the system supply pump and route the gravity discharge back into the sump reservoir.
- Power on the DC pump controller and adjust the air intake and pump speed to establish steady foam creation in the riser neck.
- Connect a drain line from the collection cup waste outlet to an external waste container or sewer drain.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Massive 5,000L Capacity:** Engineered for commercial-scale water volumes and heavy aquatic bioloads.
- **High-Output DC Needle-Wheel Pump:** Provides massive air injection volume with adjustable electronic speed control.
- **Extended Reaction Column:** Heightened contact chamber maximises bubble-to-protein attraction for dense skimmate production.
- **Industrial Construction:** Manufactured with thick-walled acrylic, heavy-duty PVC flanges, and quick-access maintenance seals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic
- **SKU:** AM400023
- **Supplier Code:** PetAlliance / AM400023
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4025901130119
- **RetailExpress ID:** 132450
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Powerheads / Protein Skimmers / Commercial DC Skimmers
- **Recommended Tank Capacity:** Up to 5,000 Litres
- **Package Dimensions:** 880 mm (L) × 1,980 mm (W) × 660 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 22,000 g (22.0 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Public Aquariums, Aquaculture, & Large Commercial Systems
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Pumps & Wavemakers
#### Aqua Medic Ecodrift 15.3 App-control Current Pump
High-output app-controlled current pump for large reef systems up to 1,500 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/ecodrift-15-3-app-control-current-pump/
- Price: $399.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM103815 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143225
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM103815.jpg
A large reef display can need two or three ordinary powerheads to move its water, each with its own cable and its own patch of glass. Aqua Medic Ecodrift 15.3 App-control Current Pump (SKU: AM103815) is the second-largest model in Aqua Medic's EcoDrift x.3 series, an app-controlled current pump that Aqua Medic rates for aquariums up to 1,500 L, with output adjustable up to 15,000 L/h. It draws 10 to 35 W from its 24 V motor and is controlled through the Aqua Medic app over WLAN or manually from the included controller, with adjustable flow rate and wave frequency.
The 15.3 steps up to the larger body of the series, about 136 mm long with a 110 mm diameter, the same diameter as the 20.3. It mounts on a magnetic holder with vibration-reducing rubber dampers on glass up to 15 mm thick and can be swivelled to set the flow direction. The app offers different flow patterns, and several EcoDrift pumps can run together, linked as master and slave or set in cross-flow so they work against each other to create turbulence. A plug-on power diffuser adds up to 10 per cent output, the 0–10 V port accepts an external aquarium controller, and an optional 1.8 m extension cord lengthens the run between pump and controller.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems up to about 1,500 L where one pump replaces several smaller ones.
- **Deep rock structures:** Strong flow that reaches into caves and behind the rockwork.
- **Paired cross-flow:** Two 15.3s on opposite walls alternating along a long display.
- **Large fish-only systems:** Lively currents for active marine fish in large tanks.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the glass:** Confirm the pane is no thicker than 15 mm before fitting the magnet.
- **Route the cable:** Use the optional 1.8 m extension if the controller sits far from the tank.
- **Pair in the app:** Add each pump over WLAN and group them for master-slave or cross-flow.
- **Ramp up:** Begin at low output and raise it over several days as livestock adapts.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 15,000 L/h:** Adjustable flow for aquariums up to 1,500 L.
- **10 to 35 W:** Wide power range from gentle swell to full current.
- **110 mm diameter body:** The larger housing of the x.3 series.
- **External control ready:** 0–10 V port alongside app and manual control.
- **Linked operation:** Several EcoDrift pumps controlled together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM103815
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143225
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > App-Controlled Current Pump
- **Model:** EcoDrift 15.3
- **Flow Rate:** Adjustable up to 15,000 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 1,500 L
- **Power:** 10–35 W; pump 24 V, transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 136 mm long, 110 mm diameter
- **Glass Thickness:** Up to 15 mm
- **Control:** App via WLAN, included controller, 0–10 V input; IP X8
- **Other Sizes:** EcoDrift 4.3 (AM103804); 8.3 (AM103808); 20.3 (AM103820)
- **Target Environment:** Large reef and marine aquariums up to 1,500 L
---
#### Aqua Medic Ecodrift 20.3 App-control Current Pump
Flagship 20,000 L/h app-controlled pump for reef systems up to 2,000 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/ecodrift-20-3-app-control-current-pump/
- Price: $419.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM103820 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143232
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM103820.jpg
Big systems with heavy stocking and dense coral growth need serious water movement to keep waste suspended until the filtration can remove it. Aqua Medic Ecodrift 20.3 App-control Current Pump (SKU: AM103820) is the largest pump in Aqua Medic's EcoDrift x.3 series, a high-performance current pump for aquariums up to 2,000 L with capacity adjustable up to 20,000 L/h. Power consumption is approximately 20 to 60 W at 24 V, and the flow rate and wave frequency are set through the Aqua Medic app (Apple App Store and Google Play) or manually on the supplied controller.
The housing is about 146 mm long with a 110 mm diameter, and the magnetic holder, fitted with vibration-reducing rubber dampers, takes glass up to 15 mm thick while letting the flow direction be varied. Aqua Medic lists the WLAN band as 2412–2472 MHz at a maximum of 17.1 dBm. Several pumps can be controlled at the same time and programmed as master and slave or in cross-flow, and the app offers different flow patterns. The plug-on power diffuser increases performance by up to 10 per cent, and the 0–10 V connection allows external control. The pump runs at 24 V safety voltage, with the transformer for 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz mains included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large reefs:** Display systems up to 2,000 L from a single pump.
- **SPS-dominated tanks:** High, randomised flow for stony corals that need strong movement.
- **Replacing several pumps:** One mount and one controller where several smaller pumps were used.
- **Shared programmes:** Leading a group of EcoDrift pumps as the master unit.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plan the mount:** Choose a rear or side pane up to 15 mm thick with clear space around the intake.
- **Fit the dampers:** Seat the rubber dampers on the magnet holder to keep vibration off the glass.
- **Connect the controller:** Plug the pump into the controller and 24 V transformer, then join the app.
- **Set the pattern:** Select a flow pattern and output; watch for sand blowing and adjust.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 20,000 L/h:** The highest output in the EcoDrift x.3 series.
- **Rated to 2,000 L:** Sized for large display and system tanks.
- **App or controller:** Wireless control or manual adjustment on the supplied unit.
- **Power diffuser:** Up to 10 per cent more output when fitted.
- **20 to 60 W:** Broad power band at 24 V safety voltage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM103820
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143232
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > App-Controlled Current Pump
- **Model:** EcoDrift 20.3
- **Flow Rate:** Adjustable up to 20,000 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 2,000 L
- **Power:** Approx. 20–60 W; pump 24 V, transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 146 mm long, 110 mm diameter
- **Glass Thickness:** Up to 15 mm
- **Wireless:** WLAN 2412–2472 MHz, max. 17.1 dBm; IP X8
- **Other Sizes:** EcoDrift 4.3 (AM103804); 8.3 (AM103808); 15.3 (AM103815)
- **Target Environment:** Large reef and marine aquariums up to 2,000 L
---
#### Aqua Medic Ecodrift 4.3 App-control Current Pump
Compact wireless wave pump for nano and small reef aquariums up to 300 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/ecodrift-4-3-app-control-current-pump/
- Price: $248.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM103804 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143201
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM103804.jpg
Corals in a small reef need water that moves and changes direction, not a single jet that blasts one side of the rockwork. Aqua Medic Ecodrift 4.3 App-control Current Pump (SKU: AM103804) is the smallest pump in Aqua Medic's EcoDrift x.3 series, a magnet-mounted current pump with adjustable flow rate and wave frequency, set either from the Aqua Medic app on a phone or by hand on the included controller. Aqua Medic rates it for aquariums up to 300 L, with an output adjustable up to 4,000 L/h and a power consumption of 3 to 10 W from its 24 V motor. At full output in a 300 L tank that is about 13 turnovers an hour.
The pump body is about 80 mm long and 70 mm in diameter, small enough to tuck into the corner of a nano or a 60 cm reef. It hangs on a magnetic holder with vibration-reducing rubber dampers for glass up to 15 mm thick, and the flow direction can be angled freely. The app connects over WLAN (2412–2472 MHz) and offers different flow patterns, and several EcoDrift pumps can be run together in master-slave or cross-flow programmes. A plug-on power diffuser adds up to 10 per cent output, a 0–10 V port allows external control, and the controller and 24 V transformer for 100–240 V mains come in the box.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Tanks up to 300 L that need variable flow from a small pump body.
- **Pairing for cross-flow:** Two 4.3s on opposite ends alternating to sweep the rockwork.
- **Soft coral and LPS tanks:** Low settings give a gentle swell rather than a hard jet.
- **Replacing a fixed powerhead:** Variable, app-set flow patterns in place of a constant jet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount the magnet:** Fit the holder on glass up to 15 mm with the rubber dampers seated.
- **Aim the flow:** Angle the pump across the rockwork, away from the sand bed.
- **Connect and pair:** Link the controller and 24 V supply, then join the app over WLAN.
- **Start low:** Choose a flow pattern and raise output gradually while watching the corals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 4,000 L/h:** Adjustable output for aquariums up to 300 L.
- **App or manual control:** Phone app over WLAN, or the supplied controller.
- **Small footprint:** About 80 mm long and 70 mm across.
- **3 to 10 W:** Low draw from a 24 V safety-voltage motor.
- **Multi-pump programmes:** Master-slave and cross-flow with other EcoDrift pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM103804
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143201
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > App-Controlled Current Pump
- **Model:** EcoDrift 4.3 (Aqua Medic item 103.804)
- **Flow Rate:** Adjustable up to 4,000 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 300 L
- **Power:** 3–10 W; pump 24 V, transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 80 mm long, 70 mm diameter
- **Glass Thickness:** Magnet holder for up to 15 mm
- **Control:** App via WLAN, included controller, 0–10 V input; IP X8
- **Other Sizes:** EcoDrift 8.3 (AM103808); 15.3 (AM103815); 20.3 (AM103820)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums up to 300 L
---
#### Aqua Medic Ecodrift 8.3 App-control Current Pump
Mid-size app-controlled wave pump for reef aquariums up to 800 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/ecodrift-8-3-app-control-current-pump/
- Price: $284.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM103808 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143218
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM103808.jpg
A 120 cm reef with a full rock structure soon shows where the water stops moving, in the detritus that settles behind the rocks. Aqua Medic Ecodrift 8.3 App-control Current Pump (SKU: AM103808) is the mid-size pump in Aqua Medic's EcoDrift x.3 series of current pumps, with flow rate and wave frequency adjustable through the Aqua Medic app or the controller supplied with it. Aqua Medic lists it for aquariums up to 800 L, with output adjustable up to 8,000 L/h and a consumption of 8 to 20 W. In a 400 L display, one pump at full output turns the volume over about 20 times an hour.
At about 105 mm long and 85 mm in diameter, the 8.3 is larger than the 4.3 but still sits discreetly behind rockwork. Its magnetic holder carries vibration-reducing rubber dampers and grips glass up to 15 mm thick, with the pump head angled to point the flow where it is needed. Through the app the pump runs different flow patterns, and two or more EcoDrift pumps can be programmed together as master and slave or in cross-flow, so pumps on opposite sides alternate. A plug-on power diffuser raises output by up to 10 per cent, and a 0–10 V input lets an aquarium controller take over. The pump runs at 24 V from the included transformer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium reef displays:** Tanks between roughly 300 and 800 L needing strong, variable flow.
- **Clearing dead spots:** Moving detritus out from behind rock structures to the filter intake.
- **SPS and mixed reefs:** Turbulent, alternating flow from a pair in cross-flow mode.
- **Stepping up from a 4.3:** Twice the output when a tank outgrows the smaller pump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the position:** Mount high on a side or back pane, clear of the surface skimmer.
- **Fix the holder:** Place the magnet halves either side of glass up to 15 mm thick.
- **Link the pumps:** Pair each pump in the app and assign master-slave or cross-flow.
- **Tune the pattern:** Adjust wave frequency and output until corals sway without being blasted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 8,000 L/h:** Variable output for aquariums up to 800 L.
- **Cross-flow capable:** Pairs with other EcoDrift pumps for alternating currents.
- **Power diffuser:** Plug-on attachment adding up to 10 per cent output.
- **Vibration-damped mount:** Rubber dampers on a magnet holder for glass to 15 mm.
- **8 to 20 W draw:** 24 V DC efficiency across the flow range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM103808
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143218
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > App-Controlled Current Pump
- **Model:** EcoDrift 8.3
- **Flow Rate:** Adjustable up to 8,000 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 800 L
- **Power:** 8–20 W; pump 24 V, transformer 100–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 105 mm long, 85 mm diameter
- **Glass Thickness:** Up to 15 mm
- **Control:** Aqua Medic app (WLAN), included controller, 0–10 V input; IP X8
- **Other Sizes:** EcoDrift 4.3 (AM103804); 15.3 (AM103815); 20.3 (AM103820)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums up to 800 L
---
#### Aqua Medic Smartdrift 11.1 Compact Current Pump
Flagship WiFi current pump of up to 16,000 L/h for large reefs to 1,500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/smartdrift-11-1-compact-current-pump/
- Price: $395.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM103211 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143959
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM103211.jpg
Big tanks hide big dead zones, and a 1,200-litre display with deep rockwork can have still water behind the rock that two small pumps never reach. Aqua Medic SmartDrift 11.1 Compact Current Pump (SKU: AM103211) is the largest model in Aqua Medic's SmartDrift x.1 series, a magnet-mounted current pump for salt and freshwater aquariums up to 1,500 L with output adjustable up to 16,000 L/h. Despite that output the body stays compact at about 70 mm high and 85 mm in diameter, and the magnet holder takes glass up to 15 mm thick. Its 24 V DC motor draws 10 to 35 W, run from a 100–240 V transformer. In the box are the pump, magnet holder, SmartDrift Control and the safety transformer with feed function.
The flow pattern comes from Aqua Medic's impeller design, which the maker credits with very smooth running, while the shaft and bearings are polished ceramic for quiet, low-maintenance operation. Control is through the SmartDrift app on iOS or Android over WiFi, or on the controller itself, which sets power from 30 to 100% and offers pulse, ramp, random and constant programmes; cross-flow is set in the app. On a large system several 11.1s, or an 11.1 with smaller SmartDrifts, can run as master and slaves so the whole tank follows one pattern. Feed mode stops the pump for ten minutes, a 0–10 V input accepts an external controller via the optional cable (item 100.302). The pump is rated IPX8 and carries a 24-month guarantee from purchase.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems of 800 to 1,500 L that need strong, varied flow.
- **SPS-dominated tanks:** High, random flow across stony corals.
- **Thick glass:** Panes from 12 up to 15 mm where smaller holders will not grip.
- **Multi-pump systems:** A master pump leading a group of SmartDrifts.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position with care:** At least 10 cm below the surface and no more than 1 m deep.
- **Start low:** Begin at a reduced power and raise it while watching sand and coral response.
- **Handle by the body:** Never pull the pump out by its cable; switch off before removing the outer magnet.
- **Service regularly:** Clean lime from the impeller so the ceramic axle keeps turning freely.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **16,000 L/h maximum:** The highest output in the SmartDrift x.1 range.
- **Compact for its class:** About 70 × 85 mm on the glass.
- **10 to 35 W:** Power-saving 24 V DC drive.
- **Holds on 15 mm glass:** Magnet holder for heavy display panes.
- **Smart control:** WiFi app, manual programmes and 0–10 V input.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM103211
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143959
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > WiFi Current Pump
- **Flow Rate:** Adjustable up to 16,000 L/h
- **Power:** 10–35 W; 24 V DC pump, transformer input 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 1,500 L
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 70 mm high × 85 mm diameter
- **Magnet Holder:** Glass up to 15 mm
- **Protection:** IPX8
- **Warranty:** 24 months from date of purchase (Aqua Medic)
- **Other Sizes:** SmartDrift 3.1 (SKU AM103203); SmartDrift 7.1 (SKU AM103207)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine, reef and freshwater aquariums up to 1,500 L
---
#### Aqua Medic Smartdrift 7.1 Compact Current Pump
Mid-size WiFi current pump of up to 10,500 L/h for reefs to 800 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/smartdrift-7-1-compact-current-pump/
- Price: $371.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM103207 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143942
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM103207.jpg
A 500-litre reef with a rock wall across the back needs flow that pushes through the gaps, not just a stream across the front glass. Aqua Medic SmartDrift 7.1 Compact Current Pump (SKU: AM103207) is the middle model of Aqua Medic's SmartDrift x.1 series, a magnet-mounted current pump for salt and freshwater aquariums up to 800 L, with output adjustable up to 10,500 L/h. It measures about 65 mm high and 75 mm across, and its magnet holder grips glass up to 12 mm thick. The 24 V DC motor draws 8 to 25 W across its range and runs from a 100–240 V transformer.
The 7.1 is set up in the SmartDrift app on iOS or Android over WiFi, or manually on the controller, where power runs from 30 to 100%. Aqua Medic's manual gives four programmes on the controller, pulse, ramp, random and constant, with pulse frequency on the LOW and HIGH keys, and adds cross-flow through the app. Two 7.1s on opposite ends of a tank, or a 7.1 paired with a smaller 3.1, can be linked as master and slave so their output alternates instead of colliding. A five-second press of MODE/FEED pauses the pump for ten minutes for feeding, and a 0–10 V input (optional cable, item 100.302) hands control to an external controller. Polished ceramic shaft and bearings, an IPX8 rating and a 24-month guarantee from purchase complete the specification.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size reefs:** Displays of roughly 400 to 800 L with mixed soft, LPS and SPS corals.
- **Cross-flow set-ups:** A pair on opposite ends running alternating patterns.
- **Thicker glass:** Panes up to 12 mm, beyond the reach of the smallest model.
- **Upgrading fixed-speed pumps:** Variable, programmable flow in place of a constant jet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the height:** At least 10 cm below the surface, never deeper than 1 m.
- **Aim across the rock:** Point flow over and through the rockwork, not down at the substrate.
- **Link the pumps:** Set master, slave or stand-alone with the controller's WiFi button.
- **Keep it clean:** Descale the impeller and ceramic axle from time to time; switch off before moving the magnet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10,500 L/h at full power:** Enough movement for an 800 L reef.
- **Efficient 24 V motor:** 8 to 25 W depending on setting.
- **Four controller programmes:** Pulse, ramp, random and constant, plus app cross-flow.
- **Master and slave:** Several pumps working to one pattern.
- **Grips 12 mm glass:** Magnet holder sized for mid-size tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM103207
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143942
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > WiFi Current Pump
- **Flow Rate:** Adjustable up to 10,500 L/h
- **Power:** 8–25 W; 24 V DC pump, transformer input 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 800 L
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 65 mm high × 75 mm diameter
- **Magnet Holder:** Glass up to 12 mm
- **External Control:** 0–10 V input (cable item 100.302, optional)
- **Warranty:** 24 months from date of purchase (Aqua Medic)
- **Other Sizes:** SmartDrift 3.1 (SKU AM103203); SmartDrift 11.1 (SKU AM103211)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef and freshwater aquariums up to 800 L
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Dosing Pumps
#### Aqua Medic Reefdoser Evo 1
Single-channel app-controlled dosing pump for one additive on a set schedule.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12895
- Price: $194.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM104201 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144192
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM104201.jpg
Most dosing routines start with one bottle, a trace element, a fertiliser or a kalkwasser top-up, and a syringe every morning is easy to forget. Aqua Medic Reefdoser EVO 1 (SKU: AM104201) is the single-channel model of Aqua Medic's reefdoser EVO series, a calibratable peristaltic dosing pump that can be run by hand from its touch panel or automatically through the Aqua Medic app over 2.4 GHz WLAN. Aqua Medic lists regular dosing of trace elements and fertilisers, calcium and hydrogen carbonate for reef aquariums, lime water, and automatic feeding of live plankton among its uses. The EVO 1 measures about 97 × 105 × 127 mm and comes with a foot for standing or wall mounting and a 12 V power supply.
Programming lives in the app, where dosing intervals can be set anywhere from every second to once daily; the touch key above the pump head is for manual doses and for filling the hose, and an LED lights while the pump runs. Calibration uses at least 10 mL of liquid pumped into a measuring cylinder, and Aqua Medic suggests diluting concentrated solutions with RO water where possible for better accuracy. A single EVO 1 is not a dead end: further EVO 1, 3 or 5 units join the same app, so a second or third additive can be added later without replacing the first pump. Aqua Medic's limits are a maximum lift of 2 m (0.2 bar), no more than 15 minutes of continuous running with an equal pause, and no corrosive or crystallising liquids. Pump heads, with rollers and hose, are wear parts sold separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **One additive:** A single trace element, fertiliser or buffer dosed daily without manual handling.
- **Planted aquariums:** Liquid fertiliser split into small, regular doses.
- **Live plankton feeding:** Small automatic feeds through the day, as Aqua Medic suggests.
- **Starting small:** A first doser that can be joined later by more EVO units.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place it safely:** Mount on the foot above a drip tray, the sump or the tank, away from humidity and salt spray.
- **Route the hoses:** Suction hose to the bottom of the container; dosing hose ending above the water so nothing siphons back.
- **Connect the app:** Press the WLAN button on the unit and add it in the Aqua Medic app.
- **Calibrate and schedule:** Pump at least 10 mL into a measuring cylinder, then set doses and intervals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One calibratable channel:** Accurate dosing of a single liquid.
- **App and touch control:** Schedules in the app, manual doses on the unit.
- **Interval range:** From every second to once a day.
- **Expandable system:** Add more EVO 1, 3 or 5 pumps in the same app.
- **Smallest footprint:** About 97 mm wide for tight cabinets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM104201
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144192
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps > App-Controlled Dosing Pump (1 Channel)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 104.201
- **Channels:** 1
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 97 × 105 × 127 mm (L × W × H)
- **Power Supply:** 100–240 V input, 12 V DC / 3 A output
- **Connectivity:** WLAN 2.4 GHz, Aqua Medic app (iOS and Android)
- **Maximum Lift:** 2 m water column
- **Other Sizes:** Reefdoser EVO 3 (SKU AM104203); Reefdoser EVO 5 (SKU AM104205)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Reefdoser Evo 3
Three-channel app-controlled dosing pump for calcium, carbonate and a third reef additive.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12896
- Price: $339.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM104203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144208
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM104203.jpg
A reef that has started to grow stony corals usually needs calcium and carbonate replaced every day, plus one more supplement, and three separate single pumps make for a crowded cabinet. Aqua Medic Reefdoser EVO 3 (SKU: AM104203) is the three-channel model of Aqua Medic's reefdoser EVO series, three calibratable peristaltic pumps in one housing of about 197 × 105 × 127 mm, each channel calibrated individually and programmed separately. Aqua Medic names calcium and hydrogen carbonate addition in reef aquariums among its main uses, together with trace elements, fertilisers, lime water and automatic feeding of live plankton, so a typical layout is calcium on one channel, carbonate on another and trace elements or magnesium on the third.
Schedules are set in the Aqua Medic app over 2.4 GHz WLAN, with intervals from every second up to once daily per channel, and three touch keys on the unit give manual doses and fill the hoses. An LED shows which pump is running. Each channel is calibrated with at least 10 mL pumped into a measuring cylinder, on a level surface, and Aqua Medic advises diluting solutions with RO water where possible to improve accuracy. Splitting a daily calcium and carbonate dose into many small portions keeps the parameters steady, and offsetting the two channels in time stops the two solutions meeting at the same moment. A pump should not run for more than 15 minutes at a stretch without an equal pause, the lift is limited to 2 m, and corrosive or crystallising liquids must not be used. More EVO units can be added to the same app as needs grow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two-part dosing:** Calcium and carbonate on their own channels with a third free.
- **Growing SPS and LPS reefs:** Daily consumption replaced in small, regular steps.
- **Trace elements alongside:** A third liquid on its own schedule.
- **Mid-size cabinets:** Three pumps in one body under 20 cm wide.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount above a tray:** Stand it or fix the foot to the wall over a drip tray, sump or tank, clear of humidity.
- **Keep hoses short:** Suction lines to the bottom of each container; dosing lines ending above the water surface.
- **Label each line:** Match every container to its channel before filling the hoses with the touch keys.
- **Calibrate each channel:** At least 10 mL per channel, then programme doses and intervals in the app.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three independent channels:** Each calibrated and programmed on its own.
- **Built for reef chemistry:** Calcium, carbonate and a third additive from one unit.
- **App scheduling:** Intervals from every second to daily, per channel.
- **Manual touch keys:** Quick doses and hose filling at the pump.
- **Expandable:** Pairs with further EVO 1, 3 or 5 units in the app.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM104203
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144208
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps > App-Controlled Dosing Pump (3 Channel)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 104.203
- **Channels:** 3
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 197 × 105 × 127 mm (L × W × H)
- **Power Supply:** 100–240 V input, 12 V DC / 3 A output
- **Connectivity:** WLAN 2.4 GHz, Aqua Medic app
- **Continuous Run:** Max. 15 minutes, followed by an equal pause
- **Other Sizes:** Reefdoser EVO 1 (SKU AM104201); Reefdoser EVO 5 (SKU AM104205)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Heating & Cooling
#### Aqua Medic T Controller Twin 2.0
Digital controller that switches both a heater and a cooler from one probe.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/aqua-medic-t-controller-twin-2-0/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM20525 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147537
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/aqua-medic-t-controller-twin-2-0-205.25.webp
Summer heat and winter nights pull an aquarium in opposite directions, and a heater and a chiller each running on its own thermostat can end up working against each other. Aqua Medic T Controller Twin 2.0 (SKU: AM20525) is Aqua Medic's digital temperature measuring and control device for running heating and cooling at the same time, item 205.25. An integrated double socket takes a heater and a cooling unit together, and the controller switches whichever is needed to hold the set value. Aqua Medic gives a control range of 16 to 40 °C, a measuring and switching accuracy of 0.1 °C, and a set value adjustable in 0.1 °C increments. A waterproof temperature probe is permanently attached on a 1.90 m cable, and the LCD shows the current temperature at all times.
The heating output is rated to a maximum of 1,200 W and the cooling output to 460 W, which covers typical aquarium heaters and cooling fans; the combined draw of everything plugged into each socket has to stay within those limits. Minimum and maximum values can be set with simple operation, according to Aqua Medic, and the unit carries an IP65 rating. With the controller in charge, a heater that has its own thermostat is usually set a little above the target so the controller makes the switching decision. The twin 2.0 is a separate product from the twin 2.0 PRO, which has a wider 4–40 °C range and a 10 m sensor cable. The Aqua Medic Universal Holder is listed as a wall mount for the twin 2.0, keeping it off the cabinet floor and away from spray.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Year-round control:** A heater for winter and a fan or chiller for summer on one setting.
- **Reef tanks:** Holding the narrow range corals need through hot Australian summers.
- **Sump-based systems:** Central control of a sump heater and a cooling unit.
- **Replacing two thermostats:** One probe stops heating and cooling fighting each other.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place the probe:** Position the sensor in moving water, away from the heater outlet.
- **Connect the loads:** Heater into the heating socket, cooling unit into the cooling socket.
- **Set the value:** Choose the target in 0.1 °C steps between 16 and 40 °C.
- **Respect the limits:** No more than 1,200 W of heating or 460 W of cooling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two outputs, one probe:** Heating and cooling switched from a single reading.
- **0.1 °C precision:** Measuring, switching and set-value steps.
- **1,200 W and 460 W:** Separate load ratings for heating and cooling.
- **Constant LCD readout:** Current temperature always on display.
- **1.90 m probe cable:** Reaches from the cabinet to the tank or sump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM20525
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147537
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Temperature Controller (Heating and Cooling)
- **Item Number:** 205.25
- **Control Range:** 16–40 °C, set in 0.1 °C steps
- **Accuracy:** 0.1 °C measuring and switching
- **Maximum Load:** Heating 1,200 W; cooling 460 W
- **Sensor:** Waterproof probe, permanently attached, 1.90 m cable
- **Protection:** IP65
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Universal Holder - Wall Mount (SKU AM204000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic X-flow 3000 Cooling Fan + Cool Control
Tangential cooling fan with digital temperature control for summer heat.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/x-flow-3000-cooling-fan-cool-control/
- Price: $169.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM107203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147018
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/x-flow-3000_03.png
A heater keeps a tank from running cold, but on a hot day it is evaporation, not a heating element, that needs help, and a simple on/off fan wastes power once the water has come back into range. Aqua Medic X-flow 3000 Cooling Fan + Cool Control (SKU: AM107203) is Aqua Medic's tangential (crossflow) cooling fan sold with its Cool Control unit, a 12 V low-voltage fan that clips onto the aquarium edge and cools the water by evaporative cooling, typically by about 2 to 4 °C. Aqua Medic markets it as a highly efficient fan thanks to its wide airflow, and running from 12 V keeps the whole fitting safe to use directly over open water.
Cool Control is the digital half of the set: a touch-display measuring and control device with a waterproof temperature sensor that shows the actual aquarium temperature continuously and switches the fan on once the reading crosses the set point. The target temperature adjusts in 0.1 °C steps across a 0 to 36 °C range, with a quoted switching accuracy of about 0.5 °C, and fan power itself is adjustable from 40 to 99% so the airflow can be matched to how much cooling is actually needed rather than running flat out. The fan clips to the aquarium edge on glass up to 20 mm thick, with a flow angle that can be adjusted once fitted. Aqua Medic's current catalogue lists a newer X-Flow 3001 and Cool Control 2.0 as the latest version of this fan and controller pairing, so this X-Flow 3000 set is worth checking against current numbering if an exact match to other equipment on the same tank matters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Summer heat spikes:** Water temperature pushing above the safe range for stock on hand.
- **No room for a chiller:** Evaporative cooling where a compressor unit will not fit the cabinet.
- **Low-voltage cabinets:** A 12 V fan suited to running directly at the tank.
- **Automatic switching:** Cooling only when the water actually crosses the set point.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Clip on the edge:** Fit the fan to the aquarium rim, glass up to 20 mm thick.
- **Angle the airflow:** Adjust the flow angle across the water surface once fitted.
- **Fit the sensor:** Submerge the waterproof temperature probe in the aquarium.
- **Set the target:** Dial in the set point in 0.1 °C steps and adjust fan power between 40 and 99%.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Evaporative cooling:** Lowers aquarium temperature by about 2–4 °C.
- **12 V low-voltage fan:** Safe operation directly over open water.
- **Digital Cool Control:** Touch display with continuous temperature readout.
- **0.1 °C setpoint steps:** Fine temperature control with about 0.5 °C switching accuracy.
- **Adjustable fan power:** Runs anywhere from 40 to 99% rather than only on or off.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM107203
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147018
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Cooling Fan with Controller
- **Cooling Effect:** Approx. 2–4 °C via evaporative cooling
- **Power:** 12 V low voltage
- **Temperature Range:** 0–36 °C, adjustable in 0.1 °C steps
- **Switching Accuracy:** Approx. 0.5 °C
- **Fan Power:** Adjustable from 40–99%
- **Mounting:** Clips to the aquarium edge, glass up to 20 mm, adjustable flow angle
- **In the Box:** X-Flow 3000 fan, Cool Control unit, 12 V DC power supply
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums during periods of high ambient heat
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Testing
#### Aqua Medic Mv Computer Set
Redox controller with electrode for switching ozone or watching a nitrate reductor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12900
- Price: $799.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM20105 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901100686
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/dee881d4558258a306d2d78eb42cbed21bfc36ca.webp
A redox reading says a lot about the organic load in reef water, but it only earns its keep when something acts on it. Aqua Medic mV Computer Set (SKU: AM20105) is Aqua Medic's microprocessor redox (ORP) controller, built on the same control technique as the maker's pH computer set and supplied with an mV electrode with a plastic shaft and BNC connector, plus an mV test solution for calibration. It measures from −1,999 to +1,999 mV and can control anywhere between −1,000 and +1,000 mV, which takes in both the positive values of a display tank and the negative values found in anaerobic filters.
The control direction can be set upward or downward. Upward control suits ozone dosing: the controller runs the ozone generator while redox is below the set value and switches it off once the value is reached. The wide negative range lets it work on anaerobic biological filters such as a nitrate reductor, and it can equally serve as a continuous redox monitor for the aquarium. LEDs show the control direction and whether the output is switched on. The relay output is rated 5 A / 1,000 W with adjustable hysteresis, so a device is not clicked on and off at every small change, and waterproof touch keys are used to enter set values and calibrate the electrode. The controller runs on 230 V / 50 Hz.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ozone control:** Switching an ozone generator off at a chosen redox value.
- **Nitrate reductors:** Following the negative redox of an anaerobic filter.
- **Display monitoring:** A continuous redox reading for the main aquarium.
- **Automating a manual setup:** Turning a redox reading into an on/off action.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount and connect:** Fix the controller where it stays dry and plug the electrode into the BNC socket.
- **Calibrate:** Use the supplied test solution and the touch keys to calibrate the electrode.
- **Set direction and value:** Choose upward or downward control and enter the target in mV.
- **Connect the device:** Run the ozone generator or other device from the switched output, within 5 A / 1,000 W.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide control range:** −1,000 to +1,000 mV, positive or negative.
- **Two control directions:** Upward or downward, set by the user.
- **Status LEDs:** Direction and switching state at a glance.
- **Adjustable hysteresis:** Avoids rapid on/off switching of the connected device.
- **Complete set:** Electrode with BNC plug and test solution included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM20105
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901100686
- **Product Type:** Testing > Redox (ORP) Controller
- **Measuring Range:** −1,999 to +1,999 mV
- **Control Range:** −1,000 to +1,000 mV
- **Switching Output:** Relay, 5 A / 1,000 W, adjustable hysteresis
- **Power:** 230 V / 50 Hz
- **In the Set:** mV controller, mV electrode (plastic shaft, BNC), mV test solution
- **Related Products:** Aqua Medic Ozone 30, 90 and 250 (AM204030, AM204090, AM204250); mV Monitor (AM20305)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums, ozone installations and nitrate reductors
---
#### Aqua Medic Mv Monitor
Continuous LED redox display for reef tanks, ozone systems and denitrators.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12902
- Price: $319.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM20305 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146165
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AquaMedicmVMonitor_5000x-jpg.webp
Adjusting an ozone generator or a denitrification filter without a redox reading is guesswork. Aqua Medic mV Monitor (SKU: AM20305) is Aqua Medic's instrument for permanently monitoring the redox potential (ORP) of aquarium water, an electrical value that indicates how clean the water is. Its LED display shows the current reading at all times across a range of −1,999 to +1,999 mV, and the electrode connects through a standard BNC plug. The set is ready to use out of the box: the monitor, an mV electrode with BNC fitting, an electrode holder, a zero-point plug and a 12 V DC power supply.
In a marine display, a redox of about 300 to 450 mV is the commonly quoted target, and ozone is the usual way to raise it; a denitrification filter, by contrast, works best at roughly −300 to −100 mV, held by adjusting the flow of water through it. The monitor covers both, so it can watch the main tank or the outlet of a nitrate filter. The zero-point plug checks the instrument itself, while a 230 mV test solution, sold separately, is used to check and adjust the electrode, since redox probes drift with age and fouling. The mV monitor only displays the value; where ozone needs to be switched automatically, Aqua Medic's mV computer set adds a control output.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ozone dosing:** Watching redox while setting an ozone generator by hand.
- **Denitrification filters:** Keeping a nitrate filter in its negative range by adjusting flow.
- **Water quality trends:** Following how the reading moves with feeding and maintenance.
- **Checking a controller:** An independent second reading beside an existing redox controller.
**How to Use**
- **Position the electrode:** Fit it in the holder where water flows steadily, such as the sump.
- **Connect:** Plug the electrode into the BNC socket and the power supply into the monitor.
- **Check zero:** Use the zero-point plug to confirm the instrument itself reads correctly.
- **Check the probe:** Test the electrode in 230 mV solution and adjust as needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide range:** −1,999 to +1,999 mV, for display tanks and anaerobic filters.
- **Constant LED readout:** The current redox value always on show.
- **BNC connection:** Standard plug for the mV electrode.
- **Complete kit:** Electrode, holder, zero-point plug and power supply included.
- **Low-voltage supply:** Runs from a 12 V DC adaptor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM20305
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146165
- **Product Type:** Testing > Redox (ORP) Monitor
- **Measuring Range:** −1,999 to +1,999 mV
- **Display:** LED, continuous
- **Electrode Connection:** BNC
- **Power Supply:** 12 V DC, included
- **In the Box:** mV monitor, mV electrode with BNC fitting, electrode holder, zero-point plug, power supply
- **Accessory:** 230 mV test solution, sold separately
- **Related Product:** Aqua Medic mV Computer Set (AM20105) for automatic control
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums, ozone installations and denitrification filters
---
#### Aqua Medic Ph Computer Set
Microprocessor pH controller with electrode for CO2 systems and calcium reactors.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12899
- Price: $699.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM20100
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aqua_Medic_pH_Computer_Set.jpg
CO2 dosed by a fixed bubble rate keeps going whether the plants need it or not, and in a soft-water tank that can drag the pH down overnight. Aqua Medic pH Computer Set (SKU: AM20100) is Aqua Medic's microprocessor-controlled pH measuring and control unit, item 201.00, supplied as a set with a plastic-shafted pH electrode with BNC fitting and the calibration fluids needed to set it up. It reads pH continuously on an LED display and switches a supplied external power socket on or off when the pH passes the set point, so a CO2 solenoid valve or other device plugged into it runs only when needed. Aqua Medic gives a control range of pH 3.0 to 11.0 and a switching capacity of up to 500 W through the socket.
In freshwater the unit holds a chosen pH by switching CO2 on and off, which sets the share of free carbonic acid available to plants. In marine systems it regulates the CO2 feed to a calcium reactor. The display covers pH 0 to 14 with a resolution of 0.01, the set point is retained through a power failure, and control is on/off with an adjustable hysteresis; Aqua Medic recommends 0.05 pH for CO2 control, since a very small value makes the valve switch too often. High mode treats the set point as a maximum and lowers pH by adding acid such as CO2, the standard setting for CO2 in both fresh and salt water; Low mode treats it as a minimum. The unit runs on 220–240 V mains. A new electrode, or one stored dry, should soak for about 24 hours before calibration, and Aqua Medic puts the working life of an electrode at one to three years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquariums with CO2:** Holding a steady pH by switching a solenoid valve on the CO2 line.
- **Calcium reactors:** Regulating the CO2 feed so the reactor chamber stays at its target pH.
- **Soft-water tanks:** Systems with low carbonate hardness where CO2 can push pH down quickly.
- **Replacing manual checks:** Continuous measurement instead of occasional drop tests.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Connect and power up:** Fit the electrode to the BNC socket, then plug the unit into the mains; it is then ready for programming.
- **Calibrate at two points:** Rinse the probe in distilled water, place it in pH 7 buffer, press Prog./Enter with CAL 7, wait about 30 seconds, then repeat with pH 4 and CAL 4.
- **Set mode and target:** Choose High or Low, set the target with SET and the plus and minus keys, and adjust the hysteresis.
- **Place the probe well:** At least 5 cm below the surface in a well-circulated spot, with the shaft dry; Aqua Medic recommends its electrode holder.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete set:** Controller, plastic-shafted pH electrode with BNC fitting and calibration fluids.
- **Switched socket:** Turns a CO2 solenoid valve or other load of up to 500 W on and off.
- **Wide control range:** pH 3.0 to 11.0, for planted tanks and calcium reactors alike.
- **Adjustable hysteresis:** Sets the switching band to avoid constant valve cycling.
- **Memory through power loss:** The set point is kept when the power drops out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM20100
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Controller Set
- **Manufacturer Item:** 201.00
- **Measuring Range:** pH 0–14, resolution 0.01 pH
- **Control Range:** pH 3.0–11.0, on/off with adjustable hysteresis
- **Switching Capacity:** Up to 500 W via the supplied external socket
- **Supply Voltage:** 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz
- **Electrode:** Plastic (polysulfone) shaft, BNC connector, pH 0–14
- **In the Set:** pH computer, pH electrode, calibration fluids
- **Warranty:** 24 months from purchase via the dealer; electrodes are wear parts
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums with CO2 and marine calcium reactors
---
#### Aqua Medic Ph Monitor
Continuous LED pH display with electrode and calibration fluids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12901
- Price: $244.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM20300 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901139136
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/MC120__74407__53700.jpg
pH rarely moves without a reason, and a figure on a display that is always on catches a drifting CO2 system or a tired calcium reactor long before a weekly test does. Aqua Medic pH Monitor (SKU: AM20300) is Aqua Medic's precision instrument for permanent pH monitoring in aquariums: an LED display that shows the current pH of the aquarium water continuously, read through a pH electrode on a BNC connection. It measures across the full scale from pH 0.00 to 14.00, and it is a monitor only, with no switched output, so it reports the value rather than controlling anything. Aqua Medic lists the monitor under item 502.75 and supplies it ready to run, with electrode, calibration test liquids, power supply and an electrode holder in the box.
Because it shows two decimal places, small daily swings become visible: the pH dip as CO2 builds up in a planted tank, the climb after the lights come on, or the effect of a kalkwasser dose in a reef. The supplied test liquids let the electrode be calibrated exactly before use, and Aqua Medic recommends its pH test fluids for regular checks and recalibration afterwards. The electrode works on the standard BNC connection used across Aqua Medic's measuring units, and Aqua Medic notes that every pH electrode ages through exchange processes on its glass membrane, making it a consumable part that will eventually need replacing. It only needs to sit a few centimetres into the water, held in place by the included holder. White potassium chloride crystals around the protective cap come from electrolyte leaking in storage, do not affect measurement and rinse off with water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted tanks with CO2:** Watching how far pH falls during the CO2 period and recovers overnight.
- **Reef aquariums:** Keeping an eye on pH alongside calcium reactors and kalkwasser dosing.
- **Breeding and soft-water tanks:** Species kept in a narrow pH band where drift matters.
- **Checking a controller:** A second, independent reading beside an existing pH controller.
**How to Use**
- **Connect the electrode:** Plug the probe into the BNC socket and the power supply into the monitor.
- **Calibrate first:** Use the supplied test liquids to calibrate the electrode before it goes into the tank.
- **Mount the probe:** Fit it in the electrode holder a few centimetres below the surface where water circulates.
- **Recheck regularly:** Recalibrate with pH test fluid whenever readings look doubtful, and replace a worn electrode.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Always-on display:** The LED readout shows pH continuously, not on demand.
- **Full measuring scale:** pH 0.00 to 14.00 with two decimal places.
- **BNC connection:** Takes Aqua Medic pH electrodes on the standard BNC plug.
- **Ready to run:** Electrode, test liquids, power supply and holder included.
- **Monitor only:** No switching output, so it suits tanks that need a reading rather than control.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM20300
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901139136
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Monitor
- **Manufacturer Item:** 502.75
- **Measuring Range:** pH 0.00–14.00
- **Display:** LED, continuous pH reading
- **Connection:** BNC for pH electrode
- **In the Box:** pH monitor, pH electrode with BNC fitting, calibration test liquids, power supply, electrode holder
- **Electrode:** Wear part; replace when it no longer calibrates
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Refractometer Calibration Fluid 35ppm 60ml
35 ppt seawater standard for checking and setting a salinity refractometer.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/refractometer-calibration-fluid-35ppm-60ml/
- Price: $17.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM659201 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901117479
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM659201.jpg
A refractometer zeroed with RO water can still read wrongly at seawater strength, and an error of one or two points of salinity is enough to stress corals over time. Aqua Medic Refractometer Calibration Fluid 35ppm 60ml (SKU: AM659201) is a 60 mL bottle of reference solution at 35 ‰, the salinity of natural seawater, used to check and calibrate a salinity refractometer at the point where reef keepers actually read it. Although the product name says 35ppm, the solution is a 35 parts per thousand (ppt) standard; 35 ppm would be almost fresh water. On the seawater scale of a refractometer, 35 ppt corresponds to a specific gravity of about 1.026.
The reason for a seawater-strength standard is accuracy where it matters. A prism refractometer is most reliable close to the value it was calibrated at, so setting it with a 35 ppt solution makes readings around normal reef salinity more trustworthy than setting it with fresh water alone. The routine is simple: a couple of drops on the clean prism, the daylight plate closed, a look through the eyepiece, and if the line does not sit on 35 ppt (1.026), the small adjustment screw under the cap on top of the refractometer is turned until it does. The prism is then rinsed with fresh water and dried before the first aquarium sample. A common recommendation is to calibrate about once every couple of months, or more often for greater confidence, and again whenever readings look doubtful. Keep the bottle tightly closed so evaporation does not concentrate it, and allow fluid and refractometer to reach room temperature before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New refractometers:** Checking the factory setting before the first reading.
- **Routine checks:** Every couple of months, and whenever readings look doubtful.
- **Before salt-mixing:** Confirming the instrument before making up a large batch of seawater.
- **Comparing instruments:** Bringing two refractometers onto the same reference point.
**How to Use**
- **Clean the prism:** Wipe it clean and dry, with fluid and instrument at room temperature.
- **Apply the standard:** Place two or three drops on the prism and close the cover plate.
- **Read and adjust:** Look towards light; if the line is off 35 ppt (1.026), turn the calibration screw until it matches.
- **Rinse and store:** Rinse the prism with fresh water, dry it, and cap the bottle tightly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **35 ppt reference:** Calibrates at natural seawater salinity.
- **Specific gravity check:** Corresponds to about 1.026 on the seawater scale.
- **60 mL bottle:** A few drops per check, so it lasts many calibrations.
- **Works with prism refractometers:** Any salinity refractometer with a calibration screw.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM659201
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901117479
- **Product Type:** Testing > Refractometer Calibration Fluid
- **Net Volume:** 60 mL
- **Salinity Standard:** 35 ‰ (35 ppt), about 1.026 specific gravity
- **Use:** A couple of drops per calibration
- **Calibration Interval:** About every two months, or when readings are in doubt
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Universal Holder - Wall Mount
Wall bracket for mounting Aqua Medic's monitor and controller units.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/universal-holder-wall-mount/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM204000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147025
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aqua-Medic-Universal-holder-1-510x524-optimized.png
A cabinet with a pH monitor, an ozone generator and a water-level controller all sitting loose on the floor of it is a cabinet where something eventually gets knocked or splashed. Aqua Medic Universal Holder - Wall Mount (SKU: AM204000) is Aqua Medic's wall-mounting bracket for its range of standalone monitors and controllers, listed by the maker as suited to the pH monitor, the mV monitor, the Ozone 30, 90, 250 and 400 generators, the Aquaniveau 2.0 water-level controller, the DrainTuna, the T Controller Twin 2.0 and 2.0 PRO, and the Ocean Clear fleece filter's control unit. Rather than a model-specific cradle, it is a single bracket design that these different units all clip or seat into.
Fixed inside a cabinet or sump cupboard wall, the holder keeps whichever unit it carries off the cabinet floor, away from any water that collects there and clear of hoses and cables run along the bottom. It suits a dry, vertical surface close to where the controller's probe or sensor needs to reach, so the cable or electrode lead does not have to stretch. Because the same holder design serves this whole list of Aqua Medic instruments, a cabinet running several of them, say an ozone generator and a redox monitor side by side, can mount both from the same part rather than needing a different bracket for each. It is a simple fixed fitting with no electronics of its own; the monitor or controller it carries still needs its own power and sensor connections made in the usual way.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mounting a pH or mV monitor:** Keeping the unit fixed and off the cabinet floor.
- **Fixing an ozone generator:** Securing an Ozone 30, 90, 250 or 400 to a cabinet wall.
- **Water-level and drain controllers:** Mounting an Aquaniveau 2.0 or DrainTuna unit.
- **Multiple Aqua Medic units:** Tidying a cabinet running several of the listed instruments.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a dry position:** Pick a vertical surface clear of likely splashes.
- **Fix the holder:** Screw it to the cabinet wall or sump cupboard panel.
- **Seat the unit:** Clip or slide the monitor or controller into the holder.
- **Route the leads:** Run the power cable and sensor lead tidily to their connections.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One holder, many units:** A single design for several Aqua Medic instruments.
- **Keeps units off the floor:** Away from water pooling in the base of a cabinet.
- **Wall or panel mounting:** Fixes to a cabinet wall or sump cupboard side.
- **Simple, fixed fitting:** No electronics or moving parts of its own.
- **Tidies multi-unit set-ups:** Several Aqua Medic controllers mounted the same way.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM204000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147025
- **Product Type:** Testing > Controller Wall Mount
- **Compatible Units:** pH monitor; mV monitor; Ozone 30, 90, 250 and 400; Aquaniveau 2.0; DrainTuna; T Controller Twin 2.0 and 2.0 PRO; Ocean Clear control unit
- **Mounting:** Wall or cabinet panel, fixed with screws
- **Material:** Plastic bracket
- **Function:** Holds the listed unit clear of the cabinet floor; no power or sensor connections of its own
- **Target Environment:** Cabinets and sump cupboards of freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Filters
#### Aqua Medic Evo 100 Internal Nano Skimmer
Slim acrylic needle-wheel skimmer with controller for nano reefs up to 100 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/evo-100-internal-nano-skimmer/
- Price: $189.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM410015 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147506
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/evo-100.png
Nano reefs have the least water to dilute waste and the least room for equipment, so a skimmer has to be both effective and narrow enough to hide. Aqua Medic EVO 100 Internal Nano Skimmer (SKU: AM410015) is Aqua Medic's compact internal protein skimmer for saltwater aquariums up to 100 L, housed in an ultra-slim body of clear acrylic. A needle-wheel pump with a capacity of approximately 60 L/h produces the air-water mix, drawing a maximum of 5 W at 12 V, and the integrated controller lets the pump power be turned up or down to suit the tank's bioload and the foam it produces.
The skimmer measures about 71 × 58 × 295 mm and has a maximum immersion depth of 220 mm, so it fits the rear chambers of many all-in-one nano tanks as well as the corner of a small display. Its variable height support system allows the skimmer to be raised or lowered to suit the water level, which, together with the controller, is how the foam is tuned wetter or drier. Because the body is clear, the bubble column and foam build-up can be checked without lifting the skimmer out. A silencer is supplied for the air intake, and the pump runs from a transformer for 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz mains. The EVO 501, rated to 250 L, is the larger internal skimmer in the same line.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** Saltwater tanks up to 100 L that need nutrient export.
- **All-in-one rear chambers:** A narrow 71 × 58 mm footprint for built-in filter sections.
- **Soft coral and LPS tanks:** Adjustable pump power for lighter bioloads.
- **Quiet rooms:** Bedroom or office tanks where the silencer matters.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the depth:** Keep the water no deeper than 220 mm on the skimmer body.
- **Adjust the height:** Use the support system to set the skimmer level against the water line.
- **Start low on the controller:** Begin with reduced pump power and raise it as foam builds.
- **Clean the cup:** Empty and rinse it regularly to keep skimming consistent.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-slim acrylic housing:** Clear, sturdy body for tight spaces.
- **Needle-wheel pump:** Approx. 60 L/h capacity at a maximum of 5 W.
- **Integrated controller:** Full control over pump power.
- **Variable height support:** Positions the skimmer to suit the water level.
- **Silencer supplied:** Reduces air-intake noise.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM410015
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147506
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Nano Protein Skimmer
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 100 L
- **Pump:** Needle wheel, approx. 60 L/h
- **Power:** Max. 5 W; pump 12 V, transformer 110–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 71 × 58 × 295 mm
- **Immersion Depth:** Max. 220 mm
- **Material:** Acrylic housing
- **Included:** Pump controller and silencer
- **Target Environment:** Marine nano aquariums up to 100 L
---
#### Aqua Medic Evo 501 Internal Protein Skimmer
DC Runner-driven internal skimmer for marine aquariums up to 250 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/evo-501-internal-protein-skimmer/
- Price: $349.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM410018 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901145991
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/368102.jpg
A marine tank without a sump still needs its dissolved organics pulled out before they break down into nitrate and phosphate, and a hang-in skimmer is the usual answer. Aqua Medic EVO 501 Internal Protein Skimmer (SKU: AM410018) is Aqua Medic's motor-driven internal skimmer for marine aquariums up to 250 L, built around the DC Runner 800 pump. In the EVO 501 that pump works with a 3D needle wheel, which Aqua Medic says delivers a large amount of air and an optimum bubble structure, and it draws no more than 7 W. Polished ceramic bearings and shafts are used for quiet, low-maintenance running, and an included silencer on the air intake keeps operation almost soundless, according to the maker.
The skimmer works on the usual principle: the pump mixes tank water with air, the needle wheel breaks it into fine bubbles, organic compounds cling to the bubble surfaces in the reaction tube, and the resulting foam rises into the cup. Aqua Medic credits the high skimming capacity to the internal water flow and the conical foam cup. The unit measures about 155 × 80 × 365 mm, needs an immersion depth of about 23 cm, and comes with two holding systems, both adjustable in height, so it can hang in the display or in a filter chamber. The pump runs at 24 V from a transformer for 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz mains.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sumpless reef tanks:** Skimming directly in displays up to 250 L.
- **Rear filter chambers:** All-in-one tanks with a compartment deep enough for 23 cm immersion.
- **Filter compartments:** A compact skimmer for a chamber too small for an in-sump model.
- **Heavier fish loads:** Removing organics from tanks with messy feeders or many fish.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick a holder:** Choose the holding system that suits the tank wall or chamber.
- **Set the depth:** Adjust the height so the skimmer sits about 23 cm deep in the water.
- **Fit the silencer:** Attach it to the air intake and connect the 24 V supply away from splashes.
- **Allow running-in:** Expect several days before foam production settles; empty the cup regularly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **DC Runner 800 pump:** Efficient 24 V DC drive drawing a maximum of 7 W.
- **3D needle wheel:** High air volume and fine bubble structure.
- **Conical foam cup:** Shaped to support high skimming capacity.
- **Two height-adjustable holders:** Fits many styles of aquarium and filter.
- **Silencer included:** For near-silent air intake.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM410018
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901145991
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Protein Skimmer
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 250 L
- **Pump:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 800 with 3D needle wheel
- **Power:** Max. 7 W; pump 24 V, transformer 110–240 V / 50–60 Hz
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 155 × 80 × 365 mm (total height 365 mm)
- **Immersion Depth:** Approx. 23 cm
- **Included:** Silencer, two height-adjustable holding systems, 24 V transformer
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums up to 250 L
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Bag 1 22 X 15cm (2 Pcs)
Small zip-closing media bags for carbon, phosphate remover and other granules.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/filter-bag-1-22-x-15cm-2-pcs/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM42901 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901115871
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM42901.jpg
Loose carbon or phosphate granules poured straight into a filter end up in the pump, the sump corners and the display. Aqua Medic Filter Bag 1 22 X 15cm (2 Pcs) (SKU: AM42901) is the smallest of Aqua Medic's zip-closing filter bags (item 429.01), a two-pack of 22 × 15 cm bags made to contain fine filter media such as activated carbon, Antiphos Fe or other granular media. Each bag closes with a zip fastener rather than a drawstring or a knot, so spent media can be tipped out and fresh media added quickly, and the bag reused. Aqua Medic lists the bags as suitable for both freshwater and saltwater.
At 22 by 15 cm this is the size for modest amounts of media: a small dose of carbon to clear yellowing after medication, a measured portion of phosphate adsorber in a nano sump, or a single layer of media in the basket of a canister or hang-on filter. A bag is most effective where water is forced through it rather than around it, and it should be filled loosely so the granules can move and water reaches all of them. Rinsing new media before bagging keeps fine dust out of the tank. Aqua Medic Carbolit and Antiphos Fe are the maker's own media in this role, and Bags 2 and 3 offer longer versions of the same 22 cm wide format.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Short carbon runs:** A small portion of activated carbon after medication or to clear yellowing.
- **Nano sump media:** Phosphate remover in a small chamber of a nano or all-in-one tank.
- **Canister baskets:** Keeping granules separate from sponges and ceramic media.
- **Trial doses:** Testing a new medium in a measured amount before using more.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse the media:** Wash granules in RO or tank water before filling to remove dust.
- **Fill loosely:** Leave space in the bag so water passes through every granule.
- **Place in the flow:** Position the bag where water must pass through it, not around it.
- **Change and reuse:** Unzip, empty spent media, rinse the bag and refill.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Zip fastener:** Quick, easy media changes without cutting or tying.
- **Smallest size:** 22 × 15 cm for compact filters and small media loads.
- **For fine media:** Activated carbon, Antiphos Fe and other granules.
- **Two per pack:** One in use and one ready for the next change.
- **Fresh or salt:** Suitable for both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM42901
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901115871
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Media Bag
- **Manufacturer Item:** 429.01
- **Size:** 22 × 15 cm
- **Contents:** 2 bags
- **Closure:** Zip fastener
- **Suitable Media:** Activated carbon, Antiphos Fe, other granular media
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Bag 2 22 × 30 cm (AM42902); Filter Bag 3 22 × 45 cm (AM42903); Filter Bag 4 200 µm prefilter (AM42911)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium filters and sumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Bag 2 22 X 30cm (2 Pcs)
Mid-length zip media bags sized for sump chambers and larger canisters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/filter-bag-2-22-x-30cm-2-pcs/
- Price: $30.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM42902 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901115888
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM42902.jpg
Most mid-size sump systems run some chemical filtration all the time, whether carbon to keep the water clear or an iron-based adsorber to hold phosphate down, and both need containing. Aqua Medic Filter Bag 2 22 X 30cm (2 Pcs) (SKU: AM42902) is the middle size of Aqua Medic's filter bags (item 429.02), supplied as two 22 × 30 cm bags with zip fasteners. Aqua Medic designs them to hold fine filter media such as activated carbon, Antiphos Fe and other granular media, and lists them for use in freshwater and saltwater alike. The zip fastener means media can be tipped out and replaced quickly, and the bag used again.
The 30 cm length is double that of Filter Bag 1 on the same 22 cm width, so it carries a larger charge of media spread more thinly, which helps water reach all the granules instead of channelling through a packed lump. It suits a dedicated media compartment in a sump, the floor of a filter chamber where it can lie flat across the flow, or the trays of a larger canister filter. With two bags in the pack, two media can run side by side, for example carbon in one and phosphate adsorber in the other, each changed on its own schedule. Rinse new media before use and leave the bag loosely filled.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Continuous carbon:** Ongoing activated carbon in a medium sump or canister.
- **Phosphate control:** Holding Antiphos Fe or similar granules in the water flow.
- **Two media at once:** Carbon and phosphate remover in separate bags.
- **Larger canister trays:** A bag long enough to cover a full media tray.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Lay it across the flow:** Spread the bag flat so water passes through the media layer.
- **Do not overfill:** Leave room for the granules to settle loosely.
- **Label each bag:** Note the media and start date to keep change intervals straight.
- **Rinse between uses:** Empty, rinse in tank or RO water, and refill.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Middle size:** 22 × 30 cm for medium media loads.
- **Zip closure:** Easy filling and emptying of granular media.
- **Thin media layer:** More length lets the same media spread out.
- **Twin pack:** Two bags for two media or a ready spare.
- **Freshwater and saltwater:** For any filter system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM42902
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901115888
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Media Bag
- **Manufacturer Item:** 429.02
- **Size:** 22 × 30 cm
- **Contents:** 2 bags
- **Closure:** Zip fastener
- **Suitable Media:** Activated carbon, Antiphos Fe, other granular media
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Bag 1 22 × 15 cm (AM42901); Filter Bag 3 22 × 45 cm (AM42903); Filter Bag 4 200 µm prefilter (AM42911)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine sumps and canister filters
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Bag 3 22 X 45cm (2 Pcs)
Largest zip media bags for long sump chambers and bulk media.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/filter-bag-3-22-x-45cm-2-pcs/
- Price: $40.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM42903 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901115895
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM42903.jpg
Large reef and fish-only systems use filter media by the litre rather than the scoop, and a small bag packed tight wastes most of what is in it. Aqua Medic Filter Bag 3 22 X 45cm (2 Pcs) (SKU: AM42903) is the largest of Aqua Medic's zip-closing filter bags (item 429.03), a pair of 22 × 45 cm bags intended, like the smaller sizes, for fine filter media such as activated carbon, Antiphos Fe or other granular media. The zip fastener makes changing the contents quick and clean, and Aqua Medic lists the bags for use in both freshwater and saltwater systems.
At 45 cm long, three times the length of Filter Bag 1, the bag can hold a bulk charge of media while keeping it in a shallow layer, or be laid along the length of a sump compartment so the whole flow passes over and through it. That makes it the practical size for large sumps, big carbon changes on fish-only systems and long media chambers. A large, heavy bag of wet granules is easier to handle if it is filled and zipped beside the sump, then lowered in, rather than filled in place. As with any media bag, rinse the media first, leave some slack in the bag and keep it in a part of the filter where water cannot bypass it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large sumps:** Bulk carbon or phosphate media in big reef or fish-only systems.
- **Long media chambers:** A bag that runs the length of a compartment.
- **Heavy carbon changes:** Clearing discoloured water or medication residues in large volumes.
- **Shallow media beds:** Spreading a lot of media thinly for even flow.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fill beside the sump:** Load and zip the bag on a bench, then lower it into place.
- **Keep the layer shallow:** Spread the media out rather than packing it into one end.
- **Block the bypass:** Seat the bag so water flows through it, not around it.
- **Swap on schedule:** Replace the media at the interval its maker recommends, then rinse the bag.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest size:** 22 × 45 cm for bulk media.
- **Zip fastener:** Fast, tidy media changes and reusable bags.
- **Room to spread:** Long format keeps heavy loads in a thin layer.
- **For granular media:** Carbon, Antiphos Fe and similar products.
- **Two bags:** Run two media or keep one in reserve.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM42903
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901115895
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Media Bag
- **Manufacturer Item:** 429.03
- **Size:** 22 × 45 cm
- **Contents:** 2 bags
- **Closure:** Zip fastener
- **Suitable Media:** Activated carbon, Antiphos Fe, other granular media
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Bag 1 22 × 15 cm (AM42901); Filter Bag 2 22 × 30 cm (AM42902); Filter Bag 4 200 µm prefilter (AM42911)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater and marine sump systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Bag 4 200m - 90mm X L 300mm - (2 Pcs)
Fine 200 µm prefilter socks for catching detritus in a sump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/filter-bag-4-200m-90mm-x-l-300mm-2-pcs/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM42911 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901135213
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM42911.jpg
Water arriving in a sump from the overflow carries uneaten food, detritus and bits of algae, and if nothing stops it, it settles in the sump or passes straight back to the display. Aqua Medic Filter Bag 4 200m - 90mm X L 300mm - (2 Pcs) (SKU: AM42911) is a two-pack of Aqua Medic filter bags with a 200 µm mesh (item 429.11), intended for use as a mechanical prefilter in a sump filter. The "200m" in the catalogue name refers to the 200 micron (µm) mesh. Retailers describe the bags as about 10 cm in diameter, while the catalogue name gives 90 mm by 300 mm long, so it is worth checking the opening against the holder or ring in the sump before ordering.
A 200 µm mesh is fine enough to trap a great deal of suspended particulate before it reaches the skimmer and return pump, and because the bag is a removable sock, the trapped waste leaves the system each time the bag is changed. The trade-off of a fine mesh is that it clogs sooner than a coarse one, so a 200 µm bag on a busy reef usually needs changing every few days. Aqua Medic also makes a 200 µm prefilter bag of about 10 cm diameter supplied with an acrylic holder (item 429.10) for hanging under a sump's drain pipe. For a coarser bag that lasts longer between cleans, the Filter Bag Multi uses a 1000 µm mesh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump prefiltration:** Catching detritus where the overflow drain enters the sump.
- **Clearing cloudy water:** Polishing out fine particles after aquascaping or a sand stir-up.
- **Protecting the skimmer:** Keeping debris out of the skimmer and return chambers.
- **Spare socks:** A clean bag ready while the used one is washed.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Check the fit:** Confirm the bag suits the holder or ring in the sump before installing.
- **Hang under the drain:** Position it so all the overflow water passes through the bag.
- **Change often:** Swap the bag every few days or as soon as water starts to bypass it.
- **Clean thoroughly:** Turn it inside out, rinse off the waste and let it dry before reuse.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 µm mesh:** Fine mechanical filtration of suspended particles.
- **Sump prefilter:** Designed to sit where the drain water arrives.
- **Removable waste:** Trapped detritus leaves the system with the bag.
- **Two per pack:** Rotate one while the other is cleaned.
- **Reusable:** Rinsed and refitted rather than thrown away.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM42911
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901135213
- **Product Type:** Filters > Sump Prefilter Bag (200 µm)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 429.11
- **Mesh Size:** 200 µm
- **Size:** 90 mm × 300 mm as catalogued; retailers quote about 10 cm diameter
- **Contents:** 2 bags
- **Use:** Mechanical prefilter in a sump filter
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Bag 1 (AM42901); Filter Bag 2 (AM42902); Filter Bag 3 (AM42903) zip media bags
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater sump filter systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Bag Multi 1000m - 100mm X L 230mm - (2 Pcs)
Coarse 1000 µm prefilter bags for cabinet sump filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/filter-bag-multi-1000m-100mm-x-l-230mm-2-pcs/
- Price: $45.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM42912 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901140316
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM42912.jpg
A fine filter sock catches almost everything but can clog within days, and on a heavily fed system that means a sock change every couple of days or water spilling over the top. Aqua Medic Filter Bag Multi 1000m - 100mm X L 230mm - (2 Pcs) (SKU: AM42912) is Aqua Medic's filter bag multi (item 429.12), a two-pack of coarse bags with a 1000 µm mesh for use as a prefilter in a cabinet sump filter. The "1000m" in the catalogue name refers to 1000 micron (µm) mesh. Aqua Medic supplies the bags without a holder and names its Armatus cabinet filters as an example of where they fit.
A 1000 µm mesh holds back larger debris, uneaten pellets, algae fragments and the odd snail, while finer particles carry on to the skimmer and the rest of the filter. Because the openings are coarse, the bag takes much longer to block than a 200 µm sock, which suits systems where daily attention is not practical. Size figures differ by source: about 230 mm long, with a diameter given as 90 mm in one listing, about 10.5 cm in another and 100 mm in the catalogue name, so the bag should be checked against the sump's holder or ring. Granules or loose filter media larger than 1 mm can also be held in the bag inside a filter chamber.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cabinet sump prefilter:** Coarse straining of drain water in a sump with a holder or ring.
- **Heavily fed tanks:** Catching pellets and debris without daily sock changes.
- **Two-stage prefiltration:** A coarse first stage ahead of finer media.
- **Loose coarse media:** Holding chunky media too large to pass a 1 mm mesh.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Check the holder:** Confirm the bag diameter suits the sump's ring before fitting.
- **Fit under the drain:** Seat the bag so the overflow water passes through it.
- **Empty regularly:** Remove collected debris before it starts to break down.
- **Rinse and rotate:** Wash one bag while the second is in service.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1000 µm mesh:** Coarse straining that is slow to clog.
- **For cabinet sump filters:** Aqua Medic names the Armatus range as an example.
- **No holder needed in the pack:** Bags only, for sumps with their own ring.
- **Two bags:** One in use, one being cleaned.
- **Removes debris from the system:** Waste leaves with the bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM42912
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901140316
- **Product Type:** Filters > Sump Prefilter Bag (1000 µm)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 429.12
- **Mesh Size:** 1000 µm
- **Size:** Approx. 230 mm long; diameter quoted as 90–105 mm (100 mm in catalogue name)
- **Contents:** 2 bags, without holder
- **Use:** Prefilter in a cabinet sump filter, e.g. Aqua Medic Armatus
- **Finer Alternative:** Filter Bag 4, 200 µm (AM42911)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater cabinet sump filters
---
#### Aqua Medic Multi Reactor L - Gen Ii
Twin-chamber media reactor with 12 V pump for aquariums up to 800 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aqua-medic-multi-reactor-l-gen-ii/
- Price: $424.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM409950 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143171
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/multi-reactor-s-gen-ii.webp
Carbon and phosphate absorber work far harder when water is driven through them than when a media bag sits in a quiet corner of the sump. Aqua Medic Multi Reactor L - Gen II (SKU: AM409950) is the largest of Aqua Medic's second-generation filter reactors, rated for aquariums up to 800 litres and supplied with its own 12 V safety-voltage pump. It works inside the aquarium or the filter sump with an internal water supply, so there are no external hoses to route, and its strong flow pushes water through whichever media is loaded, sold separately: activated carbon such as Carbolit, a phosphate absorber such as antiphos Fe, zeolite or fine filter media. The flow rate is adjustable to suit the media in use.
The L holds about 0.8 litres of media without sponge (gross volume about 1.2 L) in a body of roughly 100 × 100 × 465 mm, and its pump moves about 450 L/h on around 14 W. Like the M, it has a double-chamber reaction tube, so two different media can run at the same time, carbon in one chamber and phosphate absorber in the other, for example; taking out the separating bottom turns it into one large chamber. It is the only size in the range that can also stand upright in a filter sump, and its holder fits glass up to 12 mm thick. The filling tube lifts out for refilling while the housing and pump stay in the water. Gen II brings quieter running, less vibration through a decoupled pump connection, and calmer flow with an adjustable water level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger reef systems:** Tanks up to 800 L that need more media than a bag can hold.
- **Two media at once:** Carbon and phosphate absorber kept in separate chambers.
- **Sump installations:** Standing vertically in the filter tank, a mounting unique to the L.
- **Tanks without a sump:** Hung on the aquarium glass up to 12 mm thick.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the position:** Clamp to the glass with the holder or stand the reactor upright in the sump.
- **Load the media:** Rinse the media and fill one or both chambers, fitting the separating bottom for two.
- **Connect the pump:** Plug the 12 V pump into its power supply and set the water level.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust the flow to suit the media, then check after refilling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double chamber:** Two media in one reactor, or one large chamber.
- **450 L/h pump:** 12 V safety-voltage pump included.
- **0.8 L fill:** The largest media capacity in the Gen II range.
- **Vertical sump mounting:** Exclusive to the L model.
- **Quieter Gen II design:** Decoupled pump and adjustable water level.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM409950
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143171
- **Product Type:** Filters > Media Reactor
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 800 L
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 100 × 100 × 465 mm (L × W × H)
- **Media Capacity:** Approx. 0.8 L without sponge; gross volume approx. 1.2 L
- **Pump:** 12 V, approx. 450 L/h, approx. 14 W
- **Mounting:** Holder for glass up to 12 mm, or vertical in a filter sump
- **Filter Media:** Not included
- **Other Sizes:** Multi Reactor M - Gen II (AM409940), up to 500 L
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums and filter sumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Multi Reactor M - Gen Ii
Double-chamber media reactor with 12 V pump for aquariums up to 500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/aqua-medic-multi-reactor-m-gen-ii/
- Price: $279.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM409940 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143164
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/multi-reactor-s-gen-ii.webp
Carbon and phosphate remover work far better with water pushed evenly through them than sitting in a bag in a corner of the sump, but a reactor for each medium soon crowds the cabinet. Aqua Medic Multi Reactor M - Gen Ii (SKU: AM409940) is the mid-size second-generation multi reactor from Aqua Medic, a compact fluidised media reactor with its own internal water supply that hangs in the aquarium or sits in the filter sump. Its double-chamber design holds two different filter media at once, for example Carbolit activated carbon in one chamber and antiphos Fe phosphate remover in the other, and removing the internal divider turns it into a single chamber for one larger fill.
The M measures about 80 × 60 × 390 mm, with a gross volume of about 540 mL and a filling capacity of about 380 mL of media without the sponge. The included pump runs on 12 V safety voltage at about 8 W and moves around 350 L/h, and Aqua Medic rates the reactor for aquariums of up to 500 L. Water flow and water level are both adjustable, so fine media can be fluidised gently while coarser media gets more flow. The filling tube is removable, which means the housing and pump stay in the tank while media is changed. New in the second generation are a decoupled pump connection for less vibration, very quiet running and a quieter water flow. The holder fits glass up to 12 mm thick. Filter media is sold separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two media at once:** Carbon and phosphate remover running side by side.
- **Reef and fish-only systems:** Efficient flow-through media for tanks up to 500 L.
- **Sumpless aquariums:** Hangs inside the display with its own water supply.
- **Freshwater use:** Zeolite, carbon or fine filter media in planted or community tanks.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount it:** Fix the holder on glass up to 12 mm thick, or stand it in the sump.
- **Fill the chambers:** Rinse the media and load one type per chamber, or remove the divider.
- **Adjust the flow:** Set flow and water level so the media tumbles gently, not violently.
- **Service in place:** Lift out the filling tube to change media while the pump stays put.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double chamber:** Two filter media used at the same time, or one large chamber.
- **Internal water supply:** Compact, with no external plumbing.
- **12 V safety pump:** Low-voltage pump of about 350 L/h included.
- **Quiet Gen II design:** Decoupled pump connection reduces vibration.
- **Adjustable flow and level:** Tunes the reactor to each medium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM409940
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143164
- **Product Type:** Filters > Media Reactor
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 80 × 60 × 390 mm
- **Volume:** About 540 mL gross; about 380 mL media without sponge
- **Pump:** 12 V, about 8 W, about 350 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 500 L
- **Mounting:** In aquarium (glass up to 12 mm) or sump
- **Other Sizes:** Multi Reactor S - Gen Ii (AM409930); Multi Reactor L - Gen Ii (AM409950)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ocean Clear - Fleece Roll Filter
Compact automatic fleece filter for sumps on aquariums up to 850 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/ocean-clear-fleece-roll-filter/
- Price: $389.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM408010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147421
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AM408010.webp
Filter socks catch dirt well for a day or two, then clog, overflow and wait in the laundry pile. Aqua Medic Ocean Clear - Fleece Roll Filter (SKU: AM408010) is Aqua Medic's compact fleece roll filter in acrylic, built for installation inside the filter sump and rated for marine and freshwater aquariums up to 850 litres. Water passes through a band of fleece that holds back coarse dirt, suspended particles and other organic waste. As the fleece loads, a water level sensor triggers the automatic roll feed and clean fleece moves into place, so mechanical filtration stays consistent without daily attention. Aqua Medic's aim is to cut the formation of nitrate and phosphate by removing waste early, while important trace elements stay in the water. The unit arrives fully pre-assembled.
At about 180 × 160 × 325 mm it fits even small filter tanks, and a variable, height-adjustable holder lets it be mounted from any of the four sides. The Ocean Clear can work alongside a protein skimmer, fed from the return line as a bypass, or run on its own with a separate pump connected straight to its connection piece, without changing the sump pipework; Aqua Medic recommends its DC Runner 800 or 1000 for that. The motor runs on 12 V DC from a 100–240 V transformer, the controller comes with a wall bracket, and the filter has two operating modes. One 40 m roll, about 100 mm wide in polypropylene fleece, is in the box, and Aqua Medic highlights the simple roll change. It is designed for operation inside the filter tank only.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump-filtered reefs:** Fine mechanical filtration without socks to wash.
- **Heavily fed systems:** Removing particles before they break down in the water.
- **Small filter tanks:** A compact body that mounts from any side.
- **Marine or freshwater:** Systems of either type up to 850 L.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position in the sump:** Fit the holder at the right height on whichever side suits the layout.
- **Choose the feed:** Take water from the return line as a bypass, or connect a DC Runner 800 or 1000.
- **Mount the controller:** Fix it on its wall bracket clear of splashes and connect the motor and transformer.
- **Check the feed:** Watch the first roll advance as the fleece loads and the water level rises.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Automatic roll feed:** A water level sensor advances fresh fleece when needed.
- **Compact acrylic body:** Suits small filter tanks.
- **Four-side mounting:** Height-adjustable holder for flexible placement.
- **Two ways to feed it:** Bypass from the return or its own pump.
- **Quick roll change:** A highlight of the design, according to Aqua Medic.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM408010
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147421
- **Product Type:** Filters > Fleece Roll Filter
- **Manufacturer Item:** 408.010
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 850 L
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 180 × 160 × 325 mm (L × W × H)
- **Power:** 12 V DC motor; transformer 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz
- **In the Box:** Ocean Clear filter, controller with wall bracket, one 40 m fleece roll, transformer
- **Recommended Pump:** Aqua Medic DC Runner 800 or 1000 for stand-alone operation
- **Replacement Roll:** Aqua Medic Ocean Clear Fleece Roll (AM408011)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with a filter sump
---
#### Aqua Medic Ozone 250
High-output 250 mg/h ozone generator for large systems up to 1,500 litres of saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12906
- Price: $370.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM204250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146417
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aqua-Medic-ozone-250-600x600-1.webp
Big fish-only systems, large reefs and shared filtration in a fish room carry an organic load that a skimmer alone cannot always keep up with. Aqua Medic Ozone 250 (SKU: AM204250) is the high-output model in this part of Aqua Medic's ozone series, a low-voltage generator producing up to 250 mg/h and rated for saltwater systems up to 1,500 L and freshwater systems up to 3,000 L. Aqua Medic's claims for the series are that ozone keeps water from turning yellow and crystal clear, improves protein skimming and raises redox potential, reduces bacteria in the water, which it links to preventing fish diseases, and supports the breakdown of toxic nitrite.
Despite the output, the 250 uses the same compact housing as the smaller units, about 178 × 84 × 46 mm, and draws only about 5 W at 12 V from a 110–240 V transformer. It needs a higher minimum air flow than the smaller models, about 100 L/h, up to a maximum of about 500 L/h, so it suits large skimmers with a strong air draw; the air line uses 4/6 mm hose. Output is adjustable, but at this level ozone is best run through a redox controller such as the Aqua Medic mV Computer Set, which switches the generator off at the chosen value instead of relying on a fixed setting. Every part in the ozone path, from hose to skimmer body, must be ozone-resistant, exhaust air from the skimmer should pass through activated carbon, and the room should be well ventilated. Drying the intake air with the Aqua Medic Ozone Booster helps hold output steady.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef and fish-only systems:** Saltwater volumes up to 1,500 L.
- **Fish rooms and shared sumps:** Several tanks on one large skimmer.
- **Big freshwater systems:** Clearer water in volumes up to 3,000 L.
- **Persistent yellowing:** Large systems where carbon alone is not enough.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Match the skimmer:** Use a large, ozone-resistant skimmer that draws at least about 100 L/h of air.
- **Fit a controller:** Switch the generator through a redox controller set to a safe value.
- **Connect safely:** Use ozone-resistant 4/6 mm hose and dry the intake air.
- **Filter and ventilate:** Run skimmer exhaust through activated carbon in a ventilated space.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 mg/h maximum:** For systems well beyond the reach of the 90.
- **About 5 W:** Low power draw from a 12 V supply.
- **Same compact case:** Big output in a small housing.
- **Adjustable output:** Set to suit system volume and load.
- **Higher air requirement:** Built for large skimmers with a strong air draw.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM204250
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146417
- **Product Type:** Filters > Ozone Generator
- **Manufacturer Item:** 204.250
- **Ozone Output:** Max. 250 mg/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Saltwater up to 1,500 L; freshwater up to 3,000 L
- **Power:** 12 V generator, approx. 5 W; transformer 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz
- **Air Flow:** Approx. 100–500 L/h
- **Hose Connection:** 4/6 mm
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 178 × 84 × 46 mm (L × W × H)
- **Other Sizes:** Ozone 30 (AM204030); Ozone 90 (AM204090)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine and freshwater systems with a protein skimmer
---
#### Aqua Medic Ozone 30
Low-voltage 30 mg/h ozone generator for smaller reef tanks up to 500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12904
- Price: $285.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM204030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146394
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-ozone-30-600x600-1.webp
A smaller reef with a busy fish load soon shows it: water that tints yellow between carbon changes and a skimmer that struggles to make dry foam. Aqua Medic Ozone 30 (SKU: AM204030) is the entry model of Aqua Medic's ozone series, a low-voltage ozone generator with a maximum output of 30 mg/h, rated for saltwater aquariums up to 500 L and freshwater aquariums up to 800 L. Aqua Medic states that ozone reliably stops the water turning yellow and leaves it crystal clear, improves protein skimming and raises the redox potential, reduces the bacterial load in the water, which the maker links to fewer fish diseases, and supports the breakdown of toxic nitrite.
The generator runs on 12 V from a 110–240 V transformer and draws about 2.5 W. Its output can be set in ten steps from 10% to 100%, which on this model means increments of about 3 mg/h, fine enough for a nano or small reef. The 30 mg/h maximum is rated in dry air, and Aqua Medic's ozone booster air dryer helps keep output up where the air is humid. Air flow through the unit can range from about 30 to 500 L/h, and the outlet takes 4/6 mm hose, normally run to the air intake of a protein skimmer so the ozone mixes in the reaction chamber. Ozone is hazardous if it is not applied properly: the skimmer must be ozone-resistant, ozone-resistant hose should be used, the skimmer's exhaust air is usually passed through activated carbon, and a redox controller such as the Aqua Medic mV Computer Set keeps dosing within limits.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Smaller reef aquariums:** Saltwater systems up to 500 L.
- **Yellow-tinted water:** Clearing the tint that builds up between carbon changes.
- **Weak skimming:** Improving skimmer performance, as Aqua Medic states.
- **Freshwater displays:** Clearer water in tanks up to 800 L.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the skimmer:** Confirm the skimmer and its fittings are ozone-resistant.
- **Connect the air line:** Run ozone-resistant 4/6 mm hose from the generator to the skimmer's air intake.
- **Start low:** Begin on the lowest step and raise output gradually while watching redox.
- **Treat the exhaust:** Pass the skimmer's exhaust air through activated carbon.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 mg/h maximum:** Sized for small marine systems.
- **Ten-step adjustment:** From 10% to 100% of output.
- **Low-voltage generator:** 12 V, about 2.5 W.
- **4/6 mm connection:** Standard hose size for skimmer air lines.
- **Fresh or salt water:** Rated for both, with separate volume limits.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM204030
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146394
- **Product Type:** Filters > Ozone Generator
- **Manufacturer Item:** 204.030
- **Ozone Output:** Max. 30 mg/h (in dry air)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Saltwater up to 500 L; freshwater up to 800 L
- **Power:** 12 V generator, approx. 2.5 W; transformer 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz
- **Air Flow:** Approx. 30–500 L/h
- **Hose Connection:** 4/6 mm
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 178 × 84 × 46 mm (L × W × H)
- **Other Sizes:** Ozone 90 (AM204090); Ozone 250 (AM204250)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with a protein skimmer
---
#### Aqua Medic Ozone 90
Adjustable 90 mg/h ozone generator for mid-sized reefs up to 800 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12905
- Price: $335.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM204090 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146400
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aqua-Medic-ozone-90.webp
On a mid-sized reef with a good number of fish, a redox reading that will not climb and a skimmer that stalls after feeding are both signs that organic load is winning. Aqua Medic Ozone 90 (SKU: AM204090) is the middle model of Aqua Medic's ozone series, a low-voltage generator delivering up to 90 mg/h, rated for saltwater aquariums up to 800 L and freshwater aquariums up to 1,500 L. According to Aqua Medic, ozone prevents the water from yellowing and keeps it crystal clear, improves protein skimming, raises redox potential, lowers the bacterial load in the water, which the maker connects with preventing fish diseases, and helps break down toxic nitrite.
Three times the output of the Ozone 30 comes in the same compact housing of about 178 × 84 × 46 mm, drawing only about 3.5 W from its 12 V supply, which is powered by a 110–240 V transformer. Output is adjustable, and the unit works with an air flow of about 50 to 500 L/h, so the skimmer or air pump feeding it needs to draw at least around 50 L/h. The 4/6 mm hose connection is normally run to the skimmer's air intake. With this much ozone available, most reef keepers let a redox controller decide when it runs: Aqua Medic's mV Computer Set switches the generator off once a chosen redox value is reached. Humid air from a closed cabinet can cut ozone output sharply, which is what the Aqua Medic Ozone Booster air dryer is for. The skimmer and hoses must be ozone-resistant, and the exhaust air is best filtered through activated carbon.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized reef tanks:** Saltwater systems up to 800 L.
- **Low redox:** Raising redox where organic load keeps it down.
- **Heavy feeding:** Supporting the skimmer in fish-heavy displays.
- **Large freshwater tanks:** Clearer water in systems up to 1,500 L.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Ozone-proof the path:** Use an ozone-resistant skimmer and hose from generator to air intake.
- **Check air flow:** Make sure at least about 50 L/h of air passes through the generator.
- **Add control:** Connect the generator through a redox controller such as the mV Computer Set.
- **Dry the air:** Fit an ozone booster if the air supply is humid.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **90 mg/h maximum:** Three times the output of the Ozone 30.
- **Adjustable output:** Set to suit the tank and its redox.
- **Efficient:** About 3.5 W at 12 V.
- **Compact housing:** The same small case across the series.
- **Controller-ready:** Pairs with a redox controller for automatic dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM204090
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146400
- **Product Type:** Filters > Ozone Generator
- **Manufacturer Item:** 204.090
- **Ozone Output:** Max. 90 mg/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Saltwater up to 800 L; freshwater up to 1,500 L
- **Power:** 12 V generator, approx. 3.5 W; transformer 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz
- **Air Flow:** Approx. 50–500 L/h
- **Hose Connection:** 4/6 mm
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 178 × 84 × 46 mm (L × W × H)
- **Other Sizes:** Ozone 30 (AM204030); Ozone 250 (AM204250)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with a protein skimmer
---
#### EVO 101 Internal Nano Skimmer
Compact Needle-Wheel Protein Skimmer for Nano Reef Aquariums & Compact Sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/evo-101-internal-nano-skimmer/
- Price: $159.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM410016
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/EVO-101-Internal-Nano-Skimmer-1.jpg
The EVO 101 Internal Nano Skimmer (SKU: AM410016) is an ultra-compact, high-efficiency protein skimmer specifically engineered for nano marine aquariums and compact sump compartments up to 100 litres. Driven by an energy-efficient needle-wheel impeller pump, this internal skimmer continuously mixes microscopic air bubbles with saltwater to fractionate and remove dissolved organic proteins, biological waste, and particulate matter before they break down into toxic ammonia and nitrates.
Designed with a tiny footprint to minimise space consumption inside rear filtration chambers or display aquariums, the EVO 101 features an easily adjustable collection cup and precise air intake controller. Its quiet operation and reliable foam production ensure optimal water clarity, elevated dissolved oxygen levels, and a stable environment for sensitive SPS, LPS corals, and marine invertebrates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Reef Aquarium Setup:** Provides primary organic waste removal in nano display tanks under 100 litres.
- **Rear Chamber Filtration:** Fits compact filter compartments in all-in-one (AIO) saltwater tanks.
- **Heavy Bioload Management:** Controls organic accumulation in densely stocked nano marine aquariums.
**Placement & Installation Guide**
- **Placement:** Position vertically inside the rear filter chamber or display tank, securing with the included mounting bracket.
- **Water Level Tuning:** Adjust the immersion depth so the foam line sits at the base of the collection cup neck.
- **Air Flow Adjustment:** Fine-tune the air intake valve to produce fine micro-bubbles without overflowing the waste cup.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Needle-Wheel Impeller Technology:** Generates dense micro-bubble clouds for maximum organic waste binding.
- **Compact Space-Saving Footprint:** Fits seamlessly into tight nano aquarium chambers without sacrificing skimming efficiency.
- **Adjustable Foam Control:** Precise cup height and airflow tuning prevent premature overflow or dry foam.
- **Energy-Efficient & Quiet Drive:** Low-wattage internal pump operates smoothly with minimal heat transfer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** EVO / Aqua Medic
- **SKU:** AM410016
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Nano Protein Skimmer
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 340 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 650 g
- **Pump Power Consumption:** 7 Watts
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Nano Coral Reef Aquariums
- **Treatment Capacity:** Recommended for aquariums up to 100 litres (25 US gallons)
---
#### Multi Reactor S - Gen Ii
Compact single-chamber media reactor with 4 W pump for nano and mid-size tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/multi-reactor-s-gen-ii/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM409930 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143157
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/multi-reactor-s-gen-ii.webp
A nano reef or small marine tank still benefits from carbon or phosphate remover in a proper reactor, but most reactors are built for sumps the tank does not have. Multi Reactor S - Gen Ii (SKU: AM409930) is the smallest model in Aqua Medic's second-generation multi reactor range, a slim fluidised media reactor about 60 × 50 × 325 mm that hangs inside the aquarium or stands in a filter sump. It has an internal water supply, so there are no hoses to run outside the tank, and it is supplied with a 12 V low-voltage safety pump. Filter media such as Carbolit activated carbon, antiphos Fe phosphate remover, zeolite or fine filter media is sold separately.
The S has a gross volume of about 270 mL and takes about 150 mL of media without the sponge, enough for a targeted dose of carbon or phosphate remover in a smaller system. Its pump draws about 4 W and moves around 200 L/h, and Aqua Medic rates it for aquariums of up to 350 L. Unlike the M and L, the S has a single chamber, so it runs one medium at a time. Flow and water level are adjustable, letting the media tumble gently rather than grind. The filling tube lifts out for refilling while the housing and pump stay in the tank. Second-generation improvements include a decoupled pump connection for less vibration and quieter running. The holder fits glass up to 12 mm thick.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** A reactor small enough to hide in the back of a small tank.
- **Sumpless aquariums:** Media reactor with its own internal water supply.
- **Targeted treatments:** A small charge of carbon after medication or for clarity.
- **Phosphate control:** antiphos Fe in flow-through for tanks up to 350 L.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Position it:** Clip it to glass up to 12 mm thick or place it in the sump.
- **Load the media:** Rinse and fill about 150 mL of a single medium.
- **Set the flow:** Adjust flow and level until the media moves gently.
- **Refill without draining:** Remove the filling tube to change media in place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact housing:** About 60 × 50 × 325 mm.
- **Low power:** 12 V pump drawing about 4 W.
- **Internal water supply:** No external hoses or plumbing.
- **Removable filling tube:** Easy media changes in place.
- **Gen II quiet running:** Decoupled pump connection for low vibration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM409930
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143157
- **Product Type:** Filters > Media Reactor
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 60 × 50 × 325 mm
- **Volume:** About 270 mL gross; about 150 mL media without sponge
- **Pump:** 12 V, about 4 W, about 200 L/h
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 350 L
- **Chambers:** Single
- **Other Sizes:** Multi Reactor M - Gen Ii (AM409940); Multi Reactor L - Gen Ii (AM409950)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Additives & Supplements
#### Aqua Medic Tri Complex - 3 X 2ltr Bag Pack
Three-part calcium, buffer and trace element dosing system for reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/tri-complex-3-x-2ltr-bag-pack/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM353000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901137651
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-tri-complex-3-x-2l-bag-pack-aquatic-supplies-australia-5311867_700x700.webp
Keeping calcium, alkalinity and trace elements all in balance by hand, with separate bottles and separate schedules, is where a lot of reef dosing goes wrong. Aqua Medic Tri Complex - 3 X 2ltr Bag Pack (SKU: AM353000) is Aqua Medic's three-part additive system for coral growth, supplied as three 2 L bags: a blue component combining a pH buffer with an iodine and fluorine complex, a white component that is a second pH buffer, and a red component carrying calcium, magnesium, strontium and other trace elements. Aqua Medic developed the system to give corals a balanced ratio of calcium and trace elements, ready to use straight from the bags with no mixing required.
The starting dose is 10 mL of each of the three components per 100 L of aquarium water, added daily, with equal amounts of all three dispensed into an area of strong water flow so they disperse before meeting each other. Carbonate hardness should be checked regularly: if it climbs above what is wanted, the dose is reduced, and if it needs lifting it can be increased toward Aqua Medic's target of 7 to 9 °dKH, with the three components buffering pH in the range of about 8.3 to 8.6. A little cloudiness when the white component goes in is normal and clears quickly. Aqua Medic recommends its reefdoser pumps for automatic dosing, with the suction tubes run to the bottom of each bag; without a pump, a large disposable syringe fitted to a 6 mm hose on a suction tube is the maker's suggested alternative. This three-part formulation is the earlier Tri Complex line; Aqua Medic's current catalogue lists a newer two-part "Tri Complex compact" at higher concentration, so it is worth confirming this exact three-bag version is still the one wanted before reordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily reef dosing:** Calcium, alkalinity and trace elements kept topped up together.
- **Replacing separate bottles:** One matched system instead of several unrelated additives.
- **Calcium without ion shift:** Where a straight calcium chloride dose would unbalance other ions.
- **Reducing water-change frequency:** Topping up trace elements between changes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Starting dose:** 10 mL each of blue, white and red per 100 L, daily.
- **Dose into flow:** Add equal amounts of all three into an area of strong circulation.
- **Check KH weekly:** Adjust the dose to hold carbonate hardness at 7 to 9 °dKH.
- **Automate it:** Use a dosing pump, or a large syringe on a 6 mm hose if dosing by hand.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three matched components:** Blue, white and red, dosed in equal amounts.
- **No mixing required:** Ready to use straight from the bags.
- **Calcium without ion shift:** Aqua Medic's stated advantage of the system.
- **Includes trace elements:** Vital elements carried in the red component.
- **Three 2 L bags:** 6 L of additive in total per pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM353000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901137651
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Calcium & Trace Element System
- **Pack:** 3 x 2 L bags (blue: pH buffer 1 + iodine/fluorine; white: pH buffer 2; red: calcium, magnesium, strontium + trace elements)
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL of each component per 100 L, daily, to start
- **pH Buffered To:** Approx. 8.3–8.6
- **Target Carbonate Hardness:** 7–9 °dKH
- **Dosing Method:** Dosing pump (e.g. Aqua Medic reefdoser), or syringe with 6 mm hose
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
### AQUA MEDIC — Accessories
#### Aqua Medic Colour Filter Set
52 mm orange and yellow lens filters for true-colour reef photos on smartphone or SLR.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12954
- Price: $44.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM65995 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901147520
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/369935.jpg
Anyone who has photographed a reef under blue-heavy lighting knows the result: a blue wash where the corals should be orange, green and red. Aqua Medic Colour Filter Set (SKU: AM65995) is Aqua Medic's 52 mm filter set for aquarium photography, made to bring corals closer to their natural colours on camera by reducing the blue part of the light. The set contains two 52 mm screw-in filters, an orange one marked 15,000 K for the blue light phase and a yellow one marked 20,000 K for the daylight spectrum, together with a filter holder with a metal thread that attaches to most smartphones, and a storage bag. Because the filters use a standard 52 mm thread, they also fit SLR camera lenses with the same filter size.
Aqua Medic's guidance on which filter to use follows the lighting. During the blue phase, when the aquarium runs mostly on its blue channels, the orange filter absorbs the blue part of the spectrum so the corals show their bright natural colours instead of a blue cast. In the daylight phase, with white light in the mix, the yellow filter gives improved colour rendition while keeping the scene balanced. On a smartphone, the holder sits over the main camera lens and the chosen filter screws into it; on an SLR, the filter screws directly onto a 52 mm lens. The live camera view through the filter also gives a quick, colour-corrected look at the tank on screen. For sharp results, hold the lens close and square to the glass to cut reflections, switch off the room lights, and keep the filters clean with a lens cloth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Blue-phase photography:** The orange filter under actinic-heavy lighting.
- **Daylight-phase photos:** The yellow filter under mixed white and blue light.
- **Coral records:** Truer colours when photographing frags and tracking growth.
- **SLR shooters:** Fits camera lenses with a 52 mm filter thread.
**How to Use**
- **Pick the filter:** Orange for blue lighting, yellow for the daylight spectrum.
- **Fit the holder:** Attach it over the phone's main lens and screw in the filter.
- **Shoot square-on:** Hold the lens close and straight to the glass to avoid reflections.
- **Store safely:** Return the filters to the bag and clean them with a lens cloth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two filters:** Orange (15,000 K) and yellow (20,000 K), both 52 mm.
- **Blue reduction:** Brings corals closer to natural colour on camera.
- **Smartphone holder:** Metal-threaded holder that fits most phones.
- **SLR compatible:** Standard 52 mm filter thread.
- **Storage bag included:** Keeps the set together and protected.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM65995
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901147520
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Photography Filter Set
- **Manufacturer Item:** 65995
- **Filter Size:** 52 mm thread
- **Filters:** Orange (15,000 K) for the blue light phase; yellow (20,000 K) for the daylight spectrum
- **In the Box:** 2 filters, smartphone filter holder with metal thread, storage bag
- **Compatibility:** Most smartphones; SLR lenses with a 52 mm filter thread
- **Target Environment:** Photographing marine reef and other aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Combfix - (6 Pcs)
Glue-free holders for fixing an overflow comb to aquarium glass up to 12 mm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12927
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41806 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901136449
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/4SVZJCRJ4UJORMIBVEYA4TJ2.webp
An overflow comb siliconed to the glass is there for good, which makes it awkward to clean, reposition or replace later. Aqua Medic Combfix - (6 Pcs) (SKU: AM41806) is a set of six holders from Aqua Medic for fixing an overflow comb to the aquarium without gluing. The supplier describes them as an optional support for Aqua Medic's comb 50 overflow comb, made of black ABS and suitable for glass up to 12 mm thick. With the comb held by these supports rather than sealant, it can be lifted out for cleaning or adjustment and put back in the same place, something a glued comb does not allow.
An overflow comb, or weir comb, sits at the edge of an overflow and lets surface water spill through narrow slots while keeping fish, snails and floating debris out of the drain. Fixing it with holders instead of silicone has practical advantages: the teeth can be scrubbed of coralline algae and biofilm outside the tank, the comb can be repositioned if the running water level needs to change, and nothing has to be cut away when the comb is eventually replaced. ABS is a rigid, water-resistant plastic widely used for aquarium fittings, and black holders sit unobtrusively against a black comb and overflow box. Before ordering, check two things: that the glass where the comb will sit is no thicker than 12 mm, the stated limit, and that the comb to be fitted is the Aqua Medic comb 50 or shares its profile, since the holders are made for that comb. Because no sealant has to cure, there is no wait with the tank drained before the overflow can run again.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New overflow set-ups:** Mounting a comb 50 without silicone.
- **Replacing a glued comb:** Switching to a removable fitting when the comb is renewed.
- **Easier cleaning:** Lifting the comb out to scrub algae from the teeth.
- **Running systems:** Fitting a comb without draining down to let sealant cure.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Measure the glass:** Confirm the thickness is 12 mm or less before fitting.
- **Space the holders:** Spread them evenly so the comb is supported along its length.
- **Set the height:** Position the comb so its slots sit at the planned water level.
- **Clean as needed:** Lift the comb from its holders, scrub the teeth and refit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Glue-free fixing:** Holds the overflow comb without silicone.
- **Six holders:** A pack of six pieces.
- **Black ABS:** Rigid plastic holders that blend with a black comb.
- **Glass to 12 mm:** The stated maximum glass thickness.
- **Removable comb:** Easier cleaning, adjustment and replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41806
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901136449
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Comb Holder
- **Contents:** 6 holders
- **Material:** Black ABS
- **Glass Thickness:** Up to 12 mm
- **Compatible Comb:** Aqua Medic comb 50
- **Fixing:** Glue-free
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with an overflow
---
#### Aqua Medic Coral Construct 20g
Cyanoacrylate coral glue that bonds frags, rock and broken corals even under water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12935
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM42070 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901130423
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-coral-construct-20g-aquatic-supplies-australia-360053_800x_1b3be1f7-7359-40a1-b058-88135c17b95c_1024x1024.jpg
A frag that keeps rolling off the rock and a branch snapped during a clean-up both need fixing quickly, ideally without taking anything out of the water. Aqua Medic Coral Construct 20g (SKU: AM42070) is the 20 g pack of Aqua Medic's glue for attaching stones and corals in freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Aqua Medic names three jobs for it: fixing loose rock, securing invertebrates that grow on small rock pieces, and repairing broken hard corals. It is a cyanoacrylate glue, ethyl 2-cyanoacrylate according to Aqua Medic's safety information, the same superglue chemistry reef keepers use widely for fragging, and Aqua Medic states that it can be used under water without problems.
Cyanoacrylate cures by reacting with moisture, so it grabs quickly once it meets water, and the bond is strongest when both surfaces are clean and pressed firmly together. For frags, a small amount on the base of the coral or plug, pressed onto the rock and held for a moment, is usually enough; a thin, even contact does more than a single thick blob. Rock-to-rock joins hold most firmly when the contact faces are cleaned of algae first and pressed together for half a minute or so. Aqua Medic's safety statements need to be followed: the glue bonds skin and eyes in seconds, so wear protective gloves, clothing and eye protection, keep it away from children, and work outdoors or in a well-ventilated room when gluing out of the water. If any gets into the eyes, rinse cautiously with water for several minutes and call a poison centre or doctor if feeling unwell. Replace the cap straight after use and store the pack cool and dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mounting frags:** Fixing coral fragments to plugs, discs or rock.
- **Loose rockwork:** Bonding rock pieces that shift or topple.
- **Broken hard corals:** Rejoining a snapped branch, as Aqua Medic suggests.
- **Invertebrates on rock:** Securing animals that grow on small rock pieces.
**How to Use**
- **Prepare the surfaces:** Clean algae and film from both contact areas.
- **Apply sparingly:** A small amount on the coral base or the rock face.
- **Press and hold:** Push firmly into place and hold until the glue grabs.
- **Protect hands and eyes:** Wear gloves and eye protection; it bonds skin in seconds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyanoacrylate glue:** Ethyl 2-cyanoacrylate, per Aqua Medic's safety data.
- **Works under water:** Usable under water without problems, says Aqua Medic.
- **Fresh and saltwater:** For rock and corals in either aquarium type.
- **Three named uses:** Loose rock, invertebrates on rock, broken hard corals.
- **20 g pack:** The larger option; Aqua Medic also makes a 2 × 5 g pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM42070
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901130423
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Glue (Cyanoacrylate)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 420.70
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Composition:** Ethyl 2-cyanoacrylate
- **Use:** Under water or out of the water
- **Applications:** Loose rock, invertebrates on small rock pieces, broken hard corals
- **Safety:** Bonds skin and eyes in seconds; gloves and eye protection; keep away from children
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Double Sucker Twin (3 Pcs/bag)
Double suction cups for mounting the Aqua Medic Fish Trap on the aquarium glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/double-sucker-twin-3-pcs-bag/
- Price: $17.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41811 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901135244
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/zoo-4025901112115-2-3aac9a.jpg
A fish trap standing on the sand only catches fish that come down to it, and the fish that need removing are often the ones holding a territory high in the rockwork. Aqua Medic Double Sucker Twin (3 Pcs/bag) (SKU: AM41811) is Aqua Medic's pack of three double suction cups (item 418.11), made from a highly flexible material and designed to fix the Aqua Medic Fish Trap to the inside glass of the aquarium. Aqua Medic recommends three double suckers for secure fixing of one trap. Fixed this way, the trap no longer needs to rest on the substrate, so it can be placed where the fish actually live, which Aqua Medic says makes catching easier than before.
Each piece is a twin cup, one face pressing onto the glass and the other onto the smooth wall of the trap, so the trap is held against the glass without clips or brackets over the rim. Aqua Medic also notes that the double sucker can be used to join other items with smooth surfaces to each other. Like any suction cup, it seals most reliably on clean, smooth glass, so algae and coralline should be scraped from the spot first. The maker does not publish a cup diameter or a load rating, so the three-cup arrangement Aqua Medic recommends is the sensible way to share the weight of a trap.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Catching a fish up high:** Mounting the trap at the level where the target fish swims.
- **Rock-filled reefs:** Tanks with little open sand to stand a trap on.
- **Replacing worn cups:** Restoring grip when old suckers have hardened or lost their hold.
- **Joining smooth parts:** Connecting two smooth-surfaced items, as Aqua Medic suggests.
**How to Use**
- **Clean the glass:** Remove algae and coralline from the spot so each cup can seal.
- **Use all three:** Fit three double suckers to the trap, the number Aqua Medic recommends.
- **Press firmly:** Push each cup flat against the glass to expel the air.
- **Test before baiting:** Check the trap holds steady before setting it for a catch.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for the Fish Trap:** Holds the Aqua Medic trap on the inside glass.
- **Twin-cup design:** One side grips the glass, the other the trap.
- **Highly flexible material:** Conforms to smooth surfaces for a secure seal.
- **Three per bag:** The quantity Aqua Medic recommends for one trap.
- **Other uses:** Joins any two smooth-surfaced items.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41811
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901135244
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Suction Cups (Fish Trap Mount)
- **Manufacturer Item:** 418.11
- **Contents:** 3 double suction cups per bag
- **Material:** Highly flexible material (type not specified by the maker)
- **Use:** Fixing the Aqua Medic Fish Trap to the inside glass
- **Recommended Quantity:** Three per trap
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Fish Trap
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater glass aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Draintuna - Weir Level Control
Electronic level control that keeps a weir box steady and quiet with DC Runner pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/draintuna-weir-level-control/
- Price: $146.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM77200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901146905
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AM77200.webp
A drilled tank with a weir box is only as quiet as the balance between what the return pump sends up and what the drain carries back down. When the two drift apart, the level in the weir box falls, air is drawn into the drain and the gurgling and splashing begin. Aqua Medic DrainTuna - Weir Level Control (SKU: AM77200) is Aqua Medic's electronic water level control for the weir box, designed to work with its DC Runner x.2 and x.3 series return pumps. Two float switches in the weir box watch the water level, and the DrainTuna continuously adjusts the flow rate of the return pump so that the level in the box can change only slightly.
Instead of setting a pump once and hoping the drain keeps pace as pipes slime up and evaporation changes the sump level, the system corrects the pump output as conditions change. Aqua Medic lists four functions: a constant water level in the weir box, float switches that are easy to install in the box, permanent level monitoring and simple adjustment of the flow rate. The box contains the DrainTuna control unit, two float switches with a holder, the necessary connection cables, a power supply unit and a wall bracket, and Aqua Medic publishes a quick guide and video for setting it up. Compatibility is given only for the DC Runner x.2 and x.3 series; the smaller DC Runner 400 to 1000 pumps are not listed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Noisy overflows:** Weir boxes that gurgle or splash as the level rises and falls.
- **Bedroom and living-room tanks:** Where drain noise is the main complaint about a sump system.
- **New sump builds:** Pairing a DC Runner x.2 or x.3 return pump with automatic level control.
- **Changing drain capacity:** Pipes that slowly lose flow as biofilm builds up inside.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the floats:** Mount the two float switches with their holder inside the weir box.
- **Mount the controller:** Fix the control unit on the wall bracket, clear of splashes and spray.
- **Connect the system:** Link the floats and the DC Runner x.2 or x.3 pump with the supplied cables, following Aqua Medic's quick guide.
- **Set the flow:** Power up, adjust the flow rate and watch the weir box settle at a steady level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Constant weir-box level:** Keeps level swings small to cut splashing noise.
- **Two float switches:** Permanent monitoring of the water level in the box.
- **Automatic pump control:** Return pump output adjusted continuously.
- **Simple flow adjustment:** Flow rate set without re-plumbing valves.
- **Complete kit:** Controller, floats, cables, power supply and wall bracket.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM77200
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901146905
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Weir Box Level Controller
- **Function:** Electronic water level control for the weir box via return pump output
- **Sensors:** 2 float switches with holder
- **Compatible Pumps:** Aqua Medic DC Runner x.2 and x.3 series
- **In the Box:** Control unit, 2 float switches incl. holder, connection cables, power supply unit, wall bracket
- **Documentation:** Aqua Medic quick guide and video
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with a weir box draining to a sump
---
#### Aqua Medic Hopstop (3 Pcs L 480 X W 50mm Acrylic Strips)
Clip-on rim strips that stop jumpers leaving open-top and rimless aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/hopstop-3-pcs-l-480-x-w-50mm-acrylic-strips/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41812 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901135848
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aqua-Medic-hopstop.webp
Rimless and open-top aquariums look clean, but a startled fish can clear the waterline in an instant and end up on the floor. Aqua Medic Hopstop (3 Pcs L 480 X W 50mm Acrylic Strips) (SKU: AM41812) is Aqua Medic's jump protection for open-top tanks: three strips, each 480 mm long and 50 mm wide, that clamp onto the top edge of the glass to form an inward ledge around the rim. A fish that shoots up along the glass meets the strip instead of open air and drops back. Reef Builders, reporting on its release, describes hopstop as aimed mainly at fish that escape at the corners and ends of a tank, such as clownfish.
The strips are held by clamps on the front and side panes and suit glass up to 12 mm thick, and they can be cut to length, so the three pieces can be arranged to cover corners and short ends or the full front of a smaller tank; longer aquariums take additional kits. Because the middle of the top stays open, hopstop keeps the open look, lets light from a pendant or bracket-mounted LED fall on the water without a cover glass in the way, and leaves easy access for feeding and maintenance. It is not a brace and adds no strength to the glass. Fish that jump from the middle of the tank, such as anthias and flasher wrasses, can still escape through the open centre, so for those species a full mesh lid remains the safer choice.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rimless reef tanks:** Edge protection that keeps the top of the tank open.
- **Clownfish and corner jumpers:** Fish that tend to leap out at the ends and corners.
- **Open-top freshwater tanks:** A barrier at the rim where a lid is not wanted.
- **New arrivals:** Extra security while a nervous fish settles into the aquarium.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Measure the rim:** Confirm the glass is no thicker than 12 mm and note the lengths to cover.
- **Cut to size:** Trim strips with a fine-tooth saw and smooth the cut edge.
- **Clamp in place:** Fit the clamps over the glass with the strip overhanging the water.
- **Check clearances:** Keep strips clear of overflows, return nozzles and light brackets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three strips:** Each 480 × 50 mm, enough for corners and short ends.
- **Clamp-on fitting:** No drilling and no silicone on the glass.
- **Glass up to 12 mm:** Clamps sized for standard rimless panes.
- **Cut to length:** Trims to suit the tank's dimensions.
- **Open centre:** Light, feeding and maintenance access stay clear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41812
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901135848
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Jump Guard
- **Contents:** 3 strips with mounting clamps
- **Strip Size:** 480 × 50 mm
- **Glass Thickness:** Up to 12 mm
- **Fitting:** Clamps onto the front and side panes; strips can be cut
- **Coverage:** Longer tanks need additional kits
- **Target Environment:** Open-top and rimless freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Hot Construct 100g
Solvent-free, reusable hot-water glue for fixing coral frags above or below water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12936
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM42080 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901138801
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/hotconstruct.png
Gel superglue grabs in seconds but gives no second chance, and two-part putty has to be mixed and left to cure. Aqua Medic Hot Construct 100g (SKU: AM42080) is Aqua Medic's easy-to-use synthetic adhesive for quick bonding of coral fragments, supplied as beads that soften in hot water and set again as they cool. It contains no solvents, it can be used both above and under water, and any material that is not used can be reactivated in hot water and used again, so very little of the pack goes to waste. The pack contains about 100 g.
Aqua Medic's directions are simple. Put the amount needed into water of at least 65 °C and wait until the beads turn glassy, then lift the softened glue out, taking care because it is hot, and knead it into an even mass. Work quickly: the material reaches its final firmness about 60 seconds after it has cooled. The surface it is pressed onto should be as free as possible of deposits and algae, so old frag plugs and rock are best scrubbed first. Water from a kettle shortly after boiling is well above 65 °C, and a mug or small bowl is enough to soften a working portion. Because the bond forms by cooling rather than a chemical reaction, there is no mixing ratio to get wrong and no curing time to wait out, and leftover glue goes back into the pack for next time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mounting frags:** Fixing fresh cuttings to frag pins or plugs.
- **Corals onto rock:** Attaching colonies in the display, under water or out of it.
- **Quick repairs:** Re-securing a coral that has come loose from the rockwork.
- **Small fragging sessions:** Softening only as much glue as the job needs.
**How to Use**
- **Heat:** Place the beads in water of at least 65 °C until they turn glassy.
- **Knead:** Remove the glue carefully, as it is hot, and work it into an even mass.
- **Apply quickly:** Press coral and base together; it is firm about 60 seconds after cooling.
- **Prepare the surface:** Keep the base free of deposits and algae for a firm bond.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Solvent-free:** Nothing volatile released into the aquarium.
- **Reusable:** Unused material reactivates in hot water.
- **Works wet or dry:** Bonds above and under water.
- **Fast set:** Final firmness about a minute after cooling.
- **Single component:** Softened by heat, with no mixing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM42080
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901138801
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral Glue
- **Manufacturer Item:** 420.80
- **Net Weight:** Approx. 100 g
- **Form:** Beads, softened in hot water
- **Activation:** Water of at least 65 °C
- **Setting:** Final firmness about 60 seconds after cooling
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Frag Pins (AM23056)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums and coral propagation systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Outlet/overflow Strainer 20mm / L = 160mm
Long slotted ABS strainer that keeps snails and debris out of 20 mm drains.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/outlet-overflow-strainer-20mm-l-160mm/
- Price: $20.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41820 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901107180
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/63mm_eb06d565-8316-4cbd-8bf0-47e3a2fd377e.webp
An open drain in an overflow chamber will swallow anything that drifts past: snails, a small fish, a dislodged frag or a clump of algae, and any of them can block the pipe down to the sump. Aqua Medic Outlet/overflow Strainer 20mm / L = 160mm (SKU: AM41820) is Aqua Medic's outlet strainer for 20 mm pipework, a slotted tube made of ABS that protects drains from coarse dirt while letting water through. This version is the long one in the 20 mm size, at approximately 160 mm, listed by Aqua Medic as item 418.20. The extra length gives a larger slotted surface than the short 82 mm version, so the strainer is slower to clog when leaves and detritus collect on it.
Aqua Medic makes the strainers to match its pipe sizes, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50 and 63 mm, measured on the outside diameter, so this one belongs to the 20 mm system. Being the same outside diameter as 20 mm pipe, it fits straight into a 20 mm bulkhead or fitting of matching size; where it has to join a length of PVC pipe, a 20 mm socket is used between the two. In an overflow chamber it stands upright on the drain bulkhead. The slots need clearing from time to time, as anything trapped against them gradually reduces the open area; a soft brush under running water is enough. ABS does not corrode, and the strainer suits both marine and freshwater systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Overflow drains:** Covering a 20 mm drain in a deep overflow chamber.
- **Snail and fish protection:** Stopping livestock being drawn down to the sump.
- **Debris screening:** Holding back leaves, algae and detritus before they block the pipe.
- **Upgrading a bare bulkhead:** Adding a screen to an existing 20 mm drain.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Check the size:** Confirm the fitting takes 20 mm outside-diameter pipe.
- **Push it home:** Insert the strainer into the 20 mm bulkhead or fitting.
- **Join to pipe:** Use a 20 mm socket where it must connect to PVC pipe.
- **Keep it clear:** Lift out and brush the slots clean during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Long 160 mm body:** More slotted area than the short 20 mm version.
- **Slotted ABS tube:** Lets water through and holds coarse dirt back.
- **20 mm metric size:** Matches 20 mm pipe, bulkheads and fittings.
- **Removable:** Pulls out of the fitting for cleaning.
- **Corrosion-free:** Plastic construction for fresh and salt water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41820
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901107180
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Strainer
- **Manufacturer Item:** 418.20
- **Pipe Size:** 20 mm (outside diameter)
- **Length:** Approx. 160 mm
- **Material:** ABS
- **Connection:** Into a 20 mm bulkhead or fitting; socket required to join PVC pipe
- **Other Sizes:** 20 mm / 82 mm (AM41821); 25 mm / 160 mm (AM41825)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with overflows and sumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Outlet/overflow Strainer 20mm / L = 82mm
Short ABS drain strainer for 20 mm fittings where headroom is limited.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/outlet-overflow-strainer-20mm-l-82mm/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41821 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901139853
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/63mm_eb06d565-8316-4cbd-8bf0-47e3a2fd377e.webp
Not every overflow box has room for a tall strainer: shallow weir boxes, compact all-in-one rear chambers and low sump compartments often leave only a few centimetres above the drain. Aqua Medic Outlet/overflow Strainer 20mm / L = 82mm (SKU: AM41821) is the short version of Aqua Medic's 20 mm outlet strainer, approximately 82 mm long and listed as item 418.21. Like the rest of the range it is a slotted ABS tube that protects drains from coarse dirt, holding back snails, small fish, algae and detritus while water passes through the slots, but at roughly half the length of the 160 mm model it fits where the longer strainer would hit the water surface or the lid.
The strainers are made to Aqua Medic's metric pipe sizes, measured on the outside diameter, from 20 mm up to 63 mm, and this is the most compact one in the range. With the same outside diameter as 20 mm pipe, it pushes directly into a matching 20 mm bulkhead or fitting, and a 20 mm socket is used if it has to connect to a run of PVC pipe. The trade-off for the short body is a smaller slotted area, so in a tank that sheds a lot of detritus it needs checking a little more often than the long version; lifting it out and brushing the slots under running water restores the flow. ABS is unaffected by salt water, so the same part works in reef and freshwater systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shallow overflow boxes:** Covering a 20 mm drain where a tall strainer will not fit.
- **Compact systems:** All-in-one rear chambers and small sumps with little headroom.
- **Livestock protection:** Keeping snails and small fish out of the drain line.
- **Replacing a lost strainer:** A short 20 mm screen for an existing fitting.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Measure the space:** Allow about 82 mm above the fitting for the strainer.
- **Insert it:** Push the strainer into the 20 mm bulkhead or fitting.
- **Add a socket if needed:** Join to PVC pipe through a 20 mm socket.
- **Clean regularly:** Check the shorter slotted area more often in dirty systems.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact 82 mm length:** The shortest strainer in the Aqua Medic range.
- **Slotted ABS:** Water through, coarse dirt and livestock held back.
- **20 mm metric fit:** Pairs with 20 mm bulkheads, fittings and sockets.
- **Easy to service:** Pulls out for a quick brush-down.
- **Salt and fresh water:** Plastic construction that does not corrode.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41821
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901139853
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Strainer
- **Manufacturer Item:** 418.21
- **Pipe Size:** 20 mm (outside diameter)
- **Length:** Approx. 82 mm
- **Material:** ABS
- **Connection:** Into a 20 mm bulkhead or fitting; socket required to join PVC pipe
- **Other Sizes:** 20 mm / 160 mm (AM41820); 25 mm / 160 mm (AM41825)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with overflows and sumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Outlet/overflow Strainer 25mm / L = 160mm
Slotted ABS strainer guarding 25 mm drain lines on larger overflows.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/outlet-overflow-strainer-25mm-l-160mm/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41825 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901107197
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Outlet-20strainer_12747386140.a7ca5e51.jpg
As a system grows, so does its drain, and a 25 mm line carries more water, and more of whatever floats into it, than the 20 mm pipe on a smaller tank. Aqua Medic Outlet/overflow Strainer 25mm / L = 160mm (SKU: AM41825) is Aqua Medic's outlet strainer for the 25 mm pipe size, a slotted ABS tube approximately 160 mm long, listed as item 418.25. It protects the drain from coarse dirt: snails, small fish, pieces of algae and loose detritus are held at the slots while the water carries on to the sump. The wider bore suits overflows that already run 25 mm pipework to the filter.
Aqua Medic builds the strainers in its metric pipe sizes, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50 and 63 mm on the outside diameter; this is the 25 mm model, which sits one step above the two 20 mm versions. Its outside diameter equals that of 25 mm pipe, so it fits directly into a 25 mm bulkhead or fitting, and a 25 mm socket is needed where it joins a length of PVC pipe. Stepping the line down to a smaller pipe further along reduces the drain's capacity, so it is best kept at 25 mm all the way. Like the rest of the range it lifts out for cleaning, and a brush under running water clears the slots when growth or debris starts to restrict flow. ABS is unaffected by salt, so it serves marine and freshwater systems equally.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **25 mm drains:** Covering the drain bulkhead in an overflow plumbed in 25 mm pipe.
- **Higher-flow systems:** Larger tanks with a bigger drain line to the sump.
- **Livestock safety:** Keeping snails, shrimp and small fish out of the plumbing.
- **Debris control:** Stopping algae and detritus before they reach pipes and filter socks.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Confirm the size:** Check the fitting is for 25 mm outside-diameter pipe.
- **Fit it:** Push the strainer firmly into the 25 mm bulkhead or fitting.
- **Use a socket:** Connect to PVC pipe through a 25 mm socket.
- **Service it:** Pull out and brush the slots clean at water-change time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **25 mm diameter:** Sized for larger drain lines.
- **160 mm long:** A generous slotted area for the flow.
- **ABS construction:** Rigid, light and corrosion-free.
- **Direct fit:** Goes straight into 25 mm bulkheads and fittings.
- **Removable for cleaning:** Lifts out of the fitting for brushing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41825
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901107197
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Strainer
- **Manufacturer Item:** 418.25
- **Pipe Size:** 25 mm (outside diameter)
- **Length:** Approx. 160 mm
- **Material:** ABS
- **Connection:** Into a 25 mm bulkhead or fitting; socket required to join PVC pipe
- **Other Sizes:** 20 mm / 160 mm (AM41820); 20 mm / 82 mm (AM41821)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with overflows and sumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 32 Incl. Holder
32 cm slotted comb with glue-on holder for even flow into the overflow chamber.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/overflow-comb-32-incl-holder/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41800 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901108767
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41800.jpg
A bare overflow edge takes water in a sheet, along with whatever happens to be floating on it, and a small fish can be carried over with the flow. Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 32 Incl. Holder (SKU: AM41800) is Aqua Medic's 32 cm overflow comb supplied with its holder, made to sit on the top edge of an overflow chamber. Water passes between the teeth evenly along the whole length, while fish, plant matter and coarse detritus are kept out of the overflow chamber and away from the drain. The holder is glued to the overflow chamber once, and the comb presses securely into it, staying firm in use yet easy to lift out when it needs cleaning.
The comb is about 32 cm long and about 6 cm high, with teeth of about 2.2 cm, shorter than the 3.7 cm teeth on Aqua Medic's 40 and 50 cm combs. Because the teeth spread the intake across the full width, the surface is skimmed evenly and the water level in the display settles a little below the top of the slots rather than at a hard edge. Mounting the holder permanently means the comb always goes back in exactly the same place after maintenance, with no clips to reposition. Algae and coralline will eventually narrow the gaps between the teeth, so the comb is best lifted out and brushed clean every few weeks, before the slots restrict flow and the water level in the display creeps up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Overflow chambers:** Fitting a comb to an overflow edge about 32 cm wide or wider.
- **Livestock protection:** Keeping small fish and shrimp in the display.
- **Debris screening:** Stopping leaves, algae and coarse detritus at the surface.
- **Permanent installations:** A glued holder for a comb that is removed only for cleaning.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Prepare the edge:** Lower the water, then clean and dry the top of the overflow wall.
- **Glue the holder:** Fix it level along the edge with an aquarium-safe adhesive and let it cure.
- **Press in the comb:** Seat the comb firmly in the holder before refilling.
- **Clean as needed:** Lift the comb out and brush the teeth when growth builds up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Even intake:** Water drains evenly along the full comb length.
- **Keeps livestock in:** Fish and plant matter stay out of the overflow.
- **Glue-on holder:** A fixed seat on the overflow chamber.
- **Press-fit comb:** Secure in use, quick to remove for cleaning.
- **Compact 32 cm length:** Sized for smaller overflow chambers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41800
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901108767
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Comb
- **Length:** Approx. 32 cm
- **Height:** Approx. 6 cm
- **Tooth Length:** Approx. 2.2 cm
- **Mounting:** Holder glued to the overflow chamber; comb presses in
- **In the Pack:** Overflow comb 32 and holder
- **Related Combs:** Comb 40 incl. clip (AM41807); comb 50 incl. clip (AM41808); comb 50 incl. holder and clip (AM41805)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with an overflow chamber
---
#### Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 40 Including Clip
Clip-on 40 cm overflow comb for thick 10–12 mm glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/overflow-comb-40-including-clip/
- Price: $33.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41807 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144895
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aquamedic-Overflow-Comb-40.webp
Large tanks are built from thick glass, and a clip made for a 6 mm pane will not grip a 12 mm overflow wall. Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 40 Including Clip (SKU: AM41807) is Aqua Medic's 40 cm overflow comb with long, rounded teeth, attached to the overflow glass with the clips supplied and sized for glass 10 to 12 mm thick. No adhesive is involved: the clips hold the comb along the top edge of the overflow wall, water flows evenly between the teeth, and fish, plant matter and coarse detritus are kept from entering the overflow chamber. Because nothing is glued, the comb comes away easily for cleaning and maintenance.
The comb measures about 40 cm long and about 5.5 cm high, with teeth of about 3.7 cm. The long, rounded teeth give a deep band of openings that draws the surface evenly across the comb's width, so the water level in the display settles within the slotted zone rather than at a hard lip. The 40 cm length suits a typical internal overflow on a larger aquarium, or one side of a corner overflow, and it can be positioned anywhere along the edge before the clips are pressed home. For glass of 6 to 8 mm, the 50 cm comb with clips is the matching choice. In service, algae and coralline gradually narrow the gaps between the teeth and the display level starts to creep up; unclipping the comb and scrubbing it under running water restores the flow, and it clips back into the same spot in a minute.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Thick-glass overflows:** Overflow walls 10 to 12 mm thick on larger tanks.
- **No-glue installations:** Fitting a comb without adhesive or drilling.
- **Livestock protection:** Keeping fish and shrimp out of the overflow.
- **Retrofitting:** Adding a comb to an existing overflow while the tank runs.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Measure the glass:** Confirm the overflow wall is 10 to 12 mm thick.
- **Position the comb:** Set it along the top edge where the water should enter.
- **Clip it on:** Press the clips over the glass to hold the comb firmly.
- **Clean regularly:** Unclip and brush the teeth as algae build up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for 10–12 mm glass:** Clips sized for thick overflow walls.
- **Long rounded teeth:** A deep slotted zone with smooth tips.
- **Clip-on mounting:** No glue, quick to remove.
- **Even flow:** Water drains evenly along the comb.
- **40 cm length:** Suits a standard internal overflow.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41807
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144895
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Comb
- **Length:** Approx. 40 cm
- **Height:** Approx. 5.5 cm
- **Tooth Length:** Approx. 3.7 cm, rounded
- **Glass Thickness:** 10–12 mm
- **Mounting:** Clips supplied
- **Other Sizes:** Overflow Comb 50 Including Clip (AM41808) for 6–8 mm glass
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with an overflow chamber
---
#### Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 Incl. Holder & Clip
50 cm overflow comb with glue-in pocket or clip-on mounting for 6–8 mm glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/overflow-comb-50-incl-holder-clip/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41805 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901136432
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/comb-50-incl.-holder-clip_02.06fe4b6a_hq-e1764851805925.jpg
Some overflows suit a permanently fixed comb, others need one that can be clipped on and off; this version covers both. Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 Incl. Holder & Clip (SKU: AM41805) is Aqua Medic's 50 cm overflow comb supplied with a pocket and a set of clips. Water drains evenly between its long teeth, while plant debris and dirt are held back and fish stay in the aquarium. The pocket is glued to the overflow box and the comb simply slots into it, lifting out again for cleaning; the pocket is also prepared to take Aqua Medic's flexible combfix holder. Alternatively, the comb can go straight onto the glass pane without the pocket, held by the clips, on glass 6 to 8 mm thick.
The comb is about 50 cm long with teeth of about 3.7 cm. Fitted in the pocket it stands about 8 cm tall; clipped directly to the glass, without the pocket, it is about 5.5 cm. The long teeth leave a deep slotted zone, so surface water and the film that collects on it are drawn evenly across the full width rather than at one point, and the level in the display settles within the teeth. The choice of mounting can wait until the overflow is in front of the installer: glue the pocket where a clean, permanent seat is wanted, or use the clips on 6 to 8 mm glass for a fit that can be moved or removed without adhesive. Either way, the teeth need brushing occasionally as algae narrow the slots.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New overflow builds:** A glued pocket that gives the comb a permanent seat.
- **Existing overflows:** Clip-on mounting on 6 to 8 mm glass with no adhesive.
- **Wide overflow edges:** A 50 cm comb for longer weirs.
- **Livestock and debris control:** Fish in the display, plant matter out of the drain.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Pick a method:** Glued pocket for a fixed seat, clips for direct glass mounting.
- **Pocket mounting:** Glue the pocket level on the overflow box, cure, then insert the comb.
- **Clip mounting:** Check the glass is 6 to 8 mm thick and clip the comb along the edge.
- **Maintain:** Lift the comb out and brush the teeth when growth narrows the slots.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two mounting options:** Glue-in pocket or clips on the glass.
- **Combfix ready:** The pocket accepts Aqua Medic's flexible holder.
- **Long 3.7 cm teeth:** A deep slotted zone for even surface draw.
- **50 cm length:** Covers wider overflow edges.
- **Easy removal:** The comb lifts out of the pocket for cleaning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41805
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901136432
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Comb
- **Length:** Approx. 50 cm
- **Height:** Approx. 8 cm with pocket; approx. 5.5 cm without
- **Tooth Length:** Approx. 3.7 cm
- **Glass Thickness (clips):** 6–8 mm
- **In the Pack:** Overflow comb 50, pocket holder, clips
- **Optional Accessory:** Aqua Medic combfix flexible holder
- **Related Combs:** Comb 50 incl. clip (AM41808); comb 40 incl. clip (AM41807); comb 32 incl. holder (AM41800)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with an overflow box
---
#### Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 Including Clip
Glue-free 50 cm overflow comb that clips onto 6–8 mm glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/overflow-comb-50-including-clip/
- Price: $35.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41808 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144901
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Aqua-Medic-Overflow-Comb-50_1024x1024.webp
Gluing a holder into a running aquarium means draining the overflow and waiting for adhesive to cure, which is rarely convenient. Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 Including Clip (SKU: AM41808) is Aqua Medic's 50 cm overflow comb with long, rounded teeth that attaches directly to the overflow glass with the clips supplied, for glass 6 to 8 mm thick. Once clipped along the top edge, it lets water flow evenly into the overflow chamber while fish, plant matter and coarse detritus stay on the display side. There is no holder to glue in, so the comb can be fitted, moved along the edge or taken off for cleaning at any time.
This is the clip-only version of the 50 cm comb: the same long comb with teeth of about 3.7 cm, without the glue-in pocket that comes with the holder-and-clip version. The 50 cm length covers a wide weir or a long overflow edge in one piece, and the long rounded teeth create a deep slotted band that draws surface water evenly across the full width, helping to clear the surface film while the water level in the display settles within the teeth. For overflow walls of 10 to 12 mm, Aqua Medic's 40 cm comb with clips is made for that thicker glass. Over time, algae and coralline narrow the slots between the teeth, so unclipping the comb every few weeks and brushing it under running water keeps the flow even and the display level steady.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wide overflows:** A single comb for a 50 cm edge on 6 to 8 mm glass.
- **Running aquariums:** Fitting a comb without glue or draining the overflow.
- **Surface skimming:** Even draw across the width to clear the surface film.
- **Keeping livestock in:** Fish and shrimp stay out of the overflow chamber.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Check the glass:** Make sure the overflow wall is 6 to 8 mm thick.
- **Line it up:** Set the comb along the top of the overflow edge.
- **Fit the clips:** Press them over the glass at intervals for a firm hold.
- **Service it:** Unclip and brush the teeth when growth narrows the gaps.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Clip-only fitting:** No pocket to glue, ready to mount straight away.
- **50 cm in one piece:** Covers a long overflow edge.
- **Rounded 3.7 cm teeth:** A deep, smooth-tipped slotted zone.
- **6–8 mm glass:** Clips sized for standard overflow walls.
- **Movable:** Reposition or remove the comb at any time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41808
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144901
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Overflow Comb
- **Length:** Approx. 50 cm
- **Tooth Length:** Approx. 3.7 cm, rounded
- **Glass Thickness:** 6–8 mm
- **Mounting:** Clips supplied; no glued holder
- **Other Sizes:** Overflow Comb 40 Including Clip (AM41807) for 10–12 mm glass
- **Related Version:** Comb 50 incl. holder and clip (AM41805)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with an overflow chamber
---
#### Aqua Medic Pipette 35 (includes 2 Dosing Tips)
35 cm target-feeding pipette for corals, fish and spot dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/pipette-35-includes-2-dosing-tips/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM39040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901139143
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM39040.jpg
Broadcast feeding sends most of a coral food into the overflow and the fish, while the polyps it was meant for get a few grains. Aqua Medic Pipette 35 (includes 2 Dosing Tips) (SKU: AM39040) is Aqua Medic's long feeding pipette, about 35 cm in length, made for precise feeding of fish and corals and for dosing medications selectively at a chosen spot. It is the shorter of two lengths in the range: the same pipette is made at about 60 cm (item 39041) for deeper tanks, and this 35 cm version is Aqua Medic item 39040. Two dosing tips come in the pack.
The dosing tips are what make one pipette suit several jobs. As supplied they give a fine stream for small particles and liquid foods; Aqua Medic's note is that the tips can be shortened, which widens the opening so coarser particles or viscous solutions can be dispensed without clogging. Cutting one tip and keeping the other uncut gives a fine and a coarse option in the same pack. At about 35 cm the pipette reaches the rockwork and sand bed of most nano and mid-depth aquariums while the hand stays above the water, and it is short enough to handle easily around lights and lids. Uses run from mysis or pellet foods placed on an LPS mouth, to a dose of medication or coral dip directed at one fish or colony, to liquid additives released next to a pump inlet so they mix quickly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Target feeding corals:** LPS, zoanthids and other polyps fed one at a time.
- **Shy or slow fish:** Food delivered to a fish that loses out at broadcast feeds.
- **Selective dosing:** Medication or a treatment directed to one spot, as Aqua Medic suggests.
- **Nano and mid-depth tanks:** Where 35 cm reaches the substrate without plunging an arm in.
**How to Use**
- **Prepare the food:** Mix food with a little tank water in a cup so it draws up evenly.
- **Choose a tip:** Leave a tip uncut for fine foods, or trim one for coarser particles or thick liquids.
- **Release slowly:** Bring the tip close to the coral or fish and press out the contents gently, turning pumps down if the flow scatters the food.
- **Rinse after use:** Flush the pipette with clean water so food residues do not foul it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 35 cm long:** Reaches most rockwork in nano and mid-depth aquariums.
- **Two dosing tips:** Supplied in the pack for different particle sizes.
- **Shortenable tips:** Trim to dispense coarser foods or viscous solutions.
- **Feeding and dosing:** One tool for target feeding and spot treatments.
- **Longer sister model:** A 60 cm version for deep tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM39040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901139143
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Feeding and Dosing Pipette
- **Manufacturer Item:** 39040
- **Length:** Approx. 35 cm
- **Contents:** 1 pipette, 2 dosing tips
- **Range Lengths:** Approx. 35 cm (39040) and 60 cm (39041)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Regulation Valve 20-22mm (2pcs) - For Air & Water
Inline plastic valves for trimming air or water flow in 20–22 mm tubing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/regulation-valve-20-22mm-2pcs-for-air-water/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41144 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901136425
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41144.jpg
A pump that is right for one job is often too strong for another, and a branch line to a reactor or a spray bar usually needs less flow than the main return. Aqua Medic Regulation Valve 20-22mm (2pcs) - For Air & Water (SKU: AM41144) is a pack of two inline regulation valves from Aqua Medic for tubing of 20 to 22 mm diameter, made to adjust the flow of either air or water. They belong to the same family as Aqua Medic's small 4/6 mm regulation valve, which the maker describes as suitable for air and water, including on nitrate and calcium reactors, with a high-quality plastic body for a long service life and fine-thread adjustment. This larger version brings the same function to the bigger tubing used on pump returns, reactor feeds and large air lines.
A regulation valve is a throttle rather than a shut-off: it sits in the line and is turned until the flow downstream is where it should be, then left. On a water line that might mean feeding a fraction of a return pump's flow to a media reactor, balancing flow between two outlets, or slowing a hose that fills a container too quickly. On an air line it trims the supply from a large air pump to a single air stone or device. Because the pack holds two, both legs of a split line can be set independently, or one can be kept as a spare. The plastic body suits freshwater and saltwater lines alike, and Aqua Medic notes that the flow is easy to adjust.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reactor feeds:** Setting the flow from a pump line through a media or calcium reactor.
- **Balancing outlets:** Dividing water between two returns or spray bars.
- **Air distribution:** Trimming air from a large air pump in 20–22 mm line.
- **Marine systems:** Plastic bodies for use in saltwater lines.
**How to Use**
- **Check the fit:** Confirm the tubing is within the 20–22 mm range before cutting the line.
- **Fit inline:** Cut the tubing where control is wanted and connect both ends to the valve securely, with clamps on pressurised lines.
- **Set the flow:** Start fully open, then close gradually until the downstream flow is right.
- **Check periodically:** Inspect for debris or salt creep that can change the setting over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Air or water:** One valve type for both duties.
- **Two per pack:** Control two lines or keep a spare.
- **Plastic construction:** Aqua Medic's high-quality plastic for a long service life.
- **Easy adjustment:** Flow set by turning the valve.
- **Large tubing size:** For 20–22 mm lines rather than airline tubing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41144
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901136425
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Flow Regulation Valve
- **Tube Diameter:** 20–22 mm
- **Contents:** 2 valves
- **Media:** Air and water
- **Material:** Plastic
- **Related Size:** Regulation valve 4/6 mm (Aqua Medic item 410.47)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and reactors
---
#### Aqua Medic Round Grate 40mm - Black
Smallest black grate for 40 mm drains, bulkheads and partitions.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/round-grate-40mm-black/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41531 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901102864
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41531.jpg
A standard 40 mm bulkhead or drain hole is sized for water, not for the snail, frag plug or clump of leaf litter that drifts toward it, and the smallest size in a range is easy to overlook until a blockage proves it was needed. Aqua Medic Round Grate 40mm - Black (SKU: AM41531) is the smallest of Aqua Medic's three round grates, a black grille the maker describes as ideal for preventing larger detritus flowing through a strainer or overflow pipe, or for letting water pass through partitions in holding tanks while keeping livestock apart. Aqua Medic makes the grate in three diameters, Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm, roughly 1.6, 2 and 2.5 in, and this is the 40 mm, the size that matches the narrower drains, bulkheads and strainer pipes found on smaller tanks and compact sumps.
Being black, it sits against black overflow boxes, dark bulkhead fittings and black sump hardware without standing out, which matters on a build where every other fitting in view is the same colour. The grate is sold purely by its diameter, so the hole or pipe it is meant to cover should be measured against 40 mm before fitting; a grille always takes up some of the opening's open area, and trapped debris reduces it further, so the drain behind it needs a little spare capacity rather than running at its absolute limit. In a holding or frag system, the same 40 mm grate works equally well set into a partition, letting water exchange between compartments while keeping snails, frag plugs or juvenile fish on their own side. The 50 mm and 63 mm black grates in the same range cover larger openings, and all three sizes are also made in clear for builds where that finish suits better.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small bulkheads and strainers:** 40 mm drains on smaller tanks and compact sumps.
- **Holding-tank partitions:** Water exchange between compartments without mixing livestock.
- **Frag and quarantine systems:** Keeping plugs and small animals out of a narrow drain.
- **Black hardware:** Matching black overflow boxes, bulkheads and sump fittings.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Measure first:** Check the hole or pipe opening against the 40 mm diameter before fitting.
- **Seat it squarely:** Fit the grate flush across the opening so nothing slips past the edge.
- **Allow for flow:** Leave spare drain capacity, since the grille reduces the open area.
- **Clean regularly:** Brush off trapped detritus at each service to keep water moving.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 mm diameter:** The smallest of three sizes, about 1.6 in.
- **Holds back larger detritus:** Aqua Medic's stated purpose for the grate.
- **Black finish:** Low visibility against dark overflow boxes and bulkheads.
- **Passive and simple:** No power, media or moving parts.
- **Easy to service:** Lifts out for a brush clean during maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41531
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901102864
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Drain and Partition Grate
- **Diameter:** Ø 40 mm (approx. 1.6 in)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Purpose:** Holds back larger detritus while letting water through
- **Range Sizes:** Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm; the same three sizes are also made in clear
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Round Grate 50mm - Black (SKU AM41532); Aqua Medic Round Grate 63mm - Black (SKU AM41533)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and holding systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Round Grate 40mm - Clear
Small clear grate for nano overflows and narrow openings where black would stand out.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/round-grate-40mm-clear/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41541 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901113792
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41541.jpg
On a rimless nano or a glass overflow, a black fitting is the first thing the eye lands on, and a clear one simply fades into the glass. Aqua Medic Round Grate 40mm - Clear (SKU: AM41541) is the smallest of Aqua Medic's round grates in the clear version, a round grille the maker describes as ideal for preventing larger detritus flowing through. Aqua Medic makes the grate in Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm (about 1.6, 2 and 2.5 in), and at 40 mm, roughly 1.6 in, this one suits the narrower drains and pass-throughs of nano tanks, small sumps and frag systems. Water passes through, while snails, small fish, frag plugs and loose algae stay where they are.
The clear material lets light through and shows what has collected behind it, so a build-up of detritus is easy to spot before it slows the drain. The grate is sized by its diameter, so the opening to be covered, a bored hole in a baffle, the end of a strainer pipe or the inlet of a small overflow, should be measured against 40 mm first. Small drains have less margin to begin with, and any grille takes away some open area, so the drain should still keep up with the return pump once the grate is in place. In small holding systems it lets water pass between compartments while keeping juveniles or new arrivals apart. A clear 63 mm grate covers larger openings, and black versions are made in all three sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and pico overflows:** Narrow drains around 40 mm on small reef tanks.
- **Glass and rimless builds:** A fitting that stays inconspicuous against clear glass.
- **Frag and quarantine systems:** Keeps snails and plugs out of small sumps.
- **Small partitions:** Water exchange between compartments without letting animals through.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Measure the opening:** Confirm it suits a 40 mm grate before fitting.
- **Seat it evenly:** Press it square across the hole so nothing slips past the rim.
- **Check the drain rate:** Make sure the overflow still keeps pace with the return pump.
- **Clean when it clouds:** Detritus shows through the clear grille; brush it off when it builds up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest diameter:** Ø 40 mm, about 1.6 in.
- **Clear finish:** Blends with glass overflows and rimless tanks.
- **See-through:** Trapped debris is visible at a glance.
- **Holds back detritus:** Aqua Medic's purpose for the round grate.
- **No moving parts:** Nothing to power or replace.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41541
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901113792
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Drain and Partition Grate
- **Diameter:** Ø 40 mm (approx. 1.6 in)
- **Colour:** Clear
- **Purpose:** Stops larger detritus flowing through small openings
- **Range Sizes:** Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Round Grate 63mm - Clear (SKU AM41543)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and small freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and frag systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Round Grate 50mm - Black
Black 50 mm grate that keeps larger debris and livestock out of drains and partitions.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/round-grate-50mm-black/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41532 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901102987
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41532.jpg
A snail, a stray frag plug or a clump of algae drawn into a 50 mm drain can choke it in an afternoon, and a grate across the opening stops that before it starts. Aqua Medic Round Grate 50mm - Black (SKU: AM41532) is the middle size of Aqua Medic's round grates, a black round grille that the maker describes as ideal for preventing larger detritus flowing through. Aqua Medic makes the grate in three diameters, Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm (about 1.6, 2 and 2.5 in), and this one is the 50 mm, roughly 2 in across. Water passes through the openings while snails, small fish, frag plugs and leaf litter stay on the tank side, where they can be picked off at the next service.
The grate is sold by its diameter, so the first job is to measure the opening it will cover, whether a bored hole in a partition, the mouth of an overflow or strainer pipe, or a pass-through between compartments in a holding system. The black finish disappears against black overflow boxes, dark backgrounds and black sump hardware, so the drain looks tidy from the front glass. Any grate reduces the open area of a hole a little, and debris caught on it reduces it further, so a drain fitted with one should be sized with some margin and checked whenever the tank is serviced. The 40 mm and 63 mm black grates cover smaller and larger openings, and clear versions are made for builds where a transparent fitting suits better.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Overflow and strainer pipes:** Stops larger debris and livestock going down a 50 mm drain.
- **Holding-tank partitions:** Lets water pass between compartments while keeping animals apart.
- **Sump chambers:** Keeps snails and frag plugs out of the return pump section.
- **Black hardware:** Blends with black overflow boxes, backgrounds and fittings.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Measure first:** Check the hole or pipe opening against the 50 mm diameter before fitting.
- **Seat it squarely:** Fit the grate flush across the opening so nothing slips past the edge.
- **Allow for flow:** Leave spare drain capacity, as the grille reduces the open area.
- **Clean regularly:** Brush off trapped detritus at each service to keep water moving.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 mm diameter:** The middle of three sizes, about 2 in.
- **Holds back larger detritus:** Aqua Medic's stated purpose for the grate.
- **Black finish:** Low visibility against dark overflow boxes and backgrounds.
- **Passive and simple:** No power, media or moving parts.
- **Easy to service:** Lifts out for a brush clean during maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41532
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901102987
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Drain and Partition Grate
- **Diameter:** Ø 50 mm (approx. 2 in)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Purpose:** Holds back larger detritus while letting water through
- **Range Sizes:** Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Round Grate 40mm - Black (SKU AM41531); Aqua Medic Round Grate 63mm - Black (SKU AM41533)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and holding systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Round Grate 63mm - Black
Largest black round grate for wide overflows, high-flow drains and holding-system partitions.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/round-grate-63mm-black/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41533 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901100624
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41533.jpg
The bigger the drain, the bigger the things that can disappear down it, and a 63 mm overflow on a large reef or a fish-room system will happily swallow a clownfish or a chunk of macroalgae. Aqua Medic Round Grate 63mm - Black (SKU: AM41533) is the largest of Aqua Medic's three round grates, a black grille the maker describes as ideal for preventing larger detritus flowing through. At Ø 63 mm, about 2.5 in, it covers the widest openings in the range, the size used for high-flow overflows and generous pass-throughs between compartments. The open grille lets water move freely while fish, snails, frag plugs and leaf litter are held on the tank side.
Wide drains are chosen to carry a lot of water, and the larger grate keeps more open area than a smaller one would, so it is the natural choice where flow matters. The grate is sized by diameter, so the opening it is to cover, a bored partition, a strainer pipe mouth or an overflow inlet, should be measured against 63 mm before ordering. On large holding systems and multi-compartment sumps it lets water circulate between sections while keeping livestock or bulky waste where it belongs. The black finish suits dark overflow boxes and black-backed tanks, where it reads as part of the plumbing rather than a bright spot on the back wall. Debris collecting on the grille slowly cuts the flow, so it should be brushed clean at every service.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large overflows:** High-flow drains around 63 mm on bigger display tanks.
- **Fish rooms and holding systems:** Partitions between large compartments.
- **Multi-chamber sumps:** Stops bulky debris reaching pumps and equipment.
- **Dark installations:** Black overflow boxes and black backgrounds.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Check the diameter:** Confirm the opening suits a 63 mm grate before fitting.
- **Fit it flush:** Seat the grate evenly so no gap opens at the rim.
- **Watch the water level:** After fitting, check the overflow still drains at full pump output.
- **Brush it clean:** Remove trapped algae and detritus at each service.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest size:** Ø 63 mm, about 2.5 in.
- **More open area:** Suits wide, high-flow drains.
- **Stops larger detritus:** The job Aqua Medic designed it for.
- **Black colour:** Blends with dark plumbing and backgrounds.
- **Nothing to maintain but cleaning:** No power or moving parts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41533
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901100624
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Drain and Partition Grate
- **Diameter:** Ø 63 mm (approx. 2.5 in)
- **Colour:** Black
- **Purpose:** Prevents larger detritus flowing through drains and openings
- **Range Sizes:** Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Round Grate 40mm - Black (SKU AM41531); Aqua Medic Round Grate 50mm - Black (SKU AM41532)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and holding systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Round Grate 63mm - Clear
Wide clear grate that guards large drains while staying discreet in glass overflows.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/round-grate-63mm-clear/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41543 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901113815
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41543.jpg
A large external glass overflow is meant to be looked through, and a black grate in the middle of it spoils the view the builder paid for. Aqua Medic Round Grate 63mm - Clear (SKU: AM41543) is the largest of Aqua Medic's round grates in the clear version, a round grille that the maker describes as ideal for preventing larger detritus flowing through. The range runs Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm (about 1.6, 2 and 2.5 in), and this 63 mm grate, roughly 2.5 in, covers the widest openings: high-flow drains, big strainer pipes and pass-throughs in larger sumps and holding systems. Water flows freely through the grille while fish, snails, frag plugs and lumps of macroalgae are kept back.
The clear grille lets light through and makes trapped material easy to see, so it is obvious when the drain needs attention. Because it is sized by diameter, the opening it will cover should be checked against 63 mm before fitting. A wide grate keeps more open area than a small one, which matters on drains handling the full flow of a large return pump, but anything caught on it still cuts capacity, so overflow levels are worth watching after fitting and again before each service. In multi-compartment holding tanks it lets water move between sections without letting animals wander. The 40 mm clear grate suits narrower openings, and black versions are made where a dark fitting blends better.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Glass and external overflows:** Large clear boxes where a black fitting would stand out.
- **High-flow drains:** Openings around 63 mm on bigger reef and fish-only systems.
- **Large sumps:** Keeps bulky debris and stray livestock from pumps.
- **Holding tanks:** Partitions between larger compartments in shop or fish-room systems.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Check the size:** Measure the opening against the 63 mm diameter.
- **Fit it square:** Seat the grate evenly so no gap opens at the edge.
- **Test at full flow:** Run the return pump at full output and watch the overflow level.
- **Keep it clear:** Lift out and rinse when debris shows through the grille.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ø 63 mm:** The largest round grate in the range, about 2.5 in.
- **Transparent:** Discreet in clear overflows and glass tanks.
- **Debris visible:** Build-up shows before it slows the drain.
- **Large open area:** Suits high-flow drains.
- **Purely passive:** No power, media or moving parts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41543
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901113815
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Drain and Partition Grate
- **Diameter:** Ø 63 mm (approx. 2.5 in)
- **Colour:** Clear
- **Purpose:** Prevents larger detritus flowing through wide openings
- **Range Sizes:** Ø 40 mm, 50 mm and 63 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Aqua Medic Round Grate 40mm - Clear (SKU AM41541)
- **Target Environment:** Larger freshwater and marine aquariums, overflows, sumps and holding systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Tank Union Tv25 (hole Size Required = 32-35mm)
Compact ABS bulkhead for taking PVC pipework through a 32–35 mm hole.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/tank-union-tv25-hole-size-required-32-35mm/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41725 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901119893
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41725.jpg
A drilled tank or sump is only as reliable as the fitting through the hole, and a weeping bulkhead inside a cabinet is the leak nobody notices until the floor is wet. Aqua Medic Tank Union TV25 (Hole Size Required = 32-35mm) (SKU: AM41725) is an ABS tank union, or bulkhead, for making a connection through aquarium glass, sized for a drilled hole of 32 to 35 mm. It links the aquarium to fixed PVC piping and comes with its sealing ring and clamping nut, so the body, seal and nut are all in the pack. Retail listings describe it as compact and space-saving, and note that with the union installed a tank can be drained almost completely through it.
The TV25 is the smallest of the three Aqua Medic unions carried here, sold as the 25 mm size, and suits drains, returns and closed loops on small to mid-size systems. Rigid PVC pipe is glued into it to hard-plumb the tank, or a hose coupling can be connected where flexible hose is preferred. The hole must fall within the 32 to 35 mm range: smaller and the body will not pass through, larger and the seal has too little glass to bear on. Only annealed (float) glass can be drilled; toughened glass shatters, so the tank maker's specification should be checked before any hole is cut. ABS does not corrode, which suits the union to salt water as well as fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Drilled tanks and sumps:** A through-glass drain or return in a 32–35 mm hole.
- **Hard-plumbed systems:** Connecting the tank to fixed PVC pipework.
- **Near-complete draining:** A low connection that lets a tank or sump empty almost fully.
- **Replacing a tired bulkhead:** A fresh seal and nut on an existing hole of the right size.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the hole:** 32 to 35 mm, clean-edged and free of chips.
- **Seal on the wet side:** Place the sealing ring between the flange and the glass inside the tank.
- **Tighten by hand:** Run the clamping nut up firmly from outside without over-tightening.
- **Leak-test first:** Fill and check the union before the pipework is glued in permanently.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **32–35 mm hole:** The smallest of the TV25, TV32 and TV40 sizes.
- **ABS body:** Rigid and corrosion-free in fresh or salt water.
- **Complete set:** Sealing ring and clamping nut included.
- **Space-saving:** Compact enough for small sumps and tight cabinets.
- **Pipe or hose:** Glue in PVC pipe or attach a hose coupling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41725
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901119893
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Tank Union (Bulkhead)
- **Size:** TV25 (25 mm)
- **Required Hole Size:** 32–35 mm
- **Material:** ABS
- **Included:** Union body, sealing ring, clamping nut
- **Connection:** Fixed PVC pipework or hose coupling
- **Other Sizes:** Tank Union TV32, 42–45 mm hole (SKU AM41732); Tank Union TV40, 55–60 mm hole (SKU AM41740)
- **Target Environment:** Drilled glass freshwater and marine aquariums and sumps
---
#### Aqua Medic Tank Union Tv32 (hole Size Required = 42-45mm)
Mid-size ABS bulkhead for overflow drains in a 42–45 mm hole.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/tank-union-tv32-hole-size-required-42-45mm/
- Price: $25.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41732 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901119909
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41732.jpg
A mid-size reef overflow has to carry the full output of the return pump, and a drain bulkhead one size too small is the one that gurgles, backs up and floods the overflow box. Aqua Medic Tank Union TV32 (Hole Size Required = 42-45mm) (SKU: AM41732) is Aqua Medic's ABS tank union for a connection through aquarium glass where the drilled hole measures 42 to 45 mm. It connects the aquarium to fixed PVC piping and is supplied with a sealing ring and clamping nut, ready to fit. Described by retailers as compact and space-saving, it mounts close to the glass, and once installed a tank can be emptied almost completely through it.
The TV32 sits between the TV25 and TV40 and is sold as the 32 mm size, the step up for drains and returns that carry more water than a small system needs. Rigid PVC pipe glues into the union, or a hose coupling is connected for a flexible run to the sump. The hole needs to be within the 42 to 45 mm range so the sealing ring has a full bearing surface; a chipped or oversized hole is the usual cause of a weep. Toughened glass cannot be drilled, so the panel should be confirmed as annealed glass first. The ABS body will not corrode in salt water and is light enough to sit in thin sump walls as well as display glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Overflow drains:** Mid-size drains on reef and fish-only display tanks.
- **Sump and refugium returns:** Through-wall connections between chambers and tanks.
- **Fish-room plumbing:** Linking several tanks to a shared PVC manifold.
- **Fully drained tanks:** A low union that lets the tank empty almost completely.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the bore:** A clean hole of 42 to 45 mm, with no chips on the edge.
- **Gasket inside:** Seat the sealing ring between the union flange and the glass on the water side.
- **Clamp it:** Tighten the clamping nut by hand from the dry side until firm.
- **Test before gluing:** Fill the tank and check for weeps before committing the pipework.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **42–45 mm hole:** The common size for overflow drains.
- **ABS construction:** Will not corrode in marine systems.
- **Ready to fit:** Sealing ring and clamping nut in the pack.
- **Low profile:** Compact body for drains close to the base.
- **Two ways to connect:** Glued PVC pipe or a hose coupling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41732
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901119909
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Tank Union (Bulkhead)
- **Size:** TV32 (32 mm)
- **Required Hole Size:** 42–45 mm
- **Material:** ABS
- **Included:** Union body, sealing ring, clamping nut
- **Connection:** Fixed PVC pipework or hose coupling
- **Other Sizes:** Tank Union TV25, 32–35 mm hole (SKU AM41725); Tank Union TV40, 55–60 mm hole (SKU AM41740)
- **Target Environment:** Drilled glass freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and refugiums
---
#### Aqua Medic Tank Union Tv40 (hole Size Required = 55-60mm)
Large ABS bulkhead for high-flow drains and returns in a 55–60 mm hole.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/tank-union-tv40-hole-size-required-55-60mm/
- Price: $33.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM41740 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901119916
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM41740.jpg
Large display tanks and fish-room systems move hundreds or thousands of litres an hour through their drains, and a bulkhead that is too small becomes the bottleneck of the whole system. Aqua Medic Tank Union TV40 (Hole Size Required = 55-60mm) (SKU: AM41740) is the largest of the Aqua Medic ABS tank unions carried here, made for a connection through aquarium glass in a drilled hole of 55 to 60 mm. It joins the aquarium to fixed PVC piping and arrives with a sealing ring and clamping nut. It is compact for its size, and once fitted it allows a tank to be drained almost completely.
Sold as the 40 mm size, the TV40 is the choice where a large return pump or a big overflow needs a wide bore, or where several tanks feed one main drain line. Rigid PVC pipe is glued into it for permanent plumbing, or a hose coupling is connected for a flexible line. The 55 to 60 mm hole should be cut cleanly, as a wide hole puts more load on the glass and leaves no room for chips under the seal; it must only be drilled in annealed glass, never toughened, and kept well clear of edges and corners as the tank maker advises. ABS stays corrosion-free in salt water, so the union suits marine sumps as well as freshwater systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large drains:** High-flow overflows on big reef and fish-only displays.
- **Main return lines:** Wide-bore returns from a large pump.
- **Central systems:** Fish rooms and shop systems with a shared main drain.
- **Bottom drains:** A low, compact union that lets the tank empty almost completely.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Drill to size:** A clean 55 to 60 mm hole in annealed glass only.
- **Seal on the water side:** Sealing ring between the flange and the inside face of the glass.
- **Even pressure:** Tighten the clamping nut by hand, firm and square.
- **Leak-test:** Fill and inspect before gluing the PVC pipework in place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **55–60 mm hole:** The widest of the three TV sizes.
- **High-flow bore:** For drains and returns carrying large volumes.
- **ABS body:** Tough, light and corrosion-free.
- **Seal and nut supplied:** No extra parts needed to mount it.
- **Flexible plumbing:** PVC pipe glued in or a hose coupling attached.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM41740
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901119916
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Tank Union (Bulkhead)
- **Size:** TV40 (40 mm)
- **Required Hole Size:** 55–60 mm
- **Material:** ABS
- **Included:** Union body, sealing ring, clamping nut
- **Connection:** Fixed PVC pipework or hose coupling
- **Other Sizes:** Tank Union TV25, 32–35 mm hole (SKU AM41725); Tank Union TV32, 42–45 mm hole (SKU AM41732)
- **Target Environment:** Large drilled glass freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and central systems
---
#### Aqua Medic Topview 200
Floating acrylic viewing and photo window for looking straight down into a reef.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12953
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM65960 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143355
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-topview-200-aquatic-supplies-australia-1639893_700x700.webp
Corals are grown, judged and traded on how they look from above, yet the rippling surface of a reef tank turns any top-down view into a blur of reflections. Aqua Medic TopView 200 (SKU: AM65960) is Aqua Medic's viewing and photography glass, item 65960, made of acrylic and designed to float on the water surface, giving a clear view through the surface into the coral world. It measures approximately 200 mm in diameter and 50 mm high. Because the flat window sits in the water below the moving surface, Aqua Medic states that it produces no distorted images, and the flow pumps do not need to be switched off while it is in use.
A smartphone can be placed directly in the TopView, camera facing down, which Aqua Medic says avoids annoying light reflections from room lights and the aquarium lighting. That makes it useful for coral photographs from the angle most colonies are grown to be seen, for checking colour and polyp extension, and for close inspection of the upper surfaces of corals and rock for pests. At 200 mm across it frames a frag rack section or a small colony at a time and can be slid along the surface to the next spot. Acrylic scratches more easily than glass, so it is best rinsed in fresh water after use, wiped with a soft cloth and stored away from sand and abrasive pads. Aqua Medic also makes a larger TopView 250.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral photography:** Top-down shots without surface ripple or glare.
- **Checking colonies:** Colour, growth and polyp extension seen from above.
- **Pest inspection:** A close look at upper coral surfaces and rock.
- **Showing the reef:** A clear view down into the tank while pumps keep running.
**How to Use**
- **Float it:** Set the TopView on the surface over the area to view.
- **Leave the pumps on:** Aqua Medic says flow pumps need not be switched off.
- **Seat the phone:** Rest the smartphone inside, camera facing down.
- **Look after the acrylic:** Rinse in fresh water and wipe with a soft cloth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating design:** Rides on the surface, no mounting needed.
- **Acrylic body:** Light and clear, about 200 mm across.
- **No distortion:** A flat window through the moving surface.
- **Phone-ready:** The camera sits inside, cutting reflections.
- **Pumps stay on:** No need to stop circulation for a look.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM65960
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143355
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Floating Viewing and Photo Glass
- **Item Number:** 65960
- **Diameter:** Approx. 200 mm
- **Height:** Approx. 50 mm
- **Material:** Acrylic
- **Use:** Viewing and smartphone photography from above
- **Larger Model:** Aqua Medic TopView 250
- **Target Environment:** Open-top reef, marine and freshwater aquariums
---
### AQUA MEDIC — ATO Systems
#### Aqua Medic Refill System 2.0 - Ato
Three-sensor automatic top-up with overfill cut-out and reservoir alarm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12942
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM50277 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901141702
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: ATO Systems (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ato-systems/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/aqua-medic-refill-system-20-ato-aquatic-supplies-australia-1249439_700x700.webp
Evaporation takes several litres a day from a warm reef sump, and every litre lost raises the salinity of what is left. Aqua Medic Refill System 2.0 - ATO (SKU: AM50277) is Aqua Medic's automatic top-up system for aquariums and cabinet filters, replacing evaporated water from a separate reservoir so the level and salinity stay constant. It uses three float switches rather than one: N1 sets the working level, N2 sits above it as a safety cut-out if N1 sticks, and N3 sits in the reservoir to protect the refill pump from running dry. Everything runs at 12 V low voltage from a 100–240 V power supply, with plug connections on every cable for easy installation and servicing.
N1 has a delay function, so ripples and surface movement do not set the pump switching on and off. If N1 fails and the water rises to N2, refilling is interrupted, which Aqua Medic describes as a safety shutdown for a defective level sensor. When the reservoir runs low, N3 stops the pump and triggers an optical and acoustic alarm. Status lights on the controller show refilling in progress, low reservoir water with an audible beep, and power on. The supplied refill pump draws 0.5 to 5.0 W at 3.5 to 12 V DC and delivers up to 350 L/h with a maximum head of 220 cm, feeding through 2 m of 8/12 mm hose. The supplied N1 and N2 holder needs about 13 cm at the aquarium or sump rim, and both sensors sit above the water line with their floats pointing upward.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef aquariums:** Keeping salinity steady by replacing evaporation with fresh RO water.
- **Sump systems:** Holding a constant level in the return section so the pump never runs low.
- **Holidays and busy weeks:** Top-up continues without daily attention.
- **Open-top tanks:** Higher evaporation that would otherwise mean daily hand-filling.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Cables first:** Connect every sensor and the pump before switching on the power supply.
- **Fit N1 and N2:** Mount them on the supplied holder at the desired level and safety level, floats upward.
- **Set the reservoir:** Stick the pump and N3 to the bottom with the suction cups, and keep the reservoir no higher than the hose outlet.
- **Route the hose:** Fix the outlet above the water so no siphon can form; keep sensors free of algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three float switches:** Working level, overfill cut-out and reservoir low-level.
- **Delay switching:** Ignores surface movement for steady operation.
- **Dry-run protection:** Stops the pump and sounds an alarm when the reservoir is low.
- **12 V low voltage:** Safe voltage at the tank and in the reservoir.
- **Plug-in cables:** Every component connects and disconnects without tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM50277
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901141702
- **Product Type:** ATO Systems > Automatic Top-Up System
- **Refill Pump:** 3.5–12 V DC, 0.5–5.0 W; max. 350 L/h, max. head 220 cm
- **Power Supply:** 100–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz input; 12 V DC output
- **Sensors:** 3 float switches (level, safety, reservoir)
- **Hose:** 2 m, 8/12 mm
- **In the Box:** Power supply, controller, 3 float switches, refill pump, 2 m refill hose
- **Sensor Holder:** Needs approx. 13 cm at the rim
- **Warranty:** 24 months via the dealer
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with sumps
---
### AQUA MEDIC — RODI Filters & Accessories
#### Aqua Medic Activated Carbon Cartridge 10"
Replacement carbon stage for Aqua Medic reverse osmosis units with 10-inch housings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/activated-carbon-cartridge-10/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM60615 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901102253
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM60615.jpg
Chlorine in town water is what wears out a reverse osmosis membrane before its time, and the carbon stage in front of it is the part that takes the load. Aqua Medic Activated Carbon Cartridge 10" (SKU: AM60615) is Aqua Medic's activated carbon filter insert for a standard 10-inch filter housing, one of the replacement cartridges the maker lists in its reverse osmosis range. It sits ahead of the membrane, where the carbon adsorbs chlorine and dissolved organic compounds from the incoming tap water so they never reach the thin-film membrane. Aqua Medic's Premium Line units are supplied with two large 10" prefilter housings and the Platinum Line Plus with three, so the cartridge drops into the same housings on either range.
In an Aqua Medic RO unit the water first passes a sediment filter that retains particles larger than 5 µm, then the carbon stage, then the TFC membrane, which Aqua Medic describes as polyamide/polysulfone. The maker's own description of the Premium Line is that the carbon protects the RO membrane by removing chlorine, and that the prefilter cartridges can easily be replaced. Spent carbon lets chlorine through without any visible sign, so it is changed to a schedule rather than when it looks dirty; common practice on mains water is every three to six months, sooner with heavy use or a strongly chlorinated supply, and always when a new membrane goes in. For units that run sediment and carbon in a single housing, Aqua Medic also makes a combined sediment/carbon 10" cartridge (AM60610), and a 5 µm sediment filter for the first stage.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled prefilter service:** Renewing the carbon stage at the normal three to six month interval.
- **Chlorinated mains water:** Keeping chlorine off the membrane on a town supply.
- **New membrane fitted:** Fresh carbon so the new membrane starts out protected.
- **Spare on the shelf:** A cartridge on hand so a service is never put off.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the unit:** Close the supply tap and open the outlet to release the pressure.
- **Open the housing:** Unscrew the bowl with the housing spanner, remove the old cartridge and rinse the bowl.
- **Seat the new cartridge:** Centre it on the seals, check the O-ring is in its groove and hand-tighten.
- **Flush to waste:** Run the first few minutes of water to drain to wash out carbon fines.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Activated carbon stage:** Adsorbs chlorine and organics ahead of the RO membrane.
- **Standard 10-inch format:** Fits the 10" prefilter housings on Aqua Medic RO units.
- **Membrane protection:** Chlorine removal is what keeps a TFC membrane working.
- **Genuine Aqua Medic cartridge:** Listed by the maker among its reverse osmosis spares.
- **Quick swap:** Replaces in the existing housing in a few minutes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM60615
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901102253
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Activated Carbon Prefilter Cartridge
- **Format:** 10" (standard 10-inch filter housing)
- **Filter Medium:** Activated carbon
- **Function:** Chlorine removal ahead of the RO membrane
- **Compatible Units:** Aqua Medic Premium Line and Platinum Line reverse osmosis units with 10" housings
- **Related Cartridges:** Combined sediment/carbon 10" (AM60610); sediment filter 5 µm 10"
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Combined Sediment/activated Carbon Cartridge 10"
Two-in-one prefilter that strains particles and strips chlorine before the RO membrane.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/combined-sediment-activated-carbon-cartridge-10/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM60610 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901102246
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM60610.jpg
A reverse osmosis unit is only as good as the water reaching its membrane, and silt and chlorine are the two things that shorten a membrane's life. Aqua Medic Combined Sediment/Activated Carbon Cartridge 10" (SKU: AM60610) is Aqua Medic's combined carbon and sediment filter insert for a 10-inch housing, listed in the maker's spare parts table for the Platinum Line Plus as "combined filter cartridge carb./sed. 10" housing", item U606.10. In one cartridge it does two jobs: the sediment side holds back suspended particles, and the activated carbon adsorbs chlorine from the tap water. On Aqua Medic's Premium Line it is the second stage, fitted after the 5 µm sediment filter and before the membrane.
Aqua Medic's description of the Premium Line sets out the order: a sediment filter retains all particles larger than 5 µm, then a combined sediment/carbon filter protects the RO membrane by removing chlorine. The membrane itself is a TFC type (polyamide/polysulfone), which is why the carbon matters more than its size suggests. The Platinum Line Plus takes the same U606.10 cartridge in its 10" housings, alongside the 5 µm sediment filter (U606.17) and a resin cartridge. Aqua Medic notes that the cartridges are easily replaced. Exhausted carbon gives no visible warning, so keepers on chlorinated mains water usually change it every three to six months, and earlier if the sediment side clogs and production drops. Renewing it together with the sediment filter keeps both stages on the same schedule.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Premium Line service:** The second prefilter housing, after the 5 µm sediment stage.
- **Platinum Line Plus:** The carb./sed. cartridge the maker lists for that unit.
- **Town water with chlorine:** Protecting the TFC membrane from chlorine damage.
- **Falling output:** A clogged prefilter is a common reason production slows.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut off and depressurise:** Close the supply tap and open the outlet before touching a housing.
- **Change the insert:** Unscrew the bowl, discard the old cartridge and rinse the bowl clean.
- **Check the seal:** Make sure the O-ring is seated, then hand-tighten the bowl.
- **Flush before use:** Run the unit to drain for several minutes to clear carbon fines.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two stages in one:** Sediment filtration and activated carbon in a single insert.
- **Chlorine removal:** Protects the polyamide TFC membrane, as Aqua Medic describes.
- **Maker part U606.10:** The listed cartridge for Platinum Line Plus 10" housings.
- **10-inch format:** Fits Aqua Medic's standard 10" prefilter housings.
- **Space-saving:** Covers sediment and carbon where only one housing is free.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM60610
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901102246
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Combined Sediment/Carbon Prefilter Cartridge
- **Manufacturer Item:** U606.10
- **Format:** 10" (standard 10-inch filter housing)
- **Filter Media:** Sediment filter and activated carbon combined
- **Compatible Units:** Aqua Medic Platinum Line Plus; Premium Line (combined sediment/carbon stage)
- **Companion Cartridge:** Sediment filter 5 µm 10" (U606.17)
- **Related Cartridge:** Activated carbon 10" (AM60615)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Demineralisation Filter 10" (includes Standard Ion Exchange Resin)
Resin polishing stage that follows an RO unit to strip residual silicate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/demineralisation-filter-10-includes-standard-ion-exchange-resin/
- Price: $179.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM60110 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901108200
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM60110.jpg
Reverse osmosis removes most of what is in tap water, but not all of it, and in a reef even a little silicate left in the top-up water is enough to keep brown diatoms coming back. Aqua Medic's own RO manual puts silicate and nitrate removal by the membrane at up to about 70 per cent. Aqua Medic Demineralisation Filter 10" (includes Standard Ion Exchange Resin) (SKU: AM60110) is the polishing stage for that last fraction: a 10" filter housing supplied filled with Aqua Medic's standard ion exchange resin, fitted after the reverse osmosis unit to remove the remaining dissolved ions from the RO water. Aqua Medic states that it reduces the growth of diatoms where the silicate level of the tap water is too high.
The resin is a mixed-bed demineraliser made of two styrene-divinylbenzene copolymers, one carrying trialkylammonium groups in the OH form to take up anions such as silicate, nitrate and phosphate, and one carrying sulfonic acid groups in the H form to take up cations. Together they exchange the remaining ions for water. Aqua Medic describes the resin as disposable: once the conductivity of the treated water starts to rise, it is exhausted and must be replaced. Refill resin is sold as Aqua Medic RO-resin in 1 L and 5 L packs. Feeding the housing with RO water only, rather than tap water, is what gives the resin a useful working life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Persistent diatoms:** Brown film returning in a reef topped up with RO water alone.
- **High-silicate tap water:** Supplies where RO output still carries measurable silicate.
- **Zero-TDS targets:** Reef keepers who want RO/DI water reading at or near zero.
- **Upgrading an RO unit:** Adding a fourth, deionising stage after a three-stage system.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fit after the membrane:** Connect it on the product water line, never before the RO unit or on the waste line.
- **Feed RO water only:** Raw tap water would exhaust the resin very quickly.
- **Monitor conductivity:** Check the output with a TDS or conductivity meter at each top-up batch.
- **Refill when it rises:** Empty the spent resin and refill the housing with fresh RO-resin.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ready to use:** Supplied filled with standard ion exchange resin.
- **Mixed-bed resin:** Anion and cation exchangers in one housing.
- **Silicate removal:** Targets the residue that feeds diatoms.
- **Refillable 10" housing:** Reused with Aqua Medic RO-resin refills.
- **Post-RO stage:** Polishes permeate from a reverse osmosis unit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM60110
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901108200
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Demineralisation (DI) Filter
- **Manufacturer Item:** U601.10
- **Housing:** 10" filter housing
- **Contents:** Housing filled with standard ion exchange resin
- **Resin Type:** Mixed-bed, styrene-divinylbenzene copolymers (OH-form anion, H-form cation)
- **Position:** After the reverse osmosis unit, on the product water line
- **Replace Resin When:** Conductivity of the treated water starts to rise
- **Refill:** Aqua Medic RO-resin, 1 L (U601.11) or 5 L (U601.12)
- **Target Environment:** RO/DI water for marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Easy Line Professional 100 - 3 Stage Ro Filter
Mid-size reverse osmosis unit for regular reef water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/easy-line-professional-100-3-stage-ro-filter/
- Price: $215.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM710100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144925
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM710100.jpg
Once a reef passes a couple of hundred litres, the weekly change water plus daily evaporation adds up to more than a small RO unit can comfortably make overnight. Aqua Medic Easy Line Professional 100 - 3 Stage RO Filter (SKU: AM710100) is the mid-size unit in Aqua Medic's easy line professional range, a three-stage reverse osmosis filter that produces soft, desalted water for saltwater and freshwater aquariums, terrariums and other uses. Water passes a 5 µm sediment filter, an activated carbon filter that strips chlorine before it can damage the membrane, and a 100 GPD TFC membrane of polyamide and polysulfone, with rejection of up to 98 per cent and nitrate and silicate removal of up to about 70 per cent.
Aqua Medic's manual gives the 100 an output of approximately 300 L a day at 4 bar. Spread over a day that is about 12.5 L an hour, enough to make 100 L of change water in around eight hours. With a 3–4:1 concentrate-to-permeate ratio, a full day of production sends roughly 900 to 1,200 L to waste, which is worth planning for on metered or tank water. The minimum supply pressure is 3 bar, output also rises with water temperature, and the unit must be fed cold water only. It mounts on a bracket for standing or wall fixing, at about 37 × 16 × 16 cm, with a pressure gauge, shut-off valve, chrome tap extension and pressure-switch outlet for an optional pressure tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium reef systems:** Change and top-up water for tanks of a few hundred litres.
- **Mixing salt in bulk:** Filling a 100 L mixing drum in about a working day.
- **Several freshwater tanks:** Soft water for a small fish room or breeding set-up.
- **Upgrading from a 50:** Around 60 per cent more water from the same size unit.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the pressure:** Confirm at least 3 bar on the gauge; 4 bar gives the rated output.
- **Connect the tap:** Use the universal adapter and tap extension on a cold-water tap.
- **Route the waste:** Clamp the waste line to the drain with the supplied hose clamp.
- **Discard the first run:** Throw away the first two hours of water from a new membrane.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 300 L a day:** Rated output of the 100 GPD membrane at 4 bar.
- **TFC membrane:** Polyamide/polysulfone with up to 98 per cent rejection.
- **Chlorine protection:** Carbon prefilter shields the membrane from tap-water chlorine.
- **Pressure-tank ready:** Pressure switch for automatic tank filling.
- **Compact bracket:** Stands on a shelf or fixes to a wall.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM710100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144925
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Reverse Osmosis Unit (3-Stage)
- **Output:** Approx. 300 L/day at 4 bar
- **Membrane:** 100 GPD TFC (item U711.100), flow restrictor U710.550
- **Prefilters:** 5 µm sediment and activated carbon; replace yearly
- **Water Supply:** Cold water, minimum 3 bar; membrane damaged above 40 °C
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 37 × 16 × 16 cm
- **Replacement Set:** Filter Set ELP 100 + Membrane 100 (AM712100)
- **Warranty:** 24 months, excluding prefilters and membrane
- **Other Sizes:** Easy Line Professional 50 (AM710050); 200 (AM710200)
- **Target Environment:** RO water for marine and freshwater aquariums and terrariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Easy Line Professional 200 - 3 Stage Ro Filter
High-output reverse osmosis unit for large reefs and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/easy-line-professional-200-3-stage-ro-filter/
- Price: $265.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM710200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144949
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM710200.jpg
Large reef systems and fish rooms burn through RO water quickly, and a small unit running around the clock still falls behind. Aqua Medic Easy Line Professional 200 - 3 Stage RO Filter (SKU: AM710200) is the largest easy line professional unit stocked here, a three-stage reverse osmosis filter that Aqua Medic rates at approximately 800 L of soft, desalted water a day at 4 bar. It uses the same compact layout as the smaller models, a 5 µm sediment prefilter followed by an activated carbon prefilter that removes chlorine, but fits a 200 GPD TFC membrane of polyamide and polysulfone with a rejection rate of up to 98 per cent.
At 800 L a day the unit makes about 33 L an hour, so a 200 L batch of change water is ready in around six hours. The trade-off is waste: at Aqua Medic's 3–4:1 concentrate-to-permeate ratio, a full day's running sends roughly 2,400 to 3,200 L to the drain, so the drain line needs as much thought as the supply. The integrated pressure switch allows automatic filling of a pressure tank (not supplied). Aqua Medic sets a minimum of 3 bar and reaches nominal capacity at 4 bar; output climbs with pressure and temperature, but the feed must be cold water below 40 °C. The unit measures about 37 × 16 × 16 cm on its mounting bracket.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Big tanks with high evaporation and large weekly changes.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Supplying many tanks from one unit.
- **Batch salt mixing:** Filling large mixing stations within a few hours.
- **Pressure-tank systems:** Automatic refilling of a stored RO supply.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount the bracket:** Stand it on a shelf or fix it to a wall near a cold tap and drain.
- **Lock the hoses:** Remove the blue lock ring, push the hose fully home, refit and tug to check.
- **Flush the membrane:** Discard the first two hours of permeate after installation.
- **Manage the waste:** Plan for roughly three to four litres of concentrate per litre of RO water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 800 L a day:** The highest output of the three sizes stocked.
- **200 GPD membrane:** TFC polyamide/polysulfone with matching flow restrictor.
- **Nitrate and silicate reduction:** Up to about 70 per cent, per the manual.
- **Automatic tank filling:** Built-in pressure switch for a pressure tank.
- **Compact footprint:** Same 37 × 16 × 16 cm frame as the smaller units.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM710200
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144949
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Reverse Osmosis Unit (3-Stage)
- **Output:** Approx. 800 L/day at 4 bar
- **Membrane:** 200 GPD TFC (item U711.200), flow restrictor U710.650
- **Rejection:** Up to 98%; nitrate and silicate up to approx. 70%
- **Water Supply:** Cold water, minimum 3 bar, nominal 4 bar
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 37 × 16 × 16 cm
- **Replacement Set:** Filter Set ELP 200 + Membrane 200 (AM712200)
- **Warranty:** 24 months, excluding prefilters and membrane
- **Other Sizes:** Easy Line Professional 50 (AM710050); 100 (AM710100)
- **Target Environment:** RO water for marine and freshwater aquariums and terrariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Easy Line Professional 50 - 3 Stage Ro Filter
Entry-size reverse osmosis unit making about 190 L of pure water a day.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/easy-line-professional-50-3-stage-ro-filter/
- Price: $195.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM710050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144918
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM710050.jpg
Tap water carries phosphate, nitrate, silicate and chloramine into every water change and top-up, and in a reef those are the nutrients that feed algae. Aqua Medic Easy Line Professional 50 - 3 Stage RO Filter (SKU: AM710050) is the smallest of Aqua Medic's easy line professional reverse osmosis units, a compact three-stage filter that turns tap water into soft, desalted water for marine and freshwater aquariums, terrarium misting and other uses. A 5 µm sediment filter holds back particles, an activated carbon filter removes chlorine to protect the membrane, and a 50 GPD TFC (polyamide/polysulfone) membrane does the desalting, with a rejection rate Aqua Medic gives as up to 98 per cent.
The manual rates the 50 at approximately 190 L a day at its nominal pressure of 4 bar; the unit needs at least 3 bar, below which production falls, and below 2 bar rejection drops too. That is roughly 8 L an hour, so a 50 L water change takes about six hours to make. At the stated 3–4:1 concentrate-to-permeate ratio, a full day's running also sends around 570 to 760 L to the drain. The unit measures about 37 × 16 × 16 cm on a bracket for standing or wall mounting, and comes with an oil-damped pressure gauge, shut-off valve, flow restrictor, tap connection with universal adapter, chrome-plated tap extension and four 1 m pressure tubes. A pressure switch allows automatic filling of a pressure tank, which is not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small reef tanks:** Top-up and change water for nano and small marine aquariums.
- **Soft-water freshwater:** Base water for discus, shrimp and blackwater species.
- **Terrarium misting:** Mineral-free water that leaves no spots on glass.
- **High-silicate tap water:** Cutting the silicate and nitrate that feed diatoms and algae.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Cold water only:** Connect to the cold tap; temperatures above 40 °C destroy the membrane.
- **Fit the membrane:** Insert it O-rings first in the direction of flow and close the housing with the key.
- **Rinse and flush:** Rinse the carbon filter before first use and discard the first two hours of water.
- **Service yearly:** Replace both prefilters about once a year, sooner with heavily polluted water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 190 L a day:** The output of the 50 GPD membrane at 4 bar.
- **Three stages:** 5 µm sediment, activated carbon and TFC membrane.
- **Up to 98 per cent rejection:** Nitrate and silicate reduced by up to about 70 per cent.
- **Pressure gauge on board:** Oil-damped gauge shows supply pressure at a glance.
- **Tap extension:** Chrome-plated diverter switches between RO water and tap water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM710050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144918
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Reverse Osmosis Unit (3-Stage)
- **Output:** Approx. 190 L/day at 4 bar
- **Membrane:** 50 GPD TFC (item U711.050), flow restrictor U710.350
- **Water Pressure:** Minimum 3 bar; nominal 4 bar
- **Waste Ratio:** Approx. 3–4:1 concentrate to permeate
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 37 × 16 × 16 cm
- **Replacement Set:** Filter Set EL/ELP 50 + Membrane 50 (AM712050)
- **Warranty:** 24 months; prefilters and membrane excluded as wear parts
- **Other Sizes:** Easy Line Professional 100 (AM710100); 200 (AM710200)
- **Target Environment:** RO water for marine and freshwater aquariums and terrariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Set El 300 + Membrane 75 - El 300
Prefilters and 75 GPD membrane matched to the easy line 300.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/filter-set-el-300-membrane-75-el-300/
- Price: $159.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM712075 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901145342
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM712075.jpg
The easy line 300 sits between the small and large Aqua Medic RO units, and its 75 GPD membrane is a size none of the professional models share, so its replacement set is specific to it. Aqua Medic Filter Set EL 300 + Membrane 75 - EL 300 (SKU: AM712075) is Aqua Medic's filter set with membrane 75 (item U712.075), made for the easy line 300 reverse osmosis unit, which Aqua Medic rates at about 300 L of soft, desalted water a day. The set holds the three working parts of the unit: a 5 µm sediment prefilter, an activated carbon prefilter that removes chlorine to protect the membrane, and the 75 GPD TFC (polyamide/polysulfone) membrane itself.
Aqua Medic lists the easy line 300 membrane as item U711.075 and the two prefilters individually as U605.06 (sediment) and U605.01 (carbon), so this set replaces all three in one purchase. The manual's guidance is to change the prefilters about yearly on normal tap water and more often on heavily polluted water, while the membrane generally lasts several years depending on hardness. Aqua Medic gives the membrane's rejection as up to 98 per cent with a 3–4:1 concentrate-to-permeate ratio. Fitting a 75 GPD membrane to an easy line 300 keeps it matched to the unit's flow restrictor; other easy line models take different sets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Easy line 300 owners only:** The 75 GPD membrane and prefilters for that model.
- **Full overhaul:** When the prefilters are due and the membrane is worn.
- **Silicate creeping back:** Diatoms returning in a reef despite RO-only top-ups.
- **Restarting a stored unit:** A unit left dry or frozen, since the membrane must be stored above 0 °C.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Depressurise first:** Turn off the tap and open the outlet before removing housings.
- **Rinse the prefilters:** Flush the new carbon and sediment cartridges before mounting.
- **Insert the membrane:** O-rings leading, in the direction of flow, seated at the top of the housing guide.
- **Discard early water:** Throw away the first two hours of RO water after the change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Model-specific set:** Made for the easy line 300 and its 75 GPD membrane.
- **Three parts in one:** Sediment, carbon and membrane together.
- **About 300 L a day:** Restores the unit's rated output with a fresh membrane.
- **Up to 98 per cent rejection:** Aqua Medic's figure for its TFC membranes.
- **Chlorine barrier:** New carbon stage protects the new membrane from day one.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM712075
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901145342
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Replacement Filter Set
- **Manufacturer Item:** U712.075
- **Contents:** 5 µm sediment prefilter, activated carbon prefilter, 75 GPD TFC membrane
- **Individual Parts:** Membrane U711.075; sediment U605.06; carbon U605.01
- **Compatible Model:** Aqua Medic easy line 300
- **Replacement Interval:** Prefilters about yearly; membrane typically several years
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis units supplying marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Set El/elp 50 + Membrane 50 (el 90/190 & Elp 50)
Complete prefilter and 50 GPD membrane renewal for small easy line units.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/filter-set-el-elp-50-membrane-50-el-90-190-elp-50/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM712050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901145335
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM712050.jpg
An RO unit only stays as good as its consumables: a clogged sediment filter starves the membrane, a spent carbon block lets chlorine through, and a worn membrane lets silicate and nitrate slip into the tank. Aqua Medic Filter Set EL/ELP 50 + Membrane 50 (EL 90/190 & ELP 50) (SKU: AM712050) is Aqua Medic's complete replacement set (item U712.050) for its smaller three-stage reverse osmosis units, containing a 5 µm sediment (fine) prefilter, an activated carbon prefilter and a 50 GPD TFC membrane. Aqua Medic lists it for the easy line 190 and the easy line professional 50, both units rated at about 190 L of RO water a day, and the catalogue name also covers the older easy line 90.
Aqua Medic's manual advises replacing the two prefilters about once a year on normal tap water, sooner where the supply is heavily polluted, and rinsing them before fitting. The membrane usually lasts several years depending on water hardness, so a full set suits a unit due for both at once, typically when product-water conductivity starts to rise or output falls at normal pressure. Because each membrane size is matched to its own flow restrictor, a like-for-like 50 GPD replacement works with the restrictor already fitted to these units. After fitting, the first two hours of water should be discarded.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Annual service:** Prefilters due for their yearly change, with the membrane renewed at the same time.
- **Rising TDS:** Product water reading higher than it did when the unit was new.
- **Falling output:** Noticeably less RO water at the usual supply pressure.
- **Second-hand units:** Starting an easy line 190 or ELP 50 of unknown history afresh.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the unit:** Close the tap and release pressure before opening any housing.
- **Swap the prefilters:** Rinse the new sediment and carbon cartridges, then fit them in their original order.
- **Seat the membrane:** Insert it O-rings first in the direction of flow and close the housing with the key.
- **Flush:** Run the unit and discard the first two hours of permeate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All three stages:** Sediment, carbon and membrane in one set.
- **50 GPD TFC membrane:** Polyamide/polysulfone, the size the 190 L/day units use.
- **5 µm sediment filter:** Retains particles before they reach the carbon and membrane.
- **Carbon prefilter:** Removes chlorine that would otherwise damage the membrane.
- **Genuine Aqua Medic parts:** Matched to the unit's existing flow restrictor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM712050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901145335
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Replacement Filter Set
- **Manufacturer Item:** U712.050
- **Contents:** Sediment (fine) prefilter 5 µm, activated carbon prefilter, 50 GPD membrane
- **Membrane:** TFC polyamide/polysulfone (U711.050)
- **Compatible Models:** easy line 190, easy line professional 50 (easy line 90 per catalogue name)
- **Replacement Interval:** Prefilters about yearly; membrane typically several years
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis units supplying marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Set Elp 100 + Membrane 100 - Elp 100
Full consumables renewal for the easy line professional 100.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/filter-set-elp-100-membrane-100-elp-100/
- Price: $169.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM712100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901145359
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM712100.jpg
When an easy line professional 100 starts making less water, or the TDS reading on its product water starts to climb, the answer is usually all three consumables rather than one. Aqua Medic Filter Set ELP 100 + Membrane 100 - ELP 100 (SKU: AM712100) is Aqua Medic's filter set with membrane 100 (item U712.100), the matched replacement set for the easy line professional 100 reverse osmosis unit. It contains a 5 µm sediment (fine) prefilter, an activated carbon prefilter and a 100 GPD TFC membrane, which together bring the unit back to its rated output of about 300 L of RO water a day at 4 bar.
In the ELP 100 the 100 GPD membrane (U711.100) works with flow restrictor U710.550, which sets the concentrate-to-permeate ratio, so a like-for-like membrane keeps that balance correct. Aqua Medic's manual recommends changing the prefilters about once a year where tap water is normal and more often where it is heavily polluted, rinsing them before fitting, while the membrane typically lasts several years depending on water hardness. A new membrane rejects up to 98 per cent of dissolved solids, with nitrate and silicate cut by up to about 70 per cent. The ELP 150 and ELP 200 use their own sets with larger membranes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yearly service plus membrane:** Renewing every stage of an ELP 100 at once.
- **Reduced production:** Output well under 300 L a day at a healthy 4 bar.
- **Poor water quality:** Conductivity of the product water rising over time.
- **After chlorine damage:** A unit run too long on an exhausted carbon prefilter.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut off and vent:** Close the supply and relieve pressure before opening the housings.
- **Replace the prefilters:** Rinse, then fit the sediment and carbon cartridges in their original positions.
- **Change the membrane:** Open the housing with the key and push the new membrane in, O-rings first.
- **Flush and test:** Discard two hours of permeate, then check output and TDS.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched to the ELP 100:** 100 GPD membrane for the unit's U710.550 restrictor.
- **Complete set:** Sediment, carbon and membrane in one pack.
- **Restores about 300 L a day:** The ELP 100's rated output at 4 bar.
- **TFC construction:** Polyamide/polysulfone membrane, up to 98 per cent rejection.
- **Protective prefilters:** 5 µm sediment and chlorine-removing carbon.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM712100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901145359
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Replacement Filter Set
- **Manufacturer Item:** U712.100
- **Contents:** Sediment (fine) prefilter 5 µm, activated carbon prefilter, 100 GPD membrane
- **Membrane:** TFC polyamide/polysulfone (U711.100)
- **Compatible Model:** Aqua Medic easy line professional 100 (AM710100)
- **Replacement Interval:** Prefilters about yearly; membrane typically several years
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Set ELP 150 + Membrane 150 (AM712150); ELP 200 + Membrane 200 (AM712200)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis units supplying marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Set Elp 150 + Membrane 150 - Elp 150
Annual prefilter pair and 600 litre-per-day membrane for the easy line professional 150.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/filter-set-elp-150-membrane-150-elp-150/
- Price: $199.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM712150 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901145366
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM712150.jpg
When a reverse osmosis unit starts filling the drum more slowly than it used to, the cartridges have usually done their job. Aqua Medic Filter Set ELP 150 + Membrane 150 - ELP 150 (SKU: AM712150) is Aqua Medic's complete service set for the easy line professional 150, listed in the unit's manual as part U712.150. It contains the sediment prefilter, the activated carbon prefilter and a new reverse osmosis membrane matched to the 150's output of about 600 litres a day. The sediment stage holds back particles larger than 5 µm, the carbon stage removes chlorine before it can damage the membrane, and the membrane does the desalting.
Aqua Medic uses a TFC (polyamide/polysulfone) membrane in the easy line professional, with a rejection rate of up to 98%. Nitrate and silicate are held back by a maximum of about 70%, so reef keepers often add a resin stage after the membrane. The ratio of waste water to pure water is roughly 3–4:1. The unit needs at least 3 bar of mains pressure and reaches its nominal output at 4 bar; below 2 bar the rejection rate falls as well as the production. The membrane is destroyed above 40 °C and by freezing, so the system runs on the cold supply only and the set should be stored frost-free. For tap water that is not heavily polluted, Aqua Medic says a yearly change of both prefilters is enough, and a membrane normally lasts several years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yearly service:** Both prefilters are due about once a year on ordinary town water.
- **Falling production:** Output well under 600 L/day at 4 bar points to clogged filters or a tired membrane.
- **Rising conductivity:** Product water reading higher than it did when the membrane was new.
- **Unit of unknown history:** A clean start for a second-hand easy line professional 150.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the unit:** Turn off the cold-water supply and release the pressure first.
- **Rinse the prefilters:** Flush the carbon filter before connecting it to the membrane housing, as Aqua Medic directs.
- **Fit the membrane:** Seat the new membrane fully in its housing, then refit the cap and hoses.
- **Discard the first water:** Aqua Medic says the pure water from the first two hours must be thrown away.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three parts in one set:** Sediment prefilter, carbon prefilter and RO membrane together.
- **5 µm sediment stage:** Keeps silt and rust off the carbon and the membrane.
- **Chlorine protection:** Activated carbon guards the chlorine-sensitive TFC membrane.
- **Matched to the 150:** A membrane sized for about 600 litres of pure water a day.
- **Up to 98% rejection:** Aqua Medic's figure for the membrane at proper pressure.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM712150
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901145366
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Replacement Filter Set
- **Manufacturer Item:** U712.150
- **Contents:** Sediment prefilter (5 µm), activated carbon prefilter, RO membrane 150
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic easy line professional 150 (about 600 L/day)
- **Operating Limits:** 3 bar minimum, 4 bar nominal; cold water below 40 °C; store above 0 °C
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Set ELP 100 + Membrane 100 (AM712100); Filter Set ELP 200 + Membrane 200 (AM712200)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Filter Set Elp 200 + Membrane 200 - Elp 200
Full cartridge and 800 litre-per-day membrane renewal for the largest easy line professional.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/filter-set-elp-200-membrane-200-elp-200/
- Price: $229.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM712200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901145373
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM712200.jpg
A large reef, a fish room or a shop system can drink hundreds of litres of pure water a week in top-off and water changes, and the biggest unit in the range works hardest of all. Aqua Medic Filter Set ELP 200 + Membrane 200 - ELP 200 (SKU: AM712200) is the matching service kit for the easy line professional 200, the highest-output model in the series at about 800 litres a day. Listed in the manual as U712.200, it replaces every working part of the unit at once: a sediment prefilter that stops particles above 5 µm, an activated carbon prefilter that takes chlorine out of the supply, and the 200 GPD membrane that produces the desalted water.
The membrane is a TFC type made of polyamide and polysulfone, rejecting up to 98% of dissolved substances; nitrate and silicate are removed only up to about 70%, so water for a reef usually passes through a resin stage afterwards. At full production the 200 sends roughly three to four litres to the drain for every litre of pure water, so a day's 800 L means somewhere around 2,400 to 3,200 L of concentrate, worth planning for where waste water is reused in the garden. Rated output needs 4 bar at the inlet, and Aqua Medic notes that production drops in winter when the mains water is cold. With moderate tap water, the prefilters last about a year; the membrane, several years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-demand systems:** Units running daily for big displays, fish rooms or retail systems.
- **Annual cartridge change:** Sediment and carbon prefilters at the end of their year.
- **Membrane end of life:** Output or purity well down after several years of service.
- **After frost or heat:** A membrane exposed to freezing or water over 40 °C must be replaced.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Depressurise:** Close the cold-water tap feeding the unit and let the pressure fall.
- **Swap the prefilters:** Rinse both new prefilters before mounting them, the carbon before it meets the membrane housing.
- **Change the membrane:** Replace the 200 GPD element and check every hose connection.
- **Run to waste:** Throw away the pure water from the first two hours, as the manual instructs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete service in one box:** Both prefilters plus the membrane for the 200.
- **Highest output in the series:** Membrane rated around 800 litres a day.
- **TFC membrane:** Polyamide/polysulfone with up to 98% rejection.
- **Chlorine stripped first:** Carbon prefilter protects the membrane from attack.
- **Long service life:** Prefilters about yearly, the membrane several years.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM712200
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901145373
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Replacement Filter Set
- **Manufacturer Item:** U712.200
- **Contents:** Sediment prefilter (5 µm), activated carbon prefilter, RO membrane 200 (200 GPD)
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic easy line professional 200 (about 800 L/day)
- **Waste Ratio:** About 3–4 parts concentrate to 1 part pure water
- **Pressure:** 3 bar minimum; nominal output at 4 bar
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Set ELP 100 + Membrane 100 (AM712100); Filter Set ELP 150 + Membrane 150 (AM712150)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Platinum Line Plus 24v - 4 Stage Ro Filter
Pumped RO/DI unit producing up to 400 L a day at a 1:1 ratio.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/platinum-line-plus-24v-4-stage-ro-filter/
- Price: $819.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM80065 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901141696
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/368002.jpg
Low mains pressure is what holds most reverse osmosis units back: output falls, waste water rises and the membrane never reaches its rating. Aqua Medic Platinum Line Plus 24v - 4 Stage RO Filter (SKU: AM80065) answers that with its own 24 V DC high-pressure pump and control unit, driving tap water through three 10-inch housings and a 100 GPD membrane module to produce up to 400 L of soft, low-salt water a day. Aqua Medic gives a salt rejection of up to 99% and a pure-to-waste ratio of up to 1:1, depending on temperature, pressure and water quality, against about 3–4:1 waste to pure water on Aqua Medic's unpumped Premium Line. The water suits fresh and saltwater aquariums, terrarium misting and similar uses.
The four stages are a 5 µm fine sediment cartridge, a combined sediment and activated carbon cartridge that protects the membrane from chlorine, the RO membrane, and a demineralisation resin cartridge of about 600 mL that polishes the product water. A display shows TDS of the pure water as a running check on the membrane and resin: Aqua Medic's guidance is to renew the resin when the reading rises to 2–4 ppm, while a reading of 99 usually points to a failed membrane. The unit flushes the membrane automatically at start-up and at intervals during operation, and a pressure gauge shows operating pressure. Everything sits on a powder-coated bracket about 38 × 22 × 47 cm, with 1/4" tubing and a 3/4" cold-water tap connection. The pump runs at 24 V safety voltage from a 100–240 V power pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef aquariums:** Top-up and salt-mixing water with silicate and nitrate removed by the resin stage.
- **Low-pressure supplies:** Homes where mains pressure alone cannot drive a membrane efficiently.
- **Water-conscious households:** A ratio of up to 1:1 wastes far less water than a gravity unit.
- **Soft-water freshwater species:** A clean base for remineralising to a set hardness.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount it dry:** Fix the bracket near a cold tap and drain, away from humid rooms and splashes.
- **Fit membrane and hoses:** Insert the membrane without its plastic sleeve, push hoses fully home and refit the blue lock rings.
- **Start and check:** Open the tap, plug in the power pack and check every fitting for leaks.
- **Discard first water:** Throw away the pure water from the first two hours, which may carry disinfectant residues.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built-in 24 V pump:** Raises membrane pressure for up to 400 L a day.
- **Up to 1:1 ratio:** Far less waste water than an unpumped unit.
- **Resin stage included:** About 600 mL of demineralisation resin for near-pure water.
- **TDS display:** Shows when the resin or membrane needs attention.
- **Automatic flushing:** Rinses the membrane at start-up and at intervals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM80065
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901141696
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Pumped 4-Stage RO/DI Unit
- **Output:** Up to 400 L per day
- **Salt Rejection:** Up to 99%
- **Pure to Waste Ratio:** Up to 1:1
- **Power:** 100–240 V power pack, 24 V DC / 1.5 A output
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 38 × 22 × 47 cm (L × W × H)
- **Connections:** 1/4" tubing; 3/4" cold-water tap connection
- **Spare Parts:** Membrane 400/100 GPD (U711.100, SKU AM711100); indicator resin cartridge (U601.15, SKU AM60115); carbon/sediment 10" (U606.10); 5 µm sediment 10" (U606.17)
- **Warranty:** 24 months via the dealer; membrane, resin and prefilters excluded
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, terrariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Premium Line 190 - 3 Stage Ro Filter
Compact wall-mounted reverse osmosis unit for 75 to 190 L a day.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/premium-line-190-3-stage-ro-filter/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM80025 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901113020
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM80025.jpg
A nano reef or a single display tank rarely needs more than a few buckets of pure water a week, and a big multi-stage unit is more plant than the job calls for. Aqua Medic Premium Line 190 - 3 Stage RO Filter (SKU: AM80025) is the smallest unit in Aqua Medic's Premium Line, a three-stage reverse osmosis filter that produces soft, desalted water for salt and freshwater aquariums, terrarium misting and similar uses at 75 to 190 L a day. It carries two 10-inch prefilter housings and one membrane housing on a powder-coated wall bracket, with a single 190/50 GPD TFC membrane of polyamide and polysulfone as the working stage.
Tap water passes first through a 5 µm sediment cartridge, then an activated carbon cartridge that removes chlorine to protect the membrane, then the membrane itself, which Aqua Medic rates at up to 98% rejection, with nitrate and silicate held back at about 70%. Output depends heavily on pressure and temperature: Aqua Medic's manual gives about 86 L a day at 4 bar and 15 °C, rising to about 189 L at 6 bar and 25 °C, and at 4 bar the unit makes around 2.5 to 4 L of pure water an hour against 12 to 20 L of waste. A flushing valve sets a ratio of about 3–4:1 waste to pure water and opens fully to rinse the membrane. The unit needs at least 3 bar, reaches nominal output at 4 bar, connects to a 3/4" cold-water tap with a 3 m pressure hose and must never see water over 40 °C or frost.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Top-up and water-change water for a single modest display.
- **Soft-water freshwater tanks:** A low-mineral base for discus, shrimp or blackwater species.
- **Terrarium misting:** Water that leaves no lime spots on glass and plants.
- **First RO unit:** A simple, unpowered entry point to purified water.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount the bracket:** Fix it to a wall near a cold tap and a drain; a 3/4" reducer is not included.
- **Connect the hoses:** Tap water to the prefilter, waste from the flushing valve, pure water out; push each hose fully in and refit the blue lock ring.
- **Discard the first water:** Run the unit and throw away the pure water from the first two hours.
- **Flush and maintain:** Open the flushing valve for 15 to 20 minutes when needed; replace both prefilters yearly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single 50 GPD membrane:** Sized for the smaller daily demand of one display.
- **Three stages:** 5 µm sediment, activated carbon and TFC membrane.
- **Up to 98% rejection:** Aqua Medic's figure for the TFC membrane.
- **Flushing valve included:** Sets the ratio and rinses deposits off the membrane.
- **No power needed:** Runs on mains water pressure from 3 bar.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM80025
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901113020
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > 3-Stage RO Unit
- **Output:** Approx. 75–190 L per day, depending on pressure and temperature
- **Membrane:** 1 × 190/50 GPD TFC (spare U711.050)
- **Rejection:** Up to 98%; nitrate and silicate approx. 70%
- **Water Pressure:** Minimum 3 bar, nominal 4 bar
- **Prefilter Spares:** 5 µm sediment 10" (U606.17); carbon/sediment 10" (U606.10)
- **Warranty:** 24 months via the dealer
- **Other Sizes:** Premium Line 300 (SKU AM80030); Premium Line 600 (SKU AM80035)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, terrariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Premium Line 300 - 3 Stage Ro Filter
Mid-size reverse osmosis unit with a 75 GPD membrane for 120 to 300 L a day.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/premium-line-300-3-stage-ro-filter/
- Price: $339.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM80030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901113037
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/premiumline.png
Once a reef passes a few hundred litres, the weekly water change and the daily evaporation start to outrun a small RO unit, especially in winter when cold mains water slows every membrane. Aqua Medic Premium Line 300 - 3 Stage RO Filter (SKU: AM80030) is the middle unit of Aqua Medic's Premium Line, built around a single 300/75 GPD TFC membrane that produces 120 to 300 L of soft, desalted water a day for salt and freshwater aquariums, terrarium misting and other uses. Like the rest of the line it carries two 10-inch prefilter housings and the membrane housing on a powder-coated wall bracket, with a flushing valve supplied.
The prefilters are a 5 µm sediment cartridge and a carbon cartridge that strips chlorine before it can damage the polyamide and polysulfone membrane. Aqua Medic quotes rejection of up to 98%, with nitrate and silicate removed at about 70%, and Aqua Medic offers an RO-resin stage as an option for reef use. The manual's figures show how much the bigger membrane gains: about 147 L a day at 4 bar and 15 °C and about 302 L at 6 bar and 25 °C, with roughly 4 to 6 L of pure water an hour at 4 bar against 15 to 24 L of waste. That ratio of about 3–4:1 is set by the flushing valve, which also opens for a 15 to 20 minute membrane rinse. The unit needs a minimum of 3 bar, connects to a 3/4" cold-water tap with a 3 m pressure hose, and must be kept from frost and from water over 40 °C.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size reef systems:** Enough daily output for top-up plus regular water changes.
- **Cold-water winters:** A larger membrane keeps output usable when mains water is cool.
- **Several freshwater tanks:** Soft water for a small group of displays or breeding tanks.
- **Upgrading from a 190:** More water per hour from the same compact footprint.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position it:** Wall-mount the bracket close to a cold-water tap and a drain.
- **Seat the membrane:** Remove the protective foil, fit the O-ring on the housing body, then screw on the cap.
- **Run in:** Open the tap, check for leaks, and discard all pure water from the first two hours.
- **Keep it fresh:** Change prefilters yearly, and fill with disinfectant for standstills over six weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300/75 GPD membrane:** About 60 to 70% more output than the 190 at the same pressure.
- **Two 10-inch prefilters:** 5 µm sediment and chlorine-removing carbon.
- **Wall-mounted bracket:** All housings on one powder-coated frame.
- **Flushing valve:** Sets the waste ratio and rinses the membrane.
- **Unpowered:** Works from mains pressure, nominal output at 4 bar.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM80030
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901113037
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > 3-Stage RO Unit
- **Housings:** 2 × 10" prefilter, 1 × membrane
- **Output:** Approx. 120–300 L per day
- **Membrane:** 1 × 300/75 GPD TFC (spare U711.075)
- **Rejection:** Up to 98%; nitrate and silicate approx. 70%
- **Water Pressure:** Minimum 3 bar, nominal 4 bar
- **Connection:** 3/4" cold-water tap, 3 m pressure hose
- **Other Sizes:** Premium Line 190 (SKU AM80025); Premium Line 600 (SKU AM80035)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, terrariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Premium Line 600 - 3 Stage Ro Filter
Twin-membrane reverse osmosis unit for large systems at 240 to 600 L a day.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/premium-line-600-3-stage-ro-filter/
- Price: $359.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM80035 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901129816
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/AquaMedicPremiumLine600_1024x1024_d2ab9a12-a137-4e55-a4d1-43dcde43593f.jpg
Large reef systems, fish rooms and shops go through pure water by the drum, and a single membrane simply cannot fill one overnight. Aqua Medic Premium Line 600 - 3 Stage RO Filter (SKU: AM80035) is the largest unit in Aqua Medic's Premium Line, a three-stage reverse osmosis filter with two RO membrane housings in place of one, producing about 240 to 600 L of soft, desalted water a day for salt and freshwater aquariums and other uses. Two 10-inch prefilter housings and both membrane modules are mounted together on a powder-coated wall bracket, and a flushing valve is supplied.
Each membrane is a 300/75 GPD TFC module of polyamide and polysulfone, the same element used singly in the Premium Line 300. In this unit the waste water from the first module is fed into the second, so the second membrane works on water the first has already rejected and the pair makes roughly double the output of one. The 5 µm sediment cartridge and the activated carbon cartridge in front protect both membranes from particles and chlorine. Aqua Medic gives up to 98% rejection, about 70% for nitrate and silicate, and a ratio of about 3–4:1 waste to pure water set by the flushing valve. As with the smaller units, output depends on pressure and temperature, the minimum supply is 3 bar with nominal output at 4 bar, and the tap connection is 3/4" cold water with a 3 m pressure hose. A full membrane change therefore takes two U711.075 elements.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Big water changes made up in a day rather than over several.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many tanks supplied with soft water from one unit.
- **Retail and holding systems:** Daily volumes beyond a single-membrane unit.
- **Salt-mixing stations:** Filling large storage containers for mixing seawater.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Allow space:** Mount the bracket on a wall by a cold tap and a drain capable of the extra waste flow.
- **Fit both membranes:** Insert each without its foil and fit the O-rings on the housing bodies before closing.
- **Start up:** Check all connections for leaks, then discard the pure water from the first two hours.
- **Service schedule:** Replace prefilters yearly, flush the membranes regularly and protect the unit from frost.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two membranes in series:** The first module's waste feeds the second.
- **Up to 600 L a day:** The highest output in the Premium Line.
- **Shared prefiltration:** One 5 µm sediment and one carbon stage protect both membranes.
- **Flushing valve supplied:** Controls the ratio and rinses the modules.
- **No pump or power:** Runs on mains pressure from 3 bar.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM80035
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901129816
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > 3-Stage RO Unit (Twin Membrane)
- **Output:** Approx. 240–600 L per day
- **Membranes:** 2 × 300/75 GPD TFC (spare U711.075, two required)
- **Rejection:** Up to 98%; nitrate and silicate approx. 70%
- **Ratio:** Approx. 3–4:1 waste to pure water
- **Water Pressure:** Minimum 3 bar, nominal 4 bar
- **Housings:** 2 × 10" prefilter, 2 × membrane
- **Other Sizes:** Premium Line 190 (SKU AM80025); Premium Line 300 (SKU AM80030)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater and marine systems, fish rooms
---
#### Aqua Medic Refillable Cartridge For 10" Filter Housings
Empty 10-inch cartridge for loose media in Aqua Medic RO housings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/refillable-cartridge-for-10-filter-housings/
- Price: $33.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM60665
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM60665.jpg
Pre-filled cartridges lock an RO unit into one grade of media, and a spent cartridge goes in the bin with its plastic shell. Aqua Medic Refillable Cartridge For 10" Filter Housings (SKU: AM60665) is Aqua Medic's empty filter cartridge for a 10-inch housing, listed in the spare parts for the Premium Line reverse osmosis units as item U606.65, "filter cartridge for empty 10-inch housing". It takes the place of a ready-made cartridge in one of the standard 10-inch housings used on Aqua Medic's Premium Line and Platinum Line units, and is filled with loose granular media chosen by the owner, then emptied and refilled when the media is spent.
The practical use is choice and control over what sits in the housing. A refillable cartridge can hold an activated carbon of known grade where chlorine or chloramine levels are high, or loose ion exchange resin as a final polishing stage after the membrane; Aqua Medic sells its RO-resin and indicator resin loose for refilling cartridges, and the 600 g / 1 L RO-resin pack (SKU AM60111) is a natural partner. Filling it fully and evenly matters, since loosely packed granules let water channel past the media. In an RO set-up a carbon fill sits before the membrane to protect it from chlorine, while resin always goes after the membrane, never before it. It is a 10-inch part, so 20-inch housings such as those on larger resin filters need their own cartridges.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Custom carbon prefilter:** Loose activated carbon in place of a sealed carbon cartridge.
- **DI resin stage:** Refilling with RO-resin or indicator resin after the membrane.
- **Reducing waste:** Reusing the shell instead of discarding a full cartridge.
- **Adding a stage:** Turning a spare 10-inch housing into an extra media stage.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the unit:** Close the water supply and release pressure before opening any housing.
- **Fill the cartridge:** Pour in the media to the top, tapping it down so there are no voids, then close it.
- **Fit the housing:** Seat the cartridge, check the housing O-ring and tighten with the housing wrench.
- **Rinse and refill:** Run to waste briefly after fitting; empty and refill when the media is exhausted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Refillable design:** Opened, emptied and refilled with fresh media.
- **Standard 10-inch size:** Fits Aqua Medic's 10-inch RO prefilter housings.
- **Media of choice:** Activated carbon or ion exchange resin.
- **Genuine spare:** Aqua Medic item U606.65.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM60665
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Refillable 10-inch Cartridge
- **Manufacturer Item:** U606.65
- **Format:** 10-inch filter housing cartridge, supplied empty
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic Premium Line and Platinum Line 10-inch housings
- **Suggested Fill:** Activated carbon (before the membrane) or ion exchange resin (after it)
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic RO-Resin 600 g / 1 L (SKU AM60111)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis units for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ro Membrane 200gpd (elp 200)
Highest-output TFC membrane in the Easy Line Pro range.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/ro-membrane-200gpd-elp-200/
- Price: $179.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM711200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144987
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM711200.jpg
A fish room running several tanks, or a reef that drinks water faster than it can be topped up, needs an RO unit that keeps ahead of demand rather than one running flat out all day. Aqua Medic Ro Membrane 200gpd (elp 200) (SKU: AM711200) is Aqua Medic's genuine replacement membrane for the Easy Line Pro 200, listed by the maker as item U711.200 and rated at 200 GPD, the highest output in the Easy Line Pro membrane range. It shares the thin-film composite (polyamide/polysulfone) construction used across Aqua Medic's RO membranes, and the maker's own documentation gives the Easy Line Pro 200 an approximate output of 800 L a day on this membrane, well ahead of the 150 below it.
As with any TFC membrane, the figure is a nominal one: colder mains water and lower feed pressure both pull output down, while warmer water and higher pressure push it up, so day-to-day production will move around the quoted figure rather than sitting on it exactly. The membrane is the part to replace when daily output has dropped off at the pressure and temperature that used to produce more, or when the TDS of the finished water starts to climb, which signals weakening rejection rather than a blocked prefilter. Fitting the replacement follows the same routine as the smaller membranes: isolate the water supply, drain the housing, draw out the old membrane and seat the new one with its O-rings correctly placed, using Aqua Medic's plastic housing wrench (SKU AM700257) to open and close the cap without marking it. New sediment and carbon prefilters fitted at the same time keep the fresh membrane working at its rated capacity for longer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling output at full demand:** The highest-draw system in the ELP range losing capacity.
- **Rising TDS:** A sign of weakening rejection rather than a blocked prefilter.
- **Scheduled replacement:** Routine membrane service alongside fresh prefilters.
- **Easy Line Pro 200 owners:** The membrane listed specifically for this unit.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut off and drain:** Isolate the water supply and release the housing's pressure.
- **Remove the old membrane:** Open the cap with the Aqua Medic housing wrench and withdraw it.
- **Fit the new membrane:** Seat the O-rings correctly and close the cap firmly.
- **Flush and prefilter:** Run to waste at first use and fit fresh sediment and carbon cartridges.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 GPD rating:** The highest output in Aqua Medic's Easy Line Pro membrane range.
- **TFC construction:** Polyamide/polysulfone thin-film composite membrane.
- **Approx. 800 L a day:** Aqua Medic's stated output for the ELP 200.
- **Top of the ELP range:** Ahead of both the 100 and 150 membranes.
- **Genuine Aqua Medic part:** Item U711.200 for the Easy Line Pro 200.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM711200
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144987
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Membrane
- **Manufacturer Item:** U711.200
- **Rated Output:** 200 GPD membrane rating
- **Approx. Daily Output:** 800 L/day (Easy Line Pro 200)
- **Material:** TFC, polyamide/polysulfone
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic Easy Line Pro 200
- **Other Sizes:** Ro Membrane 400l/100gpd for ELP 100 and Platinum Line Plus (SKU AM711100); Ro Membrane 600l/150gpd for ELP 150 (SKU AM711150)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ro Membrane 400l/100gpd (elp 100, Platl+)
Entry-level TFC membrane for the Easy Line Pro 100 and Platinum Line Plus 24V.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/ro-membrane-400l-100gpd-elp-100-platl/
- Price: $109.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM711100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144963
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM711100.jpg
A reverse osmosis unit is only as good as the membrane inside it, and a tired membrane quietly lets more through long before it stops producing water altogether. Aqua Medic Ro Membrane 400l/100gpd (elp 100, Platl+) (SKU: AM711100) is Aqua Medic's genuine replacement membrane for the Easy Line Pro 100, listed by the maker as item U711.100 and rated 400 L / 100 GPD, built in the thin-film composite (polyamide/polysulfone) construction Aqua Medic uses across its RO range. The same membrane also fits the Platinum Line Plus 24V, and Aqua Medic's own documentation gives the Easy Line Pro 100 an approximate output of 300 L a day on this membrane, the figure moving with mains pressure and water temperature.
This membrane also replaces an older Aqua Medic part numbered AM60580, so a unit still running that earlier membrane takes this one as its direct substitute. Like the rest of Aqua Medic's TFC line-up, performance depends on feed pressure and temperature: output rises with both, and cold tap water in winter noticeably slows any RO membrane, not only this one. Fitting it means isolating the unit, draining the housing, removing the old membrane and seating the new one with its O-rings correctly positioned before the housing is closed; Aqua Medic's own housing wrench (SKU AM700257) is the tool made for opening and closing the cap without marking the plastic. A fresh membrane is usually fitted alongside new sediment and carbon prefilters, since a worn prefilter stage shortens the life of whatever membrane follows it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling RO output:** Replacing a membrane that no longer keeps pace with demand.
- **Rising TDS in product water:** A sign the membrane is passing more dissolved solids than it should.
- **Replacing part AM60580:** Fitting the current equivalent to an older membrane.
- **Platinum Line Plus 24V service:** The same membrane fits this unit as well as the ELP 100.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut off and drain:** Isolate the water supply and release pressure from the housing.
- **Remove the old membrane:** Open the housing cap with the Aqua Medic housing wrench and withdraw it.
- **Fit the new membrane:** Seat it with the O-rings correctly positioned and close the cap firmly.
- **Flush before use:** Run the unit to waste for the first period before collecting water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **400 L / 100 GPD rating:** Aqua Medic's entry output for the Easy Line Pro range.
- **TFC construction:** Polyamide/polysulfone thin-film composite membrane.
- **Fits two ranges:** Easy Line Pro 100 and Platinum Line Plus 24V.
- **Direct replacement:** Supersedes the older AM60580 membrane.
- **Approx. 300 L a day:** Aqua Medic's stated output for the ELP 100.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM711100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144963
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Membrane
- **Manufacturer Item:** U711.100
- **Rated Output:** 400 L / 100 GPD membrane rating
- **Approx. Daily Output:** 300 L/day (Easy Line Pro 100)
- **Material:** TFC, polyamide/polysulfone
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic Easy Line Pro 100; Platinum Line Plus 24V
- **Supersedes:** Aqua Medic membrane AM60580
- **Other Sizes:** Ro Membrane 600l/150gpd for ELP 150 (SKU AM711150); Ro Membrane 200gpd for ELP 200 (SKU AM711200)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ro Membrane 600l/150gpd (elp 150)
Mid-output TFC membrane for the Easy Line Pro 150.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/ro-membrane-600l-150gpd-elp-150/
- Price: $159.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM711150 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901144970
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM711150.jpg
Stepping up from a 100 GPD unit to a 150 usually means the household or the fish room has outgrown the smaller membrane's daily output, not that anything was wrong with the unit itself. Aqua Medic Ro Membrane 600l/150gpd (elp 150) (SKU: AM711150) is Aqua Medic's genuine replacement membrane for the Easy Line Pro 150, listed by the maker as item U711.150 and rated 600 L / 150 GPD. It is built in the same thin-film composite (polyamide/polysulfone) construction Aqua Medic uses across the range, and the maker's own documentation gives the Easy Line Pro 150 an approximate output of 600 L a day on this membrane, roughly double the smaller ELP 100.
Output from any TFC membrane moves with the water feeding it: higher mains pressure and warmer water both push more permeate through, which is why a unit can seem to lose capacity in winter without the membrane itself having failed. A membrane is due for replacement when daily output falls off noticeably at the same pressure and temperature it used to manage, or when the TDS of the product water starts climbing, a sign that rejection is weakening. Replacing it means isolating the unit, draining the housing, drawing out the spent membrane and fitting the new one with its O-rings correctly seated before the housing cap is closed; Aqua Medic's plastic housing wrench (SKU AM700257) is made for opening and closing that cap without marking it. Changing the sediment and carbon prefilters at the same time protects the new membrane from the dirt and chlorine that wear a membrane down fastest.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling output:** Daily production dropping at the same pressure and temperature as before.
- **Rising TDS:** Product water reading higher dissolved solids than usual.
- **Scheduled membrane service:** Routine replacement alongside new prefilters.
- **Easy Line Pro 150 owners:** The membrane listed specifically for this unit.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Shut off and drain:** Isolate the water supply and release the housing's pressure.
- **Remove the old membrane:** Open the cap with the Aqua Medic housing wrench and withdraw it.
- **Fit the new membrane:** Seat the O-rings correctly and close the cap firmly.
- **Flush and prefilter:** Run to waste at first use and fit fresh sediment and carbon cartridges.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 L / 150 GPD rating:** Aqua Medic's mid-size output for the Easy Line Pro range.
- **TFC construction:** Polyamide/polysulfone thin-film composite membrane.
- **Approx. 600 L a day:** Aqua Medic's stated output for the ELP 150.
- **Double the ELP 100:** Roughly twice the daily capacity of the entry membrane.
- **Genuine Aqua Medic part:** Item U711.150 for the Easy Line Pro 150.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM711150
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901144970
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Membrane
- **Manufacturer Item:** U711.150
- **Rated Output:** 600 L / 150 GPD membrane rating
- **Approx. Daily Output:** 600 L/day (Easy Line Pro 150)
- **Material:** TFC, polyamide/polysulfone
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic Easy Line Pro 150
- **Other Sizes:** Ro Membrane 400l/100gpd for ELP 100 and Platinum Line Plus (SKU AM711100); Ro Membrane 200gpd for ELP 200 (SKU AM711200)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ro-indicator Resin Cartridge 10" - (colour Indicator Resin)
Pre-filled 10-inch DI cartridge with a colour-change indicator for the Platinum Line Plus.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/ro-indicator-resin-cartridge-10-colour-indicator-resin/
- Price: $88.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM60115 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901143027
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM60115.jpg
A reverse osmosis membrane rejects most dissolved solids, but silicate and nitrate can still slip through in small amounts, enough to feed diatoms in a reef tank. Aqua Medic Ro-Indicator Resin Cartridge 10" - (colour Indicator Resin) (SKU: AM60115) is Aqua Medic's pre-filled 10-inch ion-exchange resin cartridge, listed by the maker as item U601.15, built as the final polishing stage fitted after the membrane on the Platinum Line Plus and other Aqua Medic 10-inch RO housings. It carries a mixed-bed resin of about 600 mL, a blend of a trialkylammonium copolymer in the OH form and a sulfonated copolymer in the H form, which strips the last traces of silicate, nitrate and other ions from the water the membrane has already desalted.
The resin includes a colour indicator built into the fill, and Aqua Medic describes the change as blue turning to green once the conductivity of the treated water starts to rise again, the visible sign that the cartridge is exhausted rather than a fixed replacement date. It is a disposable, single-use cartridge, not rechargeable, and goes in only after the membrane; placed before it, the resin would simply exhaust itself on raw tap water. The resin itself carries a hazard warning for serious eye damage (H318), so gloves and eye protection are the maker's standard precaution when handling it. For housings without a sealed cartridge, Aqua Medic also sells the same resin loose as the RO-Resin 600 g / 1 L (SKU AM60111), a cheaper option without the colour indicator, and an empty Refillable Cartridge For 10" Filter Housings (SKU AM60665) to hold it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Final DI stage:** Fitted after the RO membrane, never before it.
- **High-silicate tap water:** Where diatoms are a recurring problem in a reef tank.
- **Platinum Line Plus service:** The cartridge Aqua Medic lists for this housing.
- **Sensitive reef systems:** Any tank where trace ions in top-up water matter.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fit after the membrane:** Install in the housing that follows the RO membrane stage.
- **Seat and tighten:** Check the housing O-ring and close the cap by hand.
- **Watch the colour:** A shift from blue to green signals exhaustion.
- **Replace, do not recharge:** Fit a fresh cartridge once the colour has changed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pre-filled 600 mL cartridge:** Ready to install, no loose media to pour.
- **Mixed-bed ion exchange resin:** OH-form and H-form copolymers for broad ion removal.
- **Colour-change indicator:** Blue to green shows when the charge is spent.
- **Disposable cartridge:** Single use, not designed to be recharged.
- **Made for the Platinum Line Plus:** Aqua Medic's listed final-stage cartridge.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM60115
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901143027
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO/DI Resin Cartridge (Colour Indicator)
- **Manufacturer Item:** U601.15
- **Resin Fill:** Approx. 600 mL
- **Resin Type:** Mixed-bed ion exchange resin, OH-form and H-form copolymers
- **Indicator:** Blue when fresh, green when exhausted
- **Format:** Disposable 10-inch cartridge, not rechargeable
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic Platinum Line Plus and other 10-inch RO housings
- **Companion Products:** RO-Resin 600 g / 1 L loose refill (SKU AM60111); Refillable Cartridge For 10" Filter Housings (SKU AM60665)
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Ro-resin 600g / 1ltr (standard Ion Exchange Resin)
Loose mixed-bed resin refill for the final DI stage after an RO membrane.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/ro-resin-600g-1ltr-standard-ion-exchange-resin/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM60111 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901108217
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM60111.jpg
Not every RO housing takes a sealed cartridge, and refilling a reusable housing by the gram costs less over time than buying a new cartridge each time. Aqua Medic Ro-resin 600g / 1ltr (standard Ion Exchange Resin) (SKU: AM60111) is Aqua Medic's standard loose ion-exchange resin, listed by the maker as item U601.11, a 600 g pack of about 1 L that goes into a refillable 10-inch housing as the final polishing stage after a reverse osmosis membrane. Like Aqua Medic's indicator version, it is a mixed-bed blend of a trialkylammonium copolymer in the OH form and a sulfonated copolymer in the H form, and it strips the last silicate, nitrate and other ions the membrane leaves behind, which otherwise feed diatoms in a reef tank.
This is the plain version of the resin, without the colour-change indicator built into Aqua Medic's RO-Indicator Resin Cartridge, so there is nothing to watch for visually; the usual guide is to track the conductivity or TDS of the treated water and change the resin once it starts climbing, since that is the sign the ion exchange capacity is used up. It is disposable and not designed to be recharged once exhausted. The natural partner for this pack is Aqua Medic's Refillable Cartridge For 10" Filter Housings (SKU AM60665), an empty shell made to take loose media, and it fits the same Aqua Medic demineralising filter housings and the Platinum Line Plus as the colour-indicator cartridge. Handling the resin calls for the same basic care as any ion exchange media: it carries a hazard warning for serious eye damage, so gloves and eye protection are advised when pouring it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Refilling an empty housing:** Topping up a refillable cartridge such as AM60665.
- **Final DI stage:** Fitted after the RO membrane, never before it.
- **High-silicate tap water:** Areas where diatoms are a recurring problem.
- **Lower-cost alternative:** A plain refill in place of the colour-indicator cartridge.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Open the housing:** Use an empty, refillable 10-inch cartridge body.
- **Pour evenly:** Fill with resin to the top, settling it so there are no voids.
- **Fit after the membrane:** Install only in the stage that follows the RO membrane.
- **Monitor and replace:** Watch TDS or conductivity and refill once it starts to rise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g / 1 L pack:** Loose fill for a refillable 10-inch housing.
- **Mixed-bed resin:** OH-form and H-form copolymers for broad ion removal.
- **No colour indicator:** A plainer, lower-cost alternative to the indicator version.
- **Removes silicate and nitrate:** Final polishing after the membrane.
- **Disposable:** Single use, not designed to be recharged.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM60111
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901108217
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO/DI Ion Exchange Resin (Standard)
- **Manufacturer Item:** U601.11
- **Pack Size:** 600 g, approx. 1 L
- **Resin Type:** Mixed-bed ion exchange resin, OH-form and H-form copolymers, no colour indicator
- **Format:** Loose fill, disposable, not rechargeable
- **Fits:** Aqua Medic demineralising filter housings and Platinum Line Plus, including the Refillable Cartridge For 10" Filter Housings (SKU AM60665)
- **Companion Product:** Aqua Medic Ro-Indicator Resin Cartridge 10" (SKU AM60115) for a colour-change version
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua Medic Sediment Cartridge 5m 10"
5 µm sediment pre-filter that protects the carbon stage and membrane of Aqua Medic RO units.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters-accessories/sediment-cartridge-5m-10/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM60617 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901102260
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM60617.jpg
Rust, sand and silt from the mains are the first things a reverse osmosis unit meets, and if nothing stops them they clog the carbon and foul a membrane that costs far more to replace. Aqua Medic Sediment Cartridge 5m 10" (SKU: AM60617) is the 5 µm sediment pre-filter for Aqua Medic reverse osmosis units with 10" housings, item U606.17. Aqua Medic states that its sediment filter retains all particles larger than 5 µm, and lists this cartridge as the sediment stage for the Premium Line units (190, 300 and 600) and the Platinum Line plus. In the Premium Line it sits in one of the two large 10" pre-filter housings, ahead of the carbon cartridge that removes chlorine to protect the TFC membrane.
Because it is the first stage, the sediment cartridge takes the dirt that would otherwise load the carbon block and reach the membrane, the part Aqua Medic calls the heart of the unit. Aqua Medic does not set a fixed replacement interval, since cartridge life depends on how dirty the incoming water is and how much RO water is produced. A visibly discoloured cartridge, falling output or a drop in pressure through the pre-filters are the usual prompts, and many keepers change sediment and carbon cartridges together at one service. Aqua Medic also lists an activated carbon cartridge (U606.15) and a combined carbon/sediment cartridge (U606.10) for the same 10" housings. The housings are designed for easy cartridge changes, so a swap takes a few minutes with the water turned off.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled RO service:** Replacing the first stage in Premium Line or Platinum Line plus units.
- **Dirty supply water:** After mains works, or where silt and rust come through the tap.
- **Falling output:** When production or pressure through the pre-filters drops.
- **New membrane fitted:** Fresh pre-filters protect a new membrane from day one.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the unit:** Turn off the water supply and relieve the pressure.
- **Open the housing:** Unscrew the 10" sediment housing and remove the old cartridge.
- **Fit and seal:** Insert the new cartridge, check the housing O-ring is seated, and close firmly by hand.
- **Flush:** Run the unit to waste for a few minutes before collecting water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 µm rating:** Retains particles larger than 5 µm.
- **10" format:** For Aqua Medic's large pre-filter housings.
- **First line of defence:** Protects the carbon stage and membrane.
- **Genuine Aqua Medic part:** Item U606.17.
- **Quick to change:** Housings designed for easy cartridge swaps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM60617
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901102260
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > Sediment Pre-Filter Cartridge
- **Item Number:** U606.17
- **Filtration Rating:** 5 µm
- **Format:** 10" cartridge
- **Compatible Models:** Aqua Medic Premium Line 190, 300 and 600; Platinum Line plus
- **Related Cartridges:** Activated carbon U606.15; combined carbon/sediment U606.10
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis pre-filtration for freshwater and marine aquarium water
---
#### Aqua Medic Tap Connector
Switchable tap fitting that feeds an RO unit or gives normal tap flow.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=12957
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM710010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4025901145236
- Brand: AQUA MEDIC (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-medic/) · Category: RODI Filters & Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters-accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/AM710010.jpg
Connecting a reverse osmosis unit to a laundry or kitchen tap usually means screwing an adapter on and off every time the tap is needed for anything else. Aqua Medic Tap Connector (SKU: AM710010) is Aqua Medic's switchable water tap connection for the operation of osmosis units, item U710.010, made to stay on the tap permanently. A switch on the connector selects between normal tap water withdrawal and supplying the osmosis unit, so the same tap serves the sink and the RO filter. It connects directly to taps with a ½" external thread, and taps with an M24 thread can be fitted by way of an adapter. A side connection takes a standard pressure hose running to the RO unit's inlet.
Fitted to the tap spout in place of the aerator, the connector passes water straight through in the tap position for washing up or filling buckets. Switched to RO, the flow is diverted out of the side connection to the osmosis unit, which then makes water for top-up, salt mixing or water changes. That suits a household where the RO unit runs a few times a week from a shared tap, and avoids leaving a loose push-fit adapter on the spout. Aqua Medic does not give a hose size for the side connection, so the inlet tube of the RO unit should be checked against the fitting before installation. As with any RO unit, the supply should be switched back to tap, or the tap turned off, when the unit is not producing water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shared taps:** Kitchen or laundry taps that also feed the RO unit.
- **Permanent RO hook-up:** No adapters to remove between batches.
- **Top-up and salt mixing:** Filling RO storage for evaporation and water changes.
- **Replacing push-fit adapters:** A threaded fitting on the spout instead.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the thread:** ½" external thread fits directly; M24 taps need an adapter.
- **Remove the aerator:** Unscrew it from the spout and screw the connector on.
- **Connect the hose:** Fit the RO unit's pressure hose to the side connection.
- **Switch over:** Select RO to make water, then back to tap for normal use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-way switch:** Normal tap flow or RO supply from one fitting.
- **Stays fitted:** No need to remove it between RO runs.
- **½" thread:** Direct fit to common tap spouts.
- **M24 option:** Adapter route for M24-threaded taps.
- **Side hose connection:** For a standard RO pressure hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua Medic (Germany)
- **SKU:** AM710010
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4025901145236
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters & Accessories > RO Tap Connector
- **Item Number:** U710.010
- **Tap Thread:** ½" external thread direct; M24 via adapter
- **Outlet:** Side connection for a standard pressure hose
- **Function:** Switchable between tap use and RO supply
- **Use With:** Reverse osmosis units fed from a domestic tap
- **Target Environment:** Reverse osmosis water production for freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aqua-Pics — Additives & Supplements
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 10kg
Trade-size GH conditioner for shops and large fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-10kg/
- Price: $169.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102545 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000380
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102545-1.png
A retailer or large collection running dozens of African cichlid tanks gets through conditioner by the kilogram, not the teaspoon, and reordering every few weeks is its own kind of overhead. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 10kg (SKU: 102545) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia), supplied in a 10 kg trade pack for aquarium shops, wholesalers and large fish rooms that stock African cichlids across many tanks. It raises general hardness (GH) toward the hard, alkaline water of the Rift Valley Great Lakes with a blend of minerals, elements and trace elements the maker links to osmotic regulation, fertility and egg production in African cichlids. Two dose rates are built in, a lighter one for Malawi and Victoria water and a heavier one for Lake Tanganyika, so one pack serves tanks set up for either lake.
The lighter rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 10 L, raises GH to about 12 dGH (215 ppm) and settles pH near 8.3; the heavier Tanganyika rate, 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L, reaches about 19 dGH (340 ppm), and a dose between the two suits a mixed-lake system at around 16 dGH with pH above 8.0. A 10 kg pack treats about 20,000 L at the lighter rate or about 12,500 L run entirely at the Tanganyika rate, enough for a large operation's water changes over an extended period. It is the second-largest of eight sizes, below only the 20 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquarium shops and wholesalers:** Stock conditioner by the kilogram for routine water changes across the floor.
- **Large fish rooms:** One 10 kg pack covers many tanks over an extended period.
- **Lake-specific holding systems:** Match the dose to whichever Rift Lake the system is set up for.
- **Mixed-stock systems:** A middle dose suits tanks holding fish from more than one lake.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Lighter rate:** 5 g per 10 L, about 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH near 8.3.
- **Tanganyika rate:** 8 g per 10 L, about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Mixed rate:** Between the two, about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0.
- **Measure by weight:** At this pack size, weigh doses rather than counting teaspoons for consistency.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added across continuous, high-volume dosing.
- **Trade pack size:** 10 kg suited to shops, wholesalers and large fish rooms.
- **Two dose rates included:** One pack serves both Malawi/Victoria and Tanganyika systems.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **High treatment volume:** Up to 20,000 L at the lighter rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102545
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000380
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 10 L standard (Malawi/Victoria); 8 g per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 20,000 L at the standard dose; about 12,500 L at the Tanganyika dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 19 dGH (340 ppm) Tanganyika; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113203), 250 g (SKU 101605), 500 g (SKU 101606), 900 g (SKU 101607), 2 kg (SKU 102098), 4.5 kg (SKU 102099), 20 kg (SKU 102100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums, shop and fish-room scale
---
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 150g
Mineral conditioner that lifts GH for Rift Valley cichlid tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-150g/
- Price: $13.42 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264009796
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113203-1.png
A single 100 to 200 litre Rift Lake tank does not need a sackful of salt, only enough to top up hardness after each water change. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 150g (SKU: 113203) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia), blended to recreate the hard, alkaline water of Africa's Rift Valley Great Lakes for Malawi, Tanganyika and Victoria cichlids. It raises general hardness (GH) and supplies minerals, elements and trace elements said to assist osmotic regulation in African cichlids, along with fertility and egg production. This 150 g tub is the smallest size, pitched at one display tank rather than a fish room.
The standard dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L, which raises GH by roughly 12 dGH (215 ppm) and stabilises pH near 8.3, suiting Malawi and Victoria cichlids. For Tanganyika cichlids a rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L lifts GH to roughly 19 dGH (340 ppm); a dose between the two settles a mixed Malawi/Tanganyika tank at around 16 dGH with pH above 8.0. At the standard dose this tub treats up to about 300 L, enough for several water changes on one tank. It is the entry point in a range of eight sizes up to a 20 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Malawi and Victoria cichlids:** Standard dose builds the alkaline, mineral-rich water these lakes are known for.
- **Tanganyika cichlids:** Heavier dose matches Lake Tanganyika's higher hardness and pH.
- **After water changes:** Tap water is usually softer than lake water, so GH needs topping straight back up.
- **Breeding set-ups:** Also said to support fertility and egg production in breeding pairs.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 10 L raises GH by about 12 dGH (215 ppm) and settles pH near 8.3.
- **Tanganyika dose:** 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L raises GH to about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Mixed African tank:** A dose between the two lands around 16 dGH with pH above 8.0.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Stir the measured salt into a cup of tank or change water rather than sprinkling it dry over fish or substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added while hardness is corrected.
- **Dual dose rates:** One tub covers both the Malawi/Victoria dose and the heavier Tanganyika dose.
- **Fertility claim:** Said to support fertility and egg production in African cichlids.
- **Entry size:** A 150 g tub for a single tank, trial or occasional top-up.
- **Treats up to 300 L:** At the standard 12 dGH dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113203
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264009796
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 10 L standard; 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 300 L at the standard dose; about 188 L at the Tanganyika dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 19 dGH (340 ppm) for Tanganyika; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, for a mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101605), 500 g (SKU 101606), 900 g (SKU 101607), 2 kg (SKU 102098), 4.5 kg (SKU 102099), 10 kg (SKU 102545), 20 kg (SKU 102100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 20kg
Largest trade pack for commercial-scale cichlid systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-20kg/
- Price: $294.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102100
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102100-1.webp
A commercial-scale African cichlid operation, whether a breeding facility or a large retail holding system, treats conditioner as a running cost measured in kilograms a month, not grams. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 20kg (SKU: 102100) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia) in its largest pack size, a 20 kg trade bag aimed at commercial breeders, wholesalers and multi-system facilities keeping African cichlids at scale. It raises general hardness (GH) toward the hard, alkaline water of the Rift Valley Great Lakes using a blend of minerals, elements and trace elements the maker links to osmotic regulation, fertility and egg production in African cichlids. Two dose rates cover both Malawi/Victoria water and the harder water of Lake Tanganyika from the one bag.
The lighter rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 10 L, lifts GH to about 12 dGH (215 ppm) and settles pH near 8.3; the Tanganyika rate, 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L, reaches about 19 dGH (340 ppm), with a dose between the two suiting a mixed-lake system at around 16 dGH and pH above 8.0. A 20 kg bag treats about 40,000 L at the lighter rate or about 25,000 L run entirely at the Tanganyika rate, the largest capacity in the range. It tops a line of eight sizes running from a 150 g tub up to this 20 kg trade bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial breeding facilities:** Covers continuous dosing across a large number of tanks.
- **Wholesale and large retail holding systems:** Buy once for an extended run of water changes.
- **Lake-specific production systems:** Match the dose to whichever Rift Lake the system targets.
- **Mixed-lake or multi-species systems:** A middle dose suits tanks running more than one lake's fish.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Lighter rate:** 5 g per 10 L, about 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH near 8.3.
- **Tanganyika rate:** 8 g per 10 L, about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Mixed rate:** Between the two, about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0.
- **Weigh, don't scoop:** At this scale, weigh out each batch rather than relying on teaspoon measures.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added through sustained, large-scale dosing.
- **Largest pack in the range:** A 20 kg bag for commercial-scale operations.
- **Two dose rates included:** One bag serves Malawi/Victoria and Tanganyika systems.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **Maximum treatment volume:** Up to 40,000 L at the lighter rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102100
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 10 L standard (Malawi/Victoria); 8 g per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 40,000 L at the standard dose; about 25,000 L at the Tanganyika dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 19 dGH (340 ppm) Tanganyika; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113203), 250 g (SKU 101605), 500 g (SKU 101606), 900 g (SKU 101607), 2 kg (SKU 102098), 4.5 kg (SKU 102099), 10 kg (SKU 102545)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums, commercial scale
---
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 250g
Phosphate-free hardness booster for Malawi and Victoria cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-250g/
- Price: $18.02 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101605 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000342
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101605-1.png
Malawi and Victoria cichlids come from water harder and more alkaline than most Australian tap supplies, and that gap needs correcting at every water change, not just once. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 250g (SKU: 101605) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia), formulated to lift general hardness (GH) toward the levels found in Africa's Rift Valley Great Lakes, with separate built-in dose rates for Malawi/Victoria water and the harder water of Lake Tanganyika. The blend supplies minerals, elements and trace elements the maker credits with supporting osmotic regulation in African cichlids, plus fertility and egg production. At 250 g it is the second-smallest size, enough for one tank's water changes across a season rather than a one-off trial.
The standard dose, 1 level teaspoon or about 5 g per 10 L, raises GH by roughly 12 dGH (215 ppm) and settles pH near 8.3, matching Lake Malawi and Lake Victoria. Tanganyika cichlids need more: a rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L lifts GH to around 19 dGH (340 ppm), and splitting the difference gives a mixed African tank roughly 16 dGH with pH above 8.0. A 250 g tub treats about 500 L at the standard dose, or about 313 L if every dose is the Tanganyika rate, enough for several months of fortnightly changes on a typical display tank. The same formula runs from 150 g up to a 20 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Malawi and Victoria set-ups:** The standard, lower-strength dose is the right starting point.
- **Tanganyika set-ups:** Switch to the rounded-teaspoon dose for its higher hardness and pH.
- **Fortnightly or monthly water changes:** Re-dose every time, since fresh tap water is softer than the lakes.
- **Breeding colonies:** The blend is said to help with fertility and egg production.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard rate:** 5 g per 10 L for about 12 dGH (215 ppm) and pH near 8.3.
- **Tanganyika rate:** 8 g per 10 L for about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Blended rate:** A dose between the two for roughly 16 dGH and pH above 8.0.
- **Add to the water, not the fish:** Dissolve the measured dose in a jug of tank water before pouring it in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** Keeps algae-feeding phosphate out of the dose.
- **Two built-in dose rates:** Malawi/Victoria and Tanganyika covered from one tub.
- **Fertility claim:** Linked by the maker to breeding success in African cichlids.
- **Season-length supply:** 250 g treats roughly 500 L at the standard dose.
- **Mid-range entry size:** Sits between the 150 g trial tub and the 500 g size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101605
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000342
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 10 L standard; 8 g per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 500 L at the standard dose; about 313 L at the Tanganyika dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 19 dGH (340 ppm) Tanganyika; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113203), 500 g (SKU 101606), 900 g (SKU 101607), 2 kg (SKU 102098), 4.5 kg (SKU 102099), 10 kg (SKU 102545), 20 kg (SKU 102100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 2kg
Bulk GH conditioner for African cichlid breeding set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-2kg/
- Price: $60.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102098 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264005620
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102098-1.png
A breeding colony of African cichlids only produces viable eggs in water that matches the hardness and pH of its home lake, and that takes a steady supply of conditioner, not an occasional dose. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 2kg (SKU: 102098) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia) that raises general hardness (GH) toward the levels of Africa's Rift Valley Great Lakes, with separate dose rates for Lake Malawi/Victoria and the harder water of Lake Tanganyika. Its blend of minerals, elements and trace elements is credited by the maker with supporting osmotic regulation in African cichlids and, specifically, fertility and egg production, which matters most to anyone running a breeding set-up rather than a single display tank. The 2 kg size moves into fish-room territory, enough for several tanks over an extended breeding programme.
The standard dose of 5 g (1 level tsp) per 10 L raises GH to about 12 dGH (215 ppm) with pH near 8.3 for Malawi and Victoria stock; the Tanganyika dose of 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L reaches about 19 dGH (340 ppm), and a dose between the two suits a mixed colony at around 16 dGH with pH above 8.0. A 2 kg pack treats about 4,000 L at the standard rate or about 2,500 L if every dose is the Tanganyika rate, enough for regular water changes across several breeding tanks for many months. It sits above the 900 g tub and below the 4.5 kg size in the eight-size range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding programmes:** Consistent dosing supports the fertility and egg-production benefit the maker claims.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One 2 kg pack covers several tanks' worth of water changes.
- **Lake-specific set-ups:** Use the matching rate for Malawi/Victoria or Tanganyika stock.
- **Mixed-lake colonies:** A middle dose keeps hardness and pH between the two targets.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g per 10 L, about 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH near 8.3.
- **Tanganyika dose:** 8 g per 10 L, about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Mixed colony dose:** Midway between the two, around 16 dGH, pH above 8.0.
- **Batch mixing:** Dissolve the day's total dose in a bucket of water before sharing it across tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added across repeated breeding-tank doses.
- **Fertility and egg-production claim:** The stated reason to keep dosing consistent through a breeding cycle.
- **Two dose rates in one pack:** Malawi/Victoria and Tanganyika covered together.
- **Fish-room sizing:** Treats up to 4,000 L at the standard rate.
- **Mid-upper size:** Between the 900 g tub and the 4.5 kg pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102098
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264005620
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 10 L standard (Malawi/Victoria); 8 g per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 4,000 L at the standard dose; about 2,500 L at the Tanganyika dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 19 dGH (340 ppm) Tanganyika; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113203), 250 g (SKU 101605), 500 g (SKU 101606), 900 g (SKU 101607), 4.5 kg (SKU 102099), 10 kg (SKU 102545), 20 kg (SKU 102100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums, including breeding set-ups
---
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 4.5kg
Long-run GH conditioner for multi-tank cichlid fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-4-5kg/
- Price: $131.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102099 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000373
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102099-1.png
Running six or eight Rift Lake tanks on tap water means dosing conditioner every week for the life of the system, and buying it one small tub at a time stops being practical fast. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 4.5kg (SKU: 102099) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia), supplied in a 4.5 kg pack for keepers running several African cichlid tanks rather than one. It raises general hardness (GH) toward the hard, alkaline water of the Rift Valley Great Lakes using a blend of minerals, elements and trace elements the maker links to osmotic regulation, fertility and egg production in African cichlids. Two dose rates cover both ends of the Rift Lake spectrum, from Malawi and Victoria's lighter water to Lake Tanganyika's harder, more alkaline water, without needing a second product.
The lighter rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 10 L, lifts GH to about 12 dGH (215 ppm) and settles pH near 8.3; the Tanganyika rate, 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L, reaches about 19 dGH (340 ppm), with a dose between the two landing a mixed collection around 16 dGH and pH above 8.0. A 4.5 kg pack treats about 9,000 L at the lighter rate or about 5,625 L run entirely at the Tanganyika rate, enough for a fish room's weekly water changes across many months. It is the second-largest of the eight sizes, ahead of only the 10 kg and 20 kg trade packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One 4.5 kg pack supplies weekly dosing across several tanks for months.
- **Lake-specific tanks:** Use the lighter rate for Malawi/Victoria, the heavier rate for Tanganyika.
- **Mixed-lake rooms:** A middle dose suits tanks holding more than one lake's fish.
- **Club and breeder supply:** Sized to be shared or stocked rather than used up in weeks.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Lighter rate:** 5 g per 10 L, about 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH near 8.3.
- **Heavier rate:** 8 g per 10 L, about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Mixed rate:** Between the two, about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0.
- **Store dry:** Reseal the pack between uses and measure doses by weight or level teaspoon.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added through months of repeated dosing.
- **Two dose rates included:** Covers both Malawi/Victoria and Tanganyika water.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **Fish-room volume:** Treats up to 9,000 L at the lighter rate.
- **Second-largest size:** Between the 2 kg pack and the 10 kg trade size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102099
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000373
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 10 L standard (Malawi/Victoria); 8 g per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 9,000 L at the standard dose; about 5,625 L at the Tanganyika dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 19 dGH (340 ppm) Tanganyika; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113203), 250 g (SKU 101605), 500 g (SKU 101606), 900 g (SKU 101607), 2 kg (SKU 102098), 10 kg (SKU 102545), 20 kg (SKU 102100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid fish rooms
---
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 500g
Tanganyika-strength GH and pH booster for Rift Lake tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-500g/
- Price: $24.87 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101606 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000359
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101606-1.png
Lake Tanganyika runs harder and more alkaline than Lake Malawi, and a conditioner built only for the lighter dose leaves Tanganyika keepers short. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 500g (SKU: 101606) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia) that carries two dose rates in the one tub: a lighter rate for Lake Malawi and Lake Victoria, and a heavier rate built specifically for Tanganyika's tougher water. It raises general hardness (GH) using a blend of minerals, elements and trace elements the maker links to osmotic regulation in African cichlids and to fertility and egg production. The 500 g size sits in the middle of the range, enough to keep one or two established tanks topped up well beyond a single season.
At the Tanganyika rate, a rounded teaspoon or about 8 g per 10 L, GH lifts to roughly 19 dGH (340 ppm); the lighter rate of 5 g per 10 L covers Malawi and Victoria at about 12 dGH (215 ppm) and pH near 8.3, and a dose between the two settles a mixed tank around 16 dGH with pH above 8.0. A 500 g tub treats about 625 L run entirely at the Tanganyika rate, or up to 1,000 L at the lighter rate, a useful spread for a keeper running more than one lake in the same fish room. The formula is sold across eight sizes, from a 150 g trial tub to a 20 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lake Tanganyika tanks:** Needs the heavier, rounded-teaspoon dose for its naturally harder water.
- **Lake Malawi and Victoria tanks:** The lighter, level-teaspoon dose is the better match.
- **Two-tank set-ups:** One 500 g tub can run both dose rates across different tanks.
- **Routine water changes:** Re-dose each time, since tap water is softer than any Rift Lake.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Tanganyika dose:** 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L for about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Malawi/Victoria dose:** 5 g (level tsp) per 10 L for about 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH near 8.3.
- **Mixed-lake dose:** Between the two for about 16 dGH and pH above 8.0.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix the dose into a jug of water before adding it to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate riding along with the hardness correction.
- **Tanganyika-strength option:** A heavier dose rate built in for the hardest Rift Lake.
- **Fertility claim:** Said to support fertility and egg production.
- **Runs two tanks:** Treats about 625 L at Tanganyika strength or 1,000 L at the lighter rate.
- **Mid-size in the range:** Sits between the 250 g and 900 g tubs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101606
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000359
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Dose Rate:** 8 g per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids; 5 g per 10 L standard (Malawi/Victoria)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 625 L at the Tanganyika dose; about 1,000 L at the standard dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 19 dGH (340 ppm) Tanganyika; about 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113203), 250 g (SKU 101605), 900 g (SKU 101607), 2 kg (SKU 102098), 4.5 kg (SKU 102099), 10 kg (SKU 102545), 20 kg (SKU 102100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics African Gh Salt 900g
GH conditioner for mixed Malawi and Tanganyika collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-gh-salt-900g/
- Price: $32.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101607 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000366
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101607-1.png
A community of Malawi and Tanganyika cichlids in the same tank sits between two different water chemistries, and the dose has to land in between too. Aqua-Pics African GH Salt 900g (SKU: 101607) is a phosphate-free mineral conditioner from Aqua-Pics (Australia) built around two dose rates, a lighter one for Lake Malawi and Lake Victoria and a heavier one for Lake Tanganyika, so a mixed-lake tank can be dosed somewhere between the two rather than guessing. It raises general hardness (GH) with a blend of minerals, elements and trace elements the maker credits with osmotic regulation in African cichlids as well as fertility and egg production. At 900 g it is close to a kilogram, sized for one larger tank or a couple of smaller ones running side by side.
The standard rate is 5 g (1 level tsp) per 10 L for about 12 dGH (215 ppm) and pH near 8.3, matching Malawi and Victoria; the Tanganyika rate is 8 g (rounded tsp) per 10 L for about 19 dGH (340 ppm). A mixed Malawi, Tanganyika or Victoria collection sits well on a dose between the two, landing near 16 dGH with pH above 8.0. A 900 g tub treats about 1,800 L at the standard rate or about 1,125 L run entirely at the Tanganyika rate, enough for many months of water changes on a typical community set-up. It is the fourth of eight sizes, between the 500 g tub and the 2 kg size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed African communities:** Dose between the two rates for a middle-ground GH and pH.
- **Lake Malawi and Victoria tanks:** The standard rate on its own.
- **Lake Tanganyika tanks:** The heavier rate on its own.
- **Larger single tanks:** A 900 g tub suits one bigger display or two smaller tanks.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard rate:** 5 g per 10 L, about 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH near 8.3.
- **Tanganyika rate:** 8 g per 10 L, about 19 dGH (340 ppm).
- **Middle rate for mixed tanks:** Lands near 16 dGH, pH above 8.0.
- **Dissolve fully:** Stir into a jug of tank water before adding, rather than dosing dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added with the hardness correction.
- **Built-in mixed-tank dose:** A middle rate for Malawi/Tanganyika communities.
- **Fertility claim:** Linked to fertility and egg production in African cichlids.
- **Close to a kilogram:** Treats up to 1,800 L at the standard rate.
- **Fourth size in the range:** Between the 500 g and 2 kg tubs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101607
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000366
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 900 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 10 L standard (Malawi/Victoria); 8 g per 10 L for Tanganyika cichlids
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,800 L at the standard dose; about 1,125 L at the Tanganyika dose
- **Target GH & pH:** About 12 dGH (215 ppm), pH 8.3 standard; about 19 dGH (340 ppm) Tanganyika; about 16 dGH, pH above 8.0, mixed tank
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of minerals, elements and trace elements
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113203), 250 g (SKU 101605), 500 g (SKU 101606), 2 kg (SKU 102098), 4.5 kg (SKU 102099), 10 kg (SKU 102545), 20 kg (SKU 102100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 10kg
Trade-size carbonate buffer for shops and large fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-10kg/
- Price: $299.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124694
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124694-1.png
A shop floor of African cichlid tanks, or a large private fish room, gets through carbonate buffer by the kilogram every week, and running out mid-cycle is worse than running out of food. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 10kg (SKU: 124694) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia), supplied in a 10 kg trade pack for aquarium shops, wholesalers and large fish rooms dosing many African cichlid tanks on the same schedule. It raises carbonate hardness (KH) and holds pH in the alkaline range these fish need, and the maker also credits the blend with supporting fertility and egg production. Two dose rates are built in, a gentle one for routine maintenance and a stronger one for firm pH 8.5 control, so one pack covers both across a large operation.
The gentle rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 40 L, lifts KH by about 6 dKH (106 ppm); the stronger rate, 5 g per 20 L, reaches about 12 dKH (214 ppm) with pH near 8.5. A 10 kg pack treats about 80,000 L at the gentle rate or about 40,000 L run entirely at the stronger rate, enough for a large operation's water changes over an extended period. It is the second-largest of eight sizes, below only the 20 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquarium shops and wholesalers:** Stock buffer by the kilogram for routine water changes across the floor.
- **Large fish rooms:** One 10 kg pack covers many tanks over an extended period.
- **Firm pH control systems:** Use the stronger dose where pH needs to sit near 8.5.
- **Routine maintenance systems:** The gentle dose restores KH between larger adjustments.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Gentle rate:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Stronger rate:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm), pH near 8.5.
- **Weigh doses:** At this pack size, weigh each dose rather than counting teaspoons.
- **Test regularly:** Check KH and pH across the system to confirm the schedule is holding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added across continuous, high-volume dosing.
- **Trade pack size:** 10 kg suited to shops, wholesalers and large fish rooms.
- **Two dose rates included:** Routine maintenance and firm pH 8.5 control from one pack.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **High treatment volume:** Up to 80,000 L at the gentle rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124694
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000465
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH); 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 80,000 L at the gentle dose; about 40,000 L at the stronger dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (106 ppm) gentle dose; about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113202), 300 g (SKU 101609), 600 g (SKU 101610), 1 kg (SKU 101611), 2.5 kg (SKU 102420), 4.5 kg (SKU 102419), 20 kg (SKU 125092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums, shop and fish-room scale
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 150g
Carbonate hardness buffer that stops pH swings in cichlid tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-150g/
- Price: $14.97 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113202 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008829
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113202-1.png
African cichlids tolerate a lot, but a pH that slides overnight because the water has no carbonate hardness to resist it is not one of them. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 150g (SKU: 113202) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) that raises carbonate hardness (KH) and holds pH steady in the alkaline range African Rift Lake cichlids need, reducing the swings that come with soft, poorly buffered tap water. Alongside the buffering minerals, the maker credits the blend with supporting fish fertility and egg production. At 150 g it is the smallest size in the range, a starting point for a single tank rather than a long-term fish-room stock.
The lighter dose, 1 level teaspoon or about 5 g per 40 L, raises KH by roughly 6 dKH (106 ppm); doubling the concentration to 5 g per 20 L lifts KH to about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and settles pH near 8.5. A 150 g tub treats up to about 600 L at the stronger, pH-8.5 dose, or about 1,200 L spread at the lighter rate across more water changes. It is the first of eight sizes in the range, running up to a 20 kg trade pack for larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New African cichlid tanks:** Build carbonate hardness from the start rather than after pH has already slipped.
- **Soft tap water areas:** Counteracts tap water with little natural buffering capacity.
- **Routine water changes:** Re-dose to replace buffering capacity used up since the last change.
- **Breeding set-ups:** The blend is also said to support fertility and egg production.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Lighter dose:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Stronger dose:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH near 8.5.
- **Choose by target:** Use the lighter dose for gentle buffering, the stronger dose to hold pH at 8.5.
- **Dissolve first:** Mix into a jug of tank water before adding, rather than dosing dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added while buffering the water.
- **Two strengths in one tub:** A gentle 6 dKH dose and a firmer pH-8.5 dose.
- **Fertility claim:** Said to support fertility and egg production in African cichlids.
- **Smallest size in the range:** A 150 g tub for a single tank or trial.
- **Treats up to 600 L:** At the stronger, pH-8.5 dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113202
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008829
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH); 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 600 L at the stronger dose; about 1,200 L at the lighter dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (106 ppm) lighter dose; about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 300 g (SKU 101609), 600 g (SKU 101610), 1 kg (SKU 101611), 2.5 kg (SKU 102420), 4.5 kg (SKU 102419), 10 kg (SKU 124694), 20 kg (SKU 125092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 1kg
Carbonate hardness buffer for two-tank Rift Lake set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-1kg/
- Price: $47.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101611 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000441
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101611-1.png
Running two Rift Lake tanks instead of one roughly doubles how often carbonate hardness needs restoring, and a single small tub stops covering it. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 1kg (SKU: 101611) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia), supplied at 1 kg for keepers running two tanks or one larger one through regular water changes. It raises carbonate hardness (KH), the mineral reserve that resists pH swings rather than just nudging the number, and the maker also credits the blend with supporting fish fertility and egg production in African cichlids. Two dose rates are built in: a gentle one for routine top-ups and a stronger one that settles pH firmly near 8.5.
The gentle rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 40 L, lifts KH by about 6 dKH (106 ppm); the stronger rate, 5 g per 20 L, reaches about 12 dKH (214 ppm) with pH near 8.5. A 1 kg pack treats about 8,000 L at the gentle rate or about 4,000 L run entirely at the stronger rate, enough to keep two tanks topped up for many months or one tank buffered firmly for longer. It sits above the 600 g tub and below the 2.5 kg pack in the eight-size range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two-tank households:** One 1 kg pack covers routine dosing across both.
- **Firm pH control:** The stronger dose settles pH near 8.5 when that is the target.
- **Routine top-ups:** The gentle dose restores KH between larger adjustments.
- **Breeding set-ups:** Also said to support fertility and egg production.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Gentle rate:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Stronger rate:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm), pH near 8.5.
- **Dose per tank:** Treat each tank to its own KH and pH reading rather than one tank-wide guess.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Stir into a jug of water before adding, never straight onto fish or substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added across repeated doses.
- **Covers two tanks:** 1 kg comfortably supplies two tanks' routine dosing.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **Two built-in strengths:** Gentle maintenance dose and firm pH-8.5 dose.
- **Mid-range size:** Between the 600 g tub and the 2.5 kg pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101611
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000441
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH); 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 8,000 L at the gentle dose; about 4,000 L at the stronger dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (106 ppm) gentle dose; about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113202), 300 g (SKU 101609), 600 g (SKU 101610), 2.5 kg (SKU 102420), 4.5 kg (SKU 102419), 10 kg (SKU 124694), 20 kg (SKU 125092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 2.5kg
Bulk pH 8.5 buffer for African cichlid breeding programmes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-2-5kg/
- Price: $113.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102420 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264005637
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102420-1.png
A breeding programme lives or dies on stable water chemistry, and carbonate hardness is what keeps pH from sliding between one spawn and the next. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 2.5kg (SKU: 102420) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) supplied at 2.5 kg for breeders and fish rooms running several African cichlid tanks on a consistent dosing schedule. It raises carbonate hardness (KH) and holds pH in the alkaline range these fish need, and the maker specifically credits the blend with supporting fertility and egg production, which is why consistency matters more here than in a single display tank. Two dose rates cover both routine maintenance and firm pH 8.5 control.
The gentle rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 40 L, lifts KH by about 6 dKH (106 ppm); the stronger rate, 5 g per 20 L, reaches about 12 dKH (214 ppm) with pH settling near 8.5. A 2.5 kg pack treats about 20,000 L at the gentle rate or about 10,000 L run entirely at the stronger rate, enough for a breeding set-up's water changes across many months. It is the fifth of eight sizes, above the 1 kg pack and below the 4.5 kg size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding programmes:** Consistent KH supports the fertility and egg-production benefit the maker claims.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One 2.5 kg pack covers water changes across several tanks.
- **Firm pH control:** Use the stronger dose where pH needs to sit near 8.5.
- **Routine maintenance:** The gentle dose restores KH between larger adjustments.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Gentle rate:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Stronger rate:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm), pH near 8.5.
- **Dose consistently:** Use the same rate on every tank in a breeding programme.
- **Batch mixing:** Dissolve the day's total dose in a bucket before sharing it across tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added across repeated breeding-tank doses.
- **Fertility and egg-production claim:** The stated reason to dose consistently through a breeding cycle.
- **Two dose rates included:** Gentle maintenance and firm pH 8.5 control.
- **Fish-room sizing:** Treats up to 20,000 L at the gentle rate.
- **Fifth size in the range:** Between the 1 kg pack and the 4.5 kg size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102420
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264005637
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH); 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 20,000 L at the gentle dose; about 10,000 L at the stronger dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (106 ppm) gentle dose; about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113202), 300 g (SKU 101609), 600 g (SKU 101610), 1 kg (SKU 101611), 4.5 kg (SKU 102419), 10 kg (SKU 124694), 20 kg (SKU 125092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid fish rooms
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 20kg
Largest trade pack for commercial cichlid buffering.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-20kg/
- Price: $507.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 125092
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/125092-1.webp
A commercial African cichlid operation treats carbonate hardness the way a brewery treats water chemistry, as a bulk input that has to be right every single batch. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 20kg (SKU: 125092) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) in its largest pack size, a 20 kg trade bag for commercial breeders, wholesalers and multi-system facilities buffering African cichlid water at scale. It raises carbonate hardness (KH) and holds pH in the alkaline range these fish need, and the maker also credits the blend with supporting fertility and egg production. Two dose rates cover both routine maintenance and firm pH 8.5 control from the one bag.
The gentle rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 40 L, lifts KH by about 6 dKH (106 ppm); the stronger rate, 5 g per 20 L, reaches about 12 dKH (214 ppm) with pH near 8.5. A 20 kg bag treats about 160,000 L at the gentle rate or about 80,000 L run entirely at the stronger rate, the largest capacity in the range. It tops a line of eight sizes running from a 150 g tub up to this 20 kg trade bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial breeding facilities:** Covers continuous buffering across a large number of tanks.
- **Wholesale and large retail holding systems:** Buy once for an extended run of water changes.
- **Firm pH control systems:** Use the stronger dose where pH needs to sit near 8.5.
- **Routine maintenance systems:** The gentle dose restores KH between larger adjustments.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Gentle rate:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Stronger rate:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm), pH near 8.5.
- **Weigh, don't scoop:** At this scale, weigh out each batch rather than relying on teaspoon measures.
- **Test across the system:** Confirm KH and pH are holding at every point in a multi-tank set-up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added through sustained, large-scale dosing.
- **Largest pack in the range:** A 20 kg bag for commercial-scale operations.
- **Two dose rates included:** Routine maintenance and firm pH 8.5 control from one bag.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **Maximum treatment volume:** Up to 160,000 L at the gentle rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 125092
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH); 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 160,000 L at the gentle dose; about 80,000 L at the stronger dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (106 ppm) gentle dose; about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113202), 300 g (SKU 101609), 600 g (SKU 101610), 1 kg (SKU 101611), 2.5 kg (SKU 102420), 4.5 kg (SKU 102419), 10 kg (SKU 124694)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums, commercial scale
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 300g
Gentle carbonate hardness buffer for everyday water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-300g/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101609 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000427
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101609-1.png
Most water changes do not need a pH overhaul, just enough carbonate hardness put back to stop the next one sliding. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 300g (SKU: 101609) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) built around a gentle everyday dose as well as a stronger dose for tanks that need pH held firmly at 8.5. It raises carbonate hardness (KH), which resists the pH crashes that soft, low-KH tap water can cause in African cichlid tanks, and the maker also credits the blend with supporting fertility and egg production. The 300 g size is pitched at one tank's routine water changes across a season rather than a single trial dose.
At the gentle rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 40 L, KH rises by about 6 dKH (106 ppm), enough for a top-up after a normal water change; at double the concentration, 5 g per 20 L, KH reaches about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH settles near 8.5. A 300 g tub treats about 2,400 L at the gentle rate or about 1,200 L run entirely at the stronger, pH-8.5 rate. It sits just above the 150 g tub in a range of eight sizes up to a 20 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular water changes:** The gentle dose restores KH used up since the last change.
- **Tanks needing firm pH control:** Switch to the stronger dose to hold pH near 8.5.
- **Soft or low-KH tap water:** Buffers against the fast pH drift that follows a water change.
- **Breeding tanks:** Also said to support fertility and egg production.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Gentle rate:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Stronger rate:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm), pH near 8.5.
- **Match to the tank:** Gentle rate for maintenance, stronger rate for firm pH 8.5 control.
- **Pre-mix:** Dissolve in a jug of water before adding to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added with the KH correction.
- **Gentle and strong doses:** Covers both routine top-ups and firm pH-8.5 control.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **Season-length supply:** Treats roughly 2,400 L at the gentle rate.
- **Second-smallest size:** Between the 150 g tub and the 600 g pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101609
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000427
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH); 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,400 L at the gentle dose; about 1,200 L at the stronger dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (106 ppm) gentle dose; about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113202), 600 g (SKU 101610), 1 kg (SKU 101611), 2.5 kg (SKU 102420), 4.5 kg (SKU 102419), 10 kg (SKU 124694), 20 kg (SKU 125092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 4.5kg
Long-run carbonate hardness buffer for multi-tank fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-4-5kg/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102419 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000465
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102419-1.png
Six or eight Rift Lake tanks drinking the same soft tap water all drift the same way, and buffering each one separately out of a small tub gets old fast. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 4.5kg (SKU: 102419) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia), packed at 4.5 kg for keepers running several African cichlid tanks through the same weekly buffering routine. It raises carbonate hardness (KH), the mineral reserve that resists pH swings, and the maker also credits the blend with supporting fertility and egg production in African cichlids. Two dose rates are built in, a gentle one for routine maintenance and a stronger one that settles pH firmly near 8.5, so one pack covers both jobs across a fish room.
The gentle rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 40 L, lifts KH by about 6 dKH (106 ppm); the stronger rate, 5 g per 20 L, reaches about 12 dKH (214 ppm) with pH near 8.5. A 4.5 kg pack treats about 36,000 L at the gentle rate or about 18,000 L run entirely at the stronger rate, enough for a multi-tank fish room's weekly dosing over many months. It is the second-largest of the eight sizes, ahead of only the 10 kg and 20 kg trade packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One 4.5 kg pack supplies weekly buffering across several tanks.
- **Firm pH control tanks:** Use the stronger dose to settle pH near 8.5.
- **Routine maintenance tanks:** The gentle dose restores KH between larger adjustments.
- **Club and breeder supply:** Sized to be shared or stocked rather than used up in weeks.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Gentle rate:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Stronger rate:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm), pH near 8.5.
- **Dose by tank:** Test KH and pH per tank rather than assuming every tank needs the same rate.
- **Store dry:** Reseal the pack between uses and measure by weight for consistency.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added through months of repeated dosing.
- **Two dose rates included:** Covers routine maintenance and firm pH 8.5 control.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **Fish-room volume:** Treats up to 36,000 L at the gentle rate.
- **Second-largest size:** Between the 2.5 kg pack and the 10 kg trade size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102419
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000465
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH); 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 36,000 L at the gentle dose; about 18,000 L at the stronger dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (106 ppm) gentle dose; about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113202), 300 g (SKU 101609), 600 g (SKU 101610), 1 kg (SKU 101611), 2.5 kg (SKU 102420), 10 kg (SKU 124694), 20 kg (SKU 125092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid fish rooms
---
#### Aqua-pics African Kh Buffer 600g
Firm pH 8.5 buffer for established Rift Lake tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-african-kh-buffer-600g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101610 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000434
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101610-1.png
An established Rift Lake tank that has been drifting slightly acidic for months needs more than a token pinch of buffer to pull pH back to 8.5 and hold it there. Aqua-Pics African KH Buffer 600g (SKU: 101610) is a phosphate-free mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) with a stronger dose rate built in specifically to settle pH near 8.5, alongside a gentler rate for routine top-ups. It raises carbonate hardness (KH), which resists pH movement rather than adjusting the number only temporarily, and the maker also credits the blend with supporting fish fertility and egg production. The 600 g size suits an established single tank running regular water changes well into its second year, not a short trial.
At the stronger rate, 5 g (1 level tsp) per 20 L, KH climbs to about 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH settles near 8.5; halving the concentration to 5 g per 40 L gives a gentler 6 dKH (106 ppm) lift for routine maintenance. A 600 g tub treats about 2,400 L run entirely at the stronger, pH-8.5 rate, or about 4,800 L spread across lighter top-up doses. It is the midpoint of eight sizes, between the 300 g tub and the 1 kg pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established tanks drifting acidic:** Use the stronger dose to pull pH back to 8.5 and hold it.
- **Routine maintenance doses:** The gentle rate restores KH without overcorrecting pH.
- **Mixed dosing schedules:** Alternate strengths depending on how far pH has drifted since the last change.
- **Breeding tanks:** The blend is also said to support fertility and egg production.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Stronger rate:** 5 g per 20 L for about 12 dKH (214 ppm), pH near 8.5.
- **Gentle rate:** 5 g per 40 L for about 6 dKH (106 ppm).
- **Test before dosing:** Check current pH and KH to decide which rate the tank needs.
- **Dissolve first:** Mix the measured dose into tank water before adding it, never dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added while buffering.
- **Purpose-built pH 8.5 dose:** The stronger rate is aimed squarely at that target.
- **Fertility claim:** Credited by the maker with supporting fertility and egg production.
- **Season-plus supply:** Treats up to 4,800 L at the gentle rate.
- **Midpoint size:** Between the 300 g tub and the 1 kg pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101610
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000434
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (African Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 20 L (about 12 dKH, pH 8.5); 5 g per 40 L (about 6 dKH)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,400 L at the stronger dose; about 4,800 L at the gentle dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 12 dKH (214 ppm) and pH 8.5 stronger dose; about 6 dKH (106 ppm) gentle dose
- **Contains:** Phosphate-free blend of buffering minerals
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113202), 300 g (SKU 101609), 1 kg (SKU 101611), 2.5 kg (SKU 102420), 4.5 kg (SKU 102419), 10 kg (SKU 124694), 20 kg (SKU 125092)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African Rift Valley cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon / Plant Gh Conditioner 150g
Trial-size mineral conditioner for sodium-sensitive Amazon fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-plant-gh-conditioner-150g/
- Price: $8.81 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102856 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008409
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102856-1.png
Discus, Apistogramma and horseface loaches come from water with almost no sodium in it, and a general hardness conditioner built around salt does them no favours. Aqua-Pics Amazon / Plant GH Conditioner 150g (SKU: 102856) is Aqua-Pics' low-sodium, phosphate-free conditioner for raising general hardness (GH) in freshwater aquariums without adding the sodium that sensitive species struggle with. It is dosed at one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 20 L of water, which the maker states raises GH by roughly 7 dGH (125 ppm). The 150 g pouch is the smallest size in the range, suited to a single small to mid-size tank or to trying the product before committing to a larger pack.
The conditioner supplies the minerals and trace elements that Amazon basin fish need to maintain osmotic balance in soft water, and the same dose carries magnesium and potassium that aquarium plants draw on, so a planted Amazon-style tank gets mineral support for both the fish and the vegetation from one additive. At 8 g per 20 L, a 150 g pouch covers around 375 L across repeated doses, enough for several water changes on one display before it runs out. Aqua-Pics recommends it specifically for discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras, the groups most likely to be set back by sodium in a conditioner. Mix the measured powder into tank or change water before adding it, and retest GH before repeating a dose on the same tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sodium-sensitive fish:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras.
- **Soft-water set-ups:** Tap water with little natural hardness that needs a controlled mineral floor.
- **Planted Amazon tanks:** Magnesium and potassium support plant growth alongside fish health.
- **First-time use:** The 150 g size suits testing the dose on one tank before buying larger.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L of water.
- **Expected rise:** Approximately 7 dGH, or 125 ppm, per treated dose.
- **With water changes:** Dose fresh water before or as it goes back into the tank.
- **Retest before repeating:** Check GH rather than dosing again on a fixed schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low sodium, phosphate-free:** Formulated for fish that are set back by salt-based conditioners.
- **Raises GH by design:** 8 g per 20 L lifts general hardness about 7 dGH.
- **Feeds plants too:** Supplies magnesium and potassium alongside the fish-health minerals.
- **Supports osmotic balance:** Replaces the trace minerals soft-water fish rely on.
- **Smallest pack in the range:** 150 g suited to a single tank or a first trial.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102856
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008409
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L, raising GH by about 7 dGH (125 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 375 L across repeated doses, calculated from the 8 g per 20 L rate
- **Suited For:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101615), 500 g (SKU 101616), 1 kg (SKU 102024), 4.5 kg (SKU 102103) and 20 kg (SKU 112943)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums with sodium-sensitive fish
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon / Plant Gh Conditioner 1kg
Multi-month mineral conditioner for sodium-sensitive aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-plant-gh-conditioner-1kg/
- Price: $24.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102024 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000205
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102024-1.png
Most general hardness boosters are sodium salts in a different label, which is fine for a goldfish bowl and a problem for a tank of discus or Apistogramma. Aqua-Pics Amazon / Plant GH Conditioner 1kg (SKU: 102024) is the low-sodium, phosphate-free version, a mineral and trace-element conditioner that raises general hardness (GH) in freshwater aquariums while avoiding the sodium load that sets soft-water fish back. One rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 20 L is the standard dose, stated by the maker to raise GH by roughly 7 dGH (125 ppm). The 1 kg pack is built for repeat use across one larger system or several smaller tanks over an extended period rather than a single top-up.
Aqua-Pics points this conditioner at discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras, fish that rely on specific trace minerals to manage osmosis in soft water rather than coping with a sodium-heavy buffer. The same dose supplies magnesium and potassium for aquarium plants, so a planted community tank or breeding set-up gets its GH and a plant mineral top-up from the one additive. At 8 g per 20 L, a 1 kg pack covers around 2,500 L across repeated doses, which spreads a long way across a household running two or three tanks on regular water changes, or a single larger display over the better part of a year. Dissolve the measured dose into change water before it goes back into the tank, and confirm GH with a test kit before the next treatment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple tanks:** A 1 kg pack sized for a household running two or three aquariums.
- **Sodium-sensitive fish:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras.
- **Planted set-ups:** Magnesium and potassium feed plants alongside fish-health minerals.
- **Breeding projects:** Consistent, low-sodium hardness for species bred in soft, mineral-specific water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L of water.
- **Expected rise:** Approximately 7 dGH, or 125 ppm, per treated dose.
- **Across several tanks:** Measure out each tank's dose separately rather than estimating by eye.
- **Retest first:** Check GH before repeating a dose on any one system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low sodium, phosphate-free:** Built for fish that a salt-based GH booster sets back.
- **Predictable GH rise:** 8 g per 20 L lifts general hardness about 7 dGH per dose.
- **Doubles as a plant feed:** Magnesium and potassium support aquarium plants too.
- **Multi-tank pack size:** 1 kg spreads across several aquariums or one system for months.
- **Osmotic support:** Replaces the trace minerals soft-water fish are adapted to.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102024
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000205
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L, raising GH by about 7 dGH (125 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,500 L across repeated doses, calculated from the 8 g per 20 L rate
- **Suited For:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102856), 250 g (SKU 101615), 500 g (SKU 101616), 4.5 kg (SKU 102103) and 20 kg (SKU 112943)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums with sodium-sensitive fish
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon / Plant Gh Conditioner 20kg
Wholesale mineral conditioner for shops and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-plant-gh-conditioner-20kg/
- Price: $229.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112943
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112943-1.avif
A shop holding system or a large fish room runs through GH conditioner by the bucket rather than the teaspoon, and buying it in small pouches gets expensive and fiddly at that scale. Aqua-Pics Amazon / Plant GH Conditioner 20kg (SKU: 112943) is the wholesale size of Aqua-Pics' low-sodium, phosphate-free GH conditioner, the same mineral and trace-element formula that raises general hardness in freshwater aquariums without the sodium load of a salt-based booster, packed for continuous use rather than one tank. The standard dose remains one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 20 L, which the maker states lifts GH by roughly 7 dGH (125 ppm).
Aqua-Pics names discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras as the fish this formula is aimed at, the groups most affected by sodium in a conditioner and the ones most often kept in volume by shops and breeders. The same magnesium and potassium feed aquarium plants, so a wholesale operation running planted display tanks or grow-out systems gets fish-health minerals and a plant supplement from the one bulk pack. At 8 g per 20 L, a 20 kg pack covers in the order of 50,000 L across repeated dosing, which on a working holding system or fish room translates into a long run of weekly water changes before restocking. Scoop and weigh each dose per tank rather than estimating across a bank of systems, since the dose rate is set per tank volume, not per total water on hand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wholesale and shop systems:** Holding tanks and display systems running regular water changes at volume.
- **Large fish rooms:** Breeders maintaining many tanks from one bulk supply.
- **Sodium-sensitive fish:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras.
- **Planted display systems:** Magnesium and potassium support plant growth at commercial scale.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L of water.
- **Expected rise:** Approximately 7 dGH, or 125 ppm, per treated dose.
- **Dose per system:** Weigh each tank's dose against its own volume rather than the total water held.
- **Retest regularly:** Check GH on representative tanks before repeating doses across the bank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low sodium, phosphate-free:** Suited to the volume stock most affected by salt-based boosters.
- **Consistent GH rise:** 8 g per 20 L lifts general hardness about 7 dGH per dose.
- **Feeds plants at scale:** Magnesium and potassium support planted commercial systems.
- **Wholesale 20 kg pack:** The largest size in the range, built for shops and fish rooms.
- **Osmotic support:** Restores the trace minerals soft-water fish are adapted to.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112943
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L, raising GH by about 7 dGH (125 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 50,000 L across repeated doses, calculated from the 8 g per 20 L rate
- **Suited For:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102856), 250 g (SKU 101615), 500 g (SKU 101616), 1 kg (SKU 102024) and 4.5 kg (SKU 102103)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums with sodium-sensitive fish
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon / Plant Gh Conditioner 250g
Single-aquarium GH conditioner for sodium-sensitive fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-plant-gh-conditioner-250g/
- Price: $14.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101615 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000182
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101615-1.png
Many general hardness conditioners lean on sodium salts to move the number, which is the one mineral that discus, Apistogramma and horseface loaches cope with worst. Aqua-Pics Amazon / Plant GH Conditioner 250g (SKU: 101615) is Aqua-Pics' low-sodium, phosphate-free answer, a mineral and trace-element powder that raises general hardness (GH) in freshwater aquariums while supplying the magnesium and potassium that plants also need. The dose is one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 20 L of water, stated to raise GH by roughly 7 dGH (125 ppm) per treatment. The 250 g pack is a step up from the trial-size pouch and the natural choice for one aquarium kept on a regular water-change routine.
The minerals it adds help soft-water fish regulate osmosis, the process by which a fish balances salts and water across its gills and skin, which is why Aqua-Pics names discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras as the fish it is built for. In a planted Amazon-style tank the same dose doubles as a magnesium and potassium top-up for the plants, so there is no need for a separate mineral fertiliser just for that pair of nutrients. At 8 g per 20 L, a 250 g pack covers about 625 L across repeated doses, which on a typical weekly 20 to 25 percent water change routine spans a good run of months on one display. Stir the measured dose into the change water rather than straight into the tank, and check GH before the next treatment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sodium-sensitive fish:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras.
- **Regular water changes:** Replacing the hardness and minerals removed with each change.
- **Planted Amazon tanks:** Magnesium and potassium support plant growth as well as fish health.
- **Soft tap water:** Mains supplies with little natural hardness that need a mineral floor set.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L of water.
- **Expected rise:** Approximately 7 dGH, or 125 ppm, per treated dose.
- **Dose into change water:** Dissolve before it goes back into the aquarium.
- **Retest first:** Confirm GH before repeating, rather than dosing on a fixed interval alone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low sodium, phosphate-free:** Avoids the salt load that upsets sensitive Amazon basin fish.
- **Measured GH rise:** 8 g per 20 L lifts general hardness about 7 dGH per dose.
- **Dual-purpose minerals:** Magnesium and potassium feed plants alongside fish-health trace elements.
- **Osmotic support:** Replaces the minerals soft-water species rely on to balance salts and water.
- **Standard single-tank size:** 250 g sized for one aquarium on a routine change schedule.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101615
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000182
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L, raising GH by about 7 dGH (125 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 625 L across repeated doses, calculated from the 8 g per 20 L rate
- **Suited For:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102856), 500 g (SKU 101616), 1 kg (SKU 102024), 4.5 kg (SKU 102103) and 20 kg (SKU 112943)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums with sodium-sensitive fish
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon / Plant Gh Conditioner 4.5kg
Bulk mineral conditioner for breeders and multi-tank set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-plant-gh-conditioner-4-5kg/
- Price: $72.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102103 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000212
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102103-1.png
A breeder running a bank of grow-out tanks for Apistogramma or discus fry cannot afford a GH conditioner that leans on sodium to move the number, since fry are even less tolerant of it than adults. Aqua-Pics Amazon / Plant GH Conditioner 4.5kg (SKU: 102103) is the bulk size of Aqua-Pics' low-sodium, phosphate-free GH conditioner, formulated to raise general hardness in freshwater aquariums with the minerals and trace elements soft-water species need rather than salt. The standard dose is one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 20 L, which the maker states raises GH by roughly 7 dGH (125 ppm). At 4.5 kg, the pack is sized for a fish room or a hobbyist running several tanks rather than topping up one display.
Aqua-Pics names discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras as the target fish, species whose osmotic regulation depends on specific minerals rather than a sodium buffer, which matters more across a breeding operation where water chemistry needs to stay consistent tank to tank. The same magnesium and potassium support aquarium plants, so a planted breeding set-up or a bank of grow-out tanks gets mineral support for fish and vegetation from the one tub. At 8 g per 20 L, a 4.5 kg pack covers around 11,250 L across repeated dosing, enough for regular water changes across several systems for a long stretch before it needs replacing. Measure doses per tank rather than scaling by eye across a rack, and dissolve the powder into change water before it goes back in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding operations:** Consistent, low-sodium hardness across racks of grow-out tanks.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** The 4.5 kg size spreads across several aquariums on a shared change schedule.
- **Sodium-sensitive fish:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras.
- **Planted systems:** Magnesium and potassium support plant growth at scale.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L of water.
- **Expected rise:** Approximately 7 dGH, or 125 ppm, per treated dose.
- **Dose per tank:** Measure each system separately rather than estimating a bulk dose for a rack.
- **Retest first:** Confirm GH on each tank before repeating a dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low sodium, phosphate-free:** Suited to fry and sensitive breeding stock that salt-based boosters upset.
- **Consistent GH rise:** 8 g per 20 L lifts general hardness about 7 dGH per dose.
- **Feeds plants too:** Magnesium and potassium double as a mineral supplement for plants.
- **Bulk 4.5 kg tub:** Sized for fish rooms and multi-tank breeding set-ups.
- **Osmotic support:** Restores the trace minerals soft-water fish are adapted to.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102103
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000212
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L, raising GH by about 7 dGH (125 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 11,250 L across repeated doses, calculated from the 8 g per 20 L rate
- **Suited For:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102856), 250 g (SKU 101615), 500 g (SKU 101616), 1 kg (SKU 102024) and 20 kg (SKU 112943)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums with sodium-sensitive fish
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon / Plant Gh Conditioner 500g
Standard mineral conditioner for a sodium-sensitive community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-plant-gh-conditioner-500g/
- Price: $11.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101616 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000199
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101616-1.png
A conditioner that raises general hardness with table-salt chemistry can push a discus or Apistogramma backwards even as the test kit number improves. Aqua-Pics Amazon / Plant GH Conditioner 500g (SKU: 101616) avoids that trade-off: it is Aqua-Pics' low-sodium, phosphate-free GH conditioner, built to lift general hardness in freshwater aquariums using the minerals and trace elements soft-water fish actually need rather than sodium chloride. The dose is one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 20 L, which the maker states raises GH by roughly 7 dGH (125 ppm). The 500 g pack sits in the middle of the range, enough to run one aquarium's water changes for an extended period without buying again every month.
Aqua-Pics names discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras as the fish this conditioner is aimed at, all species that evolved in mineral-poor, sodium-light water and rely on osmotic regulation rather than a salty buffer. The same magnesium and potassium that support the fish also feed aquarium plants, so a planted Amazon-biotope tank gets both jobs done with one additive rather than a separate plant fertiliser for those two nutrients. At 8 g per 20 L, a 500 g pack covers roughly 1,250 L across repeated dosing, which on a weekly partial water change covers a single display for several months. Dissolve the measured dose in the change water before it returns to the tank, and retest GH before the next treatment rather than dosing to a fixed calendar.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sodium-sensitive fish:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras.
- **Ongoing maintenance:** A pack sized to carry one tank through several months of water changes.
- **Planted Amazon tanks:** Magnesium and potassium support plants alongside fish-health minerals.
- **Soft tap water:** Mains water with little hardness that needs a stable mineral floor.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L of water.
- **Expected rise:** Approximately 7 dGH, or 125 ppm, per treated dose.
- **Dose with changes:** Mix into replacement water rather than adding it to a running tank directly.
- **Retest before repeating:** Check GH rather than dosing on a fixed schedule regardless of the result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low sodium, phosphate-free:** Raises hardness without the salt load of cheaper GH conditioners.
- **Consistent GH rise:** 8 g per 20 L lifts general hardness about 7 dGH per dose.
- **Feeds plants and fish:** Magnesium and potassium double as a light plant mineral supplement.
- **Mid-size pack:** 500 g carries one aquarium through months of regular water changes.
- **Osmotic support:** Restores the trace minerals soft-water fish are adapted to.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101616
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000199
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 20 L, raising GH by about 7 dGH (125 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,250 L across repeated doses, calculated from the 8 g per 20 L rate
- **Suited For:** Discus, catfish, Apistogramma, horseface loaches, angelfish and tetras
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102856), 250 g (SKU 101615), 1 kg (SKU 102024), 4.5 kg (SKU 102103) and 20 kg (SKU 112943)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums with sodium-sensitive fish
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 120g
Soft-water KH buffer for discus, tetra and Apistogramma tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-120g/
- Price: $17.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112965 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008393
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112965-1.png
Discus and Apistogramma do not want their water pushed toward neutral, they want it held gently acidic, and that takes carbonate hardness aimed at the right target, not just more of it. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 120g (SKU: 112965) is a mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) built to raise carbonate hardness (KH) without pushing pH out of the slightly acidic range Amazon Basin fish need, suiting discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish. Unlike the maker's African Rift Lake buffers, this formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which the maker states should not add to algae problems, rather than being phosphate-free. At 120 g it is the smallest size in the range, suited to a single nano or display tank.
The dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 8 L of water, which raises KH by roughly 6 dKH (107 ppm) and locks pH to around 6.5 to 6.8, stopping the fluctuation that stresses soft-water fish. A 120 g tub treats up to about 192 L in total, enough for several water changes on one small to medium tank before it runs out. It is the entry point in a range of seven sizes, from this 120 g tub up to a 16 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus and Apistogramma tanks:** Holds pH gently acidic rather than letting it slide further down.
- **Tetra and L-number catfish tanks:** Matches the soft, slightly acidic water these fish come from.
- **Blackwater-style set-ups:** Buffers KH without forcing pH toward neutral or alkaline.
- **Small and nano tanks:** A 120 g tub suits one tank's regular water changes.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L raises KH by about 6 dKH (107 ppm).
- **Target range:** pH settles to around 6.5 to 6.8 at this dose.
- **Re-dose with water changes:** Treat fresh water before or as it goes into the tank.
- **Dissolve first:** Stir into a jug of water rather than adding the dry salt directly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water target:** Buffers KH while holding pH at 6.5 to 6.8, not pushing it higher.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included rather than excluded, with the maker stating it should not add to algae.
- **Single, clear dose rate:** 5 g per 8 L, no guesswork between strengths.
- **Smallest size in the range:** A 120 g tub for a single tank or trial.
- **Treats up to 192 L:** At the standard dose rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112965
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008393
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Amazon Biotope)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 192 L at the standard dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (107 ppm); pH 6.5 to 6.8
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates (not a phosphate-free formula)
- **Ideal For:** Discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 102032), 400 g (SKU 102033), 800 g (SKU 102025), 2 kg (SKU 102842), 4 kg (SKU 102843), 16 kg (SKU 113044)
- **Target Environment:** Soft, slightly acidic Amazon Basin biotope aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 16kg
Largest trade pack for commercial soft-water systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-16kg/
- Price: $449.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113044 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004104
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113044-1.png
A commercial discus or tetra operation buffers water chemistry across dozens of tanks at once, and that takes a bag measured in kilograms, not a tub measured in grams. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 16kg (SKU: 113044) is a mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) in its largest pack size, a 16 kg trade bag for commercial breeders, wholesalers and multi-system facilities keeping discus, tetras, Apistogramma or L-number catfish at scale. It raises carbonate hardness (KH) while holding pH in the 6.5 to 6.8 range these fish need, using a formula that contains chemically clean phosphates rather than being phosphate-free, which the maker states should not add to algae problems.
The dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 8 L, raising KH by roughly 6 dKH (107 ppm) and settling pH around 6.5 to 6.8. A 16 kg bag treats about 25,600 L in total at that dose, the largest capacity in the range. It tops a line of seven sizes running from a 120 g tub up to this 16 kg trade bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial breeding facilities:** Covers continuous buffering across a large number of tanks.
- **Wholesale and large retail holding systems:** Buy once for an extended run of water changes.
- **Discus and tetra production systems:** Matches the 6.5 to 6.8 range these fish are raised in.
- **Multi-species soft-water systems:** One dose rate applies across discus, tetra, Apistogramma and L-number tanks alike.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L for about 6 dKH (107 ppm).
- **Target pH:** Settles around 6.5 to 6.8 at this dose.
- **Weigh, don't scoop:** At this scale, weigh out each batch rather than relying on teaspoon measures.
- **Test across the system:** Confirm KH and pH are holding at every point in a multi-tank set-up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water target:** Holds pH at 6.5 to 6.8 across a large system.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included, with the maker stating it should not add to algae.
- **Single dose rate:** 5 g per 8 L, consistent across every tank.
- **Largest pack in the range:** A 16 kg bag for commercial-scale operations.
- **Maximum treatment volume:** Up to 25,600 L at the standard dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113044
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004104
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Amazon Biotope)
- **Net Weight:** 16 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 25,600 L at the standard dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (107 ppm); pH 6.5 to 6.8
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates (not a phosphate-free formula)
- **Ideal For:** Discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112965), 250 g (SKU 102032), 400 g (SKU 102033), 800 g (SKU 102025), 2 kg (SKU 102842), 4 kg (SKU 102843)
- **Target Environment:** Soft, slightly acidic Amazon Basin biotope aquariums, commercial scale
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 400g
Season-long KH stability for soft-water community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-400g/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102033 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004067
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102033-1.png
A soft-water community tank that has been stable for a year did not get that way by accident, it got there by having carbonate hardness replaced every time water changed. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 400g (SKU: 102033) is a mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) formulated to raise carbonate hardness (KH) while holding pH in the slightly acidic 6.5 to 6.8 range that discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish are kept in. The formula carries chemically clean phosphates rather than being phosphate-free, which the maker states should not add to algae problems. At 400 g it is sized for an established single tank running regular water changes well beyond a single season.
The dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 8 L, raising KH by roughly 6 dKH (107 ppm) and settling pH around 6.5 to 6.8. A 400 g tub treats about 640 L in total at that dose, enough for frequent water changes on a mid-size tank for the better part of a year. It is the midpoint of seven sizes, between the 250 g tub and the 800 g pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established soft-water tanks:** Keeps KH topped up so pH does not drift down over time.
- **Discus and tetra tanks:** Matches the 6.5 to 6.8 range these fish are kept in.
- **Weekly or fortnightly water changes:** Re-dose each time to replace buffering capacity used up.
- **Apistogramma and L-number tanks:** Suits the same gently acidic target.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L for about 6 dKH (107 ppm).
- **Target pH:** Settles around 6.5 to 6.8 at this dose.
- **Test before dosing:** Check current KH and pH to confirm the tank needs topping up.
- **Dissolve first:** Mix into a jug of water before adding, rather than dosing dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water target:** Holds pH at 6.5 to 6.8 rather than neutral.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included, with the maker stating it should not add to algae.
- **Single dose rate:** 5 g per 8 L, consistent across every water change.
- **Year-length supply:** Treats roughly 640 L at the standard dose.
- **Midpoint size:** Between the 250 g tub and the 800 g pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102033
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004067
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Amazon Biotope)
- **Net Weight:** 400 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 640 L at the standard dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (107 ppm); pH 6.5 to 6.8
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates (not a phosphate-free formula)
- **Ideal For:** Discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112965), 250 g (SKU 102032), 800 g (SKU 102025), 2 kg (SKU 102842), 4 kg (SKU 102843), 16 kg (SKU 113044)
- **Target Environment:** Soft, slightly acidic Amazon Basin biotope aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 4kg
Fish-room supply of soft-water carbonate buffer for Amazon species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-4kg/
- Price: $170.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102843 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004081
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102843-1.png
A fish room running several discus or tetra tanks on the same soft-water routine goes through buffer in kilograms, not teaspoons, once the tank count climbs past three or four. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 4kg (SKU: 102843) is a mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia), packed at 4 kg for fish rooms running several discus, tetra, Apistogramma or L-number catfish tanks on the same soft-water schedule. It raises carbonate hardness (KH) while holding pH in the 6.5 to 6.8 range these fish need, using a formula that contains chemically clean phosphates rather than being phosphate-free, which the maker states should not add to algae problems.
The dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 8 L, raising KH by roughly 6 dKH (107 ppm) and settling pH around 6.5 to 6.8. A 4 kg pack treats about 6,400 L in total at that dose, enough for weekly dosing across a multi-tank fish room for many months. It is the second-largest of seven sizes, ahead of only the 16 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One 4 kg pack supplies weekly buffering across several tanks.
- **Discus and tetra systems:** Matches the 6.5 to 6.8 range these fish are kept in.
- **Club and breeder supply:** Sized to be shared or stocked rather than used up in weeks.
- **Routine water changes:** Re-dose fresh water across every tank on the same schedule.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L for about 6 dKH (107 ppm).
- **Target pH:** Settles around 6.5 to 6.8 at this dose.
- **Dose by tank:** Test KH and pH per tank rather than assuming every tank needs the same amount.
- **Store dry:** Reseal the pack between uses and measure by weight for consistency.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water target:** Holds pH at 6.5 to 6.8 across a fish room.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included, with the maker stating it should not add to algae.
- **Single dose rate:** 5 g per 8 L, consistent across every tank.
- **Fish-room volume:** Treats up to 6,400 L at the standard dose.
- **Second-largest size:** Between the 2 kg pack and the 16 kg trade size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102843
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004081
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Amazon Biotope)
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 6,400 L at the standard dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (107 ppm); pH 6.5 to 6.8
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates (not a phosphate-free formula)
- **Ideal For:** Discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112965), 250 g (SKU 102032), 400 g (SKU 102033), 800 g (SKU 102025), 2 kg (SKU 102842), 16 kg (SKU 113044)
- **Target Environment:** Soft, slightly acidic Amazon Basin biotope aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 800g
KH buffer sized for larger discus and tetra displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-800g/
- Price: $49.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102025 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004074
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102025-1.png
A large discus display, or two tetra tanks running side by side, gets through a soft-water buffer faster than a single 100 L tank ever will. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 800g (SKU: 102025) is a mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) formulated to raise carbonate hardness (KH) while holding pH in the 6.5 to 6.8 range Amazon Basin fish are kept in, suiting discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish. The formula carries chemically clean phosphates rather than being phosphate-free, which the maker states should not add to algae problems. The 800 g size is pitched at a larger single display or two smaller tanks sharing the same water chemistry.
The dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 8 L, raising KH by roughly 6 dKH (107 ppm) and settling pH around 6.5 to 6.8. An 800 g tub treats about 1,280 L in total at that dose, enough for regular water changes across a larger tank or two smaller ones for many months. It sits above the 400 g tub and below the 2 kg pack in a range of seven sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger discus displays:** One tub covers the bigger water volume these tanks hold.
- **Two-tank set-ups:** Splits comfortably between a pair of tanks on the same dosing schedule.
- **Tetra and Apistogramma tanks:** Matches the same 6.5 to 6.8 target.
- **Regular water changes:** Re-dose fresh water to keep KH from running out.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L for about 6 dKH (107 ppm).
- **Target pH:** Settles around 6.5 to 6.8 at this dose.
- **Split across tanks:** Measure separately for each tank rather than guessing a combined dose.
- **Dissolve first:** Mix into a jug of water before adding, rather than dosing dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water target:** Holds pH at 6.5 to 6.8 across larger water volumes.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included, with the maker stating it should not add to algae.
- **Single dose rate:** 5 g per 8 L, consistent whatever the tank size.
- **Covers bigger tanks:** Treats up to 1,280 L at the standard dose.
- **Mid-range size:** Between the 400 g tub and the 2 kg pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102025
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004074
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Amazon Biotope)
- **Net Weight:** 800 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,280 L at the standard dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (107 ppm); pH 6.5 to 6.8
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates (not a phosphate-free formula)
- **Ideal For:** Discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112965), 250 g (SKU 102032), 400 g (SKU 102033), 2 kg (SKU 102842), 4 kg (SKU 102843), 16 kg (SKU 113044)
- **Target Environment:** Soft, slightly acidic Amazon Basin biotope aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 8kg
Bulk carbonate hardness buffer for soft, acidic Amazon-style water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-8kg/
- Price: $259.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102544 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004098
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102544-1.png
A tetra or Apistogramma collected from a blackwater creek never meets carbonate hardness worth measuring, and a buffer built to push pH up towards neutral works against that kind of fish rather than for it. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 8kg (SKU: 102544) is the bulk size of Aqua-Pics' Amazon Basin buffer, a dry powder formulated to raise carbonate hardness (KH) while holding pH in the acidic 6.5 to 6.8 range rather than letting it drift up towards neutral as most generic carbonate buffers do. Aqua-Pics directs one rounded teaspoon per 8 L of water, a dose the pack states raises KH by about 6 dKH. The 8 kg tub is the largest size in the Amazon KH Buffer range, intended for fish rooms, breeders and shops dosing several systems rather than one display tank.
Because the formulation targets a set pH rather than simple alkalinity, it suits water already run soft and acidic for Amazon basin fish, where a plain KH buffer would overshoot pH upward. Aqua-Pics pairs this line with its matching Amazon/Plant GH Conditioner, which sets general hardness and mineral content, so the two together approximate Amazon Basin water chemistry rather than one parameter alone. Dose little and often against a KH and pH test rather than correcting hard in one hit, particularly at this bulk size. Keep the tub sealed between uses, since buffer powders of this kind draw moisture from the air.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Amazon basin communities:** Tetras, discus, Apistogramma and other soft, acidic-water species.
- **Low-KH tap water:** Mains supplies that carry little carbonate hardness and need a stable floor set under them.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** The 8 kg size suits breeders and shops dosing several systems from one tub.
- **Alongside GH conditioning:** Paired with Amazon/Plant GH Conditioner for a fuller biotope match on hardness and minerals.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** One rounded teaspoon per 8 L of aquarium water.
- **Expected rise:** About 6 dKH per treated dose, per the Aqua-Pics directions.
- **Test before repeating:** Check KH and pH and adjust the next dose rather than stacking doses on guesswork.
- **Dissolve first:** Stir the measured powder into a cup of tank water before adding it, to avoid a local spike at the dosing point.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targets a set pH:** Raises KH while holding pH in the 6.5–6.8 Amazon basin range rather than pushing it neutral.
- **Bulk 8 kg size:** The largest tub in the range, built for fish rooms and shops running several systems.
- **Teaspoon dosing:** One rounded teaspoon per 8 L, measured with a household spoon rather than a scale.
- **Pairs with GH Conditioner:** Combines with Aqua-Pics' matching mineral conditioner for a fuller Amazon basin water profile.
- **Dry powder form:** Stores between doses without refrigeration when kept sealed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102544
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004098
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 8 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon per 8 L, raising KH by about 6 dKH
- **Target pH:** 6.5–6.8
- **Form:** Dry powder
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112965), 250 g (SKU 102032), 400 g (SKU 102033), 800 g (SKU 102025), 2 kg (SKU 102842), 4 kg (SKU 102843) and 16 kg (SKU 113044)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept soft and acidic for Amazon basin fish
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost 125ml
Liquid starter bacteria for a new freshwater or marine tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-125ml/
- Price: $17.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100929 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002056
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100929-1.png
A newly filled tank has no biofilter at all, and fish added before one establishes are at the mercy of their own ammonia. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost 125ml (SKU: 100929) is a concentrated liquid beneficial bacteria supplement that Aqua-Pics describes as carrying far more live bacteria than many other brands, supplying the microbes and enzymes needed to break down fish waste and convert toxic ammonia and nitrite into nitrate. It works in both fresh and salt water, and the 125 ml bottle is sized for getting one new aquarium through its first cycle rather than ongoing dosing across several tanks.
Aqua-Pics' directions call for an initial treatment of 5 mL per 25 L on day one, then 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days or with each water change as the tank settles in. Nitrate produced once ammonia and nitrite are processed is left for aquarium plants and routine water changes to control, which is the normal division of labour for a liquid nitrifier rather than a complete water-management product. Aqua-Pics states that 1 L treats up to 10,000 L of aquarium water, a ratio that puts the 125 ml bottle at roughly 1,250 L of treatment capacity across the full dosing schedule, enough to carry a single new tank through its cycle and several months of maintenance dosing afterwards.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarium set-ups:** Seeding the biofilter before or as fish are introduced.
- **Adding new fish:** Supporting the filter through a sudden increase in bioload.
- **Routine water changes:** Topping up live bacteria lost with the water removed.
- **Fresh or marine tanks:** One formula for either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **First treatment:** 5 mL per 25 L of aquarium water on day one.
- **Follow-up doses:** 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days, or with each water change.
- **Let plants and changes handle nitrate:** The product converts ammonia and nitrite; nitrate control is a separate routine.
- **Shake before use:** Live bacteria settle in storage and need resuspending before dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated live bacteria:** A higher bacteria count than many comparable liquid starters, per Aqua-Pics.
- **Breaks down waste:** Converts toxic ammonia and nitrite through to nitrate.
- **Fresh and marine use:** Suited to either water type without reformulation.
- **New-tank sizing:** 125 mL matches the dosing needed to cycle one aquarium.
- **High treatment ratio:** 1 L rated to treat up to 10,000 L across a full dosing course.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100929
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002056
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 125 mL
- **Dose Rate:** Day 1: 5 mL per 25 L; then 5 mL per 50 L every 7–14 days or with water changes
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,250 L, calculated from the maker's 1 L per 10,000 L ratio
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 100930), 500 mL (SKU 100931), 1 L (SKU 100932) and 2 L (SKU 124715)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost 1lt
Fish-room size liquid bacteria for several systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-1lt/
- Price: $103.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100932 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002087
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100932-1.jpg
A fish room running a dozen tanks goes through biological starter faster than any single-display dosing schedule, and restocking small bottles weekly is its own chore. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost 1lt (SKU: 100932) is the one-litre size of Aqua-Pics' concentrated liquid beneficial bacteria supplement, carrying what the maker describes as a markedly higher bacteria count than many comparable brands, and formulated to supply the microbes and enzymes that break down fish waste and convert ammonia and nitrite through to nitrate. It works across fresh and salt water, and this size is built for cycling and maintaining several aquariums from one bottle.
The dosing schedule is the same as for the smaller bottles: 5 mL per 25 L on day one for a new set-up, then 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days or with each water change once the tank has settled. Nitrate from the ammonia-and-nitrite pathway is left to plants and routine water changes, the normal division between a liquid nitrifier and complete water management. Aqua-Pics states that 1 L treats up to 10,000 L of aquarium water, so the 1 L bottle covers that figure directly across a full dosing programme, enough to cycle several new tanks or keep a working fish room's biofilters topped up for an extended stretch before buying again.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and multiple tanks:** One bottle dosed across several systems rather than per-tank purchases.
- **Cycling new systems:** The day-one dose seeds the biofilter in several new set-ups at once.
- **Routine maintenance:** Keeps a working bank of tanks topped up on a shared schedule.
- **Fresh or marine tanks:** A single formula across any water type in the room.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **New tank:** 5 mL per 25 L on day one, dosed per system.
- **Maintenance rate:** 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days, or with water changes.
- **Track usage per tank:** Measure doses against each system's own volume, not a room-wide estimate.
- **Shake before each use:** Resuspend settled bacteria before drawing a dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High bacteria count:** Formulated above many comparable liquid starters, per Aqua-Pics.
- **Converts ammonia and nitrite:** Processes both through to nitrate.
- **Fresh and marine use:** No reformulation needed for either water type.
- **Fish-room sizing:** 1 L matched to dosing several systems from one bottle.
- **Full treatment ratio:** 1 L rated to treat up to 10,000 L directly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100932
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002087
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** Day 1: 5 mL per 25 L; then 5 mL per 50 L every 7–14 days or with water changes
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 10,000 L, as stated by Aqua-Pics for 1 L of product
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 100929), 250 mL (SKU 100930), 500 mL (SKU 100931) and 2 L (SKU 124715)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost 250ml
Standard liquid bacteria supplement for ongoing tank maintenance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-250ml/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100930 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002063
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100930-1.png
A biofilter does not stay fully stocked on its own once a tank is past its first cycle; medication courses, filter cleans and the odd power cut all knock it back. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost 250ml (SKU: 100930) is a concentrated liquid beneficial bacteria supplement, carrying what Aqua-Pics describes as a higher bacteria count than many comparable brands, formulated to supply the microbes and enzymes that break down fish waste and convert ammonia and nitrite through to nitrate. It suits both fresh and salt water, and the 250 mL bottle is the standard size for one aquarium's ongoing maintenance dosing rather than a single first-cycle treatment.
For a brand-new tank, Aqua-Pics directs 5 mL per 25 L on day one, then 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days or with each water change once the tank is established; an already-running tank can skip straight to the maintenance rate. Nitrate produced as the bacteria process waste is left to aquarium plants and regular water changes to deal with, as it is with any liquid nitrifier rather than a full water-conditioning product. Aqua-Pics states that 1 L treats up to 10,000 L of water, putting the 250 mL bottle at around 2,500 L of treatment capacity, which on a maintenance dosing schedule for one typical display tank spans a solid run of months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established tanks:** Ongoing maintenance dosing every 7 to 14 days.
- **After disruption:** Medication courses, filter cleans or power failures that knock back the biofilter.
- **With water changes:** Replacing bacteria removed along with the old water.
- **Fresh or marine tanks:** One formula across either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **New tank:** 5 mL per 25 L on day one.
- **Maintenance rate:** 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days, or with water changes.
- **Nitrate is separate:** Control it with plants and routine water changes, not this product.
- **Shake before dosing:** Resuspend the settled bacteria before measuring out a dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High bacteria count:** Formulated above many comparable liquid starters, per Aqua-Pics.
- **Full ammonia-to-nitrate pathway:** Processes both ammonia and nitrite through to nitrate.
- **Fresh and marine use:** No separate formula needed for either water type.
- **Standard maintenance size:** 250 mL matched to one tank's regular dosing needs.
- **Stated treatment ratio:** 1 L rated to 10,000 L of aquarium water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100930
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002063
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** Day 1: 5 mL per 25 L; then 5 mL per 50 L every 7–14 days or with water changes
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,500 L, calculated from the maker's 1 L per 10,000 L ratio
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 100929), 500 mL (SKU 100931), 1 L (SKU 100932) and 2 L (SKU 124715)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost 2lt
Bulk liquid bacteria supplement for shops and large fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-2lt/
- Price: $174.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124715 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002094
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124715-1.webp
Shops holding stock across dozens of tanks and large fish rooms need a biological starter they can dose by the litre without constantly reordering. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost 2lt (SKU: 124715) is the bulk size of Aqua-Pics' concentrated liquid beneficial bacteria supplement, formulated with what the maker describes as a substantially higher bacteria count than many comparable brands, supplying the microbes and enzymes that break down fish waste and convert ammonia and nitrite through to nitrate. It suits fresh and salt water, and the 2 L pack is intended for continuous use across many systems rather than a single aquarium.
Dosing follows the same schedule across the range: 5 mL per 25 L on day one when a system is new, then 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days or with each water change for ongoing maintenance. The nitrate left behind once ammonia and nitrite are processed is managed the usual way, through plants and routine water changes, rather than by the bacteria product. Aqua-Pics states that 1 L treats up to 10,000 L of aquarium water, putting the 2 L pack at around 20,000 L of treatment capacity, enough for a holding system or fish room to cycle new stock and maintain established tanks for a long working stretch before restocking.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shops and holding systems:** Stock tanks that cycle new arrivals and run continuous maintenance dosing.
- **Large fish rooms:** Breeders maintaining many tanks from one bulk supply.
- **Cycling new systems:** The day-one dose seeds the biofilter in freshly set up tanks.
- **Fresh or marine stock:** One formula across every tank in the building.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **New system:** 5 mL per 25 L on day one, dosed per tank.
- **Maintenance rate:** 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days, or with water changes.
- **Measure per tank:** Dose against each system's own volume rather than a room-wide guess.
- **Shake before dosing:** Resuspend the settled bacteria before drawing from the pack.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High bacteria count:** A concentrated formula above many comparable liquid starters.
- **Converts ammonia and nitrite:** Full pathway through to nitrate for plants and water changes to manage.
- **Fresh and marine use:** No separate formula for either water type.
- **Bulk 2 L pack:** Sized for shops and fish rooms running many systems.
- **Stated treatment ratio:** 1 L rated to 10,000 L, scaling to about 20,000 L for this size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124715
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002094
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 2 L
- **Dose Rate:** Day 1: 5 mL per 25 L; then 5 mL per 50 L every 7–14 days or with water changes
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 20,000 L, calculated from the maker's 1 L per 10,000 L ratio
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 100929), 250 mL (SKU 100930), 500 mL (SKU 100931) and 1 L (SKU 100932)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost 500ml
Liquid filter bacteria sized for several tanks or a long maintenance run.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-500ml/
- Price: $56.57 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100931 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002070
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100931-1.png
Keeping more than one aquarium cycling nicely means buying biological supplements in a size that does not run out mid-schedule. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost 500ml (SKU: 100931) is Aqua-Pics' concentrated liquid beneficial bacteria supplement, built around a higher bacteria count than many comparable brands and formulated to supply the microbes and enzymes that break down fish waste and convert ammonia and nitrite through to nitrate. It suits fresh and salt water alike, and the 500 mL bottle is sized to cover a new tank's first cycle and carry it, or a second tank, through a long stretch of maintenance dosing afterwards.
Aqua-Pics' directions open with 5 mL per 25 L on day one for a new set-up, dropping to 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days or with each water change once the tank is running. Nitrate produced as ammonia and nitrite are processed is handled the normal way, through aquarium plants and regular water changes, rather than by the bacteria product itself. Aqua-Pics states 1 L treats up to 10,000 L of water, which puts the 500 mL bottle at roughly 5,000 L of treatment capacity, enough for a household cycling a new tank while keeping an established one topped up, or one display dosed on schedule for the better part of a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two or more tanks:** Covers a new cycle and ongoing maintenance on a second tank from one bottle.
- **New aquarium set-ups:** The day-one dose seeds the biofilter before or as fish go in.
- **After disruption:** Rebuilds bacteria lost to medication, filter cleans or power cuts.
- **Fresh or marine tanks:** A single formula for either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **New tank:** 5 mL per 25 L on day one.
- **Maintenance rate:** 5 mL per 50 L every 7 to 14 days, or with water changes.
- **Split across tanks:** Measure each tank's dose by its own volume rather than estimating.
- **Shake well:** Resuspend settled bacteria before measuring a dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated formula:** A higher bacteria count than many comparable liquid starters.
- **Converts ammonia and nitrite:** Processes both through to nitrate for plants and water changes to manage.
- **Fresh and marine use:** One bottle for either water type.
- **Covers more than one tank:** 500 mL suits a new cycle plus ongoing maintenance elsewhere.
- **Stated treatment ratio:** 1 L rated to treat up to 10,000 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100931
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002070
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** Day 1: 5 mL per 25 L; then 5 mL per 50 L every 7–14 days or with water changes
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 5,000 L, calculated from the maker's 1 L per 10,000 L ratio
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 100929), 250 mL (SKU 100930), 1 L (SKU 100932) and 2 L (SKU 124715)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost D 100g
Bulk dry starter bacteria for multiple tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-d-100g/
- Price: $63.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724824 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002155
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724824-1.png
A household or small fish room with several tanks on the go needs starter bacteria in a size that outlasts more than one cycle. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost D 100g (SKU: 724824) is the largest pack in Aqua-Pics' dry bio-starter range, a 100% natural ammonia and nitrite reducer the maker describes as super concentrated, supplying the beneficial microbes and enzymes that break down fish waste and convert ammonia and nitrite into nitrate. It is suited to both fresh and salt water, and 100 g is sized for cycling several tanks or keeping a working stock on hand rather than treating a single aquarium once.
The dosing schedule is unchanged across pack sizes: one level teaspoon, about 3 g, per 100 to 300 L as the first dose, then a half teaspoon, about 1.5 g, per 100 to 300 L twice weekly for 4 to 8 weeks, repeated with each water change afterwards. Nitrate produced as ammonia and nitrite are processed is left to plants and regular water changes, as with any biological starter rather than a full water conditioner. A complete course for one tank uses roughly 15 to 27 g across the initial and maintenance doses, which puts a 100 g pack at around four full starter courses, enough to cycle several new aquariums over time or to keep a fish room supplied through repeated restarts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple new tanks:** 100 g covers roughly four full starter courses.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** A working stock for tanks cycled and restarted through the year.
- **After disruption:** Rebuilding biofilters across several systems after medication or power loss.
- **Fresh or marine tanks:** One dry formula across every tank type on hand.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **First dose:** 1 level teaspoon (about 3 g) per 100 to 300 L of water.
- **Twice-weekly maintenance:** 1/2 teaspoon (about 1.5 g) per 100 to 300 L, for 4 to 8 weeks.
- **Repeat with changes:** Continue the maintenance dose at each water change on each tank.
- **Measure per tank:** Dose by each system's own volume rather than a shared estimate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Super concentrated dry formula:** A 100% natural ammonia and nitrite reducer, per Aqua-Pics.
- **Converts ammonia and nitrite:** Processes both through to nitrate.
- **Covers roughly four courses:** Enough for several tanks or repeated restarts.
- **No refrigeration needed:** Stores dry between uses, unlike the liquid Bacta-Boost range.
- **Fresh and marine use:** Works across either water type without reformulation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724824
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002155
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dry Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Dose Rate:** First dose 3 g per 100–300 L; then 1.5 g per 100–300 L twice weekly for 4–8 weeks
- **Course Coverage:** About four full starter courses, calculated from the dose schedule
- **Form:** Dry powder
- **Other Sizes:** 25 g (SKU 724822) and 50 g (SKU 724823)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost D 25g
Dry starter bacteria for a single new aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-d-25g/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724822 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002131
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724822-1.png
Not every aquarist wants a bottle of liquid taking up fridge or cupboard space for a bacteria supplement used a handful of times. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost D 25g (SKU: 724822) is Aqua-Pics' dry, super-concentrated bio-starter, described by the maker as a 100% natural ammonia and nitrite reducer that supplies the beneficial microbes and enzymes needed to break down fish waste and convert toxic ammonia and nitrite into nitrate. It works in both fresh and salt water, and the 25 g pack is sized to run one new aquarium through a full starter course rather than stocking a fish room.
Aqua-Pics directs a first dose of one level teaspoon, about 3 g, per 100 to 300 L of water, then twice weekly for 4 to 8 weeks a half teaspoon, about 1.5 g, per 100 to 300 L, repeating the maintenance dose with each water change afterwards. Aquarium plants and regular water changes are left to manage the nitrate produced once ammonia and nitrite are processed, the normal arrangement for a biological starter rather than a complete water conditioner. A full course for one tank, the initial 3 g dose plus roughly eight to sixteen twice-weekly 1.5 g doses over 4 to 8 weeks, uses somewhere around 15 to 27 g, so the 25 g pack covers one tank's complete starter course with little left over.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarium set-ups:** The first dose seeds the biofilter before or as fish are added.
- **Single-tank use:** The 25 g pack is sized for one complete starter course.
- **With water changes:** Repeat the maintenance dose each time water is changed.
- **Fresh or marine tanks:** One dry formula suits either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **First dose:** 1 level teaspoon (about 3 g) per 100 to 300 L of water.
- **Twice-weekly maintenance:** 1/2 teaspoon (about 1.5 g) per 100 to 300 L, for 4 to 8 weeks.
- **Repeat with changes:** Continue the maintenance dose at each water change after the course.
- **Measure dry:** Add the powder directly to the tank rather than pre-mixing in water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dry, concentrated formula:** No refrigeration or liquid storage needed.
- **100% natural bio-starter:** Described by Aqua-Pics as a natural ammonia and nitrite reducer.
- **Converts ammonia and nitrite:** Processes both through to nitrate.
- **Single-tank course size:** 25 g matched to one aquarium's full dosing schedule.
- **Fresh and marine use:** Works across either water type without reformulation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724822
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002131
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dry Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Dose Rate:** First dose 3 g per 100–300 L; then 1.5 g per 100–300 L twice weekly for 4–8 weeks
- **Course Coverage:** About one full starter course per tank, calculated from the dose schedule
- **Form:** Dry powder
- **Other Sizes:** 50 g (SKU 724823) and 100 g (SKU 724824)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Bacta-boost D 50g
Dry starter bacteria with margin for a second treatment.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-bacta-boost-d-50g/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724823 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264002148
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724823-1.png
A tank cycle rarely goes exactly to plan, and running out of starter bacteria halfway through the maintenance weeks means a gap in dosing right when the filter needs it most. Aqua-Pics Bacta-Boost D 50g (SKU: 724823) is the mid-size pack of Aqua-Pics' dry bio-starter, a 100% natural ammonia and nitrite reducer that the maker describes as super concentrated, supplying the beneficial microbes and enzymes that break down fish waste and convert ammonia and nitrite into nitrate. It suits fresh and salt water, and 50 g gives enough margin to run one tank's full course with product left over, or to cycle a second tank later.
Dosing starts with one level teaspoon, about 3 g, per 100 to 300 L on the first day, then drops to a half teaspoon, about 1.5 g, per 100 to 300 L twice weekly for 4 to 8 weeks, with the maintenance dose repeated at each subsequent water change. Nitrate from the processed ammonia and nitrite is handled the usual way, by plants and water changes, rather than by the starter itself. A single full course for one tank uses roughly 15 to 27 g across the initial dose and the twice-weekly maintenance doses, so a 50 g pack stretches to about two complete courses, useful for restarting a tank after a disruption or keeping a second system on the same schedule.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarium set-ups:** The first dose seeds the biofilter in a freshly filled tank.
- **A second tank or restart:** 50 g covers roughly two full starter courses.
- **After disruption:** Rebuilding a biofilter knocked back by medication or a filter clean.
- **Fresh or marine tanks:** One dry formula across either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **First dose:** 1 level teaspoon (about 3 g) per 100 to 300 L of water.
- **Twice-weekly maintenance:** 1/2 teaspoon (about 1.5 g) per 100 to 300 L, for 4 to 8 weeks.
- **Repeat with changes:** Keep dosing the maintenance rate at each water change thereafter.
- **Keep it dry and sealed:** Store the pack away from moisture between doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Super concentrated dry formula:** A 100% natural ammonia and nitrite reducer, per Aqua-Pics.
- **Converts ammonia and nitrite:** Full pathway through to nitrate.
- **Covers two courses:** 50 g stretches across roughly two complete tank cycles.
- **No refrigeration needed:** A dry alternative to the liquid Bacta-Boost range.
- **Fresh and marine use:** Works without reformulation across either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724823
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264002148
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dry Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Dose Rate:** First dose 3 g per 100–300 L; then 1.5 g per 100–300 L twice weekly for 4–8 weeks
- **Course Coverage:** About two full starter courses, calculated from the dose schedule
- **Form:** Dry powder
- **Other Sizes:** 25 g (SKU 724822) and 100 g (SKU 724824)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Betta Starter 5pk
Five-piece water conditioner and food set for a new betta tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-betta-starter-5pk/
- Price: $40.29 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101626 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264005576
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101626-1.jpg
Setting up a first betta tank usually means buying a chlorine neutraliser, a mineral conditioner, a bacteria starter and a food separately, in full-size bottles sized for a much bigger aquarium. Aqua-Pics Betta Starter 5pk (SKU: 101626) packages five smaller "Fighter" branded products from the Aqua-Pics range into one box, covering water conditioning, hardness, biological filtration and feeding for a single betta aquarium without buying a cupboard full of oversized bottles. The pack contains a 50 mL chlorine neutraliser to make tap water safe, a 50 g GH conditioner for mineral content, a 50 mL Bacta-Boost liquid bacteria supplement, a 40 g KH buffer set to pH 7.0, and 25 g of fighter pellets.
Each component mirrors a full-size Aqua-Pics product scaled down to betta-tank quantities: the chlorine neutraliser strips chlorine and chloramine from tap water before it reaches the fish, the GH conditioner sets a healthy mineral balance for growth and development, the KH buffer holds pH at a steady 7.0, the Bacta-Boost starts the bacterial culture that processes leftover food and waste, and the pellets are the first food once the tank is running. Bettas are commonly kept in small, still aquariums of 10 to 20 L with warm, gentle-flow water, and this pack is sized to set up one tank of that kind rather than to maintain it indefinitely; the conditioners and bacteria will need topping up from Aqua-Pics' full-size range once the starter quantities are used.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First-time betta keepers:** One box covering conditioning, hardness, bacteria and food together.
- **New tank set-up:** Sized for filling and cycling a single betta aquarium.
- **Avoiding full-size bottles:** A trial quantity of each product without committing to larger packs.
- **Gift or starter kit sales:** A complete first-week kit alongside a tank and heater.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dechlorinate first:** Treat tap water with the chlorine neutraliser before it goes into the tank.
- **Buffer the pH:** Add the KH buffer to set and hold pH at 7.0.
- **Condition the minerals:** Dose the GH conditioner for a healthy mineral balance.
- **Seed the filter:** Add the Bacta-Boost to start the bacterial culture before or as the fish goes in.
- **Feed once settled:** Introduce the pellets as the first food once the tank is running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five-piece starter set:** Conditioner, hardness, bacteria and food in one box.
- **Betta-scaled quantities:** Each item is a smaller "Fighter" version of the full-size Aqua-Pics range.
- **Dechlorinates tap water:** Removes chlorine before it reaches the fish.
- **Sets pH at 7.0:** The KH buffer holds a steady pH for the tank.
- **Starts the nitrogen cycle:** The included Bacta-Boost seeds the biofilter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101626
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264005576
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Betta Starter Kit
- **Pack Contents:** 50 mL chlorine neutraliser; 50 g GH conditioner; 50 mL Bacta-Boost liquid bacteria; 40 g KH buffer (pH 7.0); 25 g fighter pellets
- **pH Target:** 7.0, from the included KH buffer
- **Use:** Covers initial set-up of one betta aquarium; top up each component from Aqua-Pics' full-size range afterwards
- **Target Environment:** Small betta and fighter fish aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Carbo-max Double Strength 125ml
Concentrated liquid carbon for a nano or trial planted tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-carbo-max-double-strength-125ml/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725060 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003886
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725060-1.png
Pressurised CO2 is overkill for a small planted tank, but plants still need a usable carbon source to grow well rather than just survive. Aqua-Pics Carbo-Max Double Strength 125ml (SKU: 725060) is a glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon supplement that Aqua-Pics markets as double the concentration of its standard Carbo-Max, giving aquatic plants readily available organic carbon for photosynthesis while working against nuisance algae, including black beard algae, in freshwater aquariums. It can run alongside pressurised CO2 for extra plant support or stand alone as the only carbon source, and the 125 mL bottle suits a nano tank or trying the product before buying a larger size.
The listed directions call for a 30 to 40 percent water change before the first dose, then 5 mL per 50 L, followed by 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks as the tank settles onto the product. Because it is glutaraldehyde-based, it should be dosed as directed and not overdosed, and anyone sensitive to the ingredient should check the safety data sheet before handling it undiluted. At the initial dose rate, a 125 mL bottle covers about 1,250 L in one treatment, and at the 1 mL daily maintenance rate it holds roughly 125 days of dosing for a 40 L aquarium, scaling down for a larger tank dosed at the same ratio.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and trial planted tanks:** A small bottle sized to test the product before committing to a larger one.
- **No pressurised CO2:** A liquid carbon source for tanks without gas injection.
- **Black beard algae:** Used where BBA and similar nuisance algae are a problem.
- **Alongside CO2 systems:** An additional carbon source for tanks already running pressurised gas.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Before starting:** Carry out a 30 to 40 percent water change.
- **Initial dose:** 5 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily maintenance:** 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks.
- **Do not overdose:** Dose as directed; check the safety data sheet if handling it undiluted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double strength formula:** Marketed as twice the concentration of standard Carbo-Max.
- **Readily available carbon:** Supports photosynthesis without pressurised CO2.
- **Works against black beard algae:** Targets BBA and similar nuisance algae.
- **Stands alone or with CO2:** Usable as the sole carbon source or alongside gas injection.
- **Nano-sized bottle:** 125 mL suited to small tanks or a first trial.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725060
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003886
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 125 mL
- **Active Ingredient:** Glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 5 mL per 50 L after a 30–40% water change; then 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1–2 weeks
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,250 L initial dose; roughly 125 days of daily maintenance dosing for a 40 L tank
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 725059), 250 mL (SKU 725061), 500 mL (SKU 725062), 1 L (SKU 725063) and 2 L (SKU 725064)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Carbo-max Double Strength 1l
Liquid carbon supplement sized for a larger planted system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-carbo-max-double-strength-1l/
- Price: $45.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725063 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003916
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725063-1.png
A larger planted aquarium, or more than one smaller one, goes through liquid carbon fast enough that a 250 mL bottle becomes a weekly errand rather than a stocked supplement. Aqua-Pics Carbo-Max Double Strength 1l (SKU: 725063) is the one-litre size of Aqua-Pics' glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon, sold as double the concentration of its standard Carbo-Max, supplying plants with readily available organic carbon for photosynthesis while working against nuisance algae, including black beard algae. It can replace pressurised CO2 entirely or run alongside it, and the 1 L bottle is built for a bigger display or for dosing several planted tanks from the one supply.
Directions open with a 30 to 40 percent water change, then 5 mL per 50 L as the initial dose, followed by 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks while the tank takes up regular dosing. Being glutaraldehyde-based, it should be measured to the stated rate rather than increased, and the safety data sheet is worth checking before working with it undiluted. At the initial rate, a 1 L bottle covers about 10,000 L in one treatment, and at the 1 mL daily maintenance dose it holds roughly 1,000 days of dosing for a 40 L aquarium, spread across one large system or several smaller tanks dosed in parallel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger planted displays:** A bigger bottle for systems that use more carbon per dose.
- **Several tanks at once:** One supply dosed across multiple planted aquariums.
- **No pressurised CO2:** A standalone carbon source across a larger set-up.
- **Black beard algae:** Used where BBA is established across more than one tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Before starting:** Carry out a 30 to 40 percent water change on the tank being treated.
- **Initial dose:** 5 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily maintenance:** 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks.
- **Dose per tank:** Measure each system separately rather than estimating across several at once.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double strength formula:** Marketed as twice the concentration of standard Carbo-Max.
- **Readily available carbon:** Supports plant photosynthesis without pressurised CO2.
- **Targets black beard algae:** Works against BBA and similar nuisance algae.
- **Scales across tanks:** One litre covers a large display or several smaller systems.
- **Long maintenance supply:** Around 1,000 days of daily dosing for a 40 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725063
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003916
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Active Ingredient:** Glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 5 mL per 50 L after a 30–40% water change; then 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1–2 weeks
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 10,000 L initial dose; roughly 1,000 days of daily maintenance dosing for a 40 L tank
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 725059), 125 mL (SKU 725060), 250 mL (SKU 725061), 500 mL (SKU 725062) and 2 L (SKU 725064)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Carbo-max Double Strength 250ml
Standard-size liquid carbon for one planted aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-carbo-max-double-strength-250ml/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725061 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003893
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725061-1.png
Carpet plants and stem plants both stall without a usable carbon source, and not every planted tank is set up for pressurised CO2 to supply one. Aqua-Pics Carbo-Max Double Strength 250ml (SKU: 725061) is a glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon supplement, sold by Aqua-Pics as double the concentration of its standard Carbo-Max, giving plants readily available organic carbon for photosynthesis while working against nuisance algae such as black beard algae. It suits standing in for CO2 injection entirely or supplementing a gas system that is already running, and the 250 mL bottle is the standard size for dosing one planted display on an ongoing basis.
The directions call for a 30 to 40 percent water change ahead of the first dose, then 5 mL per 50 L, followed by 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks while the tank adjusts to regular dosing. As a glutaraldehyde-based product it should be dosed to the directions rather than increased for a faster result, and the safety data sheet is worth checking before handling it concentrated. At the initial rate, a 250 mL bottle covers about 2,500 L in one treatment, and at the 1 mL daily maintenance dose it provides roughly 250 days of dosing for a 40 L aquarium, which on a single display spans a good run of the year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard planted tanks:** A regular dosing size for one display aquarium.
- **No pressurised CO2:** A standalone carbon source for tanks without gas injection.
- **Black beard algae:** Used where BBA and other nuisance algae are established.
- **Supplementing CO2:** Added alongside pressurised gas for extra carbon support.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Before starting:** Carry out a 30 to 40 percent water change.
- **Initial dose:** 5 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily maintenance:** 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks.
- **Follow the directions:** Do not increase the dose; check the safety data sheet if handling it concentrated.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double strength formula:** Marketed as twice the concentration of standard Carbo-Max.
- **Supports photosynthesis:** Supplies organic carbon without pressurised CO2.
- **Targets black beard algae:** Works against BBA and similar nuisance growths.
- **Standalone or supplementary:** Works as the sole carbon source or alongside a CO2 system.
- **Standard single-tank size:** 250 mL matched to one display's ongoing dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725061
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003893
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Active Ingredient:** Glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 5 mL per 50 L after a 30–40% water change; then 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1–2 weeks
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,500 L initial dose; roughly 250 days of daily maintenance dosing for a 40 L tank
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 725059), 125 mL (SKU 725060), 500 mL (SKU 725062), 1 L (SKU 725063) and 2 L (SKU 725064)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Carbo-max Double Strength 2l
Bulk liquid carbon for aquascaping businesses and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-carbo-max-double-strength-2l/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725064 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003923
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725064-1.png
An aquascaping business dosing display tanks every day, or a fish room with several planted systems, uses liquid carbon at a rate that makes small bottles impractical. Aqua-Pics Carbo-Max Double Strength 2l (SKU: 725064) is the bulk size of Aqua-Pics' glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon, marketed as double the concentration of its standard Carbo-Max, supplying plants with readily available organic carbon for photosynthesis while working against nuisance algae, including black beard algae, across freshwater planted aquariums. It can substitute for pressurised CO2 or run alongside it, and the 2 L pack is intended for continuous daily dosing across several systems rather than one display.
The dosing schedule is unchanged at this size: a 30 to 40 percent water change before starting, then an initial 5 mL per 50 L, followed by 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks per tank. Being glutaraldehyde-based, each tank should be dosed to the stated rate rather than increased for a faster result, and the safety data sheet is worth having on hand where several staff are handling the concentrate. At the initial rate, a 2 L pack covers about 20,000 L in one treatment, and at the 1 mL daily maintenance dose it holds roughly 2,000 days of dosing for a 40 L aquarium, which across a working set of planted display tanks translates into a long stretch between restocking.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascaping businesses:** Daily dosing across several display tanks from one bulk pack.
- **Large fish rooms:** Multiple planted systems maintained from one supply.
- **No pressurised CO2 across the board:** A standalone carbon source for every planted tank on hand.
- **Ongoing black beard algae control:** Used where BBA needs managing across more than a couple of tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Before starting each tank:** Carry out a 30 to 40 percent water change.
- **Initial dose:** 5 mL per 50 L of aquarium water, per tank.
- **Daily maintenance:** 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1 to 2 weeks, per tank.
- **Dose per system:** Measure each tank against its own volume rather than the total pack size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double strength formula:** Marketed as twice the concentration of standard Carbo-Max.
- **Readily available carbon:** Supports plant photosynthesis without pressurised CO2.
- **Targets black beard algae:** Works against BBA and similar nuisance algae at scale.
- **Bulk 2 L pack:** Built for aquascaping businesses and multi-tank fish rooms.
- **Long treatment capacity:** About 20,000 L initial dose; roughly 2,000 days of daily maintenance dosing for a 40 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725064
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003923
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 2 L
- **Active Ingredient:** Glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 5 mL per 50 L after a 30–40% water change; then 1 mL per 40 L daily for 1–2 weeks
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 20,000 L initial dose; roughly 2,000 days of daily maintenance dosing for a 40 L tank
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 725059), 125 mL (SKU 725060), 250 mL (SKU 725061), 500 mL (SKU 725062) and 1 L (SKU 725063)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Carbo-max Double Strength 500ml
Bulk liquid carbon dosing for established planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-carbo-max-double-strength-500ml/
- Price: $32.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725062 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003909
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725062-1.png
A heavily planted display or a fish room running several CO2-free tanks gets through liquid carbon fast, and buying it one small bottle at a time adds up. Aqua-Pics Carbo-Max Double Strength 500ml (SKU: 725062) is the bulk size of Aqua-Pics' double-strength liquid carbon additive, a glutaraldehyde-based organic carbon source formulated at twice the concentration of a standard liquid carbon product and sold under the brand's "No More Black Beard" name for its effect on that algae. It supplies plants with a readily available carbon source for photosynthesis, working as an alternative to CO2 injection or as a supplement to an existing CO2 system, and the 500 mL bottle suits an established planted tank dosed daily, or several smaller tanks dosed from one bottle.
The directions are the same across the range: a 30 to 40% water change first, then an initial 5 mL per 50 L, followed from the next day by a maintenance dose of 1 mL per 40 L daily or every second day for one to two weeks, with good surface movement kept running throughout. At that maintenance rate, the 500 mL bottle holds about 500 single doses, enough to cover roughly 20,000 L of aquarium water over its life. Aqua-Pics' only stated caution is to use strictly as directed and not to overdose. The same formula also comes in 50 mL, 125 mL, 250 mL, 1 L and 2 L bottles for smaller tanks or larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established planted displays:** A daily dosing routine for a tank that has outgrown a small bottle.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** Several CO2-free tanks dosed from one bulk bottle.
- **Ongoing black beard algae control:** Long-term suppression rather than a single spot treatment.
- **Supplementing a CO2 system:** Extra available carbon on top of gas injection for a heavily planted tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Before the first dose:** Carry out a 30 to 40% water change.
- **Starting dose:** 5 mL per 50 L of tank water.
- **Ongoing dose:** 1 mL per 40 L daily or every second day for one to two weeks, then as needed.
- **Circulate the surface:** Run a filter return or airstone at the surface while dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 500 mL size:** A lower cost per dose for ongoing use in one large tank or several smaller ones.
- **Double strength formula:** Twice the concentration of a standard liquid carbon product.
- **Glutaraldehyde-based carbon:** A bioavailable carbon source for plant photosynthesis.
- **Suppresses black beard algae:** Marketed by Aqua-Pics for ongoing BBA control.
- **Works with or without CO2:** A stand-alone carbon source or a supplement to gas injection.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725062
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003909
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Formulation:** Double-strength glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 5 mL per 50 L after a water change; maintenance 1 mL per 40 L daily or every second day
- **Maintenance Capacity:** About 20,000 L of aquarium water over the bottle's life
- **Use Note:** Use strictly as directed; do not overdose
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 725059), 125 mL (SKU 725060), 250 mL (SKU 725061), 1 L (SKU 725063), 2 L (SKU 725064)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Carbo-max Double Strength 50ml
Concentrated liquid carbon for nano tanks and trial dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-carbo-max-double-strength-50ml/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725059 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003879
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725059-1.png
Black beard algae shrugs off most treatments, and committing to a full-size bottle of liquid carbon before knowing it suits a particular tank is a gamble. Aqua-Pics Carbo-Max Double Strength 50ml (SKU: 725059) is the smallest pack of Aqua-Pics' double-strength liquid carbon additive, a glutaraldehyde-based organic carbon source formulated at twice the concentration of a standard liquid carbon product. It supplies aquatic plants with a readily available form of carbon for photosynthesis, working as a substitute for CO2 injection or alongside an existing CO2 system, and the brand sells the same bottle under its "No More Black Beard" name for its effect on that algae. The 50 mL size suits a single nano or small planted aquarium, or a first bottle to confirm the dose agrees with a tank's stock before buying larger.
Aqua-Pics' directions start with a 30 to 40% water change, after which 5 mL is added per 50 L of total tank volume; from the next day a maintenance dose of 1 mL per 40 L is added daily or every second day for one to two weeks, with good water surface movement kept running. At that maintenance rate the 50 mL bottle delivers about 50 single-millilitre doses, enough to maintain roughly 2,000 L of aquarium water across its life. The only caution on the label is to use strictly as directed and not to overdose. The same formulation is sold in 125 mL, 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 2 L bottles for larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small planted tanks:** Sized for a single tank up to around 40 to 50 L dosed daily.
- **Trial before a larger bottle:** Confirms the dose suits the tank's plants and fish before buying 500 mL or 1 L.
- **Black beard algae:** Targeted dosing where BBA is established on hardscape or slow-growing leaves.
- **Low-tech planted tanks:** A carbon source for tanks run without CO2 injection equipment.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Water change first:** Carry out a 30 to 40% water change before the first dose.
- **Initial dose:** Add 5 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Maintenance dose:** From the next day, add 1 mL per 40 L daily or every second day for one to two weeks.
- **Keep the surface moving:** Maintain good surface agitation while dosing to keep oxygen levels up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double strength formula:** Twice the concentration of a standard liquid carbon additive.
- **Glutaraldehyde-based carbon:** A bioavailable organic carbon source for plant photosynthesis.
- **Targets black beard algae:** Sold by Aqua-Pics as a BBA treatment under the same formula.
- **CO2-free or CO2-supplementing:** Works alone or alongside an existing CO2 system.
- **Trial-sized bottle:** 50 mL to test the dose before buying a bigger bottle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725059
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003879
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Formulation:** Double-strength glutaraldehyde-based liquid carbon
- **Dose Rate:** Initial 5 mL per 50 L after a water change; maintenance 1 mL per 40 L daily or every second day
- **Maintenance Capacity:** About 2,000 L of aquarium water over the bottle's life
- **Use Note:** Use strictly as directed; do not overdose
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 725060), 250 mL (SKU 725061), 500 mL (SKU 725062), 1 L (SKU 725063), 2 L (SKU 725064)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Clear Water Block 20g
Slow-release algae block for a single aquarium or pond dose.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-clear-water-block-20g/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102834
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102834-1.png
Green water from algae can turn a clear tank or pond cloudy within days, and a liquid dose is not always the easiest thing to measure out over an outdoor pond. Aqua-Pics Clear Water Block 20g (SKU: 102834) is a single slow-release block that conditions the water and clears the green matter responsible for the discolouration, sized for one aquarium or a small pond. Rather than a liquid poured in all at once, the block uses a slow-release delivery system: it is divided into six individually sized squares that can be broken off and dosed one at a time, so the full dose does not have to go in on day one.
Each square is rated to treat 200 L of water, so the full 20 g block of six squares covers up to 1,200 L in total, either as one larger dose or as separate doses given over time as the volume needs it. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, the block is harmless to fish, plants and filter systems, which makes it suitable for a planted display as well as a pond holding ornamental fish. It is intended for green water caused by algae rather than cloudiness from suspended silt or debris, and for that kind of turbidity a flocculant-type clarifier is the better tool. Because green water tends to recur once conditions favour algae again, a second block is often needed weeks or months later rather than as a one-off treatment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green aquarium water:** Algae-driven discolouration in a tank up to around 1,200 L.
- **Small to medium ponds:** Outdoor ponds where a liquid dose is harder to measure accurately.
- **Single-tank households:** One block sized for occasional use rather than a recurring treatment schedule.
- **Topping up a larger block:** A single pack to keep on hand between uses of the six-pack.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Break off a square:** Each of the six squares treats 200 L of water.
- **Match squares to volume:** Use more than one square together for larger tanks or ponds, up to the full block for 1,200 L.
- **Let it work:** The block releases slowly rather than dissolving instantly, so allow several days for the water to clear.
- **Repeat as needed:** Dose again once green water returns, rather than on a fixed schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow-release delivery:** A block rather than a liquid, releasing its dose gradually.
- **Six pre-measured squares:** Break off only the dose a tank or pond needs.
- **Treats up to 1,200 L:** Across the six squares in a single 20 g block.
- **Harmless when used as directed:** Safe for fish, plants and filter systems at the stated dose.
- **Aquarium or pond use:** One product for green water indoors or outdoors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102834
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae Control Block
- **Net Weight:** 20 g (6 squares per block)
- **Dose Rate:** 1 square per 200 L of water
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 1,200 L per block
- **Mechanism:** Slow-release delivery system
- **Use Note:** Harmless to fish, plants and filter systems when used strictly as directed
- **Other Sizes:** 20 g, 6-pack (SKU 101632)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Clear Water Block 20g 6pk
Six slow-release algae blocks for ongoing pond or aquarium care.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-clear-water-block-20g-6pk/
- Price: $38.97 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101632 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003862
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101632-1.png
Green water from algae rarely stays fixed after one treatment, and running out of a clarifier block mid-season means another trip to the shop just when the pond needs it. Aqua-Pics Clear Water Block 20g 6pk (SKU: 101632) packs six of Aqua-Pics' individual 20 g slow-release blocks together, giving a household or small retailer enough stock for repeated dosing without reordering after every outbreak. Each 20 g block is itself divided into six smaller squares that can be broken off and dosed individually, so the pack holds 36 dosing squares in total rather than six fixed, all-or-nothing treatments.
Every square is rated to treat 200 L of water, so one block (six squares) covers up to 1,200 L, and the full six-pack of 36 squares can treat up to 7,200 L across its life, whether that is one large pond dosed repeatedly or several smaller tanks drawing from the same box. Used strictly as directed, Aqua-Pics states the blocks are harmless to fish, plants and filter systems, which suits both a planted aquarium and an outdoor pond with ornamental fish. The blocks target green water caused by algae rather than cloudiness from suspended silt, which calls for a flocculant-type clarifier instead. Because the six blocks are individually sized, only the squares a particular dose calls for need to be broken off, with the rest kept sealed until green water returns.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Recurring green water:** Ponds or tanks that need repeat dosing through a season rather than once.
- **Larger ponds:** Systems approaching or exceeding 1,200 L that need more than a single block per treatment.
- **Multiple tanks or ponds:** One pack shared across more than one system over time.
- **Stocking up:** Avoiding a reorder mid-treatment by keeping several blocks on hand.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work block by block:** Treat each dose as 1 square per 200 L, taken from a single block first.
- **Scale up for bigger volumes:** Combine squares from a second block for ponds over 1,200 L.
- **Allow time to clear:** The slow-release squares work over several days rather than instantly.
- **Keep spares sealed:** Store unused blocks for the next time green water returns.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Six 20 g blocks:** Supplied together for ongoing use rather than a single treatment.
- **36 dosing squares:** Each block splits into six squares, broken off as needed.
- **Up to 7,200 L total:** Combined treatment capacity across all six blocks.
- **Slow-release delivery:** The same gradual-release mechanism as the single block.
- **Harmless when used as directed:** Safe for fish, plants and filter systems at the stated dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101632
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003862
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae Control Block
- **Net Weight:** 120 g (6 blocks of 20 g, 36 squares total)
- **Pack Contents:** 6 individual blocks, each divided into 6 squares
- **Dose Rate:** 1 square per 200 L of water
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 7,200 L across the six blocks
- **Mechanism:** Slow-release delivery system
- **Other Sizes:** Single 20 g block (SKU 102834)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 125ml
Entry-size water conditioner for green aquarium water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-aquarium-125ml/
- Price: $8.55 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102244 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003732
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102244-1.png
A tank that has turned green almost overnight is unsettling even when nothing else is wrong, and a small bottle is often enough to find out whether a particular additive suits a tank before buying more. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 125ml (SKU: 102244) is the smallest bottle of Aqua-Pics' aquarium conditioner, formulated to condition the water while clearing the unsightly green matter that algae blooms leave behind. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, it is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, so it can be dosed into a running tank without stopping the filter or removing stock.
The standard dose is 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water, stepping up to 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases, and the water is expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles. To stop green water recurring, Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose every five to six weeks or whenever it returns. At the standard dose the 125 mL bottle treats up to 5,000 L in total, or about 2,500 L at the severe-case rate, which suits a single small to medium tank treated occasionally rather than a household running several displays. The same conditioner is sold in 250 mL, 500 mL and 1 L bottles for larger tanks or more frequent dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First green-water episode:** A small bottle to confirm the product suits a particular tank.
- **Single small to medium aquariums:** Occasional dosing rather than a standing routine.
- **Running tanks with fish and plants in place:** No need to remove stock before dosing.
- **Mild green water:** The standard 5 mL per 200 L rate rather than the severe-case dose.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water.
- **Severe cases:** Increase to 10 mL per 200 L.
- **Allow time to clear:** Expect clearing over roughly three to ten days.
- **Repeat when needed:** Redose every five to six weeks or whenever green water returns.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Conditions and clears:** Treats the water and clears green matter from an algae bloom.
- **Safe for an established tank:** No harmful effects on fish or plants when dosed as directed.
- **Filter-safe:** Does not harm filter systems at the stated dose.
- **Entry-size bottle:** 125 mL to try before buying a larger size.
- **Clears within days:** Visible improvement in roughly three to ten days.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102244
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003732
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquarium Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 125 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 200 L standard; 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 5,000 L at the standard dose (about 2,500 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 102245), 500 mL (SKU 102246), 1 L (SKU 102247)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 1lt
Bulk water conditioner for multi-tank or long-term use.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-aquarium-1lt/
- Price: $46.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102247 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003756
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102247-1.png
A household or small shop running several aquariums does not want to track down a new bottle of conditioner every time one tank turns green, and buying the smallest size repeatedly costs more over a year than buying once in bulk. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 1lt (SKU: 102247) is the bulk bottle of Aqua-Pics' aquarium conditioner, formulated to condition the water and clear the green matter left by an algae bloom across one or more tanks. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, it is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, which holds across every tank it is dosed into.
The standard dose is 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water, stepping up to 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases, with the water expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles. Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose every five to six weeks, or sooner if green water returns. At the standard dose the 1 L bottle treats up to 40,000 L in total over its life, or about 20,000 L at the severe-case rate, which covers a large collection of tanks dosed repeatedly over a year rather than a single bloom. The same conditioner is also sold in 125 mL, 250 mL and 500 mL bottles for a single smaller tank or an occasional user.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple aquariums:** One bottle shared across several tanks over a year of dosing.
- **Shops and fish rooms:** Volumes large enough that a small bottle would run out quickly.
- **Long-term stock:** Keeping a reliable supply on hand rather than reordering per bloom.
- **Frequent or severe green water:** Covers repeated use at either dose rate without running short.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water.
- **Severe cases:** Increase to 10 mL per 200 L.
- **Allow three to ten days:** The filter removes the treated particles as clarity returns.
- **Redose every five to six weeks:** Or sooner across any tank that greens up again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 L bottle:** A lower cost per dose across multiple tanks or a full year's use.
- **Conditions and clears:** Treats the water while clearing algae-driven green matter.
- **Fish and plant safe:** No harmful effects when dosed as directed.
- **Filter-safe:** Does not disrupt filter systems at the stated dose.
- **High treatment capacity:** Up to 40,000 L at the standard dose rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102247
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003756
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquarium Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 200 L standard; 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 40,000 L at the standard dose (about 20,000 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102244), 250 mL (SKU 102245), 500 mL (SKU 102246)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 250ml
Everyday water conditioner for an established aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-aquarium-250ml/
- Price: $15.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102245 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004555
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102245-1.png
Once a tank has gone through a green-water episode, it is rarely the last one, and keeping a usable amount of conditioner on hand saves a trip out mid-bloom. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 250ml (SKU: 102245) is the mid-size bottle of Aqua-Pics' aquarium conditioner, formulated to condition the water and clear the green matter left behind by an algae bloom. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, the product is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, so it can be dosed straight into a stocked, running tank.
The standard dose is 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water, increasing to 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases, and the water is expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles. Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose every five to six weeks, or sooner if green water comes back. At the standard dose the 250 mL bottle treats up to 10,000 L in total over its life, or about 5,000 L at the severe-case rate, enough for an established tank that sees green water a few times a year rather than only once. The same conditioner is also sold in 125 mL, 500 mL and 1 L bottles for a smaller trial size or heavier, more frequent use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **An established aquarium:** A tank that has had green water before and is likely to again.
- **Seasonal algae blooms:** Enough volume on hand for more than one treatment through the year.
- **Running tanks with stock in place:** Dosed directly without removing fish or plants.
- **Moderate to severe green water:** Covers both the standard and the stepped-up dose rate.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water.
- **Severe cases:** Step up to 10 mL per 200 L.
- **Give it time:** Water typically clears over three to ten days.
- **Redose as needed:** Every five to six weeks, or sooner if green water returns.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Conditions and clears:** One product for water conditioning and algae-driven green water.
- **Fish and plant safe:** No harmful effects when dosed as directed.
- **Filter-safe:** Does not disrupt filter systems at the stated dose.
- **Mid-size bottle:** 250 mL, enough for repeat seasonal dosing.
- **Visible result in days:** Clears within roughly three to ten days.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102245
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004555
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquarium Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 200 L standard; 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 10,000 L at the standard dose (about 5,000 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102244), 500 mL (SKU 102246), 1 L (SKU 102247)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 500ml
Larger-volume water conditioner for regular green water treatment.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-aquarium-500ml/
- Price: $27.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102246 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003749
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102246-1.png
A bigger aquarium holds more water but does not necessarily hold more conditioner, and a larger display that greens up needs a dose scaled to match. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Aquarium 500ml (SKU: 102246) is the larger-volume bottle of Aqua-Pics' aquarium conditioner, formulated to condition the water and clear the green matter left behind by an algae bloom in a sizeable tank. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, it is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, which matters more as the dose volume increases with tank size.
The standard dose remains 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water, rising to 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases, with the water expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles. Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose every five to six weeks, or sooner if the green water comes back. At the standard dose the 500 mL bottle treats up to 20,000 L in total, or about 10,000 L at the severe-case rate, which suits a large single display or a household running more than one aquarium through a full dosing season. The same conditioner is also sold in 125 mL and 250 mL bottles for smaller tanks, and in a 1 L bottle for the heaviest use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large single displays:** Tanks sized well beyond what a 125 mL or 250 mL bottle comfortably covers.
- **Multiple aquariums:** One bottle shared across more than one tank through a dosing season.
- **Repeat seasonal treatment:** Enough volume for several doses rather than a single bloom.
- **Severe green water:** Covers the stepped-up 10 mL per 200 L dose without running out quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 5 mL per 200 L of aquarium water.
- **Severe cases:** Increase to 10 mL per 200 L.
- **Allow three to ten days:** The filter removes the treated particles as the water clears.
- **Repeat every five to six weeks:** Or sooner if green water returns before then.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Scaled for larger tanks:** 500 mL covers a bigger display without frequent reordering.
- **Conditions and clears:** Treats the water while clearing algae-driven green matter.
- **Fish and plant safe:** No harmful effects when dosed as directed.
- **Filter-safe:** Does not disrupt filter systems at the stated dose.
- **Covers repeat dosing:** Enough volume for several treatments across a season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102246
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003749
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquarium Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 200 L standard; 10 mL per 200 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 20,000 L at the standard dose (about 10,000 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102244), 250 mL (SKU 102245), 1 L (SKU 102247)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 125ml
Entry-size water conditioner for a small outdoor pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-pond-125ml/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102122 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003794
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102122-1.png
An outdoor pond sits in full sun for most of the day, and that exposure is exactly what lets algae turn the water green within a week of warm weather. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 125ml (SKU: 102122) is the smallest bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond conditioner, formulated to condition pond water and clear the green matter that algae blooms leave behind. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, it is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, so it can be dosed with koi, goldfish or other pond stock left in place.
The standard pond dose is 10 mL per 600 L of water, a lower concentration than the equivalent aquarium product because of the larger volumes and more tolerant conditions typical of outdoor ponds, stepping up to 10 mL per 300 L for severe cases. The water is expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose every five to six weeks or whenever green water returns. At the standard dose the 125 mL bottle treats up to 7,500 L in total, or about 3,750 L at the severe-case rate, enough for a single small pond treated occasionally through the warmer months. The same conditioner is also sold in 250 mL, 500 mL and 1 L bottles for larger ponds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small outdoor ponds:** Volumes suited to occasional dosing from a 125 mL bottle.
- **First signs of green water:** A trial bottle before committing to a larger size.
- **Ponds with fish in place:** No need to remove koi or goldfish before dosing.
- **Mild seasonal blooms:** The standard 10 mL per 600 L rate rather than the severe-case dose.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 10 mL per 600 L of pond water.
- **Severe cases:** Increase to 10 mL per 300 L.
- **Allow time to clear:** Expect clearing over roughly three to ten days.
- **Repeat when needed:** Redose every five to six weeks or whenever green water returns.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pond-strength dosing:** A dose rate scaled for larger outdoor volumes.
- **Conditions and clears:** Treats the water and clears green matter from algae.
- **Safe with fish in place:** No harmful effects on fish or plants when dosed as directed.
- **Filter-safe:** Does not harm filter systems at the stated dose.
- **Entry-size bottle:** 125 mL to trial before buying a larger size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102122
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003794
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 125 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 600 L standard; 10 mL per 300 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 7,500 L at the standard dose (about 3,750 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 102123), 500 mL (SKU 102124), 1 L (SKU 102232)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 1lt
Bulk water conditioner for large or multiple ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-pond-1lt/
- Price: $93.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102232 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003817
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102232-1.png
A large ornamental pond, or a property managing several of them, goes through pond conditioner at a rate a small bottle was never meant to cover, especially once warm weather sets a green-water season in motion. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 1lt (SKU: 102232) is the bulk bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond conditioner, formulated to condition the water and clear the green matter left by an algae bloom across large or multiple ponds. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, it is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, holding true across every pond it is dosed into.
The standard pond dose is 10 mL per 600 L, a lower concentration than the equivalent aquarium conditioner to suit the larger, more tolerant volumes typical outdoors, stepping up to 10 mL per 300 L for severe blooms. The water is expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose every five to six weeks, or sooner if green water returns. At the standard dose the 1 L bottle treats up to 60,000 L in total over its life, or about 30,000 L at the severe-case rate, which covers a large pond dosed repeatedly through a season or several smaller ponds drawing from the one bottle. The same conditioner is also sold in 125 mL, 250 mL and 500 mL bottles for a single smaller pond or an occasional user.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ponds:** Volumes that a 500 mL bottle would still work through quickly.
- **Properties with several ponds:** One bulk bottle shared across multiple systems.
- **A full growing season:** Enough conditioner for repeated treatment from spring through autumn.
- **Frequent or severe green water:** Covers repeated use at either dose rate without running short.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 10 mL per 600 L of pond water.
- **Severe cases:** Increase to 10 mL per 300 L.
- **Allow three to ten days:** The filter removes the treated particles as clarity returns.
- **Redose every five to six weeks:** Or sooner across any pond that greens up again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 L bottle:** A lower cost per dose across a large or multi-pond property.
- **Conditions and clears:** Treats pond water while clearing algae-driven green matter.
- **Safe for established stock:** No harmful effects on fish or plants when dosed as directed.
- **Filter-safe:** Does not disrupt filter systems at the stated dose.
- **High treatment capacity:** Up to 60,000 L at the standard dose rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102232
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003817
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 600 L standard; 10 mL per 300 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 60,000 L at the standard dose (about 30,000 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102122), 250 mL (SKU 102123), 500 mL (SKU 102124)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 250ml
Everyday water conditioner for a pond through the warmer months.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-pond-250ml/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004562
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102123-1.png
Once a pond has turned green under a run of sunny days, it tends to repeat the performance every time the weather warms up again, and a bottle that only covers one treatment means buying more mid-season. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 250ml (SKU: 102123) is the mid-size bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond conditioner, formulated to condition pond water and clear the green matter left behind by an algae bloom. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, it is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, so koi, goldfish and pond plants can stay in place while it works.
The standard pond dose is 10 mL per 600 L, lower in concentration than the equivalent aquarium formula to suit the larger, more tolerant volumes typical of an outdoor pond, stepping up to 10 mL per 300 L for severe blooms. The water is expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles, with Aqua-Pics' directions calling for a repeat dose every five to six weeks, or sooner if green water comes back. At the standard dose the 250 mL bottle treats up to 15,000 L in total, or about 7,500 L at the severe-case rate, which covers a small to medium pond through more than one bloom across a season. The same conditioner is also sold in 125 mL, 500 mL and 1 L bottles for a smaller trial size or a larger pond.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ponds that bloom more than once:** Enough volume for repeat treatment through a season.
- **Small to medium outdoor ponds:** Sized for regular rather than one-off dosing.
- **Ponds with koi or goldfish in residence:** Dosed without removing fish or plants.
- **Moderate to severe green water:** Covers both the standard and the stepped-up dose.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 10 mL per 600 L of pond water.
- **Severe cases:** Step up to 10 mL per 300 L.
- **Give it time:** Pond water typically clears over three to ten days.
- **Redose as needed:** Every five to six weeks, or sooner if green water returns.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pond-strength dosing:** Dose rate scaled for outdoor pond volumes.
- **Conditions and clears:** One product for conditioning and algae-driven green water.
- **Safe with fish and plants in place:** No harmful effects when dosed as directed.
- **Mid-size bottle:** 250 mL, enough for repeat seasonal dosing.
- **Visible result in days:** Clears within roughly three to ten days.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102123
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004562
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 600 L standard; 10 mL per 300 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 15,000 L at the standard dose (about 7,500 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102122), 500 mL (SKU 102124), 1 L (SKU 102232)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 500ml
Larger-volume water conditioner for a sizeable pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-conditioner-clearer-pond-500ml/
- Price: $53.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102124 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003800
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102124-1.png
A larger ornamental pond holds far more water than it looks, and dosing it from a small bottle means running out well before the season is over. Aqua-Pics Conditioner & Clearer Pond 500ml (SKU: 102124) is the larger-volume bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond conditioner, formulated to condition the water and clear the green matter left by an algae bloom in a sizeable outdoor pond. Aqua-Pics states that, used strictly as directed, it is harmless to filter systems and has no harmful effects on fish or plants, which matters more once koi, larger goldfish or established pond plants are involved.
The standard pond dose stays at 10 mL per 600 L, a lower concentration than the equivalent aquarium conditioner to suit the bigger, more tolerant volumes typical of an outdoor pond, rising to 10 mL per 300 L for severe blooms. The water is expected to clear over roughly three to ten days as the filter removes the treated particles, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose every five to six weeks or sooner if green water comes back. At the standard dose the 500 mL bottle treats up to 30,000 L in total, or about 15,000 L at the severe-case rate, which suits a large single pond or a property with more than one pond dosed through a full season. The same conditioner is also sold in 125 mL and 250 mL bottles for smaller ponds, and in a 1 L bottle for the heaviest use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large single ponds:** Volumes well beyond what a 125 mL or 250 mL bottle comfortably covers.
- **Properties with more than one pond:** One bottle shared across multiple systems through a season.
- **Established koi or goldfish ponds:** Dosed safely with valuable, long-term stock in residence.
- **Severe or repeated blooms:** Enough volume for the stepped-up dose without running out quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** Add 10 mL per 600 L of pond water.
- **Severe cases:** Increase to 10 mL per 300 L.
- **Allow three to ten days:** The filter removes the treated particles as the water clears.
- **Repeat every five to six weeks:** Or sooner if green water returns before then.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Scaled for larger ponds:** 500 mL covers a bigger volume without frequent reordering.
- **Conditions and clears:** Treats pond water while clearing algae-driven green matter.
- **Safe for established stock:** No harmful effects on fish or plants when dosed as directed.
- **Filter-safe:** Does not disrupt filter systems at the stated dose.
- **Covers repeat dosing:** Enough volume for several treatments across a season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102124
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003800
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Algae Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 600 L standard; 10 mL per 300 L for severe cases
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 30,000 L at the standard dose (about 15,000 L at the severe-case dose)
- **Clearing Time:** About 3 to 10 days
- **Repeat Dose:** Every 5 to 6 weeks or as needed
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102122), 250 mL (SKU 102123), 1 L (SKU 102232)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Crystal Clear Pond 125ml
Entry-size flocculant for cloudy, murky pond water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-crystal-clear-pond-125ml/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102233 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003664
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102233-1.png
Not every dirty pond is green with algae; fine silt stirred up by fish, run-off after rain or decaying leaf litter can leave water murky without a trace of green in it. Aqua-Pics Crystal Clear Pond 125ml (SKU: 102233) is the smallest bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond clarifier, a flocculant that works by binding together fine, free-floating organic particles until they are large enough for the pond's filter to pick up and remove. Rather than treating algae itself, it targets the suspended matter that keeps water looking dirty, clumping it so mechanical filtration can finish the job.
The dose is 5 mL per 100 to 300 L of pond water, with the exact rate set by how much suspended organic matter is in the water: heavily loaded water takes the stronger end of the range, lightly turbid water the weaker end. Clearing is quick by comparison with an algae treatment, typically one to three days once the clumped particles reach the filter, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose after general pond cleaning or whenever cloudiness returns. At 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, the 125 mL bottle treats between about 2,500 L and 7,500 L depending on the water's condition, suited to a single small pond treated as murkiness appears rather than on a fixed schedule. The same clarifier is also sold in 250 mL, 500 mL and 1 L bottles for larger ponds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Murky, non-green water:** Cloudiness from silt, debris or fish waste rather than an algae bloom.
- **After rain or run-off:** Fine particles washed into the pond that leave it hazy.
- **Small ponds:** Sized for occasional dosing rather than a standing treatment routine.
- **Following a pond clean:** Clearing residual fine particles stirred up during maintenance.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose by organic load:** Add 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, using the stronger rate for heavily loaded water.
- **Let the filter work:** Clumped particles are picked up by the filter rather than removed instantly.
- **Expect quick results:** Clearing is typically visible within one to three days.
- **Repeat after cleaning:** Redose after general pond maintenance or whenever cloudiness returns.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Flocculant action:** Binds fine suspended particles into clumps the filter can remove.
- **Targets turbidity, not just algae:** Suited to silt, debris and organic haze.
- **Fast clearing:** Visible results in about one to three days.
- **Dose-adjustable:** A range from 5 mL per 100 L to 5 mL per 300 L to match water condition.
- **Entry-size bottle:** 125 mL to trial before buying a larger size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102233
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003664
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Water Flocculant
- **Net Volume:** 125 mL
- **Mechanism:** Binds fine floating organic particles for mechanical filter removal
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, depending on suspended organic matter
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,500 to 7,500 L, depending on dose rate used
- **Clearing Time:** About 1 to 3 days
- **Repeat Dose:** After pond cleaning or whenever cloudiness returns
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 102234), 500 mL (SKU 102235), 1 L (SKU 102236)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Crystal Clear Pond 250ml
Everyday flocculant for a pond that clouds up repeatedly.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-crystal-clear-pond-250ml/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102234 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003671
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102234-1.png
A pond with koi stirring the bottom or leaves blowing in through autumn rarely stays clear for long, and a bottle that only covers one dose means buying more every time the water hazes over. Aqua-Pics Crystal Clear Pond 250ml (SKU: 102234) is the mid-size bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond clarifier, a flocculant that binds together fine, free-floating organic particles until they are large enough for the filter to pick up and remove. It treats the suspended matter behind murky, non-green water rather than algae itself, clumping debris and silt so mechanical filtration can clear it out.
The dose is 5 mL per 100 to 300 L of pond water, with the rate set by how much suspended organic matter is present: more heavily loaded water needs the stronger end of the range. Clearing is typically visible within one to three days once the clumped particles reach the filter, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose after general pond cleaning or whenever cloudiness returns. At 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, the 250 mL bottle treats between about 5,000 L and 15,000 L depending on the water's condition, enough for a pond that clouds up more than once across a season. The same clarifier is also sold in 125 mL, 500 mL and 1 L bottles for a smaller trial size or a larger pond.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Repeated cloudiness:** Ponds that haze up more than once through the year.
- **Koi and bottom-feeding fish:** Stirred-up sediment that keeps the water looking dirty.
- **Autumn leaf fall:** Fine organic debris that clouds the water without turning it green.
- **Small to medium ponds:** A size suited to regular rather than one-off dosing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose by organic load:** Add 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, adjusting for how dirty the water is.
- **Keep the filter running:** Clumped particles are removed by the filter, not the dose itself.
- **Watch for results in days:** Clearing typically appears within one to three days.
- **Redose after cleaning:** Or whenever cloudiness returns during the season.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Flocculant action:** Binds fine suspended particles into clumps the filter can remove.
- **Targets turbidity, not just algae:** Suited to silt, leaf debris and fish waste.
- **Fast clearing:** Visible results in about one to three days.
- **Mid-size bottle:** 250 mL, enough for repeat seasonal dosing.
- **Dose-adjustable:** A range from 5 mL per 100 L to 5 mL per 300 L to match water condition.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102234
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003671
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Water Flocculant
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Mechanism:** Binds fine floating organic particles for mechanical filter removal
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, depending on suspended organic matter
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 5,000 to 15,000 L, depending on dose rate used
- **Clearing Time:** About 1 to 3 days
- **Repeat Dose:** After pond cleaning or whenever cloudiness returns
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102233), 500 mL (SKU 102235), 1 L (SKU 102236)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Crystal Clear Pond 500ml
Larger-volume flocculant for a sizeable or heavily stocked pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-crystal-clear-pond-500ml/
- Price: $50.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102235 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003688
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102235-1.png
A bigger pond with a good head of koi or large goldfish throws up more fine sediment than a small bottle of clarifier was built to handle, and dosing it to the right strength matters more as the volume climbs. Aqua-Pics Crystal Clear Pond 500ml (SKU: 102235) is the larger-volume bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond clarifier, a flocculant that binds fine, free-floating organic particles together until they are large enough for the filter to remove. It treats the suspended matter behind cloudy, non-green water, clumping silt and fish waste rather than acting on algae.
The dose remains 5 mL per 100 to 300 L of pond water, set by how much suspended organic matter is present, with heavily loaded water taking the stronger end of that range. Clearing is typically visible within one to three days once the clumped particles reach the filter, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose after general pond cleaning or whenever the water clouds up again. At 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, the 500 mL bottle treats between about 10,000 L and 30,000 L depending on the water's condition, which suits a large single pond or a heavily stocked one that clouds up often. The same clarifier is also sold in 125 mL and 250 mL bottles for smaller ponds, and in a 1 L bottle for the heaviest use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large or heavily stocked ponds:** Koi and large goldfish that stir up more sediment than a small pond.
- **Frequent cloudiness:** Ponds that need more than a single dose through the season.
- **After major maintenance:** Clearing fine particles disturbed by a filter clean or partial drain.
- **Heavy organic load:** Covers the stronger end of the dose range without running short.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose by organic load:** Add 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, adjusting for sediment level.
- **Keep filtration running:** The filter, not the dose, removes the clumped particles.
- **Allow one to three days:** For the clumped matter to be filtered out and clarity to return.
- **Repeat after cleaning:** Or whenever the pond clouds up again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Scaled for larger ponds:** 500 mL covers a bigger or more heavily stocked pond.
- **Flocculant action:** Binds fine suspended particles into clumps the filter can remove.
- **Targets turbidity, not just algae:** Suited to silt, sediment and fish waste.
- **Fast clearing:** Visible results in about one to three days.
- **Dose-adjustable:** A range from 5 mL per 100 L to 5 mL per 300 L to match water condition.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102235
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003688
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Water Flocculant
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Mechanism:** Binds fine floating organic particles for mechanical filter removal
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, depending on suspended organic matter
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 10,000 to 30,000 L, depending on dose rate used
- **Clearing Time:** About 1 to 3 days
- **Repeat Dose:** After pond cleaning or whenever cloudiness returns
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102233), 250 mL (SKU 102234), 1 L (SKU 102236)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Crystal Clear Pond, 1l
Bulk flocculant for large ponds or ongoing clarity problems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-crystal-clear-pond-1l/
- Price: $70.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102236
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102236-1.jpg
A large pond, or one that never seems to settle for long between storms and leaf fall, goes through a clarifier faster than the smaller bottles are built for. Aqua-Pics Crystal Clear Pond, 1l (SKU: 102236) is the bulk bottle of Aqua-Pics' pond clarifier, a flocculant that bonds, coagulates and dissipates fine suspended particles, including algae, until they are large enough for the pond's filter system to pick up and break down. It treats the cloudiness itself rather than the algae directly, which is why it works on murky, non-green water as well as on algae-laden water.
The dose is 5 mL per 100 to 300 L of pond water, with the rate set by how much suspended organic matter the water is carrying, heavier loads taking the stronger end of the range. Clearing is typically visible within one to three days once the clumped particles reach the filter, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for a repeat dose after general pond cleaning or whenever cloudiness returns. At 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, the 1 L bottle treats between about 20,000 L and 60,000 L depending on the water's condition, which covers a large pond dosed repeatedly through a season or several smaller ponds on the same property. The same clarifier is also sold in 125 mL, 250 mL and 500 mL bottles for a single smaller pond or an occasional user.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ponds:** Volumes that a 500 mL bottle would work through quickly.
- **Persistent clarity problems:** Ponds that cloud up repeatedly rather than once a season.
- **Multiple ponds on one property:** A bulk bottle shared across more than one system.
- **Heavy organic load:** Covers the stronger end of the dose range without running short.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose by organic load:** Add 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, adjusting for sediment level.
- **Let the filter finish the job:** Clumped particles are removed mechanically, not by the dose itself.
- **Allow one to three days:** For visible clearing once the particles are filtered out.
- **Repeat after cleaning:** Or whenever the pond clouds up again during the season.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 L bottle:** A lower cost per dose across a large or multi-pond property.
- **Flocculant action:** Bonds and coagulates fine suspended particles, including algae.
- **Targets turbidity and algae:** Works on murky water with or without a green tint.
- **Fast clearing:** Visible results in about one to three days.
- **High treatment capacity:** Up to 60,000 L depending on dose rate used.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102236
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond Water Flocculant
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Mechanism:** Bonds, coagulates and dissipates fine suspended particles for mechanical filter removal
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 100 to 300 L, depending on suspended organic matter
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 20,000 to 60,000 L, depending on dose rate used
- **Clearing Time:** About 1 to 3 days
- **Repeat Dose:** After pond cleaning or whenever cloudiness returns
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102233), 250 mL (SKU 102234), 500 mL (SKU 102235)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics General Kh Buffer 10kg
Bulk alkaline buffer for wholesale and large-scale dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-general-kh-buffer-10kg/
- Price: $219.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113129 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000670
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113129-1.png
A wholesale aquarium supplier or a large commercial system does not buy a water buffer by the kilogram bag, and a 500 g or 1 kg pack would need constant reordering to keep up. Aqua-Pics General KH Buffer 10kg (SKU: 113129) is the bulk pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free alkaline buffer, formulated for sensitive set-ups such as planted tanks running CO2, where carbonate hardness needs maintaining at scale without a sudden pH swing anywhere in the system. It slowly raises KH by approximately 1 dKH, or 18 ppm, per standard dose, and being an alkaline buffer with a high pH, it counteracts the acidity CO2 introduces, stabilising pH and reducing stress on fish. It suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
The standard dose is 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) and helping raise and stabilise pH at the same time. In CO2-injected planted tanks, Aqua-Pics' directions call for small, cautious doses rather than one large addition, since the alkalinity can push pH up faster than fish and plants adjust to. At 5 g per dose, the 10 kg pack holds about 2,000 doses, enough to raise roughly 120,000 L of aquarium water by 1 dKH over the pack's life, which suits a wholesale supplier, large retail holding system or commercial-scale operation buffering water across many systems. The same buffer is also sold in 150 g, 250 g, 500 g, 1 kg and 4.5 kg packs for smaller operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wholesale and commercial systems:** Large-volume buffering across many tanks or holding systems.
- **Retailers and importers:** Routine KH maintenance on display and quarantine systems at scale.
- **Large aquaculture or pond operations:** Where a kilogram pack would still require frequent reordering.
- **CO2-injected systems:** Counteracting the acidity that gas injection introduces across multiple tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water.
- **Expected effect:** Raises KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) per dose.
- **Dose cautiously under CO2:** Small additions avoid a large pH increase in any one system.
- **Weigh rather than scoop at scale:** Measure by weight for consistent dosing across large volumes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Suited to planted systems sensitive to phosphate.
- **Raises and stabilises KH:** About 1 dKH (18 ppm) per standard dose.
- **Counteracts CO2 acidity:** Buffers pH against the drop CO2 injection causes.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Suitable for both aquarium types.
- **Bulk 10 kg pack:** About 2,000 standard doses for wholesale-scale use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113129
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000670
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater & Marine KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Composition:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffer
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (5 g) per 60 L, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm)
- **Pack Yield:** About 2,000 standard doses, raising roughly 120,000 L by 1 dKH over the pack's life
- **Use Note:** Dose cautiously in CO2-injected planted systems to avoid large pH swings
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102795), 250 g (SKU 102216), 500 g (SKU 102217), 1 kg (SKU 102026), 4.5 kg (SKU 102467)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics General Kh Buffer 150g
Trial-size alkaline buffer for planted tanks running CO2.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-general-kh-buffer-150g/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102795 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008447
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102795-1.png
Running CO2 into a planted tank pushes pH down, and a buffer that also lifts carbonate hardness is the usual way to keep that acidity from stressing the fish. Aqua-Pics General KH Buffer 150g (SKU: 102795) is the smallest pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free alkaline buffer, formulated for sensitive set-ups such as a planted tank running CO2 where a sudden pH swing is a real risk. It slowly raises KH (carbonate hardness) by approximately 1 dKH, or 18 ppm, per standard dose, and because it is an alkaline buffer with a high pH, it counteracts the acidity introduced by CO2, stabilising pH and reducing stress on fish in the process. The buffer is suitable for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
The standard dose is 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water, which raises KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) and helps raise and stabilise pH at the same time. In a CO2-injected planted tank, Aqua-Pics' directions call for caution: small doses are preferred over a single large one, since too strong a buffer addition can push pH up faster than the plants and fish can adjust to. At 5 g per dose, the 150 g pack holds about 30 doses, enough to raise roughly 1,800 L of aquarium water by 1 dKH across its life, which suits a single small to medium tank being dosed to confirm the product before buying a larger pack. The same buffer is also sold in 250 g, 500 g, 1 kg, 4.5 kg and 10 kg packs for bigger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single planted tanks on CO2:** Counteracts the acidity CO2 injection introduces.
- **Low or unstable KH:** Raises carbonate hardness where it is running low.
- **A trial before a bigger pack:** Confirms the buffer suits a particular tank's stock.
- **Fresh or saltwater tanks:** One formula for either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water.
- **Expected effect:** Raises KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) per dose.
- **In CO2 tanks, go slowly:** Use small doses to avoid a large pH increase.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Mix into a small volume of water before pouring it into the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Suited to planted tanks sensitive to phosphate levels.
- **Raises and stabilises KH:** About 1 dKH (18 ppm) per standard dose.
- **Counteracts CO2 acidity:** Buffers pH against the drop CO2 injection causes.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Suitable for both aquarium types.
- **Trial-size pack:** 150 g to confirm the dose before buying larger.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102795
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008447
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater & Marine KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Composition:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffer
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (5 g) per 60 L, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm)
- **Pack Yield:** About 30 standard doses, raising roughly 1,800 L by 1 dKH over the pack's life
- **Use Note:** Dose cautiously in CO2-injected planted tanks to avoid large pH swings
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 102216), 500 g (SKU 102217), 1 kg (SKU 102026), 4.5 kg (SKU 102467), 10 kg (SKU 113129)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics General Kh Buffer 1kg
Larger-pack alkaline buffer for a sizeable tank or several aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-general-kh-buffer-1kg/
- Price: $35.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102026 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000656
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102026-1.png
A larger aquarium, or more than one tank sharing the same water-change routine, uses up a KH buffer faster than a 250 g or 500 g pack is built to last. Aqua-Pics General KH Buffer 1kg (SKU: 102026) is the larger pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free alkaline buffer, formulated for sensitive set-ups such as a planted tank running CO2, where carbonate hardness needs ongoing maintenance without a sudden pH swing. It slowly raises KH by approximately 1 dKH, or 18 ppm, per standard dose, and being an alkaline buffer with a high pH, it counteracts the acidity CO2 introduces, stabilising pH and reducing stress on fish. It suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
The standard dose is 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) and helping raise and stabilise pH at the same time. In a CO2-injected planted tank, Aqua-Pics' directions call for small, cautious doses rather than one large addition, since the alkalinity can push pH up faster than fish and plants adjust to. At 5 g per dose, the 1 kg pack holds about 200 doses, enough to raise roughly 12,000 L of aquarium water by 1 dKH over the pack's life, which suits a large single tank or two to three medium tanks buffered on the same schedule. The same buffer is also sold in 150 g, 250 g and 500 g packs for a smaller tank, and in 4.5 kg and 10 kg packs for heavier use again.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A large single aquarium:** Enough buffer for regular dosing without frequent reordering.
- **Two or three tanks on one schedule:** Shared across more than one aquarium's water changes.
- **CO2-injected planted tanks:** Counteracting the acidity that gas injection introduces.
- **Fresh or saltwater tanks:** One formula suited to either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water.
- **Expected effect:** Raises KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) per dose.
- **Dose cautiously under CO2:** Small additions avoid a large pH increase.
- **Pre-dissolve before adding:** Mix into a small volume of water first.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Suited to planted tanks sensitive to phosphate.
- **Raises and stabilises KH:** About 1 dKH (18 ppm) per standard dose.
- **Counteracts CO2 acidity:** Buffers pH against the drop CO2 injection causes.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Suitable for both aquarium types.
- **Larger pack:** About 200 standard doses, suited to bigger or multiple tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102026
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000656
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater & Marine KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Composition:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffer
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (5 g) per 60 L, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm)
- **Pack Yield:** About 200 standard doses, raising roughly 12,000 L by 1 dKH over the pack's life
- **Use Note:** Dose cautiously in CO2-injected planted tanks to avoid large pH swings
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102795), 250 g (SKU 102216), 500 g (SKU 102217), 4.5 kg (SKU 102467), 10 kg (SKU 113129)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics General Kh Buffer 250g
Everyday alkaline buffer for a small established aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-general-kh-buffer-250g/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102216 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000632
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102216-1.jpg
Soft, low-KH water does not hold its pH steady for long, and a planted tank running CO2 is especially prone to a slow drift that stresses fish without an obvious cause. Aqua-Pics General KH Buffer 250g (SKU: 102216) is the small-tank pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free alkaline buffer, formulated for sensitive set-ups such as a CO2-injected planted tank where carbonate hardness needs topping up without overshooting pH. It slowly raises KH by approximately 1 dKH, or 18 ppm, per standard dose, and being an alkaline buffer with a high pH, it counteracts the acidity CO2 introduces, stabilising pH and reducing stress on fish. It is suitable for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
The standard dose is 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) and helping raise and stabilise pH at the same time. Aqua-Pics' directions call for small, cautious doses in CO2-injected planted tanks rather than one large addition, since the alkalinity can push pH up faster than fish and plants can adjust to. At 5 g per dose, the 250 g pack holds about 50 doses, enough to raise roughly 3,000 L of aquarium water by 1 dKH over the pack's life, which suits a small established aquarium topped up on a regular basis rather than dosed only once. The same buffer is also sold in 150 g, 500 g, 1 kg, 4.5 kg and 10 kg packs for smaller trials or larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small established aquariums:** Regular top-ups to hold KH steady rather than a one-off dose.
- **Planted tanks on CO2:** Counteracting the acidity CO2 injection introduces.
- **Soft source water:** Raising carbonate hardness where tap or RO water runs low.
- **Fresh or saltwater tanks:** One formula suited to either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water.
- **Expected effect:** Raises KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) per dose.
- **Go slowly with CO2 tanks:** Use small doses to avoid a large pH increase.
- **Pre-dissolve the dose:** Mix into a small volume of water before adding it to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Suited to planted tanks sensitive to phosphate.
- **Raises and stabilises KH:** About 1 dKH (18 ppm) per standard dose.
- **Counteracts CO2 acidity:** Buffers pH against the drop CO2 injection causes.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Suitable for both aquarium types.
- **Enough for regular dosing:** About 50 standard doses per pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102216
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000632
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater & Marine KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Composition:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffer
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (5 g) per 60 L, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm)
- **Pack Yield:** About 50 standard doses, raising roughly 3,000 L by 1 dKH over the pack's life
- **Use Note:** Dose cautiously in CO2-injected planted tanks to avoid large pH swings
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102795), 500 g (SKU 102217), 1 kg (SKU 102026), 4.5 kg (SKU 102467), 10 kg (SKU 113129)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics General Kh Buffer 4.5kg
Fish-room pack alkaline buffer for multiple tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-general-kh-buffer-4-5kg/
- Price: $114.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102467 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000663
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102467-1.png
A fish room running a dozen tanks on the same water-change day burns through a KH buffer far faster than a single hobbyist tank, and reordering a small pack every few weeks is not practical at that scale. Aqua-Pics General KH Buffer 4.5kg (SKU: 102467) is the fish-room pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free alkaline buffer, formulated for sensitive set-ups such as planted tanks running CO2, where carbonate hardness needs maintaining across many tanks without a sudden pH swing in any of them. It slowly raises KH by approximately 1 dKH, or 18 ppm, per standard dose, and being an alkaline buffer with a high pH, it counteracts the acidity CO2 introduces, stabilising pH and reducing stress on fish. It suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
The standard dose is 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) and helping raise and stabilise pH at the same time. In CO2-injected planted tanks, Aqua-Pics' directions call for small, cautious doses rather than one large addition, since the alkalinity can push pH up faster than fish and plants adjust to. At 5 g per dose, the 4.5 kg pack holds about 900 doses, enough to raise roughly 54,000 L of aquarium water by 1 dKH over the pack's life, which suits a breeder, fish room or small retailer dosing many tanks on the same schedule. The same buffer is also sold in 150 g, 250 g, 500 g and 1 kg packs for a single tank, and in a 10 kg pack for the largest operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many tanks buffered from one pack on a shared schedule.
- **Small retail holding systems:** Regular dosing across a bank of display or quarantine tanks.
- **CO2-injected planted tanks:** Counteracting the acidity that gas injection introduces, at scale.
- **Fresh or saltwater systems:** One formula covering either water type across multiple tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water.
- **Expected effect:** Raises KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) per dose.
- **Dose cautiously under CO2:** Small additions avoid a large pH increase in any one tank.
- **Measure per tank:** Pre-dissolve each tank's dose separately before adding it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Suited to planted tanks sensitive to phosphate.
- **Raises and stabilises KH:** About 1 dKH (18 ppm) per standard dose.
- **Counteracts CO2 acidity:** Buffers pH against the drop CO2 injection causes.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Suitable for both aquarium types.
- **Fish-room scale:** About 900 standard doses per pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102467
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000663
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater & Marine KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Composition:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffer
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (5 g) per 60 L, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm)
- **Pack Yield:** About 900 standard doses, raising roughly 54,000 L by 1 dKH over the pack's life
- **Use Note:** Dose cautiously in CO2-injected planted tanks to avoid large pH swings
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102795), 250 g (SKU 102216), 500 g (SKU 102217), 1 kg (SKU 102026), 10 kg (SKU 113129)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Gh Conditioner Salts, African, 100g
Mineral salt mix for hardening water in Rift Lake cichlid tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-gh-conditioner-salts-african-100g/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101604
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/africangh-scaled-scaled_7c2e0f4f-1f8c-4b25-ae67-49b970f6440d.webp
Tap water in most of Australia is softer and less alkaline than the Rift Lake water that Malawi and Tanganyika cichlids evolved in, and keeping those fish long-term usually means correcting that mismatch rather than hoping they adapt. Aqua-Pics GH Conditioner Salts, African, 100g (SKU: 101604) is, in Aqua-Pics' own description, a mineral salt mixture designed to suit a variety of aquarium needs, sold here under the African line aimed at raising general hardness (GH) for Rift Lake-type set-ups. As a salt mix rather than a liquid, it is dissolved into water before that water goes into the tank, rather than dosed directly onto fish.
African Rift Lake cichlids are kept in water that is harder and more alkaline than a typical community tank, and a GH-raising mineral salt is the standard way hobbyists close that gap without resorting to ad hoc mixes of unrelated salts. The pack label gives the measure and the water volume it is dosed into; because that rate is not listed on this product's current store page, it should be read from the pack before use rather than assumed from a similar product. New water is normally treated before a water change, so the fresh water entering the tank already carries the right mineral profile rather than correcting the tank after the fact, and the dose is repeated with every water change to replace the minerals that are removed along with the old water. The 100 g pack suits a single small to medium African cichlid tank rather than a fish room running several.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African Rift Lake cichlid tanks:** Malawi and Tanganyika species kept in hard, alkaline water.
- **Setting up with soft tap water:** Raising GH before fish go into a newly filled tank.
- **Routine water changes:** Replacing minerals lost when old tank water is removed.
- **Mixed African cichlid communities:** A single mineral mix across one tank rather than several products.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Mix into new water first:** Dissolve the salt in the replacement water before it goes into the tank.
- **Use the labelled dose:** Measure to the rate and volume given on the pack rather than guessing.
- **Redose with water changes:** Treat fresh water each time to keep hardness consistent.
- **Check before combining:** Avoid stacking with another hardness salt without accounting for both doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mineral salt mixture:** Aqua-Pics' own description of the product's composition.
- **Raises general hardness:** Aimed at African Rift Lake water chemistry.
- **Dissolves before dosing:** Mixed into new water rather than added directly to fish.
- **Compact pack:** 100 g sized for a single tank.
- **Suits a variety of aquarium needs:** Aqua-Pics' stated use for the mix.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101604
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > African Cichlid Mineral Salt (GH Conditioner)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Composition:** Mineral salt mixture
- **Use:** Dissolve into new or replacement water before adding to the tank
- **Dose Rate:** As stated on the pack label (not listed on this product's store page)
- **Target Environment:** African Rift Lake cichlid aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 150g
Mineral and trace element conditioner that raises GH for goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-gh-salt-150g/
- Price: $8.81 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102833 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008423
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102833-1.png
Town water and rainwater often carry too few dissolved minerals for a goldfish to stay in osmotic balance, and water left too soft leaves the fish working harder than it should just to regulate its own body fluids. Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 150g (SKU: 102833) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free conditioner for raising general hardness (GH) in goldfish aquariums, a blend of minerals and trace elements with added potassium rather than plain sodium chloride. Raising GH this way restores the calcium, magnesium and potassium goldfish use for osmoregulation and normal body function, supporting their general health and longevity rather than just adjusting a number on a test strip. The 150 g pot is the smallest size in the range, sized for a single bowl or small tank rather than a fish room, and the powder dissolves straight into the aquarium with no pre-mixing.
One rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, dissolved per 10 L of aquarium water raises GH by roughly 12 dGH (214 ppm), a dose strong enough that most tanks only need a fraction of it for routine maintenance. At that rate the 150 g pot holds close to 19 full doses, enough to cover around 185 L across a season of top-ups in a small bowl or nano tank. Dosing after a water change replaces the minerals that tap water and plain top-ups leave out, and because the formula is phosphate-free it does not add to the phosphate load that drives algae growth. Aqua-Pics packages the same conditioner in six larger sizes, from 250 g pots up to a 20 kg bulk size, for keepers who outgrow a trial pot.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low-GH tap water:** Town supplies or rainwater with little dissolved mineral content.
- **Routine water changes:** Replacing the GH that is removed every time old water goes out.
- **Single bowls and nano tanks:** A 150 g pot sized to the small volumes a goldfish bowl actually uses.
- **New set-ups:** Building GH to a stable level before goldfish go into a freshly filled tank.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure by teaspoon:** Use a dry, rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water.
- **Dissolve first:** Stir the measured dose into a cup of tank water before adding it to the aquarium.
- **Test before repeating:** Check GH with a test kit rather than redosing on a fixed schedule.
- **Dose after water changes:** Add fresh conditioner each time old water is replaced with new.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Raises GH without adding to the phosphate load that feeds algae.
- **Added potassium:** Included alongside calcium and magnesium for osmoregulation.
- **Goldfish-specific blend:** Formulated around the minerals goldfish use rather than a generic hardening salt.
- **Teaspoon dosing:** No scale needed for a standard 8 g dose.
- **Smallest pack in the range:** Sized for a single bowl rather than a fish room.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102833
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008423
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising GH by about 12 dGH (214 ppm)
- **Treatment Volume:** About 185 L per pot at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Minerals and trace elements with added potassium; phosphate-free
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101618); 500 g (SKU 101619); 1 kg (SKU 102036); 2.5 kg (SKU 112992); 4.5 kg (SKU 112993); 20 kg (SKU 102252)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 1kg
Bulk GH conditioner for keepers running several goldfish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-gh-salt-1kg/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102036 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000045
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102036-1.png
Dosing GH conditioner tank by tank from a small pot gets tedious once a goldfish keeper is running more than one system, and reordering every few weeks is its own kind of maintenance chore. Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 1kg (SKU: 102036) is the 1 kg size of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, a mineral and trace element blend with added potassium that raises general hardness (GH) where town water and rainwater fall short. The formula restores calcium, magnesium and potassium rather than plain salt, supporting the osmoregulation goldfish depend on and contributing to their general health and longer life. At 1 kg, the pack sits in the middle of the Aqua-Pics range, built for a keeper with two or more tanks, a larger single system, or anyone who would rather buy once a season than once a month.
The dose rate stays the same across the range: one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising GH by roughly 12 dGH (214 ppm) per application. A 1 kg pack holds about 125 of those doses, equivalent to around 1,250 L of treated water, which comfortably covers several 100 to 200 L goldfish tanks through a year of regular water changes. Dosing after each water change is the standard pattern, replacing the GH that fresh tap water strips back out, and the phosphate-free formula means heavier, more frequent dosing across several tanks does not compound into an algae problem from added phosphate. Aqua-Pics also packs this conditioner at 150 g, 250 g and 500 g for smaller tanks, and at 2.5 kg, 4.5 kg and 20 kg for larger operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple goldfish tanks:** One pack covering several systems rather than buying per tank.
- **Larger single tanks:** Ponds or big tanks that use a full dose on every water change.
- **Reducing reorder frequency:** A size built to last a season rather than a few weeks.
- **Soft-water districts:** Areas where tap water consistently sits well below goldfish-suitable GH.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard teaspoon dose:** One rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of tank water.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Mix into a container of tank water, then pour it in.
- **Test across tanks:** Check GH in each system rather than assuming they match.
- **Dose with every water change:** Keep dosing tied to the water-change schedule, not a calendar date.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Suited to dosing several tanks without building up phosphate.
- **Added potassium:** Alongside calcium and magnesium in every dose.
- **About 125 doses per pack:** Roughly 1,250 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Mid-range bulk size:** Positioned between retail pots and the largest bulk packs.
- **Consistent dose rate:** Same 8 g per 10 L measure used across the whole size range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102036
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000045
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising GH by about 12 dGH (214 ppm)
- **Treatment Volume:** About 1,250 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Minerals and trace elements with added potassium; phosphate-free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102833); 250 g (SKU 101618); 500 g (SKU 101619); 2.5 kg (SKU 112992); 4.5 kg (SKU 112993); 20 kg (SKU 102252)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 2.5kg
Breeder-scale GH conditioner for goldfish fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-gh-salt-2-5kg/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112992 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264005392
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112992-1.png
A fish room or breeding set-up running several goldfish tanks at once gets through GH conditioner at a rate a retail pot was never designed for, and buying 250 g at a time becomes its own running cost. Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 2.5kg (SKU: 112992) is the 2.5 kg bulk size of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, the same mineral and trace element blend with added potassium used across the whole range, scaled up for volume use. It raises general hardness (GH) with calcium, magnesium and potassium rather than plain sodium chloride, supporting the osmoregulation goldfish rely on and contributing to their general health and longer life across every tank it is used in. At 2.5 kg, the pack is built for a breeder, fish room or multi-tank keeper rather than a single household aquarium.
The dose stays consistent with the rest of the range: one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising GH by roughly 12 dGH (214 ppm) per application. A 2.5 kg bag holds about 312 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 3,125 L of treated water, enough to carry a bank of breeding tanks or a holding system through an extended period of regular water changes. Dosing after each water change replaces the GH that fresh tap water strips out, and because the formula is phosphate-free, dosing it across many tanks at once does not add to the phosphate load that drives algae in a busy system. Aqua-Pics also packs this conditioner at 150 g through 1 kg for smaller tanks, and at 4.5 kg and 20 kg for larger operations still.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Multiple goldfish tanks dosed on the same water-change schedule.
- **Holding and quarantine systems:** Larger volumes that need consistent GH across several tanks.
- **Reducing running cost:** Bulk buying instead of repeated small-pot purchases.
- **Soft-water regions:** Where every tank in a multi-tank set-up needs the same correction.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh for consistency:** Use a kitchen scale for repeat batches rather than teaspoon measures alone.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Mix the measured amount into a bucket of tank water first.
- **Dose per tank, not per room:** Calculate each tank's volume separately before adding conditioner.
- **Test regularly:** Spot-check GH across tanks rather than assuming uniform dosing is enough.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free at scale:** No phosphate build-up even when dosing many tanks regularly.
- **Added potassium:** Carried through at the same ratio as the smaller retail packs.
- **About 312 doses per bag:** Roughly 3,125 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Breeder and fish-room size:** Scaled for multi-tank operations rather than a single aquarium.
- **Same formula throughout the range:** Identical dose rate from the 150 g pot to the 20 kg size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112992
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264005392
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising GH by about 12 dGH (214 ppm)
- **Treatment Volume:** About 3,125 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Minerals and trace elements with added potassium; phosphate-free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102833); 250 g (SKU 101618); 500 g (SKU 101619); 1 kg (SKU 102036); 4.5 kg (SKU 112993); 20 kg (SKU 102252)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 20kg
Wholesale-size GH conditioner for commercial goldfish operations.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-gh-salt-20kg/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102252 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000076
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102252-1.png
A commercial goldfish grower, wholesaler or large retail holding facility works with tank volumes measured in the tens of thousands of litres, and dosing that scale from small retail pots is not a realistic option. Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 20kg (SKU: 102252) is the largest size in Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner range, the same mineral and trace element blend with added potassium sold in every other pack size, supplied as a 20 kg bulk quantity. It raises general hardness (GH) using calcium, magnesium and potassium rather than plain salt, supporting the osmoregulation that underpins goldfish health across a volume of water well beyond a single hobby aquarium. The 20 kg size is intended for commercial and wholesale use rather than a home tank, where the running cost per litre of water treated matters more than convenience in a small pot.
The dose remains the same 1 rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising GH by roughly 12 dGH (214 ppm) per application, scaled up for weighed dosing rather than teaspoon measures at this volume. A 20 kg bag holds about 2,500 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 25,000 L of treated water across its life, enough to maintain a large holding system, a commercial pond network or a wholesale fish room through an extended operating period. Dosing is typically tied to water-change or top-up schedules across the whole system, and the phosphate-free formula matters more at this scale, since a 20 kg bag of a phosphate-based salt dosed regularly could drive a substantial algae load in a large system. The same product is available down to 150 g for keepers who need only a trial quantity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial goldfish operations:** Growers, wholesalers and large retail holding facilities.
- **Large pond networks:** Multiple outdoor systems dosed from one bulk supply.
- **High-volume water changes:** Systems where tens of thousands of litres are treated regularly.
- **Reducing per-litre cost:** Operations where buying in bulk materially lowers running expenses.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh accurately:** Use a scale rather than teaspoon measures for bulk dosing.
- **Pre-dissolve in bulk containers:** Mix a weighed batch into water before introducing it to the system.
- **Dose to measured volume:** Calculate the actual system volume before scaling the dose up.
- **Monitor across the system:** Check GH at several points in a large system, not just one tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free at wholesale volume:** Avoids the algae risk of dosing phosphate-based salts at scale.
- **Added potassium:** Same formulation as the smallest retail pack, scaled up.
- **About 2,500 doses per bag:** Roughly 25,000 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Largest pack in the range:** Built for commercial and wholesale operations.
- **Consistent dosing across sizes:** The same 8 g per 10 L rate used throughout the Aqua-Pics range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102252
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000076
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising GH by about 12 dGH (214 ppm)
- **Treatment Volume:** About 25,000 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Minerals and trace elements with added potassium; phosphate-free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102833); 250 g (SKU 101618); 500 g (SKU 101619); 1 kg (SKU 102036); 2.5 kg (SKU 112992); 4.5 kg (SKU 112993)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 250g
Mineral conditioner that keeps GH stable for a goldfish tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-gh-salt-250g/
- Price: $9.60 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101618 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000021
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101618-1.png
A goldfish tank on tap water or rainwater can sit well below the general hardness (GH) a goldfish needs to regulate its own body fluids properly, and that shortfall gets worse every time old water is swapped for fresh. Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 250g (SKU: 101618) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, a blend of minerals and trace elements with added potassium that restores the hardness many town supplies lack. Rather than adding plain salt, it supplies the calcium, magnesium and potassium goldfish rely on for osmoregulation, contributing to the fish's general health and longer life. The 250 g pack is the standard retail size in the range, a step up from the 150 g trial pot and sized for a household running one or two goldfish tanks through a normal maintenance cycle.
The dose is one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, which raises GH by roughly 12 dGH (214 ppm) in a single application. A 250 g pack holds about 31 of those doses, enough to carry a 20 to 60 L goldfish tank through months of routine top-ups rather than a single treatment. Dosing after each water change is the usual pattern, since fresh tap water or rainwater brings the tank back down to its original low GH every time. Because the formula is phosphate-free, repeated dosing does not add phosphate to the system the way some hardening salts do, which matters in tanks already prone to algae. The same conditioner is sold in five further sizes up to 20 kg for keepers with more than one tank to maintain.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft tap water or rainwater:** Supplies that leave GH too low for goldfish.
- **Scheduled water changes:** Replacing GH lost each time water is removed and refilled.
- **Household goldfish tanks:** A 250 g pack matched to one or two tanks on a regular routine.
- **Stocking checks:** Confirming hardness before adding new goldfish to an established tank.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose by teaspoon:** One rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of tank water.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix the dose into some tank water first, then pour it in gradually.
- **Confirm with a test kit:** Check GH rather than assuming the standard dose is always needed.
- **Repeat with water changes:** Redose each time a portion of the water is replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** Raises GH without contributing phosphate to the tank.
- **Potassium included:** Supplies potassium alongside calcium and magnesium.
- **Standard household size:** About 31 doses per pack for ongoing maintenance.
- **Goldfish-specific:** Formulated for goldfish osmoregulation rather than general hardness only.
- **No premixing equipment:** Dissolves directly with a teaspoon measure.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101618
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000021
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising GH by about 12 dGH (214 ppm)
- **Treatment Volume:** About 310 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Minerals and trace elements with added potassium; phosphate-free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102833); 500 g (SKU 101619); 1 kg (SKU 102036); 2.5 kg (SKU 112992); 4.5 kg (SKU 112993); 20 kg (SKU 102252)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 4.5kg
Large-format GH conditioner for retailers and multi-tank systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-gh-salt-4-5kg/
- Price: $69.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112993 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264005385
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112993-1.png
Retailers holding goldfish stock and keepers running large multi-tank systems need GH conditioner in a size that matches the water volumes involved, not a pot meant for a single bowl. Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 4.5kg (SKU: 112993) is the 4.5 kg bulk pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, carrying the same mineral and trace element blend with added potassium as the rest of the range at a scale built for volume use. The product raises general hardness (GH) using calcium, magnesium and potassium rather than plain salt, supporting the osmoregulation that contributes to goldfish health and longevity wherever it is dosed. At 4.5 kg, the pack suits retail holding systems, large ponds or a fish room running a substantial number of tanks on the same water-change routine.
The dose rate is unchanged from the smaller packs: one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising GH by roughly 12 dGH (214 ppm) per application. A 4.5 kg bag holds about 562 of those doses, which is close to 5,625 L of treated water across its life, enough to maintain a sizeable holding system or several display tanks through an extended run of regular water changes. Dosing after each water change is the established pattern, replacing GH that fresh tap water or rainwater strips back out, and the phosphate-free formula keeps regular, high-volume dosing from adding phosphate to systems that are already carrying a heavier fish load. The range runs down to 150 g for a single bowl and up to 20 kg for the largest operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail holding systems:** Stock tanks that need consistent GH across a busy turnover of fish.
- **Large ponds:** Outdoor goldfish ponds using the same correction at a larger volume.
- **Fish rooms with many tanks:** A pack sized to avoid weekly reordering.
- **Heavier stocking:** Systems where a consistent mineral supply matters more because of fish density.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh rather than scoop:** Use a scale for accuracy when dosing large volumes repeatedly.
- **Pre-dissolve in bulk:** Mix the measured amount into a bucket before adding it to the system.
- **Dose per system volume:** Calculate the actual water volume of each tank or pond before dosing.
- **Keep testing:** Check GH periodically across the system rather than dosing on habit alone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free at retail scale:** Suited to high-turnover systems without adding phosphate.
- **Added potassium:** Same ratio of potassium, calcium and magnesium as the smaller packs.
- **About 562 doses per bag:** Close to 5,625 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Retail and pond scale:** Sized for holding systems, ponds and large fish rooms.
- **Consistent formula:** The same conditioner sold from 150 g up to 20 kg.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112993
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264005385
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising GH by about 12 dGH (214 ppm)
- **Treatment Volume:** About 5,625 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Minerals and trace elements with added potassium; phosphate-free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102833); 250 g (SKU 101618); 500 g (SKU 101619); 1 kg (SKU 102036); 2.5 kg (SKU 112992); 20 kg (SKU 102252)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 500g
Longer-lasting GH conditioner for an established goldfish tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-gh-salt-500g/
- Price: $13.03 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101619 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000038
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101619-1.png
An established goldfish tank still loses general hardness (GH) every time water is changed, and over a year of routine maintenance a small pot of conditioner runs out faster than most keepers expect. Aqua-pics Goldfish Gh Salt 500g (SKU: 101619) is the 500 g size of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, a mineral and trace element blend with added potassium built to restore hardness that town water and rainwater lack. It works by raising GH with calcium, magnesium and potassium rather than plain sodium chloride, supporting the osmoregulation and body function that contribute to a goldfish's health and longer life. Sitting between the 250 g retail pack and the 1 kg size, 500 g suits a single larger goldfish tank, or two smaller ones, that are dosed on a regular cycle rather than occasionally.
The standard dose is one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, which raises GH by roughly 12 dGH (214 ppm) per application. A 500 g pack holds around 62 of those doses, which works out to about 625 L of treated water over the life of the pot, enough for many months of water changes in a 60 to 150 L goldfish tank without reordering. Dosing is usually timed to water changes, replacing the GH that fresh tap water removes, and because the formula carries no phosphate, regular use does not push phosphate levels up the way some hardening salts can. The line runs from a 150 g trial pot to a 20 kg bulk size, so keepers who settle on this product can step up as their tank count grows.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established goldfish tanks:** Ongoing GH maintenance on a tank already set up and stocked.
- **Regular water-change routines:** Replacing hardness lost on a weekly or fortnightly cycle.
- **Single larger tanks:** A 500 g pack sized for one 60 to 150 L system.
- **Multiple small tanks:** Enough volume to dose two or three smaller goldfish set-ups.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure by teaspoon:** One rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of tank water.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Stir into a cup of tank water, then add it to the aquarium.
- **Test rather than guess:** Confirm GH with a test kit before repeating a dose.
- **Keep to the water-change cycle:** Dose each time water is removed and replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** Adds hardness without adding to the tank's phosphate load.
- **Potassium-enriched:** Carries potassium alongside calcium and magnesium.
- **About 62 doses per pack:** Covers roughly 625 L of treated water over its life.
- **Mid-size pack:** Positioned between the 250 g retail pot and the 1 kg size.
- **Goldfish-focused formula:** Built around goldfish osmoregulation rather than general use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101619
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000038
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising GH by about 12 dGH (214 ppm)
- **Treatment Volume:** About 625 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Minerals and trace elements with added potassium; phosphate-free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102833); 250 g (SKU 101618); 1 kg (SKU 102036); 2.5 kg (SKU 112992); 4.5 kg (SKU 112993); 20 kg (SKU 102252)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 150g
Carbonate hardness buffer that stabilises pH for goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-kh-buffer-150g/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112921 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008386
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112921-1.png
Goldfish are not suited to acidic water, and a tank with low carbonate hardness (KH) swings in pH every time waste accumulates or carbon dioxide levels change, stressing fish that cope poorly with fluctuation. Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 150g (SKU: 112921) is Aqua-Pics' buffer for goldfish aquariums, a powder that raises KH and locks pH at around 7.2 to 7.4, the range goldfish tolerate well. By building carbonate reserve rather than only adjusting pH directly, it stops the stressful swings that pH-only products cannot prevent, contributing to the general health and longer life of the fish. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states should not add to algae growth, and the 150 g pack is the smallest size, suited to a single goldfish bowl or small tank.
The dose is one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, which raises KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and brings pH toward the 7.2 to 7.4 target in one application. A 150 g pack holds close to 19 of those doses, enough to treat around 185 L in total, which in a small bowl or nano tank can cover many months of routine dosing after water changes. The buffer is dosed the same way GH conditioner is, and the two can be used together where a goldfish tank needs both hardness and pH correction. Aqua-Pics packs the same buffer at 250 g, 2.2 kg and 4.5 kg for tanks and systems that need more frequent or larger-volume dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Acidic or unstable pH:** Goldfish tanks where pH drifts below the 7.2 to 7.4 range.
- **Low carbonate hardness:** Water with little buffering capacity, prone to pH crashes.
- **Single bowls and small tanks:** A 150 g pack matched to low water volumes.
- **Alongside GH correction:** Used together with a GH conditioner where both are low.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure by teaspoon:** One rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of tank water.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Stir into a cup of tank water, then add it to the aquarium.
- **Test KH and pH:** Confirm both before deciding whether to redose.
- **Repeat with water changes:** Dose again each time water is removed and replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stabilises pH 7.2–7.4:** Holds goldfish-suitable pH by raising carbonate hardness.
- **8 dKH per dose:** A measurable, repeatable rise in buffering capacity.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included in the formula but selected to limit algae contribution.
- **Teaspoon dosing:** No scale required for the standard 8 g dose.
- **Smallest pack in the range:** Sized for a single bowl rather than a fish room.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112921
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008386
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm)
- **Target pH:** About 7.2–7.4
- **Treatment Volume:** About 185 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 102844); 2.2 kg (SKU 102845); 4.5 kg (SKU 102846)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 2.2kg
Bulk pH buffer for goldfish fish rooms and multiple tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-kh-buffer-2-2kg/
- Price: $114.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102845 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008362
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102845-1.png
Running several goldfish tanks through the same water-change routine means buffering all of them against pH swings, and a 250 g pot does not go far once more than one or two systems are involved. Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 2.2kg (SKU: 102845) is the 2.2 kg bulk size of Aqua-Pics' goldfish buffer, the same formula used across the range that raises carbonate hardness (KH) and locks pH at around 7.2 to 7.4. Building KH gives the water a reserve against the pH swings caused by waste build-up and carbon dioxide changes, reducing the stress that unstable pH places on goldfish and supporting their general health and longer life. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are chosen so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and the 2.2 kg pack suits a fish room or multi-tank keeper rather than a single household aquarium.
The dose rate is unchanged from the smaller packs: one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) per application. A 2.2 kg bag holds about 275 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 2,750 L of treated water, enough to buffer a bank of goldfish tanks through an extended run of regular water changes. Dosing after each water change keeps the buffering capacity topped up, since fresh tap water typically carries little KH of its own, and the same bag can be used alongside Aqua-Pics' GH conditioner in systems that need both corrections together. The line runs from 150 g and 250 g retail packs up to this 2.2 kg size and a 4.5 kg bulk pack beyond it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Multiple goldfish tanks buffered on the same schedule.
- **Holding systems:** Larger volumes that need consistent pH stability across several tanks.
- **Reducing reorder frequency:** A size built to outlast repeated small-pot purchases.
- **Systems prone to pH crash:** Heavily stocked tanks where waste build-up erodes buffering quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh for consistency:** Use a kitchen scale for repeat batches across multiple tanks.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Mix the measured amount into a bucket of tank water first.
- **Dose per tank volume:** Calculate each tank separately rather than dosing by room.
- **Test regularly:** Check KH and pH across tanks rather than assuming uniform results.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.2–7.4 at scale:** The same buffering target held across many tanks at once.
- **8 dKH per dose:** Consistent with the smaller retail packs in the range.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Selected to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 275 doses per bag:** Roughly 2,750 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Fish-room scale:** Sized for multi-tank operations rather than a single aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102845
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008362
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm)
- **Target pH:** About 7.2–7.4
- **Treatment Volume:** About 2,750 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 112921); 250 g (SKU 102844); 4.5 kg (SKU 102846)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 250g
Standard-size pH stabiliser for a goldfish aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-kh-buffer-250g/
- Price: $20.69 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102844 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004661
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102844-1.png
A goldfish tank that swings in pH from one day to the next puts the fish under a kind of stress that a single pH adjustment cannot fix, because the water has no buffering capacity to hold the correction in place. Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 250g (SKU: 102844) is Aqua-Pics' standard retail size of its goldfish buffer, a powder that raises carbonate hardness (KH) and locks pH at around 7.2 to 7.4 rather than letting it drift. Building KH gives the water a reserve that resists the swings caused by waste build-up and carbon dioxide changes, which stops the stressful and damaging fluctuation that can shorten a goldfish's life. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add to algae growth, and the 250 g pack is sized for a household running one or two goldfish tanks on a normal maintenance routine.
The dose is one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and bringing pH toward the 7.2 to 7.4 target per application. A 250 g pack holds about 31 doses, equal to roughly 310 L of treated water, enough to keep a 20 to 60 L goldfish tank buffered through months of routine water changes. The buffer is dosed in the same way as Aqua-Pics' GH conditioner, and the two work together where a tank needs correction to both hardness and pH rather than one or the other. The line also comes in 150 g for a trial pot and in 2.2 kg and 4.5 kg bulk sizes for larger or multiple tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Unstable pH:** Goldfish tanks that drift away from the 7.2 to 7.4 range between water changes.
- **Low buffering capacity:** Water with little carbonate hardness to resist pH swings.
- **Household goldfish tanks:** A 250 g pack matched to one or two tanks on routine maintenance.
- **Combined with GH correction:** Paired with a GH conditioner where both parameters run low.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose by teaspoon:** One rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of tank water.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix the dose into some tank water first, then add it gradually.
- **Check KH and pH:** Test both rather than redosing on a fixed schedule.
- **Dose with each water change:** Keep the buffering topped up as old water is replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.2–7.4:** The range goldfish are suited to, held by raised KH.
- **8 dKH per dose:** A consistent, repeatable buffering increase.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Present in the formula but chosen to limit algae contribution.
- **Standard household size:** About 31 doses per pack for ongoing maintenance.
- **Pairs with GH conditioner:** Dosed the same way for combined hardness and pH correction.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102844
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004661
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm)
- **Target pH:** About 7.2–7.4
- **Treatment Volume:** About 310 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 112921); 2.2 kg (SKU 102845); 4.5 kg (SKU 102846)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 4.5kg
Large-format pH buffer for retail and pond-scale goldfish systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-goldfish-kh-buffer-4-5kg/
- Price: $179.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102846 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004180
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102846-1.png
A retail holding system or an outdoor goldfish pond carries far more water than a household tank, and keeping pH stable across that volume needs a buffer supplied in a matching quantity rather than a string of small pots. Aqua-pics Goldfish Kh Buffer 4.5kg (SKU: 102846) is the largest size of Aqua-Pics' goldfish buffer, the same formula sold throughout the range that raises carbonate hardness (KH) and locks pH at around 7.2 to 7.4. By building carbonate reserve rather than only nudging pH directly, it resists the swings caused by waste build-up and carbon dioxide changes across a large system, reducing the stress that pH instability places on goldfish and supporting their general health and longer life. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are chosen so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and the 4.5 kg size is intended for retail systems, ponds or large fish rooms rather than a single tank.
The dose rate is unchanged from the retail packs: one rounded teaspoon, about 8 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) per application. A 4.5 kg bag holds about 562 of those doses, close to 5,625 L of treated water across its life, enough to buffer a sizeable holding system or a pond through an extended period of regular water changes. Dosing after each water change replaces the buffering capacity that fresh water lacks, and the same bag can be dosed alongside Aqua-Pics' GH conditioner where a system needs both hardness and pH correction at scale. The range runs down to a 150 g pot for a single bowl and through 250 g and 2.2 kg packs before reaching this 4.5 kg size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail holding systems:** Stock tanks needing stable pH across a busy turnover of fish.
- **Outdoor goldfish ponds:** Larger volumes using the same correction at pond scale.
- **Fish rooms with many tanks:** A pack sized to avoid frequent reordering.
- **Heavily stocked systems:** Where waste build-up erodes buffering capacity faster.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh rather than scoop:** Use a scale for accuracy when dosing large volumes repeatedly.
- **Pre-dissolve in bulk:** Mix a measured batch into a bucket before adding it to the system.
- **Dose to actual volume:** Calculate the system's real water volume before scaling the dose.
- **Monitor across the system:** Check KH and pH at several points rather than one spot only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.2–7.4 at volume:** Holds goldfish-suitable pH across large systems.
- **8 dKH per dose:** The same buffering rate as the smaller retail packs.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Selected to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 562 doses per bag:** Close to 5,625 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Retail and pond scale:** The largest size in the Aqua-Pics goldfish buffer range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102846
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004180
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 rounded teaspoon (about 8 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm)
- **Target pH:** About 7.2–7.4
- **Treatment Volume:** About 5,625 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 112921); 250 g (SKU 102844); 2.2 kg (SKU 102845)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums kept for goldfish
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 120g
Neutral pH buffer that treats the cause of pH instability.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-120g/
- Price: $17.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102790 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008379
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102790-1.png
A pH Up or pH Down product only pushes the number in one direction for a day or two before the water drifts straight back, because neither one addresses the real cause: a lack of carbonate hardness (KH) to hold pH in place. Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 120g (SKU: 102790) is Aqua-Pics' neutral buffer, a powder that raises KH, nudges pH up or down as required, and then locks it at around 7.0 rather than letting it swing. Working on KH rather than pH alone stops the fluctuation that stresses fish and contributes to their health and longer life, instead of masking the symptom the way a simple pH adjuster does. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and the 120 g pack is the smallest trial size in the range, suited to a single community or tropical tank.
The dose is one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, which raises KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilises pH toward 7.0 in one application. A 120 g pack holds about 24 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 240 L of treated water, enough for a 20 to 60 L community tank to be dosed repeatedly through a run of regular water changes before the pack runs out. Unlike the goldfish-specific buffer in the Aqua-Pics range, this neutral 7.0 buffer is aimed at general tropical and community aquariums rather than goldfish alone, and it is not a substitute for a proper nitrogen cycle. The same buffer is packed from 250 g right up to a 16 kg bulk size for larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Recurring pH drift:** Tanks where pH Up or pH Down keeps needing to be reapplied.
- **Low carbonate hardness:** Water with little buffering capacity to resist swings.
- **Community and tropical tanks:** General freshwater set-ups rather than goldfish-only systems.
- **First-time buffering:** A trial-size pack for a keeper testing the product on one tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure a level teaspoon:** About 5 g per 10 L of tank water, not a rounded scoop.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Stir into a cup of tank water, then add it to the aquarium.
- **Test KH and pH:** Confirm both before deciding whether a second dose is needed.
- **Dose with water changes:** Reapply each time water is removed and replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targets the cause, not the symptom:** Raises KH instead of only shifting pH temporarily.
- **Locks pH near 7.0:** A neutral target suited to general community tanks.
- **8 dKH per dose:** A measurable, repeatable rise in buffering capacity.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included but selected to limit algae contribution.
- **Smallest pack in the range:** A trial size for a single tank before buying in bulk.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102790
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008379
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 240 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 100924); 400 g (SKU 100925); 800 g (SKU 100926); 2 kg (SKU 102847); 4 kg (SKU 124738); 8 kg (SKU 100927); 16 kg (SKU 102508)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 16kg
Largest neutral buffer size for commercial freshwater systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-16kg/
- Price: $449.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102508 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000311
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102508-1.png
A commercial aquaculture or large wholesale operation runs water chemistry across volumes that make retail dosing products irrelevant, and a buffer still has to reach every tank in the building, not just a display row near the front counter. Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 16kg (SKU: 102508) is the largest size in Aqua-Pics' neutral buffer range, raising carbonate hardness (KH), adjusting pH up or down as required, and locking it at around 7.0 across a commercial-scale system. Correcting KH rather than only shifting pH removes the stressful, damaging fluctuation that pH-only products cannot prevent, supporting fish health and longer life across an entire facility's water. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and 16 kg is intended for commercial and wholesale use where the running cost per litre treated outweighs the convenience of a small pot.
The dose remains the same 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0 per application, scaled up for weighed dosing at this volume. A 16 kg bag holds about 3,200 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 32,000 L of treated water, enough to buffer a large commercial system through an extended operating period from a single bag. As a general-purpose neutral buffer rather than the goldfish-specific product in the range, it suits holding systems, breeding facilities and any large freshwater operation that needs a stable mid pH across many tanks at once. The same product is available down to 120 g for a keeper who needs only a trial quantity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Commercial aquaculture:** Large-scale freshwater production needing consistent pH.
- **Wholesale holding facilities:** High-volume systems treated from a single bulk supply.
- **Entire-facility buffering:** Every tank in a building dosed to the same standard.
- **Reducing per-litre cost:** Operations where the saving over smaller packs is substantial.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh accurately:** Use a scale rather than teaspoon measures for bulk dosing.
- **Pre-dissolve in bulk:** Mix a weighed batch into water before introducing it to the system.
- **Dose to measured volume:** Calculate the actual system volume before scaling the dose up.
- **Monitor across the system:** Check KH and pH at several points in a large facility, not just one.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.0 at commercial scale:** Consistent buffering across an entire facility.
- **8 dKH per dose:** The same formulation used across the whole Aqua-Pics range.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Chosen to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 3,200 doses per bag:** Roughly 32,000 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Largest pack in the range:** Built for commercial and wholesale operations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102508
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000311
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 16 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 32,000 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 102790); 250 g (SKU 100924); 400 g (SKU 100925); 800 g (SKU 100926); 2 kg (SKU 102847); 4 kg (SKU 124738); 8 kg (SKU 100927)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 250g
Standard-size buffer that holds freshwater pH at neutral.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-250g/
- Price: $22.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100924 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000267
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100924-1.png
Chasing pH with daily drops of pH Up or pH Down treats a symptom that returns the moment the bottle is put away, because the water still has no carbonate hardness (KH) of its own to hold the correction. Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 250g (SKU: 100924) is Aqua-Pics' standard retail size of its neutral buffer, raising KH, adjusting pH up or down as required, and then locking it at around 7.0 so it stops moving on its own. Building KH rather than only nudging pH reduces the stressful, damaging fluctuation that short-term adjusters cannot prevent, supporting fish health and longer life across a general freshwater tank. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and the 250 g pack suits a household running a standard community or tropical tank on a normal maintenance cycle.
The dose is one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0 per application. A 250 g pack holds about 50 of those doses, equal to roughly 500 L of treated water, enough to buffer a 40 to 100 L community tank through months of routine water changes. This is a general-purpose neutral buffer rather than the goldfish-specific product in the Aqua-Pics range, so it suits mixed community tanks, tropical set-ups and any freshwater system where a stable mid pH is the goal rather than the slightly alkaline range goldfish prefer. The line also comes in a 120 g trial pot and steps up through 400 g, 800 g, 2 kg, 4 kg, 8 kg and 16 kg for larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Recurring pH drift:** Community tanks where pH will not hold steady between water changes.
- **Replacing pH-only products:** Where repeated pH Up or pH Down dosing is not solving the problem.
- **Standard household tanks:** A 250 g pack matched to a typical community or tropical tank.
- **Setting a neutral baseline:** New set-ups being brought to a stable mid pH before stocking.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose by level teaspoon:** About 5 g per 10 L of tank water, measured level rather than rounded.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix the dose into some tank water first, then add it gradually.
- **Check KH and pH:** Test both before repeating rather than dosing on a fixed interval.
- **Dose with each water change:** Keep buffering topped up as old water is replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.0:** A neutral target suited to general freshwater community tanks.
- **8 dKH per dose:** A consistent, repeatable buffering increase.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Present but chosen to limit the formula's algae contribution.
- **Standard household size:** About 50 doses per pack for ongoing maintenance.
- **General-purpose formula:** Suited to community and tropical tanks, not goldfish alone.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100924
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000267
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 500 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 102790); 400 g (SKU 100925); 800 g (SKU 100926); 2 kg (SKU 102847); 4 kg (SKU 124738); 8 kg (SKU 100927); 16 kg (SKU 102508)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 2kg
Breeder-scale neutral buffer for serious freshwater keepers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-2kg/
- Price: $103.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102847 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264005583
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102847-1.webp
A serious hobbyist running a breeding set-up or a bank of community tanks cannot keep every system at a stable pH by dosing pH Up or pH Down on each one, since neither builds the carbonate hardness (KH) that holds pH in place without constant attention. Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 2kg (SKU: 102847) is the 2 kg size of Aqua-Pics' neutral buffer, raising KH, adjusting pH up or down as required, and locking it at around 7.0 so correction holds between water changes rather than needing to be repeated daily. Working on KH directly cuts the stressful, damaging fluctuation that a pH-only product leaves behind, supporting fish health and longer life across a whole bank of tanks. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and 2 kg is built for a breeder or serious multi-tank keeper rather than a single household aquarium.
The dose rate holds steady across the range: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0 per application. A 2 kg bag holds about 400 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 4,000 L of treated water, enough to buffer a serious collection of breeding or display tanks through an extended run of regular water changes. As a general-purpose neutral buffer rather than the goldfish-specific product in the range, it suits community, tropical and breeding set-ups where a stable mid pH, rather than a slightly alkaline one, is the target. The line runs from a 120 g trial pot through to 4 kg, 8 kg and 16 kg bulk sizes for operations larger again.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding set-ups:** Multiple tanks needing stable, consistent pH for spawning and fry.
- **Serious multi-tank collections:** A size scaled past retail packs for several systems.
- **Reducing daily intervention:** Replacing a routine of repeated pH Up or pH Down dosing.
- **Display tank banks:** Several tanks sharing the same water-change and dosing schedule.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh for consistency:** Use a kitchen scale rather than teaspoon measures for repeat batches.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Mix the measured amount into a bucket of tank water first.
- **Dose per tank volume:** Calculate each tank's actual volume before adding buffer.
- **Test regularly:** Spot-check KH and pH across tanks rather than assuming uniform dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.0 across a bank of tanks:** One target held consistently for breeding or display use.
- **8 dKH per dose:** The same rate used throughout the Aqua-Pics range.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Chosen to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 400 doses per bag:** Roughly 4,000 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Breeder-scale sizing:** Built for serious multi-tank operations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102847
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264005583
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 4,000 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 102790); 250 g (SKU 100924); 400 g (SKU 100925); 800 g (SKU 100926); 4 kg (SKU 124738); 8 kg (SKU 100927); 16 kg (SKU 102508)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 400g
Step-up neutral buffer for a growing freshwater collection.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-400g/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100925 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000274
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100925-1.png
Once a keeper has more than one freshwater tank, dosing pH Up or pH Down on each of them separately becomes a routine that never really fixes anything, since neither product builds the carbonate hardness (KH) the water needs to hold its own pH. Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 400g (SKU: 100925) is the 400 g size of Aqua-Pics' neutral buffer, raising KH, adjusting pH up or down as required, and locking it at around 7.0 so the correction stays in place between water changes. Working on KH directly reduces the stressful, damaging pH fluctuation that symptom-only treatments cannot prevent, contributing to fish health and longer life across every tank it is used in. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and 400 g sits between the standard 250 g retail pack and the 800 g size for a keeper stepping up from a single tank.
The dose stays the same across the range: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0 per application. A 400 g pack holds about 80 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 800 L of treated water, which comfortably covers a growing collection of community tanks through an extended run of regular water changes. As a general-purpose neutral buffer rather than the goldfish-specific product in the range, it suits mixed community and tropical tanks where a stable mid pH, rather than a slightly alkaline one, is the goal. The line runs from a 120 g trial pot up to a 16 kg bulk size for larger operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing tank collections:** A second or third tank added to an existing buffering routine.
- **Persistent pH drift:** Where a single dose is not holding pH between water changes.
- **Larger single tanks:** One bigger community tank using more buffer per dose.
- **Moving past trial sizes:** Keepers who have confirmed the product works before buying larger packs.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure a level teaspoon:** About 5 g per 10 L of tank water for each dose.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Stir the dose into a container of tank water before adding it in.
- **Test across tanks:** Check KH and pH in each tank rather than assuming they match.
- **Dose with the water-change cycle:** Reapply each time a portion of water is replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.0:** Holds a neutral target across a growing number of tanks.
- **8 dKH per dose:** The same buffering rate used across the whole size range.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Chosen to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 80 doses per pack:** Roughly 800 L of treated water from one pack.
- **Mid-range step-up size:** Positioned between the standard retail pack and bulk sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100925
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000274
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 400 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 800 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 102790); 250 g (SKU 100924); 800 g (SKU 100926); 2 kg (SKU 102847); 4 kg (SKU 124738); 8 kg (SKU 100927); 16 kg (SKU 102508)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 4kg
Fish-room bulk buffer for consistent neutral pH.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-4kg/
- Price: $179.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124738 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000298
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124738-1.png
A fish room cycling several racks of tanks cannot afford to let any one of them drift in pH between water changes, and dosing pH Up or pH Down across that many systems is a routine that never actually resolves the underlying lack of carbonate hardness (KH). Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 4kg (SKU: 124738) is the 4 kg bulk size of Aqua-Pics' neutral buffer, raising KH, adjusting pH up or down as required, and locking it at around 7.0 so the correction holds across a whole room of tanks. Working on KH directly rather than only shifting pH reduces the stressful, damaging fluctuation that short-term adjusters cannot prevent, supporting fish health and longer life at fish-room scale. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and 4 kg is built for a fish room or large multi-tank operation rather than a handful of display tanks.
The dose rate is unchanged from the smaller packs: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0 per application. A 4 kg bag holds about 800 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 8,000 L of treated water, enough to carry a fish room through an extended period of regular water changes across many tanks at once. As a general-purpose neutral buffer rather than the goldfish-specific product in the range, it suits any freshwater system, from community stock tanks to breeding racks, where a stable mid pH is the target. The line also comes in smaller 120 g to 2 kg packs, and in an 8 kg and 16 kg size for operations larger still.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms:** Racks of tanks dosed on the same water-change schedule.
- **Large multi-tank operations:** Where a fixed buffering routine replaces per-tank pH adjustment.
- **Reducing running cost:** Bulk buying instead of repeated small-pack purchases at retail price.
- **Consistent water chemistry:** Matching pH across many tanks that share equipment or stock.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh accurately:** Use a scale for every batch rather than teaspoon measures at this volume.
- **Pre-dissolve in bulk:** Mix a weighed batch into a bucket before dosing individual tanks.
- **Dose per tank, not per room:** Work out each tank's volume rather than a room average.
- **Test across the room:** Check KH and pH in a sample of tanks, not just one.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.0 at fish-room scale:** Consistent buffering across many tanks at once.
- **8 dKH per dose:** The same rate used throughout the Aqua-Pics range.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Chosen to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 800 doses per bag:** Roughly 8,000 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Fish-room bulk sizing:** Scaled for large multi-tank operations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124738
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000298
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 8,000 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 102790); 250 g (SKU 100924); 400 g (SKU 100925); 800 g (SKU 100926); 2 kg (SKU 102847); 8 kg (SKU 100927); 16 kg (SKU 102508)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 800g
Multi-tank neutral buffer sized for regular bulk dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-800g/
- Price: $45.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100926 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000281
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100926-1.png
A keeper managing several freshwater tanks on the same water-change day needs enough buffer on the shelf to dose all of them without running short partway through, which is where retail-size packs start to fall short. Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 800g (SKU: 100926) is the 800 g size of Aqua-Pics' neutral buffer, raising carbonate hardness (KH), adjusting pH up or down as required, and locking it at around 7.0 across every tank it treats. Addressing KH directly rather than only shifting pH reduces the stressful, damaging fluctuation that a pH-only product cannot prevent, supporting fish health and longer life across a multi-tank set-up. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and 800 g is built for a keeper with three or more tanks, or one larger system that uses a full dose each time.
The dose is unchanged from the smaller packs: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0 per application. An 800 g pack holds about 160 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 1,600 L of treated water, enough to carry a multi-tank set-up through an extended stretch of regular water changes without reordering. As a general-purpose neutral buffer rather than the goldfish-specific product in the range, it suits mixed community and tropical collections where a stable mid pH is the target. The line continues down to a 120 g trial pot and up through 2 kg, 4 kg, 8 kg and 16 kg bulk sizes for larger operations.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank routines:** Several freshwater tanks buffered on the same water-change day.
- **Larger single systems:** Tanks that use a full dose on every application.
- **Reducing reorder frequency:** A size built to last longer than repeated small-pack purchases.
- **Consistent water chemistry:** Keeping pH matched across several tanks sharing equipment or fish.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh for consistency:** Use a kitchen scale for repeat batches across multiple tanks.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Mix the measured amount into a container of tank water first.
- **Dose per tank, not per room:** Calculate each tank's volume separately before adding buffer.
- **Test regularly:** Check KH and pH in each tank rather than assuming uniform results.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.0 across tanks:** Keeps several systems at the same neutral target.
- **8 dKH per dose:** Consistent with the retail packs in the range.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Chosen to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 160 doses per pack:** Roughly 1,600 L of treated water from one pack.
- **Multi-tank sizing:** Built for three or more tanks rather than a single aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100926
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000281
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 800 g
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 1,600 L per pack at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 102790); 250 g (SKU 100924); 400 g (SKU 100925); 2 kg (SKU 102847); 4 kg (SKU 124738); 8 kg (SKU 100927); 16 kg (SKU 102508)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 8kg
Wholesale-grade neutral buffer for large aquarium operations.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-kh7-0-buffer-8kg/
- Price: $269.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100927 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000304
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100927-1.png
Pet shops, wholesalers and large aquaculture set-ups treat water by the thousands of litres, and buying a buffer in retail-size packs to cover that volume stops making sense long before the shelf space does. Aqua-pics Kh+7.0 Buffer 8kg (SKU: 100927) is the 8 kg size of Aqua-Pics' neutral buffer, raising carbonate hardness (KH), adjusting pH up or down as required, and locking it at around 7.0 across a large operation's worth of tanks. Correcting KH rather than only shifting pH removes the stressful, damaging fluctuation that pH-only products leave behind, supporting fish health and longer life at a scale a retail pot was never built for. The formula contains chemically clean phosphates, which Aqua-Pics states are selected so as not to add meaningfully to algae growth, and 8 kg suits a wholesale operation, large retailer or substantial fish room.
The dose rate is unchanged from the smaller packs: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of aquarium water, raising KH by roughly 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0 per application. An 8 kg bag holds about 1,600 of those doses, equivalent to roughly 16,000 L of treated water, enough to carry a wholesale or large retail system through an extended operating period without reordering. As a general-purpose neutral buffer rather than the goldfish-specific product in the range, it suits any freshwater system, from holding tanks to breeding racks, that needs a stable mid pH rather than a slightly alkaline one. The line runs from 120 g up to 4 kg below this size, and up to a 16 kg bag beyond it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wholesale and retail holding systems:** High-turnover stock tanks needing consistent pH.
- **Large fish rooms:** Operations running well beyond a hobby-scale number of tanks.
- **Reducing per-litre cost:** Bulk buying where the saving over retail packs is substantial.
- **Standardising water chemistry:** One buffering routine applied across a whole facility.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh for every batch:** Use a scale rather than teaspoon measures at this volume.
- **Pre-dissolve in bulk containers:** Mix weighed batches into water before dosing individual systems.
- **Dose to measured volume:** Calculate each system's real water volume before scaling the dose.
- **Monitor across the facility:** Check KH and pH at several points rather than one tank only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Locks pH near 7.0 at wholesale scale:** Consistent buffering across a large operation.
- **8 dKH per dose:** The same rate used throughout the Aqua-Pics range.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Chosen to limit the formula's contribution to algae.
- **About 1,600 doses per bag:** Roughly 16,000 L of treated water from one bag.
- **Wholesale-grade sizing:** Built for large retail and commercial operations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100927
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000304
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH/pH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 8 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (about 5 g) per 10 L, raising KH by about 8 dKH (143 ppm) and stabilising pH near 7.0
- **Treatment Volume:** About 16,000 L per bag at the standard dose
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 102790); 250 g (SKU 100924); 400 g (SKU 100925); 800 g (SKU 100926); 2 kg (SKU 102847); 4 kg (SKU 124738); 16 kg (SKU 102508)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and tropical aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Medicating 10kg
Largest bulk medicating salt for wholesale and retail fish health.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-medicating-10kg/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124716
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124716-1.png
A wholesaler, large retailer or commercial fish health operation treats illness and injury across far more water than a single hospital tank, and keeping medicating salt on hand at that scale needs a pack built for it rather than a shelf full of small bottles. Aqua-pics Medicating 10kg (SKU: 124716) is the largest size in Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free medicating salt range, added to aquariums when fish are suffering from disease, bacterial infection, physical damage or parasites such as white spot. Raising salinity this way helps prevent the secondary infections that often follow those conditions and supports the fish's own healing process, used alongside whatever medication is treating the underlying illness rather than instead of it. At 10 kg, the pack is intended for wholesale, commercial or large multi-tank use rather than a single aquarium.
The tank-treatment rate is 125 g per 100 L added directly to the aquarium when needed, which a 10 kg pack covers for about 8,000 L across its life, enough to treat a substantial number of tanks through an extended outbreak or ongoing health programme. For a concentrated salt bath, 125 g dissolved in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container gives a shorter, stronger dip rather than a whole-tank dose, and 10 kg makes around 80 baths of that strength. Because the salt is phosphate-free, dosing it across many tanks at this volume does not add the phosphate load that some aquarium salts would at the same scale. The same salt is also sold as "Aqua-pics Medicating 4.5kg" for smaller operations, and as "Aqua-pics Medicating Salts" in 150 g, 250 g and 500 g retail packs for single-tank use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wholesale and retail holding systems:** Treating disease or injury across many stock tanks.
- **Commercial fish health programmes:** Ongoing salt supply for routine treatment protocols.
- **Parasites such as white spot:** Used together with a treatment aimed at the parasite.
- **Large-scale outbreaks:** Enough supply to treat a sustained event across many tanks.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Tank treatment:** Add 125 g per 100 L directly to the aquarium when necessary.
- **Salt bath:** Dissolve 125 g in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container.
- **Weigh per system:** Calculate each tank's actual volume rather than a facility average.
- **Combine with medication:** Use alongside the appropriate treatment for the specific illness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free at wholesale scale:** No added phosphate load across a large system.
- **Supports healing:** Aimed at reducing secondary infection risk during recovery.
- **Dual dosing options:** Usable as a whole-tank addition or a concentrated salt bath.
- **About 80 bath treatments:** Or roughly 8,000 L of tank treatment from one pack.
- **Largest pack in the range:** Built for wholesale and commercial use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124716
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Medicating Aquarium Salt
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Dose Rate (Tank):** 125 g per 100 L, added directly to the aquarium when necessary
- **Dose Rate (Salt Bath):** 125 g per 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container
- **Treatment Volume:** About 8,000 L per pack as a tank treatment, or about 80 baths
- **Use With:** An appropriate medication for the illness being treated
- **Other Sizes:** 4.5 kg (SKU 113045)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, quarantine and hospital tanks
---
#### Aqua-pics Medicating 4.5kg
Bulk medicating salt for fish rooms treating disease and injury.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-medicating-4-5kg/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113045
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113045-1.png
A fish room running several hospital or quarantine tanks at once gets through medicating salt quickly, especially during an outbreak that needs more than one tank treated on the same day. Aqua-pics Medicating 4.5kg (SKU: 113045) is the 4.5 kg bulk size of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free medicating salt, added to aquariums when fish are suffering from disease, bacterial infection, physical damage or parasites such as white spot. Raising salinity this way helps prevent the secondary infections that often follow those conditions and supports the fish's own healing process, used alongside whatever medication is actually treating the underlying illness rather than in place of it. At 4.5 kg, the pack suits a fish room or multi-tank operation that needs medicating salt on hand across several systems rather than a single bottle for one tank.
The tank-treatment rate is 125 g per 100 L added directly to the aquarium when needed, which a 4.5 kg pack covers for about 3,600 L across its life, enough for a fish room to treat several tanks through more than one outbreak before running out. For a concentrated salt bath, 125 g dissolved in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container gives a shorter, stronger dip, and 4.5 kg makes around 36 baths of that strength. Because the salt is phosphate-free, repeated dosing across several tanks during a prolonged treatment period does not build up phosphate on top of the load a sick system is already carrying. The same salt is also sold as "Aqua-pics Medicating 10kg" for larger operations, and as "Aqua-pics Medicating Salts" in 150 g, 250 g and 500 g retail packs for single-tank use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Disease outbreaks across tanks:** Treating several systems during the same illness event.
- **Bacterial infection and injury:** Supporting recovery alongside targeted medication.
- **Parasites such as white spot:** Used together with a treatment aimed at the parasite.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** Keeping enough medicating salt on hand for more than one tank.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Tank treatment:** Add 125 g per 100 L directly to the aquarium when necessary.
- **Salt bath:** Dissolve 125 g in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container.
- **Weigh per tank:** Calculate each tank's volume separately rather than estimating across the room.
- **Combine with medication:** Use alongside the appropriate treatment for the specific illness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free at bulk scale:** No added phosphate load across multiple treated tanks.
- **Supports healing:** Aimed at reducing secondary infection risk during recovery.
- **Dual dosing options:** Usable as a whole-tank addition or a concentrated salt bath.
- **About 36 bath treatments:** Or roughly 3,600 L of tank treatment from one pack.
- **Fish-room bulk sizing:** Built for multi-tank outbreaks rather than a single treatment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113045
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Medicating Aquarium Salt
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Dose Rate (Tank):** 125 g per 100 L, added directly to the aquarium when necessary
- **Dose Rate (Salt Bath):** 125 g per 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container
- **Treatment Volume:** About 3,600 L per pack as a tank treatment, or about 36 baths
- **Use With:** An appropriate medication for the illness being treated
- **Other Sizes:** 10 kg (SKU 124716)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, quarantine and hospital tanks
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Down 100g
Small-dose pH reducer for soft-water aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-down-100g/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124755 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008515
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124755-1.png
A tap water supply that tests alkaline is a poor match for soft-water fish, and a single aquarium is often where the mismatch first shows up. Aqua-Pics pH Down 100g (SKU: 124755) is Aqua-Pics' granular pH-lowering treatment for freshwater aquariums, built around sodium biphosphate, a compound that reduces pH by neutralising the alkaline compounds that hold water hardness steady. Aqua-Pics states the formula does not add to algae growth the way some phosphate-based reducers can. The 100 g pack is sized as a trial or single-tank size, enough to make several small corrections on one aquarium before a larger pack is worth buying.
There is no single gram-per-litre dose on the label; Aqua-Pics' direction is to add it in small amounts as required, which lets the pH fall gradually rather than crash, and to avoid overdosing, since a sudden swing stresses fish more than the high pH it is meant to fix. Once the target pH is reached, Aqua-Pics recommends a KH buffer to hold the new level, because stripping away carbonate hardness with a reducer alone leaves the water with little buffering capacity and prone to drift. It suits community tanks of soft-water species such as many tetras, angelfish, apistogramma and other South American cichlids that do poorly in hard, alkaline water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High pH tap water:** Mains water that tests above the range target fish need.
- **Soft-water species:** Tetras, angelfish, apistogramma and other fish that prefer lower pH and hardness.
- **Post water-change correction:** Pulls pH back down after a top-up that reads high.
- **Single-tank dosing:** A 100 g size matched to one aquarium rather than a fish room.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Check current pH before adding anything.
- **Dose in small amounts:** Add a small quantity rather than a calculated bulk dose.
- **Wait and retest:** Allow the water to settle before the next addition, retesting each time.
- **Stabilise after:** Follow with Aqua-Pics KH Buffer once pH is at the target level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium biphosphate formula:** The active compound that lowers pH by neutralising alkaline buffering agents.
- **Will not exacerbate algae:** Aqua-Pics' own claim for the formula, unlike some phosphate-heavy reducers.
- **Dosed gradually:** No large single dose; designed for repeated small additions.
- **Pairs with KH Buffer:** Recommended follow-up for ongoing pH stability.
- **100 g trial size:** Sized for one aquarium or for testing the product before a bigger pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124755
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008515
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Down (Reducer)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Active Ingredient:** Sodium biphosphate
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, for pH stability after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 200 g (SKU 124756), 400 g (SKU 124757), 800 g (SKU 724799), 2 kg (SKU 724800)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Down 200g
Granular pH reducer sized for a community tank needing regular top-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-down-200g/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124756 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001028
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124756-1.png
A heavily stocked community tank on hard tap water often needs more than one correction a month, and a 100 g pack runs out fast once that becomes routine. Aqua-Pics pH Down 200g (SKU: 124756) is the 200 g pack of Aqua-Pics' granular freshwater pH reducer, built on sodium biphosphate to bring down a pH that is sitting too high for the fish being kept. Aqua-Pics states the formula will not add to algae growth, a point that matters with phosphate-based reducers generally. At double the smallest pack, 200 g suits an aquarist dosing one display tank regularly rather than making a single one-off correction.
As with the rest of the Aqua-Pics pH Down range, there is no single measured dose on the label: the direction is to add it in small amounts as required, letting pH ease down rather than drop sharply, and never to overdose, since a fast swing is harder on fish than the high pH itself. Once the target is reached, Aqua-Pics recommends following up with its own KH Buffer, because a reducer used on its own strips away the carbonate hardness that keeps pH from drifting back up or crashing further. It is intended for soft-water community species, tetras, angelfish, apistogramma and similar South American and West African fish that struggle in hard, alkaline water. Retesting with a reliable kit before each addition avoids compounding doses on a tank that has already reached its target.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hard tap water:** Mains supply testing above the pH target for the fish kept.
- **Regular top-ups:** Tanks where the pH needs resetting after most water changes.
- **Soft-water communities:** Tetras, angelfish, apistogramma and related species.
- **Repeated small corrections:** A 200 g size for ongoing dosing rather than a single fix.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check pH first:** Test before adding any reducer.
- **Add gradually:** Small quantities, not a single calculated dose.
- **Retest between doses:** Give the water time to settle and recheck before adding more.
- **Stabilise with KH Buffer:** Use once the target pH is reached to hold it there.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium biphosphate active:** Reduces pH by neutralising alkaline buffering compounds.
- **Algae claim:** Aqua-Pics states the formula does not add to algae growth.
- **Incremental dosing:** Designed to be added gradually rather than as one measured dose.
- **KH Buffer companion:** Recommended for holding pH once lowered.
- **200 g pack:** Sized for repeat dosing on one well-stocked display.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124756
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001028
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Down (Reducer)
- **Net Weight:** 200 g
- **Active Ingredient:** Sodium biphosphate
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 124755), 400 g (SKU 124757), 800 g (SKU 724799), 2 kg (SKU 724800)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Down 2kg
The largest pack of Aqua-Pics' granular pH reducer, built for shops and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-down-2kg/
- Price: $58.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724800 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008928
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724800-1.png
A retailer or a serious hobbyist running dozens of tanks cannot be re-ordering a 200 g tub every fortnight, and the cost per gram only improves once a pack is bought by the kilogram. Aqua-Pics pH Down 2kg (SKU: 724800) is the largest pack in the Aqua-Pics pH Down range, a sodium-biphosphate granular reducer for bringing alkaline freshwater down toward the level soft-water fish need. Aqua-Pics states the formula does not add to algae growth, a relevant point given how much product passes through a system this size over a year. The 2 kg pack suits aquarium shops, large fish rooms and anyone maintaining many soft-water tanks from one supply.
The dosing principle does not change with pack size: there is no single gram-per-litre rate on the label, and Aqua-Pics' direction is to add it in small amounts as required, never in one large measured dose, because a rapid pH swing is harder on fish than a stable high reading. Once a tank reaches its target pH, Aqua-Pics recommends its own KH Buffer to hold that level, since the carbonate hardness removed by the reducer is what normally resists further pH drift. At this volume, the pack is treated as working stock rather than a single-dose product, kept sealed between uses and measured out tank by tank for soft-water community and breeding set-ups across a whole room of aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shop and wholesale stock:** Ongoing pH correction across many display or holding tanks.
- **Large fish rooms:** Several tanks running on the same hard water supply.
- **High-turnover dosing:** Systems where pH needs resetting after most water changes.
- **Long-term cost efficiency:** Buying once rather than repeatedly restocking small packs.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure per tank:** Dose from the bulk pack into one aquarium at a time.
- **Small, repeated additions:** Avoid treating the whole 2 kg as a single large dose for any one tank.
- **Retest before redosing:** Check pH has settled before adding more to the same tank.
- **Follow with KH Buffer:** Use once each tank is at its target pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium biphosphate formula:** The active pH-lowering compound, unchanged across pack sizes.
- **Low algae impact:** Aqua-Pics' stated advantage for the formula.
- **Bulk 2 kg size:** The largest pack in the range, suited to shops and fish rooms.
- **Designed for repeat use:** Measured out gradually across many tanks over time.
- **KH Buffer companion:** Recommended for holding pH once each tank is corrected.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724800
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008928
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Down (Reducer)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Active Ingredient:** Sodium biphosphate
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 124755), 200 g (SKU 124756), 400 g (SKU 124757), 800 g (SKU 724799)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Down 400g
Mid-size pH reducer for a multi-tank setup or a demanding display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-down-400g/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124757 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001035
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124757-1.png
A fishkeeper running two or three tanks on the same hard tap water ends up treating the same problem several times over, and a single 200 g pack is soon spread thin. Aqua-Pics pH Down 400g (SKU: 124757) is the 400 g pack of Aqua-Pics' granular freshwater pH reducer, formulated with sodium biphosphate to bring an alkaline tank down toward the range a soft-water collection needs. Aqua-Pics states that, unlike some phosphate-based reducers, its formula does not add to algae growth. The 400 g size is pitched at a multi-tank hobbyist or a single demanding display that needs regular, ongoing correction rather than an occasional top-up.
The dosing instruction is the same across the range: there is no fixed gram-per-litre rate, Aqua-Pics' direction is to add it in small amounts as required and never overdose, since a rapid pH swing is harder on fish than a high but stable reading. Bringing pH down with a reducer alone removes carbonate buffering capacity, so Aqua-Pics recommends its KH Buffer once the target pH is reached, to hold the new reading rather than let it drift. The 400 g pack suits households or small fish rooms keeping several tanks of soft-water species, tetras, angelfish, apistogramma, and other South American or West African fish that need an acidic, low-hardness environment to do well. Checking pH with a test kit rather than estimating by eye keeps each of several tanks from being over-corrected on the same visit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple tanks:** Two or more aquariums drawing from the same hard tap water.
- **Ongoing correction:** A display that needs re-dosing on most water change days.
- **Soft-water collections:** Tetras, angelfish, apistogramma and similar species kept together.
- **Stepping up from a smaller pack:** Once 100–200 g packs are being used up quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test each tank:** Check pH before dosing any individual aquarium.
- **Dose gradually, tank by tank:** Add small amounts rather than one bulk measure.
- **Space out additions:** Retest before dosing again on the same tank.
- **Follow with KH Buffer:** Stabilise each tank once it reaches the target pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium biphosphate formula:** Lowers pH by neutralising alkaline buffering compounds.
- **Low algae impact:** Aqua-Pics' own claim for the formula.
- **Built for gradual dosing:** No single large dose; add and retest.
- **Works with KH Buffer:** The paired product for long-term stability.
- **400 g size:** Enough for repeated dosing across several tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124757
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001035
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Down (Reducer)
- **Net Weight:** 400 g
- **Active Ingredient:** Sodium biphosphate
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 124755), 200 g (SKU 124756), 800 g (SKU 724799), 2 kg (SKU 724800)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Down 800g
Bulk pH reducer for a fish room or several large displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-down-800g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724799 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001042
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724799-1.png
A fish room with half a dozen tanks on the same bore or mains supply burns through a small reducer pack within weeks, and buying it by the hundred grams becomes its own chore. Aqua-Pics pH Down 800g (SKU: 724799) is the 800 g pack of Aqua-Pics' granular freshwater pH reducer, using sodium biphosphate to bring alkaline water down toward a soft-water target. Aqua-Pics states the formula will not add to algae growth, unlike some phosphate-heavy alternatives. At 800 g it is a bulk size meant for several tanks, a breeding setup or a single large display with a persistently high pH.
Dosing follows the same pattern as the smaller packs: Aqua-Pics gives no single gram-per-litre figure, instead directing small, incremental doses and warning against overdosing, since a sharp pH swing stresses fish more than a stable but elevated reading. Because reducing pH strips away carbonate buffering capacity, Aqua-Pics recommends its KH Buffer once each tank reaches its target, to hold the new level through subsequent water changes. The 800 g pack is intended for keepers running several soft-water set-ups at once, discus, tetras, angelfish, apistogramma and other acid-water species, where dosing one tank at a time from a single large pack is more practical than juggling several small ones.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple established tanks:** A fish room or several displays sharing the same hard water supply.
- **Breeding set-ups:** Soft, slightly acidic water favoured by species that spawn more readily under those conditions.
- **Persistently high pH:** Water that keeps testing high after most changes, needing regular correction.
- **Buying in bulk:** Avoiding repeat purchases of smaller packs for ongoing use.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Treat tanks individually:** Dose and test each aquarium on its own, not as a batch.
- **Small increments:** Add a little at a time rather than measuring for the whole pack at once.
- **Retest before repeating:** Confirm the pH has settled before dosing again.
- **Pair with KH Buffer:** Once at target, switch to the buffer to hold the reading.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium biphosphate active:** The compound responsible for lowering pH.
- **Low algae impact:** Aqua-Pics' stated advantage over some phosphate-based reducers.
- **Gradual-dose design:** Intended for repeated small additions, not one large dose.
- **KH Buffer pairing:** Recommended companion for holding pH once adjusted.
- **800 g bulk pack:** Sized for several tanks or a fish room rather than one aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724799
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001042
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Down (Reducer)
- **Net Weight:** 800 g
- **Active Ingredient:** Sodium biphosphate
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 124755), 200 g (SKU 124756), 400 g (SKU 124757), 2 kg (SKU 724800)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Up 150g
Phosphate-free pH increaser for a single soft-water aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-up-150g/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124752 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008508
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124752-1.png
Rainwater tanks and some bore supplies run acidic, and a tank stocked with livebearers or African cichlids on that water needs more alkalinity than the tap gives it. Aqua-Pics pH Up 150g (SKU: 124752) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free pH increaser, a granular treatment that raises pH by counteracting the acid compounds holding water hardness low. At 150 g it is the smallest pack in the range, enough for several corrections on one small to medium aquarium rather than an ongoing multi-tank routine.
As with the rest of the range, there is no single measured dose: Aqua-Pics' direction is to add it in small amounts as required, which raises pH gradually rather than in one jump, and never to overdose, since a fast swing stresses fish more than a stable low reading. Once the target pH is reached, Aqua-Pics recommends its own KH Buffer to hold that level through later water changes, because raising pH without adding ongoing buffering capacity leaves the reading free to drift back down. It suits hard-water-loving community fish, livebearers such as guppies and platies, African cichlids and goldfish, kept in water that is naturally too soft or acidic for them. Because pH and general hardness commonly move together in soft water, a GH conditioner used alongside the increaser gives a fuller correction than treating pH alone. Checking the result with a reliable test kit, rather than judging by eye, keeps a single small aquarium from being over-corrected.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft or acidic tap water:** Rainwater tanks or supplies that test low on pH and hardness.
- **Hard-water species:** Livebearers, African cichlids and goldfish that need higher pH.
- **Occasional correction:** A single aquarium needing a top-up adjustment, not constant dosing.
- **Trial size:** A smaller pack before committing to a larger one.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before dosing:** Check current pH first.
- **Add in small amounts:** No single calculated dose; build up gradually.
- **Retest between additions:** Let the water settle before adding more.
- **Stabilise with KH Buffer:** Use once the target pH is reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** No added phosphate, unlike some pH adjusters.
- **Raises pH by neutralising acid compounds:** Targets the cause of persistently low pH.
- **Gradual dosing:** Designed for small, repeated additions rather than one dose.
- **KH Buffer companion:** Recommended for ongoing pH stability.
- **150 g size:** A single-tank or trial pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124752
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008508
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Up (Increaser)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffering compound
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 124753), 500 g (SKU 124754), 1 kg (SKU 724797), 2.5 kg (SKU 724798)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Up 1kg
Phosphate-free pH increaser for a fish room on soft water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-up-1kg/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724797 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001127
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724797-1.png
A fish room with several tanks on tank or rain water spends a lot of its maintenance time just getting pH back up to where hard-water fish need it, and that routine uses a lot of product. Aqua-Pics pH Up 1kg (SKU: 724797) is the 1 kg pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free pH increaser, raising pH by counteracting the acid compounds responsible for a persistently low reading. At a full kilogram it is built for repeat use across several tanks rather than a single aquarium.
The dosing instruction is unchanged from the smaller packs: no fixed gram-per-litre rate, small amounts added as required, and no overdosing, because a quick pH rise stresses fish more than a stable low one. Aqua-Pics recommends its KH Buffer once each tank reaches its target, since an increaser used alone does not leave the water with lasting buffering capacity and the pH can slip again between water changes. The 1 kg pack suits a breeding or holding setup for livebearers, African cichlids and goldfish, where several tanks are drawing from the same soft or acidic water supply and need the same correction on a recurring basis. Because pH and general hardness commonly move together in naturally soft water, Aqua-Pics' GH Salt range used alongside the increaser addresses both at once rather than treating pH as an isolated figure. Retesting each tank before its next dose keeps the correction from overshooting once several aquariums are on the same schedule.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Several tanks needing the same correction repeatedly.
- **Holding and grow-out tanks:** Larger systems on soft or acidic water.
- **Hard-water species:** Livebearers, African cichlids and goldfish.
- **Recurring maintenance:** Pattern of pH dropping after most water changes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Treat each tank separately:** Dose and test one aquarium at a time.
- **Small, repeated additions:** Avoid dosing the whole kilogram at once.
- **Retest before redosing:** Confirm the pH has settled first.
- **Follow with KH Buffer:** Use once a tank is at its target pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added to any of the tanks treated.
- **Neutralises acid compounds:** The basis of the pH increase.
- **Built for repeat dosing:** A kilogram pack for ongoing, multi-tank use.
- **KH Buffer companion:** The recommended follow-up for stability.
- **1 kg size:** Suited to a fish room rather than a single aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724797
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001127
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Up (Increaser)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffering compound
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 124752), 250 g (SKU 124753), 500 g (SKU 124754), 2.5 kg (SKU 724798)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Up 2.5kg
The largest Aqua-Pics pH increaser, for shops and large fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-up-2-5kg/
- Price: $55.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724798 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264007648
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724798-1.webp
A shop holding system or a large fish room can run through a 500 g or 1 kg pack of pH increaser within a season, and ordering the smallest size repeatedly is rarely the efficient option. Aqua-Pics pH Up 2.5kg (SKU: 724798) is the largest pack in the Aqua-Pics phosphate-free pH increaser range, raising pH by counteracting acid compounds across many tanks drawing from the same soft or acidic supply. The 2.5 kg size is working stock for a business or a serious multi-tank hobbyist rather than a single-dose product.
The dosing principle is the same regardless of pack size: Aqua-Pics specifies no fixed gram-per-litre rate, directs small amounts added as required, and warns against overdosing, since a rapid pH rise is harder on fish than a stable low reading. Once a tank reaches its target pH, Aqua-Pics recommends its KH Buffer to hold the level there, because the increaser on its own does not leave lasting buffering capacity behind. At 2.5 kg, the pack is kept sealed and measured out tank by tank for livebearers, African cichlids, goldfish and other hard-water species across a holding system, display range or breeding room. Pairing the increaser with Aqua-Pics' GH Salt range addresses hardness at the same time, since soft water and low pH typically occur together across a shared supply, and retesting each tank individually before redosing avoids overshooting once several aquariums are on a shared schedule.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shop and wholesale holding systems:** Many tanks needing the same correction.
- **Large fish rooms:** Several displays on soft or acidic water.
- **High product turnover:** Facilities that would otherwise reorder small packs often.
- **Hard-water collections at scale:** Livebearers, African cichlids and goldfish kept across many tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure per tank:** Dose from the bulk pack into one aquarium at a time.
- **Small, repeated additions:** Never treat the full 2.5 kg as a single dose.
- **Retest before redosing:** Confirm pH has settled before adding more.
- **Follow with KH Buffer:** Apply once each tank is at target.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Unchanged across the whole Aqua-Pics pH Up range.
- **Acid-neutralising action:** The mechanism behind the pH rise.
- **Bulk 2.5 kg size:** The largest pack, suited to shops and fish rooms.
- **Designed for repeat use:** Measured out gradually across many tanks.
- **KH Buffer companion:** Recommended for holding pH once corrected.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724798
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264007648
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Up (Increaser)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffering compound
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 124752), 250 g (SKU 124753), 500 g (SKU 124754), 1 kg (SKU 724797)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Up 250g
Phosphate-free pH increaser for routine top-ups on soft water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-up-250g/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124753 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001103
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124753-1.png
A community tank that drops pH every time it is topped up from a soft or acidic supply ends up needing the same correction over and over, and a 150 g pack does not last through a season of that. Aqua-Pics pH Up 250g (SKU: 124753) is the next step up in Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free pH increaser range, raising pH by counteracting the acid compounds that keep water soft and low-pH. Water this soft commonly comes from rainwater tanks, reverse-osmosis units or supplies run through peat, none of which suit livebearers, African cichlids or goldfish without correction. The 250 g pack suits a tank that needs regular small corrections rather than an occasional one-off fix.
The dosing method is the same across the range: no fixed gram-per-litre rate, small amounts added as required, and no overdosing, because a sudden rise is harder on fish than a stable low pH. Aqua-Pics recommends following any correction with its KH Buffer, since raising pH alone does not add lasting buffering capacity and the reading can slip back down between water changes without it. Because pH and general hardness often track together in naturally soft water, a GH conditioner used alongside the increaser gives a more complete correction than treating pH on its own. The 250 g size fits a single well-stocked tank or a light multi-tank routine for livebearers, African cichlids, goldfish and other species that need harder, more alkaline water than many tap or tank supplies naturally provide, with results confirmed by a reliable test kit rather than judged by eye.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular top-ups:** Water changes that consistently test low on pH afterward.
- **Hard-water fish:** Livebearers, African cichlids, goldfish and similar species.
- **Soft tap or tank water:** Supplies that run acidic without treatment.
- **Step-up from a trial pack:** Once a 150 g pack is being used up quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check pH first:** Test before every dose.
- **Small, repeated doses:** Build the pH up gradually.
- **Space out additions:** Retest before dosing again.
- **Hold with KH Buffer:** Apply once the target pH is reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No added phosphate load to the tank.
- **Neutralises acid compounds:** The mechanism behind the pH rise.
- **Built for repeat dosing:** Suited to tanks needing regular correction.
- **Works with KH Buffer:** The recommended follow-up product.
- **250 g pack:** Sized for ongoing use on one tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124753
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001103
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Up (Increaser)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffering compound
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 124752), 500 g (SKU 124754), 1 kg (SKU 724797), 2.5 kg (SKU 724798)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Ph Up 500g
Phosphate-free pH increaser for a multi-tank soft-water setup.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-ph-up-500g/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124754 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001110
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124754-1.png
Keeping more than one tank of hard-water fish on a soft or acidic supply means treating the same problem in several aquariums at once, and that uses product faster than a single-tank pack can keep up with. Aqua-Pics pH Up 500g (SKU: 124754) is the 500 g pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free pH increaser, raising pH by counteracting the acid compounds that keep soft water low. Soft, acidic water of this kind is typical of rainwater tanks, reverse-osmosis systems and peat-filtered supplies, none of which suit hard-water fish without treatment. It is sized for a household with several tanks or one larger display that needs ongoing correction.
Dosing follows the same approach across the range: Aqua-Pics gives no fixed gram-per-litre figure, directs small amounts added as required, and warns against overdosing, since a rapid pH rise is harder on fish than a stable low reading. Once a tank is at its target pH, Aqua-Pics recommends its KH Buffer to keep it there, because the increaser alone does not leave behind the ongoing buffering capacity that resists pH drift between water changes. Because pH and general hardness tend to move together in naturally soft water, pairing the increaser with a GH conditioner gives a fuller correction than adjusting pH on its own, particularly where more than one tank is affected. The 500 g size is intended for livebearers, African cichlids, goldfish and other hard-water species across more than one aquarium drawing from the same soft supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several tanks at once:** Multiple aquariums on the same soft or acidic water.
- **Large single display:** One bigger tank needing ongoing correction.
- **Hard-water collections:** Livebearers, African cichlids and goldfish kept together.
- **Moving up from smaller packs:** When 150–250 g packs run out too fast.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose tank by tank:** Treat each aquarium separately, not as one batch.
- **Add gradually:** Small amounts, retested before repeating.
- **Avoid single large doses:** Spread corrections out over several additions.
- **Stabilise with KH Buffer:** Apply once each tank reaches its target pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** No added phosphate from the treatment.
- **Acid-neutralising action:** Raises pH by counteracting acid compounds.
- **Suited to multiple tanks:** A size matched to more than one aquarium.
- **KH Buffer pairing:** Recommended for holding the corrected pH.
- **500 g pack:** A mid-range size between trial packs and bulk buying.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 124754
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001110
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater pH Up (Increaser)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffering compound
- **Dose Rate:** No fixed rate; add in small amounts as required and avoid overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Aqua-Pics KH Buffer, to stabilise pH after adjustment
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 124752), 250 g (SKU 124753), 1 kg (SKU 724797), 2.5 kg (SKU 724798)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Pond Gh Salt 20kg
Bulk mineral conditioner for large koi ponds and multiple pond systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-pond-gh-salt-20kg/
- Price: $199.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113021 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004333
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113021-1.png
A large koi pond, or several smaller ponds on the one property, needs far more mineral conditioner over a season than a household-size pack can supply. Aqua-Pics Pond GH Salt 20kg (SKU: 113021) is the bulk pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free pond mineral conditioner, raising general hardness (GH) and adding the minerals, elements and trace elements that tap water and rainwater often lack but goldfish and koi need. Aqua-Pics' directions remain one rounded teaspoon, or 8 g, per 10 L, raising GH by about 14 dGH (250 ppm) and lifting pH above 7.4. At that rate the 20 kg pack treats roughly 25,000 L in a single application, enough for a large pond or several medium ones.
Low GH leaves goldfish and koi working harder to regulate the movement of water and salts across their gills and skin, and soft water commonly runs a lower, less stable pH as well, so a mineral salt that lifts both at once avoids treating them as separate problems. A pond this large, or a cluster of ponds run from one supply of conditioner, is usually topped up after rain dilutes the water or after a partial drain-and-refill, rather than treated once and left. The 20 kg size is intended to be stored as ongoing stock and measured out per pond rather than used all at once, which keeps the dose rate consistent across repeat applications through a season.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large koi ponds:** Bigger volumes needing a full-strength GH and pH correction.
- **Multiple ponds:** Several smaller ponds treated from one bulk supply.
- **Post-rain dilution:** Rainwater softening pond water and dropping pH.
- **Seasonal top-ups:** Repeated correction through the year rather than a single dose.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure by volume:** 8 g (1 rounded teaspoon) per 10 L of pond water, scaled up for the full pond.
- **Pre-dissolve in batches:** Mix measured amounts in a bucket before adding to larger ponds.
- **Expect the correction:** About 14 dGH (250 ppm) GH rise and pH above 7.4 at the stated rate.
- **Confirm by testing:** Retest GH and pH after each application rather than assuming it has held.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added across large-volume dosing.
- **Lifts GH and pH together:** Addresses soft, low-pH water in one treatment.
- **Trace minerals included:** Elements missing from many tap and rain water supplies.
- **Consistent 8 g per 10 L rate:** Scales reliably from a bucket dose to a whole pond.
- **20 kg bulk pack:** Treats about 25,000 L per application, sized for large or multiple ponds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113021
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004333
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 8 g (1 rounded teaspoon) per 10 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 25,000 L per application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 14 dGH (250 ppm); raises pH above 7.4
- **Other Sizes:** 4.5 kg (SKU 102468)
- **Target Environment:** Goldfish and koi ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Pond Gh Salt 4.5kg
Mineral conditioner for goldfish and koi pond water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-pond-gh-salt-4-5kg/
- Price: $56.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102468 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004319
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102468-1.png
Rainwater-fed ponds and tank water low in dissolved minerals leave goldfish and koi without the general hardness they need for healthy osmotic balance. Aqua-Pics Pond GH Salt 4.5kg (SKU: 102468) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free mineral conditioner for pond water, formulated to raise general hardness (GH) and add the minerals, elements and trace elements that tap water and rainwater often lack but goldfish and koi need. Aqua-Pics' directions are one rounded teaspoon, or 8 g, to 10 L of water, which raises GH by about 14 dGH (250 ppm) and lifts pH to above 7.4. At that rate the 4.5 kg pack treats roughly 5,625 L of pond water for one full application.
General hardness is the measure of dissolved calcium and magnesium salts that fish use to regulate water movement in and out of their cells; water that is too soft forces goldfish and koi to work harder at osmoregulation, and soft water also tends to run a lower, less stable pH. Raising GH with a mineral salt like this one addresses both at once, lifting hardness and nudging pH up toward the mildly alkaline range koi and goldfish prefer. The 4.5 kg pack suits a mid-size ornamental pond or several smaller ponds being treated from one stock of product, with repeat doses needed after rain dilution or partial water changes rather than only once at setup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New pond fill:** Tap or rain water tested low on GH before stocking.
- **After heavy rain:** Dilution from rainwater runoff softening the pond.
- **Partial water changes:** Replacing some pond volume with soft tap water.
- **Low pH alongside soft water:** Ponds where pH sits low along with GH.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure by volume:** One rounded teaspoon, or 8 g, per 10 L of pond water.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Mix into a bucket of pond water first, then distribute around the pond.
- **Expect the rise:** About 14 dGH (250 ppm) GH increase and pH above 7.4 at the stated rate.
- **Retest after dosing:** Confirm GH and pH before assuming the pond is corrected.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No added phosphate load to pond water.
- **Raises GH and pH together:** One product addresses both low hardness and low pH.
- **Adds trace minerals:** Elements often missing from tap water and rainwater.
- **Measured dose:** 8 g per 10 L for a predictable, repeatable correction.
- **4.5 kg pack:** Treats roughly 5,625 L per full application at the stated rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102468
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004319
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Pond GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 8 g (1 rounded teaspoon) per 10 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 5,625 L per application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 14 dGH (250 ppm); raises pH above 7.4
- **Other Sizes:** 20 kg (SKU 113021)
- **Target Environment:** Goldfish and koi ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 10kg
Wholesale-scale GH conditioner for shops and large fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-10kg/
- Price: $130.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102253 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000144
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102253-1.png
A shop with rows of tropical display tanks, or a large private fish room, treats GH correction as a routine running cost rather than an occasional fix, and that scale calls for a pack well beyond household sizes. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 10kg (SKU: 102253) is a wholesale-scale pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, adding back the minerals, elements and trace elements missing from soft tap water and rainwater. Aqua-Pics' directions are one level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, raising GH by about 8 dGH (140 ppm), putting the 10 kg pack at roughly 16,000 L across its applications.
At shop or large-room scale, GH conditioner is drawn from the same pack across many tanks over an extended period, so consistency in the dose is what keeps display and holding tanks reading the same rather than drifting apart as each is topped up separately. Tropical community species sold or kept across such a system, tetras, barbs, livebearers and the like, all need the same baseline mineral content regardless of which tank they are in, and dosing from one 10 kg supply is more practical than tracking several smaller packs through the same period. The pack is intended as working stock, kept sealed and measured out per tank rather than dosed in one large batch.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shop display systems:** Many tropical tanks drawing on the same conditioner supply.
- **Large private fish rooms:** Dozens of tanks needing the same correction.
- **Ongoing wholesale use:** GH dosing treated as routine maintenance, not a one-off.
- **Consistent stock-wide chemistry:** Keeping every tank at a comparable GH.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose per tank:** 5 g per 8 L measured out for each aquarium on its own.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix in a container before adding to any display or holding tank.
- **Expect about 8 dGH:** The typical rise (140 ppm) per application.
- **Log each dose:** Track which tanks have been treated across a large system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** The same formula as every other pack size in the range.
- **Wholesale-scale pack:** Built for shop or large fish-room consumption.
- **Restores trace elements:** Minerals missing from soft tap and rainwater supplies.
- **Consistent 5 g per 8 L rate:** Reliable across a large number of tanks.
- **10 kg pack:** About 16,000 L of treatment across its applications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102253
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000144
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 16,000 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102792), 250 g (SKU 101613), 500 g (SKU 101614), 1 kg (SKU 102143), 2.5 kg (SKU 112994), 4.5 kg (SKU 112995), 20 kg (SKU 112949)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 150g
Trial-size mineral conditioner for a single tropical community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-150g/
- Price: $8.81 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102792 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008416
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102792-1.png
Soft tap water and rainwater often carry too little dissolved mineral content for tropical community fish, which rely on general hardness (GH) to manage water movement across their gills and skin. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 150g (SKU: 102792) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner for tropical freshwater aquariums, adding the minerals, elements and trace elements that tap water and rainwater commonly lack. Aqua-Pics' directions are one level teaspoon, or 5 g, to 8 L of water, raising GH by about 8 dGH (140 ppm). At that rate the 150 g pack is good for roughly 240 L across one or more applications, making it a trial or single small-tank size rather than an ongoing supply.
General hardness supports osmoregulation in freshwater fish, and water that is too soft forces fish to work harder to maintain the right balance of salts across their cells, which shows up over time as poorer condition rather than an acute problem. Tropical community species, tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar fish, generally fare better within a moderate GH range than in very soft water, and a conditioner like this one restores that mineral content without the phosphate load some treatments carry. The 150 g pack suits a single small to medium community tank being corrected occasionally, with the dose repeated after water changes that bring the GH back down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank setup:** Tap or rain water testing low on GH before stocking.
- **After water changes:** Soft water diluting the tank's mineral content.
- **Tropical community tanks:** Tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar species.
- **Single small aquariums:** A trial-size pack for one tank rather than several.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure the dose:** One level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L of aquarium water.
- **Dissolve first:** Mix into a small amount of tank or dechlorinated water before adding.
- **Expect the rise:** About 8 dGH (140 ppm) GH increase at the stated rate.
- **Retest afterward:** Confirm GH with a test kit rather than assuming the dose has taken effect.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No phosphate added with the mineral boost.
- **Restores GH:** Replaces minerals missing from soft tap or rainwater.
- **Adds trace elements:** Supports general fish health beyond hardness alone.
- **Measured 5 g per 8 L dose:** A repeatable, predictable correction.
- **150 g trial size:** Suited to one small to medium community tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102792
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008416
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 240 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101613), 500 g (SKU 101614), 1 kg (SKU 102143), 2.5 kg (SKU 112994), 4.5 kg (SKU 112995), 10 kg (SKU 102253), 20 kg (SKU 112949)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 1kg
GH conditioner for a keeper running two or three tropical tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-1kg/
- Price: $24.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102143 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000120
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102143-1.png
Correcting general hardness across two or three tropical tanks at once, rather than just one, uses up a mid-size pack far quicker than the labelling might suggest. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 1kg (SKU: 102143) is the 1 kg pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, restoring the minerals, elements and trace elements that soft tap water and rainwater commonly lack. Aqua-Pics' direction is one level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, raising GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm), which makes the 1 kg pack good for about 1,600 L across its applications.
Several tropical tanks sharing the same soft water supply all need the same correction on the same schedule, and dosing each one from a single kilogram pack is more practical than running down several smaller tubs in parallel. Community species such as tetras, barbs and livebearers rely on adequate GH for normal osmoregulation, and a soft-water household supply leaves every tank in the house under-mineralised in the same way, so the dosing routine tends to repeat across tanks rather than being a one-off for a single aquarium. The 1 kg size is built around that repeat, multi-tank use, with each dose confirmed using a reliable GH test kit rather than judged by eye.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two or three tropical tanks:** Shared soft water supply across a small collection.
- **Regular household dosing:** The same correction needed on more than one tank.
- **Community species:** Tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar fish.
- **Moving past single-tank packs:** Once 250–500 g packs are not keeping pace.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose each tank separately:** Measure 5 g per 8 L for each aquarium individually.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Mix into tank water rather than adding the powder directly.
- **Expect about 8 dGH:** The typical GH increase (140 ppm) per application.
- **Track and repeat:** Retest each tank and redose on its own schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** The same mineral-only correction across the range.
- **Built for multiple tanks:** A size matched to a small household collection.
- **Restores trace elements:** Minerals missing from soft tap or tank water.
- **Consistent dosing math:** 5 g per 8 L, unchanged from the smaller packs.
- **1 kg pack:** About 1,600 L of treatment across its full applications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102143
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000120
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,600 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102792), 250 g (SKU 101613), 500 g (SKU 101614), 2.5 kg (SKU 112994), 4.5 kg (SKU 112995), 10 kg (SKU 102253), 20 kg (SKU 112949)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 2.5kg
Bulk GH conditioner for a small fish room or breeding setup.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-2-5kg/
- Price: $51.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112994 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008973
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112994-1.png
A small fish room or a breeder running several tropical tanks needs GH correction at a scale that a 1 kg pack cannot sustain for long. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 2.5kg (SKU: 112994) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner in a 2.5 kg bulk pack, adding back the minerals, elements and trace elements commonly missing from soft tap water and rainwater. At the stated rate of one level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, raising GH by about 8 dGH (140 ppm), the 2.5 kg pack is good for roughly 4,000 L across its applications.
Breeding setups for many tropical community species benefit from a stable, known GH rather than whatever hardness the local supply happens to deliver, and a dedicated mineral salt lets that level be set and reset deliberately after each water change. Running several tanks on the same soft-water source means the same dose is repeated tank by tank rather than measured once for the whole system, and a bulk pack avoids running out partway through a batch of tanks. The 2.5 kg size is meant to be kept as ongoing stock, measured out as needed rather than used in one go, with each dose confirmed against a reliable GH test kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small fish rooms:** Several tropical tanks sharing the one soft water supply.
- **Breeding setups:** Stable, repeatable GH for spawning and grow-out tanks.
- **Regular multi-tank dosing:** The same correction applied across several aquariums.
- **Bulk buying:** Avoiding frequent reorders of 500 g to 1 kg packs.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose tank by tank:** 5 g per 8 L measured out for each aquarium separately.
- **Pre-dissolve each batch:** Mix in a container before adding to any tank.
- **Expect about 8 dGH:** The typical rise (140 ppm) per application.
- **Keep a dosing log:** Useful across several tanks to track which have been treated.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No added phosphate across bulk, repeat dosing.
- **Suited to fish rooms:** A size built for several tanks rather than one.
- **Restores trace elements:** The same mineral blend as the smaller packs.
- **Predictable 5 g per 8 L rate:** Scales reliably across many tanks.
- **2.5 kg pack:** About 4,000 L of treatment across its applications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112994
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008973
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 4,000 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102792), 250 g (SKU 101613), 500 g (SKU 101614), 1 kg (SKU 102143), 4.5 kg (SKU 112995), 10 kg (SKU 102253), 20 kg (SKU 112949)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 20kg
The largest Aqua-Pics GH conditioner pack, for large-scale wholesale use.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-20kg/
- Price: $179.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112949 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000151
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112949-1.png
At the top of the Aqua-Pics range, 20 kg is a pack meant for operations where GH correction runs continuously across many tanks rather than being dosed occasionally into one or two. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 20kg (SKU: 112949) is the largest pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, restoring the minerals, elements and trace elements missing from soft tap water and rainwater. At the stated rate of one level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, raising GH by about 8 dGH (140 ppm), the 20 kg pack is good for roughly 32,000 L across its applications, the largest capacity in the range.
A pack of this size is bought as working stock rather than for a single correction, intended for a large shop, a wholesale supplier or a sizeable private fish room dosing many tropical tanks from the one supply over an extended period. Tropical community species across such a system, tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar fish, need the same stable mineral content wherever they are housed, and a single large pack keeps that baseline consistent instead of mixing several smaller packs with slightly different handling between them. As with the rest of the range, the correction is not permanent and is meant to be reapplied tank by tank after water changes rather than dosed once across the whole system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large-scale wholesale use:** Continuous GH correction across many tropical tanks.
- **Big shops and holding systems:** Display and stock tanks drawn from one supply.
- **Sizeable private fish rooms:** Dozens of tanks needing the same ongoing correction.
- **Long-term stock:** Buying once rather than repeatedly restocking smaller packs.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose per tank:** 5 g per 8 L measured out individually, never for the whole 20 kg at once.
- **Pre-dissolve each batch:** Mix in a container before adding to any tank.
- **Expect about 8 dGH:** The typical GH rise (140 ppm) per application.
- **Track treated tanks:** Keep records across a large system to avoid double-dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Identical mineral blend to every smaller pack.
- **Largest Aqua-Pics pack:** Built for continuous, large-scale GH correction.
- **Restores trace elements:** The same minerals missing from soft water supplies.
- **Consistent 5 g per 8 L rate:** Reliable regardless of how many tanks are treated.
- **20 kg pack:** About 32,000 L of treatment across its applications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112949
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000151
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 32,000 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102792), 250 g (SKU 101613), 500 g (SKU 101614), 1 kg (SKU 102143), 2.5 kg (SKU 112994), 4.5 kg (SKU 112995), 10 kg (SKU 102253)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 250g
Mineral conditioner sized for regular GH correction on one tropical tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-250g/
- Price: $36.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101613 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000106
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101613-1.png
A tropical tank on soft tap water tends to drop in general hardness every time it is topped up, and correcting it once is rarely enough to keep it stable. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 250g (SKU: 101613) is the 250 g pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, restoring the minerals, elements and trace elements that soft tap water and rainwater often lack. Aqua-Pics' directions are one level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, lifting GH by about 8 dGH (140 ppm), which puts the 250 g pack at roughly 400 L across its applications, enough for a tank needing repeated correction through several water changes.
Tropical community fish, tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar species, use dissolved minerals to regulate water and salt movement across their gills and skin, and persistently soft water leaves that process working harder than it needs to. Restoring GH with a dedicated mineral salt avoids relying on incidental hardness from substrate or decor, which is inconsistent from tank to tank. Because the correction is not permanent, Aqua-Pics' dose is meant to be repeated as needed after water changes rather than applied once at setup and forgotten, and the 250 g pack is sized for that ongoing routine on a single aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Recurring soft water:** GH dropping back down after most water changes.
- **Established community tanks:** Tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar fish.
- **Low mineral tap water:** Supplies that consistently test soft.
- **Step-up from a trial pack:** Once a 150 g pack runs out quickly.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure accurately:** One level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L of water.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Stir into a cup of tank water before adding to the aquarium.
- **Expect about 8 dGH:** The typical GH rise (140 ppm) at the stated rate.
- **Re-dose after changes:** Repeat following water changes that bring GH back down.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Mineral correction without added phosphate.
- **Restores missing minerals:** Elements and trace elements absent from soft tap water.
- **Consistent 5 g per 8 L rate:** Predictable across repeat applications.
- **Supports tropical community fish:** Tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar species.
- **250 g pack:** Sized for a tank needing ongoing, repeated correction.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101613
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000106
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 400 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102792), 500 g (SKU 101614), 1 kg (SKU 102143), 2.5 kg (SKU 112994), 4.5 kg (SKU 112995), 10 kg (SKU 102253), 20 kg (SKU 112949)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 4.5kg
Large-format GH conditioner for a serious multi-tank fish room.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-4-5kg/
- Price: $72.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112995 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008959
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112995-1.png
A fish room with a dozen or more tropical tanks goes through GH conditioner at a rate that makes a 2.5 kg pack a short-term solution rather than a season's supply. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 4.5kg (SKU: 112995) is the 4.5 kg pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner, restoring the minerals, elements and trace elements missing from soft tap water and rainwater. At the standard rate of one level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, raising GH by about 8 dGH (140 ppm), the 4.5 kg pack is good for roughly 7,200 L across its applications.
In a room with many tanks, consistency between aquariums matters as much as the correction itself; dosing every tank to the same GH from one bulk supply keeps the whole collection on comparable water chemistry rather than drifting apart as different tanks are topped up on different schedules. Tropical community fish across such a room, tetras, barbs, livebearers and similar species, all benefit from the same stable mineral content, and a 4.5 kg pack supports that routine for longer between restocks than the mid-range packs in the Aqua-Pics line. It is meant to be stored sealed and measured out tank by tank rather than dosed in bulk into a sump or central system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Serious fish rooms:** A dozen or more tropical tanks on shared soft water.
- **Consistent multi-tank chemistry:** Keeping every tank at a similar GH.
- **Reduced restocking:** Less frequent reordering than with 1–2.5 kg packs.
- **Ongoing breeding or holding systems:** Stable hardness across many aquariums.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose per tank:** 5 g per 8 L measured individually for each aquarium.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Pre-mix in a bucket rather than dosing powder directly.
- **Expect about 8 dGH:** The typical GH rise (140 ppm) per application.
- **Rotate through the room:** Track which tanks have been dosed on a given day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Consistent across every pack size in the range.
- **Large-format pack:** Suited to a fish room rather than a handful of tanks.
- **Restores trace elements:** The same mineral blend used in the smaller sizes.
- **Reliable 5 g per 8 L rate:** Keeps dosing consistent across many tanks.
- **4.5 kg pack:** About 7,200 L of treatment across its applications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112995
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008959
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 7,200 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102792), 250 g (SKU 101613), 500 g (SKU 101614), 1 kg (SKU 102143), 2.5 kg (SKU 112994), 10 kg (SKU 102253), 20 kg (SKU 112949)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Tropical Gh Salt 500g
Mid-size mineral conditioner for a larger tropical display or frequent dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-tropical-gh-salt-500g/
- Price: $11.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101614 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000113
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101614-1.png
A larger tropical display, or a tank that gets more frequent partial water changes, needs GH correction on a bigger scale than a 250 g pack is built for. Aqua-Pics Tropical GH Salt 500g (SKU: 101614) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free GH conditioner at the 500 g size, adding back the minerals, elements and trace elements that soft tap water and rainwater often lack. At Aqua-Pics' stated rate of one level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, raising GH by about 8 dGH (140 ppm), the 500 g pack is good for roughly 800 L across its full set of applications.
Dissolved minerals give tropical fish, tetras, barbs, livebearers and other community species, the general hardness they rely on for osmoregulation, and a bigger or more heavily stocked tank is more exposed to the effects of persistently soft water than a small one. Because the correction fades as the tank is topped up or partially changed, the dose is meant to be reapplied rather than treated as permanent, and a 500 g pack covers more of that repeat dosing before it needs replacing than the smaller packs in the range. It suits a single larger community tank or a lightly loaded pair of tanks sharing the same soft water supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger tropical displays:** Bigger volumes needing more product per correction.
- **Frequent water changes:** Tanks topped up often enough to need regular re-dosing.
- **Shared soft water supply:** A couple of tanks drawing from the same low-GH source.
- **Moving beyond a 250 g pack:** Once smaller packs are not lasting a season.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure per dose:** One level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 8 L, scaled to tank volume.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Mix in a container of tank water first.
- **Expect the correction:** About 8 dGH (140 ppm) GH rise at the stated rate.
- **Retest and repeat:** Check GH periodically and redose after significant water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No added phosphate alongside the mineral boost.
- **Covers larger volumes:** 500 g stretches further than the smaller packs.
- **Adds trace elements:** Supports fish health beyond hardness alone.
- **Predictable 5 g per 8 L rate:** The same dosing math as the rest of the range.
- **Suited to bigger displays:** A size matched to larger tanks or light multi-tank use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101614
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000113
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater GH Conditioner (Mineral Salt)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free mineral salt with trace elements
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 800 L per full application at the stated rate
- **Effect:** Raises GH by approximately 8 dGH (140 ppm)
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102792), 250 g (SKU 101613), 1 kg (SKU 102143), 2.5 kg (SKU 112994), 4.5 kg (SKU 112995), 10 kg (SKU 102253), 20 kg (SKU 112949)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Conditioner & Buffer, Buffer (kh Buffer), 90g
Small-pack carbonate hardness buffer for turtle water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-conditioner-buffer-buffer-kh-buffer-90g/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102223
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102223-1.jpg
A newly set up turtle tank or a keeper trying a buffer for the first time does not need a kilogram tub sitting half used on a shelf. Aqua-Pics Turtle Conditioner & Buffer, Buffer (KH Buffer), 90g (SKU: 102223) is a 90 g pack of Aqua-Pics' turtle carbonate hardness (KH) buffer, a dry powder that raises KH in turtle aquariums and ponds and holds pH at approximately 7.2 instead of letting it drift acidic between water changes. It also adds essential minerals, including calcium, with the same dose. At 90 g it is a smaller pack than the current 120 g to 4 kg sizes listed for this line, suited to a trial or a tank needing only occasional top-ups.
The dose rate matches the rest of the Turtle KH Buffer range: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, which raises KH by roughly 7 dKH (125 ppm) and brings pH up towards 7.2. A 90 g pack holds about 18 of those doses, enough to buffer around 180 L of aquarium water across repeated applications rather than a single large dose. Carbonate hardness is drawn down steadily by waste breakdown and by the calcium a turtle takes from the water for its shell, so small, regular doses hold the system steadier than one large correction. Dissolve the measured amount into a bucket before adding it, test KH and pH ahead of dosing, and keep the pack sealed between uses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank set-ups:** A small pack for buffering a turtle tank from its first water changes.
- **Trial-size buying:** Lets a keeper test the product before committing to a larger size.
- **Occasional top-ups:** Suits a tank that is not buffered at every single change.
- **Calcium alongside buffering:** Adds minerals for shell health with the same dose.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the dose:** One level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Stir into a bucket of water, then add it to the tank.
- **Test KH and pH:** Confirm both are low before dosing rather than guessing.
- **Reseal the pack:** Keep it airtight between uses to protect the remaining powder.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate hardness buffer:** Raises KH and holds pH at about 7.2 in turtle water.
- **Adds essential minerals:** Calcium included alongside the buffering effect.
- **7 dKH per 10 L dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) lifts carbonate hardness by about 125 ppm.
- **90 g pack:** About 18 doses, buffering roughly 180 L in total.
- **Small-pack format:** Suited to trial use or a tank needing only occasional buffering.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102223
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 90 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising KH by about 7 dKH (125 ppm), holding pH near 7.2
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 180 L across 18 doses
- **Contents:** Carbonate hardness buffer with essential minerals and calcium
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Gh Salt 150g
Calcium and mineral top-up for a single turtle tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-gh-salt-150g/
- Price: $11.21 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008522
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113000-1.png
A turtle kept in plain tap water slowly runs short of the calcium and trace minerals a growing shell needs. Aqua-Pics Turtle GH Salt 150g (SKU: 113000) is the smallest pack in Aqua-Pics' turtle general hardness (GH) range, a dry mineral salt that raises GH by adding calcium, magnesium and trace elements rather than adjusting the water in the abstract. It is phosphate free, so it will not feed algae growth while it works, and it is dosed by dissolving the measured salt into water rather than sprinkling it in directly. The 150 g pouch suits a single turtle tank or a trial of the line before buying a larger size.
One level teaspoon, about 5 g, dissolved into 10 L of water raises GH by roughly 9 dGH (160 ppm), the same dose and effect used across every pack size in the range. The 150 g pack holds about 30 of those doses, enough to treat roughly 300 L of aquarium water spread over top-ups and water changes. Because the lift comes from calcium and magnesium rather than a single mineral, the same salt also suits shrimp, snails and other hard-water invertebrates sometimes kept in the same system. Dissolve the dose into new water before it goes into the tank rather than scattering it over a basking turtle, and test GH before dosing so the lift is not stacked on water that is already hard.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New water changes:** Mineralise fresh tap water before it replaces water removed from the tank.
- **Soft tap water:** Supplements supplies where general hardness drifts down between changes.
- **Shell and growth support:** Keeps calcium and magnesium available for a growing turtle's shell.
- **Trial size:** A 150 g pack for testing the product before a larger size is bought.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure the dose:** One level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Stir the salt into a bucket of water, then add it to the tank.
- **Test first:** Check GH before dosing so the increase is not stacked on hard water.
- **Repeat at changes:** Re-dose each time a portion of the water is replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **GH-raising mineral salt:** Adds calcium, magnesium and trace elements rather than a single mineral.
- **Phosphate free:** Will not add phosphate to feed algae in the tank.
- **One dose, 10 L:** A level teaspoon per 10 L raises GH by about 9 dGH.
- **150 g pack:** About 30 doses, treating roughly 300 L across top-ups.
- **Shared formulation:** The same salt also suits shrimp and snails needing extra hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008522
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising GH by about 9 dGH (160 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 300 L across 30 doses
- **Contents:** Calcium, magnesium and trace element mineral salt, phosphate free
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 102071); 500 g (SKU 102072); 1 kg (SKU 102116); 2.5 kg (SKU 112996); 4.5 kg (SKU 112997)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Gh Salt 1kg
Bulk general hardness salt for turtle tanks on a regular dosing routine.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-gh-salt-1kg/
- Price: $34.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102116 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000731
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102116-1.png
A turtle kept for years on soft tap water needs its general hardness topped up at every water change, and buying that mineral by the small pouch becomes an ongoing chore. Aqua-Pics Turtle GH Salt 1kg (SKU: 102116) is the kilogram size of Aqua-Pics' turtle GH conditioner, a dry salt that raises general hardness by supplying calcium, magnesium and trace elements to water that runs short on minerals. It is phosphate free, so it does not add to algae pressure while it works, and the 1 kg pack is built for keepers dosing regularly rather than occasionally.
The dose is one level teaspoon, roughly 5 g, dissolved into 10 L of water, which raises GH by approximately 9 dGH or 160 ppm. At that rate the 1 kg pack holds about 200 doses, enough to mineralise around 2,000 L of water across the life of the pack, whether that is one large pond or many smaller top-ups over months. The same calcium and magnesium mix that supports shell strength and growth in turtles also contributes to the good health of shrimp, snails, crustaceans and other aquatic animals that need extra calcium, so a mixed-species turtle tank benefits from the same dose. Dissolve the measured amount into a bucket of water before adding it, and store the resealed pack away from damp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ongoing water changes:** A size built for turtles dosed with every change rather than occasionally.
- **Multiple tanks:** One kilogram covers several turtle tanks run from the same mineral stock.
- **Soft or RO-sourced water:** Mineralises supplies that carry little natural calcium or magnesium.
- **Shrimp and snail tank-mates:** The same hardness boost supports invertebrates kept alongside turtles.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Weigh or measure:** One level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Mix into a bucket of water, then add it to the tank.
- **Test GH regularly:** Track hardness over successive changes rather than guessing.
- **Reseal the pack:** Keep it airtight between uses to protect the remaining salt.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium, magnesium and trace elements:** A multi-mineral conditioner rather than a single salt.
- **Phosphate free:** Formulated without phosphate that would otherwise feed algae.
- **9 dGH per 10 L dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) lifts hardness by about 160 ppm.
- **1 kg pack:** About 200 doses, mineralising roughly 2,000 L in total.
- **Benefits invertebrates too:** Supports shrimp, snails and crustaceans needing calcium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102116
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000731
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising GH by about 9 dGH (160 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,000 L across 200 doses
- **Contents:** Calcium, magnesium and trace element mineral salt, phosphate free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113000); 250 g (SKU 102071); 500 g (SKU 102072); 2.5 kg (SKU 112996); 4.5 kg (SKU 112997)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Gh Salt 2.5kg
Pond-size GH conditioner for larger turtle systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-gh-salt-2-5kg/
- Price: $59.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112996 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264007433
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112996-1.png
A backyard turtle pond or a bank of breeding tanks holds far more water than a single display aquarium, and a mineral conditioner sold in small pouches cannot keep up without constant reordering. Aqua-Pics Turtle GH Salt 2.5kg (SKU: 112996) is the 2.5 kilogram size of Aqua-Pics' turtle general hardness (GH) conditioner, a dry salt formulated to raise GH by adding calcium, magnesium and trace elements to water that has gone soft. It is phosphate free and is dosed by dissolving the measured salt into water rather than tipping it in loose, and the 2.5 kg tub is built for ponds, multiple tanks and larger systems rather than one small aquarium.
The dose stays the same across every size in the range: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, which raises GH by roughly 9 dGH (160 ppm). A 2.5 kg tub holds around 500 of those doses, enough to mineralise about 5,000 L of water, which suits a pond or several turtle tanks dosed from the same stock over an extended period. The calcium and magnesium in the mix support shell strength and growth in turtles and are equally useful to shrimp, snails and other calcium-dependent invertebrates sharing the same pond or tank. Dissolve each dose in a bucket before adding it, and keep the tub's lid sealed between uses so the salt does not clump from moisture.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turtle ponds:** Mineralises large outdoor volumes that a small pack cannot cover economically.
- **Multiple tanks:** One tub of salt services several turtle systems dosed on the same schedule.
- **Breeders and shops:** A bulk size for anyone dosing GH conditioner across many tanks.
- **Shrimp and snail colonies:** Shares the mineral lift with invertebrates kept in the same water.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Scale the dose up:** Keep the ratio at one level teaspoon (5 g) per 10 L regardless of total volume.
- **Pre-dissolve in bulk:** Mix a larger batch in a drum or bucket before adding it to a pond.
- **Test before each addition:** Confirm GH is actually low before dosing a large system.
- **Seal the tub:** Close it tightly between uses to keep the remaining salt free-flowing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk GH conditioner:** Calcium, magnesium and trace elements sized for ponds and multiple tanks.
- **Phosphate free:** Does not contribute phosphate that would feed algae growth.
- **9 dGH per dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) per 10 L across the full Aqua-Pics range.
- **2.5 kg tub:** About 500 doses, mineralising roughly 5,000 L in total.
- **Suits mixed systems:** The same salt benefits shrimp, snails and other invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112996
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264007433
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising GH by about 9 dGH (160 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 5,000 L across 500 doses
- **Contents:** Calcium, magnesium and trace element mineral salt, phosphate free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113000); 250 g (SKU 102071); 500 g (SKU 102072); 1 kg (SKU 102116); 4.5 kg (SKU 112997)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Gh Salt 250g
General hardness mineral salt for small turtle aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-gh-salt-250g/
- Price: $14.55 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102071 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000717
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102071-1.png
Turtles housed in rainwater or filtered tap water are kept in water with very little dissolved mineral content, which is the opposite of what a shell needs over time. Aqua-Pics Turtle GH Salt 250g (SKU: 102071) is a dry general hardness (GH) conditioner formulated for turtle tanks and ponds, adding calcium, magnesium and trace elements to water that is too soft rather than simply pushing a number up on a test strip. It is phosphate free, dissolves fully into water before dosing, and the 250 g pack is sized for a small to mid-size turtle tank kept on a regular water-change schedule.
The dose is one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, which raises GH by roughly 9 dGH (160 ppm) regardless of pack size. A 250 g pack holds about 50 doses, which covers around 500 L of aquarium water across repeated top-ups rather than in one application. Mineral content matters most where tap water is already soft or where frequent water changes keep washing calcium and magnesium out of the system faster than a turtle's diet replaces it. The same salt, being a calcium and magnesium mix rather than a straight carbonate buffer, also suits shrimp and snails sharing the water. Dissolve the measured dose in a bucket first, and test GH before and after dosing until the routine is familiar.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft water supplies:** Rainwater, RO or very soft tap water that leaves turtles short on minerals.
- **Regular water changes:** Replaces calcium and magnesium stripped out with each change.
- **Small to mid-size tanks:** A 250 g pack matched to tanks on a weekly dosing routine.
- **Shell health:** Ongoing mineral supply for growing and adult turtles alike.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Measure first:** One level teaspoon, roughly 5 g, for every 10 L of water.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Stir into a bucket of water rather than adding the dry salt directly.
- **Check GH before dosing:** Confirm the water is actually soft before adding minerals.
- **Dose with changes:** Repeat the same ratio every time water is replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium and magnesium mineral mix:** Raises GH with the same elements a turtle needs for its shell.
- **Phosphate free:** Does not contribute to algae growth in the tank.
- **9 dGH per dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) per 10 L lifts hardness by about 160 ppm.
- **250 g pack:** About 50 doses, enough for roughly 500 L across repeated use.
- **Works for invertebrates too:** Suits shrimp and snails sharing a turtle's water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102071
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000717
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising GH by about 9 dGH (160 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 500 L across 50 doses
- **Contents:** Calcium, magnesium and trace element mineral salt, phosphate free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113000); 500 g (SKU 102072); 1 kg (SKU 102116); 2.5 kg (SKU 112996); 4.5 kg (SKU 112997)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Gh Salt 4.5kg
Bulk mineral salt for turtle breeders and multi-tank systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-gh-salt-4-5kg/
- Price: $89.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112997 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000748
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112997-1.png
A breeder running a dozen turtle tanks, or a shop holding stock across several systems, works through a general hardness conditioner far faster than a single-tank keeper, and the smaller packs in a range stop being practical. Aqua-Pics Turtle GH Salt 4.5kg (SKU: 112997) is the largest size in Aqua-Pics' turtle GH range, a dry mineral salt that raises general hardness by adding calcium, magnesium and trace elements rather than a single ingredient. It is phosphate free and dosed by dissolving the measured amount into water before it reaches the tank, and the 4.5 kg tub is built for sustained, high-volume dosing rather than occasional top-ups.
The dose rate is unchanged from the smaller packs: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, raising GH by roughly 9 dGH (160 ppm). A 4.5 kg tub holds around 900 of those doses, enough to mineralise about 9,000 L of water over the life of the pack, whether that volume is used on one large system or spread across many smaller tanks. The calcium and magnesium support shell strength and growth in turtles, and the same mineral mix suits shrimp, snails and other invertebrates that need extra hardness, which matters in a multi-species facility drawing from one stock of salt. Weigh doses out in bulk batches rather than by eye, and reseal the tub tightly between uses to stop it absorbing moisture from the air.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turtle breeders:** A bulk size for operations dosing many tanks from one source of salt.
- **Retail and holding systems:** Keeps general hardness consistent across stock tanks under frequent water changes.
- **Large ponds:** Mineralises outdoor volumes well beyond what the smaller packs can cover.
- **Mixed turtle and invertebrate stock:** Services shrimp and snail tanks alongside turtles on the same mineral dose.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Keep the ratio fixed:** One level teaspoon (5 g) per 10 L, scaled up for larger batches.
- **Batch-dissolve:** Mix larger quantities in a drum before distributing the dose to each tank.
- **Track usage:** Record doses across multiple systems so each tank receives the same lift.
- **Store sealed and dry:** Keep the tub closed between uses to protect the remaining salt.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest pack in the range:** 4.5 kg of calcium, magnesium and trace element salt.
- **Phosphate free:** Will not add phosphate load across multiple dosed systems.
- **Fixed dose rate:** 5 g per 10 L raises GH by about 9 dGH, unchanged from smaller sizes.
- **About 900 doses:** Treats roughly 9,000 L of aquarium or pond water in total.
- **Suits multi-species facilities:** Benefits turtles, shrimp and snails from a single mineral stock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112997
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000748
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising GH by about 9 dGH (160 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 9,000 L across 900 doses
- **Contents:** Calcium, magnesium and trace element mineral salt, phosphate free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113000); 250 g (SKU 102071); 500 g (SKU 102072); 1 kg (SKU 102116); 2.5 kg (SKU 112996)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Gh Salt 500g
Mid-size mineral salt for turtles sharing a tank with shrimp or snails.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-gh-salt-500g/
- Price: $18.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102072 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000724
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102072-1.png
A turtle tank that also holds shrimp or apple snails has two sets of mineral needs at once, and both run short in the same soft water. Aqua-Pics Turtle GH Salt 500g (SKU: 102072) is a dry general hardness (GH) conditioner for turtle aquariums and ponds, lifting GH by adding calcium, magnesium and trace elements rather than a single mineral alone. It is phosphate free and dosed by dissolving the measured salt into water before it reaches the tank. The 500 g size steps up from the smaller packs in the range for a tank run on a steady water-change schedule or for keepers topping up more than one system.
The dose rate is unchanged across the Aqua-Pics Turtle GH Salt range: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water raises GH by roughly 9 dGH (160 ppm). A 500 g pack holds about 100 of those doses, which covers around 1,000 L of aquarium water used over repeated applications rather than a single dose. The same mineral mix that supports shell strength and growth in turtles also benefits shrimp, snails and other invertebrates that need calcium and magnesium for their shells, which is useful in a mixed turtle-and-invertebrate setup. Dissolve the dose in a bucket rather than adding it straight to the tank, and keep the pack sealed between uses since the salt draws moisture from the air.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed turtle and invertebrate tanks:** One mineral salt that benefits a turtle's shell and a snail's at once.
- **Weekly or fortnightly changes:** Mineralises replacement water drawn from soft tap supplies.
- **Stepping up pack size:** A 500 g size for keepers who have outgrown the smaller packs.
- **Ponds and larger tanks:** Suits volumes beyond what a 250 g pack comfortably covers.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose by volume:** One level teaspoon, roughly 5 g, for every 10 L of water.
- **Dissolve fully:** Stir into a bucket until the salt disappears before adding it to the tank.
- **Confirm with a test:** Check GH before dosing to avoid stacking it on already-hard water.
- **Keep the pack sealed:** Close the container tightly between uses to stop it absorbing moisture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-mineral GH salt:** Calcium, magnesium and trace elements in one dry conditioner.
- **Phosphate free:** Will not add phosphate to feed algae in the tank.
- **Consistent 9 dGH dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) per 10 L across every pack size.
- **500 g pack:** About 100 doses, treating roughly 1,000 L in total.
- **Shrimp and snail friendly:** The same calcium and magnesium lift suits tank-mates needing hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102072
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000724
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle GH Conditioner
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising GH by about 9 dGH (160 ppm)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,000 L across 100 doses
- **Contents:** Calcium, magnesium and trace element mineral salt, phosphate free
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 113000); 250 g (SKU 102071); 1 kg (SKU 102116); 2.5 kg (SKU 112996); 4.5 kg (SKU 112997)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Kh Buffer 120g
Carbonate hardness buffer that holds pH above 7.2 for turtle tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-kh-buffer-120g/
- Price: $17.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112950 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008591
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112950-1.png
Turtle water left untreated tends to drift acidic between water changes, and a falling pH stresses a turtle long before it becomes obvious to the keeper. Aqua-Pics Turtle KH Buffer 120g (SKU: 112950) is a dry carbonate hardness (KH) buffer formulated for turtle aquariums and ponds, raising KH and holding pH at approximately 7.2 rather than letting it fall with every top-up. Alongside the buffering effect it adds essential minerals, including calcium, to the water. The 120 g pouch is the entry size in the range, suited to a single turtle tank kept on a regular dosing routine.
The dose is one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, which raises KH by roughly 7 dKH (125 ppm) and brings pH up towards and holds it near 7.2. A 120 g pouch holds around 24 of those doses, enough to treat roughly 240 L of aquarium water spread across repeated top-ups rather than a single large dose. Carbonate hardness is consumed over time by waste breakdown and by the calcium a turtle draws from the water for its shell, so a buffer that also supplies calcium addresses both the pH drift and the mineral loss at once. Dissolve the measured dose into a bucket of water before adding it to the tank, and test KH and pH before dosing rather than guessing at the amount needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling pH between changes:** Buffers carbonate hardness that waste breakdown otherwise consumes.
- **New water changes:** Treats replacement water before it goes into the tank.
- **Single turtle tanks:** A 120 g pouch sized for a tank on a regular dosing schedule.
- **Calcium top-up:** Supplies minerals alongside the buffering effect for shell health.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the dose:** One level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water.
- **Dissolve before dosing:** Stir into a bucket of water, then add it to the tank.
- **Test KH and pH first:** Confirm both are low before buffering, rather than overdosing.
- **Repeat with changes:** Dose again each time a portion of the water is replaced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate hardness buffer:** Raises KH and holds pH at about 7.2 rather than letting it drift.
- **Adds calcium and minerals:** Supports shell health alongside the buffering effect.
- **7 dKH per dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) per 10 L lifts carbonate hardness by about 125 ppm.
- **120 g pouch:** About 24 doses, treating roughly 240 L across top-ups.
- **Entry size:** The smallest pack in the Aqua-Pics Turtle KH Buffer range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112950
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008591
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising KH by about 7 dKH (125 ppm), holding pH near 7.2
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 240 L across 24 doses
- **Contents:** Carbonate hardness buffer with essential minerals and calcium
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 102224); 400 g (SKU 102225); 800 g (SKU 102226); 4 kg (SKU 725091)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Kh Buffer 250g
pH-stabilising carbonate buffer for turtle tanks and small ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-kh-buffer-250g/
- Price: $22.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102224 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000793
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102224-1.png
A turtle tank that swings in pH between water changes is harder on its occupant than one held at a steady, slightly alkaline level. Aqua-Pics Turtle KH Buffer 250g (SKU: 102224) is a dry buffer that raises carbonate hardness (KH) in turtle aquariums and ponds and holds pH at approximately 7.2 rather than letting it slide with every top-up. It also adds essential minerals, including calcium, so the same dose addresses buffering and mineral supply together. The 250 g pack steps up from the entry size for a keeper running a slightly larger tank or dosing more often.
One level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water raises KH by roughly 7 dKH (125 ppm) and brings pH up towards 7.2, the same dose used across every pack size in the range. A 250 g pack holds about 50 of those doses, enough to buffer around 500 L of aquarium water over repeated applications. Carbonate hardness is used up continuously as waste breaks down and as a turtle draws calcium from the water for its shell, so regular small doses hold the system steadier than a single large correction. Dissolve the measured amount in a bucket before adding it, test KH and pH ahead of dosing, and keep the pack sealed between uses since the buffer draws moisture from the air.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **pH drift between changes:** Holds carbonate hardness and pH steadier than untreated water.
- **Small ponds and larger tanks:** A 250 g pack for volumes beyond a single entry-size tank.
- **Frequent dosing routines:** Suits keepers topping up more often than the smallest pack allows.
- **Calcium alongside buffering:** Supplies minerals for shell health with the same dose.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the dose:** One level teaspoon, roughly 5 g, for every 10 L of water.
- **Dissolve fully:** Stir into a bucket of water until it clears, then add it to the tank.
- **Test before dosing:** Confirm KH and pH are low rather than correcting by guesswork.
- **Dose little and often:** Repeat with each water change rather than one large correction.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate hardness and pH buffer:** Raises KH and holds pH near 7.2.
- **Mineral and calcium supply:** Supports shell health as part of the same dose.
- **7 dKH per 10 L dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) lifts carbonate hardness by about 125 ppm.
- **250 g pack:** About 50 doses, buffering roughly 500 L in total.
- **Step-up size:** Suits tanks that have outgrown the 120 g pouch.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102224
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000793
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising KH by about 7 dKH (125 ppm), holding pH near 7.2
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 500 L across 50 doses
- **Contents:** Carbonate hardness buffer with essential minerals and calcium
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112950); 400 g (SKU 102225); 800 g (SKU 102226); 4 kg (SKU 725091)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Kh Buffer 400g
Mid-size carbonate buffer for turtle tanks dosed on a regular cycle.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-kh-buffer-400g/
- Price: $33.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102225 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000809
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102225-1.png
A turtle tank running through weekly or fortnightly water changes needs the same KH buffer added every time, and a small pouch runs out faster than it is convenient to reorder. Aqua-Pics Turtle KH Buffer 400g (SKU: 102225) is the 400 g size of Aqua-Pics' turtle carbonate hardness buffer, raising KH in turtle aquariums and ponds while holding pH at approximately 7.2. It also adds essential minerals, including calcium, with the same dose. The 400 g pack sits between the smaller pouches and the bulk sizes, suited to a tank on a settled dosing routine rather than occasional use.
The dose is unchanged across the range: one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, raising KH by roughly 7 dKH (125 ppm) and holding pH near 7.2. A 400 g pack holds about 80 of those doses, enough to buffer around 800 L of aquarium water across repeated applications rather than one treatment. Because carbonate hardness is drawn down steadily by waste breakdown and by a turtle's own calcium use, dosing in step with water changes keeps the system more stable than correcting a drop after it has already happened. Dissolve the measured amount into a bucket before it goes into the tank, test KH and pH ahead of each dose, and keep the pack sealed between uses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Settled dosing routines:** A 400 g size for tanks buffered at every change rather than occasionally.
- **pH held near neutral:** Keeps carbonate hardness and pH from drifting acidic over time.
- **Stepping up from smaller packs:** Suits keepers who found the 120 g or 250 g pouches too small.
- **Calcium supply with buffering:** Supports shell health alongside the pH-holding effect.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the dose:** One level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix into a bucket of water, then add it to the tank once dissolved.
- **Confirm with a test:** Check KH and pH before dosing rather than by routine alone.
- **Keep it sealed:** Close the pack tightly between doses to protect the remaining buffer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate hardness buffer:** Raises KH and holds pH at about 7.2 in turtle water.
- **Essential minerals included:** Adds calcium alongside the buffering effect.
- **7 dKH per 10 L dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) lifts carbonate hardness by about 125 ppm.
- **400 g pack:** About 80 doses, buffering roughly 800 L in total.
- **Mid-size option:** Sits between the entry pouches and the bulk packs in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102225
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000809
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 400 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising KH by about 7 dKH (125 ppm), holding pH near 7.2
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 800 L across 80 doses
- **Contents:** Carbonate hardness buffer with essential minerals and calcium
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112950); 250 g (SKU 102224); 800 g (SKU 102226); 4 kg (SKU 725091)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Kh Buffer 4kg
Bulk carbonate buffer for turtle breeders, shops and large ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-kh-buffer-4kg/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725091 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000823
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725091-1.png
A facility running many turtle tanks, or a single large pond, consumes carbonate hardness buffer at a rate that makes a small pouch impractical to keep reordering. Aqua-Pics Turtle KH Buffer 4kg (SKU: 725091) is the largest size in Aqua-Pics' turtle KH buffer range, raising carbonate hardness in turtle aquariums and ponds and holding pH at approximately 7.2, with essential minerals, including calcium, added in the same dose. The 4 kg tub is built for sustained, high-volume dosing across a breeding operation, a shop's holding systems or one substantial pond rather than a single small tank.
The dose stays fixed at one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, which raises KH by roughly 7 dKH (125 ppm) and holds pH near 7.2, the same ratio used across every smaller pack in the range. A 4 kg tub holds around 800 of those doses, enough to buffer about 8,000 L of aquarium or pond water over the life of the pack. Because carbonate hardness is drawn down continuously by waste breakdown and by the calcium turtles take from the water for their shells, a bulk pack suits an operation dosing on a fixed schedule across many systems rather than correcting problems as they arise. Weigh doses by batch rather than by eye at this scale, and keep the tub sealed between uses to stop the buffer clumping.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turtle breeding operations:** A bulk tub for dosing many tanks from one source of buffer.
- **Retail holding systems:** Keeps carbonate hardness and pH consistent under frequent water changes.
- **Large ponds:** Buffers volumes well beyond what the smaller packs can cover economically.
- **Scheduled dosing:** Suits a fixed routine across multiple systems rather than ad hoc correction.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Keep the ratio fixed:** One level teaspoon (5 g) per 10 L, scaled up in batches.
- **Batch-dissolve:** Mix larger quantities in a drum before dosing individual tanks.
- **Test before each dose:** Confirm KH and pH are low rather than dosing on a fixed schedule alone.
- **Store sealed and dry:** Close the tub tightly between uses to protect the remaining buffer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest pack in the range:** 4 kg of carbonate hardness buffer with minerals and calcium.
- **Holds pH near 7.2:** Buffers against the acidic drift common in turtle water.
- **Fixed dose rate:** 5 g per 10 L raises KH by about 7 dKH, unchanged from smaller sizes.
- **About 800 doses:** Treats roughly 8,000 L of aquarium or pond water in total.
- **Built for scale:** Suits breeders, shops and multi-tank operations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725091
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000823
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising KH by about 7 dKH (125 ppm), holding pH near 7.2
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 8,000 L across 800 doses
- **Contents:** Carbonate hardness buffer with essential minerals and calcium
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112950); 250 g (SKU 102224); 400 g (SKU 102225); 800 g (SKU 102226)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Turtle Kh Buffer 800g
Carbonate buffer for larger turtle tanks and multiple systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-pics-turtle-kh-buffer-800g/
- Price: $56.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102226 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000816
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102226-1.png
Several turtle tanks run from the same water source drift acidic at roughly the same rate, and buffering them one small pouch at a time becomes an ongoing task rather than a once-off fix. Aqua-Pics Turtle KH Buffer 800g (SKU: 102226) is the 800 g size of Aqua-Pics' carbonate hardness (KH) buffer for turtle aquariums and ponds, raising KH and holding pH at approximately 7.2 while adding essential minerals, including calcium. The 800 g pack is built for a larger single tank or several smaller ones dosed from the same supply, rather than one tank topped up occasionally.
The dose is one level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water, raising KH by roughly 7 dKH (125 ppm) and holding pH near 7.2, unchanged from the smaller packs in the range. An 800 g pack holds around 160 of those doses, enough to buffer roughly 1,600 L of aquarium water spread across repeated applications. Because carbonate hardness is consumed continuously by waste breakdown and by a turtle's own calcium demand, a larger pack suits a dosing routine that runs week after week rather than an occasional correction. Dissolve each dose into a bucket of water before adding it to the tank, test KH and pH before dosing, and reseal the pack between uses to keep the remaining buffer dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger single tanks:** An 800 g pack sized for volumes beyond the smaller pouches.
- **Several tanks from one stock:** Buffers multiple turtle systems dosed on the same routine.
- **Ongoing pH stability:** Holds carbonate hardness and pH steady across repeated water changes.
- **Calcium top-up:** Adds minerals for shell health with every buffering dose.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the dose:** One level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 10 L of water.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Stir into a bucket of water until fully mixed, then dose the tank.
- **Test KH and pH:** Confirm both are low before buffering rather than dosing blind.
- **Reseal after use:** Close the pack tightly so the remaining buffer stays dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate hardness buffer:** Holds KH and pH at about 7.2 in turtle water.
- **Adds calcium and minerals:** Supports shell health alongside pH stability.
- **7 dKH per 10 L dose:** One teaspoon (5 g) lifts carbonate hardness by about 125 ppm.
- **800 g pack:** About 160 doses, buffering roughly 1,600 L in total.
- **Suits multi-tank dosing:** Sized for a larger tank or several smaller ones.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102226
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000816
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 800 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level teaspoon) per 10 L, raising KH by about 7 dKH (125 ppm), holding pH near 7.2
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,600 L across 160 doses
- **Contents:** Carbonate hardness buffer with essential minerals and calcium
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112950); 250 g (SKU 102224); 400 g (SKU 102225); 4 kg (SKU 725091)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle aquariums and ponds
---
### Aqua-Pics — Medications
#### Aqua-pics Bloat-ex 150g
Epsom salt bathing treatment for a bloated or floating fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aqua-pics-bloat-ex-150g/
- Price: $8.51 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102793 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264008430
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102793-1.png
A fish that suddenly floats lopsided or swells at the belly is usually constipated or carrying a bowel blockage, and the standard first response is an Epsom salt bath rather than anything added to the main tank. Aqua-Pics Bloat-Ex 150g (SKU: 102793) is a phosphate-free bathing salt based on magnesium sulfate, formulated to relieve the bloating, balance problems and floating that constipation or a bowel obstruction can cause, and to help clear the blockage along with internal parasites that contribute to it. The 150 g pack is the smallest in the range, sized to keep on hand for an occasional single-fish treatment rather than a full fish-room stock.
The bath is made up at 15 g of Bloat-Ex to 5 L of water, with the affected fish moved into the solution three times a day for 5 to 10 minutes at a time until symptoms improve. Being phosphate-free, the salt does not add to the algae-feeding nutrient load if any solution finds its way back into the display. At 15 g per 5 L, a 150 g pack makes up about ten separate 5 L baths, which covers a full multi-day treatment course for one fish with room to treat a second if it is needed. Use fresh solution for each bath rather than reusing it, and discard the bath water once the course is finished.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bloating or swelling:** A fish with a distended abdomen, often from constipation.
- **Balance problems or floating:** Fish struggling to stay upright or sitting at the surface.
- **Suspected bowel obstruction:** Where a blockage rather than disease looks responsible.
- **Occasional single-fish use:** The 150 g size suits keeping a bath treatment on hand without a large pack.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Bath dose:** 15 g of Bloat-Ex dissolved in 5 L of water.
- **Bath duration:** 5 to 10 minutes per session.
- **Frequency:** Three times daily until symptoms improve.
- **Fresh solution each time:** Mix a new bath for every session rather than reusing it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium sulfate base:** The standard active ingredient for an Epsom salt bath.
- **Phosphate-free:** Does not add phosphate nutrients if bath water reaches the display.
- **Targets bloating and floating:** Aimed at constipation and bowel blockage symptoms.
- **Clears obstructions and parasites:** Aids both blockage relief and internal parasite control.
- **Smallest pack size:** 150 g suited to occasional, single-fish treatment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102793
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264008430
- **Product Type:** Medications > Bathing Salts (Bloat Treatment)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Active Ingredient:** Magnesium sulfate (Epsom salt), phosphate-free
- **Bath Dose:** 15 g per 5 L, 5–10 minutes, 3 times daily until symptoms improve
- **Bath Capacity:** About ten separate 5 L baths per pack, calculated from the dose rate
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101621) and 500 g (SKU 101622)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium fish undergoing a quarantine or bath treatment
---
#### Aqua-pics Bloat-ex 250g
Standard Epsom salt bath for constipation and bowel blockage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aqua-pics-bloat-ex-250g/
- Price: $11.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101621 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001400
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101621-1.png
Constipation in fish rarely clears up on its own, and the usual remedy is a short, repeated Epsom salt bath rather than a dose added to the main aquarium. Aqua-Pics Bloat-Ex 250g (SKU: 101621) is a phosphate-free bathing salt built around magnesium sulfate, formulated to relieve the bloating, balance loss and floating that come with constipation or a bowel obstruction, and to help clear the blockage along with any internal parasites behind it. The 250 g pack is the standard retail size in the range, large enough to run a full treatment course and have salt left over for a repeat if the problem returns.
Aqua-Pics' bath is made up at 15 g per 5 L of water, with the affected fish held in the solution for 5 to 10 minutes, three times a day, until symptoms ease. Because the formula carries no phosphate, there is no algae-feeding nutrient load to worry about if any residual solution ends up back in the display. At that dose rate, a 250 g pack makes up roughly seventeen separate 5 L baths, matching the maker's own figure of treating around 83 L across the pack, which covers several days of three-times-daily baths for one fish or shorter courses for more than one. Prepare a fresh bath for each session and dispose of it afterwards rather than keeping it for reuse.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bloating or swelling:** A fish with a distended, constipated-looking abdomen.
- **Balance problems or floating:** Fish that cannot hold themselves upright or sit at the surface.
- **Suspected bowel obstruction:** Where a physical blockage looks more likely than disease.
- **Standard single-fish course:** The 250 g size covers a full multi-day treatment comfortably.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Bath dose:** 15 g of Bloat-Ex dissolved in 5 L of water.
- **Bath duration:** 5 to 10 minutes per session.
- **Frequency:** Three times daily until symptoms improve.
- **Discard after use:** Mix a fresh bath each time rather than reusing the solution.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium sulfate base:** The standard Epsom salt active ingredient for bath treatments.
- **Phosphate-free:** No added algae-feeding nutrients from residual bath solution.
- **Relieves bloating and floating:** Aimed at constipation and bowel blockage symptoms.
- **Aids obstruction and parasite clearance:** Supports both blockage relief and parasite control.
- **Standard pack size:** 250 g treats around 83 L across a full bath course.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101621
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001400
- **Product Type:** Medications > Bathing Salts (Bloat Treatment)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Active Ingredient:** Magnesium sulfate (Epsom salt), phosphate-free
- **Bath Dose:** 15 g per 5 L, 5–10 minutes, 3 times daily until symptoms improve
- **Bath Capacity:** About 83 L, or roughly seventeen 5 L baths, per pack
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102793) and 500 g (SKU 101622)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium fish undergoing a quarantine or bath treatment
---
#### Aqua-pics Bloat-ex 500g
Bulk Epsom salt bath treatment for multiple fish or repeat courses.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aqua-pics-bloat-ex-500g/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101622 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001417
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101622-1.png
A fish room or a multi-tank household treats bloating and bowel blockages often enough that a small pack of bathing salt does not go far, and running out partway through a course means treatment stalls. Aqua-Pics Bloat-Ex 500g (SKU: 101622) is the bulk size of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free magnesium sulfate bathing salt, the same formula built to relieve bloating, balance loss and floating caused by constipation or a bowel obstruction, and to help clear the blockage along with internal parasites. At 500 g, the pack is sized for treating more than one fish, running repeat courses, or keeping a standing supply for whenever bloat shows up.
The bath is made up at 15 g per 5 L of water, with the fish held in the solution for 5 to 10 minutes, three times a day, until symptoms ease. Being phosphate-free, it adds no algae-feeding nutrient load if residual solution reaches the display tank, and the same bathing-salt approach is the standard first response to constipation across most freshwater species rather than a treatment limited to one group of fish. At that dose rate, a 500 g pack makes up around thirty-three separate 5 L baths, enough for several fish to run a full multi-day course each, or for one fish room to keep bathing salt on hand across an extended period without reordering. Mix a fresh bath for each session rather than reusing solution across fish or across days, and move the fish back to normal water between baths rather than holding it in the salt solution continuously.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple affected fish:** The 500 g size covers separate baths for more than one patient.
- **Bloating or swelling:** A distended abdomen typical of constipation.
- **Balance problems or floating:** Fish unable to hold themselves upright in the water.
- **Standing fish-room supply:** A larger pack for shops or breeders treating bloat regularly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Bath dose:** 15 g of Bloat-Ex dissolved in 5 L of water.
- **Bath duration:** 5 to 10 minutes per session.
- **Frequency:** Three times daily until symptoms improve.
- **One bath, one use:** Prepare separate solution for each fish and each session.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium sulfate base:** The standard Epsom salt active ingredient for bath treatments.
- **Phosphate-free:** No added nutrient load from bath solution reaching the tank.
- **Relieves bloating and floating:** Targeted at constipation and bowel obstruction symptoms.
- **Clears obstructions and parasites:** Supports blockage relief and internal parasite control.
- **Bulk 500 g pack:** Covers around thirty-three separate 5 L baths.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101622
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001417
- **Product Type:** Medications > Bathing Salts (Bloat Treatment)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Active Ingredient:** Magnesium sulfate (Epsom salt), phosphate-free
- **Bath Dose:** 15 g per 5 L, 5–10 minutes, 3 times daily until symptoms improve
- **Bath Capacity:** About 167 L, or roughly thirty-three 5 L baths, per pack
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102793) and 250 g (SKU 101621)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquarium fish undergoing a quarantine or bath treatment
---
#### Aqua-pics Medicating Salts 150g
Trial-size salt addition for sick or injured fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aqua-pics-medicating-150g/
- Price: $5.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102794 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264009901
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102794-1.png
A fish fighting disease, a bacterial infection, physical damage or a parasite like white spot is already under stress, and raising the salinity of the water a little can take some of that load off while the actual treatment does its work. Aqua-pics Medicating Salts 150g (SKU: 102794) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free medicating salt, added to an aquarium when fish are unwell to help prevent the secondary infections that often follow disease, injury or parasite damage, and to support the healing process. It is not a medication in its own right and is meant to be used alongside whatever treatment actually targets the illness, rather than in place of it. The 150 g pack is the smallest retail size, suited to a single small tank or a quarantine tub rather than ongoing use across a fish room.
Aqua-Pics' directions are to add 125 g per 100 L directly to the aquarium when needed, which a 150 g pack covers for roughly 120 L of tank water in one application. For a concentrated salt bath, 125 g dissolved in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container gives a short, stronger dip rather than a whole-tank treatment, and 150 g makes just over one bath of that strength. Because the salt is phosphate-free, it does not add to the phosphate load the way some aquarium salts do, which matters in a tank already stressed by illness. The same product is sold as 250 g for a bigger single treatment, and Aqua-Pics' related "Medicating" line is also available at 4.5 kg and 10 kg for ongoing or larger-volume use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Disease and bacterial infection:** As a supportive addition alongside the actual medication.
- **Physical injury:** Helping reduce the risk of secondary infection while wounds heal.
- **Parasites such as white spot:** Used together with a treatment aimed at the parasite itself.
- **Single tanks and quarantine tubs:** A 150 g pack sized for one small treatment tank.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Tank treatment:** Add 125 g per 100 L directly to the aquarium when necessary.
- **Salt bath:** Dissolve 125 g in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container for a short dip.
- **Use with medication:** Combine with the appropriate treatment for the specific illness, not as a substitute.
- **Dissolve fully first:** Mix the salt into water before it reaches the fish, whether dosing the tank or a bath.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** Raises salinity without adding to the tank's phosphate load.
- **Supports healing:** Aimed at reducing secondary infection risk during recovery.
- **Dual dosing options:** Usable as a whole-tank addition or a concentrated salt bath.
- **Trial-size pack:** Enough for one small tank or a single bath treatment.
- **Pairs with medication:** Designed to support treatment rather than replace it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102794
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264009901
- **Product Type:** Medications > Medicating Aquarium Salt
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Dose Rate (Tank):** 125 g per 100 L, added directly to the aquarium when necessary
- **Dose Rate (Salt Bath):** 125 g per 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container
- **Treatment Volume:** About 120 L per pack as a tank treatment, or just over one 5 L bath
- **Use With:** An appropriate medication for the illness being treated
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101624); 500 g (SKU 101625)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, quarantine and hospital tanks
---
#### Aqua-pics Medicating Salts 250g
Standard-size salt support for fish recovering from illness or injury.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aqua-pics-medicating-250g/
- Price: $9.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101624 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001332
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101624-1.png
When fish are already dealing with disease, a bacterial infection, physical damage or parasites such as white spot, raising the water's salinity a little is a simple way to ease some of the physiological load while treatment addresses the underlying problem. Aqua-pics Medicating Salts 250g (SKU: 101624) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free medicating salt, used to help prevent the secondary infections that commonly follow disease, injury or parasite damage and to support the fish's own healing process. It is a supportive addition rather than a treatment on its own, and Aqua-Pics' directions call for it to be used in conjunction with whatever medication actually targets the illness. The 250 g pack is the standard retail size, enough for more than one treatment round in a typical hospital or quarantine tank.
The tank-treatment rate is 125 g per 100 L added directly to the aquarium when needed, which a 250 g pack covers for about 200 L in a single application, or two separate 100 L treatments from one pack. For a more concentrated salt bath, 125 g dissolved in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container gives a short, stronger dip rather than a full tank dose, and 250 g makes two baths of that strength. The phosphate-free formula means repeated dosing during a longer illness does not add to the tank's phosphate load on top of everything else the fish and biofilter are already dealing with. The product also comes as a 150 g trial pack and a 500 g pack, and Aqua-Pics' related "Medicating" line extends to 4.5 kg and 10 kg bulk sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Disease and bacterial infection:** Supporting recovery alongside the actual medication used.
- **Physical injury:** Reducing secondary infection risk while damaged tissue heals.
- **Parasites such as white spot:** Used together with a treatment aimed at the parasite.
- **Hospital and quarantine tanks:** A 250 g pack sized for more than one treatment round.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Tank treatment:** Add 125 g per 100 L directly to the aquarium when necessary.
- **Salt bath:** Dissolve 125 g in 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container.
- **Combine with medication:** Use alongside the appropriate treatment for the illness, never alone.
- **Dissolve before use:** Mix the measured salt fully into water before fish are exposed to it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** Raises salinity without contributing phosphate to the tank.
- **Supports recovery:** Aimed at limiting secondary infection during healing.
- **Two dosing methods:** Suitable for a whole-tank treatment or a concentrated salt bath.
- **Multi-treatment pack:** Covers roughly two separate 100 L tank treatments.
- **Standard retail size:** A step up from the 150 g trial pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101624
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001332
- **Product Type:** Medications > Medicating Aquarium Salt
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate (Tank):** 125 g per 100 L, added directly to the aquarium when necessary
- **Dose Rate (Salt Bath):** 125 g per 5 L of aquarium water in a separate container
- **Treatment Volume:** About 200 L per pack as a tank treatment, or two 5 L baths
- **Use With:** An appropriate medication for the illness being treated
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102794); 500 g (SKU 101625)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, quarantine and hospital tanks
---
#### Aqua-pics Medicating Salts 500g
Phosphate-free salt support for fish recovering from disease, injury or parasites.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aqua-pics-medicating-500g/
- Price: $14.79 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101625 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264001349
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101625-1.png
A fish under treatment for disease, injury or a parasite such as white spot often benefits from extra salinity alongside the medication itself, rather than from medication on its own. Aqua-Pics Medicating Salts 500g (SKU: 101625) is Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free medicating salt, raised salinity support used in conjunction with appropriate medications to help fish heal and to reduce the risk of secondary infection while they do. It is not a stand-alone medication and is directed to be used alongside whatever treatment the fish is actually being given for its condition.
Aqua-Pics gives two directions depending on how it is used: 125 g per 100 L for ongoing treatment in the aquarium itself, or a stronger 125 g per 5 L for a short salt bath outside the main tank. At the tank-treatment rate, the 500 g pack covers about 400 L in a single application; at the salt-bath rate it mixes roughly 20 L, enough for several short dips in a bucket or hospital container rather than dosing a whole display. As with any added-salt treatment, scaleless and salt-sensitive species, along with live plants and many invertebrates, tolerate the higher salt-bath concentration poorly, so it suits a separate treatment container rather than a mixed community display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Disease or infection recovery:** Fish being treated for an identified illness alongside medication.
- **Injury support:** Physical wounds where added salinity aids healing.
- **Parasite treatment:** Conditions such as white spot, used with the relevant medication.
- **Short salt baths:** A separate, stronger dip rather than dosing the main tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Tank treatment rate:** 125 g per 100 L, dosed into the aquarium with medication.
- **Salt bath rate:** 125 g per 5 L for a short, separate dip.
- **Always pair with medication:** Use alongside the appropriate treatment, not as a substitute for it.
- **Isolate sensitive stock:** Treat scaleless fish, invertebrates and plants with caution or in a separate container.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free:** No added phosphate alongside the salinity boost.
- **Dual dose rates:** Separate directions for tank treatment and salt baths.
- **Used with medication:** Intended as a support treatment, not a stand-alone cure.
- **500 g pack:** Covers about 400 L at the tank rate or mixes several 20 L baths.
- **Supports healing:** Aimed at disease, injury and parasite recovery.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 101625
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264001349
- **Product Type:** Medication(s) > Medicating Salt (Salt Bath Treatment)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Formula:** Phosphate-free salt blend
- **Dose Rate:** 125 g per 100 L (tank treatment) or 125 g per 5 L (salt bath)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 400 L at the tank rate; about 20 L per salt bath
- **Usage:** Used in conjunction with appropriate medications, not alone
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101624), 150 g (SKU 102794)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and separate treatment containers
---
### Aqua-Pics — Freshwater aquarium
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 250g
Carbonate buffer that holds pH near 6.5 to 6.8.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-250g/
- Price: $22.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102032 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264004050
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102032-1.png
A tetra or Apistogramma tank with no carbonate hardness left in the water has nothing stopping pH from crashing on the next big change. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 250g (SKU: 102032) is a mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) that raises carbonate hardness (KH) just enough to anchor pH in the 6.5 to 6.8 range Amazon Basin species expect, rather than letting the water drift toward neutral or crash lower. It suits discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish, and contains chemically clean phosphates rather than being phosphate-free, which the maker states should not add to algae problems. The 250 g size is built for one tank's water changes across a season.
The dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 8 L, which raises KH by roughly 6 dKH (107 ppm) and stabilises pH around 6.5 to 6.8. A 250 g tub treats about 400 L in total at that dose, enough for several months of regular water changes on a typical soft-water tank. It sits just above the 120 g tub in a range of seven sizes running up to a 16 kg trade pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft-water community tanks:** Anchors pH in the 6.5 to 6.8 range rather than letting it drift.
- **Discus and Apistogramma:** Matches the gently acidic water these fish are kept in.
- **After water changes:** Re-dose fresh water so KH does not run out between changes.
- **Low-KH tap water areas:** Gives the buffer something to resist pH swings with.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L for about 6 dKH (107 ppm).
- **Target pH:** Settles around 6.5 to 6.8 at this dose.
- **Treat new water:** Dose the replacement water, not the fish directly.
- **Watch for algae:** The chemically clean phosphates are stated not to add to algae, but monitor nutrient levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water formula:** Targets pH 6.5 to 6.8 rather than neutral or alkaline.
- **Phosphate-containing:** Chemically clean phosphates, not a phosphate-free formula.
- **One clear dose rate:** 5 g per 8 L for predictable results.
- **Season-length supply:** Treats roughly 400 L at the standard dose.
- **Second-smallest size:** Between the 120 g tub and the 400 g pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102032
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264004050
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Amazon Biotope)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 400 L at the standard dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (107 ppm); pH 6.5 to 6.8
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates (not a phosphate-free formula)
- **Ideal For:** Discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112965), 400 g (SKU 102033), 800 g (SKU 102025), 2 kg (SKU 102842), 4 kg (SKU 102843), 16 kg (SKU 113044)
- **Target Environment:** Soft, slightly acidic Amazon Basin biotope aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Amazon Kh Buffer 2kg
Bulk soft-water buffer for discus and Apistogramma breeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aqua-pics-amazon-kh-buffer-2kg/
- Price: $134.34 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102842 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264007181
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102842-1.png
Discus and Apistogramma breeders live or die by consistency, and a soft, gently acidic tank that drifts between water changes is not consistent. Aqua-Pics Amazon KH Buffer 2kg (SKU: 102842) is a mineral buffer from Aqua-Pics (Australia) supplied at 2 kg for breeders and multi-tank keepers running discus, tetras, Apistogramma or L-number catfish on the same soft-water schedule. It raises carbonate hardness (KH) while holding pH in the 6.5 to 6.8 range these fish need, using a formula that contains chemically clean phosphates rather than being phosphate-free, which the maker states should not add to algae problems. At 2 kg it moves past a single-tank size and into fish-room territory, where several tanks are dosed from the one pack on the same weekly routine.
The dose is 1 level teaspoon, about 5 g, per 8 L, raising KH by roughly 6 dKH (107 ppm) and settling pH around 6.5 to 6.8. A 2 kg pack treats about 3,200 L in total at that dose, enough for several tanks' water changes across an extended breeding programme. It is the fifth of seven sizes, above the 800 g tub and below the 4 kg pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding programmes:** Consistent KH keeps pH from drifting between spawns.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** One 2 kg pack covers several tanks on the same schedule.
- **Discus and Apistogramma colonies:** Matches the gently acidic water these fish are bred in.
- **Routine water changes:** Re-dose fresh water across every tank in the system before it goes back in.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L for about 6 dKH (107 ppm).
- **Target pH:** Settles around 6.5 to 6.8 at this dose.
- **Dose consistently:** Use the same rate on every tank in a breeding programme.
- **Batch mixing:** Dissolve the day's total dose in a bucket of water before sharing it out across tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-water target:** Holds pH at 6.5 to 6.8 across a multi-tank system.
- **Chemically clean phosphates:** Included, with the maker stating it should not add to algae.
- **Single dose rate:** 5 g per 8 L, consistent across every tank.
- **Breeder sizing:** Treats up to 3,200 L at the standard dose.
- **Fifth size in the range:** Between the 800 g pack and the 4 kg pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102842
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264007181
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater KH Buffer (Amazon Biotope)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g (1 level tsp) per 8 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 3,200 L at the standard dose
- **Target KH & pH:** About 6 dKH (107 ppm); pH 6.5 to 6.8
- **Contains:** Chemically clean phosphates (not a phosphate-free formula)
- **Ideal For:** Discus, tetras, Apistogramma and L-number catfish
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (SKU 112965), 250 g (SKU 102032), 400 g (SKU 102033), 800 g (SKU 102025), 4 kg (SKU 102843), 16 kg (SKU 113044)
- **Target Environment:** Soft, slightly acidic Amazon Basin biotope aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics General Kh Buffer 500g
Regular-dosing alkaline buffer for a medium planted or community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aqua-pics-general-kh-buffer-500g/
- Price: $20.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102217 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264000649
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102217-1.png
A tank that gets regular water changes also gets a regular hit to its carbonate hardness, and topping KH back up after every change is easier with a pack sized for the routine rather than a one-off fix. Aqua-Pics General KH Buffer 500g (SKU: 102217) is the medium-size pack of Aqua-Pics' phosphate-free alkaline buffer, formulated for sensitive set-ups such as a planted tank running CO2, where carbonate hardness needs regular maintenance without a sudden pH swing. It slowly raises KH by approximately 1 dKH, or 18 ppm, per standard dose, and being an alkaline buffer with a high pH, it counteracts the acidity CO2 introduces, stabilising pH and reducing stress on fish. It suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
The standard dose is 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) and helping raise and stabilise pH at the same time. In a CO2-injected planted tank, Aqua-Pics' directions call for small, cautious doses rather than one large addition, since the alkalinity can push pH up faster than fish and plants adjust to. At 5 g per dose, the 500 g pack holds about 100 doses, enough to raise roughly 6,000 L of aquarium water by 1 dKH over the pack's life, which suits a medium community or planted tank buffered after most water changes through the year. The same buffer is also sold in 150 g, 250 g, 1 kg, 4.5 kg and 10 kg packs for a smaller trial or a larger system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After water changes:** Topping KH back up once fresh tap or RO water dilutes it.
- **Medium planted or community tanks:** A pack sized for ongoing rather than occasional dosing.
- **CO2-injected tanks:** Counteracting the acidity that gas injection introduces.
- **Fresh or saltwater tanks:** One formula suited to either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 1 level teaspoon, or 5 g, per 60 L of water.
- **Expected effect:** Raises KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm) per dose.
- **Dose cautiously under CO2:** Small additions avoid a large pH increase.
- **Pre-dissolve before adding:** Mix into a small volume of water first.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Suited to planted tanks sensitive to phosphate.
- **Raises and stabilises KH:** About 1 dKH (18 ppm) per standard dose.
- **Counteracts CO2 acidity:** Buffers pH against the drop CO2 injection causes.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Suitable for both aquarium types.
- **Sized for routine dosing:** About 100 standard doses per pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102217
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264000649
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater & Marine KH Buffer
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Composition:** Phosphate-free alkaline buffer
- **Dose Rate:** 1 level teaspoon (5 g) per 60 L, raising KH by about 1 dKH (18 ppm)
- **Pack Yield:** About 100 standard doses, raising roughly 6,000 L by 1 dKH over the pack's life
- **Use Note:** Dose cautiously in CO2-injected planted tanks to avoid large pH swings
- **Other Sizes:** 150 g (SKU 102795), 250 g (SKU 102216), 1 kg (SKU 102026), 4.5 kg (SKU 102467), 10 kg (SKU 113129)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Aqua-Pics — Food
#### Aqua-pics Tank Buster (Whole Fish) 110g
Larger pack of whole dried fish for predatory fish and turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8098
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102231 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003282
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102231-1.png
A fish room with more than one large predator, or a turtle enclosure fed regularly, gets through a small treat pack quickly, and the 60 g size is not always enough to make a routine of it. Aqua-Pics Tank Buster (Whole Fish) 110g (SKU: 102231) is the larger pack of Aqua-Pics' whole dried fish, each typically 40 to 50 mm long, sold as feed for bigger fish and turtles. At roughly double the smaller pack, 110 g suits regular treat feeding across more than one animal rather than an occasional single feed.
The whole, dried, bone-in fish give predatory and omnivorous fish species a feed closer to natural whole prey than flake or pellet food, and for turtles and terrapins the intact bone content supplies calcium that a soft pelleted diet does not provide in the same way. No guaranteed analysis is published for this product, so it works well as a supplementary or treat food used alongside a species-appropriate staple rather than a complete diet on its own. Dried whole fish store well in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, and the larger 110 g pack is worth keeping sealed between feeds to get the most from it before it is used up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple predatory fish:** More than one cichlid, arowana or similar species being fed treats.
- **Regular turtle feeding:** A calcium-bearing supplement used routinely rather than occasionally.
- **Varied-diet feeding:** Rotated with pellets and flake to add whole-prey feeding.
- **Stepping up from the smaller pack:** Once 60 g packs are being used up quickly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed whole:** Offer the dried fish whole, matched to the size of the animal.
- **Keep it supplementary:** Use alongside a regular staple diet, not as the only food.
- **Clear away leftovers:** Remove uneaten pieces promptly to protect water quality.
- **Size the portion:** Choose fish sized to what the predator can comfortably take.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried fish:** Natural whole-prey format rather than a processed pellet.
- **Typical fish size:** About 40 to 50 mm per fish.
- **Calcium from bone:** Useful for turtles and terrapins fed whole prey.
- **Keeps without refrigeration:** Dried format suited to pantry-style storage.
- **110 g pack:** A larger size for ongoing or multi-animal treat feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102231
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003282
- **Product Type:** Food > Dried Whole Fish (Predator & Turtle Treat)
- **Net Weight:** 110 g
- **Fish Size:** Approx. 40–50 mm per fish
- **Form:** Whole, dried, bone-in
- **Feeding Role:** Treat or supplementary feed, not a sole diet
- **Other Sizes:** 60 g (SKU 102230)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, turtle tanks and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Tank Buster (Whole Fish) 60g
Whole dried fish treat for predatory fish and turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8097
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102230 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003275
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102230-1.png
A big cichlid or a turtle fed on pellets alone misses out on the whole-prey feeding that keeps its diet varied, and a whole dried fish is closer to natural prey than a processed pellet. Aqua-Pics Tank Buster (Whole Fish) 60g (SKU: 102230) is a pack of whole dried fish, each typically 40 to 50 mm long, sold as a feed for larger fish and turtles. The 60 g pack is the smaller of the two sizes in the range, suited to an occasional treat for one tank rather than a regular bulk feed.
Being whole, dried and bone-in, the fish give predatory and omnivorous species a feed closer to natural prey than flake or pellet food, and for turtles and terrapins the intact bone content is a source of calcium that a soft pelleted diet does not provide in the same form. Aqua-Pics does not publish a guaranteed analysis for this product, so it serves well as a supplementary or treat food alongside a species-appropriate staple diet rather than the only food offered. Being dried, it keeps well in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and does not need refrigeration until the pack is opened and partly used.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large predatory fish:** Cichlids, arowana and similar species that take whole prey items.
- **Turtles and terrapins:** Whole fish as a calcium-bearing supplement to pellets.
- **Occasional treat feeding:** Added to a varied diet rather than fed daily as a staple.
- **Small collections:** A 60 g pack sized for one or two animals rather than a full fish room.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Offer whole:** Feed the dried fish whole, sized for the fish or turtle being fed.
- **Treat, not staple:** Use alongside a regular pellet or flake diet, not as the sole food.
- **Remove uneaten pieces:** Take out anything left after feeding to keep water quality up.
- **Match size to animal:** Choose fish or portions appropriate to the size of the predator.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried fish:** Closer to natural whole-prey feeding than processed food.
- **Consistent size:** Individual fish typically 40 to 50 mm long.
- **Bone-in for turtles:** A calcium source from the intact skeleton.
- **Shelf-stable:** Dried format stores without refrigeration until opened.
- **60 g pack:** A smaller size for occasional treat feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102230
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003275
- **Product Type:** Food > Dried Whole Fish (Predator & Turtle Treat)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Fish Size:** Approx. 40–50 mm per fish
- **Form:** Whole, dried, bone-in
- **Feeding Role:** Treat or supplementary feed, not a sole diet
- **Other Sizes:** 110 g (SKU 102231)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, turtle tanks and ponds
---
#### Aqua-pics Whole Dried Shrimp 150g
Bulk whole shrimp treat for fish rooms and turtle ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/aqua-pics-whole-dried-shrimp-150g/
- Price: $51.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102206 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264006368
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102206-1.jpg
A fish room with several tanks, or a turtle pond fed regularly, uses up a treat food at a rate that makes the smaller packs expensive to keep buying. Aqua-Pics Whole Dried Shrimp 150g (SKU: 102206) is the largest pack of Aqua-Pics' whole dried shrimp, a natural treat left whole rather than crushed, with a minimum of 65% crude protein, naturally occurring omega-3 fatty acids and the pigment beta carotene, which many keepers associate with improved colour when it is fed over time. The 150 g pack suits a fish room, a shop or a turtle pond drawing on one supply across several tanks rather than a single small aquarium.
Keeping the shrimp whole preserves the foraging and tearing behaviour fish and turtles use on live prey, which is useful enrichment where a tank or pond holds several animals competing for food at once. The treat suits a wide range of carnivorous and omnivorous fish, as well as crustaceans, axolotls and turtles, so a single 150 g pack can be rotated across a varied collection rather than bought separately for each species. It remains a dense, occasional treat rather than a staple diet even at this pack size, and uneaten pieces should still be cleared from the water rather than left to foul it. Reseal the pack tightly between uses, since a larger bag spends longer being opened and closed than a small one, and a clip or a sealed container adds extra protection once the original bag has been opened several times.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and shops:** A 150 g pack for treats dosed across several tanks.
- **Turtle ponds:** A bulk size for regular feeding of pond-kept turtles.
- **Mixed collections:** Rotates across fish, crustaceans, axolotls and turtles from one pack.
- **Enrichment at scale:** Encourages natural foraging across multiple animals at once.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Portion per tank:** Divide shrimp between tanks rather than feeding the whole pack at once.
- **Size to the animal:** Whole for larger fish and turtles, broken for smaller tank-mates.
- **Keep it occasional:** Treat rather than staple, alongside a complete daily diet.
- **Reseal firmly:** Close the bag fully between uses to keep the remaining shrimp dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried shrimp:** Unprocessed pieces that keep natural feeding behaviour.
- **High protein:** A minimum of 65% crude protein.
- **Omega-3 fatty acids:** Naturally present in the shrimp.
- **Beta carotene:** Supports natural colour enhancement over repeated feeding.
- **150 g pack:** The bulk size for fish rooms, shops and ponds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102206
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264006368
- **Product Type:** Food > Whole Dried Treats
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 65%
- **Ingredients:** Whole dried shrimp
- **Ideal For:** Carnivorous and omnivorous fish, crustaceans, axolotls and turtles
- **Other Sizes:** 15 g (SKU 102203); 30 g (SKU 102204); 50 g (SKU 102205)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Whole Dried Shrimp 15g
Trial-size whole shrimp treat for nano tanks and bettas.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/aqua-pics-whole-dried-shrimp-15g/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264006337
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102203-1.png
A single betta or a small nano community does not need a large bag of treats sitting around losing freshness before it is used up. Aqua-Pics Whole Dried Shrimp 15g (SKU: 102203) is the smallest pack of Aqua-Pics' whole dried shrimp, a natural treat of whole, unprocessed shrimp rather than a crushed or pelleted product. It is high in protein, with a minimum of 65%, and carries natural omega-3 fatty acids and beta carotene, the pigment many fishkeepers associate with enhanced colour in fish that eat it regularly. The 15 g pack suits a single small tank or a first try of the product before buying a larger size.
Because the shrimp are left whole rather than broken down, feeding them encourages the same searching and tearing behaviour fish use on live or whole prey, which is useful enrichment alongside a prepared staple diet. The treat suits a wide range of carnivorous and omnivorous fish as well as crustaceans, axolotls and turtles, so a single pack can serve more than one type of animal in a mixed fish room. A whole dried shrimp is a dense, occasional treat rather than a staple, and a small fish or shrimp can only manage part of one at a time, so breaking a shrimp into smaller pieces for nano fish avoids waste and overfeeding. Store the pack sealed and dry between feeds to keep the shrimp from absorbing moisture.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano tanks and bettas:** A 15 g pack sized to be used up before it loses freshness.
- **Occasional enrichment:** A treat alongside a staple diet rather than a daily feed.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Beta carotene content supports natural colour development over time.
- **Mixed species rooms:** Suits fish, crustaceans, axolotls and turtles from the one pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Break larger shrimp down:** Split a whole shrimp into smaller pieces for nano fish.
- **Feed as a treat:** Offer alongside, not instead of, a complete daily diet.
- **Remove uneaten pieces:** Take out anything left after a few minutes to protect water quality.
- **Keep the pack sealed:** Store it dry between feeds to preserve freshness.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried shrimp:** Left intact rather than crushed, encouraging natural foraging.
- **High protein:** A minimum of 65% crude protein.
- **Omega-3 fatty acids:** Naturally present in the shrimp.
- **Beta carotene:** Supports natural colour enhancement with regular feeding.
- **Trial-size pack:** 15 g for a single small tank or a first-time buyer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102203
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264006337
- **Product Type:** Food > Whole Dried Treats
- **Net Weight:** 15 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 65%
- **Ingredients:** Whole dried shrimp
- **Ideal For:** Carnivorous and omnivorous fish, crustaceans, axolotls and turtles
- **Other Sizes:** 30 g (SKU 102204); 50 g (SKU 102205); 150 g (SKU 102206)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Whole Dried Shrimp 30g
Whole shrimp treat for community tanks and shrimp keepers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/aqua-pics-whole-dried-shrimp-30g/
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102204 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264006344
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102204-1.jpg
A community tank with a mix of fish and invertebrates benefits from a treat that is natural and whole rather than a heavily processed pellet. Aqua-Pics Whole Dried Shrimp 30g (SKU: 102204) is the 30 g pack of Aqua-Pics' whole dried shrimp, a natural, protein-dense treat left whole rather than crushed. It carries a minimum of 65% crude protein along with naturally occurring omega-3 fatty acids and beta carotene, the pigment behind the colour enhancement many keepers notice with regular feeding. The 30 g pack is the next step up from the trial size, giving a community tank or a shrimp keeper enough to work through a few weeks of occasional feeds.
Because the shrimp are whole rather than broken down, feeding them triggers the same tearing and searching behaviour fish use on live food, which adds enrichment to tank time beyond basic nutrition. The treat suits carnivorous and omnivorous fish broadly, along with crustaceans, axolotls and turtles, so a mixed fish room can draw on the one pack for several types of animal. A whole shrimp is dense and is generally offered as an occasional extra rather than a daily staple, with larger fish able to take a whole piece and smaller fish needing it broken down first. Keep the pack sealed between feeds, since the shrimp will soften and spoil faster once exposed to air and moisture, and check the remaining shrimp for any unusual smell or texture before offering an older pack to the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** A natural, whole treat suited to mixed fish and invertebrate set-ups.
- **Shrimp and crustacean keepers:** A protein-rich food that also appeals to tank-mates.
- **Occasional variety:** Breaks up a staple diet without replacing it.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Beta carotene content supports colour over repeated feeds.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Size to the fish:** Offer a whole shrimp to larger fish, broken pieces to smaller ones.
- **Treat, not staple:** Use alongside a complete daily diet rather than in place of it.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove uneaten shrimp after a few minutes to protect water quality.
- **Store airtight:** Reseal the pack between feeds to keep the remaining shrimp dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried shrimp:** Left intact for natural foraging and feeding behaviour.
- **High protein:** A minimum of 65% crude protein.
- **Omega-3 fatty acids:** Naturally present in the shrimp.
- **Beta carotene:** Supports natural colour enhancement with regular feeding.
- **30 g pack:** A step up from the trial size for community tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102204
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264006344
- **Product Type:** Food > Whole Dried Treats
- **Net Weight:** 30 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 65%
- **Ingredients:** Whole dried shrimp
- **Ideal For:** Carnivorous and omnivorous fish, crustaceans, axolotls and turtles
- **Other Sizes:** 15 g (SKU 102203); 50 g (SKU 102205); 150 g (SKU 102206)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Whole Dried Shrimp 50g
Mid-size whole shrimp treat for larger fish and turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/aqua-pics-whole-dried-shrimp-50g/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102205 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264006351
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102205-1.jpg
A larger cichlid, a turtle or a tank with several fish taking treats at once goes through a whole-food snack faster than a nano setup does. Aqua-Pics Whole Dried Shrimp 50g (SKU: 102205) is the 50 g pack of Aqua-Pics' whole dried shrimp, a natural treat left whole rather than crushed or pelleted. It carries a minimum of 65% crude protein, along with naturally occurring omega-3 fatty acids and the pigment beta carotene, associated with better colour in fish fed it regularly. The 50 g pack sits in the middle of the range, suited to bigger fish, turtles or a household with more than one tank drawing on the same treat.
Feeding the shrimp whole keeps the natural tearing and searching behaviour that comes with live or whole prey, which adds enrichment value beyond the nutrition itself, and larger predatory or omnivorous fish can take a whole piece without it being broken down first. The treat suits a broad range of carnivorous and omnivorous fish, as well as crustaceans, axolotls and turtles, so a 50 g pack can rotate across several types of animal in a mixed collection. As with any whole dried food, it is a dense treat rather than a staple, and uneaten pieces should be cleared from the water after a short time rather than left to break down. Keep the resealable pack closed between feeds to protect the remaining shrimp from moisture, and store it somewhere cool and dry rather than near a heater or in direct sun.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger fish and turtles:** Whole pieces sized for animals that can take them without crushing.
- **Multiple tanks:** A 50 g pack that stretches across more than one aquarium.
- **Enrichment feeding:** Encourages natural foraging and tearing behaviour.
- **Colour-focused diets:** Beta carotene content supports colour with regular use.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Offer whole to larger animals:** Let bigger fish and turtles take a full shrimp.
- **Break down for smaller fish:** Split pieces for tank-mates that cannot manage a whole shrimp.
- **Treat frequency:** Use a few times a week alongside a complete staple diet.
- **Clear the water:** Remove anything uneaten after a few minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried shrimp:** Unprocessed pieces that keep natural feeding behaviour.
- **High protein:** A minimum of 65% crude protein.
- **Omega-3 fatty acids:** Naturally present in the shrimp.
- **Beta carotene:** Supports natural colour enhancement over repeated feeds.
- **50 g pack:** Sized for larger fish, turtles or more than one tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102205
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264006351
- **Product Type:** Food > Whole Dried Treats
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 65%
- **Ingredients:** Whole dried shrimp
- **Ideal For:** Carnivorous and omnivorous fish, crustaceans, axolotls and turtles
- **Other Sizes:** 15 g (SKU 102203); 30 g (SKU 102204); 150 g (SKU 102206)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Whole Fish Turtle Treat 110g
Bulk whole dried fish treat for turtle ponds and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/aqua-pics-whole-fish-turtle-treat-110g/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102118 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003152
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102118-1.png
A pond holding several turtles, or a fish room with more than one large predatory fish, goes through a whole-prey treat faster than a single tank does. Aqua-Pics Whole Fish Turtle Treat 110g (SKU: 102118) is the 110 g pack of whole dried fish suited to fish and turtle feeding, with individual fish typically 40 to 50 mm long. Drying the fish whole keeps the bones, scales and shape intact, giving turtles and larger fish a more complete treat than a soft, boneless alternative, and the 110 g size covers more feeds than the smaller pack before it needs replacing.
A single 40 to 50 mm fish is readily taken by an adult turtle or a larger carnivorous fish in one go, and the intact bones add calcium and roughage to the diet alongside the protein. The 110 g pack suits turtles kept in ponds or larger tanks, as well as predatory fish sizeable enough to manage a whole fish safely, and it serves well where more than one animal is being fed from the same supply. As with any whole-prey treat, it is generally used as an occasional variation on a pelleted or dried staple rather than a daily replacement for one, and it can be fed dry or briefly soaked in tank water to soften it. Keep the pack sealed between feeds to stop the fish absorbing moisture and softening prematurely.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turtle ponds:** A larger pack suited to feeding several turtles regularly.
- **Fish rooms:** Stretches across more than one tank holding large predatory fish.
- **Occasional whole-prey feeding:** A change from a pelleted or dried staple diet.
- **Multiple turtles:** A 110 g pack sized for more than a single-tank keeper.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Match size to animal:** Only offer whole fish to turtles or fish large enough to take them.
- **Soften if required:** Soak briefly in tank water for smaller or older animals.
- **Treat frequency:** Feed a few times a week rather than as the main diet.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten fish from the water or pond promptly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried fish:** Kept intact rather than processed into a pellet.
- **40–50 mm fish size:** A single-bite size for turtles and larger fish.
- **Bone and scale content:** Adds calcium and roughage beyond a soft treat.
- **Dry or soaked feeding:** Can be offered straight from the pack or softened first.
- **110 g pack:** The larger size for ponds and multi-tank feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102118
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003152
- **Product Type:** Food > Whole Dried Treats
- **Net Weight:** 110 g
- **Fish Size:** Approx. 40–50 mm
- **Ingredients:** Whole dried fish
- **Ideal For:** Turtles and larger predatory or omnivorous fish
- **Other Sizes:** 60 g (SKU 102117)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle tanks, ponds and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua-pics Whole Fish Turtle Treat 60g
Whole dried fish treat for turtles and predatory fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/aqua-pics-whole-fish-turtle-treat-60g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102117 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9336264003145
- Brand: Aqua-Pics (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aqua-pics/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102117-1.png
A turtle or a larger predatory fish fed on pellets alone misses out on the whole-prey feeding it would get in the wild. Aqua-Pics Whole Fish Turtle Treat 60g (SKU: 102117) is a 60 g pack of whole dried fish sized for fish and turtle feeding, with individual fish typically 40 to 50 mm long. Because the fish are dried whole rather than processed into a pellet, they keep their natural shape and the bones that come with it, giving a turtle or a larger fish a more complete, calcium-bearing treat than a boneless alternative. The 60 g pack suits a single turtle or a smaller tank taking treats occasionally rather than daily.
A whole dried fish of this size is easily taken by a single adult turtle or a larger carnivorous fish, and the bones and scales left intact add calcium and roughage to the diet that a soft treat does not provide. It is suited to turtles kept in tanks or ponds as well as to predatory fish large enough to manage a whole 40 to 50 mm fish without choking, and it works as an occasional change from a dried or pelleted staple rather than a replacement for one. Some keepers soak the fish briefly in tank water before feeding to soften it for smaller turtles or older fish, though it can also be offered dry. Store the pack sealed and away from moisture to keep the fish from softening before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pet turtles:** A whole-prey treat alongside pellets or other turtle food.
- **Larger predatory fish:** Fish big enough to take a 40 to 50 mm whole fish safely.
- **Occasional variety:** A change from a daily pelleted or dried staple.
- **Single turtle tanks:** A 60 g pack sized for occasional rather than daily feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Check the size fits:** Only offer whole fish to animals large enough to take them safely.
- **Soak if needed:** Briefly soften the fish in tank water for smaller turtles.
- **Feed as a treat:** Offer a few times a week rather than as the main diet.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove anything uneaten to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole dried fish:** Left intact rather than processed into a pellet.
- **40–50 mm fish size:** Suited to a single bite for turtles and larger fish.
- **Bone and scale content:** Adds calcium and roughage beyond a soft treat.
- **Dry or soaked:** Can be fed straight from the pack or softened first.
- **60 g pack:** Sized for occasional treats in a single tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua-Pics (Australia)
- **SKU:** 102117
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9336264003145
- **Product Type:** Food > Whole Dried Treats
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Fish Size:** Approx. 40–50 mm
- **Ingredients:** Whole dried fish
- **Ideal For:** Turtles and larger predatory or omnivorous fish
- **Other Sizes:** 110 g (SKU 102118)
- **Target Environment:** Turtle tanks, ponds and freshwater aquariums
---
### Fluval — Filter Media
#### Fluval AC20 Bio Foam Insert Blue 3 Pack
Fluval AC20 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue (3 Pack).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac20-bio-foam-insert-blue-3-pack/
- Price: $6.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ20
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-AC20-Bio-Foam-Insert-Blue-3-Pack.png
The Fluval AC20 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue 3 Pack (SKU: FAQ20) delivers essential dual-action mechanical and biological filtration engineered specifically for the AquaClear 20 (AC20) Power Filter. Constructed with an ultra-dense 30 PPI (pores per inch) foam matrix, this insert traps fine floating particles and debris while preserving smooth, uninhibited water movement through the filter chamber.
The high-surface-area porous structure serves as an optimal substrate for beneficial nitrifying bacteria colonisation, working to eliminate toxic ammonia and nitrites. Precision-cut with zero bypass gaps, these replacement foam blocks ensure maximum filtration performance in both freshwater and marine aquarium environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Primary Filtration Base:** Serves as the bottom mechanical and biological foam layer in the AquaClear 20 filter basket.
- **Trapping Fine Debris:** Captures fish waste, uneaten food, and floating particulates to keep aquarium water clear.
- **Routine Media Replacement:** Recommended for replacement every 2 months to preserve physical trapping efficiency and proper water throughput.
**How to Use**
- Unpack one blue Bio-Foam insert and rinse thoroughly under running water prior to installation.
- Insert the foam pad into the bottom section of the AquaClear 20 filter basket so incoming water flows through it first.
- During routine filter maintenance, gently squeeze and rinse the sponge in a container of removed aquarium water to clear waste without disrupting beneficial bacteria.
- Replace the foam block every 2 months. Stagger replacements if using multiple pads to ensure biological stability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Dense 30 PPI Foam:** Maximises particle retention without causing restricted water flow or filter overflow.
- **Dual Biological & Mechanical Action:** Traps organic waste while providing extensive surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
- **Precision Custom Fit:** Fits flush against the filter basket walls to prevent water bypass.
- **3-Pack Value Box:** Supplies up to 6 months of continuous replacement media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ20
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Sponge & Bio Foam Inserts
- **Pore Density:** 30 PPI (Pores Per Inch)
- **Quantity:** 3 Bio-Foam Inserts Per Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval AquaClear 20 (AC20) Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 121 mm (L) × 88 mm (W) × 49.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 176 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval AC30 Bio Foam Insert Blue 3 Pack
Fluval AC30 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue (3 Pack).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac30-bio-foam-insert-blue-3-pack/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ21
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-AC30-Bio-Foam-Insert-Blue-3-Pack.png
The Fluval AC30 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue 3 Pack (SKU: FAQ21) provides effective dual-action mechanical and biological filtration engineered specifically for the AquaClear 30 (AC30) Power Filter. Featuring an ultra-dense 30 PPI (pores per inch) foam matrix, this insert traps fine floating particles and debris while maintaining an even, steady water flow through the filter basket.
The porous surface structure creates an optimal environment for beneficial nitrifying bacteria to colonise, breaking down harmful toxic ammonia and nitrites. Form-fitted with zero bypass gaps, these replacement foam pads ensure maximum filtration efficiency in both freshwater and marine aquarium systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Primary Filtration Base:** Serves as the foundational biological and mechanical foam layer in the AquaClear 30 filter basket.
- **Trapping Fine Debris:** Clears cloudy water by capturing fish waste, uneaten food, and suspended debris.
- **Routine Media Refresh:** Recommended for replacement every 2 months to maintain maximum physical trapping and water flow throughput.
**How to Use**
- Unpack one blue Bio-Foam insert and rinse thoroughly under running water prior to installation.
- Slide the foam pad into the bottom section of the AquaClear 30 filter basket so incoming water passes through it first.
- During routine filter maintenance, gently rinse the sponge in a container of removed aquarium water to clear detritus without disrupting the biological bacteria colony.
- Replace the foam block every 2 months. Stagger replacements if using multiple pads to maintain biological stability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Dense 30 PPI Foam:** Maximises fine particle retention without causing filter overflow or restricted flow.
- **Dual Biological & Mechanical Filtration:** Traps physical waste while providing extensive biological surface area for nitrifying bacteria.
- **Custom Precision Fit:** Fits snugly inside the filter basket to prevent unfiltered water from bypassing the media.
- **3-Pack Value Set:** Provides up to 6 months of continuous replacement media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ21
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Sponge & Bio Foam Inserts
- **Pore Density:** 30 PPI (Pores Per Inch)
- **Quantity:** 3 Bio-Foam Inserts Per Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval AquaClear 30 (AC30) Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 121 mm (L) × 88 mm (W) × 49.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 187 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval AC50 Bio Foam Insert Blue 3 Pack
Fluval AC50 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue (Pack of 3).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac50-bio-foam-insert-blue-3-pack/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ22
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-AC50-Bio-Foam-Insert-Blue-3-Pack-1.png
The Fluval AC50 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue 3 Pack (SKU: FAQ22) provides essential dual-action mechanical and biological filtration for AquaClear 50 (AC50) Power Filters. Engineered with an ultra-dense 30 PPI (pores per inch) foam structure, this insert effectively traps floating debris and fine waste particles while maintaining smooth, unrestricted water flow through the filter basket.
The porous, high-surface-area foam block acts as an ideal breeding ground for beneficial nitrifying bacteria, helping to break down harmful toxic ammonia and nitrites.
Precision-cut to eliminate gaps, these inserts force water through the media, ensuring maximum filtration efficiency across both freshwater and marine aquarium environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Primary Mechanical & Biological Filtration:**
Serves as the foundational foam layer inside AquaClear 50 power filters.
- **Trapping Fine Debris:** Ideal for clearing cloudy water caused by fish waste, uneaten food, and suspended plant material.
- **Media Replacement & Staggering:**
Essential for replacing old, clogged foam blocks every 2 months to ensure consistent mechanical trapping and biological health.
**How to Use**
- Unpack one blue Bio-Foam block and rinse thoroughly under running aquarium or dechlorinated tap water before placement.
- Slide the insert into the bottom level of the AquaClear 50 filter basket so water passes through it first.
- During routine filter maintenance, gently squeeze and rinse the foam in taken-out aquarium water to preserve the beneficial bacteria colony.
- Replace the foam block every 2 months.
When using multiple pads, stagger replacements to avoid disrupting your biological filter bed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Dense 30 PPI Foam:**
Optimises mechanical particle trapping while maintaining even water throughput.
- **Dual Biological & Mechanical Action:**
Removes physical waste while housing essential nitrifying bacteria.
- **Precision Custom Fit:**
Designed with zero gaps around the filter basket to prevent water bypass.
- **3-Pack Value Box:** Provides up to 6 months of continuous replacement media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ22
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Sponge & Bio Foam Inserts
- **Pore Density:**
30 PPI (Pores Per Inch)
- **Quantity:** 3 Bio-Foam Inserts Per Pack
- **Compatibility:**
Fluval AquaClear 50 (AC50) Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 132 mm (L) × 99 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 242 g
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval AC70 Bio Foam Insert Blue 3 Pack
Fluval AC70 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue (3 Pack).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac70-bio-foam-insert-blue-3-pack/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ23
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-AC70-Bio-Foam-Insert-Blue-3-Pack.png
The Fluval AC70 Bio-Foam Filter Insert Blue 3 Pack (SKU: FAQ23) provides dual-action biological and mechanical filtration specifically tailored for the AquaClear 70 (AC70) Power Filter. Engineered with an ultra-dense 30 PPI (pores per inch) foam matrix, this insert traps fine particulate waste and floating debris while ensuring smooth, unrestricted water movement through the filter chamber.
The high-surface-area porous structure acts as an ideal substrate for nitrifying bacteria colonisation to eliminate harmful ammonia and nitrites. Precision-moulded to leave zero bypass gaps, these replacement foam blocks maximise filter performance across freshwater and saltwater marine aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Primary Filtration Layer:**
Serves as the base mechanical and biological filtration insert in the AquaClear 70 filter basket.
- **Trapping Particulate Waste:** Clears cloudiness by capturing fish waste, floating plant matter, and uneaten food particles.
- **Routine Replacement & Maintenance:**
Recommended for replacement every 2 months to maintain maximum water throughput and physical trapping efficiency.
**How to Use**
- Remove one blue Bio-Foam pad and rinse it thoroughly under clean running water prior to installation.
- Insert the foam block into the lowest section of the AquaClear 70 filter basket so incoming water passes through it first.
- During routine maintenance, rinse the sponge in a bucket of removed aquarium water to clear accumulated detritus without killing beneficial bacteria.
- Replace the foam insert every 2 months.
Stagger replacements if using multiple pads to maintain biological stability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Dense 30 PPI Foam:**
Optimises fine particle retention without causing drag or water overflow.
- **Dual Biological & Mechanical Action:**
Traps physical waste while providing a massive biological surface area for nitrifying bacteria.
- **Gap-Free Custom Fit:**
Fits flush against the filter basket walls to prevent water from bypassing the media.
- **3-Pack Value Box:** Offers up to 6 months of continuous replacement filtration media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:**
Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ23
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Sponge & Bio Foam Inserts
- **Pore Density:**
30 PPI (Pores Per Inch)
- **Quantity:**
3 Bio-Foam Inserts Per Pack
- **Compatibility:**
Fluval AquaClear 70 (AC70) Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 154 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 60.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 308 g
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Ac20/30 Activated Carbon Insert 3 Pack
Chemical filtration for AquaClear 20 and 30 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac20-30-activated-carbon-insert-3-pack/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ25 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196420
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-19.png
The Fluval AquaClear 20/30 Activated Carbon Insert 3-Pack ( SKU: FAQ25 ) provides high-adsorption chemical filtration for AquaClear 20 and 30 Power Filters. Premium research-grade activated carbon absorbs dissolved organic impurities, odours, discolouration, and harmful toxins. Activated Carbon improves water clarity in fresh and saltwater aquariums.
Pre-measured into convenient mesh pouches, these inserts restore clarity and aquatic safety to small aquariums without leaching phosphates back into the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Clarification:** Removes yellow water tints, tannins from driftwood, and foul odours.
- **Post-Medication Clean Up:** Safely extracts residual fish medications after treatment cycles finish.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the carbon pouch under cold tap water until runoff water is completely clear of carbon dust.
- Place the pouch in the middle layer of the AquaClear filter basket.
- Replace with a fresh pouch every 2 to 4 weeks, as carbon loses adsorption capacity. For best results, replace every 4 weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Research-Grade Carbon:** High surface area porous carbon rapidly traps dissolved contaminants. Premium, research-grade chemical filter media. Highly adsorbent – removes odours, discolourations, and toxins
- **Phosphate-Free Formula:** Will not leach nutrients that encourage unwanted algae growth. Helps promote healthy, crystal-clear water and improves fish health.
- **Value 3-Pack:** Supplies multi-month chemical filtration maintenance. **Sized for AquaClear 20/30:** Direct drop-in fit for compact power filter trays.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ25
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196420
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 58 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Net Weight:** 3 x 50g Satchels
- **Gross Package Weight:** 200 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models – Fluval AC20, Fluval AC30, Aquaclear 20, and Aquaclear 30 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac20/30 Ammonia Remover Insert 3 Pack
Natural zeolite media removes toxic ammonia ions in AquaClear 20 and 30 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac20-30-ammonia-remover-insert-3-pack/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ31 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196314
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-25.png
The Fluval AquaClear 20/30 Ammonia Remover Insert 3-Pack ( SKU: FAQ31 ) contains natural zeolite media (Natural ion-exchange clinoptilolite chemical filter media) designed specifically for AquaClear 20 and 30 Power Filters. It selectively traps and neutralises toxic ammonia ions before they can harm fish.
Ammonia Remover is ideal for new or heavily populated freshwater aquariums. It removes and controls harmful ammonia and nitrite to create a healthy aquatic environment. Controlling ammonia levels is also critical for reducing stress on fish. Ideal for newly established aquariums or heavily stocked tanks, it provides immediate protection against ammonia spikes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Essential during initial tank cycling to protect fish from deadly ammonia buildup.
- **Emergency Ammonia Spikes:** Fast relief for overstocked tanks or post-feeding waste surges.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse under clean water to remove dust particles prior to installation.
- Place the pouch into the middle section of the AquaClear media basket.
- Replace monthly or immediately after elevated ammonia levels drop to zero.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Zeolite Resin:** It has natural ion-exchange (clinoptilolite) chemical filter media that selectively binds toxic ammonia (NH₃/NH₄⁺) ions.
- **Protects Sensitive Fish:** Prevents ammonia burn and stress in newly stocked aquariums. Effectively removes and controls toxic ammonia.
- **Ideal for New Tanks:** Prevents dangerous fish loss during the initial cycling period by reducing fish stress and preventing livestock loss. Ideal for new or heavily populated aquariums
- **3-Pack Value:** Includes three pre-measured insert bags; can last for 4-5 months or more depending on the size & volume of the aquarium/fish tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ31
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196314
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 58 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 250 g (3× Quantity Pack)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models – Fluval AC20, Fluval AC30, Aquaclear 20, and Aquaclear 30 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac50 Activated Carbon Insert 3 Pack
For chemical purification in AquaClear 50 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac50-activated-carbon-insert-3-pack/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ26 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196444
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-20.png
The Fluval AquaClear 50 Activated Carbon Insert 3-Pack ( SKU: FAQ26 ) delivers chemical purification for AquaClear 50 Power Filters. Containing high-grade bituminous carbon, it adsorbs liquid pollutants, organic pigments, and medicinal residues.
Activated Carbon improves water clarity in fresh and saltwater aquariums. It provides superior adsorption qualities, eliminating odours, discolourations, and impurities. Formulated to maximise contact time with circulating water, it improves overall clarity and prevents dissolved organic compound buildup in mid-sized aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Polishing:** Use continuously to maintain crystal-clear water and remove aquatic odours.
- **Chemical Detoxification:** Removes chlorine, heavy metal traces, and organic dyes.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Thoroughly rinse the media pouch under cold tap water to clear carbon dust.
- Insert the pouch into the middle section of the AquaClear 50 filter basket.
- Replace every month to prevent saturated carbon from leaching adsorbed waste.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Superior Organic Absorption:** Rapidly attracts and locks in dissolved organic pollutants.
- **Crystal Clear Water:** Removes unsightly yellowing and cloudy organic haze.
- **Precision Mesh Bag:** Prevents carbon granules from spilling into the pump impeller. Premium, research-grade chemical filter media.
- **3-Month Supply Pack:** Contains 3 individually packaged carbon inserts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ26
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196444
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 56 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 250 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** Fluval AC50 and Aquaclear 50 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac50 Biomax Insert 80gm
Biological media insert for AquaClear 50 Power Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac50-biomax-insert-80gm/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ16 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196628
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-17.png
The Fluval AquaClear 50 BioMax Insert ( SKU: FAQ16 ) is a biological media insert custom-sized for the AquaClear 50 Power Filter. Containing 80 grams of inert, porous ceramic rings, it provides an optimal habitat for beneficial aerobic nitrifying bacteria. Fluval AquaClear 50 BIOMAX Filter Insert provides an optimal environment for the colonisation and growth of beneficial bacteria, which is essential for effective biological filtration and water purification.
BIOMAX’s complex bio-ring pore structure allows beneficial, toxin-reducing bacteria to thrive. By reducing toxins such as ammonia and nitrite, BIOMAX effectively increases biological filtration efficiency by 30%. Exclusively designed for the Fluval AquaClear 50 Power Filter, BIOMAX is suitable for fresh and saltwater aquariums. BIOMAX comes in a mesh bag for quick and easy installation. By encouraging rapid bacterial growth, it effectively eliminates harmful ammonia and nitrite spikes, maintaining exceptional water purity in medium-sized aquarium systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bio-Filter Enhancement:** Primary biological filter media for aquariums up to 190 litres.
- **Post-Medication Recovery:** Helps restore depleted biological filter colonies following antibacterial treatments.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Gently rinse the BioMax pouch using discarded aquarium water during a water change.
- Place the pouch in the upper chamber of the AquaClear 50 media basket.
- Replace 50% of the media every 2 to 3 months to ensure continuous bacterial renewal.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Porosity Ceramic:** Maximises biological surface area in a compact footprint.
- **Biological Waste Conversion:** Converts toxic ammonia into nitrite and nitrate.
- **Custom AquaClear Fit:** Sized for exact placement inside AquaClear 50 filter baskets.
- **Chemical Neutrality:** Will not affect pH, GH, or KH levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ16
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196628
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 68 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 95 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility: **Fluval AC50 and Aquaclear 50 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac50 Clear Carb Insert 1 Pack
Carbon and Clearmax hybrid media insert for AquaClear 50 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac50-clear-carb-insert-1-pack/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ29 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196277
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-23.png
The Fluval AquaClear 50 Clear Carb Insert ( SKU: FAQ29 ) is a hybrid media insert engineered for AquaClear 50 Power Filters. Combining carbon and resin technologies, it purifies water by absorbing both dissolved organic compounds and unwanted inorganic minerals.
Clear-Carb combines the benefits of Carbon and Clearmax for fresh and saltwater aquariums. It eliminates odours, discolourations, and impurities, while controlling phosphate, nitrite and nitrate to produce crystal-clear water. It ensures crisp water clarity while keeping nutrient levels balanced in mid-sized aquatic setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Advanced Water Polishing:** Use in place of standard carbon for combined clarity and nutrient control.
- **Plant & Fish Health:** Keeps organic pollutants low without removing critical micro-trace elements.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse under cold tap water to clear loose carbon dust before use.
- Place centrally in the filter basket chamber.
- Replace every 2 to 4 weeks to maintain active adsorption properties. For best results, replace every 4 weeks
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbon-Resin Fusion:** 2-in-1 premium activated carbon with Clearmax chemical filter media that absorbs heavy metals, odours, organic dyes, and nitrites/nitrates. Highly adsorbent – removes odours, discolourations, and toxins.
- **Prevents Algae Outbreaks:** Removes silicates and reduces phosphate, nitrite and nitrate to stop algae blooms. Helps promote healthy, crystal-clear water for a healthier aquarium.
- **Custom Fit:** Perfectly proportioned for the AquaClear 50 media basket. Reduces the need for frequent aquarium maintenance, which eventually improves fish health.
- **Safe & Inert Body:** Will not alter overall pH or water hardness levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ29
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196277
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 68 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 126 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 90 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** Fluval AC50 and AquaClear 50 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac50 Zeo Carb Insert 3 Pack
Hybrid media insert blend of activated carbon & ammonia-removing zeolite for AquaClear 50 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac50-zeo-carb-insert-3-pack/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ34 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196536
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-27.png
The Fluval AquaClear 50 Zeo-Carb Insert 3-Pack ( SKU: FAQ34 ) is a hybrid media insert blending research-grade activated carbon with natural ammonia-removing zeolite. Formulated for AquaClear 50 Power Filters, it removes toxic ammonia while simultaneously adsorbing organic impurities, dyes, and odours.
This dual chemical filtration prevents toxic waste spikes while keeping water polished and crystal clear in mid-sized freshwater aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **All-In-One Chemical Filtration:** Ideal for freshwater tanks requiring simultaneous ammonia control and water clarity.
- **New & Stocked Tanks:** Excellent maintenance insert for preventing organic buildup and toxic spikes.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the pouch under cold tap water until runoff water is clear.
- Insert into the middle chamber of the AquaClear 50 media basket.
- Replace every 2 to 4 weeks for continuous double-action protection.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2-in-1 Zeolite & Carbon Blend:** Eliminates toxic ammonia while polishing water clarity.
- **Prevents Waste Accumulation:** Controls organic pollutants, yellow tint, and smells.
- **Space-Saving Design:** Combines two chemical media types into a single media tray slot.
- **Convenient 3-Pack:** Includes three individual drop-in pouches.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ34
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196536
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 56 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 350 g (3× Quantity Pack)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
- **Compatibility:** Fluval AC50 and AquaClear 50 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac70/110 Activated Carbon Insert 3 Pack
Maximum chemical adsorption for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac70-110-activated-carbon-insert-3-pack/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ27 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196468
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-21.png
The Fluval AquaClear 70/110 Activated Carbon Insert 3-Pack (SKU: FAQ27) offers maximum chemical adsorption capacity for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters. Packed with premium activated carbon granules, it targets dissolved pollutants in large aquariums up to 415 litres.
Activated Carbon improves water clarity in fresh and saltwater aquariums. It provides superior adsorption qualities, eliminating odours, discolourations, and impurities. Designed for high-flow rate systems, it traps pigments, chemical irritants, and odors to preserve optimal water clarity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Chemical Filtration:** Controls organic buildup in large community or marine aquariums.
- **Toxin Removal:** Extracts dissolved toxins, pesticides, and post-treatment medications.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the pouch under cold running water until rinse water runs clear.
- Place into the filter basket layer between mechanical foam and biological media.
- Swap out for a new carbon pouch every 3 to 4 weeks for consistent water polishing. For best results, replace every 4 weeks
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Adsorption Surface:** Bituminous carbon pores maximise surface area contact with high water volumes. Highly adsorbent – removes odours, discolourations, and toxins.
- **Odor & Pigment Elimination:** Eliminates musty tank odors and water discoloration. Helps promote healthy, crystal-clear water and improves fish health.
- **Non-Phosphate Leaching:** Safe for sensitive reef and planted aquarium setups, it will not raise phosphate levels and helps prevent algae growth in fish tank or aquarium setups.
- **Heavy-Duty Quantity:** 500g total weight tailored for large-capacity filter trays. Premium, research-grade chemical filter media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ27
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196468
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums - Large aquariums up to 415 litres
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models – Fluval AC70, Fluval AC110, Aquaclear 70, and Aquaclear 110 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac70/110 Ammonia Remover Insert 3 Pack
Heavy-duty ammonia-removing zeolite filter for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac70-110-ammonia-remover-insert-3-pack/
- Price: $18.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ32 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196352
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-26.png
The Fluval AquaClear 70/110 Ammonia Remover Insert 3-Pack ( SKU: FAQ32 ) is a heavy-duty zeolite chemical filter media for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters. Containing 1.1 kg of high-purity natural zeolite, it rapidly removes toxic free ammonia from freshwater aquariums.
Controlling ammonia levels is also critical for reducing stress on fish; Ammonia Remover is ideal for new or heavily populated freshwater aquariums. It removes and controls harmful ammonia and nitrite to create a healthy aquatic environment. Designed for large tanks and high bio-load conditions, it provides immediate chemical protection against nitrogenous waste accumulation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Cycling:** Recommended during the setup phase of large freshwater aquariums.
- **Bio-Load Emergency:** Rapidly controls sudden ammonia spikes caused by overfeeding or filter disruption.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the pouch thoroughly under tap water to clear loose particles.
- Place into the filter basket in place of or alongside carbon media.
- Replace every 2 to 4 weeks or after high ammonia levels subside. For best results, replace every 4 weeks
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Capacity Zeolite:** Traps large amounts of dissolved ammonia ions rapidly. Natural ion-exchange (clinoptilolite) chemical filter media effectively removes and controls toxic ammonia.
- **Prevents Toxin Stress:** Reduces fish stress and prevents livestock loss by protecting fish gills and internal organs from ammonia toxicity.
- **Formulated for Large Filters:** Perfectly fits AquaClear 70 and 110 tray dimensions. Ideal for new or heavily populated aquariums
- **Freshwater Formulation:** Maximum ion-exchange efficiency in freshwater chemistry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ32
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196352
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 86 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1100 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models – Fluval AC70, Fluval AC110, Aquaclear 70, and Aquaclear 110 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac70/110 Biomax Insert 125gm
Heavy-duty biological media insert for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac70-110-biomax-insert-125gm/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ18 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196642
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-18.png
The Fluval AquaClear 70/110 BioMax Insert ( SKU: FAQ18 ) is a heavy-duty 125-gram biological media insert tailored for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters. Its deep micro-tubular matrix fosters ideal conditions for beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
BIOMAX nodes feature a complex pore system where beneficial bacteria can easily establish and flourish. The media shape is specifically designed to permit even water distribution, which prolongs contact time over a wider area for effective biological filtration. Designed for high-flow power filter applications, it optimises bio-filtration capacity for larger aquariums, heavily stocked community tanks, and cichlid setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Bio-Filtration:** Ideal for large aquariums up to 415 litres requiring high-capacity biological purification.
- **High-Bio-Load Systems:** Crucial for managing bio-waste in heavily stocked or large fish environments.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the mesh bag in aquarium water prior to initial installation.
- Position the media pouch in the top section of the AquaClear 70 or 110 filter basket.
- Stagger media replacement over time to prevent beneficial bacteria loss. For best results, replace every 3 months
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Expanded Ceramic Matrix:** Increases surface area for maximum nitrifying colony density. Complex pore system provides large surface area for thriving beneficial bacteria growth.
- **Heavy-Duty Bio-Capacity: **Premium biological filter media designed for high-volume flow rates and heavier waste loads.
- **Ready-To-Use Pouch:** Mesh bag allows unrestricted water flow while keeping media contained. Permits even water distribution, prolonging contact time for added biological filtration.
- **Universal Water Compatibility:** Fully safe for all freshwater and marine environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ18
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196642
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 92 mm (L) × 56 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 145 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models - Fluval AC70, Fluval AC110, Aquaclear 70, and Aquaclear 110 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac70/110 Clear Carb Insert 2 Pack
High-volume carbon and synthetic resin blend filter media for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ac70-110-clear-carb-insert-2-pack/
- Price: $17.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ30 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196284
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-24-1.png
The Fluval AquaClear 70/110 Clear Carb Insert 2-Pack ( SKU: FAQ30 ) is a high-volume dual chemical filter media tailored for AquaClear 70 and 110 Power Filters. Featuring a blend of activated carbon and synthetic resin, it targets organic dyes, heavy metals, and dissolved nutrients.
This 2-pack provides long-lasting chemical purification for larger freshwater and marine aquarium systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Volume System Polishing:** Maintains crystal-clear water in tanks up to 415 litres.
- **Organic & Mineral Management:** Adsorbs yellow water dyes, dissolved proteins, and silicates.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the pouch thoroughly under running tap water.
- Insert into the AquaClear 70 or 110 media tray directly above the foam insert.
- Replace with a fresh pouch every month.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Synergistic Media Blend:** Combines activated carbon and specialised ion-exchange resins.
- **High Capacity Output:** Sized for deep filter baskets and high water flow rates.
- **Algae Control Support:** Traps dissolved compounds that contribute to green water.
- **Value 2-Pack:** Provides two full chemical maintenance replacements.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ30
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196284
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models – Fluval AC70, Fluval AC110, Aquaclear 70, and Aquaclear 110 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ammonia Pads 106/107 & 206/207 - 3 Pack
Fluval Ammonia Remover Pads for 106/107 & 206/207 canister filters - Pack of 3.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15419
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA144 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102575
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-30.png
Fluval Ammonia Pads (SKU: FA144) are specialised resin-infused chemical pads engineered for Fluval 106, 107, 206, and 207 canister filters. Infused with ammonia-reducing ion-exchange resin, these pads bind toxic free ammonia on contact. Designed as a preventive or rapid-response measure, they protect fish against chemical stress, gill damage, and ammonia spikes in smaller 06/07 series canister filters. Designed specifically for Fluval 106, 107, 206, and 207 performance canister filters, Ammonia Remover pads offer both effective mechanical and chemical media in a convenient, space-saving format.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Insert during initial aquarium setup to control ammonia surges during nitrogen cycle establishment.
- **Heavy Stocking or Overfeeding:** Use when bio-load increases or following accidental overfeeding.
- **Emergency Toxin Removal:** Apply immediately if testing reveals detectable ammonia levels.
**How to Use**
- Power off the filter and open the Fluval 106/107 or 206/207 media cassette.
- Place the Ammonia Pad in the middle or upper filtration tray.
- Rinse briefly with tap water before placement to clear loose media dust. This entire process should be done after medicating fish.
- For best results, replace monthly or as required after testing water. Replace monthly or immediately after resolving an emergency ammonia surge. For freshwater use only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ion-Exchange Resin Technology:** Directly targets and binds free ammonia ions in freshwater. Effective at reducing and controlling toxic ammonia spikes
- **Exact Fit for 107/207:** Precision-shaped to fit media trays of Fluval 106, 107, 206, and 207 models without bypass. Custom fit for 07 and 06 series filters to increase filtration efficiency.
- **Prevents Fish Losses:** Protects sensitive fish and invertebrates during biological fluctuations. Ideal for new and heavily stocked aquariums
- **3-Pack Supply:** Includes three resin pads for multiple routine maintenance cycles. Effectively traps floating particles for clear water (debris, excess food and waste).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA144
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (ammonia-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 106, 107, 206 & 207 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquarium only
---
#### Fluval Ammonia Pads 306/307 & 406/407 - 6 Pack
Fluval Ammonia Remover Pads for 306/307 & 406/407 canister filters - Pack of 6.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15422
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA147 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102582
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-33.png
Fluval Ammonia Pads 6-Pack (SKU: FA147) are high-capacity chemical media pads formulated for larger Fluval 306, 307, 406, and 407 canister filters and used as replacement ammmonia Pad inserts. Infused with natural ammonia-binding resins, these pads capture free toxic ammonia(NH₃) before it causes gill damage or fish mortality. The 6-pack size provides extended supply for larger aquariums experiencing high organic waste or stocking densities.
##### When to Use
- **Large Tank Setups:** Use in high-capacity 307/407 filters when cycling new large aquariums. Ideal for new and heavily stocked aquariums.
- **High Bio-Load Systems:** Apply in cichlid, goldfish, or heavily stocked tanks to control ammonia(NH₃) buildup.
- **Spike Prevention:** Insert after major aquarium cleanings, stocking additions, or accidental overfeeding.
##### How to Use
- Power down the canister filter and access the media trays.
- Insert pad into the media basket frame. Always start the process after medicating fish.
- Rinse under fresh tap water before installation.
- Replace monthly or whenever ammonia(NH₃) tests reveal rising parameters. For freshwater use only.
##### Key Features
- **Ammonia-Binding Resin:** Neutralises free ammonia(NH₃) to prevent chemical toxicity. Effective at reducing and controlling toxic ammonia(NH₃) spikes.
- **Custom Fit for 307/407:** Precision-moulded for Fluval 306, 307, 406, and 407 canister filter trays. Designed specifically for the Fluval 07 performance canister filter series. Custom fit to increase filtration efficiency
- **High-Capacity 6-Pack:** Extended multi-pack supply designed for larger filter media volumes.
- **Mechanical & Chemical:** Traps debris(excess food and waste) while removing chemical pollutants. Ammonia resin-infused pads perform double duty as both an effective mechanical and chemical media.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA147
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (ammonia-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 6 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 306, 307, 406 & 407 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquarium Only
---
#### Fluval Ammonia Remover 2800gm
Fluval Ammonia Remover 2800gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ammonia-remover-2800gm/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA03 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114875
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-22.png
Fluval Ammonia Remover 2800gm (SKU: FA03) is an economical bulk container of natural zeolite media designed to control toxic ammonia in freshwater environments. By exchanging sodium ions for toxic ammonium ions, this bulk media traps ammonia before it can harm aquatic life. Controlling ammonia levels reduces stress on fish. The 2.8 kg tub provides an abundant supply for large aquariums, fish rooms, or frequent media maintenance, allowing aquarists to custom-fill media bags to match any filter size. Use this product for providing a healthy environment while setting up a new aquarium or maintaining one that contains a higher-than-average fish stock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bulk Filter Refilling:** Ideal for filling custom media bags in large canister filters, sump systems, or trickle filters.
- **Persistent Bio-Load Support:** Use in high-density community tanks or cichlid aquariums needing ongoing ammonia suppression.
- **Multi-Tank Maintenance:** Cost-effective solution for fish rooms and breeders managing multiple freshwater setups.
**How to Use**
- Scoop the desired volume of loose zeolite into a reusable media bag.
- Rinse thoroughly under running water until runoff is completely clear.
- Place the media bag into the chemical filtration chamber of your filter.
- Replace media monthly or as needed when ammonia testing indicates saturation. Note: For freshwater use only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Economy Pack:** 2800g (2.8 kg) tub offers maximum cost efficiency per gram.
- **Targeted Ammonia Binding:** Converts free toxic ammonia into non-toxic trapped compounds. Natural ion-exchange media designed to remove toxic ammonia as water passes over it.
- **Customizable Dosing:** Fill reusable mesh bags to match exact filter tray sizes.
- **Fish-Safe Protection:** Prevents chemical stress and gill damage during nitrogen cycle fluctuations. Controlling ammonia levels reduces stress on fish.
**Compatible with filter models: 106, 206, 306, 406, FX4, FX6, 105, 205, 305, 405, 104, 204, 304, 404**
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA03
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Weight:** 2800 g (2.8 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
---
#### Fluval Ammonia Remover 3 X 180gm Bags
Fluval Ammonia Remover 3 x 180gm Bags.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-ammonia-remover-3-x-180gm-bags/
- Price: $9.90 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA01 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114806
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-21.png
Fluval Ammonia Remover (SKU: FA01) is a chemical filter media designed to absorb and neutralise toxic free ammonia from freshwater aquariums. Composed of natural, high-grade zeolite, it binds ammonia on contact to protect fish from ammonia burn, gill damage, and poisoning. Pre-measured into three 180g mesh bags, it easily drops into canister filter media baskets or power filters to safeguard aquariums during critical biological transitions. Fluval Ammonia Remover is a natural ion-exchange media designed to remove toxic ammonia as water passes over it. Controlling ammonia levels reduces stress on fish. Use this product to provide a healthy environment when setting up a new aquarium or maintaining one that contains a higher-than-average fish stock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Use during initial aquarium cycling to protect early livestock from ammonia spikes.
- **Overstocked Tanks:** Apply when stocking density temporarily exceeds biological filter capacity.
- **Emergency Spikes:** Insert immediately following overfeeding, filter failure, or sudden livestock loss.
**How to Use**
- Remove mesh bag from plastic packaging.
- Rinse thoroughly under tap water to clear fine dust before placement.
- Insert pre-bagged media directly into the middle or upper media basket of your canister filter.
- Replace monthly or immediately after resolving an emergency ammonia spike (zeolite becomes saturated once its binding capacity is reached). Note: For freshwater use only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Zeolite Media:** High-binding capacity natural ion-exchange resin.
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Includes 3 individually mesh-wrapped 180g pouches for mess-free installation.
- **Controls Toxin Spikes:** Rapidly lowers toxic free ammonia levels without affecting pH. Controlling ammonia levels creates a safe environment and reduces stress on fish
- **Canister & Power Filter Ready:** Ideal for use with most canister filters; chemical filter media sized to fit all standard filter media baskets. Particularly useful when setting up a new aquarium or for those with heavy fish stock
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA01
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Contents:** 3 x 180g Bags (540gm total)/(19 oz total)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Ac110 Filter Media Maintenance Kit
Extra-large media replacement for the AquaClear 110 Hang-On Power Filter (upto 416 litres).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-aquaclear-ac110-filter-media-maintenance-kit/
- Price: $21.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ14 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196949
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-11.png
The Fluval AquaClear AC110 Filter Media Maintenance Kit ( SKU: FAQ14 ) is an extra-large media replacement bundle engineered specifically for the high-capacity AquaClear 110 Hang-On Power Filter. Designed to service tanks up to 416 litres, this kit contains a massive mechanical Foam Insert, high-capacity Activated Carbon pack, and a generous supply of BioMax ceramic biological nodes.
- **Bio Foam Insert** works as a mechanical filter by trapping waste and debris from the water
- **Activated Carbon ****Pouch **improves water clarity and eliminates odours, discolourations, and impurities
- **BioMax biological ceramic rings**** **promote beneficial bacteria growth for effective biological filtration
Providing total mechanical, chemical, and biological media restoration, this kit ensures that your AC110 filter continues operating at its full 1,892 L/h turnover capability with crystal-clear results.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Filter Servicing:** Essential maintenance pack for keeping AquaClear 110 power filters running at peak output.
- **Heavy Fish Load Maintenance:** Ideal for replenishing spent media in tanks housing large cichlids, goldfish, or marine displays.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Unplug the AC110 filter and remove the large media container basket.
- Clear out old media inserts and clean the internal basket frame.
- Rinse the new extra-large Foam Insert and Carbon pouch to flush out manufacturing dust.
- Insert Foam at the bottom of the basket, followed by Carbon in the middle, and BioMax ceramic rings on top before powering back on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Volume Capacity:** Pre-sized specifically for the large-format AquaClear 110 media basket.
- **Complete 3-Stage Media Supply:** Includes extra-large Foam Insert, Premium Carbon, and BioMax biological nodes.
- **Unrestricted Water Flow:** Custom-fitted inserts prevent bypass and maintain maximum 1,892 L/h flow dynamics.
- **Long-Lasting Water Quality:** Ensures optimal particulate trapping, toxin removal, and biological ammonia reduction.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ14
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196949
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Maintenance Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 180 mm (L) × 305 mm (W) × 105 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,000 g (1.0 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using AquaClear 110 Filters
- **Includes:** 2x Activated Carbon Bag, 1x BioFoam Insert Filter, and 1x BioMax Ceramic Nodes
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Ac20 Filter Media Maintenance Kit
Replacement media pack for AquaClear 20 Hang-On Power Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-aquaclear-ac20-filter-media-maintenance-kit/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ10 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196901
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-7.png
The Fluval AquaClear AC20 Filter Media Maintenance Kit ( SKU: FAQ10 ) is an all-in-one replacement media pack formulated specifically for the AquaClear 20 Hang On Power Filter. Containing a high-density Foam Insert, Premium Activated Carbon, and BioMax Ceramic Nodes, this kit provides a complete refreshed supply of mechanical, chemical, and biological filtration components.
- **BioFoam Insert** works as a mechanical filter by trapping waste and debris from the water
- **Activated Carbon Bag** removes odours and toxins from aquarium water
- **BioMax Ceramic Rings Node** promotes bioactivity and preserves beneficial bacteria
Regularly replacing filter media prevents clogging, restores chemical absorption capacity, and maintains stable biological filtration to ensure long-term aquarium water clarity and fish health.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Filter Maintenance:** Ideal for periodic replacement of exhausted filter media in AquaClear 20 filters.
- **Restoring Water Clarity:** Use when aquarium water exhibits discolouration, odour, or reduced flow from clogged media.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Unplug the filter unit and lift out the media basket.
- Replace worn Foam Insert (rinse new foam prior to insertion).
- Replace spent Activated Carbon bag (rinse under tap water until water runs clear).
- Replace or partially refresh BioMax ceramic nodes (rinse gently in saved aquarium water to preserve beneficial bacteria).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3-in-1 Complete Pack:** Includes 1x Foam Insert, 2x Activated Carbon, and 1x BioMax Ceramic Rings.
- **Tailored Fit:** Dimensioned specifically to fit the media basket of the AquaClear 20 power filter.
- **Comprehensive Water Purification:** Delivers mechanical particle trapping, toxin removal, and biological nitrifying capacity.
- **Convenient Maintenance Bundle:** Everything needed to fully restore filter efficiency in one package.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ10
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196901
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Maintenance Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 170 mm (W) × 65 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 25 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using AquaClear 20 Filters
- **Includes:** 1x BioFoam Insert Filter, 2x Activated Carbon Bag, and 1x BioMax Ceramic Rings
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Ac30 Filter Media Maintenance Kit
3-in-1 media refreshment for AquaClear 30 Hang-On Power Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-aquaclear-ac30-filter-media-maintenance-kit/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ11 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196918
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-8.png
The Fluval AquaClear AC30 Filter Media Maintenance Kit ( SKU: FAQ11 ) is a comprehensive 3-part media refreshment bundle designed specifically for the AquaClear 30 Hang-On Power Filter. The kit includes a porous Foam Insert for trapping suspended particles, research-grade Activated Carbon for eliminating odours and organic pollutants, and BioMax Ceramic Nodes for housing nitrifying bacteria.
- **BioFoam Insert** works as a mechanical filter by trapping waste and debris from the water
- **Activated Carbon ****Bag **improves water clarity and eliminates odours, discolourations, and impurities
- **BioMax Ceramic Rings **promote beneficial bacteria growth for effective biological filtration
Using genuine replacement media guarantees proper water bypass protection and optimal flow rates through your AC30 filter basket.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled Filter Servicing:** Designed for routine maintenance cycles on AquaClear 30 filters.
- **Post-Medication Cleansing:** Excellent for removing leftover medications and yellow water tint after treatments.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Disconnect filter power and remove the internal media basket.
- Remove old media components from the basket.
- Rinse the new Foam Pad and Carbon insert thoroughly under running water before installing.
- Place the Foam Insert at the bottom, Carbon in the center, and BioMax rings on top before replacing the basket.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete Media Refill:** Contains 1 Foam Insert, 2 x Activated Carbon Packs, and 1 BioMax Ceramic Ring Nodes Pack.
- **Optimised for AquaClear 30:** Engineered to exact chamber dimensions for maximum contact and zero bypass.
- **Triple-Action Filtration:** Mechanical debris filtration, chemical absorption, and biological purification.
- **High-Purity Carbon & BioMax:** Removes heavy metals, dyes, and organic waste while promoting healthy bio-flora.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ11
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196918
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Maintenance Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 175 mm (W) × 65 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using AquaClear 30 Filters
- **Includes:** 1x BioFoam Insert Filter, 2x Activated Carbon Bag, and 1x BioMax Ceramic Rings
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Ac50 Filter Media Maintenance Kit
For AquaClear 50 Hang-On Power Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-aquaclear-ac50-filter-media-maintenance-kit/
- Price: $19.35 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ12 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196925
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-9-1.png
The Fluval AquaClear AC50 Filter Media Maintenance Kit ( SKU: FAQ12 ) is a specialised maintenance media pack created for the AquaClear 50 Hang-On Power Filter. The package includes a mechanical Foam Insert, Activated Carbon chemical media pouch, and porous BioMax biological ceramic nodes designed to keep mid-sized aquarium environments clean and healthy.
- **Mechanical Foam Insert** works as a physical filter by trapping waste and debris from the water
- **Activated Carbon ****Pouch **improves water clarity and eliminates odours, discolourations, and impurities
- **Porous BioMax biological ceramic ****nodes **promote beneficial bacteria growth for effective biological filtration
Replacing clogged and saturated media on a scheduled basis prevents nitrate spikes, reduces organic build-up, and keeps the filter pump running smoothly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular Media Refresh:** Ideal for bi-monthly or quarterly servicing of AquaClear 50 power filters.
- **Eliminating Water Odours & Colouration:** Restores crystal-clear transparency and removes unpleasant aquarium odours.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Turn off power to the filter and slide out the media tray.
- Discard spent media pads and carbon bags.
- Rinse the new foam pad and carbon pouch with tap water to clear dust particles.
- Layer the media in order (Foam bottom, Carbon middle, BioMax top) and reinsert into the filter housing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact Fit for AC50:** Perfectly pre-sized for the AquaClear 50 filter basket.
- **Multi-Stage Water Treatment:** Combines particle trapping, chemical pollutant absorption, and bacterial colonisation.
- **Superior Biological Surface Area:** BioMax ceramic nodes feature complex micro-pores for beneficial bacterial growth.
- **Restores Peak Performance:** Prevents clogged media back-pressure, ensuring optimal 757 L/h water turnover.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ12
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196925
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Maintenance Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 180 mm (W) × 65 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using AquaClear 50 Filters
- **Includes:** 1x BioFoam Insert Filter, 2x Activated Carbon Bag, and 1x BioMax Ceramic Rings
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Ac70 Filter Media Maintenance Kit
Replacement media for AquaClear 70 Hang-On Power Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-aquaclear-ac70-filter-media-maintenance-kit/
- Price: $21.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ13 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196932
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-10.png
The Fluval AquaClear AC70 Filter Media Maintenance Kit ( SKU: FAQ13 ) provides a complete set of original factory replacement media for the AquaClear 70 Hang-On Power Filter. Designed to maintain crystal-clear water conditions in aquariums up to 265 litres, this pack includes a high-capacity Foam Insert, Premium Activated Carbon pack, and BioMax Ceramic Rings.
- **Bio Foam Insert** works as a mechanical filter by trapping waste and debris from the water
- **Activated Carbon ****Pouch **improves water clarity and eliminates odours, discolourations, and impurities
- **Porous BioMax biological ceramic rings**** **promote beneficial bacteria growth for effective biological filtration
Performing regular media replacements safeguards fish against ammonia or nitrite surges and ensures that water remains free of floating debris, discolouration, and harmful dissolved toxins.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Complete Filter Overhaul:** Recommended for seasonal servicing or when old filter media becomes degraded.
- **Chemical & Organic Detoxification:** Effectively removes yellow water pigments, chlorine remnants, and organic contaminants.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Disconnect the filter from electricity and lift out the media basket assembly.
- Remove old media and clean any residual sludge from the basket frame.
- Rinse the new Foam Pad and Carbon pouch under clean water until effluent is clear.
- Load the media layers into the basket and reinstall into the AC70 filter unit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Factory Original Media:** Perfectly dimensioned for the oversized AquaClear 70 filter basket.
- **Triple Stage Replenishment:** Contains mechanical foam, chemical carbon, and biological BioMax ceramic inserts.
- **Porous Bio-Node Structure:** Supports massive colonies of nitrifying bacteria to maintain biological balance.
- **High Chemical Adsorption:** Premium carbon removes toxins, phenols, and aquatic discolouration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ13
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196932
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Media Maintenance Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 140 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using AquaClear 70 Filters
- **Includes:** 1x BioFoam Insert Filter, 2x Activated Carbon Bag, and 1x BioMax Ceramic Nodes
---
#### Fluval Bio Foam 106 206 107 207
Fluval Bio Foam for 106, 107, 206 and 207 Canister Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-bio-foam-106-206-107-207/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102360
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-26.png
Fluval Bio Foam (SKU: FA140) provides dense mechanical straining and effective biological filtration for Fluval 106, 206, 107, and 207 canister filters. Fluval’s Bio-Foam features a dense pore structure; it is very effective at trapping small particles that are not captured in the first stage of foam filtration. It traps micro-particles as soon as water enters the canister while creating an ideal habitat for nitrifying bacteria. This dual-purpose media maintains water clarity and supports the breakdown of toxic ammonia and nitrite.
In addition, its intricate network of pores provides a large surface area that encourages the growth of helpful nitrifying bacteria, which is crucial for efficient biological filtration and goes a long way in creating clear and healthy water for fish and plants to thrive.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Replacement:** Swap out old foam pads when they lose elasticity or become permanently clogged.
- **Regular Filter Servicing:** Use as part of scheduled 3-to-6 month canister maintenance routines.
**How to Use**
- Remove the canister motor head and pull out the media basket frame.
- Insert the Bio Foam pad vertically into the designated media slot of the 106, 206, 107, or 207 filter.
- Rinse thoroughly in old aquarium water during routine maintenance to remove trapped waste without harming beneficial bacteria.
- Replace every 3 to 6 months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dense Mechanical Pore Matrix:** Traps floating particulate matter to keep water crystal clear.
- **Biological Colony Support:** Porous foam structure houses essential nitrifying bacteria.
- **Precision Cut:** Tailored specifically for Fluval 106, 206, 107, and 207 canister filters.
- **Safe for All Aquariums:** Inert material suitable for marine, freshwater, and planted aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA140
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical & Biological
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 106, 206, 107 & 207 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Marine, freshwater, and planted aquariums
---
#### Fluval Bio Foam 306 406 307 407 (2 Pieces)
Fluval Bio Foam for 306, 406, 307 and 407 Canister Filters (2 Pieces).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-bio-foam-306-406-307-407-2-pieces/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA141 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102377
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-27.png
Fluval Bio Foam 2-Pack (SKU: FA141) is designed specifically for the larger media frames of Fluval 306, 406, 307, and 407 canister filters. Fluval Bio-Foam performs exceptional mechanical and biological filtration. Consisting of two precision-cut dense foam pads with a dense structure, this set provides robust mechanical filtration by trapping debris before it reaches biological media.
Fluval Bio Foam's dense structure is effective at trapping small particles that are not captured in the first stage of foam filtration, while its internal intricate network of pores provides a large surface area that encourages and houses massive beneficial bacteria colonies to process organic waste and supports the growth of helpful nitrifying bacteria which is crucial for efficient biological filtration and goes a long way in creating clear and healthy water for fish and plants to thrive.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Flow Canister Maintenance:** Replace worn foam inserts in Fluval 306, 406, 307, or 407 canister filters.
- **Dual-Pad Servicing:** Replace pads alternately to maintain an established biological colony during filter maintenance.
**How to Use**
- Shut off motor power and open the canister filter casing.
- Place both Bio Foam pads into the vertical foam bracket slots.
- Gently squeeze and rinse pads in extracted aquarium water during routine cleanings.
- Replace pads every 3 to 6 months for optimal water flow and filtration performance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2-Piece Value Pack:** Includes two custom-fit foam inserts for larger 06/07 series canister frames.
- **Optimal Pore Density:** Balance of flow-through speed and fine particle interception. Its dense pore structure is very effective at trapping small particles.
- **Biological Filtration Surface:** Creates massive bacterial surface area for ammonia and nitrite processing. Intricate network of pores provides a large surface area that encourages the growth of helpful nitrifying bacteria. Bio Foam also performs exceptional mechanical filtration as well.
- **Durable Construction:** Resists compaction under high-volume water pump circulation. Exclusively designed for Fluval aquarium canister filters. Crucial for efficient biological filtration. Helps create clear and healthy water for fish and plants to thrive.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA141
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical & Biological
- **Quantity:** 2 Pieces
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 306, 406, 307 & 407 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Marine, freshwater, and planted aquariums
---
#### Fluval Bio Foam Max 106/107
Fluval Bio Foam Max 106/107.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-bio-foam-max-106-107/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA110 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561101875
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-23.png
Fluval Bio Foam Max (SKU: FA110) is a 2-in-1 biological and mechanical filter pad engineered specifically for Fluval 106 and 107 series canister filters. Featuring a unique rippled surface pattern, Bio Foam Max delivers up to 30% more surface area compared to standard flat foam pads. This complex structure effectively captures fine debris particles while providing massive surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria to colonise.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Media Replacement:** Replace worn or clogged foam pads to restore optimal filter flow and biological capacity.
- **Filter Upgrades:** Upgrade standard filter media to maximise mechanical trapping and biological filtration surface area.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect and open the Fluval 106 or 107 canister filter.
- Insert Bio Foam Max into the designated vertical media frame.
- During routine filter maintenance, gently rinse the pad in aquarium water (not tap water) to preserve beneficial bacteria colonies.
- Replace pad every 6 months or when structural integrity breaks down.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30% Increased Surface Area:** Distinctive wavy/rippled profile maximises debris trapping and bio-colonisation. Rippled surface pattern offers 30% more area to efficiently trap waste and debris. Ideal surface for growth of beneficial, nitrifying bacteria.
- **Dual Action Filtration - Premium Biological and Mechanical filtration:** It provides mechanical straining alongside high-density biological housing.
- **Precision Fit:** Custom moulded to fit seamlessly inside Fluval 106 and 107 canister filter frames. Custom fit with no gaps to maximise filtration efficiency.
- **Fresh & Saltwater Safe:** Inert foam material will not alter water parameters. Complex foam construction helps maintain even and consistent water flow.
- **Prevents Premature Clogging:** Available in convenient 2-pack format which prevents premature clogging and extends the life of subsequent filter media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA110
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical & Biological
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 106 & 107 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment: **Freshwater, saltwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Bio Foam Max 206/207 & 306/307
Fluval Bio Foam Max for 206/207 & 306/307 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15148
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA111 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561101882
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-24.png
Fluval Bio Foam Max (SKU: FA111) is a high-performance mechanical and biological media insert tailored for Fluval 206/207 and 306/307 performance canister filters. Designed with a deep rippled profile, it increases total surface area by 30%, effectively capturing floating debris while expanding the living space for essential nitrifying bacteria. This dual-action design ensures crystal-clear water and stable water chemistry. Bio-Foam MAX is a 2-in-1 biological and mechanical media that features a rippled surface pattern offering up to 30% more area for effective filtering of waste and debris.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister Maintenance:** Replace old, compacted, or damaged foam inserts in 206/207 and 306/307 canister models.
- **High Bio-Load Support:** Ideal for aquariums with heavy fish populations requiring superior mechanical straining and biological breakdown.
**How to Use**
- Turn off the canister filter and open the main head assembly.
- Slide the Bio Foam Max pad into the vertical foam frame slot.
- Rinse gently in drained aquarium water during routine maintenance to maintain nitrifying bacteria.
- Replace every 6 months to maintain optimal water flow rates.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Enhanced Rippled Profile:** Increases surface area by 30% to trap particles and host nitrifying bacteria, while efficiently trapping waste and debris. Provides an ideal surface for the growth of beneficial, nitrifying bacteria.
- **Precision Engineering:** Fits securely into Fluval 206, 207, 306, and 307 filter frames to prevent water bypass. Custom fit with no gaps to maximise filtration efficiency. Its complex foam construction helps maintain even and consistent water flow.
- **Long-Lasting Durability:** High-density foam structure resists collapsing under pump pressure. Prevents premature clogging, extending the life of subsequent filter media.
- **Universal Compatibility:** It has premium biological and mechanical filtration, which makes it safe for freshwater & saltwater aquariums, planted, marine, and reef aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA111
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical & Biological
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 206, 207, 306 & 307 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment: **Freshwater, saltwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Bio Foam Max 406/07
Fluval Bio Foam Max 406/07.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-bio-foam-max-406-07/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA112 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561101899
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-25.png
Fluval Bio Foam Max (SKU: FA112) is a premium 2-in-1 mechanical and biological filter insert engineered for high-capacity Fluval 406 and 407 performance canister filters. Its specialised 3D rippled design offers 30% more surface area than traditional flat foam; this allows it to offer more effective filtering of waste and debris via premium biological and mechanical filtration while efficiently catching particulates and providing the ideal surface for the growth of millions of beneficial nitrifying bacteria. Custom-sized for Fluval’s largest flagship canister models, it ensures maximum filtration efficiency in large aquatic setups. The design prevents premature clogging, which helps to extend the life of filter media, and the complex foam construction helps maintain even water flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Canister Maintenance:** Replace worn pads in Fluval 406 or 407 filters during semi-annual maintenance.
- **High-Flow Filtration:** Essential for maintaining high flow rates and clear water in high-volume aquariums.
**How to Use**
- Power down the 406 or 407 canister filter and open the media housing.
- Place Bio Foam Max into the vertical foam bracket, ensuring a flush fit to prevent bypass.
- Rinse only with siphon-dosed aquarium water during filter servicing.
- Replace pad every 6 months for peak filtration performance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximised Surface Profile:** Premium 2-in-1 biological and mechanical filter media provides 30% greater surface area, traps finer debris and boosts bacterial filtration.
- **Custom Fit for 406/407:** Precision cut to match the exact dimensions of Fluval's high-flow canister frames. Custom fit with no gaps to maximise filtration efficiency.
- **Prevents Water Bypass:** Snug seal forces water directly through foam matrix for complete filtration. Prevents premature clogging, extending the life of filter media. Complex foam construction helps maintain even and consistent water flow.
- **Non-Toxic Material:** 100% safe for all freshwater and marine livestock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA112
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical & Biological
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 406 & 407 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, saltwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Bio Fx Biological Media 5ltr Box
Fluval Bio FX Biological Media 5ltr Box.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-bio-fx-biological-media-5ltr-box/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA69 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114592
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-17.png
Fluval Bio FX (SKU: FA69) is a premium, high-capacity biological filter media engineered for maximum biological filtration efficiency in canister filters and sump systems of all sizes, including Fluval’s flagship FX series. Formulated with a highly porous inert matrix, Bio FX features deep interconnected micro-tunnel networks that offer exceptional surface area per litre. This structure allows vast billions of beneficial colonies of nitrifying bacteria to thrive, ensuring rapid biological breakdown of ammonia and nitrite in high-volume aquariums.
Linked cavities permit free and even water flow, helping to prevent blockages and prolong contact time for superior and effective biological filtration. Fluval BIO-FX creates the perfect environment for the establishment of a high concentration of nitrifying bacteria to reduce ammonia and nitrite quickly and efficiently for a healthier aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Capacity Biological Filtration:** Ideal for large canisters (such as Fluval FX series) and aquarium sump setups.
- **Large Aquariums & Heavy Bio-Loads:** Recommended for predator tanks, monster fish, cichlids, and reef aquariums.
**How to Use**
- Pour the required volume of Bio FX into filter baskets or mesh media bags.
- Rinse thoroughly with clean water prior to first use to remove fine dust particles.
- Place in the biological stage of your filter (after mechanical pre-filtration).
- Squeeze/rinse gently in aquarium water during regular maintenance; do not wash under tap water to preserve bacterial colonies.
- For most aquariums, 1 filter basket layer of Bio-FX is adequate. For higher bio loads, additional Bio-FX can be used.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Massive 5-litre Volume:** Generous bulk sizing designed for large filters, sumps, and commercial setups.
- **Interconnected Micro-Pores:** Extended bacterial surface area supports deep biological colonisation.
- **Inert & Water-Safe:** Will not alter pH, hardness, or mineral composition in aquarium water.
- **High Flow Profile:** Engineered shape allows free water movement while preventing filter clogging.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA69
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Media
- **Volume:** 5 Litres
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Biomax Rings 1100gm
Fluval Biomax Rings 1100gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-biomax-rings-1100gm/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA48 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114578
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-10-3.png
Fluval Biomax Rings 1100gm (SKU: FA48) offer an economical bulk quantity of high-surface-area ceramic media for larger aquariums or multi-tank maintenance. Engineered with dense interior micro-pore networks, these inert ceramic rings provide optimal housing for beneficial nitrifying bacteria. By facilitating efficient biological conversion of toxic nitrogenous waste, Biomax preserves water quality and fish health in high-volume filtration setups.
Fluval BIOMAX bio rings have a complex pore system where beneficial bacteria can thrive. They have more capacity than most biological media, which ensures optimal contact time for greater efficiency. BIOMAX bio rings also reduce and control ammonia and nitrite.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Canister & Sump Setups:** Ideal for filling larger media baskets in canister filters or trickle filter sumps.
- **High Bio-Load Systems:** Recommended for cichlid, goldfish, or heavily stocked tanks requiring expanded biological processing power.
**How to Use**
- Fill media bags or filter trays with the desired quantity of Biomax rings.
- Rinse thoroughly under running water before placing into the filter to clear fine dust particles.
- Position after mechanical media stages to keep pores free of large physical debris.
- Rinse only with siphon-dosed aquarium water during routine maintenance to protect nitrifying bacteria colonies.
- It is recommended to replace it after every 6 months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Value Size:** 1100g (1.1 kg) tub provides high-volume coverage for larger systems.
- **Maximised Bacterial Housing:** It has biological filter media and supports thriving beneficial bacteria growth. Micro-porous ring design maximises biological surface area per unit volume.
- **Chemically Inert:** Safe for all aquatic life and will not leach minerals or alter water chemistry; it also reduces and controls ammonia and nitrite.
- **Durable & Long-Lasting:** Resistant to structural degradation over years of continuous water flow. It is also more efficient than most of the other biological filter media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA48
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Media
- **Weight:** 1100 g (1.1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Biomax Rings 500gm
Fluval Biomax Rings 500gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-biomax-rings-500gm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA44 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114561
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-9-3.png
Fluval Biomax Rings (SKU:
FA44) are high-porosity ceramic rings engineered to provide optimal biological filtration in canister filters,
power filters,
and sumps.
Designed with a complex matrix of microscopic pores,
Biomax rings offer immense surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria (
and
) to establish colonies.
By converting toxic free ammonia into nitrite,
and subsequently into non-toxic nitrate,
Biomax supports a healthy,
biologically stable aquatic ecosystem. Fluval BioMax rings have a complex porous design that ensures optimal contact time as water passes by for efficient biological filtration and beneficial bacterial growth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Biological Filtration Establishment:**
Essential stage for cycling new aquariums and maintaining ongoing biological capacity.
- **Filter Refilling & Upgrades:**
Replace lost or worn biological media during routine maintenance or when expanding filter capacity.
**How to Use**
- Scoop Biomax rings into a mesh media bag or directly into the middle/upper basket of your canister filter.
- Rinse thoroughly with clean tap water prior to initial installation to remove transit dust.
- Place in the filter after mechanical pre-filtration stages (foam/pads) to prevent waste debris from clogging the microscopic pores.
- During filter maintenance,
gently rinse media in extracted aquarium water (never tap water) to preserve live beneficial bacteria.
- Replace approximately half of the media every 6 months to maintain optimal biological activity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Porous Ceramic Structure:**
It has biological filter media with a deep-pore matrix which provides massive surface area for biological colonisation. It has greater capacity than most of the other biological filter media.
- **Reduces Ammonia & Nitrite:**
Accelerates biological conversion of harmful aquatic toxins.
- **Water Parameter Neutral:**
Inert ceramic construction will not affect pH,
gH,
or kH levels.
- **Universal Filtration Use:**
Suitable for freshwater,
planted,
marine,
and reef aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:**
Fluval
- **SKU:**
FA44
- **Product Type:**
Filter Media / Biological Media
- **Weight:**
500 g
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Clearmax Phosphate Resin Large 3 X100gm Pouches
Filter media to absorb-trap phosphate, nitrate, & nitrite in freshwater & saltwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-clearmax-phosphate-resin-large-3-x100gm-pouches/
- Price: $23.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HC32 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561113489
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Clearmax-Phosphate-Resin-Large-3-X100gm-Pouches.png
Fluval Clearmax Phosphate Resin ( SKU: HC32 ) is a specialised chemical filter media designed to absorb and trap phosphate, nitrate, and nitrite in freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Packaged in three convenient 100g mesh pouches, Clearmax effectively binds unwanted dissolved nutrients that trigger unsightly green algae and cyanobacteria outbreaks.
By eliminating excessive phosphate levels without stripping essential minerals, it helps maintain pristine water clarity, improves light penetration for aquatic plants or corals, and stabilises overall aquarium water parameters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae Control & Prevention:** Ideal for controlling hair algae, green water blooms, and film algae caused by elevated phosphate levels.
- **New Tank Setup & Overstocking:** Useful in aquariums experiencing nutrient spikes from heavy fish stocking or overfeeding.
- **Routine Water Maintenance:** Great as a preventative media layer in canister, power, or sump filtration systems.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Remove a pre-bagged Clearmax pouch from its protective plastic packaging.
- Rinse the pouch thoroughly under cool running tap water to clear fine shipping dust.
- Place the media pouch in a high-flow area of your filter (after mechanical filter media/sponges).
- Replace the pouch every 1 to 2 months or whenever phosphate levels begin to rise again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Phosphate & Nitrate Removal:** Chemical resin traps dissolved nutrients to starve nuisance algae.
- **Pre-Measured Mesh Pouches:** Includes 3 ready-to-use 100g pouches for mess-free media placement.
- **Safe for Planted & Marine Systems:** Will not alter pH or leach harmful chemicals back into the aquarium.
- **Versatile Filter Compatibility:** Suitable for canister filters, power filters, media reactors, and sump compartments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** HC32
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561113489
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Media & Phosphate Removers
- **Net Quantity:** 300 g (3 × 100 g Pouches)
- **Package Dimensions:** 198 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 66 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 429 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Foam 106/107 (2) Fits 04/05 Series
Fluval Foam 106/107 (2 Pieces) - Fits 04/05/06/07 Series.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-foam-106-107-2-fits-04-05-series/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA24 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102209
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-40.png
Fluval Foam Blocks (SKU: FA24) are high-density mechanical filter inserts custom-moulded for Fluval 104, 105, 106, and 107 series canister filters. Positioned vertically in the filter screen frame, these foam inserts trap particulate waste and debris as water enters the canister. By capturing floating solids, they protect subsequent media layers from clogging and provide essential surface area for early-stage nitrifying bacteria. Designed specifically for the Fluval 104, 105, 106, and 107 performance canister filters, Bio-Foam captures large particles and debris for effective mechanical filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Filter Maintenance:** Replace worn, deformed, or permanently clogged foam pads to restore proper flow rates.
- **Scheduled Media Care:** Inspect and rinse during monthly canister servicing.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the canister filter and open the motor head.
- Remove the vertical foam frame and discard old foam blocks.
- Slide the new foam blocks securely into the frame slots, ensuring a snug fit against the housing walls to prevent water bypass.
- Rinse pads in extracted aquarium water during routine cleanings; replace every 3 to 6 months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precision Moulded Fit:** Designed for Fluval 104, 105, 106, and 107 canister filter foam frames. Enhances the biological filtration process.
- **High-Pore Density:** Effectively strains floating particulates and debris from the water column. Ideal pore size allows efficient water flow and longer media lifespan.
- **Prevents Water Bypass:** Snug fit forces water through the foam matrix for thorough mechanical straining. Custom fit to prevent debris bypass.
- **Fresh & Saltwater Safe:** Non-toxic material suitable for all aquatic environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA24
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical Filtration
- **Quantity:** 2 Pieces
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 104, 105, 106, and 107 Canister Filters
---
#### Fluval Foam 206/306 (2) Fits 04/05 Series
Description.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-foam-206-306-2-fits-04-05-series/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA25 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102223
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-41.png
Fluval Foam 206/306 (2 Pieces) - Fits 04/05/06/07 Series
Fluval Foam Blocks (SKU: FA25) are heavy-duty mechanical filter pads tailored for Fluval 204, 205, 206, 207, 304, 305, 306, and 307 canister filters. Designed to fit into vertical filter frame slots, these porous foam blocks strain out suspended particulates, fish waste, and organic matter before water moves into biological and chemical trays.
##### When to Use
- **Canister Maintenance:** Replace compressed or degraded foam blocks to preserve optimal canister pump performance and circulation.
- **High-Debris Tanks:** Essential for heavily stocked community tanks or planted aquariums with high organic debris.
##### How to Use
- Disconnect filter power and open the main canister head assembly.
- Place the foam blocks vertically into the side foam housing frame.
- During routine filter maintenance, squeeze and rinse pads in a bucket of aquarium water.
- Replace every 3 to 6 months to ensure unhindered water turnover.
##### Key Features
- **Multi-Generation Compatibility:** Fits 204/205/206/207 and 304/305/306/307 series Fluval canisters.
- **Optimal Pore Matrix:** Balances fine particle trapping with steady, uninhibited water flow.
- **Durable Construction:** Resists sagging and compaction under high flow rates.
- **Dual Function:** Acts as a mechanical pre-filter while offering surface area for beneficial bacterial colonisation.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA25
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical Filtration
- **Quantity:** 2 Pieces
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 204, 205, 206, 207, 304, 305, 306 & 307 Canister Filters
---
#### Fluval Foam 406 (2) Fits 04/05 Series
Fluval Foam 406 (2 Pieces) - Fits 04/05/06/07 Series.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-foam-406-2-fits-04-05-series/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA26 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102261
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-42.png
Fluval Foam Blocks (SKU: FA26) are large-format mechanical filter pads custom-engineered for high-flow Fluval 404, 405, 406, and 407 canister filters. Precision cut to match the inner wall height of Fluval’s flagship canister frames, these dense foam pads catch large volumes of particulate waste, keeping downstream biological rings and chemical pads clean for maximum biological filtration efficiency.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Flow Canister Servicing:** Swap out worn foam pads in Fluval 404, 405, 406, or 407 filters.
- **Heavy Bio-Load Care:** Ideal for cichlid, goldfish, or turtle tanks where high physical waste output requires robust mechanical pre-filtration.
**How to Use**
- Shut off motor power and open the canister filter casing.
- Slide new foam blocks vertically into the side brackets until flush.
- Gently rinse in extracted tank water during scheduled filter maintenance to clear accumulated debris.
- Replace every 3 to 6 months for peak filtration efficiency.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Custom Sized for 400 Series:** Tailored dimensions fit Fluval 404, 405, 406, and 407 canister frames. Designed specifically for Fluval 06 and 07 Series filter cartridges. The complex structure of the foam maintains a constant flow of water.
- **High Structural Integrity:** 2x Bio-Foam max biological foam, dense foam holds its shape under continuous high-volume pump circulation. The wide porous surface allows for the expansive growth of beneficial bacteria.
- **Maximised Mechanical Capture:** Premium 2-in-1 mechanical and biological filtration media. Traps particulate debris before it clogs fine biological and chemical media. Precision cutting (no gaps) prevents debris from passing through.
- **Safe for All Aquariums:** Universal inert design for freshwater, planted, and marine setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA26
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical Filtration
- **Quantity:** 2 Pieces
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 404, 405, 406 & 407 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
---
#### Fluval Fx2 Foam Inserts (2pk)
Fluval Foam Insert Pads for FX2 canister filter (Pack of 2).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx2-foam-inserts-2pk/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA380 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102278
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-8-3.png
Fluval FX2 Foam Inserts (SKU: FA380) are specialised mechanical filter pads custom-moulded for the compact Fluval FX2 canister filter. Designed to fit the outer mechanical frame of the FX2, these porous foam blocks provide heavy-duty mechanical straining, capturing floating debris and particulate waste as water enters the filter. By trapping physical waste early, they keep inner biological and chemical media trays operating at maximum efficiency. These Foam Insert Pads feature a special rippled surface for effective 2-in-1 mechanical and biological filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **FX2 Canister Servicing:** Replace worn or degraded mechanical foam inserts in Fluval FX2 canister filters.
- **High Bio-Load Maintenance:** Essential for maintaining clean water and steady flow in mid-sized, high-stock aquariums running FX2 filters.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the FX2 filter and open the canister housing.
- Insert foam blocks vertically into the designated outer frame slots until fully flush.
- Rinse in a container of siphon-dosed aquarium water during routine servicing.
- Replace every 3 to 6 months to maintain optimal water circulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precision Cut for FX2:** Custom engineered specifically for the outer media frame of the Fluval FX2 canister filter's smaller size.
- **High-Capacity Biological & Mechanical Capture:** 2in-1 mechanical & Biological filter media that effectively traps particulate waste and floating solids to prevent internal clogging. Rippled pattern offers more surface area to trap large debris effectively.
- **Durable Dense Foam:** Maintains shape and water flow under continuous high-volume pump pressure. Complex foam structure maintains consistent water flow and promotes beneficial bacteria growth.
- **Inert Material:** Safe for all freshwater, cichlid, marine, and reef aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA380
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical Foam Insert
- **Quantity:** 2 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX2 Canister Filter
- **Target Environment: F**reshwater, cichlid, marine, saltwater and reef aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx4/Fx5/Fx6 Phosphate Pads 3 Pack
Fluval Phosphate Remover Pads for FX4/FX5/FX6 canister filters - Pack of 3.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15427
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA152 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102629
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-38.png
Fluval FX Phosphate Pads (SKU: FA152) are specialised chemical media pads engineered for high-capacity Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 canister filters. Infused with phosphate-absorbing resins, these pads trap and remove dissolved phosphate (PO₄³⁻) from the water column. Designed for large-volume aquariums, they strip key algae-nourishing nutrients to prevent outbreaks of green water, hair algae, and cyanobacteria while maintaining crystal-clear water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nuisance Algae Management:** Insert at the first sign of excessive algae growth on glass, substrate, or decorations.
- **Routine Nutrient Control:** Maintain in high-light, heavily fed, or planted aquariums to keep phosphates at low target levels.
- **High-Phosphate Tap Water:** Use if source water naturally contains elevated phosphate levels during water changes.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect filter power and open the main FX canister head assembly.
- Insert the Phosphate Pad into the media tray frame.
- Rinse under running tap water before placing it into the filter basket.
- Replace monthly or when phosphate water test results indicate resin saturation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate Resin Infused:** Absorbs dissolved phosphate ions to starve nuisance algae.
- **FX High-Flow Engineering:** Custom-sized for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 media baskets.
- **Mechanical & Chemical Action:** Captures fine debris while binding chemical nutrients.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Universal application across marine, reef, planted, and community aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA152
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (phosphate-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX4, FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx4/fx5/fx6 Ammonia Pads - 3 Pack
Fluval Ammonia Remover Pads for FX4/FX5/FX6 canister - Pack of 3.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx4-fx5-fx6-ammonia-pads-3-pack/
- Price: $17.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA150 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102599
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-36.png
Fluval FX Ammonia Pads (SKU: FA150) are high-capacity chemical filter pads engineered specifically for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 high-performance canister filters. Infused with natural ammonia-reducing resins, these pads bind toxic free ammonia (NH₃) on contact. Tailored to fit precisely within FX series media baskets, they trap floating particulate matter while protecting aquatic life from chemical stress, gill burn, and ammonia(NH₃) spikes in high-volume aquariums.
##### When to Use
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Use during initial tank cycling to control ammonia(NH₃) surges as biological filtration establishes. Ideal for new and heavily stocked aquariums
- **Heavy Bio-Load Systems:** Apply in heavily stocked, cichlid, or goldfish tanks to prevent waste accumulation spikes.
- **Emergency Toxin Control:** Insert immediately following overfeeding, filter failure, or unexpected livestock loss.
##### How to Use
- Disconnect and open your Fluval FX series canister filter housing.
- Place one Ammonia Pad into the designated media basket.
- Rinse briefly under clean tap water before installation to remove loose dust. Use after medicating fish
- Replace monthly or immediately after resolving an acute ammonia(NH₃) surge. For best results, replace monthly or as required after testing water. For freshwater use only.
##### Key Features
- **Ammonia-Binding Resin:** Neutralises free toxic ammonia(NH₃) to protect sensitive fish and invertebrates. Effective at reducing and controlling toxic ammonia(NH₃) spikes
- **Custom FX Fit:** Precision-shaped for the media baskets of Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 canister filters. Specifically designed for Fluval FX series filters. Custom fit to increase filtration efficiency
- **Dual Action:** Combines fine mechanical particle trapping with targeted chemical purification. Effectively traps floating particles for clear water (debris, excess food and waste)
- **3-Pack Supply:** Includes three resin-infused pads for routine replacement schedules.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA150
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (ammonia-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX4, FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquarium Only
---
#### Fluval Fx4/fx5/fx6 Bio Foam 2 Pack
Fluval Bio Foam for FX4/FX5/FX6 canister filters - Pack of 2.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx4-fx5-fx6-bio-foam-2-pack/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA142 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102391
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-28.png
Fluval FX Bio Foam (SKU: FA142) is a specialised mechanical and biological filter media engineered specifically for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 high-performance canister filters. Designed to fit precisely inside the FX outer filter media blocks, Bio Foam features a tailored pore structure that captures fine particulate debris before it clogs fine chemical media while creating an expanded surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria to colonise. Bio-Foam performs double duty as both an effective mechanical and biological media.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Filter Maintenance:** Replace worn or compressed Bio Foam blocks to maintain high flow rates in FX canisters.
- **Biological Boosting:** Use to support dense nitrifying bacterial colonies in heavy bio-load freshwater or saltwater aquariums.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect and open the Fluval FX series canister filter housing.
- Insert Bio Foam blocks into the outer media baskets, ensuring a snug fit around the perimeter.
- During routine filter cleanings, rinse pads in extracted aquarium water to clear debris without harming beneficial bacteria.
- Replace every 3 to 6 months for optimal filtration performance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Custom FX Engineering:** Tailored size and shape designed exclusively for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 canisters.
- **Dual Filtration Action:** Combines fine mechanical particle trapping with massive biological surface area. Dense structure ideal for trapping small particles, debris and waste.
- **Flow-Optimized Design:** Prevents premature clogging and preserves high-volume water turnover. Intricate, porous network provides vast surface area to facilitate growth of beneficial bacteria
- **Fresh & Saltwater Safe:** Non-toxic material suitable for freshwater, cichlid, marine, and reef setups. Helps create clean and healthy water conditions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA142
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical & Biological
- **Quantity:** 2 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX4, FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx4/fx5/fx6 Carbon Pads 2 Pack
Fluval Carbon Pads for FX4/FX5/FX6 canister filters - Pack of 2.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx4-fx5-fx6-carbon-pads-2-pack/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA143 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102490
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-29.png
Fluval FX Carbon Pads (SKU: FA143) are high-performance chemical filter inserts custom-designed for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 canister filters. Impregnated with premium-grade activated carbon, these pads absorb dissolved organic pollutants, discolouration, odours, and residual medications. By trapping fine debris while conducting chemical purification, FX Carbon Pads leave aquarium water crystal clear and polished. Tailored exclusively for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 high-performance canister filters, the Carbon-Infused Foam Pad serves a dual purpose as both a mechanical and chemical filtration medium.
##### Usage & Application
When to Use
- **Water Polishing & Odour Removal:** Use continuously to eliminate yellowish tint, organic haze, and fishy odours.
- **Post-Medication Removal:** Insert after completing fish disease treatments to strip remaining medications from the water.
- **Routine Chemical Care:** Add to chemical media trays to keep water parameters pristine in high-stock tanks.
**How to Use**
- Turn off power and access the inner media baskets of your Fluval FX canister filter.
- Place the Carbon Pad into the designated media basket layer.
- Rinse briefly under clean tap water before installation to remove carbon dust particles.
- Replace monthly, as activated carbon becomes saturated over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Custom FX Fit:** Moulded specifically to fit the inner media baskets of Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 canisters.
- **Impregnated Activated Carbon:** Provides large surface area for fast absorption of organic impurities. Acts as a mechanical and chemical filter medium. Carbon component eliminates odours, water discolouration, heavy metals, and organic pollutants.
- **Traps Micro-Debris:** Acts as a fine mechanical pad while performing chemical absorption. Effectively captures tiny debris and particles
- **Convenient 2-Pack:** Provides two treatments for routine filter maintenance cycles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA143
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Quantity:** 2 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX4, FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx4/fx5/fx6 Foam 3 Pack
Fluval FX Foam Block Pads for FX4/FX5/FX6 canister filters (Pack of 3).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx4-fx5-fx6-foam-3-pack/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA37 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102285
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-7-3.png
Fluval FX Foam Blocks (SKU: FA37) are high-capacity, porous mechanical filter inserts engineered specifically for the outer media blocks of Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 canister filters. Designed with a custom T-shape profile, these foam inserts fit flush against the outer perimeter of FX filter baskets, providing a massive mechanical straining area to trap large amounts of particulate debris before water passes into the biological inner core. These FX foam pads capture large particles and debris for effective mechanical filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Primary Mechanical Filtration:** Mandatory pre-filter stage in all FX4, FX5, and FX6 canister filter setups.
- **Routine Replacement:** Replace old, compressed, or worn foam inserts to maintain peak pump flow and mechanical capacity.
**How to Use**
- Power off and open the FX canister filter casing.
- Fit the T-shaped foam blocks securely into the outer media ring slots.
- During regular filter maintenance, rinse pads thoroughly in extracted aquarium water to clear accumulated debris.
- Replace every 3 to 6 months or when foam loses structural shape.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Custom T-Block Design:** Precision-contoured fit outer media slots in Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 canister filters. These FX foam pads have mechanical filter media that can be custom-fitted to prevent debris bypass.
- **Maximised Mechanical Trapping:** Large surface area catches coarse debris, fish waste, and organic matter. Ideal pore size allows efficient water flow and longer media lifespan.
- **Flow-Optimized Porosity:** Maintains high water throughput for large-capacity pump motors. Enhances the biological filtration process.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Non-toxic, inert foam safe for all marine and freshwater aquatic life.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA37
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical Foam Insert
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX4, FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx4/fx5/fx6 Nitrite Pads - 3 Pack
Fluval Nitrite Remover Pads for FX4/FX5/FX6 canister filters – Pack of 3.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx4-fx5-fx6-nitrite-pads-3-pack/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA151 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102650
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-37.png
Fluval FX Nitrite Pads (SKU: FA151) are specialised chemical filter inserts custom-designed for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 high-capacity canister filters. Infused with nitrite-binding resins, these pads strip toxic nitrite (NO₂⁻) ions directly from the water column. By preventing nitrite accumulation, they protect fish against oxygen deprivation and chemical stress during initial tank setup, bio-load increases, or biological filter maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nitrite Cycling Phase:** Use during weeks 2 through 5 of establishing a new aquarium when nitrite levels peak.
- **Bio-Filter Recovery:** Apply after major filter maintenance or antibiotic treatments that temporarily weaken beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
- **Parameter Spikes:** Insert whenever water testing reveals rising nitrite levels.
**How to Use**
- Power down the FX canister filter and access the main media basket assembly.
- Place the Nitrite Pad inside the media tray slot.
- Rinse under running tap water prior to initial installation.
- Replace monthly or as guided by regular nitrite test results. Safe for freshwater and marine aquariums.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Nitrite Removal:** Binds toxic nitrite ions to safeguard fish health and blood oxygen capacity. Effective at removing and reducing nitrite, it also traps floating particles(debris, excess food, and waste) to make water clear & clean.
- **Exact Fit for FX Canisters:** Custom-engineered for Fluval FX4, FX5, and FX6 media baskets to prevent bypass. Specifically designed for the FX filters. Custom fit to increase filtration efficiency.
- **Supports Biological Balance:** Protects livestock while natural biological filtration recovers or establishes. Helps prevent fish loss by supporting beneficial bacteria for a healthier aquatic environment.
- **3-Pack:** Contains three pre-cut resin pads for routine filter servicing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA151
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (nitrate-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX4, FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx5/fx6 Medium Fine Polishing Pads 3 Pack
Fluval FX5/FX6 Max Clean Medium Fine Polishing Pads (3 Pack).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx5-fx6-medium-fine-polishing-pads-3-pack/
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA35 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102483
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-6-3.png
Fluval FX Medium Fine Polishing Pads (SKU: FA35) offer a balanced stage of mechanical fine filtration for Fluval FX5 and FX6 canister filters. Sitting between coarse mechanical foam blocks and micro-fine polishing pads, these medium-fine pads capture mid-to-fine organic particles, preventing ultra-fine pads or chemical media from clogging prematurely and extending the overall life of your filter setup.
The Fluval FX5 FX6 Max Clean Medium Fine Polishing Pads are high-performance replacement media designed to enhance water clarity and filtration in your Fluval FX5 or FX6 canister filter. These polishing pads are equipped with a fine-grade polishing material that effectively removes microscopic particles, ensuring crystal-clear water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Intermediate Fine Mechanical Filtration:** Ideal as a secondary mechanical stage to capture fine debris before final water polishing.
- **High-Debris Aquariums:** Great for aquariums with heavy particle loads, such as turtle tanks, cichlid aquariums, or active community setups.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect power and open the FX canister filter housing.
- Place pad into the media basket directly above coarse foam layers and below fine chemical/polishing media.
- Replace when dirty or during scheduled canister filter servicing.
- Maintain a pristine and healthy aquarium environment with the Fluval FX5 FX6 Max Clean Medium Fine Polishing Pads.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Graduated Mechanical Trapping:** Traps medium and fine suspended particles before they reach micro-fine pads. These fine-grade polishing materials remove microscopic particles for exceptional water clarity.
- **Prevents Clogging:** Protects fine polishing pads and chemical media for extended filter performance. Provides enhanced filtration and improves overall water quality and health.
- **Engineered for FX Series:** Precision cut for a tight, flush fit in FX5 and FX6 canister trays. It is easy to replace, just by simply swapping it out during routine maintenance.
- **Dual Environment Safety:** Suitable for freshwater, planted, marine, and reef aquariums. It has long-lasting performance, which provides consistent filtration results over time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA35
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Fine Mechanical Pads
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment: ** Freshwater, planted, marine, and reef aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx5/fx6 Polishing Pads - 3 Pack
Fluval FX5/FX6 Polishing Pads (Pack of 3).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-fx5-fx6-polishing-pads-3-pack/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA34 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102469
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-5-1.png
Fluval FX Water Polishing Pads (SKU: FA34) are high-capacity, fine-density filter inserts made for Fluval FX5 and FX6 high-performance canister filters. Designed to trap ultra-fine debris and suspended solids, these pads act as the final polishing step in high-volume, high-flow canister filtration systems.
These polishing pads trap minute waste, silt, and cloudiness without significantly restricting pump performance. These extra-thick, micro-fine polyester pads effectively trap micro-particles and debris as water passes through. The pads are ideally used when cloudy water occurs or after tank maintenance to produce crystal clear aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Clarity:** Use in heavy bio-load or large freshwater/marine aquariums needing fine water polishing. Ideally used when cloudy water occurs or after tank maintenance,
- **Substrate & Aquascape Cleanups:** Insert after aquascaping, gravel vacuuming, or adding new substrate to capture fine suspended dust.
**How to Use**
- Shut off the FX canister filter and access the media basket assembly.
- Place the polishing pad in the designated fine media layer.
- Inspect during routine filter cleanings and replace once saturated (do not wash for reuse).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Fine Particle Trapping:** Traps micro-solids and silt that pass through standard foam blocks. These extra-thick, micro-fine polyester pads effectively trap micro-particles and debris.
- **High-Flow FX Design:** Formulated to polish high volumes of water without creating excessive flow resistance. Produces crystal clear aquarium water.
- **Tailored Fit:** Perfectly shaped for Fluval FX5 and FX6 inner media baskets, has mechanical filter media.
- **Aquatic Safe:** 100% safe for freshwater, marine, and reef aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA34
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Water Polishing Pads
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX5 & FX6 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine, and reef aquariums
---
#### Fluval Nitrite Pads 106/107 & 206/207 - 3 Pack
Fluval Nitrite Remover Pads for 106/107 & 206/207 canister filters - Pack of 3.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15421
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA146 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102636
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-32.png
Fluval Nitrite Pads (SKU: FA146) are advanced chemical pads designed for Fluval 106, 107, 206, and 207 canister filters. Infused with specialised nitrite-binding resins, these pads trap and remove toxic nitrite (NO₂⁻) ions from aquarium water. Nitrite toxicity interferes with oxygen transport in fish blood; these pads serve as an effective safeguard during the second phase of the nitrogen cycle or during bio-filter disruptions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquarium Cycling Phase:** Essential during weeks 2 through 5 of establishing a new tank when nitrite peaks occur.
- **Filter Recovery:** Use following medication treatments or filter cleanings that temporarily reduce beneficial bacteria.
- **Emergency Toxin Control:** Dose when test kits detect elevated nitrite levels.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the canister filter and open the media cassette housing.
- Insert one Nitrite Pad into the designated media basket.
- Rinse under tap water prior to initial installation.
- Replace monthly or after resolving a nitrite spike. Safe for freshwater and marine aquariums.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Nitrite Absorption:** Traps toxic nitrite ions to protect fish from hypoxia and chemical stress.
- **Precise 06/07 Fit:** Designed specifically for media baskets in Fluval 106, 107, 206, and 207 canisters.
- **Supports Bio-Filter Safety:** Protects livestock while natural biological filtration stabilises.
- **3-Pack:** Contains three pre-cut resin pads for routine replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA146
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (nitrate-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 106, 107, 206 & 207 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Nitrite Pads 306/307 & 406/407 - 6 Pack
Fluval Nitrite Remover Pads for 306/307 & 406/407 canister filters - Pack of 6.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15424
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA149 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102643
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-35.png
Fluval Nitrite Pads 6-Pack (SKU: FA149) are specialised chemical filter inserts tailored for Fluval 306, 307, 406, and 407 canister filters. Infused with nitrite-absorbent resins, these high-capacity pads remove toxic nitrite (NO₂⁻) ions from aquarium water. Nitrite resin-infused pads perform double duty as both an effective mechanical and chemical media. They provide a reliable barrier against parameter surges, making them essential for maintaining fish health in high-volume aquariums during initial setup or filter maintenance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nitrite Spike Mitigation:** Use when water testing detects elevated nitrite levels during new tank cycling.
- **Bio-Load Adjustments:** Apply when adding new fish or after feeding heavy frozen/fresh foods.
- **Post-Medication Care:** Insert following antibiotic treatments to protect fish while biological filtration recovers.
**How to Use**
- Turn off power to the canister filter and remove the media basket assembly.
- Insert one Nitrite Pad into the designated media basket.
- Rinse thoroughly under running tap water before placing into the filter tray.
- Replace monthly or immediately following an acute nitrite spike. For best results, replace monthly or as required after testing water with your Fluval test kit
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Nitrite Removal:** Binds toxic nitrite ions to prevent fish stress and blood oxygen impairment. Effective at removing and reducing nitrite.
- **Custom Sized for 307/407:** Exact fit for media trays in Fluval 306, 307, 406, and 407 filters. Designed specifically for the Fluval 06 & 07 performance canister filter series and custom-fit to increase filtration efficiency.
- **Value 6-Pack:** Generous pack size for ongoing maintenance and emergency backup.
- **Safe for All Aquatic Life:** Compatible with freshwater, planted, and marine ecosystems. Effectively traps floating particles for clear water (debris, excess food, and waste).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA149
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- Filtration Type: Mechanical & chemical (nitrate-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 6 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 306, 307, 406 & 407 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Phosphate Pads 106/107 & 206/207 - 3 Pack
Fluval Phosphate Remover Pads for 106/107 & 206/207 canister filters - Pack of 3.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15420
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA145 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102605
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-31.png
Fluval Phosphate Pads (SKU: FA145) are custom chemical media pads designed for Fluval 106, 107, 206, and 207 external canister filters. Infused with phosphate-absorbing resins, these pads trap and remove dissolved phosphate (PO₄³⁻), silicates, and dissolved organic matter from the water column. By controlling excess phosphate levels, they starve nuisance algae of a key nutrient, helping maintain clear water and cleaner glass and decorations. It also helps to reduce algae growth and improve overall water clarity in both freshwater and marine aquariums. This advanced dual-action chemical and mechanical media effectively removes excess phosphate, silicates, and dissolved organics,
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae Control:** Use at the first sign of green water, hair algae, or cyanobacteria growth.
- **Routine Maintenance:** Keep in media trays of planted or community tanks to maintain low phosphate levels.
- **High-Nutrient Source Water:** Apply if tap water used for water changes naturally contains elevated phosphates.
**How to Use**
- Shut down the canister filter and remove the media basket assembly.
- Place the Phosphate Pad into the media tray slot.
- Rinse the pad under running water before inserting it into the filter.
- Replace monthly or when phosphate testing indicates resin saturation. Safe for freshwater and saltwater setups. Recommended Replacement: Monthly for best results
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate Resin Infused:** Efficiently absorbs dissolved phosphates to inhibit algae proliferation. It also removes silicates and dissolved organic wastes, thus reducing phosphate levels to help prevent algae growth.
- **Targeted Fit:** Precision cut for media trays in Fluval 106, 107, 206, and 207 canister filters.
- **Dual Action:** Traps fine suspended particles and debris while lowering nutrient concentrations.
- **Fresh & Saltwater Compatible:** Safe for planted tanks, community freshwater, and marine systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA145
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (phosphate-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 106, 107, 206 & 207 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Phosphate Pads 306/307 & 406/407 - 6 Pack
Fluval Phosphate Remover Pads for 306/307 & 406/407 canister filters - Pack of 6.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15423
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA148 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102612
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-34.png
Fluval Phosphate Pads 6-Pack (SKU: FA148) are chemical filter inserts engineered for Fluval 306, 307, 406, and 407 canister filters. Infused with phosphate-binding compounds, these pads absorb dissolved phosphate (PO₄³⁻) from the water column. Phosphate Resin-infused pads perform double duty as both an effective mechanical and chemical media. Designed for larger aquariums, this 6-pack provides long-term control against nutrient spikes that feed unsightly hair algae, brush algae, and green water.
##### When to Use
- **Nuisance Algae Management:** Use when controlling persistent algae blooms in medium to large aquariums.
- **Routine Water Conditioning:** Maintain in high-light or heavily fed aquariums to keep phosphates below target limits.
- **Pre-Treating Source Water:** Ideal for tanks topped off with tap water high in natural phosphates.
##### How to Use
- Disconnect filter power and open the main canister head.
- Slide the Phosphate Pad into the 307/407 media basket frame.
- Rinse under tap water prior to positioning in the filter tray.
- Use as many pads as necessary to reduce and control phosphate levels.
- Replace monthly or as guided by regular testing or as required after testing water with your Fluval test kit.
##### Key Features
- **Phosphate Control Resin:** Binds phosphate ions to prevent nuisance algae proliferation. Controls phosphate to reduce algae and green water.
- **Large Canister Sizing:** Tailored for the larger tray dimensions of Fluval 306, 307, 406, and 407 models. Designed specifically for the Fluval 07 performance canister filter series.
- **Dual Mechanical & Chemical Action:** Captures fine floating solids while stripping chemical nutrients. Effectively traps floating particles for clear water (debris, excess food and waste).
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Universal application across marine, reef, planted, and freshwater tanks. Custom fit to increase filtration efficiency.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA148
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Filtration Type:** Mechanical & chemical (phosphate-removing media)
- **Quantity:** 6 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 306, 307, 406 & 407 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Polishing Pads Suits 106 206 107 207 - 3 Pack
Fluval Polishing Pads Suits 106 206 107 207 (3 Pack).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-polishing-pads-suits-106-206-107-207-3-pack/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA32 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102421
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-3-3.png
Fluval Water Polishing Pads (SKU: FA32) are extra-thick, micro-fine polyester pads designed for Fluval 104, 105, 106, 107, 204, 205, 206, and 207 canister filters. These specialised pads strain out ultra-fine micro-particles, suspended debris, and cloudiness that standard foam inserts miss. Placed in the final stage of the filtration process, they polish aquarium water to crystal clarity. Fluval water polishing pads effectively trap microparticles and debris as water passes through. Fluval Water Polishing Pads are ideally used when cloudy water occurs or after tank maintenance to provide crystal clear aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cloudy Water Treatment:** Ideal for clearing cloudy water caused by fine silt, floating debris, or bacterial blooms.
- **Post-Maintenance Polishing:** Insert after substrate cleaning, aquascaping, or major water changes to rapidly trap floating particles.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect and open the canister filter housing.
- Place the pad in the top media basket (final filtration stage) to trap fine particles before water exits the filter.
- Replace as needed when clogged or reduced flow is observed (polishing pads are single-use fine media and cannot be washed or reused).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Fine Dense Polyester:** Traps minute micro-particles and floating organic haze.
- **Water Polishing Action:** Restores optical clarity to cloudy or dull aquarium water.
- **Precision Cut:** Sized specifically to fit Fluval 100 and 200 series canister media baskets without bypass.
- **Safe for All Aquatic Life:** Chemically inert and non-toxic for freshwater and marine environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA32
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Water Polishing Pads
- **Quantity:** 3 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 104, 105, 106, 107, 204, 205, 206 & 207 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fluval Pre Filter Noodles 750gm
Fluval Pre-Filter Noodles 750gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-pre-filter-noodles-750gm/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA18 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114707
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-39.png
Fluval Pre-Filter Noodles (SKU: FA18) are solid ceramic rings engineered for initial mechanical filtration in canister filters. Placed in the first stage of filtration, these hollow inert cylinders trap medium-to-coarse solid debris—such as fish waste, uneaten food, and decaying plant matter—before it reaches finer filter media. Their unique hollow shape evenly distributes water flow across the filter tray, preventing premature clogging and extending the overall life of fine biological and chemical filtration stages.
Fluval Pre Filter Noodles is designed to capture solid waste before they reach other media. This prevents premature clogging of finer filters and extends their life, reducing media replacements frequency. Fluval Pre Filter consists of inert, solid ceramic rings used to trap large and medium solid particles before they clog the finer sieves of the modules above. The diversified water flow allows establishment of biological activity on the surface of the rings, adding to the overall biological action on ammonia and nitrite. For all external filters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First-Stage Filtration:** Position in the bottom or intake tray of canister filters to catch heavy physical debris.
- **Flow Management:** Use to disperse high-velocity incoming water across the entire media basket surface area.
**How to Use**
- Remove pre-filter ceramic rings from packaging and place into a mesh media bag or directly into the bottom media basket.
- Rinse thoroughly under tap water to clear any dust generated during transit.
- Place in the first filtration stage (where water enters the canister).
- Rinse gently in old aquarium water during routine filter maintenance to remove trapped waste; do not replace unless physical breakdown occurs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Inert Solid Ceramic Construction:** Permanent ceramic rings that will not decompose or alter water pH and hardness. Prevents premature clogging, exends life & reduces replacement frequency of finer filters
- **Traps Coarse Particulates:** Captures large solid waste to prevent clogging of finer bio-media and foam pads. Ideal for medium and coarse filtration
- **Optimized Water Distribution:** Hollow cylindrical design channels water evenly through the entire filter media stack.
- **Universal Application:** Safe for all freshwater, planted, marine, and reef aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA18
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Mechanical Pre-Filter
- **Weight:** 750 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Quick Clear Polishing Pads Suits 306/307 & 406/407 - 6 pack
Fluval Quick Clear Polishing Pads - Suits 306/307 & 406/407 canister filters (Pack of 6).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=15434
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA33 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102445
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-4-3.png
Fluval Quick Clear Water Polishing Pads (SKU: FA33) are high-density, micro-fine pads custom-engineered for larger Fluval 304, 305, 306, 307, 404, 405, 406, and 407 canister filters. Featuring a dense polyester weave, these pads trap fine suspended matter, particulate dust, and cloudiness to provide crystal-clear aquarium water.
These quick-clear pads are specifically designed to fit the Fluval 307/407 and 306/406 canister filters. These thick, ultra-fine polyester water polishing pads effectively trap microparticles and debris, leaving your aquarium crystal clear. This convenient 6-pack offers ongoing maintenance for high-volume filtration systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rapid Water Clearing:** Use when water appears hazy, dull, or filled with micro-particulates after feeding or substrate disturbance. Ideal for use when cloudy water occurs or immediately following tank maintenance.
- **Regular Polishing Maintenance:** Keep as a final filtration layer to continuously maintain pristine water clarity.
**How to Use**
- Power down the filter and remove the upper media tray frame.
- Position one Quick Clear pad at the very top media layer (after mechanical and biological media stages).
- Check flow regularly and replace pad when saturated with fine waste (disposable, single-use design).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Density Micro-Weave:** Effectively intercepts micro-debris, fine silt, and organic particulate matter.
- **Rapid Water Polishing:** Accelerates the clearing process for pristine, crystal-clear water.
- **Exact Tray Fit:** Custom-sized for Fluval 300 and 400 series canister baskets to prevent perimeter bypass.
- **Value 6-Pack:** Provides extended supply for routine water maintenance cycles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- SKU: FA33
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Water Polishing Pads
- **Quantity:** 6 Pack
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 304, 305, 306, 307, 404, 405, 406 & 407 Canister Filters
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Fluval Select Premium Carbon 1650gm
Fluval Select Premium Carbon 1650gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-select-premium-carbon-1650gm/
- Price: $31.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA61 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114486
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-12.png
Fluval Select Premium Carbon 1650gm (SKU: FA61) is a large bulk tub of premium activated carbon engineered for high-capacity aquatic systems. Offering maximum pore surface area, this chemical media efficiently adsorbs dissolved organic waste, heavy metals, yellowing tannins, and medications. The 1.65 kg size provides a long-term supply for large aquariums, sumps, or multiple maintenance cycles. This premium, low-ash and highly porous carbon is highly effective at removing heavy metals, odours, discolourations, organic contaminants and pollutants from aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bulk Chemical Filtration:** Ideal for custom-filling media baskets in high-flow canister filters and sumps.
- **Large & Heavily Stocked Aquariums:** Essential for maintaining water clarity in large setups with high organic waste loads.
**How to Use**
- Fill a fine-mesh filter media bag with activated carbon granules.
- Rinse under running fresh water until all fine dust is washed away.
- Insert into the chemical media section of your filter.
- Replace every 3 to 4 weeks to ensure continuous absorption capability and best results, because activated carbon becomes fully saturated over one month.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1.65 kg Size:** Cost-effective volume for large aquariums or frequent filter media changes.
- **Superior Adsorption Capacity:** It is made of bituminous carbon – long-lasting, highly porous and absorbent. Chemical filter media has a highly porous internal structure that traps liquid waste and colour compounds rapidly.
- **Phosphate-Free Formula:** It will not raise phosphate levels, making it safe for sensitive aquatic life and will not fuel algae blooms.
- **Crystal Clear Results:** Creates sparkling and crystal clear water by removing trace metals toxic to sensitive fish, organic contaminants, discolouration and unpleasant smell from aquarium water. Provides large surface area for adsorption of impurities.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA61
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Weight:** 1650 g (1.65 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatible With:** Fluval filter models - 107, 207, 307, 407, 106, 206, 306, 406, FX5, FX6
---
#### Fluval Select Premium Carbon 800gm
Fluval Select Premium Carbon 800gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-select-premium-carbon-800gm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA60 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114479
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-11-1.png
Fluval Select Premium Carbon (SKU: FA60) is a high-grade activated chemical filter media designed to absorb liquid organic pollutants, foul odours, and unsightly discolouration from aquarium water. Featuring low-ash, highly porous bituminous activated carbon granules, it rapidly binds dissolved compounds, leaving water polished and crystal clear. This premium, low-ash and highly porous carbon is highly effective at removing heavy metals, odours, discolourations, organic contaminants and pollutants from aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Polishing & Odour Control:** Use continuously in chemical trays to keep water transparent and free of fishy odours.
- **Post-Treatment Cleanup:** Insert immediately after completing fish medication schedules to absorb residual chemicals.
- **Toxin Removal:** Absorbs heavy metals, phenols, and dissolved organic compounds.
**How to Use**
- Place desired volume of loose carbon into a fine mesh media bag.
- Rinse thoroughly under tap water until runoff is completely clear to prevent carbon dust from clouding the aquarium.
- Position in the chemical filtration section of canister filters, power filters, or sumps.
- For best results, replace every 4 weeks(monthly) when activated carbon becomes fully saturated over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Premium Bituminous Carbon:** Made of bituminous carbon – long-lasting, highly porous and absorbent. Its chemical filter media features high macropore density, providing fast absorption rates for organic contaminants.
- **Low Ash & Phosphate Free:** It does not raise phosphate levels and will never leach phosphates or promote unwanted algae growth. It provides large surface area for adsorption of impurities
- **Restores Water Clarity:** Creates sparkling and crystal clear water by removing yellow water tint, tannins, and persistent aquatic odours. It effectively removes trace metals toxic to sensitive fish, organic contaminants, discolourations and odours.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Non-toxic formulation safe for marine, reef, and freshwater tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA60
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Weight:** 800 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatible With:** Fluval filter models - 107, 207, 307, 407, 106, 206, 306, 406, FX5, FX6
---
#### Fluval U Biomax 110gm
Biological filter media pack for Fluval U Series internal filters (U2, U3, and U4).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u-biomax-110gm/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF134c · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104951
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-22.png
The Fluval U BioMax 110g ( SKU: PF134c ) is a high-porosity biological filter media pack designed specifically for use in Fluval U Series internal filters (U2, U3, and U4). Composed of inert ceramic rings with an extensive network of microscopic pores, BioMax provides an ideal habitat for dense colonies of beneficial nitrifying bacteria ( Nitrosomonas and Nitrobacter ).
Fluval BIOMAX for the internal filters of the Fluval U Series provides an optimal environment for the colonisation and growth of beneficial bacteria. The unique bio rings have a complex pore system that provides an optimal environment where beneficial bacteria can thrive. Fluval BIOMAX also reduces and controls ammonia and nitrate.
Biological filtration converts toxic ammonia produced by fish waste into nitrite and subsequently into non-toxic nitrate, ensuring long-term biological stability and preventing dangerous parameter spikes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Establishing Biological Filtration:** Essential for new tank setups or when replacing aged biological media.
- **Biological Capacity Upgrade:** Enhances biological processing capability in heavily stocked setups.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Remove the BioMax ceramic rings from the protective plastic packaging.
- Rinse gently in saved aquarium water to remove shipping dust (avoid tap water to protect bacterial spores).
- Place the media into the designated biological chamber of your Fluval U2, U3, or U4 filter.
- Replace half of the nodes every 6 months to maintain active biological capacity without resetting the bio-bed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Porous Ceramic Design:** Deep pore structure promotes vast bacterial colonisation for ammonia control.
- **Fits All Fluval U Series Filters:** Perfectly sized for placement in U2, U3, and U4 central biological chambers.
- **Maintains Biological Balance:** Essential component for preventing lethal ammonia and nitrite surges.
- **Inert & Water-Safe:** Will not affect pH levels or general water hardness.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF134c
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104951
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Ceramic Media
- **Package Weight:** 110 g (Net) / 155 g (Gross Package Weight)
- **Package Dimensions:** 68 mm (L) × 170 mm (W) × 45 mm (H)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using Fluval U-Series Filters
---
#### Fluval U1 Foam Insert
Replacement mechanical filter media for Fluval U1 Internal Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u1-foam-insert/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF131a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104852
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-13.png
The Fluval U1 Foam Insert ( SKU: PF131a ) is a genuine factory replacement mechanical filter media pad designed specifically for the Fluval U1 Internal Filter. Engineered with an optimal pore structure, this high-density foam pad acts as the primary physical barrier inside the filter, trapping suspended waste particles, uneaten food, and plant debris as water circulates through the unit.
In addition to mechanical straining, the foam pad provides a massive surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacterial colonies to colonise, contributing vital biological processing to keep aquarium water safe and crystal clear.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Media Replacement:** Swap out clogged, worn, or deformed foam pads to restore optimal filter flow rates.
- **Preventative Maintenance:** Replace periodically every 3 to 6 months to ensure continuous mechanical debris removal.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Unplug the Fluval U1 Internal Filter and open the top access flip-cover.
- Remove the old foam pad from the filter cartridge frame.
- Rinse the new foam pad gently in saved aquarium water to remove manufacturing dust.
- Insert the new foam pad securely into the U1 media slot and close the filter cover.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Custom OEM Precision Fit:** Form-fitted specifically for the Fluval U1 Internal Filter housing.
- **Dual Mechanical & Biological Action:** Traps physical particulates while serving as a biological substrate.
- **Optimised Water Flow:** Retains structural integrity to prevent bypass and maintain continuous filtration.
- **Safe for All Environments:** Completely non-toxic and suitable for freshwater, marine, and reptile setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF131a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104852
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Foam Inserts
- **Package Dimensions:** 62 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 20 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums, Nano Tanks & Terrariums
---
#### Fluval U2 Foam Insert 2 Pack
Replacement mechanical foam pads for Fluval U2 Internal Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u2-foam-insert-2-pack/
- Price: $6.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF132a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104869
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-15.png
The Fluval U2 Foam Insert 2 Pack ( SKU: PF132a ) contains two custom-designed mechanical replacement foam pads engineered exclusively for the Fluval U2 Internal Filter. Designed with precision pore geometry, these foam inserts capture coarse and fine debris before it reaches the chemical and biological filter chambers, keeping the motor and internal components running smoothly.
By trapping particulate matter while preserving water turnover, these foam pads maintain water clarity while fostering healthy colonies of beneficial nitrifying bacteria on their porous surfaces.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Scheduled Filter Servicing:** Replace old, clogged foam pads when water flow through your U2 filter decreases.
- **Restoring Mechanical Efficiency:** Use as part of regular 3-to-6-month filter maintenance cycles.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Unplug the U2 filter and flip open the top access lid.
- Slide out the media frame and remove the exhausted foam pads.
- Rinse the new foam pads briefly in conditioned water.
- Insert one foam pad into each side frame slot of the U2 media cradle and reinstall into the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact Fit for Fluval U2:** Pre-sized specifically for the dual side slots of the Fluval U2 Internal Filter.
- **Value 2-Pack:** Supplies a complete set of mechanical foam pads for a full filter refresh.
- **Coarse Particle Straining:** Effectively traps fish waste, floating plant matter, and detritus.
- **Biological Surface Area:** Porous structure supports biological filtration alongside physical straining.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF132a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104869
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Foam Inserts
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 34 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 25 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using Fluval U2 Filters
---
#### Fluval U2 Poly/carbon Cartridge 2 Pack
Replacement media set for central chamber of Fluval U2 Internal Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u2-poly-carbon-cartridge-2-pack/
- Price: $10.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF132b · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104906
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-16.png
The Fluval U2 Poly/Carbon Cartridge 2 Pack ( SKU: PF132b ) is a dual-action chemical and mechanical replacement media set formulated for the central chamber of the Fluval U2 Internal Filter. Each cartridge features a fine polyester weave side that traps microscopic floating particles, paired with research-grade activated carbon that absorbs dissolved organic toxins, foul odours, and unsightly water discolouration.
Using genuine replacement cartridges keeps aquarium water optically crystal clear while removing harmful contaminants, heavy metals, and residual aquarium medications.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Chemical Detoxification:** Ideal for removing yellowing water tints, odours, and dissolved organic compounds.
- **Post-Medication Clearance:** Install after completing disease treatments to clear residual medication from tank water.
**How to Use / Installation Processs**
- Disconnect power to the U2 filter and lift the top lid open.
- Pull out the central media frame and discard the exhausted poly/carbon cartridge.
- Rinse the new cartridge under cold tap water to remove carbon dust.
- Slide the new cartridge into the central frame slot with the blue poly side facing outward.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Action Cleaning:** Fine polyester pad traps microscopic debris while activated carbon absorbs dissolved impurities.
- **Convenient 2-Pack:** Includes two complete replacement cartridges for extended maintenance schedules.
- **Eliminates Odours & Colours:** Keeps aquarium water fresh, clear, and free of unpleasant smells.
- **Custom Fit for U2:** Designed precisely for the middle chamber slot of the Fluval U2 filter frame.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF132b
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104906
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Poly & Carbon Cartridges
- **Package Dimensions:** 62 mm (L) × 128 mm (W) × 32 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 30 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using Fluval U2 Filters
---
#### Fluval U3 Foam Insert 2 Pack
Replacement pads for Fluval U3 Internal Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u3-foam-insert-2-pack/
- Price: $8.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF133a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104876
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-17.png
The Fluval U3 Foam Insert 2 Pack ( SKU: PF133a ) provides two factory-original mechanical filter replacement pads crafted specifically for the Fluval U3 Internal Filter. These high-density foam inserts serve as the primary mechanical defence within the filter housing, capturing floating organic debris, uneaten food, and particulates to maintain pristine water conditions.
The structured pore layout guarantees consistent water distribution throughout the filter body while establishing an ideal substrate for biological nitrifying bacteria.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance Replacement:** Replace every 3 to 6 months or whenever foam loses elasticity and structural shape.
- **Restoring Water Circulation:** Install when accumulated waste restricts suction power through the filter body.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Disconnect electrical power to the U3 filter and open the top access door.
- Slide out the side cartridge frames and remove the worn foam inserts.
- Rinse new foam pads in saved tank water to remove shipping dust.
- Seat the new pads into the side frame doors and snap back into the filter housing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precision U3 Fitment:** Custom-cut to fit the dual outer mechanical slots of the Fluval U3 filter.
- **High Particulate Capacity:** Dense foam matrix traps both coarse and fine suspended particles.
- **Convenient Multi-Pack:** Includes 2 foam pads for a complete maintenance replacement.
- **Inert & Non-Toxic:** Safe for all freshwater community fish, dwarf shrimp, and marine setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF133a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104876
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Foam Inserts
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 30 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using Fluval U3 Filters
---
#### Fluval U3 Poly/carbon Cartridge 2 Pack
Replacement for central chamber of Fluval U3 Internal Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u3-poly-carbon-cartridge-2-pack/
- Price: $13.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF133b · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104913
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-18.png
The Fluval U3 Poly/Carbon Cartridge 2 Pack ( SKU: PF133b ) is a specialised 2-in-1 replacement media set designed specifically for the central chamber of the Fluval U3 Internal Filter. Combining a micro-polyester polishing side with research-grade activated carbon, this cartridge delivers simultaneous micro-particle straining and high-capacity chemical adsorption.
Regular cartridge replacement removes dissolved organic pollutants, chlorine remnants, heavy metals, and unsightly water colouration, maintaining optimal transparency and water purity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Monthly Servicing:** Replace every 2 to 4 weeks to maintain maximum chemical adsorption power.
- **Clearing Water Turbidity:** Use when aquarium water appears hazy, yellowed, or emits unpleasant odours.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Unplug the U3 filter and flip open the top cover.
- Remove the middle media housing and take out the spent cartridge.
- Rinse the new poly/carbon cartridge under clean running water to remove excess carbon fines.
- Position the new cartridge into the media frame and slide it securely back into the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2-in-1 Chemical & Mechanical Cleaning:** Poly-fibre layer polishes water while carbon adsorbs dissolved waste.
- **Tailored for Fluval U3:** Form-fitted for perfect insertion into the central U3 cartridge bay.
- **Removes Toxins & Odours:** Adsorbs heavy metals, phenols, pigments, and organic pollutants.
- **Value Pack:** Includes 2 ready-to-use replacement cartridges.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF133b
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104913
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Poly & Carbon Cartridges
- **Package Dimensions:** 64 mm (L) × 188 mm (W) × 32 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using Fluval U3 Filters
---
#### Fluval U4 Foam Insert 2 Pack
Replacement mechanical filter pads for the Fluval U4 Internal Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u4-foam-insert-2-pack/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF134a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104883
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-20.png
The Fluval U4 Foam Insert 2 Pack ( SKU: PF134a ) provides two replacement mechanical filter pads tailored specifically for the Fluval U4 Internal Filter. Constructed with a dense internal pore structure, these foam pads capture large particulates, fish waste, and suspended organic matter before water moves into the chemical and biological chambers.
Maintaining clean foam pads ensures unrestricted flow through the U4 filter, preventing motor strain and creating a supportive environment for beneficial bacterial colonisation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Periodic Media Maintenance:** Replace worn or clogged foam pads every 3 to 6 months.
- **Flow Restorations:** Use when accumulated debris restricts output performance through the filter nozzles.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect power to the U4 filter and open the top flip lid.
- Slide out the side cartridge doors and discard the old foam inserts.
- Rinse the new foam pads in aquarium water to clear loose fibres.
- Fit the new pads into the side doors and snap the media frames back into the U4 body.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Custom Fit for Fluval U4:** Pre-sized specifically for the dual outer mechanical slots of the U4 filter.
- **High-Capacity Mechanical Trapping:** Strains suspended waste, organic detritus, and floating particles.
- **Supports Bio-Filtering:** Complex porous matrix fosters nitrifying bacterial growth.
- **Package of 2 Pads:** Full replacement set for both media doors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF134a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104883
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Foam Inserts
- **Package Dimensions:** 68 mm (L) × 285 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 40 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using Fluval U4 Filters
---
#### Fluval U4 Poly/carbon Cartridge 2 Pack
Replacement media set for central bay of Fluval U4 Internal Filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-u4-poly-carbon-cartridge-2-pack/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF134b · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104920
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-21.png
The Fluval U4 Poly/Carbon Cartridge 2 Pack ( SKU: PF134b ) is a high-performance chemical and mechanical replacement media set custom-built for the central bay of the Fluval U4 Internal Filter. Featuring a polyester fibre layer for trapping fine particulate matter fused with premium activated carbon, it purifies water by absorbing dissolved organic compounds, odours, and discolouration.
Regular replacement ensures continuous water polishing and prevents adsorbed toxins from leaching back into the aquarium environment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Monthly Servicing:** Replace every 2 to 4 weeks for optimal chemical purification.
- **Eliminating Water Haze & Odour:** Excellent for clearing cloudy or discoloured tank water and foul smells.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Unplug the U4 filter and open the top access panel.
- Remove the centre media frame and discard the spent poly/carbon cartridge.
- Rinse the new cartridge under cold tap water until runoff is clear of carbon dust.
- Slide the fresh cartridge into the central media frame and re-lock into place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2-in-1 Polishing & Purification:** Fine polyester mesh traps micro-particles while carbon removes dissolved contaminants.
- **Tailored OEM Dimensions:** Pre-sized for seamless fit into the central chamber of the Fluval U4 filter.
- **Adsorbs Toxins & Pigments:** Eliminates yellow water tints, heavy metals, chlorine, and organic pollutants.
- **Convenient 2-Pack:** Provides two replacement cartridges for sequential maintenance cycles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF134b
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104920
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Poly & Carbon Cartridges
- **Package Dimensions:** 68 mm (L) × 268 mm (W) × 32 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 54 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Compatibility: ** Central bay of Fluval U4 Internal Filter
---
#### Fluval Zeo Carb 1200gm
Fluval Zeo-Carb 1200gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-zeo-carb-1200gm/
- Price: $20.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA64 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114929
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-14.png
Fluval Zeo-Carb 1200gm (SKU: FA64) is a mid-sized bulk tub containing a 50/50 blend of high-grade natural zeolite and premium activated carbon. This dual-action chemical media binds harmful free ammonia while extracting dissolved organic pollutants, heavy metals, and odours. The 1.2 kg container allows aquarists to custom-dose media bags for medium to large canister filters.
Fluval Zeo-Carb is a premium blend of research-grade Fluval Carbon and Fluval Ammonia Remover. Working together, these highly effective media eliminate dissolved impurities, odours, and discolouration, while simultaneously removing toxic ammonia, for a clean, healthy aquarium. Combining two products into one frees up space inside the filter for other types of media.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Custom Filter Refilling:** Perfect for filling reusable media bags for canister filters, power filters, and sumps.
- **High Bio-Load Maintenance:** Ideal for community freshwater tanks, goldfish setups, or cichlid aquariums needing ammonia and clarity control.
**How to Use**
- Scoop the desired amount of media into a media mesh bag.
- Rinse under clean tap water until the runoff shows no residual dust.
- Place in the chemical media compartment of your filter system.
- Replace monthly or sooner if water testing shows ammonia presence. For freshwater use only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Combined Zeolite & Carbon:** It is the blend of research-grade Fluval Carbon and Fluval Ammonia Remover whose dual-action performance targets both toxic ammonia and organic pollutants.
- **Custom Dosing Tub:** 1200g quantity allows flexible portioning for various filter basket sizes.
- **Supports Water Stability:** Prevents sudden ammonia spikes while preserving optical water clarity. Highly effective at eliminating dissolved impurities, odours, and discolouration
- **Safe & Non-Toxic:** Safe for all freshwater fish, invertebrates, and live plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA64
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Weight:** 1200 g (1.2 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
---
#### Fluval Zeo Carb 2100gm
Fluval Zeo-Carb 2100gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-zeo-carb-2100gm/
- Price: $31.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA67 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114936
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-15-2.png
Fluval Zeo-Carb 2100gm (SKU: FA67) is an economical bulk supply of combined zeolite and activated carbon media. Formulated specifically for large-capacity freshwater filtration systems, this 2.1 kg tub has a premium blend of research-grade Fluval Carbon and Fluval Ammonia Remover that delivers powerful dual chemical filtration by removing toxic free ammonia, dissolved organic compounds, yellowing tints, and aquatic odours simultaneously. While simultaneously removing toxic ammonia, for a clean, healthy aquarium, combining two products into one frees up space inside the filter for other types of media.
Usage & Application
Fluval Zeo-Carb is a premium blend of research-grade Fluval Carbon and Fluval Ammonia Remover. Working together, these highly effective media eliminate dissolved impurities, odours, and discolouration,
**When to Use**
- **Large Freshwater Systems:** Ideal for large canister filters (such as Fluval 07 and FX series) and sump filtration.
- **Fish Room & Multi-Tank Use:** Cost-effective choice for aquarists managing multiple freshwater aquariums.
**How to Use**
- Fill reusable media bags with the required amount of Zeo-Carb.
- Rinse thoroughly with fresh water prior to placement in the filter tray.
- Install after mechanical foam/pre-filter pads to protect media from solid debris buildup.
- Replace monthly or after resolving parameter spikes. For freshwater use only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 2.1 kg Tub:** Maximum economy for large-scale or multi-tank aquarium maintenance.
- **Simultaneous Chemical Action:** Traps toxic ammonia while removing liquid impurities and odours.
- **Prevents Parameter Spikes:** Acts as a safety net against biological overload in freshwater setups.
- **Custom Media Bag Ready:** Easily measure and pack to fit any filter tray or basket shape.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA67
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Weight:** 2100 g (2.1 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
---
#### Fluval Zeo Carb 450gm (3x150gm)
Fluval Zeo-Carb 450gm (3 x 150gm Bags).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/fluval-zeo-carb-450gm-3x150gm/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA63 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561114905
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-13.png
Fluval Zeo-Carb (SKU: FA63) combines two powerful chemical filter media—Fluval Ammonia Remover (zeolite) and Fluval Premium Activated Carbon—into a convenient 2-in-1 hybrid media. Working together, these highly effective media eliminate liquefied impurities, odours, and discolouration while at the same time removing toxic ammonia for a clean, healthy aquarium. Pre-packaged in three 150g mesh bags, Zeo-Carb simultaneously neutralises toxic free ammonia while adsorbing organic impurities, odours, and water discolouration. Combining two products into one gives you more space in your filter system for other types of media.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dual Action Protection:** Ideal for new tank setups or heavily stocked aquariums needing both ammonia binding and water polishing.
- **Preventing Parameter Surges:** Use during initial stocking or after major cleanings to handle waste spikes.
**How to Use**
- Remove mesh pouch from outer packaging.
- Rinse thoroughly under fresh water to clear fine carbon and zeolite dust.
- Remove when medication is being administered in aquarium water. Use carefully when keeping live plants.
- Drop the pre-measured 150g bag directly into a filter tray or media chamber.
- Replace monthly or as needed depending on whether the aquarium is heavily polluted; use an ammonia test kit to check the pollution level in the aquarium. Use it for freshwater aquariums only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2-in-1 Hybrid Media:** Blends natural zeolite with activated carbon for dual chemical purification.
- **Eliminates Toxins & Odours:** Removes free toxic ammonia, yellowing, organic waste, and odours in one step.
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Includes 3 pre-measured 150g bags for easy installation and maintenance.
- **Protects Sensitive Fish:** Prevents ammonia toxicity while keeping aquarium water clear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA63
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Filtration
- **Contents:** 3 x 150g Bags (450g total)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
- **Suggested Media Placement:** For Mid or Lower Level Media Baskets - 105, 205, 305, 405. For Top or Middle Media Baskets - FX5
---
### Fluval — Maintenance
#### Fluval 3 In 1 Brush Set
Fluval 3 in 1 Cleaning Brush Set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-3-in-1-brush-set/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FA68 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561106832
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-16.png
The Fluval 3 in 1 Cleaning Brush Set (SKU: FA68) is an essential maintenance kit designed to keep filter hosing, intake stems, spray bars, impellers, and airline tubing clean. As part of Fluval's complete line of cleaning accessories, the Cleaning Brush Set offers effective all-around cleaning to help maintain peak performance of your filter equipment. Over time, bio-film and organic algae buildup inside filter tubes can reduce water flow by up to 50%. Featuring three specialised flexible brushes, this set restores maximum pump performance, water circulation, and filtration efficiency.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Filter Maintenance:** Use during monthly or quarterly filter servicing to remove biofilm inside tubes.
- **Flow Rate Restoration:** Apply whenever reduced water output or filter sluggishness is observed.
**How to Use**
- **Large Foxtail Brush (5 cm head / 45 cm length):** Insert into flexible ribbed or smooth hosing (up to 1" / 2.5 cm diameter) and pull through to push out algae and sludge.
- **Filter Stem Brush (2.5 cm head / 27 cm length):** Clean intake stems, strainers, spray bars, intake U-pipes, and output nozzles.
- **Airline / Impeller Brush (1 cm head / 34 cm length):** Insert into 4 mm airline tubing, small pump passages, impeller covers, and impeller wells.
- Rinse brushes thoroughly with tap water after use and dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**3 brushes Specifications:**
- 1 x Small brush: 13 1/2" (34 cm) Length * 1/2" (1 cm) diameter
- 1 x Medium brush : 14 1/2" (27 cm) Length * 1" (2.5 cm) diameter
- 1 x Large brush: 18" (45 cm) Length * 2" (5 cm) diameter
**Key Features**
- **3 Specialised Brushes:** Includes Large (5 cm or 2"), Medium (2.5 cm or 1"), and Small (1 cm or 1/2") brush heads for all maintenance needs.
- **Standard Design: Small Brush** is designed for cleaning standard 3/16" (4.8 mm) diameter airline tubing, impellers, impeller wells and covers, standard airline tubing and other hard-to-reach areas. **Medium Brush** is ideal for cleaning filter intake stems, strainers, spray bars, AquaStop valves, output nozzles and decor such as driftwood, rocks and ornaments. **Large Brush** is ideal for cleaning flexible, ribbed and/or smooth hosing up to 1" (2.5 cm) diameter
- **Flexible Wire Shafts:** Bends around curves and elbows in hosing and filter pipework.
- **Durable Nylon Bristles:** Removes stubborn algae and debris without scratching plastic components.
- **Restores Optimal Flow:** Clears internal blockages to maintain peak pump flow rates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FA68
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Cleaning Tool Set
- **Contents:**
3 Brushes (Foxtail Hosing Brush, Filter Stem Brush, Airline/Impeller Brush)
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Algae Magnet And Razor Medium
Medium Size.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-algae-magnet-and-razor-medium/
- Price: $41.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAM02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561110846
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-20.png
The Fluval Algae Magnet and Razor Medium (SKU: FAM02) is a versatile 2-in-1 magnetic aquarium glass cleaner built for medium-sized freshwater and marine setups. Featuring a high-strength magnetic drive, an abrasive internal scrubbing pad, and a snap-on plastic scraper blade, it allows you to wipe away soft film algae and scrape off persistent mineral or coralline buildup without submerging your hands.
Designed for glass aquariums up to 10 mm thick, the cleaner includes a soft felt outer handle that glides effortlessly across exterior glass without scratching. Should the inner magnet lose connection during cleaning, its buoyant housing floats directly to the water surface for quick, easy retrieval without disturbing the substrate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular Glass Cleaning:** Quickly wipe away daily soft film algae from medium-sized glass aquariums (up to 300L / 80 gal).
- **Tough Algae Scraping:** Attach the scraper blade head to remove stubborn green spot algae, diatoms, or coralline deposits.
**How to Use**
- Place the internal scrubbing pad inside the aquarium against the glass wall.
- Hold the external felt-lined handle against the outside glass to engage the magnetic lock.
- Move the outer handle in steady, sweeping motions across the glass.
- For tough calcified spots, snap the razor blade head onto the interior cleaning pad prior to placing it in the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Expanded Surface Area:** Medium size covers larger glass areas faster for efficient maintenance. Long and thin design easily slips between and behind coral and rocks. Rounded scrubber surface suitable for flat or curved aquariums.
- **Powerful Magnetic Force:** Strong hold designed for thicker medium aquarium glass panels. 316 Stainless Steel replaceable blade scrapes without scratching for hard-to-remove algae (replacement blade item# 11086). Long scrubber / Short handle ideal for corralling bubble accumulation at the top of the Fluval Edge aquarium
- **Dual-Action Cleaning **— **2-in-1 Scrubbing & Scraping:** Includes both a non-abrasive scrubbing pad and a removable blade attachment. Go from scraper to scrubber in one simple snap with the Razor+ 2-in-1 Algae Magnet. 2-in-1 design allows the user to change from scraping to scrubbing mode in one simple flip.
- **Glass Protection:** Soft outer pad glides smoothly without scratching exterior glass surfaces. The non-abrasive scrubber is effective on algae, yet gentle on aquarium glass. Anti-friction pads smoothly glide the scraper over the glass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAM02
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561110846
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Algae Cleaners & Scrapers
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 240 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Glass Aquariums (up to 10 mm glass thickness)
---
#### Fluval Algae Magnet And Razor Small
Fluval Razor+ 2-in-1 Algae Magnet and Razor - Small.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-algae-magnet-and-razor-small/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAM01 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561110839
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Fluval-Razor-2-in-1-Algae-Magnet-and-Razor-Small-—-SKU-FAM01-—-Main-Image-—-.jpg
The Fluval Algae Magnet and Razor Small (SKU: FAM01) is a 2-in-1 glass cleaning maintenance tool engineered for rapid, effortless removal of algae from aquarium walls. Combining a magnetic cleaning pad with a snap-on blade attachment, this compact cleaner allows hobbyists to wipe away soft film algae and scrape off stubborn coralline or hard green spot algae without submerging their hands.
Designed for glass aquariums up to 6 mm thick, the non-abrasive interior cleaning pad cleans internal surfaces while the exterior soft felt pad glides smoothly across outer glass without scratching. If the inner magnet accidentally separates during cleaning, its buoyant housing floats directly to the water surface for quick retrieval, preventing substrate disturbance and glass scratching.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Glass Cleaning:** Ideal for clearing daily soft film algae from interior aquarium glass.
- **Tough Algae Scraping:** Use with the included blade attachment to carve away persistent green spot algae or calcified deposits.
**How to Use**
- Place the abrasive pad section inside the aquarium against the glass.
- Align the smooth felt handle on the outer glass surface until the magnetic attraction locks both halves together.
- Move the exterior handle in sweeping, overlapping motions to clean the glass.
- For stubborn algae spots, snap the razor blade head onto the interior cleaning pad prior to placing it in the aquarium.
- Store above the waterline when not in use, or detach gently to prevent dropping the interior unit onto the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2-in-1 Cleaning Function: **Go from scraper to scrubber in one simple snap with the Razor+ 2-in-1 Algae Magnet. Combines a soft scrubbing pad with a removable scraper blade. 2-in-1 design allows the user to change from scraping to scrubbing mode in one simple flip. Anti-friction pads smoothly glide the scraper over the glass.
- **Floating Magnet Design: **Maintains a firm connection across standard small aquarium glass thicknesses. Long and thin design easily slips between and behind coral and rocks. Rounded scrubber surface suitable for flat or curved aquariums.
- **Glass-Safe Materials: **Designed specifically for glass aquariums to prevent surface scratching. The non-abrasive scrubber is effective on algae, yet gentle on aquarium glass. It has a 316 stainless steel replaceable blade that scrapes without scratching for hard-to-remove algae (replacement blade item# 11085).
- **Compact Ergonomic Profile: ** Textured grip ensures easy maneuverability during cleaning. Long scrubber / Short handle ideal for corralling bubble accumulation at the top of the Fluval Edge aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAM01
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561110839
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Algae Cleaners & Scrapers
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 192 mm (W) × 30 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 75 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Glass Aquariums (up to 6 mm glass thickness)
---
#### Fluval Gravel Cleaner Large 60cm
Long-tube EasyVac siphon for deep and large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-gravel-cleaner-large-60cm/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MGC04 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561110631
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Gravel-Cleaner-Large-60cm-1.png
A deep tank needs a long tube, or the water change ends with a wet shoulder. Fluval Gravel Cleaner Large 60cm (SKU: MGC04) is the largest Fluval EasyVac, with an oval tube 60 cm (24 in) long and about 6.4 cm (2.5 in) wide that reaches the bottom of tall display tanks while your hand stays near the surface. Like the rest of the range it runs on gravity alone: Quick-Start priming means a shaking motion while the tube is submerged starts the siphon, an integrated gravel guard prevents clogging, and a 1.8 m (6 ft) non-kink hose carries dirty water to the bucket.
Flow is set at the bucket end with Fluval's 2-in-1 clip, which holds the hose on the rim and offers Open, Reduced and Closed positions, so a heavy clean can be slowed down near plants and stopped while the tube is repositioned. Fluval rates the EasyVac as suitable for all substrates and for both fresh and salt water, and the wider Large tube moves more water per minute than the Small (MGC02) and Medium, which suits big community tanks, goldfish and cichlid aquariums with heavy waste loads. The box holds the 60 cm oval tube, hose, non-kink hose attachment and bucket clip; nothing needs plugging in or priming by mouth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tall and large aquariums:** Tanks 50 cm or more in height, where shorter cleaners leave the substrate out of reach.
- **Heavy-waste fish:** Goldfish, cichlids and large community tanks that leave a lot of debris in the gravel.
- **Fast water changes:** The 6.4 cm tube and Open setting empty a big tank quickly.
- **Fresh or saltwater:** All substrates in either water type.
**How to Use**
- **Bucket first:** Stand a bucket below the tank and clip the hose onto its rim with the valve Open.
- **Shake to start:** Submerge the tube and move it up and down until the siphon takes hold.
- **Clean in sections:** Push the tube into the gravel, let debris lift, then move on; the gravel guard holds stones back.
- **Control the drain:** Use Reduced around plants and Closed to pause; stop at a 20 to 30 per cent change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **60 cm oval tube:** Reaches the floor of deep aquariums without a soaked sleeve.
- **Quick-Start priming:** Shake while submerged to start, no mouth siphoning.
- **Integrated gravel guard:** Stops gravel and large debris clogging the tube.
- **2-in-1 bucket clip:** Hose anchor and three-position flow control in one part.
- **1.8 m non-kink hose:** Reaches a bucket on the floor from a tank on a stand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** MGC04
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561110631
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Cleaners
- **Model:** Fluval EasyVac Gravel Cleaner, Large (item 11063)
- **Tube Length:** 60 cm (24 in), oval, about 6.4 cm wide
- **Hose Length:** 1.8 m (6 ft), non-kink
- **Flow Settings:** Open, Reduced, Closed (bucket clip)
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon
- **In the Box:** Oval tube, hose, non-kink hose attachment, 2-in-1 bucket clip
- **Other Sizes:** Small 25 cm (MGC02); Medium 37 cm
- **Target Environment:** Deep and large freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Fluval Gravel Cleaner Small 25cm
EasyVac siphon with Quick-Start priming for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-gravel-cleaner-small-25cm/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MGC02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561110617
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Gravel-Cleaner-Small-25cm_Multi-substrate-gravel-siphon-cleaner-for-small-and-nano-aquariums_SKU-MGC02.jpg
Most gravel cleaners are started by sucking on a hose, and nobody enjoys that. Fluval Gravel Cleaner Small 25cm (SKU: MGC02) is the small size of the Fluval EasyVac, a siphon-powered substrate cleaner with Quick-Start priming: submerge the tube and a simple shaking motion engages the flow. The oval 25 cm (10 in) tube has a narrow design that Fluval says makes cleaning hard-to-reach areas a breeze, an integrated gravel guard stops substrate blocking the tube, and the 1.8 m (6 ft) non-kink hose runs to a bucket on the floor. It needs no power, no pump bulb and no batteries.
The hose ends in Fluval's 2-in-1 bucket clip, which hooks the hose onto the bucket rim and doubles as the flow valve, with three positions: Open for maximum water output, Reduced for detailed cleaning around plants and decor, and Closed to pause the flow while the tube is moved. Fluval recommends the EasyVac for all substrates in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, and the 25 cm Small suits nano and small tanks where a long tube would be awkward. The same cleaner is made in Medium 37 cm and Large 60 cm (MGC04) for deeper tanks. In the box: oval tube, hose, non-kink hose attachment and bucket clip.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** Drain and clean the gravel in one step, removing waste as the water leaves.
- **Nano and small aquariums:** Tanks up to roughly 40 cm tall where the 25 cm tube reaches the substrate without plunging your arm in.
- **Planted and decorated tanks:** The oval tube and Reduced setting work between plants and around hardscape.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Any substrate, gravel or sand, in either water type.
**How to Use**
- **Set up the bucket:** Place a bucket below tank level and hook the 2-in-1 clip over its rim with the valve Open.
- **Start the siphon:** Submerge the tube fully and shake it up and down until water flows down the hose.
- **Work the substrate:** Push the tube into the gravel; debris lifts away while the gravel guard keeps stones in the tank. Switch to Reduced near plants.
- **Pause and finish:** Close the valve to move the tube, and lift it out once about 20 to 30 per cent of the water is removed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Quick-Start priming:** A shaking motion while submerged starts the siphon, so there is no sucking on the hose.
- **Narrow oval tube:** 25 cm long, reaching corners and gaps between decor.
- **Integrated gravel guard:** Prevents clogging and keeps gravel in the tank.
- **2-in-1 bucket clip:** Secures the hose and adjusts flow between Open, Reduced and Closed.
- **Non-kink hose:** 1.8 m of hosing that keeps flowing when it bends.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** MGC02
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561110617
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Cleaners
- **Model:** Fluval EasyVac Gravel Cleaner, Small (item 11061)
- **Tube Length:** 25 cm (10 in), oval
- **Hose Length:** 1.8 m (6 ft), non-kink
- **Flow Settings:** Open, Reduced, Closed (bucket clip)
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon
- **In the Box:** Oval tube, hose, non-kink hose attachment, 2-in-1 bucket clip
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 37 cm; Large 60 cm (MGC04)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, all substrates
---
#### Fluval Impeller Brush Set
For cleaning motor housing wells, magnetic impellers, and filter intake components.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-impeller-brush-set/
- Price: $5.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV04 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561106801
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Impeller-Brush-Set.png
The Fluval Impeller Brush Set ( SKU: FLV04 ) is a specialised set of cleaning brushes designed to access and clean hard-to-reach motor housing wells, magnetic impellers, and filter intake components. Organic sludge, calcium deposits, and fine debris accumulated inside the motor chamber increase friction, causing noisy filter operation, reduced flow rates, or total impeller stalling.
Including multiple brush shapes and sizes, this multi-pack provides the exact tools needed to scrub motor well walls, magnetic rotor blades, ceramic shafts, and intake strainers cleanly without scratching delicate components.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Motor & Impeller Maintenance:** Recommended during routine filter servicing to clear sludge from the motor housing well.
- **Eliminating Filter Noise:** Essential when filter motors begin to buzz, rattle, or lose pumping pressure.
- **Preventing Motor Stalls:** Removes calcium scale and organic gunk that prevent magnetic rotors from spinning freely.
**How to Use**
- Disconnect power to the filter unit and detach the motor head or filter housing.
- Remove the impeller cover plate, ceramic shaft, and magnetic rotor assembly.
- Select the appropriate brush head size and insert it into the motor well cavity, rotating to scrub internal surfaces clean.
- Clean the impeller blades, shaft, and intake ports before reassembling and rinsing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Size Brush Pack:** Includes narrow and wide brush profiles tailored for motor wells and intake tubes.
- **Soft Non-Scratch Nylon Bristles:** Effectively lifts bio-sludge without damaging delicate motor wells or ceramic shafts.
- **Precision Shaft Reach:** Long-stemmed wire handles allow deep access into narrow motor wells and elbow joints.
- **Extends Filter Lifespan:** Regular motor well cleaning reduces friction stress and prevents electrical motor failure.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV04
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561106801
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Impeller & Motor Well Brushes
- **Package Dimensions:** 231 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 38.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 99 g
- **Target Environment:** Canister, Internal, & Power Filters
- **Compatibility:** All Canister, Power, and Internal Filter Impellers
---
#### Fluval Pull Thru Hose Brush Set
Maintenance tool for cleaning aquarium filter hoses, flexible hosing, and rigid tubing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-pull-thru-hose-brush-set/
- Price: $5.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV03 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561106818
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Pull-Thru-Hose-Brush-Set.png
The Fluval Pull Thru Hose Brush Set ( SKU: FLV03 ) is an essential maintenance tool engineered for thorough cleaning of aquarium filter hoses, flexible hosing, and rigid tubing. Over time, organic sludge, algae coatings, and detritus build up inside canister filter hoses, restricting water turnover rates and placing unnecessary strain on pump impellers.
Featuring a long, flexible spring-wire shaft equipped with dual-sized brush heads, this pull-through cleaner easily navigates bends and curves in hosing to scrub away stubborn interior build-up, restoring maximum filter outflow velocity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Filter Servicing:** Recommended for cleaning canister filter hosing every 3 to 6 months to maintain optimal water circulation.
- **Restoring Flow Velocity:** Ideal when filter output noticeably drops due to internal algae and biofilm restrictions in tubing.
- **Algae Clear-Out:** Removes unsightly brown and green algae growth from clear or translucent intake and outflow pipes.
**How to Use**
- Turn off power to the filter and disconnect the hosing from the intake/outflow valves.
- Feed the thin leader wire end of the brush completely through the length of the hose until it exits the opposite side.
- Grasp the wire end and pull the brush head through the hose to scrub away internal debris.
- Rinse the hose thoroughly with tap water before reattaching to the canister filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Flexible Spring Wire Shaft:** Navigates tight bends, elbow joints, and curves in filter hosing without snagging.
- **Dual-Sized Bristle Heads:** Fits a wide variety of hose inner diameters ranging from 12 mm to 19 mm (1/2" to 3/4").
- **Restores Filter Efficiency:** Clears bio-sludge build-up to re-establish peak turnover rates.
- **Durable Non-Corrosive Construction:** Designed for long service life across freshwater and marine setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV03
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561106818
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Hose & Tube Cleaning Brushes
- **Package Dimensions: **265 mm (L) × 148 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 545 g
- **Target Environment:** Canister Filters & Aquarium Tubing in Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Capacity:** 2.0 Litres (0.5 US Gal)
---
#### Fluval Replacement Razor (3) Magnet Medium
Replacement scraper blades for Fluval Medium Algae Magnet and Razor cleaner (FAM02).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-replacement-razor-3-magnet-medium/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAM02a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561110860
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-21-1.png
The Fluval Replacement Razor (3) Magnet Medium (SKU: FAM02a) is a 3-pack of original replacement scraper blades designed specifically for the Fluval Medium Algae Magnet and Razor cleaner (FAM02). These blades snap directly into the medium cleaner head, restoring the extra cutting power needed to lift tough algae growth from glass surfaces.
Regularly replacing dulled scraper blades restores peak cleaning efficiency, reducing the effort needed to clear hard green spot algae and coralline deposits while maintaining safe, scratch-free performance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Blade Replacement:** Replace dull or worn scraper blades on your Fluval Medium Algae Magnet cleaner.
- **Removing Calcified Growth:** Install when standard scrubbing pads cannot lift stubborn coralline algae or green spot buildup.
**How to Use**
- Remove the interior magnetic cleaning unit from the aquarium.
- Unsnap the old, worn scraper blade from the attachment mounting slot.
- Press a fresh replacement blade firmly into the slot until it clicks into position.
- Re-submerge the cleaner into the aquarium and continue maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Factory OEM Part:** Perfectly calibrated to fit the Fluval Medium Algae Magnet and Razor cleaner (FAM02). Precision-moulded for the Fluval Medium Algae Magnet (FAM02). Long scrubber / Short handle ideal for corralling bubble accumulation at the top of the Fluval Edge aquarium.
- **Convenient 3-Pack:** Supplies multiple replacement cycles for continuous maintenance readiness. Keeps your magnetic scraper performing like new across multiple maintenance routines. The non-abrasive scrubber is effective on algae, yet gentle on aquarium glass.
- **Powerful Scraping Efficiency:** Cuts through stubborn coralline algae, green spot algae, and hard mineral crust. Safely removes tough algae from glass without risking surface scratches. Rounded scrubber surface suitable for flat or curved aquariums. Anti-friction pads smoothly glide the scraper over the glass.
- **Tool-Free Installation:** Simple snap-on design allows fast, safe blade replacement. Simple slide-in locking mechanism for immediate setup; 2-in-1 design allows the user to change from scraping to scrubbing mode in one simple flip. 316 Stainless Steel replaceable blade scrapes without scratching for hard-to-remove algae (replacement blade item# 11086).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAM02a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561110860
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Replacement Blades & Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 62 mm (L) × 125 mm (W) × 12 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 10 g
- **Size:** Medium
- **Compatibility:** Fluval Algae Magnet Medium (FAM02)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Glass Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Replacement Razor (3) Magnet Small
Replacement scraper blades for Fluval Small Algae Magnet & Razor cleaner (FAM01).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/fluval-replacement-razor-3-magnet-small/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAM01a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561110853
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-19.png
The Fluval Replacement Razor (3) Magnet Small (SKU: FAM01a) is a 3-pack of genuine factory replacement scraper blades engineered specifically for the Fluval Small Algae Magnet and Razor cleaner (FAM01). Designed to snap securely onto the internal cleaning head, these precision blades restore peak scraping power to effortlessly remove stubborn coralline algae, hard green spot algae, and mineral deposits from aquarium glass.
Replacing worn or dulled scraper blades ensures smooth, efficient cleaning without requiring excessive pressure, keeping your glass clear while protecting internal surfaces from uneven wear and scratches. Fluval Razor+ 2-in-1 gives you both an algae scrubber and a scraper with just a snap switch, from scrubbing for light algae to scraping for those stubborn cleaning requirements and hard-to-remove algae on glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing Worn Blades:** Swap out dull, worn, or damaged scraper blades on your Fluval Small Algae Magnet cleaner.
- **Tackling Calcified Algae:** Install when standard scrubbing pads are unable to lift tough green spots or coralline algae deposits.
**How to Use**
- Remove the inner magnetic cleaning unit from the aquarium.
- Carefully unclip and remove the worn blade from the blade holder.
- Align the new replacement blade with the mounting slot and press firmly until it snaps into place.
- Submerge the cleaning unit back into the tank and resume cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine OEM Replacement:** Custom-designed specifically for the Fluval Small Algae Magnet and Razor cleaner (FAM01). Engineered specifically for the Fluval Small Algae Magnet (FAM01). Go from scraper to scrubber in one simple snap with the Razor+ 2-in-1 Algae Magnet. 2-in-1 design allows the user to change from scraping to scrubbing mode in one simple flip.
- **Glass-Safe Scraper Material: ** Durable plastic design cuts through stubborn algae without scratching glass. The non-abrasive scrubber is effective on algae, yet gentle on aquarium glass. Anti-friction pads smoothly glide the scraper over the glass. Rounded scrubber surface suitable for flat or curved aquariums.
- **Tough Deposit Scraping:** Cuts through hard green spot algae, coralline algae, and mineral crust with ease.
- **Tool-Free Snap-On Design:** Quick and safe blade replacement without requiring extra tools. Easy slide-and-lock blade replacement with no extra tools required. 316 Stainless Steel replaceable blade scrapes without scratching for hard-to-remove algae (replacement blade Item# 11086).
- **3-Piece Value Pack:** Provides multiple replacement cycles for long-term aquarium maintenance. Long and thin design easily slips between and behind coral and rocks. Long scrubber / Short handle ideal for corralling bubble accumulation at the top of the Fluval Edge aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAM01a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561110853
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Replacement Blades & Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 52 mm (L) × 105 mm (W) × 8 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 10 g
- **Target Environment: ** For both freshwater and saltwater setups with glass aquariums
---
### Fluval — Filters
#### Fluval 207 Canister Filter 780lph
Fluval’s 07 series, for aquariums between 40 and 220 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-207-canister-filter-780lph/
- Price: $239.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF161 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104432
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-26.png
The Fluval 207 Canister Filter ( SKU: PF161 ) is part of Fluval’s 07 Performance Series, delivering smooth, energy-efficient filtration for aquariums between 40 and 220 litres. Moving 780 litres of water per hour, the 207 features an e3 motor design that runs up to 25% quieter while consuming minimal power.
Fluval 207 Canister External Filter is 25% quieter than its predecessor, with more thorough filtration, lower energy consumption, and a media stack design that boosts filtration capacity. The Fluval 207 external filter pump is suitable for freshwater or saltwater aquariums up to 220L capacity.
Engineered with ergonomics in mind, the 207 includes dual locking clamps, an oversized easy-grip priming handle, and lift-lock media baskets for swift maintenance. Its vertical pre-filter cartridge isolates mechanical waste separately, keeping biological media cleaner for longer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to Medium Tank Setups:** Ideal primary filter for aquariums from 40 L to 220 L requiring clear water and gentle currents.
- **Planted & Community Aquariums:** Excellent choice for freshwater aquascapes, community fish, and marine setups.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Stack media into the independent media baskets (Foam, Carbon, BioMax).
- Seat the motor head onto the canister body and secure the heavy-duty side locking clamps.
- Attach AquaStop valves, connect hosing to rim attachments, and pump the easy-grip priming handle 3–4 times.
- Plug into power once water fills the canister chamber.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fluval e3 Motor Technology:** Re-engineered drive shaft and magnetic impeller deliver quiet, efficient performance.
- **EZ-Lift Media Baskets:** Centre handle allows easy removal of media baskets in one swift movement.
- **Fast Priming System:** Redesigned priming handle requires fewer pumps for effortless start-up.
- **Independent Pre-Filter:** Vertical pre-filter cartridge provides maximum mechanical surface area.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF161
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104432
- **Product Type:** Filters / Canister Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 290 mm (L) × 390 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3,195 g (3.2 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (40 L to 220 L)
- **Pump Output:** 780 Litres per hour (LPH)
---
#### Fluval 307 Canister Filter 1159lph
External canister filter built for mid-sized aquariums between 90 and 330 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-307-canister-filter-1159lph/
- Price: $289.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF162 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104463
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-27.png
The Fluval 307 Canister Filter ( SKU: PF162 ) is a high-efficiency external canister filter built for mid-sized aquariums between 90 and 330 litres. Generating a strong 1,159 L/h flow rate, the 307 incorporates precision manufacturing upgrades that reduce operating noise by up to 25% while maximising hydraulic performance.
Equipped with high-capacity media baskets, heavy-duty AquaStop valves, and dual locking clamps, the 307 keeps water sparkling clear through superior 07 Series multi-stage filtration mechanics.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Aquariums:** Designed for freshwater planted aquariums, cichlid community tanks, and reef aquariums up to 330 L.
- **Upgrading Internal Filters:** Perfect upgrade when moving from internal filters to external canister systems.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Arrange media components into the internal EZ-Lift media trays.
- Latch the top motor housing securely using the reinforced side clamps.
- Connect the AquaStop valve head and pump the ergonomic primer handle until water siphons into the canister.
- Plug into electrical power to start continuous multi-stage filtration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Quiet & Efficient Motor:** Re-engineered casing reduces operating noise while maintaining powerful 1,159 L/h flow, using just 16 watts of power.
- **Vertical Pre-Filter Chamber:** Maximises mechanical particle trapping to preserve biological media longevity.
- **AquaStop Disconnect Valves:** Quickly shuts off water flow for spill-free hose disconnection during cleaning.
- **Complete Media Included:** Fully packed with original Fluval Foam, Carbon, and BioMax media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF162
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104463
- **Product Type:** Filters / Canister Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 365 mm (L) × 430 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,510 g (4.51 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (90 L to 330 L or 40 to 70 US Gal)
- **Pump Output:** 1159 Litres per hour (LPH) or 303 US Gallons per hour
---
#### Fluval 407 Canister Filter 1450lph
Flagship model for large aquariums between 150 and 500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-407-canister-filter-1450lph/
- Price: $379.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF163 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104494
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-28.png
The Fluval 407 Canister Filter ( SKU: PF163 ) is the flagship model of the 07 Performance Series, engineered for large aquariums between 150 and 500 litres. Delivering an impressive 1,450 litres per hour turnover, the 407 combines powerful circulation, large media capacity, and ultra-quiet motor engineering.
The new 07 Series (Fluval 407) is the seventh incarnation in almost four decades of the world's best-selling Fluval family of external filters. Not only does the latest generation incorporate the power and reliability you've come to expect from the leader in aquatic filtration, but it also includes a host of performance enhancements that make it up to 25% quieter and more robust, energy-efficient, flexible and easier to use than ever before.
Featuring ergonomic lift-lock media handles, quick-disconnect AquaStop valves, and double-moulded rubber feet to absorb operational vibration, the 407 delivers crystal-clear water with minimal maintenance effort.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquariums:** Primary filtration solution for large planted tanks, cichlid biotope aquariums, and marine reef setups up to 500 L.
- **Heavy Bio-Load Setups:** Ideal for tanks housing larger fish species that produce high organic waste levels.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Load media into the multi-tiered EZ-Lift baskets according to filtration strategy.
- Clamp the motor unit to the canister base using the reinforced dual locking levers.
- Connect the hose assembly to the AquaStop valve and activate the self-primer handle to fill the canister with water.
- Plug the unit into a power source to establish high-volume water turnover.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Output Performance:** Moves 1,450 L/h to provide comprehensive water turnover and mechanical polishing, using 23 waatt/120 volatge of power consumption.
- **Whisper-Quiet Operation:** Precision-moulded impeller shaft and vibration-dampening feet keep operational noise minimal.
- **Oversized Pre-Filter Cartridge:** Traps large particulate waste separately to extend biological media lifespan.
- **Ergonomic Maintenance:** EZ-Lift media baskets and quick-disconnect valves make servicing fast and mess-free.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF163
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104494
- **Product Type:** Filters / Canister Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 370 mm (L) × 465 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4,900 g (4.9 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (150 L to 500 L)
- **Pump Output:** 1450 Litres per hour (LPH) using 23 waatt/120 volatge of power usage
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Hang On Filter Ac110 - 1892lph
Flagship power filter for aquariums up to 416 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-aquaclear-hang-on-filter-ac110-1892lph/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ05 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196208
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-4.png
The Fluval AquaClear Hang-On Filter AC110 ( SKU: FAQ05 ) is the flagship hang-on-back power filter in the AquaClear lineup, delivering an astounding flow rate of 1,892 litres per hour for aquariums up to 416 litres. Engineered for large displays and heavy bioload environments, this filter offers unmatched media capacity, rivalling many small canister filters while offering the convenience of top-access maintenance.
Its massive filtration volume allows for extensive biological colonisation and custom chemical treatment setups. Equipped with a heavy-duty pump unit and precision flow control, the AC110 keeps large freshwater biotope aquariums, monster fish displays, and marine tanks crystal clear.
##### Superior Filtration: 4 Stage Filtration
A newly calibrated water path cycles through 4 complete filtration stages to optimise cleaning performance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquariums & Monster Tanks:** Designed for large aquariums up to 416 L requiring maximum turnover and filtration volume.
- **Heavy Bio-Load Setups:** Ideal for tanks housing large cichlids, goldfish, plecos, or predatory marine species.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Place the large filter body securely on the rear aquarium glass frame.
- Assemble the media basket with the oversized foam pad, activated carbon pouch, and BioMax ceramic nodes.
- Completely fill the large filter sump with tank water to prime the motor.
- Connect to electrical power and set the flow control level to suit your aquatic inhabitants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Flow Power:** Delivers a massive 1,892 L/h turnover rate for large aquatic setups.
- **Canister-Class Media Capacity:** Huge media basket holds exceptional volumes of biological, mechanical, and chemical media.
- **Patented Refiltration Control:** Variable flow control decreases output while maximising water contact time inside the basket.
- **Versatile Application:** Fully compatible with both freshwater planted/cichlid setups and marine reef aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ05
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196208
- **Product Type:** Filters / Hang-On-Back Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 350 mm (L) × 240 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5,700 g (5.7 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (227 L to 416 L)
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Hang On Filter Ac20 379lph
Versatile power filter for small aquariums- 18 litres up to 76 litres (20 US gallons).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-aquaclear-hang-on-filter-ac20-379lph/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ01 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561195959
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-22-1.png
The Fluval AquaClear Hang-On Filter AC20 (SKU: FAQ01, formerly AquaClear 20) is a versatile power filter designed for small aquariums from 18 litres up to 76 litres (20 US gallons). Known for its large filtration volume and reusable basket system, the AC20 utilises a 3-stage mechanical, chemical, and biological filtration process. With a flow rate capacity of 379 litres per hour (LPH), it features patented flow control to protect delicate fish while delivering advanced 4-stage filtration; the filter ensures crystal-clear water and a healthy aquarium environment.
The filter uses a combination of mechanical, chemical and biological filtration (2 x mechanical), which effectively removes dirt, odours and debris while preserving beneficial bacteria. Thanks to the CycleGuard system, filter media can be replaced independently, protecting the nitrogen cycle and maintaining the biological balance of the aquarium.
The patented refiltration system extends the contact time between water and filter media, providing better filtration, more stable water quality and a healthier aquarium environment. Chemical filter media is easily accessible straight from the top, so you avoid taking out the filter basket – less mess and easier maintenance. An integrated pre-filter intake keeps algae and larger particles away from the pump, ensuring consistent water flow and quiet operation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Small Aquariums:** Perfect primary filtration unit for nano tanks, fry tanks, or small community setups up to 76L.
- **Delicate Species:** Ideal for betta fish, shrimp, or small fish when flow control is dialled down.
**How to Use**
- Assemble the intake U-tube, levelling device, and filter media basket inside the filter body.
- Load media layers into the basket: Foam (bottom), Activated Carbon (middle), BioMax (top).
- Hang the filter onto the rear rim of the aquarium and adjust the levelling dial.
- Fill the filter chamber with aquarium water (prime) before plugging into the electrical outlet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3-Stage Filtration Basket: **It has a mechanical, chemical and biological patented refiltration system. Large chamber housing mechanical foam, chemical carbon, and biological BioMax.
- **Patented Flow Control:** Adjustable flow rate control reduces water flow by up to 50% without stressing the pump motor. Pre-filter protects the pump and ensures smooth water flow. CycleGuard preserves beneficial bacteria.
- **Re-usable Media System:** Easy access to chemical filter media, which allows customised media stacking and independent media replacements.
- **Energy-Efficient Flow:** Quiet and reliable design of the filter, which pumps up to 379 LPH with low power consumption, suitable for aquariums in the range of 18–76 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ01
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561195959
- **Product Type:** Filters / Hang-On-Back Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 185 mm (L) × 175 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,805 g (1.81 kg)
- **Capacity:** 379 litres per hour (LPH)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (Up to 76 L)
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Hang On Filter Ac30 - 545lph
multi-stage filtration for aquariums up to 114 litres (30 US gallons).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-aquaclear-hang-on-filter-ac30-545lph/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196000
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-1.png
The Fluval AquaClear Hang-On Filter AC30 (SKU: FAQ02) provides multi-stage filtration for aquariums up to 114 litres (30 US gallons). Delivering a flow rate of 545 litres per hour (LPH), the AC30 features AquaClear's legendary large-capacity media basket, allowing maximum contact time between water and filter media. Its energy-efficient design ensures complete mechanical straining, chemical purification, and biological processing. It has a patented refiltration system; this unique feature permits flow rate adjustment without compromising filtration efficiency. When flow is reduced, the system will process up to 50% of the water several times within the chamber, ensuring a cleaner and healthier aquarium with exceptionally clear water.
Fluval's AC Series power filters have become a standout choice that aquarium enthusiasts know and trust. Along with its proven multi-stage cleaning, CycleGuard beneficial bacteria support, and patented refiltration system, the latest clip-on generation sets a new standard for cleaning performance, media efficiency, whisper-quiet operation, and durability.
**Superior Filtration: 4 Stage Filtration**
A newly patented refiltration system that has calibrated water path cycles through 4 complete filtration stages to optimise cleaning performance.
- Pre-filter stage: Intake strainer sponge protects the pump from large debris and algae strands, and keeps fry and small fish safe.
- Mechanical Stage: High-density 30PPI Bio-Foam (50% more porous than before) traps finer particles and debris while supporting biological filtration (AC20/AC30/AC50/AC70 models).
- Chemical Stage: Activated carbon eliminates odours, discolourations and impurities to improve water clarity and colour. Insert is now easily replaceable from the top without having to remove the media basket.
- Biological Stage: Ultra-porous BIOMAX boosts beneficial bacteria growth and optimises aquarium health.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to Medium Aquariums:** Excellent for community freshwater tanks, planted aquariums, or small marine setups up to 114L.
- **High Biological Needs:** Ideal for aquariums requiring flexible media customisation.
**How to Use**
- Position mechanical foam, carbon pouch, and BioMax rings into the internal media basket.
- Mount the filter securely on the aquarium glass back wall using the bottom levelling feature.
- Pour water into the filter reservoir until full to prime the pump.
- Connect to power and adjust the top flow lever to your desired circulation rate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximised Media Volume:** Has a wide media selection; basket design accommodates significantly more filter media than standard cartridge filters.
- **Multi-Stage Filtration Included:** Comes complete with AquaClear Foam, Activated Carbon, and BioMax rings. **Mechanical Media** has Intake Sponge and Bio-foam. **Chemical Media** has Carbon, Zeo-Carb, Ammonia Remover and Clear-Carb. **Biological Media** has BioMax ring.
- **Quieter Operation & Adjustable Flow Control:** Reduce flow speed during feeding times or for low-current species. Its precision motor design (AC20/AC30/AC50/AC70 models) smooths rotations with minimal vibration. It has a sound-dampening cover that minimises the echo chamber effect, thus operating quietly.
- **Smarter Design & Waterfall Return:** Prevents water spills by gently oxygenating surface water while returning purified water. Filter-To-Tank Stepped Interface (AC20/AC30/AC50/AC70 models). Self-levelling in most cases for convenient installation
- **CycleGuard: **CycleGuard maintains your aquarium's biological balance and prevents nitrogen cycle disruptions. By allowing 1 of the 3 media inserts to be changed at a time, bacteria levels remain stable, supporting continuous and effective biological filtration without harmful fluctuations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ02
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196000
- **Product Type:** Filters / Hang-On-Back Power Filters
- **Flow Rate Capacity:** 545 litres per hour (Lph) or 150 GPH
- **Package Dimensions:** 210 mm (L) × 180 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 800 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (38 L to 114 L)
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Hang On Filter Ac50 - 757lph
Fluval AquaClear Hang-On Filter AC50 (757 LPH) —Mid-range power filter for aquariums up to 190 litres (50 US gallons).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-aquaclear-hang-on-filter-ac50-757lph/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ03 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196109
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-2.png
The Fluval AquaClear Hang-On Filter AC50 ( SKU: FAQ03 ) is a mid-range power filter engineered for aquariums up to 190 litres (50 US gallons). Pumping up to 757 litres per hour (LPH), it features extended media contact time and a versatile basket system. Designed for low operating noise and ease of maintenance, the AC50 provides versatile mechanical, biological, and chemical filtration. Fluval AC Series filters deliver unparalleled cleaning power, improved media efficiency, whisper-quiet operation and enhanced durability – a legacy of excellence evolved.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Aquariums:** Primary filtration choice for 100L to 190L community aquariums, turtle setups, or cichlid tanks.
- **Custom Media Stacking:** Recommended for aquarists wanting to run specialty chemical media or additional biological rings.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Insert the foam block, carbon insert, and BioMax rings into the filter basket assembly.
- Attach the extension intake tube to reach desired water depth.
- Hang the filter on the tank rim and level the unit using the adjustable bumper wheel.
- Fill motor cavity with water and plug unit into power.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Flow Volume:** 757 LPH flow rate ensures thorough water turnover. It has a precision motor design, while its re-engineered rotor configuration enables smoother rotations, reduced vibration and quieter operation (AC20/AC30/AC50/AC70 models only).
- **4-stage filtration:** A newly calibrated water path cycles through 4 complete filtration stages to optimise cleaning performance, providing superior water clarity and quality.
- **Gentle Re-Filtration System:** Re-circulates water through media when flow is turned down for deeper filtration. By allowing 1 of the 3 media inserts to be changed at a time, it supports continuous and effective biological filtration without harmful fluctuations.
- **CycleGuard beneficial bacteria support**: CycleGuard maintains your aquarium’s biological balance by providing beneficial bacteria support, which prevents nitrogen cycle disruptions. Filter-to-tank stepped interface - self-levelling in most cases for convenient installation. Prevents water spills (AC20/AC30/AC50/AC70 models only).
- **Quiet, Reliable Motor:** Energy-efficient impeller unit operates with minimal noise; its sound-dampening cover minimises the eco chamber effect. Its patented refiltration system has a unique feature that permits flow rate adjustment without compromising filtration efficiency. When flow is reduced, the system will process up to 50% of the water several times, ensuring exceptionally clear water.
- **Includes Full Media Kit:** Comes packed with original AquaClear Foam, Carbon, and BioMax media. Redesigned easy-access media basket and all-new intake sponge.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ03
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196109
- **Product Type:** Filters / Hang-On-Back Power Filters
- **Flow Rate Capacity:** 757 litres per hour (200 GPH)
- **Package Dimensions:** 240 mm (L) × 210 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 950 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (76 L to 190 L)
---
#### Fluval Fx Uvc Unit 6w
Ultraviolet inline clarifier for Fluval FX Series canister filters (FX2, FX4, and FX6).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-fx-uvc-unit-6w/
- Price: $239.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF166 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561101998
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-30.png
The Fluval FX UVC In-Line Unit 6W ( SKU: PF166 ) is a high-efficiency ultraviolet clarifier engineered specifically to attach in-line with Fluval FX Series high-capacity canister filters (FX2, FX4, and FX6). By exposing passing water to targeted UV-C light waves, it destroys free-floating single-celled algae (green water) as well as harmful bacteria, viruses, and parasites.
Utilising advanced CCFL (Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp) technology, the 6-Watt UVC unit operates cooler and lasts significantly longer than conventional UV bulbs while drawing minimal power. Its compact, direct-connect design mounts seamlessly onto FX filter output hosing or directly to the filter housing, purifying water without restricting filter turnover.
Ultraviolet clarification (also known as ultraviolet sterilisation) is a proven technology that has a long history of aquarium use: its benefits range from controlling and eradicating suspended bacteria, suspended single-cell algae, and various unwanted pathogens, to improving overall water clarity. The most effective wavelength for these purposes is 253 nm, which falls squarely into the UVC spectrum of light. While using a UVC Clarifier does not replace important aquarium husbandry practices such as regular partial water changes, regular filter maintenance, and the quarantining of new fish, it does add an extra layer of filtration that cannot be obtained otherwise.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Eliminating Green Water Blooms:** Rapidly clears persistent unicellular algae blooms that turn tank water cloudy green.
- **Pathogen Control:** Reduces levels of free-floating bacteria and parasites to protect vulnerable or valuable aquatic species.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Turn off your Fluval FX canister filter and locate the output hose section.
- Mount the FX UVC unit in-line onto the output hosing using the included click-fit adapters or direct-mount bracket.
- Secure hose clamps tightly to ensure leak-free operation.
- Plug the low-voltage transformer into a power outlet, restart the FX filter, and check the safe indicator window to confirm UV operation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **CCFL UV Lamp Technology:** Cool-running, energy-efficient bulb lasts up to twice as long as traditional UV lamps. CCFL (Cold Cathode Fluorescent Light) technology runs cooler than traditional UVC bulbs to last up to 30,000 hours (3X longer). Energy-efficient – up to 80% less expensive to operate than competitive clarifiers
- **Direct FX Series Fitment:** Custom-designed to mount cleanly onto Fluval FX2, FX4, and FX6 canister filter setups. Easily fits within aquarium cabinetry without cluttering existing filtration setup. Quickly connects in-line to all canister filter hosing with an internal diameter of 5/8” (or 16mm), including all Fluval 07 and 06 Series filters.
- **Chemical-Free Clarification:** Eradicates floating algae and pathogens naturally without altering water chemistry.
- **Zero Flow Restriction:** Internal contact chamber allows high-volume water passage without reducing filter flow rate. Multi-directional – works in either direction, so there is no need to move the existing filter setup.
- **Suspended Algae: **Suspended algae blooms, where nothing is seen in the aquarium other than green water. The use of a UVC Clarifier will not only rapidly clear green water, but will also effectively prevent algae blooms from developing at all!
- **Cloudy Water: **The use of a UVC Clarifier quickly eliminates suspended organisms, clearing cloudy water and preventing it from developing again in the future.
- **Purchasing New Fish:** The addition of new fish can lead to the introduction of diseases into your tank. A UVC Clarifier helps control the spread of unwanted bacteria and, depending on their life stage, parasites.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF166
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561101998
- **Product Type:** Filters / In-Line UV Clarifiers
- **Package Dimensions:** 290 mm (L) × 105 mm (W) × 125 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 700 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Marine Saltwater Aquariums and even turtle aquariums using Fluval FX Filters
- **Compatibility: **Fluval 306, 307, 406 and 407 series canister filters; FX Series canister filters (FX2, FX4, and FX6)
---
#### Fluval Fx2 Super Filter 1800lph
Streamlined pump for aquariums up to 750 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-fx2-super-filter-1800lph/
- Price: $460.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF155 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102131
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-25.png
The Fluval FX2 Super Filter ( SKU: PF155 ) brings legendary FX Series performance into a streamlined profile designed for aquariums up to 750 litres. Delivering a robust pump flow rate of 1,800 litres per hour, the FX2 utilises Smart Pump technology to monitor motor performance, regulate energy use, and automatically vent trapped air for silent operation.
Featuring heavy-duty click-fit AquaStop valves, multi-stage stackable media baskets, and rubber feet to dampen vibration, the FX2 provides canister filtration performance in a compact footprint that easily fits standard aquarium cabinets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid to Large-Sized Aquariums:** Designed for aquariums up to 750 L seeking commercial-grade filtration in a smaller profile.
- **Space-Constrained Cabinets:** Ideal when cabinet height or floor space prevents installing larger FX4/FX6 models.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Fill internal filter baskets with included mechanical foam, chemical media, and BioMax ceramic nodes.
- Secure the lock-down rim clamps and attach hosing to the top AquaStop valves.
- Add water to the canister housing to prime, then plug the power cord into an electrical socket.
- Allow the Smart Pump system to complete its self-priming sequence and establish continuous turnover.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Microchip Smart Pump Control:** Self-starting pump system purges trapped air automatically every 12 hours.
- **Powerful 1,800 L/h Output:** Compact FX design delivering high-velocity water turnover.
- **Multi-Stage Filtration Baskets:** Eliminates water bypass to force 100% of water through mechanical and biological media.
- **Anti-Vibration Rubber Base:** Ensures whisper-quiet operational stability inside display cabinets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF155
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561102131
- **Product Type:** Filters / High-Capacity Canister Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 390 mm (L) × 430 mm (W) × 390 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 6,750 g (6.75 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (Up to 750 L)
- **Pump Output:** 1,800 L/h or 475 US Ga/h
**What's Included**
- Filter canister with motor
- Lid with fasteners
- AquaStop valves x 2
- Media baskets (white) x 2
- 1/2 Media Baskets (Red) x 2
- Media bags with locking clips x 2
- Intake stem with strainer
- Output nozzle
- Rim connector assembly x 2
- Ribbed hosing
- Hose clamps x 2
- Bio-Foam x 4
- BIOMAX x 2
- Bio-Foam+ x 1
- Carbon Pad x 1
##### Other Features
- Smart Pump™ – advanced microchip technology continuously monitors and optimises pump performance. Self-starting – just add water, plug in, and Smart Pump™ will take over. Trapped air is auto-evacuated every 12 hours to ensure maximum efficiency.
- Removable, stackable media baskets eliminate water bypass and hold a total of 1 US Gal / 3.9L of media. All filter media included – mechanical, chemical and biological. Aqua-Stop valves with a leak-proof Click-Fit attachment system.
- Valves positioned at a convenient 45-degree angle for easy installation and rotation. Anti-clog, telescopic strainer ensures continuous water flow. Multi-Directional Output nozzles can be fully adjusted to create customised water flows. Rubberised feet help ensure quiet operation
- Measures the same height as FX4 and is 15% smaller overall. Fits within standard-sized cabinetry.
---
#### Fluval Fx4 Super Filter 2650lph
High-output multi-stage canister filter designed for aquariums up to 1,000 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-fx4-super-filter-2650lph/
- Price: $568.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF152 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102148
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-24.png
The Fluval FX4 Super Filter (SKU: PF152) is a compact, high-output multi-stage canister filter designed for aquariums up to 1,000 litres. Delivering 2,650 litres per hour of pump output, the FX4 incorporates Fluval’s renowned Smart Pump microchip technology to ensure reliable, quiet, and energy-efficient water filtration. Building off the high-performance FX platform, the all-new FX4 canister filter bridges the gap between the Fluval 406 and the FX6 canister filters, making it an ideal choice for aquariums up to 250 US Gal (1000 L).
Its multi-stage stackable media baskets isolate waste while maximising contact time with mechanical, chemical, and biological media. With self-priming automatic start-up and a convenient bottom purge valve, routine filter maintenance and water changes are fast and effortless.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to Large Aquariums:** Ideal for aquariums between 400 L and 1,000 L requiring high turnover rates.
- **Heavy Bio-Load Maintenance:** Perfect for heavily stocked community tanks, cichlid aquariums, and marine reef systems.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Stack media components into the inner media baskets according to filtration needs.
- Connect intake and output hoses using the leak-proof AquaStop valves.
- Fill the canister body with water and plug the unit into a wall outlet.
- The Smart Pump sequence will self-prime the filter, evacuate air, and commence steady circulation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smart Pump Technology:** Self-priming microchip system automatically purges air pockets every 12 hours.
- **High-Capacity Flow:** Moves 2,650 L/h to deliver crystal-clear water and strong circulation.
- **Stackable Media Baskets:** Removable baskets hold up to 3.9 litres of customised media.
- **Integrated Purge Valve:** Allows quick hose flushing and direct canister draining during water changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF152
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561102148
- **Product Type:** Filters / High-Capacity Canister Filters
- **Pump Output:** 2,650 L/h (Canister Circulation: 1,700 L/h)
- **Gross Package Weight:** ~8,000 g (8.0 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (Up to 1,000 L)
**Additional Features**
- Smart Pump™ – advanced microchip technology continuously monitors and optimises pump performance. Self-starting – just add water, plug in, and Smart Pump™ will take over. Trapped air is auto-evacuated every 12 hours to ensure maximum efficiency
- Easy water changes eliminate the need to lift heavy buckets. Simply attach hosing to the output (Kit sold separately), and Smart Pump™ does the rest.
- Removable, stackable media baskets eliminate water bypass and hold a total of 1 gallon (3.9 L) of media. All filter media included – mechanical, chemical and biological.
- Aqua-Stop valves with a leak-proof Click-Fit attachment system. Valves positioned at a convenient 45-degree angle for easy installation and rotation. Anti-clog, telescopic strainer ensures continuous water flow
- Multi-Directional Output nozzles can be fully adjusted to create customised water flows. Utility Valve with drain hose for easy maintenance and flushing of canister. Rubberised feet help ensure quiet operation. Compact 16.5″ tall design – easily fits under most aquariums.
---
#### Fluval Fx6 Super Filter 3500lph
Multi-stage canister filter built for large aquariums up to 1,500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-fx6-super-filter-3500lph/
- Price: $649.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF150 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102193
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-23.png
The Fluval FX6 Super Filter (SKU: PF150) is the flagship multi-stage canister filter built for large aquariums up to 1,500 litres. Driven by an advanced Smart Pump microchip-controlled motor, the FX6 pumps an incredible 3,500 litres per hour while continuously monitoring pump speed and magnetic impeller performance to optimise energy efficiency and power.
The FX6 features self-priming Smart Pump technology—simply add water, plug in, and the filter self-starts, automatically pausing every 12 hours to evacuate trapped air bubbles for whisper-quiet performance. Featuring stackable, removable media baskets and a built-in utility drain valve for rapid water changes, it provides ultimate filtration for high-volume displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquariums & Monster Tanks:** Designed for aquariums up to 1,500 L housing heavy bio-loads like cichlids, goldfish, or predator species.
- **High-Flow Marine & Freshwater Setups:** Provides massive circulation, mechanical straining, and biological processing.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Arrange filter media into the stackable internal media baskets (Foam, BioMax, and specialty media).
- Attach hosing using the AquaStop click-fit valves and position the heavy-duty rim connectors.
- Pour at least 6 litres of water into the canister body to submerge the pump prior to initial start.
- Plug into power; the Smart Pump system will self-prime, purge air, and initiate full filtration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smart Pump Microchip Technology:** Continuously monitors pump output and automatically purges trapped air every 12 hours.
- **Massive 3,500 L/h Output:** Delivers high-volume turnover and exceptional water circulation.
- **Multi-Stage Stackable Baskets:** Holds up to 5.9 litres of biological, mechanical, and chemical filter media.
- **Utility Drain Valve:** Allows fast canister draining and hassle-free water change connections.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF150
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561102193
- **Product Type:** Filters / High-Capacity Canister Filters
- **Pump Output:** 3,500 L/h (Canister Circulation: 2,130 L/h)
- **Gross Package Weight:** ~9,000 g (9.0 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Large Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (Up to 1,500 L)
---
#### Fluval U2 Internal Filter
3-Stage underwater power filter for aquariums up to 110 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-u2-internal-filter/
- Price: $95.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF132 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104708
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-14.png
The Fluval U2 Internal Filter ( SKU: PF132 ) is a compact, multi-stage underwater power filter designed for aquariums up to 110 litres. Featuring innovative 3-Stage Filtration (mechanical, chemical, and biological) alongside versatile 3-Way Flow Control, the U2 gives aquarists total freedom to customise water direction and turnover for any aquatic environment. Offering outstanding 3-stage filtration, increased water movement and vital aeration, Fluval U-Series internal filters are the perfect solution where external filtration is not possible. Now with new and improved design features!
Equipped with a top-opening flip lid for rapid, hassle-free media access without removing the filter from the aquarium, the U2 provides maximum maintenance convenience. Its versatile directional nozzles allow top outlet flow for oxygenation, a spray bar for planted displays, or a bottom outlet for deep-water agitation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Primary Submerged Filtration:** Excellent primary filter for aquariums, shrimp tanks, or turtle terrariums up to 110 L.
- **Supplementary Circulation:** Use as a secondary filter or wave maker in larger aquarium setups requiring extra circulation.
**How to Use**
- Install the included media (Foam pads, Poly/Carbon cartridge, and BioMax nodes) into the internal cradle.
- Secure the filter vertically or horizontally onto internal tank glass using the suction cup bracket.
- Ensure the filter is submerged to the required water depth line and plug it into power. Position vertically against the aquarium wall to create currents or customised flow patterns.
- Set the 3-way flow control knob to select top spray, middle spray bar, or bottom discharge options. Position horizontally for shallow tanks, larger tanks with low water levels, or to create a decorative waterfall feature
- Use as a primary filter for smaller aquariums, or a supplementary filter for larger aquariums
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3-Stage Multi-Media Filtration:** Combines mechanical foam, poly/carbon chemical pad, and biological BioMax media.
- **3-Way Flow Diverter:** Choose top output, integrated spray bar, or deep-water bottom output for tailored flow. Adjustable 3-way flow control: Top output for circulation and oxygenation, integrated spray bar for a gentle, even flow, and bottom output for deep-water agitation
- **Top-Opening Flip Lid:** Provides quick, clean access to media cartridges without detaching the filter frame.
- **Versatile Positioning:** Convenient flip-top lid allows for quick and easy access to the filter cartridge for maintenance or replacement. Mounts vertically on glass walls or horizontally in shallow reptile/amphibian tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF132
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104708
- **Product Type:** Filters / Internal Submersible Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 218 mm (W) × 95 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 775 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums, Marine Tanks, reptile environments & Shallow Terrariums (Up to 110 L / 30 US Gal)
---
#### Fluval U4 Internal Filter
Submersible filter for medium to large aquariums up to 240 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-u4-internal-filter/
- Price: $139.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF134 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561104807
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-19.png
The Fluval U4 Internal Filter ( SKU: PF134 ) is a heavy-duty, multi-stage internal submersible filter engineered for medium to large aquariums up to 240 litres. Delivering powerful underwater filtration, the U4 combines mechanical foam, poly/carbon chemical pads, and biological BioMax ceramic nodes inside a sleek, quiet housing.
Featuring Fluval’s signature 3-Way Flow Control, the U4 allows you to direct output via a top jet for surface agitation, a central spray bar for gentle flow distribution, or a bottom spout for deep circulation. The convenient top-flip opening door makes media inspection and replacement effortless without removing the filter body from the tank glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Primary Tank Filtration:** Ideal primary filter for freshwater community, cichlid, and marine aquariums up to 240 L.
- **Turtle & Reptile Setups:** Can be mounted horizontally in shallow water setups for turtles, frogs, and amphibians.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Load all media inserts (Foam, Poly/Carbon, BioMax) into their respective internal housing slots.
- Mount the filter body securely onto the inner tank glass using the heavy-duty suction cup mounting bracket.
- Ensure the unit is fully submerged in water before connecting to power.
- Rotate the top flow dial to select your preferred output spray mode.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Capacity 3-Stage Filtration:** Provides comprehensive mechanical, chemical, and biological water processing.
- **3-Way Flow Control:** Select top stream output, central spray bar, or low-level return.
- **Top Access Flip Cover:** Allows fast, mess-free media swaps without removing the filter from the glass.
- **Vertical or Horizontal Mounting:** Flexible installation suitable for aquariums and shallow reptile terrariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF134
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561104807
- **Product Type:** Filters / Internal Submersible Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 352 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,245 g (1.25 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums, Marine Systems & Terrariums (Up to 240 L)
---
#### Fluval UVC Inline Clarifier Unit 3w
Fluval UVC Inline Clarifier Unit 3W.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-uvc-inline-clarifier-unit-3w/
- Price: $139.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF180
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Fluval-UVC-Inline-Clarifier-Unit-3w.png
The Fluval UVC Inline Clarifier Unit 3W (SKU: PF180) provides a chemical-free, maintenance-free solution for eliminating cloudy and green water in aquariums. Utilising cold cathode fluorescent light (CCFL) technology, it delivers targeted UVC light emissions to destroy floating algae spores and suspended bacteria in the water column without affecting beneficial, surface-dwelling filter bacteria.
Designed with a compact, condensed housing, the unit redirects water flow around the bulb to maximise contact time and UVC efficacy. It installs seamlessly inline with 5/8" ( 16mm
) internal diameter canister filter hoses (such as the Fluval 06 and 07 series). Equipped with a 4–24 hour timer, it allows intermittent operating cycles to extend bulb longevity up to 30,000 hours while reducing operational energy costs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green Water Outbreaks:** Clears free-floating single-celled microalgae causing green, opaque water.
- **Bacterial Blooms:** Eradicates suspended waterborne bacteria that turn aquarium water milky or hazy.
- **Cyanobacteria & Plant Protection:** Helps suppress green-blue algae spores before they can smother live plants.
**How to Use**
- Turn off your canister filter and splice the unit inline into the return hose using standard
16mm
(
5/8"
) tubing.
- Secure the hose connections firmly using the included hose connectors/clips.
- Mount the clarifier inside your aquarium cabinet using the included mounting hardware.
- Re-prime the filter, restore water flow, plug in the power supply, and set the integrated timer to your desired daily runtime.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cold Cathode UVC Technology:** Runs cooler and lasts up to 30,000 hours (up to 3x longer than traditional UV lamps).
- **Integrated 4–24 Hour Timer:** Controls operating hours to reduce energy consumption and maximise bulb life.
- **5/8" (16mm) Universal Hose Fit:** Direct inline connection to standard canister filter tubing including Fluval 06/07 series.
- **Safe & Chemical-Free:** Eliminates suspended pathogens and microalgae without harming biological filter media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF180
- **Product Type:** Filters / UV Sterilisers & Clarifiers
- **Power Wattage:** 3 W
- **Max Recommended Flow Rate:** 930 L/h (245 US GPH)
- **Target Aquarium Size:** Up to 400 L (100 US Gal)
- **Package Dimensions:** 264 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 88 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 616 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Saltwater & Turtle Aquariums
---
### Fluval — Freshwater aquarium
#### Fluval Ac20/30 Biomax Insert 42gm
Biological filter media for AquaClear 20 & 30 Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-ac20-30-biomax-insert-42gm/
- Price: $6.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ15 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196604
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-16.png
The Fluval AquaClear 20/30 BioMax Insert ( SKU: FAQ15 ) is a high-capacity biological filter media designed specifically for AquaClear 20 and 30 Power Filters. Constructed from porous ceramic rings, it provides an expansive surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria to colonise. BIOMAX nodes feature a complex pore system where beneficial bacteria can easily establish and flourish. The media shape is specifically designed to permit even water distribution, which prolongs contact time over a wider area for effective biological filtration.
This biological media helps maintain a healthy bio-filter by continuously breaking down toxic ammonia and nitrite into harmless nitrate, ensuring a stable, non-toxic environment for fresh and saltwater aquatic life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Biological Filtration:** Essential for establishing and maintaining biological filtration in new or mature aquariums.
- **Routine Replacement:** Replace partially every 2 to 3 months to maintain maximum bacterial colonisation efficiency.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the BioMax media pouch under temperature-controlled aquarium water (never hot or tap water) to clear loose dust.
- Insert the media pouch into the middle or upper level of the AquaClear filter basket above mechanical foam.
- Replace half of the BioMax quantity during routine replacement cycles to preserve active beneficial bacterial colonies. For best results, replace every 3 months
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Porous Ceramic Structure:** Premium biological filter media that provides maximum micro-surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria. Complex pore system provides large surface area for thriving beneficial bacterial growth.
- **Ammonia & Nitrite Control:** Reduces bio-waste buildup by promoting rapid biological conversion.
- **Filter Mesh Bag Included:** Pre-packed media bag fits neatly into AquaClear filter media baskets. Permits even water distribution, prolonging contact time for added biological filtration
- **Safe for All Water Types:** Does not alter pH or chemical parameters in fresh or saltwater tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ15
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196604
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Biological Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 60 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models - Fluval AC20, Fluval AC30, Aquaclear 30, and Aquaclear 30 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Ac20/30 Clear Carb Insert 1 Pack
Carbon and ion-exchange filtration for AquaClear 20 and 30 filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-ac20-30-clear-carb-insert-1-pack/
- Price: $8.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ28 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196260
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-22.png
The Fluval AquaClear 20/30 Clear Carb Insert ( SKU: FAQ28 ) combines premium activated carbon and ion-exchange resin to deliver dual chemical filtration for AquaClear 20 and 30 filters. It adsorbs organic waste while selectively trapping dissolved nitrates and silicates.
Clear-Carb combines the benefits of Carbon and Clearmax for fresh and saltwater aquariums. It eliminates odours, discolourations, and impurities, while controlling phosphate, nitrite and nitrate to produce crystal-clear water. This specialised blend enhances overall water clarity while helping prevent unwanted algae growth in small aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Combined Chemical Treatment:** Ideal when both water polishing and nutrient control are needed.
- **Algae Prevention:** Helps reduce free silicates and nitrates that feed nuisance algae.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the pouch under running tap water to remove dust particles.
- Place the insert into the middle tray of the filter media basket.
- Replace monthly or as needed when water clarity declines. For best results, replace after every 4 weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Blend:** Combines activated carbon with specialised resin media. 2-in-1 premium activated carbon with Clearmax chemical filter media.
- **Nutrient Adsorption:** Targets both organic pollutants and inorganic algae nutrients. It is highly adsorbent, which removes odours, discolourations, and toxins. Also helps promote healthy, crystal-clear water.
- **Water Clarifier:** Removes yellow tannins and cloudy organic compounds. Reduces phosphate, nitrite and nitrate for a healthier aquarium, which prevents algae growth.
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Fits directly inside AquaClear 20 and 30 filter baskets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ28
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196260
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** Power Filters Models – Fluval AC20, Fluval AC30, Aquaclear 20, and Aquaclear 30 Power Filters
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Hang On Filter Ac70 - 1135lph
Delivers powerful high-flow filtration for aquariums up to 265 litres (70 US gallons).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/fluval-aquaclear-hang-on-filter-ac70-1135lph/
- Price: $119.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ04 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196154
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-3.png
The Fluval AquaClear Hang-On Filter AC70 ( SKU: FAQ04 ) delivers powerful high-flow filtration for aquariums up to 265 litres (70 US gallons). Processing up to 1135 litres per hour (LPH), this high-capacity hang-on-back filter provides superior mechanical, chemical, and biological performance. Its deep basket design prevents bypass, forcing water through all media stages for crystal-clear water quality. Along with its proven multi-stage cleaning, it has CycleGuard beneficial bacteria support and a patented refiltration system. The patented refiltration System is a unique feature that permits flow rate adjustment without compromising filtration efficiency. When flow is reduced, the system will process up to 50% of the water several times within the chamber, ensuring a cleaner and healthier aquarium with exceptionally clear water.
AC Series power filters have become a standout choice that aquarium enthusiasts know and trust. CycleGuard maintains your aquarium’s biological balance and prevents nitrogen cycle disruptions. By allowing 1 of the 3 media inserts to be changed at a time, bacteria levels remain stable, supporting continuous and effective biological filtration without harmful fluctuations.
##### Superior Filtration: 4 Stage Filtration
A newly patented refiltration system that has calibrated water path cycles through 4 complete filtration stages to optimise cleaning performance.
- Pre-filter stage: Intake strainer sponge protects the pump from large debris and algae strands, and keeps fry and small fish safe.
- Mechanical Stage: High-density 30PPI Bio-Foam (50% more porous than before) traps finer particles and debris while supporting biological filtration (AC20/AC30/AC50/AC70 models).
- Chemical Stage: Activated carbon eliminates odours, discolourations and impurities to improve water clarity and colour. Insert is now easily replaceable from the top without having to remove the media basket.
- Biological Stage: Ultra-porous BIOMAX boosts beneficial bacteria growth and optimises aquarium health.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquariums:** Suitable for medium-to-large freshwater, planted, or saltwater setups up to 265L.
- **Heavy Waste Load Tanks:** Excellent for tanks with high bio-loads such as goldfish, cichlids, or heavily stocked community aquariums.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Assemble filter basket with included Foam Pad, Activated Carbon, and BioMax.
- Mount filter body on the rear wall of the aquarium.
- Ensure the extension intake tube is fixed securely and prime the filter chamber completely with fresh water.
- Plug into a wall outlet and adjust the top control lever to balance turnover rate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Output Filtration:** Pumps up to 1135 LPH for rapid water circulation and clarity.
- **Unmatched Media Surface:** Deep filter volume supports massive biological bacterial colonies.
- **Flow Refinement Control:** Adjust flow output to suit sensitive livestock without stressing the motor.
- **Durable Construction:** Made from impact-resistant materials built for long-term daily operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ04
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196154
- **Product Type:** Filters / Hang-On-Back Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 280 mm (L) × 230 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,450 g (1.45 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (150 L to 265 L / 40 to 70 US Gal)
---
#### Fluval Flex Aquarium 2.0 34ltr Black
Fluval Flex Aquarium 2.0 34 Litre - Black.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-flex-aquarium-2-0-34ltr-black/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLX39
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Flex-Aquarium-2.0-34ltr-Black-1.png
The Fluval Flex Aquarium 2.0 34 Litre Black (SKU: FLX39) is a stylish desktop aquarium featuring a signature curved glass front panel for panoramic viewing. Designed with an updated 2.0 layout, this nano aquarium introduces refined user-friendly features, including a hinged canopy with support prop risers, an easy-access feeding door, cable routing channels, and smaller intake slots engineered to protect nano fish and dwarf shrimp.
Hidden behind the honeycomb-patterned rear wall is a 3-stage filtration system equipped with mechanical foam, activated carbon, and BIOMAX biological media. Coupled with an RGB+White LED fixture controlled via an infrared remote for custom colour blends and weather effects, the Flex 34L offers an all-in-one setup suited for tropical fish, shrimp colonies, and small aquascapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop & Small Space Aquascaping:** Ideal for counters, office desks, and apartments where a low-footprint, high-impact display is needed.
- **Shrimp & Nano Fish Keeping:** Redesigned filter intake guards make it a safe option for dwarf shrimp, rasboras, and small community species.
- **Low-Maintenance Planted Setups:** Equipped with full-spectrum RGB+White lighting that supports healthy live aquatic plant growth.
**How to Use**
- Position the tank on a flat, level surface capable of holding a static weight of at least
$45\text{ kg}$
when filled.
- Insert the mechanical foam block, carbon sachet, and BIOMAX biological rings into the hidden rear filtration chamber.
- Attach the circulation pump to the return outlet nozzle and fill the tank with substrate, plants, and conditioned freshwater.
- Connect the power cables through the integrated rear cable channel and turn on the pump and LED light.
- Use the included IR remote to select lighting modes and dynamic weather effects.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Upgraded 2.0 Canopy System:** Features a rear-hinged lid with support props, cable management slots, and an integrated feeding port.
- **Shrimp & Fry Safe Intakes:** Finer intake slots prevent small aquatic life from being drawn into the filtration area.
- **Remote-Controlled RGB+White LED:** Offers custom colour options and atmospheric effects (such as clouds and lightning storms).
- **Hidden 3-Stage Filtration:** Fully concealed rear filter compartment includes foam, carbon, and BIOMAX media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLX39
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium / Nano All-In-One Kits
- **Tank Volume:** 34 Litres (9 US Gallons)
- **Tank Dimensions:**
340 mm (L) × 330 mm (W) × 330 mm (H)
- **Colour Finish:** Black
- **Package Dimensions:**
451 mm (L) × 396 mm (W) × 440 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:**
8,580 g (
8.58 kg
)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Planted & Shrimp Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Flex Aquarium 2.0 57ltr Black
Fluval Flex Aquarium 2.0 57L - Black.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-flex-aquarium-2-0-57ltr-black/
- Price: $369.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLX40
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Fluval-Flex-Aquarium-2.0-57ltr-Black.png
The Fluval Flex Aquarium 2.0 57L Black (SKU: FLX40) is a modern all-in-one desktop tank featuring a distinctive curved glass front panel for wide-angle viewing. The upgraded 2.0 edition features significant user-focused improvements, including a new hinged canopy with support risers, an integrated feeding door, and cable routing channels.
Concealed behind a stylish honeycomb-pattern rear rim is a hidden 3-stage filtration system that holds oversized mechanical foam, activated carbon, and Biomax biological rings. Accompanied by a 7500K RGB+White LED fixture with dynamic weather effects controlled by a remote, the Flex 57L offers a complete, elegant aquatic display for freshwater hobbyists and aquascapers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop & Living Room Displays:** Ideal as a standalone centrepiece aquarium with a modern curved glass footprint.
- **Freshwater Aquascaping:** Designed for growing tropical live aquatic plants, supporting dwarf shrimp colonies, or housing community fish species.
- **All-in-One Setup:** Excellent for hobbyists who prefer equipment (filters and pumps) fully hidden behind the main display area.
**How to Use**
- Position the tank on a solid, level surface capable of supporting over
70kg
static weight.
- Place the multi-stage filter media (foam, carbon, BIOMAX) into the hidden rear filtration chamber.
- Attach the return circulation pump and dual multidirectional nozzle outlets.
- Fill with freshwater, substrate, plants, and water conditioner before plugging in the LED lighting hood and circulation pump.
- Use the infrared remote control to adjust LED light colours and special weather modes (such as cloud cover or lightning storms).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Updated 2.0 Canopy Design:** Includes a hinged lid with support props, integrated feeding access flap, and cable management channels.
- **Customizable RGB+White Lighting:** 7500K light spectrum supports plant growth, paired with an IR remote for custom colour blends and dynamic weather effects.
- **Hidden Rear 3-Stage Filter:** Fully concealed rear filter compartment equipped with mechanical foam block, active carbon, and Biomax biological media.
- **Curved Front Panel:** Curved glass design enhances depth perception and visual impact.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLX40
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium / All-In-One Kits
- **Tank Volume:** 57 Litres (15 US Gallons)
- **Tank Dimensions:**
410 mm (L) × 390 mm (W) × 390 mm (H)
- **Colour Finish:** Black
- **Package Dimensions:**
517 mm (L) × 451 mm (W) × 517 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight: **
13,750 g
(
13.75 kg
)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Plant & Shrimp Stratum 8 Kg
Large bag of Mount Aso volcanic soil for 60 to 90 cm planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-plant-shrimp-stratum-8-kg/
- Price: $57.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: NAN27 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561126953
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-3.png
Buying soil for a 60 cm tank in small bags is an expensive way to do it, and the 8 kg bag exists for exactly that reason. Fluval Plant & Shrimp Stratum 8 Kg (SKU: NAN27) is the largest size of Fluval's volcanic soil substrate from the mineral-rich foothills of Mount Aso in Japan, made for planted aquariums and shrimp tanks. Fluval's claims are consistent across the range: roots penetrate and spread easily to obtain nutrients, the porous structure lets beneficial nitrifying bacteria colonise quickly, and the soil helps support a neutral to slightly acidic pH suited to most plants, tropical fish and shrimp. Freshwater use only.
Using Fluval's formula of length × width × depth in centimetres divided by 1,000, 8 kg lays about 4 cm in a 60 × 30 cm aquarium, and the UK distributor guide pairs this bag with a 4 kg (NAN26) for a 90 cm tank at 3 to 4 cm. The soil does not discolour water, helps control driftwood tint, gives newborn shrimp a refuge, and stays light and non-compacting. It may raise ammonia slightly when new, gradually lowers pH in soft water, and should be replaced every one to two years. A 2 kg bag (NAN25) covers nanos and top-ups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm planted tanks:** One bag gives a 60 × 30 cm aquarium about 4 cm of soil.
- **90 cm and larger scapes:** Combine with a 4 kg bag, or use two 8 kg bags for deep sloped layouts.
- **Shrimp colonies at scale:** Breeding tanks and racks where fry cover and stable pH matter.
- **Full rescapes:** Replacing a spent Stratum bed after one to two years.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse in batches:** A gentle rinse in a colander, a few kilograms at a time, removes dust without breaking granules.
- **Shape before water:** Lay the slope, fill halfway with treated water, plant, then fill the rest slowly.
- **Maintain gently:** Hover a gravel cleaner above the surface; disturb debris with a baster, not a vacuum.
- **Watch the first weeks:** Test ammonia in a new tank and expect pH to drift slightly down in soft water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 kg of Mount Aso volcanic soil:** The economical size for 60 cm tanks and up.
- **Roots and bacteria thrive:** Porous, nutrient-rich granules that stay loose.
- **Neutral to slightly acidic:** Suits the plants, fish and shrimp of a typical planted tank.
- **Shrimp-friendly:** Refuge for newborn shrimp among the granules.
- **Clear water:** Does not discolour and helps control driftwood tannins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** NAN27
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561126953
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Model:** Fluval Plant and Shrimp Stratum (item 12695)
- **Net Weight:** 8 kg (17.6 lb)
- **Origin:** Volcanic soil from the foothills of Mount Aso, Japan
- **Coverage:** One bag for a 60 cm aquarium at 3–4 cm; 8 kg + 4 kg for 90 cm; formula L × W × depth (cm) ÷ 1,000 = kg
- **Water Type:** Freshwater only
- **Lifespan:** Replace every 1–2 years
- **Other Sizes:** 2 kg (NAN25), 4 kg (NAN26)
- **Target Environment:** Planted and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Fluval Pre Set Aquarium Heater 50w P50
Fixed-temperature submersible heater for aquariums up to 50 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-pre-set-aquarium-heater-50w-p50/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MRN26 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561107457
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Pre-Set-Aquarium-Heater-50w-P50.png
The P50 is the preset heater that covers the common nano and desktop sizes, from a 19 litre Spec to a 50 litre cube. Fluval Pre Set Aquarium Heater 50w P50 (SKU: MRN26) is the 50 W model in Fluval's P-Series, preset to hold 24 to 26 °C (76 to 78 °F) with no dial to set or knock, and rated for fresh and saltwater aquariums up to 50 litres (15 US gal). It is fully submersible in an ultra-strong, durable polymer casing that Fluval describes as shatterproof, protecting the tank and its inhabitants, and an LED running lamp shows when the element is on.
At 15.5 × 4 × 2 cm it is a compact unit that fixes to the glass with suction cups, and Fluval designed the P-Series to integrate with its Spec and Flex all-in-one kits, where it fits in the rear filter chamber out of sight. Fluval notes a heater may not reach its preset if the room is more than about 8 °C below it, so a cold room may call for a second heater. The smaller P10 (MRN23) and P25 handle 10 and 25 litre tanks. Warranty is two years, the cord is not replaceable, and the heater must never run out of water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks from 20 to 50 litres:** Spec 19 L, Flex 34 L and similar all-in-one aquariums, or a 45 cm cube.
- **Set-and-forget heating:** Tropical community, betta and shrimp tanks where a fixed 24–26 °C is the target.
- **Quarantine tubs:** A sealed, submersible unit for hospital and acclimation tanks.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Rated for both water types.
**Installation Guide**
- **Mount it:** Suction cups onto glass at the rear near the water flow, fully submerged above the MAX mark; maximum depth 0.9 m.
- **Acclimatise:** Ten minutes in the water before plugging in, with a drip loop in the cord.
- **Verify:** The LED shows heating; check the actual temperature with a separate thermometer and add capacity if the room is cold.
- **Clean safely:** Unplug, cool for 30 minutes, then soak in vinegar and rinse; never run it dry or use chemical cleaners.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Preset 24–26 °C:** Nothing to adjust; cycles off at temperature.
- **50 W for up to 50 litres:** The largest of the three P-Series sizes.
- **Shatterproof polymer housing:** No glass tube to break.
- **Fully submersible with suction cups:** Mounts horizontally or vertically, or inside a filter chamber.
- **LED indicator:** Lights while heating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** MRN26
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561107457
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Aquarium Heaters
- **Model:** Fluval P50 Submersible Heater (item A745)
- **Wattage:** 50 W
- **Preset Temperature:** 24–26 °C (76–78 °F)
- **Tank Size:** Up to 50 L (15 US gal)
- **Dimensions:** 15.5 × 4 × 2 cm
- **Mounting:** Suction cups; fully submersible to 0.9 m
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Range:** P10 (10 L, MRN23), P25 (25 L), P50 (50 L)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums to 50 litres
---
#### Fluval Spec Aquarium 19ltr Black
All-in-one 5 US gallon desktop aquarium with 7000K LED and 3-stage filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-spec-aquarium-19ltr-black/
- Price: $229.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SPEC02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561105163
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Spec-Aquarium-19ltr-Black.png
The Spec V has been the default desktop aquarium for a decade because it hides everything that is not fish or plants. Fluval Spec Aquarium 19ltr Black (SKU: SPEC02) is Fluval's 19 litre (5 US gal) all-in-one kit: a glass tank with a cover, a rear filtration compartment concealed behind a honeycomb wrap, a circulation pump and a high-output 7000K LED in a waterproof all-aluminium casing with touch-switch operation. Fluval says the current LED is 20 per cent brighter than before, with 37 LEDs producing 821 lumens at 10 W, and the Spec series is pitched at anyone who wants a small aquarium with big features.
Filtration is a 3-stage system with oversized media: a foam filter block with a handle for mechanical cleaning, an activated carbon insert for chemical polishing and a BIOMAX insert for biological filtration, all sitting in the rear chamber where a pump rated at 210 to 300 L/h returns water through an adjustable twin output nozzle. The tank measures 49.5 × 16.5 × 29 cm, is engineered in Germany and is for freshwater only: a natural home for a betta, dwarf shrimp, a shoal of nano fish or a low-light planted scape. A removable cover gives access to the rear chamber, and Fluval offers a two-year warranty. Heater sold separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop and office aquariums:** A 50 cm footprint with equipment out of sight.
- **Betta and nano fish:** One betta, a shrimp colony or a small shoal of rasboras or tetras.
- **Low to medium light planted tanks:** Fluval suggests Anubias, Java fern and Cryptocoryne under the 7000K LED.
- **Nursery and quarantine:** A complete filtered system for fry or new arrivals.
**Setup Guide**
- **Rinse and position:** Rinse tank, cover and media in fresh water only, and set the tank on a flat, level, sturdy surface away from sunlight and draughts.
- **Load the filter:** Pump in the rear chamber with the nozzle through the filter wall; carbon in the top foam compartment, BIOMAX in the bottom, foam block lowered by its handle.
- **Fill and plant:** Substrate first, half fill with treated water, aquascape, then fill completely including the rear compartment; slide the LED into its slot and tighten the screw.
- **Cycle and maintain:** Cycle before adding fish; rinse foam every 6–8 weeks, replace carbon every 2–4 weeks and BIOMAX every 6–8 months, with 20 per cent weekly water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-output 7000K LED:** 37 LEDs, 821 lumens, waterproof aluminium casing with touch switch, 50,000-hour life.
- **Integrated 3-stage filtration:** Foam, activated carbon and BIOMAX in a concealed rear chamber.
- **Honeycomb wrap:** Hides the water line and filter compartment.
- **Multi-directional dual outputs:** Adjustable twin nozzle for customised flow.
- **Full access cover:** Reach the rear chamber without disturbing the fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** SPEC02
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561105163
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kits
- **Model:** Fluval Spec Aquarium Kit 5 US Gal / 19 L, Black (item 10516)
- **Capacity:** 19 L (5 US gal)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 49.5 × 16.5 × 29 cm (L × W × H)
- **Pump Output:** 210–300 L/h
- **Lighting:** 37 LEDs, 821 lm, 7000K, 10 W
- **In the Box:** Glass aquarium with cover, LED lighting system, low-voltage transformer, circulation pump with output nozzle, foam filter block, activated carbon insert, BIOMAX insert
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Water Type:** Freshwater only
- **Related:** Spec XV 60 L (SPEC11); P50 preset heater (MRN26)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater desktop, betta, shrimp and planted nano aquariums
---
#### Fluval Spec Xv Aquarium Black 60ltr
Largest Spec all-in-one with 1272-lumen 7000K LED and 500 L/h filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fluval-spec-xv-aquarium-black-60ltr/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SPEC11 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561105255
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Spec-Xv-Aquarium-Black-60ltr.png
The 60 litre Spec is what Fluval calls the brightest member of the Spec family in more ways than one. Fluval Spec Xv Aquarium Black 60ltr (SKU: SPEC11) is the 60 litre (16 US gal) all-in-one kit, with a glass aquarium, a cover that integrates the lighting, a concealed rear filtration compartment behind a honeycomb wrap, and a high-output 7000K LED in a waterproof all-aluminium casing. The light carries 31 LEDs producing 1,272 lumens, rated for 50,000 hours, with a touch switch cycling through white and blue, white only, blue only and off, and it remembers its setting after a power cut.
Filtration is Fluval's 3-stage system in the rear chamber, with a foam filter block, an activated carbon insert and a BIOMAX insert, fed by a circulation pump rated at 500 L/h and returned through adjustable twin outputs. The tank measures 54.6 × 29 × 43 cm, is engineered in Germany and is for freshwater only; the manual recommends 24 to 27 °C with a heater in the pump chamber, sold separately. Sixty litres allows a proper community of small fish, a larger planted layout or a growing shrimp colony with the equipment hidden. Fluval offers a two-year warranty and replacement parts for every component.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community tanks:** Shoals of tetras, rasboras or Corydoras with the filter and pump out of sight.
- **Planted layouts:** Low to medium light species such as Anubias, Java fern and Cryptocoryne under 1,272 lumens.
- **Counters and sideboards:** A 55 cm footprint that reads as furniture rather than equipment.
- **Stepping up from a nano:** The same Spec design with three times the water volume of the 19 L.
**Setup Guide**
- **Site it:** A flat, level stand that takes the filled weight, away from sunlight, draughts and heat sources.
- **Install the filter:** Pump in the corner of the rear chamber with the nozzle through the filter wall; carbon above BIOMAX behind the foam block; optional heater in the pump chamber.
- **Fill:** Substrate, half fill with treated water, plant, then fill completely; lower the LED into place with the cord through the cover cut-out and connect the transformer.
- **Maintain:** 20 per cent water change every two weeks, rinse the foam and replace carbon monthly, BIOMAX every 2–3 months, impeller clean every 3–6 months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,272-lumen 7000K LED:** 31 LEDs in a waterproof aluminium casing, touch switch with white, blue and combined modes.
- **500 L/h 3-stage filtration:** Foam, activated carbon and BIOMAX in the rear chamber.
- **Integrated canopy:** The LED is built into a cover with an easy-feed opening.
- **Honeycomb wrap and twin outputs:** Hidden compartment, adjustable flow.
- **Heater ready:** Space in the pump chamber for a submersible heater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** SPEC11
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561105255
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kits
- **Model:** Fluval Spec Aquarium Kit 16 US Gal / 60 L, Black (item 10525)
- **Capacity:** 60 L (16 US gal)
- **Tank Dimensions:** 54.6 × 29 × 43 cm (L × W × H)
- **Pump Output:** 500 L/h
- **Lighting:** 31 LEDs, 1,272 lm, 7000K, 50,000 h
- **In the Box:** Glass aquarium with cover, LED lighting system, low-voltage transformer, circulation pump with output nozzle, foam filter block, activated carbon insert, BIOMAX insert
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Water Type:** Freshwater only
- **Related:** Spec 19 L (SPEC02); P50 preset heater (MRN26)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
### Fluval — Spare Parts
#### Fluval 07 Series Spray Bar Kit
Modular water return accessory enhancing oxygen exchange & eliminating harsh D.C.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-07-series-spray-bar-kit/
- Price: $28.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV06 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102346
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-07-Series-Spray-Bar-Kit.png
The Fluval Spray Bar Kit for 06, 07 Canister Filters (SKU: FLV06) is a versatile water return attachment engineered to work seamlessly with Fluval 06 and 07 series canister filters (106, 206, 306, 406, 107, 207, 307, 407). Designed to evenly distribute filtered water across the aquarium, this kit boosts surface agitation and increases oxygen exchange while eliminating dead zones and harsh, localised currents.
Equipped with modular, quick-connect extension tubes and suction cups, the spray bar can be easily extended or shortened to match your aquarium length. The direction of water flow can be angled toward the water surface or back wall, making it an ideal choice for delicate species, planted aquascapes, and long tanks that require gentle, uniform circulation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aeration & Oxygenation:** Increases surface movement to promote gas exchange and oxygen levels without needing noisy air stones.
- **Sensitive Livestock:** Reduces direct outflow pressure for bettas, shrimp, livebearers, and delicate plants that prefer gentle water currents.
- **Eliminating Dead Spots:** Distributes water output evenly along the entire length of the tank frame to prevent stagnant areas.
**How to Use**
- Assemble the spray bar sections using the quick-connect extension tubes to match your desired aquarium length.
- Attach the included suction cups to the rear or side interior glass panel near the water surface.
- Connect the intake adapter of the spray bar assembly directly to the output hose/rubber connector of your Fluval 06/07 canister filter.
- Rotate the spray bar nozzles to direct output flow toward the water surface for gentle surface movement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Modular Extendable Design:** Includes multiple spray bar sections that can be shortened or extended (38 cm to 76 cm).
- **Increases Oxygenation:** Promotes efficient surface turnover and gas exchange across the aquarium surface.
- **Gentle Even Current:** Spreads water return evenly to protect sensitive aquatic plants and fish species from strong currents.
- **Fluval Canister Compatibility:** Precision fit for Fluval 106/107, 206/207, 306/307, and 406/407 canister filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV06
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561102346
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Filter Accessories & Outflow Attachments
- **Compatibility:** Fluval 06 & 07 Series Canister Filters (106, 206, 306, 406, 107, 207, 307, 407)
- **Package Dimensions:** 385 mm (L) x 110 mm (W) x 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 286 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Ac Surface Skimmer Unit Large
Surface extraction for AquaClear 70 and 110 hang-on power filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-aquaclear-ac-surface-skimmer-unit-large/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ09 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196826
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-6.png
The Fluval AquaClear AC Surface Skimmer Unit Large ( SKU: FAQ09 ) is a specialised surface extraction attachment built specifically for high-capacity AquaClear 70 and AquaClear 110 Hang-On Power Filters. Designed to skim organic oil films, proteins, and floating debris off the surface layer, this heavy-duty unit ensures an optically clear water-to-air interface.
Featuring a floating intake grill that automatically moves with shifting water levels, it prevents surface crust formation while maintaining strong water circulation down through the filter media basket.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Surface Scum Removal:** Clears thick surface oil films in large planted, marine, or freshwater aquariums.
- **Maximising Aeration:** Eliminates surface tension barriers to facilitate optimal gas exchange in high-turnover tanks.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Disconnect power to the filter and remove the standard intake pipe extension.
- Attach the Large Surface Skimmer assembly to the intake tube of the AC70 or AC110 filter.
- Affix the skimmer body to the internal glass using the heavy-duty suction cup.
- Power on the filter and fine-tune the intake control screw to set the desired skimming intensity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Heavy-Duty Surface Extraction:** Rapidly pulls surface biofilm and floating particles into the main filter body.
- **Self-Leveling Floating Skimmer:** Automatically compensates for water level drop due to evaporation.
- **Adjustable Intake Balance:** Allows precise calibration between surface skimming and bottom water draw.
- **Large-Filter Fitment:** Custom-sized for seamless attachment to AquaClear 70 and AquaClear 110 intake pipes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ09
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196826
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Surface Skimmers & Filter Attachments
- **Package Dimensions:** 125 mm (L) × 205 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 360 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** AquaClear 70 and AquaClear 110 Hang-On Power Filters, and the new Fluval AC70 and AC110
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Ac Surface Skimmer Unit Medium
Skimmer for AquaClear 20, 30, and 50 Hang-On Power Filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-aquaclear-ac-surface-skimmer-unit-medium/
- Price: $15.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ08 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561196802
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-5.png
The Fluval AquaClear AC Surface Skimmer Unit Medium ( SKU: FAQ08 ) is an essential accessory attachment engineered for AquaClear 20, 30, and 50 Hang-On Power Filters. By connecting directly to the filter’s intake siphon tube, this surface skimmer draws water simultaneously from both the surface and the lower water column, pulling away oily organic films, dust, and floating plant debris.
Removing surface bio-film drastically improves light penetration for photosynthetic corals and aquatic plants while enhancing gas exchange and oxygenation across the water's surface.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Surface Bio-Film Removal:** Eliminates unsightly slick, oil-like organic surface scum from aquarium water.
- **Improving Oxygenation & Lighting:** Enhances surface aeration and light penetration in planted or reef aquariums.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Turn off power to your AquaClear filter and detach the lower intake strainer.
- Connect the Surface Skimmer attachment tube to the AquaClear intake siphon assembly.
- Secure the skimmer housing to the inner aquarium glass using the included suction cup.
- Adjust the surface-to-bottom flow control valve to balance skimming action and lower water intake.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Intake Skimming:** Draws water from both the surface and mid-water depths simultaneously.
- **Floating Intake Head:** Auto-adjusts to fluctuating water levels caused by evaporation.
- **Enhances Gas Exchange:** Clears surface barriers to maximise oxygen absorption and CO2 dispersion.
- **Seamless Compatibility:** Designed specifically for AquaClear 20, 30, and 50 power filters, and Fluval AC Series power filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval / AquaClear
- **SKU:** FAQ08
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561196802
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Surface Skimmers & Filter Attachments
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 165 mm (W) × 40 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 64 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
- **Compatibility:** AquaClear 20, 30 and 50 filters and the new Fluval AC20, AC30 and AC50.
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Intake Strainer Sponge AC20/30/50
Fluval AquaClear Intake Strainer Sponge (AC20/AC30/AC50).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-aquaclear-intake-strainer-sponge-ac20-30-50/
- Price: $4.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ40
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Aquaclear-Intake-Strainer-Sponge-AC203050.png
The Fluval AquaClear Intake Strainer Sponge (SKU: FAQ40) is a protective pre-filter sponge designed to fit securely over the intake strainers of Fluval AquaClear 20, 30, and 50 (AC20/AC30/AC50) Power Filters. Functioning as a soft physical shield, it prevents small fish, fry, dwarf shrimp, and long-finned aquatic life from being drawn into the filter intake tube and impeller assembly.
Beyond safeguarding delicate livestock, this high-porosity pre-filter sponge traps coarse floating particles—such as plant debris, fish waste, and excess food—before they reach the main filter basket. Capturing detritus at the intake prevents early clogging of internal filter media, extending routine maintenance intervals while supplying valuable extra surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp & Fry Protection:** Essential for breeding tanks, shrimp colonies, and aquariums housing nano fish or delicate species sensitive to intake suction.
- **Pre-Filtration in Planted Tanks:** Traps floating plant leaves and coarse waste before it clogs main mechanical filter inserts.
- **Extending Media Longevity:** Reduces cleaning frequency for primary AquaClear 20/30/50 filter media by catching surface debris early.
**How to Use**
- Turn off power to your AquaClear filter.
- Slide the pre-filter sponge directly over the intake pipe strainer basket until it fits snugly.
- Restore power to the filter and confirm steady water intake flow.
- During routine aquarium maintenance, remove the sponge and gently rinse it in a bucket of removed aquarium water to clear trapped waste without disrupting beneficial bacteria.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Livestock Safeguard:** Prevents baby shrimp, fish fry, and nano species from getting pulled into the filter intake.
- **Coarse Pre-Filtration:** Traps large particulate waste and plant debris before entering the main filter chamber.
- **High-Porosity Foam:** Maintains optimal water throughput without restricting pump intake suction.
- **Tailored Compatibility:** Form-fitted specifically for Fluval AquaClear 20, 30, and 50 power filter intake strainers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ40
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Pre-Filter Sponges & Intake Guards
- **Compatibility:** Fluval AquaClear 20 (AC20), AquaClear 30 (AC30) & AquaClear 50 (AC50) Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 132 mm (L) × 99 mm (W) × 66 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 99 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Planted, Shrimp & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Aquaclear Intake Strainer Sponge AC70/110
Fluval AquaClear Intake Strainer Sponge (AC70/110).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-aquaclear-intake-strainer-sponge-ac70-110/
- Price: $4.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FAQ41
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Aquaclear-Intake-Strainer-Sponge-AC70110-1.png
The Fluval AquaClear Intake Strainer Sponge (SKU: FAQ41) is a specialised pre-filter sponge designed to slide directly over the intake strainers of Fluval AquaClear 70 and 110 (AC70/AC110) Power Filters. Engineered to act as a physical barrier, it prevents small fish, fry, baby dwarf shrimp, and long-finned species from being drawn into the filter intake stem and impeller chamber.
In addition to protecting delicate livestock, this high-porosity sponge delivers initial mechanical pre-filtration by trapping floating plant leaves, fish waste, and uneaten food before it reaches the main filter media. By catching coarse debris early, it prevents premature clogging of internal filter inserts, extending filter maintenance intervals while providing additional surface area for beneficial nitrifying bacteria to colonise.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp & Fry Protection:** Essential for breeding setups, shrimp tanks, and aquariums housing nano fish or fry that could be trapped by raw intake slots.
- **Pre-Filtration for High-Debris Tanks:** Ideal for heavily planted aquariums or tanks with large fish where floating detritus frequently clogs internal filter media.
- **Extending Filter Life:** Reduces the maintenance frequency of your primary AquaClear 70/110 biological and mechanical filter inserts.
**How to Use**
- Turn off power to your AquaClear filter.
- Slide the intake strainer sponge directly over the existing intake pipe strainer basket until firmly secured.
- Turn the filter unit back on and ensure smooth water flow through the intake stem.
- During regular water changes, slip the sponge off and gently squeeze it in a bucket of removed aquarium water to clear accumulated debris without destroying beneficial bacteria.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Livestock Safety Guard:** Prevents baby shrimp, fry, and small nano fish from getting pulled into the intake pipe.
- **Coarse Pre-Filtration:** Traps large debris, uneaten food, and leaf fragments before entering the main filter box.
- **Optimised Water Flow:** High-porosity foam maintains steady intake suction without placing drag on the pump motor.
- **Tailored Fit:** Designed specifically for Fluval AquaClear 70 and AquaClear 110 power filter intake stems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FAQ41
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Pre-Filter Sponges & Intake Guards
- **Compatibility:** Fluval AquaClear 70 (AC70) & AquaClear 110 (AC110) Power Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 154 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 77 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 143 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Planted, Shrimp & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Fx Service Kit For Fx5/6
Maintenance kit for Fluval FX5 and FX6 canister filters restores efficiency, peak flow rates, & prevents water leaks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-fx-service-kit-for-fx5-6/
- Price: $169.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FVL59 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561302593
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Fx-Service-Kit-For-Fx56-3.png
Fluval FX5/FX6 Service Kit ( SKU: FVL59 ) is an all-in-one routine maintenance pack engineered specifically for Fluval FX5 and FX6 high-performance canister filters. Designed to restore filter efficiency, maintain peak flow rates, and prevent water leaks, this comprehensive kit contains essential original factory replacement seals, O-rings, and magnetic drive components.
Replacing worn seals and impeller assemblies during routine servicing prevents water bypass, reduces motor strain, and eliminates operational noise, ensuring your heavy-duty FX series canister operates at maximum filtration capacity for freshwater and marine aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Annual Canister Servicing:** Ideal for annual preventative maintenance to preserve watertight integrity and prevent unexpected leaks.
- **Restoring Flow & Noise Reduction:** Recommended when experiencing reduced water flow, noisy impeller operation, or air leakage around filter seals.
- **Replacing Worn Seals & Components:** Essential for replacing hardened, stretched, or cracked rubber O-rings and worn magnetic impellers.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the FX filter, close the AquaStop valves, and disconnect hoses before draining the canister.
- Remove the filter top lid and replace the main lid gasket O-ring with the new seal included in the kit.
- Unscrew the motor housing from the canister base to access and replace the internal motor seal ring and magnetic impeller assembly.
- Replace all top cover click-fit valve O-rings and purge valve seals as needed.
- Apply a silicone lubricant approved for aquarium use to all new seals to ensure a watertight fit before reassembling and restarting the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Maintenance Pack:** Contains essential factory replacement seals, O-rings, and magnetic impeller components for FX filters.
- **Leak & Bypass Prevention:** Restores factory-grade watertight seals around the motor housing and main filter lid.
- **Restores Peak Performance:** Keeps motor operation quiet and maintains full GPH flow output.
- **Genuine Fluval Parts:** Precision-engineered replacement parts designed specifically for FX5 and FX6 models.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FVL59
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561302593
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Canister Filter Service Kits
- **Compatibility:** Fluval FX5 & Fluval FX6 High-Performance Canister Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 286 mm (L) × 209 mm (W) × 99 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 836 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Spray Bar Kit Fx 4/6 Filters
For Fluval FX2, FX4, and FX6 canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-spray-bar-kit-fx-4-6-filters/
- Price: $59.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF104z · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102339
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-12.png
The Fluval Spray Bar Kit for FX Series Canister Filters ( SKU: PF104z ) is an essential upgrade accessory designed for Fluval FX2, FX4, and FX6 high-performance canister filters. Fluval FX Spray Bar Kit is used to direct water to any area of the aquarium, increasing surface agitation and improving oxygenation, which is essential for a healthy aquarium. Engineered to evenly distribute filtered water output across the entire length of your aquarium, this spray bar kit reduces harsh direct currents, eliminates dead spots, and significantly enhances surface agitation for superior gas exchange.
Featuring an expandable, modular design, the kit can be extended or angled to fit specific aquarium dimensions and layouts. It attaches quickly to the standard FX rim connector output hose using secure quick-connect fittings, providing smooth, customised water movement for planted aquariums, sensitive species, and reef setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reducing High-Flow Turbulence:** Ideal for aquariums housing plants, delicate fish, or species that prefer gentle, diffused water movement.
- **Maximising Oxygenation:** Excellent for increasing surface agitation to boost dissolved oxygen levels throughout the water column.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Turn off your Fluval FX canister filter and disconnect the standard output nozzle from the rim connector.
- Assemble the spray bar sections to match your aquarium's width or length using the included connectors.
- Attach the spray bar assembly to the outlet hose and position it along the rear or side glass using the included suction cups.
- Restart the filter and adjust the spray bar angle to direct flow slightly toward the surface or background as desired.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Modular Extendable Design:** Expands from 37 cm to 110 cm (14.5 to 43 inches) to fit a wide range of tank lengths. Attaches to your filter outlet with hose adapter (all attachments included).
- **Diffused Flow Distribution:** Distributes output water evenly to eliminate harsh localised water currents, so water flows evenly for delicate aquascapes and eliminates dead spots in your aquarium.
- **Enhanced Aeration:** Drives efficient surface break to maximise oxygen absorption and carbon dioxide exchange, thus increasing the amount of oxygen in your tank for healthier fish and plants.
- **FX Filter Compatibility:** Custom-designed specifically for Fluval FX2, FX4, and FX6 high-output canister filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF104z
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561102339
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Outflow & Spray Bar Kits
- **Package Dimensions:** 80 mm (L) × 430 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 375 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums using Fluval FX Filters
---
#### Fluval Surface Skimmer Unit
Draws out surface film, floating dust, organic oils, scum, etc into canister filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/fluval-surface-skimmer-unit/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF164 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561102407
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/111-29.png
The Fluval Surface Skimmer Unit ( SKU: PF164 ) is an essential intake accessory designed to pull water simultaneously from the aquarium surface and mid-water levels. By drawing off surface film, floating dust, organic oils, and protein scum directly into your canister filter, it prevents the formation of an unsightly surface barrier and significantly enhances surface gas exchange. The Surface Skimmer helps eliminate undesirable films and organic waste, while oxygenating the water and keeping it clean in the process.
Compatible with standard Fluval canister filter intake hosing (05, 06, 07 series and others), the Surface Skimmer fits all Fluval 05/06/07 series Canister filters. It draws water from the surface of the aquarium, eliminating undesirable surface films. This adjustable unit features a self-adjusting floating intake head that automatically adapts to fluctuating aquarium water levels due to evaporation. An integrated flow adjustment rod allows you to easily balance the suction ratio between surface skimming and deep-water intake. Marine aquariums in particular that do not employ a surface overflow will substantially benefit from the implementation of the surface skimmer because it contains no metal parts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Surface Film Removal:** Ideal for aquariums experiencing oily biofilm, floating scum, or dust buildup on the water surface.
- **Improving Oxygenation & Lighting:** Essential for planted and reef aquariums to maximise light penetration (PAR) and optimise carbon dioxide/oxygen gas transfer.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Attach the surface skimmer assembly to your canister filter's intake hose using the provided adapters.
- Secure the main vertical intake pipe to the interior aquarium glass using the included suction cups.
- Position the upper floating skimmer cup so it rests evenly at the water line.
- Rotate the control rod to balance intake flow between the floating surface valve and the lower strainer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Self-Adjusting Floating Valve:** Automatically rises and falls with water level changes to maintain continuous surface skimming.
- **Dual-Intake Control:** Easily adjust the ratio of surface-to-deep intake water suction.
- **Clears Surface Biofilm:** Eliminates organic protein films to keep the surface crystal clear and boost gas exchange.
- **Fluval Filter Compatible:** Fits standard 16/22 mm intake hosing across Fluval canister filter lines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** PF164
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561102407
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Intake Accessories & Skimmers
- **Package Dimensions:** 260 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 45 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 345 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Fluval — Soil & Substrate
#### Fluval Betta/shrimp Stratum 800gm
Fine 1–3 mm bacteria-infused volcanic soil for betta and nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/fluval-betta-shrimp-stratum-800gm/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: NAN28 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561126892
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-4.png
Betta tanks are small, and a full-size planted substrate is both too much and too coarse for them. Fluval Betta/shrimp Stratum 800gm (SKU: NAN28) is Fluval Betta Stratum, the newest member of the Stratum line: Japanese volcanic soil in fine 1 to 3 mm granules, infused with beneficial bacteria to improve biological filtration and water quality from the first fill. Fluval says the granule size is ideal for bettas because uneaten food remains accessible on the surface, the smooth texture helps protect delicate betta fins, and the dark colour creates a rich backdrop that accentuates a betta's colours. It is for smaller freshwater aquariums.
The soil carries the Stratum benefits in a betta-sized bag: a mix of plant-friendly nutrients, minerals and trace elements for healthy plant development and vigorous growth, lightweight non-compacting granules that let roots develop, and support for a neutral to slightly acidic pH. Fluval adds that Betta Stratum softens water naturally by reducing carbonate hardness and will not stain the water, helping control organic discolouration. Coverage from Fluval is one bag for the 10 litre Betta Kit and two bags for the 22.7 litre kit, which also suits small shrimp tanks of the same size. The bacteria are dormant in the pack and reactivate once the soil is in aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks of 10 litres:** One bag gives a standard betta kit its full substrate.
- **Nano shrimp and planted cubes:** Two bags for a 20 to 23 litre tank with live plants.
- **Hard tap water:** Where a gentle reduction in KH toward soft, slightly acidic conditions is wanted.
- **New setups:** The bacteria give a freshly filled nano a head start on cycling.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse gently:** In a colander, without agitating, to remove fine dust.
- **Add before water:** Spread 2 to 3 cm, fill halfway, plant, then fill completely.
- **Feed on the surface:** The 1–3 mm granules keep pellets accessible, so a betta can pick up what it misses.
- **Clean lightly:** Hover a small gravel cleaner above the soil rather than pushing into it; keep it freshwater only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1–3 mm granules:** Sized for bettas so uneaten food stays reachable.
- **Infused with beneficial bacteria:** Improves biological filtration from day one.
- **Softens water naturally:** Reduces carbonate hardness toward neutral to slightly acidic.
- **Smooth, fin-friendly texture:** Helps protect delicate betta fins.
- **Dark backdrop:** Shows off betta colour and live plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** NAN28
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561126892
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Model:** Fluval Betta Stratum (item 12689)
- **Net Weight:** 0.8 kg (800 g / 1.76 lb)
- **Granule Size:** 1–3 mm
- **Composition:** Japanese volcanic soil with nutrients, minerals, trace elements and beneficial bacteria
- **Coverage:** One bag per 10 L betta tank; two bags for 22.7 L
- **Water Type:** Freshwater only
- **Related:** Plant & Shrimp Stratum 2 kg (NAN25), 4 kg (NAN26), 8 kg (NAN27)
- **Target Environment:** Betta, nano and small planted aquariums
---
#### Fluval Plant & Shrimp Stratum 2 Kg
Japanese volcanic soil substrate for planted and shrimp aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/fluval-plant-shrimp-stratum-2-kg/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: NAN25 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561126939
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/270-1.png
Planted-tank soil is a different thing from gravel, and the small bag is where most people find that out. Fluval Plant & Shrimp Stratum 2 Kg (SKU: NAN25) is a natural soil substrate collected from the mineral-rich foothills of Mount Aso volcano in Japan. Fluval says roots easily penetrate and spread through it to obtain key nutrients, its porous structure allows rapid colonisation by beneficial nitrifying bacteria, and it helps support a neutral to slightly acidic pH, which suits most plants, tropical fish and shrimp commonly kept in planted aquariums. It is light, non-compacting and for freshwater aquariums only.
Two features matter for shrimp keepers: the granules give newborn shrimp a refuge from predators until they are large enough to emerge, and the soil will not discolour the water, instead helping to control the tannin discolouration that driftwood releases. Fluval's coverage formula is tank length × width × depth in centimetres divided by 1,000 to give kilograms, so 2 kg lays about 3 cm across a 30 × 20 cm nano. Being organic, Stratum may slightly raise ammonia at first and gradually lowers pH in soft water; Fluval advises replacing it every one to two years. Also sold in 4 kg (NAN26) and 8 kg (NAN27).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano planted tanks:** One bag covers a tank under about 45 cm long at a 3 to 4 cm depth.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Neocaridina and Caridina setups where fry need cover and a stable, slightly acidic substrate.
- **Driftwood scapes:** The humic content helps clear the yellow tint wood releases.
- **Topping up:** A small bag to rebuild slopes or add depth to an existing Stratum bed.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse gently:** In a large colander under running water, without agitating, to remove fine dust.
- **Lay it first:** Spread the soil, fill the tank halfway with treated water, plant, then fill completely.
- **Do not vacuum it:** Hover a small gravel cleaner above the surface and stir debris loose by hand; cleaning it like gravel breaks it down early.
- **Keep it to soil:** Mix only with other soil substrates such as Bio-Stratum, not with sand or gravel, and test ammonia in a new setup.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mount Aso volcanic soil:** Mineral-rich with micro and macro plant nutrients.
- **Porous and non-compacting:** Roots spread easily; bacteria colonise fast.
- **Neutral to slightly acidic pH:** The range most planted-tank fish, plants and shrimp prefer.
- **Shrimp refuge:** Granule gaps shelter newborn shrimp.
- **Will not discolour water:** Helps control tannins from driftwood.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** NAN25
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561126939
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Model:** Fluval Plant and Shrimp Stratum (item 12693)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg (4.4 lb)
- **Origin:** Volcanic soil from the foothills of Mount Aso, Japan
- **Coverage:** Length × width × depth (cm) ÷ 1,000 = kg; one bag for a tank under 45 cm at 3–4 cm
- **Water Type:** Freshwater only
- **Lifespan:** Replace every 1–2 years as nutrients deplete
- **Other Sizes:** 4 kg (NAN26), 8 kg (NAN27)
- **Target Environment:** Planted and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Fluval Plant & Shrimp Stratum 4 Kg
Mid-size bag of volcanic planted-tank soil for 45 cm aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/fluval-plant-shrimp-stratum-4-kg/
- Price: $32.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: NAN26 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561126946
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/270-2.png
A 45 cm planted tank is the most common size in the hobby, and this is the bag that fills it. Fluval Plant & Shrimp Stratum 4 Kg (SKU: NAN26) is Fluval's natural volcanic soil substrate, collected from the mineral-rich foothills of Japan's Mount Aso, in the 4 kg (8.8 lb) size. Fluval describes it as an ideal alternative substrate for planted aquariums and shrimp tanks: roots penetrate and spread through it to reach key nutrients, its porous structure is colonised rapidly by nitrifying bacteria, and it helps hold a neutral to slightly acidic pH that suits most plants, tropical fish and shrimp. It is for freshwater aquariums only.
By Fluval's formula of length × width × depth in centimetres divided by 1,000, 4 kg gives a 45 × 30 cm tank roughly 3 cm of soil, matching the distributor guide of one bag per 45 cm aquarium. The soil will not discolour the water, helps control the tint from driftwood, shelters newborn shrimp among its granules, and is light and non-compacting so plants root quickly. Fluval notes it gradually lowers pH, more so in soft water, may raise ammonia slightly when new, and should be replaced every one to two years. Also in 2 kg (NAN25) and 8 kg (NAN27).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **45 cm planted aquariums:** One bag at 3 to 4 cm depth for the standard 45 × 30 cm footprint.
- **Shrimp breeding tanks:** Cover for shrimplets and a slightly acidic, stable bed.
- **Combining bags:** Pair with an 8 kg bag to reach 90 cm tanks or deeper sloped scapes.
- **Aquascaping contests and display tanks:** A dark soil that sets off green plants and red shrimp.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse lightly:** A gentle rinse in a colander removes dust; do not stir or scrub the granules.
- **Build the slope:** Deeper at the back, 3 cm or more at the front, then fill halfway and plant before topping up.
- **Clean without disturbing:** Hover a gravel cleaner above the soil; never push it in.
- **Soil with soil only:** Do not mix with gravel or sand; layer Bio-Stratum on top for fine-rooted plants if needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Japanese volcanic soil:** Collected from the foothills of Mount Aso.
- **Nutrient-rich and porous:** Feeds roots and houses beneficial bacteria.
- **Supports neutral to slightly acidic water:** Ideal for planted tanks and shrimp.
- **Clear water:** Does not stain and helps control driftwood discolouration.
- **4 kg bag:** Sized for a 45 cm tank at 3 to 4 cm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** NAN26
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561126946
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Model:** Fluval Plant and Shrimp Stratum (item 12694)
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg (8.8 lb)
- **Origin:** Volcanic soil from the foothills of Mount Aso, Japan
- **Coverage:** One bag for a 45 cm aquarium at 3–4 cm; formula L × W × depth (cm) ÷ 1,000 = kg
- **Water Type:** Freshwater only
- **Lifespan:** Replace every 1–2 years
- **Other Sizes:** 2 kg (NAN25), 8 kg (NAN27)
- **Target Environment:** Planted and shrimp aquariums
---
### Fluval — Lighting
#### Fluval LED Nano Plant 4.0 20w
Fluval Plant Nano 4.0 LED Light 20W.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-nano-plant-4-0-20w/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED97
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-LED-Nano-Plant-4.0-20w.png
The Fluval Plant Nano 4.0 LED Light 20W (SKU: FLED97) is an advanced, Bluetooth-controlled light fixture designed specifically for growing healthy, vibrant aquatic plants in nano and small freshwater aquariums. Managed directly via the free FluvalSmart App on iOS or Android, this compact 20W unit gives you total wireless control over individual LED colour channels and light intensity without needing a separate controller.
Engineered with an IP67 waterproof rating, the unit can be mounted close to the water surface for optimal PAR penetration while being completely protected against heavy splashing, condensation, and accidental submersion. Its sturdy, multi-directional mounting bracket secures onto various glass thicknesses on rimless or framed tanks. With fully programmable 24-hour light cycles—including gradual sunrise, daylight, sunset, and night moonlighting—it mimics natural sun cycles to promote plant photosynthesis and reduce stress on aquarium fish and shrimp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Nano Aquariums:** Ideal for small freshwater planted setups, aquascapes, and shrimp tanks requiring dedicated high-PAR lighting.
- **Aquatic Plant Growth & Colouration:** Engineered with a balanced full-spectrum output to stimulate photosynthesis and bring out deep greens and reds in aquatic foliage.
- **Custom 24-Hour Light Schedules:** Perfect for hobbyists who want automated control over natural lighting transitions and atmospheric weather effects.
**How to Use**
- Secure the adjustable mounting bracket firmly to the rim of your aquarium glass.
- Position the light unit over your aquascape and lock it into place using the bracket thumbscrews.
- Download the FluvalSmart App on your smartphone or tablet with Bluetooth enabled.
- Pair with the LED fixture to choose a pre-configured plant growth preset or create custom spectrum schedules.
- Plug the power cord into a surge-protected electrical outlet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **FluvalSmart App Wireless Control:** Customise full-spectrum colour channels, light intensity, and 24-hour photoperiod schedules via Bluetooth.
- **Plant-Optimized Full Spectrum:** Delivers key photosynthetic light wavelengths to support robust plant growth and vibrant leaf colour.
- **IP67 Waterproof Protection:** Fully sealed casing protects internal electronics against moisture, condensation, and accidental drops in water.
- **Versatile Mounting Bracket:** Position-adjustable mounting arm fits multiple glass rim sizes for clean desktop tank setups.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED97
- **Product Type:** Lighting / Planted Nano LED Lights
- **Power Wattage:** 20 W
- **Control Connectivity:** Bluetooth (FluvalSmart App)
- **Ingress Protection Rating:** IP67 Waterproof
- **Package Dimensions:** 341 mm (L) × 187 mm (W) × 88 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,155 g (1.155 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Fluval LED Nano Reef 4.0 25w
Fluval Marine Nano Reef 4.0 LED Light 25W.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-nano-reef-4-0-25w/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED98
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-LED-Nano-Reef-4.0-25w.png
The Fluval Marine Nano Reef 4.0 LED Light 25W (SKU: FLED98) is a high-performance, Bluetooth-controlled lighting fixture specifically engineered to support coral growth and vibrant colour rendition in nano reef aquariums. Operated directly through the FluvalSmart App on iOS or Android devices, this compact 25W unit offers full-spectrum customisation across multiple colour channels without requiring an external controller or manual switches.
Featuring an IP67 waterproof rating, the Nano Reef 4.0 is fully sealed to withstand heavy moisture, salt creep, and accidental water splashes, allowing low-profile mounting close to the water surface for maximum light penetration. Its heavy-duty mounting bracket provides multi-directional positioning on rimless or framed glass tanks. With customizable 24-hour lighting cycles—including realistic sunrise, midday, sunset, and nighttime blue actinic moonlighting—it delivers a natural, stress-free light cycle for marine livestock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Reef Aquariums:** Specially spectrum-tuned for small marine setups and nano reef tanks requiring intense actinic output.
- **Coral Growth & Colouration:** Emits crucial light wavelengths needed to support photosynthesis in soft corals, LPS, and SPS species while popping fluorescent coral pigments.
- **Automated Day/Night Transitions:** Recommended for aquarists seeking complete wireless control over continuous 24-hour light schedules and custom weather effects.
##### How to Use
- Secure the adjustable mounting bracket onto the rear or side glass rim of your aquarium.
- Position the light fixture over the targeted display area and tighten the mounting thumb screws.
- Download the free FluvalSmart App onto your smartphone or tablet with Bluetooth activated.
- Pair with the LED unit to select a pre-configured reef lighting preset or program custom spectrum channels and timers.
- Connect the power cable to the transformer and plug it into a surge-protected power outlet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **FluvalSmart App Control:** Adjust colour channels, intensity, and 24-hour light schedules directly from your mobile device via Bluetooth.
- **Reef-Optimized Spectrum:** Features high-output actinic blue wavelengths essential for coral photosynthesis and vivid coral fluorescence.
- **IP67 Waterproofing:** Robust, fully sealed construction allows safe placement near the water surface and resists saltwater corrosion.
- **Flexible Mounting Bracket:** Multi-positional mounting arm fits various glass thicknesses with easy height and directional adjustments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED98
- **Product Type:** Lighting / Marine & Reef Nano LED Lights
- **Power Wattage:** 25 W
- **Control Connectivity:** Bluetooth (FluvalSmart App)
- **Ingress Protection Rating:** IP67 Waterproof
- **Package Dimensions:** 341 mm (L) × 187 mm (W) × 88 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,232 g (1.232 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater Marine & Nano Reef Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Led Aquasky Rgb+w 3.0 12w 38 - 62.8cm Wifi & Bt
For small freshwater & fish-only aquariums combining white LEDs with RGB LEDs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0-12w-38-62-8cm-wifi-bt/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED91 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561166508
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-39.png
The Fluval Aquasky 3.0 RGB+W LED Light 12W ( SKU: FLED91 ) is a versatile 12-watt lighting system designed for small freshwater and fish-only aquariums between 38 and 62.8 cm. Combining super-bright 6500K white LEDs with tri-colour RGB LEDs, it offers a customizable spectrum capable of creating infinite colour variations.
Controlled exclusively via the Fluval Connect mobile app and highlighted by RGB + dual white LEDs, Aquasky 3.0 allows users to completely customise their colour spectrum, light cycle and dynamic effects. This latest generation also features both Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4GHz) connectivity, making it the most versatile lighting option from Fluval.
Equipped with dual Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity , it operates seamlessly through the FluvalSmart app. Users can program customised 24-hour light cycles and select dynamic weather effects such as cloud cover, storm lightning, and lunar phases.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Community Aquariums:** Ideal primary lighting for 40–60 cm freshwater community and planted tanks.
- **Custom Visual Effects:** Great for aquarists wanting personalised colour themes and weather simulations.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Extend the mounting brackets to fit your aquarium rim securely.
- Download the FluvalSmart app and connect via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth.
- Program a 24-hour light cycle or choose preset colour spectrums.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **RGB+W Colour Control:** Mix red, green, blue, and 6500K white LEDs for custom visual setups. Customizable Colour Spectrum gives you the control! Aquasky 3.0 pairs dual bright white and RGB LEDs for adjustable, full-spectrum lighting.
- **Wi-Fi & Bluetooth Dual Connectivity:** Flexible control options via the intuitive FluvalSmart app.
- **Dynamic Weather FX:** Replicate real-world weather patterns including lightning storms and overcast clouds. Customised 24-hour light cycles and select dynamic weather effects such as cloud cover, storm lightning, and lunar phases
- **IP67 Waterproof Standard:** Protected against moisture, splashes, and accidental water drops.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED91
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561166508
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / RGB+W LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 485 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 700 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community & Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 12 Watts, 6,500K White LEDs + RGB, and Size = 15–25″ inches / 38–62.8 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** IP67-rated water and moisture protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light bar, Extendable mounting brackets, and Power supply unit
---
#### Fluval Led Aquasky Rgb+w 3.0 16w 53 - 84.4cm Wifi & Bt
For mid-sized freshwater aquariums featuring a blend of white diodes and RGB LEDs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0-16w-53-84-4cm-wifi-bt/
- Price: $179.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED92 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561166515
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-41.png
The Fluval Aquasky 3.0 RGB+W LED Light 16W ( SKU: FLED92 ) is a 16-watt customizable LED strip light built for mid-sized freshwater aquariums spanning 53 to 84.4 cm. It features a blend of bright 6500K white diodes and customizable RGB LEDs, allowing full control over colour temperature and overall aesthetic.
With built-in Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, control is managed directly through the FluvalSmart app. Users can set automated sunrise-to-night schedules and replicate atmospheric weather phenomena over their tank. Controlled exclusively via the FluvalConnect mobile app and highlighted by RGB + dual white LEDs, Aquasky 3.0 allows users to completely customise their colour spectrum, light cycle and dynamic effects. This latest generation also features both Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz) connectivity, making it the most versatile lighting option from Fluval.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-Sized Freshwater Aquariums:** Primary lighting for standard 60–80 cm fish-only or lightly planted aquariums.
- **Atmospheric Lighting:** Perfect for adding visual depth and realistic diurnal light cycles.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Adjust side extension arms to fit the top rim of your aquarium frame.
- Link the light to your home Wi-Fi or directly via Bluetooth using the FluvalSmart app.
- Configure the daily timer and adjust the RGB+W channels to your desired tone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Infinite Colour Combinations:** Blend RGB and white LEDs to match fish colours or create mood lighting. You're in control! Aquasky 3.0 pairs dual bright white and RGB LEDs for adjustable, full-spectrum lighting.
- **Dual Wireless Connectivity:** Supports both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connections via mobile app. With its dynamic effects, add a splash of excitement to your aquarium with a variety of weather and special effects.
- **Programmable 24-Hour Timer:** Smooth ramping from dawn to dusk prevents fish stress. Customise sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles.
- **IP67 Moisture Protection:** Engineered to withstand high humidity beneath aquarium hoods. Advanced Waterproofing - IP67 water and dust ingress protection provides additional peace of mind.
- **Extendable brackets** allow easy installation on a variety of aquarium widths.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED92
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561166515
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / RGB+W LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 650 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 800 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community & Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 16 Watts, 6,500K White LEDs + RGB, and Size = 21–33″ inches / 53–84.4 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** IP67-rated water and moisture protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light bar, Extendable mounting brackets, and Power supply unit
**Additional FluvalConnect Features**
- Manual / Auto / Pro Operating Modes
- Create light groups - pair and control multiple light units simultaneously
- Aquarium management - Maintenance reminders, water parameters, livestock lists, photo library and more!
---
#### Fluval Led Aquasky Rgb+w 3.0 21w 75 - 106.4cm Wifi & Bt
Wi-Fi + Bluetooth light for large aquariums, dynamic weather simulations thunders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0-21w-75-106-4cm-wifi-bt/
- Price: $208.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED93 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561166522
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/152680805695518.jpg
The Fluval Aquasky 3.0 RGB+W LED Light 21W ( SKU: FLED93 ) provides bright, colour-rich lighting for freshwater aquariums between 75 and 106.4 cm in width. Delivering 21 Watts of efficient power, it combines high-brightness white LEDs with adjustable red, green, and blue LEDs. Featuring advanced technology and stunning colour options, this LED system is perfect for both professional aquarists and hobbyists. Transform your aquarium with the Fluval AquaSky RGB+W 3.0 LED. Experience the brilliance of both colour and technology combined to create a mesmerising underwater scape.
Controlled wirelessly via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth through the FluvalSmart app, it enables precise light scheduling, individual channel adjustments, and dynamic weather simulations like thunderstorms and cloud cover. You can easily customise your lighting settings from your smartphone. Illuminate your aquarium with the Fluval AquaSky RGB+W 3.0 LED light fixture, designed to enhance the visual appeal of your aquatic environment while promoting healthy plant and fish life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **3-Foot Freshwater Aquariums:** Ideal illumination for 80–100 cm community fish tanks and aquascapes.
- **Custom Photoperiod Control:** Enables precise natural lighting schedules for fish health and routine.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Fit the extendable bracket legs onto the aquarium glass walls.
- Connect to the device using the FluvalSmart app via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi.
- Set your preferred daylight hours and adjust colour balances.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Custom Spectral Mixing:** Independently adjust Red, Green, Blue, and White LED channels. Stunning RGB + White Lighting: Offers a full spectrum of LED colours, including red, green, blue, and white, to create vibrant displays that highlight your aquatic life and enhance plant growth.
- **FluvalSmart App Control:** Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity for total light automation. Smart control of built-in WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity allows for seamless control through the FluvalSmart app, making it simple to adjust lighting schedules, colour patterns, and brightness with just a few taps on your smartphone.
- **Weather Simulation Effects:** Cloud cover, lightning strikes, moon cycles, and solar effects. Customisable Lighting Programs allow you to choose from various pre-set lighting modes or customise your own to suit the specific needs of your aquarium's inhabitants and plants, with options for gradual dawn and dusk effects.
- **Durable IP67 Design:** Sealed casing resists water splashes and high internal humidity. Its durable design whcih is built with high-quality materials that resist corrosion and wear, ensuring longevity and reliability for long-term use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED93
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561166522
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / RGB+W LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 865 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1050 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Community & Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 21 Watts, 6,500K White LEDs + RGB, and Size = 30–42″ inches / 75–106.4 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** IP67-rated water and moisture protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light bar, Extendable mounting brackets, and Power supply unit
---
#### Fluval Led Aquasky Rgb+w 3.0 33w 115 - 146.4cm Wifi & Bt
Wi-Fi & Bluetooth LED light strip for freshwater fish-only & planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0-33w-115-146-4cm-wifi-bt/
- Price: $289.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED96 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561166560
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Led-Aquasky-Rgbw-3.0-33w-115-146.4cm-Wifi-amp-Bt.png
The Fluval Aquasky 3.0 LED Light with Bluetooth ( SKU: FLED96 ) is a high-performance, fully customizable LED light strip engineered for freshwater fish-only and planted aquariums ranging from 115 cm to 146.4 cm (45 to 57.5 inches) wide. Combining bright 6500K white LEDs with high-output tri-colour RGB LEDs, this fixture allows aquarists to fine-tune spectrum output and create endless custom colour spectrum blends.
Powered by dual Bluetooth + 2.4GHz Wi-Fi connectivity and controlled via the intuitive FluvalConnect mobile app, the Aquasky 3.0 lets you program a gradual 24-hour sun and moon light cycle (sunrise, mid-day, sunset, and night) along with dynamic weather effects like cloud cover, storm simulations, and lightning modes. Engineered with an IP67 waterproof rating and a durable glass lens, it can be mounted using extendable side brackets, retrofit T5/T8 lamp sockets, or hanging clips.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Custom Aquascape & Fish Viewing:** Enhances the natural colours of fish and plants with customizable RGB+W colour spectrums.
- **Low-to-Mid Light Planted Tanks:** Supports photosynthesis and healthy growth for low-to-moderate light freshwater live plants.
- **Versatile Retrofit & Mounting:** Ideal for replacing older T5/T8 fluorescent tube fixtures or mounting directly onto rimmed/rimless aquarium glass frames.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Extend the adjustable side mounting brackets to fit your aquarium frame length (115 cm to 146.4 cm) or install using the included T5/T8 retrofitting adapters.
- Position the light strip above the aquarium and plug the power cord into a wall outlet.
- Download and open the **FluvalConnect** app on your iOS or Android smartphone/tablet.
- Pair the light fixture via Bluetooth/Wi-Fi to program the 24-hour lighting schedule, adjust colour ratios, or enable weather effects.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **RGB + Dual White LEDs:** Custom spectrum blending allows infinite colour choices and full-coverage 120° (120 degrees) light dispersion.
- **Dual Bluetooth & 2.4GHz Wi-Fi Control:** Seamlessly pairs with the FluvalConnect app for complete lighting customisation from anywhere.
- **Programmable 24-Hour Cycle:** Simulates natural lighting shifts with smooth transitions from sunrise and daylight to dusk and moonlight.
- **IP67 Waterproof & German Design:** IP67-rated waterproof seal with high-grade glass lens protects against moisture, splashes, and dust.
- **Multi-Option Mounting:** Includes extendable mounting brackets, under-canopy hanging clips, and T5/T8 fluorescent tube adapter caps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED96
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561166560
- **Product Type:** Lighting / LED Strips & Fixtures
- **Wattage:** 33 W
- **Adjustable Length Range:** 115 cm – 146.4 cm (45" – 57.5")
- **Colour Temperature / Spectrum:** 6500K White + RGB (Tri-Color)
- **Waterproof Rating:** IP67
- **Package Dimensions:** 1,694 mm (L) × 187 mm (W) × 99 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3,245 g (3.245 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums & Planted Setups
- **Power & Output:** 33 Watts, 6,500K White LEDs + RGB, and Size = 45–58″ inches / 115–146.4 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** IP67-rated water and moisture protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light bar, Extendable mounting brackets, and Power supply unit
---
#### Fluval Led Plant Light 4.0 22w 38.4- 63cm Bt Mesh
Bluetooth-controlled LED fixture for small to medium planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-plant-light-4-0-22w-38-4-63cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED80 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561168854
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-28.png
The Fluval Plant Spectrum 4.0 LED Light 22W (SKU: FLED80) is an advanced Bluetooth-controlled LED fixture engineered for small to medium planted aquariums spanning 38.4 to 63 cm. Delivering high PAR levels and full-spectrum light output, it promotes vibrant aquatic plant growth and enhances natural fish colouration.
Controlled via the FluvalSmart App on mobile devices, it allows precise customisation of 6 unique LED colour channels, 24-hour gradual light cycles, and weather effects without requiring an external controller. FluvalSmart App has a 24-hour light cycle, dynamic effects, pre-set environments, and several aquarium management features.
The German-engineered Fluval Plant 4.0 LED delivers brilliant, spectrum-specific illumination for optimal plant growth, colour, and health. A superior 90 CRI rating guarantees vibrant colours, bringing your aquascape to life. The light unit offers advanced IP67-rated water, moisture and dust protection, along with a high-quality glass lens for exceptional lighting performance and durability. Standard mounting options include extendable brackets as well as new height-adjustable riser brackets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted Aquascaping:** Essential primary lighting for high-light and medium-light freshwater aquatic plants.
- **Automated Photoperiods:** Ideal for creating realistic sunrise, daylight, sunset, and nighttime moonlighting schedules.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Extend the mounting brackets to fit your aquarium rim dimensions and rest the fixture securely over the glass.
- Download the FluvalSmart App on your smartphone and pair via Bluetooth Mesh.
- Program your preferred 24-hour light spectrum cycle or select a preset plant growth profile.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **FluvalSmart App Control:** Fully programmable 24-hour light cycle via Bluetooth Mesh connectivity. Operated exclusively via the FluvalConnect mobile app, customizable, with independently controlled colour channels. It also has multiple environment theme options to select from, with several convenient aquarium profiles available.
- **6 Unique LED Bandwidths:** Custom spectral tuning for optimal photosynthesis and red/green plant pop. Provides powerful full-spectrum lighting for maximum plant growth, colour, and health. Excellent CRI (Colour Rendering Index) renders vivid fish and plant tones for authentic, true-to-nature viewing.
- **Deep Penetration PAR:** High PAR output ensures light reaches substrate-level carpet plants. The app has a programmable 24-hour light cycle for adjusting sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles.
- **IP67 Waterproof Rating:** It has IP67 advanced water, moisture and dust protection with a high-quality glass lens which is sealed against moisture, surface splashing, and accidental submersion.
- **Strong Grip with Extendable Mountings:** Aluminium alloy frame dissipates heat evenly to improve lighting efficiency and longevity. Extendable brackets accommodate a range of aquarium widths for on-tank mounting, along with riser brackets that allow adjustable vertical positioning (included).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED80
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561168854, Item #: 16885
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Planted LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 525 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 22 Watts, 90 CRI rating, and Size = (15-24″ inches / 38-63 cm)
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture and dust protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m cord, Extendable riser brackets and AUS Power supply
---
#### Fluval Led Plant Light 4.0 32w 58.9 - 88.9cm Bt Mesh
Lighting strip blending multiple LED wavelengths drives photosynthesis for planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-plant-light-4-0-32w-58-9-88-9cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED81 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561168861
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-29.png
The Fluval Plant Spectrum 4.0 LED Light 32W (SKU: FLED81) is a 32-watt full-spectrum LED lighting strip designed for planted tanks measuring 58.9 to 88.9 cm wide. It blends multiple LED wavelengths tailored to drive plant photosynthesis and highlight biological colours.
With spectrum-specific output, the Plant 4.0 LED delivers brilliant illumination and optimised light intensity for aquatic plants. The superior CRI rating guarantees vibrant colours, bringing your aquascape to life. Featuring Bluetooth Mesh technology, multiple lights can be grouped and synchronised seamlessly via the mobile app, offering complete control over colour spectrum and dimming schedules. With FluvalConnect app control, you can conveniently adjust all light settings from your mobile device.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-Sized Planted Tanks:** Primary illumination for standard 60–80 cm aquascapes.
- **Custom Spectrum Tuning:** Perfect for aquarists wanting precise control over individual colour channels.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Mount using the extendable position arms over the open aquarium top.
- Connect to power and link the device using the FluvalSmart App.
- Set customised sunrise/sunset times and adjust spectrum intensity levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bluetooth Mesh Integration:** Connect and group multiple Fluval 4.0 lights effortlessly using its mobile app. The app has preset environments, which allow you to choose from several convenient planted aquarium profiles. The app is like an aquarium management tool for maintenance reminders, water parameters, livestock lists, photo library and more!
- **Programmable 24-Hour Schedule:** Simulates natural sun movement from dawn through night. Customise sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles. Customisable Colour Spectrum allows you to be in full control! You can adjust colour output and intensity to suit your aquascape.
- **Aluminium Thermal Design:** Heatsink casing ensures cool operation and extended LED lifespan. Multiple operating options like Manual / Auto / Pro Operating Modes; you can also create light groups - pair and control multiple light units simultaneously. Excellent CRI Rating: Guarantees true and vibrant colours for an authentic viewing experience. Superior PAR Values: Improved Photosynthetic Active Radiation at all aquarium depths.
- **IP67 Waterproof Rating:** It has advanced waterproofing with an IP67 rating, which provides water and dust ingress protection and assures additional peace of mind. It resists water intrusion and high humidity inside aquarium hoods.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED81
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561168861
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Planted LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 685 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1400 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 32 Watts, 90 CRI rating, 2,550 lumens, 7500K colour temperature and Size = (23–35″ inches / 38-63 cm)
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture and dust protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m cord, Extendable riser brackets and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification in Diagram Visual Graph**
- 90 CRI rating (Colour Rendering Index)
- 2,550 lumens
- 7500K colour temperature
Flexible Mounting Options Explained in Image Diagrams
Easy installation on a variety of aquarium widths and setups.
---
#### Fluval Led Plant Light 4.0 46w 88.2 -125.8cm Bt Mesh
Powerful lighting giving intense PAR values for photosynthesis in aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-plant-light-4-0-46w-88-2-125-8cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $449.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED82 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561168878
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-30.png
The Fluval Plant Spectrum 4.0 LED Light 46W ( SKU: FLED82 ) is a powerful 46-watt lighting bar with Bluetooth connectivity built for medium-to-large planted displays between 88.2 and 125.8 cm in length. It produces intense PAR values required by demanding stem plants and carpet mosses.
With app-controlled wireless programming, users can set custom colour spectrums, control light intensity, and simulate weather events such as cloud cover or lightning. With spectrum-specific output, the Plant 4.0 LED delivers brilliant illumination and optimised light intensity for aquatic plants. The superior CRI rating guarantees vibrant colours, bringing your aquascape to life. Plus, with FluvalConnect app control, you can conveniently adjust all light settings from your mobile device.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquascapes:** Designed for 90–120 cm wide freshwater planted aquariums.
- **High-Light Plant Growth:** Provides the PAR necessary for growing light-demanding red and carpeting plants.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Place the extendable bracket legs onto the aquarium glass edges.
- Pair with your mobile device via Bluetooth through the free FluvalSmart app.
- Configure custom light channels or choose automated pre-set growth spectrums.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full Photo-Spectrum Output:** Formulated to maximise chlorophyll a and b absorption peaks. It has a programmable 24-Hour schedule that simulates natural sun movement from dawn through night. Customise sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles. Customisable Colour Spectrum allows you to be in full control! You can adjust colour output and intensity to suit your aquascape.
- **App-Controlled Dimming:** Smooth dimming transitions prevent sudden light stress on fish. Bluetooth Mesh Integration lets you connect and group multiple Fluval 4.0 lights effortlessly using its mobile app. The app has preset environments, which allow you to choose from several convenient planted aquarium profiles. The app is like an aquarium management tool for maintenance reminders, water parameters, livestock lists, photo library and more!
- **Rugged IP67 Construction:** Can be mounted close to the water surface without moisture damage. It has advanced waterproofing with an IP67 rating, which provides water and dust ingress protection and assures additional peace of mind. It resists water intrusion and high humidity inside aquarium hoods.
- **Ultra-Slim Profile:** Sleek aluminium housing maximises aesthetic appeal over open tanks. Equipped with an aluminium thermal design where the heatsink casing ensures cool operation and extended LED lifespan. Multiple operating options like Manual / Auto / Pro Operating Modes; you can also create light groups - pair and control multiple light units simultaneously. Excellent CRI Rating guarantees true and vibrant colours for an authentic viewing experience. Higher PAR values provide more photosynthetically active radiation across all aquarium depths.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED82
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561168878
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Planted LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 975 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2000 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:**46 Watts, 90 CRI rating, 3,650 lumens, 7,500K colour temperature, and Size = 35–49″ inches / 88.2–125.8 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture and dust protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m cord, Extendable riser brackets and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification in Diagram Visual Graph:**
- 90 CRI rating (Colour Rendering Index)
- 3,650 lumens
- 7500K colour temperature
- Superior higher PAR values provide a better environment for photosynthesis
**Advanced Waterproofing**
IP67 water and dust ingress protection provides additional peace of mind.
**Flexible Mounting Options**
Easy installation on a variety of aquarium widths and setups.
---
#### Fluval Led Plant Light 4.0 59w 110.5 -148.1cm Bt Mesh
High-output light bar for large aquariums supporting lush plant growth in deep tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-plant-light-4-0-59w-110-5-148-1cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $469.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED83 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561168885
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-31.png
The Fluval Plant Spectrum 4.0 LED Light 59W (SKU: FLED83) is a high-output 59-watt Bluetooth-enabled light bar designed for large aquariums measuring 110.5 to 148.1 cm. Delivering exceptional photon output across 6 colour channels, it supports lush plant growth in deep tanks up to 150 cm wide.
Fully integrated with Bluetooth Mesh technology, it offers wireless control over daily photoperiods, light intensity, and custom colour spectrum balancing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **6-Foot & Large Aquariums:** Designed for large-scale planted display tanks.
- **Deep Water Lighting:** Penetrates deeper water columns to support ground-cover vegetation.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Extend side brackets to match tank width and settle fixture onto tank frame.
- Open the FluvalSmart App to connect via Bluetooth.
- Program 24-hour lighting sequences and adjust individual spectrum channels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum 59W PAR Output:** Strong light energy output reaches the deepest tank corners. Powerful full-spectrum lighting for maximum plant growth, colour, and health. Customisable, independently controlled colour channels. Excellent CRI (Colour Rendering Index) renders vivid fish and plant tones for authentic, true-to-nature viewing.
- **Independent Channel Tuning:** Fine-tune Pink, Cyan, Blue, Yellow, and White LED channels. Operated exclusively via the FluvalConnect mobile app, which has a programmable 24-hour light cycle that adjusts sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles. The mobile app also has preset environments – select from several convenient aquarium profiles.
- **IP67 Waterproofing:** Engineered for long-term endurance in humid environments. It has an IP67 rating for advanced water, moisture and dust protection, with a high-quality glass lens. Built using an aluminium alloy frame that dissipates heat evenly to improve lighting efficiency and longevity.
- **Smooth Photoperiod Ramping:** Prevents algae growth by providing gradual natural light cycles. Extendable brackets accommodate a range of aquarium widths for on-tank mounting. Riser brackets allow adjustable vertical positioning (included).
Please note: Optional suspension kit is sold separately (Item #A20482) and is not part of this product package.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED83
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561168885
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Planted LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 1270 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2400 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 46 Watts, 90 CRI rating, 4,700 lumens, 7,500K colour temperature, and Size = 43–58″ inches / 110.5–148.1 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture and dust protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m cord, Extendable riser brackets and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification in Diagram Visual Graph**
- 90 CRI rating (Colour Rendering Index)
- 4,700 lumens
- 7,500K colour temperature
- Extreme PAR values through dual-angled lightboards provide a professional environment for demanding photosynthesis
---
#### Fluval Led Plant Pro Light 4.0 58.9 - 87.5cm Bt Mesh
Fluval Plant Pro 4.0 LED Light (58.9- 87.5 cm)— Professional-grade LED fixture delivers extreme PAR for aquatic flora and complex aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-plant-pro-light-4-0-58-9-87-5cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $589.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED84 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561168960
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-32.png
The Fluval Plant Pro 4.0 LED Light ( SKU: FLED84 ) is a high-performance, professional-grade LED fixture designed for high-tech planted aquariums spanning 58.9 to 87.5 cm. Engineered with extra LED density, it delivers extreme PAR output to sustain demanding aquatic flora and complex aquascapes.
Featuring Bluetooth Mesh control, it allows advanced custom spectrum programming, synchronised multi-light control, and realistic weather simulation effects.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-Tech Planted Setups:** Ideal for CO2-injected aquariums requiring intense PAR lighting.
- **Densely Planted Aquascapes:** Provides light coverage across dense plant beds without shadowing.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Mount the light bar using the heavy-duty extendable bracket arms over your tank rim.
- Connect to the FluvalSmart app via Bluetooth Mesh.
- Select an advanced planted preset or create a custom 24-hour light spectrum curve.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pro-Grade PAR Output:** High LED concentration delivers maximum light energy for fast plant growth. Manual / Auto / Pro Operating Modes available for smooth operations. You can create light groups - pair and control multiple light units simultaneously.
- **Advanced Spectrum Control:** Plant Pro LED operates exclusively with the FluvalConnect app; you can fine-tune 6 individual LED colour channels via the mobile app. Customisable colour spectrum feature maximises plant growth, health and colour with independent colour channel control.
- **Programmable 24 Hour Light Cycle** allows you to customise sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles. Preset Environments gives you the option to choose from several convenient planted aquarium profiles.
- **Aluminium Extrusion Body:** Heavy-duty aluminium body provides superior heat dissipation. You have full aquarium management under your control for keeping an eye on maintenance reminders, water parameters, livestock lists, photo library and more!
- **IP67 Submersion Protection:** Advanced Waterproofing with an IP67 water rating ensures dust ingress protection and provides additional peace of mind. Protected against accidental drops into aquarium water. With dual angle-mounted lightboards and flexible mounting options, it becomes easy to install on a variety of aquarium widths and setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED84
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561168960
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / High-Output LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 700 mm (L) × 198 mm (W) × 85 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2650 g
- **Target Environment:** High-Tech Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output: **46 Watts, 90 CRI rating, 3,600 lumens, 7,500K colour temperature, and Size = 23–34″ inches / 58.9–87.5 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture and dust protection
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m cord, Extendable riser brackets and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification in Diagram Visual Graph:**
- **90 CRI rating** (Colour Rendering Index). Excellent CRI rating renders vivid fish and plant tones for authentic, true-to-nature viewing.
- **3,600 lumens**
- **7,500K colour temperature**
- Superior higher **PAR values** provide a better environment for photosynthesis and improved photosynthetically active radiation at all aquarium depths.
---
#### Fluval Led Plant Pro Light 4.0 90w 88.2 X 124.4cm Bt Mesh
Lighting for large planted aquariums giving high PAR in deep water for red stem species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-plant-pro-light-4-0-90w-88-2-x-124-4cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $629.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED85 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561168977
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-33.png
The Fluval Plant Pro 4.0 LED Light 90W ( SKU: FLED85 ) is a high-power 90-watt Bluetooth-enabled fixture engineered for large high-tech planted aquariums measuring 88.2 to 124.4 cm. Designed to penetrate deep water columns, it provides high PAR values required by delicate carpet plants and demanding red stem species.
Operated entirely via Bluetooth Mesh on the FluvalSmart app, it offers custom light schedules, individual channel dimming, and synchronised multi-fixture operation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep Planted Aquariums:** Essential for deep aquariums where standard LEDs fail to penetrate the bottom substrate.
- **CO2 Injected Aquascapes:** Supports high photosynthetic rates in high-input planted setups.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Position on the tank rim using the extendable side brackets.
- Link the fixture to your phone using the FluvalSmart app via Bluetooth.
- Set your daily photoperiod schedule and calibrate brightness output.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **90-Watt Intense Light Matrix:** Delivers extreme PAR for high-light aquatic plant species. Customisable colour spectrum maximises plant growth, health and colour with independent colour channel control. Preset environments in the app allow the option to choose from several convenient planted aquarium profiles.
- **Bluetooth Mesh System:** Plant Pro LED operates exclusively with the Fluvalconnect app and groups multiple lights seamlessly without extra hubs. It has multiple operating modes, i.e Manual / Auto / Pro Operating Modes, which allows to create light groups - pair and control multiple light units simultaneously.
- **Full Spectrum Customisation:** Tailor specific colour channels to emphasise plant reds and greens. Programmable 24 Hour Light Cycle provides the ability to customise sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles.
- **IP67 Sealed Housing:** Waterproof casing protects internal circuitry against vapour and splashes. Advanced Waterproofing with an IP67 water rating ensures protection against dust ingress and provides additional peace of mind. Dual angle-mounted lightboards provide flexible mounting options by allowing easy installation on a variety of aquarium widths and setups.
- **Eye-catching Features:** Excellent CRI rating renders vivid fish and plant tones for authentic true-to-nature viewing. Higher PAR values provide more photosynthetically active radiation across all aquarium depths. It is a complete Aquarium management system, giving live maintenance reminders, water parameters, livestock lists, a photo library and more!
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED85
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561168977
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / High-Output LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 990 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 85 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3650 g
- **Target Environment:** High-Tech Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output:**90 Watts, 90 CRI rating, 7,500 lumens, 7,500K colour temperature, and Size = 35–49″ inches / 88.2–124.4 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection: ** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture, and dust protection
- **Package Includes: ** LED light with 2 m cord, Height-adjustable riser brackets, Suspension kit, and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification in Diagram Visual Graph:**
- **90 CRI rating** (Colour Rendering Index). Excellent CRI rating renders vivid fish and plant tones for authentic, true-to-nature viewing.
- **3,600 lumens**
- **7,500K colour temperature**
- Superior higher PAR values provide a better environment for photosynthesis and improved photosynthetically active radiation at all aquarium depths.
---
#### Fluval Led Plant Pro Light 4.0 X 120w 117.5 - 153.7cm Bt Mesh
Flagship planted light bar for large aquascapes giving commercial-grade PAR energy coverage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-plant-pro-light-4-0-x-120w-117-5-153-7cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $699.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED86 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561168984
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-34.png
The Fluval Plant Pro 4.0 LED Light 120W ( SKU: FLED86 ) is Fluval's flagship 120-watt planted light bar built for large aquascapes between 117.5 and 153.7 cm long. It generates commercial-grade PAR energy across a wide lighting footprint, ensuring wall-to-wall light coverage.
Controlled wirelessly via Bluetooth Mesh, it features full 24-hour cycle automation, custom colour spectrum mixing, and weather simulation modes. The FluvalConnect app and integrated controller offer stable colour channels and 24-hour scheduling to simulate natural solar and lunar cycles. Constructed from heat-dissipating aluminium alloy, the light unit offers IP67-rated waterproof protection with a high-quality glass lens, ensuring robust performance and durability in demanding environments. With flexible mounting solutions, the Plant Pro LED stands as Fluval’s top choice for professional-grade planted tank setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large-Scale Aquascapes:** Primary lighting for 1.2 to 1.5-meter show tanks and Dutch-style planted aquariums.
- **High-Density Plant Beds:** Eliminates dark zones in densely populated plant tanks.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Adjust the sliding mounting arms to fit the top width of your aquarium frame.
- Open the FluvalSmart app and pair the light bar via Bluetooth.
- Program 24-hour sunrise, daylight, sunset, and night light schedules.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum 120-watt intensity, giving High-Powered Performance:** Unmatched PAR penetration for large-scale planted setups. Designed for aquascapes requiring higher light levels. High CRI brings out the true, vibrant colours of plants, ensuring natural colour reproduction. Gives up to 2X the output of a single Plant 4.0 LED strip light (7500K)
- **Wireless App Control:** Complete control over photoperiod, intensity, and 6 spectrum channels. Its Programmable 24 Hour Light Cycle customises sunrise, mid-day, dusk, and night settings to mimic natural sun and moon cycles, with a customisable colour spectrum for full control, where you can easily adjust colour output and intensity to suit your aquascape.
- **Heavy-Duty Heat Dissipation:** Solid aluminium body prevents overheating and extends LED lifespan. Dual angle-mounted lightboards provide flexible mounting options and allow easy installation on a variety of aquarium widths and setups. This includes a suspension kit and tank mounts.
- **IP67 Submersible Standard:** Sealed against splashing, moisture, and short submersions. Advanced Waterproofing of IP67 water rating ensures moisture and dust protection, with a high-quality glass lens providing additional peace of mind. It has preset environments set up in the app, which allows you to own or choose from several convenient planted aquarium profiles. You can optimise using the app to ensure maximum light dispersion in aquariums of all sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED86
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561168984
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / High-Output LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 1265 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 85 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4800 g
- **Target Environment:** High-Tech Freshwater Planted Aquariums
- **Power & Output: **120 Watts, 90 CRI rating, 10,000 lumens, 7,500K colour temperature, and Size = 46–60″ inches / 117.5–153.7 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection: ** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture, and dust protection
- **Package Includes: **LED light with 2 m cord, Height-adjustable riser brackets, Suspension kit, and AUS power supply
**Light Output Specification**
- **90 CRI rating** (Colour Rendering Index). An excellent CRI rating renders vivid fish and plant tones for authentic, true-to-nature viewing
- **10,000 lumens**
- **7,500K colour temperature**
- **Commercial-grade PAR energy** through dual-angled lightboards provides wall-to-wall coverage for demanding photosynthesis
---
#### Fluval Led Reef Light 4.0 22w 38.4 - 63cm Bt Mesh
For nano & small marine reef aquariums, actinic blue wavelengths for coral photosynthesis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-reef-light-4-0-22w-38-4-63cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $269.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED87 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561169059
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-35.png
The Fluval Marine & Reef 4.0 LED Light 22W ( SKU: FLED87 ) is a specialised Bluetooth-integrated 22-watt LED fixture designed for nano and small marine reef aquariums measuring 38.4 to 63 cm. Featuring key actinic blue wavelengths, it promotes coral photosynthesis (zooxanthellae growth) and drives coral fluorescence.
With integrated Bluetooth Mesh app control, aquarists can customise 7 unique spectral channels, create gradual daylight transitions, and simulate moonlit night conditions. The Reef 4.0 LED isn’t just lighting – it’s the key to a thriving saltwater aquarium. With a full spectrum that includes the critical actinic range, it fuels peak coral photosynthesis to bring out their optimal colour, growth and health potential. Plus, exclusive FluvalConnect mobile app control offers complete customisation and added convenience.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Reef Aquariums:** Primary lighting unit for soft corals, LPS, and marine fish tanks.
- **Coral Colouration:** Essential for popping actinic coral fluorescence in saltwater displays.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Mount the fixture onto glass edges using extendable mounting brackets.
- Pair with the FluvalSmart mobile app via Bluetooth.
- Set your reef photoperiod profile and balance blue and white spectrum intensity levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Actinic Spectrum Output:** Emits target blue wavelengths (400–460 nm) essential for coral health.
- **FluvalSmart App Integration:** Wireless Bluetooth control over 7 independent spectrum channels.
- **IP67 Waterproof Sealed:** Resistant to corrosion and splash damage from saltwater spray.
- **Natural Moonlighting:** Simulates natural lunar cycles for marine organisms.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED87
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561169059
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Reef LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 525 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1050 g
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater & Reef Aquariums
- **Power & Output:**22 Watts, 10,000K–13,000K base white dials with ~25,000K overall spectrum, and Size = 15–24″ inches / 38.4–63 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture, and dust protection with a premium glass lens
- **Package Includes: **LED light with 2 m line cord, Extendable on-tank brackets, Riser brackets, and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification**
- **7 Unique Colour Bands **(including actinic, specialised blue, and pink diodes)
- **Maximised Coral Spectrum **for peak zooxanthellae photosynthesis
- **~25,000K colour temperature **vibe to drive intense coral fluorescence
- **Superior PAR values** across a 120° beam angle to eliminate dead spots
---
#### Fluval Led Reef Light 4.0 32w 58.9 - 88.9cm Bt Mesh
For medium marine and reef aquariums, emits essential actinic blue spectrum for reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-reef-light-4-0-32w-58-9-88-9cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $339.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED88 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561169066
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/FluvalLEDReefLight4.032w59-88.9cmBluetoothMesh.webp
The Fluval Marine & Reef 4.0 LED Light 32W ( SKU: FLED88 ) is a specialised Bluetooth-enabled 32-watt lighting system engineered for medium marine and reef aquariums measuring 58.9 to 88.9 cm. Designed to support soft corals, LPS, and marine life, it emits essential actinic blue spectrum Wavelengths that drive zooxanthellae photosynthesis and trigger vivid coral fluorescence.
Using the FluvalConnect mobile app via Bluetooth Mesh, aquarists can control 7 independent colour channels, set customised 24-hour light schedules, and simulate natural solar and lunar lighting phases. Encased in a heat-dissipating aluminium housing with an IP67 waterproof rating, it ensures long-term performance in humid saltwater environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Reef Aquariums:** Primary lighting for reef aquariums requiring high PAR and actinic blue illumination.
- **Coral Growth & Colouration:** Designed specifically to boost coral growth rates and pop fluorescent colour pigments.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Mount the light bar over the tank rim using the extendable mounting brackets or included riser brackets.
- Download and open the FluvalConnect app on your mobile device and pair via Bluetooth.
- Configure your 24-hour lighting photoperiod and balance the blue and white spectrum levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Actinic Blue Wavelengths:** Emits targeted blue wavelengths (400–460 nm) necessary for coral health and photosynthesis.
- **FluvalConnect App Control:** Programmable 24-hour light cycle with independent control over 7 colour channels.
- **IP67 Waterproofing:** Fully protected against salt spray, heavy moisture, and temporary water immersion.
- **Smooth Photoperiod Ramping:** Gradually transitions through sunrise, daylight, sunset, and nighttime moonlighting.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED88
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561169066
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Reef LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 685 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1400 g
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater & Marine Reef Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 32 Watts, 10,000K–13,000K base white dials with ~25,000K overall spectrum, and Size = 23–35″ inches / 58.9–88.9 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture, and dust protection with a premium glass lens
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m line cord, Extendable on-tank brackets, Riser brackets, and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification**
- 7 Unique Colour Bands (including actinic, specialised blue, and pink diodes)
- Maximised Coral Spectrum for peak zooxanthellae photosynthesis
- ~25,000K colour temperature vibe to drive intense coral fluorescence
- Superior PAR values across a 120° beam angle to eliminate dead spots
---
#### Fluval Led Reef Light 4.0 46w 88.2 - 125.8cm Bt Mesh
For mid-to-large marine setups delivering strong PAR output & penetrating actinic energy.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-reef-light-4-0-46w-88-2-125-8cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $419.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED89 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561169073
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-37.png
The Fluval Marine & Reef 4.0 LED Light 46W ( SKU: FLED89 ) is a powerful 46-watt lighting system built for mid-to-large marine setups between 88.2 and 125.8 cm in length. Delivering strong PAR output and deep-penetrating actinic wavelengths, it caters to demanding marine life and coral beds across larger aquarium footprints.
Fully integrated with Bluetooth Mesh, the light allows effortless wireless control via the FluvalConnect app . Users can fine-tune 7 individual spectral channels and automate smooth photoperiod transitions to replicate real-world reef lighting conditions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Reef Displays:** Ideal primary light for 90–120 cm marine and coral reef aquariums.
- **Deep Water Coral Coverage:** Provides strong PAR penetration through deeper saltwater columns.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Extend the side brackets to match your aquarium dimensions and rest securely on the glass edges.
- Link the light fixture to the FluvalConnect app over Bluetooth.
- Select an optimised marine profile or program a custom 24-hour photoperiod schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full Coral Photosynthetic Spectrum:** Delivers maximum energy to zooxanthellae for fast coral growth and tissue build.
- **Bluetooth Mesh Networking:** Group and control multiple marine fixtures simultaneously without additional hubs. App control - Choose from pre-set sky effects and infinite colour blends.
- **Heavy-Duty Aluminum Body:** Efficiently dissipates thermal energy to maintain peak LED efficiency. Extendable mounting brackets allow easy installation on a variety of aquarium widths
- **Sealed IP67 Construction:** Resists corrosion from saltwater vapour and accidental immersion.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED89
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561169073
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Reef LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 975 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1950 g
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater & Marine Reef Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 46 Watts, Number of LED's = 252 count, 10,000K–13,000K base white dials with ~25,000K overall spectrum, CRI= 65, RGB+W LED lighting, Lifetime hours = 50,000 hr, and Size = 35–49″ inches / 88.2–125.8 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture, and dust protection with a glass lens
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m line cord, Extendable on-tank brackets, Riser brackets, and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification**
- 7 Unique Colour Bands tailored for coral zooxanthellae light capture and Number of LED's = 252 count
- High PAR output across a wide 120° beam distribution and with Lifetime hours = 50,000 hr
- **~25,000K colour tone** for vibrant coral fluorescence and **90 CRI rating** (Colour Rendering Index)
- Deep actinic coverage eliminating shaded areas in larger tanks, RGB+W LED lighting.
---
#### Fluval Led Reef Light 4.0 59w 110.5 - 148.1cm Bt Mesh
For large marine displays, emitting actinic and blue spectral bandwidths feeds deep corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/fluval-led-reef-light-4-0-59w-110-5-148-1cm-bt-mesh/
- Price: $439.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLED90 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561169080
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-38.png
The Fluval Marine & Reef 4.0 LED Light 59W ( SKU: FLED90 ) is Fluval's high-output 59-watt reef fixture engineered for large marine displays measuring 110.5 to 148.1 cm. Producing exceptional light output in key actinic and blue spectral bandwidths, it feeds demanding corals across wide and deep tank environments.
Managed via the FluvalConnect app over Bluetooth Mesh, this light fixture offers complete custom control over colour balancing, 24-hour light schedules, and natural weather effects like cloud cover and night lunar phases.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large & Deep Reef Systems:** Designed for 1.2 to 1.5-meter marine aquariums with high-light coral requirements.
- **Full Reef Coverage:** Delivers edge-to-edge light penetration across expansive rockwork and coral layouts.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Adjust the extendable mounting legs to secure the light on the top frame of your aquarium.
- Pair the fixture with your mobile device using the FluvalConnect app.
- Calibrate the 7 spectral channels and save your preferred sunrise/sunset transition cycle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum 59W Reef Power:** High-density LED arrangement for high PAR penetration in large tanks.
- **Custom 7-Channel Spectrum:** Fine-tune actinic, blue, white, and pink channels to highlight marine colours.
- **Corrosion-Resistant IP67 Shell:** Sealed against aggressive saltwater environments and splash damage.
- **Smart App Controls:** Automate gradual dimming transitions to avoid shocking marine inhabitants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLED90
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561169080
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Lighting / Reef LED Fixtures
- **Package Dimensions:** 1270 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2350 g
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater & Marine Reef Aquariums
- **Power & Output:** 59 Watts, 10,000K–13,000K base white dials with ~25,000K overall spectrum, and Size = 43–58″ inches / 110.5–148.1 cm
- **LED Light Unit Protection:** Advanced IP67-rated water, moisture, and dust protection with a glass lens
- **Package Includes:** LED light with 2 m line cord, Extendable on-tank brackets, Riser brackets, and AUS Power supply
**Light Output Specification**
- 7 Unique Colour Bands (including actinic, specialised blue, and pink diodes)
- ~25,000K colour temperature vibe to drive intense coral fluorescence
- Maximised Coral Spectrum for peak zooxanthellae photosynthesis
- Superior PAR values across a 120° beam angle to eliminate dead spots
---
### Fluval — Heating & Cooling
#### Fluval Digital Thermometer
Provides accurate, real-time temperature monitoring for both freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/fluval-digital-thermometer/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV05 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561111935
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Digital-Thermometer.png
The Fluval Digital Thermometer ( SKU: FLV05 ) provides accurate, real-time temperature monitoring for both freshwater and marine aquariums. Featuring a sleek, compact design with a clear LCD display, this thermometer mounts directly to the exterior of your aquarium glass. Utilising through-glass thermal transmission technology, it delivers precise temperature readings without requiring internal probes, suction cups, or messy wires inside the tank.
Designed for seamless integration into any aquarium setup, its low-profile aesthetic keeps your interior aquascape completely unobstructed while allowing you to check water conditions at a quick glance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Temperature Monitoring:** Essential for keeping continuous track of aquarium water parameters to ensure heater stability and avoid dangerous temperature swings.
- **Clean, Probe-Free Setup:** Ideal for aquarists who prefer an unobstructed interior view free from internal wires, sensors, or suction cups.
- **All Aquarium Types:** Suitable for freshwater planted tanks, cold-water aquariums, and marine reef environments.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Thoroughly clean and dry the target area on the exterior of the aquarium glass (positioned below the water line, away from direct heater output).
- Peel off the adhesive backing tape from the thermometer mount.
- Press the thermometer firmly against the glass to secure it in place.
- Power on the LCD screen and select your preferred display unit (°C or °F).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wireless Through-Glass Sensing:** Measures internal water temperature through the aquarium glass without submerged probes or cables.
- **High-Contrast LCD Display:** Large digital numbers make checking water temperature fast and effortless.
- **Celsius & Fahrenheit Reading:** Supports easy toggle switching between °C and °F temperature scales.
- **Compact Exterior Mount:** Low-profile footprint adheres neatly to the glass exterior without cluttering tank optics.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV05
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561111935
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling / Digital Thermometers
- **Package Dimensions:** 143 mm (L) × 99 mm (W) × 38.5 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 88 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Pre Set Aquarium Heater 10w P10
Fixed 24–26 °C submersible heater for nano tanks up to 10 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/fluval-pre-set-aquarium-heater-10w-p10/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MRN23 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561107433
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Pre-Set-Aquarium-Heater-10w-P10.png
A betta bowl or a 10 litre nano does not need a dial, it needs a heater that holds tropical temperature and cannot be knocked off it. Fluval Pre Set Aquarium Heater 10w P10 (SKU: MRN23) is the smallest of Fluval's P-Series, a 10 W fully submersible heater preset to maintain a consistent 24 to 26 °C (76 to 78 °F) in fresh and saltwater nano aquariums up to 10 litres (3 US gal). The element sits inside a strong, shatterproof polymer casing that protects both the tank and its inhabitants, with no glass tube to crack, and an LED lamp lights whenever it is on.
The P10 measures just 13.5 × 2 × 1.5 cm, mounts with suction cups and is waterproof, so it can be positioned horizontally low in the tank or tucked into the filter chamber of an all-in-one such as the Fluval Spec, which Fluval markets its P-Series heaters for. Fluval notes that if the gap between room temperature and the preset exceeds about 8 °C the heater may lack the capacity to reach it, in which case the 50 W P50 (MRN26) is the better choice; the P25 covers tanks to 25 litres. Fluval backs the P-Series with a two-year warranty. The heater must never be operated outside water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and nano tanks:** Aquariums up to 10 litres that need stable tropical warmth without adjustment.
- **All-in-one kits:** Small enough for the rear chamber of a Spec or similar desktop aquarium.
- **Shrimp and fry tanks:** A low-wattage heater that cannot overshoot in a small volume.
- **Fresh or saltwater:** Rated for both.
**Installation Guide**
- **Position:** Press the suction cups onto the glass at the rear of the tank, near the filter flow, fully submerged and never below the MAX line marked on the unit; maximum depth 0.9 m.
- **Wait before plugging in:** Leave it in the water for 10 minutes to acclimatise, and form a drip loop in the cord.
- **Check with a thermometer:** The red lamp shows it is heating; confirm the water temperature with a reliable thermometer.
- **Maintenance:** Unplug and let it cool for 30 minutes before removing; clean with a vinegar soak and fresh-water rinse, no chemicals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Preset 24–26 °C:** No adjustment required; switches off at temperature.
- **Shatterproof polymer casing:** Protects tank and inhabitants from damage.
- **Fully submersible and waterproof:** Easy positioning anywhere in the tank.
- **LED running lamp:** Shows when the heater is working.
- **Compact 10 W:** Sized for aquariums up to 10 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** MRN23
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561107433
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Aquarium Heaters
- **Model:** Fluval P10 Submersible Heater (item A743)
- **Wattage:** 10 W
- **Preset Temperature:** 24–26 °C (76–78 °F)
- **Tank Size:** Up to 10 L (3 US gal)
- **Dimensions:** 13.5 × 2 × 1.5 cm
- **Mounting:** Suction cups; fully submersible to 0.9 m
- **Warranty:** 2 years
- **Range:** P10 (10 L), P25 (25 L), P50 (50 L, MRN26)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater nano aquariums
---
#### Fluval T Electronic Heater 100w
Fluval T100 Electronic Heater 100W - Thermal control and continuous 24/7 monitoring for freshwater aquariums up to 100 litres (30 US gallons).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/fluval-t-electronic-heater-100w/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV21 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561148818
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-T-Electronic-Heater-100w.png
The Fluval Fully Electronic Heater - Fluval T100 Electronic Heater 100W for Freshwater Aquariums ( SKU: FLV21 ) delivers precise electronic thermal control and continuous 24/7 monitoring for freshwater aquariums up to 100 litres (30 US gallons). Built with an advanced electronic sensor microprocessor, it maintains stable water temperatures to prevent dangerous fluctuations and thermal stress in sensitive aquarium inhabitants.
Equipped with an intuitive 360-degree LED light ring, the unit provides high-visibility operational status from any angle—glowing red when actively heating and blue when the target temperature is reached. Designed with safety as a priority, it includes a protective heater casing to safeguard fish and an automatic dry-run shut-off mechanism that cuts power if removed from water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to Medium Aquarium Heating:** Designed for freshwater tanks and planted setups up to 100L (30 US gallons).
- **Thermal Stability for Sensitive Species:** Ideal for tropical fish, nano species, and dwarf shrimp that require stable, non-fluctuating water parameters.
- **Safety-Focused Setups:** Perfect for active livestock, thanks to its integrated protective shroud and auto dry-run shut-off.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Attach the suction cup mounting bracket to the interior glass near a point of good water circulation.
- Fully submerge the heater and clip it into the mounting bracket.
- Allow the heater to acclimate to the aquarium water temperature for 15–30 minutes before plugging it in.
- Set the desired target temperature using the easy-grip top dial, then plug the power cord into a GFCI outlet.
- Monitor the 360° status ring: **Red** indicates active heating, and **Blue** indicates standby mode.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24/7 Microprocessor Monitoring:** Delivers continuous electronic precision to avoid unsafe temperature swings.
- **360° Color-Changing LED Ring:** Clear visual indicator ring glows Red (heating) or Blue (standby).
- **Built-In Safety Controls:** Features an integrated fish protection guard and automatic shut-off safety switch if operated dry.
- **Fully Submersible & Versatile:** Can be mounted vertically or horizontally near filter returns for optimal heat dispersion.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV21
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561148818
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling / Submersible Heaters
- **Wattage:** 100 W
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Up to 100 Litres (30 US Gallons)
- **Package Dimensions:** 429 mm (L) × 66 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 407 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Fluval T Electronic Heater 150w
Submersible aquarium heater for aquariums up to 150 litres with advanced electronic thermostat monitor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/fluval-t-electronic-heater-150w/
- Price: $42.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV22 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561148825
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-T-Electronic-Heater-150w.png
The Fluval T Electronic Heater 150W (SKU: FLV22) is a high-performance 150-watt fully submersible aquarium heater engineered for reliable temperature maintenance in aquariums up to 150 litres. Featuring an advanced electronic thermostat, it continuously monitors water temperatures and adjusts heating cycles instantly to maintain target settings within tight tolerances.
Encased in a durable, shock-resistant housing with an integrated protective grill, it ensures total safety for bottom-dwelling catfish, aggressive species, and inquisitive aquatic life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Tropical Aquariums:** Primary heating source for freshwater community tanks, cichlid aquariums, and marine setups up to 150 litres.
- **Constant Temperature Stability:** Prevents thermal stress and disease by maintaining stable water temperatures during seasonal cold drops.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Position the suction cup bracket against the interior glass near a filter return or wavemaker to ensure even heat distribution.
- Fully submerge the heater rod below the water surface.
- Allow the heater to sit unpowered in the tank for 20 minutes to equalise internal thermal sensors.
- Plug into a GFCI-protected wall outlet and turn the control ring to the desired temperature set point.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Electronic Thermostat Accuracy:** Microprocessor-controlled heating ensures precise temperature retention.
- **Protective Outer Shield:** Heavy-duty grill protects fish from heat burns and guards heater against accidental bumps.
- **Clear LED Light Ring:** Colour-coded status light clearly signals when active heating is taking place.
- **Shock-Resistant Glass:** Engineered to withstand high thermal loads and operational impacts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV22
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561148825
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling / Submersible Aquarium Heaters
- **Wattage:** 150 W
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Up to 150 Litres
- **Package Dimensions:** 484 mm (L) × 66 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 550 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Tropical Aquariums
---
#### Fluval T Electronic Heater 200w
Electronic heater for freshwater and planted aquarium tanks up to 200L (50 US gallons).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/fluval-t-electronic-heater-200w/
- Price: $45.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV23 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561148832
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-T-Electronic-Heater-200w.png
The Fluval T200 Electronic Heater 200W is a fully electronic heater for freshwater aquariums ( SKU: FLV23 ) that combines electronic accuracy, continuous 24/7 temperature monitoring, and robust safety mechanisms to maintain stable water parameters in freshwater aquariums up to 200 litres (50 US gallons). Built with an advanced electronic sensor microprocessor, it continuously monitors water temperature to prevent dangerous thermal fluctuations and shock to sensitive aquatic inhabitants.
Featuring an intuitive 360-degree LED indicator light ring, the heater provides clear visual status updates from any angle—glowing red when actively heating and blue when standby mode is engaged. For enhanced safety, it incorporates an integrated protective guard to shield fish from direct contact and an automatic dry-run shut-off feature that cuts power if the unit is operated out of water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-to-Large Aquarium Heating:** Designed for freshwater tanks and planted setups up to 200L (50 US gallons).
- **Thermal Stability:** Ideal for tropical fish, cichlids, and delicate invertebrates that require a constant, stable water temperature.
- **Safety-Focused Setups:** Great for active fish species, thanks to its integrated protective casing and automatic dry-run shut-off mechanism.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Attach the suction cup mounting bracket to the interior aquarium glass near an area of steady water flow.
- Fully submerge the heater and clip it securely into the mounting bracket.
- Allow the heater to acclimate to the aquarium water temperature for 15–30 minutes before connecting to power.
- Set the desired target temperature using the easy-grip top dial, then plug the power cord into a GFCI-protected outlet.
- Check the 360° indicator ring: **Red** indicates active heating, and **Blue** indicates the set temperature has been reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24/7 Microprocessor Monitoring:** Delivers precise digital control to prevent unsafe temperature swings.
- **360° Color-Changing LED Ring:** High-visibility status ring glows Red (heating) or Blue (standby).
- **Built-In Safety Controls:** Features an integrated fish guard and automatic dry-run safety shut-off.
- **Fully Submersible Design:** Can be mounted vertically or horizontally near filter returns for optimal heat distribution.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV23
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561148832
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling / Submersible Heaters
- **Wattage:** 200 W
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Up to 200 Litres (50 US Gallons)
- **Package Dimensions:** 539 mm (L) × 66 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 682 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Fluval T Electronic Heater 300w
For thermal stability in large aquariums & tanks up to 300 litres (80 US gallons), microprocessor sensor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/fluval-t-electronic-heater-300w/
- Price: $48.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV24 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561148849
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-T-Electronic-Heater-300w.png
The Fluval Fully Electronic Heater 300W for Freshwater Aquariums ( SKU: FLV24 ) combines electronic accuracy, continuous temperature monitoring, and multiple integrated safety mechanisms to maintain precise thermal stability in aquariums up to 300 litres (80 US gallons). Engineered with an advanced electronic microprocessor sensor, it continuously monitors water temperature 24/7 to prevent dangerous thermal fluctuations and shock to sensitive aquatic livestock.
Featuring a 360-degree LED indicator light ring, the unit provides clear visual status updates from any angle—glowing red when actively heating and blue when in standby mode. Built with safety in mind, it includes an integrated protective guard to shield inhabitants from direct contact and an automatic dry-run shut-off feature that cuts power if the heater is operated out of water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Heating:** Ideal for freshwater community tanks, planted setups, and marine aquariums up to 300L (80 US gallons).
- **Temperature Stability:** Essential for delicate tropical species, shrimp, and cichlids requiring consistent water temperatures without swings.
- **Safety & Protection:** Perfect for active or large fish species, thanks to its integrated protective casing and auto dry-run shut-off.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Attach the suction cup mounting bracket to the interior aquarium glass in an area with good water movement.
- Fully submerge the heater and secure it into the mounting bracket.
- Allow the unit to acclimate to the aquarium water temperature for at least 15–30 minutes before plugging it in.
- Set your desired temperature using the top dial, then plug the power cord into a GFCI-protected outlet.
- Check the 360° indicator ring: **Red** indicates active heating, and **Blue** indicates the target temperature has been reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24/7 Electronic Microprocessor Control:** Delivers precise digital accuracy to eliminate sudden temperature swings.
- **360° Color-Changing Light Ring:** High-visibility LED ring glows Red (heating) or Blue (standby mode) for at-a-glance monitoring.
- **Integrated Safety Features:** Includes built-in fish protection guard and automatic shut-off safety switch if removed from water.
- **Fully Submersible Design:** Can be positioned vertically or horizontally near filter outlets for even heat distribution.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV24
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561148849
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling / Submersible Heaters
- **Wattage:** 300 W
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Up to 300 Litres (80 US Gallons)
- **Package Dimensions:** 616 mm (L) × 77 mm (W) × 66 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 902 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Fluval T Electronic Heater 50w
Submersible electronic aquarium heater for aquariums up to 50 litres, delivering accurate thermal control.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/fluval-t-electronic-heater-50w/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV20 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561148801
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-T-Electronic-Heater-50w.png
The Fluval T Electronic Heater 50W (SKU: FLV20) is an advanced, fully submersible electronic aquarium heater designed for precise temperature regulation in aquariums up to 50 litres. Equipped with a digital electronic thermostat, this heater delivers accurate thermal control, eliminating the temperature fluctuations common in mechanical bimetallic heaters.
Constructed with shatter-resistant glass and an integrated protective safety guard, it protects aquatic inhabitants from direct contact with the heating element while safeguarding the heater core against impact.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small & Nano Aquariums:** Ideal for maintaining stable water temperatures in tropical aquariums up to 50 litres.
- **Precision Thermal Control:** Excellent for sensitive tropical fish, dwarf shrimp, and planted nano aquariums requiring steady warmth.
- **Replacing Mechanical Heaters:** Ideal electronic upgrade to prevent dangerous stuck-on heating failures.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Secure suction mounting brackets to clean aquarium glass in an area with active water flow (near filter outflow).
- Attach the heater and ensure the unit is fully submerged below the water line.
- Wait 15 to 20 minutes before plugging into power to allow the internal thermostat to acclimate to water temperature.
- Set the top control dial to the target temperature and verify with an accurate thermometer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Electronic Thermostat Control:** Delivers precise electronic temperature regulation without mechanical contact points.
- **Integrated Safety Guard:** Protective casing prevents fish from contacting hot surfaces and guards against impacts.
- **LED Status Indicator:** Displays active heating status clearly with visual colour cues.
- **Fully Submersible:** Waterproof construction allows vertical, horizontal, or diagonal underwater placement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV20
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561148801
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling / Submersible Aquarium Heaters
- **Wattage:** 50 W
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Up to 50 Litres
- **Package Dimensions:** 374 mm (L) × 66 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 308 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Tropical Aquariums
---
### Fluval — Accessories
#### Fluval Breeding Box
Breeding & isolation chamber for fry, pregnant livebearers, aggressive fish, or weak and injured livestock.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fluval-breeding-box/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV01 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561109420
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Breeding-Box.png
The Fluval Breeding Box ( SKU: FLV01 ) is an external hang-on isolation box (1.1 L) designed to safely harbour pregnant livebearers, newborn fry, weak fish, or aggressive specimens. By hanging on the outside of the aquarium, it maximises internal swimming space while maintaining shared water conditions. The Fluval Breeding Box
is a compact,
external hanging breeding and isolation chamber designed for safely housing fry,
pregnant livebearers,
aggressive fish,
or weak and injured livestock.
By mounting onto the outside edge of the aquarium glass,
it maximises swimming space inside the main display tank while providing an isolated environment with continuous water circulation.
Utilising a quiet airlift mechanism powered by a standard air pump,
fresh,
oxygenated aquarium water is pulled into the box and continuously returned back into the display tank via an overflow spout.
This ensures optimal water parameters and temperature stability without needing a separate heater or internal filter.
It utilises an air-driven circulation system (requires an air pump, sold separately) to gently pull oxygenated water from the main tank through the breeding box, keeping fry healthy without risk of filtration suction.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearer Breeding:**
Protects pregnant livebearers (guppies,
platies,
mollies,
swordtails) and provides a safe refuge for newborn fry.
- **Fish Isolation:**
Separates timid,
injured,
or bullied fish from aggressive tank mates to allow safe recovery. Recovery home that safely houses sick, injured, or bullied fish during treatment or recovery.
- **Acclimation & Nursery:**
Serves as a safe holding container for newly introduced shrimp,
fragile livestock,
or growing juvenile fish.
- **Fry Isolation:** Protects newborn livebearers (guppies, mollies, platies) from adult predation.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Assemble the breeding box housing and attach the levelling adjustment legs and overflow grid.
- Hang the box securely over the top exterior edge of the aquarium glass.
- Connect airline tubing from an external air pump to the intake airlift column. Attach an air pump airline tube to the intake circulation pipe.
- Fill the box with aquarium water and adjust the air valve control to establish a steady circulation flow. Adjust the leveller craft legs to keep the box completely upright against the glass.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **External Hang-On Design:** Saves space inside the main aquarium while sharing water parameters. External hanging mounting gets attached externally to save display space inside the aquarium.
- **Air-Driven Water Flow:** Gentle continuous water turnover powered by an external air pump. Airlift circulation system uses air bubbles to draw fresh, oxygenated water continuously through the box.
- **V-Shaped Divider Matrix:** Allows newborn fry to fall safely to the lower compartment away from the mother. Removable V-grid separator allows newborn fry to fall safely through the bottom grate away from adult fish.
- **Multi-Purpose Utility:** Suitable for breeding, acclimating new species, or isolating aggressive fish. Integrated overflow spout prevents water overflow while maintaining consistent water levels and temperature.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV01
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561109420
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Accessories / Breeding Boxes & Isolation Chambers
- **Package Dimensions:** 170 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 135 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 375 g
- **Capacity:** 1.1 Litres (0.3 US Gal)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Fluval Holding & Breeding Box
Hang-on nursery for breeding, isolating, and acclimating fish or dwarf shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fluval-holding-breeding-box/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FLV02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0015561109437
- Brand: Fluval (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/fluval/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Fluval-Holding-Breeding-Box.png
The Multi-Chamber Holding & Breeding Box ( SKU: FLV02 ) is a versatile, external hang-on nursery designed for breeding, isolating, and acclimating fish or dwarf shrimp. By hanging on the outside of your tank frame, it preserves precious internal aquarium swimming space while providing clear 360-degree visibility for monitoring newborn fry, pregnant livebearers, or recovering fish.
Equipped with removable divider plates, the box can be customised into up to three separate housing compartments. Water is continuously circulated from the main aquarium into the unit using a standard air pump (sold separately), ensuring fry receive warm, oxygenated, and filtered tank water without requiring additional heaters or submerged filter equipment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry Nursery & Breeding:** Protects vulnerable newborn livebearer fry (guppies, mollies, platies) from adult fish.
- **Fish & Shrimp Acclimation:** Ideal for slowly drip-acclimating new fish, sensitive invertebrates, or coral frags to tank conditions.
- **Isolation & Separation:** Safely sequesters aggressive, injured, or bullied fish without removing them from the main system's water parameter loop.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Hang the unit onto the exterior glass rim of your aquarium (fits rims up to 25 mm thick).
- Insert the V-shaped separator plate for livebearer births or insert the vertical dividers to create up to 3 individual compartments.
- Connect standard airline tubing from an external air pump to the intake lift tube.
- Turn on the air pump to draw heated, oxygenated water from the aquarium into the breeding box. Excess water flows safely back into the tank through the overflow grid.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **External Hang-On Design:** Mounts on the outside of the aquarium to maximise internal swimming room and display space.
- **Multi-Chamber Versatility:** Includes removable partition plates to create 1, 2, or 3 separate housing sections.
- **Continuous Water Circulation:** Air-driven lift system draws warm, filtered water from the main tank to maintain stable water parameters.
- **Integrated Overflow Grid:** Fine-mesh discharge grate prevents small fry or shrimp from washing back into the main tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Fluval
- **SKU:** FLV02
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0015561109437
- **Product Type:** Accessories / Breeding Boxes & Isolation Chambers
- **Capacity:** 1.9 Litres (0.5 US Gallons)
- **Package Dimensions:** 275 mm (L) × 187 mm (W) × 132 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 462 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Filters
#### Bioscape Smart 400 Internal Filter 400lph
Bioscape Smart 400 Internal Filter (400 L/h Capacity) - For freshwater aquariums up to 60 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/bioscape-smart-400-internal-filter-400lph/
- Price: $41.53 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SIF00 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8887677420445
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bioscape-Smart-400-Internal-Filter-400lph.png
The Bioscape Smart 400 Internal Filter - 400 L/h Capacity ( SKU: SIF00 ) is a compact multi-stage internal aquarium filter engineered for freshwater aquariums up to 60 litres. Featuring a 400 L/h flow rate, this quiet submerged filter combines mechanical foam trapping, biological media colonisation, and aeration in a single compact unit.
Equipped with an adjustable directional spray bar and an optional venturi air-injection attachment, it enhances surface movement and dissolved oxygen levels while maintaining crystal-clear water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Community & Desktop Aquariums:** Ideal primary filter for tanks between 20L and 60L housing tetras, guppies, and dwarf shrimp.
- **Supplementary Circulation:** Great secondary filter for boosting mechanical collection in dead flow spots.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Attach suction cup mounting bracket to interior glass near the top of the water line.
- Connect either the directional spray bar attachment or the venturi air line nozzle.
- Submerge fully in water before connecting to power.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Stage Filtration:** Internal filter cartridge sponge catches debris while housing beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
- **Adjustable Water Flow:** Features a rotatable outlet nozzle and spray bar attachment for custom water movement.
- **Integrated Venturi Feature:** Draws air bubbles directly into the water stream to increase oxygenation.
- **Compact & Energy Efficient:** Low wattage consumption with a quiet submerged motor block.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Bioscape
- **SKU:** SIF00
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 8887677420445
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filters / Internal Submersible Filters
- **Max Flow Rate:** 400 L/h
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Up to 60 Litres
- **Package Dimensions:** 95 mm (L) × 230 mm (W) × 230 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 535 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Smart 800 Internal Filter 800lph
Submersible filter for medium freshwater aquariums up to 120 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/bioscape-smart-800-internal-filter-800lph/
- Price: $51.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SIF03 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8887677420469
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Bioscape-Smart-800-Internal-Filter-800lph.png
The Bioscape Smart 800 Internal Filter - 800L/h Capacity (SKU: SIF03) is a high-capacity internal submersible filter designed for medium freshwater aquariums up to 120 litres. Delivering an 800 L/h flow rate, it features expanded internal media chambers that house coarse mechanical sponges and biological filter media for efficient pollutant removal.
Designed for easy maintenance, the modular cartridge system allows quick cleaning and replacement without removing the suction bracket from aquarium glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Freshwater Aquariums:** Primary filtration for tanks from 60L to 120L containing cichlids, goldfish, or active community fish.
- **High Oxygen Requirement Setups:** Venturi aeration cap boosts oxygen levels for fast-swimming species.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Secure the suction mounting plate against clean interior glass.
- Choose between using the wide spray bar attachment for gentle surface agitation or the venturi nozzle for high aeration.
- Ensure the filter housing is completely underwater before plugging into power.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Filtration Chambers:** Higher media capacity traps particulate matter while processing ammonia and nitrites.
- **Included Spray Bar & Venturi Kit:** Versatile outlet attachments customise water circulation and aeration.
- **Modular Easy-Clip System:** Filter body unclips easily from mounting bracket for fast cleaning.
- **Quiet Operation:** Submerged magnetic rotor motor provides whisper-quiet operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Bioscape
- **SKU:** SIF03
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 8887677420469
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Filters / Internal Submersible Filters
- **Max Flow Rate:** 800 L/h
- **Recommended Tank Size:** Up to 120 Litres
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 95 mm (W) × 280 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 615 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Clean Tech Hang on filter 160L,3W
Low-wattage hang-on filter with built-in surface skimming for small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/clean-tech-hang-on-filter-160l3w/
- Price: $43.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CT160 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005947
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Group-121.png
An oily film on the water surface dulls the view, cuts gas exchange and is something a standard hang-on filter simply flows past. Clean Tech Hang on filter 160L,3W (SKU: CT160) is a hang-on-back filter that hooks over the rim of the tank, draws water up through an intake and returns it as a cascade, with a built-in surface intake that removes protein film and floating organic waste as it filters. Inside are three large media trays, so mechanical, biological and chemical media can each be given their own compartment and used in larger quantities than a single cartridge allows. The unit is rated at 3 W, and the range is made in three models for different aquarium sizes.
Because the filter sits outside the tank, it takes up no swimming space and the media can be lifted out without putting a hand in the water. A sensible fill is coarse sponge in the first tray to catch debris, a biological medium such as ceramic rings or bio-balls in the second, and activated carbon or a fine pad in the third. The cascade return agitates the surface, which helps oxygen exchange, and with the surface intake working the film that collects on still water is drawn into the filter. The maker describes the motor as ultra-quiet and the design as easy to assemble and clean. Size the filter so the tank water passes through it several times an hour.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community tanks:** Day-to-day filtration where a canister would be more than the tank needs.
- **Surface film problems:** Tanks where an oily skin forms from food oils and organic waste.
- **Rimless or open-top set-ups:** Filtration kept outside the display so the tank interior stays clear.
- **Upgrading a sponge filter:** Adds chemical media capacity without changing the tank.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Hang and level:** Hook the filter over the back glass so it hangs straight and the intake reaches well below the surface.
- **Load the trays:** Rinse the media in tank water and place sponge, biological and chemical media in the three trays.
- **Prime and start:** Fill the filter body with tank water before plugging in so the pump does not run dry.
- **Maintain gently:** Rinse sponges in old tank water during water changes and replace carbon as it exhausts.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built-in surface skimming:** Removes protein film and floating organic waste.
- **Three media trays:** Separate space for mechanical, biological and chemical media.
- **3 W rating:** Low power use for a filter that runs around the clock.
- **Cascade return:** Agitates the surface to help oxygen exchange.
- **Hang-on design:** Media serviced from outside the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Clean Tech
- **SKU:** CT160
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005947
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Model:** 160L
- **Power:** 3 W
- **Filtration:** Mechanical, biological and chemical (three media trays)
- **Surface Skimming:** Built in
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hailea RP200 Internal Filter
Compact 3.5 W box filter with cartridge media for 50 to 100 litre aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/hailea-rp200-internal-filter/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HL16 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6920255826467
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Hailea-RP200-600x600-1.png
A small tank still needs all three kinds of filtration, but there is rarely room for a canister underneath or a hang-on unit behind it. Hailea RP200 Internal Filter (SKU: HL16) is the smallest model in Hailea's RP series of internal box filters, a compact unit of about 72 × 54 × 139 mm that sits inside the aquarium and runs on 3.5 W. Water is drawn through a filter cartridge that combines a bio-chemical sponge, which mechanically traps debris and gives nitrifying bacteria a place to settle, with activated carbon for absorbing odours, discolouration and dissolved pollutants. The adjustable flow runs from 50 to 200 L/h.
Hailea rates the RP200 for aquariums of 50 to 100 L, which covers most 45 and 60 cm tanks, betta and shrimp set-ups and quarantine tanks. The casing is reinforced ABS, and the electrical wiring is resin-sealed to prevent leakage, a point worth having in any appliance that lives under water. The series was designed for easy removal and maintenance: the filter lifts out, the cartridge slides free, and the motor can be cleaned without tools. Hailea advises changing the cartridge monthly to stop trapped waste building up and releasing ammonia; replacement RP cartridges are sold separately. In planted tanks, the low end of the flow range keeps water moving without flattening stem plants. The unit weighs about 0.32 kg and runs on 220–240 V, 50 Hz mains.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small tropical tanks:** Complete filtration for 50 to 100 L community set-ups.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** A small filter that is easy to strip down and clean between uses.
- **Betta and shrimp tanks:** Low flow at the bottom of the range for gentle water movement.
- **Back-up filter:** A second unit to keep cycled media running during maintenance.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount inside the tank:** Fix the filter to the glass fully submerged, with the outlet below the surface.
- **Set the flow:** Start at a moderate setting and adjust to suit the fish and plants.
- **Unplug before servicing:** Always switch off at the wall before lifting the filter out.
- **Replace monthly:** Swap the cartridge about once a month, rinsing it in tank water in between.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three-stage cartridge:** Sponge and activated carbon for mechanical, biological and chemical filtration.
- **Adjustable output:** 50 to 200 L/h for tanks of 50 to 100 L.
- **Low power:** 3.5 W for continuous running.
- **Resin-sealed wiring:** Protects against electrical leakage.
- **Reinforced ABS housing:** Built to resist wear and tear.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hailea (China)
- **SKU:** HL16
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6920255826467
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filter
- **Model:** RP200
- **Flow Rate:** 50–200 L/h
- **Power:** 3.5 W, 220–240 V, 50 Hz
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 50–100 L
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 72 × 54 × 139 mm; about 0.32 kg
- **Other Sizes:** Hailea RP400 Internal Filter (HL17)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hailea RP400 Internal Filter
6 W internal box filter with up to 400 L/h flow for 100 to 200 litre tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/hailea-rp400-internal-filter/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HL17
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/HAILEA-400L-hr-Internal-Filter-100-200L.jpg
Once a tank passes 100 litres, a nano filter struggles to keep the water moving and the debris lifted, yet a canister can feel like overkill for a simple community set-up. Hailea RP400 Internal Filter (SKU: HL17) is the mid-size model in Hailea's RP series, an internal box filter of about 86 × 63 × 185 mm with an adjustable flow of 200 to 400 L/h on 6 W of power. It carries a replaceable cartridge that pairs a bio-chemical filtration sponge, which traps particles and hosts the nitrifying bacteria that process ammonia and nitrite, with activated carbon to absorb toxins, odours and discolouration.
Hailea rates the RP400 for aquariums of 100 to 200 L, roughly the 75 to 120 cm range of standard tanks, where its higher flow turns the water over several times an hour. Like the rest of the series it has a reinforced ABS casing and resin-sealed wiring, and it was designed to come out of the tank quickly for maintenance, so the cartridge can be changed without draining or dismantling anything else. Hailea's advice is to change the cartridge every month so trapped waste does not break down and release ammonia; HAILEA RP cartridges are sold separately. Where two RP400s run at either end of a larger tank, change one cartridge at a time so the biological filtration is never fully reset. The filter weighs about 0.5 kg and runs on 220–240 V, 50 Hz mains.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium community tanks:** Main filtration for 100 to 200 L freshwater set-ups.
- **Extra circulation:** A second filter to improve flow at the far end of a long tank.
- **Goldfish and messy feeders:** Higher output to lift waste into the cartridge.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Simple filtration that is quick to service between batches.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Position it:** Fix the filter inside the tank, fully submerged, where its outflow reaches the whole tank.
- **Adjust the output:** Use more flow for goldfish and active fish, less for long-finned species.
- **Switch off first:** Unplug at the wall before removing the filter or touching the impeller.
- **Keep the cartridge fresh:** Rinse it in tank water as needed and replace it monthly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 to 400 L/h:** Adjustable flow for 100 to 200 L aquariums.
- **Sponge plus carbon:** Mechanical, biological and chemical filtration in one cartridge.
- **6 W motor:** Modest running cost for a filter that never switches off.
- **Quick-release design:** Built for easy removal and maintenance.
- **Sealed electrics:** Resin-sealed wiring in a reinforced ABS casing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hailea (China)
- **SKU:** HL17
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Filter
- **Model:** RP400
- **Flow Rate:** 200–400 L/h
- **Power:** 6 W, 220–240 V, 50 Hz
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 100–200 L
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 86 × 63 × 185 mm; about 0.5 kg
- **Other Sizes:** Hailea RP200 Internal Filter (HL16)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ocean Free Smart 400 Internal Filter 400lph Impeller
Ocean Free Smart 400 Internal Filter 400 L/h Impeller - Replacement magnetic drive impeller for Ocean Free and Bioscape Smart 400 series filter units.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/ocean-free-smart-400-internal-filter-400lph-impeller/
- Price: $6.93 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SIF00a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7932797000440
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Ocean-Free-Smart-400-Internal-Filter-400lph-Impeller.png
The Ocean Free Smart 400 Internal Filter 400 L/h Impeller (SKU:
Featuring a balanced magnetic drive core and durable plastic fins,
it ensures smooth,
whisper-quiet motor spin.
Over extended use,
debris accumulation or shaft wear can reduce flow rates or cause motor rattling.
Replacing the worn impeller restores full turnover performance and whisper-quiet operation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Restoring Filter Output:**
Recommended when filter flow drops or stops due to a worn magnetic core.
- **Eliminating Noise:**
Replaces impellers that vibrate or rattle inside the motor well.
- **Emergency Spare Part:**
Great maintenance item to keep on hand for quick filter repairs.
**How to Use**
- Unplug the internal filter and remove it from the aquarium.
- Detach the lower impeller cover plate from the motor block.
- Pull out the old magnetic rotor and clean any debris from the motor well.
- Insert the replacement impeller assembly and snap the cover plate back into position.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Genuine OEM Part:**
Precision fitment for Bioscape and Ocean Free Smart 400 internal filters.
- **Quiet Magnetics:**
Balanced magnetic core reduces operational friction and vibration.
- **Restores Peak Output:**
Re-establishes full 400 L/h water circulation.
- **Simple Tool-Free Installation:**
Quick drop-in replacement for easy filter servicing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:**
Ocean Free
- **SKU:**
SIF00a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):**
7932797000440
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts / Filter Rotors & Impellers
- **Max Flow Rate:** 400 L/h
- **Package Dimensions:** 24 mm (L) × 24 mm (W) × 35 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 10 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reefmat Filter 250
Plug-and-play automated fleece roll filter for marine aquarium sumps up to 250 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/red-sea-reefmat-filter-250/
- Price: $620.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED852
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/111-5.png
The Red Sea ReefMat Filter 250 ( SKU: RED852 ) is a plug-and-play, fully automated fleece roll filter designed for marine aquarium sumps up to 250 litres. Replacing traditional filter socks, the ReefMat automatically advances a non-woven fleece roll whenever waste accumulates, keeping water crystal clear.
Equipped with a solid-state internal water level sensor and smart connectivity via the ReefBeat app, it monitors fleece consumption, alerts you before rolls run out, and allows easy drop-in maintenance without removing the unit from the sump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing Filter Socks:** Eliminates manual sock washing by automating mechanical waste removal.
- **High-Clarity Sump Filtration:** Ideal for nano to mid-sized reef tanks demanding low nutrient levels.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Hang the ReefMat 250 onto your sump wall or place it directly on the sump floor.
- Direct your aquarium downpipe into the ReefMat inlet port.
- Plug in the smart drive unit and connect to Wi-Fi using the ReefBeat app.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Automated Fleece Drive:** Automatically rolls fresh fleece based on sump water level height.
- **ReefBeat App Integration:** Sends roll-end alerts and tracks daily fleece usage.
- **Plug & Play Installation:** Fits easily into standard sump filtration chambers.
- **Easy Roll Replacement:** Easy-load drive mechanism allows quick roll swaps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED852
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116397788
- **Product Type:** Filters / Automatic Fleece Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** 260 mm (L) × 240 mm (W) × 540 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 390 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Aquariums up to 250 L
---
#### Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Large
The largest Serenity bio sponge filter for bigger breeding tanks and heavily fed fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-bio-sponge-filter-large/
- Price: $3.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY2822 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007924
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY2822-serenity-bio-sponge-filter-large-main-image.jpg
Discus and angelfish breeders have long relied on sponge filters because a pair guarding eggs and wrigglers wants clean water without a filter outlet blasting across the tank. Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Large (SKU: SMXY2822) is the largest of the three Serenity Bio Sponge Filters, from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics. It works on the air-lift principle: an external air pump sends air up the uplift tube, the rising bubbles pull water in through the sponge, and the foam traps debris while hosting the beneficial bacteria that convert ammonia and nitrite. More sponge means more surface for those bacteria, which is what the Large size brings.
That extra capacity matters in bigger breeding tanks, in grow-out tanks where young fish are fed heavily several times a day, and as the second filter in a larger community display. A big, well-colonised sponge also handles the occasional overfeed with less risk of an ammonia spike than a small one would. The bubble column breaks the surface and helps keep oxygen levels up, useful in warm tanks where water holds less oxygen. It needs an air pump with enough output to drive a large sponge, plus airline tubing and ideally a check valve, all sold separately. Maintenance stays simple: when the flow through the sponge slows, lift it out, squeeze it a few times in a bucket of old tank water and refit it, leaving most of the bacterial colony in place.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus and angelfish breeding:** Stable filtration for pairs raising eggs and wrigglers.
- **Heavily fed grow-out tanks:** More sponge surface to cope with frequent feeds.
- **Larger community displays:** A second, quiet filter alongside a canister or hang-on-back.
- **Warm tanks:** Extra surface movement where oxygen runs lower.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prime the sponge:** Squeeze it underwater until it is fully saturated and sinks.
- **Size the air pump:** Choose a pump able to push a steady column through a large sponge.
- **Fit a check valve:** Stops back-siphoning into the pump during a power cut.
- **Rinse, do not scrub:** Squeeze in old tank water to keep the bacteria alive.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest in the range:** The most sponge surface of the three Bio Sponge Filters.
- **Air-lift drive:** Gentle draw with no impeller in the tank.
- **Biological capacity:** Room for a large bacterial colony to process waste.
- **Surface agitation:** Bubbles help keep warm water oxygenated.
- **Low upkeep:** A periodic squeeze in tank water is all it needs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY2822
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007924
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Size:** Large
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** Air pump and airline tubing (sold separately); check valve recommended
- **Suits:** Breeding, grow-out and larger community tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Small (SMXY2820); Medium (SMXY2821)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding and community aquariums
---
#### Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Medium
Mid-size air-driven sponge filter for grow-out tanks and as a backup biofilter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-bio-sponge-filter-medium/
- Price: $8.15 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY2821 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007917
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY2821-serenity-bio-sponge-filter-medium-main-image.jpg
Fry outgrow the spawning tank quickly, and the grow-out tank that follows needs more filtering surface while still keeping the current gentle. Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Medium (SKU: SMXY2821) is the middle size of the three Serenity Bio Sponge Filters, made by Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics. It is an air-driven filter: bubbles from an external air pump rise up the uplift tube, pulling water in through the sponge, where debris is caught and a colony of beneficial bacteria builds up to process ammonia and nitrite. The result is mechanical and biological filtration with no motor or impeller in the water.
The medium size suits the middle ground of fishkeeping: juvenile fish being grown on, community tanks of small peaceful species, and established displays where a second filter adds insurance. Sponge filters have a long history in discus and angelfish keeping for that reason, since they give stable biological filtration without a strong flow. Run alongside a canister or hang-on-back filter, a Medium sponge stays fully colonised and can be lifted out at short notice to start a quarantine or hospital tank with a working biofilter. It needs an air pump and airline tubing, sold separately; a small valve on the line lets the bubble rate be turned down for young fish. Clean it by squeezing it in old tank water when the flow visibly slows, rather than on a fixed schedule.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grow-out tanks:** More sponge surface for juveniles eating several times a day.
- **Discus and angelfish set-ups:** Gentle, stable filtration for slow-moving cichlids.
- **Backup biofilter:** Kept running in a display, ready to move to a hospital tank.
- **Small community tanks:** A quiet main filter for peaceful species.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Wet the sponge:** Squeeze it under the water until no air remains inside.
- **Plumb the air line:** Air pump to check valve to filter, with an optional control valve.
- **Position for circulation:** A rear corner keeps it out of view while still moving water.
- **Clean on flow, not date:** Rinse in old tank water when the draw through the sponge drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Middle of the range:** Between the Small and Large Bio Sponge Filters.
- **Biological reserve:** A seeded sponge ready to start a new tank.
- **Gentle current:** Air-lift flow suited to juveniles and slow swimmers.
- **Oxygenating:** Bubble column keeps the surface turning over.
- **Simple maintenance:** One sponge, rinsed in tank water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY2821
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007917
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Size:** Medium
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** Air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Suits:** Grow-out, community, discus and angelfish tanks; backup filtration
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Small (SMXY2820); Large (SMXY2822)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and breeding aquariums
---
#### Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Small
Compact air-driven sponge filter for fry, shrimp and spawning tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-bio-sponge-filter-small/
- Price: $5.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY2820 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007900
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY2820-serenity-bio-sponge-filter-small-main-image.jpg
A spawning tank full of fry the size of an eyelash is no place for a powered filter intake, and a sponge is the traditional answer. Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Small (SKU: SMXY2820) is the smallest of the three Serenity Bio Sponge Filters, an air-driven unit from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics. Air from a pump rises through the uplift tube and draws tank water in through the sponge, which traps fine debris on the way through. Over the following weeks the foam becomes home to a colony of beneficial bacteria that break down ammonia and nitrite, so the same small unit provides both mechanical and biological filtration.
The open foam surface is what makes it suited to fry and shrimp: water enters across the whole sponge at low speed, so even tiny young are not pulled in, and baby shrimp graze the biofilm that grows on the outside. The rising bubbles also stir the surface and help keep the water oxygenated. It needs an air pump and a length of airline tubing, both sold separately, and a check valve in the line stops water siphoning back into the pump if the power goes off. The small size keeps it unobtrusive in a breeding box set-up, a nano tank or a shrimp tank, and it can be seeded by squeezing a little mulm from an established filter into the sponge before it goes in. The Medium and Large versions suit bigger tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Spawning and fry tanks:** A gentle intake that will not draw in newly hatched fish.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Soft flow and a grazing surface for baby shrimp.
- **Nano aquariums:** Compact filtration for small, lightly stocked tanks.
- **Quarantine tubs:** A simple filter that can be kept seeded in a main tank until needed.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Soak the sponge:** Submerge it and squeeze out the air so it sinks and filters evenly.
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from the pump, with a check valve, to the filter's air inlet.
- **Set the bubbles:** A steady, moderate stream is enough for a fry tank.
- **Clean gently:** Squeeze the sponge in a bucket of old tank water, never under the tap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fry-safe intake:** Water enters through foam, not an open slot.
- **Two-stage action:** Mechanical trapping plus a biological bacteria colony.
- **Adds oxygen:** Rising bubbles keep the surface moving.
- **Smallest of three:** Sized for spawning, shrimp and nano tanks.
- **No motor in the tank:** Driven entirely by an external air pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY2820
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007900
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Size:** Small
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** Air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Suits:** Fry, shrimp, spawning and nano tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity Bio Sponge Filter Medium (SMXY2821); Large (SMXY2822)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding, shrimp and nano aquariums
---
#### Serenity Bio Sponge Filter with Filter Media Chamber - Double
Twin-sponge air filter with two media chambers for more capacity at the same soft flow.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-bio-sponge-filter-with-filter-media-chamber-double/
- Price: $4.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY2826 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007948
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY2826-serenity-bio-sponge-filter-with-filter-media-chamber-double-main-image.jpg
A single sponge filter is fine for a few shrimp, but a busier breeding or community tank needs more filtering surface without a stronger current. Serenity Bio Sponge Filter with Filter Media Chamber - Double (SKU: SMXY2826) is the twin version of Serenity's air-driven sponge filter, with two sponges and two integrated media chambers on one unit. Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, describes it as an upgraded design: the sponges trap debris and give beneficial bacteria more surface to grow on, while the chambers add room for biological media, so waste capture improves while the flow stays gentle and safe for fish.
Like the single version it runs on an air pump and airline tubing, both sold separately. Rising bubbles lift water through the central tube and pull it in through both sponges, which is why the intake stays soft enough for shrimp, fry and sensitive species that dislike strong water movement. The second sponge also makes maintenance kinder to the biofilter: Serenity points out that one sponge can be cleaned while the other carries on supporting the bacterial colony, so the tank never loses all its filtration at once. Rinse each sponge in used tank water during a water change, never in chlorinated tap water, and replace media only when it is worn. It suits breeding, hospital, nano and community tanks where a quiet filter is wanted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Busier shrimp colonies:** More biological capacity for a growing population.
- **Breeding and grow-out tanks:** Twin sponges for heavier feeding of young fish.
- **Community tanks:** A quiet main or secondary filter for peaceful species.
- **Sensitive species:** Fish and invertebrates that prefer low water movement.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Attach the airline:** Connect the filter to an air pump with airline tubing (both sold separately).
- **Position the unit:** Stand it on the substrate, fully submerged, where bubbles will not disturb plants.
- **Adjust the air:** A steady stream of bubbles gives an even, gentle draw through both sponges.
- **Clean one at a time:** Rinse one sponge in tank water, then the other at the next change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Twin sponges:** Twice the sponge surface of the single version.
- **Dual media chambers:** Two built-in compartments for biological media.
- **Staggered cleaning:** One sponge keeps working while the other is rinsed.
- **Soft, fish-safe flow:** More capacity without a stronger current.
- **Air-driven and quiet:** Suited to breeding, hospital, nano and community tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY2826
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007948
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Configuration:** Two sponges with two integrated media chambers
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** Air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Suits:** Shrimp, fry, breeding, hospital, nano and community tanks
- **Other Versions:** Serenity Bio Sponge Filter with Filter Media Chamber -Single (SMXY2825)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater shrimp, fry and community aquariums
---
#### Serenity Bio Sponge Filter with Filter Media Chamber -Single
Gentle air-driven sponge filter with a built-in media chamber for shrimp, fry and nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-bio-sponge-filter-with-filter-media-chamber-single/
- Price: $3.25 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY2825 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007931
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY2825-serenity-bio-sponge-filter-with-filter-media-chamber-single-main-image.jpg
Shrimplets and newly free-swimming fry are too small and too weak for a powered filter intake, yet they still need clean, oxygenated water. Serenity Bio Sponge Filter with Filter Media Chamber -Single (SKU: SMXY2825) is an air-driven sponge filter from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, that adds a built-in media chamber to the classic sponge design. Water is drawn through the sponge by rising air, giving gentle mechanical and biological filtration, and the chamber provides extra room for biological media where more beneficial bacteria can settle. Serenity aims it at shrimp, fry and peaceful community fish.
The filter runs from an air pump, which is not included, connected by airline tubing. Bubbles rising through the uplift tube pull water through the sponge, which traps debris while its surface and the media in the chamber host the bacteria that break down waste. Because nothing but air drives it, the flow stays soft enough for delicate animals and the unit runs quietly, which Serenity notes makes it suitable for breeding tanks, hospital tanks and nano set-ups. Maintenance is simple: during a water change, squeeze the sponge out in a bucket of used tank water rather than under the tap, so the bacterial colony survives, and replace the sponge or media only when they are worn. One sponge and one chamber make this the compact version; the Double version carries two of each.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp tanks:** A soft intake that will not draw in or harm baby shrimp.
- **Fry and breeding tanks:** Gentle flow for young fish too small for a powered filter.
- **Hospital and quarantine tanks:** A simple, quiet filter that is easy to move and clean.
- **Nano aquariums:** Compact filtration for small peaceful community set-ups.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Connect the air supply:** Run airline from an air pump (sold separately) to the filter's air inlet.
- **Place it in the tank:** Sit the filter on the substrate, upright and fully submerged.
- **Check the flow:** Bubbles should rise steadily up the tube, drawing water through the sponge.
- **Clean in tank water:** Rinse the sponge in used aquarium water at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built-in media chamber:** Extra space for biological media alongside the sponge.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps debris and hosts beneficial bacteria.
- **Soft, fish-safe flow:** Air-driven intake suited to shrimp and fry.
- **Quiet running:** No motor in the tank, only rising air.
- **Easy upkeep:** A quick squeeze in tank water during routine changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY2825
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007931
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Configuration:** Single sponge with one integrated media chamber
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** Air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Suits:** Shrimp, fry, breeding, hospital and nano tanks
- **Other Versions:** Serenity Bio Sponge Filter with Filter Media Chamber - Double (SMXY2826)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater shrimp, fry and community aquariums
---
#### Serenity Sponge Filter Large
Air-driven biochemical sponge filter for aquariums up to 200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-sponge-filter-large/
- Price: $38.13 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY380 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002066
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY380-serenity-sponge-filter-large-main-image.jpg
A 200 litre tank of growing fish produces a lot of waste, and a large sponge working quietly in the corner is one of the simplest ways to keep on top of it. Serenity Sponge Filter Large (SKU: SMXY380) is the top size of Serenity's biochemical sponge filter range, made by Serenity, the Australian aquarium brand also sold as Serenity Aquatics, and rated for aquariums up to 200 L with a 10 × 12 cm sponge. It is air-driven: an uplift tube carries bubbles from a low-wattage air pump, and the rising air draws tank water through the sponge, so the foam collects detritus while a colony of beneficial bacteria grows on it and breaks down ammonia and nitrite.
Serenity's foam is made to support bacterial colonisation, which gives both mechanical and biological filtration from one block of sponge, and the bubble stream adds oxygen as it filters. Serenity notes that the range is especially useful in breeding tanks and as a secondary filter in a regular aquarium, and that it runs with low noise and is easy to maintain. The sponge can also be used as a pre-filter on most external or top filters, where it keeps fry and shrimp out of the intake and catches coarse debris before it reaches the main media. To run it as a stand-alone filter it needs an air pump and airline tubing, both sold separately. At 200 L it is the largest of five sizes, from the Pico for tanks up to 8 L through Nano, Small and Medium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large breeding tanks:** Gentle filtration in tanks up to 200 L where fry are raised.
- **Secondary filtration:** Extra biological capacity in a stocked community display.
- **Intake pre-filter:** Fitted over most external or top filter intakes to guard small fish.
- **Oxygen support:** Surface movement from the bubble column in warm or crowded tanks.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Saturate the sponge:** Squeeze it under water until it sinks and holds no air.
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from a low-wattage air pump to the uplift tube.
- **Or fit as a pre-filter:** Push the sponge over a compatible filter intake instead.
- **Rinse in tank water:** Squeeze it out in old aquarium water when the flow slows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 litre rating:** The largest of Serenity's five sponge filter sizes.
- **10 × 12 cm sponge:** Foam made to support bacterial colonisation.
- **Biological and mechanical:** Collects detritus while bacteria process waste.
- **Adds oxygen as it filters:** Air-lift drive with low noise.
- **Doubles as a pre-filter:** Fits most external or top filter intakes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY380
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002066
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 200 L
- **Sponge Size:** 10 × 12 cm
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** Low-wattage air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Nano, up to 40 L (SMXY2835); Small, up to 100 L (SMXY180); Medium, up to 150 L (SMXY280)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and breeding aquariums
---
#### Serenity Sponge Filter Medium
Air-driven sponge filter and biological backup for aquariums up to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-sponge-filter-medium/
- Price: $4.10 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY280 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002059
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY280-serenity-sponge-filter-medium-main-image.jpg
A canister filter that stops in a blackout leaves its bacteria sitting in still water, while a sponge filter on an air pump with battery backup carries on working. Serenity Sponge Filter Medium (SKU: SMXY280) is the Medium model of Serenity's air-driven sponge filters, with a sponge of about 6 × 12 cm rated for aquariums up to 150 litres. Air from a separate pump lifts water up the tube and draws it through the foam, where debris is trapped and bacteria living in the pores convert ammonia and nitrite. The bubbles agitate the surface on their way out and add oxygen to the tank.
At up to 150 litres the Medium suits mid-size community tanks, larger breeding set-ups and grow-out tanks, either as the main filter for a light stocking or as a second filter beside a canister or hang-on unit. Run that way, it holds a share of the biofilter that does not depend on the main filter's motor, and a mature Medium can be moved straight into a new or quarantine tank to give it a head start. Serenity describes the foam as specially developed for bacterial colonisation and the filter as low-noise and easy to maintain. The air pump and airline are sold separately; in a deeper tank, choose a pump with enough pressure to keep the airlift strong at the bottom. The filter also fits over most external or top filter intakes as a pre-filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Biological backup:** Runs beside a canister so part of the biofilter keeps going if that filter stops.
- **Mid-size community tanks:** Main filter for lightly stocked aquariums up to 150 litres.
- **Larger breeding set-ups:** Pairs of cichlids, gouramis or barbs with fry to raise.
- **Ready-made seed:** A mature sponge to start a new or quarantine tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick the air pump:** Choose one rated for the tank's depth so the bubble stream stays strong.
- **Fit a check valve:** Stops water siphoning back into the pump if the power fails.
- **Position for circulation:** Place it at the opposite end of the tank to the main filter outlet.
- **Clean in rotation:** Squeeze it in tank water, but not on the same day the main filter is serviced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium size:** About 6 × 12 cm of foam for tanks up to 150 L.
- **Independent biofilter:** Keeps working for as long as the air supply does.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps debris and hosts nitrifying bacteria.
- **Oxygenates the water:** Bubbles agitate the surface as the filter runs.
- **Pre-filter option:** Fits over most external or top filter intakes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY280
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002059
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Sponge Size:** About 6 × 12 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 150 L
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Operation:** Airlift; needs an air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Pico up to 8 L (SMXY2833); Nano up to 40 L (SMXY2835); Small up to 100 L (SMXY180); Large up to 200 L (SMXY380)
- **Target Environment:** Community, breeding and grow-out aquariums up to 150 litres
---
#### Serenity Sponge Filter Nano
Air-driven sponge filter for nano, fry and quarantine tanks up to 40 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-sponge-filter-nano/
- Price: $34.07 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY2835 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002004
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY2835-serenity-sponge-filter-nano-main-image.jpg
A quarantine tank set up on the day new fish arrive has no bacteria to deal with their waste, which is why so many fishkeepers keep a sponge filter running somewhere, ready to move. Serenity Sponge Filter Nano (SKU: SMXY2835) is the second-smallest of Serenity's air-driven sponge filters, a sponge of about 5.5 × 4.5 cm rated for aquariums up to 40 litres. Air from a separate air pump rises through the uplift tube and pulls tank water through the foam, which traps floating detritus and gives nitrifying bacteria a surface to colonise, so the filter breaks down ammonia and nitrite as well as clearing the water. The bubbles also break the surface and add oxygen.
That mix of biological capacity and portability is where the Nano earns its place. Parked in a corner of an established tank, the sponge builds its own bacterial colony over several weeks; lifted out in a container of tank water, it gives a new quarantine, hospital or fry tank a working biofilter from the first day. In a dedicated nano aquarium of up to 40 litres it can be the only filter for a light stocking of small fish or shrimp, with no impeller to catch fins or fry. Serenity notes that the foam was developed to support bacterial colonisation, and the filter also fits over most external or top filter intakes as a pre-filter. The air pump and airline tubing are sold separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** A pre-seeded sponge gives a new tank biological filtration from day one.
- **Nano aquariums:** Sole filter for lightly stocked tanks of up to 40 litres.
- **Fry and shrimp tanks:** Gentle flow and no impeller to draw in young fish.
- **Filter intake guard:** Slipped over an intake to keep small livestock out.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Seed in advance:** Run the Nano in an established tank for several weeks before it is needed elsewhere.
- **Move it wet:** Transfer the sponge in tank water so the bacteria never dry out.
- **Connect and adjust:** Airline from the pump to the uplift tube, with a check valve and a control valve.
- **Maintain in tank water:** Squeeze it in removed aquarium water at water changes, never in tap water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano size:** About 5.5 × 4.5 cm of foam for tanks up to 40 L.
- **Portable biofilter:** Easy to seed in one tank and move to another.
- **Two-stage action:** Traps detritus and hosts ammonia- and nitrite-processing bacteria.
- **Impeller-free:** Safe for fry, shrimp and long-finned fish.
- **Adds oxygen:** Surface agitation from the airlift increases gas exchange.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY2835
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002004
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Sponge Size:** About 5.5 × 4.5 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 40 L
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Operation:** Airlift; needs an air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Pico up to 8 L (SMXY2833); Small up to 100 L (SMXY180); Medium up to 150 L (SMXY280); Large up to 200 L (SMXY380)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, quarantine, fry and shrimp aquariums up to 40 litres
---
#### Serenity Sponge Filter Pico
Air-driven sponge filter for betta bowls, shrimp cubes and tanks up to 8 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-sponge-filter-pico/
- Price: $34.07 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY2833 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740006361
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY2833-serenity-sponge-filter-pico-main-image.jpg
A tank of a few litres has no room for a hang-on filter, and the current from even a small power filter can push a betta or a shrimplet around the glass. Serenity Sponge Filter Pico (SKU: SMXY2833) is the smallest of Serenity's air-driven sponge filters, with a sponge of about 4 × 4 cm rated for aquariums up to 8 litres. An air pump, sold separately, feeds air into the uplift tube; the rising bubbles draw water through the foam, so the sponge works as a mechanical filter that traps detritus and as a home for the bacteria that break down ammonia and nitrite. The same bubbles stir the surface, which adds oxygen as the filter runs.
Serenity describes the foam as specially developed to support bacterial colonisation, and that is what makes a sponge filter useful in a tank this small: once mature, a few cubic centimetres of foam carry much of the biological filter. In a pico aquarium the airflow matters more than the filter size. A small air pump with an airline control valve lets the bubble stream be turned down until the surface ripples gently, which suits long-finned bettas and the slow water that dwarf shrimp prefer. With no impeller, nothing can draw in a shrimplet or a newly hatched fry, and the only sound is the bubble breaking at the surface. The Pico can also slip over the intake of a small external or top filter as a pre-filter guard. Airline tubing and the air pump are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta bowls and desktop tanks:** Gentle filtration and aeration in aquariums up to 8 litres.
- **Shrimp cubes:** Shrimplets graze the sponge surface and cannot be pulled into an impeller.
- **Fry and hatching containers:** Soft flow for fish that have just become free-swimming.
- **Intake guard:** Fitted over a small filter intake as a pre-filter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Rinse the new sponge in clean water to clear any loose particles.
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from the pump to the uplift tube, with a check valve if the pump sits below the tank.
- **Turn the flow down:** Use a control valve until the surface ripples rather than churns.
- **Clean gently:** Squeeze the sponge in a cup of tank water at water changes, never under chlorinated tap water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest in the range:** About 4 × 4 cm of foam for tanks up to 8 L.
- **Biological and mechanical:** Hosts nitrifying bacteria and traps suspended detritus.
- **Air-driven:** No impeller and no motor in the water, with low noise.
- **Oxygenates as it filters:** Bubbles at the surface increase gas exchange.
- **Pre-filter option:** Fits over most external or top filter intakes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY2833
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740006361
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Sponge Size:** About 4 × 4 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 8 L
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Operation:** Airlift; needs an air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Nano up to 40 L (SMXY2835); Small up to 100 L (SMXY180); Medium up to 150 L (SMXY280); Large up to 200 L (SMXY380)
- **Target Environment:** Pico, betta and shrimp aquariums up to 8 litres
---
#### Serenity Sponge Filter Small
Air-driven biological filter for community and breeding tanks up to 100 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/serenity-sponge-filter-small/
- Price: $6.83 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY180 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002042
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY180-serenity-sponge-filter-small-main-image.jpg
Livebearer fry, killifish and newly hatched cichlids all end up in the same place in a power filter, which is why breeders run their tanks on air. Serenity Sponge Filter Small (SKU: SMXY180) is the middle model of Serenity's air-driven sponge filters, with a sponge of about 8 × 6.5 cm rated for aquariums up to 100 litres. An air pump, sold separately, pushes air into the uplift tube; the column of rising bubbles draws water in through the foam, which strains out suspended debris while bacteria settled in the pores convert ammonia and nitrite. The bubbles break at the surface and add oxygen as the filter runs.
At this size the sponge carries enough foam to act as the main filter for a breeding or grow-out tank, or as a quiet second filter in a planted or community aquarium of up to 100 litres, where it adds biological capacity without adding current. Serenity says the foam is specially developed for bacterial colonisation and that the filter runs with low noise. Flow rises with air volume, so a pump with adjustable output, or a control valve on the line, sets how hard it works; a gang valve lets one pump run the Small alongside an air stone or a second sponge. It also fits over most external or top filter intakes to stop small fish and shrimp being pulled in. Cleaning is a quick squeeze in a bucket of old tank water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding tanks:** Livebearers, egg-layers and cichlid fry that an impeller would catch.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Steady biological filtration for juveniles in tanks up to 100 litres.
- **Second filter:** Extra bacterial capacity in a community tank without extra current.
- **Hospital tanks:** A gentle, easily cleaned filter for fish under observation.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place it low:** Stand the filter on the substrate in a back corner where it is easy to reach.
- **Run the airline:** Air pump to uplift tube, with a check valve if the pump sits below the water line.
- **Tune the airflow:** Use a control valve or gang valve to set a steady, even stream of bubbles.
- **Clean in old tank water:** Squeeze the sponge in removed aquarium water whenever the flow drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small size:** About 8 × 6.5 cm of foam for tanks up to 100 L.
- **Breeder-friendly:** No impeller, so fry and shrimp stay out of harm's way.
- **Biological filtration:** Foam developed for colonies of nitrifying bacteria.
- **Low noise:** Air-driven, with no motor in the tank.
- **Flexible air supply:** Runs from a single pump or one outlet of a gang valve.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY180
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002042
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Sponge Size:** About 8 × 6.5 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 100 L
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Operation:** Airlift; needs an air pump and airline tubing (sold separately)
- **Other Sizes:** Pico up to 8 L (SMXY2833); Nano up to 40 L (SMXY2835); Medium up to 150 L (SMXY280); Large up to 200 L (SMXY380)
- **Target Environment:** Community, breeding and grow-out aquariums up to 100 litres
---
#### Sponge Filter Giant
Giant-size nodular-foam sponge filter for big aquariums and heavy bioloads.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/sponge-filter-giant/
- Price: $7.05 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MXY3530 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007955
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/MXY3530-sponge-filter-giant-main-image.jpg
Some tanks need more filter than a standard sponge can give: a tub of growing goldfish, the biggest display in a fish room, a cichlid tank fed twice a day. Sponge Filter Giant (SKU: MXY3530) is the Giant size of the Serenity-branded cylinder sponge filters, sold alongside the Jumbo and X-Large: an air-driven airlift filter built around nodular foam. Water is drawn through the foam as air rises up the central tube, so the sponge works both as a mechanical strainer for suspended waste and as a large surface for the bacteria that break down ammonia and nitrite, while the bubbles add oxygen at the surface.
The supplier listing describes the nodular foam as having no dead spots and the filter as attaching easily to air pumps or powerheads, or over a filter intake. On air it gives gentle, steady filtration that suits fry, long-finned fish and slow swimmers; with a powerhead seated on the lift tube, flow rises sharply and the foam traps more debris, so it needs a squeeze more often. No litre rating is published for this size, so match it to the tank's bioload; in a heavily stocked tank it works well alongside a canister or hang-on filter as extra biological capacity that does not rely on an impeller. On an air pump with battery backup, it keeps filtering through a power cut. It comes in a plain white box, and the air pump or powerhead, airline and valves are bought separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large goldfish and cichlid tanks:** Heavy feeders that load a small sponge quickly.
- **Big grow-out tanks:** Many juveniles sharing one large biofilter.
- **Backup filtration:** A second, motor-free biofilter beside a canister.
- **Powerhead upgrade:** More flow where an air pump alone is too gentle.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse the foam:** Rinse in clean water before first use to remove loose particles.
- **Choose the drive:** Air pump with a check valve, or a powerhead seated on the lift tube.
- **Position for flow:** Place it where its outflow moves water across the length of the tank.
- **Maintain in tank water:** Squeeze the foam in removed aquarium water when the flow slows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Giant size:** A large cylinder of foam for heavy bioloads.
- **Nodular foam:** Draws water through the whole sponge with no dead spots.
- **Dual drive:** Runs on an air pump or a powerhead.
- **Biological and mechanical:** Hosts nitrifying bacteria and strains out waste.
- **Motor-free on air:** Keeps running on a battery-backed air pump during a power cut.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** MXY3530
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007955
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter (Cylinder)
- **Foam:** Nodular cylinder
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Drive:** Air pump or powerhead (sold separately)
- **Packaging:** Plain white box
- **Other Sizes:** X-Large, about 15 × 16 cm (MXY2837); Jumbo, about 15 × 20 cm (MXY2838)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater aquariums and grow-out tanks
---
#### Sponge Filter Jumbo
Wide nodular-foam sponge filter for fish rooms, grow-out tanks and large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/sponge-filter-jumbo/
- Price: $9.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MXY2838 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003551
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/MXY2838-sponge-filter-jumbo-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A fish room with a dozen tanks on one air line needs filters that cost almost nothing to run, never jam and hold a big bacterial colony. Sponge Filter Jumbo (SKU: MXY2838) is a large Serenity-branded sponge filter with a cylinder of nodular foam listed at about 15 cm high and 20 cm wide, wider than the X-Large at the same height. Air from a pump lifts water up the central tube, so water is drawn in through the full surface of the foam; debris is caught in the pores and the nitrifying bacteria living there break down ammonia and nitrite. The bubbles stir the surface on their way out and add oxygen.
The extra width means more foam for bacteria and more room for trapped waste before the flow drops, which suits heavily fed grow-out tanks, breeding colonies and tanks of large fish. According to the supplier listing, the nodular foam leaves no dead spots, and the filter attaches easily to an air pump, to a powerhead, or over the intake of a powered filter. On a shared air manifold it runs as one outlet among many; with a powerhead it turns over much more water and needs cleaning more often. No litre rating is published, so match it to the bioload and pair it with a second filter in a heavily stocked tank. It is supplied in a plain white box, without an air pump or airline.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms:** One outlet of a shared air manifold per tank.
- **Grow-out and breeding colonies:** Heavily fed tanks that need a large biofilter.
- **Large fish:** Waste loads that quickly overwhelm a small sponge.
- **Powered-filter intakes:** A wide pre-filter that takes longer to clog.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Rinse the new foam in clean water to clear loose particles.
- **Connect the drive:** Airline from a pump or manifold, or a powerhead on the lift tube.
- **Balance the manifold:** Adjust each valve so every tank's filter gets an even stream of bubbles.
- **Clean in tank water:** A firm squeeze in removed aquarium water is enough; the foam need not look new.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide foam cylinder:** About 15 cm high and 20 cm wide.
- **No dead spots:** Nodular foam draws water through the whole surface.
- **Large bacterial surface:** More foam for nitrifying bacteria than the X-Large.
- **Air or powerhead driven:** Fits fish-room air systems or a powerhead.
- **Pre-filter use:** Sits over a powered filter intake to keep fry and debris out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** MXY2838
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003551
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter (Cylinder)
- **Sponge Size:** About 15 cm high × 20 cm wide (as listed)
- **Foam:** Nodular cylinder
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Drive:** Air pump or powerhead (sold separately)
- **Packaging:** Plain white box
- **Other Sizes:** X-Large, about 15 × 16 cm (MXY2837); Giant (MXY3530)
- **Target Environment:** Fish rooms, grow-out tanks and large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Sponge Filter X-Large
Air-driven cylinder sponge filter with nodular foam for larger aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/sponge-filter-x-large/
- Price: $9.61 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MXY2837 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003544
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/MXY2837-sponge-filter-x-large-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Big fish produce big waste, and a sponge sized for a nano tank clogs within days in a tank of goldfish or growing cichlids. Sponge Filter X-Large (SKU: MXY2837) is a large air-driven sponge filter sold under the Serenity brand, built around a cylinder of nodular foam listed at about 15 cm high and 16 cm wide. It works on the airlift principle: air from a pump rises through the central tube and draws water in through the foam, which strains out waste particles and gives beneficial bacteria a large surface to colonise, so ammonia and nitrite are broken down as the water passes through. The rising bubbles also oxygenate the tank.
According to the supplier listing, the nodular surface leaves the cylinder with no dead spots, so water is drawn through the whole sponge rather than one face, and the filter attaches easily to an air pump or a powerhead, or can sit over a filter intake as a pre-filter. Driven by a powerhead it moves far more water than on air, and the foam fills with debris faster as a result. No litre rating is published for this model, so size it to the stocking: as the main filter in a lightly stocked tank, or as a second filter beside a canister in a busier one. The X-Large is one of three cylinder models, alongside the wider Jumbo and the Giant, and comes packed in a plain white box. The air pump, powerhead and airline are not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish and larger fish:** More foam than a standard small sponge for heavier waste loads.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Cichlids and other juveniles that have outgrown a small sponge filter.
- **Second filter:** Extra biological capacity beside a canister or hang-on filter.
- **Intake pre-filter:** Keeps fry and coarse debris out of a powered filter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse the foam in clean water before it goes into the tank.
- **Choose the drive:** Connect airline from an air pump, or seat a powerhead on the lift tube for more flow.
- **Fit a check valve:** Prevents back-siphoning into an air pump that sits below tank level.
- **Service in tank water:** Squeeze the foam in removed aquarium water when the flow slows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nodular cylinder foam:** Draws water through the whole sponge with no dead spots.
- **X-Large size:** About 15 cm high and 16 cm wide.
- **Air or powerhead drive:** Gentle on air, much stronger on a powerhead.
- **Biological and mechanical:** Hosts nitrifying bacteria and traps debris.
- **Oxygenating:** The airlift agitates the surface as it filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** MXY2837
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003544
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter (Cylinder)
- **Sponge Size:** About 15 cm high × 16 cm wide (as listed)
- **Foam:** Nodular cylinder
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Drive:** Air pump or powerhead (sold separately)
- **Packaging:** Plain white box
- **Other Sizes:** Jumbo, about 15 × 20 cm (MXY2838); Giant (MXY3530)
- **Target Environment:** Larger freshwater aquariums, grow-out and breeding tanks
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Ornament
#### Discus Breeding Pot Large
Tall clay spawning cone with egg-catching rim for discus and angelfish pairs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/discus-breeding-pot-large/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: A20L
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/A20L.jpg
A bonded discus pair will clean and spawn on whatever vertical surface they choose, and if that is the filter intake or the heater, the eggs are as good as lost. Discus Breeding Pot Large (SKU: A20L) is a fired clay spawning cone that gives the pair a better option: a tall, tapering surface with a slightly rough finish that eggs and newly hatched wrigglers can grip. A rim around the base catches any eggs or larvae that fall, so the parents can pick them up and return them to the cone. The large cone is listed at about 23 cm tall with a base of roughly 12.5 cm, tapering to a tip of about 4 cm, and has a small hole at the top so trapped air can escape.
The cone's weight keeps it standing upright on bare glass or substrate during the cleaning and spawning activity of a pair, without being weighed down or glued. The large size suits adult discus and full-grown angelfish, which lay long rows of eggs and need room to work around the cone; the small cone (A20S) is better for young pairs and smaller tanks. Spawning cones are the traditional choice for both species because the pair can fan the eggs from all sides and the keeper can lift the cone out to hatch the eggs artificially if needed. Rinse in plain water before use, and never use detergent or soap on it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult discus pairs:** A tall spawning surface sized for mature fish.
- **Angelfish breeding:** A vertical site that stops pairs spawning on glass or equipment.
- **Artificial hatching:** The cone can be lifted out with the eggs and placed in a hatching container.
- **Bare-bottom breeding tanks:** Stands steadily on glass without substrate.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash in warm water only before it goes in the tank.
- **Choose a quiet spot:** Place it away from strong filter outflow, often towards the back or corner.
- **Leave it in place:** Pairs usually clean the cone for a day or two before laying.
- **Clean between spawns:** Scrub off old eggs and algae with a brush and hot water, no chemicals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large clay cone:** About 23 cm tall for full-grown discus and angelfish.
- **Grippy surface:** Fired clay that eggs and larvae adhere to better than smooth plastic.
- **Egg-catching rim:** Holds dropped eggs and fry at the base for the parents to retrieve.
- **Heavy and stable:** Stays upright without weighting or adhesive.
- **Air vent:** Hole at the tip lets trapped air escape.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** A20L
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Spawning Cone
- **Material:** Fired clay (terracotta)
- **Height:** Approx. 23 cm
- **Base Diameter:** Approx. 12.5 cm; tip approx. 4 cm
- **Suitable For:** Discus and angelfish pairs
- **Other Sizes:** Discus Breeding Pot Small (A20S)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding aquariums
---
#### Discus Breeding Pot Small
Compact baked-clay spawning cone for young discus and angelfish pairs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=7238
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: A20S
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/A20S.jpg
Young pairs often spawn before they are fully grown, and in a 60 or 90 cm breeding tank a full-size cone can dominate the space. Discus Breeding Pot Small (SKU: A20S) is the smaller of the two baked-clay spawning cones, made for discus and angelfish. The female lays her eggs in rows on the cone and the male follows to fertilise them; after hatching, the larvae stay attached to the cone for a few more days while the parents fan and guard them. The rough surface of the baked clay helps eggs and larvae stay put, and if any do fall, the egg-collecting edge around the base catches them so the parents can pick them up and return them.
The cone's shape is designed to stay stable even during the most intensive spawning activity, when a pair is cleaning, laying and chasing other fish away. The small cone suits pairs that are spawning for the first times, smaller angelfish, and tanks where the cone needs to fit among plants or beside a sponge filter. For adult discus that lay long rows of eggs, the large cone (A20L) gives more surface. Angelfish pairs that have been laying on a leaf or the glass will often move to a cone placed nearby, especially once the old site is cleaned or removed. Because fired clay is porous, it should be cleaned only with water and a brush; detergent can soak into the surface and later leach into the tank. Many breeders keep one cone per breeding tank so pairs always have a familiar site.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First-time pairs:** Young discus or angelfish that have just begun to spawn.
- **Smaller breeding tanks:** A cone that fits without crowding the pair.
- **Planted angelfish tanks:** A neat spawning site among the plants.
- **Spare cone:** A second site so a cone can be pulled for artificial hatching.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Plain water only; no soap or chemical cleaners.
- **Stand it upright:** Place it on a flat patch of glass or firm substrate, out of strong current.
- **Watch for cleaning:** A pair pecking at the cone is usually a day or two from spawning.
- **Remove for hatching:** Lift the cone out with the eggs if raising fry away from the parents.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small size:** Fits young pairs and compact breeding set-ups.
- **Baked-clay surface:** Rough texture that eggs and larvae adhere to.
- **Egg-collecting edge:** Catches fallen eggs or larvae at the base.
- **Stable shape:** Designed to stay upright through intensive spawning activity.
- **Reusable:** Cleans up with a brush and hot water between spawns.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** A20S
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Spawning Cone
- **Material:** Baked clay (terracotta)
- **Size:** Small
- **Suitable For:** Discus and angelfish pairs
- **Care:** Water and brush only; no detergent
- **Other Sizes:** Discus Breeding Pot Large (A20L)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding aquariums
---
#### Dome Breeding Cone Large
Large ceramic spawning cone for adult discus pairs and big angelfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/dome-breeding-cone-large/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASL · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4712896761571
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ASL.jpg
A discus pair that starts picking at the heater, the filter intake or one patch of glass is telling the keeper it wants a place to lay. Dome Breeding Cone Large (SKU: ASL) is the largest of Nijimi's ceramic dome breeding cones, a solid, upright spawning site designed to give egg-laying fish a secure surface to lay on and their fry a sheltered place to develop. Discus and angelfish naturally spawn on vertical or steeply sloping surfaces such as submerged roots and broad leaves, and a cone offers the same shape in a material that is easy to clean and can be moved with the eggs on it. The large size is aimed at fully grown discus and large angelfish, whose spawning runs cover more surface.
A ceramic cone is heavy enough to stand on a bare floor or on the substrate without anchoring, and it gives a defined spawning site that keeps the eggs away from filter intakes and the tank glass. A pair usually cleans the chosen surface for a day or more before laying rows of eggs, which the parents then guard and fan. Breeders who prefer to hatch the eggs away from the parents lift the whole cone into a separate container with gentle aeration, which is far easier than moving eggs laid on glass. Between spawns the cone is scrubbed in hot water and rinsed, never washed with soap or detergent. Every size suits soft, warm tropical water, and the large cone needs a tank with the height and floor space to stand it clear of the heater and filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult discus pairs:** A large, stable surface for a full-grown pair's spawning run.
- **Big angelfish:** Height and surface area for mature, tall-finned pairs.
- **Breeding tanks:** A fixed spawning site in a bare or lightly furnished tank.
- **Artificial hatching:** Eggs move with the cone to a separate hatching container.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash in warm water only; no soap or chemicals.
- **Stand it clear:** Away from the heater and filter outlet, where the pair can circle it.
- **Leave it to the pair:** Avoid moving it once the fish start cleaning the surface.
- **Clean between spawns:** Scrub off old eggs and film in hot water, then rinse.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest of three sizes:** Sized for mature discus and large angelfish.
- **Ceramic construction:** Heavy, stable and easy to clean.
- **Dome-shaped cone:** An upright surface that matches how these fish spawn.
- **Removable spawning site:** Eggs lift out on the cone for hatching elsewhere.
- **Reusable:** Cleans up for spawn after spawn.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nijimi
- **SKU:** ASL
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4712896761571
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Ceramic Breeding Cone
- **Material:** Ceramic
- **Shape:** Dome-style spawning cone
- **Size:** Large
- **Suits:** Discus, angelfish and other fish that spawn on upright surfaces
- **Care:** Hot water and a brush only; no soap
- **Other Sizes:** Dome Breeding Cone Medium (A32M); Dome Breeding Cone Small (A32S)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical breeding aquariums
---
#### Dome Breeding Cone Medium
Mid-size ceramic spawning cone for young discus pairs and angelfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/dome-breeding-cone-medium/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: A32M · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4712896761571
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/A32M.jpg
Angelfish pairs will lay on almost anything upright, from a sword plant leaf to the filter intake, and a clutch on the intake rarely survives. Dome Breeding Cone Medium (SKU: A32M) is the middle size of Nijimi's ceramic dome breeding cones, a spawning site made to give egg-laying fish a secure, upright surface for their eggs and a sheltered place for the fry to develop. It offers the shape that discus and angelfish look for in the wild, roots and broad leaves at a steep angle, in a material that is simple to clean and can be lifted out with the eggs still attached. The medium size suits young discus pairs, angelfish and other mid-size spawners in standard breeding tanks.
The cone gives a pair a clear choice of site, which keeps clutches off the glass, the heater and the filter where they are hard to protect. Once a pair settles on it, the fish clean the surface for a day or more before laying, then guard and fan the eggs through to hatching. Keepers who hatch eggs artificially can move the cone into a separate container with gentle aeration, while those who let the parents raise the brood simply leave it in place. Because ceramic is heavy and stable, the cone stands upright on a bare floor or on gravel without fixing. Between spawns it is brushed clean in hot water and rinsed, with no soap or household cleaners. In a smaller tank the medium cone leaves more swimming room than the large one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Angelfish pairs:** An upright site that draws spawns away from leaves and equipment.
- **Young discus pairs:** A suitable surface for first spawns before fish reach full size.
- **Standard breeding tanks:** A mid-size cone that leaves swimming room.
- **Parent-raised broods:** A fixed spot the pair can guard for the whole spawn.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Prepare it:** Rinse in warm water before it goes in; no detergent.
- **Choose a quiet corner:** Low flow, away from the filter outlet and heater.
- **Give it time:** A pair may take days to adopt a new cone.
- **Clean after hatching:** Brush and rinse in hot water before the next spawn.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Middle of three sizes:** Between the small and large cones in the range.
- **Fired ceramic:** A stable, solid spawning surface.
- **Upright dome shape:** Matches the steep surfaces these fish prefer.
- **Portable clutch:** The cone moves with the eggs if hatching elsewhere.
- **Freestanding:** Needs no suction cups or fixing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nijimi
- **SKU:** A32M
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4712896761571
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Ceramic Breeding Cone
- **Material:** Ceramic
- **Shape:** Dome-style spawning cone
- **Size:** Medium
- **Suits:** Angelfish, young discus and other upright-surface spawners
- **Care:** Warm or hot water only; no soap
- **Other Sizes:** Dome Breeding Cone Small (A32S); Dome Breeding Cone Large (ASL)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical breeding aquariums
---
#### Dome Breeding Cone Small
Ceramic dome-shaped spawning site for small egg-laying aquarium fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/dome-breeding-cone-small/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: A32S · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4712896761441
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/A32S.jpg
Egg-laying fish that guard their spawn want a firm, clean surface they can claim, and in a bare breeding tank there is often nothing suitable. Dome Breeding Cone Small (SKU: A32S) is a ceramic breeding accessory with a rounded dome profile, supplied under the Nijimi name, that gives a pair a dedicated place to lay eggs and for the fry to develop. Ceramic is hard, inert and heavy enough to sit still on the tank floor, and its surface gives eggs something to grip. The small size suits nano breeding tanks and smaller species, while the medium (A32M) and large (ASL) cones cover bigger fish.
Substrate-spawning fish such as angelfish, smaller cichlids and many dwarf species choose a surface, clean it carefully and then lay eggs that both parents fan and guard. Giving them a ceramic dome keeps the spawn off the glass and away from filter intakes and heaters, and the whole piece can be lifted out with the eggs attached if the keeper prefers to hatch them away from the parents. Ceramic also stands up to repeated cleaning between spawns: old eggs, biofilm and algae come off with a soft brush and hot water. Avoid soap and household cleaners, which can leave residues that harm eggs and fry. Once the eggs hatch, the wrigglers of many cichlids stay attached to the spawning surface for several days before becoming free-swimming, and the parents move and guard them there. In a community tank, the dome also works as a quiet territory marker for a pair.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano breeding tanks:** A small spawning site that leaves room for the pair.
- **Pair conditioning:** A ready surface while a pair is being brought into spawning condition.
- **Bare-bottom tanks:** A stable, easy-to-clean feature on bare glass.
- **Artificial hatching:** Lift the dome with the eggs into a separate hatching container.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only before it goes into the tank.
- **Pick a calm spot:** Away from strong filter flow and heavy traffic from other fish.
- **Keep it level:** Seat it flat on glass or firm substrate so it does not rock.
- **Clean between spawns:** Brush off old eggs and film with hot water, no chemicals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ceramic construction:** Hard, inert and easy to clean between spawns.
- **Dome shape:** Sits steadily on the tank floor with a defined spawning surface.
- **Small size:** Suited to nano tanks and smaller egg-laying species.
- **Removable spawn:** Eggs can be moved with the cone for separate hatching.
- **Reusable:** The hard surface stands up to scrubbing between spawns.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nijimi
- **SKU:** A32S
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4712896761441
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Spawning Cone
- **Material:** Ceramic
- **Shape:** Dome
- **Size:** Small
- **Other Sizes:** Dome Breeding Cone Medium (A32M); Dome Breeding Cone Large (ASL)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding aquariums
---
#### Skull 9.7x13x9.8
Skull-shaped ornament for themed, Halloween and dark-scape aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/skull-9-7x13x9-8/
- Price: $17.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SK008P
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SK008P.jpg
A bare tank with a black background and dark sand is half of a spooky aquascape; the other half is a centrepiece fish can swim around. Skull 9.7x13x9.8 (SKU: SK008P) is a skull-shaped aquarium ornament measuring about 9.7 × 13 × 9.8 cm, going by the sizes in its name, which makes it a mid-sized feature that suits tanks from about 40 to 90 cm long. Openings such as the eye sockets give small fish and shrimp somewhere to hide and explore, and the ornament sits on the substrate as a focal point rather than a background piece.
Skull ornaments are a favourite for Halloween displays, pirate and shipwreck themes, and children's tanks, and they pair well with dark gravel, driftwood, artificial plants and blue or red night lighting. In an established tank, a skull also gives territorial fish such as small cichlids or bettas a defined spot to claim. As with any ornament, check that openings are large enough that fish cannot become stuck, especially with fancy goldfish or fish that grow quickly. Rinse it in warm water before it goes in, never with soap or detergent, and when algae builds up, lift it out during a water change and scrub it with a soft brush. Bleach and household cleaners should be avoided, as residues can harm fish. For a stronger scene, set an airstone behind it so bubbles rise past the eye sockets, or tie java moss or anubias around the base for an overgrown, abandoned look.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Halloween and spooky themes:** A centrepiece for a dark or seasonal aquascape.
- **Pirate and shipwreck tanks:** Pairs with ship, chest and cannon ornaments.
- **Children's aquariums:** A fun feature that keeps young keepers interested.
- **Hiding places:** Openings that small fish and shrimp can swim through and shelter in.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Warm water only before placing it in the tank.
- **Bed it in:** Press it into the gravel or sand so it sits level and steady.
- **Check the openings:** Make sure no fish can wedge itself in a gap.
- **Clean with water changes:** Scrub off algae with a soft brush, no chemicals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Skull design:** An eye-catching feature for themed aquariums.
- **Mid-sized ornament:** About 9.7 × 13 × 9.8 cm.
- **Shelter for small fish:** Openings for hiding and exploring.
- **Easy to clean:** Rinses and brushes clean during routine maintenance.
- **Themed pairing:** Combines with pirate, shipwreck and Halloween decor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SK008P
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Themed Ornament
- **Size:** Approx. 9.7 × 13 × 9.8 cm (as given in the product name)
- **Placement:** On the substrate, clear of filter intakes and heaters
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Tanks of about 40–90 cm
- **Care:** Warm water and a soft brush; no soap or bleach
- **Uses:** Themed displays, children's tanks, hiding place for small fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Salt
#### ASF Instant Ocean 20kg/600L Box
Bulk sea salt mix for fish-only and low-nutrient marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/asf-instant-ocean-20kg-600l-box/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-218035
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ASF-218035.webp
Weekly water changes on a large marine system get through salt faster than expected, and a single box that covers months of them saves a lot of small purchases. ASF Instant Ocean 20kg/600L Box (SKU: ASF-218035) is the bulk box of Instant Ocean sea salt from Aquarium Systems in France, a synthetic sea salt made since 1964 and rated to make about 600 L of seawater. Aquarium Systems sources its raw material from a mine of what it calls the prehistoric German sea in Lorraine, France, analyses every batch for its major, minor and trace elements, and monitors each production run in laboratory systems holding sensitive marine organisms. The mix dissolves to a clear solution in minutes and reaches the correct pH quickly.
Instant Ocean is a balanced, nitrate- and phosphate-free salt with a uniform particle size, so salt from the top of the box mixes the same as salt from the bottom. Retailer specifications give a mix at a specific gravity of 1.024 at 25 °C as about 400 mg/L calcium, 1,250 mg/L magnesium and 8 dKH alkalinity, levels aimed at fish-only systems and low-nutrient tanks with a few corals. A reef with heavy coral growth will draw those levels down between changes and usually needs calcium and alkalinity supplements alongside. The 600 L rating works out at roughly 33 g of salt per litre of water; the final salinity is set with a refractometer or hydrometer rather than by weight alone. Aquarium Systems says the solution is ready for immediate use once dissolved, though matching its temperature and salinity to the display before a water change is still sound practice.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** A complete salt for fish-only and fish-with-live-rock systems.
- **Low-nutrient tanks with a few corals:** The use Aquarium Systems' listings describe.
- **First fill of a new system:** One box mixes about 600 L of seawater.
- **Routine water changes:** Twenty kilograms covers months of changes on a mid-size tank.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Start with clean water:** RO/DI or dechlorinated tap water in a clean, dedicated container.
- **Roughly 33 g per litre:** The box rating; add salt while the water circulates.
- **Check salinity:** Adjust to SG 1.024 at 25 °C, or the tank's target, with a refractometer.
- **Never with livestock:** Mix outside the display and match temperature before adding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made since 1964:** One of the longest-running marine salt formulas.
- **Lorraine raw material:** Mined from ancient sea deposits in France.
- **Every batch analysed:** Checked for major, minor and trace elements.
- **Fast dissolving:** A clear solution within minutes.
- **Uniform particle size:** A consistent mix throughout the box.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Instant Ocean (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-218035
- **Product Type:** Salt > Marine Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Makes:** About 600 L of seawater (roughly 33 g per litre)
- **Reference Mix:** SG 1.024 at 25 °C; Ca about 400 mg/L; Mg about 1,250 mg/L; KH about 8 dKH
- **Formula:** Nitrate- and phosphate-free; major, minor and trace elements
- **Raw Material:** Mined in Lorraine, France
- **Packaging:** Box
- **Target Environment:** Marine fish-only and low-nutrient aquariums
---
#### Hiker Ocean SPS Reef Salt 20kg
Bulk synthetic sea salt mix for SPS-dominated reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/hiker-ocean-sps-reef-salt-20kg/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HK201103
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/HK201102.jpg
A reef full of small-polyp stony corals draws on calcium, alkalinity and magnesium every day, and each water change is a chance to put some of that back. Hiker Ocean SPS Reef Salt 20kg (SKU: HK201103) is a synthetic sea salt mix sold under the Hiker Ocean name and labelled for SPS reef aquariums, supplied in a 20 kg pack for mixing saltwater at home. A salt mix like this is dissolved in purified fresh water to make new seawater, both for filling a new system and for the routine water changes that keep an established reef stable. The maker's mixing rate and target parameters are printed on the pack and should be followed in preference to any general guide.
Reef salts are mixed in RO/DI water rather than tap water, because tap water can carry phosphate, nitrate, silicate and metals into the tank. Most reef salts need roughly 33 to 38 g per litre to reach natural seawater salinity, so a 20 kg pack typically makes somewhere in the region of 520 to 600 litres, depending on the mix and the salinity chosen; a refractometer, not the scoop, decides the final amount. Mix in a clean, food-grade container with a circulation pump and a heater, add salt to the water rather than water to the salt, and allow several hours or overnight for the batch to clear before checking salinity and temperature. Testing alkalinity, calcium and magnesium on a fresh batch shows exactly what each water change adds to the reef.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **SPS reef aquariums:** New water for systems dominated by small-polyp stony corals.
- **Routine water changes:** Weekly or fortnightly changes on established reefs.
- **New system fills:** Mixing the first batches for a new marine tank.
- **Larger systems:** A 20 kg pack for big displays or frequent changes.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Start with RO/DI water:** Purified water brought to about tank temperature.
- **Add salt gradually:** Pour it into moving water to stop clumping.
- **Let it mix:** Circulate for several hours, or overnight, before use.
- **Match the tank:** Bring salinity and temperature to the display's values before the change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **SPS reef label:** Sold for small-polyp stony coral systems.
- **20 kg pack:** Several hundred litres of saltwater from one pack.
- **Mix as needed:** Fresh batches made when required rather than stored seawater.
- **Keeps when sealed:** Dry salt stays usable between batches if the pack is closed tightly.
- **Test-friendly:** Fresh-batch testing shows what each change adds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hiker Ocean
- **SKU:** HK201103
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt Mix (SPS)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Mixing Water:** RO/DI (purified) fresh water
- **Typical Reef Salinity:** About 1.025–1.026 SG (35 ppt), checked with a refractometer
- **Mixing Rate:** As printed on the pack
- **Storage:** Sealed, cool and dry; reseal after each use
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, especially SPS-dominated systems
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Food
#### Absolute Algae Wafer 120g
Absolute Algae Wafer 120g - Spirulina-rich veg food for fish & other aquatic animals in freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-algae-wafer-120g/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AW8012 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000096
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Algae-Wafer-120g.png
Absolute Algae Wafer 120g (SKU: AW8012) delivers the same rich spirulina and vegetable formulation in a compact 120g size. Formulated for bottom-dwelling fish like Plecos, Ancistrus, and Otocinclus, these sinking disc wafers provide essential plant nutrients, vitamins, and minerals required for healthy digestion and shell/scale integrity.
The slow-dissolving formula allows fish to rasp and scrape away at the wafer just as they would graze on algae-covered rocks and driftwood in the wild.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Community & Nano Tanks:** Perfect tub size for hobbyists keeping a few plecos, otocinclus, or shrimp.
- **Substrate Feeding:** Ensures bottom feeders receive adequate vegetable nutrition without surface fish stealing their food.
**How to Use**
- Drop 1 to 2 wafers near your bottom fish's favourite hiding spot or cave once daily.
- For nocturnal bottom feeders, feed shortly before or after turning off aquarium lighting.
- Remove any uneaten material after several hours.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rich in Spirulina & Marine Algae:** Promotes natural immunity and smooth digestion.
- **Fast-Sinking & Water-Stable:** Remains intact for hours without clouding water column.
- **Convenient 120g Tub:** Compact, freshness-sealed container ideal for single-tank setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** AW8012
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000096
- **Product Type:** Food / Sinking Algae Wafers
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 180 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Algae Wafer 240g
Absolute Algae Wafer 240g - Herbivore food for algae-eating aquatic animals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-algae-wafer-240g/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AW8024 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000102
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Algae-Wafer-240g.png
Absolute Algae Wafer 240g (SKU: AW8024) is a premium sinking herbivore diet formulated specifically for bottom-dwelling algae eaters, Plecostomus species, Ancistrus, Otocinclus, freshwater loaches, and invertebrates. Rich in natural spirulina algae, kelp, and essential plant proteins, these dense wafers sink quickly to the substrate where bottom feeders naturally graze.
Engineered with a water-stable formula, these wafers retain their shape and structural integrity underwater for extended periods without breaking down quickly, allowing nocturnal and shy bottom-dwellers to graze naturally without clouding the aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Substrate Grazing:** Ideal daily food for plecos, bristlenose, otocinclus, corydoras, and freshwater shrimp.
- **Nocturnal Feeding:** Perfect for dropping into the tank before turning aquarium lights off for night-feeding catfish.
- **Supplemental Herbivore Feeding:** Prevents algae-eating fish from damaging live aquatic plants when natural tank algae is scarce.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily, or once before switching off aquarium lights for nocturnal species.
- Drop only as many wafers as your bottom feeders can graze on within 2 to 3 hours.
- Remove any unconsumed food the following morning to maintain pristine water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast-Sinking Wafer Shape:** Drops straight to the aquarium bed for substrate grazers.
- **Spirulina & Kelp Enriched:** Packed with natural vegetable matter to mirror natural wild diets.
- **Water-Stable Structure:** Holds form underwater to allow slow grazing without dissolving into dust.
- **Medium 240g Value Size:** Generous tub size suitable for community tanks with multiple bottom dwellers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** AW8024
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000102
- **Product Type:** Food / Sinking Algae Wafers
- **Net Weight:** 240 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 140 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 320 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Algae Wafer 480g
Absolute Algae Wafer 480g - Herbivorous food for catfish and other aquatic animals in freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-algae-wafer-480g/
- Price: $38.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AW8048 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000119
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Algae-Wafer-480g.png
Absolute Algae Wafer 480g (SKU: AW8048) is the bulk economy tub size engineered for multi-tank hobbyists, breeders, and keepers of large wood-eating or herbivorous catfish and other aquatic animals in freshwater aquariums. Loaded with natural spirulina, seaweed meal, and essential plant fibres, these dense sinking wafers deliver a complete nutritional foundation for all benthic aquatic species.
Designed to resist rapid disintegration, these wafers allow plecos, shrimp, and loaches to graze naturally over hours without polluting the tank water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bulk & Breeder Feeding:** Economical size for feeding multiple aquariums, large pleco collections, or big catfish.
- **Herbivore & Omnivore Diet:** Complete staple diet for Plecostomus, Bristlenose, Whiptails, and freshwater shrimp.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily according to the number and size of bottom dwellers in your tank.
- Scatter wafers across different substrate areas to prevent territorial fish from guarding all the food.
- Remove unconsumed portions after several hours to maintain low nitrate levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Fiber Plant Formula:** Supports healthy gastrointestinal function in algae-grazing catfish.
- **Bulk 480g Jar:** Long-lasting supply for large tanks or high-stock aquariums.
- **Non-Clouding Formula:** High water stability prevents water discolouration and filter clogging.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** AW8048
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000119
- **Product Type:** Food / Sinking Algae Wafers
- **Net Weight:** 480 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 140 mm (L) × 140 mm (W) × 160 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 600 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips (Slow Sinking) 120g
Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips (Slow Sinking) 120g - Cichlid fish food for freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-cichlid-fish-chips-slow-sinking-120g/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FC0120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000140
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Cichlid-Fish-Chips-Slow-Sinking-120g.png
Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips 120g (SKU: FC0120) is a premium slow-sinking chip diet specially formulated to meet the dietary needs of South American, Central American, and African cichlids. These nutrient-dense chips drift slowly through the water column, catering to the natural mid-water and substrate-grazing habits of cichlid species.
Packed with high-grade marine proteins, essential amino acids, and immune-boosting vitamins, these chips support healthy muscle growth, natural digestion, and rich colour development without polluting tank water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Staple Cichlid Diet:** Ideal daily feed for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids (e.g., Apistogramma, Angelfish, Rams, Peacocks, and Mbuna).
- **Mid-Water & Bottom Grazers:** Excellent for cichlid species that prefer feeding on falling particles rather than surface flakes.
- **Promoting Growth & Vigour:** High-protein recipe fuels steady growth rates and active behaviour.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily.
- Pinch chips directly into the water stream to distribute them across the tank.
- Feed only the quantity your cichlids can consume within 2 to 3 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow-Sinking Chip Shape:** Perfect bite size and texture for medium-to-large cichlids.
- **Balanced Nutrition Profile:** High protein content supports strong body development and vitality.
- **Reduces Water Waste:** Clean-burning formula produces less waste and helps prevent cloudiness.
- **120g Value Size:** Generous tub size suitable for active cichlid display tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** FC0120
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000140
- **Product Type:** Food / Cichlid Chips & Granules
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 65 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Cichlid Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Colour Shrimp Granules 50g
Absolute Colour Shrimp Granules 50g - Mini-granule food for dwarf shrimps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-colour-shrimp-granules-50g/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SG50 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000294
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Colour-Shrimp-Granules-50g.png
Absolute Colour Shrimp Granules 50g (SKU: SG50) is a specialised mini-granule food formulated to meet the distinct nutritional needs of ornamental freshwater dwarf shrimp, including Cherry Shrimp, Crystal Reds, Bee Shrimp, and Amano Shrimp. Packed with natural plant proteins, spirulina, calcium, and minerals, these sinking granules support healthy shell moulting and vibrant body pigmentation.
The slow-breakdown granule structure allows shrimp to graze naturally over extended periods without dissolving quickly or fouling sensitive shrimp tank water parameters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dwarf Shrimp Nutrition:** Daily staple feed for all freshwater dwarf shrimp species and nano invertebrates.
- **Promoting Successful Moulting:** High calcium and mineral content helps shrimp form strong new exoskeletons during moulting cycles.
- **Colour Intensity:** Enriched with natural carotenoids to enhance red, blue, black, and yellow shrimp shell colours.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 small pinch or a few granules per 5 to 10 shrimp once daily or every second day.
- Drop granules directly into a shrimp feeding dish or onto the substrate.
- Remove any unconsumed food after 2 to 3 hours to keep shrimp tank water pristine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast-Sinking Mini Granules:** Instantly sinks to the bottom for substrate-grazing invertebrates.
- **Calcium & Mineral Enriched:** Prevents moulting failures and encourages healthy exoskeleton growth.
- **Water-Stable Formula:** Holds shape underwater to allow natural communal grazing without clouding water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** SG50
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000294
- **Product Type:** Food / Shrimp & Invertebrate Granules
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 50 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Shrimp & Nano Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Tropical Flakes 180g
Absolute Tropical Flakes 180g - Daily staple food for all freshwater community tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-tropical-flakes-180g/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TF0180 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000270
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Tropical-Flakes-180g.png
Absolute Tropical Flakes 180g (SKU:
TF0180) is a premium daily staple diet scientifically formulated for all freshwater community tropical fish.
Crafted with high-grade marine proteins,
spirulina,
and essential vitamins,
this balanced flake food delivers complete nutrition to support rapid growth,
active swimming vitality,
and natural disease resistance.
Enriched with natural carotenoid pigments,
these crispy flakes bring out vivid reds,
oranges,
blues,
and yellows in fish scales,
while the highly digestible recipe reduces fish waste and helps maintain crystal-clear aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Community Feeding:**
Complete staple diet for tetras,
guppies,
barbs,
gouramis,
angelfish,
and mollies.
- **Colour Enhancement:**
Daily feeding naturally intensifies scale pigmentation and natural lustre.
- **Surface & Midwater Feeders:**
Light flake texture floats on the surface before drifting slowly downward.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily in small portions.
- Sprinkle flakes directly onto the water surface.
- Only feed what your fish can completely consume within 2 to 3 minutes to maintain water clarity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Ingredient Flake Blend:**
Rich in marine proteins,
spirulina,
and essential trace elements.
- **Natural Pigment Boosters:**
Enhances natural skin and scale colours without synthetic dyes.
- **Clean Water Formula:**
Highly digestible ingredients minimise waste output and prevent clouding.
- **180g Value Size:**
Generous tub size suitable for multi-tank owners and community aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:**
Absolute
- **SKU:**
TF0180
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):**
9334141000270
- **Product Type:**
Food / Tropical Flakes
- **Net Weight:**
180 g
- **Package Dimensions:**
160 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:**
220 g
- **Target Environment:**
Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
---
#### Orca Floating Fish Pellet 500g Mini
Small floating pellets for everyday feeding of goldfish, young koi and tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/orca-floating-fish-pellet-500g-mini/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: OF76M · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325466008188
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/OF76M.jpg
Floating food lets a keeper see exactly how much is eaten, and a small pellet means smaller fish get a share instead of watching the big ones feed. Orca Floating Fish Pellet 500g Mini (SKU: OF76M) is the mini-grade pack of Orca's floating pellet, a staple food for goldfish, koi and tropical fish that stays at the surface until it is taken. The 500 g bag is a practical size for a busy aquarium, a stocked pond or a household with several tanks, and the mini grade suits small and medium fish that would struggle with a larger pellet. The supplier states that the pellets do not cloud the water when fed as directed.
Because every pellet floats, uneaten food stays visible instead of sinking into the gravel to rot, which makes it easy to judge portions and to scoop out leftovers before they affect water quality. Feed as much as the fish can consume in a few minutes, at least twice a day in warm weather, and remove any pellets still floating afterwards. In ponds, fish eat less as the water cools, so reduce the amount through autumn and stop feeding when the water is cold and the fish are inactive. Fish that take food from the surface, such as goldfish, koi, gouramis and many livebearers, learn quickly to come to the feeding spot. The same pellet is stocked in a Baby grade (OF76B) and a Medium grade (OF76MD) for other fish sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish aquariums:** A daily staple for fancy and common goldfish.
- **Young pond fish:** Small koi and goldfish growing on in a garden pond.
- **Tropical community tanks:** Surface and mid-water feeders that take floating food.
- **Multi-tank households:** A 500 g bag that covers several tanks for weeks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Portion by time:** Give only what the fish clear within a few minutes.
- **Feed regularly:** At least twice daily for active fish in warm water.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out pellets still floating after feeding.
- **Adjust with temperature:** Feed less in ponds as the water cools.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating pellet:** Stays on the surface so feeding can be watched and measured.
- **Mini grade:** Sized for small to medium fish.
- **Clear water:** Supplied as a pellet that does not cloud the water when fed correctly.
- **Versatile staple:** Suits goldfish, koi and tropical fish.
- **500 g pack:** Economical for ponds and several aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Orca
- **SKU:** OF76M
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325466008188
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Mini, floating
- **Feeding:** At least twice daily, the amount eaten in a few minutes
- **Suitable For:** Goldfish, koi and tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Orca Floating Fish Pellet 550g Baby (OF76B); 485g Medium (OF76MD)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Orca Floating Fish Pellet 550g Baby
Fine floating pellets for juvenile goldfish, koi fry and small tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/orca-floating-fish-pellet-550g-baby/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: OF76B · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325466008171
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/OF76B.jpg
Young fish grow fastest when they can eat often, and they can only do that if the food fits their mouths. Orca Floating Fish Pellet 550g Baby (SKU: OF76B) is the Baby grade of Orca's floating pellet, the grade named for young fish, packed in a 550 g bag. It is made for goldfish, koi and tropical fish and floats at the surface, so small fish can pick pellets off the top without competing at the bottom with larger tankmates. The supplier describes the food as one that does not cloud the water when it is fed as directed. A 550 g bag also covers a season of regular feeding for a tub or small pond of growing fish.
A small pellet also suits adult fish with small mouths, such as tetras, rasboras, small barbs and livebearers, and it makes a good first dry food for koi and goldfish fry once they have moved on from powdered or live food. Feed at least twice daily, offering as much as the fish can consume within a few minutes, and lift out any pellets still floating when feeding is over. Juveniles benefit from three or four smaller feeds a day rather than one large one, which keeps growth steady and the water cleaner. As the fish grow, move up to the Mini (OF76M) or Medium (OF76MD) grade of the same food. Store the bag sealed in a cool, dry place to keep the pellets fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Raising juveniles:** Goldfish and koi fry moving on to a dry staple.
- **Small-mouthed fish:** Tetras, rasboras and livebearers that need a small pellet.
- **Grow-out ponds and tubs:** Regular feeding of young fish outdoors in warm months.
- **Mixed-size tanks:** A floating food that small fish can reach first.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Little and often:** Three or four small feeds a day for growing fish.
- **Few-minute rule:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Clear the surface:** Remove floating leftovers after each feed.
- **Grade up:** Switch to a larger pellet as the fish grow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Baby grade:** A small floating pellet named and sized for young fish.
- **Surface feeding:** Floats so intake can be watched.
- **Clean feeding:** Supplied as non-clouding when fed as directed.
- **Broad use:** Goldfish, koi and tropical fish.
- **550 g bag:** A large pack for regular feeding of young stock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Orca
- **SKU:** OF76B
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325466008171
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 550 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, floating
- **Feeding:** At least twice daily, as much as is eaten in a few minutes
- **Suitable For:** Juvenile goldfish and koi, small tropical fish
- **Storage:** Sealed, cool and dry
- **Other Sizes:** Orca Floating Fish Pellet 500g Mini (OF76M); 485g Medium (OF76MD)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Large
Large-grade high-protein sinking pellets for big cichlids and catfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/orca-hi-protein-sinking-pellet-500g-large/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FS18AL · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325466008652
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/FS18AL.webp
A large cichlid or catfish can clear a pinch of small pellets in one gulp and still be hunting, while much of a fine food ends up lost in the gravel. Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Large (SKU: FS18AL) is the large grade of Orca's high-protein sinking pellet, a food for carnivorous and omnivorous aquarium fish that need a protein-rich staple. The pellets sink rather than float, so they reach fish that feed in mid-water and on the bottom, and the 500 g pack suits keepers of big fish who go through food quickly. The line comes in three pellet grades, small, medium and large, and this is the largest of them.
The large grade is aimed at bigger mouths: oscars, severums, larger African and Central American cichlids, big synodontis and other substantial catfish, and similar fish that take a hefty pellet in one bite. A protein-rich diet suits fish whose natural food is insects, crustaceans and smaller fish, and a sinking pellet gives bottom-dwelling species a share that floating food never would. Feed once or twice daily, offering only what is eaten within a few minutes, and adjust for the number and size of the fish; a big fish fed more than it clears adds waste to the water quickly. Where surface feeders share the tank, pair it with a floating food so both levels are fed. Siphon out any pellets left on the substrate at the next maintenance, and keep the pack sealed, cool and dry so the pellets do not take up moisture or clump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlids:** Oscars, severums and other big cichlids.
- **Big catfish:** Large bottom-foraging catfish that take a sizeable pellet.
- **Predator community tanks:** Food that drops past surface feeders to the fish below.
- **Growing on:** Young large-species fish ready to move up from the medium grade.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One or two feeds daily:** Only what is cleared in a few minutes.
- **Count the pellets:** Large pellets make it easy to portion per fish.
- **Dusk feed for catfish:** A few pellets after lights-out for nocturnal species.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets from the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large grade:** The biggest of three pellet sizes in the line.
- **Sinking:** Reaches mid-water and bottom-feeding fish.
- **High protein:** Made for carnivorous and omnivorous species.
- **500 g pack:** A good supply for big fish or several tanks.
- **Easy portions:** Larger pellets are simple to count out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Orca
- **SKU:** FS18AL
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325466008652
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivore/Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Large, sinking
- **Feeding:** Once or twice daily, the amount eaten within a few minutes
- **Suitable For:** Large cichlids, catfish and other big carnivorous or omnivorous fish
- **Storage:** Sealed, cool and dry
- **Other Sizes:** Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Small (FS18AS); 500g Medium (FS18AM)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Medium
Protein-rich sinking pellets for cichlids and bottom-feeding fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/orca-hi-protein-sinking-pellet-500g-medium/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FS18AM · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325466008652
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/FS18AM.jpg
Fish that feed on the bottom or in mid-water often miss out when everything offered floats and is taken at the surface by faster tankmates. Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Medium (SKU: FS18AM) is a sinking pellet with a high protein content, made for carnivorous and omnivorous aquarium fish that need a meaty staple. The medium grade is the middle of three pellet sizes (small, medium and large), suiting mid-sized cichlids, catfish, loaches and other fish that forage below the surface. The 500 g pack lasts a well-stocked tank a long time, which makes it a sensible size for cichlid keepers and fish rooms.
Sinking pellets reach the fish that stay low in the water column, such as corydoras, plecos, loaches and many cichlids, and give shy fish a chance to feed away from the scramble at the top. A protein-rich diet supports growth and condition in fish whose natural food is insects, crustaceans and small fish. Feed once or twice a day, dropping in only as many pellets as the fish will finish within a few minutes, and for nocturnal catfish add a few just after the lights go out. Siphon up any pellets left on the substrate at the next maintenance so they do not break down and raise nitrate. Because the pellets drop quickly past the surface, they also suit tanks where fast surface feeders such as barbs or rainbowfish would otherwise intercept a floating food before the catfish and cichlids get any. Fish with small mouths are better served by the small grade (FS18AS), while large cichlids take the large grade (FS18AL).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid tanks:** A daily protein staple for mid-sized carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids.
- **Bottom feeders:** Catfish, loaches and plecos that feed on the substrate.
- **Mixed community tanks:** Food that gets past surface feeders to the fish below.
- **Conditioning fish:** Extra protein for fish being grown on or brought into breeding condition.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once or twice daily:** Small amounts that are cleared within a few minutes.
- **Target the bottom:** Drop pellets where bottom feeders gather.
- **Night feeding:** Add a few after lights-out for nocturnal catfish.
- **Clean up:** Siphon uneaten pellets from the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches mid-water and bottom-feeding fish.
- **High protein:** Formulated for carnivorous and omnivorous species.
- **Medium grade:** Sized for mid-sized cichlids and catfish.
- **500 g pack:** A long-lasting supply for larger collections.
- **Pairs with floating food:** Feeds the lower levels while a floating staple feeds the top.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Orca
- **SKU:** FS18AM
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9325466008652
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivore/Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Medium, sinking
- **Feeding:** Once or twice daily, the amount eaten in a few minutes
- **Suitable For:** Cichlids, catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders
- **Storage:** Sealed, cool and dry
- **Other Sizes:** Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Small (FS18AS); 500g Large (FS18AL)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Small
Small-grade protein sinking pellets for corydoras, dwarf cichlids and juveniles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/orca-hi-protein-sinking-pellet-500g-small/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FS18AS
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/FS18AS.jpg
Corydoras, loaches and dwarf cichlids rarely get a fair share of a floating food, and a large pellet is too big for their mouths when they do find one. Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Small (SKU: FS18AS) is the small grade of Orca's high-protein sinking pellet, a protein-rich food for carnivorous and omnivorous aquarium fish that feed below the surface. The pellets sink to the bottom, where foraging fish pick them up, and the 500 g pack is a bulk size for fish rooms, breeders and keepers with several tanks. Small is the finest of the three grades in the line, alongside medium and large, and a fish room raising several tanks of juveniles can run one small-grade food across all of them. In a mixed tank, dropping a few pellets at the front and back at once lets bottom feeders eat while mid-water fish are busy elsewhere.
Small pellets suit corydoras, kuhli and other small loaches, rams, apistogrammas and other dwarf cichlids, small catfish, and the young of larger cichlids that are not yet ready for the medium grade. Because a small pellet spreads across the substrate in many pieces, more fish in a group get to eat, rather than one dominant fish guarding a single large piece. A protein-rich food is commonly used to grow on juveniles and to condition adults ahead of spawning. Feed once or twice a day, scattering only what the fish clear within a few minutes, and for nocturnal species add a pinch soon after the lights go out. Store the pack sealed in a cool, dry place, away from steam and humidity, so the pellets stay free-flowing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Corydoras and loaches:** Small-mouthed bottom foragers.
- **Dwarf cichlids:** Rams, apistogrammas and similar small cichlids.
- **Juvenile cichlids:** Young fish not yet ready for medium pellets.
- **Breeding set-ups:** A protein-rich food for conditioning pairs.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Scatter thinly:** Spread the pellets so every fish in a group finds some.
- **Once or twice a day:** Only what disappears within a few minutes.
- **Evening pinch:** A little after lights-out for nocturnal catfish and loaches.
- **Keep the substrate clean:** Siphon leftovers before they decay.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small grade:** The finest of the three Orca pellet sizes.
- **Sinking pellet:** Lands where bottom foragers feed.
- **High protein:** Suited to carnivorous and omnivorous species.
- **Shares out evenly:** Many small pieces for a group of fish.
- **500 g bulk pack:** For breeders and multi-tank keepers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Orca
- **SKU:** FS18AS
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivore/Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, sinking
- **Feeding:** Once or twice daily, the amount cleared within a few minutes
- **Suitable For:** Corydoras, loaches, dwarf cichlids and juvenile fish
- **Storage:** Sealed, cool and dry
- **Other Sizes:** Orca Hi-Protein Sinking Pellet 500g Medium (FS18AM); 500g Large (FS18AL)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Today's Bloodworm 10g
Freeze-dried bloodworm treat for bettas, community fish and fussy eaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/todays-bloodworm-10g/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RT010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4710874220027
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RT010.webp
Most aquarium fish go wild for bloodworms, but a tray of frozen cubes is a lot to keep in the freezer for one betta or a small community tank. Today's Bloodworm 10g (SKU: RT010) is a 10 g container of freeze-dried bloodworms, the larvae of non-biting midges, processed to remove the water while keeping the worms whole. Freeze-drying makes them shelf-stable, so they are stored in the cupboard rather than the freezer and portioned by the pinch. Because freeze-dried worms are very light, 10 g is a generous volume for a single tank, and it is a sensible size to try before committing to the larger 20 g container (RT025).
Bloodworms are a protein-rich food that most freshwater and marine fish accept readily, including bettas, gouramis, tetras, cichlids, goldfish and many reef fish, and they are a useful way to tempt new arrivals or fussy eaters to feed. They suit use as a supplement two or three times a week alongside a staple pellet or flake, rather than as the whole diet. Offer only what the fish eat within a few minutes and remove the rest. Soaking the worms in a little tank water for a minute before feeding softens them, makes them sink, and helps prevent the bloating some fish suffer from swallowing dry food. Bloodworms are rich but not a complete diet on their own, so rotating them with brine shrimp, daphnia or a good flake keeps the menu balanced. Close the lid firmly after each use and keep the container in a cool, dry place.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** A small pack that suits one fish or a nano tank.
- **Tempting new fish:** A food most fish take while settling into a new tank.
- **Adding variety:** A protein treat alongside a staple flake or pellet.
- **Freezer-free feeding:** Bloodworms without storing frozen cubes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two or three times a week:** As a supplement to the main diet.
- **Soak first:** Wet the worms in tank water so they soften and sink.
- **Small portions:** Feed only what is eaten in a few minutes.
- **Seal after use:** Close the lid and store somewhere cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Freeze-dried bloodworms:** Whole worms with the water removed.
- **Shelf-stable:** Stored at room temperature, no freezer needed.
- **Widely accepted:** Taken by most freshwater and marine fish.
- **10 g size:** A trial pack for one or two tanks.
- **Easy portioning:** A pinch per feed for small fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Today's
- **SKU:** RT010
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4710874220027
- **Product Type:** Food > Freeze-Dried Bloodworms
- **Net Weight:** 10 g
- **Contents:** Freeze-dried bloodworms (midge larvae)
- **Suitable For:** Bettas, gouramis, tetras, cichlids, goldfish and marine fish
- **Feeding:** Two to three times weekly as a supplement
- **Storage:** Cool, dry place, lid closed
- **Other Sizes:** Today's Bloodworm 20g (RT025)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Today's Bloodworm 20g
Larger tub of freeze-dried bloodworms for cichlids, goldfish and multi-tank keepers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/todays-bloodworm-20g/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RT025 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4710874220034
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RT025.webp
A tank of hungry cichlids or a row of breeding tanks gets through a small pot of bloodworms in no time, and running out mid-week is a nuisance. Today's Bloodworm 20g (SKU: RT025) is the 20 g size of Today's freeze-dried bloodworms, twice the contents of the 10 g pot (RT010). The worms are midge larvae that have been freeze-dried, a process that removes the water while leaving them whole, so they keep in the cupboard instead of the freezer. Freeze-dried worms weigh very little, so 20 g is a large volume of food, enough for regular treats across several tanks or a stocked display of larger fish.
Bloodworms are a high-protein food readily taken by cichlids, goldfish, gouramis, discus, angelfish, loaches and marine fish, and they are often used to bring fish into breeding condition or to get a picky eater feeding. Treat them as a supplement, two or three times a week alongside a staple pellet or flake. Larger fish can take a small pinch straight from the tub, while for small fish the worms can be crumbled between the fingers. Pre-soaking in tank water softens the worms and lets them sink to bottom feeders. Many keepers also use a bloodworm feed to check that every fish in a community is eating, since a fish that ignores bloodworms is often unwell. Remove anything left after a few minutes so it does not foul the water, and always close the lid straight after feeding to keep moisture out, since damp freeze-dried food spoils quickly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several tanks:** A larger supply for fish rooms and multi-tank households.
- **Breeding conditioning:** Extra protein for pairs being brought into spawning.
- **Larger fish:** Cichlids, goldfish and discus that eat more per feed.
- **Bottom feeders:** Soaked worms sink to loaches and catfish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Supplement, not staple:** Two or three feeds a week alongside the main food.
- **Size the portion:** Whole worms for large fish, crumbled for small ones.
- **Pre-soak for sinking:** Wet in tank water to reach bottom dwellers.
- **Keep it dry:** Close the lid immediately and store away from humidity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 g tub:** Double the contents of the 10 g size.
- **Whole freeze-dried worms:** Water removed, worms left intact.
- **Cupboard storage:** No freezer space required.
- **High-protein treat:** Accepted by a wide range of fish.
- **Whole or crumbled:** Suits both large and small fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Today's
- **SKU:** RT025
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4710874220034
- **Product Type:** Food > Freeze-Dried Bloodworms
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Contents:** Freeze-dried bloodworms (midge larvae), about double the 10 g pot
- **Preparation:** Pre-soak in tank water for sinking
- **Feeding:** Two to three times weekly as a supplement
- **Storage:** Cool, dry place, lid closed
- **Suitable For:** Cichlids, goldfish, discus, gouramis and marine fish
- **Other Sizes:** Today's Bloodworm 10g (RT010)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Today's Tubifex Worms 15g
Freeze-dried tubifex for tropical fish, goldfish and marine fish without the freezer.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/todays-tubifex-worms-15g/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TT015 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4710874220126
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TT015.jpg
Live tubifex were once the classic conditioning food, but they are hard to source, harder to keep clean and can carry problems into the tank. Today's Tubifex Worms 15g (SKU: TT015) is a 15 g container of freeze-dried tubifex worms, a convenient alternative to live and frozen tubifex. The worms are freeze-dried to remove the moisture while preserving the flavour and nutrition of the live food, so they keep in the cupboard and need no freezer. The supplier lists them for all tropical fish, marine fish and goldfish. At 15 g this is the smallest of the three sizes stocked, suited to a single tank or to trying the food before buying in bulk.
Freeze-dried tubifex are usually sold pressed into a block or cube shape. The cube can be pressed against the inside of the glass, where it sticks and fish peck the worms free, or broken into small pieces and dropped in for surface and mid-water feeders. It is a rich, meaty food, so it is most useful as a supplement two or three times a week alongside a staple pellet or flake. Feed only what is eaten within a few minutes, and remove leftovers before they break down. Soaking a piece in tank water first helps prevent bloating in small fish and lets the worms sink. Tubifex is also a classic first food for newly imported fish that refuse prepared diets, as its scent draws fish in quickly. Keep the container sealed and dry between feeds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single tanks:** A small container for one community or betta tank.
- **Trying a new food:** A low-commitment size to see if the fish take to tubifex.
- **Replacing live worms:** The appeal of tubifex without keeping live cultures.
- **Fussy eaters:** A strong-smelling food that tempts reluctant fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Stick it to the glass:** Press a piece on the inside of the tank for fish to pick at.
- **Crumble for small fish:** Break off small pieces for tetras and livebearers.
- **Feed sparingly:** Two or three times a week, cleared within a few minutes.
- **Store dry:** Close the lid tightly after each feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Freeze-dried tubifex:** Moisture removed, flavour and nutrition kept.
- **No freezer needed:** A practical alternative to frozen tubifex.
- **Broad appeal:** Listed for tropical, marine and goldfish.
- **15 g starter size:** The smallest of three sizes.
- **Glass feeding:** Sticks to the inside glass for fish to pick at.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Today's
- **SKU:** TT015
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4710874220126
- **Product Type:** Food > Freeze-Dried Tubifex
- **Net Weight:** 15 g
- **Contents:** Freeze-dried tubifex worms
- **Preparation:** Stick to the glass, crumble or pre-soak
- **Feeding:** Two to three times weekly as a supplement
- **Storage:** Room temperature, sealed and dry
- **Other Sizes:** Today's Tubifex Worms 30g (TT030); 50g (TT050)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical, marine and goldfish aquariums
---
#### Today's Tubifex Worms 30g
Mid-size pack of freeze-dried tubifex for regular treats across a busy aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/todays-tubifex-worms-30g/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TT030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4710874220133
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TT030.jpg
Once fish have learned to love tubifex, a small pot empties quickly, especially in a well-stocked community tank or with a few hungry cichlids. Today's Tubifex Worms 30g (SKU: TT030) is the 30 g size of Today's freeze-dried tubifex worms, double the 15 g pot (TT015) and the middle of three sizes stocked. The worms are freeze-dried, which removes the moisture while keeping the flavour and nutrition of live tubifex, so they store at room temperature and need no space in the freezer. The supplier recommends them for all tropical fish, marine fish and goldfish.
The 30 g pack suits keepers who feed tubifex as a regular part of the weekly menu, for example to a large community tank, a pair of angelfish or discus being conditioned for spawning, or a goldfish tank. Freeze-dried tubifex are usually pressed into cubes that can be stuck to the front glass so the fish work at them, which also lets the keeper watch every fish feed. For mid-water and surface feeders, break off small pieces and drop them in. Because tubifex is a rich food, keep it to two or three feeds a week alongside a staple diet, and feed only what disappears within a few minutes. Pre-soaking in tank water softens the worms, and rotating tubifex with brine shrimp, daphnia or bloodworm gives a more varied diet. Seal the container straight away to keep humidity out.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community tanks:** Enough for regular treats in a well-stocked display.
- **Conditioning breeders:** Protein-rich food for angelfish and discus pairs.
- **Goldfish tanks:** A meaty change from flakes and pellets.
- **Marine fish:** A treat for fish-only and reef fish that take meaty foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Glass feeding:** Press a cube on the front glass so all the fish can reach it.
- **Break it up:** Smaller pieces for mid-water and surface feeders.
- **Keep it a treat:** Two or three feeds a week alongside the staple diet.
- **Seal it quickly:** Replace the lid after feeding to keep the worms dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 g pack:** The middle size, double the 15 g pot.
- **Freeze-dried worms:** Keeps the flavour and nutrition of live tubifex.
- **Room-temperature storage:** Frees up freezer space.
- **Versatile feeding:** Stick to the glass or crumble into the water.
- **Brings fish forward:** Glass-stuck cubes draw fish into view at feeding time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Today's
- **SKU:** TT030
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4710874220133
- **Product Type:** Food > Freeze-Dried Tubifex
- **Net Weight:** 30 g
- **Contents:** Freeze-dried tubifex worms
- **Preparation:** Stick to the glass, crumble or pre-soak in tank water
- **Suitable For:** Community fish, angelfish, discus, goldfish and marine fish
- **Feeding:** Two to three times weekly as a supplement
- **Storage:** Room temperature, sealed and dry
- **Other Sizes:** Today's Tubifex Worms 15g (TT015); 50g (TT050)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical, marine and goldfish aquariums
---
#### Today's Tubifex Worms 50g
Bulk freeze-dried tubifex for fish rooms, breeders and large fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/todays-tubifex-worms-50g/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TT050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4710874220140
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TT050.jpg
Breeders and fish rooms feed meaty foods to dozens of tanks, and buying tubifex in small pots means paying for a lot of packaging. Today's Tubifex Worms 50g (SKU: TT050) is the largest of the three sizes of Today's freeze-dried tubifex worms, more than three times the contents of the 15 g pot (TT015). The tubifex are freeze-dried to remove the moisture while keeping the flavour and nutrition of the live worms, making them a practical alternative to frozen tubifex that is stored at room temperature. The supplier recommends the food for all tropical fish, marine fish and goldfish.
Freeze-dried tubifex is light, so 50 g is a substantial volume, enough to treat many tanks through the week. It is widely used to condition breeding pairs, to put weight on new imports and to keep fish rooms of cichlids, livebearers and catfish in good condition. Cubes can be pressed to the glass, crumbled for small fish or soaked so they sink to bottom feeders. Keep it as a supplement two or three times a week alongside a staple diet, and feed only what is taken in a few minutes. Feeding the same food across a fish room also makes it easy to see which tanks are eating well and which fish are holding back. With a larger tub opened often, moisture is the main risk to freshness: close the lid tightly after every use, and decant a week's portion into a small container to keep the bulk sealed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms:** A bulk supply for feeding many tanks each week.
- **Breeding programmes:** Conditioning food for pairs and groups of breeders.
- **New imports:** Helps underweight new fish start feeding and regain condition.
- **Large displays:** Enough for regular treats in big community or cichlid tanks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Portion by tank:** A cube or part-cube per tank, cleared in a few minutes.
- **Soak for bottom feeders:** Wet pieces sink to catfish and loaches.
- **Two or three times weekly:** Alongside a staple flake or pellet.
- **Decant to keep fresh:** Keep the main tub sealed and use a small daily pot.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 g bulk tub:** The largest of three sizes.
- **Freeze-dried tubifex:** Flavour and nutrition of live worms kept.
- **No freezer space:** Stored at room temperature.
- **For all fish types:** Tropical, marine and goldfish.
- **Flexible feeding:** Glass-stuck, crumbled or soaked.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Today's
- **SKU:** TT050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4710874220140
- **Product Type:** Food > Freeze-Dried Tubifex
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Contents:** Freeze-dried tubifex worms, the largest pack in the range
- **Preparation:** Stick to the glass, crumble or pre-soak
- **Feeding:** Two to three times weekly as a supplement
- **Storage:** Room temperature, sealed and dry
- **Suitable For:** Tropical fish, marine fish and goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** Today's Tubifex Worms 15g (TT015); 30g (TT030)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical, marine and goldfish aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Central/South American Cichlid Pellet 6mm 300g
Soft, slow-sinking high-protein pellet for larger New World cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-central-south-american-cichlid-pellet-6mm-300g/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CS00300
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/CS00300.webp
Carnivorous cichlids from Central and South America need a different diet from their vegetarian cousins, and a large oscar or geophagus will ignore a pellet that is too small or too hard. Vitalis Central/South American Cichlid Pellet 6mm 300g (SKU: CS00300) is Vitalis's soft, sinking pellet for carnivorous New World cichlids, formerly sold as Newera Central/South American Cichlid Pellets, here in the 6 mm pellet size and a 300 g resealable tub. The pellets sink slowly, giving the fish a chance to hunt and feed as the food falls, and Vitalis states that the recipe produces less waste, which helps water quality.
The recipe is built on fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, with derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats and minerals, and Vitalis describes the ingredients as natural and sustainably sourced. Analytical constituents are protein 44.7%, fat 10.8%, crude fibre 1.7%, inorganic matter 19.4% and moisture 20.5%, the moisture reflecting the soft texture. Vitalis lists Apistogramma, Cichlasoma, Acara, Microgeophagus, Geophagus and Oscars among the fish it suits; the 6 mm size is aimed at the larger end of that list, while dwarf species such as apistos need the smaller pellets in the range. Feed once or twice daily, only what is eaten within a few minutes, and siphon uneaten pellets from the substrate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Oscars and large cichlids:** A 6 mm pellet sized for big New World species.
- **Geophagus and eartheaters:** Slow-sinking food that reaches fish sifting the substrate.
- **Daily staple:** A high-protein base diet for carnivorous cichlids.
- **Water-quality concerns:** A lower-waste food for heavily stocked cichlid tanks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once or twice daily:** Small portions the fish finish in a few minutes.
- **Let it sink:** Drop pellets so they fall slowly through the water for the fish to chase.
- **Match the size:** Use 6 mm for large fish; smaller pellets for juveniles and dwarf cichlids.
- **Keep it fresh:** Reseal the tub after each feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft, slow-sinking pellet:** Encourages natural hunting behaviour.
- **44.7% protein:** Formulated for carnivorous cichlids.
- **Marine protein sources:** Fish, molluscs and crustaceans lead the recipe.
- **Less waste:** Vitalis states it helps keep water quality up.
- **6 mm pellet:** Sized for large Central and South American cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** CS00300
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** 6 mm, soft, slow-sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 44.7%, fat 10.8%, crude fibre 1.7%, inorganic matter 19.4%, moisture 20.5%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, minerals
- **Pack:** Resealable tub
- **Feeding:** Once or twice daily, the amount eaten within a few minutes
- **Former Name:** Newera Central/South American Cichlid Pellets
- **Suitable For:** Apistogramma, Cichlasoma, Acara, Microgeophagus, Geophagus, Oscars
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Lighting
#### Orca LED 120cm - Blue/white
Blue and white LED aquarium light sized for 120 cm freshwater and fish-only marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/orca-led-120cm-blue-white/
- Price: $190.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: LT24 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6925284112000
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/LT24.jpg
A 120 cm tank still running a pair of fluorescent tubes, or an old light that has dimmed and yellowed, is one of the easiest upgrades in the hobby. Orca LED 120cm - Blue/white (SKU: LT24) is a 120 cm LED aquarium light from Orca with a mix of white and blue LEDs, the longer companion to the Orca LED 90cm (LT23). The white LEDs provide the daytime light for viewing fish and plants, and the blue LEDs add a cooler, ocean-blue cast that brings out the iridescent and fluorescent colours in many fish. At 120 cm long it is sized to span a tank of the same length, so the whole aquarium is lit rather than leaving dark ends.
LED lights run cooler and use far less power than tube lighting for the light they give, so they add little heat to the water and cost less to run through a daily photoperiod. A blue and white light suits community fish, cichlids, goldfish and fish-only marine aquariums, and supports undemanding plants such as anubias, java fern, cryptocorynes and mosses; fast-growing stem plants, carpeting plants and light-hungry corals need a dedicated high-output fixture. Run the light on a mains timer for about eight to ten hours a day, which keeps fish on a steady routine and avoids the long photoperiods that encourage algae. Keep the power supply and plug well away from splashes, and loop the cable below the power point so drips cannot run along it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **120 cm aquariums:** Full-length lighting for a 4 ft tank.
- **Replacing tube lights:** An LED upgrade over old fluorescent fittings.
- **Fish-focused tanks:** Community, cichlid, goldfish and fish-only marine aquariums.
- **Low-light plants:** Anubias, java fern, crypts and mosses.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Check the length:** Measure the tank to confirm it suits a 120 cm light.
- **Centre the unit:** Position it along the tank so both ends receive light.
- **Fit a drip loop:** Let the cable dip below the power point before it rises to the plug.
- **Add a timer:** Set a regular eight- to ten-hour day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **120 cm length:** Sized for 4 ft aquariums.
- **Blue and white LEDs:** Daylight viewing with a blue tone for fish colour.
- **Low running heat:** LEDs add less heat to the water than tubes.
- **Fresh or marine:** Suits freshwater and fish-only marine tanks.
- **Two lengths:** Matches the Orca LED 90cm (LT23) for smaller tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Orca
- **SKU:** LT24
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6925284112000
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light
- **Length:** 120 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Tanks of about 120 cm (4 ft)
- **LED Colours:** White and blue
- **Light Source:** LED
- **Other Sizes:** Orca LED 90cm - Blue/White (LT23)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and fish-only marine aquariums
---
#### Orca LED 90cm - Blue/White
Slim blue and white LED light for tanks up to 90 cm, rim-mounted or hung.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/orca-led-90cm-blue-white/
- Price: $134.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: LT23 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6925284109000
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/LT23.webp
The fluorescent tube that came with an older tank is dim, warm-running and expensive to replace, and the tank looks flat under it. Orca LED 90cm - Blue/White (SKU: LT23) is a slim LED aquarium light that rests on the edges of the tank and spans the full length of an aquarium of up to 90 cm, combining white LEDs for everyday viewing with blue LEDs that bring out fish colour and give a moonlight look. The unit is described by the supplier as waterproof, and it can either sit on the rim of the tank or be suspended above an open-top aquarium.
White and blue together give a crisp, bright look that suits community fish, cichlids and fish-only marine tanks, while the blue alone shows off fluorescent and iridescent colours in the evening. LED lighting runs cooler than older tube lights and uses less power for its brightness, so it adds less heat to the water and costs less to run through a daily photoperiod. Low-light plants such as anubias, java fern, cryptocorynes and mosses grow under this type of light, but demanding carpeting plants need a dedicated planted-tank fixture. Plug it into a simple mains timer to give the fish a regular day of about eight to ten hours, which also helps keep algae in check.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing old tube lights:** A slimmer, cooler-running LED on a tank of up to 90 cm.
- **Community and cichlid tanks:** Bright white light with blue to lift fish colour.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** A blue and white look for tanks without demanding corals.
- **Open-top aquariums:** Can be hung above the water instead of resting on the rim.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Check the length:** Confirm the tank is no longer than 90 cm so the light seats properly.
- **Mount or hang:** Rest it across the tank edges or suspend it above an open top.
- **Protect the plug:** Keep power connections dry and leave a drip loop in the cable.
- **Set a photoperiod:** Use a timer for about eight to ten hours of light per day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Blue and white LEDs:** Daylight viewing plus blue for colour and evening effect.
- **90 cm span:** Covers tanks up to 90 cm long.
- **Waterproof housing:** Described by the supplier as waterproof.
- **Two mounting options:** Sits on the rim or hangs above the tank.
- **Efficient LED:** Less heat and lower running cost than tube lighting.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Orca
- **SKU:** LT23
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6925284109000
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Light
- **Length:** 90 cm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Tanks up to 90 cm long
- **LED Colours:** Blue and white
- **Mounting:** Rim-mounted or suspended
- **Other Sizes:** Orca LED 120cm - Blue/white (LT24)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and fish-only marine aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reefled G2 115 Led Visor
Clip-on glare shield that keeps the light in the tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/red-sea-reefled-g2-115-led-visor/
- Price: $30.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED1021f · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116397061
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-6.png
A compact LED array is bright enough to be unpleasant from a sofa across the room, and the visor is the fix. Red Sea Reefled G2 115 Led Visor (SKU: RED1021f) is Red Sea's optional clip-on visor for the ReefLED G2 115, described by the maker simply as a way to reduce direct glare. It fits around the fixture to cut the sideways light that would otherwise spill into the room, keeping more of the output focused inside the aquarium, and it clips on and off without tools, so it can be removed for cleaning or when photographing the tank from above.
The visor is size-specific: this one is tailored to the G2 115, with separate visors made for the G2 60 and G2 170, so it must be matched to the light it is going on. It is a passive accessory with no wiring and no effect on the light's spectrum or ReefBeat programming, and it does not change the recommended 21 cm mounting height. For tanks viewed from a seated position, or lights hung low over a rimless display, the difference between an exposed lens and a visored one is the difference between watching the corals and squinting at the fixture. It is sold singly; one visor per light.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Living-room reef tanks:** Where the light sits in the eyeline from a chair or sofa across the room.
- **Low-hung lights:** Fixtures close to the water on hanging kits or pendants, where sideways spill is strongest.
- **Rimless displays:** Open-top tanks with no canopy or hood to hide the LED from view.
- **Multi-light arrays:** One visor per G2 115 for a consistent look across the tank.
**Installation Guide**
- **Match the model:** This visor fits the ReefLED G2 115 only; G2 60 and G2 170 have their own.
- **Clip on:** Fit the visor around the fixture housing while the light is switched off and cool.
- **Check airflow:** Keep the top and sides of the light clear so the heatsink still breathes.
- **Remove to clean:** Unclip for lens cleaning or top-down photography and refit afterwards in seconds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reduces direct glare:** Red Sea's stated purpose for the optional clip-on visor.
- **Limits light spillage:** More of the output stays inside the aquarium instead of the room.
- **Tool-free clip-on:** Easy to attach and remove.
- **Model specific:** Made for the ReefLED G2 115.
- **Passive accessory:** No wiring, and no change to spectrum, PAR or ReefBeat control.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED1021f
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290116397061
- **Product Type:** Lighting > Lighting Accessories
- **Fits:** Red Sea ReefLED G2 115 (RED1021)
- **Function:** Glare and spill reduction
- **Fitting:** Clip-on, no tools
- **In the Box:** 1 × ReefLED G2 115 Visor, sold singly
- **Mounting Height:** Unchanged at 21 cm above water
- **Other Sizes:** Visors for ReefLED G2 60 and G2 170
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums lit by ReefLED G2 115
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Pumps & Wavemakers
#### Aqua One Reefsim 8000 Wavemaker Dc 24v Variable Max 8000lhr
Variable Speed Quiet Circulation Pump With 8000L/h Capacity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/aqua-one-reefsim-8000-wavemaker-dc-24v-variable-max-8000lhr/
- Price: $119.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 50054 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136171136
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Reefsim-8000-Wavemaker-Dc-24v-Variable-Max-8000lhr.jpg
The Aqua One Reefsim 8000 Wavemaker (SKU: 50054) is a state-of-the-art DC 24V controllable circulation pump engineered to simulate natural ocean currents and turbulent reef flow patterns in marine aquariums up to 400 litres. Utilising quiet sine-wave motor control technology, the Reefsim 8000 provides massive water movement up to 8,000 L/h while consuming minimal electrical power, ensuring quiet, reliable daily operation.
Featuring an external multi-function LED controller, aquarists can customise flow rates, pulse modes, night sensors, and feed pause timers to suit specific SPS and LPS coral current requirements. The compact directional head is secured by a heavy-duty magnetic mount capable of gripping glass up to 15mm thick, allowing 360-degree rotation to eliminate dead flow zones and prevent detritus buildup across rockwork.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Marine & Reef Water Circulation:** Generates dynamic, turbulent water movement required for healthy coral polyp expansion.
- **Eliminating Dead Zones:** Prevents detritus accumulation behind live rock structures and aquarium corners.
- **Gas Exchange Enhancement:** Agitates the water surface to maximise surface area for oxygen enrichment.
**Installation & Operation Guide**
- **Step 1:** Position the internal pump head against the glass and secure it externally using the magnetic mount base.
- **Step 2:** Connect the pump lead to the DC 24V controller and plug the power adapter into an AC wall outlet.
- **Step 3:** Select desired wave patterns (sine wave, continuous, random pulse) and adjust flow speed using the control dial.
- **Step 4:** Use the 10-minute feed pause function during coral or fish feeding sessions to prevent food dispersion.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sine-Wave Motor Technology:** Ensures near-silent operation and long-term mechanical reliability.
- **External Digital DC Controller:** Offers multi-mode wave settings, adjustable speed intensity, and feed delay timers.
- **Heavy-Duty Magnetic Mount:** Holds firmly on glass or acrylic tank walls up to 15 mm in thickness.
- **Low-Voltage 24V Safety:** Energy-efficient 24V DC power supply keeps electrical safety high and heat output minimal.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 50054
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136171136
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > Controllable DC Aquarium Wavemaker > Circulation Pump
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 120 mm (W) × 165 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 980 g
- **Max Flow Rate:** 8,000 L/h (2,100 US GPH)
- **Power Draw:** 23 Watts (DC 24V)
- **Target Environment:** Marine Reef & High-Flow Freshwater Aquariums
- **Capacity:** Suitable for aquariums from 200 to 400 litres
---
#### Red Sea Reefrun G2 6000 Dc Pump (w/o Controller)
Variable-speed direct current return pump delivering up to 6,000 litres per hour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/red-sea-reefrun-g2-6000-dc-pump-w-o-controller/
- Price: $414.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED1011 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116397030
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/111-34.png
The Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000 DC Pump ( SKU: RED1011 ) is a high-performance, variable-speed direct current return pump delivering up to 6,000 litres per hour. Engineered for ultra-quiet operation and low energy consumption, this pump is designed to serve as the main circulation heart for marine and reef sump filtration systems.
As part of the Red Sea ReefBeat App ecosystem, they benefit from smart features like automated daily schedules with adjustable intensities, a pulse mode for closed-loop wave installations, and notifications if the pump is running dry or blocked. This standalone unit comes without a controller, making it ideal as a direct replacement pump or an expansion addition to an existing Red Sea ReefRun Dual Controller setup. It features a ceramic shaft and durable impeller assembly for long-term reliability in saltwater environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Main Sump Return Pump:** Provides continuous water turnover between your aquarium sump and display tank.
- **Secondary Pump Expansion:** Connects to an existing ReefRun Dual Controller to manage multiple flow lines.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Position the pump submerged in the return chamber of your sump or plumb it inline.
- Connect output plumbing using standard pipe fittings or flexible hosing.
- Plug the pump cable into a Red Sea ReefRun Dual DC Controller (sold separately).
- Calibrate flow rates and set schedules using the ReefBeat smartphone app.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Variable-Speed DC Motor:** Provides energy-efficient, whisper-quiet flow up to 6,000 L/h.
- **Ceramic Shaft & Bearings:** Ensures high corrosion resistance in marine water.
- **ReefBeat Ecosystem Ready:** Full wireless speed control when paired with a ReefRun controller.
- **Run-Dry Protection:** Automatically shuts down if water supply is cut to protect the motor.
- **Flow Controller:** The controller allows you to manually turn the pump ON and OFF and adjust its intensity without an internet connection, enabling you to use the pump either independently or as part of the ReefBeat App ecosystem (via the ReefRun Dual Controller).
- **Silent Operation:** The pumps’ advanced sine-wave DC motor technology ensures virtually silent operation from the very start, even when running at 100%.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED1011
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116397030
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers / Variable DC Return Pumps
- **Package Dimensions:** 315 mm (L) × 165 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3300 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
- **Pump Output: **6,000 litres per hour (LPH)
- **Power Consumption: 22-56 Watts**
##### ReefRun G2 DC Pump 6000 - Physical Diagrams
**Dimensions**
**Return Height vs L/H (Comparison between ReefGun G2 Pump Models)**
Comparison between ReefGun G2 Pump Models — Red Sea ReefRun G2 4000 vs Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000 vs Red Sea ReefRun G2 8000 vs Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000
**User-friendly features videos (cover the following parts of the pump)**
- Rotatable outlet
- Accessible impeller
- Outlet Fitting
- Standalone Operation
- Inlet Flow Guide
- See link on Red Sea Website: https://redseafish.com/smart-hardware/reefrun-dc-pump/#/en
**Outlet Fittings**
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Dosing Pumps
#### Red Sea Reefdose 2
Precision supplement dosing pump for reef aquariums with flexible scheduling & real-time fluid volume monitoring.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dosing-pumps/red-sea-reefdose-2/
- Price: $429.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED830 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399690
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/111-39.png
The Red Sea ReefDose 2 ( SKU: RED830 ) is a smart, two-head precision dosing pump engineered specifically for reef aquariums. ReefDose is designed and built specifically for the daily supplementing of reef aquariums. Powered by custom-designed planetary-gear dosing heads, it achieves extraordinary accuracy down to 0.05 mL per dose while offering full wireless programming through the ReefBeat app. ReefDose uses bespoke (patent-pending) single-drop-accuracy dosing heads together with an advanced controller that provides a full suite of features.
The ReefDose 2 automates supplement dosing (such as Calcium, Buffer, or Reef Energy) with flexible scheduling options, automatic missed-dose compensation, and real-time fluid volume monitoring. The “Dynamic Dosing Queue” run by the controller combines the desired dosing plans for each head into one coordinated daily dosing schedule for the complete device. The queue is automatically updated after any settings changes, and reschedules any doses that are missed due to unscheduled events such as power outages.
With programming through the ReefBeat App, ReefDose offers multiple options for fully automated, easy-set dosing, or a simple schedule of individually planned doses. In addition to the regular flow rate, you can select the “Whisper” mode for almost silent operation, or “Turbo” mode if you want to get the dosing done as quickly as possible.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Automated Supplementation:** Ideal for smaller reef systems requiring 2-part dosing (Calcium and Alkalinity).
- **Precise Liquid Feeding:** Perfect for automated micro-dosing of liquid coral foods or trace elements.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Mount the ReefDose unit vertically above or adjacent to your sump setup.
- Connect input and output hosing to the dedicated dosing heads using tube connectors.
- Pair the unit to your Wi-Fi network via the ReefBeat app and perform an initial volume calibration.
- Program dosing schedules and set reservoir volume notifications.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.05ml Dosing Precision:** Custom planetary gear drive heads provide accurate micro-dosing.
- **ReefBeat App Controlled:** Smart programming, schedule previews, and fluid level tracking.
- **Auto-Missed Dose Catch-up:** Rebalances dosing schedules if power or pump operation is interrupted.
- **4-Position Click-Mount:** Includes wall mount bracket for simple installation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED830
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399690
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps / Smart Dosing Systems
- **Package Dimensions:** 165 mm (L) × 165 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1025 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
**The ReefDose Specifications in Image — The ReefDose is part of Red Sea’s ReefBeat smart ecosystem, seamlessly integrating with all other ReefBeat devices.**
- Single-drop accuracy dosing heads with a direct-drive planetary gear motor provide an accuracy of ± 0.05ml or an average deviation of 0.5% (over 10ml).
- 4 easy-set, smart dosing options for each head that are automatically combined into one coordinated schedule for the complete device.
- Easy assembly click-on/off dosing heads (no tools or alignment required).
- Automatic delay between the heads to prevent chemical interaction between supplements.
- Daily dose per head of 0.2ml up to 1000ml in increments of 0.1ml.
- On-demand manual dosing.
- Secured connectors for flexible tubing: OD 5mm – ID 3mm.
- 3 dosing flow rates: Whisper 15ml/min, Regular 30ml/min, Turbo 45 ml/min.
- Motor life expectancy of 10 years – based on 250ml/day/head.
##### ReefDose 2 - Dimensions with Image
---
#### Red Sea Reefdose Tubes 4x3m 10' Blue+green
TPE dosing hoses for marine dosing applications in blue and green identification colours.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dosing-pumps/red-sea-reefdose-tubes-4x3m-10-bluegreen/
- Price: $31.88 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED839
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/111-3.png
Red Sea ReefDose Tubes in Blue and Green (SKU: RED839) are high-grade, air-resistant TPE dosing hoses designed specifically for marine dosing applications. The pack contains four 3-meter (10-foot) lengths of flexible tubing in matching blue and green identification colours. Available in 2 colour versions (blue/green and red/yellow), providing 8 unique colours for easily identifying a full range of supplements from container to dosing tip.
Constructed from chemical-resistant thermoplastic elastomer (TPE), these tubes resist hardening, kinking, and chemical degradation caused by concentrated reef additives, ensuring long-lasting, consistent fluid flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Plumbing Dosing Pumps:** Connects liquid storage containers to dosing pump heads and sump outlets.
- **Replacing Worn Hose:** Replaces standard silicone tubing with chemical-resistant material.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Measure the required distance from the dosing container to the pump and sump.
- Cut the TPE tubing cleanly to length with sharp scissors or a tube cutter.
- Push firmly onto the dosing pump quick-connect barbs and accessory tips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Air-Resistant TPE Material:** Eliminates micro-bubble permeability for accurate liquid delivery.
- **Vibrant Blue/Green Colour:** Easy identification of dosing channels.
- **Chemical-Resistant:** Safe for concentrated Calcium, Alkalinity, and trace element solutions.
- **Generous Length:** Includes 4 rolls of 3-meter lines (12 metres total).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED839
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** GTIN / EAN-13: 7290116399676 and UPC-12: 730773353439
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps / Dosing Tubing
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 280 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 160 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Dosing Systems
---
#### Red Sea Reefdose Tubes 4x3m 10' Red+yellow
TPE dosing lines for marine setups in bright colours for channel management.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dosing-pumps/red-sea-reefdose-tubes-4x3m-10-redyellow/
- Price: $25.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED840
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/111-4.png
Red Sea ReefDose Tubes in Red and Yellow (SKU: RED840) are specialised TPE dosing lines engineered for long-term reliability in marine setups. The package includes four 3-meter (10-foot) hoses in bright red and yellow colours for colour-coded channel management. The ReefDose Deluxe 4-Colour Tubing Set features colour-coded tubing perfect for keeping your additive lines separate and easy to identify. If you are dosing a variety of additives such as calcium, alkalinity, magnesium, trace elements, and maybe a nutrient supplement like Reef Energy Plus, it can quickly turn into a confusing mess of dosing lines, and it's important to keep different additives separate to avoid cross-contamination.
With a total of eight colour variations between the two sets, you'll have no trouble telling your additive lines apart. Each set includes 10 feet of each of four colours, giving you a good amount to cover typical dosing setup configurations, and the air-resistant TPE tubing has been selected for a long service life when dosing common reef additives. These hoses offer exceptional flexibility and resistance to crushing or flattening, maintaining a consistent inner diameter for precise volumetric delivery.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **4-Channel Dosing Plumbing:** Pairs with the Blue/Green tube set to complete a full 4-head ReefDose setup. [1.Blue-Green Kit (Purple, Blue, Blue-Green, Green tubing), and 2.Yellow-Red Kit (Pink, Red, Orange, Yellow tubing)]
- **Chemical Supplement Lines:** Ideal for conveying corrosive or alkaline additives.
**How to Use**
- Cut tubing to length for channels 3 and 4.
- Connect from the dosing bottle to the ReefDose inlet, and from the outlet to the sump discharge point.
- Secure along cabinet walls with mounting clips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red & Yellow Colour Coding:** Prevents cross-channel confusion during maintenance. [1.Blue-Green Kit (Purple, Blue, Blue-Green, Green tubing), and 2.Yellow-Red Kit (Pink, Red, Orange, Yellow tubing)]
- **High Chemical Inertness:** Will not leach phthalates or react with additives.
- **Kink-Resistant TPE Construction:** Maintains uninterrupted fluid passage.
- **4 × 3m Lengths:** Ample hose provided for complex cabinet plumbing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED840
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** GTIN / EAN-13: 7290116399669 and UPC-12: 730773353569
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps / Dosing Tubing
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 280 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 155 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Dosing Systems
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Air Pump
#### Air Pump 1.6 LPM
Compact single-outlet air pump for nano tanks, single airstones and small bubbler ornaments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/air-pump-1-6-lpm/
- Price: $7.05 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SAP00 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000710
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SAP00-air-pump-1-6-lpm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A betta tank, a quarantine tub or a fry tank often needs nothing more than a gentle line of bubbles, and a full-size pump pushes more air than the water can use. Air Pump 1.6 LPM (SKU: SAP00) is the smallest pump in Serenity's air pump range, a mains-powered diaphragm pump rated at 1.6 litres of air per minute through a single outlet. It is sized for one airstone, one small sponge filter or one bubbling ornament in a small aquarium, adding the surface movement that drives oxygen exchange and keeps water from stagnating in the corners. The outlet takes standard 4 mm aquarium airline.
Air output falls as depth increases, because the pump has to push against the column of water above the airstone, and fine-pored stones and long tubing runs reduce it further. A 1.6 LPM pump is therefore matched to shallow tanks, short airline runs and coarse airstones, where its small output still produces a steady stream. The pump sits outside the aquarium and is never submerged. Where it has to sit lower than the water surface, a check valve in the line stops water siphoning back into the pump during a power cut, and a drip loop in the power cord keeps any water running down the cable away from the power point. For more air, or two lines from one unit, the same range steps up to the adjustable 2.5 LPM single and twin-outlet pumps.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and nano tanks:** Gentle aeration where strong flow would push small fish around.
- **Quarantine and hospital tubs:** Keeps water moving in a bare tank with no filter running.
- **One small sponge filter:** Drives a single air-operated sponge in a fry or shrimp tank.
- **Bubbler ornaments:** Powers one air-driven ornament or a small airstone.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place it high:** Stand the pump above the tank rim where possible, on a dry surface.
- **Fit a check valve:** Add one in the line if the pump must sit below the water level.
- **Keep runs short:** Short airline and a coarse airstone make the most of the small output.
- **Form a drip loop:** Let the power cord dip below the socket so water cannot track into it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.6 LPM rating:** Sized for a single small airstone, sponge or ornament.
- **Single outlet:** One airline running to one device.
- **Smallest in the range:** Easy to tuck beside a desktop or nano tank.
- **Diaphragm design:** The standard mechanism for small aquarium air pumps.
- **Mains powered:** Runs continuously from a standard power point.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SAP00
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000710
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Aquarium Air Pump (Single Outlet)
- **Air Output:** 1.6 L/min (rated)
- **Outlets:** 1
- **Connection:** 4 mm aquarium airline
- **Placement:** Dry position outside the tank, above the waterline; never submerged
- **Recommended Accessories:** Check valve; Airline 100m Roll (SSAL100)
- **Other Sizes:** Air Pump Adj 2.5 LPM (SAP01); Air Pump Adj 2 x 2.5 LPM (SAP02)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Air Pump Adj 2 x 2.5 LPM
Adjustable twin-outlet air pump that runs two airlines from one unit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/air-pump-adj-2-x-2-5-lpm/
- Price: $7.05 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SAP02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000734
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SAP02-air-pump-adj-2-x-2-5-lpm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Two sponge filters, or a sponge filter and an airstone, used to mean two pumps, two cords and two power points. Air Pump Adj 2 x 2.5 LPM (SKU: SAP02) is the twin-outlet version of Serenity's adjustable air pump, rated at 2 x 2.5 litres of air per minute, so one unit feeds two separate airlines. The output is adjustable, which lets the airflow be matched to the airstones, sponges or ornaments on the ends of the lines instead of running everything flat out. It takes the same 4 mm airline as the rest of the range.
The twin design suits a pair of small tanks side by side, such as a spawning tank next to a grow-out tank, or a single larger aquarium that benefits from aeration at both ends. An airline gang valve can split an outlet further, although every extra line shares the same air, so the bubbles get smaller with each branch. Air output also falls with depth and with fine-pored airstones, so the rated figure is the maximum under a light load; shallow tanks and coarse stones get the most from it. The pump stays outside the tank and above the water level and is never submerged. Each line needs its own check valve wherever the pump sits lower than the water, because a power cut can siphon water back through either outlet. For one line only, the single-outlet 2.5 LPM pump or the smaller 1.6 LPM pump is the simpler choice.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two small tanks:** A sponge filter in each of two neighbouring aquariums.
- **Breeding set-ups:** One line to the spawning tank, the other to the fry tank.
- **Larger single tanks:** Airstones at both ends for even surface movement.
- **Filter plus airstone:** A sponge filter and a separate bubbler from one pump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Run two lines:** Fit 4 mm airline to each outlet and route each to its device.
- **Check valves on both:** One per line if the pump sits below the water level.
- **Balance the flow:** Set the adjuster, then fine-tune each line with an inline valve if needed.
- **Mount it dry:** A shelf or cabinet top, clear of splashes and never submerged.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Twin outlets:** Two airlines from a single pump and a single power point.
- **2 x 2.5 LPM rating:** Enough air for two small sponge filters or airstones.
- **Adjustable output:** Air delivery matched to the job rather than running flat out.
- **Replaces two pumps:** Less clutter and fewer cords behind the tank.
- **Compact housing:** Small enough to sit behind or beside the aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SAP02
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000734
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Aquarium Air Pump (Adjustable, Twin Outlet)
- **Air Output:** 2 x 2.5 L/min (rated), adjustable
- **Outlets:** 2
- **Connection:** 4 mm aquarium airline on each outlet
- **Placement:** Outside the aquarium, above the waterline; check valve on each line otherwise
- **Recommended Accessory:** Airline 100m Roll (SSAL100)
- **Other Sizes:** Air Pump Adj 2.5 LPM (SAP01); Air Pump 1.6 LPM (SAP00)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, single or paired tanks
---
#### Air Pump Adj 2.5 LPM
Adjustable single-outlet air pump for small aquariums, sponge filters and airstones.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/air-pump-adj-2-5-lpm/
- Price: $7.05 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SAP01 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000727
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SAP01-air-pump-adj-2-5-lpm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
An airstone that roars at full flow in a small tank is as unhelpful as one that barely bubbles, which is why an output control matters more than raw power at this size. Air Pump Adj 2.5 LPM (SKU: SAP01) is Serenity's adjustable single-outlet air pump, rated at 2.5 litres of air per minute, with an adjuster that turns the output down to suit the airstone, sponge filter or ornament on the end of the line. Australian retailers describe it as compact and super silent with low power consumption, and it runs with 4 mm clear flexible tubing in lengths up to about 2 m.
Retailer guidance is to use it in water up to about 30 cm deep for full airflow. Deeper tanks still get bubbles, but the output drops as the pump works against more water pressure, which makes this pump a natural fit for nano, desktop and small aquariums, a single air-driven sponge filter, a breeding or fry tank, or a quarantine set-up. The adjustment earns its place where fry, shrimp or long-finned fish would be pushed around by a strong stream, and it also lets the pump run a fine airstone gently without wasting air. Like any air pump, it sits outside and above the aquarium and is never submerged, and a check valve belongs in the line wherever the pump sits below the water level. The twin-outlet version runs two lines from one unit, and a smaller fixed 1.6 LPM pump suits the very smallest tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge-filtered tanks:** Drives one air-operated sponge filter in a fry, shrimp or breeding tank.
- **Shallow aquariums:** Full airflow in water up to about 30 cm deep.
- **Treatment tanks:** Extra aeration in a bare quarantine or hospital tank.
- **Decorative bubbles:** Runs an airstone or bubbler ornament at a controlled rate.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Connect the line:** Push 4 mm airline onto the outlet and keep the run under about 2 m.
- **Add a check valve:** Fit one wherever the pump sits lower than the water surface.
- **Set the flow:** Start low on the adjuster and open it until the bubbles look right.
- **Keep it dry:** Stand it on a shelf or cabinet top away from splashes, never in the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adjustable output:** Turns the 2.5 LPM flow down for delicate set-ups.
- **Single outlet:** One airline for one airstone, sponge or ornament.
- **Quiet running:** Described by Australian retailers as super silent.
- **Low power use:** A small pump built for continuous running.
- **Compact body:** Fits beside or behind a small tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SAP01
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000727
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Aquarium Air Pump (Adjustable, Single Outlet)
- **Air Output:** 2.5 L/min, adjustable
- **Outlets:** 1
- **Tubing:** 4 mm clear flexible airline, runs up to about 2 m
- **Suggested Depth:** Up to about 30 cm for full airflow
- **Placement:** Outside the aquarium and above the waterline; check valve otherwise
- **Other Sizes:** Air Pump Adj 2 x 2.5 LPM (SAP02); Air Pump 1.6 LPM (SAP00)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Airtech 95L Airpump
High-output diaphragm air pump for koi ponds, fish rooms and large systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/airtech-95l-airpump/
- Price: $33.33 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: EAAP95
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/EAAP95-airtech-95l-airpump-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Koi need the most oxygen on the hottest nights, exactly when warm water holds the least of it, and a pond that relies on a waterfall alone can run short. Airtech 95L Airpump (SKU: EAAP95) is Evolution Aqua's Airtech 95, a diaphragm air pump with a maximum output of 95 litres of air per minute, made for ponds and large aquatic systems. Evolution Aqua developed the Airtech range to deliver strong output at depth with low running costs, and every unit has thermal protection fitted as standard to prevent overheating. Retailer specifications give 78 litres per minute at 1 m depth and a maximum operating depth of 4.35 m, from a 62 W motor running on 220–240 V.
The air does two jobs. Bubbles rising through the water lift oxygen-poor water from the bottom to the surface, where gas exchange happens, and the dissolved oxygen supports both the fish and the beneficial bacteria in the filter that break down waste and toxins. The Airtech 95 sits in the middle of a five-model range running from 70 to 150 L/min, and its 4.35 m depth rating reaches the bottom of deep koi ponds with room to spare. Output falls with depth and with the number and type of airstones on the manifold, so the 78 L/min figure at 1 m is the realistic number for planning most ponds. Retailers describe the range as weather resistant; the pump still belongs in a dry, ventilated spot above the water level, with check valves in the lines so water cannot siphon back during a power cut. Diaphragms are wear parts in any pump of this type and are renewed when output drops.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Koi and goldfish ponds:** Supplementary oxygen, especially through summer heat.
- **Pond filter chambers:** Air to keep moving-bed media tumbling and bacteria supplied.
- **Fish rooms:** A central air supply to many tanks through a manifold.
- **Large aquarium systems:** High-volume aeration for big tropical or marine holding systems.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site it well:** A dry, ventilated, sheltered position above the water level.
- **Fit check valves:** In each line, so water cannot flow back if the power fails.
- **Plan for depth:** Use 78 L/min at 1 m as the working figure; output falls deeper down.
- **Service the diaphragms:** Replace them when air delivery noticeably weakens.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **95 L/min maximum:** High air volume for ponds and multi-tank systems.
- **78 L/min at 1 m:** Strong delivery at a typical pond depth.
- **4.35 m depth rating:** Pushes air to the bottom of deep ponds.
- **Thermal protection:** Fitted as standard to guard against overheating.
- **62 W motor:** Low power draw for the volume of air delivered.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Evolution Aqua (UK)
- **SKU:** EAAP95
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4010251133040
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Pond Air Pump (Diaphragm)
- **Model:** Evolution Aqua Airtech 95
- **Maximum Output:** 95 L/min
- **Output at 1 m Depth:** 78 L/min
- **Maximum Operating Depth:** 4.35 m
- **Power:** 62 W, 220–240 V
- **Protection:** Thermal cut-out fitted as standard
- **Other Sizes:** Airtech 75L Airpump (EAAP75)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and large freshwater or marine systems
---
#### C-5F Hiblow Baby
Oil-free linear diaphragm air pump for small ponds, fish rooms and aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/c-5f-hiblow-baby/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 05CF40060P
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/05CF40060P.webp
A cheap piston-style air pump that buzzes, runs hot and fails in its second summer is a false economy when the air it supplies is keeping fish alive. C-5F Hiblow Baby (SKU: 05CF40060P) is the smallest pond and aquarium model in the HIBLOW range of linear air pumps from Techno Takatsuki of Japan. Instead of a motor and crank, an actuating rod carried on two synthetic rubber diaphragms is driven back and forth by a pair of electromagnets, one at the front and one at the rear. With no sliding parts there is nothing to lubricate, so the air leaving the pump is oil-free and clean enough for fish, filter bacteria and air-driven biological filters.
European listings describe the C-5F as a 5 L/min class pump drawing 8.5 W, weighing about 1 kg and intended for small ponds, aquariums and biological filtration systems running continuously, day and night. HIBLOW states that the balanced two-magnet layout keeps the pump compact for its output, that the exhausted air volume is very constant with little pulsation, and that the soundproofed air circuit keeps running noise low. The pump is designed to run for long periods without maintenance; when a diaphragm eventually wears, the parts are modular and can be replaced rather than the whole pump. Keep it dry, ventilated and above water level, with a check valve on the airline.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small garden ponds:** Steady aeration for a pond or water feature where fish stay outdoors all year.
- **Fish rooms:** One quiet, continuous air source for a row of sponge filters in breeding or quarantine tanks.
- **Air-driven biofilters:** Constant air for moving-bed or sponge filtration that relies on oxygen for its bacteria.
- **Noise-sensitive rooms:** Living areas and offices where a rattling vibrator pump would be noticed.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Site the pump:** Place it on a firm, dry surface, sheltered from rain and direct sun, with air around it for cooling.
- **Prevent back-siphon:** Mount it above the water line or fit a non-return valve in the airline.
- **Split the air:** Use a manifold or gang valve to share the output between several airstones or sponge filters.
- **Service when needed:** If output drops, check the inlet filter first, then replace the diaphragm parts as a set.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Linear diaphragm design:** Electromagnetic drive with no motor, crank or sliding parts.
- **Oil-free air:** No lubrication needed, so exhausted air stays clean.
- **Steady flow:** Constant air volume with little pulsation, according to HIBLOW.
- **Low running noise:** Soundproofed air circuit and balanced vibration mechanism.
- **Modular spares:** Diaphragm parts can be replaced instead of the whole pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** HIBLOW (Techno Takatsuki, Japan)
- **SKU:** 05CF40060P
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Linear Diaphragm Air Pump
- **Model:** C-5F (Baby)
- **Air Output:** About 5 L/min class
- **Power:** 8.5 W
- **Weight:** About 1 kg
- **Operation:** Designed for continuous running
- **Target Environment:** Small ponds, fish rooms and freshwater or marine aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Absolute CO₂ Tablets (60 Tablets)
Absolute CO₂ Tablets (60 Tablets) - Carbon dioxide supplement for planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=14359
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: C02060 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000225
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Oxygen-Tablets-60-Tablets.png
Absolute CO₂ Tablets (SKU: C02060) provide an easy, hassle-free method of supplying essential dissolved carbon dioxide directly to aquatic plants. Engineered for small to medium-sized planted aquariums, these effervescent tablets release a steady stream of carbon into the water column as they dissolve, fueling photosynthesis and promoting lush, vibrant plant growth without the expense or complexity of pressurised gas cylinders.
Ideal for low-tech setups, nano aquariums, or aquascapers looking for a quick carbon boost, these tablets help prevent unwanted algae growth by encouraging healthy, dominant plant development.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Carbon Supplementation:** Essential for planted aquariums lacking a pressurised CO₂ injection system.
- **Algae Control:** Helps aquatic plants outcompete nuisance algae for light and nutrients.
- **Low-Tech & Nano Tanks:** Perfect for small desktop tanks where pressurised tanks are impractical.
**How to Use**
- Use 1 tablet per 20–30 litres of aquarium water once or twice weekly, depending on plant density.
- Drop the tablet directly into an area with good water circulation, such as near a filter outflow.
- Allow the tablet to effervesce completely into the water column.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Convenient CO₂ Source:** Eliminates the need for gas bottles, regulators, or bubble counters.
- **Boosts Photosynthesis:** Delivers bioavailable carbon directly to plant leaves and root systems.
- **Simple Dose Control:** Pre-measured tablet form ensures accurate dosing every time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** C02060
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000225
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO₂ / Carbon Supplements
- **Quantity:** 60 Tablets
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 30 mm (W) × 30 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 75 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Dry Rock & Sand
#### E-Marco 400 Mortar Kit (Grey Cement) 5lb
Complete aquascaping mortar kit for bonding reef rock into permanent structures.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dry-rock-sand/e-marco-400-mortar-kit-grey-cement-5lb/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: E-Marco-400
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Dry Rock & Sand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dry-rock-sand/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/E-Marco-400-1000x1000__91435.1594823232.webp
Arches, overhangs and tall columns of rock look effortless in a finished reef, but they rarely stand on gravity alone. E-Marco 400 Mortar Kit (Grey Cement) 5lb (SKU: E-Marco-400) is MarcoRocks' complete aquascaping mortar kit, a 5 lb (about 2.2 kg) bucket of grey cement mortar with a liquid acrylic polymer additive that MarcoRocks says keeps the joints from becoming brittle in saltwater. Mixed to a paste, it bonds rock to rock for a permanent, long-lasting structure, and MarcoRocks positions it for larger reef aquascapes, where it works out more economical than glues and epoxies. The kit contains the mortar powder, the liquid polymer additive, a mixing spatula and instructions, and the bucket itself doubles as the mixing container.
The mortar sets in about 20 minutes, can be handled carefully after an hour or two, and once set it finishes curing underwater. Its main advantage over polymer adhesives is how the reef treats it afterwards: many glues and epoxies repel coralline algae, while cement mortar lets coralline spread across the joint, so the seams disappear faster as the rock matures. The grey version cures to a light grey that suits dry rock or rock without coralline cover; a pink version is made for rock already carrying coralline. MarcoRocks describes the mortar as 100% non-toxic and Triton ICP tested, and lists it for marine or freshwater use. A question-and-answer note on a US retailer's listing adds that it is applied to dry rock and needs its 20-minute set before going wet, so structures are built outside the tank. Leftover powder keeps in the sealed bucket in a cool, dry place.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New reef aquascapes:** Bond dry rock into arches, bridges and towers before the tank is filled.
- **Larger structures:** More economical than glue for many joints in big builds.
- **Visible joints:** Seams that coralline can grow over and hide.
- **Freshwater rockwork:** Permanent stacks for cichlid and hardscape layouts.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Work dry:** Build on dry rock, outside the aquarium.
- **Mix in the bucket:** Combine powder and liquid additive as the kit instructions direct.
- **Hold for 20 minutes:** Support each joint until the mortar sets.
- **Handle after an hour or two:** Move pieces gently; full cure continues underwater.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete kit:** Mortar, polymer additive, spatula, instructions and mixing bucket.
- **Acrylic polymer additive:** Keeps joints from turning brittle in saltwater.
- **20-minute set:** Joints hold quickly during building.
- **Coralline friendly:** Seams colonise rather than staying bare.
- **Triton ICP tested:** MarcoRocks' safety testing claim.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** MarcoRocks (USA)
- **SKU:** E-Marco-400
- **Product Type:** Dry Rock & Sand > Aquascaping Mortar
- **Net Weight:** 5 lb (about 2.2 kg)
- **Colour:** Grey, curing to light grey
- **Set Time:** About 20 minutes
- **Handling:** Carefully after 1–2 hours; cures fully underwater once set
- **Kit Contents:** Mortar powder, liquid acrylic polymer additive, mixing spatula, instructions, bucket
- **Testing:** Triton ICP tested; described as 100% non-toxic
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and freshwater aquascapes
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Testing
#### Complete Senior pH Test Kit
Test and correct aquarium pH with indicator, pH Up and pH Down in one kit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/complete-senior-ph-test-kit/
- Price: $6.19 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SCPHKIT · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000659
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SCPHKIT-complete-senior-ph-test-kit-image-2.jpg
Testing pH only helps if there is a way to correct it once the colour comes up wrong. Complete Senior pH Test Kit (SKU: SCPHKIT) is Serenity's all-in-one pH kit for freshwater, tropical and planted aquariums, combining the test and the fix in one pack: 50 mL of bromothymol blue indicator solution, 100 g of pH Up powder, 100 g of pH Down powder, a testing vial and a colour reference card. Serenity states that the kit uses quality Australian made ingredients for accurate testing, and every part of it can be bought again separately when it runs out.
Bromothymol blue is a liquid indicator that turns yellow in acidic water and blue in alkaline water, passing through green around neutral, and its working range is roughly pH 6.0 to 7.6. That covers the slightly acidic to slightly alkaline water that most tropical community and planted tanks are kept in. Above about 7.6 every reading shows the same deep blue, so this is not the kit for African cichlid or marine tanks that sit around 8.0 and higher. The pH Up and pH Down powders move the water in whichever direction the test shows is needed, dosed at the rates on their labels. Changes are made in small steps over several days, with the tank retested between doses, because a fast pH swing stresses fish more than a stable reading slightly off target. Water with high carbonate hardness resists change and may need repeated small doses of pH Down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquariums:** Establish the starting pH of the tap water and the tank.
- **Planted tanks:** Track pH shifts from CO2 injection, soils and plant growth.
- **Before adding fish:** Confirm the water suits species with particular pH needs.
- **After water changes:** Check that new water has not moved the reading.
**How to Use**
- **Take a sample:** Fill the testing vial with tank water as the kit directions describe.
- **Add the indicator:** Add bromothymol blue drops as directed, cap and invert to mix.
- **Read the colour:** Compare the vial against the reference card in daylight against white.
- **Adjust gradually:** Dose pH Up or pH Down to the label, then retest the next day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Test and correct:** Indicator, pH Up and pH Down together in one kit.
- **Bromothymol blue indicator:** A clear yellow-to-blue change across about pH 6.0–7.6.
- **100 g of each adjuster:** Powder pH Up and pH Down for raising or lowering pH.
- **Vial and colour card:** Everything needed to take and read a result.
- **Australian made ingredients:** Serenity's statement on the kit's contents.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SCPHKIT
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000659
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Kit
- **Contents:** 50 mL bromothymol blue indicator; 100 g pH Up powder; 100 g pH Down powder; testing vial; colour reference card
- **Indicator Range:** About pH 6.0–7.6
- **Dosing:** pH Up and pH Down rates as printed on each pack
- **Refills:** Serenity Bromothymol Blue 50ml (SBB50); Serenity pH Up 100g (SPHU100); Serenity pH Down 100g (SPHD100)
- **Related Kit:** Serenity pH Test Kit Junior (SPHTK)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, tropical and planted aquariums
---
#### Serenity Bromothymol Blue 50ml
Refill pH indicator for checking freshwater aquariums around neutral.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/serenity-bromothymol-blue-50ml/
- Price: $3.67 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SBB50 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000666
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SBB50-serenity-bromothymol-blue-50ml-image-2.jpg
Most community fish, plants and shrimp live happily somewhere between slightly acidic and slightly alkaline, and that is exactly the band a bromothymol blue test reads. Serenity Bromothymol Blue 50ml (SKU: SBB50) is a 50 mL bottle of pH indicator solution from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, for testing the pH of freshwater aquariums. A few drops added to a sample of tank water change its colour according to the pH, and the result is read against a colour chart. It is the same 50 mL reagent supplied in the Serenity pH Test Kit Junior, so it serves as the refill once that bottle runs low.
Bromothymol blue is a long-established laboratory indicator that turns yellow in acidic water, green around neutral and blue in alkaline water, with its working range running from roughly pH 6.0 to 7.6. That makes it well suited to tropical community tanks, planted aquariums and soft-water species, while very alkaline set-ups such as African cichlid or marine tanks need a high-range indicator instead. The bottle holds only the reagent, so a clean test vial and a pH colour chart are needed to read it; both come in the pH Test Kit Junior. The number of drops per test is printed on the Serenity label. Tested samples should be thrown away rather than tipped back into the tank, and the vial rinsed with clean water afterwards. Weekly checks, and one before each water change, show whether the pH is drifting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine weekly checks:** Tracks pH drift in community and planted tanks.
- **Before water changes:** Shows whether old water has become more acidic.
- **After pH adjustment:** Confirms the effect of pH Up or pH Down the following day.
- **Refilling a kit:** Replaces the bottle in the Serenity pH Test Kit Junior.
**How to Use**
- **Clean the vial:** Rinse it so traces of an earlier test do not affect the colour.
- **Sample the tank:** Fill the vial to the level given on the label with aquarium water.
- **Add drops and mix:** Use the label's drop count, cap and shake until the colour is even.
- **Read and discard:** Match the colour on the chart, then pour the sample away, not into the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Classic indicator:** Yellow to green to blue as pH rises.
- **Neutral-zone range:** Reads roughly pH 6.0 to 7.6.
- **Freshwater focus:** Suits tropical, community and planted tanks.
- **Kit refill:** Same 50 mL reagent as the pH Test Kit Junior.
- **Many tests per bottle:** A few drops per sample from 50 mL.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SBB50
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000666
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Indicator Reagent
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Indicator:** Bromothymol blue
- **Reading Range:** Approx. pH 6.0–7.6 (yellow to blue)
- **Required:** Test vial and pH colour chart
- **Companion Product:** Serenity pH Test Kit Junior (SPHTK)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, tropical and planted aquariums
---
#### Serenity Refractometer
ATC salinity refractometer reading 0–100 ppt and 1.000–1.070 specific gravity for marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/serenity-refractometer/
- Price: $9.15 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SREF · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002011
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SREF-serenity-refractometer-main-image.jpg
Swing-arm hydrometers drift as they age and get crusted with salt, and in a reef tank a few points of salinity make a real difference to corals and invertebrates. Serenity Refractometer (SKU: SREF) is a handheld optical refractometer from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, for measuring the salinity of marine aquariums. It reads on two scales at once, salinity from 0 to 100 parts per thousand and specific gravity from 1.000 to 1.070, and it has automatic temperature compensation (ATC), so a sample does not need to be at a set temperature to give a usable reading. Serenity describes it as accurate and easy to use and calibrate.
Calibration needs nothing more than a few drops of distilled water: with distilled water on the prism, the reading should sit on zero, and the supplied screwdriver turns the calibration screw until it does. The eyepiece has adjustable focus so the scale is sharp for each user. A measurement takes a couple of drops of tank water on the prism, the cover plate closed over it, and a look through the eyepiece towards a light source; the line where the blue and white fields meet gives the reading. Many reef keepers work to natural seawater, about 35 ppt or a specific gravity close to 1.026, and the dual scale makes it easy to work in either unit. The refractometer comes with a carry case, a pipette for placing samples and the calibration screwdriver.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixing new saltwater:** Confirming a batch is at target salinity before a water change.
- **Routine reef checks:** Catching drift from evaporation and top-up errors.
- **Replacing a hydrometer:** A more consistent reading than a swing-arm gauge.
- **Brackish set-ups:** The 0 to 100 ppt scale covers low-salinity tanks too.
**How to Use**
- **Calibrate on distilled water:** Set the reading to zero with the supplied screwdriver.
- **Apply the sample:** Use the pipette to place two or three drops on the prism and close the plate.
- **Read towards light:** Focus the eyepiece and note where the blue and white fields meet.
- **Wipe it clean:** Rinse the prism with fresh water and dry it after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual scale:** Salinity in ppt and specific gravity in one view.
- **Automatic temperature compensation:** ATC corrects the reading for sample temperature.
- **Easy calibration:** A few drops of distilled water and a screwdriver turn.
- **Adjustable focus:** Eyepiece sharpens the scale for each user.
- **Complete set:** Carry case, pipette and calibration screwdriver included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SREF
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002011
- **Product Type:** Testing > Salinity Refractometer
- **Salinity Range:** 0–100 ppt
- **Specific Gravity Range:** 1.000–1.070
- **Temperature Compensation:** Automatic (ATC)
- **Calibration:** Distilled water, adjusted with the supplied screwdriver
- **In the Box:** Refractometer, carry case, pipette, calibration screwdriver
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef and brackish aquariums
---
#### Serenity pH Test Kit Junior
Starter freshwater pH kit with indicator, test vial and colour card.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/serenity-ph-test-kit-junior/
- Price: $6.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SPHTK · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002806
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SPHTK-serenity-ph-test-kit-junior-main-image.jpg
pH is one of the first numbers a new fishkeeper learns to watch, and a simple colour test is the easiest way to start. Serenity pH Test Kit Junior (SKU: SPHTK) is Serenity's entry-level pH kit for freshwater, tropical and planted aquariums, from the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics. The kit contains everything needed for the test: a 50 mL bottle of Bromothymol Blue indicator, a testing vial and a pH indicator card for reading the result. A sample of tank water goes into the vial, the indicator drops go in, and the colour that develops is matched to the card.
Bromothymol blue changes from yellow through green to blue as pH rises, covering roughly pH 6.0 to 7.6. That band takes in most tropical community fish, tetras, rasboras, livebearers kept near neutral, shrimp and planted tanks, which is why the Junior kit is pitched at freshwater set-ups rather than marine or African cichlid tanks that sit well above 7.6. The drop count and fill level are given on the Serenity label. Each sample is discarded after reading rather than returned to the tank, and the vial is rinsed clean before the next test. Testing once a week, plus before a water change, builds a picture of how stable the tank is; a steady fall often points to a water change being overdue. When the bottle is used up, Serenity Bromothymol Blue 50ml (SBB50) refills the kit, and pH Up and pH Down powders adjust the result.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquariums:** Checking tap water and the first weeks of a new tank.
- **Weekly monitoring:** Spotting gradual pH drift in community and planted tanks.
- **Before buying fish:** Confirming the tank suits the species being added.
- **After adjustments:** Checking the result of pH Up or pH Down a day later.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse the vial:** Start with a clean vial so old residue does not tint the sample.
- **Fill and dose:** Add tank water and indicator drops as shown on the label.
- **Shake and match:** Cap, mix until the colour is even and compare it with the card.
- **Discard the sample:** Pour it away and rinse the vial; never return it to the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete starter kit:** Indicator, vial and colour card in one pack.
- **50 mL of indicator:** Enough for many weekly tests.
- **Colour card included:** Readings matched straight from the card.
- **Freshwater range:** Around pH 6.0 to 7.6, the neutral zone most community fish need.
- **Refillable:** Bromothymol Blue 50 mL sold separately as a refill.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SPHTK
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002806
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Kit
- **Contents:** Bromothymol Blue 50 mL, testing vial, pH indicator card
- **Test Type:** Liquid colour indicator
- **Reading Range:** Approx. pH 6.0–7.6
- **Refill:** Serenity Bromothymol Blue 50ml (SBB50)
- **Companion Products:** Serenity pH Up 100g (SPHU100); Serenity pH Down 100g (SPHD100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, tropical and planted aquariums
---
#### Triton N-DOC Lab Test Kits
Laboratory analysis of organic carbon, nitrogen and alkalinity in reef aquarium water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/triton-n-doc-lab-test-kits/
- Price: $64.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3040
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/test_ndoc_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Triton's argument is that the nitrogen cycle in a reef tank is more complicated than the nitrate measured by traditional test kits, and that carbon and alkalinity exist in more forms than hobby tests have measured; together, those compounds feed the bacteria and algae in the tank. Triton N-DOC Lab Test Kits (SKU: 3040) is Triton's laboratory water test for that missing part of the picture, which Triton describes as high-resolution testing for key nitrogen compounds, dissolved organic carbon and extended alkalinity. The water sample is posted to Triton's lab in Germany and the results, with advice, are read online.
The report gives total inorganic carbon (TIC), total organic carbon (TOC), total carbon (TC) and total bound nitrogen (TNb) in mg/L, each against a target range, with written advice and suggested corrective doses. Phosphorus is not part of the test: entering the phosphorus value from a recent ICP test or a manual test lets the report calculate nitrogen, carbon and phosphorus ratios. Triton positions N-DOC for managing carbon and amino acid sources and their influence on bacteria and corals, eliminating problems caused by blind dosing, deciding when water changes are needed, troubleshooting tissue necrosis and cyanobacteria, and measuring true alkalinity free from external influences. The process starts with an account at triton-lab.de, where a virtual aquarium is created and the kit's barcode is connected to it. A sample and a backup sample are taken from the tank and sent to the lab, an email confirms their arrival, and results appear online 24 to 48 hours after the samples reach Germany.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cyanobacteria outbreaks:** Checking the carbon and nitrogen balance behind a bloom.
- **Carbon dosing:** Seeing how vodka, vinegar or other carbon sources are affecting the system.
- **Tissue loss:** Part of troubleshooting unexplained tissue necrosis in corals.
- **Water change planning:** Showing whether organics have built up.
**How to Use**
- **Register:** Create an account at triton-lab.de and confirm it by email.
- **Link the kit:** Log in, create a virtual aquarium and connect the kit's barcode.
- **Take the samples:** Fill the sample and backup sample from the aquarium and post them to the lab.
- **Read the report:** View results online and add a phosphorus value from an ICP or manual test.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Organic and inorganic carbon:** TOC, TIC and total carbon measured separately.
- **Total bound nitrogen:** Organic and inorganic nitrogen together, not just the nitrate a hobby kit sees.
- **N-C-P ratios:** Calculated once a phosphorus value is entered.
- **Extended alkalinity:** Triton's measure of true alkalinity, free from external influences.
- **Advice with the numbers:** Target ranges and suggested corrections for each parameter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 3040
- **Product Type:** Testing > Laboratory Seawater Analysis
- **Parameters:** TIC, TOC, TC and TNb in mg/L, plus extended alkalinity
- **Calculated Ratios:** N-C-P and related ratios, using a phosphorus value from an ICP or manual test
- **Samples:** Main sample plus backup sample, registered by barcode
- **Laboratory:** Triton Lab, Germany
- **Results:** Online at triton-lab.de, 24–48 hours after the samples arrive
- **Companion Test:** Triton ICP-OES analysis for phosphorus and other elements
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Additives & Supplements
#### Oxygen Block 20g
Slow-dissolving oxygen release block for aquariums under low-oxygen stress.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/oxygen-block-20g/
- Price: $22.49 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SOB20 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000635
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SOB20-oxygen-block-20g-main-image.jpg
When the power goes out in summer or an air pump fails overnight, oxygen in a warm, well-stocked tank can fall fast. Oxygen Block 20g (SKU: SOB20) is a 20 g Serenity Aquatics oxygen block that is placed in the aquarium and dissolves slowly, replenishing oxygen in the water and releasing ingredients that help maintain a healthy environment for the fish. Serenity also states that the block helps stabilise pH as it dissolves. It needs no power, tubing or set-up: the block goes into the water, works as it dissolves and is replaced once it is nearly gone.
An oxygen block is a supplement for times when normal aeration is reduced, not a substitute for a filter or air pump. Warm water holds less dissolved oxygen than cool water, so heatwaves, blackouts, pump failures and crowded tanks are the usual situations where a slow oxygen release helps. Most oxygen enters aquarium water through surface movement, so a stopped filter outlet or air stone cuts the supply at once, and live plants use oxygen overnight, leaving planted tanks at their lowest just before the lights come on. Fish gasping at the surface or crowding near the filter outlet are the common signs that oxygen is running short. The supplier's direction is to replace the block with a new one when it has almost fully dissolved. Treat the cause as well as the symptom: restore power or aeration as soon as possible, keep the room cool, ease back on feeding, which uses oxygen as waste breaks down, and change some water once conditions allow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Power failures:** Oxygen support while the filter and air pump are off.
- **Hot weather:** Warm water carries less dissolved oxygen.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Extra oxygen while stocking is brought back into line.
- **Equipment failures:** Cover while a broken air pump or filter is replaced.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Place in the water:** Put the whole block into the aquarium.
- **Watch the fish:** Check whether surface gasping eases; if not, restore aeration urgently.
- **Replace when nearly gone:** Add a new block once the old one has almost dissolved, per the supplier.
- **Fix the cause:** Bring back normal aeration and circulation as soon as possible.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow oxygen release:** Dissolves gradually to replenish oxygen.
- **pH support:** Serenity states it helps stabilise pH.
- **No power needed:** Works through blackouts and pump failures.
- **20 g block:** A single, ready-to-use block.
- **Simple routine:** Drop it in and replace it when it is nearly gone.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics
- **SKU:** SOB20
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000635
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Oxygen Release Block
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Form:** Slow-dissolving block
- **Application:** Place the whole block in the aquarium
- **Replacement:** When almost fully dissolved
- **Power:** None required; no tubing or equipment
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Serenity Betta Triple A 6 Tab
Conditioning tablets that target ammonia, acid and algae build-up in betta bowls.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/serenity-betta-triple-a-6-tab/
- Price: $16.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: STA6 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000451
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/STA6-serenity-betta-triple-a-6-tab-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A betta bowl holds only a few litres, and in that small a volume waste turns into ammonia and the water drifts acidic far faster than in a filtered tank. Serenity Betta Triple A 6 Tab (SKU: STA6) is a pack of six water-conditioning tablets from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, and the "Triple A" stands for the three problems it is formulated to prevent: the build-up of ammonia, acid and algae. Serenity describes the tablets as keeping the water crystal clear and supporting the health of the fish living in it, and the tablet format means each dose is pre-measured, with no bottle to spill and nothing to count out in drops.
The tablets suit the set-ups bettas are most often kept in: bowls, vases and small tanks, many of them without a filter to process waste. In those conditions ammonia from the fish and from uneaten food accumulates between water changes, and the same breakdown of waste slowly pulls the pH down. The tablets are a support for that routine rather than a substitute for it; partial water changes with conditioned tap water are still what removes waste from a small bowl. The number of tablets per litre and how often to add them are printed on the Serenity pack, and the volume that matters is the water the bowl actually holds, not its nominal size. A simple ammonia and pH test is the way to confirm the bowl is staying where it should between changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta bowls and vases:** Small volumes where waste and acidity build quickly.
- **Unfiltered set-ups:** Containers with no biofilter to break down ammonia.
- **Cloudy or green water:** Formulated to help keep the water clear and limit algae.
- **Routine care:** Between partial water changes as part of a regular routine.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Use the tablet rate and frequency printed on the Serenity packet.
- **Measure the bowl:** Base the dose on the real water volume, not the container's label size.
- **Keep changing water:** Continue partial changes with conditioned tap water.
- **Check with a test:** Ammonia and pH readings confirm the bowl is holding steady.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Triple A action:** Aimed at ammonia, acid and algae build-up together.
- **Pre-measured tablets:** No measuring, dripping or spills.
- **Six per pack:** Enough for repeated small-bowl treatments.
- **Clear water:** Serenity's stated aim for the bowl.
- **Betta-sized:** Suited to the small volumes betta keepers commonly use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** STA6
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000451
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Betta Water Conditioning Tablets
- **Contents:** 6 tablets
- **Targets:** Ammonia, acid and algae build-up
- **Format:** Tablet
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the pack
- **Companion Product:** Serenity Betta Water Cond 60ml (SBWC60), a 60 mL tap water conditioner
- **Target Environment:** Betta bowls and small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Serenity pH Down 100g
Australian-made powder for bringing aquarium pH down gradually.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/serenity-ph-down-100g/
- Price: $17.03 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SPHD100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000628
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SPHD100-serenity-ph-down-100g-image-2.jpg
Discus, cardinal tetras and many shrimp come from soft, acidic water, yet plenty of tap water comes out of the tap at pH 7.5 or higher. Serenity pH Down 100g (SKU: SPHD100) is a powdered pH reducer from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, made to lower the pH of aquarium water. Retailers carry it as a quality Australian-made product, and the 100 g tub is the smaller of two sizes, suited to a single aquarium or to occasional corrections where the tap water is only slightly higher than the fish prefer. It is also one of the two powders paired with Bromothymol Blue in Serenity's complete pH testing set.
Any pH change should be made slowly, because a sudden swing stresses fish far more than a reading that is slightly off target. The usual approach with a powdered adjuster is to measure the dose given on the Serenity label, dissolve it in a cup of water taken from the aquarium and pour the mixture in where the filter outlet will spread it. After that, leave the tank to settle for 24 hours and test again before adding more, making small changes over several days, or about a week for a larger shift. Water with a high carbonate hardness (KH) resists pH change and can drift back up after dosing, so a test of KH alongside pH explains why a tank may need repeat treatment. Water changes with untreated tap water will lift the pH again, so new water needs adjusting as well.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft-water species:** Discus, tetras and other fish that prefer slightly acidic water.
- **High-pH tap water:** Bringing alkaline mains water down to a suitable level.
- **Single tank corrections:** A 100 g tub for one aquarium or occasional use.
- **Planted tanks:** Where a slightly lower pH suits the plants and livestock.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure from the label:** Use the dose per litre printed on the Serenity tub.
- **Pre-dissolve:** Mix the powder in a cup of aquarium water before adding it.
- **Wait 24 hours:** Retest the next day before deciding on another dose.
- **Go slowly:** Small steps over several days, never one large drop.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lowers pH:** Made to bring aquarium pH down.
- **Australian made:** Locally produced powder.
- **Powder format:** Measured and pre-dissolved for even dosing.
- **100 g tub:** Sized for one aquarium or occasional use.
- **Test kit partner:** Pairs with Serenity's Bromothymol Blue pH test.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SPHD100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000628
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Reducer
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Form:** Powder
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the label; pre-dissolve in aquarium water
- **Retest Interval:** 24 hours after each dose
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity pH Down 250g (SPHD250)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Serenity pH Down 250g
Larger tub of pH-lowering powder for big tanks, fish rooms and hard tap water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/serenity-ph-down-250g/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SPHD250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002684
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SPHD250-serenity-ph-down-250g-image-2.jpg
Where the tap water runs alkaline, every water change pushes the pH back up, and a small tub of reducer disappears quickly. Serenity pH Down 250g (SKU: SPHD250) is the larger of the two sizes of Serenity's pH-lowering powder, from the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, and retailers list it as a quality Australian-made product. The 250 g tub holds two and a half times the contents of the 100 g size, which suits large aquariums, keepers running several tanks and anyone treating every batch of new water to keep soft-water fish in their preferred range.
The same rules apply at any scale: change pH slowly and confirm each step with a test. Measure the dose from the Serenity label, dissolve it in a cup of aquarium water, and add it near the filter outlet so it disperses evenly. Leave the tank for 24 hours, retest, and repeat only if the target has not been reached, spreading a large correction across about a week. For regular use it is often easier to adjust the new water in a bucket or drum before a water change, so the main tank never sees a swing. Tap water with a high carbonate hardness (KH) buffers against the powder and can pull the pH back up over a day or two; checking KH explains the drift and shows how much dosing a particular water supply really needs. Keep the lid sealed between uses so the powder stays dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Volumes where a 100 g tub would run out quickly.
- **Multiple tanks:** Fish rooms and breeders keeping soft-water species.
- **Every water change:** Pre-adjusting new water from an alkaline supply.
- **Amazon-style set-ups:** Discus, angelfish and tetra tanks kept slightly acidic.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose by the label:** Measure the amount per litre printed on the tub.
- **Treat new water first:** Adjust change water in a bucket before it goes in.
- **Check after a day:** Retest 24 hours later and repeat in small steps only.
- **Watch KH:** High carbonate hardness can push pH back up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 250 g tub:** Two and a half times the 100 g size.
- **Lowers aquarium pH:** Made to bring alkaline water down.
- **Australian made:** Locally produced powder.
- **Suits regular dosing:** Enough for ongoing water change treatment.
- **Dissolves for even dosing:** Pre-mixed in tank water before adding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SPHD250
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002684
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Reducer
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Form:** Powder
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the label; pre-dissolve in aquarium water
- **Retest Interval:** 24 hours after each dose
- **Storage:** Lid sealed, kept dry
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity pH Down 100g (SPHD100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Serenity pH Up 100g
Australian-made powder for lifting acidic aquarium water back towards neutral.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/serenity-ph-up-100g/
- Price: $10.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SPHU100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000673
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SPHU100-serenity-ph-up-100g-image-2.jpg
An older tank with driftwood, a heavy bioload and overdue water changes can slowly slide acidic until the fish start to sulk. Serenity pH Up 100g (SKU: SPHU100) is a powdered pH raiser from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, made to increase the pH of aquarium water. Retailers list it as a quality Australian-made product, and the 100 g tub is the everyday size for one aquarium, handy to keep on the shelf for the occasional correction when a test shows the reading has drifted lower than the fish need. The same 100 g size is one of the two powders Serenity pairs with Bromothymol Blue in its complete pH testing set.
Before reaching for the tub it is worth asking why the pH fell. A drop often follows a build-up of waste or the softening of the water's carbonate hardness (KH), and a partial water change fixes the cause as well as the number. Where the tap water itself is soft and acidic, or the fish need it harder, such as livebearers and many African cichlids, a pH raiser holds the tank where it should be. As with any adjuster, the change should be gradual: measure the dose given on the Serenity label, dissolve it in a cup of aquarium water, add it near the filter outlet, then wait 24 hours and test again before adding more. Larger corrections should be spread over several days. Untreated top-up water will undo the work, so new water needs the same treatment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Acidic drift:** Tanks where pH has slid down between water changes.
- **Soft tap water:** Supplies that come out of the tap below neutral.
- **Livebearers:** Guppies, mollies and platies that prefer neutral to alkaline water.
- **Occasional correction:** A 100 g tub for one tank and infrequent use.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Find the cause:** Test and do a partial water change if waste has built up.
- **Measure and dissolve:** Mix the label dose in a cup of tank water first.
- **Add near the outlet:** Let the filter spread the mixture through the tank.
- **Retest after 24 hours:** Repeat only in small steps until the target is reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Raises pH:** Made to lift acidic aquarium water.
- **Australian made:** Locally produced powder.
- **100 g tub:** Everyday size for a single tank.
- **Pre-dissolved dosing:** Mixed in tank water for an even spread.
- **Pairs with testing:** Use with a pH test to confirm each step.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SPHU100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000673
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Increaser
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Form:** Powder
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the label; pre-dissolve in aquarium water
- **Retest Interval:** 24 hours after each dose
- **Companion Product:** Serenity pH Test Kit Junior (SPHTK)
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity pH Up 250g (SPHU250); Serenity pH Up 5kg (SPHU5000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Serenity pH Up 250g
Larger tub of pH-raising powder for cichlid tanks, big systems and soft water supplies.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/serenity-ph-up-250g/
- Price: $6.75 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SPHU250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002691
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SPHU250-serenity-ph-up-250g-image-2.jpg
Keepers of Malawi cichlids on soft tap water raise the pH at every water change, and the small tub runs out long before the fish stop needing it. Serenity pH Up 250g (SKU: SPHU250) is the mid-size tub of Serenity's pH-raising powder, from the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, which retailers list as a quality Australian-made product. At 250 g it holds two and a half times the 100 g size, making it the practical choice for large aquariums, several tanks, or a routine where every batch of new water is adjusted before it goes in.
Regular dosing is easiest to manage as part of the water change rather than as a rescue. Treating the change water in a bucket or drum to the right pH before it reaches the tank keeps the main aquarium steady, with no swing for the fish to cope with. For a correction in the tank itself, measure the dose on the Serenity label, dissolve it in a cup of aquarium water and add it near the filter outlet, then leave 24 hours before testing again. Larger lifts should be spread over several days. Soft water with little carbonate hardness (KH) tends to fall back again after dosing, so a KH test alongside pH shows whether the water has enough buffer to hold the new level. Keep the lid sealed so the powder stays dry and free-flowing. Serenity also packs the powder in a bulk 5 kg size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African cichlid tanks:** Raising soft water for Malawi and Tanganyika species.
- **Larger aquariums:** Volumes that use up a 100 g tub quickly.
- **Every water change:** Pre-adjusting new water from a soft, acidic supply.
- **Several tanks:** One tub shared across a small fish room.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Use the label dose:** Measure the amount per litre printed on the tub.
- **Adjust in a bucket:** Treat change water before it reaches the tank.
- **Retest next day:** Wait 24 hours before adding any more.
- **Check KH too:** Low carbonate hardness lets pH fall back after dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g tub:** Two and a half times the everyday 100 g size.
- **Raises aquarium pH:** Made to lift soft or acidic water.
- **Australian made:** Locally produced powder.
- **Routine-friendly:** Enough for adjusting water at every change.
- **Even dosing:** Pre-dissolved in tank water before it goes in.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SPHU250
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002691
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Increaser
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Form:** Powder
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the label; pre-dissolve in aquarium water
- **Retest Interval:** 24 hours after each dose
- **Storage:** Lid sealed, kept dry
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity pH Up 100g (SPHU100); Serenity pH Up 5kg (SPHU5000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Triton Manganese (Mn) (100ml)
Single-element manganese supplement for ICP-guided corrections in reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-manganese-mn-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Mn
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/manganese_mn_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
An ICP test that flags one trace element as low leaves a reefkeeper with a choice: dose a multi-element mix and raise everything, or correct the one element that is short. Triton Manganese (Mn) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Mn) is Triton's single-element manganese supplement for seawater, part of the Trace Base range of individual element additives from the German company behind the Triton Method and Triton Lab ICP-OES water testing. Triton describes it as beneficial for general LPS coral health and says it promotes polyp extension. Because it carries one element, it raises manganese without increasing other compounds or elements in the water.
The supplement is designed to be used with Triton Lab ICP testing, which Triton says lets aquarists make targeted single-element adjustments. Triton does not print a general dose for it: the amount to add comes from the DOSE tab of the aquarium's own ICP analysis, based on the manganese level measured in that sample and the aquarium details held in the Triton Lab account. That approach matters with a trace element, which corals use in very small amounts and where an overdose is far easier to cause than to undo, so dosing without a recent test result is not the intended use. Once the recommended amount has been added, a follow-up ICP test confirms whether manganese has reached the target before any further correction. The 100 mL bottle is listed by retailers as reef safe and needing no refrigeration. The same Trace Base format covers other single elements, including iron and molybdenum, for when an analysis flags more than one shortfall.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low manganese on ICP:** Correcting a shortfall flagged in a Triton Lab analysis.
- **LPS-dominated reefs:** Triton links manganese to general LPS health and polyp extension.
- **Triton Method systems:** Single-element top-ups alongside the base dosing regime.
- **Targeted corrections:** Raising one element without adding others.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Send an ICP sample to Triton Lab before dosing.
- **Read the DOSE tab:** Use the amount the analysis gives for manganese, and no more.
- **Add to high flow:** Dose into the sump or a high-flow area so it mixes quickly.
- **Retest:** Confirm the result with a follow-up ICP before correcting again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single element:** Manganese only, with no other elements added.
- **LPS support:** Triton says it benefits general LPS coral health.
- **Polyp extension:** Promotes extension, according to Triton.
- **ICP-guided:** The dose comes from a Triton Lab analysis, not guesswork.
- **No refrigeration:** Stored at room temperature, per retailer specifications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Mn
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Single Element)
- **Element:** Manganese (Mn)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Range:** Triton Trace Base single-element supplements
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton Lab ICP analysis
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Companion Test:** Triton Lab ICP-OES seawater analysis
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Potassium (K) (1KG)
Single-element potassium supplement for reef tanks dosed from ICP-OES results.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-potassium-k-1kg/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2010K
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/potassium_k_1000g_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
An ICP test that shows potassium below natural seawater levels is only useful if the element can be corrected on its own, without pushing anything else out of balance. Triton Potassium (K) (1KG) (SKU: 2010K) is Triton's single-element potassium supplement for marine aquariums, a 1 kg pack designed to raise the potassium level of reef tank water without adding other compounds or elements. Potassium is a macro element that occurs naturally in seawater, and Triton describes it as beneficial to SPS coral colour and to maintaining the delicate bacterial environment of a reef tank.
The supplement is meant to be used with Triton Lab ICP-OES water testing rather than by guesswork. After a water sample is analysed, the results are compared with Triton's set points based on natural seawater, and the DOSE tab of the analysis gives either a correction dose to bring potassium up to the set point, a maintenance dose to hold it there, or both, along with the maximum safe daily dose for that system. Triton advises against making too many adjustments at once, because elements can react with one another: dose into an area of high flow and leave at least five minutes between different element additions. Large swings in element levels can harm tank inhabitants, so corrections should be spread out as the analysis recommends. Triton classifies the product as basic skill level. Regular re-testing shows whether the maintenance dose is holding potassium at the set point or needs adjusting as the tank's demand changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low potassium on ICP:** Correcting a measured shortfall against Triton's set point.
- **Maintenance dosing:** Holding potassium steady once the set point is reached.
- **SPS-dominated reefs:** Systems where potassium is linked to coral colour.
- **Targeted corrections:** Adjusting one element without changing the rest.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Send a water sample for ICP-OES analysis before dosing.
- **Follow the DOSE tab:** Use the correction and maintenance amounts calculated for the tank.
- **Respect the daily limit:** Never exceed the maximum safe daily dose shown in the results.
- **Space the additions:** Dose into high flow and wait five minutes between different elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single element:** Raises potassium without adding other compounds or elements.
- **ICP-guided dosing:** Amounts calculated from the tank's own analysis.
- **Natural seawater set points:** Corrections aim at natural concentrations.
- **Basic skill level:** Triton's own classification for this supplement.
- **1 kg pack:** A long-lasting supply for regular maintenance dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2010K
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Potassium)
- **Element:** Potassium (K)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Dose into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Product:** Triton Lab ICP-OES water test
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Turtle Health Block 100g
Large slow-release mineral and pH-buffering block for adult turtle tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/turtle-health-block-100g/
- Price: $16.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: STHB100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000604
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/STHB100-turtle-health-block-100g-main-image.jpg
An adult long-necked or short-necked turtle in a large tank produces enough waste to push the water acidic between water changes, and acidic water is hard on a shell. Turtle Health Block 100g (SKU: STHB100) is the largest size of Serenity's Turtle Health Block, a water-conditioning block that releases calcium with vitamin D3 and other minerals into the water over an extended period. Serenity states that the calcium and vitamin D3 aid in preventing shell softening, and that the block contains pH-buffering ingredients that raise alkalinity and reduce acid while neutralising ammonia from the turtle's waste.
At 100 g, the block holds five times the material of the 20 g size, which suits big tanks and adult turtles where a small block would vanish quickly. Serenity's retail listings do not state how many litres one block treats, so follow the pack for the volume; a new block goes in when the old one has dissolved. In a large set-up with a powerful canister filter and weekly water changes, the block is a background treatment, not a substitute for either, and new tap water still needs a dechlorinating conditioner. Serenity also reminds keepers that the turtle must be able to leave the water completely so its shell dries out, and that natural sunlight or artificial lighting is essential for its health. Turtle Salts 250g (STS250), used at water changes, pairs with the block, and for hatchlings and mid-size tanks the same block comes in 20 g (STHB20) and 60 g (STHB60).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult turtle tanks:** Large volumes and heavy waste loads.
- **Soft-water areas:** Water with little natural buffering that drifts acidic.
- **Shell care:** A constant source of calcium and vitamin D3 in the water.
- **Between water changes:** Ongoing buffering while waste accumulates.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Use the label's guide to the water volume treated.
- **Add to the tank:** Place the block in the water and let it dissolve slowly.
- **Swap when spent:** Fit a fresh block once the old one has gone.
- **Condition new water:** Dechlorinate tap water before every water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest size:** A 100 g block for adult turtles and big tanks.
- **Calcium and vitamin D3:** Helps prevent shell softening, according to Serenity.
- **Alkalinity support:** pH-buffering ingredients counter acidic water.
- **Ammonia action:** Neutralises ammonia from waste, per Serenity.
- **Long-lasting form:** More material per block for less frequent replacement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** STHB100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000604
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle Water Conditioning Block
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Releases:** Calcium, vitamin D3 and other minerals
- **Water Action:** pH buffering and ammonia neutralising (per Serenity)
- **Form:** Slow-dissolving block
- **Other Sizes:** 20 g (STHB20); 60 g (STHB60)
- **Companion Products:** Turtle Salts 250g (STS250); Turtle Water Conditioner 150ml (STCWC150)
- **Target Environment:** Large aquatic turtle tanks
---
#### Turtle Health Block 20g
Small slow-release calcium and vitamin D3 block for hatchling and small turtle set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/turtle-health-block-20g/
- Price: $54.57 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: STHB20 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000598
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/STHB20-turtle-health-block-20g-main-image.jpg
A hatchling turtle grows its shell fast, and the water in a small tub or starter tank can turn acidic quickly as waste builds up. Turtle Health Block 20g (SKU: STHB20) is the smallest size of Serenity's Turtle Health Block, a slow-dissolving block that conditions the water and releases calcium with vitamin D3 and other minerals over an extended period. Serenity states that the calcium and vitamin D3 help prevent shell softening, which it links to acidic water, and that the block contains pH-buffering ingredients that reduce acidity while also neutralising ammonia from the turtle's waste.
The 20 g block is sized for the start of a turtle's life: a hatchling tub, a small first tank or a hospital container where a larger block would be more than the water needs. It also lets a new keeper try the product before buying the 60 g or 100 g size. Serenity's retail listings do not give a litres-per-block figure, so check the pack for the treatment volume and replace the block once it has dissolved. The block supports the water, not the whole husbandry: Serenity stresses that a turtle needs a place where it can climb fully out of the water so its shell dries, and that natural sunlight or artificial lighting is essential to keep it healthy. Tap water still needs a conditioner to remove chlorine before it goes in, and regular partial water changes keep waste in check.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hatchling tubs:** A small block for the small volume of a first set-up.
- **Starter tanks:** Ongoing calcium and pH buffering for a young turtle.
- **Hospital containers:** Mineral support while a turtle is kept apart.
- **Trial size:** A way to try the block before moving to 60 g or 100 g.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check the pack:** Follow the label for the volume one block treats.
- **Drop it in:** Place the block in the tank water, where it dissolves slowly.
- **Replace when gone:** Add a new block once the old one has dissolved.
- **Keep up water changes:** Treat new tap water with a conditioner before adding it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest size:** A 20 g block for hatchling and small set-ups.
- **Calcium with vitamin D3:** Released into the water to help prevent shell softening.
- **pH buffer:** Reduces acidity in turtle water, according to Serenity.
- **Ammonia neutralising:** Serenity says it neutralises ammonia from waste.
- **Slow release:** Dissolves gradually rather than dosing all at once.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** STHB20
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000598
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle Water Conditioning Block
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Releases:** Calcium, vitamin D3 and other minerals
- **Water Action:** pH buffering and ammonia neutralising (per Serenity)
- **Form:** Slow-dissolving block
- **Other Sizes:** 60 g (STHB60); 100 g (STHB100)
- **Companion Products:** Turtle Salts 250g (STS250); Turtle Water Conditioner 150ml (STCWC150)
- **Target Environment:** Hatchling tubs and small aquatic turtle tanks
---
#### Turtle Health Block 60g
Mid-size calcium, vitamin D3 and pH-buffering block for growing turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/turtle-health-block-60g/
- Price: $18.36 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: STHB60 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000765
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/STHB60-turtle-health-block-60g-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Once a turtle outgrows its hatchling tub, it moves into a bigger tank with more water, more waste and more need for steady water chemistry. Turtle Health Block 60g (SKU: STHB60) is the middle size of Serenity's Turtle Health Block, a block that dissolves slowly in the tank and releases calcium with vitamin D3 and other minerals into the water over time. According to Serenity, the calcium and vitamin D3 help prevent shell softening, a problem it ties to acidic water, while pH-buffering ingredients in the block reduce acidity and the block also neutralises ammonia from the turtle's waste.
The 60 g size fits the mid-size aquarium that most juvenile and young adult turtles live in, holding three times the material of the 20 g block in a single piece. Serenity does not publish a litres-per-block figure in its retail listings, so the pack is the guide to how much water it treats; when the block has dissolved, a new one goes in. Turtle tanks run with a heavy load of waste, so the block works alongside a good filter and regular partial water changes rather than replacing them, and a pH and KH test now and then shows how well the buffering is holding. Serenity also points out that the block cannot replace good husbandry: the tank needs a dry basking area the turtle can climb onto so its shell dries out, and natural sunlight or artificial lighting is essential. Turtle Salts 250g (STS250) pairs with the block at water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing turtles:** Juveniles moving up from a hatchling set-up into a larger tank.
- **Acid-prone water:** Tanks where waste keeps pulling the pH down.
- **Shell support:** Continuous calcium and vitamin D3 in the water.
- **Routine maintenance:** A steady background treatment between water changes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the label:** Match the block to the volume stated on the pack.
- **Place in the water:** Drop the block into the tank, where it dissolves gradually.
- **Test occasionally:** Check pH and KH to see how the buffering is holding.
- **Renew on schedule:** Replace the block once it has fully dissolved.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Middle size:** A 60 g block for mid-size turtle tanks.
- **Shell minerals:** Releases calcium with vitamin D3 and other minerals.
- **Buffers acidity:** pH-buffering ingredients reduce acid in the water.
- **Neutralises ammonia:** Serenity's stated action on waste ammonia.
- **Gradual release:** Works steadily as the block dissolves.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** STHB60
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000765
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle Water Conditioning Block
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Releases:** Calcium, vitamin D3 and other minerals
- **Water Action:** pH buffering and ammonia neutralising (per Serenity)
- **Form:** Slow-dissolving block
- **Other Sizes:** 20 g (STHB20); 100 g (STHB100)
- **Companion Products:** Turtle Salts 250g (STS250); Turtle Water Conditioner 150ml (STCWC150)
- **Target Environment:** Mid-size aquatic turtle tanks
---
#### Turtle Salts 250g
Natural multi-purpose water conditioning salt for turtle tanks and ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/turtle-salts-250g/
- Price: $35.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: STS250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003605
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/STS250-turtle-salts-250g-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Every water change brings buckets of fresh tap water into a turtle tank, and many keepers prefer to condition that new water before it reaches the turtles rather than pour it straight in. Turtle Salts 250g (SKU: STS250) is Serenity's turtle salt, which the company describes as a natural, multi-purpose water conditioner designed to recreate ideal conditions in turtle tanks and ponds. The dose is 5 g per 10 litres of water, so the 250 g pack treats about 500 litres in total, whether that goes into one large pond fill or many smaller water changes.
The salt goes in when a tank or pond is first set up and again at each water change. Salt does not leave the water when it evaporates, so the dose is worked out on the volume replaced, not the total volume of the tank: a 100-litre tank with a 30 per cent change needs salt for 30 litres, or 15 g. Top-ups for evaporation are plain conditioned water, and adding more salt without a water change only builds up the level. Dissolving the measured salt in a jug of the new water before pouring it in spreads it evenly. Turtle Salts is not a dechlorinator, so tap water still needs a conditioner such as Serenity's Turtle Water Conditioner 150ml (STCWC150), and the Turtle Health Block in 20 g, 60 g or 100 g sizes adds slow-release calcium and pH buffering between changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New set-ups:** A full dose for the tank or pond's total volume at the start.
- **Water changes:** A dose for the new water only, every time water is replaced.
- **Turtle ponds:** Outdoor ponds as well as indoor tanks.
- **Alongside other Serenity turtle care:** With a conditioner and a Turtle Health Block.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Dose rate:** 5 g per 10 litres of water.
- **Measure the change:** Dose only the volume being replaced, not the whole tank.
- **Dissolve first:** Mix the salt into a jug of new water before adding it.
- **No salt for top-ups:** Replace evaporated water with plain, dechlorinated water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-purpose conditioner:** Serenity's salt for recreating ideal turtle water conditions.
- **Simple dose:** 5 g per 10 litres.
- **About 500 litres per pack:** 250 g at the stated dose rate.
- **Tanks and ponds:** Made for both indoor and outdoor turtle set-ups.
- **Part of a routine:** Pairs with a dechlorinator and the Turtle Health Block.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** STS250
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003605
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Turtle Water Conditioning Salt
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 5 g per 10 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 500 L (250 g ÷ 5 g per 10 L)
- **When to Dose:** At set-up and with each water change, for the replaced volume only
- **Companion Products:** Turtle Water Conditioner 150ml (STCWC150); Turtle Health Block 20 g (STHB20), 60 g (STHB60), 100 g (STHB100)
- **Target Environment:** Aquatic turtle tanks and ponds
---
#### pH6 Neutraliser Block 20g
Slow-release block that holds soft-water tanks at pH 6 for tetras, discus and angelfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ph6-neutraliser-block-20g/
- Price: $40.91 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SNB6 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003032
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SNB6-ph6-neutraliser-block-20g-main-image.jpg
Once soft, acidic water has been set up for tetras or discus, the next job is keeping it there, because pH drifts between water changes. pH6 Neutraliser Block 20g (SKU: SNB6) is a 20 g Serenity Aquatics block that dissolves slowly in the aquarium, releasing minerals and vitamins to hold the water at pH 6. Serenity names tetras, discus and angelfish as the fish it is made for. One block treats up to 120 litres, and it goes into the tank whole, so there is no measuring or dosing cap to deal with.
The ingredients listed for the pH6 block are calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, sodium chloride, thiamine hydrochloride (vitamin B1) and humic acid, the last being one of the humic substances that tint natural blackwater streams. The block is designed to maintain pH rather than to make a large change: for a new aquarium or after a big water change, Serenity's advice is to bring the pH down first with a fast-acting pH Down powder, then use the block to hold it. How long a block lasts depends on the starting water, and it is replaced once fully dissolved. Serenity also advises against shifting pH by more than 0.5 in any 24 hours. To work out the tank volume, multiply length × width × water depth in centimetres and divide by 1,000 for litres.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tetras:** Soft-water schooling fish kept in slightly acidic water.
- **Discus:** Holding the low pH that discus keepers aim for.
- **Angelfish:** South American cichlids from soft, acidic rivers.
- **Between water changes:** Keeping the tank at its set point as it ages.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the pH first:** Lower the water to pH 6 with a pH Down product before adding the block.
- **One block per 120 L:** Place the whole block in the aquarium.
- **Go slowly:** No more than 0.5 of a pH unit change in 24 hours.
- **Replace when gone:** Add a new block once the old one has fully dissolved.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Holds pH 6:** Maintains slightly acidic water once it has been set.
- **Humic acid included:** Alongside calcium and magnesium sulphates and vitamin B1.
- **Up to 120 L:** Treatment capacity of one 20 g block.
- **Slow dissolving:** Releases gradually; timing depends on the starting water.
- **No measuring:** The whole block goes in.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics
- **SKU:** SNB6
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003032
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Maintenance Block
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Target pH:** 6
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 120 L per block
- **Ingredients:** Calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, sodium chloride, thiamine HCl (vitamin B1), humic acid
- **Suited To:** Tetras, discus and angelfish
- **Other pH Blocks:** pH7 Neutraliser Block 20g (SNB20); pH8 Neutraliser Block 20g (SNB8)
- **Target Environment:** Soft-water freshwater aquariums
---
#### pH7 Neutraliser Block 20g
Slow-dissolving block that keeps community aquariums at a neutral pH 7.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ph7-neutraliser-block-20g/
- Price: $38.13 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SNB20 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000642
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SNB20-ph7-neutraliser-block-20g-main-image.jpg
Most community fish are comfortable around neutral, and a steady pH 7 is easier on them than water that swings between water changes. pH7 Neutraliser Block 20g (SKU: SNB20) is a 20 g Serenity Aquatics block that dissolves slowly in the aquarium and releases minerals and vitamins designed to keep the water at a neutral pH 7. One block treats up to 120 litres, and the whole block simply goes into the tank, so there is nothing to measure. Serenity's view is that keeping water at the right pH supports healthy fish and encourages plant growth. It sits in the middle of a set of three blocks, with the pH6 (SNB6) and pH8 (SNB8) versions holding acidic and alkaline set points.
The listed ingredients are calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, sodium chloride and thiamine hydrochloride (vitamin B1). The block is a maintenance product: Serenity recommends reaching the desired pH first and then using the block to hold it there, rather than relying on it for a large correction. Replace the block with a new one once the old one has fully dissolved. To check how many blocks a tank needs, multiply length × width × water depth in centimetres and divide by 1,000 for litres; a 60 × 30 × 35 cm tank holds about 63 litres, comfortably within one block's 120 L. Serenity also recommends a 25% water change every fortnight and a water conditioner to detoxify tap water, so the block works alongside regular maintenance rather than in place of it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** Mixed tropical fish that do well at neutral pH.
- **Planted aquariums:** Steady pH for plant growth, as Serenity notes.
- **Drifting pH:** Tanks where pH wanders between water changes.
- **Tanks up to 120 L:** One block for nano to mid-size aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Adjust first:** Bring the water to pH 7 before using the block.
- **Measure the tank:** Length × width × depth in cm, divided by 1,000.
- **One block per 120 L:** Place it whole in the aquarium.
- **Replace and maintain:** A new block when dissolved, plus 25% fortnightly water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Neutral pH 7:** Holds water at the middle of the scale.
- **Mineral blend:** Calcium and magnesium sulphates with sodium chloride.
- **Vitamin B1:** Thiamine included in the block.
- **Up to 120 L:** Per 20 g block.
- **Drop-in use:** No dosing cap or measuring.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics
- **SKU:** SNB20
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000642
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Maintenance Block
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Target pH:** 7 (neutral)
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 120 L per block
- **Ingredients:** Calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, sodium chloride, thiamine HCl (vitamin B1)
- **Suited To:** Community freshwater fish and planted tanks
- **Other pH Blocks:** pH6 Neutraliser Block 20g (SNB6); pH8 Neutraliser Block 20g (SNB8)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### pH8 Neutraliser Block 20g
Slow-dissolving block for holding hard, alkaline cichlid tanks at pH 8.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/ph8-neutraliser-block-20g/
- Price: $40.91 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SNB8 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003049
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SNB8-ph8-neutraliser-block-20g-main-image.jpg
African rift lake cichlids come from hard, alkaline water, and a tank that slides back towards neutral leaves them out of their element. pH8 Neutraliser Block 20g (SKU: SNB8) is a 20 g Serenity Aquatics block that dissolves slowly to help keep aquarium water at pH 8, which Serenity describes as ideal for cichlids. One block treats up to 120 litres and goes into the tank whole, with nothing to measure. It is the alkaline end of a set of three Serenity blocks, alongside the pH6 and pH7 versions.
Like the rest of the set, the block maintains a pH rather than creating one, and Serenity's advice is to reach the desired pH first and then use the block to keep it steady. In practice, the cichlids that want pH 8 are the hard-water species, such as Malawi mbuna and haps and Tanganyikan cichlids, since the soft-water angelfish and discus are the fish named for the pH6 block. Biological filtration slowly acidifies an aquarium as it processes waste, so a maintenance block helps counter the downward drift between water changes. Replace the block once it has dissolved, and keep any pH change gradual; Serenity's guidance for the range is no more than 0.5 in 24 hours. Tank volume in litres is length × width × water depth in centimetres divided by 1,000, so a 120 × 45 × 50 cm cichlid tank at about 270 litres is well beyond a single block's 120 L.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African cichlids:** Malawi and Tanganyika species from alkaline lakes.
- **Holding a set pH:** After the tank has been brought up to pH 8.
- **Ageing tanks:** Countering a slow fall in pH between water changes.
- **Measured volumes:** One block per 120 L of water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Raise pH first:** Bring the water to pH 8 before adding the block.
- **Calculate volume:** Length × width × depth in cm, divided by 1,000.
- **Whole block per 120 L:** Place it in the aquarium without breaking it up.
- **Replace when dissolved:** Keep pH changes to 0.5 or less in a day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **pH 8 target:** Alkaline water for hard-water cichlids.
- **Maintenance block:** Holds a pH that has already been set.
- **120 L per block:** The treatment capacity of one 20 g block.
- **Slow release:** Dissolves gradually in the tank.
- **Part of a set:** pH6, pH7 and pH8 blocks for different fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics
- **SKU:** SNB8
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003049
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > pH Maintenance Block
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Target pH:** 8
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 120 L per block
- **Suited To:** Cichlids, in particular hard-water African species
- **Use:** Maintains pH once it has been set
- **Other pH Blocks:** pH6 Neutraliser Block 20g (SNB6); pH7 Neutraliser Block 20g (SNB20)
- **Target Environment:** Hard-water freshwater aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Heating & Cooling
#### Stick On Thermometer
Aqua One External Stick-On Digital Thermometer.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/stick-on-thermometer/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10307 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136032123
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Stick-On-Thermometer.png
The Aqua One External Stick-On Digital Thermometer (SKU: 10307) is a convenient, low-profile temperature monitoring solution designed for all freshwater and marine aquariums. Featuring a self-adhesive backing, this liquid crystal thermometer mounts directly onto the exterior glass of your tank, keeping internal water space clear while eliminating the need for suction cups or probes inside the aquarium.
The easy-to-read vertical display measures temperature in a range from 18°C to 34°C. Utilising colour-changing indicator technology, the highlighted green bar clearly indicates your tank's current water temperature at a glance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Temperature Monitoring:** Ideal for keeping continuous track of aquarium water temperature to ensure heater stability.
- **Clean Display Requirements:** Recommended for aquarists who prefer an unobstructed internal view free from suction cups or submerged glass thermometers.
- **All Aquarium Types:** Suitable for coldwater, tropical freshwater, and marine setups.
**How to Use**
- Clean and thoroughly dry the outside surface of the aquarium glass where you intend to mount the thermometer.
- Peel off the protective backing paper from the adhesive sticker.
- Press the thermometer firmly onto the exterior glass below the water level, away from direct sunlight and heater placement.
- Read the highlighted green indicator bar to check the current tank temperature.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **External Stick-On Design:** Mounts cleanly to the outside of the glass panel without submerging equipment inside the tank.
- **Clear Colour-Coded Display:** Distinct green bar highlighting makes reading temperature settings fast and simple.
- **18°C – 34°C Range:** Covers standard tropical and cold-water thermal parameters.
- **Universal Compatibility:** Safe for freshwater, marine, and planted aquarium environments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10307
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136032123
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling / Thermometers
- **Measurement Range:** 18°C – 34°C
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 2 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 10 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater, Tropical Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Accessories
#### Airline 100m Roll
Continuous 4 mm silicone airline for fish rooms, shops and multi-tank set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/airline-100m-roll/
- Price: $25.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SSAL100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001380
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SSAL100-airline-100m-roll-main-image.jpg
A metre or two of airline per tank adds up quickly across a rack of sponge filters, and short packs leave joins in the middle of every long run. Airline 100m Roll (SKU: SSAL100) is Serenity's bulk airline, 100 metres of clear 4 mm silicone tubing in one continuous length on a roll. It carries air from an air pump to airstones, sponge filters, bubble walls, ornaments, check valves and gang valves, and it fits the 4 mm outlets used on Serenity's air pumps and on most aquarium air accessories. Silicone is softer than standard vinyl airline, so it bends into place around cabinet edges and tank rims and is easy to push onto fittings.
A 100 m roll is sized for shops, breeders, clubs and anyone running a central air system with a manifold feeding many tanks, as well as households with several aquariums that go through airline every year. Lengths are cut with sharp scissors or a blade for a clean, square end that seals properly on a fitting. That softness has a trade-off: silicone can kink at a tight bend and flatten if trapped under a heavy lid, so sharp corners are better handled with an elbow connector. Every line from a pump that sits below the water level needs a check valve to stop water siphoning back during a power cut. Silicone is also permeable to carbon dioxide, so pressurised CO2 systems use dedicated CO2-resistant tubing rather than this airline. Clear tubing shows water ingress, algae or a blockage at a glance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms:** Air from one large pump to sponge filters across a rack of tanks.
- **Retail and breeding systems:** Long continuous runs with no joins.
- **Replacing old airline:** Swaps out hardened, discoloured or split tubing.
- **Several home tanks:** One roll covers years of small jobs around the house.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Cut square:** Use sharp scissors so each end seals on its fitting.
- **Elbows for tight turns:** Use a connector rather than forcing a sharp bend that kinks.
- **Check valves:** Fit one per line when the pump sits below the water level.
- **Air only:** Use dedicated CO2 tubing for CO2 systems, as silicone lets CO2 pass through.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100 m continuous length:** No joins along long runs.
- **4 mm tubing:** Fits standard aquarium air outlets and fittings.
- **Silicone construction:** Soft and flexible, easy to route and connect.
- **Clear wall:** Water, algae or blockages are visible at a glance.
- **Bulk roll:** Suits shops, breeders, clubs and fish rooms.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SSAL100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001380
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Airline Tubing
- **Length:** 100 m, continuous roll
- **Size:** 4 mm
- **Material:** Clear silicone
- **Use:** Air lines from pumps to airstones, sponge filters and ornaments
- **Not For:** Pressurised CO2 lines
- **Companion Products:** Air Pump Adj 2.5 LPM (SAP01); Air Pump Adj 2 x 2.5 LPM (SAP02)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 105cm
High-Volume Aeration Air Curtain & Visual Impacter In Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-105cm/
- Price: $25.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10129 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017779
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-105cm.jpg
Continuous aeration increases surface agitation, driving effective gas exchange to expel carbon dioxide and enrich dissolved oxygen levels vital for fish health and biological filtration. Resistant to clogging and mineral buildup, the 105cm airstone connects easily to standard 4mm aquarium airline tubing powered by a medium-to-large air pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Aeration:** Spans large tank floors up to 4 feet in length for maximum surface aeration.
- **Bubble Wall Visual Effects:** Creates a continuous curtain of fine bubbles along rear aquarium walls.
- **Improving Dissolved Oxygen:** Prevents oxygen depletion in heavily stocked or warm water tanks.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Connect standard 4mm silicone airline tubing from your air pump to the airstone intake nozzle.
- Step 2: Position the weighted PVC bar flat against the aquarium substrate along the rear glass panel.
- Step 3: Cover edges lightly with gravel or sand to conceal the bar while leaving the bubble outlets exposed.
- Step 4: Use a check valve in the air line to prevent water back-siphoning during power outages.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Weighted Green PVC Casing:** Stays weighted at the bottom without shifting or floating.
- **Uniform Micro-Bubble Wall:** Produces a fine curtain of bubbles to boost dissolved oxygen.
- **Corrosion-Resistant Construction:** Safe for both freshwater and saltwater aquarium environments.
- **Extra-Long 105 cm Span:** Ideal size for large display aquariums and commercial systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10129
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136017779 / 9325136014291
- **Product Type:** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 1,080 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 340 g
- **Length:** 1,050 mm (105 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Display Aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 20cm
Micro Aeration Bar for Small Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-20cm/
- Price: $5.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017687
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-20cm.jpg
Proper aeration is essential in small tanks where dissolved oxygen can deplete quickly. The non-toxic, corrosion-resistant PVC build makes this 20cm airstone a reliable choice for betta tanks, nano planted displays, and small shrimp tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Tanks & Bettas:** Delivers gentle aeration for tanks under 30 litres without overpowering small fish.
- **Breeding & Hatchery Containers:** Provides safe, gentle oxygenation for delicate fry and eggs.
- **Internal Filter Compartments:** Fits inside rear filter chambers to drive air-lift filtration.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Connect standard 4mm airline tubing to the intake barb fitting.
- Step 2: Place the airstone on the bottom of the aquarium.
- Step 3: Connect the airline hose to a small aquarium air pump and power it on.
- Step 4: Use a check valve to prevent back-siphoning water damage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-Compact 20 cm Length:** Fits easily into nano tanks and small display spaces.
- **Weighted PVC Casing:** Stays anchored flat on the bottom without suction cups.
- **Gentle Micro-Bubble Stream:** Aerates efficiently without creating excessive water turbulence.
- **Safe & Non-Toxic:** Chemically inert build, safe for dwarf shrimp, bettas, and fry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10123
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136017687 / 9325136014239
- **Product Type:** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 230 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 80 g
- **Length:** 200 mm (20 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Nano & Desktop Aquariums, Betta Bowls
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 25cm
Mini Aeration Bar For Lifting Surface Film & Oxygen Levels Nano Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-25cm/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10131 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017694
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-25cm.jpg
Its small footprint fits easily into tight spaces without cluttering nano aquascapes or disturbing small fish species. Durable and resistant to mineral buildup, the 25 cm PVC airstone delivers dependable aeration in both freshwater and marine environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano & Desktop Aquariums:** Ideal aeration size for small tanks between 20 and 60 litres.
- **Fry Rearing & Quarantine Tanks:** Provides gentle oxygenation without creating high currents.
- **Targeted Aeration:** Ideal for small spaces behind rocks, wood, or filter pipes.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Push standard 4mm flexible airline tubing firmly onto the intake nipple.
- Step 2: Position the weighted airstone along the bottom of the tank.
- Step 3: Turn on your air pump to initiate a fine bubble stream.
- Step 4: Soak in dilute vinegar periodically to clear mineral deposits and maintain full flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Self-Weighted PVC Jacket:** Stays in place on the tank floor without floating off.
- **Micro-Bubble Generation:** Provides efficient surface agitation and gas exchange.
- **Mini Space-Saving Footprint:** Compact 25cm length fits small aquariums easily.
- **Universal Airline Barb:** Fits all standard 4mm aquarium airline tubing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10131
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136017694 / 9325136014314
- **Product Type: ** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 280 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 95 g
- **Length:** 250 mm (25 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Nano Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 35cm
Compact Bubble Wall Diffuser Promoting Steady Water Turnover In Fish Tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-35cm/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10132 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017717
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-35cm.jpg
Designed to fit smaller aquariums or specific zones within larger tanks, the 35 cm airstone helps maintain healthy water chemistry and prevents stagnant dead zones. Its non-toxic construction ensures full safety for sensitive tropical fish, dwarf shrimp, and aquatic plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Aquariums:** Fits 40cm to 50cm wide desktop and starter aquariums perfectly.
- **Targeted Zone Aeration:** Aerates specific areas around filtration outlets or dense plantings.
- **Promoting Surface Motion:** Increases surface agitation to prevent surface film accumulation.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Connect 4mm airline tubing over the airstone intake connector.
- Step 2: Place the weighted bar flat along the tank substrate in the desired location.
- Step 3: Connect the airline to an appropriately sized aquarium air pump.
- Step 4: Place a check valve inline to safeguard the air pump against back-siphoning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Weighted PVC Casing:** Anchors the stone flat along the gravel without shifting.
- **Dense Micro-Bubble Output:** Diffuses air efficiently to maximise dissolved oxygen levels.
- **Non-Corrosive Materials:** Durable, aquarium-safe build for long service life.
- **Standard Barb Fitment:** Connects easily to all standard 4mm aquarium airline tubing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10132
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136017717 / 9325136014321
- **Product Type: ** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 380 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 130 g
- **Length:** 350 mm (35 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 40cm
Targeted Substrate Aeration Bar Promoting Healthy Water Circulation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-40cm/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10126 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017724
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-40cm.jpg
Surface agitation created by the bubble curtain aids gas exchange, helping expel carbon dioxide and maintain elevated oxygen levels for fish and beneficial nitrifying bacteria. Its durable PVC jacket protects the inner diffuser stone, making it a long-lasting addition to tropical or goldfish setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **40cm to 60cm Aquariums:** Sized for standard small-to-medium tropical display tanks.
- **Community Tank Aeration:** Provides supplemental oxygen for active schooling fish and live plants.
- **Disrupting Surface Film:** Breaks up oily surface film to improve light penetration and gas transfer.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Attach standard 4mm silicone or PVC airline hose onto the hose barb.
- Step 2: Place the airstone on the aquarium floor and anchor lightly with substrate.
- Step 3: Connect the airline hose to your air pump and power it on.
- Step 4: Use an inline check valve to prevent back-siphoning water damage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Weighted Green Sheath:** Stays weighted at the bottom without floating or rolling.
- **Fine Bubble Wall Production:** Generates a decorative, functional curtain of oxygen-rich bubbles.
- **Freshwater & Reef Safe:** Made from non-toxic materials safe for all aquatic life.
- **Universal Airline Barb:** Fits standard 4mm flexible aquarium air hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10126
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136017724 / 9325136014260
- **Product Type: ** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 430 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 145 g
- **Length:** 400 mm (40 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 45cm
Compact Weighted Aeration Bar & Oxygen Enricher for Mid-size Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-45cm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10133 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017731
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-45cm.jpg
Sized to fit smaller display tanks or targeted zones in larger aquariums, the 45 cm airstone helps eliminate stagnant water pockets and prevents oxygen drops in warm or heavily populated aquariums. Its tough PVC outer casing protects the internal stone against wear, ensuring reliable performance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Compact Aquariums:** Sized for 50 cm wide aquariums or targeted aeration in larger tanks.
- **Eliminating Stagnant Pockets:** Breaks up dead flow zones behind large rock formations or driftwood.
- **Oxygen Enrichment:** Helps keep oxygen levels high in goldfish, cichlid, or community tanks.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Connect standard 4mm flexible air tubing securely to the intake barb.
- Step 2: Position the weighted bar flat along the substrate bed in your desired location.
- Step 3: Power on the connected air pump to begin bubble diffusion.
- Step 4: Inspect monthly and clean away algae buildup using a soft brush.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Weighted PVC Sheath:** Keeps the airstone positioned flat along the aquarium substrate.
- **Micro-Bubble Diffusion:** Creates a fine bubble curtain for effective water column aeration.
- **Durable & Non-Corrosive:** Built with aquatic-safe materials for freshwater and marine use.
- **Easy Airline Hookup:** Connects quickly to standard 4mm aquarium airline tubing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10133
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136017731 / 9325136014338
- **Product Type: ** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 480 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 160 g
- **Length:** 450 mm (45 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 60cm
Flexible Aquarium Air Curtain for Oxygen Diffusion & Decorative Bubble Effects.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-60cm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10134 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017755
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-60cm.jpg
Engineered to resist mineral clogging and physical damage, the 60 cm PVC airstone provides long-term aeration performance in both freshwater and marine environments. It attaches easily to standard 4mm airline tubing, serving as an effective aeration tool for tropical fish displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **2 to 3 Foot Aquariums:** Perfect length for standard 60cm to 90cm freshwater and marine displays.
- **Preventing Surface Scum:** Surface agitation disrupts organic biofilm buildup for better oxygen transfer.
- **Decorative Backdrops:** Creates a visual bubble wall behind plants and rock formations.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Attach standard 4mm silicone or PVC airline tubing to the inlet nipple.
- Step 2: Lay the airstone flat along the rear floor of the tank and weigh down with substrate if desired.
- Step 3: Connect to an air pump and turn on the power to establish a uniform bubble stream.
- Step 4: Clean periodically by soaking in vinegar water to dissolve mineral buildup.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Self-Weighted Green PVC Sheath:** Stays in place without floating off the substrate bed.
- **High-Efficiency Diffusion:** Maximises water-air contact area to increase dissolved oxygen levels.
- **Resists Mineral Clogging:** Durable materials maintain fine bubble output over extended use.
- **Seamless Hose Hookup:** Barb connector fits standard 4mm flexible aquarium air tubing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10134
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):**
9325136017755 /
9325136014345
- **Product Type:** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 630 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 210 g
- **Length:** 600 mm (60 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Aqua One Airstone Pvc Encased Green 80cm
For Weighted Aeration Bubble Wall & Visual Appeal In Mid & Large Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/aqua-one-airstone-pvc-encased-green-80cm/
- Price: $20.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 10128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136017762
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Airstone-Pvc-Encased-Green-80cm.jpg
Increasing dissolved oxygen levels is essential for keeping tropical fish active and supporting beneficial nitrifying filter bacteria. The durable PVC casing resists cracking, algae clogging, and mineral buildup, making it a reliable aeration accessory for freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-Large Aquariums:** Fits 3-foot and 4-foot aquariums to deliver balanced, full-length bubble coverage.
- **Boosting Circulation:** Promotes vertical water currents that lift warm bottom water toward the surface.
- **High Bioload Support:** Supplies supplemental oxygen to heavily stocked community or cichlid tanks.
**Installation & Connection Guide**
- Step 1: Push standard 4mm aquarium airline tubing firmly onto the green intake fitting.
- Step 2: Press the weighted bar down onto the bottom glass or embed it slightly into substrate.
- Step 3: Connect the opposite end of the airline tubing to an appropriately sized aquarium air pump.
- Step 4: Install an inline check valve between the air pump and airstone for siphoning protection.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Weighted Self-Anchoring Design:** Heavy PVC housing keeps the airstone anchored without suction cups.
- **Fine Bubble Generation:** Diffuses air smoothly into tiny bubbles for efficient oxygen absorption.
- **Flexible & Durable PVC:** Bends slightly to conform to uneven gravel beds without breaking.
- **Standard 4mm Fitting:** Compatible with all standard aquarium air pumps and tubing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 10128
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136017762
- **Product Type:** Accessories > PVC Encased Flexible Airstone > Air Curtain
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 25 mm (W) × 830 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 270 g
- **Length:** 800 mm (80 cm)
- **Tubing Fitment:** Standard 4 mm Airline Tubing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Fish Net 10" (25.4cm) - Bundle of 12
Large aquarium net for goldfish, cichlids and big community tanks, in a twelve-pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fish-net-10-25-4cm-bundle-of-12/
- Price: $7.64 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SFISN10 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001564
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SFISN10-fish-net-10-25-4cm-bundle-of-12-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A 15 cm goldfish or a grown cichlid will not fit into a small net, and trying usually ends with the fish thrashing on the rim. Fish Net 10" (25.4cm) - Bundle of 12 (SKU: SFISN10) is a bundle of twelve Serenity aquarium nets with a 10 in (25.4 cm) frame, a large size for bigger fish in tanks of around a metre and more. The wide frame takes a large fish fully into the net in one movement, and it covers enough water to skim floating debris, leaves and plant trimmings from a big tank quickly. The twelve-net bundle is aimed at shops, wholesalers, fish rooms and clubs stocking or equipping several large tanks.
Large fish are strong, and a net that is too small for them risks split fins, lost scales and fish jumping clear. The 10 in frame gives room to guide a fish in head first and lift it with its body supported, rather than folded over the rim. In a long tank, two of these nets work well together, one held at the end as a stop and the other used to herd the fish towards it, which shortens the chase and keeps stress down for the rest of the tank. Once a fish is in, it is lifted out level and released straight into its bag or container. Heavy-bodied fish can be supported from below with a hand under the net. After use, each net is rinsed in clean water and left to dry, and keeping a separate net for each system or quarantine tank, which a bundle of twelve allows, helps stop disease moving between tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish and large community fish:** Room for bigger bodies and long fins.
- **Cichlids and gouramis:** Catching mid-size to large fish in big tanks.
- **Tank moves and rehoming:** Emptying a large aquarium efficiently.
- **Surface clean-ups:** Skimming leaves, food and trimmings from wide tanks.
**How to Use**
- **Herd, don't chase:** Use a second net as a stop at one end of the tank.
- **Head first:** Guide the fish in so its body lies along the net.
- **Support heavy fish:** Place a hand under the net when lifting.
- **Clean after use:** Rinse, air dry and keep separate nets for quarantine.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 in frame:** A large catch area for bigger fish.
- **Bundle of twelve:** Equips several large tanks or systems at once.
- **Fast skimming:** Wide frame clears surface debris quickly.
- **Safer handling:** Fish lie fully in the net rather than across the rim.
- **Pairs well:** Two nets from the bundle make herding easy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SFISN10
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001564
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Nets
- **Net Frame Width:** 10 in (25.4 cm)
- **Pack:** Bundle of 12 nets
- **Uses:** Catching larger fish; skimming debris
- **Care:** Rinse in clean water and air dry after use
- **Other Sizes:** 3 in (SFISN3); 4 in (SFISN4); 5 in (SFISN5); 6 in (SFISN6); 8 in (SFISN8); 12 in (SFISN12)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fish Net 12" (30.48cm) - Bundle of 12
Largest net in the range for big fish, ponds and surface skimming, twelve per bundle.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fish-net-12-30-48cm-bundle-of-12/
- Price: $12.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SFISN12 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001571
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SFISN12-fish-net-12-30-48cm-bundle-of-12-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Some fish are simply too big for an ordinary aquarium net, and some jobs, like clearing leaves off a pond, need the widest frame available. Fish Net 12" (30.48cm) - Bundle of 12 (SKU: SFISN12) is a bundle of twelve Serenity nets with a 12 in (30.48 cm) frame, the largest size in the range. It is made for large aquarium fish, big goldfish and pond fish, and for the cleaning jobs where covering a lot of water in one sweep matters: skimming fallen leaves, floating plants, foam and food from a pond or a large tank. A bundle of twelve suits shops, pond and aquarium maintenance services, fish rooms and wholesalers.
With large fish, the frame size decides how safely the catch goes. A 12 in net lets a big fish swim fully into the mesh and be lifted with its weight spread, which matters for heavy-bodied species that can injure themselves thrashing over a narrow rim. In ponds, fish are easiest to catch when they come up to feed: the net is lowered quietly beneath them and raised in one smooth movement, rather than swept after fish that will simply dive. Very large or spiny fish are safer guided with the net into a tub or bag and lifted in water. For surface work, a slow, flat sweep collects debris without pushing it under. After use, nets are rinsed and dried in the shade, and a dozen in the pack means a fresh net is always on hand for each pond, system or quarantine tank. The same range starts at 3 in for fry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquarium fish:** Big cichlids, catfish and goldfish that outgrow smaller nets.
- **Ponds:** Catching goldfish and other pond fish at feeding time.
- **Leaf and debris removal:** Wide sweeps across a pond or large tank surface.
- **Maintenance services:** A stock of large nets for client ponds and tanks.
**How to Use**
- **Catch at feeding:** Slip the net under fish while they are at the surface.
- **Lift in one movement:** Raise smoothly with the fish fully inside the frame.
- **Use a tub for giants:** Guide very large or spiny fish into a container of water.
- **Skim slowly:** A flat, steady sweep keeps debris on top of the mesh.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12 in frame:** The widest net in the Serenity range.
- **Twelve per bundle:** Stock for shops, services and fish rooms.
- **Pond capable:** Big enough for pond fish and surface cleaning.
- **Weight spread:** Large fish lie in the net instead of over the rim.
- **Quick skimming:** Covers a lot of water in each sweep.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SFISN12
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001571
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Nets
- **Net Frame Width:** 12 in (30.48 cm)
- **Pack:** Bundle of 12 nets
- **Uses:** Catching large aquarium and pond fish; skimming debris
- **Care:** Rinse after use and dry out of direct sun
- **Other Sizes:** 3 in (SFISN3); 4 in (SFISN4); 5 in (SFISN5); 6 in (SFISN6); 8 in (SFISN8); 10 in (SFISN10)
- **Target Environment:** Large aquariums and garden ponds
---
#### Fish Net 3" (7.62cm) - Bundle of 12
Smallest aquarium net for fry, shrimp and nano tanks, sold by the dozen.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fish-net-3-7-62cm-bundle-of-12/
- Price: $18.33 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SFISN3 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001519
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SFISN3-fish-net-3-7-62cm-bundle-of-12-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Chasing a 1 cm fry with a hand-sized net mostly moves water around and stirs up the tank. Fish Net 3" (7.62cm) - Bundle of 12 (SKU: SFISN3) is a bundle of twelve Serenity aquarium nets with a 3 in (7.62 cm) net frame, the smallest size in the range. A frame this narrow slips between plants, into the corners of a nano tank and behind small decorations where larger nets cannot reach, and it lifts a single fry, a shrimp, a snail or a piece of uneaten food without disturbing everything around it. The dozen pack is aimed at breeders, shops and fish rooms that need a net for every tank.
Small nets earn their keep in breeding work. A fry rack or a row of shrimp tubs can run a dedicated net in each container, which stops disease, snails and planaria travelling between tanks on a shared net, and twelve nets make that practical. In a nano or betta tank the 3 in frame is in proportion to the space, so a fish can be guided into it gently rather than chased. The usual technique is to wet the net, approach slowly from below and lift the fish out with the net held level; for the smallest fry and shrimp, a small cup held under the net catches the animal with some water so it is never left on dry mesh. Nets are rinsed in clean water after use and left to dry, and a net used in a sick or quarantine tank stays with that tank. Larger sizes in the same range run up to 12 in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and juveniles:** Moving newly free-swimming fry between containers.
- **Shrimp and snails:** Lifting single invertebrates from planted or nano tanks.
- **Nano and betta tanks:** A frame sized to the tank instead of filling it.
- **Breeding racks:** One net per container across a row of small tanks.
**How to Use**
- **Wet the net first:** Dip it before netting so the mesh is soft and wet.
- **Come from below:** Guide the animal up into the net rather than chasing it.
- **Use a cup for fry:** Transfer tiny fish and shrimp in a little water.
- **Keep nets separate:** Rinse and dry after use; one net per quarantine tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 in frame:** The narrowest net in the Serenity range.
- **Twelve nets per bundle:** Enough for a whole rack of small tanks.
- **Precise reach:** Fits between plants and into nano-tank corners.
- **Gentle handling:** Small catch area for single fry, shrimp or snails.
- **Debris pick-up:** Lifts uneaten food and dead leaves from small tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SFISN3
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001519
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Nets
- **Net Frame Width:** 3 in (7.62 cm)
- **Pack:** Bundle of 12 nets
- **Uses:** Catching fry, shrimp and small fish; removing debris
- **Care:** Rinse in clean water and air dry after use
- **Other Sizes:** 4 in (SFISN4); 5 in (SFISN5); 6 in (SFISN6); 8 in (SFISN8); 10 in (SFISN10); 12 in (SFISN12)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, betta, fry and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Fish Net 4" (10.16cm) - Bundle of 12
Compact net for tetras, guppies and other small community fish, twelve to a bundle.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fish-net-4-10-16cm-bundle-of-12/
- Price: $2.38 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SFISN4 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001526
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SFISN4-fish-net-4-10-16cm-bundle-of-12-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Shops and breeders net small tetras, rasboras and livebearers all day, and a net that is slightly too big makes every catch slower. Fish Net 4" (10.16cm) - Bundle of 12 (SKU: SFISN4) is a bundle of twelve Serenity aquarium nets with a 4 in (10.16 cm) frame, a compact size for small community fish in nano to medium aquariums. It is wide enough to take a few neon tetras or guppies in one pass, yet small enough to work around plants, rockwork and filter pipes without uprooting the scape. Twelve to a bundle, the nets suit retail tanks, fish rooms, clubs and households with several small aquariums.
The 4 in frame is the size most often reached for when bagging small fish, catching a single livebearer for a breeding box, or moving a few fish to a quarantine tank. Two nets used together make the job quicker and calmer: one held still as a target, the other used to steer the fish gently into it, instead of a long chase that stresses the whole tank. With a dozen in the bundle, each tank or each system can keep its own net, which limits the spread of disease and pests, and worn nets are simply swapped for a fresh one from the pack. The net is wetted before use, fish are lifted out level and released promptly, and spiny fish or long-finned varieties that snag easily are better scooped in a container with the net used only to guide them. After use, a rinse in clean water and an air dry keep the mesh in good order.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community fish:** Tetras, rasboras, guppies, platies and similar species.
- **Bagging and transfers:** Moving small fish to bags, breeding boxes or quarantine.
- **Planted aquascapes:** A compact frame that works around plants and hardscape.
- **Retail and fish rooms:** A dedicated net for each display or system.
**How to Use**
- **Use two nets:** Hold one still and guide fish into it with the other.
- **Wet before netting:** A wet mesh is gentler on scales and slime coat.
- **Lift and release quickly:** Keep time out of the water to a minimum.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean after each use and keep one net per tank where possible.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4 in frame:** Sized for small community fish.
- **Dozen-net bundle:** One net per tank across a shop or fish room.
- **Works around decor:** Compact enough for planted and rocky tanks.
- **Two-net technique:** Pairs from the same bundle make catching calmer.
- **Debris removal:** Skims floating food, leaves and plant trimmings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SFISN4
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001526
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Nets
- **Net Frame Width:** 4 in (10.16 cm)
- **Pack:** Bundle of 12 nets
- **Uses:** Catching small fish; removing debris
- **Care:** Rinse in clean water and air dry after use
- **Other Sizes:** 3 in (SFISN3); 5 in (SFISN5); 6 in (SFISN6); 8 in (SFISN8); 10 in (SFISN10); 12 in (SFISN12)
- **Target Environment:** Small to medium freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Fish Net 5" (12.7cm) - Bundle of 12
Small 12.7 cm aquarium nets by the dozen for small fish and multi-tank rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fish-net-5-12-7cm-bundle-of-12/
- Price: $2.54 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SFISN5 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001533
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SFISN5-fish-net-5-12-7cm-bundle-of-12-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A net that is too big for the tank ends up chasing fish into the decor, and a net shared between tanks carries whatever is in one into the next. Fish Net 5" (12.7cm) - Bundle of 12 (SKU: SFISN5) is a pack of twelve small hand nets, each with a 12.7 cm (5 in) net on a wire frame and handle that the supplier describes as tri-wire. The listing is the whole bundle: twelve identical nets under one SKU, which is how shops, breeders and anyone running a rack of tanks tend to buy them. At 5 in, it is one of the smaller sizes in a range that runs from 3 to 12 in, made for small fish and for working in tight spots between plants, rock and equipment.
The supplier presents the nets for catching fish without damaging their delicate scales and for lifting debris out of the tank. A 12.7 cm net suits tetras, rasboras, guppies, endlers, small barbs and young fish, and fits into nano and small aquariums where a wider frame would not reach past the filter. With twelve in the pack, each tank, quarantine tub or breeding box can keep its own net, which is the simplest way to stop disease, snails or hitchhiking pests moving between systems. The supplier does not specify the mesh grade or handle length, so for very small fry or dwarf shrimp check that the mesh is fine enough before relying on it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community fish:** Catching tetras, rasboras, guppies and other fish only a few centimetres long.
- **Nano and small tanks:** A frame narrow enough to work between plants, rock and equipment.
- **One net per tank:** Twelve nets, so quarantine and display tanks never have to share.
- **Spot cleaning:** Lifting out uneaten food, dead leaves and floating debris.
**How to Use**
- **Wet the net first:** Dip it before use so the mesh hangs softly instead of dragging on scales.
- **Herd, do not chase:** Lower the water a little and guide the fish slowly in, using a second net as a barrier.
- **Transfer quickly:** Move the fish straight to its bag or container; spiny catfish are easier lifted with a cup held in the net.
- **Rinse and air-dry:** Rinse after each use, dry it fully and hang it beside its own tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12.7 cm net:** Small enough for nano tanks and quick, small fish.
- **Wire frame and handle:** Tri-wire construction, as described by the supplier.
- **Bundle of 12:** A dozen identical nets under the one SKU.
- **Fish and debris:** One tool for moving fish and skimming out waste.
- **Seven-size range:** From 3 in to 12 in, so each tank can have a net of the right width.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SFISN5
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001533
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Fish Net
- **Net Size:** 5 in (12.7 cm)
- **Construction:** Wire frame and handle (tri-wire, per the supplier)
- **Pack Contents:** 12 nets
- **Sold As:** Bundle of 12 under one SKU
- **Other Sizes:** 3" (SFISN3), 4" (SFISN4), 6" (SFISN6), 8" (SFISN8), 10" (SFISN10), 12" (SFISN12), each a bundle of 12
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, especially nano and small tanks
---
#### Fish Net 6" (15.24cm) - Bundle of 12
All-round 15 cm aquarium nets, twelve to a bundle, for community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fish-net-6-15-24cm-bundle-of-12/
- Price: $5.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SFISN6 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001540
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SFISN6-fish-net-6-15-24cm-bundle-of-12-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Catching one fish out of a planted community tank calls for a net wide enough to close the gap quickly but small enough to steer between the stems. Fish Net 6" (15.24cm) - Bundle of 12 (SKU: SFISN6) is a bundle of twelve hand nets, each with a 15.24 cm (6 in) net held on a wire frame and handle that the supplier calls tri-wire. The 6 in size sits in the middle of a range running from 3 to 12 in, and it is the width most keepers reach for on a mid-sized community aquarium. All twelve nets are sold together under the one SKU.
The supplier's purpose for these nets is moving fish without harming their scales and scooping debris out of the water. A 15 cm frame handles mollies, platies, swordtails, gouramis, juvenile angelfish, small goldfish and rainbowfish, and is wide enough to sweep floating plant clippings or a dead leaf off the surface in one pass. Pet shops, clubs and fish rooms buy a bundle like this to hang a dedicated net beside every tank, and to keep spares on hand as nets wear out. The supplier does not give the mesh grade or the handle length; for fry or dwarf shrimp, a fine-mesh net or a small cup is the safer choice. For heavy-bodied fish or long tanks, the 8 in size gives more room.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized community fish:** Livebearers, gouramis, young angelfish and small goldfish.
- **Planted aquariums:** Wide enough to trap a fish, narrow enough to work between stems.
- **Surface clean-ups:** Clippings, leaves and floating debris removed in one sweep.
- **Multi-tank set-ups:** A net for each display, quarantine tub and sump.
**How to Use**
- **Prepare the destination:** Have the bag, bucket or container ready before the fish is netted.
- **Use two nets:** Hold one still and gently guide the fish into it with the other.
- **Keep it brief:** Lift the fish clear of the water only for the moment it takes to transfer it.
- **Keep nets separate:** Rinse and dry after use; a net used in quarantine stays with the quarantine tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **15.24 cm net:** The middle size of the range, for general community use.
- **Wire construction:** Frame and handle that the supplier describes as tri-wire.
- **Twelve per bundle:** Enough to give each tank in a rack its own net.
- **Two jobs:** Moves fish and lifts out waste and plant debris.
- **Fits the range:** Pairs with the 8 in for herding and the 4 in for tight corners.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SFISN6
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001540
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Fish Net
- **Net Size:** 6 in (15.24 cm)
- **Construction:** Wire frame and handle (tri-wire, per the supplier)
- **Pack Contents:** 12 nets
- **Sold As:** Bundle of 12 under one SKU
- **Other Sizes:** 3" (SFISN3), 4" (SFISN4), 5" (SFISN5), 8" (SFISN8), 10" (SFISN10), 12" (SFISN12), each a bundle of 12
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### Fish Net 8" (20.32cm) - Bundle of 12
Wide 20 cm aquarium nets for goldfish, larger fish and bigger tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/fish-net-8-20-32cm-bundle-of-12/
- Price: $3.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SFISN8 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001557
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SFISN8-fish-net-8-20-32cm-bundle-of-12-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Bigger fish need a bigger mouth on the net, or they simply turn and swim around it. Fish Net 8" (20.32cm) - Bundle of 12 (SKU: SFISN8) is a dozen hand nets with a 20.32 cm (8 in) net on each wire frame and handle, a construction the supplier describes as tri-wire. It is the first of the larger sizes in a range that runs from 3 to 12 in, and the twelve nets are sold together under the one SKU, so a fish room or shop can give every large tank its own.
In the supplier's words the nets are for catching fish without damaging their delicate scales and for scooping debris out of the tank. The 20 cm frame takes adult goldfish, larger rainbowfish, barbs, medium cichlids and smaller plecos, and gives a fish more room to settle in the mesh without its fins being folded against the frame. In a 90 cm or larger tank it also clears floating plants, duckweed and dead leaves quickly, and two 8 in nets used together can close off a section of a long tank when a whole school has to come out. The wide frame is less handy in a tightly scaped nano tank, where the 5 in or 6 in size works better. Mesh grade and handle length are not specified by the supplier.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish and larger fish:** Adult fancy goldfish, rainbowfish, barbs and mid-sized cichlids.
- **Larger aquariums:** Tanks of 90 cm and up, where a small net cannot corner a fish.
- **Moving a school:** Two nets worked together to catch several fish at once.
- **Floating plants and debris:** Duckweed, surface plants and leaves cleared in fewer passes.
**How to Use**
- **Clear the way:** Lift out loose decor, or lower the water level, so fish cannot hide behind it.
- **Approach from below:** Bring the net up under the fish rather than chasing it from behind.
- **Support heavy fish:** Lift a large fish quickly, with a hand cupped under the mesh.
- **Look after the nets:** Rinse in clean water after use and let them dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20.32 cm net:** A wide opening for larger fish and long tanks.
- **Wire frame and handle:** Tri-wire construction, in the supplier's description.
- **Twelve nets:** One for every large tank, with replacements on hand as mesh wears.
- **Room for the fish:** A bigger fish sits in the net without being bent against the frame.
- **Handling and clean-up:** Catches fish and skims out surface debris.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SFISN8
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001557
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Fish Net
- **Net Size:** 8 in (20.32 cm)
- **Construction:** Wire frame and handle (tri-wire, per the supplier)
- **Pack Contents:** 12 nets
- **Sold As:** Bundle of 12 under one SKU
- **Other Sizes:** 3" (SFISN3), 4" (SFISN4), 5" (SFISN5), 6" (SFISN6), 10" (SFISN10), 12" (SFISN12), each a bundle of 12
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums of 90 cm and larger
---
#### Gold Fish Vacation Feeder 1pk
Slow-dissolving 40 g goldfish food block for trips of up to two weeks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/gold-fish-vacation-feeder-1pk/
- Price: $3.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SGF1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001090
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SGF1-gold-fish-vacation-feeder-1pk-main-image.jpg
Ten days away is long enough for goldfish to go hungry, and asking a neighbour to feed them often ends with a week's food tipped in at once. Gold Fish Vacation Feeder 1pk (SKU: SGF1) is a single 40 g Serenity Aquatics feeding block that sits on the bottom of the tank and dissolves slowly, releasing goldfish food while the owner is away. According to the supplier's directions, one block feeds two to six fish in 20 to 60 litres of water for 10 to 14 days, and the formula is also meant to help condition and clean the water as it dissolves. Serenity lists it as suitable for most freshwater fish, not only goldfish.
The vacation block is the long-stay size; for two to four days away, the Gold Fish Weekend Feeder 4pk (SGF4) holds smaller blocks. Goldfish are heavy eaters and produce a lot of waste, so a feeding block is a safety net for a clean, established tank rather than a replacement for regular care. Do a partial water change and rinse the filter a few days before leaving, not the night before, so the tank has settled when the block goes in. Trying a block while still at home shows how the fish respond to it and whether the water stays clear. Use one block for the stated stocking and volume, since extra blocks add food the filter has to deal with, and on returning lift out any remains and change some water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Holidays of 10 to 14 days:** One block covers the whole time away.
- **Small goldfish tanks:** Two to six fish in 20 to 60 litres.
- **Other freshwater fish:** Serenity lists it as suitable for most freshwater species.
- **No reliable sitter:** Removes the risk of a helper overfeeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Prepare the tank:** Water change and filter rinse a few days before leaving.
- **Test run:** Try a block at home to check the fish take it and the water stays clear.
- **One block only:** Place it on the substrate where the fish can reach it.
- **On return:** Remove leftovers and do a partial water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 g block:** Sized for an absence of up to two weeks.
- **Slow release:** Food is freed gradually as the block dissolves.
- **Water conditioning:** Formulated to help condition and clean the water, according to the supplier.
- **Goldfish food:** Made for goldfish and suitable for most freshwater fish.
- **No equipment:** No batteries, timers or settings to get wrong.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics
- **SKU:** SGF1
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001090
- **Product Type:** Food > Holiday Feeder Block
- **Net Weight:** 40 g (one block)
- **Feeds:** 2–6 fish in 20–60 L
- **Duration:** 10–14 days
- **Pack Contents:** 1 block
- **Companion Product:** Gold Fish Weekend Feeder 4pk (SGF4) for 2–4 day trips
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater goldfish and coldwater aquariums
---
#### Gold Fish Weekend Feeder 4pk
Four slow-release goldfish food blocks, one for each short trip away.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/gold-fish-weekend-feeder-4pk/
- Price: $3.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SGF4 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000802
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SGF4-gold-fish-weekend-feeder-4pk-main-image.jpg
A long weekend is the classic gap in a goldfish's routine: too short to arrange a sitter, too long to leave the fish with nothing. Gold Fish Weekend Feeder 4pk (SKU: SGF4) is a pack of four Serenity Aquatics weekend blocks, each made to dissolve slowly on the bottom of the tank and release goldfish food over two to four days. The supplier's directions put one block at two to six fish in 20 to 60 litres, and the blocks are formulated to help condition and clean the water as they break down. Serenity lists them as suitable for most freshwater fish as well as goldfish.
Four blocks give four separate weekends from one pack, or leave a spare for the trip that runs a day longer than planned. The supplier gives the size as 20 g. For absences of more than four days, the single Gold Fish Vacation Feeder 1pk (SGF1) is the block made for 10 to 14 days. Healthy adult goldfish can usually manage two or three days without food, so a weekend block matters most for young, growing fish, for tanks at the top of the stated stocking, or when the return date is uncertain. Use one block at a time and only within the stated tank size; adding several at once releases more food than a small tank's filter can process. A partial water change before leaving and again after returning keeps the water in good order, and unused blocks should be kept sealed in a dry cupboard between trips.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Long weekends:** Two to four days away from home.
- **Young goldfish:** Growing fish that do better with regular food.
- **Shared households:** A measured ration instead of guesswork by housemates.
- **Uncertain returns:** A spare block in the pack for when plans change.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One block per trip:** Drop it in just before leaving.
- **Check the stocking:** Two to six fish in 20 to 60 L per block, per the supplier.
- **Do not double up:** More blocks mean more waste, not more safety.
- **On return:** Remove what is left and go back to normal feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four blocks:** Separate rations for four short absences.
- **Two to four days each:** Gradual release as each block dissolves.
- **Water conditioning:** The supplier states the formula helps condition and clean the water.
- **Goldfish formula:** Also suitable for most freshwater fish.
- **Simple to use:** No feeder, batteries or programming.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics
- **SKU:** SGF4
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000802
- **Product Type:** Food > Holiday Feeder Block
- **Pack Contents:** 4 weekend blocks
- **Size:** 20 g, as listed by the supplier
- **Feeds (per block):** 2–6 fish in 20–60 L
- **Duration (per block):** 2–4 days
- **Companion Product:** Gold Fish Vacation Feeder 1pk (SGF1), 10–14 days
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater goldfish and coldwater aquariums
---
#### Tropical Vacation Feeder 1pk
Slow-release food block for tropical fish during holidays of up to two weeks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/tropical-vacation-feeder-1pk/
- Price: $68.22 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SVF1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000468
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SVF1-tropical-vacation-feeder-1pk-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A fortnight away is a long time for a tank of tropical fish, and a neighbour measuring out flakes often ends with an overfed, cloudy aquarium. Tropical Vacation Feeder 1pk (SKU: SVF1) is Serenity's single large holiday block for tropical fish: a specially formulated block that slowly dissolves in the aquarium and releases tropical fish food while the owner is away. Serenity rates one block to feed about 15 average-sized fish in a 50 to 60 litre aquarium for 10 to 14 days, and says the block releases food for up to 14 days. It suits most freshwater fish.
Serenity also states that, as well as feeding the fish, the ingredients help neutralise and purify the aquarium water, which matters when nobody will be doing a water change for two weeks. The pack holds one block, matched to one tank of that size and stocking. Because fish react differently to a block, it is worth trying one a week or two before a trip, watching how quickly they find it and how the water looks while it dissolves; the result shows whether a single block is right for the tank. A partial water change and a filter check before departure give the tank a clean start, and any remains of the block come out on return, followed by another partial change. For a long weekend rather than a fortnight, the Tropical Weekend Feeder 4pk (SVF4) holds smaller 20 g blocks, and coldwater tanks have their own Gold Fish Vacation Feeder 1pk (SGF1).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Holidays of 10 to 14 days:** One block covers about 15 fish in 50 to 60 litres.
- **Community tropical tanks:** Tetras, barbs, gouramis and other freshwater species.
- **Work trips:** A steady food supply when no one can feed daily.
- **Unplanned absences:** A hospital stay or family emergency where the tank must look after itself.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Trial it first:** Test a block before the trip to see how the fish and water respond.
- **Prepare the tank:** Do a partial water change and clean the filter before leaving.
- **Add on departure day:** Place the block in the aquarium and skip any other food.
- **Tidy up on return:** Remove what remains of the block and change some water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 14 days:** Releases food slowly across a two-week break.
- **Sized for a typical community tank:** About 15 fish in 50 to 60 litres.
- **Water-conditioning ingredients:** Serenity says they help neutralise and purify the water.
- **Tropical formula:** Food made for freshwater tropical fish.
- **Single large block:** One block, one tank, no measuring.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** SVF1
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000468
- **Product Type:** Food > Holiday Feeder Block (Tropical)
- **Contents:** 1 slow-release feeder block
- **Feeding Duration:** 10–14 days
- **Capacity:** About 15 average-sized fish in 50–60 L
- **Suitable For:** Most freshwater tropical fish
- **Range:** Tropical Weekend Feeder 4pk (SVF4); Gold Fish Vacation Feeder 1pk (SGF1)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Tropical Weekend Feeder 4pk
Four slow-release 20 g food blocks for tropical fish over short breaks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/tropical-weekend-feeder-4pk/
- Price: $27.25 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SVF4 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000475
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SVF4-tropical-weekend-feeder-4pk-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A Friday-to-Monday trip is too short to justify asking someone to come in and feed the fish, but long enough for many owners to want them fed. Tropical Weekend Feeder 4pk (SKU: SVF4) is a pack of four Serenity weekend blocks for tropical fish, each a 20 g block formulated to dissolve slowly in the aquarium and release fish food while the owner is away. Serenity's description is a specially formulated block that releases quality fish food over time, with ingredients that, as well as feeding the fish, help neutralise and purify the aquarium water. The blocks suit most freshwater tropical fish.
The four-block pack is the practical difference from the single Vacation block: one block goes in for each short absence, so the pack covers several weekends or long weekends across the year, or a test run before the first trip. Trying a block while at home is worth the time, because it shows how quickly the fish find it, whether they graze it or ignore it, and how clear the water stays as it dissolves. Before leaving, a partial water change and a quick filter check give the tank some margin, and on return any leftover block is removed and normal feeding resumes. The weekend blocks are smaller than the Vacation block and meant for short breaks; for 10 to 14 days away, the Tropical Vacation Feeder 1pk (SVF1) covers about 15 fish in 50 to 60 litres, and goldfish keepers have the Gold Fish Weekend Feeder 4pk (SGF4).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekends away:** One block for each short trip.
- **Long weekends and public holidays:** Food for the tank while the household is away.
- **Trial runs:** A spare block to test before a longer holiday.
- **Busy weeks:** A fallback when a day or two of feeding may be missed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One block per trip:** Place a single block in the aquarium on the day of departure.
- **No extra food:** Skip normal feeding while the block is in the tank.
- **Keep the rest sealed:** Store the remaining blocks dry and closed until the next trip.
- **Clean up afterwards:** Remove leftovers on return and resume normal feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four blocks per pack:** Enough for several separate short breaks.
- **20 g blocks:** Smaller blocks matched to weekend-length absences.
- **Slow release:** Food is released gradually as the block dissolves.
- **Water-conditioning ingredients:** Serenity says they help neutralise and purify the water.
- **Tropical formula:** Made for freshwater tropical fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** SVF4
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000475
- **Product Type:** Food > Holiday Feeder Block (Tropical)
- **Contents:** 4 slow-release feeder blocks
- **Block Weight:** 20 g each
- **Use:** Short breaks such as a weekend
- **Suitable For:** Most freshwater tropical fish
- **Range:** Tropical Vacation Feeder 1pk (SVF1) for 10–14 days; Gold Fish Weekend Feeder 4pk (SGF4)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Gravel
#### Aqua One Natural Gravel White Sand Australian 20kg
Premium Natural Fine White Quartz Substrate for Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/aqua-one-natural-gravel-white-sand-australian-20kg/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 12348 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9325136183696
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Aqua-One-Natural-Gravel-White-Sand-Australian-20kg.jpg
Chemically inert and 100% natural, Aqua One White Sand will not alter water pH, carbonate hardness (
KH
GH
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Freshwater & Marine Displays:** Creates a bright natural white sandbed for community, cichlid, and reef tanks.
- **Bottom-Dweller Species:** Smooth grains prevent barbel injury in Corydoras, Loaches, and Geophagus species.
- **Aquascaping Accent:** Ideal for creating decorative sand paths and riverbed features in planted aquascapes.
**Rinsing & Placement Guide**
- Rinsing: Rinse thoroughly in a clean bucket with freshwater before use to flush fine dust particles.
- Substrate Depth: Spread evenly across the aquarium floor to a depth of 2.5 cm to 5 cm.
- Filling Technique: Place a plate over the sand when filling water to prevent churning up the sand bed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100% Natural Australian Quartz Sand:** Sourced from natural riverbed deposits for long-lasting beauty.
- **Chemically Inert Formula:** Will not leach minerals or alter aquarium pH, GH, or KH values.
- **Smooth Non-Abrasive Grains:** Safe for bottom-dwelling fish, delicate barbels, and digging cichlids.
- **Bulk 20kg Package:** Offers high-value substrate coverage for large aquarium installations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aqua One
- **SKU:** 12348
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9325136183696 / 9325136021114
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Natural Aquarium Substrate > Sand
- **Package Dimensions:** 420 mm (L) × 280 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 20,000 g (20 kg)
- **Grain Texture:** Fine Natural Quartz Sand
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Cichlid, Planted & Marine Aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Filter Media
#### Active Carbon 1kg Netting Bag
Activated carbon in a ready-to-use netting bag for clear, odour-free water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/active-carbon-1kg-netting-bag/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMAC1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002134
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMAC1-active-carbon-1kg-netting-bag-main-image.jpg
Driftwood tea, the last traces of a medication course and a tank that smells stale all have the same answer sitting quietly in the filter. Active Carbon 1kg Netting Bag (SKU: SMAC1) is Serenity's activated carbon, a fast-acting, highly porous filter medium with a large internal surface area that adsorbs dissolved organic compounds from fish waste and other pollutants. The full kilogram comes packed in a netting bag, so it goes straight into a canister, sump or filter compartment without loose granules drifting into the impeller. Serenity lists it for freshwater, planted and saltwater aquariums and for canister and biological filters generally.
Carbon works by adsorption: dissolved compounds lock onto the internal pores until the surface is used up, after which it simply stops removing anything. Retailer guidance for Serenity carbon is to replace it every three months, or sooner if a yellow tint returns to the water. It targets the yellow tannin staining from timber and driftwood, odours, dyes, some toxins and leftover medications. Because it will also take out a medication that is still meant to be working, the bag comes out of the filter for the length of any treatment and fresh carbon goes back in afterwards to clear the residue. Placed after the sponge or floss stage, where the water reaching it is already free of particles, it lasts longer before its pores clog. A kilogram goes a long way in one aquarium: a large canister or sump can take the whole bag, while a smaller filter needs only a portion decanted into a zippered media bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tannin-stained water:** Clears the yellow-brown tint that driftwood and other timber release.
- **After a medication course:** Removes leftover treatment once the course is finished.
- **Odours and dyes:** Takes out smells and colouring compounds that water changes alone leave behind.
- **Routine water polishing:** A three-monthly change keeps fresh and marine tanks looking clear.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Run the bag under water until the carbon dust stops clouding it.
- **After mechanical media:** Sit it downstream of sponges or floss so particles do not coat the granules.
- **Out during treatment:** Remove it while any medication is in the water, then fit fresh carbon after the course.
- **Replace on schedule:** Every three months, or as soon as the yellow tint starts to return.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Highly porous carbon:** A large surface area for adsorbing dissolved organics.
- **Netting bag included:** The 1 kg load is ready to drop into a filter.
- **Fast acting:** Serenity's own description for clearing colour and odour.
- **Fresh, planted and marine:** One carbon for every tank type in the house.
- **Bulk kilogram:** Enough for a large canister or several smaller filter changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SMAC1
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002134
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Packaging:** Netting bag, ready to use
- **Removes:** Tannin colour, odours, dyes, leftover medications and dissolved organics
- **Replacement:** Every 3 months, or when a yellow tint returns
- **Suits:** Canister, sump and other filters with a media compartment
- **Companion Product:** Ceramic Rings 1kg Netting Bag (SMR1)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Ceramic Rings 1kg Netting Bag
Porous ceramic bio-media for a stable biological filter in fresh or saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/ceramic-rings-1kg-netting-bag/
- Price: $92.21 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMR1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002141
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMR1-ceramic-rings-1kg-netting-bag-main-image.jpg
Most of the work that keeps fish alive happens out of sight, in the bacteria living on the media inside the filter. Ceramic Rings 1kg Netting Bag (SKU: SMR1) is Serenity's ceramic biological filter medium, a kilogram of highly porous fired-ceramic rings packed in a netting bag. The porous walls and hollow centres give a large surface for the nitrifying bacteria that convert ammonia and nitrite from fish waste into far less harmful nitrate. The rings go into a canister, top, hang-on or sump filter and stay there for the working life of the filter, and the netting bag holds them together so the whole load lifts out in one piece at service time.
Fired ceramic is inert, so the rings do not soften, crumble or dissolve in the water, and unlike carbon or chemical resins they are not a consumable that needs regular replacement. Set-up is simple: leave the rings in their netting bag, rinse the bag under clean water until it runs clear, then place it where water reaches it after the sponge or floss stage. Once the tank is running, a tan or brown film builds up on the rings; that film is the bacterial colony and should not be scrubbed off. When the filter is serviced, the bag is swished in a bucket of old tank water rather than rinsed under the tap, because chlorinated water kills the bacteria it took weeks to grow. New rings take several weeks to colonise fully, and a bacterial starter shortens that period.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New filter set-ups:** Biological media for the first fill of a canister, sump or top filter.
- **Upgrading a filter:** Adds dedicated bio-media to a filter running sponge or carbon only.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Extra bacterial surface for goldfish, cichlids and other heavy feeders.
- **Fresh or marine:** The same media suits tropical, coldwater, planted and saltwater systems.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Keep it bagged:** Leave the rings in the netting bag so they lift out together.
- **Rinse until clear:** Wash off ceramic dust under clean water before first use.
- **After mechanical media:** Water should pass a sponge or floss before it reaches the rings.
- **Clean in tank water:** Swish gently in removed tank water and leave the brown film in place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Highly porous ceramic:** A large surface area for nitrifying bacteria to colonise.
- **Netting bag included:** One kilogram of rings ready to place in the filter.
- **Inert material:** Does not break down or dissolve in the water.
- **Long service life:** Kept and rinsed, not replaced, at each filter clean.
- **Any filter type:** Suits canister, top, hang-on and sump filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SMR1
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002141
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Ceramic Bio Rings
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Material:** Porous fired ceramic
- **Packaging:** Netting bag
- **Function:** Biological filtration of ammonia and nitrite
- **Maintenance:** Rinse in tank water only; do not remove the bacterial film
- **Companion Product:** Active Carbon 1kg Netting Bag (SMAC1)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Filter Cloth 60 x 45 x 6mm
Cut-to-size mechanical filter cloth for sumps, canisters and custom filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/filter-cloth-60-x-45-x-6mm/
- Price: $31.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ATFILTERSP · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003476
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ATFILTERSP-filter-cloth-60-x-45-x-6mm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
The first layer in any filter has one job, which is to stop particles before they reach the media that does the biological and chemical work. Filter Cloth 60 x 45 x 6mm (SKU: ATFILTERSP) is a sheet of mechanical filter cloth, listed as 60 x 45 x 6mm and supplied in a hang bag, that is cut with scissors to fit an internal filter tray, a canister basket, a sump compartment or a home-built filter. Water passes through the cloth and leaves behind suspended debris, uneaten food and waste particles, which keeps the water clearer and protects the sponges, ceramic rings and carbon further along the filter from clogging. It suits freshwater and marine aquariums alike.
Mechanical cloth works on its surface and through its thickness: particles lodge in the fibres, the water clears, and the cloth gradually fills until flow through it slows. Trapped waste keeps breaking down while it sits in the filter, so a cloth that is rinsed or replaced regularly removes organic matter from the system before it can add to nitrate and phosphate. Cut pieces need to fit snugly against the walls of their compartment, because water always takes the easiest route and will bypass a loose piece entirely. In a sump, a piece laid over the inlet tray or sponge catches the bulk of the debris, while in a canister it sits in the first basket ahead of the bio-media. Offcuts keep clean and dry in the original bag until the next change, so one sheet can supply several replacements for a small filter. Keeping a spare pre-cut piece ready makes the weekly swap a matter of seconds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump inlet stages:** A first layer that catches debris as water enters the sump.
- **Canister baskets:** Cut to the basket shape as the first mechanical stage.
- **Internal and DIY filters:** Shaped to fit trays and compartments of any size.
- **Cloudy water:** Extra fine mechanical filtration after a disturbance or rescape.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure and cut:** Trace the compartment and cut slightly oversize for a snug fit.
- **First in line:** Place it where water reaches it before the biological media.
- **Check at each service:** Rinse or replace once flow through the cloth slows.
- **Store offcuts:** Keep spare pieces in the bag for the next change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mechanical filtration:** Traps debris, waste and suspended particles.
- **Cut to fit:** Shaped with scissors for any filter compartment.
- **Protects other media:** Keeps sponges, rings and carbon from clogging.
- **Fresh or marine:** Suits both water types.
- **Hang-bag pack:** Clean storage for the unused part of the sheet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Filtermed
- **SKU:** ATFILTERSP
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003476
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Mechanical Filter Cloth
- **Size:** 60 x 45 x 6mm as listed, a sheet 6 mm thick
- **Filtration Stage:** Mechanical, first stage
- **Fitting:** Cut to size with scissors
- **Packaging:** Hang bag
- **Companion Products:** Filter Floss Dacron 10m x 1m x 2cm (MDACRON); Filter Media Bag with Zip 15x20cm (ATFILTERMEDIA)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Filter Floss Dacron 10m x 1m x 2cm
Bulk roll of Dacron polyester filter floss for sumps, fish rooms and pond filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/filter-floss-dacron-10m-x-1m-x-2cm/
- Price: $18.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MDACRON · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003513
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/MDACRON-filter-floss-dacron-10m-x-1m-x-2cm-main-image.jpg
In a fish room or a busy sump, filter floss is a consumable measured by the metre rather than by the pad. Filter Floss Dacron 10m x 1m x 2cm (SKU: MDACRON) is a 10 m roll of Dacron filter floss, 1 m wide and 2 cm thick, giving 10 square metres of mechanical filter mat to cut to size. Dacron is a trade name for polyester fibre, and floss made from it traps fine debris, detritus, uneaten food and suspended particles while still letting water flow through freely. The roll is cut to fit canister baskets, sump trays, wet/dry and trickle filters, pond filters and DIY builds in freshwater or marine systems.
Floss is the fine polishing stage of a filter. A layer placed after a coarse sponge catches the small particles the sponge lets through, and that is what turns slightly hazy water clear. Because it works so well, it also fills quickly: floss can be rinsed and reused a few times, but once it stays discoloured after rinsing it is cheaper to replace than to keep cleaning, and trapped waste left in place breaks down and adds to nitrate. The roll format suits high-turnover situations. Ten square metres yields about 250 pads of 20 x 20 cm, or around 60 pieces of 40 x 40 cm for larger sump and pond trays, so one roll keeps a rack of tanks or a big pond filter supplied for a long time. The 2 cm thickness can be layered for a deeper bed or used single for a lighter stage, and sharp scissors cut it cleanly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sumps and wet/dry filters:** Frequent floss changes on large marine and freshwater systems.
- **Fish rooms and shops:** One roll supplying pads for many filters.
- **Pond filters:** Large trays and chambers that need big pieces of mat.
- **Water polishing:** A fine stage after coarse sponge to clear haze.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Cut to the tray:** Trace the compartment and cut a snug piece so water cannot bypass it.
- **After coarse sponge:** Place floss behind the coarse stage and before bio-media.
- **Rinse, then replace:** Rinse a few times, then swap once it stays discoloured.
- **Store the roll dry:** Keep it covered and clean between cuts.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 m roll:** Ten square metres of floss in one length.
- **Dacron polyester fibre:** Traps fine particles while water flows through.
- **2 cm thick:** Use single or layered for a deeper bed.
- **Cut to any shape:** Fits canisters, sumps, trickle and pond filters.
- **Bulk supply:** Around 250 pads of 20 x 20 cm from one roll.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Filtermed
- **SKU:** MDACRON
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003513
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Floss Roll
- **Material:** Dacron (polyester) fibre
- **Size:** 10 m long x 1 m wide x 2 cm thick
- **Area:** 10 m²
- **Filtration Stage:** Mechanical, fine polishing
- **Fitting:** Cut to size with scissors
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Mat 1m x 1m x 2cm (MDACRON1)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and ponds
---
#### Filter Mat 1m x 1m x 2cm
One square metre of Dacron filter floss to cut pads for home filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/filter-mat-1m-x-1m-x-2cm/
- Price: $33.61 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MDACRON1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003520
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/MDACRON1-filter-mat-1m-x-1m-x-2cm-main-image.jpg
Pre-cut replacement pads rarely match an older or home-built filter, and a single square metre of mat solves that without storing a whole roll. Filter Mat 1m x 1m x 2cm (SKU: MDACRON1) is a 1 m by 1 m sheet of Dacron filter floss, 2 cm thick, sold as one flat piece for cutting to any shape. Dacron is a trade name for polyester fibre, and a floss mat made from it catches fine debris, uneaten food and suspended particles while water continues to flow through. It fits canister baskets, hang-on and top filters, internal filter trays, sump compartments and DIY filters in freshwater or marine aquariums.
A single sheet suits the home aquarist with one to three tanks. Cut into 20 x 20 cm squares it gives 25 pads, or about 12 pieces of 40 x 20 cm for a typical canister basket, which covers many months of routine changes for one filter. The 2 cm thickness is deep enough to polish water on its own in a small filter, and two layers make a denser stage in a larger one. In a new set-up, or after a rescape stirs up the substrate, a fresh piece of floss clears the haze within a day or two of running. Floss can be rinsed in old tank water and reused a few times; once it stays discoloured it is replaced rather than cleaned again, because waste trapped in the fibres keeps breaking down inside the filter. A snug fit against the compartment walls matters more than thickness, since water bypasses any gap around a loose pad.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Odd-sized filters:** Cut pads for filters with no ready-made replacement.
- **Canister filters:** A fine stage ahead of the biological media.
- **Cloudy new tanks:** Polishes haze after set-up or a rescape.
- **Small sumps and internal filters:** Enough mat for one to three tanks.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Template first:** Trace an old pad or the basket, then cut slightly oversize.
- **Fine stage:** Sit it after coarse sponge and before rings or carbon.
- **Rinse in tank water:** Squeeze out in removed tank water at each service.
- **Replace when stained:** Swap once rinsing no longer brings it back to white.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One square metre:** A single flat sheet, easy to store.
- **Dacron polyester floss:** Fine mechanical filtration with good flow.
- **2 cm thickness:** Use alone or doubled for a denser layer.
- **25 pads of 20 x 20 cm:** Months of changes for a home filter.
- **Cut with scissors:** Shapes to any basket, tray or compartment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Filtermed
- **SKU:** MDACRON1
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003520
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Floss Mat
- **Material:** Dacron (polyester) fibre
- **Size:** 1 m x 1 m x 2 cm thick
- **Area:** 1 m²
- **Filtration Stage:** Mechanical, fine polishing
- **Fitting:** Cut to size with scissors
- **Other Sizes:** Filter Floss Dacron 10m x 1m x 2cm roll (MDACRON)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Filter Media Bag with Zip 15x20cm
Zippered mesh bag that holds carbon, phosphate remover and loose media in place.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/filter-media-bag-with-zip-15x20cm/
- Price: $31.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ATFILTERMEDIA · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003469
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ATFILTERMEDIA-filter-media-bag-with-zip-15x20cm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Loose carbon granules or phosphate remover beads poured straight into a filter end up in the impeller, the sump return or the display. Filter Media Bag with Zip 15x20cm (SKU: ATFILTERMEDIA) is a 15 x 20 cm mesh bag with a zip closure, made to hold loose filter media such as activated carbon and phosphate removers inside a filter. Water passes through the mesh while the media stays contained, and the zip opens for emptying and refilling, so the bag is used again and again rather than thrown out with the spent media. It sits in a canister basket, a sump chamber, a hang-on filter compartment or the media area of an all-in-one aquarium.
Containing the media brings several practical advantages. Spent carbon or resin lifts out in one piece without scooping, a measured portion of bulk media can be split off for a smaller filter, and two different media can be kept apart in the same compartment. The bag works with granular products that are larger than the mesh openings; very fine or dusty media should be rinsed before it goes in so the fines do not wash through into the tank. Filling the bag about two-thirds full lets it lie flat and lets water move between the granules, where an overstuffed bag forms a hard lump that water flows around rather than through. In a sump, the bag sits where flow is forced through it, such as in a baffle chamber, rather than in a dead corner. At each change it is emptied, rinsed and refilled.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Activated carbon:** Keeps granules contained and easy to swap out.
- **Phosphate removers:** Holds beads or granules in a sump or canister.
- **Splitting bulk media:** Portion a large pack into a smaller filter.
- **Mixed media:** Keeps two media separate in one compartment.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse the media:** Wash fines from carbon or resin before filling.
- **Fill two-thirds:** Leave room so the bag lies flat and water flows through.
- **Close the zip fully:** Stop media escaping into the filter.
- **Place in the flow:** Where water passes through the bag, not around it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Zip closure:** Opens for refilling and seals media in.
- **Mesh construction:** Water passes through, media stays inside.
- **15 x 20 cm size:** Fits canister baskets and sump chambers.
- **Reusable:** Empty, rinse and refill at each media change.
- **Fresh or marine:** Suits media for either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Filtermed
- **SKU:** ATFILTERMEDIA
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003469
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Media Bag
- **Size:** 15 x 20 cm
- **Closure:** Zip
- **Construction:** Mesh bag
- **Holds:** Activated carbon, phosphate removers and other granular media
- **Companion Products:** Active Carbon 1kg Netting Bag (SMAC1); Filter Cloth 60 x 45 x 6mm (ATFILTERSP)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jap Mat 2m x 1m x 38mm
Full 2 m sheet of rigid Japanese filter matting for ponds, sumps and large filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jap-mat-2m-x-1m-x-38mm/
- Price: $16.16 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ATMAT1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007856
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ATMAT1-jap-mat-2m-x-1m-x-38mm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Pond filters, sump chambers and home-built filter boxes rarely match a ready-cut pad, so the usual answer is a sheet of matting and a sharp knife. Jap Mat 2m x 1m x 38mm (SKU: ATMAT1) is a full-size sheet of Japanese filter matting, 2 m long, 1 m wide and 38 mm thick, made from a firm, open polyester fibre that holds its shape under water. Japanese matting does two jobs at once: the coarse tangle of fibres catches suspended debris as water passes through, and the large surface area inside the mat is colonised by the beneficial bacteria that break down ammonia and nitrite.
The 2 m by 1 m sheet is the standard bulk size of this material, giving two square metres to cut into panels for koi and goldfish pond filters, multi-chamber filter bays, trickle towers and large aquarium sumps. As a guide, one sheet cuts into twelve panels of 43 × 33 cm, the size of the smaller Jap Mat panel (ATMAT2), with offcuts to spare. Because the structure is rigid and open, the mat resists clogging, keeps water moving as it loads with dirt and does not collapse under flow, and it sinks into place in a filter chamber. It is rinsed and refitted rather than thrown away, and as an inert polyester it does not shift pH or hardness, so it suits freshwater and saltwater systems alike.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pond filters:** Koi and goldfish pond filter chambers and bays.
- **Large sumps:** A mechanical and biological stage in big aquarium systems.
- **DIY filters:** Cut-to-size panels for home-built boxes and towers.
- **Several systems:** One bulk sheet supplying pads for a number of filters.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure and cut:** Mark the panel and cut it with a long serrated knife or heavy scissors.
- **Fit snugly:** Size each panel so water must pass through the mat rather than around it.
- **Clean in system water:** Hose out debris with pond or old tank water, not chlorinated tap water, to keep the bacteria alive.
- **Stagger cleaning:** In multi-chamber filters, clean one section at a time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full 2 m × 1 m sheet:** Two square metres of matting at 38 mm thick.
- **Rigid polyester fibre:** Holds its shape, resists clogging and sinks into place.
- **Two filtration roles:** Traps debris and houses nitrifying bacteria.
- **Cut to any shape:** Trims to suit filters, sumps and pond bays.
- **Reusable:** Rinse and refit rather than replace.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** ATMAT1
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007856
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Japanese Filter Matting
- **Sheet Size:** 2 m × 1 m (about 79 × 39 in)
- **Thickness:** 38 mm (1.5 in)
- **Material:** Polyester fibre matting
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration
- **Smaller Panel:** Jap Mat 43cm x 33cm (ATMAT2)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds, sumps and large freshwater or marine filter systems
---
#### Jap Mat 43cm x 33cm
Ready-cut panel of rigid Japanese filter matting for sump trays and pond filter bays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jap-mat-43cm-x-33cm/
- Price: $11.06 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ATMAT2 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003612
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ATMAT2-jap-mat-43cm-x-33cm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Not every filter needs a two-metre sheet; often it is a single tray in a sump or one bay of a pond filter that wants a new pad. Jap Mat 43cm x 33cm (SKU: ATMAT2) is a ready-cut panel of Japanese filter matting measuring 43 × 33 cm, made from stiff, open-structured polyester fibre. It works as a mechanical filter, catching suspended debris in its coarse fibres, and as a biological filter, with a large internal surface for nitrifying bacteria to colonise. The rigid structure keeps its shape in the water, so the panel does not sag or fold as it loads with dirt.
A 43 × 33 cm panel is sized for a filter tray, a sump compartment or a single bay in a box-style pond filter, and it can be trimmed with a serrated knife or heavy scissors for smaller chambers, gravity-fed box filters or a layer in a trickle tower. The open fibre resists clogging and passes a strong flow, which makes it a good first, coarse stage ahead of finer foam or floss that would otherwise block quickly. It also makes a firm base layer under finer media in a home-made bucket or box filter. Polyester is inert, so the mat does not shift pH and suits freshwater and marine systems alike. Cleaning is a rinse rather than a replacement, done in pond or old tank water so the bacterial film survives. For bigger jobs, the full sheet, Jap Mat 2m x 1m x 38mm (ATMAT1), cuts into twelve panels of this size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump filter trays:** A coarse mechanical and biological layer.
- **Pond filter boxes:** A replacement or extra stage in a single bay.
- **Trickle and drip filters:** Stacked layers that stay open to flow.
- **Pre-filtering:** A coarse stage that protects finer media downstream.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before fitting:** Wash out loose fibres and dust.
- **Trim to fit:** Cut for a snug fit so water cannot bypass the mat.
- **Coarse first:** Place it where water enters, ahead of finer media.
- **Clean gently:** Rinse in pond or tank water when flow slows, never in tap water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **43 × 33 cm panel:** Ready-cut for single trays and filter bays.
- **Rigid polyester:** Holds its shape and resists clogging.
- **Dual role:** Mechanical capture plus surface area for bacteria.
- **Reusable:** Rinses clean for a long service life.
- **Freshwater or marine:** An inert material that does not affect pH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** ATMAT2
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003612
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Japanese Filter Matting
- **Panel Size:** 43 × 33 cm
- **Material:** Polyester fibre matting
- **Function:** Mechanical and biological filtration
- **Cleaning:** Rinse in pond or aquarium water and reuse
- **Larger Sheet:** Jap Mat 2m x 1m x 38mm (ATMAT1)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine sumps, aquarium filters and pond filters
---
#### Serenity Ammonia Removing Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm
Cut-to-size chemical filter pad that takes ammonia out of the water flowing through it.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/serenity-ammonia-removing-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm/
- Price: $2.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY0127 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007870
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY0127-serenity-ammonia-removing-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm-main-image.jpg
New fish, a heavy feed or a filter that has just been over-cleaned can all push ammonia up faster than the biofilter can process it. Serenity Ammonia Removing Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm (SKU: SMXY0127) is a chemically active filter sponge from Serenity, the Australian aquarium range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, made to remove ammonia from aquarium water as it passes through the filter. It comes as a single 45 × 25 cm sheet that is trimmed with scissors to the shape of an existing media tray, basket or compartment, so one sheet can supply a large piece for a canister or sump, or several smaller pieces for a hang-on-back filter.
The pad is a chemical stage that works alongside biological filtration rather than replacing it. Bacteria living on the sponges and bio media still do the long-term job of converting ammonia; the pad takes the edge off a spike while that colony builds or recovers. Like any chemical media it has a finite capacity, so how long a piece lasts depends on stocking, feeding and the ammonia load rather than a fixed date. An ammonia test kit is the reliable guide: when readings start to creep back up, the piece is due to be replaced. Water has to pass through the pad rather than around it, so cut it a little oversize and seat it snugly after the mechanical sponge or floss.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-in cycling:** Reduces ammonia exposure while a new biofilter is still establishing.
- **New arrivals:** A safety margin when a larger group of fish joins the tank at once.
- **Biofilter setbacks:** After a power failure, an over-clean or a medication that knocked back the bacteria.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Small filters carrying a heavy load for a short period.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure and cut:** Trace the tray or basket onto the sheet and cut slightly oversize so water cannot bypass the edges.
- **Rinse before fitting:** Rinse the cut piece in tank water or dechlorinated water to clear loose fibres.
- **After mechanical media:** Sit it downstream of the coarse sponge or floss so particles do not clog it.
- **Replace when spent:** Fit a fresh piece once test results show ammonia returning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ammonia removal:** Chemically active sponge that draws ammonia out of the passing water.
- **Cut to fit:** One 45 × 25 cm sheet trims to almost any tray, basket or compartment.
- **Works with the biofilter:** Adds a chemical safety margin without replacing bio media.
- **Several filter types:** Suits hang-on-back, canister and other filters that take a pad.
- **Multiple pieces per sheet:** Small filters get several changes out of one sheet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY0127
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007870
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Chemical Filter Pad (Ammonia)
- **Sheet Size:** 45 × 25 cm, cut to size
- **Function:** Ammonia removal
- **Media Stage:** Chemical, placed after mechanical media
- **Suits:** Hang-on-back, canister and other filters that take sponge pads
- **Replacement:** When ammonia readings begin to rise again
- **Companion Products:** Serenity Nitrite & Nitrate Removing Filter Sponge (SMXY0125); Serenity Phosphate Removing Filter Sponge (SMXY0126)
- **Target Environment:** Home aquariums running pad or sponge-based filters
---
#### Serenity Nitrite & Nitrate Removing Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm
Self-cut chemical pad that lowers nitrite and nitrate between water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/serenity-nitrite-nitrate-removing-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm/
- Price: $61.39 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY0125 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007894
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY0125-serenity-nitrite-and-nitrate-removing-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm-main-image.jpg
Water changes are the main way nitrate leaves an aquarium, and in a crowded or heavily fed tank they can struggle to keep pace. Serenity Nitrite & Nitrate Removing Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm (SKU: SMXY0125) is a chemically active filter sponge from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, made to take nitrite and nitrate out of the water as it flows through the filter. It is supplied as one 45 × 25 cm sheet that is cut with scissors to fit the tray, basket or compartment of the filter already on the tank, from a hang-on-back to a canister or sump.
The two compounds it targets sit at different points in the nitrogen cycle. Nitrite is the toxic middle step that bacteria produce from ammonia, and it shows up when a new or disturbed biofilter has not yet caught up. Nitrate is the end product: far less toxic, but it accumulates steadily between water changes and feeds nuisance algae. The pad gives an extra margin on both while regular partial water changes remain the foundation. As a chemical medium it has a fixed capacity, so its working life depends on how much nitrite and nitrate it is asked to absorb; a nitrate test kit shows when readings start to drift upward again and a fresh piece is due. Cut it slightly larger than the opening so water is forced through rather than around it, and place it after the mechanical sponge or floss.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Where nitrate climbs quickly between scheduled water changes.
- **Nitrite readings:** Extra support while a new or disturbed biofilter catches up.
- **Algae pressure:** Lowering nitrate removes one of the nutrients nuisance algae grow on.
- **Delayed maintenance:** A buffer when a water change has to be pushed back a few days.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Cut to the opening:** Trim the sheet a little oversize for a snug, gap-free fit.
- **Rinse the piece:** A quick rinse in tank water removes loose fibres before it goes in.
- **Downstream of floss:** Fit it after coarse mechanical media so debris does not coat it.
- **Test and replace:** Swap in a fresh piece when nitrate or nitrite readings begin to rise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two targets in one pad:** Takes both nitrite and nitrate out of the passing water.
- **Self-cut sheet:** 45 × 25 cm to shape around the filter in use.
- **Supports water changes:** Helps hold nitrate down between routine changes.
- **Algae nutrient control:** Less nitrate in the water column for algae to use.
- **Broad filter fit:** Hang-on-back, canister and other pad-based filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY0125
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007894
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Chemical Filter Pad (Nitrite & Nitrate)
- **Sheet Size:** 45 × 25 cm, cut to size
- **Function:** Nitrite and nitrate removal
- **Media Stage:** Chemical, after mechanical media
- **Suits:** Hang-on-back, canister and other filters that take sponge pads
- **Replacement:** When nitrate or nitrite readings begin to climb
- **Companion Products:** Serenity Ammonia Removing Filter Sponge (SMXY0127); Serenity Phosphate Removing Filter Sponge (SMXY0126)
- **Target Environment:** Home aquariums running pad or sponge-based filters
---
#### Serenity Phosphate Removing Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm
Cut-to-fit phosphate pad for tanks where algae keeps coming back.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/serenity-phosphate-removing-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm/
- Price: $19.68 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY0126 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007887
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY0126-serenity-phosphate-removing-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm-main-image.jpg
Phosphate arrives with every feed and every fish, and once it builds up in the water column the algae is rarely far behind. Serenity Phosphate Removing Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm (SKU: SMXY0126) is a chemically active filter sponge from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, made to remove phosphate compounds from aquarium water as it passes through the filter. One 45 × 25 cm sheet is supplied, ready to be cut with scissors into a piece that fits the media tray, basket or compartment of a hang-on-back, canister or other filter that already takes a sponge pad.
Nuisance algae needs light, nitrate and phosphate, and of the three, phosphate is often the easiest to bring down. Taking it out of the water starves green film, hair algae and similar growth of a key nutrient, which makes the pad a useful partner to sensible feeding, a reasonable light period and regular water changes. As with any chemical media, the pad holds a limited amount and stops working once it is full, so its life depends on how much phosphate the tank produces. A phosphate test kit shows when levels start to rise again and a fresh piece is due. In a heavily planted aquarium dosed with fertiliser, keep in mind that plants need some phosphate too; the pad suits tanks with an algae problem more than ones where plants are being deliberately fed. Fit it snugly after the mechanical stage so water flows through it rather than around it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Recurring algae:** Green film, hair algae or green water that returns after cleaning.
- **Heavily fed tanks:** Large or messy eaters that load the water with phosphate.
- **Phosphate in tap water:** Where the water used for top-ups already carries phosphate.
- **After an algae clean-up:** Keeps the nutrient level down while the tank settles.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Size it first:** Mark the filter tray outline on the sheet and cut just outside the line.
- **Rinse briefly:** Rinse the cut piece in tank water to clear any loose fibres.
- **After mechanical media:** Place it where the water reaching it is already free of particles.
- **Change on test results:** Replace the piece once phosphate readings begin to climb.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Phosphate removal:** Takes phosphate compounds out of the water passing through.
- **Algae nutrient control:** Limits one of the main foods nuisance algae relies on.
- **Cut-to-size sheet:** 45 × 25 cm, trimmed to the filter in use.
- **Chemical stage:** Sits alongside existing mechanical and biological media.
- **Several filter types:** Hang-on-back, canister and other pad-based filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY0126
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007887
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Chemical Filter Pad (Phosphate)
- **Sheet Size:** 45 × 25 cm, cut to size
- **Function:** Phosphate removal for algae control
- **Media Stage:** Chemical, after mechanical media
- **Suits:** Hang-on-back, canister and other filters that take sponge pads
- **Replacement:** When phosphate readings begin to rise again
- **Companion Products:** Serenity Ammonia Removing Filter Sponge (SMXY0127); Serenity Nitrite & Nitrate Removing Filter Sponge (SMXY0125)
- **Target Environment:** Home aquariums running pad or sponge-based filters
---
#### Serenity Super Active Carbon Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm
Carbon-impregnated foam sheet to cut for hang-on and canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/serenity-super-active-carbon-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm/
- Price: $8.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMXY0128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740007863
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMXY0128-serenity-super-active-carbon-filter-sponge-45cm-x-25cm-main-image.jpg
Tannin-stained water after new driftwood goes in, a lingering smell after a fish loss or the yellow tint of an ageing tank are all jobs for activated carbon, and a carbon sponge puts it in a form that is simply cut to fit the filter. Serenity Super Active Carbon Filter Sponge - 45cm x 25cm (SKU: SMXY0128) is a 45 × 25 cm sheet of filter foam made with activated carbon particles, combining mechanical, biological and chemical filtration in one pad. The foam traps floating debris and gives bacteria a surface to colonise, while the carbon adsorbs chlorine, colours and odours from the water as it passes through.
The supplier lists it for freshwater and saltwater aquariums, in hang-on-back and canister filters, and in any filter built to take sponge pads. Cut a piece to the shape of the basket or chamber and place it after the coarse mechanical stage, so debris does not coat the carbon before the water reaches it. Activated carbon has a finite capacity: once its adsorption sites are full it stops polishing the water and acts as plain foam, so it is replaced rather than cleaned back to new, and the rest of the sheet is kept dry and sealed until needed. Carbon also takes many medications out of the water, so remove it during a treatment course and fit a fresh piece afterwards. It does not replace a tap water conditioner when new water goes in. The same 45 × 25 cm sheet is made in ammonia-removing, phosphate-removing and nitrite and nitrate-removing versions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tinted water:** Tannins from driftwood, leaves or peat that colour the water.
- **Odours:** Stale or musty smells from an ageing or overstocked tank.
- **After medication:** Fitted fresh once a treatment course has finished.
- **Pad replacement:** A cut-to-fit carbon pad for hang-on and canister filters.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Cut to fit:** Trim a piece slightly oversize so water cannot bypass the edges.
- **After the coarse stage:** Place it downstream of mechanical foam or floss.
- **Out during treatment:** Remove it before dosing medication, and refit fresh afterwards.
- **Replace, do not revive:** Swap in a new piece once the water stops clearing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Activated carbon foam:** Carbon particles bound into a filter sponge.
- **Three-way filtration:** Mechanical, biological and chemical in one pad.
- **Adsorbs colour and odour:** Clears tint, smells and chlorine from the water.
- **Large 45 × 25 cm sheet:** Several pads from one piece.
- **Fresh or salt:** Suits freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity Aquatics (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMXY0128
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740007863
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Carbon Filter Sponge
- **Size:** 45 × 25 cm sheet, cut to fit
- **Media:** Filter foam with activated carbon particles
- **Removes:** Chlorine, discolouration and odours (by adsorption)
- **Suits:** Hang-on-back, canister and other sponge-pad filters
- **Related Sheets:** Ammonia Removing (SMXY0127); Phosphate Removing (SMXY0126); Nitrite & Nitrate Removing (SMXY0125)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Sponge Black Square 38x38cm
Coarse black foam sheet to cut for sumps, pond filters and DIY filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/sponge-black-square-38x38cm/
- Price: $18.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MBSSQR · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003506
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/MBSSQR-sponge-black-square-38x38cm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Replacement pads for an older filter, an odd-sized sump chamber or a home-made pond filter are rarely sold ready-made, and a sheet of foam and a sharp blade solve all three. Sponge Black Square 38x38cm (SKU: MBSSQR) is a 38 × 38 cm square of coarse, open-cell black filter foam for cutting to shape. Its job is mechanical and biological filtration: the open pores strain out coarse and fine debris while giving beneficial bacteria a large surface to colonise, and the coarse structure lets water pass freely, so the sheet clogs more slowly than a fine pad. It is washable and reusable, going back into service after a rinse.
Being a coarse grade, it belongs at the first stage of a filter, where it catches the bulk of the waste and protects finer pads and biological media further along. In a sump it can line the inlet chamber; in a pond box or barrel filter it can be cut into several layers; in a canister or hang-on filter it can be trimmed to replace a worn coarse pad. The supplier also suggests it as a background behind an aquarium, where the black hides pipework and cables. A long, sharp knife or heavy scissors cut it cleanly; measure the chamber and cut slightly oversize so the foam presses against the walls and water cannot slip past the edges. Rinse it in tank or pond water rather than chlorinated tap water so the bacterial colony survives each clean.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump inlet chambers:** A coarse first stage that takes the bulk of the waste.
- **Pond filters:** Layers of foam cut to fit a box or barrel filter.
- **Canister and hang-on filters:** A cut-to-size replacement for a worn coarse pad.
- **Tank backgrounds:** A dark backdrop that hides equipment behind the glass.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure and cut:** Cut a little oversize so the foam seals against the chamber walls.
- **Coarse before fine:** Place it upstream of fine pads and biological media.
- **Rinse, do not scrub:** Squeeze it in tank or pond water at maintenance time.
- **Replace when worn:** Swap the piece once it loses its shape or starts to crumble.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **38 × 38 cm sheet:** Enough foam to cut several pads or one large panel.
- **Coarse open-cell structure:** Strong flow with slower clogging.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps debris and hosts nitrifying bacteria.
- **Black colour:** Discreet in sumps and filters, and dark as a background.
- **Reusable:** Rinses clean and goes back into service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Filtermed
- **SKU:** MBSSQR
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003506
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Foam Sheet
- **Size:** 38 × 38 cm
- **Colour:** Black
- **Grade:** Coarse, open cell
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Other Colour:** Sponge Green Square 38x38cm (MGSSQR)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and ponds
---
#### Sponge Green Square 38x38cm
Coarse green filter foam for ponds, water features and custom-cut filter pads.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/sponge-green-square-38x38cm/
- Price: $39.96 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MGSSQR · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003636
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/MGSSQR-sponge-green-square-38x38cm-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
A pond box filter or a garden water feature looks tidier when the foam blends in with plants and water, and green does that where white foam stands out. Sponge Green Square 38x38cm (SKU: MGSSQR) is a 38 × 38 cm square of coarse green filter foam, sold as a sheet to be cut to size for filters, sumps, ponds and do-it-yourself filtration. Its open-pore structure lets water flow through without clogging quickly, catching debris on the way, while the foam's large internal surface carries the beneficial bacteria that do the biological filtering. It is durable, reusable and simple to clean.
In a pond, the sheet can be cut into layered pads for a box, barrel or bog-filter inlet, or wrapped around a pump intake to keep leaves and fish out of the impeller. Indoors it suits sump chambers, canister baskets and hang-on filters whose original coarse pads are no longer made, and the supplier also suggests it as a decorative background. Cutting is easiest with a long bread knife or heavy scissors, measuring the space first and leaving a few millimetres extra so the pad sits snugly. As the first, coarse stage of a filter it takes the heaviest load, so check it at every clean-out: a squeeze in a bucket of pond or tank water restores flow without washing away the bacteria, while chlorinated tap water would kill them. Once the foam tears or stops springing back, cut a fresh piece. Coarse foam is a first stage rather than a polishing pad, so where crystal-clear water is the aim it is followed by a finer pad or floss.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pond and water feature filters:** Green foam that blends in around plants and edges.
- **Pump intake guard:** Wrapped around an intake to keep leaves and small fish out.
- **Discontinued filter pads:** Custom-cut replacements for canister or hang-on baskets.
- **Decorative background:** A green backdrop for a planted or natural-style tank.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Cut with room to spare:** Leave a few millimetres extra so the pad sits tight.
- **First stage only:** Use it ahead of finer pads and biological media.
- **Squeeze in pond or tank water:** Restores flow and keeps the bacteria alive.
- **Retire torn pieces:** Replace foam that tears or no longer springs back.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Green colour:** Blends into ponds, water features and planted set-ups.
- **Coarse open pores:** Allows strong flow without clogging quickly.
- **Dual filtration:** Mechanical straining plus a home for nitrifying bacteria.
- **Cut-to-fit sheet:** 38 × 38 cm to shape for almost any filter or sump.
- **Reusable:** Rinses clean for long-term use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Filtermed
- **SKU:** MGSSQR
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003636
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Foam Sheet
- **Size:** 38 × 38 cm
- **Colour:** Green
- **Grade:** Coarse, open pore
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Other Colour:** Sponge Black Square 38x38cm (MBSSQR)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds, water features, sumps and freshwater or marine aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Maintenance
#### Magnetic Glass Cleaner 10-12mm
Floating magnet algae cleaner with the grip for thicker 10 to 12 mm glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/magnetic-glass-cleaner-10-12mm/
- Price: $9.10 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMAGC12 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003018
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMAGC12-magnetic-glass-cleaner-10-12mm-main-image.jpg
Thicker glass weakens the pull between two magnets, and a cleaner made for a small tank will slide straight off a big one. Magnetic Glass Cleaner 10-12mm (SKU: SMAGC12) is a magnetic algae cleaner for aquarium glass 10 to 12 mm thick, the range found on many larger and taller tanks. The outer magnet with its handle stays on the outside, and the inner piece follows it across the inside face of the glass to wipe away algae film. The supplier describes it as anti-scratch and easy to use, and the inner part floats if it is dropped, so it does not have to be retrieved from the bottom of a deep tank.
Larger aquariums of around 120 cm, and tall tanks of shorter length, are often built in 10 or 12 mm glass, so it is worth measuring the exposed edge before choosing between this size and the 12-14mm (SMAGC14). The stronger magnets of a thick-glass cleaner hold the inner part firmly through the pane, which also means the halves should never be allowed to snap together off the glass, where they can pinch fingers or chip. A long tank is cleaned faster with a magnet than with a hand-held scraper, and the floating inner piece will not disappear behind rockwork if it lets go mid-stroke. It is made for soft algae film; for hard spot algae, a blade scraper is still the tool to use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **120 cm and larger tanks:** Glass 10 to 12 mm thick.
- **Tall aquariums:** Deep panes where reaching the bottom by hand is awkward.
- **Show tanks:** Clear viewing panes between water changes.
- **Marine systems:** Soft film on the glass of fish and reef tanks.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Measure first:** Confirm 10 to 12 mm glass so the grip is right.
- **Join on the glass:** Hold the inner piece against the pane and bring the outer magnet to it; never let them meet off the glass.
- **Clean in sections:** Work one pane at a time from the surface down.
- **Keep it clean:** Rinse grit off the inner piece after each session.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10–12 mm glass:** A stronger pull for thicker panes.
- **Floating inner part:** Recovered from the surface, not the substrate.
- **Handled outer magnet:** Steady control along long panes.
- **Anti-scratch:** As described by the supplier.
- **Parks on the glass:** Ready and waiting for the next clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SMAGC12
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003018
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Algae Cleaner
- **Glass Thickness:** 10–12 mm
- **Design:** Handled outer magnet with inner cleaning piece
- **Buoyancy:** Inner part floats
- **Use:** Soft algae film on inside glass surfaces
- **Other Sizes:** 6-8mm (SMAGC8), 8-10mm (SMAGC10), 12-14mm (SMAGC14)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine glass aquariums with 10–12 mm panes
---
#### Magnetic Glass Cleaner 12-14mm
Floating magnet algae cleaner for heavy 12 to 14 mm glass on large tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/magnetic-glass-cleaner-12-14mm/
- Price: $3.78 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMAGC14 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003025
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMAGC14-magnetic-glass-cleaner-12-14mm-main-image.jpg
The biggest tanks have the thickest glass and the most of it to clean, often a metre and a half or more of front pane. Magnetic Glass Cleaner 12-14mm (SKU: SMAGC14) is the thick-glass size of this magnetic algae cleaner, made for aquarium glass 12 to 14 mm thick. A handled outer magnet works from outside the tank while the inner cleaning piece follows on the wet side, lifting algae film from the glass. According to the supplier it is anti-scratch and easy to use, and the inner part floats, so it rises to the surface rather than sinking among rock or decor if it is knocked off.
Glass of 12 to 14 mm is typically used on large and tall aquariums, such as 150 to 180 cm displays and deep custom tanks, so measure the exposed glass edge to confirm before buying. The magnets in a cleaner for glass this thick are strong enough to hold through the pane, which makes handling important: keep the two halves apart when they are off the glass, bring them together only with the pane between them, and store the cleaner away from phones and bank cards. On a large tank, divide each pane into sections and work them in turn, rinsing the inner piece as it loads up with algae. A magnet will not shift hardened spot algae or coralline; use a scraper for those and keep the magnet for the regular film.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Aquariums of 150 cm and more, built in 12 to 14 mm glass.
- **Deep and tall tanks:** Reaching the lower glass without arms in the water.
- **Public and office displays:** Routine cleaning of big viewing panes.
- **Fast film growth:** Brightly lit tanks that need a weekly pass.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Confirm the glass:** Check for 12 to 14 mm before first use.
- **Join with care:** Hold the inner piece against the glass and bring the handle to it slowly.
- **Section the pane:** Clean one area at a time with steady, overlapping strokes.
- **Stop short of the substrate:** Lift away before the bottom edge so sand is not dragged across.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12–14 mm glass range:** The thickest-glass size of the four.
- **Floating inner piece:** Surfaces if it detaches in a deep tank.
- **Handled outer magnet:** Control over long and tall panes.
- **Anti-scratch:** In the supplier's description.
- **Firm hold:** Magnet strength matched to heavy glass so the inner part follows.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SMAGC14
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003025
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Algae Cleaner
- **Glass Thickness:** 12–14 mm
- **Design:** Two-part magnet with handled outer section
- **Buoyancy:** Inner part floats
- **Handling:** Strong magnets; keep halves apart off the glass
- **Other Sizes:** 6-8mm (SMAGC8), 8-10mm (SMAGC10), 10-12mm (SMAGC12)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine glass aquariums with 12–14 mm panes
---
#### Magnetic Glass Cleaner 6-8mm
Floating magnet algae cleaner matched to thinner 6 to 8 mm aquarium glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/magnetic-glass-cleaner-6-8mm/
- Price: $8.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMAGC8 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740002998
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMAGC8-magnetic-glass-cleaner-6-8mm-main-image.jpg
On a small tank, wiping the glass by hand means an arm in the water and a stirred-up tank, while a magnet does the same job from outside. Magnetic Glass Cleaner 6-8mm (SKU: SMAGC8) is a two-part magnetic algae cleaner for aquarium glass 6 to 8 mm thick: a handled outer magnet stays on the dry side, and the inner cleaning piece follows it across the inside of the pane, wiping off algae film as it goes. The supplier describes it as an easy-to-use, anti-scratch cleaner, and the inner piece floats, so if it parts from the outer magnet it rises to the surface instead of sinking into the gravel.
Magnet strength is matched to glass thickness. On 6 to 8 mm glass, the thickness used on many nano and small tanks, this size grips firmly enough to follow the handle; a cleaner built for thick glass pulls harder than thin panes need and can snap together painfully when the halves meet off the glass, while one made for thinner glass will slip and drop. Measure the exposed edge of the glass at the top of the tank before choosing. Because the outer part has a handle, the cleaner moves with one hand, and between cleans it can be parked on the glass or separated so the inner half floats up to be lifted out and rinsed. It is made for soft algae film; hard spot algae and coralline still call for a scraper blade.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Glass 6 to 8 mm thick, common on smaller aquariums.
- **Weekly algae film:** Light green film that dulls the view.
- **Desktop and office tanks:** Cleaning without wet hands or sleeves.
- **Before viewing:** A quick wipe of the front pane before guests or photos.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Check the glass:** Confirm the pane is 6 to 8 mm thick before first use.
- **Place the inner half:** Lower it inside the tank and bring the handled magnet to it from outside.
- **Move slowly:** Glide in overlapping strokes so the inner part keeps up.
- **Avoid the gravel line:** Keep the pad above the substrate so no grain is trapped beneath it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sized for 6–8 mm glass:** Magnet strength matched to thinner panes.
- **Floating inner piece:** Rises to the surface if it comes loose.
- **Handled outer magnet:** Comfortable one-handed control.
- **Anti-scratch:** As the supplier describes the cleaning surface.
- **Stays in place:** Can be left on the glass between cleans.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SMAGC8
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740002998
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Algae Cleaner
- **Glass Thickness:** 6–8 mm
- **Design:** Two-part magnet, handled outer and cleaning inner
- **Buoyancy:** Inner part floats
- **Use:** Soft algae film on the inside of the glass
- **Other Sizes:** 8-10mm (SMAGC10), 10-12mm (SMAGC12), 12-14mm (SMAGC14)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine glass aquariums with 6–8 mm panes
---
#### Magnetic Glass Cleaner 8-10mm
Floating magnet cleaner for the 8 to 10 mm glass of mid-size aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/magnetic-glass-cleaner-8-10mm/
- Price: $9.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMAGC10 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740003001
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SMAGC10-magnetic-glass-cleaner-8-10mm-main-image.jpg
Algae film builds up fastest on the front glass of a well-lit tank, right where everyone looks. Magnetic Glass Cleaner 8-10mm (SKU: SMAGC10) is a magnetic algae cleaner made for aquarium glass between 8 and 10 mm thick. The handled outer magnet rides on the outside of the pane and draws the inner cleaning piece across the inside, clearing algae film without a hand in the water. The supplier calls it an easy-to-use, anti-scratch cleaner, and the inner part floats, so it can be picked off the surface if it is knocked loose instead of being fished out from among the plants.
This size sits between the 6-8mm (SMAGC8) for small tanks and the 10-12mm (SMAGC12) for larger ones. Glass of 8 to 10 mm is common on mid-size tanks, including many 90 cm aquariums, though height matters as much as length when a builder chooses glass, so measure the exposed edge rather than assuming. Choosing the matched range gives a magnet that grips enough to follow the handle along the pane without being so strong that it is hard to slide. Use it little and often: a weekly pass removes soft film before it develops into hard spots that a pad cannot shift. After cleaning, the cleaner can stay on the glass in a back corner, out of the way of the view, or be pulled apart at the edge of the pane so the inner half floats up for a rinse. Cleaning just before a water change lets the siphon pick up the algae that drifts down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size tanks:** Common 90 cm community and planted aquariums.
- **Planted tanks:** Front-glass film that grows under strong lighting.
- **Weekly maintenance:** A quick pass before a water change.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** Soft film on the viewing panes.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Rinse the inner piece:** Make sure it is free of sand before it touches the glass.
- **Work top to bottom:** Start at the waterline and finish above the substrate.
- **Overlap strokes:** Slow, even passes keep the inner part attached.
- **Separate safely:** Slide the halves apart at the edge of the glass with fingers clear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8–10 mm glass range:** Matched magnet strength for mid-size tanks.
- **Floats when free:** The inner part rises for easy retrieval.
- **Outer handle:** One-handed control from outside the tank.
- **Anti-scratch:** The supplier's description of the cleaner.
- **Leave-on design:** Can be parked on the glass between cleans.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Unbranded
- **SKU:** SMAGC10
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740003001
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Algae Cleaner
- **Glass Thickness:** 8–10 mm
- **Design:** Two-part magnet with handled outer section
- **Buoyancy:** Inner cleaning part floats
- **Use:** Soft algae film on inside glass surfaces
- **Other Sizes:** 6-8mm (SMAGC8), 10-12mm (SMAGC12), 12-14mm (SMAGC14)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine glass aquariums with 8–10 mm panes
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Soil & Substrate
#### Serenity Coral Sand 1-2mm 10kg
Fine white aragonite sand for reef floors, deep sand beds and high-pH freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/serenity-coral-sand-1-2mm-10kg/
- Price: $25.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SNACS1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001106
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SNACS1-serenity-coral-sand-1-2mm-10kg-image-3.jpg
Gobies, wrasse and other sand-sifters spend their day taking mouthfuls of substrate, and a fine, rounded grain is what lets them do it. Serenity Coral Sand 1-2mm 10kg (SKU: SNACS1) is natural aragonite coral sand from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, in a fine 1 to 2 mm grade. It is white, graded to size and triple washed, and is sold in 10 kg bags. Retailer specifications describe it as safe for all sand-sifting fish and suitable for marine and reef aquariums, as well as freshwater tanks where a higher pH is required, such as those housing African rift lake cichlids.
Aragonite is a form of calcium carbonate, so the sand slowly buffers pH and adds calcium to the water rather than sitting inert like quartz gravel. That makes it a natural base for marine tanks and a deliberate choice in freshwater only when hard, alkaline water is the goal; it is not suited to soft-water fish or most planted tanks. The fine grade suits deep sand beds and plenums, where a thick, undisturbed layer of small grains supports low-oxygen zones, and it can also be used as filter media. As a rough planning guide, aragonite sand weighs about 1.5 kg per litre, so a 10 kg bag gives roughly 6.5 L of sand: about 1.5 to 2 cm deep across a 90 × 45 cm floor. Even though it has been triple washed, a rinse before use clears the remaining fine dust and cuts down cloudiness.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef and marine floors:** A bright white base for fish-only and reef tanks.
- **Sand-sifting fish:** Fine grains suited to gobies and other sifters.
- **Deep sand beds and plenums:** Small grain size for thick, undisturbed layers.
- **African cichlid tanks:** Freshwater set-ups that need higher pH and hardness.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash in a bucket until the water runs mostly clear.
- **Plan the depth:** Allow about 6.5 L of sand per 10 kg bag when calculating bags.
- **Slope it back:** Build the sand deeper at the rear for a sense of depth.
- **Fill gently:** Pour water onto a plate or bag so the sand is not stirred into a cloud.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural aragonite:** Coral sand that buffers pH and adds calcium.
- **Fine 1–2 mm grade:** Suited to sand-sifters and deep sand beds.
- **Graded and triple washed:** Consistent size with less dust.
- **White colour:** A bright floor that shows off fish and corals.
- **Dual use:** Substrate or filter media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SNACS1
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001106
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Aragonite Coral Sand
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** 1–2 mm (fine)
- **Material:** Natural aragonite coral sand, white
- **Processing:** Graded, triple washed
- **Water Effect:** Buffers pH and adds calcium
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity Coral Sand 2-3mm 10kg (SNACS2)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums; freshwater where a higher pH is required
---
#### Serenity Coral Sand 2-3mm 10kg
Slightly coarser aragonite sand that stays put under strong flow and busy fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/serenity-coral-sand-2-3mm-10kg/
- Price: $15.74 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SNACS2 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001113
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SNACS2-serenity-coral-sand-2-3mm-10kg-image-3.jpg
Fine sand looks good until a powerhead or a digging cichlid blows it into drifts against the glass. Serenity Coral Sand 2-3mm 10kg (SKU: SNACS2) is the coarser of Serenity's two coral sand grades, natural aragonite from the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, graded to 2 to 3 mm and triple washed, in a 10 kg bag. Retailer descriptions note that its slightly larger grain tends not to move around, which makes it the steadier choice for tanks with strong water movement or energetic fish. It still suits sand-sifting fish and is used in marine and reef aquariums and in freshwater tanks where a higher pH is wanted.
As aragonite, the sand is calcium carbonate and slowly releases carbonate and calcium into the water, helping to hold pH up rather than letting it drift down. In freshwater that suits Malawi and Tanganyika cichlids and other hard-water species, but it is the wrong base for soft-water fish or most planted tanks. The larger grain packs a little less tightly than the fine 1 to 2 mm grade, so water and detritus move through the top layer more easily and a gravel vacuum can lift waste without drawing up the sand, and it also works as a filter medium in a sump or canister. As a planning guide, at about 1.5 kg per litre a 10 kg bag gives roughly 6.5 L of sand, enough for about 1.5 to 2 cm across a 90 × 45 cm floor. Rinse it before use to clear the fine dust left after washing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-flow reef tanks:** A heavier grain that resists drifting in strong currents.
- **African cichlid aquariums:** Buffering substrate for Malawi and Tanganyika species.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** A stable base that is easy to vacuum.
- **Filter media:** Calcareous media in a sump or canister compartment.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Wash before use:** Rinse small batches until the water runs nearly clear.
- **Calculate bags:** Allow roughly 6.5 L of sand per 10 kg bag.
- **Place rock first:** Stand rockwork on the glass, then add sand around it.
- **Vacuum the surface:** Hover the siphon just above the grains at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2–3 mm grade:** Coarser than the 1–2 mm sand and less prone to shifting.
- **Natural aragonite:** Buffers pH and adds calcium.
- **Graded and triple washed:** Even grain with dust largely removed.
- **Sand-sifter safe:** Retailers list it as safe for sifting fish.
- **Substrate or media:** Floor covering or filter fill.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SNACS2
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001113
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Aragonite Coral Sand
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** 2–3 mm
- **Material:** Natural aragonite coral sand
- **Processing:** Graded, triple washed
- **Water Effect:** Buffers pH and adds calcium
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity Coral Sand 1-2mm 10kg (SNACS1)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums; freshwater where a higher pH is required
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Frozen Food
#### Frozen Nutris Daphnia 100g
Whole flash-frozen daphnia in easy cubes for small freshwater fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/frozen-food/frozen-nutris-daphnia-100g/
- Price: $5.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ON1591103 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5412482911036
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Frozen Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/frozen-food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ON1591103-frozen-nutris-daphnia-100g-main-image.jpg
Small fish that pick at food in mid-water often ignore flakes, but a cloud of thawed water fleas sets them hunting. Frozen Nutris Daphnia 100g (SKU: ON1591103) is whole daphnia, flash frozen and packed as ready-portioned cubes in a 100 g blister pack from the Nutris range of frozen fish foods. The supplier says quick freezing keeps the animals whole and limits the nutrients that leach into the aquarium water, and points to the high carotene content of this algae-eating crustacean as a natural aid to bright colour in fish. Each cube presses out of the blister on its own, so only the portion being fed leaves the freezer.
Daphnia are small freshwater crustaceans only a few millimetres long, which suits the mouths of tetras, rasboras, guppies, killifish, bettas, dwarf cichlids and young fish of larger species. Their soft bodies sit inside a thin outer shell, and keepers commonly use daphnia as a light, high-roughage meal, for example to vary the diet of fancy goldfish and bettas between dry foods. The supplier's directions are to feed two to five times a day, thawing only the number of cubes needed and offering no more than the fish will eat within five minutes; for a small tank, start with a single cube and adjust from there. The range is stored at −18 °C, so the pack goes straight into the freezer on arrival and stays there between feeds; cubes that have thawed should not be refrozen.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community fish:** Tetras, rasboras, guppies and other small mouths.
- **Bettas and fancy goldfish:** A light meal to vary a pellet or flake diet.
- **Conditioning fish:** A whole-animal food in the run-up to breeding.
- **Fussy feeders:** New arrivals and wild fish that are slow to take dry food.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Thaw first:** Press out a cube and thaw it in a little tank water.
- **Rinse:** Pour through a fine net and discard the thaw water to keep the tank clean.
- **Two to five feeds a day:** Per the supplier, only what is eaten within five minutes.
- **Back in the freezer:** Return the pack at once and never refreeze thawed cubes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole daphnia:** Flash frozen so the animals stay intact.
- **High in carotene:** The supplier's point for natural fish colour.
- **Cube portions:** A blister pack for clean, measured feeding.
- **Small food size:** Suits small fish and juveniles.
- **Low leaching:** Quick freezing limits nutrient loss into the water, according to the supplier.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nutris
- **SKU:** ON1591103
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5412482911036
- **Product Type:** Frozen Food > Frozen Daphnia
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Format:** Blister pack of individual frozen cubes
- **Contents:** Whole flash-frozen daphnia
- **Feeding:** 2–5 times daily, the amount eaten within 5 minutes
- **Storage:** Keep frozen at −18 °C; do not refreeze
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Frozen Nutris Krill Pacifica 100g
Whole Pacific krill in frozen cubes for larger marine and freshwater fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/frozen-food/frozen-nutris-krill-pacifica-100g/
- Price: $13.08 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ON1591114
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Frozen Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/frozen-food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ON1591114-frozen-nutris-krill-pacifica-100g-main-image.jpg
Fish that hunt shrimp in the wild, from lionfish and triggers to large cichlids, soon lose interest in a diet of flake, and a meaty whole crustacean brings back the feeding response. Frozen Nutris Krill Pacifica 100g (SKU: ON1591114) is whole Pacific krill, flash frozen and portioned into cubes in a 100 g blister pack from the Nutris frozen food range. The supplier describes Pacific krill as small, shrimp-like invertebrates collected in the cold waters of the Pacific Ocean, a relatively large form of zooplankton and a nutritionally balanced feed for both fish and crustaceans.
Krill Pacifica carries very high levels of carotenoid pigments, which the supplier credits with natural colour enhancement, so it is a common choice for fish kept for their reds and oranges. Freezing the animals whole and quickly keeps them intact and limits nutrient leaching into the water. Krill is a bigger mouthful than brine shrimp or mysis, which makes it a meal for medium and large fish; for smaller mouths, a thawed cube can be chopped finer before feeding. The supplier's directions are to feed two to five times a day, thawing only the cubes needed and offering what the fish will eat within five minutes. Thaw cubes in a small cup of tank water rather than under a hot tap, which can cook the outer tissue and cloud the tank. Keep the pack at −18 °C, take out only the cubes for the next feed, and never refreeze krill that has thawed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Marine fish:** Angelfish, triggers, lionfish, wrasse and other meat-eaters.
- **Large freshwater fish:** Cichlids, arowana and catfish that take whole crustaceans.
- **Colour feeding:** A carotenoid-rich food for fish kept for red and orange tones.
- **Crustaceans:** Ornamental shrimp, crabs and crayfish, which the supplier names alongside fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Thaw the portion:** Thaw only the cubes needed in a little tank water.
- **Rinse and target:** Rinse in a fine net, then feed close to shy or slow fish.
- **Two to five feeds daily:** The amount eaten within five minutes, per the supplier.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove uneaten krill before it fouls the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Whole Pacific krill:** Shrimp-like zooplankton from cold Pacific waters.
- **Rich in carotenoids:** For natural colour, according to the supplier.
- **Flash frozen:** Keeps the animals whole and reduces leaching.
- **Cube blister pack:** Measured portions with little mess.
- **Larger food item:** Suits medium to large fish; chop it for smaller mouths.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nutris
- **SKU:** ON1591114
- **Product Type:** Frozen Food > Frozen Krill
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Format:** Blister pack of frozen cubes
- **Contents:** Whole flash-frozen Pacific krill (Krill Pacifica)
- **Feeding:** 2–5 times daily, the amount eaten within 5 minutes
- **Storage:** Keep frozen at −18 °C; do not refreeze
- **Suitable For:** Medium and large marine and freshwater fish, and crustaceans
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Rock Saltwater
#### Serenity Coral Rubble 5-8cm 10kg
Graded aragonite coral pieces for rubble filters, reactors, fragging and aquascaping.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rock-saltwater/serenity-coral-rubble-5-8cm-10kg/
- Price: $43.12 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SNACS4 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740001137
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Rock Saltwater (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rock-saltwater/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SNACS4-serenity-coral-rubble-5-8cm-10kg-main-image.jpg
Coral rubble is the broken reef material that collects in the lee of a real reef, and in an aquarium it does several jobs that sand cannot. Serenity Coral Rubble 5-8cm 10kg (SKU: SNACS4) is natural aragonite coral rubble from Serenity, the Australian range also sold as Serenity Aquatics, in the coarse 5 to 8 cm grade. The pieces are graded and triple washed and sold in a 10 kg bag. Retailer specifications list it for coral rubble filters, calcium reactor media, coral fragging and aquascaping, as a base substrate and as filter media, in marine and reef aquariums and in freshwater tanks where a higher pH is required.
Being aragonite, the rubble is calcium carbonate: it naturally buffers pH and adds calcium as it slowly dissolves, so in freshwater it belongs only with hard-water species such as African rift lake cichlids. In a sump or rubble filter, the open, irregular pieces give a large surface for bacteria and small invertebrates while letting water pass freely, and in a calcium reactor the same material is dissolved deliberately to return calcium and alkalinity to a reef. For fragging, a single piece makes a natural base for a coral cutting. On the tank floor, a scatter of 5 to 8 cm pieces over sand imitates a rubble zone and gives shelter to small fish and crustaceans. Scattered over Serenity's 1 to 2 mm or 2 to 3 mm coral sand, the rubble gives a natural transition from open sand to rockwork. Each piece is a natural shape, so the mix in every bag differs. A rinse before use clears dust from transport.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rubble filters and sumps:** Open pieces for bacteria and pod habitat.
- **Calcium reactors:** Aragonite media to dissolve for calcium and alkalinity.
- **Coral fragging:** Natural bases for mounting cuttings.
- **Rubble-zone aquascapes:** Coarse pieces over sand for a reef-flat look.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash off transport dust in a bucket of water.
- **Check reactor fit:** Confirm 5 to 8 cm pieces suit the reactor chamber before filling.
- **Layer loosely:** Leave gaps between pieces so water keeps moving through.
- **Freshwater with care:** Use only where hard, alkaline water suits the fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural aragonite:** Buffers pH and adds calcium.
- **5–8 cm pieces:** The coarse rubble grade.
- **Graded and triple washed:** Sorted to size with dust reduced.
- **Multi-purpose:** Filter media, reactor fill, frag bases and decor.
- **10 kg bag:** Bulk quantity for sumps and larger systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SNACS4
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740001137
- **Product Type:** Rock Saltwater > Aragonite Coral Rubble
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Piece Size:** 5–8 cm
- **Material:** Natural aragonite coral pieces
- **Processing:** Graded, triple washed
- **Water Effect:** Buffers pH and adds calcium
- **Companion Products:** Serenity Coral Sand 1-2mm 10kg (SNACS1); Serenity Coral Sand 2-3mm 10kg (SNACS2)
- **Other Sizes:** Serenity Coral Rubble 3-5cm 10kg (SNACS3)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums; freshwater where a higher pH is required
---
### Oasis Aquariums — Water
#### Complete Water Treatment 500ml
Water conditioner that neutralises chlorine, chloramine, ammonia and heavy metals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/water/complete-water-treatment-500ml/
- Price: $6.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SCWT500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000703
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Water (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/water/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SCWT500-complete-water-treatment-500ml-image-2.jpg
Australian tap water is disinfected with chlorine or chloramine, both of which damage fish gills, and when chloramine is broken apart it also releases ammonia. Complete Water Treatment 500ml (SKU: SCWT500) is Serenity's all-in-one water conditioner, which neutralises and detoxifies chlorine, chloramine, ammonia and heavy metals in the one dose. Serenity explains that it reacts with ammonia to form a non-toxic, water-soluble substance, so the ammonia released from chloramine, or produced by fish waste, is held in a harmless form. It suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, and the 500 mL bottle is the larger of the two sizes Serenity makes, alongside a 60 mL bottle.
The conditioner goes into every batch of new water before it reaches the fish: at set-up, at each water change and whenever top-up water comes from the tap. Dose at the rate printed on the bottle, measured against the volume of water being treated, and add it to the bucket or to the tank as it refills. It is also the bottle to reach for when a test shows ammonia, whether from a new tank that has not finished cycling, overfeeding or a fish that died out of sight, because it buys time while the cause is fixed. It is a protective measure rather than a replacement for a working biological filter: regular testing and water changes remain part of the routine. The 500 mL size suits larger aquariums, multi-tank keepers and anyone doing big weekly changes, where a 60 mL bottle runs out within weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Every water change:** Treat new tap water before it reaches the tank.
- **New aquarium set-ups:** Condition the first fill of fresh or marine tanks.
- **Ammonia readings:** Detoxify ammonia from overfeeding, losses or an uncycled tank.
- **Chloraminated supplies:** Handles the chlorine and the ammonia that chloramine leaves.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Follow the label:** Dose at the rate printed on the bottle for the volume treated.
- **Treat before adding:** Add to the bucket, or to the tank as new water goes in.
- **Retest ammonia:** Use a test kit after dosing to confirm levels are falling.
- **Store safely:** Keep capped, out of direct sun and out of reach of children.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chlorine and chloramine:** Makes tap water safe for fish in one step.
- **Ammonia detoxifier:** Converts ammonia to a non-toxic, water-soluble form.
- **Heavy metals:** Detoxifies metals picked up from tap water and pipes.
- **Fresh and saltwater:** One conditioner for both tank types.
- **500 mL bottle:** The larger size for frequent or large water changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity
- **SKU:** SCWT500
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000703
- **Product Type:** Water > Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Neutralises:** Chlorine, chloramine, ammonia and heavy metals
- **Action:** Reacts with ammonia to form a non-toxic, water-soluble substance
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the bottle
- **Other Sizes:** 60 mL bottle
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Serenity Betta Water Cond 60ml
Small-bottle tap water conditioner for betta bowls and desktop tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/water/serenity-betta-water-cond-60ml/
- Price: $4.29 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SBWC60 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343740000420
- Brand: Oasis Aquariums · Category: Water (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/water/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/SBWC60-serenity-betta-water-cond-60ml-main-image-5-oct-2026.jpg
Every bucket of tap water that goes into a betta bowl needs treating first, and in a bowl of a few litres a big bottle of conditioner can last for years. Serenity Betta Water Cond 60ml (SKU: SBWC60) is the betta-sized water conditioner from Serenity, the Australian aquarium range also sold as Serenity Aquatics. It is made to make tap water safe for a betta before it goes into the bowl or tank, and the 60 mL bottle is scaled to the small volumes betta keepers actually change each week. It sits naturally alongside a simple routine of partial water changes, a gentle heater where the room runs cool, and a light feed.
Australian mains water is disinfected with chlorine or chloramine depending on the local supplier, and both are harmful to fish gills, which is why new water always needs a conditioner. The safest habit is to treat the new water in a clean container before it reaches the bowl, rather than pouring raw tap water in and dosing afterwards. Matching the temperature of the new water to the bowl matters for bettas too, since they come from warm, still water and a cold change can stress them. The dose rate per litre is printed on the Serenity bottle, and because the amounts for a betta bowl are small, knowing the real volume of water being changed keeps each dose accurate. Partial changes rather than full emptying keep conditions steadier from week to week.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Every water change:** Treat all new tap water before it goes into the bowl.
- **Setting up a new bowl:** Condition the first fill before the betta is added.
- **Desktop and nano tanks:** Small volumes where a large bottle would sit unused.
- **Topping up:** Replacing water lost to evaporation with treated tap water.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the label:** Use the dose per litre printed on the Serenity bottle.
- **Treat in a container:** Add conditioner to the new water before it reaches the fish.
- **Match the temperature:** Bring the new water close to the bowl's temperature first.
- **Change part, not all:** Regular partial changes keep conditions steadier for the betta.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tap water treatment:** Makes new tap water safe for bettas before it is added.
- **Betta-sized bottle:** 60 mL suited to small bowls and weekly changes.
- **Simple routine:** One step added to each water change.
- **Freshwater use:** For betta bowls, vases and small tropical tanks.
- **Pairs with Triple A tablets:** Works alongside Serenity's betta bowl tablets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Serenity (Serenity Aquatics, Australia)
- **SKU:** SBWC60
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343740000420
- **Product Type:** Water > Tap Water Conditioner (Betta)
- **Net Volume:** 60 mL
- **Use:** Treating tap water before it is added to the bowl
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the bottle
- **Companion Product:** Serenity Betta Triple A 6 Tab (STA6)
- **Target Environment:** Betta bowls and small freshwater aquariums
---
### New Life Spectrum — Food
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Jumbo 2.2kg
7 to 7.5 mm sinking algae pellet for the largest herbivorous fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-jumbo-2-2kg/
- Price: $149.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102363 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023379
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102363-1.jpg
Most vegetable pellets vanish into a big pleco's mouth without being noticed, and the largest herbivores need something they can grip and chew. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Jumbo 2.2kg (SKU: 102363) is the 2.2 kg pack of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax herbivore line in the Jumbo size, listed in the store catalogue as a 7 to 7.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. AlgaeMax is built on the maker's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with a stated basket of nine aquatic vegetables and marine protein from krill, squid and fish, and is described as suitable for herbivores and omnivores alike. The Jumbo pellet is the largest step in a range that otherwise runs Regular, Medium and Large.
The AlgaeMax guaranteed analysis published for its pellets is 34% minimum crude protein, 8% minimum crude fat, 8% maximum crude fibre and 10% maximum moisture, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum, vitamin E at 400 IU/kg minimum and ascorbic acid at 600 IU/kg minimum. These figures come from the smaller AlgaeMax pellet sizes and are assumed to apply to Jumbo, since the recipe is the same across the line; check the pack. New Life Spectrum's general direction is to feed twice daily, in an amount eaten within about a minute. A 7 mm pellet suits big plecos, large herbivorous cichlids and large marine grazers, and may be too big for anything smaller. The Jumbo size is listed in a 2.2 kg pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large plecos:** Fish that ignore or swallow small pellets whole.
- **Big herbivorous cichlids:** Large grazers needing a plant-based staple.
- **Large marine herbivores:** Big tangs and similar fish that take a sinking pellet.
- **Pond and show tanks:** Oversized fish held in large systems.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Offer by hand or drop:** Place pellets where large fish can find them quickly.
- **Twice daily:** Give an amount cleared in about a minute.
- **Allow for softening:** A 7 mm pellet may take a little longer to eat; remove leftovers afterwards.
- **Store sealed:** Keep the bulk pack closed, cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Jumbo pellet:** About 7 to 7.5 mm per the catalogue, the biggest size in the line.
- **AlgaeMax recipe:** Seaweeds, kelp and spirulina with krill, squid and fish.
- **Sinking:** Reaches the bottom where plecos and cichlids feed.
- **2.2 kg pack:** Bulk quantity for large fish with large appetites.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102363
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023379
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet:** Jumbo, 7–7.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis (AlgaeMax pellet range):** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Very large herbivorous and omnivorous fish
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Large 300g (102360), 2.2kg (102361); Regular 150g (102317), 300g (102318), 2.2kg (102320); Medium 150g (102321), 300g (102322), 2.2kg (102323)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Large 2.2kg
Bulk 3 to 3.5 mm algae pellet for big herbivore collections and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-large-2-2kg/
- Price: $157.73 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102361 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023201
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102361-1.png
Large herbivores eat a lot of food, and a facility or a keeper with several oversized plecos and tangs needs a supply measured in kilograms. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Large 2.2kg (SKU: 102361) is the 2.2 kg bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax formula in the Large 3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The Large pellet carries the same recipe as the smaller sizes: the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with what the maker calls nine aquatic vegetables, marine protein from krill, squid and fish, and a stated suitability for both herbivores and omnivores.
New Life Spectrum publishes a guaranteed analysis of 34% minimum crude protein, 8% minimum crude fat, 8% maximum crude fibre and 10% maximum moisture, with vitamin A, D, E and C minimums of 10,000, 3,500, 400 and 600 IU/kg. Six seaweeds, kelp and spirulina lead the ingredients, and tocopherols act as the preservative in a series the maker calls Naturox. Its general feeding direction is twice daily, with an amount eaten in about a minute. The 2.2 kg pack is about seven and a half times the 300 g Large jar, which lowers the cost of handling for heavy use but means storage matters: keep the pack sealed, cool and dry, and fill a smaller container for daily feeding. The pellet suits adult plecos, large herbivorous cichlids, bigger goldfish and medium to large marine grazers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large pleco collections:** Daily pellet for many big catfish across several tanks.
- **Public and display tanks:** Heavy-feeding herbivores in large aquariums.
- **Retail and import systems:** A single pellet for oversized herbivorous stock.
- **Marine tang tanks:** A sinking pellet to supplement algae sheets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a short supply:** Fill an airtight tub and keep the bulk pack closed.
- **Feed twice a day:** Give only what is cleared in about a minute.
- **Distribute by group:** Offer several piles so large fish do not crowd one spot.
- **Check stock regularly:** Use the pack within its date and keep it away from heat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg pack:** Bulk quantity for heavy daily use.
- **Large 3 to 3.5 mm pellet:** For fish with a big mouth and a big appetite.
- **Complete vitamin guarantee:** Minimums stated for A, D, E and C.
- **Series-wide recipe:** Same formula as Regular and Medium, so fish can be moved up a size.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One diet for either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102361
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023201
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 600 IU/kg
- **Preservative:** Tocopherols
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Large herbivorous and omnivorous fish in collections and fish rooms
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Large 300g (102360); Regular 150g (102317), 300g (102318), 2.2kg (102320); Medium 150g (102321), 300g (102322), 2.2kg (102323); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Large 300g
3 to 3.5 mm sinking algae pellet for adult plecos and larger herbivores.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-large-300g/
- Price: $43.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102360 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023256
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102360-1.jpg
An adult pleco or a full-grown tang takes a small pellet in a single gulp and then goes looking for more, so larger herbivores do better on a pellet they have to work at. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Large 300g (SKU: 102360) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax herbivore formula in the Large 3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The maker builds the recipe on its Spectrum Nutrition Formula with a basket of nine aquatic vegetables, states that it is tuned for herbivores while meeting the needs of omnivores, and includes marine proteins to mimic the zooplankton and invertebrates wild herbivores eat.
The ingredient list is led by six seaweeds, kelp and spirulina, with krill, squid and fish, whole wheat flour, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin and marigold behind them. Guaranteed minimums are 34% crude protein and 8% crude fat, with 8% maximum fibre and 10% maximum moisture, plus 10,000 IU/kg vitamin A, 3,500 IU/kg vitamin D and 400 IU/kg vitamin E. New Life Spectrum's standard direction is two feeds daily, with only as much given as is eaten in about a minute. At 3 to 3.5 mm the pellet is about three times the diameter of the Regular size, so it suits adult plecos, large silver dollars, bigger goldfish, parrotfish-type herbivores and medium to large tangs. The 300 g jar is the size for one or two large-fish tanks; heavier users can move to the 2.2 kg bulk pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult plecos:** Common, sailfin and similar large plecos that need a hefty pellet.
- **Large herbivorous cichlids:** Bigger grazers that ignore small pellets.
- **Medium to large tangs:** A sinking pellet to add to nori and other greens.
- **Stepping up from Medium:** Fish that have outgrown 2 to 2.5 mm.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Each feed finished in about a minute.
- **Feed at the grazing spot:** Drop pellets near the cave or rockwork where the fish rest.
- **Let fish handle them:** Large pellets can take a moment to soften; allow time before removing leftovers.
- **Keep the jar sealed:** Close it after use and store dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large 3 to 3.5 mm pellet:** Sized for adult plecos and big herbivorous fish.
- **Same recipe across sizes:** Identical AlgaeMax formula to the Regular and Medium pellets.
- **Seaweed and spirulina base:** Plant ingredients lead the list.
- **Krill and squid protein:** Marine sources round out the diet.
- **300 g jar:** A practical working size for one or two large-fish tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102360
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023256
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Large herbivorous and omnivorous freshwater and marine fish
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Large 2.2kg (102361); Regular 150g (102317), 300g (102318), 2.2kg (102320); Medium 150g (102321), 300g (102322), 2.2kg (102323); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Medium 150g
2 to 2.5 mm sinking algae pellet for mid-size plecos and grazing cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-medium-150g/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102321 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023140
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102321-1.jpg
When a bristlenose or a young mbuna has outgrown the fine pellet it started on, the next step up is a pellet it can bite rather than swallow whole. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Medium 150g (SKU: 102321) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax herbivore formula in the Medium 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The maker pairs its Spectrum Nutrition Formula with a basket of nine aquatic vegetables and says the diet is tuned for herbivores while meeting omnivores' needs. Marine proteins are included to mimic the zooplankton and invertebrates that herbivorous fish eat in the wild.
The ingredient list opens with six seaweeds (Ulva lactuca, Undaria pinnatifida, Eucheuma cottonii, Eucheuma spinosum, Chondrus crispus and Porphyra umbilicus), followed by krill, squid, kelp, spirulina and whole wheat flour, with garlic, ginger, astaxanthin and marigold further down. New Life Spectrum guarantees 34% minimum crude protein, 8% minimum crude fat, 8% maximum crude fibre and 10% maximum moisture. The maker's directions for its pellets are two feeds daily, each eaten within about a minute. The Medium pellet is twice the diameter of the Regular, so it suits fish with a mouth large enough to take 2 to 2.5 mm, such as adult bristlenose plecos, mid-size silver-dollar types and Lake Malawi mbuna. The 150 g jar is a sensible way to confirm the larger pellet is accepted before committing to 300 g or 2.2 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size plecos:** Bristlenose and similar fish that have outgrown the fine pellet.
- **Herbivorous cichlids:** Mbuna and other grazers that need a plant-based staple.
- **Marine grazers:** Tangs and rabbitfish of moderate size that take sinking pellets.
- **Stepping up from Regular:** A trial size for fish ready for a larger pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Each portion eaten within about a minute.
- **Check the bite:** Confirm fish can take the 2 to 2.5 mm pellet before switching fully.
- **Mix during transition:** Blend with the current food over several days.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out uneaten pellets after the feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2 to 2.5 mm pellet:** A mid-size sinking pellet for fish that have outgrown Regular.
- **Seaweed-led recipe:** Six seaweed species lead the ingredient list.
- **Marine protein:** Krill, squid and fish complement the vegetable content.
- **Guaranteed vitamins:** Minimums stated for vitamins A, D, E and C.
- **150 g jar:** A trial quantity for the Medium pellet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102321
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023140
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Mid-size herbivorous and omnivorous fish
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Medium 300g (102322), 2.2kg (102323); Regular 150g (102317), 300g (102318), 2.2kg (102320); Large 300g (102360), 2.2kg (102361); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Medium 2.2kg
Bulk 2 to 2.5 mm algae pellet for large cichlid and pleco collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-medium-2-2kg/
- Price: $174.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102323 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023003
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102323-1.webp
Fish rooms and big cichlid displays feed vegetable pellet daily, and a kilogram-scale pack is the only practical way to keep up. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Medium 2.2kg (SKU: 102323) is the 2.2 kg bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax herbivore formula in the Medium 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. According to the maker the recipe combines the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with nine aquatic vegetables for a rounded herbivore diet that also covers omnivores, and its krill, squid and fish content is there to reflect the invertebrates wild herbivores take with their algae.
The published analysis is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamin C guaranteed at 600 IU/kg minimum alongside vitamins A, D and E. Ingredients start with six seaweeds, kelp and spirulina and finish with bentonite clay, sea salt and a vitamin and mineral premix. The maker's general feeding direction is twice daily, in an amount eaten within about a minute. A 2.2 kg pack is about seven and a half times a 300 g jar, so decanting a week's supply into a small sealed container keeps the main pack fresher. Medium suits fish roughly in the adult bristlenose to mbuna range; juvenile and small fish are better served by the Regular pellet, and large plecos by the Large or Jumbo sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid displays:** A vegetable staple for large Malawi and Tanganyika herbivore tanks.
- **Pleco rooms:** Daily pellets for many mid-size plecos across several tanks.
- **Retail holding systems:** A single herbivore diet for stock of varying species.
- **Marine herbivore tanks:** Tangs and rabbitfish fed on pellet as part of a mixed diet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant weekly:** Move a short-term supply to an airtight tub and reseal the bulk pack.
- **Twice daily:** Offer what each tank finishes in about a minute.
- **Scale by tank:** Larger systems take more, but keep to the one-minute rule.
- **Store cool and dry:** Avoid damp or warm cupboards for the bulk bag.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk size:** For heavy users feeding many fish daily.
- **Medium 2 to 2.5 mm pellet:** A bite-size sinking pellet for mid-size grazers.
- **Six seaweed species:** Ulva, undaria, eucheuma, chondrus and porphyra at the front of the recipe.
- **Vitamin C guaranteed:** A stated minimum of 600 IU/kg ascorbic acid.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** One pellet for any herbivore system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102323
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023003
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 600 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Breeders, fish rooms and large collections of mid-size herbivores
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Medium 150g (102321), 300g (102322); Regular 150g (102317), 300g (102318), 2.2kg (102320); Large 300g (102360), 2.2kg (102361); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Medium 300g
2 to 2.5 mm vegetable pellet for a community of mid-size herbivores.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-medium-300g/
- Price: $44.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102322 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023157
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102322-1.jpg
A Malawi tank with a dozen mbuna eats its way through a small jar in days, and the staple needs to be a pellet big enough for each fish to take in one bite. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Medium 300g (SKU: 102322) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax diet in the Medium 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The formula rests on the maker's Spectrum Nutrition Formula and a stated basket of nine aquatic vegetables, aimed at herbivores but described as suitable for omnivores. Krill, squid and fish add marine protein that New Life Spectrum says mimics the zooplankton and invertebrates in a wild herbivore's diet.
Guaranteed minimums are 34% crude protein and 8% crude fat, with 8% maximum fibre and 10% maximum moisture; the vitamin pack is guaranteed at 10,000 IU/kg vitamin A, 3,500 IU/kg vitamin D and 400 IU/kg vitamin E. Seaweeds, kelp and spirulina come first in the ingredients, with astaxanthin and marigold included as natural colour sources and tocopherols as the preservative. New Life Spectrum recommends feeding twice daily, only as much as is eaten in about a minute. The 300 g size is the working jar for a single well-stocked tank or two smaller ones, and the pellet is the right diameter for adult bristlenose plecos, larger livebearers and moderate-size tangs. Smaller fish should be kept on the Regular pellet, and larger plecos can move to Large.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mbuna and herbivorous cichlids:** A plant-based daily pellet for rock-dwelling grazers.
- **Adult bristlenose and similar plecos:** A pellet that holds up on the substrate overnight.
- **Marine herbivore systems:** Mid-size tangs and surgeonfish fed by pellet as well as nori.
- **Everyday staple:** A green base diet with frozen or live foods added during the week.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds a day:** Offer only what disappears in about a minute.
- **Spread the pellets:** Scatter across several spots so dominant fish cannot guard the food.
- **Use a working jar:** Keep the 300 g jar sealed and dry between uses.
- **Watch condition:** Reduce the portion if fish stay round-bellied between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium pellet:** 2 to 2.5 mm, matched to the mouth of mid-size grazers.
- **Nine-vegetable approach:** Seaweeds, kelp and spirulina as the foundation.
- **Natural colour sources:** Astaxanthin and marigold in the recipe.
- **Series preservation:** Tocopherols used as the preservative.
- **300 g jar:** Enough for several weeks in a single stocked tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102322
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023157
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Mid-size herbivorous and omnivorous fish, freshwater and marine
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Medium 150g (102321), 2.2kg (102323); Regular 150g (102317), 300g (102318), 2.2kg (102320); Large 300g (102360), 2.2kg (102361); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Mini Wafers 150g
Small sinking algae wafers for grazers, fry and nocturnal feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-mini-wafers-150g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102328 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023546
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102328-1.webp
Full-size algae wafers are too much for an otocinclus or a group of shrimp, and a wafer that is only half eaten ends up in the filter. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Mini Wafers 150g (SKU: 102328) is the small-diameter version of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMAX sinking wafer, made in the USA by New Life International for freshwater and marine herbivores, grazers, fry and nocturnal feeders. The AlgaeMAX recipe is built around nine kinds of aquatic vegetation, among them chlorella, ulva, red seaweed, kelp, spirulina and wakame, with whole Antarctic krill as the leading animal protein and no soybean filler. New Life Spectrum calls it a no-compromise herbivore formula, and the mini wafer delivers the same recipe in a size for small mouths.
The wafers sink and dissolve slowly, so grazers work at them over time, and the slow breakdown suits catfish and plecos that feed after dark. The published guaranteed analysis for the AlgaeMAX wafer formula is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, ash 10% maximum and moisture 12% maximum. The maker's directions are to feed twice daily, offering only what is eaten within about a minute, and to avoid overfeeding. New Life Spectrum notes that too much kelp on its own can cause digestive problems, which is why the blend is spread across many species rather than resting on one. The 150 g jar is the entry size for a single tank of small grazers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small algae eaters:** Otocinclus and juvenile plecos that cannot manage a full wafer.
- **Shrimp and snail tanks:** A small sinking wafer that invertebrates can crowd around with little waste.
- **Fry and juveniles:** Slow-dissolving pieces that young fish can graze on through the day.
- **Marine herbivores:** Tangs, blennies and other saltwater grazers that take algae-based food.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Drop in a few wafers and let them sink to where the grazers feed.
- **Judge by the minute:** The maker's rule is a portion gone in about a minute; grazers take longer, so adjust.
- **Feed after lights out:** Add wafers in the evening so daytime fish do not take them before the catfish.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out anything still sitting after a few hours.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mini wafer format:** Smaller than the standard 12 mm wafer, for small mouths and tanks.
- **Nine aquatic vegetables:** Chlorella, ulva, red seaweed, kelp, spirulina and wakame among them.
- **Krill protein:** Whole Antarctic krill, with no soybean in the recipe.
- **Sinking and slow to dissolve:** Feeds bottom grazers and nocturnal fish at their own pace.
- **150 g jar:** A starter quantity for one tank of small grazers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102328
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023546
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Format:** Mini sinking wafer, slow-dissolving
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, ash max 10%, moisture max 12%
- **Key Ingredients:** Algae and seaweeds (chlorella, ulva, red seaweed, kelp, spirulina, wakame), whole Antarctic krill, whole wheat flour, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the portion eaten in about a minute; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Small freshwater and marine herbivores, fry, grazing and nocturnal fish
- **Other Sizes:** Mini Wafers 300g (102329); Wafers 150g (102324), 300g (102325), 600g (102326), 2.2kg (102327)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Mini Wafers 300g
Algae-based mini wafers in a jar sized for several tanks of grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-mini-wafers-300g/
- Price: $55.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102329 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023553
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102329-1.jpg
A fish room with a shrimp rack, a pleco grow-out and a couple of community tanks goes through small wafers quickly, and buying them by the handful means the jar is always empty. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Mini Wafers 300g (SKU: 102329) is the larger jar of New Life Spectrum's small-diameter AlgaeMAX wafer, twice the quantity of the 150 g jar, made in the USA by New Life International. AlgaeMAX is the maker's herbivore formula: a wide range of algae and seaweeds, nine varieties according to New Life Spectrum, including chlorella, ulva, kelp, spirulina, wakame and red seaweeds, with whole Antarctic krill for animal protein and no soybean. The maker's position is that a single-source green diet is a poor imitation of what herbivores forage.
Each mini wafer sinks and dissolves slowly, which lets grazers and nocturnal fish feed at their own pace instead of competing at the surface, and the smaller piece suits mouths that cannot work a 12 mm wafer. The published guaranteed analysis for the AlgaeMAX wafer formula is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, ash 10% maximum and moisture 12% maximum. New Life Spectrum's directions are to feed twice daily, the portion eaten in a minute or less, and not to overfeed. A 300 g jar keeps several tanks on the same food, which makes it easier to judge how much each tank eats.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple tanks:** One jar feeding shrimp, snail and small pleco tanks across a rack or fish room.
- **Breeding set-ups:** Slow-dissolving pieces for fry and juveniles that graze through the day.
- **Nocturnal catfish:** Wafers added after dark for corydoras, plecos and other night feeders.
- **Reef and marine grazers:** Small algae wafers for tangs, blennies and other saltwater herbivores.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Morning and evening:** Two feeds a day, sized so the wafers are cleaned up in around a minute of active feeding.
- **Spread the wafers:** Drop pieces in more than one spot so timid grazers get a share.
- **Night feeding:** Give nocturnal fish their wafers once the lights are off.
- **Keep the jar closed:** Seal the lid after each feed and store it dry and out of the sun.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Herbivore recipe:** Nine kinds of aquatic vegetation in one wafer, according to the maker.
- **Marine protein:** Whole Antarctic krill alongside the algae, with no soybean filler.
- **Small piece size:** A mini wafer for grazers that cannot handle the standard wafer.
- **Slow-dissolving:** Holds together on the bottom for fish that feed over time.
- **300 g jar:** Double the 150 g jar, for fish rooms and multi-tank keepers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102329
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023553
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Format:** Mini sinking wafer, slow-dissolving
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, ash max 10%, moisture max 12%
- **Key Ingredients:** Algae and seaweeds (chlorella, ulva, kelp, spirulina, wakame, red seaweed), whole Antarctic krill, whole wheat flour, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Freshwater and marine herbivores, fry, grazing and nocturnal fish
- **Other Sizes:** Mini Wafers 150g (102328); Wafers 150g (102324), 300g (102325), 600g (102326), 2.2kg (102327)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Regular 150g
Fine 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet for small herbivorous grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-regular-150g/
- Price: $37.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102317 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023041
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102317-1.jpg
A juvenile pleco or a shoal of mollies cannot work through a pellet sized for an adult fish, so an algae diet has to start small. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Regular 150g (SKU: 102317) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax herbivore formula in the fine 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International as part of the Naturox series. AlgaeMax is built on the maker's core Spectrum Nutrition Formula with what New Life Spectrum calls a basket of nine aquatic vegetables, aimed at herbivorous fish while also meeting the needs of omnivores. Marine proteins sit alongside the algae to mimic the zooplankton and invertebrates wild herbivores eat.
The recipe is led by six seaweeds — Ulva lactuca, Undaria pinnatifida, Eucheuma cottonii, Eucheuma spinosum, Chondrus crispus and Porphyra umbilicus — with kelp and spirulina, then whole Antarctic krill, squid and fish for marine protein, whole wheat flour, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin and marigold, preserved with tocopherols. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamins A, D, E and C guaranteed at 10,000, 3,500, 400 and 600 IU/kg minimum. New Life Spectrum's general direction for its sinking pellets is to feed twice daily, an amount eaten within about a minute, without overfeeding. The 150 g jar is the size to trial the fine pellet on young plecos, mollies, platies and other small grazers before stepping up to the 300 g jar or the 2.2 kg bulk pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Young and small plecos:** A fine pellet they can take before growing into the Medium size.
- **Livebearers and mollies:** Regular algae intake for fish that graze naturally on surfaces.
- **Mixed community tanks:** A herbivore pellet alongside flake for omnivorous tankmates.
- **First purchase:** A 150 g size to test acceptance before buying a larger pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Offer an amount eaten within about a minute.
- **Spread the feed:** Scatter pellets so every grazer gets a share, not just the dominant fish.
- **Let it sink:** The fine pellet reaches corydoras and other bottom feeders quickly.
- **Store sealed:** Keep the jar closed and dry between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine 1 to 1.5 mm pellet:** Sized for small and juvenile herbivorous fish.
- **Nine-vegetable blend:** Six seaweeds plus kelp and spirulina lead the recipe.
- **Marine protein included:** Krill, squid and fish round out the amino acid profile.
- **Naturox series:** Part of the maker's range using natural preservation.
- **150 g trial jar:** Sized to test acceptance before a larger pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102317
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023041
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Six seaweeds, kelp, spirulina, whole Antarctic krill, squid, fish, whole wheat flour, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Herbivorous and omnivorous fish of small to juvenile size
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Regular 300g (102318), 2.2kg (102320); Medium 150g (102321), 300g (102322), 2.2kg (102323); Large 300g (102360), 2.2kg (102361); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Regular 2.2kg
Bulk 1 to 1.5 mm algae pellet for fish rooms, breeders and large small-fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-regular-2-2kg/
- Price: $157.73 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102320 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023102
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102320-1.png
A breeder running dozens of tanks of mollies, platies and young plecos goes through a vegetable pellet by the kilogram, not by the jar. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Regular 2.2kg (SKU: 102320) is the 2.2 kg bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax herbivore diet in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The maker bases the recipe on its Spectrum Nutrition Formula, adds a basket of nine aquatic vegetables, and states that it is tuned for herbivores while meeting the needs of omnivores. Marine protein from krill, squid and fish is included to echo the zooplankton and invertebrates that herbivorous fish eat in nature.
Six seaweeds, kelp and spirulina head the ingredient list, followed by whole wheat flour, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin and marigold. Guaranteed minimums are 34% crude protein and 8% crude fat, with maximums of 8% crude fibre and 10% moisture; vitamins A, D, E and C are guaranteed at 10,000, 3,500, 400 and 600 IU/kg respectively. New Life Spectrum's standard direction for its pellets is to feed twice daily and offer only what is eaten in about a minute. The 2.2 kg pack holds roughly seven and a half times the 300 g jar, so it makes sense where many tanks are fed from one supply; decant a working quantity into a small sealed container and keep the bulk pack closed in a cool, dry place. For larger herbivores, the same formula is made in Medium, Large and Jumbo pellet sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding rooms:** Daily vegetable feed for livebearer and pleco grow-out tanks.
- **Retail and holding systems:** One pellet for many tanks of small herbivores.
- **Large community displays:** Heavily stocked tanks where grazers feed all day.
- **Weaning juveniles:** Young herbivores moving from powder or crumble to a pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a working supply:** Fill a small airtight tub from the bulk pack to limit air exposure.
- **Twice daily:** Feed what each tank clears in about a minute.
- **Adjust by stock:** Heavily stocked tanks need more, but the one-minute rule still applies.
- **Keep it dry:** Reseal the bulk pack after each refill.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** Supplies many tanks from a single purchase.
- **Fine regular pellet:** 1 to 1.5 mm for small and juvenile fish.
- **Nine-vegetable concept:** Seaweeds, kelp and spirulina as the base of a herbivore diet.
- **Marine protein:** Krill, squid and fish for a rounded amino acid profile.
- **Series preservation:** Part of the Naturox series, using natural preservation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102320
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023102
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 600 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Breeders, fish rooms and large collections of small herbivores and omnivores
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Regular 150g (102317), 300g (102318); Medium 150g (102321), 300g (102322), 2.2kg (102323); Large 300g (102360), 2.2kg (102361); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Regular 300g
Fine 1 to 1.5 mm algae pellet for tanks with several small grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-regular-300g/
- Price: $42.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102318 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023058
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102318-1.jpg
Once a tank holds a handful of plecos and a shoal of mollies, a small trial jar empties quickly and the daily algae feed becomes a routine purchase. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Regular 300g (SKU: 102318) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMax herbivore diet in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, produced in the USA by New Life International. The maker builds AlgaeMax on its Spectrum Nutrition Formula and describes it as a no-compromise formula with a basket of nine aquatic vegetables, tuned for herbivores but stated to suit omnivores too. Krill, squid and fish supply marine protein intended to mimic the zooplankton and invertebrates that herbivorous fish eat in the wild.
New Life Spectrum lists six seaweeds (ulva, undaria, two eucheuma species, chondrus and porphyra) together with kelp and spirulina, followed by whole wheat flour, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay and sea salt. The guaranteed analysis is 34% minimum crude protein, 8% minimum crude fat, 8% maximum crude fibre and 10% maximum moisture, with 10,000 IU/kg minimum vitamin A, 3,500 IU/kg minimum vitamin D and 400 IU/kg minimum vitamin E. The maker's general direction for its pellets is two feeds a day, each finished in about a minute. At 300 g the jar suits a community of small herbivores that eat the pellet every day, and costs less per gram than repeat 150 g jars. Fish that outgrow 1 to 1.5 mm move up to the Medium (2 to 2.5 mm) pellet in the same line.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established algae-eater tanks:** A steady supply for several plecos and other grazers feeding daily.
- **Livebearer colonies:** Mollies, platies and guppies that need vegetable matter every day.
- **Marine nano herbivores:** Small tangs and rabbitfish that take a fine sinking pellet.
- **Rotation feeding:** A green pellet to alternate with flake or frozen foods through the week.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two measured feeds:** Morning and evening, each finished within about a minute.
- **Feed after lights out:** Add the evening portion late so nocturnal plecos reach it.
- **Count the grazers:** Increase the portion only when the whole group clears it.
- **Net out leftovers:** Remove pellets left uneaten after the feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular 1 to 1.5 mm size:** Fits small-mouthed fish while sinking within reach of bottom grazers.
- **Herbivore-first recipe:** Seaweeds, kelp and spirulina sit at the front of the ingredient list.
- **Krill, squid and fish:** Marine proteins alongside the vegetable content.
- **Vitamin-fortified:** Guaranteed minimums for vitamins A, D, E and C.
- **300 g jar:** A mid-size pack for tanks that feed it daily.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102318
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023058
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Preservative:** Tocopherols
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Small herbivorous and omnivorous freshwater and marine fish
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Regular 150g (102317), 2.2kg (102320); Medium 150g (102321), 300g (102322), 2.2kg (102323); Large 300g (102360), 2.2kg (102361); Jumbo 2.2kg (102363)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 150g
Trial jar of 12 mm sinking algae wafers for plecos and bottom grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-wafers-150g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102324 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023447
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102324-1.webp
A pleco rasping at bare glass overnight is telling the keeper that the green food has run out, and a wafer that lasts through the dark hours is the usual answer. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 150g (SKU: 102324) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMAX wafer, a 12 to 12.5 mm sinking wafer for freshwater and marine herbivores, bottom feeders and grazing fish, made in the USA by New Life International. The maker describes the recipe as a complete veggie diet built around nine kinds of aquatic vegetation, including chlorella, ulva, kelp, spirulina, wakame and red seaweeds, with whole Antarctic krill and no soybean. New Life Spectrum states that newer pellet-forming processes let it carry more algae and seaweed in each wafer.
The wafer sinks straight to the substrate and dissolves slowly, so catfish, plecos and loaches can return to it over several hours, and nocturnal fish find it after the lights go out. The published guaranteed analysis for the AlgaeMAX wafer is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, ash 10% maximum and moisture 12% maximum. The maker's direction is two feeds a day, with an amount eaten in a minute or less; for slow grazers a wafer that is gone within a few hours is the practical test. The 150 g jar suits one or two tanks and is the way to check that fish accept the wafer before a larger purchase. The same wafer is also sold in 300 g, 600 g and 2.2 kg packs, and a smaller Mini Wafer exists for little fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single pleco tanks:** One or two wafers a night for a bristlenose or similar catfish.
- **Bottom-feeding communities:** Corydoras and loaches that work the substrate.
- **Marine grazers:** Tangs and blennies that need a daily green food.
- **Trying a new food:** A small jar before committing to a larger pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** One wafer per feed for a small group of grazers.
- **After lights out:** Drop the wafer in the evening so nocturnal fish reach it first.
- **Near the hiding place:** Place it by the cave or driftwood the pleco uses.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove any remains the next morning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12 to 12.5 mm wafer:** A full-size wafer for medium and large grazers.
- **Nine kinds of vegetation:** A wider algae mix than a single-ingredient wafer.
- **Whole Antarctic krill:** Marine protein with no soybean.
- **Slow to dissolve:** Holds together for fish that feed over time.
- **150 g jar:** A trial quantity for a single tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102324
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023447
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Wafer Size:** 12–12.5 mm, sinking, slow-dissolving
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, ash max 10%, moisture max 12%
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Freshwater and marine herbivores, bottom feeders, grazing and nocturnal fish
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Wafers 300g (102325), 600g (102326), 2.2kg (102327); Mini Wafers 150g (102328), 300g (102329)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 2.2kg
Bulk 12 mm sinking algae wafers for pleco rooms and large grazer systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-wafers-2-2kg/
- Price: $175.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102327 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023409
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102327-1.webp
Where dozens of plecos and catfish are fed every night, wafers are bought by the kilogram and the cost per feed matters as much as the recipe. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 2.2kg (SKU: 102327) is the 2.2 kg bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's AlgaeMAX wafer, a 12 to 12.5 mm sinking wafer for freshwater and marine herbivores and bottom feeders, made in the USA by New Life International. According to the maker, the recipe draws on nine kinds of aquatic vegetation and whole Antarctic krill, contains no soybean, and uses a newer pellet-forming process that allows more algae and seaweed in each wafer. New Life Spectrum calls it a complete veggie diet.
The wafer sinks to the substrate and breaks down slowly, which suits fish that graze over an hour or more and nocturnal species that feed after dark. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, ash 10% maximum and moisture 12% maximum. The maker's direction is to feed twice daily, in an amount eaten within a minute or less. A 2.2 kg pack is a large quantity of a moisture-sensitive food, so it suits systems where many tanks are fed from it within a few months; keep it sealed in a cool, dry place and decant a working supply. Smaller jars of the same wafer are available in 150 g, 300 g and 600 g, along with a Mini Wafer for small fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pleco and catfish rooms:** A nightly wafer across many tanks of bottom feeders.
- **Retail and holding systems:** One green wafer for varied herbivore stock.
- **Large community displays:** Tanks with many grazers and scavengers.
- **Marine herbivore systems:** Tangs and rabbitfish fed wafers alongside seaweed sheets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a supply:** Move a few weeks' worth into an airtight tub and reseal the pack.
- **Twice daily:** Count one or two wafers per feed per tank.
- **Feed in the evening:** Add wafers after lights out for night-active fish.
- **Remove remains:** Clear leftovers before the next feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** Intended for heavy, repeated use.
- **12 to 12.5 mm wafer:** Full-size wafers for medium and large grazers.
- **More algae per wafer:** Maker-stated benefit of the newer forming process.
- **Krill without soybean:** Whole Antarctic krill supplies the marine protein.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One wafer for any herbivore tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102327
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023409
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Wafer Size:** 12–12.5 mm, sinking, slow-dissolving
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, ash max 10%, moisture max 12%
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Breeders, fish rooms and large collections of herbivores and bottom feeders
- **Other Sizes:** Algaemax Wafers 150g (102324), 300g (102325), 600g (102326); Mini Wafers 150g (102328), 300g (102329)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 300g
Full-size 12 mm sinking algae wafers for plecos and grazing herbivores.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-wafers-300g/
- Price: $55.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102325 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023454
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102325-1.webp
A pleco that spends the night rasping at the glass is saying there is not enough green food on the bottom. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 300g (SKU: 102325) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's standard AlgaeMAX wafer, a 12 to 12.5 mm sinking wafer for freshwater and marine herbivores, bottom feeders and grazing species, made in the USA by New Life International. The AlgaeMAX recipe mimics a natural herbivore diet with nine kinds of aquatic vegetation according to the maker, including chlorella, ulva, kelp, spirulina, wakame and red seaweeds, paired with whole Antarctic krill and containing no soybean. New Life Spectrum states that newer pellet-forming processes let it put more algae and seaweed into each wafer.
The wafer sinks straight to the substrate and is slow to dissolve, so plecos, catfish and other grazers that feed over an hour or more can keep returning to it, and nocturnal fish find it after the lights go out. The maker calls it a complete veggie diet. The published guaranteed analysis for the AlgaeMAX wafer formula is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, ash 10% maximum and moisture 12% maximum. The direction is twice daily, the portion eaten in a minute or less; for slow grazers, a wafer gone within a few hours is the practical measure. The 300 g jar suits a tank with several large plecos, or two tanks with regular wafer feeders.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Plecos and large catfish:** A full-size wafer for bristlenose, common and L-number plecos that graze at night.
- **Community bottom feeders:** Loaches, corydoras and other species that work the substrate for food.
- **Marine herbivores:** Tangs, rabbitfish and blennies that need a daily green diet.
- **Grazing stations:** A wafer wedged into rock or wood that fish return to through the day.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** One or two wafers per feed depending on the number of grazers.
- **Feed where they graze:** Drop the wafer near the pleco's cave or hardscape.
- **Evening feed for night fish:** Add the wafer after lights out so daytime fish do not take it first.
- **Clear the leftovers:** Remove anything still there the next morning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12 to 12.5 mm wafer:** The standard AlgaeMAX size for medium and large grazers.
- **Wide algae variety:** Nine kinds of aquatic vegetation rather than a single-source green.
- **Whole Antarctic krill:** Marine protein alongside the algae, with no soybean.
- **Sinks and holds together:** A slow-dissolving wafer for fish that feed over time.
- **300 g jar:** A middle size for one well-stocked tank or two smaller ones.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102325
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023454
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Wafer Size:** 12–12.5 mm, sinking, slow-dissolving
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, ash max 10%, moisture max 12%
- **Key Ingredients:** Algae and seaweeds (chlorella, ulva, kelp, spirulina, wakame, red seaweed), whole Antarctic krill, whole wheat flour, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Freshwater and marine herbivores, bottom feeders, grazing and nocturnal fish
- **Other Sizes:** Wafers 150g (102324), 600g (102326), 2.2kg (102327); Mini Wafers 150g (102328), 300g (102329)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 600g
Bulk pack of 12 mm sinking algae wafers for pleco keepers and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-algaemax-wafers-600g/
- Price: $84.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102326 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987023430
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102326-1.webp
Anyone keeping a group of large plecos, a breeding colony of bristlenose or a rack of grow-out tanks knows that a jar of wafers lasts about a fortnight. New Life Spectrum Algaemax Wafers 600g (SKU: 102326) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum's standard AlgaeMAX wafer, double the 300 g jar and the step before the 2.2 kg size, made in the USA by New Life International. The wafer measures 12 to 12.5 mm, sinks and dissolves slowly, and carries the AlgaeMAX herbivore recipe: nine kinds of algae and seaweed according to the maker, such as chlorella, ulva, kelp, spirulina, wakame and red seaweeds, together with whole Antarctic krill for protein and no soybean. New Life Spectrum describes it as a complete veggie diet for herbivores, grazers, fry and nocturnal fish in freshwater and saltwater.
The maker's reasoning for the mix is that a herbivore in the wild forages across many plants, and that leaning on one green, kelp in particular, can upset digestion. The published guaranteed analysis for the AlgaeMAX wafer formula is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, ash 10% maximum and moisture 12% maximum. Directions are to feed twice daily, the portion consumed within a minute or less, without overfeeding. A 600 g pack is easier to manage decanted into a small airtight jar, with the rest kept sealed, cool and dry. It suits a tank with a dozen grazers or a breeder running several pleco tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pleco colonies:** Bristlenose and L-number breeding groups that eat wafers every night.
- **Grow-out racks:** Juvenile catfish and herbivores across several tanks on one consistent food.
- **Large display tanks:** Big community or cichlid tanks with multiple bottom-grazing fish.
- **Marine systems:** Multiple tangs and other saltwater herbivores fed daily on algae wafers.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds a day:** Scale the wafers to the number of grazers present.
- **Decant for daily use:** Keep a week's wafers in a small sealed container and the bulk pack closed.
- **Feed the night shift:** Put wafers in after lights out for plecos and other nocturnal fish.
- **Watch the bottom:** If wafers are still there by morning, cut the amount at the next feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g bulk pack:** Four times the 150 g jar for fish rooms and heavy feeders.
- **Standard 12 mm wafer:** The full-size AlgaeMAX wafer for plecos and larger grazers.
- **Broad algae blend:** Nine varieties of aquatic vegetation so no single green dominates.
- **Krill-based protein:** Whole Antarctic krill with no soybean in the recipe.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One herbivore wafer across both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102326
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987023430
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Wafer Size:** 12–12.5 mm, sinking, slow-dissolving
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, ash max 10%, moisture max 12%
- **Key Ingredients:** Algae and seaweeds (chlorella, ulva, kelp, spirulina, wakame, red seaweed), whole Antarctic krill, whole wheat flour, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Storage:** Keep sealed, cool and dry; decant a small working quantity
- **Other Sizes:** Wafers 150g (102324), 300g (102325), 2.2kg (102327); Mini Wafers 150g (102328), 300g (102329)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Betta Regular 25g
Semi-floating 1 to 1.5 mm pellets built around a betta's wild diet.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-betta-regular-25g/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102290 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021313
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102290-1.jpg
A betta in the wild eats insects, worms and zooplankton, not the cereal-heavy pellet that too many are fed in a bowl. New Life Spectrum Betta Regular 25g (SKU: 102290) is New Life Spectrum's betta-specific pellet in its 25 g jar, a regular-size semi-floating pellet of 1 to 1.5 mm, made in the USA by New Life International. The pellet is tuned to a surface feeder: it hangs in the upper water long enough for a betta to strike at it, then settles slowly. The recipe starts with krill and squid, then whole wheat flour and fish, followed by seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina and fish oil, with tocopherols as the preservative.
New Life Spectrum describes the formula as a mix of krill, micro-algae and dried fruit and vegetable powders that supplies the vitamins, minerals, amino acids and natural colour enhancers a selectively bred betta needs to show its fins and colour, with no artificial preservatives, colours or hormonal colour enhancers and no soybean. The maker's general direction for its pellets is to feed twice daily, offering only what is eaten in about a minute; a betta's stomach is small, so that usually means a few pellets per feed. The 25 g jar is sized for a single betta and is the sensible first purchase for a fish that may need a few days to accept a new food. A 70 g jar and a smaller-pellet Betta Small version are also sold.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single betta tanks:** A daily staple for one fish in a small heated aquarium.
- **New arrivals:** A small jar to trial on a betta coming off flakes or freeze-dried food.
- **Colour and finnage:** Natural colour enhancers for show and halfmoon types.
- **Other small surface feeders:** Gouramis and similar labyrinth fish that take food at the top.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two small feeds:** A few pellets morning and evening, eaten within about a minute.
- **Drop them in front of the fish:** The pellet sits in the strike zone briefly, so feed where the betta is.
- **Be patient with converts:** A betta used to live or frozen food may take a few days; keep offering.
- **Remove sunk pellets:** Net out anything that reaches the bottom uneaten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Semi-floating pellet:** Hangs near the surface where a betta feeds, then slowly sinks.
- **1 to 1.5 mm size:** A regular pellet for adult bettas.
- **Krill and squid first:** Marine protein leads the ingredient list.
- **Natural colour support:** Astaxanthin, spirulina and marigold with no hormonal enhancers.
- **25 g jar:** A single-fish quantity for trialling or a lone betta.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102290
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021313
- **Product Type:** Food > Betta Pellets (Semi-Floating)
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, semi-floating
- **Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, seaweeds (ulva, undaria, eucheuma, chondrus), kelp, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, fish oil, marigold, vitamins and minerals, tocopherols (preservative)
- **Additives:** No artificial preservatives, colours or hormonal colour enhancers; no soybean
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Betta splendens and other small surface-feeding fish
- **Other Sizes:** Betta Regular 70g (102291); Betta Small 25g (102292)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater betta and small tropical aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Betta Regular 70g
Larger jar of semi-floating betta pellets for sororities, breeders and multiple tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-betta-regular-70g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102291 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021320
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102291.jpeg
One betta goes through a 25 g jar slowly; a sorority, a breeding pair with a rack of jarred males, or a shelf of display bettas does not. New Life Spectrum Betta Regular 70g (SKU: 102291) is the 70 g jar of New Life Spectrum's betta pellet, nearly three times the 25 g size, with the same regular 1 to 1.5 mm semi-floating pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. New Life Spectrum built the formula around what a betta eats in the wild, insects, worms and zooplankton, using krill, squid and fish as the leading proteins with micro-algae and dried fruit and vegetable powders for vitamins, minerals, amino acids and natural colour. There are no artificial preservatives, colours or hormonal colour enhancers in the recipe and no soybean, and the maker describes it as easily digestible.
The semi-floating behaviour is the point of a betta-specific pellet: it holds in the upper water where a labyrinth fish hunts, giving the fish time to take it, then settles slowly rather than lingering on the surface. Krill and squid head the ingredient list, with seaweeds, chlorella, garlic and astaxanthin behind them. New Life Spectrum's standard direction is two feeds a day of an amount eaten within about a minute, which for a betta is a pinch of pellets, and the maker's Spectrum Guarantee on vitality and colour applies when its food is the staple diet. At 70 g the jar suits keepers feeding more than one or two bettas, and keeps a breeding line on one food from juveniles to adults.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta sororities:** A group of females in a planted community tank fed on one pellet.
- **Breeders and jarred males:** Rows of grow-out jars that each need a few pellets twice daily.
- **Multiple display tanks:** Several bettas in separate desktop aquariums.
- **Mixed labyrinth tanks:** Gouramis, paradise fish and bettas that all feed at the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** A small pinch per fish, finished within about a minute.
- **Feed at the surface:** Place pellets in front of the fish; they float briefly then sink slowly.
- **Use a measuring spoon:** With many jars to feed, a fixed scoop prevents overfeeding.
- **Siphon the leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets from the bottom of small jars and tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **70 g jar:** The multi-fish size, close to three 25 g jars in one.
- **Betta-tuned buoyancy:** Semi-floating pellets for a surface-hunting labyrinth fish.
- **Wild-diet recipe:** Krill, squid and fish in place of the insects and zooplankton bettas eat naturally.
- **Clean ingredient list:** No artificial preservatives, colours or hormonal enhancers; no soybean.
- **Regular 1 to 1.5 mm pellet:** Sized for adult bettas of either sex.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102291
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021320
- **Product Type:** Food > Betta Pellets (Semi-Floating)
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, semi-floating
- **Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, seaweeds (ulva, undaria, eucheuma, chondrus), kelp, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, fish oil, marigold, vitamins and minerals, tocopherols (preservative)
- **Additives:** No artificial preservatives, colours or hormonal colour enhancers; no soybean
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Betta splendens kept in groups, breeding set-ups and multiple tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Betta Regular 25g (102290); Betta Small 25g (102292)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater betta and small tropical aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Betta Small 25g
Fine 0.5 to 0.75 mm pellets for bettas that struggle with a larger grain.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-betta-small-25g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102292 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021511
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102292-1.jpg
Juvenile bettas, plakats with small mouths and fish just coming off live food often spit out a pellet that is a little too big. New Life Spectrum Betta Small 25g (SKU: 102292) is the small-pellet version of New Life Spectrum's betta diet in a 25 g jar, a 0.5 to 0.75 mm pellet made in the USA by New Life International. The catalogue describes it as semi-sinking, so it stays within reach of a surface-feeding betta before settling. It carries the same betta-specific recipe as the Regular pellet, built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, but in a grain sized for young fish and for adults with a small gape.
The ingredient list opens with whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, whole menhaden and omega-3 fish oil, followed by seaweeds, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina and marigold with added vitamins and minerals. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum and vitamin E at 400 IU/kg minimum. The maker's direction for the pellet is to feed twice daily, an amount completely eaten within one minute. For a single betta that means only a few grains per feed, which is why a 25 g jar lasts a long time. Adult bettas with a normal mouth can use the Regular 1 to 1.5 mm pellet instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile bettas:** A pellet small enough for young fish to swallow without breaking up.
- **Small-mouthed adults:** Plakats and females that refuse larger grains.
- **Small aquariums:** A fine grain that is easy to portion in a small tank.
- **Other small surface feeders:** Dwarf gouramis and similar fish that take food from the top.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two light feeds:** A few pellets each, completely eaten within a minute.
- **Count the grains:** The pellets are tiny, so count rather than pour.
- **Feed at the surface:** Drop them where the fish is looking and watch them eaten.
- **Remove strays:** Net out any grains that reach the bottom uneaten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.5 to 0.75 mm grain:** The smallest betta pellet in the line.
- **Semi-sinking:** Suited to a fish that eats at and just below the surface.
- **Krill and squid first:** Marine protein heads the ingredient list.
- **Natural colour sources:** Astaxanthin, spirulina and marigold in the recipe.
- **25 g jar:** A single-fish quantity that lasts many weeks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102292
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021511
- **Product Type:** Food > Betta Pellets (Semi-Floating)
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Pellet:** Small, 0.5–0.75 mm, semi-sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount completely eaten within one minute
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and small-mouthed bettas and other small surface feeders
- **Other Sizes:** Betta Regular 25g (102290), 70g (102291)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater betta and small tropical aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 150g
Everyday 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet for a single cichlid community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-cichlid-sinking-150g/
- Price: $19.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102286 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021245
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102286-1.jpg
A cichlid tank with six or eight fish needs a staple that works for the algae pickers, the omnivores and the occasional hunter, without a shelf of different tubs. New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 150g (SKU: 102286) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Cichlid Formula in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The maker describes it as a slow-sinking pellet with an optimised formula and improved ingredients, built on its Spectrum Nutrition Formula. South Antarctic krill and herring are the main animal ingredients, joined by an algae meal of seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis and spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and garlic included generously.
The pellet falls slowly enough that mid-water cichlids can take it as it drops, and anything that reaches the substrate is picked up by bottom-oriented fish. The size suits dwarf and mid-size cichlids, juvenile mbuna and peacocks, and smaller Central and South American species; larger fish may prefer a bigger pellet. According to New Life Spectrum there are no added hormones, and the colour-enhancing ingredients are natural. The maker's feeding direction is twice daily, with a portion that is eaten in a minute or less and no overfeeding. The 150 g jar is the first step up from the 80 g trial size: enough for one community tank or a pair of smaller ones, with 300 g, 600 g and 2.2 kg packs available for larger set-ups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed cichlid communities:** Rift lake and American species sharing a tank.
- **Daily staple:** A base diet to which frozen foods can be added during the week.
- **Juvenile mbuna and peacocks:** Young fish that can handle a 1 to 1.5 mm pellet.
- **Medium-sized tanks:** A pack matched to one display aquarium.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** An amount finished within a minute or less.
- **Disperse the pellets:** Feed in a few spots so dominant fish cannot hold the food.
- **Stop at a minute:** Overfeeding clouds the water in a crowded cichlid tank.
- **Store dry:** Keep the lid on tightly after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single formula for all cichlids:** Covers omnivores, herbivores and carnivores in one pellet.
- **Krill and herring first:** Marine-sourced protein as the main animal ingredient.
- **Vegetable content:** Algae meal plus a fruit and vegetable extract.
- **Slow-sinking:** Available to fish at several depths.
- **150 g jar:** A middle size for one display tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102286
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021245
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** South Antarctic krill, herring, algae meal (seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis, spirulina), fruit and vegetable extract, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Small to mid-size omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Cichlid Sinking 80g (102285), 300g (102287), 600g (102288), 2.2kg (102289)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 2.2kg
Bulk 1 to 1.5 mm cichlid pellet for breeders, fish rooms and large collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-cichlid-sinking-2-2kg/
- Price: $133.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102289 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021207
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102289-1.png
Cichlid breeders and importers feed in kilograms, and a staple that suits every feeding type saves keeping several bulk bags. New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 2.2kg (SKU: 102289) is the 2.2 kg bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's Cichlid Formula in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The formula is tuned for omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids and builds on the maker's Spectrum Nutrition Formula. New Life Spectrum names South Antarctic krill and herring as the main animal ingredients, alongside an algae meal of seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis and spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and a generous dose of garlic.
The slow-sinking pellet gives mid-water fish time to feed and leaves enough for bottom dwellers. At 1 to 1.5 mm it suits juveniles, dwarf cichlids and small to medium adults; keepers of large cichlids may want a bigger pellet. The maker adds no hormones and relies on natural colour-enhancing ingredients. Its direction is to feed twice daily, an amount eaten within a minute or less, and not to overfeed. The 2.2 kg pack is a long-term quantity, roughly fifteen 150 g jars, and the pellets should be kept dry and sealed; decant a few weeks' supply into a small container for daily use. For a smaller buy, the same pellet comes in 80 g, 150 g, 300 g and 600 g sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding and grow-out rooms:** A daily pellet for batches of juvenile cichlids.
- **Importers and retail systems:** One staple for mixed cichlid stock.
- **Large cichlid collections:** Keepers with many tanks of small to mid-size fish.
- **Cost-conscious feeding:** A bulk option for daily, long-term use.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a working supply:** Fill a small airtight tub and keep the bag closed.
- **Twice daily:** Give what each tank clears in about a minute.
- **Scale up carefully:** More fish means more pellets, but the same time limit.
- **Store cool and dry:** Keep away from heat and humidity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** Intended for sustained, high-volume feeding.
- **Cichlid Formula:** Designed around omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous needs.
- **Krill, herring and algae meal:** Marine protein with plant content in one pellet.
- **Garlic included:** Added generously, per the maker, to encourage feeding.
- **No added hormones:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients only.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102289
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021207
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** South Antarctic krill, herring, algae meal (seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis, spirulina), fruit and vegetable extract, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Breeders, fish rooms and large collections of small to mid-size cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Cichlid Sinking 80g (102285), 150g (102286), 300g (102287), 600g (102288)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 300g
Mid-size jar of 1 to 1.5 mm cichlid pellets for heavily stocked rift lake tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-cichlid-sinking-300g/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102287 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021252
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102287-1.jpg
A Malawi tank with two dozen mbuna eats a lot of food, and a 150 g jar is gone before the next order arrives. New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 300g (SKU: 102287) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Cichlid Formula in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. The recipe sits on the maker's Spectrum Nutrition Formula and is tuned for omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids at once. South Antarctic krill and herring lead the animal ingredients, with an algae meal of seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis and spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and a generous amount of garlic.
Because the pellet sinks slowly, mid-water fish get first pick and the rest drops to the substrate. At 1 to 1.5 mm it works for juvenile and small-to-medium cichlids, including mbuna, peacocks, rams, dwarf species and smaller New World fish. New Life Spectrum says no hormones are added and that the colour comes from natural ingredients. Its directions are to feed twice daily, in an amount eaten in a minute or less, without overfeeding, and heavily stocked tanks benefit from that discipline because uneaten pellets add to the load on the filter. The 300 g jar is about two 150 g jars and suits a well-stocked display or a keeper with two or three cichlid tanks. A 600 g pack and a 2.2 kg pack sit above it for breeders and fish rooms.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavily stocked rift lake tanks:** Mbuna and peacock displays fed daily.
- **Several cichlid tanks:** One jar covering a small fishroom of modest tanks.
- **Growing juveniles:** Young fish that need steady daily feeds.
- **Replacing multiple foods:** A single staple instead of separate herbivore and carnivore pellets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice daily:** Offer only what is gone within a minute.
- **Use two feeding points:** Reduces fighting over the pellets in crowded tanks.
- **Watch the filter load:** Cut the portion if uneaten pellets accumulate.
- **Keep it dry:** Reseal the jar after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tuned for every cichlid diet:** Omnivore, herbivore and carnivore needs in one recipe.
- **Marine protein and algae:** Krill and herring with seaweed, kelp and spirulina.
- **No added hormones:** Colour from natural ingredients, per the maker.
- **Slow-sinking 1 to 1.5 mm pellet:** Reaches several levels of the tank.
- **300 g jar:** Twice the quantity of the 150 g size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102287
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021252
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** South Antarctic krill, herring, algae meal (seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis, spirulina), fruit and vegetable extract, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and small to mid-size cichlids of all feeding types
- **Other Sizes:** Cichlid Sinking 80g (102285), 150g (102286), 600g (102288), 2.2kg (102289)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 600g
1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellets for omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-cichlid-sinking-600g/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102288 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021238
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102288-1.png
A tank of mbuna and a tank of South American cichlids have different diets, and most keepers end up with three tubs of food to cover them. New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 600g (SKU: 102288) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum's Cichlid Formula in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. It belongs to the maker's specialty line of tropical fish diets, each built on the core Spectrum Nutrition Formula, and this one is tuned to the needs of omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids alike, with marine-sourced protein and aquatic vegetables in the one pellet. New Life Spectrum names South Antarctic krill and herring as the main ingredients, with an algae meal of seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis and spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract, and garlic at a generous inclusion rate.
The pellet is slow-sinking, so mid-water cichlids take it as it falls and the rest reaches the bottom for the diggers, and the 1 to 1.5 mm size suits dwarf cichlids, juvenile Africans and the smaller Central and South American species. New Life Spectrum attributes colour and immune support to the natural colour-enhancing ingredients and adds no hormones. The maker's directions are to feed twice daily, the portion eaten in a minute or less, and not to overfeed. The 600 g pack is the bulk option for a Malawi or Tanganyika display with dozens of fish, or for a breeder with several cichlid tanks, and sits between the 300 g jar and the 2.2 kg size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African rift lake tanks:** Mbuna, peacocks and haps fed a single pellet that covers grazers and predators.
- **South and Central American cichlids:** Juveniles and smaller species that take a 1 to 1.5 mm pellet.
- **Dwarf cichlids:** Apistogramma, rams and kribs that feed from mid-water to the bottom.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Batches of cichlid fry moved up from powder to a regular pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice a day:** An amount eaten in about a minute, per the maker's direction.
- **Feed in a spread:** Scatter pellets across the tank so dominant fish cannot hold the only feeding spot.
- **Let it sink:** Bottom-dwelling cichlids pick up what passes the mid-water feeders.
- **Store it sealed:** Keep the pack closed and dry; decant a working quantity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One pellet for all cichlid diets:** Tuned for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores together.
- **Krill and herring protein:** Marine proteins lead the recipe, with no added hormones.
- **Algae meal and garlic:** Seaweed, kelp, spirulina and Haematococcus with garlic for palatability.
- **Slow-sinking 1 to 1.5 mm pellet:** Reaches every level of the tank.
- **600 g bulk pack:** For large cichlid displays and multi-tank keepers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102288
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021238
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Model:** Cichlid Formula, item 702123
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** South Antarctic krill, herring, algae meal (seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis, spirulina), fruit and vegetable extract, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Additives:** No added hormones
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids of pellet-appropriate size
- **Other Sizes:** Cichlid Sinking 80g (102285), 150g (102286), 300g (102287), 2.2kg (102289)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 80g
Small trial jar of 1 to 1.5 mm cichlid pellets for dwarf and juvenile cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-cichlid-sinking-80g/
- Price: $14.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102285 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021221
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102285-1.jpg
Switching a tank of apistogramma or young rams to a new staple is a gamble, and a small jar is the cheapest way to find out whether they will take it. New Life Spectrum Cichlid Sinking 80g (SKU: 102285) is the 80 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Cichlid Formula in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. It is built on the maker's core Spectrum Nutrition Formula and tuned for omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids, with marine protein and aquatic vegetables in one pellet. New Life Spectrum names South Antarctic krill and herring as the main animal ingredients, with an algae meal of seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis and spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract, and garlic at a generous inclusion rate.
The pellet is slow-sinking, so fish at mid-water take it on the way down and the remainder reaches the bottom for the substrate diggers. At 1 to 1.5 mm it suits dwarf cichlids, juvenile Africans and Central and South American species with small mouths. The maker adds no hormones and attributes colour and immune support to its natural colour-enhancing ingredients. Its directions are to feed twice daily, an amount eaten in a minute or less, and not to overfeed. The 80 g jar is the smallest size in the cichlid range: enough for a few weeks in one or two small tanks, and a low-risk trial before moving to the 150 g, 300 g, 600 g or 2.2 kg packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dwarf cichlids:** Apistogramma, rams and kribs that take fine pellets from mid-water.
- **Juvenile cichlids:** Young Africans and South Americans before they graduate to larger pellets.
- **Trial feeding:** A small quantity to test acceptance before buying more.
- **Single small tanks:** A pack sized for one or two modest aquariums.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds a day:** The portion eaten in about a minute.
- **Scatter the pellets:** Spread across the tank so shy fish are not out-competed.
- **Transition gradually:** Mix with the previous food over a few days.
- **Keep it sealed:** Close the jar and store it dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One formula for all cichlid diets:** Tuned for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores.
- **Krill and herring protein:** Marine sources lead, with no added hormones.
- **Algae meal and garlic:** Seaweed, kelp, spirulina and Haematococcus with garlic for palatability.
- **Slow-sinking fine pellet:** 1 to 1.5 mm for small mouths.
- **80 g jar:** The trial size of the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102285
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021221
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 80 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** South Antarctic krill, herring, algae meal (seaweed, kelp, Haematococcus pluvialis, spirulina), fruit and vegetable extract, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Additives:** No added hormones
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within a minute or less; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Small and juvenile omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Cichlid Sinking 150g (102286), 300g (102287), 600g (102288), 2.2kg (102289)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Crustacean 60g
Small calcium-fortified sinking pellets for shrimp, crabs and other crustaceans.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-crustacean-60g/
- Price: $19.76 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102297 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021924
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102297-1.jpg
Shrimp and crabs moult through their lives, and a diet short on calcium shows up as soft or failed moults. New Life Spectrum Crustacean 60g (SKU: 102297) is the 60 g jar of New Life Spectrum's invertebrate diet for crustaceans, a small sinking pellet of roughly 0.5 to 0.7 mm made in the USA by New Life International. The maker states that it is formulated to meet the nutritional needs of shrimp, crabs and other aquarium crustaceans and that it is fortified with calcium to support exoskeleton growth. Its protein comes from krill, squid and fish, and the catalogue notes that most of the pellets sink, which suits bottom-feeding invertebrates.
Retailer listings of the maker's information give the ingredient order as krill, squid, fish and fish oil, followed by whole wheat flour, chlorella, spirulina, kelp and several seaweeds (ulva, undaria, two eucheuma species and chondrus), then garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay and sea salt with a vitamin and mineral pack. The guaranteed analysis listed is crude protein 36% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum, vitamin E at 400 IU/kg minimum and ascorbic acid at 600 IU/kg minimum. The feeding direction quoted is twice daily, an amount fully eaten in one to two minutes. With a pellet this small and a jar of only 60 g, it is a dosed diet for shrimp colonies and a few crabs, not a bulk food. There are no other pack sizes in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp colonies:** Neocaridina, Caridina and similar species that graze on small sinking pellets.
- **Crabs and crayfish:** Small crustaceans that scavenge from the substrate.
- **Moulting support:** A calcium-fortified food during growth and breeding periods.
- **Invertebrate tanks:** Systems where fish food is too coarse or not suited.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** An amount fully eaten within one to two minutes.
- **Start small:** A few pellets for a small colony; the pellets are fine and portions go a long way.
- **Feed on the substrate:** Drop the pellets where shrimp and crabs forage.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets after the feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium-fortified:** Maker-stated support for exoskeleton growth.
- **Small sinking pellet:** Sized for small to medium invertebrates.
- **Krill and squid protein:** Marine-sourced protein with algae and spirulina.
- **Natural colour sources:** Astaxanthin and marigold in the recipe.
- **60 g jar:** A small, single-size pack for invertebrate tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102297
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021924
- **Product Type:** Food > Invertebrate Pellets (Crustacean)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Pellet:** Small, about 0.5–0.7 mm, mostly sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 36%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, fish, fish oil, whole wheat flour, chlorella, spirulina, kelp, seaweeds, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Ideal For:** Shrimp, crabs and other aquarium crustaceans
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine invertebrate aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Discus Sinking 300g
Larger jar of slow-sinking discus pellets for bigger groups and longer supply.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-discus-sinking-300g/
- Price: $38.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102295 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021450
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102295-1.jpg
A group of a dozen adult discus in a large tank goes through food quickly, and changing diets mid-way through a tub is something to avoid. New Life Spectrum Discus Sinking 300g (SKU: 102295) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Discus Formula, a slow-sinking pellet of about 1 to 1.5 mm made in the USA by New Life International. According to the maker it is a balanced daily diet for discus built on easy-to-digest whole krill and algae, with no soybean products. Retailer listings carrying the maker's words add that the formula is nutrient-dense for less waste and cleaner water, and that it enhances the full spectrum of colour.
The ingredient order quoted by retailers starts with krill, squid and fish, followed by seaweeds, chlorella and spirulina, with garlic and a vitamin and mineral pack further down. Most of the pellets sink, according to the catalogue, so food reaches fish in the lower half of the tank. New Life Spectrum's direction is to feed twice daily, each portion eaten within about a minute, and not to overfeed. In a larger group, scattering the pellets across the tank helps the lower-ranking fish get their share. The 300 g jar is the largest discus size in the range, about twice the 150 g jar, and suits a breeder or keeper running several tanks or a large display. Listings disagree on the exact guaranteed analysis, so check the jar label for protein and fat before quoting figures.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large discus displays:** A bigger jar for ten or more adult fish.
- **Multiple discus tanks:** One pellet supply for a small breeding or grow-out set-up.
- **Long-term staple:** A single pellet kept consistent across weeks of feeding.
- **Mixed diets:** A base pellet alongside frozen and live foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** An amount eaten within about a minute.
- **Spread the pellets:** Scatter across the tank so every fish can feed.
- **Net out waste:** Remove uneaten pellets, especially in warm water.
- **Store with care:** Keep the jar tightly closed and out of the heat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Discus-tuned recipe:** Formulated by the maker for discus nutrition.
- **Whole krill and algae:** No soybean products, per the maker.
- **Slow-sinking pellet:** About 1 to 1.5 mm for discus of most sizes.
- **Cleaner water aim:** High nutrition density to limit waste.
- **300 g jar:** The largest discus pack in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102295
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021450
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Discus)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, about 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, fish, seaweeds, chlorella, spirulina, garlic, vitamins and minerals; no soybean products
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Discus
- **Other Sizes:** Discus Sinking 80g (102293), 150g (102294)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater discus and tropical aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Discus Sinking 80g
Small trial jar of slow-sinking pellets tuned to discus protein needs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-discus-sinking-80g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102293 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021429
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102293-1.jpg
Discus are fussy about a change of diet, and a fish that refuses a new pellet can go off its food for days. New Life Spectrum Discus Sinking 80g (SKU: 102293) is the 80 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Discus Formula, a slow-sinking pellet of about 1 to 1.5 mm made in the USA by New Life International. The maker presents it as a balanced daily diet for discus, made with easy-to-digest nutrients from whole krill and algae and without soybean products. Retailer listings of the maker's text add that its high nutrition density is meant to produce less waste and cleaner water, and that the formula enhances the full spectrum of a fish's colour.
The recipe is built on marine protein, with retailers listing krill, squid and fish followed by seaweeds, chlorella, spirulina, garlic and a vitamin and mineral pack. The catalogue notes that most pellets sink, which suits discus that take food from mid-water and the bottom of the tank. The maker's direction is to feed twice daily, each portion eaten within about a minute, and not to overfeed. Because discus are sensitive to water quality, this limit on portion size matters more than the choice of pellet. The 80 g jar is the smallest pack in the range, a sensible size for a pair or a small group of young discus, or for a first trial before moving to the 150 g or 300 g jars. Published analysis figures for this formula differ between listings, so check the jar for exact protein and fat values.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trying a new staple:** A small jar to test acceptance with fussy discus.
- **Young discus groups:** A modest pack for a handful of juveniles.
- **Rotation feeding:** A pellet to alternate with frozen foods.
- **Small groups:** A pack that stays fresh for a pair or a few fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** An amount eaten within about a minute.
- **Introduce gradually:** Mix a few pellets with the current food.
- **Watch the water:** Remove uneaten pellets promptly in a warm discus tank.
- **Keep sealed:** Store the jar dry and cool.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Discus-specific formula:** Developed by the maker as a daily diet for discus.
- **Whole krill and algae:** Easy-to-digest ingredients with no soybean products.
- **Slow-sinking pellet:** Stays available to mid-water feeders.
- **Less waste:** The maker's stated aim of a nutrient-dense pellet.
- **80 g jar:** The smallest size in the discus range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102293
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021429
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Discus)
- **Net Weight:** 80 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, about 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, fish, seaweeds, chlorella, spirulina, garlic, vitamins and minerals; no soybean products
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Discus
- **Other Sizes:** Discus Sinking 150g (102294), 300g (102295)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater discus and tropical aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Doughmix Powder 120g
Shelf-stable powder for mixing a pliable feeding dough for training and grazing stations.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-doughmix-powder-120g/
- Price: $38.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102348 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026646
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102348-1.jpg
Getting a fussy fish onto prepared food, or setting up a feeding spot that stays put, is easier with a food you can shape. New Life Spectrum Doughmix Powder 120g (SKU: 102348) is a powder from New Life Spectrum that is mixed with water into a feeding dough. The maker groups its easy-prep gels and doughs together as training foods, diets for fish with sensitive palates and grazing feeding stations. Because the product is a dry powder it needs no refrigeration and keeps for an extended period, so the pack can sit in a cupboard until it is needed rather than taking up freezer space like frozen foods do.
What sets the dough apart from the gel in the same family is how it behaves in the tank. The maker says its Feeding Dough is particularly unique in allowing mid-water feeding stations without a holder, meaning a lump of prepared dough can be placed in the water column and hold together where a gel would normally need a clip or dish. The 120 g pack is the small size of the Doughmix powder, enough for a number of batches in a single tank or a trial. Mixing ratios and batch sizes are given by the maker on the pack, and the text here does not repeat figures that could not be confirmed. Companion product in the same range: GelMix Powder, which is used to make a softer gel food.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Training foods:** Moving new or wild-caught fish onto prepared diets.
- **Sensitive palates:** Fish that refuse dry pellets or flake.
- **Grazing stations:** A lump of dough placed where fish can nibble over time.
- **Mid-water feeding:** Dough that stays in position without a holder, according to the maker.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Mix the powder with water as directed on the label.
- **Make small batches:** Prepare only what the tank will use in a feed or two.
- **Shape and place:** Form the dough and set it at the feeding spot.
- **Remove uneaten dough:** Take out what remains after the fish have finished to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Powder format:** Dry mix that needs no refrigeration.
- **Extended shelf life:** The maker lists long expiry dates for its powder mixes.
- **Feeding dough:** Prepared into a pliable lump rather than a loose food.
- **Mid-water stations:** The maker says the dough works without a holder.
- **Training and grazing use:** Aimed at fussy eaters and long feeding sessions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102348
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026646
- **Product Type:** Food > Feeding Dough Powder
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Form:** Dry powder, mixed with water before feeding
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required for the dry powder
- **Preparation:** Mixing directions as printed on the pack
- **Companion Product:** New Life Spectrum GelMix Powder
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Flakes 45g
Optimum all-purpose flakes for small surface-feeding community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-flakes-45g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102356 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987029258
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102356-1.jpeg
Tetras, rasboras and guppies raised on flakes will often ignore a pellet for days, and a tank of small mouths needs a food that breaks up at the surface. New Life Spectrum Flakes 45g (SKU: 102356) is the 45 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Optimum all-purpose flake, the flake version of the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, made in the USA by New Life International for freshwater and marine fish. The recipe combines marine proteins, krill, squid and fish, with aquatic vegetables such as spirulina, chlorella, kelp and a run of seaweeds, plus garlic, ginger, astaxanthin and marigold, a full vitamin and mineral pack, and tocopherols as a natural preservative. New Life Spectrum positions the flake for smaller, surface-feeding community fish, for fish already conditioned to flakes, and as a bridge food for moving a tank across to its pellets.
The published guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E at 400 IU/kg and vitamin C at 600 IU/kg, all minimums. New Life Spectrum notes that its pellets offer greater nutrient density and water stability, so the flake suits fish that will not take pellets. Feeding follows the maker's standard direction of twice daily, an amount eaten within about a minute, and crumbling the flake between the fingers lets fry and the smallest fish take it. The 45 g jar suits one community tank; 90 g and 600 g sizes are made for larger set-ups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community fish:** Tetras, rasboras, livebearers, danios and dwarf barbs that feed at the surface.
- **Flake-conditioned fish:** Tanks that refuse pellets and need a marine-protein flake instead.
- **Transition to pellets:** Mixed with New Life Spectrum pellets while fish learn the new food.
- **Nano marine tanks:** Small clownfish, gobies and other saltwater fish that take flakes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** A pinch that disappears in about a minute, per the maker's direction.
- **Crumble for small fish:** Rub the flake fine for fry and tiny species.
- **Hold it under the surface:** Press flakes into the water so they drift down to mid-water feeders.
- **Keep the jar dry:** Moisture softens flakes; close the lid and keep wet fingers out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40% minimum crude protein:** Krill, squid and fish as the marine protein sources.
- **Aquatic vegetables:** Spirulina, chlorella, kelp and seaweeds in the flake.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One flake for both water types.
- **Natural preservative:** Tocopherols rather than synthetic preservatives.
- **45 g jar:** Sized for a single community tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102356
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987029258
- **Product Type:** Food > Flake Food (All-Purpose)
- **Net Weight:** 45 g
- **Format:** Flake, for surface-feeding fish
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%; vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, fish, whole wheat flour, seaweeds, chlorella, kelp, spirulina, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, vitamins and minerals, tocopherols (preservative)
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Smaller surface-feeding community fish, freshwater and marine
- **Other Sizes:** Flakes 90g (102357); Flakes 600g (102358)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Flakes 600g
Bulk all-purpose flake food for fish rooms, shops and large community set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-flakes-600g/
- Price: $143.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102358 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987029272
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102358-1.jpg
A flake food that feeds many tanks needs a pack that matches the throughput, and one that keeps the same recipe from tank to tank. New Life Spectrum Flakes 600g (SKU: 102358) is the bulk size of New Life Spectrum's Optimum Flakes, made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula. A retail listing describes the food as an all-purpose flake for freshwater and saltwater fish, and the maker positions it for smaller, surface-feeding community fish. At 600 g this is the largest flake pack in the catalogue, intended for fish rooms, breeders, clubs and households with a lot of tanks, where the 45 g and 90 g tubs would be emptied quickly.
The maker explains the role of flake in its range plainly. Pellets provide higher nutrient density and stability in water, and flake is the solution for fish conditioned to flakes or a way of transitioning from flake foods to New Life Spectrum pellets. The Spectrum formula family is based on whole Antarctic krill and other marine proteins, seaweeds and spirulina, garlic, natural colour-enhancing ingredients and added vitamins and minerals. Flake floats briefly and then sinks slowly, so feeding a bulk pack well comes down to portion control: small pinches, several tanks at a time, with leftovers removed. Because the bulk tub is opened many times, it is worth decanting a working supply into a small container, which keeps the main tub sealed and the flake dry. Households that feed only one or two tanks are better served by the 45 g or 90 g tubs of the same flake.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** A consistent flake for many community tanks.
- **Retail and club systems:** Holding systems that go through flake every day.
- **Large community displays:** Mixed groups of small surface feeders in big tanks.
- **Weaning onto pellets:** A base flake for gradual moves to New Life Spectrum pellets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a working tub:** Keep a small container at the tank and the 600 g tub sealed.
- **Feed small pinches:** Offer what the fish clear in a minute or two.
- **Rotate the tanks:** Feed every tank only what it eats, rather than a set amount.
- **Keep moisture out:** Close the lid firmly and store the tub cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 600 g tub:** The largest flake pack available in the catalogue.
- **All-purpose flake:** Listed for freshwater and saltwater fish.
- **Spectrum Nutrition Formula:** Same formula family as the pellet diets.
- **Transition role:** Suits fish conditioned to flake or moving onto pellets.
- **Surface-feeder format:** Floats briefly for small community fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102358
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987029272
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (All-Purpose, Bulk)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Form:** Flake, floats briefly before sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula (Optimum Flakes)
- **Ideal For:** Smaller, surface-feeding community fish
- **Other Sizes:** Flakes 45g (SKU 102356); Flakes 90g (SKU 102357)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Flakes 90g
All-purpose flake food for small surface-feeding community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-flakes-90g/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102357 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987029265
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102357-1.jpeg
Plenty of community fish still expect flake, and a flake worth feeding should carry the same recipe as the pellets. New Life Spectrum Flakes 90g (SKU: 102357) is the flake food from New Life Spectrum, sold as Optimum Flakes and made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula. A retail listing describes it as an all-purpose flake for both freshwater and saltwater fish, and the maker positions it for smaller, surface-feeding community fish. The 90 g tub is the middle size of the three flake packs in the catalogue and suits a household with a few community tanks, where a 45 g pack would run out sooner and a 600 g pack would last a long time.
The maker is straightforward about where flake fits in the range. Pellets provide higher nutrient density and better stability in water, while flake is the practical choice for fish that have been conditioned to it, or as a stepping stone when moving fish from flake foods onto New Life Spectrum pellets. The same formula family is built around whole Antarctic krill, marine proteins, seaweeds and spirulina, garlic and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, with added vitamins and minerals. Flake floats briefly before it begins to sink, so it suits fish that feed at or near the top of the water. For larger or bottom-oriented fish, the maker's pellet sizes are the better fit, and the 45 g and 600 g flake packs cover smaller and larger households.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community fish:** Small-mouthed fish that feed near the surface, the group the maker names for this flake.
- **Flake-trained fish:** Fish that only accept flake and refuse pellets.
- **Transition feeding:** A first step before introducing New Life Spectrum pellets.
- **Mixed freshwater and marine tanks:** One flake for different set-ups, as listed by retailers.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Pinch, not pour:** Offer a small pinch and watch how fast it disappears.
- **Feed what is eaten:** Stop when the fish lose interest, usually within a minute or two.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out flake that has settled so it does not foul the substrate.
- **Keep the lid on:** Close the tub after each feed to keep moisture out, and replace the flake once it has been open a long time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spectrum Nutrition Formula:** The same recipe base as New Life Spectrum pellets.
- **Surface-feeding flake:** Floats briefly for fish that feed at the top.
- **Freshwater and saltwater:** Listed as all-purpose for both.
- **Pellet transition food:** Helps flake-trained fish move on to pellets.
- **90 g tub:** The middle size in the flake range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102357
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987029265
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (All-Purpose)
- **Net Weight:** 90 g
- **Form:** Flake, floats briefly before sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula (Optimum Flakes)
- **Ideal For:** Smaller, surface-feeding community fish
- **Other Sizes:** Flakes 45g (SKU 102356); Flakes 600g (SKU 102358)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Extra Large 1.6kg
Bulk floating 4.5–5 mm pellet for big-fish tanks and grow-out rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-extra-large-1-6kg/
- Price: $140.20 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102336 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024307
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102336-1.jpg
Large fish are expensive to feed, and buying their food in small bags adds up quickly. New Life Spectrum Float Extra Large 1.6kg (SKU: 102336) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's Naturox series floating pellet in the Extra Large size, 4.5 to 5 mm. The pellet is made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker describes as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, intended to support immune function. Buoyancy is positive, so most of the pellets float and remain within reach of surface-feeding fish.
Typical ingredients start with whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour, then algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, with vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals including iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. The maker notes that its high-dose anti-parasitic garlic belongs to the Thera+A formulas. This pack is aimed at keepers who feed big fish every day: oscars, large cichlids, arowana growing out, or several tanks of the same species. Fish that have not yet reached this size can use the Large pellet at 3 to 3.5 mm, and fully grown giants can move to the Jumbo at 7.5 to 8 mm. A 350 g bag of the same Extra Large pellet is also available.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grow-out rooms:** Young large-species fish being fed heavily over many months.
- **Multiple big tanks:** One bulk pellet for several tanks of the same fish.
- **Cost-conscious feeding:** Households that use a 350 g bag quickly.
- **Surface-feeding predators:** Fish that strike food at the top and want a pellet with some size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Use a working tub:** Pour a few weeks of food into a lidded container and keep the main bag closed.
- **Feed to a minute:** Give what the fish finish within about a minute.
- **Net the extras:** Floating pellets left at the surface are better removed than left to soften.
- **Store cool and dry:** Fold and seal the bag after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1.6 kg bag:** The large format of the Extra Large floating pellet.
- **4.5–5 mm size:** Between Large and Jumbo in the Float range.
- **Floating pellet:** Most pellets stay at the surface.
- **Krill and herring first:** Marine proteins lead the formula.
- **Kept for appeal, not dosing:** Garlic is included without the Thera+A medicinal dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102336
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024307
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Extra Large, Bulk)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 4.5–5 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Other Sizes:** Float Extra Large 350g (SKU 102335)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with large surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Extra Large 350g
Floating 4.5–5 mm pellet for large cichlids and big surface feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-extra-large-350g/
- Price: $76.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102335 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024369
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102335-1.jpg
A big fish taking a small pellet burns more effort than the food is worth, and a floating pellet in the 4.5 to 5 mm range gives it something worth rising for. New Life Spectrum Float Extra Large 350g (SKU: 102335) is the Extra Large size of New Life Spectrum's Naturox series floating pellet. It is made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker describes as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, intended to support immune function. The pellets have positive buoyancy and most of them float. The 350 g bag is the smaller of the two Extra Large packs and suits a large-fish tank or two.
The typical ingredient list begins with whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour, followed by algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, with vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals including iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. According to the maker, the high-dose anti-parasitic garlic is a Thera+A feature and is not in the Float formula. Extra Large sits above Large at 3 to 3.5 mm and below Jumbo at 7.5 to 8 mm, so it covers the awkward middle for fish that have outgrown one size but are not yet ready for the biggest pellet. In the catalogue it is paired with a 1.6 kg bulk pack of the same size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlids:** Fish that take food from the surface and ignore smaller pellets.
- **Growing predators:** A step up between 3.5 mm and 7.5 mm foods.
- **One or two big tanks:** A 350 g bag that stays fresh through a few months of feeding.
- **Floating-food routines:** Keepers who like to watch fish take food at the top.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed what is eaten:** Offer an amount finished within a minute or so.
- **Allow for the size:** A few large pellets go a long way, so count them out rather than pouring.
- **Skim leftovers:** Remove pellets that remain at the surface after the meal.
- **Keep the bag shut:** Seal it after each feed and store it somewhere cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4.5–5 mm floating pellet:** Extra Large size for big mouths at the surface.
- **350 g pack:** The smaller Extra Large bag.
- **Whole krill and herring:** Marine proteins lead the ingredient list.
- **Algae and spirulina:** Plant ingredients included in the recipe.
- **Vitamin and mineral additions:** Vitamins A, D, E and B12 with iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102335
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024369
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Extra Large)
- **Net Weight:** 350 g
- **Pellet Size:** 4.5–5 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Other Sizes:** Float Extra Large 1.6kg (SKU 102336)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with large surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Jumbo 350g
Floating 7.5–8 mm pellet for oscars, arowana and other big surface feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-jumbo-350g/
- Price: $76.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102337 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024468
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102337-1.jpg
An arowana or an adult oscar will not bother with a pellet the size of a grain of rice, and a food that sits on the surface is how these fish expect to eat. New Life Spectrum Float Jumbo 350g (SKU: 102337) is the Jumbo size of New Life Spectrum's Naturox series floating pellet, 7.5 to 8 mm across. The recipe is the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker describes as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, intended to support immune function. Retail listings name oscars, arowana and Cichlasoma among the surface feeders it suits. Most pellets float.
The typical ingredient list opens with whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour, followed by algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, with vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals including iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. The maker is explicit that the mega-dose anti-parasitic garlic is specific to its Thera+A formulas, and Thera+A is made in a sinking Jumbo of its own. Jumbo is the largest pellet in the Float range, above Extra Large at 4.5 to 5 mm. The 350 g bag is the smaller Jumbo pack, practical for one or two big fish, since each pellet is large and a bag holds fewer pellets than the same weight of a smaller grade.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Arowana:** A floating pellet large enough to be taken from the surface.
- **Adult oscars and Cichlasoma:** Retail listings name these as suited to the Jumbo size.
- **Transition from live foods:** A sizeable floating pellet is a familiar shape for predatory top feeders.
- **Single big-fish tanks:** A 350 g bag is easier to finish before it ages.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Count the pellets:** Offer a handful at most and stop when feeding slows.
- **Feed at the surface:** Drop pellets where the fish normally strike.
- **Remove stragglers:** Net out any pellets left floating after a few minutes.
- **Keep it sealed:** Close the bag and store it cool and dry between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **7.5–8 mm floating pellet:** The largest size in the Float range.
- **350 g bag:** The smaller of the two Jumbo packs.
- **Surface-feeder design:** Made for fish that strike from the top of the water.
- **Krill and herring base:** Whole marine proteins listed first.
- **Algae and spirulina:** Plant ingredients in the same pellet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102337
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024468
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Jumbo)
- **Net Weight:** 350 g
- **Pellet Size:** 7.5–8 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Ideal For:** Oscars, arowana, Cichlasoma and other large surface feeders
- **Other Sizes:** Float Jumbo 1.6kg (SKU 102338); Float Medium 120g (SKU 102331) and 1.6kg (SKU 102332); Float Large 190g (SKU 102333) and 1.6kg (SKU 102334)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with large surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Large 1.6kg
Bulk floating 3–3.5 mm pellet for cichlid rooms and big-fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-large-1-6kg/
- Price: $130.20 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102334 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024277
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102334-1.jpg
Large fish eat in volume, and a pack measured in grams does not last long in a room of cichlids. New Life Spectrum Float Large 1.6kg (SKU: 102334) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's Naturox series floating pellet in the Large size, 3 to 3.5 mm. The recipe is the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker describes as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, intended to support immune function. Most pellets float, so they stay available to fish that feed from the surface rather than sinking to the substrate.
Typical ingredients begin with whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour, then algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, with vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals including iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. The maker states that its mega-dose garlic is limited to the Thera+A formulas. At 1.6 kg the pack is meant for keepers who go through a pellet food regularly: a fish room, a breeder, a club buying together or a home with several large tanks. The same 3 to 3.5 mm Large pellet is sold in a 190 g bag for smaller households, and the range continues up through Extra Large (4.5 to 5 mm) and Jumbo (7.5 to 8 mm) for fish that keep growing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid and large-fish rooms:** A single bulk food for many tanks of surface-feeding fish.
- **Breeders:** Grow-out stock that works through the Large size over months.
- **Group buying:** Clubs and friends splitting one large pack.
- **Heavy daily feeding:** Households where a 190 g bag is empty within weeks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Portion into a tub:** Keep a small feeding container handy and leave the main bag sealed.
- **Feed little and often:** Offer what is finished within a minute or so at each feed.
- **Remove floaters:** Skim off uneaten pellets after the meal.
- **Protect the stock:** Squeeze the air out and fold the top of the bag over after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1.6 kg bag:** The large-volume format of the Large floating pellet.
- **3–3.5 mm pellet:** Sized for larger cichlids and other big-mouthed fish.
- **Floating:** Positive buoyancy keeps most pellets at the surface.
- **Spectrum Nutrition Formula:** Krill, herring, algae and spirulina with added vitamins and minerals.
- **Not the Thera+A dose:** Garlic is present for appeal, with the anti-parasitic dose reserved for other lines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102334
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024277
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Large, Bulk)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 3–3.5 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Other Sizes:** Float Large 190g (SKU 102333); Float Medium 120g (SKU 102331) and 1.6kg (SKU 102332); Float Jumbo 350g (SKU 102337) and 1.6kg (SKU 102338)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with larger surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Large 190g
Floating 3–3.5 mm pellet for larger surface-feeding fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-large-190g/
- Price: $39.74 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102333 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024253
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102333-1.jpg
When fish outgrow small pellets they start to mouth them and spit them out, and a floating food at the right size brings the feeding routine back to the surface. New Life Spectrum Float Large 190g (SKU: 102333) is the Large size of New Life Spectrum's Naturox series floating pellet, 3 to 3.5 mm across. It is made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker describes as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, intended to support immune function. The pellets have positive buoyancy, so most of them float, and the 190 g bag suits a single large-fish tank or a household that does not need a bulk pack.
The typical ingredient list opens with whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour, then algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, with vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals including iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. According to the maker, the mega-dose garlic used against parasites is specific to the Thera+A range and is not part of this formula. Large pellets sit between the Medium size at 2 to 2.5 mm and the Extra Large at 4.5 to 5 mm, which makes them a common stepping stone for young cichlids and other fish that are growing into bigger food. Retailers list the same 3 to 3.5 mm Large size across the Spectrum pellet range, including sinking formulas.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger surface feeders:** Fish that take food at the top and have outgrown Medium pellets.
- **Cichlid tanks:** A floating pellet that big-mouthed species take readily.
- **Single-tank households:** A 190 g bag stays fresh when only one or two tanks are fed.
- **Size transition:** The step between 2.5 mm and 4.5 mm foods as fish grow.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Offer small amounts:** Feed what the fish eat within a minute or so.
- **Check the spit test:** Fish that reject Large pellets may still need Medium; fish that swallow without effort can move up.
- **Clear the surface:** Remove floating leftovers before the lights go out.
- **Seal the bag:** Close it after each feed and store it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3–3.5 mm floating pellet:** Large size for bigger mouths at the surface.
- **190 g pack:** A mid-sized bag between trial and bulk.
- **Krill and herring base:** Marine proteins listed first in the formula.
- **Immune-support formulation:** The maker positions the Spectrum Nutrition Formula around immune function.
- **Garlic for appeal:** Included at a flavour level, not the Thera+A dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102333
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024253
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Large)
- **Net Weight:** 190 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3–3.5 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Other Sizes:** Float Large 1.6kg (SKU 102334); Float Medium 120g (SKU 102331) and 1.6kg (SKU 102332); Float Jumbo 350g (SKU 102337) and 1.6kg (SKU 102338)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with larger surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Medium 1.6kg
Bulk floating 2–2.5 mm pellet for mid-size fish in busy or multi-tank set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-medium-1-6kg/
- Price: $139.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102332 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024178
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102332-1.jpg
Feeding a row of tanks or a large display with a small bag means constant reordering, and a floating pellet is only useful if it is the right size for every mouth at the surface. New Life Spectrum Float Medium 1.6kg (SKU: 102332) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's Naturox series floating pellet in the Medium size, 2 to 2.5 mm. The pellet uses the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, described by the maker as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, aimed at supporting immune function. Most of the pellets float, which keeps food in front of fish that feed from the top of the water.
Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour head the typical ingredient list, followed by algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, plus vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals such as iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. The maker points out that its high-dose anti-parasitic garlic is a feature of the Thera+A diets, not of this Float formula. At 1.6 kg this is the large pack for the Medium size, suited to fish rooms, breeders, clubs and households running several tanks of the same fish. Smaller fish in the same system can be moved to the Regular size of the range, and growing fish can graduate to Large at 3 to 3.5 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several tanks, one food:** A single bulk pack for a row of tanks holding mid-size surface feeders.
- **Breeders and growers:** Stock that moves up through pellet sizes needs a steady supply of the Medium grade.
- **Large displays:** Big community tanks where a small bag runs out between orders.
- **Regular daily feeding:** A floating staple for fish that take food at the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a working supply:** Keep a small container at the tank and the bulk bag sealed.
- **Feed to appetite:** Give only what is eaten within a minute or so.
- **Net out leftovers:** Floating pellets that remain after feeding should be removed.
- **Store sealed:** Roll and close the bag after use and keep it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1.6 kg pack:** The large format of the Medium floating pellet.
- **2–2.5 mm pellet:** Sized for mid-size mouths at the surface.
- **Floating formula:** Positive buoyancy, so most pellets stay at the top.
- **Marine protein base:** Whole Antarctic krill and whole herring listed first.
- **Algae and spirulina:** Plant ingredients included alongside the fish proteins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102332
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024178
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Medium, Bulk)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 2–2.5 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Other Sizes:** Float Medium 120g (SKU 102331); Float Large 190g (SKU 102333) and 1.6kg (SKU 102334); Float Jumbo 350g (SKU 102337) and 1.6kg (SKU 102338)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Medium 120g
Floating 2–2.5 mm pellet for mid-size surface-feeding fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-medium-120g/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102331 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024147
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102331-1.jpg
Surface feeders need a pellet that stays up long enough to be eaten, and one that suits the mouth taking it. New Life Spectrum Float Medium 120g (SKU: 102331) is the floating pellet from the Naturox series of New Life Spectrum, cut to the Medium size of 2 to 2.5 mm. It is built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker describes as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, intended to support immune function. The pellets are positively buoyant, so most of them float. This 120 g bag is the small pack in the Medium size, enough to trial the food or to feed one or two tanks of mid-size fish.
The typical ingredient list starts with whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour, followed by algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, with added vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals including iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. The maker notes that the high-dose anti-parasitic garlic belongs to its Thera+A formulas rather than this one, so the garlic here is for appeal. The Float range is made in four pellet sizes: Medium at 2 to 2.5 mm, Large at 3 to 3.5 mm, Extra Large at 4.5 to 5 mm and Jumbo at 7.5 to 8 mm, so the pellet can be stepped up as fish grow. New Life Spectrum recommends feeding its diets exclusively for good results.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size surface feeders:** Fish that take food at the top of the water and are too big for a 1 mm pellet.
- **Growing fish:** A step up from Regular-size pellets as juveniles put on length.
- **Trial pack:** A 120 g bag to test acceptance before buying a bulk pack.
- **Daily staple:** A floating base diet for community tanks with larger, active fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small portions:** Offer only what the fish finish within a minute or so.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out pellets still floating after feeding so they do not break down in the filter.
- **Watch pellet size:** If fish struggle with a 2.5 mm pellet, drop to Regular; if they ignore it, move to Large.
- **Keep it dry:** Close the bag after each feed and store it somewhere cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2–2.5 mm floating pellet:** Medium size for fish with a mid-size mouth.
- **Krill and herring base:** Whole Antarctic krill and whole herring lead the ingredient list.
- **Algae and spirulina:** Plant matter alongside the marine proteins.
- **Natural colour ingredients:** Beta carotene and algae sources listed by the maker.
- **Small 120 g pack:** Handy for a single tank or a first try.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102331
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024147
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Pellet Size:** 2–2.5 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Other Sizes:** Float Medium 1.6kg (SKU 102332); Float Large 190g (SKU 102333) and 1.6kg (SKU 102334); Float Jumbo 350g (SKU 102337) and 1.6kg (SKU 102338)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Regular120g
Floating 1 to 1.5 mm pellets that give surface feeders a flake alternative.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-float-regular120g/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102330 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024048
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102330-1.jpeg
Hatchetfish, gouramis, killifish and many livebearers feed at the surface and let a sinking pellet pass them by. New Life Spectrum Float Regular120g (SKU: 102330) is the 120 g jar of New Life Spectrum's FLOAT line of positively buoyant pellets, in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm size, made in the USA by New Life International. New Life Spectrum describes the regular FLOAT pellet as a substitute for flakes that keeps the nutrient density and water stability of a pellet, and states that a majority of the pellets stay at the surface for the duration of a feeding cycle. Like the rest of the range it is built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, a hormone-free, colour-enhancing recipe with krill and fish meal as easily digestible protein, intended as a balanced daily diet for freshwater and marine fish.
A floating pellet does two jobs a flake cannot: it holds its shape on the surface instead of fragmenting into the water column, and it lets the keeper see exactly how much has been eaten before adding more. The maker's direction for FLOAT is to feed twice daily, an amount the fish consume within one to two minutes, and anything still circling after that is too much. The 1 to 1.5 mm regular size suits small and medium surface feeders; FLOAT is also made in medium 2 to 2.5 mm, large 3 to 3.5 mm and jumbo 7.5 to 8 mm pellets, so a community of mixed sizes can be fed the same formula at the surface. A 120 g jar goes a long way in a typical community tank, since a pellet is denser than the equivalent pinch of flake and far less of it ends up as debris in the filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Surface-feeding fish:** Gouramis, hatchetfish, killifish, bettas and livebearers that feed at the top.
- **Replacing flakes:** A tank moved from flake to a water-stable pellet with less debris.
- **Portion control:** Floating pellets that show how much is left before more goes in.
- **Marine surface feeders:** Saltwater fish that take food at the surface, in the same formula.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Only what is eaten within one to two minutes, per the maker.
- **Scatter across the surface:** Spread the pellets so timid fish get to feed too.
- **Net the stragglers:** Skim out pellets left floating at the end of the feed.
- **Match pellet to mouth:** Move larger fish up to the medium or large FLOAT pellet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Positively buoyant:** Most pellets stay up for the whole feeding cycle.
- **Flake substitute:** Pellet nutrient density and water stability at the surface.
- **1 to 1.5 mm regular pellet:** For small and medium surface feeders.
- **Krill and fish meal protein:** Easily digestible marine protein with no hormones.
- **Freshwater and marine:** A daily diet for either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102330
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024048
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Surface Feeders)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, floating (positively buoyant)
- **Protein Sources:** Krill and fish meal, according to the maker
- **Additives:** Hormone-free formula
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Range Pellet Sizes:** Regular 1–1.5 mm (this jar), medium 2–2.5 mm, large 3–3.5 mm, jumbo 7.5–8 mm
- **Ideal For:** Surface-feeding freshwater and marine fish, and tanks moving off flakes
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Gelmix Algaemax 120g
Herbivore gel-food powder made up fresh for tangs, plecos and grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-gelmix-algaemax-120g/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102347 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026547
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102347-1.jpeg
Frozen algae foods thaw into a cloud and nori sheets vanish in minutes; a gel that fish graze over an hour is the format herbivores actually suit. New Life Spectrum Gelmix Algaemax 120g (SKU: 102347) is the herbivore version of New Life Spectrum's Gelmix, a powder mixed with water at home to make a soft gel food, made in the USA by New Life International. It carries the AlgaeMAX recipe: nine green foods, chlorella, spirulina, ulva, wakame, red seaweed, kelp, Chondrus crispus, spinosum and Eucheuma cottonii seaweeds, with alfalfa, whole Antarctic krill for invertebrate protein, and vitamins and trace elements. New Life Spectrum's argument is that wild herbivores forage across many plants, so a mixed diet is closer to nature than a single-source green.
Gelmix is sold as a dry powder, so it needs no freezer and keeps far longer on the shelf than frozen food, and only as much as a tank will eat is made up at a time. The powder is prepared with water according to the directions on the pack and sets into a gel that can be cut into pieces and dropped in, or pressed onto rock, wood or the glass as a grazing station. New Life Spectrum recommends its gel and dough foods as training foods for new or fussy stock, as a diet for fish with sensitive palates and as grazing stations. The 120 g jar makes several batches; leftover gel is kept in the fridge.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Marine herbivores:** Tangs, rabbitfish, foxface and angelfish that graze on algae all day.
- **Plecos and freshwater grazers:** A gel pressed onto wood or rock for bristlenose and other catfish.
- **New or finicky fish:** A soft, scented food to start reluctant arrivals feeding.
- **Grazing stations:** A slab of gel left in the tank for fish that feed little and often.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Mix per the pack:** Combine powder and water as the label directs and let it set firm.
- **Cut or press:** Feed as cubes or smear a portion onto hardscape or the glass.
- **Feed what is eaten:** Start with a small piece and remove any gel left after a few hours.
- **Refrigerate the rest:** Keep made-up gel chilled for a few days; keep the powder sealed and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nine aquatic greens:** Chlorella, spirulina, ulva, wakame, kelp and four more seaweeds.
- **Krill for protein:** Whole Antarctic krill mimics the invertebrates herbivores take while foraging.
- **Made up fresh:** A powder with no refrigeration needed until it is mixed.
- **Gel or station:** Fed as pieces or pressed onto hardscape for grazing.
- **Herbivore-specific:** The AlgaeMAX recipe in gel form, alongside the standard Gelmix Powder.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102347
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026547
- **Product Type:** Food > Gel Food Mix (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g powder
- **Format:** Dry powder, mixed with water to form a gel or dough
- **Key Ingredients:** Chlorella, spirulina, ulva, wakame seaweed, red seaweed, kelp, Chondrus crispus, spinosum seaweed, Eucheuma cottonii, alfalfa, whole Antarctic krill, vitamins and trace elements
- **Preparation:** Follow the pack directions for the powder-to-water ratio; refrigerate made-up gel
- **Storage:** Powder keeps sealed and dry without refrigeration
- **Companion Product:** Gelmix Powder 120g (102346), the all-purpose version
- **Ideal For:** Freshwater and marine herbivores and grazing fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Gelmix Algaemax Powder 1.6kg
Bulk algae-rich powder for herbivore gel food in fish rooms and large systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-gelmix-algaemax-powder-1-6kg/
- Price: $239.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102849
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102849-1.webp
Herbivores graze all day, and a gel food stuck to the glass or set on a rock gives them something to rasp at that a pellet cannot. New Life Spectrum Gelmix Algaemax Powder 1.6kg (SKU: 102849) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's herbivore version of GelMix, a powder that is mixed into a gel food at home. A retailer describes it as a herbivore diet that combines several green algae and seaweed sources so that fish get a wider range of nutrients than a single-ingredient diet provides, and notes that marine proteins and invertebrate ingredients are included to mimic natural foraging.
The named ingredients on the retailer page include chlorella, spirulina, ulva, wakame, red seaweed, kelp, Chondrus crispus, spinosum seaweed and Eucheuma cottonii, with alfalfa, whole Antarctic krill, marine proteins, vitamins and trace elements. The maker markets it for herbivorous and omnivorous fish and describes the gel as customisable in texture. As a dry powder it needs no refrigeration, which suits storage in a fish room. The 1.6 kg pack is the only AlgaeMax GelMix size listed in the catalogue, so it is aimed at keepers feeding many tanks of algae eaters or running grow-out systems. Mixing directions are printed on the pack and are not repeated here. The standard GelMix Powder, without the algae emphasis, is a separate product for general-purpose gel and dough foods, so the two can be used side by side where a room holds both herbivores and omnivores.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Herbivore tanks:** Algae eaters that need plant matter in the diet.
- **Omnivores:** Fish that take both plant and animal foods.
- **Fish rooms:** A bulk stock for many tanks of grazing fish.
- **Grazing stations:** Gel set where fish can graze through the day.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Mix with water as directed on the label.
- **Adjust the texture:** The maker describes the gel as customisable, from softer to firmer.
- **Offer little and often:** Make a small batch and replace it as it is eaten.
- **Remove old gel:** Take out what is left after a day to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Algae and seaweed blend:** Chlorella, spirulina, ulva, wakame, kelp and other seaweeds.
- **Alfalfa included:** Plant matter alongside the algae.
- **Whole krill:** A marine protein source for omnivores.
- **Customisable gel:** Texture adjusted when it is mixed.
- **Bulk 1.6 kg bag:** A volume pack of the dry powder.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102849
- **Product Type:** Food > Gel Food Powder (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Form:** Dry powder, mixed with water before feeding
- **Named Ingredients:** Chlorella, spirulina, ulva, wakame, red seaweed, kelp, Chondrus crispus, spinosum seaweed, Eucheuma cottonii, alfalfa, whole Antarctic krill
- **Ideal For:** Herbivorous and omnivorous freshwater fish
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required for the dry powder
- **Preparation:** Mixing directions as printed on the pack
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with herbivorous and omnivorous fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Gelmix Powder 1.6kg
Bulk powder for making soft gel or dough foods in fish rooms and large systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-gelmix-powder-1-6kg/
- Price: $239.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102848
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102848-1.webp
Frozen food ties up freezer space, which is a nuisance for a fish room feeding dozens of tanks. New Life Spectrum Gelmix Powder 1.6kg (SKU: 102848) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's GelMix, a dry powder that is mixed with water into a nutrient-rich gel or dough. A retailer describes it as a complete food that mixes in minutes into a pliable feeding dough which can be pressed onto the aquarium glass, and as a substitute for frozen food with negligible nutrient loss. Whole krill, chlorella and spirulina are named as ingredients, and the formula is soy free.
The maker lists the powder among its easy-prep gels and doughs, which suit training foods, diets for fish with sensitive palates and grazing feeding stations. Because it is a dry powder it needs no refrigeration and has an extended shelf life, so a 1.6 kg bag can be mixed in small batches as needed. Retail text says it suits virtually every aquatic animal, fussy eaters and new stock included, across freshwater and marine species. The 1.6 kg pack is the large size of GelMix Powder, with a 120 g pack available for hobbyists who only need an occasional batch. The maker prints mixing directions on the pack, and the text here avoids quoting ratios that could not be confirmed. For herbivores, New Life Spectrum also makes an algae-rich version, GelMix AlgaeMax, so a room with mixed stock can hold both powders and mix each as needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many tanks fed from one dry stock.
- **Newly arrived stock:** A soft food to coax fish onto prepared diets.
- **Fussy eaters:** Fish with sensitive palates that refuse pellets.
- **Replacing frozen food:** A shelf-stable alternative to freezer storage.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Mix with water as directed on the label.
- **Prepare small batches:** Mix only what the system will eat in a feed or two.
- **Press onto glass or place in the tank:** Set the prepared food where the fish can graze.
- **Clear what is left:** Remove uneaten gel after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1.6 kg bag:** Enough dry powder for many batches.
- **Gel or dough:** One powder, made up to the texture needed.
- **Soy-free:** Whole krill, chlorella and spirulina listed as ingredients.
- **No refrigeration:** The dry mix stores without a fridge or freezer.
- **Wide species use:** Described by a retailer as suiting virtually every aquatic animal.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102848
- **Product Type:** Food > Gel Food Powder
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Form:** Dry powder, mixed with water before feeding
- **Named Ingredients:** Whole krill, chlorella, spirulina; soy free
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required for the dry powder
- **Preparation:** Mixing directions as printed on the pack
- **Other Sizes:** Gelmix Powder 120g (SKU 102346)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Gelmix Powder 120g
All-purpose gel-food powder at 48% protein for fussy eaters and feeding stations.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-gelmix-powder-120g/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102346 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026448
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102346-1.jpeg
Every keeper has a fish that will not eat: a new wrasse, a wild-caught pleco, an angelfish that only looks at frozen food. New Life Spectrum Gelmix Powder 120g (SKU: 102346) is New Life Spectrum's all-purpose gel food, a dry powder mixed with water to make a soft gel or a pliable dough, made in the USA by New Life International for virtually every aquatic animal in freshwater and marine tanks. The recipe is led by krill and squid, set with agar, with seaweeds, spirulina, kelp, garlic and natural carotenoids, and contains no soybean. The published guaranteed analysis is crude protein 48% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 7% maximum.
New Life Spectrum presents its gels and doughs as training foods, as a diet for fish with sensitive palates and as grazing feeding stations, and notes that as powder mixes they need no refrigeration until made up and carry long expiry dates. The maker also pitches the gel as an alternative to frozen food with negligible loss of nutrients. Mixed into a dough, it adheres to the aquarium glass or hardscape as a feeding station that fish return to; set as a gel, it is cut into pieces and fed like a frozen cube. Make only a few days' worth at a time and refrigerate it. The 120 g jar is the household size; a 1.6 kg pack is made for shops and fish rooms.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Starting new fish:** A strongly scented soft food to get recent arrivals and wild-caught fish feeding.
- **Frozen-food replacement:** A shelf-stable powder in place of thawing cubes every day.
- **Feeding stations:** Dough pressed onto glass or rock for grazers and shy mid-water fish.
- **Invertebrates and oddballs:** Shrimp, crabs, snails and other animals that take a soft gel.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack ratio:** Mix powder and water as directed; it sets in minutes.
- **Gel or dough:** Cut set gel into cubes, or press the dough onto the glass as a station.
- **Small portions:** Offer what is finished in a sitting and remove the remainder after a few hours.
- **Store made-up gel chilled:** Refrigerate and use within days; keep the dry powder sealed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **48% minimum protein:** Krill and squid lead a nutrient-dense recipe.
- **Gel or dough:** Set it as cubes or stick it to the glass as a feeding station.
- **Shelf-stable powder:** No freezer needed until it is mixed.
- **For almost anything:** Fish and invertebrates, freshwater and marine.
- **Natural preservative:** Tocopherols, with no soybean in the recipe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102346
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026448
- **Product Type:** Food > Gel Food Mix (All-Purpose)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g powder
- **Format:** Dry powder, mixed with water to form a gel or dough
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 48%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 7%
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, agar, seaweeds and algae, spirulina, kelp, garlic, whole wheat flour, astaxanthin, marigold, vitamins and minerals, tocopherols (preservative)
- **Preparation:** Mix with water per the pack directions; refrigerate made-up gel
- **Companion Product:** Gelmix Algaemax 120g (102347), the herbivore version
- **Other Sizes:** Gelmix Powder 1.6kg (102848)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, fish and invertebrates
---
#### New Life Spectrum Giant Sinking 2.2kg
Bulk 10–10.5 mm sinking pellet for very large fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-giant-sinking-2-2kg/
- Price: $133.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102279 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020507
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102279-1.jpg
Very large fish need a pellet they can actually take into the mouth, and a pack big enough to feed them for months. New Life Spectrum Giant Sinking 2.2kg (SKU: 102279) is an oversize pellet from New Life Spectrum, 10 to 10.5 mm across, supplied in a 2.2 kg bag. The catalogue copy describes it as a nutrient-dense all-purpose fish food, and as a sinking pellet it settles toward the bottom of the tank rather than floating. It is sold under the New Life Spectrum name, whose pellet range is built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula of whole Antarctic krill and other marine proteins, seaweeds, spirulina, garlic and natural colour-enhancing ingredients.
New Life Spectrum recommends feeding its diets exclusively for good results, and states for its pellet foods that the amount offered should be eaten within about a minute. At 10 mm a single pellet is a mouthful even for a big catfish or cichlid, so portions are counted in pellets rather than scoops. The brand's Float range stops at Jumbo, 7.5 to 8 mm, and this Giant size goes beyond it for species that find even that too small. Because the pack is 2.2 kg, it suits a large display or a collector with several big fish. Guaranteed analysis and ingredient details for this specific size could not be confirmed from a maker page, so none are quoted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large fish:** Species whose mouths are too big for 7.5 to 8 mm pellets.
- **Bottom-oriented feeders:** Large catfish and other fish that take sinking food.
- **Several big fish:** A 2.2 kg bag lasts across a group of large predators.
- **Mixed diets:** A sinking pellet to sit alongside floating foods in a large tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Count the pellets:** Offer a few per fish and add more only if they are cleared.
- **Feed to a minute:** Give an amount that is eaten within about a minute.
- **Target the fish:** Drop pellets near the fish that sit low in the tank so faster fish do not take them all.
- **Store sealed:** Close the bag after each feed and keep it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10–10.5 mm pellet:** Oversize grade, larger than the 7.5–8 mm Jumbo float pellet.
- **Sinking:** Settles to the bottom rather than floating.
- **Nutrient-dense all-purpose food:** The catalogue description of the formula.
- **Bulk 2.2 kg bag:** Sized for large systems and several big fish.
- **New Life Spectrum diet:** Sold under the brand's Spectrum pellet range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102279
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020507
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Giant)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 10–10.5 mm, sinking
- **Range:** New Life Spectrum pellet diets
- **Feeding:** An amount eaten within about one minute
- **Ideal For:** Very large fish that need an oversize pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with very large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Goldfish Large 150g
Larger 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet for adult and big-bodied goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-goldfish-large-150g/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102355 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987029142
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102355-1.jpg
As goldfish grow, a 1 mm pellet becomes a snack that takes dozens of mouthfuls, and a bigger pellet makes each feed quicker and tidier. New Life Spectrum Goldfish Large 150g (SKU: 102355) is New Life Spectrum's goldfish diet in the Large pellet size of 3 to 3.5 mm. It is a nutrient-dense sinking pellet for goldfish, made from easily digested ingredients. The Goldfish formula as described by a retailer is a complete, balanced diet built to support overall health, immune function and colour, with krill and menhaden fish, added vitamins A, D and E, and garlic, which the maker says aids acceptance and gives natural anti-parasitic benefits.
The listed ingredients for the Goldfish formula start with whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole menhaden fish and omega-3 fish oil, with whole wheat flour, bentonite clay, seaweeds including kelp, chlorella and wakame, spirulina, garlic and ginger. Colour-enhancing ingredients are astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. The maker states there are no artificial colours, flavours, hormones or preservatives, and recommends feeding the diet exclusively. Its directions on the Goldfish pellet are to feed twice daily, in an amount the fish can finish in about a minute. This Large size is for fish that have outgrown the Regular 1 to 1.5 mm pellet, which the maker positions for small ornamental goldfish. The guaranteed analysis was confirmed only for the Regular pellet, so no figures are quoted here.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult goldfish:** Fish whose mouths take a 3 mm pellet comfortably.
- **Growing fish:** A step up from the Regular size as goldfish gain body length.
- **Mixed-size groups:** Tanks where larger fish dominate the feed.
- **Sinking-food routine:** Keepers who prefer pellets that sink slowly into the water.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Follow the maker's goldfish feeding pattern.
- **Finish in a minute:** Give only what the fish clear in about a minute.
- **Check the size:** If a fish still struggles with a 3 mm pellet, go back to the Regular size.
- **Feed on its own:** New Life Spectrum recommends exclusive feeding for good results.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3–3.5 mm pellet:** Large size for adult goldfish.
- **Sinking:** Settles into the water column and substrate.
- **Krill and menhaden:** Marine proteins lead the ingredient list.
- **Garlic for acceptance:** The maker credits it with helping fish take the food.
- **No artificial colours or preservatives:** As stated by the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102355
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987029142
- **Product Type:** Food > Goldfish Pellets (Sinking, Large)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole menhaden fish, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, seaweeds, spirulina, garlic, ginger
- **Colour Ingredients:** Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin, zeaxanthin
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, an amount eaten within about one minute
- **Other Sizes:** Goldfish Regular 150g (SKU 102354)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with adult ornamental goldfish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Goldfish Regular 150g
Small 1–1.5 mm sinking pellet for ornamental goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-goldfish-regular-150g/
- Price: $23.36 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102354 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987029043
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102354-1.jpg
Small goldfish need a pellet sized for a small mouth, and a sinking one keeps the fish feeding below the surface. New Life Spectrum Goldfish Regular 150g (SKU: 102354) is New Life Spectrum's goldfish diet in the Regular pellet size of 1 to 1.5 mm. A retail listing calls it a complete, balanced sinking pellet for ornamental goldfish, designed to support overall health, immune function and colour, and ideally suited to small ornamental goldfish. The recipe includes krill and menhaden fish, with added vitamins A, D and E, and garlic, which the maker says aids acceptance and provides natural anti-parasitic benefits. The pack is 150 g, the same weight as the Large pellet version.
The listed ingredients start with whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole menhaden fish and omega-3 fish oil, with whole wheat flour, bentonite clay, a range of seaweeds including kelp, chlorella and wakame, spirulina, garlic and ginger. Colour comes from astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum and vitamin E at 400 IU/kg minimum. The maker states there are no artificial colours, flavours, hormones or preservatives, and it recommends feeding the diet exclusively.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small ornamental goldfish:** Fancy goldfish and juveniles with small mouths.
- **Daily staple:** A complete diet that can be fed on its own.
- **Colour support:** Natural pigment ingredients for orange and red tones.
- **Sinking-food preference:** Keepers who prefer pellets that sink rather than float.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** The maker's direction on its goldfish pellet is to feed twice a day.
- **One-minute rule:** Give an amount the fish can finish in about a minute.
- **Use as the main diet:** New Life Spectrum recommends feeding exclusively for good results.
- **Keep the lid tight:** Store the pack closed in a cool, dry place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1–1.5 mm pellet:** The Regular size for small goldfish.
- **Sinking:** Settles in the water rather than floating.
- **Garlic included:** The maker says it aids acceptance.
- **No artificial colours or preservatives:** As stated by the maker.
- **Immune and colour support:** Vitamins A, D and E with natural pigments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102354
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987029043
- **Product Type:** Food > Goldfish Pellets (Sinking)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Vitamins (min):** Vitamin A 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, an amount eaten within about one minute
- **Other Sizes:** Goldfish Large 150g (SKU 102355)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with small ornamental goldfish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Grow Fry Powder 60g
200 to 300 micron first food for fry and very small fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-grow-fry-powder-60g/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102353 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026929
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102353-1.jpeg
The first fortnight decides how a batch of fry turns out, and a powder they cannot see or swallow is wasted into the water. New Life Spectrum Grow Fry Powder 60g (SKU: 102353) is New Life Spectrum's Grow formula milled to a 200 to 300 micron fry starter, a particle the maker describes as large enough for fry to see and eat but small enough for them to swallow, made in the USA by New Life International. Grow is the growth diet in the range: New Life Spectrum says it combines the company's highest inclusion of squid protein with the Spectrum Nutrition Formula and adds extra omega-3 and marine proteins, whole Antarctic krill and whole fish, to help fry, juveniles and young fish reach their full potential. The same formula is also made as a 0.5 to 0.7 mm small pellet for the next stage.
The powder is built from whole Antarctic krill, squid and marine vegetables chosen for digestibility, with algae, spirulina, beta carotene, garlic and a fruit and vegetable extract, vitamins and trace minerals, and it contains no soybean products. As a dry food it can be offered alongside live foods or on its own once fry are free-swimming and large enough to take a 200 micron particle. New Life Spectrum recommends feeding its foods exclusively for the full effect of the formula. Fry are fed small pinches several times a day, and settled powder should be siphoned out, since fine food fouls a small tank quickly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearer fry:** Guppy, platy, molly and swordtail fry from their first day free-swimming.
- **Cichlid fry:** Released mouthbrooder fry and dwarf cichlid broods that need a dense first food.
- **Egg-layer fry after the yolk sac:** Killifish, rainbowfish and barb fry big enough to take 200 microns.
- **Tiny adult fish:** Micro-rasboras and other species with mouths too small for a 0.5 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Little and often:** Several small feeds a day, each a pinch dusted on the surface.
- **Watch the bellies:** Full, rounded stomachs after a feed mean the portion is right.
- **Siphon the floor:** Remove settled powder daily to keep ammonia down in a fry tank.
- **Step up in size:** Move growing fry to the 0.5 to 0.7 mm Grow pellet when they can take it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 to 300 micron particle:** Visible to fry yet small enough to swallow.
- **Highest squid inclusion:** The maker's growth recipe, with extra omega-3.
- **Whole krill and whole fish:** Marine proteins for fast, even growth.
- **No soybean:** Marine ingredients chosen for digestibility.
- **Dry and shelf-stable:** A first food that needs no hatching or thawing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102353
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026929
- **Product Type:** Food > Fry Starter Powder
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Model:** Grow Fry Starter, item 02692
- **Particle Size:** 200–300 microns, powder
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, squid, whole fish, whole wheat flour, algae, spirulina, beta carotene, garlic, fruit and vegetable extract, vitamins and trace minerals
- **Additives:** No soybean products
- **Feeding:** Small amounts several times daily; remove settled powder
- **Ideal For:** Fry and very small fish
- **Range:** Grow is also made as a 0.5–0.7 mm small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fry and grow-out tanks
---
#### New Life Spectrum Grow Sinking 60g
Small sinking pellet with extra squid protein for juvenile and growing fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-grow-sinking-60g/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102349 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026820
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102349-1.jpeg
Young fish grow fastest when the food is small enough to eat and dense enough to matter. New Life Spectrum Grow Sinking 60g (SKU: 102349) is the Grow formula from New Life Spectrum, specially designed according to the maker to help fry, juvenile and young fish reach their maximum potential. Grow combines the highest amount of squid protein in the brand's range with the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, plus additional omega-3 and marine proteins such as whole Antarctic krill and whole fish. It is supplied as a small sinking pellet suitable for juvenile and small but growing fish, in a 60 g tub.
Retailers list the pellet at a fraction of a millimetre, roughly 0.5 to 0.75 mm, which is small enough for juveniles that have moved past fry powder. The Grow line also includes a separate 200 to 300 micron fry starter powder, large enough for newly free-swimming fry to see and eat, and that powder is a different product with its own barcode. A fry starter listing describes the Grow range as built on whole Antarctic krill, squid and marine vegetables with no soybean products, and New Life Spectrum recommends feeding its diets exclusively. Because the pellet sinks, it reaches fish feeding in the lower half of the tank, so it suits species that pick food from the substrate and from midwater as it falls. The 60 g pack is the only size of this pellet in the catalogue.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile fish:** Young fish that have outgrown fry powder and need a small pellet.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Batches of young fish being raised to a saleable or breeding size.
- **Small but growing species:** Adults of small species that still benefit from a small pellet.
- **Breeder routines:** A step between fry starter and the maker's Regular pellet sizes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed small amounts:** Offer a pinch and watch whether it is cleared quickly.
- **Feed often to young fish:** Several small feeds suit juveniles better than one large one.
- **Remove uneaten pellets:** Siphon leftovers from the substrate to protect water quality.
- **Transition upward:** Move to a larger New Life Spectrum pellet as the fish grow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Highest squid protein:** The maker's growth-focused recipe in the Spectrum range.
- **Omega-3 and whole krill:** Added marine proteins alongside whole fish.
- **Small sinking pellet:** Sized for juvenile and small fish.
- **Spectrum Nutrition Formula base:** The same foundation as the brand's other pellet diets.
- **60 g tub:** A small pack for grow-out batches.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102349
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026820
- **Product Type:** Food > Growth Pellets (Sinking, Juvenile)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 0.5–0.75 mm (per retailer listings), sinking
- **Formula:** Grow, on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Proteins:** Squid, whole Antarctic krill, whole fish
- **Ideal For:** Fry that have moved on to pellets, juvenile and small growing fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and grow-out tanks
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 150g
Insect-protein 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet in a small trial pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-large-150g/
- Price: $28.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124772 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028343
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124772-1.webp
Many fish eat insects in the wild, and a pellet built on insect protein brings that diet into the aquarium. New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 150g (SKU: 124772) is the Large pellet of New Life Spectrum's Insectum range, a sinking pellet of 3 to 3.5 mm. The maker lists five insect proteins, mealworms, silkworms, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers, as the source of essential amino acids that mimic the natural diet. Insectum is built on the soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which features whole Antarctic krill and omega-3 protein, along with aquatic proteins and plant matter. This 150 g tub is the smallest Large pack, enough to test whether the fish take the food.
Insectum also contains moringa leaf, which the maker describes as packed with vitamin A, vitamin D, calcium and potassium with five antioxidants. A retailer calls it a high-quality daily food for a wide variety of fish and lists fish oil among the ingredients, without naming particular species. The pellet sinks, so it reaches fish that feed in midwater and on the bottom. The range is made in Regular at 1 to 1.5 mm, Medium at 2 to 2.5 mm and Large at 3 to 3.5 mm, and the Large size is for fish with a bigger mouth or an appetite for larger pieces. Guaranteed analysis was not available from the sources used, so none is quoted. The 150 g size suits a single tank or a first trial.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Insect-eating fish:** Fish whose natural diet includes insects and larvae.
- **Trial before bulk:** A small tub to test acceptance before buying the 300 g or 2.2 kg size.
- **Soy-free preference:** Keepers who want a food without soy.
- **Variety in a staple diet:** An insect-based pellet to rotate with other New Life Spectrum diets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Offer a small portion:** Start with what the fish finish in a minute or two.
- **Watch the sinking pellets:** Check that slower fish get their share before the pellets reach the substrate.
- **Remove uneaten pellets:** Siphon leftovers from the bottom after feeding.
- **Keep the tub dry:** Close the lid after each use and store it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five insect proteins:** Mealworms, silkworms, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers.
- **Soy-free recipe:** Built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula without soy.
- **Krill and omega-3:** Whole Antarctic krill and omega-3 protein in the base.
- **Moringa leaf:** Included for vitamins, minerals and antioxidants, according to the maker.
- **150 g tub:** The small Large-pellet pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124772
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028343
- **Product Type:** Food > Insect-Protein Sinking Pellets (Large)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Insect Proteins:** Mealworms, silkworms, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers
- **Other Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, omega-3 protein, fish oil, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Insectum Large 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774) and 2.2kg (SKU 124775); Regular and Medium pellets in 150g to 2.2kg (SKUs 124764–124771)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with omnivorous and insectivorous fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 2.2kg
Bulk soy-free insect-protein sinking pellet for large systems and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-large-2-2kg/
- Price: $153.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124775 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028305
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124775-1.webp
Feeding many tanks from one food only works when the pack is as large as the demand, and running out mid-month is a nuisance. New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 2.2kg (SKU: 124775) is the bulk bag of New Life Spectrum's Insectum Large sinking pellet, 3 to 3.5 mm across. The maker lists five insect proteins, mealworms, silkworms, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers, as the source of essential amino acids that mimic the natural diet of fish. Insectum is built on the soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula with whole Antarctic krill and omega-3 protein, combined with aquatic proteins and plant matter, and it also contains moringa leaf.
The maker describes the moringa leaf as packed with vitamin A, vitamin D, calcium and potassium, with five antioxidants. A retailer lists fish oil among the ingredients and calls the pellet well suited to a wide variety of fish, though it names no species and gives no feeding directions. At 2.2 kg this is the largest Insectum Large pack in the catalogue, aimed at fish rooms, breeders, club buys and keepers running several tanks that take a 3 mm pellet. The tubs of 150 g, 300 g and 600 g in the same size are better for single tanks or trials. Guaranteed analysis was not available from the sources used, so none is quoted. Because the bag will be opened many times, it helps to decant a working supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** A single insect-based pellet across many tanks.
- **Club and group buys:** A bag that divides sensibly between several keepers.
- **Large displays:** Big aquariums with plenty of fish that take a 3 mm sinking pellet.
- **Long-term staple:** Households that would finish a 300 g tub within weeks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a working supply:** Keep a small lidded tub at the tank and the bulk bag sealed.
- **Feed to appetite:** Give an amount cleared within a minute or two.
- **Siphon uneaten pellets:** Clean the substrate after feeding.
- **Store cool and dry:** Squeeze out the air and fold the bag closed after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 2.2 kg bag:** The largest Insectum Large pack in the catalogue.
- **Five insect proteins:** Mealworms, silkworms, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers.
- **Soy-free:** The Spectrum Nutrition Formula base contains no soy.
- **Krill and omega-3 base:** Whole Antarctic krill and omega-3 protein.
- **Moringa leaf and fish oil:** Additional plant and marine ingredients named in the recipe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124775
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028305
- **Product Type:** Food > Insect-Protein Sinking Pellets (Large, Bulk)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Insect Proteins:** Mealworms, silkworms, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers
- **Other Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, omega-3 protein, fish oil, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Insectum Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773) and 600g (SKU 124774); Regular and Medium pellets in 150g to 2.2kg (SKUs 124764–124771)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with omnivorous and insectivorous fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 300g
Soy-free 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet built on five insect proteins.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-large-300g/
- Price: $46.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124773 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028350
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124773-1.webp
A food made from insects mirrors what many fish eat in the wild, and the Large pellet keeps that diet in a size bigger mouths can handle. New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 300g (SKU: 124773) is the 300 g pack of New Life Spectrum's Insectum Large sinking pellet, 3 to 3.5 mm across. A retailer describes it as a high-quality daily food source with five insect proteins, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers, together with whole Antarctic krill, fish oil and moringa leaf. The formula is soy free. The maker adds that Insectum sits on top of the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, whose krill and omega-3 protein base is combined with aquatic proteins and plant matter.
According to the maker, the insect proteins supply essential amino acids that mimic the natural diet of fish, and moringa leaf contributes vitamin A, vitamin D, calcium, potassium and five antioxidants. The retail listing calls the food well suited to a wide variety of fish but does not name species or give feeding directions. Because it is a sinking pellet it reaches fish feeding in midwater and on the substrate. The 300 g tub is the middle Large size, enough for a few tanks over a couple of months, between the 150 g tub for trials and the 2.2 kg bulk bag. Smaller Insectum pellets are made at 1 to 1.5 mm (Regular) and 2 to 2.5 mm (Medium) for smaller mouths.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily feeding:** A staple pellet for a wide variety of fish, as the retailer describes it.
- **Medium-sized aquariums:** Households with one or more tanks of fish that take a 3 mm pellet.
- **Insect-based diet:** Keepers who want insect protein in the feeding rotation.
- **Soy-free requirement:** A pellet that is free of soy.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Start with a small amount:** Offer what the fish finish within a minute or two.
- **Spread the pellets:** Scatter them across the tank so shy fish can reach some.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets from the substrate after feeding.
- **Close the tub:** Seal it after each use and keep it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five insect proteins:** Mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers.
- **Soy free:** Stated by both the maker and a retailer.
- **Krill and fish oil:** Whole Antarctic krill and fish oil in the recipe.
- **Moringa leaf:** A plant ingredient with vitamins, calcium, potassium and antioxidants, per the maker.
- **300 g tub:** The middle pack in the Large range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124773
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028350
- **Product Type:** Food > Insect-Protein Sinking Pellets (Large)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Insect Proteins:** Mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers
- **Other Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, omega-3 protein, fish oil, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Insectum Large 150g (SKU 124772), 600g (SKU 124774) and 2.2kg (SKU 124775); Regular and Medium pellets in 150g to 2.2kg (SKUs 124764–124771)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with omnivorous and insectivorous fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 600g
Sinking 3–3.5 mm insect-protein pellet for big-mouthed fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-large-600g/
- Price: $66.42 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124774 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028336
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124774-1.webp
Large fish waste a fine pellet, and many simply ignore it, so the biggest feeders in the aquarium need a food cut to their size. New Life Spectrum Insectum Large 600g (SKU: 124774) is the 600 g pack of Insectum Large, a 3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellet from New Life Spectrum. It is made on the maker's soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula, with whole Antarctic krill and fish oil under five insect proteins: mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers. Moringa leaf supplies vitamins A and D, calcium, potassium and protein. The 600 g pack is a sensible quantity for a keeper with a few large fish, since bigger fish eat more by weight and a smaller jar does not last.
The Large grade is the top of the three Insectum sizes, above Regular at 1 to 1.5 mm and Medium at 2 to 2.5 mm. The size suits fish such as adult cichlids, large catfish, big barbs and other species that take food in a single gulp, and it is also the grade for fish moving off Medium as they put on length. New Life Spectrum describes the food as suited to a wide variety of fish and advises feeding its diets exclusively. The maker's directions for its other sinking pellets are twice-daily feeds finished in about a minute. Because large fish produce more waste, small measured feeds also help keep the water clean. Large fish also tend to feed more aggressively, so scattering the pellets across the tank helps every fish get a share.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlids and catfish:** Species that swallow food whole and ignore small pellets.
- **Grown-out fish:** Stock moving up from Medium once they pass the 2.5 mm size.
- **Big-fish tanks:** Display tanks where the fish eat a lot at each feed.
- **Insect-eating species:** Fish that take insects in the wild.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds a day:** Keep the portions to what the fish finish in about a minute.
- **Count the pellets:** Large pellets are easy to count, which makes portions consistent.
- **Watch the bottom:** Remove pellets that sink out of reach of slower fish.
- **Store sealed:** Keep the pack cool, dry and out of direct sun.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large 3–3.5 mm pellet:** The biggest grade in the Insectum line.
- **600 g quantity:** Third of the four Large pack sizes.
- **Five insect proteins:** Named by the maker in the recipe.
- **Krill base:** Whole Antarctic krill and fish oil.
- **Soy-free:** The maker states the formula contains no soy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124774
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028336
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Large)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 2.2kg (SKU 124775); Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 300g (SKU 124765), 600g (SKU 124766), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 300g (SKU 124769), 600g (SKU 124770), 2.2kg (SKU 124771)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 150g
Trial pack of 2–2.5 mm sinking insect pellets for mid-size fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-medium-150g/
- Price: $28.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124768 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028244
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124768-1.webp
A fish that has outgrown a 1 mm pellet but is not yet ready for a big one needs the middle grade, and a small pack is a low-risk way to find out if it likes the recipe. New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 150g (SKU: 124768) is the smallest pack of Insectum Medium, the 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet from New Life Spectrum. The recipe is the maker's soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula, with whole Antarctic krill and fish oil as the marine base and five insect proteins on top: mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers. Moringa leaf is added for vitamins A and D, calcium, potassium and protein. Here the pellet is scaled for fish with a mouth that handles a 2 mm food, such as growing juveniles and many adult community species.
Medium sits between Regular at 1 to 1.5 mm and Large at 3 to 3.5 mm, so it is the usual step for fish that have grown out of the finer grade. New Life Spectrum describes Insectum as a daily food suited to a wide variety of fish and advises feeding its diets exclusively. The directions published for its other sinking pellets are two feeds a day, each finished in about a minute, and the first few feeds with a new food should be watched to confirm that every fish is taking pellets. A 150 g pack holds enough for several weeks of feeding in one modest tank, and it is also a practical size for someone who keeps a mix of foods and rotates between them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing juveniles:** Fish moving up from a Regular pellet as their mouths widen.
- **Mid-size community fish:** Species that take a 2 mm pellet comfortably.
- **Testing acceptance:** A small pack before committing to 600 g or 2.2 kg.
- **Diet rotation:** An insect-based pellet to alternate with flakes and frozen foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Introduce gradually:** Mix with the current food for a few days if fish are hesitant.
- **Two small feeds:** Offer what is cleared in about a minute, twice a day.
- **Check the pellet size:** If fish spit pellets out, drop back to Regular.
- **Seal after use:** Close the pack and keep it somewhere cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium 2–2.5 mm pellet:** The middle grade of the three Insectum sizes.
- **150 g starter size:** The smallest pack in the Medium range.
- **Five named insects:** Mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers.
- **Krill base:** Whole Antarctic krill and fish oil.
- **Soy-free:** The formula is described as free of soy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124768
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028244
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 300g (SKU 124769), 600g (SKU 124770), 2.2kg (SKU 124771); Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 300g (SKU 124765), 600g (SKU 124766), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with mid-size community fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 2.2kg
Bulk 2–2.5 mm sinking insect pellets for fish rooms and large collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-medium-2-2kg/
- Price: $170.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124771 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028206
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124771-1.webp
A collection of mid-size fish eats through food steadily, and a bulk pack keeps one batch of one recipe in every tank. New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 2.2kg (SKU: 124771) is the 2.2 kg size of Insectum Medium, the 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet from New Life Spectrum that is built on insect protein. The maker names five sources, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers, alongside whole Antarctic krill and fish oil in its soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula. Moringa leaf is included for vitamins A and D, calcium, potassium and protein. This is the largest Medium pack, holding almost fifteen times the 150 g size.
At the Medium grade the pellet suits the widest range of aquarium fish, from grown-out juveniles to adult community species, which makes it the usual choice for a shop, a club or a fish room feeding many tanks from a single supply. New Life Spectrum describes Insectum as a daily food suited to a wide variety of fish, and it recommends feeding its diets exclusively. The directions published for the maker's other sinking pellets are two feeds a day with a portion finished in about a minute. A pack of this size should be treated as a stock holding rather than a feeding jar: decant what is needed for a few weeks, keep the rest sealed, cool and dry, and use it in order. Keepers with small-mouthed or very large fish can run the Regular and Large grades next to it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and shops:** One staple pellet across many tanks of mid-size fish.
- **Clubs and large collections:** Shared purchases where pack size keeps ordering simple.
- **Breeders:** Grow-out stock that has moved beyond the finest pellet.
- **Long-term feeding:** A planned insect-protein programme over several months.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Work from a day tub:** Refill a small dry container rather than opening the bulk pack daily.
- **Two feeds each day:** Keep portions to what is eaten in about a minute.
- **Label the date:** Note when the bulk pack was opened and use the oldest food first.
- **Protect from moisture:** Keep the pack out of humid fish rooms where possible.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk size:** The largest pack of Insectum Medium.
- **Medium pellet:** 2–2.5 mm, sinking, for a wide range of fish.
- **Insect protein blend:** Five types named by the maker.
- **Krill and fish oil base:** Marine ingredients from the Spectrum Nutrition Formula.
- **Soy-free:** No soy, according to New Life Spectrum.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124771
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028206
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 300g (SKU 124769), 600g (SKU 124770); Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 300g (SKU 124765), 600g (SKU 124766), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, fish rooms and breeding set-ups with mid-size fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 300g
Everyday pack of 2–2.5 mm sinking pellets with five insect proteins.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-medium-300g/
- Price: $51.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124769 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028251
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124769-1.webp
Insects make up a large part of the diet of many freshwater fish in the wild, and Insectum puts several of them into a pellet that sinks. New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 300g (SKU: 124769) is the 300 g pack of the Medium grade, a 2 to 2.5 mm pellet from New Life Spectrum. The insect protein comes from mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers, and the base is the maker's soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula with whole Antarctic krill and fish oil. The maker includes moringa leaf for vitamins A and D, calcium, potassium, protein and antioxidants. As the middle pellet size in a mid-range pack, it is the most common choice for a single established tank.
The Medium pellet suits fish that are too large for the Regular 1 to 1.5 mm grade but do not need the 3 to 3.5 mm Large pellet, which covers a lot of mid-size barbs, gouramis, loaches and cichlids. New Life Spectrum advises feeding its diets exclusively and describes Insectum as suited to a wide variety of fish. Because it sinks, the pellet is within reach of fish at every level, though the very fastest eaters may take most of it before it passes mid-water, so scattering helps. The maker's directions for its other sinking pellets are two feeds a day, with the portion eaten inside about a minute. The 300 g pack is double the starter size and half the 600 g size, a middle point for keepers who already know the fish accept it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established community tank:** A staple pellet for mixed fish of moderate size.
- **Barbs, gouramis and loaches:** Species that handle a 2 mm sinking pellet.
- **After a trial:** The next pack up once the 150 g size has been accepted.
- **Omnivorous fish:** Mixed diets that benefit from both insect and marine ingredients.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice daily:** Keep each feed small enough to be cleared in about a minute.
- **Scatter the pellets:** Spread them across the tank so slower fish can reach some.
- **Net out surplus:** Remove uneaten pellets before they soften on the substrate.
- **Keep sealed:** Store in a cool, dry place with the lid closed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium pellet:** 2–2.5 mm, between the Regular and Large grades.
- **300 g size:** Second-smallest pack in the Medium range.
- **Insect proteins:** Five types listed by the maker.
- **Whole krill:** Antarctic krill and fish oil from the Spectrum Nutrition Formula.
- **Moringa leaf:** Included by the maker as a vitamin and mineral source.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124769
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028251
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 600g (SKU 124770), 2.2kg (SKU 124771); Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 300g (SKU 124765), 600g (SKU 124766), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with mid-size community fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 150g
Sinking 1–1.5 mm insect-protein pellet for small-mouthed fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-regular-150g/
- Price: $28.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124764 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028145
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124764-1.webp
Small fish have small mouths, but they still do well on the insect protein that wild fish pick up in the water and on its surface, and a fine pellet can carry it. New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 150g (SKU: 124764) is the Regular-size version of Insectum, a sinking pellet from New Life Spectrum built on the soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula. The maker describes insect protein in five forms (mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers) on a base of whole Antarctic krill and fish oil, with moringa leaf added as a source of vitamins A and D, calcium, potassium, protein and antioxidants. The Regular pellet is 1 to 1.5 mm, and this 150 g pack is the smallest in the line, enough for a single tank or a trial of the food.
Insectum is made in three pellet sizes, Regular (1–1.5 mm), Medium (2–2.5 mm) and Large (3–3.5 mm), so the same recipe can follow fish as they grow or be matched to different tanks in one home. New Life Spectrum presents it as a daily diet suited to a wide variety of fish, and it advises feeding its diets exclusively. Directions published for the maker's other sinking pellets are to feed twice daily, with a portion eaten in about a minute, which is a sensible starting point here and can be adjusted to the stocking level. Because the pellets sink slowly through the water, they reach mid-water fish as well as those that pick from the bottom.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community fish:** Species with small mouths that need a 1 mm class pellet.
- **Juveniles:** Young fish that will move up to Medium or Large as they grow.
- **Insect-based diet:** A staple that brings several insect proteins into the menu.
- **Trial pack:** A 150 g size to test acceptance before buying a larger jar.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two small feeds daily:** Offer only what the fish clear in about a minute.
- **Scatter widely:** Spread the pellets so smaller or shyer fish get their share.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets from the substrate after feeding.
- **Store sealed:** Close the pack after each feed and keep it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** The smallest of the three Insectum pellet sizes.
- **Five insect proteins:** Mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers.
- **Krill and fish oil base:** Whole Antarctic krill sits in the Spectrum Nutrition Formula.
- **Moringa leaf:** Added by the maker for vitamins A and D, calcium and potassium.
- **Soy-free recipe:** The maker states the formula contains no soy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124764
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028145
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Regular)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 300g (SKU 124765), 600g (SKU 124766), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 300g (SKU 124769), 600g (SKU 124770), 2.2kg (SKU 124771); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with small fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 2.2kg
Bulk 1–1.5 mm sinking insect pellets for shops, breeders and large collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-regular-2-2kg/
- Price: $153.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124767 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028107
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124767-1.webp
For a shop, a breeder or anyone feeding dozens of tanks, small packs mean constant reordering and a different batch in every jar. New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 2.2kg (SKU: 124767) is the bulk size of Insectum Regular, the fine-pellet version of New Life Spectrum's insect-protein diet. The pellet is 1 to 1.5 mm and sinks, and the recipe is the maker's soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula with whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, moringa leaf and five insect proteins: mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers. At 2.2 kg it is the largest pack available in the range and holds nearly fifteen times as much as the 150 g size.
The Regular grade is meant for small mouths, so a collection of tetras, rasboras, small livebearers or growing fry is where a bulk pack is used up before it ages. Fish that outgrow it can move to Insectum Medium at 2 to 2.5 mm or Large at 3 to 3.5 mm without a change of recipe, and a keeper holding several grades can match the pellet to each tank. New Life Spectrum describes the food as a daily diet suited to a wide variety of fish and advises feeding its diets exclusively. The maker's directions for its other sinking pellets are two feeds daily, finished in about a minute. With a pack this size, storage matters more than with a small jar: keep it sealed, cool and dry, and work from a smaller container filled from the main supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shops and fish rooms:** A single food for a large number of tanks with small fish.
- **Breeding programmes:** Fine pellets for fry and juveniles being grown out.
- **Long-term feeding:** A fully committed insect-protein diet for a big collection.
- **Cost per feed:** Keepers who have already confirmed their fish accept the food.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Use a day container:** Fill a small tub from the main pack and keep the rest sealed.
- **Two feeds a day:** Keep each portion small and finished within a minute.
- **Rotate stock:** Use older food first and note when the pack was opened.
- **Keep out of heat:** Avoid sun, humidity and warm storerooms.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the Insectum Regular range.
- **1–1.5 mm sinking pellet:** The finest of the three Insectum grades.
- **Five insect proteins:** Named by the maker as the core of the recipe.
- **Krill and fish oil:** Marine ingredients in the Spectrum Nutrition Formula.
- **Soy-free:** The maker states the formula has no soy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124767
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028107
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Regular)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 300g (SKU 124765), 600g (SKU 124766); Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 300g (SKU 124769), 600g (SKU 124770), 2.2kg (SKU 124771); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, fish rooms and breeding set-ups with small fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 300g
Mid-size pack of 1–1.5 mm sinking insect pellets for daily feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-regular-300g/
- Price: $46.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124765 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028152
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124765-1.webp
A daily staple is only useful if the pellet fits the fish, and the Regular size is cut for fish with small mouths. New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 300g (SKU: 124765) is the 300 g pack of Insectum Regular from New Life Spectrum, a sinking pellet made on the maker's soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula. The insect side of the recipe is five proteins, namely mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers, and the marine side is whole Antarctic krill and fish oil. Moringa leaf is included for vitamins A and D, calcium, potassium and protein. At 1 to 1.5 mm the pellet suits small community species, and twice the volume of the 150 g trial pack gives a keeper with a few tanks a longer run between orders.
New Life Spectrum sells Insectum in three pellet sizes: Regular at 1 to 1.5 mm, Medium at 2 to 2.5 mm and Large at 3 to 3.5 mm. The maker calls it a high-quality daily food for a wide variety of fish and notes that its diets are intended to be fed exclusively. The maker's directions for its other sinking pellets are two feeds a day, each finished in about a minute, and that routine carries over well to Insectum. Watching the first few feeds shows whether a given species takes the pellet at the surface, in mid-water or from the bottom, and the portion can be trimmed to match.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single community tank:** A 300 g pack covers regular feeding of a modestly stocked tank for a good while.
- **Small-mouthed species:** Fish that need a pellet no larger than about 1.5 mm.
- **Varying the diet:** Alternating with a flake or another pellet to add insect ingredients.
- **Several small tanks:** One pack shared across a couple of tanks of similar fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice a day:** Two short feeds rather than one large one.
- **Judge by the minute:** Reduce the portion if pellets are still sinking uneaten after a minute or so.
- **Watch every fish eat:** Check that shy species are getting pellets, not only the boldest fish.
- **Keep it dry:** Seal the pack after use so the pellets stay free-flowing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g pack:** Twice the 150 g size and half the 600 g size in the Regular range.
- **Regular pellet:** 1–1.5 mm, sinking, for small mouths.
- **Insect protein variety:** Five insect sources named by the maker.
- **Krill-based recipe:** Whole Antarctic krill with fish oil.
- **No soy:** The Spectrum Nutrition Formula is described as soy-free.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124765
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028152
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Regular)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 600g (SKU 124766), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 300g (SKU 124769), 600g (SKU 124770), 2.2kg (SKU 124771); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with small to medium community fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 600g
Larger jar of fine sinking insect pellets for busy fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-insectum-regular-600g/
- Price: $66.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124766 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028138
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124766-1.webp
When several tanks of small fish are fed from one container, the container needs to hold more than a trial amount of a food they all accept. New Life Spectrum Insectum Regular 600g (SKU: 124766) is the 600 g size of Insectum Regular, New Life Spectrum's sinking insect-protein pellet at 1 to 1.5 mm. It is built on the soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker pairs with whole Antarctic krill and fish oil and then adds five insect proteins: mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers. Moringa leaf rounds out the recipe as a source of vitamins A and D, calcium, potassium and protein. It is four times the size of the smallest pack, so it suits a keeper who has settled on Insectum as the main pellet.
The Regular pellet is the smallest of three Insectum sizes, with Medium at 2 to 2.5 mm and Large at 3 to 3.5 mm above it. A 600 g purchase makes more sense when the tanks have fish of a similar mouth size, and fry-raising or grow-out set-ups can step up to Medium from the same line later without changing the recipe. The maker describes the food as suited to a wide variety of fish and recommends feeding its diets exclusively. The maker's published directions for other sinking pellets are to feed twice daily and to give only what is finished in about a minute, a routine that works well for this size too. A larger quantity should be kept sealed, away from heat and damp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple tanks:** One container serving a row of tanks stocked with small fish.
- **Grow-out systems:** Juveniles fed a fine pellet before moving to Medium.
- **Breeders and hobbyists:** Keepers who have already tested the food and want fewer reorders.
- **Rotation feeding:** A stocked pantry for alternating with flakes and frozen foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Decant a working supply:** Move a few weeks of food to a small dry container for daily use.
- **Two measured feeds:** Keep the portions the same from tank to tank only when stocking is similar.
- **Clear the surplus:** Remove any pellets still on the gravel after feeding.
- **Store cool and dry:** Reseal the main container promptly after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g quantity:** The third of four pack sizes in the Regular range.
- **Fine sinking pellet:** 1–1.5 mm for small mouths and juveniles.
- **Insect protein blend:** Five named insect sources in one recipe.
- **Whole krill base:** Antarctic krill and fish oil from the Spectrum Nutrition Formula.
- **Soy-free:** No soy, according to the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124766
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028138
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Regular)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 300g (SKU 124765), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 300g (SKU 124769), 600g (SKU 124770), 2.2kg (SKU 124771); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and fish rooms with small fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Basics 1.6kg
Floating 5.5–6 mm everyday koi pellet in a small pond-size pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-basics-1-6kg/
- Price: $149.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724776 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024505
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724776-1.png
A koi pond that is fed daily needs a staple food that floats, is easy to watch the fish take, and does not leave the water cloudy with waste. New Life Spectrum Koi Basics 1.6kg (SKU: 724776) is the smallest pack of Koi Basics, the everyday floating pellet in New Life Spectrum's koi range. The pellet is 5.5 to 6 mm. The maker describes a high-density food that combines krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein, with aquatic vegetables added, and says it contains no soybean additives. Five insect proteins are named: silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets. The food is made in the USA.
New Life Spectrum says its koi foods provide the variety koi need in a single pellet, and that the high density means less waste and more feedings from each bag. Basics is the staple of the range, sitting alongside Koi Grow for young fish and Koi Show for colour-focused feeding. At 1.6 kg this pack suits a small pond, a few koi in a backyard or a keeper who wants to test acceptance before buying a larger bag. The pack directions should be followed for feeding rates, but the usual koi routine applies: small amounts several times a day while the water is warm, reduced as temperatures fall, and nothing left on the surface after a few minutes. Because the pellets float, appetite is easy to judge, and any that remain can be netted out before they break down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily staple:** The main pellet for koi in a home pond.
- **Small ponds:** A 1.6 kg pack matched to a modest number of fish.
- **First purchase:** A starter pack to check that the koi accept the pellet.
- **Mixed feeding:** A base food alongside seasonal or colour-focused diets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Use the feeding directions on the bag for portion size.
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the koi eat within a few minutes.
- **Cut back with temperature:** Reduce feeding as the pond cools.
- **Net out leftovers:** Remove floating pellets that are not taken.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating 5.5–6 mm pellet:** Visible at the surface so feeding can be watched.
- **Five insect proteins:** Silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets.
- **Krill and fish oil:** Marine ingredients named by the maker.
- **Aquatic vegetables:** Seaweeds and other plant matter in the pellet.
- **No soybean additives:** A claim made by New Life Spectrum for its koi foods.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724776
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024505
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5.5–6 mm, floating
- **Formula:** Koi Basics, Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Basics 4.5kg (SKU 724777) and 8kg (SKU 724778)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Basics 4.5kg
Floating 5.5–6 mm koi staple in a mid-size bag for a full season.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-basics-4-5kg/
- Price: $279.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724777 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024581
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724777-1.png
Koi owners who feed every day through the warm months go through a surprising amount of pellet, and a mid-size bag saves repeated small purchases. New Life Spectrum Koi Basics 4.5kg (SKU: 724777) is the 4.5 kg bag of Koi Basics, the standard floating pellet in New Life Spectrum's koi range. The pellet is 5.5 to 6 mm, floats, and is built around krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein, with aquatic vegetables added. The maker lists five insect sources, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets, and states there are no soybean additives. The recipe is the same in every Basics bag, so the choice of 1.6 kg, 4.5 kg or 8 kg is a matter of pond size and how quickly it is used.
New Life Spectrum describes the koi foods as a single pellet that carries the variety koi need, and says the high-density recipe means less waste and more feedings from each bag. In the range, Basics is the daily food, with Grow aimed at young fish and Show at colour. A 4.5 kg bag suits a pond of moderate size or a keeper with a dozen or more fish, and it holds just under three times as much as the 1.6 kg bag. Pellets this size should be stored in a lidded bin or a sealed bag, kept out of sun and damp, because oils in a fish food break down over time. Feeding rates are given on the pack; as a rule the amount is cut back as the water cools and the koi slow down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium ponds:** A bag matched to a stocked pond fed daily through the warm months.
- **Established koi keepers:** Those who already know their fish accept the pellet.
- **Everyday feeding:** The base diet around which treats and seasonal foods are added.
- **Cost-conscious stocking up:** A larger bag in place of repeated 1.6 kg purchases.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Check the bag:** Use the maker's directions printed on the pack.
- **Small, regular feeds:** Offer what is finished within a few minutes.
- **Decant for the pond side:** Keep a small scoop container and a sealed main bin.
- **Reduce in cool weather:** Feed less as the water temperature drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4.5 kg bag:** The middle size in the Koi Basics range.
- **5.5–6 mm floating pellet:** Easy to see and to net out if uneaten.
- **Insect protein variety:** Five sources listed by the maker.
- **High-density recipe:** The maker claims less waste and more feedings per bag.
- **Soy-free:** No soybean additives, according to the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724777
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024581
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5.5–6 mm, floating
- **Formula:** Koi Basics, Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Basics 1.6kg (SKU 724776) and 8kg (SKU 724778)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Basics 8kg
Bulk floating 5.5–6 mm koi pellet for large ponds and koi collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-basics-8kg/
- Price: $400.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724778 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024598
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724778-1.jpg
A large pond with a big koi population is a food-hungry system, and the economical way to feed it is a bulk bag of a pellet that the fish already know. New Life Spectrum Koi Basics 8kg (SKU: 724778) is the largest size of Koi Basics, the staple floating pellet in the New Life Spectrum koi range. The 5.5 to 6 mm pellet is built on krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein with aquatic vegetables, and the maker names five insect proteins: silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets. It states that the koi foods have no soybean additives. At 8 kg this is five times the 1.6 kg bag and well suited to a pond or a group of ponds fed throughout the season.
The maker's pitch for the koi line is a high-density pellet that gives more feedings from each bag and creates less waste in the water, and its foods are made in the USA. The Basics grade is the daily staple, with Koi Grow for young fish and Koi Show for colour-focused feeding, so a large pond with mixed ages may use more than one bag over a season. Handling a bag this size calls for more care than a small one: lift it with two hands, store it off the floor in a cool, dry shed or a lidded drum, and keep a small scoop tub by the pond for daily use. Because the pellet floats, the fish can be watched taking it, and the portion can be judged by what is cleared in a few minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ponds:** A heavily stocked pond that is fed every day in warm weather.
- **Koi clubs and breeders:** Keepers feeding several ponds from a single supply.
- **Seasonal bulk buying:** A bag bought for the whole feeding season.
- **Standard diet:** A staple pellet that sits under occasional treat foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack directions:** Portion sizes are printed on the bag.
- **Use a scoop tub:** Refill it from the bulk bag and reseal the bag each time.
- **Feed to the fish:** Offer only what is taken within a few minutes.
- **Watch the weather:** Reduce feeding as water temperature falls.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 kg bulk bag:** The largest size of Koi Basics.
- **Floating pellet:** 5.5–6 mm, for visible surface feeding.
- **Krill and fish oil:** Marine ingredients in the recipe.
- **Five insect proteins:** Named by New Life Spectrum for its koi foods.
- **Soy-free:** The maker states there are no soybean additives.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724778
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024598
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi)
- **Net Weight:** 8 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5.5–6 mm, floating
- **Formula:** Koi Basics, Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Basics 1.6kg (SKU 724776) and 4.5kg (SKU 724777)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds, including large and multi-pond set-ups
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Grow 1.6kg
Smaller floating koi pellet for growing fish, in a pond-starter pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-grow-1-6kg/
- Price: $179.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724782 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024604
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724782-1.png
Young koi grow quickly when the food suits their mouths and the water stays clean, and a smaller pellet is easier for them to take than a full-size adult one. New Life Spectrum Koi Grow 1.6kg (SKU: 724782) is the 1.6 kg pack of Koi Grow, the growth-focused pellet in New Life Spectrum's koi range. It is a floating pellet in a smaller form than the 5.5 to 6 mm Basics and Show grades, based on a koi-tuned version of the Spectrum Nutrition Formula. The koi range as a whole is described by the maker as combining krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein, with aquatic vegetables added, and it states there are no soybean additives. Five insect proteins are named for the range: silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets.
The Grow name follows New Life Spectrum's extra-protein Grow formula for young fish, and this koi version is intended for the needs of carp-type pond fish. It is the grade for juvenile koi, and for keepers with small ponds and a mix of fish that have not reached full size. As the fish put on length, they can be moved to Koi Basics for everyday feeding or Koi Show for colour-focused feeding. The 1.6 kg pack is the smaller of the two Koi Grow sizes, which makes it the practical one for a small pond or a quarantine and grow-out tub. Feeding rates are on the pack; small, frequent portions finished within a few minutes keep the water cleaner than larger meals.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile koi:** Young fish that need a smaller pellet than the adult grades.
- **Grow-out ponds:** Tubs and small ponds raising young stock.
- **Small mixed ponds:** Keepers feeding koi that have not yet reached full size.
- **First pack:** A trial size before moving to the 4.5 kg bag.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Several small feeds:** Young koi cope better with small portions through the day.
- **Read the pack:** Follow the printed feeding rate for the fish size.
- **Remove surplus:** Net out floating pellets that are left after a few minutes.
- **Step up with size:** Move to Basics or Show as the fish mature.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smaller floating pellet:** A grade sized for growing koi rather than adults.
- **Koi-tuned formula:** A version of the Spectrum Nutrition Formula for carp-type fish.
- **Insect protein:** Five sources named by the maker for the range.
- **Krill and fish oil:** Marine ingredients named for the koi foods.
- **No soybean additives:** A claim made for the New Life Spectrum koi foods.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724782
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024604
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Growth)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Pellet Type:** Floating, smaller form for growing koi
- **Formula:** Koi Grow, koi-tuned Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Grow 4.5kg (SKU 724783)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and grow-out systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Grow 4.5kg
Floating growth pellet for young koi in a bag sized for grow-out ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-grow-4-5kg/
- Price: $319.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724783 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024680
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724783-1.jpg
Raising young koi through a season means feeding many small mouths often, and the food bill rises with every fish. New Life Spectrum Koi Grow 4.5kg (SKU: 724783) is the 4.5 kg bag of Koi Grow, New Life Spectrum's growth pellet for juvenile koi. It floats and comes in a smaller form than the 5.5 to 6 mm pellets of Koi Basics and Koi Show. The formula is a koi-tuned version of the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, the same base used across New Life Spectrum's pond and aquarium foods. The maker describes its koi foods as high-density pellets built on krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein with aquatic vegetables, and as having no soybean additives. The bag is the larger of the two Koi Grow sizes, close to three times the 1.6 kg pack.
New Life Spectrum names five insect proteins for its koi range: silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets. The idea behind a growth pellet is to give young fish a food they can swallow easily and that supports steady development, and the formula is tuned to the needs of carp-type pond fish. A keeper raising a spawn, running several grow-out tubs or stocking a pond with juveniles will use this size faster than a keeper with a handful of adults. Once the fish are bigger, Koi Basics takes over as the daily staple and Koi Show suits those being kept for colour. As with any koi food, feeding rates are given on the pack and are cut back when the water cools; storing the bag sealed and out of the sun protects the oils in the pellets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Raising a spawn:** Feeding several tubs or ponds of young koi through a season.
- **Stocking juveniles:** A pond where most of the fish are still small.
- **Breeders:** A bulk size for ongoing grow-out work.
- **Bridging stages:** Feeding fish between the starter pack and the adult grades.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Use the feeding directions printed on the bag.
- **Frequent small portions:** Spread the day's food across several feeds.
- **Keep the bag sealed:** Use a scoop tub for daily feeding and reseal the bag.
- **Move up at size:** Change to Basics or Show once the koi are full grown.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4.5 kg bag:** The larger Koi Grow size, for grow-out work.
- **Floating pellet:** Smaller than the Basics and Show grades.
- **Koi-tuned recipe:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula adapted for carp-type fish.
- **Insect and krill base:** Five insect proteins and krill named by the maker.
- **Soy-free:** No soybean additives, according to the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724783
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024680
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Growth)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Pellet Type:** Floating, smaller form for growing koi
- **Formula:** Koi Grow, koi-tuned Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Grow 1.6kg (SKU 724782)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and grow-out systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Show 1.6kg
Colour-focused floating 5.5–6 mm koi pellet in a small pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-show-1-6kg/
- Price: $209.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724779 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024802
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724779-1.png
Koi kept for their colour and pattern are judged on the clean reds, whites and blacks they carry, and the diet is one of the few things a keeper controls. New Life Spectrum Koi Show 1.6kg (SKU: 724779) is the 1.6 kg pack of Koi Show, the colour-focused pellet in New Life Spectrum's koi range, intended for show and display koi. The pellet is 5.5 to 6 mm and floats. The maker describes its koi foods as high-density pellets that combine krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein, with aquatic vegetables added, and says they contain no soybean additives. Five insect proteins are named: silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets.
New Life Spectrum says its koi foods carry the variety koi need in a single pellet and that the high density means less waste and more feedings from each bag. Show sits alongside Koi Basics for everyday feeding and Koi Grow for juveniles, and many keepers use it for a period before a show or for their top fish rather than the whole pond. The 1.6 kg pack suits a handful of koi, a single display pond or a trial run before a bigger bag is bought, and it is the smallest of the three Show sizes. Feeding rates are printed on the pack. As a general rule colour is easier to judge in good water, so feeding small portions, removing leftovers and keeping the filter running well matter as much as the food itself. Oils in a fish food degrade, so the pack should be sealed and kept cool.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Show koi:** Fish being prepared for a show or kept to a high standard.
- **Display ponds:** A single feature pond where colour is the point.
- **Trial of the range:** A small pack before committing to 4.5 kg or 8 kg.
- **Selected fish:** A colour diet for the top koi alongside a staple for the rest.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Use the printed directions for portion and frequency.
- **Feed what is eaten:** Offer an amount the koi finish within a few minutes.
- **Keep the water clean:** Net out leftovers and keep up regular water changes.
- **Reduce in cool weather:** Cut the amount as the pond temperature falls.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-focused grade:** The show and display formula of the New Life Spectrum koi range.
- **5.5–6 mm floating pellet:** Visible at the surface for easy monitoring.
- **Insect protein:** Five types named by the maker.
- **Krill and seaweeds:** Marine ingredients listed for the koi foods.
- **No soybean additives:** A claim made by the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724779
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024802
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5.5–6 mm, floating
- **Formula:** Koi Show, Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Show 4.5kg (SKU 724780) and 8kg (SKU 724781)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and display ponds
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Show 4.5kg
Floating 5.5–6 mm colour pellet in a mid-size bag for serious koi keepers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-show-4-5kg/
- Price: $320.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724780 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024888
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724780-1.png
A keeper who feeds a colour diet through a whole show season needs more than a trial pack, and less than a bulk drum. New Life Spectrum Koi Show 4.5kg (SKU: 724780) is the 4.5 kg bag of Koi Show, New Life Spectrum's colour-focused pellet for show and display koi. It is a floating 5.5 to 6 mm pellet, and the maker describes the koi foods as high-density pellets of krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein with aquatic vegetables. Five insect proteins are named, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets, and the maker states there are no soybean additives. The bag is nearly three times the 1.6 kg pack and a little over half the 8 kg size.
New Life Spectrum describes the range as one pellet that supplies the variety koi need, and says its density means less waste and more feedings from each bag. Within the range Show is the colour option, Basics is the everyday staple and Grow is the juvenile grade. At 4.5 kg the bag fits a keeper with a dozen or so koi in a single pond, or someone who runs Show for the selected fish and a cheaper staple for the rest. Because this food is chosen for results that show on the fish over weeks, it makes sense to use it consistently rather than swapping foods from feed to feed, and to judge it in clean, well-filtered water. Feeding rates are on the pack. Keep the bag closed and cool between uses, and pour the daily amount into a separate scoop tub so that damp hands never go into the main supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Show-season feeding:** A colour diet used steadily across the weeks before a show.
- **Keeper ponds:** A pond of a dozen or more fish where Show is the main food.
- **Mixed-diet systems:** Show for selected koi and a staple for the rest.
- **Repeat buyers:** Keepers who already know the fish accept the pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Read the label:** Portions and frequency are given on the bag.
- **Keep it consistent:** Avoid switching foods every few feeds when judging colour.
- **Use a scoop tub:** Reseal the main bag after each refill.
- **Adjust to temperature:** Reduce the amount as the water cools.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4.5 kg bag:** The middle size of the Koi Show range.
- **Colour-focused formula:** New Life Spectrum's show and display koi grade.
- **Floating pellet:** 5.5–6 mm, easy to watch and to net out.
- **Insect and krill base:** Five insect proteins with krill and fish oil.
- **Soy-free:** No soybean additives, according to the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724780
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024888
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour)
- **Net Weight:** 4.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5.5–6 mm, floating
- **Formula:** Koi Show, Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Show 1.6kg (SKU 724779) and 8kg (SKU 724781)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and display ponds
---
#### New Life Spectrum Koi Show 8kg
Bulk floating 5.5–6 mm colour pellet for large display ponds and breeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-koi-show-8kg/
- Price: $522.26 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724781 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024895
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724781-1.jpg
Large display ponds and breeding programmes use colour food by the bag rather than by the scoop, and the cost per feed falls as the pack grows. New Life Spectrum Koi Show 8kg (SKU: 724781) is the largest pack of Koi Show, the colour-focused floating pellet in the New Life Spectrum koi range. The pellet is 5.5 to 6 mm. The maker describes the koi foods as combining krill, fish oil, seaweeds and insect protein, with aquatic vegetables, and says they have no soybean additives. It also lists five insect proteins: silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, mealworms, grasshoppers and crickets. This pack holds five times as much as the 1.6 kg size, enough for a large pond or several ponds across a season.
Show is the grade that New Life Spectrum aims at show and display koi, with Basics as the daily staple and Grow for juveniles. The maker also says the high density of the pellet gives more feedings from each bag and less waste, which matters when a bag has to last through a whole warm season. A bulk quantity of fish food needs proper storage: a lidded drum or bin kept in the shade, off the ground, with the bag folded and sealed inside it, will hold the oils and vitamins in better condition than an open sack in a shed. Keep a small scoop tub for daily use, and do not return damp or spilt pellets to the main supply. Feeding amounts are printed on the pack and should be reduced as the pond water cools.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display ponds:** Ponds with many koi where colour is a priority.
- **Breeders and dealers:** Holding ponds and show-fish programmes fed from a single supply.
- **Whole-season feeding:** One bag bought for the warm months.
- **Multi-pond set-ups:** Several ponds sharing one food.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the bag:** Use the directions printed for portion size and frequency.
- **Store in a drum:** Keep the sealed bag inside a lidded container in the shade.
- **Date the bag:** Note when it was opened and use the contents in order.
- **Cut back in the cold:** Feed less as water temperatures fall.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 kg bulk size:** The largest of the three Koi Show packs.
- **Colour-focused pellet:** The show and display option in the range.
- **Floating 5.5–6 mm:** Easy to see and to remove if uneaten.
- **High-density recipe:** The maker claims less waste and more feedings per bag.
- **Five insect proteins:** Named by New Life Spectrum for its koi foods.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 724781
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024895
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour)
- **Net Weight:** 8 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5.5–6 mm, floating
- **Formula:** Koi Show, Spectrum Nutrition Formula
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, fish oil, seaweeds, insect protein, aquatic vegetables
- **Other Sizes:** Koi Show 1.6kg (SKU 724779) and 4.5kg (SKU 724780)
- **Target Environment:** Large outdoor koi and display ponds
---
#### New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 150g
Large 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet for big tropical fish, in a small pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-large-sinking-150g/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102275 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020446
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102275-1.jpeg
A big fish eating fine pellets spends the feed chasing specks, and a food sized for its mouth makes feeding calmer and tidier. New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 150g (SKU: 102275) is the 150 g pack of New Life Spectrum's all-purpose tropical pellet in the large size, 3 to 3.5 mm. The recipe is the same as the smaller sizes, with whole Antarctic krill and whole herring as protein sources and no soybean products, but in a pellet made for large fish. A retailer describes the large pellet as formulated for large marine and freshwater fish, so the 150 g pack is a low-risk way for a keeper of one or two big fish to try it.
The ingredients also include whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic, a vegetable and fruit extract and vitamins and minerals. A retailer notes that the large pellet uses a natural bentonite binder rather than a starch binder, with a natural antioxidant in place of ethoxyquin. Guaranteed analysis for the line, per the Australian distributor, is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg and vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum. Feed twice daily, giving what the fish eat in one to two minutes. The large pellet is too big for most small community fish, so it should be reserved for tanks where every resident can take it. A 150 g pack feeds one tank of large fish for a good while.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlids:** A pellet that big mouths can take in one bite.
- **Big catfish and loaches:** A sinking food that reaches the bottom.
- **Trying a larger size:** A small pack to test acceptance before buying 600 g or 2.2 kg.
- **Single big-fish tanks:** One or two large fish where a larger pack would sit open for months.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice a day:** Offer an amount eaten within one to two minutes.
- **Check the mouths:** Do not feed to tanks where small fish cannot swallow 3 mm pellets.
- **Watch the uptake:** If a big fish ignores the pellets, offer fewer and try again at the next feed.
- **Seal after use:** Close the pack firmly between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large 3–3.5 mm pellet:** Sized for big fish.
- **Sinking formula:** Settles to the middle and bottom of the tank.
- **Soy-free protein:** Whole krill and herring head the recipe.
- **Natural binder:** Bentonite, according to a retailer's description.
- **150 g size:** The smallest pack of the large pellet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102275
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020446
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Large 300g (SKU 102276), 600g (SKU 102277), 2.2kg (SKU 102278)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102266), 150g (SKU 102267), 300g (SKU 102268), 600g (SKU 102269), 2.2kg (SKU 102270); Medium 150g (SKU 102271), 300g (SKU 102272), 600g (SKU 102273), 2.2kg (SKU 102274)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums with large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 2.2kg
Bulk 3–3.5 mm sinking pellets for large fish, breeders and big-fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-large-sinking-2-2kg/
- Price: $133.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102278 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020408
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102278-1.jpg
Large predators and cichlids eat a lot, and a keeper with several of them can empty a small tub in a fortnight. New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 2.2kg (SKU: 102278) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's all-purpose tropical pellet in the large size, 3 to 3.5 mm. It is the same krill and herring-based recipe as the smaller sizes, free of soybean products, in a pellet that big mouths can take whole. At 2.2 kg it is the biggest pack in the large-pellet range and suits fish rooms, shops, clubs and hobbyists keeping a collection of big fish.
Whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic, a vegetable and fruit extract and a vitamin and mineral pack complete the recipe. A retailer's description of the large pellet says it is formulated for large marine and freshwater fish and uses natural bentonite as a binder, with a natural antioxidant instead of ethoxyquin. The guaranteed analysis published by the Australian distributor for the line is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg and vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum. New Life Spectrum's directions are to feed twice a day, in an amount eaten completely in one to two minutes. With a pack of this size, decant a few weeks of food into an airtight tub, and keep the bulk pack sealed in a cool, dry spot to protect the oils.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Big-fish collections:** Several large cichlids or catfish fed twice daily.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Adult stock and grown-out juveniles on one pellet.
- **Shop holding systems:** A bulk staple for larger stock.
- **Long-term supply:** A single purchase to cover months of heavy feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Feed an amount cleared in one to two minutes.
- **Keep sizes consistent:** Offer only to fish that can swallow 3–3.5 mm pellets.
- **Portion the stock:** Decant what is needed for a few weeks.
- **Protect the bulk pack:** Reseal tightly and store out of heat and sunlight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the large-pellet range.
- **Large 3–3.5 mm pellet:** Made for large fish.
- **Soy-free recipe:** Whole krill and whole herring supply the protein.
- **Bentonite binder:** A natural binder, according to a retailer.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches fish feeding below the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102278
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020408
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Large 150g (SKU 102275), 300g (SKU 102276), 600g (SKU 102277)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102266), 150g (SKU 102267), 300g (SKU 102268), 600g (SKU 102269), 2.2kg (SKU 102270); Medium 150g (SKU 102271), 300g (SKU 102272), 600g (SKU 102273), 2.2kg (SKU 102274)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums with large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 300g
3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellet for larger cichlids and big community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-large-sinking-300g/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102276 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020453
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102276-1.jpeg
A severum or a full-grown Malawi cichlid will chase a small pellet, but it takes a lot of them to make a meal, and the ones it misses end up in the gravel. New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 300g (SKU: 102276) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's everyday sinking pellet in the large 3 to 3.5 mm size, sold in Australia under the Tropical Fish label. The recipe is the brand's Spectrum Nutrition Formula, intended for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores in both freshwater and marine aquariums, with whole Antarctic krill and whole menhaden as the main protein and no soybean products. The large pellet gives bigger fish a proper mouthful and sinks to where cichlids and catfish feed.
Giant squid, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, seaweeds and kelp, chlorella, spirulina, garlic and ginger fill out the formula. Garlic is included for flavour, and colour comes from astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin; New Life Spectrum states it uses no hormones. Because the maker builds the pellet to be nutrient dense, less food goes in for the same nutrition and less waste is left behind. A 300 g jar suits a single large-fish display, or a medium tank of growing cichlids, fed twice a day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger cichlids:** Severums, Malawi and Tanganyikan cichlids and other robust species.
- **Big community fish:** Larger gouramis, barbs, rainbowfish and catfish.
- **Marine fish-only tanks:** Tangs, larger angels and wrasses that take a sinking pellet.
- **Growing fish:** Juveniles that have moved up from the medium pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Give only what is eaten within about a minute, as New Life Spectrum directs.
- **Let it sink:** Drop pellets where bottom-feeding cichlids and catfish can find them.
- **Avoid leftovers:** Large uneaten pellets foul the water quickly, so net them out.
- **Combine sizes:** Add a medium pellet if smaller tankmates share the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large 3–3.5 mm pellet:** A real mouthful for bigger fish.
- **Sinks to the feeding zone:** Reaches cichlids and catfish below the surface.
- **Krill-first protein:** Whole Antarctic krill and menhaden, no soybean.
- **Colour from carotenoids:** Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin.
- **Daily staple:** The Spectrum Nutrition Formula for every diet type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102276
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020453
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole menhaden, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, seaweeds and kelp, chlorella, spirulina, garlic, ginger, carotenoids, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, consumed within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Regular Sinking 80 g (102266), 150 g (102267), 300 g (102268), 600 g (102269), 2.2 kg (102270); Medium Sinking 150 g (102271), 300 g (102272), 600 g (102273), 2.2 kg (102274); Large Sinking 150 g (102275), 600 g (102277), 2.2 kg (102278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with larger fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 600g
Bulk 3 to 3.5 mm pellet for big cichlid tanks and large marine fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-large-sinking-600g/
- Price: $75.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102277 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020439
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102277-1.jpeg
A large display packed with African cichlids gets through a small jar in weeks, and keeping the whole group on one diet is simpler with a bulk pack. New Life Spectrum Large Sinking 600g (SKU: 102277) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum's sinking daily pellet, the Tropical Fish formula, in the large 3 to 3.5 mm size. It is the brand's Spectrum Nutrition Formula, designed as a complete diet for omnivorous, herbivorous and carnivorous fish in fresh or salt water, and its protein comes from whole Antarctic krill and whole menhaden rather than soybean products. The 600 g quantity is aimed at big tanks, colonies and fish rooms that feed large fish every day.
Along with krill and fish, the recipe includes giant squid, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, kelp and other seaweeds, chlorella, spirulina, garlic and ginger, plus bentonite clay and sea salt. New Life Spectrum preserves the marine oils with Naturox, a natural antioxidant, and states the food contains no hormones or artificial colours, flavours and preservatives. Vitamins A, D and E are added at stated minimums. The maker's direction is to feed twice daily, no more than is eaten within a minute, and not to overfeed, which matters most with a pellet this size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlid colonies:** Groups of Malawi, Tanganyikan or Central American cichlids.
- **Big community displays:** Tanks of larger barbs, gouramis, rainbowfish and catfish.
- **Fish-only marine systems:** Tangs, angels and other large marine fish on a sinking staple.
- **Fish rooms:** Grow-out and breeding tanks for larger species.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One-minute rule:** Twice daily, only what is gone within about a minute.
- **Feed across the tank:** Spread pellets so subordinate fish are not pushed out.
- **Keep the bulk sealed:** Decant a week or two's supply and reseal the main pack.
- **Clear the bottom:** Remove uneaten large pellets before they break down.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g of large pellet:** Bulk supply for big fish and many mouths.
- **3–3.5 mm sinking size:** For adult cichlids and larger community fish.
- **Complete daily diet:** One formula for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores.
- **No hormones or soybean:** Protein from krill and fish, colour from carotenoids.
- **Fresh or salt water:** Suitable for freshwater and marine aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102277
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020439
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Preservation:** Naturox natural antioxidant; Antarctic krill vacuum preserved
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute; do not overfeed
- **Other Sizes:** Regular Sinking 80 g (102266), 150 g (102267), 300 g (102268), 600 g (102269), 2.2 kg (102270); Medium Sinking 150 g (102271), 300 g (102272), 600 g (102273), 2.2 kg (102274); Large Sinking 150 g (102275), 300 g (102276), 2.2 kg (102278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 150g
Small-pellet krill-based staple for mixed saltwater fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-marine-fish-sinking-150g/
- Price: $20.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102281 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021146
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102281-1.jpg
Marine tanks usually hold a mix of grazers, omnivores and small predators, and one fine sinking pellet is the simplest way to cover most of them at a daily feed. New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 150g (SKU: 102281) is the 150 g pack of New Life Spectrum's Marine Fish Formula in the Regular pellet size of roughly 1 to 1.5 mm. The maker builds it on easily digestible marine protein, with whole Antarctic krill and whole fish leading the ingredient list, followed by wheat flour, Ulva seaweed, chlorella and other algae, beta carotene, spirulina, kelp and garlic. Added vitamins A, D and E are listed in the guaranteed analysis. New Life Spectrum describes the food as suited to omnivores, herbivores and carnivores, and as formulated to improve colour and overall health.
The guaranteed analysis on the published label is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 8% maximum, with vitamin A at 8,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 2,500 IU/kg minimum and vitamin E at 200 IU/kg minimum. The maker's directions are to feed twice daily, giving an amount that is completely eaten within one minute, and it advises feeding its diets exclusively. The pack is the second-smallest in the range, which is a practical size for a single reef or fish-only tank where the pellets are used up well before the oils in the food age. The pellets sink slowly, so they reach mid-water fish and those that feed near the rock and sand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed marine fish:** Tanks with omnivores, herbivores and carnivores sharing one feed.
- **Single tank:** A 150 g pack covers a modestly stocked system without waiting long to be used.
- **Small-mouthed fish:** Species such as gobies, dwarf angels and clownfish that take fine pellets.
- **Colour support:** A staple with natural colour-enhancing ingredients named by the maker.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice a day:** Give two feeds rather than one large one.
- **One-minute rule:** Offer only what is fully eaten in about a minute.
- **Watch nutrient load:** Reduce the portion if pellets reach the sand uneaten.
- **Keep the lid on:** Store the pack cool and dry, and finish it within a reasonable time after opening.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular sinking pellet:** About 1–1.5 mm for small to medium mouths.
- **Krill and whole fish:** The first two ingredients on the published list.
- **Algae and seaweed:** Ulva, chlorella, spirulina and kelp alongside the marine proteins.
- **37% minimum protein:** Guaranteed analysis on the published label.
- **Added vitamins A, D and E:** Minimum levels guaranteed by the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102281
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021146
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, about 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, vitamin A min 8,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 2,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 200 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within one minute
- **Other Sizes:** Marine Fish Sinking 80g (SKU 102280), 300g (SKU 102282), 600g (SKU 102283), 2.2kg (SKU 102284)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums with mixed fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 2.2kg
Bulk krill-based sinking pellets for fish rooms and large marine systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-marine-fish-sinking-2-2kg/
- Price: $139.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102284 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021108
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102284-1.png
A marine fish room or a large reef system with many fish needs a staple that can be bought in volume and fed daily for months. New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 2.2kg (SKU: 102284) is the bulk size of New Life Spectrum's Marine Fish Formula in the Regular pellet of about 1 to 1.5 mm. It is a sinking food built on easily digestible marine protein, with whole Antarctic krill and whole fish at the head of the ingredient list, then wheat flour, Ulva and other seaweeds, chlorella, beta carotene, spirulina, kelp and garlic. The maker lists it for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores and credits natural colour enhancers and added vitamins A, D and E. The 2.2 kg pack is nearly fifteen times the weight of the 150 g size.
Guaranteed analysis on the published label is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 8% maximum, with vitamin A 8,000 IU/kg, vitamin D 2,500 IU/kg and vitamin E 200 IU/kg as minimums. New Life Spectrum's directions are to feed twice daily and give only the amount that is completely eaten within a minute, and it suggests feeding its diets exclusively. A buyer of this size is likely to be a shop, a breeder or a hobbyist with several tanks, and the main challenge is keeping the food fresh to the last scoop. Date the pack when it is opened, store it sealed in a cool, dry place away from light, and fill a smaller container for daily use rather than opening the bulk supply at every feed. Pellets that smell rancid or look damp should be discarded.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and shops:** Feeding a large number of marine tanks from one supply.
- **Large reef systems:** Display tanks with big mixed fish populations.
- **Breeders and quarantine setups:** Many small systems on one routine.
- **Cost per feed:** A bulk buy once the food is established as a staple.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Use a day container:** Refill it from the bulk pack and keep the pack sealed.
- **Feed twice daily:** Keep each portion to what is eaten within a minute.
- **Rotate stock:** Use the oldest food first and note the open date.
- **Discard spoiled food:** Throw away pellets that are damp, mouldy or smell rancid.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the Marine Fish Sinking range.
- **Whole krill and whole fish:** The first ingredients on the published list.
- **Seaweed and algae:** Ulva, chlorella, kelp and spirulina in the recipe.
- **Guaranteed analysis:** 37% minimum crude protein and 6% minimum crude fat.
- **Suits mixed diets:** Maker-listed for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102284
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021108
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, about 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, vitamin A min 8,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 2,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 200 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within one minute
- **Other Sizes:** Marine Fish Sinking 80g (SKU 102280), 150g (SKU 102281), 300g (SKU 102282), 600g (SKU 102283)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums, fish rooms and holding systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 300g
1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellets tuned for saltwater omnivores, herbivores and carnivores.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-marine-fish-sinking-300g/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102282 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021153
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102282-1.jpg
A reef tank holds a tang that wants algae, a wrasse that wants crustaceans and a clownfish that wants everything. New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 300g (SKU: 102282) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Marine Fish Formula in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International. It is one of the maker's specialty diets built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, tuned to the needs of saltwater aquarium fish, omnivores, herbivores and carnivores alike, with marine-sourced protein and aquatic vegetables in the one pellet. The ingredient list runs krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, chlorella, kelp, a blend of seaweeds, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, fish oil and marigold, with tocopherols as a natural preservative.
New Life Spectrum states that the formula uses a natural antioxidant in place of ethoxyquin and natural fruit and vegetable extracts for colour, with no artificial preservatives, colours, flavours or starch binders and no hormone-based colour enhancers. Garlic is included for palatability and what the maker describes as natural anti-parasitic properties, and ginger for immune support. The pellet sinks through the water column, so clownfish, chromis, anthias and wrasses take it on the way down and gobies and blennies pick it up from the bottom; it suits fish from nano size up to medium tangs. The maker's directions are two feeds a day, each an amount consumed within about a minute, and it recommends feeding the formula exclusively. The 300 g jar is the middle size in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reef communities:** Clownfish, chromis, anthias, gobies and small wrasses on one pellet.
- **Marine herbivores:** Tangs and rabbitfish getting seaweed and spirulina in a pellet alongside nori.
- **Fish-only and quarantine tanks:** A garlic-containing staple for fish in holding or recovery.
- **New arrivals:** Krill-led scent and taste to tempt fish that are slow to feed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Only what is eaten within about a minute, per the maker's direction.
- **Target the current:** Feed upstream of the return so pellets drift to mid-water feeders.
- **Pause the pumps:** A few minutes off at feeding keeps pellets out of the overflow.
- **Keep the jar sealed:** Humid fish-room air softens pellets; close the lid and store dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tuned for saltwater fish:** One formula for marine omnivores, herbivores and carnivores.
- **Krill and squid first:** Marine proteins lead the recipe, with seaweeds and chlorella behind them.
- **No ethoxyquin:** A natural antioxidant and tocopherols as preservatives.
- **Garlic and ginger:** Included by the maker for palatability and immune support.
- **1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet:** Feeds the water column and the bottom in one pass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102282
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021153
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Model:** Marine Fish Formula, item 702115
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, chlorella, kelp, seaweeds (ulva, undaria, eucheuma, chondrus), garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, fish oil, marigold, vitamins and minerals, tocopherols (preservative)
- **Additives:** No artificial preservatives, colours, flavours or starch binders; no hormone-based colour enhancers; no ethoxyquin
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** All marine aquarium fish, omnivore, herbivore and carnivore
- **Other Sizes:** Marine Fish Sinking 80g (102280), 150g (102281), 600g (102283), 2.2kg (102284)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 600g
Larger pack of krill-based sinking pellets for stocked saltwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-marine-fish-sinking-600g/
- Price: $76.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102283 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021139
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102283-1.png
A heavily stocked reef or fish-only system eats through pellets at a steady rate, and a 600 g pack gives a longer run between orders than the entry sizes. New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 600g (SKU: 102283) is the 600 g size of the Marine Fish Formula in the Regular pellet, roughly 1 to 1.5 mm, which sinks. The maker puts marine protein at the centre: whole Antarctic krill and whole fish come first on the ingredient list, followed by wheat flour, Ulva seaweed, chlorella, beta carotene, spirulina, kelp, garlic, alfalfa, scallops and omega-3 fish oil. New Life Spectrum describes it as a food for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores with natural colour enhancers and added vitamins A, D and E.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 8% maximum. Vitamin A is guaranteed at 8,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 2,500 IU/kg minimum and vitamin E at 200 IU/kg minimum. The maker's feeding directions are twice daily with an amount that is completely eaten within a minute, and it recommends feeding its diets exclusively. At 600 g the pack is four times the 150 g size and suits a keeper with a larger system, several tanks or a group of fish that eat the pellet greedily. Buying a bigger pack makes storage more important: fats in marine foods oxidise with heat, light and air, so a sealed container in a cool cupboard is better than a bench near the sump or a light.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stocked reef systems:** Tanks with many fish that need regular pellet feeds.
- **More than one tank:** A shared staple for two or three marine systems.
- **Staple plus frozen foods:** A pellet base alongside mysis, brine or other frozen diets.
- **Routine buyers:** Keepers who have already confirmed their fish accept the food.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Spread the day's food across two feeds.
- **Finish within a minute:** Reduce the amount if food is still falling when the minute is up.
- **Use a working tub:** Transfer a few weeks of pellets and keep the rest sealed.
- **Check the filtration:** Heavier feeding adds nutrients, so keep skimmer and water changes up to date.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g pack:** The mid-to-large size in a range that runs from 80 g to 2.2 kg.
- **Marine protein base:** Whole Antarctic krill and whole fish lead the ingredients.
- **Omega-3 fish oil:** Included on the published ingredient list.
- **Natural colour ingredients:** Beta carotene and spirulina among them.
- **Sinking Regular pellet:** Reaches fish through the water column.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102283
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021139
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, about 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, vitamin A min 8,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 2,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 200 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within one minute
- **Other Sizes:** Marine Fish Sinking 80g (SKU 102280), 150g (SKU 102281), 300g (SKU 102282), 2.2kg (SKU 102284)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums with mixed fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 80g
Small sinking pellet for reef and marine fish in a starter pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-marine-fish-sinking-80g/
- Price: $14.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102280 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021122
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102280-1.jpg
Reef fish are fussy about new foods, and a small tank rarely justifies a large tub. New Life Spectrum Marine Fish Sinking 80g (SKU: 102280) is the 80 g pack of New Life Spectrum's Marine Fish Formula, a sinking pellet of about 1 mm made for saltwater fish only. The maker designed it for the smaller fish typically kept in reef tanks and describes it as made from natural, colour-enhancing ingredients that support immune function and colouration. It contains no added hormones, and the retailer listing says it suits marine omnivores, herbivores and carnivores alike. The small pack suits a nano reef, a quarantine system or a first trial with a new group of fish.
The ingredient list starts with whole Antarctic krill and whole fish, followed by whole wheat flour, ulva, chlorella, beta carotene, spirulina, kelp, garlic, alfalfa, scallops, omega-3 fish oil, wakame and spinosum seaweed, with added vitamins and minerals. Garlic is there as a palatability aid, which the listing says also has natural anti-parasitic properties. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 8% maximum, with vitamin A at 8,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 2,500 IU/kg minimum and vitamin E at 200 IU/kg minimum. The directions are to feed twice daily in an amount eaten within one to two minutes. The listing suggests the formula can be fed as the sole diet, though variety from frozen foods is common practice in reef tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reef tanks:** A small pack that is used up while the oils are fresh.
- **Small marine fish:** Clownfish, damsels, gobies, dottybacks, wrasses and similar species.
- **Quarantine systems:** A simple sinking pellet for newly arrived fish.
- **Testing acceptance:** Trial the food before buying 300 g, 600 g or 2.2 kg.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Feed an amount cleared within one to two minutes.
- **Pinch and observe:** Add a few pellets at a time and watch what reaches the bottom.
- **Turn down the flow:** A brief pause in pump flow keeps pellets where the fish can reach them.
- **Remove excess:** Siphon any uneaten pellets to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine-only formula:** Labelled for saltwater fish by the maker.
- **Small 1 mm sinking pellet:** Sized for small reef fish mouths.
- **Krill and whole fish first:** Marine protein heads the ingredient list.
- **Natural colour enhancers:** Beta carotene, spirulina and algae in the recipe.
- **80 g starter size:** The smallest pack in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102280
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021122
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 80 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, vitamin A min 8,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 2,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 200 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Suitable For:** Marine omnivores, herbivores and carnivores; smaller reef fish
- **Other Sizes:** Marine Fish Sinking 150g (SKU 102281), 300g (SKU 102282), 600g (SKU 102283), 2.2kg (SKU 102284)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 150g
Krill-based 2 to 2.5 mm daily pellet for medium freshwater and marine fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-medium-sinking-150g/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102271
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102271-1.jpeg
Plenty of fish foods lean on soybean meal for their protein; this one is built on krill and whole fish instead. New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 150g (SKU: 102271) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum's everyday sinking pellet, listed by Australian retailers as the Tropical Fish formula, in the medium 2 to 2.5 mm size. It carries the brand's core Spectrum Nutrition Formula, a balanced daily diet for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores in freshwater and marine tanks, with easy-to-digest protein from whole Antarctic krill and whole menhaden, a herring-family fish, and no soybean products. The pellets sink steadily rather than sitting on the surface.
Alongside the krill and fish come giant squid, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, several seaweeds and kelp, chlorella, spirulina, garlic and ginger. Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin supply the carotenoids behind the maker's claim that it enhances the full spectrum of a fish's colour, and New Life Spectrum states it uses no hormones and no artificial colours, flavours or preservatives. The maker describes the pellet as nutrient dense, so less food is needed and less waste reaches the water. The 150 g jar is a sensible starting quantity for one tank of medium fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium community fish:** Angelfish, gouramis, rainbowfish, larger barbs and dwarf cichlids.
- **Mid-water and bottom feeders:** Fish that take food as it sinks rather than at the surface.
- **Marine fish-only tanks:** Clownfish, damsels, dwarf angels and small tangs on a staple pellet.
- **Trying the brand:** A modest jar to see how a tank takes to it before buying larger.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** The amount eaten completely within about a minute, per New Life Spectrum.
- **Do not overfeed:** A dense pellet goes further than a light flake, so start small.
- **Reach the shy fish:** Sinking pellets get past the surface scramble to fish that hang back.
- **Change over gradually:** Mix with the previous food for a few days when switching diets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium 2–2.5 mm sinking pellet:** Sized for medium-mouthed fish.
- **Krill and fish protein:** Whole Antarctic krill and menhaden, no soybean products.
- **Natural colour sources:** Astaxanthin, marigold and other carotenoids, no hormones.
- **Nutrient-dense recipe:** Less waste per feed, according to the maker.
- **Freshwater or marine:** One formula for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102271
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020347
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula (Tropical Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount consumed within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Regular Sinking 80 g (102266), 150 g (102267), 300 g (102268), 600 g (102269), 2.2 kg (102270); Medium Sinking 300 g (102272), 600 g (102273), 2.2 kg (102274); Large Sinking 150 g (102275), 300 g (102276), 600 g (102277), 2.2 kg (102278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 2.2kg
Bulk 2–2.5 mm all-purpose sinking pellets for mid-sized tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-medium-sinking-2-2kg/
- Price: $133.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102274 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020309
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102274-1.jpg
Fish that have outgrown the regular pellet but are not yet ready for the large size are where many fish rooms get stuck. New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 2.2kg (SKU: 102274) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's all-purpose tropical pellet in the medium size, 2 to 2.5 mm. It carries the same recipe as the regular pellet, protein from whole Antarctic krill and whole herring with no soybean products, but in a size that suits angelfish, larger tetras and barbs, rainbowfish, gouramis and mid-sized cichlids. The 2.2 kg pack is aimed at breeders, shops, clubs and keepers who feed a number of tanks every day.
The formula adds whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic, a vegetable and fruit extract and a vitamin and mineral pack. According to the Australian distributor of the regular size, the guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg and vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum. New Life Spectrum states there are no added hormones and describes the dense recipe as producing less waste and cleaner water. Feed twice daily in an amount eaten within one to two minutes. Medium pellets sink, so they reach fish that feed lower in the tank, and a mixed group of juveniles and adults can often share them. Because a bulk pack is opened many times, decant a few weeks of food at a time and keep the rest sealed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized tropical fish:** Angelfish, gouramis, larger tetras and barbs, and rainbowfish.
- **Grow-out tanks:** A step up from the regular pellet as juveniles put on size.
- **Cichlid communities:** Medium cichlids that ignore finer pellets.
- **High-volume feeding:** A bulk pack for shops and fish rooms.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Feed an amount that is cleared in one to two minutes.
- **Test the pellet size:** Check that the smallest fish can swallow 2–2.5 mm pellets.
- **Decant sensibly:** Keep a few weeks of food in an airtight tub.
- **Store cool and dry:** Seal the bulk pack after each refill.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the medium-pellet range.
- **Medium 2–2.5 mm pellet:** Between the regular and large sizes.
- **Krill and herring protein:** No soybean products in the recipe.
- **Sinking pellets:** Suits mid-water and bottom feeders.
- **Garlic and spirulina:** Part of the recipe across the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102274
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020309
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 102271), 300g (SKU 102272), 600g (SKU 102273)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102266), 150g (SKU 102267), 300g (SKU 102268), 600g (SKU 102269), 2.2kg (SKU 102270); Large 150g (SKU 102275), 300g (SKU 102276), 600g (SKU 102277), 2.2kg (SKU 102278)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 300g
Everyday 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet for well-stocked community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-medium-sinking-300g/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102272 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020354
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102272-1.jpeg
Once a tank settles into a routine, the food that goes in twice a day for months is the one that shapes growth and condition. New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 300g (SKU: 102272) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's daily sinking pellet, sold in Australia as the Tropical Fish formula, in the medium 2 to 2.5 mm size. It is based on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker designs for a wide variety of omnivores, carnivores and herbivores, and its protein comes from whole krill and whole menhaden with no soybean products. The pellet sinks, so it reaches mid-water and bottom fish as well as those that feed near the top.
New Life Spectrum describes the recipe as nutrient dense: more nutrition in each pellet means less needs to be fed and less waste reaches the water. The ingredient list adds giant squid, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella and spirulina, with garlic for flavour and ginger. Colour is supported by astaxanthin and marigold rather than hormones, which the maker does not use, and the squid, menhaden and fish oil are preserved with Naturox, a natural antioxidant. At 300 g, the jar covers a well-stocked medium-fish display or a couple of tanks fed twice daily.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established community tanks:** Angelfish, gouramis, rainbowfish, barbs and dwarf cichlids on one staple.
- **Several medium-fish tanks:** One jar covering two or three aquariums.
- **Marine community fish:** Clownfish, damsels and small tangs that take a sinking pellet.
- **Fish at every level:** Tanks with surface, mid-water and bottom feeders together.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds a day:** Only what disappears within about a minute.
- **Judge by leftovers:** Pellets reaching the gravel uneaten mean the portion is too large.
- **Feed both ends:** In a long tank, drop food in two places so dominant fish cannot hold it all.
- **Keep it dry:** Close the lid firmly and store away from heat and humidity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g of medium pellet:** A larger jar for steady daily feeding.
- **No soybean products:** Krill and menhaden supply the protein.
- **Naturox-preserved oils:** A natural antioxidant on the squid, fish and fish oil.
- **Colour without hormones:** Astaxanthin and marigold carotenoids.
- **Sinks through the water column:** Reaches fish at every level.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102272
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020354
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole menhaden, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, seaweeds and kelp, chlorella, spirulina, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily; no more than is eaten within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Regular Sinking 80 g (102266), 150 g (102267), 300 g (102268), 600 g (102269), 2.2 kg (102270); Medium Sinking 150 g (102271), 600 g (102273), 2.2 kg (102274); Large Sinking 150 g (102275), 300 g (102276), 600 g (102277), 2.2 kg (102278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 600g
Bulk 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet for fish rooms and large displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-medium-sinking-600g/
- Price: $75.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102273 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020330
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102273-1.jpeg
Breeders and anyone running a rack of tanks go through jar after jar of the same staple, and a bulk pack keeps every tank on one diet. New Life Spectrum Medium Sinking 600g (SKU: 102273) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum's everyday sinking pellet, the Tropical Fish formula, in the medium 2 to 2.5 mm size. It carries the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, a complete daily diet the maker sets up for omnivores, herbivores and carnivores in freshwater and saltwater, with whole Antarctic krill and whole menhaden as the main proteins and no soybean products. As a sinking pellet it suits fish that feed through the middle and lower levels of the tank.
The rest of the recipe brings giant squid, omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, seaweeds including kelp, chlorella, spirulina, garlic and ginger, with bentonite clay, sea salt and a vitamin and mineral premix. New Life Spectrum states there are no hormones or artificial colours, flavours or preservatives; the marine ingredients are protected with Naturox, a natural antioxidant. Vitamins A, D and E are guaranteed at stated minimums. A 600 g pack suits angelfish and cichlid breeders, livebearer fish rooms and large displays with big schools of medium fish, and decanting a working amount keeps the rest sealed between uses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Racks of angelfish, gouramis or cichlids fed from one supply.
- **Large community displays:** Big schools of medium fish in tanks of several hundred litres.
- **Multi-tank households:** Keeping every aquarium on the same daily diet.
- **Marine fish-only systems:** Clownfish, damsels and small angels in larger set-ups.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily per tank:** Feed what is eaten in about a minute, then stop.
- **Decant a working supply:** Fill a small container for daily use and keep the main pack sealed.
- **Store cool and dark:** Heat and humidity shorten the life of fish oils and vitamins.
- **Portion tank by tank:** Stocking differs, so judge each portion by how fast it clears.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g bulk quantity:** Medium pellet for many tanks or a large display.
- **Spectrum Nutrition Formula:** The maker's core daily diet for all feeding types.
- **Krill and menhaden protein:** No soybean products in the recipe.
- **Vitamins A, D and E:** Added at stated minimum levels.
- **Natural preservation:** Naturox antioxidant, no artificial preservatives.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102273
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020330
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not overfeed
- **Other Sizes:** Regular Sinking 80 g (102266), 150 g (102267), 300 g (102268), 600 g (102269), 2.2 kg (102270); Medium Sinking 150 g (102271), 300 g (102272), 2.2 kg (102274); Large Sinking 150 g (102275), 300 g (102276), 600 g (102277), 2.2 kg (102278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, fish rooms and large displays
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 150g
Probiotic-fortified sinking pellet for large aquarium fish in a trial-sized pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-large-150g/
- Price: $48.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102611 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022846
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102611-1.jpg
Large fish waste time and energy chasing crumbs, and a pellet that is too small for the mouth is mostly lost to the filter. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 150g (SKU: 102611) is the large-pellet version of New Life Spectrum's Probiotix, a sinking daily diet of 3 to 3.5 mm pellets that carries live probiotic cultures in the recipe. The maker's listing says the blend improves nutrient absorption and produces less waste, and that the cultures keep working in the water and filter. The 150 g pack is the entry size of the large pellet, a way to test how a big cichlid or catfish takes to the food before buying in bulk.
Probiotix is built on a marine-protein recipe led by whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, with omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour and a bentonite clay binder. Seaweeds and microalgae (ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp and spirulina), garlic and ginger sit alongside natural pigments from astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The cultures are a dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici at a minimum of 3 million viable cells per gram. The listing describes it as suitable for freshwater and marine fish. For feeding, New Life Spectrum's directions for its sinking pellets are twice daily, in an amount eaten within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community fish:** Bigger tetras, barbs, gouramis and similar mid-sized species that can take a 3 mm pellet.
- **Cichlids and catfish:** Sinking pellets that reach bottom dwellers as well as mid-water feeders.
- **Trying a new staple:** A 150 g pack to test acceptance before buying 600 g or 2.2 kg.
- **Waste-conscious feeding:** A recipe the maker says leaves less waste behind.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds a day:** Offer only what the fish finish within one to two minutes.
- **Spread the pellets:** Scatter across the tank so shy fish and bottom feeders get a share.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out any uneaten pellets after the feed.
- **Keep it dry:** Close the pack after each use so the cultures and fats stay fresh.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large 3–3.5 mm pellet:** Sized for big mouths rather than nano fish.
- **Live probiotic cultures:** At least 3 million viable cells per gram, according to the maker.
- **Sinking formula:** Reaches the middle and bottom of the tank.
- **Marine protein base:** Krill, squid and menhaden lead the ingredient list.
- **Trial-size 150 g:** The entry pack in the large-pellet range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102611
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022846
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Large 300g (SKU 102607), Large 600g (SKU 102603), Large 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Regular 80g (SKU 102613), 150g (SKU 102609), 300g (SKU 102605), 2.2kg (SKU 102599); Medium 150g (SKU 102610), 300g (SKU 102606), 600g (SKU 102602), 2.2kg (SKU 102663)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with larger fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 2.2kg
Bulk probiotic sinking pellets for fish rooms, breeders and big-fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-large-2-2kg/
- Price: $354.38 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102664 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022877
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102664-1.jpg
A fish room feeding dozens of large fish twice a day goes through small tubs in days, and the cost and clutter add up. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 2.2kg (SKU: 102664) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's probiotic-fortified sinking diet in the large pellet size, 3 to 3.5 mm. The maker's recipe pairs marine proteins with live probiotic cultures, and its listing says the blend improves nutrient absorption and results in less waste, a useful trait when one food is being fed across many tanks. At 2.2 kg it is the largest pack in the large-pellet range and suits breeders, shops, club fish rooms and keepers of big cichlids.
The ingredient base is whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, omega-3 fish oil and whole wheat flour, bound with bentonite clay and finished with sea salt. Seaweeds and algae (ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp, spirulina), garlic, ginger and the pigments astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin complete the list. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg minimum and vitamin E at 400 IU/kg minimum. The cultures are a dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, at least 3 million viable cells per gram. Fats and live cultures are protected by decanting a few weeks of food at a time and keeping the bulk pack sealed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** One consistent food across many tanks of grow-out and adult fish.
- **Large cichlid and predator tanks:** A big pellet that big mouths take without chasing crumbs.
- **Clubs and shops:** Shared stock for holding systems fed daily.
- **Long-term feeding plans:** A single bulk purchase to cover many months of routine feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Only as much as the fish clear within one to two minutes.
- **Decant for use:** Fill a smaller airtight tub for the daily routine and reseal the bulk pack.
- **Store cool and dry:** Heat and moisture shorten the life of fats and live cultures.
- **Check leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets, especially in tanks with a bioload near capacity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the large-pellet Probiotix range.
- **3–3.5 mm sinking pellet:** Aimed at big fish and mixed collections.
- **Live probiotic cultures:** At least 3 million viable cells per gram, says the maker.
- **Marine protein recipe:** Krill, squid and menhaden lead the ingredients.
- **Dense formula:** 39% minimum crude protein and 9% minimum crude fat.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102664
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022877
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Other Sizes:** Large 150g (SKU 102611), Large 300g (SKU 102607), Large 600g (SKU 102603)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Regular 80g (SKU 102613), 150g (SKU 102609), 300g (SKU 102605), 2.2kg (SKU 102599); Medium 150g (SKU 102610), 300g (SKU 102606), 600g (SKU 102602), 2.2kg (SKU 102663)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with larger fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 300g
3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellets with live probiotic cultures for medium and large fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-large-300g/
- Price: $87.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102607 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022853
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102607-1.jpeg
Every pellet a fish does not fully digest becomes waste, and waste in a closed system becomes phosphate. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 300g (SKU: 102607) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Probiotix in the large 3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellet, made in the USA by New Life International: a daily diet fortified with more than three million live probiotic cultures per gram. The cultures are a blend of Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus pumilus and Bacillus subtilis with Pediococcus acidilactici, mixed through the pellet by a process the maker calls cold re-extrusion rather than coated on afterwards. The base is the maker's enhanced Thera+A formula.
The maker's claims for the blend are that it increases nutrient absorption in the gut, so fish get more from each feed and produce less and cleaner waste, and that the bacteria keep working in the water and filter, where they consume phosphate. Krill, giant squid, wheat flour and menhaden lead the ingredient list, with Naturox, a natural antioxidant, as the preservative. The published guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 3 to 3.5 mm pellet suits adult cichlids, medium tangs, angelfish and similar fish, fed twice daily an amount eaten within about a minute.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium and large fish:** Adult cichlids, large tangs, angels and triggers that take a 3 mm pellet.
- **Heavily stocked systems:** Tanks where cleaner waste and lower phosphate matter.
- **Fish-only marine displays:** Triggers, large angels and tangs fed one concentrated staple.
- **Freshwater or marine:** The same probiotic pellet across both water types.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** An amount consumed in about a minute, per the maker.
- **Let the pellets sink:** Large pellets drop quickly; feed where every fish can reach them.
- **Match the mouth:** Smaller tankmates get the regular or medium Probiotix pellet instead.
- **Keep the cultures alive:** Seal the jar after every feed and store it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three million cultures per gram:** Live Bacillus and Pediococcus strains, lab verified according to the maker.
- **Mixed in, not coated:** Cold re-extrusion puts the probiotics through the whole pellet.
- **Thera+A base:** The maker's most concentrated nutrition formula under the probiotics.
- **Cleaner waste:** Better gut absorption and phosphate-consuming bacteria, per the maker's claims.
- **Large 3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellet:** For medium and large freshwater and marine fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102607
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022853
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Probiotics:** Bacillus licheniformis, B. pumilus, B. subtilis and Pediococcus acidilactici; 3 million or more viable cultures per gram
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, whole menhaden fish, garlic, omega-3 fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold, probiotic cultures, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Probiotix Large 150g (102611), 600g (102603), 2.2kg (102664); Medium 150g (102610), 300g (102606), 600g (102602), 2.2kg (102663); Regular 80g (102613), 150g (102609), 300g (102605), 2.2kg (102599); Small 60g (102612)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 600g
Probiotic sinking pellets for large fish in a mid-sized refill pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-large-600g/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102603 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022860
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102603-1.png
Once a big-fish tank has settled on a staple food, a 150 g tub starts to feel like a weekly chore. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Large 600g (SKU: 102603) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum's probiotic-fortified sinking pellet in the large size, 3 to 3.5 mm. It is meant as a daily diet rather than a treat: the recipe is built on whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and menhaden, and it carries live Bacillus and Pediococcus cultures that the maker says help fish absorb more of what they eat and put out less waste. Four times the 150 g pack, it suits one or two large tanks, or a handful of mid-sized cichlids fed twice a day through the season.
The ingredient list continues with omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, bentonite clay and sea salt, then ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp and spirulina, with garlic and ginger. Colour-supporting pigments come from astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin, and vitamin C is supplied as L-ascorbyl-2-polyphosphate. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The cultures are listed at a minimum of 3 million viable cells per gram. Because the pellets are large and dense, they sink steadily, so they suit fish that feed in the lower half of the tank as well as those that rise to take them on the way down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established large-fish tanks:** A staple that has already been tested and is worth buying in volume.
- **Cichlid and catfish collections:** Several hungry mouths sharing one daily feed.
- **Mixed freshwater and marine households:** The listing describes the food as suitable for both.
- **Refilling a feeder jar:** Decant from the 600 g pack into a smaller tub for daily use.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Feed an amount the fish eat within one to two minutes.
- **Weigh by appetite:** Reduce the portion if pellets are reaching the substrate uneaten.
- **Decant small:** Keep a week of food in a daily tub and the rest sealed.
- **Store cool and dry:** Reseal the pack after each fill, away from heat and humidity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g refill pack:** Four times the trial pack, for regular feeding of big fish.
- **Large 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet:** Sized for large mouths.
- **Probiotic cultures:** Minimum 3 million viable cells per gram per the maker.
- **High-protein recipe:** 39% minimum crude protein from marine sources.
- **Natural pigment sources:** Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102603
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022860
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Vitamin C Source:** L-ascorbyl-2-polyphosphate
- **Other Sizes:** Large 150g (SKU 102611), Large 300g (SKU 102607), Large 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Regular 80g (SKU 102613), 150g (SKU 102609), 300g (SKU 102605), 2.2kg (SKU 102599); Medium 150g (SKU 102610), 300g (SKU 102606), 600g (SKU 102602), 2.2kg (SKU 102663)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with larger fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 150g
2 to 2.5 mm probiotic pellets for angelfish, gouramis and mid-size cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-medium-150g/
- Price: $47.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102610 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022747
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102610-1.jpeg
Angelfish, gouramis and dwarf cichlids outgrow a 1 mm pellet long before they are big enough for cichlid-sized food. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 150g (SKU: 102610) is the 150 g jar of Probiotix in the medium 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet, New Life Spectrum's probiotic daily diet for freshwater and marine fish. Every gram holds at least three million viable cultures, lab verified according to the maker: Bacillus licheniformis, B. pumilus and B. subtilis, plus Pediococcus acidilactici. Rather than coating finished pellets, New Life Spectrum locks the cultures inside with cold re-extrusion, so fewer are lost to the water as the pellet falls through the tank.
The nutrition under the probiotics is the Thera+A formula: krill and squid protein, whole menhaden, garlic among the leading ingredients, omega-3 fish oil, a mix of seaweeds with chlorella and spirulina, and astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin as colour sources. New Life Spectrum says the cultures increase nutrient absorption in the gut, so more of each feed is used and the waste that leaves the fish is cleaner, and that its phosphate-consuming bacteria continue to work in the filter. Protein is 39% minimum and fat 9% minimum. A 150 g jar is a moderate quantity for one medium-sized community tank or a single pair of cichlids, finished while the food is still fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium freshwater fish:** Angelfish, gouramis, rainbowfish and dwarf to mid-size cichlids.
- **Marine community fish:** Mid-size tangs, dwarf angels and larger clownfish.
- **Mixed-size tanks:** Alongside the regular pellet where small and medium fish share the water.
- **Rising nitrate and phosphate:** Tanks where nutrients creep up between water changes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two meals daily:** Feed what is eaten within about a minute, twice a day.
- **Count the mouths:** A 2 mm pellet is a full bite for a medium fish, so start with a few each.
- **Remove the excess:** Siphon out uneaten pellets before they break down in the gravel.
- **Store it sealed:** Keep the jar closed, cool and dry between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium 2–2.5 mm sinking pellet:** Between community-size and large-cichlid foods.
- **3 million cultures per gram:** Lab verified, per New Life Spectrum.
- **Locked-in probiotics:** Cold re-extrusion keeps the cultures inside the pellet.
- **Phosphate-consuming bacteria:** Part of the maker's blend for cleaner tanks.
- **Garlic-rich Thera+A base:** Krill, squid and menhaden protein with extra garlic.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102610
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022747
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Probiotic Cultures:** 3 million or more viable cultures per gram; three Bacillus species and Pediococcus acidilactici
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Colour Sources:** Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin, zeaxanthin, spirulina
- **Feeding:** Twice daily; only what is consumed within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Probiotix Small 60 g (102612); Regular 80 g (102613), 150 g (102609), 300 g (102605), 2.2 kg (102599); Medium 300 g (102606), 600 g (102602), 2.2 kg (102663); Large 150 g (102611), 300 g (102607), 600 g (102603), 2.2 kg (102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with medium-sized fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 2.2kg
Bulk probiotic sinking pellets for mid-sized fish across several tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-medium-2-2kg/
- Price: $354.38 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102663 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022778
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102663-1.png
Mid-sized fish are the hardest to feed from a single pellet size: too small a pellet is wasted on them, and too large a pellet is ignored. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 2.2kg (SKU: 102663) is the 2.2 kg pack of New Life Spectrum's probiotic-fortified sinking pellet in the medium size, 2 to 2.5 mm. The recipe uses marine proteins and live probiotic cultures, and the maker's listing says the cultures aid nutrient absorption and reduce waste. The bulk size is aimed at hobbyists running several community tanks, breeders feeding grow-out groups, and shops that want one dependable staple on the shelf behind the tanks.
Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden lead the ingredients, with omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, bentonite clay and sea salt. Ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp and spirulina supply the plant side, joined by garlic, ginger and the pigment sources astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. The guaranteed analysis on the maker's listing is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. Cultures are a dried Bacillus blend plus Pediococcus acidilactici at a minimum of 3 million viable cells per gram. New Life Spectrum recommends feeding sinking pellets twice a day in an amount eaten within one to two minutes. With a large volume, it is worth decanting a few weeks of food into an airtight tub and keeping the rest sealed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several community tanks:** One food for angelfish, medium tetras, rainbowfish and similar species.
- **Grow-out groups:** A consistent pellet for juveniles that have outgrown the regular size.
- **Retail and club systems:** A bulk staple for holding tanks fed every day.
- **Freshwater or marine:** The listing describes the food as suitable for both.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Offer what the fish finish in one to two minutes.
- **Match the pellet:** Move to the large size if fish struggle with 2–2.5 mm pellets, or to regular for smaller fish.
- **Portion bulk stock:** Decant into a tub that holds a few weeks of food.
- **Protect the pack:** Seal tightly and store cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the medium-pellet range.
- **Medium 2–2.5 mm pellet:** Between the regular and large sizes for mid-sized fish.
- **Live probiotics:** Minimum 3 million viable cells per gram per the maker.
- **Sinking formula:** Reaches mid-water and bottom feeders alike.
- **Marine protein base:** Krill, squid and menhaden at the top of the ingredient list.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102663
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022778
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 102610), Medium 300g (SKU 102606), Medium 600g (SKU 102602)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Regular 80g (SKU 102613), 150g (SKU 102609), 300g (SKU 102605), 2.2kg (SKU 102599); Large 150g (SKU 102611), 300g (SKU 102607), 600g (SKU 102603), 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with mid-sized fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 300g
Probiotic sinking pellets sized for mid-sized community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-medium-300g/
- Price: $87.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102606 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022754
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102606-1.jpeg
Most community tanks eventually hold fish too big for fine pellets and too varied for a single large one, and the medium pellet is the compromise that works. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 300g (SKU: 102606) is the 300 g pack of Probiotix in the 2 to 2.5 mm size, a sinking daily diet with live probiotic cultures added to a marine-protein recipe. According to the maker's listing, the cultures help the fish absorb more nutrition and produce less waste, and the formula is suitable for freshwater and marine fish. The 300 g size sits between the starter and bulk packs, enough for a few months of daily feeding in one or two ordinary tanks.
The recipe starts with whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, adds omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, bentonite clay and sea salt, and includes ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp, spirulina, garlic and ginger. Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin are the listed pigment sources. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The cultures are a dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, with at least 3 million viable cells per gram. Pellets sink at a moderate pace, so surface and mid-water feeders have time to take them while bottom feeders are not left out. New Life Spectrum's directions for its sinking pellets are to feed twice daily, only as much as is eaten within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-sized community fish:** Larger tetras, barbs, rainbowfish and small to medium cichlids.
- **Growing juveniles:** A step up from the regular pellet as young fish gain size.
- **Mixed bottom and mid-water feeders:** A sinking pellet that reaches both.
- **Everyday staple:** A 300 g pack that lasts a normal tank for months.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** Give an amount cleared within one to two minutes.
- **Watch the mouths:** If the smallest fish cannot manage the pellet, mix in the regular size.
- **Net out leftovers:** Clear any uneaten pellets before they soften.
- **Close the lid:** Seal after every feed to protect the cultures and fats.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium 2–2.5 mm pellet:** The in-between size for fish that outgrow the regular pellet.
- **Probiotic cultures:** Minimum 3 million viable cells per gram, according to the maker.
- **Sinking pellets:** Feed the full height of the tank.
- **Garlic and ginger:** Included in the recipe alongside seaweeds and microalgae.
- **300 g pack:** A mid-range quantity for regular feeding of one or two tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102606
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022754
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 102610), Medium 600g (SKU 102602), Medium 2.2kg (SKU 102663)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Regular 80g (SKU 102613), 150g (SKU 102609), 300g (SKU 102605), 2.2kg (SKU 102599); Large 150g (SKU 102611), 300g (SKU 102607), 600g (SKU 102603), 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 600g
Probiotic sinking pellets in a value refill for busy mid-sized fish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-medium-600g/
- Price: $149.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102602 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022761
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102602-1.png
When a pair of tanks is fed twice a day, a 300 g tub is gone before the next order arrives. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Medium 600g (SKU: 102602) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum's probiotic sinking pellet in the medium size, 2 to 2.5 mm. It is a complete daily diet built on marine proteins, with live probiotic cultures that the maker says improve nutrient absorption and reduce waste output. Double the 300 g pack, it suits keepers with several tanks of mid-sized fish, or anyone who prefers to buy a refill and decant into a feeder jar.
The ingredient list is led by whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, followed by omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, bentonite clay and sea salt, with a range of seaweeds and microalgae including ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp and spirulina. Garlic and ginger are included, and the colour-supporting pigments are astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The probiotics are a dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici at a minimum of 3 million viable cells per gram. Like the other Probiotix sizes, the medium pellet sinks, and the maker lists the food as suitable for freshwater and marine aquarium fish. Feeding guidance for New Life Spectrum sinking pellets is twice daily, in amounts eaten within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple tanks:** A refill that covers two or three tanks of mid-sized fish for months.
- **Mixed-size fish groups:** Juveniles and adults that can all manage a 2 mm pellet.
- **Switching from flakes:** A sinking staple for fish that have outgrown flake food.
- **Planned restocking:** Enough food on hand when new fish arrive and appetites rise.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice a day:** Stop when the fish slow down, within one to two minutes.
- **Transfer to a jar:** Fill a small airtight container for daily use.
- **Rotate with variety:** Add frozen or live food a few times a week for variety if desired.
- **Keep it cool:** Store the unopened pack away from heat and sunlight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g value refill:** Twice the 300 g pack for regular feeding.
- **Medium pellet:** 2–2.5 mm, sized between regular and large.
- **Probiotic cultures:** At least 3 million viable cells per gram, per the maker.
- **Dense nutrition:** 39% minimum crude protein and 9% minimum crude fat.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Described as suitable for both by the maker's listing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102602
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022761
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 102610), Medium 300g (SKU 102606), Medium 2.2kg (SKU 102663)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Regular 80g (SKU 102613), 150g (SKU 102609), 300g (SKU 102605), 2.2kg (SKU 102599); Large 150g (SKU 102611), 300g (SKU 102607), 600g (SKU 102603), 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 150g
Everyday probiotic sinking pellets for small to medium tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-regular-150g/
- Price: $47.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102609
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102609-1.jpeg
For most community tanks the question is not which exotic food to buy but which one to feed every day without a second thought. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 150g (SKU: 102609) is the 150 g pack of New Life Spectrum's probiotic-fortified sinking pellet in the regular size, 1 to 1.5 mm. It is formulated as a daily diet for small to medium tropical and community fish, with live probiotic cultures in a marine-protein base. The maker's listing says the blend increases nutrient absorption, produces less waste and works in the water and filter. It is the most common size for a single tank and lasts a typical group of small fish for several months.
Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden lead the ingredients, with omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour and a bentonite clay binder, then ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp, spirulina, garlic and ginger. Pigment sources include astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin, and vitamin C is supplied as L-ascorbyl-2-polyphosphate. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. Cultures are a dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, at least 3 million viable cells per gram. The pellet sinks, so it reaches mid-water and bottom feeders, and the regular size is small enough for tetras, rasboras, small cichlids and livebearers. Feed twice daily in an amount eaten within one to two minutes, as New Life Spectrum directs for its sinking pellets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single community tank:** The usual pack for 10 to 20 small fish.
- **Small to medium tropical fish:** Tetras, rasboras, livebearers, dwarf cichlids and corydoras.
- **Replacing flakes:** A sinking pellet that does not float away and cloud the surface.
- **Digestion-minded feeding:** A recipe built around live cultures and a modest waste output.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Give what the fish finish within one to two minutes.
- **Scatter widely:** Spread pellets over the tank so timid fish get a share.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets after each feed.
- **Store sealed:** Keep the pack closed, cool and dry between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **150 g everyday pack:** Sized for a single tank over several months.
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** Suits small to medium tropical fish.
- **Live probiotics:** At least 3 million viable cells per gram, per the maker.
- **High protein:** 39% minimum crude protein from marine sources.
- **Garlic and ginger:** Included alongside seaweeds and microalgae.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102609
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022648
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Suitable For:** Small to medium tropical and community fish
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102613), Regular 300g (SKU 102605), Regular 2.2kg (SKU 102599)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Medium 150g (SKU 102610), 300g (SKU 102606), 600g (SKU 102602), 2.2kg (SKU 102663); Large 150g (SKU 102611), 300g (SKU 102607), 600g (SKU 102603), 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 2.2kg
Bulk probiotic sinking pellets for fish rooms, shops and many small-fish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-regular-2-2kg/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102599 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022679
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102599-1.png
Feeding small fish in volume, whether in a breeding room, a shop system or a club with a dozen tanks, calls for a food that is consistent and affordable per feed. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 2.2kg (SKU: 102599) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's probiotic sinking pellet in the regular size, 1 to 1.5 mm. The recipe combines a marine-protein base with live probiotic cultures, and the maker's listing says the blend improves nutrient absorption and reduces waste. At 2.2 kg it is the largest regular-pellet pack and is the sensible choice where fish are fed twice daily across many tanks.
Ingredients are led by whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, with omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, bentonite clay and sea salt, plus ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp, spirulina, garlic and ginger. The pigment sources are astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. Cultures are a dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici at a minimum of 3 million viable cells per gram. Because live cultures and fish oils are the parts most affected by air and warmth, a bulk pack is better decanted into a smaller airtight container for daily use, with the remainder kept sealed in a cool, dry place. New Life Spectrum's directions for its sinking pellets are to feed twice a day, giving what is eaten within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding rooms:** Daily feeding of juveniles and adults of small species across many tanks.
- **Retail and holding systems:** One regular-size staple for stock fed every day.
- **Club and group buys:** A shared pack divided between several households.
- **Large small-fish collections:** Densely stocked planted tanks that go through food quickly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice daily:** Offer only what is cleared in one to two minutes.
- **Decant a few weeks at a time:** Use an airtight tub and reseal the bulk pack.
- **Track consumption:** Record how long a refill lasts so portions stay consistent.
- **Remove uneaten food:** Siphon or net leftovers to keep water quality steady.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the regular-pellet range.
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** Suits small to medium tropical fish.
- **Probiotic cultures:** At least 3 million viable cells per gram, says the maker.
- **Sinking formula:** Feeds mid-water and bottom dwellers.
- **Dense recipe:** 39% minimum crude protein and 9% minimum crude fat.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102599
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022679
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102613), Regular 150g (SKU 102609), Regular 300g (SKU 102605)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Medium 150g (SKU 102610), 300g (SKU 102606), 600g (SKU 102602), 2.2kg (SKU 102663); Large 150g (SKU 102611), 300g (SKU 102607), 600g (SKU 102603), 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with small fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 300g
1 to 1.5 mm probiotic sinking pellets for community and reef fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-regular-300g/
- Price: $87.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102605 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022655
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102605-1.jpeg
A tank of tetras, rainbowfish and corydoras is fed every day for years, so the staple matters more than any occasional treat. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 300g (SKU: 102605) is the 300 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Probiotix in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, for freshwater and marine community fish. What sets the line apart is the culture count: at least three million living probiotic cultures in every gram, lab verified according to the maker, from Bacillus licheniformis, B. pumilus, B. subtilis and Pediococcus acidilactici. Cold re-extrusion works them through the pellet instead of onto the outside, where they could wash away.
New Life Spectrum built Probiotix on its Thera+A formula, so the base already carries extra garlic alongside whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, with omega-3 fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, spirulina and ginger. The maker's case for the cultures has two parts: inside the fish they raise nutrient absorption, giving healthier fish and cleaner waste; in the tank, a blend of phosphate-consuming bacteria supports a healthy biological cycle. The 300 g jar is a practical quantity for a well-stocked display or two or three community tanks fed twice a day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community freshwater tanks:** Tetras, barbs, rasboras, corydoras and livebearers sharing one food.
- **Reef and marine fish:** Clownfish, damsels, gobies and other small fish that take a 1 mm pellet.
- **Phosphate-sensitive systems:** Reef and planted tanks where cleaner waste is worth having.
- **Heavily stocked displays:** Many fish producing a lot of waste between water changes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Morning and evening:** Two feeds a day, each finished within about a minute.
- **Spread the pellets:** Scatter across the surface so slower fish get a share as they sink.
- **Read the substrate:** Bottom-dwellers clear what passes the mid-water fish; leftovers mean feed less.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep moisture out of the jar so the cultures stay viable.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** The everyday size for most community and small marine fish.
- **Lab-verified culture count:** Three million or more live probiotics in every gram.
- **Cold re-extrusion:** Cultures locked through the pellet, not coated on the surface.
- **Thera+A foundation:** Extra garlic and krill-led protein beneath the probiotics.
- **300 g jar:** Enough for several small tanks or one busy display.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102605
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022655
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Probiotics:** Bacillus licheniformis, B. pumilus, B. subtilis and Pediococcus acidilactici; at least 3 million viable cultures per gram
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, whole menhaden, garlic, omega-3 fish oil, seaweeds and kelp, chlorella, spirulina, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, probiotic cultures, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Probiotix Small 60 g (102612); Regular 80 g (102613), 150 g (102609), 2.2 kg (102599); Medium 150 g (102610), 300 g (102606), 600 g (102602), 2.2 kg (102663); Large 150 g (102611), 300 g (102607), 600 g (102603), 2.2 kg (102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 80g
Probiotic sinking pellets for small tropical fish in a starter pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-regular-80g/
- Price: $31.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102613 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022624
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102613-1.jpeg
A small tank does not need a kilogram of food, and fish food loses its edge the longer it sits open. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Regular 80g (SKU: 102613) is the smallest pack of Probiotix in the regular pellet size, 1 to 1.5 mm, a sinking daily diet from New Life Spectrum with live probiotic cultures added to a marine-protein recipe. The maker's listing says the cultures help fish absorb more of their food and produce less waste. At 80 g it suits a single community tank, a quarantine tank or a nano setup, and it is a low-commitment way to see whether a group of small fish takes to a pellet food.
The recipe is led by whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, with omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, bentonite clay and sea salt. Ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp and spirulina provide the plant content, and garlic and ginger are included. The listed pigment sources are astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The probiotics are a dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, at a minimum of 3 million viable cells per gram. The pellets sink, which suits mid-water and bottom feeders and reduces surface competition. New Life Spectrum's directions for its sinking pellets are to feed twice daily in an amount eaten within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community tanks:** Tetras, rasboras, guppies, small corydoras and similar fish.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** A small pack opened and used up within a sensible time.
- **Nano set-ups:** Few fish, small portions and food that stays fresh.
- **Testing acceptance:** Try the pellet before moving to a larger pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice daily:** Offer only what is eaten within one to two minutes.
- **Small pinches:** A few pellets per feed is plenty for a handful of small fish.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out uneaten pellets promptly in small volumes of water.
- **Seal after use:** Close the pack firmly to protect the cultures and oils.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **80 g starter pack:** The smallest regular-pellet size in the range.
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** Sized for small tropical fish.
- **Probiotic cultures:** Minimum 3 million viable cells per gram, per the maker.
- **Sinking pellets:** Take the pressure off surface competition.
- **Natural pigment sources:** Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102613
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022624
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 80 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Probiotic Cultures:** Dried Bacillus blend and Pediococcus acidilactici, minimum 3 million viable cells per gram
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 150g (SKU 102609), Regular 300g (SKU 102605), Regular 2.2kg (SKU 102599)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Small 60g (SKU 102612); Medium 150g (SKU 102610), 300g (SKU 102606), 600g (SKU 102602), 2.2kg (SKU 102663); Large 150g (SKU 102611), 300g (SKU 102607), 600g (SKU 102603), 2.2kg (SKU 102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with small fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Probiotix Small 60g
Probiotic micro-pellets for nano fish, small tetras and juveniles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-probiotix-small-60g/
- Price: $31.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102612 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022525
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102612-1.jpeg
Tiny mouths get little from a coarse pellet, and in a small tank anything left uneaten shows up in the water within days. New Life Spectrum Probiotix Small 60g (SKU: 102612) is the 60 g jar of New Life Spectrum's probiotic daily food in its smallest pellet, a 0.5 to 0.75 mm sinking granule for small freshwater and marine fish. Each gram carries three million or more living, viable probiotic cultures, a figure the maker says is lab verified, from a Bacillus blend (B. licheniformis, B. pumilus and B. subtilis) and Pediococcus acidilactici. A process the maker calls cold re-extrusion locks the cultures inside the pellet rather than on its surface, so fewer wash off before the food is eaten.
Underneath the probiotics is the Thera+A version of the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, led by whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, whole menhaden and garlic, with omega-3 fish oil, several seaweeds, spirulina and ginger. New Life Spectrum's claims for the cultures are better nutrient absorption in the gut, giving healthier fish and less, cleaner waste, and a blend of phosphate-consuming bacteria that keeps working in the water and filter. At 60 g the jar suits a single nano or small community tank, or a first trial before a larger pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** Chilli rasboras, small tetras, endlers and other fish with tiny mouths.
- **Juvenile fish:** Young fish past powdered fry food but not yet ready for a 1 mm pellet.
- **Small marine fish:** Gobies, small clownfish and other nano-reef fish that take sinking food.
- **Low-volume systems:** Where cleaner waste and lower phosphate make a visible difference.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice a day:** Only what is eaten within about a minute, per the range's directions.
- **A pinch, not a scoop:** A 0.5 mm granule goes a long way; start with a few grains per fish.
- **Feed where they swim:** The granules sink, so drop them where small fish can catch them falling.
- **Close the jar:** Seal it after every feed and keep it cool and dry to protect the live cultures.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest Probiotix pellet:** 0.5–0.75 mm granules sized for tiny mouths.
- **Live cultures throughout:** Three million or more per gram, cold re-extruded into the pellet.
- **Four named strains:** Three Bacillus species plus Pediococcus acidilactici.
- **Phosphate-consuming blend:** Bacteria the maker says keep working in the filter.
- **Natural carotenoids:** Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin for colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102612
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022525
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Probiotic)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Pellet:** Small, 0.5–0.75 mm, sinking
- **Probiotics:** Bacillus licheniformis, B. pumilus, B. subtilis and Pediococcus acidilactici; 3 million or more viable cultures per gram
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, an amount eaten within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Probiotix Regular 80 g (102613), 150 g (102609), 300 g (102605), 2.2 kg (102599); Medium 150 g (102610), 300 g (102606), 600 g (102602), 2.2 kg (102663); Large 150 g (102611), 300 g (102607), 600 g (102603), 2.2 kg (102664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with small fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Large 15g
Neutrally buoyant microcapsule food for small reef fish and larger filter feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-reef-cell-large-15g/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102365 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026110
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102365-1.jpg
Many coral foods cloud the water or sink straight to the sand, and the animals that need them never get a mouthful. New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Large 15g (SKU: 102365) is the 15 g pack of the large grade of Reef Cell, New Life Spectrum's microencapsulated food. The particles are 400 to 600 microns, neutrally buoyant so they stay suspended in the water column, and the maker says the microcapsule structure holds its shape and loses fewer nutrients to the water. The listing aims the large grade at small reef fish and larger filter-feeding invertebrates, so it is the grade to pick when the animals in the tank capture larger particles rather than the finest plankton.
The recipe is based on whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole menhaden and omega-3 fish oil, with wheat flour, garlic, ginger, bentonite clay and sea salt, along with ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp and spirulina. The pigments listed are astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. The maker's guaranteed analysis is crude protein 55% minimum, crude fat 10% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 12% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg minimum, vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum and vitamin E at 400 IU/kg minimum. The feeding directions are to feed up to twice a day, offering as much as the animals can eat in about a minute. Mix a small amount with tank water in a cup for 30 seconds, then add it to the tank or target-feed with a pipette, with return pumps and powerheads off while feeding. A measuring spoon is not included, and 15 g is a trial quantity for a nano reef.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger filter feeders:** Invertebrates that capture bigger suspended particles than the Small grade provides.
- **Small reef fish:** Fish in the tank that pick at fine food in the water column.
- **Nano reefs:** A 15 g pack suits a small system dosed in pinch-sized amounts.
- **Supplementing broader feeding:** Alongside pellets and frozen foods for mixed reef systems.
**Mixing & Feeding Guide**
- **Pre-mix the dose:** Stir a small amount into a cup of tank water for 30 seconds.
- **Pause the flow:** Turn off return pumps and powerheads before adding the mix.
- **Target or broadcast:** Pipette onto animals or pour gently into the tank.
- **Offer up to twice a day:** Only as much as is consumed in about one minute.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large grade, 400–600 microns:** Bigger particles than the Small grade.
- **Neutral buoyancy:** Stays suspended rather than sinking or floating.
- **Microcapsule structure:** Holds together with less nutrient loss, per the maker.
- **High protein:** 55% minimum crude protein.
- **15 g trial pack:** The smaller of two Large sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102365
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026110
- **Product Type:** Food > Microcapsule Food (Filter Feeders)
- **Net Weight:** 15 g
- **Particle Size:** Large, 400–600 microns, neutrally buoyant
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 55%, crude fat min 10%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Up to twice daily, as much as is eaten in about one minute
- **Suitable For:** Small reef fish and larger filter-feeding invertebrates
- **Other Sizes:** Reef Cell Large 40g (SKU 102366); Reef Cell Small 15g (SKU 102344), Small 40g (SKU 102345)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Large 40g
Larger-pack microcapsule food for small reef fish and bigger filter feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-reef-cell-large-40g/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102366 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026127
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102366-1.jpg
A reef that is fed every day with a coral and invertebrate food goes through a 15 g pack faster than expected. New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Large 40g (SKU: 102366) is the 40 g pack of the large grade of Reef Cell, a microencapsulated food made by New Life Spectrum. The particles measure 400 to 600 microns and are neutrally buoyant, so they hang in the water rather than falling to the sand or collecting at the surface. According to the maker, the microcapsule technology gives the food a stable structure and limits the loss of nutrients into the water. The large grade is intended for small reef fish and larger filter-feeding invertebrates, and the 40 g pack is the better value for a reef that takes it daily.
The recipe includes whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole menhaden and omega-3 fish oil, with wheat flour, garlic, ginger, bentonite clay, sea salt and several seaweeds and microalgae such as ulva, chlorella, wakame, kelp and spirulina. Astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin supply the pigments. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 55% minimum, crude fat 10% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 12% maximum, with vitamins A, D and E at 10,000, 3,500 and 400 IU/kg minimum. The maker says to feed up to twice a day, giving as much as the animals will eat in about a minute. A small amount of food is stirred into a cup of tank water for 30 seconds and then either poured in or delivered by pipette. Return pumps and high-flow powerheads should be off during feeding. No measuring spoon is supplied, so many keepers portion by the pinch.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily reef feeding:** A larger pack for tanks where invertebrates are fed routinely.
- **Bigger filter feeders:** Animals that capture the 400–600 micron particle size.
- **Small reef fish:** Residents that graze on suspended food as it drifts past.
- **Multiple systems:** One pack divided between a display and a frag or sump tank.
**Mixing & Feeding Guide**
- **Mix in a cup:** Combine a small amount of food with tank water for 30 seconds.
- **Switch off flow:** Turn off return pumps and powerheads while the food drifts.
- **Dose sparingly:** Offer what is eaten in about one minute, up to twice a day.
- **Keep it dry:** Use a dry measure, wipe the lid and reseal after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 g pack:** More than two and a half times the 15 g size.
- **400–600 micron particles:** The large grade of Reef Cell.
- **Neutrally buoyant:** Remains in the water column until eaten.
- **Stable microcapsules:** The maker says less nutrient loss into the water.
- **55% protein:** Minimum crude protein in the guaranteed analysis.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102366
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026127
- **Product Type:** Food > Microcapsule Food (Filter Feeders)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Particle Size:** Large, 400–600 microns, neutrally buoyant
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 55%, crude fat min 10%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Up to twice daily, as much as is eaten in about one minute
- **Suitable For:** Small reef fish and larger filter-feeding invertebrates
- **Other Sizes:** Reef Cell Large 15g (SKU 102365); Reef Cell Small 15g (SKU 102344), Small 40g (SKU 102345)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Small 15g
Fine microcapsule food for filter-feeding invertebrates and small polyp corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-reef-cell-small-15g/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102344 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026011
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102344-1.png
Filter feeders and small polyp corals eat food the size of plankton, and most fish foods are far too coarse for them. New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Small 15g (SKU: 102344) is the 15 g pack of the small grade of Reef Cell, a microencapsulated food whose particles measure 10 to 80 microns. The retailer listing for the product states that 80% of the particles are 50 microns or smaller, roughly the size of most zooplankton and phytoplankton. The capsules are neutrally buoyant, so they drift through the water column until they are caught, and the maker says the microcapsule structure holds together and reduces nutrient loss into the water.
It is intended for filter-feeding invertebrates and small polyp corals such as SPS. The recipe uses whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, menhaden fish and fish oil, with wheat flour, garlic, ginger, bentonite clay, sea salt, a range of seaweeds and microalgae such as chlorella and spirulina, and natural pigments including astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 55% minimum, crude fat 10% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 12% maximum, with vitamin A 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D 3,500 IU/kg and vitamin E 400 IU/kg minimum. Feed up to twice a day, offering what the animals eat in about a minute. Stir a little food into a cup of tank water for 30 seconds, then pour it in or deliver it with a pipette, with return pumps and powerheads switched off. A measuring spoon is not included. The 15 g size suits a nano reef or a first trial.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small polyp corals:** SPS and similar corals that take fine particles.
- **Filter-feeding invertebrates:** Animals that strain plankton-sized food from the water.
- **Nano reefs:** A trial-size pack that can be dosed in pinches.
- **Plankton supplement:** Where natural plankton is limited in a closed system.
**Mixing & Feeding Guide**
- **Cup first:** Mix a small amount with tank water and stir for 30 seconds.
- **Stop the pumps:** Turn off return pumps and powerheads while feeding.
- **Target feed or pour:** Use a pipette on corals, or pour the mix into the tank.
- **Up to twice a day:** Offer only what is eaten in about a minute.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small grade, 10–80 microns:** Plankton-sized particles for fine feeders.
- **Neutral buoyancy:** Hangs in the water column.
- **Microcapsule structure:** Designed to hold together and limit nutrient loss.
- **55% protein:** Minimum crude protein per the maker.
- **15 g trial pack:** The smaller of the two Small sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102344
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026011
- **Product Type:** Food > Microcapsule Food (Coral and Invertebrate)
- **Net Weight:** 15 g
- **Particle Size:** Small, 10–80 microns, neutrally buoyant
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 55%, crude fat min 10%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Up to twice daily, as much as is eaten in about one minute
- **Designed For:** Filter-feeding invertebrates and small polyp corals
- **Other Sizes:** Reef Cell Small 40g (SKU 102345); Reef Cell Large 15g (SKU 102365), Large 40g (SKU 102366)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Small 40g
Larger pack of fine microcapsule food for corals and filter feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-reef-cell-small-40g/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102345 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987026028
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102345-1.png
Feeding corals regularly is a long game, and a reef that gets a daily dose of plankton-sized food will use a trial pack quickly. New Life Spectrum Reef Cell Small 40g (SKU: 102345) is the 40 g pack of the small grade of Reef Cell, New Life Spectrum's microencapsulated food with particles of 10 to 80 microns. A retailer listing states that 80% of those particles are 50 microns or less, which is the scale of most zooplankton and phytoplankton. The capsules are neutrally buoyant, so they stay suspended where polyps and filter feeders can reach them, and according to the maker the microcapsule structure keeps the food stable and limits nutrient loss into the water.
This grade is aimed at filter-feeding invertebrates and small polyp corals. The ingredients include whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, menhaden fish, fish oil, wheat flour, garlic, ginger, bentonite clay, sea salt, chlorella, spirulina and other seaweeds, with astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin as pigment sources. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 55% minimum, crude fat 10% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 12% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg and vitamin E at 400 IU/kg minimum. The directions are to feed up to twice daily in an amount the animals can eat in about a minute, pre-mixed in a cup of tank water for 30 seconds and added with return pumps and high-flow powerheads off. A measuring spoon is not supplied. The 40 g pack gives more doses per purchase than the 15 g size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established coral tanks:** Regular feeding of small polyp corals over many weeks.
- **Invertebrate-heavy reefs:** Systems with a number of animals that strain fine particles.
- **Frequent feeders:** A pack suited to daily or alternate-day dosing.
- **Shared systems:** Enough to feed a display and an adjacent frag tank.
**Mixing & Feeding Guide**
- **Mix first:** Stir a small amount into tank water in a cup for 30 seconds.
- **Turn off flow:** Pause return pumps and powerheads while the mix settles in.
- **Pipette to polyps:** Target-feed corals, or broadcast into the water.
- **Limit amounts:** Up to two feeds a day, no more than eaten in a minute.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 g pack:** The larger size in the Small grade.
- **10–80 micron particles:** Matched to plankton-sized feeders.
- **Neutrally buoyant:** Remains suspended in the water column.
- **Garlic and ginger:** Included in a krill and squid-based recipe.
- **Vitamin-fortified:** Vitamins A, D and E guaranteed at minimum levels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102345
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987026028
- **Product Type:** Food > Microcapsule Food (Coral and Invertebrate)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Particle Size:** Small, 10–80 microns, neutrally buoyant
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 55%, crude fat min 10%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Up to twice daily, as much as is eaten in about one minute
- **Designed For:** Filter-feeding invertebrates and small polyp corals
- **Other Sizes:** Reef Cell Small 15g (SKU 102344); Reef Cell Large 15g (SKU 102365), Large 40g (SKU 102366)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 150g
Everyday sinking pellet for small to medium tropical community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-regular-sinking-150g/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102267 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020248
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102267-1.jpeg
A community tank is a mix of mouths and feeding levels, and one pellet has to cover most of them. New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 150g (SKU: 102267) is the 150 g pack of New Life Spectrum's all-purpose tropical fish pellet in the regular size, 1 to 1.5 mm. The Australian distributor describes it as a nutrition formula for a wide variety of omnivorous, carnivorous and herbivorous tropical fish, made with natural ingredients said to enhance colour. Protein comes from whole krill and whole herring with no soybean products, and the maker's stated aim is a food dense enough that less is wasted and the water stays cleaner.
Ingredients include whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic, a vegetable and fruit extract, and a vitamin and mineral pack. All New Life Spectrum foods contain garlic, and the company states that no hormones are added. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg and vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum. Feeding directions are twice daily, giving an amount that the fish finish completely in one to two minutes. The pellets sink, so mid-water and bottom feeders get their share without a scramble at the surface. A 150 g pack is the usual size for one established tank, lasting a typical group of small fish for a good number of weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed community tanks:** Tetras, rasboras, barbs, livebearers and small cichlids on one food.
- **Omnivores, carnivores and herbivores:** A varied diet in a single pellet, as the distributor describes it.
- **Moving off flakes:** A denser staple that produces less waste for the volume fed.
- **One-tank households:** A 150 g pack that stays fresh through regular use.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within one to two minutes.
- **Spread them out:** Scatter the pellets so every fish has access.
- **Net leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets after the feed.
- **Rotate with live or frozen food:** Vary the menu now and then, if the species benefit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** Fits the mouths of small and medium fish.
- **No soybean products:** Protein comes from whole krill and whole herring.
- **Dense nutrition:** The maker's approach to reducing waste and keeping water cleaner.
- **Natural colour enhancers:** Beta carotene, algae and spirulina in the recipe.
- **150 g pack:** Sized for one tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102267
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020248
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102266), 300g (SKU 102268), 600g (SKU 102269), 2.2kg (SKU 102270)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 102271), 300g (SKU 102272), 600g (SKU 102273), 2.2kg (SKU 102274); Large 150g (SKU 102275), 300g (SKU 102276), 600g (SKU 102277), 2.2kg (SKU 102278)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 300g
Mid-sized pack of all-purpose sinking pellets for tropical community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-regular-sinking-300g/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102268 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020255
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102268-1.jpeg
Once the 150 g tub becomes a monthly re-order, a larger pack is the simpler arrangement. New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 300g (SKU: 102268) is the 300 g pack of New Life Spectrum's all-purpose tropical fish pellet in the regular size, 1 to 1.5 mm. It is a sinking daily diet for omnivorous, carnivorous and herbivorous tropical fish, built around whole Antarctic krill and whole herring and free of soybean products. Twice the size of the 150 g pack, it suits a keeper with one large community tank or two smaller ones, where the pellets will be used up well inside their shelf life.
The ingredients also include whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic, a vegetable and fruit extract, and the usual vitamins and minerals. New Life Spectrum states that the food has no added hormones and that its dense formulation means less waste and cleaner water. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg and vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum. Feed twice a day, in an amount the fish clear within one to two minutes. Regular pellets sink at a gentle rate, which suits fish that take food on the way down as well as those foraging at the substrate. Storing a pack of this size well matters: keep it sealed, away from heat, and decant a fortnight of food into a small jar for daily use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community tanks:** A bigger group of small to medium fish eating twice a day.
- **Two-tank households:** A single pack shared across a main tank and a second set-up.
- **Growing fish groups:** Juveniles raised on regular pellets before moving up a size.
- **Planned re-orders:** Fewer purchases over a season than with the 150 g pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice a day:** Stop when the fish finish within one to two minutes.
- **Use a feeder jar:** Decant a couple of weeks of food and keep the rest sealed.
- **Adjust with growth:** Move to the medium pellet as fish outgrow 1–1.5 mm.
- **Check the tank:** Remove uneaten food from the substrate each day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g pack:** Double the 150 g size for busier tanks.
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** Small to medium tropical fish.
- **Whole krill and herring:** Marine protein with no soybean products.
- **Garlic included:** A staple ingredient across New Life Spectrum foods.
- **No added hormones:** A stated feature of the New Life Spectrum range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102268
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020255
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102266), 150g (SKU 102267), 600g (SKU 102269), 2.2kg (SKU 102270)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 102271), 300g (SKU 102272), 600g (SKU 102273), 2.2kg (SKU 102274); Large 150g (SKU 102275), 300g (SKU 102276), 600g (SKU 102277), 2.2kg (SKU 102278)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 600g
Large pack of 1–1.5 mm sinking pellets for multi-tank households and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-regular-sinking-600g/
- Price: $75.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102269 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020231
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102269-1.jpeg
Where several tanks share one staple, a small jar is empty before the next order arrives. New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 600g (SKU: 102269) is the 600 g size of New Life Spectrum's Regular sinking pellet, 1 to 1.5 mm, made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula for tropical omnivores, carnivores and herbivores. The maker's approach is a dense recipe with whole krill and whole herring as protein and a generous amount of garlic, and in this quantity it works as the main diet for a household with several aquariums, a club tank or a small fish room.
The ingredient list on Pet City's page runs from whole Antarctic krill and whole herring through whole wheat flour, algae and spirulina to garlic, vegetable and fruit extracts, beta carotene and a vitamin and mineral premix with stabilised vitamin C. It states no soybean products and no added hormones. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg and vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum. The directions are to feed twice daily and no more than the fish finish in one to two minutes. With a larger pack the main concern is freshness, so keep the bag sealed and decant a working supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several tanks:** A common staple for community, livebearer and small cichlid tanks.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** A bulk-friendly pellet for steady daily feeding.
- **Clubs and schools:** A pack that lasts through a term of daily feeding.
- **Cost-conscious feeding:** A larger quantity lowers the weight cost over the 80 g jar.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds a day:** Morning and evening, scaled to the number of fish.
- **Short feeding window:** One to two minutes of eating, then net out leftovers.
- **Divide the pack:** Pour a month's supply into a small container and keep the rest sealed.
- **Avoid damp scoops:** Wet utensils in the pack encourage clumping and spoilage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g quantity:** Seven and a half times the 80 g pack.
- **Regular pellet:** 1–1.5 mm sinking granules for small and mid-size adult fish.
- **Complete staple:** Formulated for omnivorous, carnivorous and herbivorous tropical fish.
- **Krill and herring base:** Easily digested protein without soybean products.
- **Dense pellet:** New Life Spectrum says this gives cleaner water and a more filling feed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102269
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020231
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Tropical Community)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, spirulina, garlic, vegetable and fruit extracts, beta carotene, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 80g (102266), 150g (102267), 300g (102268), 2.2kg (102270); Medium 150g (102271), 300g (102272), 600g (102273), 2.2kg (102274); Large 150g (102275), 300g (102276), 600g (102277), 2.2kg (102278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 80g
Everyday 1–1.5 mm sinking pellet for omnivorous, carnivorous and herbivorous tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-regular-sinking-80g/
- Price: $20.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102266 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020224
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102266-1.jpeg
Most community tanks hold a mix of diets, and a staple has to suit all of them without turning the water cloudy. New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 80g (SKU: 102266) is the Regular pellet of New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula for tropical aquarium fish, a 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet made for a wide variety of omnivore, carnivore and herbivore species. It is the everyday diet of the range, without the added garlic of the Thera+A line or the colour focus of UltraRED, and the 80 g pack is the smallest size, suited to one or two tanks or a first try.
Pet City's listing describes the recipe as built on whole Antarctic krill and whole herring as an easily digested protein source, with no soybean products, plus whole wheat flour, algae, spirulina and garlic. New Life Spectrum says all its foods carry a generous amount of garlic, and that natural ingredients enhance fish colour without added hormones. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The directions are to feed twice daily, in amounts finished within about one to two minutes. The pellets are dense, which the maker says means less waste and cleaner water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed community tanks:** One food for tetras, barbs, danios, gouramis, livebearers and small cichlids.
- **Daily staple:** A complete diet for everyday use rather than a supplement.
- **Single-tank households:** An 80 g pack that gets used before it goes stale.
- **Trying the range:** A small first purchase before moving to 300 g or 600 g.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Offer morning and evening portions rather than one large meal.
- **Watch for one to two minutes:** Feed only what the fish finish in that time.
- **Match the mouth:** Regular pellets suit adult small and mid-size fish; larger species do better on Medium or Large.
- **Keep it fresh:** Close the lid tightly after each feed and store in a cool, dry place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking pellet:** 1–1.5 mm granules that settle through the water column for mid-water and bottom feeders.
- **Whole krill and herring:** Marine proteins chosen for digestibility, with no soybean products.
- **Balanced for all diets:** Formulated for omnivores, carnivores and herbivores.
- **Dense formula:** Designed so less food is needed and less waste reaches the water.
- **Smallest pack:** 80 g, matched to light feeding in a single tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102266
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020224
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Tropical Community)
- **Net Weight:** 80 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, spirulina, garlic, vegetable and fruit extracts, beta carotene, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 150g (102267), 300g (102268), 600g (102269), 2.2kg (102270); Medium 150g (102271), 300g (102272), 600g (102273), 2.2kg (102274); Large 150g (102275), 300g (102276), 600g (102277), 2.2kg (102278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Jumbo 2.2kg
Bulk 7.5–8 mm garlic-enriched sinking pellet for large-fish specialists and holding systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-jumbo-2-2kg/
- Price: $152.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102316 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022402
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102316-1.webp
Anyone feeding a collection of oversized predators knows the cost of a food that comes in thumbnail packs. New Life Spectrum Thera A Jumbo 2.2kg (SKU: 102316) is the 2.2 kg size of the Jumbo Thera+A pellet, listed at 7.5 to 8 mm and sinking, made on New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. The maker describes the recipe as non-medicated and aimed at stressed or newly acquired fish that may not eat fully, and in this quantity it suits holding systems, public displays and keepers of several very large fish.
New Life Spectrum's published wording is that its garlic has been shown to increase parasite resistance and immune function in tropical fish and that it is also an attractant. Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic and fish oil lead the list, followed by seaweeds, kelp and chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina and marigold, with bentonite clay, sea salt and tocopherols as preservative. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum. With a pellet this size, the number fed per meal is small, so a 2.2 kg bag lasts many weeks for a handful of large fish even on twice-daily feeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquarium displays:** Feeding large show fish where staff handle most of the feeding.
- **Rescue and holding:** Starting oversized, stressed fish on an attractive food.
- **Large predator collections:** Keepers with several big-mouthed species in separate tanks.
- **Stocking up:** Buying once for a season rather than ordering the 600 g size repeatedly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Keep meals measured by pellet count rather than volume.
- **Stop at two minutes:** New Life Spectrum's guidance is to feed what is eaten in one to two minutes.
- **Store the bulk bag well:** Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place away from light.
- **Decant for use:** A small daily container limits how often the main bag is opened.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** Nearly four times the 600 g Jumbo size.
- **Jumbo pellet:** About 7.5–8 mm, listed as the biggest in the Thera+A line.
- **Garlic enriched:** Extra garlic as an attractant with immune-support claims from the maker.
- **High-protein recipe:** 39% minimum crude protein with added omega-3.
- **Dense formula:** Meant to give fewer wasted pellets and cleaner water than lighter foods.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102316
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022402
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Jumbo, about 7.5–8 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt; tocopherols as preservative
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with very large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Jumbo 600g
Garlic-enriched 7.5–8 mm sinking pellet for very large, big-mouthed fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-jumbo-600g/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102315 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022433
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102315-1.webp
A pellet of 3 mm disappears in the mouth of a fish that swallows whole prey, and feeding it by the handful wastes time and money. New Life Spectrum Thera A Jumbo 600g (SKU: 102315) is the Jumbo pellet of the Thera+A line, listed by Kiwi Petz at 7.5 to 8 mm and sinking, built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. New Life Spectrum describes the recipe as non-medicated and intended for stressed or newly acquired fish that may not have a full appetite, and the Jumbo size extends that approach to the biggest fish in the hobby.
The maker's published wording is that garlic has been shown to increase parasite resistance and immune function in tropical fish and that it is also a strong attractant. The ingredients begin with krill, squid, whole wheat flour and fish, then garlic and fish oil, with seaweeds, kelp and chlorella following. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamins A, D, E and C declared at 10,000, 3,500, 400 and 600 IU/kg minimum. The range directions are to feed twice daily and offer only what is finished in one to two minutes, which at this size is a small count of pellets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large cichlids:** Fish that ignore or choke on fine pellets.
- **Big predatory fish:** Species that take food in large single bites at mid-water or the bottom.
- **Stressed or new fish:** A strong attractant for large imports or rescues that refuse food.
- **Few-fish tanks:** A 600 g pack suits one or two large fish and avoids buying a bulk bag.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two meals daily:** Large fish digest better from two measured feeds.
- **Count, do not scoop:** Offer a handful of pellets by number and stop when interest drops.
- **Check the swallow:** If a fish struggles with the size, soak the pellet briefly or step down to Large.
- **Remove leftovers:** Large pellets decay on the substrate, so net or siphon them out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Jumbo pellet:** About 7.5–8 mm, the largest size in the Thera+A range.
- **Extra garlic:** Used as an attractant and an immune-support ingredient, per the maker.
- **Omega-3 and higher protein:** Intended for fish without a full appetite.
- **Sinking:** Reaches fish feeding in the mid-water and on the bottom.
- **600 g pack:** The smaller of the two Jumbo pack sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102315
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022433
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Jumbo, about 7.5–8 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with very large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 150g
Garlic-enriched 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet for big-mouthed cichlids and predatory fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-large-150g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102311 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022341
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102311-1.webp
An oscar or a big Central American cichlid sucks up a fine pellet and gets nothing from it, and a recovering fish of that size needs the nutrition more than most. New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 150g (SKU: 102311) is the Large pellet of the Thera+A line, 3 to 3.5 mm and sinking, made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and a higher protein level. New Life Spectrum describes the diet as non-medicated and meant for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, and the 150 g pack is a trial or a short course for one or two large fish.
Retailer listings put whole Antarctic krill, squid and fish at the front of the ingredients, with wheat flour, garlic, ginger, fish oil and seaweeds behind them and no soybean products. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum. The pellet is dense and sinks, which suits fish that feed from the mid-water and the bottom, such as cichlids, large catfish and loaches. Directions on retailer listings are to feed twice daily and offer only what is finished within a minute or two, which with a pellet this size is a small count per fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlids:** Oscars, jaguars, Managuense and other big-mouthed species that need a bigger pellet.
- **Newly acquired large fish:** A strong-smelling diet to trigger feeding after a long journey.
- **Large catfish and loaches:** Sinking pellets that reach bottom feeders.
- **Short courses:** A 150 g pack to test acceptance before buying a bigger size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** Divide the ration; large fish do better on two smaller meals.
- **Count pellets:** Offer a handful and stop when the fish lose interest.
- **Soak for shy feeders:** A brief soak in tank water makes the pellet softer and the scent stronger.
- **Clear the floor:** Siphon any uneaten pellets, since large fish produce plenty of waste.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large pellet:** 3–3.5 mm, one of the larger sizes in the range after the Jumbo.
- **Garlic enriched:** Extra allicin to attract fish that are off their food.
- **Omega-3 and protein:** A 39% minimum crude protein recipe for big fish in recovery.
- **Sinking:** Reaches fish that feed below the surface.
- **150 g pack:** A small quantity for one or two large fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102311
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022341
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 2.2kg
Bulk 3–3.5 mm garlic-enriched sinking pellet for large-fish collections and shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-large-2-2kg/
- Price: $152.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102314 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022303
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102314-1.png
A shop holding a dozen big cichlids or a hobbyist with a large predator tank will empty small packs faster than they can be carried home. New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 2.2kg (SKU: 102314) is the bulk pack of the Large Thera+A pellet, 3 to 3.5 mm and sinking, made on New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. The maker describes it as a non-medicated diet for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, and at 2.2 kg it is the size a serious cichlid keeper or holding system would choose to stay stocked.
Retailer listings give the first ingredients as krill, squid, whole wheat flour and fish, followed by garlic, fish oil and several seaweeds, with tocopherols as preservative and no soybean products. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, plus declared vitamins A, D, E and C. Feeding directions across the range are twice daily with the amount finished in one to two minutes. A bulk bag of a marine-protein food should be kept sealed, cool and dry, with a smaller container filled for daily feeding so the main supply is opened as little as possible.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Specialist cichlid keepers:** Multiple tanks of large Central American, South American or African species.
- **Retail and import holding:** Starting big, newly landed fish on a food they will accept.
- **Breeding colonies:** Conditioning large fish where several kilograms are fed over a season.
- **Group orders:** A pack that divides easily between several hobbyists.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice daily:** Portions scaled to the number and size of the fish.
- **Stop at two minutes:** Remove or reduce what is not eaten in that time.
- **Use a working container:** Decant a week's supply and reseal the bag.
- **Rotate if desired:** Alternate with a base staple from the same maker or another suitable pellet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk size:** The largest pack of Large-pellet Thera+A in the catalogue.
- **3–3.5 mm pellet:** Sized for big-mouthed fish that reject fine food.
- **Garlic and omega-3:** Added to attract fish and support recovery, according to the maker.
- **Dense sinking pellet:** Less waste per feed than a lighter food, says New Life Spectrum.
- **No soybean products:** Marine proteins lead the ingredient list.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102314
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022303
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold; tocopherols as preservative
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, fish rooms and holding systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 300g
Twice the trial pack of 3–3.5 mm garlic-enriched sinking pellets for large cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-large-300g/
- Price: $55.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102312 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022358
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102312-1.jpg
Feeding a pair of adult cichlids with the 150 g pack means reordering within weeks, and the fish do not care about the paperwork. New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 300g (SKU: 102312) is the 300 g size of the Large Thera+A pellet, 3 to 3.5 mm and sinking, from New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. The maker describes the diet as non-medicated and intended for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, and this size is aimed at keepers who feed large fish every day as part of a rotation.
The recipe, as listed by retailers, is built on whole Antarctic krill, squid and fish with wheat flour, garlic and ginger, and no soybean products. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with declared vitamins A, D, E and C. New Life Spectrum says the nutrient density gives less waste and cleaner water than a lighter food, a point that matters in the heavily stocked tanks that big cichlids usually live in. Directions are to feed twice daily and remove anything not eaten within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult cichlid pairs:** Daily feeding for fish with mouths well beyond the Regular pellet size.
- **Grow-out of big species:** Juveniles reaching the point where Medium pellets are too small.
- **Rotation feeding:** A garlic-enriched meal two or three days a week alongside a base staple.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** A dense pellet that is meant to leave less waste behind.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two portions daily:** Spread the ration over morning and evening.
- **Judge by appetite:** If pellets are still on the floor after two minutes, reduce the portion.
- **Switch foods slowly:** Blend with the previous pellet for several days when changing.
- **Vacuum the substrate:** Siphon uneaten pellets at each water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large pellet:** 3–3.5 mm for fish that bite or swallow rather than sip.
- **300 g quantity:** Double the 150 g trial pack, half the 600 g pack.
- **Extra garlic:** The allicin complex used as an attractant in the Thera+A line.
- **Marine protein base:** Krill, squid and fish with no soybean products.
- **Non-medicated:** Suitable for continuing use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102312
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022358
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 600g
Bulk 3 to 3.5 mm garlic-enhanced pellet for larger cichlids and marine fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-large-600g/
- Price: $84.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102313 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022334
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102313-1.webp
Large fish cost more, live longer and are slower to settle, so getting a newly bought cichlid or tang to eat matters. New Life Spectrum Thera A Large 600g (SKU: 102313) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum Thera+A in the large 3 to 3.5 mm sinking pellet. It is the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, an allicin complex within the top five ingredients, which New Life Spectrum says has flavour-enhancing and natural anti-parasitic properties that encourage shy, stressed or newly added fish to feed. The large pellet is sized for adult cichlids, larger community fish and medium to large marine fish, and the 600 g pack suits big tanks, fish rooms and several large-fish systems.
Thera+A is non-medicated and is meant to be fed every day, not as a short course. The ingredient list opens with whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, whole menhaden, garlic and omega-3 fish oil, and continues with seaweeds, ginger, spirulina, astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin. Vitamins A, D and E are supplied at increased levels. New Life Spectrum lists no artificial colours, flavours, hormones or preservatives, and protects the squid, menhaden and fish oil with Naturox. Feed twice daily, only what is eaten within about a minute.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New large fish:** Cichlids, tangs and angels settling into a new aquarium.
- **Big cichlid tanks:** Malawi, Tanganyikan and Central American species.
- **Marine fish-only systems:** Larger tangs, angels and wrasses on a sinking staple.
- **Multiple large-fish tanks:** One bulk pack shared across several systems.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Only what is completely eaten within about a minute.
- **Big pellet, small portions:** A few pellets per fish to start; add more if they clear quickly.
- **Retrieve leftovers:** Uneaten 3 mm pellets break down fast, so net them out.
- **Reseal the pack:** Decant a working supply and keep the rest closed and cool.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large 3–3.5 mm pellet:** Sized for adult cichlids and larger marine fish.
- **600 g pack:** Bulk supply for big tanks and fish rooms.
- **Allicin complex:** Extra garlic among the top five ingredients.
- **Daily, non-medicated:** No course length or withdrawal period.
- **Naturox preserved:** Natural antioxidant on the marine oils.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102313
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022334
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enhanced)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60 g (102298), 140 g (102299); Regular 80 g (102302), 150 g (102303), 300 g (102304), 600 g (102305), 2.2 kg (102306); Medium 150 g (102307), 300 g (102308), 600 g (102309), 2.2 kg (102310); Large 150 g (102311), 300 g (102312), 2.2 kg (102314); Jumbo 600 g (102315), 2.2 kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with larger fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 150g
2 to 2.5 mm garlic-boosted pellet for medium fish off their food.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-medium-150g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102307 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022242
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102307-1.jpg
An angelfish or a pair of dwarf cichlids that sulk after a tank move can go days without eating, and a plain pellet is easy to ignore. New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 150g (SKU: 102307) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum Thera+A in the medium 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet, sized for medium freshwater and marine fish. It combines the high-density Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic (allicin complex), so garlic sits among the first five ingredients. New Life Spectrum aims it at new or stressed fish and says the added nutrients and oils help them resist stress.
Easy-to-digest protein comes from whole krill and whole menhaden, a herring-family fish, along with giant squid and no soybean products, and the formula increases the supply of vitamins A, D and E. Seaweeds, spirulina, ginger and omega-3 fish oil round it out, and colour comes from natural ingredients such as astaxanthin and marigold; the maker does not use hormones for colour. Because the pellet is dense and filling, less is needed per feed. New Life Spectrum's direction is twice daily, the amount completely consumed within about a minute. The 150 g jar suits one tank of medium fish or a recovery tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After a move:** Angelfish, gouramis and cichlids that stop eating in a new tank.
- **Medium community fish:** Rainbowfish, larger barbs and dwarf to mid-size cichlids.
- **Marine fish:** Larger clownfish, small tangs and dwarf angels.
- **Recovery tanks:** Fish regaining condition after a stressful period.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** All eaten within about a minute.
- **Offer and wait:** Let a reluctant fish find the pellet before adding more.
- **Remove refusals:** Lift out uneaten pellets so they do not foul the water.
- **Carry on as normal:** Non-medicated, so it stays as the daily food once fish are eating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium 2–2.5 mm pellet:** For medium freshwater and marine fish.
- **Garlic in the top five:** Extra allicin complex for palatability.
- **Dense and filling:** Less food per feed, according to the maker.
- **No hormones:** Colour from natural ingredients.
- **Vitamin-rich:** Increased vitamins A, D and E.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102307
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022242
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enhanced)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount consumed within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60 g (102298), 140 g (102299); Regular 80 g (102302), 150 g (102303), 300 g (102304), 600 g (102305), 2.2 kg (102306); Medium 300 g (102308), 600 g (102309), 2.2 kg (102310); Large 150 g (102311), 300 g (102312), 600 g (102313), 2.2 kg (102314); Jumbo 600 g (102315), 2.2 kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with medium-sized fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 2.2kg
Bulk 2–2.5 mm garlic-enriched sinking pellet for breeders and large fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-medium-2-2kg/
- Price: $152.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102310 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022204
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102310-1.png
Breeders raising a few hundred cichlids through their awkward adolescent stage need a pellet sized for the mouth and a pack sized for the appetite. New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 2.2kg (SKU: 102310) is the bulk size of the Medium Thera+A pellet, listed by retailers at 2 to 2.5 mm and sinking, produced on New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. The maker presents the diet as non-medicated and aimed at stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, which makes the 2.2 kg quantity a working staple for fish rooms, shops and commercial holding.
The ingredient order on retailer listings is krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic and fish oil, then seaweeds, kelp and chlorella, with ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold, bentonite clay and sea salt, and tocopherols as the preservative. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamins A, D, E and C declared. The directions for the range are two feeds daily of whatever is finished in one to two minutes. For a bulk pack the practical point is storage: keep it sealed, cool and dry, and decant a working jar.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid breeders:** Raising juveniles and conditioning adults on one consistent pellet.
- **Importers and shops:** Starting freshly arrived mid-size stock on a palatable food.
- **Large display tanks:** Feeding a big community of mid-size fish without frequent restocking of food.
- **Shared purchases:** A pack that can be divided among club members or friends.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two daily feeds:** Spread the ration, particularly for growing fish.
- **Match the mouth:** Use Medium where fish take it in one bite; move to Large for big adults.
- **Decant and seal:** Fill a daily-use container and keep the bulk pack closed to limit air.
- **Keep scoops clean:** Wash and dry measuring scoops so old dust does not build up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest Medium-pellet quantity in the Thera+A range.
- **Medium pellet:** About 2–2.5 mm, sized for fish with a mid-size mouth.
- **Garlic and omega-3:** The enrichment that sets Thera+A apart from the base formula.
- **No soybean products:** Marine proteins and wheat flour form the base.
- **Uniform sinking pellet:** A consistent size makes portions easy to judge across many tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102310
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022204
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold; tocopherols as preservative
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, fish rooms and holding systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 300g
Garlic-enriched 2–2.5 mm sinking pellet for mid-size cichlids and large community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-medium-300g/
- Price: $55.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102308 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022259
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102308-1.jpg
A pellet sized for neon tetras is wasted on a pair of adult severums, which spit it out or ignore it, so pellet size matters as much as the recipe. New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 300g (SKU: 102308) is the Medium pellet of the Thera+A line, listed by retailers at 2 to 2.5 mm and sinking, built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. New Life Spectrum describes the formula as non-medicated and intended for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, and the 300 g pack gives a keeper with a few mid-size fish a decent supply.
The protein comes from whole Antarctic krill, squid and fish, with wheat flour, garlic, ginger and a spread of seaweeds, and retailers state that there are no soybean products. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum. Directions on retailer listings are to feed twice daily, with the amount finished within about a minute or two. A Medium pellet suits fish that take food in a single bite, so it fits a mixed tank of larger tetras, barbs, gouramis and mid-size cichlids better than the Regular pellet does.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size cichlids:** Convicts, severums, keyholes, angelfish and similar fish that outgrow Regular pellets.
- **Large community fish:** Larger barbs, gouramis, silver dollars and loaches with a bigger mouth.
- **Recovery feeding:** A strongly scented pellet for fish that have stopped eating after a move.
- **Mid-size households:** A 300 g pack that suits one or two larger aquariums.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** Divide the ration into a morning and an evening feed.
- **Count the pellets:** Offer a few per fish and watch how many are taken in a minute or two.
- **Check the mouth size:** If fish mouth and reject a pellet, step down to the Regular size.
- **Net out leftovers:** Sinking pellets collect on the substrate and foul the water if left.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium pellet:** Listed at 2–2.5 mm, a step up from the 1–1.5 mm Regular.
- **Extra garlic:** An attractant and an immune-support ingredient, according to the maker.
- **Omega-3 and 39% protein:** Intended for fish needing recovery or condition.
- **Whole krill and squid:** A marine protein base without soybean products.
- **300 g pack:** A middle quantity between the 150 g and 600 g options.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102308
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022259
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with mid-size fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 600g
Larger pack of 2–2.5 mm garlic-enriched sinking pellets for cichlid collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-medium-600g/
- Price: $84.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102309 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022235
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102309-1.jpg
Keepers with a wall of cichlid tanks end up measuring food in cups, and a pack that runs out mid-month is a nuisance. New Life Spectrum Thera A Medium 600g (SKU: 102309) is the 600 g size of the Medium Thera+A pellet, listed by retailers at 2 to 2.5 mm and sinking, from New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. The maker calls the line non-medicated and intended for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, and the larger pack makes the garlic-enriched recipe practical as a regular part of the diet instead of an occasional treat.
New Life Spectrum says its pellets are denser than many foods, which is meant to give more feeds per pack and less waste in the water. The recipe starts with krill, squid, whole wheat flour and fish, followed by garlic, fish oil and seaweeds, and retailers confirm there are no soybean products. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum. Feeding directions on retailer listings are twice daily, in amounts finished within one to two minutes, which at this pellet size means a modest handful for a tank of mid-size fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid collections:** Several tanks of mid-size cichlids that all take the same pellet.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Young fish moving up from Regular pellets as their mouths grow.
- **Quarantine of larger fish:** Stock arriving at a size too large for fine pellets.
- **Value packs:** Doubles the 300 g size for keepers who feed daily.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Morning and evening:** Twice-daily feeds in small portions keep the water cleaner.
- **Time the feed:** Stop once pellets are no longer taken within a minute or two.
- **Transition gradually:** Mix with the current food for a few days when changing diets.
- **Reseal after use:** Squeeze out the air and keep the pack out of heat and sunlight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g quantity:** Twice the 300 g Medium pack for heavier feeding.
- **Medium pellet:** About 2–2.5 mm, for fish that swallow food in a single bite.
- **Garlic attractant:** Extra garlic to draw hesitant fish onto prepared food.
- **High-protein recipe:** 39% minimum crude protein with added omega-3.
- **Dense formula:** Less waste and more feeds from each pack, according to the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102309
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022235
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with mid-size fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 150g
1 to 1.5 mm garlic-rich pellet to get new and stressed fish eating.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-regular-150g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102303 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022143
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102303-1.jpg
The first few days after a move are when fish are least inclined to eat and most in need of nutrition. New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 150g (SKU: 102303) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum Thera+A in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet, the size for most community fish in freshwater and marine aquariums. New Life Spectrum builds it on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula and adds extra garlic, placing it in the top five ingredients, so there is more garlic than in any other food in the range. The flavour is meant to encourage shy, stressed and newly added fish to start feeding, and the maker also credits garlic with natural anti-parasitic properties.
Thera+A is non-medicated and can be fed every day as the main diet. Its marine protein comes from whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, with omega-3 fish oil, a blend of seaweeds, spirulina and ginger, and astaxanthin, marigold, capsanthin and zeaxanthin as natural colour sources. The maker adds vitamins A, D and E and states the food contains no artificial colours, flavours, hormones or preservatives. New Life Spectrum's directions are to feed twice daily, the amount completely consumed within about a minute, and it recommends its foods as the sole diet. A 150 g jar suits one community tank or a quarantine set-up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quarantine and new stock:** Getting recently bought fish feeding in their first days.
- **Community tanks:** Tetras, barbs, corydoras, livebearers and small cichlids.
- **Small marine fish:** Clownfish, gobies and damsels that take a 1 mm pellet.
- **Picky feeders:** Fish that leave other pellets untouched.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice a day:** Only what is completely eaten within about a minute.
- **Watch the newcomers:** Make sure new fish get pellets before established ones crowd in.
- **Use it as the staple:** There is no course length; feed it continuously.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove anything uneaten, especially in a bare quarantine tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** Fits the widest range of community fish.
- **Garlic in the top five:** More garlic than other foods in the range.
- **Feeding response:** Flavour aimed at shy, stressed and new fish.
- **No soybean or hormones:** Krill, squid and menhaden protein; colour from carotenoids.
- **Freshwater and marine:** For omnivores, herbivores and carnivores.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102303
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022143
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enhanced)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, whole menhaden, garlic, omega-3 fish oil, seaweeds, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount consumed within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60 g (102298), 140 g (102299); Regular 80 g (102302), 300 g (102304), 600 g (102305), 2.2 kg (102306); Medium 150 g (102307), 300 g (102308), 600 g (102309), 2.2 kg (102310); Large 150 g (102311), 300 g (102312), 600 g (102313), 2.2 kg (102314); Jumbo 600 g (102315), 2.2 kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 2.2kg
Bulk garlic-enriched 1–1.5 mm sinking pellet for fish rooms, breeders and shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-regular-2-2kg/
- Price: $152.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102306 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022105
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102306-1.png
A fish room that quarantines new stock every week goes through garlic-enriched food by the cupful, and small jars turn that into an ordering chore. New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 2.2kg (SKU: 102306) is the bulk pack of the Regular Thera+A pellet, 1 to 1.5 mm and sinking, made on New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein. The maker calls it a non-medicated diet for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, which describes the daily reality of breeders, importers and retail holding systems.
Retailer listings give the guaranteed analysis as crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with declared vitamins A, D, E and C. Krill, squid and whole wheat flour lead the ingredient list, with fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds and kelp following, and tocopherols as the preservative. The directions for the range are two feeds daily of what the fish finish in one to two minutes. At 2.2 kg the pack is larger than most hobby tanks will finish quickly, so it is worth keeping the main bag sealed, cool and dry and decanting a working supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms:** A single staple for many tanks of mid-size tropical fish.
- **Retail and import holding:** Fish stressed by transport are offered a strong attractant from the first feed.
- **Breeders:** Regular conditioning of pairs and colonies of livebearers, barbs and cichlids.
- **Clubs and group buys:** A bulk pack that can be split between several keepers.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** Scale the pinch to the number of fish, not the number of tanks.
- **Finish in minutes:** Stop when pellets are not being taken within one to two minutes.
- **Decant a working jar:** Fill a small container for daily use and keep the bulk pack closed.
- **Store cool and dry:** Heat and humidity reduce the shelf life of a high-fat marine diet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest quantity of Regular Thera+A in the range.
- **Regular pellet:** 1–1.5 mm, a general size for adult community and cichlid fish.
- **Garlic-enriched:** Allicin complex for attraction and immune support, according to the maker.
- **No soybean products:** Krill, squid and fish are the protein sources.
- **Dense pellet:** New Life Spectrum says this means less waste and more feeds per pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102306
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022105
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold; tocopherols as preservative
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, fish rooms and holding systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 300g
Mid-size pack of garlic-enriched 1–1.5 mm sinking pellets for several tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-regular-300g/
- Price: $55.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102304 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022150
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102304-1.jpg
Once a second or third tank is running, an 80 g jar disappears quickly and the cost per feed starts to matter. New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 300g (SKU: 102304) carries the same Regular Thera+A pellet as the smaller pack, 1 to 1.5 mm and sinking, in a 300 g quantity for keepers feeding more than one aquarium. It is built on New Life Spectrum's Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and higher protein, and the maker describes it as non-medicated and suited to stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish.
At this size the pack makes sense for a fish room, a school of cichlids or a large community tank where a garlic-enriched diet is fed regularly instead of occasionally. Retailer listings give the guaranteed analysis as crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 8% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamins A, D, E and C declared. The first ingredients are krill, squid and whole wheat flour, followed by fish, garlic and fish oil. Directions are two feeds daily of an amount eaten within one to two minutes. The dense pellet is intended to mean less waste in the water per feed than a lighter flake.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank households:** A single 300 g pack feeds a few community tanks without constant re-ordering.
- **Cichlid groups:** A regular-size pellet for young and sub-adult cichlids with a hearty appetite.
- **Regular quarantine:** Enough food on the shelf to start every new arrival on the same diet.
- **Breeding programmes:** A steady supply for conditioning pairs over several weeks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Divide the daily ration into a morning and an evening feed.
- **Measure by appetite:** Aim for pellets finished within one to two minutes.
- **Decant if you like:** Keep a small working jar and leave the main pack sealed to limit air and moisture.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon uneaten pellets from the substrate after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g quantity:** Three and three-quarter times the contents of the 80 g pack.
- **Regular pellet:** 1–1.5 mm, suited to most adult community fish.
- **Garlic and omega-3:** Extra allicin and fish oil in a krill and squid recipe.
- **High protein:** A 39% minimum crude protein level for recovery and breeding condition.
- **Non-medicated:** Intended for routine feeding in regular rotation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102304
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022150
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 600g
Bulk garlic-enhanced 1 to 1.5 mm pellet for fish rooms and quarantine systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-regular-600g/
- Price: $84.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102305 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022136
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102305-1.webp
A shop, breeder or fish room that takes in new fish every week needs a food that gets them eating quickly, and needs plenty of it. New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 600g (SKU: 102305) is the 600 g pack of New Life Spectrum Thera+A in the regular 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet. Thera+A is the Spectrum Nutrition Formula fortified with extra garlic, an allicin complex placed among the top five ingredients, which New Life Spectrum says enhances flavour and has natural anti-parasitic properties. The aim is acceptance: shy, stressed and newly introduced fish start eating when they most need nutrition. At 600 g, this is the bulk regular size for many tanks of small to medium fish.
Because Thera+A is non-medicated, the same pellet can carry new arrivals through quarantine and stay on as the daily diet once they move to display or breeding tanks. The recipe is led by whole Antarctic krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, whole menhaden, garlic and omega-3 fish oil, followed by seaweeds, ginger, spirulina and natural carotenoids, with an increased supply of vitamins A, D and E. Feed twice daily, no more than is eaten within about a minute; with a pack this size, decanting a smaller working supply keeps the rest sealed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Racks of tetras, livebearers, rainbowfish or dwarf cichlids.
- **Quarantine systems:** A steady intake of new fish that need to start eating.
- **Holding tanks:** Stock recovering from transport before going on display.
- **Large community displays:** Big schools of small to medium fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily per tank:** The amount eaten completely within about a minute.
- **Decant and reseal:** Fill a small jar for daily use and close the main pack.
- **Target new arrivals:** Feed newcomers first or in a quieter corner of the tank.
- **Remove the uneaten:** Especially in bare-bottom quarantine and holding tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g of regular pellet:** Bulk supply for many small to medium fish.
- **Extra garlic:** Allicin complex for flavour and feeding response.
- **Quarantine to display:** One non-medicated food from arrival onwards.
- **Vitamins A, D and E:** Increased supply, with stated minimums.
- **Marine protein:** Krill, squid and menhaden, no soybean products.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102305
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022136
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enhanced)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60 g (102298), 140 g (102299); Regular 80 g (102302), 150 g (102303), 300 g (102304), 2.2 kg (102306); Medium 150 g (102307), 300 g (102308), 600 g (102309), 2.2 kg (102310); Large 150 g (102311), 300 g (102312), 600 g (102313), 2.2 kg (102314); Jumbo 600 g (102315), 2.2 kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, fish rooms and quarantine systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 80g
Garlic-enriched 1–1.5 mm sinking pellet for community fish under stress.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-regular-80g/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102302 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022129
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102302-1.jpg
A tank of mixed community fish rarely has a single appetite problem; one new arrival hides, another sulks, and the established fish take everything. New Life Spectrum Thera A Regular 80g (SKU: 102302) is the Regular pellet of New Life Spectrum's Thera+A line, a 1 to 1.5 mm sinking pellet made on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, added omega-3 and a higher protein level. The maker positions it as a non-medicated diet for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, and the 80 g pack suits one household tank or a short quarantine run.
The base ingredients are whole Antarctic krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish and a range of seaweeds, with garlic and ginger added and no soybean products according to Australian retailer listings. New Life Spectrum says the garlic content helps resistance to parasites and acts as an attractant, which is why it is often used to coax a fish onto prepared food. Guaranteed analysis is 39% crude protein minimum and 9% crude fat minimum. Directions on retailer listings are to feed twice daily, in an amount consumed within about one to two minutes, with leftovers removed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quarantine tanks:** A palatable pellet while new fish settle and decide whether to eat.
- **Community aquariums:** Medium-small tropical fish such as barbs, danios, platies and small gouramis.
- **Recovering fish:** A higher-protein, omega-3 diet after shipping, handling or a medication course.
- **Trial pack:** A modest 80 g to test acceptance before moving to the 300 g or 600 g pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Spread small portions across the day instead of one large feed.
- **Watch the clock:** Offer what is finished in one to two minutes, then net out the rest.
- **Feed the shy ones:** Drop pellets near a hiding fish so it gets a share before the bold fish.
- **Rotate when well:** Return to a regular staple once the fish are eating confidently, if you prefer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular pellet:** 1–1.5 mm, a general community size that suits most adult tropical fish.
- **Garlic attractant:** Extra garlic encourages stressed or picky fish to take the first bites.
- **Krill and squid base:** Marine proteins in a recipe with no soybean products.
- **Non-medicated:** Safe for continued daily feeding rather than a short course.
- **80 g pack:** A small quantity that stays fresh through one tank's feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102302
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022129
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 80 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60g (102298), 140g (102299); Regular 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine community aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Small 140g
Garlic-enhanced 0.5 to 0.75 mm pellets for small, shy and new fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-small-140g/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102299 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022044
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102299-1.webp
Small fish fresh from a shop tank are often too stressed to eat, and they are the ones that most need a good meal in the first week. New Life Spectrum Thera A Small 140g (SKU: 102299) is the 140 g jar of New Life Spectrum Thera+A in the small 0.5 to 0.75 mm sinking pellet, for tetras, rasboras, small livebearers and other little fish in freshwater and marine tanks. Thera+A takes the high-density Spectrum Nutrition Formula and fortifies it with extra garlic, an allicin complex that sits among the top five ingredients, more than in the brand's other foods. The maker credits garlic with flavour-enhancing and natural anti-parasitic properties that help shy, stressed or newly added fish accept food.
It is a food, not a medication, and is fed as the everyday diet. Protein comes from whole Antarctic krill, giant squid and whole menhaden, with omega-3 fish oil, whole wheat flour, seaweeds, spirulina and ginger, and the formula supplies extra vitamins A, D and E. New Life Spectrum states there are no artificial colours, flavours, hormones or preservatives, and its directions are to feed twice daily, only what is eaten within about a minute. The 140 g jar is the larger of the two Small Thera+A packs, suited to a planted community tank or a group of nano tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New arrivals:** Small fish settling in after transport that are slow to feed.
- **Quarantine tanks:** A palatable staple while newcomers are observed.
- **Nano and community tanks:** Tetras, rasboras, endlers, small gobies and juvenile fish.
- **Fussy eaters:** Small fish that ignore other dry foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** The amount consumed within about a minute.
- **Start sparingly:** Tiny pellets go a long way; offer a few grains per fish at first.
- **Feed as the staple:** Thera+A is non-medicated and suits continuous daily feeding.
- **Seal after use:** Keep the jar closed and dry to protect the oils and vitamins.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small 0.5–0.75 mm pellet:** Sized for little mouths and juveniles.
- **Extra garlic:** Allicin complex among the top five ingredients.
- **Non-medicated:** An everyday food, not a treatment.
- **Vitamins A, D and E:** An increased supply, with published minimum levels.
- **Krill and squid protein:** No soybean products.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102299
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022044
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enhanced)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet:** Small, 0.5–0.75 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, consumed within about a minute
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 60 g (102298); Regular 80 g (102302), 150 g (102303), 300 g (102304), 600 g (102305), 2.2 kg (102306); Medium 150 g (102307), 300 g (102308), 600 g (102309), 2.2 kg (102310); Large 150 g (102311), 300 g (102312), 600 g (102313), 2.2 kg (102314); Jumbo 600 g (102315), 2.2 kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with small fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Thera A Small 60g
Garlic-enriched 0.5–0.75 mm sinking pellet for small-mouthed and newly arrived fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-thera-a-small-60g/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102298 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987022020
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102298-1.jpg
Newly bought neons, rasboras and dwarf cichlids often sulk for days, and a pellet that is too big for a small mouth makes the problem worse. New Life Spectrum Thera A Small 60g (SKU: 102298) is the Thera+A formula in New Life Spectrum's smallest pellet, a 0.5 to 0.75 mm sinking granule built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with extra garlic, omega-3 and a higher protein level. The maker describes it as a non-medicated diet for stressed, newly acquired and breeding fish, and the 60 g pack is a sensible size for a nano tank, a quarantine tub or a trial before buying a larger pack.
Retailers list the recipe as built on whole Antarctic krill, squid and seaweeds with no soybean products, with garlic supplying the allicin complex that New Life Spectrum credits for attracting fish and supporting immune function. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum and crude fat 9% minimum, with 8% fibre maximum. The pellet is dense, so a small pinch goes a long way, and the usual directions for the range are two feeds daily of an amount finished within one to two minutes. Because the pellets sink, fish that feed near the surface may need a moment to find them, while bottom and mid-water feeders take them readily.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small-mouthed fish:** Tetras, rasboras, small rainbowfish, killifish and dwarf cichlids that struggle with larger granules.
- **New arrivals:** The first week in a quarantine tank, when appetite is low and a strong attractant helps.
- **Breeding groups:** Conditioning adults on a protein-rich diet with added omega-3.
- **Nano set-ups:** One small pack covers a tank or two without the food ageing in the cupboard.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** Offer a small pinch morning and evening rather than one large meal.
- **One to two minutes:** Give only what the fish finish in that time and net out leftovers.
- **Soak if needed:** A few seconds in tank water softens the granules for very small mouths.
- **Keep it sealed:** Close the lid after use and store the pack cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest pellet size:** 0.5–0.75 mm granules sized for fry, nano fish and small-mouthed species.
- **Extra garlic:** Allicin complex that works as an attractant for hesitant feeders.
- **Omega-3 and higher protein:** Intended for fish that are stressed, recovering or breeding.
- **Non-medicated:** Suitable for routine feeding, not only for treatment periods.
- **Dense formula:** Less waste per feed, so a 60 g pack lasts a small tank a long time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102298
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987022020
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Garlic-Enriched)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, 0.5–0.75 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 8%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, whole wheat flour, fish, garlic, fish oil, seaweeds, kelp, chlorella, ginger, astaxanthin, spirulina, marigold
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Thera A Small 140g (102299); Regular 80g (102302), 150g (102303), 300g (102304), 600g (102305), 2.2kg (102306); Medium 150g (102307), 300g (102308), 600g (102309), 2.2kg (102310); Large 150g (102311), 300g (102312), 600g (102313), 2.2kg (102314); Jumbo 600g (102315), 2.2kg (102316)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, especially small-mouthed fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Ultrared Large 300g
Red-enhancing 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet for large cichlids and big-mouthed fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-ultrared-large-300g/
- Price: $88.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102364 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987025359
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102364-1.jpg
Big red fish eat big food, and the pigment in a colour diet only helps if the pellet is actually swallowed. New Life Spectrum Ultrared Large 300g (SKU: 102364) is the Large pellet of the UltraRED formula, 3 to 3.5 mm and sinking, loaded with natural sources of beta carotene and astaxanthin to encourage vibrant reds and oranges without artificial colourants. It uses the newest Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker says gives rounded nutrition because a healthy fish is a colourful fish, and the 300 g pack suits keepers of several large cichlids or other big species.
Retailer listings put the ingredients as krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina and fish, then seaweeds, kelp, fish oil and chlorella, with garlic, ginger, astaxanthin and marigold, and bentonite clay and sea salt. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 38% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg minimum. A pellet of this size is aimed at flowerhorns, large cichlids, big barbs and similar fish, and it sinks, so it reaches fish feeding below the surface. The directions for the Spectrum range are to feed twice daily and remove anything not eaten in one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large red cichlids:** Flowerhorns, red devils, firemouths and similar fish that rely on carotenoids for colour.
- **Big-mouthed fish:** Species that reject small pellets or swallow them whole.
- **Heavy feeders:** A 300 g pack for tanks of several large fish.
- **Colour rotation:** A pigment-rich pellet alternated with a general staple.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice daily:** Divide the daily ration between morning and evening.
- **Judge by appetite:** Stop when the fish no longer chase sinking pellets within two minutes.
- **Clean the substrate:** Large pellets that go uneaten foul the water, so siphon them out.
- **Keep it dry:** Reseal the pack tightly to protect the pigments and vitamins in the food.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large pellet:** 3–3.5 mm sinking pellet, the biggest size in the UltraRED range here.
- **Natural colourants:** Beta carotene and astaxanthin to deepen reds and oranges.
- **No artificial colourants:** The maker's stated approach to colour enhancement.
- **Whole food base:** Krill and squid lead the recipe, with seaweeds and spirulina.
- **300 g pack:** Twice the 150 g size, suited to several large fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102364
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987025359
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, 3–3.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 38%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina, fish, seaweeds, kelp, fish oil, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrared Small 60g (102339); Regular 150g (102341), 2.2kg (102342); Medium 150g (102343)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with large fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Ultrared Medium 150g
Red-enhancing 2 mm sinking pellet for mid-size fish with strong reds and oranges.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-ultrared-medium-150g/
- Price: $48.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102343 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987025243
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102343-1.jpg
A flowerhorn, a severum or a large platy group needs a pellet with some size to it, and a colour-enhancing food loses its point if the fish spit it out. New Life Spectrum Ultrared Medium 150g (SKU: 102343) is the Medium pellet of the UltraRED formula, listed by retailers at about 2 mm and sinking, a colour-enhancing daily diet loaded with natural beta carotene and astaxanthin to encourage vibrant reds and oranges without artificial colourants. It sits on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, and the 150 g pack gives a few mid-size fish a solid trial.
The ingredients on retailer listings begin with krill, giant squid and whole wheat flour, then spirulina, fish, seaweeds and kelp, with astaxanthin and marigold as the pigment sources. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 38% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum and moisture 10% maximum. One retailer notes the formula is free of hormone additives and made in the USA, and suits carnivores, herbivores and omnivores in fresh or salt water. The pellet size is shown as 2 mm in the title, although the same listing's text mentions 1 mm, so check the fish's mouth when first feeding. Spectrum directions are twice daily, finished within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size cichlids:** Red-toned species and hybrids whose colour depends on carotenoid intake.
- **Growing juveniles:** Fish moving up from Regular pellets as they reach the next size.
- **Larger community fish:** Bigger barbs, gouramis and livebearers with red or orange markings.
- **Short courses:** A 150 g pack to judge results over several weeks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Divide the daily feed into two small portions.
- **Stop at two minutes:** Siphon off any pellets the fish have left.
- **Feed exclusively:** The maker advises feeding Spectrum alone for the strongest results.
- **Step up or down:** Use Regular if the fish struggle with the pellet, Large when they outgrow it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium pellet:** About 2 mm, between the 1–1.5 mm Regular and the 3–3.5 mm Large.
- **Natural colour ingredients:** Beta carotene and astaxanthin, with no artificial colourants.
- **Krill and squid base:** Marine proteins for growth alongside the colour sources.
- **No added hormones:** Colour comes from ingredients, as retailers report the maker's claim.
- **150 g pack:** A mid-size quantity for a few larger fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102343
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987025243
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 2 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 38%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina, fish, seaweeds, kelp, fish oil, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrared Small 60g (102339); Regular 150g (102341), 2.2kg (102342); Large 300g (102364)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with mid-size fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Ultrared Regular 150g
Colour-enhancing 1–1.5 mm sinking pellet for community fish with reds and oranges.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-ultrared-regular-150g/
- Price: $48.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102341 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987025144
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102341-1.jpg
Red and orange pigments are the first to fade in an aquarium, and a mixed tank rarely gets a diet that targets them. New Life Spectrum Ultrared Regular 150g (SKU: 102341) is the Regular pellet of New Life Spectrum's UltraRED formula, 1 to 1.5 mm and sinking, made with natural sources of beta carotene and astaxanthin to encourage vibrant reds and oranges without artificial colourants. It is built on the maker's newest Spectrum Nutrition Formula for balanced nutrition, and the 150 g pack suits a household with one or two community tanks.
According to retailer listings, the guaranteed analysis is crude protein 38% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg, D at 3,500, E at 400 and C at 600 minimum. The recipe leads with krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina and fish, with astaxanthin and marigold included as pigment sources and tocopherols as the preservative. Listings describe it as suitable for carnivores, herbivores and omnivores in freshwater and marine tanks, free of added hormones. Feeding directions for the Spectrum range are twice daily, finished within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Red and orange community fish:** Barbs, platies, swordtails, red tetras, gouramis and mid-size cichlids.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** A regular colour-enhancing meal instead of a plain staple.
- **Everyday diet:** A complete formula that can be fed on its own, per the maker.
- **Trial size:** A 150 g pack to see results before buying the 2.2 kg bulk size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds daily:** Morning and evening, in small portions.
- **One to two minutes:** Offer only what is eaten in that period.
- **Be consistent:** Natural pigments build gradually with regular feeding.
- **Check pellet size:** If fish reject 1–1.5 mm pellets, the Medium size is the next step up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Regular pellet:** 1–1.5 mm, a general size for small to mid-size adult fish.
- **Beta carotene and astaxanthin:** The natural colour sources named by the maker.
- **No artificial colourants:** The maker states reds and oranges come from natural ingredients.
- **Newest Spectrum formula:** Balanced nutrition with the colour ingredients, not instead of it.
- **150 g pack:** Between the 60 g and 2.2 kg sizes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102341
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987025144
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 38%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina, fish, seaweeds, kelp, fish oil, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrared Small 60g (102339); Regular 2.2kg (102342); Medium 150g (102343); Large 300g (102364)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Ultrared Regular 2.2kg
Bulk colour-enhancing 1–1.5 mm sinking pellet for breeders, shops and large collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-ultrared-regular-2-2kg/
- Price: $238.26 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102342 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987025175
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102342-1.jpg
Colour sells fish, and shops and breeders who want reds and oranges to show strongly go through colour food in kilograms, not grams. New Life Spectrum Ultrared Regular 2.2kg (SKU: 102342) is the 2.2 kg bulk pack of the UltraRED Regular pellet, 1 to 1.5 mm and sinking, built on the Spectrum Nutrition Formula with natural beta carotene and astaxanthin to encourage vibrant reds and oranges without artificial colourants. The maker pairs the pigment ingredients with balanced nutrition on the principle that a healthy fish is a colourful fish.
Listings give the guaranteed analysis as crude protein 38% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamins A, D, E and C declared. The ingredients are krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina, fish, seaweeds, kelp, fish oil and chlorella, with garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay and sea salt, plus tocopherols as preservative. The pellet is suited to omnivores, carnivores and herbivores in freshwater and marine systems. Spectrum directions are to feed twice daily and no more than is eaten in one to two minutes. At 2.2 kg the pack should be kept sealed, cool and dry, with a smaller container used for daily feeds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeders:** Conditioning red and orange livebearers, barbs and cichlids before sale.
- **Retail display tanks:** Keeping colourful stock in good colour between deliveries.
- **Large collections:** Many tanks feeding from one supply of colour food.
- **Group buys:** A pack that divides readily between several keepers.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice a day:** Keep portions small and repeat, rather than one heavy meal.
- **Two-minute rule:** Remove or reduce what is not eaten within one to two minutes.
- **Decant for daily use:** Fill a jar for the week and keep the bulk bag closed.
- **Avoid warm storage:** Heat and light weaken pigments and vitamins in a stored food.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk size:** The largest UltraRED pack in the catalogue, nearly 15 times the 150 g size.
- **Regular pellet:** 1–1.5 mm sinking granules for small to mid-size fish.
- **Natural pigments:** Beta carotene, astaxanthin and marigold with no artificial colourants.
- **Complete diet:** A staple that carries the full Spectrum nutrition, not only colour.
- **Dense formula:** New Life Spectrum says its dense pellets mean less waste per feed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102342
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987025175
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 38%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina, fish, seaweeds, kelp, fish oil, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt; tocopherols as preservative
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrared Small 60g (102339); Regular 150g (102341); Medium 150g (102343); Large 300g (102364)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, fish rooms and holding systems
---
#### New Life Spectrum Ultrared Small 60g
Red-enhancing 0.5–0.75 mm sinking pellet for small fish with red and orange colouring.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/new-life-spectrum-ultrared-small-60g/
- Price: $21.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102339 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987025021
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102339-1.jpg
Small red fish such as cherry barbs, red-fin tetras, dwarf gouramis and young discus fade quickly on a plain flake, and a fine pellet is easier on a tiny mouth than a crumbled larger one. New Life Spectrum Ultrared Small 60g (SKU: 102339) is the Small pellet of New Life Spectrum's UltraRED formula, 0.5 to 0.75 mm and sinking, a colour-enhancing diet loaded with natural beta carotene and astaxanthin to encourage vibrant reds and oranges without artificial colourants. It uses the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, and the 60 g pack gives a nano tank or a small group of fish plenty of feeds.
Retailer listings give the guaranteed analysis as crude protein 38% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum and moisture 10% maximum, with vitamins A, D, E and C declared. The ingredients begin with krill, giant squid and whole wheat flour, then spirulina, fish, seaweeds and kelp, with astaxanthin and marigold as the pigment sources. New Life Spectrum's argument is that a healthy fish is a colourful fish, which is why the recipe pairs colour ingredients with balanced nutrition. Directions across the Spectrum range are to feed twice daily in amounts finished within one to two minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small red and orange fish:** Cherry barbs, red tetras, platies, swordtails and similar fish with small mouths.
- **Juvenile fish:** Young fish growing into their adult colours on a fine pellet.
- **Nano aquariums:** A 60 g pack suits tanks with a small stocking level.
- **Colour rotation:** A fine colour-enhancing meal alongside a general staple.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice daily:** A small pinch morning and evening is enough for a nano group.
- **Time the meal:** Stop when the fish have finished what they will take in one to two minutes.
- **Use as the main diet:** The maker recommends feeding Spectrum exclusively for the strongest results.
- **Be patient:** Colour develops over weeks of regular feeding, not days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small pellet:** 0.5–0.75 mm granules for nano and small-mouthed fish.
- **Natural colour sources:** Beta carotene and astaxanthin, with no artificial colourants.
- **Marigold and spirulina:** Additional natural pigments in the recipe.
- **38% protein recipe:** Minimum crude protein level for growth and condition.
- **60 g pack:** A light quantity that stays fresh in a small system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102339
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987025021
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, 0.5–0.75 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 38%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg, vitamin E min 400 IU/kg, vitamin C min 600 IU/kg
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, giant squid, whole wheat flour, spirulina, fish, seaweeds, kelp, fish oil, chlorella, garlic, ginger, astaxanthin, marigold, bentonite clay, sea salt
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, only what is eaten within 1–2 minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Ultrared Regular 150g (102341), 2.2kg (102342); Medium 150g (102343); Large 300g (102364)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with small fish
---
### New Life Spectrum — Freshwater aquarium
#### New Life Spectrum Discus Sinking 150g
Mid-size jar of krill-based discus pellets for a regular feeding routine.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/new-life-spectrum-discus-sinking-150g/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102294 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987021443
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102294-1.jpg
Once a discus tank is settled and the fish are feeding, the pellet becomes part of a routine that includes frozen foods, water changes and a lot of small portions. New Life Spectrum Discus Sinking 150g (SKU: 102294) is the 150 g jar of New Life Spectrum's Discus Formula, a slow-sinking pellet of about 1 to 1.5 mm made in the USA by New Life International. The maker describes it as a balanced daily diet for discus, made with easy-to-digest whole krill and algae and no soybean products. As quoted by retailers, New Life Spectrum says the high nutrition density gives less waste and cleaner water, a useful point in a warm tank with a small group of large fish.
Retailer listings of the recipe show marine proteins first, krill, squid and fish, with seaweeds, chlorella, spirulina, garlic, a vitamin and mineral pack and a natural preservative. The catalogue notes that most of the pellets sink, so they reach discus at mid-water and on the bottom. The maker's feeding direction is twice daily, an amount eaten within about a minute, and no overfeeding; many discus keepers split the daily ration into more small feeds, but that is a keeper's practice, not a maker's instruction. At 150 g the jar is about twice the 80 g size, enough for a group of adult discus over several weeks, with the 300 g jar above it for larger groups. Published analysis figures for this formula differ between listings, so the label on the jar is the reference for protein and fat.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established discus groups:** A staple pellet for a settled tank of adults or sub-adults.
- **Alongside frozen food:** A dry meal to vary the week's menu.
- **Clean-water set-ups:** Low-waste feeding in bare-bottom or planted discus tanks.
- **Breeding pairs:** A prepared food to offer when fish are conditioning.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two feeds as a minimum:** Each portion eaten within about a minute.
- **Offer in front of the fish:** Discus feed from the water column, so drop pellets in view.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets before they foul the water.
- **Seal the jar:** Close after use and keep it in a cool, dry place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Discus formula:** The maker's balanced daily diet for the species.
- **No soybean products:** Whole krill and algae as the stated nutrient sources.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches fish at several depths.
- **Nutrient-dense:** The maker's stated route to less waste and cleaner water.
- **150 g jar:** A middle size for one display tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102294
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987021443
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Discus)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Pellet:** Regular, about 1–1.5 mm, slow-sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Krill, squid, fish, seaweeds, chlorella, spirulina, garlic, vitamins and minerals; no soybean products
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, eaten within about a minute; do not overfeed
- **Ideal For:** Discus
- **Other Sizes:** Discus Sinking 80g (102293), 300g (102295)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater discus and tropical aquariums
---
#### New Life Spectrum Float Jumbo 1.6kg
Bulk floating 7.5–8 mm pellet for arowana, oscars and large-fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/new-life-spectrum-float-jumbo-1-6kg/
- Price: $139.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102338 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987024406
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102338-1.jpg
Keepers of several big predators can get through a pellet food faster than a small bag allows, and the pellets have to be large enough to suit the fish. New Life Spectrum Float Jumbo 1.6kg (SKU: 102338) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's Naturox series floating pellet in the Jumbo size, 7.5 to 8 mm. It uses the Spectrum Nutrition Formula, which the maker describes as South Antarctic krill and herring with algae meal, spirulina, a fruit and vegetable extract and natural colour-enhancing ingredients, intended to support immune function. The pellets are positively buoyant, so most float, and retail listings name oscars, arowana and Cichlasoma among the surface feeders they suit.
Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring and whole wheat flour head the typical ingredient list, followed by algae, beta carotene, spirulina and garlic, plus vitamins A, D, E and B12, minerals including iodine, cobalt, iron and manganese, and choline chloride. The maker states that the mega-dose anti-parasitic garlic is specific to the Thera+A diets. Jumbo is the top of the Float range; fish that are not yet big enough can use Extra Large at 4.5 to 5 mm or Large at 3 to 3.5 mm. At 1.6 kg this pack is the volume option for fish rooms, public-style displays and keepers with more than one large predator, and it means fewer reorders than the 350 g bag for the same fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several large predators:** Arowana, oscars and similar fish that eat every day.
- **Fish rooms and displays:** One food for a range of big surface feeders.
- **Staple feeding:** A floating pellet as the main diet rather than an occasional treat.
- **Bulk buyers:** Keepers who finish a 350 g Jumbo bag in a few weeks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed by count:** A few pellets per fish, repeated until feeding slows.
- **Decant sensibly:** Keep a feeding tub for the week and leave the main bag closed.
- **Skim leftovers:** Remove floating pellets that remain after a few minutes.
- **Store cool and dry:** Squeeze out the air and fold the top over after use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1.6 kg bag:** The large-volume pack of the Jumbo pellet.
- **7.5–8 mm pellet:** The biggest floating size in the range.
- **Suits named species:** Retail listings give oscars, arowana and Cichlasoma.
- **Immune-support recipe:** The maker frames the krill and herring formula around immune function.
- **Appeal garlic only:** The Thera+A dose is kept for other formulas.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102338
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987024406
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Jumbo, Bulk)
- **Net Weight:** 1.6 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 7.5–8 mm, positively buoyant (most pellets float)
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, Naturox series
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, whole herring, whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic
- **Ideal For:** Oscars, arowana, Cichlasoma and other large surface feeders
- **Other Sizes:** Float Jumbo 350g (SKU 102337); Float Medium 120g (SKU 102331) and 1.6kg (SKU 102332); Float Large 190g (SKU 102333) and 1.6kg (SKU 102334)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with large surface-feeding fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 600g
Large-volume pack of 2–2.5 mm sinking insect pellets for several tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/new-life-spectrum-insectum-medium-600g/
- Price: $66.42 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124770 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987028237
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124770-1.webp
Once a food has proved itself, the practical question is how much to buy at a time. New Life Spectrum Insectum Medium 600g (SKU: 124770) is the 600 g pack of Insectum Medium, New Life Spectrum's 2 to 2.5 mm sinking pellet made around insect protein. The maker lists five insect sources, namely mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets and grasshoppers, on a base of whole Antarctic krill and fish oil from its soy-free Spectrum Nutrition Formula, with moringa leaf added for vitamins A and D, calcium and potassium. The size is four times the 150 g pack, which suits households feeding two or three tanks of mid-size fish or one heavily stocked display tank.
The Medium grade is the practical all-rounder in the line: larger than the Regular pellet for small-mouthed fish and smaller than the Large pellet meant for big mouths. New Life Spectrum describes Insectum as a daily diet for a wide variety of fish and recommends feeding its diets exclusively. The directions published for the maker's other sinking pellets are twice-daily feeds that are finished in about a minute. At 600 g the pack will be open for a long time, so how it is stored matters as much as how it is fed; a sealed container in a cool cupboard keeps the pellets in better condition than a jar left on a warm shelf above the tank. Keepers who also run tanks of juveniles can buy the Regular grade alongside.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two or three tanks:** One food shared between tanks of similar mid-size fish.
- **Heavily stocked displays:** Tanks that go through food quickly.
- **Proven acceptance:** A step up from the smaller packs after the fish have taken to it.
- **Staple plus extras:** A base pellet topped up with frozen or live foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice a day:** Give only what the fish finish in about a minute.
- **Split the pack:** Keep a small working tub and leave the remainder sealed.
- **Adjust by stocking:** Heavier stocking needs several small feeds rather than larger portions.
- **Avoid damp:** Never return wet pellets to the main pack.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **600 g pack:** Four times the Medium starter size.
- **2–2.5 mm sinking pellet:** The all-round Insectum grade.
- **Five insect sources:** Mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers.
- **Krill and fish oil:** Marine base for the recipe.
- **Soy-free formula:** As described by the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 124770
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987028237
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Insect Protein, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 600 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, 2–2.5 mm, sinking
- **Formula:** Spectrum Nutrition Formula, soy-free
- **Key Ingredients:** Whole Antarctic krill, fish oil, mealworms, silkworm pupae, black soldier fly larvae, crickets, grasshoppers, moringa leaf
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 124768), 300g (SKU 124769), 2.2kg (SKU 124771); Regular 150g (SKU 124764), 300g (SKU 124765), 600g (SKU 124766), 2.2kg (SKU 124767); Large 150g (SKU 124772), 300g (SKU 124773), 600g (SKU 124774), 2.2kg (SKU 124775)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with mid-size fish
---
#### New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 2.2kg
Bulk all-purpose sinking pellets for fish rooms and large tropical collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/new-life-spectrum-regular-sinking-2-2kg/
- Price: $133.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102270 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 817987020200
- Brand: New Life Spectrum (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/new-life-spectrum/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102270-1.jpg
When a fish room feeds twice a day, a food that costs less per feed and stays the same from tank to tank saves a lot of fuss. New Life Spectrum Regular Sinking 2.2kg (SKU: 102270) is the bulk pack of New Life Spectrum's all-purpose tropical pellet in the regular size, 1 to 1.5 mm. The formula is aimed at a wide variety of omnivorous, carnivorous and herbivorous tropical fish, using whole Antarctic krill and whole herring as the protein sources with no soybean products. At 2.2 kg it is the largest regular-pellet pack and suits breeders, shops, clubs and keepers with many small-fish tanks.
Ingredients include whole wheat flour, algae, beta carotene, spirulina, garlic, a vegetable and fruit extract and a vitamin and mineral pack. The distributor lists the guaranteed analysis as crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 10% maximum, with vitamin A at 10,000 IU/kg and vitamin D at 3,500 IU/kg minimum. The maker states that the food contains no added hormones, and that its nutrient density means less waste. Directions are to feed twice daily, in an amount that the fish eat completely in one to two minutes. A pack this size will be open for months, so the practical routine is to decant a few weeks of food into an airtight tub for the fish room and keep the remainder sealed in a cool, dry place. The pellets sink, which keeps surface competition down in crowded tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding and grow-out rooms:** One consistent pellet across many tanks of small fish.
- **Retail holding systems:** A daily staple for mixed tropical stock.
- **Club buys:** A bulk pack that can be divided between members.
- **Large community set-ups:** Densely stocked tanks that use food quickly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Twice daily:** Feed what is eaten in one to two minutes.
- **Decant in portions:** Fill a tub with a few weeks of food and reseal the bulk pack.
- **Store away from heat:** Warmth and humidity shorten the life of fats in the pellets.
- **Match the pellet:** Use the medium or large size for bigger fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.2 kg bulk pack:** The largest size in the regular-pellet range.
- **Regular 1–1.5 mm pellet:** Suits small to medium tropical fish.
- **Soy-free protein:** Whole krill and whole herring lead the recipe.
- **Sinking formula:** Reduces competition at the surface.
- **Dense nutrition:** 37% minimum crude protein.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** New Life Spectrum (USA)
- **SKU:** 102270
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 817987020200
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (All-Purpose Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 2.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Regular, 1–1.5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 10%, vitamin A min 10,000 IU/kg, vitamin D min 3,500 IU/kg
- **Feeding:** Twice daily, the amount eaten in one to two minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Regular 80g (SKU 102266), 150g (SKU 102267), 300g (SKU 102268), 600g (SKU 102269)
- **Other Pellet Sizes:** Medium 150g (SKU 102271), 300g (SKU 102272), 600g (SKU 102273), 2.2kg (SKU 102274); Large 150g (SKU 102275), 300g (SKU 102276), 600g (SKU 102277), 2.2kg (SKU 102278)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and community aquariums
---
### Dainichi Fish Food — Food
#### Dainichi Color Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
A trial-size sinking colour pellet sized for juvenile cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101495 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126018
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101495-1.jpg
A clutch of cichlid fry growing out in one tank needs a pellet matched to their mouths, not a kilogram of food meant for adults. Dainichi Color Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101495) is the smallest pack of Dainichi's Color Fx cichlid food in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet sized for fry and young cichlids that have outgrown powdered food. Dainichi calls Color Fx its most advanced cichlid colour food, built on an encapsulation process that works seven colour-intensifying ingredients into each pellet, among them shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose algae, alongside spirulina. The 100 g pack suits a single grow-out tank, or a trial before buying a bigger bag.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9% and ash max. 9%. Dainichi's directions are to feed two to four times daily, only as much as is cleared within a few minutes, and never to pre-soak the pellets. A young cichlid with little natural red pigment tends to colour up faster on the spirulina-led Color Supreme than on this astaxanthin-rich Fx recipe, so Fx is the better match once a fish starts showing orange, red or yellow tones. This 1 mm grade is the smallest in the range; the same line also comes as 3 mm Small, and both step up to 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile grow-out tanks:** Fry and young cichlids past powdered food but too small for a 3 mm pellet.
- **Colouring up warm-toned species:** Cichlids that naturally carry orange or red tones respond to the astaxanthin-rich recipe.
- **Trial packs:** A 100 g size to test Color Fx before buying a bulk pack.
- **African cichlid nurseries:** Suited to Lake Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyikan fry tanks alike.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed two to four times daily:** Small portions suit a fry tank's frequent feeding pattern.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what is eaten in a few minutes.
- **Skip the pre-soak:** Dainichi says not to soften the pellet before feeding.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out anything uneaten to keep the grow-out tank clean.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven colour ingredients:** Shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose algae and spirulina.
- **Encapsulation process:** Seals colour ingredients into each pellet.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** Sized for fry past powdered food.
- **High-protein base:** Crude protein min. 45% from a fish meal lead.
- **Trial-size pack:** 100 g to test before a larger size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101495
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126018
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 250 g (SKU 101496), 500 g (SKU 101498), 2.5 kg (SKU 101500); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102147), 250 g (SKU 101497), 500 g (SKU 101499), 2.5 kg (SKU 101501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
A trial-size sinking colour pellet sized for established cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $36.63 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102147 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126117
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102147-1.jpg
An aquarium of established dwarf-to-medium cichlids does not need a kilogram tub just to find out whether a new food is worth switching to. Dainichi Color Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102147) is the smallest pack of Dainichi's Color Fx cichlid food in the 3 mm Small grade, a sinking pellet sized for established adult cichlids rather than fry. Dainichi markets Color Fx as its most advanced colour food, using an encapsulation process to combine seven colour-intensifying ingredients in one pellet, including shrimp, Antarctic krill, the copepod Cyclop-eeze and the astaxanthin-rich algae NatuRose alongside spirulina. The 100 g pack is sized to test the recipe on an existing tank before committing to a bulk size.
White fish meal, shrimp and krill meal anchor the recipe ahead of the colour-specific spirulina, Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose. Feeding is two to four times daily, only as much as clears within a few minutes, with no pre-soaking. Dainichi's photographs of the food in use show strong colour development on Tropheus sp. Red, a reef-coloured African cichlid that suits a 3 mm pellet. Silver cichlids that carry little natural red, by contrast, tend to respond better to the spirulina-based Color Supreme than to this astaxanthin-heavy Fx formula; Dainichi also makes this grade as 1 mm Baby, both running from 100 g up to 2.5 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established adult cichlids:** Fish already past the fry stage that take a 3 mm pellet comfortably.
- **Warm-toned species:** Cichlids showing orange, red or yellow benefit most from the astaxanthin-led recipe.
- **First-time buyers:** A 100 g pack to trial the Fx line on an existing tank.
- **Mixed African cichlid tanks:** Works across Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyika species on a 3 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds a day:** Spread the ration rather than one heavy feed.
- **A few minutes to clear:** Stop feeding once the pellets are gone.
- **No pre-soaking:** Feed the pellet dry, straight from the pack.
- **Watch water quality:** Excess food fouls a tank faster than the fish can use it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven colour applications:** Including Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose algae, shrimp, krill and spirulina.
- **Dainichi's encapsulation process:** Works colour ingredients into the pellet rather than coating it.
- **3 mm Small grade:** The everyday pellet size for adult cichlids.
- **45% minimum protein:** A high-protein recipe led by white fish meal.
- **Trial pack:** 100 g to test the recipe on an existing tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 102147
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126117
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101495), 250 g (SKU 101496), 500 g (SKU 101498), 2.5 kg (SKU 101500); Small (3 mm): 250 g (SKU 101497), 500 g (SKU 101499), 2.5 kg (SKU 101501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour pellets for a fish room's juvenile cichlid tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126049
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101500-1.jpg
A dedicated cichlid fish room with a dozen grow-out tanks of fry needs a colour food bought by the kilogram, not the packet. Dainichi Color Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101500) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's Color Fx range in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet for fry and juvenile cichlids across a fish room's grow-out tanks. Dainichi's encapsulation process layers seven colour-intensifying ingredients into each pellet, among them shrimp, Antarctic krill, the copepod Cyclop-eeze and the astaxanthin-rich algae NatuRose, alongside spirulina. At 2.5 kg, the pack is priced and packed for a breeder running several juvenile tanks rather than one tank at a time.
At 2.5 kg, the pack is built for a fish room running a dozen or more grow-out tanks of fry and juveniles, cutting the cost per feed well below the 100 g or 250 g packs. Shrimp, krill meal, spirulina, Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose supply the colour work around a white fish meal base, with a guaranteed analysis of crude protein min. 45% and crude fat min. 7%. Dainichi's directions are two to four small feeds daily rather than one large one, with no pre-soaking. The maker documents colour gains on fish such as Haplochromis obliquidens; the same 1 mm grade also comes at 100 g, 250 g and 500 g, and the 3 mm Small grade spans the same four sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-room scale:** A dozen or more grow-out tanks of fry fed from a single tub.
- **Ongoing breeding:** Keeping multiple spawns supplied without reordering every few weeks.
- **Early colour development:** Starting the astaxanthin and spirulina build-up from the fry stage.
- **Bulk African cichlid nurseries:** Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyikan fry together on one 1 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Bulk feeding routine:** Two to four feeds daily across a fish room's tanks.
- **Portion by tank, not by tub:** Match each tank's ration to what clears in minutes.
- **No pre-soak:** Feed the pellet dry across every tank.
- **Stock rotation:** Use the 2.5 kg tub within a reasonable time once opened.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven colour ingredients:** Shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose algae and spirulina.
- **Dainichi's encapsulation process:** Works colour into the pellet at the recipe stage.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Matched to fry and juveniles across a fish room.
- **45% minimum crude protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-based recipe.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Lowest per-feed cost for multiple grow-out tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126049
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101495), 250 g (SKU 101496), 500 g (SKU 101498); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102147), 250 g (SKU 101497), 500 g (SKU 101499), 2.5 kg (SKU 101501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour pellets for a fish room's established cichlid tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101501 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126148
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101501-1.jpg
A cichlid specialist running a wall of adult tanks on the same staple food is better served buying it by the kilogram than restocking small tubs every month. Dainichi Color Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101501) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's Color Fx range in the 3 mm Small grade, a sinking pellet for established adult cichlids kept across several tanks. Dainichi's encapsulation process combines seven colour-intensifying ingredients into each pellet, including shrimp, Antarctic krill, the copepod Cyclop-eeze and the astaxanthin-rich algae NatuRose alongside spirulina. At 2.5 kg, the pack suits a dedicated keeper or club running a wall of adult cichlid tanks on the one food.
At 2.5 kg, the pack suits a dedicated keeper or club running a wall of adult cichlid tanks on the one staple food, well below the per-feed cost of the smaller packs. White fish meal, shrimp and krill meal anchor the recipe ahead of the colour-specific spirulina, Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, and Dainichi calls for two to four feeds a day, only as much as clears within a few minutes, with no pre-soaking. The maker's trials show colour development on fish including Tropheus sp. Red, and the recipe is said to suit delicate herbivorous cichlids as well as typical omnivores. The 3 mm grade is also sold as 1 mm Baby, both spanning 100 g to 2.5 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wall-of-tanks collections:** A dedicated keeper's or club's full run of adult cichlid tanks.
- **Warm-coloured adult collections:** Orange, red and yellow cichlids kept as a feature group.
- **Economy feeding:** Cuts the per-feed cost against the smaller packs.
- **Mixed African cichlid displays:** Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyikan adults together on one 3 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding across the collection:** Two to four feeds for a wall of adult tanks.
- **Portion by tank:** Judge each tank's ration by what clears within minutes.
- **Dry feeding:** No pre-soaking required.
- **Manage a large tub:** Reseal between feeds to keep the bulk pack fresh.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven-way colour formula:** Shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze, spirulina and NatuRose algae.
- **Encapsulation technology:** Dainichi's process for building colour into each pellet.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** The standard adult cichlid size across a collection.
- **45% minimum protein:** A high-protein recipe led by white fish meal.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Lowest per-feed cost for a wall of adult tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101501
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126148
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101495), 250 g (SKU 101496), 500 g (SKU 101498), 2.5 kg (SKU 101500); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102147), 250 g (SKU 101497), 500 g (SKU 101499)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
A household pack of colour-enhancing pellets for growing cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101496 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126025
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101496-1.jpg
A breeder running several grow-out tanks of juvenile cichlids gets through a 100 g pack of pellets in days, not weeks. Dainichi Color Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101496) is the second pack size in Dainichi's Color Fx range in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet for fry and juvenile cichlids that have moved past powdered food. Behind the pellet is an encapsulation process that Dainichi uses to combine seven colour-intensifying ingredients, among them shrimp, Antarctic krill, the copepod Cyclop-eeze and the astaxanthin-rich algae NatuRose, alongside spirulina. A 250 g pack covers a grow-out tank or two for weeks rather than days.
A 250 g pack covers one or two grow-out tanks for weeks under Dainichi's recommended two to four small feeds a day, each cleared within a few minutes and never pre-soaked. Shrimp, krill meal, spirulina, Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose sit around a white fish meal base to do the colour work, and the maker notes the recipe is gentle enough for delicate herbivorous cichlids as well as the omnivores it is usually bought for. Fry without strong red or orange pigment generally do better on the spirulina-led Color Supreme than on this astaxanthin-rich Fx recipe, which suits fish already showing warm tones. This 1 mm grade also comes as 3 mm Small, and both run from 100 g to 2.5 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple grow-out tanks:** A pack sized for more than one tank of fry and juveniles.
- **Breeding programmes:** Feeding regular spawns through to the next pellet size.
- **Colour development:** Cichlids beginning to show their adult colouring on a 1 mm pellet.
- **Everyday juvenile staple:** Replacing powdered or micro foods once fry reach 1 mm pellet size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Several light feeds daily:** Two to four feeds suit fast-growing juveniles.
- **Match the portion to the tank:** Feed only what clears in a few minutes.
- **No pre-soak needed:** The pellet is fed dry straight from the pack.
- **Rotate with other foods:** Pair with live or frozen foods for faster growth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven-way colour recipe:** Shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose algae and spirulina.
- **Encapsulation technology:** Dainichi's process for locking colour ingredients into the pellet.
- **1 mm pellet:** Matched to juvenile cichlids moving past powdered food.
- **45% minimum crude protein:** A fish meal-led, high-protein formula.
- **250 g pack:** Enough for a grow-out tank or two for weeks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101496
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126025
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101495), 500 g (SKU 101498), 2.5 kg (SKU 101500); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102147), 250 g (SKU 101497), 500 g (SKU 101499), 2.5 kg (SKU 101501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
A household pack of colour-enhancing pellets for established cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101497 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126124
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101497-1.webp
A single well-stocked display of adult mbuna or haps works through a cichlid food steadily, and running out mid-week means a trip back to the shop. Dainichi Color Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101497) is the household size of Dainichi's Color Fx range in the 3 mm Small grade, a sinking pellet for established adult cichlids. Dainichi builds the recipe on an encapsulation process that works seven colour-intensifying ingredients into each pellet, including shrimp, Antarctic krill, the copepod Cyclop-eeze and the astaxanthin-rich algae NatuRose alongside spirulina. The 250 g size is enough to carry a single well-stocked display tank as its everyday food for weeks.
A 250 g pack is enough to run a single display tank as its everyday food for roughly a month under Dainichi's two to four daily feeds, each cleared within a few minutes and fed dry. White fish meal leads the recipe ahead of shrimp, krill meal and the colour-specific spirulina, Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, and the maker's photographs show colour development on fish such as Haplochromis obliquidens fed on it. Dainichi notes the recipe suits delicate herbivorous cichlids as well as typical omnivores, and the pack steps up to 500 g or 2.5 kg once consumption grows. The 3 mm grade also comes as 1 mm Baby for smaller mouths.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Display tank staple:** A single well-stocked tank of adult cichlids fed daily.
- **Warm-coloured species:** Fish already showing orange, red or yellow tones.
- **Weekly feeding routine:** A 250 g pack that outlasts a smaller trial size.
- **Mixed cichlid communities:** Suits Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyikan adults together.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily routine:** Two to four feeds keeps a display tank on a steady diet.
- **Portion control:** Stop once the pellets are cleared, usually within minutes.
- **Dry feeding:** Dainichi advises against pre-soaking the pellet.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Remove anything uneaten before the next water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven colour ingredients:** Including shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze, spirulina and NatuRose algae.
- **Encapsulation process:** Dainichi's own method for building colour into the pellet.
- **3 mm pellet:** Everyday size for an established adult cichlid tank.
- **45% minimum protein:** White fish meal leads a high-protein recipe.
- **250 g pack:** Carries a single display tank for roughly a month.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101497
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126124
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101495), 250 g (SKU 101496), 500 g (SKU 101498), 2.5 kg (SKU 101500); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102147), 500 g (SKU 101499), 2.5 kg (SKU 101501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
A multi-tank pack of colour pellets for juvenile cichlid colonies.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $106.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101498 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126032
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101498-1.jpg
Raising more than one spawn of cichlid fry at a time means feeding several grow-out tanks every day, and a small pack barely lasts a fortnight. Dainichi Color Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101498) is the mid-size pack of Dainichi's Color Fx range in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet for fry and juvenile cichlids too small for a 3 mm pellet. The recipe leans on an encapsulation process that combines seven colour-intensifying ingredients, among them shrimp, Antarctic krill, the copepod Cyclop-eeze and the astaxanthin-rich algae NatuRose, alongside spirulina. At 500 g, the pack is built for a breeder feeding several grow-out tanks rather than a single display.
At 500 g, the pack is sized for a breeder running several grow-out tanks rather than a single display, lasting considerably longer than the 100 g or 250 g packs under daily feeding. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9% and ash max. 9%. Dainichi's directions call for two to four small feeds daily, nothing left over after a few minutes, and no pre-soaking. The maker notes the formula suits delicate herbivorous cichlids alongside the usual omnivores, with colour gains documented on fish including Tropheus sp. Red; the same 1 mm grade is also sold at 100 g, 250 g and 2.5 kg, and as 3 mm Small across the same sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeder-scale grow-out:** Several tanks of fry and juveniles fed from one pack.
- **Multiple spawns:** Keeping pace with more than one batch of young cichlids at a time.
- **Colour priming:** Starting the astaxanthin and spirulina build-up early in a fish's growth.
- **African cichlid fry rooms:** Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyikan fry alike on the one 1 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Scale feeding to tank count:** Two to four feeds across several grow-out tanks.
- **Watch for leftovers:** Excess pellets cloud water faster in multiple small tanks.
- **No pre-soak:** Feed straight from the pack as Dainichi directs.
- **Keep portions small:** A few minutes is enough time for fish to clear the ration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven colour applications:** Shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose algae and spirulina.
- **Dainichi's encapsulation method:** Seals colour ingredients into every pellet.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** For fry and juveniles not yet ready for 3 mm.
- **45% minimum crude protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-led formula.
- **500 g pack:** Sized for a breeder's several grow-out tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101498
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126032
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101495), 250 g (SKU 101496), 2.5 kg (SKU 101500); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102147), 250 g (SKU 101497), 500 g (SKU 101499), 2.5 kg (SKU 101501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
A multi-tank pack of colour pellets for established cichlid collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-fx-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $106.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101499 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166126131
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101499-1.jpg
Two or three tanks of adult cichlids on the same diet get through a food fast enough that a 250 g pack is a false economy. Dainichi Color Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101499) is the mid-size pack of Dainichi's Color Fx range in the 3 mm Small grade, a sinking pellet for established adult cichlids. Dainichi's encapsulation process combines seven colour-intensifying ingredients into the pellet, including shrimp, Antarctic krill, the copepod Cyclop-eeze and the astaxanthin-rich algae NatuRose alongside spirulina. The 500 g size suits two or three adult cichlid tanks sharing the same staple food.
A 500 g pack is pitched at two or three adult cichlid tanks sharing the same staple food, lasting weeks longer than the 250 g size without the commitment of a 2.5 kg tub. Feeding directions call for two to four feeds a day, only what clears within a few minutes, and no pre-soaking, with white fish meal, shrimp and krill meal ahead of the colour-specific spirulina, Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose on the ingredient panel. Dainichi's own trials show colour gains on fish such as Ptyochromis sp., and the maker notes the recipe suits delicate herbivorous cichlids as well as typical omnivores. The 3 mm grade is also sold as 1 mm Baby, both running from 100 g to 2.5 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several adult tanks:** Two or three display tanks sharing the same 3 mm staple.
- **Warm-coloured adults:** Orange, red and yellow cichlids that benefit from the astaxanthin recipe.
- **Reducing restocking trips:** A 500 g pack that lasts longer than the 250 g size.
- **Mixed African cichlid displays:** Malawi, Victoria and Tanganyikan adults on the one pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Consistent daily feeding:** Two to four feeds across two or three adult tanks.
- **Judge by the clock:** A few minutes is the benchmark for a correct portion.
- **Skip pre-soaking:** The pellet is fed dry.
- **Clean up promptly:** Remove uneaten pellets so several tanks stay in balance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven-ingredient colour recipe:** Shrimp, krill, Cyclop-eeze, spirulina and NatuRose algae.
- **Encapsulation process:** Dainichi's method for sealing in colour rather than coating.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** The standard size for adult cichlids.
- **45% minimum protein:** A high-protein recipe led by white fish meal.
- **500 g pack:** Covers two or three adult tanks on the same staple.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101499
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166126131
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 45%, crude fat min. 7%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, spirulina, krill meal, Cyclop-eeze, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, NatuRose, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** African cichlids already showing orange, red or yellow tones, including delicate herbivorous species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101495), 250 g (SKU 101496), 500 g (SKU 101498), 2.5 kg (SKU 101500); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102147), 250 g (SKU 101497), 2.5 kg (SKU 101501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
A trial-size sinking colour pellet for juvenile cichlids with little red to show.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $26.07 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101476 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123017
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101476-1.jpg
Young cichlids with little natural red to show still need a food built around spirulina rather than one chasing an orange glow they will never carry. Dainichi Color Supreme 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101476) is the smallest pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet for fry and young cichlids that graze rather than feed at the surface. Dainichi builds Color Supreme around five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, enriched with krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. The 100 g pack suits a single grow-out tank or a trial of the line.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9% and ash max. 9%. Dainichi credits the clay with more than 60 minerals and a role in binding metabolic toxins, and says garlic and vitamins help keep fish free of internal parasites. Feeding directions call for two to four feeds daily, only what clears within a few minutes, with no pre-soaking. Silver and pale cichlids such as a young Dimidiochromis compressiceps develop stronger colour on this spirulina-led recipe than on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx; this 1 mm grade also comes as 3 mm Small and 5 mm Medium, and sinking suits bottom-grazing cichlids such as mbuna better than a floating pellet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and young cichlids:** Grazing juveniles moved past powdered food but too small for 3 mm.
- **Pale and silver species:** Fish that colour up on spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Trial packs:** A 100 g size to test Color Supreme before a larger pack.
- **Bottom-grazing nurseries:** Suits juvenile mbuna and similar grazing cichlids.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Small, frequent portions suit fast-growing fry.
- **Clear within minutes:** Feed only what is eaten quickly.
- **No pre-soaking:** The pellet is fed dry.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out anything uneaten from the grow-out tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour applications:** Two types of spirulina among them.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Calcium montmorillonite clay for over 60 minerals.
- **Sinking 1 mm pellet:** Sized for fry and young grazing cichlids.
- **44% minimum protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-led recipe.
- **Trial-size pack:** 100 g to test the recipe before buying more.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101476
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123017
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
A trial-size sinking colour pellet for established pale and silver cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $21.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102160 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123116
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102160-1.jpg
An established tank of pale or silver cichlids does not need a kilogram tub just to see whether a spirulina-led food suits them. Dainichi Color Supreme 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102160) is the smallest pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 3 mm Small grade, a sinking pellet for adult cichlids that graze rather than feed at the surface. The recipe carries Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. The 100 g pack is sized to trial the line on an existing tank.
Dainichi leads the ingredient panel with white fish meal and shrimp ahead of the krill meal and spirulina that do the colour work, and the clay is described as supplying more than 60 minerals while helping to bind metabolic toxins. Two to four feeds a day, cleared within a few minutes and never pre-soaked, is Dainichi's standard direction for the whole Color Supreme range. A cichlid already carrying orange or red, rather than silver or pale colouring, is generally better matched to the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx than to this spirulina-based recipe. The 3 mm Small grade is the step up from 1 mm Baby, and Dainichi also mills it at 5 mm Medium for larger fish. Sinking rather than floating, it suits cichlids that graze rock and substrate, such as mbuna, more naturally than species that feed at the surface.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established grazing cichlids:** Adults that take food off the substrate rather than the surface.
- **Pale and silver species:** Fish suited to a spirulina-led recipe over an astaxanthin one.
- **First-time buyers:** A 100 g pack to trial Color Supreme.
- **Mixed mbuna tanks:** Suits grazing Malawi cichlids on a 3 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds a day:** Spread the ration rather than one large feed.
- **A few minutes to clear:** Stop once the pellets are gone.
- **No pre-soaking:** Feed the pellet dry.
- **Watch water quality:** Remove any pellets left uneaten on the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour-enhancing applications:** Including two types of spirulina.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Sinking 3 mm pellet:** The standard grazing size for adult cichlids.
- **44% minimum protein:** A fish meal-led, high-protein recipe.
- **Trial pack:** 100 g to test the line before a bulk size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 102160
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123116
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk sinking colour pellets for a fish room's juvenile pale cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101584 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123048
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101584-1.jpg
A dedicated breeder running a dozen grow-out tanks of pale cichlid fry needs a colour food bought by the kilogram rather than the packet. Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101584) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet for fry and juveniles across a fish room's grow-out tanks. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. At 2.5 kg the pack is priced and packed for several tanks rather than one.
At 2.5 kg, the pack is built for a fish room running several grow-out tanks of fry rather than one tank at a time, cutting the cost of each feed well below the smaller packs. Dainichi's feeding directions are two to four small portions daily, only what clears within a few minutes, fed dry with no pre-soaking. Spirulina and krill carry the colour work, with the clay said to supply more than 60 minerals and help bind metabolic toxins as fry grow. Pale and silver-toned juveniles develop colour faster on this recipe than on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx; the same 1 mm grade also comes at 100 g, 250 g and 500 g, and as 3 mm Small and 5 mm Medium once fish grow larger.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-room scale breeding:** A dozen or more grow-out tanks of fry fed from one tub.
- **Pale-coloured broods:** Juveniles that respond to spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Ongoing breeding programmes:** Keeping multiple spawns supplied without reordering every few weeks.
- **Mbuna-style fry rooms:** Suits bulk feeding of grazing African cichlid fry.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Bulk feeding routine:** Two to four feeds daily across a fish room's tanks.
- **Portion by tank, not by tub:** Match each tank's ration to what clears in minutes.
- **No pre-soak:** Feed the pellet dry across every tank.
- **Stock rotation:** Use the 2.5 kg tub within a reasonable time once opened.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five-way colour recipe:** Two types of spirulina among the ingredients.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Sinking 1 mm pellet:** For fry and juveniles across many tanks.
- **44% minimum crude protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-led formula.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Lowest per-feed cost for a fish room.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101584
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123048
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets
Bulk floating colour pellets for a fish room's large surface-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-2-5kg-medium-5mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101811 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166023249
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101811-1.jpg
A fish room with several tanks of large surface-feeding cichlids goes through a floating colour food fast enough that the smaller packs barely last a month. Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101811) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the floating 5 mm Medium grade, for larger cichlids that feed mid-water or at the surface. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay in the recipe. At 2.5 kg the pack is built for several tanks rather than one.
At 2.5 kg, the pack is built for a fish room running several tanks of large surface feeders rather than one display, cutting the cost per feed well below the 250 g or 500 g sizes under Dainichi's two to four daily feeds. Spirulina and krill lead the colour ingredients, the clay supplies more than 60 minerals, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Large silver Malawi cichlids such as Protomelas taeniolatus are shown colouring up on this spirulina-led recipe, while orange and red species usually do better on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx. The same 5 mm floating grade is also sold as 3 mm Small, both floating rather than sinking for cichlids that feed off the surface.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-room scale feeding:** Several tanks of large surface-feeding cichlids on one tub.
- **Pale or silver collections:** Species that colour up on spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Ongoing bulk feeding:** A 2.5 kg tub to avoid restocking small packs weekly.
- **Mixed larger-hap rooms:** Suits a fish room's bigger Malawi cichlids at the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Across every tank drawing from the one tub.
- **Surface check:** Feed only until the floating pellets are gone.
- **No pre-soaking:** The pellet is fed dry.
- **Reseal the tub:** Keep the bulk pack airtight between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour applications:** Two types of spirulina among them.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Floating 5 mm pellet:** For larger surface- and mid-water feeders.
- **44% minimum protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-led recipe.
- **2.5 kg bulk size:** Lowest per-feed cost across several tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101811
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166023249
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5 mm (Medium grade), floating pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Surface- and mid-water-feeding African cichlids with little natural red, such as many Malawi haps and peacocks
- **Other Sizes:** Small (3 mm): 250 g (SKU 101475), 500 g (SKU 101580); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 101579), 500 g (SKU 101581)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk sinking colour pellets for a fish room's larger pale cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-2-5kg-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102141 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123246
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102141-1.jpg
A fish room of larger pale cichlids that graze the substrate gets through a 250 g bag in no time once several tanks are feeding from it. Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102141) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 5 mm Medium grade, a sinking pellet for larger grazing cichlids. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. At 2.5 kg the pack is built for several tanks of larger adults rather than one.
At 2.5 kg, the pack is built for a fish room running several tanks of larger grazing cichlids rather than one display, cutting the cost per feed well below the 250 g size under Dainichi's two to four daily feeds. Spirulina and krill lead the colour ingredients, the clay is credited with more than 60 minerals, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Larger pale or silver cichlids generally respond better to this recipe than to the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx, which suits fish already showing orange or red. The same 5 mm grade also comes as 1 mm Baby and 3 mm Small, and sinking pellets suit grazing fish better than a floating pellet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-room scale grazing:** Several tanks of larger grazing cichlids on one tub.
- **Pale or silver collections:** Species that colour up on spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Ongoing bulk feeding:** A 2.5 kg tub to avoid restocking small packs weekly.
- **Larger mbuna and Tanganyikan rooms:** Suits bulk feeding of bigger grazing cichlids.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Across every tank drawing from the one tub.
- **Watch the substrate:** Feed only until the sinking pellets clear.
- **No pre-soaking:** The pellet is fed dry.
- **Reseal the tub:** Keep the bulk pack airtight between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour applications:** Two types of spirulina among them.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Sinking 5 mm pellet:** For larger grazing cichlids.
- **44% minimum protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-led recipe.
- **2.5 kg bulk size:** Lowest per-feed cost across several tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 102141
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123246
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 5 mm (Medium grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk sinking colour pellets for a fish room's established silver cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $239.46 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101480 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123147
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101480-1.jpg
A cichlid specialist running several tanks of established silver or pale adults is better served buying a staple food by the kilogram than restocking small tubs every month. Dainichi Color Supreme 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101480) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 3 mm Small grade, a sinking pellet for grazing adult cichlids kept across several tanks. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. At 2.5 kg the pack is built for ongoing feeding rather than a single tank.
At 2.5 kg, the pack suits a specialist running several tanks of grazing adults on the one staple, bringing the cost per feed well below the 100 g or 250 g sizes under Dainichi's two to four feeds a day. The clay is said to supply more than 60 minerals and bind metabolic toxins, working alongside spirulina and krill as the colour-building ingredients, while garlic and vitamins are credited with helping keep fish free of internal parasites. Silver and pale cichlids respond to this recipe more readily than to the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx, which suits fish already showing orange or red. The same 3 mm grade also comes as 1 mm Baby and 5 mm Medium, and sinking suits grazing species better than a floating pellet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank collections:** A dedicated keeper's or specialist's wall of grazing adult tanks.
- **Silver and pale species:** Cichlids that colour up on spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Economy feeding:** Cuts the per-feed cost against the smaller packs.
- **Mixed mbuna displays:** Suits a collection of grazing Malawi cichlids on one pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding across tanks:** Two to four feeds for a wall of adult tanks.
- **Portion by tank:** Judge each tank's ration by what clears within minutes.
- **Dry feeding:** No pre-soaking required.
- **Manage a large tub:** Reseal between feeds to keep the bulk pack fresh.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour-enhancing applications:** Including two types of spirulina.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Sinking 3 mm pellet:** The standard grazing size across a collection.
- **44% minimum protein:** A fish meal-led, high-protein recipe.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Lowest per-feed cost for several tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101480
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123147
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
A household pack of sinking colour pellets for growing pale-coloured cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101477 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123024
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101477-1.jpg
A grow-out tank of pale cichlid fry gets through a 100 g pack of pellets faster than it seems once feeding settles into a routine. Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101477) is the household pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet for fry and young grazing cichlids. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay in the recipe. A 250 g pack covers a grow-out tank or two for several weeks.
A 250 g pack is enough to keep a grow-out tank or two fed for several weeks under Dainichi's recommended two to four feeds a day, each cleared within a few minutes and never pre-soaked. The clay in the recipe is credited with more than 60 minerals, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep young fish free of internal parasites alongside the colour-building spirulina and krill. Fry without strong red pigment tend to show faster colour gains on this recipe than on the astaxanthin-led Color Fx, which suits fish already carrying orange or red tones. Once fry outgrow the 1 mm pellet, Dainichi mills the same recipe at 3 mm Small and 5 mm Medium, and this pack size also runs to 500 g and 2.5 kg as a brood grows.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grow-out tanks:** Fry and juveniles grazing rather than feeding at the surface.
- **Pale-coloured broods:** Young cichlids that respond to spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Everyday juvenile staple:** Replacing powdered food once fry reach 1 mm pellet size.
- **Mbuna-style nurseries:** Suits grazing African cichlid fry.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Several light feeds daily:** Two to four feeds suit fast-growing juveniles.
- **Match portion to tank:** Feed only what clears in a few minutes.
- **No pre-soak needed:** Fed dry, straight from the pack.
- **Rotate with other foods:** Pair with live or frozen food for variety.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five-way colour recipe:** Two types of spirulina among the ingredients.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Sinking 1 mm pellet:** Matched to grazing fry and juveniles.
- **44% minimum crude protein:** A fish meal-led, high-protein formula.
- **250 g pack:** Covers a grow-out tank or two for weeks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101477
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123024
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets
A household pack of floating colour pellets for larger surface-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-250g-medium-5mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101579 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166023225
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101579-1.jpg
A tank of larger Malawi cichlids that feed at the surface can shrug off a 3 mm pellet without much effort, and a bigger floating pellet keeps feeding time efficient. Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101579) is the 5 mm Medium grade of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food made to float, for larger surface- and mid-water-feeding cichlids. The recipe carries Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. A 250 g pack is sized for a single display of larger adult cichlids.
Larger Malawi cichlids handle a 5 mm floating pellet with ease, and a 250 g pack is sized to keep one tank of bigger surface feeders going for weeks under Dainichi's two to four daily feeds, each cleared within a few minutes. The clay supplies more than 60 minerals to the recipe, spirulina and krill carry the colour work, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Larger pale or silver cichlids such as Protomelas taeniolatus are shown by the maker colouring up on this recipe, while orange and red species usually do better on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx. The 5 mm grade is also sold as 3 mm Small, both floating rather than sinking, which suits surface feeders over bottom-grazing mbuna and Tropheus.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger surface feeders:** Bigger Malawi haps and peacocks that handle a 5 mm pellet easily.
- **Pale or silver species:** Fish that colour up on spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Single display tanks:** A 250 g pack for one tank of larger adults.
- **Mixed hap communities:** Suits a tank of larger Malawi cichlids feeding together at the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four daily feeds:** Timed through the day rather than one large serving.
- **Watch the surface:** Stop feeding once the floating pellets disappear.
- **Skip the pre-soak:** Feed the pellet dry.
- **Remove stragglers:** Skim off any pellets left floating after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour-enhancing applications:** Two types of spirulina among them.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Calcium montmorillonite clay for over 60 minerals.
- **Floating 5 mm pellet:** Sized for larger surface-feeding cichlids.
- **44% minimum protein:** White fish meal leads a high-protein recipe.
- **Anti-parasitic additions:** Garlic and vitamins said to help keep fish parasite-free.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101579
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166023225
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** 5 mm (Medium grade), floating pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Surface- and mid-water-feeding African cichlids with little natural red, such as many Malawi haps and peacocks
- **Other Sizes:** Small (3 mm): 250 g (SKU 101475), 500 g (SKU 101580); Medium (5 mm): 500 g (SKU 101581), 2.5 kg (SKU 101811)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
A household pack of sinking colour pellets for larger pale cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-250g-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102139 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123222
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102139-1.jpg
Larger pale cichlids that graze the substrate make light work of a 3 mm pellet, and a bigger grade keeps feeding efficient. Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102139) is the household pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 5 mm Medium grade, a sinking pellet for larger grazing cichlids. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. A 250 g pack suits a single tank of larger adult cichlids.
Larger grazing cichlids handle the 5 mm pellet with ease, and a 250 g pack is sized to keep one tank of bigger adults fed for weeks under Dainichi's two to four daily feeds, each cleared within a few minutes. The clay supplies more than 60 minerals to the recipe, spirulina and krill do the colour work, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Larger pale or silver cichlids tend to colour up faster on this recipe than on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx, which suits fish already carrying warm tones. The 5 mm grade also comes as 1 mm Baby and 3 mm Small, and sinking pellets suit grazing species better than Dainichi's floating range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger grazing cichlids:** Bigger mbuna and Tanganyikan grazers that handle a 5 mm pellet.
- **Pale or silver adults:** Fish that colour up on spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Single display tanks:** A 250 g pack for one tank of larger grazers.
- **Mixed grazing communities:** Suits a tank of larger African cichlids feeding off the substrate.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four daily feeds:** Timed through the day rather than one large serving.
- **Watch the substrate:** Stop feeding once the sinking pellets clear.
- **Skip the pre-soak:** Feed the pellet dry.
- **Remove stragglers:** Clear any pellets left uneaten on the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour-enhancing applications:** Two types of spirulina among them.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Sinking 5 mm pellet:** Built for larger grazing cichlids.
- **44% minimum protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-led recipe.
- **250 g pack:** Suits a single tank of larger adults.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 102139
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123222
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** 5 mm (Medium grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
A household pack of floating colour pellets for surface-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-250g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101475 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166023126
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101475-1.jpg
Fish that feed at the surface will often ignore a pellet that sinks past them before they notice it. Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101475) is the 3 mm Small grade of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food made as a floating pellet, staying at the surface for cichlids that feed mid-water or on top rather than off the substrate. Dainichi builds Color Supreme around five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, enriched further with krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. The 250 g pack suits a single well-stocked tank of surface-feeding adults as its everyday food.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9% and ash max. 9%. Dainichi describes the clay as a source of more than 60 minerals that helps bind metabolic toxins, while garlic and vitamins are said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Directions are to feed two to four times daily, only as much as clears within a few minutes, with no pre-soaking. A silver cichlid carrying little natural red, such as Dimidiochromis compressiceps, tends to colour up faster on this spirulina-led recipe than on the astaxanthin-heavy Color Fx; this 3 mm grade also comes as 5 mm Medium, and both float rather than sink, suiting haps and peacocks better than bottom-grazing mbuna.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Surface-feeding cichlids:** Haps, peacocks and other mid-water feeders that rarely chase food to the substrate.
- **Silver and pale species:** Fish with little natural red that respond better to spirulina than astaxanthin.
- **Single display tanks:** A 250 g pack sized for one well-stocked tank.
- **Mixed Malawi communities:** Suits a typical peacock-and-hap community on a 3 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Spread across the day rather than one large feed.
- **Judge by the surface:** Stop once the floating pellets have cleared.
- **No pre-soaking:** Feed the pellet dry, straight onto the water.
- **Skim leftovers:** Remove any pellets still floating after a few minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour applications:** Including two types of spirulina.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Calcium montmorillonite clay adds over 60 minerals.
- **Floating 3 mm pellet:** Stays at the surface for mid-water feeders.
- **44% minimum protein:** A high-protein recipe led by white fish meal.
- **Garlic and vitamins:** Said by the maker to help keep fish free of internal parasites.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101475
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166023126
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), floating pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Surface- and mid-water-feeding African cichlids with little natural red, such as many Malawi haps and peacocks
- **Other Sizes:** Small (3 mm): 500 g (SKU 101580); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 101579), 500 g (SKU 101581), 2.5 kg (SKU 101811)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
A household pack of sinking colour pellets for established silver cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101478 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123123
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101478-1.webp
A tank of established silver or pale cichlids feeding off the rocks works through a staple food steadily, and 100 g does not last long. Dainichi Color Supreme 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101478) is the household pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 3 mm Small grade, a sinking pellet for grazing adult cichlids. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. The 250 g size is enough to run a single display tank as its everyday food for weeks.
The 250 g size is calculated to carry one well-stocked display of grazing adults through several weeks of Dainichi's recommended two to four feeds a day, each cleared within a few minutes and fed dry. Spirulina and krill lead the colour-specific ingredients, with the clay credited for more than 60 minerals and garlic and vitamins said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Fish already carrying strong red or orange, rather than silver or pale tones, generally do better on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx than on this spirulina-based recipe. Dainichi also mills this 3 mm Small grade as 1 mm Baby and 5 mm Medium, and sinking pellets suit grazing cichlids such as mbuna better than Dainichi's floating range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established grazing adults:** Cichlids that take food from rocks and substrate.
- **Silver and pale species:** Fish suited to a spirulina-led recipe.
- **Weekly feeding routine:** A 250 g pack that outlasts a 100 g trial size.
- **Mixed mbuna displays:** Suits grazing Malawi cichlids kept together.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily routine:** Two to four feeds keeps a display tank on a steady diet.
- **Portion control:** Stop once the pellets clear, usually within minutes.
- **Dry feeding:** Dainichi advises against pre-soaking.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets before the next water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour applications:** Including two types of spirulina.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Calcium montmorillonite clay for over 60 minerals.
- **Sinking 3 mm pellet:** The standard grazing size for adults.
- **44% minimum protein:** A fish meal-led, high-protein recipe.
- **250 g pack:** Runs a single display tank for weeks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101478
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123123
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
A multi-tank pack of sinking colour pellets for juvenile pale cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $69.45 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101583 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123031
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101583-1.jpg
Raising more than one batch of pale cichlid fry at a time means two or three grow-out tanks feeding daily, and a 250 g pack does not go far. Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101583) is the mid-size pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the 1 mm Baby grade, a sinking pellet for fry and young grazing cichlids. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. At 500 g the pack is sized for a breeder running several grow-out tanks.
At 500 g, the pack is sized for a breeder feeding more than one grow-out tank from the same tub rather than a single display. Dainichi's directions are two to four small feeds a day, nothing left over after a few minutes, with no pre-soaking required before it goes in. The clay contributes more than 60 minerals to the recipe alongside spirulina and krill, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep young fish parasite-free. Pale juveniles generally colour up faster on this spirulina-based recipe than on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx, which better suits fish already showing warm tones. The same 1 mm grade also comes at 100 g, 250 g and 2.5 kg, and as 3 mm Small and 5 mm Medium for larger fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple grow-out tanks:** Breeders running two or three tanks of fry at once.
- **Pale broods:** Juveniles that respond to spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Scaled-up juvenile feeding:** A 500 g pack that lasts longer than the 250 g size.
- **Mbuna-style fry rooms:** Suits several tanks of grazing African cichlid fry.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Scale feeding to tank count:** Two to four feeds across several grow-out tanks.
- **Watch for leftovers:** Excess pellets cloud water faster in small tanks.
- **No pre-soak:** Feed straight from the pack.
- **Keep portions small:** A few minutes is enough time to clear the ration.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five-way colour recipe:** Two types of spirulina among the ingredients.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Sinking 1 mm pellet:** For fry and juveniles across several tanks.
- **44% minimum crude protein:** A high-protein, fish meal-led formula.
- **500 g pack:** Sized for a breeder's grow-out tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101583
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123031
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm (Baby grade), sinking pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Bottom-grazing African cichlids with little natural red, such as mbuna and similar Lake Malawi and Tanganyikan species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1 mm): 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3 mm): 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets
A multi-tank pack of floating colour pellets for larger surface-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-500g-medium-5mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $80.47 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101581 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166023232
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101581-1.jpg
Larger Malawi cichlids feeding at the surface make short work of a floating pellet, and a 250 g bag disappears quickly across more than one tank. Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101581) is the mid-size pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the floating 5 mm Medium grade, for larger surface- and mid-water-feeding cichlids. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay. At 500 g the pack suits more than one tank of larger adults.
Bigger Malawi cichlids make quick work of a floating pellet, and the 500 g size suits more than one tank of larger surface feeders under Dainichi's two to four daily feeds, each cleared within a few minutes. The clay is credited with over 60 minerals and a toxin-binding role, spirulina and krill carry the colour, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Larger silver Malawi cichlids such as Protomelas taeniolatus are shown colouring up on this spirulina-led recipe, while orange and red species tend to do better on the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx. The 5 mm floating grade is also sold as 3 mm Small, and both suit surface feeders rather than the bottom-grazing mbuna that take the sinking Color Supreme.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger surface-feeding tanks:** Bigger haps and peacocks across more than one tank.
- **Pale or silver species:** Cichlids that colour up on spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Heavier feeding loads:** A 500 g pack for tanks that outgrow a 250 g bag quickly.
- **Mixed larger-hap communities:** Suits a tank of bigger Malawi cichlids at the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four daily feeds:** Spread the ration across the day.
- **Surface check:** Stop once floating pellets disappear.
- **No pre-soaking:** Feed the pellet dry.
- **Skim leftovers:** Remove any pellets left floating uneaten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour-enhancing applications:** Including two types of spirulina.
- **Krill and clay enriched:** Over 60 minerals from calcium montmorillonite clay.
- **Floating 5 mm pellet:** Built for larger surface feeders.
- **44% minimum protein:** High-protein, fish meal-led recipe.
- **500 g pack:** Covers more than one tank between restocks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101581
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166023232
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** 5 mm (Medium grade), floating pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Surface- and mid-water-feeding African cichlids with little natural red, such as many Malawi haps and peacocks
- **Other Sizes:** Small (3 mm): 250 g (SKU 101475), 500 g (SKU 101580); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 101579), 2.5 kg (SKU 101811)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for large adult cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-500g-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $68.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123239
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102140-1.jpg
A big cichlid fed on a pellet sized for fry needs a dozen bites for one proper meal, stirring up needless mess along the way. Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102140) is the 5 mm pellet size of Dainichi's colour-enhancing cichlid diet, a sinking food sized for large adult cichlids that take a full pellet in one go. The recipe leans on two types of pure cultured spirulina and krill as the colour sources, with calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic making up the rest. Dainichi uses only two starch sources, a wheat flour binder and wheat germ for vitamins E and B, rather than cheaper grain fillers.
Dainichi applies the colour enhancers in five separate stages during manufacture, building colour quickly while still delivering a high-protein, balanced diet rather than a one-note colour pellet. The montmorillonite clay is central to the formula: Dainichi describes it as simulating the natural mineral ingestion cichlids get in the wild, binding metabolic toxins in the gut and scouring the digestive tract as it passes through, and credits the clay's 60-plus minerals with helping to stabilise water chemistry in ponds and aquariums alike. The vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic support general health and discourage internal parasites. At 5 mm, the pellet suits adult Oscars, large New World cichlids and bigger African cichlids whose mouths have outgrown the 1 mm and 3 mm sizes; the 500 g pack covers one large cichlid tank for an extended period, or a couple of big fish sharing a tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large adult cichlids:** Oscars, big New World species and large African cichlids that take a full-size pellet.
- **Colour maintenance:** Ongoing feeding to build and hold natural colour rather than a short-term boost.
- **Single large-fish tanks:** A 500 g pack suited to one or two big cichlids over an extended period.
- **Stepping up from Small (3mm):** Fish that have outgrown the 3 mm pellet in the Color Supreme range.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small, controlled amounts:** Offer only what the fish clear within a few minutes.
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Spread the day's ration rather than one large feed.
- **Remove leftovers:** Sinking pellets that go uneaten should be siphoned out at the next clean.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep the pack closed, cool and dry to protect the vitamin coating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 mm Medium pellet:** Sized for large adult cichlids rather than juveniles.
- **Two spirulina sources plus krill:** The colour-enhancing base of the formula.
- **Five-stage colour application:** Dainichi's process for building colour quickly.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Over 60 minerals said to aid digestion and help stabilise water chemistry.
- **Two starch sources only:** Wheat flour as a binder and wheat germ for vitamins E and B.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 102140
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123239
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 5 mm (Medium), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Pure cultured spirulina (two types), krill, calcium montmorillonite clay, wheat flour, wheat germ, vitamins, digestive enzymes, garlic
- **Ideal For:** Large adult freshwater cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1mm) 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3mm) 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 500 g (SKU 101479), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5mm) 250 g (SKU 102139), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
A multi-tank pack of floating colour pellets for surface-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-500g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $58.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101580 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166023133
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101580-1.jpg
A busy display of surface-feeding cichlids gets through a floating food fast enough that a 250 g bag becomes a weekly errand. Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101580) is the mid-size pack of Dainichi's Color Supreme cichlid food in the floating 3 mm Small grade, for cichlids that feed mid-water or at the surface. Dainichi's five colour-enhancing applications, including two types of spirulina, sit alongside krill and calcium montmorillonite clay in the recipe. At 500 g the pack covers more feeding than the 250 g size without moving to a bulk tub.
A 500 g pack covers heavier feeding than the 250 g bag, enough for more than one tank of surface feeders under Dainichi's two to four daily feeds, each cleared within a few minutes and fed dry. Spirulina and krill lead the colour-specific ingredients, the clay is credited with more than 60 minerals, and garlic and vitamins are said to help keep fish free of internal parasites. Silver Malawi cichlids such as Dimidiochromis compressiceps tend to respond better to this spirulina-based recipe than to the astaxanthin-rich Color Fx, while orange and red species usually do better on Fx. The 3 mm floating grade is also sold as 5 mm Medium, and both suit surface feeders better than bottom-grazing mbuna, which take the sinking Color Supreme instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple surface feeders:** Two or more tanks of haps and peacocks sharing a floating staple.
- **Pale and silver cichlids:** Fish that respond to spirulina rather than astaxanthin.
- **Busy display tanks:** A 500 g pack to avoid restocking a 250 g bag weekly.
- **Mixed Malawi communities:** Suits peacocks and haps feeding together at the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Spaced through the day for several tanks.
- **Watch the surface:** Feed only until the floating pellets clear.
- **No pre-soaking:** The pellet goes in dry.
- **Clear stragglers:** Skim leftover pellets so water quality holds across busy tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five colour applications:** Two types of spirulina among the colour ingredients.
- **Krill and clay:** Calcium montmorillonite clay for over 60 minerals.
- **Floating 3 mm pellet:** Matched to mid-water and surface feeders.
- **44% minimum protein:** A fish meal-led, high-protein recipe.
- **500 g size:** Covers heavier feeding than the 250 g pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi
- **SKU:** 101580
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166023133
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3 mm (Small grade), floating pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min. 44%, crude fat min. 6%, crude fibre max. 3%, moisture max. 9%, ash max. 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, spirulina, soybean meal, krill meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease and natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2 to 4 times daily, only as much as is eaten within a few minutes; the maker advises against pre-soaking the pellet
- **Ideal For:** Surface- and mid-water-feeding African cichlids with little natural red, such as many Malawi haps and peacocks
- **Other Sizes:** Small (3 mm): 250 g (SKU 101475); Medium (5 mm): 250 g (SKU 101579), 500 g (SKU 101581), 2.5 kg (SKU 101811)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for mid-size cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-color-supreme-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101479 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166123130
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101479-1.jpg
A cichlid that has outgrown a 1 mm pellet is not yet ready to take a 5 mm one in a single bite, and forcing the jump means wasted food or a fish struggling at feeding time. Dainichi Color Supreme 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101479) is the middle pellet size in Dainichi's colour-enhancing cichlid range, a sinking food built around two types of pure cultured spirulina and krill for colour, with calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic rounding out the recipe. Only two starch sources appear, a wheat flour binder and wheat germ for vitamins E and B, so the pellet is not bulked out with cheaper grain fillers.
Dainichi builds the colour response through five separate applications of colour enhancers during manufacture, pairing that with a high-protein, balanced diet rather than relying on colour alone. The montmorillonite clay does most of the supporting work: Dainichi describes it as mimicking the mineral intake cichlids get from substrate in the wild, binding metabolic toxins as it moves through the gut and scouring the digestive tract, and attributes the clay's more than 60 minerals with a role in stabilising water chemistry in ponds and aquariums alike. Vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic are added for general health and to work against internal parasites. The 3 mm pellet suits growing juveniles of large species and the adult size of mid-sized cichlids, bridging the 1 mm Baby and 5 mm Medium pellets in the same range; a 500 g pack is enough for several mid-size cichlids over a good stretch of time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size cichlids:** Species that take a full adult diet but not yet a 5 mm pellet.
- **Growing juveniles of large species:** Fish moving on from the 1 mm Baby pellet.
- **Multi-cichlid community tanks:** A 500 g pack sized for several fish rather than one.
- **Everyday colour maintenance:** Ongoing feeding rather than a short colour-up course.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Smaller, more frequent meals suit mid-size cichlids.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the group finishes in a few minutes.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Sinking pellets that reach the substrate uneaten should be removed.
- **Keep the pack sealed:** Store cool and dry between feeds to protect the vitamin coating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 mm Small pellet:** The step between the Baby and Medium pellets in the range.
- **Spirulina and krill base:** Two spirulina sources plus krill drive the colour response.
- **Five-stage colour process:** Dainichi's method for building natural colour quickly.
- **Clay-based digestive support:** Montmorillonite clay with over 60 minerals.
- **Minimal starch:** Wheat flour binder and wheat germ are the only two starch ingredients.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101479
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166123130
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Pure cultured spirulina (two types), krill, calcium montmorillonite clay, wheat flour, wheat germ, vitamins, digestive enzymes, garlic
- **Ideal For:** Mid-size freshwater cichlids and growing juveniles of larger species
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1mm) 100 g (SKU 101476), 250 g (SKU 101477), 500 g (SKU 101583), 2.5 kg (SKU 101584); Small (3mm) 100 g (SKU 102160), 250 g (SKU 101478), 2.5 kg (SKU 101480); Medium (5mm) 250 g (SKU 102139), 500 g (SKU 102140), 2.5 kg (SKU 102141)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Discus Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for red and blue discus.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-discus-fx-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $36.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101503 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166142018
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101503-1.webp
Discus kept on a general-purpose flake rarely show the depth of red or blue that the fish is genetically capable of, and a colour diet aimed at other cichlids is not tuned to a discus's particular pigments. Dainichi Discus Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101503) is a sinking pellet from Dainichi's Fx range built specifically with colour enhancers for both red and blue discus varieties. The 1 mm Baby pellet suits young discus and adults with smaller mouths, and the 100 g pack is a trial-size quantity for a single discus tank or a first run before committing to a bigger bag.
Dainichi describes the formula as all-natural and protein-rich, built from meticulously refined ingredients rather than generic fillers, with cyclops, spirulina and krill named as the main inputs behind the colour and protein content. As with the rest of Dainichi's range, calcium montmorillonite clay is included for digestion and growth; the clay is a mineral-rich bentonite that the maker says helps break down food in the gut and supports steady development in young fish, which matters for discus that are notoriously slow and selective feeders. Because the pellet sinks, it reaches discus feeding in mid-water and lower in the tank rather than sitting unused at the surface. Being a single 100 g pack with no other size confirmed in this catalogue, it suits a trial or a small discus setup rather than a long-term bulk supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Red and blue discus:** A colour-focused diet for the two main discus colour groups.
- **Young or small-mouthed discus:** The 1 mm Baby pellet suits fish not yet ready for a larger size.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** A 100 g pack for one discus tank or a first trial of the Fx range.
- **Slow, selective feeders:** Discus that need a food they will actually take and digest well.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small, frequent feeds:** Several light feeds a day suit discus better than one large meal.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the group finishes quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out any pellets that settle uneaten.
- **Introduce gradually:** Mix with an established food at first if discus are hesitant to switch.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red and blue colour enhancers:** Formulated for the two main discus colour lines.
- **Cyclops, spirulina and krill:** Named as the main ingredients behind colour and protein.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Included for digestion and growth support.
- **1 mm Baby sinking pellet:** Sized for young or small-mouthed discus.
- **Protein-rich, all-natural recipe:** Dainichi's description of the formula's ingredient quality.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101503
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166142018
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Discus, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm (Baby), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Cyclops, spirulina, krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Red and blue discus, young or small-mouthed fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater discus aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Goldfish Color Max 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Trial-size colour-enhancing sinking pellet for goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-goldfish-color-max-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $28.02 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725204 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166133115
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725204-1.jpg
A goldfish fed on a generic flake every day rarely shows the depth of orange, red or calico colour it is capable of, and switching a whole collection onto an untried food is a gamble most keepers would rather not take at full size. Dainichi Goldfish Color Max 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 725204) is the smallest pack in Dainichi's colour-focused goldfish line, a 3 mm sinking pellet built as a complete and balanced diet for all goldfish varieties, fancy and common alike. The formula includes natural colour-enhancing ingredients alongside calcium montmorillonite clay, the mineral-rich bentonite clay that Dainichi uses across its range to aid digestion, and the 100 g pack is sized to trial the food on a bowl, a single tank or a small group before committing to a larger size.
Because the pellet sinks, it reaches goldfish feeding along the bottom rather than only the fish competing at the surface, which suits a species that spends much of its time foraging low in the tank. The clay content is consistent with the rest of the Dainichi line: it is included to support digestion and is credited with helping to settle minerals back into the water column rather than simply passing through. As a dedicated colour formula, Color Max sits alongside Dainichi's Goldfish Ultra as the more colour-focused option in the range, intended for keepers specifically working on bringing out a fish's natural pigmentation rather than as a general maintenance diet. The 3 mm pellet suits most adult fancy and common goldfish; a small or very young fish may do better starting on a finer food until it can manage a full pellet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trialling a new food:** A 100 g pack sized to test on a bowl or single tank first.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Keepers working to bring out orange, red or calico pigmentation.
- **Bottom-feeding goldfish:** Sinking pellets for fish that forage along the substrate.
- **Fancy and common varieties:** Suited to the range of goldfish types kept in aquariums.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small portions:** Offer only what the fish clear within a few minutes.
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Spread smaller feeds through the day rather than one large meal.
- **Remove uneaten pellets:** Siphon out anything left on the substrate.
- **Step up pack size once settled:** Move to the 250 g or 500 g pack once the fish take it well.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trial-size 100 g pack:** The smallest size in the Color Max range.
- **Natural colour-enhancing ingredients:** Aimed at orange, red and calico pigmentation.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Included for digestive support, consistent with Dainichi's wider range.
- **3 mm sinking pellet:** Reaches goldfish feeding near the substrate.
- **Complete and balanced:** Formulated as a full diet, not just a colour additive.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 725204
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166133115
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Fancy and common goldfish varieties
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101505); 500 g (SKU 101792)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish)
---
#### Dainichi Goldfish Color Max 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for a goldfish community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-goldfish-color-max-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $50.79 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101505 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166133122
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101505-1.webp
A single fancy goldfish is one thing to feed, but a tank of several fantails, orandas or common goldfish gets through a trial-size pack quickly, and buying the smallest size on repeat soon costs more than stepping up. Dainichi Goldfish Color Max 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101505) is the middle pack size in Dainichi's colour-focused goldfish line, a 3 mm sinking pellet formulated as a complete and balanced diet for all goldfish varieties with natural colour-enhancing ingredients. Calcium montmorillonite clay, the mineral-rich bentonite Dainichi uses throughout its range, is included to aid digestion, and the 250 g pack is a practical quantity for a small group of goldfish sharing a community tank.
The pellet sinks rather than floats, which suits a goldfish's habit of grazing along the bottom of the tank for much of the day rather than waiting at the surface. Color Max is the dedicated colour formula in Dainichi's two-product goldfish range, positioned against the more general-purpose Goldfish Ultra, so it is aimed at keepers actively working to deepen a fish's orange, red or calico pigmentation rather than at everyday maintenance alone. A 250 g pack feeding several goldfish daily will run for a reasonable stretch before needing a refill, longer than the 100 g trial pack but without the commitment of the 500 g size for keepers who are not running a large group. The 3 mm pellet is sized for adult fancy and common goldfish; very young or small fish may do better on a finer food first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community goldfish tanks:** A pack sized for several fish rather than one.
- **Ongoing colour feeding:** A step up from the trial pack for keepers continuing the diet.
- **Bottom-feeding behaviour:** Sinking pellets suit goldfish that graze along the substrate.
- **Fancy and common varieties:** Suited to a mixed group of goldfish types.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Smaller, more frequent portions across the group.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the tank finishes quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets at the next water change.
- **Keep sealed:** Store the pack cool and dry between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g community pack:** The middle size between the 100 g trial and 500 g bulk pack.
- **Natural colour enhancers:** Targets orange, red and calico pigmentation.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion across a mixed group of goldfish.
- **3 mm sinking pellet:** Matches how goldfish feed, along the bottom of the tank.
- **Dedicated colour formula:** The colour-focused half of Dainichi's goldfish range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101505
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166133122
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Fancy and common goldfish varieties, kept in groups
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 725204); 500 g (SKU 101792)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish)
---
#### Dainichi Goldfish Color Max 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour-enhancing sinking pellet for a goldfish collection.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-goldfish-color-max-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101792 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166133139
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101792-1.jpg
A well-stocked goldfish tank or an outdoor pond corner goes through food fast, and restocking a 100 g or 250 g bag every few weeks adds up compared with buying in bulk once the fish are established on the diet. Dainichi Goldfish Color Max 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101792) is the largest pack in Dainichi's colour-focused goldfish line sold at this store, a 3 mm sinking pellet formulated as a complete and balanced diet for all goldfish varieties with natural colour-enhancing ingredients. Calcium montmorillonite clay, the mineral-rich bentonite Dainichi includes across its range, supports digestion, and the 500 g pack suits a larger goldfish collection, a pond with several fish, or a keeper who has already confirmed the fish take the food well in a smaller size.
The pellet sinks so it reaches goldfish feeding along the bottom of the tank or pond rather than sitting unused at the surface, which matches how the species naturally forages for most of the day. As the dedicated colour formula in Dainichi's goldfish range, Color Max is aimed at building and holding orange, red and calico pigmentation over the long term rather than a short colour-up course, which makes the bulk pack a sensible choice once a keeper has settled on it as the ongoing diet. Buying the 500 g size also means fewer pack openings over the life of the food, helping keep the vitamin coating fresher for longer than repeatedly opening and resealing a small bag. The 3 mm pellet suits adult fancy and common goldfish of normal size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger goldfish collections:** A pack sized for a bigger group or a stocked pond.
- **Established feeding routines:** Once the colour diet is confirmed, buying in bulk cuts cost per feed.
- **Long-term colour maintenance:** Ongoing feeding to hold pigmentation rather than a short course.
- **Bottom-feeding groups:** Sinking pellets suited to goldfish grazing the substrate.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Spread smaller portions through the day across the group.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the fish finish quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets at each clean.
- **Reseal tightly:** Store cool and dry; the larger pack is opened more times over its life.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g bulk pack:** The largest Color Max size sold at this store.
- **Natural colour enhancers:** Aimed at orange, red and calico pigmentation long term.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Digestive support consistent with the rest of Dainichi's range.
- **3 mm sinking pellet:** Reaches goldfish feeding near the bottom of the tank or pond.
- **Cost-efficient for groups:** Suits a stocked tank or pond already settled on the diet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101792
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166133139
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Larger groups of fancy and common goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 725204); 250 g (SKU 101505)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish)
---
#### Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday sinking pellet for young and small goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-goldfish-ultra-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $23.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725203 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166132019
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725203-1.jpg
A young goldfish or a small-mouthed variety cannot manage the same pellet an adult takes easily, and feeding it flake alone misses the benefit of a food built specifically for the species. Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 725203) is the small-pellet, small-pack entry point to Dainichi's everyday goldfish diet, formulated as a complete and balanced food for all goldfish varieties with natural colour-enhancing ingredients and calcium montmorillonite clay to aid digestion. Where Dainichi's Color Max line is the dedicated colour formula in the range, Ultra is positioned as the general everyday diet, with colour benefit as part of the package rather than the sole focus. The 1 mm Baby pellet suits young goldfish and smaller-mouthed fancy varieties, and the 100 g pack is a sensible first size for a nursery tank or a single young fish.
The pellet sinks, which matches a goldfish's habit of foraging along the bottom for most of the day rather than waiting at the surface. Montmorillonite clay, the mineral-rich bentonite Dainichi uses across its range, is included to aid digestion, consistent with how the same clay is used in the maker's other food lines. At 100 g, the pack is sized for a single young fish, a small nursery tank, or a trial before stepping up; as the fish grows, the same Ultra formula is available in the larger 3 mm Small pellet once a fish is ready to move off the Baby size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Young goldfish:** Fish not yet large enough for an adult-size pellet.
- **Small-mouthed fancy varieties:** Breeds whose mouths stay smaller as adults.
- **Nursery tanks:** A single pack covering a small group of growing fish.
- **Everyday maintenance diet:** General feeding rather than a dedicated colour course.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Small portions suit young fish better than one large meal.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the fish finish quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets so they do not foul the water.
- **Move up a pellet size as fish grow:** Step to the 3 mm Small pellet once the fish can manage it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Sized for young and small-mouthed goldfish.
- **Everyday formula:** Dainichi's general goldfish diet rather than a dedicated colour food.
- **Natural colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included as part of a balanced everyday diet.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion in young, growing fish.
- **100 g starter pack:** Sized for a single young fish or small nursery tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 725203
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166132019
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm (Baby), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Young goldfish and small-mouthed fancy varieties
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1mm) 250 g (SKU 101588); Small (3mm) 250 g (SKU 101504), 500 g (SKU 101791)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish)
---
#### Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday sinking pellet for a nursery of young goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-goldfish-ultra-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101588 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166132026
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101588-1.webp
A batch of young goldfish growing on together gets through a small trial pack of food quickly, and restocking the smallest size every few weeks is an inconvenience once the fish are clearly taking to the diet. Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101588) is the mid-size pack of the 1 mm Baby pellet in Dainichi's everyday goldfish line, formulated as a complete and balanced diet for all goldfish varieties with natural colour-enhancing ingredients and calcium montmorillonite clay to aid digestion. Ultra sits alongside Dainichi's Color Max as the general-purpose option in the goldfish range, built for everyday maintenance across a group rather than as a dedicated colour course. The 250 g pack suits a nursery tank of several young fish or a breeder working through a batch of growing goldfish.
The pellet sinks, reaching fish that forage along the bottom of the tank rather than only those competing at the surface, which fits how goldfish of all ages typically feed. Montmorillonite clay, used throughout Dainichi's range, is included to support digestion in the formula. Because the Baby pellet is sized for young and small-mouthed fish, this pack is intended to be used until the fish grow large enough to move on to the 3 mm Small pellet in the same Ultra line; a 250 g pack gives enough runway to carry a nursery group through that growth period before a size change is needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nursery groups:** Several young goldfish growing on together.
- **Breeders and growers:** Keepers raising a batch through the Baby pellet stage.
- **Everyday feeding:** General maintenance rather than a dedicated colour programme.
- **Before the size step-up:** Feeding through to the point fish are ready for the 3 mm pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Smaller, more frequent feeds across the group.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the nursery tank finishes quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets at the next water change.
- **Watch for growth:** Move to the 3 mm Small pellet once fish can manage a larger size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g mid-size pack:** Between the 100 g trial pack and a bulk supply.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Suited to a nursery group of young goldfish.
- **Everyday maintenance formula:** Dainichi's general-purpose goldfish diet.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion in growing fish.
- **Natural colour-enhancing ingredients:** Part of a balanced everyday diet, not a dedicated colour food.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101588
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166132026
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm (Baby), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Nursery groups and growing young goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1mm) 100 g (SKU 725203); Small (3mm) 250 g (SKU 101504), 500 g (SKU 101791)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish)
---
#### Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday sinking pellet for adult goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-goldfish-ultra-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101504 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166132125
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101504-1.jpg
Once a goldfish is past its juvenile stage, a 1 mm pellet becomes fiddly for it to eat in any quantity, and a food still sized for fry stops matching the fish's actual appetite at feeding time. Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101504) is the 3 mm adult pellet size of Dainichi's everyday goldfish diet, formulated as a complete and balanced food for all goldfish varieties with natural colour-enhancing ingredients and calcium montmorillonite clay to support digestion along the way. Ultra is the general-purpose half of Dainichi's two-product goldfish range, intended as the everyday staple rather than the dedicated colour formula sold as Color Max, and the 3 mm pellet is sized for adult fancy and common goldfish that have moved on from the 1 mm Baby pellet.
The pellet sinks so it reaches goldfish feeding along the bottom of the tank, which suits a species that spends much of the day grazing low rather than waiting at the surface for food. Montmorillonite clay, used consistently across Dainichi's range, is included for digestive support, and the natural colour-enhancing ingredients give some of the benefit of a dedicated colour diet as part of day-to-day feeding. A 250 g pack is a practical mid-size quantity for a single adult goldfish or a small group sharing a tank, bigger than a trial pack but not the bulk size needed for a large collection.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult goldfish:** Fish past the juvenile stage, taking a full 3 mm pellet.
- **Everyday feeding:** A general maintenance diet rather than a short colour course.
- **Small to medium groups:** A 250 g pack suited to one fish or a few sharing a tank.
- **Stepping up from Baby pellet:** Fish that have outgrown the 1 mm Ultra pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Spread smaller portions through the day.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the fish finish quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets so they do not foul the water.
- **Keep sealed:** Store cool and dry between feeds to protect the pellet's coating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult goldfish rather than fry or juveniles.
- **Everyday staple formula:** Dainichi's general-purpose option in the goldfish range.
- **Natural colour-enhancing ingredients:** Some colour benefit as part of regular feeding.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion, consistent with Dainichi's wider range.
- **250 g mid-size pack:** Between a trial pack and a bulk supply.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101504
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166132125
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Adult fancy and common goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1mm) 100 g (SKU 725203), 250 g (SKU 101588); Small (3mm) 500 g (SKU 101791)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish)
---
#### Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk everyday sinking pellet for a goldfish collection.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-goldfish-ultra-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101791 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166132132
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101791-1.jpg
A larger goldfish collection or a pond with several adult fish needs a food bought in a quantity that matches how much actually gets eaten, not a small bag that runs out within weeks. Dainichi Goldfish Ultra 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101791) is the largest pack of the 3 mm adult pellet in Dainichi's everyday goldfish line, formulated as a complete and balanced diet for all goldfish varieties with natural colour-enhancing ingredients and calcium montmorillonite clay to aid digestion. As the general-purpose half of Dainichi's goldfish range, Ultra is intended as the ongoing staple diet rather than the dedicated colour formula sold as Color Max, making the 500 g size a sensible choice once a keeper has settled on it as the day-to-day food for an established group.
The pellet sinks, suiting goldfish that graze along the bottom of the tank or pond for much of the day rather than only competing at the surface. Montmorillonite clay, used across Dainichi's range, supports digestion in the formula, and the colour-enhancing ingredients give an everyday colour benefit without the food being purpose-built as a short colour course. Buying the 500 g pack means fewer times the bag is opened and resealed over its life compared with repeatedly working through 100 g or 250 g packs, which helps keep the vitamin coating fresher for a larger group being fed regularly. The 3 mm pellet suits adult fancy and common goldfish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger goldfish collections:** A bulk pack for several adult fish or a stocked pond.
- **Established feeding routines:** Once the diet is confirmed, the bigger pack reduces cost per feed.
- **Everyday maintenance:** An ongoing staple rather than a short colour programme.
- **Adult fish:** The 3 mm pellet for fully grown fancy and common goldfish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Spread smaller portions through the day across the group.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what the fish finish quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets at each clean.
- **Reseal firmly:** Store cool and dry; a larger pack is opened more often over its life.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g bulk pack:** The largest Ultra size in the 3 mm pellet.
- **Everyday staple formula:** Dainichi's general-purpose goldfish diet.
- **Natural colour-enhancing ingredients:** Everyday colour benefit without a dedicated colour course.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Digestive support consistent with Dainichi's wider range.
- **Cost-efficient for groups:** Suits an established collection or pond already on the diet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101791
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166132132
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Larger groups of adult fancy and common goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1mm) 100 g (SKU 725203), 250 g (SKU 101588); Small (3mm) 250 g (SKU 101504)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish)
---
#### Dainichi Koi All-season 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Year-round floating pellet for an established koi pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-all-season-2-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $147.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113273
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113273-1.jpg
An established pond with koi that have been growing for a season or more needs a food that can be fed through most of the year without swapping formulas every time the weather turns, and buying that food in small bags becomes a repeated chore. Dainichi Koi All-season 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 113273) is the mid-size bag of Dainichi's year-round koi formula, built to be fed whenever pond water sits at 10°C (50°F) or above, which covers most of the year across typical Australian conditions. The recipe centres on white fish meal, wheat germ and whole wheat flour, with krill, pea protein and brewer's yeast, plus calcium montmorillonite clay and spirulina, and Dainichi designs the protein to stay easily digestible even once koi metabolism slows in cooler water.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum. Feeding is one to three times daily, giving only what the koi clear within five to ten minutes. Dainichi positions All-season as a top performer in any climate, with a particular advantage in northern and cooler regions through fall and spring where less digestible foods are harder on the fish. At 2.5 kg, the bag suits an established pond through a full cool season rather than a single trial batch, and it can be fed alone year-round or rotated with Dainichi's Growth Plus, Premium or Color Intensifier formulas when the weather is warm enough for those options. No barcode is listed for this size in the catalogue.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established ponds:** A 2.5 kg bag sized for a pond through a full season, not a single trial.
- **Cool-season feeding:** An easily digestible protein base for slowed cold-water metabolism.
- **Year-round base diet:** One formula covering the pond above 10°C across the calendar.
- **Northern and temperate climates:** Where Dainichi says All-season performs particularly well.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only at 10°C (50°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within five to ten minutes.
- **Rotate when warm:** Growth Plus, Premium or Color Intensifier can be alternated in during warmer spells.
- **Floating pellet:** Scatter at the surface and watch the pond clear it before adding more.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg established-pond bag:** A full-season quantity rather than a trial size.
- **Digestible cool-water protein:** Formulated to remain usable as metabolism slows.
- **White fish meal, krill and spirulina:** Core protein and colour ingredients.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Digestive support consistent with Dainichi's wider range.
- **Top performer in any climate:** Dainichi's own positioning for the All-season formula.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 113273
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, All-Season)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, whole wheat flour, krill, pea protein, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, spirulina
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 10°C (50°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101593); 5 kg (SKU 101598)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi All-season 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Year-round floating pellet for a backyard koi pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-all-season-500g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $55.26 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101593 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166011116
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101593-1.jpg
Koi fed a warm-weather growth food through a cool snap often leave it untouched, since a high-energy diet is harder to process once metabolism slows, and a pond left unfed for the winter is not ideal either. Dainichi Koi All-season 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101593) is Dainichi's year-round koi food, a floating pellet formulated to be used whenever the water sits at 10°C (50°F) or above, which in most Australian climates covers the bulk of the year. The recipe is built on white fish meal, wheat germ and whole wheat flour, with krill, pea protein and brewer's yeast, plus calcium montmorillonite clay and spirulina, and an easily digestible protein profile that Dainichi says is particularly suited to feeding when koi metabolism has slowed in cooler water.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum. Dainichi's directions are to feed one to three times a day, offering only as much as the koi will eat within five to ten minutes. All-season is designed as a top performer across any climate, and Dainichi notes it suits northern, cooler regions and the fall-to-spring period particularly well, where other formulas are less digestible. It can be fed on its own through the full year or alternated with Dainichi's Growth Plus, Premium or Color Intensifier formulas during the warmer months. The 500 g pack suits a small backyard pond or a handful of koi, giving a keeper a manageable quantity to start the all-season routine without committing to a bulk bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small backyard ponds:** A 500 g pack sized for a few koi rather than a large collection.
- **Cooler water months:** An easily digestible protein profile suited to slowed metabolism.
- **Year-round feeding:** A single formula that covers the pond through all seasons above 10°C.
- **Northern and cool-climate ponds:** Dainichi positions All-season as a top performer in these conditions.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only when the pond is 10°C (50°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the koi finish in five to ten minutes.
- **Alternate if wanted:** Swap in Growth Plus, Premium or Color Intensifier during warmer months.
- **Floating pellet:** Feed at the surface where koi will come up to take it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Year-round formula:** Usable through spring, summer, fall and into cooler weather above 10°C.
- **Easily digestible protein:** Suited to koi with a slowed metabolism in cooler water.
- **White fish meal, krill and spirulina:** The protein and colour base of the recipe.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Included for digestive support, as across Dainichi's range.
- **500 g starter pack:** Sized for a small pond rather than a large koi collection.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101593
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166011116
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, All-Season)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, whole wheat flour, krill, pea protein, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, spirulina
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 10°C (50°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 2.5 kg (SKU 113273); 5 kg (SKU 101598)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi All-season 5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Bulk year-round floating pellet for a large koi pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-all-season-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $249.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101598 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166011130
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101598-1.jpg
A large koi pond or a keeper running several ponds gets through food at a rate that makes small bags impractical, and a formula that only works in warm water leaves a gap through the cooler months when the fish still need feeding. Dainichi Koi All-season 5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101598) is the bulk bag of Dainichi's year-round koi formula, designed to be fed at any water temperature of 10°C (50°F) or above, which covers the great majority of the year in most Australian locations. The recipe is built on white fish meal, wheat germ and whole wheat flour, with krill, pea protein and brewer's yeast, plus calcium montmorillonite clay and spirulina, with an easily digestible protein base that Dainichi designs to still work once koi metabolism slows in cool water.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 39% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum. Feed one to three times daily, offering only what the koi will clear within five to ten minutes. Dainichi calls All-season a top performer in any climate and highlights its particular suitability for northern and cooler regions through fall and spring, when other formulas become harder for koi to digest. The 5 kg bag is sized for a large pond, several ponds, or a dealer and breeder feeding many koi through the cooler season, and it can be used as the sole formula year-round or rotated with Growth Plus, Premium or Color Intensifier when conditions suit those options. Buying at this size also means fewer bag openings over the feeding season, helping the vitamin coating stay fresher for longer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large or multiple ponds:** A 5 kg bag sized well beyond a single small pond's needs.
- **Breeders and dealers:** Feeding a larger number of koi through the cooler season.
- **Extended cool-weather feeding:** Digestible protein that keeps working as metabolism slows.
- **Year-round base diet:** One bulk formula covering the pond above 10°C across the calendar.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only at 10°C (50°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within five to ten minutes.
- **Rotate when warm:** Alternate with Growth Plus, Premium or Color Intensifier in the warmer months.
- **Store the bulk bag well:** Reseal tightly between feeds to protect the vitamin coating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 kg bulk bag:** The largest All-season size, for large or multiple ponds.
- **Digestible cool-water protein:** Formulated to remain usable as metabolism slows.
- **White fish meal, krill and spirulina:** Core protein and colour ingredients.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Digestive support consistent with Dainichi's wider range.
- **Fewer bag openings:** A bulk size that keeps the coating fresher across a long feeding season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101598
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166011130
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, All-Season)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, whole wheat flour, krill, pea protein, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, spirulina
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 10°C (50°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101593); 2.5 kg (SKU 113273)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Color Intensifier 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Fast-acting colour floating pellet for a full koi colour season.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-color-intensifier-2-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101597 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166013127
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101597-1.jpg
A larger group of koi all needing a colour lift through a warm season is a different job to touching up a few show fish, and a small bag of colour food runs out well before the season does. Dainichi Koi Color Intensifier 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101597) is the mid-size bag of Dainichi's fast colour formula, built around an encapsulation process the maker says enhances colour beyond conventional methods. The colour enhancers and nutrients stay raw and uncooked through processing, which Dainichi describes as exceptionally strong, and vitamins C and E are added to lift luster, sheen and the whiteness of white patterning across a pond's worth of fish.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 41% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, built from white fish meal, wheat germ, krill, wheat flour and spirulina with soybean meal, brewer's yeast, powdered milk and calcium montmorillonite clay. Feed one to three times daily at 15.5°C (60°F) or above, offering only what the koi clear within five to ten minutes, with maximum colour typically reached in four to six weeks. Dainichi says continuous use causes no issues, but prolonged or very heavy feeding can turn white koi slightly pink, and the fix is to reduce feeding or switch formulas, Premium excepted since it also enhances colour. At 2.5 kg, this bag covers a full warm-season colour programme across a group of koi rather than a short touch-up, and it combines with Growth Plus, All-season or Premium when colour is not the only goal.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full-season colour programmes:** A 2.5 kg bag sized to run across a warm season, not just a few weeks.
- **Groups of koi:** Feeding an established pond rather than a handful of show fish.
- **Warm-water months:** Used at 15.5°C (60°F) and above for the fastest colour response.
- **Whites and reds needing lift:** Vitamins C and E target luster, sheen and white patterning.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only at 15.5°C (60°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within five to ten minutes.
- **Watch for pinking on whites:** Cut back the amount fed or switch formulas if whites start to pink.
- **Combine if wanted:** Alternate with Growth Plus, All-season or Premium through the season.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Encapsulation process:** Dainichi's method for stronger colour enhancement than conventional foods.
- **Raw, uncooked enhancers:** Kept unprocessed through manufacture for strength.
- **Four to six week colour response:** A fast-acting formula, scaled here for a full season's feeding.
- **Vitamin C and E inclusion:** Targeted at luster, sheen and white patterning across a group.
- **2.5 kg season pack:** Sized for an established pond through a full warm season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101597
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166013127
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 41%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, krill, wheat flour, spirulina, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101793)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Color Intensifier 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Fast-acting colour floating pellet for a few show koi.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-color-intensifier-500g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101793 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166013110
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101793-1.jpg
A koi show or a sale is sometimes only a matter of weeks away, and a maintenance diet alone will not bring out the deepest reds and whites in that timeframe. Dainichi Koi Color Intensifier 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101793) is Dainichi's fast colour formula, a floating pellet built around an encapsulation process that the maker says enhances colour beyond what conventional methods achieve. The colour enhancers and nutrients are kept raw and uncooked through processing, which Dainichi describes as making them exceptionally strong, and vitamins C and E are included specifically to improve luster, sheen and the whiteness of white patterning. The 500 g pack is a practical size for working a colour programme on a handful of show koi rather than an entire large pond.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 41% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, with white fish meal, wheat germ, krill, wheat flour and spirulina leading the ingredient list alongside soybean meal, brewer's yeast, powdered milk and calcium montmorillonite clay. Dainichi's directions are to feed one to three times daily at 15.5°C (60°F) or above, offering only what the koi clear within five to ten minutes, and maximum colour is typically reached after four to six weeks of feeding. Continuous use causes no issues according to Dainichi, but prolonged or very heavy feeding can turn white koi slightly pink, in which case the maker recommends cutting back the amount fed or switching formulas; Premium is the one exception, since it also carries colour-enhancing properties. Color Intensifier can be used alone or alongside Growth Plus, All-season or Premium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pre-show colour push:** A four to six week course ahead of a show or sale.
- **A handful of show koi:** A 500 g pack sized for targeted feeding rather than a whole pond.
- **Warm-water months:** Used at 15.5°C (60°F) and above for the fastest response.
- **Whites and reds needing lift:** Vitamins C and E support luster, sheen and white patterning.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only at 15.5°C (60°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within five to ten minutes.
- **Watch for pinking on whites:** Reduce feeding or switch formulas if whites start to pink up.
- **Combine if wanted:** Rotate with Growth Plus, All-season or Premium outside the colour push.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Encapsulation process:** Dainichi's method for stronger colour enhancement than conventional foods.
- **Raw, uncooked enhancers:** Kept unprocessed through manufacture for strength.
- **Four to six week colour response:** A fast-acting formula for a short timeframe.
- **Vitamin C and E inclusion:** Targeted at luster, sheen and white patterning.
- **500 g targeted pack:** Sized for a few koi rather than a whole pond.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101793
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166013110
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 41%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, krill, wheat flour, spirulina, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 2.5 kg (SKU 101597)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Growth Plus 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
High-protein floating pellet for koi growing through a full season.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-growth-plus-2-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $169.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101596 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166017125
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101596-1.jpg
An established group of koi that are still short of their adult size needs sustained feeding on a growth diet across the whole warm season, not a top-up bag that runs out partway through. Dainichi Koi Growth Plus 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101596) is the mid-size bag of Dainichi's growth-focused koi formula, built mainly for maximum growth and superior body conformation with protein drawn from Antarctic krill, shrimp and white fish meal. Growth Plus carries no added colour enhancers beyond the natural carotenoids already in the krill and shrimp, so Dainichi's intent is that the fish's energy is directed into growth rather than pigment during the season this bag covers.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, one of the higher protein profiles in Dainichi's koi range, built from white fish meal, krill, shrimp and soybean meal with wheat germ, brewer's dried yeast, powdered milk, garlic and calcium montmorillonite clay. Feed one to three times daily, offering only what the group clears within five to ten minutes, and use the formula only once water temperatures hold at 15.5°C (60°F) or above for an extended stretch rather than a single mild day. The krill and shrimp carotenoids give strong reds on their own; for deeper magenta and blue, Dainichi recommends pairing Growth Plus with a spirulina-based formula such as Premium or Color Intensifier. At 2.5 kg, the bag is sized to carry an established group through a full growing season, and the formula is noted as especially useful where that season is short.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A full growing season:** A 2.5 kg bag sized to last an established group across the season.
- **Growth priority:** When body conformation and size matter more than pigment during this period.
- **Sustained warm weather:** Fed once temperatures hold at 15.5°C (60°F) and above.
- **Short growing-season regions:** Where Dainichi says the formula earns its keep.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only once water holds at 15.5°C (60°F) or above for an extended period.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the group clears within five to ten minutes.
- **Pair with a colour formula if wanted:** Add Premium or Color Intensifier for deeper magenta and blue.
- **Floating pellet:** Scatter at the surface and let the group clear it before topping up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **44% minimum protein:** A higher protein figure built for growth, not colour.
- **No added colour enhancers:** Just the natural carotenoids in krill and shrimp.
- **Krill, shrimp and white fish meal:** The core protein sources behind the growth claim.
- **Full-season sizing:** A 2.5 kg bag built to last an established group, not a single batch.
- **Short-season performer:** Dainichi highlights it for regions with a compressed growing window.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101596
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166017125
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Growth)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, krill, shrimp, soybean meal, wheat germ, brewer's dried yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101594); 5 kg (SKU 113274)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Growth Plus 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
High-protein floating pellet for a koi's first growing season.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-growth-plus-500g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101594 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166017118
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101594-1.jpg
A young koi put straight onto a colour formula spends its growth window chasing pigment rather than size, and a short Australian growing season leaves little room to waste. Dainichi Koi Growth Plus 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101594) is Dainichi's formula built mainly for maximum growth and superior body conformation, drawing its protein from Antarctic krill, shrimp and white fish meal rather than from colour-focused ingredients. Growth Plus deliberately carries no added colour enhancers beyond the natural carotenoids already present in the krill and shrimp, so, as Dainichi puts it, the fish's energy goes into growth rather than pigment. The 500 g pack is a sensible starting quantity for a batch of young koi in their first growing season.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, among the higher protein figures in Dainichi's koi range, with white fish meal, krill, shrimp and soybean meal leading the ingredients alongside wheat germ, brewer's dried yeast, powdered milk, garlic and calcium montmorillonite clay. Dainichi's directions are to feed one to three times daily, offering only what the koi clear within five to ten minutes, and to use the formula only once water temperatures sit at 15.5°C (60°F) or above for extended periods rather than a single warm day. The krill and shrimp carotenoids do produce strong reds on their own, but for deeper magenta and blue tones Dainichi recommends supplementing with a spirulina-based formula such as Premium or Color Intensifier. Growth Plus is described as especially useful in northern climates with short growing seasons, where every week of usable growing weather counts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A koi's first growing season:** A 500 g pack sized for young fish starting out.
- **Growth over colour:** When the priority is size and body conformation, not pigment.
- **Sustained warm weather:** Fed once temperatures hold at 15.5°C (60°F) and above.
- **Short growing-season climates:** Where Dainichi says the formula is especially useful.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only once water holds at 15.5°C (60°F) or above for an extended period.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within five to ten minutes.
- **Add colour separately if wanted:** Supplement with Premium or Color Intensifier for deeper magenta and blue.
- **Floating pellet:** Feed at the surface where koi will rise to take it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **44% minimum protein:** One of the higher protein figures across Dainichi's koi range.
- **Growth-focused, not colour-focused:** No added colour enhancers beyond krill and shrimp carotenoids.
- **Krill, shrimp and white fish meal:** The primary protein sources driving growth.
- **Short-season performer:** Dainichi highlights it for northern, short growing-season climates.
- **500 g starter pack:** Sized for a young batch beginning a growing season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101594
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166017118
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Growth)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, krill, shrimp, soybean meal, wheat germ, brewer's dried yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 2.5 kg (SKU 101596); 5 kg (SKU 113274)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Growth Plus 5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Bulk high-protein floating pellet for a large growing koi collection.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-growth-plus-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $305.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113274
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113274-1.jpg
Breeders and keepers pushing a large number of koi through a growth programme need a bulk supply of a genuine growth formula, not a colour food repurposed for the job or a small bag bought on repeat. Dainichi Koi Growth Plus 5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 113274) is the bulk bag of Dainichi's growth-focused koi formula, built mainly for maximum growth and superior body conformation with protein sourced from Antarctic krill, shrimp and white fish meal. The formula adds no colour enhancers beyond the natural carotenoids already present in the krill and shrimp, so the fish's energy during this feeding programme is directed toward size and conformation rather than pigment.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, one of the higher protein profiles in the Dainichi koi range, built from white fish meal, krill, shrimp and soybean meal with wheat germ, brewer's dried yeast, powdered milk, garlic and calcium montmorillonite clay. Feed one to three times daily, offering only what the group clears within five to ten minutes, and use the formula once water temperatures hold at 15.5°C (60°F) or above for an extended period. The krill and shrimp carotenoids give strong reds unassisted; for deeper magenta and blue tones, pair the diet with a spirulina-based formula such as Premium or Color Intensifier. At 5 kg, the bag suits a large koi collection, several ponds, or a breeder running many fish through a season, and Dainichi notes the formula is especially useful where the growing season is short, making every feeding opportunity count.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large or multiple ponds:** A 5 kg bag sized well beyond a single pond's growth needs.
- **Breeders and dealers:** Running many koi through a growth programme at once.
- **Sustained warm weather:** Fed once temperatures hold at 15.5°C (60°F) and above.
- **Short growing-season climates:** Where maximising every usable week matters most.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only once water holds at 15.5°C (60°F) or above for an extended period.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within five to ten minutes.
- **Pair with a colour formula if wanted:** Add Premium or Color Intensifier for deeper magenta and blue.
- **Store the bulk bag well:** Reseal tightly to protect the vitamin coating over a long feeding season.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **44% minimum protein:** A growth-oriented protein figure across a bulk bag.
- **No added colour enhancers:** Just the natural carotenoids in krill and shrimp.
- **Krill, shrimp and white fish meal:** The core protein sources behind the growth claim.
- **5 kg bulk bag:** Sized for large collections, multiple ponds or breeding operations.
- **Short-season performer:** Dainichi highlights it where the growing window is limited.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 113274
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166017125
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Growth)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, krill, shrimp, soybean meal, wheat germ, brewer's dried yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101594); 2.5 kg (SKU 101596)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Premium 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
All-round growth and colour floating pellet for an established pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-premium-2-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $190.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113275
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113275-1.jpg
An established pond does not need a different food every time the keeper wants to think about growth one week and colour the next, and buying two separate formulas in parallel adds cost and complication for most backyard setups. Dainichi Koi Premium 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 113275) is the mid-size bag of Dainichi's balanced maintenance, colour and growth formula, drawing on five protein sources with spirulina and krill contributing to both nutrition and natural colour. Dainichi calls Premium its most popular koi food for exactly this reason, and the 2.5 kg bag suits an established pond being fed this single formula as its everyday staple across a season.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 42% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, built from white fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, krill and soybean meal with spirulina, brewer's yeast, powdered milk and calcium montmorillonite clay. A two-step vitamin and mineral process applies vitamins C and E to support luster, sheen and white coloration, while the clay, garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes in the recipe support digestion. Feed one to three times daily at 15.5°C (60°F) or above, offering only what the pond clears within five to ten minutes; Dainichi recommends spring through fall in temperate climates, or year-round where winters stay mild. At this size, Premium can run as the sole diet for a season or be paired with Growth Plus, All-season or Color Intensifier at points in the year when a keeper wants to lean further toward growth or colour.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established ponds:** A 2.5 kg bag sized to run as the everyday staple for a season.
- **Balancing growth and colour:** One formula instead of switching between dedicated diets.
- **Spring through fall:** Dainichi's recommended season in temperate climates.
- **Mild-winter regions:** Suited to year-round feeding where conditions allow.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only at 15.5°C (60°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the pond clears within five to ten minutes.
- **Combine if wanted:** Add Growth Plus, All-season or Color Intensifier to shift the balance.
- **Floating pellet:** Scatter at the surface and let the pond clear it before topping up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five protein sources:** A balanced base across a larger volume of fish.
- **Growth and colour together:** Dainichi's most popular koi formula, sized for a full pond.
- **Two-step vitamin process:** Vitamins C and E for luster, sheen and white coloration.
- **Clay and digestive enzymes:** Montmorillonite clay, garlic and uncooked enzymes support digestion.
- **2.5 kg season pack:** Sized for an established pond's everyday feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 113275
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166012113
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Premium/Colour)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 42%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, krill, soybean meal, spirulina, brewer's yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101595); 5 kg (SKU 101599)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Premium 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
All-round growth and colour floating pellet for everyday koi feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-premium-500g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101595 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166012113
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101595-1.jpg
Most koi keepers do not want to juggle a growth food and a colour food for every feed, and a diet that only does one job well means switching bags depending on the season. Dainichi Koi Premium 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101595) is Dainichi's balanced maintenance, colour and growth formula, built around five protein sources with spirulina and krill contributing to both nutrition and colour enhancement. Dainichi positions Premium as the most popular food in its koi range precisely because it does not force a choice between growth and colour, and the 500 g pack is a sensible everyday quantity for a trial or a smaller pond.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 42% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, with white fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, krill and soybean meal leading the ingredients alongside spirulina, brewer's yeast, powdered milk and calcium montmorillonite clay. Vitamins C and E are applied in a two-step vitamin and mineral process that Dainichi says supports luster, sheen and white coloration, while the clay, garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes in the formula support digestion. Feed one to three times daily at 15.5°C (60°F) or above, offering only what the koi clear within five to ten minutes; Dainichi recommends it for spring through fall in temperate climates, or year-round where winters are mild. Premium can be fed alone as a complete diet or alongside Growth Plus, All-season or Color Intensifier when a keeper wants to lean further toward growth or colour at a given time of year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Everyday all-round feeding:** A single formula balancing growth and colour, no switching required.
- **Smaller ponds or a trial:** A 500 g pack sized for a modest pond or a first run.
- **Spring through fall:** Dainichi's recommended season in temperate climates.
- **Mild-winter regions:** Can be fed year-round where temperatures stay suitable.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only at 15.5°C (60°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the koi clear within five to ten minutes.
- **Combine if wanted:** Add Growth Plus, All-season or Color Intensifier to shift the balance.
- **Floating pellet:** Feed at the surface where koi will come up to take it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five protein sources:** A balanced base rather than a single-ingredient formula.
- **Growth and colour in one food:** Dainichi's most popular koi formula for everyday use.
- **Two-step vitamin process:** Vitamins C and E applied for luster, sheen and white coloration.
- **Clay and digestive enzymes:** Montmorillonite clay, garlic and uncooked enzymes support digestion.
- **500 g everyday pack:** Sized for a smaller pond or a trial run.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101595
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166012113
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Premium/Colour)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 42%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, krill, soybean meal, spirulina, brewer's yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 2.5 kg (SKU 113275); 5 kg (SKU 101599)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Koi Premium 5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Bulk all-round growth and colour floating pellet for a large koi pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-koi-premium-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $299.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101599 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166012137
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101599-1.jpg
A larger pond, a mild-winter climate that allows year-round feeding, or several ponds under one roof all push through food at a rate where small bags of an everyday diet stop making sense. Dainichi Koi Premium 5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101599) is the bulk bag of Dainichi's balanced maintenance, colour and growth formula, built on five protein sources with spirulina and krill contributing to both nutrition and natural colour. Dainichi describes Premium as its most popular koi food, the one many keepers settle on as a single everyday diet rather than rotating dedicated growth and colour formulas, and the 5 kg size suits a larger pond or an operation feeding many koi through the warmer months and beyond.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 42% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 9% maximum, from white fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, krill and soybean meal with spirulina, brewer's yeast, powdered milk and calcium montmorillonite clay. A two-step vitamin and mineral process applies vitamins C and E for luster, sheen and white coloration, and the clay, garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes in the recipe support digestion. Feed one to three times daily at 15.5°C (60°F) or above, offering only what the pond clears within five to ten minutes; Dainichi recommends spring through fall in temperate climates, or year-round feeding where winters stay mild enough. At 5 kg, Premium can carry a large pond through an entire feeding season as the sole diet, or sit alongside Growth Plus, All-season or Color Intensifier for keepers who still want to lean toward growth or colour at particular times.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large or multiple ponds:** A 5 kg bag sized well beyond everyday small-pond use.
- **Year-round feeding in mild climates:** Where winters are mild enough to keep feeding Premium.
- **A single everyday diet:** One balanced formula rather than rotating growth and colour foods.
- **Dealers and larger operations:** Feeding many koi through an extended season.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Minimum water temperature:** Feed only at 15.5°C (60°F) or above.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the pond clears within five to ten minutes.
- **Combine if wanted:** Add Growth Plus, All-season or Color Intensifier to shift the balance.
- **Store the bulk bag well:** Reseal tightly between feeds to protect the vitamin coating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five protein sources:** A balanced base scaled for a large volume of fish.
- **Growth and colour together:** Dainichi's most popular koi formula, in its largest pack.
- **Two-step vitamin process:** Vitamins C and E for luster, sheen and white coloration.
- **Clay and digestive enzymes:** Montmorillonite clay, garlic and uncooked enzymes support digestion.
- **5 kg bulk bag:** Sized for large or multiple ponds, or year-round mild-climate feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101599
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166012137
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Premium/Colour)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm (Small), floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 42%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Main Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, krill, soybean meal, spirulina, brewer's yeast, powdered milk, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, as much as eaten in 5–10 minutes, at 15.5°C (60°F) or above
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101595); 2.5 kg (SKU 113275)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and coldwater systems
---
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for small marine fish and invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-marine-fx-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101514 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152017
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101514-1.jpg
A reef or marine community with small-mouthed fish and grazing invertebrates cannot be fed the same pellet sized for a larger carnivore, and a generic marine flake rarely carries the colour-building ingredients a dedicated formula does. Dainichi Marine Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101514) is the small-pellet entry point to Dainichi's marine-protein Fx line, a sinking food built around spirulina, which Dainichi cites at 52 to 62% protein, and krill at around 62% protein, giving the formula a marine-protein base rather than one built on cheaper fillers. Dainichi states the recipe contains no corn, alfalfa, excess starch, blood meal or ruminant animal matter, and the 1 mm Baby pellet suits small-mouthed marine fish, fry and invertebrates that cannot manage a larger pellet.
As with the rest of Dainichi's range, calcium montmorillonite clay is included; the maker describes it as a bentonite clay carrying more than 60 mineral compounds that aids digestion and growth, neutralises metabolic toxins and helps return minerals to the water column rather than simply passing through the fish. Vitamins and minerals are coated onto the pellet after the extrusion step specifically to protect heat-sensitive nutrients from the cooking process, and Dainichi's vitamin and enzyme formula is said to support immune response, including resistance to bacterial and viral infection, alongside colour. The maker also claims a digestion rate above 90%. Feeding is done in small amounts the fish and invertebrates clear within a few minutes, with smaller, more frequent feeds recommended over one or two large ones. At 100 g, the pack is suited to a nano or small reef system or a trial before stepping up to a larger pack size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small-mouthed marine fish:** Species that cannot manage a standard-size pellet.
- **Reef invertebrates:** Grazing and filter-feeding invertebrates alongside fish.
- **Nano and small marine systems:** A 100 g pack suited to a smaller setup or a trial.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Keepers building colour through diet rather than lighting alone.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small, frequent feeds:** Several light feeds a day rather than one large meal.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what fish and invertebrates finish quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out any pellets that settle uneaten.
- **Sinking pellet:** Allow it to reach mid-water and bottom feeders, not just the surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine-protein base:** Spirulina and krill as the lead protein and colour sources.
- **No fillers:** Dainichi states no corn, alfalfa, excess starch, blood meal or ruminant matter.
- **Post-extrusion vitamin coating:** Protects heat-sensitive nutrients from the cooking process.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Over 60 minerals said to aid digestion and growth.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Sized for small-mouthed marine fish and invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101514
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152017
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine, Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm (Baby), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Spirulina, krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Ideal For:** Small-mouthed marine fish, fry and invertebrates
- **Other Sizes:** Baby (1mm) 250 g (SKU 101516), 500 g (SKU 101518), 2.5 kg (SKU 101520); Small (3mm) 100 g (SKU 101515), 250 g (SKU 101517), 500 g (SKU 101519), 2.5 kg (SKU 101521)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums, fish and invertebrates
---
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for reef fish and invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-marine-fx-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101515 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152116
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101515-1.jpg
A reef tank stocked with wrasses, gobies and cleaner shrimp needs food that reaches every feeding level, not just the fastest fish at the surface. Dainichi Marine Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101515) is the 3 mm sinking grade in Dainichi's Marine Fx range, a colour-enhancing diet for marine fish and invertebrates built around freeze-dried copepods, natural astaxanthin, spirulina and Antarctic krill. Because the pellet sinks rather than floating, bottom-dwelling fish and invertebrates that rarely visit the surface still get a proper feed. At 100 g the pack suits a single reef aquarium, or a first trial of the formula.
The recipe leads with white fish meal, wheat flour and Antarctic krill meal, with pea protein, wheat germ and spirulina algae adding further protein and natural pigment, copepod meal and astaxanthin supplying the carotenoids behind the colour claim, and montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease and beta glucan rounding out the mix alongside a standard vitamin and mineral premix. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum, ash 10% maximum, calcium 2% minimum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. Dainichi's feeding guidance is 1 to 3 times daily, offering only what the tank clears within a few minutes; smaller, frequent feeds are preferred to one large feeding. The 3 mm Small grade suits adult and sub-adult reef fish and larger invertebrates rather than fry or nano shrimp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reef communities:** Fish and invertebrates feeding at different levels of the same aquarium.
- **Bottom-dwelling invertebrates:** Shrimp, snails and other inverts that need food to reach the substrate.
- **Colour maintenance:** Fish already showing good colour that need it sustained through diet.
- **A single reef tank:** A 100 g pack sized for one display or a first trial of the formula.
**Feeding Guide**
- **1 to 3 feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes each time.
- **Favour smaller feeds:** Several small feeds are safer than one large feeding.
- **Let it settle:** Drop pellets where the current carries them to bottom feeders.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets so water quality is not affected.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Freeze-dried copepods:** A marine crustacean ingredient used for natural colour and nutrition.
- **Astaxanthin and spirulina:** Carotenoid pigments supporting fish and invertebrate colouration.
- **Antarctic krill:** A further marine protein and pigment source in the recipe.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches bottom-dwelling fish and invertebrates that surface feeders would out-compete.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Sized for adult and sub-adult reef fish and larger invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101515
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152116
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancer, Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease, beta glucan, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101517), 500 g (SKU 101519) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101521) in the same 3 mm Small grade
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums and reef systems
---
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk fine colour pellet for fish rooms and reef retail systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-marine-fx-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101520 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152048
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101520-1.jpg
A fish room or a shop's holding system feeding dozens of small reef fish and invertebrates cannot run on bags measured in grams. Dainichi Marine Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101520) is the bulk 2.5 kg pack of the 1 mm Baby grade in Dainichi's Marine Fx range, a sinking colour food for marine fish and invertebrates built on freeze-dried copepods, natural astaxanthin, spirulina and Antarctic krill. The fine pellet sinks through the water column, so small and bottom-dwelling species across a bank of tanks still get fed properly. At 2.5 kg the pack suits a breeder, a club, or a retail system running several small-fish tanks at once.
The full ingredient list is white fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease and beta glucan, plus a vitamin and mineral premix. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum, ash 10% maximum, calcium 2% minimum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. Dainichi's feeding directions are 1 to 3 times daily, each feed limited to what is cleared within a few minutes. A 2.5 kg bag goes a long way across multiple systems, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth decanting into smaller sealed containers once opened.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many small tanks of marine fish and invertebrates fed from one supply.
- **Retail holding systems:** Shop tanks of small reef fish needing a consistent colour diet.
- **Clubs and co-ops:** Bulk buying split between several keepers' tanks.
- **Long-term stock:** A 2.5 kg pack sized to avoid frequent reordering of a fine pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **1 to 3 feeds daily:** Offer only what each tank clears within a few minutes.
- **Portion it out:** Decant working amounts rather than exposing the whole bag at each feed.
- **Reseal firmly:** Protect the bulk of the pack between feeds and between restocks.
- **Rotate stock:** Use older pellets first to keep the pack moving through its shelf life.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for fish rooms, breeders and retail holding systems.
- **Fine 1 mm Baby grade:** Matched to small and juvenile marine fish and invertebrates.
- **Freeze-dried copepods and astaxanthin:** Natural colour and nutrition from marine ingredients.
- **Spirulina and Antarctic krill:** Additional carotenoid and protein sources in the recipe.
- **Resealable UV-light-resistant pouch:** Protects a large pack over extended use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101520
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152048
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancer, Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease, beta glucan, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101514), 250 g (SKU 101516) and 500 g (SKU 101518) in the same 1 mm Baby grade
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums and reef systems
---
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour pellet for large reef systems and retail holding tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-marine-fx-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101521 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152147
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101521-1.jpg
A large reef display or a shop full of adult marine fish needs a colour pellet in a size that does not run out mid-week, and small bags of a 3 mm pellet add up quickly. Dainichi Marine Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101521) is the bulk 2.5 kg pack of the 3 mm Small grade in Dainichi's Marine Fx range, a sinking colour food for marine fish and invertebrates built on freeze-dried copepods, natural astaxanthin, spirulina and Antarctic krill. The pellet sinks rather than floating, so fish and invertebrates feeding mid-water or at the bottom are reached at every meal. At 2.5 kg the pack suits a large display, a fish room, or a retail system holding adult reef fish.
The full ingredient list is white fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease and beta glucan, plus a vitamin and mineral premix. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum, ash 10% maximum, calcium 2% minimum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. Dainichi's feeding directions remain 1 to 3 times daily, each feed limited to what is cleared within a few minutes. A 2.5 kg bag suits regular use across several adult-stocked tanks, and the pouch should be kept well sealed once opened.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Adult fish and invertebrates fed from one bulk supply.
- **Retail and wholesale holding systems:** Multiple tanks of stock fish needing consistent feeding.
- **Fish rooms and clubs:** Bulk stock shared across several keepers' larger tanks.
- **Frequent, high-volume feeding:** A 2.5 kg pack sized to avoid running short mid-week.
**Feeding Guide**
- **1 to 3 feeds daily:** Offer only what each tank clears within a few minutes.
- **Measure out portions:** Decant working amounts instead of opening the full bag each time.
- **Feed below the surface:** Let pellets sink to reach mid-water and bottom feeders.
- **Reseal after each use:** Keep the bulk of the pack protected between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for large displays, fish rooms and retail holding systems.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Suited to adult reef fish and larger invertebrates.
- **Astaxanthin, spirulina and krill:** Carotenoid sources behind the colour-enhancing claim.
- **Freeze-dried copepods:** Marine crustacean ingredient adding natural nutrition.
- **Resealable UV-light-resistant pouch:** Keeps a large pack in condition through heavy use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101521
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152147
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancer, Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease, beta glucan, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101515), 250 g (SKU 101517) and 500 g (SKU 101519) in the same 3 mm Small grade
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums and reef systems
---
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Fine sinking pellet for small reef fish and invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-marine-fx-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101516 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152024
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101516-1.webp
A juvenile clownfish or a nano-reef shrimp cannot manage a pellet sized for an adult tang, and a fine grain that still sinks is hard to find in a colour food. Dainichi Marine Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101516) is the 1 mm Baby grade of Dainichi's Marine Fx line, a colour-enhancing sinking diet for marine fish and invertebrates based on freeze-dried copepods, natural astaxanthin, spirulina and Antarctic krill. Because it sinks, the fine pellet settles within reach of small or bottom-feeding species that would otherwise lose a feeding race to larger fish higher in the water. The 250 g pack is Dainichi's everyday size, suited to one marine or reef aquarium on an ongoing diet.
White fish meal, wheat flour and Antarctic krill meal lead the recipe, with pea protein, wheat germ and spirulina algae adding further protein and pigment, copepod meal and astaxanthin supplying the carotenoids behind the colour claim, and montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease and beta glucan completing the formula. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum, ash 10% maximum, calcium 2% minimum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. Dainichi's directions call for 1 to 3 feeds daily of only what is eaten within a few minutes. The pouch is resealable and UV-light-resistant, which matters for a fine pellet stored over months. The 1 mm Baby grade is the finer of the two Marine Fx sinking pellets at this pack size, aimed at smaller fish rather than full-grown reef fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small and nano reef fish:** Clownfish, gobies and other small species feeding at or near the substrate.
- **Juvenile fish:** Growing fish not yet ready for a larger pellet.
- **Small invertebrates:** Shrimp, snails and other inverts that need a fine, sinking grain.
- **Everyday feeding:** A 250 g pack sized for ongoing use in one display tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **1 to 3 feeds daily:** Offer only what the tank clears within a few minutes.
- **Spread the feeds:** Several small feeds suit small fish better than one large one.
- **Target the substrate:** Let the pellet settle where small bottom feeders graze.
- **Reseal between feeds:** The UV-light-resistant pouch keeps the fine pellet fresh.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Freeze-dried copepods:** Marine crustacean ingredient for natural colour and nutrition.
- **Astaxanthin and spirulina:** Carotenoid pigments for fish and invertebrate colouration.
- **Antarctic krill:** Additional marine protein and pigment in the recipe.
- **Fine 1 mm Baby grade:** Sized for small and juvenile marine fish and invertebrates.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches fish and invertebrates that feed below the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101516
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152024
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancer, Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease, beta glucan, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101514), 500 g (SKU 101518) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101520) in the same 1 mm Baby grade
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums and reef systems
---
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday colour pellet for established reef fish and invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-marine-fx-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101517 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152123
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101517-1.jpg
Once a reef tank is stocked and settled, colour feeding becomes a daily habit, and a 100 g sample runs out faster than most keepers expect. Dainichi Marine Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101517) is the 250 g, 3 mm grade of Dainichi's Marine Fx range, a sinking colour food for marine fish and invertebrates built on freeze-dried copepods, natural astaxanthin, spirulina and Antarctic krill. The pellet sinks through the water column instead of sitting on the surface, so fish and invertebrates feeding mid-water or on the substrate get their share. At 250 g the pack is sized for day-to-day feeding of one reef aquarium, not a short trial.
The formula is built around white fish meal, wheat flour and Antarctic krill meal, with pea protein, wheat germ and spirulina algae for extra protein and pigment, copepod meal and astaxanthin providing the carotenoids the colour claim rests on, and montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease and beta glucan filling out the recipe alongside a vitamin and mineral premix. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum, ash 10% maximum, calcium 2% minimum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. Dainichi recommends 1 to 3 feeds a day, each limited to what is cleared within a few minutes. The 3 mm Small grade suits adult and sub-adult reef fish and larger invertebrates, and the pouch is resealable and UV-light-resistant to keep the pack in condition.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established reef tanks:** A steady colour diet for fish already settled into the aquarium.
- **Mid-water and bottom feeders:** Fish and invertebrates that do not compete well for food at the surface.
- **Larger invertebrates:** Shrimp and other inverts able to take a 3 mm pellet.
- **Regular use:** A 250 g pack sized for ongoing feeding rather than a one-off trial.
**Feeding Guide**
- **1 to 3 feeds daily:** Limit each feed to what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Small, frequent feeds:** Preferable to one larger daily feeding.
- **Feed to all levels:** Let pellets sink past surface feeders to reach the rest of the tank.
- **Keep the pouch sealed:** Reseal between feeds to protect the remaining pellets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Astaxanthin, spirulina and krill:** The carotenoid sources behind the colour-enhancing claim.
- **Freeze-dried copepods:** A marine crustacean ingredient adding natural nutrition.
- **Sinking action:** Delivers food to mid-water and bottom-dwelling tank inhabitants.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Suited to adult and sub-adult fish and larger invertebrates.
- **250 g everyday size:** Enough for regular feeding without the bulk of the larger packs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101517
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152123
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancer, Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease, beta glucan, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101515), 500 g (SKU 101519) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101521) in the same 3 mm Small grade
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums and reef systems
---
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Larger pack of fine colour pellets for small reef fish and invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-marine-fx-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101518 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152031
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101518-1.jpg
A reef system with more than one tank, or a display crowded with small gobies and cleaner shrimp, gets through a fine colour pellet quicker than a single-tank keeper expects. Dainichi Marine Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101518) is the 500 g pack of the 1 mm Baby grade in Dainichi's Marine Fx range, a sinking colour food for marine fish and invertebrates built on freeze-dried copepods, natural astaxanthin, spirulina and Antarctic krill. The fine pellet sinks rather than floating, settling within reach of small and bottom-dwelling species that lose out when food stays on the surface. The 500 g size suits a multi-tank system or a busy display fed more than once a day.
White fish meal, wheat flour and Antarctic krill meal lead the recipe, with pea protein, wheat germ and spirulina algae for extra protein and pigment, copepod meal and astaxanthin supplying the carotenoids behind the colour claim, and montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease and beta glucan completing the formula alongside a vitamin and mineral premix. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum, ash 10% maximum, calcium 2% minimum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. Dainichi's directions are 1 to 3 feeds daily, each limited to what is eaten within a few minutes, with small, frequent feeds preferred to one large feeding. The resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth keeping tightly closed between feeds, since a 500 g bag of a fine 1 mm pellet is used gradually.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple small reef tanks:** One pack feeding more than one system of small fish and inverts.
- **Busy display tanks:** Several feeds a day for a well-stocked small-fish community.
- **Juvenile and small species:** Clownfish, gobies, small shrimp and other fine-feeding inhabitants.
- **Longer-term supply:** A 500 g pack sized to avoid frequent reordering.
**Feeding Guide**
- **1 to 3 feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes each time.
- **Divide across tanks:** Portion the pack between systems rather than overfeeding one.
- **Keep it sealed:** Reseal the pouch promptly to protect the remaining pellets.
- **Watch for excess:** Reduce the amount if uneaten pellets build up on the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g pack size:** Suits multiple tanks or a frequently fed small-fish display.
- **Fine 1 mm Baby grade:** Matched to small and juvenile marine fish and invertebrates.
- **Freeze-dried copepods:** Marine crustacean ingredient for natural colour and nutrition.
- **Astaxanthin and spirulina:** Carotenoid pigments supporting colouration.
- **Resealable UV-light-resistant pouch:** Protects the pellet over a longer-lasting pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101518
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152031
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancer, Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease, beta glucan, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101514), 250 g (SKU 101516) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101520) in the same 1 mm Baby grade
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums and reef systems
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Marine herbivore pellet sized for small grazers and juveniles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $35.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101506 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151010
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101506-1.jpg
A young tang or a grazing blenny with a small mouth cannot work through a pellet built for an adult surgeonfish, and a plant-based diet that is the wrong size often gets ignored in favour of algae on the rock instead. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101506) is the 100 g trial pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore formula in the 1 mm Baby sinking grade, built from kelp, fish meal and a blend of marine and vegetable proteins rather than a flake-style herbivore mix. Freeze-dried copepods and dehydrated plankton add animal protein, and natural astaxanthin from Haematococcus algae plus a two-spirulina blend carry the colour. At 100 g it suits trying the formula on one small reef tank before buying in bulk.
Dainichi's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%, a profile built around digestible plant matter rather than raw protein alone. Wheat flour and wheat germ act as binders and a vitamin source, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia aid texture and gut health, and beta glucan supports immunity. Directions are to feed only what is consumed within a few minutes, one to three times daily, with smaller and more frequent feedings preferred over a single large one. The 1 mm Baby grade sinks slowly enough for grazers on rockwork, and suits juveniles and small-mouthed herbivores specifically.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile tangs and surgeonfish:** Sized for fish not yet grown into an adult diet.
- **Small grazing fish:** Blennies and gobies that pick at algae rather than take large bites.
- **New reef tanks:** A 100 g pack to confirm fish will take to the formula.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within a few minutes.
- **Small amounts over one large feed:** Frequent light feeding suits grazing herbivores.
- **Let it sink to the rock:** The Baby grade settles where grazers naturally feed.
- **Watch intake on small fish:** Confirm the 1 mm grade is actually being eaten, not ignored.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and marine protein blend:** Built specifically for herbivorous reef fish.
- **Freeze-dried copepods included:** Adds animal protein alongside the plant content.
- **Haematococcus algae for astaxanthin:** A natural colour source rather than synthetic dye.
- **39% minimum crude protein:** Backed by calcium and phosphorus for a complete marine diet.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** Sized for juveniles and small-mouthed grazers, 100 g trial pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101506
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151010
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and small-mouthed marine herbivores such as young tangs and blennies
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g Small grade, and in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Plant-forward sinking pellet for adult tangs and surgeonfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101507 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151119
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101507-1.jpg
Tangs and surgeonfish graze almost constantly in the wild, and a tank without enough algae on the rock leaves them hungry for the plant matter a standard carnivore pellet simply does not provide. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101507) is the 100 g trial pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore pellet in the 3 mm Small sinking grade, led by kelp and marine protein rather than a fish-meal-first recipe. The formula adds freeze-dried copepods, plankton and a two-spirulina blend on top of the kelp base, with astaxanthin from Haematococcus algae for colour. The 100 g size is a first pack for one reef tank, enough to confirm the fish take to a pelleted herbivore diet.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%, numbers built around digestible plant content rather than a high raw-protein target. Wheat flour and wheat germ act as binders, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia support gut health and pellet texture, and beta glucan is included for immune support. Dainichi's directions are one to three feeds daily, only what is consumed within a few minutes, with smaller and more frequent feedings preferred over a single large one. The 3 mm Small grade is sized for adult-mouthed grazers such as fully grown tangs and surgeonfish, a step up from the 1 mm Baby grade used for juveniles and small-mouthed species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult tangs and surgeonfish:** A 3 mm grade sized for grown herbivores rather than fry.
- **Algae-light reef tanks:** Supplements grazing when rock algae alone is not enough.
- **First-time purchases:** A 100 g pack to confirm the fish accept a pelleted herbivore diet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Small feeds over one large one:** Frequent light feeding suits grazing fish.
- **Feed near rockwork:** The Small grade sinks to where tangs and surgeonfish naturally graze.
- **Pair with algae growth:** Use alongside natural grazing rather than as the sole food source.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp-led herbivore formula:** Plant matter ahead of fish meal in the recipe.
- **Freeze-dried copepods and plankton:** Animal protein layered onto the plant base.
- **Astaxanthin from Haematococcus algae:** Natural colour enhancement, not synthetic dye.
- **39% minimum crude protein:** With calcium and phosphorus for a complete marine diet.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Sized for adult tangs and surgeonfish, 100 g trial pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101507
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151119
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult marine herbivores such as tangs, surgeonfish and larger grazing species
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g Baby grade, and in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk marine herbivore pellet for public aquariums and multi-tank operations.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101512 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151041
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101512-1.jpg
A public aquarium, coral farm or shop holding system with dozens of small herbivores going through plant-based food every day is not well served by a retail-sized bag, and reordering a 500 g pack weekly becomes its own administrative task. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101512) is the 2.5 kg bulk pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore formula in the 1 mm Baby sinking grade, the same kelp-and-marine-protein recipe used across the smaller retail sizes but sold at a scale suited to continual multi-tank feeding. Freeze-dried copepods, dehydrated plankton and a two-spirulina blend sit alongside the kelp base, with Haematococcus algae supplying natural astaxanthin for colour.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged at this size: crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%. Wheat flour and wheat germ bind the pellet, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia support gut health, and beta glucan is included for immune support. Dainichi's feeding directions still apply at scale: one to three feeds daily, only what is consumed within a few minutes, favouring smaller and more frequent feedings over one large one. The 1 mm Baby grade suits juveniles and small-mouthed grazers, and the 2.5 kg size is a bulk commitment suited to a holding system or several tanks running on the same formula rather than one lightly stocked display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank holding systems:** Bulk feeding across several small-fish displays at once.
- **Public aquariums and coral farms:** Operations feeding plant-based diets to many herbivores daily.
- **Proven formulas only:** Buy this size once fish are confirmed to eat the 1 mm grade.
- **Ongoing herbivore feeding:** A high-turnover staple rather than an occasional supplement.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Portion by system:** Divide the bulk pack out per tank rather than overfeeding one.
- **Keep feeds small:** Light, frequent feeding suits grazing fish better than one large feed.
- **Reseal between uses:** Keep the bulk bag dry to protect the vitamin content over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** The same formula as the retail sizes, scaled for volume feeding.
- **Kelp and marine protein blend:** Formulated specifically for herbivorous reef fish.
- **Freeze-dried copepods included:** Animal protein layered onto the plant-based recipe.
- **Natural astaxanthin colouring:** From Haematococcus algae, not a synthetic dye.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** Sized for juveniles and small-mouthed marine grazers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101512
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151041
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and small-mouthed marine herbivores across multi-tank holding systems
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 2.5 kg Small grade, and in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk pellet for shops and systems with many adult grazing fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101513 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151140
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101513-1.jpg
A wholesale system or a shop's holding tanks running a dozen tangs and surgeonfish through daily grazing needs a food bought by the kilogram, not a 250 g pack reordered every few days. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101513) is the 2.5 kg bulk pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore formula in the 3 mm Small sinking grade, the same kelp-led recipe as the smaller retail packs but scaled for continual feeding across a large or multi-tank set-up. Freeze-dried copepods and dehydrated plankton sit alongside the kelp base for animal protein, with a two-spirulina blend and Haematococcus algae supplying the astaxanthin that carries natural colour.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged at this size: crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%. Wheat flour and wheat germ bind the pellet, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia support gut health, and beta glucan is included for immune support. Dainichi's feeding directions apply regardless of pack size: one to three feeds daily, only what is consumed within a few minutes, favouring smaller and more frequent feedings over one large one. The 3 mm Small grade suits adult-mouthed grazers, and the 2.5 kg size is intended for a holding system, wholesale operation or a large reef collection with several heavy grazers rather than a single lightly stocked tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shop and wholesale holding systems:** Bulk feeding across many adult grazing fish.
- **Large reef collections:** Several tangs or surgeonfish feeding daily on the same formula.
- **Proven formulas only:** Buy this size once fish are confirmed to eat the 3 mm grade.
- **Ongoing herbivore feeding:** A high-turnover staple for continual grazing demand.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Portion by tank:** Divide the bulk pack out per system rather than overfeeding one.
- **Feed near rockwork:** The Small grade settles where tangs and surgeonfish naturally graze.
- **Reseal between uses:** Keep the bulk bag dry to protect the vitamin content over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** The same formula as the retail sizes, scaled for volume feeding.
- **Kelp-led herbivore formula:** Plant matter ahead of fish meal in the recipe.
- **Freeze-dried copepods and plankton:** Animal protein layered onto the plant base.
- **39% minimum crude protein:** With calcium and phosphorus for a complete marine diet.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Sized for adult tangs and surgeonfish rather than fry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101513
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151140
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult marine herbivores across shop, wholesale or large multi-tank collections
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 2.5 kg Baby grade, and in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Standard-size herbivore pellet for small grazing reef fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101508 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151027
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101508-1.webp
A reef tank stocked with blennies, small gobies and juvenile tangs needs a steady supply of a plant-forward food, not just a trial pack that runs out before the fish are settled onto it. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101508) is the 250 g standard-size pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore pellet in the 1 mm Baby sinking grade, the same formula as the 100 g trial size but sized for a tank that has already taken to it. Kelp and a blend of marine and vegetable proteins form the base, with freeze-dried copepods and dehydrated plankton adding animal protein and a two-spirulina blend plus Haematococcus algae carrying the natural colour.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%, built around digestible plant matter rather than raw protein. Wheat flour and wheat germ bind the pellet and add vitamins, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia support gut health, and beta glucan is included for immune support. Dainichi's directions are to feed one to three times daily, only what the fish clear within a few minutes, favouring smaller and more frequent feedings over one large one. The 1 mm Baby grade sinks gently and is picked at by grazers on rockwork, and a 250 g pack comfortably covers daily feeding across several weeks depending on stocking.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established small-fish tanks:** A standard-size restock for tanks already feeding the formula.
- **Juvenile tangs and gobies:** Small-mouthed grazers that need the 1 mm grade rather than the larger Small size.
- **Algae-light systems:** Supplements grazing where live algae on the rock is not sufficient.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Keep feeds small:** Frequent light feeding suits grazing fish better than one large one.
- **Target the rockwork:** Let the Baby grade settle where grazers naturally feed.
- **Reseal after feeding:** Keep the bag dry between feeds to protect the vitamin content.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g standard pack:** Sized for ongoing feeding past the initial trial size.
- **Kelp and marine protein blend:** Formulated specifically for herbivorous reef fish.
- **Freeze-dried copepods included:** Animal protein layered onto the plant-based recipe.
- **Natural astaxanthin colouring:** From Haematococcus algae rather than a synthetic dye.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** Sized for juveniles and small-mouthed grazing species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101508
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151027
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and small-mouthed marine herbivores such as young tangs and blennies
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g Small grade, and in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Standard-size herbivore pellet for adult tangs and surgeonfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $58.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101509 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151126
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101509-1.jpg
Once a tang or surgeonfish is confirmed to take a pelleted herbivore diet, a 100 g trial pack stops making sense and a standard restock size becomes the practical option. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101509) is the 250 g pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore formula in the 3 mm Small sinking grade, the same kelp-led recipe as the smaller trial pack but sized for ongoing daily feeding. Freeze-dried copepods and dehydrated plankton sit alongside the kelp base for animal protein, and a two-spirulina blend together with Haematococcus algae supplies the astaxanthin that carries natural colour.
Dainichi's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%, a profile built around digestible plant matter. Wheat flour and wheat germ bind the pellet, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia support gut health and texture, and beta glucan is included for immune support. The maker's directions are one to three feeds daily, only what is consumed within a few minutes, with smaller and more frequent feedings preferred over a single large one. The 3 mm Small grade suits adult-mouthed grazers, and a 250 g pack is enough for one actively grazing tang or a small reef community feeding on it daily for several weeks to months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult tangs and surgeonfish:** A restock size for herbivores already confirmed on the 3 mm grade.
- **Algae-light reef systems:** Fills the gap when rock algae alone cannot sustain constant grazers.
- **Single display tanks:** A 250 g pack suited to one actively grazing herbivore or a small group.
- **Routine herbivore feeding:** A daily staple rather than an occasional treat.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Keep individual feeds small:** Frequent light feeding suits grazing herbivores.
- **Feed near rockwork:** The Small grade settles where tangs and surgeonfish naturally graze.
- **Seal the pack between feeds:** Protects the vitamin and colour-enhancer content.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g standard pack:** A restock size past the initial trial pack.
- **Kelp-led herbivore formula:** Plant matter ahead of fish meal in the recipe.
- **Freeze-dried copepods and plankton:** Animal protein layered onto the plant base.
- **39% minimum crude protein:** With calcium and phosphorus for a complete marine diet.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Sized for adult tangs and surgeonfish rather than fry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101509
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151126
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult marine herbivores such as tangs, surgeonfish and larger grazing species
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g Baby grade, and in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Larger pack of marine herbivore pellets for several small-fish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $89.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101510 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151034
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101510-1.jpg
A shop or hobbyist running more than one reef tank stocked with blennies, gobies and juvenile tangs gets through a plant-based food faster than a single display ever would, and buying a 100 g pack every few weeks is an unnecessary chore once the formula is proven. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101510) is the 500 g pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore pellet in the 1 mm Baby sinking grade, the same kelp-and-marine-protein recipe sold in smaller sizes but scaled for feeding across several tanks or a heavily stocked herbivore system. Freeze-dried copepods, dehydrated plankton and a two-spirulina blend sit alongside the kelp base, with Haematococcus algae supplying natural astaxanthin for colour.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%. Wheat flour and wheat germ bind the pellet and add vitamins, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia support gut health, and beta glucan is included for immune support. Dainichi's directions hold regardless of pack size: one to three feeds daily, only what clears within a few minutes, favouring smaller and more frequent feedings over one large one. The 1 mm Baby grade suits juveniles and small-mouthed grazers specifically, and at 500 g the pack suits multiple small tanks or a single system with a lot of mouths to feed rather than one lightly stocked display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple small-fish tanks:** One 500 g pack feeding several reef displays at once.
- **Heavily stocked herbivore systems:** Tanks with many blennies, gobies or juvenile grazers.
- **Proven formulas:** A larger pack for fish already confirmed to eat the 1 mm grade.
- **Daily routine feeding:** A staple food for ongoing use rather than occasional supplementing.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Keep feeds small across tanks:** Light, frequent feeding suits grazing fish well.
- **Portion by tank:** Measure out separately for each system rather than overfeeding one.
- **Keep the bag sealed:** Protects the vitamin and colour-enhancer content over the larger pack.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g multi-tank pack:** Sized beyond a single display's daily needs.
- **Kelp and marine protein blend:** The same formula across the Reef Veggie Fx range.
- **Freeze-dried copepods included:** Animal protein layered onto the plant-based recipe.
- **Natural astaxanthin colouring:** From Haematococcus algae, not a synthetic dye.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** Sized for juveniles and small-mouthed marine grazers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101510
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151034
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and small-mouthed marine herbivores across multiple tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 500 g Small grade, and in 100 g, 250 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Larger pack for tanks with heavy grazing tangs and surgeonfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-reef-veggie-fx-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $89.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101511 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166151133
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101511-1.jpg
A big tang eats almost continuously, and a reef system with two or three adult grazers working through a 100 g or 250 g pack quickly finds itself buying food far more often than the fish actually need. Dainichi Reef Veggie Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101511) is the 500 g pack of Dainichi's marine herbivore pellet in the 3 mm Small sinking grade, the same kelp-led formula as the smaller packs scaled for tanks with more grazing demand. Freeze-dried copepods and dehydrated plankton sit alongside the kelp base for animal protein, with a two-spirulina blend and Haematococcus algae supplying the astaxanthin that carries natural colour.
Dainichi's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 39%, crude fat minimum 5%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 9%, ash maximum 12%, calcium minimum 2% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%. Wheat flour and wheat germ bind the pellet, montmorillonite clay and gum acacia support gut health and texture, and beta glucan is included for immune support. The feeding directions do not change with pack size: one to three feeds daily, only what is consumed within a few minutes, favouring smaller and more frequent feedings over one large one. The 3 mm Small grade suits adult-mouthed grazers, and 500 g is a practical size for a heavily stocked reef tank or a couple of large tangs feeding daily without the pack running out within weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple or large tangs:** A bigger pack for herbivores eating through food quickly.
- **Heavy grazers:** Species that need near-constant access to plant matter.
- **Proven formulas:** A restock size for fish already settled on the 3 mm grade.
- **Algae-light systems:** Fills the gap when rock algae cannot sustain constant grazing.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Keep individual feeds small:** Frequent light feeding suits grazing herbivores.
- **Feed near rockwork:** The Small grade settles where tangs and surgeonfish naturally graze.
- **Keep the pack sealed:** Protects the vitamin and colour-enhancer content across the larger bag.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g larger pack:** Sized for heavy grazing or multiple tangs.
- **Kelp-led herbivore formula:** Plant matter ahead of fish meal in the recipe.
- **Freeze-dried copepods and plankton:** Animal protein layered onto the plant base.
- **39% minimum crude protein:** With calcium and phosphorus for a complete marine diet.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Sized for adult tangs and surgeonfish rather than fry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101511
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166151133
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 39%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Kelp, white fish meal, dehydrated plankton, krill, two spirulina blends, freeze-dried copepods, Haematococcus algae, wheat flour, wheat germ, soybean meal, brewers yeast, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, beta glucan, garlic, vitamin and mineral mix
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult marine herbivores, including multiple or large tangs and surgeonfish
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 500 g Baby grade, and in 100 g, 250 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1 mm) and Small (3 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Dainichi Tropic Max 100g Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets
High-energy micro granule for small-mouthed tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-tropic-max-100g-micro-0-9mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101502 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166141011
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/101502-1.jpg
A community tank of tetras, rasboras and small barbs needs a granule they can actually get into their mouths, and most "tropical" blends are sized for something twice their size. Dainichi Tropic Max 100g Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101502) is the 100 g trial pack of Dainichi's Tropic Max formula in the 0.9 mm Micro sinking grade, built as a mix of red and green granules rather than a single uniform pellet. Dainichi positions it as a high-energy daily food for a wide range of tropical species, leaning on Antarctic krill meal and white fish meal for efficient, low-waste protein rather than a flake-style filler. The 100 g size suits a single small to medium community tank being tried on the formula before a larger pack is bought.
The recipe is rounded out with kelp, spirulina algae and pea protein, credited with supporting digestion, immune function and overall vitality, plus astaxanthin and other natural colour enhancers rather than artificial dyes. Montmorillonite clay and brewers dried yeast feature as they do across the Dainichi range, and the vitamin suite runs to A, D3, E and C along with the B-group, including B12, niacin, calcium pantothenate, riboflavin, B6 and thiamine. Dainichi's directions are to feed one to three times daily, offering only what the fish consume within a few minutes, with smaller and more frequent feedings preferred over one large one and leftovers removed. The 0.9 mm Micro grade and sinking format work for both surface and bottom feeders in a mixed community.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small-mouthed community fish:** Tetras, rasboras, small barbs and similar species the Micro grade is sized for.
- **Trial purchases:** A 100 g pack sized to test the formula before a bulk size.
- **Daily staple feeding:** A high-energy food for everyday use rather than an occasional treat.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within a few minutes.
- **Favour small amounts:** Frequent light feedings are said to be safer than one large feed.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten pellets to maintain water quality.
- **Mix grades as fish grow:** Move up to a larger pellet size as the tank's fish size up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red and green micro granules:** A mixed-colour 0.9 mm blend rather than a single pellet type.
- **Krill and white fish meal base:** Marine protein for efficient, low-waste nutrition.
- **Kelp, spirulina and pea protein:** Included for digestion, immune function and vitality.
- **Astaxanthin colour enhancement:** Natural colouring rather than artificial dyes.
- **100 g trial size:** Sized for one community tank or a first try of the formula.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101502
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166141011
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Tropical Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Micro, about 0.9 mm, sinking, mixed red and green granules
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, wheat germ, kelp, pea protein, brewers dried yeast, montmorillonite clay, astaxanthin, garlic, calcium carbonate, vitamins A, D3, E, C and B12, choline chloride, niacin, calcium pantothenate, riboflavin, pyridoxine (B6), thiamine and other trace minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; remove uneaten food
- **Ideal For:** Small tropical freshwater fish with small mouths, kept in community tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g, 500 g and 5 kg packs, all in the same 0.9 mm Micro grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Tropic Max 250g Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets
Fine sinking pellet for small-mouthed fish in tropical community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-tropic-max-250g-micro-0-9mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $50.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102594 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166141028
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/102594-1.jpg
Tetras, rasboras and small livebearers cannot manage a standard pellet, and a flake that sits at the surface often misses the fish that feed further down. Dainichi Tropic Max 250g Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102594) is Dainichi's everyday food for small tropical fish, a 0.9 mm micro pellet that sinks through the water column so fish can take it on the way down as well as from the bottom. The recipe is based on fish meal and krill meal with spirulina, plus added vitamins and minerals, and the pellet size is chosen for species with small mouths. The 250 g pack is the middle size of the range, a practical quantity for a well-stocked community tank or for several small tanks fed from the one container.
Because the pellets sink rather than float, they reach mid-water shoaling fish and the species that feed near the substrate, not only the boldest fish at the top. Anything left uneaten settles on the bottom where a gravel cleaner can lift it out at the next water change. The feeding directions are two to three feeds a day, giving only what the fish clear within a few minutes and removing uneaten food promptly. Small, frequent portions suit small fish better than one large feed and keep the load on the filter down. The same 0.9 mm Tropic Max is stocked in 100 g, 500 g and 5 kg packs, so a keeper can trial it in the small pack and step up once the fish are taking it readily. Reseal the pack after each feed and keep it cool and dry so the pellets stay fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** Tetras, rasboras, small barbs and livebearers sharing one aquarium.
- **Small-mouthed species:** Fish too small to take standard pellet sizes.
- **Mid-water and lower feeders:** Fish that rarely rise to food at the surface.
- **Several small tanks:** A 250 g pack that covers more than one aquarium.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** A small pinch each time, eaten within a few minutes.
- **Spread the pinch:** Scatter pellets across the surface so every fish gets a share as they sink.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets so they do not foul the water.
- **Store sealed:** Close the pack after feeding and keep it somewhere cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.9 mm micro pellet:** Sized for tropical fish with small mouths.
- **Sinking:** Reaches fish feeding at mid-water and near the bottom.
- **Fish meal and krill meal:** A marine protein base with added spirulina.
- **Vitamins and minerals:** Included in the everyday recipe.
- **250 g pack:** The step between the 100 g trial pack and the 500 g pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 102594
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166141028
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Micro Pellets (Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 0.9 mm (Micro), sinking
- **Main Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, spirulina, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Small tropical community fish with small mouths
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101502); 500 g (SKU 102595); 5 kg (SKU 112942)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Tropic Max 500g Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets
Standard-size daily staple for small tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-tropic-max-500g-micro-0-9mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $69.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102595 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 712166141038
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102595-1.webp
A tank that is fed daily burns through a trial-size bag within a few weeks, and restocking a small pack every month gets tedious once the fish are settled onto a formula they clearly take to. Dainichi Tropic Max 500g Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102595) is the 500 g standard-size pack of Dainichi's Tropic Max, a mix of red and green 0.9 mm micro granules built on Antarctic krill meal and white fish meal rather than flake-style filler, aimed at everyday feeding across a wide range of small tropical fish. It is the same formula as the 100 g trial pack, sized instead for a tank or two already settled on it, or for one keeper with several small community tanks running at once.
Kelp, spirulina algae and pea protein are included for digestion, immune function and overall vitality, and the colour comes from astaxanthin and other natural enhancers rather than synthetic dyes. Montmorillonite clay, brewers dried yeast and a vitamin suite running from A, D3, E and C through the B-group, including B12, niacin, calcium pantothenate, riboflavin, B6 and thiamine, round out the recipe. Dainichi's feeding directions are one to three times daily, in amounts the fish clear within a few minutes, with smaller and more frequent feedings preferred over a single large one and leftovers removed to keep the water clear. The 0.9 mm Micro grade sinks slowly enough to feed mid-water species before it settles for bottom feeders, so one pack covers a mixed community rather than needing a second product.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established community tanks:** A restock size for fish already settled on the Tropic Max formula.
- **Multiple small tanks:** One 500 g pack feeding two or three community aquariums at once.
- **Small-mouthed fish of any kind:** Tetras, rasboras and similar species the Micro grade suits.
- **Mixed-feeding communities:** Covers surface, mid-water and bottom feeders as it sinks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer an amount that clears within a few minutes.
- **Smaller feeds over one big one:** Frequent light feeding suits small tropicals better.
- **Clear uneaten pellets:** Removing leftovers after feeding keeps the water from fouling.
- **Store the bag sealed:** Keep the granules dry between feeds to preserve the vitamin load.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g standard pack:** Sized for ongoing feeding rather than a single trial.
- **Mixed red and green micro granules:** The same 0.9 mm blend across the Tropic Max range.
- **Krill and fish meal protein base:** Efficient marine protein ahead of plant filler.
- **Natural astaxanthin colouring:** No artificial dyes in the colour-enhancing mix.
- **Kelp, spirulina and pea protein:** Included specifically for digestion and immunity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 102595
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 712166141038
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Tropical Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Micro, about 0.9 mm, sinking, mixed red and green granules
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, wheat germ, kelp, pea protein, brewers dried yeast, montmorillonite clay, astaxanthin, garlic, calcium carbonate, vitamins A, D3, E, C and B12, choline chloride, niacin, calcium pantothenate, riboflavin, pyridoxine (B6), thiamine and other trace minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; remove uneaten food
- **Ideal For:** Small tropical freshwater fish with small mouths, across several community tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 250 g and 5 kg packs, all in the same 0.9 mm Micro grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Tropic Max 5kg Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk micro granule for fish rooms and multi-tank collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-tropic-max-5kg-micro-0-9mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $449.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112942
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112942-1.jpg
A breeder or club running a wall of community tanks does not want to open a fresh 100 g bag every few days, and buying the same formula by the kilogram instead of the pack changes the economics of daily feeding. Dainichi Tropic Max 5kg Micro (0.9mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 112942) is the 5 kg bulk pack of Dainichi's Tropic Max, the same mix of red and green 0.9 mm micro granules sold in the smaller retail sizes, built on Antarctic krill meal and white fish meal rather than flake-style filler. It is sized for a fish room, club or multi-tank hobbyist feeding several small tropical community tanks from one bag rather than restocking small packs continually.
The formula is unchanged at this size: kelp, spirulina algae and pea protein for digestion, immune function and overall vitality, astaxanthin and other natural colour enhancers rather than synthetic dyes, and montmorillonite clay and brewers dried yeast alongside a vitamin suite of A, D3, E and C and the B-group, including B12, niacin, calcium pantothenate, riboflavin, B6 and thiamine. Dainichi's feeding directions hold at this scale too: one to three times daily, in amounts cleared within a few minutes, favouring several small feeds over one large one, with leftovers removed to keep the water clear. At 5 kg the pack is a bulk commitment suited to someone already feeding the formula across multiple tanks, since a single small aquarium would take a long time to work through it before the vitamin load in the older part of the bag starts to fade.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and multi-tank keepers:** One bag feeding several small community tanks at once.
- **Clubs and breeders:** Bulk buying for shared or ongoing feeding programmes.
- **Already-proven formula:** Buy this size once the fish are confirmed to take to Tropic Max.
- **Daily staple feeding:** A high-turnover food rather than an occasional treat.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within a few minutes.
- **Favour small, frequent feeds:** Preferred over a single large feeding.
- **Remove uneaten pellets:** Keeps water quality from declining across several tanks.
- **Reseal between uses:** Keep the bulk bag dry and sealed to protect the vitamin load over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 kg bulk pack:** The same formula as the retail sizes, scaled for volume feeding.
- **Mixed red and green micro granules:** Consistent 0.9 mm grade across the range.
- **Krill and fish meal protein base:** Marine protein ahead of plant filler.
- **Natural astaxanthin colouring:** No artificial dyes in the colour-enhancing mix.
- **Kelp, spirulina and pea protein:** Included specifically for digestion and immunity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 112942
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Tropical Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Grade:** Micro, about 0.9 mm, sinking, mixed red and green granules
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, wheat germ, kelp, pea protein, brewers dried yeast, montmorillonite clay, astaxanthin, garlic, calcium carbonate, vitamins A, D3, E, C and B12, choline chloride, niacin, calcium pantothenate, riboflavin, pyridoxine (B6), thiamine and other trace minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; remove uneaten food
- **Ideal For:** Fish rooms, clubs and multi-tank keepers feeding several small tropical community tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g packs, all in the same 0.9 mm Micro grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Turtle Delux Large 250g Floating Sticks
Complete floating diet for aquatic turtles and terrapins.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-turtle-delux-large-250g-floating-sticks/
- Price: $37.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725337
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Turtle-group-w-pellets1-600x512-1.jpg
Turtles and terrapins live for decades, and a diet built on filler rather than real protein shows up years later as poor shell growth rather than a problem the keeper notices straight away. Dainichi Turtle Delux Large 250g Floating Sticks (SKU: 725337) is Dainichi's floating stick food for aquatic turtles and terrapins, made in the Large stick size and sold in a 250 g pack. Dainichi describes it as a complete balance of proteins and carbohydrates drawing on the widest array of marine and vegetable proteins, algae and colour-enhancing ingredients the maker puts into any of its turtle or fish formulas, aimed at keeping turtles and terrapins healthy, active and in good condition over a full lifespan rather than just through the growth years.
Dainichi's own case for the formula is built around how long-lived these animals are: a substandard diet in the early years can show up later as poor growth, defects in the carapace, or passive, unhappy behaviour, and heavy internal fat deposits around the organs are not obvious from the outside but can noticeably shorten the time an owner gets with the animal. The maker also argues that a diet heavy in fillers and poorly digestible matter is excreted largely as waste, which pollutes the tank and drives the odour that makes turtle-keeping unpleasant, and positions Turtle Delux as the alternative. The stick floats so it stays accessible to a turtle feeding at the surface, and the Large size and 250 g pack suit a single turtle or terrapin eating steadily over a run of weeks rather than a single sitting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquatic turtles and terrapins:** A floating staple diet rather than an occasional treat.
- **Growing animals:** Dainichi frames consistent nutrition in the early years as the basis for healthy shell and bone development.
- **Established adults:** A maintenance diet for turtles already past their fastest growth.
- **Tanks prone to cloudy water:** A formula the maker positions against the waste and odour of filler-heavy diets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Offer at the surface:** The stick floats, so it stays where a turtle feeds.
- **Feed to a routine:** Dainichi's case for the formula rests on consistent, long-term feeding rather than occasional use.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Uneaten sticks that break down add to waste and odour in the tank.
- **Watch condition over time:** Shell and growth problems from a poor diet surface over months, not days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine and vegetable protein blend:** Dainichi describes it as the widest array used in its range.
- **Algae and colour enhancers included:** Supports natural colouration alongside nutrition.
- **Floating stick format:** Stays accessible at the surface where turtles feed.
- **Large stick size:** Suited to adult and sub-adult turtles and terrapins.
- **Formulated against waste and odour:** Positioned by the maker as an alternative to filler-heavy turtle diets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 725337
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Sticks (Turtle & Terrapin)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Stick Size:** Large, floating
- **Contents:** Marine and vegetable proteins, algae and colour-enhancing ingredients, per the maker
- **Ideal For:** Aquatic turtles and terrapins, from sub-adult through to mature animals
- **Target Environment:** Aquatic turtle and terrapin tanks
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Krill colour pellet sized for fry and small cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $24.31 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101470 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122010
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101470-1.jpg
Fry and small juvenile cichlids cannot take the same pellet as the adults in a grow-out tank, and switching them onto flake too early often means missing the growth and colour benefits a dedicated cichlid formula delivers. Dainichi Ultima Krill 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101470) is the 100 g trial pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 1 mm Baby sinking grade, an all-purpose maintenance diet for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids built on shrimp, Antarctic krill meal and white fish meal rather than a fry-food substitute. Spirulina algae carries much of the colour load, and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion in young fish still adjusting to a pelleted diet.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the main starch sources, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. Dainichi's directions are to feed two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and specifically not to pre-soak the pellets, since soaking is said to wash out colour enhancers and nutrients before feeding. The 1 mm Baby grade is the smallest in the Ultima Krill range, sized for fry and small juvenile cichlids rather than the mid-size Small or large-adult Medium grades.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and small juveniles:** A 1 mm grade sized below the Small and Medium pellets.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Young cichlids being raised on a dedicated colour-enhancing diet.
- **First-time purchases:** A 100 g pack sized to confirm the fry take to the pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within about a minute.
- **Favour small feedings:** Frequent light feeds suit growing fry better than one large one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Step up the grade as fish grow:** Move to the Small size once mouths outgrow the Baby grade.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** Marine protein built for colour and growth.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Supports natural pigmentation from an early age.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A growth-grade ration for young cichlids.
- **Montmorillonite clay included:** Supports digestion in fish still adjusting to pellets.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** The smallest sinking size in the Ultima Krill range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101470
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122010
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Fry and small juvenile omnivorous or carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold as Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Small grade), 250 g (Baby and Medium) and 2.5 kg (Baby, Small and Medium) packs, and as Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) in 250 g and 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Krill colour pellet for juvenile and mid-size cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102169 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122119
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102169-1.jpg
A cichlid that has outgrown fry food but is not yet at full adult size sits between a 1 mm pellet that disappears too fast and a 5 mm pellet it struggles to fit in its mouth. Dainichi Ultima Krill 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102169) is the 100 g trial pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 3 mm Small sinking grade, an all-purpose maintenance diet for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids built on shrimp, Antarctic krill meal and white fish meal. Spirulina algae is included for colour and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion, the same ingredients used across the Ultima Krill range at any pellet size.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the main starch sources, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. Dainichi's directions are to feed two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and specifically not to pre-soak the pellets, since soaking is said to wash out colour enhancers and nutrients. The 3 mm Small grade sits between the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry and the 5 mm Medium pellet for large adults, and the 100 g size is a trial pack for one tank of juvenile to mid-size cichlids.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile to mid-size cichlids:** A 3 mm grade for fish past fry stage but not yet full grown.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Suited to cichlids being stepped up from a Baby-grade pellet.
- **First-time purchases:** A 100 g pack sized to confirm the fish take to the formula.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within about a minute.
- **Keep feeds small:** Frequent light feeding suits cichlids better than one large feed.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Move up a grade as fish grow:** Switch to Medium once mouths outgrow the Small pellet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** Marine protein for colour and condition.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Consistent pigmentation support across the Ultima Krill range.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A maintenance-grade ration for active cichlids.
- **Montmorillonite clay included:** Supports digestion alongside the marine protein load.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Positioned between the Baby and Medium sizes in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 102169
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122119
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile to mid-size omnivorous or carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold as Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby), 250 g (Baby and Medium) and 2.5 kg (Baby, Small and Medium) packs, and as Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) in 250 g and 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk krill pellet for breeders raising large batches of fry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $247.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101577 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122041
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101577-1.jpg
A breeder raising several spawns of fry through to juvenile size needs the Baby grade by the kilogram, not a 100 g bag that barely covers one batch before the fish have outgrown it. Dainichi Ultima Krill 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101577) is the 2.5 kg bulk pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 1 mm Baby sinking grade, the same shrimp-and-krill recipe sold in the smaller retail packs but scaled for continual feeding of fry and young cichlids across multiple tanks. Spirulina algae carries the colour-enhancing load and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion in young fish establishing on a pelleted diet.
The guaranteed analysis holds at this size: crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour supply the starch, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. Dainichi's feeding directions do not change with pack size: two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and never pre-soaked. The 1 mm Baby grade remains the smallest in the range, and 2.5 kg is a bulk commitment suited to a breeding operation or several grow-out tanks rather than a single lightly stocked display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding operations:** Bulk feeding of successive spawns through to juvenile size.
- **Multiple grow-out tanks:** One bag feeding several batches of young cichlids at once.
- **Clubs and fish rooms:** Shared bulk stock for members raising fry on the same formula.
- **Proven formulas only:** Buy this size once fry are confirmed to eat the Baby grade.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within about a minute.
- **Portion by tank:** Divide the bulk pack out per batch rather than overfeeding one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Reseal between uses:** Keep the bulk bag dry to protect the vitamin content over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** The same formula as the retail sizes, scaled for breeding volumes.
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** Marine protein built for growth and colour.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Supports pigmentation from an early age.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A growth-grade ration for fry and young cichlids.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** The smallest sinking size in the Ultima Krill range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101577
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122041
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Breeders and fish rooms raising fry and young cichlids in volume
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold as Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby and Small), 250 g (Baby and Medium) and 2.5 kg (Small and Medium) packs, and as Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) in 250 g and 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk krill pellet for fish rooms and large adult cichlid collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-2-5kg-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $279.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101474 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122249
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101474-1.jpg
A fish room or club holding a wall of tanks full of large frontosa, peacocks and Central American cichlids goes through a 250 g pack within days, and reordering retail-size bags on that schedule is its own chore. Dainichi Ultima Krill 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101474) is the 2.5 kg bulk pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 5 mm Medium sinking grade, the same shrimp-and-krill recipe sold in smaller retail packs but scaled for continual feeding of large, mature cichlids. Spirulina algae supplies the colour-enhancing effect and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion in a protein-dense formula.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged at this size: crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the only starch sources, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. Dainichi's feeding directions apply regardless of pack size: two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and never pre-soaked. The 5 mm Medium grade is the largest in the range, and 2.5 kg is a bulk commitment suited to a fish room, club or several large-cichlid tanks rather than one lightly stocked display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and clubs:** Bulk feeding across several tanks of large adult cichlids.
- **Multiple mature display tanks:** One bag feeding a collection of frontosa, peacocks or Central Americans.
- **Proven formulas only:** Buy this size once fish are confirmed to eat the Medium grade.
- **Daily high-volume feeding:** A high-turnover staple rather than an occasional supplement.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within about a minute.
- **Portion by tank:** Divide the bulk pack out per system rather than overfeeding one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Reseal between uses:** Keep the bulk bag dry to protect the vitamin content over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** The same formula as the retail sizes, scaled for volume feeding.
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** Marine protein built for colour and condition.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Consistent pigmentation support at any pack size.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A maintenance-grade ration for large, active cichlids.
- **5 mm Medium grade:** The largest sinking pellet size in the Ultima Krill range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101474
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122249
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Grade:** Medium, about 5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Large adult cichlids across fish rooms and multi-tank collections
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold as Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby and Small), 250 g (Baby and Medium) and 2.5 kg (Baby and Small) packs, and as Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) in 250 g and 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk krill pellet for multi-tank cichlid collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $279.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101578 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122140
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101578-1.jpg
A collection of several cichlid tanks running juvenile to mid-size fish on the same formula gets through a retail pack quickly, and the 3 mm Small grade is the one most mixed-age cichlid collections settle on day to day. Dainichi Ultima Krill 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101578) is the 2.5 kg bulk pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 3 mm Small sinking grade, the same shrimp-and-krill recipe sold in smaller packs but scaled for continual multi-tank feeding. Spirulina algae supplies the colour-enhancing effect and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion alongside the marine protein load.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged at this size: crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the main starch sources, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. Dainichi's feeding directions apply at any pack size: two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and never pre-soaked. The 3 mm Small grade sits between the Baby and Medium sizes, and 2.5 kg suits a multi-tank collection of juvenile to mid-size cichlids fed daily rather than one lightly stocked tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank cichlid collections:** Bulk feeding across several juvenile to mid-size tanks.
- **Clubs and fish rooms:** Shared bulk stock for members running the same formula.
- **Proven formulas only:** Buy this size once fish are confirmed to eat the Small grade.
- **Daily high-volume feeding:** A high-turnover staple rather than an occasional supplement.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within about a minute.
- **Portion by tank:** Divide the bulk pack out per system rather than overfeeding one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Reseal between uses:** Keep the bulk bag dry to protect the vitamin content over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** The same formula as the retail sizes, scaled for volume feeding.
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** Marine protein built for colour and condition.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Consistent pigmentation support at any pack size.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A maintenance-grade ration for active cichlids.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Positioned between the Baby and Medium sizes in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101578
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122140
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile to mid-size cichlids across multi-tank collections
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold as Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby and Small), 250 g (Baby and Medium) and 2.5 kg (Baby and Medium) packs, and as Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) in 250 g and 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Standard-size krill pellet for fry and young cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $45.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101471 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122027
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101471-1.jpg
A grow-out tank of young cichlids eats daily and a 100 g trial pack runs out fast once the formula is confirmed to work, which is where a standard restock size earns its place. Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101471) is the 250 g pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 1 mm Baby sinking grade, the same shrimp-and-krill recipe sold in the smaller trial size but scaled for ongoing daily feeding of fry and young cichlids. Spirulina algae carries the colour-enhancing load and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion in fish still establishing on a pelleted diet.
Dainichi's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour supply the starch, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. The maker's directions hold regardless of pack size: feed two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and never pre-soak, since soaking is said to wash out colour enhancers and vitamins before the fish gets to them. The 1 mm Baby grade remains the smallest in the range, and 250 g is enough for a grow-out tank fed daily over several weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grow-out tanks:** A restock size for fry and young cichlids already on the Baby grade.
- **Breeding set-ups:** Regular feeding of a batch of fry through to juvenile size.
- **Daily staple feeding:** A routine ration rather than an occasional supplement.
- **Mixed-age tanks:** Pairs with Small or Medium grades for larger tankmates in the same system.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within about a minute.
- **Favour small feedings:** Frequent light feeds suit growing fry better than one large one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep the pack dry to protect the vitamin content.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g standard pack:** Sized for ongoing feeding past the initial trial size.
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** Marine protein built for growth and colour.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Supports pigmentation from an early age.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A growth-grade ration for young cichlids.
- **1 mm Baby grade:** The smallest sinking size in the Ultima Krill range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101471
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122027
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Fry and young juvenile omnivorous or carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold as Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby and Small), 250 g (Medium) and 2.5 kg (Baby, Small and Medium) packs, and as Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) in 250 g and 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Standard-size krill pellet for large adult cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-250g-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $45.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101473 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122225
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101473-1.jpg
A tank of full-grown frontosa or big Central American cichlids needs a pellet sized for an adult mouth, not a grade built for fry that disappears in one bite without any real feeding time. Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101473) is the 250 g pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 5 mm Medium sinking grade, the largest pellet size in the range, built on shrimp, Antarctic krill meal and white fish meal for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids. Spirulina algae supplies much of the colour-enhancing effect and calcium montmorillonite clay is included to support digestion in a recipe otherwise dense in marine protein.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the only starch sources, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. Dainichi's directions are to feed two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and specifically not to pre-soak, since soaking is said to wash out colour enhancers and vitamins before feeding. The 5 mm Medium grade is the step up from the 3 mm Small pellet, and the 250 g pack suits a single tank of large adult cichlids fed daily over a run of weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large adult cichlids:** A 5 mm grade sized for full-grown frontosa and similar species.
- **Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species needing a sizeable pellet.
- **Mature display tanks:** A standard pack for fish already past the smaller grades.
- **Daily routine feeding:** A staple ration rather than an occasional treat.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within about a minute.
- **Favour small feedings:** Several light feeds suit cichlids better than one large one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Watch body condition:** Ease off frequency if fish start looking heavy rather than muscular.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g standard pack:** Sized for ongoing feeding of mature cichlids.
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** Marine protein built for colour and condition.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Consistent pigmentation support across the range.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A maintenance-grade ration for large, active cichlids.
- **5 mm Medium grade:** The largest sinking pellet size in the Ultima Krill range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101473
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122225
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Medium, about 5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Large adult omnivorous or carnivorous cichlids, such as frontosa and Central Americans
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold as Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby and Small), 250 g (Baby) and 2.5 kg (Baby, Small and Medium) packs, and as Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) in 250 g and 500 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Krill colour pellet for surface-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-250g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $49.03 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101469 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166022129
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101469-1.jpg
Not every cichlid feeds off the substrate, and a tank of surface-oriented fish watching a sinking pellet drop past them before they can get to it misses out on a formula built specifically for their colour and condition. Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101469) is the 250 g pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 3 mm Small floating grade, the same shrimp-and-krill recipe as the sinking pellets but formulated to stay at the surface for fish that feed there by preference. Spirulina algae supplies the colour-enhancing effect and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion alongside the marine protein load.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the main starch sources, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. Dainichi's directions are to feed two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and specifically not to pre-soak, since soaking is said to wash out colour enhancers and vitamins before the fish gets to them. The 3 mm Small grade is the only size the floating format is sold in, and 250 g suits a single tank of surface-feeding omnivorous or carnivorous cichlids fed daily.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Surface-feeding cichlids:** Fish that take food at the top of the water column by preference.
- **Mixed feeding tanks:** Pairs with the sinking grades for tankmates that feed lower down.
- **Visual feeding checks:** A floating pellet makes it easy to see exactly how much is being eaten.
- **Daily routine feeding:** A staple ration rather than an occasional treat.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within about a minute.
- **Favour small feedings:** Several light feeds suit cichlids better than one large one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Skim leftovers:** Remove any pellets that stay uneaten at the surface after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating 3 mm pellet:** Stays at the surface for fish that feed there.
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** The same marine protein recipe as the sinking range.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Consistent pigmentation support across formats.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A maintenance-grade ration for active cichlids.
- **250 g standard pack:** Sized for one tank of surface feeders.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101469
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166022129
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Surface-feeding omnivorous or carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) also sold in 500 g; Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby and Small), 250 g (Baby and Medium) and 2.5 kg (Baby, Small and Medium)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
All-purpose sinking diet for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $49.03 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101472 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122126
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101472-1.webp
A mixed cichlid tank that has grown past fry food still needs a pellet dense enough for a hungry carnivore without the bulk of an adult-sized bite. Dainichi Ultima Krill 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101472) is Dainichi's all-purpose maintenance formula for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids of all types, a 3 mm sinking pellet built around Antarctic krill and two spirulina blends for colour, with shrimp added for palatability. The recipe includes immuno-stimulants and digestive enzymes for general health, garlic and raw vitamins to help control internal parasites, and calcium montmorillonite clay, which binds metabolic toxins and helps keep the digestive tract clean. Wheat flour binds the pellet and wheat germ supplies vitamins E and B. The 250 g bag suits one established tank on a regular feeding routine rather than a multi-tank fish room.
The 3 mm Small pellet sits between the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry and dwarf cichlids and the 5 mm Medium pellet for large adults, the size most community and semi-aggressive keepers reach for once fish are past the juvenile stage. Dainichi's feeding direction is to offer only what the fish finish within a few minutes, one to three times a day, with smaller and more frequent feeds favoured over one large meal. The pellet sinks, so it suits mid-water and bottom feeders as readily as surface feeders that chase it down. Ultima Krill is a maintenance diet rather than a specialist growth or colour food, built for everyday feeding across mixed collections. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pellet size. The wider range runs from 100 g bags to 2.5 kg packs, in Baby, Small or Medium pellet sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established cichlid tanks:** Daily maintenance feeding once fish are past fry-sized food.
- **Mixed collections:** One formula for tanks holding both omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids.
- **Stepping up from Baby pellets:** The 3 mm size for juveniles that have outgrown the 1 mm pellet.
- **Single-tank routine:** A 250 g bag sized for one tank's regular feeding rather than a fish room.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Portion to finish in minutes:** Offer only what the cichlids clear within a few minutes.
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi favours smaller, more frequent feeds over one large meal.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feed to protect water quality.
- **Sinking delivery:** Pellets settle to mid-water and the substrate rather than staying on the surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-purpose maintenance formula:** Suited to omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids of all types.
- **Krill and spirulina lead:** Antarctic krill with two spirulina blends for everyday colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Binds metabolic toxins and supports a clean digestive tract.
- **Garlic and raw vitamins:** Included to support general health and help control internal parasites.
- **3 mm sinking pellet:** Sized between the Baby and Medium pellets in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101472
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122126
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Omnivorous & Carnivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Antarctic krill, two spirulina blends, shrimp, calcium montmorillonite clay, garlic
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids of all types
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1mm), Small (3mm) or Medium (5mm) pellets
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Fine sinking pellet for fry and dwarf cichlid feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $66.67 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101574 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122034
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101574-1.jpg
Small-mouthed cichlids and a nursery tank full of fry need a pellet they can actually take, not a scaled-down version of an adult food. Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101574) is the finest pellet in Dainichi's all-purpose Ultima Krill line, a 1 mm sinking pellet for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids of all types that are still too small for the Small or Medium grades. Antarctic krill and two spirulina blends carry the colour, with shrimp for palatability, while immuno-stimulants and digestive enzymes support general health in young, developing fish. Garlic and raw vitamins help keep internal parasites down, and calcium montmorillonite clay binds metabolic toxins and supports a clean gut. Wheat flour binds the pellet and wheat germ adds vitamins E and B.
At 500 g, this is the step-up bag for a fry-rearing setup or grow-out tanks going through Baby pellets faster than a 250 g bag allows. Dainichi's feeding direction applies equally at this size: offer only what the fish clear within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds. The 1 mm pellet sinks slowly enough for small cichlids and fry to find it in mid-water as well as on the substrate. It remains a maintenance diet rather than a specialist growth formula, suited to ongoing feeding of mixed juvenile stock. No guaranteed analysis is published at this pellet size. The full range also comes in 100 g, 250 g and 2.5 kg packs, and in Small (3mm) and Medium (5mm) pellets for larger fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry-rearing tanks:** A pellet small enough for juvenile cichlids to take whole.
- **Dwarf and small-mouthed species:** Adults that never need to graduate to a larger pellet.
- **Grow-out operations:** The 500 g bag covers several tanks of young fish through to the next size class.
- **Weaning from fry food:** A step between powdered or micro foods and the 3 mm Small pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small, frequent feeds:** Young fish do better on several light feeds than one large one.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only the amount finished in a few minutes.
- **One to three times daily:** Dainichi's standard routine for the Ultima Krill range.
- **Watch for leftovers:** Siphon out anything uneaten to protect water quality in a crowded grow-out tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** The finest grade in the Ultima Krill range, sized for fry and dwarf cichlids.
- **Krill and spirulina base:** Antarctic krill with two spirulina blends for everyday colour.
- **Digestive support:** Immuno-stimulants, digestive enzymes and montmorillonite clay for gut health.
- **Parasite control ingredients:** Garlic and raw vitamins included in the formula.
- **500 g bag:** A larger pack for fry-rearing and multi-tank juvenile stock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101574
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122034
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Omnivorous & Carnivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Antarctic krill, two spirulina blends, shrimp, calcium montmorillonite clay, garlic
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Fry, dwarf and small-mouthed omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g and 250 g Baby packs, 2.5 kg Baby bulk packs, and Small (3mm) or Medium (5mm) pellets
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Larger sinking pellet for big-bodied omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-500g-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $66.67 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101576 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122232
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101576-1.jpg
A large flowerhorn, oscar or adult New World cichlid can lose interest in a food sized for a fish half its weight, picking at small pellets rather than feeding properly. Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101576) is the largest pellet grade in Dainichi's all-purpose Ultima Krill line, a 5 mm sinking pellet for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids of all types that have outgrown the 3 mm Small size. Antarctic krill and two spirulina blends supply the colour, with shrimp added for palatability, while immuno-stimulants and digestive enzymes support general health in larger, more established fish. Garlic and raw vitamins help keep internal parasites in check, and calcium montmorillonite clay binds metabolic toxins and supports a clean digestive tract. Wheat flour binds the pellet and wheat germ supplies vitamins E and B.
The 5 mm Medium pellet is the top of the Ultima Krill size run, above the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry and the 3 mm Small pellet for juveniles, built for fish that can comfortably take a bigger bite without the pellet needing to be broken up first. Dainichi's feeding direction still applies: offer only what the fish finish within a few minutes, one to three times daily, with smaller feeds preferred to one large meal even for big fish. The pellet sinks steadily, suiting bottom-feeding and mid-water cichlids as readily as fish that intercept it on the way down. Ultima Krill remains a maintenance diet rather than a specialist colour or growth formula, suited to everyday feeding of large adult cichlids. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pellet size. The same recipe is available in 250 g and 2.5 kg Medium packs, and as Baby (1mm) and Small (3mm) pellets for smaller fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large adult cichlids:** Flowerhorns, oscars and similar fish that need a substantial pellet.
- **Established display tanks:** Fish past juvenile size that have moved on from the 3 mm pellet.
- **Mixed large collections:** One formula across big omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids together.
- **Reducing wasted feeds:** A pellet sized to be taken whole rather than nibbled apart.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine, unchanged for the larger pellet.
- **Portion for the fish, not the bag:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Favour smaller feeds:** Several lighter feeds suit digestion better than one large meal.
- **Clear uneaten pellets:** A bigger pellet left in the tank fouls water faster than a small one.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 mm Medium pellet:** The largest grade in the Ultima Krill range, for bigger cichlids.
- **Krill and spirulina lead:** Antarctic krill with two spirulina blends for everyday colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay included:** Binds metabolic toxins and supports digestive health.
- **Garlic and raw vitamins:** Included to support health and help control internal parasites.
- **500 g pack:** Sized for a display of large, actively feeding cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101576
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122232
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Omnivorous & Carnivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 5 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Antarctic krill, two spirulina blends, shrimp, calcium montmorillonite clay, garlic
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Large-bodied omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g and 2.5 kg Medium packs, and Baby (1mm) or Small (3mm) pellets
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Larger pack of floating krill pellet for surface feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-500g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $62.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101572 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166022136
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101572-1.jpg
A group of surface-feeding cichlids, or more than one tank of them, gets through a 250 g bag of floating food faster than a single display ever would, and restocking a small pack on a tight cycle becomes its own chore. Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101572) is the 500 g pack of Dainichi's Ultima Krill formula in the 3 mm Small floating grade, the same shrimp-and-krill recipe as the smaller floating pack but scaled for heavier or multi-tank feeding. Spirulina algae carries the colour-enhancing effect and calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestion alongside the marine protein load.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 43%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 9%. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the main starch sources, soybean meal and brewers yeast round out the amino acid profile, and milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan and protease complete the recipe. The feeding directions do not change with pack size: two to four times daily, only what is eaten within about a minute, and never pre-soaked, since soaking is said to wash out colour enhancers and vitamins. The 3 mm Small grade is the only size the floating format comes in, and 500 g suits a group of surface feeders or more than one tank fed daily without running out within weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Groups of surface feeders:** Several cichlids competing for food at the top of the water.
- **Multiple tanks:** One 500 g pack feeding more than one surface-feeding display.
- **Proven formulas:** A larger pack for fish already confirmed to take the floating pellet.
- **Daily routine feeding:** A staple ration for ongoing use rather than occasional treats.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within about a minute.
- **Keep feeds small across tanks:** Light, frequent feeding suits cichlids better than one large feed.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Skim leftovers:** Remove any pellets that stay uneaten at the surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g larger pack:** Sized for groups or multiple tanks of surface feeders.
- **Floating 3 mm pellet:** Stays at the surface rather than sinking.
- **Shrimp and krill meal base:** The same marine protein recipe as the sinking range.
- **Spirulina colour enhancement:** Consistent pigmentation support across formats.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** A maintenance-grade ration for active cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101572
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166022136
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 9%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, shrimp, soybean meal, Antarctic krill meal, spirulina algae, brewers yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, beta glucan, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount eaten within about a minute; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Surface-feeding omnivorous or carnivorous cichlids, including groups and multiple tanks
- **Other Sizes:** Floating Pellets (Small, 3 mm) also sold in 250 g; Sinking Pellets in 100 g (Baby and Small), 250 g (Baby and Medium) and 2.5 kg (Baby, Small and Medium)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday sinking pellet for growing omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-ultima-krill-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $66.67 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101575 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166122133
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101575-1.jpg
A keeper running more than one cichlid tank, or a single busy display, gets through a 250 g bag faster than it is worth reordering. Dainichi Ultima Krill 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101575) is the value-sized bag of Dainichi's all-purpose maintenance formula for omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids of all types, built on the same 3 mm sinking pellet as the smaller bag. Antarctic krill and two spirulina blends supply the colour, with shrimp added for palatability, while immuno-stimulants and digestive enzymes support general health. Garlic and raw vitamins help keep internal parasites in check, and calcium montmorillonite clay binds metabolic toxins and supports a clean digestive tract. Wheat flour is the binder and wheat germ supplies vitamins E and B.
The 3 mm Small pellet is the mid-point of the range, sized above the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry and below the 5 mm Medium pellet for large adults, and suits the bulk of community and semi-aggressive cichlids once past the juvenile stage. Dainichi's feeding direction stays the same regardless of pack size: offer only what the fish finish within a few minutes, one to three times daily, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred over one large meal. As a sinking pellet it reaches mid-water and bottom feeders as well as fish that take it from the surface. Ultima Krill remains a maintenance diet rather than a specialist colour or growth formula, so the 500 g bag suits tanks fed daily rather than occasional feeding. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pellet size. The same recipe is packed at 100 g and 250 g for smaller households and at 2.5 kg for fish rooms, and in Baby (1mm) and Medium (5mm) pellets for other fish sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple cichlid tanks:** One 500 g bag covers more than one established display.
- **Heavy daily feeders:** Larger groups or bigger cichlids that work through food quickly.
- **Restocking regulars:** A longer-lasting size for keepers who feed this pellet every day.
- **Omnivore and carnivore mixes:** One formula across both feeding types in a community tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine for the Ultima Krill range.
- **Feed to appetite, not excess:** Only offer what clears within a few minutes.
- **Split larger feeds:** Several smaller feeds suit digestion better than one big one.
- **Remove uneaten food:** Clear leftovers to keep water quality steady in a busier tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 mm sinking pellet:** The mid-size grade for juveniles through to adult cichlids.
- **500 g value pack:** A longer-lasting bag for multi-tank or heavy-feeding households.
- **Krill and spirulina lead:** Antarctic krill with two spirulina blends for everyday colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay included:** Supports digestive health and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Garlic and raw vitamins:** Included to support health and help control internal parasites.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101575
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166122133
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Omnivorous & Carnivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Antarctic krill, two spirulina blends, shrimp, calcium montmorillonite clay, garlic
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids of all types, multi-tank feeding
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g and 250 g Small packs, 2.5 kg Small bulk packs, and Baby (1mm) or Medium (5mm) pellets
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Fine herbivore pellet for small-mouthed Tropheus and Petrochromis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $29.17 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101481 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124014
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101481-1.jpg
Strict herbivores like Tropheus are notoriously prone to bloat on the wrong diet, and a young colony needs a pellet matched to small mouths as much as to a plant-based recipe. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101481) is the finest pellet in Dainichi's Veggie Deluxe range, a kelp and spirulina-based sinking food built for herbivorous cichlids and suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish as well. Krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal round out the recipe for digestible protein, with five colour-enhancing ingredients included for growth and vigour. Garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes support fish health, and calcium montmorillonite clay helps bind metabolic toxins and promote digestive efficiency, which Dainichi positions as a way to help prevent bloat in bloat-sensitive species. The fibrous kelp base is central to the formula rather than an add-on.
At 1 mm, the Baby pellet suits Tropheus and Petrochromis fry and juveniles, and other small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids that cannot yet manage the 3 mm Small pellet in the same range. The 100 g bag is a trial or starter size, enough to settle a young colony onto the diet before committing to a larger pack. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction for the range: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, with smaller and more frequent feeds recommended over one large meal for better digestive health. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe is pitched as a flagship herbivore diet, with the related Veggie FX formula adding a colour-enhancing coating for keepers who want a stronger result. The same recipe is also sold at 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and in the 3 mm Small pellet for larger fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tropheus and Petrochromis fry:** A 1 mm pellet sized for small mouths.
- **New herbivore colonies:** Settling young fish onto a kelp-based diet from the start.
- **Other small herbivorous fish:** Suited beyond Tropheus and Petrochromis to similar feeders.
- **Trial-size purchase:** A 100 g bag to test acceptance before buying a larger pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Feed to clear in minutes:** Offer only what the colony finishes within a few minutes.
- **Favour smaller feeds:** More frequent, lighter feeds support digestion in herbivores prone to bloat.
- **Watch young fish closely:** Remove any uneaten pellets from a crowded fry tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** The core herbivore formula behind the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestive efficiency and helps guard against bloat.
- **Garlic and digestive enzymes:** Uncooked enzymes included alongside garlic for fish health.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Sized for Tropheus and Petrochromis fry and other small herbivores.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101481
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124014
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Tropheus, Petrochromis and other small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Baby packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Kelp-based herbivore pellet for adult Tropheus and Petrochromis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $28.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102144 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124113
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102144-1.jpg
An adult Tropheus colony that has graduated from fry food needs a plant-forward diet in a pellet it can actually swallow whole. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102144) is the 3 mm grade of Dainichi's Veggie Deluxe range, a kelp and spirulina-based sinking food for herbivorous cichlids that is also suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish. Krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal supply digestible protein alongside the plant base, and five colour-enhancing ingredients are included for growth and vigour. Garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes support general health, while calcium montmorillonite clay promotes digestive efficiency and is positioned by Dainichi as a help against bloat in sensitive herbivores. The fibrous kelp base, rather than a starch-heavy filler, carries most of the formula.
The 3 mm Small pellet is the step up from the 1 mm Baby grade used for fry, and it suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and comparable herbivorous African cichlids that handle a standard-sized sinking pellet. The 100 g bag is a trial size for one tank, letting a keeper confirm a colony takes to the formula before moving to a larger pack. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe sits as Dainichi's flagship herbivore formula, with Veggie FX offered alongside it as a more colour-intensive version of the same base recipe. The line is also sold at 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for smaller fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult Tropheus and Petrochromis:** A 3 mm pellet sized for established herbivorous cichlids.
- **Single-tank trial:** A 100 g bag to test a colony's acceptance of the formula.
- **Bloat-prone species:** Herbivores that benefit from a kelp-based, clay-supported diet.
- **Mixed herbivore tanks:** One formula across Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine for the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Feed to clear in minutes:** Offer only what the colony finishes quickly.
- **Keep feeds small:** Frequent light feeds suit herbivores more than one large meal.
- **Remove leftovers promptly:** Uneaten pellets break down faster once soaked.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** The core herbivore formula across the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and natural colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and is positioned against bloat in sensitive species.
- **Krill, shrimp and white fish meal:** Digestible protein alongside the plant base.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and similar herbivores.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 102144
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124113
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Small packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk herbivore pellet for breeders rearing small-mouthed cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101486 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124045
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101486-1.jpg
A dedicated Tropheus or Petrochromis breeder, or a club running several rearing tanks, works through fry food in volumes that make small bags impractical. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101486) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's kelp and spirulina-based herbivore formula at the 1 mm pellet size, built for small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids and also suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish. Krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal supply digestible protein alongside the plant base, with five colour-enhancing ingredients included for growth and vigour. Garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes support general health, and calcium montmorillonite clay promotes digestive efficiency, which Dainichi positions as help against the bloat that young strict herbivores are prone to.
The 1 mm Baby pellet is scaled for fry and juveniles, with adults taking the 3 mm Small grade in the same range once they outgrow it. At 2.5 kg, the pack suits a breeding operation, club or fish room running multiple rearing tanks rather than a single display, where the cost per feed drops at this volume. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction regardless of pack size: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times a day, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred over one large meal for young, bloat-prone herbivores. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe is Dainichi's flagship kelp-based herbivore diet, with Veggie FX offered as a more colour-intensive version of the same formula. The range is also packed at 100 g, 250 g and 500 g, and as the 3 mm Small pellet for adult fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding operations:** A bulk pack for ongoing rearing of Tropheus or Petrochromis fry.
- **Clubs and fish rooms:** Several grow-out tanks fed from one bag.
- **High-turnover colonies:** Herbivores that breed often and need a constant fry food supply.
- **Cost-conscious restocking:** A larger pack for keepers feeding this pellet daily long-term.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Portion to finish fast:** Offer only what fry clear within a few minutes.
- **Several light feeds:** Favoured over one large meal for bloat-prone young fish.
- **Store the balance dry:** Keep the unused portion of a large bag sealed and dry between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** Dainichi's core herbivore formula in the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and helps guard against bloat.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for breeders, clubs and multi-tank rearing operations.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Scaled for fry and small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101486
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124045
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Breeders rearing Tropheus, Petrochromis and other small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g Baby packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk herbivore pellet for serious Tropheus and Mbuna keepers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101487 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124144
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101487-1.jpg
A fish room stocked with several Tropheus or Mbuna displays treats a 250 g bag as little more than a week's supply, and bulk buying becomes the only practical option. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101487) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's kelp and spirulina-based herbivore formula at the 3 mm pellet size, built for herbivorous cichlids and also suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish. Krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal supply digestible protein alongside the plant base, with five colour-enhancing ingredients included for growth and vigour. Garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes support general health, and calcium montmorillonite clay promotes digestive efficiency, which Dainichi credits with helping guard against bloat in strict herbivores.
The 3 mm Small pellet suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis, Mbuna and other established herbivorous cichlids, sitting above the 1 mm Baby pellet used for their fry. At 2.5 kg, the pack is built for a serious keeper, club or fish room feeding several large colonies daily, where the cost per feed drops compared with smaller bags. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction at any pack size: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe remains Dainichi's flagship herbivore diet, with Veggie FX available as a more colour-intensive version of the same formula. The line also comes in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple established colonies:** A bulk pack for several adult Tropheus or Mbuna tanks.
- **Clubs and dedicated keepers:** Feeding programs that run through pellets quickly.
- **Long-term restocking:** Buying ahead rather than reordering small bags every few weeks.
- **Mixed herbivore collections:** One pellet across Tropheus, Petrochromis and Mbuna.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine for the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what each colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Keep feeds frequent:** Several smaller feeds reduce bloat risk across large groups.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep a large bag airtight and dry to protect the remainder.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** Dainichi's core herbivore formula in the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and helps guard against bloat.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for clubs, fish rooms and multi-tank keepers.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and Mbuna.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101487
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124144
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Serious keepers feeding Tropheus, Petrochromis and Mbuna in volume
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g Small packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Baby-sized herbivore pellet for rearing small-mouthed cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $51.97 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101482 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124021
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101482-1.jpg
A breeding group of Tropheus or Petrochromis throws juveniles faster than most other African cichlids, and a rearing tank needs a steady supply of a pellet those small mouths can manage. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101482) is the standard rearing size of Dainichi's kelp and spirulina-based herbivore formula, built for small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids and suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish. The recipe adds krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal for digestible protein, with five colour-enhancing ingredients for growth and vigour, and garlic with uncooked digestive enzymes for general health. Calcium montmorillonite clay supports digestive efficiency, which Dainichi positions as help against bloat, a common risk in strict herbivores fed the wrong diet.
At 1 mm, this pellet is scaled for Tropheus and Petrochromis fry and juveniles rather than full-sized adults, who take the 3 mm Small grade in the same range. A 250 g bag is the usual size for a dedicated rearing or grow-out tank fed daily rather than a one-off trial purchase. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times a day, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred to one large meal, which matters more in young, bloat-prone herbivores than in most other fish. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe is Dainichi's flagship kelp-based herbivore diet, with the related Veggie FX adding a stronger colour-enhancing coating to the same base. The range also comes in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and as the 3 mm Small pellet for adult fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rearing tanks:** A steady supply of a small pellet for a breeding group's fry.
- **Juvenile Tropheus and Petrochromis:** Fish not yet large enough for the 3 mm pellet.
- **Daily-fed grow-out setups:** A 250 g bag sized for regular rather than occasional use.
- **Other small herbivores:** Suited beyond African cichlids to similar plant-eating fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine for the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what young fish finish quickly.
- **Keep portions small:** Frequent light feeds reduce bloat risk in sensitive herbivores.
- **Clean up leftovers:** Siphon uneaten pellets from a crowded fry tank promptly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** Dainichi's core herbivore formula in the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and helps guard against bloat.
- **Garlic and digestive enzymes:** Uncooked enzymes included for fish health.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Scaled for Tropheus and Petrochromis fry and other small herbivores.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101482
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124021
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile Tropheus, Petrochromis and other small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Baby packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Standard-size herbivore pellet for herbivorous African cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101483 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124120
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101483-1.webp
Tropheus and Petrochromis colonies are kept in numbers, and a single tank of adults on a plant-based diet gets through a trial-sized bag within weeks. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101483) is the standard pack of Dainichi's kelp and spirulina-based herbivore formula, a 3 mm sinking pellet built for herbivorous cichlids and suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish as well. Krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal are included for digestible protein alongside the plant base, with five colour-enhancing ingredients for growth and vigour. Garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes support general health, and calcium montmorillonite clay promotes digestive efficiency, which Dainichi credits with helping guard against bloat, a known risk for strict herbivores on the wrong diet.
The 3 mm Small pellet suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and comparable herbivorous African cichlids, sitting above the 1 mm Baby grade used for their fry. A 250 g bag is sized for one established tank fed this pellet daily, the standard restocking size once a colony has settled onto the formula. Feeding follows Dainichi's usual direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe is positioned as Dainichi's flagship herbivore diet, with Veggie FX sold alongside it as a more colour-intensive version built on the same kelp base. The line also comes in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry and small-mouthed fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult Tropheus colonies:** A 3 mm pellet sized for a group of established herbivores.
- **Standard restocking:** A 250 g bag for ongoing feeding once a colony is settled.
- **Mbuna and other herbivorous cichlids:** A plant-based pellet beyond Tropheus and Petrochromis.
- **Bloat-prone tanks:** Herbivores that benefit from a kelp and clay-supported diet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine for the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Feed to clear quickly:** Offer only what the colony finishes within a few minutes.
- **Smaller, more frequent feeds:** Reduces bloat risk compared with one large meal.
- **Remove uneaten pellets:** Clear leftovers after feeding to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** The core formula across Dainichi's Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and natural colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and helps guard against bloat.
- **Krill, shrimp and white fish meal:** Digestible protein alongside the plant base.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivores.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101483
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124120
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Small packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk-feed herbivore pellet for small-mouthed cichlid groups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $43.18 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101484 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124038
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101484-1.jpg
A fish room running several Tropheus or Petrochromis grow-out tanks burns through a 250 g bag of fry food in a matter of weeks. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101484) is the larger pack of Dainichi's kelp and spirulina-based herbivore formula at the 1 mm pellet size, built for small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids and also suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish. Krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal supply digestible protein alongside the plant base, with five colour-enhancing ingredients included for growth and vigour. Garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes support general health, while calcium montmorillonite clay promotes digestive efficiency and is positioned by Dainichi as help against bloat, a frequent problem in young strict herbivores overfed on the wrong food.
The 1 mm Baby pellet is scaled for fry and juveniles rather than full-grown adults, which take the 3 mm Small grade in the same range. At 500 g, the bag suits several rearing or grow-out tanks fed this pellet daily, rather than a single trial tank. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times a day, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred over one large meal, particularly important for bloat-prone young herbivores. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe remains Dainichi's flagship kelp-based herbivore diet, with Veggie FX available as a more colour-intensive version of the same formula. The range also comes in 100 g and 250 g, and 2.5 kg for larger operations, and as the 3 mm Small pellet for adult fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple rearing tanks:** A 500 g bag covers several grow-out tanks of fry.
- **Breeding programs:** A steady supply for colonies producing young regularly.
- **Juvenile Tropheus and Petrochromis:** Fish still too small for the 3 mm pellet.
- **Heavy daily feeding:** A longer-lasting bag for tanks fed more than once a day.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Portion to finish fast:** Offer only what fry clear within a few minutes.
- **Several light feeds:** Reduces bloat risk compared with one larger meal.
- **Keep tanks clean:** Siphon uneaten pellets from busy grow-out tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** Dainichi's core herbivore formula in the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and helps guard against bloat.
- **500 g bulk pack:** Sized for multiple rearing or grow-out tanks.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Scaled for fry and small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101484
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124038
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile Tropheus, Petrochromis and other small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g and 250 g Baby packs, 2.5 kg Baby bulk packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Value-size herbivore pellet for multiple herbivorous cichlid tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-deluxe-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101485 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166124137
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101485-1.jpg
A keeper with more than one Tropheus or Mbuna tank, or a single large colony, finds a 250 g bag of herbivore pellets disappears quickly. Dainichi Veggie Deluxe 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101485) is the value-sized pack of Dainichi's kelp and spirulina-based herbivore formula at the 3 mm pellet size, built for herbivorous cichlids and also suitable and effective for other herbivorous fish. Krill, shrimp meal and white fish meal supply digestible protein alongside the plant base, and five colour-enhancing ingredients are included for growth and vigour. Garlic and uncooked digestive enzymes support general health, while calcium montmorillonite clay promotes digestive efficiency, which Dainichi positions as help against the bloat that strict herbivores are prone to on an unsuitable diet.
The 3 mm Small pellet suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis, Mbuna and other established herbivorous cichlids, above the 1 mm Baby pellet used for their fry. A 500 g bag is the practical size for several herbivore tanks fed daily, or for one tank with a large, actively feeding colony. Feeding follows Dainichi's usual direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. Veggie Deluxe is Dainichi's flagship herbivore formula, with Veggie FX sold alongside it as a more colour-intensive version of the same kelp base. The line also comes in 100 g and 250 g for smaller households, 2.5 kg for larger operations, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple herbivore tanks:** One 500 g bag covers more than one established colony.
- **Large single colonies:** A group of adult Tropheus or Mbuna fed daily.
- **Everyday restocking:** A longer-lasting size for keepers committed to the formula.
- **Mixed herbivore collections:** One pellet across Tropheus, Petrochromis and Mbuna together.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine for the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Split larger feeds:** Several smaller feeds support digestion in bloat-prone species.
- **Clear uneaten food:** Remove leftovers to protect water quality in a busier tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Kelp and spirulina base:** Dainichi's core herbivore formula in the Veggie Deluxe range.
- **Five colour-enhancing ingredients:** Included for growth, vigour and colour.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and helps guard against bloat.
- **500 g value pack:** Sized for multiple tanks or a large colony.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and Mbuna.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101485
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166124137
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, krill, shrimp meal, white fish meal, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult Tropheus, Petrochromis, Mbuna and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g and 250 g Small packs, 2.5 kg Small bulk packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing herbivore pellet for small-mouthed cichlid fry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $32.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101488 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125011
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101488-1.jpg
Keepers chasing colour in young Tropheus or Petrochromis want more than a plain plant-based diet can give, without giving up the bloat protection strict herbivores need. Dainichi Veggie Fx 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101488) is Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula built on the Veggie Deluxe base, coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications go into the recipe, more than the base Veggie Deluxe formula, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. Calcium montmorillonite clay binds metabolic toxins and supports the gut, and the pellet is designed to break down into granules in the digestive tract rather than swell, which Dainichi aims at strict herbivores prone to bloat such as Tropheus.
At 1 mm, this is the finest pellet in the Veggie Fx range, sized for Tropheus and Petrochromis fry and other small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids rather than full adults. The ingredient list also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease as the digestive enzyme, and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas, alongside a sister line built the same way for carnivorous species. The 100 g bag is a trial size, suited to confirming a young colony's acceptance before moving to a larger pack. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The line also comes in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and as the 3 mm Small pellet for adults.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Young Tropheus and Petrochromis:** A 1 mm pellet sized for fry and small juveniles.
- **Colour development from an early age:** Six colour-enhancing ingredients applied from the start.
- **Bloat-prone herbivores:** A pellet designed to break into granules rather than swell.
- **Trial-size purchase:** A 100 g bag to test a young colony's acceptance.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what fry finish quickly.
- **Keep feeds light:** Smaller, more frequent feeds suit bloat-sensitive young herbivores.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clean up uneaten pellets from a crowded fry tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Pellets break into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Binds metabolic toxins and supports digestive health.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Sized for Tropheus and Petrochromis fry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101488
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125011
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Tropheus, Petrochromis and other small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Baby packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Colour-enhancing herbivore pellet for bloat-prone adult cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102170 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125110
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102170-1.jpg
An adult Tropheus colony that already eats well often still lacks the intense colour a dedicated colour formula can bring out. Dainichi Veggie Fx 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102170) is the 3 mm grade of Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula, built on the Veggie Deluxe base and coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications are used, one more than the base Veggie Deluxe recipe, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. Calcium montmorillonite clay supports the gut, and the pellet is designed to break down into granules in the digestive tract rather than swell, aimed at strict herbivores such as Tropheus that are prone to bloat.
The 3 mm Small pellet suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and comparable herbivorous cichlids, above the 1 mm Baby pellet used for their fry. The ingredient list also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease as the digestive enzyme, and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas. The 100 g bag suits a single-tank trial before committing to a larger pack. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The line also comes in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult Tropheus and Petrochromis:** A 3 mm pellet for established herbivorous cichlids.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Six colour-enhancing ingredients for keepers chasing deeper colour.
- **Bloat-prone species:** A pellet built to break into granules rather than swell.
- **Single-tank trial:** A 100 g bag to test acceptance before buying more.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Feed to clear quickly:** Offer only what the colony finishes within a few minutes.
- **Keep portions small:** Frequent light feeds suit bloat-sensitive herbivores.
- **Remove uneaten pellets:** Clear leftovers to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Breaks into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestive health in sensitive herbivores.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus and Petrochromis.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 102170
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125110
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Small packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour pellet for breeders rearing herbivorous cichlid fry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $259.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101493 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125042
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101493-1.jpg
A dedicated Tropheus or Petrochromis breeder producing fry in volume wants the colour benefits of Veggie Fx across every rearing tank, not just the display. Dainichi Veggie Fx 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101493) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula at the 1 mm pellet size, built on the Veggie Deluxe base and coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications are used, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. The pellet is designed to break down into granules in the gut rather than swell, aimed at strict herbivores such as Tropheus that are prone to bloat.
The 1 mm Baby pellet is scaled for fry and juveniles, with adults taking the 3 mm Small grade in the same range once they outgrow it. The recipe also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas. At 2.5 kg, the pack suits a breeding operation, club or fish room running multiple rearing tanks, where the cost per feed drops at this volume. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times a day, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The range also comes in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g, and as the 3 mm Small pellet for adults.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding operations:** A bulk pack for ongoing colour-enhanced rearing of fry.
- **Clubs and fish rooms:** Several grow-out tanks fed from one bag.
- **Colour from an early age:** Six colour-enhancing ingredients applied to juveniles as they grow.
- **Bloat-prone rearing stock:** A pellet built to break into granules rather than swell.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Portion to finish fast:** Offer only what fry clear within a few minutes.
- **Several light feeds:** Favoured over one large meal for bloat-prone young fish.
- **Store the balance dry:** Keep the unused portion of a large bag sealed between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Breaks into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for breeders, clubs and multi-tank rearing operations.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Scaled for fry and small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101493
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125042
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Breeders rearing Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g Baby packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour pellet for dedicated Tropheus and Mbuna keepers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101494 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125141
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101494-1.jpg
A fish room stocked with several adult Tropheus or Mbuna displays, all fed a colour-enhancing diet, makes a trial-sized bag of Veggie Fx impractical to keep reordering. Dainichi Veggie Fx 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101494) is the bulk pack of Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula at the 3 mm pellet size, built on the Veggie Deluxe base and coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications are used, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. The pellet is designed to break down into granules in the gut rather than swell, aimed at strict herbivores such as Tropheus that are prone to bloat.
The 3 mm Small pellet suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis, Mbuna and other established herbivorous cichlids, above the 1 mm Baby pellet used for their fry. The recipe also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas. At 2.5 kg, the pack is built for a serious keeper, club or fish room feeding several large colonies this pellet daily. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction at any pack size: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The range also comes in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple established colonies:** A bulk pack for several adult Tropheus or Mbuna tanks.
- **Clubs and dedicated keepers:** Colour-focused feeding programs that run through pellets quickly.
- **Long-term restocking:** Buying ahead rather than reordering small bags every few weeks.
- **Bloat-prone adults:** A pellet built to break into granules rather than swell.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what each colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Keep feeds frequent:** Several smaller feeds reduce bloat risk across large groups.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep a large bag airtight and dry to protect the remainder.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Breaks into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for clubs, fish rooms and multi-tank keepers.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and Mbuna.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101494
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125141
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Serious keepers feeding Tropheus, Petrochromis and Mbuna in volume
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 250 g and 500 g Small packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Spirulina and NatuRose herbivore pellet for juvenile cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101489 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125028
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101489-1.jpg
A rearing tank of young Tropheus or Petrochromis fed on a plain herbivore pellet grows well enough, but misses out on the deeper colour a dedicated formula can build in from an early age. Dainichi Veggie Fx 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101489) is Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula at the 1 mm pellet size, built on the Veggie Deluxe base and coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications are used, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. The pellet is designed to break down into granules in the digestive tract rather than swell, which Dainichi aims at strict herbivores such as Tropheus that are prone to bloat.
At 1 mm, the Baby pellet is scaled for fry and juveniles rather than full-grown adults, which take the 3 mm Small grade in the same range. The recipe also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas. A 250 g bag is the standard size for an ongoing rearing or grow-out tank fed this pellet daily. Feeding follows Dainichi's usual direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times a day, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The range also comes in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and as the 3 mm Small pellet for adults.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile Tropheus and Petrochromis:** A 1 mm pellet for fish not yet on the 3 mm grade.
- **Colour development early on:** Building colour from the juvenile stage rather than waiting for adulthood.
- **Bloat-prone rearing tanks:** A pellet built to break into granules instead of swelling.
- **Daily-fed grow-out setups:** A 250 g bag sized for regular rather than occasional use.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Clear within minutes:** Offer only what young fish finish quickly.
- **Keep feeds small:** Frequent light feeds reduce bloat risk in juveniles.
- **Clean up leftovers:** Siphon uneaten pellets from a crowded rearing tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Breaks into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestive health in young herbivores.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Scaled for Tropheus and Petrochromis fry and juveniles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101489
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125028
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Baby packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Spirulina and NatuRose herbivore pellet for adult Tropheus.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101490 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125127
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101490-1.webp
A single display of adult Tropheus or Petrochromis on a plain herbivore diet still falls short of the colour a dedicated colour-enhancing formula delivers. Dainichi Veggie Fx 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101490) is the 3 mm grade of Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula, built on the Veggie Deluxe base and coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications go into the recipe, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. The pellet is designed to break down into granules in the gut rather than swell, which Dainichi aims at strict herbivores such as Tropheus that are prone to bloat on the wrong diet.
The 3 mm Small pellet suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and comparable herbivorous cichlids, sitting above the 1 mm Baby pellet used for their fry. The recipe also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas. A 250 g bag is the standard restocking size for a single established tank fed daily. Feeding follows Dainichi's usual direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The range also comes in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult Tropheus and Petrochromis:** A 3 mm pellet for established herbivorous cichlids.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Six colour-enhancing ingredients for display-quality colour.
- **Standard restocking:** A 250 g bag for ongoing daily feeding of one tank.
- **Bloat-prone adults:** A pellet built to break into granules rather than swell.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Feed to clear quickly:** Offer only what the colony finishes within a few minutes.
- **Smaller, more frequent feeds:** Reduces bloat risk compared with one large meal.
- **Remove uneaten pellets:** Clear leftovers to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Breaks into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **Montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestive health in sensitive herbivores.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus and Petrochromis.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101490
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125127
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg Small packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour-enhancing herbivore pellet for rearing tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $79.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101491 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125035
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101491-1.jpg
A fish room running several Tropheus or Petrochromis grow-out tanks wants the colour benefits of Veggie Fx without reordering a trial-sized bag every few weeks. Dainichi Veggie Fx 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101491) is the larger pack of Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula at the 1 mm pellet size, built on the Veggie Deluxe base and coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications are used, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. The pellet is designed to break down into granules in the gut rather than swell, aimed at strict herbivores such as Tropheus that are prone to bloat.
The 1 mm Baby pellet is scaled for fry and juveniles, with adults taking the 3 mm Small grade in the same range. The recipe also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas. At 500 g, the bag suits several rearing tanks fed this pellet daily rather than a single trial purchase. Feeding follows Dainichi's standard direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times a day, with smaller and more frequent feeds preferred over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The range also comes in 100 g and 250 g, and 2.5 kg for larger operations, and as the 3 mm Small pellet for adults.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple rearing tanks:** A 500 g bag covers several grow-out tanks of juveniles.
- **Breeding programs:** Building colour into fry and juveniles as they grow.
- **Bloat-prone young herbivores:** A pellet built to break into granules instead of swelling.
- **Heavy daily feeding:** A longer-lasting bag for tanks fed more than once a day.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Portion to finish fast:** Offer only what young fish clear within a few minutes.
- **Several light feeds:** Preferred over one larger meal for bloat-prone juveniles.
- **Keep tanks clean:** Siphon uneaten pellets from busy grow-out tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Breaks into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **500 g bulk pack:** Sized for multiple rearing or grow-out tanks.
- **1 mm Baby pellet:** Scaled for fry and small-mouthed herbivorous cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101491
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125035
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g and 250 g Baby packs, 2.5 kg Baby bulk packs, and as a 3 mm Small pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Veggie Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour-enhancing herbivore pellet for established herbivore colonies.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-veggie-fx-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $106.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101492 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166125134
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101492-1.jpg
A keeper with more than one Tropheus or Petrochromis tank, or a single large colony fed daily, outgrows a trial-sized bag of colour pellets quickly. Dainichi Veggie Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101492) is the value-sized pack of Dainichi's colour-enhancing herbivore formula at the 3 mm pellet size, built on the Veggie Deluxe base and coated and encapsulated with spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose, a Haematococcus algae source of astaxanthin, plus E. superba krill. Six colour-enhancing ingredient applications are used, alongside raw vitamins, digestive enzymes and garlic for general health. The pellet is designed to break down into granules in the gut rather than swell, aimed at strict herbivores such as Tropheus that are prone to bloat.
The 3 mm Small pellet suits adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and comparable herbivorous cichlids, above the 1 mm Baby pellet used for their fry. The recipe also includes kelp, white fish meal, soybean meal, wheat flour as binder, shrimp meal, wheat germ, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, vitamin and mineral mixes, protease and natural gum. Dainichi positions Veggie Fx as one of its two most colour-intensive herbivore formulas. A 500 g bag suits several established tanks or one large colony fed daily, lasting longer than the 250 g size. Feeding follows Dainichi's usual direction: offer only what the fish consume within a few minutes, one to three times daily, favouring smaller and more frequent feeds over one large meal. No guaranteed analysis is published for this pack. The range also comes in 100 g and 250 g, and 2.5 kg for larger operations, and as the 1 mm Baby pellet for fry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple herbivore tanks:** One 500 g bag covers more than one established colony.
- **Large single colonies:** A big group of adult Tropheus or Petrochromis fed daily.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Six colour-enhancing ingredients applied at a longer-lasting pack size.
- **Bloat-prone adults:** A pellet built to break into granules rather than swell.
**Feeding Guide**
- **One to three feeds daily:** Dainichi's standard routine across the Veggie Fx range.
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Split larger feeds:** Several smaller feeds support digestion in bloat-prone species.
- **Clear uneaten food:** Remove leftovers to protect water quality in a busier tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cyclop-eeze and NatuRose coating:** Freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze and astaxanthin-rich NatuRose for colour.
- **Six colour-enhancing ingredients:** More than the base Veggie Deluxe formula.
- **Bloat-resistant design:** Breaks into granules in the gut instead of swelling.
- **500 g value pack:** Sized for multiple tanks or a large colony.
- **3 mm Small pellet:** Sized for adult Tropheus and Petrochromis.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi Fish Food
- **SKU:** 101492
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166125134
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid, Colour-Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Key Ingredients:** Kelp, spirulina, freeze-dried Cyclop-eeze, NatuRose (Haematococcus algae), E. superba krill, calcium montmorillonite clay
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Adult Tropheus, Petrochromis and other herbivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g and 250 g Small packs, 2.5 kg Small bulk packs, and as a 1 mm Baby pellet
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Starter pack of sinking pellets for sub-adult cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-100g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102159 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127114
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102159-1.jpg
Switching a tank onto a new staple food is easier to judge on a small pack first, especially when the fish are still sub-adult and may yet need a different pellet size. Dainichi Xl Pro 100g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 102159) is the 100 g starter size of the 3 mm Small grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet sinks through the water column, delivering food to fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water rather than only at the surface. At 100 g the pack suits a trial of the formula or a single tank of sub-adult fish before committing to a larger size.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types are the colour drivers, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, a feature of the wider Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast make up the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the recipe. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 3 mm Small grade suits sub-adult and smaller adult cichlids rather than fry or fully grown frontosa, and it comes in a resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch sized for a short trial.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sub-adult cichlids:** A 3 mm sinking pellet sized for fish partway to full size.
- **Trialling a new staple:** A 100 g pack to test acceptance before buying a larger size.
- **Bottom and mid-water feeders:** Cichlids that feed away from the surface.
- **Single tank use:** Enough for one tank over a reasonable trial period.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Offer small amounts:** Feed only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Feed several times daily:** Smaller, more frequent feeds suit active cichlids well.
- **Let it reach the bottom:** The pellet sinks, so bottom feeders are not left out.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep the remaining pellets protected from moisture and light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100 g starter size:** Suited to a trial or a single sub-adult tank.
- **3 mm Small sinking grade:** Matched to sub-adult and smaller adult cichlids.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour, especially blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Minimal filler starches:** Only wheat flour and wheat germ used as starch sources.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102159
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127114
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Sub-adult robust cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101456), 500 g (SKU 101458) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101460) in the same 3 mm Small sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk fine sinking pellet for frontosa fry and cichlid grow-out rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-2-5kg-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $179.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101603 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127046
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101603-1.jpg
A frontosa breeder raising several batches of fry, or a grow-out room with many tanks of young Central American cichlids, cannot run on bags measured in grams and needs the finest pellet in bulk. Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101603) is the bulk 2.5 kg pack of the 1 mm Baby grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The fine pellet sinks through the water column, reaching young fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water across many grow-out tanks. At 2.5 kg the pack suits a breeder, a club, or a fish room running several grow-out systems at once.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types drive the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue as the fish mature, and calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. The remaining ingredients are white fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the formula. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 1 mm Baby grade remains the finest pellet in the XL Pro sinking range, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth decanting into smaller sealed containers once opened to keep a 2.5 kg supply of a fine pellet fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Frontosa fry batches:** Multiple tanks of young fish fed from one bulk supply.
- **Cichlid grow-out rooms:** A bank of tanks kept on the same fine sinking pellet.
- **Breeders and clubs:** Bulk stock split between several keepers' grow-out tanks.
- **High-volume daily feeding:** A 2.5 kg pack sized to avoid frequent reordering of a fine pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed little and often:** Several small feeds a day suit growing fry.
- **Portion it out:** Decant working amounts rather than exposing the whole bag at each feed.
- **Let it settle below:** The pellet sinks to where young fish are feeding.
- **Rotate and reseal:** Use older stock first and keep the bag well closed between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for breeders, clubs and multi-tank grow-out rooms.
- **Fine 1 mm Baby grade:** The smallest pellet in the XL Pro sinking range.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour as fish mature.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches young cichlids feeding below the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101603
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127046
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and growing robust cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101454), 250 g (SKU 101455) and 500 g (SKU 101570) in the same 1 mm Baby sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk sinking pellet for adult frontosa and large cichlid colonies.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-2-5kg-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $184.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101461 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127244
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101461-1.jpg
A frontosa breeder running several colonies of adult fish, or a wholesaler holding large cichlids across a bank of tanks, needs a sinking staple that comes in a size matched to the scale of the operation. Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101461) is the bulk 2.5 kg pack of the 5 mm Medium grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet sinks through the water column, reaching fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water across multiple tanks of adult fish. At 2.5 kg the pack suits a breeder, a club, or a fish room running several large-cichlid systems.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types drive the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. The remaining ingredients are white fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the formula. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 5 mm Medium grade is sized for fully grown frontosa and other large, robust cichlids, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth decanting into smaller sealed containers once opened to keep a 2.5 kg supply fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult frontosa colonies:** Several groups of fully grown fish fed from one bulk supply.
- **Large Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species at full size.
- **Breeders and fish rooms:** Multiple tanks kept on the same large-grade sinking formula.
- **High-volume feeding:** A 2.5 kg pack sized to avoid frequent reordering.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what each colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Portion it out:** Decant working amounts rather than exposing the whole bag at each feed.
- **Let it sink through:** The pellet reaches mid-water and bottom feeders without surface competition.
- **Rotate and reseal:** Use older stock first and keep the bag well closed between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for breeders, clubs and multi-tank fish rooms.
- **5 mm Medium sinking grade:** Sized for fully grown frontosa and other large cichlids.
- **Two spirulina types with krill:** Aimed at clean, vibrant colour, particularly blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Minimal starch content:** Only wheat flour and wheat germ used as starch sources.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101461
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127244
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including adult frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101457) and 500 g (SKU 101459) in the same 5 mm Medium sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Bulk slow-floating pellet for frontosa breeders and cichlid fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-2-5kg-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101568 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166027148
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101568-1.jpg
A frontosa breeder or a fish room running several cichlid tanks goes through a floating colour pellet at a rate that makes small bags impractical, and restocking weekly eats into the time better spent on the fish. Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101568) is the bulk 2.5 kg pack of the 3 mm Small grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a floating formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet floats at or near the surface before settling, so fish feeding mid-water or at the top across a bank of tanks get their share. At 2.5 kg the pack suits a breeder, a club, or a fish room running multiple cichlid systems.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types drive the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. The remaining ingredients are white fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the formula. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. A 2.5 kg bag of the 3 mm floating grade goes a long way across several tanks, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth decanting into smaller sealed containers once it is opened to keep the bulk of it fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Frontosa breeders:** Multiple tanks of sub-adult to adult fish fed from one bulk supply.
- **Cichlid fish rooms:** A bank of tanks kept on the same floating formula.
- **Clubs and co-ops:** Bulk stock split between several keepers' tanks.
- **High-volume feeding:** A 2.5 kg pack sized to avoid frequent reordering.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what each tank clears within a few minutes.
- **Portion it out:** Decant working amounts rather than exposing the whole bag at each feed.
- **Let it float first:** Allow time at the surface before the pellet settles.
- **Rotate and reseal:** Use older stock first and keep the bag well closed between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for breeders, clubs and multi-tank fish rooms.
- **3 mm Small floating grade:** Suited to sub-adult and smaller adult robust cichlids.
- **Slow-floating pellet:** Stays near the surface for mid-water and top feeders.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour, especially blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101568
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166027148
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, slow-floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101452) and 500 g (SKU 101566) in the same 3 mm Small floating grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk sinking pellet for sub-adult cichlid colonies and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-2-5kg-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101460 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127145
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101460-1.jpg
A fish room with several tanks of sub-adult cichlids, or a club splitting a bulk order between members, needs a sinking pellet in a size that does not need reordering every few weeks. Dainichi Xl Pro 2.5kg Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101460) is the bulk 2.5 kg pack of the 3 mm Small grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet sinks through the water column, reaching fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water across a bank of tanks. At 2.5 kg the pack suits a breeder, a club, or a fish room running several sub-adult cichlid systems.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types supply the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. The remaining ingredients are white fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the formula. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. A 2.5 kg bag of the 3 mm sinking grade goes a long way across several tanks, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth decanting into smaller sealed containers once opened to keep the bulk of it fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple sub-adult tanks:** One bulk pack feeding several cichlid systems.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** A bank of tanks kept on the same sinking formula.
- **Clubs and co-ops:** Bulk stock split between several keepers' tanks.
- **High-volume feeding:** A 2.5 kg pack sized to avoid frequent reordering.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what each tank clears within a few minutes.
- **Portion it out:** Decant working amounts rather than exposing the whole bag at each feed.
- **Let it sink through:** The pellet reaches bottom and mid-water feeders consistently.
- **Rotate and reseal:** Use older stock first and keep the bag well closed between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for breeders, clubs and multi-tank fish rooms.
- **3 mm Small sinking grade:** Suited to sub-adult and smaller adult robust cichlids.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour, especially blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Steady-sinking action:** Reaches bottom and mid-water feeders reliably.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101460
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127145
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Sub-adult robust cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 102159), 250 g (SKU 101456) and 500 g (SKU 101458) in the same 3 mm Small sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday fine sinking pellet for growing frontosa and cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-250g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101455 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127022
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101455-1.jpg
Young frontosa and growing Central American cichlids are fed daily rather than occasionally, and a 100 g trial pack does not last long once a grow-out tank is on a settled routine. Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101455) is the 250 g pack of the 1 mm Baby grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The fine pellet sinks through the water column, reaching young fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water rather than competing at the surface. At 250 g the pack suits a single grow-out tank kept on regular feeding.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types drive the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue as the fish develop, and calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast make up the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the recipe. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 1 mm Baby grade remains the finest pellet in the XL Pro sinking range, suited to fry and growing cichlids, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch keeps a 250 g supply fresh over regular use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Young frontosa:** A fine sinking pellet for fish still growing towards adult size.
- **Growing Central American cichlids:** Juveniles of similar size and feeding habit.
- **Bottom and mid-water feeders:** Young cichlids that feed away from the surface.
- **Regular grow-out feeding:** A 250 g pack sized for ongoing daily use.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed little and often:** Several small feeds a day suit growing cichlids.
- **Offer only what is cleared:** Avoid leaving excess pellets to foul the substrate.
- **Let it settle below:** The pellet sinks to where young fish are feeding.
- **Size up as they grow:** Move to the 3 mm Small grade once fish outgrow this size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g everyday pack:** Sized for regular feeding of one grow-out tank.
- **Fine 1 mm Baby grade:** The smallest pellet in the XL Pro sinking range.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour as fish mature.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches young cichlids feeding below the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101455
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127022
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and growing robust cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101454), 500 g (SKU 101570) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101603) in the same 1 mm Baby sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets
Larger slow-floating pellet for adult frontosa and robust cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-250g-medium-5mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101453 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166027223
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101453-1.jpg
An adult frontosa or a large Central American cichlid can make short work of a small pellet without ever being properly fed, taking several mouthfuls of a 3 mm grade where one 5 mm pellet would do. Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101453) is the 5 mm Medium grade of Dainichi's XL Pro line in a floating form, formulated with premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet floats at or near the surface before settling, so fish that feed in open water or at the top of the tank have time to take it. The 250 g pack suits a single tank of adult-sized cichlids on regular feeding.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types are the colour drivers, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, a feature across the Dainichi range, is included to encourage mineral intake, bind metabolic toxins and support the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast make up the rest of the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix; only two starch sources are used, wheat flour as a binder and wheat germ for vitamins E and B. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 5 mm Medium grade is sized for fully grown frontosa and other large, robust cichlids that would otherwise need several smaller pellets per mouthful, and it ships in a resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult frontosa:** A 5 mm floating pellet sized for fully grown fish.
- **Large Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species of similar size.
- **Open-water and top feeders:** Cichlids that take food before it reaches the substrate.
- **Single adult-stocked tank:** A 250 g pack sized for one tank of full-grown fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the fish clear within a few minutes.
- **Allow floating time:** Let the pellet sit at the surface before it eventually settles.
- **Spread across feeds:** Several smaller feeds suit large, active cichlids better than one big one.
- **Keep the pouch closed:** Reseal after each feed to keep out moisture and light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 mm Medium grade:** Sized for fully grown frontosa and other large cichlids.
- **Slow-floating pellet:** Gives surface and mid-water feeders time to take it before it sinks.
- **Two spirulina types with krill:** Aimed at clean, vibrant colour, particularly blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Minimal starch content:** Only wheat flour and wheat germ used as starch sources.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101453
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166027223
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 5 mm, slow-floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including adult frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101567) in the same 5 mm Medium floating grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday sinking pellet for adult frontosa and bottom-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-250g-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101457 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127220
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101457-1.jpg
Adult frontosa often feed through the middle and lower parts of the water column rather than snatching food at the surface, and a pellet that sinks steadily suits that habit better than one built to float. Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101457) is the 250 g pack of the 5 mm Medium grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet sinks through the water column rather than floating, reaching fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water. At 250 g the pack suits a single tank of adult-sized cichlids on regular feeding.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types are the colour drivers, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast make up the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used rather than a longer filler list. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 5 mm Medium grade is sized for fully grown frontosa and other large, robust cichlids, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch keeps a 250 g supply in good condition.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult frontosa:** A 5 mm sinking pellet sized for fully grown fish.
- **Large Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species of similar size.
- **Mid-water and bottom feeders:** Cichlids that feed below the surface most of the time.
- **Single adult-stocked tank:** A 250 g pack sized for one tank of full-grown fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the fish clear within a few minutes.
- **Several smaller feeds:** Preferable to one large daily feeding.
- **Let it sink through:** The pellet reaches mid-water and bottom feeders without competition from the surface.
- **Keep the pouch sealed:** Protect the remaining pellets from moisture and light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 mm Medium sinking grade:** Sized for fully grown frontosa and other large cichlids.
- **Steady-sinking pellet:** Reaches mid-water and bottom feeders reliably.
- **Two spirulina types with krill:** Aimed at clean, vibrant colour, particularly blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Minimal starch content:** Only wheat flour and wheat germ used as starch sources.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101457
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127220
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including adult frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101459) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101461) in the same 5 mm Medium sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Slow-floating pellet for sub-adult frontosa and large cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-250g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101452 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166027124
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101452-1.jpg
Frontosa and Central American cichlids feed in open water as much as at the bottom, and a pellet that floats long enough to be taken mid-water suits that habit better than one that drops straight to the gravel. Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101452) is the 3 mm Small grade of Dainichi's XL Pro line in a floating form, a formula built around premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids such as frontosa and Central American species. The pellet floats at or near the surface rather than sinking immediately, giving fish feeding mid-water and at the top time to take it before it eventually settles. At 250 g the pack suits a single established cichlid tank on regular feeding.
Antarctic krill and two types of spirulina drive the colour claim, aimed particularly at clean, vibrant blue, while calcium montmorillonite clay is included across the Dainichi range to encourage mineral intake, bind metabolic toxins and support the digestive tract. The wider ingredient list is white fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix; the formula uses only two starch sources rather than a longer list of fillers. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The pouch is resealable and UV-light-resistant, and the 3 mm Small grade suits sub-adult and smaller adult cichlids rather than the largest frontosa in a colony.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sub-adult frontosa:** A 3 mm floating pellet sized for fish not yet at full adult size.
- **Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species of similar size.
- **Mid-water feeders:** Cichlids that take food as it drifts rather than only at the bottom.
- **A single established tank:** A 250 g pack sized for one tank on regular feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed what is cleared quickly:** Offer only as much as the fish take within a few minutes.
- **Let it float first:** Allow the pellet time at or near the surface before it settles.
- **Several feeds a day:** Smaller, more frequent feeds suit active cichlids well.
- **Reseal the pouch:** Protect the remaining pellets from moisture and light between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow-floating pellet:** Stays near the surface before settling, suiting mid-water feeders.
- **Antarctic krill and spirulina:** Two spirulina types drive clean, vibrant colouration, especially blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Minimal filler starches:** Only wheat flour and wheat germ used as starch sources.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Sized for sub-adult and smaller adult robust cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101452
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166027124
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, slow-floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (SKU 101566) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101568) in the same 3 mm Small floating grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Everyday sinking pellet for sub-adult and bottom-feeding cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-250g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101456 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127121
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101456-1.webp
Not every cichlid competes well at the surface, and a tank with shy or bottom-oriented fish needs a staple that reaches them reliably rather than one that is gone before it sinks. Dainichi Xl Pro 250g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101456) is the 250 g pack of the 3 mm Small grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet sinks steadily through the water column, delivering food to fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water rather than racing for it at the top. At 250 g the pack is sized for everyday feeding of one established tank of sub-adult to smaller adult cichlids.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types supply the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, a feature across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast make up the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, using only two starch sources rather than a longer filler list. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 3 mm Small grade suits sub-adult and smaller adult cichlids, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch keeps a 250 g supply in condition over regular feeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sub-adult cichlids:** A 3 mm sinking pellet for fish partway to full adult size.
- **Bottom-oriented feeders:** Cichlids that do not compete well for food at the surface.
- **Mixed-level tanks:** Communities where some fish feed low and others feed higher up.
- **Everyday staple:** A 250 g pack sized for regular use in one tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes.
- **Several feeds a day:** Smaller, more frequent feeds suit active cichlids.
- **Let it reach the bottom:** The pellet sinks, so shy or bottom feeders are not missed out.
- **Reseal after feeding:** Protect the remaining pellets between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **250 g everyday pack:** Sized for regular feeding of one established tank.
- **3 mm Small sinking grade:** Matched to sub-adult and smaller adult robust cichlids.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour, especially blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Steady-sinking action:** Reaches bottom and mid-water feeders consistently.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101456
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127121
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Sub-adult robust cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 102159), 500 g (SKU 101458) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101460) in the same 3 mm Small sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets
Larger pack of big slow-floating pellets for adult frontosa colonies.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-500g-medium-5mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $52.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101567 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166027230
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101567-1.jpg
A tank of several adult frontosa or large Central American cichlids feeding together clears a 5 mm pellet quickly, and a 250 g bag does not last long once a colony is at full size. Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Medium (5mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101567) is the 500 g pack of the 5 mm Medium grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a floating formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet floats at or near the surface before settling, suiting cichlids that feed in open water as well as at the bottom. The 500 g size suits an established colony of adult-sized fish fed regularly.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types drive the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, a feature across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast form the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the recipe. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 5 mm Medium grade is sized for fully grown frontosa and other large, robust cichlids, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch keeps a 500 g supply in condition for a colony fed several times a day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult frontosa colonies:** A group of fully grown fish fed together regularly.
- **Large Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species at full size.
- **Open-water feeders:** Cichlids that take food before it reaches the substrate.
- **Established colony feeding:** A 500 g pack sized for ongoing, frequent feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Allow floating time:** Let the pellet sit near the surface before it settles.
- **Spread across feeds:** Several smaller feeds suit a large, active colony better than one big one.
- **Reseal firmly:** Protect the remaining pack from moisture and light between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g pack size:** Suited to an established colony fed several times a day.
- **5 mm Medium grade:** Sized for fully grown frontosa and other large cichlids.
- **Slow-floating pellet:** Gives open-water and top feeders time to take it before it sinks.
- **Two spirulina types with krill:** Aimed at clean, vibrant colour, particularly blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101567
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166027230
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 5 mm, slow-floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including adult frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101453) in the same 5 mm Medium floating grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets
Larger pack of big sinking pellets for adult frontosa colonies.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-500g-medium-5mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $61.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101459 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127237
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101459-1.jpg
Several adult frontosa feeding together on a bottom-weighted diet go through a 5 mm pellet quickly, and a 250 g bag is a short-term solution once a colony is established. Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Medium (5mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101459) is the 500 g pack of the 5 mm Medium grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet sinks through the water column, reaching fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water across an established colony. The 500 g size suits a group of adult-sized fish fed regularly.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types drive the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, and calcium montmorillonite clay, a feature across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast make up the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the formula. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 5 mm Medium grade is sized for fully grown frontosa and other large, robust cichlids, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch keeps a 500 g supply in condition for a colony fed several times a day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult frontosa colonies:** A group of fully grown fish fed together regularly.
- **Large Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species at full size.
- **Mid-water and bottom feeders:** Cichlids that feed below the surface most of the time.
- **Established colony feeding:** A 500 g pack sized for ongoing, frequent feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Spread across feeds:** Several smaller feeds suit a large, active colony.
- **Let it sink through:** The pellet reaches mid-water and bottom feeders without surface competition.
- **Reseal firmly:** Protect the remaining pack from moisture and light between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g pack size:** Suited to an established colony fed several times a day.
- **5 mm Medium sinking grade:** Sized for fully grown frontosa and other large cichlids.
- **Steady-sinking pellet:** Reaches mid-water and bottom feeders reliably.
- **Two spirulina types with krill:** Aimed at clean, vibrant colour, particularly blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101459
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127237
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 5 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including adult frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101457) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101461) in the same 5 mm Medium sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets
Larger pack of slow-floating pellets for a growing cichlid colony.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-500g-small-3mm-floating-pellets/
- Price: $54.91 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101566 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166027131
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101566-1.jpg
A colony of frontosa or a tank of Central American cichlids that is still filling out needs more than a 250 g bag can comfortably supply, and restocking too often becomes a chore. Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Small (3mm) Floating Pellets (SKU: 101566) is the 500 g pack of the 3 mm Small grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a floating formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet floats at or near the surface before settling, suiting fish that feed in open water as readily as at the bottom. The 500 g size suits a growing colony or more than one cichlid tank fed from the same bag.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types supply the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue, while calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. The base is white fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used rather than a longer filler list. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 3 mm Small grade suits sub-adult and smaller adult cichlids, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth keeping well closed between feeds at this larger pack size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing cichlid colonies:** A tank of fish not yet at full adult size, feeding regularly.
- **Multiple cichlid tanks:** One 500 g pack shared between more than one tank.
- **Mid-water and surface feeders:** Cichlids that take food before it settles.
- **Frequent feeding:** A pack sized to reduce how often a fresh bag is needed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only as much as the colony clears within a few minutes.
- **Let it float first:** Allow time at the surface before the pellet settles.
- **Several smaller feeds:** Preferable to one large daily feeding for active cichlids.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep the remaining pack protected from moisture and light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g pack size:** Suits a growing colony or more than one cichlid tank.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Matched to sub-adult and smaller adult robust cichlids.
- **Slow-floating pellet:** Stays near the surface for mid-water and top feeders.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour, especially blue.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101566
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166027131
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, slow-floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101452) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101568) in the same 3 mm Small floating grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Krill-led colour pellet for robust frontosa and Central American cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dainichi-xl-pro-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $54.91 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101458 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127138
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101458-1.jpg
Frontosa and big Central American cichlids are heavy feeders with a taste for crustacean, and a pellet built on marine protein rather than filler keeps colour and condition up without the bloat of a grain-heavy feed. Dainichi XL Pro 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101458) is the 500 g pack of Dainichi's XL Pro formula in the 3 mm Small sinking grade, built around Antarctic krill and a blend of two spirulina types to push blue and yellow pigmentation rather than the orange tones a single-spirulina feed tends to favour. Calcium montmorillonite clay is included specifically to support digestion in a formula otherwise dense in marine protein, and the pellet sinks steadily, suiting mid-water and bottom feeders as readily as surface feeders.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 44%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 9% and ash maximum 10%, a protein level aimed at growth rather than maintenance. Wheat germ and wheat flour are the only starch sources, kept deliberately low given how poorly cichlids process plant carbohydrate, with milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic and protease rounding out the recipe. Dainichi's directions are to feed two to four times daily, offering only what clears within a few minutes, and specifically not to pre-soak, since soaking is said to leach out colour enhancers and vitamins. The 3 mm Small grade sits between the 1 mm Baby and 5 mm Medium grades, suiting juvenile to mid-size frontosa, peacocks and similarly proportioned Central Americans rather than fry or full adults.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Frontosa and Tanganyikan cichlids:** A krill-forward staple for species that colour up on marine protein.
- **Central American cichlids:** Robust carnivorous and omnivorous species that need a high-protein daily feed.
- **Grow-out tanks:** The 3 mm Small grade bridges fry-sized Baby pellets and adult-sized Medium pellets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes each time.
- **Favour small feedings:** Several light feeds suit cichlids better than one large one.
- **Never pre-soak:** Soaking before feeding is said to wash out colour enhancers and vitamins.
- **Watch body condition:** Ease back on frequency if fish start looking heavy rather than muscular.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Krill and white fish meal base:** Marine protein ahead of grain fillers.
- **Two-spirulina colour blend:** Formulated toward blue and yellow pigmentation.
- **44% minimum crude protein:** A growth-grade ration for large, active cichlids.
- **Montmorillonite clay included:** Added specifically to support digestion.
- **3 mm Small sinking grade:** Sized for juvenile to mid-size cichlids, 500 g bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (USA)
- **SKU:** 101458
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127138
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Grade:** Small, about 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat germ, wheat flour, krill, spirulina, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, milk powder, vitamin mix, mineral mix, garlic, protease, natural gum
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; do not pre-soak
- **Ideal For:** Frontosa, Central American cichlids and other robust carnivorous or omnivorous cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** Also sold in 100 g, 250 g, 500 g and 2.5 kg packs, each in Baby (1 mm), Small (3 mm) and Medium (5 mm) grades
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
### Dainichi Fish Food — Freshwater aquarium
#### Dainichi Marine Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets
Bulk colour pellet for adult reef fish and invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dainichi-marine-fx-500g-small-3mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $81.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101519 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166152130
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101519-1.jpg
A tank of adult tangs, wrasses and larger invertebrates goes through a colour pellet at a pace that makes a 250 g bag a short-lived convenience. Dainichi Marine Fx 500g Small (3mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101519) is the 500 g pack of the 3 mm Small grade in Dainichi's Marine Fx range, a sinking colour food for marine fish and invertebrates built on freeze-dried copepods, natural astaxanthin, spirulina and Antarctic krill. The pellet sinks through the water column rather than floating, so fish and invertebrates that feed away from the surface still get their share. At 500 g the pack suits an established reef aquarium fed several times a day.
The recipe is built on white fish meal, wheat flour and Antarctic krill meal, with pea protein, wheat germ and spirulina algae adding further protein and pigment, copepod meal and astaxanthin supplying the carotenoids behind the colour claim, and montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease and beta glucan rounding out the formula alongside a vitamin and mineral premix. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum, ash 10% maximum, calcium 2% minimum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. Dainichi's feeding guidance is 1 to 3 times daily, limited to what is cleared within a few minutes. The resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch keeps a 500 g supply of 3 mm pellets in condition for an adult reef community fed regularly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established adult reef tanks:** Regular colour feeding for fish already at full size.
- **Larger invertebrates:** Shrimp and other inverts able to manage a 3 mm pellet.
- **Multiple daily feeds:** Tanks fed more than once a day work through the pack steadily.
- **Stepping up from a smaller pack:** A 500 g size for keepers already using the 250 g bag regularly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **1 to 3 feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Keep feeds small:** Several light feeds work better than one heavy one.
- **Feed past the surface:** Let pellets sink to reach mid-water and bottom feeders.
- **Reseal promptly:** Close the pouch after each feed to protect the remaining pellets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g bulk size:** Suited to established tanks fed several times a day.
- **3 mm Small grade:** Sized for adult reef fish and larger invertebrates.
- **Astaxanthin, spirulina and krill:** Carotenoid sources behind the colour-enhancing claim.
- **Freeze-dried copepods:** Marine crustacean ingredient adding natural nutrition.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches fish and invertebrates that do not feed at the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101519
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166152130
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancer, Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%, calcium min 2%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, Antarctic krill meal, wheat germ, spirulina algae, pea protein, brewer's yeast, copepod meal, astaxanthin, montmorillonite clay, gum acacia, garlic, calcium carbonate, protease, beta glucan, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 1–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101515), 250 g (SKU 101517) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101521) in the same 3 mm Small grade
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums and reef systems
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Fine sinking pellet for juvenile frontosa and growing cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dainichi-xl-pro-100g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101454 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127015
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101454-1.jpg
A tank of young frontosa or growing Central American cichlids is not ready for the pellet their parents eat, and a fine 1 mm grain that sinks to where juveniles actually feed is harder to source than it should be. Dainichi Xl Pro 100g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101454) is the 1 mm Baby grade of Dainichi's XL Pro line in a sinking form, a formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers built for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The pellet sinks through the water column rather than floating, delivering food to fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water, which suits young cichlids still finding their place in the tank. At 100 g the pack suits a single grow-out tank or a trial of the formula before buying a larger size.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types supply the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour as the fish mature, and calcium montmorillonite clay, included across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. The rest of the recipe is white fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 1 mm Baby grade is the finest in the XL Pro sinking range, intended for fry and growing cichlids rather than adults.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile frontosa:** A 1 mm sinking pellet sized for young, growing fish.
- **Growing Central American cichlids:** Similar-sized fry and juveniles still filling out.
- **Bottom and mid-water feeders:** Young cichlids that feed away from the surface.
- **Grow-out tanks:** A 100 g pack sized for one tank of developing fish or a trial.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed little and often:** Offer only what is cleared within a few minutes, several times a day.
- **Let it sink through:** Allow the pellet to reach fish feeding below the surface.
- **Watch growth:** Move up to the 3 mm Small grade as the fish outgrow this size.
- **Reseal the pouch:** Protect the fine pellet from moisture and light between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine 1 mm Baby grade:** The smallest pellet in the XL Pro sinking range.
- **Sinking pellet:** Delivers food to young cichlids feeding below the surface.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour as fish mature.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Minimal filler starches:** Only wheat flour and wheat germ used as starch sources.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101454
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127015
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and growing robust cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 101455), 500 g (SKU 101570) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101603) in the same 1 mm Baby sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets
Larger pack of fine sinking pellets for a growing cichlid colony.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dainichi-xl-pro-500g-baby-1mm-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $61.40 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101570 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 713166127039
- Brand: Dainichi Fish Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dainichi-fish-food/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101570-1.jpg
A batch of growing frontosa fry or a colony of young Central American cichlids is fed daily until it outgrows the finest pellet, and a 250 g bag does not always see that stage through. Dainichi Xl Pro 500g Baby (1mm) Sinking Pellets (SKU: 101570) is the 500 g pack of the 1 mm Baby grade in Dainichi's XL Pro line, a sinking formula of premium marine proteins and natural colour enhancers for robust carnivorous and omnivorous cichlids. The fine pellet sinks through the water column, reaching young fish that feed at the bottom and in mid-water across a growing colony. The 500 g size suits a larger batch of fry or more than one grow-out tank fed from the same bag.
Antarctic krill and two spirulina types drive the colour claim, aimed at clean, vibrant colour and especially blue as the fish develop, and calcium montmorillonite clay, used across the Dainichi range, encourages mineral intake, binds metabolic toxins and supports the digestive tract. White fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ, soybean meal and brewer's yeast form the base, with powdered milk, garlic, protease and gum acacia alongside a vitamin and mineral premix, and only two starch sources are used in the recipe. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 44% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 10% maximum. The 1 mm Baby grade remains the finest pellet in the range, and the resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch is worth keeping tightly closed between feeds at this larger pack size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing frontosa fry:** A larger batch of young fish fed on the same fine pellet.
- **Multiple grow-out tanks:** One 500 g pack shared between more than one tank.
- **Young Central American cichlids:** Fry and juveniles not yet ready for a larger grade.
- **Frequent daily feeding:** A pack sized to reduce how often a fresh bag is needed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed little and often:** Several small feeds a day suit growing fry.
- **Offer only what is cleared:** Avoid leaving excess pellets to foul the water.
- **Let it settle below:** The pellet sinks to where young fish are feeding.
- **Reseal firmly:** Protect the fine pellet from moisture and light between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g pack size:** Suits a larger batch of fry or more than one grow-out tank.
- **Fine 1 mm Baby grade:** The smallest pellet in the XL Pro sinking range.
- **Antarctic krill and two spirulina types:** Drive clean, vibrant colour as fish mature.
- **Calcium montmorillonite clay:** Supports digestion and binds metabolic toxins.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches young cichlids feeding below the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dainichi (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101570
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 713166127039
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Large Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet:** 1 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 9%, ash max 10%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ, Antarctic krill, two spirulina types, soybean meal, brewer's yeast, calcium montmorillonite clay, powdered milk, garlic, protease, gum acacia, vitamins and minerals
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile and growing robust cichlids, including frontosa and Central American species
- **Packaging:** Resealable, UV-light-resistant pouch
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 101454), 250 g (SKU 101455) and 2.5 kg (SKU 101603) in the same 1 mm Baby sinking grade
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
### HIKARI — Food
#### Hikari Algae Wafers - 1kg
Bulk sinking disc food for fish rooms, shops and large pleco collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/mini-algae-wafers-1kg/
- Price: $140.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21366 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055213660
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21366.jpg
A shop with a wall of pleco tanks, or a fish room cycling through several catfish species, burns through retail-size wafer packs fast enough that the per-gram cost starts to matter. Hikari Algae Wafers - 1kg (SKU: KH21366) is the bulk size of Hikari's sinking Algae Wafers line, a disc-shaped diet for Plecostomus and other algae-eating bottom feeders carrying high levels of vegetable matter rather than a plain protein pellet. The disc shape mimics a pleco's own grazing action, and Hikari says it holds together in water instead of crumbling into cloudy debris soon after going in. At roughly 17.0 to 18.0 mm across, the 1 kg bag is Hikari's largest Algae Wafers pack, aimed at retailers, fish rooms and keepers running several tanks of bottom feeders.
Fish meal and krill meal lead the formula, with dried seaweed meal, alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella and garlic supplying the vegetable bulk, plus astaxanthin for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's directions call for only as much as the fish will finish within about two hours, and since most target species are nocturnal, a feed held back until after dark is used far more completely than a morning drop. Where a fish room also keeps young or small-mouthed grazers, Hikari's separate Mini Algae Wafers uses a smaller disc and is sold in 22 g, 85 g and 1 kg packs of its own.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and retailers:** Daily feeding across many tanks from one bulk bag.
- **Large pleco collections:** Several species of bottom feeder kept on the one wafer.
- **Nocturnal feeding routines:** An after-dark feed suits the target species better than daytime.
- **Marine herbivore systems:** Hikari lists the wafers as suitable for saltwater grazing fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Portion each tank an amount it clears within about two hours.
- **Feed after lights-out:** Matches the nocturnal habits of most bottom feeders.
- **Store the balance dry:** Keep the bulk of the bag sealed and dry between feeds.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten wafer from each tank after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 kg bag:** Hikari's largest Algae Wafers pack for high-volume feeding.
- **Vegetable-rich formula:** Seaweed meal, alfalfa and spirulina for herbivorous grazers.
- **Holds its shape:** Resists breaking down into cloudy debris.
- **33% minimum protein:** Fish and krill meal anchor the recipe.
- **Consistent disc size:** About 17.0–18.0 mm across every wafer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21366
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055213660
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Wafer Size:** About 17.0–18.0 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, dried bakery product, cassava starch, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, fish oil, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 20 g (KH21302), 40 g (KH21307), 82 g (KH21316), 250 g (KH21328)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (bottom-feeding herbivores)
---
#### Hikari Algae Wafers - 20g
Sinking disc food for plecos and other algae-eating bottom feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/algae-wafers-20g/
- Price: $8.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21302 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055213028
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21302.jpg
A pleco left to graze on algae alone soon runs short, and a disc that sinks and holds its shape is the easiest way to top up a bottom feeder's diet without fouling the water. Hikari Algae Wafers - 20g (SKU: KH21302) is Hikari's sinking wafer diet for Plecostomus and other algae-eating bottom feeders, formulated with high levels of vegetable matter that these fish prefer over a straight protein pellet. The disc mimics a pleco's natural feeding action, and Hikari says it holds together in water rather than crumbling into cloudy debris. At about 17.0 to 18.0 mm across, this 20 g pack is Hikari's smallest Algae Wafers size, a trial quantity for a single pleco or a nano setup.
The recipe leads with fish meal and krill meal alongside dried seaweed meal, alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella and garlic for the vegetable bulk algae eaters are after, with astaxanthin for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's directions are to offer only what the fish will finish within about two hours; most bottom feeders are nocturnal, so a late or after-lights-out feed works better than a morning drop. A smaller-diameter Mini Algae Wafers suits young or small-mouthed plecos, sold separately in 22 g, 85 g and 1 kg packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Plecos and catfish:** Any bottom-dwelling algae eater that grazes a disc left on the substrate.
- **Single-fish or nano tanks:** A 20 g pack sized to trial the diet before buying a larger size.
- **Night feeding:** Drop a wafer after lights-out for nocturnal species that ignore daytime food.
- **Marine herbivores:** Hikari lists the wafers as suitable for saltwater grazing fish as well.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Offer an amount the fish clears within about two hours.
- **Feed after dark:** Many bottom feeders are nocturnal and respond better to a late or lights-out feed.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Excess wafer breaks down and clouds the water.
- **Remove leftovers:** Lift out anything uneaten once the feeding period has passed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking disc:** Settles on the substrate where bottom feeders graze.
- **High vegetable matter:** Seaweed meal, alfalfa and spirulina for herbivorous grazers.
- **Holds together in water:** Resists breaking into cloudy debris.
- **33% minimum protein:** Fish and krill meal lead the recipe.
- **Trial-size pack:** 20 g suits a single pleco before a larger bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21302
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055213028
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Wafer Size:** About 17.0–18.0 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, dried bakery product, cassava starch, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, fish oil, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 40 g (KH21307), 82 g (KH21316), 250 g (KH21328), 1 kg (KH21366)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (bottom-feeding herbivores)
---
#### Hikari Algae Wafers - 250g
Sinking disc food for multi-tank pleco keepers and breeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/algae-wafers-250g/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21328 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055213288
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21328.jpg
A breeder running several pleco tanks or a hobbyist feeding more than one algae-eating species does not want to restock weekly. Hikari Algae Wafers - 250g (SKU: KH21328) is the bulk retail size in Hikari's sinking Algae Wafers line, a disc-shaped diet for Plecostomus and other algae-eating bottom feeders built on high levels of vegetable matter rather than a plain protein pellet. The disc shape copies a pleco's own grazing action, and Hikari states it holds together in water rather than breaking apart into cloudy debris soon after it goes in. At roughly 17.0 to 18.0 mm across, the 250 g pack carries enough wafers to feed several tanks of bottom feeders for weeks at a time.
Fish meal and krill meal lead the formula, with dried seaweed meal, alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella and garlic supplying the vegetable bulk, plus astaxanthin for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's directions are to feed only what the fish will finish within about two hours, and since bottom feeders are largely nocturnal, a feed timed for after dark is used more fully than one dropped in the morning. For breeding programmes raising smaller or younger plecos, Hikari's separate Mini Algae Wafers line uses a smaller disc and is sold in 22 g, 85 g and 1 kg packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank pleco keepers:** Several tanks of bottom feeders fed from one pack.
- **Breeding setups:** A bulk size that keeps up with daily feeding across multiple tanks.
- **Nocturnal feeding schedules:** Timed for after dark when bottom feeders are active.
- **Marine herbivore systems:** Hikari lists the wafers as suitable for saltwater grazing fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Offer an amount each tank clears within about two hours.
- **Feed after lights-out:** Matches the nocturnal habits of most target species.
- **Portion per tank:** Scale the amount to each tank's own bottom-feeder population.
- **Remove leftovers daily:** Take out anything uneaten once the feeding period ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk retail pack:** 250 g feeds several tanks across multiple weeks.
- **Vegetable-rich formula:** Seaweed meal, alfalfa and spirulina for herbivorous grazers.
- **Holds its shape:** Resists breaking down into cloudy debris.
- **33% minimum protein:** Fish and krill meal anchor the recipe.
- **Consistent disc size:** About 17.0–18.0 mm across every wafer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21328
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055213288
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Wafer Size:** About 17.0–18.0 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, dried bakery product, cassava starch, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, fish oil, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 20 g (KH21302), 40 g (KH21307), 82 g (KH21316), 1 kg (KH21366)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (bottom-feeding herbivores)
---
#### Hikari Algae Wafers - 40g
Sinking disc food for a small group of algae-eating fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/algae-wafers-40g/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21307 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055213073
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21307.jpg
A tank with two or three plecos goes through a trial-size pack of wafers in days, and stepping up one size avoids a return trip to the shop. Hikari Algae Wafers - 40g (SKU: KH21307) is Hikari's sinking disc diet for Plecostomus and other algae-eating bottom feeders, carrying high levels of vegetable matter that these fish prefer over a plain protein pellet. The disc mimics a pleco's natural grazing action and, according to Hikari, holds together in water rather than crumbling into cloudy debris within minutes of going in. At roughly 17.0 to 18.0 mm across, the 40 g pack is the second-smallest Algae Wafers size, enough for a small group of bottom feeders in one tank over several weeks.
Fish meal and krill meal lead the recipe, backed by dried seaweed meal, alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella and garlic for the vegetable bulk herbivorous grazers need, with astaxanthin for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's feeding directions call for only as much as the fish will finish within about two hours, and because most bottom feeders are nocturnal, a feed after lights-out tends to get eaten rather than left to soften and break down. A Mini Algae Wafers version with a smaller-diameter disc is sold separately for young or small-mouthed fish, in 22 g, 85 g and 1 kg packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small groups of plecos:** Two or three bottom feeders sharing one tank.
- **Community tanks with catfish:** Any species that grazes a sinking disc off the substrate.
- **Evening feeding:** Offered after lights-out for nocturnal grazers.
- **Marine herbivores:** Hikari lists the wafers as suitable for saltwater grazing fish too.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Offer an amount the fish clears within about two hours.
- **Night-time feeds:** Nocturnal bottom feeders respond better to a late or lights-out drop.
- **Watch for excess:** Uneaten wafer softens and clouds the water over time.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove anything left once the feeding period has passed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking disc shape:** Rests on the substrate for bottom-feeding grazers.
- **Vegetable-rich recipe:** Seaweed meal, alfalfa and spirulina for herbivores.
- **Stays intact:** Designed to hold together rather than cloud the water.
- **33% minimum protein:** Fish and krill meal form the protein base.
- **Small-group size:** 40 g suits two or three bottom feeders in one tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21307
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055213073
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Wafer Size:** About 17.0–18.0 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, dried bakery product, cassava starch, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, fish oil, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 20 g (KH21302), 82 g (KH21316), 250 g (KH21328), 1 kg (KH21366)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (bottom-feeding herbivores)
---
#### Hikari Algae Wafers - 82g
Sinking disc food for an established pleco collection.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/algae-wafers-82g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21316 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055213165
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21316.jpg
Keeping four or five plecos fed on wafers alone is a daily routine, not an occasional top-up, and the pack size needs to match that. Hikari Algae Wafers - 82g (SKU: KH21316) is the mid-size pack in Hikari's sinking Algae Wafers line, a disc-shaped diet for Plecostomus and other algae-eating bottom feeders built around high levels of vegetable matter rather than a straight protein pellet. The wafer's raised disc shape is meant to copy a pleco's own grazing action, and Hikari notes that it holds together in water instead of dissolving into a cloud within the first few minutes. At roughly 17.0 to 18.0 mm across, the 82 g pack suits a tank with several bottom feeders being fed through most of the week.
The ingredient list is led by fish meal and krill meal, with dried seaweed meal, alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella and garlic providing the vegetable content, plus astaxanthin for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis comes in at crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari directs owners to feed only what will be cleared within about two hours, and because the target species are mostly nocturnal, dropping the wafer in late in the day or after the lights go off suits their feeding pattern better than a morning meal. Younger or smaller-mouthed fish are better served by the separate Mini Algae Wafers, sold in 22 g, 85 g and 1 kg packs with a smaller disc diameter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established pleco tanks:** Four or five bottom feeders fed on wafers through the week.
- **Mixed catfish communities:** Any grazing species that works a sinking disc on the substrate.
- **Nocturnal feeding routines:** A late or lights-out drop for species that feed after dark.
- **Marine herbivore tanks:** Hikari lists the wafers as suitable for saltwater grazing fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Give an amount the group clears within about two hours.
- **Time it for dark:** Nocturnal grazers do better with an evening or lights-out feed.
- **Don't overload the tank:** Leftover wafer softens and clouds the water.
- **Clear the substrate:** Remove anything uneaten once the feeding period ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Raised disc shape:** Copies a pleco's natural grazing motion.
- **Vegetable-led recipe:** Seaweed meal, alfalfa and spirulina for herbivorous bottom feeders.
- **Resists breaking down:** Holds its shape rather than clouding the tank.
- **33% minimum protein:** Fish and krill meal anchor the formula.
- **Mid-size pack:** 82 g suits several bottom feeders through the week.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21316
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055213165
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 82 g
- **Wafer Size:** About 17.0–18.0 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, dried bakery product, cassava starch, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, alfalfa nutrient concentrate, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, fish oil, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 20 g (KH21302), 40 g (KH21307), 250 g (KH21328), 1 kg (KH21366)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (bottom-feeding herbivores)
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Bio-gold Plus Mini - 250g
Bulk probiotic floating pellet for an established cichlid tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-bio-gold-plus-mini-250g/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH15228 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055152280
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH15228.jpg
A tank holding several carnivorous cichlids goes through a protein pellet fast, and a formula that also supports gut health is worth buying in a size that lasts. Hikari Cichlid Bio-gold Plus Mini - 250g (SKU: KH15228) is the larger pack of the Mini-pellet Cichlid Bio-Gold+ line, Hikari's floating daily diet for carnivorous cichlids and other larger tropical fish needing higher protein. The formula is built around Hikari-Germ, a dried Bacillus subtilis fermentation product, together with spirulina, dried seaweed meal, garlic and astaxanthin for colour. The Mini pellet measures roughly 3.0 to 3.4 mm, suiting smaller to mid-size cichlids, and the 250 g pack is sized for an established tank rather than a one-off trial.
The base recipe runs on fish meal, wheat flour, brewers yeast, corn gluten meal, soybean meal and fish oil, with stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 2% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum, phosphorus 1.0% minimum and Bacillus subtilis at a minimum of 1.0 × 10⁹ CFU per gram. Hikari credits the live probiotic with better digestion and nutrient use, more visible colour, and reduced waste reaching the water on top of the base diet's growth and immune benefits. Feed two to three times daily, only what is finished within a few minutes, and remove anything uneaten afterwards. Owners of larger cichlids can step up to the same Bio-Gold+ formula in a Medium pellet, sold separately in 250 g and 1 kg packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established cichlid tanks:** Several carnivorous cichlids fed from one bulk pack.
- **Smaller to mid-size fish:** The 3.0–3.4 mm Mini pellet suits fish below a large-cichlid size.
- **Daily feeding routines:** A 250 g pack sized beyond a single trial.
- **Recovering or stressed systems:** The probiotic supports gut health during recovery.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the tank finishes within a few minutes.
- **Portion to the group:** Scale the amount to however many cichlids are feeding.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Track colour and condition:** Hikari links improved colouration partly to the probiotic.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hikari-Germ probiotic:** Live Bacillus subtilis at 1.0 × 10⁹ CFU/g minimum.
- **45% minimum protein:** Fish meal and brewers yeast anchor a high-protein recipe.
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Sized for an established cichlid tank, not a single trial.
- **Mini pellet size:** About 3.0–3.4 mm, floating.
- **Colour and digestion support:** Spirulina, astaxanthin and the live probiotic together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH15228
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055152280
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Mini, about 3.0–3.4 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 2%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%, Bacillus subtilis min 1.0 x 10^9 CFU/g
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, soybean meal, fish oil, spirulina, garlic, dried seaweed meal, astaxanthin, dried Bacillus subtilis fermentation product, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 57 g (KH15211)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Bio-gold Plus Mini - 57g
Probiotic floating pellet for carnivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-bio-gold-plus-mini-57g/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH15211 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055152112
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH15211.jpg
A high-protein cichlid diet that also carries live beneficial bacteria into the gut is a different proposition from a plain protein pellet. Hikari Cichlid Bio-gold Plus Mini - 57g (SKU: KH15211) is the small Mini-pellet pack of Hikari's Cichlid Bio-Gold+ line, a floating daily food for carnivorous cichlids and other larger tropical fish that need higher protein levels. The formula carries Hikari's own probiotic, a dried Bacillus subtilis fermentation product the maker calls Hikari-Germ, alongside spirulina, dried seaweed meal, garlic and astaxanthin for colour. At roughly 3.0 to 3.4 mm, the Mini pellet suits smaller to mid-size cichlids, and the 57 g pack is sized to trial the diet or feed one or two fish.
Fish meal, wheat flour, brewers yeast, corn gluten meal, soybean meal and fish oil form the protein and energy base, with stabilised vitamin C added for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 2% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum, phosphorus 1.0% minimum and a Bacillus subtilis count of at least 1.0 × 10⁹ CFU per gram. Hikari attributes the probiotic to better digestion and nutrient use, more visible colouration, and less waste reaching the water, on top of the usual growth and immune benefits of the base recipe. Directions are to feed two to three times daily, only as much as is finished within a few minutes, removing anything left over. The same Bio-Gold+ formula is also sold as a larger Medium pellet in 250 g and 1 kg packs, a size step up for bigger cichlids.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Carnivorous cichlids:** Species needing a higher-protein daily diet.
- **Smaller to mid-size fish:** The 3.0–3.4 mm Mini pellet suits fish that cannot manage a larger pellet.
- **Trial or single-fish tanks:** A 57 g pack to test the formula before buying more.
- **Tanks recovering from stress:** The added probiotic supports digestion during recovery periods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is finished within a few minutes.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Excess pellet affects water quality faster than a lean portion.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding.
- **Watch for colour response:** Hikari attributes improved colouration partly to the probiotic.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hikari-Germ probiotic:** Live Bacillus subtilis at 1.0 × 10⁹ CFU/g minimum.
- **45% minimum protein:** Fish meal and brewers yeast lead a high-protein recipe.
- **Floating pellet:** Stays visible at the surface during feeding.
- **Mini pellet size:** About 3.0–3.4 mm for smaller to mid-size cichlids.
- **Colour and digestion support:** Spirulina, astaxanthin and the live probiotic together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH15211
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055152112
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** Mini, about 3.0–3.4 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 2%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%, Bacillus subtilis min 1.0 x 10^9 CFU/g
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, soybean meal, fish oil, spirulina, garlic, dried seaweed meal, astaxanthin, dried Bacillus subtilis fermentation product, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 250 g (KH15228)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Excel Medium - 250g
Larger floating pellet diet for bigger herbivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-excel-medium-250g/
- Price: $28.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH14328 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055143288
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH14328.jpg
A big herbivorous cichlid can swallow a Mini pellet without pausing, and a bigger pellet keeps the fish working for its food rather than inhaling it in one gulp. Hikari Cichlid Excel Medium - 250g (SKU: KH14328) is the Medium-pellet pack of Hikari's Cichlid Excel line, a floating daily diet for larger herbivorous cichlids and other sizeable tropical fish that do well on plant-based nutrition. Wheat germ meal is included for digestibility, pure-cultured spirulina for colour enhancement, and the formula carries high vitamin E and linolenic acid, which Hikari links to organ health and reproduction. At roughly 4.5 to 4.8 mm, the Medium pellet is noticeably larger than the Mini size used for smaller cichlids, and the 250 g pack is sized for an established tank.
Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat germ meal, spirulina, krill meal and dehydrated alfalfa meal form the bulk of the recipe, with stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum, the same as the Mini pellet in this line. Feed two to three times daily, in an amount the fish finish within a few minutes, and remove anything uneaten. Tanks holding smaller herbivorous cichlids are better matched to the Mini pellet in the same Cichlid Excel line, sold separately in 57 g and 250 g packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger herbivorous cichlids:** Fish too big to be well served by a Mini-size pellet.
- **Established tanks:** A 250 g pack sized for ongoing daily feeding.
- **Mixed-size collections:** Pair with the Mini pellet where smaller cichlids share the tank.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Spirulina content supports colour over sustained feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the fish finish within a few minutes.
- **Match the pellet to the fish:** Switch to Mini for any smaller tankmates.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** A lean portion protects water quality better than excess pellet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Larger Medium pellet:** About 4.5–4.8 mm, sized for bigger herbivorous cichlids.
- **Wheat germ base:** Chosen for digestibility in herbivorous fish.
- **Pure-cultured spirulina:** Included specifically for colour enhancement.
- **High vitamin E and linolenic acid:** Linked by Hikari to organ health and reproduction.
- **35% minimum protein:** Same analysis as the Mini pellet, scaled to a bigger fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH14328
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055143288
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Herbivore Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 4.5–4.8 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat germ meal, spirulina, krill meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, DL-methionine, garlic, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, salt, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 57 g (KH14211), Mini 250 g (KH14228)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Excel Mini - 250g
Bulk floating pellet diet for a herbivorous cichlid tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-excel-mini-250g/
- Price: $28.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH14228 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055142281
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH14228.jpg
A tank of mbuna or other herbivorous cichlids grazes constantly, and a vegetable-rich pellet bought in a size to match saves restocking every few weeks. Hikari Cichlid Excel Mini - 250g (SKU: KH14228) is the larger pack of the Mini-pellet Cichlid Excel line, Hikari's floating daily diet for herbivorous cichlids and other larger tropical fish that thrive on plant-based nutrition. Wheat germ meal supports digestibility, pure-cultured spirulina is included for colour, and high vitamin E with linolenic acid is aimed, according to Hikari, at organ health and reproduction. The Mini pellet measures roughly 2.5 to 2.8 mm, and the 250 g pack is sized for an established group rather than a trial.
The recipe runs on fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat germ meal, spirulina, krill meal and dehydrated alfalfa meal, with stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Feed two to three times daily, in an amount the group finishes within a few minutes, removing any leftover pellet after each feed. Where the tank holds larger herbivorous cichlids, Hikari's Medium pellet in the same Cichlid Excel line is sold separately in a 250 g pack with a bigger pellet diameter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Herbivorous cichlid groups:** Mbuna and similar species grazing through the day.
- **Established tanks:** A 250 g pack sized beyond a single-tank trial.
- **Smaller to mid-size fish:** The 2.5–2.8 mm Mini pellet suits fish below a large-cichlid size.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Spirulina content supports colour over sustained feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the group finishes within a few minutes.
- **Scale to the group:** Portion according to how many cichlids are feeding.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Keep the bag sealed:** Protect the remaining pellet between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wheat germ base:** Chosen for digestibility in herbivorous fish.
- **Pure-cultured spirulina:** Included specifically for colour enhancement.
- **High vitamin E and linolenic acid:** Linked by Hikari to organ health and reproduction.
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Sized for an established herbivorous cichlid group.
- **Mini pellet size:** About 2.5–2.8 mm, floating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH14228
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055142281
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Herbivore Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Mini, about 2.5–2.8 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat germ meal, spirulina, krill meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, DL-methionine, garlic, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, salt, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 57 g (KH14211), Medium 250 g (KH14328)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Excel Mini - 57g
Floating pellet diet for herbivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-excel-mini-57g/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH14211 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055142113
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH14211.jpg
Herbivorous cichlids fare poorly on a straight meat-based pellet, and a food built around wheat germ and spirulina is a better match for how they actually feed in the wild. Hikari Cichlid Excel Mini - 57g (SKU: KH14211) is the small Mini-pellet pack of Hikari's Cichlid Excel line, a floating daily diet for herbivorous cichlids and other larger tropical fish that do well on a vegetable-rich diet. Wheat germ meal is included for digestibility, pure-cultured spirulina for colour enhancement, and the formula carries high vitamin E and linolenic acid, which Hikari links to organ health and reproduction. At roughly 2.5 to 2.8 mm, the Mini pellet suits smaller to mid-size cichlids, and the 57 g pack is sized to trial the diet or feed a small tank.
Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat germ meal, spirulina, krill meal and dehydrated alfalfa meal make up the bulk of the recipe, with stabilised vitamin C added for immune support. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, offering only as much as is finished within a few minutes, with any leftover pellet removed afterwards. The Mini pellet is also sold in a 250 g pack for a larger herbivorous cichlid tank, and a Medium pellet is available separately for bigger fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Herbivorous cichlids:** Species that do better on a vegetable-rich diet than a meat-based pellet.
- **Smaller to mid-size fish:** The 2.5–2.8 mm Mini pellet suits fish below a large-cichlid size.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** A 57 g pack to test the formula before buying in bulk.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Spirulina content supports natural colouration over time.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is finished within a few minutes.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** A lean portion protects water quality better than excess pellet.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding.
- **Watch condition over weeks:** Colour and growth response build gradually, not overnight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wheat germ base:** Chosen by Hikari for digestibility in herbivorous fish.
- **Pure-cultured spirulina:** Added specifically for colour enhancement.
- **High vitamin E and linolenic acid:** Hikari links these to organ health and reproduction.
- **35% minimum protein:** Moderate for a herbivore-focused recipe.
- **Mini pellet size:** About 2.5–2.8 mm, floating, for smaller to mid-size cichlids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH14211
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055142113
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Herbivore Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** Mini, about 2.5–2.8 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat germ meal, spirulina, krill meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, DL-methionine, garlic, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, salt, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 250 g (KH14228), Medium 250 g (KH14328)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Baby - 250g
Bulk colour-enhancing floating pellet for a nursery of juvenile cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-baby-250g/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055041287
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04128.jpg
A breeder growing out several batches of fry at once needs the small pellet in bulk, not a handful of trial packs. Hikari Cichlid Gold Baby - 250g (SKU: KH04128) is the larger pack of the Baby-pellet Cichlid Gold line, Hikari's colour-enhancing floating diet aimed at bringing out natural colour in cichlids and other tropical fish while supporting growth. The Baby formula is built on shrimp meal and phaffia yeast with astaxanthin and grape seed extract for colour, carrying no artificial colouring. At roughly 1.7 to 2.0 mm, the pellet suits fry and young cichlids still working up to an adult-size diet, and the 250 g pack is sized for a nursery tank or several breeding setups.
Fish meal, flaked corn, wheat flour, rice bran, soybean meal and corn gluten meal form the bulk of the recipe, with stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis for the Baby formula is crude protein 32% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 12% maximum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum, lighter than the Mini, Medium and Large pellets in the same range. Feed two to three times daily, only what the fry will finish within a few minutes, and remove anything left uneaten. As fish grow past the Baby stage, Hikari's Medium and Large Cichlid Gold pellets, both sold separately in 57 g and 250 g packs, carry the diet forward.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nursery and grow-out tanks:** Multiple batches of fry fed from one bulk pack.
- **Active breeding programmes:** A steady supply for ongoing spawns.
- **Fry too small for adult pellets:** The 1.7–2.0 mm size matches their mouths.
- **Early colour development:** Astaxanthin and grape seed extract support colouration from a young age.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what each batch of fry finishes within a few minutes.
- **Portion per tank:** Scale the amount to each nursery tank separately.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Plan the step-up:** Move fish onto the Medium pellet once they outgrow the Baby size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Sized for nursery tanks or several active breeding setups.
- **No artificial colouring:** Colour comes from astaxanthin and grape seed extract.
- **Shrimp meal included:** Part of the Baby-specific protein base.
- **32% minimum protein:** Formulated lighter than the adult-size pellets.
- **Smallest pellet in the range:** About 1.7–2.0 mm, floating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04128
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055041287
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour-Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1.7–2.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, flaked corn, wheat flour, rice bran, soybean meal, corn gluten meal, shrimp meal, brewers dried yeast, DL-methionine, garlic, phaffia dried yeast, astaxanthin, grape seed extract, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH04111), Medium 57 g (KH04311), Medium 250 g (KH04328), Large 57 g (KH04411), Large 250 g (KH04428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Baby - 57g
Colour-enhancing floating pellet for juvenile cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-baby-57g/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04111 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055041119
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04111.jpg
A juvenile cichlid cannot work a standard pellet, and feeding fry on flake alone leaves them underfed through their fastest growth phase. Hikari Cichlid Gold Baby - 57g (SKU: KH04111) is the smallest pellet size in Hikari's colour-enhancing Cichlid Gold line, a floating daily diet aimed at bringing out natural colouration in cichlids and other tropical fish while supporting growth. The Baby formula uses shrimp meal and phaffia yeast alongside astaxanthin and grape seed extract for colour, with no artificial colouring added. At roughly 1.7 to 2.0 mm, the Baby pellet is sized for fry and young cichlids working up to an adult diet, and the 57 g pack suits a single breeding tank or a trial before buying more.
Fish meal, flaked corn, wheat flour, rice bran, soybean meal and corn gluten meal make up the bulk of the recipe, with stabilised vitamin C added for immune support. Guaranteed analysis for the Baby formula is crude protein 32% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 12% maximum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum, a lighter protein and ash load than the Mini, Medium and Large pellets in the same line. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only as much as the fry will finish within a few minutes, with any leftover removed afterwards. As the fish grow, Hikari's Medium and Large Cichlid Gold pellets take over, both sold separately in 57 g and 250 g packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and juvenile cichlids:** Young fish not yet ready for a full-size pellet.
- **Breeding setups:** Growing out a batch of fry on a dedicated small pellet.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** A 57 g pack to test the formula before buying more.
- **Colour development from an early age:** Astaxanthin and grape seed extract support colouration as fry mature.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the fry finish within a few minutes.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Small tanks of fry are especially sensitive to excess food.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding.
- **Step up as they grow:** Move to the Medium or Large pellet once fish outgrow the Baby size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest Cichlid Gold pellet:** About 1.7–2.0 mm, floating, for fry and juveniles.
- **No artificial colouring:** Colour comes from astaxanthin and grape seed extract.
- **Shrimp meal included:** Part of the Baby-specific protein base.
- **32% minimum protein:** Formulated lighter than the adult-size pellets.
- **Growth-stage diet:** A dedicated step before the Medium or Large pellet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04111
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055041119
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour-Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby, about 1.7–2.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, flaked corn, wheat flour, rice bran, soybean meal, corn gluten meal, shrimp meal, brewers dried yeast, DL-methionine, garlic, phaffia dried yeast, astaxanthin, grape seed extract, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 250 g (KH04128), Medium 57 g (KH04311), Medium 250 g (KH04328), Large 57 g (KH04411), Large 250 g (KH04428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Large - 250g
Bulk colour-enhancing floating pellet for a tank of big cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-large-250g/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04428 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055044288
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04428.jpg
Several large oscars or big New World cichlids sharing a tank eat through a trial pack within days, and a keeper feeding more than one goes straight to the bulk bag. Hikari Cichlid Gold Large - 250g (SKU: KH04428) is the larger pack of the Large-pellet Cichlid Gold line, Hikari's colour-enhancing floating diet for cichlids and other sizeable tropical fish needing higher protein. Hikari names oscars specifically among the fish it suits, with spirulina and astaxanthin driving the colour response alongside two approved colourants, Red 3 and Yellow 5. At roughly 7.2 to 8.2 mm, the Large pellet is sized for fish too big for the Medium size, and the 250 g pack is built for an established tank of large cichlids rather than a single fish.
Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch and rice bran make up the bulk of the recipe, with spirulina for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis for the Mini, Medium and Large formula is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Feed two to three times daily, only what the fish finish within a few minutes, and remove anything left uneaten. Where the same tank also holds smaller cichlids, Hikari's Medium pellet in this line is sold separately in 57 g and 250 g packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks of big cichlids:** Several large oscars or sizeable New World or African cichlids.
- **Daily bulk feeding:** A 250 g pack that outlasts the trial size for heavy feeders.
- **Mixed-size collections:** Pair with the Medium pellet where smaller cichlids share the tank.
- **Ongoing colour maintenance:** Daily feeding to maintain colour already developed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the group finishes within a few minutes.
- **Scale to the group:** Portion according to how many large fish are feeding.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Keep the bag sealed:** Protect the remaining pellet between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Sized for an established tank of large cichlids.
- **Colour-enhancing recipe:** Spirulina and astaxanthin lead the colour ingredients.
- **40% minimum protein:** Higher than the Baby formula in the same range.
- **Named for oscars:** Hikari specifically markets the line for oscars.
- **Largest pellet in the range:** About 7.2–8.2 mm, floating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04428
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055044288
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour-Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, about 7.2–8.2 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch, rice bran, spirulina, garlic, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, minerals, Red 3 and Yellow 5 (artificial colours)
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH04111), Baby 250 g (KH04128), Medium 57 g (KH04311), Medium 250 g (KH04328), Large 57 g (KH04411)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Large - 57g
Colour-enhancing floating pellet for big cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-large-57g/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04411 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055044110
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04411.jpg
A fully grown oscar or a large New World cichlid ignores a small pellet altogether, and feeding undersized food to a big mouth means most of it goes untouched. Hikari Cichlid Gold Large - 57g (SKU: KH04411) is the largest pellet size in Hikari's colour-enhancing Cichlid Gold line, a floating daily diet for cichlids and other sizeable tropical fish that need higher protein levels. Hikari names oscars specifically among the fish it suits, with spirulina and astaxanthin driving the colour response alongside two approved colourants, Red 3 and Yellow 5. At roughly 7.2 to 8.2 mm, the Large pellet is sized for fish too big for the Medium size, and the 57 g pack is a trial quantity or enough for a single large fish.
Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch and rice bran form the bulk of the recipe, with spirulina for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis for the Mini, Medium and Large formula is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only as much as the fish will finish within a few minutes, with any leftover removed afterwards. Smaller cichlids sharing the same tank are better matched to the Medium pellet in this line, sold separately in 57 g and 250 g packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlids:** Oscars and big New World or African cichlids needing a sizeable pellet.
- **Single big fish:** One large specimen in its own tank.
- **Trial quantity:** A 57 g pack to test the formula before buying more.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Daily use where washed-out colouration is the issue.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the fish finish within a few minutes.
- **Match the pellet to the fish:** Switch to Medium for smaller tankmates.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Give it time:** Colour improvement builds over weeks of consistent feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest Cichlid Gold pellet:** About 7.2–8.2 mm, floating, for big fish.
- **Colour-enhancing recipe:** Spirulina and astaxanthin lead the colour ingredients.
- **40% minimum protein:** Higher than the Baby formula in the same range.
- **Named for oscars:** Hikari specifically markets the line for oscars.
- **Trial-size pack:** 57 g suits a single large fish before stepping up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04411
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055044110
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour-Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** Large, about 7.2–8.2 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch, rice bran, spirulina, garlic, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, minerals, Red 3 and Yellow 5 (artificial colours)
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH04111), Baby 250 g (KH04128), Medium 57 g (KH04311), Medium 250 g (KH04328), Large 250 g (KH04428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Medium - 250g
Bulk colour-enhancing floating pellet for an established cichlid tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-medium-250g/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04328 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055043281
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/042055042284_cichlidgold_mini_8.webp
A tank of mid-size cichlids or oscars fed daily goes through a colour-enhancing pellet quickly, and the bulk pack is the sensible buy once the trial size runs out. Hikari Cichlid Gold Medium - 250g (SKU: KH04328) is the larger pack of the Medium-pellet Cichlid Gold line, Hikari's colour-enhancing floating diet for cichlids and other larger tropical fish needing higher protein. Hikari names oscars specifically as suited to the range, with spirulina and astaxanthin driving the colour response alongside two approved colourants, Red 3 and Yellow 5. At roughly 4.8 to 5.3 mm, the Medium pellet suits adult mid-size cichlids, and the 250 g pack is sized for an established tank rather than a trial.
Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch and rice bran form the bulk of the recipe, with spirulina for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis for the Mini, Medium and Large formula is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Feed two to three times daily, only what the fish finish within a few minutes, and remove anything left uneaten. Where the tank also holds bigger cichlids, Hikari's Large pellet in the same line is sold separately in 57 g and 250 g packs with a larger diameter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established mid-size cichlid tanks:** Adult fish fed daily from a bulk pack.
- **Oscars:** Hikari specifically names oscars as suited to the Cichlid Gold range.
- **Mixed-size collections:** Pair with the Large pellet where bigger cichlids share the tank.
- **Ongoing colour maintenance:** Daily feeding to maintain colour already developed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the group finishes within a few minutes.
- **Scale to the group:** Portion according to how many cichlids are feeding.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Keep the bag sealed:** Protect the remaining pellet between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Sized for an established mid-size cichlid tank.
- **Colour-enhancing recipe:** Spirulina and astaxanthin lead the colour ingredients.
- **40% minimum protein:** Higher than the Baby formula in the same range.
- **Named for oscars:** Hikari specifically markets the line for oscars.
- **Medium pellet size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, floating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04328
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055043281
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour-Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 4.8–5.3 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch, rice bran, spirulina, garlic, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, minerals, Red 3 and Yellow 5 (artificial colours)
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH04111), Baby 250 g (KH04128), Medium 57 g (KH04311), Large 57 g (KH04411), Large 250 g (KH04428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Medium - 57g
Colour-enhancing floating pellet for mid-size cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-medium-57g/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04311 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055043113
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04311.jpg
A washed-out cichlid often comes down to diet rather than water quality, and a pellet built specifically to bring out colour works where a generic flake does not. Hikari Cichlid Gold Medium - 57g (SKU: KH04311) is the Medium-pellet size in Hikari's colour-enhancing Cichlid Gold line, a floating daily diet for cichlids and other larger tropical fish that need higher protein levels. Hikari markets it as suited to oscars as well as typical cichlid species, with spirulina and astaxanthin driving the colour response alongside two approved colourants, Red 3 and Yellow 5. At roughly 4.8 to 5.3 mm, the Medium pellet suits adult mid-size cichlids, and the 57 g pack is sized to trial the formula or feed a single tank.
Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch and rice bran form the bulk of the recipe, with spirulina added for colour and stabilised vitamin C for immune support. Guaranteed analysis for the Mini, Medium and Large formula is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, noticeably higher in protein than the Baby pellet. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only as much as the fish will finish within a few minutes, removing anything left uneaten. For bigger cichlids, Hikari's Large pellet in the same line is sold separately in 57 g and 250 g packs with a larger diameter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size cichlids:** Adult fish that take a 4.8–5.3 mm pellet comfortably.
- **Oscars:** Hikari specifically names oscars as suited to the Cichlid Gold range.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** A 57 g pack to test the formula before buying more.
- **Colour-focused feeding:** Daily use where washed-out colouration is the issue.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what the fish finish within a few minutes.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** A lean portion protects water quality better than excess pellet.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Give it time:** Colour improvement builds over weeks of consistent feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium pellet size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, floating, for mid-size cichlids.
- **Colour-enhancing recipe:** Spirulina and astaxanthin lead the colour ingredients.
- **40% minimum protein:** Higher than the Baby formula in the same range.
- **Named for oscars:** Hikari specifically markets the line for oscars.
- **Trial-size pack:** 57 g suits one tank before stepping up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04311
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055043113
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour-Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** Medium, about 4.8–5.3 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, corn gluten meal, wheat starch, rice bran, spirulina, garlic, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, choline chloride, vitamin E, stabilised vitamin C, vitamins, minerals, Red 3 and Yellow 5 (artificial colours)
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH04111), Baby 250 g (KH04128), Medium 250 g (KH04328), Large 57 g (KH04411), Large 250 g (KH04428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Mini - 250g
Colour-enhancing floating pellet for an established cichlid tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-mini-250g/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04228 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055042284
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04228.jpg
A single cichlid tank with several growing fish goes through a food tub fast, and buying it 57 g at a time becomes a chore. Hikari Cichlid Gold Mini - 250g (SKU: KH04228) is the larger pack of Hikari's colour-enhancing Mini pellet for carnivorous cichlids and other large tropical fish, the same floating pellet of about 3.2 to 3.7 mm as the 57 g size, just in a 250 g tub that suits a tank fed daily rather than occasionally. High-grade carotenoid pigments support natural colour development, and the recipe is formulated not to cloud the water when fed as directed. Ingredients lead with white fish meal, wheat flour, wheat-germ meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, shrimp meal and dehydrated alfalfa meal, with carotene and stabilised vitamin C added for colour and immune support.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 12% maximum. Hikari's directions are two to four feeds daily, giving only as much as the fish will finish within a few minutes and removing any pellets left over, since uneaten food rather than the pellet itself is usually what clouds a tank. The 250 g tub holds roughly four and a half times the 57 g pouch, suiting several cichlids fed daily rather than a single fish fed occasionally. Fish that outgrow the Mini pellet move up to Medium Cichlid Gold without any change to the dose, and a household running more than one cichlid tank can standardise on the 250 g size across them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-fish or multi-tank setups:** A 250 g tub sized for daily feeding across several fish.
- **Small to medium cichlids:** Oscars, severums and similar fish not yet ready for Medium pellets.
- **Ongoing colour maintenance:** Regular feeding keeps carotenoid intake consistent.
- **Established feeding routines:** A bulk size for a tank already settled on the Mini grade.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within a few minutes.
- **Clear away leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets after each feed.
- **Store it sealed:** Keep the tub closed between feeds to protect the vitamin content.
- **Move up as fish grow:** Switch to Medium Cichlid Gold once cichlids outgrow the Mini pellet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-enhancing formula:** High-grade carotenoids for natural pigmentation.
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Suits daily feeding across several cichlids.
- **Mini floating pellet:** About 3.2 to 3.7 mm for smaller cichlids.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Added for stress and disease resistance.
- **Will not cloud water:** Formulated to stay clear when fed as directed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04228
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055042284
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.2–3.7 mm, Mini grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat-germ meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, shrimp meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, carotene, vitamins and minerals, stabilised vitamin C
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Carnivorous cichlids and other large tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH04111); Baby 250 g (KH04128); Mini 57 g (KH04211); Medium 57 g (KH04311); Medium 250 g (KH04328); Large 57 g (KH04411); Large 250 g (KH04428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Gold Mini - 57g
Colour-enhancing floating pellet for small to medium cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-gold-mini-57g/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04211 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055042116
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04211.jpg
A cichlid kept under indoor lighting slowly loses the vivid patterning it would show in the wild, and a plain growth pellet does nothing to bring it back. Hikari Cichlid Gold Mini - 57g (SKU: KH04211) is Hikari's colour-enhancing diet for carnivorous cichlids and other large tropical fish, a floating Mini pellet of about 3.2 to 3.7 mm sized for cichlids too small for the larger Gold grades. High-grade carotenoid pigments support natural colour development, and the pellet is engineered not to cloud the water when fed as directed. The recipe is led by white fish meal, wheat flour, wheat-germ meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, shrimp meal and dehydrated alfalfa meal, with added carotene and stabilised vitamin C. The 57 g pouch suits a single tank or a trial before a larger pack.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis for the Mini pellet is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 9% maximum and ash 12% maximum. Feeding directions call for two to four feeds a day, offering only what the fish finish within a few minutes and removing anything left over, since excess food rather than the pellet itself is what usually clouds a tank. Stabilised vitamin C is included to help fish resist stress and disease rather than just support growth. The Mini grade sits between Hikari's Baby and Medium pellets in the range; fish that outgrow it move up to Medium or Large Cichlid Gold without any change to the routine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium cichlids:** Oscars, severums and similar fish not yet large enough for Medium pellets.
- **Colour maintenance:** Tanks under artificial light where natural pigmentation needs reinforcing.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** A 57 g pouch sized for one cichlid tank rather than a fish room.
- **Mixed growth stages:** Alongside Baby or Medium Cichlid Gold as fish in a tank outgrow one grade.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to four feeds daily:** Offer only what the fish clear within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Watch for clouding:** A correctly fed pellet should not cloud the water.
- **Step up gradually:** Move to Medium pellets as cichlids outgrow the Mini size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-enhancing formula:** High-grade carotenoids support natural pigmentation.
- **Mini floating pellet:** About 3.2 to 3.7 mm, sized for smaller cichlids.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Supports stress and disease resistance, not only growth.
- **Fish and shrimp meal lead:** A protein-led recipe at 40% minimum crude protein.
- **Will not cloud water:** Formulated to stay clear when fed as directed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04211
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055042116
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.2–3.7 mm, Mini grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 9%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** White fish meal, wheat flour, wheat-germ meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, shrimp meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, carotene, vitamins and minerals, stabilised vitamin C
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Carnivorous cichlids and other large tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH04111); Baby 250 g (KH04128); Mini 250 g (KH04228); Medium 57 g (KH04311); Medium 250 g (KH04328); Large 57 g (KH04411); Large 250 g (KH04428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Staple Baby - 57g
Growth diet with the smallest pellet for juvenile cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-staple-baby-57g/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH03111 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055031110
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH03111.jpg
A juvenile cichlid outgrows fry powder long before it can manage an adult pellet, and the gap between the two is where growth often stalls. Hikari Cichlid Staple Baby - 57g (SKU: KH03111) is the smallest grade in Hikari's Cichlid Staple range, a floating pellet of about 1.7 to 2.0 mm built as an everyday growth diet for young cichlids and other large tropical fish once they are past fry food. Hikari positions Staple as a natural-ingredient, highly digestible formula rather than a colour-focused diet, intended to support steady growth through the juvenile stage. The 57 g pouch is sized for a grow-out tank or a trial before stepping up to the Mini grade as fish size up.
Guaranteed analysis for the Baby pellet is crude protein 32% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 12% maximum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum, a lighter protein level than the Mini, Medium and Large grades that suits smaller digestive systems. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, offering only what the fish finish within a few minutes and removing anything left over to avoid fouling the water. The maker does not publish a full ingredient list for Staple beyond describing it as natural and highly digestible, so the formula reads as a growth staple rather than a specialty diet. Staple pellets are designed to combine with other Hikari cichlid foods, so Baby can be fed alongside Cichlid Gold Baby in the same tank without changing the routine. As fish outgrow the Baby pellet, the next step up is Mini, at roughly 3.2 to 3.7 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile cichlids:** Fish past fry food but too small for Mini pellets.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Tanks of young cichlids being raised to adult size.
- **Transition feeding:** Alongside fry food as young fish adjust to pellets.
- **Trial size:** A 57 g pouch for testing the diet before buying larger.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Smaller fish need smaller, more frequent amounts.
- **Step up pellet size:** Move to Mini once fish outgrow the Baby grade.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest Staple pellet:** About 1.7 to 2.0 mm, sized for juveniles.
- **Growth-focused formula:** Natural, highly digestible ingredients for steady development.
- **Floating pellet:** Stays visible at the surface during feeding.
- **Combines with other Hikari foods:** Mixes into a varied feeding routine.
- **57 g trial pack:** Sized for a single grow-out tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH03111
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055031110
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Growth Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1.7–2.0 mm, Baby grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Juvenile cichlids and other large tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 57 g (KH03211); Mini 250 g (KH03228); Medium 57 g (KH03311); Medium 250 g (KH03328); Large 250 g (KH03428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Staple Large - 250g
Growth pellet with the largest grade for big cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-staple-large-250g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH03428 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055034289
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH03428.jpg
A large oscar or a big New World cichlid can swallow a Medium pellet almost without noticing it, and keeps hunting for something bigger. Hikari Cichlid Staple Large - 250g (SKU: KH03428) is the largest pellet in Hikari's Cichlid Staple range, about 7.2 to 8.2 mm, an everyday growth diet for large cichlids and other sizeable tropical fish built from natural, highly digestible ingredients rather than the colour-focused Gold formula. It is sold only in the 250 g size in this range, since big cichlids with correspondingly big appetites get through food quickly enough that a small pouch would not last. The floating pellet lets feeding be monitored at the surface, the same as the smaller Staple grades.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, matching the Mini and Medium grades, so only the pellet size changes as fish grow through the range. Feeding directions are two to three times daily, offering only what the fish finish within a few minutes and clearing away any leftovers to protect water quality. Hikari does not publish a detailed ingredient list for Staple, describing the formula only as natural and highly digestible. It mixes well with Cichlid Gold Large for tanks running a colour-feeding schedule alongside the daily Staple diet, and the single 250 g size reflects the smaller market for a pellet this size compared with the Mini and Medium grades.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large cichlids:** Big oscars, large New World cichlids and other sizeable tropical fish.
- **Everyday growth feeding:** A base diet for daily condition in large fish.
- **Mixed diets:** Alongside Cichlid Gold Large for occasional colour feeds.
- **Established large-cichlid tanks:** Fish that have outgrown the Medium pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two or three feeds a day:** Offer only what disappears within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Large fish can still be overfed on a large pellet.
- **Mix with Gold for colour:** Add Cichlid Gold Large on occasion for pigment.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest Staple pellet:** About 7.2 to 8.2 mm for big cichlids.
- **Everyday growth formula:** Natural, highly digestible ingredients.
- **Same specification across grades:** Matches the Mini and Medium analysis.
- **Floating pellet:** Feeding is easy to monitor at the surface.
- **Single bulk size:** Sold only as 250 g in this range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH03428
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055034289
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Growth Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 7.2–8.2 mm, Large grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Large cichlids and other sizeable tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH03111); Mini 57 g (KH03211); Mini 250 g (KH03228); Medium 57 g (KH03311); Medium 250 g (KH03328)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Staple Medium - 250g
Bulk growth pellet for a tank of medium to large cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-staple-medium-250g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH03328 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055033282
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH03328.jpg
A tank of several medium to large cichlids fed twice a day empties a small pouch within weeks. Hikari Cichlid Staple Medium - 250g (SKU: KH03328) is the bulk pack of Hikari's Medium growth pellet, about 4.8 to 5.3 mm, the same formula as the 57 g size in a 250 g tub for tanks fed regularly rather than occasionally. Staple is built from natural, highly digestible ingredients as the everyday base diet, leaving Hikari's Gold range for fish that need extra colour. The 250 g size keeps a multi-fish tank or several Medium-pellet-sized cichlids supplied without frequent restocking.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, unchanged from the Mini and Large grades. Feeding directions are two to three times daily, with only the amount cleared within a few minutes offered and leftovers removed afterwards. Hikari has not published a full ingredient list for Staple, describing it only as natural and highly digestible. The 250 g tub holds roughly four and a half times the 57 g pouch, which suits a tank of several medium-sized cichlids or a household that mixes Staple with Cichlid Gold Medium on a colour-feeding schedule. Fish that outgrow the Medium pellet step up to Large Staple at about 7.2 to 8.2 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-fish or larger cichlid tanks:** A 250 g tub for several medium to large cichlids.
- **Everyday growth feeding:** A bulk base diet for ongoing condition.
- **Established feeding routines:** Tanks already settled on the Medium grade.
- **Mixed diets:** Paired with Cichlid Gold Medium for colour feeds.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed twice or three times daily:** Offer only what the fish clear quickly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten pellets after each feed.
- **Store sealed:** Keep the tub closed between feeds.
- **Size up as needed:** Switch to Large Staple once fish outgrow Medium pellets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 4.8 to 5.3 mm for mid-to-large cichlids.
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Suits daily feeding across several cichlids.
- **Everyday growth formula:** Natural, highly digestible ingredients.
- **Mixes with Hikari Gold:** Works alongside colour feeding.
- **Larger pack size:** About four and a half times the 57 g pouch per tub.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH03328
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055033282
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Growth Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, Medium grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Medium to large cichlids and other large tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH03111); Mini 57 g (KH03211); Mini 250 g (KH03228); Medium 57 g (KH03311); Large 250 g (KH03428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Staple Medium - 57g
Everyday growth pellet for medium to large cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-staple-medium-57g/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH03311 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055033114
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/cichlid-staple-medium-57g-426567_1400x.webp
Medium-sized cichlids such as young oscars or jack dempseys need a pellet with some bulk, but not yet the largest grade in the range. Hikari Cichlid Staple Medium - 57g (SKU: KH03311) is Hikari's everyday growth diet in the Medium pellet size, about 4.8 to 5.3 mm, formulated from natural, highly digestible ingredients for cichlids and other large tropical fish that have outgrown the Mini grade. As with the rest of the Staple range, it is positioned as the daily base diet rather than a colour-focused food, with Hikari's Gold range the option for extra pigment. The 57 g pouch suits a single tank or households wanting to trial the Medium size before buying in bulk.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, the same specification as the Mini and Large grades, with only the pellet size changing between them. Hikari's feeding directions are two to three times daily, offering only what the fish finish within a few minutes and clearing away anything left uneaten. The maker has not published a detailed ingredient list for Staple beyond describing it as natural and highly digestible. It mixes readily with Cichlid Gold Medium for a tank running a colour-feeding schedule alongside the daily Staple diet. As fish grow past the Medium pellet, Large Staple at about 7.2 to 8.2 mm is the next step up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to large cichlids:** Young oscars, jack dempseys and similar fish past the Mini stage.
- **Everyday growth feeding:** A base diet for daily condition and growth.
- **Mixed diets:** Alongside Cichlid Gold Medium for occasional colour feeds.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** A 57 g pouch for one tank or testing the size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Stick to two or three feeds:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Watch fish size:** Move to Large Staple once fish outgrow the Medium pellet.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Feed only what clears quickly to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 4.8 to 5.3 mm for mid-to-large cichlids.
- **Everyday growth formula:** Natural, highly digestible ingredients.
- **Same specification across grades:** Matches the Mini and Large analysis.
- **Mixes with Hikari Gold:** Pairs with colour feeding for variety.
- **57 g trial pack:** Sized for one tank or a size trial.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH03311
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055033114
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Growth Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, Medium grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Medium to large cichlids and other large tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH03111); Mini 57 g (KH03211); Mini 250 g (KH03228); Medium 250 g (KH03328); Large 250 g (KH03428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Staple Mini - 250g
Bulk growth pellet for a tank of small to medium cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-staple-mini-250g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH03228 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055032285
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH03228.jpg
A tank of several small to medium cichlids eating daily gets through a growth pellet faster than a single-fish setup, and buying it in small pouches gets expensive. Hikari Cichlid Staple Mini - 250g (SKU: KH03228) is the bulk pack of Hikari's Mini growth pellet, the same floating pellet of about 3.2 to 3.7 mm as the 57 g size, in a 250 g tub suited to a tank fed every day rather than occasionally. Staple is formulated from natural, highly digestible ingredients as an everyday base diet, with Hikari's colour-focused Gold range reserved for fish that need extra pigment. The larger pack keeps a multi-fish tank supplied without frequent repurchasing.
Guaranteed analysis for the Mini pellet is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Feeding directions call for two to three feeds daily, with only the amount cleared within a few minutes offered each time and leftovers removed to protect water quality. Hikari does not publish a detailed ingredient list for Staple, describing the formula only as natural and highly digestible. The 250 g tub holds roughly four and a half times the 57 g pouch, which suits several cichlids or a tank fed twice daily rather than a single fish on an occasional diet. It mixes readily with Cichlid Gold for households running a colour-feeding schedule alongside the everyday Staple diet, and fish that outgrow the Mini pellet move up to Medium without any change in routine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-fish cichlid tanks:** A 250 g tub for several fish fed daily.
- **Everyday growth feeding:** A bulk base diet for ongoing condition.
- **Established feeding routines:** Tanks already settled on the Mini grade.
- **Mixed diets:** Paired with Cichlid Gold for occasional colour feeds.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what clears within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten pellets after each feed.
- **Store sealed:** Keep the tub closed between feeds.
- **Size up as needed:** Switch to Medium once fish outgrow Mini pellets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Everyday growth formula:** Natural, highly digestible ingredients for steady condition.
- **Bulk 250 g pack:** Suits daily feeding across several cichlids.
- **Mini floating pellet:** About 3.2 to 3.7 mm for mid-sized cichlids.
- **Mixes with Hikari Gold:** Works as a base diet alongside colour feeding.
- **Larger pack size:** About four and a half times the 57 g pouch per tub.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH03228
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055032285
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Growth Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.2–3.7 mm, Mini grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Small to medium cichlids and other large tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH03111); Mini 57 g (KH03211); Medium 57 g (KH03311); Medium 250 g (KH03328); Large 250 g (KH03428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Cichlid Staple Mini - 57g
Everyday growth pellet for small to medium cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/cichlid-staple-mini-57g/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH03211 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055032117
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH03211.jpg
Not every cichlid needs a colour-boosting diet every day; most just need a reliable pellet that keeps condition and growth steady. Hikari Cichlid Staple Mini - 57g (SKU: KH03211) is Hikari's everyday growth diet for cichlids and other large tropical fish, a floating Mini pellet of about 3.2 to 3.7 mm pitched above the Baby grade for fish that have grown past the juvenile stage but are not yet large enough for Medium. Staple is built around natural, highly digestible ingredients rather than the carotenoid pigments used in Hikari's Gold range, so it works as the daily base diet with Gold reserved for extra colour. The 57 g pouch suits a single tank or occasional feeding.
The Mini pellet carries a guaranteed analysis of crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Feeding directions are two to three times daily, with only the amount the fish clear within a few minutes offered each time and any leftovers removed afterwards. Hikari does not publish a full ingredient breakdown for Staple, describing it only as a natural, highly digestible formula, so it reads as a nutritional base rather than a specialty food. It is designed to mix easily with other Hikari cichlid pellets, including Cichlid Gold, so a tank can run Staple as the everyday feed and Gold a few times a week for colour. Once cichlids outgrow the Mini pellet, Medium is the next size at about 4.8 to 5.3 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium cichlids:** Fish past the juvenile stage, not yet ready for Medium pellets.
- **Everyday feeding:** A base diet for daily growth and condition.
- **Mixed feeding routines:** Alongside Cichlid Gold for occasional colour feeds.
- **Single-tank or trial use:** A 57 g pouch for one tank or a trial.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed two to three times a day:** Only as much as clears within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
- **Watch fish size:** Move to Medium once cichlids outgrow the Mini pellet.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Excess food is the main cause of water quality problems.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Everyday growth formula:** Natural, highly digestible ingredients for steady condition.
- **Mini floating pellet:** About 3.2 to 3.7 mm for mid-sized cichlids.
- **Mixes with Hikari Gold:** Pairs as a base diet alongside colour feeding.
- **Floating pellet:** Easy to monitor at the surface during feeding.
- **57 g pack:** Sized for a single tank or a trial.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH03211
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055032117
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cichlid Growth Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.2–3.7 mm, Mini grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Small to medium cichlids and other large tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Baby 57 g (KH03111); Mini 250 g (KH03228); Medium 57 g (KH03311); Medium 250 g (KH03328); Large 250 g (KH03428)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid and large tropical aquariums
---
#### Hikari Crab Cuisine - 50g
Sinking stick diet for hermit crabs, shrimp and other scavengers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/crab-cuisine-50g/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH27309 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055273091
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/crabcuisinehikari.png
Hermit crabs, crayfish and other bottom-dwelling scavengers need a diet that reaches the bottom and holds its shape, not a flake that dissolves before it gets there. Hikari Crab Cuisine - 50g (SKU: KH27309) is Hikari's scientific diet for hermit crabs, lobsters, crawfish, shrimp and other aquatic scavengers, a rapidly sinking stick that gives bottom feeders ready access and extended feeding time. The formula is designed to support proper shell development, since a diet short on the right nutrients leaves crustaceans more vulnerable to predators, and Hikari also includes higher levels of natural colour enhancers aimed at true coloration rather than a washed-out shell or carapace. The 50 g pack is a practical size for a single tank or a hermit crab enclosure.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 31% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 11% maximum and phosphorus 0.7% minimum. For lobsters, shrimp, crawfish and other aquatic scavengers, Hikari's directions are 1 to 4 mini sticks twice a day depending on size, with uneaten food removed after each feeding period to avoid the water quality problems overfeeding causes. Hermit crabs are fed differently: once a week in a clean, shallow dish, at about 2 g per crab (roughly a thimbleful), with the food removed from the enclosure after 24 hours. Hikari recommends Crab Cuisine as a daily diet for scavengers including crayfish, shrimp, lobsters and tadpoles in either fresh or salt water, which makes it one of the few Hikari foods suited to both water types and to a terrestrial hermit crab setup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hermit crab enclosures:** Weekly feeding in a shallow dish rather than left in the water.
- **Lobsters, crayfish and shrimp:** Bottom-dwelling scavengers fed twice daily.
- **Shell and carapace health:** Supports proper shell development in crustaceans.
- **Fresh or saltwater scavengers:** One formula across both water types.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Aquatic scavengers:** 1 to 4 mini sticks twice daily, depending on the animal's size.
- **Hermit crabs:** Once weekly, about 2 g per crab in a shallow dish.
- **Remove after feeding:** Clear leftover sticks after the feeding period, and hermit crab food after 24 hours.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Excess food fouls water quality faster than it benefits scavengers.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rapidly sinking stick:** Reaches bottom-dwelling scavengers quickly.
- **Shell development support:** Formulated nutrients aimed at proper shell growth.
- **Natural colour enhancers:** Higher levels included for true coloration.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** Suits scavengers in either water type.
- **Hermit crab compatible:** A weekly dry-feeding routine outside the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH27309
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055273091
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Sticks (Scavenger Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 31%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 11%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Feeding:** Scavengers 1–4 sticks twice daily; hermit crabs about 2 g per crab weekly
- **Ideal For:** Hermit crabs, lobsters, crayfish, shrimp and tadpoles
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, and hermit crab enclosures
---
#### Hikari Economy Large - 4kg
Everyday floating pellet for larger pond fish on a budget.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/economy-large-4kg/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH38478 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055384780
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/hikari-economy-large-4kg-1749209884.jpg
Large koi and bigger pond fish can struggle to make a meal of a small pellet, even on a basic diet. Hikari Economy Large - 4kg (SKU: KH38478) is the Large-pellet version of Hikari's entry-level daily diet for koi and other pond fish, built around the same balanced nutrient mix as the Medium grade but sized for bigger mouths. It includes Alfalfa Nutrient Concentrate for natural carotenoids that Hikari says help prevent fading, and the pellet carries no artificial colours or flavours. It is a floating food, positioned well below the Gold or Excel ranges, intended as a basic daily diet rather than a growth or colour accelerator.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 28% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 8% maximum and phosphorus 0.5% minimum, unchanged from the Medium pellet. Hikari's feeding directions are to offer only what fish will completely consume within a few minutes, adjusting the amount for water temperature, pond condition and fish activity level; the maker recommends Economy as a daily diet for all types of koi and pond fish, including those kept in a pond environment, when superior growth and colouration are not required. The Large pellet suits bigger koi and larger pond fish better than Medium, since a bigger mouth can take a bigger pellet without the food being wasted or ignored. A pond with a mixed population can run both Economy sizes together, Large for the bigger fish and Medium for the rest.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger koi and pond fish:** Big enough to take a Large pellet efficiently.
- **General pond maintenance:** A daily, budget-focused diet rather than a specialty food.
- **Mixed feeding with Medium:** Large for bigger fish, Medium for the rest of the pond.
- **Off-season or basic feeding:** When colour and growth acceleration are not required.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Check fish are managing the pellet:** Large suits bigger koi; switch smaller fish to Medium.
- **Offer small amounts first:** Increase only if the pond clears it within a few minutes.
- **Adjust with the season:** Less feed as water cools and fish slow down.
- **Mix sizes if needed:** Run Large alongside Medium for a varied pond population.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural carotenoid source:** Alfalfa Nutrient Concentrate included to help resist fading.
- **Free from artificial additives:** No artificial colours or flavours in the formula.
- **Large floating pellet:** Matched to bigger koi and pond fish.
- **Entry-level pricing position:** Sits below Hikari's Gold and Excel colour diets.
- **Works alongside Medium:** Lets a mixed pond be fed two pellet sizes together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH38478
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055384780
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Pond/Koi Economy Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Large
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 28%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, phosphorus min 0.5%
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within a few minutes, adjusted for temperature and activity
- **Ideal For:** Larger koi and other pond fish where premium colour or growth is not the priority
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 4 kg (KH38378)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Economy Medium - 4kg
Everyday floating pellet for pond fish and koi on a budget.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/economy-medium-4kg/
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH38378 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055383783
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/bc2a20e48c8d29b0ada225dd7094b478db2af26d.webp
Not every pond needs a colour diet every day; most ponds just need a reliable, no-frills pellet that keeps fish fed through the season. Hikari Economy Medium - 4kg (SKU: KH38378) is Hikari's entry-level daily diet for koi and other pond fish, a floating Medium pellet built around a balanced nutrient mix rather than the carotenoid-rich formulas in the Gold or Excel ranges. It includes Alfalfa Nutrient Concentrate, a natural source of carotenoids that Hikari says helps prevent fading and supports brightness without the cost of a dedicated colour diet, and it carries no artificial colours or flavours. The 4 kg bag suits a pond or group of pond fish fed on this diet as the everyday staple.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 28% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 8% maximum and phosphorus 0.5% minimum, a lighter specification than Hikari's premium koi diets, reflecting its role as a basic rather than growth-accelerating food. Hikari's feeding directions are to offer only the amount fish will completely consume within a few minutes, adjusting for water temperature, pond condition and how active the fish are; Economy is recommended as a daily diet for all types of koi and pond fish when superior growth and colouration are not the priority. The Medium pellet suits a mixed-size pond population better than the Large grade, and the floating format lets the feeding routine be watched and adjusted from the bank. A pond running Economy as the daily diet can still add Gold or Excel occasionally for colour without changing the base routine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **General pond maintenance:** A daily, budget-focused diet for koi and pond fish.
- **Mixed-size pond populations:** Medium pellets suit a wider range of fish than Large.
- **Off-season feeding:** A basic diet when colour and growth are not the priority.
- **Supplementing colour diets:** As the everyday base alongside occasional Gold or Excel feeds.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Match the pellet to the fish:** Medium suits a mixed-size pond better than Large.
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Read the water, not the clock:** Scale amounts to temperature and pond condition.
- **Clear excess promptly:** Uneaten pellet is the main driver of poor pond water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Alfalfa Nutrient Concentrate:** A natural carotenoid source that helps resist colour fading.
- **No artificial colours or flavours:** A clean, simple formulation.
- **Medium floating pellet:** Suited to a mixed-size pond population.
- **Entry-level everyday diet:** Positioned below Hikari's Gold and Excel ranges.
- **Easy to monitor:** Floating format shows feeding activity at a glance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH38378
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055383783
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Pond/Koi Economy Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Medium
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 28%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, phosphorus min 0.5%
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within a few minutes, adjusted for temperature and activity
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish where premium colour or growth is not the priority
- **Other Sizes:** Large 4 kg (KH38478)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Excel Medium - 5kg
Daily koi diet for rapid colour development.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/excel-medium-5kg/
- Price: $317.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH13382 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618133823
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hikari_Excel_medium_5kg.webp
Colour in koi does not happen overnight, but a diet built specifically to bring it on can show a difference within about a month. Hikari Excel Medium - 5kg (SKU: KH13382) is Hikari's scientifically developed daily koi diet, a Medium floating pellet made from the inner portion of the wheat-germ kernel and pure-cultured spirulina, formulated to offer rapid colouration alongside superior digestibility. Hikari says whiter areas of a koi take on a finer, softer look and red areas become more vivid as the diet takes effect, typically noticeable after around 30 days of feeding. It is positioned as a daily diet for koi where improved growth is also wanted, sitting above Hikari's basic Economy and Friend ranges.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum, a more concentrated specification than Hikari's Economy diet. Feeding directions are to offer only the amount fish will completely consume within a few minutes, adjusting for water temperature, pond condition and fish activity level, the same temperature-led approach Hikari applies across its koi range. Excel's spirulina and wheat-germ base is aimed specifically at colour development rather than bulk growth, so it suits koi already on a basic diet that are being stepped up for show condition or seasonal colour. The 5 kg bag suits an established pond feeding Excel as the primary diet rather than an occasional colour boost.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour development:** Koi being brought into show condition or seasonal brightness.
- **Established ponds:** An ongoing primary diet rather than an occasional treat.
- **Stepping up from a basic diet:** Moving on from Economy or Friend for better colour.
- **Warmer-water feeding:** Active koi feeding well in warm water.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what fish consume within a few minutes.
- **Adjust for conditions:** Vary the amount with water temperature and pond condition.
- **Allow about 30 days:** Colour changes become noticeable after roughly a month of feeding.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Excess feed undermines both colour development and water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spirulina and wheat-germ base:** Formulated specifically for colour development.
- **Rapid colouration:** Noticeable change in white and red tones in about 30 days.
- **Superior digestibility:** Easily digested formula reduces waste in the pond.
- **Medium floating pellet:** Suited to established koi rather than fry.
- **Daily primary diet:** Designed to be fed as the main diet, not a supplement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH13382
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618133823
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Medium
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within a few minutes, adjusted for temperature and activity
- **Ideal For:** Koi where rapid colour development and growth are wanted
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Fancy Guppy - 1kg
Bulk Micro-Coated diet for guppy breeders and multiple tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/fancy-guppy-1kg/
- Price: $300.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH22166 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055221665
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hikari-Fancy-Guppy.png
A single guppy tank gets by on a small pack, but a breeder running several tanks of guppies, platies and other livebearers burns through 22 g pouches within weeks. Hikari Fancy Guppy - 1kg (SKU: KH22166) is the bulk pack of Hikari's daily diet for guppies and other livebearers, the same Micro-Coated formula as the 22 g size scaled up to 1 kg for a fish room or multi-tank breeding set-up. Hikari describes the pellet as among the smallest tropical fish pellets made, suited even to the youngest guppy fry, with linolenic acid included to support growth and reproduction alongside krill for colour and seaweed for iodine.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 50% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 2% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 18% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, unchanged from the 22 g pack. Feeding directions are two to three times daily, offering only what fish completely consume within a few minutes and avoiding overfeeding, which matters more in a fish room running several tanks where excess food across even a few of them adds up quickly. The Micro-Coating is designed to stop nutrient leeching and water clouding, a bigger consideration for a breeder cycling through food daily across multiple tanks than for a single hobby tank. The 1 kg pack holds roughly 45 times the 22 g pouch, and keeps better when stored sealed and used within a reasonable time once opened, to protect the vitamin content.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Guppy breeders:** Multiple tanks of adults and fry needing a consistent diet.
- **Fish rooms:** Several livebearer tanks fed from one bulk pack.
- **Fry rearing:** Pellets small enough for the youngest guppy fry.
- **Mixed livebearer collections:** Platies, swordtails and mollies alongside guppies.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Across several tanks, small excesses add up quickly.
- **Store sealed:** Protect the vitamin content between feeds in a large pack.
- **Watch fry tanks closely:** Small fry need smaller, more frequent portions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Coating technology:** Softens quickly while keeping nutrients in the pellet.
- **High protein content:** 50% minimum crude protein for small, active fish.
- **Linolenic acid included:** Supports growth and reproduction in livebearers.
- **Krill and seaweed:** Included for colour and iodine respectively.
- **1 kg bulk pack:** Sized for breeders and multi-tank fish rooms.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH22166
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055221665
- **Product Type:** Food > Micro Granules (Livebearer Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 50%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 2%, moisture max 10%, ash max 18%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Guppies and other livebearers, including fry
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (KH22102)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater livebearer aquariums
---
#### Hikari Food Sticks - 1kg
Bulk floating stick food for large top-feeding fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/food-sticks-1kg/
- Price: $210.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21766 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055217668
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hikari-Food-Sticks-1-Kg.avif
A single arowana can be kept on a 57 g pack for a while, but a few large specimens or a shop holding stock gets through food sticks fast. Hikari Food Sticks - 1kg (SKU: KH21766) is the bulk pack of Hikari's floating stick diet for arowana, saratoga and other large top-feeding carnivorous fish, the same stick that absorbs water rapidly and takes on a live-fish texture as the smaller packs, scaled up for a fish room, multiple tanks or a single large specimen with a serious appetite. Key ingredients including DL-methionine and L-lysine are included to make the stick palatable to fish used to live feeder fish, and Hikari's Bio-Technology formulation is aimed at enhanced colouring not usually seen in fish kept indoors under artificial light.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 14% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, the same specification as the smaller Food Sticks packs. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only the amount the fish consumes in a few minutes, avoiding overfeeding and removing anything left uneaten. A carnivore moving off live feeder fish may resist the change at first, and Hikari notes that persisting with the sticks, including throwing one onto the surface with a splash to mimic prey, brings acceptance over time. The 1 kg pack is not listed on Hikari's own consumer product page alongside the 57 g and 250 g sizes, so it is treated here as a bulk or wholesale repack of the same established recipe rather than a separately formulated product.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Arowana and saratoga:** Large top-feeding predators normally fed live foods.
- **Multiple tanks or large specimens:** A bulk pack for heavier daily consumption.
- **Fish rooms and shops:** Stock that needs restocking less often.
- **Weaning off live food:** A stick that mimics the texture and splash of prey.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** One stick at a time, finished within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten sticks after each feeding period.
- **Persist with converts:** Keep offering sticks to fish used to live food.
- **Use the splash:** Throw the stick onto the surface to trigger a strike.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating stick:** Stays at the surface where top feeders hunt.
- **Live-food texture:** Softens quickly yet holds together.
- **Key amino acids included:** DL-methionine and L-lysine for palatability.
- **Bio-Technology formulation:** Aimed at enhanced colouring for indoor-kept fish.
- **1 kg bulk pack:** Sized for multiple fish or frequent feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21766
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055217668
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Sticks (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, one stick at a time, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Arowana, saratoga and other large top-feeding carnivorous fish
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums housing large top-feeding fish
---
#### Hikari Food Sticks 250g — Floating Fish Food
Floating stick food for large top-feeding fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13101
- Price: $60.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21729 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055217293
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/813nx46bY0L._SL1500_.jpg
A grown arowana eats every day for a decade or more, and the 250 g tub is the size that keeps pace with it. Hikari Food Sticks 250g (SKU: KH21729) is the mid-size pack of Hikari's floating stick for arowana and other top-feeding carnivorous fish, a stick of about 14.5 to 15 mm that softens rapidly on the surface and takes on the texture of a live fish without falling apart. Hikari rates three sticks as the caloric equivalent of about one live goldfish, and it replaces live feeder fish in the daily diet as a clean, convenient alternative to live foods. The pack suits one or two large fish.
Fish meal and krill meal lead the recipe, with astaxanthin and canthaxanthin as the carotenoid sources used for colour in fish kept indoors, plus stabilised vitamin C. The analysis guarantees at least 40% crude protein and 4% crude fat, with fibre capped at 3%, moisture at 10% and ash at 14%. Hikari's directions call for two to three feeds daily, one stick at a time, only what is finished within a few minutes, with uneaten sticks removed. Fish coming off live food may refuse at first; continued offering brings acceptance, and throwing a stick onto the water with a splash mimics prey and speeds the change.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult arowana:** A daily staple in a pack that lasts weeks, not days.
- **Large surface predators:** Other top-feeding carnivores that strike at the surface.
- **Moving off feeder fish:** A stick with the texture and splash of live prey.
- **Two-fish tanks:** Enough for a pair of large fish on several feeds a day.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** One stick at a time until the fish stops within a few minutes.
- **Clear the surface:** Remove uneaten sticks after each feeding period.
- **Keep offering:** Converts from live food accept sticks with repetition.
- **Splash the stick:** A thrown stick behaves like prey and draws a strike.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating stick:** Sits at the surface where arowana take their food.
- **Live-food texture:** Softens quickly while holding its shape.
- **Three sticks per goldfish:** Hikari's stated caloric equivalence.
- **Fish and krill meal first:** 40% minimum crude protein.
- **250 g tub:** Weeks of feeding for a large fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21729
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055217293
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Sticks (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Stick:** About 14.5–15.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, wheat starch, potato starch, rice bran, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, L-lysine, canthaxanthin, garlic, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals, red 3 (artificial colour)
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, one stick at a time, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** All types of arowana and other top-feeding carnivorous fish
- **Range Sizes:** 57 g, 250 g and 1 kg
---
#### Hikari Food Sticks 57g — Floating Fish Food
Floating stick food for large top-feeding fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13100
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21711 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055217118
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/food-stcks-57KH21711__41627.jpg
An arowana raised on feeder fish needs a food that behaves like one, and a floating stick that softens on the surface is the closest thing in a packet. Hikari Food Sticks 57g (SKU: KH21711) is Hikari's floating stick for arowana and other top-feeding carnivorous fish, a stick of about 14.5 to 15 mm that absorbs water rapidly and takes on a live-fish texture while keeping its shape. Hikari puts three sticks at the caloric equivalent of roughly one live goldfish. It replaces live feeder fish in the daily diet, a clean, convenient alternative to live foods, and the 57 g pack suits a single fish or a trial.
The recipe is led by fish meal and krill meal, with astaxanthin and canthaxanthin as the carotenoid sources used for colour in fish kept indoors, and stabilised vitamin C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 14% maximum. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, one stick at a time, only what is finished within a few minutes, removing anything uneaten. A fish moving off live food may refuse at first; continued offering brings acceptance, and a stick thrown onto the surface with a splash mimics prey.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Arowana:** All types, as the daily staple in place of feeder fish.
- **Other surface carnivores:** Large top-feeding predators that take food from the surface.
- **Weaning off live food:** A stick that mimics the texture and splash of prey.
- **Single-fish tanks:** A 57 g pack sized for one large fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** One stick at a time, finished within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out uneaten sticks after each feeding period.
- **Persist with converts:** Keep offering sticks to a fish used to live food.
- **Use the splash:** Throw the stick onto the surface to trigger a strike.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating stick:** Stays at the surface where arowana feed.
- **Live-food texture:** Softens quickly yet holds together.
- **Three sticks per goldfish:** Hikari's caloric equivalence.
- **Fish and krill meal lead:** A 40% minimum crude protein recipe.
- **Carotenoid ingredients:** Astaxanthin and canthaxanthin in the recipe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21711
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055217118
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Sticks (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 57 g
- **Stick:** About 14.5–15.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, wheat starch, potato starch, rice bran, DL-methionine, astaxanthin, L-lysine, canthaxanthin, garlic, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals, red 3 (artificial colour)
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, one stick at a time, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** All types of arowana and other top-feeding carnivorous fish
- **Range Sizes:** 57 g, 250 g and 1 kg
---
#### Hikari Friend Large - 10kg
Economical daily floating pellet for larger pond fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/friend-large-10kg/
- Price: $165.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH39489 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055394895
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/684e1b1342b79ed113e48c827f7f8c7b4d927b39_1024x1024.webp
Larger koi and bigger pond fish need a pellet with enough bulk to be worth the effort of eating it, even on an everyday economical diet. Hikari Friend Large - 10kg (SKU: KH39489) is the Large-pellet version of Hikari's economical daily pond diet, built to the same specification as the Medium grade but sized for bigger fish. The floating pellet is engineered not to stain or cloud pond water when fed as directed, and Hikari describes it as highly palatable with higher feed efficiency, which can mean less waste left to break down in the pond. Stabilised vitamin C is included to support immune health, and the 10 kg bag suits a pond stocked mainly with larger koi and pond fish.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 28% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 8% maximum and phosphorus 0.5% minimum, the same as the Medium pellet. Feeding directions are to offer only what fish will completely consume within a few minutes, adjusting for water temperature, pond condition and activity level, and Hikari recommends Friend as a daily diet for all fish kept in a pond environment including koi. The Large pellet is the better match for bigger koi, which can otherwise waste effort chasing down a Medium-sized pellet, and a pond with a genuinely mixed population can run both Friend sizes side by side. The 10 kg bag is intended for sustained feeding through the season rather than an occasional top-up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger koi and pond fish:** Big enough to take a Large pellet efficiently.
- **Daily pond feeding:** An economical diet for the full feeding season.
- **Mixed feeding with Medium:** Large for bigger fish, Medium for the rest of the pond.
- **Immune support:** Stabilised vitamin C included for ongoing health.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Size the feed to the fish:** Large pellets suit koi that can clear them quickly.
- **Pair with Medium where needed:** Smaller pond fish can be fed Friend Medium alongside it.
- **Track activity, not just temperature:** Slower fish need less food even in warm water.
- **Avoid leftover build-up:** Remove anything not eaten within the feeding window.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating pellet:** Will not stain or cloud pond water as directed.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Supports fish immune health.
- **Higher feed efficiency:** Hikari says this can mean less waste in the pond.
- **Large pellet size:** Sized for bigger koi and pond fish.
- **10 kg bulk bag:** Sized for a full feeding season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH39489
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055394895
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Pond Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Large
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 28%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, phosphorus min 0.5%
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within a few minutes, adjusted for temperature and activity
- **Ideal For:** Larger koi and other fish kept in a pond environment
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 10 kg (KH39389)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Friend Medium - 10kg
Economical daily floating pellet for pond fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/friend-medium-10kg/
- Price: $165.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH39389 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055393898
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/684e1b1342b79ed113e48c827f7f8c7b4d927b39_684398ed-5a39-47af-b190-2f95ad4413b6_1024x1024-600x600-1.webp
A pond stocked with a mixed group of koi and other pond fish needs feeding every day through the season, and an economical diet keeps that affordable. Hikari Friend Medium - 10kg (SKU: KH39389) is Hikari's economical everyday diet for pond fish, a floating Medium pellet engineered not to stain or cloud pond water when fed as directed. It is highly palatable and, according to Hikari, offers higher feed efficiency than some basic diets, which can mean less waste settling in the pond. Stabilised vitamin C is included to support immune health, and the 10 kg bag suits a pond or group of ponds being fed daily through the warmer months.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 28% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 8% maximum and phosphorus 0.5% minimum, matching Hikari's Economy range. Feeding directions are to offer only the amount fish will completely consume within a few minutes, adjusting for water temperature, pond condition and fish activity level; Hikari recommends Friend as a daily diet for all types of fish kept in a pond environment, koi included. Because it floats, the feeding can be watched and the amount adjusted on the spot, which Hikari positions as a way to reduce the water quality problems that come from overfeeding. The Medium pellet suits a mixed-size pond population better than the Large grade, and the 10 kg size is intended for ponds being fed through a full season rather than topped up occasionally.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed pond populations:** Medium pellets suit a range of fish sizes.
- **Daily pond feeding:** An economical diet for the whole feeding season.
- **Immune support:** Stabilised vitamin C included for ongoing fish health.
- **Large-volume feeding:** A 10 kg bag for a pond or several smaller ponds.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Watch the float:** A floating pellet shows exactly how much is being eaten.
- **Feed only what clears fast:** Stop once consumption slows within the first few minutes.
- **Factor in pond condition:** Murky or cool water usually means less feed, not more.
- **Keep vitamin C working:** Store the bag sealed so the added vitamin C holds up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating pellet:** Will not stain or cloud pond water as directed.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Supports fish immune health.
- **Higher feed efficiency:** Hikari says this can mean less waste in the pond.
- **Medium pellet size:** Suits a mixed-size pond population.
- **10 kg bulk bag:** Sized for a full feeding season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH39389
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055393898
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Pond Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Pellet Size:** Medium
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 28%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 8%, phosphorus min 0.5%
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within a few minutes, adjusted for temperature and activity
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other fish kept in a pond environment
- **Other Sizes:** Large 10 kg (KH39489)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Gold L - 10kg
Bulk colour-enhancing diet for large koi collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13032
- Price: $333.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02489 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055024891
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02489.jpg
A koi club or a pond with a serious-sized collection of large fish feeds through Gold by the kilo, not the pack. Hikari Gold L - 10kg (SKU: KH02489) is the bulk pack of Hikari's Large-pellet Gold diet, the colour-enhancing daily food for koi and other pond fish in warmer water, sized for a large pond, multiple ponds or a collection of sizeable koi fed through a full season. The same carefully selected ingredients target active colour enhancement, with a vitamin and mineral blend for overall vitality, and Hikari notes that natural variation in the ingredients can cause slight colour differences between pellet batches without changing the nutritional guarantee.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari's feeding schedule runs by water temperature: two to four feeds daily between 20°C and 30°C, each finished within five minutes; no more than two feeds daily between 15°C and 20°C, timed for the warmest part of the day; and a switch away from Gold to Excel or Wheat-Germ Formula once the water drops below 15°C. The 10 kg bag is the largest Gold pack in the Large grade, intended for ponds that would otherwise be restocking every few weeks, and it keeps well when stored sealed and away from heat and moisture between feeds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ponds or koi collections:** Bulk feeding across many sizeable fish.
- **Full warm-season feeding:** A 10 kg bag to avoid frequent restocking.
- **Koi clubs and larger set-ups:** Shared ponds feeding multiple large koi.
- **Established colour-feeding programmes:** Ongoing Gold feeding through the warm months.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Peak season feeding:** 2 to 4 feeds daily between 20°C and 30°C, finished within 5 minutes.
- **Taper as water cools:** No more than two feeds between 15°C and 20°C, timed for the warmest part of the day.
- **Change diets below 15°C:** Excel or Wheat-Germ Formula takes over from Gold.
- **Buy for the season, not the week:** A 10 kg bag avoids restocking mid-season on a large pond.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ingredients chosen for colour:** Targets active colour enhancement in koi.
- **Vitamin and mineral support:** Backs overall vitality, not pigment alone.
- **Temperature-based feeding:** A defined routine across the warm months.
- **Large pellet grade:** Suited to bigger koi and pond fish.
- **10 kg bulk bag:** The largest Large-pellet Gold pack for heavy use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02489
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055024891
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 7.2–8.2 mm, Large grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** Temperature-based, 2–4 times daily above 20°C; see Feeding Guide
- **Ideal For:** Large koi and other pond fish in warmer water
- **Other Sizes:** Gold S 500 g (KH02242); Gold S 5 kg (KH02282); Gold S 10 kg (KH02289); Gold M 500 g (KH02342); Gold M 2 kg (KH02370); Gold M 5 kg (KH02382); Gold M 10 kg (KH02389); Gold L 500 g (KH02442); Gold L 5 kg (KH02482)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Gold L - 500g
Colour-enhancing daily diet for large koi in warm water, trial size.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13030
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02442 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055024426
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02442.jpg
A backyard pond with a few big koi does not need a 10 kg sack to find out whether a colour diet is worth feeding. Hikari Gold L - 500g (SKU: KH02442) is the smallest pack of Hikari's Large-pellet Gold diet, a colour-enhancing daily food for koi and other pond fish in warmer water. Carefully selected ingredients are aimed at active colour enhancement, and a vitamin and mineral blend supports overall vitality rather than colour alone. Because Gold leans on natural ingredients for its colour effect, Hikari notes that pellet colour can vary slightly between production lots, even though every batch meets the same nutritional specification. The 500 g pack suits a small pond or a trial before committing to the bulk sizes.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari ties feeding to water temperature: between 20°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, offering only what fish finish within five minutes; between 15°C and 20°C, feed no more than twice daily, ideally in the warmest part of the day. Below 15°C, Hikari recommends switching to Excel or a Wheat-Germ Formula diet instead of Gold, since colour feeding works less well as digestion slows in cooler water. A household testing the diet on a small pond can step up to the 5 kg or 10 kg packs once satisfied.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small ponds or trial feeding:** A 500 g pack to test the diet before buying larger.
- **Large koi in warm water:** Fish big enough for the Large pellet, 20°C and above.
- **Active colour feeding season:** Warmer months when Gold's feeding rules apply.
- **Stepping up from a basic diet:** Moving on from Economy or Friend for colour.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Start in the warm season:** 20–30°C calls for 2 to 4 feeds daily, each cleared in 5 minutes.
- **Ease back as it cools:** 15–20°C drops to at most two feeds, timed for the warmest part of the day.
- **Know when to switch:** Below 15°C, move onto Excel or Wheat-Germ Formula instead.
- **Trial before scaling up:** Confirm the routine works before buying the 5 kg or 10 kg pack.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-targeted ingredients:** Selected specifically for active colour enhancement.
- **Vitality-focused vitamins:** A mineral and vitamin blend beyond colour alone.
- **Warm-season feeding schedule:** Clear temperature bands for 20°C and above.
- **Large floating pellet:** Sized for bigger koi and pond fish.
- **500 g trial size:** Enough to test the diet before buying larger.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02442
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055024426
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 7.2–8.2 mm, Large grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** Temperature-based, 2–4 times daily above 20°C; see Feeding Guide
- **Ideal For:** Large koi and other pond fish in warmer water
- **Other Sizes:** Gold S 500 g (KH02242); Gold S 5 kg (KH02282); Gold S 10 kg (KH02289); Gold M 500 g (KH02342); Gold M 2 kg (KH02370); Gold M 5 kg (KH02382); Gold M 10 kg (KH02389); Gold L 5 kg (KH02482); Gold L 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Gold L - 5kg
Colour-enhancing daily diet for an established koi pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13031
- Price: $195.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02482 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055024822
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02482.jpg
Once a pond is settled on Gold as its colour diet, a 500 g pack barely lasts the season. Hikari Gold L - 5kg (SKU: KH02482) is the mid-size pack of Hikari's Large-pellet Gold diet, the same colour-enhancing daily food for koi and other pond fish in warmer water, sized for an established pond feeding it as the regular diet rather than trialling it. Carefully selected ingredients target active colour enhancement, backed by a vitamin and mineral blend for overall vitality, and Hikari notes that pellet colour can vary slightly between batches due to the natural ingredients used, without affecting the nutritional specification.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Feeding follows Hikari's temperature-based schedule: two to four feeds daily between 20°C and 30°C, finished within five minutes each time; no more than two feeds daily between 15°C and 20°C, timed for the warmest part of the day; and a switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ Formula once the water drops below 15°C, since Gold's colour-feeding approach is most effective in warm, active water. The 5 kg bag suits a pond through a full warm season of regular feeding, and the Large pellet is matched to koi and pond fish with mouths big enough to take it without the food being ignored.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established koi ponds:** A regular colour diet through the warm season.
- **Large koi in warm water:** Fish taking the Large pellet efficiently.
- **Full-season feeding:** A 5 kg bag sized beyond a trial pack.
- **Seasonal colour programmes:** Feeding Gold consistently while water stays warm.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Warm-season routine:** 2 to 4 feeds daily between 20°C and 30°C, each finished in 5 minutes.
- **Cooling water:** Cut back to two feeds between 15°C and 20°C, fed in the day's warmest hours.
- **Switch diets below 15°C:** Move to Excel or Wheat-Germ Formula rather than continuing Gold.
- **Plan for the season:** A 5 kg bag is sized for regular feeding, not occasional topping up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Active colour enhancement:** Ingredients selected to bring out koi colouration.
- **Supports overall vitality:** Vitamin and mineral blend beyond pigment alone.
- **Clear temperature bands:** A defined feeding routine through the warm season.
- **Large pellet grade:** Matched to bigger koi and pond fish.
- **5 kg regular-use bag:** Sized for an established feeding routine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02482
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055024822
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 7.2–8.2 mm, Large grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** Temperature-based, 2–4 times daily above 20°C; see Feeding Guide
- **Ideal For:** Large koi and other pond fish in warmer water
- **Other Sizes:** Gold S 500 g (KH02242); Gold S 5 kg (KH02282); Gold S 10 kg (KH02289); Gold M 500 g (KH02342); Gold M 2 kg (KH02370); Gold M 5 kg (KH02382); Gold M 10 kg (KH02389); Gold L 500 g (KH02442); Gold L 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Gold M - 10kg
Bulk colour-enhancing diet with a Medium pellet for mixed koi ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13029
- Price: $333.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02389 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055023894
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02389.jpg
Not every koi in a pond is large enough for the Large Gold pellet, and a mixed-size collection needs a pellet the smaller fish can actually eat. Hikari Gold M - 10kg (SKU: KH02389) is the bulk pack of Hikari's Medium-pellet Gold diet, the same colour-enhancing daily food for koi and other pond fish in warmer water as the Large grade, with a smaller pellet suited to goldfish and koi that have not yet reached full size. Carefully selected ingredients target active colour enhancement, with a vitamin and mineral blend supporting overall vitality, and Hikari notes that natural ingredient variation can cause slight colour differences between batches without affecting the nutritional guarantee.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 35% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, the same specification as the Large grade. Hikari's feeding schedule is set by water temperature: two to four feeds daily between 20°C and 30°C, each finished within five minutes; no more than two feeds daily between 15°C and 20°C, timed for the warmest part of the day; and a switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ Formula once the water drops below 15°C. The 10 kg bag suits a pond stocked with a mix of koi and goldfish, where the Medium pellet is taken more readily than Large by smaller fish, and a pond running both pellet sizes can feed Medium to the general population and Large to its biggest koi.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed koi and goldfish ponds:** Medium pellets suit smaller mouths than Large.
- **Full warm-season feeding:** A 10 kg bag for ongoing colour feeding.
- **Growing koi not yet at full size:** Fish too small for the Large pellet.
- **Paired feeding with Gold L:** Medium for the general pond, Large for the biggest koi.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Match feeding to temperature:** 2 to 4 feeds daily between 20°C and 30°C, each cleared in 5 minutes.
- **Fewer feeds as it cools:** Up to twice daily between 15°C and 20°C, in the day's warmest part.
- **Below 15°C, change diets:** Switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ Formula instead of Gold.
- **Feed Medium to smaller fish:** Reserve Large Gold for koi big enough to manage it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-targeted formulation:** Ingredients selected for active colour enhancement.
- **Vitamin and mineral blend:** Supports vitality alongside colouration.
- **Temperature-based feeding:** A defined schedule through the warm season.
- **Medium pellet grade:** Fits koi and goldfish not yet at full size.
- **10 kg bulk bag:** Sized for heavy seasonal use across a mixed pond.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02389
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055023894
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi Colour Enhancer)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, Medium grade
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** Temperature-based, 2–4 times daily above 20°C; see Feeding Guide
- **Ideal For:** Koi and goldfish not yet large enough for the Large pellet
- **Other Sizes:** Gold S 500 g (KH02242); Gold S 5 kg (KH02282); Gold S 10 kg (KH02289); Gold M 500 g (KH02342); Gold M 2 kg (KH02370); Gold M 5 kg (KH02382); Gold L 500 g (KH02442); Gold L 5 kg (KH02482); Gold L 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ponds
---
#### Hikari Gold M - 2kg
A season's supply of medium-pellet koi food for a backyard pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13027
- Price: $79.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02370 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055023702
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02370.jpg
Feeding an established backyard pond through a warm season takes more than a single small bag can hold, without needing the commitment of a 5 kg or 10 kg sack. Hikari Gold M - 2kg (SKU: KH02370) is the 2 kg pack of Hikari's medium-pellet Gold, a floating colour-enhancing staple from Kyorin in Japan milled at roughly 4.8 to 5.3 mm for adult koi and larger pond fish. It sits between the 500 g bag and the bulk sizes, a practical middle ground for a household with one active pond rather than a club or dealer feeding several. The recipe carries Hikari's vitamin and mineral package alongside the colour-enhancing ingredients that give Gold its name.
The guaranteed analysis holds across the whole Gold range: crude protein minimum 35%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 1.0%. Feeding tracks water temperature: 20 to 30°C allows two to three feeds a day, each eaten within five minutes; 15 to 20°C calls for once or twice daily, timed to the warmer part of the day; 11 to 15°C is the cue to move onto Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ instead of Gold; below 11°C, Wheat-Germ alone suits the slower appetite of cold-water fish. Because the pellet floats, it is straightforward to judge how much a pond eats and skim off the rest. The line also comes as a small grade for juveniles and a large grade for the biggest fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Season-long feeding:** One backyard pond fed daily through spring and summer from a single pack.
- **Adult koi:** Fish past the juvenile stage that take the medium pellet comfortably.
- **Stepping up from a trial bag:** Moving on from a 500 g pack once the recipe is confirmed to suit the pond.
- **Households with one active pond:** A quantity between the small bag and the bulk sizes aimed at clubs or dealers.
**Feeding Guide**
- **20–30°C:** Feed two to three times daily, each feed cleared within five minutes.
- **15–20°C:** Once or twice daily, feeding during the warmer part of the day.
- **11–15°C:** Move onto Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ rather than continuing on Gold.
- **Below 11°C:** Feed Wheat-Germ only, and watch feeding activity closely as water cools.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2 kg pack:** A season-length supply between the 500 g trial bag and the bulk sizes.
- **Medium pellet grade:** About 4.8 to 5.3 mm, sized for adult koi and larger pond fish.
- **Floating pellet:** Makes feeding activity and any leftovers easy to monitor.
- **Colour and vitality support:** A vitamin and mineral package alongside colour-enhancing ingredients.
- **Part of a sized range:** Shares its recipe with the small and large Gold pellet grades.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02370
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055023702
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Koi Pellets (Colour Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, floating (Medium grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding Temperature:** Suited to water above 15°C; switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ below that
- **Companion Products:** Hikari Excel and Hikari Wheat-Germ for cooler water
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 500 g (KH02342), 5 kg (KH02382), 10 kg (KH02389); Small 500 g (KH02242), 5 kg (KH02282), 10 kg (KH02289); Large 500 g (KH02442), 5 kg (KH02482), 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Gold M - 500g
Medium floating pellet for adult koi and larger pond fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13026
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02342 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055023429
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02342.jpg
Once koi grow past their first year or two, a small pellet becomes slow going at feeding time and a medium grade suits their mouths better. Hikari Gold M - 500g (SKU: KH02342) is the medium-pellet grade of Hikari's Gold line, a floating colour-enhancing staple made by Kyorin in Japan for koi and other pond fish feeding in warmer water. The pellet runs about 4.8 to 5.3 mm, noticeably larger than the Small grade and sized for adult koi and bigger pond fish that would otherwise peck at a smaller pellet without getting enough per mouthful. The 500 g bag is a convenient size for a single backyard pond or for topping up between bulk purchases.
The guaranteed analysis is the same across every pellet size in the Gold range: crude protein minimum 35%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 1.0%. Feeding is set by water temperature: 20 to 30°C allows two to three feeds daily, each finished within five minutes; 15 to 20°C drops that to once or twice daily during the warmer part of the day; 11 to 15°C is the cue to switch to Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ instead of Gold; below 11°C, Wheat-Germ alone suits the slower digestion. The floating pellet lets a keeper watch how quickly a pond clears its feed and remove anything left over. Gold is also milled as a small grade for juveniles and a large grade for the biggest koi.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult koi:** Fish that have outgrown the small pellet and take a larger mouthful comfortably.
- **Warmer months:** Water holding between 20 and 30°C, when appetite and growth are at their peak.
- **Single backyard ponds:** A 500 g bag sized for one pond rather than a bulk setup.
- **Topping up:** Bridging the gap between larger bags without buying another bulk size early.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Warm water, 20–30°C:** Feed two to three times daily, each feed finished within five minutes.
- **Cooler water, 15–20°C:** Drop to once or twice daily, feeding during the warmer part of the day.
- **Cold water, 11–15°C:** Switch over to Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ in place of Gold.
- **Below 11°C:** Use Wheat-Germ only; Gold is too rich for reliable cold-water digestion.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium pellet grade:** About 4.8 to 5.3 mm, sized for adult koi and larger pond fish.
- **Floating format:** Stays on the surface so feeding activity and leftovers are easy to see.
- **Colour-enhancing recipe:** Formulated for vivid colouration during warm-water feeding.
- **Vitamin and mineral package:** Included to support vitality alongside colour development.
- **Season-matched range:** Designed to hand over to Hikari Excel and Wheat-Germ as the water cools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02342
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055023429
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Koi Pellets (Colour Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, floating (Medium grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding Temperature:** Suited to water above 15°C; switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ below that
- **Companion Products:** Hikari Excel and Hikari Wheat-Germ for cooler water
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 2 kg (KH02370), 5 kg (KH02382), 10 kg (KH02389); Small 500 g (KH02242), 5 kg (KH02282), 10 kg (KH02289); Large 500 g (KH02442), 5 kg (KH02482), 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Gold M - 5kg
Bulk medium-pellet koi food for larger ponds and collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13028
- Price: $195.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02382 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055023825
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02382.jpg
A pond carrying several adult koi gets through a medium pellet fast once the warm-water feeding season is in full swing, and restocking from small bags becomes a chore. Hikari Gold M - 5kg (SKU: KH02382) is the 5 kg bulk pack of Hikari's medium-pellet Gold, a floating colour-enhancing staple from Kyorin in Japan at roughly 4.8 to 5.3 mm, built for adult koi and other larger pond fish. It is one step up from the 2 kg pack in the same grade, aimed at larger ponds, multiple fish or keepers who would rather buy once for the season than restock mid-summer.
The guaranteed analysis is the same across every Gold pellet size: crude protein minimum 35%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 1.0%. Feeding is tied to water temperature: 20 to 30°C supports two to three feeds daily, each eaten within five minutes; 15 to 20°C drops to once or twice daily during the warmer part of the day; 11 to 15°C is the cue to switch onto Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ instead of Gold; below 11°C, Wheat-Germ alone suits the slower digestion. At this volume, the floating pellet makes it easy to judge how much a pond of several koi needs and remove the rest. The line is also milled as a small and a large grade, both sold in matching bulk sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger ponds:** Several adult koi fed daily through the warm-water growing season.
- **Multiple fish households:** Feeding volumes that outpace a 500 g or 2 kg pack within a season.
- **Buying for the season:** One purchase intended to last from spring through to autumn.
- **Mixed-size collections:** Adult koi fed alongside juveniles on the small grade or giants on the large grade.
**Feeding Guide**
- **20–30°C:** Two to three feeds daily, each finished within five minutes.
- **15–20°C:** Once or twice daily, feeding during the warmer part of the day.
- **11–15°C:** Move onto Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ rather than continuing on Gold.
- **Below 11°C:** Feed Wheat-Germ only, and reduce the amount as appetite drops further.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 kg bulk pack:** Sized for larger ponds or several koi through a full feeding season.
- **Medium pellet grade:** About 4.8 to 5.3 mm, taken readily by adult koi.
- **Floating pellet:** Keeps feeding visible and uneaten food easy to remove at scale.
- **Vitamin and mineral package:** Supports vitality alongside the colour-enhancing ingredients.
- **Consistent recipe:** Same guaranteed analysis as the smaller Gold M packs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02382
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055023825
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Koi Pellets (Colour Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.8–5.3 mm, floating (Medium grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding Temperature:** Suited to water above 15°C; switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ below that
- **Companion Products:** Hikari Excel and Hikari Wheat-Germ for cooler water
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 500 g (KH02342), 2 kg (KH02370), 10 kg (KH02389); Small 500 g (KH02242), 5 kg (KH02282), 10 kg (KH02289); Large 500 g (KH02442), 5 kg (KH02482), 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Gold S - 10kg
Large-format small-pellet koi food for big ponds and retailers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13025
- Price: $333.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02289 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055022897
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02289.jpg
A koi club, large private pond or pet shop feeding many fish a day needs a feeding stock that does not run out mid-season, and a 500 g bag is the wrong unit for that job. Hikari Gold S - 10kg (SKU: KH02289) is the 10 kg bag of Hikari's small-pellet Gold, a floating colour-enhancing staple from Kyorin in Japan milled at about 3.2 to 3.7 mm so juvenile koi, smaller pond fish and mixed collections can all feed on it without difficulty. The formulation carries a vitamin and mineral package for vitality alongside its colour work, and at 10 kg it is the largest pack of the small grade, intended for ponds, holding systems or dealers that feed in volume.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged across the Gold range regardless of pack size: crude protein minimum 35%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 1.0%. Feeding is tied to water temperature rather than a fixed schedule: 20 to 30°C supports two to three feeds a day, each finished within five minutes; 15 to 20°C drops to once or twice daily during the warmer part of the day; 11 to 15°C is the cue for Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ in place of Gold; below 11°C, Wheat-Germ alone suits slower cold-water digestion. At this volume, the floating pellet makes it easy to see when a pond has had enough and lift out the rest. Gold is also milled in a medium and a large grade, sold through the same size range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Koi clubs and large ponds:** Daily feeding across many fish where a 10 kg bag lasts a full season.
- **Retail and holding systems:** Shops and wholesalers feeding small-grade pellet in volume.
- **Mixed-size collections:** Juvenile and smaller koi fed alongside larger fish on the medium or large grade.
- **Peak growing season:** Sustained warm water where feeding frequency and appetite are both high.
**Feeding Guide**
- **20–30°C:** Two to three feeds daily, each eaten within five minutes.
- **15–20°C:** Once or twice daily, feeding during the warmer part of the day.
- **11–15°C:** Switch over to Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ rather than continuing on Gold.
- **Below 11°C:** Feed Wheat-Germ only, in reduced amounts as appetite drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 kg bag:** The largest pack of the small-pellet grade, built for high-volume feeding.
- **Small pellet grade:** About 3.2 to 3.7 mm, suited to juvenile koi and smaller pond fish.
- **Floating pellet:** Keeps feeding visible and leftovers easy to remove at scale.
- **Vitamin and mineral package:** Supports vitality while colour-enhancing ingredients do their work.
- **Consistent across sizes:** Same recipe and guaranteed analysis as the smaller Gold S bags.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02289
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055022897
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Koi Pellets (Colour Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.2–3.7 mm, floating (Small grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding Temperature:** Suited to water above 15°C; switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ below that
- **Companion Products:** Hikari Excel and Hikari Wheat-Germ for cooler water
- **Other Sizes:** Small 500 g (KH02242), 5 kg (KH02282); Medium 500 g (KH02342), 2 kg (KH02370), 5 kg (KH02382), 10 kg (KH02389); Large 500 g (KH02442), 5 kg (KH02482), 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Gold S - 500g
Small floating pellet for juvenile koi and smaller pond fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13023
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02242 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055022422
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02242.jpg
A backyard pond usually holds koi and other pond fish of several different sizes, and a pellet built for a metre-long adult can be awkward for the smaller fish sharing the same water. Hikari Gold S - 500g (SKU: KH02242) is the small-pellet grade of Hikari's Gold line, a floating colour-enhancing staple made by Kyorin in Japan for koi and other pond fish in warmer water. The pellet runs about 3.2 to 3.7 mm, fine enough for juvenile koi and smaller pond fish that would struggle with the medium or large grade. The 500 g bag suits a single small to medium pond or a trial ahead of a bulk purchase.
Hikari states the guaranteed analysis as crude protein minimum 35%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 1.0%. Feeding follows water temperature rather than the clock: 20 to 30°C allows two to three feeds a day, each finished within five minutes; 15 to 20°C drops that to once or twice daily, preferably during the warmer part of the day; 11 to 15°C is Hikari's cue to switch to Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ instead; below 11°C, Wheat-Germ alone suits the slower digestion. Floating pellets let a keeper watch feeding activity and lift out anything uneaten before it fouls the water. The same line is also milled in a medium and a large grade for bigger fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed-size ponds:** Smaller koi and pond fish sharing water with larger fish on the medium or large grade.
- **Warmer months:** Water holding between 20 and 30°C, when appetite and growth are at their peak.
- **Smaller ponds:** A 500 g bag sized for a single small to medium pond rather than a bulk setup.
- **Trialling the line:** Confirming fish take to the Gold recipe before buying a 5 kg or 10 kg bag.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Warm water, 20–30°C:** Feed two to three times daily, each feed finished within five minutes.
- **Cooler water, 15–20°C:** Cut back to once or twice daily, feeding during the warmer part of the day.
- **Cold water, 11–15°C:** Switch to Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ in place of Gold.
- **Below 11°C:** Use Wheat-Germ only; Gold is too rich to digest reliably in cold water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small pellet grade:** About 3.2 to 3.7 mm, sized for juvenile koi and smaller pond fish.
- **Floating format:** Stays on the surface so feeding activity and leftovers are easy to see.
- **Colour-enhancing recipe:** Formulated for vivid colouration during warm-water feeding.
- **Vitamin and mineral package:** Included to support vitality alongside colour development.
- **Seasonal pairing:** Designed to hand over to Hikari Excel and Wheat-Germ as the water cools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02242
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055022422
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Koi Pellets (Colour Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.2–3.7 mm, floating (Small grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding Temperature:** Suited to water above 15°C; switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ below that
- **Companion Products:** Hikari Excel and Hikari Wheat-Germ for cooler water
- **Other Sizes:** Small 5 kg (KH02282), 10 kg (KH02289); Medium 500 g (KH02342), 2 kg (KH02370), 5 kg (KH02382), 10 kg (KH02389); Large 500 g (KH02442), 5 kg (KH02482), 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Gold S - 5kg
Bulk small-pellet koi food for ponds with mixed fish sizes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13024
- Price: $195.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02282 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055022828
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02282.jpg
A pond that is fed daily through the warm months goes through a lot of pellet, and buying the small grade a bag at a time gets expensive once the koi collection grows. Hikari Gold S - 5kg (SKU: KH02282) is the 5 kg bulk pack of Hikari's small-pellet Gold, a floating colour-enhancing staple from Kyorin in Japan sized at roughly 3.2 to 3.7 mm so that juvenile koi, smaller pond fish and mixed collections can all take it comfortably. The recipe carries a vitamin and mineral package to support vitality while the colour-enhancing ingredients do their work, and a 5 kg bag carries a small-to-medium pond through a full feeding season rather than a few weeks.
The guaranteed analysis is the same across every Gold pellet size: crude protein minimum 35%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 1.0%. Feeding is set by water temperature: 20 to 30°C calls for two to three feeds daily, each eaten within five minutes; 15 to 20°C drops to once or twice daily in the warmer part of the day; 11 to 15°C is the cue to move onto Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ instead of Gold; below 11°C, Wheat-Germ alone suits the slower digestion. Because it floats, uneaten pellet is easy to skim off, which matters more at this volume. The line is also milled as a medium and a large grade, both sold in bulk bags.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established ponds:** Daily feeding through the warm season across a season's worth of fish.
- **Mixed-size collections:** Juvenile and smaller koi alongside larger fish fed the medium or large grade.
- **Multiple ponds or clubs:** Shared feeding stock where a bulk bag reduces how often it needs restocking.
- **Summer growth period:** Water consistently warm enough for frequent feeding and active growth.
**Feeding Guide**
- **20–30°C:** Two to three feeds daily, each finished within five minutes.
- **15–20°C:** Once or twice daily, timed to the warmer part of the day.
- **11–15°C:** Move onto Hikari Excel or Wheat-Germ rather than continuing with Gold.
- **Below 11°C:** Feed Wheat-Germ only, and watch for any fish that stop feeding entirely.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 kg bulk pack:** Sized to carry a small-to-medium pond through a feeding season.
- **Small pellet grade:** About 3.2 to 3.7 mm, taken easily by juvenile and smaller koi.
- **Floating pellet:** Leftovers stay visible on the surface for easy removal.
- **Colour and vitality support:** A vitamin and mineral package paired with colour-enhancing ingredients.
- **Part of a sized range:** Shares its recipe with Hikari Gold's medium and large pellet grades.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02282
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055022828
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Koi Pellets (Colour Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.2–3.7 mm, floating (Small grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 35%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding Temperature:** Suited to water above 15°C; switch to Excel or Wheat-Germ below that
- **Companion Products:** Hikari Excel and Hikari Wheat-Germ for cooler water
- **Other Sizes:** Small 500 g (KH02242), 10 kg (KH02289); Medium 500 g (KH02342), 2 kg (KH02370), 5 kg (KH02382), 10 kg (KH02389); Large 500 g (KH02442), 5 kg (KH02482), 10 kg (KH02489)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Floating S - 100g
Floating baby pellet for fancy goldfish colour and growth.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-bio-gold-plus-floating-s-100g/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02502 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055025027
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02502.jpg
Fancy goldfish are judged as much on colour and form as on size, and a staple built around growth alone can leave both behind. Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Floating S - 100g (SKU: KH02502) is the floating, baby-pellet grade of Hikari's Bio-Gold Plus, a fancy goldfish diet from Kyorin in Japan that blends animal and vegetable proteins with concentrated zeaxanthin, a plant-derived carotenoid, for colour enhancement, together with probiotics intended to support digestion and water quality. Because it floats, feeding activity stays visible at the surface, which suits community tanks and ponds where several goldfish compete for food. The 100 g pack is a trial or single-tank size rather than a season's supply.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 45%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 14% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%, a richer profile than Hikari's basic Gold line. Feeding directions call for two to four times daily, each feed only the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with uneaten pellet removed afterwards. Hikari advises reducing feeding when water temperature holds below 10°C or above 30°C, since appetite and digestion both slow outside that range. Bio-Gold Plus is aimed at all types of fancy goldfish, baby koi and koi fry, and is also milled as a sinking baby pellet (SS grade) for keepers who prefer food that does not sit at the surface, useful with rounder-bodied varieties prone to gulping air. The 300 g pack of the same floating pellet suits a larger tank or pond.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fancy goldfish tanks:** Orandas, ranchu and other show varieties where colour and form both matter.
- **Community ponds:** Several fish feeding together, where a floating pellet keeps activity visible.
- **Baby koi and koi fry:** Smaller pond fish that take a baby-pellet-sized floating food.
- **Single tank or trial use:** A 100 g pack sized for one aquarium rather than a pond-scale setup.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding:** Two to four times a day, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out any uneaten pellet after each feed to protect water quality.
- **Cold water:** Reduce feeding once water stays below 10°C.
- **Warm water:** Reduce feeding once water stays above 30°C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating baby pellet:** Stays at the surface, keeping feeding easy to watch and portion.
- **Zeaxanthin colour enhancement:** A concentrated, plant-derived carotenoid in the recipe.
- **Probiotic inclusion:** Added to support digestion and water quality.
- **High-protein formula:** Crude protein minimum 45%, aimed at growth as well as colour.
- **Matching sinking option:** A baby-pellet SS sinking version is available for the same line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02502
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055025027
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Fancy Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby pellet, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; reduce below 10°C or above 30°C
- **Ideal For:** Fancy goldfish, baby koi and koi fry
- **Other Sizes:** Floating 300 g (KH02504); a sinking SS-pellet version is also sold in 100 g and 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (fancy goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Floating S - 300g
Larger floating baby pellet pack for a fancy goldfish pond.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-bio-gold-plus-floating-s-300g/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02504 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055025041
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02504.jpg
A pond or multi-tank fancy goldfish setup burns through a 100 g pack quickly once several fish are feeding at once. Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Floating S - 300g (SKU: KH02504) is the 300 g pack of Hikari's floating Bio-Gold Plus, a fancy goldfish diet from Kyorin in Japan built on a blend of animal and vegetable proteins with concentrated zeaxanthin, a plant-derived carotenoid, for colour, and probiotics intended to support digestion and water quality. The floating baby pellet keeps feeding visible at the surface, which helps when checking that every fish in a group is getting a share. At three times the weight of the smaller pack, 300 g suits an established pond, a multi-tank fishroom or a household with several fancy goldfish rather than a single small aquarium.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 45%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 14% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%, unchanged from the 100 g pack of the same pellet. Feeding directions call for two to four times daily, each feed the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with leftovers removed afterwards; Hikari advises cutting back once water holds below 10°C or above 30°C, when appetite and digestion both slow. Bio-Gold Plus is formulated for all types of fancy goldfish as well as baby koi and koi fry, and the same recipe is also sold as a sinking baby pellet (SS grade) for keepers who prefer food that settles rather than sits on the surface, a common choice with rounder varieties prone to gulping air. A matching 100 g pack of this floating pellet is available for smaller setups or as a trial.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established ponds:** Several fancy goldfish feeding daily through the warm-water season.
- **Multi-tank fishrooms:** A single pack shared across several aquariums of goldfish.
- **Baby koi and koi fry:** Smaller pond fish suited to the baby-pellet floating size.
- **Stepping up from a trial pack:** Moving on from the 100 g size once the recipe is confirmed to suit the fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding:** Two to four times a day, each feed eaten within a few minutes.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove any uneaten pellet after feeding to protect water quality.
- **Below 10°C:** Cut back feeding as appetite and digestion slow in cold water.
- **Above 30°C:** Cut back feeding as warm water also slows digestion.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g pack:** A pond or multi-tank quantity of the floating baby pellet.
- **Zeaxanthin colour enhancement:** A concentrated, plant-derived carotenoid in the recipe.
- **Probiotic inclusion:** Added to support digestion and water quality.
- **High-protein formula:** Crude protein minimum 45%, supporting growth as well as colour.
- **Matching sinking option:** The same recipe is sold as a sinking SS-grade pellet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02504
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055025041
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Fancy Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby pellet, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; reduce below 10°C or above 30°C
- **Ideal For:** Fancy goldfish, baby koi and koi fry
- **Other Sizes:** Floating 100 g (KH02502); a sinking SS-pellet version is also sold in 100 g and 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (fancy goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Sinking Ss - 100g
Extra-small sinking pellet for rounder fancy goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-bio-gold-plus-sinking-ss-100g/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02512 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055025126
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02512.jpg
Rounder-bodied fancy goldfish such as orandas and ranchu often gulp air chasing a floating pellet, which can aggravate swim-bladder trouble, so many keepers of these varieties move to a pellet that settles instead. Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Sinking Ss - 100g (SKU: KH02512) is the sinking, extra-small "SS" grade of Hikari's Bio-Gold Plus, a fancy goldfish diet from Kyorin in Japan built on animal and vegetable proteins with concentrated zeaxanthin, a plant-derived carotenoid, for colour, plus probiotics intended to support digestion and water quality. The SS pellet is finer than the floating baby pellet in the same range, aimed at smaller fancy goldfish and fry as well as adults fed a sinking diet by choice. The 100 g pack suits a single tank or a trial of the sinking format.
The guaranteed analysis matches the floating version of Bio-Gold Plus: crude protein minimum 45%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 14% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%. Feeding directions are two to four times daily, each feed the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with any leftovers removed; Hikari advises cutting back once water holds below 10°C or above 30°C. Because the pellet sinks, fish feed at mid-water or on the bottom rather than at the surface, which suits tanks with slow or heavily finned fancy varieties that struggle to compete for floating food. Bio-Gold Plus is formulated for all types of fancy goldfish as well as baby koi and koi fry, and the same recipe is also sold as a floating baby pellet for keepers who prefer surface feeding. A 300 g pack of this sinking SS pellet is available for larger setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rounder varieties:** Orandas, ranchu and similar fancy goldfish prone to gulping air at the surface.
- **Slow or heavily finned fish:** Fancy goldfish that struggle to compete for food floating overhead.
- **Fry and small fish:** The finer SS grade suited to smaller mouths than the baby pellet.
- **Single tank or trial use:** A 100 g pack sized for one aquarium rather than a pond.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding:** Two to four times a day, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Sinking pellet that is not found quickly should still be cleared after feeding.
- **Cold water:** Reduce feeding once water stays below 10°C.
- **Warm water:** Reduce feeding once water stays above 30°C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking SS pellet:** An extra-small grade that settles rather than floats.
- **Suits swim-bladder-prone fish:** Avoids the air-gulping risk of surface feeding for rounder varieties.
- **Zeaxanthin colour enhancement:** A concentrated, plant-derived carotenoid in the recipe.
- **Probiotic inclusion:** Added to support digestion and water quality.
- **High-protein formula:** Crude protein minimum 45%, matching the floating version.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02512
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055025126
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Fancy Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby pellet SS (extra small), sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; reduce below 10°C or above 30°C
- **Ideal For:** Fancy goldfish, baby koi and koi fry
- **Other Sizes:** Sinking 300 g (KH02514); a floating baby-pellet version is also sold in 100 g and 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (fancy goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Sinking Ss - 300g
Larger pack of extra-small sinking pellet for fancy goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-bio-gold-plus-sinking-ss-300g/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02514 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055025140
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02514.jpg
A tank or pond of rounder fancy goldfish fed a sinking diet needs a steady supply, and the smaller pack does not last long once several fish are feeding from the bottom at once. Hikari Goldfish Bio-gold Plus Sinking Ss - 300g (SKU: KH02514) is the 300 g pack of Hikari's sinking, extra-small "SS" Bio-Gold Plus, a fancy goldfish diet from Kyorin in Japan built on animal and vegetable proteins with concentrated zeaxanthin, a plant-derived carotenoid, for colour, plus probiotics intended to support digestion and water quality. The SS pellet is finer than Hikari's floating baby pellet, which helps rounder varieties prone to gulping air and smaller fish that struggle to compete for surface food. At three times the 100 g pack, 300 g suits a multi-fish tank or a household running several fancy goldfish on the sinking format.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged from the smaller pack and from the floating version of Bio-Gold Plus: crude protein minimum 45%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 14% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%. Feeding directions are two to four times daily, each the amount fish finish within a few minutes, clearing anything uneaten; reduce feeding once water holds below 10°C or above 30°C. Because it sinks, slower or heavily finned goldfish that would otherwise miss out on floating food can feed at their own pace. Bio-Gold Plus suits all types of fancy goldfish, baby koi and koi fry, and the same recipe also comes as a floating baby pellet. A 100 g pack of this sinking SS pellet suits a single tank or a trial.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-fish tanks and ponds:** Several rounder fancy goldfish fed on the bottom at once.
- **Swim-bladder-prone varieties:** Orandas, ranchu and similar fish kept on a sinking diet by preference.
- **Fry and small fish:** The finer SS grade suited to smaller mouths than the baby pellet.
- **Restocking an established setup:** A 300 g pack sized to outlast the 100 g trial pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding:** Two to four times a day, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Check the bottom:** Sinking pellet that settles uneaten should be removed after feeding.
- **Cold water:** Reduce feeding once water stays below 10°C.
- **Warm water:** Reduce feeding once water stays above 30°C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g pack:** A multi-fish or pond quantity of the sinking SS pellet.
- **Extra-small sinking grade:** Settles rather than floats, suited to rounder varieties.
- **Zeaxanthin colour enhancement:** A concentrated, plant-derived carotenoid in the recipe.
- **Probiotic inclusion:** Added to support digestion and water quality.
- **High-protein formula:** Crude protein minimum 45%, matching the floating version.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02514
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055025140
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Fancy Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby pellet SS (extra small), sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; reduce below 10°C or above 30°C
- **Ideal For:** Fancy goldfish, baby koi and koi fry
- **Other Sizes:** Sinking 100 g (KH02512); a floating baby-pellet version is also sold in 100 g and 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (fancy goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Excel Sinking Baby - 110g
Sinking colour-enhancing pellet for small and young goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-excel-sinking-baby-110g/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02621 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055026215
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02621.jpg
A young or small goldfish needs a pellet it can actually eat, and food sized for an adult fish often passes straight through the water column uneaten. Hikari Goldfish Excel Sinking Baby - 110g (SKU: KH02621) is the baby-grade sinking pellet in Hikari's Excel line, a colour-enhancing goldfish diet from Kyorin in Japan built on a higher level of pure-cultured spirulina together with carefully selected carotenoids and other vegetable matter chosen for easy digestion. Hikari pitches the pellet at goldfish above about 3 cm, with a size the maker describes as very consistent from batch to batch so smaller fish are not left with oversized food. Because it sinks, the pellet reaches fish that feed at mid-water or the bottom rather than competing at the surface.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis for Excel is crude protein minimum 40%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 2%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 15% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%, a leaner fibre figure than the Bio-Gold Plus or Gold lines and in keeping with a growth-and-colour diet for young fish. Feeding directions allow up to four times daily, in small amounts the fish finish within a few minutes rather than one large feed, with anything uneaten removed afterwards to protect water quality; Hikari advises reducing feeding once water temperature holds below 10°C or above 30°C. Colour can vary slightly between production batches because the carotenoid sources are natural rather than synthetic. Excel Sinking Baby comes only in this single 110 g pack, a size suited to a nursery tank or a smaller aquarium of young fish rather than a season's bulk supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Young and small goldfish:** Fish above roughly 3 cm that are still too small for adult-sized pellet.
- **Nursery and grow-out tanks:** Batches of juveniles being raised on a consistent, finely sized pellet.
- **Mixed-age aquariums:** Smaller fish sharing water with adults fed a larger pellet elsewhere.
- **Bottom and mid-water feeders:** Fish that do not compete well for food at the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small, frequent feeds:** Up to four times daily, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellet after each feeding period.
- **Cold water:** Reduce feeding once water stays below 10°C.
- **Warm water:** Reduce feeding once water stays above 30°C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Baby-grade sinking pellet:** Sized for goldfish above about 3 cm.
- **High spirulina content:** Pure-cultured spirulina at a higher level than Hikari's standard diets.
- **Carefully selected carotenoids:** Vegetable-sourced colour ingredients alongside other digestible plant matter.
- **Consistent pellet size:** Hikari describes the grading as very consistent batch to batch.
- **Leaner fibre profile:** Crude fibre capped at 2%, lower than Hikari's other goldfish lines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02621
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055026215
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish Fry/Juvenile)
- **Net Weight:** 110 g
- **Pellet Size:** Baby grade, sinking, suited to goldfish above about 3 cm
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 2%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** Up to 4 times daily, small amounts consumed within a few minutes; reduce below 10°C or above 30°C
- **Ideal For:** Young and small goldfish above roughly 3 cm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (juvenile goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Gold Baby - 100g
Floating baby pellet for goldfish and baby koi colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-gold-baby-100g/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055021203
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02120.jpg
Young goldfish and baby koi need a pellet sized for a small mouth, but colour development does not have to wait until the fish is fully grown. Hikari Goldfish Gold Baby - 100g (SKU: KH02120) is the baby-pellet grade of Hikari's Gold line for goldfish, a floating colour diet from Kyorin in Japan built around Phaffia dried yeast as a natural carotenoid source, with added astaxanthin to boost colour and a grape-derived polyphenol included as an antioxidant. The pellet measures about 1.7 to 2.0 mm, fine enough for small goldfish and baby koi, and the 100 g pack is a single-tank or trial size.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 12% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%, a milder profile than the richer Bio-Gold Plus or Excel lines and in keeping with a staple diet for young fish rather than a show-conditioning formula. Feeding directions call for two to four times daily, each feed only the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with uneaten pellet removed afterwards; Hikari advises taking care not to overfeed once water temperature holds consistently below 10°C or above 30°C, unless fish remain very active and water quality stays good. Because it floats, Gold Baby lets a keeper watch small fish feeding and confirm every fish is getting a share before the pellet breaks down. A 300 g pack of the same floating baby pellet is available for larger tanks or ponds of young fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Young goldfish:** Fish still too small for an adult-sized pellet, fed a fine floating grade instead.
- **Baby koi:** Juvenile koi sharing the same small floating pellet as young goldfish.
- **Colour development from an early age:** Carotenoid ingredients working before the fish reaches full size.
- **Single tank or trial use:** A 100 g pack sized for one aquarium rather than a pond.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding:** Two to four times a day, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellet after each feeding period.
- **Cold water:** Avoid overfeeding once water stays below 10°C.
- **Warm water:** Avoid overfeeding once water stays above 30°C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Baby pellet grade:** About 1.7 to 2.0 mm, sized for young goldfish and baby koi.
- **Floating format:** Keeps feeding visible for small, less assertive fish.
- **Phaffia yeast and astaxanthin:** Natural and added carotenoid sources for colour.
- **Grape polyphenol antioxidant:** Included alongside the colour ingredients.
- **Staple-level nutrition:** A moderate 32% minimum protein suited to everyday feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02120
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055021203
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Goldfish/Baby Koi)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1.7–2.0 mm, floating (baby grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; avoid overfeeding below 10°C or above 30°C
- **Ideal For:** Young goldfish and baby koi
- **Other Sizes:** 300 g (KH02131)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish and baby koi)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Gold Baby - 300g
Larger floating baby pellet pack for growing goldfish and koi.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-gold-baby-300g/
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH02131 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055021319
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH02131.jpg
A tub of young goldfish or a pond stocked with baby koi gets through a small bag of fine pellet faster than the fish themselves grow. Hikari Goldfish Gold Baby - 300g (SKU: KH02131) is the 300 g pack of Hikari's floating Gold Baby pellet, a colour diet from Kyorin in Japan for young goldfish and baby koi built around Phaffia dried yeast as a natural carotenoid source, added astaxanthin for colour and a grape-derived polyphenol included as an antioxidant. The pellet measures about 1.7 to 2.0 mm, the same fine grade as the smaller pack, and at three times the weight it suits a nursery tank, a pond of juveniles or a household raising several batches of young fish.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged from the 100 g pack: crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 12% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%, a staple-level profile rather than a richer show-conditioning formula. Feeding directions remain two to four times daily, each feed only the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with leftovers removed afterwards; Hikari's advice is to avoid overfeeding once water holds consistently below 10°C or above 30°C, unless the fish stay very active and water quality is well maintained. Because the pellet floats, it is straightforward to confirm a whole batch of young fish is feeding rather than a few dominant individuals taking most of it. A 100 g pack of the same floating baby pellet is available for a single smaller tank or as a trial before moving up to this size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nursery tanks and grow-out ponds:** Batches of young goldfish or baby koi raised together.
- **Households with several young fish:** Feeding volumes that outpace the 100 g pack within weeks.
- **Colour development from an early age:** Carotenoid ingredients supporting colour before full growth.
- **Restocking an established setup:** A 300 g pack sized to outlast the smaller trial pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding:** Two to four times a day, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellet after each feeding period.
- **Cold water:** Avoid overfeeding once water stays below 10°C.
- **Warm water:** Avoid overfeeding once water stays above 30°C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g pack:** A nursery or multi-fish quantity of the floating baby pellet.
- **Baby pellet grade:** About 1.7 to 2.0 mm, consistent with the 100 g pack.
- **Phaffia yeast and astaxanthin:** Natural and added carotenoid sources for colour.
- **Grape polyphenol antioxidant:** Included alongside the colour ingredients.
- **Even feeding for groups:** Floating format makes it easier to feed a whole batch evenly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH02131
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055021319
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Goldfish/Baby Koi)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1.7–2.0 mm, floating (baby grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; avoid overfeeding below 10°C or above 30°C
- **Ideal For:** Young goldfish and baby koi
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (KH02120)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish and baby koi)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Wheat Germ Mini - 100g
Easily digested floating diet for goldfish in cooler water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-wheat-germ-mini-100g/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618062208
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH06220.jpg
As pond water cools, a goldfish's digestion slows well before its appetite disappears completely, and a rich summer diet can sit undigested rather than being used. Hikari Goldfish Wheat Germ Mini - 100g (SKU: KH06220) is Hikari's wheat-germ-based mini pellet for goldfish and baby koi, a floating diet from Kyorin in Japan made from vegetable proteins and natural fats with extra vitamin E and stabilised vitamin C. The pellet floats at about 2.7 to 3.0 mm, and Hikari designs the formula specifically to be more easily assimilated when water temperature drops or swings, rather than as a year-round staple. Hikari also states the diet can help improve the depth of white areas on the fish. The 100 g pack is a single-tank or trial size.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 12% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%, a gentler profile than Hikari's richer summer diets. Feeding directions call for two to four times daily in warmer conditions, each feed only the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with leftovers removed afterwards; in Hikari's own cold-water guidance for the Gold range, Wheat-Germ is the recommended diet once water drops below about 11°C and other formulas are pulled back or stopped. Fed as directed, the floating pellet will not cloud the water even as feeding frequency drops with the season. A 200 g pack of the same mini pellet is available for a pond or for carrying a tank through a longer cold spell.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cooling water:** Autumn and spring, when temperature is falling or variable rather than stable and warm.
- **Winter pond feeding:** The diet Hikari recommends once Gold and other richer foods are stopped.
- **Slower digestion:** Goldfish, baby koi or larger tropical fish needing an easily assimilated diet.
- **Single tank or trial use:** A 100 g pack sized for one aquarium rather than a pond.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Mild conditions:** Feed two to four times daily, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Falling temperature:** Reduce feeding frequency as the water cools further.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellet after each feeding period.
- **Deep cold:** Stop feeding altogether once fish become inactive in very cold water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wheat-germ mini pellet:** About 2.7 to 3.0 mm, floating.
- **Easily assimilated recipe:** Vegetable proteins and natural fats suited to slower digestion.
- **Extra vitamin E and vitamin C:** Stabilised vitamin C included alongside added vitamin E.
- **Supports white colouration:** Hikari states the diet can improve the depth of white areas.
- **Cold-season companion:** The diet Hikari pairs with its Gold range once water turns cold.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06220
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618062208
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cold-Water Goldfish Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 2.7–3.0 mm, floating (mini grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily when active, falling to less often as water cools
- **Companion Product:** Used alongside or instead of Hikari Gold once water drops below about 11°C
- **Other Sizes:** 200 g (KH06226)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish and baby koi, cooler water)
---
#### Hikari Goldfish Wheat Germ Mini - 200g
Larger pack of cold-season floating diet for goldfish and koi.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/goldfish-wheat-germ-mini-200g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06226 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618062260
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/104289312079902.jpg
A pond running through a full winter needs more cold-season food than a 100 g bag holds, especially with several goldfish or baby koi still taking the occasional feed. Hikari Goldfish Wheat Germ Mini - 200g (SKU: KH06226) is the 200 g pack of Hikari's wheat-germ mini pellet, a floating diet from Kyorin in Japan made from vegetable proteins and natural fats with extra vitamin E and stabilised vitamin C, formulated to be more easily assimilated than a rich summer diet when water is cool or changing. Hikari also states the diet can improve the depth of white areas on the fish. At double the smaller pack, 200 g suits a pond or a household feeding several fish through a longer cold spell.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged from the 100 g pack: crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 12% and phosphorus minimum 0.7%. Feeding directions allow two to four times daily in milder conditions, each feed the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with leftovers removed afterwards; in Hikari's own guidance for the Gold range, Wheat-Germ becomes the recommended diet once water falls below about 11°C and richer formulas are pulled back. The floating pellet will not cloud the water when fed as directed, which matters as feeding frequency naturally drops through autumn and winter. A 100 g pack of the same mini pellet suits a single smaller tank or a trial before buying this size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full winter feeding:** A pond or tank fed through a complete cold season from one pack.
- **Several fish:** Multiple goldfish or baby koi where the 100 g pack would run out quickly.
- **Transitional seasons:** Autumn and spring, when temperature is falling or rising rather than stable.
- **Stepping up from a trial pack:** Moving on from the 100 g size once the diet suits the fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Mild conditions:** Feed two to four times daily, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Falling temperature:** Cut back feeding frequency as the water cools further.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellet after each feeding period.
- **Deep cold:** Stop feeding once fish become inactive in very cold water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 g pack:** A season-length quantity of the wheat-germ mini pellet.
- **Wheat-germ mini pellet:** About 2.7 to 3.0 mm, floating, matching the 100 g pack.
- **Easily assimilated recipe:** Vegetable proteins and natural fats suited to slower digestion.
- **Extra vitamin E and vitamin C:** Stabilised vitamin C alongside added vitamin E.
- **Cold-season companion:** Pairs with Hikari Gold once water drops below about 11°C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06226
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618062260
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Cold-Water Goldfish Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 200 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 2.7–3.0 mm, floating (mini grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.7%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily when active, falling to less often as water cools
- **Companion Product:** Used alongside or instead of Hikari Gold once water drops below about 11°C
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (KH06220)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (goldfish and baby koi, cooler water)
---
#### Hikari Herptile Dragon Delite - 200g
Soak-and-serve pellet diet for bearded dragons and herbivorous lizards.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/herptile-dragon-delite-200g/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH20621 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055206211
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH20621.jpg
A bearded dragon kept indoors needs a balanced vegetable-and-insect diet every day, not just the odd dusted cricket, and that is harder to get right from scratch than it looks. Hikari Herptile Dragon Delite - 200g (SKU: KH20621) is a scientifically formulated, probiotic-enhanced pellet from Hikari (Kyorin, Japan) for insect- and vegetable-eating lizards, led by mealworm and silkworm pupae for animal protein alongside apple meal, Japanese mustard spinach, pumpkin, tomato, carrot and alfalfa meal for the vegetable side. A dried Bacillus subtilis fermentation product supplies the probiotic element, and the pellet is a hydrating type, about 7.5 to 8.5 mm, soaked in fresh water for a few minutes before feeding so it softens. This is a terrestrial reptile diet rather than an aquarium food, and the 200 g pack suits an adult bearded dragon fed every few days.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 24%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 10%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 12% and phosphorus minimum 0.3%, with vitamin A minimum 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 minimum 2,200 IU/kg, vitamin E minimum 2,500 IU/kg and ascorbic acid minimum 10,000 mg/kg. Feeding differs by life stage: sub-adults of roughly 20 to 40 cm can be fed as much as they will take, while adults over 40 cm need only be fed once every two to three days. Pellets go by tongs or bowl once trained, and Hikari suggests mixing in DragonGel if a lizard is slow to accept them. Suitable species include bearded dragons, baby spiny-tailed lizards, green iguanas and blue-tongued skinks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult bearded dragons:** A daily or near-daily diet alongside the occasional live insect.
- **Other herbivorous and omnivorous lizards:** Green iguanas, blue-tongued skinks and baby spiny-tailed lizards.
- **Weaning onto pellets:** Lizards new to a formulated diet, with DragonGel mixed in to encourage acceptance.
- **Bowl-trained feeding:** Enclosures set up for self-service feeding rather than hand offering.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Soak first:** Submerge pellets in pure, fresh water for a few minutes until softened.
- **Sub-adults, 20–40 cm:** Feed as much as the lizard will readily take.
- **Adults, over 40 cm:** Feed once every two to three days rather than daily.
- **Offer by hand or bowl:** Use tongs or forceps at first, moving to bowl feeding once trained.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hydrating pellet:** About 7.5 to 8.5 mm, soaked before feeding to soften.
- **Insect and vegetable blend:** Mealworm and silkworm pupae with apple, spinach, pumpkin, tomato and carrot.
- **Probiotic enhanced:** A dried Bacillus subtilis fermentation product included in the formula.
- **Full vitamin and mineral package:** Stated A, D3, E and C levels alongside trace minerals.
- **Life-stage feeding:** Separate guidance for sub-adult and adult lizards.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH20621
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055206211
- **Product Type:** Food > Reptile Pellets (Herbivore/Omnivore Lizard Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 200 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 7.5–8.5 mm, hydrating (soak before feeding)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 24%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 10%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%, phosphorus min 0.3%
- **Vitamin Levels:** Vitamin A min 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 min 2,200 IU/kg, vitamin E min 2,500 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 10,000 mg/kg
- **Feeding:** Sub-adults (20–40 cm) fed freely; adults (over 40 cm) fed every 2–3 days
- **Ideal For:** Bearded dragons, baby spiny-tailed lizards, green iguanas and blue-tongued skinks
- **Companion Product:** Hikari DragonGel, to encourage acceptance in reluctant feeders
- **Target Environment:** Vivariums and reptile enclosures (herbivorous and omnivorous lizards)
---
#### Hikari Jumbo Carnisticks - 182g
Floating stick food for large top-feeding carnivores.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/jumbo-carnisticks-182g/
- Price: $45.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21628 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055216289
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21628.jpg
Weaning an arowana or a big Lake Malawi peacock off live feeder fish calls for something that behaves like one once it hits the water. Hikari Jumbo Carnisticks - 182g (SKU: KH21628) is Hikari's floating stick diet for large top-feeding fish, scientifically formulated to take on a live-fish-like texture after it absorbs water while still holding its shape at the surface. Hikari describes it as a flavourful, colour-enhancing diet with a more balanced nutrient profile than live feeder fish, without the parasite or bacterial risk that comes with feeding live. The 182 g pack is the smaller of the two sizes, suited to a single large fish or a trial before moving to the bulk bag.
The recipe is led by fish meal and krill meal, with wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, wheat starch, potato starch and rice bran, the amino acids DL-methionine and L-lysine, the carotenoids astaxanthin and canthaxanthin, plus garlic and stabilised vitamin C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 14% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, offering only what is finished within a few minutes, and to remove anything left uneaten. Fish coming off live feeders can be slow converts; Hikari notes that persisting with the stick, and throwing it onto the surface to create a splash, usually brings the fish around. The same diet is sold in a 500 g bulk pack for larger collections or heavier feeders.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Arowana:** As a daily staple in place of live feeder fish.
- **Lake Malawi peacocks and large cichlids:** Big top-feeding carnivores that take food from the surface.
- **Weaning off live food:** A stick that mimics the texture and splash of prey.
- **Single-fish or trial tanks:** A 182 g pack sized for one large fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is finished within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten sticks after each feeding period.
- **Persist with converts:** Keep offering the stick to fish used to live food.
- **Use the splash:** Throw the stick onto the surface to trigger a feeding response.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating stick:** Stays at the surface where large carnivores feed.
- **Live-fish-like texture:** Absorbs water quickly yet holds its shape.
- **Replaces live feeders:** A nutrient profile Hikari rates above live fish, without the parasite risk.
- **Fish and krill meal lead:** A 40% minimum crude protein recipe.
- **Carotenoid-rich:** Astaxanthin and canthaxanthin in the recipe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21628
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055216289
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Sticks (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 182 g
- **Stick:** Floating, about 19.5–20.0 mm
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, wheat starch, potato starch, rice bran, DL-methionine, L-lysine, astaxanthin, canthaxanthin, garlic, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** 500 g (KH21642)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (large top-feeding carnivores)
---
#### Hikari Jumbo Carnisticks - 500g
Bulk floating stick food for monster fish keepers and breeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/jumbo-carnisticks-500g/
- Price: $105.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21642 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055216425
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21642.jpg
A tank of arowana, oversized Lake Malawi peacocks or other monster fish eats through a small bag of sticks fast, and a keeper with more than one big carnivore ends up buying the bulk size sooner or later. Hikari Jumbo Carnisticks - 500g (SKU: KH21642) is the bulk pack of Hikari's floating stick diet for large top-feeding fish, scientifically formulated to take on a live-fish-like texture in water while holding its shape at the surface. Hikari positions it as a flavourful, colour-enhancing alternative to feeder fish, with a more balanced nutrient profile and none of the parasite or bacterial risk that live feeding carries. At 500 g, this is the larger of the two Jumbo Carnisticks sizes, suited to multiple big fish or heavy daily feeding.
Fish meal and krill meal lead the formula, with wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, wheat starch, potato starch and rice bran, the amino acids DL-methionine and L-lysine, the carotenoids astaxanthin and canthaxanthin, plus garlic and stabilised vitamin C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 14% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari directs feeding two to three times a day, in an amount finished within a few minutes, with any leftover removed afterwards. A fish switched from live feeders can take time to accept a stick; Hikari recommends persisting and, for larger fish, throwing the stick onto the surface so the splash triggers a strike. The same diet comes in a 182 g pack for a single fish or a trial before buying in bulk.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple monster fish:** Several arowana or large peacocks sharing one feeding routine.
- **Heavy daily feeders:** Fish that go through sticks quickly enough to justify the bulk pack.
- **Weaning off live food:** A stick that mimics the texture and splash of feeder fish.
- **Breeders and large collections:** Several big top-feeding tanks fed from one bag.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is finished within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten sticks after each feeding period.
- **Persist with converts:** Keep offering the stick to fish accustomed to live food.
- **Use the splash:** Throw the stick onto the surface to encourage a strike.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 500 g pack:** Sized for multiple big fish or heavy daily feeding.
- **Live-fish-like texture:** Absorbs water quickly yet holds its shape at the surface.
- **Replaces live feeders:** No parasite or bacterial risk compared with feeder fish.
- **Fish and krill meal lead:** A 40% minimum crude protein recipe.
- **Carotenoid-rich:** Astaxanthin and canthaxanthin support colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21642
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055216425
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Sticks (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Stick:** Floating, about 19.5–20.0 mm
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, wheat starch, potato starch, rice bran, DL-methionine, L-lysine, astaxanthin, canthaxanthin, garlic, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Other Sizes:** 182 g (KH21628)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (large top-feeding carnivores)
---
#### Hikari Lionhead Mini - 100g
Sinking spirulina pellet for prized Lionhead-type goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/lionhead-mini-100g/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH05220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618052209
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH05220.jpg
A Lionhead goldfish is bred and judged for a particular head growth and body form, and a generic staple does little to support either. Hikari Lionhead Mini - 100g (SKU: KH05220) is Hikari's sinking mini pellet developed specifically for prized fancy goldfish, led by pure-cultured spirulina and shrimp meal as natural carotenoid sources rather than synthetic colourants. Hikari pitches the diet at promoting growth and the desirable, true Lionhead form, and the sinking pellet does not dissolve in the water, so it will not cloud the tank even left for a few minutes. The 100 g pack is a single-tank or trial size.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis for Lionhead is crude protein minimum 46%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 15% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%, among the richer protein figures in Hikari's goldfish range and in keeping with a show-conditioning diet rather than a basic staple. The mini pellet measures about 2.0 to 2.3 mm, fine enough for Lionhead, Ranchu and similar fancy varieties with small, downturned mouths. Hikari's feeding advice is to give only the amount the fish will completely consume within a few minutes, adjusting the quantity for water temperature, pond or tank conditions, and the fish's own activity level rather than following a fixed schedule. Because the pellet sinks, it suits Lionhead-type goldfish that feed close to the substrate and may struggle to compete for food at the surface. A 350 g pack of the same mini pellet is available for a larger tank or several fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lionhead and Ranchu types:** Fancy goldfish with a hooded head growth and a small, downturned mouth.
- **Show-quality conditioning:** Colour and form development for fish being grown to a standard.
- **Bottom or mid-water feeders:** Fancy goldfish that take food more easily once it has settled.
- **Single tank or trial use:** A 100 g pack sized for one aquarium rather than a pond.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small amounts:** Feed only what the fish completely consume within a few minutes.
- **Adjust for temperature:** Reduce quantity and frequency as water cools.
- **Match activity level:** Feed less to quieter fish and more to active, hungry ones.
- **Won't cloud the water:** Any pellet not immediately found stays intact rather than dissolving.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking mini pellet:** About 2.0 to 2.3 mm, suited to small, downturned mouths.
- **Spirulina and shrimp meal:** Natural carotenoid sources rather than synthetic colourants.
- **Form-specific formulation:** Developed to support true Lionhead growth and shape.
- **High-protein recipe:** Crude protein minimum 46%, among the richer figures in Hikari's goldfish range.
- **Water-stable pellet:** Sinks without dissolving or clouding the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH05220
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618052209
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Fancy Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 2.0–2.3 mm, sinking (mini grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 46%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** Only the amount consumed within a few minutes; adjust for temperature and activity
- **Ideal For:** Lionhead, Ranchu and similar fancy goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** 350 g (KH05234)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (fancy goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Lionhead Mini - 350g
Larger pack of sinking spirulina pellet for fancy goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/lionhead-mini-350g/
- Price: $42.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH05234 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618052346
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH05234.jpg
A collection of Lionhead, Ranchu or other hooded fancy goldfish goes through a show-conditioning diet faster than a single fish would, and restocking a 100 g bag every few weeks becomes inconvenient. Hikari Lionhead Mini - 350g (SKU: KH05234) is the 350 g pack of Hikari's sinking Lionhead mini pellet, built on pure-cultured spirulina and shrimp meal as natural carotenoid sources and aimed at promoting growth and the desirable, true Lionhead form rather than acting as a plain staple. At three and a half times the smaller pack, it suits a multi-fish tank, a pond of fancy varieties or a breeder keeping several Lionhead-type goldfish growing on together.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged from the 100 g pack: crude protein minimum 46%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 15% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%. The mini pellet measures about 2.0 to 2.3 mm, sized for the small, downturned mouths typical of Lionhead and Ranchu varieties, and it sinks without dissolving, so it will not cloud the water even if a slower fish takes a little longer to find it. Hikari's feeding advice is to give only the amount fish completely consume within a few minutes, adjusting the quantity for water temperature, tank or pond conditions and the fish's own activity level rather than a fixed daily amount. A 100 g pack of the same mini pellet suits a single smaller tank or a trial before buying this size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple Lionhead-type fish:** Several fancy goldfish sharing a tank or pond and feeding together.
- **Breeding and grow-out groups:** Young or developing fish being conditioned toward show form.
- **Bottom or mid-water feeders:** Fancy goldfish that feed more easily once the pellet has settled.
- **Restocking an established setup:** A 350 g pack sized to outlast the 100 g trial pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small amounts:** Feed only what the fish completely consume within a few minutes.
- **Adjust for temperature:** Reduce quantity and frequency as water cools.
- **Match activity level:** Feed less to quieter fish and more to active, hungry ones.
- **Check the substrate:** Clear any pellet a slower fish leaves behind on the bottom.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **350 g pack:** A multi-fish or breeding-group quantity of the sinking mini pellet.
- **Sinking mini pellet:** About 2.0 to 2.3 mm, matching the 100 g pack.
- **Spirulina and shrimp meal:** Natural carotenoid sources rather than synthetic colourants.
- **Form-specific formulation:** Developed to support true Lionhead growth and shape.
- **High-protein recipe:** Crude protein minimum 46%, among the richer figures in Hikari's goldfish range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH05234
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618052346
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Fancy Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 350 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 2.0–2.3 mm, sinking (mini grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 46%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** Only the amount consumed within a few minutes; adjust for temperature and activity
- **Ideal For:** Lionhead, Ranchu and similar fancy goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (KH05220)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (fancy goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Massivore Delite - 1kg
Bulk sinking nugget diet for large carnivorous fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/massivore-delite-1kg/
- Price: $212.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH22066 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055220668
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/s-l300_1_a9cc68bd-7dce-4fed-9cc4-84bcc93618b4_360x.webp
Keeping more than one large predatory fish on live feeders quickly turns into a logistics problem, and a 380 g pack of formulated food will not stretch far across several big mouths. Hikari Massivore Delite - 1kg (SKU: KH22066) is the 1 kg pack of Hikari's extra-large, porous sinking nugget from Kyorin in Japan, aimed at large bottom-feeding carnivores such as red-tailed catfish, catfish sharks, polypterus and other bichirs, eels, and carnivorous plecos that are usually fed live food. The recipe leads with fish meal and krill meal, backed by fish oil, dried seaweed meal, spirulina and a fermentation extract, with astaxanthin and canthaxanthin for colour and amino acids including DL-methionine and L-lysine. At more than double the smaller pack, 1 kg suits a tank holding several large specimens or a keeper feeding more than one tank of big carnivores.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged from the 380 g pack: crude protein minimum 47%, crude fat minimum 8%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 17% and phosphorus minimum 1%, with a full vitamin package of A, D3, E, B-complex and B12, biotin, folic acid, choline chloride, inositol and stabilised vitamin C, plus trace minerals such as zinc, manganese, cobalt, copper and iodine as calcium iodate. Feeding is once a day, the amount a fish finishes within a few minutes, with uneaten nuggets removed to protect water quality. Hikari notes that fish recently switched from live or less protein-rich diets may resist the nugget initially, and continued offering usually results in acceptance as the fish gets used to the texture. A 380 g pack of the same recipe is available for a single fish or as a trial before buying in bulk.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple large carnivores:** Several big predatory fish sharing a tank or across more than one system.
- **Weaning a collection off live food:** Replacing feeder fish for catfish, bichirs, eels and large plecos at scale.
- **Ongoing feeding stock:** A bulk pack that avoids restocking a 380 g bag every few weeks.
- **Parasite-free feeding:** A formulated nugget in place of live feeders across several tanks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once daily:** Feed the amount each fish finishes within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten nuggets after each feeding to protect water quality.
- **Expect initial resistance:** Fish freshly off live food may ignore the nugget at first.
- **Persist with reluctant feeders:** Continued offering usually brings the fish around.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 kg bulk pack:** Sized for several large carnivores or more than one tank.
- **Extra-large porous nugget:** Softens quickly in water while holding its shape.
- **Fish and krill meal lead:** A 47% minimum crude protein recipe built for large carnivores.
- **Astaxanthin and canthaxanthin:** Carotenoid colour sources in the formula.
- **Full vitamin and mineral package:** Matches the smaller pack's A, D3, E and trace mineral coverage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH22066
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055220668
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Nuggets (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Nugget Size:** Extra-large, porous, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 47%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1%
- **Feeding:** Once daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Red-tailed catfish, bichirs, eels and carnivorous plecos normally fed live food
- **Other Sizes:** 380 g (KH22036)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (large carnivorous fish)
---
#### Hikari Massivore Delite - 380g
Sinking nugget diet for large bottom-feeding carnivores.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/massivore-delite-380g/
- Price: $80.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH22036 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055220361
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/s-l300_1_a9cc68bd-7dce-4fed-9cc4-84bcc93618b4_360x-1.webp
A red-tailed catfish, bichir or large eel is usually kept on live or frozen feeder fish, which is messy, expensive and a way to bring parasites into a tank. Hikari Massivore Delite - 380g (SKU: KH22036) is Hikari's extra-large, porous sinking nugget from Kyorin in Japan, built for large bottom-feeding carnivores that are normally fed live food, including red-tailed catfish, catfish sharks, polypterus and other bichirs, eels, and carnivorous plecos. The recipe leads with fish meal and krill meal for protein, backed by fish oil, dried seaweed meal, spirulina and a fermentation extract, with astaxanthin and canthaxanthin as colour sources and DL-methionine and L-lysine among the added amino acids. The nugget absorbs water quickly, taking on a texture closer to live prey while holding its shape rather than breaking apart, and the 380 g pack suits a single large fish or a trial before committing to the bulk size.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 47%, crude fat minimum 8%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 17% and phosphorus minimum 1%, with a full vitamin package covering A, D3, E, B-complex and B12, biotin, folic acid, choline chloride, inositol and stabilised vitamin C, plus trace minerals including iron, zinc, manganese, cobalt, copper and iodine as calcium iodate. Feeding directions are once a day, giving only the amount a fish finishes within a few minutes and removing anything left over to protect water quality. Hikari notes that carnivores recently switched from live or less protein-rich foods may resist the nugget at first, and that continued offering usually leads to acceptance as the fish learns the new texture. A 1 kg pack of the same recipe is available for larger fish or a system holding more than one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weaning off live food:** Red-tailed catfish, bichirs, eels and large plecos moving away from feeder fish.
- **Single large specimens:** One sizeable carnivore where a 380 g pack lasts a reasonable stretch.
- **Parasite-free feeding:** A formulated nugget in place of live feeders that can carry parasites.
- **Trial before bulk buying:** Confirming a fish accepts the nugget before moving to the 1 kg pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once daily:** Feed the amount the fish finishes within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten nuggets after each feeding to protect water quality.
- **Expect initial resistance:** Fish freshly off live food may ignore the nugget at first.
- **Persist with reluctant feeders:** Continued offering usually brings the fish around.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Extra-large porous nugget:** Softens quickly in water while holding its shape.
- **Fish and krill meal lead:** A 47% minimum crude protein recipe built for large carnivores.
- **Astaxanthin and canthaxanthin:** Carotenoid colour sources in the formula.
- **Full vitamin and mineral package:** Covers A, D3, E, B-complex and trace minerals.
- **Live-food replacement:** Aimed squarely at fish normally fed feeder fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH22036
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055220361
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Nuggets (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 380 g
- **Nugget Size:** Extra-large, porous, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 47%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1%
- **Feeding:** Once daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Red-tailed catfish, bichirs, eels and carnivorous plecos normally fed live food
- **Other Sizes:** 1 kg (KH22066)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums (large carnivorous fish)
---
#### Hikari Micro Pellets - 1kg
Bulk pellet diet for fish rooms and shops stocking small species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/micro-pellets-1kg/
- Price: $210.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21166 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055211666
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21166.jpg
A fish room feeding dozens of small-fish tanks gets through pellet food by the kilogram, not the gram, and buying small bags on repeat adds up fast. Hikari Micro Pellets - 1kg (SKU: KH21166) is the bulk pack of Hikari's micro pellet, built around fish meal, krill meal and cuttlefish meal with a micro-coating that keeps nutrients in the pellet rather than dissolving into the water column, and positioned by Hikari as more cost-effective and nutrient-dense than feeding flake at the same scale. It is semi-floating and sinks slowly, so one pellet size covers fish feeding at the surface and those working the lower levels of the tank.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 43% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 1.1% minimum, with added vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C. Hikari's directions remain two to three feeds a day, the amount fish finish within about a minute, which at 1 kg is a working rule across many tanks rather than one. Tetras, danios and rasboras are the pellet's stated target, and it is also fed to bettas, small rainbowfish, shrimp and fry across a mixed collection. The same recipe is sold in 22 g, 45 g and 80 g bags for a single tank or a smaller household.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and multi-tank collections:** A 1 kg bag sized to feed many small-fish tanks from one bag.
- **Retail and breeder stock:** Holding tanks going through food faster than a single-tank keeper.
- **Mixed small species across tanks:** One recipe for tetras, rasboras, danios and similar fish.
- **Long-term supply:** Buying in bulk rather than restocking a small bag repeatedly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** The amount finished within about a minute, per tank.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep the bulk bag closed to protect the micro-coating.
- **Decant smaller amounts:** Move a working supply to a smaller container for daily use.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets across every tank fed from the bag.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 kg bulk pack:** Sized for fish rooms, shops and multi-tank households.
- **Micro-coated pellet:** Keeps nutrients intact rather than leaching away.
- **Semi-floating, slow-sinking:** One pellet reaches fish at several depths.
- **Fish, krill and cuttlefish meal:** A protein-led recipe over fillers.
- **Better value than flake:** Hikari positions it as more cost-effective at scale.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21166
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055211666
- **Product Type:** Food > Micro Pellets (Small Community Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, cuttlefish meal, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, wheat starch, brewers dried yeast, flaked corn, powdered cellulose, fish oil, lecithin, dried seaweed meal, spirulina, garlic, astaxanthin, DL-methionine, vitamins and minerals
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1.1%
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Tetras, danios, rasboras and other small-mouthed community fish
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (KH21102); 45 g (KH21108); 80 g (KH21116)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hikari Micro Pellets - 22g
Semi-floating staple pellet for small-mouthed community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/micro-pellets-22g/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21102 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055211024
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21102.jpg
A tetra or a rasbora has a mouth built for picking at small food, and a flake that breaks into dust is not always the easiest match for that. Hikari Micro Pellets - 22g (SKU: KH21102) is Hikari's micro-sized pellet for smaller-mouthed tropical fish, a semi-floating, slow-sinking pellet that reaches fish feeding anywhere from the surface to mid-water without the clouding that loose flake can cause. The recipe leads with fish meal, krill meal and cuttlefish meal, with spirulina and astaxanthin added for colour, and a micro-coating that Hikari uses to keep nutrients intact rather than letting them leach out before the fish can eat them. The 22 g bag is the smallest pack in the range, suited to a single small tank or as a trial before buying a bigger bag.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 43% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 1.1% minimum, with added vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only the amount the fish finish in about a minute, since overfeeding fouls the water faster than the fish can clear it. Tetras, danios and rasboras are the typical target, though many keepers also feed it to bettas, guppies, rainbowfish and fry once it is crushed smaller. The same recipe is sold in 45 g, 80 g and 1 kg bags for larger tanks or multiple setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community tanks:** Tetras, rasboras, danios and other small schooling fish as the daily staple.
- **Mixed-depth feeders:** A semi-floating pellet that reaches fish at the surface and in mid-water.
- **Trial or single tank:** The 22 g bag sized for one small aquarium rather than a fish room.
- **Fry and very small fish:** Crushed between fingers for mouths too small for a whole pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within about a minute.
- **Watch the water:** Remove any pellets left uneaten after each feed.
- **Crush for tiny mouths:** Break pellets down for fry or very small species.
- **Start small:** A 22 g bag is enough to test acceptance before buying more.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Semi-floating, slow-sinking:** Reaches fish feeding at different depths in the tank.
- **Micro-coating:** Hikari's coating keeps nutrients from leaching into the water.
- **Krill and spirulina:** Included for natural colour support.
- **43% minimum crude protein:** Higher protein and better digestibility than flake.
- **Smallest pack size:** 22 g sized for a single tank or a first try.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21102
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055211024
- **Product Type:** Food > Micro Pellets (Small Community Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, cuttlefish meal, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, wheat starch, brewers dried yeast, flaked corn, powdered cellulose, fish oil, lecithin, dried seaweed meal, spirulina, garlic, astaxanthin, DL-methionine, vitamins and minerals
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1.1%
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Tetras, danios, rasboras and other small-mouthed community fish
- **Other Sizes:** 45 g (KH21108); 80 g (KH21116); 1 kg (KH21166)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hikari Micro Pellets - 45g
Micro-coated pellet diet for small community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/micro-pellets-45g/
- Price: $13.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21108 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055211086
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21108.jpg
A community tank rarely holds just one small species, and a food has to work across tetras, rasboras and the odd livebearer without turning the water cloudy. Hikari Micro Pellets - 45g (SKU: KH21108) is the mid-size bag of Hikari's micro pellet for smaller-mouthed fish, built from fish meal, krill meal and cuttlefish meal with a micro-coating designed to hold nutrients in the pellet rather than lose them to the water column before the fish can feed. It is semi-floating and sinks slowly, so it reaches surface feeders and fish that prefer to pick food up off the lower levels of the tank. At 45 g it carries enough food for a small to medium community tank over several months, more than the 22 g trial bag without stepping up to the bulk sizes.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein 43% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 1.1% minimum, with vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C added. Hikari recommends feeding two to three times a day, the amount the fish finish in about a minute, since the pellets hold their shape well enough that leftovers sit on the substrate rather than dissolving away. Tetras, danios and rasboras are the fish the pellet is sized for, and keepers commonly use it for bettas, small rainbowfish, shrimp and fry as well. The line continues in 22 g, 80 g and 1 kg bags for a smaller trial or a larger supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established community tanks:** An ongoing staple once a smaller trial bag has been accepted.
- **Mixed small species:** One pellet size across tetras, rasboras, danios and similar fish.
- **Shrimp and nano tanks:** A small pellet that fish and invertebrates can both pick at.
- **Medium-term supply:** 45 g sized to outlast the 22 g bag without buying in bulk.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only the amount finished in about a minute.
- **Check the substrate:** Remove pellets that settle uneaten on the bottom.
- **Keep portions small:** Overfeeding is the main risk with a pellet this size.
- **Mix with other foods:** Rotate with other diets rather than feeding this exclusively.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-coated pellet:** Keeps nutrients in the food rather than leaching into the water.
- **Semi-floating and slow-sinking:** One pellet reaches fish at several feeding depths.
- **Fish, krill and cuttlefish meal:** A protein-led recipe ahead of fillers.
- **Spirulina and astaxanthin:** Natural colour-supporting ingredients in the mix.
- **Mid-size 45 g bag:** More food than the trial size without the bulk commitment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21108
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055211086
- **Product Type:** Food > Micro Pellets (Small Community Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 45 g
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, cuttlefish meal, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, wheat starch, brewers dried yeast, flaked corn, powdered cellulose, fish oil, lecithin, dried seaweed meal, spirulina, garlic, astaxanthin, DL-methionine, vitamins and minerals
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1.1%
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Tetras, danios, rasboras and other small-mouthed community fish
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (KH21102); 80 g (KH21116); 1 kg (KH21166)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hikari Micro Pellets - 80g
Bulk-leaning pellet diet for multiple small-fish aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/micro-pellets-80g/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21116 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055211161
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21116.jpg
Running more than one small-fish tank means buying food often enough that pack size starts to matter as much as the ingredients. Hikari Micro Pellets - 80g (SKU: KH21116) is the larger single bag in Hikari's micro pellet line, the same fish meal, krill meal and cuttlefish meal recipe with a micro-coating that Hikari uses to stop nutrients washing out of the pellet before a fish eats it. It is semi-floating and sinks slowly, covering fish that feed at the surface and those that pick food up lower in the tank, and the 80 g size is pitched at someone feeding several small community tanks rather than one.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 43% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 7% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 1.1% minimum, with added vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C. Hikari's feeding guidance is two to three times a day, only the amount eaten within about a minute, scaled up for more tanks rather than more food per tank. Tetras, danios and rasboras are the pellet's intended fish, and it also suits bettas, small rainbowfish and other fish with mouths too small for a standard pellet. The same recipe comes in 22 g and 45 g bags for a single tank, and a 1 kg bag for a fish room running on this food as its everyday staple.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple community tanks:** An 80 g bag sized to feed several small-fish aquariums without reordering constantly.
- **Fish rooms with mixed stock:** One pellet across tetras, rasboras, danios and similar fish in different tanks.
- **Stepping up from a trial bag:** For a keeper who has confirmed fish take the smaller size and wants more.
- **Mixed-depth feeding:** Semi-floating pellets that still reach bottom-feeding tankmates.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** The amount eaten in about a minute, per tank fed.
- **Portion per tank:** Measure out servings separately rather than guessing across several tanks.
- **Store it sealed:** Keep the bag closed between feeds to protect the coating.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets so the extra volume does not foul the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk-leaning 80 g bag:** Sized for several small tanks rather than one.
- **Micro-coated pellet:** Protects nutrient content until the fish eats it.
- **Semi-floating, slow-sinking:** Reaches fish at more than one feeding depth.
- **Fish, krill and cuttlefish meal:** Protein sources ahead of filler grains.
- **Spirulina and astaxanthin:** Natural ingredients supporting colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21116
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055211161
- **Product Type:** Food > Micro Pellets (Small Community Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 80 g
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, cuttlefish meal, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, wheat starch, brewers dried yeast, flaked corn, powdered cellulose, fish oil, lecithin, dried seaweed meal, spirulina, garlic, astaxanthin, DL-methionine, vitamins and minerals
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 43%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 7%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1.1%
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Tetras, danios, rasboras and other small-mouthed community fish
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (KH21102); 45 g (KH21108); 1 kg (KH21166)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hikari Micro Wafers - 1kg
Bulk slow-sinking micro wafer for large community fish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/micro-wafers-1kg/
- Price: $150.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21266 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055212663
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21266.jpg
A shop, breeder or fish room running several community tanks gets through a standard pack of wafer food inside a week, and restocking that becomes a job on its own. Hikari Micro Wafers - 1kg (SKU: KH21266) is the 1 kg bulk pack of Hikari's slow-sinking micro wafer, the same complete daily diet for small to medium community fish, catfish and cichlid fry sold in the smaller retail packs. The wafer sinks gradually instead of dropping straight to the substrate, so fish feeding at different depths all get a turn before it settles. The recipe leads with fish meal and krill meal, with krill and spirulina for natural colour and garlic for acceptance, alongside cuttlefish meal, fish oil, seaweed meal and astaxanthin. At 1 kg, the pack suits several tanks fed from one supply.
The guaranteed analysis matches the smaller packs: crude protein minimum 44%, crude fat minimum 8.0%, crude fibre maximum 2.0%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 13.0%, with phosphorus minimum 1.0%, vitamin A minimum 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 minimum 2,300 IU/kg, vitamin E minimum 980 IU/kg and ascorbic acid minimum 340 mg/kg. Feeding is two to three times daily, only as much as the fish finish in about a minute, with wafer left uneaten removed afterwards. The slow-sinking action and small size suit tetras, danios, livebearers, platies, angelfish, German blue rams, corydoras and otocinclus, which makes the pack practical for a fish room with several tanks. The same recipe is also sold in 20 g and 45 g.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple tanks:** A bulk supply for a fish room, shop or breeder running several systems.
- **Mixed community collections:** One wafer feeding a wide range of small to medium fish.
- **High-turnover feeding:** Daily use across more aquariums than a single retail pack would cover.
- **Cichlid fry and smaller cichlids:** Sized for fish too small for standard pellets, at scale.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Only what is finished within about a minute, across each tank.
- **Drop and let it sink:** Fish at each depth take their turn as it falls.
- **Clear uneaten wafer:** Remove leftovers after every feed to protect water quality.
- **Consistent recipe at scale:** Same formulation as the 20 g and 45 g packs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 kg pack:** Sized for multiple tanks or a fish room.
- **Slow-sinking wafer:** Feeds fish across the water column, not only the bottom.
- **Krill and spirulina:** Natural colour contributors in the recipe.
- **Garlic-boosted acceptance:** Added to help fussier community fish take to it.
- **High-protein formula:** 44% minimum crude protein across the whole pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21266
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055212663
- **Product Type:** Food > Slow-Sinking Wafers (Community Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 8.0%, crude fibre max 2.0%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13.0%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Added Vitamins:** Vitamin A min 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 min 2,300 IU/kg, vitamin E min 980 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 340 mg/kg
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, cuttlefish meal, spirulina, fish oil, seaweed meal, astaxanthin, garlic, clam extract, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount finished within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Small to medium community fish, cichlid fry and smaller cichlids, including tetras, danios, livebearers, corydoras and otocinclus
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Micro Wafers - 20g (KH21202); Hikari Micro Wafers - 45g (KH21208)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hikari Micro Wafers - 20g
Slow-sinking micro wafer food for small community fish in a trial pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/micro-wafers-20g/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21202 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055212021
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21202.jpg
A nano tank of tetras and otocinclus does not need a kilogram of wafer food in the cupboard losing freshness before it is used up. Hikari Micro Wafers - 20g (SKU: KH21202) is the smallest pack of Hikari's slow-sinking micro wafer, a complete daily diet sized for small to medium community fish, catfish and cichlid fry feeding anywhere between the surface and the substrate. The wafer sinks slowly rather than dropping straight to the bottom, so fish at different levels get a chance to feed before it settles. The recipe is led by fish meal and krill meal, with krill and spirulina contributing colour and garlic added to improve acceptance, alongside cuttlefish meal, fish oil, seaweed meal and astaxanthin. At 20 g, the pack suits a single small tank or a first purchase to see whether a particular fish takes to it.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 44%, crude fat minimum 8.0%, crude fibre maximum 2.0%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 13.0%, with phosphorus minimum 1.0%, vitamin A minimum 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 minimum 2,300 IU/kg, vitamin E minimum 980 IU/kg and ascorbic acid minimum 340 mg/kg. Feeding is two to three times daily, only as much as the fish finish within about a minute, with uneaten wafer removed afterwards. The size and slow-sinking action suit tetras, danios, livebearers, platies, angelfish, German blue rams, corydoras and otocinclus feeding together. The same wafer is also packed at 45 g and in a 1 kg bulk size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** A 20 g pack sized for one small community aquarium.
- **Mixed feeding levels:** Tetras and other mid-water fish alongside corydoras and otocinclus.
- **Cichlid fry and smaller cichlids:** A wafer sized for fish too small for standard pellets.
- **Trial purchase:** Confirming a tank's fish accept the wafer before buying a larger pack.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Only what the fish finish within about a minute.
- **Let it sink slowly:** Drop it in and let fish at each level feed as it falls.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear any uneaten wafer after the feeding period.
- **Watch acceptance:** The garlic in the recipe is included to help fussier fish take to it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trial-sized pack:** 20 g for a single small aquarium or a first try.
- **Slow-sinking wafer:** Feeds fish across the water column, not just the bottom.
- **Krill and spirulina:** Natural colour sources in the recipe.
- **Garlic-boosted acceptance:** Added specifically to improve feeding response.
- **High-protein formula:** 44% minimum crude protein for small to medium fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21202
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055212021
- **Product Type:** Food > Slow-Sinking Wafers (Community Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 8.0%, crude fibre max 2.0%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13.0%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Added Vitamins:** Vitamin A min 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 min 2,300 IU/kg, vitamin E min 980 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 340 mg/kg
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, cuttlefish meal, spirulina, fish oil, seaweed meal, astaxanthin, garlic, clam extract, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount finished within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Small to medium community fish, cichlid fry and smaller cichlids, including tetras, danios, livebearers, corydoras and otocinclus
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Micro Wafers - 45g (KH21208); Hikari Micro Wafers - 1kg (KH21266)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hikari Micro Wafers - 45g
Slow-sinking micro wafer for everyday feeding of small community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/micro-wafers-45g/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21208 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055212083
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21208.jpg
Fussy feeders in a mixed community tank, especially small bottom-dwellers and fry, often take more readily to a wafer sized for them than to a pellet made for bigger fish. Hikari Micro Wafers - 45g (SKU: KH21208) is the standard pack of Hikari's slow-sinking micro wafer, a complete daily diet for small to medium community fish, catfish and cichlid fry. The wafer sinks gradually rather than dropping straight down, giving fish at different levels of the tank a chance to feed as it falls. The recipe leads with fish meal and krill meal, with krill and spirulina providing natural colour and garlic added to improve acceptance, plus cuttlefish meal, fish oil, seaweed meal and astaxanthin. At 45 g, the pack suits ongoing feeding of a community tank rather than a one-off trial.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 44%, crude fat minimum 8.0%, crude fibre maximum 2.0%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 13.0%, with phosphorus minimum 1.0%, vitamin A minimum 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 minimum 2,300 IU/kg, vitamin E minimum 980 IU/kg and ascorbic acid minimum 340 mg/kg. Feeding is two to three times daily, only what the fish finish in about a minute, with leftover wafer removed afterwards. The size and slow-sinking behaviour suit tetras, danios, livebearers, platies, angelfish, German blue rams, corydoras and otocinclus sharing the same tank. The same recipe is also sold in a 20 g trial pack and a 1 kg bulk pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Everyday community feeding:** A 45 g pack sized for regular use rather than a one-off trial.
- **Mixed feeding levels:** One wafer feeding fish at several depths in the same tank.
- **Small cichlids and fry:** Sized for fish too small for standard-size pellets.
- **Moving up from the trial pack:** A practical next step once a tank is confirmed on the diet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Only what is finished within about a minute.
- **Drop and let it sink:** Fish at each depth get a turn as the wafer falls.
- **Clear uneaten wafer:** Remove leftovers after each feeding.
- **Mind the fussy feeders:** Garlic in the recipe is aimed at improving acceptance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Everyday-sized pack:** 45 g for ongoing feeding of a community tank.
- **Slow-sinking wafer:** Reaches fish at every level, not only the substrate.
- **Krill and spirulina:** Natural colour contributors in the recipe.
- **Garlic-boosted acceptance:** Included to help reluctant feeders take to the wafer.
- **High-protein formula:** 44% minimum crude protein for small to medium fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21208
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055212083
- **Product Type:** Food > Slow-Sinking Wafers (Community Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 45 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 44%, crude fat min 8.0%, crude fibre max 2.0%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13.0%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Added Vitamins:** Vitamin A min 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 min 2,300 IU/kg, vitamin E min 980 IU/kg, ascorbic acid min 340 mg/kg
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, brewers dried yeast, cuttlefish meal, spirulina, fish oil, seaweed meal, astaxanthin, garlic, clam extract, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount finished within about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Small to medium community fish, cichlid fry and smaller cichlids, including tetras, danios, livebearers, corydoras and otocinclus
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Micro Wafers - 20g (KH21202); Hikari Micro Wafers - 1kg (KH21266)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hikari Mini Algae Wafers - 1kg
Bulk sinking disc food for breeders of small algae-eating fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13093
- Price: $155.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21466 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055214667
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21466.jpg
A breeder raising a room of young plecos, otocinclus or dwarf shrimp tanks needs the small-diameter wafer in bulk, not in a handful of retail packets. Hikari Mini Algae Wafers - 1kg (SKU: KH21466) is the bulk size of Hikari's smaller-diameter Algae Wafer, formulated with higher levels of vegetable matter such as spirulina and chlorella that algae eaters are said to prefer. A proprietary production process slows the rate the disc dissolves, which Hikari says keeps it intact through overnight nocturnal feeding, and the maker states it will not cloud the water when used as directed. At roughly 6.5 to 7.5 mm across, the 1 kg bag is Hikari's largest Mini Algae Wafers pack, aimed at breeders, fish rooms and shops running several small-grazer tanks.
The recipe draws on fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal and alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, fish oil, krill meal, spirulina, chlorella and garlic, with astaxanthin for colour. Guaranteed analysis matches the standard Algae Wafers line: crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's directions call for only as much as the fish will finish within about two hours, and because the target species are largely nocturnal, holding the feed back until after dark gets it eaten rather than left to soften. Tanks that also hold larger, established plecos are better matched to the full-size Algae Wafers, sold separately from 20 g up to 1 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding rooms:** Many small-grazer tanks fed daily from one bulk bag.
- **Young plecos and otocinclus:** Juveniles and small-mouthed species across several tanks.
- **Shrimp and snail colonies:** A disc sized for crustaceans and snails in bulk.
- **Retail and fish rooms:** A cost-effective bulk size for high feeding volumes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Portion each tank an amount it clears within about two hours.
- **Feed after lights-out:** Matches the nocturnal habits of most target species.
- **Keep the bulk of the bag dry:** Reseal between feeds to protect the remaining wafers.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear any uneaten disc from each tank after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 kg bag:** Hikari's largest Mini Algae Wafers pack.
- **Slower-dissolving formula:** A proprietary process extends how long the disc lasts.
- **Vegetable-rich recipe:** Spirulina and chlorella for herbivorous grazers.
- **Clear water claim:** Stated not to cloud the tank when fed as directed.
- **Small-mouth sizing:** About 6.5–7.5 mm across, every wafer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21466
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055214667
- **Product Type:** Food > Mini Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Wafer Size:** About 6.5–7.5 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, fish oil, krill meal, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, astaxanthin, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (KH21403), 85 g (KH21416)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (small bottom feeders, snails and shrimp)
---
#### Hikari Mini Algae Wafers - 22g
Smaller sinking disc food for young and small-mouthed algae eaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/mini-algae-wafers-22g/
- Price: $9.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21403 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055214032
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21403.jpg
A full-size algae wafer is too wide for a juvenile pleco, an otocinclus or a dwarf shrimp to tackle, which is where a scaled-down disc earns its keep. Hikari Mini Algae Wafers - 22g (SKU: KH21403) is Hikari's smaller-diameter version of its sinking Algae Wafers, built around higher levels of vegetable matter such as spirulina and chlorella that plecos and other grazers are said to prefer. Hikari uses a proprietary production process so the disc dissolves more slowly than it otherwise would, staying intact long enough for overnight, nocturnal feeding, and the maker states it will not cloud the water when fed as directed. At about 6.5 to 7.5 mm across, the 22 g pack is the smallest size, a trial quantity for one small tank or a nano setup.
The recipe draws on fish meal, wheat-based ingredients, dried seaweed meal and alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, fish oil, krill meal, spirulina, chlorella and garlic, with astaxanthin added for colour. Guaranteed analysis matches the standard Algae Wafers line at crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's feeding directions are the same as for the full-size wafer: offer only what will be eaten within about two hours, and because most bottom feeders and shrimp are more active after dark, a late or lights-out feed works better than a morning one. Established collections of larger plecos are better served by the full-size Algae Wafers, sold separately in 20 g through to 1 kg packs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Young or small plecos:** Juveniles and small-mouthed species that cannot work a full-size wafer.
- **Otocinclus and similar grazers:** Small algae-eating catfish in community tanks.
- **Shrimp and snail tanks:** A disc sized for crustaceans and snails to graze on.
- **Nano and trial setups:** A 22 g pack to test the diet before buying a larger size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Offer an amount the tank clears within about two hours.
- **Feed after dark:** Suits the nocturnal habits of most target species.
- **Watch water clarity:** Hikari says the disc should not cloud the water when fed correctly.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out any uneaten wafer once the feeding period passes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smaller diameter disc:** About 6.5–7.5 mm, suited to small mouths.
- **Slow-dissolving formula:** A proprietary process keeps the disc intact longer.
- **Higher vegetable matter:** More spirulina and chlorella than a straight pellet.
- **Clear water claim:** Hikari states it will not cloud the tank when fed as directed.
- **Trial-size pack:** 22 g suits a single small tank or nano setup.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21403
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055214032
- **Product Type:** Food > Mini Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Wafer Size:** About 6.5–7.5 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, fish oil, krill meal, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, astaxanthin, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 85 g (KH21416), 1 kg (KH21466)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (small bottom feeders, snails and shrimp)
---
#### Hikari Mini Algae Wafers - 85g
Sinking disc food for a nano community of small algae eaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/mini-algae-wafers-85g/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21416 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055214162
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21416.jpg
A planted nano tank often runs a mixed crew of otocinclus, dwarf shrimp and young plecos, none of which can manage a standard algae wafer, so the pack needs to match the mouths it is feeding. Hikari Mini Algae Wafers - 85g (SKU: KH21416) is Hikari's smaller-diameter Algae Wafer, formulated with higher levels of vegetable matter such as spirulina and chlorella that algae-eating fish are said to prefer over a plain pellet. A proprietary production process slows how quickly the disc dissolves, which Hikari says keeps it intact for nocturnal grazers working through the night, and the maker states the wafer will not cloud the water when fed as directed. At roughly 6.5 to 7.5 mm across, the 85 g pack is the mid-size option, enough for a small community of grazers over several weeks.
Ingredients include fish meal, wheat flour and wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal and alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, fish oil, krill meal, spirulina, chlorella and garlic, with astaxanthin for colour. The guaranteed analysis is the same as the standard Algae Wafers line: crude protein 33% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum. Hikari's directions are to offer only what the tank will finish within about two hours, and because otocinclus, young plecos and shrimp are mostly active after dark, an evening or lights-out feed is used more fully than a morning drop. Where the tank also holds larger, established plecos, the full-size Algae Wafers suit them better and are sold separately from 20 g up to 1 kg.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed nano communities:** Otocinclus, dwarf shrimp and young plecos sharing one tank.
- **Snails and crustaceans:** Any small grazer that works a sinking disc on the substrate.
- **Weekly feeding over several weeks:** An 85 g pack sized beyond a single trial.
- **Planted or hardscaped tanks:** A disc small enough to sit between plants without dominating the scape.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two-hour rule:** Offer an amount the community clears within about two hours.
- **Evening or lights-out feeds:** Matches the nocturnal habits of most grazers.
- **Trust the slow-dissolve claim:** The disc should stay intact rather than crumbling fast.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear any uneaten disc once the feeding period passes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano-sized disc:** About 6.5–7.5 mm, easy for small mouths to work.
- **Slower-dissolving formula:** Hikari's proprietary process extends how long it lasts.
- **Vegetable-rich recipe:** Spirulina and chlorella for herbivorous grazers.
- **Clear water claim:** Stated not to cloud the tank when fed as directed.
- **Mid-size pack:** 85 g covers a small community over several weeks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21416
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055214162
- **Product Type:** Food > Mini Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 85 g
- **Wafer Size:** About 6.5–7.5 mm diameter, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, fish oil, krill meal, spirulina, chlorella, garlic, astaxanthin, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding:** Amount consumed within about 2 hours, preferably late in the day or at night
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (KH21403), 1 kg (KH21466)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (small bottom feeders, snails and shrimp)
---
#### Hikari Oranda Gold Mini - 100g
Floating colour diet for Oranda, Lionhead and other fancy goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/oranda-gold-mini-100g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH05620 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618056207
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH05620.jpg
Fancy goldfish kept indoors miss the natural sunlight that helps wild and pond fish develop strong colour, and a plain staple diet does little to make up the difference. Hikari Oranda Gold Mini - 100g (SKU: KH05620) is Hikari's floating mini pellet aimed at premium-grade and fancy goldfish varieties, particularly Oranda, Lionhead, Azumanishiki and Ranchu, built on fish meal, krill meal and soybean meal for protein with spirulina, seaweed meal and astaxanthin supplying carotenoids to support colouration in fish that get little or no direct sunlight. The mini pellet floats at about 2.5 to 2.8 mm, and the formula also includes small amounts of Red 3, Yellow 5 and Blue 2 as added colours alongside the natural carotenoid sources. The 100 g pack suits a single tank or a trial of the line.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 45%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 14% and phosphorus minimum 1.2%, a rich profile aimed at show-quality conditioning rather than basic maintenance. Feeding directions call for two to four times daily, each feed only the amount fish finish within a few minutes, with leftovers removed afterwards; in ponds, Hikari advises reducing feeding once water temperature holds below 10°C or above 30°C. The pellet is formulated for the hooded and finely finned varieties that make up most of the premium fancy goldfish trade, where colour and body form both carry weight. A 300 g pack of the same floating mini pellet is also part of the range for a larger tank or several fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Indoor fancy goldfish:** Oranda, Lionhead, Azumanishiki and Ranchu kept without strong natural light.
- **Show conditioning:** Colour and form development ahead of judging or simply for a better-looking fish.
- **Community fancy-goldfish tanks:** A floating pellet that keeps feeding visible among several fish.
- **Single tank or trial use:** A 100 g pack sized for one aquarium rather than a pond.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily feeding:** Two to four times a day, each the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellet after each feeding period.
- **Pond use, cold water:** Reduce feeding once water stays below 10°C.
- **Pond use, warm water:** Reduce feeding once water stays above 30°C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating mini pellet:** About 2.5 to 2.8 mm, sized for fancy goldfish.
- **Carotenoid-led colour support:** Spirulina, seaweed meal and astaxanthin for indoor fish lacking sunlight.
- **Fancy-variety focus:** Aimed specifically at Oranda, Lionhead, Azumanishiki and Ranchu.
- **High-protein formula:** Crude protein minimum 45%, suited to show conditioning.
- **Added colour ingredients:** Small amounts of Red 3, Yellow 5 and Blue 2 alongside natural carotenoids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH05620
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618056207
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Fancy Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 2.5–2.8 mm, floating (mini grade)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Feeding:** 2–4 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; reduce below 10°C or above 30°C in ponds
- **Ideal For:** Oranda, Lionhead, Azumanishiki and Ranchu, and other premium-grade fancy goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** 300 g (KH05631)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds (fancy goldfish)
---
#### Hikari Oranda Gold Mini - 300g
Colour-enhancing daily diet for fancy goldfish raised indoors.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/oranda-gold-mini-300g/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH05631 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618056313
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH05631.jpg
A fancy goldfish kept under tank lighting rather than full sun misses the natural trigger most fish rely on for strong colour, and a diet built around that gap matters more than a flashy label. Hikari Oranda Gold Mini - 300g (SKU: KH05631) is Hikari's mini floating pellet formulated as a colour-enhancing daily diet for fancy goldfish, developed by Kyorin for Oranda, Lionhead, Azumanishiki and Ranchu varieties that spend their lives indoors away from UV exposure. The recipe is built around Hikari's biotechnology approach to colour development, intended to support natural pigmentation without relying on sunlight or live food, and it carries stabilised vitamin C for ongoing immune support. The 300 g bag is the larger of the two Oranda Gold Mini packs, sized for a multi-fish goldfish tank, a show string or a shop turning the food over quickly, rather than a single bowl.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 45% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 14% maximum and phosphorus 1.2% minimum. Hikari's directions are to feed only the amount a fish finishes within a few minutes, adjusting the quantity for water temperature, pond or tank conditions and how active the fish are, rather than following a fixed schedule. The mini pellet floats, so it suits goldfish that feed at or near the surface, and it is intended as the everyday diet rather than an occasional treat. The same mini pellet is sold in a 100 g bag for smaller collections or a trial before committing to the larger size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Oranda and Lionhead varieties:** Hooded fancy goldfish prone to washed-out colour under artificial light.
- **Ranchu and Azumanishiki:** Finnage-heavy and calico varieties that benefit from the same colour-support recipe.
- **Indoor tanks without natural sunlight:** Any fancy goldfish relying on tank lighting alone for its colour cue.
- **Multi-fish or show tanks:** A 300 g bag sized for several goldfish fed daily rather than one bowl.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what the fish finish within a few minutes.
- **Adjust for temperature:** Reduce the amount as water cools and goldfish slow down.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear away anything uneaten to protect water quality.
- **Make it the daily diet:** Use as the everyday food rather than an occasional supplement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Biotechnology colour support:** Formulated to develop natural pigmentation without UV exposure.
- **Mini floating pellet:** Sized for fancy goldfish and stays at the surface where they feed.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Included for ongoing immune support.
- **45% minimum crude protein:** A colour-enhancing recipe rather than a basic staple.
- **300 g bag:** The larger Oranda Gold Mini pack for bigger collections.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH05631
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618056313
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Fancy Goldfish Colour Enhancing)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 2.5–2.8 mm, mini floating pellet
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 45%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1.2%
- **Ideal For:** Oranda, Lionhead, Azumanishiki, Ranchu and other fancy goldfish varieties
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (KH05620)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, fancy goldfish
---
#### Hikari Plankton Early - 2kg
Semi-floating granule diet for newly hatched fry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/plankton-early-2kg/
- Price: $115.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH40170 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618401700
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/hikari-plankton-early-2kg-.jpg
Newly hatched fry that are too small for a crushed flake need a food fine enough to take in and buoyant enough to reach fish spread through the whole water column. Hikari Plankton Early - 2kg (SKU: KH40170) is the Early stage of Hikari's Plankton fry diet, a semi-floating granule sized for fry at the newly hatched stage, which Hikari places at roughly 4 to 10 mm long. Rather than floating or sinking outright, the granule hangs through the water so fry feeding near the surface, in mid-water or close to the bottom can all reach it, which helps avoid the water-quality problems that come with uneaten food settling in one place. The recipe is led by fish meal, with spirulina added for colour and krill meal, soybean meal and dried seaweed meal rounding out the mix, intended for freshwater and marine fry alike.
The granule is sold at a fine diameter for this earliest stage, reported at up to about 0.2 mm, moving up through the Middle and Later stages as fry grow. Reported guaranteed analysis is crude protein 48%, crude fat 3% and crude fibre 2%, with added vitamin A, vitamin D3, vitamin E and copper sulphate, though these figures come from distributor-published copy rather than Hikari's own product page and have not been independently confirmed on it. Feeding advice is to offer it often, several times a day, giving only what fry finish within two to three minutes and clearing any excess so it does not degrade water quality. The 2 kg bag is a breeder-scale pack rather than a single-brood size, and the same line continues into a Middle stage for fry around 8 to 20 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Newly hatched fry:** Fish around 4 to 10 mm long, before they can manage a larger granule or flake.
- **Freshwater and marine fry alike:** One Early-stage diet across different fry-rearing set-ups.
- **Breeding programmes:** A 2 kg bag sized for ongoing spawns rather than one batch of fry.
- **Mixed-depth fry tanks:** Fry spread from the surface to the bottom of a rearing tank or tub.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed often:** Several small feeds a day rather than one or two large ones.
- **Match the portion to appetite:** Offer only what fry finish within two to three minutes.
- **Clear the excess:** Remove uneaten granules so water quality does not slip.
- **Move up a stage:** Switch to the Middle size once fry outgrow the Early granule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Semi-floating granule:** Reaches fry feeding at the surface, mid-water and bottom.
- **Fine Early-stage size:** Suited to fry at roughly 4 to 10 mm, Hikari's smallest Plankton grade.
- **Fish meal and spirulina:** A protein-led recipe with spirulina included for colour.
- **Breeder-scale 2 kg bag:** Sized for ongoing spawns rather than a single brood.
- **Part of a three-stage line:** Early, Middle and Later granules track fry growth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH40170
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618401700
- **Product Type:** Food > Fry Food (Early Stage)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Granule Size:** Reported up to about 0.2 mm diameter (distributor-published figure)
- **Target Fry Size:** About 4–10 mm, per Hikari
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein 48%, crude fat 3%, crude fibre 2% (reported, not independently confirmed)
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, krill meal, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, dried seaweed meal, spirulina, rice bran, garlic, DL-methionine
- **Feeding:** Several times daily, the amount fry finish within two to three minutes
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fry-rearing tanks
---
#### Hikari Plankton Middle - 2kg
Semi-floating granule diet for growing fry past the newly hatched stage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/plankton-middle-2kg/
- Price: $115.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH40270 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618402707
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/hikari-plankton-middle-2kg-.jpg
Fry that have grown past their first week quickly outgrow the finest fry food, and feeding too fine a granule for too long slows development rather than helping it. Hikari Plankton Middle - 2kg (SKU: KH40270) is the Middle stage of Hikari's Plankton fry diet, a coarser semi-floating granule than the Early grade, sized for fry that Hikari places at roughly 8 to 20 mm long. Like the Early stage it hangs in the water rather than floating or sinking outright, so fry at different depths in a rearing tank or tub can all reach it, which helps avoid the water-quality problems that come from food settling and fouling in one spot. Fish meal leads the recipe, with spirulina included for colour and krill meal, soybean meal and dried seaweed meal making up the rest, aimed at freshwater and marine fry.
The granule for this stage is reported at roughly 0.2 to 0.37 mm diameter, a step up from the Early grade's finer granule and a step below the Later stage still to come. Reported guaranteed analysis is crude protein 48%, crude fat 3% and crude fibre 2%, with added vitamin A, vitamin D3, vitamin E and copper sulphate, again figures carried from distributor-published copy rather than confirmed directly on Hikari's own page. Feeding advice stays the same as Early: offer it often through the day, only what fry finish within two to three minutes, clearing any excess promptly. The 2 kg bag suits an ongoing breeding programme moving fry through this stage in batches, and growers typically step up to the Later grade once fry pass about 20 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing fry past the newly hatched stage:** Fish at roughly 8 to 20 mm, too big for the Early granule.
- **Freshwater and marine fry alike:** One Middle-stage diet across different rearing set-ups.
- **Ongoing breeding programmes:** A 2 kg bag sized for batches of fry moving through this stage together.
- **Mixed-depth rearing tanks:** Fry feeding at the surface, mid-water and bottom of the same tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed often through the day:** Several feeds rather than one or two large ones.
- **Portion to appetite:** Offer only what fry finish within two to three minutes.
- **Clear leftovers promptly:** Remove uneaten granules to protect water quality.
- **Step up when fry outgrow it:** Move to the Later stage once fry pass about 20 mm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarser Middle-stage granule:** A step up from Early, sized for fry around 8 to 20 mm.
- **Semi-floating:** Reaches fry feeding at several depths rather than one.
- **Fish meal and spirulina:** A protein-led recipe with spirulina for colour.
- **Breeder-scale 2 kg bag:** Sized for ongoing batches rather than a single brood.
- **Middle stage of three:** Sits between the Early and Later Plankton grades.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH40270
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618402707
- **Product Type:** Food > Fry Food (Middle Stage)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Granule Size:** Reported about 0.2–0.37 mm diameter (distributor-published figure)
- **Target Fry Size:** About 8–20 mm, per Hikari
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein 48%, crude fat 3%, crude fibre 2% (reported, not independently confirmed)
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, krill meal, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, dried seaweed meal, spirulina, rice bran, garlic, DL-methionine
- **Feeding:** Several times daily, the amount fry finish within two to three minutes
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fry-rearing tanks
---
#### Hikari Sinking Carnivore - 74g
Sinking pellet diet for bottom-feeding carnivorous fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-carnivore-74g/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21915 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055219150
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/tro_005_02.jpg
Catfish, eels and other carnivores that feed low in the tank are usually fed on live or frozen foods, and a pellet that actually reaches the bottom intact is the easiest way to cut that reliance. Hikari Sinking Carnivore - 74g (SKU: KH21915) is Hikari's sinking pellet for carnivorous bottom feeders, formulated to take on a texture close to live prey once it absorbs water, while holding its shape rather than disintegrating on the way down. Fish meal and krill meal lead the recipe, with DL-methionine and L-lysine added to make the pellet more palatable to fish used to live food, and carotenoid ingredients included for colour that indoor carnivores rarely develop under artificial light alone. Hikari sizes the 74 g pack as a trial or single-tank pack rather than a bulk supply.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 47% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 17% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari's target fish are catfish, sharks, bichirs (Polypterus), eels, stingrays and other bottom-feeding carnivores that would otherwise be fed on live fish or invertebrates, and the directions are to feed two to three times daily, only the amount eaten in about a minute. A fish that has only known live food may refuse the pellet at first; continued offering is recommended, and throwing a pellet onto the surface to create a splash can help trigger a strike before it sinks. Colour can vary slightly between production batches, which Hikari attributes to natural ingredient levels rather than a change in formulation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom-feeding carnivores:** Catfish, bichirs, eels and similar fish fed low in the tank.
- **Weaning off live food:** A pellet built to mimic the texture of prey once it absorbs water.
- **Smaller carnivorous species:** Hikari pitches it at smaller, non-surface-feeding predators rather than arowana-sized fish.
- **Single-tank or trial use:** The 74 g pack sized for one tank rather than a fish room.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only the amount eaten in about a minute.
- **Create a splash:** Throw a pellet onto the surface to trigger a strike before it sinks.
- **Persist with converts:** Keep offering the pellet to a fish used to live food.
- **Watch for leftovers:** Remove anything uneaten to avoid overfeeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Live-food texture:** Absorbs water quickly and softens while holding its shape.
- **Fish and krill meal lead:** A 47% minimum crude protein recipe.
- **DL-methionine and L-lysine:** Added for palatability with converted carnivores.
- **Carotenoid ingredients:** Support colour in fish kept without natural sunlight.
- **Sinking pellet:** Reaches bottom-feeding carnivores intact.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21915
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055219150
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 74 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 47%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, brewers dried yeast, soybean meal, fish oil, DL-methionine, L-lysine
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed in about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Catfish, sharks, bichirs (Polypterus), eels, stingrays and other bottom-feeding carnivores
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Carnivore Pellets 1kg — Fish Food
Daily sinking pellet diet for carnivorous aquarium fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13104
- Price: $205.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21966 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055219662
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/6f9295fae9483c11dea77481558a63ba.image_.225x225.jpg
Catfish, bichirs and eels feed on the bottom after the lights go down, and a pellet that sinks fast is the only way to be sure the food reaches them. Hikari Sinking Carnivore Pellets 1kg (SKU: KH21966) is Hikari's rapidly sinking pellet for smaller carnivorous fish, a 3.5 to 4 mm pellet that absorbs water quickly and takes on the texture of a live fish. Hikari lists it as ideal for non-surface feeders such as catfish, sharks, Polypterus, eels and smaller carnivorous plecostomus; the 1 kg pack is the trade size. It is a clean, convenient alternative to live foods, made by Kyorin in Japan.
The recipe leads with fish meal and krill meal and includes spirulina, astaxanthin and canthaxanthin, the carotenoid sources used for colour in fish kept away from natural sunlight, plus stabilised vitamin C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 47% minimum, crude fat 5% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum and ash 17% maximum. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily the amount the fish consume in about a minute, and to keep feeding through any initial refusal, since carnivores often resist a new food; a pellet thrown at the surface with a splash mimics a live fish and can speed acceptance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom-feeding carnivores:** Catfish, bichirs, eels and carnivorous plecos that never come to the surface.
- **Replacing live foods:** A dry pellet in place of feeder fish and worms in the daily diet.
- **Night feeders:** Fish that eat after lights-out and need food waiting on the bottom.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** A 1 kg pack for keepers feeding many predatory fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three times daily:** Only what is finished in about a minute.
- **Do not overfeed:** Remove anything left after the feeding period.
- **Converting from live food:** Keep offering the pellet; acceptance comes with repetition.
- **Splash it in:** Drop pellets at the surface so the splash draws the fish to the food.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rapidly sinking:** Reaches bottom feeders before mid-water fish intercept it.
- **Live-food texture:** Softens quickly in water while holding its shape.
- **Fish and krill meal first:** 47% minimum crude protein.
- **Carotenoid ingredients:** Spirulina, astaxanthin and canthaxanthin in the recipe.
- **Trade pack:** 1 kg for multiple tanks or large fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21966
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055219662
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Pellet:** About 3.5–4.0 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 47%, crude fat min 5%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 17%, phosphorus min 1%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, brewers dried yeast, cassava starch, soybean meal, wheat starch, fish oil, wheat flour, dried seaweed meal, spirulina, DL-methionine, potato starch, astaxanthin, L-lysine, canthaxanthin, garlic, choline chloride, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, minerals, red 3 (artificial colour)
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed in about a minute
- **Ideal For:** Catfish, sharks, Polypterus (bichirs), eels, smaller carnivorous plecostomus
- **Range Sizes:** 74 g and 1 kg
---
#### Hikari Sinking Cichlid Excel Mini - 100g
Sinking wheat-germ pellet for herbivorous African cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-cichlid-excel-mini-100g/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH14620 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055146203
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH14620.jpg
Herbivorous African cichlids are prone to digestive trouble on a protein-heavy diet built for predators, and the fix usually sits in the base ingredient rather than another supplement. Hikari Sinking Cichlid Excel Mini - 100g (SKU: KH14620) is Hikari's sinking mini pellet built around the easily digested inner portion of the wheat-germ kernel, formulated as a daily diet for herbivorous and omnivorous African cichlids and other plant-eating tropical fish. Pure cultured spirulina is included for colour enhancement, alongside dehydrated alfalfa meal and other vegetable matter that give the recipe a plant-forward balance most carnivore-oriented cichlid foods do not have. At 3.0 to 3.4 mm the mini pellet suits smaller-mouthed cichlids, and the 100 g bag is sized as a trial pack or for a single tank.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 0.8%. The ingredient list leads with fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn and wheat-germ meal ahead of the spirulina and krill meal, with garlic and astaxanthin added and a full vitamin and mineral package including stabilised vitamin C. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only what the fish finish within a few minutes, removing anything left over. The pellet sinks so it reaches cichlids feeding at mid-water and the substrate, and the same recipe is sold in a 342 g bag for larger tanks or ongoing use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Herbivorous African cichlids:** Mbuna and similar plant-eating species prone to bloat on rich foods.
- **Omnivorous cichlids and tropicals:** Other plant-leaning tropical fish that benefit from the same base.
- **Mixed-depth feeding:** A sinking pellet for cichlids that feed at mid-water or on the substrate.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** The 100 g bag sized to test acceptance before buying the larger bag.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets from the substrate after each feed.
- **Watch for bloat:** A wheat-germ base is meant to ease the digestive issues rich foods can cause.
- **Step up pack size:** Move to the 342 g bag once the diet is established.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wheat-germ kernel base:** The easily digested inner portion used for herbivorous cichlids.
- **Pure cultured spirulina:** Included specifically for colour enhancement.
- **Sinking mini pellet:** 3.0 to 3.4 mm, sized for smaller-mouthed cichlids.
- **37% minimum crude protein:** A plant-forward recipe rather than a high-protein carnivore diet.
- **Trial-sized 100 g bag:** A smaller commitment before the 342 g bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH14620
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055146203
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3.0–3.4 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus 0.8%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat-germ meal, spirulina, krill meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Herbivorous African cichlids and other plant-eating tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** 342 g (KH14633)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Cichlid Excel Mini - 342g
Larger bag of wheat-germ sinking pellet for herbivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-cichlid-excel-mini-342g/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH14633 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055146333
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH14633.jpg
Once a cichlid tank is confirmed to do well on a wheat-germ-based diet, buying it in a small bag every few weeks stops making sense. Hikari Sinking Cichlid Excel Mini - 342g (SKU: KH14633) is the larger bag of Hikari's sinking mini pellet for herbivorous and omnivorous African cichlids, built on the easily digested inner portion of the wheat-germ kernel rather than a protein-heavy base that can cause bloat in plant-eating species. Pure cultured spirulina is included for colour, and the pellet sinks to reach cichlids feeding at mid-water or on the substrate. At 342 g it is close to three and a half times the 100 g pack, aimed at an established Mbuna or similar cichlid tank rather than a trial.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 37% minimum, crude fat 6% minimum, crude fibre 3% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 0.8%. The recipe leads with fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn and wheat-germ meal, with krill meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal, garlic and astaxanthin added along with a full vitamin and mineral package. Hikari recommends feeding two to three times daily, only the amount a fish finishes within a few minutes, which at this pack size covers an established tank for considerably longer than the 100 g bag. The pellet size stays the same 3.0 to 3.4 mm mini grade across both pack sizes, so the real difference between the two is how long the food lasts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established cichlid tanks:** Mbuna and other herbivorous or omnivorous African cichlids already on the diet.
- **Multiple cichlid tanks:** A larger bag that covers more than one tank on the same food.
- **Ongoing daily feeding:** Buying ahead rather than restocking a 100 g bag every few weeks.
- **Mixed-depth feeding:** A sinking pellet reaching cichlids at mid-water and the substrate.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Seal between feeds:** Keep the larger bag closed to protect the pellet.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten food from the substrate after each feed.
- **Keep the routine:** Feed as the ongoing daily diet now the fish are established on it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **342 g bag:** Roughly three and a half times the 100 g pack for less frequent buying.
- **Same mini pellet:** 3.0 to 3.4 mm sinking grade, unchanged from the smaller bag.
- **Wheat-germ kernel base:** The easily digested inner portion used for herbivorous cichlids.
- **Pure cultured spirulina:** Included for colour enhancement.
- **37% minimum crude protein:** A plant-forward recipe for herbivorous species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH14633
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055146333
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivore Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 342 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3.0–3.4 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 37%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus 0.8%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, wheat flour, flaked corn, wheat-germ meal, spirulina, krill meal, dehydrated alfalfa meal
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Herbivorous African cichlids and other plant-eating tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (KH14620)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Medium - 100g
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for larger cichlids and tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-cichlid-gold-medium-100g/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04720 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055047203
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04720.jpg
A big cichlid or Oscar swallows a mini pellet without noticing it, and feeding a fish that size on an undersized pellet just means more mess and less food actually eaten. Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Medium - 100g (SKU: KH04720) is the Medium-pellet size in Hikari's colour-enhancing Cichlid Gold range, built on the same higher-protein recipe as the Mini grade but sized at 5.0 to 5.5 mm for fish with a bigger mouth. Astaxanthin provides the carotenoid colour support and stabilised vitamin C is included for general health, and Hikari states the diet will not cloud the water the way some high-protein sinking foods can. The 100 g bag is a trial size, useful for confirming a fish takes the Medium pellet before committing to the 342 g bag.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, the same figures as the Mini pellet since only the pellet size changes between the two grades. Fish meal, corn gluten meal, wheat bran and wheat flour lead the ingredient list, with fish oil, garlic, DL-methionine and astaxanthin added. Hikari's feeding directions are two to three times daily, only what the fish finish within a few minutes, removing any leftovers. Cichlids and other larger tropical fish such as Oscars are the stated target, and the same Medium pellet is also sold in a 342 g bag for an established tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger cichlids:** Oscars and similarly sized cichlids that need more than a mini pellet.
- **Mixed cichlid tanks:** Tanks with both smaller and larger fish, paired with the Mini pellet for the rest.
- **Faded colour on bigger fish:** Larger cichlids that have lost vibrancy under tank lighting.
- **Trial size before the bulk bag:** The 100 g pack sized to confirm acceptance first.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets so the water-clarity benefit holds.
- **Expect a bigger mouthful:** The 5.0 to 5.5 mm pellet is sized for larger fish, not community tanks.
- **Step up once confirmed:** Move to 342 g once the fish are established on the diet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium sinking pellet:** 5.0 to 5.5 mm, sized for larger cichlids and tropical fish.
- **Same Cichlid Gold recipe:** Astaxanthin and stabilised vitamin C carried through from the Mini grade.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Hikari's stated advantage for heavily stocked tanks.
- **40% minimum crude protein:** A richer base than a general-purpose cichlid flake.
- **Trial-sized 100 g bag:** A smaller pack to confirm the pellet size before buying more.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04720
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055047203
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** 5.0–5.5 mm, sinking (Medium)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, corn gluten meal, wheat bran, wheat flour, flaked corn, fish oil, astaxanthin
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Cichlids, Oscars and other larger tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 342 g (KH04733); Mini 100 g (KH04620); Mini 342 g (KH04633)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Medium - 342g
Larger bag of colour-enhancing medium sinking pellet for big cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-cichlid-gold-medium-342g/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04733 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055047333
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04733.jpg
A tank of large cichlids gets through a 100 g bag faster than most keepers expect, and restocking that often stops being convenient once the diet is confirmed to work. Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Medium - 342g (SKU: KH04733) is the larger pack of Hikari's Medium sinking pellet from the Cichlid Gold range, the same 5.0 to 5.5 mm pellet built on a higher-protein recipe with astaxanthin for colour and stabilised vitamin C for general health. Hikari states the diet will not cloud the water the way some high-protein sinking foods can, which matters more as tank size and stocking go up. At 342 g it covers an established large-cichlid tank or several Oscars for considerably longer than the trial-sized 100 g bag.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, unchanged from the smaller pack since only the amount of food differs. Fish meal, corn gluten meal, wheat bran and wheat flour lead the recipe, with fish oil, garlic, DL-methionine and astaxanthin added along with a full vitamin and mineral package. Hikari's feeding guidance remains two to three times daily, only what the fish finish within a few minutes, with leftovers removed after each feed. The same Cichlid Gold line also comes in a Mini pellet at 3.0 to 3.4 mm for smaller cichlids sharing the same tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established large-cichlid tanks:** Oscars and similar fish already confirmed on the Medium pellet.
- **Multiple big cichlids:** One larger bag covering several fish rather than one.
- **Ongoing colour programmes:** Feeding kept consistent so carotenoid benefits build over time.
- **Restocking less often:** 342 g sized to outlast the 100 g bag by a wide margin.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** The amount eaten within a few minutes, unchanged from the trial size.
- **Reseal the bag:** Keep the larger pack closed between feeds.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets to protect water clarity.
- **Stay consistent:** Maintain the daily routine for colour gains to continue.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **342 g bag:** A larger pack of the Medium pellet for heavier feeding loads.
- **Unchanged 5.0–5.5 mm pellet:** Same Medium grade as the 100 g bag.
- **Astaxanthin and stabilised vitamin C:** Colour and health support carried through.
- **40% minimum crude protein:** A richer recipe than a general cichlid flake.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Hikari's stated benefit in a heavily stocked tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04733
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055047333
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 342 g
- **Pellet Size:** 5.0–5.5 mm, sinking (Medium)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, corn gluten meal, wheat bran, wheat flour, flaked corn, fish oil, astaxanthin
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Cichlids, Oscars and other larger tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 100 g (KH04720); Mini 100 g (KH04620); Mini 342 g (KH04633)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Mini - 100g
Colour-enhancing sinking pellet for smaller cichlids and other tropicals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-cichlid-gold-mini-100g/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04620 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055046206
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04620.jpg
A cichlid that has faded under tank lighting needs more than a basic staple to bring its colour back, and a sinking pellet gets the job done without the surface mess of a floating food. Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Mini - 100g (SKU: KH04620) is Hikari's mini-sized sinking pellet from the colour-enhancing Cichlid Gold range, built with a higher level of natural protein, added astaxanthin for carotenoid colour and stabilised vitamin C to support fish under the stress of a new or crowded tank. Hikari positions it as not clouding the water the way some high-protein sinking foods can, which matters in a cichlid tank already carrying a heavy feeding load. At 3.0 to 3.4 mm the Mini pellet suits smaller cichlids, and the 100 g bag is a trial size or single-tank pack.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. The recipe leads with fish meal, corn gluten meal and wheat bran and flour, with fish oil, garlic, DL-methionine and astaxanthin added for palatability and colour, plus a full vitamin and mineral package. Hikari's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only what is eaten within a few minutes, and to remove any leftovers so the extra load does not undo the water-clarity benefit of the recipe. The same formula and pellet size continues in a 342 g bag, and a larger Medium pellet is sold for bigger cichlids that need a bigger mouthful.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Smaller to mid-size cichlids:** Fish that can manage a 3.0 to 3.4 mm sinking pellet.
- **Faded or stressed colour:** Cichlids that have lost vibrancy under artificial light or after a move.
- **Trial or single-tank use:** The 100 g bag sized to test the diet before buying the 342 g bag.
- **Established community cichlid tanks:** As the daily colour-enhancing staple rather than an occasional treat.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only the amount eaten within a few minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear uneaten pellets to protect the water clarity the recipe is built for.
- **Give it time:** Colour development from carotenoids builds over repeated feeds, not one meal.
- **Step up pack size:** Move to 342 g once the mini pellet is confirmed to suit the fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-enhancing recipe:** Astaxanthin and stabilised vitamin C in a higher-protein base.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Hikari's stated advantage over some high-protein sinking foods.
- **Mini sinking pellet:** 3.0 to 3.4 mm, sized for smaller cichlids.
- **40% minimum crude protein:** A richer base than a general-purpose cichlid flake.
- **Trial-sized 100 g bag:** A smaller commitment before the 342 g bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04620
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055046206
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3.0–3.4 mm, sinking (Mini)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, corn gluten meal, wheat bran, wheat flour, flaked corn, fish oil, astaxanthin
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Cichlids and other larger tropical fish needing a smaller pellet
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 342 g (KH04633); Medium 100 g (KH04720); Medium 342 g (KH04733)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Mini - 342g
Larger bag of colour-enhancing mini sinking pellet for cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-cichlid-gold-mini-342g/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH04633 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055046336
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH04633.jpg
Colour development from a carotenoid-based food takes repeated feeding over weeks, so a cichlid tank committed to the Cichlid Gold diet is better served by the bigger bag than restocking a small one. Hikari Sinking Cichlid Gold Mini - 342g (SKU: KH04633) is the larger pack of Hikari's mini sinking pellet from the Cichlid Gold range, the same higher-protein, astaxanthin-carotenoid recipe built to enhance natural colour without the water-clouding some high-protein sinking foods cause. The 3.0 to 3.4 mm mini pellet is unchanged from the 100 g bag; only the amount of food changes, with 342 g covering an established tank or a slightly larger cichlid collection for longer between restocks.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 7% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 15% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Fish meal, corn gluten meal, wheat bran and wheat flour lead the ingredient list, with fish oil, garlic, DL-methionine and astaxanthin added along with a vitamin and mineral package that includes stabilised vitamin C. Hikari's feeding guidance stays the same across pack sizes: two to three feeds daily, only what the fish finish within a few minutes, with leftovers removed. A Medium pellet in the same Cichlid Gold recipe is sold for larger-mouthed cichlids that have outgrown the mini grade.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established mini-pellet cichlid tanks:** Fish already confirmed to take the 3.0 to 3.4 mm size.
- **Multiple smaller cichlid tanks:** One larger bag covering more than one tank.
- **Ongoing colour programmes:** Feeding kept consistent so carotenoid benefits build over time.
- **Restocking less often:** 342 g sized to outlast the 100 g bag by a wide margin.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** The amount eaten within a few minutes, unchanged from the smaller bag.
- **Reseal the bag:** Protect the larger pack between feeds.
- **Remove leftovers:** Keep the water clear by clearing uneaten pellets promptly.
- **Stay consistent:** Keep feeding this as the daily diet for colour gains to continue.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **342 g bag:** A larger pack of the same mini pellet, suited to ongoing feeding.
- **Unchanged 3.0–3.4 mm pellet:** Same mini grade as the 100 g bag.
- **Astaxanthin and stabilised vitamin C:** The colour and stress-support ingredients carried through.
- **40% minimum crude protein:** A richer recipe than a general cichlid flake.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Hikari's stated benefit for a heavily stocked tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH04633
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055046336
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Colour Enhancing Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 342 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3.0–3.4 mm, sinking (Mini)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 7%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 15%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, corn gluten meal, wheat bran, wheat flour, flaked corn, fish oil, astaxanthin
- **Feeding:** Two to three times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Cichlids and other larger tropical fish needing a smaller pellet
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 100 g (KH04620); Medium 100 g (KH04720); Medium 342 g (KH04733)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Wafers - 110g
Standard-size sinking disc food for corydoras, loaches and plecos.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-wafers-110g/
- Price: $18.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21521 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055215213
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21521.jpg
A community tank with a healthy group of corydoras or a pleco or two needs more wafer than the trial sizes provide without yet needing a bulk bag. Hikari Sinking Wafers - 110g (SKU: KH21521) is the standard pack size in Hikari's sinking wafer range, developed for corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders after research into their feeding habits, and built from fish meal, krill meal and crushed silkworm pupae with wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal and spirulina. The disc softens for easy eating rather than crumbling apart, which keeps it on the substrate long enough for slow grazers to work through it instead of losing it to faster fish. At 110 g it sits between the small trial packs and the 1 kg bulk bag, sized for a tank fed on this food as a regular part of the diet.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 36% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 16% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum, with added vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C. Hikari's feeding directions give a roughly 20-minute window, offering only what is eaten in that time rather than the minute used for a floating pellet, since bottom feeders graze steadily. Corydoras and loaches are the stated target, and plecos, otocinclus and shrimp are commonly reported sharing the wafer in a mixed community tank. The same wafer is sold down to 25 g and 50 g for a trial and up to a 1 kg bag for a fish room or large collection.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular cory, loach or pleco feeding:** The standard pack size for an ongoing routine.
- **Mixed bottom-feeder communities:** Shrimp, otocinclus and plecos commonly share the wafer.
- **Moving past the trial sizes:** For a tank already confirmed on the 25 g or 50 g pack.
- **Community tanks with faster fish:** A wafer built to outlast the quick strike of surface feeders.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Allow about 20 minutes:** Offer only the amount eaten in that time.
- **Remove leftovers after:** Clear any wafer still sitting once the window passes.
- **Feed at known grazing spots:** Place it where bottom feeders are seen working the substrate.
- **Keep the routine going:** 110 g sized for regular use rather than an occasional top-up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard 110 g pack:** Sits between the trial sizes and the 1 kg bulk bag.
- **Softens without dissolving:** Stays intact long enough for slow grazers to finish it.
- **Fish meal, krill meal and silkworm pupae:** The flavour-led recipe common to every pack size.
- **20-minute feeding window:** Matched to how corydoras and loaches actually feed.
- **Will not cloud the water:** A consideration for tanks fed on this schedule regularly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21521
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055215213
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Bottom Feeder)
- **Net Weight:** 110 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 36%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 16%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, crushed silkworm pupae, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal, spirulina
- **Feeding:** The amount eaten within about 20 minutes, leftovers removed after
- **Ideal For:** Corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders
- **Other Sizes:** 25 g (KH21503); 50 g (KH21510); 1 kg (KH21566)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Wafers - 1kg
Bulk sinking disc food for fish rooms and shops stocking bottom feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-wafers-1kg/
- Price: $150.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21566 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055215664
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21566.jpg
A fish room or shop with several tanks of corydoras, loaches or plecos works through wafer food fast enough that a 110 g bag is a false economy. Hikari Sinking Wafers - 1kg (SKU: KH21566) is the bulk pack of Hikari's sinking wafer, the same disc developed for corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders, built on fish meal, krill meal and crushed silkworm pupae with wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal and spirulina. The wafer softens rather than crumbling apart, so it holds up long enough for grazing fish to work through it across however many tanks are fed from the bag. At 1 kg it is sized for ongoing feeding across a collection rather than a single aquarium.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 36% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 16% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum, with added vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C. The feeding window stays the same regardless of pack size: offer only what is eaten within about 20 minutes and remove anything left over after that. Corydoras and loaches are the stated target, with plecos, otocinclus and shrimp commonly reported feeding on it in mixed tanks. The same wafer comes in 25 g, 50 g and 110 g bags for a single tank or a smaller household.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and multi-tank collections:** A 1 kg bag sized to feed several bottom-feeder tanks.
- **Shops stocking corydoras, loaches or plecos:** Bulk feeding across holding tanks.
- **Mixed bottom-feeder communities:** Shrimp, otocinclus and plecos sharing the same wafer.
- **Long-term supply:** Buying ahead rather than restocking a smaller bag repeatedly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Allow about 20 minutes:** The amount eaten in that time, per tank fed.
- **Remove leftovers after:** Clear uneaten wafer from each tank once the window passes.
- **Reseal between feeds:** Keep the bulk bag closed to protect the remaining supply.
- **Portion per tank:** Measure feeds separately rather than guessing across several tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 kg bulk pack:** Sized for fish rooms, shops and multi-tank households.
- **Softens without dissolving:** Holds up long enough for slow grazers across every tank fed.
- **Fish meal, krill meal and silkworm pupae:** The same recipe as every smaller pack size.
- **20-minute feeding window:** Unchanged regardless of how much is fed.
- **Will not cloud the water:** An advantage at the volume a bulk bag gets used.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21566
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055215664
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Bottom Feeder)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 36%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 16%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, crushed silkworm pupae, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal, spirulina
- **Feeding:** The amount eaten within about 20 minutes, leftovers removed after
- **Ideal For:** Corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders
- **Other Sizes:** 25 g (KH21503); 50 g (KH21510); 110 g (KH21521)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Wafers - 25g
Slow-softening disc food for corydoras and other bottom feeders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-wafers-25g/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21503 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055215039
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21503.jpg
Corydoras and loaches graze along the bottom for long stretches, and a food that dissolves into mush within minutes gets outcompeted by faster fish before the bottom feeders get their share. Hikari Sinking Wafers - 25g (SKU: KH21503) is Hikari's smallest pack of sinking wafers, developed specifically for corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders after research into how they feed, and built as a disc that softens for easy eating without breaking down the way a crumbly food does. The recipe combines fish meal, krill meal and crushed silkworm pupae with wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal and spirulina, giving it a flavour and aroma aimed at attracting even reluctant eaters. The 25 g pack is a trial size, enough to confirm a tank's bottom feeders take to it before buying a larger bag.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 36% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 16% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum, with added vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C. Unlike a pellet fed to be finished in a minute, Hikari's directions for the wafer are to offer only what is eaten within about 20 minutes, since bottom feeders graze rather than strike, and to remove anything left over after that to avoid fouling the tank. Corydoras and loaches are the primary target, though keepers commonly report plecos, otocinclus, shrimp and snails taking it as well. The same wafer is sold in 50 g, 110 g and 1 kg bags for an ongoing supply once it is confirmed to work.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Corydoras and loaches:** The primary bottom feeders the wafer is formulated for.
- **Mixed bottom-feeder tanks:** Plecos, otocinclus and shrimp commonly share the same wafer.
- **Trial before a larger bag:** The 25 g pack sized to test acceptance first.
- **Community tanks with faster fish:** A disc that lasts long enough for slower grazers to get to it.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Allow about 20 minutes:** Offer only the amount eaten within that time, longer than a typical pellet.
- **Remove leftovers after:** Clear any wafer still uneaten once the feeding window passes.
- **Place it where grazers feed:** Drop it near known corydoras or loach feeding spots on the substrate.
- **Watch for acceptance:** Confirm bottom feeders take the wafer before buying a bigger bag.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow-softening disc:** Softens for easy eating without breaking down into mush.
- **Fish meal, krill meal and silkworm pupae:** A protein-led recipe aimed at flavour and aroma.
- **20-minute feeding window:** Built for bottom feeders that graze rather than strike.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Suited to tanks where corydoras and loaches feed slowly.
- **Trial-sized 25 g pack:** The smallest size in the Sinking Wafers range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21503
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055215039
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Bottom Feeder)
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 36%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 16%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, crushed silkworm pupae, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal, spirulina
- **Feeding:** The amount eaten within about 20 minutes, leftovers removed after
- **Ideal For:** Corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders
- **Other Sizes:** 50 g (KH21510); 110 g (KH21521); 1 kg (KH21566)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Sinking Wafers - 50g
Flavoured sinking disc food for a tank of corydoras and loaches.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/sinking-wafers-50g/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH21510 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055215107
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH21510.jpg
Once a cory tank is confirmed to take sinking wafers, a 25 g trial bag runs out faster than a keeper expects. Hikari Sinking Wafers - 50g (SKU: KH21510) is the next size up in Hikari's sinking wafer range, the same disc developed for corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders, built from fish meal, krill meal and crushed silkworm pupae with wheat germ meal and spirulina rounding out the recipe. The disc softens for easy eating rather than crumbling into mush, so it stays put long enough for slow-grazing bottom feeders to get through it before faster tankmates clean it up. At 50 g it is double the trial pack, suited to an established tank of corydoras or loaches fed on it regularly.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 36% minimum, crude fat 9% minimum, crude fibre 4% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 16% maximum and phosphorus 0.8% minimum, with added vitamin A, D3, E and stabilised vitamin C. Hikari's feeding directions call for offering only what is eaten within about 20 minutes rather than the minute or two used for a floating pellet, since bottom feeders graze steadily rather than striking at food. Corydoras and loaches remain the primary target, with plecos, otocinclus and shrimp commonly reported feeding on it as well. The line runs from a 25 g trial pack up to 110 g and 1 kg bags for larger or longer-term supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established cory and loach tanks:** A regular supply once the wafer is confirmed to work.
- **Mixed bottom-feeder tanks:** Plecos, otocinclus and shrimp alongside the target species.
- **Stepping up from a trial bag:** For a keeper who has already tested the 25 g pack.
- **Community tanks with faster fish:** A disc built to last the 20 minutes slow grazers need.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Allow about 20 minutes:** Offer only the amount eaten in that time.
- **Clear uneaten wafer:** Remove anything left once the feeding window ends.
- **Feed at the substrate:** Place it where corydoras and loaches are known to graze.
- **Keep a routine:** Regular feeding at this pack size covers an ongoing cory or loach tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double the trial size:** 50 g covers an established tank for longer than the 25 g pack.
- **Softens without dissolving:** Holds together long enough for slow grazers to feed.
- **Fish meal, krill meal and silkworm pupae:** The same flavour-led recipe across every pack size.
- **20-minute feeding window:** Matched to how bottom feeders actually eat.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Suited to tanks fed on a grazing schedule rather than a quick strike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH21510
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055215107
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Bottom Feeder)
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 36%, crude fat min 9%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 16%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Key Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill meal, crushed silkworm pupae, soybean meal, wheat germ meal, dried seaweed meal, spirulina
- **Feeding:** The amount eaten within about 20 minutes, leftovers removed after
- **Ideal For:** Corydoras catfish, loaches and other bottom feeders
- **Other Sizes:** 25 g (KH21503); 110 g (KH21521); 1 kg (KH21566)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Hikari Spirulina Large - 5kg
Bulk floating colour-enhancing finishing diet for larger koi.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/spirulina-large-5kg/
- Price: $240.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH07482 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4971618074829
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH07482.jpg
A pond of mature koi being brought into condition for a show needs considerably more finishing diet than a backyard pack provides, and buying the mini size repeatedly at that scale is impractical. Hikari Spirulina Large - 5kg (SKU: KH07482) is the bulk pellet size in Hikari's Spirulina range, the same colour-enhancing finishing diet built to rapidly promote rich, natural colouration through its blended carotenoid ingredients, but sized at 7.5 to 8.5 mm for koi large enough to need a bigger mouthful. Hikari positions the recipe as flexible enough to run as a basic staple diet or an aggressive colour-enhancing feed, and the 5 kg pack suits a larger pond, a koi club or a breeder working with several ponds.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 16% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, unchanged from the Mini pellet since pellet size is the only real difference between the two grades. Hikari's feeding directions remain the same: offer only what is eaten within a few minutes, adjusted for water temperature, pond conditions and how actively the koi are feeding. Used as intended, it suits the run-up to a show or a stretch of warmer water rather than as the sole diet across the whole year. The same recipe is sold as a Mini pellet in a 500 g pack for smaller koi or goldfish sharing the same pond.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pre-show koi programmes:** A colour push across a larger group ahead of judging.
- **Larger koi:** The 7.5 to 8.5 mm pellet sized for bigger mouths than the Mini grade.
- **Multiple ponds or koi clubs:** A 5 kg pack sized well beyond a single backyard pond.
- **Warmer water periods:** Feeding through the months koi are most active.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Adjust for temperature:** Scale back as water cools and koi slow down.
- **Treat it as a finishing diet:** Use around shows or warm periods rather than year-round.
- **Remove uneaten food:** Clear leftovers promptly to protect larger volumes of pond water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 5 kg pack:** Sized for larger ponds, koi clubs or breeders rather than one pond.
- **Large floating pellet:** 7.5 to 8.5 mm, suited to bigger koi than the Mini grade.
- **Same colour-enhancing recipe:** Carotenoid ingredients unchanged from the Mini pellet.
- **Dual-purpose feeding:** Works as a basic staple or an aggressive colour booster.
- **40% minimum crude protein:** Consistent across both pellet sizes in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH07482
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4971618074829
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour Enhancing Koi)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 7.5–8.5 mm, floating (Large)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 16%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** The amount consumed within a few minutes, adjusted for water temperature
- **Ideal For:** Larger koi, especially before a show or in warmer water
- **Other Sizes:** Mini 500 g (KH07242)
- **Target Environment:** Koi ponds and outdoor goldfish ponds
---
#### Hikari Spirulina Mini - 500g
Floating colour-enhancing finishing diet for koi and goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/spirulina-mini-500g/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH07242 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055072427
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH07242.jpg
A koi or large goldfish heading into a show, or simply moving into warmer water, often needs a short push on colour that a general staple diet does not give it. Hikari Spirulina Mini - 500g (SKU: KH07242) is the mini-pellet pack of Hikari's Spirulina range, a floating finishing diet aimed at higher-quality koi before a show or during warmer water temperatures, built to rapidly promote rich, natural colouration through its blended colour-enhancing ingredients. Hikari describes it as working equally as a basic staple diet or an aggressive colour-enhancing feed, depending on how heavily it is used. At 3.2 to 3.7 mm the Mini pellet suits smaller koi and goldfish, and the 500 g pack is a manageable size for a backyard pond rather than a commercial operation.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 40% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 16% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari's feeding directions are to offer only the amount fish finish within a few minutes, adjusted for water temperature, pond conditions and how actively the fish are feeding, since koi slow down markedly as water cools. The floating pellet suits koi and large goldfish feeding at the surface, and Hikari's guidance is to use it as a short-term finishing diet around shows or warm-water periods rather than the only food fed year-round. The same recipe is sold as a Large pellet in a 5 kg pack for bigger koi or a larger pond.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pre-show koi:** A short-term colour push before judging or display.
- **Warmer water periods:** Feeding during the months when koi are most active and feeding heavily.
- **Smaller koi and large goldfish:** The 3.2 to 3.7 mm Mini pellet sized for smaller mouths.
- **Backyard ponds:** The 500 g pack sized for a single pond rather than a commercial setup.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Adjust for temperature:** Reduce feeding as water cools and fish slow down.
- **Use as a finishing diet:** Run it around shows or warm periods rather than year-round.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Remove uneaten pellets promptly to protect pond water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-enhancing finishing diet:** Formulated to promote rich, natural colouration quickly.
- **Floating Mini pellet:** 3.2 to 3.7 mm, sized for smaller koi and goldfish.
- **Dual-purpose feeding:** Works as either a basic staple or an aggressive colour booster.
- **40% minimum crude protein:** A richer base than a general pond staple.
- **Backyard-pond pack size:** 500 g sized for a single pond rather than bulk use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH07242
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055072427
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Colour Enhancing Koi)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** 3.2–3.7 mm, floating (Mini)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 16%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** The amount consumed within a few minutes, adjusted for water temperature
- **Ideal For:** Koi and large goldfish, especially before a show or in warmer water
- **Other Sizes:** Large 5 kg (KH07482)
- **Target Environment:** Koi ponds and outdoor goldfish ponds
---
#### Hikari Staple L - 10kg
Bulk floating daily diet for koi and pond fish in warm water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13020
- Price: $229.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH01489 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055014892
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH01489.jpg
A large pond full of koi and other pond fish goes through a daily staple by the kilogram once the water warms up and appetites pick up, and a 10 kg bag is built for exactly that stretch of the season. Hikari Staple L - 10kg (SKU: KH01489) is the Large pellet size of Hikari's Staple diet, a laboratory-formulated daily food for koi and other pond fish in warmer water temperatures, floating so it stays visible and does not cloud the pond the way some high-protein foods can. The uniquely balanced ingredients are aimed at rapid growth, proper body form and efficient use of the nutrients in the food, and Hikari includes stabilised vitamin C for ongoing immune support. At 8.0 to 9.0 mm the L pellet suits larger koi, and the 10 kg bag is sized for a sizeable pond or several ponds through the warmer months.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 34% minimum, crude fat 3% minimum, crude fibre 5% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 13% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum. Hikari's feeding directions are set by water temperature: at 18 to 30°C, feed two to four times a day, the amount finished within five minutes; at 11 to 18°C, cut back to no more than twice daily, ideally during the warmer part of the day; and below about 11°C, Hikari recommends switching to its Wheat-Germ formula rather than continuing on Staple. The Staple line also comes in Medium pellets and in 500 g, 2 kg and 5 kg packs for smaller ponds or the cooler shoulder seasons.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Warm-season pond feeding:** Water at 18 to 30°C, when koi and pond fish feed most heavily.
- **Larger koi and pond fish:** The 8.0 to 9.0 mm L pellet sized for bigger mouths.
- **Sizeable or multiple ponds:** A 10 kg bag covering more fish for longer than the smaller packs.
- **Daily staple feeding:** As the everyday diet rather than an occasional treat.
**Feeding Guide**
- **18–30°C:** Feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **11–18°C:** Cut back to no more than twice daily, during the warmer part of the day.
- **Below about 11°C:** Switch to Hikari's Wheat-Germ formula instead of Staple.
- **Remove leftovers:** Clear any uneaten pellets to protect pond water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Laboratory-formulated recipe:** Balanced for growth, body form and nutrient efficiency.
- **Floating L pellet:** 8.0 to 9.0 mm, sized for larger koi and pond fish.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Hikari's stated benefit for heavily stocked ponds.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Included for ongoing immune support.
- **Bulk 10 kg bag:** Sized for a sizeable pond or several ponds through the warm season.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH01489
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055014892
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi & Pond Fish)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 8.0–9.0 mm, floating (L)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** By water temperature; 18–30°C two to four times daily, 11–18°C up to twice daily, below 11°C switch to Wheat-Germ formula
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish in warmer water
- **Other Sizes:** M 5 kg (KH01382); M 10 kg (KH01389); L 500 g (KH01442); L 2 kg (KH01470); L 5 kg (KH01482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi ponds and other pond fish systems
---
#### Hikari Staple L - 2kg
Floating koi pellet sized for a full season's feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13018
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH01470 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055014700
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH01470.jpg
A koi pond on a warm-season feeding routine gets through pellets fast enough that a small trial bag barely lasts a fortnight once the whole collection is feeding well. Hikari Staple L - 2kg (SKU: KH01470) is the 2 kg pack of Hikari's large-pellet Staple diet, the same lab-formulated floating food for koi and other pond fish once water temperatures have risen for the season. The large pellet measures about 8.0–9.0 mm, sized for established koi, and floats so the keeper can watch how much is actually being eaten rather than guessing at a pellet settling out of sight. The recipe carries vitamins, including stabilised vitamin C, aimed at general condition rather than colour, and Hikari notes that batches can vary slightly in colour depending on the level of natural ingredients used. At 2 kg, the pack suits a single pond through a typical warm season without the handling and storage that comes with a bulk bag.
Hikari sets feeding by water temperature. Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, giving only what is finished within five minutes. Between 11°C and 18°C, cut back to no more than twice daily, feeding during the warmest part of the day where possible. Below 11°C, Hikari recommends moving onto its Wheat-Germ Formula, formulated for easier digestion as the water cools. The pellet is designed not to cloud the water when fed as directed, and leftover food should be removed after each feeding. The same Large pellet also comes in 500 g and 5 kg packs, and Hikari makes the Staple diet in a Medium pellet, about 5.0–5.5 mm, for ponds with smaller or mixed-size koi.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Seasonal feeding:** Water consistently above 11°C through spring, summer and early autumn.
- **Single ponds on a routine:** A 2 kg pack sized to carry one pond through a warm season.
- **Established koi:** The 8.0–9.0 mm pellet, for adult-size fish rather than young koi.
- **Moving up from a trial pack:** A practical next step once a pond is confirmed on the diet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Main feeding window:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Cooling water:** Between 11°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Below 11°C:** Switch over to Hikari Wheat-Germ Formula for easier cold-water digestion.
- **Skim leftovers:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after each feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Season-sized pack:** 2 kg carries one pond through a typical warm feeding season.
- **Large floating pellet:** About 8.0–9.0 mm for established koi.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Included for general condition, not colour enhancement.
- **Clear-water pellet:** Floats without clouding the water when fed as directed.
- **Hikari's temperature-based schedule:** Feeding frequency keyed to pond temperature.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH01470
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055014700
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Large)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 8.0–9.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 11–18°C: up to twice daily; below 11°C: switch to Wheat-Germ Formula
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish in warm water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Staple L - 500g (KH01442); Hikari Staple L - 5kg (KH01482); Hikari Staple M - 5kg (KH01382); Hikari Staple M - 10kg (KH01389)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Staple L - 500g
Floating koi pellet for warm-water feeding in a trial-sized pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13017
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH01442 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055014427
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH01442.jpg
A new koi, or a small pond trying a diet for the first time, does not need a 10 kg sack of pellets before the keeper knows it is eaten readily. Hikari Staple L - 500g (SKU: KH01442) is the smallest pack of Hikari's large-pellet Staple diet, a lab-formulated floating food for koi and other pond fish once the water has warmed for the season. The large pellet measures about 8.0–9.0 mm, sized for established koi rather than young fish, and floats long enough for the keeper to see exactly how much is being eaten. Hikari balances the recipe with vitamins, including stabilised vitamin C, for general condition rather than colour, and notes that natural ingredient levels can cause slight colour variation between batches. The 500 g pack suits a single small pond, a top-up between larger bags, or a trial before buying in bulk.
Hikari sets feeding by water temperature rather than a fixed daily amount: two to four feeds daily between 18°C and 30°C, no more than two feeds between 11°C and 18°C (ideally in the warmest part of the day), and a switch to Wheat-Germ Formula below 11°C for easier cold-water digestion. Give only what the koi finish within five minutes. The floating pellet is designed not to cloud the water when fed as directed, and uneaten pellet should be skimmed out after each feeding. The Large pellet is also packed in 2 kg and 5 kg sizes, and the same Staple diet comes in a Medium pellet, about 5.0–5.5 mm, for smaller or mixed-size koi.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New ponds and trial feeding:** Confirming a pond's koi take to the Staple diet before buying a larger pack.
- **Warm-season feeding:** Water consistently above 11°C, through the main growing months.
- **Single small ponds:** A 500 g pack sized for a handful of koi rather than a large collection.
- **Established koi:** The 8.0–9.0 mm pellet, sized for adult and larger fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Peak warmth:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, only as much as is finished within five minutes.
- **Shoulder season:** Between 11°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, ideally in the warmest part of the day.
- **Cold-water switch:** Below 11°C, move onto Hikari Wheat-Germ Formula for easier cold-water digestion.
- **Tidy up:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after each feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trial-sized pack:** 500 g lets a pond's koi be tried on the diet before a bulk buy.
- **Large floating pellet:** About 8.0–9.0 mm, sized for established koi.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Included for general health rather than colour.
- **Will not cloud the water:** Floats long enough to monitor intake when fed as directed.
- **Temperature-based feeding:** Hikari's own schedule for warm-season feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH01442
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055014427
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Large)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 8.0–9.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 11–18°C: up to twice daily; below 11°C: switch to Wheat-Germ Formula
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish in warm water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Staple L - 2kg (KH01470); Hikari Staple L - 5kg (KH01482); Hikari Staple M - 5kg (KH01382); Hikari Staple M - 10kg (KH01389)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Staple L - 5kg
Bulk floating koi pellet for ponds with several fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13019
- Price: $133.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH01482 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055014823
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH01482.jpg
A pond holding a dozen or more koi through the warm months gets through a 2 kg bag inside a few weeks, and restocking that often becomes its own chore. Hikari Staple L - 5kg (SKU: KH01482) is the 5 kg bulk pack of Hikari's large-pellet Staple diet, the same lab-formulated floating food for koi and other pond fish in warm water, sized for ponds that need a standing supply rather than a bag refilled every fortnight. The large pellet measures about 8.0–9.0 mm, matched to established koi, and floats so intake can be checked at a glance rather than guessed at. Hikari's recipe includes vitamins and stabilised vitamin C for general condition, with the maker noting that colour can vary slightly between batches depending on the level of natural ingredients used. At 5 kg, the pack suits ponds with several koi, more than one pond fed from the one bag, or keepers who prefer buying less often.
Feeding follows Hikari's water-temperature schedule. Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, only as much as the koi finish within five minutes. Between 11°C and 18°C, cut back to no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day where possible. Below 11°C, switch to Hikari's Wheat-Germ Formula, which is formulated for easier digestion in cold water. The pellet is designed not to cloud the water when fed as directed, and any left uneaten should be removed after each feeding. The same Large pellet is also sold in 500 g and 2 kg packs, and in a 10 kg size, and Hikari makes the Staple diet with a Medium pellet, about 5.0–5.5 mm, for ponds with smaller or mixed-size koi.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ponds with several koi:** A standing 5 kg supply rather than frequent small-bag purchases.
- **Multiple ponds:** One bulk pack feeding more than one system.
- **Warm-season feeding:** Water consistently above 11°C.
- **Established koi:** The 8.0–9.0 mm pellet, not suited to very young fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Full season:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Cooling pond:** Between 11°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Cold snap:** Below 11°C, switch over to Hikari Wheat-Germ Formula.
- **Housekeeping:** Skim off any pellet left uneaten after each feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk-size pack:** 5 kg suited to ponds with several koi or multiple ponds fed together.
- **Large floating pellet:** About 8.0–9.0 mm for established koi.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** For general condition rather than colour.
- **Consistent recipe at scale:** Same lab-formulated diet as the smaller Staple packs.
- **Temperature-based feeding:** Frequency set by Hikari's own warm-water schedule.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH01482
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055014823
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Large)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 8.0–9.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 11–18°C: up to twice daily; below 11°C: switch to Wheat-Germ Formula
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish in warm water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Staple M - 5kg (KH01382); Hikari Staple M - 10kg (KH01389); Hikari Staple L - 500g (KH01442); Hikari Staple L - 2kg (KH01470)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Staple M - 10kg
Bulk medium floating pellet for large koi collections and multiple ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13016
- Price: $230.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH01389 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055013895
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH01389.jpg
A koi dealer, breeder or a keeper running several ponds of mixed-size fish needs more than a weekend's worth of pellets on the shelf. Hikari Staple M - 10kg (SKU: KH01389) is the largest pack in Hikari's Staple range stocked here, a 10 kg bulk supply of the Medium pellet version of Hikari's lab-formulated daily diet for koi and other pond fish in warm water. The Medium pellet measures about 5.0–5.5 mm, a size that suits a broader range of koi than the Large pellet, including smaller adults and mixed-size collections, and floats so feeding can be judged by eye. The recipe carries vitamins, including stabilised vitamin C, for general health rather than colour enhancement, and Hikari notes that colour can vary slightly between production batches due to the level of natural ingredients used. At 10 kg, the pack suits large collections, breeders and shops feeding several ponds from one supply.
Feeding follows Hikari's water-temperature schedule. Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, only as much as the koi finish within five minutes. Between 11°C and 18°C, cut back to no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day where possible. Below 11°C, switch to Hikari's Wheat-Germ Formula, which is formulated for easier digestion in cold water. The pellet is designed not to cloud the water when fed as directed, and any left uneaten should be removed after each feeding. The Medium pellet is also sold in a 5 kg pack, and the same Staple diet comes in a Large pellet, about 8.0–9.0 mm, in 500 g, 2 kg, 5 kg and 10 kg packs for bigger koi.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large collections:** Several ponds or many koi fed from one standing supply.
- **Dealers and breeders:** Bulk feeding across multiple systems.
- **Mixed-size koi:** The 5.0–5.5 mm Medium pellet suits a wider size range than the Large pellet.
- **Warm-season feeding:** Water consistently above 11°C.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Growing season:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Shoulder months:** Between 11°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Below 11°C:** Switch the pond onto Hikari Wheat-Germ Formula.
- **Clear the surface:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after each feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest bulk pack:** 10 kg for large collections, breeders and multi-pond keepers.
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, suited to a broad koi size range.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** For general condition rather than colour.
- **Consistent lab-formulated recipe:** Same Staple diet as the smaller packs.
- **Temperature-based feeding:** Hikari's schedule sets frequency by pond temperature.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH01389
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055013895
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 11–18°C: up to twice daily; below 11°C: switch to Wheat-Germ Formula
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish, especially mixed-size collections
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Staple M - 5kg (KH01382); Hikari Staple L - 500g (KH01442); Hikari Staple L - 2kg (KH01470); Hikari Staple L - 5kg (KH01482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Staple M - 5kg
Medium floating pellet for koi ponds with mixed-size fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13015
- Price: $130.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH01382 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055013826
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH01382.jpg
A pond with koi of several different sizes often settles on one pellet that most of the fish can manage, rather than feeding two separate diets side by side. Hikari Staple M - 5kg (SKU: KH01382) is the 5 kg pack of the Medium pellet in Hikari's Staple range, the same lab-formulated floating diet for koi and other pond fish in warm water, with a pellet about 5.0–5.5 mm across that smaller adults and mixed-size collections can take more easily than the Large pellet. It floats on the surface so feeding can be judged by eye, and the recipe includes vitamins, including stabilised vitamin C, for general condition rather than colour, with Hikari noting that batches can vary slightly in colour depending on the level of natural ingredients used. At 5 kg, the pack suits a pond with a reasonable number of koi, or several smaller ponds fed from one bag.
Feeding follows Hikari's temperature schedule: two to four feeds a day between 18°C and 30°C, no more than two feeds between 11°C and 18°C, and a switch to Wheat-Germ Formula below 11°C for easier cold-water digestion. Give only what the koi finish within five minutes, and remove anything left over afterwards. The pellet is designed not to cloud the water when fed this way. The same Medium pellet is also packed in 10 kg for larger collections, and Hikari makes the Staple diet with a Large pellet, about 8.0–9.0 mm, in 500 g, 2 kg, 5 kg and 10 kg packs for bigger koi.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed-size koi ponds:** The 5.0–5.5 mm pellet suits smaller adults alongside larger fish.
- **Moderate-size ponds:** A 5 kg pack sized between the smaller trial packs and the 10 kg bulk option.
- **Warm-season feeding:** Water consistently above 11°C.
- **Switching from the Large pellet:** Where some koi struggle with the bigger size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Warm months:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Cooling water:** Between 11°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Cold-water switch:** Below 11°C, move onto Hikari Wheat-Germ Formula.
- **After feeding:** Remove any pellet left uneaten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-size bulk pack:** 5 kg, between the smaller trial packs and the 10 kg bulk size.
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 5.0–5.5 mm for mixed-size koi.
- **Stabilised vitamin C:** Included for general health rather than colour.
- **Consistent Staple recipe:** Same lab-formulated diet across the range.
- **Temperature-based feeding:** Frequency set by Hikari's warm-water schedule.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH01382
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055013826
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 34%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 11–18°C: up to twice daily; below 11°C: switch to Wheat-Germ Formula
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish, especially mixed-size collections
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Staple M - 10kg (KH01389); Hikari Staple L - 500g (KH01442); Hikari Staple L - 2kg (KH01470); Hikari Staple L - 5kg (KH01482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Turtle Sticks - 120g
Three-colour daily diet stick for aquatic turtles in a hobbyist pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/turtle-sticks-120g/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH27121 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055271219
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH27121.jpg
A pet turtle fed on lettuce and the odd feeder fish is missing calcium and a proper vitamin spread, and a single stick that covers all three is simpler than juggling separate supplements. Hikari Turtle Sticks - 120g (SKU: KH27121) is Hikari's scientifically formulated daily diet for aquatic turtles, made of three distinctly coloured sticks fused together: a yellow Staple Nutrition stick carrying protein, minerals and multivitamins for growth and condition, a green Calcium Enhanced stick aimed at shell development, and a red Conditioning stick containing chitosan from crustaceans for metabolism, immune health and skin condition. The stick absorbs water and softens quickly while holding its shape, and Hikari says it is easily digested, which cuts down on water fouling and odour from food that is only partly broken down. The 120 g pack suits one or a few turtles kept in a home aquarium.
Hikari's guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 40%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 13%, with phosphorus minimum 0.8%. The maker's feeding direction is once or twice daily, giving only what the turtle finishes within two to three minutes, and sticks can also be offered sparingly between main feeds as a treat. Overfeeding should be avoided and any uneaten sticks removed after feeding to protect water quality. Fed this way, the stick is designed not to cloud the water. Hikari recommends the diet for most species of aquatic turtle and some amphibians. The same formula is also packed in bulk at 1 kg for keepers with several turtles.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pet and hobbyist turtles:** One or a few aquatic turtles in a home tank.
- **Growing turtles:** The yellow stick's protein and multivitamins support growth.
- **Shell health:** The green stick's added calcium targets shell condition.
- **Occasional treats:** Sticks offered sparingly between main feeds.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once or twice daily:** Offer only what is eaten within two to three minutes.
- **Three colours, one stick:** Each feed delivers the staple, calcium and conditioning components together.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out any uneaten stick after the feeding period.
- **Treat feeding:** Offer a stick or two between main meals, not as a replacement for them.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three fused colours:** Staple nutrition, calcium enhancement and conditioning in one stick.
- **Chitosan conditioning:** The red stick's crustacean-derived chitosan for metabolism and immune health.
- **Calcium-enhanced green stick:** Aimed specifically at shell development.
- **Easily digested:** Hikari says this reduces water fouling and odour.
- **Hobbyist-sized pack:** 120 g for one or a few turtles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH27121
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055271219
- **Product Type:** Food > Sticks (Aquatic Turtle)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Feeding:** 1–2 times daily, the amount finished within 2–3 minutes; may also be given sparingly as treats
- **Ideal For:** Most aquatic turtle species and some amphibians
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Turtle Sticks - 1kg (KH27166)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds housing aquatic turtles
---
#### Hikari Turtle Sticks - 1kg
Bulk three-colour diet stick for multiple aquatic turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/turtle-sticks-1kg/
- Price: $135.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH27166 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055271660
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH27166.jpg
A rescue, breeder or shop holding several turtles gets through a small tub of sticks in days, and reordering that often becomes its own job. Hikari Turtle Sticks - 1kg (SKU: KH27166) is the 1 kg bulk pack of Hikari's scientifically formulated daily diet for aquatic turtles, the same three-colour stick fused from a yellow Staple Nutrition component carrying protein, minerals and multivitamins, a green Calcium Enhanced component for shell development, and a red Conditioning component with chitosan from crustaceans for metabolism, immune health and skin condition. The stick absorbs water and softens quickly without losing its shape, and Hikari describes it as easily digested, reducing water fouling and odour from food that is not fully broken down. At 1 kg, the pack suits multiple turtles, a breeding set-up or a shop feeding several tanks from one container.
The guaranteed analysis is unchanged from the smaller pack: crude protein minimum 40%, crude fat minimum 3%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 13%, with phosphorus minimum 0.8%. Hikari's feeding direction is once or twice daily, offering only what the turtles finish within two to three minutes, with sticks also usable as an occasional treat between main feeds. Leftover sticks should be cleared out after feeding to avoid fouling the water, and the diet is designed not to cloud it when fed as directed. Hikari recommends the formula for most aquatic turtle species and some amphibians, which makes the 1 kg pack practical where a collection includes more than one kind of turtle. The same stick is also sold in a 120 g pack for smaller collections.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple turtles:** A standing bulk supply rather than frequent small-tub purchases.
- **Breeders and rescues:** Several tanks fed from one pack.
- **Mixed turtle collections:** One formula recommended across most aquatic turtle species.
- **Shops and holding systems:** Daily feeding across several tanks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once or twice daily:** Only as much as the turtles finish within two to three minutes.
- **Consistent recipe at scale:** Same three-colour stick as the 120 g pack.
- **Clear uneaten sticks:** Remove leftovers after each feeding period.
- **Treats between feeds:** Offer a stick or two outside main feeding times.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 kg pack:** Sized for multiple turtles or several tanks.
- **Three fused colours:** Staple nutrition, calcium enhancement and conditioning together.
- **Chitosan conditioning:** Crustacean-derived chitosan in the red stick for metabolism and immunity.
- **Calcium-enhanced green stick:** Targeted at shell development.
- **Easily digested:** Reduces water fouling and odour, per Hikari.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH27166
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055271660
- **Product Type:** Food > Sticks (Aquatic Turtle)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 3%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.8%
- **Feeding:** 1–2 times daily, the amount finished within 2–3 minutes; may also be given sparingly as treats
- **Ideal For:** Most aquatic turtle species and some amphibians
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Turtle Sticks - 120g (KH27121)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds housing aquatic turtles
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula L - 5kg
Bulk large floating pellet for big koi through cool water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-l-5kg/
- Price: $154.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06482 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055064828
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH06482.jpg
Big koi switched onto a Medium cool-water pellet can struggle to take in enough food quickly, the same reason Hikari sells a Large pellet in its Staple range. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula L - 5kg (SKU: KH06482) is the 5 kg bulk pack of the Large pellet in Hikari's Wheat-Germ Formula range, a floating diet led by wheat germ meal and formulated to stay digestible as pond water cools, matched in pellet size to the Staple Large pellet used over summer. The Large pellet measures about 8.0–9.0 mm, sized for bigger established koi, and floats so intake can be judged at a glance. At 5 kg, the pack suits ponds with several large koi carried through the cool months on one bag.
Hikari recommends the switch to Wheat-Germ Formula once pond water drops below about 11°C, where Staple becomes harder for koi to digest. Its own schedule runs two to four feeds daily between 18°C and 30°C, up to two feeds between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding below 5°C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 12%, with feeding kept to what the koi finish within five minutes. Because the Large pellet matches the size used over summer, bigger koi need not adjust to a smaller pellet as the season changes. The formula also comes in Small and Medium pellets, in 500 g and 2 kg (Medium also in 5 kg), and in a sinking Medium pellet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large established koi:** The 8.0–9.0 mm pellet, matching the Staple Large size.
- **Bulk cool-water feeding:** A 5 kg pack for ponds with several big koi.
- **Below Staple's cut-off:** Once pond water drops under about 11°C.
- **Multiple ponds:** One bulk pack feeding more than one system of large koi.
**Feeding Guide**
- **18–30°C:** Feed two to four times daily, only what is finished within five minutes.
- **5–18°C:** Cut back to no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Below 5°C:** Do not feed at all.
- **Clean up:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk-size pack:** 5 kg for ponds with several large koi.
- **Large floating pellet:** About 8.0–9.0 mm, matching the Staple Large size.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Ahead of fish meal in the recipe.
- **Cool-water digestibility:** Hikari's stated reason for using it below Staple's cut-off.
- **Defined cold cut-off:** No feeding below 5°C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06482
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055064828
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Large)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 8.0–9.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, dried bakery product, corn gluten meal, wheat flour, wheat bran, wheat starch, potato starch, brewers dried yeast, wheat gluten meal, dried seaweed meal, garlic, rice bran, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Large established koi and other pond fish in cool water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 500g (KH06242); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 2kg (KH06270); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 500g (KH06342); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 2kg (KH06370); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 5kg (KH06382)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 2kg
Medium floating pellet for a full cool-water feeding season.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-m-2kg/
- Price: $71.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06370 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055063708
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH06370.jpg
A pond of established koi on the cool-water diet from the first fading days of autumn through to spring needs more than a trial-sized bag. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 2kg (SKU: KH06370) is the 2 kg pack of the Medium pellet in Hikari's Wheat-Germ Formula range, the same wheat-germ-led floating diet formulated for easier digestion as pond water cools. The Medium pellet measures about 5.0–5.5 mm, matching the pellet size most koi already take from the Staple diet over summer, so there is no size change to adjust to as the season turns. At 2 kg, the pack is sized to carry a pond through a full cool season.
Hikari recommends the switch to Wheat-Germ Formula once pond water drops below about 11°C, where Staple becomes harder to digest. Its own schedule then runs two to four feeds daily between 18°C and 30°C, no more than two feeds between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding at all below 5°C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 12%, with feeding kept to what the koi finish within five minutes. Because the Medium pellet matches the size used over summer, established koi need not adjust to a different pellet. The Medium pellet also comes in 500 g and 5 kg, and the formula is made in Small and Large pellets and a sinking version.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A full cool season:** A 2 kg pack sized to carry established koi through autumn to spring.
- **Established koi:** The 5.0–5.5 mm pellet, unchanged in size from the summer diet.
- **Below Staple's cut-off:** Once pond water drops under about 11°C.
- **Single ponds on a routine:** One pack sized for a season's cool-water feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Still mild:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Cooling off:** Between 5°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Cold stop:** Below 5°C, do not feed at all.
- **Clear the pond:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Season-sized pack:** 2 kg to carry established koi through the cool months.
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, unchanged from the Staple Medium size.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Ahead of fish meal in the recipe.
- **Cool-water digestibility:** Hikari's stated reason for the switch below Staple's cut-off.
- **Defined cut-off:** No feeding below 5°C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06370
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055063708
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, dried bakery product, corn gluten meal, wheat flour, wheat bran, wheat starch, potato starch, brewers dried yeast, wheat gluten meal, dried seaweed meal, garlic, rice bran, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Established koi and other pond fish in cool water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 500g (KH06242); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 2kg (KH06270); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 500g (KH06342); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 5kg (KH06382); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula L - 5kg (KH06482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 500g
Medium floating pellet for koi in cool water, in a trial pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-m-500g/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06342 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055063425
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH06342.jpg
Established koi on a Medium pellet through summer still need a cool-water diet once temperatures drop, usually a different bag rather than just less of the same one. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 500g (SKU: KH06342) is the smallest pack of the Medium pellet in Hikari's Wheat-Germ Formula range, a floating diet led by wheat germ meal and formulated to remain digestible as pond water cools, in place of the fish-meal-heavy Staple diet used over summer. The Medium pellet measures about 5.0–5.5 mm, matching the size most koi are already used to from the Staple Medium pellet, and floats for easy monitoring. At 500 g, the pack suits a single pond moving onto the cool-water diet for the first time.
Hikari positions this formula as the switch-over diet once Staple becomes harder to digest, at around 11°C. From there its own schedule runs two to four feeds daily between 18°C and 30°C, up to two feeds between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding below 5°C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 12%, with feeding kept to what the koi finish within five minutes. Because the pellet size matches the Staple Medium pellet, fish do not need to adjust size as the diet changes with the season. The Medium pellet also comes in 2 kg and 5 kg, and the formula is made in Small and Large pellets and a sinking version.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First cool-water change-over:** Moving a pond from Staple onto Wheat-Germ for the season.
- **Established koi on a Medium pellet:** Same pellet size as the warm-water diet.
- **Autumn and early spring:** Either side of the main feeding season.
- **Trial pack:** Confirming acceptance of the recipe before a larger purchase.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Still warm:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Turning cool:** Between 5°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Deep cold:** Below 5°C, do not feed at all.
- **Tidy the surface:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after each feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trial-sized pack:** 500 g to introduce the seasonal change-over.
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, matching the Staple Medium size.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Leads the recipe ahead of fish meal.
- **Same switch-over point:** Hikari recommends it once water drops below about 11°C.
- **Defined cold cut-off:** No feeding below 5°C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06342
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055063425
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, dried bakery product, corn gluten meal, wheat flour, wheat bran, wheat starch, potato starch, brewers dried yeast, wheat gluten meal, dried seaweed meal, garlic, rice bran, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Established koi and other pond fish moving onto a cool-water diet
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 500g (KH06242); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 2kg (KH06270); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 2kg (KH06370); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 5kg (KH06382); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula L - 5kg (KH06482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 5kg
Bulk medium floating pellet for koi ponds through winter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-m-5kg/
- Price: $154.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06382 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055063821
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH06382.jpg
A pond with a dozen or more established koi gets through a 2 kg bag of cool-water food well before the season turns, and running out mid-winter suits no one. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 5kg (SKU: KH06382) is the 5 kg bulk pack of the Medium pellet in Hikari's Wheat-Germ Formula range, the same wheat-germ-led floating diet formulated to stay digestible as pond water cools. The Medium pellet measures about 5.0–5.5 mm, matching the size koi are already used to from the warm-water Staple diet, so the switch between diets does not also mean a change in pellet size. At 5 kg, the pack suits ponds with several established koi, or more than one pond fed from a single bag through winter.
Hikari recommends switching onto Wheat-Germ Formula once pond water drops below about 11°C, where the standard Staple diet becomes harder to digest. Its own schedule runs two to four feeds daily between 18°C and 30°C, up to two feeds between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding below 5°C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 12%, with feeding kept to what the koi finish within five minutes. Because the pellet size is unchanged from the Staple Medium pellet, established koi need not adapt to a different size. The Medium pellet also comes in 500 g and 2 kg, and the formula is made in Small and Large pellets and a sinking version.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple koi or ponds:** A standing 5 kg supply for the cool-water months.
- **Established koi:** The 5.0–5.5 mm pellet, matching the Staple Medium size.
- **Full winter feeding:** Carrying a pond from the first cold snap through to spring.
- **Bulk buyers:** Keepers who prefer not to restock mid-season.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Autumn warmth:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Winter chill:** Between 5°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Freeze point:** Below 5°C, do not feed at all.
- **After feeding:** Remove any pellet left uneaten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk-size pack:** 5 kg for ponds with several koi, through the cool months.
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, matching the Staple Medium size.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Leads the recipe over fish meal.
- **Consistent cool-water formula:** Same recipe as the smaller Medium packs.
- **Defined cold cut-off:** No feeding below 5°C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06382
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055063821
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 5.0–5.5 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, dried bakery product, corn gluten meal, wheat flour, wheat bran, wheat starch, potato starch, brewers dried yeast, wheat gluten meal, dried seaweed meal, garlic, rice bran, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Established koi and other pond fish in cool water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 500g (KH06242); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 2kg (KH06270); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 500g (KH06342); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 2kg (KH06370); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula L - 5kg (KH06482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 2kg
Small floating pellet for koi through a full cool-water season.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-s-2kg/
- Price: $71.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06270 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055062701
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH06270.jpg
A pond kept on the cool-water diet through autumn, winter and early spring gets through more than a trial-sized bag before the water warms up again. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 2kg (SKU: KH06270) is the 2 kg pack of Hikari's Small pellet Wheat-Germ Formula, the same wheat-germ-led floating diet formulated to stay digestible as temperatures fall, rather than the fish-meal-heavy recipe used in the warm-water Staple range. The Small pellet measures about 3.5–4.0 mm, sized for younger or smaller koi and goldfish, and floats so feeding can be judged by eye. At 2 kg, the pack is sized to carry a small pond through a full cool season rather than needing a mid-season top-up.
Hikari treats Wheat-Germ Formula as the cool-water counterpart to Staple, recommending the switch once the pond drops below about 11°C. Its own schedule then applies: two to four feeds daily between 18°C and 30°C, no more than two feeds between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding at all below 5°C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 12%, with only as much given as the koi finish within five minutes. The Small pellet also comes in a 500 g pack, and the formula is made in Medium and Large pellets, plus a sinking version.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **A full cool season:** A 2 kg pack sized to last through autumn into spring.
- **Young and smaller koi:** The 3.5–4.0 mm pellet, matched to this size range.
- **Below Staple's cut-off:** Once pond water drops under about 11°C.
- **Mixed small ponds:** Several smaller fish sharing the same supply.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Mild water:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Cooling further:** Between 5°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Hard stop:** Below 5°C, do not feed at all.
- **After each feed:** Remove any pellet left uneaten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Season-sized pack:** 2 kg to carry a small pond through autumn to spring.
- **Small floating pellet:** About 3.5–4.0 mm for young or smaller koi.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Ahead of fish meal in the recipe.
- **Cool-water digestibility:** Hikari's stated reason for the formula.
- **Defined cut-off:** No feeding below 5°C, per Hikari's own schedule.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06270
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055062701
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Small)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.5–4.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, dried bakery product, corn gluten meal, wheat flour, wheat bran, wheat starch, potato starch, brewers dried yeast, wheat gluten meal, dried seaweed meal, garlic, rice bran, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish in cool water, especially younger or smaller fish
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 500g (KH06242); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 500g (KH06342); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 2kg (KH06370); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 5kg (KH06382); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula L - 5kg (KH06482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 500g
Small floating pellet for koi in cool water, in a trial pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-s-500g/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH06242 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055062428
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH06242.jpg
Koi digest a high-protein summer diet less well once the water cools, and the wrong pellet through autumn and early spring adds to the mess at the pond's bottom. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 500g (SKU: KH06242) is the smallest pack of the Small pellet in Hikari's Wheat-Germ Formula range, a floating diet led by wheat germ meal, not the fish-meal-heavy Staple recipe, formulated to stay digestible as temperatures drop. The Small pellet measures about 3.5–4.0 mm, sized for younger or smaller koi and goldfish rather than large adults, and floats so intake can be checked at a glance. At 500 g, the pack suits a single small pond or a trial before committing to a larger bag.
Hikari positions Wheat-Germ Formula as the cool-water counterpart to Staple, recommending the switch once pond temperatures fall below about 11°C. Its own schedule runs from there: two to four feeds daily between 18°C and 30°C, no more than two feeds between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding at all below 5°C. Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 32%, crude fat minimum 4%, crude fibre maximum 4%, moisture maximum 10% and ash maximum 12%. The formula also comes in 2 kg, in Medium and Large pellets, and in a sinking version.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cooling ponds:** Water dropping below about 11°C, where Staple becomes harder to digest.
- **Young and smaller koi:** The 3.5–4.0 mm pellet, sized below the Medium and Large pellets.
- **Autumn and early spring:** Either side of the main warm-water season.
- **Trial feeding:** A 500 g pack to confirm acceptance before buying a larger size.
**Feeding Guide**
- **18–30°C:** Feed two to four times daily, only what is finished within five minutes.
- **5–18°C:** Cut back to no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Below 5°C:** Do not feed at all.
- **Clean up:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after each feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trial-sized pack:** 500 g to try a pond's koi on the cool-water formula.
- **Small floating pellet:** About 3.5–4.0 mm for young or smaller koi.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Leads the ingredient list over fish meal.
- **Digestible in cold water:** Hikari's stated reason for using it below Staple's cut-off.
- **Wide temperature range:** Hikari's own schedule runs from 30°C down to 5°C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH06242
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055062428
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Pellets (Koi, Small)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 3.5–4.0 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 32%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 4%, moisture max 10%, ash max 12%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, dried bakery product, corn gluten meal, wheat flour, wheat bran, wheat starch, potato starch, brewers dried yeast, wheat gluten meal, dried seaweed meal, garlic, rice bran, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish in cool water, especially younger or smaller fish
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula S - 2kg (KH06270); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 500g (KH06342); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 2kg (KH06370); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula M - 5kg (KH06382); Hikari Wheat Germ Formula L - 5kg (KH06482)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula Sinking M - 500g
Sinking medium pellet for cool-water koi feeding, trial pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-sinking-m-500g/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH35342 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055353342
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/82d463adefdcd0d9d998b5226d9833d0e8512811.webp
A floating pellet is no use to fish that feed at mid-water or on the bottom, or on a windy pond where it ends up blown against the edge before anything gets to eat it. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula Sinking M - 500g (SKU: KH35342) is the smallest pack of the sinking version of Hikari's Medium pellet Wheat-Germ Formula, a wheat-germ-led diet formulated for easier digestion in cool water, made to sink through the water column rather than float. The Sinking Medium pellet measures about 4.0–4.3 mm, close to but not identical with the floating Medium pellet's 5.0–5.5 mm, and reaches fish and other pond species that do not come to the surface to feed. At 500 g, the pack suits a pond trying the sinking format for the first time.
Guaranteed analysis for this sinking pellet is crude protein minimum 30%, crude fat minimum 4.0%, crude fibre maximum 4.0%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 0.6%, a slightly different balance from the floating Wheat-Germ pellets. Feeding follows the same temperature bands as the floating formula: two to four times daily between 18°C and 30°C, no more than twice daily between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding below 5°C. Monitor water temperature, water quality, fish numbers and activity level, and clear away anything left uneaten after feeding. The same sinking pellet is also packed at 5 kg, and the floating Wheat-Germ Formula remains available in Small, Medium and Large pellets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom and mid-water feeders:** Other pond fish sharing the pond that do not surface-feed with the koi.
- **Windy ponds:** Where a floating pellet is blown clear of the fish before it is eaten.
- **Cool-water feeding:** The same wheat-germ-based formula used below Staple's cut-off.
- **Trial pack:** Confirming the sinking format works for a particular pond before a larger buy.
**Feeding Guide**
- **18–30°C:** Feed two to four times daily, only what is finished within five minutes.
- **5–18°C:** Cut back to no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Below 5°C:** Do not feed at all.
- **Clean up:** Remove any pellet left uneaten after each feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trial-sized pack:** 500 g to try the sinking format on a pond.
- **Sinking medium pellet:** About 4.0–4.3 mm, reaching fish that do not surface-feed.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Leads a recipe formulated for cool-water digestion.
- **Added enzyme and selenium yeast:** Included alongside the standard vitamin and mineral package.
- **Defined cold cut-off:** No feeding below 5°C, matching the floating formula.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH35342
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055353342
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Koi, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.0–4.3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 30%, crude fat min 4.0%, crude fibre max 4.0%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.6%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, wheat flour, rice germ meal, gluten meal, wheat bran, vegetable oil, brewers dried yeast, selenium yeast, garlic, enzyme, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish feeding at mid-water or on the bottom, in cool water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula Sinking M - 5kg (KH35382)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Hikari Wheat Germ Formula Sinking M - 5kg
Bulk sinking medium pellet for cool-water pond feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/wheat-germ-formula-sinking-m-5kg/
- Price: $150.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH35382 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055353823
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/30fae9c0912eb9337ea69e9b9934029012881a92.webp
A pond with several bottom-feeding fish alongside the koi, or one exposed to wind that scatters floating pellets before they are eaten, needs more than a trial-sized bag of sinking food to get through winter. Hikari Wheat Germ Formula Sinking M - 5kg (SKU: KH35382) is the 5 kg bulk pack of the sinking version of Hikari's Medium pellet Wheat-Germ Formula, the same wheat-germ-led recipe formulated for easier digestion in cool water, made to sink through the water column instead of floating. The Sinking Medium pellet measures about 4.0–4.3 mm, reaching fish and other pond species that do not feed at the surface. At 5 kg, the pack suits ponds feeding several fish on the sinking format through a full cool season.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 30%, crude fat minimum 4.0%, crude fibre maximum 4.0%, moisture maximum 10%, ash maximum 13% and phosphorus minimum 0.6%, a slightly leaner balance than the floating Wheat-Germ pellets. Feeding follows the same bands as the floating formula: two to four times daily between 18°C and 30°C, no more than twice daily between 5°C and 18°C in the warmest part of the day, and no feeding at all below 5°C. Keep an eye on water temperature, water quality, fish numbers and activity level, and remove anything left uneaten after feeding. The same sinking pellet is also packed at 500 g, and the floating Wheat-Germ Formula is available in Small, Medium and Large pellets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom and mid-water feeders:** Several pond fish that do not come to the surface with the koi.
- **Exposed or windy ponds:** Where sinking food reaches fish that a floating pellet would miss.
- **Full cool season:** A 5 kg pack sized to last from first cold weather through to spring.
- **Multiple ponds:** One bulk pack feeding more than one system on the sinking format.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Autumn warmth:** Between 18°C and 30°C, feed two to four times daily, finished within five minutes.
- **Winter chill:** Between 5°C and 18°C, feed no more than twice daily, in the warmest part of the day.
- **Freeze point:** Below 5°C, do not feed at all.
- **After feeding:** Remove anything left uneaten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk-size pack:** 5 kg for ponds feeding several fish on the sinking format.
- **Sinking medium pellet:** About 4.0–4.3 mm, reaching fish that do not surface-feed.
- **Wheat germ meal first:** Leads a recipe aimed at cool-water digestion.
- **Added enzyme and selenium yeast:** Alongside the standard vitamin and mineral package.
- **Defined cold cut-off:** No feeding below 5°C, matching the floating formula.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH35382
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055353823
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Koi, Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Pellet Size:** About 4.0–4.3 mm, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 30%, crude fat min 4.0%, crude fibre max 4.0%, moisture max 10%, ash max 13%, phosphorus min 0.6%
- **Ingredients:** Wheat germ meal, fish meal, wheat flour, rice germ meal, gluten meal, wheat bran, vegetable oil, brewers dried yeast, selenium yeast, garlic, enzyme, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 18–30°C: 2–4 times daily; 5–18°C: up to twice daily; below 5°C: do not feed
- **Ideal For:** Koi and other pond fish feeding at mid-water or on the bottom, in cool water
- **Other Sizes:** Hikari Wheat Germ Formula Sinking M - 500g (KH35342)
- **Target Environment:** Outdoor koi and pond fish ponds
---
#### Saki-Hikari Turtle Food Medium Pellet 200g
Daily floating pellet diet for aquatic turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13120
- Price: $30.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH43624 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055436243
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/KH43624.jpg
The first food a new turtle owner buys sets the routine for years, and a floating pellet fed once a day is the easiest routine there is. Saki-Hikari Turtle Food Medium Pellet 200g (SKU: KH43624) is Hikari's floating pellet for all kinds of aquatic turtles, a medium pellet of about 12 to 14 mm from the Saki-Hikari line in a 200 g pack suited to one turtle. Calcium and vitamin D3 are included for shell development, and the food is formulated to reduce waste and odour when fed as the daily diet. Fish meal leads the recipe, then dried bakery product, wheat flour and soybean meal.
The analysis guarantees at least 41% crude protein, 4% crude fat and 2% calcium, with fibre capped at 2%, moisture at 10% and ash at 14%, and vitamin D3 at 2,100 IU/kg minimum. Garlic, green tea leaves and a blend of rosemary, thyme, oregano and cinnamon bark oils are also listed. Hikari's directions are to feed once daily the amount the turtle consumes within a few minutes, and to offer less in lower water temperatures when appetite falls. Because the pellets float, feeding happens at the surface where the turtle expects it, and anything left over is netted out before it sinks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquatic turtles of all kinds:** Sliders, cooters, map turtles and other surface feeders.
- **Single turtle:** A 200 g pack that stays fresh for one animal.
- **New owners:** A once-a-day routine that is hard to get wrong.
- **Growing turtles:** A medium pellet for juveniles moving up from small sizes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once a day:** Only what is finished within a few minutes.
- **Adjust for temperature:** Less food when the water is cool.
- **Feed at the surface:** Pellets float; remove leftovers afterwards.
- **Keep it as the staple:** Fed daily for the waste and odour benefit Hikari describes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 12 to 14 mm.
- **Calcium and vitamin D3:** In the formula for shell development.
- **Lower waste and odour:** Formulated for it as the daily diet.
- **41% minimum protein:** Fish meal leads the recipe.
- **200 g pack:** Sized for a single turtle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH43624
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055436243
- **Product Type:** Food > Turtle Food (Floating Pellets)
- **Net Weight:** 200 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, about 12–14 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 41%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 2%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1%, calcium min 2%, vitamin D3 min 2,100 IU/kg
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, dried bakery product, wheat flour, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, cassava starch, flaked corn, dried seaweed meal, rice bran, DL-methionine, garlic, dried green tea leaves, rosemary, thyme, oregano and cinnamon bark oils, astaxanthin, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, calcium carbonate, calcium lactate, salt, minerals
- **Feeding:** Once daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; less in lower water temperatures
- **Suitable For:** All kinds of aquatic turtles
- **Range Sizes:** 45 g, 200 g and 567 g
---
#### Saki-Hikari Turtle Food Medium Pellet 567g
Daily floating pellet diet for aquatic turtles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13121
- Price: $60.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH43626 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055436267
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HIK-KH43626.jpg
An aquatic turtle eats at the surface and leaves a lot behind, so the food it gets every day decides how the water smells by the weekend. Saki-Hikari Turtle Food Medium Pellet 567g (SKU: KH43626) is Hikari's floating pellet for all kinds of aquatic turtles, a medium pellet of about 12 to 14 mm from the Saki-Hikari line, in a 567 g pack for a large turtle or several smaller ones. It contains calcium and vitamin D3 for shell development, and it is formulated to reduce waste and odour when fed as the daily diet. Fish meal leads the recipe.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 41% minimum, crude fat 4% minimum, crude fibre 2% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 14% maximum, phosphorus 1% minimum and calcium 2% minimum, with vitamin D3 at 2,100 IU/kg minimum. The ingredient list also carries dried seaweed meal, garlic, green tea leaves, astaxanthin and a blend of rosemary, thyme, oregano and cinnamon bark oils. Hikari's directions are simple: feed once daily the amount the turtle consumes within a few minutes, and offer less in lower water temperatures, when a turtle's appetite drops with its activity. Pellets float, so the turtle feeds at the surface and uneaten food is easy to net out.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquatic turtles of all kinds:** Sliders, cooters, map turtles and similar surface feeders.
- **Daily staple:** The main diet, with the pack size to run for months.
- **Larger turtles:** A 12 to 14 mm pellet sized for adult mouths.
- **Multiple turtles:** Households or classrooms feeding more than one.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once a day:** The amount finished within a few minutes.
- **Cooler water, less food:** Reduce the portion when temperatures drop.
- **Surface feeding:** Pellets float; net out anything left after feeding.
- **Consistent diet:** Fed as the daily diet for the waste and odour benefit Hikari describes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium floating pellet:** About 12 to 14 mm for adult turtles.
- **Calcium and vitamin D3:** Both in the recipe for shell development.
- **Lower waste and odour:** Formulated for it when fed as the daily diet.
- **41% minimum protein:** Fish meal first in the recipe.
- **567 g pack:** Months of daily feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH43626
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055436267
- **Product Type:** Food > Turtle Food (Floating Pellets)
- **Net Weight:** 567 g
- **Pellet:** Medium, about 12–14 mm, floating
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 41%, crude fat min 4%, crude fibre max 2%, moisture max 10%, ash max 14%, phosphorus min 1%, calcium min 2%, vitamin D3 min 2,100 IU/kg
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, dried bakery product, wheat flour, soybean meal, brewers dried yeast, cassava starch, flaked corn, dried seaweed meal, rice bran, DL-methionine, garlic, dried green tea leaves, rosemary, thyme, oregano and cinnamon bark oils, astaxanthin, vitamins, stabilised vitamin C, calcium carbonate, calcium lactate, salt, minerals
- **Feeding:** Once daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes; less in lower water temperatures
- **Suitable For:** All kinds of aquatic turtles
- **Range Sizes:** 45 g, 200 g and 567 g
---
### HIKARI — Freshwater aquarium
#### Hikari Fancy Guppy - 22g
Micro-Coated diet for guppies and other small livebearers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/fancy-guppy-22g/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: KH22102 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 042055221023
- Brand: HIKARI (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/hikari/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Hikari-Fancy-Guppy-22g_12312024_000858.webp
Guppies and other small livebearers have mouths too small for a standard flake or pellet, and a food that clouds the water while they peck at it defeats the purpose. Hikari Fancy Guppy - 22g (SKU: KH22102) is Hikari's daily diet for guppies and other very small tropical fish, made with a proprietary Micro-Coating that lets the pellet soften quickly without dissolving, so fish get the full ingredient package in each bite rather than losing nutrients to the water. The pellets include krill, a natural source of astaxanthin for colour, and seaweed for iodine, which Hikari says supports reproductive capacity in livebearers. The 22 g size is a practical starting pack for a household or hobby tank keeping guppies.
Guaranteed analysis is crude protein 50% minimum, crude fat 8% minimum, crude fibre 2% maximum, moisture 10% maximum, ash 18% maximum and phosphorus 1.0% minimum, a notably high-protein formula compared with Hikari's larger-fish diets. Feeding directions are two to three times daily, offering only what the fish completely consume within a few minutes, with care taken to avoid overfeeding. The Micro-Coating is specifically intended to stop nutrient leeching and water clouding, a common problem with very small, fast-softening foods. Hikari recommends Fancy Guppy as a daily diet for guppies and other very small tropical fish, which in practice extends to platies, swordtails and mollies kept alongside guppies. The 22 g pack suits a single tank or a few small tanks rather than a breeding operation running through food quickly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Guppies and small livebearers:** Platies, swordtails and mollies alongside guppies.
- **Fry and juvenile fish:** Small enough to be taken by young livebearers.
- **Single or hobby tanks:** A 22 g pack sized for a household setup.
- **Colour and reproduction support:** Krill and seaweed included for both.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds daily:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Avoid overfeeding:** Small tanks foul quickly on excess food.
- **Let it soften:** The Micro-Coating softens the pellet quickly without dissolving it.
- **Watch for clouding:** Correctly fed pellets should not cloud the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Coating technology:** Softens quickly while keeping nutrients in the pellet.
- **High protein content:** 50% minimum crude protein for small, active fish.
- **Krill for colour:** A natural source of astaxanthin.
- **Seaweed for iodine:** Supports reproductive capacity in livebearers.
- **22 g starter pack:** Sized for a household or hobby tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Hikari (Kyorin, Japan)
- **SKU:** KH22102
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 042055221023
- **Product Type:** Food > Micro Granules (Livebearer Diet)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 50%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 2%, moisture max 10%, ash max 18%, phosphorus min 1.0%
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within a few minutes
- **Ideal For:** Guppies and other very small tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** 1 kg (KH22166)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater livebearer aquariums
---
### JBL — Maintenance
#### Jbl 7 + 13 Balls (root Tabs)
Combined 20-ball clay root fertiliser pack for freshwater planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/jbl-7-13-balls-root-tabs/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102691 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162201119
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102691-1.png
A heavily planted tank with several root feeders gets through root tabs faster than a seven-ball pack can keep up with, and buying twice is less convenient than buying once. JBL 7 + 13 Balls (root Tabs) (SKU: 102691) is JBL's larger root fertiliser pack for freshwater planted aquariums, combining two sets of pressed clay balls into one pack of 20 rather than the seven balls sold on their own. Like the standalone 7 Balls product, the clay stores trace elements, including iron, and other minerals, releasing them gradually into the substrate as it breaks down rather than all at once.
The balls are pressed into the substrate close to a plant's root zone, with more balls used around larger or more demanding specimens. JBL's directions are the same as for the smaller pack: press the balls in once a year rather than dosing continually, which suits plants already established in a mature substrate. The product carries no phosphates or nitrates, so root feeding does not add nutrients to the water column that would otherwise feed algae, and stronger root growth from the steady feed is said to help the plant take up nutrients more broadly. With 20 balls rather than seven, this pack covers a larger planted area, or a tank with several heavy root feeders, from a single purchase; the smaller 7 Balls pack (SKU 102690) suits a few plants or a small tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Densely planted tanks:** Several root-feeding species that would use up a smaller pack quickly.
- **Larger aquariums:** More substrate area to cover than a seven-ball pack allows for.
- **Established plantings:** Mature substrate due for its yearly top-up.
- **Stocking up:** One purchase to cover a full year of root feeding across the tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Press into the substrate:** Push a ball into the gravel or soil near each plant's roots.
- **Use more for bigger plants:** Increase the number of balls per plant for larger specimens.
- **Spread balls across the tank:** Cover each planted area rather than concentrating the pack in one spot.
- **Reapply yearly:** Press in fresh balls about once a year as the previous dose breaks down.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 balls per pack:** Nearly three times the coverage of the 7 Balls pack.
- **Pressed clay balls:** Slow, steady nutrient release into the root zone.
- **Trace elements and iron:** Nutrients stored in the clay and released as it breaks down.
- **No phosphate or nitrate:** Feeds roots without adding algae-driving nutrients to the water.
- **Annual application:** One dose a year for established plantings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102691
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162201119
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Root Fertiliser Tabs
- **Pack Contents:** 20 clay fertiliser balls
- **Contains:** Trace elements including iron, and minerals; no phosphate or nitrate
- **Dose Rate:** One or more balls pressed into the substrate per plant, depending on size
- **Frequency:** Once a year
- **Other Sizes:** JBL 7 Balls, 7-ball pack (SKU 102690)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl 7 Balls (root Tabs)
Long-term clay root fertiliser for freshwater aquarium plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/jbl-7-balls-root-tabs/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102690 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162201102
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102690-1.png
Liquid fertiliser feeds the water column, but a heavy root feeder such as a sword plant or a cryptocoryne pulls most of its nutrition straight out of the substrate. JBL 7 Balls (root Tabs) (SKU: 102690) is JBL's clay root fertiliser for freshwater planted aquariums, supplied as a pack of seven pressed clay balls rather than a liquid or tablet additive. Each ball stores trace elements, including iron, along with other minerals, and releases them slowly into the substrate as the clay breaks down, rather than dumping nutrients into the water in one go.
The balls are pressed directly into the substrate near a plant's root zone, with the number of balls per plant scaled to how large and how demanding the plant is. JBL's directions call for one application a year, which suits plants that are already established rather than a newly planted tank still finding its feet. The product contains no phosphates or nitrates, so it feeds roots without adding to the nutrients that drive algae growth, and stronger root development from the steady feed is said to improve how well a plant takes up nutrients generally. For heavier feeders or larger planted areas, JBL also sells a combined 7 + 13 Balls pack (SKU 102691) with 20 balls in total rather than seven.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Root-feeding plants:** Swords, crypts and other species that draw nutrients mainly through the roots.
- **Established planted tanks:** Substrate that has been running for a while and needs topping up.
- **Nitrate and phosphate-sensitive tanks:** Root feeding without adding water-column nutrients that feed algae.
- **Yearly maintenance dose:** A single annual application rather than ongoing dosing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Press into the substrate:** Push a ball into the gravel or soil near the plant's root zone.
- **Scale to plant size:** Use more than one ball per plant for larger or heavier-feeding specimens.
- **Space them out:** Distribute balls across planted areas rather than clustering them in one spot.
- **Reapply yearly:** Press in fresh balls about once a year as the old ones break down.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pressed clay balls:** Slow, steady nutrient release rather than a one-off dose.
- **Trace elements and iron:** Nutrients stored in the clay and released into the root zone.
- **No phosphate or nitrate:** Feeds roots without adding algae-driving nutrients to the water.
- **Seven balls per pack:** Sized for a handful of plants or a small planted area.
- **Annual application:** One dose a year for established plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102690
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162201102
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Root Fertiliser Tabs
- **Pack Contents:** 7 clay fertiliser balls
- **Contains:** Trace elements including iron, and minerals; no phosphate or nitrate
- **Dose Rate:** One or more balls pressed into the substrate per plant, depending on size
- **Frequency:** Once a year
- **Other Sizes:** JBL 7 + 13 Balls, 20-ball combined pack (SKU 102691)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Aqua-t Triump Glass Scraper
Stainless-bladed algae scraper for large aquarium glass panes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/jbl-aqua-t-triump-glass-scraper/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112962 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162615213
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112962-1.png
Hard green-spot algae on the front pane does not come off with a pad, and reaching across a big tank with a razor blade on its own is awkward and risky. JBL Aqua-t Triump Glass Scraper (SKU: 112962) is JBL's larger pane cleaner in the Aqua-T range, built around a wide, replaceable steel blade mounted on a handle long enough to work a big display without submerging an arm to the shoulder. A rubber scraper on the opposite face doubles as a protective cap over the blade when the tool is out of the water, so it can be put down on a bench without the edge being exposed. JBL rates the Triumph as saltwater resistant, so the same tool moves between a reef sump and a planted freshwater tank.
The blade is about 14 cm wide, which clears a broad swathe of glass in each pass and suits display tanks where a narrow handheld scraper would mean many more strokes. JBL sells the Aqua-T range in two sizes; the Triumph is the larger of the two, with a smaller Aqua-T Handy model for nano tanks and tight corners. Blades are a separate, replaceable part, sold as the JBL Aqua-T Triumph Spare Blades 5pk, and the tool is designed so the blade swaps out within seconds rather than needing the whole scraper replaced. The scraper is light in the hand, which helps on long cleaning sessions across a large aquarium front.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Front and side panes where a wide blade clears algae in fewer passes.
- **Green-spot and coralline:** Hard growth that a scrubber pad will not shift on its own.
- **Freshwater or marine:** One scraper for a reef sump and a planted tank alike.
- **Routine weekly cleaning:** Alongside water changes, before the glass builds up a heavy film.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Work in overlapping strokes:** Draw the wide blade across the pane so each pass slightly overlaps the last.
- **Use the rubber face for film algae:** Flip to the scraper's other side for lighter, everyday cleaning.
- **Keep the blade flat to the glass:** Avoid angling it into the pane, which can mark acrylic.
- **Cap it when not in use:** The rubber scraper doubles as a guard over the exposed blade.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide 14 cm blade:** Clears a broad area of glass per stroke on large tanks.
- **Replaceable steel blade:** Swaps out in seconds when it dulls.
- **Dual-purpose rubber face:** Scrapes lighter algae and caps the blade when idle.
- **Saltwater resistant:** Suited to both marine and freshwater use.
- **Larger of two sizes:** JBL's bigger Aqua-T model, alongside the compact Handy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112962
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162615213
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Glass Scraper (Replaceable Blade)
- **Blade Width:** About 14 cm
- **Blade Type:** Steel, replaceable
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and saltwater (saltwater resistant)
- **Compatible Spare Part:** JBL Aqua-T Triumph Spare Blades 5pk (SKU 112963)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with glass panes
---
#### Jbl Aqua-t Triumph Spare Blades 5pk
Five replacement steel blades for the JBL Aqua-T Triumph scraper.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/jbl-aqua-t-triumph-spare-blades-5pk/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112963 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162615244
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112963-1.png
A scraper blade dulls long before the handle wears out, and running a blunt edge over the glass just smears algae instead of lifting it. JBL Aqua-t Triumph Spare Blades 5pk (SKU: 112963) is the replacement blade pack for the JBL Aqua-T Triumph glass pane cleaner, supplied as five steel blades in a small protective case rather than a single spare. Each blade drops into the Triumph's blade holder in place of the worn one, restoring a clean edge without buying a new scraper. The case the blades ship in keeps the unused spares from being handled directly, which matters with a razor-sharp edge, and a worn blade lifted straight out of the holder is safest disposed of back in that same case rather than loose in household rubbish.
JBL designs the Triumph so blades change over within seconds: the old blade lifts out of the holder and a fresh one from this pack clips straight in. Five blades covers several months of weekly cleaning on a typical display tank before a new pack is needed, and because the pack is sold separately from the scraper, the handle, rubber scraper face and protective cap never need replacing on their own account. These blades are sized specifically for the Triumph's wider 14 cm holder and are not interchangeable with the smaller Aqua-T Handy model, which takes its own narrower spare blade pack. Keeping a pack on hand also means a cleaning session is never cut short by a dulled edge partway through a large tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dulled blade on the Triumph scraper:** When algae smears rather than lifts cleanly off the glass.
- **Heavy coralline or green-spot removal:** A fresh edge cuts hard deposits more effectively than a worn one.
- **Stocking up:** Keeping a spare pack on hand avoids a cleaning session being cut short.
- **After accidental damage:** A chipped or bent blade swapped out rather than persisted with.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Open the blade holder:** Release the Triumph's blade clip as shown on the scraper body.
- **Remove the old blade:** Lift it out of the holder, handling it by the edges away from the cutting side.
- **Fit a fresh blade from the case:** Slot a new blade from this 5-pack into the same holder.
- **Store spares in the case:** Keep unused blades in the protective box until needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five blades per pack:** Several replacements without buying a new scraper.
- **Seconds to swap:** Drops straight into the Triumph's existing blade holder.
- **Protective case:** Keeps spare blades contained until they are fitted.
- **Sized for the Triumph:** Matches the wider 14 cm blade holder, not the Handy model.
- **Steel construction:** Holds an edge through repeated algae scraping.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112963
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162615244
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Scraper Replacement Blades
- **Pack Count:** 5 blades
- **Blade Material:** Steel
- **Fits:** JBL Aqua-T Triumph glass scraper (SKU 112962)
- **Packaging:** Supplied in a protective case
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with glass panes
---
#### Jbl Impeller Cleaning Kit
Rubber-tipped extractor and brush for filter impeller servicing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/jbl-impeller-cleaning-kit/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102786 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162601148
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102786-1.jpg
A canister filter that has gone quiet in flow but still looks clean inside the media baskets is often fouled at the impeller, in a spot a cloth cannot reach. JBL Impeller Cleaning Kit (SKU: 102786) is JBL's two-piece impeller servicing tool, pairing a rubber-tipped extractor with a cleaning brush. The extractor is shaped to grip and pull the bearing bush from the end of the ceramic shaft that the impeller spins on, a part that sits recessed in the motor housing and is otherwise difficult to draw out by hand. The brush is sized for the impeller tunnel itself, the moulded chamber the impeller rotates inside, where mineral deposits and slime build up out of sight.
JBL markets the kit alongside its CristalProfi canister filters, and an Australian aquarium retailer lists the same tool as suitable for other JBL external filters as well as filters and pumps from other brands. Working the brush around the impeller tunnel and freeing the bearing bush with the extractor clears the build-up that causes reduced flow, humming or a rattling impeller, restoring the pump closer to its original performance. It is a hand tool only, with no electrical parts and no reagents, intended for use during a routine filter strip-down rather than for daily maintenance. JBL does not publish dimensions or a material specification for the kit beyond the rubber tip itself.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reduced water flow:** Output has dropped even though the filter media is clean.
- **Noisy impeller:** A rattle, hum or vibration from the filter head during normal running.
- **Scheduled servicing:** A routine strip-down between media changes, to keep the impeller assembly free of build-up.
- **Before reassembly:** Clearing the bearing and tunnel as a final step before the filter head goes back together.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Strip the filter head:** Unplug the filter, remove the impeller cover and lift out the impeller and shaft.
- **Pull the bearing bush:** Fit the rubber tip over the bush at the end of the ceramic shaft and draw it free.
- **Brush the tunnel:** Work the brush around the inside of the impeller chamber to clear grit and mineral deposits.
- **Rinse and reassemble:** Rinse both parts in clean water, refit the bush and impeller, then close the cover and restart the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two tools in one kit:** A rubber-tipped extractor and a separate cleaning brush.
- **Reaches the bearing bush:** Draws the bush off the end of the ceramic shaft without damaging it.
- **Purpose-sized brush:** Fits the impeller tunnel where build-up is otherwise hidden.
- **Cross-brand use:** Listed as suitable for filters and pumps beyond the JBL range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102786
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162601148
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Impeller Cleaning Tools
- **Contents:** One rubber-tipped bearing extractor, one impeller tunnel brush
- **Use:** Manual hand tool; no reagents or power required
- **Compatibility:** JBL CristalProfi canister filters; also listed as suitable for other brands' filters and pumps
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine canister filters
---
#### Jbl Proclean Aqua (glass Cleaning Solution) 250ml
Aquarium-safe glass cleaner spray that lifts limescale from tank panes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/jbl-proclean-aqua-glass-cleaning-solution-250ml/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112897 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162613851
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/JBL-Clean-A-250ml.png
The white crust of limescale along the waterline and the misty film on the front glass spoil the view, yet household window sprays have no place near an aquarium. JBL ProClean Aqua (Glass Cleaning Solution) 250ml (SKU: 112897) is JBL's glass cleaner for aquarium and terrarium panes, a 250 mL bottle with a pump spray head, made to remove even stubborn limescale. JBL states that it is safe for fish, invertebrates and plants, and its FAQ confirms that the ProClean glass cleaners can be used on the inside of aquarium and terrarium panes without concern for the animals. Ordinary household glass cleaners, by contrast, can harm pets, and JBL warns that they should not get into the air or water around them.
JBL publishes the formula under the European detergent rules: water, alcohol, acetic acid, perfume, sodium benzoate and colourant. The acetic acid is what dissolves the lime. Use is simple: spray to wet the pane, then dry it with a soft, lint-free cloth, and repeat where deposits remain. For heavier limescale, leave the spray on for a few minutes before wiping. Above the waterline, and on edges and rims close to the water, spray onto the cloth rather than the glass, which gives better control and keeps overspray off the water surface. The cleaner also suits the outside of the tank, terrarium glass, and the hoods and cover glasses that collect splash marks and salt creep. JBL even suggests it for loosening coarse dirt from CO 2 reaction vessels before they are washed by hand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Limescale lines:** White deposits left at the waterline as water evaporates.
- **Front glass:** Fingerprints, splashes and water spots on the outside of the tank.
- **Cover glasses and hoods:** Dried mineral marks that cut the light reaching the tank.
- **Terrariums:** Glass panes in reptile and amphibian enclosures.
**How to Use**
- **Spray the pane:** Wet the glass with an even spray from the pump head.
- **Dwell on limescale:** Allow a few minutes on hard deposits before wiping.
- **Wipe dry:** Use a soft, lint-free cloth; repeat if marks remain.
- **Near the water:** Spray the cloth, not the glass, for rims and the waterline.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Removes stubborn limescale:** Acetic acid dissolves mineral deposits on glass.
- **Safe for livestock:** JBL states it is safe for fish, invertebrates and plants.
- **Inside or outside:** Suitable for the inner panes as well as the exterior.
- **Pump spray head:** A fine, controllable spray with no aerosol.
- **Declared ingredients:** Full ingredient list published by JBL.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112897
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162613851
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Aquarium Glass Cleaner
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL with pump sprayer
- **Ingredients:** Aqua, alcohol, acetic acid, parfum, sodium benzoate, colourant
- **Use:** Spray, then wipe dry with a lint-free cloth
- **Suitable Surfaces:** Aquarium and terrarium glass, inside and outside
- **Livestock Safety:** Safe for fish, invertebrates and plants (maker statement)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and terrariums
---
#### Jbl Proscape Cleaning Glove S/m
Metal-fibre glove for scrubbing algae off glass and decor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/jbl-proscape-cleaning-glove-s-m/
- Price: $39.52 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112896 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162613790
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112896-1.png
A handheld scraper only reaches where it is pointed, while a whole hand wrapped in an abrasive fabric reaches into every corner, around every rock and along every leaf in one pass. Jbl Proscape Cleaning Glove S/m (SKU: 112896) is JBL's aquarium cleaning glove, woven from 64% polyester, 34% metallised polyester and 2% elastane with fine metal fibres run through the fabric, letting a bare hand scrub algae and deposits off glass, decorations and equipment just by rubbing the area. The S/M size covers smaller to medium hands, and the glove goes on like an ordinary fabric glove rather than needing a cuff or strap fitted separately.
Because it is a glove rather than a tool, it follows the contour of rockwork, filter intakes and plant leaves instead of only working on flat glass, and JBL lists cleaning technical items and pump housings among its uses alongside the usual front and side panes. The metal fibres do the abrading, so no separate pad or blade is needed and nothing is left loose in the tank afterwards. Care is simple: rinse the glove in lukewarm water after use and dry it away from direct sunlight, with no soap or detergent needed for the cleaning itself. It is sized for one hand at a time, so a left and right pair is bought as two gloves if both hands are to be used.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae on glass:** Routine scrubbing of film and spot algae on the viewing panes.
- **Decor and rockwork:** Reaching into the contours of ornaments and hardscape a flat tool cannot follow.
- **Plant leaves:** Wiping algae off broad leaves without a blade anywhere near them.
- **Equipment cleaning:** Hand-cleaning filter intakes, pump housings and other technical parts.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Wet the glove first:** Submerge the hand in tank water before scrubbing to avoid dry friction on glass.
- **Work in sections:** Rub the glass, decor or equipment surface by hand rather than scraping with a tool.
- **Mind acrylic tanks:** Use lighter pressure on acrylic, since the metal fibres can mark softer surfaces.
- **Rinse and air-dry:** Rinse in lukewarm water after use and dry away from direct sunlight.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Metal-fibre fabric:** 64% polyester, 34% metallised polyester, 2% elastane for an abrasive scrubbing surface.
- **Full-hand reach:** Follows rockwork, decor and plant leaves rather than only flat glass.
- **No loose tool:** The glove itself does the scrubbing, with nothing left in the tank afterwards.
- **Equipment-safe cleaning:** Suited to pump housings and other technical parts as well as glass.
- **S/M sizing:** Fitted for smaller to medium hands.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112896
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162613790
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Cleaning Glove
- **Material:** 64% polyester, 34% metallised polyester (MPET), 2% elastane, with metal fibres
- **Size:** S/M (smaller to medium hand)
- **Care:** Rinse in lukewarm water; dry away from direct sunlight
- **Use:** One glove per hand; a second is needed to cover the other hand
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### JBL — Medication
#### Jbl Limcollect (snail Trap)
Chemical-free overnight trap for pest snails, with an adjustable entry to keep fish out.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medication/jbl-limcollect-snail-trap/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124702 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162614018
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Medication (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medication/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/124702-1.jpg
A few pond or bladder snails arrive on a new plant and, given spare food, a few become hundreds within weeks. JBL LimCollect (Snail Trap) (SKU: 124702) is JBL's LimCollect II, a chemical-free trap that catches unwanted snails in the aquarium, and also shrimp or crabs that need to be removed, without dosing anything into the water. It is baited with food and left in the tank overnight; snails find their way in to feed and do not find their way out, so in the morning the trap is lifted out with its catch. Because nothing is added to the water, it can be used in tanks with shrimp, plants and sensitive fish where snail-killing medications are not an option.
The entry has a variable height limit set by two small rods supplied in the pack. They are pushed in at the height wanted to narrow the opening, so snails can crawl in while fish are kept from swimming into the trap by accident. If a small fish does get in, JBL has designed the water flow through the trap so that it will not run short of oxygen before the trap is emptied. The trap measures about 11.7 × 9 cm and comes as a single complete unit. Bait it with a food the snails go for, such as a food tablet or a piece of blanched vegetable, and set it on the substrate in the evening, ideally where snails are seen most. Repeat over several nights to bring numbers down, and cut back feeding at the same time so the snail population has less to live on once the trap has done its work.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Snail outbreaks:** Pond, bladder and ramshorn snails multiplying on leftover food.
- **Shrimp and planted tanks:** Pest control without chemicals that would harm invertebrates.
- **Removing shrimp or crabs:** Catching an unwanted shrimp or crab without tearing down the scape.
- **Before medicating:** Reducing numbers first so fewer dead snails foul the water.
**How to Use**
- **Bait the trap:** Place food in the trap; something with a strong scent draws snails quickest.
- **Set the rods:** Insert the two rods to the height that admits snails but not fish.
- **Leave overnight:** Place it on the substrate in the evening, when snails are most active.
- **Empty and repeat:** Remove the trap in the morning, dispose of the catch and set it again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chemical-free:** Catches snails without adding anything to the water.
- **Adjustable entry:** Two rods set a height limit to keep fish out.
- **Fish-safe flow:** Designed so trapped fish do not run short of oxygen.
- **Shrimp and crabs too:** Also catches unwanted shrimp or crabs.
- **Reusable:** Rinse after each use and set it again as needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 124702
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162614018
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Snail Trap
- **Manufacturer Item:** JBL LimCollect II (6140100)
- **Size:** About 11.7 × 9 cm
- **Contents:** 1 snail trap with 2 height-limit rods
- **Method:** Baited trap, used overnight; no chemicals
- **Catches:** Snails; also shrimp and crabs
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums with pest snails, including shrimp and planted tanks
---
#### Jbl Placollect (flatworm Trap)
Chemical-free baited trap for planaria in freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medication/jbl-placollect-flatworm-trap/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724794 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162614551
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Medication (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medication/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/jbl-placollect.webp
Planaria usually show up as small, gliding white or brown worms on the glass after a spell of heavy feeding, and in shrimp tanks they are more than a cosmetic problem. JBL Placollect (Flatworm Trap) (SKU: 724794) is JBL's PlaCollect, a chemical-free trap for catching flatworms (planaria) that JBL describes as completely non-toxic in both freshwater and marine water. It is a slim tube about 13 cm long with a thin entrance tube at one end; baited with food and set overnight, it draws the worms in, and the next day they are rinsed out with the catch. As nothing is added to the water, it suits shrimp tanks and planted aquariums where anti-worm treatments could harm invertebrates.
JBL recommends its NovoTab food tablets as bait, and notes in its FAQ that PlanktonPur has also given good results, as planaria can be fussy eaters. The trap must be completely filled with water before the white lid is closed, so it sinks and the scent of the bait can draw the worms in. The thin entrance tube has to touch the bottom. The supplied suction pad, used alone or with the transparent cord, holds the trap at a slant of around 45°, like a small ramp up from the substrate; alternatively the trap can be buried so only the tube reaches the gravel surface. After a night in the tank, the trap is emptied by opening the lower plug and the upper screw top and rinsing it through under running water. JBL points out that it is not suitable for bristle worms, which are too thick for the entrance tube. Cutting back on feeding while trapping helps keep the population from rebuilding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planaria on the glass:** Flatworms appearing after heavy feeding or new plants.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Removing worms without chemicals that could harm shrimp.
- **Freshwater or marine:** JBL describes it as non-toxic in both water types.
- **Ongoing control:** Repeated overnight sets to keep numbers down.
**How to Use**
- **Bait it:** Put a JBL NovoTab, or PlanktonPur, inside the trap.
- **Fill completely:** Fill the trap with water before closing the white lid so it sinks.
- **Angle the entrance:** Use the suction pad and cord to set it at about 45°, tube touching the floor.
- **Empty next day:** Open the lower plug and upper screw top and rinse under running water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chemical-free:** Catches planaria without medicating the tank.
- **Non-toxic:** Suitable for freshwater and marine aquariums.
- **Thin entrance tube:** Admits flatworms while keeping larger animals out.
- **Angled mounting:** Suction pad and cord hold it at a slant over the bottom.
- **Easy emptying:** Plug and screw top open for a quick rinse.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724794
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162614551
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Planaria (Flatworm) Trap
- **Manufacturer Item:** JBL PlaCollect (6145500)
- **Length:** About 13 cm
- **Contents:** 1 planaria trap, transparent cord, suction pad
- **Recommended Bait:** JBL NovoTab; JBL PlanktonPur also used
- **Not Suitable For:** Bristle worms
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### JBL — Accessories
#### Jbl 12/16mm Aquarium Hose (grey) On 40m Reel
Multi-purpose PVC tubing for filters and water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-12-16mm-aquarium-hose-grey-on-40m-reel/
- Price: $249.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102762 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162066961
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102762-1.png
A canister filter plumbing job, a water-change siphon and a dosing line can all need the same grey tubing, and running out mid-job means a trip back to the shop. JBL 12/16mm Aquarium Hose (grey) On 40m Reel (SKU: 102762) is JBL's multi-purpose PVC aquarium tubing in the 12 mm inner / 16 mm outer diameter size, supplied on a single reel rather than cut lengths, for filter plumbing, water changes and general aquarium set-up work. The tubing is grey-transparent rather than clear; JBL gives the hose its grey tint specifically to slow algae growth inside the tube, which keeps flow and visibility through the hose better over time than a fully clear hose. The material is free of heavy metals and is printed along its length with the diameter and an EAN code, so a cut length can still be identified later.
JBL rates this tubing as resistant to ozone, oil, salt, acid, alkalis, petrol, grease and non-polar solvents, which covers the common chemicals and conditions found around a fish room or filter cabinet. The 12/16 mm size is JBL's step below its largest 16/22 mm hose, and suits inlet and outlet connections on small to mid-size canister filters, internal pump tubing and permanent water-change or top-up lines where a slightly smaller bore is enough. Because the tubing comes on a reel, lengths are cut to size for each job rather than bought pre-measured, and the remainder stays on hand for the next repair or new tank. JBL's standard retail reel for this diameter runs to 50 m, so the exact length on this particular reel is worth confirming against the name before ordering for a large plumbing run.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister filter plumbing:** Inlet and outlet runs on small to mid-size external filters.
- **Water changes and top-ups:** A dedicated hose kept made up for routine maintenance.
- **Internal pump and powerhead tubing:** General-purpose connections around the tank.
- **Multi-tank systems:** A bulk reel on hand for repeat jobs across several aquariums.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Cut square:** A clean, square cut seats properly on barbed fittings and hose clamps.
- **Warm stiff tubing:** Soften a cold or stiff length in warm water before fitting it over a barb.
- **Secure with clamps on pressurised lines:** Use a hose clamp where the run is under pump pressure.
- **Replace when discoloured or brittle:** Cut a fresh length from the reel rather than persisting with a hardened hose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12/16 mm bore:** Inner/outer diameter suited to small and mid-size filter plumbing.
- **Grey-tinted PVC:** Slows internal algae growth compared with clear tubing.
- **Chemical resistant:** Stands up to ozone, oil, salt, acids, alkalis, petrol and grease.
- **Free of heavy metals:** Safe for long-term contact with aquarium water.
- **Printed length markings:** Diameter and EAN code printed along the hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102762
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162066961
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Tubing (PVC)
- **Diameter:** 12 mm inner / 16 mm outer
- **Material:** Grey-tinted PVC, free of heavy metals
- **Chemical Resistance:** Ozone, oil, salt, acid, alkalis, petrol, grease and non-polar solvents
- **Reel Length:** As supplied on this 40 m reel
- **Other Sizes:** 16/22 mm on 18 m reel (SKU 102763)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium plumbing
---
#### Jbl 16/22mm Aquarium Hose (grey) On 18m Reel
High-flow PVC tubing for larger filters and sump plumbing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-16-22mm-aquarium-hose-grey-on-18m-reel/
- Price: $139.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102763 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162066978
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102763-1.png
A big canister filter or a sump return line moves more water than a thin hose can carry without strangling the flow, and that is where the wider end of JBL's tubing range comes in. JBL 16/22mm Aquarium Hose (grey) On 18m Reel (SKU: 102763) is JBL's multi-purpose PVC aquarium tubing in the largest 16 mm inner / 22 mm outer diameter, supplied on a reel for filter plumbing, sump connections and other high-flow jobs rather than sold as a single pre-cut length. Like the rest of the range it is grey-transparent, a tint JBL uses to slow algae growth on the inside of the hose, and it is manufactured free of heavy metals with the diameter and an EAN code printed along the tubing itself.
JBL rates the tubing as resistant to ozone, oil, salt, acid, alkalis, petrol, grease and non-polar solvents, covering the chemicals typically encountered around aquarium filtration. The wider 16/22 mm bore is intended for larger canister filters, sump-to-display return lines and other set-ups where the smaller 12/16 mm hose would restrict flow, and it is the top size in JBL's grey tubing range. Supplied on a reel rather than cut lengths, it lets a fishroom or workshop take off exactly what a job needs and set the remaining length aside for the next one. JBL's own retail reel for this diameter is normally 25 m, so the exact length on this particular reel is worth checking against the name before planning a large plumbing run.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large canister filters:** Inlet and outlet runs on filters rated for higher flow.
- **Sump and overflow plumbing:** Return lines where a wider bore reduces back-pressure.
- **High-flow pump connections:** Powerheads and external pumps moving large volumes.
- **Multi-tank or system plumbing:** A reel kept on hand for repeat high-flow jobs.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Cut square:** A clean, square cut seats properly over barbed fittings.
- **Warm stiff tubing:** Soften the hose in warm water before working it onto a barb.
- **Clamp pressurised runs:** Fit a hose clamp wherever the line carries pump pressure.
- **Replace when discoloured or brittle:** Cut a fresh length from the reel instead of persisting with aged tubing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **16/22 mm bore:** The widest size in JBL's grey tubing range, for high-flow plumbing.
- **Grey-tinted PVC:** Slows internal algae growth compared with clear tubing.
- **Chemical resistant:** Stands up to ozone, oil, salt, acids, alkalis, petrol and grease.
- **Free of heavy metals:** Safe for long-term contact with aquarium water.
- **Printed length markings:** Diameter and EAN code printed along the hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102763
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162066978
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Tubing (PVC)
- **Diameter:** 16 mm inner / 22 mm outer
- **Material:** Grey-tinted PVC, free of heavy metals
- **Chemical Resistance:** Ozone, oil, salt, acid, alkalis, petrol, grease and non-polar solvents
- **Reel Length:** As supplied on this 18 m reel
- **Other Sizes:** 12/16 mm on 40 m reel (SKU 102762)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium plumbing
---
#### Jbl Artemio 1 Brine Shrimp Hatchery
Funnel-shaped Artemia hatching container for live food culture.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-artemio-1-brine-shrimp-hatchery/
- Price: $87.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102760 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162610614
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102760-1.png
Newly hatched fry often need something smaller and livelier than flake food, and brine shrimp nauplii hatched at home arrive at exactly the right size. JBL Artemio 1 Brine Shrimp Hatchery (SKU: 102760) is the base unit of JBL's modular Artemio system, a funnel-shaped breeding container with a dome-style lid mounted on its own stand. Artemia cysts and salt go into the funnel, and with aeration keeping them in constant motion the cysts hatch into live nauplii within 24 to 48 hours. The funnel shape is designed so hatched nauplii and empty shells settle and separate, and a bayonet catch lets the container attach to its stand or to additional stands for a bigger set-up.
This hatchery is sold as the container and stand only, without an air pump or air hose, so an existing air pump and a length of airline (available separately) are needed to aerate the culture. Once hatching is complete, the water is drained from the bottom of the funnel through a sieve, sold separately as JBL Artemio 3 or Artemio 4, and the nauplii are collected in a catching cup, JBL Artemio 2, before being fed out. Several Artemio 1 units can be set up on staggered schedules from one air pump, so a continuous supply of newly hatched nauplii is available for fry that need feeding several times a day. Wall mounting is optional where bench space is tight.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and small fish:** Live nauplii sized for mouths too small for flake or pellet food.
- **Breeding programs:** A dependable live-food supply timed around spawns.
- **Staggered hatching:** Several units started a day apart for a continuous supply.
- **First Artemio purchase:** The base hatchery that the rest of the Artemio system builds on.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the stand:** Attach the funnel container to its stand with the bayonet catch.
- **Add water, salt and cysts:** Fill the funnel and add Artemia salt and eggs.
- **Connect aeration:** Run airline from an air pump into the container to keep the cysts in motion.
- **Harvest after 24–48 hours:** Drain the water through a sieve into a catching cup.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Funnel-shaped container:** Separates hatched nauplii from shells as they settle.
- **Dome-style lid:** Covers the culture while aeration keeps cysts moving.
- **Bayonet-fit stand:** Attaches and detaches without tools; extra stands connect the same way.
- **Expandable system:** Multiple units run on staggered schedules from one air pump.
- **24–48 hour hatch:** Brine shrimp nauplii ready to feed within two days.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102760
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162610614
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Hatchery
- **Included:** Funnel breeding container with dome lid, stand and mounting screws
- **Not Included:** Air pump, air hose, Artemia eggs and salt
- **Hatching Time:** 24–48 hours
- **Companion Products:** JBL Artemio 2 catching cup, Artemio 3 or Artemio 4 sieve
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fry-rearing set-ups
---
#### Jbl Artemio 2 Catching Cup
Transparent harvesting container for the JBL Artemio hatchery system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-artemio-2-catching-cup/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113259 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162610621
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113259-1.png
Once a batch of brine shrimp has hatched, the water has to go somewhere while the live nauplii are caught, and a kitchen cup is never quite the right shape for the job. JBL Artemio 2 Catching Cup (SKU: 113259) is the transparent harvesting container built for JBL's Artemio hatchery system, sold separately from the Artemio 1 funnel it is used alongside. The cup sits under the hatchery while the hatched water is released, and it is shaped to take the Artemio sieves directly, so there is no fiddling with a separate net or strainer at the moment the nauplii are released.
The cup is moulded from sturdy, see-through plastic so the catch can be checked at a glance before it goes to the fish. It fits the JBL Artemio 3 single sieve and the JBL Artemio 4 sieve combination exactly, both sold separately, and either sieve clips onto the cup to strain Artemia nauplii, or other fine live or frozen food, out of the water that drains from the hatchery. One cup is generally enough for a single hatchery, though a fish room running several Artemio 1 units on a staggered schedule may keep a spare on hand so a catch is never left waiting. JBL's own care advice for the Artemio range is to wash the cup by hand rather than in a dishwasher, since the heat can distort the plastic; a soft brush or a mild aquarium-safe cleaner lifts any salt residue or coarse dirt that builds up around the rim.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Harvesting hatched nauplii:** Catching live Artemia as the hatchery is drained.
- **Straining other live foods:** With an Artemio sieve fitted, for small live or frozen foods generally.
- **Multiple hatcheries:** A spare cup for a fish room running staggered Artemio 1 units.
- **Replacing a lost or cracked cup:** A direct spare part for the Artemio system.
**How to Use**
- **Position the cup:** Place it under the Artemio 1 hatchery's drain before releasing water.
- **Fit a sieve:** Clip the Artemio 3 or Artemio 4 sieve onto the cup's rim.
- **Drain through the sieve:** Let the hatching water run out while the mesh catches the nauplii.
- **Rinse after use:** Clean the cup with fresh water before storing it for next time.
- **Wash by hand:** Avoid the dishwasher, which can warp the plastic over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Transparent body:** See the catch clearly before feeding it out.
- **Sturdy plastic:** Stands up to repeated use around a hatchery.
- **Exact sieve fit:** Matches both the Artemio 3 and Artemio 4 sieves.
- **Standalone spare part:** Sold separately for replacement or a second hatchery.
- **Simple, tool-free use:** Sieve clips straight onto the cup.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113259
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162610621
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Harvesting Cup
- **Material:** Sturdy, transparent plastic
- **Compatible Sieves:** JBL Artemio 3 (single sieve) and Artemio 4 (sieve combination)
- **Used With:** JBL Artemio 1 Brine Shrimp Hatchery
- **Pack Contents:** 1 harvesting cup
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fry-rearing set-ups
---
#### Jbl Artemio 3 Sieve 1pk
Fine 0.15 mm mesh sieve for the JBL Artemio catching cup.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-artemio-3-sieve-1pk/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162610638
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113260-1.png
Newly hatched brine shrimp nauplii are barely visible, and an ordinary net mesh is far too coarse to hold on to them as the hatching water drains away. JBL Artemio 3 Sieve 1pk (SKU: 113260) is the single fine sieve for JBL's Artemio hatchery system, supplied as one sieve rather than the multi-mesh set. It clips onto the JBL Artemio 2 catching cup, sold separately, so the water released from the Artemio 1 hatchery runs through the mesh while nauplii stay behind in the cup.
JBL fits this sieve with a 0.15 mm mesh, fine enough to retain Artemia nauplii as small as they are straight out of the shell, and it is the mesh size used in JBL's complete ArtemioSet starter kit. The same sieve suits other fine live foods beyond brine shrimp, and it works equally in freshwater and marine set-ups. A new or dry sieve can resist water at first; wetting both sides or tapping the underside gets flow started before the first use. It is a spare part sold on its own, so a damaged or lost sieve does not mean replacing the whole catching cup. JBL's care advice for the Artemio range is to wash components by hand rather than in a dishwasher, since the heat can distort the plastic mesh frame over repeated cycles.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Harvesting Artemia nauplii:** Straining newly hatched brine shrimp from the hatchery's drain water.
- **Fine live foods generally:** Any live food small enough to need a 0.15 mm mesh.
- **Replacing a damaged sieve:** A direct spare part for the ArtemioSet.
- **Starting the Artemio system:** The entry-level sieve alongside the Artemio 1 and Artemio 2.
**How to Use**
- **Fit to the cup:** Attach the sieve to the rim of the JBL Artemio 2 catching cup.
- **Wet a new sieve:** Moisten both sides, or tap the underside, if water will not pass through at first.
- **Drain through the mesh:** Release the hatchery's water so nauplii are caught in the sieve.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean the mesh after each use to keep it from clogging.
- **Wash by hand:** Avoid the dishwasher, which can warp the mesh frame.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.15 mm mesh:** Fine enough to retain newly hatched Artemia nauplii.
- **Single sieve pack:** One sieve, the mesh size used in the complete ArtemioSet.
- **Fits the Artemio 2 cup:** Clips directly onto the catching cup's rim.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Suits live-food straining in either water type.
- **Versatile mesh:** Also suited to other fine live foods, not only brine shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162610638
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Sieve
- **Mesh Size:** 0.15 mm
- **Pack Contents:** 1 sieve
- **Fits:** JBL Artemio 2 catching cup
- **Other Sizes:** Artemio 4 sieve combination, 0.15/0.3/0.6/1.0 mm (SKU 113261)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fry-rearing set-ups
---
#### Jbl Artemio 4 Sieve 4pk
Four-mesh sieve combination for grading live and frozen foods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-artemio-4-sieve-4pk/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113261 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162610645
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113261-1.png
Different fry need different sized food at different ages, and a single sieve only ever does one job. JBL Artemio 4 Sieve 4pk (SKU: 113261) is JBL's sieve combination for the Artemio hatchery system, four separate sieves in mesh sizes 0.15 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.6 mm and 1.0 mm rather than the single fine mesh in the Artemio 3 pack. Like the Artemio 3 sieve, each one fits the JBL Artemio 2 catching cup, sold separately, so water from the Artemio 1 hatchery drains through whichever mesh suits the job at hand.
The four mesh sizes let live food be screened out quickly and efficiently at different stages, from the finest 0.15 mm mesh for freshly hatched Artemia nauplii up to the coarser 1.0 mm mesh for older nauplii or other small live foods. Beyond brine shrimp, JBL notes the sieve inserts also work for thawing frozen food, letting condensation and melt water drain away from the food before it is fed out. The set suits both freshwater and marine set-ups, and because it is a spare part sold on its own, a lost or torn mesh in one size does not mean buying the whole combination again. JBL's care advice for the Artemio range is to wash each sieve by hand rather than in a dishwasher, since the heat can distort the plastic mesh frames over time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing-on fry:** Moving from the finest mesh up to coarser sizes as fish grow.
- **Grading live food:** Separating different sizes of live food for different tanks.
- **Thawing frozen food:** Draining melt water from frozen food before feeding.
- **Replacing a damaged sieve:** Swapping in a spare mesh without buying a new catching cup.
**How to Use**
- **Choose the mesh:** Pick the sieve size that matches the food or the fry being fed.
- **Fit to the cup:** Clip the chosen sieve onto the rim of the Artemio 2 catching cup.
- **Drain through the mesh:** Release water or melt from frozen food through the sieve.
- **Rinse each sieve:** Clean all four after use to keep the fine mesh from clogging.
- **Wash by hand:** Avoid the dishwasher, which can warp the mesh frames.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four mesh sizes:** 0.15 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.6 mm and 1.0 mm in one pack.
- **Grades live food by size:** Matches mesh to fry age or food type.
- **Fits the Artemio 2 cup:** Clips directly onto the catching cup's rim.
- **Doubles for frozen food:** Drains condensation from thawing frozen food.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Suits either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113261
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162610645
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Sieve
- **Mesh Sizes:** 0.15 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.6 mm, 1.0 mm (4 sieves)
- **Pack Contents:** 4 sieves
- **Fits:** JBL Artemio 2 catching cup
- **Other Sizes:** Artemio 3 single sieve, 0.15 mm (SKU 113260)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fry-rearing set-ups
---
#### Jbl Ceramic Spawning Cave
Fired clay cave for cave-breeding freshwater fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-ceramic-spawning-cave/
- Price: $23.72 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724796 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162615015
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724796-1.png
Catfish and cichlids that spawn in caves will not use open gravel no matter how well a tank is planted, and a flowerpot on its side rarely gets the dimensions right. JBL Ceramic Spawning Cave (SKU: 724796) is JBL's fired clay cave for freshwater aquariums, made from a neutral, water-safe clay that JBL states releases no pollutants into the water. Outside the breeding season it works just as well as a general hiding place, so the cave earns its spot in the tank even between spawns.
JBL aims the cave at cave-breeding species such as long-whiskered catfish and rainbow kribs, fish that look for an enclosed space to lay and guard eggs rather than an open surface. The piece stands about 12.5 cm tall with an opening around 11.5 cm across, large enough for a pair of fish to enter and defend without the cave becoming a maze they cannot find their way out of. Its plain, neutral design is meant to sit naturally in a freshwater aquascape rather than drawing attention to itself, and because it is fired clay rather than painted resin, it holds up to long-term submersion without the surface breaking down. One cave suits a single breeding pair or territory; a tank housing several pairs of the same species generally needs a cave each to avoid territorial disputes. Keeping the cave clear of a filter outlet or heater also helps, since eggs and fry are sensitive to strong direct flow and to warm surfaces nearby.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cave-breeding catfish:** Long-whiskered catfish and similar species seeking an enclosed spawning site.
- **Rainbow kribs and dwarf cichlids:** Cave spawners that guard eggs inside a defended hole.
- **Outside the breeding season:** A general hiding place and territory marker for shy fish.
- **Multiple pairs:** One cave per breeding pair to reduce territorial conflict.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash the cave in clean water before it goes into the tank.
- **Seat it on the substrate:** Settle it into gravel or sand so it sits stable and will not topple.
- **Leave the entrance clear:** Position it so the opening is not blocked by plants or decor.
- **Clean during water changes:** Wipe away algae or debris by hand without detergents.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fired, neutral clay:** No pollutants released into aquarium water.
- **Cave-breeding design:** An enclosed space for catfish and dwarf cichlids to spawn in.
- **Year-round hiding place:** Useful outside the breeding season as general shelter.
- **Durable ceramic construction:** Holds up to permanent submersion without breaking down.
- **Neutral look:** Blends into a freshwater aquascape rather than standing out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724796
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162615015
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Ceramic Breeding Cave
- **Material:** Fired, water-neutral clay
- **Dimensions:** About 12.5 cm high, 11.5 cm diameter opening
- **Ideal For:** Long-whiskered catfish, rainbow kribs and other cave-breeding species
- **Pack Contents:** 1 ceramic spawning cave
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Jbl Discon (plastic Discus Spawning Cone)
Conical spawning aid for egg-laying discus.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-discon-plastic-discus-spawning-cone/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724795 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162613660
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724795-1.png
Discus pairs are fussy about where they lay, and a tank without the right surface can mean an otherwise healthy pair never gets eggs to stick. JBL Discon (plastic Discus Spawning Cone) (SKU: 724795) is JBL's dedicated spawning cone for discus, a tall conical shape in sturdy, unbreakable plastic that discus females accept readily as an egg-laying site. The surface is bevelled and slightly roughened rather than smooth, which gives eggs something to grip rather than sliding off, and the cone shape lets the pair work around it from any angle while guarding the clutch.
At about 25.5 cm tall with an 11.1 cm diameter base, the DisCon is sized to stand on the substrate of a dedicated breeding tank rather than disappearing among rockwork or plants. Being plastic rather than ceramic, it is easy to clean and will not chip or crack if it is knocked over during a water change. JBL's own advice is to clean and disinfect the cone in hot water before it goes into the tank for the first time, which also helps protect the eggs from bacteria picked up during shipping or storage. One cone suits a single breeding pair; a dedicated discus breeding set-up running more than one pair at a time generally needs a cone per pair to avoid disputes over the site. Positioning it away from strong filter outflow also helps, since a pair circling and fanning a clutch of eggs does better without turbulent water pushing against the cone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Discus breeding tanks:** A dedicated, accepted surface for egg-laying pairs.
- **Pairs that refuse other surfaces:** When filter glass or plant leaves are not holding eggs well.
- **New breeding set-ups:** A reliable spawning site from the first attempt.
- **Multiple breeding pairs:** One cone per pair in a dedicated breeding system.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Clean before first use:** Soak and disinfect the cone in hot water before placing it in the tank.
- **Stand it on open substrate:** Give the pair clear access from all sides.
- **Leave it once eggs are laid:** Avoid moving the cone while the pair is guarding the clutch.
- **Clean between spawns:** Rinse and re-disinfect in hot water after each breeding attempt.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bevelled, roughened surface:** Gives discus eggs grip rather than a smooth, slippery face.
- **Conical shape:** Readily accepted by discus as an egg-laying site.
- **Sturdy, unbreakable plastic:** Will not chip or crack like a ceramic alternative.
- **Easy to disinfect:** Cleaned in hot water rather than needing chemical treatment.
- **Stable footprint:** Stands upright on the substrate through routine tank activity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724795
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162613660
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Discus Spawning Cone
- **Material:** Sturdy, unbreakable plastic
- **Dimensions:** About 25.5 cm high, 11.1 cm diameter
- **Surface:** Bevelled, slightly roughened for egg adhesion
- **Cleaning:** Soak and disinfect in hot water before use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater discus breeding tanks
---
#### Jbl Filterbag 2pk Wide Universal Net Bag
General-purpose net bags for bulkier filter media.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-filterbag-2pk-wide-universal-net-bag/
- Price: $30.10 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725193
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725193-1.png
Ceramic rings, bio balls and sponge offcuts do not need a fine mesh to stay contained, and using a fine filter bag for coarse media just restricts flow for no reason. JBL Filterbag 2pk Wide Universal Net Bag (SKU: 725193) is the general-purpose, coarser companion to JBL's fine FilterBag, supplied as two wide-format net bags for keeping loose, bulkier filter media together inside a filter basket or sump compartment. Good water quality depends on filters being able to remove waste efficiently, and a media bag that lets water through unrestricted while still keeping media organised is part of making that filtration easy to service.
The open, coarser weave suits media that does not need to be contained as tightly as powdered carbon or phosphate remover, such as ceramic rings, bio media, floss offcuts or a mixed media load that is easier to lift out as one unit at a cleaning session rather than tipped loose into the filter. Two bags in the pack allow one to stay in service while the other is rinsed or has its media swapped, and like the rest of JBL's FilterBag range the mesh is sized to the wider format rather than a narrower bag meant for small canister baskets. Because this is the coarser, general-purpose net rather than the fine-mesh version, it is not the right choice for fine powders or very small granules, which call for the JBL Filterbag Wide Fine instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bulkier biological media:** Ceramic rings, bio balls and similar media too large to scatter easily.
- **Mixed media loads:** Keeping several media types together as one liftable unit.
- **Sump and canister compartments:** General-purpose media containment in larger filters.
- **Rotating cleaning schedules:** One bag in service while the other is rinsed or refreshed.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Load the media:** Fill the bag with bulkier media rather than fine powders or granules.
- **Close securely:** Seal the bag so media cannot work loose into the filter.
- **Place in the flow path:** Position it where filter water passes directly through the media.
- **Rinse at water changes:** Lift the whole bag out to rinse media without handling it loose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarser, open weave:** Unrestricted flow for bulkier filter media.
- **Two bags per pack:** One in service while the other is cleaned.
- **Wide format:** Matches the larger size in JBL's FilterBag range.
- **General-purpose use:** Suited to ceramic rings, bio balls and mixed media.
- **Companion to the Fine bag:** For media too fine for this net, JBL's Wide Fine bag is the alternative.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 725193
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Media Bag (Universal/Coarse)
- **Pack Contents:** 2 net bags
- **Mesh:** Coarser, general-purpose weave (not for fine powders)
- **Suited To:** Ceramic rings, bio balls, floss and mixed media loads
- **Companion Product:** JBL Filterbag 2pk Wide Fine (SKU 102772), for finer media
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine canister and sump filters
---
#### Jbl Fish Bags Extra Large (transport)
30.5 x 61 cm bags for transporting fish, 100 per pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-fish-bags-extra-large-transport/
- Price: $107.69 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724835 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162060105
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724835-1.jpg
A large cichlid, a pond fish or a long-bodied species needs a bag with enough length and water volume to travel safely, and a standard-size bag folded around it just adds stress on top of the trip. JBL Fish Bags Extra Large (transport) (SKU: 724835) is JBL's largest polythene fish transport bag, supplied as a pack of 100 bags rather than 50, each one measuring 30.5 by 61 cm. The bags share the same construction as the rest of the range, with double taped seams along the sides and rounded, heat-sealed corners at the bottom rather than a sharp, square weld where pressure concentrates.
The pack hangs from a row of punched holes along the top edge, so individual bags are torn off as needed rather than pulled from a loose stack. At 30.5 by 61 cm this is the biggest bag in JBL's range, with enough length and volume for large fish, longer-bodied species or a bigger group of medium fish than the Large bag comfortably holds. Because the pack runs to 100 bags rather than 50, it suits a shop that moves larger fish regularly or a wholesaler bagging bigger orders, where buying in the larger count works out more convenient than restocking a smaller pack more often. The same size also suits pond fish, marine specimens and breeding pairs that need to travel together in one bag rather than being split up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large fish:** Bigger cichlids, pond fish and other species that need more bag volume.
- **Long-bodied species:** Fish whose length needs a bag longer than the standard Large size.
- **Wholesale and bulk orders:** Shops or wholesalers bagging larger or more frequent orders.
- **Groups of medium fish:** A larger shared volume of water for several fish in one bag.
**How to Use**
- **Tear off one bag:** Pull a single bag free from the hanging pack by its punched hole.
- **Fill with water, leaving air space:** Add enough water to cover the fish, then leave room for air above it.
- **Add the fish and seal:** Place the fish in, twist the top closed and secure with a knot or band.
- **Double-bag for longer trips:** Use a second bag as an outer layer for extra protection on longer journeys.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30.5 x 61 cm bag size:** The largest in JBL's range, for big or long-bodied fish.
- **100 bags per pack:** Double the count of JBL's other bag sizes.
- **Double taped seams:** Reinforced sides rather than a single weld.
- **Rounded, heat-sealed corners:** Reduces stress points at the bottom of the bag.
- **Hang-and-tear pack:** Punched holes along the top for storage and single-bag removal.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724835
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162060105
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Transport Bags
- **Bag Size:** 30.5 x 61 cm
- **Pack Count:** 100 bags
- **Construction:** Double taped seams, rounded heat-sealed bottom corners
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish transport
---
#### Jbl Fish Bags Large (transport)
24 x 52 cm bags for transporting fish, 50 per pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-fish-bags-large-transport/
- Price: $65.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724820 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162060099
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724820-1.jpg
A fish sent home in a flimsy bag with a single knot is a leak waiting to happen, and a torn corner in the car is a mess nobody wants to clean up. JBL Fish Bags Large (transport) (SKU: 724820) is JBL's large polythene fish transport bag, supplied as a pack of 50 rather than individual bags, each measuring 24 by 52 cm. The bags are made with double taped seams along the sides rather than a single weld, and the bottom corners are rounded and heat-sealed instead of left square, which reduces the sharp corners where water pressure concentrates and a bag is most likely to split.
Each pack hangs from a row of punched holes along the top edge, so bags are stored ready to use and torn off one at a time rather than dug out of a loose stack. The 24 by 52 cm size suits small to medium fish and a reasonable volume of water, larger than JBL's Small bag and a step below the Extra Large size. Bags like this are generally used singly for short trips or doubled up, one inside the other, for longer transport or larger or spinier fish where an extra layer of protection against punctures is worthwhile. A shop handling regular livestock sales or a hobbyist bagging fish for a club auction gets through a pack of individual bags far faster than buying them one at a time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail fish sales:** Bagging livestock at the counter for customers to take home.
- **Club auctions and swaps:** Transporting fish between hobbyists for short trips.
- **Small to medium fish:** Species that fit comfortably within a 24 x 52 cm bag.
- **Double-bagging:** As the outer or inner layer when two bags are used for extra security.
**How to Use**
- **Tear off one bag:** Pull a single bag free from the hanging pack by its punched hole.
- **Fill with water, leaving air space:** Add enough water to cover the fish, then leave room for air above it.
- **Add the fish and seal:** Place the fish in, twist the top closed and secure it with a knot or band.
- **Double-bag for longer trips:** Place the sealed bag inside a second bag for extra protection against leaks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24 x 52 cm bag size:** Suits small to medium fish with room for adequate water.
- **Double taped seams:** Reinforced sides rather than a single weld.
- **Rounded, heat-sealed corners:** Reduces stress points at the bottom of the bag.
- **Hang-and-tear pack:** Punched holes along the top for storage and single-bag removal.
- **50 bags per pack:** Bulk supply for shops or regular hobbyist use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724820
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162060099
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Transport Bags
- **Bag Size:** 24 x 52 cm
- **Pack Count:** 50 bags
- **Construction:** Double taped seams, rounded heat-sealed bottom corners
- **Other Sizes:** Small 18 x 43 cm, 50-pack (SKU 724834)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish transport
---
#### Jbl Fish Bags Small (transport)
18 x 43 cm bags for transporting fish, 50 per pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-fish-bags-small-transport/
- Price: $52.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724834 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162060082
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724834-1.jpg
A nano fish or a small group of tetras does not need a litre of spare bag space sloshing around on the drive home, and an oversized bag just makes the parcel harder to handle. JBL Fish Bags Small (transport) (SKU: 724834) is JBL's smaller polythene fish transport bag, supplied as a pack of 50, each bag measuring 18 by 43 cm. Like the rest of the range, the bags are made with double taped seams rather than a single weld along the sides, and the bottom corners are rounded and heat-sealed to reduce the stress points where a bag is most likely to tear.
The pack hangs from a row of punched holes along the top edge, so bags stay organised in storage and a single bag tears off cleanly without disturbing the rest of the stack. At 18 by 43 cm, this is the smallest bag in JBL's range, sized for small fish, fry or a modest group of nano species rather than a single large specimen, which the Large or Extra Large bags suit better. A shop bagging small community fish at the counter, or a hobbyist posting fry to another keeper, gets through individual bags quickly, which is where buying a full pack rather than single bags pays off.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small fish and fry:** Nano species and juveniles that do not need a large bag.
- **Retail counter sales:** Bagging community fish quickly for customers.
- **Posting or courier transport:** A compact bag that fits neatly inside a shipping box.
- **Multiple small groups:** Separate bags for different species or batches in one order.
**How to Use**
- **Tear off one bag:** Pull a single bag free from the hanging pack by its punched hole.
- **Fill with water, leaving air space:** Add enough water to cover the fish, then leave air space above it.
- **Add the fish and seal:** Place the fish in, twist the top closed and secure with a knot or band.
- **Double-bag fragile or spiny fish:** Use a second bag as an outer layer for extra protection.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **18 x 43 cm bag size:** The smallest in JBL's range, suited to small fish and fry.
- **Double taped seams:** Reinforced sides rather than a single weld.
- **Rounded, heat-sealed corners:** Reduces stress points at the bottom of the bag.
- **Hang-and-tear pack:** Punched holes along the top for storage and single-bag removal.
- **50 bags per pack:** Bulk supply for shops or regular hobbyist use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724834
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162060082
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Transport Bags
- **Bag Size:** 18 x 43 cm
- **Pack Count:** 50 bags
- **Construction:** Double taped seams, rounded heat-sealed bottom corners
- **Other Sizes:** Large 24 x 52 cm, 50-pack (SKU 724820)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish transport
---
#### Jbl Fish Catching Cups
Pane-mounted handling box for safer fish transfers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-fish-catching-cups/
- Price: $49.08 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112966 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162954251
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112966-1.jpg
Chasing a fish around a tank with a net stresses the fish and scatters the gravel, and a pet shop tank full of stock makes it worse. JBL Fish Catching Cups (SKU: 112966) is JBL's purpose-built fish handling box for pet shop display tanks and home aquariums, a transparent, robust plastic cup that mounts to the front pane of the tank rather than being swept through open water. JBL sizes the cup, at roughly 200 by 120 by 120 mm, to hold its own small fish transport bag inside, so a fish can be guided straight from the cup into a bag without a second net transfer. A moulded handle makes it comfortable to carry once a fish is inside.
The cup attaches to glass in one of two mounting positions using a built-in spacer, which holds it horizontally against the pane rather than letting it hang at an angle. That horizontal seat keeps the open mouth facing into the tank, so a fish swimming along the glass can be steered in rather than cornered. The plastic is clear on all sides, which lets the handler see the fish the moment it is inside and avoid crushing it against the pane. JBL's own care note is to clean the cup in lukewarm water with a soft cloth or sponge; sharp cleaning tools and the dishwasher are to be avoided, since both can damage the plastic over time. The pack contains one fish catching box, with no additional accessories.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water changes and tank moves:** Lifting a fish out briefly without a prolonged net chase.
- **Retail display tanks:** Catching individual fish for sale from a crowded pet shop system.
- **Short-term isolation:** Holding a fish for a quick visual check before it goes back in or into a hospital tank.
- **Bagging for transport:** Sized to take JBL's small transport bag for the final step of a sale or a move.
**How to Use**
- **Choose a position:** Fit the spacer and set the cup against the front pane in either of the two mounting positions.
- **Guide, don't chase:** Herd the fish toward the open mouth of the cup rather than pursuing it across the tank.
- **Lift clear:** Once the fish is inside, lift the cup away from the glass and out of the water in one motion.
- **Transfer and rinse:** Tip the fish into a bag or second tank, then rinse the cup in lukewarm water before it goes back on the pane.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pane-mounted design:** Spacer holds the cup horizontally against the glass instead of a free-floating net.
- **Two mounting positions:** Can be set up on either side of the tank front.
- **Sized for the small transport bag:** A fish moves from cup to bag in one step.
- **Clear plastic body:** The fish is visible the moment it is caught.
- **Carry handle:** Comfortable grip once the cup is lifted clear of the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112966
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162954251
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Handling Tools
- **Dimensions:** About 200 × 120 × 120 mm (L/H/W)
- **Material:** Transparent, robust plastic
- **Mounting:** Front-pane mount, two positions, spacer holds it horizontal
- **Pack Contents:** One fish catching box
- **Cleaning:** Lukewarm water and a soft cloth or sponge only; no harsh cleaners or dishwasher
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Reusable Shopping Bag
A durable carry bag for everyday shopping and transport.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-reusable-shopping-bag/
- Price: $5.11 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100019 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162954343
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/download-4.jpg
A new filter box or a bag of fish food still needs carrying home, and a flimsy single-use plastic bag is usually the first thing to give out under the weight. Jbl Reusable Shopping Bag (SKU: 100019) is JBL's own branded carry bag, made as a reusable alternative to single-use plastic for customers picking up aquarium supplies or any other shopping. It is built with sturdy handles and a roomy main compartment, sized to carry a typical shopping trip's worth of goods rather than a single small item, and is meant to be kept on hand and brought back on the next visit rather than thrown away after one use.
Because it is reusable rather than disposable, the bag folds down for storage between trips, cutting down on the number of single-use bags that would otherwise be taken home and thrown away after one trip. JBL's branding sits on the outside, so it also works as a recognisable carry bag for anyone collecting an order or stopping by for supplies on a regular basis. It is not rated for cold storage or for carrying live fish, and JBL does not publish an exact weight limit or set of dimensions for it, so it should be treated as a general-purpose shopping bag rather than specialist aquarium equipment. A gentle hand wash or wipe-down keeps the fabric presentable between uses, and air drying avoids any damage a hot dryer could cause to the printed branding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **In-store pickups:** Carrying a completed order out in one trip.
- **Everyday shopping:** A reusable option for groceries or other errands beyond the aquarium shop.
- **Replacing single-use bags:** Keeping it on hand instead of taking a new plastic bag each visit.
- **Light storage:** Folded flat in a car or cupboard until the next outing.
**How to Use**
- **Keep it handy:** Store it folded somewhere it will be remembered on the next shopping trip.
- **Load evenly:** Use both handles together for a heavier load rather than just one.
- **Avoid wet fish bags:** Line the bag or keep water-filled fish bags upright to avoid soaking the fabric.
- **Clean as needed:** Wipe down or hand wash, then air dry between uses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reusable design:** Meant for repeated trips rather than one-time use.
- **Sturdy handles:** Built to carry a full shopping load.
- **Spacious main compartment:** Sized for more than a single small item.
- **Foldable:** Compact enough to store flat until it is needed again.
- **JBL branding:** A recognisable bag for pickups and everyday shopping.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 100019
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162954343
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Reusable Shopping Bag
- **Material:** Durable woven fabric
- **Use:** General shopping and order pickup, not rated for live fish transport
- **Care:** Hand wash or wipe down; air dry
- **Target Environment:** General household and retail use
---
#### Jbl Sponge Pad (Spongi)
Residue-free cleaning sponge for aquarium and terrarium glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/jbl-sponge-pad-spongi/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112895
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112895-1_28749431-2bfb-4070-8b64-8456ee3adf77.webp
A scraper blade can nick an acrylic pane or snag on silicone, and sometimes all a tank really needs is a plain sponge that does neither. Jbl Sponge Pad (Spongi) (SKU: 112895) is JBL's Spongi, a residue-free cleaning sponge for aquarium and terrarium glass, sold as a simple hand-held pad rather than a magnetic or blade-based cleaner. JBL states it is free of substances that could harm fish or invertebrates, leaves no residue behind in the water, and is robust enough to stand up to regular use rather than breaking down after a few cleans. It is easy to use, with no parts to assemble and nothing to fit to the tank.
The sponge is used by hand directly on the glass or acrylic, rubbing over algae and light deposits without the risk of scratching that a metal or hard plastic edge can carry. At roughly 20 g and with no handle or weight, it suits spot cleaning and smaller areas, such as the inside of a lid, the edges around decor, or a nano tank where a full magnetic cleaner is awkward to manoeuvre, rather than clearing a heavily algae-covered pane in one pass. It can be cut down with scissors to a size that suits a particular tank or a tight corner. Like any sponge left in hard water it benefits from a rinse in clean water after use and a chance to dry, which limits limescale building up on its surface over time. JBL gives no further directions beyond using it as intended.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Spot cleaning:** Small areas of algae or film that do not need a full magnetic cleaner.
- **Acrylic tanks:** A soft pad with no blade to scratch softer acrylic surfaces.
- **Nano aquariums:** A pad that is easily cut down to fit a small tank.
- **Lids and edges:** Reaching awkward spots a rigid scraper cannot get into cleanly.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Wet the sponge:** Soak it in aquarium water before use rather than scrubbing dry.
- **Rub, do not scrape:** Work it over the glass or acrylic by hand, with no blade involved.
- **Cut to size:** Trim it with scissors for a small tank or a tight corner.
- **Rinse after use:** Rinse in clean water and let it dry to limit limescale build-up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Residue-free:** JBL states it leaves nothing behind in the water.
- **Safe for aquatic life:** Made without substances that could harm fish or invertebrates.
- **Scratch-free cleaning:** No blade or hard edge to mark glass or acrylic.
- **Trimmable:** Can be cut down to fit small tanks or tight spots.
- **Robust:** Built to withstand regular use rather than breaking down quickly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112895
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Cleaning Sponge
- **Net Weight:** About 20 g
- **Material:** Soft sponge pad, residue-free
- **Use:** Hand cleaning of glass and acrylic surfaces
- **Care:** Rinse after use; trim with scissors as needed
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and terrariums
---
### JBL — Additives & Supplements
#### Jbl Ferropol 24 (concentrated Daily Plant Fertiliser) 10ml
Daily iron and potassium dose for freshwater planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/jbl-ferropol-24-concentrated-daily-plant-fertiliser-10ml/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102692
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102692-1_4e84c00f-4ea5-4bca-8b36-be9ec8ba7374.webp
Fast-growing stem plants pull iron and potassium out of the water faster than a weekly fertiliser dose can keep up with, and yellowing new leaves are usually the first sign of it. JBL Ferropol 24 (concentrated Daily Plant Fertiliser) 10ml (SKU: 102692) is JBL's concentrated daily liquid fertiliser for freshwater planted aquariums, supplied in a dropper bottle sized for a single small tank or a trial before committing to the larger 50 mL size. The formula supplies trace elements, including iron, together with potassium and other minerals that plants draw on continuously, with the daily dosing schedule designed to match that continuous demand rather than front-loading nutrients once a week.
JBL's standard dose is one drop per 50 litres of aquarium water, dosed once a day after the lights come on, stepping up to two drops per 50 litres where plant growth is strong, lighting is intense or CO2 is being injected. The product contains no phosphate or nitrate, so daily dosing does not add to the nutrients that drive algae growth alongside plant growth. At roughly 20 drops to the millilitre, a 10 mL bottle holds in the order of 200 drops, enough for about 200 days of the standard dose on a 50 litre tank, or correspondingly fewer days on a larger aquarium or at the higher two-drop rate. The liquid is dispensed through the bottle's own dropper tip, so a steady hand helps keep single drops clean rather than a stream of bubbles.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fast-growing stem plants:** Species that show iron deficiency, such as yellowing new growth, between weekly doses.
- **Daily dosing routines:** Tanks where small, frequent doses suit the planting better than one weekly dose.
- **High-light or CO2-injected tanks:** Where plant demand calls for the higher two-drop rate.
- **Trial or small tanks:** The 10 mL size before committing to the larger 50 mL bottle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose once daily:** Add the fertiliser after the aquarium lights switch on.
- **Standard rate:** One drop per 50 litres of aquarium water.
- **Increase for demand:** Up to two drops per 50 litres for strong growth, intense lighting or CO2 use.
- **Dose with the dropper:** Use the bottle's own dropper tip for single, clean drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Daily dosing formula:** Matches continuous nutrient uptake rather than a weekly top-up.
- **Iron and potassium:** Trace elements and minerals plants draw on for growth and colour.
- **No phosphate or nitrate:** Feeds plants without adding nutrients that drive algae.
- **Dropper-dosed:** Precise single-drop dosing straight from the bottle.
- **Trial-sized 10 mL bottle:** A smaller option alongside JBL's 50 mL Ferropol 24.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102692
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Daily Liquid Iron Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 10 mL (about 200 drops)
- **Contains:** Trace elements including iron, potassium and minerals; no phosphate or nitrate
- **Dose Rate:** 1 drop per 50 L daily; up to 2 drops per 50 L for strong demand
- **Application:** Dose once daily after lights-on, using the bottle's dropper
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
### JBL — Testing
#### Jbl Combiset Suitcase Marine
Multi-parameter water test kit in a waterproof case for marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-combitest-suitcase-marine/
- Price: $144.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102759 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162240811
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102759-1.png
A marine tank needs more than one number checked regularly, and buying pH, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, phosphate and carbonate hardness tests separately means juggling six different boxes. JBL Combiset Suitcase Marine (SKU: 102759) is JBL's combined water test kit for marine aquariums, built around a waterproof plastic case holding six individual tests and eleven reagents rather than a single parameter on its own. The case covers pH across the 7.4 to 9.0 range typical of marine systems, carbonate hardness (KH), phosphate (PO4), ammonium with toxic ammonia read from a conversion table, nitrite (NO2) and nitrate (NO3).
Inside the case, JBL supplies a comparator block, three cuvettes, a syringe for measuring reagent volumes, a measuring spoon for powder reagents, colour comparison cards for each test and written protocol sheets with instructions. Reagent bottles are child-safe, and JBL sells refill packs for almost all of the reagents, so a well-used kit is topped up rather than replaced once reagents run low. Testing six parameters from one case suits the regular water-quality checks a marine tank needs through its cycle and afterwards, rather than running separate kits bought at different times with different comparator scales. The suitcase format keeps everything together and reasonably protected between uses, and storing the case somewhere cool and out of direct light helps the liquid reagents last through their full shelf life rather than degrading early.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New marine set-ups:** Tracking ammonia, nitrite and nitrate through the initial cycle.
- **Established reef and fish-only tanks:** Routine checks on pH, KH and phosphate.
- **After water changes or new stock:** Confirming parameters have not shifted.
- **Troubleshooting algae or livestock issues:** Ruling out elevated nitrate or phosphate as a cause.
**How to Use**
- **Measure the sample:** Fill a cuvette with aquarium water using the syringe or measuring spoon as directed.
- **Add the reagent:** Dose the correct reagent for the parameter being tested, following the protocol sheet.
- **Compare the colour:** Hold the cuvette against the comparator block and match it to the colour card.
- **Record and repeat:** Note the result and rinse the cuvette thoroughly before the next test.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Six tests in one case:** pH, KH, PO4, NH4/NH3, NO2 and NO3 together.
- **Eleven reagents supplied:** Enough for repeated testing across all six parameters.
- **Comparator block and cuvettes:** Consistent colour-matching across every test.
- **Child-safe reagent bottles:** Safer handling and storage around the household.
- **Refills available separately:** Nearly every reagent can be topped up rather than rebought as a kit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102759
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162240811
- **Product Type:** Testing > Marine Water Test Kit (Multi-Parameter)
- **Tests Included:** pH (7.4–9.0), KH, PO4, NH4/NH3, NO2, NO3
- **Contents:** Waterproof case, 11 reagents, comparator block, 3 cuvettes, syringe, measuring spoon, colour cards, protocol sheets
- **Format:** Liquid and powder reagents
- **Refills:** Available separately for most reagents
- **Target Environment:** Marine (saltwater) aquariums
---
#### Jbl Combiset Suitcase Plus NH4
Five-test water analysis case for pH, KH, ammonium, nitrite and nitrate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-combitest-suitcase-plus-nh4/
- Price: $109.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102757 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162240903
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102757-1.png
Many fish losses in a new or troubled tank trace back to a handful of values, and having all of them in one box means the answer is a few minutes away rather than a trip to the shop. JBL Combiset Suitcase Plus NH4 (SKU: 102757) is JBL's ProAquaTest Combi Set Plus NH4, a water test case for checking tap water and aquarium water at home. It holds five reagent tests: pH across the broad 3.0 to 10 range, carbonate hardness (KH), ammonium/ammonia (NH 4 /NH 3 ), nitrite (NO 2 ) and nitrate (NO 3 ). From the pH and KH results a table in the set gives the carbon dioxide content, which is useful in planted tanks, and the ammonium test reads non-toxic ammonium with a table to work out the toxic ammonia share at the measured pH.
Each test works the same way: reagent goes into a measured water sample and the colour that develops is compared with a printed colour card. JBL's comparator system places the sample next to untreated tank water, which compensates for natural tinting of the water from wood or peat, so a tea-coloured blackwater tank still reads correctly. The reagent bottles have child-resistant caps, and everything packs into a watertight plastic case with dosing syringes, test cuvettes, measuring spoons, colour cards, record tables and instructions. JBL sells the reagents individually as refills, so a test that runs out can be replaced without buying a whole new case. Together the five tests cover the nitrogen cycle plus the two values behind pH stability.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cycling a new tank:** Following ammonium, nitrite and nitrate until the filter has matured.
- **Fish deaths or stress:** A quick check of the values most often behind sudden losses.
- **Planted aquariums:** pH and KH readings that give CO2 from the table.
- **Tap water checks:** Knowing the pH and KH of the water used for changes.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse the cuvettes:** Rinse with tank water and fill to the mark with the syringe.
- **Add the reagents:** Dose drops or spoons exactly as each test's instructions state.
- **Use the comparator:** Hold the sample against the colour card with untreated water beside it.
- **Record and refill:** Note results on the tables and reorder reagents as they run low.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five tests in one case:** pH, KH, NH4/NH3, NO2 and NO3.
- **Ammonia table:** Works out the toxic ammonia share from ammonium and pH.
- **CO2 table:** Carbon dioxide read from the pH and KH results.
- **Comparator system:** Compensates for naturally tinted aquarium water.
- **Watertight case:** Keeps reagents and equipment together and dry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102757
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162240903
- **Product Type:** Testing > Freshwater Test Kit Case
- **Manufacturer Item:** JBL ProAquaTest Combi Set Plus NH4 (2409000)
- **Tests Included:** pH 3.0–10, KH, NH4/NH3, NO2, NO3
- **Derived Values:** CO2 (from pH and KH); free ammonia (from NH4 and pH)
- **Method:** Colour reagents with comparator system
- **In the Case:** Reagents, syringes, cuvettes, measuring spoons, colour cards, tables, instructions
- **Refills:** Individual JBL test reagents sold separately
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and tap water
---
#### Jbl Easy 7in1 Test Strips 50pk
Dip-and-read strips for seven freshwater water parameters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-easy-7in1-test-strips-50pk/
- Price: $38.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112958 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241443
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112958-1-scaled.png
Six separate liquid tests take six separate waiting times before a full water report comes together, and that is not always practical before a quick top-up or a new fish goes in. JBL Easy 7in1 Test Strips 50pk (SKU: 112958) is JBL's dip-and-read test strip for freshwater aquariums, ponds and tap water, supplied as 50 strips in a resealable box rather than a liquid reagent kit. Each strip reads six parameters directly: chlorine, pH across 6.4 to 9.0, carbonate hardness (KH) from 0 to 20 °dKH, general hardness (GH) from under 1 to over 21 °dGH, nitrite from 0 to 10 mg/l and nitrate from 0 to 250 mg/l.
The seventh value, CO2, is not read directly off the strip; instead it is worked out from the pH and KH results using JBL's printed conversion table, giving an estimate of dissolved CO2 without a separate test. With six readings per strip across 50 strips, the pack covers roughly 300 individual parameter checks, which suits a shop counter, a fish room with several tanks, or anyone who tests often enough that a liquid kit's drop-counting becomes tedious. The strips come in a resealable box to help keep the remaining strips away from moisture between uses, and JBL's full instructions, including dip and read timing, are set out in the operating instructions supplied with the pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quick multi-parameter checks:** One dip instead of six separate liquid tests.
- **Tap water testing:** Checking source water before a water change or new tank set-up.
- **Ponds and freshwater tanks:** Suitable across both, wherever chlorine, hardness and nitrogen compounds need checking.
- **High-frequency testing:** Shops and fish rooms running through many tests a week.
**How to Use**
- **Dip the strip:** Submerge it briefly in the water sample as directed in the instructions.
- **Remove and wait:** Shake off excess water and allow the colour pads to develop.
- **Compare each pad:** Match the six colour pads against the chart on the box.
- **Read CO2 from the table:** Use the pH and KH results together with JBL's conversion table.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seven parameters, one dip:** Six read directly, CO2 derived from pH and KH.
- **50 strips per box:** About 300 individual parameter checks in total.
- **Wide measuring ranges:** Covers pH 6.4–9.0, KH 0–20 °dKH and GH to over 21 °dGH.
- **Resealable packaging:** Helps protect unused strips from moisture.
- **No liquid reagents:** Faster, simpler testing than drop-based kits.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112958
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241443
- **Product Type:** Testing > Test Strips (7-Parameter)
- **Parameters:** Chlorine, pH, KH, GH, nitrite and nitrate direct; CO2 via conversion table
- **Pack Size:** 50 strips (about 300 individual tests)
- **Ranges:** pH 6.4–9.0; KH 0–20 °dKH; GH <1–>21 °dGH; NO2 0–10 mg/l; NO3 0–250 mg/l
- **Suitable For:** Freshwater aquariums, ponds and tap water
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Ammonium (NH4)
Complete comparator test for the first stage of biological waste.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-ammonium-nh4/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102730 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241214
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/jbl-ammonium-001_grande.webp
Ammonium is the first product of waste breakdown in an aquarium, and a reading that creeps up is usually the earliest sign that a biofilter is falling behind. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Ammonium (NH4) (SKU: 102730) is JBL's complete liquid test for ammonium in freshwater and marine aquariums, ponds and tap water, built around a laboratory-style colour comparator rather than a simple dip strip. The box holds three reagent solutions, glass cuvettes, a syringe for measuring the sample, and the comparator block with its colour scale, enough together for roughly 50 individual tests. Because ammonium is largely harmless on its own but converts to toxic ammonia as pH rises, catching it early at this stage matters more than testing for ammonia directly.
The test reads across nine graduated points from 0.05 up to 5 mg/l (ppm): 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 1, 1.5, 3 and 5 mg/l, with JBL's own recommended ceiling for a healthy aquarium set at 0.25 mg/l. A measured water sample goes into the glass cuvette, the three reagents are added in sequence, and the resulting colour is read against the comparator block rather than a loose colour card, which JBL says compensates for water that is naturally tinted by tannins, peat filtration or ongoing medication. In a well-matured tank with an established biofilter, ammonium should not register on the scale at all; any reading calls for a water change and a look at stocking, feeding or recent filter disruption rather than for more test kits. The full set includes everything needed to start testing from scratch, including the comparator hardware that a refill pack does not provide.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank cycling:** Tracking the first rise and fall of ammonium as the biofilter establishes.
- **Unexplained fish stress:** Checking for an ammonium spike after overfeeding, overstocking or a dead fish left in the tank.
- **After filter disruption:** Confirming the biofilter is still processing waste following a media change or power cut.
- **Routine monitoring:** A periodic check in fish rooms, breeding tanks or heavily stocked systems.
**How to Use**
- **Measure the sample:** Use the syringe to fill a glass cuvette with the stated volume of aquarium water.
- **Add the reagents:** Dose the three solutions into the cuvette in the order given in the manual.
- **Wait for the colour:** Let the reaction develop fully before reading the result.
- **Compare in the block:** Read the cuvette against the comparator and colour scale rather than against daylight alone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full comparator kit:** Reagents, glass cuvettes, syringe and comparator block in one box.
- **Approx. 50 tests:** Enough reagent volume for roughly fifty individual readings.
- **0.05–5 mg/l range:** Nine graduated colour points across the scale.
- **Colour-tint compensation:** The comparator corrects for tannin- or medication-tinted water.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One test suits both water types, plus tap water and ponds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102730
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241214
- **Product Type:** Testing > Ammonium (NH4) Test Kit
- **Measuring Range:** 0.05–5 mg/l (ppm)
- **Scale Steps:** 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 1, 1.5, 3, 5 mg/l
- **Tests per Kit:** Approx. 50
- **Contents:** 3 reagent solutions, glass cuvettes, syringe, comparator block, colour scale
- **Recommended Maximum:** 0.25 mg/l in a healthy aquarium
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, ponds and tap water
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Gh Total Hardness
Drop-count hardness test for freshwater aquariums and ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-gh-total-hardness/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102726 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162253507
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102726-1.jpg
Total hardness, GH, is one of the water values that gets overlooked next to pH and ammonia, yet many freshwater fish and plants are picky about it, from soft-water tetras to hard-water rift lake cichlids. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Gh Total Hardness (SKU: 102726) is JBL's quick drop-count test for general hardness in freshwater aquariums and ponds, supplied as a complete set with a plastic cuvette and a bottle of liquid reagent rather than a comparator block. A measured water sample goes into the cuvette, and reagent is added one drop at a time, swirling between drops, until the colour shifts from red to green.
The number of drops needed to reach that colour change is the reading: more drops mean harder water, and JBL's manual gives the conversion from drop count to a °GH value. Because GH is not a toxin like ammonia or nitrite, there is no single safe ceiling to test against; instead the result is used to match water to the fish and plants being kept, since soft-water species from blackwater rivers and hard-water species from mineral-rich lakes sit at opposite ends of the scale. JBL suggests testing weekly while a new aquarium is settling in, then as often as stocking changes warrant. The complete set includes everything needed to start testing, with the reagent sized to run a useful number of individual tests before a refill is needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarium set-up:** Weekly checks while water chemistry settles after filling.
- **Choosing or adding fish:** Matching GH to species that need either soft or hard water.
- **After a water source change:** Confirming hardness when switching tap supply, using RO water, or adding minerals.
- **Breeding projects:** Many breeding programs depend on hardness sitting within a narrow band.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the cuvette:** Add the stated volume of aquarium water to the plastic cuvette.
- **Add reagent drop by drop:** Swirl gently after each drop before adding the next.
- **Count every drop:** Keep a running tally until the colour changes fully from red to green.
- **Convert the count:** Use the manual's table to read the drop count as a °GH value.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Drop-count method:** No comparator needed; the result is the number of drops to a colour change.
- **Red-to-green indicator:** A clear visual endpoint rather than a shaded colour scale.
- **Complete starter set:** Reagent and cuvette supplied together.
- **Freshwater and pond use:** Suited to both aquarium and outdoor pond water.
- **Low running cost:** A separate refill is available once the reagent runs out.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102726
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162253507
- **Product Type:** Testing > GH (General Hardness) Test Kit
- **Method:** Drop-count colour change, red to green
- **Contents:** Liquid reagent bottle and plastic test cuvette
- **Result:** Drop count converted to a °GH reading via the supplied manual
- **Suggested Frequency:** Weekly while a new tank is settling in
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Iron (Fe)
Comparator test for plant-available iron in freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-iron-fe/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102738 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241160
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102738-082026SD-1.jpg
Yellowing new leaves and pale growth on fast-growing stem plants often trace back to iron rather than nitrogen, and dosing more fertiliser without testing first is guesswork. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Iron (Fe) (SKU: 102738) is JBL's complete comparator test for dissolved iron in fresh and marine aquariums, reacting to all dissolved forms of iron rather than a single chemical state, which matters because most iron fertilisers are chelated to stay available to plants rather than sitting as a simple salt. The kit supplies enough reagent for approximately 50 tests, read against a nine-shade colour scale running from colourless through to dark violet.
The measuring range runs from 0.05 up to 1.5 mg/l (ppm) across graduated points of 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0 and 1.5 mg/l, with a recommended range for freshwater aquariums of 0.05 to 0.2 mg/l, below which demanding plants may show deficiency and above which excess iron can encourage certain algae. A measured water sample is dosed with reagent in a cuvette and read using a laboratory comparator system, which compensates for water that is naturally tinted by peat filtration or medication rather than letting that colour skew the reading. Because iron is dosed daily or several times a week in a planted tank and taken up quickly by the plants, a single reading only reflects that moment, and testing shortly before and after dosing shows how fast the tank is using it up. The full kit includes the comparator hardware needed to start testing from nothing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yellowing new growth:** Checking for iron deficiency before adding more fertiliser blindly.
- **Dialling in a dosing routine:** Confirming how quickly a planted tank draws iron down between doses.
- **Heavily planted set-ups:** Regular checks where demanding species are competing for available iron.
- **Algae troubleshooting:** Ruling iron in or out as a factor alongside phosphate and nitrate.
**How to Use**
- **Measure the sample:** Fill a cuvette with the stated volume of tank water.
- **Add the reagent:** Dose as directed and allow the colour to develop fully.
- **Read in the comparator:** Match the cuvette against the nine-shade scale in the comparator block.
- **Time the test around dosing:** Test before and shortly after fertilising to see uptake.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full comparator kit:** Reagent, cuvette, syringe and comparator supplied together.
- **Reacts to all dissolved iron:** Not limited to one chemical form, including chelated fertilisers.
- **0.05–1.5 mg/l range:** Nine graduated points from colourless to dark violet.
- **Approx. 50 tests:** A practical reagent supply for regular dosing checks.
- **Colour-tint compensation:** Corrects for peat- or medication-tinted water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102738
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241160
- **Product Type:** Testing > Iron (Fe) Test Kit
- **Measuring Range:** 0.05–1.5 mg/l (ppm)
- **Scale Steps:** 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.5 mg/l
- **Tests per Kit:** Approx. 50
- **Recommended Range:** 0.05–0.2 mg/l in freshwater planted aquariums
- **Contents:** Reagent, glass cuvette, syringe, comparator system
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Kh Carbonate Hardness
Drop-count test for pH buffering capacity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-kh-carbonate-hardness/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102729 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241108
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102729-1.jpg
A tank that swings in pH overnight, even though nothing obvious has changed, is often running low on carbonate hardness rather than suffering an ammonia problem. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Kh Carbonate Hardness (SKU: 102729) is JBL's quick drop-count test for KH, the acid-binding capacity that keeps pH stable in both fresh and marine water, supplied as a complete set with a plastic cuvette and a bottle of liquid reagent. The method is a colour change test: reagent is added to a measured sample one drop at a time until the colour shifts from blue to yellow, and in JBL's test each drop corresponds to exactly 1° dKH, so the drop count is read directly as the result with no separate conversion table.
JBL gives a recommended freshwater range of 4 to 8° dKH for most community aquariums, with no separate marine figure stated; reef systems typically run their KH test as part of a wider alkalinity routine rather than relying on this scale alone. Because carbonate hardness is consumed as it buffers acids produced by fish waste and CO2, it tends to fall steadily between water changes in a planted or heavily stocked tank, and a KH that drops too low lets pH crash suddenly rather than drifting gently. Testing alongside a GH check gives a fuller picture of water chemistry, since the two values move independently and both affect which fish and plants will do well. The complete set includes everything needed to begin testing, and a separate reagent-only refill is available once the bottle runs low.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Unexplained pH swings:** Low KH is a common cause of pH crashing overnight.
- **Heavily planted or CO2-injected tanks:** KH is consumed faster under high biological and chemical load.
- **Before a large water change:** Comparing old and new water's buffering capacity avoids a sudden pH shift.
- **Routine water chemistry checks:** Alongside GH and pH as part of regular monitoring.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the cuvette:** Add the stated volume of water to the plastic cuvette.
- **Dose drop by drop:** Swirl between each drop of reagent.
- **Watch for the colour change:** Stop counting the moment the colour turns fully yellow.
- **Read the result directly:** Each drop equals 1° dKH, so the drop count is the reading.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct drop-to-degree reading:** Each drop equals 1° dKH, with no conversion table needed.
- **Blue-to-yellow endpoint:** A clear, easy-to-spot colour change.
- **Complete starter set:** Reagent bottle and cuvette supplied together.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Suits both water types, with a 4–8° dKH freshwater guide range.
- **Low running cost:** A reagent-only refill is sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102729
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241108
- **Product Type:** Testing > KH (Carbonate Hardness) Test Kit
- **Method:** Drop-count colour change, blue to yellow; 1 drop = 1° dKH
- **Contents:** Liquid reagent bottle and plastic test cuvette
- **Recommended Range:** 4–8° dKH in freshwater aquariums
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Nitrite (NO2)
Comparator test for the second stage of the nitrogen cycle.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-nitrite-no2/
- Price: $38.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102732 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241238
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102732-1.jpg
Nitrite sits one step past ammonium in the breakdown of fish waste, and it is toxic enough on its own to injure fish well before ammonia becomes a problem, which is why a cycling tank needs to be watched for it specifically rather than assumed safe once ammonium looks fine. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Nitrite (NO2) (SKU: 102732) is JBL's complete comparator test for nitrite in freshwater and marine aquariums, supplied with two reagent solutions, glass cuvettes, a syringe and a laboratory comparator system, enough together for roughly 50 tests. JBL built in a compensation method so that water lightly tinted by peat filtration or ongoing medication does not throw off the colour reading.
The scale runs from 0.025 up to 1.0 mg/l (ppm), with graduated points at 0.01, 0.025, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8 and 1.0 mg/l and a nine-colour chart running from yellow through to pink. In an established, properly cycled aquarium nitrite should sit at zero on this scale; any reading at all points to a biofilter that has not finished converting nitrite through to the far less toxic nitrate, whether that is a brand-new tank still cycling or an established one recovering from a filter clean, medication course or a sudden jump in stocking. Because nitrite toxicity depends on more than just its concentration, a positive reading is usually treated as reason enough for a water change and reduced feeding rather than needing to be weighed against other values first. The full kit supplies the comparator hardware needed to start testing, which a reagent-only refill does not include.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cycling a new tank:** Watching nitrite rise and then fall as the second stage of the biofilter establishes.
- **After a filter clean or media change:** Confirming the bacteria that process nitrite are still intact.
- **Following a medication course:** Many treatments disrupt beneficial bacteria along with the target pathogen.
- **Sudden stocking increases:** Checking the biofilter can keep up after adding several fish at once.
**How to Use**
- **Measure the sample:** Use the syringe to fill a cuvette with the stated water volume.
- **Add both reagents:** Dose Solution 1 and Solution 2 in the order given in the manual.
- **Allow the colour to develop:** Wait the stated time before reading the result.
- **Match the comparator:** Compare the cuvette against the nine-colour chart in the comparator block.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full comparator kit:** Two reagents, glass cuvettes, syringe and comparator supplied together.
- **0.025–1.0 mg/l range:** Nine graduated points from yellow to pink.
- **Approx. 50 tests:** A practical reagent supply for a cycling tank.
- **Tint-compensated reading:** Corrects for peat- or medication-tinted water.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Suits both water types with one kit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102732
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241238
- **Product Type:** Testing > Nitrite (NO2) Test Kit
- **Measuring Range:** 0.025–1.0 mg/l (ppm)
- **Scale Steps:** 0.01, 0.025, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0 mg/l
- **Tests per Kit:** Approx. 50
- **Contents:** 2 reagent solutions, glass cuvettes, syringe, comparator system
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Oxygen (O2)
Dissolved oxygen test for densely planted and treated tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-oxygen-o2/
- Price: $47.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102734 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241122
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102734-1.jpg
Fish gasping at the surface at dawn in a heavily planted tank is a classic sign of overnight oxygen depletion, something a pH or ammonia test will not reveal. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Oxygen (O2) (SKU: 102734) is JBL's complete comparator test for dissolved oxygen in freshwater and marine aquariums, tap water and garden ponds, built around a set of reagent solutions, a comparator system and a syringe for measuring the sample. The test reads across a 1 to 10 mg/l (ppm) range, which covers the swing between a well-aerated tank and one that is struggling.
JBL gives a reference figure of around 8 mg/l at 25°C for well-oxygenated water, which is the kind of saturation level a healthy, well-aerated tank should sit near rather than fall well short of. Oxygen levels are not static through the day: a densely planted tank consumes oxygen overnight once photosynthesis stops, which is exactly the period when a reading is most useful, and products used to clear algae can also strip oxygen from the water rapidly as they work. The test is read by comparing the developed colour in the sample against the comparator system rather than against daylight, since dissolved oxygen tests are sensitive to how carefully the sample is drawn; a cuvette filled with no air bubbles trapped inside gives the most reliable reading. The complete kit includes everything needed to begin testing, while a reagent-only refill is sold separately for ongoing use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish gasping at the surface:** A classic early sign of low dissolved oxygen, especially before dawn.
- **Densely planted tanks:** Checking overnight oxygen levels once photosynthesis stops.
- **Algae treatment:** Oxygen can drop sharply while algaecides are working.
- **Heat waves or equipment failure:** Warm water and a stopped filter both reduce dissolved oxygen.
**How to Use**
- **Draw the sample carefully:** Fill the cuvette so no air bubbles are trapped inside.
- **Add the reagents:** Dose the solutions in the order given in the manual.
- **Let the colour develop:** Wait for the full reaction before reading.
- **Compare in the system:** Match the result against the comparator rather than ambient light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full comparator kit:** Reagents, syringe and comparator system in one box.
- **1–10 mg/l range:** Covers depleted through to well-aerated water.
- **8 mg/l reference at 25°C:** JBL's guide figure for healthy oxygenation.
- **Freshwater, marine and pond use:** One kit across several water types.
- **Timed for overnight checks:** Suited to catching the low point in a planted tank's daily cycle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102734
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241122
- **Product Type:** Testing > Oxygen (O2) Test Kit
- **Measuring Range:** 1–10 mg/l (ppm)
- **Reference Value:** About 8 mg/l at 25°C for well-oxygenated water
- **Contents:** Reagent solutions, syringe, comparator system
- **Sampling Note:** Fill the cuvette with no trapped air bubbles for an accurate result
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, ponds and tap water
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Ph 3.0-10.0
Wide-range drop test for routine pH checks and CO2 fertilising.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-ph-3-0-10-0/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102720 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241016
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102720-1.png
A single pH test that covers the full span from an acidic blackwater tank to an alkaline rift lake set-up saves owners who keep more than one style of aquarium from needing a different kit for each. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Ph 3.0-10.0 (SKU: 102720) is JBL's general-purpose pH test for freshwater and marine aquariums, reading across the whole 3.0 to 10.0 range in 0.5 pH steps against a 14-colour chart running from red through yellow and green to violet. The complete set supplies enough reagent for approximately 80 tests, using only four drops per test, along with the glass tube, cap and comparator materials needed to read a result.
Because the test is designed to cover such a broad range, JBL built in a compensation method so that water lightly tinted by peat filtration or a course of medication does not throw off the colour read. Beyond routine checks, the same test doubles as a way to monitor and fine-tune CO2 fertilising through JBL's Proflora CO2 system, since adding CO2 to a planted tank lowers pH in a fairly predictable way that this test can track. The 0.5 step graduation makes this kit better suited to a general health check than to the fine distinctions some alkaline-water fish need, which is why JBL also sells a narrower 7.4 to 9.0 kit for that end of the scale specifically. A complete set like this one is the starting point for anyone without the glass tube and colour chart already, with a reagent-only refill available afterwards.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine health checks:** A general pH reading across freshwater or marine tanks of almost any type.
- **CO2-injected planted tanks:** Tracking the pH drop that comes with CO2 fertilising.
- **Tinted or treated water:** Peat-filtered tanks or those under a medication course.
- **New tank set-up:** Confirming where tap or treated water sits on the full scale before stocking.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the glass tube:** Add the stated volume of water to the test tube.
- **Add four drops:** Dose the reagent as directed and cap the tube.
- **Mix and wait:** Invert gently to mix, then allow the colour to develop fully.
- **Match the 14-colour chart:** Read the result in good daylight against the supplied scale.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full 3.0–10.0 range:** One kit covers acidic through to alkaline water.
- **Approx. 80 tests:** Only four drops of reagent used per test.
- **14-colour chart:** Red through yellow and green to violet, in 0.5 pH steps.
- **CO2 fertilising aid:** Doubles as a check for JBL Proflora CO2 dosing.
- **Tint-compensated:** Readings stay reliable in peat-filtered or treated water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102720
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241016
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Kit (3.0–10.0)
- **Measuring Range:** pH 3.0–10.0 in 0.5 steps
- **Tests per Kit:** Approx. 80, at 4 drops per test
- **Contents:** Reagent, glass test tube with cap, 14-colour chart
- **Other Sizes:** JBL ProAquaTest Kit - pH 7.4-9.0 (SKU 102724)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Ph 7.4 - 9.0
Fine-graduated pH test for alkaline water and marine systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-ph-7-4-9-0/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102724 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162253484
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102724-1.jpg
A tank sitting at the alkaline end of the scale, whether that is an African rift lake community, a marine system or a hard-water pond, needs finer distinctions than a kit built to span the whole pH range can give. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Ph 7.4 - 9.0 (SKU: 102724) is JBL's narrower-range pH test, covering 7.4 to 9.0 for freshwater and marine water, read against a colour chart and supplying enough reagent for approximately 80 tests at just four drops per test. Where JBL's wider pH 3.0 to 10.0 kit steps across its full span, this kit concentrates its graduations into the alkaline band most relevant to rift lake cichlids, marine tanks and ponds, giving a more precise read exactly where those systems typically sit rather than lumping several points of that band into a single wide colour step.
The same compensation method JBL uses across its pH range keeps readings reliable even when the water carries a slight tint from treatment or tannins, though alkaline systems are less often affected by this than softer, blackwater-style tanks. Like the broader-range kit, this test can be used to monitor pH as part of a CO2 fertilising routine through JBL's Proflora CO2 system, although CO2 injection is less common in the hard, alkaline water this kit is aimed at. The complete set includes the glass test tube and colour chart needed to read a result from scratch, with a reagent-only refill available once the solution runs low.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **African cichlid tanks:** Precise pH checks in the alkaline range these fish need.
- **Marine aquariums:** Seawater sits within this test's range, where fine graduations matter.
- **Hard-water ponds:** Outdoor systems running consistently alkaline.
- **Buffered or mineral-dosed tanks:** Confirming a buffering product has reached the target range.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the test tube:** Add the stated volume of water.
- **Add four drops of reagent:** Dose as directed and cap the tube.
- **Mix thoroughly:** Invert gently to combine the sample and reagent.
- **Read against the colour chart:** Compare in good light for the most accurate result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Alkaline-focused 7.4–9.0 range:** Finer distinctions than a full-span pH kit.
- **Approx. 80 tests:** Only four drops of reagent per test.
- **Suited to African cichlids and marine tanks:** JBL's narrower kit for hard, alkaline water.
- **Same compensation method:** Reliable reading even in lightly tinted water.
- **Complete starter set:** Test tube and colour chart included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102724
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162253484
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Kit (7.4–9.0)
- **Measuring Range:** pH 7.4–9.0
- **Tests per Kit:** Approx. 80, at 4 drops per test
- **Contents:** Reagent, glass test tube with cap, colour chart
- **Ideal For:** African cichlid tanks, marine aquariums, hard-water ponds
- **Other Sizes:** JBL ProAquaTest Kit - pH 3.0-10.0 (SKU 102720)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, alkaline water
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit - Phosphate (PO4) Sensitive
Low-range comparator test for algae-driving phosphate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-phosphate-po4-sensitive/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102744 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241276
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102744-1.jpg
Phosphate is one of the main nutrients behind nuisance algae, and because it is usually present only in small amounts, a test that cannot read reliably at the low end tends to miss the early build-up that leads to a bloom. JBL ProAquaTest Kit - Phosphate (PO4) Sensitive (SKU: 102744) is JBL's sensitive comparator test for phosphate in fresh and marine aquarium water, pitched to pick up a reading from around 0.02 mg/l rather than only catching phosphate once it has already climbed well above that. The complete kit supplies glass cuvettes, a comparator system, a syringe and a colour chart, enough together for roughly 50 tests.
The scale extends up to around 1.8 mg/l (ppm), covering everything from a reef tank's tight phosphate target through to a heavily stocked or overfed freshwater system running well above where algae typically becomes a problem. As with JBL's other comparator tests, a compensation method corrects for water that is lightly tinted by peat filtration or medication, so discolouration does not skew the colour read. Phosphate tends to build up gradually from uneaten food, fish waste and tap water rather than spiking suddenly, which makes this test most useful as part of a regular routine rather than a one-off check, particularly once algae has already become noticeable and the source needs tracking down. The full kit includes the comparator hardware needed to start testing from scratch, while a separate reagent-only refill is available once the solution runs low.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae troubleshooting:** Checking phosphate as a likely driver of an ongoing bloom.
- **Reef and planted tanks:** Low-range systems where even a small phosphate rise matters.
- **After overfeeding or a stocking increase:** Confirming whether extra waste has pushed phosphate up.
- **Routine water quality checks:** Regular monitoring alongside nitrate as part of nutrient control.
**How to Use**
- **Measure the sample:** Use the syringe to fill a cuvette with the stated water volume.
- **Add the reagent:** Dose as directed and allow the colour to develop fully.
- **Read in the comparator:** Match the cuvette against the supplied colour chart in the comparator.
- **Track over time:** Repeat on a regular schedule rather than relying on a single reading.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sensitive low-end detection:** Reads from around 0.02 mg/l rather than missing early build-up.
- **Up to about 1.8 mg/l:** Covers reef-tank targets through to heavily stocked systems.
- **Full comparator kit:** Cuvettes, comparator, syringe and colour chart supplied together.
- **Approx. 50 tests:** A practical reagent supply for regular monitoring.
- **Tint-compensated reading:** Corrects for peat- or medication-tinted water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102744
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241276
- **Product Type:** Testing > Phosphate (PO4) Test Kit
- **Measuring Range:** About 0.02–1.8 mg/l (ppm)
- **Tests per Kit:** Approx. 50
- **Contents:** Reagent, glass cuvettes, syringe, comparator system, colour chart
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Ammonium (NH4)
Reagent-only restock for an existing comparator kit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-ammonium-nh4/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102731 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241221
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102731-1.jpg
Buying a full comparator kit again just to replace a used-up reagent bottle wastes glassware that is still perfectly usable. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Ammonium (NH4) (SKU: 102731) is JBL's reagent-only restock for the ProAquaTest Ammonium test, supplying fresh Solution 1, 2 and 3 for an owner who already has the glass cuvettes, syringe and comparator block from the complete kit. It covers the same measuring range as the full set, 0.05 to 5 mg/l across nine graduated points, and is read against the same comparator rather than a loose colour card, so results stay consistent with whatever full kit it is topping up.
A tank with an established, working biofilter should return no ammonium reading at all on this scale; JBL's own recommended ceiling is 0.25 mg/l before a water change and a review of feeding or stocking is warranted. The refill supplies roughly 50 further tests' worth of reagent, which suits a fish room, breeder or retail system that runs this test often enough to exhaust the original solutions well before the cuvettes or comparator wear out. Because ammonium testing is the earliest warning sign of a struggling biofilter, keeping a refill on hand means a spot check is never held up by an empty bottle. The compensation built into the comparator still corrects for water lightly tinted by tannins, peat filtration or medication, exactly as it does with the complete kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Restocking an existing kit:** The original reagents have run low but the cuvettes and comparator are still good.
- **Frequent testers:** Fish rooms, breeders or shops that run ammonium checks often enough to use up reagent quickly.
- **Before a busy season:** Topping up ahead of new stock arrivals or a run of water changes.
- **Shared test kits:** Several tanks drawing on one comparator, where reagent use adds up faster than the hardware wears.
**How to Use**
- **Swap in the new reagents:** Replace the exhausted Solution 1, 2 and 3 with the refill bottles.
- **Keep using the existing comparator:** The glass cuvettes, syringe and comparator block from the original kit are reused.
- **Follow the same dosing order:** Add the three solutions in the sequence given in the original manual.
- **Read against the same scale:** Compare the finished colour in the comparator exactly as before.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only restock:** Fresh Solution 1, 2 and 3 without duplicate glassware.
- **Same 0.05–5 mg/l range:** Matches the complete kit's scale exactly.
- **Approx. 50 further tests:** A practical quantity for ongoing monitoring.
- **Works with the original comparator:** No need to replace cuvettes or the comparator block.
- **Lower cost than a new kit:** Avoids paying again for hardware already owned.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102731
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241221
- **Product Type:** Testing > Ammonium (NH4) Test Refill
- **Measuring Range:** 0.05–5 mg/l (ppm), matching the complete kit
- **Tests per Refill:** Approx. 50
- **Contents:** Solution 1, 2 and 3 reagent refills (no cuvettes or comparator)
- **Recommended Maximum:** 0.25 mg/l in a healthy aquarium
- **Compatibility:** JBL ProAquaTest Ammonium (NH4) comparator kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, ponds and tap water
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Gh Total Hardness
Reagent-only bottle for an existing drop-count test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-gh-total-hardness/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102727 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162253514
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102727-1.jpg
A GH drop-count test uses up its reagent bottle long before the little plastic cuvette that goes with it wears out, which is exactly the gap a refill is meant to fill. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Gh Total Hardness (SKU: 102727) is JBL's replacement reagent for the ProAquaTest GH test, sold for an owner who still has the cuvette from a complete set and only needs the liquid that produces the red-to-green colour change. It works the same way as the original: a measured sample in the cuvette, reagent added drop by drop with a swirl between each, until the colour turns fully green.
The number of drops still converts to a °GH reading via the same table in JBL's manual, so a result taken with the refill reads consistently against earlier tests done with the original kit. Because GH testing is about matching water to the fish and plants being kept rather than watching for a toxin, there is no safe ceiling to flag; the value simply needs rechecking whenever the water source, stocking or planting changes. Keeping a refill in reserve suits anyone who tests GH regularly enough that the reagent bottle is the part that empties first, such as a breeder managing several tanks at different hardness levels, or a shop checking incoming stock water before it joins the system. Pairing a GH check with the matching KH test gives a more complete read on water chemistry than either value gives alone, since the two measure different properties and can move independently of each other between water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reagent run out:** The original kit's cuvette is fine, but the bottle is empty.
- **Multi-tank testing:** Several systems at different target hardness levels using up reagent faster than one cuvette wears.
- **Breeding programs:** Regular hardness checks where consistency between kits matters.
- **Before restocking:** Checking new water against the existing tank's hardness before fish go in.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original cuvette:** No new glassware is needed from this refill.
- **Fill with a fresh sample:** Add the stated volume of water to the cuvette.
- **Dose drop by drop:** Swirl between drops, counting each one as before.
- **Read the same table:** Convert the final drop count to °GH using the original manual.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only bottle:** No cuvette included, for an owner who already has one.
- **Same drop-count method:** Identical red-to-green endpoint as the complete kit.
- **Consistent readings:** Uses the same conversion table as the original set.
- **Suits frequent testing:** A practical top-up for regular GH monitoring.
- **Lower-cost restock:** Cheaper than buying a full set again.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102727
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162253514
- **Product Type:** Testing > GH (General Hardness) Test Refill
- **Method:** Drop-count colour change, red to green
- **Contents:** Liquid reagent bottle only
- **Result:** Drop count converted to a °GH reading via the original manual
- **Compatibility:** JBL ProAquaTest GH Total Hardness comparator set
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Iron (Fe)
Replacement reagent for regular iron dosing checks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-iron-fe/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102739 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241177
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102739-1.jpg
A planted tank running a daily iron dose tends to burn through test reagent faster than any other part of the kit, since checking uptake properly means testing often rather than once a month. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Iron (Fe) (SKU: 102739) is JBL's reagent restock for the ProAquaTest Iron test, for an owner who already holds the cuvette, syringe and comparator from the complete set and just needs fresh solution. It reacts to all dissolved forms of iron, the same as the original kit, which matters since chelated iron fertilisers are designed to stay available to plants rather than sitting as a simple dissolved salt.
The refill reads across the same 0.05 to 1.5 mg/l range in nine graduated steps and against the same comparator, so results line up with earlier tests run from the full kit. JBL's recommended band for freshwater planted aquariums is 0.05 to 0.2 mg/l, and because iron is taken up quickly once dosed, the most useful habit is testing shortly after fertilising to see how fast a given tank draws it down, then adjusting the dosing schedule accordingly. That kind of frequent before-and-after testing is exactly what runs a reagent bottle down well ahead of the cuvette or comparator wearing out, which is where a refill earns its place over buying another full kit. The compensation for naturally tinted water, such as peat-filtered tanks, carries over unchanged from the original set, and because the refill is sold separately from the comparator, the cost of ongoing monitoring stays well below buying a fresh complete kit each time the solution runs out.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reagent exhausted:** The comparator and cuvette are fine, but the solution has run out.
- **Frequent dosing checks:** Tanks on a daily or several-times-weekly iron regime.
- **Dialling in a new fertiliser:** Comparing uptake before and after switching products or doses.
- **Multiple planted tanks:** One comparator serving several systems, using reagent faster than hardware wears.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the existing comparator:** No new glassware is supplied with this refill.
- **Measure a fresh sample:** Fill the cuvette with the stated water volume.
- **Dose and develop:** Add the refill reagent and let the colour reach full strength.
- **Match the same scale:** Read the result against the original nine-shade comparator.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only restock:** No duplicate cuvette, syringe or comparator.
- **Same 0.05–1.5 mg/l range:** Matches the complete kit's scale.
- **Reacts to all dissolved iron:** Including chelated fertiliser forms.
- **Suited to frequent testing:** A practical top-up for regular dosing checks.
- **Keeps the comparator in service:** Extends the life of hardware already owned.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102739
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241177
- **Product Type:** Testing > Iron (Fe) Test Refill
- **Measuring Range:** 0.05–1.5 mg/l (ppm), matching the complete kit
- **Recommended Range:** 0.05–0.2 mg/l in freshwater planted aquariums
- **Contents:** Reagent refill only (no cuvette or comparator)
- **Compatibility:** JBL ProAquaTest Iron (Fe) comparator kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Kh Carbonate Hardness
Reagent bottle for ongoing buffering checks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-kh-carbonate-hardness/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102728 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241115
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102728-1.jpg
Carbonate hardness falls steadily between water changes in most working aquariums, which means a KH test gets used more often than many other kits and the reagent runs out well before the cuvette does. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Kh Carbonate Hardness (SKU: 102728) is JBL's replacement reagent for the ProAquaTest KH test, intended for an owner who already has the plastic cuvette from a complete set and only needs the liquid that drives the blue-to-yellow colour change. The method carries over exactly: reagent added drop by drop to a measured sample, swirled between drops, until the colour turns fully yellow, with each drop still equal to 1° dKH.
Because the drop-to-degree ratio does not change between the original kit and this refill, a reading taken today is directly comparable to one taken months ago with the same cuvette. JBL's recommended freshwater range remains 4 to 8° dKH, and the main reason to keep a spare bottle on hand is that KH testing tends to become routine in a heavily planted or CO2-injected tank, where buffering capacity is used up quickly and a sudden pH crash is the first sign it has run out. A shop or fish room running several tanks off one comparator cuvette will typically need this reagent again long before any of the glassware needs replacing, which is the gap the refill is built to fill, and testing both GH and KH together on the same schedule gives a fuller picture of how stable a tank's water chemistry really is between changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reagent used up:** The cuvette from the original kit is still serviceable.
- **Frequent KH monitoring:** Planted or CO2-dosed tanks that need regular buffering checks.
- **Multiple systems:** Several tanks tested from one cuvette, running down reagent faster than glassware wears.
- **Before a pH problem develops:** Catching falling KH before it leads to a sudden pH swing.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original cuvette:** No new glassware ships with this refill.
- **Add a fresh sample:** Fill the cuvette with the stated volume of water.
- **Dose and count:** Add reagent drop by drop, swirling between each.
- **Stop at yellow:** Read the drop count directly as the °dKH value.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only bottle:** No cuvette included, for an owner who already has one.
- **Same 1 drop = 1° dKH reading:** Directly comparable to earlier tests.
- **Suits frequent testing:** Built for tanks where KH needs regular checking.
- **Consistent with the original kit:** Same blue-to-yellow endpoint and scale.
- **Cost-effective restock:** Cheaper than buying the full set again.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102728
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241115
- **Product Type:** Testing > KH (Carbonate Hardness) Test Refill
- **Method:** Drop-count colour change, blue to yellow; 1 drop = 1° dKH
- **Contents:** Liquid reagent bottle only
- **Recommended Range:** 4–8° dKH in freshwater aquariums
- **Compatibility:** JBL ProAquaTest KH Carbonate Hardness cuvette set
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Nitrite (NO2)
Replacement reagents for ongoing cycle monitoring.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-nitrite-no2/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102733 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241245
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102733-1.jpg
Watching a new tank through its cycle usually means testing nitrite every day or two for several weeks, which can empty a reagent set long before the comparator block sees any real wear. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Nitrite (NO2) (SKU: 102733) is JBL's reagent restock for the ProAquaTest Nitrite test, supplying fresh Solution 1 and Solution 2 for an owner who already has the glass cuvettes, syringe and comparator from a complete kit. It keeps the same 0.025 to 1.0 mg/l range and the same nine-colour chart from yellow to pink, so a reading taken with the refill lines up exactly with ones taken earlier from the original kit.
A properly cycled aquarium should return zero on this scale; any reading signals that the bacteria converting nitrite through to nitrate have not caught up, whether that is a tank still cycling for the first time or an established one recovering from a filter clean, a medication course or a sudden increase in stocking. Because cycling checks are often done daily rather than weekly, this is one of the kits most likely to need a reagent refill well before the comparator or cuvettes wear out, and keeping one on hand avoids a gap in testing right when it matters most. The same compensation for peat- or medication-tinted water that the full kit uses carries over unchanged with this refill, and reading the result against the original comparator rather than a new one means a run of daily readings stays directly comparable from the first day of cycling to the last.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily cycling checks:** Frequent testing that uses reagent faster than any other part of the kit.
- **Reagent running low:** The comparator and cuvettes from the original kit are still good.
- **Recovery monitoring:** Checking the biofilter after a filter clean or medication course.
- **Multiple tanks on one comparator:** Shared hardware with reagent being the part that runs out first.
**How to Use**
- **Keep the existing comparator:** No new glassware ships with this refill.
- **Measure a fresh sample:** Fill the cuvette with the stated water volume.
- **Dose both solutions:** Add Solution 1 and Solution 2 in the original order.
- **Read against the same chart:** Compare the result to the original nine-colour scale.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only restock:** Fresh Solution 1 and 2 without duplicate glassware.
- **Same 0.025–1.0 mg/l range:** Matches the complete kit's scale exactly.
- **Built for frequent testing:** Suited to daily or near-daily cycling checks.
- **Keeps the comparator in service:** No need to replace existing cuvettes.
- **Lower cost than a new kit:** A practical restock for an ongoing routine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102733
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241245
- **Product Type:** Testing > Nitrite (NO2) Test Refill
- **Measuring Range:** 0.025–1.0 mg/l (ppm), matching the complete kit
- **Contents:** Solution 1 and 2 reagent refills (no cuvettes or comparator)
- **Compatibility:** JBL ProAquaTest Nitrite (NO2) comparator kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Oxygen (O2)
Reagent restock for recurring overnight checks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-oxygen-o2/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102735 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241139
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102735-1.jpg
Checking dissolved oxygen properly means testing at the low point of the day, usually just before dawn in a planted tank, which is not a once-off test but one that gets repeated across several nights to build a real picture. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Oxygen (O2) (SKU: 102735) is JBL's reagent restock for the ProAquaTest Oxygen test, for an owner who already has the comparator system and syringe from a complete kit and just needs fresh solutions. It covers the same 1 to 10 mg/l range as the original kit and is read against the same comparator, so repeated overnight readings stay comparable from one night to the next.
JBL's reference figure of around 8 mg/l at 25°C for well-oxygenated water still applies, and the main reason to keep this refill on hand is that oxygen testing tends to become a short run of consecutive checks rather than a single reading, whether that is tracking a densely planted tank through its overnight dip or monitoring a system recovering from an algaecide treatment or a heat wave. As with the full kit, the sample needs to be drawn without trapping air bubbles in the cuvette for a reliable result, since dissolved oxygen tests are more sensitive to handling than most other water tests. Restocking the reagent rather than the whole kit keeps the comparator in service for the next round of testing, and since dissolved oxygen moves with temperature, time of day and plant activity, a fresh bottle on hand means a follow-up reading is never delayed by waiting on a new kit to arrive.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reagent exhausted:** The comparator from the original kit is still in good order.
- **Multi-night monitoring:** Tracking oxygen over several consecutive overnight checks.
- **Post-treatment recovery:** Confirming oxygen levels recover after algaecide use or a heat wave.
- **Equipment troubleshooting:** Repeated checks after an aerator or filter outage.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the comparator:** No new hardware ships with this refill.
- **Draw the sample without bubbles:** Fill the cuvette carefully, as with the original kit.
- **Dose the fresh reagent:** Add it in the order given in the original manual.
- **Read against the same scale:** Compare the result to the existing comparator system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only restock:** No duplicate comparator or syringe.
- **Same 1–10 mg/l range:** Matches the complete kit's scale.
- **Built for repeat testing:** Suited to multi-night oxygen monitoring.
- **Same 8 mg/l reference:** Consistent benchmark at 25°C.
- **Keeps hardware in use:** Avoids replacing a comparator that still works.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102735
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241139
- **Product Type:** Testing > Oxygen (O2) Test Refill
- **Measuring Range:** 1–10 mg/l (ppm), matching the complete kit
- **Reference Value:** About 8 mg/l at 25°C for well-oxygenated water
- **Contents:** Reagent solutions only (no comparator or syringe)
- **Compatibility:** JBL ProAquaTest Oxygen (O2) comparator kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, ponds and tap water
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Ph 3.0-10.0
Reagent restock for the wide-range pH test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-ph-3-0-10-0/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102721 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162253439
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102721-1.png
A pH test run every week or two to track CO2 fertilising or just keep an eye on a tank's general health adds up over a year, and the reagent bottle is always the part that runs dry first. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Ph 3.0-10.0 (SKU: 102721) is JBL's reagent-only restock for the wide-range ProAquaTest pH test, aimed at an owner who still has the glass test tube and 14-colour chart from a complete set and just needs fresh solution. It keeps the same 3.0 to 10.0 range in 0.5 pH steps and still uses only four drops per test, so results continue to read against the original chart without any change in interpretation.
The same compensation for peat-tinted or medicated water carries over from the complete kit, and the test still doubles as a check on CO2 fertilising through JBL's Proflora CO2 system, tracking the pH drop that comes with adding CO2 to a planted tank. Anyone running this test regularly, whether as a weekly habit or as part of fine-tuning a CO2 injection rate, will typically use up the reagent well before the glass tube wears out or the colour chart fades, which is the point of buying the refill rather than a whole new kit. The approximately 80 tests per bottle, at four drops each, make it a practical quantity for an ongoing routine rather than an occasional spot check, and because the colour chart does not wear out the way a reagent bottle does, this refill is usually the only part of the kit that needs replacing over the life of the test tube.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reagent running low:** The original glass tube and colour chart are still usable.
- **Ongoing CO2 fertilising checks:** Regular pH tracking to fine-tune CO2 injection.
- **Routine health monitoring:** A weekly or fortnightly habit that uses reagent steadily.
- **Tinted or treated tanks:** Continuing to test peat-filtered or medicated water reliably.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original tube:** No new glassware ships with this refill.
- **Add the stated sample:** Fill the tube with the usual volume of water.
- **Dose four drops:** Add the refill reagent and cap the tube.
- **Read against the same chart:** Compare the result to the original 14-colour scale.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only restock:** No duplicate tube or colour chart.
- **Same 3.0–10.0 range:** Matches the complete kit's 0.5 pH steps.
- **Approx. 80 tests:** Four drops per test, as with the original kit.
- **Supports CO2 monitoring:** Still useful for tracking JBL Proflora CO2 dosing.
- **Lower-cost restock:** Avoids paying again for glassware already owned.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102721
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162253439
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Refill (3.0–10.0)
- **Measuring Range:** pH 3.0–10.0 in 0.5 steps, matching the complete kit
- **Tests per Refill:** Approx. 80, at 4 drops per test
- **Contents:** Reagent refill only (no test tube or colour chart)
- **Other Sizes:** JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - pH 7.4-9.0 (SKU 102725)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Ph 7.4-9.0
Reagent restock for alkaline-range pH monitoring.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-ph-7-4-9-0/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102725 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241061
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102725-1.jpg
A rift lake or marine tank that gets checked every week for pH stability runs through its test reagent at a steady clip, while the glass tube and colour chart that came with the kit barely show any wear. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Ph 7.4-9.0 (SKU: 102725) is JBL's reagent-only restock for the narrower alkaline-range pH test, for an owner who already holds the test tube and colour chart from a complete set. It keeps the same 7.4 to 9.0 range and the same four-drop dosing per test, so the approximately 80 tests in each refill bottle read consistently against the chart already in use.
This range stays the right tool for African cichlid tanks, marine aquariums and hard-water ponds, where water typically sits well inside this band rather than near the edges of a full-span pH kit, and that is also where regular monitoring tends to matter most, whether confirming a buffering product is holding the target range or watching for drift after a water change. The same tint compensation used across JBL's pH range carries over to the refill, even though alkaline systems are less often affected by discolouration than softer water. Restocking the reagent alone, rather than the whole kit, keeps the existing test tube and chart in service for the next round of checks, and holding a spare bottle means a planned water change or buffer top-up is never delayed while waiting on a fresh test kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reagent running low:** The test tube and colour chart from the original kit are still good.
- **Regular cichlid or marine checks:** Weekly or fortnightly pH monitoring in alkaline systems.
- **Confirming buffer dosing:** Checking that a hardness or pH buffer is holding the target range.
- **Pond water checks:** Ongoing monitoring of a hard-water outdoor system.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original tube and chart:** No new glassware ships with this refill.
- **Fill with a fresh sample:** Add the stated volume of water to the tube.
- **Dose four drops:** Add the refill reagent and cap the tube.
- **Mix and compare:** Invert gently, then read against the existing colour chart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only restock:** No duplicate test tube or colour chart.
- **Same 7.4–9.0 range:** Matches the complete kit exactly.
- **Approx. 80 tests:** Four drops per test, as with the original kit.
- **Suited to regular monitoring:** Built for ongoing cichlid, marine or pond checks.
- **Cost-effective restock:** Keeps existing glassware in use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102725
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162241061
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Refill (7.4–9.0)
- **Measuring Range:** pH 7.4–9.0, matching the complete kit
- **Tests per Refill:** Approx. 80, at 4 drops per test
- **Contents:** Reagent refill only (no test tube or colour chart)
- **Ideal For:** African cichlid tanks, marine aquariums, hard-water ponds
- **Other Sizes:** JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - pH 3.0-10.0 (SKU 102721)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, alkaline water
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Kit Refill - Phosphate (PO4) Sensitive
Reagent refill for the sensitive PO4 phosphate test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-kit-refill-phosphate-po4-sensitive/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102745 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162254092
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102745-1.jpg
Phosphate is the nutrient that feeds algae long before nitrate becomes the obvious suspect, so a phosphate test that keeps working matters more than the cuvette it first came in. JBL ProAquaTest Kit Refill - Phosphate (PO4) Sensitive (SKU: 102745) is JBL's reagent refill for its sensitive-range PO4 drop test, sold for when the original ProAquaTest PO4 kit's reagent bottle runs out rather than when the syringe, cuvette or colour chart need replacing. JBL rates one refill bottle at about 50 further tests, each read on the same comparator chart supplied with the original kit, which allows for the aquarium water's own tint when the drops are matched to a colour on the card. Restocking only the reagent keeps the rest of the kit in service without buying the full case again.
The sensitive formulation is built for the low readings that matter most in planted and reef-adjacent systems, where even a few tenths of a milligram per litre of phosphate can tip a tank into visible algae. JBL's own guide values are roughly 0 to 0.4 mg/L for a freshwater community tank, a similar 0 to 0.4 mg/L for Malawi or Tanganyika cichlids, 0.1 to 1.5 mg/L for a heavily planted aquascape where the plants are actively using the nutrient, 0 to 0.1 mg/L for a marine aquarium trying to keep coralline growth ahead of nuisance algae, and under 0.05 mg/L for a garden pond. The reagent itself is corrosive to skin and eyes, so it is dosed by drops into a cuvette rather than handled directly, and it is kept capped and out of the reach of children between tests.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine monitoring:** Weekly or fortnightly checks on a tank already set up with the JBL PO4 kit.
- **Algae troubleshooting:** Confirming whether phosphate is behind a green or brown algae outbreak.
- **Planted tanks:** Checking phosphate sits in the range the plants can use rather than feeding algae instead.
- **Marine systems:** Keeping phosphate low enough that coralline growth stays ahead of nuisance algae.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the cuvette:** Rinse it with the aquarium sample, then fill to the mark the original kit specifies.
- **Add this reagent:** Add the stated number of drops from the refill bottle and swirl to mix.
- **Time and compare:** Wait the reaction time given with the original kit, then match the colour against the PO4 chart.
- **Store upright:** Keep the bottle capped, upright and out of direct sun between tests.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sensitive range:** Tuned for the low phosphate readings typical of freshwater and reef aquariums.
- **About 50 tests:** JBL's stated yield from one refill bottle.
- **Comparator-compatible:** Matches the cuvette and colour chart from the original ProAquaTest PO4 kit.
- **Reagent only:** Restocks the consumable without duplicating the kit's hardware.
- **Five guide ranges:** Separate target values given for community, cichlid, planted, marine and pond water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102745
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162254092
- **Product Type:** Testing > Phosphate (PO4) Test Refill
- **Contents:** One PO4 reagent refill bottle, about 50 tests
- **Compatible With:** JBL ProAquaTest PO4 Phosphate Sensitive test kit
- **Guide Ranges:** Freshwater community and cichlid 0–0.4 mg/L; planted aquascape 0.1–1.5 mg/L; marine 0–0.1 mg/L; pond under 0.05 mg/L
- **Hazard:** Corrosive reagent; keep away from children and out of the aquarium itself
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Lab Koi
Complete water test case built for koi and ornamental ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-lab-koi/
- Price: $329.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725326
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725326-1.png
A koi pond holds far more water and far more fish waste than an aquarium ever will, and a single test strip at a time is a slow way to keep ahead of either. JBL ProAquaTest Lab Koi (SKU: 725326) is JBL's dedicated drop-test case for koi and ornamental pond keepers, a waterproof carry case holding the reagents, glassware and colour charts needed to run ten pond water values from one kit rather than buying several separate tests. It includes two phosphate tests rather than one, a sensitive low-range version for general monitoring and a koi-specific high-range version for the heavier nutrient loads a well-stocked pond can carry, reflecting the larger bioload and bigger volumes typical of koi keeping compared with a tank.
The full parameter list covers pH across two ranges, carbonate hardness (KH), general hardness (GH), the two phosphate tests, nitrite, nitrate, ammonium/ammonia and oxygen, the core set a pond keeper needs tracked together through the season. In the case: 22 reagents, 12 glass vials, 2 syringes, 3 measuring spoons, a thermometer, a comparator block, 2 plastic cuvettes, colour charts, report sheets, a pen and full instructions, enough supply to run the panel repeatedly before any single reagent runs low. The comparator system allows for the natural tint pond water often carries from tannins or algae, so colours read correctly rather than being thrown off by the water's own colour. JBL does not state a size rating in litres for the kit, since pond volumes vary too widely, and most of the individual reagents are sold separately as refills once used up rather than requiring a whole new case.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New pond setup:** Establishing baseline readings before koi go into a new or refilled pond.
- **Seasonal swings:** Spring and summer, when feeding and bioload rise faster than the pond's volume does.
- **Health troubleshooting:** Checking water quality when fish show signs of stress or disease.
- **Routine pond keeping:** Regular checks alongside filter maintenance and water changes.
**How to Use**
- **Draw the sample:** Fill a glass vial with pond water taken away from the edges.
- **Add the reagents:** Follow the stated drops or tablets for each parameter in turn.
- **Match the colour:** Compare the result against the comparator block and colour charts.
- **Log the result:** Record each reading on the report sheets to track trends through the season.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ten water values:** One case covering pH, hardness, phosphate, nitrogen compounds and oxygen.
- **Two phosphate tests:** A sensitive low-range test and a koi-specific high-range test.
- **Pond-scale comparator:** Allows for the natural tint of pond water when reading colours.
- **22 reagents supplied:** A season of testing across several parameters from one case.
- **Waterproof case:** Vials, syringes, spoons, thermometer and charts stored together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 725326
- **Product Type:** Testing > Koi Pond Water Test Case
- **Contents:** 22 reagents, 12 glass vials, 2 syringes, 3 measuring spoons, thermometer, comparator block, 2 plastic cuvettes, colour charts, report sheets, pen, instructions
- **Parameters Tested:** pH (two ranges), KH, GH, phosphate (standard and koi high-range), nitrite, nitrate, ammonium/ammonia, oxygen
- **Case:** Waterproof carry case
- **Refills:** Most reagents available separately once used up
- **Target Environment:** Koi and ornamental ponds
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Lab Suitcase Freshwater
Thirteen-test water analysis case for tanks and tap water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-lab-suitcase-freshwater/
- Price: $338.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102755 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162240842
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102755-1.png
A freshwater tank throws up a dozen different numbers worth knowing, and chasing each one with a single strip or a single kit at a time gets expensive and slow. JBL ProAquaTest Lab Suitcase Freshwater (SKU: 102755) is JBL's comprehensive drop-test case for freshwater aquariums and tap water, built around a laboratory-style comparator block that allows for the water's own natural colour when reagent colours are matched against the chart. The case covers 13 tests across three pH ranges (3.0 to 10, 6.0 to 7.6 and 7.4 to 9.0) plus oxygen, general hardness (GH), carbonate hardness (KH), phosphate (PO4), ammonium/ammonia (NH4/NH3) with its own toxicity table, nitrite (NO2), nitrate (NO3), iron (Fe), copper (Cu) and silicate (SiO2). CO2 is not tested directly in the standard case but is read from a table using the pH and KH results together.
In the case: 12 glass vials, 2 syringes, 3 measuring spoons, a thermometer, the comparator block, 2 plastic cuvettes, colour charts, the CO2 table, a pen, report sheets and the full instruction manual. JBL sells potassium (K), freshwater magnesium (Mg) and a CO2 Direct test as separate add-on reagents for keepers who need those values tracked as well. The colour charts extend to pond and marine readings too, but the case itself is aimed at freshwater tanks, from a simple community setup to a heavily stocked or planted display, and at checking tap water before a water change. Most of the reagents are sold separately as refills once used up, so the case itself does not need replacing when a single test runs low.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank setup:** Baseline readings across the full panel before fish go in.
- **Weekly water changes:** Checking the whole parameter set stays stable week to week.
- **Troubleshooting:** Diagnosing algae, poor growth or fish stress against a wider set of values than one strip gives.
- **Tap water checks:** Testing source water before it goes into the tank.
**How to Use**
- **Fill a vial:** Rinse with the sample, then fill to the line for the test being run.
- **Add the stated reagent:** Follow each test's own drop count or tablet, specific to that parameter.
- **Match the colour:** Use the comparator block and chart to read the result, allowing for the water's tint.
- **Check CO2 via the table:** Cross-reference the pH and KH readings on the CO2 table rather than running a separate test.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **13 tests in one case:** pH across three ranges, O2, GH, KH, PO4, NH4/NH3, NO2, NO3, Fe, Cu and SiO2.
- **Comparator-corrected colour matching:** Accounts for the aquarium or tap water's own tint.
- **CO2 by table:** Calculated from pH and KH rather than needing a separate reagent.
- **Expandable:** Potassium, freshwater magnesium and CO2 Direct tests sold as add-ons.
- **Refillable:** Reagents replaced individually rather than discarding the whole case.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102755
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162240842
- **Product Type:** Testing > Freshwater Test Case (13 Tests)
- **Contents:** Test case, 12 glass vials, 2 syringes, 3 measuring spoons, thermometer, comparator block, 2 plastic cuvettes, colour charts, CO2 table, pen, report sheets, instructions
- **Parameters Tested:** pH (3 ranges), O2, GH, KH, PO4, NH4/NH3, NO2, NO3, Fe, Cu, SiO2 (CO2 via table)
- **Optional Add-Ons:** K, Mg (freshwater) and CO2 Direct reagents
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProAquaTest Lab Suitcase Marine (SKU 102756) and ProScape (SKU 102758) for other water types
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and tap water
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Lab Suitcase Marine
Eleven-test water analysis case for marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-lab-suitcase-marine/
- Price: $299.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102756 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162255037
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102756-1.png
A reef tank runs on calcium, magnesium and alkalinity in a way a freshwater tank never has to, and testing each with a separate single-purpose kit adds up fast in both cost and bench space. JBL ProAquaTest Lab Suitcase Marine (SKU: 102756) is JBL's dedicated drop-test case for marine aquariums, built around the same comparator block used across JBL's test range so reagent colours read correctly against the tank's own tint rather than a flat reference. The case runs to 11 tests: pH, carbonate hardness (KH), calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg), copper (Cu), ammonium/ammonia (NH4/NH3), nitrite (NO2), nitrate (NO3), phosphate (PO4), silicate (SiO2) and oxygen (O2), the core set a reef or fish-only marine system needs tracked together through the week.
In the case: 29 reagents, 12 glass vials, 2 plastic cuvettes, 2 syringes, 3 measuring spoons, a thermometer, a pen, report and analysis sheets, the comparator system and full instructions, a working reagent volume that runs the whole panel many times before anything needs replacing. Because calcium and magnesium interact with alkalinity in a reef tank, JBL packages all three together in the one case rather than as separate purchases, and the copper test doubles as both a general water-quality check and an invertebrate-safety check after any copper-based treatment or new plumbing. As with the freshwater case, most reagents are available separately as refills, and the colour charts and comparator method are shared with JBL's wider ProAquaTest range, so results stay comparable over time even as individual reagents are replaced.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New marine setup:** Confirming calcium, magnesium and alkalinity are in balance before livestock goes in.
- **Reef maintenance:** Tracking the values that drive coral growth alongside routine dosing.
- **Invertebrate safety:** Checking for copper contamination before adding shrimp or other sensitive species.
- **Troubleshooting:** Diagnosing algae or poor coral colour against the full marine parameter set.
**How to Use**
- **Fill a vial:** Rinse with the sample, then fill to the line for the test being run.
- **Dose the reagent:** Follow the specific drop count or tablet for that parameter.
- **Read the colour:** Compare against the comparator block and the marine colour charts.
- **Record the result:** Log readings on the report sheet to track reef chemistry over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **11 marine tests:** pH, KH, Ca, Mg, Cu, NH4/NH3, NO2, NO3, PO4, SiO2 and O2 in one case.
- **Reef-chemistry trio:** Calcium, magnesium and KH tested together rather than bought apart.
- **Copper check included:** Doubles as an invertebrate-safety test after treatments or plumbing work.
- **29 reagents supplied:** A large working stock before any refill is needed.
- **Comparator-corrected:** Shares its colour-matching method with JBL's wider test range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102756
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162255037
- **Product Type:** Testing > Marine Test Case (11 Tests)
- **Contents:** Test case, 29 reagents, 12 glass vials, 2 plastic cuvettes, 2 syringes, 3 measuring spoons, thermometer, pen, report sheets, instructions
- **Parameters Tested:** pH, KH, Ca, Mg, Cu, NH4/NH3, NO2, NO3, PO4, SiO2, O2
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProAquaTest Lab Suitcase Freshwater (SKU 102755) and ProScape (SKU 102758)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proaquatest Lab Suitcase Proscape (planted)
Nine-test water case tuned for planted aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proaquatest-lab-suitcase-proscape-planted/
- Price: $335.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102758 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162240835
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102758-1.png
A planted tank lives or dies on iron, potassium and CO2 as much as on the nitrogen cycle, and a general fish-keeping test kit was never built to track any of them. JBL ProAquaTest Lab Suitcase Proscape (planted) (SKU: 102758) is JBL's drop-test case aimed squarely at aquascaping, a waterproof case holding reagents for 9 tests chosen for plant health rather than a general fish-keeping panel: pH (6.0 to 7.6), a direct CO2 test, carbonate hardness (KH), phosphate (PO4), nitrate (NO3), iron (Fe), potassium (K), freshwater magnesium (Mg) and silicate (SiO2), the last of these flagged by JBL as a possible contributor to algae in planted tanks.
The case holds glass cuvettes, 2 syringes, dosing spoons, a thermometer, pens, protocol sheets and the reagents for all 9 tests, using the same comparator method as JBL's other cases so colours read correctly against the tank's own tint. Because aquascapers are dosing fertiliser to a target rather than simply avoiding toxicity, having iron, potassium and magnesium on hand alongside the CO2 and KH readings lets a fertilising routine be tuned on real numbers rather than guessed at. Keepers who also want the general fish-keeping values can add pH 3.0 to 10, oxygen (O2), general hardness (GH), ammonium/ammonia (NH4/NH3), nitrite (NO2), copper (Cu) or, for a marine tank, calcium (Ca) as separate reagents; almost all reagents across the range are sold individually as refills once used up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquascape setup:** Baseline readings for CO2, KH and nutrients before planting begins.
- **Fertiliser dosing:** Checking iron, potassium and magnesium sit in the range the plants are actually using.
- **Algae troubleshooting:** Checking silicate and phosphate when algae appears despite otherwise good growth.
- **CO2 tuning:** Confirming the direct CO2 reading against the diffuser or injection rate in use.
**How to Use**
- **Fill a cuvette:** Rinse with the sample, then fill to the mark for the test being run.
- **Dose the reagent:** Add the stated drops for that parameter and mix.
- **Compare the colour:** Match against the comparator block and chart in daylight for the truest read.
- **Log the trend:** Record each result on the protocol sheet to track the fertilising routine over weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nine aquascaping tests:** pH, CO2 (direct), KH, PO4, NO3, Fe, K, Mg and SiO2 in one case.
- **Fertiliser-focused:** Iron, potassium and magnesium covered, values a general kit skips.
- **Direct CO2 test:** Reads CO2 itself rather than only by table.
- **Silicate included:** Flagged by JBL as a possible algae contributor in planted tanks.
- **Expandable:** General fish-keeping and marine tests available as separate reagents.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102758
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162240835
- **Product Type:** Testing > Planted Aquarium Test Case (9 Tests)
- **Contents:** Waterproof case, glass cuvettes, 2 syringes, dosing spoons, thermometer, pens, protocol sheets, reagents for 9 tests
- **Parameters Tested:** pH (6.0–7.6), CO2 (direct), KH, PO4, NO3, Fe, K, Mg (freshwater), SiO2
- **Optional Add-Ons:** pH 3.0–10, O2, GH, NH4/NH3, NO2, Cu, Ca (marine)
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProAquaTest Lab Suitcase Freshwater (SKU 102755) and Marine (SKU 102756)
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proscan (app-intergrated Test Strips)
Smartphone-read test strips for six water values.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proscan-app-intergrated-test-strips/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102752 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162254207
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102752-1.png
A test strip's colour is only as good as the eye reading it, and most eyes disagree on where pale yellow ends and yellow begins under tank lighting. Jbl Proscan (app-intergrated Test Strips) (SKU: 102752) is JBL's smartphone-linked water test, pairing 24 analysis strips with a printed ColorCard and the free JBL ProScan app, which reads the strip's colours with the phone's camera instead of a human eye under whatever light happens to be in the fish room. The kit tests six values: general hardness (GH), carbonate hardness (KH), pH, nitrite, nitrate and chlorine, and CO2 is then worked out from the pH and KH results together.
To run a test, dip a strip in the aquarium for one second, shake off the excess, and lay it on the ColorCard; in the app, select the water type, scan the ColorCard like a barcode, and the result appears in milligrams per litre, degrees of hardness for GH and KH, and a pH value, each rated good, medium or poor with a suggested next step. The app automatically allows for the room's ambient lighting when reading the colours, which is the main source of error with a strip read by eye alone. JBL states the strips are accurate only against this specific ColorCard, not a generic strip chart, so the two are sold and used as a matched pair. The app itself is free and runs on iOS 5.0 or later or Android 4.0 or later, on a phone with an autofocus camera.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fast weekly checks:** A full six-value panel in under a minute, scanned rather than eyeballed.
- **Inconsistent lighting:** Testing under tank lighting, shop lighting or daylight without skewing the read.
- **New or shared tanks:** A result anyone can scan and read the same way, rather than relying on one person's colour judgement.
- **CO2 estimate:** Working out CO2 from the pH and KH readings without running a separate test.
**How to Use**
- **Dip the strip:** Submerge it in the sample for one second, then shake off the excess water.
- **Lay it on the ColorCard:** Place the wet strip flat against the matching pads within the stated time.
- **Scan in the app:** Open JBL ProScan, pick the water type, then scan the ColorCard with the camera.
- **Read the result:** Check the rating of good, medium or poor and any recommendation the app gives.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Six-value panel:** GH, KH, pH, nitrite, nitrate and chlorine, with CO2 calculated.
- **Camera-read results:** The app compensates for ambient light instead of relying on eyesight.
- **Matched strip and chart:** Accuracy is specific to JBL's own ColorCard.
- **Free app:** Runs on iOS 5.0 or later, or Android 4.0 or later, with an autofocus camera.
- **24 strips included:** A season of weekly testing from one pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102752
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162254207
- **Product Type:** Testing > App-Integrated Test Strips
- **Contents:** 24 test strips, 1 JBL ProScan ColorCard
- **Parameters Tested:** GH, KH, pH, nitrite, nitrate, chlorine (CO2 calculated from pH and KH)
- **App Requirement:** Free JBL ProScan app; iOS 5.0 or later, or Android 4.0 or later; autofocus camera
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProScan Recharge (SKU 102753) refill strips
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proscan Recharge
Refill strips for the JBL ProScan smartphone water test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-proscan-recharge/
- Price: $41.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102753 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162254214
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102753-1.png
A ColorCard and an app do not wear out, but the strips that go with them do, and buying the whole kit again just to restock strips wastes the price of a chart already sitting on the shelf. Jbl Proscan Recharge (SKU: 102753) is the refill pack for JBL's ProScan smartphone water test, supplying another 24 analysis strips for use with the ColorCard and app from an existing ProScan kit rather than duplicating them. The strips test the same six values as the original kit: general hardness (GH), carbonate hardness (KH), pH, nitrite, nitrate and chlorine, with CO2 then read from the pH and KH results.
The refill is read the same way as the original strips: dip for one second, shake off the excess, lay flat on the existing ColorCard, then scan the card in the free JBL ProScan app to get each value in milligrams per litre, degrees of hardness or pH, rated good, medium or poor. Because the accuracy depends on the specific ColorCard the strips were designed against, this refill is only meant for use with a JBL ProScan ColorCard already on hand, not a generic test strip chart from elsewhere. It suits a household or shop running regular tests that would otherwise exhaust the 24 strips in the original kit well before the ColorCard or app itself need replacing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Restocking strips:** An existing ProScan kit has used its original 24 strips.
- **Frequent testing:** Shops or fish rooms running through strips faster than the ColorCard wears.
- **Multiple testers:** Several people drawing on one ColorCard and app, using strips faster as a result.
- **Budget restocking:** Avoiding the cost of buying a full kit, ColorCard included, all over again.
**How to Use**
- **Dip the strip:** Submerge it in the sample for one second, then shake off the excess water.
- **Lay it flat:** Place it on the existing ColorCard's pads within the stated time.
- **Scan with the app:** Open JBL ProScan and scan the same ColorCard used before.
- **Read and log:** Note the rating and value for each of the six parameters.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24 refill strips:** Matches the strip count in the original ProScan kit.
- **Same six values:** GH, KH, pH, nitrite, nitrate and chlorine, with CO2 calculated.
- **Works with an existing ColorCard:** No need to buy the chart or app again.
- **Camera-read accuracy:** Still compensates for ambient light through the ProScan app.
- **Cost-effective restock:** Cheaper than replacing the whole kit outright.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102753
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162254214
- **Product Type:** Testing > App-Integrated Test Strip Refill
- **Contents:** 24 test strips (refill only, no ColorCard included)
- **Parameters Tested:** GH, KH, pH, nitrite, nitrate, chlorine (CO2 calculated from pH and KH)
- **Compatible With:** An existing JBL ProScan ColorCard and app
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProScan (SKU 102752)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - CO2 Direct
Drop-count carbon dioxide test for planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-co2-direct/
- Price: $38.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102750 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241405
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102750-1.jpg
Plants and fish pull in opposite directions on dissolved CO2, and getting it right by eye is mostly guesswork once a diffuser is already running. JBL Test Kit - CO2 Direct (SKU: 102750) is JBL's direct drop-count test for carbon dioxide in freshwater aquarium water, built to give a milligram-per-litre reading without relying on a pH and carbonate hardness lookup table. A sample is loaded into the supplied cuvette and reagent is added drop by drop until the test colour holds steady, at which point the drop count converts straight into a CO2 figure.
JBL's conversion is straightforward: the number of drops added, multiplied by two, gives the CO2 reading in mg/L. The kit includes two reagents, the plastic cuvette and a colour chart used to judge when the colour has stabilised, so no separate pH and carbonate hardness readings are needed to estimate CO2 indirectly. JBL recommends testing whenever plant growth has stalled or fish are showing distress, checking roughly weekly while troubleshooting either problem, since both over-dosed and under-dosed CO2 show up in those symptoms before anything else changes. The test is for freshwater aquariums specifically. Reagent refills are available separately for repeat testing once the supplied reagents are used up, which matters for a planted tank where CO2 is checked repeatedly while a diffuser rate is being fine-tuned rather than tested just once a month.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **CO2-injected planted tanks:** Confirming the diffuser or system is holding a safe, effective level.
- **Poor plant growth:** Ruling CO2 in or out before adjusting lighting or fertiliser instead.
- **Fish showing distress:** Checking for CO2 overdosing as a cause of laboured breathing.
- **New CO2 systems:** Baseline testing while a diffuser rate is first being tuned.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the cuvette:** Add the stated volume of tank water to the supplied cuvette.
- **Add reagent by drops:** Count drops as they are added until the colour stops changing.
- **Apply the calculation:** Multiply the drop count by two for CO2 in mg/L.
- **Retest after adjustment:** Recheck after any change to the diffuser or injection rate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Direct drop-count reading:** No pH and carbonate hardness lookup table needed to estimate CO2.
- **Simple multiplier:** Drop count x 2 converts straight to mg/L.
- **Two reagents included:** Along with a cuvette and colour chart for reading the endpoint.
- **Freshwater-specific:** Built for planted freshwater aquarium CO2 monitoring.
- **Refillable:** Reagents are sold separately once the kit's supply is used.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102750
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241405
- **Product Type:** Testing > CO2 Direct Test Kit
- **Measures:** Dissolved carbon dioxide (CO2) in freshwater aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Drop-count titration; drops x 2 = CO2 in mg/L
- **Contents:** 2 reagents, plastic cuvette, colour chart
- **Recommended Testing:** Weekly while troubleshooting poor plant growth or fish distress
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - CO2 Direct (SKU 102751)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Calcium (ca)
Drop-count calcium test for coral and reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-calcium-ca/
- Price: $48.37 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102850 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241320
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102850-1.jpg
Hard corals and clams pull calcium out of reef water to build their skeletons, and a tank running low falls behind on growth before any other sign shows up. JBL Test Kit - Calcium (Ca) (SKU: 102850) is JBL's drop-count test for the calcium content of aquarium water, aimed at marine and reef systems where corals and invertebrates depend on a steady supply. The kit works by adding reagent to a water sample drop by drop until the colour changes, with the number of drops used converted directly into a calcium reading, so there is no colour chart to read under uncertain light.
The test comes with three reagents, a plastic cuvette, a syringe and a dosing spoon. To run it, the cuvette is filled with sample water and reagent is added one drop at a time, with each drop counted; JBL's conversion is the drop count multiplied by 20 to give calcium in milligrams per litre. Because the test is drop-based, the number of drops needed, and so the number of tests the kit can run, depends on how high the calcium reading is rather than being fixed, so a reef running low on calcium uses more reagent per test than one sitting at a healthy level. Reef aquarists generally target roughly 380 to 450 mg/L of calcium, and a reading outside that range points to a top-up or a review of dosing. Reagent refills are sold separately for ongoing testing once the kit's own supply runs low.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef and coral tanks:** Any system with hard corals, soft corals or clams drawing on dissolved calcium.
- **After a water change:** Confirming calcium levels before resuming a dosing routine.
- **Stalled coral growth:** Checking whether calcium, rather than light or flow, is the limiting factor.
- **Alongside magnesium testing:** Calcium and magnesium interact, so both are worth checking together.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the cuvette:** Use the syringe to add the specified sample volume of tank water.
- **Add reagent by drops:** Count each drop added until the test colour changes.
- **Calculate the result:** Multiply the drop count by 20 to get calcium in mg/L.
- **Compare and adjust:** Check the reading against the target reef range and adjust dosing if needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Drop-count method:** A direct calculation rather than a colour-chart match.
- **Reef-focused:** Built around the calcium levels hard corals and invertebrates need.
- **Three reagents included:** Along with a cuvette, syringe and dosing spoon.
- **Variable test count:** Drops used per test scale with the calcium reading, not a fixed number.
- **Refillable:** Reagents are available separately once the kit's supply is used.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102850
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241320
- **Product Type:** Testing > Calcium (Ca) Test Kit
- **Measures:** Dissolved calcium (Ca) in aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Drop-count titration; drops x 20 = Ca in mg/L
- **Contents:** 3 reagents, plastic cuvette, syringe, dosing spoon
- **Typical Reef Target:** About 380 to 450 mg/L
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - Calcium (Ca) (SKU 102851)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Copper (Cu)
Comparator test for copper in freshwater, marine and pond water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-copper-cu/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102742 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241146
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102742-1.jpg
Copper has no safe level in most aquariums, and a single contaminated hose or an old brass fitting can put enough in the water to kill shrimp and snails before anyone notices. JBL Test Kit - Copper (Cu) (SKU: 102742) is JBL's quick test for copper content, built for freshwater aquariums, garden ponds and marine aquariums in the one kit, using a comparator system that reads against a colour chart with separate scales for fish, koi and marine invertebrates. About 50 measurements are included.
To run the test, one glass vial is filled with the sample and a second with reagent added, then both go into the comparator block and are read against the colour chart, which compensates for the water's own tint so the colour read is copper and not just tannins or tap-water colour. The test detects free copper only; copper that has already been bound by a water conditioner such as JBL Biotopol will not show up. JBL's own position is that copper should not be measurable at all in a healthy aquarium or pond, and that any reading can be fatal to invertebrates in both fresh and marine water. The one exception is deliberate dosing with copper-based medication, where the therapeutic target is 0.3 mg/L and the test is used to confirm the dose rather than detect a contamination. JBL recommends testing daily in a newly set up aquarium, after any unexplained fish or invertebrate deaths, and whenever a copper-containing medication is in use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquariums:** Daily testing while pipework, fittings and substrate settle in.
- **Unexplained deaths:** Ruling copper contamination in or out after fish or invertebrate losses.
- **Copper-based medication:** Confirming the dose sits at the 0.3 mg/L therapeutic target.
- **Invertebrate and reef tanks:** Routine checks where any copper reading is a serious risk.
**How to Use**
- **Fill both vials:** One with sample water, the second with reagent added.
- **Load the comparator:** Place both vials in the comparator block together.
- **Read against the chart:** Match the colour to the fish, koi or marine scale as appropriate.
- **Retest after any change:** Check again after new hardware, a water change or a medication dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comparator method:** Compensates for the water's own colour for a cleaner reading.
- **Three reading scales:** Separate colour charts for fish, koi and marine invertebrates.
- **About 50 measurements:** One kit covers an extended testing routine.
- **Free copper only:** Reads unbound copper, not copper already captured by a conditioner.
- **Fresh, marine and pond use:** One kit for every water type on the property.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102742
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241146
- **Product Type:** Testing > Copper (Cu) Test Kit
- **Measures:** Free copper (Cu) in fresh, marine and pond water
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a fish, koi and marine colour chart
- **Number of Tests:** About 50 measurements
- **Contents:** 2 reagents, 2 glass vials with screw caps, syringe, comparator block, colour scale
- **Therapeutic Dosing Target:** 0.3 mg/L when using copper-based medication
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - Copper (Cu) (SKU 102743)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond water
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Magnesium & Calcium (Mg&Ca) Marine
Combined drop-count test for reef calcium and magnesium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-magnesium-calcium-mgca-marine/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102740 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241368
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102740-1.jpg
Corals and calcareous red algae draw on both calcium and magnesium at once, and testing one without the other only tells half the story. JBL Test Kit - Magnesium & Calcium (Mg&Ca) Marine (SKU: 102740) is JBL's combined test for saltwater aquariums, packaging a calcium test and a magnesium test together so both figures can be worked out from the same two reagent sets. Both halves are drop-count tests: reagent is added to a sample a drop at a time until the colour changes, and the drop count is converted directly into a reading rather than matched against a colour chart.
The calcium half is run first, with the drop count multiplied by 20 to give calcium in mg/L. The second test measures calcium and magnesium together, with its drop count multiplied by 120 to give a combined Ca+Mg figure; subtracting the calcium result from that combined figure gives the magnesium level on its own. The kit comes with five reagents in total, two plastic cuvettes, a syringe and a dosing spoon to run both halves of the test. JBL positions the kit around keeping calcium and magnesium at levels that support vigorous coral and calcareous red algae growth, without publishing a single target figure for every system; reef keepers commonly aim for calcium around 380 to 450 mg/L and magnesium around 1200 to 1350 mg/L, with magnesium helping keep calcium usable rather than precipitating out of solution. As with the standalone calcium test, the number of drops needed, and so the number of tests the kit can run, depends on the levels already in the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef and coral tanks:** Any marine system with hard corals, soft corals or coralline algae.
- **Routine dosing checks:** Confirming a two-part or balanced dosing routine is holding both elements steady.
- **Stalled coral growth:** Ruling calcium or magnesium deficiency in or out before changing light or flow.
- **New reef set-ups:** Baseline readings before starting a dosing schedule.
**How to Use**
- **Run the calcium test:** Add reagent drop by drop to a sample and count until the colour changes.
- **Calculate calcium:** Multiply the calcium drop count by 20 for mg/L.
- **Run the combined test:** Repeat the drop-count process with the second reagent set.
- **Work out magnesium:** Multiply that drop count by 120, then subtract the calcium result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two tests in one kit:** Calcium and combined calcium-plus-magnesium, both drop-count based.
- **Direct calculation:** No colour chart; results come from counting drops.
- **Five reagents included:** Enough chemistry to run both halves of the test.
- **Reef-focused:** Built around the levels corals and calcareous red algae draw down.
- **Marine-specific:** Designed for saltwater aquarium water, not freshwater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102740
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241368
- **Product Type:** Testing > Magnesium & Calcium (Mg/Ca) Marine Test Kit
- **Measures:** Calcium and magnesium in marine aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Drop-count titration; Ca = drops x 20 mg/L, Ca+Mg = drops x 120 mg/L, Mg = (Ca+Mg) minus Ca
- **Contents:** 5 reagents, 2 plastic cuvettes, syringe, dosing spoon
- **Typical Reef Targets:** Calcium about 380 to 450 mg/L; magnesium about 1200 to 1350 mg/L
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - Magnesium (Mg) Marine (SKU 102741)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater
Comparator test for magnesium in planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-magnesium-mg-freshwater/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102748 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241429
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102748-1.jpg
Tap water rarely carries much magnesium, and a planted tank fed only nitrogen, phosphate and iron fertilisers can quietly run short of it while growth stalls for no obvious reason. JBL Test Kit - Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater (SKU: 102748) is JBL's comparator test for magnesium in freshwater aquarium water, giving about 60 measurements from one kit. It reads with a comparator block rather than a drop count: sample and reagent-dosed water sit side by side in glass vials, and the colour match compensates for the water's own tint before it is checked against the colour scale.
The kit includes three reagents, two glass vials with screw caps, a syringe, a comparator block and a colour scale. JBL's recommended magnesium range for community freshwater tanks, Lake Malawi and Tanganyika set-ups, and lightly stocked planted aquascapes is 5 to 10 mg/L; falling short shows up as stagnant growth and pale leaves even when other fertilising is on schedule, and JBL points to a magnesium-containing fertiliser such as Ferropol or ProScape Mg Macroelements as the fix. If a reading runs off the top of the colour scale, JBL's instructions are to dilute the sample with distilled water, for example five parts sample to five parts distilled water, and multiply the result by the dilution factor used. This test is for freshwater only; marine water sits at 1200 to 1600 mg/L of magnesium, well beyond this kit's range, and JBL points marine keepers to its combined Mg&Ca test instead. An opened reagent is best used within about nine months, after which readings may drift.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted and aquascaped tanks:** Checking a macro-nutrient that plain nitrogen and phosphate fertilising skips.
- **Stalled growth, pale leaves:** Ruling magnesium deficiency in or out before changing light or CO2.
- **Lake Malawi and Tanganyika tanks:** Confirming mineral-rich water sits in the recommended range.
- **Low-fish planted set-ups:** Tanks relying mainly on fertiliser rather than fish waste for nutrients.
**How to Use**
- **Fill both vials:** Sample water in one, reagent added to the second.
- **Load the comparator:** Place both vials in the block together.
- **Match the colour scale:** Read the result against the printed chart.
- **Dilute if off-scale:** Mix with distilled water in a known ratio and multiply the result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comparator method:** Compensates for the water's own colour before reading.
- **About 60 measurements:** A generous supply for an ongoing fertilising routine.
- **Freshwater-specific range:** Tuned to the 5 to 10 mg/L planted-tank target, not marine levels.
- **Dilution instructions included:** Extends the usable range for high readings.
- **Pairs with magnesium fertiliser:** JBL points to Ferropol or ProScape Mg Macroelements for low results.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102748
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241429
- **Product Type:** Testing > Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater Test Kit
- **Measures:** Dissolved magnesium (Mg) in freshwater aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a printed colour scale
- **Number of Tests:** About 60 measurements
- **Contents:** 3 reagents, 2 glass vials with screw caps, syringe, comparator block, colour scale
- **Recommended Range:** 5 to 10 mg/L for community, Malawi/Tanganyika and planted tanks
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater (SKU 102749)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Nitrate (NO3)
Comparator test for nitrate in freshwater, marine and pond water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-nitrate-no3/
- Price: $61.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102736 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241252
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102736-1.png
Nitrate climbs quietly between water changes, and a tank that looks fine can already be running high enough to feed algae and stress fish before anyone thinks to test. JBL Test Kit - Nitrate (NO3) (SKU: 102736) is JBL's comparator test for nitrate, built for freshwater aquariums, marine aquariums and garden ponds alike, giving about 40 measurements from the one kit. Reagent is added to a water sample in the supplied glass tube, shaken, and read against a colour chart using a comparator block that corrects for the water's own tint.
The kit includes two reagents, two screw-cap glass test tubes, a syringe, a measuring spoon, a comparator block and a colour chart. JBL's shaking instructions matter to the result: the sample needs a full minute of vigorous shaking after the reagent goes in, since shaking too briefly or too gently reads lower than the true nitrate level. Recommended ranges vary by setup: roughly 0 to 50 mg/L for community freshwater and Lake Malawi or Tanganyika tanks, 10 to 30 mg/L for planted aquascapes, 0 to 20 mg/L for marine aquariums, and 0 to 10 mg/L for garden ponds. JBL recommends weekly testing as routine, stepping that up when a new tank is cycling or green algae appears, since both situations usually track a rising nitrate trend. A reagent refill is available separately for ongoing use once the kit's own supply is exhausted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water-quality checks:** Routine monitoring between water changes.
- **New or cycling aquariums:** More frequent testing while the biofilter establishes.
- **Green algae outbreaks:** Checking whether rising nitrate is feeding the bloom.
- **Planted or reef tanks:** Confirming nitrate sits in the range suited to that specific set-up.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the test tube:** Rinse and fill with the water sample to the marked line.
- **Add reagent and shake:** Dose the reagent, then shake vigorously for a full minute.
- **Load the comparator:** Place the tube in the comparator block with the colour chart.
- **Read and log:** Match the colour under neutral light and note the result for next time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comparator method:** Corrects for the water's own tint before reading nitrate.
- **About 40 measurements:** Enough for an extended weekly testing routine.
- **Freshwater, marine and pond use:** One kit covers every water type.
- **Setup-specific ranges:** Separate guide figures for community, planted, marine and pond water.
- **Shake-timed accuracy:** A full minute of shaking is built into the method for a true reading.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102736
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241252
- **Product Type:** Testing > Nitrate (NO3) Test Kit
- **Measures:** Nitrate (NO3) in freshwater, marine and pond water
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a colour chart; shake 1 minute before reading
- **Number of Tests:** About 40 measurements
- **Contents:** 2 reagents, 2 screw-cap glass test tubes, syringe, measuring spoon, comparator block, colour chart
- **Recommended Ranges:** Community/Malawi-Tanganyika 0 to 50 mg/L; planted 10 to 30 mg/L; marine 0 to 20 mg/L; pond 0 to 10 mg/L
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - Nitrate (NO3) (SKU 102737)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond water
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Ph 6.0-7.6
Comparator test for soft, slightly acidic aquarium water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-ph-6-0-7-6/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102722 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162253460
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102722-1.jpg
A soft-water community or planted tank usually sits well under neutral, and a wide-range pH test built for marine or Malawi water will not read that low end with any precision. JBL Test Kit - pH 6.0-7.6 (SKU: 102722) is JBL's narrow-range comparator test, covering pH 6.0 to 7.6 specifically, with about 80 measurements in the one kit. Two glass vials, one with sample and one with reagent added, sit together in a comparator block and are read against a printed colour scale rather than a simple strip or single-vial chart.
The kit comes with reagent, two glass vials with screw caps, a syringe, a comparator block and a colour scale, with reagent refills sold separately once that supply runs out. JBL suggests testing daily through the first week of a new aquarium, then weekly afterwards, and retesting after anything likely to shift pH, such as adding driftwood, peat or catappa leaves. The range suits community freshwater tanks, typically run around pH 6.5 to 7.5, and lightly stocked planted aquascapes, often lower again at 6.0 to 7.0, and it is also useful for dialling in a CO2 injection rate against a known pH and carbonate hardness relationship. It is not the right test for marine, Lake Malawi or Lake Tanganyika water, all of which sit well above 7.6 and need a wider-range test instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquariums:** Daily checks through the first week while the tank settles.
- **Soft-water community and planted tanks:** Confirming pH sits in the range these fish and plants prefer.
- **After adding driftwood or peat:** Checking how much these materials have shifted pH.
- **CO2-injected tanks:** Tracking pH alongside carbonate hardness to judge the CO2 level.
**How to Use**
- **Fill both vials:** Sample water in one, reagent added to the second.
- **Load the comparator:** Place both vials together in the comparator block.
- **Match the colour scale:** Read the result against the printed chart.
- **Retest on a schedule:** Daily for a new tank's first week, then weekly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Narrow measuring range:** pH 6.0 to 7.6, tuned for soft, slightly acidic water.
- **Comparator method:** Reads against a printed scale rather than a simple strip.
- **About 80 measurements:** A long-running supply from one kit.
- **Suits community and planted tanks:** Matched to typical freshwater and aquascape pH targets.
- **Refillable:** Reagent is sold separately once the kit's supply is used.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102722
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162253460
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Kit (6.0-7.6)
- **Measures:** pH in freshwater aquarium water
- **Measuring Range:** pH 6.0 to 7.6
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a printed colour scale
- **Number of Tests:** About 80 measurements
- **Contents:** Reagent, 2 glass vials with screw caps, syringe, comparator block, colour scale
- **Recommended Testing:** Daily for the first week in a new tank, then weekly
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - pH 6.0-7.6 (SKU 102723)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Potassium (K)
Turbidity test for potassium in planted aquariums and ponds, about 25 tests.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-potassium-k/
- Price: $59.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102746 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162254115
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102746-1.jpg
When stem plants slow down and older leaves develop small holes, the usual suspect is potassium, yet few hobby test sets measure it and most fertiliser routines simply guess. JBL Test Kit - Potassium (K) (SKU: 102746) is JBL's potassium water test, sold today as the ProAquaTest K Potassium, for measuring potassium in freshwater aquariums and garden ponds. Potassium is one of the main plant nutrients, plants take it up quickly, and tap water usually contains only a little, so planted tanks often run short. Testing lets fertiliser be dosed to a measured level instead of by habit, which avoids both deficiency and the waste of overdosing. The kit gives approximately 25 tests.
Unlike most JBL tests, which match a colour, this one uses a turbidity principle. The water sample is treated with the reagents, which make potassium cloud the water, and the treated sample is then poured into the special measuring vial standing over a printed cross. Sample is added until the cross can no longer be seen when looking down through the vial, and the potassium content is read directly in mg/L from the level reached. The kit contains two reagents, the measuring vial, a syringe and a dosing spoon, and the reagent bottles have child-resistant caps. JBL recommends a potassium level of 10 to 30 mg/L for freshwater community aquariums, Lake Malawi and Tanganyika cichlid tanks, and planted aquascapes with few fish. Low potassium tends to show as stunted growth, small holes in the leaves and easier algae growth. A refill pack and a spare measuring vial are available separately. Good light helps when judging the moment the cross disappears.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stalled plant growth:** Checking whether potassium is the limiting nutrient.
- **Leaf damage:** Small holes in older leaves that point to deficiency.
- **Setting a fertiliser routine:** Dosing potassium to a measured 10 to 30 mg/L.
- **Garden ponds:** Testing pond water used for marginal and water plants.
**How to Use**
- **Measure the sample:** Draw the water sample with the syringe as the instructions state.
- **Add the reagents:** Add the two reagents in order and mix until the sample clouds.
- **Fill over the cross:** Pour into the measuring vial until the cross disappears from view.
- **Read in mg/L:** Take the potassium value from the vial at that level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Turbidity method:** Read by the disappearing cross, not a colour card.
- **Direct mg/L reading:** No conversion tables needed.
- **About 25 tests:** Months of checks on a planted tank.
- **Freshwater and ponds:** For aquarium and pond water.
- **Refillable:** Refill reagents and a spare measuring vial sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102746
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162254115
- **Product Type:** Testing > Potassium Test Kit
- **Parameter:** Potassium (K)
- **Method:** Turbidity measurement with measuring vial and cross
- **Tests:** Approximately 25
- **Contents:** 2 reagents, measuring vial, syringe, dosing spoon
- **Recommended Level:** 10–30 mg/L in freshwater aquariums
- **Current Name:** JBL ProAquaTest K Potassium
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and garden ponds
---
#### Jbl Test Kit - Silicate (sio2)
Comparator test for silicate behind diatom outbreaks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-silicate-sio2/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113271
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113271-1.png
A new tank that keeps growing a brown dusting of diatoms long after it should have settled down is often running high on silicate rather than anything else. JBL Test Kit - Silicate (SiO2) (SKU: 113271) is JBL's comparator test for silicate, covering tap water, aquarium water, reverse-osmosis water and mixed saltwater from the one kit, with about 50 measurements and a measuring range of roughly 0.1 to 6.0 mg/L. Sample and reagent-dosed water are read together in a comparator block that compensates for discolouration from sources such as peat filtration, medication or naturally tinted water.
The kit includes a comparator block, test vials, a syringe and a measuring spoon, with reagent refills sold separately. JBL recommends testing when starting a new aquarium, whenever diatoms keep recurring despite other water parameters looking normal, and in marine tanks where low-silicate source water matters for coral health; checking before and after a water change also shows whether the change itself is adding silicate. Target levels are below 1.2 mg/L for freshwater and below 0.4 mg/L for marine aquariums; a result above those figures points to reducing silicate with a suitable filter media such as JBL SilikatEx rather than more water changes alone. If a reading comes back above the top of the 6.0 mg/L scale, JBL's advice is to dilute the sample and repeat the test for a more accurate estimate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarium set-ups:** Baseline testing before diatoms become a recurring problem.
- **Persistent brown algae:** Checking silicate when diatoms keep returning despite other fixes.
- **Marine and reef tanks:** Confirming source water is low enough in silicate for coral health.
- **Before and after water changes:** Checking whether the change itself is a silicate source.
**How to Use**
- **Fill the test vials:** Sample water in one, reagent added to the second.
- **Load the comparator:** Place both vials in the comparator block together.
- **Match the colour scale:** Read the result against the printed chart.
- **Dilute if off-scale:** Repeat with a diluted sample if the reading exceeds 6.0 mg/L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comparator method:** Corrects for discolouration from peat, medication or tannins.
- **About 50 measurements:** A long-running supply from one kit.
- **Wide water coverage:** Tap, aquarium, reverse-osmosis and mixed saltwater all testable.
- **0.1 to 6.0 mg/L range:** Covers typical freshwater and marine silicate levels.
- **Pairs with silicate media:** JBL SilikatEx is the suggested fix for a high reading.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113271
- **Product Type:** Testing > Silicate (SiO2) Test Kit
- **Measures:** Silicate (SiO2) in tap, aquarium, reverse-osmosis and mixed saltwater
- **Measuring Range:** About 0.1 to 6.0 mg/L
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a printed colour scale
- **Number of Tests:** About 50 measurements
- **Contents:** Comparator block, test vials, syringe, measuring spoon
- **Target Levels:** Below 1.2 mg/L freshwater; below 0.4 mg/L marine
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit Refill - Silicate (SiO2) (SKU 112957)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - CO2 Direct
Reagent refill for the JBL CO2 Direct test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-co2-direct/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102751 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241412
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102751-1.jpg
A planted tank being dialled in on CO2 gets tested far more often than once a week, and the reagent runs out long before the cuvette does. JBL Test Kit Refill - CO2 Direct (SKU: 102751) is the reagent-only refill for JBL's drop-count CO2 Direct test, restocking the two reagents that get used up while the cuvette and colour chart from the original kit keep going. It is not a stand-alone test; it is fitted to the accessories already supplied with the JBL Test Kit - CO2 Direct.
The refill reads the same way as the full kit: reagent is added drop by drop to a sample until the colour stops changing, and the drop count multiplied by two gives the CO2 reading in mg/L. Because frequent testing is normal while a diffuser or injection system is being tuned, or while chasing down poor plant growth, the reagent bottle is usually the first part of the kit to run out, which is what the refill is for. It is sized and labelled to match the original CO2 Direct test exactly, so there is no change in method or calculation between the first bottle and the replacement. Keeping one spare on the shelf means a diffuser adjustment can be checked the same day it is made, rather than waiting on a reorder before the next reading.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing CO2 Direct owners:** Restocking reagent once the original bottle empties.
- **Diffuser tuning:** Frequent testing while finding a safe injection rate uses reagent quickly.
- **Ongoing troubleshooting:** Repeated checks while chasing poor growth or fish distress.
- **Multiple planted tanks:** One set of accessories serving several tanks with a spare refill on hand.
**How to Use**
- **Use the existing cuvette:** Fit the refill reagents to the accessories from the original kit.
- **Add reagent by drops:** Count drops into the sample until the colour holds steady.
- **Apply the same calculation:** Drop count x 2 gives CO2 in mg/L.
- **Keep it sealed until needed:** Store the unopened refill to preserve its shelf life.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the CO2 Direct test without duplicate accessories.
- **Same drop-count method:** Reads identically to the original CO2 Direct kit.
- **Matched calculation:** Drop count x 2 for CO2 in mg/L, unchanged from the original kit.
- **Economical restocking:** Avoids buying a cuvette and colour chart a second time.
- **Requires the original kit:** Needs the cuvette supplied with JBL Test Kit - CO2 Direct.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102751
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241412
- **Product Type:** Testing > CO2 Direct Test Refill
- **Measures:** Dissolved carbon dioxide (CO2) in freshwater aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Drop-count titration; drops x 2 = CO2 in mg/L
- **Contents:** Reagents only; requires the cuvette and chart from JBL Test Kit - CO2 Direct
- **Recommended Testing:** Weekly while troubleshooting poor plant growth or fish distress
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - CO2 Direct (SKU 102750)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Calcium (ca)
Reagent refill for the JBL calcium test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-calcium-ca/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102851 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241337
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102851-1.jpg
A reef that gets tested every week runs through a calcium kit's reagents long before the syringe or cuvette wear out. JBL Test Kit Refill - Calcium (Ca) (SKU: 102851) is the reagent-only refill for JBL's drop-count calcium test, supplying fresh chemistry without the accessories already sitting in the original JBL Test Kit - Calcium (Ca) box. It is meant to be used with that kit's cuvette, syringe and dosing spoon, not as a stand-alone test.
Like the full kit, the refill is read by counting drops of reagent added to a sample until the colour changes, with the drop count multiplied by 20 to give the calcium reading in mg/L. Because the drop count needed scales with how much calcium is in the sample, the exact number of tests a refill lasts depends on the tank's own readings rather than being a fixed figure; a reef running consistently in the 380 to 450 mg/L target range uses a predictable amount of reagent per test. Keeping a refill on hand means a regular testing routine, which matters most in reef tanks where corals are actively drawing calcium down, does not stop just because the original kit's reagent bottle is empty. The cuvette, syringe and dosing spoon from the original kit are reusable almost indefinitely, so the reagent is normally the only part that needs reordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing Ca test owners:** Restocking reagent once the original kit runs low.
- **Weekly reef monitoring:** Frequent testing uses up reagent faster than the accessories wear.
- **Fishroom or shop use:** Several reef systems tested from one kit's accessories and a spare refill.
- **Alongside a magnesium refill:** Keeping both reagents on hand for coral-health checks.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original accessories:** Fit the refill reagents to the existing cuvette, syringe and spoon.
- **Add reagent by drops:** Count each drop into the sample until the colour change appears.
- **Apply the same calculation:** Drop count x 20 gives calcium in mg/L.
- **Store it sealed:** Keep the unopened refill closed until needed to preserve shelf life.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the consumable part of the Ca test without duplicate accessories.
- **Same drop-count method:** Reads identically to the original JBL Calcium test kit.
- **Cost-effective restocking:** Avoids buying a full kit's accessories a second time.
- **Reef-focused:** Matched to the same 380 to 450 mg/L target range as the original kit.
- **Requires the original kit:** Not usable as a stand-alone test without its cuvette and syringe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102851
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241337
- **Product Type:** Testing > Calcium (Ca) Test Refill
- **Measures:** Dissolved calcium (Ca) in aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Drop-count titration; drops x 20 = Ca in mg/L
- **Contents:** Reagents only; requires the accessories from JBL Test Kit - Calcium (Ca)
- **Typical Reef Target:** About 380 to 450 mg/L
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - Calcium (Ca) (SKU 102850)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Copper (Cu)
Reagent refill for the JBL copper comparator test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-copper-cu/
- Price: $25.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102743 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241153
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102743-1.jpg
A copper test that gets run daily through a new tank's first weeks, or through every dose of a copper-based medication, uses up its reagents well before the comparator block wears out. JBL Test Kit Refill - Copper (Cu) (SKU: 102743) restocks the two reagents for JBL's copper comparator test, without duplicating the glass vials, syringe or comparator block already in the original JBL Test Kit - Copper (Cu). It gives roughly the same 50 measurements as the original kit's reagent supply.
The refill is read the same way as the full kit: one vial holds the sample, a second gets the reagent, and both sit in the comparator block to be matched against the fish, koi or marine colour scale depending on the water type. It still detects free copper only, not copper already bound by a conditioner, and the same logic applies as with the full kit: copper should generally be undetectable in a healthy system, with the 0.3 mg/L therapeutic target reserved for deliberate medication dosing. Keeping a refill on hand suits anyone running the comparator block across more than one tank, or expecting to test daily through a new set-up or a medication course. The two reagent bottles are the only consumable part of the kit, so a spare refill is a cheaper way to keep testing going than buying the full kit again for its vials and comparator block alone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing Cu test owners:** Restocking reagent once the original bottles run out.
- **Daily testing routines:** New tanks or medication courses that use reagent quickly.
- **Multiple systems:** One comparator block shared across several tanks with a spare refill.
- **Invertebrate safety checks:** Ongoing monitoring where any copper reading matters.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the comparator block:** Fit the refill reagents to the existing vials and block.
- **Fill both vials:** Sample in one, reagent added to the second.
- **Match the right scale:** Read against the fish, koi or marine chart as appropriate.
- **Retest as needed:** Repeat daily in new set-ups or during a medication course.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the Cu test without duplicate glassware or comparator block.
- **About 50 measurements:** Matches the original kit's reagent supply.
- **Same comparator method:** Reads identically to the original Copper test kit.
- **Free copper only:** Unbound copper, not copper already captured by a conditioner.
- **Requires the original kit:** Needs the vials, syringe and comparator block supplied with it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102743
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241153
- **Product Type:** Testing > Copper (Cu) Test Refill
- **Measures:** Free copper (Cu) in fresh, marine and pond water
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a fish, koi and marine colour chart
- **Number of Tests:** About 50 measurements
- **Contents:** Reagents only; requires the vials, syringe and comparator block from JBL Test Kit - Copper (Cu)
- **Therapeutic Dosing Target:** 0.3 mg/L when using copper-based medication
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - Copper (Cu) (SKU 102742)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond water
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater
Reagent refill for the JBL freshwater magnesium test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-magnesium-mg-freshwater/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102749 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241436
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102749-1.jpg
A planted tank on a fertilising routine gets its magnesium checked often enough that the reagent runs out well before the comparator block or glass vials do. JBL Test Kit Refill - Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater (SKU: 102749) is the 31 g reagent-only refill for JBL's freshwater magnesium test, restocking the three reagents used with the comparator block, vials and syringe already supplied in the original JBL Test Kit - Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater.
It reads the same way as the full kit: sample and reagent-dosed water sit in glass vials in the comparator block, and the colour is matched against the printed scale to give a result in mg/L, with JBL's usual 5 to 10 mg/L target for community, Lake Malawi/Tanganyika and lightly stocked planted tanks. The same dilution instructions apply if a reading runs past the top of the scale, mixing with distilled water in a known ratio and multiplying the result accordingly. As with the original kit, the reagent is best used within about nine months of opening, since JBL notes accuracy can drift after that depending on storage. It is not a stand-alone test and needs the original kit's vials and comparator block to be read. A heavily planted tank on a fortnightly fertilising schedule typically gets through the 31 g refill faster than a lightly stocked tank tested only occasionally, so how long one bottle lasts depends on how often the tank is actually checked.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing Mg Freshwater kit owners:** Restocking reagent once the original supply runs low.
- **Regular fertilising routines:** Weekly or fortnightly checks use reagent faster than the glassware wears.
- **Pale leaves or stalled growth:** Repeat testing while adjusting a magnesium fertiliser dose.
- **Multiple planted tanks:** One comparator block shared across tanks with a spare refill on hand.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original vials:** Fit the refill reagents to the existing comparator block and vials.
- **Fill both vials:** Sample in one, reagent added to the other.
- **Read against the scale:** Compare the colour in the comparator block to the chart.
- **Dilute if needed:** Mix with distilled water and multiply for an off-scale result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the Mg Freshwater test without duplicate glassware.
- **31 g net content:** A measured reagent quantity for repeat testing.
- **Same comparator method:** Reads identically to the original Mg Freshwater kit.
- **Freshwater-specific:** Matched to the 5 to 10 mg/L planted-tank target range.
- **Requires the original kit:** Needs the vials, syringe and comparator block supplied with it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102749
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241436
- **Product Type:** Testing > Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater Test Refill
- **Measures:** Dissolved magnesium (Mg) in freshwater aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a printed colour scale
- **Net Content:** 31 g (reagents only)
- **Recommended Range:** 5 to 10 mg/L for community, Malawi/Tanganyika and planted tanks
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - Magnesium (Mg) Freshwater (SKU 102748)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Magnesium (Mg) Marine
Reagent refill for the JBL marine magnesium and calcium test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-magnesium-mg-marine/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102741 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241375
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102741-1.jpg
Getting a magnesium figure out of JBL's combined marine kit means running two drop-count tests every time, which uses reagent faster than a single-test kit would. JBL Test Kit Refill - Magnesium (Mg) Marine (SKU: 102741) restocks the reagents for the magnesium side of JBL's Magnesium & Calcium (Mg&Ca) Marine test, fitted to the cuvettes, syringe and dosing spoon already supplied with the original combined kit rather than sold as its own stand-alone test.
The method does not change with the refill: the calcium drop-count test is run first, with the drop count multiplied by 20 for calcium in mg/L, then the combined calcium-plus-magnesium test is run and its drop count multiplied by 120, and subtracting the calcium figure from that combined result gives magnesium on its own. Reef keepers typically test for both elements together because magnesium helps keep dissolved calcium from precipitating out, so a magnesium shortfall can show up as a calcium reading that will not hold steady even with dosing. Keeping this refill on hand suits a reef tank being tested regularly, or more than one marine system sharing the same kit's accessories.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing Mg&Ca kit owners:** Restocking reagent once the original kit's supply runs low.
- **Regular reef dosing checks:** Frequent testing uses reagent before the cuvettes or syringe wear out.
- **Calcium that will not hold:** Checking whether a magnesium shortfall is behind an unstable calcium reading.
- **Multiple marine tanks:** One set of accessories serving more than one system with a spare refill.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original accessories:** Fit the refill reagents to the existing cuvettes, syringe and spoon.
- **Run the calcium step:** Count drops added until the colour changes, then multiply by 20.
- **Run the combined step:** Repeat with the second reagent, then multiply the drop count by 120.
- **Subtract for magnesium:** Take the calcium result away from the combined result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the Mg&Ca marine test without duplicate cuvettes or syringe.
- **Same two-step method:** Calcium test, then combined test, then subtraction, unchanged from the kit.
- **Reef-focused:** Supports the same calcium and magnesium monitoring as the original kit.
- **Economical restocking:** Avoids buying a full kit's accessories a second time.
- **Requires the original kit:** Needs the cuvettes, syringe and spoon supplied with it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102741
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241375
- **Product Type:** Testing > Magnesium & Calcium (Mg/Ca) Marine Test Refill
- **Measures:** Calcium and magnesium in marine aquarium water
- **Test Method:** Drop-count titration; Ca = drops x 20 mg/L, Ca+Mg = drops x 120 mg/L, Mg = (Ca+Mg) minus Ca
- **Contents:** Reagents only; requires the cuvettes, syringe and spoon from JBL Test Kit - Magnesium & Calcium (Mg&Ca) Marine
- **Typical Reef Targets:** Calcium about 380 to 450 mg/L; magnesium about 1200 to 1350 mg/L
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - Magnesium & Calcium (Mg&Ca) Marine (SKU 102740)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Nitrate (NO3)
Reagent refill for the JBL nitrate comparator test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-nitrate-no3/
- Price: $33.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102737 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162069269
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102737-1.jpg
A nitrate test run weekly, or daily through a new tank's first cycle, gets through its reagent long before the glass tubes or comparator block show any wear. JBL Test Kit Refill - Nitrate (NO3) (SKU: 102737) restocks the two reagents for JBL's nitrate comparator test, giving roughly the same 40 measurements as the original kit's supply, fitted to the test tubes, syringe, spoon and comparator block already in the JBL Test Kit - Nitrate (NO3) box.
The method does not change: reagent is dosed into the sample, the tube is shaken vigorously for a full minute, and the result is read against the colour chart in the comparator block. The same setup-specific guide ranges apply, from roughly 0 to 50 mg/L in a community freshwater tank down to 0 to 10 mg/L in a garden pond, with planted and marine tanks sitting in between. Keeping a refill ready suits a routine of weekly testing, or the closer monitoring a newly cycling tank or an algae outbreak calls for, without having to buy the glassware and comparator block again each time the reagent runs low. It is worth storing the unopened refill somewhere cool and dark until needed, since reagent bottles left in direct light or heat for long periods are more likely to give an inaccurate reading.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing NO3 test owners:** Restocking reagent once the original bottles are empty.
- **Weekly monitoring routines:** Regular testing uses reagent well before the tubes wear out.
- **New or cycling tanks:** More frequent checks while a biofilter is establishing.
- **Algae troubleshooting:** Repeated nitrate checks while tracking down a green algae bloom.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original tubes:** Fit the refill reagents to the existing comparator block and tubes.
- **Add reagent and shake:** Dose the sample, then shake vigorously for a full minute.
- **Compare the colour:** Read the tube against the chart in the comparator block.
- **Log the result:** Track readings over time to catch a rising trend early.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the NO3 test without duplicate glassware.
- **About 40 measurements:** Matches the original kit's reagent supply.
- **Same shake-and-compare method:** Identical to the original Nitrate test kit.
- **Covers every water type:** Freshwater, marine and pond, unchanged from the kit.
- **Requires the original kit:** Needs the tubes, spoon and comparator block supplied with it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102737
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162069269
- **Product Type:** Testing > Nitrate (NO3) Test Refill
- **Measures:** Nitrate (NO3) in freshwater, marine and pond water
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a colour chart; shake 1 minute before reading
- **Number of Tests:** About 40 measurements
- **Contents:** Reagents only; requires the tubes, syringe, spoon and comparator block from JBL Test Kit - Nitrate (NO3)
- **Recommended Ranges:** Community/Malawi-Tanganyika 0 to 50 mg/L; planted 10 to 30 mg/L; marine 0 to 20 mg/L; pond 0 to 10 mg/L
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - Nitrate (NO3) (SKU 102736)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond water
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Ph 6.0-7.6
Reagent refill for the JBL narrow-range pH test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-ph-6-0-7-6/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102723 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162253477
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102723-1.jpg
Daily pH checks through a new tank's first week, repeated every time a new aquarium is set up, use reagent at a steady clip even though the comparator block and vials last for years. JBL Test Kit Refill - pH 6.0-7.6 (SKU: 102723) restocks the reagent for JBL's narrow-range pH test, giving roughly the same 80 measurements as the original kit, fitted to the vials, syringe and comparator block already supplied with the JBL Test Kit - pH 6.0-7.6.
It reads the same way as the full kit: sample and reagent-dosed water sit in glass vials in the comparator block, matched against the same printed scale covering pH 6.0 to 7.6. That range still suits community freshwater tanks and lightly stocked planted aquascapes, and still is not the right choice for marine or African rift-lake water, which run well above 7.6. JBL's recommended testing frequency, daily through a new tank's first week and then weekly, is the main reason the reagent runs out before the glassware does, which the refill is there to cover. A shop or fishroom setting up several soft-water tanks in succession typically works through more than one refill before the comparator block and vials from the original kit show any sign of wear, so keeping a spare on the shelf avoids a gap in testing partway through a new set-up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing pH 6.0-7.6 kit owners:** Restocking reagent once the original bottle is empty.
- **New aquarium start-ups:** Daily testing uses reagent quickly through the first week.
- **Ongoing weekly checks:** Routine maintenance testing on established tanks.
- **Multiple tanks:** One comparator block shared across several soft-water set-ups.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original vials:** Fit the refill reagent to the existing comparator block and vials.
- **Fill both vials:** Sample in one, reagent added to the other.
- **Match the colour scale:** Read the result against the printed chart.
- **Keep to the schedule:** Daily in a new tank's first week, then weekly after.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the pH test without duplicate glassware.
- **About 80 measurements:** Matches the original kit's reagent supply.
- **Same narrow range:** pH 6.0 to 7.6, unchanged from the original kit.
- **Comparator method:** Reads identically to the original pH test kit.
- **Requires the original kit:** Needs the vials, syringe and comparator block supplied with it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102723
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162253477
- **Product Type:** Testing > pH Test Refill (6.0-7.6)
- **Measures:** pH in freshwater aquarium water
- **Measuring Range:** pH 6.0 to 7.6
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a printed colour scale
- **Number of Tests:** About 80 measurements
- **Contents:** Reagent only; requires the vials, syringe and comparator block from JBL Test Kit - pH 6.0-7.6
- **Recommended Testing:** Daily for the first week in a new tank, then weekly
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - pH 6.0-7.6 (SKU 102722)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Potassium (K)
Reagent refill for the JBL potassium turbidity test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-potassium-k/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102747 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162254122
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102747-1.jpg
Potassium runs short in densely planted tanks long before nitrate or phosphate do, since tap water rarely carries much of it and nothing in a fish tank replaces it the way waste replenishes the other two. JBL Test Kit Refill - Potassium (K) (SKU: 102747) restocks the reagents for JBL's potassium test, which reads by turbidity rather than colour: reagents are mixed with the sample and poured into a graduated vial until a cross marked underneath is no longer visible from above, at which point the fill level gives the potassium reading directly in mg/L. The refill gives roughly the same 25 measurements as the original kit and is fitted to its measuring vial, syringe and dosing spoon rather than sold as a stand-alone test.
JBL's recommended potassium range is 10 to 30 mg/L for freshwater aquariums and garden ponds; the same reagents work in marine water once the sample is diluted, with 10 mL of tank water made up to 300 mL with distilled water before following the normal procedure and multiplying the reading by 30. Deficiency shows up as small holes developing in plant leaves, stunted growth, and a reduced ability to take up other nutrients, with algae often gaining ground as plants lose vigour. JBL suggests checking potassium specifically when growth slows even though CO2, lighting and iron are already adequate, and testing every two weeks or so as a routine check in a heavily planted tank. The measuring vial itself is sold separately as a spare part if it is ever lost or damaged.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Densely planted and aquascaped tanks:** Where potassium depletes faster than tap water tops it up.
- **Stalled growth despite good CO2 and light:** Ruling potassium in or out as the missing nutrient.
- **Small holes in leaves:** A visible sign worth confirming against a potassium reading.
- **Routine fortnightly checks:** Regular monitoring in a heavily fertilised planted tank.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original vial:** Fit the refill reagents to the existing measuring vial, syringe and spoon.
- **Mix with the sample:** Add the stated reagent amounts to the water sample.
- **Pour to the cross:** Fill the vial until the marked cross underneath disappears from view.
- **Read the level:** Take the potassium reading in mg/L directly from the fill height.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the K test without duplicating the measuring vial.
- **Turbidity-based reading:** No colour chart; the result comes from the fill level itself.
- **About 25 measurements:** Matches the original kit's reagent supply.
- **Freshwater and pond range:** Tuned to the 10 to 30 mg/L planted-tank target.
- **Marine-adaptable:** Usable in saltwater once the sample is diluted and the result multiplied.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102747
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162254122
- **Product Type:** Testing > Potassium (K) Test Refill
- **Measures:** Dissolved potassium (K) in freshwater, pond and diluted marine water
- **Test Method:** Turbidity fill-line reading in a graduated measuring vial
- **Number of Tests:** About 25 measurements
- **Contents:** Reagents only; requires the measuring vial, syringe and dosing spoon from the original JBL Potassium (K) test kit
- **Recommended Range:** 10 to 30 mg/L (freshwater and pond)
- **Marine Use:** Dilute 10 mL of sample to 300 mL with distilled water, then multiply the result by 30
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, pond and marine aquariums (marine with dilution)
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Silicate (SiO2)
Reagent refill for the JBL silicate comparator test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/jbl-test-kit-refill-silicate-sio2/
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112957 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241191
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112957-1.png
Chasing a recurring diatom problem usually means testing silicate more than once, and the reagent in JBL's comparator test runs out well before the vials or comparator block do. JBL Test Kit Refill - Silicate (SiO2) (SKU: 112957) restocks the reagents for JBL's silicate test, extending the life of the original kit's comparator block, vials, syringe and measuring spoon rather than duplicating them. It is intended to be used with the accessories already supplied in the JBL Test Kit - Silicate (SiO2) box.
The method is unchanged from the full kit: sample and reagent-dosed water sit side by side in the comparator block and are read against the printed scale, covering roughly the same 0.1 to 6.0 mg/L range. The same target levels apply, below 1.2 mg/L for freshwater and below 0.4 mg/L for marine aquariums, and the same situations call for testing: a new aquarium settling in, diatoms that keep coming back, marine source water being checked for suitability, or a water change being checked before and after. Keeping a refill ready means that routine, which JBL frames around recurring problems rather than a fixed schedule, does not stall just because the original reagent bottle runs dry. A tank with a long-running diatom problem can need several rounds of testing while a silicate source is tracked down, which is exactly the situation a spare refill is meant to cover.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Existing SiO2 test owners:** Restocking reagent once the original kit's supply is used up.
- **Ongoing diatom troubleshooting:** Repeated testing while tracking down a silicate source.
- **Marine source-water checks:** Confirming top-up or make-up water stays low in silicate.
- **Before-and-after water changes:** Checking whether a change is adding silicate.
**How to Use**
- **Reuse the original vials:** Fit the refill reagents to the existing comparator block and vials.
- **Fill the test vials:** Sample water in one, reagent added to the other.
- **Match the colour scale:** Read the result against the printed chart.
- **Dilute if needed:** Repeat with a diluted sample if the reading runs past 6.0 mg/L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-only refill:** Restocks the SiO2 test without duplicate vials or comparator block.
- **Same 0.1 to 6.0 mg/L range:** Unchanged from the original kit.
- **Same comparator method:** Reads identically to the original Silicate test kit.
- **Wide water coverage:** Tap, aquarium, reverse-osmosis and mixed saltwater all testable.
- **Requires the original kit:** Needs the vials, syringe and comparator block supplied with it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112957
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241191
- **Product Type:** Testing > Silicate (SiO2) Test Refill
- **Measures:** Silicate (SiO2) in tap, aquarium, reverse-osmosis and mixed saltwater
- **Measuring Range:** About 0.1 to 6.0 mg/L
- **Test Method:** Comparator block against a printed colour scale
- **Contents:** Reagents only; requires the comparator block, vials, syringe and spoon from JBL Test Kit - Silicate (SiO2)
- **Target Levels:** Below 1.2 mg/L freshwater; below 0.4 mg/L marine
- **Companion Product:** JBL Test Kit - Silicate (SiO2) (SKU 113271)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### JBL — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Jbl Co2/ph Permanent Indicator
Reusable diffusion test for continuous CO2 and pH monitoring.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/jbl-co2-ph-permanent-indicator/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102754 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241382
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102754-1.jpg
A drop checker that only gets glanced at once a week misses the hours when CO2 actually runs high or crashes, and a dip test only ever shows a single moment. JBL Co2/ph Permanent Indicator (SKU: 102754) is JBL's permanently mounted test for planted aquariums, built around a small sight glass containing an indicator liquid rather than aquarium water. CO2 from the tank diffuses through an air column into the indicator, shifting its colour, and because only CO2 can cross that air column, the reading reflects CO2-driven pH rather than being thrown off by other acids such as peat tannins or a pH-down product.
The indicator shows both pH, across a 6.4 to 7.8 range, and CO2 in milligrams per litre by comparing the liquid's colour against JBL's printed scale, giving a running picture of CO2 level rather than a single data point. JBL recommends replacing the indicator liquid every three to four weeks, and a complete unit lasts roughly nine to twelve months of that cycle before the casing itself needs replacing. Refills are sold separately from the complete set, so once the casing is in place only the indicator liquid needs topping up at each change. Reading the colour change can take a little time after a shift in CO2 level, so the indicator reflects a recent trend rather than an instant reading.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **CO2-injected planted tanks:** Ongoing confirmation that injection is neither too low nor too high.
- **Tanks with tannins or pH additives:** A reading unaffected by acids other than CO2 itself.
- **Daily monitoring:** A permanent fixture rather than a test run once a week.
- **Dialling in a new CO2 system:** Watching how the colour settles as injection rates are adjusted.
**How to Use**
- **Mount the indicator:** Fix it inside the aquarium where it stays visible from outside the glass.
- **Compare against the colour scale:** Read the indicator's colour against JBL's printed chart.
- **Replace the liquid regularly:** Change the indicator fluid every three to four weeks.
- **Restock with the refill kit:** Use the separate refill rather than a new complete set each time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Continuous reading:** A permanent fixture rather than a one-off dip test.
- **CO2-specific diffusion:** Unaffected by tannins or other pH-lowering additives.
- **Dual pH and CO2 scale:** Reads pH 6.4–7.8 alongside CO2 in mg/l.
- **9–12 month unit life:** With the indicator liquid changed every 3–4 weeks.
- **Separate refill available:** Top up the indicator without buying a new casing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102754
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241382
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2/pH Permanent Indicator
- **Measures:** CO2 (mg/l) and pH (6.4–7.8), via colour comparison
- **Indicator Life:** Replace every 3–4 weeks; unit lasts about 9–12 months
- **Refill:** Sold separately as the JBL refill kit
- **Application:** Permanently mounted inside the aquarium
- **Target Environment:** CO2-injected freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proflora Co2 Ph Sensor Set
BNC pH electrode and calibration kit for CO2 controllers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/jbl-proflora-co2-ph-sensor-set/
- Price: $219.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112901 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162646514
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112901-1.png
An automatic CO2 system is only as accurate as the pH reading driving it, and a drifting electrode either starves plants of CO2 or quietly overdoses the tank while the display still looks normal. Jbl Proflora Co2 Ph Sensor Set (SKU: 112901) is JBL's replacement pH electrode and calibration kit for its ProFlora CO2 Control unit and other pH measuring or dosing devices fitted with a BNC connector, with each unit individually tested and shipped with its own test report. The set supplies the sensor itself plus everything needed to calibrate, clean and maintain it, rather than the bare electrode alone.
Included in the set: a 2 m cable fixed to the electrode for routing from the controller to the tank, 2 suction cups to hold the electrode in the aquarium, 3 cuvettes, and 50 mL each of storage solution, distilled water and calibration liquid at pH 7.0 and pH 4.0. JBL recommends recalibrating the electrode every 30 to 45 days, using a temperature sensor at the same time since pH readings shift with temperature; on a healthy electrode the reading should stay within about 0.02 to 0.05 pH of the calibration standard, and the voltage difference measured between the pH 7.0 and pH 4.0 solutions should sit above roughly 140 to 150 mV. If the controller shows an instability warning, JBL's advice is to clean the sensor head and leave it soaking in the storage solution for 24 hours before calibrating again; an electrode that still will not settle is due for replacement, typically needed every two years of use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New CO2 controller:** First electrode for a JBL ProFlora CO2 Control or similar BNC pH device.
- **Scheduled replacement:** Swapping out an electrode at around the two-year mark.
- **Drifting readings:** Replacing a sensor that will not settle after cleaning and recalibration.
- **Routine calibration:** Restocking calibration and storage solution for the 30 to 45-day check.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount in a dark spot:** Fix the electrode with the suction cups away from bright light, since light encourages algae on the tip.
- **Connect via BNC:** Plug the cable into the controller or dosing device.
- **Calibrate before use:** Soak in the pH 7.0 then pH 4.0 solution, confirming the reading against each before leaving it in the tank.
- **Store the cap filled:** Keep the protective cap topped up with storage solution whenever the electrode is out of the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **BNC connector:** Fits the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control and other BNC pH devices.
- **Individually tested:** Each electrode ships with its own test report.
- **Full calibration kit:** Includes pH 7.0 and pH 4.0 calibration liquid, storage solution and distilled water.
- **2 m cable:** Reaches from a typically mounted controller to the tank.
- **30 to 45-day calibration cycle:** JBL's stated interval for accurate readings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112901
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162646514
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2/pH Electrode & Calibration Set
- **Contents:** BNC pH electrode, 2 m cable, 2 suction holders, 3 cuvettes, 50 mL storage solution, 50 mL distilled water, 50 mL calibration liquid pH 7.0, 50 mL calibration liquid pH 4.0
- **Connector:** BNC
- **Compatible With:** JBL ProFlora CO2 Control and other BNC-connector pH devices
- **Calibration Interval:** Every 30–45 days
- **Electrode Life:** About 2 years with regular care
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proflora Co2 Professional Set V & Sensor Set Combo
Automatic CO2/pH fertilisation system with the electrode included.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/jbl-proflora-co2-professional-set-v-sensor-set-combo/
- Price: $999.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724836 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162646422
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724836-1.png
Dosing CO2 on a timer alone means either underfeeding plants through the day or risking a pH crash overnight, and buying the Professional regulator without its electrode just moves that same gap into a separate box. Jbl Proflora Co2 Professional Set V & Sensor Set Combo (SKU: 724836) is JBL's automatic CO2 fertilisation system paired with the pH electrode and calibration kit it normally needs bought on its own, so the combo arrives ready to measure and dose rather than only to dose. The CO2/pH computer reads the tank's pH continuously and opens the solenoid valve only once the pH has drifted up, which in practice means CO2 is added only as fast as the plants and surface agitation are using it,.
In the box: the JBL ProFlora CO2 Regulator Professional with its solenoid valve, the CO2/pH computer, a 3 m hose, a bubble counter with check valve, the TAIFUN SPIRAL CO2 reactor with its extension set, and the JBL ProFlora CO2 Adapt U-M adapter, pre-assembled so the regulator fits either a disposable or a refillable cylinder. The Sensor Set adds the BNC pH electrode with its 2 m cable, suction holders, cuvettes and calibration and storage solutions, the parts a standalone Professional Set V does not include. A CO2 cylinder is still bought separately, the regulator's maximum working pressure is 1.2 bar with an integrated safety valve, and the solenoid doubles as a night shut-off so CO2 injection stops automatically once the lights go out.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New planted tank with CO2:** A complete automatic system without a separate electrode purchase.
- **Upgrading from manual dosing:** Replacing a bubble-counter-only setup with pH-driven control.
- **Preventing overnight pH swings:** Automatic shut-off stops CO2 once lights-out begins.
- **Larger or heavily planted tanks:** Consistent CO2 through the photoperiod rather than a fixed drip rate.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the regulator:** Screw onto the CO2 cylinder using the pre-assembled U-M adapter for the cylinder type in use.
- **Plumb the hose:** Run the 3 m hose through the bubble counter and check valve to the TAIFUN SPIRAL reactor.
- **Mount and connect the electrode:** Fix it in the tank with the suction holders, then plug it into the computer via BNC.
- **Calibrate, then set the target pH:** Calibrate the electrode first, then set the computer to hold the desired pH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Automatic pH-driven dosing:** CO2 is added only as the pH rises, not on a timer alone.
- **Electrode included:** The Sensor Set's BNC electrode and calibration kit are bundled rather than bought separately.
- **Automatic night shut-off:** The solenoid stops CO2 injection once the lights go off.
- **Fits disposable or refillable cylinders:** A pre-assembled U-M adapter covers both systems.
- **Complete reactor path:** Bubble counter, check valve and TAIFUN SPIRAL reactor included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724836
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162646422
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Automatic CO2/pH Fertilisation System
- **Contents:** CO2 Regulator Professional with solenoid valve, CO2/pH computer, 3 m hose, bubble counter with check valve, TAIFUN SPIRAL CO2 reactor with extension set, pre-assembled U-M adapter, BNC pH electrode with 2 m cable, 2 suction holders, 3 cuvettes, calibration and storage solutions
- **Working Pressure:** Maximum 1.2 bar, with an integrated safety valve
- **Cylinder Fitment:** Disposable (U system) and refillable (M system) CO2 cylinders
- **Electrode Life:** About 2 years with regular care
- **Not Included:** CO2 cylinder
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proflora Co2 Regulator Advanced
Dual-gauge CO2 pressure reducer for either cylinder type.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/jbl-proflora-co2-regulator-advanced/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724816 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162646712
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/screenshot_2025-08-20_105042.avif
A CO2 regulator that only shows cylinder pressure leaves a keeper guessing at the one figure that actually reaches the tank; a regulator that also shows working pressure takes the guesswork out of the bubble rate. Jbl Proflora Co2 Regulator Advanced (SKU: 724816) is JBL's two-gauge pressure reducer for planted-tank CO2 systems, cutting cylinder pressure of around 60 bar down to a low, steady working pressure so the gas can be metered accurately through a fine needle valve rather than a single all-or-nothing tap. The body is anodised aluminium, CNC-milled for a precise fit, and carries an integrated safety valve that vents CO2 if the working pressure is ever set too high for the rest of the system.
The regulator fits both disposable CO2 cylinders (system U, thread M10x1) and refillable cylinders (system M, thread W21.8x1/14); switching between the two is done by unscrewing the knurled union nut by hand, with JBL specific that tools should not be used at that joint. Maximum working pressure is 1.2 bar, and a solenoid valve is built in so the CO2 supply can be switched by a timer or by the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control for automatic night shut-off. A sealing washer is fitted in place of an O-ring to extend service life, and JBL sells the JBL ProFlora CO2 Flat Sealing U as the replacement seal once it eventually wears. The unit measures about 80 by 140 by 90 mm and weighs 0.58 kg, and a CO2 cylinder itself is bought separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Setting up CO2 injection:** First regulator for a pressurised CO2 system on a planted tank.
- **Switching cylinder types:** Moving between a disposable and a refillable cylinder without a second regulator.
- **Automated dosing:** Pairing with a timer or the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control for scheduled or pH-driven dosing.
- **Fine-tuning bubble rate:** Adjusting CO2 input more precisely than a single-gauge regulator allows.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the cylinder adapter:** Unscrew the knurled nut by hand to match the cylinder type, never with a tool.
- **Mount the regulator:** Screw it onto the CO2 cylinder until hand-tight.
- **Connect the output:** Run the hose from the needle valve to a bubble counter, check valve and reactor or diffuser.
- **Set and check pressure:** Open the cylinder valve, read both gauges, and fine-tune the needle valve to the target bubble rate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual pressure gauges:** Cylinder and working pressure shown separately.
- **Fits both cylinder types:** Disposable (U) and refillable (M) via a hand-tightened adapter.
- **Integrated safety valve:** Vents CO2 if working pressure runs too high.
- **Built-in solenoid:** Switches with a timer or the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control for automated dosing.
- **Anodised aluminium, CNC-milled:** A precision body with a replaceable sealing washer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724816
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162646712
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2 Pressure Regulator
- **Maximum Working Pressure:** 1.2 bar
- **Cylinder Fitment:** Disposable (U system, M10x1) and refillable (M system, W21.8x1/14)
- **Material:** Anodised aluminium, CNC-milled
- **Dimensions:** About 80 × 140 × 90 mm
- **Weight:** 0.58 kg
- **Replacement Seal:** JBL ProFlora CO2 Flat Sealing U
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProFlora CO2 pH Sensor Set (SKU 112901) for automated dosing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proflora Co2 Regulator Professional
Adjustable dual-gauge regulator with automatic night shut-off.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/jbl-proflora-co2-regulator-professional/
- Price: $349.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724817 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162646729
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724817-1.png
A CO2 system that keeps running all night risks crashing the pH as acid builds up with no plants left photosynthesising to use it, so the regulator that remembers to stop is the one worth paying more for. Jbl Proflora Co2 Regulator Professional (SKU: 724817) is JBL's higher-tier pressure reducer for planted-tank CO2 systems, with a working pressure adjustable up to a maximum of 1.2 bar rather than a single fixed setting, and a solenoid valve built in for automatic night shut-off. The body is anodised aluminium, CNC-milled to the same precision as the rest of the ProFlora range, with an inserted sealing washer and an integrated pressure-relief valve that vents CO2 safely if the pressure is ever set too high.
It fits both disposable CO2 cylinders (system U) and refillable cylinders (system M); converting between them means unscrewing the knurled union nut with a hex spanner rather than by hand, as on JBL's Advanced regulator. Two gauges show cylinder pressure and working pressure together, and the solenoid can be switched directly by the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control to tie CO2 dosing to the tank's own pH reading rather than a timer alone. At 0.78 kg it is noticeably heavier than JBL's Advanced regulator at 0.58 kg, reflecting the larger body needed for the adjustable pressure stage, and the same JBL ProFlora CO2 Flat Sealing U is the specified replacement seal once the fitted washer eventually wears. A CO2 cylinder and the pH electrode for the CO2 Control are both bought separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Precision CO2 dosing:** Tanks where a single fixed working pressure is not fine enough.
- **Pairing with a pH controller:** Running the solenoid from the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control.
- **Overnight safety:** Stopping CO2 injection automatically once the lights and plants go off.
- **Switching cylinder types:** Converting between disposable and refillable cylinders with a hex spanner.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the cylinder adapter:** Unscrew the knurled nut with a hex spanner to match the cylinder system.
- **Mount the regulator:** Screw it onto the cylinder until it seats against the sealing washer.
- **Connect to the controller:** Wire the solenoid to the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control or a timer.
- **Set the working pressure:** Adjust toward the level needed and confirm it on the working-pressure gauge.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adjustable working pressure:** Up to 1.2 bar, rather than one fixed setting.
- **Built-in night shut-off solenoid:** Switches with the JBL ProFlora CO2 Control or a timer.
- **Dual gauges:** Cylinder and working pressure read independently.
- **Fits both cylinder systems:** Disposable (U) and refillable (M) via a hex-spanner adapter.
- **Pressure-relief valve:** Vents CO2 safely if pressure runs too high.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724817
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162646729
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2 Pressure Regulator
- **Maximum Working Pressure:** Adjustable up to 1.2 bar
- **Cylinder Fitment:** Disposable (U system) and refillable (M system)
- **Material:** Anodised aluminium, CNC-milled
- **Dimensions:** About 80 × 140 × 90 mm
- **Weight:** 0.78 kg
- **Replacement Seal:** JBL ProFlora CO2 Flat Sealing U
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProFlora CO2 pH Sensor Set (SKU 112901) and ProFlora CO2 Control
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Proscape Plantis (planting Pins) 12pk
Plastic anchor pins that hold plant roots in the substrate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/jbl-proscape-plantis-planting-pins-12pk/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102764 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162613684
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102764-1.png
A newly planted stem has no roots to speak of yet, and the first strong current or inquisitive fish can lift it straight back out of the substrate before it gets the chance to grow any. Jbl Proscape Plantis (planting Pins) 12pk (SKU: 102764) is JBL's planting pin, a small clip of unbreakable plastic that holds a stem or root in place in the substrate until the plant has rooted in on its own. The pack holds 12 pins, enough for a modest aquascape planting session or several smaller plants spread through a layout.
In use, the pin clips around the plant's root or base and the two legs push down into the substrate, holding the plant at the depth and position it was placed rather than letting it drift or float free while the roots establish. JBL rates the pins for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, and because they are plastic rather than metal they cause no damage to the plant tissue or to the substrate as they are pushed in and later removed. They are an aquascaping accessory rather than a fertiliser or substrate additive, and are commonly used alongside substrate powders such as JBL's ProScape Volcano Powder when a layout is first planted. Once a plant has rooted, the pins can be left in place or removed and reused on the next planting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquascape planting:** Anchoring stem and rosette plants before roots have developed.
- **Lightweight substrates:** Holding plants down in fine sand or soil that offers little grip on its own.
- **Replanting after trimming:** Re-securing cuttings pushed back into the substrate.
- **Current or active tanks:** Keeping plants in place where water movement or fish activity would otherwise dislodge them.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Clip around the base:** Fit the pin around the stem or root rather than through the leaf tissue.
- **Push into the substrate:** Press both legs down until the plant sits at the intended depth.
- **Space pins evenly:** Use one pin per plant or cluster rather than crowding a single area.
- **Remove once rooted:** Lift the pin out once the plant has anchored itself, and reuse it elsewhere.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Unbreakable plastic:** Holds its shape without snapping during planting.
- **12 pins per pack:** Enough for a planting session across a layout.
- **Freshwater and saltwater safe:** Rated for use in either water type.
- **No plant or substrate damage:** The clip design avoids tearing roots or disturbing the substrate.
- **Reusable:** Pins can be lifted out and used again once a plant has rooted.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102764
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162613684
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Planting Pins
- **Material:** Unbreakable plastic
- **Pack Count:** 12 pins
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and saltwater
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProScape Volcano Powder (SKU 112964) for new plantings
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater planted aquariums
---
### JBL — Filter Media
#### Jbl Filterbag 2pk Wide Fine
Fine-mesh nylon bags for loose filter media.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jbl-filterbag-2pk-wide-fine/
- Price: $11.15 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102772 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162625519
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102772-1.png
Loose carbon or phosphate remover tipped straight into a filter basket scatters everywhere at the next clean, and fishing stray granules out of impellers gets old fast. JBL Filterbag 2pk Wide Fine (SKU: 102772) is JBL's fine-mesh filter media bag, supplied as a pack of two rather than a single bag, sized to the wider end of JBL's FilterBag range. Each bag is made from a water-neutral nylon mesh fine enough to hold back loose granular and powdered media while still letting water pass freely through, and a reusable clip closes the bag rather than a drawstring that can work loose.
Each bag in the pack holds roughly 0.5 to 1.5 litres of media, which covers most loose carbon, phosphate remover or similar granular products used in canister and sump filters. Because the mesh is the fine grade in JBL's FilterBag range, rather than the coarser "wide" grade sold alongside it, it suits finer media and powders that would otherwise pass through a looser weave; JBL support does not recommend this fine bag for products regenerated with chlorine bleach, such as Seachem Purigen, since the bleach can damage the nylon over repeated cycles. Having two bags in the pack means one can be in use in the filter while the other is cleaned or refilled, which keeps media changes from interrupting filtration altogether. A bag is worth replacing once the mesh tears or stretches out of shape, since a loose weave lets fine media escape into the impeller just as readily as having no bag at all.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Loose activated carbon:** Containing granular carbon neatly inside a filter basket.
- **Phosphate or nitrate removers:** Fine granular media that would otherwise scatter loose.
- **Canister and sump filters:** Any filter compartment that takes loose rather than cartridge media.
- **Rotating media changes:** One bag in use while the second is being cleaned or refilled.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fill to capacity:** Load up to about 0.5 to 1.5 litres of media per bag.
- **Seal with the clip:** Close the bag using its reusable clip rather than tying it off.
- **Position in the flow path:** Place the bag where water passes directly through the media.
- **Rinse between uses:** Clean the empty mesh in plain water before refilling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine nylon mesh:** Holds back loose granular and powdered filter media.
- **Two bags per pack:** One in use while the other is cleaned or refilled.
- **Reusable clip closure:** Seals securely without a drawstring to work loose.
- **Water-neutral material:** Nylon mesh that will not affect water chemistry.
- **Wide-size capacity:** About 0.5–1.5 litres of media per bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102772
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162625519
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Media Bag (Fine Mesh)
- **Pack Contents:** 2 bags
- **Material:** Water-neutral nylon mesh, fine grade
- **Capacity:** About 0.5–1.5 L of media per bag
- **Closure:** Reusable clip
- **Not Recommended For:** Media regenerated with chlorine bleach
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine canister and sump filters
---
#### Jbl Symec Filterwool 1000g
Bulk synthetic filter wool for large filters, sumps and multi-tank fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jbl-symec-filterwool-1000g/
- Price: $63.51 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102771 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162623171
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102771-1.png
Filter wool is the cheapest part of a filter and the one that is changed most often, so in a big canister, a sump or a room full of tanks, small bags run out within weeks. JBL Symec Filterwool 1000g (SKU: 102771) is the one-kilogram pack of JBL's Symec filter wool, a fully synthetic, residue-free wool for aquarium filters that removes all kinds of cloudiness from freshwater and saltwater aquariums. JBL states that it releases no pollutants and no loose fibres into the water. It catches the suspended particles that make water look dull or hazy, and the amount used is simply pulled from the pack to suit the filter, as it fits every type.
The wool goes in as the last filter stage, where it polishes water that has already passed the coarser mechanical media. JBL's rule for changing it is practical: remove it when the flow rate through the filter starts to drop. Although it can be rinsed, JBL recommends replacing it with fresh wool instead, since rinsed wool rarely comes fully clean. Because it is loose wool rather than a pre-cut pad, it can be shaped to odd-sized chambers, layered into a sump tray or packed around a basket, using only as much as each filter needs. At 1,000 g, this pack holds ten times the 100 g bag and four times the 250 g, which suits large external filters, wet-dry and sump filters, and shops or breeders who service many tanks. Store the opened pack dry and closed so the wool stays clean until used.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sumps and wet-dry filters:** Filling large polishing chambers and trays.
- **Large canisters:** Regular changes in big external filters without running short.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** One pack for the filters of many tanks.
- **Cloudy water:** Fine haze from feeding, decor or substrate disturbance.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Last stage:** Fit the wool after the sponges and biological media.
- **Use as much as needed:** Tease out enough to fill the chamber without packing it tight.
- **Change on flow drop:** Replace when the filter's flow rate falls.
- **Replace, don't rinse:** Fresh wool is recommended over washing used wool.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 kg pack:** Ten times the 100 g size for high-use systems.
- **Fully synthetic:** Residue-free wool that sheds no fibres.
- **No pollutants:** Water-neutral in freshwater and marine tanks.
- **Fits any filter:** Loose wool shaped to the space available.
- **Simple change rule:** Swap for fresh wool when the flow drops.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102771
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162623171
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Wool
- **Manufacturer Item:** JBL Symec Filterwool 1000 g (6231700)
- **Net Weight:** 1,000 g
- **Material:** Fully synthetic, residue-free filter wool
- **Position:** Last filter stage
- **Replacement:** When flow drops; replacing preferred to rinsing
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 102768), 250 g (SKU 102769), 500 g (SKU 102770)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Symec Filterwool 100g
Synthetic floss for fine mechanical filtration in external filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jbl-symec-filterwool-100g/
- Price: $9.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102768 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162623119
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102768-1.png
Even a well-matured biological filter lets fine particles through if nothing is there to physically trap them, and that haze is usually the first thing a keeper notices about otherwise healthy water. Jbl Symec Filterwool 100g (SKU: 102768) is JBL's synthetic, residue-free filter wool for external filters, a fine, fluffy floss made to catch the small particles that sponge or ceramic media let through. It suits both freshwater and saltwater systems, and the 100 g pack is the smallest in JBL's Symec range, a size for topping up one filter or trying the product before committing to a bigger pack.
The wool pulls apart easily into loose handfuls that can be packed as loosely or tightly as the flow rate allows, and it holds its shape well enough to be used as a barrier layer in other contexts too, such as separating a soil layer from a sand cap in an aquascape. It is washable, so a lightly soiled portion can be rinsed and reused rather than discarded outright, though mechanical media this fine eventually clogs and loses effectiveness and should be replaced once rinsing no longer restores flow. JBL gives no replacement interval, so the condition of the wool and the flow from the filter are the guide. The same wool is sold in 250 g, 500 g and 1000 g packs for keepers running larger filters or several tanks, at a lower cost per gram than this starter size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cloudy or hazy water:** Fine particles passing through sponge or ceramic media.
- **New external filters:** Adding a final mechanical stage ahead of the outlet.
- **Topping up media:** A small pack sized to refresh one filter rather than buy in bulk.
- **Aquascaping barriers:** Separating substrate layers, borrowing on its floss-like hold.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Pull apart loosely:** Fluff the wool out before packing it, rather than leaving it compressed.
- **Place it last:** Position it after the coarser mechanical and biological media in the flow path.
- **Pack to the flow:** Use a looser fill for higher flow, a tighter fill for finer polishing.
- **Rinse or replace:** Rinse a lightly soiled portion under tap water, and replace it once rinsing stops restoring flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine mechanical polish:** Traps particles that sponge and ceramic media miss.
- **Residue-free synthetic fibre:** Will not break down or leave residue in the water.
- **Freshwater and saltwater use:** One wool for either system.
- **Washable and reusable:** Rinse a lightly soiled portion rather than always discarding it.
- **Range of pack sizes:** Also sold in 250 g, 500 g and 1000 g for larger filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102768
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162623119
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Wool
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Material:** Synthetic, residue-free filter floss
- **Use:** Fine mechanical filtration stage in external filters
- **Reusable:** Washable; replace once rinsing no longer restores flow
- **Other Sizes:** 250 g (SKU 102769), 500 g (SKU 102770), 1000 g (SKU 102771)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Jbl Symec Filterwool 500g
Bulk fine filter wool for canister and sump filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jbl-symec-filterwool-500g/
- Price: $39.03 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102770 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162623157
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102770-1.png
Buying filter wool one small bag at a time becomes its own chore once a fishroom or a few tanks are drawing on the same media drawer. JBL Symec Filterwool 500g (SKU: 102770) is the 500 g pack of JBL's fully synthetic filter wool, the same fine, residue-free fibre used across the Symec range, supplied loose so the right amount can be torn off for each filter rather than measured out of a fixed cartridge. At twice the 250 g pack, it suits anyone running more than one filter, a sump, or a larger canister that eats through wool faster, holding enough media for a run of refills without a reorder.
The wool is fully synthetic and, according to JBL, releases no pollutants or fibres of its own, so the same pack can serve a freshwater community tank, a marine system or a garden pond filter without distinction. It belongs at the end of the filtration chain, after sponge, ceramic or other biological media have handled the main load, where its job is purely mechanical: catching the fine particulate that keeps water from looking truly clear. JBL's own guidance is to judge replacement by flow rather than a fixed schedule, since a wool pad that has started to slow the water through it is already doing less filtering than a fresh one; it can be rinsed, but JBL recommends swapping it out instead. The 500 g bag sits above the 100 g and 250 g packs and below the 1000 g bulk size in the same range, so the amount on hand can be matched to how many filters are being serviced.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple filters or tanks:** One bulk pack services several canisters or a fishroom's worth of filtration.
- **Sump and large canister systems:** Bigger chambers that use more wool per change.
- **Routine stock-up:** Buying once for several months of top-ups rather than reordering a small pack each time.
- **Freshwater, marine or pond:** The same wool serves any of the three without modification.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Portion as needed:** Tear off only what the chamber requires; store the rest dry for later.
- **Finish the filter stack:** Place it after mechanical or biological media, nearest the outlet.
- **Judge by flow:** A drop in outflow signals the wool is due for a change, not a calendar date.
- **Swap rather than wash:** Fit new wool instead of rinsing a clogged pad.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g bulk pack:** Services multiple filters or several change-outs from one bag.
- **Fully synthetic fibre:** Fine filtration with no pollutants or loose fibres shed into the tank.
- **Judged by weight, not cartridge:** Any amount can be packed into any filter design.
- **Final filtration stage:** Polishes water after biological and coarse mechanical stages.
- **Freshwater, marine and pond use:** One wool for every system on the property.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102770
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162623157
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Fine Filter Wool
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Material:** Fully synthetic polyester filter wool
- **Filtration Stage:** Final polishing stage, fine mechanical filtration
- **Maintenance:** Replace when flow decreases; rinsing possible but not recommended
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 102768); 250 g (SKU 102769); 1000 g (SKU 102771)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and ponds
---
#### Jbl Symec Micro
Microfibre filter fleece that clears fine cloudiness and green water within a day.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jbl-symec-micro/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725192 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162623874
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725192-1.png
Some cloudiness slips straight through ordinary filter wool: a green haze of floating algae, a milky bloom, or the fine dust stirred up when a tank is rescaped. JBL Symec Micro (SKU: 725192) is JBL's microfibre fleece for aquarium filters, a cut-to-fit mat that removes even micro-fine cloudiness in freshwater and saltwater aquariums. JBL states that it holds back floating algae, the finest clouding and all particles from 1/1000 mm (one micron) upwards, including the free-swimming swarmer stage of white spot disease. It is made of water-neutral synthetic fibre that releases no pollutants into the water, and each pack contains one mat of 25 × 74 cm.
Symec Micro is a short-term polishing material rather than a permanent filter stage. The mat is cut to the shape of the filter and placed as the last stage, after the mechanical and biological media, so it only meets water that has already been coarse-filtered. JBL's instruction is to remove it after 12 hours, and at the latest after 24, because a fleece this fine clogs quickly and starts to restrict the flow through the filter. The amount of muck left on the fleece shows how much cloudiness it has captured. JBL treats it as a disposable material: rinsing it out only partly succeeds, and the trapped material can break down and load the water, so a used piece is thrown away and a fresh one cut from the mat for the next session. One 25 × 74 cm mat provides several pieces for a small canister or hang-on filter, or a few larger sheets for a sump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green water:** Free-floating algae that tints the whole tank.
- **Bacterial or fine-particle haze:** Milky or dusty water after a rescape or new set-up.
- **White spot outbreaks:** Catching swarmers in the filter alongside treatment.
- **Before photos or events:** A one-day polish for crystal-clear water.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Cut to fit:** Trim a piece to cover the full flow path of the filter.
- **Last stage:** Place it after all other media so it sees pre-filtered water.
- **Time it:** Remove after 12 hours and no later than 24 hours.
- **Discard after use:** Do not wash and reuse; cut a fresh piece next time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One-micron filtration:** Traps particles from 1/1000 mm upwards.
- **Clears algae blooms:** Removes floating algae behind green water.
- **Catches white spot swarmers:** According to JBL, including the free-swimming stage.
- **Water-neutral fibre:** Synthetic material that releases no pollutants.
- **Cut-to-size mat:** 25 × 74 cm to fit any filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 725192
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162623874
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Microfibre Polishing Fleece
- **Manufacturer Item:** JBL Symec Micro (6238700)
- **Contents:** 1 microfibre fleece mat, 25 × 74 cm
- **Material:** Water-neutral synthetic microfibre
- **Filtration:** Particles from 1/1000 mm (1 µm)
- **Use Period:** Remove after 12 hours, at the latest 24 hours
- **Reuse:** Single use; not for washing
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Symec Vl Filter Floss 80x25x3 Cm
Cut-to-fit fine filter pad for canister filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jbl-symec-vl-filter-floss-80x25x3-cm/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725195 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162623102
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725195-1.png
A loose handful of wool suits a small chamber, but a canister with a flat tray is better served by a pad cut to the exact footprint. JBL Symec VL Filter Floss 80x25x3 cm (SKU: 725195) is JBL's fine filter wool supplied as a single sheet, 80 by 25 cm and 3 cm thick, meant to be trimmed down to fit a filter's cross-section rather than packed in loose. It is the same fully synthetic, residue-free fibre as the rest of the Symec range, just pressed into a mat so one piece can be cut into several pads for one filter or shared across more than one.
JBL recommends trimming the floss about 1 to 2 mm wider than the filter's internal cross-section so the cut edge presses against the housing wall and water cannot bypass it around the sides. It is meant to go in as the last stage, after coarser media such as sponge or JBL Symec XL have already taken out the larger particles, since a fine pad asked to do all the work on its own will clog quickly. Used this way it polishes the water, removing the fine particulate that causes lingering cloudiness in freshwater and marine aquariums alike. As with the loose wool, JBL's position is that the floss should be replaced rather than rinsed once flow through it slows, since washing compacts the fibres and reduces how well it strains the water afterwards. One 80 x 25 cm sheet yields several cut pads depending on filter size, so offcuts can be kept dry for the next change.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Flat-tray canister filters:** Pads cut to match the tray rather than loose-packed wool.
- **Final polishing stage:** Removing fine haze after coarser media has pre-filtered the water.
- **Multiple filters from one sheet:** Cutting several pads from a single mat for more than one unit.
- **Freshwater or marine:** The same floss suits either water type.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure first:** Trim the pad about 1 to 2 mm larger than the filter's cross-section.
- **Seat it tightly:** A snug fit against the housing stops water bypassing the pad at the edges.
- **Pre-filter ahead of it:** Run coarser media first so the fine pad does not clog prematurely.
- **Replace when slow:** Swap in a fresh-cut piece rather than rinsing a clogged one.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sheet format:** 80 x 25 x 3 cm mat cut to size rather than loose-packed wool.
- **Fine synthetic fibre:** The same residue-free Symec material used throughout the range.
- **Multiple pads per sheet:** One mat can supply more than one filter or several changes.
- **Snug-fit trimming:** Cut slightly oversized so water cannot pass around the edges.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Suits tropical, coldwater and marine filtration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 725195
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162623102
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Fine Filter Floss (Sheet)
- **Pad Size:** 80 x 25 x 3 cm
- **Material:** Fully synthetic polyester filter wool, pressed sheet
- **Filtration Stage:** Final polishing stage, fine mechanical filtration
- **Fitting:** Trim 1 to 2 mm oversized to the filter's internal cross-section
- **Maintenance:** Replace when flow decreases; rinsing possible but not recommended
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Symec Xl Filterwool 250 G Green
Coarse synthetic pre-filter wool for aquarium and pond filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/jbl-symec-xl-filterwool-250-g-green/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725194 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162623256
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725194-1.png
Fine filter wool clogs fast when it is left to catch everything on its own, which is where a coarser stage earns its place ahead of it. JBL Symec XL Filterwool 250 g Green (SKU: 725194) is JBL's coarse filter wool, a 250 g pack of green synthetic fibre built to strip out larger debris before water reaches a finer polishing stage. Like the standard Symec wool it is fully synthetic and supplied loose rather than cut to a cartridge size, and it is sold for use in any filter type across freshwater, marine and pond systems.
JBL states the wool releases no pollutants or fibres into the water, so it can run continuously without changing water chemistry. Because it is coarse, it is meant to sit earlier in the filter stack than fine Symec wool, catching larger particles and mulm so the fine stage behind it is not overwhelmed and does not need changing as often; the green colouring also makes the two grades easy to tell apart on the shelf. JBL's directions are to cut off whatever amount a filter needs and fit it ahead of any fine wool or carbon. Because it loads up quickly by design, it needs checking more often than the fine grade; JBL's own guidance is to judge replacement by flow rather than a schedule, and while rinsing is possible, replacing the pad is the recommended option. The 250 g pack is the Symec XL size listed in the store's current range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pre-filter stage:** Ahead of fine wool or carbon, to catch coarse debris first.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Higher bioload systems that generate more mulm and particulate.
- **Protecting fine media:** Extends the working life of a finer wool stage downstream.
- **Freshwater, marine or pond filters:** The same green wool suits any of the three.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Cut to fit:** Pull off the amount the filter chamber needs; it is not sold as a pre-cut pad.
- **Place it early:** Position it before fine wool or chemical media in the filter stack.
- **Check it often:** Coarse wool clogs faster than fine wool by design, so inspect flow regularly.
- **Replace over rinsing:** Fit fresh wool when flow drops rather than relying on a rinse.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarse synthetic fibre:** Built to catch larger debris than fine Symec wool.
- **Green colouring:** Distinguishes it at a glance from the white fine-grade wool.
- **Residue-free:** Fully synthetic construction with no pollutants or fibres released.
- **Pre-filter role:** Sits ahead of fine wool to extend its working life.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Suits aquariums and garden ponds alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 725194
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162623256
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Coarse Filter Wool
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Manufacturer Item:** 6232500
- **Material:** Fully synthetic polyester filter wool, green
- **Filtration Stage:** Coarse pre-filter stage, ahead of fine wool or chemical media
- **Maintenance:** Replace when flow decreases; clogs faster than fine-grade wool
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and ponds
---
### JBL — Freshwater aquarium
#### Jbl Proscape Volcano Mineral 3l
Porous volcanic base layer for small aquascapes and nano planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/jbl-proscape-volcano-mineral-3l/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112986 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670779
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112986-1.png
In a small aquascape, a single stone set straight on soft soil slowly sinks and tilts, and the layout that looked right on day one has shifted a month later. JBL ProScape Volcano Mineral 3l (SKU: 112986) is JBL's volcanic natural substrate for aquascaping, a coarse, highly porous volcanic rock laid as the first layer beneath the main planting substrate. The grains interlock firmly, giving rock and wood a stable foundation that does not slip and stops hardscape sinking into the soil above. Its open pores keep water circulating through the bottom of the bed, which supplies plant roots with oxygen and helps carry nutrients to them, and the 3 L bag suits nano and small tanks.
JBL states that the rock supplies calcium, magnesium and potassium along with trace elements including iron, boron and manganese, for long-term nutrient and mineral supply at root level, and its porous structure gives beneficial bacteria a large surface to settle on. The grain size is about 4 to 8 mm. According to JBL support, the material is not washed before use, and a retailer reports that it does not raise GH or KH. JBL recommends a first layer 2 to 4 cm deep, depending on how high the substrate will be overall, topped with a planting substrate such as JBL ProScape Plant Soil. To work out quantities, multiply length, width and depth in centimetres and divide by 1,000 for litres: 3 L gives a 2 cm layer under a 50 × 30 cm base, or 3 cm under a 40 × 25 cm footprint. It is for freshwater aquariums, and JBL notes it should not be combined with its Sansibar sand. Any heating cable goes in before the substrate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquascapes:** A firm base layer for tanks up to about 50 cm long.
- **Rock-heavy layouts:** Iwagumi and stone scapes where stones must not sink.
- **Under aqua soil:** Adding pore space and minerals beneath a soil planting layer.
- **New set-ups:** Laid once, at the start, before soil and water go in.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Do not wash:** Pour the dry rock straight into the empty tank.
- **Lay 2 to 4 cm:** Spread the base layer, deeper where the slope will be highest.
- **Set the hardscape:** Bed stones and wood into the volcanic layer for a firm footing.
- **Cover and fill gently:** Top with planting substrate and fill slowly so the layers stay put.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stable foundation:** Interlocking grains stop rock and wood sinking or sliding.
- **Highly porous:** Water and oxygen reach the root zone.
- **Mineral supply:** Calcium, magnesium, potassium, iron, boron and manganese.
- **Bacteria surface:** Large pore area for beneficial microorganisms.
- **Nano-sized bag:** 3 L for a 2 cm layer under a 50 × 30 cm base.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112986
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670779
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Volcanic Base Layer
- **Manufacturer Item:** JBL ProScape Volcano Mineral 3 L (6707700)
- **Volume:** 3 L
- **Grain Size:** About 4–8 mm
- **Layer Depth:** 2–4 cm as the first layer
- **Minerals:** Calcium, magnesium, potassium; iron, boron, manganese
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProScape Plant Soil as the top layer
- **Other Sizes:** JBL ProScape Volcano Mineral 9l (SKU 112987)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Jbl Sansibar Sand River 10kg
Rounded river sand with heating-cable compatibility for larger tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/jbl-sansibar-sand-river-10kg/
- Price: $73.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113270 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670595
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113270-1.png
Rays and kuhli loaches push their whole body through the substrate as they forage, and anything with sharp edges turns that natural behaviour into a source of scrapes rather than exercise. Jbl Sansibar Sand River 10kg (SKU: 113270) is the larger pack of JBL's river-style aquarium sand, a light-coloured ground material flecked with darker grains and sized at roughly 0.4 to 1.4 mm, coarser and more rounded than JBL's ultra-fine Sansibar lines. The rounded grain is gentle on sensitive mucous membranes and barbels, and JBL singles out corydoras and other digging, bottom-sifting species as well suited to it.
Unlike JBL's finer Dark and Snow sands, this River grade is compatible with undergravel heating cables, since its slightly coarser, more open structure still lets heat and water move through the bed. For a planted layout, a common approach is to spread it over a nutrient-rich base substrate to a depth of around 6 to 8 cm, giving roots something to anchor into while keeping the river sand itself as the visible surface. It is rated for both freshwater and marine aquariums as well as aqua-terrariums, and chemically it is inert, so it does not alter water parameters on its own. At 10 kg, the pack suits a larger tank floor or a thicker bed than the 5 kg size allows.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Digging and burrowing fish:** Rays, kuhli loaches and other species that push through the substrate.
- **Corydoras and catfish:** Rounded grain that spares barbels during normal foraging.
- **Undergravel heating setups:** One of the few JBL Sansibar grades compatible with heating cables.
- **Larger or deeper tanks:** The 10 kg pack covers more floor area than the 5 kg pack.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before adding:** Settle dust from the sand with a rinse in tap water before it goes in.
- **Layer over nutrient substrate:** Around 6 to 8 cm is a typical depth for planted layouts.
- **Heating cables, if used:** Lay the cable first, then this sand over the top.
- **Vacuum with care:** Hover a gravel cleaner just above the surface to avoid lifting the lighter grains.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rounded 0.4–1.4 mm grain:** Coarser and smoother than JBL's ultra-fine sands.
- **Heating-cable compatible:** One of the few Sansibar grades suited to undergravel heating.
- **Digging-species friendly:** Gentle on rays, loaches and catfish that forage through the substrate.
- **Chemically inert:** Does not alter water chemistry.
- **10 kg pack:** Covers a larger floor area or a deeper layer than the 5 kg size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113270
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670595
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Fine Aquarium Sand (River Grade)
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** About 0.4–1.4 mm
- **Colour:** Light base with darker flecks
- **Undergravel Heating Cables:** Compatible
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, aqua-terrariums
- **Other Sizes:** 5 kg (SKU 113269)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, suited to digging and bottom-dwelling species
---
#### Jbl Symec Filterwool 250g
Fine synthetic filter wool for crystal-clear aquarium and pond water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/jbl-symec-filterwool-250g/
- Price: $20.60 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102769 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162623133
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102769-1.png
Water that looks clear to the eye can still carry a haze of fine particles that only a dense wool stage will catch. JBL Symec Filterwool 250g (SKU: 102769) is a 250 g pack of JBL's fully synthetic filter wool, a fine, residue-free fibre media made for the last mechanical stage of a canister, internal or sump filter. It is sold loose by weight so a handful can be pulled off the pack and packed as tightly or loosely as the filter chamber needs, with the rest kept dry for the next refill. The 250 g pack suits routine maintenance on one or two canister or internal filters, giving several top-ups before it runs out.
JBL makes the wool from fully synthetic fibres that release no pollutants or fibres of their own, so it is safe to run continuously in freshwater and marine aquariums as well as garden ponds. It is designed to be the final stage in the filter, polishing water after biological and coarse mechanical media have already done their work, and it suits any brand of filter since the amount packed in is simply judged by eye against the flow needed. JBL's guidance is to watch the flow rate out of the filter; once it drops, the wool is loaded with debris and should come out. Rinsing under tap water is possible, but JBL recommends replacing the wool rather than washing it, since a soaked and squeezed pad compacts and loses its fine straining ability. The 250 g size sits between the 100 g starter pack and the 500 g and 1000 g bulk packs in the Symec range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Polishing stage:** After biological or coarse media, to remove the fine particles they let through.
- **New or disturbed substrate:** Clears the haze that follows gravel vacuuming or a rescape.
- **Clearing cloudy water:** A quick fix for a tank that has gone milky after a water change or filter clean.
- **Ponds and marine systems:** Suited to freshwater, saltwater and garden pond filtration.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Pack it loosely:** Pull off enough wool to fill the chamber without pressing it solid, which chokes flow.
- **Position it last:** Run it after sponge or ceramic media, closest to the outlet.
- **Watch the flow:** A slowing outflow is the sign the wool is due for a change.
- **Replace, don't rinse:** Swap in fresh wool rather than washing the old pad.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine synthetic fibre:** Rated for the finest mechanical filtration stage in the Symec range.
- **Residue-free:** Fully synthetic construction with no pollutants or loose fibres released into the water.
- **Cut to fit:** Supplied loose so any amount can be packed into any filter type.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Safe for tropical, coldwater, marine and pond filtration alike.
- **250 g pack:** Enough wool for several refills of a single canister or internal filter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 102769
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162623133
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Fine Filter Wool
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Material:** Fully synthetic polyester filter wool
- **Filtration Stage:** Final polishing stage, fine mechanical filtration
- **Maintenance:** Replace when flow decreases; rinsing possible but not recommended
- **Other Sizes:** 100 g (SKU 102768); 500 g (SKU 102770); 1000 g (SKU 102771)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and ponds
---
### JBL — Spare Parts
#### Jbl Spare Parts Co2 Permanent Parts
Replacement suction cup and silicone seal ring for the JBL CO2/pH Permanent test.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/jbl-spare-parts-co2-permanent-parts/
- Price: $12.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112988 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162672988
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112988-1.jpg
A CO2 permanent test hangs on the glass for months, and the part that fails first is rarely the test itself. Jbl Spare Parts Co2 Permanent Parts (SKU: 112988) is JBL's spare-part set for the JBL ProAquaTest CO2/pH Permanent, supplying the two small parts that hold the display vessel to the pane and keep it sealed: a rubber suction cup and a silicone seal ring. The parts are offered together so that the whole test set does not have to be bought again when one of them gives out. A retailer listing describes the set as replacing the suction cup and seal on version 2 of the ProAquaTest Permanent CO2/pH, in original JBL quality.
The CO2/pH Permanent works by letting CO2 pass from the aquarium water through an air column in the test casing into an indicator liquid, which changes colour with the CO2 level and is matched against a colour scale. Because the vessel is stuck to the glass for weeks at a time, the suction cup is the part that ages: suction cups lose their suppleness over time and harden, and hot water sometimes helps but not always. The silicone seal ring is long-lived, with only mechanical damage shortening its life. The set contains one silicone seal ring and one rubber suction cup, and nothing else.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hardened suction cup:** The display vessel keeps slipping or will not stay on the glass.
- **Weeping vessel:** The seal ring is nicked or flattened and the test is no longer tight.
- **Keeping the test going:** Renews the fittings so the existing permanent test stays in service.
- **Spare on hand:** A small part worth holding when the CO2 test is the one used for daily dosing checks.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Remove the old cup:** Take the suction cup off the clip it sits on.
- **Fit the new cup:** Attach the new suction cup to the clip in its place.
- **Swap the O-ring:** Lift out the old seal ring and fit the new silicone ring in the same seat.
- **Re-mount:** Press the vessel back on clean, algae-free glass and check it holds before leaving it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-part set:** One suction cup and one seal ring, the two wearing parts of the test.
- **Silicone seal ring:** Long-lived unless it is mechanically damaged.
- **Rubber suction cup:** Replaces the cup that hardens with age.
- **Saves the test set:** The permanent test does not need to be bought again for a worn cup or ring.
- **Simple exchange:** Retailers describe it as a straightforward swap of the suction cup and the ring.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112988
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162672988
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Test Kit Fittings
- **Contents:** 1 rubber suction cup, 1 silicone seal ring
- **Fits:** JBL ProAquaTest CO2/pH Permanent
- **Test Range:** pH 6.4–7.8 and CO2, read from the colour scale
- **Water Type:** Freshwater (the permanent test is designed for freshwater)
- **Target Environment:** Planted and CO2-dosed freshwater aquariums
---
#### Jbl Spare Parts Potassium Test Tube
Replacement glass tube for the JBL ProAquaTest K Potassium and Testlab ProScape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/jbl-spare-parts-potassium-test-tube/
- Price: $14.39 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113159 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162645913
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113159-1.jpg
Glass vials get knocked off benches, and a potassium test with no tube is a box of reagents that cannot be read. Jbl Spare Parts Potassium Test Tube (SKU: 113159) is the original JBL spare part for the JBL ProAquaTest K Potassium and for the JBL Testlab ProScape: the thin glass tube used for the final test solution. JBL's own reagent kit relies on a turbidity method, in which the treated sample is poured into the vial and read against a printed cross, so the tube is the part the result depends on. The listing gives the JBL item number as 122.0361.01.
The ProAquaTest K is the JBL kit for measuring potassium in freshwater aquariums and garden ponds, with a recommended range of 10 to 30 mg/L and roughly 25 tests per box according to retailer specifications. In a planted tank the reading is used to decide how much potassium fertiliser to add, since low potassium shows up as small holes in leaves, slowed growth and more algae. The glass tube is sold alone so the kit does not have to be replaced after a breakage. One retail review notes that the tube has a high centre of gravity and no foot, so it tips easily and should be stood in a holder while it is not in use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken tube:** The original glass vial has cracked or been lost and the kit cannot be read.
- **Scratched or cloudy glass:** A clear tube is needed to judge the turbidity against the printed cross.
- **Testlab ProScape owners:** The same tube suits JBL's planted-tank test case.
- **Potassium dosing:** Keeps the potassium test usable for planted aquariums where fertiliser is dosed by measurement.
**How to Use**
- **Follow the K test:** Use the tube as the instructions with the ProAquaTest K describe, with the reagents added in order.
- **Read against the cross:** Fill until the cross beneath the tube is no longer visible from above, then read mg/L.
- **Rinse after use:** Wash the tube in clean water straight away so reagent does not dry on the glass.
- **Store upright:** Keep it in a holder; with a high centre of gravity and no foot it tips over easily.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Original JBL part:** The tube made for the JBL potassium test, not a generic vial.
- **Thin glass tube:** Holds the final test solution that is read for potassium.
- **Two kits covered:** ProAquaTest K Potassium and the Testlab ProScape.
- **Single replacement:** Avoids re-buying the reagent kit for one broken part.
- **Tests 10–30 mg/L:** The recommended potassium range the K kit is built around.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113159
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162645913
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Test Kit Glassware
- **JBL Item Number:** 122.0361.01
- **Material:** Glass
- **Fits:** JBL ProAquaTest K Potassium; JBL Testlab ProScape
- **Quantity:** 1 tube
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and garden ponds tested for potassium
---
#### Jbl Spare Parts Test Kit Colour Booklet
Colour charts and instructions for JBL ProAquaTest liquid tests.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/jbl-spare-parts-test-kit-colour-booklet/
- Price: $8.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113091 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162972989
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113091-1.png
A drawer of test kits means a drawer of small colour cards, and the card for the nitrite test is always the one that has gone missing. Jbl Spare Parts Test Kit Colour Booklet (SKU: 113091) is JBL's colour-chart booklet, a compact replacement for lost charts or a single reference for several kits. According to a retailer listing it carries colour comparison scales for the JBL drop tests, with the test instructions printed on the reverse of each chart, and it is suitable for all JBL ProAquaTest sets. Pages named by that listing include pH, KH, GH, nitrite, nitrate, phosphate and iron, among others.
JBL's own announcement says the booklet replaces a complete colour chart booklet and offers short illustrated instructions, so little time is needed to learn each test. The result is read by matching the colour fields to the sample and getting a good or poor rating, and separate evaluation curves are given for freshwater, saltwater and pond water. JBL's item number for the booklet is 122.0435.01, and the item weighs about 40 to 50 g. Neither JBL nor the retailers give page dimensions or paper type. Because the booklet is a printed reference, it is worth keeping it dry and away from reagent spills, and a lost chart in a kit can be replaced from it without buying the whole test again.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost colour card:** Replaces a chart that was thrown out with the box or washed off in the sink.
- **Several tests in use:** One booklet keeps every colour scale in the same place.
- **Refill kits:** The retailer listing presents the booklet as the reference to keep alongside refill kits.
- **Different water types:** The freshwater, saltwater and pond evaluation curves sit together in one reference.
**How to Use**
- **Find the test:** Turn to the chart for the test in use; the instructions are on the reverse.
- **Follow the steps:** Add reagents as the instruction page shows, in the order listed.
- **Compare in good light:** Hold the filled vial against the colour fields in daylight, not under a coloured lamp.
- **Keep it dry:** Store the booklet away from reagent bottles so spills do not stain the scales.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Charts for JBL drop tests:** Colour scales with the instructions printed on the reverse.
- **Compact booklet:** Replaces the individual cards that come in each kit.
- **Water-type curves:** Freshwater, saltwater and pond evaluation, according to JBL.
- **Illustrated steps:** Short instructions meant to be learned quickly.
- **Original JBL part:** Printed by JBL for its own ProAquaTest range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113091
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162972989
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Test Kit Colour Charts
- **JBL Item Number:** 122.0435.01
- **Contents:** 1 colour chart booklet
- **Suits:** JBL ProAquaTest liquid test sets
- **Chart Types:** Freshwater, saltwater and pond evaluation
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond water testing
---
#### Jbl Spare Parts Test Kit Spares
Replacement vials, cuvettes, syringe and spoons for JBL water tests.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/jbl-spare-parts-test-kit-spares/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112905
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112905-1.png
A lost measuring spoon should not mean throwing out a half-full test kit. Jbl Spare Parts Test Kit Spares (SKU: 112905) is JBL's replacement-parts set for its liquid water tests, holding the small hardware that gets broken, lost or stained over the years. Retailer listings give the contents as two glass cuvettes with lids, two plastic cuvettes, one syringe and two measuring spoons, and describe the set as a replacement for the Testlabs and as replacement parts for JBL ProAquaTest sets. The point of the set is that no new test needs to be bought when a vial or spoon goes missing.
JBL's ProAquaTest range includes tests for ammonia, calcium, carbonate hardness, conductivity, CO2, iron, magnesium, nitrate, nitrite, oxygen, pH, phosphate, potassium, silicate and more, and one retailer listing says the set is suitable for all JBL water tests. The reagents themselves are sold separately as refills, so the spares keep a kit running through several refills. The JBL item number given for this set is 122.0429.01 (also listed as 6450400). . Glass parts should be handled and rinsed carefully, and a cracked cuvette should be replaced rather than used. Because the set holds no reagents, it is bought once and reused across many refills, which is its main saving over a new test kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Broken glass:** A cracked or chipped vial or cuvette has to go before the next test.
- **Missing spoon or syringe:** The dosing and measuring parts are included in the set.
- **Stained cuvettes:** Old plastic cuvettes that have clouded make the colour harder to judge.
- **Testlab owners:** Keeps a boxed JBL test case complete without buying a new kit.
**How to Use**
- **Match the part:** Choose the vial, cuvette, syringe or spoon the test instructions call for.
- **Rinse before first use:** Wash new parts in clean water and rinse again with the sample water.
- **Keep reagents separate:** Use one spoon or syringe per reagent where the instructions say so, to avoid carry-over.
- **Retire damaged items:** Discard glass with chips or cracks rather than reuse it, and replace plastic cuvettes once they have clouded or scratched.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two glass cuvettes with lids:** For tests that are read in glass.
- **Two plastic cuvettes:** For tests read in the plastic vessels.
- **One syringe:** For the sample or reagent volumes the tests specify.
- **Two measuring spoons:** The spoon parts that go missing most often.
- **Broad fit:** Listed by retailers as suitable for all JBL ProAquaTest sets, including the Testlab cases and single-parameter kits.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112905
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Test Kit Accessories
- **JBL Item Number:** 122.0429.01
- **Contents:** 2 glass cuvettes with lids, 2 plastic cuvettes, 1 syringe, 2 measuring spoons
- **Fits:** JBL ProAquaTest sets and Testlabs
- **Reagents:** Not included; sold separately as refills
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond water testing
---
#### Jbl Spare Parts Test Kit Spoons Set
Replacement measuring spoons in four sizes for JBL water test kits.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/jbl-spare-parts-test-kit-spoons-set/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112906
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112906-1.png
Most JBL tests are dosed by the spoonful, which makes a missing spoon the most common reason a kit sits unused. Jbl Spare Parts Test Kit Spoons Set (SKU: 112906) is a set of replacement measuring spoons for JBL liquid and powder test kits. The supplier lists two of each of four sizes, 0.3 mL, 1.5 mL, 5 mL and 17 mL, which makes eight spoons in all; JBL's own pages do not state those volumes, so the pack is the final reference. JBL's kits do include a dosing spoon, for example the ProAquaTest K Potassium, so the spoon is a genuine working part of the tests rather than an extra.
A measuring spoon only gives a correct result if it is the right size for the reagent, so the spoon named in the instructions for each test is the one to use. JBL sells a separate parts set for its water tests containing glass cuvettes, plastic cuvettes, a syringe and two measuring spoons, and a colour chart booklet, so this set is the one to choose when only the spoons are missing. Reagents are not included. No dimensions or material are published for the spoons. Keep the spoons dry and separate for each reagent, as damp spoons can clump powders.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lost spoon:** The test kit instructions call for a spoon that is no longer in the box.
- **Worn or stained spoons:** Reagent residue builds up and makes doses inconsistent.
- **Several tests in rotation:** Extra spoons allow one spoon per reagent.
- **Refill use:** Refills are used with the spoons of the original kit, so a lost spoon holds up the next refill.
**How to Use**
- **Use the named size:** Pick the spoon the test instructions specify, not the nearest one.
- **Level the spoon:** Fill and level it as the instructions describe, without packing the reagent.
- **Dry between uses:** Wipe the spoon dry before dipping it into a powder.
- **Keep spoons apart:** Do not swap spoons between reagents, to avoid cross-contamination.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four spoon sizes:** 0.3, 1.5, 5 and 17 mL, according to the supplier listing.
- **Two of each:** A spare for each size, per the same listing.
- **For JBL tests:** Sized for use with JBL liquid and powder test kits.
- **Spoons only:** No reagents, vials or syringes in the pack.
- **Cheaper than a kit:** Restores a test kit that is missing only its spoons.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112906
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Test Kit Measuring Spoons
- **Contents:** Measuring spoons, 2 each of 0.3 mL, 1.5 mL, 5 mL and 17 mL (per supplier listing)
- **Fits:** JBL water test kits that use measuring spoons
- **Companion Parts:** JBL Test Kit Spares (112905); JBL Test Kit Colour Booklet (113091)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond water testing
---
#### Jbl Test Kit Refill - Co2/ph Permanent Refill
Indicator refill for the JBL permanent CO2 and pH test in freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/jbl-test-kit-refill-co2-ph-permanent-refill/
- Price: $22.18 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113026 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162241399
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113026-1.jpg
Pressurised CO2 is easy to overdo, and a test that stays on the glass all day is how many planted-tank keepers catch it. Jbl Test Kit Refill - Co2/ph Permanent Refill (SKU: 113026) is the reagent refill for the JBL ProAquaTest CO2-pH Permanent, a long-term test that shows the pH and carbon dioxide content of a freshwater aquarium directly. Retailer listings describe the pack as two refills of reclosable reagent. According to JBL's description, the reagent goes into the permanent test device, the device is attached to the aquarium pane with suction cups, and the reagent colour is compared with the colour scale sticker to read off the value.
The test works by letting CO2 pass from the aquarium water through an air column in the casing into the indicator liquid, whose pH shifts with the CO2 level and changes colour. Because only gas crosses the air column, substances such as peat or pH-lowering products do not affect the reading, according to a retailer's summary of the JBL information. The scale indicates pH from 6.4 to 7.8 along with the CO2 content, which is why it is used as a permanent check on CO2 dosing and fertiliser control. The same retailer states that the indicator should be replaced every three to four weeks, and the refill is the consumable that makes that routine possible. The refill does not include the display vessel, suction cup or colour scale sticker, which are part of the complete test.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine renewal:** The indicator in the display vessel is replaced about every three to four weeks, per the retailer.
- **Faded or cloudy indicator:** A colour that no longer shifts cleanly needs fresh reagent.
- **CO2-dosed planted tanks:** The permanent test is a constant check on a pressurised or liquid CO2 system.
- **Existing test device:** Suits owners who already have the display vessel and colour scale.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Empty the vessel:** Pour out the old indicator and rinse the display vessel with clean water.
- **Fill with reagent:** Put the fresh reagent into the permanent test device as the JBL instructions show.
- **Mount on the pane:** Attach the device to the aquarium glass with its suction cups.
- **Compare to the scale:** Read the reagent colour against the colour scale sticker to find pH and CO2.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Permanent reading:** Direct and continuous indication of pH and CO2 on the aquarium glass.
- **Reclosable reagent:** Retailer listings describe the refill as reclosable.
- **Two refills:** Listed as a pack of two units.
- **pH 6.4–7.8 scale:** The range the test and colour scale indicate.
- **Air-column design:** Peat and pH-lowering substances cannot reach the indicator.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113026
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162241399
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Test Kit Reagent Refill
- **Fits:** JBL ProAquaTest CO2-pH Permanent
- **Contents:** 2 reagent refills (retailer listing)
- **pH Range:** 6.4–7.8, with CO2 content from the colour scale
- **Replacement Interval:** About every 3–4 weeks (retailer information)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including CO2-dosed planted tanks
---
### JBL — Soil & Substrate
#### Jbl Manado Gravel 10l
Natural planting substrate for full-depth rescapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-manado-gravel-10l/
- Price: $51.22 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113266 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670243
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113266-1.png
Laying a thin skim of substrate across a standard tank base, then running out before reaching the back corners, is a common result of buying too small a bag. JBL Manado Gravel 10l (SKU: 113266) is the 10 litre bag of JBL's Manado substrate, a natural material in round granules of 0.5 to 2 mm, large enough in quantity to cover a full tank base rather than a nano footprint. The granules are porous rather than solid, which JBL says lets the material take up surplus nutrients from the water and hold them until plant roots need them, and the rounded shape means digging and bottom-dwelling fish are not scraping their barbels on sharp edges as they forage.
A 10 litre bag, laid at JBL's recommended minimum of 5 cm, covers an area of roughly 2,000 cm², for example a 50 by 40 cm base, which is the kind of footprint a 60 cm class aquarium needs for a full planting layer rather than a top-up. Before it goes in, rinse the granules thoroughly in lukewarm water; JBL notes that a small amount, around 0.5 to 1 per cent, can still float off even after rinsing, so it is worth doing in a few smaller batches rather than one large pour. Filling the tank through a plate avoids blasting a crater in a freshly laid 10 litre layer, and the full depth matters most in a heavily planted scape, where a shallow bed cannot anchor the roots of larger stem and rosette plants. JBL PROSCAPE Plantis anchors can hold new plantings down while they establish across the wider base. The substrate is built for mixed freshwater tanks of fish, invertebrates and plants, and JBL states it introduces no unwanted pollutants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm class aquariums:** A base area of roughly 2,000 cm² at the recommended depth matches a standard tank footprint.
- **Full rescapes:** Enough volume to lay a consistent depth from front to back rather than patching a thin layer.
- **Heavily planted layouts:** Larger stem and rosette plants that need a full-depth bed to root into.
- **Digging and foraging fish:** A substantial layer that burrowing species can work through without hitting bare glass.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse in batches:** Lukewarm water, in smaller lots rather than all 10 litres at once.
- **Fill through a diffuser:** A plate under the hose stops the water jet cratering the layer.
- **Cover the full base at 5 cm:** Spread the bag evenly rather than mounding it in one area.
- **Secure larger plantings:** PROSCAPE Plantis anchors hold bigger stems until roots spread.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full-tank volume:** About 2,000 cm² of coverage at the 5 cm minimum depth.
- **Round 0.5–2 mm grains:** Suited to digging fish working a larger base.
- **Nutrient buffering at scale:** Enough porous material to hold nutrients across a whole rescape.
- **Supports dense planting:** A full-depth bed for larger stem and root systems.
- **Bulk-bag economy:** One 10 litre bag rather than buying several smaller packs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113266
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162670243
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Natural Plant Substrate
- **Net Volume:** 10 L
- **Grain Size:** 0.5–2 mm, round
- **Approx. Coverage:** 2,000 cm² of base area at a 5 cm depth (e.g. 50 × 40 cm)
- **Minimum Depth:** 5 cm
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly in lukewarm water, ideally in batches
- **Other Sizes:** JBL Manado Gravel 5l (SKU 113265)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and bottom-dwelling fish
---
#### Jbl Manado Gravel 5l
Porous natural substrate sized for nano and small planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-manado-gravel-5l/
- Price: $38.10 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113265 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670236
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113265-1.png
A nano aquascape only needs a thin, even layer, so a bag sized for a full rescape leaves most of it unused in the cupboard. JBL Manado Gravel 5l (SKU: 113265) is the 5 litre bag of JBL's Manado substrate, a natural material formed into round granules of 0.5 to 2 mm. Being round rather than angular and porous rather than solid, the grains are gentle on the barbels of fish that forage along the bottom and give soil bacteria plenty of surface to settle on. JBL built Manado to carry nutrients as well as hold plants: the porous structure takes up surplus nutrients from the water column and lets plant roots draw on them again later, rather than letting them wash away or feed algae.
Working the maths back from JBL's own minimum planting depth of 5 cm, a 5 litre bag spreads to around 1,000 cm² of base area, roughly a 40 by 25 cm footprint, which fits a nano or small aquarium up to about 45 cm rather than a standard display tank. Rinse the granules thoroughly in lukewarm water before they go in; JBL notes that unrinsed material can leave a small fraction, around 0.5 to 1 per cent, floating once the tank fills. Filling slowly through a plate rather than directly onto the layer keeps it from clouding or shifting, and a 5 cm depth across even a small footprint stops new plants lifting out before they take hold, which JBL's PROSCAPE Plantis pins can help with in the first weeks. The pack suits mixed freshwater tanks of fish, invertebrates and plants, and JBL states the material releases nothing harmful into the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano scapes:** A footprint around 40 by 25 cm at the recommended depth, matching small tanks rather than large ones.
- **First-time plant tanks:** A single bag to trial a porous, nutrient-holding substrate before committing to a bigger volume.
- **Foraging or digging species:** Loaches, corydoras and similar bottom feeders that sift substrate with sensitive barbels.
- **Topping up an existing layer:** Adding depth to a tank already running Manado without buying a full 10 litre bag.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before filling:** Lukewarm water only, until the run-off is reasonably clear.
- **Slow the pour:** Run the water over a plate or your hand so the layer is not blown apart as the tank fills.
- **Hold the 5 cm minimum:** Even in a small footprint, thin substrate lets plants float before roots grip.
- **Pin new stems:** Use PROSCAPE Plantis anchors on cuttings until roots have taken hold.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sized for a nano footprint:** About 1,000 cm² of coverage at the 5 cm minimum depth.
- **Round 0.5–2 mm grains:** Comfortable for barbelled, substrate-sifting fish.
- **Nutrient-holding structure:** Takes up surplus nutrients and feeds them back to roots.
- **Quick to colonise:** Porous surface gives soil bacteria somewhere to establish fast.
- **Trial-sized bag:** A practical quantity for a single small tank rather than a bulk buy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113265
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162670236
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Natural Plant Substrate
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Grain Size:** 0.5–2 mm, round
- **Approx. Coverage:** 1,000 cm² of base area at a 5 cm depth (e.g. 40 × 25 cm)
- **Minimum Depth:** 5 cm
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly in lukewarm water
- **Other Sizes:** JBL Manado Gravel 10l (SKU 113266)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and bottom-dwelling fish
---
#### Jbl Manado Gravel Dark 10l
Dark, iron-rich substrate for full-tank aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-manado-gravel-dark-10l/
- Price: $73.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113268 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670373
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113268-1.png
A large aquascape built on a light substrate tends to look washed out in photos and under tank lighting, where darker ground makes the planting and the fish read more strongly. JBL Manado Gravel Dark 10l (SKU: 113268) is the 10 litre bag of JBL's dark Manado, a substrate JBL added to the standard Manado line for the contrast its dark brown colour gives against green plant tones and fish markings. It is coarser than the standard version, with a grain size of 1.5 to 2.5 mm against 0.5 to 2 mm, and the rougher surface is said to support quicker colonisation by beneficial bacteria as well as the root systems of carpeting plants. The material carries a bound iron content that plant roots can draw on, pitched at the more demanding species a large, heavily planted tank tends to carry.
At JBL's recommended 5 cm minimum depth, a 10 litre bag spreads across roughly 2,000 cm² of base, around a 50 by 40 cm footprint, matched to a 60 cm class aquarium rather than a nano tank. JBL recommends only a brief rinse in lukewarm water, since this is a ready-to-use substrate rather than one needing a long soak, and it can either stand on its own across the whole base or sit as the visible cap over a nutrient-rich layer such as JBL PROFLORA AquaBasis. Surface fertilisation to recharge the iron buffer needs spreading evenly over this wider base rather than one corner, and the coarser, rounded grain stays gentle on the barbels of larger digging cichlids working a bigger tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm class aquascapes:** About 2,000 cm² of coverage at the recommended depth across a standard footprint.
- **Dark, high-contrast layouts:** A full-tank base colour meant to set off plants and fish under aquarium lighting.
- **Demanding carpet and stem plants:** Species that draw heavily on the bound iron at the root zone.
- **Larger digging cichlids:** Bottom-dwelling fish that rework a full-depth substrate across a wide base.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse briefly:** A short lukewarm rinse is enough; it is sold ready to use.
- **Lay as a single layer or a cap:** Use alone across the base, or over AquaBasis for extra nutrients underneath.
- **Spread the full 5 cm evenly:** Cover the whole footprint rather than mounding one section.
- **Fertilise the whole base:** Recharge the iron buffer across the full area, not just near the plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full-tank dark colour:** Added to the Manado range for whole-aquascape contrast.
- **Coarser 1.5–2.5 mm grain:** A rougher surface across a larger bacterial colonisation area.
- **Iron buffer at scale:** Enough bound iron for demanding plants across a full base.
- **2,000 cm² bag:** Covers a 60 cm class footprint at a 5 cm depth.
- **Ready to use:** Only a brief rinse before it goes into the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113268
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162670373
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Natural Plant Substrate (Dark)
- **Net Volume:** 10 L
- **Grain Size:** 1.5–2.5 mm, coarse, dark brown
- **Approx. Coverage:** 2,000 cm² of base area at a 5 cm depth (e.g. 50 × 40 cm)
- **Minimum Depth:** 5 cm
- **Preparation:** Brief rinse in lukewarm water; can cap JBL PROFLORA AquaBasis
- **Other Sizes:** JBL Manado Gravel Dark 5l (SKU 113267)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and bottom-dwelling fish
---
#### Jbl Manado Gravel Dark 5l
Dark, iron-rich planting substrate for nano aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-manado-gravel-dark-5l/
- Price: $51.60 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113267 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670366
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113267-1.png
Light brown gravel washes out the colour of red stem plants and bright fish, where a darker base makes the same colours stand out. JBL Manado Gravel Dark 5l (SKU: 113267) is the 5 litre bag of JBL's dark-coloured Manado, added to the existing Manado range specifically for the contrast a dark substrate gives against green plants and coloured fish. The grains run coarser than standard Manado, at 1.5 to 2.5 mm, with a rough surface that JBL says favours bacterial colonisation and supports carpet and ground-cover plants. A bound iron content in the material is accessible to plant roots, aimed at demanding species that need more iron than a plain substrate provides.
Scaled against JBL's 5 cm minimum planting depth, a 5 litre bag covers around 1,000 cm² of base, roughly a 40 by 25 cm footprint, sized for a nano or small aquascape rather than a full tank rebuild. JBL recommends a brief rinse in lukewarm tap water before use, lighter than the longer wash some natural substrates need, and the material can be used on its own or as the visible top layer over a nutrient base such as JBL PROFLORA AquaBasis, with the iron buffer recharged over time through surface fertilisation rather than by replacing the substrate. The coarser, rounded grain is also kind to the barbels of smaller digging and burrowing fish working through a nano layout. It is intended for freshwater planted tanks and suits both the plant care and the fish-keeping side of a small aquascape.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquascapes:** About 1,000 cm² of coverage at the recommended depth, matched to small tanks.
- **Colour-contrast layouts:** A dark base intended to set off red and green plants and bright fish.
- **Iron-hungry carpet plants:** Ground-cover species that benefit from the bound iron at the root zone.
- **Small burrowing fish:** Dwarf cichlids or similar species that dig through a shallow nano bed.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse briefly:** A lighter lukewarm-water rinse than a plain gravel, just enough to settle the fines.
- **Use alone or as a cap:** Lay it as the only substrate, or as the visible layer over AquaBasis.
- **Keep the 5 cm minimum:** Even in a small footprint, this stops new plantings lifting free.
- **Recharge by fertilising:** Top up the iron buffer with surface fertiliser rather than redoing the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dark colour contrast:** Added to the Manado range specifically to set off plant and fish colours.
- **Coarser 1.5–2.5 mm grain:** A rougher surface than standard Manado for bacteria and ground-cover roots.
- **Root-accessible iron:** A bound iron buffer aimed at demanding plant species.
- **Nano-sized bag:** About 1,000 cm² of coverage at a 5 cm depth.
- **Cap-layer option:** Works alone or over a nutrient-rich base layer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113267
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4014162670366
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Natural Plant Substrate (Dark)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Grain Size:** 1.5–2.5 mm, coarse, dark brown
- **Approx. Coverage:** 1,000 cm² of base area at a 5 cm depth (e.g. 40 × 25 cm)
- **Minimum Depth:** 5 cm
- **Preparation:** Brief rinse in lukewarm water; can cap JBL PROFLORA AquaBasis
- **Other Sizes:** JBL Manado Gravel Dark 10l (SKU 113268)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and bottom-dwelling fish
---
#### Jbl Proscape Volcano Mineral 9l
Large bag of volcanic foundation rock for full-size aquascapes and heavy hardscape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-proscape-volcano-mineral-9l/
- Price: $64.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112987 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670786
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112987-1.png
A 90 cm layout with several large stones and a big root puts real weight on the substrate, and soil alone lets that weight press through and shift. JBL ProScape Volcano Mineral 9l (SKU: 112987) is the 9 L bag of JBL's volcanic aquascaping substrate, a porous natural volcanic rock that forms the bottom layer of a planted tank, under the soil or gravel the plants grow in. Its coarse grains lock together into a firm base, so heavy rock and wood sit on a foundation that does not slip, and the open structure keeps water moving through the lower bed. Three times the 3 L bag, it is sized for medium and large aquariums.
The rock is about 4 to 8 mm in grain and, according to JBL, delivers calcium, magnesium and potassium plus iron, boron and manganese to the roots over the long term, while its pores provide plenty of space for beneficial bacteria. JBL support advises against washing it before use, and a retailer notes it does not raise GH or KH. The recommended base layer is 2 to 4 cm, depending on the total height of the substrate, finished with a planting substrate such as JBL ProScape Plant Soil. As a guide, litres needed equal length × width × depth in centimetres divided by 1,000, so 9 L lays 2 cm under a 90 × 50 cm base, 3 cm under a 60 × 50 cm base, or a deeper layer beneath only the back half of a large tank where the planting is densest. Fill the tank slowly so the layers are not stirred together. It is for freshwater use and should not be combined with JBL's Sansibar sand; lay any substrate heating cable first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquascapes:** Base layers for 60 to 120 cm planted tanks.
- **Heavy hardscape:** Big stones and root wood that need a load-bearing base.
- **Deep planted beds:** Keeping water and oxygen moving under a thick soil layer.
- **Several small tanks:** One bag split across a group of nano set-ups.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Heating first:** Fit any substrate heater before the volcanic layer goes in.
- **Pour unwashed:** Add the dry rock straight from the bag.
- **Shape the base:** Lay 2 to 4 cm, banking it higher at the back under the slope.
- **Bed in hardscape:** Seat large stones on the volcanic layer, then add the planting substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Load-bearing base:** Interlocking volcanic grains under heavy rock and wood.
- **Open-pored structure:** Circulation and oxygen through the lower substrate.
- **Long-term minerals:** Calcium, magnesium, potassium and trace elements for roots.
- **Bacterial habitat:** Porous grains colonised by beneficial microorganisms.
- **Large 9 L bag:** A 2 cm base under a 90 × 50 cm footprint.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112987
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670786
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Volcanic Base Layer
- **Volume:** 9 L
- **Grain Size:** About 4–8 mm
- **Layer Depth:** 2–4 cm as the first layer
- **Coverage Guide:** Length × width × depth (cm) ÷ 1,000 = litres
- **Minerals:** Calcium, magnesium, potassium; iron, boron, manganese
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProScape Plant Soil as the top layer
- **Other Sizes:** JBL ProScape Volcano Mineral 3l (SKU 112986)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Jbl Proscape Volcano Powder 250g
Long-term mineral fertiliser for under the substrate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-proscape-volcano-powder-250g/
- Price: $47.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112964 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670885
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112964-1.png
An aquascape's substrate looks finished on day one, but the minerals a nutrient-rich soil starts with get used up by plant roots long before the layout does, leaving nothing underneath to carry growth through the following year. Jbl Proscape Volcano Powder 250g (SKU: 112964) is JBL's volcanic primary rock powder, a solid phosphate-potassium fertiliser meant to sit under the visible substrate as a depot of minerals and trace elements for plant roots to draw on. JBL states the powder keeps working as a fertiliser for up to twelve months, well past the point a typical active soil's own nutrient charge has been exhausted.
The declared content is 0.49% total phosphate (P2O5) and 2.9% water-soluble potassium oxide (K2O), along with magnesium oxide and calcium oxide, a macronutrient and trace-mineral mix aimed at long-term root feeding rather than a quick response. JBL's dose is 250 g per 200 L of aquarium volume, close to 1.25 g per litre, and the powder is designed to be sprinkled onto the bare bottom pane or the lowest substrate layer at setup, then covered by the main substrate so none of it is exposed to the water column. It is intended as an additive beneath products such as JBL ProScape Volcano Mineral or JBL Manado rather than as a substrate on its own, and because the depot effect only works if it stays buried, the tank should be filled without stirring up the lower layers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquascape setup:** Laying a mineral depot before the main substrate goes in.
- **Nutrient-poor substrates:** Adding a long-term mineral source under an inert sand or gravel cap.
- **Heavily planted layouts:** Supporting root feeders through months of active growth.
- **Substrate refresh:** Topping up minerals during a substrate rework rather than a full tear-down.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure by tank volume:** Use 250 g per 200 L of aquarium volume.
- **Sprinkle, then cover:** Spread the powder on the bare pane or lowest substrate layer, then cover completely with the main substrate.
- **Keep it buried:** Avoid disturbing the lower layer once the main substrate is in place.
- **Fill carefully:** Add water slowly so the layers are not stirred together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Volcanic rock powder:** A natural, mineral-rich depot fertiliser.
- **Up to 12 months' effect:** JBL's stated duration for the long-term feed.
- **Phosphate and potassium content:** 0.49% P2O5 and 2.9% water-soluble K2O, plus magnesium and calcium oxides.
- **Buried application:** Sits under the substrate rather than mixed through it.
- **Pairs with JBL substrates:** Designed for use beneath Volcano Mineral or Manado.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112964
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670885
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Mineral Depot Fertiliser
- **Net Weight:** 250 g
- **Dose Rate:** 250 g per 200 L of aquarium volume (about 1.25 g per litre)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** 0.49% total phosphate (P2O5), 2.9% water-soluble K2O, plus MgO and CaO
- **Duration of Effect:** Up to 12 months
- **Companion Product:** JBL ProScape Volcano Mineral and JBL Manado substrates
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Jbl Sansibar Sand Dark 10kg
Fine black-grey sand for larger catfish and loach aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-sansibar-sand-dark-10kg/
- Price: $68.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112981 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670519
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/112981-1.jpg
Corydoras and other barbelled catfish spend their lives with their faces pressed into the substrate, and a coarse gravel grinds those barbels down over months of digging. Jbl Sansibar Sand Dark 10kg (SKU: 112981) is the larger pack in JBL's fine, dark aquarium sand line, a ground mineral material with a grain size of about 0.2 to 0.5 mm, built soft enough for bottom-dwelling fish to sift through without injury. JBL aims the grain specifically at keeping corydoras and other armoured catfish, and the dark, low-reflectivity tone is meant to show off fish and plant colour rather than bounce tank lighting back at the viewer. At 10 kg, the pack holds enough for a full substrate floor in a mid-size to large display, or for building a genuinely deep bed in a planted aquascape rather than a thin dusting over the glass.
JBL states the sand leaves the factory pre-cleaned, so a brief rinse under the tap is usually enough before it goes in, though a more thorough wash is a reasonable precaution on a first fill. It is not suited to undergravel heating cables, since grain this fine restricts the water flow those systems rely on, and the individual grains are not perfectly uniform in colour, so a spread bed reads a touch lighter once lit than a single grain looks under close inspection. The same line is sold in a 5 kg pack for smaller setups, and in the lighter-coloured River and Snow finishes for layouts that call for a brighter substrate instead of this dark one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Corydoras and loaches:** Barbelled, substrate-sifting species that need a soft, fine bed.
- **Larger or deeper tanks:** The 10 kg pack covers more floor area or a thicker layer than the 5 kg size.
- **Dark-background aquascapes:** A low-reflectivity base that sets off fish and plant colour.
- **New tank setup:** Laying the visible substrate layer over any mineral additive placed beneath it.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** A brief rinse in tap water settles any fine dust from the pre-cleaned sand.
- **Spread evenly:** Level the sand across the base rather than banking it only at the back.
- **Skip heating cables:** Do not run undergravel heating cables under this grain size.
- **Vacuum gently:** Hover a gravel cleaner just above the surface rather than driving it deep into the fine grain.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine, soft grain:** About 0.2–0.5 mm, gentle on corydoras barbels and sensitive mouths.
- **Dark, non-reflective colour:** Lets fish and plant colour stand out rather than washing out under lighting.
- **Pre-cleaned sand:** Settles quickly after only a brief rinse.
- **Deeper or wider coverage:** The 10 kg pack suits a bigger tank or a thicker substrate bed.
- **Shared Sansibar range:** Available in the lighter River and Snow finishes alongside this Dark colourway.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112981
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670519
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Fine Aquarium Sand
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** About 0.2–0.5 mm
- **Material:** Natural ground mineral sand
- **Colour:** Dark grey/black
- **Undergravel Heating Cables:** Not suitable
- **Other Sizes:** 5 kg (SKU 112980)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums suited to corydoras and other bottom-dwelling species
---
#### Jbl Sansibar Sand Dark 5kg
Fine black-grey sand sized for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-sansibar-sand-dark-5kg/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112980
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/112980-1.jpg
A nano or small aquarium does not need ten kilograms of substrate, and a half-used bag of sand left over from a bigger tank just takes up shelf space. Jbl Sansibar Sand Dark 5kg (SKU: 112980) is the smaller pack in the same fine, dark sand line, sharing the 0.2 to 0.5 mm grain JBL markets as gentle on the barbels of corydoras and other armoured catfish. It suits a nano cube, a small community tank, or simply topping up an existing bed in a larger aquarium where only a modest amount of sand is actually needed. The dark, low-reflectivity colour works the same way at this size, letting fish and plant colour read clearly under the kind of compact lighting fitted to small tanks.
As with the larger pack, JBL pre-cleans the sand at the factory, so a short rinse in tap water is typically enough rather than the lengthy washing some natural sands demand. It is not suited to undergravel heating cables, since the fine grain limits water flow through the bed, and because the grains vary slightly in shade, a finished layer looks a little lighter once spread than any single grain suggests close up. The same line scales up to a 10 kg pack for a larger tank, and is also sold in lighter River and Snow finishes within JBL's wider Sansibar range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** A pack sized for a small footprint rather than a large display.
- **Corydoras and loaches:** Fine grain gentle on barbels and sensitive mouths.
- **Topping up:** Adding to an existing substrate rather than filling a tank from empty.
- **Dark-background layouts:** A low-reflectivity base for showing off fish and plant colour.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** A brief rinse settles dust from the pre-cleaned sand before it goes in.
- **Spread thin and even:** A small pack covers a shallow, even layer rather than a deep bed.
- **Skip heating cables:** This grain size is not suited to undergravel heating cables.
- **Vacuum lightly:** Clean with a gentle hand, since the fine grain lifts easily into a siphon.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft, fine texture:** About 0.2–0.5 mm grain that spares barbels and sensitive mouths.
- **Low-reflectivity colour:** A dark tone that lets fish and plant colour show through rather than bouncing light back.
- **Factory pre-cleaned:** A short rinse is usually all that is needed before use.
- **Small-tank sizing:** The 5 kg pack suits a nano cube or a top-up layer rather than a full fill.
- **Shared Sansibar range:** Pairs with the 10 kg pack or the lighter River and Snow finishes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112980
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670502
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Fine Aquarium Sand
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Grain Size:** About 0.2–0.5 mm
- **Material:** Natural ground mineral sand
- **Colour:** Dark grey/black
- **Undergravel Heating Cables:** Not suitable
- **Other Sizes:** 10 kg (SKU 112981)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums suited to corydoras and other bottom-dwelling species
---
#### Jbl Sansibar Sand River 5kg
Rounded river sand sized for smaller digging-species tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-sansibar-sand-river-5kg/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113269 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670588
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113269-1.jpg
A kuhli loach or a small ray does not need a ten-kilogram bag of substrate to forage happily, and most small to mid-size tanks only ever need the smaller pack anyway. Jbl Sansibar Sand River 5kg (SKU: 113269) is the smaller pack of JBL's river-style aquarium sand, sharing the same light, dark-flecked grain at roughly 0.4 to 1.4 mm as the larger size, coarser and more rounded than JBL's ultra-fine sand lines. The rounded shape is gentle on barbels and mucous membranes, and JBL recommends it for corydoras and other digging or bottom-sifting fish that spend much of their time pushed into the substrate.
This River grade is compatible with undergravel heating cables, unlike JBL's finer Dark and Snow sands, because its slightly coarser structure still allows water and heat to pass through the bed. In a planted tank, a 5 kg pack is enough to cap a nutrient-rich base substrate to a typical depth of around 6 to 8 cm in a nano to small aquarium, leaving the river sand as the visible top layer. It suits freshwater and marine aquariums as well as aqua-terrariums, is chemically inert, and will not shift water parameters on its own. Where a tank is simply too small to justify the 10 kg pack, this is the size to buy instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size tanks:** A pack sized to avoid a half-used 10 kg bag in storage.
- **Digging and burrowing fish:** Small rays, kuhli loaches and similar substrate-sifting species.
- **Corydoras tanks:** Rounded grain gentle on barbels during normal foraging.
- **Heating-cable setups:** A grade compatible with undergravel heating, unlike JBL's finer sands.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** A rinse in tap water settles dust before the sand goes in.
- **Cap a nutrient substrate:** Around 6 to 8 cm is typical for a planted nano to small tank.
- **Even spread:** Smooth the layer across the whole floor rather than banking it in one corner.
- **Clean gently:** Keep a gravel cleaner just above the surface rather than digging into the bed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rounded 0.4–1.4 mm grain:** Coarser and smoother than JBL's ultra-fine sand lines.
- **Heating-cable compatible:** Suited to undergravel heating, unlike the Dark and Snow grades.
- **Digging-species friendly:** Gentle on rays, loaches and catfish that forage through sand.
- **Chemically inert:** Will not shift water chemistry.
- **5 kg sizing:** Matched to nano and small to mid-size tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113269
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670588
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Fine Aquarium Sand (River Grade)
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Grain Size:** About 0.4–1.4 mm
- **Colour:** Light base with darker flecks
- **Undergravel Heating Cables:** Compatible
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, aqua-terrariums
- **Other Sizes:** 10 kg (SKU 113270)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, suited to digging and bottom-dwelling species
---
#### Jbl Sansibar Sand Snow 10kg
Bright white fine sand for larger catfish aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-sansibar-sand-snow-10kg/
- Price: $90.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670618
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113030-1.jpg
A dark tank bottom can hide debris until it becomes a real problem, while a bright white substrate shows every bit of waste the moment it settles, which suits a keeper who would rather see a mess early than find it late. Jbl Sansibar Sand Snow 10kg (SKU: 113030) is the larger pack of JBL's brightest aquarium sand, a natural ground material with no artificial additives, sized at roughly 0.1 to 0.6 mm and finished in a clean, snow-white colour. Like JBL's Dark sand, the grain is fine and rounded enough to suit corydoras and other armoured catfish that sift through the substrate as they feed.
The white tone lifts the look of a tank and shows off fish and plant colour against a pale background, a different effect from the darker look of JBL's Sansibar Dark, and at 10 kg the pack covers a larger tank floor or a deeper bed than the 5 kg size manages. It is not suited to undergravel heating cables, since this fine a grain restricts the water flow those systems need, which puts it in the same category as JBL's Dark sand rather than the coarser River grade. JBL markets it as decorative for both aquariums and aqua-terrariums, and because it is so pale, any algae or waste on the surface shows up quickly, which makes regular light vacuuming more useful than with a darker substrate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bright, light-coloured aquascapes:** A pale substrate that lifts the overall look of the tank.
- **Corydoras and armoured catfish:** Fine, rounded grain suited to bottom-sifting species.
- **Larger tanks:** The 10 kg pack covers more floor area or a deeper bed than the 5 kg size.
- **Early mess detection:** A white base that shows waste and debris as soon as it settles.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** White sand shows any residual dust more readily, so rinse until the water runs clear.
- **Spread evenly:** Level the bed across the floor for a consistent bright surface.
- **Skip heating cables:** This fine a grain is not suited to undergravel heating.
- **Vacuum regularly:** Light surface debris is more visible here, so frequent light cleaning keeps the bed looking clean.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine 0.1–0.6 mm grain:** Soft and rounded, suited to corydoras and armoured catfish.
- **Snow-white colour:** Brightens the tank and highlights fish and plant colour.
- **No artificial additives:** A natural ground material.
- **10 kg pack:** Suited to a larger floor area or a deeper substrate bed.
- **Decorative use:** Rated for aquariums and aqua-terrariums alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113030
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670618
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Fine Aquarium Sand
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Grain Size:** About 0.1–0.6 mm
- **Material:** Natural ground material, no artificial additives
- **Colour:** Snow-white
- **Undergravel Heating Cables:** Not suitable
- **Other Sizes:** 5 kg (SKU 113029)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and aqua-terrariums, suited to corydoras and armoured catfish
---
#### Jbl Sansibar Sand Snow 5kg
Bright white fine sand sized for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/jbl-sansibar-sand-snow-5kg/
- Price: $50.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113029 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162670601
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113029-1.jpg
A pale, reflective substrate can overwhelm a large display, but in a small nano cube it is exactly the finishing touch that makes a compact layout feel bright and clean rather than cramped. Jbl Sansibar Sand Snow 5kg (SKU: 113029) is the smaller pack of JBL's brightest aquarium sand, a natural ground material free of artificial additives, with the same fine 0.1 to 0.6 mm grain and snow-white finish as the larger pack. As with the 10 kg size, the grain is rounded and fine enough to suit corydoras and other armoured catfish that spend their time sifting through the substrate.
Five kilograms is sized for a nano or small aquarium, or for topping up an existing bed rather than covering a large display from scratch, and the bright colour works especially well in a smaller tank where a darker substrate can make the space feel smaller than it actually is. It is not suited to undergravel heating cables, the same limitation as JBL's Dark sand, since the fine grain restricts water flow through the bed. JBL rates it for use in aquariums and aqua-terrariums, and because the pale colour shows up algae and waste more readily than a dark substrate, light, regular vacuuming keeps a small tank looking tidy. The 10 kg pack of the same sand is the better fit once the tank is large enough to need a full floor of substrate or a deeper bed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small aquariums:** A bright substrate sized for a compact display.
- **Corydoras and armoured catfish:** Fine, rounded grain suited to bottom-sifting species.
- **Topping up:** Adding to an existing bed rather than filling a tank from scratch.
- **Light, bright layouts:** A pale base that keeps a small tank from feeling closed in.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Rinse until the water runs clear, since dust shows more readily on white sand.
- **Spread thin and even:** A small pack covers a shallow, even layer in a nano or small tank.
- **Skip heating cables:** Not suited to undergravel heating, the same limit as JBL's Dark sand.
- **Vacuum often:** Light debris shows quickly on a white base, so clean little and often.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine 0.1–0.6 mm grain:** Soft and rounded, suited to corydoras and armoured catfish.
- **Snow-white colour:** Brightens a small tank and highlights fish and plant colour.
- **No artificial additives:** A natural ground material.
- **5 kg sizing:** Matched to nano and small aquariums or a top-up layer.
- **Decorative use:** Rated for aquariums and aqua-terrariums alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 113029
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162670601
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Fine Aquarium Sand
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Grain Size:** About 0.1–0.6 mm
- **Material:** Natural ground material, no artificial additives
- **Colour:** Snow-white
- **Undergravel Heating Cables:** Not suitable
- **Other Sizes:** 10 kg (SKU 113030)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and aqua-terrariums, suited to corydoras and armoured catfish
---
### JBL — Air Pump
#### Jbl Air Line Silicone 4/6, 180 Meter Roll
Bulk flexible air hose for fish rooms and multi-tank set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/jbl-air-line-silicone-4-6-180-meter-roll/
- Price: $299.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724819 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162066985
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724819-1.png
A fish room with forty air-driven sponge filters gets through airline fast, and buying it a few metres at a time from a blister pack is slow and expensive. JBL Air Line Silicone 4/6, 180 Meter Roll (SKU: 724819) is JBL's flexible airline tubing supplied on a single bulk reel instead of the usual short retail length, sized at 4/6 mm (inner/outer diameter) to suit most air pump outlets, airstones, sponge filters and air-driven equipment. The tubing is a soft, silicone-type material rather than rigid PVC, so it stays flexible and resists kinking even after being coiled and run long distances around a stand or fish room. JBL manufactures it free of heavy metals, which matters for a hose that sits in contact with aquarium water and livestock for months at a time.
Cut lengths are taken off the roll as needed, so one reel supplies dozens of airlines without reordering. The 4/6 mm bore is JBL's standard air-line size and matches the barbed outlets on common air pumps, airstones, undergravel filters and corner (box) filters; it is not rated for pressurised CO2 systems, which need a different, gas-tight hose. Because the tubing is sold by length rather than with fittings attached, a check valve, air control valve or gang valve is fitted separately where needed. Over time silicone-type airline can discolour and stiffen, at which point a fresh length cut from the roll keeps airflow consistent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeding racks:** Many sponge filters and airstones run from a central pump.
- **Retail and wholesale set-ups:** A bulk roll avoids repeated small purchases for a shop floor.
- **Long pump-to-tank runs:** Where the air pump sits well away from the aquarium.
- **General air-driven equipment:** Sponge filters, airstones, undergravel plates and corner filters.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Cut cleanly:** Use sharp scissors so the tube end seats fully on the barbed nozzle.
- **Push-fit the ends:** Slide the tubing over the pump outlet and the airstone or filter nozzle.
- **Fit a check valve:** Use one on any line that sits below the water line to stop water siphoning back to the pump.
- **Replace when stiff:** Swap in a fresh length once the tubing discolours or loses its flexibility.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4/6 mm bore:** JBL's standard airline size, fitting most pumps, airstones and sponge filters.
- **Bulk 180 m roll:** One reel in place of many short retail lengths.
- **Free of heavy metals:** Suited to long-term contact with aquarium water and livestock.
- **Flexible, kink-resistant:** Silicone-type tubing that stays supple over long runs.
- **Air supply only:** Not rated for pressurised CO2 lines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 724819
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162066985
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Airline Tubing (Silicone)
- **Diameter:** 4/6 mm (inner/outer)
- **Material:** Silicone-type tubing, free of heavy metals
- **Roll Length:** Approx. 180 m, supplied on one trade reel
- **Application:** Connecting air pumps to airstones, sponge filters and other air-driven equipment
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums (air supply only)
---
### JBL — Food
#### Jbl Autofood Auto-feeder Black
Battery-powered automatic fish feeder with adjustable portions.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/jbl-autofood-auto-feeder-black/
- Price: $149.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112903 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162606150
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/112903-1.jpg
Daily feeding falls apart the moment a holiday, a late shift or a forgotten morning gets in the way, and overfeeding to compensate just fouls the water. JBL Autofood Auto-feeder Black (SKU: 112903) is JBL's battery-powered automatic feeder, built to dispense granulated fish food on a set schedule rather than relying on someone being home at the right time. It runs up to four feedings a day, with feeding times and the amount dispensed at each one set and adjusted independently, so a tank can be fed little and often or with fewer, larger meals depending on the fish kept.
A screw conveyor inside the unit meters out granulated food between 1.0 and 3.0 mm in size with each turn, which keeps portions consistent rather than dumping an unpredictable amount. The hopper holds 125 mL as supplied and can be extended up to 375 mL, which cuts down how often it needs refilling on a tank fed several times a day. JBL mounts the feeder with suction cups or a clamp, and the mounting head rotates through 360 degrees so it can be aimed over open water rather than straight down the glass. It runs on batteries rather than mains power, so a feeding schedule keeps running through a power cut, and a manual On/Off switch dispenses a feed on demand outside the programmed times. JBL does not recommend it for flake food, which can jam the screw mechanism, and very fine granulate needs its portion setting checked carefully to avoid overfeeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Holidays and travel:** Reliable feeding while no one is home to do it by hand.
- **Busy schedules:** Consistent portions on days when feeding times would otherwise slip.
- **Multiple small feeds:** Species that do better on several small meals than one large one.
- **Granulated diets:** Tanks fed 1.0 to 3.0 mm granulated food rather than flakes.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount the feeder:** Fix it to the tank rim with the suction cups or clamp, then rotate the head over open water.
- **Fit batteries:** Load the unit with the batteries it takes before programming it.
- **Fill the hopper:** Add granulated food between 1.0 and 3.0 mm; extend the hopper if more capacity is needed.
- **Set feeding times and quantity:** Program up to four feeds a day, adjusting the amount for each one.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to four feeds daily:** Independently timed and sized feeding events.
- **Screw conveyor dispensing:** Consistent portions of granulated food with each feed.
- **Expandable hopper:** 125 mL as supplied, extendable to 375 mL.
- **360-degree mounting head:** Suction cup or clamp fitting aimed anywhere over the tank.
- **Battery operated:** Keeps feeding through power cuts; manual feed switch included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112903
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162606150
- **Product Type:** Food > Automatic Feeder (Battery-Powered)
- **Feeding Programs:** Up to 4 feeds per day, adjustable time and quantity
- **Granule Size:** 1.0–3.0 mm granulated food (not suitable for flakes)
- **Container Capacity:** 125 mL, expandable to 375 mL
- **Mounting:** Suction cups or clamp, 360-degree rotation
- **Power:** Battery operated, with manual On/Off feed switch
- **Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Jbl Autofood Auto-feeder White
Battery-powered automatic feeder for granulated food, up to four feeds a day.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/jbl-autofood-auto-feeder-white/
- Price: $149.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112904 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4014162606167
- Brand: JBL (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/jbl/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/112904-1.jpg
A weekend away or a fortnight's holiday should not mean a neighbour guessing how much food goes in the tank. JBL AutoFood Auto-feeder White (SKU: 112904) is JBL's automatic aquarium feeder in white, a battery-powered unit that dispenses granulated food on a timetable of up to four feeds a day, with the portion adjustable to suit the fish. It is designed for granules and small pellets from about 1 to 3 mm and is not intended for flakes, tablets or sticks. The built-in container holds 125 mL, and screwing on a 250 mL food container raises the capacity to 375 mL for long absences or bigger tanks.
The feeder runs on three 1.5 V AA batteries, which are included, so it keeps working through power cuts, and the display shows battery condition. It mounts on the tank with either a suction cup or a clamp holder, which according to retailer specifications fits glass or cover plates up to 28 mm thick, and once fitted it can be swivelled through 360° to position the outlet over open water. An air connection lets a small air pump blow dry air through the feeder to stop food clumping in humid conditions over the tank. An on/off switch triggers a manual feed without disturbing the timer. The body is about 18 cm long and 8.5 cm high, or 9 cm with the suction cup mount, and the food opening is 27 × 20 mm. JBL lists its GranoColor, GranoMix, Grana, GranaCichlid, GranaDiscus, NovoBits, GoldPearls, NovoPearls and MariPearls foods as suitable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Holidays and weekends:** Feeding continues on schedule while the house is empty.
- **Busy routines:** Small, regular feeds for fish that do better on several meals a day.
- **Granule and pellet feeders:** Community fish, cichlids, discus and goldfish on 1 to 3 mm food.
- **Freshwater or marine:** JBL's own marine pellets are among the listed foods.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the batteries:** Insert the three AA cells and check the battery display.
- **Mount it:** Clamp it to the rim or cover, or use the suction cup, then swivel the outlet over the water.
- **Fill and set:** Load granules, set up to four feeding times and adjust the portion.
- **Test before leaving:** Run a manual feed and watch a few days of automatic feeds first.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to four feeds a day:** Feeding times and portion size set on the unit.
- **Expandable hopper:** 125 mL as standard, 375 mL with a screw-on 250 mL container.
- **Battery operation:** Three AA cells included; unaffected by power cuts.
- **Air connection:** Keeps food dry and flowing freely.
- **Flexible mounting:** Suction cup or clamp, rotating through 360°.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** JBL (Germany)
- **SKU:** 112904
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4014162606167
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Automatic Fish Feeder
- **Feeds per Day:** Up to 4, portion adjustable
- **Food Capacity:** 125 mL; 375 mL with screw-on 250 mL container
- **Suitable Food:** Granules and pellets about 1–3 mm; not flakes, tablets or sticks
- **Power:** 3 × 1.5 V AA batteries (included)
- **Mounting:** Suction cup or clamp (up to 28 mm), 360° rotation
- **Dimensions:** About 18 cm long × 8.5 cm high (9 cm with suction mount)
- **Colour:** White
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Absolute — Food
#### 2MM ABSOLUTE COLOUR 500g
Colour-enhancing 2 mm pellet for cichlids, goldfish and medium tropical fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/2mm-absolute-colour-500g/
- Price: $85.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB10002CE
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/absolute-color-enhancer-food-2mm-pellet-500g_1024x1024.webp
Fish kept indoors under artificial light often lose the depth of red, orange and yellow they show when young or freshly imported, and diet is the main way to bring it back. 2MM ABSOLUTE COLOUR 500g (SKU: AB10002CE) is Absolute's colour-enhancing fish food in a 2 mm pellet, packed in a 500 g container. The 2 mm size suits medium-sized fish with mouths large enough to take a pellet whole: African and American cichlids, fancy goldfish, gouramis, barbs, larger tetras and similar community fish. The 500 g pack is a bulk quantity for a large tank, several aquariums or a group of hungry cichlids, and lasts a long time between purchases.
Colour-enhancing foods work by supplying pigments that fish cannot make themselves, so results build up gradually over several weeks of regular feeding rather than overnight, and they work as the main daily food rather than an occasional treat. Feed small amounts two to three times a day, no more than the fish clear in about two minutes, and remove anything left over so it does not foul the water. Fish that are too small for a 2 mm pellet will struggle with it; for them, crush a few pellets or choose a smaller food. Keep the container closed tightly after each use and store it somewhere cool and dry, out of sunlight, as vitamins and pigments break down with heat, moisture and air. Vary the diet with frozen or live foods a few times a week, since a colour food supplies pigment rather than variety, and feed slightly less in cooler months when coldwater fish such as goldfish eat less.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cichlid tanks:** A daily pellet for Malawi, Central and South American cichlids.
- **Goldfish:** Fancy goldfish that take a 2 mm pellet easily.
- **Faded fish:** Restoring colour after shipping, stress or a plain diet.
- **Multi-tank keepers:** A 500 g pack for several aquariums or a large group.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three small feeds:** Only what is eaten in about two minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net or siphon uneaten pellets after feeding.
- **Be consistent:** Feed daily for several weeks to see colour improve.
- **Store well:** Seal the container and keep it cool, dry and out of the sun.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-enhancing formula:** Made to bring out reds, oranges and yellows.
- **2 mm pellet:** Sized for medium fish.
- **500 g pack:** Bulk quantity for larger stocks.
- **Daily staple:** Designed for routine feeding.
- **Wide range of species:** Cichlids, goldfish and medium tropicals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AB10002CE
- **Product Type:** Food > Colour-Enhancing Pellets
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Pellet Size:** 2 mm
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten in about 2 minutes
- **Ideal For:** Cichlids, goldfish and medium-sized tropical fish
- **Storage:** Cool, dry place; container sealed
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Absolute Betta Food 40g
Absolute Betta Food 40g - Food for Siamese fighting fish species (Bettas).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-betta-food-40g/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BEF040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000232
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Betta-Food-40g.png
Absolute Betta Food 40g (SKU: BEF040) is a floating micro-pellet diet specially tailored to match the insectivorous eating habits of Siamese Fighting Fish (Bettas). Crafted with high-grade marine and insect proteins, this formula supports fin development, rapid growth, and active bubble-nesting vigour in male and female bettas.
Enriched with natural astaxanthin and carotenoids, these micro-pellets bring out deep reds, blues, purples, and iridescence in betta scales, while the small pellet size allows for easy swallowing and prevents bloating or constipation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Betta Feeding:** Complete daily staple diet for all Betta splendens varieties (Veiltail, Crowntail, Halfmoon, Plakat).
- **Colour Intensification:** Formulated to naturally boost colour vibrancy in dull or fading bettas.
- **Preventing Bloat:** Small pellet size prevents over-expansion in the stomach, reducing digestive stress.
**How to Use**
- Feed 3 to 6 micro-pellets once or twice daily, depending on the size of your betta.
- Drop pellets directly onto the water surface near the fish.
- Avoid overfeeding; ensure all pellets are eaten within 2 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating Micro-Pellets:** Floating design matches natural surface-feeding instincts.
- **High-Protein Insect Recipe:** Supports energy levels, muscular fin growth, and vitality.
- **Vibrant Colour Boosters:** Enriched with natural carotenoids for striking metallic and solid colouration.
- **Compact 40g Container:** Freshness-sealed tub perfectly sized for betta owners.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** BEF040
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000232
- **Product Type:** Food / Betta Micro Pellets
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 50 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 55 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Betta & Nano Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips (Slow Sinking) 240g
Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips (Slow Sinking) 240g.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-cichlid-fish-chips-slow-sinking-240g/
- Price: $25.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FC0240 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000157
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Cichlid-Fish-Chips-Slow-Sinking-Available-in-3-sizes-120g-240g-840g.png
Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips (SKU: FC0240) deliver balanced daily nutrition engineered specifically for African and South/Central American Cichlids. Formulated into slow-sinking chips, this premium food slowly drifts through the water column, catering to the natural hunting instincts of mid-water and bottom-feeding cichlids.
Enriched with high-grade proteins, essential vitamins, and natural colour-enhancing carotenoids, Absolute Cichlid Chips promote healthy growth, vibrant natural colouration, and robust immune health. The highly digestible formula maximises nutrient absorption while minimising organic waste output, helping keep aquarium water clean and clear.
##### When to Use
- **Daily Staple Feeding:** Ideal primary diet for small to medium-sized omnivorous and carnivorous cichlids.
- **Mid-Water & Bottom Feeders:** Recommended for species that prefer taking food as it slowly sinks rather than feeding exclusively at the surface.
- **Colour & Health Maintenance:** Suitable for enhancing natural body colours and supporting long-term metabolic health.
##### How to Use
- Feed 2 to 3 times daily, supplying only as much as your fish can consume within 2 to 3 minutes.
- Sprinkle chips evenly across the surface to allow fish throughout the water column equal opportunity to feed.
- After 5 minutes, remove any remaining uneaten chips using a fish net to preserve water quality.
##### Key Features
- **Slow-Sinking Chip Formula:** Drifts slowly through the water column for mid-level and bottom-dwelling cichlids.
- **Natural Colour Enhancement:** Rich in natural pigments to intensify reds, yellows, and blues without artificial dyes.
- **High-Protein Nutrition:** Supports natural growth rates and healthy muscle development in active cichlids.
- **Low-Waste & Digestible:** Reduces fish waste output to maintain pristine water parameters and clarity.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** FC0240
- **Product Type:** Food / Cichlid Pellets & Chips
- **Net Weight:** 240 g
- **Gross Package Weight:** 264 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 198 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 66 mm (H)
- **Target Livestock:** African & American Cichlids, Mid-water & Bottom-Feeding Fish
---
#### Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips (Slow Sinking) 480g
Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips (Slow Sinking) 480g - Cichlid fish food.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-cichlid-fish-chips-slow-sinking-480g/
- Price: $48.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: FC0480 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000164
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Cichlid-Fish-Chips-Slow-Sinking-480g-1.png
Absolute Cichlid Fish Chips 480g (SKU: FC0480) is a high-performance, slow-sinking chip diet formulated specifically for South American, Central American, and African cichlids. Designed for large tanks and serious cichlid enthusiasts, these nutrient-packed chips sink gradually through the water column, catering to the natural mid-water and substrate-grazing feeding behaviours of cichlid species.
Enriched with high-quality marine proteins, vital amino acids, and immune-supporting vitamins, these chips foster optimal body growth, vibrant natural colouration, and long-term health without clouding tank water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bulk Cichlid Feeding:** Bulk 480g tub size is ideal for feeding multiple tanks or large community cichlid aquariums.
- **Mid-Water & Substrate Feeders:** Perfect for cichlids (Angelfish, Rams, Peacocks, Mbuna, Severums) that avoid surface feeding.
- **Sustained Growth & Health:** High protein content supports rapid development, energy levels, and natural disease resistance.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily.
- Sprinkle chips into areas with good water flow to disperse them evenly across the aquarium.
- Feed only the amount your fish can completely consume within 2 to 3 minutes to avoid overfeeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow-Sinking Chip Formula:** Perfectly textured for cichlid mouths, reducing waste and maintaining water clarity.
- **Nutrient-Dense Recipe:** Rich in high-grade proteins, spirulina, and essential trace minerals.
- **Economical Bulk Tub:** Large 480g tub offers long-lasting value for multi-fish keepers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** FC0480
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000164
- **Product Type:** Food / Cichlid Chips & Granules
- **Net Weight:** 480 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 150 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 90 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 550 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Cichlid Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Colour Bites (Red Micro Worms) 120g
Absolute Colour Bites (Red Micro Worms) 120g - High-protein fish food.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-colour-bites-red-micro-worms-120g/
- Price: $17.10 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CBW120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000133
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Colour-Bites-Red-Micro-Worms-120g.png
Absolute Colour Bites Red Micro Worms 120g (SKU: CBW120) is a high-protein, colour-enhancing fish food specially formulated to mirror the appearance and movement of natural aquatic worms. These slow-sinking granules trigger an instant feeding response in tropical fish while delivering high levels of natural carotenoids and astaxanthin to dramatically intensify red, orange, and yellow colouration.
Formulated with premium fish meal, spirulina, and essential vitamins, these micro-bites support immune system health, rapid growth, and optimal digestive function for all mid-water and bottom-feeding tropical fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour Enhancement:** Recommended for intensifying natural skin pigmentation in tetras, discus, angelfish, gouramis, and cichlids.
- **Daily Staple Diet:** Excellent daily feed for all omnivorous and carnivorous tropical community fish.
- **Micro-Worm Simulation:** Great for stimulating natural hunting instincts in picky eaters.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily in small amounts.
- Sprinkle onto the water surface; the bites slowly sink through the water column to allow mid-water and bottom feeders to feed naturally.
- Only feed what your fish can consume within 2 to 3 minutes to avoid overfeeding and water clouding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Worm Shape:** Realistic worm-like appearance encourages active feeding.
- **Natural Pigment Boosters:** Rich in carotenoids and spirulina for vivid fish colouration.
- **Slow-Sinking Formula:** Accommodates fish feeding at all tank levels without dissolving quickly.
- **120g Value Jar:** Long-lasting bulk container ideal for multi-tank setups or larger community aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** CBW120
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000133
- **Product Type:** Food / Colour Enhancing Granules
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 65 mm (W) × 65 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Colour Bites (Red Micro Worms) 40g
Absolute Colour Bites (Red Micro Worms) 40g - High-protein fish food.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-colour-bites-red-micro-worms-40g/
- Price: $10.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CBW040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000126
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Colour-Bites-Red-Micro-Worms-40g.png
Absolute Colour Bites Red Micro Worms 40g (SKU: CBW040) offers the same high-protein, colour-enhancing red micro-worm formulation fish food in a compact 40g size. Perfectly sized for hobbyists with nano tanks or smaller community aquariums, these slow-sinking bites deliver a rich dose of natural astaxanthin and spirulina to bring out the richest reds and golds in your tropical fish.
Designed to mimic natural live worms in shape and texture, these granules sink slowly to give surface, mid-water, and bottom-dwelling fish equal opportunity to feed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small Aquarium Setups:** Ideal container size for hobbyists with 1–2 small or nano aquariums.
- **Targeted Pigmentation:** Brings out bright red and orange colours in bettas, tetras, barbs, and small cichlids.
- **Pick-Eater Feeding:** Natural worm shape encourages reluctant feeders to eat quickly.
**How to Use**
- Pinch a small amount onto the water surface 1 to 2 times daily.
- Watch as the granules drift slowly downward through the water column.
- Remove any uneaten food after 3 minutes to maintain water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Colour Enhancer:** Packed with premium carotenoids to boost natural body colour.
- **Micro-Worm Pellet Profile:** Sinking shape captures fish attention faster than standard flakes.
- **Highly Digestible:** Minimises organic fish waste to maintain cleaner aquarium water.
- **Compact 40g Pack:** Freshness-sealed tub ideal for small fish collections.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** CBW040
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000126
- **Product Type:** Food / Colour Enhancing Granules
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 55 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
---
#### Absolute Goldfish Flakes 180g
Absolute Goldfish Flakes 180g - Fish food for all varieties of goldfish in freshwater, coldwater & goldfish aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/absolute-goldfish-flakes-180g/
- Price: $22.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: GF0180 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000287
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Goldfish-Flakes-180g.png
Absolute Goldfish Flakes 180g (SKU: GF0180) is a premium staple flake diet scientifically formulated for all varieties of goldfish, including fancy goldfish, comets, shubunkins, and fantails. Crafted with easily digestible ingredients, spirulina, and natural colour enhancers, this flake food brings out bright golds, reds, and whites while promoting healthy digestion and reducing swim bladder issues.
The clean-burning recipe ensures maximum nutrient absorption, resulting in significantly less organic fish waste and helping maintain crystal-clear water in tanks and indoor ponds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Goldfish Diet:** Complete daily nutrition for all coldwater goldfish varieties and indoor coldwater fish.
- **Colour Enhancement:** Natural spirulina and carotenoid additives help intensify rich orange, red, and yellow pigmentation.
- **Digestive Health:** Highly digestible formula helps prevent constipation and buoyancy issues common in fancy goldfish.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily in small portions.
- Sprinkle flakes on the water surface; submerge slightly if feeding fancy goldfish prone to swallowing air.
- Only feed as much as your fish can consume within 2 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coldwater Formulated:** Tailored carbohydrate-to-protein ratio designed specifically for coldwater fish metabolism.
- **Colour Boosting Spirulina:** Rich in natural pigments to keep goldfish colours vivid and clear.
- **Clean Water Formula:** Minimises waste output to reduce nitrogen loads and maintain water quality.
- **Value 180g Container:** Large tub size provides long-lasting food for single or multi-goldfish setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** GF0180
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000287
- **Product Type:** Food / Goldfish Flakes
- **Net Weight:** 180 g
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 70 mm (W) × 70 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 220 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
---
#### Color Enhancer food 150g
Colour-enhancing staple for ornamental fish in a 150 g pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/color-enhancer-food-150g/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AB020CE
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AB020CE-1.jpg
Fish that looked bright in the shop often fade at home, and diet is one of the factors a keeper can change. Color Enhancer food 150g (SKU: AB020CE) is a colour-enhancing fish food sold under the Absolute label in a 150 g pack, intended as a regular food for ornamental fish whose reds, oranges and yellows are a large part of their appeal. Colour foods of this kind work by supplying pigments in the diet that fish cannot make themselves, which they deposit in the skin over weeks of regular feeding rather than overnight. The 150 g size suits a single community tank or a few small tanks fed daily.
The ingredient list and guaranteed analysis printed on the pack are the reference for what is in this food, and the feeding directions on the label take priority over any general guide. As with any staple, the usual routine is small feeds once or twice a day, giving only what the fish clear within two to three minutes and removing anything left over so it does not foul the water. Results depend on the fish as much as the food: good water quality, lighting and a varied diet all affect how fish colour up, and some species respond far more visibly than others. Rotating a colour food with a general staple and occasional frozen foods gives a broader diet than any single food. Store the pack sealed, cool and dry, as pigments and vitamins degrade once a food is open and exposed to air and heat.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Red and orange fish:** Goldfish, platies, swordtails and similar species with warm colouring.
- **Display community tanks:** A regular food where fish colour is the point of the tank.
- **After stress or shipping:** Helping newly bought fish settle back into steady colour.
- **In rotation:** Alternating with a staple food for a more varied diet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Follow the label:** The pack's directions are the authority for amount and frequency.
- **Small, regular feeds:** Once or twice daily, only what is eaten in two to three minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net or siphon out uneaten food to protect water quality.
- **Be patient:** Colour change from diet shows over several weeks of consistent feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-focused recipe:** Formulated around enhancing natural fish colouring.
- **Everyday feeding:** Intended as a regular part of the diet, not an occasional treat.
- **150 g pack:** A practical size for one or two home aquariums.
- **Ornamental fish:** Aimed at common community and coldwater species.
- **Works with rotation:** Pairs with staple and frozen foods for variety.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AB020CE
- **Product Type:** Food > Colour-Enhancing Food
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Ingredients and Analysis:** As printed on the pack
- **Feeding:** Small amounts once or twice daily, consumed within a few minutes
- **Storage:** Keep sealed in a cool, dry place
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater ornamental fish aquariums
---
### Absolute — Filters
#### 3000L Canister filter
High-flow external canister for 6 ft aquariums and heavily stocked systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/3000l-canister-filter/
- Price: $408.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X3000
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/X3000-1.jpg
At six feet and beyond, an aquarium holds enough water that one ordinary canister cannot turn it over often enough to keep debris off the substrate. 3000L Canister filter (SKU: X3000) is Absolute's 3,000 litre-per-hour external canister filter, the highest-flow canister in this part of its range and a step above the 2,100 L/h Cleantech. Like any canister, it sits in the cabinet beneath the aquarium, pulls water down through the intake, runs it through compartments of mechanical, biological and chemical media and pumps it back to the display. The large body holds a generous volume of media for big fish and big bioloads. It is also a natural choice where a smaller canister has been running flat out and still struggling to keep the water clear.
Using the common rule of four to five turnovers an hour at rated flow, 3,000 L/h suits aquariums of roughly 600 to 750 litres, which covers most 6 ft tanks. Rated flow assumes empty baskets and no hose resistance, so delivered flow is lower in practice and drops further as sponges clog; regular rinsing keeps it up. The power rating is not part of the product name and should be checked on the label. For a large display the media plan matters as much as the pump: plenty of coarse sponge to catch solids, a deep biological stage, then a fine pad or carbon to polish. Service every four to eight weeks, cleaning only part of the media at once to protect the bacteria. Keep spare sponges and an impeller on hand, since a large tank cannot go long without its filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **6 ft aquariums:** Displays in the 600 to 750 L range.
- **Monster fish:** Arowana, large catfish, stingrays and big cichlids.
- **Large marine fish-only tanks:** Biological capacity for big saltwater fish.
- **Ponds and tubs indoors:** High-flow filtration for large indoor holding systems.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Allow cabinet space:** Check the height needed to lift the head off for servicing.
- **Fill coarse to fine:** Sponges first, biological media in the middle, polishing pad last.
- **Prime properly:** Fill the canister and hoses following the supplied instructions.
- **Inspect the seal:** Make sure the O-ring is clean and seated before locking the clips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3,000 L/h rated flow:** Turnover for 6 ft displays.
- **Large media volume:** Room for heavy biological filtration.
- **Three filtration stages:** Mechanical, biological and chemical.
- **External design:** Keeps bulky equipment out of the tank.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Suitable for both.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** X3000
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Rated Flow:** 3,000 L/h
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 600–750 L (4–5 turnovers an hour, estimate)
- **Filtration:** Mechanical, biological and chemical
- **Service Interval:** Typically every 4–8 weeks
- **Related Model:** 3000L Canister filter with UV (X3000UV)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### 3000L Canister filter with UV
High-flow canister and UV clarifier in one for 6 ft and larger aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/3000l-canister-filter-with-uv/
- Price: $477.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X3000UV
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/3000L-Canister-filter-with-UV.jpg
A large aquarium in a bright room can turn from clear to soupy green in a week, and once it does, water changes alone rarely win. 3000L Canister filter with UV (SKU: X3000UV) is the UV-equipped version of Absolute's 3,000 litre-per-hour external canister filter: the same high-flow canister, with an ultraviolet clarifier built into the unit. Water is drawn from the tank into the cabinet, filtered through mechanical, biological and chemical media and passed by the UV lamp before it returns. Ultraviolet light damages free-floating algae cells and many suspended microorganisms, which then clump and are caught by the media, so green water clears without a separate UV unit plumbed into the line.
The UV stage treats only what is suspended in the water; algae on surfaces, poor water quality and overfeeding still need attention. Keep the lamp off whenever the canister is open and never look at it while lit. UV degrades some medications, so it is usually switched off for the length of a treatment. Lamp output fades over time, and a yearly lamp change is the general rule. At 3,000 L/h of rated flow the four-to-five-turnover guide points to aquariums of about 600 to 750 litres, though delivered flow is lower once the canister is packed. Service the media every four to eight weeks, cleaning the lamp sleeve each time so the light reaches the water. Keep a spare lamp on hand so a failure does not leave the tank without UV.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Big tanks with blooms:** 6 ft displays that keep going green.
- **Monster fish systems:** High waste loads and frequent feeding.
- **Large fish-only marine tanks:** UV clarity with heavy biological capacity.
- **Tidy cabinets:** One unit in place of a canister plus a separate UV.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Leave lifting room:** Allow clearance above the canister for removing the head.
- **Prime before power:** Fill the canister and hoses, then start the pump.
- **Then the UV:** Turn on the UV only with water flowing past the lamp.
- **Medication courses:** Switch the UV off until treatment and water changes are complete.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3,000 L/h rated flow:** Suited to 6 ft aquariums.
- **Integrated UV clarifier:** Treats suspended algae as water passes.
- **Large media capacity:** Supports heavy stocking.
- **Single unit:** No in-line UV or extra hose joins.
- **Fresh or marine:** Works with either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** X3000UV
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter with UV
- **Rated Flow:** 3,000 L/h
- **UV Stage:** Built-in clarifier (see label for lamp wattage)
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 600–750 L (4–5 turnovers an hour, estimate)
- **UV Lamp Replacement:** About every 12 months (general guide)
- **Related Models:** 3000L Canister filter without UV (X3000); CANISTER FILTER UV 2,100 L/h (X2100UV)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Absolute Cleantech filter; 1060L/hr, 18W
Internal power filter for medium freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/absolute-cleantech-filter-1060l-hr-18w/
- Price: $162.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X1060
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/X1060-1.jpg
An internal filter earns its keep on flow and media capacity rather than looks, since the whole unit sits out of sight against the tank wall. Absolute Cleantech filter; 1060L/hr, 18W (SKU: X1060) is the mid-size model in Absolute's Cleantech range of internal power filters, combining a submersible pump rated at 1,060 L/h with a media chamber that holds both a mechanical sponge stage and a biological media stage in one housing. Running on 18 W, it is built to sit inside the aquarium on suction cups, drawing water through the sponge and media before returning it to the tank via an adjustable outlet, so filtration and water movement are handled by a single unit rather than separate pump and filter boxes. It suits tanks in the medium size range where an external canister would be more filter than the stocking needs.
The sponge stage traps larger particles of waste and uneaten food before they break down, while the media chamber behind it gives beneficial bacteria somewhere to colonise for ammonia and nitrite processing, so the one unit covers both mechanical and biological filtration. The outlet is adjustable, which lets the direction and in some designs the strength of the return flow be set to suit the tank's layout and the fish being kept, with a gentler setting better for species that dislike strong current. Because the whole filter sits inside the tank, it needs no external plumbing or hose connections, and servicing is a matter of lifting it out, rinsing the sponge and media in tank water and reseating it on its suction cups. The Cleantech range also includes a 1,700 L/h, 32 W model (X1700) and a 2,100 L/h, 52 W model (X2100) for larger tanks; this 1,060 L/h, 18 W unit is the step below both.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium freshwater or marine tanks:** Where a 1,060 L/h internal filter matches the stocking level.
- **Replacing an undersized filter:** Stepping up flow and media volume without moving to an external canister.
- **Combined mechanical and biological filtration:** One unit covering both stages rather than separate equipment.
- **Tanks without room for external plumbing:** A self-contained filter that sits entirely inside the aquarium.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Submerge and attach:** Fully submerge the unit and press the suction cups against the inside glass.
- **Prime before switching on:** Make sure the pump housing is full of water before connecting power.
- **Aim the outlet:** Adjust the return flow direction to suit the tank's layout and the fish kept.
- **Rinse media regularly:** Lift the unit out periodically and rinse the sponge and media in tank water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,060 L/h flow rate:** Rated output sized for medium aquariums.
- **18 W power draw:** Submersible internal pump and filter in one unit.
- **Combined filtration:** Sponge for mechanical waste removal plus a biological media chamber.
- **Adjustable outlet:** Return flow direction can be set to suit tank layout and fish.
- **Suction-cup mounting:** Fits inside the tank without external hoses or plumbing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** X1060
- **Product Type:** Filters > Internal Power Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 1,060 L/h
- **Power:** 18 W
- **Media:** Mechanical sponge stage plus biological media chamber
- **Mounting:** Submersible, suction-cup fitted, internal to the aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** 1,700 L/h, 32 W (X1700); 2,100 L/h, 52 W (X2100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Absolute Cleantech filter; 1700L/hr, 32W
External canister filter for medium to large freshwater and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/absolute-cleantech-filter-1700l-hr-32w/
- Price: $211.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X1700
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/X1700-1.jpg
Once a tank passes about 300 litres, a hang-on or internal filter runs out of media space long before it runs out of flow. Absolute Cleantech filter; 1700L/hr, 32W (SKU: X1700) is the middle model in Absolute's Cleantech range of external canister filters, rated at 1,700 litres per hour on a 32 W motor. The canister sits in the cabinet under the aquarium, draws water down through an intake pipe, passes it through stacked media for mechanical, biological and chemical filtration, and pumps it back up through the return. Keeping the filter outside the tank leaves the display free of equipment and puts a much larger volume of media to work than any filter hung on the glass.
Rated flow is measured with no media and no hose resistance, so delivered flow is always lower once the canister is packed and plumbed. On the common rule of four to five turnovers an hour at rated flow, the 1,700 L/h model suits aquariums of roughly 340 to 420 litres, such as a 4 ft community, cichlid or planted tank. At 32 W it draws about 0.77 kWh a day. Fill the media in the usual order, coarse sponge first, then biological media and a finer pad or carbon last, and service it every four to eight weeks, rinsing sponges in old tank water rather than tap water so the bacteria survive. Prime and seal the canister according to the instructions in the box before switching on.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **4 ft aquariums:** Displays in the 340 to 420 L range.
- **Heavier stocking:** Cichlids, goldfish and larger community fish that produce more waste.
- **Clean-looking displays:** Only the intake and return pipes are visible in the tank.
- **Upgrading filtration:** Replacing an internal or hang-on filter that no longer keeps up.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position below the tank:** Stand the canister in the cabinet, below the water line.
- **Load the media:** Coarse sponge first, biological media next, fine pad or carbon last.
- **Connect and prime:** Fit the hoses, fill the canister and prime as the instructions describe.
- **Check for leaks:** Watch every connection for an hour before leaving it to run.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,700 L/h rated flow:** Middle of the Cleantech range.
- **32 W motor:** About 0.77 kWh a day in continuous use.
- **Three-stage filtration:** Room for mechanical, biological and chemical media.
- **External canister:** Equipment out of sight in the cabinet.
- **Fresh or marine:** Suitable for both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** X1700
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Rated Flow:** 1,700 L/h
- **Power:** 32 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 340–420 L (4–5 turnovers an hour, estimate)
- **Service Interval:** Typically every 4–8 weeks
- **Other Sizes:** Absolute Cleantech filter 1060 L/h, 18 W (X1060); 2100 L/h, 52 W (X2100)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Absolute Cleantech filter; 2100L/hr, 52W
Largest Cleantech canister for big community, cichlid and marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/absolute-cleantech-filter-2100l-hr-52w/
- Price: $250.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X2100
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/X2100-1.jpg
Big fish make big waste, and a 5 ft display stocked with oscars, Malawi cichlids or a marine fish community needs a filter that keeps pace day after day. Absolute Cleantech filter; 2100L/hr, 52W (SKU: X2100) is the top model of Absolute's Cleantech external canister filters, rated at 2,100 litres per hour from a 52 W motor. Water is drawn from the aquarium into the canister, pushed through layers of mechanical, biological and chemical media, and returned to the tank, with the filter body tucked away in the cabinet below. It has the highest flow and power of the three Cleantech sizes, intended for the largest aquariums the range covers.
A canister's rated flow is a figure without media or plumbing, so the water actually delivered falls as sponges load up and hoses lengthen; the extra headroom of this model helps keep good circulation between services. On the familiar guide of four to five turnovers an hour at rated flow, 2,100 L/h suits aquariums of about 420 to 525 litres, such as a 5 ft tank. Running cost is around 1.25 kWh a day at 52 W. The media volume of a large canister is its real strength: a generous biological stage supports heavy stocking, while a fine polishing pad keeps the water clear. Clean it every four to eight weeks, rinsing the sponges in removed tank water and leaving the biological media largely undisturbed. Keep a spare impeller on hand for a large tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **5 ft displays:** Aquariums in the 420 to 525 L range.
- **Large messy fish:** Oscars, large cichlids, goldfish and catfish.
- **Fish-only marine:** Extra biological capacity for a large saltwater display.
- **Second filter:** Extra media and flow alongside an existing filter on a very large tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Cabinet placement:** Set the canister on the cabinet floor, below the tank.
- **Layer the media:** Coarse to fine, with biological media in the middle.
- **Plumb and prime:** Keep hoses short and kink-free, then prime per the supplied instructions.
- **Service gently:** Rinse sponges in tank water; replace only part of the media at a time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2,100 L/h rated flow:** The highest in the Cleantech line.
- **52 W motor:** Power for large tanks and longer hose runs.
- **Large media capacity:** Supports heavily stocked aquariums.
- **Hidden in the cabinet:** Only pipework shows in the display.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Suits both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** X2100
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter
- **Rated Flow:** 2,100 L/h
- **Power:** 52 W
- **Daily Energy Use:** About 1.25 kWh running continuously
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 420–525 L (4–5 turnovers an hour, estimate)
- **Other Sizes:** Absolute Cleantech filter 1060 L/h, 18 W (X1060); 1700 L/h, 32 W (X1700)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### AbsoluteUltra clear pond UV steriliser; 11W
Compact vortex UV clarifier for small ponds and aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/absoluteultra-clear-pond-uv-steriliser-11w/
- Price: $219.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: UCP11
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/UCP11-1-scaled.jpg
A small ornamental pond or a large aquarium does not need the lamp output a koi pond needs, but it still benefits from the same UV exposure that keeps the water from turning green. AbsoluteUltra Clear Pond UV Steriliser; 11W (SKU: UCP11) is the entry point in Absolute's Ultra Clear range of UV clarifiers, built around an 11 W quartz-sleeved UV-C lamp in a compact housing that uses the same turbulent vortex flow principle as the larger 36 W and 55 W units: water is spiralled around the lamp rather than allowed to run straight past it, extending the time each litre spends under UV before it exits. Sized for small to medium ponds and large aquarium systems, it forces water past the lamp where the UV light disrupts the reproduction of algae cells and other microscopic organisms, which Absolute states reduces green water and improves clarity without the use of chemicals.
Like the larger models in the range, the housing includes a lamp glow viewing window so the lamp's operation can be confirmed at a glance, and a built-in UVC cut-out microswitch that automatically disconnects power to the lamp when the unit is opened for servicing, removing the risk of direct UV exposure during a lamp change. The body is UV-resistant plastic designed for horizontal in-line mounting on the pump's return line, and it is intended for the lower end of the flow range covered by the range, where the 36 W (UCP36) and 55 W (UCP55) models step up for larger systems with heavier pump flow. Because it works physically rather than chemically, it has no effect on pH, hardness or any dosed medication, and it runs continuously alongside the existing filtration rather than replacing it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium ponds:** Entry-level UV clarification for lower-flow systems.
- **Large aquariums:** Supplementary clarification alongside existing biological and mechanical filtration.
- **Green water control:** Reducing free-floating algae without adding chemicals to the water.
- **In-line with an existing pump:** Fitted after the pump, ahead of the pond or filter return.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount horizontally in-line:** Install after the pump, on the return line to the pond or filter.
- **Connect the plumbing:** Plumb the inlet and outlet into the existing hose or pipework.
- **Check the viewing window:** Confirm the lamp is lit once the unit is powered and running.
- **Service with power isolated:** The cut-out microswitch disconnects the lamp automatically when opened.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Turbulent vortex flow:** Spirals water around the lamp to extend UV exposure time.
- **Quartz glass sleeve:** Maximises UV-C transmission to the water.
- **UVC safety cut-out:** Disconnects the lamp automatically during servicing.
- **Lamp glow viewing window:** Confirms the lamp is operating without opening the unit.
- **Chemical-free clarity:** Works physically on algae and microorganisms rather than by dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** UCP11
- **Product Type:** Filters > Pond UV Steriliser / Clarifier
- **UV Power:** 11 W
- **Mounting:** Horizontal, in-line with the pump return
- **Housing:** UV-resistant plastic with lamp glow viewing window
- **Safety:** Built-in UVC cut-out microswitch on the housing
- **Other Sizes:** 36 W (UCP36); 55 W (UCP55)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and freshwater aquariums
---
#### AbsoluteUltra clear pond UV steriliser; 36W
Vortex-flow UV clarifier for small to medium ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/absoluteultra-clear-pond-uv-steriliser-36w/
- Price: $269.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: UCP36
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/UCP36-1-scaled.jpg
Green water and free-floating algae pass straight through mechanical filtration, and the only practical fix without dumping in chemicals is ultraviolet light. AbsoluteUltra Clear Pond UV Steriliser; 36W (SKU: UCP36) is the 36 W model in Absolute's Ultra Clear range of pond and aquarium UV clarifiers, built around a quartz-sleeved UV-C lamp and a turbulent vortex flow path inside the housing that is designed to maximise exposure time as water passes the lamp, so algae cells and free-floating microorganisms take a fuller dose of UV before they come back out. The unit mounts horizontally in the pump's return line, between the pump and the pond or filter outlet, and is rated for ponds and aquarium systems up to a recommended maximum flow of 6,000 L/h at this wattage.
Water enters and is forced into a spiral path around the quartz sleeve, lengthening its path past the UV-C lamp rather than letting it run straight through, which is what the vortex design is for. A viewing window on the housing lets the lamp's glow be checked at a glance to confirm it is still lit, without opening the unit, and a built-in UVC cut-out microswitch disconnects power to the lamp automatically when the housing is opened for servicing, so there is no risk of direct UV exposure during a lamp change. The body is UV-resistant plastic rated IP67 for outdoor use, carries Australian RCM electrical approval, and runs on 240 V with a maximum pump head of 7.0 m and 1 in BSP inlet and outlet connections. The 36 W lamp is PL-L36W TUV type; the 55 W model (UCP55) uses a longer PL-L55W TUV lamp for larger systems up to 9,250 L/h, and the smaller 11 W model (UCP11) suits compact ponds below this unit's flow range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green water and algae bloom:** Reducing free-floating algae that mechanical filtration cannot remove.
- **Small to medium ponds:** Systems up to around 6,000 L/h of flow at this wattage.
- **Pathogen control without chemicals:** UV-C exposure as an alternative to dosing the pond.
- **In-line with an existing pump:** Fitted between the pump outlet and the pond return or filter.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount horizontally:** Install the unit level, in-line after the pump, within its 7.0 m maximum head.
- **Connect 1 in BSP fittings:** Plumb the inlet and outlet into the existing pond or filter pipework.
- **Check the viewing window:** Confirm the lamp is glowing once the unit is powered and running.
- **Service with the power off:** The cut-out microswitch isolates the lamp automatically when the housing is opened.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Turbulent vortex flow:** Spirals water around the lamp to extend UV exposure time.
- **Quartz glass sleeve:** Maximises UV-C transmission to the water.
- **UVC safety cut-out:** Disconnects the lamp automatically during servicing.
- **Lamp glow viewing window:** Confirms the lamp is operating without opening the unit.
- **IP67 outdoor rating:** UV-resistant plastic body with Australian RCM approval.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** UCP36
- **Product Type:** Filters > Pond UV Steriliser / Clarifier
- **UV Power:** 36 W
- **Lamp Type:** PL-L36W TUV
- **Recommended Maximum Flow:** 6,000 L/h
- **Maximum Pump Head:** 7.0 m
- **Voltage:** 240 V
- **Inlet / Outlet:** 1 in BSP
- **Other Sizes:** 11 W (UCP11); 55 W (UCP55)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and freshwater aquarium systems
---
#### AbsoluteUltra clear pond UV steriliser; 55W
High-flow vortex UV clarifier for larger ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/absoluteultra-clear-pond-uv-steriliser-55w/
- Price: $299.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: UCP55
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Group-119-3.png
A big pond with a heavily loaded pump outruns a small UV unit long before the water has spent enough time near the lamp to do any good. AbsoluteUltra Clear Pond UV Steriliser; 55W (SKU: UCP55) is the largest model in Absolute's Ultra Clear range, stepping up to a 55 W quartz-sleeved UV-C lamp inside the same turbulent vortex housing as the smaller units, so water is still forced into a spiral path around the lamp rather than running straight past it, but at a flow rate the smaller 36 W and 11 W models are not rated for. The extra wattage and longer lamp are what let this unit handle a recommended maximum flow of 9,250 L/h, making it the model to reach for on larger koi ponds, heavily stocked systems or anywhere the existing pump is already running close to the smaller units' limits.
The flow path, construction and safety features carry straight across the range: a quartz glass sleeve for maximum UV-C transmission, a viewing window to confirm at a glance that the lamp is lit, and a built-in UVC cut-out microswitch that disconnects power to the lamp the moment the housing is opened, so there is no exposure risk during a lamp or sleeve change. The body is UV-resistant plastic with an IP67 outdoor rating and Australian RCM electrical approval, designed for horizontal mounting in-line with the pump on 240 V power. Maximum pump head is 7.0 m and the inlet and outlet are 1 in BSP, matching the fittings on the 36 W unit so the two can share pipework in a system being upgraded. The PL-L55W TUV lamp is specific to this model; the 36 W model (UCP36) uses the shorter PL-L36W TUV lamp and the 11 W model (UCP11) is sized for ponds well below either of these flow rates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ponds and koi systems:** Flows up to around 9,250 L/h that smaller UV units cannot keep pace with.
- **Heavily stocked systems:** Higher bio-load and feeding rates that drive more frequent algae blooms.
- **Upgrading from a smaller unit:** Where pump output has grown beyond the 36 W model's flow rating.
- **Pathogen control without chemicals:** UV-C exposure as an alternative to dosing a large system.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount horizontally in-line:** Fit the unit after the pump, within its 7.0 m maximum head.
- **Connect 1 in BSP fittings:** Plumb into the existing pipework; fittings match the 36 W model.
- **Check the viewing window:** Confirm the lamp is glowing once the unit is powered.
- **Isolate power before opening:** The cut-out microswitch disconnects the lamp automatically when serviced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **9,250 L/h rated flow:** The highest flow rating in the Ultra Clear range.
- **Turbulent vortex flow:** Spirals water around the lamp for extended UV exposure.
- **Quartz glass sleeve:** Maximises UV-C transmission at this higher output.
- **UVC safety cut-out:** Disconnects the lamp automatically during servicing.
- **IP67 outdoor rating:** UV-resistant plastic body with Australian RCM approval.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** UCP55
- **Product Type:** Filters > Pond UV Steriliser / Clarifier
- **UV Power:** 55 W
- **Lamp Type:** PL-L55W TUV
- **Recommended Maximum Flow:** 9,250 L/h
- **Maximum Pump Head:** 7.0 m
- **Voltage:** 240 V
- **Inlet / Outlet:** 1 in BSP
- **Other Sizes:** 11 W (UCP11); 36 W (UCP36)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and freshwater aquarium systems
---
#### CANISTER FILTER UV
2,100 L/h external canister with built-in UV clarifier for green water control.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/canister-filter-uv/
- Price: $302.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X2100UV
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/images-3.jpg
Green water and cloudy blooms keep coming back when the cause is free-floating algae and bacteria that no sponge is fine enough to catch. CANISTER FILTER UV (SKU: X2100UV) is Absolute's 2,100 litre-per-hour external canister filter with an ultraviolet clarifier built into the unit, so the water is filtered and UV-treated in one pass. The canister sits in the cabinet below the tank and runs water through mechanical, biological and chemical media; the UV stage exposes the flow to ultraviolet light, which damages suspended algae cells and many free-floating microorganisms so they clump and are trapped by the media. It replaces a separate in-line UV unit and its extra plumbing.
UV only acts on what floats past the lamp, so it clears green water and reduces some waterborne organisms but does not touch algae growing on glass, rocks or plants, and it is no substitute for good maintenance. Never look at a lit UV lamp, keep it switched off whenever the canister is open, and note that UV breaks down some medications, so it is normally turned off during treatment. Lamps lose output with age and are generally replaced about every 12 months even if they still glow. With 2,100 L/h of rated flow, on the four-to-five-turnover guide it suits aquariums of roughly 420 to 525 litres. Service the media every four to eight weeks, rinsing sponges in tank water, and wipe the lamp sleeve when cleaning.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green water:** Free-floating algae blooms that turn the water pea-green.
- **Bright or sunny rooms:** Tanks prone to repeated blooms from extra light.
- **Large displays:** Aquariums around 420 to 525 L wanting one filter with UV.
- **Fewer gadgets:** Combining filter and clarifier to save cabinet space.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fill and prime first:** Load the media and prime the canister before powering on.
- **UV last:** Switch on the UV only once water is flowing through the unit.
- **Protect your eyes:** Never look at the lit lamp; switch off before opening the canister.
- **Plan replacements:** Change the UV lamp about once a year and clean the lamp sleeve at each service.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built-in UV clarifier:** Filtration and UV treatment in one unit.
- **2,100 L/h rated flow:** For large aquariums.
- **Clears green water:** UV acts on suspended algae and microorganisms.
- **Three-stage media:** Mechanical, biological and chemical.
- **No extra plumbing:** Replaces a separate in-line UV unit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** X2100UV
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Canister Filter with UV
- **Rated Flow:** 2,100 L/h
- **UV Stage:** Built-in clarifier (see label for lamp wattage)
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 420–525 L (4–5 turnovers an hour, estimate)
- **UV Lamp Replacement:** About every 12 months (general guide)
- **Related Models:** Absolute Cleantech filter 2100 L/h, 52 W without UV (X2100); 3000L Canister filter with UV (X3000UV)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Clean Tech Hang on filter 320L,5W
Hang-on-back filter for 2 ft and smaller community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/clean-tech-hang-on-filter-320l5w/
- Price: $44.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CT320 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005954
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Clean-Tech-Hang-on-filter-320L5W.png
A hang-on filter is the simplest way to filter a small to medium tank: no plumbing, no cabinet space, and everything reachable from the top. Clean Tech Hang on filter 320L,5W (SKU: CT320) is the middle model of Absolute's Clean Tech hang-on-back filters, rated at 320 litres per hour and drawing 5 W. It hooks over the back glass, draws water up through an intake tube, passes it through filter media in the body and returns it over a lip in a gentle waterfall that also stirs the surface for oxygen. On the usual guide of four to five turnovers an hour at rated flow, it suits aquariums of roughly 65 to 80 litres, such as a standard 2 ft tank. Media can be changed or upgraded without taking the filter off the tank.
The power draw is modest, around 0.12 kWh a day when running continuously, and because it hangs outside the glass the filter takes up no swimming space. A hang-on filter must be primed before it is switched on: fill the media chamber with tank water so the pump is not run dry, and keep the aquarium topped up so the water level stays near the lip as it evaporates. Service it every two to four weeks by rinsing the sponge or pad in a bucket of removed tank water, which keeps the bacteria colony alive, and check the intake for snails, plant leaves and debris. Small tanks may want the 160 L/h model (CT160), larger ones the 450 L/h (CT450). Keep a spare sponge for the next replacement.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **2 ft aquariums:** Tanks of about 65 to 80 L.
- **Community and planted tanks:** Gentle flow for tetras, livebearers and plants.
- **Tanks without a cabinet:** Filtration with no space needed below.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Easy to move between set-ups.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Hang it on the rim:** Fit the filter over the back glass, level and secure.
- **Fit the intake:** Attach the intake tube so it reaches well below the surface.
- **Prime before power:** Fill the filter body with tank water, then plug in.
- **Maintain the level:** Top up evaporation to keep the return flowing quietly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **320 L/h rated flow:** The middle size of the Clean Tech range.
- **5 W motor:** About 0.12 kWh a day in continuous use.
- **Hang-on-back design:** Takes no space inside the tank or below it.
- **Waterfall return:** Breaks the surface for gas exchange.
- **Top-access servicing:** Media reachable without unplumbing anything.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** CT320
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005954
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Rated Flow:** 320 L/h
- **Power:** 5 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 65–80 L (4–5 turnovers an hour, estimate)
- **Other Sizes:** Clean Tech Hang on filter 160L,3W (CT160); 450L,7W (CT450)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Cleantech filter; 1060L/hr, 18W with UV light
External filtration with a built-in UV stage for mid-size community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/cleantech-filter-1060l-hr-18w-with-uv-light/
- Price: $206.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X1060UV
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/X1060UV-1.jpg
Green water and a cloudy column usually mean a tank has outgrown its small internal filter, and the next step up is an external unit with room for real media. Cleantech filter; 1060L/hr, 18W with UV light (SKU: X1060UV) is the smaller of the two Cleantech filters sold under the Absolute label, rated at 1,060 litres per hour and 18 W, with a UV light built into the filter. It sits outside the aquarium, usually in the cabinet below, drawing water down through an intake hose, passing it through its media and the UV stage, and returning it through an outlet hose. The UV lamp is the feature that separates it from a plain external filter: water exposed to the light has free-floating algae and other suspended micro-organisms damaged as it passes, which is what clears green water.
A common rule of thumb is to turn the tank volume over four to five times an hour, which puts a 1,060 L/h filter at aquariums of roughly 200 to 260 L, such as a 90 cm or 120 cm community tank. The 18 W rating is the filter's stated power figure in its name. Because the UV stage works on what is in the water column, it suits freshwater and marine tanks that suffer recurring green water, and it does not replace mechanical or biological media. UV should be switched off while dosing live bacteria starters or medications that the light can break down, and the lamp itself is a consumable that loses output over time. Its larger sibling, the 1700 L/h, 32 W model (X1700UV), is the one to look at for tanks over about 300 L.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks of about 200 to 260 L:** Enough flow for four to five turnovers an hour in a mid-size aquarium.
- **Recurring green water:** The UV stage targets free-floating algae that media alone will not remove.
- **Upgrading from an internal filter:** Moves the filtration hardware out of the display.
- **Fish-only marine or freshwater:** One external unit for either water type.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position below the tank:** Stand the filter in the cabinet so the hoses run downhill to it.
- **Load and rinse media:** Rinse the media in tank water, never tap water, before it goes in.
- **Prime before power:** Fill the filter with water first so the pump never runs dry.
- **Use the UV with care:** Switch the UV off when dosing bacteria or medications, and never look directly at the lamp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rated 1,060 L/h:** Flow sized for mid-size community aquariums.
- **Integrated UV light:** Treats water as it passes through the filter.
- **18 W rating:** The power figure stated for this model.
- **External placement:** Media and pump sit outside the display tank.
- **Two-model range:** A larger 1,700 L/h version suits bigger systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** X1060UV
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Filter with UV
- **Flow Rate:** 1,060 L/h (rated)
- **Power:** 18 W (rated)
- **UV Stage:** Built-in UV light
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 200–260 L at four to five turnovers per hour
- **Other Sizes:** Cleantech filter 1700 L/h, 32 W with UV light (X1700UV)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Cleantech filter; 1700L/hr, 32W with UV light
High-flow external filter with UV clarification for large display aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/cleantech-filter-1700l-hr-32w-with-uv-light/
- Price: $248.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: X1700UV
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/X1700UV-1.jpg
A 150 cm display with big fish produces more waste than a mid-size filter can keep up with, and the first sign is often water that turns green or hazy between changes. Cleantech filter; 1700L/hr, 32W with UV light (SKU: X1700UV) is the larger model in the Absolute Cleantech pair, rated at 1,700 litres per hour and 32 W, with a UV light built into the filter body. Like its smaller sibling it runs outside the aquarium, pulling water down an intake hose into the media, past the UV lamp, and back up to the tank through the return. The extra flow is what this size is for: more water through the media and more water past the UV light in each hour.
Using the common guide of four to five tank turnovers per hour, 1,700 L/h covers aquariums of about 340 to 425 L, the range of 150 cm and larger community, cichlid or fish-only marine tanks. Heavy stockings such as goldfish, large cichlids or messy predators benefit from running the filter at the upper end of that guide rather than stretching it to the limit. The UV stage acts on suspended algae and micro-organisms in the water that flows past it, so it clears green water but does not remove film algae from glass or decor. UV lamps fade with running hours and are normally replaced on a schedule; keep the UV off while dosing live bacteria or light-sensitive medications. For tanks of about 200 to 260 L, the 1060 L/h, 18 W model (X1060UV) is the better fit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large displays of about 340 to 425 L:** Four to five turnovers an hour in a 150 cm class tank.
- **Heavy bio-loads:** Goldfish, large cichlids and big predators that foul water quickly.
- **Algae blooms in open water:** UV for green water that keeps returning after water changes.
- **Replacing two smaller filters:** One high-flow external unit in place of several internals.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Plan the hose run:** Keep intake and return hoses short and free of kinks to protect flow.
- **Seed the media:** Add some mature media or a bacteria starter, with the UV off for that period.
- **Fill, then start:** Prime the filter with water before switching on; never run it dry.
- **Service on a routine:** Rinse mechanical media in tank water and check the UV lamp on schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rated 1,700 L/h:** The higher-flow model for large aquariums.
- **UV light built in:** Clarification without a separate inline unit.
- **32 W rating:** The stated power figure for this size.
- **Outside the tank:** Keeps the display clear of filter hardware.
- **Room for heavy stocking:** Flow headroom for messy fish and big tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** X1700UV
- **Product Type:** Filters > External Filter with UV
- **Flow Rate:** 1,700 L/h (rated)
- **Power:** 32 W (rated)
- **UV Stage:** Built-in UV light
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 340–425 L at four to five turnovers per hour
- **Other Sizes:** Cleantech filter 1060 L/h, 18 W with UV light (X1060UV)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Hang on filter 4W, 330L/Hr
Compact hang-on-back filter for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/hang-on-filter-4w-330l-hr/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMX350
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SMX350-1.jpg
A small tank still needs filtration, but an internal filter can take up a third of the swimming space in a nano. Hang on filter 4W, 330L/Hr (SKU: SMX350) is the smallest hang-on-back filter in the Absolute range, rated at 330 litres per hour on 4 W. It hangs over the back rim of the aquarium with only the intake tube in the water: a small pump draws water up the tube into the filter box, through the media, and lets it spill back into the tank over a lip. That keeps the hardware outside the display, puts the media where it can be lifted out without wetting an arm, and adds surface movement as the water returns, which helps gas exchange in small tanks.
Following the common guide of four to five turnovers an hour, 330 L/h suits aquariums of roughly 65 to 80 L, from a 45 cm nano up to a 60 cm standard tank. At 4 W it is cheap to run around the clock, which is how filters should be run so the bacteria in the media are fed with oxygenated water. The filter box needs to be filled with water before it is switched on so the pump primes and does not run dry, and the tank kept topped up so the intake stays submerged. Rinse the media in tank water during water changes rather than under the tap, which would kill the beneficial bacteria. For bigger tanks the 750 L/h, 7 W model (SMX750) runs on the same principle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Aquariums of about 65 to 80 L.
- **Betta and shrimp setups:** Gentle filtration that keeps the display clear of equipment.
- **Quarantine or hospital tanks:** A simple filter that is easy to strip and clean.
- **Replacing an internal filter:** Frees space inside a small tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Hang on the rim:** Fit the filter over the back glass with the intake reaching well below the surface.
- **Fill before power:** Pour tank water into the box so the pump primes on start-up.
- **Keep the level up:** Top up evaporation so the intake and return stay working.
- **Rinse media in tank water:** Clean sponges during water changes, never under the tap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rated 330 L/h:** Flow matched to nano and small aquariums.
- **4 W:** Low running cost for continuous use.
- **Hang-on-back design:** Only the intake sits inside the tank.
- **Surface agitation:** The returning water helps oxygenate the tank.
- **Easy media access:** Lift the media out from above the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMX350
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 330 L/h (rated)
- **Power:** 4 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 65–80 L at four to five turnovers per hour
- **Mounting:** Hangs on the back rim of the aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Hang on filter 750 L/h, 7 W (SMX750)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano and small aquariums
---
#### Hang on filter 600L/Hr, 6.,5W
Mid-size hang-on-back filter for 60 to 90 cm aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/hang-on-filter-600l-hr-6-5w/
- Price: $56.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMX550
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/SMX550-1.jpg
Between a nano filter and a high-flow model there is a large group of tanks, the 60 cm and smaller 90 cm aquariums, that need something in the middle. Hang on filter 600L/Hr, 6.,5W (SKU: SMX550) is a hang-on-back aquarium filter sold under the Absolute label, rated at 600 litres per hour on 6.5 W. It sits on the back rim of the tank, with an intake tube reaching down into the water, and a pump that lifts water into the external filter box, through the media and back over a lip into the tank. The design keeps the display free of filter hardware, keeps the media within easy reach, and adds a ripple to the surface as the water returns.
By the standard guide of four to five turnovers an hour, 600 L/h fits aquariums of around 120 to 150 L, which covers well-stocked 60 cm tanks and lightly stocked 90 cm community setups. The 6.5 W power rating is low enough to run continuously, which is how a filter should operate so the bacteria living in the media stay alive. Before switching on, fill the filter box with water from the tank so the pump primes; running dry can damage it. The intake should sit well below the surface, and the water level should be kept topped up as it evaporates. Clean the media by squeezing it in a bucket of removed tank water during the regular water change, and replace mechanical sponges only when they begin to break down, a piece at a time. Small fish and shrimp can be drawn into the intake, so a sponge prefilter over the intake tube is a sensible addition in tanks with fry or shrimp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 to 90 cm tanks:** Aquariums of about 120 to 150 L.
- **Community fish:** Tetras, livebearers, corydoras and similar stockings.
- **Space-conscious setups:** Keeping the filter outside the display.
- **Second filter:** Adding flow and media to a tank with an existing filter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit to the back rim:** Hang the filter level with the intake well under the surface.
- **Prime with tank water:** Fill the box before plugging in.
- **Top up regularly:** Keep the water level high so the return runs quietly.
- **Gentle cleaning:** Squeeze media in old tank water to keep the bacteria alive.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rated 600 L/h:** Mid-range flow for medium tanks.
- **6.5 W:** Low draw for day-and-night running.
- **Hang-on-back mounting:** No hoses and no cabinet space needed.
- **Accessible media:** Lift the media out from above for maintenance.
- **Surface movement:** Return flow helps gas exchange.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMX550
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 600 L/h (rated)
- **Power:** 6.5 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 120–150 L at four to five turnovers per hour
- **Mounting:** Hangs on the back rim of the aquarium
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Hang on filter 750L/Hr, 7W
Higher-flow hang-on-back filter for medium community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/hang-on-filter-750l-hr-7w/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SMX750
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SMX750-1.jpg
A three-foot community tank with a busy stocking list needs more flow than a nano filter can give, without the cost and plumbing of an external canister. Hang on filter 750L/Hr, 7W (SKU: SMX750) is the larger hang-on-back filter in the Absolute pair, rated at 750 litres per hour on 7 W. It clips over the rear glass with its intake tube in the tank and the filter box outside, pumping water up into the box, through the media and back over a spillway. More than double the flow of the small model means more water through the media each hour and stronger surface movement, which counts in warmer tanks where oxygen levels drop.
With the usual target of four to five turnovers per hour, 750 L/h is suited to aquariums of about 150 to 190 L, a range that covers most 90 cm tanks and smaller four-foot setups. In heavily stocked or goldfish tanks it can be run on the smaller end of that range for extra margin. Seven watts is a modest draw for a filter that runs day and night. Setup is the same as any hang-on filter: hang it level on the rim, fill the box with tank water, then switch on so the pump primes. Keep an eye on evaporation, since a dropping water level increases the spill noise and can starve the intake. Rinse the media in old tank water when flow slows. For tanks under about 80 L the 330 L/h, 4 W model (SMX350) is more suitable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium tanks:** Aquariums of about 150 to 190 L, typically 90 cm.
- **Busy community stockings:** More flow through the media for a heavier bio-load.
- **Warm tanks:** Surface movement that helps keep oxygen levels up.
- **Supplementing a canister:** Extra mechanical and biological capacity on larger tanks.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount level:** Hang the filter square on the back rim so it spills evenly.
- **Prime it:** Fill the box with tank water before plugging in.
- **Watch the water line:** Top up evaporation to keep the intake submerged and noise down.
- **Service by flow:** When flow drops, rinse the media in removed tank water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rated 750 L/h:** The high-flow hang-on model.
- **7 W:** Efficient for continuous running.
- **External filter box:** Keeps media and pump out of the display.
- **Strong spillway return:** Adds surface agitation for gas exchange.
- **No hoses or plumbing:** Simpler to set up than a canister.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SMX750
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Flow Rate:** 750 L/h (rated)
- **Power:** 7 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 150–190 L at four to five turnovers per hour
- **Mounting:** Hangs on the back rim of the aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Hang on filter 330 L/h, 4 W (SMX350)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Large sponge filter
Largest air-powered sponge in the range for bigger breeding tanks and heavier fish loads.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/large-sponge-filter/
- Price: $8.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ABS380SXY · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141007989
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Serenity-Sponge-Filter-Large.webp
A bigger sponge holds more bacteria and more dirt before it needs squeezing, which is what a busy grow-out or breeding tank needs most. Large sponge filter (SKU: ABS380SXY) is the largest of the three air-driven sponge filters in the range. Air from an external pump rises up the lift tube and pulls tank water through the sponge, so particles are caught on the foam while filtered water returns to the aquarium, with no motor, impeller or intake slots in the tank.
Aerobic bacteria build up throughout the foam and break down harmful waste, turning ammonia and nitrite into far less toxic nitrate; the large sponge offers the most surface for that colony of any size in the range. The supplier lists discus breeding tanks, small tropical tanks and fry stock tanks among its uses, and the large size is the one to choose for bigger breeding set-ups, grow-out tanks holding many juveniles, or as the main filter in a heavily planted shrimp tank. Two large sponges at opposite ends of a long tank give even circulation. Connect it to an air pump with airline tubing and a check valve, which are sold separately; a stronger air supply gives more flow through the larger foam. When flow drops, lift the sponge out and squeeze it in a bucket of tank water rather than rinsing it under the tap, so the bacteria survive. Seeding a spare large sponge in a running tank keeps an established filter ready for a new set-up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger breeding tanks:** Discus and other breeders that need gentle, clean water.
- **Grow-out tanks:** More capacity for many juveniles fed heavily.
- **Main filter for shrimp tanks:** Plenty of biofilm surface to graze.
- **Long tanks:** One at each end for even circulation.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Size the air pump:** Use a pump with enough output for a large sponge.
- **Add a check valve:** Keeps water out of the pump during power cuts.
- **Seed it early:** Run it in an established tank before moving it to a new one.
- **Clean in tank water:** Squeeze out when flow slows; avoid tap water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest of three sizes:** Most foam for bacteria and dirt holding.
- **Mechanical and biological:** Traps particles and processes waste.
- **Air-powered:** No moving parts in the water.
- **Fry-safe flow:** No intake slots to trap young fish or shrimp.
- **Longer service intervals:** Bigger sponge between squeezes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** ABS380SXY
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141007989
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Size:** Large
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** External air pump (not included)
- **Also Needed:** Airline tubing and a check valve
- **Other Sizes:** Small sponge filter (ABS180XY); Medium sponge filter (ABS280SXY)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical, breeding and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Medium sponge filter
Air-driven sponge filter for gentle mechanical and biological filtration in fry, shrimp and hospital tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/medium-sponge-filter/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ABS280SXY · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141007972
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/9343740002059.jpg
Fry, shrimp and recovering fish need clean water but cannot cope with the suction of a power filter intake. Medium sponge filter (SKU: ABS280SXY) is the middle size of three air-driven sponge filters in the range, providing mechanical and biological filtration with no motor in the water. An air pump pushes air into the lift tube; the rising bubbles draw water through the sponge, which traps floating particles, and the cleaned water returns to the tank at the top of the tube.
Over time the sponge also becomes a home for aerobic bacteria, which convert ammonia and nitrite from fish waste into much less harmful nitrate, so the sponge works as a biological filter as well as a mechanical one. The supplier recommends this style of filter for discus breeding tanks, small tropical tanks and fry rearing tanks, and it is equally suited to shrimp colonies, betta tanks and quarantine set-ups where a gentle flow and no intake suction matter. The medium size sits between the small and large models in the range and suits tanks where the small sponge would clog too quickly and the large one would take up too much floor space. It needs an air pump, airline tubing and ideally a check valve, all sold separately. Because the sponge carries an established bacterial colony, a spare one running in an existing tank makes an instant filter for a new or emergency tank. Clean it by squeezing it out in removed tank water, never under the tap.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and breeding tanks:** No intake strong enough to draw in young fish.
- **Shrimp colonies:** Safe for shrimplets, with a surface they graze.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Simple, cheap filtration that is easy to strip down.
- **Backup filtration:** A seeded sponge ready for emergencies.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from the pump to the filter's air inlet.
- **Fit a check valve:** Prevents water siphoning back to the pump.
- **Place on the bottom:** Sit the filter in a corner where flow is low.
- **Squeeze, don't scrub:** Rinse in old tank water when flow slows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Air-driven:** No motor or impeller in the tank.
- **Two filtration stages:** Mechanical capture and bacterial biofiltration.
- **Gentle flow:** Safe for fry, shrimp and long-finned fish.
- **Medium size:** The middle of three sizes.
- **Easy maintenance:** A squeeze in tank water restores flow.
- **Instant cycle:** A seeded sponge moves straight into a new tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** ABS280SXY
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141007972
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Size:** Medium
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological
- **Power Source:** External air pump (not included)
- **Also Needed:** Airline tubing and a check valve
- **Other Sizes:** Small sponge filter (ABS180XY); Large sponge filter (ABS380SXY)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical, breeding and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Nylon Filter bag
Washable nylon mesh bag for mechanical prefiltration and holding loose media.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/nylon-filter-bag/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: NFS1038 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141009044
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Nylon-Bag-Filters.webp
Fine debris that slips past a sponge ends up clouding the water or clogging the pump, and a mesh bag in the water path is one of the simplest ways to catch it. Nylon Filter bag (SKU: NFS1038) is a nylon mesh filter bag sold under the Absolute label for aquarium and pond filtration. Water passes through the mesh while suspended particles are held back on the inside of the bag, so it works as a mechanical prefilter that can be lifted out, emptied and washed rather than thrown away. Nylon mesh is strong, does not rot in water, and can be washed and reused many times before it needs replacing, which makes it a low-cost alternative to disposable floss in high-flow positions.
In practice a nylon filter bag is used in a few ways. In a sump, it hangs under the overflow drain so that water from the display falls into the bag and leaves its debris behind before reaching the pump. In ponds and large filters it can line an inlet chamber or wrap around a pump intake as a coarse screen. It also serves as a media bag for loose materials such as activated carbon, ceramic rings or resin, keeping them together so they can be removed in one go. A bag that is not cleaned becomes a store of decaying waste, so it should be rinsed or turned inside out and hosed every few days in busy systems. Check the mesh size and dimensions on the pack against the intended position before fitting, and replace the bag if the seams or mesh are torn.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump drains:** Catching debris as water falls from the overflow.
- **Pond filters:** Screening an inlet or pump intake.
- **Loose media:** Holding carbon, resin or ceramic rings in one removable bag.
- **Water polishing:** Clearing suspended particles after a disturbance.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash the new bag in clean water before it goes in.
- **Position in the flow:** Fit it where all the water passes through the mesh.
- **Clean often:** Empty and hose out every few days so waste does not break down inside.
- **Replace when worn:** Swap out a bag with torn seams or holes in the mesh.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nylon mesh:** Durable and resistant to rotting in water.
- **Washable and reusable:** Cleaned and returned rather than thrown away.
- **Mechanical prefilter:** Traps particles before the pump and biomedia.
- **Doubles as a media bag:** Keeps loose materials contained.
- **Aquarium or pond:** Suits sumps, ponds and large filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** NFS1038
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141009044
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Bag
- **Material:** Nylon mesh
- **Use:** Mechanical prefiltration or media containment
- **Care:** Rinse, empty and reuse; replace when damaged
- **Mesh and Size:** As stated on the pack
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, sumps and ponds
---
#### Small sponge filter
Air-driven sponge filter for fry, shrimp and quarantine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/small-sponge-filter/
- Price: $6.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ABS180XY · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141007965
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/ABS180XY-1.jpg
Fry and shrimp need filtration gentle enough not to pull them in, and a powered canister with a narrow intake is the wrong tool for the job. Small sponge filter (SKU: ABS180XY) is Absolute's small air-driven sponge filter, a foam cartridge fitted over an internal riser tube that draws water through the sponge using air supplied from an external air pump rather than a motor, so the only moving part near the fish is a gentle column of rising bubbles. Waste and debris are trapped in the sponge for mechanical filtration, while the same sponge surface hosts beneficial bacteria for biological filtration, giving two filtration stages from one simple, low-flow unit.
Because flow is driven by air rather than an impeller, the current through a sponge filter is naturally gentle, which is exactly what makes it suited to fry, shrimp, bettas and other fish that are easily swept around or stressed by stronger filtration. The small size is intended for a correspondingly small tank, breeding set-up or a quarantine system rather than a main display, where the low flow and low media volume would not keep pace with a heavier bio-load. It attaches to the glass or sits freestanding on the substrate with suction cups, and is driven by a separate air pump connected with ordinary airline tubing; no pump is included with the filter itself. Servicing is simple: lift the sponge off the riser tube and rinse it in old tank water during routine maintenance, never under tap water, to avoid killing off the bacterial colony it has built up. The range also includes a Medium sponge filter (ABS280SXY) and a Large sponge filter (ABS380SXY) for bigger tanks or heavier stocking.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fry and breeding tanks:** Gentle filtration that will not pull in small or weak fish.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Low flow and a sponge surface that will not draw in shrimplets.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Simple, easily cleaned filtration for a temporary set-up.
- **Small aquariums:** A filter sized to match a small tank's bio-load.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Attach the filter:** Fix it to the glass with suction cups or stand it on the substrate.
- **Connect the air supply:** Run airline tubing from a separate air pump to the riser tube.
- **Prime before switching on:** Submerge fully before the air pump is started.
- **Rinse in old tank water:** Clean the sponge in removed tank water, never tap water, to protect the bacteria.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Air-driven operation:** Gentle flow from an external air pump rather than a motor.
- **Mechanical and biological filtration:** One sponge traps waste and hosts bacteria.
- **Gentle on fry and shrimp:** Low flow suited to the smallest and most delicate tankmates.
- **Simple maintenance:** Lifts off the riser tube to rinse in old tank water.
- **Small size for small tanks:** Matched to breeding, quarantine and nano set-ups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** ABS180XY
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141007965
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Sponge Filter
- **Size:** Small
- **Power:** Air-driven; requires a separate air pump (not included)
- **Filtration:** Mechanical and biological, via the sponge cartridge
- **Other Sizes:** Medium (ABS280SXY); Large (ABS380SXY)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### White pre filter bags 200miron
4-inch filter sock kit with mounting bracket.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/white-pre-filter-bags-200miron/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PFB1027200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141008078
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/PFB1027200-1.jpg
A sump intake without a sock on it will push every bit of fine floating debris straight into the return pump, and that debris ends up right back in the display. White pre filter bags 200miron (SKU: PFB1027200) is Absolute's 4 in filter sock kit, supplied with a plastic bracket and one 200-micron white filter bag, built to hang on the inside of a sump or filter chamber over an overflow pipe so water passes through the felt or mesh bag before reaching the pump. The bracket is a space-saving, hang-on design that clips over the glass without needing screws or silicone, and it is rated for aquarium glass up to 10 mm thick.
The included bag fits over a 10 cm (4 in) diameter pipe and measures roughly 10 cm in diameter by 20 cm long, with a 200-micron mesh rating, fine enough to catch fine particulate and floating debris while still passing water quickly enough not to overflow the chamber it sits in. A bag of this rating is typically rinsed or replaced on a regular cycle once it visibly loads up with debris and the flow through it slows, since a clogged sock backs water up rather than filtering it properly. The bracket itself is reusable indefinitely; it is only the bag that wears and needs replacing over time, and spare bags in the same 200-micron rating can be fitted to the same bracket without buying a new kit. This kit suits sump-based marine and reef systems primarily, where a filter sock is the standard first mechanical stage before water reaches the return pump and any further media.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump-fed systems:** A first mechanical stage ahead of the return pump.
- **Fine particulate control:** Catching debris a coarser sponge or media would let through.
- **Glass up to 10 mm thick:** The bracket clips on without screws or adhesive.
- **Reef and marine displays:** Standard first-stage filtration ahead of skimmers or media reactors.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Clip the bracket on:** Hang it over the sump wall near the overflow, glass up to 10 mm thick.
- **Fit the bag:** Slide the 200-micron bag over the bracket's 10 cm opening.
- **Position under the overflow:** Let water from the overflow pipe fall into the bag.
- **Rinse or replace regularly:** Clean or swap the bag once flow through it visibly slows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200-micron rating:** Fine mechanical filtration for sump and filter chambers.
- **No-screw bracket:** Hangs on glass up to 10 mm thick without drilling or silicone.
- **4-inch fitting:** Bag sized for a 10 cm diameter overflow or pipe.
- **Reusable bracket:** Only the bag needs replacing once it wears out.
- **Space-saving design:** Hangs inside the sump without extra plumbing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** PFB1027200
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141008078
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Sock / Pre-Filter Bag
- **Included:** 1 x 200-micron filter bag, plastic mounting bracket
- **Bag Size:** About 10 cm (4 in) diameter x 20 cm long
- **Glass Compatibility:** Up to 10 mm thick
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef sump systems
---
### Absolute — Ornament
#### P0085M The Titanic 56x18x28
Larger resin shipwreck ornament with swim-through openings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/p0085m-the-titanic-56x18x28/
- Price: $104.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TT56
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/TT56-1-1320x1320-1.jpg
A centrepiece ornament only works when its scale matches the tank, and a shipwreck that is too small gets lost against a larger aquascape. P0085M The Titanic 56x18x28 (SKU: TT56) is Absolute's larger resin ornament styled on the sunken liner, cast in aquarium-safe, non-toxic resin and measuring 56 x 18 x 28 cm, giving it noticeably more presence and floor coverage than the smaller size in the same range. The hull is moulded with a broken, listing profile and several hollow openings through the structure, rather than a solid shape, so fish can swim in and out of the wreck as well as around it, and the larger body gives more internal volume for them to use as shelter.
The extra size over the smaller model is mostly in added length and height rather than a simple scale-up, which gives this version a taller silhouette as a display piece while still leaving multiple swim-through points at different heights through the hull. Because the structure is hollow and open on more than one side, water passes through rather than stagnating inside it, so the interior does not become a separate pocket that needs its own cleaning routine. The resin is non-toxic and suited to both freshwater and marine aquariums, and at 56 x 18 x 28 cm it needs a reasonably sized tank floor to sit comfortably alongside other hardscape rather than crowding it. The smaller P0085S The Titanic at 50 x 15 x 22 cm (TT50) is the better fit where floor space is tighter; this larger model is the one to choose where the tank has the footprint to carry it as a true centrepiece.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to large display tanks:** A 56 x 18 x 28 cm footprint sized as a true centrepiece.
- **Shy or territorial fish:** Multiple hollow openings give fish somewhere to retreat and claim.
- **Shipwreck-themed aquascapes:** A larger-scale centrepiece styled on the sunken Titanic.
- **Freshwater or marine tanks:** The same resin suits either water type.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Run the ornament under water to clear any dust from moulding before it goes in.
- **Allow floor space:** Check the footprint against the tank before placing, given its larger size.
- **Seat it level:** Press it into the substrate so it sits stable rather than rocking.
- **Clean with water changes:** Brush algae from the ledges and openings during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shipwreck design:** A listing, broken-hull profile styled on the Titanic.
- **Multiple swim-through openings:** Hollow structure with points fish can pass through at different heights.
- **Aquarium-safe resin:** Non-toxic material for freshwater and marine use.
- **Larger size in the range:** 56 x 18 x 28 cm for more presence as a centrepiece.
- **Shelter and display in one piece:** More internal volume than the smaller model.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** TT56
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Resin Shipwreck Replica
- **Ornament Size:** 56 x 18 x 28 cm
- **Material:** Aquarium-safe, non-toxic resin
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and marine
- **Other Sizes:** P0085S, 50x15x22 cm (TT50)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### P0085S The Titanic 50x15x22
Resin shipwreck ornament with swim-through openings.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/p0085s-the-titanic-50x15x22/
- Price: $89.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TT50
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/P0085S-The-Titanic-50x15x22.jpg
A bare tank floor looks unfinished, and a shipwreck replica gives fish somewhere to explore as well as something for the keeper to look at. P0085S The Titanic 50x15x22 (SKU: TT50) is Absolute's smaller resin ornament styled on the sunken liner, cast in aquarium-safe, non-toxic resin and measuring 50 x 15 x 22 cm, sized to sit on the substrate of a small to medium tank without dominating the layout. The hull is moulded with a broken, listing profile and multiple hollow openings rather than a solid block, so fish can swim in and out of the structure rather than only around it, and the piece doubles as a hiding spot for shy or territorial species.
Because the ornament is hollow with openings on more than one side, water moves through the structure rather than pooling inside it, which keeps the interior from becoming a dead spot that needs separate cleaning. The resin is described as non-toxic and suitable for both freshwater and marine aquariums, so the same piece works in a community tank, a cichlid set-up or a modest marine display. At 50 x 15 x 22 cm it is the smaller of two sizes in the range, sitting alongside the larger P0085M The Titanic at 56 x 18 x 28 cm (TT56) for a tank with more floor space to fill. As with any resin ornament, it should be rinsed before going into the tank and checked occasionally for algae growth on the many ledges and openings the shipwreck shape creates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium community tanks:** A 50 x 15 x 22 cm footprint that leaves room for other hardscape.
- **Shy or territorial fish:** Hollow openings give fish somewhere to retreat and claim.
- **Shipwreck-themed aquascapes:** A centrepiece styled on the sunken Titanic.
- **Freshwater or marine tanks:** The same resin suits either water type.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Run the ornament under water to clear any dust from moulding before it goes in.
- **Seat it on bare substrate:** Press it in gently so it sits level rather than rocking.
- **Leave swim-through space clear:** Keep heaters and filter intakes clear of the hull openings.
- **Clean with water changes:** Brush algae from the ledges and openings during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shipwreck design:** A listing, broken-hull profile styled on the Titanic.
- **Multiple swim-through openings:** Hollow structure fish can enter and pass through.
- **Aquarium-safe resin:** Non-toxic material for freshwater and marine use.
- **Smaller size in the range:** 50 x 15 x 22 cm, suited to compact layouts.
- **Shelter and display in one piece:** Doubles as a hiding spot and a centrepiece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** TT50
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Resin Shipwreck Replica
- **Ornament Size:** 50 x 15 x 22 cm
- **Material:** Aquarium-safe, non-toxic resin
- **Water Type:** Freshwater and marine
- **Other Sizes:** P0085M, 56x18x28 cm (TT56)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### P0086L Croc Head XL 52x26x18
Large open-jawed crocodile head ornament with room for big fish to shelter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/p0086l-croc-head-xl-52x26x18/
- Price: $224.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CH52
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/CH52-1.jpg
Big tanks swallow small ornaments, and a centrepiece for a metre-long display has to be large enough to read from across the room. P0086L Croc Head XL 52x26x18 (SKU: CH52) is an aquarium ornament shaped as the head of a crocodile with its jaws open, measuring about 52 cm long, 26 cm deep and 18 cm high. It is the extra-large piece in its range, and the open mouth and hollow interior create a cave that fish can swim into and rest inside.
At 52 cm long the Croc Head XL suits aquariums from about 90 cm upward, where it can sit along the back or form a feature in the foreground without crowding the swimming space. Its scale makes it useful for larger fish that need a cave: cichlids, plecos, catfish and other bottom dwellers that claim a territory. The textured, lifelike surface carries the scaled detailing of a crocodile, and it pairs naturally with driftwood, smooth river stones and sand for a river or swamp theme. Check that every opening is wide enough for the fish in the tank so none can become wedged. As with any decor, rinse it in plain water before it goes in and clean it during routine maintenance with a soft brush and tank water, never soap or household cleaners. The supplier code P0086L identifies the large version; the store also stocks a smaller Alligator Head under code P0086S (AH25).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** A centrepiece for aquariums of about 90 cm and longer.
- **Cave-seeking fish:** Shelter for cichlids, plecos and catfish.
- **Themed aquascapes:** A river, swamp or prehistoric layout.
- **Children's tanks:** A bold, recognisable feature that draws attention to the fish.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash under plain water before placing; no soap or detergent.
- **Set it on the base glass:** Bed it into the substrate so fish cannot dig it loose.
- **Keep flow paths open:** Leave gaps so water circulates through and behind it.
- **Clean with water changes:** Brush off algae in removed tank water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Extra-large size:** About 52 cm long for big aquariums.
- **Open-jaw cave:** Hollow head with a swim-in mouth.
- **Detailed texture:** Scaled crocodile surface for a natural look.
- **Territory and shelter:** A defined hiding place for larger fish.
- **Theme centrepiece:** Anchors a river, swamp or prehistoric layout.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** CH52
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Animal Head Ornament
- **Supplier Code:** P0086L
- **Ornament Size:** About 52 × 26 × 18 cm (L × D × H)
- **Design:** Crocodile head with open jaws and hollow interior
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 90 cm long and larger
- **Care:** Rinse with plain water; no soap
- **Related:** Alligator Head P0086S, 11 × 25.8 × 12.8 cm (AH25)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### P0086S Alligator Head 11x25.8x12.8
Resin alligator head cave ornament sized for small and medium tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/p0086s-alligator-head-11x25-8x12-8/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AH25
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AH25-1.jpg
A single strong ornament gives a small tank a focal point, and an animal head with an open mouth doubles as a cave the fish will actually use. P0086S Alligator Head 11x25.8x12.8 (SKU: AH25) is a resin aquarium ornament shaped as an alligator's head, measuring approximately 11 × 25.8 × 12.8 cm. The 25.8 cm length is its longest dimension, so it lies low along the substrate rather than standing tall, and the hollow head forms a hiding place for small fish and shrimp.
Resin is a common material for aquarium decor because it holds fine detail and stays put underwater, and this piece is described by the supplier as easy to clean. Its size suits aquariums from about 45 to 90 cm long, where it can sit in the foreground or against rockwork without taking over the swimming space. Bottom dwellers such as corydoras, small plecos, loaches and dwarf cichlids are the likeliest residents, and in a betta tank it gives a resting spot out of the current. Before placing it, rinse under plain water and check the openings for any rough edges that could catch long fins. Set it on the base glass or firmly in the gravel so burrowing fish cannot undermine it. During maintenance, lift it out and brush away algae under tank water, avoiding soap and chemical cleaners. The code P0086S marks this as the small model; the store also carries the much larger Croc Head XL (P0086L, CH52) for big displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium tanks:** About 45 to 90 cm long.
- **Shelter for bottom dwellers:** Corydoras, loaches, small plecos and dwarf cichlids.
- **Betta and shrimp tanks:** A quiet resting place out of the filter current.
- **Swamp or river themes:** With driftwood, pebbles and plants.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Inspect and rinse:** Check for sharp edges and rinse in plain water first.
- **Lay it low:** Rest it on the substrate with the mouth facing the front glass.
- **Allow access:** Keep the opening clear of plants and gravel.
- **Brush clean:** Remove algae with a soft brush in old tank water, never soap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Resin construction:** Detailed moulding that holds its shape underwater.
- **Hollow head:** Doubles as a cave for small fish.
- **Low profile:** About 12.8 cm high and 25.8 cm long.
- **Easy to clean:** Smooth enough to brush off algae.
- **Small-tank scale:** Fits 45 to 90 cm aquariums without crowding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AH25
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Animal Head Ornament
- **Supplier Code:** P0086S
- **Ornament Size:** Approx. 11 × 25.8 × 12.8 cm
- **Material:** Resin
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 45–90 cm long
- **Care:** Plain water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Related:** Croc Head XL P0086L, 52 × 26 × 18 cm (CH52)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### POS40G Dino Head Glow 18x11.5x12.4
Glow-finish dinosaur skull ornament with a hollow cave for small fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/pos40g-dino-head-glow-18x11-5x12-4/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RX18G
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/RX18G-1.jpg
Dinosaurs turn a fish tank into something children want to look at every day, and a skull half-buried in the gravel tells a story without a word. POS40G Dino Head Glow 18x11.5x12.4 (SKU: RX18G) is an aquarium ornament shaped as a dinosaur head with a glow finish, measuring about 18 × 11.5 × 12.4 cm. The head is hollow, with openings that give small fish and shrimp somewhere to hide and explore, and the glow finish is intended to stand out in the aquarium as a focal point.
At 18 cm long it suits aquariums from about 40 to 90 cm, sitting in the foreground or against a rock or wood background. It works in a tropical community, a betta tank or a goldfish set-up, and the hollow interior is used by small catfish, loaches, dwarf cichlids and shrimp. How bright the glow finish appears depends on the tank lighting, so it is worth viewing the ornament in place under the planned light before settling on a position. Pair it with sand, slate and driftwood for a fossil-dig or prehistoric scene. Before it goes in, rinse it in plain water and check that the openings are free of sharp edges. During tank maintenance, brush algae off gently with a soft brush in tank water; abrasive pads and household cleaners can dull the finish and leave residues that harm fish. Siphon around and inside the head at water changes, since hollow ornaments collect waste. The supplier code POS40G identifies the glow version of this design.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Children's aquariums:** A dinosaur feature that sparks interest.
- **Prehistoric themes:** With sand, slate and wood for a fossil scene.
- **Shelter for small fish:** Hollow head for loaches, catfish and shrimp.
- **Tanks of 40 to 90 cm:** Sized to sit in the foreground without crowding.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain water only before placing.
- **Half-bury for effect:** Set it partly into the sand like an excavated fossil.
- **Light it well:** Check the glow finish under the tank light before finalising position.
- **Clean gently:** Soft brush only, so the finish is not scratched.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Glow finish:** Designed as an eye-catching focal point.
- **Hollow dinosaur head:** Openings for fish to swim in and hide.
- **Compact size:** About 18 cm long and 12.4 cm high.
- **Versatile theme piece:** Fits fossil, prehistoric or children's layouts.
- **Works in most tanks:** Tropical, coldwater and betta set-ups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** RX18G
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Glow Ornament
- **Supplier Code:** POS40G
- **Ornament Size:** About 18 × 11.5 × 12.4 cm
- **Finish:** Glow
- **Design:** Dinosaur head with hollow interior
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 40–90 cm long
- **Care:** Rinse with plain water; soft brush, no soap
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### POS41G Hand Glow 20x13x6.5
Glow-finish resin hand ornament reaching up from the substrate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/pos41g-hand-glow-20x13x6-5/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HD20G
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/HD20G-1.jpg
A hand reaching out of the gravel is one of the simplest ways to give a tank a spooky or sunken-city theme, and it takes almost no floor space. POS41G Hand Glow 20x13x6.5 (SKU: HD20G) is a resin aquarium ornament in the shape of a hand, measuring about 20 × 13 × 6.5 cm, with a glow finish. The supplier describes it as durable and simple to clean, and the design is made in both a glow and a non-glow version; this listing is the glow version, code POS41G.
The ornament is only 6.5 cm in its slimmest dimension, so it slots in between plants or in front of rockwork without blocking swimming space, and its 20 cm height gives it presence in tanks of about 45 cm and longer. Because it is a flat, open shape rather than a cave, it serves as a visual feature more than a shelter, although small fish and shrimp will graze and rest around the fingers. The glow finish reads differently under different lights, so view it in the tank under the normal lighting before deciding on its final spot. It suits Halloween, haunted shipwreck or lost-city layouts, and pairs with a skull or a sunken ship for a complete scene. Pushing the base a few centimetres into the gravel both steadies the hand and adds to the effect of something rising from below. Rinse it under plain water before use, and clean it during routine maintenance by brushing off algae in old tank water, without soap, bleach or abrasive pads that could damage the finish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Themed layouts:** Halloween, haunted or sunken-city aquascapes.
- **Narrow spaces:** Between plants or rocks where a bulky ornament would not fit.
- **Children's tanks:** A quirky feature that draws attention.
- **Tanks from about 45 cm:** Enough height to stand out without dominating.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Plain water only.
- **Bury the wrist:** Push the base into the gravel so the hand appears to reach upward.
- **Position for light:** Check how the glow finish looks under the tank light.
- **Keep it clean:** Soft brush in tank water during water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Resin construction:** Durable and simple to clean.
- **Glow finish:** The glow version of a design also made without it.
- **Slim profile:** About 6.5 cm deep for tight spaces.
- **Theme piece:** Pairs with skulls and shipwrecks.
- **Space-saving:** Leaves the swimming area open.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** HD20G
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Glow Ornament
- **Supplier Code:** POS41G
- **Ornament Size:** About 20 × 13 × 6.5 cm
- **Material:** Resin
- **Finish:** Glow (non-glow version also made)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 45 cm long and larger
- **Care:** Plain water and a soft brush; no soap or bleach
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### POS42G Skull S Glow 9.7x13x9.8
Small glow-finish skull ornament with hiding holes for nano and betta tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/pos42g-skull-s-glow-9-7x13x9-8/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS09G
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/SS09G-1.jpg
Small tanks need small decor, and a skull with open eye sockets gives a betta or a group of shrimp something to explore without filling the whole footprint. POS42G Skull S Glow 9.7x13x9.8 (SKU: SS09G) is the small size of a skull-shaped aquarium ornament with a glow finish, measuring about 9.7 × 13 × 9.8 cm. Its hollow interior and openings give small fish a place to hide, rest and swim through, and the glow finish makes it a focal point in a compact layout.
At under 10 cm high it suits nano, desktop and betta aquariums from about 20 litres, and in a larger tank it can sit in the foreground or be grouped with other themed pieces. Bettas often rest inside cave ornaments like this, and shrimp, small loaches and pygmy corydoras use the openings as cover. Long-finned fish can tear fins on rough edges, so run a stocking or soft cloth over the openings before placing it; anything that snags should be smoothed or the ornament placed in a tank without long-finned fish. View it under the usual aquarium lighting before fixing its position, as the glow finish depends on the light around it. Rinse in plain water before use and clean with a soft brush in tank water during maintenance, never soap or bleach. Siphon around it at water changes, as small caves trap uneaten food. A medium size of the same design is made under supplier code POS43G.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** A cave to rest in, away from the filter outlet.
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** Sized for aquariums from about 20 litres.
- **Shrimp colonies:** Openings that give moulting shrimp cover.
- **Halloween and pirate themes:** A small accent alongside larger pieces.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Stocking test:** Drag a stocking over the openings to check for snags.
- **Rinse first:** Plain water before it goes in.
- **Front of the tank:** Place it in the foreground where its size shows.
- **Brush clean:** Remove algae gently so the finish stays intact.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Glow finish:** A focal point in a small layout.
- **Hollow skull:** Openings for fish to hide and swim through.
- **Small size:** Under 10 cm high for nano tanks.
- **Works as a set:** A medium size is made in the same design.
- **Betta resting spot:** A cave sized for a single betta.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SS09G
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Glow Ornament
- **Supplier Code:** POS42G
- **Ornament Size:** About 9.7 × 13 × 9.8 cm
- **Finish:** Glow
- **Design:** Skull with hollow interior and openings
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Nano and betta tanks from about 20 L
- **Care:** Plain water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### POS85L The Titanic 80x27x38
Large Titanic shipwreck ornament with swim-through hull for big display tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/pos85l-the-titanic-80x27x38/
- Price: $224.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TT80
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/TT80-1.jpg
A shipwreck is the classic aquarium centrepiece, and few wrecks are as recognisable as the liner that went down in 1912. POS85L The Titanic 80x27x38 (SKU: TT80) is a large aquarium ornament modelled on the sunken Titanic, measuring about 80 cm long, 27 cm deep and 38 cm high. The hollow hull has multiple openings and compartments, giving fish, shrimp and other inhabitants a series of swim-throughs and hiding places along its length.
At 80 cm long this is a piece for aquariums of 120 cm and more; in a shorter tank it would fill the back wall entirely. Its height of 38 cm also needs to be checked against the water depth, so it sits fully submerged with clearance below the surface. The model's scale and detail make it the main feature of a layout, ideally set at an angle on the sand as if resting on the seabed, with rock or driftwood added around the bow and stern. The compartments suit plecos, catfish, cichlids and other fish that claim caves; in tanks with very small fish, check the openings so nothing can become trapped. Rinse the ornament in plain water before placing it, and check that it stands firmly before filling the tank. Clean it with a soft brush and tank water during maintenance, avoiding soap and household cleaners, and siphon under and around it so waste does not collect inside the hull.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display aquariums:** Tanks of about 120 cm and longer.
- **Shipwreck themes:** A centrepiece for a sunken-ship layout.
- **Cave-dwelling fish:** Compartments for plecos, catfish and cichlids.
- **Public and office displays:** A recognisable talking point.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Check the depth:** Make sure the 38 cm height sits well below the surface.
- **Bed it in:** Place it on the base glass at an angle and settle it into the sand.
- **Keep it siphoned:** Clean beneath and inside the hull at water changes.
- **No soap:** Brush off algae with tank water only.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Titanic replica:** Modelled on the famous wrecked liner.
- **80 cm long:** Sized as the main feature of a large tank.
- **Multiple compartments:** Swim-throughs and hiding spots along the hull.
- **Detailed wreck finish:** Looks at home on a sand or gravel seabed.
- **Fresh or marine:** Suits tropical, coldwater and saltwater displays.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** TT80
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Shipwreck Ornament
- **Supplier Code:** POS85L
- **Ornament Size:** About 80 × 27 × 38 cm (L × D × H)
- **Design:** Titanic shipwreck with hollow, open hull
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** About 120 cm long and larger, with water depth above 40 cm
- **Care:** Plain water and a soft brush; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Absolute — Lighting
#### LED lamp 8W
Low-wattage LED aquarium lamp for small display tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/led-lamp-8w/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AM008 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005886
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OPAC.jpg
An unlit tank hides its fish, and in a small aquarium a large light fixture can be more than the setup needs or the lid can hold. LED lamp 8W (SKU: AM008) is an 8 W LED aquarium lamp sold under the Absolute label, a small light intended to illuminate the display of a small to medium aquarium. LED lighting has largely replaced fluorescent tubes in home aquariums because it draws less power for the light it gives, runs much cooler and lasts longer before the output fades, and an 8 W lamp keeps running costs low across a daily lighting period of eight to ten hours. Low heat output also means less warming of the water surface in summer. Fitting details, such as how the lamp mounts and the size of tank it spans, are shown on the packaging and should be checked against the aquarium before purchase.
An 8 W LED is a viewing and general-purpose light. It suits fish-only tanks, tanks with artificial plants and decor, and undemanding live plants such as Java fern, Anubias, mosses and cryptocorynes, which grow under modest light. Fast-growing stem plants and carpeting plants usually need a dedicated planted-tank fixture with higher output. Running the light on a plug-in timer gives fish a regular day and night, and a steady photoperiod of about eight hours is one of the simplest ways to limit algae. Keep the lamp and its connections away from splashing water unless the unit is marked as water resistant, and switch it off at the wall before handling or cleaning it. Wipe dust and salt or lime deposits from the lens occasionally, as a film on the cover cuts the light reaching the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small display tanks:** General lighting for viewing fish and decor.
- **Low-light plants:** Java fern, Anubias, mosses and crypts.
- **Replacing an old tube:** Swapping a fluorescent light for a cooler LED.
- **Coldwater and goldfish tanks:** Light without extra heat in the water.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a timer:** Set a consistent eight to ten hour photoperiod.
- **Keep it dry:** Position connections away from splashes and condensation.
- **Switch off to handle:** Turn off at the wall before moving or cleaning the lamp.
- **Clean the lens:** Wipe deposits off the cover to keep light output up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 W LED:** Low power draw for daily use.
- **Cool running:** Little heat added to the tank.
- **Long life:** LEDs hold their output longer than fluorescent tubes.
- **Small-tank sizing:** General lighting for modest aquariums.
- **Timer friendly:** Runs from a standard plug-in timer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AM008
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005886
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Aquarium Lamp
- **Power:** 8 W
- **Light Source:** LED
- **Suggested Photoperiod:** About 8–10 hours daily on a timer
- **Plant Suitability:** Low-light plants
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater aquariums
---
### Absolute — Additives & Supplements
#### AQUA PLUS 6; Water conditioner 138ml
Tap water conditioner in a starter bottle for new and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-plus-6-water-conditioner-138ml/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP6013
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AP6013-1.jpg
Australian tap water is made safe for people with chlorine or chloramine, and both are harmful to fish gills even at the levels that come out of the kitchen tap. AQUA PLUS 6; Water conditioner 138ml (SKU: AP6013) is the smallest bottle of Absolute's Aqua Plus 6 liquid water conditioner, used to treat tap water before or as it goes into the aquarium. A water conditioner of this kind neutralises the disinfectant in town water so it can be used for setting up a new tank, topping up evaporation and doing routine water changes. The 138 mL size suits a first aquarium, a nano or desktop tank, a quarantine tank, or anyone wanting to try the product before buying a larger bottle.
Dose by the volume of new water being added, not the whole aquarium, and follow the dose rate printed on the label for this bottle; it is the only reliable guide to how much water it treats. Add the conditioner to the bucket or straight to the tank as the fresh water goes in, and match the new water to the aquarium temperature. Many city supplies, including Sydney, use chloramine rather than chlorine, which is more persistent and does not gas off by leaving water to stand overnight, so conditioning every change is the safe routine. Keep the bottle capped, upright and out of direct sun, and keep it out of reach of children. Larger 500 mL (AP6050) and 2 L (AP6200) bottles are made for bigger tanks. Use a clean measuring syringe or the cap for accurate small doses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarium set-up:** Treating the first fill of tap water.
- **Water changes:** Conditioning each bucket of replacement water.
- **Top-ups:** Treating tap water used to replace evaporation.
- **Small tanks:** A compact bottle for nano, betta and quarantine tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Read the label:** Use the dose rate printed on the bottle.
- **Dose the new water:** Calculate on the litres being added, not total tank volume.
- **Add as you fill:** Treat the bucket or add to the tank with the fresh water.
- **Every change:** Condition all tap water, including small top-ups.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tap water conditioner:** Makes town water usable for fish.
- **Liquid formula:** Mixes quickly into the bucket or tank.
- **138 mL bottle:** Starter size for small aquariums.
- **Routine use:** For set-ups, water changes and top-ups.
- **Three-size range:** Step up to 500 mL or 2 L as needs grow.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AP6013
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Tap Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 138 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the bottle label
- **Storage:** Capped, upright, out of direct sunlight
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (AP6050); 2 L (AP6200)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### AQUA PLUS 6; Water conditioner 2L
Tap water conditioner for new set-ups and water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-plus-6-water-conditioner-2l/
- Price: $89.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP6200
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AP6200-1.jpg
Straight tap water carries chlorine, chloramine and trace heavy metals that are fine for people but hard on fish gills and slime coats. AQUA PLUS 6; Water Conditioner 2L (SKU: AP6200) is the 2 L bottle of Absolute's Aqua Plus 6 Total Protection conditioner, a liquid treatment added to tap water before or during a water change to neutralise chlorine and chloramine and to bind heavy metals so they are no longer available to stress fish. The label also describes it as forming a protective coating over scales, fins and the mucus layer, and as supporting probiotic growth in the aquarium, on top of its core role of making tap water safe to add. It is formulated for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, so the same bottle covers either system rather than needing a separate marine version.
The label's directions give two different rates depending on the job: for a new tank set-up, the dose is 20 mL per 200 L of water, treating the full volume before fish go in; for routine water changes, the lighter rate of 10 mL per 200 L is used on the fresh water being added. At those rates, a 2 L bottle covers roughly 20,000 L of new-tank treatment or roughly 40,000 L of ongoing water-change dosing, scaled down for a smaller tank in the same ratio. The label calls for shaking the bottle well before use, and states the formula is made in the USA. As with any conditioner, it should be measured by volume of water treated rather than by eye, and this 2 L bottle is the bulk size in the range alongside the smaller 138 mL (AP6013) and 500 mL (AP6050) bottles for lighter use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank set-up:** Treating the full volume of tap water before fish are introduced.
- **Routine water changes:** Conditioning fresh tap water each time it is added to the tank.
- **Freshwater or marine systems:** One formula for either water type.
- **Bulk use:** The 2 L size for larger tanks or frequent water changes across several systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **New set-up rate:** 20 mL per 200 L of water before the tank is stocked.
- **Water-change rate:** 10 mL per 200 L of fresh water added at each change.
- **Shake before use:** Shake the bottle well so the formula is evenly mixed.
- **Scale to tank size:** Adjust the dose proportionally for a smaller volume than 200 L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chlorine and chloramine removal:** Neutralises both from tap water in one dose.
- **Heavy metal binding:** Reduces the availability of heavy metals in treated water.
- **Slime coat support:** Label describes a protective coating effect on scales, fins and mucus.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** One formula for either water type.
- **Bulk 2 L bottle:** The largest size in the Aqua Plus 6 range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** AP6200
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Tap Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 2 L
- **Dose Rate:** New set-up 20 mL per 200 L; water changes 10 mL per 200 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 20,000 L at the set-up rate, or 40,000 L at the water-change rate
- **Other Sizes:** 138 mL (AP6013); 500 mL (AP6050)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### AQUA PLUS 6; Water conditioner 500ml
Mid-size water conditioner for regular water changes in community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/aqua-plus-6-water-conditioner-500ml/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP6050
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AP6050-1.jpg
Weekly water changes on a 100 to 300 litre tank use a lot of tap water over a year, and a starter bottle empties quickly. AQUA PLUS 6; Water conditioner 500ml (SKU: AP6050) is the 500 mL bottle of Absolute's Aqua Plus 6 liquid water conditioner, the middle of three sizes and roughly three and a half times the volume of the 138 mL bottle. It is added to tap water during set-up, water changes and top-ups to neutralise the chlorine or chloramine used to disinfect town water, which would otherwise damage fish gills and the beneficial bacteria in the filter. The 500 mL size suits keepers of one or two medium to large aquariums who change water every week or fortnight. It is a sensible size to keep in the cupboard next to the water-change bucket and siphon.
Work out the dose on the volume of water being replaced, not on the full tank, and use the rate given on the bottle label. A simple habit is to note the litres in your usual bucket and the matching dose, so each change is quick and consistent. Add the conditioner as the bucket fills, or straight into the aquarium as the new water goes in, and bring the new water close to tank temperature first. Chloramine, used in Sydney and other supplies, does not disappear by standing water overnight, so every litre of tap water should be treated. Store the bottle upright and capped, away from heat and sunlight. For fish rooms or very large systems, the 2 L bottle (AP6200) is the economical choice. Shake gently before use and replace the cap straight after dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** Treating replacement water for medium to large tanks.
- **Two-tank households:** One bottle serving a couple of aquariums.
- **Fresh set-ups:** Conditioning the first fill of a new tank.
- **After a filter clean:** Treating any tap water used during maintenance.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Use the label rate:** Measure the dose printed on the bottle.
- **Base it on new water:** Dose for the litres being changed.
- **Know your bucket:** Mark its volume and the matching dose for quick changes.
- **Temperature-match:** Bring new water close to tank temperature before adding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 mL bottle:** About 3.5 times the starter size.
- **Neutralises disinfectant:** For chlorinated or chloraminated tap water.
- **Liquid, fast-mixing:** Dose into a bucket or the tank.
- **Protects the filter:** Keeps beneficial bacteria safe from tap water.
- **Suits regular maintenance:** Sized for weekly or fortnightly changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AP6050
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Tap Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the bottle label
- **Storage:** Upright and capped, away from heat and sun
- **Other Sizes:** 138 mL (AP6013); 2 L (AP6200)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### AROWANA VITAMIN "Vital Energy" 138ml
Liquid vitamin supplement for arowana in a single-tank bottle.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/arowana-vitamin-vital-energy-138ml/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AV6013
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/AROWANAvitamin-1.jpg
An arowana can live for well over a decade on a narrow diet of pellets, sticks and frozen food, and over those years the gaps in that diet show up as dull scales, poor appetite and slow recovery from stress. AROWANA VITAMIN "Vital Energy" 138ml (SKU: AV6013) is Absolute's liquid vitamin supplement made for arowana and other large show fish, in its smallest 138 mL bottle. It is used alongside the normal diet to top up vitamins that fade in stored dry food and that a fish kept indoors cannot get from live prey. The 138 mL size suits a keeper with a single arowana or one large display who wants to add a supplement to the routine.
Vitamins in pellets and sticks break down from the day the packet is opened, especially in warm Australian summers, so a separate liquid supplement is a common way to make up the shortfall. Follow the label of this bottle for the dose, how often to use it, and whether it goes into the aquarium water or onto food; do not exceed it, since more is not better with fat-soluble vitamins. Times when keepers usually reach for a vitamin are after transport or a move, after a water-quality upset, when a fish is off its food, and during recovery from treatment, always alongside fixing the underlying cause. Shake the bottle before use, close it tightly, and store it cool and out of light, which degrades vitamins. Larger 500 mL (AV6050) and 2 L (AV6200) bottles are available. Record each dose with the date so the routine stays consistent.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single arowana tanks:** A compact bottle for one large display fish.
- **After transport:** Support for a newly arrived or relocated fish.
- **Poor appetite:** Alongside a check of water quality when a fish stops feeding.
- **Dry-food diets:** Topping up vitamins lost from stored pellets and sticks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle well before each dose.
- **Follow the label:** Use the stated dose and frequency, and do not overdose.
- **Fix the cause:** Test the water if a fish is off colour or off its food.
- **Store well:** Cap tightly and keep cool and away from light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for arowana:** A supplement aimed at large show fish.
- **Liquid vitamins:** Easy to measure and dose.
- **138 mL bottle:** Sized for one fish or one tank.
- **Diet support:** Complements pellets, sticks and frozen foods.
- **Range of sizes:** Moves up to 500 mL and 2 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AV6013
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Vitamin Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 138 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the bottle label
- **Ideal For:** Arowana and other large freshwater show fish
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (AV6050); 2 L (AV6200)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### AROWANA VITAMIN "Vital Energy" 2L
Bulk liquid vitamin supplement for fish rooms, breeders and shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/arowana-vitamin-vital-energy-2l/
- Price: $89.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AV6200
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/AROWANAvitamin-1.jpg
Holding systems full of imported arowana and other large fish see the most stress, the most moves and the most variable appetites, and they get through supplements by the litre. AROWANA VITAMIN "Vital Energy" 2L (SKU: AV6200) is the bulk 2 L container of Absolute's liquid vitamin supplement for arowana and large show fish, four times the 500 mL bottle and roughly fourteen times the 138 mL. It is used with the normal diet to replace vitamins lost from stored dry foods and missing from a captive menu. The 2 L size is meant for fish rooms, breeders, retail holding systems and keepers with a number of large aquariums, where small bottles would be bought over and over. Shops can also use it on holding tanks while customers decide on a fish.
Dosing follows the label on the container, which sets the amount, how often to give it, and whether it goes into the water or onto food; stick to it, because vitamins can be overdosed. In a multi-tank system it helps to work out the dose for each tank once and record it, so every tank receives the right amount on the same schedule. Supplements are commonly stepped up for newly imported or relocated fish, after a system upset, and while fish are coming back onto food, always with water quality checked first. With a large container the main concern is freshness: decant a working quantity into a small clean bottle if that suits the routine, keep the main container sealed, and store everything cool and dark. Shake before each use. Label any decanted bottle with the product name and date opened.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms:** Many large tanks supplemented on one schedule.
- **Retail holding:** Newly imported fish settling after shipping.
- **Breeders and growers:** Young arowana and other large species being grown on.
- **Big multi-tank homes:** Several monster fish with long-term supplement routines.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Use the label rate:** Dose as stated; never increase it.
- **Chart each tank:** Record the dose for each system volume once.
- **Decant a working bottle:** Keep the bulk container sealed between refills.
- **Store cool and dark:** Protect vitamins from heat and light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2 L bulk container:** Four times the 500 mL bottle.
- **Liquid vitamins:** Measured dosing across many tanks.
- **For large show fish:** Aimed at arowana and similar species.
- **Trade and fish-room size:** Fewer reorders for busy systems.
- **Supports dry-food diets:** Replaces vitamins lost in storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AV6200
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Vitamin Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 2 L
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the container label
- **Ideal For:** Fish rooms, breeders and holding systems with arowana and large fish
- **Other Sizes:** 138 mL (AV6013); 500 mL (AV6050)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### AROWANA VITAMIN "Vital Energy" 500ml
Mid-size vitamin supplement for arowana keepers with more than one fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/arowana-vitamin-vital-energy-500ml/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AV6050
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/AROWANAvitamin-1.jpg
Keepers with an arowana in the lounge and a second monster fish in the garage find the small bottle runs out between feeds. AROWANA VITAMIN "Vital Energy" 500ml (SKU: AV6050) is the 500 mL bottle of Absolute's liquid vitamin supplement for arowana, the middle of three sizes and holding about three and a half times as much as the 138 mL starter. It is used with the regular diet of pellets, sticks, prawns and frozen foods to make up the vitamins that dry foods lose in storage and that indoor fish cannot obtain from wild prey. The 500 mL size suits keepers running two or more large tanks, or a single large display dosed regularly over many months. It also gives a spare in reserve for a new fish arriving.
Arowana, stingrays, large catfish and big cichlids often eat a limited menu for years, so a regular supplement is a common part of their care. Dose strictly to the label on this bottle, which gives the amount, frequency and whether it is added to the water or to food; vitamins are not a case where extra helps. Keepers typically use a supplement more often after a new fish arrives, after a move or a power failure, and while a fish regains its appetite, with water testing and water changes as the first response to any change in behaviour. Shake well before each use. Because opened vitamins lose strength, keep the bottle sealed, cool and away from light, and use it within a sensible time. A 2 L bottle (AV6200) suits shops and fish rooms. A dosing log kept beside the tank helps when more than one person feeds the fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two or more large tanks:** One bottle across several monster fish.
- **Long-term routine:** Regular dosing over many months for one display.
- **New arrivals:** Support while a fish settles after transport.
- **Limited diets:** Fish eating mainly sticks, pellets or frozen prawn.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** Mix before measuring each dose.
- **Label dose only:** Keep to the stated rate and frequency.
- **Test the water:** Check parameters before blaming diet for poor colour or appetite.
- **Keep it fresh:** Store sealed, cool and dark once opened.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 mL bottle:** About 3.5 times the starter size.
- **Liquid vitamin supplement:** Measured dosing.
- **Arowana focus:** Aimed at arowana and other large show fish.
- **Multi-tank size:** Enough for keepers with several large fish.
- **Complements dry foods:** Makes up for vitamin losses in storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AV6050
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Vitamin Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As printed on the bottle label
- **Ideal For:** Arowana, stingrays, large catfish and cichlids
- **Other Sizes:** 138 mL (AV6013); 2 L (AV6200)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Absolute Plant Nutrition 280mL
Absolute Plant Nutrition 280mL - Liquid fertiliser for freshwater planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/absolute-plant-nutrition-280ml/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PLN028 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141000249
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Absolute-Plant-Nutrition-280mL.png
Absolute Plant Nutrition 280mL (SKU: PLN028) is an all-in-one comprehensive liquid fertiliser engineered to fuel healthy, lush growth in freshwater planted aquariums. Formulated with a balanced blend of bioavailable micro and macronutrients—including iron, potassium, magnesium, and essential trace minerals—it nourishes aquatic plants through their leaves and stems to prevent nutrient deficiencies.
Regular dosing encourages rich leaf pigmentation, strong root systems, and fast plant growth, allowing plants to outcompete unwanted algae for nutrients and maintaining a thriving underwater aquascape.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Plant Fertilisation:** Essential weekly or bi-weekly liquid nutrient supplement for all low, medium, and high-tech planted aquariums.
- **Correcting Deficiencies:** Ideal when aquatic plants exhibit pale leaves, yellowing, holes, or stunted growth.
- **Algae Prevention:** Helps maintain a healthy nutrient balance so live plants can outcompete algae.
**How to Use**
- Shake well before use.
- Dose 5 mL per 50 litres of aquarium water once or twice weekly, depending on plant density and lighting levels.
- Pour directly into an area with good water movement (e.g., near filter outflow) for rapid distribution.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-In-One Liquid Formula:** Delivers essential micro and macro nutrients in one easy-to-dose bottle.
- **Iron & Potassium Rich:** Promotes vibrant green and deep red foliage while encouraging strong stems.
- **Aquarium & Livestock Safe:** Safe for freshwater fish, dwarf shrimp, snails, and aquatic invertebrates when used as directed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** PLN028
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9334141000249
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Liquid Fertilisers
- **Volume:** 280 mL
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 330 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Planted Aquariums
---
#### Fish Right 60 caps
Beneficial bacteria capsules for biological support in freshwater and pond systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fish-right-60-caps/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CP003
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/CP003-1.jpg
Most of the work in keeping water safe is done by bacteria that live in the filter and gravel, and when that population is set back the fish feel it first. Fish Right 60 caps (SKU: CP003) is a pack of 60 capsules sold under the Absolute label as a biological water treatment, containing beneficial bacteria intended to help break down fish waste, leftover food and the ammonia they release. Capsules are a tidy way to dose bacteria: each one is a pre-measured portion, there is no bottle to shake or capful to measure, and a pack of 60 covers a long run of routine doses for a home aquarium or small pond.
The dose rate, the volume one capsule treats and whether the capsule is dropped in whole or opened are set by the directions on the pack, and those directions take priority over any general guide. As with all live bacterial products, timing matters. Bacteria need oxygen and a surface to settle on, so dose near the filter intake with the filter and aeration running. Antibiotics and many antibacterial or antifungal medications will kill beneficial bacteria, so this product should not be dosed during a medication course; restart once the treatment is finished and water has been changed or carbon has done its job. UV sterilisers should be switched off for a day or two after dosing, so the bacteria reach the filter and gravel before the light can kill them in the water column. Testing ammonia and nitrite over the following week shows whether the biofilter is keeping up. Bacteria supplements support the biofilter but do not replace testing, sensible stocking and regular partial water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquariums:** Supporting the biofilter while it establishes.
- **After a water change or filter clean:** Topping up bacteria lost during maintenance.
- **After medication:** Rebuilding the biofilter once treatment has finished.
- **Heavily stocked tanks and ponds:** Extra support where waste builds quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Follow the pack:** Dose, frequency and capsule handling as printed on the label.
- **Dose into flow:** Add near the filter intake with the filter and air running.
- **Not with medications:** Keep separate from antibiotics, antifungals and other antibacterial treatments.
- **UV off briefly:** Pause any UV steriliser for a day or two after dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Capsule format:** Pre-measured doses with nothing to pour.
- **60 capsules:** A long run of routine doses in one pack.
- **Beneficial bacteria:** Aimed at breaking down waste and ammonia.
- **Easy storage:** Compact capsules kept sealed in the pack.
- **Routine or recovery:** For start-up, maintenance and after disruption.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** CP003
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Bacteria Capsules
- **Contents:** 60 capsules
- **Dose Rate:** As directed on the pack
- **Compatibility:** Do not use with antibiotics or antibacterial medications
- **Storage:** Sealed, cool and dry, out of direct sun
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and ponds
---
#### Fish Right Conditioner 1200ml + 60 caps
Combined water conditioner and health supplement pack.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/fish-right-conditioner-1200ml-60-caps/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BC120
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/BC120-1.jpg
A water change and a stressed fish's immune system are two separate problems, and treating only the water leaves the fish to recover on its own. Fish Right Conditioner 1200ml + 60 caps (SKU: BC120) is a combination pack from Absolute pairing a 1,200 mL liquid water conditioner with 60 capsules of a separate health supplement, aimed at covering both sides of a water change at once. The liquid conditioner is added to tap water to neutralise chlorine, chloramine and heavy metals before it goes into the tank, and the label describes it as supporting the fish's natural slime coat while the water is being refreshed. The 60 capsules are a separate dosed supplement rather than part of the liquid formula, intended to give fish an additional boost of nutrients at times the keeper judges it useful, such as after a stressful event or during a course of treatment.
Because the capsules are supplied alongside, rather than mixed into, the liquid, they can be dosed independently of the water conditioner on whatever schedule suits the tank, which gives more flexibility than a single all-in-one bottle. The pack is described as suited to both freshwater and marine aquariums, with the liquid conditioner doing the immediate job of making new water safe and the capsules addressing fish health over a longer stretch. No specific capsule dose rate or exact composition is published for this product, so it should be dosed and introduced cautiously and the packaging checked for guidance before use, particularly for sensitive species or invertebrates. The 1,200 mL bottle is the larger size in the conditioner line, sized for ongoing use across regular water changes rather than a single top-up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine water changes:** Conditioning fresh tap water before it is added to the tank.
- **New tank set-ups:** Treating the full volume of water before fish are introduced.
- **Supporting stressed fish:** Using the capsules alongside water changes after a stressful event.
- **Freshwater or marine tanks:** One pack suited to either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose the liquid with each water change:** Add the conditioner to new tap water before it enters the tank.
- **Check the label first:** Follow the printed directions on the bottle for the exact liquid dose rate.
- **Dose capsules separately:** Use the capsules on their own schedule rather than mixing them into the liquid.
- **Introduce cautiously with invertebrates:** Check the label before dosing tanks holding shrimp or snails.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-part pack:** A liquid conditioner plus 60 separately dosed capsules.
- **Chlorine and heavy metal removal:** The liquid neutralises both in tap water.
- **Slime coat support:** Label describes a protective effect on the fish's natural coat.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Suited to either water type.
- **Bulk 1,200 mL bottle:** Sized for ongoing, regular water-change use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** BC120
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Conditioner + Supplement Pack
- **Net Volume:** 1,200 mL liquid conditioner
- **Contents:** 60 health-support capsules, dosed separately from the liquid
- **Dose Rate:** Per the directions printed on the bottle; not separately published
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Absolute — Air Pump
#### "A/Pump; 320L/hr, 4W"
Compact 4 W air pump for airstones and sponge filters in home aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/a-pump-320l-hr-4w/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APL4000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141008313
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/APL4000-1.jpg
Still water at night, a sponge filter that needs a lift, or a tank full of fish gasping at the surface all come down to the same fix: more air moving through the water. "A/Pump; 320L/hr, 4W" (SKU: APL4000) is the smaller of the two electric air pumps Absolute sells under its own name, rated at 320 litres of air per hour on a 4 W motor. It sits outside the tank and pushes air down airline tubing to an airstone, a sponge filter, a bubble ornament or an undergravel uplift, where rising bubbles stir the surface and drive gas exchange. At about 5.3 L of air per minute it has the output for a single home aquarium or a couple of small tanks on one line.
The figures in the name are the two that matter when choosing an air pump: rated output and power draw. Rated output is measured with no resistance, so the real volume of air falls as the outlet works deeper in the water column, through a fine airstone or along a long run of tubing; a pump of this size is most at home on tanks of ordinary depth. Running cost is low, since 4 W around the clock is under 0.1 kWh a day. Like every diaphragm air pump it must not get wet, and it belongs above the water line or behind a check valve. The 640 L/h, 8 W model (APL8000) doubles the output for deeper tanks or more outlets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge filters:** Drives an air-lift sponge filter in a fry, shrimp or quarantine tank.
- **Surface agitation:** An airstone breaks the surface and lifts oxygen in warm weather.
- **Medication courses:** Extra aeration while treatments lower dissolved oxygen.
- **Power cuts and back-up:** A small pump that keeps water moving when the main filter is out.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place it high:** Stand the pump on a shelf or cabinet top above the water level.
- **Fit a check valve:** Put a non-return valve in the airline if the pump must sit lower than the tank.
- **Run the airline:** Push standard airline tubing onto the outlet and lead it to the airstone or sponge filter.
- **Trim the flow:** Use an airline control valve to tame the bubbles in a small tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **320 L/h output:** Around 5.3 L of air per minute for one or two small tanks.
- **4 W motor:** Low running cost for an accessory left on day and night.
- **Outside-the-tank design:** No heat or electrics in the water.
- **Standard airline fitting:** Works with common airstones, sponge filters and ornaments.
- **Entry size of a pair:** Half the output and power of the 8 W model.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** APL4000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141008313
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Electric Diaphragm Air Pump
- **Rated Air Output:** 320 L/h (about 5.3 L/min)
- **Power:** 4 W
- **Daily Energy Use:** About 0.1 kWh running continuously
- **Installation:** Above water level, or below it only with a check valve
- **Other Sizes:** "A/Pump; 640L/hr, 8W" (APL8000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### "A/Pump; 640L/hr, 8W"
Higher-output 8 W air pump for larger tanks, deep water and several air lines.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/a-pump-640l-hr-8w/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APL8000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141008320
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Group-119-1.png
A bigger tank, a deeper airstone or a rack of sponge filters each ask more of an air pump than a small unit can give, and the bubbles fade at the far end of the line. "A/Pump; 640L/hr, 8W" (SKU: APL8000) is the larger Absolute air pump, rated at 640 litres of air per hour from an 8 W motor, twice the output of the 4 W model. It sits outside the aquarium and drives air through airline tubing to airstones, air curtains, sponge filters or decorations, so the rising column of bubbles turns the water over and refreshes the surface where oxygen enters. At around 10.7 L of air per minute it suits a large display, a pond-style tub or several tanks run from a manifold.
Air pumps are rated with open outlets, and output falls as water depth, airstone resistance and tubing length rise, which is where the extra capacity of this model earns its keep: it keeps a strong flow at depth or when split several ways. The 8 W draw works out to roughly 0.19 kWh a day if left running continuously. The pump is not submersible and must stay dry; if it ever falls into water, switch off at the wall before touching it. Place it above the water line, or fit a check valve so water cannot siphon back down the airline when the power goes off. Diaphragms wear with time, and a drop in output on an older pump is the usual sign.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Strong aeration in tanks where a small pump barely reaches the bottom.
- **Multiple outlets:** One pump feeding several airstones or sponge filters through a gang valve.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Runs a row of fry and grow-out tanks from one line.
- **Hot weather:** Extra gas exchange when warm water holds less oxygen.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Keep it dry and high:** Set the pump on a stable surface above the aquarium water level.
- **Add check valves:** Fit one per line wherever the pump sits at or below the water level.
- **Split the air:** Use a gang valve or manifold to share output across several lines and balance them.
- **Disconnect safely:** Pull the airline off before unplugging to stop any back-siphon.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **640 L/h output:** About 10.7 L of air per minute.
- **8 W motor:** Double the output of the 4 W pump for twice the power.
- **Holds up at depth:** Spare capacity for tall tanks and fine airstones.
- **Splits well:** Enough air to share between several airstones or filters.
- **Dry-side installation:** No electrical parts inside the aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** APL8000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141008320
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Electric Diaphragm Air Pump
- **Rated Air Output:** 640 L/h (about 10.7 L/min)
- **Power:** 8 W
- **Daily Energy Use:** About 0.19 kWh running continuously
- **Water Safety:** Not submersible; install above water level or use check valves
- **Other Sizes:** "A/Pump; 320L/hr, 4W" (APL4000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Air plus air pump
Diaphragm air pump for aquarium aeration and sponge filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/air-plus-air-pump/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APL1000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141008283
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/APL1000-1.jpg
A sponge filter or an air stone is only as good as the pump pushing air through it, and a weak or noisy pump undoes the point of running one at all. Air Plus Air Pump (SKU: APL1000) is Absolute's entry-level diaphragm air pump, built to sit outside the aquarium on a bench or shelf and feed air down a length of airline tubing to whatever is on the other end, whether that is an air stone, a sponge filter or an air-driven ornament. It works by vibrating an internal rubber diaphragm rather than spinning an impeller, which is the standard way small aquarium air pumps are built, and it is sized for everyday aeration duty on a single aquarium rather than for driving several outlets or a large system at once.
Airflow from the pump moves oxygen into the water at the surface and, when run through a sponge filter, also drives the water circulation that pulls waste through the sponge and keeps the biological media oxygenated. Because the pump sits above the waterline, a one-way check valve on the airline between the pump and the tank is good practice to stop water siphoning back into the pump if power is lost, though this is a general precaution for any air pump rather than a feature specific to this one. Rubber feet under the housing help keep vibration and noise down when it is sitting on a hard surface, and the outlet is sized for standard aquarium airline tubing. It suits freshwater and marine tanks equally, since it only ever moves air rather than touching tank water directly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge filters:** Supplying the airflow that drives water through the sponge and oxygenates the media.
- **Air stones and diffusers:** Adding surface agitation and oxygenation to a single aquarium.
- **Breeding and fry tanks:** Gentle aeration where a powered filter would create too much current.
- **Backup aeration during a power outage:** Battery-adapted or hand-operated use alongside mains power as a precaution.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Position above the waterline:** Stand the pump on a shelf or bench higher than the tank's water level.
- **Fit a check valve:** Install a one-way valve in the airline to stop back-siphoning if power cuts out.
- **Connect the airline:** Run standard airline tubing from the pump outlet to the air stone or sponge filter.
- **Check output regularly:** A reduced bubble rate usually means the diaphragm needs servicing or replacing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Diaphragm pump design:** Standard, reliable mechanism for small to medium aquarium aeration.
- **Drives sponge filters:** Supplies the airflow that powers water movement through sponge filtration.
- **Quiet operation:** Rubber feet reduce vibration noise on a hard surface.
- **Standard airline fitting:** Connects to ordinary aquarium airline tubing and fittings.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Moves air only, so it suits either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** APL1000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141008283
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Aquarium Air Pump
- **Mechanism:** Diaphragm air pump
- **Mounting:** Sits outside the tank, above the waterline
- **Use:** Air stones, sponge filters and air-driven ornaments
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Absolute — Maintenance
#### "Self start aqua vac, L 46cm"
Self-priming siphon for gravel vacuuming and water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/self-start-aqua-vac-l-46cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AS001 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6944914917167
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AS001-1.jpg
Starting a gravel siphon by sucking on the end of a hose is the part of a water change most people would rather skip. "Self start aqua vac, L 46cm" (SKU: AS001) is Absolute's self-priming gravel vacuum, a 46 cm rigid tube joined to a length of hose that starts drawing water once the tube is submerged and worked with a pumping or shaking motion, so there is no need to prime it by mouth. It runs on gravity alone, with no pump, battery or power point required, and is sized as the longer "L" option in the line for reaching comfortably into a mid-size to larger tank without an arm going in past the elbow. The tube end is open enough to lift light debris and waste from the top of the substrate while leaving the gravel itself behind.
In use, the tube is pushed a short way into the gravel while the hose runs down to a bucket positioned below the level of the tank, and the siphon continues to pull water and debris through as long as the tube stays submerged and the hose outlet stays lower than the water surface. Lifting the tube clear of the gravel, or out of the water, breaks the siphon and stops the flow, which makes it straightforward to pause and reposition between sections of substrate. Because the only moving part is the water itself, there is nothing to clean beyond rinsing the tube and hose after use, and no motor or seals to wear out over time. The 46 cm length suits tanks where the operator is working from the side or top rather than reaching across a shallow footprint; a shorter tube is a better fit for small or nano tanks, and this longer size is intended for everyday community and cichlid aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** Draining old water while lifting waste off the substrate in one pass.
- **Gravel and coarse sand cleaning:** Working waste up and out of the substrate without disturbing the whole bed.
- **Mid-size to large tanks:** The 46 cm tube reaches the substrate without a full arm's-length reach.
- **No power available:** A gravity siphon where running a pump or battery unit is not practical.
**How to Use**
- **Position the bucket low:** Set it on the floor, below the level of the aquarium water.
- **Submerge and start the flow:** Push the tube fully under water and pump or shake it to begin the siphon.
- **Work the substrate:** Push the tube a short way into the gravel so waste lifts while the gravel settles back.
- **Lift to pause:** Clear the tube from the water or gravel to stop the flow, then resubmerge to continue.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Self-starting siphon:** Begins drawing water once submerged and pumped; no mouth-priming.
- **No power needed:** Runs on gravity siphon action alone.
- **46 cm tube:** The longer "L" size for reaching into mid-size and larger tanks.
- **Simple rinse-clean:** No motor, seals or batteries to maintain.
- **Gravel-safe design:** Lifts waste from the substrate without pulling gravel into the hose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** AS001
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6944914917167
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Vacuum / Siphon
- **Tube Length:** 46 cm ("L" size)
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon, self-priming once submerged
- **Use:** Water changes and gravel/substrate cleaning
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aquarium gravel cleaner 7.5cm
Absolute Aquarium Gravel Cleaner 7.5cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/aquarium-gravel-cleaner-7-5cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AS002 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6944914917174
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Absolute-Aquarium-Gravel-Cleaner-7.5cm-_-SKU-AS002.png
The Absolute Aquarium Gravel Cleaner 7.5cm (SKU: AS002) is a compact, user-friendly aquarium siphon vacuum designed for efficient substrate cleaning and routine water changes in small to medium aquariums. Equipped with a 7.5cm vacuum cylinder head, it effectively agitates and extracts fish waste, uneaten food, and organic detritus trapped within sand or gravel beds without sucking up heavy substrate.
Constructed from durable, non-toxic, aquatic-safe materials, this lightweight cleaner features a built-in siphon mechanism to easily initiate water flow into a bucket. It is particularly well-suited for nano tanks, desktop aquariums, and tight spaces around dense aquascaping hardscape, keeping your substrate clean while maintaining crystal-clear water quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** Use during weekly or bi-weekly maintenance to remove dirty water while vacuuming substrate.
- **Substrate Maintenance:** Apply whenever fish waste, organic detritus, or food particles settle into gravel or sand.
- **Nano & Small Tank Care:** Ideal for small-to-medium aquariums where larger siphon tubes are too bulky to maneuver around plants and hardscape.
**How to Use**
- Position a clean bucket below the level of the aquarium to allow gravity-fed water flow.
- Submerge the 7.5cm vacuum head inside the tank water along with the intake end of the hose.
- Initiate water flow using the built-in manual squeeze pump until water flows steadily into the bucket.
- Press the vacuum head gently into the gravel or sand bed to lift organic waste, moving systematically across the tank.
- Stop siphoning once the target water change volume (typically 10% to 20%) is reached.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **7.5cm Compact Vacuum Head:** Agitates substrate effectively to lift light debris while leaving heavy gravel behind.
- **Manual Siphon Starter:** Enables simple, mess-free water flow initiation without requiring mouth suction.
- **Maneuverable Design:** Sized for precise navigation around aquatic plants, rockwork, and driftwood.
- **Aquarium Safe Materials:** Manufactured from inert, high-grade plastic suitable for all freshwater and marine setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** AS002
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Gravel Cleaners & Siphons
- **Vacuum Head Diameter:** 7.5 cm (75 mm)
- **Package Dimensions:** 275 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 99 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 330 g
- **Target Environment:** Small to Medium Freshwater & Marine Aquariums
---
#### Double Function Cleaner 30cm
Absolute Double Function Siphon & Gravel Cleaner 30cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/double-function-cleaner-30cm/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AS003
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Double-Function-Cleaner-30cm.png
The Absolute Double Function Cleaner 30cm (SKU: AS003) is a dual-purpose aquarium gravel vacuum and water changer designed to streamline routine tank maintenance. Featuring a 30cm rigid intake tube with an exclusive elliptical head design, it efficiently extracts trapped fish waste, uneaten food, and debris from gravel or sand beds while siphoning out dirty aquarium water.
By combining sand/gravel washing with water changing into a single operation, this siphon cleaner prevents toxic organic buildup in the substrate without sucking up or disturbing beneficial gravel beds. Constructed from durable, non-toxic materials, it is suitable for medium to large aquariums (60 Litres and above).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** Use during weekly or bi-weekly 10% to 25% water changes to remove waste while drawing down water levels.
- **Substrate Maintenance:** Apply whenever detritus, fish waste, or organic debris settles into gravel or sand beds.
- **Preventing Gas Pockets:** Siphon deep sand beds regularly to prevent anaerobic toxic gas pockets from forming.
**How to Use**
- Place a clean bucket below the level of the aquarium to allow gravity flow.
- Insert the 30cm elliptical head into the aquarium water and submerge the siphon tube.
- Initiate water flow using the built-in manual squeeze pump/siphon mechanism until water flows into the bucket.
- Press the elliptical head gently into the gravel or sand bed; watch waste lift into the tube while heavier substrate settles back down.
- Move the vacuum systematically across the substrate until the desired water volume is drained.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Cleaning:** Washes substrate and executes water changes in one fluid operation.
- **Exclusive Elliptical Head:** Oval tube profile maximises coverage and waste agitation over flat gravel surfaces.
- **30cm Rigid Intake:** Length allows easy access to mid-depth and deep aquarium beds without submerging hands.
- **Substrate Retention:** Engineered suction velocity lifts lightweight detritus while leaving heavy gravel behind.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** AS003
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Gravel Cleaners & Siphons
- **Intake Tube Length:** 300 mm (30 cm)
- **Dimensions (Package):** 350 mm (L) × 80 mm (B) × 120 mm (D)
- **Gross Weight:** 450 g
- **Recommended Tank Volume:** Suitable for tanks 60L and larger
---
#### Double Function Cleaner 65cm
Long-handled two-in-one glass cleaner for deeper aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/double-function-cleaner-65cm/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AS004 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6944914917198
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/download-1.png
Algae on the lower glass of a tall tank is hard to reach with a magnet cleaner snagged on the gravel or a short pad held at arm's length. Double Function Cleaner 65cm (SKU: AS004) is the long version of the Absolute Double Function Cleaner, a hand-held aquarium cleaner on a long handle with two cleaning functions in one head, so the same tool can deal with soft film and firmer growth on the glass. The extra length is the reason to choose this size: it keeps the hand above the water while the head works down to the substrate line of deeper aquariums, so there is no need to roll up a sleeve and push an arm into the tank.
A long-reach cleaner suits tanks of around 45 to 60 cm tall, such as standard three-foot and four-foot aquariums, and makes routine glass cleaning a quick job before a water change. Working from the top down and finishing with the water change lets the siphon collect the algae that drifts off the glass. Around the base of the panels, keep the head clear of gravel and sand, because a trapped grain dragged across the glass is the most common cause of scratches; this matters most on acrylic. Rinse the head in tank water or fresh water after use and let it dry, and keep it for aquarium use only, away from household cleaners and soaps that can harm fish. For smaller tanks the 30 cm version (AS003) is easier to handle. A long handle also helps in tanks with tall plants or rockwork near the glass, where the head can be steered between them without uprooting anything.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tall tanks:** Reaching the lower glass of 45 to 60 cm deep aquariums.
- **Weekly maintenance:** Clearing film algae before a water change.
- **Firmer spots:** Using the second function on growth a soft pad will not shift.
- **Keeping arms dry:** Cleaning without reaching into the tank.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Top to bottom:** Clean down the glass so loosened algae settles for the siphon.
- **Mind the substrate line:** Stop short of the gravel to avoid dragging grit across the panel.
- **Light pressure on seams:** Work gently along silicone joints.
- **Rinse after use:** Clean the head and let it dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two functions in one:** Two cleaning actions on the same tool.
- **Long handle:** The 65 cm size for deep aquariums.
- **Hand stays dry:** No need to reach into the water.
- **Fast routine cleaning:** Suits a quick wipe before each water change.
- **Two sizes:** A 30 cm version for smaller tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** AS004
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6944914917198
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Glass Cleaner
- **Length:** 65 cm (as named)
- **Function:** Two-in-one hand-held glass cleaner
- **Suggested Tank Height:** About 45–60 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Double Function Cleaner 30 cm (AS003)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Absolute — Freshwater aquarium
#### "Cube tank 12x12x12"" 5mm" : Special
30 cm glass cube for nano aquascapes, shrimp and betta set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/cube-tank-12x12x12-5mm-special/
- Price: $60.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: C12
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/images-1-e1783682719972.jpg
A cube looks the same from three sides and fits on a desk, a kitchen bench or a bookshelf where a long tank never would. "Cube tank 12x12x12"" 5mm" : Special (SKU: C12) is a 12-inch glass cube, about 30.5 cm along each edge, built from 5 mm glass and sold by Absolute as a bare tank on special. Its gross volume works out at roughly 28 litres, a nano size that suits a planted aquascape, a colony of cherry or Caridina shrimp, a single betta or a small group of nano fish. It comes as the glass box only, so the filter, light, heater and lid are chosen to suit what goes inside.
The square footprint is what sets this size apart: a 30 cm cube takes up less than a sheet of A3 paper yet gives fish and plants the full 30 cm of depth front to back, which helps an aquascape show layers and perspective. Once filled with substrate, rock and water it weighs in the region of 35 to 40 kg, so it needs a level, solid surface rated for that load rather than a light shelf. Nano tanks of this size respond quickly to overfeeding and warm rooms, so a small hang-on or sponge filter and a regular weekly water change of 20 to 30 per cent keep conditions steady. The larger 14-inch cube (C14) gives about 60 per cent more water for a busier community.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquascapes:** Iwagumi and nature layouts that need depth in a small footprint.
- **Shrimp colonies:** A stable, planted home for Neocaridina or Caridina.
- **Betta and nano fish:** One betta, or a small school of rasboras or tetras.
- **Desk and office tanks:** Fits where a 60 cm tank cannot.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the spot:** A level, rigid surface away from direct sun and heaters.
- **Add a mat:** A thin foam or rubber mat under the base evens out small surface flaws.
- **Leak test first:** Fill with water for a day before adding substrate and plants.
- **Equip for nano:** Add a small filter, heater for tropicals, light and a cover glass if fish jump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12-inch cube:** About 30.5 cm on every side.
- **5 mm glass:** Clear glass panels on all sides.
- **About 28 L gross:** A true nano volume for shrimp, bettas and aquascapes.
- **Three-sided viewing:** Looks finished from the front and both ends.
- **Tank only:** Free choice of filter, light and heater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** C12
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Cube Tank
- **Dimensions:** 12 × 12 × 12 in (about 30.5 × 30.5 × 30.5 cm)
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Gross Volume:** About 28 L
- **Filled Weight:** Roughly 35–40 kg with substrate and water (estimate)
- **Included:** Glass tank only
- **Other Sizes:** "Cube tank 14x14x14"" 5mm" : Special (C14)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano, shrimp and planted aquariums
---
#### "Cube tank 14x14x14"" 5mm" : Special
36 cm glass cube with room for a small community or a fuller aquascape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/cube-tank-14x14x14-5mm-special/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: C14
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Cube-1-600x600-1.jpg
A step up from the smallest nano cubes gives more stable water and more room for hardscape without taking over the room. "Cube tank 14x14x14"" 5mm" : Special (SKU: C14) is a 14-inch glass cube, about 35.6 cm on each edge, made from 5 mm glass and offered by Absolute as a bare tank on special. The gross volume is roughly 45 litres, enough for a small community of nano fish with shrimp and snails, a planted layout with a proper foreground, midground and background, or a single centrepiece fish such as a betta or a pair of dwarf cichlids. It is supplied as the glass tank alone, ready to be fitted out with the equipment of your choice.
Extra volume is the main reason to choose this cube over the 12-inch size (C12): about 60 per cent more water dilutes waste and slows temperature swings, which makes the tank more forgiving for a first planted set-up. The 35.6 cm depth front to back suits a sloped substrate and tall stem plants at the rear. Full of water, substrate and rock it weighs roughly 55 to 60 kg, so a purpose-built stand or a solid cabinet is the right base rather than a bookcase. A filter rated for around 200 L/h, a 50 W heater for tropical species and a light sized for a 35 cm span are typical choices for this volume.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community tanks:** A school of small tetras or rasboras with shrimp and snails.
- **Fuller aquascapes:** Space for layered planting and larger stones or wood.
- **Step-up from nano:** More water for more stability than a 30 cm cube.
- **Feature displays:** A cube that reads well from the front and both sides.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a strong base:** A level stand or cabinet rated well above 60 kg.
- **Cushion the glass:** Lay a thin mat under the tank to spread the load.
- **Test before scaping:** Fill and leave for 24 hours to check for leaks.
- **Fit out to suit:** Add filter, heater, light and cover glass sized for about 45 L.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **14-inch cube:** Around 35.6 cm high, wide and deep.
- **About 45 L gross:** Roughly 60 per cent more water than the 12-inch cube.
- **5 mm glass:** Clear panels for viewing from three sides.
- **Deep footprint:** Room for sloped substrate and layered planting.
- **Bare tank:** Equipment chosen to suit the livestock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** C14
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Cube Tank
- **Dimensions:** 14 × 14 × 14 in (about 35.6 × 35.6 × 35.6 cm)
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Gross Volume:** About 45 L
- **Filled Weight:** Roughly 55–60 kg with substrate and water (estimate)
- **Included:** Glass tank only
- **Other Sizes:** "Cube tank 12x12x12"" 5mm" : Special (C12)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community, shrimp and planted aquariums
---
#### 45 DEGREE 460x250x270 opti clear sliding lid and mat
Mitred-joint rectangular glass aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/45-degree-460x250x270-opti-clear-sliding-lid-and-mat/
- Price: $85.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: T30s4
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/T30s4.jpg
A square-cut aquarium shows its silicone joints from every angle, while a mitred glass edge lets the corner itself disappear into the view. 45 Degree 460x250x270 Opti Clear sliding lid and mat (SKU: T30s4) is a rectangular glass aquarium built with 45-degree mitred corner joints rather than the usual square butt joints, so the vertical edges of the tank read as a clean line rather than a visible bead of silicone. It measures 460 x 250 x 270 mm (46 x 25 x 27 cm) and is made from optically clear glass with clear silicone throughout, rather than the standard black sealant most aquariums use, which keeps the mitred corners as unobtrusive as the rest of the glasswork. A sliding glass lid and a rubber base mat are included, covering evaporation control and surface protection for the stand or cabinet underneath.
The tank is supplied with a two-panel sliding lid rather than a single hinged cover, which allows one side to be opened for feeding or maintenance while the other stays in place to limit evaporation and keep dust and jumping fish contained. The included rubber mat sits between the tank and its stand to spread the load evenly and protect both surfaces from small grit or an uneven cabinet top. At this footprint, the tank suits a nano to small community set-up, a planted aquascape, or a shrimp or betta display where the mitred glass corners are a visible part of the presentation rather than hidden behind a stand or background. Glass thickness and exact weight once filled are not independently confirmed beyond the supplier's listing, so the stand should be rated generously before the tank is filled.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Display aquascapes:** Mitred corners suit a tank meant to be viewed from multiple sides.
- **Nano and small community tanks:** A 46 x 25 x 27 cm footprint for modest fish or shrimp.
- **Planted set-ups:** Clear silicone and mitred joints keep the hardscape the visual focus.
- **Tight spaces:** A compact footprint that still allows aquascaping depth.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place the mat first:** Set the rubber mat on a level, rated stand before positioning the tank.
- **Lower the tank onto the mat:** Centre it so the mat sits evenly under the full base.
- **Fit the sliding lid:** Slot both lid panels into their rails before filling with water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run filtration for several weeks before introducing fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **45-degree mitred joints:** Corner glass edges rather than visible square silicone seams.
- **Clear silicone throughout:** Keeps every joint, including the mitres, unobtrusive.
- **460 x 250 x 270 mm footprint:** A compact size for nano and small community set-ups.
- **Two-panel sliding lid:** Partial access for feeding without removing the full cover.
- **Rubber base mat included:** Protects the stand and spreads the tank's load evenly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** T30s4
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Mitred-Joint Glass Aquarium
- **Dimensions:** 460 x 250 x 270 mm (46 x 25 x 27 cm)
- **Glass:** Optically clear, 45-degree mitred corners, clear silicone
- **Included:** Sliding glass lid (two panels), rubber base mat
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### 45 DEGREE ultra clear 40x40x40, lid and rubber mat
Ultra clear 40 cm cube with lid for nano aquascapes and shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/45-degree-ultra-clear-40x40x40-lid-and-rubber-mat/
- Price: $164.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 45PF60L
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/45PF60-1.jpg
A cube is the shape aquascapers reach for when they want depth from every side, and the glass has to be clear enough to show it. 45 DEGREE ultra clear 40x40x40, lid and rubber mat (SKU: 45PF60L) is a 40 cm cube aquarium in ultra clear glass from the Absolute 45 DEGREE range, supplied with a lid and a rubber mat. The 45 DEGREE name refers to the angled edge joins, where the glass panels meet at mitred edges so the corners read as a clean line rather than a visible glass edge. Ultra clear glass is made with less iron than standard float glass, so it lacks the green tint seen at the edges of ordinary tanks and shows plants and fish in truer colour.
Measured on the outside, 40 × 40 × 40 cm gives a gross volume of 64 L, and once substrate and the gap below the lid are allowed for the working volume is nearer 50 to 55 L. That is a comfortable size for a planted nano, a shrimp colony, a betta with tank mates or a small group of nano fish, and the cube footprint suits a desk, bench or narrow cabinet. The included lid helps limit evaporation and stops jumpers such as some rasboras and shrimp leaving the tank. Full, the water weighs about 55 to 64 kg before substrate and rock, so place the tank on a surface built to take that weight. The rubber mat sits under the base to cushion it. The larger 45 × 45 × 45 cm version (45PF90L) gives about 91 L gross.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquascapes:** A cube viewed from the front and sides, suited to Iwagumi and jungle styles.
- **Shrimp tanks:** A stable volume for cherry or Caridina colonies with the lid fitted.
- **Betta and nano community:** Space for a betta with small, peaceful companions.
- **Desk and bench displays:** A 40 cm square footprint for limited space.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a strong, level surface:** Allow for around 70 kg once filled and scaped.
- **Mat first:** Lay the rubber mat flat and centre the tank on it.
- **Clean without abrasives:** Wipe the glass with water only so the clear panels are not scratched.
- **Leak test before scaping:** Fill with water overnight, then drain and build the scape.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra clear glass:** Low tint for true colour viewing from all sides.
- **Mitred 45-degree edges:** Clean corner lines for a display tank look.
- **40 cm cube:** About 64 L gross in a compact square footprint.
- **Lid included:** Reduces evaporation and keeps jumpers in.
- **Rubber mat included:** Cushions the base glass on the stand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** 45PF60L
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Ultra Clear Cube Aquarium
- **Dimensions:** 40 × 40 × 40 cm
- **Gross Volume:** About 64 L (calculated from outside dimensions)
- **Glass:** Ultra clear, 45-degree edge joins
- **Included:** Tank, lid and rubber mat
- **Other Sizes:** 45 DEGREE ultra clear 45 × 45 × 45 cm (45PF90L)
- **Target Environment:** Planted, shrimp and nano freshwater aquariums
---
#### 45 DEGREE ultra clear 45x45x45, lid and rubber mat
Mitred-corner cube aquarium for aquascaping.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/45-degree-ultra-clear-45x45x45-lid-and-rubber-mat/
- Price: $219.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 45PF90L
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/45PF60-600x600-1.jpg
A cube aquarium is judged from every side at once, so a visible silicone corner on a 45 x 45 x 45 cm tank is far harder to look past than on a long display tank. 45 Degree Ultra Clear 45x45x45, lid and rubber mat (SKU: 45PF90L) is a cube-format aquarium built with 45-degree mitred glass joints at the corners, giving a cleaner edge than a standard square-cut tank, made from ultra-clear glass for a brighter, less green-tinted view through the panes than ordinary float glass. Measuring 45 x 45 x 45 cm, it is sized for aquascaping and nano-to-small community displays where the cube format and clear corners are part of the presentation. A matching glass lid and a rubber base mat are included, covering evaporation control and stand protection without needing to be bought separately.
The glass lid sits over the open top to slow evaporation and keep dust and jumping fish out while still allowing light through to any plants in the layout, and the rubber mat goes between the tank and its stand to spread the filled weight evenly and cushion against small grit or an uneven surface. At 45 x 45 x 45 cm the cube holds roughly 91 L before substrate and hardscape, a size commonly used for Iwagumi-style rockscapes, driftwood layouts or a planted shrimp display where every side of the tank is on view. The range also includes a smaller 40 x 40 x 40 cm cube (45PF60L) with the same mitred-joint and ultra-clear glass construction and the same lid-and-mat inclusions, for a tighter footprint. Exact glass thickness and filled weight are not independently published, so the stand underneath should be rated generously.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cube aquascaping:** A 45 x 45 x 45 cm format suited to Iwagumi and driftwood layouts.
- **All-sides display:** Mitred corners keep the glass edges clean from every viewing angle.
- **Planted shrimp tanks:** A compact cube with room for a full hardscape and planting.
- **Tight footprints:** A cube shape that uses less bench or shelf depth than a long tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place the mat first:** Set the rubber mat on a level, rated stand before positioning the tank.
- **Lower the cube onto the mat:** Centre it so the mat sits evenly under the full base.
- **Fit the glass lid:** Rest it over the open top once the layout and water are in place.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run filtration for several weeks before introducing fish or shrimp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **45-degree mitred joints:** Clean corner edges rather than visible square silicone seams.
- **Ultra-clear glass:** Brighter, less tinted viewing than standard float glass.
- **45 x 45 x 45 cm cube:** Roughly 91 L before substrate and hardscape.
- **Glass lid included:** Slows evaporation while letting light through to plants.
- **Rubber base mat included:** Protects the stand and spreads the tank's load evenly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** 45PF90L
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > 45-Degree Cube Aquarium
- **Dimensions:** 45 x 45 x 45 cm
- **Approximate Volume:** About 91 L (before substrate and hardscape)
- **Glass:** Ultra-clear, 45-degree mitred corners
- **Included:** Glass lid, rubber base mat
- **Other Sizes:** 40 x 40 x 40 cm (45PF60L)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### 45DEGREE ultra clear 610x305x360 lid, rubber mat
Absolute 45 Degree Ultra Clear Glass Aquarium 61cm (67L) /610 x 305 x 360 - Includes Lid & Mat.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=7422
- Price: $137.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: T65S4
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Absolute-45-Degree-Ultra-Clear-Glass-Aquarium-61cm-67L-610-x-305-x-360mm-Includes-Lid-Mat-SKU-T65S4-Image-1.png
The Absolute 45 Degree Ultra Clear Glass Aquarium 61cm (SKU: T65S4) is a premium rimless tank engineered with 45-degree mitered glass joints for a seamless, ultra-modern visual display. Crafted from high-clarity low-iron glass, it eliminates the green tint found in standard float glass tanks to deliver maximum transparency and true-to-life colour rendering for aquatic plants, hardscape, and fish.
This 67-litre aquarium comes complete with a custom-fit glass lid with mounting clips to reduce evaporation and prevent fish from jumping out, as well as a high-density rubber levelling mat to ensure weight distribution and surface protection for the bottom panel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-End Aquascaping:** Ideal for nature aquariums, Iwagumi layouts, and heavily planted displays where clean corner joins and high optical clarity are required.
- **Community & Planted Aquariums:** A versatile size for medium freshwater setups, shrimp colonies, or planted community aquariums.
- **Jumper Protection:** Suitable for active fish species prone to leaping, thanks to the included glass cover lid.
**How to Use**
- Unbox the tank carefully and place the included protective rubber mat on a flat, sturdy, and level surface.
- Position the aquarium directly on top of the rubber mat to absorb surface imperfections and equalise weight across the bottom glass panel.
- Ensure supporting furniture is rated to safely hold a static weight of at least 80 kg once substrate, decor, and water are added.
- Install the glass lid clips along the upper rim and place the glass cover lid on top.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **45° Mitered Edge Construction:** Seamless 45-degree mitered corner joints offer clean glass-to-glass alignment and structural strength.
- **Ultra-Clear Low-Iron Glass:** Maximises light transmission and visual clarity without colour distortion.
- **Complete Setup Package:** Includes a custom glass cover lid with mounting clips and a heavy-duty rubber levelling mat.
- **Spacious 67L Volume:** 61cm length provides ample space for detailed aquascaping and community livestock setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** T65S4
- **Product Type:** Aquarium / Glass Fish Tank
- **Tank Dimensions:** 610 mm (L) × 305 mm (W) × 360 mm (H)
- **Volume Capacity:** Approx. 67 Litres
- **Included Accessories:** Glass Cover Lid, Lid Clips, Rubber Levelling Mat
- **Shipping Package Dimensions:** 737 mm (L) × 401.5 mm (W) × 473 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 28,600 g (28.6 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### 6mm Clear float glass 1220x360x500 with rubber mat
Four-foot glass aquarium in 6 mm float glass for community and planted setups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/6mm-clear-float-glass-1220x360x500-with-rubber-mat/
- Price: $324.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: EG41420
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/R251420-R418203.jpg
The four-foot tank is where many keepers settle for good: long enough for a proper school of fish, still small enough to service with a bucket and siphon. 6mm Clear float glass 1220x360x500 with rubber mat (SKU: EG41420) is a 1,220 mm long, 360 mm deep and 500 mm tall glass aquarium built from 6 mm clear float glass, sold under the Absolute label with a rubber mat to sit beneath it. The outside dimensions give a gross volume of about 220 L, so the working volume once substrate, decor and the gap below the rim are allowed for is closer to 190 to 200 L. It is a tank only, ready to be fitted out with the filter, heater and light that suit the fish being kept.
At 500 mm tall the tank offers more height than a standard 45 cm four-footer, which suits angelfish, tall stem plants and rockwork with some vertical presence. Filled, the water alone weighs around 200 kg before glass, gravel and rock are counted, so it needs a purpose-built aquarium cabinet or a stand rated for that load, on a level floor. The rubber mat goes between the base glass and the stand to spread the load and absorb small irregularities in the surface; it is not a substitute for a level stand. For equipment, a filter turning over about 800 to 1,000 L per hour and a heater of around 200 W are typical starting points for this volume in a tropical setup. Clear float glass has a faint green tint at the edges, which is normal for standard glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** Room for schools of tetras, rasboras or rainbowfish to swim the length.
- **Taller aquascapes:** 500 mm height for angelfish, stem plants and vertical hardscape.
- **Upgrading from a three-foot tank:** A bigger volume that is more stable in temperature and chemistry.
- **Custom builds:** A bare tank to pair with chosen filtration and lighting.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check the stand:** Use a cabinet rated for well over 200 kg and confirm it is level end to end.
- **Lay the mat:** Place the rubber mat flat on the stand before lowering the tank onto it.
- **Leak test first:** Fill with plain water for a day before adding substrate and decor.
- **Fill gradually:** Add water over a plate or bag to avoid disturbing the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6 mm glass:** Clear float glass panels throughout.
- **Four-foot length:** 1,220 mm of swimming room for active fish.
- **Extra height:** 500 mm tall for deeper scapes.
- **About 220 L gross:** A stable volume for community stocking.
- **Rubber mat included:** Cushions the base on the stand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** EG41420
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Dimensions:** 1,220 × 360 × 500 mm (L × D × H)
- **Glass:** 6 mm clear float glass
- **Gross Volume:** About 220 L (calculated from outside dimensions)
- **Filled Water Weight:** Roughly 200 kg plus glass, substrate and decor
- **Included:** Glass tank and rubber mat
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical, coldwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Aquarium tank 3x14x20 sliding lid with rubber mat
3 ft glass aquarium with sliding cover and base mat included.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/aquarium-tank-3x14x20-sliding-lid-with-rubber-mat/
- Price: $249.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: EG31420
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/CC33-1372x1536-1.jpg
A 3 ft tank is big enough for a proper community, a cichlid group or a planted layout, yet still fits a standard living room wall. Aquarium tank 3x14x20 sliding lid with rubber mat (SKU: EG31420) is a glass aquarium sold by Absolute in the classic Australian 3 ft size, supplied with a sliding lid and a rubber base mat. The size in the name follows the imperial convention used for glass tanks: 3 ft long, 14 in front to back and 20 in high, roughly 91 × 36 × 51 cm. That gives a gross volume of about 165 litres, with the extra height suiting taller fish such as angelfish and discus, or a deeper aquascape.
The sliding lid covers the top while leaving part of it open for feeding and maintenance without lifting the whole cover, and it cuts evaporation and keeps jumping fish such as hatchetfish, killifish and some rainbowfish inside. The rubber mat sits between the tank and its stand to cushion the base and spread the load over small surface irregularities. Filled with water, substrate and decor, a tank of this size weighs around 200 kg, so it needs a dedicated aquarium cabinet that matches its 3 ft × 14 in footprint; Absolute's Aluminium cabinet 920x360x800 (RA314) is sized to suit. Filter, heater and lighting are chosen separately: a canister rated around 700 to 800 L/h, a 200 W heater for tropicals and a 90 cm light are typical choices for this volume.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community aquariums:** Schools of tetras, rasboras or rainbowfish with bottom dwellers.
- **Tall fish:** Angelfish and discus that appreciate 51 cm of height.
- **Cichlids:** Room for rockwork and territories for a small group.
- **Planted tanks:** Depth for a layered aquascape with background stems.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Match the stand:** Use a cabinet with a 3 ft × 14 in top and no overhang.
- **Lay the mat:** Put the rubber mat flat on the stand before the tank.
- **Leak test:** Fill with water for a day before adding substrate and decor.
- **Fit the lid last:** Install equipment, then slide the lid into place around cables and pipes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3 ft classic size:** 3 ft × 14 in × 20 in, about 91 × 36 × 51 cm.
- **About 165 L gross:** Room for a full community tank.
- **Sliding lid included:** Easy feeding access and fewer jumpers.
- **Rubber base mat:** Cushions the glass on the stand.
- **Tall format:** 51 cm height for angelfish and planted layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** EG31420
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium Tank
- **Size (as listed):** 3 ft × 14 in × 20 in (about 91 × 36 × 51 cm)
- **Gross Volume:** About 165 L
- **Included:** Glass tank, sliding lid, rubber mat
- **Filled Weight:** Around 200 kg with substrate and water (estimate)
- **Companion Product:** Aluminium cabinet 920x360x800 (RA314)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community, cichlid and planted aquariums
---
#### Clean Tech Hang on filter 450L,7W
Largest Clean Tech hang-on filter for 100 litre tanks and busier stocking.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/clean-tech-hang-on-filter-450l7w/
- Price: $54.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CT450 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005961
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/s-l1600-16.webp
Goldfish, larger livebearers and well-stocked community tanks produce more waste than a small hang-on filter can comfortably handle. Clean Tech Hang on filter 450L,7W (SKU: CT450) is the largest of Absolute's Clean Tech hang-on-back filters, rated at 450 litres per hour from a 7 W motor. It clips over the rear glass of the aquarium, pulls water up the intake tube, runs it through the media in the filter body and spills it back across the surface, which adds oxygen as it returns. On the guide of four to five turnovers an hour at rated flow, it suits aquariums of roughly 90 to 110 litres, such as a 2.5 ft or tall 2 ft tank, and gives extra margin to a smaller tank with a heavy bioload.
The 7 W motor uses about 0.17 kWh a day running continuously. Extra flow brings more surface movement, so for long-finned fish or bettas the outlet can be partly baffled with a sponge. Prime the filter before switching on by filling the body with water from the tank, and keep the tank topped up so the return does not splash noisily as the level drops. Rinse the media every two to four weeks in removed aquarium water rather than tap water, and replace sponges or pads only when they start to fall apart, so the established bacteria are kept. Look over the intake strainer at each service; a blocked intake is the most common reason for a drop in flow. The 320 L/h model (CT320) suits smaller tanks. Unplug before any service.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks around 100 L:** 2.5 ft and tall 2 ft aquariums.
- **Goldfish tanks:** More turnover for messy coldwater fish.
- **Heavily stocked communities:** Extra capacity on a smaller tank.
- **Supplementing a filter:** Added flow and surface movement beside an existing filter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount at the back:** Hang it on the rear glass with the body sitting level.
- **Prime first:** Fill the body with aquarium water before plugging in.
- **Tame the flow:** Baffle the outlet with sponge for slow-swimming or long-finned fish.
- **Clean the intake:** Check the strainer every service to keep flow up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **450 L/h rated flow:** Top of the Clean Tech hang-on range.
- **7 W motor:** About 0.17 kWh a day.
- **Strong surface movement:** Good gas exchange for busy tanks.
- **No plumbing:** Hangs on the glass and services from above.
- **Extra capacity:** Headroom for goldfish and heavier stocking.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** CT450
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005961
- **Product Type:** Filters > Hang-On-Back Filter
- **Rated Flow:** 450 L/h
- **Power:** 7 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 90–110 L (4–5 turnovers an hour, estimate)
- **Other Sizes:** Clean Tech Hang on filter 160L,3W (CT160); 320L,5W (CT320)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Crystal Clear 66L, comes with LED light,top filter
All-in-one glass aquarium kit for community fishkeeping.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/crystal-clear-66l-comes-with-led-lighttop-filter/
- Price: $174.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CC66
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/CC66-1.jpg
A first aquarium goes together faster when the tank, light and filter are matched to each other rather than pieced together from separate boxes. Crystal Clear 66L, comes with LED light,top filter (SKU: CC66) is Absolute's all-in-one aquarium kit, built around a 66 L glass tank and supplied with a fitted LED light unit and a hang-on top filter included in the box, so the core equipment for a community tank is covered from a single purchase. The glass is sold as crystal clear, giving a cleaner, less green-tinted view through the panes than standard float glass, which matters most on a display tank viewed from the front rather than a tank tucked away for breeding or holding stock.
The included LED unit sits across the top of the tank and is there primarily to light the display and support live plants at a modest level, rather than to drive high-light aquascaping; a kit light of this kind is generally suited to low to medium-light plants and to showing off fish colour rather than carpeting plants or demanding corals. The top filter included in the kit handles mechanical and biological filtration from a hang-on-back unit, which is straightforward to service by lifting the cartridge out for a rinse or replacement rather than disassembling an internal canister. At 66 L, the tank suits a community of small to medium freshwater fish, a planted low-tech set-up, or a modest shrimp colony; exact external dimensions are not published by the supplier, so the footprint should be confirmed against the available space before the stand and cabinet are chosen. Being supplied as a kit, the light and filter are matched in capacity to the 66 L volume rather than needing to be sized separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First community aquariums:** A matched tank, light and filter in one purchase.
- **Low to medium-light planted tanks:** The included LED suits easier-care live plants.
- **Display tanks:** Crystal clear glass for a sharper view than standard float glass.
- **Modest shrimp or nano community set-ups:** A 66 L footprint that still allows for aquascaping.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the stand first:** Set the tank on a level, rated stand before adding substrate or water.
- **Fit the top filter:** Hang the filter on the rear rim and prime it before switching on.
- **Position the LED unit:** Rest the light across the top bracing and connect to power.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter and light for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **66 L glass tank:** Crystal clear glass for a sharper, less tinted view.
- **LED light included:** Fitted across the top, suited to low to medium-light plants.
- **Top filter included:** Hang-on-back mechanical and biological filtration.
- **All-in-one kit:** Tank, light and filter matched and sold as a single package.
- **Community tank sizing:** Suits small to medium freshwater fish or a shrimp colony.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** CC66
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Net Volume:** 66 L
- **Included:** Glass tank, LED light unit, hang-on top filter
- **Glass:** Crystal clear glass
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Opti Clear glass 5 mm 30x30x30
Compact 30 cm cube in clear 5 mm glass for nano scapes and bettas.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/opti-clear-glass-5-mm-30x30x30/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: OC27
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/cube.webp
A 30 cm cube is the classic nano size: small enough for a desk or kitchen bench, large enough to hold a planted scape and a few fish with stable water. Opti Clear glass 5 mm 30x30x30 (SKU: OC27) is the 30 cm cube in the Absolute Opti Clear range, built from 5 mm glass with the clearer Opti Clear finish the range is named for. Measured on the outside, 30 × 30 × 30 cm gives a gross volume of 27 L, and with substrate and a gap below the rim the working volume is closer to 20 to 23 L. The square footprint lets the tank be viewed from the front and both sides, which suits aquascapes built to be seen in the round.
Five millimetre glass is a standard thickness for a cube of this height. Full, the water weighs a little over 20 kg, and with substrate and rock the setup can reach 30 kg, so a sturdy bench or cabinet is needed; any surface it sits on should be flat and level so the base glass is evenly supported, and a levelling mat beneath is worth adding. Equipment for this size is small: a hang-on or small internal filter rated around 100 to 150 L/h, a 25 W heater for tropical fish, and a compact LED. A cube this size suits a single betta, a colony of cherry shrimp, or a small school of nano fish such as chili rasboras. The Opti Clear range also includes 35 cm (OC42) and 40 cm (OC64) cubes and 60 cm (OC35) and 90 cm (OC60) tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquascapes:** A cube for Iwagumi, moss and small rock layouts.
- **Betta tanks:** About 20 L of usable volume for a single betta.
- **Shrimp colonies:** Neocaridina and other small invertebrates.
- **Desks and benches:** A 30 cm square footprint for tight spaces.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level first:** Place on a flat, level surface, ideally on a levelling mat.
- **Leak test:** Fill with water for a day before adding substrate.
- **Size the equipment:** Small filter, 25 W heater and a compact LED.
- **Clean gently:** Use a soft pad on the glass and keep grit away from the panels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30 cm cube:** 27 L gross in a compact footprint.
- **5 mm glass:** Standard thickness for this height.
- **Opti Clear glass:** The clearer glass the range is named for.
- **Three viewing sides:** Suits scapes viewed from any angle.
- **Range of sizes:** Part of a five-tank Opti Clear line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** OC27
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Cube Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Dimensions:** 30 × 30 × 30 cm
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Gross Volume:** 27 L (calculated from outside dimensions)
- **Filled Water Weight:** A little over 20 kg plus substrate and decor
- **Other Sizes:** 35 × 35 × 35 cm (OC42); 40 × 40 × 40 cm (OC64); 60 × 24 × 24 cm (OC35); 90 × 26 × 26 cm (OC60)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano, betta and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Opti Clear glass 5 mm 35x35x35
35 cm glass cube with room for a fuller nano community.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/opti-clear-glass-5-mm-35x35x35/
- Price: $83.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: OC42
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OC42-1.jpg
The step from a 30 cm cube to a 35 cm cube looks small on paper, but it adds more than half again to the water volume and makes a planted nano noticeably easier to keep stable. Opti Clear glass 5 mm 35x35x35 (SKU: OC42) is the 35 cm cube in the Absolute Opti Clear range, made from 5 mm Opti Clear glass. Its outside dimensions give a gross volume of about 43 L, which after substrate and the space below the rim leaves roughly 34 to 38 L of water. That is enough for a small community of nano fish with shrimp, or a betta with a group of peaceful companions, in a cube that is still compact enough for a desk or bench.
At 35 cm tall, 5 mm glass is a common thickness for a cube of this size. Filled with water the tank weighs roughly 35 to 40 kg, and well over that with substrate and rock, so it needs a solid, level stand or cabinet; a levelling mat under the base glass helps spread the load across any small irregularities. Typical equipment for this volume is a filter rated about 150 to 200 L/h, a 50 W heater for tropical species, and an LED sized for a 35 cm cube. The square shape gives a deep scape from front to back, so hardscape can be built with real perspective, and plants set at the rear and sides frame a central open area for fish. The Opti Clear range also includes a 30 cm cube (OC27), a 40 cm cube (OC64), and 60 cm (OC35) and 90 cm (OC60) rectangular tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted nano tanks:** More volume for stable water than a 30 cm cube.
- **Nano communities:** Small schooling fish with shrimp or snails.
- **Deeper scapes:** 35 cm of front-to-back depth for perspective.
- **Compact rooms:** A square footprint for desks, benches and shelves.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Solid, level base:** Allow for 40 kg or more once filled and scaped.
- **Add a mat:** A levelling mat under the base glass evens out the support.
- **Test before scaping:** Fill with plain water overnight to check for leaks.
- **Match the equipment:** Filter of 150–200 L/h, a 50 W heater and a 35 cm LED.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **35 cm cube:** About 43 L gross volume.
- **5 mm glass:** Common thickness for this height.
- **Opti Clear glass:** The clearer glass of the Opti Clear range.
- **Room for depth:** Front-to-back space for layered scapes.
- **Stable volume:** More water buffers temperature and chemistry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** OC42
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Cube Aquarium (Tank Only)
- **Dimensions:** 35 × 35 × 35 cm
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Gross Volume:** About 43 L (calculated from outside dimensions)
- **Filled Water Weight:** Roughly 35–40 kg plus substrate and decor
- **Other Sizes:** 30 × 30 × 30 cm (OC27); 40 × 40 × 40 cm (OC64); 60 × 24 × 24 cm (OC35); 90 × 26 × 26 cm (OC60)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and nano community aquariums
---
#### Opti Clear glass 5 mm 60x24x24
Bare optically clear glass aquarium, 5 mm panels.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/opti-clear-glass-5-mm-60x24x24/
- Price: $67.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: OC35
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/OC35-1-600x600-2.jpg
A bare glass tank with nothing fitted leaves the choice of lid, light and filter entirely up to the keeper, which suits an aquascaper who already has their own equipment. Opti Clear glass 5 mm 60x24x24 (SKU: OC35) is a bare rectangular aquarium built from optically clear glass rather than standard float glass, giving a brighter, less green-tinted view through the panes, with no lid, light or filter included in the box. It measures 60 x 24 x 24 cm and is built from 5 mm glass panels, a thickness suited to this smaller footprint, with clear silicone used throughout the joints so the seams stay as unobtrusive as the glass itself.
At 60 x 24 x 24 cm the tank holds roughly 34.5 L and sits at the compact end of the Opti Clear glass range, which is also made in 30 x 30 x 30 cm, 35 x 35 x 35 cm and 40 x 40 x 40 cm cubes and the larger 90 x 26 x 26 cm rectangle. The 5 mm panel thickness used on this size and on the smaller cubes is a lighter glass than the 6 mm used on the 90 cm model, since a shorter unsupported span does not need the extra thickness to stay rigid once filled. Because no light or filter is fitted, the tank is typically paired with a separate hang-on or internal filter and a clip-on or bridge light chosen to suit the keeper's own stocking and planting plans, and a stand rated for the full filled weight should be sourced separately as well. A rimless, bare-glass tank of this kind is generally handled and filled with more care than a framed kit, since there is no top bracing to add rigidity against twisting while it is moved empty.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Custom aquascapes:** A bare tank for a keeper fitting their own light and filter.
- **Small community or shrimp tanks:** A 60 x 24 x 24 cm footprint at roughly 34.5 L.
- **Display tanks:** Optically clear glass for a sharper view than standard float glass.
- **Upgrading equipment separately:** Where the keeper wants to choose their own lid, light and filter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a rated, level stand:** Support the full weight of the tank, substrate and water evenly.
- **Handle empty with care:** Lift from the base rather than the rim, since there is no top frame.
- **Fit equipment before filling:** Position the chosen filter, heater and light before adding water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run filtration for several weeks before introducing fish or shrimp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Optically clear glass:** A brighter, less tinted view than standard float glass.
- **60 x 24 x 24 cm footprint:** Roughly 34.5 L, suited to small community or shrimp tanks.
- **5 mm glass panels:** Thickness matched to this smaller footprint.
- **Clear silicone seams:** Keeps every joint as unobtrusive as the glass.
- **Bare tank:** No lid, light or filter included, for a fully custom set-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** OC35
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Bare Glass Aquarium
- **Dimensions:** 60 x 24 x 24 cm
- **Approximate Volume:** About 34.5 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Glass Type:** Optically clear, clear silicone joints
- **Other Sizes:** 30x30x30 cm (OC27); 35x35x35 cm (OC42); 6 mm 40x40x40 cm (OC64); 6 mm 90x26x26 cm (OC60)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Opti Clear glass 6mm 40x40x40
Rimless low-iron glass cube of about 64 litres for nano reefs and planted scapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/opti-clear-glass-6mm-40x40x40/
- Price: $102.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: OC64
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OC64-1.jpg
A cube shows an aquascape from three sides and gives depth that a long, shallow tank cannot, which is why so many nano reefs and Iwagumi layouts start as a square footprint. Opti Clear glass 6mm 40x40x40 (SKU: OC64) is a rimless glass aquarium measuring 40 cm long, 40 cm wide and 40 cm high, built from 6 mm Opti Clear glass and supplied without lids. Opti Clear is the low-iron glass type that removes the green tint seen through the edges of standard float glass, so colours of fish, plants and coral read more truly.
The external measurements give a gross volume of 64 litres, which is where the SKU number comes from; actual water volume is lower once substrate, rock and the gap below the top edge are allowed for, so plan on roughly 50 to 55 litres of water in a typical set-up. Filled, the tank with water, substrate and hardscape will weigh around 70 kg or more, so it needs a level, rigid stand rated for the load, with a thin levelling mat under the glass if the top of the stand is not perfectly flat. Plastic legs are not included. Because there is no top frame, filtration, lighting and heating are chosen separately: hang-on or canister filters, a clamp-on or hanging LED and an internal heater all suit a 40 cm cube. Leaving it open-topped suits planted tanks and reefs; species that jump need a separate cover.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reef cubes:** A compact marine display viewed from the front and sides.
- **Planted and Iwagumi layouts:** Depth front to back for perspective in the hardscape.
- **Shrimp and small fish:** Shoals of nano species in a self-contained display.
- **Office and benchtop display:** A square footprint that fits on a sturdy cabinet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prepare the stand:** Use a level surface rated for at least 80 kg, with a mat if the top is not perfectly flat.
- **Rinse and leak-test:** Wipe the glass with water only, fill in place and check the seams for 24 hours.
- **Fit equipment:** Add a filter, heater and light sized for about 50 to 55 litres of water.
- **Cover if needed:** Add a separate lid or mesh for fish that jump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rimless construction:** Clean glass edges without a plastic frame.
- **Opti Clear glass:** Low-iron glass for a clearer view than standard float glass.
- **6 mm panels:** Glass thickness specified for a 40 cm cube.
- **Cube proportions:** 40 cm on every side for three-sided viewing.
- **Open top:** Supplied without lids for planted and reef use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** OC64
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Rimless Glass Aquarium
- **Dimensions:** 40 cm (L) × 40 cm (W) × 40 cm (H)
- **Glass Thickness:** 6 mm
- **Glass Type:** Opti Clear (low-iron)
- **Gross Volume:** 64 L (calculated from external dimensions)
- **Lid:** Not included
- **Legs:** Plastic legs not included
- **Other Sizes:** 5 mm 30x30x30 (OC27); 5 mm 35x35x35 (OC42); 5 mm 60x24x24 (OC35); 6 mm 90x26x26 (OC60)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and marine aquariums
---
#### Opti Clear glass 6mm 90x26x26
Bare optically clear glass aquarium, 6 mm panels.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/opti-clear-glass-6mm-90x26x26/
- Price: $101.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: OC60
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OC60-1.jpg
A long display tank puts more load on its front and side panes than a small cube does, which is why the larger sizes in a glass range step up in thickness rather than staying uniform across the board. Opti Clear glass 6mm 90x26x26 (SKU: OC60) is the long-format model in Absolute's Opti Clear bare glass aquarium range, built from optically clear glass for a brighter, less green-tinted view than standard float glass, with no lid, light or filter fitted. It measures 90 x 26 x 26 cm and uses 6 mm glass panels rather than the 5 mm used on the smaller cubes in the same range, giving the longer, unsupported front pane the extra rigidity it needs once the tank is filled.
At 90 x 26 x 26 cm the tank holds roughly 60.8 L and is sized for a community of small to medium fish, a planted aquascape with more horizontal space to work with, or a shrimp colony that benefits from the longer footprint. It sits at the top of the Opti Clear range alongside the smaller 5 mm cubes at 30 x 30 x 30 cm, 35 x 35 x 35 cm and 60 x 24 x 24 cm and the 6 mm 40 x 40 x 40 cm cube, all finished with the same clear silicone at the joints so the seams stay as unobtrusive as the glass itself. Because the tank is bare, a filter and light are chosen and fitted separately to suit the stocking and planting plan, and the stand underneath needs to be rated for the combined weight of the tank, substrate and roughly 60 L of water once filled, which is considerably more than the smaller cubes in the range require.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community and aquascaped displays:** A 90 x 26 x 26 cm footprint at roughly 60.8 L.
- **Long planted layouts:** Extra horizontal space compared with the cube sizes in the range.
- **Custom equipment set-ups:** A bare tank for a keeper fitting their own light and filter.
- **Display tanks:** Optically clear glass for a sharper view than standard float glass.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a rated, level stand:** Support the combined weight of tank, substrate and roughly 60 L of water.
- **Handle empty with care:** Lift from the base rather than the rim, since there is no top frame.
- **Fit equipment before filling:** Position the chosen filter, heater and light before adding water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run filtration for several weeks before introducing fish or shrimp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Optically clear glass:** A brighter, less tinted view than standard float glass.
- **90 x 26 x 26 cm footprint:** Roughly 60.8 L, the longest size in the range.
- **6 mm glass panels:** Thicker glass for the longer unsupported front pane.
- **Clear silicone seams:** Keeps every joint as unobtrusive as the glass.
- **Bare tank:** No lid, light or filter included, for a fully custom set-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** OC60
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Bare Glass Aquarium
- **Dimensions:** 90 x 26 x 26 cm
- **Approximate Volume:** About 60.8 L
- **Glass Thickness:** 6 mm
- **Glass Type:** Optically clear, clear silicone joints
- **Other Sizes:** 5 mm 30x30x30 cm (OC27); 5 mm 35x35x35 cm (OC42); 5 mm 60x24x24 cm (OC35); 6 mm 40x40x40 cm (OC64)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Riverina tank 1220x360x360 10mm thick, lamp, pump
Absolute Riverina Opti-Clear Glass Aquarium Kit 122cm (158L) - 1220x360x360 - 10mm thick fish tank with pump & led lamp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/riverina-tank-1220x360x360-10mm-thick-lamp-pump/
- Price: $412.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RN150
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Riverina-tank-1220x360x360-10mm-thick-lamp-pump-1.png
The Absolute Riverina Opti-Clear Glass Aquarium 122cm (SKU: RN150) is a premium, low-profile long aquarium designed for aquascapers and hobbyists seeking a sleek, all-in-one setup. Crafted from 10mm high-clarity Opti-Clear (low-iron) glass with clear silicone seams, this tank offers exceptional optical transparency and true-colour viewing without the greenish tint of standard float glass.
This complete setup features an integrated side internal filter compartment, an included water circulation pump, and an adjustable LED light fixture. The wide 122cm
footprint provides ample horizontal swimming space and aquascaping area while maintaining a manageable
36cm
height, making it ideal for shallow nature aquariums, riverbed scapes, and planted community displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Panoramas & Shallow Aquascaping:** Excellent for shallow stream layouts, riverbed setups, and long horizontal aquascapes that emphasise driftwood and rockwork.
- **All-in-One Freshwater Setup:** Ideal for aquarists wanting a complete system with hidden filtration, lighting, and pump equipment built directly into the tank profile.
- **High-Clarity Display:** Recommended when true colour accuracy for fish, shrimp, and aquatic plants is desired.
**How to Use**
- Position the aquarium on a heavy-duty, level cabinet capable of supporting a total weight exceeding
$200\text{ kg}$
when fully filled.
- Install a levelling mat beneath the bottom glass panel to equalise pressure points.
- Place filter media into the integrated side filtration box and position the return pump inside the designated compartment.
- Mount the included light fixture across the top rim of the glass.
- Fill slowly with water and substrate, then plug in the filtration pump and light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10mm Opti-Clear Glass:** High-purity, low-iron glass panels joined with clear silicone for maximum optical clarity.
- **Integrated Filtration Box:** Built-in side compartment neatly conceals mechanical and biological media for a clutter-free display.
- **Complete System:** Comes equipped with a matched circulation pump and LED aquarium lighting.
- **Long Footprint Design:** Generous
122cm
length provides extensive horizontal viewing area for schooling fish and aquascaping.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** RN150
- **Product Type:** Aquarium / Complete Glass Tank Kit
- **Tank Dimensions:**
1220 mm (L) × 360mm (W) × 360 mm (H)
- **Glass Thickness:**
10mm
- **Volume Capacity:** Approx. 158 Litres
- **Included Components:** Opti-Clear Glass Tank, Built-in Side Filter Compartment, Return Pump, LED Light
- **Shipping Package Dimensions:**
1342 mm (L) × 396mm(W) × 506mm(H)
- **Gross Package Weight:**
74,800 g
(
74.8 kg
)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Riverina tank 920x360x360 8mm thick, lamp and pump
All-in-one glass aquarium with built-in filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/riverina-tank-920x360x360-8mm-thick-lamp-and-pump/
- Price: $355.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RN110
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/RN110.jpg
A display tank at this size is usually bought with its own stand and equipment already matched to it, rather than pieced together afterwards. Riverina tank 920x360x360 8mm thick, lamp and pump (SKU: RN110) is Absolute's Riverina glass aquarium in the 920 x 360 x 360 mm (92 x 36 x 36 cm) size, built from Opti Clear glass with clear silicone throughout and 8 mm panels at this larger footprint, supplied with a built-in side filter box, a water pump and an aquarium light included. The side filter box is integrated into the tank itself rather than hung on afterwards, giving the system a single, built-in filtration chamber rather than a separate hang-on or internal unit.
At 920 x 360 x 360 mm the tank holds a substantial volume and suits a community of medium to large freshwater fish, a sizeable planted aquascape, or a cichlid display where the extra width and depth give more usable floor space than a standard long tank of the same length. The included pump drives water through the built-in filter box, and the supplied light sits across the top to illuminate the display and support live plants. The Riverina range is also made in two other sizes: an 800 x 200 x 200 mm model and a larger 1,220 x 360 x 360 mm model, both built the same way with Opti Clear glass, clear silicone, a built-in side filter box, pump and light; neither of those sizes is in the current catalogue alongside this one. Exact pump flow rate and light specification are not published independently of the supplier's own listing, so these should be confirmed directly where that detail matters for stocking plans.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to large community displays:** A 92 x 36 x 36 cm footprint for a substantial stocking list.
- **Planted aquascapes:** Extra width and depth for a more developed hardscape and planting.
- **All-in-one set-ups:** Built-in filtration, pump and light rather than separate equipment.
- **Cichlid and larger community tanks:** A sizeable floor area for territorial species.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a rated, level stand:** Support the substantial filled weight of this larger tank.
- **Check the built-in filter box:** Confirm media is seated correctly before running the pump.
- **Position the light:** Rest it across the top bracing and connect to power.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the pump, filter and light for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **920 x 360 x 360 mm footprint:** A substantial floor area for medium to large displays.
- **8 mm glass:** Thicker panels sized for this larger tank.
- **Built-in side filter box:** Integrated filtration chamber rather than a separate hang-on unit.
- **Pump and light included:** Core equipment supplied with the tank.
- **Opti Clear glass, clear silicone:** A cleaner view with unobtrusive joints.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** RN110
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > All-in-One Aquarium Kit
- **Dimensions:** 920 x 360 x 360 mm (92 x 36 x 36 cm)
- **Glass Thickness:** 8 mm
- **Glass Type:** Opti Clear glass, clear silicone
- **Included:** Built-in side filter box, water pump, aquarium light
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Star fire 6mm 500x240x300
Absolute Starfire Glass Aquarium 500mm (36L) - 6mm thick 500x240x300 - Glass Fish Tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=17938
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SF502430
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Absolute-Starfire-Glass-Aquarium-500mm-36L-6mm-thick-Fish-Tank-500x240x300-1.jpg
The Absolute Starfire Glass Aquarium 50cm (SKU: SF502430) is a premium rimless aquarium fish tank crafted from 6mm high-clarity Starfire (low-iron) glass. Unlike standard float glass fish tanks, which display a slight green tint along the edges, low-iron Starfire glass offers exceptional optical purity, rendering the true colours of aquatic plants, livestock, and hardscape without distortion.
Featuring a frameless design with clear, precision silicone seams, this 36-litre aquarium delivers an unobstructed, modern viewing experience ideal for aquascapes, shrimp tanks, or desktop aquatic setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascaping & Planted Setups:** Ideal for nature aquariums, Dutch-style planted layouts, and aquascaping where maximum colour fidelity is required.
- **Nano & Desktop Aquariums:** Perfect size for home offices, living spaces, or countertops needing a compact, modern footprint.
- **Shrimp & Community Tank:** Safe for freshwater shrimp colonies, small schooling fish, and aquascape layouts.
**How to Use**
- Unbox the aquarium carefully and inspect all glass panels.
- Place a levelling foam mat (sold separately) directly beneath the tank to absorb minor surface imperfections and equalise pressure across the bottom glass.
- Position the tank on a sturdy, level aquarium cabinet capable of supporting over 45kg when filled with substrate, decor, and water.
- Fill slowly to avoid disturbing substrates or aquascaping hardscape.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6mm Starfire (Low-Iron) Glass:** Provides maximum light transmission and true-colour clarity compared to standard glass.
- **Frameless Rimless Aesthetic:** Sleek, unobstructed view with clean, clear silicone joinery.
- **Micro-Beveled Edges:** Diamond-polished edges offer a smooth, safe, and professional finish.
- **Versatile Footprint:** A 50cm length provides 36 L capacity in a compact desktop profile.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** SF502430
- **Product Type:** Aquarium / Glass Fish Tank
- **Tank Dimensions:**
500mm (L) × 240 mm(B) × 300mm (H)
- **Glass Thickness:**
6mm
- **Volume Capacity:** Approx. 36 Litres
- **Shipping Package Dimensions:** 560mm (L) × 300 mm(B) × 300mm (H)
360
- **Gross Package Weight:**
12,000 grams
(
12 kg
)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Starphire 400x210x280 6mm
Absolute Starfire/Starphire Glass Aquarium 400mm (23.5L) - 6mm thick 400x210x280 - Glass Fish Tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/starphire-400x210x280-6mm/
- Price: $40.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SF402128
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Absolute-StarfireStarphire-Glass-Aquarium-400mm-23.5L-6mm-thick-400x210x280-Glass-Fish-Tank-1.jpg
The Absolute Starfire Glass Aquarium 40cm (SKU: SF402128) is a compact, high-clarity nano aquarium crafted from 6mm Starfire (low-iron) glass. Engineered for optical purity, Starfire glass eliminates the greenish tint inherent in standard glass, delivering exceptional colour accuracy for aquatic plants, shrimp, and fish.
With a seamless rimless design, clear silicone seams, and micro-bevelled edges, this 23.5-litre tank offers an unobstructed view that blends easily into home, office, or desktop spaces.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop & Nano Aquascaping:** Fits compact spaces such as office desks, countertops, and shelving units.
- **Shrimp & Nano Fish Keeping:** Ideal for breeding freshwater dwarf shrimp (such as Neocaridina or Caridina) or keeping small nano species.
- **Planted Aquarium Displays:** Maximises light transmission from LED fixtures, allowing live plants to display natural greens and reds without glass discolouration.
**How to Use**
- Carefully remove protective foam packaging and inspect the glass panels.
- Place a high-density levelling foam mat (sold separately) on a flat, level surface before positioning the tank to prevent localised pressure stress.
- Ensure the supporting furniture can safely bear a static weight of at least 30 kg when fully loaded with water, substrate, and hardscape.
- Fill slowly over a plate or plastic wrap to keep substrate layers intact.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6mm Starfire (Low-Iron) Glass:** Premium low-iron formulation provides high light transmission and colour accuracy.
- **Rimless Design:** Sleek, borderless construction creates a modern visual profile.
- **Precision Finished:** Micro-bevelled, diamond-polished edges with clean, durable clear silicone seams.
- **Compact Footprint:** 40 cm length provides a versatile 23.5-litre capacity suited for small spaces.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** SF402128
- **Product Type:** Aquarium / Glass Fish Tank
- **Tank Dimensions:** 400 mm (L) × 210 mm (W) × 280 mm (H)
- **Glass Thickness:** 6 mm
- **Volume Capacity:** Approx. 23.5 Litres
- **Shipping Package Dimensions:** 460 mm (L) × 270 mm (W) × 340 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 8,000 g (8 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Tank 20" 500x250x280
Compact 35-litre glass aquarium with sliding lid for starter and quarantine set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/tank-20-500x250x280/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: R20
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/R20-1.jpg
A 50 cm tank is the size most first aquariums start at: big enough to hold a small community of fish steadily, small enough to sit on a sideboard or a bench in the fish room. Tank 20" 500x250x280 (SKU: R20) is a plain rectangular glass aquarium measuring 50 cm long, 25 cm wide and 28 cm high, built from 5 mm glass joined with black silicone and supplied with a sliding lid. The "20 inch" in the name is its nominal length; the tank is sold as the bare glass box, ready for whichever filter, heater and light suit the stock planned for it.
From the outside measurements the gross volume works out at 35 litres. Allowing for substrate, decor and the gap below the lid, a realistic water volume is around 28 to 30 litres, which is the figure to use when sizing a filter, heater and medication doses. Filled and decorated, expect a total weight of about 40 kg, so the tank needs a flat, level surface that will carry that load across its whole base. The black silicone gives the seams a neat, defined look, and the sliding lid allows feeding without lifting the whole cover while slowing evaporation and keeping jumpers in. Plastic legs are not included. A 50 × 25 cm footprint also makes this a handy hospital, quarantine or grow-out tank alongside a larger display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First aquarium:** A small tropical or coldwater community of hardy fish.
- **Quarantine and hospital tank:** Isolating new arrivals or sick fish away from the display.
- **Betta or shrimp tank:** A single betta or a shrimp colony with a gentle filter.
- **Breeding and grow-out:** Raising fry from a larger community tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the spot:** A level, sturdy surface away from direct sun and heaters.
- **Rinse and test:** Wipe the glass with plain water and fill for 24 hours to check the seams.
- **Size the equipment:** Pick a filter and heater rated for about 30 litres.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the filter with a bacterial starter before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sliding lid included:** Feed through the opening without removing the cover.
- **5 mm glass:** Panel thickness specified for a 28 cm water depth.
- **Black silicone seams:** A tidy dark edge at every joint.
- **50 cm footprint:** Fits standard shelves, benches and small cabinets.
- **Bare tank:** Free choice of filtration, lighting and heating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** R20
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium with Lid
- **Dimensions:** 50 cm (L) × 25 cm (W) × 28 cm (H)
- **Glass Thickness:** 5 mm
- **Gross Volume:** 35 L (calculated from external dimensions)
- **Silicone:** Black
- **Lid:** Sliding lid included
- **Legs:** Plastic legs not included
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical and coldwater aquariums
---
#### Tank 2x12x180, sliding lid, black background
Glass aquarium with sliding lid and black backing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/tank-2x12x180-sliding-lid-black-background/
- Price: $167.39 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: EG21218B
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/9325136156126_1.webp
A tank with a bare back pane shows every cable, filter body and bit of equipment behind it, which is exactly what a black background is there to hide. Tank 2x12x180, sliding lid, black background (SKU: EG21218B) is a rectangular glass aquarium from Absolute fitted with a black background panel on the rear pane and a sliding glass lid across the top, aimed at a straightforward freshwater community set-up rather than a planted display or a reptile enclosure. The black backing sits behind the glass rather than being painted onto it, giving a dark, even backdrop that lifts fish colour and hides equipment, while the two-panel sliding lid allows one side to be opened for feeding or maintenance without removing the whole cover.
The supplier's own exact length, width and height for this model are not independently confirmed; the name indicates a tank in the smaller to mid-size range of the "2 foot" class common in Australian tank sizing, and this should be checked against the listing's own measurements before a stand or cabinet is chosen. The sliding lid is a two-panel glass cover rather than a single hinged pane, which limits evaporation and keeps dust and jumping fish contained while still giving quick partial access. As a plain aquarium rather than a kit, it is supplied without a light, filter or heater, so this equipment is chosen and fitted separately to suit the stocking plan. A tank of this kind suits a community of small to medium freshwater fish or a simple cichlid set-up where the black background is doing the visual work rather than a planted or aquascaped display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Freshwater community tanks:** A straightforward display tank with a dark backdrop.
- **Hiding equipment:** The black background conceals cables and filter bodies behind the glass.
- **Colour-forward displays:** A dark backing that lifts contrast against brightly coloured fish.
- **Custom equipment set-ups:** A bare tank for a keeper fitting their own filter, light and heater.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm the measurements:** Check the listing's own dimensions against the available space before ordering a stand.
- **Use a rated, level stand:** Support the full weight of tank, substrate and water evenly.
- **Fit the sliding lid:** Slot both lid panels into their rails before filling with water.
- **Cycle before stocking:** Run the chosen filter for several weeks before adding fish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black background panel:** Hides equipment and lifts fish colour against a dark backdrop.
- **Two-panel sliding lid:** Partial access for feeding without removing the full cover.
- **Plain glass construction:** No light, filter or heater fitted, for a fully custom set-up.
- **Freshwater community sizing:** Suited to a straightforward display rather than a planted aquascape.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** EG21218B
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium (Black Background)
- **Background:** Black panel fitted to the rear pane
- **Lid:** Two-panel sliding glass lid
- **Included:** Glass tank, background panel and sliding lid only; no filter, light or heater
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### The Edge tank 610x305x460
Tall 2-foot glass aquarium with sliding lids and foam base for a deeper display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/the-edge-tank-610x305x460/
- Price: $153.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: EG21218
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/EG21218.jpg
Extra height changes what a 60 cm tank can do: tall plants have room to grow up, angelfish and discus get the depth they need, and rockwork can stack rather than spread. The Edge tank 610x305x460 (SKU: EG21218) is a glass aquarium in the Edge series measuring 61 cm long, 30.5 cm wide and 46 cm high, which is 24 × 12 × 18 inches and explains the code. It is built from 6 mm glass with black silicone seams, fitted with sliding lids and supplied with a foam base to sit under the tank.
The gross volume from the external measurements is about 86 litres; with substrate and the gap below the lids, a working water volume of roughly 72 to 76 litres is the realistic figure for choosing a filter, heater and doses. That puts the filled weight at roughly 100 kg once glass, gravel and decor are added, so the tank belongs on a purpose-built aquarium cabinet or a stand rated for at least that load. The foam base goes between the stand and the glass to spread the weight and cushion small irregularities in the surface. Sliding lids let feeding and maintenance happen through one section while the rest stays covered, reducing evaporation and keeping jumping fish in. The black silicone gives the frame-free joints a clean, defined line, and the 46 cm height suits a canister filter with long intake and return pipes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tall-bodied fish:** Angelfish and other deep-bodied cichlids that need vertical space.
- **Planted tanks with stem plants:** Room for tall growth before trimming.
- **Upgrading from a small tank:** A larger, more stable water volume on a 61 cm footprint.
- **Coldwater displays:** Fancy goldfish appreciate the extra volume and depth.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Use a rated cabinet:** Level, rigid and built for about 100 kg or more.
- **Lay the foam base:** Place the supplied foam under the tank before filling.
- **Leak-test in place:** Fill with plain water and check every seam over 24 hours.
- **Fit equipment:** Choose a filter and heater rated for about 75 litres or more.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tall 46 cm profile:** Extra depth over a standard 60 cm tank.
- **6 mm glass:** Thicker panels for the taller water column.
- **Sliding lids:** Open one section for feeding while the rest stays covered.
- **Foam base supplied:** Cushions the glass on the stand.
- **Black silicone:** Neat dark seams on the Edge series.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** EG21218
- **Product Type:** Freshwater Aquarium > Glass Aquarium with Lids
- **Series:** The Edge
- **Dimensions:** 61 cm (L) × 30.5 cm (W) × 46 cm (H) (24 × 12 × 18 in)
- **Glass Thickness:** 6 mm
- **Gross Volume:** About 86 L (calculated from external dimensions)
- **Lids:** Sliding lids included
- **Included:** Foam base
- **Silicone:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical, planted and coldwater aquariums
---
### Absolute — Cabinet
#### Aluminium cabinet 610x305x800 $232.82
Slim aluminium aquarium stand sized for 2 ft × 1 ft tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aluminium-cabinet-610x305x800-232-82/
- Price: $309.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RA212
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RA314-1.jpg
A two-foot aquarium full of water, gravel and rock weighs well over 100 kg, which is more than most household furniture is built to carry for years on end. Aluminium cabinet 610x305x800 (SKU: RA212) is an aquarium cabinet with an aluminium construction, sold by Absolute, measuring 610 mm long, 305 mm deep and 800 mm high. The top matches the footprint of a standard 2 ft × 1 ft aquarium (about 60 × 30 cm), so the tank sits fully supported to its edges, and the 800 mm height puts the water at a comfortable viewing level from a couch or chair. Aluminium does not swell or delaminate when splashed, which is the usual failure of particleboard stands kept beside water.
Matching footprint matters more than anything else with a stand: a tank should never overhang its base, because the glass relies on even support all the way round. This cabinet suits 2 ft tanks of 30 cm depth, typically 60 to 90 litres depending on height, along with the filter, heater, food and test kit stored underneath. Position it on a level floor, check it front to back and side to side with a spirit level before the tank goes on, and shim any gap under the feet rather than under the aquarium. A thin foam or rubber mat between cabinet top and tank base takes up small irregularities. The larger 920 × 360 mm cabinet (RA314) takes a 3 ft aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **2 ft × 1 ft aquariums:** Tanks with a 610 × 305 mm footprint.
- **Small apartments:** A narrow 305 mm depth that fits hallways and alcoves.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Metal construction that tolerates splashes and salt spray when wiped down.
- **Replacing furniture:** Moving a tank off a bookcase or sideboard onto a purpose-built stand.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the floor:** Check with a spirit level in both directions before loading.
- **Clear the wall:** Leave a gap behind for hoses, cables and power boards.
- **Use a mat:** Place a thin mat between the cabinet top and the tank base.
- **Fill in place:** Position the empty tank first, then add substrate and water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Aluminium construction:** Will not swell like particleboard when wet.
- **610 × 305 mm top:** Matches standard 2 ft × 1 ft aquariums.
- **800 mm height:** Brings the tank to seated eye level.
- **Slim depth:** Only 305 mm from front to back.
- **Storage underneath:** Space for equipment and supplies.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** RA212
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aluminium Aquarium Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 610 mm L × 305 mm D × 800 mm H
- **Material:** Aluminium
- **Suits Tank Footprint:** 2 ft × 1 ft (about 610 × 305 mm)
- **Typical Tank Volume:** About 60–90 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aluminium cabinet 920x360x800 (RA314)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Aluminium cabinet 920x360x800 $385.96
Aluminium aquarium stand for 3 ft tanks up to 36 cm deep.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/aluminium-cabinet-920x360x800-385-96/
- Price: $509.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RA314
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RA314.jpg
The three-foot aquarium is where many fishkeepers settle, and at that size the stand is carrying the weight of a small motorbike. Aluminium cabinet 920x360x800 (SKU: RA314) is an aluminium aquarium cabinet sold by Absolute, 920 mm long, 360 mm deep and 800 mm high, built to carry a 3 ft aquarium with a footprint of up to about 92 × 36 cm. It suits the common 3 ft × 14 in format as well as narrower 3 ft tanks, and the 800 mm height sets the display at a natural viewing level. Aluminium is unaffected by the drips and spills of water changes that swell and soften particleboard furniture over time.
A 3 ft tank of this footprint holds roughly 140 to 170 litres depending on its height, so with substrate, rock and the tank itself the load can reach 200 kg or more. That is why the tank must sit fully on the top with no overhang, and why the floor should be checked with a spirit level before setting up. On suspended timber floors, place the cabinet across the joists and close to a load-bearing wall where possible. The space underneath takes a canister filter, which keeps hoses short and the display tidy. Absolute's "Aquarium tank 3x14x20 sliding lid with rubber mat" (EG31420) is listed at a matching 3 ft by 14 in size. The smaller 610 × 305 mm cabinet (RA212) suits 2 ft tanks. Wipe up splashes promptly to keep the finish clean.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **3 ft aquariums:** Tanks up to about 920 × 360 mm in footprint.
- **Canister-filtered set-ups:** Room below for a canister and accessories.
- **Marine and freshwater:** A metal stand that copes with spills when wiped dry.
- **Upgrades from 2 ft:** A matched stand when moving up a tank size.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Find solid footing:** Choose level flooring and run the cabinet across floor joists.
- **Check level:** Use a spirit level along the length and the depth.
- **Mat the top:** Put a thin mat under the tank unless its base already has one.
- **Fit equipment before filling:** Route canister hoses and cables while the tank is empty.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **920 × 360 mm top:** Matches 3 ft × 14 in aquariums.
- **Aluminium construction:** Will not swell or soften with water.
- **800 mm height:** A comfortable viewing level.
- **Room for a canister:** Equipment stays out of sight.
- **Fresh or salt:** Suits both aquarium types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** RA314
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Aluminium Aquarium Cabinet
- **Dimensions:** 920 mm L × 360 mm D × 800 mm H
- **Material:** Aluminium
- **Suits Tank Footprint:** 3 ft × 14 in (about 920 × 360 mm)
- **Typical Tank Volume:** About 140–170 L
- **Other Sizes:** Aluminium cabinet 610x305x800 (RA212)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### CABINET WITH SINGLE DOORsuits RH2802
Aquarium stand and storage cabinet for the RH2802 tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/cabinet/cabinet-with-single-doorsuits-rh2802/
- Price: $119.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CN4040
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Cabinet (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/cabinet/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/R-1.jpg
An aquarium needs a stand rated to carry its full water weight, and a milk crate or a bookshelf is not built for the job. Cabinet with Single Doorsuits RH2802 (SKU: CN4040) is Absolute's matching cabinet stand for the RH2802 aquarium, built to support the tank's weight once filled and to double as enclosed storage underneath for the equipment a tank needs close at hand. A single hinged door on the front opens onto one internal compartment, rather than the tank's full footprint being broken into multiple smaller doors or shelves, giving one open space to arrange food, filter media, buckets, nets and other maintenance gear out of sight.
Because it is sold specifically to suit the RH2802 tank, the cabinet's footprint and height are matched to that model rather than being a universal stand, so it is intended to be paired with that tank rather than fitted under a different aquarium without checking the dimensions line up. The internal compartment is left open rather than fitted with fixed shelving, which keeps it flexible for bulkier items such as a bucket or a box of food but means loose items are not separated once the door is closed. As with any aquarium cabinet, it should be placed on a level floor before the tank goes on top, since an uneven stand puts uneven stress on the glass. Exact construction material and finish are not published by the supplier at this time, so buyers assembling a full aquarium system should confirm fit against the RH2802's base dimensions before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Supporting the RH2802 aquarium:** A matched stand rated to carry the tank once filled.
- **Hiding equipment:** Storing filters, food, nets and maintenance supplies out of view.
- **New aquarium set-ups:** Fitted under the tank before it is filled and stocked.
- **Tidy equipment access:** One door gives quick access to everything stored underneath.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level the floor first:** Check the cabinet sits flat and stable before the tank is placed on top.
- **Confirm the footprint:** Check the base dimensions against the RH2802 tank before final placement.
- **Load the tank empty:** Position the aquarium on the cabinet before filling it with water.
- **Arrange storage behind the door:** Use the open compartment for bulkier equipment and supplies.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Matched to the RH2802:** Footprint and height sized specifically for that aquarium.
- **Single-door front:** One hinged door opens onto the full storage compartment.
- **Open internal space:** Flexible storage for buckets, food and filter media.
- **Load-bearing construction:** Built to carry the tank's full filled weight.
- **Stand plus storage:** Combines aquarium support with enclosed equipment storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** CN4040
- **Product Type:** Cabinet > Single-Door Aquarium Stand
- **Compatibility:** Designed to suit the RH2802 aquarium
- **Doors:** One hinged front door
- **Interior:** Open storage compartment
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium set-ups
---
### Absolute — Heating & Cooling
#### Heat Pro 100W
Mid-range submersible heater for 90 cm community and planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/heat-pro-100w/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HP100 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005916
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/HP100-1-scaled.jpg
A 90 cm tank holds enough water that a cold snap takes hours to show, but once it cools it takes a properly sized heater to bring it back. Heat Pro 100W (SKU: HP100) is the 100 W model in the Absolute Heat Pro range, a submersible, thermostat-controlled aquarium heater. It runs until the water reaches the chosen temperature, cuts out, and cuts back in as the water loses heat, so the tank sits within a narrow band rather than drifting with the room. One hundred watts is the middle of the range and the size most often matched to the medium community and planted tanks that make up a large share of home aquariums.
At the common guide of about 1 W per litre in a reasonably warm room, the 100 W suits aquariums of about 80 to 110 L, which includes most 90 cm tanks of standard depth. Some keepers split the heating of larger tanks between two smaller heaters, so that a single failure is less likely to overheat or chill the tank, and two 100 W units are a common way to heat a 200 L four-footer. Place the heater in steady water movement near the filter return, angled where possible, and away from the substrate. It must be fully submerged whenever it is powered, and it should be unplugged and left to cool before it comes out of the water for cleaning or a water change. A separate thermometer confirms the actual water temperature. Smaller and larger heaters are in the same range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **90 cm tanks:** Aquariums of roughly 80 to 110 L.
- **Planted community displays:** Stable temperature for fish and plants together.
- **Paired heating:** Two units on a larger tank for redundancy.
- **Winter top-up:** Adding capacity where an existing heater struggles.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Wait before switching on:** Let the heater adjust to the water temperature for about 30 minutes.
- **Position for circulation:** Near the filter outlet, away from gravel and decor.
- **Submerged only:** Keep the water above the marked minimum at all times.
- **Cool before handling:** Unplug and wait before taking the heater out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100 W output:** The mid-size heater in the range.
- **Thermostatic control:** Switches itself on and off around the set point.
- **Submersible design:** Installs inside the tank.
- **Suits paired use:** A practical size for splitting heat across two units.
- **Medium tanks:** Matched to the common 90 cm aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** HP100
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005916
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 100 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 80–110 L (guide of about 1 W per litre)
- **Placement:** Near water flow, fully submerged
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (HP025), 50 W (HP050), 200 W (HP200), 300 W (HP300)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Heat Pro 200W
Higher-output aquarium heater for four-foot tropical and marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/heat-pro-200w/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HP200 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005923
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/HP200-1-scaled.jpg
Four-foot tanks hold two hundred litres or more, and on a cold morning that volume needs a heater with real capacity to keep pace. Heat Pro 200W (SKU: HP200) is the 200 W heater in the Absolute Heat Pro range, a submersible aquarium heater with a thermostat that switches it on when the water falls below the set temperature and off again once it is reached. The higher wattage means it can recover a large tank's temperature after a water change or a cold night faster than a smaller heater, while the thermostat stops it overshooting. It is the size most commonly used as the single heater on a 120 cm aquarium in a heated home.
On the common guide of about 1 W per litre in a room that stays reasonably warm, 200 W covers aquariums of about 150 to 220 L. In larger tanks, or rooms that get cold, heating is often split between two heaters at opposite ends, which spreads the heat and adds a safety margin if one unit fails. For marine tanks, the heater can sit in the sump where it is out of sight and in constant flow, as long as the sump water level never drops below its marked minimum. In the display, mount it near the filter return and clear of the substrate. Switch it off at the wall and let it cool before any water change that exposes it. A heater controller or separate thermometer is the check on what the heater is actually doing. The 300 W (HP300) suits tanks beyond the upper end of this range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Four-foot aquariums:** Tanks of about 150 to 220 L.
- **Marine sumps:** Heating out of sight in steady flow.
- **Cichlid and community displays:** Holding a stable tropical temperature in larger volumes.
- **Cold rooms:** Extra capacity for medium tanks in unheated spaces.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Acclimatise:** Let the heater sit in the water about 30 minutes before powering on.
- **Choose a high-flow spot:** Filter return or sump return chamber.
- **Protect the water line:** Keep it submerged to its marked level, especially in sumps.
- **Monitor:** Use a separate thermometer or controller to check the result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 W heating:** Capacity for large aquariums.
- **Faster recovery:** Brings a large tank back up after water changes.
- **Thermostat control:** Holds the set temperature automatically.
- **Display or sump:** Submersible for either placement.
- **Pairs well:** Two units spread heat in the largest tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** HP200
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005923
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 200 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 150–220 L (guide of about 1 W per litre)
- **Placement:** Display or sump, in flow, fully submerged
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (HP025), 50 W (HP050), 100 W (HP100), 300 W (HP300)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Heat Pro 25W
Small-output aquarium heater for betta bowls, nano tanks and shrimp setups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/heat-pro-25w/
- Price: $25.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HP025 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005893
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/HP025-1-scaled.jpg
A betta kept in an unheated nano through a southern winter can sit at room temperature for months, well below the 24 to 28 °C it needs. Heat Pro 25W (SKU: HP025) is the smallest heater in the Absolute Heat Pro range, a 25 W thermostat-controlled aquarium heater for small volumes. The heater warms the water until it reaches the set temperature, then switches off, and switches on again as the water cools, holding a steady temperature without the keeper having to step in. At 25 W the output is low enough that, in a small tank, a fault or a wrongly set dial cannot raise the temperature as quickly as a larger heater would, which is why small tanks are matched with small heaters.
A common guide is about 1 W per litre of water in a room that stays reasonably warm, which puts the 25 W at tanks of up to about 25 L; in a cold room or garage, choose the next size up. That covers betta tanks, desktop nanos, shrimp tanks and small hospital or fry tanks. Place the heater where water flows past it, such as near the filter outlet, so warmed water spreads through the tank instead of forming a warm pocket. It should be fully under water to the level marked on the unit whenever it is switched on. Before lifting it out for a water change, unplug it and allow it to cool for 15 to 30 minutes. Always check the actual water temperature with a separate thermometer. The range continues in 50 W (HP050), 100 W (HP100), 200 W (HP200) and 300 W (HP300) sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** Keeping a small volume in the tropical range.
- **Nano and desktop aquariums:** Tanks of up to about 25 L.
- **Shrimp and fry tanks:** Gentle heating for small, sensitive setups.
- **Hospital tanks:** Steady temperature for fish under treatment.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Acclimatise first:** Leave the heater in the water for about 30 minutes before switching on.
- **Place in flow:** Mount near the filter outlet, clear of gravel and decor.
- **Check with a thermometer:** Confirm the water reaches the target over the first day.
- **Unplug before removal:** Switch off and let it cool before taking it out of the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **25 W output:** Sized for small water volumes.
- **Thermostat control:** Cycles on and off to hold a set temperature.
- **Submersible:** Sits in the water inside the aquarium.
- **Low-risk for small tanks:** A modest output matched to nano volumes.
- **Five-size range:** From 25 W up to 300 W.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** HP025
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005893
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 25 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** Up to about 25 L (guide of about 1 W per litre)
- **Placement:** Fully submerged to the marked level, in water flow
- **Other Sizes:** 50 W (HP050), 100 W (HP100), 200 W (HP200), 300 W (HP300)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and marine nano aquariums
---
#### Heat Pro 300W
Top-output heater in the range for large aquariums and sump systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/heat-pro-300w/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HP300 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005930
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/HP300-1-scaled.jpg
Big tanks and fish rooms lose a lot of heat overnight, and a large volume of cold water is slow to bring back without serious wattage. Heat Pro 300W (SKU: HP300) is the largest heater in the Absolute Heat Pro range, a 300 W submersible aquarium heater controlled by a thermostat. The thermostat switches it on when the water drops below the set temperature and off once it is restored, so large systems hold steady without manual adjustment. Three hundred watts gives the headroom needed for aquariums of five feet and more, for sump-based marine systems, and for medium tanks kept in cold rooms where a smaller heater would run flat out and still fall behind.
Based on the common guide of about 1 W per litre in a reasonably warm room, the 300 W suits aquariums of about 250 to 320 L. Above that, or where the room is cold, many keepers use two heaters, for example two 200 W units (HP200) or a pair of 300 W heaters, so that heat is spread across the system and a single failure is less serious. Because a heater of this output can raise the temperature of a smaller tank quickly if it sticks on, it should be matched to a large volume and checked with a separate thermometer, or run through a temperature controller as a safeguard. Fit it in strong flow, in the display near the return or in the sump, and keep the water above its marked level at all times. Unplug and let it cool before removing it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks of about 250 to 320 L.
- **Sump systems:** Marine and freshwater setups with a heater chamber.
- **Cold rooms and garages:** Extra capacity where heat loss is high.
- **Fish rooms:** Heating large tanks or holding systems.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Match to volume:** Use on large systems, not small tanks where it can overheat fast.
- **Install in strong flow:** Near the return or in the sump return section.
- **Add a safeguard:** A temperature controller or thermometer to catch faults.
- **Power down first:** Unplug and allow to cool before removal or water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 W output:** The highest wattage in the Heat Pro line.
- **Large-volume capacity:** Suited to five-foot tanks and sumps.
- **Thermostatic operation:** Holds the set temperature automatically.
- **Submersible:** Mounts in the display or the sump.
- **Headroom in winter:** Keeps up when the room gets cold.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** HP300
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005930
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 300 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 250–320 L (guide of about 1 W per litre)
- **Placement:** Display or sump, strong flow, fully submerged
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (HP025), 50 W (HP050), 100 W (HP100), 200 W (HP200)
- **Target Environment:** Large tropical freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Heat Pro 50W
Thermostat-controlled heater for 45 to 60 cm tropical aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/heat-pro-50w/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: HP050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9334141005909
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/HP050-1-scaled.jpg
The 45 and 60 cm tank is the most common first aquarium, and a correctly sized heater is what keeps its tropical fish out of the cold through an Australian winter night. Heat Pro 50W (SKU: HP050) is the 50 W heater in the Absolute Heat Pro range, a submersible aquarium heater with thermostat control. It heats until the water reaches the set temperature and then cycles off, switching back on as the water cools, so the temperature stays steady day and night. Fifty watts gives a small to medium tank enough heating capacity to hold a tropical range without the larger temperature swings that an oversized heater can cause in a modest volume.
Using the common guide of about 1 W per litre in a room kept reasonably warm, the 50 W suits aquariums of roughly 40 to 55 L, such as a standard 60 cm tank or a well-filled 45 cm. Rooms that drop well below 20 °C in winter call for more wattage per litre, and the 100 W (HP100) is the next step up. Mount the heater near the filter outlet or in another area with good water movement, at an angle if the tank is shallow, and keep it clear of substrate so heat is not trapped against the glass. The heater should only run fully submerged to its marked water line. During water changes, switch it off at the wall before the level drops and wait for it to cool before handling. A separate thermometer is the way to confirm the temperature the fish are actually living in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm tropical tanks:** Aquariums of about 40 to 55 L.
- **Starter community setups:** Tetras, guppies, platies and corydoras.
- **Planted tanks:** Holding a stable temperature for plants and fish.
- **Breeding and grow-out tanks:** Steady warmth for fry and juveniles.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Let it settle:** Allow the heater to sit in the water for about 30 minutes before plugging in.
- **Use the flow:** Position near the filter return for even heat distribution.
- **Keep it submerged:** Never run it with the water below its marked level.
- **Verify the reading:** Check the result with a separate thermometer after a day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 W heating:** Matched to small and medium tanks.
- **Automatic cycling:** Thermostat holds the water at the set temperature.
- **Fully submersible:** Mounts inside the aquarium.
- **Steady through the night:** Reacts as room temperature falls.
- **Range of sizes:** Step up or down within the Heat Pro line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** HP050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9334141005909
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Submersible Aquarium Heater
- **Power:** 50 W
- **Suggested Aquarium Size:** About 40–55 L (guide of about 1 W per litre)
- **Placement:** In water flow, submerged to the marked level
- **Other Sizes:** 25 W (HP025), 100 W (HP100), 200 W (HP200), 300 W (HP300)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Absolute — Accessories
#### Absolute Breeder Net Large "Double side"
Divided hang-on breeding net for separating adults from fry.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/absolute-breeder-net-large-double-side/
- Price: $17.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: NB3202A · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6924781204638
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/BreedingNetLargePartition.jpg
A single-chamber breeding net works well for isolating fry, but it does nothing to stop the mother eating the next batch the moment she is put back with them. Absolute Breeder Net Large "Double side" (SKU: NB3202A) is the larger, two-chamber version of Absolute's hang-on breeding net, built with a central mesh partition so an adult livebearer and her newly dropped fry can share the same hanging enclosure on opposite sides of the divider rather than being placed in separate nets. Both chambers use the same fine mesh as the single-sided net, so water, temperature and oxygen stay consistent with the main tank while still keeping the two groups physically apart. The larger frame holds more water volume than the Small net, which suits a bigger female or a larger brood without crowding.
In use, the net hangs over the tank rim the same way as the smaller size, with the frame resting on the glass and the mesh body submerged. The female is placed on one side before she drops her fry, and the mesh partition stops her reaching through to eat them as they fall to the far compartment; once finished, she can be lifted out through the open top and returned to the main tank, leaving the fry to grow on their own side. The layout also suits holding two separate small fish, or fry of different ages, side by side without mixing them. As with the Small net, fry are moved to a grow-out tank once large enough to be safe in the main aquarium. The smaller, single-chamber Absolute Breeder Net Small (NB3201) covers lighter-duty separation where a divider is not needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Live-bearing fish dropping fry:** Holding the mother on one side while fry collect safely on the other.
- **Separating two groups at once:** Two fish, or two batches of fry, kept apart in one hanging unit.
- **Larger broods:** More water volume than the Small net suits a bigger female or more fry.
- **Short-term isolation:** Separating an injured or bullied fish while still sharing main-tank water.
**How to Use**
- **Hang the net over the rim:** Rest the frame on the tank edge with both chambers submerged.
- **Place the adult on one side:** Net the gravid female gently into the chamber away from where fry will collect.
- **Let the partition do the work:** Fry pass through to the far side where the adult cannot reach them.
- **Remove the adult, then release fry:** Lift the adult out once finished, and move grown fry to a grow-out tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double-sided, partitioned design:** A mesh divider keeps an adult and fry, or two groups, apart.
- **Fine breeding mesh:** Contains fry while allowing free water exchange on both sides.
- **Hang-on fitting:** Shares the main tank's water and temperature rather than needing its own.
- **Larger capacity:** More water volume than the Small net for bigger broods.
- **Reusable:** Rinses clean and stores flat between uses.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** NB3202A
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6924781204638
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Breeding Net
- **Size:** Large, double-sided, hang-on style
- **Material:** Fine nylon mesh with a central partition and frame that rests on the tank rim
- **Use:** Separating an adult from fry, or holding two groups side by side
- **Other Sizes:** Breeder Net Small, single-chamber (NB3201)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Absolute Breeder Net Small
Hang-on fry net for isolating fry and gravid livebearers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/absolute-breeder-net-small/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: NB3201 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6924781204676
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Aqua-One-Net-Breeder-Small.jpeg
A pregnant livebearer left in the main tank rarely gets to drop her fry in peace, and newly hatched fry that do survive are picked off within a day or two. Absolute Breeder Net Small (SKU: NB3201) is a hang-on breeding net that clips over the rim of the aquarium and hangs partly submerged inside it, holding a gravid female or a batch of fry separately from the rest of the tank while sharing the same water, temperature and filtration. The fine mesh keeps small fish contained while letting water move freely through it, so the enclosure stays at the same conditions as the main tank rather than needing its own heater or filter. The small size suits nano and standard community tanks where a bulky floating breeding box would crowd the water surface.
The net is designed to sit against the glass with the frame resting on the rim, so it stays in place without clips or suction cups pulling loose, and the open top makes it straightforward to lift a female out once she has dropped her fry or to net fry into a grow-out tank later. Because the mesh is fine enough to hold newly hatched fry but still allows free water exchange, oxygen levels inside the net track the main tank rather than stagnating, which matters for fry in the first days after birth. It is not intended as a long-term home; once fry are large enough to avoid being eaten, they are usually moved to a dedicated grow-out tank and the net is rinsed and put away between uses. It pairs with the larger, double-sided Absolute Breeder Net Large (NB3202A) where more holding capacity or a divided compartment is needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Gravid livebearers:** Isolating a pregnant female so fry are not eaten the moment they appear.
- **Newly hatched fry:** Holding a batch of fry separately while they grow large enough to rejoin the tank.
- **Injured or bullied fish:** Short-term separation from tankmates without a full quarantine set-up.
- **Nano and standard tanks:** A compact net sized for tanks where a large breeding box would crowd the surface.
**How to Use**
- **Hang the net over the rim:** Rest the frame on the tank edge so the mesh sits submerged inside.
- **Place the fish or fry inside:** Net the female or fry gently and transfer them into the enclosure.
- **Check water flow:** Confirm the mesh is not clogged with debris so water keeps exchanging freely.
- **Release or transfer when ready:** Move grown fry to a grow-out tank and rinse the net before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine breeding mesh:** Contains fry and small fish while allowing free water exchange.
- **Hang-on design:** Clips over the rim so it shares the main tank's water and temperature.
- **Compact small size:** Fits nano and standard tanks without crowding the surface.
- **Open-top access:** Simple to lift fish or fry out once separation is no longer needed.
- **Reusable:** Rinses clean and stores flat between breeding cycles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** NB3201
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6924781204676
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Breeding Net
- **Size:** Small, hang-on style
- **Material:** Fine nylon mesh with a frame that rests on the tank rim
- **Use:** Isolating gravid livebearers, fry or small/injured fish
- **Other Sizes:** Breeder Net Large, Double Side (NB3202A)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Round Fish / Shrimp Net
Round-frame fine-mesh net for gently catching fish and shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/round-fish-shrimp-net/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3DFN01R
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/CZ_F_CNPS2310303347_322610.webp
Chasing a fish around a tank with the wrong net stresses everything in the water, and shrimp slip straight through coarse mesh. Round Fish / Shrimp Net (SKU: 3DFN01R) is a hand net with a round frame and a fine, soft mesh, made for catching and moving fish, shrimp and other small aquatic animals. The fine mesh lets water drain through while holding small livestock, and the soft material is kinder to fins and to the delicate legs and antennae of shrimp than a stiff, open weave. This listing is model FN01 in the round-frame range.
A round frame has no corners to catch on plants or decor, so it is the easier shape for scooping fish out of open water or guiding them from around rockwork and wood. The handle gives reach into the tank without the hand going in, and the net is just as useful for maintenance as for livestock: lifting out snails, uneaten food, dead leaves and floating debris between water changes. For catching a fast fish, a common technique is to use two nets, holding one still and gently herding the fish into it with the other. Lift livestock out with the net held just under the surface and transfer it quickly into the bag or container. Fish with spines, such as catfish, can tangle in any mesh; ease them out by turning the net inside out under water rather than pulling at the fins. Rinse the net in fresh water after use and let it dry, and keep separate nets for quarantine and display tanks to avoid carrying disease between them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Moving fish:** Catching fish for transfer, quarantine or rehoming.
- **Shrimp handling:** Fine mesh that holds small shrimp securely.
- **Debris removal:** Lifting out leaves, uneaten food and snails.
- **Around decor:** A rounded rim that slides past plants and rocks.
**How to Use**
- **Move slowly:** Approach from below and let the fish swim into the net.
- **Use a second net:** Herd fast swimmers towards a net held still.
- **Keep it brief:** Transfer fish quickly to minimise time out of water.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean with fresh water after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Round frame:** No corners to snag on plants or ornaments.
- **Fine, soft mesh:** Gentle on fins and shrimp.
- **Free-draining:** Water passes through quickly while livestock stays in.
- **Long handle:** Reach into the tank without wetting a hand.
- **Maintenance tool too:** Clears snails and floating debris.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** 3DFN01R
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish and Shrimp Net (Round)
- **Model:** FN01
- **Frame Shape:** Round
- **Mesh:** Fine, soft net
- **Uses:** Catching fish and shrimp, removing debris and snails
- **Other Sizes:** Round FISH / Shrimp NET, model FN02 (3DFN02R)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Absolute — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Deluxe Stainless Steel Scissors Curve 25cm
Curved-blade aquascaping scissors for trimming close to the substrate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/deluxe-stainless-steel-scissors-curve-25cm/
- Price: $50.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SX25CS
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SX25CS-1.jpg
Straight scissors are awkward low in the tank, because the handles hit the glass before the blades reach the plants. Deluxe Stainless Steel Scissors Curve 25cm (SKU: SX25CS) are 25 cm aquascaping scissors from the Absolute Deluxe range with curved blades, made of stainless steel for use under water. The curve angles the cutting edges away from the line of the handles, so the blades can lie flat over a carpet of plants or along the substrate while the hand stays above them. That makes the curved pattern the usual choice for mowing foreground carpets and trimming low-growing plants, the jobs where a straight blade tends to dig in or leave a ragged edge.
At 25 cm overall the scissors reach the bottom of most nano and small tanks with the hand above the waterline, and work comfortably in tanks up to about 40 cm deep with a forearm in the water. Stainless steel resists rust in fresh water, but it still lasts longer when rinsed in fresh water and dried after use, especially after any time in salt water or in tanks dosed with fertilisers. Sharp blades matter for plant health: a clean cut lets stems and leaves heal, while a crushing cut leaves damaged tissue that can rot. The Deluxe range comes in three blade shapes at 25 cm, so a curved pair is commonly kept alongside straight scissors for stem plants (SX25SS) and double curve scissors (SX25DS) for the lowest carpets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Carpet plants:** Mowing Monte Carlo, dwarf hairgrass or Glossostigma flat to the substrate.
- **Low foreground plants:** Shaping cushions of moss and small rosette plants.
- **Corners and edges:** Reaching in along the glass where straight blades meet the panel.
- **Nano and small tanks:** A 25 cm length that suits shallow aquariums.
**How to Use**
- **Lay the curve flat:** Hold the blades parallel to the carpet with the curve facing down.
- **Cut in passes:** Trim a small area at a time and remove clippings with a net or siphon.
- **Cut, do not tear:** Close the blades fully on each stroke so stems are cut cleanly.
- **Rinse and dry:** Rinse in fresh water after use and dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Curved blades:** Angled to sit flat over carpets and low plants.
- **Stainless steel:** Made for repeated use under water.
- **25 cm length:** Suited to nano, small and medium-height tanks.
- **Clean cuts:** Sharp edges that help plants recover from trimming.
- **Part of a set:** Matches the straight and double curve Deluxe scissors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SX25CS
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Aquascaping Scissors
- **Blade Shape:** Curved
- **Length:** 25 cm
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Care:** Rinse in fresh water and dry after use
- **Other Styles:** Double curve 25 cm (SX25DS); straight 25 cm (SX25SS)
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Deluxe Stainless Steel Scissors Double Curve 25cm
Double-bend aquascaping scissors for the lowest carpet trimming.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/deluxe-stainless-steel-scissors-double-curve-25cm/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SX25DS
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SX25DS-1.jpg
Trimming a dense carpet so it stays level without lifting the roots takes a tool whose blades can lie almost on the substrate. Deluxe Stainless Steel Scissors Double Curve 25cm (SKU: SX25DS) are 25 cm stainless steel aquascaping scissors from the Absolute Deluxe range with a double curve, a second bend in the shaft or blades that offsets the cutting edge from the handles. The design lets the blades run flat across the bottom while the fingers and knuckles stay higher in the water, clear of the plants and hardscape. Double curve scissors are a specialist pattern for keepers who grow carpets and want an even, low finish without disturbing the substrate surface. A regular low trim also keeps light reaching the lower layers of the carpet, which stops it lifting and peeling away from the substrate as it thickens.
The 25 cm length suits nano and small tanks, and the offset is most useful where rocks or wood sit close to the carpet and leave little room for a hand. Cutting with the blades flat and making small, overlapping passes gives the most even result; floating clippings should be netted or siphoned straight away so they do not rot or re-root elsewhere. Stainless steel stands up to life in fresh water, though rinsing and drying after each session keeps the pivot moving freely and the edges sharp, particularly in tanks dosed with fertilisers or CO2. The Deluxe range also includes a single curve pair (SX25CS) for general low trimming and straight scissors (SX25SS) for stem plants higher in the tank, and the three together cover most trimming jobs in a planted aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dense carpets:** Keeping HC Cuba, Monte Carlo or Eleocharis level and short.
- **Tight hardscape:** Cutting between stones where knuckles would otherwise hit rock.
- **Fine finishing:** Final tidy-up before photographing or showing a scape.
- **Shallow tanks:** A 25 cm tool for nano and small aquariums.
**How to Use**
- **Keep the blades level:** Let the double bend hold the edge flat to the carpet.
- **Overlap small passes:** Trim short strips for an even height across the tank.
- **Collect clippings:** Net or siphon floating cuttings before they drift into the scape.
- **Look after the pivot:** Rinse in fresh water and dry before putting away.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double curve:** Offsets the cutting edge well below the hand.
- **Low carpet work:** Blades that sit nearly flat on the substrate.
- **Stainless steel:** Built for routine use in aquarium water.
- **25 cm overall:** A size matched to nano and small tanks.
- **Specialist pattern:** Complements straight and single curve scissors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SX25DS
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Aquascaping Scissors
- **Blade Shape:** Double curve
- **Length:** 25 cm
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Care:** Rinse and dry after each use
- **Other Styles:** Curve 25 cm (SX25CS); straight 25 cm (SX25SS)
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums with carpeting plants
---
#### Deluxe Stainless steel scissors; Straight 25cm
Straight-blade aquascaping scissors for stem plants and general trimming.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/deluxe-stainless-steel-scissors-straight-25cm/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SX25SS
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SX25SS-1.jpg
Stem plants grow fast and need regular topping, and for cuts made in open water a straight blade gives the most control. Deluxe Stainless steel scissors; Straight 25cm (SKU: SX25SS) are 25 cm straight aquascaping scissors in stainless steel from the Absolute Deluxe range. With the blades in line with the handles, the cutting point goes exactly where the hand points it, which suits topping stem plants, cutting back tall background plants, removing old leaves from rosette plants such as Amazon swords and cryptocorynes, and trimming moss on wood. They are the general-purpose pair in the range and the one most planted tanks need first, and they are just as handy outside the tank for cutting airline tubing, trimming plant portions from pots and tidying rockwool from newly bought plants.
The 25 cm length reaches the mid and lower levels of nano and small tanks without the whole arm going under, and is comfortable for upper trimming in deeper aquariums. When topping stems, a cut just above a leaf node encourages side shoots and a bushier group, and the healthy tops can be replanted to fill out the bed. Clean, sharp cuts heal faster than crushed stems, so the blades are worth keeping clean: rinse them in fresh water after each session and dry them, because fertiliser residues and hard water deposits build up on the pivot over time. For carpets and low plants, the curved (SX25CS) and double curve (SX25DS) scissors from the same Deluxe range reach where straight blades cannot lie flat, and many aquascapers keep all three.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Topping stem plants:** Rotala, Ludwigia, Hygrophila and similar fast growers.
- **Leaf removal:** Cutting old or damaged leaves at the base of swords and crypts.
- **Moss and epiphytes:** Shaping moss, Anubias and Java fern on wood and rock.
- **Taking cuttings:** Clean cuts for replanting tops or sharing plants.
**How to Use**
- **Cut above a node:** Trim stems just above a leaf pair to encourage branching.
- **Work top down:** Trim the tallest growth first, then shape the group.
- **Clear the trimmings:** Net floating pieces or replant the healthy tops.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean the blades in fresh water after each session.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Straight blades:** Precise control for cuts in open water.
- **General-purpose pattern:** The everyday trimming pair for planted tanks.
- **Stainless steel:** Made to be used under water.
- **25 cm length:** Reaches into nano and small tanks comfortably.
- **Range partner:** Pairs with the curved and double curve Deluxe scissors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SX25SS
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Aquascaping Scissors
- **Blade Shape:** Straight
- **Length:** 25 cm
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Care:** Rinse in fresh water and dry after use
- **Other Styles:** Curve 25 cm (SX25CS); double curve 25 cm (SX25DS)
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Round FISH / Shrimp NET
FN02 round hand net with soft fine mesh for livestock transfers and tank tidying.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=16514
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3DFN02R
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/CZ_F_CNPS2310303347_322610.webp
Every tank needs a net, and the moment it is needed is usually the moment there is no time to go looking for one. Round FISH / Shrimp NET (SKU: 3DFN02R) is model FN02 in the round-frame fish and shrimp net range: a hand net with a circular frame, a handle for reach and a soft, fine mesh that drains water quickly while keeping small livestock inside. It is designed for safe and gentle handling of fish, shrimp and other small aquatic animals, and doubles as a cleaning tool for skimming out debris.
The rounded rim glides past plants, wood and rockwork without corners catching, which makes it easy to follow a fish through a planted or decorated layout. Fine mesh matters for shrimp keepers in particular, because juveniles and small adults pass through a coarse net, and soft netting reduces the risk of torn fins on long-finned fish such as bettas and guppies. Beyond livestock, the net lifts out snails, shed exoskeletons, uneaten food and melting plant leaves before they decay. To catch a fish calmly, lower lights or reduce flow, then guide it with slow movements; chasing at speed injures fish against the glass. Bagging fish for transport is easier with the net held over the open bag so the fish can be released straight in. After use, rinse the net in fresh water and air-dry it. Keeping one net per tank, or disinfecting between tanks, avoids moving pests and pathogens around the fish room. The range also includes model FN01 (3DFN01R) and square-frame versions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water-change days:** Skimming floating debris and dead leaves.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Catching juveniles and adults without losses through the mesh.
- **Long-finned fish:** Softer netting for bettas and fancy guppies.
- **Snail control:** Lifting out pest snails by hand.
**How to Use**
- **Calm the tank:** Dim the lights or pause strong flow before netting.
- **Guide, don't chase:** Steer fish slowly into the net from below.
- **Transfer promptly:** Move livestock straight into its new container.
- **One net per tank:** Or disinfect and dry between uses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Circular frame:** Moves smoothly around decor.
- **Soft fine netting:** Holds shrimp and protects fins.
- **Quick drainage:** Less drag when moving through the water.
- **Two-in-one tool:** Livestock handling and debris removal.
- **Fin-friendly:** Soft netting for bettas and fancy guppies.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** 3DFN02R
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Fish and Shrimp Net (Round)
- **Model:** FN02
- **Frame Shape:** Round
- **Mesh:** Soft, fine net
- **Uses:** Fish and shrimp handling, snail and debris removal
- **Other Sizes:** Round Fish / Shrimp Net, model FN01 (3DFN01R)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Square FISH / SHRIMP NET
Square-frame fine-mesh net that reaches into corners and along the base glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=16807
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3DFN01S
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/61zQsKxV5bL._AC_SL500_.jpg
Fish and shrimp under pursuit head for the corners, and a round net leaves a gap there every time. Square FISH / SHRIMP NET (SKU: 3DFN01S) is model FN01S, a hand net with a square frame and soft, fine mesh for catching and transferring fish, shrimp and other small aquatic animals. The straight edges sit flush against the glass and the base, so there is no gap for a fish to slip past, and the square frame gives a steady, controlled scoop when precision matters more than speed.
The flat front edge also makes this the more useful shape for working along the substrate: it can be pressed lightly to the sand to herd shrimp, catch a loach that has burrowed into a corner, or collect uneaten food that has settled along the bottom edge. The soft mesh protects fins and shrimp bodies, and the fine weave stops small livestock escaping while letting water drain through. A handle gives reach into deeper tanks without the arm going in. For quick catches, pair it with a second net and guide fish into the one held still against the glass. The net is also useful when rearranging decor, to catch animals disturbed from their hiding places, and for scooping uneaten frozen food before it fouls the water. Rinse it in fresh water after use and leave it to dry, and keep separate nets for quarantine tanks. The range also includes a second square model, FN02S (3DFN02S), and round-frame versions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Corner catches:** Fish and shrimp that retreat into corners.
- **Along the substrate:** Herding shrimp and bottom dwellers off the sand.
- **Collecting settled food:** Scooping uneaten food from the base edge.
- **Rearranging decor:** Catching fish disturbed from their hides.
**How to Use**
- **Square to the glass:** Press the flat edge against the panel to close the gap.
- **Work in pairs:** Hold this net still and guide fish in with a second net.
- **Lift gently:** Keep the fish just under the surface until ready to transfer.
- **Clean after use:** Rinse in fresh water and air-dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Square frame:** Sits flush against glass and substrate.
- **Fine, soft mesh:** Holds shrimp and protects fins.
- **Controlled scooping:** Stable shape for precise catches.
- **Handle for reach:** Works in deeper tanks.
- **Substrate sweeper:** Flat edge collects food and debris from the base.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** 3DFN01S
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Fish and Shrimp Net (Square)
- **Model:** FN01S
- **Frame Shape:** Square
- **Mesh:** Fine, soft net
- **Uses:** Catching fish and shrimp, collecting debris and uneaten food
- **Other Sizes:** Square FISH / Shrimp NET, model FN02S (3DFN02S)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Square FISH / Shrimp NET
FN02S square hand net with soft mesh for precise catches in planted and shrimp tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/square-fish-shrimp-net/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3DFN02S
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/61zQsKxV5bL._AC_SL500_.jpg
In a densely planted tank or a shrimp colony, the job is rarely to scoop everything in reach; it is to lift one animal out cleanly without uprooting the carpet. Square FISH / Shrimp NET (SKU: 3DFN02S) is model FN02S in the square-frame net range, a hand net with a straight-edged frame, a handle for reach and a soft, fine mesh for the safe handling of fish, shrimp and other small aquatic animals. The straight front edge lines up against glass and hardscape, closing off escape routes, while the fine mesh drains water and holds even small shrimp.
The square shape makes spot work easier: pinning a single shrimp against the front glass, sweeping a strip of the foreground for snails, or lifting out a sick fish for treatment. Soft netting is less likely to damage fins, slime coat or shrimp limbs than coarse, stiff mesh, which matters when moving livestock that is already stressed. Between catches, the net is handy for removing floating plant trimmings after a trim and for collecting debris stirred up while rearranging decor. Work slowly and keep the frame below the surface until the animal is in the net, then transfer it directly into its container. Rinse with fresh water after use and dry it before storing. If one net serves several tanks, disinfect it between them to avoid spreading pests such as planaria or hydra. The other square model is FN01S (3DFN01S), with round-frame versions also in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Selective catches:** Removing one fish or shrimp from a group.
- **Planted tanks:** Lifting out trimmings without disturbing carpets.
- **Treatment and quarantine:** Moving a sick fish to a hospital tank.
- **Snail sweeps:** Clearing pest snails from the foreground.
**How to Use**
- **Line it up:** Set the straight edge against the glass or rock.
- **Stay submerged:** Keep the frame under the surface until the catch is inside.
- **Transfer directly:** Move the animal straight into its new container.
- **Disinfect between tanks:** Then rinse and dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Straight-edged frame:** Closes the gap against glass and hardscape.
- **Soft netting:** Kinder to fins, slime coat and shrimp limbs.
- **Fine weave:** Keeps small shrimp from slipping through.
- **Multi-purpose:** Catches livestock and clears trimmings and debris.
- **Square frame:** Pins single animals against glass or rock.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** 3DFN02S
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Fish and Shrimp Net (Square)
- **Model:** FN02S
- **Frame Shape:** Square
- **Mesh:** Soft, fine net
- **Uses:** Selective fish and shrimp catches, trimmings and snail removal
- **Other Sizes:** Square FISH / SHRIMP NET, model FN01S (3DFN01S)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and marine aquariums
---
#### Stainless Steel Aquarium Glass Cleaners 48cm
Absolute Stainless Steel Aquarium Glass Cleaner 48cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-aquarium-glass-cleaners-48cm/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS48AS
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/absolute-stainless-steel-aquarium-glass-cleaner-48cm-SKU-ss48as.png
The Absolute Stainless Steel Aquarium Glass Cleaner 48cm (SKU: SS48AS) is an extra-long, high-precision razor scraper designed to eliminate tough, encrusted algae from glass aquarium walls. Constructed from high-grade, corrosion-resistant stainless steel, this 48cm scraper provides the reach and leverage needed to clean deep aquarium panels without submerging your hands in water.
Featuring a replaceable razor blade head, the SS48AS effortlessly slices through stubborn green spot algae, diatom film, and hard mineral deposits that standard sponges or magnetic scrubbers leave behind.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tough Algae Removal:** Ideal for stripping encrusted green spot algae, hard algae film, and mineral deposits off glass aquarium walls.
- **Deep Tank Maintenance:** Perfect for tall or deep aquariums (up to 50–60cm depth), allowing complete glass coverage while keeping hands dry.
- **Pre-Aquascaping Preparation:** Essential for thorough glass polishing before taking aquascape photos or conducting major tank overhauls.
**How to Use**
- Ensure the razor blade is securely locked into the scraper head prior to use.
- Hold the scraper handle at a 30 to 45-degree angle against the interior glass wall.
- Glide the blade smoothly along the glass in steady, overlapping downward or upward strokes.
- Avoid running the razor blade directly into the gravel line or silicone seams to protect the aquarium seals.
- Rinse thoroughly with tap water after each use and dry completely before storing to preserve the stainless steel finish.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **48cm Extended Reach:** Extended handle allows easy cleaning of deep viewing panels without wet sleeves.
- **Precision Stainless Steel Scraper:** Slices through encrusted algae without requiring excessive physical pressure.
- **Durable Alloy Shaft:** Built from rigid, rust-resistant stainless steel designed for aquatic maintenance.
- **Replaceable Blade Design:** Accommodates standard scraper replacement blades for continuous sharp performance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** SS48AS
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Glass Cleaners & Scrapers
- **Total Tool Length:** 480 mm (48 cm)
- **Shipping Package Dimensions:** 583 mm (L) × 132 mm (W) × 77 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 418 g
- **Target Environment:** Glass Aquariums Only (Freshwater & Marine)
---
#### Stainless Steel Aquarium Glass Cleaners; 65cm
Long-reach stainless steel glass cleaner for deep tanks and planted layouts.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-aquarium-glass-cleaners-65cm/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS65AS
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/SS65AS-1-600x600-1.jpg
Algae on the lower glass of a deep tank is hard to reach with a magnet that keeps snagging on substrate, and a sleeve rolled to the shoulder is no better. Stainless Steel Aquarium Glass Cleaners; 65cm (SKU: SS65AS) is a long-handled glass cleaning tool in stainless steel, about 65 cm long, for scraping algae and film off the inside of aquarium glass while the hand stays out of the water. The length is the reason to choose it: it reaches the bottom of tall tanks and the back glass of deep ones from the top rim.
Stainless steel resists corrosion in both fresh and salt water, and a rigid metal handle transfers pressure to the head more directly than a plastic pole, which helps on stubborn spot algae. It belongs with the other stainless aquascaping tools, used alongside long tweezers and scissors in planted tanks where a magnet cleaner cannot get between the glass and plants or hardscape. Work in overlapping strokes from the top down, keeping the head flat to the glass, and stop just above the substrate line so grains of sand are not dragged across the pane, which can scratch. Take care along the silicone seams in the corners so the sealant is not cut. Because the tool is made for glass, it should not be used on acrylic aquariums, which scratch easily. After use, rinse it in fresh water, particularly after marine tanks, and dry it before storing. The supplier's system lists the length as 60 cm while the product name gives 65 cm, so allow for that range when measuring tank depth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tall and deep tanks:** Reaching the lower glass from the rim.
- **Planted aquascapes:** Cleaning glass behind and between plants.
- **Spot and film algae:** Firm pressure on stubborn growth.
- **Weekly maintenance:** Before a water change so loosened algae is siphoned out.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Top down:** Work in overlapping strokes from the waterline down.
- **Stop above the sand:** Avoid dragging grains across the glass.
- **Mind the seams:** Keep clear of the silicone in the corners.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean in fresh water after use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Long reach:** About 65 cm for deep aquariums.
- **Stainless steel:** Corrosion-resistant in fresh and salt water.
- **Rigid handle:** Direct pressure on stubborn algae.
- **Hands out of the water:** Cleaning without disturbing the tank.
- **Two lengths:** A 48 cm version for shallower tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SS65AS
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Stainless Steel Glass Cleaner
- **Length:** About 65 cm (supplier system lists 60 cm)
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Suitable For:** Glass aquariums only, not acrylic
- **Care:** Rinse in fresh water and dry after use
- **Other Sizes:** Stainless Steel Aquarium Glass Cleaners 48cm (SS48AS)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and marine glass aquariums
---
#### Stainless steel 9pcs holder rack
Stainless steel stand for keeping nine aquascaping tools upright and within reach.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-9pcs-holder-rack/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS09HR
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/41EMxU1U4YL._SL1500_-600x600-1.jpg
Aquascaping tools left lying on a wet bench end up dropped, bent or rusting, and the right pair of tweezers is never where it should be mid-trim. Stainless steel 9pcs holder rack (SKU: SS09HR) is a silver stainless steel rack for holding a set of aquascaping tools, with positions for nine pieces such as long tweezers, scissors, spatulas and glass cleaners. It keeps the tools upright, separated and visible, so each can be picked up and put back without hunting through a drawer.
Stainless steel suits a wet working area because it resists corrosion from splashes of fresh and salt water, and it matches the stainless tools it is designed to hold. Storing tools upright also lets them drip and air-dry between uses, which matters for the fine tips of planting tweezers and the pivots of scissors, where trapped water and fertiliser residue cause staining. Set the rack on a flat, stable surface beside the aquarium or in the cabinet, placing the longest tools at the back so the shorter ones stay easy to reach. Before tools go back into the rack, rinse off aquarium water, especially from marine tanks, and wipe them dry. The rack itself can be wiped with a damp cloth and dried; avoid abrasive pads, which scratch the polished finish. It works with tools from any range, and makes a tidy home for a newly bought set of tweezers and scissors. A typical nine-piece kit fills it with long and short tweezers in straight and curved forms, wave, straight and spring scissors, a substrate spatula and a glass scraper, so a gap in the rack also shows at a glance which tool has been left beside the tank or in the fish room.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascaping sessions:** Tools upright and to hand while planting and trimming.
- **Cabinet storage:** A tidy home for a full tool set.
- **Drying between uses:** Lets tools drip and air-dry.
- **Display and workshop:** Keeps tools organised in a fish room or shop.
**How to Use**
- **Place it level:** Set the rack on a flat, stable surface.
- **Long tools at the back:** Keep shorter tools at the front.
- **Rinse tools first:** Remove salt and fertiliser residue before storing.
- **Wipe the rack:** Damp cloth and dry; no abrasive pads.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nine positions:** Room for a complete aquascaping tool set.
- **Stainless steel:** Resists corrosion in a wet work area.
- **Upright storage:** Protects fine tips and lets tools dry.
- **Silver finish:** Matches stainless tweezers and scissors.
- **Works with any brand:** Holds tools from different ranges side by side.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SS09HR
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Tool Holder Rack
- **Capacity:** 9 tools
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Colour:** Silver
- **Tools Included:** No, rack only
- **Care:** Wipe clean and dry; avoid abrasives
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted and marine aquarium maintenance
---
#### Stainless steel Planters Curve 48cm
Long curved planting tweezers for deep and large aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-planters-curve-48cm/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS48CP
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SS48SP-1.jpg
In a tank deeper than an arm wants to go, the alternative to a wet shoulder and a cloud of disturbed substrate is a longer tool. Stainless steel Planters Curve 48cm (SKU: SS48CP) are 48 cm curved aquascaping tweezers in stainless steel, the longest curved pair in the range. They plant, reposition and remove aquatic plants at the bottom of deep aquariums while the hand stays well above the water, and the curved tip angles down to the substrate so the planting point is visible from the front.
The extra reach suits aquariums with 45 cm or more of water, tall show tanks and large 120 cm-plus layouts where plants sit at the back behind rock and wood. Length brings leverage, so the curved tip is useful for working under overhanging hardscape and into the rear corners without moving decor. Long tweezers are also the safer choice in tanks with large or territorial fish, and in marine tanks for placing coral frags or retrieving fallen pieces, provided they are rinsed in fresh water afterwards. Because longer tools flex more, plant in small portions held near the tip and push in steadily rather than forcing a large bunch at once. Open the tips and draw back slowly so the plant is not pulled up again. Stainless steel resists rust for wet use; rinse and dry after every session and store the tweezers flat or in a rack to protect the tips. The 38 cm curved pair (SS38CP) suits standard-height tanks, and many keepers of large aquariums own both lengths, using the shorter pair for the foreground and the 48 cm pair for the back.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deep aquariums:** 45 cm or more of water.
- **Large layouts:** Back-row plants behind hardscape in 120 cm-plus tanks.
- **Tanks with large fish:** Keeping hands out of the water.
- **Reef work:** Placing or retrieving coral frags at depth.
**How to Use**
- **Small portions:** Plant a few stems or a small clump at a time.
- **Steady pressure:** Push in smoothly to limit flex.
- **Use the curve:** Reach under overhangs and into rear corners.
- **Rinse and store safely:** Fresh water, dry, and keep the tips protected.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **48 cm reach:** The longest curved pair in the range.
- **Curved tip:** Works around and under hardscape.
- **Stainless steel:** Corrosion-resistant in fresh and salt water.
- **Hands out of the tank:** Less disturbance to substrate and fish.
- **Leverage at depth:** Reaches rear corners without moving decor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SS48CP
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Planting Tweezers (Curved)
- **Tip:** Curved
- **Length:** 48 cm
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Suitable Aquarium Depth:** About 45 cm of water and deeper
- **Other Sizes:** Stainless steel Planters; Curve 38cm (SS38CP)
- **Target Environment:** Large planted freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Stainless steel Planters; Curve 38cm
Mid-length curved planting tweezers for standard 45 to 60 cm deep aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-planters-curve-38cm/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS38CP
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SS38CP-1.jpg
Most planted tanks sold are between 30 and 50 cm tall, and that is where a short pair of tweezers stops reaching and a very long pair starts to wobble. Stainless steel Planters; Curve 38cm (SKU: SS38CP) are 38 cm curved aquascaping tweezers in stainless steel, the mid-length tool in the range. They are used to plant, move and remove aquatic plants and to clear debris, with a curved tip that angles towards the substrate so the hand works from above the waterline and outside the field of view.
At 38 cm, the tweezers reach the substrate in tanks of roughly 35 to 45 cm water depth with the hand still above the surface, which covers most 60 and 90 cm standard aquariums. The curve is useful in the midground and foreground, where plants are pushed in at an angle and the hand would otherwise cast a shadow or block the view: carpet clumps, small rosette plants, cuttings of stem plants and moss tucked into wood. They are also suited to rearranging plants that have drifted or floated up after a water change, and to lifting dead leaves and uneaten food out from between stems. Hold the plant by its root or base at the very tip, insert at an angle, open and draw back. The stainless steel stands up to daily wet use; rinse after every session, especially after fertiliser dosing, and dry before storing so the tips stay aligned. The range also includes curved 48 cm and short curved versions, and straight tweezers. For a first set in a standard tank, a 38 cm curved pair alongside a straight pair covers almost every planting job.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard planted tanks:** About 35 to 45 cm of water depth.
- **Midground planting:** Stem cuttings and small rosette plants.
- **Replanting after maintenance:** Re-seating plants that have lifted.
- **Debris removal:** Picking dead leaves from between stems.
**How to Use**
- **Load the tip:** Grip the plant at its base with only the tip.
- **Insert at an angle:** Use the curve to reach under overhangs.
- **Back out gently:** Open the tips and lift away slowly.
- **Clean after use:** Rinse, dry and store flat or in a rack.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **38 cm length:** Reach for standard-height planted tanks.
- **Curved tip:** Clear sightline while planting.
- **Stainless steel:** Made for repeated wet use.
- **All-rounder:** Planting, repositioning and cleaning.
- **Hand above the water:** Less disturbance to substrate and fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SS38CP
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Planting Tweezers (Curved)
- **Tip:** Curved
- **Length:** 38 cm
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Suitable Aquarium Depth:** About 35–45 cm of water
- **Other Sizes:** Stainless steel Planters Curve 48cm (SS48CP)
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater aquariums
---
#### Stainless steel Planters; Straight 27cm
Straight stainless planting tweezers for stem plants in small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-planters-straight-27cm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS27SP
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/shopping-2.webp
Stem plants go in vertically, one stem at a time, and a straight tool drives them down cleanly where a curved tip would push them sideways. Stainless steel Planters; Straight 27cm (SKU: SS27SP) are 27 cm straight aquascaping tweezers in stainless steel, used for planting, repositioning and removing aquatic plants in small and nano tanks. The straight line from handle to tip gives direct, predictable control, which makes it the first tool most aquascapers reach for when planting stems and larger plant portions.
The 27 cm length suits tanks with up to roughly 30 cm of water, from nano cubes to shallow 45 and 60 cm layouts. Straight tweezers are the natural choice for stem plants such as Rotala and Ludwigia, which are pushed straight down several centimetres into the substrate so they do not float free, and for anchoring the root crowns of Cryptocoryne and small swords. They are equally useful for lifting out dead leaves, snails and uneaten food, and for adjusting small stones and wood pieces during scaping. To plant, hold the stem near its base with the tip, push it vertically into the substrate, open the tweezers and withdraw slowly. Stainless steel resists rust in wet use; rinse after each session and dry the tool before storing so the tips stay aligned. Straight 38 cm and 48 cm versions are stocked for deeper tanks, alongside curved tweezers for carpet planting. Many aquascapers keep both a straight and a curved pair: the straight one for stems and rooted plants, the curved one for low-angle foreground work. In a nano tank the short length also means less leverage on the tips, so small plantlets are less likely to be crushed while they are pushed in.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stem plants:** Vertical planting of Rotala, Ludwigia and similar stems.
- **Nano and small tanks:** Up to about 30 cm of water.
- **Rooted plants:** Anchoring Cryptocoryne and small swords.
- **Scaping details:** Adjusting small stones and wood pieces.
**How to Use**
- **Grip near the base:** Hold the stem low with the tips.
- **Push straight down:** Insert several centimetres into the substrate.
- **Release cleanly:** Open the tips before withdrawing.
- **Clean and dry:** Rinse after use and store safely.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Straight tip:** Direct control for vertical planting.
- **27 cm length:** Precise handling in small tanks.
- **Stainless steel:** Rust-resistant for wet use.
- **Versatile:** Planting, cleaning and scaping adjustments.
- **Pairs with curved tweezers:** Straight for stems, curved for carpets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SS27SP
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Planting Tweezers (Straight)
- **Tip:** Straight
- **Length:** 27 cm
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Suitable Aquarium Depth:** Up to about 30 cm of water
- **Other Sizes:** Straight 38cm (SS38SP); Straight 48cm (SS48SP)
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater and nano aquariums
---
#### Stainless steel Planters; Straight 38cm
Rigid aquascaping support rod for hardscape and potted plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-planters-straight-38cm/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS38SP
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Stainless-steel-Planters-Straight-38cm.jpg
A piece of driftwood that will not sit still, or a potted plant that needs lifting clear of the substrate, both need something rigid to anchor against rather than loose gravel. Stainless steel Planters; Straight 38cm (SKU: SS38SP) is a straight, 38 cm stainless steel rod from Absolute's aquascaping range, used as a support stake pushed into the substrate to brace hardscape or to hold a potted aquatic plant at a fixed height above the tank floor. Stainless steel is corrosion-resistant in both fresh and salt water, so the rod can stay in the tank long-term rather than needing to be a removable tool, and the straight profile is one of several lengths in the range rather than a one-size item.
In an aquascape, a rod like this is typically pushed into the substrate behind or alongside a piece of driftwood or rock to stop it drifting or tipping as the layout settles in, or used to prop up a potted plant so its roots stay out of compacted substrate while its crown reaches the light. The 38 cm length sits in the middle of the Straight range, between the shorter 27 cm (SS27SP) and the longer 48 cm (SS48SP), so it is chosen according to tank height and how far the support needs to reach above the substrate. Because it is bare stainless steel rather than a coated or painted rod, it is not intended as a decorative feature on its own; its job is structural, holding a layout in place rather than being seen. Exact rod diameter is not published by the supplier, so a buyer matching it to a specific existing stake or riser should confirm this detail before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bracing driftwood or rock:** Stopping a hardscape piece from tipping or drifting after placement.
- **Elevating potted plants:** Holding a pot's crown clear of compacted substrate.
- **Aquascape builds:** A structural support hidden behind the visible layout.
- **Freshwater or marine tanks:** Stainless steel suits either water type without corroding.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Push into the substrate:** Seat the rod firmly enough to hold the hardscape or pot steady.
- **Position before filling:** Place and check the support's height before the tank is topped up.
- **Choose the matching length:** Use the 27 cm, 38 cm or 48 cm size to suit the tank's depth.
- **Rinse during maintenance:** Wipe down any algae growth along the rod during routine cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stainless steel construction:** Corrosion-resistant in freshwater and marine aquariums.
- **Straight 38 cm profile:** The middle length in a three-size range.
- **Structural aquascaping support:** Braces hardscape or elevates a potted plant.
- **Long-term tank use:** Built to stay in place rather than as a removable tool.
- **Range of lengths:** Matched to different tank heights and layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** SS38SP
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Stainless Steel Aquascaping Rod
- **Length:** 38 cm
- **Profile:** Straight
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Use:** Bracing driftwood or rock; elevating potted plants above the substrate
- **Other Sizes:** Straight 27cm (SS27SP); Straight 48cm (SS48SP)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Stainless steel Planters; Straight 48cm
Absolute Stainless Steel Straight Planting Tweezers 48cm/19Inch.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-planters-straight-48cm/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS48SP
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Absolute-Stainless-Steel-Straight-Planting-Tweezers-48cm19Inch-SKU-SS48SP.png
The Absolute Stainless Steel Straight Planting Tweezers 48cm (SKU: SS48SP) are extra-long, precision aquascaping pinsettes engineered for effortless plant installation and hardscape care. Constructed from durable, rust-resistant stainless steel, these 48cm straight tweezers enable aquarists to reach the bottom of deep aquariums without placing hands and arms in the water.
Designed with fine, serrated inner tips, these planting tongs securely grip delicate stem plants, tissue culture plantlets, and carpet greens without crushing plant tissue. They provide superior dexterity and control when positioning vegetation or placing root fertilisers deep into sand or soil beds.
##### Usage & Application
##### When to Use
- **Deep Aquarium Aquascaping:** Ideal for planting in tall or deep tanks (up to 60cm+ height) while keeping hands and sleeves dry.
- **Stem & Carpet Planting:** Inserting stem plants, micro-carpets (Monte Carlo, Eleocharis), and mosses securely into substrate.
- **Targeted Root Feeding:** Placing root tabs, capsule fertilisers, or small coral frags precisely between tight rocks and driftwood.
##### How to Use
- Grasp the plant stem firmly near the roots using the serrated tips of the tweezers.
- Push the plant deep into the substrate at a slight 45-degree angle.
- Gently release pressure on the handles and slide the tweezers straight out from the substrate to prevent pulling the plant back up.
- Rinse with tap water after each use and dry thoroughly with a towel before storing.
##### Key Features
- **Extra-Long 48cm Reach:** Extended length provides maximum access to hard-to-reach areas in large aquariums.
- **Serrated Precision Tips:** Ensures a firm hold on slippery plant roots, stems, and substrate tablets.
- **High-Grade Stainless Steel:** Durable, corrosion-resistant alloy built for long-term freshwater use.
- **Balanced Spring Tension:** Reduces hand strain during detailed aquascaping sessions.
##### Product Details
- **Brand:** Absolute
- **SKU:** SS48SP
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Plant Tools
- **Tool Length:** 480 mm (48 cm) / 19 inches
- **Tip Profile:** Straight
- **Shipping Package Dimensions:** 528 mm (L) × 528 mm (W) × 528 mm (H)
- **Gross Shipping Weight:** 2,860 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Planted Aquariums
---
#### Stainless steel planter curve
Short curved stainless planting tweezers for nano tanks and foreground carpets.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/stainless-steel-planter-curve/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SS27CP
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/images-2.jpg
Planting a carpet in a small tank by hand pulls up as much as goes in, and fingers block the view of exactly where each plantlet is going. Stainless steel planter curve (SKU: SS27CP) is a short pair of curved aquascaping tweezers in stainless steel, used to push plant portions into the substrate, reposition them and pick out debris. The curved tip angles down towards the substrate while the hand stays above and to the side, so the planting point remains visible through the front glass.
The short length suits nano and small aquariums, roughly up to 30 cm deep, and shallow foreground areas in bigger tanks, where a long tool is clumsy and harder to control. The curve makes it the natural choice for carpeting plants such as Monte Carlo, dwarf hairgrass and HC, which are planted in small clumps at a low angle, and for tucking moss or small epiphytes into gaps in rock. To plant, grip the lower stem or root portion near the tip, push it into the substrate at an angle, then open the tweezers and withdraw them slowly so the plant stays put. The same tool picks out dead leaves, snails and food from between plants, and in a shrimp tank it reaches into moss without disturbing the colony. Stainless steel resists rust in wet use; rinse and dry it after each session and store it so the tips cannot be bent. The supplier system records the length as 24 cm; longer curved versions are stocked at 38 cm and 48 cm, plus a straight 27 cm pair.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Up to about 30 cm deep.
- **Carpet planting:** Low-angle placement of small clumps.
- **Moss and epiphytes:** Tucking portions into rock crevices.
- **Spot cleaning:** Removing dead leaves and snails from tight spaces.
**How to Use**
- **Grip low:** Hold the plant by the roots or lower stem at the tip.
- **Angle the curve down:** Push into the substrate at a shallow angle.
- **Release and withdraw:** Open the tips and pull out slowly.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean after each session to keep the tips true.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Curved tip:** Keeps the hand out of the line of sight.
- **Short length:** Precise control in small tanks.
- **Stainless steel:** Rust-resistant for wet use.
- **Fine tips:** Grip small plantlets and moss.
- **Foreground specialist:** Low-angle access for carpet plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** SS27CP
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Planting Tweezers (Curved)
- **Tip:** Curved
- **Length:** 24 cm per supplier records (SKU suggests 27 cm)
- **Material:** Stainless steel
- **Suitable Aquarium Depth:** Up to about 30 cm
- **Range:** Curved 38 cm (SS38CP), curved 48 cm (SS48CP), straight 27 cm (SS27SP)
- **Target Environment:** Planted freshwater and nano aquariums
---
### Absolute — Gravel
#### River Pebble 10kg/bag
Polished mixed-colour river pebbles for aquarium foregrounds, ponds and garden features.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/gravel/river-pebble-10kg-bag/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RP3610
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Gravel (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/gravel/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RP3610.jpg
Rounded stones give a stream or river layout its natural edge, and a handful of polished pebbles can soften the line between sand and rockwork. River Pebble 10kg/bag (SKU: RP3610) is a 10 kg bag of polished mixed river pebbles with a varied, natural colour palette of earthy tones. The supplier notes that the pebbles look even more striking when wet, which is exactly how they are seen in an aquarium or a water feature, and they are equally suited to landscaping, pot tops and garden features outside the tank.
As a natural product, colour mix and the size of individual stones vary from bag to bag, and the photos are indicative. In an aquarium, river pebbles are used as a foreground or accent layer over sand or gravel, along the edge of a dry riverbed design, or as a cap around the base of plants and wood. Because they are smooth and rounded, they are gentle on bottom-dwelling fish such as loaches and catfish. Before use, rinse the pebbles thoroughly in a bucket until the water runs clear. For soft-water or planted tanks, a few drops of vinegar on a sample stone is a simple check: steady fizzing suggests carbonate content that can raise pH and hardness over time. As a rough guide, 10 kg of pebbles covers about a 60 × 30 cm area to a depth of around 3 cm, depending on stone size. Pebbles trap waste between them, so vacuum around them at water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **River and stream layouts:** A natural, water-worn foreground.
- **Goldfish and coldwater tanks:** Rounded stones too large to swallow when the pebbles are well sized.
- **Ponds and water features:** Edging and lining around pumps and spillways.
- **Garden and pot tops:** Decorative mulch and landscaping accents.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse well:** Wash in a bucket until the rinse water runs clear.
- **Test for carbonates:** Check a sample with vinegar before using in soft-water tanks.
- **Layer over finer substrate:** Place pebbles on top of sand or gravel, not under it.
- **Clean around them:** Siphon between the stones at each water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Polished finish:** Smooth, rounded stones.
- **Mixed natural colours:** Varied tones that brighten when wet.
- **10 kg bag:** Enough for an aquarium foreground or a small garden feature.
- **Indoor or outdoor:** Aquariums, ponds, pots and landscaping.
- **Gentle on fish:** Rounded stones for bottom dwellers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** RP3610
- **Product Type:** Gravel > Polished River Pebbles
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Finish:** Polished, mixed natural colours
- **Pebble Size:** Natural variation; see product photos
- **Approximate Coverage:** About 60 × 30 cm at 3 cm deep (rule of thumb)
- **Preparation:** Rinse before use; vinegar test for carbonates
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, ponds and garden features
---
### Absolute — Filter Media
#### Absolute Activated carbon 1kg
Bulk activated carbon for large tanks, canisters and regular media changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/absolute-activated-carbon-1kg/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CARB1000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6924781218611
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/61KeTFy2npL._AC_UF10001000_QL80_.jpg
Large canisters and sumps swallow carbon by the handful, and anyone changing it every month on a big tank, or across several tanks, runs through small packs fast. Absolute Activated carbon 1kg (SKU: CARB1000) is the one-kilogram pack of Absolute's activated carbon filter media, twice the quantity of the 500 g pack, for the chemical stage of canister, hang-on, internal and sump filters. Its porous structure adsorbs dissolved organic compounds, the yellow colour from tannins and many substances behind odours, leaving water clearer and fresher. The larger quantity suits aquariums of 200 L and up or a fish room with several filters to service. Buying in bulk also means a fresh change is always on hand when water starts to yellow.
As a general guide, about 100 g of carbon treats around 100 L, so a kilogram is roughly a single fill for a 1,000 L system, or ten monthly fills for a 100 L tank. Because carbon becomes saturated, it is replaced on a schedule, typically every four to six weeks, rather than run until the water yellows again. It plays no part in removing ammonia, nitrite or nitrate. Rinse each portion before use to remove fine dust, weigh it into mesh media bags, and keep it downstream of the sponges. Store the opened bag sealed and dry, away from fumes such as paint or cleaning sprays, which carbon will also adsorb from the air. Remove carbon during any medication course. Spent carbon is simply thrown out and replaced.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large canisters and sumps:** Systems that need several hundred grams per change.
- **Multiple tanks:** One bulk pack shared across a fish room or several displays.
- **Blackwater and driftwood tanks:** Regular changes to manage tannin colour.
- **Post-treatment:** Clearing medication once a course has run its time.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Portion out:** Weigh about 100 g per 100 L into separate media bags.
- **Rinse each bag:** Flush with dechlorinated water until the dust stops.
- **Load after mechanical media:** Keep debris from coating the carbon.
- **Store the rest sealed:** Close the bag tightly and keep it away from household fumes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 kg bulk pack:** Double the 500 g size for big systems.
- **Chemical filtration stage:** Adsorbs dissolved organics, colour and odour compounds.
- **Roughly 1,000 L per fill:** At the common 100 g per 100 L guide.
- **Any filter type:** Use loose in trays or bagged in canisters and sumps.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Suits both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** CARB1000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6924781218611
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Media Type:** Activated carbon (chemical filtration)
- **Coverage:** About 1,000 L per fill at 100 g per 100 L (general guide)
- **Replacement:** Typically every 4–6 weeks; remove during medication
- **Other Sizes:** Absolute Activated carbon 500g (CARB500)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Absolute Activated carbon 500g
Chemical filter media to clear tea-coloured water, odours and medication residue.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/absolute-activated-carbon-500g/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CARB500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 6924781201811
- Brand: Absolute (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/absolute/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/61KeTFy2npL._SX522_.jpg
Driftwood tannins, a fading smell after a fish loss, or the last traces of a medication course are the jobs mechanical and biological media cannot do. Absolute Activated carbon 500g (SKU: CARB500) is a 500 g pack of activated carbon filter media sold under Absolute's own label for canister, hang-on and internal filters. Activated carbon is highly porous, and dissolved organic compounds, colouring and many odour-causing substances bind to its internal surface as water passes through. It is the standard chemical stage in a freshwater or marine filter, and a 500 g pack covers several changes in a small to medium aquarium.
Carbon works by adsorption, so its capacity is finite: once the pores are filled it stops clearing the water, and most fishkeepers replace it about every four to six weeks rather than leaving it in indefinitely. It does not remove ammonia, nitrite or nitrate, which still depend on the biological filter and water changes. Rinse new carbon in old tank water or dechlorinated water to wash out fine dust, load it into a mesh media bag, and place it after the sponges or floss so particles do not clog it. Take it out while medicating, because it will strip many treatments from the water, and put fresh carbon back once the course is finished. A common starting amount is about 100 g per 100 L. Used carbon is not worth recharging at home and goes in the bin.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yellow or tea-tinted water:** Tannins leached from driftwood, leaves or peat.
- **After medicating:** Clearing residual treatments once a course is complete.
- **Odours:** Stale smells from decaying food, plants or a dead fish.
- **Display clarity:** A polished look in a show tank or before photographing it.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash in dechlorinated water until the run-off is clear of dust.
- **Bag it:** Fill a fine mesh media bag loosely so water flows through, not round it.
- **Position after sponges:** Put it downstream of mechanical media in the filter.
- **Change regularly:** Replace about every four to six weeks; remove during medication.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **500 g pack:** Several changes for a small or medium tank.
- **Adsorbs organics:** Takes up dissolved colouring and odour compounds.
- **Fits most filters:** Canister, hang-on, internal and sump media bags.
- **Fresh or salt:** Suitable for freshwater and marine systems.
- **Treatment clean-up:** Removes leftover medication after a course.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Absolute (Australia)
- **SKU:** CARB500
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 6924781201811
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Media Type:** Activated carbon (chemical filtration)
- **Typical Use:** About 100 g per 100 L, changed every 4–6 weeks (general guide)
- **Not For:** Use during medication; ammonia or nitrate control
- **Other Sizes:** Absolute Activated carbon 1kg (CARB1000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Red Sea — Additives & Supplements
#### Red Sea Nano Reefmat Fleece Roll (2 Pack)
Replacement filtration media for Red Sea ReefMat Nano automatic fleece filter unit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-nano-reefmat-fleece-roll-2/
- Price: $40.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED1002 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116397283
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/111-33.png
The Red Sea Nano ReefMat Fleece Roll 2-Pack ( SKU: RED1002 ) provides replacement mechanical filtration media designed specifically for the Red Sea ReefMat Nano automatic fleece filter unit. Each roll consists of a non-woven polyester material that efficiently traps suspended particulates before they decompose in the water column. The Red Sea Nano ReefMat Fleece Roll 2 is a high-quality filtration media designed to improve water clarity and mechanical filtration in aquariums. This soft fleece media captures fine debris and suspended particles that can cloud the water, helping maintain crystal-clear conditions in both freshwater and marine tanks.
Sold as a convenient two-pack, these fleece rolls keep your mechanical filtration running continuously. The material is high-permeability polyester engineered to resist tearing while maximising water flow and waste retention. This roll can be cut to size for use in sumps, hang-on filters or DIY filtration setups, giving flexibility for different aquarium configurations. The gentle filtering action supports beneficial bacteria colonisation and helps reduce maintenance frequency by trapping particles effectively before they break down. A versatile and efficient choice for aquarists, the Red Sea Nano ReefMat Fleece Roll 2 enhances your filtration performance and supports a healthier aquatic environment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Filter Replacement:** Use when the active fleece roll in your ReefMat Nano is depleted.
- **Enhanced Water Clarity:** Ideal for capturing fine floating detritus, uneaten food, and organic waste.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Open the ReefMat Nano filter chamber and remove the empty media spool.
- Slide the new fleece roll onto the clean roll axle.
- Thread the fleece edge through the media guide channel and attach it to the take-up spool.
- Reset the roll tracker in the ReefBeat app to monitor usage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Efficiency Filtration:** Premium aquarium fleece media for mechanical filtration. Captures fine particulates and debris to improve water clarity and prevent organic waste buildup.
- **Non-Woven Polyester:** Tear-resistant material designed for wet roll mechanics. Roll format allows custom cutting for different filter setups.
- **Reef Safe:** Free from chemical binders, additives, or bleaches. Suitable for use in sumps, hang-on filters, and DIY systems
- **Convenient 2-Pack:** Provides extended operation for your ReefMat Nano unit. Helps maintain cleaner water and reduce frequent cleaning
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED1002
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116397283
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Fleece Filter Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 76 mm (L) × 76 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 15 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Aquariums using ReefMat Nano
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care 4 Part Rcp Large 600ltr
Replenish trace elements (Calcium, Magnesium, Alkalinity, etc) in large reef aquariums up to 600 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-4-part-rcp-large-600ltr/
- Price: $275.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED878 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399034
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED878-1.jpg
Red Sea Complete Reef Care 4-Part RCP Large ( SKU: RED878 ) is a bulk element replenishment kit designed for large reef aquariums up to 600 litres. It supplies full-spectrum Calcium, Alkalinity, Magnesium, and trace elements tailored for dense SPS and mixed coral displays.
By tying total element administration to a single Calcium consumption baseline, it simplifies reef chemistry management while preventing nutrient imbalance in high-demand aquariums.
##### How It Works: The 4 parts are formulated in an easy-to-implement ratio :
- **Part 1:** Calcium, Magnesium, Strontium, Barium
- **Part 2:** KH/Alkalinity components
- **Part 3:** Potassium, Boron, Iodine, Bromine, Fluorine
- **Part 4:** Iron, Manganese, Cobalt, Copper, Aluminum, Zinc, Chromium, Nickel plus 18 additional bioactive trace elements
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large / Heavily Stocked Reefs:** Formulated for tanks up to 600 litres with high coral growth rates.
- **High-Volume Dosing:** Best suited for high-capacity dosing reservoirs connected to automatic dosing systems.
**How to Use**
- Determine system Calcium uptake via regular water testing.
- Program dosing pumps to deliver corresponding daily ratios of Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4.
- Verify salinity and foundation parameters monthly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 600L Formulation:** High-volume capacity for large or heavily stocked coral displays.
- **Full-Spectrum Element Care:** Replenishes major, minor, and trace elements in exact natural ratios.
- **Reduces Testing Frequency:** Ties multi-element dosing to a single Calcium baseline test.
- **Promotes Tissue & Skeletal Growth:** Formulated to support maximum calcification rates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED878
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399034
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Coral Care Systems
- **Package Dimensions:** 315 mm (L) × 165 mm (W) × 285 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 10800 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Aquariums up to 600 L
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care 4 Part Rcp Medium 300ltr
Sustains trace elements (Calcium, Magnesium, KH/Alkalinity) in reef tanks up to 300 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-4-part-rcp-medium-300ltr/
- Price: $168.75 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED877 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399041
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED877-1.jpg
Red Sea Complete Reef Care 4-Part RCP Medium ( SKU: RED877 ) provides a mid-sized supply of Red Sea's all-in-one reef element system, formulated to sustain optimal skeletal growth and vibrant colouration in aquariums up to 300 litres.
The Complete Reef Care program is a simplified, yet comprehensive 4-part supplement system designed to ensure optimal coral growth and colouration in reef aquariums without refugiums. By replenishing all 36 major, minor, and trace elements, including alkalinity components, this system allows hobbyists to maintain a thriving reef while simplifying their dosing routine.
Containing balanced concentrations of Calcium, Carbonates (KH), Magnesium, and major/minor trace elements, it prevents ion depletion and maintains chemical stability in growing reef ecosystems.
##### How It Works: The 4 parts are formulated in an easy-to-implement ratio :
- **Part 1:** Calcium, Magnesium, Strontium, Barium
- **Part 2:** KH/Alkalinity components
- **Part 3:** Potassium, Boron, Iodine, Bromine, Fluorine
- **Part 4:** Iron, Manganese, Cobalt, Copper, Aluminum, Zinc, Chromium, Nickel plus 18 additional bioactive trace elements
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-Sized Reef Systems:** Ideal for aquariums around 300 litres with moderate to high coral density.
- **Automated 4-Head Dosing:** Designed to be plumbed directly into 4-head dosing pumps like the ReefDose 4.
**How to Use**
- Measure Calcium drawdown weekly using a reliable titration kit.
- Set daily dosing volumes for Parts 1–4 using Red Sea's RCP dosing calculator.
- Space out doses across the day to prevent chemical precipitation in the sump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-Inclusive Supplementation:** Eliminates the need for standalone trace element additives. Once connected to the ReefDose system, adjusting the daily dose of Part 1 (Calcium) automatically adjusts Parts 2- 4. The four parts are balanced so they finish at the same time, ensuring convenience and efficiency.
- **Optimal Coral Calcification:** Delivers precise ratios of Calcium and Carbonate for coral skeletons. Calcium serves as the key indicator of coral growth. A single weekly measurement determines the correct dosages for all four parts, simplifying monitoring and dosing. By dosing according to calcium uptake, the system ensures optimal availability and stability of all elements for coral growth and colouration.
- **Easy Dosing Ratios:** Streamlines routine chemical management for reefkeepers. Research shows that in reef tanks without refugiums, the 36 elements and alkalinity components are depleted in a relatively fixed ratio, allowing all elements to be dosed according to calcium uptake.
- **Medium Pack Size:** Economical choice for 300-litre systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED877
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399041
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Coral Care Systems
- **Package Dimensions:** 175 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 280 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5500 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Aquariums up to 300 L
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care 4 Part Rcp Small 150ltr
Maintains trace elements (Calcium, Magnesium, KH/Alkalinity) in reef tanks up to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-4-part-rcp-small-150ltr/
- Price: $99.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED876 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399058
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/160-1.png
Red Sea Complete Reef Care 4-Part RCP Small ( SKU: RED876 ) is a streamlined, complete supplementation system engineered to maintain optimum foundation parameters (Calcium, Magnesium, KH/Alkalinity) and trace elements in reef tanks up to 150 litres.
The Complete Reef Care program is a simplified, yet comprehensive 4-part supplement system designed to ensure optimal coral growth and colouration in reef aquariums without refugiums. By replenishing all 36 major, minor, and trace elements, including alkalinity components, this system allows hobbyists to maintain a thriving reef while simplifying their dosing routine.
The program is ideal for systems where a refugium is not present. For reefs with refugiums, the traditional 7-Part Reef Care program is recommended to allow precision dosing tailored to both corals and the refugium. Based on Red Sea's long-term research into coral skeletal growth, this system ties the consumption of all 4 parts directly to a single Calcium test measurement, eliminating the need for constant, complex multi-element testing.
##### The 4 parts are formulated in an easy-to-implement ratio:
- Part 1: Calcium, Magnesium, Strontium, Barium
- Part 2: KH/Alkalinity components
- Part 3: Potassium, Boron, Iodine, Bromine, Fluorine
- Part 4: Iron, Manganese, Cobalt, Copper, Aluminum, Zinc, Chromium, Nickel plus 18 additional bioactive trace elements
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Complete Reef Maintenance:** Supplies all required foundation and trace elements for mixed or SPS reef aquariums.
- **Simplified Testing:** Best for aquarists who want full element balance based on testing only Calcium.
**How to Use**
- Perform a weekly Calcium test to determine system consumption.
- Calculate the required Part 1 (Calcium) dose.
- Dose Parts 2, 3, and 4 in equal or calculated ratio as directed by the RCP dosing chart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Simplified 4-Part System:** Covers Calcium, Alkalinity, Magnesium, and essential trace elements.
The 4 parts are formulated in an **easy-to-implement ratio**:
**Part 1:** Calcium, Magnesium, Strontium, Barium
- **Part 2:** KH/Alkalinity components
- **Part 3:** Potassium, Boron, Iodine, Bromine, Fluorine
- **Part 4:** Iron, Manganese, Cobalt, Copper, Aluminum, Zinc, Chromium, Nickel plus 18 additional bioactive trace elements
Calcium-Tied Ratio: Dose calculations are derived directly from Calcium consumption. Calcium serves as the key indicator of coral growth. A single weekly measurement determines the correct dosages for all four parts, simplifying monitoring and dosing. By dosing according to calcium uptake, the system ensures optimal availability and stability of all elements for coral growth and colouration.
Fixed Ratio Supplementing: Research shows that in reef tanks without refugiums, the 36 elements and alkalinity components are depleted in a relatively fixed ratio, allowing all elements to be dosed according to calcium uptake.
Prevents Ionic Imbalance: Formulated to maintain natural seawater ionic ratios over time.
Sized for Nano/Small Tanks: Perfect starter pack for systems around 150 litres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED876
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399058
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Coral Care Systems
- **Package Dimensions:** 185 mm (L) × 82 mm (W) × 275 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2850 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Aquariums up to 150 L
##### Additional Information about scientific research on ReefCare Program
**Coral Growth & Colouration**
- **Foundation Elements:** Calcium, Magnesium, and Bicarbonates form the basis of water chemistry, pH stability, and coral skeleton formation.
- **Minor & Trace Elements:** Essential as biocatalysts in metabolic processes and coral pigment production. Correct dosing prevents toxicity while supporting vibrant colouration.
- **Accelerated Growth:** Balanced elevated levels of foundation elements increase aragonite saturation, allowing corals to build skeletons faster and more efficiently.
- **Colour Enhancement:** Maintaining balanced nutrient levels and controlling algae populations helps reveal natural coral pigments, producing brighter and more vivid colouration.
**Why Dose by Calcium, Not Alkalinity**
While alkalinity is used in coral calcification, measuring total alkalinity can be misleading:
- Total Alkalinity includes contributions from borates, phosphates, sulphates, and organics that do not directly reflect coral skeletal growth.
- Dosing based solely on alkalinity risks overdosing calcium and trace elements, causing precipitation and destabilising water chemistry.
- Calcium measurement directly correlates with coral growth, ensuring precise supplementation without disrupting the chemical balance.
**Program Benefits**
- **Simplified Routine:** One weekly calcium measurement dictates all dosing.
- **Balanced Ratios:** All 36 elements and alkalinity components are replenished in proper proportions.
- **Optimised Coral Health:** Supports skeleton formation, pigmentation, and overall metabolic activity.
- **Convenient & Efficient:** Compatible with ReefDose for automated dosing, reducing human error and saving time.
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Bioactive Elements Trace Colours D 500ml
Eighteen trace elements for purple and blue coral pigments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-bioactive-elements-trace-colours-d-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED286 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772911
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reef_Care_Bioactive_Elements_Trace_Colours_D_500ml.jpg
The last of the four colour bottles carries the elements that are too scarce to test for, yet still run out. Red Sea Reef Care Bioactive Elements Trace Colours D 500ml (SKU: RED286) is the D line of Red Sea's Trace Colours series, a blend of 18 bioactive trace elements that Red Sea relates to the blue and purple chromoproteins in coral soft tissue and describes as promoting the purple and blue colours in corals. Red Sea's manual names silver, gold, vanadium and tungsten among the eighteen, elements present in coral skeleton and tissue in minute amounts that the aquarium cannot replace on its own.
Because there is no hobby test for these elements, Red Sea ties the dose to Trace Colours C: D is dosed one-to-one with the iron supplement, both following the rule of 1 mL per 100 L for every 20 ppm of calcium added, or the measured iron uptake in ultra-low-nutrient systems. Red Sea holds that all 31 minor and trace elements in the series are needed by every stony coral whatever colour it shows, since a pigment forms only when its elements are present. Overdosing can cause tissue regression, met with a 50 per cent water change and a halved dose.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trace Colours dosing:** The D line, dosed in step with Trace Colours C (RED285).
- **Blue and purple corals:** Acropora and Montipora with blue and purple chromoproteins.
- **Complete element replacement:** Reefs replacing all 31 minor and trace elements, not only the testable ones.
- **Growth-linked routines:** Tanks dosing Foundation elements daily to measured calcium uptake.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Match C:** The same volume as Trace Colours C each day.
- **Growth-linked:** 1 mL per 100 L for every 20 ppm of calcium dosed, or to the measured iron uptake.
- **Into the sump:** Separately from the other three bottles, or slowly into high flow.
- **Watch tissue:** Regression or stressed shrimp and crabs mean excess; 50 per cent water change and halve the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **18 bioactive trace elements:** Including silver, gold, vanadium and tungsten.
- **Blue and purple pigments:** Linked by Red Sea to the blue and purple chromoproteins.
- **Dosed 1:1 with Trace Colours C:** No separate test needed.
- **Part of 31 elements:** The full Trace Colours set covers every coral pigment group.
- **Trace Colours D of four:** Also in the 4 × 100 mL pack (RED293).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED286
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772911
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Elements
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Elements:** 18 bioactive trace elements, including silver, gold, vanadium and tungsten
- **Dosing Rule:** 1:1 with Trace Colours C; 1 mL per 20 ppm calcium added per 100 L
- **Test Kit:** None; follows the iron dose
- **Overdose Response:** 50 per cent water change, dose halved
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL (in ABCD pack) and 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 1kg
Calcium and strontium powder that makes 1.8 litres of stock.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a-1kg/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED302 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772164
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/reef-foundation-a-en-polvo-1-kilo-red-sea_2nd_1024x1024.webp
Powder is how reef keepers with dosing pumps buy calcium, because a kilogram of salts makes more solution than the biggest bottle. Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 1kg (SKU: RED302) is the powdered form of Red Sea's Calcium+ Foundation A, blended salts of calcium and strontium, with barium, in the ratio found in coral skeleton. Red Sea's figures are that 1 g raises the calcium of 100 L by 3.6 ppm, and that 1 kg dissolved in 1.8 L of RO water makes a stock solution of the same strength as the liquid, 1 mL per 100 L for 2 ppm of calcium.
The powder is used in one of two ways: weighed and dissolved in a little water for a daily or corrective addition, or made up as stock for the calcium channel of a doser. Either way the method matches the liquid: a four-day uptake test sets the daily dose, calcium is held at the recipe level for the tank type, 410 to 465 ppm, no more than 20 ppm is added in a day, and dosing runs magnesium, alkalinity, calcium into the sump. The tub can raise 400 L by 900 ppm in total; KH/Alkalinity B (RED303) and Magnesium C (RED304) powders complete the set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Making dosing stock:** 1 kg in 1.8 L of RO water fills a doser reservoir at liquid strength.
- **Larger reefs:** Systems whose calcium draw makes bottled liquid an expensive habit.
- **Lifting a low level:** Grams weighed for a precise one-off correction.
- **Program users:** The A line in powder alongside B and C powders.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh:** 1 g per 100 L raises calcium 3.6 ppm; a 400 L tank needing 9 ppm takes 10 g.
- **Dissolve:** In RO water before adding, or make stock at 1 kg per 1.8 L and dose it as the liquid.
- **Add in order:** After magnesium and alkalinity, ten minutes apart, into the sump; stay under 20 ppm a day.
- **Test weekly:** With daily dosing; monthly with weekly dosing; correct A, B and C separately.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium and strontium salts:** With barium, in coral-skeleton ratio.
- **3.6 ppm per gram:** Per 100 L, as Red Sea states.
- **Stock solution:** 1 kg makes 1.8 L at the liquid's 2 ppm per mL strength.
- **Economical:** One tub raises 400 L by 900 ppm in total.
- **Foundation A of three:** Matched powders for alkalinity and magnesium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED302
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772164
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg powder
- **Composition:** Blended salts of calcium and strontium with barium
- **Effect:** 1 g per 100 L raises calcium by 3.6 ppm
- **Stock Solution:** 1 kg in 1.8 L RO water; 1 mL per 100 L then adds 2 ppm
- **Program Range:** Calcium 410–465 ppm by aquarium type
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 20 ppm
- **Liquid Sizes:** 500 mL (RED280), 1 L (RED280b), 5 L (RED280a)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 1ltr
One-litre liquid calcium for mid-size reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a-1ltr/
- Price: $41.25 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED280b · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773789
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-26.png
Once a reef passes a couple of hundred litres the 500 mL calcium bottle empties faster than anyone likes, and the litre is the sensible step. Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 1ltr (SKU: RED280b) is the 1 L bottle of Red Sea's Calcium+ Foundation A, a balanced blend of calcium, strontium and barium in the ratio found in coral skeleton. It is the calcium part of the Foundation A, B and C set used in the Reef Care Program, with the same strength as every size in the range: 1 mL raises the calcium of 100 L of aquarium water by 2 ppm.
Calcium, magnesium, strontium and carbonate are, in Red Sea's words, the basic foundation elements of coral skeletons, and keeping them in ratio stops any one of them becoming the limiting factor. Red Sea's recipe targets run from 410 ppm for an ultra-low-nutrient system to 465 ppm for a frag tank, 450 ppm for a mixed reef, and the dose is set from the aquarium's measured four-day uptake rather than a label amount. Red Sea limits the daily increase to 20 ppm and doses into the sump, magnesium before alkalinity before calcium. A litre raises 200 L by 1,000 ppm in total, about 200 days of a 5 ppm daily draw.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs of 200 to 500 litres:** The litre size for a typical home display with stony corals.
- **Doser reservoirs:** A month or more of calcium in one fill for most tanks.
- **Program users:** The A line alongside Foundation B (RED281b) and C (RED282b) in the same size.
- **Frag and grow-out systems:** Higher calcium recipes with a heavier daily draw.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure consumption:** Four days with no dosing at stable salinity, then divide the drop by four.
- **Convert to millilitres:** 2 ppm per mL per 100 L; multiply by tank volume in hundreds of litres.
- **Keep the order:** Magnesium, then alkalinity, then calcium, ten minutes between each.
- **Weekly test and log:** Trim the dose, and wait for any excess to deplete before resuming.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium, strontium and barium:** Blended in coral-skeleton ratio.
- **1 L bottle:** Raises 200 L by 1,000 ppm in total.
- **2 ppm per mL per 100 L:** Red Sea's stated strength across the range.
- **Dosed to uptake:** Set by a four-day test, not a fixed amount.
- **Part of the Foundation set:** Used with KH/Alkalinity B and Magnesium C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED280b
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773789
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Composition:** Blended salts of calcium and strontium with barium
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by 2 ppm
- **Program Range:** Calcium 410–465 ppm by aquarium type
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 20 ppm
- **Dosing Order:** Magnesium, alkalinity, then calcium, 10 minutes apart
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL (RED280), 1 L, 5 L (RED280a), 1 kg powder (RED302)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 500ml
Liquid calcium and strontium supplement for reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED280 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772157
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-24.png
Calcium is the element reef keepers test most, the clearest indicator of coral growth. Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 500ml (SKU: RED280) is Red Sea's calcium and strontium complex for the balanced formation of coral skeleton, blended salts of calcium and strontium, with barium, in the ratio corals use. It is the A line of the Foundation A, B and C set at the heart of the Reef Care Program, and Red Sea's figure is that 1 mL raises the calcium of 100 L by 2 ppm. The 500 mL bottle is ready to dose, straight from the bottle or through a dosing pump.
Red Sea's recipes set calcium by aquarium type, 450 ppm for a mixed reef, 430 for an SPS-dominant tank, 465 for a frag system and 410 for an ultra-low-nutrient reef, and the supplement is dosed to the calcium the tank is measured to consume rather than a fixed amount. The method is a four-day test with no dosing, the drop divided by four for the daily dose, then weekly retesting. Red Sea caps the daily rise at 20 ppm and doses magnesium, alkalinity, then calcium ten minutes apart into the sump. A 500 mL bottle raises 200 L by 500 ppm in total.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Care Program dosing:** The calcium line of a three-part Foundation routine on any stony-coral tank.
- **Nano and small reefs:** A 500 mL bottle suits tanks under about 200 L or a trial of the program.
- **Correcting a low reading:** Measured millilitres to lift calcium back to the recipe level.
- **Dosing pumps:** A ready-mixed liquid for the calcium channel of a doser.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Find the uptake:** Hold calcium at target, dose nothing for four days, test, and divide the drop by four for the daily dose.
- **Calculate:** 1 mL per 100 L adds 2 ppm; never raise calcium more than 20 ppm in a day.
- **Dose in order:** Magnesium first, alkalinity second, calcium last, ten minutes apart, into the sump or high flow.
- **Retest weekly:** Adjust the daily dose and correct any single element with its own A, B or C supplement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium and strontium complex:** With barium, in coral-skeleton ratio.
- **2 ppm per millilitre:** Per 100 L of aquarium water, as Red Sea states.
- **Ready to dose:** Liquid for hand dosing or a dosing pump.
- **Dosed to measured uptake:** Calcium as the key indicator of coral growth.
- **Foundation A of three:** Pairs with Foundation B (alkalinity) and C (magnesium).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED280
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772157
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Composition:** Blended salts of calcium and strontium with barium
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by 2 ppm
- **Program Range:** Calcium 410–465 ppm by aquarium type (450 ppm mixed reef)
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 20 ppm
- **Capacity:** Raises 200 L by 500 ppm in total
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L (RED280b), 5 L (RED280a), 1 kg powder (RED302)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 5ltr
Bulk liquid calcium for large reefs and dosing pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a-5ltr/
- Price: $158.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED280a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773918
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-25.png
A big SPS system can draw 20 ppm of calcium a day, and at that rate only the 5 L jug makes sense. Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A 5ltr (SKU: RED280a) is the bulk size of Red Sea's Calcium+ Foundation A, blended salts of calcium and strontium with barium in the ratio corals lay down in their skeleton. It is the same solution as the small bottles, 1 mL raising the calcium of 100 L by 2 ppm, so a reservoir filled from this jug runs the calcium channel of a dosing pump for months without the strength ever changing.
Red Sea's Reef Care Program recipes put calcium at 450 ppm for a mixed reef, 430 for SPS-dominant tanks, 465 for a frag system and 410 for ultra-low-nutrient reefs, with dosing set from the aquarium's measured uptake and the daily rise held to 20 ppm. On a 500 L reef consuming 10 ppm a day, that is 25 mL daily, so the jug lasts around 200 days. Red Sea doses into the sump in the sequence magnesium, alkalinity, calcium and tests all three elements weekly. The 5 L size is matched by Foundation B (RED281a) and Foundation C (RED282a).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Displays of 400 L and more with a heavy daily calcium draw.
- **Dosing pumps:** Fill a reservoir once and leave it for weeks.
- **Multiple tanks:** One jug covering several systems or a frag rack.
- **Cost per dose:** The lowest cost per millilitre in the Foundation A range.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Establish the draw:** Four-day no-dose test, drop divided by four.
- **Set the pump:** 1 mL per 100 L per 2 ppm; a 500 L tank losing 10 ppm a day needs 25 mL daily.
- **Dose into the sump:** After magnesium and alkalinity, ten minutes apart; never more than 20 ppm a day.
- **Test weekly:** Correct the calcium line on its own; stop dosing if calcium runs above target until it falls back.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 L jug:** Raises 500 L by 2,000 ppm in total.
- **Same strength as the bottles:** 2 ppm per mL per 100 L.
- **Calcium, strontium and barium:** In coral-skeleton ratio.
- **Built for dosers:** Ready-mixed liquid, no powder to dissolve.
- **Foundation A line:** Matched 5 L sizes of B and C available.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED280a
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773918
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Composition:** Blended salts of calcium and strontium with barium
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by 2 ppm
- **Program Range:** Calcium 410–465 ppm by aquarium type
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 20 ppm
- **Capacity:** About 200 days on a 500 L reef drawing 10 ppm a day
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL (RED280), 1 L (RED280b), 5 L, 1 kg powder (RED302)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Coral Colours Abcd 4 X100ml Bottles Trial Pack
All four Trace Colours supplements in one starter set.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-coral-colours-abcd-4-x100ml-bottles-trial-pack/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED293 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772966
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reef_Care_Coral_Colours_Abcd_4_X100ml_Bottles_Trial_Pack.jpg
Four 500 mL bottles is a commitment before you know whether the program suits your reef, and this pack is the way to find out. Red Sea Reef Care Coral Colours Abcd 4 X100ml Bottles Trial Pack (SKU: RED293) holds 100 mL each of Red Sea's Trace Colours A, B, C and D: A for the halogens iodine, bromine and fluorine, B for potassium and boron, C for iron with seven complementary metals, and D for 18 bioactive trace elements. Together, Red Sea says, they contain the 31 minor and trace elements present in the skeleton and soft tissue of all corals.
Red Sea links each group to a pigment family, A to pink, B to red, C to green and yellow and D to purple and blue, while stressing that every stony coral needs all 31 elements whatever colour it shows, because a pigment can only form when its specific elements are available. The bottles are dosed to a measured requirement: 1 mL of each for every 20 ppm of calcium added per 100 L, with D matched to C, or to iodine, potassium and iron tested with the Trace Colours Pro kit in low-nutrient systems. Red Sea recommends NO3:PO4-X alongside and keeps the four liquids in separate containers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Starting the colour program:** A low-cost first run of all four lines before buying 500 mL bottles.
- **Nano and small reefs:** 100 mL of each lasts a long time on a tank under 100 L.
- **SPS coloration:** Mixed and SPS-dominant reefs already dosing Foundation elements daily.
- **Replacing trace elements:** Tanks on infrequent water changes that need minor elements topped up.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Growth-linked:** 1 mL of each bottle per 100 L for every 20 ppm of calcium dosed.
- **Or tested:** Iodine 0.06 ppm, potassium 400 ppm, total iron 0.15 ppm as reference levels; D follows C.
- **Keep them apart:** Dose into the sump one at a time; do not combine in a single reservoir.
- **Overdose signs:** Darkening or tissue regression; water change and halve the doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four supplements, one pack:** Trace Colours A, B, C and D at 100 mL each.
- **31 minor and trace elements:** Everything in coral skeleton and soft tissue, per Red Sea.
- **Pigment groups covered:** Pink, red, green and yellow, purple and blue.
- **Measured dosing:** By calcium uptake or by test.
- **Trial size:** Each line also sold in 500 mL (RED283, RED284, RED285, RED286).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED293
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772966
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Elements
- **Pack Contents:** 4 × 100 mL — Trace Colours A, B, C, D
- **A:** Iodine, bromine, fluorine — 1 mL/100 L adds 0.03 ppm iodine
- **B:** Potassium, boron — 1 mL/100 L adds 1.75 ppm potassium
- **C:** Iron plus seven metals — 1 mL/100 L adds 0.01 ppm iron
- **D:** 18 bioactive trace elements — dosed 1:1 with C
- **Dosing Rule:** 1 mL of each per 20 ppm calcium added per 100 L, or to measured uptake
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Coralline Gro 500ml
Marine buffer with potassium and iron for coralline algae growth.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-coralline-gro-500ml/
- Price: $24.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED291 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772133
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reef_Care_Coralline_Gro_500ml.jpg
Coralline algae is the purple crust every marine keeper wants on the rock, and it needs carbonate, potassium and iron to lay it down. Red Sea Reef Care Coralline Gro 500ml (SKU: RED291) is Red Sea's KH Coralline Gro, a marine buffer supplement with trace elements that promote the development of coralline algae: a complex of carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements such as iron, formulated in the ratio coralline algae take up. Red Sea's strength is that 1 mL raises the alkalinity of 100 L by 0.1 dKH (0.03 meq/L), and the target it sets is about 3 meq/L, or 8.4 dKH.
Red Sea gives it two roles. In fish-only and soft-coral aquariums it is the ongoing buffer, keeping alkalinity near 8.4 dKH while supplying the minor elements coralline needs, since those tanks are not on the Foundation program. In a new marine aquarium it is the buffer used through cycling, replacing Foundation B and forming part of the Reef Mature Starter Kit (RED314), until stony corals arrive. Dosing follows a measured alkalinity drop over four days, divided into daily doses, with the daily change held under 1.4 dKH, added to the sump. Red Sea's one firm rule is not to use it with Foundation ABC+.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only and soft-coral tanks:** The standing buffer for marine systems without stony corals.
- **Cycling a new marine aquarium:** The alkalinity component of the Reef Mature program.
- **Encouraging coralline:** Rock and glass that stay bare despite good light and flow.
- **Replacing trace elements:** Tanks on infrequent water changes that run short of potassium and iron.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test alkalinity:** Bring it to 8.4 dKH, then dose nothing for four days and measure the drop.
- **Daily dose:** The four-day drop divided by four; 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.1 dKH.
- **Stay under the cap:** No more than 1.4 dKH of change in a day, added to the sump or slowly into high flow.
- **Retest weekly:** Adjust the dose, and wait for any excess to be used before resuming.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Buffer plus coralline elements:** Carbonate buffers, potassium and iron in the ratio coralline uses.
- **0.1 dKH per millilitre:** Per 100 L, as Red Sea states.
- **Target 8.4 dKH:** About 3 meq/L for fish and soft-coral systems.
- **Cycling buffer:** Replaces Foundation B during the Reef Mature program.
- **Dosed to measured uptake:** Four-day test, weekly retest.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED291
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772133
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Buffer
- **Full Name:** Red Sea KH Coralline Gro, Marine Care Program
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Composition:** Carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements including iron
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.1 dKH (0.03 meq/L)
- **Target:** About 8.4 dKH (3 meq/L)
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L)
- **Not Used With:** Foundation ABC+ (RED300, RED301)
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL (in Reef Mature kit) and 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine fish-only, soft-coral and cycling aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Iron+ Trace Colours C 500ml
Iron and seven light metals for green and yellow coral pigments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-iron-trace-colours-c-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED285 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772904
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/300-5.png
Iron sits behind photosynthesis, respiration and energy production in coral tissue, which is why Red Sea ties it to the green pigments, and it is the one trace element most reefs run short of. Red Sea Reef Care Iron+ Trace Colours C 500ml (SKU: RED285) is the C line of the Trace Colours series, iron plus a blend of seven complementary elements, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium and nickel, the eight light metals Red Sea describes as essential to many biochemical processes and related to the green and yellow chromoproteins. Red Sea's strength is that 1 mL raises the iron level of 100 L by 0.01 ppm.
Red Sea's optimal level is 0.15 ppm of total iron, chelated and non-chelated, in a reef aquarium, with the daily rise limited to 0.05 ppm. Dosing follows the Trace Colours rule, 1 mL of each colour supplement for every 20 ppm of calcium added per 100 L, or measured iron uptake in ultra-low-nutrient and refugium systems, and Trace Colours D is dosed one-to-one with this bottle. Red Sea is direct about the risk: iron is toxic to invertebrates above the recommended level, so excess is met with a 50 per cent water change and a halved dose.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trace Colours dosing:** The C line, always paired one-to-one with Trace Colours D (RED286).
- **Green and yellow corals:** Acropora, Montipora and Pocillopora with green chromoproteins.
- **Growth-linked routines:** Reefs dosing Foundation elements daily to measured calcium uptake.
- **Tested iron:** ULNS systems holding total iron near 0.15 ppm.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Growth-linked dose:** 1 mL per 100 L for every 20 ppm of calcium dosed, with the same volume of D.
- **Or test and dose:** Target 0.15 ppm total iron; 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.01 ppm, maximum 0.05 ppm a day.
- **Sump dosing:** Into the sump or high flow, never premixed with the other bottles.
- **Tissue regression:** Treat as overdose; 50 per cent water change and halve the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Iron plus seven light metals:** Manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium, nickel.
- **0.01 ppm iron per mL:** Per 100 L, as Red Sea states.
- **Optimal 0.15 ppm total iron:** Red Sea's reef aquarium target.
- **Dosed 1:1 with Trace Colours D:** The two bottles move together.
- **Trace Colours C of four:** Also in the 4 × 100 mL pack (RED293).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED285
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772904
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Elements
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Elements:** Iron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium, nickel
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iron by 0.01 ppm
- **Target Level:** 0.15 ppm total iron
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 0.05 ppm iron
- **Dosing Rule:** 1 mL per 20 ppm calcium added per 100 L, or to measured uptake; D dosed 1:1
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL (in ABCD pack) and 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 1kg
Carbonate buffer powder that makes 10 litres of stock.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-kh-alkalinity-foundation-b-1kg/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED303 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772188
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/red-sea-reef-foundation-b-1kg.jpg
A kilogram of buffer powder makes ten litres of dosing solution, which is why it is the alkalinity choice for anyone running a pump. Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 1kg (SKU: RED303) is the powdered KH/Alkalinity Foundation B, Red Sea's complex of carbonate and the other buffers present in seawater, used to maintain alkalinity and pH stability as corals consume carbonate. Red Sea states that 1 g raises the alkalinity of 100 L by 0.33 dKH (0.12 meq/L), and that 1 kg dissolved in 10 L of RO water gives a stock solution dosed at 1 mL per 100 L for 0.034 dKH.
The dosing rules are those of the whole Foundation set: alkalinity held at the recipe level for the tank type, 11.5 dKH for a mixed reef, 8.0 for SPS-dominant, 12.6 for a frag tank and 7.0 for an ultra-low-nutrient reef; the daily dose found from a four-day uptake test; and the change in any one day held to 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L). Red Sea adds the buffer second, after magnesium and before calcium, into the sump, and warns against carbonate-only test kits. The tub raises 300 L by 110 dKH in total, about seven months on a tank losing 0.5 dKH a day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dosing-pump stock:** 1 kg in 10 L of RO water for the alkalinity channel.
- **Mid-size and large reefs:** Where alkalinity is the fastest-moving and most-dosed element.
- **Precise corrections:** Grams weighed to lift a low reading to the recipe level.
- **Program users:** The B powder with Calcium+ A (RED302) and Magnesium C (RED304).
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh:** 1 g per 100 L adds 0.33 dKH; a 300 L tank needing 0.5 dKH takes about 4.5 g.
- **Dissolve or make stock:** In RO water before adding, or 1 kg per 10 L for a doser.
- **Dose second:** After magnesium, before calcium, ten minutes apart, into the sump; under 1.4 dKH a day.
- **Test total alkalinity weekly:** Not carbonates only; adjust the B line on its own.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate and seawater buffers:** For alkalinity and pH stability.
- **0.33 dKH per gram:** Per 100 L, as Red Sea states.
- **Stock solution:** 1 kg makes 10 L, dosed at 0.034 dKH per mL per 100 L.
- **Capped daily change:** 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L).
- **Foundation B of three:** Matched powders for calcium and magnesium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED303
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772188
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity (KH) Supplement
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg powder
- **Composition:** Carbonate and other seawater buffers
- **Effect:** 1 g per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.33 dKH (0.12 meq/L)
- **Stock Solution:** 1 kg in 10 L RO water; 1 mL per 100 L then adds 0.034 dKH
- **Program Range:** 7.0–12.6 dKH by aquarium type
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L)
- **Liquid Sizes:** 500 mL (RED281), 1 L (RED281b), 5 L (RED281a)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 1ltr
Litre bottle of liquid buffer for daily reef dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-kh-alkalinity-foundation-b-1ltr/
- Price: $31.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED281b · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773871
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-29.png
Because alkalinity is consumed faster than calcium or magnesium, the buffer is the bottle that runs out first, which is why the litre earns its place. Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 1ltr (SKU: RED281b) is the 1 L size of Red Sea's KH/Alkalinity Foundation B, a complex blend of carbonate and the natural buffers found in seawater, made to hold alkalinity and pH steady as corals build skeleton. It is the B part of the Foundation A, B and C system in the Reef Care Program, with 1 mL raising the alkalinity of 100 L by 0.1 dKH, equal to 0.036 meq/L.
Red Sea's recipes give each aquarium type its own alkalinity, from 7.0 dKH in an ultra-low-nutrient system through 8.0 for SPS-dominant tanks and 11.5 for a mixed reef up to 12.6 dKH for a frag tank, and the right dose is whatever a four-day uptake test shows the tank consuming, checked weekly. Red Sea's limit is 1.4 dKH of change per day, dosed into the sump after magnesium and before calcium. A litre raises 200 L by 50 dKH in total, so a tank that size losing 0.5 dKH a day empties it in about 100 days. Matched litre bottles of Foundation A (RED280b) and C (RED282b) complete the set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs of 150 to 400 litres:** A litre of buffer for a home display with a steady alkalinity draw.
- **Dosing-pump reservoirs:** The alkalinity channel filled from one bottle.
- **Mixed and SPS reefs:** Daily dosing to the 8.0 to 11.5 dKH recipes.
- **Program users:** The B line matched with A and C in the same size.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Four-day test:** Hold alkalinity at target, dose nothing for four days, divide the drop by four.
- **Dose rate:** 1 mL per 100 L per 0.1 dKH, within a 1.4 dKH daily limit.
- **Order and place:** Magnesium, then this buffer, then calcium, ten minutes apart, in the sump.
- **Weekly check:** Total-alkalinity test kit, log the reading, adjust the daily dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seawater buffer complex:** Carbonate and natural buffers for alkalinity and pH.
- **1 L bottle:** Raises 200 L by 50 dKH in total.
- **0.1 dKH per mL per 100 L:** Red Sea's stated strength.
- **Measured dosing:** Set by the tank's own uptake, retested weekly.
- **Foundation B line:** Part of the A, B and C set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED281b
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773871
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity (KH) Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Composition:** Carbonate and other seawater buffers
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.1 dKH (0.036 meq/L)
- **Program Range:** 7.0–12.6 dKH by aquarium type
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L)
- **Capacity:** About 100 days on a 200 L reef losing 0.5 dKH a day
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL (RED281), 1 L, 5 L (RED281a), 1 kg powder (RED303)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 500ml
Liquid carbonate buffer complex for reef alkalinity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-kh-alkalinity-foundation-b-500ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED281 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772171
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-27.png
Alkalinity is the number that moves fastest in a reef tank, and the one most keepers end up dosing first. Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 500ml (SKU: RED281) is Red Sea's carbonate and buffer complex for the balanced formation of coral skeleton, a blend of carbonate and the other buffers present in seawater that maintains alkalinity and, with it, pH stability. It is the B line of the Foundation A, B and C set in the Reef Care Program, and Red Sea's current figure is that 1 mL raises the alkalinity of 100 L by 0.1 dKH (0.036 meq/L).
Red Sea sets alkalinity by aquarium type: 11.5 dKH for a mixed reef, 8.0 dKH for an SPS-dominant tank, 12.6 dKH for a frag system and 7.0 dKH for an ultra-low-nutrient reef, with the daily change capped at 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L). The dose comes from a four-day uptake test and is retested weekly, and Red Sea advises a test kit that measures total alkalinity rather than carbonate alone. Dosing order matters, magnesium first, then this buffer, then calcium, because adding buffer to water saturated with calcium causes precipitation. A 500 mL bottle raises 200 L by 25 dKH in total.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily alkalinity dosing:** The B line of a Foundation A, B and C routine on stony-coral tanks.
- **Small reefs:** A 500 mL bottle for systems under about 200 L.
- **Catching a dip:** Measured millilitres when a test shows alkalinity below the recipe.
- **pH stability:** Holding carbonate buffering steady in a tank with pH swings.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test total alkalinity:** Use a kit that reads total alkalinity, not carbonates only.
- **Work out the dose:** 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.1 dKH; keep the daily rise under 1.4 dKH.
- **Second in the sequence:** After magnesium and before calcium, ten minutes apart, into the sump.
- **Retest weekly:** Adjust the daily amount from a four-day uptake test and log the results.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbonate and buffer complex:** The buffers present in seawater, for alkalinity and pH stability.
- **0.1 dKH per millilitre:** Per 100 L, as Red Sea states (0.036 meq/L).
- **Ready to dose:** By hand or through a dosing pump.
- **Capped daily change:** No more than 1.4 dKH a day.
- **Foundation B of three:** Runs with Calcium+ A and Magnesium C.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED281
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772171
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity (KH) Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Composition:** Carbonate and other seawater buffers
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.1 dKH (0.036 meq/L)
- **Program Range:** 7.0–12.6 dKH by aquarium type (11.5 dKH mixed reef)
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L)
- **Capacity:** Raises 200 L by 25 dKH in total
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L (RED281b), 5 L (RED281a), 1 kg powder (RED303)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 5ltr
Five-litre liquid buffer for large reefs on dosing pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-kh-alkalinity-foundation-b-5ltr/
- Price: $143.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED281a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773925
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-28.png
The alkalinity channel on a big reef empties a reservoir quicker than any other, so the 5 L is the size serious systems buy. Red Sea Reef Care Kh/alkalinity Foundation B 5ltr (SKU: RED281a) is the bulk jug of Red Sea's KH/Alkalinity Foundation B, the carbonate and buffer complex that maintains alkalinity and pH stability while corals draw down carbonate to build skeleton. It is one of the three Foundation supplements in the Reef Care Program and is the same strength as the smaller bottles: 1 mL raises the alkalinity of 100 L by 0.1 dKH, or 0.036 meq/L.
Red Sea's alkalinity recipes range from 7.0 dKH for an ultra-low-nutrient system to 12.6 dKH for a frag tank, with 8.0 dKH for SPS-dominant reefs and 11.5 dKH for a mixed reef, and the program limits any daily change to 1.4 dKH. A 500 L reef that loses 1 dKH a day needs 50 mL daily, which is 100 days from this jug, dosed by pump into the sump after magnesium and before calcium. Red Sea warns against carbonate-only test kits, which miss total alkalinity, and against adding buffer when calcium is at saturation. Foundation A (RED280a) and C (RED282a) are sold in the same 5 L size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large stony-coral reefs:** Systems of 400 L and up with a daily alkalinity draw of 1 dKH or more.
- **Dosing pumps:** Weeks of buffer in one reservoir fill.
- **Frag farms and multiple tanks:** One jug for a rack of systems.
- **Program users at scale:** Matched 5 L sizes of A, B and C.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure the draw:** Four days with no dosing at stable salinity, then divide by four.
- **Programme the pump:** 1 mL per 100 L per 0.1 dKH; spread the daily amount through the day, never above 1.4 dKH.
- **Sequence:** Magnesium, alkalinity, calcium, ten minutes apart, into the sump.
- **Weekly total-alkalinity test:** Log and trim; wait for any excess to fall before resuming.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 L jug:** Raises 500 L by 100 dKH in total.
- **Carbonate and buffer complex:** Alkalinity and pH stability for reef water.
- **0.1 dKH per mL per 100 L:** Identical strength to the bottles.
- **Doser ready:** No mixing, no dissolving.
- **Foundation B line:** Pairs with Calcium+ A and Magnesium C in 5 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED281a
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773925
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Alkalinity (KH) Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Composition:** Carbonate and other seawater buffers
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by 0.1 dKH (0.036 meq/L)
- **Program Range:** 7.0–12.6 dKH by aquarium type
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq/L)
- **Capacity:** About 100 days on a 500 L reef losing 1 dKH a day
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL (RED281), 1 L (RED281b), 5 L, 1 kg powder (RED303)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C 500ml
Liquid magnesium that keeps calcium and alkalinity in balance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c-500ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED282 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772867
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED282-1.jpg
Magnesium is the quiet third element: it is consumed slowly, but let it fall and calcium and alkalinity become impossible to hold. Red Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C 500ml (SKU: RED282) is Red Sea's magnesium complex for the balanced formation of coral skeletons, blended salts of magnesium in solution, and the C part of the Foundation A, B and C set in the Reef Care Program. Red Sea's strength is 1 mL per 100 L for 1 ppm of magnesium, and because the daily draw is small, a 500 mL bottle goes a long way on a modest reef.
Red Sea's manual explains why magnesium matters: when magnesium or strontium run low, corals lay down more calcite than aragonite and the skeleton becomes more brittle, and an out-of-ratio element becomes the limiting factor for growth. The recipes put magnesium at 1,350 ppm for a mixed reef, 1,280 for SPS-dominant tanks, 1,390 for a frag system and 1,220 for an ultra-low-nutrient reef, with a maximum rise of 10 ppm a day, and magnesium is always dosed first in the magnesium, alkalinity, calcium sequence. Dosing follows a measured four-day uptake, and a 500 mL bottle raises 250 L by 200 ppm in total.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foundation dosing:** The magnesium line of a three-part routine on stony-coral tanks.
- **Small to mid-size reefs:** A 500 mL bottle covers the slow magnesium draw of tanks to about 250 L for months.
- **Stabilising calcium and alkalinity:** When those two will not hold, magnesium is the first number to check.
- **Weekly dosers:** Tanks where magnesium is corrected once a week from a test rather than daily.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test against the recipe:** Compare magnesium with the level for the aquarium type.
- **Dose rate:** 1 mL per 100 L adds 1 ppm; no more than 10 ppm in a day.
- **Dose first:** Magnesium before alkalinity and calcium, ten minutes apart, into the sump.
- **Retest weekly:** Or monthly if dosing weekly; adjust only the C line.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium complex:** Blended magnesium salts in solution.
- **1 ppm per mL per 100 L:** Red Sea's stated strength.
- **Skeleton quality:** Supports aragonite over brittle calcite, per Red Sea's manual.
- **Dosed first:** Leads the magnesium, alkalinity, calcium sequence.
- **Foundation C of three:** Runs with Calcium+ A and KH/Alkalinity B.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED282
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772867
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Composition:** Blended salts of magnesium in solution
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by 1 ppm
- **Program Range:** Magnesium 1,220–1,390 ppm by aquarium type (1,350 ppm mixed reef)
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 10 ppm
- **Capacity:** Raises 250 L by 200 ppm in total
- **Dosing Order:** First of the three, before alkalinity and calcium
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L (RED282b), 5 L (RED282a), 1 kg powder (RED304)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Nitrate No3 And Phosphate Po4 Reducer 1ltr
Litre of NOPOX for daily carbon dosing on mid-size reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-nitrate-no3-and-phosphate-po4-reducer-1ltr/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED290 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772959
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/nopox.jpg
At 2 mL per 100 L a day, a 300 L reef uses 6 mL daily, so a 500 mL bottle is a three-month purchase and the litre is the practical size. Red Sea Reef Care Nitrate No3 And Phosphate Po4 Reducer 1ltr (SKU: RED290) is the 1 L bottle of NO3:PO4-X, the nutrient-control product in Red Sea's Reef Care Program, a complex of different carbon molecules and organically bonded elements that boosts the nitrate- and phosphate-reducing bacteria already present in the aquarium. Red Sea describes it as reef safe with no undesirable side effects, setting and maintaining the nitrate and phosphate levels the keeper wants.
The product is formulated for daily dosing by pump into the sump and relies on an efficient protein skimmer to export bacterial flocs and keep oxygen up. Starting doses per 100 L come from the nitrate test, 3 mL above 10 ppm, 2 mL from 2.5 to 10 ppm and 1 mL from 1 to 2.5 ppm in a mixed reef, where Red Sea's targets are 1 to 2 ppm nitrate and 0.08 to 0.12 ppm phosphate. The dose is halved when nitrate drops under 1 ppm, and missed doses are skipped rather than doubled.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs of 200 to 500 litres:** A litre covers months of daily dosing at 2 mL per 100 L.
- **Dosing pumps:** Fill the reservoir from one bottle for the nutrient channel.
- **Algae control:** Lowering the nitrate and phosphate that drive nuisance algae.
- **Coloration programs:** Holding low nutrients alongside Trace Colours dosing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the start dose:** From the nitrate reading, 1 to 3 mL per 100 L daily; SPS and ULNS tanks also read phosphate.
- **Daily by pump:** Into the sump, with the skimmer running at full output.
- **Adjust from tests:** Weekly, then twice weekly once stable; halve the dose below 1 ppm nitrate.
- **Keep it simple:** No sulphur denitrators or removal media alongside; skip rather than make up missed doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 L bottle:** About 160 days on a 300 L reef at 2 mL per 100 L.
- **Multi-carbon complex:** Feeds several strains of nutrient-reducing bacteria.
- **Sets and maintains levels:** Dose adjusted to the keeper's nitrate and phosphate targets.
- **Reef safe:** No undesirable side effects at the recommended dose, per Red Sea.
- **Program product:** Works with the Trace Colours and Foundation lines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED290
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772959
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate & Phosphate Reducer
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Composition:** Complex of carbon molecules and organically bonded elements (contains ethanol)
- **Starting Dose:** 1–3 mL per 100 L per day by nitrate level
- **Program Targets:** Mixed reef nitrate 1–2 ppm, phosphate 0.08–0.12 ppm
- **Requirement:** Efficient protein skimmer
- **Not Used With:** Sulphur denitrators, nitrate or phosphate removal media
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL, 500 mL (RED289), 1 L, 5 L (RED289a)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and fish aquariums with a protein skimmer
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Nitrate No3 And Phosphate Po4 Reducer 500ml
Carbon-dosing liquid for controlled nutrient reduction.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-nitrate-no3-and-phosphate-po4-reducer-500ml/
- Price: $23.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED289 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772942
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/OIP-10.webp
Nuisance algae and the zooxanthellae inside corals feed on the same two nutrients, so the trick is to lower nitrate and phosphate to a point that starves one without the other. Red Sea Reef Care Nitrate No3 And Phosphate Po4 Reducer 500ml (SKU: RED289) is NO3:PO4-X, Red Sea's complete, reef-safe, controllable solution for nitrate and phosphate reduction. It is a complex of several carbon molecules and other organically bonded elements, each carbon source used by a different strain of the nutrient-reducing bacteria already in the aquarium, so the population grows and consumes more nitrate and phosphate, which the protein skimmer then exports.
Red Sea calls efficient protein skimming essential, both to keep oxygen up and to remove the bacterial flocs. Dosing is daily, per 100 L of actual water volume, and starts from the nitrate reading: above 10 ppm, 3 mL a day; between 2.5 and 10 ppm, 2 mL; between 1 and 2.5 ppm, 1 mL, in a mixed reef or fish system. Nitrate is tested weekly until it settles at 1 to 2.5 ppm, then twice weekly, and the dose is halved when nitrate falls below 1 ppm; missed days are not made up. It is not used with sulphur denitrators or removal media. A measuring cup is included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nitrate and phosphate above target:** Mixed reefs aiming at 1 to 2 ppm nitrate and about 0.1 ppm phosphate.
- **Nuisance algae:** Tanks where film, hair and turf algae are fed by excess nutrients.
- **SPS and ULNS systems:** Daily dosing to hold very low nutrients for coloration, with Trace Colours.
- **Marine fish tanks:** Keeping nitrate under 10 ppm in heavily fed fish-only systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start from the test:** Per 100 L daily, 3 mL above 10 ppm nitrate, 2 mL from 2.5 to 10 ppm, 1 mL from 1 to 2.5 ppm.
- **Dose into the sump:** Daily, ideally by dosing pump; without a sump, slowly into high flow away from corals.
- **Test and trim:** Weekly until nitrate holds at 1 to 2.5 ppm, then twice weekly; halve the dose below 1 ppm.
- **Skim hard:** Run an efficient skimmer, and do not add missed doses or combine with other nitrate or phosphate removers.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-carbon complex:** Several carbon sources feeding different bacterial strains.
- **Controllable:** Dose set by the nitrate reading and adjusted from tests.
- **Reef safe:** Safe for fish, corals and microfauna at the recommended dose, per Red Sea.
- **Skimmer exported:** Bacterial flocs removed by efficient protein skimming.
- **Measuring cup included:** With every bottle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED289
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772942
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate & Phosphate Reducer
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Composition:** Complex of carbon molecules and organically bonded elements (contains ethanol)
- **Starting Dose:** 1–3 mL per 100 L per day by nitrate level
- **Program Targets:** Mixed reef nitrate 1–2 ppm, phosphate 0.08–0.12 ppm
- **Requirement:** Efficient protein skimmer
- **Not Used With:** Sulphur denitrators, nitrate or phosphate removal media
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL, 500 mL, 1 L (RED290), 5 L (RED289a)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and fish aquariums with a protein skimmer
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Nitrate No3 And Phosphate Po4 Reducer 5ltr
Bulk carbon source for large reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-nitrate-no3-and-phosphate-po4-reducer-5ltr/
- Price: $170.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED289a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773895
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/red_sea_no3po4x__58922.jpg
A 1,000 litre system on 2 mL per 100 L goes through 20 mL of carbon source a day, and at that rate the 5 L jug is the only size that lasts. Red Sea Reef Care Nitrate No3 And Phosphate Po4 Reducer 5ltr (SKU: RED289a) is the bulk pack of NO3:PO4-X, Red Sea's controllable, reef-safe nitrate and phosphate reducer. Its complex of carbon molecules and organically bonded elements is designed so that each carbon source is taken up by a different strain of bacteria, growing the population that consumes nitrate and phosphate and leaving the protein skimmer to export the result.
The starting dose is read off the nitrate test per 100 L of actual water, 3 mL a day above 10 ppm, 2 mL from 2.5 to 10 ppm and 1 mL from 1 to 2.5 ppm in a mixed reef, with SPS and ultra-low-nutrient systems also reading phosphate. Nitrate is tested weekly until it stabilises, then twice weekly, the dose is halved below 1 ppm, and missed doses are not made up. Red Sea requires efficient protein skimming and rules out sulphur denitrators and removal media alongside it. Dosed by pump into the sump, the jug runs a 1,000 L system for about 250 days.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Displays and sumps totalling 500 L or more on daily carbon dosing.
- **Frag farms and shop systems:** Many litres under one nutrient-control routine.
- **Dosing pumps:** A reservoir filled once for weeks of daily dosing.
- **Long-term programs:** Reefs running NO3:PO4-X permanently with Trace Colours.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Calculate on real volume:** Exclude rock and sand; 1 to 3 mL per 100 L daily from the nitrate reading.
- **Pump into the sump:** Daily, with the skimmer running efficiently.
- **Test on schedule:** Weekly, then twice weekly; halve the dose under 1 ppm nitrate, or under 0.25 ppm in SPS tanks.
- **Nothing else:** No sulphur denitrators or removal media; skip missed doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 L jug:** About 250 days on a 1,000 L system at 2 mL per 100 L.
- **Multi-strain carbon source:** Different molecules for different bacteria.
- **Controllable reduction:** Dose follows the nitrate test, not a fixed label amount.
- **Reef safe with skimming:** Fish, corals and microfauna safe at the recommended dose, per Red Sea.
- **Lowest cost per dose:** The economical size of the NO3:PO4-X range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED289a
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773895
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Nitrate & Phosphate Reducer
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Composition:** Complex of carbon molecules and organically bonded elements (contains ethanol)
- **Starting Dose:** 1–3 mL per 100 L per day by nitrate level
- **Program Targets:** Mixed reef nitrate 1–2 ppm, phosphate 0.08–0.12 ppm; SPS dominant 0.25–0.5 ppm nitrate
- **Requirement:** Efficient protein skimmer
- **Not Used With:** Sulphur denitrators, nitrate or phosphate removal media
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL, 500 mL (RED289), 1 L (RED290), 5 L
- **Target Environment:** Large marine reef and fish systems with a protein skimmer
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation Abc+ 5kg
Bulk all-in-one calcium, alkalinity and magnesium powder.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-5kg/
- Price: $94.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED301 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772850
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED301-1.jpg
For a reef where the three foundation elements fall together, one powder in coral-skeleton ratio replaces three dosing lines, and the 5 kg tub is the long-term way to buy it. Red Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation Abc+ 5kg (SKU: RED301) contains all the elements of Foundation A, B and C, calcium, strontium, barium, carbonate and magnesium, in the ratio found in coral skeleton, plus the potassium, boron, iodine and bromine of the Trace Colours A and B lines. Red Sea's figure is that 1 g raises the calcium of 100 L by 1.5 ppm, with the other elements rising in their fixed proportion.
Red Sea's reasoning is that the mean ratio of elements in coral skeleton is fairly constant across species, so dosing everything in that ratio against measured calcium uptake replenishes the whole set to metabolic demand. ABC+ is dosed daily to the measured uptake of calcium, added directly to the sump with the supplied 20 g and 2 g spoons; Red Sea's rules are never more than 60 g at one time, larger amounts ten minutes apart, and no one-off calcium corrections with ABC+, which belong to Foundation A. Elements are tested weekly and corrected with the single A, B or C supplements. The 1 kg tub (RED300) suits smaller tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Balanced consumption:** Reefs where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium fall together in proportion.
- **Long-term supply:** Five kilograms for a year or more of daily dosing on a mid-size reef.
- **One-powder routine:** A single daily addition in place of three liquids.
- **Several tanks:** One tub serving a frag system and a display on the same program.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure calcium uptake:** A four-day test with no dosing gives the daily draw.
- **Weigh with the spoons:** 1 g per 100 L raises calcium 1.5 ppm; a 300 L tank losing 6 ppm a day takes 12 g.
- **Add to the sump:** Directly, not into top-up water; never more than 60 g at once, ten minutes between spoons.
- **Test and correct:** Weekly on daily dosing; fix any single element with Foundation A, B or C, not with more ABC+.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All foundation elements in one:** Calcium, carbonate and magnesium with strontium and barium.
- **Plus colour elements:** Potassium, boron, iodine and bromine.
- **1.5 ppm calcium per gram:** Per 100 L, others in fixed ratio.
- **Measuring spoons included:** 20 g and 2 g.
- **5 kg tub:** The bulk size for daily dosing over the long term.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED301
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772850
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Foundation Elements
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg powder
- **Composition:** Calcium, strontium, barium, carbonate and magnesium with potassium, boron, iodine and bromine, in coral-skeleton ratio
- **Effect:** 1 g per 100 L raises calcium by 1.5 ppm, other elements in fixed ratio
- **Dosing:** Daily to measured calcium uptake, directly into the sump
- **Single-Dose Limit:** 60 g at one time, any system size
- **Included:** 20 g and 2 g measuring spoons
- **Not Used With:** KH Coralline Gro (RED291)
- **Other Size:** 1 kg (RED300)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with balanced foundation-element consumption
---
#### Red Sea Reef Energy Plus 1ltr
bulk-volume coral nutritional supplement to encourage polyp extension and colour intensity in reef waters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-energy-plus-1ltr/
- Price: $52.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED768 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770313
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/111-38.png
Red Sea Reef Energy Plus 1 Litre ( SKU: RED768 ) provides a bulk volume of Red Sea's comprehensive coral nutritional supplement. Formulated with carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids, and essential vitamins, it feeds all coral species directly to encourage polyp extension and colour intensity.
Designed for larger reef tanks and automated liquid dosing systems, this 1,000 ml bottle eliminates the need for daily refrigeration and reduces the frequency of bottle replacements in high-demand aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Reef Systems:** Best suited for high-capacity or heavily stocked reef tanks with high daily dosing demands.
- **Automatic Dosing Reservoirs:** Plumb directly to dosing pumps for continuous coral feeding schedules.
**How to Use**
- Connect directly to a dosing pump line or measure manually with a graduated syringe.
- Dose 4 ml to 8 ml per 100 litres daily based on total coral density and light intensity.
- Maintain steady daily dosing to encourage consistent polyp extension.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1-Litre Volume:** Cost-effective volume for high-consumption coral displays.
- **Complete AB+ Nutrient Mix:** Full-spectrum organic food for SPS, LPS, and soft corals.
- **No Refrigeration Required:** Remains stable in dosing reservoirs at ambient temperatures.
- **Clean Burning:** Leaves minimal organic residue to maintain water clarity.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED768
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290100770313
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Coral Nutrition
- **Package Dimensions:** 88 mm (L) × 88 mm (W) × 250 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 1000ml (1 Litre) - Net
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1230 g
- **Target Environment:** Large Marine & Reef Aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reef Energy Plus 250ml
Liquid supplement nutrition for coral growth & repair.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-energy-plus-250ml/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED766 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770290
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/111-36.png
Red Sea Reef Energy Plus ( SKU: RED766 ) is an all-in-one coral nutrition formula containing carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids, and vitamins required by soft, LPS, and SPS corals. This 250 ml liquid supplement provides complete nutritional support to enhance coral growth, tissue regeneration, and pigmentation. Reef Energy Plus is a complete coral superfood designed to promote faster growth, enhanced colouration, and higher resilience in Soft, LPS, SPS, and non-photosynthetic corals. Developed through long-term research, it provides all essential nutrients corals need for vitality, growth, and metabolic health, while remaining compatible with automatic dosing systems and minimising over-skimming.
Formulated for maximum bioavailability, every component is absorbed directly by coral polyps without overloading the water with excess nutrients. It can be manually dosed or automatically supplied via a dosing pump without requiring refrigeration once opened.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Coral Feeding:** Dosed daily to sustain optimal coral health and vibrant pigmentation.
- **Automated Dosing Systems:** Perfect for automated dosing setups due to its extended shelf life at room temperature.
**How to Use**
- Calculate dosing based on aquarium volume and coral stock density (standard dosage: 4 ml per 100 litres daily).
- Pour directly into the aquarium in an area of high water circulation.
- Turn off protein skimmers for 15–30 minutes post-dosing if maximum polyp feeding is desired.
- **Tip 1:** Do not leave unrefrigerated for more than one week, and clean the dosing container with soapy water between refills to prevent spoilage. Store refrigerated when not in use for optimal shelf life.
- **Tip 2:** Under LED lighting, doses can be increased if corals show limited growth even without signs of photoinhibition. Use consistent dosing according to coral biomass and feeding requirements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-One Nutrition For Maximal Growth:** Combines AB+ nutritional components into a single convenient bottle. Laboratory tests show that Reef Energy Plus promotes up to 15% faster coral growth compared to traditional two-part formulas, ensuring healthier and more robust corals.
- **No Refrigeration Needed:** Remains stable at room temperature for up to 1 week in dosing reservoirs. Convenient automatic dosing makes this all-in-one formula which can be fed using automatic dosers without refrigeration or stirring for up to one week, making coral feeding easier than ever.
- **Zero Skimmer Over-Foaming:** Engineered to prevent skimmer overflow after dosing. The new formulation reduces the risk of excessive skimming after feeding, keeping your reef aquarium balanced.
- **Direct Bio-Availability & High Energetic Efficiency:** Readily absorbed by coral polyps for minimal nutrient waste. Contains a complex of carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids, and vitamins in dissolved and suspended forms, allowing corals to absorb and utilise nutrients directly for immediate energy and growth.
- **No Residual Waste:** All components are fully consumed by corals for metabolic processes, including protein production and soft tissue regeneration, leaving no excess organic material to pollute the aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED766
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290100770290
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Coral Nutrition
- **Package Dimensions:** 65 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 250ml (Net)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 350 g
- **Target Environment:** Reef Aquariums with Live Corals
---
#### Red Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium Liquid 1L — Reef Aquarium Supplement
Liquid magnesium for the Reef Care Program.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=16374
- Price: $41.25 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED282b · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773888
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/300-2.png
A litre of ready-mixed magnesium is the simplest way to run the C line of a three-part doser without weighing or dissolving anything. Red Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium Liquid 1L (SKU: RED282b) is the liquid magnesium supplement in Red Sea's Reef Foundation series, blended salts of magnesium in solution, forming the C part of the Foundation A, B and C system used in the Reef Care Program. Red Sea states that 1 mL raises the magnesium level of 100 L by 1 ppm, and the liquid is dosed according to the magnesium the aquarium is measured to consume rather than a fixed daily volume.
Across Red Sea's Reef Care Program recipes magnesium sits between about 1,220 and 1,390 ppm by aquarium type, with a mixed reef at 1,350 ppm and Red Sea Salt itself at 1,310 ppm. At 1 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L, a litre raises a 200 L aquarium by 500 ppm in total, or replaces a weekly draw of 10 ppm on that tank for about a year. The liquid runs on a dosing pump or is measured by hand into high flow, and Red Sea advises testing all three foundation elements weekly on daily dosing and monthly on weekly dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Care Program users:** The C line of a Foundation A, B and C regime.
- **Dosing pumps:** A ready-mixed liquid for the magnesium channel.
- **Home reefs to about 300 L:** The litre size matched to a typical weekly draw on a home display.
- **Correcting a low test:** Measured millilitres to reach the recipe level.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test magnesium:** Compare with the Reef Care Program recipe for the tank type.
- **Work out the dose:** Each 1 mL per 100 L adds 1 ppm; multiply for the change wanted.
- **Add into flow:** By dosing pump or by hand, into a high-flow area.
- **Follow-up testing:** Weekly for daily dosers, monthly for weekly dosers; adjust A, B and C on their own.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium salts, pre-dissolved:** Red Sea's Foundation C in liquid form.
- **1 ppm per millilitre:** Per 100 L of aquarium water, as Red Sea states.
- **Ready to dose:** No weighing or dissolving, straight into a doser reservoir.
- **Dosed by measured draw:** Not a fixed daily volume.
- **Part of A, B and C:** Used with Foundation A (calcium) and Foundation B (alkalinity).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED282b
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773888
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Composition:** Blended salts of magnesium in solution
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by 1 ppm
- **Program Range:** Magnesium about 1,220–1,390 ppm by aquarium type (1,350 ppm mixed reef)
- **Testing:** Weekly with daily dosing; monthly with weekly dosing
- **Capacity:** Raises 200 L by 500 ppm in total
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium Liquid 5L — Reef Aquarium Supplement
Liquid magnesium for the Reef Care Program.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=14410
- Price: $143.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED282a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773932
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/300-1.png
A large reef on a three-part doser empties its magnesium reservoir a few times a year, and the 5 L container is what refills it. Red Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium Liquid 5L (SKU: RED282a) is the bulk size of the liquid magnesium supplement in Red Sea's Reef Foundation series, blended salts of magnesium in solution, forming the C part of the Foundation A, B and C system used in the Reef Care Program. Red Sea states that 1 mL raises the magnesium level of 100 L by 1 ppm, and dosing follows the magnesium the aquarium is measured to consume rather than a fixed daily amount.
Red Sea's recipes for the Reef Care Program range from about 1,220 to 1,390 ppm magnesium depending on aquarium type, 1,350 ppm for a mixed reef, and 1,310 ppm is the level in Red Sea Salt at 35 ppt. At 1 ppm per 1 mL per 100 L, 5 L replaces a weekly draw of 10 ppm on a 1,000 L system for about a year, or raises it by 500 ppm in total. The container feeds a dosing pump directly or is measured by hand into high flow, and Red Sea advises testing all three foundation elements weekly on daily dosing and monthly on weekly dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Displays and shared sumps of 500 L and more.
- **Doser refills:** A magnesium supply drawn straight from the container.
- **Shops and coral systems:** Central systems run on the Reef Care Program.
- **Bulk buyers:** Keepers who would otherwise go through litre bottles every few weeks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test magnesium:** Compare with the Reef Care Program recipe for the aquarium type.
- **Size the dose:** 1 mL per 100 L per ppm of magnesium wanted.
- **Feed the doser:** Draw straight from the container, or measure by hand into high flow.
- **Keep testing:** Weekly when dosing daily, monthly when dosing weekly; correct A, B and C separately.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Foundation C, liquid:** Blended magnesium salts already in solution.
- **Stated effect:** 1 mL raises 100 L by 1 ppm of magnesium.
- **5 L bulk:** About a year on a 1,000 L system at a 10 ppm weekly draw.
- **Replaces what is used:** Dosed to the tested weekly draw.
- **Reef Care Program element:** Alongside Foundation A (calcium) and Foundation B (alkalinity).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED282a
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773932
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Composition:** Blended salts of magnesium in solution
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium by 1 ppm
- **Program Range:** Magnesium about 1,220–1,390 ppm by aquarium type (1,350 ppm mixed reef)
- **Testing:** Weekly with daily dosing; monthly with weekly dosing
- **Capacity:** Raises 1,000 L by 500 ppm in total
- **Range Sizes:** 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium Powder 1kg — Reef Aquarium Supplement
Magnesium powder for the Reef Care Program.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=1184
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED304 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772874
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reef_Foundation_C_powder_1024x1024-1.jpg
Powder is the economical way to buy magnesium for a reef, since a kilogram of salts makes more stock solution than any bottle holds. Red Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium Powder 1kg (SKU: RED304) is the powdered magnesium supplement in Red Sea's Reef Foundation series, blended salts of magnesium forming the C part of the Foundation A, B and C system in the Reef Care Program. Red Sea states that 1 g raises the magnesium level of 100 L by 1.34 ppm, and that 1 kg makes 1.7 L of stock solution. Dosing follows the magnesium the aquarium is measured to consume rather than a fixed daily amount.
Red Sea's Reef Care Program recipes set magnesium between about 1,220 and 1,390 ppm by aquarium type, 1,350 ppm for a mixed reef, with 1,310 ppm the level in Red Sea Salt at 35 ppt. A 1 kg tub can raise a 400 L aquarium by about 335 ppm in total, or hold it steady for a long time against a typical weekly draw. The powder is dissolved before dosing, as a daily addition or as stock for a dosing pump, and Red Sea advises testing all three foundation elements weekly on daily dosing, adjusting each with its own A, B or C supplement.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Care Program users:** The magnesium half of a Foundation A, B and C regime.
- **Larger reefs:** Systems whose weekly magnesium draw makes bottled liquid an expensive habit.
- **Making stock solution:** Filling a doser reservoir from powder at 1 kg per 1.7 L.
- **Lifting a low reading:** Gram-by-gram correction up to the recipe level for the tank type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test magnesium:** Compare the reading with the Reef Care Program recipe for the tank.
- **Calculate:** 1 g per 100 L raises magnesium by 1.34 ppm; weigh the grams for the change wanted.
- **Dissolve and dose:** Mix into water before adding, or make stock for a dosing pump.
- **Retest:** Weekly if dosing daily, monthly if dosing weekly; trim A, B and C individually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Blended magnesium salts:** The C element of Red Sea's Foundation series.
- **Measured effect:** 1 g per 100 L raises magnesium by 1.34 ppm.
- **Stock solution:** 1 kg makes 1.7 L for a dosing pump.
- **Dosed to consumption:** Grams calculated from the tested weekly draw.
- **Foundation C of three:** Runs with Foundation A (calcium) and Foundation B (alkalinity).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED304
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772874
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg powder
- **Composition:** Blended salts of magnesium
- **Effect:** 1 g per 100 L raises magnesium by 1.34 ppm
- **Stock Solution:** 1 kg makes 1.7 L
- **Program Range:** Magnesium about 1,220–1,390 ppm by aquarium type (1,350 ppm mixed reef)
- **Testing:** Weekly with daily dosing; monthly with weekly dosing
- **Capacity:** Enough to raise 400 L by about 335 ppm in total
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Salt 4kg Bag 120ltr
Provides Calcium, Magnesium, and Alkalinity for healthy coral growth & biological stability.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-salt-4kg-bag-120ltr/
- Price: $28.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED03 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100771136
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/111-32.png
Red Sea Salt ( SKU: RED03 ) is a premium synthetic sea salt blend harvested via natural solar evaporation from the waters of the Red Sea. Formulated specifically for marine aquariums, it provides balanced levels of foundation elements (Calcium, Magnesium, and Alkalinity) necessary for healthy coral growth and biological stability.
This 4 kg bag yields up to 120 litres of salt water at standard reef salinity ( 1.025 S.G.
). It is completely free of nitrites, nitrates, phosphates, and heavy toxic metals, dissolving rapidly to produce crystal-clear seawater within minutes. Red Sea Salt is formulated to replicate the exact parameters of tropical reef water, with slightly elevated alkalinity ideal for closed marine systems. It is perfect for fish and invertebrate aquariums or low-nutrient tanks, where individual elements are regularly supplemented to maintain optimal water chemistry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** Essential for regular water maintenance in marine fish-only and soft coral aquariums.
- **New Tank Setups:** Ideal for mixing fresh, balanced synthetic seawater when cycling a new marine system.
**How to Use**
- Mix 382 grams of Red Sea Salt per 10 litres of RO/DI water.
- Stir vigorously using a submersible pump or powerhead until completely dissolved.
- Check salinity with a calibrated refractometer or hydrometer; adjust with salt or fresh water as needed.
- Aerate and bring water to tank temperature before introducing to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Solar Evaporation:** Harvested directly from Red Sea water to ensure biologically balanced trace elements. Provides all essential trace elements required for vibrant fish, corals, and invertebrates.
- **Rapid Dissolution:** Dissolves cleanly without leaving residue or cloudiness. Guaranteed water parameters for standard 10 Litre (2.5-gallon) mixes.
- **Nitrate & Phosphate Free:** Free from algae nutrients, which prevents unwanted algae growth from water replacement. Contains no toxic heavy metals or chemical binders.
- **Eco-Friendly Packaging:** Compact 4 kg bag suitable for small to mid-sized marine systems. Low moisture content ensures easy handling and precise dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED03
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290100771136
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Synthetic Marine Salt
- **Package Dimensions:** 160 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 300 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 4065 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
---
### Red Sea — Lighting
#### Red Sea Reef Led G2 115
115 W compact LED reef light with ReefBeat control, 60 × 60 cm coverage.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/red-sea-reef-led-g2-115/
- Price: $699.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED1021 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116397092
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/ReefLED60New.webp
The second-generation ReefLED is Red Sea's answer to a simple brief: more light, better colour, no hotspots, all from a fixture the size of a paperback. Red Sea Reef Led G2 115 (SKU: RED1021) is a 115 W compact LED array with a 3 W moonlight channel, built on a new chipset whose REEF-SPEC Blue has been boosted to 470 nm with extra violet and UV. It tunes from 8,000K Reef-White to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue at full intensity, and Red Sea describes a homogeneous spread with minimal hotspots and spillage, an anti-glare recessed lens and a gentle shimmer. The unit measures 15.5 × 13.5 × 5.7 cm.
Red Sea's manual rates the G2 115 for a 60 × 60 cm footprint to a maximum water depth of 60 cm, mounted 21 cm above the surface, where it delivers 500 µmol PAR at the water surface and 150 µmol at 50 cm. Wi-Fi is built in and control runs through the free ReefBeat app: program library, weekly schedules, a 28-day lunar cycle, staggered sunrise between units, random clouds, a 50-day acclimation ramp and an exposure check against daily limits. The box holds the fixture and power supply; the hanging kit, pendant or mounting arm is bought separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef tanks to 60 cm deep:** One unit per 60 × 60 cm of surface; a 90 cm tank takes two at up to 50 cm spacing.
- **SPS and mixed reefs:** 500 µmol surface PAR with a fully blue spectrum for coral colour.
- **Multi-light systems:** Group units in ReefBeat for one schedule with staggered sunrise across the tank.
- **Red Sea REEFER owners:** Mounting arms and pendants made for the G2 range fit REEFER and MAX tanks.
**Installation Guide**
- **Mount it:** Hanging kit, pendant or the 90/115 universal arm (tank width 57–80 cm, glass 8–19 mm), bottom of unit 21 cm above the water.
- **Connect:** Hold the settings button five seconds, add the light in ReefBeat and join it to home Wi-Fi.
- **Acclimate:** Run the acclimation program from 50 per cent, and keep total exposure near 100 per cent with at least 10 hours of darkness.
- **Look after it:** Keep the DC jack dry and the heatsink clear; wipe the lens with isopropyl alcohol; ambient room temperature below 25 °C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **115 W compact array plus 3 W moonlight:** Full power from 10,000K to 23,000K.
- **Boosted REEF-SPEC Blue:** 470 nm with added violet and UV.
- **500 PAR at the surface:** 150 PAR at 50 cm; 60 × 60 cm coverage.
- **Built-in Wi-Fi and ReefBeat:** Programs, lunar cycle, clouds, acclimation, exposure check.
- **Homogeneous spread:** Anti-glare recessed lens, minimal hotspots and spillage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED1021
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290116397092
- **Product Type:** Lighting > LED Reef Lights
- **Power:** 115 W plus 3 W moonlight channel
- **Dimensions:** 15.5 × 13.5 × 5.7 cm
- **Colour Range:** 8,000K to 23,000K
- **Coverage:** 60 × 60 cm; maximum water depth 60 cm; mount 21 cm above water
- **PAR:** 500 µmol/m²/s at surface, 150 at 50 cm
- **Control:** Built-in Wi-Fi, ReefBeat app, CR1220 backup battery
- **In the Box:** Light fixture and power supply; mounting sold separately
- **Accessories:** G2 115 Visor (RED1021f), hanging kit, pendant, 90/115 mounting arm
- **Range:** ReefLED G2 60, G2 115, G2 170
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reefled 90 / G2 115 Universal Mounting Arm
Aluminium mounting to attach ReefLED 90 and ReefLED G2 115 light fixtures.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/lighting/red-sea-reefled-90-g2-115-universal-mounting-arm/
- Price: $119.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED729 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770115
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Lighting (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/lighting/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/111-35.png
The Red Sea ReefLED Mounting Arm ( SKU: RED729 ) is a robust aluminium mounting bracket designed to securely attach ReefLED 90 and ReefLED G2 115 light fixtures onto rimmed or rimless aquariums. It holds the fixture at the optimal height over the water to ensure uniform light coverage and PAR distribution.
Featuring a swivel joint design, the mounting arm allows the light unit to be rotated sideways out of the way during routine tank maintenance, aquascaping, or coral placement without removing the mount from the tank glass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fixture Installation:** Required for mounting a ReefLED 90 or G2 115 fixture to tank glass.
- **Maintenance Ease:** Perfect for aquarists who need quick overhead access into the display tank.
**How to Use**
- Attach the base clamp to the rear aquarium glass wall and tighten the securing screws.
- Route the ReefLED power cable through the internal cable management groove inside the arm.
- Fasten the ReefLED light fixture to the top mounting plate using the provided hardware.
- Adjust the height and tilt angle as desired over the water surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Swivel Design: ** Swings sideways easily for full top access during tank maintenance.
- **Integrated Cable Management: **Conceals power cords inside the arm structure for a clean appearance.
- **Corrosion-Resistant Finish: **Powder-coated heavy-duty aluminium withstands saltwater splashes.
- **Versatile Glass Fit: **Accommodates glass thicknesses from 8 mm to 19 mm.
- **Secure & Stable Attachment: **Mounts firmly onto the rear wall of the aquarium, keeping your ReefLED light safely in place.
- **Adjustable Positioning:** The arm can be rotated to an upright position for easy access during tank maintenance, cleaning, or reefscaping.
- **Designed for ReefLED Systems:** Optimised for use with Red Sea ReefLED 90, ensuring a perfect fit and reliable support.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED729
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290100770115
- **Product Type:** Lighting / Mounting Hardware
- **Package Dimensions:** 90 mm (L) × 90 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 795 g
- **Target Environment:** Rimmed & Rimless Marine Aquariums
---
### Red Sea — Salt
#### Red Sea Coral Pro Salt 22kg Bucket 660ltr
Large bucket of high-alkalinity reef salt for established reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-22kg-bucket-660ltr/
- Price: $139.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED15 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100771853
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-9.png
For a reef of two or three hundred litres changing water weekly, the 22 kg bucket lasts a season. Red Sea Coral Pro Salt 22kg Bucket 660ltr (SKU: RED15) makes about 660 L of seawater with Red Sea's raised foundation-element formula: at 35 ppt it gives 12 dKH alkalinity, 465 ppm calcium and 1,390 ppm magnesium, levels Red Sea describes as biologically balanced for sustainable, accelerated coral growth. The maker's own words are that Coral Pro's 12 dKH makes it ideal for mixed reefs and SPS frag tanks, and that with its Reef Care recipes growth can reach up to four times the natural rate.
Red Sea's reasoning is that a reef aquarium has none of the ocean's reservoir of foundation elements, so corals deplete them quickly; a salt mixed to raised, correctly proportioned levels restores them with every water change and removes the need to adjust calcium, alkalinity and magnesium afterwards. The base is sodium chloride harvested by solar evaporation of Red Sea water, blended with a full complement of trace elements, free of nitrates, phosphates, chemical binders and toxic heavy-metal levels, and guaranteed for a 10 L mix. Mixed Coral Pro is used within 12 hours to keep its raised levels.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs of 150 to 400 litres:** Weekly 10 per cent changes for several months from one bucket.
- **SPS frag and grow-out systems:** High alkalinity and calcium for rapid skeleton growth.
- **Mixed reefs on the Reef Care Program:** Matching the 11.5 dKH mixed-reef recipe out of the bucket.
- **Large one-off changes:** Up to 30 per cent when changes are less frequent.
**Mixing Guide**
- **Measure by volume:** About 22 kg for 660 L; mix only the water needed for the change.
- **Salt into cool RO water:** About 20 °C, submerged pump, no air, 0.5 to 2 hours to a pH of 8.2 to 8.4.
- **Warm and verify:** 25 °C and a seawater refractometer reading before use.
- **Use within 12 hours:** Standing Coral Pro precipitates and loses calcium and alkalinity; keep the bucket lid closed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **22 kg for about 660 L:** The large bucket for established reefs.
- **12 dKH, 465 ppm calcium, 1,390 ppm magnesium:** Raised, balanced levels at 35 ppt.
- **Water changes replace elements:** No adjustment of foundation levels after a change.
- **Natural, ICP-verified salt:** Solar-harvested Red Sea water with full trace elements.
- **Free of algae nutrients:** No nitrates or phosphates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED15
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100771853
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 22 kg
- **Makes:** About 660 L of seawater
- **Parameters at 35 ppt:** Alkalinity 12 dKH, calcium 465 ppm, magnesium 1,390 ppm
- **Mixing:** RO water about 20 °C, no aeration, 0.5–2 h, maximum 4 h, warm to 25 °C
- **Use Within:** 12 hours of mixing
- **Packaging:** Resealable black bucket
- **Range:** 7 kg bucket (RED14), 22 kg bucket, 20 kg refill box (RED178)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with stony corals
---
#### Red Sea Salt 20kg Refill Box 600ltr
Moderate-alkalinity reef salt in a plastic-saving cardboard refill.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/red-sea-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr/
- Price: $102.30 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED129 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770146
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-7.png
The blue bucket is one of the most used reef salts in the world, and the refill box is the same salt without the plastic. Red Sea Salt 20kg Refill Box 600ltr (SKU: RED129) holds 20 kg of Red Sea Salt in a compact cardboard box, enough for about 600 L of seawater, to be used straight from the box or tipped into an existing bucket. Red Sea positions this as its premium-grade, moderate-alkalinity salt, mixing to 8 dKH with calcium at 430 ppm and magnesium at 1,310 ppm at 35 ppt, which it calls ideal for all reef aquarium types and especially SPS-dominated tanks.
The sodium chloride in Red Sea Salt is harvested by solar evaporation of Red Sea water and makes up more than 72 per cent of the mix, carrying 45 naturally occurring elements, with the remaining elements blended in and every batch checked by ICP analysis. Red Sea lists it as all-natural with a full complement of trace elements, no nitrates or phosphates, no chemical binders and low moisture. The formula dissolves in about 20 minutes, and the mixing rule is RO water at or below 20 °C, salt added to water, no aeration, half an hour to two hours and never more than four.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** 10 per cent a week on reefs of any type, or up to 30 per cent when changes are less frequent.
- **SPS and mixed reefs:** Moderate 8 dKH alkalinity suited to tanks on daily Foundation dosing.
- **Refilling the bucket:** Topping up an existing Red Sea Salt bucket at lower cost and with less plastic.
- **Fish-only and new tanks:** A natural-level salt where raised elements are not needed.
**Mixing Guide**
- **Start with cool RO water:** About 20 °C and never warmer; add salt to water, not water to salt.
- **Mix without air:** A submerged pump for 0.5 to 2 hours until clear and pH sits at 8.2 to 8.5; do not exceed 4 hours.
- **Warm and check:** Heat to 25 °C and read salinity on a seawater refractometer, adjusting with salt or water.
- **Use within a week:** Store mixed water sealed and dark; keep dry salt closed to stop clumping, and never mix in a tank with animals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Moderate alkalinity, 8 dKH:** For all reef types, especially SPS-dominated systems.
- **Balanced foundation elements:** Calcium 430 ppm, magnesium 1,310 ppm at 35 ppt.
- **All-natural, Red Sea water:** Solar-evaporated sodium chloride with 45 natural elements.
- **Clean mix:** No nitrates, phosphates, chemical binders or toxic heavy-metal levels.
- **Cardboard refill box:** 20 kg for 600 L with less plastic than a bucket.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED129
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100770146
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Makes:** About 600 L of seawater
- **Parameters at 35 ppt:** Alkalinity 8 dKH, calcium 430 ppm, magnesium 1,310 ppm
- **Mixing:** RO water ≤20 °C, no aeration, 0.5–2 h, maximum 4 h, then warm to 25 °C
- **Quality Control:** ICP analysis per batch; parameters guaranteed for a 10 L mix
- **Packaging:** Cardboard refill box
- **Range:** 7 kg bucket (RED33), 22 kg bucket, 20 kg refill box; Coral Pro Salt for raised levels
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and fish aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Salt 22kg Bucket 660ltrs
Salt package to mix up to 660 litres of natural seawater containing calcium, magnesium, and alkalinity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/red-sea-salt-22kg-bucket-660ltrs/
- Price: $127.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED93 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100771990
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/160-7.png
Red Sea Salt 22 kg Bucket ( SKU: RED163 / RED93 ) is a bulk synthetic sea salt package formulated to mix up to 660 litres of natural seawater. Harvested via solar evaporation from the Red Sea, this salt provides ideal baseline levels of Calcium, Magnesium, and Alkalinity for marine aquariums. Red Sea Salt is designed to provide the exact parameters of tropical reef water with a slightly elevated alkalinity as needed in a closed marine system.
Red Sea Salt is ideal for fish and invertebrate systems or for low-nutrient tanks where you are routinely supplementing all of the individual elements on a regular basis. Packaged in a heavy-duty, resealable 22 kg bucket, it protects the salt from atmospheric moisture and humidity, ensuring clean dissolution over multiple water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Maintenance:** Best for routine water changes on mid-to-large marine aquariums.
- **High-Volume Salt Mixing:** Ideal for maintaining continuous reservoirs of mixed saltwater.
**How to Use**
- Add 382 grams of salt per 10 litres of RO/DI water.
- Mix thoroughly with a submersible pump until the water is completely clear.
- Verify specific gravity (
1.025
S.G.
) and adjust temperature before adding to the tank.
- Reseal the heavy-duty bucket lid tightly after each use to prevent moisture clumping.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 22 kg Bucket:** Economical size providing 660 litres of prepared seawater. Guaranteed parameters for 10L/2.5 Gallon mix.
- **Moisture-Proof Storage:** Heavy-duty bucket keeps unused salt dry and free-flowing; has a full complement of trace elements.
- **Biologically Balanced:** Replicates natural sea chemistry with eco-harvested solar salt. All-natural, eco-friendly harvesting from the waters of the exotic Red Sea has biologically balanced levels of foundation elements.
- **Zero Nitrates & Phosphates:** Clean formula prevents unwanted nuisance algae blooms. No nitrates or phosphates (algae nutrients), no toxic levels of heavy metals and no chemical binders added.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED93
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290100771990
- **Product Type:** Salt / Synthetic Marine Sea Salt
- **Package Dimensions:** 310 mm (L) × 310 mm (W) × 325 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 22.45 kg
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Salt 7kg Bucket 210ltrs
Moderate-alkalinity reef salt for nano and small marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/red-sea-salt-7kg-bucket-210ltrs/
- Price: $53.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED33 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100773451
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Salt_7kg_1024x1024.webp
A 7 kg bucket is close to a year of weekly water changes on a nano reef, which is why it is the size most small-tank keepers buy first. Red Sea Salt 7kg Bucket 210ltrs (SKU: RED33) is Red Sea's premium-grade, moderate-alkalinity salt in its smallest bucket, making about 210 L of seawater. At 35 ppt it mixes to 8 dKH alkalinity, 430 ppm calcium and 1,310 ppm magnesium, levels Red Sea describes as biologically balanced foundation elements that suit all reef aquarium types and especially SPS-dominated tanks, where a moderate alkalinity pairs with daily dosing.
Red Sea makes the salt from sodium chloride harvested by solar evaporation of Red Sea water, which carries 45 naturally occurring elements and forms over 72 per cent of the mix, with the full complement of trace elements blended in and every batch verified by ICP analysis. It contains no nitrates or phosphates and no chemical binders, and dissolves in about 20 minutes. The resealable bucket keeps the dry salt from clumping between changes, and the mixing method is RO water at or below 20 °C, salt added to water, a submerged pump without aeration for 0.5 to 2 hours, then warming to 25 °C.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Tanks of 30 to 150 L on 10 per cent weekly water changes.
- **Starting a marine tank:** Natural-level foundation elements for a first fill and cycling.
- **Fish-only systems:** Where the raised elements of Coral Pro are not needed.
- **Quarantine and dip water:** A small bucket kept for hospital tanks and acclimation.
**Mixing Guide**
- **Weigh for the volume:** About 7 kg makes 210 L; mix only what is needed for the change.
- **Cool RO water first:** Add salt to water at or below 20 °C and mix with a submerged pump, no air, for 0.5 to 2 hours.
- **Warm and test:** Bring to 25 °C and read salinity on a seawater refractometer; pH should be 8.2 to 8.5.
- **Store sensibly:** Mixed water sealed and dark for up to a week; lid closed on the bucket between uses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 dKH moderate alkalinity:** For all reef types, especially SPS systems.
- **Calcium 430, magnesium 1,310 ppm:** Balanced foundation elements at 35 ppt.
- **Solar-harvested Red Sea water:** All-natural sodium chloride with 45 elements.
- **ICP-checked batches:** Parameters guaranteed for a 10 L mix.
- **Resealable 7 kg bucket:** About 210 L of seawater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED33
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100773451
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 7 kg
- **Makes:** About 210 L of seawater
- **Parameters at 35 ppt:** Alkalinity 8 dKH, calcium 430 ppm, magnesium 1,310 ppm
- **Mixing:** RO water ≤20 °C, no aeration, 0.5–2 h, maximum 4 h, then warm to 25 °C
- **Composition:** Over 72 per cent solar-evaporated Red Sea sodium chloride plus blended elements
- **Packaging:** Resealable bucket
- **Range:** 7 kg bucket, 22 kg bucket, 20 kg refill box (RED129)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and fish aquariums
---
### Red Sea — Medications
#### Red Sea Aiptasia X 60ml
Reef-safe adhesive paste kit for removing Aiptasia pest anemones.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/red-sea-aiptasia-x-60ml/
- Price: $27.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED187 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100771969
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-11.png
Aiptasia arrives on a rock or frag plug, and weeks later there are dozens. Red Sea Aiptasia X 60ml (SKU: RED187) is Red Sea's reef-safe answer: a thick adhesive paste made from natural components that forms globules on contact with aquarium water. The Aiptasia senses the material as food and does not retract, takes it in, and the paste seals its oral disc so it cannot release its larvae; Red Sea says that within minutes the anemone implodes, removing both the anemone and its planulae. The 60 mL kit covers roughly 100 Aiptasia, with a syringe and two tips.
Red Sea's key claims are about safety. The globules do not affect the sessile polyps of corals, so Aiptasia growing inside a coral colony can be dealt with in place, any material not taken in by the anemone is harmless to sessile invertebrates and decays over time without adverse effect, and the product does not affect water chemistry. Red Sea also lists Anemonia majano and Boloceroides as targets. The method is flow off for about 15 minutes, the tip brought slowly to the oral disc and the whole disc covered. A 500 mL refill is available.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aiptasia outbreaks:** Glass anemones spreading across live rock, glass, overflows or equipment.
- **Anemones inside coral colonies:** Where scraping or injecting would damage the coral.
- **Majano and Boloceroides:** Other pest anemones Red Sea lists as targets.
- **New rock and frags:** Dealing with a single hitchhiker before it multiplies into a colony.
**Application Guide**
- **Prepare:** Switch off pumps and flow for about 15 minutes, shake the bottle hard and lock a tip onto the syringe.
- **Approach slowly:** Draw paste into the syringe and bring the tip to the anemone's oral disc, releasing small amounts as the tentacles close over it.
- **Cover the disc:** Spread paste over the whole oral disc so the larvae are sealed in; on small colonies cover the whole patch.
- **Finish:** Keep seawater out of the bottle when refilling the syringe, flush the syringe with hot water afterwards, and store at room temperature.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adhesive paste of natural components:** Globulates on contact with aquarium water.
- **Anemone does not retract:** It takes the material in as food, sealing its oral disc.
- **Reef safe:** Does not affect coral polyps, sessile invertebrates or water chemistry, per Red Sea.
- **About 100 anemones per kit:** 60 mL with a 3 mL syringe and two lock-on tips.
- **Straight and angled tips:** For open rock and hard-to-reach crevices behind corals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED187
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100771969
- **Product Type:** Medications > Pest Anemone Control
- **Net Volume:** 60 mL
- **Kit Contents:** 60 mL bottle, 3 mL syringe, straight tip, angled tip
- **Capacity:** Approximately 100 Aiptasia
- **Targets:** Aiptasia, Anemonia majano, Boloceroides
- **Not For:** Xenia or desirable anemones
- **Refill:** 500 mL bottle without applicators, decanted into the 60 mL bottle
- **Water Chemistry:** Not affected, per Red Sea
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Dipx 100ml
Essential-oil coral bath for introducing new corals and live rock.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/red-sea-dipx-100ml/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED646 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399560
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED646-1.jpg
Most reef pests arrive on something the keeper chose to buy, which is why the dip bucket is the most useful piece of quarantine kit. Red Sea Dipx 100ml (SKU: RED646) is the introductory size of DipX, Red Sea's coral bath for safely introducing new corals and live rock to an aquarium. It is a blend of three essential oils with no inorganic disinfectants, free of elements such as potassium iodide or bromide, and Red Sea describes it as completely safe for all kinds of corals and more effective than any other solution it tested. A 15-minute bath removes hitchhikers including Acropora-eating flatworms, Montipora-eating nudibranchs and Acropora red bugs.
The dose is 10 mL of DipX per litre of aquarium water, a 1:100 dilution, mixed in a clean, dry container and never added to the display. Corals or rock are fully submerged for no more than 15 minutes with a gentle swirl every few minutes, then rinsed in clean seawater and placed in the tank; one bath can be reused for up to four batches within two hours of mixing. That makes the 100 mL bottle about ten one-litre baths, enough for a first try of the routine. Red Sea lists it as safe for SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids, Discosoma and Ricordea, and live rock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Every new coral:** SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids and mushrooms before they enter the display.
- **Live rock:** Rock from another tank or a shop system that may carry hitchhikers.
- **Known pests:** Acropora-eating flatworms, Montipora-eating nudibranchs and red bugs.
- **Trying the routine:** The 100 mL size for occasional frag purchases and a first quarantine kit.
**Dipping Guide**
- **Mix the bath:** Shake the bottle and add 10 mL DipX to 1 L of aquarium water in a clean, dry container.
- **Dip:** Fully submerge the coral or rock for up to 15 minutes, swirling gently every few minutes.
- **Rinse:** Lift out, rinse in clean seawater, and place in the aquarium.
- **Reuse or discard:** Use the same bath for up to four batches, then discard within two hours of mixing; never add DipX to the display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three essential oils:** No inorganic disinfectants, iodide or bromide.
- **Safe for all coral types:** SPS, LPS, softies, zoanthids, mushrooms and live rock, per Red Sea.
- **15-minute bath:** Removes common coral hitchhikers.
- **1:100 dilution:** 10 mL per litre of aquarium water.
- **One bath, several batches:** Up to four lots of corals within two hours of mixing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED646
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290116399560
- **Product Type:** Medications > Coral Dips
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Dose:** 10 mL per 1 L of aquarium water (1:100)
- **Dip Time:** Up to 15 minutes
- **Yield:** About 10 one-litre baths
- **Bath Reuse:** Up to 4 batches, discard within 2 hours
- **Composition:** Blend of three essential oils
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (RED643), 500 mL (RED644)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, coral and rock introduction
---
#### Red Sea Dipx 250ml
Coral bath for regular frag buyers, about 25 one-litre dips.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/red-sea-dipx-250ml/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED643 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399553
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED643-1.jpg
For a keeper who brings home a few frags every month, dipping stops being an occasional precaution and becomes part of the routine. Red Sea Dipx 250ml (SKU: RED643) is the mid-size bottle of DipX, Red Sea's highly effective dip for safely introducing new corals and live rock to the aquarium. Its formula is a blend of three essential oils without inorganic disinfectants, free of potassium iodide, bromide and similar elements, and Red Sea says it is completely safe for all kinds of corals and more effective than any other solution it tested, removing hitchhikers in a 15-minute bath.
The targets Red Sea names are Acropora-eating flatworms, Montipora-eating nudibranchs and Acropora red bugs, along with the crustaceans, worms, snails and other hitchhikers that ride in on coral and rock. The bath is 10 mL of DipX per litre of tank water in a clean container, never the display; corals are submerged for up to 15 minutes with a gentle swirl, then rinsed in clean seawater. One bath handles four batches within two hours, and the bottle makes about 25 one-litre baths. It is safe, Red Sea says, for SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids, mushrooms and live rock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular coral purchases:** A monthly frag habit, shop orders or swaps with other hobbyists.
- **Acropora and Montipora:** The corals most at risk from flatworms, nudibranchs and red bugs that hide on the base.
- **Rock moves:** Live rock taken from another system or a shop tank before it joins the display.
- **Quarantine routines:** A standard dip step for every new arrival before it meets the display.
**Dipping Guide**
- **Make the bath:** 10 mL DipX per litre of aquarium water in a clean, dry container, after shaking the bottle well.
- **Submerge:** Up to 15 minutes, swirling every few minutes to dislodge hitchhikers.
- **Rinse and place:** Rinse in clean seawater, then add to the tank.
- **Reuse within limits:** Up to four batches per bath, discarded within two hours; never dose the display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Essential-oil formula:** Three oils, no inorganic disinfectants.
- **Coral safe:** SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids and mushrooms, per Red Sea's own testing.
- **Fast:** Hitchhikers removed in a 15-minute bath, with no long quarantine soak.
- **About 25 baths:** At 10 mL per litre.
- **Reusable within two hours:** Up to four batches per bath, so a frag order is dipped in one session.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED643
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290116399553
- **Product Type:** Medications > Coral Dips
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose:** 10 mL per 1 L of aquarium water (1:100)
- **Dip Time:** Up to 15 minutes
- **Yield:** About 25 one-litre baths
- **Bath Reuse:** Up to 4 batches, discard within 2 hours
- **Safe For:** SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids, mushrooms, live rock
- **Composition:** Blend of three essential oils, no iodide or bromide
- **Other Sizes:** 100 mL (RED646), 500 mL (RED644)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, coral and rock introduction
---
### Red Sea — Testing
#### Red Sea Calcium Pro Testing Kit 75 Tests
Titration test reading calcium to 5 ppm for reef dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests/
- Price: $56.25 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED250 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772041
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/270-14.png
Dosing calcium without an accurate test is guessing, and a colour-chart kit cannot resolve the 10 ppm a reef consumes in a day. Red Sea Calcium Pro Testing Kit 75 Tests (SKU: RED250) is Red Sea's advanced titration test for calcium in a reef aquarium, with what the maker calls an exceptionally high accuracy of 5 ppm. It is the test built for the Reef Care Program, giving the readings needed to dose Foundation A calcium and strontium and the Trace Colours supplements to measured uptake, and Red Sea sums up the whole approach in three words: it is all in the balance.
The kit contains Reagent A (25 mL), Reagent B (20 g) and 75 mL of Reagent C titrant, a titrator, a 5 mL syringe, a dosing spoon, a colour card and instructions, packed in a durable, chemical-resistant plastic case with analytical-grade glass vials. Titrant is added drop by drop until the colour changes, with the volume used read off the titrator as the calcium level. There are 75 tests in the box, enough for a year of weekly checks with spares for uptake tests, and a 75-test reagent refill means the case and titrator are bought once. The same test is included in the Reef Foundation Pro multi kit (RED257).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly calcium testing:** Reefs on the Reef Care Program dosing Foundation A daily, where 5 ppm resolution shows the trend.
- **Measuring uptake:** The four-day test that sets a daily calcium dose.
- **Checking new salt mixes:** Confirming a bucket delivers its stated calcium level before the water goes in.
- **Calcium reactor and doser tuning:** Resolving changes of a few ppm that a colour-chart kit would miss.
**How to Use**
- **Take the sample:** Measure tank water into the glass vial with the 5 mL syringe.
- **Add reagents:** Reagent A, then a spoon of Reagent B, and swirl.
- **Titrate:** Add Reagent C from the titrator until the colour changes and read calcium from the scale.
- **Record and dose:** Log the result and adjust Foundation A to the recipe for the tank type.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Titration method:** Resolves calcium to 5 ppm, far finer than a comparator.
- **75 tests:** With a 75-test reagent refill available.
- **Reef Care Program test:** Made for dosing Foundation A and Trace Colours.
- **Complete kit:** Titrator, syringe, spoon, colour card and glass vials.
- **Chemical-resistant case:** Keeps reagents organised and protected.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED250
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772041
- **Product Type:** Testing > Reef Test Kits
- **Parameter:** Calcium (Ca)
- **Method:** Titration
- **Accuracy:** 5 ppm
- **Tests:** 75
- **Kit Contents:** Reagent A 25 mL, Reagent B 20 g, Reagent C 75 mL, titrator, 5 mL syringe, dosing spoon, colour card, glass vials, instructions, plastic case
- **Refill:** Calcium Pro reagent refill, 75 tests
- **Also In:** Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit (RED257)
- **Program Use:** Dosing Foundation A (RED280) and Trace Colours to measured uptake
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Kh/alkalinity Pro Testing Kit 75 Tests
Titration test resolving alkalinity to 0.14 dKH.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests/
- Price: $54.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED251 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772058
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-15.png
Alkalinity swings are the fastest way to stress stony corals, and the only defence is a test that can see a tenth of a degree. Red Sea Kh/alkalinity Pro Testing Kit 75 Tests (SKU: RED251) is Red Sea's advanced titration test for KH, the carbonate and buffer alkalinity of reef water, with an accuracy the maker puts at 0.05 meq/L, or 0.14 dKH. It is designed to enable accurate dosing of Foundation B, Red Sea's buffer supplement, and it is the alkalinity test the Reef Care Program is built around, since alkalinity is the foundation element that moves most from day to day.
In the case are 68 mL of titrant, a 10 mL syringe, a titrator, colour card and instructions, analytical-grade glass vials in a chemical-resistant plastic box, and a 100 mL sample of the Foundation B buffer supplement, so a low reading can be corrected the same day. Titration reads the volume of reagent used to change the sample's colour, which is how it resolves 0.14 dKH where comparator kits manage half a degree. The box gives 75 tests, and a 75-test refill with syringe and updated chart keeps it going without a new case. The same test appears in the Reef Foundation Pro multi kit (RED257) with calcium and magnesium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily or weekly alkalinity checks:** Reefs dosing Foundation B or running a calcium reactor, where a 0.3 dKH drift matters.
- **Setting the daily dose:** The four-day uptake test that fixes how much buffer a tank uses each day.
- **Total alkalinity, not carbonates:** Red Sea warns against carbonate-only kits; this reads total alkalinity.
- **New salt and cycling checks:** Verifying a fresh mix, or holding 8.4 dKH through the Reef Mature program.
**How to Use**
- **Sample:** Fill the glass vial from the tank using the 10 mL syringe supplied.
- **Titrate:** Add titrant from the titrator a drop at a time until the colour changes.
- **Read:** The titrator scale gives alkalinity in meq/L and dKH directly.
- **Correct:** Dose Foundation B to the recipe for the tank, no more than 1.4 dKH in a day, and retest.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.14 dKH accuracy:** 0.05 meq/L by titration, Red Sea's stated figure.
- **75 tests:** A 75-test reagent refill is available.
- **Foundation B sample included:** 100 mL of buffer in the box.
- **Reef Care Program test:** For dosing KH/Alkalinity Foundation B.
- **Glass vials and titrator:** In a chemical-resistant case.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED251
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772058
- **Product Type:** Testing > Reef Test Kits
- **Parameter:** Alkalinity (KH)
- **Method:** Titration
- **Accuracy:** 0.05 meq/L (0.14 dKH)
- **Tests:** 75
- **Kit Contents:** Titrant 68 mL, 10 mL syringe, titrator, colour card, glass vials, instructions, plastic case, 100 mL Foundation B sample
- **Refill:** Alkalinity Pro reagent refill, 75 tests
- **Also In:** Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit (RED257)
- **Program Use:** Dosing KH/Alkalinity Foundation B (RED281) to measured uptake
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Magnesium Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests
Titration test reading magnesium to 20 ppm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests/
- Price: $62.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED252 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772065
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/270-16.png
Magnesium moves slowly, but when it drifts the calcium and alkalinity tests stop making sense, so it has to be measured too. Red Sea Magnesium Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests (SKU: RED252) is Red Sea's advanced titration test for magnesium in a reef aquarium, with an accuracy of 20 ppm, and it is the test the maker specifies for dosing its Magnesium Foundation C supplement. In a reef at 1,350 ppm, a 20 ppm resolution is fine enough to catch the weekly draw of a stony-coral tank and to confirm a new salt mix before it goes in.
The box holds Reagent A and Reagent B at 25 mL each, 75 mL of titrant, a titrator, a 5 mL syringe, a dosing spoon, a colour card and instructions, with analytical-grade glass vials in a durable, chemical-resistant plastic case. The treated sample is titrated until the colour turns, the volume read from the titrator as the magnesium level. With 100 tests there is enough for two years of weekly readings or a year of closer monitoring on a daily-dosed system, and reagent refills are part of Red Sea's range. The magnesium test is also included, at 75 tests, in the Reef Foundation Pro multi kit (RED257).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly magnesium checks:** Reefs dosing Foundation C to the 1,220 to 1,390 ppm recipes for their tank type.
- **Unstable calcium or alkalinity:** The first test to run when the other two foundation elements will not hold their levels.
- **New salt and water changes:** Confirming the mix delivers its stated magnesium level before use.
- **Dosing-pump calibration:** Measuring uptake over four days to set the daily dose.
**How to Use**
- **Sample:** Measure tank water into the vial with the 5 mL syringe.
- **Add reagents:** Reagent A and Reagent B in the stated amounts, and mix gently.
- **Titrate:** Add titrant a drop at a time until the colour changes and read magnesium from the titrator scale.
- **Dose and log:** Correct with Foundation C at no more than 10 ppm a day, and record the result in the tank log.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Titration to 20 ppm:** Red Sea's stated accuracy for the magnesium test.
- **100 tests:** The largest count in the Pro foundation range.
- **Made for Foundation C:** The specified test for magnesium dosing.
- **Full kit:** Two reagents, titrant, titrator, syringe, spoon and glass vials.
- **Chemical-resistant case:** Reagents stored safely between tests.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED252
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772065
- **Product Type:** Testing > Reef Test Kits
- **Parameter:** Magnesium (Mg)
- **Method:** Titration
- **Accuracy:** 20 ppm
- **Tests:** 100
- **Kit Contents:** Reagent A 25 mL, Reagent B 25 mL, titrant 75 mL, titrator, 5 mL syringe, dosing spoon, colour card, glass vials, instructions, plastic case
- **Refill:** Magnesium Pro reagent refill
- **Also In:** Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit (RED257), 75 tests
- **Program Use:** Dosing Magnesium Foundation C (RED282) to measured uptake
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit
pH, alkalinity, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate tests for cycling and fish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit/
- Price: $89.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED313 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100774137
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OIP-23.webp
A new marine tank lives or dies on five numbers in its first three weeks, and this is the box that reads all of them. Red Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit (SKU: RED313) is Red Sea's complete multi-test pack with every test needed to monitor the biological maturation of a new system, pH, alkalinity, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate, and for the ongoing maintenance and nutrient management of fish-only aquariums. It is the test kit Red Sea's Reef Mature Starter Kit (RED314) assumes you have, since the 21-day program asks for ammonia, nitrite and nitrate readings on set days and alkalinity held at 8.4 dKH throughout.
Red Sea specifies each test: ammonia colorimetric from 0 to 2 ppm at 0.2 ppm accuracy with 100 tests; nitrite colorimetric from 0 to 1 ppm at 0.05 ppm with 50 tests; nitrate colorimetric from 0 to 250 ppm at 2 ppm with 50 tests; pH colorimetric from 7.6 to 8.6 at 0.2 with 100 tests; and alkalinity by titration at 1 dKH, 0.36 meq/L, with 55 tests. The case holds eight reagents, three glass vials, a 5 mL syringe, a spoon, five colour cards and three manuals. The 250 ppm nitrate range marks it as a cycling and fish-tank kit; reefs step up to the Pro kits once mature.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cycling a new marine tank:** The ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, pH and KH readings the Reef Mature program calls for.
- **Fish-only aquariums:** Ongoing checks that nitrate stays under 10 ppm and alkalinity near 8.4 dKH.
- **Quarantine systems:** Watching ammonia and nitrite in a lightly filtered hospital tank.
- **Troubleshooting:** A first screen when fish look stressed or the water clouds.
**How to Use**
- **Ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, pH:** Sample with the syringe, add the reagents as directed and match against the colour card.
- **Alkalinity:** Titrate drop by drop until the colour changes and count the result in dKH.
- **Follow the schedule:** During Reef Mature, test on the days the manual lists and log every result.
- **Act on readings:** Delay stocking while ammonia or nitrite show, and buffer with KH Coralline Gro when alkalinity drops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five tests in one case:** pH, KH, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate.
- **Cycling companion:** The kit the Reef Mature program is written around.
- **Up to 100 tests per parameter:** 100 ammonia and pH, 55 alkalinity, 50 nitrite and nitrate.
- **Wide nitrate range:** 0 to 250 ppm for new and fish-only systems.
- **Complete kit:** Eight reagents, glass vials, syringe, spoon, colour cards, manuals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED313
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100774137
- **Product Type:** Testing > Marine Test Kits
- **Parameters:** Ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, pH, alkalinity
- **Ammonia:** Colorimetric, 0–2 ppm, 0.2 ppm, 100 tests
- **Nitrite:** Colorimetric, 0–1 ppm, 0.05 ppm, 50 tests
- **Nitrate:** Colorimetric, 0–250 ppm, 2 ppm, 50 tests
- **pH:** Colorimetric, 7.6–8.6, 0.2, 100 tests
- **Alkalinity:** Titration, 1 dKH (0.36 meq/L), 55 tests
- **Kit Contents:** 8 reagents, 3 glass vials, 5 mL syringe, spoon, 5 colour cards, 3 manuals, plastic case
- **Pairs With:** Reef Mature Starter Kit (RED314)
- **Target Environment:** New marine aquariums and fish-only systems
---
#### Red Sea Nitrate Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests
Comparator test reading nitrate to 0.125 ppm for nutrient control.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-nitrate-pro-testing-kit-100-tests/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED253 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772072
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/270-17.png
Running nitrate at 1 to 2 ppm needs a test that can tell 1 from 2, and most strip kits cannot. Red Sea Nitrate Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests (SKU: RED253) is Red Sea's advanced colorimetric nitrate test with a comparator, reading NO3 from 0 to 64 ppm with a stated accuracy of 0.125 ppm at the low end. Together with the Phosphate Pro kit it provides the readings that set the daily dose of NO3:PO4-X in Red Sea's nutrient-control program, where the starting dose and every adjustment depend on knowing whether nitrate is above 10 ppm, between 1 and 2.5, or under 1.
The comparator is what makes the difference: the treated sample sits in a holder beside a reference and the colour disk is rotated until the two match, which removes most of the guesswork of holding a vial against a printed card. The kit includes the comparator and colour disk, a 10 mL syringe, Reagent A (25 mL) and two jars of Reagent B, glass vials and a chemical-resistant case, with 100 tests in the box. Refills are available, and a nitrate-plus-phosphate multi kit exists. Red Sea asks for weekly tests until nitrate stabilises and then twice-weekly, so 100 tests is about a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **NO3:PO4-X dosing:** Weekly, then twice-weekly readings that set and trim the daily dose.
- **Low-nutrient reefs:** Holding SPS systems at 0.25 to 0.5 ppm or mixed reefs at 1 to 2 ppm, where the reading decides the dose.
- **Algae problems:** Finding out whether nitrate is the nutrient feeding a hair-algae or film bloom.
- **Cycling and fish tanks:** Tracking nitrate from 10 ppm down during Reef Mature, or keeping fish-only systems under 10 ppm.
**How to Use**
- **Sample:** Draw the stated volume of tank water into the vial with the 10 mL syringe.
- **Add reagents:** Reagent A, then Reagent B, and wait the stated development time.
- **Compare:** Place the vial in the comparator beside the reference and turn the colour disk until the colours match.
- **Read and act:** Note the ppm, then set or adjust the NO3:PO4-X dose from Red Sea's chart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colorimetric with comparator:** Colour disk matching for a repeatable reading.
- **0.125 ppm accuracy:** Across a 0 to 64 ppm range.
- **100 tests:** About a year of nutrient-control testing.
- **Nutrient-control program test:** Pairs with Phosphate Pro for NO3:PO4-X dosing.
- **Glass vials and case:** Analytical-grade vials in a chemical-resistant box.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED253
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772072
- **Product Type:** Testing > Reef Test Kits
- **Parameter:** Nitrate (NO3)
- **Method:** Colorimetric with comparator and colour disk
- **Range:** 0–64 ppm
- **Accuracy:** 0.125 ppm
- **Tests:** 100
- **Kit Contents:** Comparator, colour disk, 10 mL syringe, Reagent A 25 mL, Reagent B (two jars), glass vials, instructions, plastic case
- **Pairs With:** Phosphate Pro Test Kit (RED254)
- **Refill:** Nitrate Pro reagent refill
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and fish aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Phosphate Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests
Comparator test resolving phosphate to 0.01 ppm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-phosphate-pro-testing-kit-100-tests/
- Price: $74.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED254 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772089
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-18.png
Phosphate matters at levels a hundred times lower than nitrate, which is why an ordinary kit shows zero while algae keeps growing. Red Sea Phosphate Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests (SKU: RED254) is Red Sea's colorimetric phosphate test with a comparator, covering 0 to 2.5 ppm PO4 with an accuracy Red Sea puts at 0.01 ppm in its specification, 0.02 ppm in its headline, fine enough to work at the 0.08 to 0.12 ppm a mixed reef is held to and the 0.01 to 0.02 ppm of an SPS-dominant tank. With the Nitrate Pro kit it supplies the readings that steer NO3:PO4-X dosing in the nutrient-control program.
The kit is built around the comparator: the treated sample is placed beside a reference and the colour disk is turned until the two match, giving a reading that does not depend on the light in the room or a printed chart. In the case are the comparator and colour disk, a 10 mL syringe, Reagent A (50 mL) and Reagent B (15 mL), glass vials and instructions, with 100 tests and a refill available. Red Sea's SPS dosing chart halves the NO3:PO4-X dose when phosphate falls below 0.02 ppm, so this is the test that stops a low-nutrient reef running too lean.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nutrient-control dosing:** The phosphate half of the readings that set and adjust the NO3:PO4-X dose.
- **SPS and ULNS reefs:** Holding phosphate at 0.01 to 0.02 ppm without letting it drop to zero and starving the corals.
- **Algae and cyanobacteria:** Checking whether phosphate is the nutrient behind a bloom before changing anything.
- **GFO and carbon changes:** Confirming phosphate media is still working, and knowing when to replace it.
**How to Use**
- **Sample:** Fill the glass vial to the mark with the 10 mL syringe.
- **Add reagents:** Reagent A then Reagent B, and allow the colour to develop for the stated time.
- **Match:** Set the vial in the comparator and rotate the colour disk until the two colours match.
- **Act on the number:** Adjust NO3:PO4-X per Red Sea's chart, and halve it if phosphate is under 0.02 ppm on an SPS tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Resolution to 0.01 ppm:** For low-nutrient reef targets.
- **0 to 2.5 ppm range:** Covers fish systems as well as reefs.
- **Comparator reading:** Colour disk matching, not a printed chart.
- **100 tests:** With reagent refills available from Red Sea.
- **Program pair:** Used with Nitrate Pro for NO3:PO4-X dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED254
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772089
- **Product Type:** Testing > Reef Test Kits
- **Parameter:** Phosphate (PO4)
- **Method:** Colorimetric with comparator and colour disk
- **Range:** 0–2.5 ppm
- **Accuracy:** 0.01 ppm (specification); 0.02 ppm (headline)
- **Tests:** 100
- **Kit Contents:** Comparator, colour disk, 10 mL syringe, Reagent A 50 mL, Reagent B 15 mL, glass vials, instructions, plastic case
- **Pairs With:** Nitrate Pro Test Kit (RED253)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef and fish aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reef Colours Pro Multi Testing Kit
Iodine, potassium and iron tests for Trace Colours dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-reef-colours-pro-multi-testing-kit/
- Price: $124.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED258 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772119
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-20.png
In an ultra-low-nutrient reef the colour elements cannot be dosed by rule of thumb, so Red Sea built a kit to measure them. Red Sea Reef Colours Pro Multi Testing Kit (SKU: RED258) is the Trace Colours Pro multi test kit, with advanced tests for the high-accuracy measurement of iodine, potassium and iron, the three elements Red Sea associates with many biological functions including coral pigmentation. It enables accurate dosing of three of the Trace Colours supplements, A, B and C, with D following C one-to-one, and Red Sea recommends it specifically for ultra-low-nutrient systems and refugium tanks where uptake must be measured rather than linked to calcium.
The three tests use two methods. Iodine is colorimetric, 0 to 0.09 ppm with 0.01 ppm accuracy and 50 tests, bracketing the 0.06 ppm seawater level; potassium is a titration from 150 to 450 ppm with 3 ppm accuracy and 40 tests, around the 400 ppm reference; and iron is colorimetric from 0 to 0.5 ppm with 0.05 ppm accuracy and 50 tests, covering Red Sea's 0.15 ppm total-iron target. The case holds iodine reagents A and B and a standard, iron reagents A and B, four potassium reagents, a titrator, a 5 mL syringe and three colour cards, with refills available.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ultra-low-nutrient reefs:** Where Trace Colours are dosed to measured uptake, not calcium.
- **Refugium systems:** Macroalgae change element demand, so each supplement is tested.
- **Potassium-hungry methods:** Zeolite and heavy carbon-dosing tanks that pull potassium below 400 ppm.
- **Before and after dosing changes:** Confirming iodine and iron stay within Red Sea's daily limits.
**How to Use**
- **Iodine:** Colorimetric test against the colour card; hold near 0.06 ppm and add no more than 0.03 ppm a day.
- **Potassium:** Titration with the four reagents; aim near 400 ppm, maximum 10 ppm rise a day.
- **Iron:** Colorimetric test; target 0.15 ppm total iron, maximum 0.05 ppm a day.
- **Dose and retest:** Set Trace Colours A, B and C from the readings, D matched to C, and test weekly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three colour-element tests:** Iodine, potassium and iron in one case.
- **Pro accuracy:** 0.01 ppm iodine, 3 ppm potassium, 0.05 ppm iron.
- **For Trace Colours dosing:** Supplements A, B and C measured directly.
- **Recommended for ULNS:** Red Sea's own guidance.
- **Refillable:** Reagent refills available.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED258
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772119
- **Product Type:** Testing > Reef Test Kits
- **Parameters:** Iodine (I2), potassium (K), iron (Fe)
- **Iodine:** Colorimetric, 0–0.09 ppm, 0.01 ppm accuracy, 50 tests
- **Potassium:** Titration, 150–450 ppm, 3 ppm accuracy, 40 tests
- **Iron:** Colorimetric, 0–0.5 ppm, 0.05 ppm accuracy, 50 tests
- **Kit Contents:** Iodine reagents A, B and standard; iron reagents A and B; potassium reagents A–D; titrator; 5 mL syringe; three colour cards; instructions
- **Pairs With:** Trace Colours A, B, C, D (RED283–RED286, RED293)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, especially ultra-low-nutrient systems
---
#### Red Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit
Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium titration tests in one case.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit/
- Price: $98.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED257 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772102
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-19.png
The three foundation elements are tested together or not at all, since a change in one shifts the other two. Red Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit (SKU: RED257) packs Red Sea's high-accuracy titration tests for calcium, alkalinity and magnesium into one case, 75 tests of each. Red Sea's position is that all three need to be available in balanced proportions for sustainable coral health and growth, and the kit is the measuring side of its Foundation A, B and C supplements, giving the weekly readings the Reef Care Program is run on. Red Sea labels it the best-value way into Pro-grade testing.
Each test keeps the specification of its stand-alone kit: calcium by titration to 5 ppm, alkalinity by titration to 0.05 meq/L or 0.14 dKH, and magnesium by titration to 20 ppm, with the magnesium count at 75 rather than the 100 of the single kit. All three share a high-precision titrator and analytical-grade glass vials, which is where the saving over three separate boxes comes from, and reagent refills for each parameter keep the kit in service. For a keeper testing all three elements weekly, a 75-test set lasts well over a year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Starting the Reef Care Program:** All three foundation tests in one purchase at a lower price than three kits.
- **Weekly foundation checks:** Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium tested together on the same day each week.
- **Setting doses:** The four-day uptake tests that fix daily doses of Foundation A, B and C.
- **Diagnosing imbalance:** Reading all three when calcium or alkalinity will not hold.
**How to Use**
- **Check salinity first:** A 1 ppt change shifts calcium about 13 ppm and magnesium 40 ppm.
- **Run the three titrations:** Sample, reagents, then titrant until the colour turns, reading each from the titrator.
- **Compare with the recipe:** Mixed reef 450 ppm calcium, 11.5 dKH, 1,350 ppm magnesium, or the figures for your tank type.
- **Dose in order:** Magnesium, alkalinity, then calcium, with each element corrected by its own supplement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three Pro titration tests:** Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in one case.
- **75 tests each:** Over a year of weekly testing of all three.
- **Pro accuracy:** 5 ppm calcium, 0.14 dKH alkalinity, 20 ppm magnesium.
- **Shared titrator and glass vials:** Best-value route into Red Sea Pro testing.
- **Refillable:** Reagent refills for each parameter keep the case in service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED257
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772102
- **Product Type:** Testing > Reef Test Kits
- **Parameters:** Calcium, alkalinity (KH), magnesium
- **Method:** Titration for all three
- **Accuracy:** Ca 5 ppm; KH 0.05 meq/L (0.14 dKH); Mg 20 ppm
- **Tests:** 75 per parameter
- **Kit Contents:** Reagents for three tests, high-precision titrator, syringe, analytical-grade glass vials, colour cards, instructions, plastic case
- **Program Use:** Dosing Foundation A, B and C (RED280, RED281, RED282)
- **Single Kits:** Calcium Pro (RED250), KH/Alkalinity Pro (RED251), Magnesium Pro (RED252)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Seawater Refractometer
Optical salinity meter calibrated for real seawater at 25 °C.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/red-sea-seawater-refractometer/
- Price: $119.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED197 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100774830
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-12.png
Most hobby refractometers are calibrated for brine at 15 °C, and reef water is neither. Red Sea Seawater Refractometer (SKU: RED197) is an optical refractometer designed specifically for saltwater aquariums, calibrated for the ionic content of natural seawater at 25 °C, the temperature a reef tank actually runs at. Red Sea's point is that seawater carries about 70 elements, so its refractive index differs from a sodium chloride solution of the same salinity; a brine-calibrated instrument can read about 1.5 ppt off, an error Red Sea says has a significant effect on coral growth and coloration. This one reads absolute salinity directly, with no conversion tables or compensation factors.
The display is focused on the range that matters, up to 40 ppt, with a dual scale in ppt and specific gravity and a higher-resolution, easier-to-read scale than general-purpose units. Automatic temperature compensation is built in to handle a few degrees of ambient variation, with the manual specifying use between 15 and 35 °C. Calibration uses deionised or RO water at 22 to 25 °C: a drop on the prism, and if the line is not at zero the alignment screw is turned with the supplied screwdriver. A pipette is included. Never immerse the refractometer in the tank, and store it dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixing salt:** Checking new seawater hits 33 to 35 ppt before a water change.
- **Weekly reef checks:** Confirming salinity holds steady as evaporation and top-off work against each other.
- **Dosing accuracy:** A 1 ppt salinity shift moves calcium about 13 ppm and magnesium 40 ppm, so test salinity before foundation elements.
- **Quarantine and dips:** Matching salinity between display and hospital tanks.
**How to Use**
- **Calibrate first:** Let the unit sit 30 minutes at 22 to 25 °C, place DI water on the prism and set the line to zero with the alignment screw.
- **Sample:** Clean and dry the prism, hold the unit level, place a small drop with the pipette and close the flap.
- **Wait and read:** Allow 15 seconds for temperature to equalise, point at a daylight source and read the boundary between blue and clear.
- **Clean and store dry:** Rinse the prism with DI water, dry, and keep the unit out of the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seawater calibration at 25 °C:** Reads absolute salinity of natural seawater, not brine.
- **No correction factors:** Direct reading, no temperature or seawater compensation tables.
- **Reef-focused scale:** Higher resolution over the range up to 40 ppt, in ppt and specific gravity.
- **Automatic temperature compensation:** For normal ambient variation.
- **Pipette and screwdriver included:** Calibrated with DI or RO water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED197
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100774830
- **Product Type:** Testing > Refractometers
- **Calibration:** Natural seawater at 25 °C
- **Scale:** 20–40 ppt and 1.010–1.030 specific gravity
- **Temperature Compensation:** Automatic (ATC); use between 15 and 35 °C
- **Calibration Fluid:** Deionised or RO water at 22–25 °C (not supplied)
- **Included:** Pipette, calibration screwdriver
- **Care:** Do not immerse; store dry
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
### Red Sea — Accessories
#### Red Sea Sump Modification Kit
Thin-blade tool set to make an older REEFER sump ReefMat-ready.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/red-sea-sump-modification-kit/
- Price: $27.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED198
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-13.png
The silicone seams in a REEFER sump are under 0.2 mm thick, and an ordinary utility knife is too thick to get into them without scoring the glass. Red Sea Sump Modification Kit (SKU: RED198) is Red Sea's set of specialty tools for cutting those seams, made to prepare older-generation REEFER sumps for a ReefMat 500 or 1200 fleece roller in about 15 minutes, with no draining or moving of the tank. The kit holds a utility blade handle with snap-off blades, two 0.1 mm blades, two 0.15 mm blades, a blade storage case and a small glass scraper for cleaning off the excess silicone afterwards.
Red Sea's installation guide explains where it is needed. Sump modification is the only route to a ReefMat on the REEFER 170, XL 200, 250 up to serial 17999, 3XL 900 and REEFER-S 850 and 1000, and it is one of two options on the 250 v3, XL 300, 350, XL 425, 450, XL 525, XXL 625, XXL 750 and the Peninsula 500 and 650 with doors on the right; MAX-S and left-door Peninsula 650 need no modification, and current sumps ship ReefMat-ready. The blades are thin and flexible to reach tight joints, suitable for saltwater, and handled with gloves and eye protection.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fitting a ReefMat to an older REEFER:** Removing the ATO reservoir wall or filter-sock section the roller needs to occupy.
- **Models that require it:** REEFER 170, XL 200, early 250, 3XL 900, S-850 and S-1000.
- **Models with a choice:** 250 v3 through XXL 750 and right-door Peninsulas, where cutting is Option 1.
- **Other glass sump work:** Any job that calls for separating siliconed glass or acrylic without draining.
**How to Use**
- **Protect yourself:** Gloves and eye protection on before the blades come out.
- **Follow the Red Sea guide:** Check the sump serial number and the ReefMat installation document for the parts to remove.
- **Cut the seams:** Fit a 0.1 or 0.15 mm blade and work it along the silicone joint until the panel frees.
- **Scrape clean:** Use the glass scraper to lift residual silicone for a clean finish before installing the ReefMat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purpose-made blades:** 0.1 mm and 0.15 mm, thin and flexible enough for a 0.2 mm silicone seam.
- **Fifteen-minute job:** No draining or moving the aquarium, per Red Sea.
- **Glass scraper included:** Removes excess silicone for a tidy result.
- **Saltwater suitable:** Tools made for use on a wet, running sump.
- **Blade storage case:** Keeps spare blades safe between jobs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED198
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Sump & Filtration Accessories
- **Part Number:** R35475
- **Kit Contents:** Blade handle with snap-off blades, 2 × 0.1 mm blades, 2 × 0.15 mm blades, blade storage case, small glass scraper
- **Purpose:** Preparing REEFER sumps for ReefMat 500 and 1200
- **Required For:** REEFER 170, XL 200, 250 (serial ≤17999), 3XL 900, S-850, S-1000
- **Optional For:** REEFER 250 v3, XL 300, 350, XL 425, 450, XL 525, XXL 625, XXL 750, Peninsula 500/650 (doors right)
- **Safety:** Use with protective gloves and eye protection
- **Target Environment:** Red Sea REEFER sump systems
---
#### Red Sea Tank Net Screen 120cm
DIY mesh cover kit with brace for tanks to 120 × 80 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/red-sea-tank-net-screen-120cm/
- Price: $114.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED262 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770986
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-22.png
A four-foot reef with a wrasse collection needs a cover that spans the tank without sagging into the water. Red Sea Tank Net Screen 120cm (SKU: RED262) is the 120 cm size of Red Sea's DIY Net Cover, building a mesh top up to 120 × 80 cm external from an 8 mm aluminium profile, and it adds an internal brace that Red Sea includes on the larger sizes to help the frame hold its shape. Red Sea designed the system for open aquariums where fish safety matters without covering the surface with a solid lid, and the slim profile keeps it discreet on modern rimless tanks.
The kit holds the profiles, corners, six suspension clips, spacers, about 6 m of spline, about 3 m of clear mesh and a spline roller, so the frame is cut and meshed at home to the exact tank. Red Sea's table fits the 120 cm kit to the REEFER 350, REEFER XL 425, REEFER Peninsula 500 and MAX S-400 and S-500; REEFER Deluxe models with universal light mounts need two zig-zag cut-out kits (RED265) to step the frame around the arms. The finished cover lifts off in one piece for feeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks to 120 cm long:** REEFER 350 and XL 425, Peninsula 500, MAX S-400 and S-500, and other 100 to 120 cm aquariums.
- **Jump-prone stock:** Wrasses, anthias, firefish and gobies in open-top reefs.
- **Rimless displays:** A discreet alternative to a glass lid that traps heat and blocks gas exchange.
- **Lights on arms:** Deluxe tanks where the frame is stepped around universal light mounts with cut-out kits.
**Installation Guide**
- **Plan the cut-outs:** Mark positions for overflow, return, light arms and a feeding hatch before cutting.
- **Build the frame:** Cut the long and short profiles to size, fit the corners, and set the internal brace across the middle.
- **Mesh and spline:** Roll the spline over the mesh into the channel with the roller, working around the frame, then trim.
- **Mount:** Fit the six suspension clips to the rim and the spacers front and back, and rest the cover on them.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Spans to 120 × 80 cm:** With an internal brace to keep the frame rigid.
- **8 mm aluminium profile:** Slim and strong, barely visible on a rimless tank.
- **Six suspension clips plus spacers:** Secure in-rim or on-rim mounting on long tanks.
- **Clear mesh:** Light and view pass through; fish do not.
- **Cut to fit:** Shaped at home around pipes, lights and feeding access.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED262
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100770986
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Net Covers
- **Part Number:** R42082
- **Maximum Cover Size:** 120 × 80 cm external
- **Frame:** 8 mm aluminium profile with internal brace
- **Kit Contents:** 2 × 118 cm and 3 × 75 cm profiles, 2 × 10 cm cut-out profiles, 6 outer corners, 2 inner corners, 6 suspension clips, front and back spacers, about 6 m spline, about 3 m mesh, spline roller
- **Fits:** REEFER 350, REEFER XL 425, REEFER Peninsula 500, MAX S-400, MAX S-500 (Deluxe universal mounts need 2 cut-out kits)
- **Add-Ons:** Zig-zag cut-outs 15/40 mm (RED265), universal cut-out kit
- **Other Sizes:** 60 cm (RED260), 90 cm, 150 cm, 180 cm
- **Target Environment:** Open-top marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Tank Net Screen 60cm
DIY aluminium-framed mesh cover kit for open-top tanks to 60 × 60 cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/red-sea-tank-net-screen-60cm/
- Price: $85.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770962
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-21.png
Wrasses, gobies and firefish leave open-top tanks through the gap you missed, and a screen is the reliable answer. Red Sea Tank Net Screen 60cm (SKU: RED260) is Red Sea's DIY Net Cover kit for building a slim, custom-fitted mesh top up to 60 × 60 cm. The frame is an 8 mm extra-strong aluminium profile that Red Sea says does not noticeably block the light or the view of the upper part of the aquarium, filled with clear mesh and held by a rubber spline, and the kit is cut and assembled at home so the cover can be shaped around rim-mounted lights, filters and return pipes.
The box holds four 57 cm frame profiles, two 10 cm cut-out profiles, six outer and two inner corners, four mounting clips, 4 m of retaining spline, 2 m of mesh and a spline roller tool, which is everything needed for a single rectangular cover with one cut-out. Red Sea's compatibility table lists the 60 cm kit for the REEFER Nano, REEFER 170 and 170 Deluxe, MAX Nano and MAX E-170 with no extra kits. The clips mount in-rim or on-rim and keep the cover out of the water. Zig-zag cut-out profiles (RED265) are sold separately for stepping around a light arm or overflow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Jumpers in open-top tanks:** Wrasses, firefish, gobies, jawfish and anthias in rimless and REEFER aquariums.
- **Tanks to 60 × 60 cm:** REEFER Nano and 170, MAX Nano, MAX E-170 and other cubes and nanos of that footprint.
- **Keeping the light in:** A mesh top that passes light and view where a glass lid would trap heat and salt creep.
- **Custom fits:** Tanks with rim-mounted lights, filters or returns that a one-piece lid cannot clear.
**Installation Guide**
- **Measure and plan:** Mark the inside or outside rim dimensions and any cut-outs for pipes, light brackets and feeding access.
- **Cut and assemble:** Trim the aluminium profiles to length, join with the outer corners and add inner corners at any cut-out.
- **Fit the mesh:** Lay the mesh over the frame and roll the spline into the channel with the roller tool, then trim the excess.
- **Hang it:** Clip the mounting hangers to the rim and rest the cover on them; lift off for feeding and maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slim 8 mm aluminium frame:** Extra strong, with minimal effect on light and view.
- **Clear mesh and spline:** Rolled in with the supplied tool, trimmed to size.
- **Fully customisable:** Cut around rim-mounted equipment with the included cut-out profiles.
- **Secure mounting clips:** In-rim or on-rim hangers keep the top out of the water.
- **Covers to 60 × 60 cm:** One-piece screen for nano and cube tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100770962
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Net Covers
- **Part Number:** R42080
- **Maximum Cover Size:** 60 × 60 cm
- **Frame:** 8 mm aluminium profile
- **Kit Contents:** 4 × 57 cm profiles, 2 × 10 cm cut-out profiles, 6 outer corners, 2 inner corners, 4 mounting clips, 4 m spline, 2 m mesh, spline roller
- **Fits:** REEFER Nano, REEFER 170 and 170 Deluxe, MAX Nano, MAX E-170 (no extra kits)
- **Add-Ons:** Zig-zag cut-outs 15/40 mm (RED265), universal cut-out kit, replacement mesh
- **Other Sizes:** 90 cm, 120 cm (RED262), 150 cm, 180 cm
- **Target Environment:** Open-top marine and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Tank Net Screen Cut Out 15/40mm
Zig-zag profiles for stepping a DIY net cover around light arms and pipes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut-out-15-40mm/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED265 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100771013
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-23.png
A straight frame cannot pass a light arm or an overflow without a gap, and a gap is where the fish go. Red Sea Tank Net Screen Cut Out 15/40mm (SKU: RED265) is Red Sea's set of pre-formed zig-zag cut-out profiles for its DIY Net Cover system, used to step the aluminium frame neatly around rim-mounted items such as a light mounting arm, a cable, a pipe or overflow pass-through or an automatic feeder. Red Sea says the factory-formed shape gives a cleaner, tidier cut-out than hand-made notches and keeps the mesh tension better than cutting into a straight profile.
The pack holds four pieces: a left and a right at 15 mm and a left and a right at 40 mm, the two figures being the depth of the step, so smaller and medium protrusions can each be followed closely. It is a component set, not a cover, for any Red Sea DIY Net Cover frame from 60 cm (RED260) to 180 cm. On REEFER Deluxe tanks with universal light mounts Red Sea specifies one kit for a 250, two for a 350 or XL 425, three for a 450, XL 525 or XXL 625, and four for an XXL 750. Irregular shapes take the universal cut-out kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lights on universal mounting arms:** REEFER Deluxe systems where the arm crosses the rim.
- **Pipes and cables:** Return lines, overflow pass-throughs and heater or pump cords on the rim.
- **Automatic feeders:** A stepped opening that leaves the feeder in place with the cover on.
- **Replacing rough notches:** Tidying an existing cover whose hand-cut gaps have loosened the mesh.
**Installation Guide**
- **Choose the depth:** 15 mm for cables and slim brackets, 40 mm for pipes and light arms.
- **Pair left and right:** Each cut-out uses a matched left and right piece joined to the straight profiles with inner and outer corners.
- **Cut the frame to meet them:** Shorten the adjoining profiles so the zig-zag sits exactly at the obstruction.
- **Mesh as normal:** Roll the spline around the stepped section the same way as the rest of the frame.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two step depths:** 15 mm and 40 mm, left and right of each.
- **Factory-formed shape:** Cleaner than hand notches, better mesh tension.
- **Fits every DIY Net Cover size:** 60 to 180 cm kits.
- **Matches Red Sea's fit table:** One to four kits per REEFER Deluxe model.
- **Aluminium profile:** Same 8 mm section as the frame.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED265
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100771013
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Aquarium Net Covers
- **Part Number:** R42085
- **Pack Contents:** 4 zig-zag profiles — 15 mm left and right, 40 mm left and right
- **Compatible With:** Red Sea DIY Net Cover kits 60 cm (RED260), 90 cm, 120 cm (RED262), 150 cm, 180 cm
- **Kits Needed:** REEFER 250 DLX 1; 350 and XL 425 DLX 2; 450, XL 525, XXL 625 DLX 3; XXL 750 DLX 4
- **Alternative:** Red Sea universal cut-out kit for large or irregular shapes
- **Target Environment:** Open-top aquariums fitted with a Red Sea net cover
---
### Red Sea — Freshwater aquarium
#### Red Sea Coral Pro Salt 20kg Refill Box 600ltr
High-alkalinity reef salt refill in a cardboard box.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr/
- Price: $125.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED178 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770139
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-10.png
Once the black bucket is in the cupboard, the refill box is the cheaper and greener way to keep it full. Red Sea Coral Pro Salt 20kg Refill Box 600ltr (SKU: RED178) is 20 kg of Coral Pro Salt in Red Sea's compact cardboard refill box, the same formula as the bucket and enough for about 600 L of seawater. Coral Pro is the maker's premium-grade, high-alkalinity salt: at 35 ppt it mixes to 12 dKH, 465 ppm calcium and 1,390 ppm magnesium, raised and biologically balanced foundation elements that Red Sea describes as ideal for mixed reefs and SPS frag tanks.
Red Sea introduced the refill boxes to put less plastic into circulation; the salt can be poured into an existing bucket or used straight from the box, kept closed to stop clumping. The formula itself is unchanged: solar-evaporated sodium chloride from Red Sea water, a full complement of trace elements, no nitrates or phosphates, no chemical binders, no toxic heavy-metal levels, low moisture and parameters guaranteed for a 10 L mix. Red Sea's mixing method applies, RO water at about 20 °C, no aeration, 0.5 to 2 hours, then warming to 25 °C, with the Coral Pro rule that mixed water is used within 12 hours.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Refilling a Coral Pro bucket:** The same salt at a lower price with less packaging.
- **Mixed reefs and frag systems:** Tanks run at the 11.5 to 12.6 dKH recipes.
- **Weekly changes on 150 to 400 L reefs:** 600 L of water from one box.
- **Fast growth programs:** Reefs where the water change restores raised foundation elements.
**Mixing Guide**
- **Keep it dry:** Pour into a sealed bucket or close the box firmly between uses.
- **Cool RO water, salt added to it:** About 20 °C, submerged pump, no aeration, 0.5 to 2 hours.
- **Warm and check:** 25 °C, pH 8.2 to 8.4, salinity on a seawater refractometer.
- **Use within 12 hours:** Mix Coral Pro for the change at hand, not for storage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 kg refill for about 600 L:** Same formula as the Coral Pro bucket.
- **Raised foundation elements:** 12 dKH, 465 ppm calcium, 1,390 ppm magnesium at 35 ppt.
- **Less plastic:** Cardboard box in place of a second bucket.
- **Natural base:** Solar-evaporated Red Sea water sodium chloride with full trace elements.
- **Guaranteed parameters:** ICP-checked, for a 10 L mix.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED178
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100770139
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Makes:** About 600 L of seawater
- **Parameters at 35 ppt:** Alkalinity 12 dKH, calcium 465 ppm, magnesium 1,390 ppm
- **Mixing:** RO water about 20 °C, no aeration, 0.5–2 h, maximum 4 h, warm to 25 °C
- **Use Within:** 12 hours of mixing
- **Packaging:** Cardboard refill box
- **Range:** 7 kg bucket (RED14), 22 kg bucket (RED15), 20 kg refill box
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with stony corals
---
#### Red Sea Coral Pro Salt 7kg Bucket 210ltr
High-alkalinity reef salt with raised calcium and magnesium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-7kg-bucket-210ltr/
- Price: $55.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED14 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100771846
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/270-8.png
Coral Pro is the black bucket, the salt Red Sea makes for keepers who want corals to grow rather than merely survive. Red Sea Coral Pro Salt 7kg Bucket 210ltr (SKU: RED14) contains biologically balanced, raised levels of the foundation elements, calcium, magnesium and carbonates, mixing at 35 ppt to 12 dKH alkalinity, 465 ppm calcium and 1,390 ppm magnesium. Red Sea says the 12 dKH makes it ideal for mixed reefs and SPS frag tanks, and that combined with its Reef Care recipes it can enhance coral growth up to four times the natural rate, while removing the need to adjust foundation elements after a water change.
Like Red Sea Salt, Coral Pro starts with sodium chloride harvested by solar evaporation of Red Sea water, blended to a full complement of trace elements with no nitrates or phosphates, no chemical binders and low moisture. The raised levels bring one rule of their own: mixed Coral Pro should be used within 12 hours, because standing water precipitates and loses the extra calcium and alkalinity. Mixing follows Red Sea's method of RO water at about 20 °C, no aeration, 0.5 to 2 hours, then warming to 25 °C. The 7 kg bucket makes about 210 L.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reefs and frag tanks:** Systems run at the 11.5 to 12.6 dKH recipes.
- **Growth-focused SPS and LPS:** Raised calcium and magnesium for fast skeleton building.
- **Small reefs on Coral Pro:** A 7 kg bucket for nano and small tanks changing 10 per cent weekly.
- **Water changes as dosing:** Tanks where the change itself replaces consumed foundation elements.
**Mixing Guide**
- **Cool RO water:** About 20 °C; add salt to water and mix with a submerged pump, no aeration.
- **Half an hour to two hours:** Until dissolved and pH reads 8.2 to 8.4; never beyond four hours.
- **Warm, check, use:** Bring to 25 °C, confirm salinity on a seawater refractometer, and use within 12 hours.
- **Never in the tank:** Mix in a separate container, not an aquarium with animals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High alkalinity, 12 dKH:** For mixed reefs and SPS frag tanks.
- **Raised calcium and magnesium:** 465 ppm and 1,390 ppm at 35 ppt.
- **Growth up to four times natural:** With Red Sea's Reef Care recipes, per the maker.
- **Natural Red Sea water base:** Solar-evaporated sodium chloride, full trace elements.
- **No algae nutrients:** No nitrates, phosphates or chemical binders.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED14
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100771846
- **Product Type:** Salt > Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 7 kg
- **Makes:** About 210 L of seawater
- **Parameters at 35 ppt:** Alkalinity 12 dKH, calcium 465 ppm, magnesium 1,390 ppm
- **Mixing:** RO water about 20 °C, no aeration, 0.5–2 h, maximum 4 h, warm to 25 °C
- **Use Within:** 12 hours of mixing
- **Packaging:** Resealable black bucket
- **Range:** 7 kg bucket, 22 kg bucket (RED15), 20 kg refill box (RED178)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with stony corals
---
#### Red Sea Dipx 500ml
Large coral bath bottle for frag tanks and frequent coral imports.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-dipx-500ml/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED644 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399546
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED644-1.jpg
Frag tanks and growing collections bring in new pieces every week, each a chance for a pest to get in. Red Sea Dipx 500ml (SKU: RED644) is the large bottle of DipX, Red Sea's coral bath for safely introducing new corals and live rock to an aquarium. It is made from a blend of three essential oils, without inorganic disinfectants such as potassium iodide or bromide, and Red Sea calls it completely safe for all kinds of corals and more effective than any other solution it tested. At 10 mL per litre the bottle makes about 50 one-litre baths, the best value in the range for keepers who dip regularly.
A 15-minute bath removes the hitchhikers Red Sea names, Acropora-eating flatworms, Montipora-eating nudibranchs and Acropora red bugs, as well as the crustaceans, worms and snails that arrive on coral bases and rock. The method is the same at any scale: 10 mL per litre of tank water in a clean container, up to 15 minutes fully submerged with a gentle swirl, a rinse in clean seawater, then into the aquarium, with four batches per bath within two hours. Red Sea lists it as safe for SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids, mushrooms and live rock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Frag tanks and coral farms:** Dipping every incoming and outgoing piece as standard practice.
- **Large coral collections:** Keepers adding several pieces a month from shops and other reefers.
- **Clubs and swaps:** A shared bath for coral trades and frag meets where many pieces change hands in a day.
- **Live rock batches:** Rock from other systems or shops before it joins the display.
**Dipping Guide**
- **Measure:** 10 mL DipX per litre of aquarium water, in a clean, dry tub, after shaking the bottle well.
- **Dip:** Fully submerge for up to 15 minutes, swirling gently every few minutes.
- **Rinse:** Clean seawater rinse before placing in the aquarium, so no dip carries over.
- **Batch and discard:** Up to four batches per bath, discarded within two hours; DipX never goes into the display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 50 baths per bottle:** The value size of the DipX range.
- **Three essential oils:** No iodide, bromide or inorganic disinfectants.
- **Safe for all corals and live rock:** Per Red Sea's testing.
- **15-minute dip:** Flatworms, nudibranchs and red bugs removed quickly.
- **Batch dipping:** One bath serves four lots of frags within two hours.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED644
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290116399546
- **Product Type:** Medications > Coral Dips
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose:** 10 mL per 1 L of aquarium water (1:100)
- **Dip Time:** Up to 15 minutes
- **Yield:** About 50 one-litre baths
- **Bath Reuse:** Up to 4 batches, discard within 2 hours
- **Safe For:** SPS, LPS, soft corals, zoanthids, Discosoma, Ricordea, live rock
- **Composition:** Blend of three essential oils, no inorganic disinfectants
- **Other Sizes:** 100 mL (RED646), 250 mL (RED643)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, coral and rock introduction
---
#### Red Sea Marine Care Reef Mature Starter Kit
Four-bottle 21-day biological maturation program for 250 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-marine-care-reef-mature-starter-kit/
- Price: $44.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED314 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100774144
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Marine_Care_Reef_Mature_Starter_Kit.jpg
Most cycling products stop at the bacteria that turn ammonia into nitrate; this kit keeps going. Red Sea Marine Care Reef Mature Starter Kit (SKU: RED314) is Red Sea's complete biological maturation program for new reef and marine aquariums, establishing full nitrification plus nitrate and phosphate reduction over about three weeks, for systems up to 250 L. The box holds four 100 mL bottles: Nitro-Bac, a concentrated blend of nitrifying and denitrifying bacteria spores; Bacto-Start, nitrogen and phosphorus components that mimic the waste of a stocked tank; NO3:PO4-X, the carbon complex that feeds nutrient-reducing bacteria; and KH Coralline Gro, a marine buffer with the trace elements coralline algae need.
Red Sea's manual runs the program day by day. The tank is set up with 33 to 35 ppt salinity, 26 to 28 °C, aragonite sand, a skimmer and no nutrient-removing media; bacteria and Bacto-Start go in on day two, with 3 mL of NO3:PO4-X per 100 L every day and alkalinity held at 8.4 dKH with KH Coralline Gro. Water changes fall on days 7, 14 and 21, clean-up crew on day 10, first herbivore on day 14, and by day 22 the system is, in Red Sea's words, biologically ready for stocking all animals including delicate SPS corals. The Marine Care test kit (RED313) covers the readings.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New marine aquariums:** Any reef or fish-only system up to 250 L on its first fill.
- **Dry rock and sand starts:** Systems without live rock that need bacteria seeded and fed.
- **Reefs planned for SPS:** Where nitrate and phosphate control must be in place before corals arrive.
- **Restarting a system:** After a complete rebuild or a long period without livestock.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day 1:** Fill to 33–35 ppt at 26–28 °C, run the skimmer and circulation, lights 10 hours, no supplements or livestock.
- **Days 2–3:** Per 100 L, Nitro-Bac 20 mL then 10 mL, Bacto-Start 10 mL, NO3:PO4-X 3 mL daily; buffer to 8.4 dKH with KH Coralline Gro.
- **Days 4–21:** NO3:PO4-X 3 mL daily and KH Coralline Gro to a four-day calculated dose; 5 per cent water changes on days 7, 14 and 21; clean-up crew day 10, first herbivore day 14.
- **Day 22 onward:** Stock gradually, test weekly, continue NO3:PO4-X to the bottle chart; reefs switch to Foundation B before adding stony corals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete maturation:** Nitrification plus nitrate and phosphate reduction, not ammonia conversion alone.
- **Four coordinated bottles:** Nitro-Bac, Bacto-Start, NO3:PO4-X, KH Coralline Gro.
- **Treats 250 L:** One kit for a typical home reef system.
- **Day-by-day manual:** A 21-day schedule with tests and milestones.
- **Ready for SPS:** Red Sea's stated end point after day 22.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED314
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100774144
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquarium Cycling & Bacteria
- **Kit Contents:** 4 × 100 mL — Nitro-Bac, Bacto-Start, NO3:PO4-X, KH Coralline Gro
- **System Size:** Up to 250 L
- **Program Length:** About 21 days, stocking from day 22
- **Setup Conditions:** 33–35 ppt, 26–28 °C, aragonite sand, protein skimmer, no nutrient-removing media
- **Testing:** pH, KH, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate (Marine Care Multi Test Kit, RED313)
- **Follow-On:** Reef Care Program Foundation and NO3:PO4-X
- **Target Environment:** New marine reef and fish-only aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Iodine+trace Colours A 500ml
Iodine, bromine and fluorine supplement for coral pigments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-reef-care-iodinetrace-colours-a-500ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED283 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772881
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/300-3.png
Coral pigments are chemistry, and Red Sea's Trace Colours series supplies the elements each pigment group is built from. Red Sea Reef Care Iodine+trace Colours A 500ml (SKU: RED283) is the halogen supplement in that series, iodine, bromine and fluorine, which Red Sea links to the pink chromoproteins in coral tissue and describes as promoting the pink colours in corals. Red Sea's strength is that 1 mL per 100 L raises iodine by 0.03 ppm, which is also the maximum rise it allows in a day, and it recommends running the Trace Colours alongside NO3:PO4-X nutrient control for the best coloration.
Red Sea gives two ways to dose. In a mixed or SPS-dominant reef without a refugium, 1 mL of each Trace Colours supplement is added for every 20 ppm of calcium added per 100 L, so colour elements follow coral growth; in an ultra-low-nutrient system, or where a refugium changes demand, iodine is tested with Red Sea's Trace Colours Pro kit and dosed to measured uptake, with 0.06 ppm the natural seawater reference. Halogens can affect coral tissue and microfauna in excess, so an overdose is answered with a 50 per cent water change and a halved dose. The four bottles are kept in separate containers.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef Care Program coloration:** The A line of Trace Colours A, B, C and D on stony-coral tanks.
- **Growth-linked dosing:** Reefs dosing Foundation elements daily, where colours follow calcium uptake.
- **Measured iodine:** ULNS and refugium systems testing iodine and dosing to the reading.
- **Pink and purple SPS:** Acropora and Montipora kept on a low-nutrient regime with NO3:PO4-X.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Link to calcium:** 1 mL per 100 L for every 20 ppm of calcium dosed to the tank.
- **Or test and dose:** Hold iodine near 0.06 ppm; 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.03 ppm, the daily limit.
- **Into the sump:** Or slowly into high flow away from corals; keep A, B, C and D in separate containers.
- **If overdosed:** 50 per cent water change and cut the dose by half.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Iodine, bromine and fluorine:** The halogens linked to pink chromoproteins.
- **0.03 ppm iodine per mL:** Per 100 L, as Red Sea states.
- **Two dosing methods:** By calcium uptake or by measured iodine.
- **Program partner:** Best results with NO3:PO4-X nutrient control.
- **Trace Colours A of four:** Sold singly or in the ABCD trial pack (RED293).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED283
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772881
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Elements
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Elements:** Iodine, bromine, fluorine
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises iodine by 0.03 ppm
- **Reference Level:** Iodine 0.06 ppm (natural seawater)
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 0.03 ppm iodine
- **Dosing Rule:** 1 mL per 20 ppm calcium added per 100 L, or to measured uptake
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL (in ABCD pack) and 500 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Care Potassium+trace Coral B 500ml
Potassium and boron supplement linked to red coral pigments.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-reef-care-potassiumtrace-coral-b-500ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED284 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772898
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/300-4.png
Potassium is consumed in a reef tank far faster than most keepers expect, and it is the element Red Sea ties to red pigmentation. Red Sea Reef Care Potassium+trace Coral B 500ml (SKU: RED284) is the B line of Red Sea's Trace Colours series, a potassium and boron complex associated with the production of red pigments in coral soft tissue, the chromoproteins Red Sea names as peridinin and neo-peridinin. Red Sea adds that potassium and boron affect the alkalinity of coral soft tissue and the formation of aragonite in the skeleton, and that potassium helps transport nutrients within the tissue.
Red Sea's strength is 1 mL per 100 L for a rise of 1.75 ppm of potassium, with the daily increase capped at 10 ppm and natural seawater at 400 ppm as the reference level. Dosing follows the Trace Colours rule, 1 mL of each colour supplement for every 20 ppm of calcium added per 100 L, or, in ultra-low-nutrient and refugium systems, measured potassium uptake. Too much potassium darkens corals through excess zooxanthellae, corrected with a 25 per cent water change and a halved dose. Dose into the sump, never mixed with A, C or D.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Trace Colours dosing:** The B line of the four-part colour series on SPS and mixed reefs.
- **Potassium-hungry systems:** Tanks running heavy carbon dosing or zeolite methods that pull potassium down faster than water changes replace it.
- **Red and pink SPS:** Acropora and Seriatopora kept for red coloration under a low-nutrient regime.
- **Measured dosing:** ULNS and refugium systems testing potassium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Growth-linked:** 1 mL per 100 L per 20 ppm of calcium dosed.
- **Or by test:** Hold potassium near 400 ppm; 1 mL per 100 L adds 1.75 ppm, no more than 10 ppm a day.
- **Add to the sump:** Separately from the other Trace Colours bottles, or slowly into high flow away from corals.
- **Darkening corals:** A sign of excess; 25 per cent water change and cut the dose by half.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Potassium and boron complex:** Linked to red chromoproteins.
- **1.75 ppm potassium per mL:** Per 100 L, as Red Sea states.
- **Soft-tissue chemistry:** Affects tissue alkalinity and aragonite formation, per Red Sea.
- **Capped daily rise:** 10 ppm potassium.
- **Trace Colours B of four:** Also in the 4 × 100 mL pack (RED293).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED284
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772898
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Elements
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Elements:** Potassium, boron
- **Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises potassium by 1.75 ppm
- **Reference Level:** Potassium 400 ppm (natural seawater)
- **Maximum Daily Rise:** 10 ppm potassium
- **Dosing Rule:** 1 mL per 20 ppm calcium added per 100 L, or to measured uptake
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL (in ABCD pack, RED293) and 500 mL
- **Overdose Response:** 25 per cent water change, dose halved
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on the Reef Care Program
---
#### Red Sea Reef Energy Plus 500ml
Superfood for faster growth and higher resilience in Soft, LPS, SPS, and non-photosynthetic corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/red-sea-reef-energy-plus-500ml/
- Price: $43.75 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED767 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770306
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/111-37.png
Red Sea Reef Energy Plus 500ml ( SKU: RED767 ) offers a mid-sized volume of Red Sea’s all-in-one coral superfood solution. Containing dissolved carbohydrates, essential amino acids, fatty acids, and vitamins, it delivers complete biological energy directly to filter-feeding corals. Reef Energy Plus is a complete coral superfood designed to promote faster growth, enhanced colouration, and higher resilience in Soft, LPS, SPS, and non-photosynthetic corals.
Developed through long-term research, it provides all essential nutrients corals need for vitality, growth, and metabolic health, while remaining compatible with automatic dosing systems and minimising over-skimming. Formulated to boost coral growth rates by up to 15% over traditional formulas, this 500 ml bottle supports medium-sized reef tanks with regular daily dosing needs while keeping dissolved organic waste to a minimum.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Coral Feeding:** Regular daily maintenance dosing for medium-volume reef tanks.
- **Coral Tissue Recovery:** Ideal for encouraging tissue growth in newly fragged or stressed corals.
**How to Use**
- Shake bottle lightly before use.
- Measure 4 ml per 100 litres of system volume for mixed reefs (adjust up to 8 ml for heavily stocked SPS systems).
- Dispense into a flow stream near the return pump or wavemaker output.
- **Tip 1:** Store refrigerated when not in use for optimal shelf life. Do not leave unrefrigerated for more than one week, and clean the dosing container with soapy water between refills to prevent spoilage.
- **Tip 2:** Use consistent dosing according to coral biomass and feeding requirements. Under LED lighting, doses can be increased if corals show limited growth even without signs of photoinhibition.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Enhanced Coral Growth:** Formulated to maximise coral tissue expansion and calcification. Laboratory tests show that Reef Energy Plus promotes up to 15% faster coral growth compared to traditional two-part formulas, ensuring healthier and more robust corals.
- **Room Temperature Stable:** Can be connected directly to automated dosing pumps without spoiling. The all-in-one formula can be fed using automatic dosers without refrigeration or stirring for up to one week, making coral feeding easier than ever.
- **Minimal Waste:** Highly digestible compounds minimise phosphate and nitrate spikes. Minimal over-skimming is required because the new formulation reduces the risk of excessive skimming after feeding, keeping your reef aquarium balanced.
- **Convenient 500ml Size & No Residual Waste:** Ideal capacity for medium-scale reef setups. All components are fully consumed by corals for metabolic processes, including protein production and soft tissue regeneration, leaving no excess organic material to pollute the aquarium.
- **High Energetic Efficiency:** Contains a complex of carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids, and vitamins in dissolved and suspended forms, allowing corals to absorb and utilise nutrients directly for immediate energy and growth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED767
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290100770306
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Coral Nutrition
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 205 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 500 ml
- **Gross Package Weight:** 660 g
- **Target Environment:** Reef Aquariums
---
#### Red Sea Reef Foundation ABC+ Powder 1kg — Calcium, Alkalinity & Magnesium Supplement
All-in-one calcium, alkalinity and magnesium powder.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=16741
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED300 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100772140
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED300-1.jpg
Three dosing bottles is one routine more than some reef keepers want, and a single powder carrying all the foundation elements in fixed proportion is the alternative. Red Sea Reef Foundation ABC+ Powder 1kg (SKU: RED300) is Red Sea's combined foundation supplement, a powder that replenishes calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in the ratio found in coral skeleton, together with strontium, potassium, bromine and iodine. It is for aquariums with balanced consumption of all three elements, where testing shows calcium, alkalinity and magnesium used in the same proportion, so one addition replaces all of them. Red Sea states that 1 g raises the calcium level of 100 L by 1.5 ppm.
Red Sea's approach is to dose the powder daily or weekly according to the aquarium type and a measured uptake of calcium, with the other elements following in their fixed ratio. When dosing daily, all of the foundation elements are tested weekly and any drift is corrected with the individual Foundation A, B or C supplements; when dosing weekly, testing is monthly. The powder is dissolved in water before it is added so it disperses without settling on rock or sand. A kilogram is a large quantity at home-reef rates, so the tub suits mid-size and larger systems and keepers who prefer one powder to three lines.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Balanced consumption:** Aquariums where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium fall together in proportion.
- **Single-supplement routine:** One powder in place of three separate bottles and three dose points.
- **Weekly dosing:** Systems maintained with one measured weekly addition and a monthly test.
- **Reef Care Program users:** The combined option within the Foundation series.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure calcium uptake:** Test over a week to find the daily or weekly draw.
- **Weigh the powder:** 1 g per 100 L raises calcium by 1.5 ppm; dose to replace the measured draw.
- **Dissolve first:** Mix into water and add to a high-flow area.
- **Test and trim:** Weekly on daily dosing, monthly on weekly dosing; correct any single element with Foundation A, B or C.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium together:** In the ratio found in coral skeleton.
- **Plus trace elements:** Strontium, potassium, bromine and iodine.
- **Measured effect:** 1 g per 100 L raises calcium by 1.5 ppm.
- **Daily or weekly dosing:** Set by the aquarium's measured uptake.
- **1 kg powder:** For mid-size and larger reefs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED300
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100772140
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Foundation Elements
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg powder
- **Composition:** Calcium, magnesium, strontium and carbonate with potassium, bromine and iodine
- **Effect:** 1 g per 100 L raises calcium by 1.5 ppm, with alkalinity and magnesium in fixed ratio
- **Dosing:** Daily or weekly according to measured calcium uptake
- **Testing:** Weekly with daily dosing; monthly with weekly dosing
- **Preparation:** Dissolve in water before adding to a high-flow area
- **Range Sizes:** 1 kg and 5 kg
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with balanced foundation-element consumption
---
#### Red Sea Reefdose Accessory Kit Blue+green
Organiser kit to streamline installation of dosing lines between your ReefDose pump and sump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-bluegreen/
- Price: $49.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED832 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399676
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/111-1.png
The Red Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit in Blue and Green (SKU: RED832) is an organiser kit designed to streamline the installation of dosing lines between your ReefDose pump and sump. It includes colour-coded tube holders, cable clips, and dosing tips to ensure clean tube routing. The ReefDose Deluxe 4-Colour Tubing & Accessories Kit includes everything you need to connect your additives to your ReefDose pump and start dosing. The colour-coded tubing is great for keeping your doser additive lines separate and easy to identify, and we love the well-thought-out tubing organisation accessories.
Featuring vibrant blue and green accent colours, this kit helps aquarists visually identify specific supplement channels at a glance, preventing dosing mix-ups and keeping sump cabinets organised. The tube holder mounts over the rim of your tank or sump and holds the tubing connection tips, which keeps the lines clean and ensures precise dosing even with small increments. The tubing clips are also a real bonus, allowing you to anchor the lines along the way and keep them from flopping around inside your stand or cabinet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dosing Line Organisation:** Used when installing a ReefDose pump to secure tubing along sump walls.
- **Preventing Back-Siphonage:** Secures dosing tips neatly above the water line to eliminate siphoning risks.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Clamp the tube holder to your sump wall above the high-water line.
- Pass dosing tubes through the colour-coded guide channels.
- Attach the quick-connect dosing tips to the output ends of the tubing.
- Secure long tube runs using the included adhesive cable clips.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Colour-Coded Identification:** 2 colour kits for up to 8 unique tubing colours; blue and green components match corresponding app channel colours. Air-resistant TPE tubing keeps tubing organised and secured.
- **Air-Break Dosing Tips:** Prevents drip accumulation and back-siphoning into dosing lines. Quick-connect tips ensure precise dosing
- **Snap-In Sump Holder:** Clamps securely onto glass walls up to 12 mm thick.
- **Clean Cable Management:** Includes clips to secure tubing runs along cabinet walls.
- **Available in 2 Colour Palettes:** 1. Blue-Green Kit (Purple, Blue, Blue-Green, Green tubing), and 2. Yellow-Red Kit (Pink, Red, Orange, Yellow tubing)
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED832
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399676
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps / Tubing Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 260 mm (L) × 170 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 370 g
- **Target Environment:** Aquarium Sump Cabinets
- **Package Includes:** 4x Air-resistant TPE coloured tubes (10 ft each), 1x Tube Holder, 4x Quick-connect tips and 3x Snap-open tube organiser clips
---
#### Red Sea Reefmat Filter 500
Smart mechanical roll filter for marine aquariums up to 500 litres (flow rates up to 6,000 L/h).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-reefmat-filter-500/
- Price: $645.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED860 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399485
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/111-7.png
The Red Sea ReefMat Filter 500 ( SKU: RED860 ) is a high-capacity, smart mechanical roll filter built for marine aquariums up to 500 litres (flow rates up to 6,000 L/h). It replaces high-maintenance filter socks with an automated fleece system that advances new filter media as waste builds up. The Red Sea Reefmat Filter 500 is a premium mechanical filtration pad designed to improve water clarity in reef and marine aquariums. Its dense fibrous structure captures fine debris and suspended particles that can cloud the water, helping maintain pristine conditions in your tank.
This filter pad fits appropriately sized filter chambers, sumps or overflow boxes and can be cut to size if needed. Regular use of the ReefMat Filter 500 enhances overall filtration performance, reduces maintenance frequency and supports a cleaner, healthier aquatic environment for fish, corals and invertebrates. Featuring an integrated solid-state water level sensor, dual-mode drive motor, and ReefBeat smart integration, the ReefMat 500 maintains high water clarity and low nutrient levels automatically.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to Large Reef Systems:** Replaces filter socks in sumps handling higher water flow rates.
- **Automated Mechanical Filtration:** Best for aquarists seeking hands-off sump maintenance.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Position in the mechanical chamber of your sump using wall brackets or floor legs.
- Plumb your main drain pipe directly into the intake connector.
- Power on and configure the unit via the ReefBeat mobile app.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High Flow Capacity:** Handles up to 6,000 L/h flow rate efficiently. With high-quality mechanical filtration media, it captures fine particles to improve water clarity.
- **Solid-State Level Sensor:** Triggers fleece advance precisely when media gets clogged.
- **App Notifications:** Alerts your phone when the fleece roll is running low or jammed.
- **Fail-Safe Bypass:** Allows water overflow safety if the roll is fully depleted. It can be trimmed to fit various filter systems and helps maintain cleaner water while reducing the need for frequent cleaning of aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED860
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399485
- **Product Type:** Filters / Automatic Fleece Filters
- **Package Dimensions:** Sump Fit (Height: 270 mm Base Profile)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5240 g
- **Target Environment: ** Suitable for reef, marine, and freshwater aquariums up to 500 L
---
#### Red Sea Reefmat Fleece Mat 500
Replacement fleece media roll for ReefMat 500 roller filter made of high-density non-woven polyester.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-500/
- Price: $27.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED862 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399461
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Red-Sea-ReefMat-Fleece-Mat-500-—-Replacement-fleece-media-roll-for-ReefMat-500-roller-filter-made-of-high-density-non-woven-polyester-—-SKU-RED862.jpg
The Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Mat 500 ( SKU: RED862 ) is the genuine 28-meter replacement fleece media roll engineered for the ReefMat 500 roller filter. It consists of high-density non-woven polyester that captures fine suspended organics, detritus, and algae particles.
Designed for fast installation without removing the entire filter unit from the sump, this replacement roll ensures continuous mechanical filtration for optimal water clarity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **ReefMat 500 Refill:** Replace when your ReefMat 500 app signals that the current roll is depleted.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Lift out the spent roll spool from the drive housing.
- Mount the new 500 roll onto the feed axle and pull fleece through the lower guide slot.
- Secure the end to the motor-driven take-up spool and reset roll count in ReefBeat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **28-Meter Roll Length:** Offers extended operation under standard bioload conditions.
- **High-Flow Non-Woven Fabric:** Captures fine particulates without causing rapid overflow.
- **100% Aquarium Safe:** Free from chemical additives, glues, or bleaches.
- **Exact Fitment:** Designed specifically for the ReefMat 500 cassette.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED862
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399461
- **Product Type:** Filters / Replacement Fleece Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 195 g
- **Target Environment:** ReefMat 500 Filter Units
---
### Red Sea — Dosing Pumps
#### Red Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube 2
Twin pack of internal tubes for dosing straight from Red Sea supplement bottles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dosing-pumps/red-sea-reef-care-dosing-cap-tube-2/
- Price: $5.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED297
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reef_Care_Dosing_Cap_Tube_2.jpg
Decanting supplements into reservoirs is a step most reef keepers would rather skip. Red Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube 2 (SKU: RED297) is a twin pack of the internal tubes that complete that system. Red Sea's 500 mL and 1 L supplement bottles ship with a cap carrying two hose connectors: an external one that is snipped open and joined to the dosing pump's standard silicone tubing, and an internal one that takes a tube reaching to the bottom of the bottle, so the supplement keeps flowing until the bottle is empty. The internal tube is not supplied with the bottle; this pack is it.
The tubes are reusable, chemical-resistant silicone, about 25 cm long, and fit both the 500 mL and 1 L bottles, which means a Foundation A, B and C set on a three-channel doser needs one pack plus one spare. Red Sea's wording is that the dosing-ready cap lets its bottles be used directly with automatic dosing systems without decanting, which also avoids contamination and evaporation. The caps work with any dosing pump that uses standard silicone dosing line. Older-style Red Sea bottles without the two-connector cap cannot be converted; the tubes are for the current cap only.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dosing from the bottle:** Foundation A, B, C and Trace Colours bottles connected directly to a dosing pump.
- **Replacing a missing tube:** Bottles bought without the internal tube, or a tube lost or kinked at refill time.
- **Avoiding reservoir mixing:** Keeping each supplement sealed in its own bottle, free of evaporation and cross-contamination.
- **Multi-channel dosers:** Two tubes per pack for two dosing lines, such as Foundation B and C.
**Installation Guide**
- **Check the cap:** It must be the current dosing-ready cap with two hose connectors.
- **Fit the internal tube:** Push the silicone tube onto the inner connector so it reaches the bottom of the bottle.
- **Open the external connector:** Snip its tip and connect the dosing pump's silicone line.
- **Prime and calibrate:** Run the pump until supplement reaches the outlet, then calibrate the channel as usual before the first scheduled dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Completes the dosing-ready cap:** The internal tube that reaches the bottom of the bottle.
- **Fits 500 mL and 1 L bottles:** Red Sea's Reef Care supplement range.
- **Reusable silicone:** Chemical resistant, about 25 cm long.
- **Twin pack:** Two tubes for two dosing channels.
- **No decanting:** Dose straight from the sealed bottle, with no evaporation or contamination.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED297
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps > Dosing Accessories
- **Part Number:** R22209
- **Pack Contents:** 2 × dosing cap tubes
- **Material:** Chemical-resistant silicone
- **Length:** About 25 cm
- **Fits:** Red Sea 500 mL and 1 L supplement bottles with the dosing-ready cap
- **Compatible With:** Dosing pumps using standard silicone dosing tubing
- **Not For:** Older bottles without the two-connector cap
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums on automated dosing
---
#### Red Sea Reefdose 4
Four-head smart dosing pump for comprehensive reef nutrition supplement automation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dosing-pumps/red-sea-reefdose-4/
- Price: $599.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED831 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399683
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/111-40.png
The Red Sea ReefDose 4 ( SKU: RED831 ) is an advanced four-head smart dosing pump built for comprehensive reef supplement automation. Utilising four custom planetary-gear dosing heads, it delivers single-drop dosing accuracy ( 0.05 ml
) across four independent fluid channels. ReefDose is a precision dosing system designed for daily supplementation of reef aquariums. Engineered for accuracy and convenience, it integrates seamlessly with the ReefBeat smart ecosystem, allowing automated dosing, easy monitoring, and full control through the ReefBeat App.
The system features single-drop accuracy dosing heads combined with an advanced controller to create a coordinated daily dosing schedule for all supplements. Missed doses due to power outages or other interruptions are automatically rescheduled, ensuring consistent aquarium maintenance. Controlled entirely via the ReefBeat app, the ReefDose 4 allows reefkeepers to automate full multi-part supplement programs (such as 4-Part Complete Reef Care, trace elements, and coral nutrition) with automated dose distribution to prevent element interaction in the sump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full Program Dosing:** Essential for reef tanks using 4-part foundation care or multi-element trace programs.
- **Complex Supplementation:** Ideal for automating Calcium, Alkalinity, Magnesium, and Coral Food simultaneously.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Secure the ReefDose 4 using the included mounting bracket.
- Attach tubing from four separate dosing containers to the respective inlet/outlet ports.
- Connect the unit to ReefBeat, run the quick calibration sequence for each head, and set dosing amounts.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4 Independent Heads:** Allows simultaneous automation of 4 distinct liquid supplements.
- **Custom Planetary Gears:** Maintains long-term accuracy without losing calibration stability.
- **Dynamic Flow Scheduling:** Automatically space out doses across channels to prevent chemical precipitation.
- **Fluid Level Monitoring:** Tracks remaining reservoir volumes and alerts you before containers run empty.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED831
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399683
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps / Smart Dosing Systems
- **Package Dimensions:** 255 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1480 g
- **Target Environment:** Reef Aquariums
##### Summary of All Key Features and Benefits
- **Precision Dosing: **Single-drop accuracy with ±0.05ml per dose (average deviation 0.5% over 10ml). Daily dosing per head: 0.2ml to 1000ml in 0.1ml increments.
- **Smart Scheduling: **Dynamic Dosing Queue automatically combines individual dosing plans into a coordinated schedule. Updates automatically after any setting changes.
- **Multiple Operation Modes: 1. **Whisper Mode: nearly silent operation (15ml/min), 2. Regular Mode: standard flow (30ml/min), Turbo Mode: fast dosing (45ml/min).
- **Easy-to-Use Design: **Click-on/off dosing heads require no tools or alignment. Secured connectors for flexible tubing (OD 5mm – ID 3mm). Automatic delays between heads to prevent chemical interaction.
- **Manual and On-Demand Control: **On-demand manual dosing available at any time. Fully programmable via the ReefBeat App.
- **Durable & Long-Lasting: **Planetary gear-motor with a motor life expectancy of up to 10 years (based on 250ml/day per head).
- **ReefBeat Smart Integration: **Unified interface for all Red Sea smart devices. Online monitoring, notifications, and easy setup via app.
---
#### Red Sea Reefdose Accessory Kit Red+yellow
Colour-matched tube management hardware for channels 3 and 4 of your ReefDose system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dosing-pumps/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-redyellow/
- Price: $52.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED833 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399669
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/111-2.png
The Red Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit in Red and Yellow ( SKU: RED833 ) provides colour-matched tube management hardware for channels 3 and 4 of your ReefDose system. It includes colour-coded sump tube holders, line clips, and non-drip dosing tips.
By matching the red and yellow colour schemes present in the ReefBeat software, this kit prevents accidental channel swapping during supplement refills and maintains a clean, professional cabinet layout.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-Channel Setups:** Used alongside the Blue/Green kit for full 4-channel ReefDose installations.
- **Neat Tube Plumbing:** Secures dosing lines cleanly from storage containers to the sump.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Secure the red and yellow tube holder onto the edge of your sump glass.
- Route corresponding dosing lines through the designated colour slots.
- Press the dosing tips firmly into the end of each hose line.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red & Yellow Coding:** Matches ReefBeat channel colours for easy visual tracking.
- **Durable Sump Mount:** Non-corrosive bracket fits securely over sump walls.
- **Drip-Free Tips:** Ensures precise, clean drop releases into water flow.
- **Complete Hardware Pack:** Includes mounting clips, tube holders, and discharge tips.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED833
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399669
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps / Tubing Accessories
- **Package Dimensions:** 260 mm (L) × 170 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 365 g
- **Target Environment:** Aquarium Sump Cabinets
---
### Red Sea — ATO Systems
#### Red Sea Reefato System
Wi-Fi-connected automatic freshwater replenishment, digital leak detector, and inline water temperature monitor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ato-systems/red-sea-reefato-system/
- Price: $320.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED901 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116397993
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: ATO Systems (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ato-systems/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/160-3.png
The Red Sea ReefATO+ System ( SKU: RED901 ) is an all-in-one smart top-off system that combines automatic freshwater replenishment, a digital leak detector, and an inline water temperature monitor into a single Wi-Fi-connected unit.
Driven by a solid-state titanium water level probe and an EC liquid sensor, the ReefATO+ ensures highly reliable water level management while sending real-time push alerts to your smartphone via the ReefBeat app.
##### How the ReefATO+ System Works
The ATO+ uses EC (electrical conductivity) titanium probes to detect water levels in the aquarium. When water drops below the set point, the pump is automatically activated to restore water to the desired level, maintaining both stable water levels and salinity .
**Water Level Sensor**
- **Fail-Proof Detection:** Solid-state EC probes provide precise and reliable water level sensing.
- **Backup Safety:** Built-in secondary pump-OFF probes sit 2.5 cm (1”) above the main sensor to prevent overfilling.
- **Real-Time Monitoring:** The full array of Reef-Spec titanium probes continuously measures water level relative to the sensor, viewable on the **ReefBeat App**.
**Integrated Temperature Sensor & Logging**
- **High Accuracy:** Pre-calibrated to ±0.1°C for precise monitoring.
- **Smart Alerts:** Set narrow “desired” and wider “acceptable” temperature ranges in the ReefBeat App; notifications are sent to your smartphone if readings fall outside acceptable limits.
- **Historical Logs:** Temperature data recorded every 15 minutes for the past 28 days, including minimum, maximum, and average readings.
**Leak Detection System**
- **Highly Sensitive:** Reef-spec titanium probes detect all water types, from RODI to full-strength seawater.
- **Immediate Response:** If a leak is detected, the ATO is disabled and, after confirmation, sends notifications and optional audible alarms.
- **Integrated Safety:** The ReefBeat ecosystem can automatically shut down connected devices such as return pumps to prevent further damage.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Salinity & Level Control:** Automatically compensates for daily water evaporation in marine sumps.
- **System Safety:** Provides early warning detection for water leaks and temperature anomalies.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Mount the titanium multi-sensor probe at the desired water line in your return pump chamber.
- Place the silent ATO pump inside your freshwater top-off reservoir.
- Connect the water feed line to the included magnetic siphon-breaker tube holder above the sump.
- Pair with the ReefBeat app to configure alerts and temperature thresholds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **3-in-1 Smart System:** Integrates Auto Top-Off, Leak Detection, and Temperature Monitoring.
- **Solid-State Titanium Probe:** Non-magnetic, corrosion-proof water level sensing.
- **Silent ATO Pump:** Compact, low-voltage pump with quiet operation and auto-shutoff safety.
- **ReefBeat Connected:** Provides real-time alerts for pump run time, reservoir empty, and leaks.
- **Marine Use Only:** The Red Sea ATO+ system is specifically designed for saltwater aquariums, as its conductivity-based titanium probes rely on the ionic properties of saltwater to function correctly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED901
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116397993
- **Product Type:** ATO Systems / Smart Auto Top-Off Units
- **Package Dimensions:** 250 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1740 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquarium Sumps
##### Other Technical Specifications of ReefATO+ System
- **Pump Design:** 12 VDC cylindrical pump (4.5 cm / 1.8” diameter) fits standard jerrycans.
- **Performance:** Max flow 300 L/h (75 GPH), max head 2.5 m (8’), power 6–10 W.
- **Automatic Adjustment:** Flow rate is optimised to ~72 L/h (18 GPH) for quiet, splash-free operation.
- **Safety Monitoring:** Controller detects pump stalls, dry RO reservoir, or disconnection, automatically shutting down the pump and notifying you via ReefBeat App.
- **Maintenance Friendly:** Noise-damping rubber impeller chamber and removable impeller for easy cleaning.
- **Secure Connection:** Outlet hose barb includes a lock-nut for firm attachment to silicone tubing.
---
#### Red Sea Reefcan 18ltr
Tall, slim RO water reservoir for auto top-off in small cabinets.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ato-systems/red-sea-reefcan-18ltr/
- Price: $129.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED441 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116397405
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: ATO Systems (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ato-systems/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/RED441.jpg
Cabinet floor space is the scarcest thing under a reef tank, and a top-off reservoir usually takes the most of it. Red Sea Reefcan 18ltr (SKU: RED441) is Red Sea's ReefCan 18, a tall, slim transparent RO water reservoir that uses the height of the cabinet instead of its floor. At 55 cm high, 9 cm wide and 44 cm deep it holds 18 L in a footprint narrow enough to stand beside the sump, and Red Sea's summary is more RO water for less valuable floor space. An embedded water-level scale on the clear body shows how much is left at a glance.
It has a front opening for refilling in place, a rear opening for the ATO pump, tubing and cables that takes any pump up to 5.8 cm across, and a cap that holds the ReefATO+ siphon breaker while suiting any other ATO. Red Sea rates 18 L as about a week of top-off for a 200 L tank. It fits REEFER G2 and G2+ 170 and up and most MAX models, but not the REEFER MAX 170 and 200 G2+, Desktop Cube or MAX Nano Cube. The 40 L ReefCan (RED442) serves larger tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tanks around 200 L:** About a week of top-off water between refills.
- **Tight cabinets:** REEFER 170 and 200 and other stands where a square jerry can will not fit beside the sump.
- **ReefATO+ users:** The cap holds the ReefATO+ siphon breaker.
- **Any ATO:** Fits any top-off pump up to 5.8 cm across.
**Installation Guide**
- **Position:** Stand the can upright beside the sump, scale facing out, on a level surface.
- **Fit the pump:** Lower the ATO pump through the rear opening and route tubing and cable through the same port.
- **Fill:** Pour RO water through the front opening to the scale mark; refill the same way without moving the can.
- **Check weekly:** Read the level against the scale and top up before the pump runs dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **18 L in a 9 cm width:** Tall and slim for narrow cabinets.
- **Transparent with embedded scale:** Water level visible at a glance.
- **Separate fill and pump openings:** Refill without removing pump or cables.
- **ReefATO+ ready:** Cap holds the siphon breaker; works with any ATO.
- **About a week of top-off:** For a tank around 200 L, per Red Sea.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED441
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290116397405
- **Product Type:** ATO Systems > ATO Reservoirs
- **Model:** ReefCan 18
- **Capacity:** 18 L
- **Dimensions:** 55 cm H × 9 cm W × 44 cm D
- **Pump Opening:** Fits pumps up to 5.8 cm diameter
- **Material:** Transparent plastic with embedded water scale
- **Compatible With:** REEFER G2/G2+ 170 to S-1000, REEFER MAX G2+ 250 and up, Peninsula MAX, Desktop Peninsula, MAX Nano Peninsula and XL, MAX E, MAX S
- **Not Compatible:** REEFER MAX 170 and 200 G2+, Desktop Cube, MAX Nano Cube
- **Other Size:** ReefCan 40 (RED442)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums with automatic top-off
---
#### Red Sea Reefcan 40ltr
Slim 40-litre RO reservoir for a week of top-off on larger reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ato-systems/red-sea-reefcan-40ltr/
- Price: $174.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED442 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116397399
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: ATO Systems (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ato-systems/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reefcan_40ltr.jpg
A big reef evaporates several litres a day, and a reservoir that lasts the week saves a daily trip with a jerry can. Red Sea Reefcan 40ltr (SKU: RED442) is Red Sea's ReefCan 40, the larger of two tall, slim transparent RO water reservoirs designed to hold more water in less floor space. It measures 55 cm high, 17 cm wide and 50 cm deep for a 40 L capacity, and Red Sea rates it to supply the auto top-off of a tank around 500 L for about a week. The clear body carries an embedded water scale, so the remaining volume is read without lifting a lid.
Like the 18 L model (RED441) it has a front refill opening and a rear opening for the ATO pump, tubing and cables that takes any pump up to 5.8 cm across, with a cap that holds the ReefATO+ siphon breaker. Red Sea lists it for the REEFER G2 and G2+ 300 to S-1000, REEFER MAX G2+ 300 and larger, and most Peninsula, MAX E and MAX S models. It does not fit the REEFER 170 to 350, their MAX equivalents, the Peninsula MAX 350, Desktop Cube or MAX Nano Cube, which take the 18 L can.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs around 500 L:** About a week of top-off water in one fill.
- **Mid-size and large REEFER cabinets:** From the 300 and 425 up to the S-1000.
- **High-evaporation systems:** Open-top tanks under strong lighting and fans that lose litres a day.
- **ReefATO+ and other ATOs:** Siphon-breaker cap, 5.8 cm pump port, standard tubing.
**Installation Guide**
- **Confirm fit:** Check the cabinet model against Red Sea's compatibility list before buying the 40 L over the 18 L.
- **Install the pump:** Through the rear opening with tubing and cable; seat the siphon breaker in the cap if using ReefATO+.
- **Fill in place:** RO water through the front opening to the scale, with the can standing level beside the sump.
- **Watch the scale:** Refill weekly or when the level nears the pump intake.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 L capacity:** About a week of top-off for a 500 L reef.
- **Slim 17 cm width:** Height used instead of floor space.
- **Clear body with scale:** Level visible without opening.
- **Dedicated fill and pump openings:** Refill without disturbing the ATO.
- **ReefATO+ cap:** Holds the siphon breaker; fits any ATO pump to 5.8 cm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED442
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290116397399
- **Product Type:** ATO Systems > ATO Reservoirs
- **Model:** ReefCan 40
- **Capacity:** 40 L
- **Dimensions:** 55 cm H × 17 cm W × 50 cm D
- **Pump Opening:** Fits pumps up to 5.8 cm diameter
- **Material:** Transparent plastic with embedded water scale
- **Compatible With:** REEFER G2/G2+ 300 to S-1000, REEFER MAX G2+ 300 and up, Peninsula MAX 500/S-700/S-950, Desktop Peninsula, MAX Nano Peninsula and XL, MAX E, MAX S
- **Not Compatible:** REEFER and REEFER MAX 170, 200, 250, 350; Peninsula MAX 350; Desktop Cube; MAX Nano Cube
- **Other Size:** ReefCan 18 (RED441)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums with automatic top-off
---
### Red Sea — Filters
#### Red Sea Reef Media Cup
One-litre perforated media cup that drops into a REEFER filter-sock holder.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/red-sea-reef-media-cup/
- Price: $31.62 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED534 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770849
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reef_Media_Cup.jpg
A filter-sock holder is a ready-made media chamber if something rigid can sit in it, and that is what this cup is. Red Sea Reef Media Cup (SKU: RED534) is Red Sea's REEFER filter media cup, a solid one-piece container 10 cm in diameter and about 15 cm tall that drops into the filter-sock holder of a REEFER sump, or any standard 10 cm holder, and holds 1 L of filter media. Holes in the base let water pass freely through the media, so the drain from the display flows down through whatever the cup is filled with before entering the sump.
Red Sea's intent is to get more use and flexibility from the sock holder: fill the cup with filter floss or pads for mechanical polishing, or with bagged activated carbon such as Reef Spec Carbon or a phosphate remover for chemical filtration, without a reactor or an extra pump. The cup is moulded from 100 per cent virgin BPA-free polypropylene and lifts out in one piece for a media change. It can run in one holder beside a sock in the other, and a filter media bag is included for loose granular media. It suits any REEFER or MAX-S sump and aftermarket sumps built around the same 10 cm ring.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Carbon without a reactor:** A litre of bagged Reef Spec Carbon in the drain flow, with no extra pump.
- **Phosphate media:** GFO or other binders in a cup instead of a tumbling reactor that needs tuning.
- **Mechanical polishing:** Floss or pads changed weekly for crystal-clear water in the display.
- **Twin-holder sumps:** One cup of media beside one filter sock, both in the drain flow.
**Installation Guide**
- **Rinse:** Wash the cup and any media in tank or RO water before the first use.
- **Load it:** Floss or pads loose, granular media in the supplied bag, filling to the top.
- **Drop it in:** Seat the cup in the sock holder so the drain feeds through the media and out the perforated base.
- **Change on schedule:** Lift out, swap floss weekly and carbon every one to two months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fits a 10 cm sock holder:** Drops straight into REEFER and MAX-S sumps.
- **Holds 1 L of media:** Floss, pads, carbon or phosphate remover.
- **Perforated base:** Free water movement through the media and into the sump.
- **BPA-free polypropylene:** Solid one-piece design.
- **Media bag included:** For loose granular media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED534
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100770849
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Media Holders
- **Part Number:** R42177
- **Dimensions:** 10 cm diameter × about 15 cm high
- **Capacity:** 1 L of filter media
- **Material:** 100 per cent virgin BPA-free polypropylene
- **Fits:** Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S filter-sock holders; any standard 10 cm holder
- **Included:** Filter media bag for granular media
- **Use:** Floss, pads, activated carbon or phosphate media
- **Pairs With:** Reef Spec Carbon (RED528, RED529, RED531)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater sump systems
---
#### Red Sea Reefer 225 Micron Felt Filter Bag 100mm/260mm
Reusable felt filter sock for REEFER and standard 10 cm holders.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/red-sea-reefer-225-micron-felt-filter-bag-100mm-260mm/
- Price: $18.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED519 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100779729
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/redseareefer225micronfeltfilterbag100mm260mm.png
A filter sock is the cheapest mechanical filtration a sump can have. Red Sea Reefer 225 Micron Felt Filter Bag 100mm/260mm (SKU: RED519) is one of Red Sea's range of three high-quality, reusable filter bags, a 225 micron felt sock 26 cm long that fits any standard 10 cm filter-bag holder, including the sock holders in Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S sumps. Red Sea says felt bags are very effective at trapping particulate matter in the thick wall of the bag, and that the 225 micron grade is ideal for regular day-to-day use, allowing a longer period between cleanings than the finer 100 micron felt.
Felt works differently from mesh: particles are caught through the depth of the material rather than on a single surface, so the bag holds more debris before flow slows, at the cost of being harder to rinse clean. That makes 225 micron felt the standing sock on a mature reef, swapped weekly or fortnightly, with the finer 100 micron felt kept for polishing low-particulate systems and the 225 micron thin-mesh bag (RED519a) for new setups and heavy maintenance days. Sold singly; a second bag lets a clean sock go straight in while the other dries.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Everyday mechanical filtration:** The standing sock in a REEFER or MAX-S sump on a mature reef.
- **Standard 10 cm holders:** Any sump with a 4 inch filter-sock ring, from Red Sea or another maker.
- **Longer intervals:** Where the 100 micron felt clogs too quickly and overflows between changes.
- **Rotation pairs:** Two bags alternating between the sump and the wash, so the sump is never without a sock.
**Installation Guide**
- **Rinse first:** A quick rinse in RO or tank water before the first use.
- **Seat the ring:** Drop the bag into the holder so the ring sits flat and the drain feeds into it.
- **Swap when the water rises:** A sock that is overflowing is full; change it, usually weekly on a stocked reef.
- **Clean and reuse:** Turn inside out, rinse out debris, wash without detergent, dry fully and rotate back in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **225 micron felt:** Traps particulates through the thickness of the bag.
- **Day-to-day grade:** Longer between cleanings than 100 micron felt.
- **Fits 10 cm holders:** REEFER, MAX-S and standard sock rings.
- **26 cm long:** Full-length sock for REEFER and standard sump holders.
- **Reusable:** Rinse, wash and refit for many cycles.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED519
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100779729
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Socks & Bags
- **Part Number:** R42196
- **Material:** Felt, depth-filtering wall
- **Rating:** 225 micron
- **Size:** 10 cm ring, 26 cm long
- **Fits:** Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S sumps; any standard 10 cm holder
- **Range:** 100 micron felt, 225 micron felt, 225 micron thin-mesh (RED519a)
- **Pack:** Sold singly
- **Change Interval:** Typically weekly; longer than 100 micron felt
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater sump systems
---
#### Red Sea Reefer 225 Micron Thin Mesh Filter Bag 100mm/260mm
Easy-clean monofilament filter sock for new setups and heavy maintenance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/red-sea-reefer-225-micron-thin-mesh-filter-bag-100mm-260mm/
- Price: $13.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED519a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100779736
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Red_Sea_Reefer_225_Micron_Thin_Mesh_Filter_Bag_100mm_260mm-1.png
The sock that comes in a REEFER box is this one, and there is a reason Red Sea chose it. Red Sea Reefer 225 Micron Thin Mesh Filter Bag 100mm/260mm (SKU: RED519a) is Red Sea's 225 micron thin-mesh filter bag, a monofilament sock 26 cm long for standard 10 cm holders, the bag supplied with REEFER and MAX-S systems. Red Sea's case for it is practical: the monofilament construction makes it very easy to clean, which suits new setups and the days after heavy maintenance, when a great deal of particulate matter is in the water and a sock may need rinsing twice in a day.
Because mesh catches debris on its surface rather than in a felt wall, it rinses clear under a tap in seconds and dries fast, and the open weave keeps flow up during the cloudy first weeks of a tank or after a sand stir or rock scrub. Red Sea also notes the bag can hold other mechanical or chemical media, so it doubles as a carbon or phosphate-media bag in a sock holder. For settled day-to-day running the 225 micron felt (RED519) holds more between changes, so many keepers keep one of each: mesh for messy days, felt for quiet ones. Reusable, sold singly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquariums:** Clearing dust and particulates in the first weeks of a REEFER or MAX-S.
- **After heavy maintenance:** Sand stirring, rock cleaning and rescapes that cloud the water.
- **Quick-rinse routines:** Keepers who would rather rinse a sock daily under the tap than wash felt weekly.
- **Media bag duty:** Holding carbon or other loose media in the sock holder without a reactor.
**Installation Guide**
- **Rinse and fit:** Rinse in tank water, seat the ring in the 10 cm holder with the drain feeding into the bag.
- **Watch the level:** Water rising in the bag means it is loaded; lift it out and rinse.
- **Rinse under the tap:** Monofilament mesh clears with a quick rinse, no detergent, and dries fast.
- **Swap to felt when settled:** Move to the 225 micron felt once the water runs clear day to day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Monofilament thin mesh:** Very easy to clean, per Red Sea.
- **225 micron rating:** Catches suspended particles after heavy maintenance.
- **The REEFER standard sock:** Supplied with REEFER and MAX-S systems.
- **Holds media too:** Doubles as a bag for carbon or chemical media.
- **Fits 10 cm holders:** 26 cm long, reusable.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED519a
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100779736
- **Product Type:** Filters > Filter Socks & Bags
- **Part Number:** R42197
- **Material:** Monofilament thin mesh
- **Rating:** 225 micron
- **Size:** 10 cm ring, 26 cm long
- **Fits:** Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S sumps; any standard 10 cm holder
- **Range:** 100 micron felt, 225 micron felt (RED519), 225 micron thin-mesh
- **Pack:** Sold singly
- **Best For:** New setups and heavy maintenance days
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater sump systems
---
#### Red Sea Reefer Dc Skimmer 600 (w/o Controller)
Smart protein skimmer with PSK DC pump for marine aquariums up to 600 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/red-sea-reefer-dc-skimmer-600-w-o-controller/
- Price: $830.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED908 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116398945
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/160-6.png
The Red Sea Reefer DC Skimmer 600 ( SKU: RED908 ) is a smart protein skimmer engineered for marine aquariums up to 600 litres. Featuring a variable-speed PSK DC pump, diffusion chamber, and combination foam view window, it efficiently strips dissolved organic compounds from water.
This standalone unit comes without a controller, designed to plug into a Red Sea ReefRun Dual DC Controller. The smart skimmer features anti-foaming technology that automatically throttles the pump if the neck begins to overflow.
**Please note that a controller is required: Red Sea ReefRun Dual DC Pump Controller is **Not included**.**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Organic Waste Removal:** Removes dissolved proteins, waste, and yellowing matter from saltwater.
- **Overflow Protection:** Ideal for aquarists who want intelligent sensors to prevent skimmer cup overflows.
**How to Use**
- Place the skimmer in your sump's protein skimmer chamber (18 - 20 cm water depth).
- Connect the pump cable to a ReefRun Dual Controller.
- Adjust the precision wedge valve and DC pump speed to set the desired foam level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features /Installation Process**
- **Self-Leveling Anti-Overfoam Tech:** Monitors foam wetness and prevents cup overflow.
- **Quiet PSK DC Pump: **PSK DC-1200 pump is used, which has a high air-to-water ratio with whisper-quiet operation, powered by the Sicce skimmer pump.
- **Built-in Manual Neck Cleaner:** Allows quick wiping of internal neck buildup without removing the lid; it also connects to the ReefBeat app
- **Integrated Air Silencer:** Reduces air suction noise for ultra-quiet operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED908
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116398945
- **Product Type:** Filters / DC Protein Skimmers
- **Package Dimensions:** 460 mm (L) × 320 mm (W) × 550 mm (H)
- **Target Environment:** Marine Aquariums up to 600 L
- **Pump Output Capacity:** Water Flow = 1,500 litres per hour (LPH) / 400 GPH and Air Flow = 750 Liters/Hour
- **Package Includes:** Reefer DC 600 Protein Skimmer Body, Self-Leveling & Cup Overflow Sensors, Collection Cup with Neck Cleaner, Collection Cup Drain Hose with Valve, Air Silencer with Pump Feed Hose and Sicce PSK DC-1200 Pump
---
#### Red Sea Reefmat Fleece Mat 1200
High-capacity 35-meter replacement fleece roll built for the large-scale ReefMat 1200 automatic filter system.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-1200/
- Price: $36.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED863 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116399454
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Red-Sea-ReefMat-Fleece-Mat-1200-—-High-capacity-35-meter-replacement-fleece-roll-built-for-the-large-scale-ReefMat-1200-automatic-filter-system-—-SKU-RED863-—-Main-Image.jpg
The Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Mat 1200 ( SKU: RED863 ) is a high-capacity 35-meter replacement fleece roll built for the large-scale ReefMat 1200 automatic filter system. It provides intensive mechanical filtration for large, heavily stocked reef aquariums up to 1,200 litres.
Constructed from durable 50 g/m² non-woven polyester, this roll traps high volumes of organic waste before it breaks down into ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **ReefMat 1200 Refill:** Essential maintenance replacement for ReefMat 1200 filtration units.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Open the ReefMat 1200 top cover and remove the empty roll spool.
- Insert the fresh 1200 roll onto the supply spindle.
- Thread the leading edge through the sensor guide and wind onto the motorised collector.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Generous 35-Meter Length:** Engineered for high-volume filtration and extended service life.
- **Heavy-Duty Non-Woven Fabric:** High tensile strength prevents tears during motor advancement.
- **Inert Materials:** Safe for sensitive corals, invertebrates, and marine fish.
- **Quick-Load Design:** Swaps out easily in under 60 seconds.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED863
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116399454
- **Product Type:** Filters / Replacement Fleece Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 170 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 365 g
- **Target Environment:** ReefMat 1200 Filter Units
---
#### Red Sea Reefmat Fleece Mat 250
Replacement fleece roll designed for the ReefMat 250 automatic filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-250/
- Price: $24.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED852a
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/red_sea_reefmat_250_0006_reefmat_250_1200x1200_1.webp
The Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Mat 250 ( SKU: RED852a ) is the official replacement fleece roll designed for the ReefMat 250 automatic filter. Made from high-flow, non-woven 50g/m² polyester fabric, it traps microscopic waste particles without affecting water parameters. Mechanical filtration like ReefMat removes fine particulate waste before it breaks down into dissolved organics, helping reduce nutrient load and maintain water clarity, especially crucial in reef tanks with corals and sensitive invertebrates.
Each 32-meter roll provides weeks of continuous automated mechanical filtration, helping maintain low nitrate and phosphate levels by trapping detritus before it breaks down. This is the replacement fleece mat roll used inside the ReefMat units. Fleece rolls are consumable and need periodic replacement as they get filled with trapped waste.
How It Works - The ReefMat system feeds a fresh section of non-woven polyester fleece through the filter. Waste gets trapped on the surface of the fleece, and as it becomes dirty, the smart motor advances more mat, keeping your mechanical filtration continuously fresh without manual sock changing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Roll Replacement:** Install when the current roll on your ReefMat 250 unit is exhausted.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Remove the empty roll core from the ReefMat drive unit.
- Insert the fresh 250 fleece roll onto the media axle.
- Feed the fleece end through the sensor track and attach it to the take-up spool.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 g/m² Non-Woven Polyester:** High efficiency particulate trapping with excellent flow rates.
- **Phosphate & Nitrate Safe:** Contains no chemical adhesives or artificial coatings.
- **32-Meter Length:** Provides long service life between roll changes.
- **Plug & Play Installation and Direct Fit: **Made exclusively for ReefMat 250 units. Simple setup in most sump configurations.
- **Smart Drive & Sensors:** Monitors fleece usage and detects when it tears or runs out; integrates with Red Sea's ReefBeat ecosystem for notifications and performance logging.
- **High Flow Compatibility:** Designed for systems up to 250 L (approx. 66 gal) and flow rates up to ~3500 L/hour.
-
Automated Roller:
Uses a replaceable fleece mat similar to a filter sock but with
continuous feeding of fresh fleece
as it becomes dirty. It includes a media basket which can hold chemical filtration media for additional water polishing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED852a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116397795
- **Product Type:** Filters / Replacement Fleece Media
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 75 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 9 g
- **Target Environment:** ReefMat 250 Filter Units, Saltwater reef tanks, Systems up to ~250 L, ReefBeat smart aquarium setups and Reefers that demand high clarity and low nutrient load
---
### Red Sea — Pumps & Wavemakers
#### Red Sea Reefrun 5500 Pump (only)
Variable-speed D.C pump built with a ceramic shaft capable of pushing up to 5,500 litres per hour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/red-sea-reefrun-5500-pump-only/
- Price: $372.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED903a
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/160-4.png
The Red Sea ReefRun 5500 DC Return Pump ( SKU: RED903a ) is an energy-efficient variable-speed direct current pump capable of pushing up to 5,500 litres per hour. Built with a durable ceramic shaft, it provides long-lasting circulation for marine sumps and closed-loop setups. Sold as a standalone pump unit ("only"), it is designed to plug directly into an existing Red Sea ReefRun Dual DC Controller, serving as a replacement or secondary expansion pump.
The Red Sea Reefrun 5500 Pump is a powerful and reliable water circulation pump designed specifically for aquarium environments. Engineered to deliver strong, steady flow, this unit helps maintain healthy water movement, which is essential for oxygen exchange, nutrient distribution and overall tank stability. Built with robust components, the Reefrun 5500 operates quietly and efficiently, providing dependable performance in reef and marine aquariums. Its versatile design allows easy installation and integration into sumps, return lines or custom circulation setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sump Circulation:** Operates as a main return pump for marine aquariums.
- **Secondary Pump Addition:** Plugs into an available port on a ReefRun Dual DC Controller.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Submerge the pump in your return chamber or connect plumbed intake fittings.
- Connect the output hose to your aquarium return nozzle.
- Plug the control cable into a ReefRun Dual Controller port.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5,500 L/h Maximum Flow:** High turnover capacity with low operational noise. High-performance water pump designed for aquarium circulation
- **Variable DC Motor:** Energy-efficient motor design reduces heat transfer to aquarium water. Delivers strong, steady flow for effective water movement
- **Ceramic Impeller Shaft:** High wear resistance in harsh marine environments. Ideal for sump return or general circulation applications
- **Compact Footprint:** Fits into tight sump return compartments. Quiet and energy-efficient operation. Suitable for reef, marine, and freshwater aquariums
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED903a
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC): ** GTIN / EAN-13: 7290116398921 and UPC-12: 730773357406
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers / DC Return Pumps
- **Package Dimensions:** 130 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2750 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine Aquariums & Sumps
- **Pump Output Capacity:** 5,500 litres per hour** (LPH)**
---
#### Red Sea Reefrun Dual Dc Pump Controller
Smart dual-device controller capable of operating two Red Sea DC devices simultaneously.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-controller/
- Price: $266.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED906 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290116398884
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/160-5.png
The Red Sea ReefRun Dual DC Controller ( SKU: RED906 ) is a smart dual-device controller capable of operating two Red Sea DC devices simultaneously (such as two ReefRun pumps, or a ReefRun pump and a Reefer DC Skimmer).
The ReefRun Dual Controller is a smart device that allows hobbyists to manage up to two ReefRun DC Pumps or a combination of a ReefRun DC Pump and a REEFER DC Skimmer with a single controller. Designed for flexibility, it supports customised daily schedules and seamless integration into the ReefBeat ecosystem .
Integrating into the ReefBeat ecosystem, this controller allows independent speed adjustment, customised feed timers, wave modes, and emergency fault alerts across both connected devices from your smartphone. The ReefRun Dual Controller is ideal for reef enthusiasts who want precise control, automation, and smart monitoring for pumps and skimmers in their aquarium setup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dual DC Management:** Required to power and control ReefRun DC return pumps and Reefer DC skimmers.
- **Smart Automation:** Perfect for synchronising return pump and protein skimmer feed modes.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Mount the controller unit in a dry location inside your aquarium cabinet.
- Plug up to two compatible Red Sea DC devices into Ports 1 and 2.
- Connect the power supply and pair with the ReefBeat app via Wi-Fi.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Device Control:** Operates two DC pumps or skimmers from a single power point. Control one ReefRun DC Pump and one REEFER DC Skimmer, or operate two ReefRun DC Pumps simultaneously.
- **Synchronised Feed Modes:** Turns off return pump and skimmer simultaneously during feeding. It has wave pump capability, which allows you to set one pump to function as a wave pump for closed-loop wave installations.
- **ReefBeat App Enabled:** Provides wireless speed control, schedules, and operation status. Integration with ReefBeat connects it to the ReefBeat App to access Quick Actions for Feed, Maintenance, and Emergency modes. It gives you real-time alerts via notifications when the pump is running dry, disconnected, or experiencing a malfunction.
- **Compact Wall Mount:** Keeps cabinet wiring neat and organised. It is cost-effective & efficient because one controller can manage two devices, reducing inventory needs and saving costs.
- **Customised Scheduling:** Program your devices with tailored daily schedules, including variable intensities for optimal flow and filtration.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED906
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 7290116398884
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers / Pump Controllers
- **Package Dimensions:** 250 mm (L) × 165 mm (W) × 55 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 550 g
- **Target Environment:** Aquarium Equipment Cabinets
---
#### Red Sea Reefwave 45 15000lph
Silent cross-flow wave pump with Wi-Fi controller for 60 to 200 cm reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/red-sea-reefwave-45-15000lph/
- Price: $529.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED619 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100770733
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Red_Sea_Reefwave_45_15000lph.jpg
A gyre pump moves a whole sheet of water across the tank instead of a jet, and Red Sea's version does it with a controller that talks to the rest of the system. Red Sea Reefwave 45 15000lph (SKU: RED619) is the larger of two ReefWave pumps, built on patented cross-flow technology to deliver what Red Sea calls REEF-SPEC water flow for corals in a wide range of reefscapes, regardless of their position in the aquarium. It moves up to 15,000 L/h at 8 to 45 W, suits tanks from 60 to 200 cm long, and mounts through glass up to 20 mm thick on vibration-damping magnets.
The 31.5 × 8 × 5 cm body has a sine-wave DC motor, dual bearings and impeller cages that rotate 360 degrees to aim the flow, and Red Sea describes it as virtually silent. The Wi-Fi controller runs seven modes including uniform, step, random and alternate waves and a 30-minute feed pause, at 10 to 100 per cent. In ReefBeat, pumps group as one synchronised unit, custom waves go into a library and up to ten wave types run daily. The box holds the pump, controller and power supply.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs 60 to 200 cm long:** One pump for broad, laminar flow across SPS and mixed reefscapes.
- **Paired on larger tanks:** Two ReefWave 45s in alternate mode for a true back-and-forth gyre.
- **Quiet rooms:** Bedrooms and offices where a pulsing propeller pump is too loud.
- **ReefBeat systems:** Alongside ReefLED and ReefDose on one app, with grouped feed mode.
**Installation Guide**
- **Mount:** Horizontally with the cable on top, or vertically, at least 5 cm below the surface on glass up to 20 mm.
- **Aim the cages:** Rotate each impeller cage to direct the sheet of flow across the tank.
- **Connect:** Mount the controller outside the water, hold its settings button five seconds and add the pump in ReefBeat.
- **Maintain:** Clean cages and impellers monthly, service the shaft every six months, and never run the pump dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cross-flow gyre technology:** A broad sheet of REEF-SPEC flow rather than a jet.
- **15,000 L/h at 8–45 W:** For 60 to 200 cm aquariums.
- **Virtually silent:** Sine-wave DC motor on dual bearings with damped magnets.
- **Seven controller modes:** Including alternate wave and feed pause, 10 to 100 per cent.
- **Wi-Fi and ReefBeat:** Grouping, wave library, daily schedules and alerts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED619
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100770733
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > Wavemakers
- **Model:** ReefWave 45
- **Maximum Flow:** 15,000 L/h
- **Power:** 8–45 W, DC
- **Tank Length:** 60–200 cm
- **Glass Thickness:** Up to 20 mm
- **Dimensions:** 31.5 × 8 × 5 cm; 3 m cable
- **Control:** Wi-Fi controller, ReefBeat app, CR1220 backup battery
- **In the Box:** Pump with magnetic mounts, controller with bracket, power supply
- **Other Size:** ReefWave 25 (7,500 L/h, 45–120 cm tanks)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
### Red Sea — Filter Media
#### Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon 1000ml
Litre pack of reef-grade activated carbon with filter bag.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/red-sea-reef-spec-carbon-1000ml/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED529 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100775813
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED529-1.jpg
A litre of carbon is about ten standard changes on a 200 L reef, which is a year of clear water from one pack. Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon 1000ml (SKU: RED529) is the 1000 mL size of Red Sea's REEF-SPEC Carbon, the highly activated carbon Red Sea calls the ultimate choice for marine and reef aquariums because of its technical characteristics. Its optimised granule size and combined micro- and macro-porous structure deliver a very high total adsorption capacity and quick removal of the organic pollutants that build up in reef water, while extremely low phosphate leaching and minimal ash content leave pH and water chemistry undisturbed.
The specifications are the same across the range: 0.6 to 2.3 mm flakes at 0.48 g/mL, 1,000 m² of surface area per gram, 1.04 mL/g of pore volume, 1,000 mg/g adsorption for small organic molecules and 280 mg/g for large ones, and a phosphate output of 0.000001 g/mL. Red Sea's general dose is about 100 mL (50 g) per 200 L, changed every one to two months, with 200 mL per 200 L for one week after a treatment. It is rinsed, soaked in RO water until it sinks, and run at 1,000 to 1,500 L/h per 50 g. A filter bag comes in the pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reefs of 200 to 400 litres:** A litre covers five to ten changes at the standard dose.
- **Standing carbon:** A permanent bag in the sump refreshed every one to two months.
- **Clearing tint and odour:** Dissolved organics that yellow the water and cut light.
- **Media reactors:** Flakes sized for a reactor chamber at moderate flow.
**How to Use**
- **Prepare:** Rinse under the tap to remove fines, then soak in RO water until it sinks and stops bubbling.
- **Dose:** About 100 mL per 200 L for general use; double that for a one-week clean-up.
- **Set the flow:** 1,000 to 1,500 L/h per 50 g in the bag or a reactor, not in a high-pressure jet.
- **Change on schedule:** Every one and a half to two months, before the carbon saturates and starts taking trace elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1000 mL pack:** About ten standard changes on a 200 L reef.
- **Rapid organic removal:** Micro- and macro-porous reef-specific carbon.
- **Ultra-low phosphate and ash:** No algae fuel, no pH shift.
- **Longer service:** Replaced less often than general-purpose carbon, per Red Sea.
- **Filter bag included:** Drop straight into the sump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED529
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100775813
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Pack Size:** 1000 mL
- **Granule:** 0.6–2.3 mm flakes, density 0.48 g/mL
- **Surface Area:** 1,000 m²/g; pore volume 1.04 mL/g
- **Adsorption:** 1,000 mg/g small organics; 280 mg/g large organics
- **Dose:** About 100 mL (50 g) per 200 L for 1–2 months
- **Flow:** 1,000–1,500 L/h per 50 g
- **Included:** Filter bag
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (RED528), 2000 mL (RED531)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums; also suitable for freshwater
---
#### Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon 2000ml
Two-litre bulk pack of reef activated carbon for large systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/red-sea-reef-spec-carbon-2000ml/
- Price: $49.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED531 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100775820
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED531-1.jpg
Large reefs and shop systems change carbon by the half-litre, and the two-litre pack is priced for that. Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon 2000ml (SKU: RED531) is the biggest pack of Red Sea's REEF-SPEC Carbon, a highly activated carbon developed for marine and reef aquariums rather than adapted from general filtration. Red Sea credits its optimised granule size and micro- and macro-porous structure for an exceptionally high total adsorption capacity and rapid removal of the organic pollutants specific to reef water, and its extremely low phosphate leaching and minimal ash for leaving pH and water chemistry unchanged, so it can run continuously without feeding algae.
Red Sea's spec sheet gives 0.6 to 2.3 mm flakes, 0.48 g/mL density, 1,000 m²/g of surface area, 1.04 mL/g of pore volume, 1,000 mg/g and 280 mg/g adsorption for small and large organic molecules, and 0.000001 g/mL phosphate output. At the general dose of about 100 mL (50 g) per 200 L every one to two months, a 600 L system uses 300 mL a change, so this pack covers six or seven changes. Heavier use after a treatment is 200 mL per 200 L for a week. Rinse, pre-soak in RO water, run at 1,000 to 1,500 L/h per 50 g; a filter bag is included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Systems of 400 litres and up:** Where each carbon change is 200 mL or more.
- **Multiple tanks:** One pack serving a display, frag tank and quarantine system.
- **Continuous carbon:** Reefs that run a bag or reactor year-round for water clarity.
- **Ozone and heavy bioload:** Larger doses placed at the reactor or skimmer outlet.
**How to Use**
- **Portion out:** Measure about 100 mL per 200 L; keep the rest of the pack sealed and dry.
- **Rinse and soak:** Tap-water rinse for fines, then an RO soak until the flakes sink.
- **Moderate flow:** 1,000 to 1,500 L/h per 50 g in the bag or a reactor; strong flow releases carbon dust.
- **Swap regularly:** Every one and a half to two months, or at 50 per cent volume loss on ozone duty.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2000 mL bulk pack:** Six or seven changes on a 600 L system.
- **Reef-specific activated carbon:** Fast organic removal, high capacity.
- **Ultra-low phosphate leaching:** 0.000001 g/mL output.
- **Minimal ash, stable pH:** No shift in water chemistry.
- **Filter bag included:** For sump or media chamber use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED531
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100775820
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Pack Size:** 2000 mL
- **Granule:** 0.6–2.3 mm flakes, density 0.48 g/mL
- **Surface Area:** 1,000 m²/g; pore volume 1.04 mL/g
- **Adsorption:** 1,000 mg/g small organics; 280 mg/g large organics
- **Dose:** About 100 mL (50 g) per 200 L for 1–2 months
- **Flow:** 1,000–1,500 L/h per 50 g
- **Included:** Filter bag
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (RED528), 1000 mL (RED529)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine and reef systems; also suitable for freshwater
---
#### Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon 500ml
Highly activated carbon with ultra-low phosphate output for reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/red-sea-reef-spec-carbon-500ml/
- Price: $19.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: RED528 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 7290100775806
- Brand: Red Sea (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/red-sea/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/RED528-1.jpg
Not all activated carbon belongs in a reef tank, because cheap grades leach phosphate and crumble into the water. Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon 500ml (SKU: RED528) is Red Sea's REEF-SPEC Carbon, a highly activated carbon made for marine and reef aquariums. Red Sea describes an optimised granule size with a micro- and macro-porous structure that gives an exceptionally high total adsorption capacity and rapid removal of the specific organic pollutants found in reef water, with extremely low phosphate leaching and minimal ash, a stable pH and no effect on water chemistry. It needs replacing less often than non-reef-specific carbons, and a filter bag is included.
Red Sea publishes the numbers behind the claims: 0.6 to 2.3 mm flakes, a total surface area of 1,000 m² per gram, pore volume 1.04 mL/g, adsorption of 1,000 mg/g for small organic molecules and 280 mg/g for large ones, and phosphate output of 0.000001 g/mL. The standard dose for organic load and yellow tint is about 100 mL (50 g) per 200 L for one to two months, so this pack gives roughly five changes on a 200 L reef; 200 mL per 200 L for one week clears residues after a treatment. Rinse, pre-soak in RO water, and run at 1,000 to 1,500 L/h per 50 g.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yellow-tinted water:** Removing dissolved organics that dull colour and cut light penetration.
- **Ongoing polishing:** A standing carbon bag changed every one to two months.
- **After a treatment:** A one-week heavy dose to clear residues from the water.
- **Ozone users:** Placed at the ozone reactor or skimmer outlet, 50 g per 50 mg/h of ozone.
**How to Use**
- **Rinse and soak:** Rinse under tap water to remove fines, then soak in RO water until no more air bubbles rise.
- **Measure:** About 100 mL (50 g) per 200 L for general use; 200 mL per 200 L for a one-week clean-up.
- **Place in moderate flow:** In the supplied bag or a reactor at 1,000 to 1,500 L/h per 50 g; strong flow grinds the granules.
- **Replace on time:** Every one and a half to two months; saturated carbon can start adsorbing trace elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reef-specific activation:** Micro- and macro-pores for rapid organic removal.
- **Ultra-low phosphate output:** 0.000001 g/mL, so it does not feed algae.
- **Minimal ash:** Stable pH and no change to water chemistry.
- **1,000 m²/g surface area:** High total adsorption capacity.
- **Filter bag included:** Ready for a sump or media chamber.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Red Sea
- **SKU:** RED528
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 7290100775806
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Pack Size:** 500 mL
- **Granule:** 0.6–2.3 mm flakes, density 0.48 g/mL
- **Surface Area:** 1,000 m²/g; pore volume 1.04 mL/g
- **Adsorption:** 1,000 mg/g small organics; 280 mg/g large organics
- **Dose:** About 100 mL (50 g) per 200 L for 1–2 months
- **Flow:** 1,000–1,500 L/h per 50 g
- **Included:** Filter bag
- **Other Sizes:** 1000 mL (RED529), 2000 mL (RED531)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums; also suitable for freshwater
---
### Nisso — Air Pump
#### Nisso Air Line Splitter With Valve - 2 Way
Two-outlet air distributor with valve control for sharing one air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-air-line-splitter-with-valve-2-way/
- Price: $10.85 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113290 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637503100
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113290-1.jpg
One air pump rarely has only one job, and the devices it feeds seldom want the same amount of air. Nisso Air Line Splitter With Valve - 2 Way (SKU: 113290) is a two-outlet air line splitter from Nisso, the Japanese aquarium accessory brand, fitted with a valve so the flow can be trimmed once the air has been divided. It takes the output of a single air pump and shares it between two lines, so two air stones, or a stone and an air-driven sponge filter, can run from the same supply. The body is a non-plastic fitting, which gives the junction a firmer feel than a moulded plastic T-piece and suits a permanent position on the air line between pump and tank.
Splitting an air line shares the pump's output rather than adding to it, so the pump needs to be rated for both devices at the depth they sit. The valve lets the keeper throttle back a line that is passing more air than it needs and leave more for the other, and closing it stops the flow to one branch while the other keeps running, which helps when an air stone is lifted out for cleaning. Where the pump sits below the water line, a non-return valve between pump and splitter is the usual precaution against water running back down the tubing during a power failure. A three-outlet version of the same fitting is sold as the 3 Way (SKU 113291), and a two-pack of plain in-line valves (SKU 113292) suits lines that need only a single control point.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two stones, one pump:** Run a pair of air stones or an air-driven filter from a single air supply.
- **Unequal demand:** Give a sponge filter a steady flow while a decorative stone is turned down.
- **Servicing one device:** Close one branch to clean its stone or filter without stopping the other.
- **Tidier plumbing:** Put the junction and its flow control in one fitting instead of two.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the position:** Fit it in the airline at a reachable spot near the tank, with the pump side to the inlet.
- **Connect the outlets:** Push a length of airline onto each outlet and run each to its device.
- **Set the valve:** Start with it open, then close it back until each device shows the flow wanted.
- **Check after an hour:** Look for kinked tubing and loose joints once the pump has been running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two outlets:** Divides one air supply between a pair of devices.
- **Valve control:** Flow can be trimmed or shut off after the split.
- **Non-plastic body:** A firm junction for the permanent part of the air line.
- **Pump-friendly:** One pump serves two stones, filters or air-driven ornaments.
- **Matched range:** The same fitting is available with three outlets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 113290
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637503100
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Line Splitter
- **Outlets:** 2
- **Flow Control:** Valve
- **Body:** Non-plastic (metal)
- **Connection:** Aquarium airline tubing
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Air Line Splitter With Valve - 3 Way (SKU 113291)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Air Line Splitter With Valve - 3 Way
Three-outlet air distributor with valve control for multi-device aquarium air lines.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-air-line-splitter-with-valve-3-way/
- Price: $14.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113291 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637503117
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113291-1.jpg
A tank with an air stone, a sponge filter and an air-driven ornament has three demands on one pump, and each wants a different share. Nisso Air Line Splitter With Valve - 3 Way (SKU: 113291) is the three-outlet version of Nisso's valve-equipped air splitter, a non-plastic fitting that divides the air from a single pump into three lines and lets the flow be trimmed with a valve. It is meant for set-ups where the air line is the backbone of the system, such as a fish room rack, a breeding setup or a display with several air-driven devices, and where two outlets would leave one device without a supply.
Because the fitting divides the pump's output, the more outlets in use the more the pump has to be able to deliver; each branch gets a share rather than the full flow, and the valve is how that share is adjusted. Setting the valve so that the most important device, usually the filter, keeps a steady flow and the decorative items take what is left is the usual approach. Closing a branch stops air to that device only, so a stone can be lifted out and cleaned while the others keep running. If the pump sits lower than the water surface, add a non-return valve ahead of the splitter so water cannot siphon back to the pump in an outage. The two-outlet version is sold as the 2 Way (SKU 113290) for smaller set-ups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Three devices, one pump:** Feed a stone, a filter and an ornament from the same supply.
- **Breeding and fish room set-ups:** Run several tubs or boxes from a central air pump.
- **Staged flow:** Keep the filter running at full air while decorative items are throttled.
- **Maintenance:** Shut a single branch for cleaning without disturbing the other two.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place the splitter:** Cut the airline near the tank and connect the pump side to the inlet.
- **Run three lines:** Push a length of airline onto each outlet and lead each to its device.
- **Balance the flow:** Open all branches, then close back the valve on any device that is over-aerated.
- **Cap unused outlets:** If only two devices are connected, close the third branch to stop it leaking air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three outlets:** Splits one air supply across three separate lines.
- **Valve control:** Flow can be trimmed or shut off once the air is divided.
- **Non-plastic body:** A solid junction for a permanent air line.
- **Room to grow:** A spare outlet for a device added later.
- **Matched range:** The two-outlet version suits smaller set-ups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 113291
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637503117
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Line Splitter
- **Outlets:** 3
- **Flow Control:** Valve
- **Body:** Non-plastic (metal)
- **Connection:** Aquarium airline tubing
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Air Line Splitter With Valve - 2 Way (SKU 113290)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Air Line Valves (2pk)
Two metal flow-control valves for trimming or closing individual aquarium air lines.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-air-line-valves-2pk/
- Price: $12.02 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113292 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637503094
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113292-1.jpg
An air stone that is too lively, or a line that has to be shut off while a filter is cleaned, is a small problem that needs a small fitting. Nisso Air Line Valves (2pk) (SKU: 113292) is a pack of two in-line air valves from Nisso, the Japanese aquarium accessory brand, used to regulate the volume of air passing through a length of airline tubing. Each valve is cut into the tubing between the air pump and the device it feeds and is turned to reduce the flow or to close the line. The pack contains two valves, enough to control a pair of lines or to fit one on a main line and one on a branch.
Nisso's Japanese listing for its two-piece metal air cock describes it as an air-volume control cock for airline tubing made from brass, and this pack follows that description. Brass does not crack under repeated turning the way a thin plastic valve can, so it suits a line that is adjusted often. The valve changes how much of the pump's air reaches the device but does not stop water running back along the tubing, so where the pump sits below the water line a separate non-return valve is still needed. For splitting one pump into several lines with the valve built in, Nisso also sells the splitters with valve in 2 Way (SKU 113290) and 3 Way (SKU 113291).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Turning a stone down:** Reduce the bubble rate on one air stone without touching the pump.
- **Shutting a line for cleaning:** Close the valve while an air-driven filter or stone is taken out.
- **Balancing two devices:** Put one valve on each branch so the flow can be set separately.
- **Quiet-running tuning:** Trim a noisy line to reduce bubble noise and splashing at the surface.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Cut the airline:** Cut the tubing at an easy-to-reach point between pump and device.
- **Fit the valve:** Push each cut end firmly onto the valve connectors until the tubing is seated.
- **Set the flow:** Turn the valve a little at a time and watch the bubble rate before leaving it.
- **Re-check later:** Look at the setting after a day, since the pump's output can shift as the stone clogs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Metal construction:** A firm valve body for lines that are adjusted regularly.
- **Air-volume control:** Regulates flow in the airline between pump and device.
- **Two per pack:** Enough for a pair of lines or a main line and a branch.
- **Simple fitting:** Fits in-line on aquarium airline tubing with no tools.
- **Works with any air pump:** Fitted on the tubing rather than the pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 113292
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637503094
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Line Valve
- **Contents:** 2 valves
- **Model:** AQ-117
- **Material:** Brass
- **Function:** Adjusts air volume in airline tubing
- **Companion Products:** Air Line Splitter With Valve 2 Way (SKU 113290) and 3 Way (SKU 113291)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Air Stone 10cm (aq-06)
Compact long air stone for aerating small to medium aquariums from an air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-air-stone-10cm-aq-06/
- Price: $5.25 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124666 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637507016
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124666-1.png
A round air stone makes bubbles in one spot, while a long one lays a line of them across the tank. Nisso Air Stone 10cm (aq-06) (SKU: 124666) is the 10 cm size in Nisso's Long Stone air stone range, a rod-shaped diffuser that connects to an air pump through airline tubing and releases air along its length. Nisso describes the long type in its range as suited to spreading air evenly through a tank, which makes it a practical choice at the back or base of a narrow or mid-width aquarium where a single point of bubbles leaves the far end of the tank with little movement.
In Nisso's Japanese specifications the Long Stones are listed as sand and polypropylene (PP) and as made in Japan, and the larger sizes in the range are rated for indoor, ornamental aquarium use only. The 10 cm length is the shorter of the two Long Stones sold here; the 20 cm (aq-08, SKU 124667) is the choice for wider tanks. As an air stone slowly clogs with salts and bio-film, the pump has to work harder against it, so replacing or cleaning the stone when the bubble rate drops keeps the airflow and the pump in good order. The stone needs an air pump, airline tubing and ideally a non-return valve, none of which are included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Extra oxygenation:** Add surface movement and gas exchange to a stocked tank.
- **Narrow tanks:** A 10 cm stone suits tanks where a longer stone would not sit flat.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Gentle aeration for a bare tank without a filter.
- **Air-driven devices:** Spare or replacement stone for a pump already in use.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Connect the airline:** Push airline tubing onto the stone's connector and run it to the pump.
- **Lay it low:** Place the stone along the back or base of the tank so the bubbles rise through the water column.
- **Weigh it down if needed:** Keep it from floating until it has soaked and sunk by itself.
- **Replace when clogged:** Swap or clean the stone when the bubble rate drops with no change at the pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Long stone format:** Spreads air along a 10 cm length rather than from a single point.
- **Sand and PP:** The materials Nisso lists for its Long Stone range.
- **Even air distribution:** The reason Nisso gives for the long type in its range.
- **Two lengths:** The 10 cm suits smaller tanks; the 20 cm suits wider ones.
- **Standard air-pump connection:** Works with an air pump and airline tubing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 124666
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637507016
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stone (Long)
- **Model:** AQ-06
- **Length:** 10 cm
- **Material:** Sand and polypropylene (PP)
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Air Stone 20cm (aq-08) (SKU 124667)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Air Stone 20cm (aq-08)
Long air stone for spreading air across the base of wide aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-air-stone-20cm-aq-08/
- Price: $7.52 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124667 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637507030
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124667-1.png
In a wide tank one air stone leaves bubbles at one end and still water at the other. Nisso Air Stone 20cm (aq-08) (SKU: 124667) is the 20 cm size in Nisso's Long Stone range, a rod-shaped air diffuser that connects to an air pump through airline tubing and releases air along its whole length. Nisso's Japanese listing describes the long type as suited to sending air evenly through a wide tank, and at 20 cm this is the longer of the two Long Stones sold here, laid along the back glass or the base of a tank of 60 cm or more so the bubble curtain covers most of the width.
The Japanese specification lists the AQ-08 as sand and polypropylene (PP), made in Japan, and for use with ornamental aquariums indoors only. A longer stone shares the pump's air along more surface, so the bubbles are spread out rather than concentrated, and the pump should have enough output to light the whole length rather than just the end nearest the airline. Air stones clog slowly as salts and bio-film build up, which raises the back-pressure on the pump, so cleaning or replacing the stone when the flow drops keeps the pump running easily. The shorter 10 cm (aq-06, SKU 124666) suits smaller tanks. An air pump, airline tubing and a non-return valve are separate purchases.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wide tanks:** Cover the width of an aquarium of 60 cm or more with a single line of bubbles.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Add surface agitation and gas exchange along the full length.
- **Holding and quarantine tanks:** Even aeration for a bare tub or hospital tank.
- **Replacement:** Swap in a like-for-like stone for an existing long stone that has clogged.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Connect the airline:** Push airline tubing onto the connector and run it to the pump.
- **Lay it along the back:** Position it low and parallel to the back glass so the bubbles rise behind the decor.
- **Keep it level:** Check that both ends sit at the same height so the bubbles come off evenly.
- **Clean or replace:** Soak or replace the stone when the bubble pattern thins on one side.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 cm length:** The longer stone for wide aquariums and tubs.
- **Even air distribution:** Nisso's stated reason for the long type.
- **Sand and PP:** The materials Nisso lists for the AQ-08.
- **Pump-friendly:** Connects to a standard air pump and airline tubing.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** Works in any air-pump-driven aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 124667
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637507030
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stone (Long)
- **Model:** AQ-08
- **Length:** 20 cm
- **Material:** Sand and polypropylene (PP)
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Air Stone 10cm (aq-06) (SKU 124666)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso B-1 Battery Operated Air Pump
D-cell emergency air pump with around 30 hours of continuous running.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-b-1-battery-operated-air-pump/
- Price: $43.84 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124810 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637246526
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124810-1.jpg
When the power goes out, the filter stops and the air stones go quiet, and a tank has only so long before oxygen becomes the problem. Nisso B-1 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU: 124810) is Nisso's dry-cell air pump for exactly that situation: it runs on two D-size batteries, needs no mains power or charging, and Nisso rates it for about 30 hours of continuous use. It is the larger-cell model of the three Nisso battery pumps sold here, so it is the one for outages that may last a day or more, for fish transport over a long trip, and for keeping an air stone running through a water change when the mains pump is switched off.
Nisso's Japanese specification gives the B-1 (model NPC-161) a body of about 80 mm wide, 40 mm deep and 151 mm high, and lists freshwater and saltwater use and production in Taiwan. Batteries are not included. The set contains the pump, an air tube and an air stone, so it can be put to work straight after the batteries go in, and a hanging bracket on the back lets it be hung from a rim, hook or bag strap instead of standing on the floor. Keep the pump above the water line, or fit a non-return valve, so water cannot run back down the tube. For a smaller unit with a shorter run time, see the B-5 (SKU 124809), and for the splash-proof model, the B-2 (SKU 124653).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Power outages:** Keep air moving in a tank while the mains pump and filter are off.
- **Fish transport:** Aerate a bucket or tub on a longer trip or when moving tanks.
- **Water changes:** Run an air stone in the holding container while the tank is being serviced.
- **Emergency kit:** Keep a ready pump with the net and spare tubing for night-time failures.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Load the batteries:** Fit two D-size batteries, which are bought separately.
- **Connect the tube:** Push the air tube onto the pump outlet and the air stone onto the other end.
- **Place the pump:** Hang it by the back bracket or stand it above the water line.
- **Test before you need it:** Run it briefly, then store it without the batteries fitted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **D-cell power:** Two D batteries with no charging or mains supply needed.
- **Long run time:** Nisso rates about 30 hours of continuous use.
- **Ready to run:** Pump, air tube and air stone in the set.
- **Hanging bracket:** Hangs from a rim, hook or strap on the back of the body.
- **Both water types:** Listed for freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 124810
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637246526
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Battery Air Pump
- **Model:** B-1 (NPC-161)
- **Size:** About 80 mm wide × 40 mm deep × 151 mm high
- **Power:** 2 × D-size batteries (not included)
- **Run Time:** About 30 hours continuous
- **In the Set:** Pump, air tube, air stone
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso B-2 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU 124653); Nisso B-5 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU 124809)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso B-2 Battery Operated Air Pump
Splash-proof dry-cell air pump for power cuts and fish transport.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-b-2-battery-operated-air-pump/
- Price: $67.68 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124653 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637246533
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124653-1.jpg
An emergency air pump gets used in the wet: on a bench beside a bucket, at a tank during a water change, or in a boot on the way to a fish swap. Nisso B-2 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU: 124653) is a battery-powered air pump listed by its maker, Marukan, under the Nisso name as a splash-proof model, which makes it the one in the three-pump Nisso battery range to choose when it may get damp. Nisso rates it for about 30 hours of continuous running, so it can cover a long power cut for a tank without needing mains power or charging, and it comes with an air stone and air tubing so it can be put to work as soon as the batteries are in.
Nisso's Japanese specification gives the B-2 (model NPC-162) a body of about 75 mm wide, 47 mm deep and 150 mm high, built from ABS, rubber, iron and PVC and made in Taiwan. That makes it close in size to the B-1 (SKU 124810) but with the splash-proof construction, while the smaller B-5 (SKU 124809) is the pocket-sized option. The pump runs on dry-cell batteries, which are bought separately, so keep a fresh set with it rather than leaving cells installed for months. Place the pump above the water line, or add a non-return valve to the tube, so water cannot siphon back into it if it stops. Splash-proof is not waterproof, and the pump should not be submerged.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Blackouts:** Keep an air stone running in a tank when the mains pump is off for hours.
- **Damp locations:** Use beside tubs and buckets where a few drops of water are likely.
- **Moving fish:** Aerate a container for the journey home from a swap or a shop.
- **Water changes:** Keep fish in a holding bucket aerated while the tank is cleaned.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit the batteries:** Load fresh dry-cell batteries into the pump, bought separately.
- **Join the parts:** Connect the air tube to the pump and the air stone to the tube end.
- **Position it:** Keep the pump above the water line and out of full submersion.
- **Store it ready:** Keep the pump with its tube and stone, and the batteries in a separate bag.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Splash-proof build:** Marukan lists the B-2 as a splash-proof type.
- **About 30 hours:** Nisso's rated continuous run time on batteries.
- **Complete set:** Air stone and air tubing supplied with the pump.
- **No mains needed:** Dry-cell operation for outages and transport.
- **Mixed materials:** Body of ABS with rubber, iron and PVC parts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 124653
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637246533
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Battery Air Pump
- **Model:** B-2 (NPC-162)
- **Size:** About 75 mm wide × 47 mm deep × 150 mm high
- **Power:** Dry-cell batteries
- **Run Time:** About 30 hours continuous
- **Protection:** Splash-proof (not submersible)
- **In the Set:** Pump, air tubing, air stone
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso B-1 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU 124810); Nisso B-5 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU 124809)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso B-5 Battery Operated Air Pump
Pocket-size AA air pump with 0.5 L/min output for transport and outages.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-b-5-battery-operated-air-pump/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124809 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637246519
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124809-1.jpg
A pump that fits in a coat pocket is the one that actually gets taken along. Nisso B-5 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU: 124809) is the smallest of Nisso's battery air pumps, a body measuring about 65 mm wide, 34 mm deep and 73 mm high that runs on two AA batteries and needs no charging. Nisso gives it an output of about 0.5 L of air per minute, varying with the state of the batteries, and a continuous run time of about 20 hours. The set includes an air tube and an air stone, so it can bubble a bucket, a bag or a small tank as soon as the batteries are fitted.
Nisso lists the B-5 (model NPC-160) as suitable for freshwater and saltwater, made in Taiwan, and describes its jobs as emergencies, water changes, fish transport, power outages and collecting aquatic creatures. A hanging bracket on the back lets it be hung from a bag strap, container rim or hook. At 0.5 L/min it is aimed at small volumes, such as a transport tub, a bucket for holding fish during a water change or a small tank in an outage, and the larger B-1 (SKU 124810) and B-2 (SKU 124653) have longer run times for bigger or longer jobs. Batteries are not included. Fresh cells give the strongest output, so test the pump before relying on it and keep it above the water line or fit a non-return valve to stop back-siphoning.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Carrying fish:** Aerate a bag, tub or cooler on the way to a new home.
- **Small-tank outages:** Keep a nano or bowl tank oxygenated when the power is off.
- **Water-change buckets:** Aerate the holding container while the tank is being serviced.
- **Collecting trips:** Keep catches in a bucket or box alive while out and about.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Load two AA cells:** Fit fresh AA batteries, which are bought separately.
- **Fit the tube and stone:** Push the tube onto the outlet and the air stone onto its far end.
- **Hang or stand it:** Use the back bracket or set it above the water line.
- **Swap cells for long jobs:** Plan on replacing the batteries after about 20 hours of running.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pocket-size body:** About 65 × 34 × 73 mm, the smallest of the Nisso set.
- **Two AA batteries:** No charging cable and no mains supply.
- **0.5 L per minute:** Nisso's stated air output, varying with battery condition.
- **Up to 20 hours:** The continuous run time Nisso gives on fresh batteries.
- **Tube and stone included:** Ready to use once the cells are in.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 124809
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637246519
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Battery Air Pump
- **Model:** B-5 (NPC-160)
- **Size:** About 65 mm wide × 34 mm deep × 73 mm high
- **Power:** 2 × AA batteries (not included)
- **Air Output:** About 0.5 L per minute
- **Run Time:** About 20 hours continuous
- **In the Set:** Pump, air tube, air stone
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso B-1 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU 124810); Nisso B-2 Battery Operated Air Pump (SKU 124653)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Mute Air Pump Black
Compact 280 mL/min air pump built to run quietly on nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-mute-air-pump-black/
- Price: $27.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124721 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637285969
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124721-1.jpg
An air pump is the one piece of equipment that sits beside the tank all day, so a buzz or rattle is noticed in a quiet room more than any other fault. Nisso Mute Air Pump Black (SKU: 124721) is a small black air pump from Nisso, the Japanese aquarium brand, in its Mute line, which an Australian retailer describes as ultra silent in operation. Australian retailer specifications for this Nisso Mute pump give an air output of 280 mL per minute from a draw of about 1.8 W, in a body of roughly 5 × 8 × 2 cm. That output suits an airstone or small sponge filter in a nano or small aquarium rather than a large tank with several airlines.
The pump comes with suction cup mounts that hold it on a flat or vertical surface, which also helps to damp vibration compared with standing it on a hard shelf, and a check valve is included for the airline. The same retailer lists compatibility with airstones of about 2 to 3 cm. The output is modest, so the pump is matched to a single airstone, a small sponge filter or a decorative bubbler; use a splitter only if the combined demand stays well inside 280 mL per minute. Fit the pump above the water line wherever possible, or use the check valve so water cannot siphon back through the airline if power is lost. Keep the pump dry, away from splashes, and in open air so the casing does not trap heat.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** A low-output pump for airstones and small sponge filters.
- **Bedrooms and offices:** Rooms where the sound of a pump is noticed more than the sound of water.
- **Shrimp and betta tanks:** Gentle bubble flow without the output of a large pump.
- **Spare pump:** A small backup for hospital tanks and power-failure kits.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Choose a position:** Stand the pump on a flat or vertical surface using the suction cup mounts, above the water line.
- **Fit the check valve:** Cut the airline and push the valve in, so water cannot run back to the pump.
- **Connect the airstone:** Join the airline to the nozzle and drop the airstone into the tank.
- **Power up:** Plug in and check that bubbles form evenly from the airstone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **280 mL per minute output:** Sized for airstones and small sponge filters.
- **Quiet-running Mute line:** Described by an Australian retailer as ultra silent in operation.
- **Suction cup mounts:** Hold the pump on flat or vertical surfaces and absorb some vibration.
- **Check valve included:** Guards against back-siphoning on power loss.
- **Low power draw:** About 1.8 W according to retailer specifications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124721
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637285969
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Compact Air Pump
- **Air Output:** 280 mL per minute
- **Power:** About 1.8 W
- **Body Size:** About 5 × 8 × 2 cm (retailer specification)
- **Airstone Fit:** Airstones of about 2–3 cm
- **Included:** Suction cup mounts and a check valve
- **Colour:** Black
- **Target Environment:** Nano and small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Mute Air Pump White
Low-noise micro air pump for nano, desktop and bedroom aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-mute-air-pump-white/
- Price: $27.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101522 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637285952
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101522-1.jpg
A conventional air pump on a bedside table or office desk can hum louder than a small tank deserves, and a nano aquarium rarely needs more air than one small stone can deliver. Nisso Mute Air Pump White (SKU: 101522) is the white version of Nisso's Mute micro air pump, a compact Japanese pump made for small and nano aquariums where quiet running matters more than volume. It delivers 280 mL of air per minute from 1.8 W, enough to run one 2–3 cm airstone, and its body measures about 5 × 8 × 2 cm, small enough to tuck behind a desktop tank. Suction cup feet damp vibration on a flat surface and also let the pump mount on a vertical one, and a check valve is included.
Japanese retail listings for the Mute range describe a piezoelectric element doing the pumping instead of the rubber diaphragm and electromagnet of a conventional pump, which is the source of its low noise and vibration. Fit the supplied check valve in the airline between pump and tank so water cannot siphon back into the pump if the power goes off, which matters most when the pump sits below the water line. Nisso makes the same pump in black, while the white body suits light furniture and white-framed tanks. The Nisso Mute Airline & Airstone Set (SKU 113022) supplies matching tubing and a stone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** Surface movement and oxygen for tanks where a full-size pump is more than needed.
- **Bedrooms, studies and offices:** Aeration in rooms where the drone of a diaphragm pump would be noticed.
- **Shrimp and betta tanks:** A small, steady bubble stream for animals that dislike strong current.
- **Overnight aeration:** Extra oxygen in a planted nano once the lights and CO2 switch off.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose a spot:** Stand the pump on its suction cup feet on a flat shelf, or press it onto a clean vertical surface beside the tank.
- **Fit the check valve:** Cut the airline and insert the valve with its arrow pointing towards the aquarium.
- **Connect one stone:** Run the airline to a single 2–3 cm airstone placed low in the tank.
- **Keep it dry:** Mount the pump away from splashes and drips, with a drip loop in the power cable.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **280 mL per minute:** Output matched to one small airstone in a nano or small tank.
- **1.8 W consumption:** Little power for a pump that runs day and night.
- **Quiet by design:** Built for low noise and vibration rather than high output.
- **Suction cup feet:** Damp vibration and allow mounting on vertical surfaces.
- **Check valve included:** Guards against back-siphoning when the pump sits below water level.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101522
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637285952
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Micro Air Pump
- **Air Output:** 280 mL/min
- **Power Consumption:** 1.8 W
- **Dimensions:** About 5 × 8 × 2 cm
- **Recommended Airstone:** 2–3 cm
- **Mounting:** Suction cup feet for flat or vertical surfaces
- **Included:** Check valve
- **Colour:** White (also made in black)
- **Companion Product:** Nisso Mute Airline & Airstone Set (SKU 113022)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and small freshwater or marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Mute Airline & Airstone Set
Airline tubing and airstone to connect a small air pump to the tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/nisso-mute-airline-airstone-set/
- Price: $13.21 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113022 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637527700
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113022-1.jpg
An air pump does nothing for a tank until it is connected to something, and a short length of tubing with an airstone is the simplest way to turn air into a stream of fine bubbles. Nisso Mute Airline & Airstone Set (SKU: 113022) is a set from Nisso, the Japanese aquarium brand, that pairs airline tubing with an airstone. It carries the Mute name used for Nisso's quiet air pumps, so it is intended to sit alongside them, for example the Nisso Mute Air Pump Black (SKU 124721).
An airstone breaks the air from the pump into a cloud of small bubbles, which move water at the surface, help gas exchange and drive small air-operated devices. Smaller bubbles are generally quieter than a few large ones bursting at the surface, which is why a stone is preferred to an open airline. Over weeks and months the pores of an airstone clog with biofilm and mineral scale, the bubble stream coarsens and the pump works harder, at which point the stone is replaced. Airline tubing hardens with age and should be replaced if it stiffens, cracks or turns cloudy. Measure the distance from the pump to the airstone position before cutting the tubing, and keep some slack for water-change days. Fit a check valve between the pump and the tank, and place the pump above the water line where you can, so water cannot siphon back.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New air pump set-up:** The tubing and stone needed to put a small pump to work.
- **Replacing worn parts:** A fresh stone and hose when bubbles turn coarse or the tubing hardens.
- **Surface agitation:** A bubble stream to move the water surface in a small tank.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** A low-cost aeration kit that can be set up quickly.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Cut the airline to length:** Leave enough slack that the tubing is not pulled tight.
- **Push onto the nozzle:** Fit one end onto the pump outlet and the other onto the airstone.
- **Sink the stone:** Place the airstone on the substrate and keep it from touching the heater.
- **Add a check valve:** Fit one in the line or keep the pump above the water line.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tubing and stone together:** One purchase covers the connection from pump to tank.
- **Airstone diffusion:** Splits the air stream into fine bubbles.
- **Mute naming:** Part of the line that carries Nisso's quiet air pumps.
- **Simple connection:** Tubing pushes onto the pump nozzle and the stone.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113022
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637527700
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Airline & Airstone Set
- **Contents:** Airline tubing and an airstone
- **Use With:** Aquarium air pumps; a check valve is recommended in the line
- **Companion Product:** Nisso Mute Air Pump Black (SKU 124721)
- **Wear Points:** Replace the stone when bubbles coarsen and the tubing when it stiffens
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### No Brand Orange Check Valve In Clear Sleeve
One-way airline valve that stops water siphoning back into the pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/no-brand-orange-check-valve-in-clear-sleeve/
- Price: $1.70 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113146
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113146-1.jpg
If the power fails while an air pump sits below the water line, water can run back down the airline into the pump, which is bad for the pump and worse for the floor. No Brand Orange Check Valve In Clear Sleeve (SKU: 113146) is an orange one-way check valve for aquarium airline, supplied in a clear sleeve. A check valve lets air pass in one direction only, from the pump towards the airstone, and closes when the flow stops so that water cannot return. It is a small, inexpensive part that is fitted into the airline between the pump and the tank, and it is often the difference between a tidy power cut and a flooded pump housing.
This is a simple valve sold as it comes, so no airline size is quoted. Check that it suits the airline you are using before fitting it, since most aquarium airline is a narrow soft tube that pushes onto the valve ends. Fit the valve with the flow direction pointing towards the airstone, and cut the airline cleanly so that the ends seat fully on the valve. A check valve adds a little resistance to the airflow, so a very small pump may produce slightly finer or weaker bubbles than without one. Over months, a valve can stick or stiffen with scale and should be replaced if the bubble stream weakens or if water starts to appear in the line. Keep a few spares, since they cost little and are quick to fit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump below the water line:** Stops water running back along the airline during a power cut.
- **Airstone and sponge filter lines:** A valve in each line protects the pump during an outage.
- **New air pump set-ups:** Cheap insurance to fit when the airline is first run.
- **Replacing a stuck valve:** When bubbles weaken or water appears in the airline.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Unplug the pump and let the line drain before cutting.
- **Cut the line:** Make a clean cut in the airline between the pump and the tank.
- **Fit with flow towards the tank:** Push each cut end firmly onto the valve, following the flow direction.
- **Test:** Restart the pump and check for air flow, then briefly unplug it to confirm water does not run back.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One-way valve:** Passes air towards the tank and closes against returning water.
- **Protects the pump:** Prevents back-siphoning when power is lost.
- **Orange body:** Easy to spot in a run of clear airline.
- **Supplied in a clear sleeve:** Sold as a single valve.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso
- **SKU:** 113146
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Check Valve
- **Function:** One-way airline check valve
- **Colour:** Orange
- **Packaging:** Single valve in a clear sleeve
- **Fitting:** Fits into the airline between the pump and the airstone
- **Replacement:** Replace if the bubble stream weakens or water enters the line
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Nisso — Ornament
#### Nisso Clip-on Garden Broad Leaf
Clip-on artificial plant with broad leaves for adding greenery and cover to an aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=7967
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101546 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512300
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101546-1.jpg
Real plants need light, nutrients and some patience, while an artificial one needs only a place to go. Nisso Clip-on Garden Broad Leaf (SKU: 101546) is an artificial aquarium plant from Nisso's Plant Garden family with broad leaves and a clip fitting, which lets it be attached to the tank rather than planted in the substrate. The broad-leaf form gives a fuller, bolder block of green than the small-leaf version (SKU 101547) and suits a tank where a plant is wanted as a visible feature or as cover for fish.
An artificial plant does not photosynthesise, take up nutrients or respond to the lighting, so it stays the same size and colour as long as it is kept clean, and it can be used in tanks where live plants would be eaten, uprooted or starved of light. Fish that like cover, such as shy species, bettas resting near the surface and young fish, tend to use broad leaves as a place to rest. Algae will grow on the leaves in time, as on any surface, and is removed by rinsing in tank water or wiping with a soft brush, never with soap or cleaning products.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low-maintenance greenery:** Add plant colour with no lighting, fertiliser or pruning.
- **Cover for fish:** Give shy or resting fish leaves to hide behind and rest on.
- **Tanks that eat plants:** Use where goldfish or cichlids would destroy live plants.
- **Quick decor changes:** Move or remove it without disturbing the substrate.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash in clean water before use, without soap or detergent.
- **Test the clip:** Fit it where it grips firmly and the plant is stable before filling the tank.
- **Allow room to swim:** Keep leaves clear of the filter intake, heater and outlet.
- **Clean at water changes:** Rinse off algae in tank water and wipe with a soft brush.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad leaves:** A fuller, bolder look than the small-leaf version.
- **Clip fitting:** Attaches in place without burying roots in the substrate.
- **Artificial plant:** No light, nutrients or trimming required.
- **Cover for fish:** Leaves give resting and hiding space.
- **Easy to reposition:** Unclips and moves without disturbing the substrate or other decor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 101546
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512300
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Clip-On Plant
- **Model:** NAP-530
- **Leaf Type:** Broad leaf
- **Mounting:** Clip
- **Companion Products:** Nisso Clip-on Garden Small Leaf (SKU 101547)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Clip-on Garden Small Leaf
Clip-on artificial plant with fine small leaves for a lighter, finer look in aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=7968
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101547 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512317
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101547-1.jpg
Where broad leaves look heavy, a plant with small leaves gives a lighter, finer texture and leaves more water visible. Nisso Clip-on Garden Small Leaf (SKU: 101547) is the small-leaf version of the Clip-on Garden, an artificial aquarium plant from Nisso's Plant Garden family with a clip fitting for attaching it to the tank without planting. The small-leaf form is the one to pick when the tank is small, the plant is meant to blend into the scene, or the broad-leaf (SKU 101546) would take up too much of the view.
Like any artificial plant, it needs no light, fertiliser or trimming and does not change the water, so it can be used in tanks with strong lighting, in tanks with plant-eating fish, and in tanks that are low on light. Smaller leaves suit smaller fish and fry that shelter in the finer texture, and a bunch can be arranged to hide equipment such as a heater or a pipe. Algae will grow on the leaves with time and is wiped off in tank water, never with detergents. Keep the plant away from strong filter output so the leaves do not whip about.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small aquariums:** A finer-leaved plant that does not crowd a compact tank.
- **Screening equipment:** Soften the look of a heater, pipe or tubing with fine foliage.
- **Fry and small fish:** Provide fine cover where young fish can shelter.
- **Mixed arrangements:** Combine with the broad-leaf plant for variety in texture.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash in clean water, with no soap or detergent.
- **Fit the clip securely:** Check the grip before the tank is filled or the plant is let go.
- **Keep out of strong flow:** Fine leaves can move a lot in a filter outlet current.
- **Wipe off algae:** Rinse in tank water or use a soft brush at water-change time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small leaves:** A finer, lighter texture than the broad-leaf version.
- **Clip fitting:** Attaches to the tank in place of planting.
- **Artificial plant:** No light, nutrients or pruning.
- **Fine cover:** Suits small fish and fry that shelter in foliage.
- **Easy to reposition:** Unclips and moves without disturbing the substrate or other decor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 101547
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512317
- **Product Type:** Artificial Plant > Clip-On Plant
- **Model:** NAP-531
- **Leaf Type:** Small leaf
- **Mounting:** Clip
- **Companion Products:** Nisso Clip-on Garden Broad Leaf (SKU 101546)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Deco-mat Lavender
Lavender decorative aquarium mat for adding a soft cool colour accent to a display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8319
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102803 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637205868
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102803-1.jpg
Colour in an aquarium usually comes from fish and plants, but a coloured surface under or behind them changes how both are seen. Nisso Deco-mat Lavender (SKU: 102803) is a decorative mat from Nisso in a soft lavender shade, one of three Deco-mat colours, alongside white (SKU 102805) and yellow (SKU 102804). It is an accessory for styling rather than for filtration or water treatment: its job is to put a block of colour into the aquascape, so a tank can be given a particular theme without changing the substrate or the hardscape.
Lavender is a cool, muted colour that sits between blue and pink, and it tends to make warm-coloured fish such as orange, red and yellow species stand out, while softening the look of a tank with plenty of green. It also works with the pale colours of white sand and white ornaments for a pastel scheme. A mat is a flat accessory, so its effect depends on where it is placed; it is worth laying it out dry and viewing it through the front glass before it goes in. The catalogue number for this colour is NAP-295. Rinse the mat in plain water before it goes in, use no soap, and remove it at intervals to clean away detritus that settles on it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Colour-themed displays:** Build a pastel or purple-toned scheme without replacing the substrate.
- **Setting off warm fish:** Cool lavender provides contrast to orange, red and yellow fish.
- **Betta and nano tanks:** A small accent that changes the look of a compact display.
- **Seasonal refreshes:** Change the feel of a tank by swapping the mat colour.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the mat in clean water, without soap or detergent.
- **Dry-fit it:** Lay it in the empty tank and view it from the front before adding water.
- **Keep it clear of equipment:** Do not let it cover heaters, intakes or outlets.
- **Lift and rinse:** Remove it at water changes and rinse off settled detritus.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lavender colour:** A soft, cool tone that suits pastel and contrast schemes.
- **Decorative accessory:** Styling only, with no role in filtration or water treatment.
- **Three colours:** Also sold in white and yellow for matching or mixing.
- **Easy to change:** Swapped or removed without rebuilding the aquascape.
- **Cool contrast:** Lavender sits between blue and pink, so it complements both green plants and warm fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 102803
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637205868
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Decorative Mat
- **Model:** NAP-295
- **Colour:** Lavender
- **Other Colours:** Nisso Deco-mat White (SKU 102805); Nisso Deco-mat Yellow (SKU 102804)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Deco-mat White
White decorative aquarium mat for a clean, bright base that makes dark fish stand out.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8321
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102805 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637205882
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102805-1.jpg
White gives the strongest contrast of any colour, and in an aquarium it makes dark fish and green plants stand out against the background. Nisso Deco-mat White (SKU: 102805) is a decorative mat from Nisso in white, one of three Deco-mat colours, alongside lavender (SKU 102803) and yellow (SKU 102804). It is a styling accessory, not an item of equipment: it puts a plain bright surface into the aquascape, for keepers who want a minimalist, high-contrast look or a clean base for a particular group of fish.
White suits dark and richly coloured fish, such as black or blue species, and the deep green of plants looks sharper against it, so it is a natural choice for a tank built around a few striking subjects rather than a busy scene. It also gives a pale base for photography of small fish and shrimp. The drawback of white is that it shows everything: detritus, algae and fish waste are far more visible on a pale surface than on a dark one, so a white mat benefits from regular lifting and rinsing. The catalogue number for this colour is NAP-297. Rinse the mat in plain water without soap, and view it dry in the tank before adding water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-contrast displays:** Show off dark or deeply coloured fish against a pale surface.
- **Minimalist aquascapes:** Build a clean, uncluttered look around a few focal points.
- **Photography:** A plain pale base for photographing small fish or shrimp.
- **Breeding and nano tanks:** Makes eggs, fry and waste easy to see and remove.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the mat in clean water without soap or detergent.
- **Dry-fit it:** Lay it in the empty tank to check the look from the front glass.
- **Keep equipment free:** Do not cover heaters, intakes or outlets.
- **Clean often:** Lift it at water changes and rinse off detritus and algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **White colour:** The highest-contrast background for dark fish and plants.
- **Decorative accessory:** Styling only, with no effect on filtration.
- **Shows waste clearly:** A pale surface that makes cleaning needs obvious.
- **Three colours:** Also sold in lavender and yellow.
- **Easy to remove:** Taken out for cleaning or swapped without rebuilding the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 102805
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637205882
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Decorative Mat
- **Model:** NAP-297
- **Colour:** White
- **Other Colours:** Nisso Deco-mat Lavender (SKU 102803); Nisso Deco-mat Yellow (SKU 102804)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Deco-mat Yellow
Yellow decorative aquarium mat for a warm, bright colour accent in a display tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8320
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102804 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637205875
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102804-1.jpg
A splash of yellow lifts a tank the way a lamp lifts a dull room, and it changes how the other colours around it are read. Nisso Deco-mat Yellow (SKU: 102804) is a decorative mat from Nisso in a bright yellow, one of three Deco-mat colours, with lavender (SKU 102803) and white (SKU 102805). Like the others it is a styling accessory, not an item of equipment, and it is used to bring a block of warm colour into the aquascape for keepers who want a cheerful, playful display or a bold accent in a tank that is otherwise green and brown.
Yellow is the warmest of the three colours and the most eye-catching, and it tends to work well with fish and decor in contrasting cool tones, such as blue, purple and green, where the pairing makes each colour look stronger. Against yellow, orange fish can look washed out, so it pays to try the placement before committing. It suits a child's tank or a themed display, and it can be swapped for another colour when the look needs to change. The catalogue number for this colour is NAP-296. Rinse it in plain water without soap, view it dry in the tank before it goes in, and lift it at intervals to clean off settled detritus.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bold accents:** Add a bright block of colour to a green or neutral aquascape.
- **Cool-toned fish:** Blue and purple species stand out against a warm yellow surface.
- **Children's tanks:** A cheerful, bright feature in a first or themed aquarium.
- **Themed displays:** Build a sunny or tropical-looking scheme around the mat.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the mat in clean water without soap or detergent.
- **Dry-fit it:** Lay it in the empty tank and view it from the front before adding water.
- **Keep equipment free:** Do not cover heaters, intakes or outlets.
- **Lift and rinse:** Remove it at water changes and rinse off detritus.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Yellow colour:** The warmest and brightest of the three Deco-mat shades.
- **Decorative accessory:** Styling only, with no role in filtration.
- **Cool-colour contrast:** Sets off blue, purple and green fish and plants.
- **Three colours:** Also sold in lavender and white.
- **Easy to swap:** Removed or changed without rebuilding the aquascape.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 102804
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637205875
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Decorative Mat
- **Model:** NAP-296
- **Colour:** Yellow
- **Other Colours:** Nisso Deco-mat Lavender (SKU 102803); Nisso Deco-mat White (SKU 102805)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Floating Lily Mini 3pk
Three small artificial lily pads for surface cover in nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8318
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102799 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512249
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102799-1.jpg
A bare water surface can feel exposed to a betta or a nano fish, and three small floating pads are a quick way to break it up. Nisso Floating Lily Mini 3pk (SKU: 102799) is a pack of three artificial floating lily pads from Nisso, model NAP-524, that sit on the water's surface to give the look of a natural lily bed without the care a live plant needs. The Australian distributor describes them as realistic in appearance, made from non-toxic materials that are safe for all aquarium inhabitants, and suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
Three pieces in a pack allow a small cluster rather than a single pad, which looks more natural and lets the shade be spread across a corner or along one side of the tank. The Mini name indicates the small size in Nisso's lily range, but the distributor does not publish a diameter for the pack, so no measurement is given here. The lily requires no special care and is easy to clean: rinse it under running water when algae or film builds up. Artificial pads do not use light, nutrients or CO2, so they can sit above a dark corner where live floating plants would struggle, and they will not melt, die back or need trimming. Because they float freely, they drift with the surface current, so place them away from the filter outlet or an air-driven ornament if they are meant to stay put.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** Surface cover over a small tank where the fish spends time near the top.
- **Nano aquariums:** Small pads that suit a compact water surface.
- **Shaded corners:** Three pieces give a cluster of cover without a live plant's upkeep.
- **Display and breeding tanks:** A tidy surface decoration that does not rot or shed leaves.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the pads in clean water before they go into the tank.
- **Group them:** Float two or three together for a natural cluster, or space them apart for open water.
- **Avoid strong flow:** Keep them clear of filter outlets so they do not skate across the surface.
- **Clean as needed:** Rinse off algae or film under running water; no special care is required.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three pads per pack:** Enough for a cluster of surface cover.
- **Floating design:** Rests on the water surface like a natural lily pad.
- **Non-toxic materials:** Described by the distributor as safe for all aquarium inhabitants.
- **Low maintenance:** Requires no special care and is easy to clean.
- **Freshwater and saltwater use:** Suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102799
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512249
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Floating Lily Pads
- **Model:** NAP-524
- **Contents:** 3 floating lily pads
- **Material:** Non-toxic materials, as described by the distributor
- **Care:** Rinse in water; no special care
- **Single-Pad Models:** Pink NAP-520 (SKU 102178), Purple NAP-521 (SKU 101548), Yellow NAP-522 (SKU 102798)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Floating Lily Pink
Soft artificial lily pad for betta, shrimp and nano aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8078
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102178 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512201
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102178-1.png
A single pink lily floating in a small tank adds colour at the surface in a way that most live floating plants will not, and it does so without roots, trimming or die-back. Nisso Floating Lily Pink (SKU: 102178) is an artificial lily pad from Nisso, model NAP-520, made of soft plastic and designed to float on the water's surface and resemble a natural lily. Nisso's Australian distributor lists it as suited to freshwater aquariums, betta tanks, shrimp tanks and nano aquariums, and describes it as soft and safe for fish and tanks.
The distributor gives the size as approximately 5 cm in diameter, which is small enough for a nano tank or a betta setup where a large pad would cover most of the surface. That figure comes from the distributor rather than from the maker's own pages. Because it floats, it provides a patch of shade and cover near the surface, and it is cleaned by rinsing with water, so there is no trimming, no fertiliser and no light requirement. In moving water it will be pushed along the surface, so keep it clear of the filter outlet or an air-driven ornament if it is meant to stay in one place. The pink pad is one of three single-colour pads in the range, alongside Purple (NAP-521) and Yellow (NAP-522), and a Mini three-pack (NAP-524) is also available for a cluster of smaller pieces. Bettas are often kept in tanks with little surface cover, so a floating pad is a simple way to add some, and the soft plastic means there are no rigid edges to catch long fins. Check the pad occasionally for wear and remove it if the edges begin to tear.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta tanks:** A soft pad that gives surface cover without sharp edges.
- **Shrimp tanks:** A decoration that adds colour without changing the water.
- **Nano aquariums:** A roughly 5 cm pad in proportion with a compact tank.
- **Colour accent:** A pink focal point on a green aquascape.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash the pad in clean water before it goes in.
- **Choose a calm spot:** Float it where surface flow is gentle.
- **Clean by rinsing:** Wipe off algae or film under water; the distributor says it is easy to clean.
- **Check for wear:** Replace a pad that tears or loses its shape.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft plastic:** Described as soft and safe for fish and tanks.
- **Floating:** Sits on the surface and looks like a natural lily pad.
- **Small pad:** Approximately 5 cm in diameter, according to the distributor.
- **No upkeep:** No light, nutrients or trimming needed.
- **Easy to clean:** Rinses under water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102178
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512201
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Floating Lily Pad
- **Model:** NAP-520
- **Colour:** Pink
- **Material:** Soft plastic
- **Size:** Approximately 5 cm diameter (distributor figure)
- **Range:** Purple NAP-521 (SKU 101548); Yellow NAP-522 (SKU 102798); Mini 3pk NAP-524 (SKU 102799)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, betta, shrimp and nano aquariums
---
#### Nisso Floating Lily Purple
Soft purple artificial lily pad that gives fish shade and a resting place.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=7969
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101548 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512218
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101548-1.jpg
Fish that spend their time near the top of the tank, bettas in particular, tend to settle under something, and a floating pad gives them that without planting anything. Nisso Floating Lily Purple (SKU: 101548) is a purple artificial lily pad from Nisso, model NAP-521, made from soft, aquarium-safe plastic and designed to float on the surface. The Australian distributor describes it as a faithful copy of a natural water lily that provides shade and a resting place for fish, and lists it as ideal for freshwater aquariums, betta tanks, shrimp tanks and nano aquariums.
The distributor describes it as safe and non-toxic and says it is cleaned by simply rinsing with water, which makes it a low-effort addition to a small tank. No diameter is published for the purple pad, so no size is given here; check it against the tank when it arrives. As an artificial piece it needs no light, no nutrients and no trimming, and it will keep its colour at the surface in a tank where live floating plants would struggle or be eaten. Purple stands out against green plants and dark substrates, so it works as an accent rather than as camouflage. It floats freely and will drift with surface flow, so place it away from the filter outlet if it is meant to stay in one spot. Nisso also makes the lily in Pink (NAP-520) and Yellow (NAP-522), and as a Mini three-pack (NAP-524). If more than one pad is used, leave gaps of open water between them so that fish keep access to the surface and light still reaches plants below.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta aquariums:** Shade and a resting place near the surface.
- **Shrimp and nano tanks:** A decorative pad that does not affect water parameters.
- **Dark or bare tanks:** A purple accent against a black substrate or a dark background.
- **Low-maintenance displays:** Surface decoration that never needs trimming.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the pad in clean water before use.
- **Float it in still water:** Keep it clear of strong filter flow.
- **Combine colours:** Mix with the pink or yellow pads for a varied surface.
- **Rinse to clean:** Remove algae or film by rinsing; avoid detergents.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft, aquarium-safe plastic:** The distributor describes it as safe and non-toxic.
- **Shade and a resting place:** Floats at the surface for fish to sit under.
- **Realistic shape:** Modelled on a natural water lily.
- **Easy to clean:** A rinse in water is enough.
- **Purple colour:** A strong accent colour at the surface.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 101548
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512218
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Floating Lily Pad
- **Model:** NAP-521
- **Colour:** Purple
- **Material:** Soft, aquarium-safe plastic
- **Care:** Rinse in water
- **Range:** Pink NAP-520 (SKU 102178); Yellow NAP-522 (SKU 102798); Mini 3pk NAP-524 (SKU 102799)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, betta, shrimp and nano aquariums
---
#### Nisso Floating Lily Yellow
Bright yellow artificial lily pad for freshwater and established saltwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8317
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102798 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512225
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102798-1.jpg
A yellow lily is the one most likely to catch the eye across a room, and it holds that colour at the surface without sunlight, nutrients or any pruning. Nisso Floating Lily Yellow (SKU: 102798) is an artificial floating lily pad from Nisso, model NAP-522, in a bright yellow with a realistic lily design that sits on the water's surface. The Australian distributor describes it as made from non-toxic materials that are safe for the aquarium and suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
The distributor does not publish a diameter or name the specific material for the yellow pad, so no size is given here and the pad should be judged against the tank on arrival. It is described as a low-maintenance decoration, and cleaning is done by rinsing; there is nothing to feed, dose or trim. Floating pads can add visual depth to the top of the aquarium and give shaded cover for fish that like to sit near the surface, although the distributor does not make specific claims about fish behaviour for this model. Because it floats, it moves with the surface flow, so keep it away from a strong filter outlet, or from an air-driven ornament, if it is meant to stay in one spot. The yellow pad pairs with Pink (NAP-520) and Purple (NAP-521) for a multi-colour surface, and the Mini three-pack (NAP-524) offers a set of smaller pieces. If the tank has live plants, leave open water between pads so that light still reaches them, and keep the surface clear enough for fish that gulp air, such as bettas and gouramis, to reach it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bright accents:** A yellow focal point on top of a green planted tank.
- **Established saltwater tanks:** The distributor lists it for most established marine systems.
- **Surface cover:** Shading a patch of the surface for fish that like cover.
- **Decor changes:** A quick way to refresh a display without adding live plants.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Wash the pad in clean water before it goes in.
- **Pick the spot:** Float it where flow is slow, away from the filter outlet.
- **Mix the colours:** Combine with pink or purple pads for a varied surface.
- **Clean by rinsing:** Rinse off film or algae; the distributor says no special care is needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bright yellow:** A strong colour contrast at the surface.
- **Realistic design:** Modelled on a natural lily pad.
- **Non-toxic materials:** Described as safe for the aquarium.
- **Low maintenance:** No special care and easy to clean.
- **Freshwater or marine:** Suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102798
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512225
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Floating Lily Pad
- **Model:** NAP-522
- **Colour:** Yellow
- **Material:** Non-toxic materials, as described by the distributor
- **Care:** Rinse in water
- **Range:** Pink NAP-520 (SKU 102178); Purple NAP-521 (SKU 101548); Mini 3pk NAP-524 (SKU 102799)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Garden Arch Air Ornament
Arch-shaped decoration with a bubble stream, powered by an air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8076
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102176 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512126
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102176-1.jpg
An arch gives a tank a landmark, and a thin stream of bubbles rising through it gives the eye something to follow. Nisso Garden Arch Air Ornament (SKU: 102176) is the arch model, NAP-512, in Nisso's Little Garden driftwood series, an arch-shaped aquarium ornament that connects to an air pump. The distributor's catalogue name for the piece is moss with arch. Air is routed through the ornament to produce bubbles that rise through the tank and show off the arch, and the distributor describes the detailing as realistic, in non-toxic materials, and the piece as easy to set up and place.
It can be used in freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums. No dimensions, weight or tubing size are published for the arch, and the air pump is sold separately, so measure the space before ordering and check the connector against your airline. It is the third piece in the series after the Milfoil (NAP-510) and Wisteria (NAP-511), and, unlike those, its main feature is the arch itself rather than a swaying plant. That makes it a fixed centrepiece, with the moving bubbles supplying the interest. Place it where the bubbles are visible against a dark background, and keep the airflow modest so that it reads as a gentle stream rather than a rolling boil. As with any new ornament, rinse it in clean water, without soap, before use, and brush algae off at water changes. If the bubbles slow or stop, check the airline for kinks and the air pump for a blocked inlet before assuming the ornament is at fault, and keep the pump above the water line or fit a check valve so that water cannot siphon back down the airline when the power is off.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Centrepiece decor:** A focal arch with a visible bubble stream.
- **Hardscape accent:** An arch shape that breaks up a flat stretch of substrate.
- **Tanks with an air pump:** A decoration that makes use of an existing air supply.
- **Freshwater or established marine tanks:** The distributor lists both.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash it in clean water; no soap or detergent.
- **Connect the air:** Join the airline from the pump to the ornament's air inlet.
- **Set a gentle flow:** Use a valve to keep the bubbles fine and steady.
- **Position the arch:** Place it on the substrate where it is stable and the bubbles are visible.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Arch design:** A fixed shape rather than a swaying plant.
- **Air-driven bubbles:** Air passes through the ornament and rises past the arch.
- **Easy placement:** Described as designed for easy setup in the aquarium.
- **Non-toxic materials:** Described as safe for aquarium inhabitants.
- **Freshwater or saltwater:** Suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102176
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512126
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Air-Driven Ornament
- **Model:** NAP-512
- **Shape:** Arch
- **Air Supply:** Connects to an air pump; pump not included
- **Range:** Milfoil NAP-510 (SKU 102174); Wisteria NAP-511 (SKU 102175); Overhang NAP-513 (SKU 102177)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Garden Milfoil On Driftwood Air Ornament
Swaying milfoil on a ceramic driftwood base, driven by an air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8074
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102174 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512102
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102174-1.jpg
A still plastic plant looks like a plastic plant; one that sways in a stream of bubbles looks alive. Nisso Garden Milfoil On Driftwood Air Ornament (SKU: 102174) is the milfoil model, NAP-510, of Nisso's Little Garden driftwood ornaments, an artificial milfoil planted on a ceramic driftwood base that connects to an aquarium air pump. Air is directed through the ornament, and the bubbles make the feathery milfoil move gently with the flow. The Australian distributor describes it as made from non-toxic materials and suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
A Japanese retailer lists the ornament at 14 × 7 × 20 cm, made of PET plastic and pottery clay, and says it comes with a ceramic air stone for the aeration; the plants are a soft material that Nisso says can also catch eggs, so it can double as spawning cover. The base is a ceramic imitation of driftwood, and the distributor notes that it incorporates ceramic stones. The air pump is not included and the distributor does not state the tubing size, so check the connector when fitting. The ornament is called Little Garden Driftwood 1 in Japan, and it is part of a series with the Wisteria (NAP-511), Arch (NAP-512) and Overhang (NAP-513) models. Adjusting the airflow is the main skill: enough to move the milfoil in a slow wave, not enough to whip it or fill the tank with large bubbles.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Movement in a quiet tank:** Milfoil that sways with air adds motion to a display.
- **Extra aeration:** A decorative use for an air pump that is already running.
- **Small to mid-size aquariums:** At 14 × 7 × 20 cm it suits tanks with a free corner or foreground.
- **Spawning cover:** The soft plant material is described as able to catch eggs.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse the ornament:** Wash it in clean water; no soap or detergent.
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from the air pump to the ornament's air inlet.
- **Set the flow:** Use an airline valve to adjust until the milfoil moves gently.
- **Place on the substrate:** Settle the base on sand or gravel and check it is stable.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Air-driven movement:** The milfoil sways as air passes through the ornament.
- **Ceramic driftwood base:** A stable, natural-looking anchor.
- **Ceramic air stone:** Listed by a Japanese retailer as part of the set.
- **Non-toxic materials:** Described by the distributor as safe for aquarium inhabitants.
- **Freshwater or saltwater:** Suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102174
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512102
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Air-Driven Ornament
- **Model:** NAP-510 (Little Garden Driftwood 1)
- **Plant:** Milfoil
- **Size:** About 14 × 7 × 20 cm, according to a Japanese retailer
- **Material:** PET plastic and pottery clay (ceramic driftwood base)
- **Air Supply:** Connects to an air pump; pump not included
- **Range:** Wisteria NAP-511 (SKU 102175); Arch NAP-512 (SKU 102176); Overhang NAP-513 (SKU 102177)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Garden Overhang Air Ornament
Overhanging garden decoration with integrated airflow for oxygenation and water movement.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8077
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102177 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512133
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102177-1.jpg
An overhang is where a fish hides at the edge of a tank, and a ledge of greenery over open water makes the aquascape look more like a stream bank. Nisso Garden Overhang Air Ornament (SKU: 102177) is the overhang model, NAP-513, in Nisso's Little Garden driftwood series, a decoration built around an overhanging garden that connects to an aquarium air pump. The distributor's catalogue name for the piece is moss with branch. The airflow is routed through the ornament so that bubbles rise and circulate, which the distributor says supports oxygenation and water movement, while the detailing imitates natural foliage and the whole piece is made from non-toxic materials.
The distributor describes the ornament as easy to set up and place, and as suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums. The air pump is not included, and the distributor does not publish dimensions, weight or tubing size, so check the space available and the connector before fitting it. It is the fourth model in the series, after the Milfoil (NAP-510), Wisteria (NAP-511) and Arch (NAP-512). Where the Arch is built around an opening, the Overhang is built around a canopy, an overhanging garden that sits above the substrate with the bubbles rising beside it. Keep the airflow low enough that the bubbles do not hammer the foliage, and rinse the piece in clean water before it goes in. If the bubbles slow or stop, check the airline for kinks and the air pump for a blocked inlet, and keep the pump above the water line or fit a check valve so that water cannot siphon back down the airline when the power is off.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canopy and shade:** A ledge of greenery over a covered patch of substrate.
- **Extra water movement:** Integrated airflow that circulates water locally.
- **Stream-bank aquascapes:** A natural overhanging-garden look for the side of a tank.
- **Freshwater or established marine tanks:** The distributor lists both.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash it in clean water; no soap or detergent.
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from the pump to the ornament.
- **Adjust the bubbles:** Use a valve so the airflow is steady but gentle.
- **Place against a wall:** Put the overhang to one side so the canopy and bubbles are both visible.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Overhanging garden design:** Adds a canopy effect to the tank edge.
- **Integrated airflow:** Bubbles rise and circulate for oxygenation and water movement.
- **Natural-looking foliage:** Detailing intended to resemble real plants.
- **Easy placement:** Described as designed for easy setup.
- **Non-toxic materials:** Described as safe for aquarium inhabitants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102177
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512133
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Air-Driven Ornament
- **Model:** NAP-513
- **Shape:** Overhanging garden
- **Air Supply:** Connects to an air pump; pump not included
- **Range:** Milfoil NAP-510 (SKU 102174); Wisteria NAP-511 (SKU 102175); Arch NAP-512 (SKU 102176)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Garden Wisteria On Driftwood Air Ornament
Artificial wisteria on a ceramic driftwood base that sways with aeration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8075
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102175 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512119
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102175-1.jpg
Wisteria is a plant that hangs and drifts, which is exactly the movement a column of bubbles can reproduce in a tank. Nisso Garden Wisteria On Driftwood Air Ornament (SKU: 102175) is the wisteria model, NAP-511, in Nisso's Little Garden driftwood series, an artificial wisteria set on a ceramic driftwood base. It connects to an aquarium air pump, and the airflow directed through the ornament creates gentle bubbles that make the wisteria sway. The Australian distributor describes it as made from non-toxic materials and suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
The base is a ceramic imitation of driftwood, and the distributor lists ceramic stones as part of the ornament. No dimensions or weight are published for this model, so check the available space before placing it; it is numbered second in the driftwood series after the Milfoil (NAP-510), which a Japanese retailer lists at 14 × 7 × 20 cm. The air pump and the tubing are not included, and the distributor does not give a tubing size. Where the milfoil suggests fine, feathery growth, the wisteria is the choice for a softer, flowing corner. Control the airflow with a valve so that the wisteria moves slowly; a hard blast flattens the plant against the base and pushes large bubbles up the glass. Rinse the ornament in clean water before it goes in and wipe off algae with a soft brush during routine cleaning.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft, flowing decor:** Wisteria brings a hanging, drifting look to the aquascape.
- **Display tanks with an air pump:** A decoration that uses an air supply you may already have.
- **Foreground or corner accents:** A focal piece on a bare patch of substrate.
- **Freshwater and established marine tanks:** The distributor lists both uses.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash in clean water; no soap or detergent.
- **Join the airline:** Connect tubing from the pump to the ornament's air inlet.
- **Tune the flow:** Fit a valve and lower the air until the plant sways gently.
- **Seat the base:** Settle it on the substrate and check that it sits level.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Air-driven sway:** The wisteria moves as bubbles pass through the ornament.
- **Ceramic driftwood base:** A ceramic base to anchor the piece on the substrate.
- **Ceramic stones:** Listed by the distributor with the base.
- **Non-toxic materials:** Described as safe for all aquarium inhabitants.
- **Freshwater or saltwater:** Suitable for freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102175
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512119
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Air-Driven Ornament
- **Model:** NAP-511
- **Plant:** Wisteria
- **Base:** Ceramic driftwood with ceramic stones
- **Air Supply:** Connects to an air pump; pump not included
- **Range:** Milfoil NAP-510 (SKU 102174); Arch NAP-512 (SKU 102176); Overhang NAP-513 (SKU 102177)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and most established saltwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Little Garden Milfoil
Feathery artificial milfoil for aquariums that cannot keep live stem plants thriving.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8072
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102172 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512003
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102172-1.jpg
Milfoil is loved for its soft, feathery texture, and it is also one of the first stem plants to thin out in a tank with weak light, hard water or fish that graze. Nisso Little Garden Milfoil (SKU: 102172) is an artificial milfoil from Nisso, the Japanese aquarium brand, sold in its Little Garden series of artificial plants. Real milfoil has finely divided, thread-like leaves arranged in whorls along a slender stem, and this piece imitates that look so a tank gets the texture without the upkeep. Because it is artificial it needs no light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser, cannot melt in a new set-up and never needs trimming, which suits low-light tanks and species that uproot or eat live plants.
The series code is NAP-500, and the next plant in the Little Garden line, Little Garden Pennywort (SKU 102173), carries the following code. A single piece works as a small accent, so feathery plants are usually used in groups of two or three set at slightly different heights, with taller pieces towards the back glass and shorter ones nearer the front. Artificial plants collect algae film and detritus on their surfaces just as other decor does, so they need an occasional rinse during routine maintenance. Rinse the piece in plain tap water before it goes in and keep soap and chemical cleaners away from it. It is decor only: it cannot take up nitrate or add oxygen the way a growing plant does, so it is not a substitute for live plants where those jobs matter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low-light tanks:** Adds feathery greenery where live milfoil would stretch and thin.
- **Plant-eating fish:** A softer-looking alternative to live stems in goldfish and cichlid tanks.
- **Mixed planted tanks:** Fills a gap beside live plants without competing for nutrients.
- **Temporary tanks:** Lifts out and rinses easily between set-ups.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water only, with no soap or detergent.
- **Group the pieces:** Set two or three together rather than a single piece on its own.
- **Vary the height:** Taller towards the back glass, shorter nearer the front.
- **Clean with water changes:** Swish in the removed tank water to release trapped detritus.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Milfoil pattern:** Fine, feathery foliage that imitates the real stem plant.
- **No upkeep:** Needs no light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser and never needs trimming.
- **Little Garden series:** Part of Nisso's range of artificial plants.
- **Works in groups:** Buy several pieces to build a clump with varied heights.
- **Decor only:** Adds no nutrient uptake, so water changes stay on schedule.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102172
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512003
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Plant
- **Series:** Little Garden
- **Series Code:** NAP-500
- **Plant Imitated:** Milfoil, with feathery whorled foliage
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Companion Plant:** Nisso Little Garden Pennywort (SKU 102173)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums needing low-maintenance greenery
---
#### Nisso Little Garden Pennywort
Round-leaf artificial pennywort for contrast against fine and grassy planting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8073
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102173 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512010
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102173-1.jpg
Most planted tanks are a mix of fine, feathery and grassy textures, and a plant with broad round leaves is what breaks that pattern up. Nisso Little Garden Pennywort (SKU: 102173) is Nisso's artificial pennywort, part of the Little Garden series of artificial plants made by the Japanese aquarium brand. Pennywort in the hobby is known for coin-shaped leaves on trailing stems, and this piece copies that shape in a form that never needs light, carbon dioxide, fertiliser or trimming. It sits in the same range as Nisso Little Garden Milfoil (SKU 102172), and the two are easy to combine, one round-leaved and one fine-leaved.
The series code is NAP-501, one number after the milfoil. Round leaves are a strong visual shape, so one or two groups placed off-centre usually look better than an even spread across the tank. Like any decor, the leaf surfaces gather a film of algae over time, and round flat leaves show it sooner than fine foliage does. Rinse the piece in plain tap water before use and clean it with tank water during maintenance, never with soap or household cleaners. It is decor only and does not remove nitrate or produce oxygen. Because it never needs light, it can also be used in rooms and tanks where live pennywort would not keep its colour, and several pieces set in a loose arc around a rock or piece of wood give a fuller effect than a single stem. Keep the leaves clear of the heater and the filter inlet, and lift the piece out occasionally for a more thorough rinse when the tank is being cleaned.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Texture contrast:** Breaks up fine-leaved or grassy planting with a broad, round leaf shape.
- **Low-light tanks:** Greenery where live pennywort would grow leggy and pale.
- **Fish that dig or graze:** A stand-in for live stems that are uprooted or eaten.
- **Display and shop tanks:** Consistent appearance that does not vary with plant health.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Hold under plain tap water before it goes into the tank.
- **Place off-centre:** One or two groups look more natural than an even spread.
- **Pair with fine foliage:** Set it beside the Little Garden Milfoil for contrast.
- **Wipe algae early:** Rub flat leaves gently in tank water at each water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Round-leaf pattern:** Imitates the coin-shaped foliage of pennywort.
- **No upkeep:** No light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser, and no trimming.
- **Little Garden series:** Matches the other artificial plants in Nisso's range.
- **Easy to rinse:** Lifts out for cleaning at each maintenance session.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102173
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512010
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Plant
- **Series:** Little Garden
- **Series Code:** NAP-501
- **Plant Imitated:** Pennywort, with round coin-like leaves
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Companion Plant:** Nisso Little Garden Milfoil (SKU 102172)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums needing low-maintenance greenery
---
#### Nisso Soft Ornament Hairgrass (nap-601)
Soft artificial hairgrass for foreground planting without trimming.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/nisso-soft-ornament-hairgrass-nap-601/
- Price: $24.39 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124661 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637206247
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124661-1.png
A lawn of fine grass at the front of the tank is the hardest planted look to keep: it needs strong light, carbon dioxide and constant trimming, and it fails in tanks with digging fish. Nisso Soft Ornament Hairgrass (nap-601) (SKU: 124661) is Nisso's artificial hairgrass, one of the Soft Ornament plants from the Japanese aquarium brand, with thin grass-like blades that imitate the foreground plants known as hairgrass. The Soft Ornament name points to a flexible, soft-textured plant rather than a stiff one, and thin blades of this kind are meant to sway in the water flow.
Hairgrass in nature grows as a short, dense sward, so this ornament is placed in the foreground or midground, in clusters that overlap slightly to suggest a lawn. It does not photosynthesise, so it will not grow, spread or need fertiliser, and it will not melt if the lighting is changed. Grass-like blades trap detritus more than broad leaves do, so plan on a gentle rinse or a swish in tank water at each water change. Rinse the piece in plain tap water before it goes into the tank, and keep soap and chemical cleaners away from it. Nisso sells the piece under the code NAP-601 in the Soft Ornament range, which also includes the Soft Ornament Sword Medium (nap-608), Soft Ornamental Plants Medium Ambulia (nap-609) and Soft Ornament Sword Large (nap-611). It is decor only: it does not absorb nitrate or release oxygen the way a living plant does.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground planting:** A grass-like fringe along the front of the tank, with no trimming.
- **Digging fish:** A fixed alternative for loaches, cichlids and goldfish that uproot live carpets.
- **Low-light aquariums:** Holds its look where real hairgrass would struggle.
- **Mixed layouts:** Softens the edge between hardscape and open sand.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water only, without soap or detergent.
- **Cluster the pieces:** Overlap two or three so the blades read as a lawn.
- **Keep it forward:** Place it at the front or in the midground, below taller plants.
- **Swish clean:** Move it gently in removed tank water to release trapped detritus.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Grass-like blades:** Thin foliage that imitates a foreground hairgrass lawn.
- **Soft Ornament range:** Flexible, soft-textured plants from Nisso.
- **No upkeep:** No light, carbon dioxide, fertiliser or trimming needed.
- **Moves with the flow:** Fine blades sway in the current.
- **Series code NAP-601:** Matches the other Soft Ornament plants in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124661
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637206247
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Plant
- **Series:** Soft Ornament
- **Model Code:** NAP-601
- **Plant Imitated:** Hairgrass, thin grass-like blades
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Same Range:** Soft Ornament Sword Medium (SKU 124662); Soft Ornamental Plants, Medium Ambulia (SKU 124663); Soft Ornament Sword Large (SKU 124664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Soft Ornament Sword Large (nap-611)
Large artificial sword plant for background and centrepiece planting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/nisso-soft-ornament-sword-large-nap-611/
- Price: $48.45 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124664 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637206346
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124664-1.png
In a big tank a single sword plant is often the structure everything else is arranged around, but a live one takes months to reach that size and then demands nutrients and root space. Nisso Soft Ornament Sword Large (nap-611) (SKU: 124664) is the large size of Nisso's artificial sword plant in its Soft Ornament range, from the Japanese aquarium brand. It imitates the broad, lance-shaped leaves of an Echinodorus sword plant in a soft-textured form that is full size from the day it goes in and needs no light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser. It is the bigger of the two sword sizes in the store, with the Soft Ornament Sword Medium (nap-608, SKU 124662) as the smaller one.
The Large is the piece to choose for medium to large aquariums, where a smaller sword would be lost against the back glass. It works as a background plant in the rear third of the tank or as a lone centrepiece in an open layout, and it leaves room in front for the Medium sword, hairgrass or live plants at lower height. Its leaf area is bigger than the Medium's, so it also throws more shade and gives fish a sizeable retreat. Rinse it in plain tap water before use, and place it where leaves will not be pushed against the heater, filter inlet or glass lid. Large flat leaves gather algae film and detritus, which comes off with a soft cloth or a swish in tank water during water changes. Do not use soap or household cleaners. It is decor only and does not remove nitrate or release oxygen.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Background planting:** A tall, broad-leaved plant for the rear third of larger tanks.
- **Centrepiece:** A single large piece as the focal point of an open layout.
- **Hiding places:** A big leaf canopy for shy fish and species that like cover.
- **Instant maturity:** Full size on day one, with no weeks of waiting for live plants to establish.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water, without soap or detergent.
- **Place at the rear:** Position it so the leaves rise behind lower plants.
- **Keep leaves clear:** Check that no leaf presses on the heater, filter inlet or lid.
- **Layer with the Medium:** Set the smaller sword (SKU 124662) in front for depth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large size:** The bigger of the two sword sizes, for roomy tanks.
- **Sword-plant form:** Broad leaves radiating from a central crown.
- **Full size from day one:** No growing time and no trimming.
- **Soft Ornament range:** Soft-textured plants from Nisso.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124664
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637206346
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Plant
- **Series:** Soft Ornament
- **Model Code:** NAP-611
- **Size:** Large
- **Plant Imitated:** Sword plant, with broad lance-shaped leaves
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Soft Ornament Sword Medium (nap-608) (SKU 124662)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Soft Ornament Sword Medium (nap-608)
Medium artificial sword plant for midground planting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/nisso-soft-ornament-sword-medium-nap-608/
- Price: $32.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124662 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637206315
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124662-1.jpg
Sword plants are the traditional centrepiece of a freshwater tank, with broad, lance-shaped leaves that spread from a central crown, and they are also heavy feeders that outgrow smaller tanks. Nisso Soft Ornament Sword Medium (nap-608) (SKU: 124662) is the medium size of Nisso's artificial sword plant in its Soft Ornament range, from the Japanese aquarium brand. It copies the broad-leaved habit of the sword plants (Echinodorus) in a soft-textured form that needs no light, carbon dioxide or root tabs and does not grow beyond the size it is sold at. The medium is intended as a midground plant, with the larger Soft Ornament Sword Large (nap-611, SKU 124664) used behind it.
Because it is the medium size, it suits tanks where the large sword would dominate the layout, and it works equally well as the lead plant in a small tank or as a supporting plant in a bigger one. Broad leaves give the piece a strong silhouette, so it is set slightly off-centre in front of the back glass, with smaller grasses or low plants in front of it. The medium and large swords share the same leaf form, so a pair set at different depths gives a layered look. Rinse the piece in plain tap water before it goes into the tank. Broad flat leaves collect a film of algae, which wipes off easily with a soft cloth or a gentle swish in removed tank water, so keep soap, detergent and chemical cleaners well away. The piece is decor and does not remove nitrate or add oxygen the way a living sword plant does.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Midground focal point:** A broad-leaved centrepiece for small and mid-sized tanks.
- **Layered layouts:** Set in front of the Large sword (SKU 124664) to give depth.
- **Low-light tanks:** A sword shape in tanks where real swords would stall.
- **Herbivorous fish:** Greenery that is not grazed down like live leaves.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water, without soap or detergent.
- **Place off-centre:** Use the leaf silhouette against the back glass.
- **Leave room:** Give the leaves space so they do not rub against the filter outlet or heater.
- **Wipe leaves:** Clear algae film with a soft cloth at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium size:** The mid-sized Soft Ornament sword, sold alongside the Large.
- **Sword-plant form:** Broad leaves radiating from a central crown.
- **Soft Ornament range:** Soft-textured plants from Nisso.
- **No upkeep:** No light, carbon dioxide or root tabs.
- **Series code NAP-608:** Sits between the hairgrass (NAP-601) and the Large sword (NAP-611).
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124662
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637206315
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Plant
- **Series:** Soft Ornament
- **Model Code:** NAP-608
- **Size:** Medium
- **Plant Imitated:** Sword plant, with broad lance-shaped leaves
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Soft Ornament Sword Large (nap-611) (SKU 124664)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Soft Ornamental Plants, Medium Ambulia (nap-609)
Fine-leaf artificial ambulia for background and midground planting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/nisso-soft-ornamental-plants-medium-ambulia-nap-609/
- Price: $32.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124663 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637206322
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124663-1.jpg
Ambulia is a fast-growing stem plant whose leaves are whorled and finely divided, and it gives a tank a soft, bushy backdrop for as long as it gets bright light and regular trimming. Nisso Soft Ornamental Plants, Medium Ambulia (nap-609) (SKU: 124663) is a medium-sized artificial ambulia in Nisso's Soft Ornament range of plants, from the Japanese aquarium brand. It copies the feathery, bushy look of the real Limnophila stem plant in a soft-textured form that needs no light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser, and it keeps the same shape week after week where the real plant would need pruning and replanting.
The product name says Soft Ornamental Plants where the other items in the range say Soft Ornament, which is a naming difference only; the code NAP-609 places it in the same series as the Hairgrass (nap-601) and the Sword Medium (nap-608) and Large (nap-611). Because ambulia has a fine, airy leaf, the piece contrasts well with the broad-leaved swords, and a pair of them gives an easy two-texture layout. The Medium size suits midground and background positions in small to mid-sized tanks. Rinse the piece in plain tap water before use, and avoid soap or chemical cleaners. Fine foliage traps fine detritus and algae more than broad leaves, so swish it in removed tank water at each water change, or use a soft brush. It is decor only: it cannot absorb nitrate or release oxygen as a living plant does, and the usual water changes still apply. A pair set a hand's width apart reads as a single bushy clump from the front, while a single piece placed alone can look sparse against the glass in all but the smallest tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft backdrop:** Feathery greenery along the rear or side glass of small and mid-sized tanks.
- **Texture contrast:** Pairs with the broad leaves of the Soft Ornament swords.
- **Fast-growth substitute:** The bushy look of ambulia without pruning every few weeks.
- **Cover for small fish:** A fine-leaf thicket for tetras, rasboras and fry to move through.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water only; no soap or detergent.
- **Use as a backdrop:** Set it against the rear or side glass, behind lower plants.
- **Pair with swords:** Place beside a Soft Ornament sword for contrast.
- **Swish clean:** Rinse in tank water to release the detritus caught in fine leaves.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine, feathery foliage:** Imitates ambulia's whorled, finely divided leaves.
- **Medium size:** Suited to small and mid-sized aquariums.
- **Soft Ornament range:** Soft-textured plants from Nisso.
- **No upkeep:** No light, carbon dioxide, fertiliser or trimming.
- **Keeps its shape:** Does not grow leggy or lose leaves like the live plant.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124663
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637206322
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Artificial Plant
- **Series:** Soft Ornament
- **Model Code:** NAP-609
- **Size:** Medium
- **Plant Imitated:** Ambulia (Limnophila), with fine whorled leaves
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Table Aqua Bamboo Ornament
Bamboo-themed tabletop plant set with a tall, vertical look.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8081
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102182 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512416
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102182-1.jpg
Bamboo is about vertical lines, and a few upright stems can make a small tank look taller and more structured than it is. Nisso Table Aqua Bamboo Ornament (SKU: 102182) is the bamboo-themed set in Nisso's Table Aqua range of compact, tabletop-scale decorative plant sets, from the Japanese aquarium brand. Its model code is NAP-505, and the range numbers on from the Bonsai (NAP-504), with the Winter, Short and Tall themes following. The Bamboo is the choice where the aim is an upright, calm and slightly formal look rather than a natural jumble.
The upright shape suits narrow spaces. Placed towards a back corner it adds height without taking floor area, which is useful in a small tank where substrate is limited. A bamboo theme works with simple surroundings: pale sand, a few rounded stones and a low plant in front, so that the vertical lines remain the main feature. The pieces are decorative, which means they do not need light or nutrients and will look the same in a dim corner of a room as in a bright one, and the stems read clearly against a plain or dark background panel, since thin vertical shapes lose definition against a busy backdrop. Rinse every part in plain tap water before use, avoid soap and household cleaners, and handle with care when the set is first unpacked. Compare the product photo with your tank before choosing a position. Algae film is wiped from the surface with a soft cloth in removed tank water, and the set should stay clear of heaters and filter outlets that could push it over.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Narrow spaces:** Adds height to a small tank without using much floor area.
- **Zen-style scapes:** A calm, vertical theme with stone and pale sand.
- **Dim rooms:** A decorative set that does not rely on light to look good.
- **Desk and shelf aquariums:** Small-scale decor for tabletop tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water only, with no soap or detergent.
- **Use a back corner:** Gains height without crowding the open swimming space.
- **Add low planting in front:** Keeps the vertical lines as the main feature.
- **Keep it stable:** Place it clear of strong filter flow so it does not tip.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bamboo theme:** Upright stems for a vertical, structured look.
- **Table Aqua range:** Compact sets sized for small, tabletop scenes.
- **Space-saving height:** Adds height rather than width.
- **No upkeep:** Needs no light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102182
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512416
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Tabletop Plant Set
- **Range:** Table Aqua
- **Model Code:** NAP-505
- **Theme:** Bamboo
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Same Range:** Bonsai (SKU 102181), Winter (SKU 102183), Short (SKU 102184), Tall (SKU 102185)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, desktop and small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Table Aqua Bonsai Ornament
Bonsai-themed tabletop plant set for small aquarium scenes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8080
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102181 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512409
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102181-1.jpg
A bonsai is a whole landscape reduced to a single tree, which makes the theme a natural fit for small tanks where the aim is a calm, uncluttered scene. Nisso Table Aqua Bonsai Ornament (SKU: 102181) is the bonsai-themed piece in Nisso's Table Aqua range, a series of compact, tabletop-scale decorative plant sets from the Japanese aquarium brand. A Japanese retail listing names the NAP-504 code as Table Aqua Plants Set 1, and the Bonsai is the first of five themes in the range: Bonsai, Bamboo, Winter, Short and Tall. The theme gives the layout its character, with the bonsai form as the focal point rather than a background filler.
Table Aqua pieces are designed for small scenes, so the Bonsai suits a nano tank, a desktop aquarium or a shallow display where one strong shape suits the space. Bonsai styling depends on negative space, so leave open substrate around the piece and keep the rest of the layout restrained: a few smooth stones, fine sand and perhaps a low carpet of live plants. Place it slightly off-centre rather than in the middle of the tank, which is how bonsai are traditionally displayed. Rinse everything in plain tap water before it goes in, avoid soap and household cleaners, and check the pieces for loose parts after unpacking. Compare the product photo with the size of your tank before choosing a position. As with any decor, algae film is wiped off with a soft cloth at water changes, and the piece should be kept clear of heaters.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** A single bonsai-style focal point in a small, uncluttered scape.
- **Japanese-style layouts:** Suits minimalist scenes with stone, sand and open space.
- **Shrimp and snail tanks:** A decorative piece for tanks that are lightly stocked.
- **Gift tanks:** A theme that is recognisable at a glance on a desk or shelf.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water, without soap or detergent.
- **Place off-centre:** Follow bonsai practice and leave open space on one side.
- **Keep the layout sparse:** A few stones and a low carpet complement the shape.
- **Wipe at water changes:** Remove algae film with a soft cloth in tank water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bonsai theme:** A miniature-tree look for Japanese-style small scenes.
- **Table Aqua range:** Compact sets made for small, tabletop-scale display.
- **One of five themes:** Matches the Bamboo, Winter, Short and Tall sets.
- **No upkeep:** Decorative, so no light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser is needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102181
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512409
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Tabletop Plant Set
- **Range:** Table Aqua
- **Model Code:** NAP-504
- **Theme:** Bonsai
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Same Range:** Bamboo (SKU 102182), Winter (SKU 102183), Short (SKU 102184), Tall (SKU 102185)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, desktop and small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Table Aqua Short Ornament
Low-profile tabletop plant set for shallow and wide small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8083
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102184 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512430
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102184-1.jpg
Not every small tank is deep: shallow bowls, wide desktop trays and low-profile nano tanks leave little vertical room, and a tall plant set simply pokes out of the water. Nisso Table Aqua Short Ornament (SKU: 102184) is the low-profile set in Nisso's Table Aqua range of compact, tabletop-scale decorative plant sets, from the Japanese aquarium brand. Its model code is NAP-507, and the matching tall version, the Table Aqua Tall Ornament (SKU 102185), follows it as NAP-508. Of the five sets in the range, the Short is the one to choose when the water depth is limited.
A short profile suits foreground and midground use and leaves clear sight lines across the tank, which is useful in a wide, shallow set-up where the fish are viewed from the side and from above. It also works as a low accent in a larger tank, in front of taller plants or behind a carpet of smaller ones. A low set is less likely to reach the surface or lid, so it avoids the problem of plant tops breaking the waterline in a shallow container. Rinse every part in plain tap water before use, avoid soap and household cleaners, and check it over after unpacking. The product photo and pack are the guide to the exact contents and footprint, so measure your tank floor before planning a layout around it. Wipe algae from the surfaces with a soft cloth in removed tank water during routine maintenance, and keep the set clear of heaters. Because it is a decorative item it needs no light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shallow tanks and bowls:** A set that stays below the waterline where depth is limited.
- **Wide, low aquariums:** Keeps the view across the tank open.
- **Foreground accent:** A low decorative layer in front of taller plants.
- **Desk displays:** Compact decor for tabletop and shelf tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water only, without soap or detergent.
- **Check the depth:** Make sure the top sits below the surface and clear of the lid.
- **Use the foreground:** Place it forward so taller plants or decor can sit behind.
- **Wipe regularly:** Clear algae film with a soft cloth at each water change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low profile:** The short set of the five in the Table Aqua range.
- **Clear sight lines:** Keeps the view across a shallow tank open.
- **Table Aqua range:** Compact sets sized for small, tabletop scenes.
- **No upkeep:** Decorative, so it needs no light or fertiliser.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102184
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512430
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Tabletop Plant Set
- **Range:** Table Aqua
- **Model Code:** NAP-507
- **Profile:** Short, for shallow and wide tanks
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Taller Version:** Nisso Table Aqua Tall Ornament (SKU 102185)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, desktop and small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Table Aqua Tall Ornament
Tall tabletop plant set for vertical displays in deeper small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8084
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102185 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512447
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102185-1.jpg
In a deeper nano tank or a tall cube, the plants that work are the ones that fill the height, and a low set leaves the top half of the water empty. Nisso Table Aqua Tall Ornament (SKU: 102185) is the tall-profile set in Nisso's Table Aqua range of compact, tabletop-scale decorative plant sets, from the Japanese aquarium brand. Its model code is NAP-508, and at least one Australian retailer files the same barcode as Nisso Plant Table Set 5. The Tall is the vertical counterpart of the Table Aqua Short Ornament (SKU 102184), and the choice between them comes down to the depth of the water.
A tall piece draws the eye upwards and gives fish cover at several levels, so it suits upright tanks, cubes and narrow display jars where there is height to fill. It makes a good single feature in a minimalist scene, with the rest of the layout kept simple, and because it takes up little floor area it leaves substrate free for bottom dwellers. Check that the top of the set will sit under the waterline with a safe margin, since any part left sticking out of the water can dry and look untidy. If it goes into a betta tank, match the tank size, heating and gentle filtration to the fish as for any betta set-up, and leave open water at the surface for breathing. Rinse every part in plain tap water first and avoid soap and household cleaners. Wipe algae from surfaces with a soft cloth at water changes and keep the set clear of heaters and strong filter flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Deeper nano tanks:** Fills the height of upright tanks and cubes.
- **Vertical displays:** A tall focal point that draws the eye upwards.
- **Cover at several levels:** Gives small fish places to hold at mid-height.
- **Floor-space savings:** Adds presence without covering the substrate.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water, without soap or detergent.
- **Check the waterline:** Confirm the top sits clearly below the surface.
- **Keep it central or to one side:** Leave open water for swimming around it.
- **Avoid strong flow:** A tall set is easier to tip, so shelter it from filter outlets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tall profile:** The upright set of the five in the Table Aqua range.
- **Cover at height:** Gives vertical structure in deeper tanks.
- **Table Aqua range:** Compact sets sized for small, tabletop scenes.
- **Small footprint:** Adds height with little use of the substrate.
- **No upkeep:** Decorative, with no light or fertiliser needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102185
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512447
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Tabletop Plant Set
- **Range:** Table Aqua
- **Model Code:** NAP-508
- **Profile:** Tall, for deeper small tanks
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Lower Version:** Nisso Table Aqua Short Ornament (SKU 102184)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, desktop and small freshwater aquariums
---
#### Nisso Table Aqua Winter Ornament
Winter-themed tabletop plant set for a seasonal small aquarium scene.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8082
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102183 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637512423
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102183-1.jpg
Most aquarium decor aims at the tropics, which makes a winter scene a distinct choice for a desk or shelf tank, especially around the cooler months. Nisso Table Aqua Winter Ornament (SKU: 102183) is the winter-themed set in Nisso's Table Aqua range of compact, tabletop-scale decorative plant sets, from the Japanese aquarium brand. Its model code is NAP-506, between the Bamboo (NAP-505) and the Short (NAP-507) in the range. The theme is the main point of the set, and it is intended for people who want a small aquarium that looks like a scene rather than a conventional planted tank.
A winter theme suits a cool palette: pale or white substrate, grey or white stones, and light-coloured fish or shrimp that stand out against it. White surroundings show every speck of detritus, so a small tank with this theme benefits from a regular wipe of the glass and a gentle siphon of the substrate during weekly water changes. The set is decorative, so it needs no light and will keep its look in a dim room. Rinse every part in plain tap water before use, and avoid soap and household cleaners. Check the product photo against the layout you have in mind. Wipe algae from surfaces with a soft cloth in removed tank water, and keep the set clear of heaters. Because it is a seasonal look it can be swapped out later for another Table Aqua theme, and a set that is moved in and out of a tank should be rinsed and dried before it is stored, so that it does not collect dust or mould in a cupboard over the warmer months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Seasonal displays:** A winter scene for a desk or shelf in the cooler months.
- **Cool-palette scapes:** Pairs with white sand, pale stones and light-coloured livestock.
- **Gift tanks:** A theme that reads clearly at a glance.
- **Snail and shrimp tanks:** Light stocking keeps the pale scene clean.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Plain tap water, without soap or detergent.
- **Keep the palette pale:** Use white sand and pale stones to carry the theme.
- **Siphon weekly:** Pale substrate shows detritus quickly, so clean it with water changes.
- **Remove for medication:** Take decor out before dosing if the label advises it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Winter theme:** A seasonal look that stands apart from tropical decor.
- **Table Aqua range:** Compact sets sized for small, tabletop scenes.
- **Swappable look:** Can be exchanged for another Table Aqua theme later.
- **No upkeep:** No light, carbon dioxide or fertiliser needed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102183
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637512423
- **Product Type:** Ornament > Tabletop Plant Set
- **Range:** Table Aqua
- **Model Code:** NAP-506
- **Theme:** Winter
- **Care:** Rinse in plain water; no soap or chemical cleaners
- **Same Range:** Bonsai (SKU 102181), Bamboo (SKU 102182), Short (SKU 102184), Tall (SKU 102185)
- **Target Environment:** Nano, desktop and small freshwater aquariums
---
### Nisso — Maintenance
#### Nisso Cleaning Siphon L (nam-294)
Large-size siphon for lifting waste from the substrate of larger aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-cleaning-siphon-l-nam-294/
- Price: $14.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102812 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637205233
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102812-1.jpg
A big tank collects a lot of waste in a lot of gravel, and a small siphon takes a long time to cover it. Nisso Cleaning Siphon L (nam-294) (SKU: 102812) is the large size of Nisso's cleaning siphon pair, a hand-held siphon tool that carries water and settled debris from the aquarium into a bucket below tank level. It is used at water-change time, passed over the gravel or sand so that waste leaves with the water being removed rather than being stirred up and left to settle again. The L is the model for tanks with a wide substrate area, or deeper ones where a longer, larger tool is easier to handle.
Nisso lists this size under the model number NAM-294, with the smaller S (NAM-293, SKU 102811) for nano and small aquariums. The principle is the same as for any siphon: the bucket must sit below the tank so gravity can move the water, and a greater drop gives a faster flow. On a large tank it helps to treat the substrate in sections, taking a few minutes over each area, and to stop once the planned volume of water has been removed, which for a routine change is commonly between a fifth and a third of the tank. Replacement water should be conditioned and close to the tank temperature.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large tanks:** Cover a wide substrate area efficiently at each water change.
- **Heavily stocked displays:** Remove the extra waste that large or numerous fish produce.
- **Deeper aquariums:** A larger tool that suits a tank where the substrate is further from the top.
- **Bigger water changes:** Move a larger volume of water in a shorter time than a small siphon.
**How to Use**
- **Position the bucket:** Put a large clean bucket on the floor below the tank's water level.
- **Prime the siphon:** Start the flow as the pack instructs, so water runs steadily towards the bucket.
- **Work in sections:** Cover the substrate one area at a time, avoiding disturbing plant roots.
- **Rinse after use:** Rinse in clean water and dry before storing, keeping it separate from chemicals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large size:** The bigger of Nisso's S and L cleaning siphons.
- **Gravity siphon:** No electricity, pump or batteries needed.
- **Two jobs in one:** Cleans the substrate while draining water for the change.
- **Hand-held operation:** Directed across the substrate by hand.
- **Size pair:** A smaller S model is sold for nano tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 102812
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637205233
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Siphon
- **Model:** NAM-294
- **Size:** L (large)
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Cleaning Siphon S (nam-293) (SKU 102811)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Cleaning Siphon S (nam-293)
Small-size siphon for lifting waste from the substrate of nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-cleaning-siphon-s-nam-293/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102811 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637205226
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102811-1.jpg
Waste settles into the substrate faster than a filter can reach it, and the simplest way to remove it is to take it out with the water. Nisso Cleaning Siphon S (nam-293) (SKU: 102811) is the small size of Nisso's cleaning siphon pair, a hand-held siphon tool that moves water and debris from the aquarium into a bucket placed below tank level. It is used during water changes, working over the gravel or sand so that uneaten food, fish waste and other settled debris leave with the water that is being drained anyway, rather than being stirred back into the water column.
The S is the compact model of the pair, the one to reach for on nano and small aquariums, where a larger siphon is awkward to turn around in a small space between plants and decor. Nisso lists it under the model number NAM-293; the larger size is the L (NAM-294, SKU 102812). A siphon works by gravity, so the bucket has to sit lower than the tank for water to flow, and the gap between the water surface and the bucket sets the speed. Work over a part of the substrate at a time and remove only as much water as the usual water change calls for, typically between a fifth and a third of the tank for a routine change, adding conditioned water of matching temperature afterwards.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** Clean the substrate and remove water in the same step.
- **Nano and small tanks:** A compact siphon for tight spaces between plants and hardscape.
- **Spot cleaning:** Lift a patch of waste or uneaten food between full water changes.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Remove debris from a bare or lightly planted tank.
**How to Use**
- **Set up the bucket:** Place a clean bucket on the floor below the level of the tank.
- **Start the siphon:** Prime it as the pack instructs so that water runs towards the bucket.
- **Work the substrate:** Move over the gravel or sand a section at a time, pausing to let debris lift.
- **Finish and rinse:** Stop at the planned water volume, then rinse the tool in clean water and dry it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small size:** The compact one of Nisso's S and L cleaning siphons.
- **Siphon operation:** Gravity does the work, with no electricity or batteries.
- **Cleans while draining:** Debris leaves with the water taken out for a water change.
- **Hand-held tool:** Directed over the substrate by hand.
- **Size pair:** A larger L model suits bigger tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 102811
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637205226
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Siphon
- **Model:** NAM-293
- **Size:** S (small)
- **Power:** None; gravity siphon
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Cleaning Siphon L (nam-294) (SKU 102812)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Double-brush With Spatula
Three-in-one hand tool with two brushes and a spatula for small aquarium corners.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-double-brush-with-spatula/
- Price: $8.73 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102180 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637481132
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102180-1.jpg
Algae and detritus collect in the places a sponge cannot reach, and a different tool is needed for each kind. Nisso Double-brush With Spatula (SKU: 102180) is a small hand tool from Nisso's Raku Mini Maintenance range, built around a polypropylene handle that carries a long brush, a short brush and a spatula. Nisso describes it as a mini-size tool for the cleaning of small aquariums, intended for corners and equipment, where its brushes and spatula remove stubborn dirt. It measures about 40 mm by 25 mm by 190 mm, small enough to be handled in a nano tank without disturbing the layout.
The long and short brushes give two lengths of reach from one handle, and the spatula is the scraping edge for growth that a brush will not shift. Using the right end for the job saves wear on the tank: the spatula should be kept away from silicone seams and scratch-prone surfaces, and the brushes are the gentler choice for filter parts, pipes and decor. Because everything is on a single polypropylene handle, the tool is easy to pass around a tank and to rinse, and it stores in a drawer with the net and scissors. Rinse it in clean tap water after use, shake it dry and keep it with the aquarium kit rather than the household cleaning cupboard, so no detergent residue can reach the water. Nisso also makes small sponges in the same range for the glass itself, such as the Micro Cleaning Sponges (SKU 113283 and 113284).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tank corners:** Reach the angle where two panes meet and algae collects.
- **Equipment cleaning:** Brush filter parts, intake guards and heater holders.
- **Hard-to-reach growth:** Scrape thick patches on glass or decor with the spatula.
- **Nano tanks:** A compact tool that does not take up the space of a full-size scraper.
**How to Use**
- **Pick the right end:** Use a brush for dirt and soft growth and the spatula only for hard deposits.
- **Work gently:** Light strokes remove most algae without scratching the surface.
- **Mind the seams:** Keep the spatula edge away from silicone and soft or coated material.
- **Rinse and dry:** Rinse in clean water and dry it before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Long brush:** One of two brush heads, with extra length for reach.
- **Short brush:** The second brush head, for close work in corners.
- **Spatula:** A scraping edge for hard growth.
- **Mini size:** About 40 × 25 × 190 mm for small aquariums.
- **Polypropylene handle:** One handle carries all three working parts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 102180
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637481132
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Cleaning Brush
- **Parts:** Handle with long brush, short brush and spatula
- **Size:** About 40 × 25 × 190 mm
- **Material:** Polypropylene (PP)
- **Range:** Raku Mini Maintenance
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Gravel Vac (nam-330)
Substrate cleaner for lifting waste and uneaten food from small to medium aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-gravel-vac-nam-330/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124812 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637246892
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124812-1.jpg
Waste and uneaten food settle into the gravel long before they show on the glass, and a water change that skips the substrate leaves most of it behind. Nisso Gravel Vac (nam-330) (SKU: 124812) is Nisso's gravel cleaner for small to medium-sized aquariums, designed to draw uneaten food, fish waste and other debris out of the substrate so that it leaves the tank with the water instead of breaking down in the gravel. The Australian distributor says it is easy to set up and operate, suiting both beginners and experienced aquarists, and describes the construction as durable.
The published information on this model is limited. No length, tube diameter, hose length or material is given by the distributor or by the retailers listing it, and the way the unit is primed is not described, so check the contents and instructions when it arrives. It is the standard model, and the Gravel Vac Slim (nam-299, SKU 124811) is Nisso's narrower alternative for tightly decorated tanks. As with any gravel vacuum, the technique matters more than the tool: work through the substrate in sections, lift the gravel and let it fall rather than burying the tool, and stop once the water you have removed comes away clear. Remove only part of the tank's volume in a session, and replace it with conditioned water of a similar temperature. In planted tanks, vacuum open areas thoroughly and only skim the surface near roots, and in sand beds hover just above the surface rather than pushing into it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine water changes:** Cleaning the substrate while old water is removed.
- **Small and medium tanks:** The size class the distributor lists for the tool.
- **Heavily fed tanks:** Lifting out uneaten food and waste that gathers between the stones.
- **Beginner maintenance:** A simple tool for a first routine clean.
**How to Use**
- **Prepare the drain:** Have a bucket ready before starting and switch off the heater and filter.
- **Work in sections:** Clean one area at a time rather than the whole substrate in one pass.
- **Lift and release:** Raise the gravel so debris is carried away and the stones drop back.
- **Finish and refill:** Top up with conditioned water and switch the equipment back on.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Debris removal:** Targets uneaten food, fish waste and other substrate debris.
- **Small to medium tanks:** Matched to the size of aquarium the distributor lists.
- **Simple set-up:** Described as easy to set up and operate.
- **Durable build:** Described as long-lasting, with no material named.
- **Routine maintenance:** Saves time on regular water changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124812
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637246892
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Cleaner
- **Model:** NAM-330
- **Suitable Tanks:** Small to medium aquariums
- **Function:** Removes uneaten food, waste and debris from the substrate
- **Companion Product:** Nisso Gravel Vac Slim (nam-299) (SKU 124811)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums with gravel or sand substrates
---
#### Nisso Gravel Vac Slim (nam-299)
Narrow substrate cleaner for densely decorated small to medium tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-gravel-vac-slim-nam-299/
- Price: $16.35 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124811 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637246885
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124811-1.jpg
A crowded aquascape is the hardest tank to vacuum, because a wide tool will not fit between the rocks, roots and plant stems where the waste settles. Nisso Gravel Vac Slim (nam-299) (SKU: 124811) is the slim version of Nisso's gravel cleaner, a compact maintenance tool for small to medium-sized aquariums. The Australian distributor says its slim profile gives access to tight spaces, makes it suited to densely decorated tanks and lets it clean around decorations and plants without disturbing the layout, while removing uneaten food, fish waste and other debris from the substrate.
It is described as user-friendly in its set-up and operation, for beginners and experienced aquarists alike. As with the standard Gravel Vac (nam-330, SKU 124812), no length, tube diameter, hose length or material is published, and the priming method is not described, so read the instructions with the product before the first clean. The practical advantage of the slim form is the ability to put the tool where a wider cleaner will not go: between stems in a planted tank, under overhangs of wood and along the base of hardscape. Work slowly around plant roots so that the substrate is not pulled out of the root zone, and vacuum only a section at a time. Remove only part of the water in a single session, and top up with conditioned water close to the tank temperature. Rinse the tool in clean water afterwards and let it dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Densely decorated tanks:** Reaching between hardscape pieces where wider tools cannot go.
- **Planted aquariums:** Cleaning around stems and decorations without disturbing the layout.
- **Small to medium tanks:** The size class the distributor lists for the Slim.
- **Spot cleaning:** Lifting out a patch of waste or uneaten food between full cleans.
**How to Use**
- **Get set up:** Place a bucket for the drained water and switch off the heater and filter.
- **Start in the gaps:** Work the slim end between decor first, then clear open areas.
- **Move gently near plants:** Keep the tool off the roots and skim the surface there.
- **Refill and rinse:** Top up with conditioned water, restart equipment and rinse the tool.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slim profile:** Gives access to tight spaces in a decorated tank.
- **Debris removal:** Removes uneaten food, fish waste and other substrate debris.
- **Layout-friendly:** Cleans around plants and decor without moving them.
- **Easy to use:** Described as straightforward to set up and operate.
- **Small to medium tanks:** Sized for the aquariums the distributor lists.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124811
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637246885
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Gravel Cleaner
- **Model:** NAM-299
- **Design:** Slim body for tight spaces
- **Suitable Tanks:** Small to medium aquariums
- **Function:** Removes uneaten food, waste and debris from the substrate
- **Companion Product:** Nisso Gravel Vac (nam-330) (SKU 124812)
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums with gravel or sand substrates
---
#### Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano (black)
Compact two-part magnetic glass cleaner for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-magnet-cleaner-nano-black/
- Price: $21.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113286 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637480579
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113286-1.webp
Cleaning the glass of a small tank by hand means wet sleeves, a disturbed aquascape and fish that scatter every time an arm goes in. Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano (black) (SKU: 113286) is the black version of Nisso's compact magnetic algae cleaner, sized for nano and small aquariums. Like every magnetic cleaner it works in two halves: one half sits inside the tank against the glass and the other is held on the outside, and the magnets pull the two together through the pane. Moving the outer half across the glass drags the inner half with it, wiping away the film of algae that builds up on the viewing panes without opening the lid.
The Nano is made for small glass, where a full-size cleaner is clumsy and too heavy to manoeuvre in a shallow tank. The pull between the halves depends on the thickness of the glass, so the thinner panes common on nano tanks suit it well, and thick glass weakens the grip until the halves may slide apart. Check the pane thickness of your tank against the details on the pack before buying. Work slowly and keep sand and gravel grains out from under the inner half, since a trapped grain can scratch glass or acrylic. The black version is also sold in white as SKU 113285; the choice is largely about which colour is less noticeable in your tank, and black blends into a dark background or a black-painted rear panel. Rinse the cleaner in fresh water when it comes out and let it dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** A compact body for short panes where large cleaners are awkward.
- **Weekly glass care:** Quick wipes keep film algae from building up on the front and sides.
- **Tanks with dark backgrounds:** A black body is less visible against a black rear panel.
- **Disturbance-sensitive tanks:** Shrimp and betta tanks where an arm in the water causes stress.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Position the halves:** Place the inner half against the glass inside and the outer half opposite it.
- **Move slowly:** Glide the outer half in straight overlapping strokes across the pane.
- **Avoid grit:** Keep sand and gravel clear of the inner half, and stay above the substrate line.
- **Rinse and dry:** Rinse in fresh water after use and dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano size:** Compact body made for small aquariums.
- **Two-part magnetic design:** Cleans the glass from outside the tank.
- **Black finish:** Suits tanks with dark backgrounds or black rear panels.
- **Dry hands:** No need to reach into the water or move decor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113286
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637480579
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Algae Cleaner
- **Model:** Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano
- **Colour:** Black
- **Size Class:** Nano, for small aquariums
- **Design:** Two-part magnetic cleaner, inner and outer halves
- **Other Sizes & Colours:** Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano (white) (SKU 113285)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and small glass aquariums
---
#### Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano (white)
Compact white magnetic glass cleaner for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-magnet-cleaner-nano-white/
- Price: $21.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113285 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637480562
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113285-1.webp
A film of green algae on the front pane is usually the first thing a visitor to a small tank notices, and it comes back every week. Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano (white) (SKU: 113285) is the white version of Nisso's compact magnetic algae cleaner for nano and small aquariums. A magnetic cleaner is made in two halves that clamp together through the glass: one half goes inside the tank and the other stays on the outside, and sliding the outer half around moves the inner half over the algae. The tank stays covered, the aquascape stays in place and nobody's sleeves get wet.
The Nano name marks it as the compact size, made for the short, narrow panes of desktop and nano tanks where a full-size cleaner is awkward. How firmly the two halves hold depends on how thick the glass is, with thin glass giving a strong grip and thick glass a weak one, so check the thickness of your tank against the details on the pack. A white body stands out in a tank with a dark background but disappears against a white or pale backing, which is the usual reason to choose it over the black version (SKU 113286). Keep sand and gravel clear of the inner half, because a single trapped grain can mark glass or acrylic, and stay clear of the silicone seams in the corners. After use, rinse the halves in fresh water and let them dry before storing them, and keep them apart from magnetic cards and phones.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop and nano tanks:** A small body that turns easily in short, narrow panes.
- **Routine upkeep:** A quick pass before water changes keeps film algae off the viewing glass.
- **Light backgrounds:** The white body is less obvious against a white or pale rear panel.
- **Shrimp and betta tanks:** Cleaning from outside means less disturbance to timid inhabitants.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Line up the halves:** Put one half inside the glass and the other directly opposite it outside.
- **Use even strokes:** Sweep in overlapping lines rather than circles, so no strip is missed.
- **Protect the glass:** Check that no gravel grain sits between the inner half and the pane.
- **Dry and store:** Rinse in fresh water and keep dry between uses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano size:** Sized for small aquariums rather than large displays.
- **Clean from outside:** The outer half drives the inner half across the glass.
- **White finish:** Matches tanks with light or white backing.
- **No disturbance:** Decor, substrate and fish stay where they are.
- **Colour choice:** Same cleaner as the black version, in white.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113285
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637480562
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Magnetic Algae Cleaner
- **Model:** Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano
- **Colour:** White
- **Size Class:** Nano, for small aquariums
- **Design:** Two-part magnetic cleaner, inner and outer halves
- **Other Sizes & Colours:** Nisso Magnet Cleaner Nano (black) (SKU 113286)
- **Target Environment:** Nano and small glass aquariums
---
#### Nisso Micro Cleaning Sponge (firm)
Firm nonwoven scrubbing sponge on a handle for stubborn algae in small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-micro-cleaning-sponge-firm/
- Price: $5.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113284 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637481118
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113284-1.jpg
Algae that survives a wipe with a soft pad needs something with a little more bite, in a size that fits into a nano tank. Nisso Micro Cleaning Sponge (firm) (SKU: 113284) is the firm-textured model in Nisso's Raku Mini Maintenance range, a small sponge on a handle made for cleaning small aquariums. Nisso describes the firm version as the one for stubborn algae: the working face is a firm polyester nonwoven fabric over polyurethane foam, which scrubs harder than the melamine foam used on the soft model, and the handle is polypropylene. The set includes four spare sponges, giving five in all.
The Japanese specification for the range lists the handle-and-sponge unit at about 20 mm by 20 mm by 155 mm, which keeps the head small enough to reach corners and gaps between decor that a larger scrubber cannot enter. When the working face becomes loaded with algae or worn, it is replaced from the spares rather than the whole tool being thrown away. The firm sponge is chosen for tougher growth on glass and hard surfaces, while the soft one (SKU 113283) is chosen for daily slime and film. Test any abrasive pad on an inconspicuous spot first, and avoid scrubbing the silicone seams. Rinse the sponge in clean tap water, not detergent, and keep a pad that has touched chemicals or other tanks away from the aquarium to avoid carrying anything across.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stubborn algae:** Spots and film that a soft pad does not shift.
- **Small aquariums:** The 20 mm head fits nano tanks and tight spaces.
- **Hard surfaces:** Cleaning decor, equipment and tank walls that tolerate a firmer scrub.
- **Quick weekly maintenance:** A handle for reaching algae without wet sleeves.
**How to Use**
- **Scrub in small circles:** Work the firm face over the algae with light, steady pressure.
- **Keep to the glass:** Avoid the silicone seams and any scratch-prone material.
- **Swap the sponge:** Replace the working face from the spares when it wears or loads up.
- **Rinse and dry:** Rinse in clean water after use and let it dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Firm texture:** A nonwoven face for stubborn algae.
- **Four spare sponges:** Replacements included with the handle set.
- **Mini size:** About 20 × 20 × 155 mm, made for small aquariums.
- **Polypropylene handle:** Keeps hands out of the water.
- **Soft partner:** A melamine version is sold for daily film and slime.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 113284
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637481118
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Algae Cleaning Sponge
- **Contents:** 1 handle with sponge, 4 spare sponges
- **Size:** About 20 × 20 × 155 mm
- **Materials:** Polypropylene handle; polyurethane foam with polyester nonwoven fabric
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Micro Cleaning Sponge (soft) (SKU 113283)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Micro Cleaning Sponge (soft)
Soft melamine sponge on a handle for daily slime and film removal in small tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-micro-cleaning-sponge-soft/
- Price: $5.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113283 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637481101
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113283-1.jpg
Film and slime on the glass build up a little every day, and a gentle sponge that is kept at hand cleans them before they become a job. Nisso Micro Cleaning Sponge (soft) (SKU: 113283) is the soft-textured model in Nisso's Raku Mini Maintenance range, a small handled sponge for the daily care of small aquariums. Its working face is melamine foam, the fine-textured material Nisso uses for slime removal, mounted on a polypropylene handle with polyurethane foam behind it. The set holds the sponge on the handle plus four spare sponges, so five faces in all.
Nisso's Japanese specification for the range gives the handle-and-sponge unit as about 20 mm by 20 mm by 155 mm, small enough for nano tanks, cubes and the gaps behind decor. Melamine foam works as a very fine abrasive and wears away as it cleans, so a worn face is replaced from the spares rather than the whole tool. It suits the light, regular cleaning of glass, while the firm model (SKU 113284) is the one for stubborn algae. As with any melamine product, use it with water only and no cleaning agents, rinse it in clean tap water afterwards, and check on a small hidden area before using it on soft or coated surfaces. Avoid the silicone seams. Keep the sponge for the aquarium alone, so nothing from household cleaning reaches the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily film and slime:** Wipe the front glass before algae film has time to thicken.
- **Nano and cube tanks:** A 20 mm head that fits small tanks and narrow spaces.
- **Behind decor:** Reach gaps and corners where a larger pad cannot go.
- **Light-duty equipment cleaning:** Wipe lily pipes, glass lids and similar smooth parts.
**How to Use**
- **Wipe, do not grind:** Use light pressure and short strokes along the glass.
- **Use water only:** Do not add soaps or cleaners to the sponge or the tank.
- **Replace the face:** Fit a spare sponge once the foam is worn down or discoloured.
- **Rinse and dry:** Rinse in clean water after use and dry the handle before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft melamine face:** A gentle texture for slime and film.
- **Five sponges:** One on the handle and four spare faces.
- **Mini size:** About 20 × 20 × 155 mm, made for small aquariums.
- **Handled tool:** Keeps hands out of the water during daily wipes.
- **Firm partner:** A nonwoven version is sold for stubborn algae.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 113283
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637481101
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Algae Cleaning Sponge
- **Contents:** 1 handle with sponge, 4 spare sponges
- **Size:** About 20 × 20 × 155 mm
- **Materials:** Polypropylene handle; melamine foam with polyurethane foam
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Micro Cleaning Sponge (firm) (SKU 113284)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Pipe Cleaner (2pk)
Twin pack of hard-bristle brushes for cleaning filter hoses and pipes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/nisso-pipe-cleaner-2pk/
- Price: $18.79 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113289 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637480159
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113289-1.jpg
The inside of a filter hose is one place a tank's maintenance routine rarely reaches, and slime, algae and fine debris collect there until the flow rate drops without any obvious reason. Nisso Pipe Cleaner (2pk) (SKU: 113289) is a twin pack of pipe-cleaning brushes from Nisso, the Japanese aquarium brand, sold for clearing hoses and pipes in an aquarium filter system. The store's earlier listing describes the bristles as hard, which suits scrubbing off the loam, slime and debris that stick to the inside wall of a tube. Two brushes come in the pack, so one can be kept for the inflow side of a filter and one for the outflow, or one can be held back as a spare.
Dirty pipework matters for more than appearance. Narrowed tubing restricts flow, a canister filter works harder against the extra resistance, and a build-up of old organic matter at an outlet can foul the water. Cleaning the hose at the same time as the filter media is serviced keeps the whole run in working order. Push the brush through slowly and pull it back, rinse it in a bucket of old tank water, and repeat until the water coming out is clear. Do not rinse filter hoses or media under chlorinated tap water if the biological bacteria in the filter are meant to survive; use tank water that has been removed during the water change. Brush sizes and the range of hose diameters they suit are not stated here, so match the brush to the inside diameter of the hose before pushing it in, and do not force a brush that is jammed. Store the brushes clean and dry between uses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Filter servicing:** Clean the hoses at the same time as the media and impeller.
- **Falling flow rate:** Check the pipework for a slime or debris build-up when output drops.
- **Second-hand equipment:** Clear old residue from hoses before putting them on a new tank.
- **Two filter lines:** One brush for the inlet and one for the outlet, kept separate.
**Cleaning Technique Guide**
- **Isolate the filter:** Turn it off, close the taps and drain the hoses into a bucket.
- **Push and pull:** Work the brush slowly through the tube in both directions.
- **Rinse in tank water:** Use water taken from the tank so beneficial bacteria are not harmed.
- **Check clear flow:** Hold the hose to the light to see that the wall is clean.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Twin pack:** Two brushes, so inlet and outlet pipes can be kept separate.
- **Hard bristles:** Aimed at loam, slime and debris stuck to the tube wall.
- **Filter system care:** Intended for hoses and pipes in aquarium filtration.
- **Quick job:** Done in minutes during a normal service.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113289
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637480159
- **Product Type:** Maintenance > Hose & Pipe Brush
- **Pack Contents:** 2 pipe-cleaning brushes
- **Bristles:** Hard, for stuck-on debris
- **Use:** Aquarium filter hoses and pipes
- **Care:** Rinse and dry after use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium filtration
---
### Nisso — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Nisso Scissors (nam-074)
Aquascaping scissors for trimming stem plants, carpets and moss in planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/nisso-scissors-nam-074/
- Price: $72.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102808 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637529599
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102808-1.jpg
Trimming a planted tank with kitchen scissors tears stems, bruises leaves and leaves ragged ends that melt back, and a cut made with the wrong tool is the start of many a messy aquascape. Nisso Scissors (nam-074) (SKU: 102808) are aquascaping scissors from Nisso, the Japanese aquarium brand, sold for trimming and shaping aquatic plants. The model code in the name, NAM-074, sits in the same NAM series that Nisso uses for its maintenance accessories, such as the Gravel Vac Slim NAM-299. Aquascaping scissors are usually long-handled so the hand can stay above the waterline while the blades reach the carpet or the back of the tank.
Clean cuts matter because plants heal and regrow from them. A sharp blade slices through a stem without crushing the tissue, which leaves a cleaner wound and less rotting material in the tank. For stem plants, cut just above a node so new side shoots form, replant the tops, and remove the trimmings with a net before they break up and add to the waste load. For carpets such as dwarf hairgrass, trim in light passes with the blades flat and parallel to the substrate, and lift out the clippings with a siphon or net. The blade length, handle length and whether the tips are straight or curved are not confirmed here, so check the pack or product photo against your tank depth. Rinse the scissors in fresh water after use and dry them, because water left on the pivot is what dulls and stiffens scissors; keep them out of reach of children.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stem plant trimming:** Cut stems above a node to encourage bushy side growth.
- **Carpet maintenance:** Shape dwarf hairgrass and other lawn plants into an even height.
- **Removing dead leaves:** Snip off damaged foliage cleanly at the stem.
- **Display aquascapes:** Precise cutting to keep a layout looking as designed.
**How to Use**
- **Hold the stem:** Steady the plant with tweezers or fingers before cutting.
- **Cut cleanly:** Close the blades in one firm motion rather than chewing through the stem.
- **Net the clippings:** Lift cut pieces out at once so they do not rot or clog the filter.
- **Rinse and dry:** Wash in fresh water after use, wipe dry, and store with the blades closed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Aquascaping scissors:** Made for trimming and shaping aquatic plants.
- **Clean cuts:** Reduce crushed stems and loose, rotting pieces in the tank.
- **Reach into the tank:** Long scissors keep the hand above the waterline.
- **Nisso NAM series:** Part of the brand's range of aquarium maintenance tools.
- **Hand-held tool:** No power or batteries; a rinse and dry is the only care.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102808
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637529599
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Aquascaping Scissors
- **Model Code:** NAM-074
- **Use:** Trimming stem plants, carpets and moss
- **Care:** Rinse in fresh water and dry after use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and aquascapes
---
### Nisso — Accessories
#### Nisso Egg-laying Box Dx (l)
Two-compartment spawning and rearing box with a shower pipe for in-tank breeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-egg-laying-box-dx-l/
- Price: $31.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725220 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637482153
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725220-1.png
Breeding fish in a community tank means finding a way to keep parents, eggs and fry apart without running a second aquarium. Nisso Egg-laying Box Dx (l) (SKU: 725220) is the large size of Nisso's DX egg-laying box, a separate-type in-tank box with two rooms, so that spawning and rearing can take place at the same time in the one unit. A shower pipe adds water flow through the box, and the lid is arranged so that fry can be fed without opening it. The box is made of polystyrene (PS) and PVC, Nisso lists it for freshwater and saltwater use, and it measures about 185 mm wide, 90 mm deep and 112 mm high.
The two-room layout is the point of the DX: one room can hold the parent fish or the spawn while the other holds fry or a separated fish, which suits keepers who breed small egg-laying or livebearing species and want to keep the young apart from adults. Because it sits inside an existing tank, the box shares the tank's water, temperature and filtration, so there is no separate heater or filter to buy. Fry are small and fragile, so keep the box out of strong current and away from the filter outlet, and avoid crowding the rooms. Nisso also makes the DX in a smaller size (SKU 725219), the S, for smaller aquariums. Any air pump or tubing needed for the shower pipe, and the method of fixing the box to the tank wall, should be checked against the instructions in the pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Breeding in a community tank:** Keep a spawning pair or newly laid eggs separate from other fish.
- **Raising fry:** Hold young fish in a protected room while they grow.
- **Separating a fish:** Isolate an injured, weak or aggressive tank mate for a time.
- **Feeding without disturbance:** Add food through the lid without lifting the box out.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse the box:** Wash the parts in clean water, with no soap or detergent, before they go in the tank.
- **Choose the spot:** Fix it to the inside of the tank away from the filter outlet and strong flow.
- **Set the shower pipe:** Fit the pipe as the pack instructs to circulate water through the box.
- **Introduce fish gently:** Place fish or eggs into the correct room and watch for the first hour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two rooms:** A separate-type box for spawning and rearing at the same time.
- **Shower pipe:** Adds water flow through the box.
- **Feed-through lid:** Fry can be fed without opening the box.
- **Large size:** About 185 × 90 × 112 mm, for larger fish or more fry.
- **Fresh or salt water:** Listed for freshwater and saltwater use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 725220
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637482153
- **Product Type:** Accessories > In-Tank Breeding Box
- **Size:** L
- **Box Dimensions:** About 185 mm wide × 90 mm deep × 112 mm high
- **Material:** Polystyrene (PS) and PVC
- **Layout:** Two rooms (separate type)
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Egg-laying Box Dx (s) (SKU 725219)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Egg-laying Box Dx (s)
In-tank breeding and isolation box with fry slits, lid feeding hole and air shower.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-egg-laying-box-dx-s/
- Price: $27.24 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725219 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637482054
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725219-1.png
A pregnant guppy in an open community tank is a short countdown to a lot of missing fry, and the simplest fix is a box that keeps the newborns away from the adults. Nisso Egg-laying Box Dx (s) (SKU: 725219) is the smaller of Nisso's two Dx breeding boxes, a compact box that sits inside the aquarium on suction cups. Slits in the bottom let the newborn fry of livebearers such as guppies and platies fall through to safety, away from the parent fish. An integrated air shower keeps water moving through the box from an air pump, and a feeding hole in the lid means the occupants can be fed without opening it.
The Australian distributor lists the box at W115 × D100 × H115 mm and also at W115 × D90 × H112 mm without saying which figure belongs to which part, so treat both as approximate; the weight is given as approximately 210 g. The air pump and tubing are sold separately, and air reaches the box through an L-shaped joint. Despite the egg-laying name, the uses described for it are separating livebearer fry, isolating weak or aggressive fish from tank mates and breeding bettas, all while the box stays in the same water as the rest of the aquarium. The suction cups and the air stone are consumables and should be replaced periodically, and the box lifts off the glass easily for cleaning. The larger Dx (l) (SKU 725220) is the other size in the range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearer births:** Guppies and platies drop their fry through the bottom slits, clear of the mother.
- **Weak or injured fish:** A fish that is being picked on can recover in the box while staying in the tank's water.
- **Aggressive fish:** A short time-out for a bully, without a separate tank or heater.
- **Betta breeding:** The maker lists betta breeding as one of the box's uses.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fix the box:** Press the suction cups onto clean, algae-free glass on the inside of the tank.
- **Connect the air:** Join the airline from the pump to the L-shaped joint to run the air shower.
- **Feed through the lid:** Drop food through the feeding hole rather than lifting the lid.
- **Clean and replace:** Lift the box off for cleaning, and swap the suction cups and air stone when they wear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bottom fry slits:** Newborn livebearer fry fall through and are separated from the parents.
- **Air shower:** Keeps water circulating through the box when connected to an air pump.
- **Lid feeding hole:** Feed without removing the lid.
- **Suction cup mounting:** Attaches to the inside wall of the aquarium.
- **Compact Dx (s) size:** The smaller of the two Dx boxes, at about 210 g.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 725219
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637482054
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Breeding Box
- **Model:** Nisso Egg-laying Box Dx (s)
- **Dimensions:** W115 × D100 × H115 mm; the distributor also lists W115 × D90 × H112 mm
- **Weight:** Approximately 210 g
- **Mounting:** Suction cups, included
- **Air Supply:** Air shower via L-shaped joint; air pump and tubing sold separately
- **Consumables:** Suction cups and air stone
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Egg-laying Box Dx (l) (SKU 725220)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including livebearer and betta set-ups
---
#### Nisso Fish Feeding Cone
Suction-cup funnel that holds live or frozen worms for slow, contained feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-feeding-cone/
- Price: $9.33 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124657 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637527410
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124657-1.jpg
Bloodworms dropped into a tank scatter on the current, the quick fish take most of them and the slow bottom-dweller gets none. Nisso Fish Feeding Cone (SKU: 124657) is a funnel-shaped feeder from Nisso that fixes to the aquarium glass with a suction cup and holds food so it is released gradually rather than drifting around the tank. Nisso's Australian distributor describes it for live worms and frozen bloodworms, with live worms emerging slowly through holes in the cone, which gives fish a better chance to catch them and keeps uneaten food from fouling the water.
Because the cone sits on the glass where you put it, feeding can be aimed at a particular fish or part of the tank, which the distributor singles out as useful for bottom-dwelling fish. Frozen bloodworms can be handled in two ways: place a cube in the cone and let it defrost there, or thaw the cube in a separate container and use the cone to hold the liquid. The distributor describes the cone as easy to install, remove and clean. No capacity, dimensions or material are published for it, so judge the size from the pack rather than from a figure. Rinse it in clean water after use and avoid soap or detergent, as residues are not wanted in a fish tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom-dwellers:** Corydoras, loaches and other fish that lose out to faster surface feeders.
- **Live worms:** The worms work their way out of the holes over time instead of landing in one clump.
- **Frozen bloodworm:** A way to thaw and serve a cube without it scattering through the tank.
- **Targeted feeding:** Food delivered to one fish or one end of the tank.
**How to Use**
- **Choose the spot:** Wipe the glass clean at the chosen height, then press the suction cup on firmly.
- **Load the food:** Put live worms or a frozen cube in the cone.
- **Thaw separately if preferred:** Use the cone to hold the thawed liquid instead.
- **Remove after feeding:** Take the cone off the glass and rinse it with clean water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Funnel shape:** Holds the food in one place rather than letting it spread.
- **Suction cup mount:** Fixes to the aquarium glass and comes off again for cleaning.
- **Slow release:** Live worms leave through the holes gradually, according to the distributor.
- **Less mess:** Contained food means less left over to break down in the water.
- **Easy care:** Described as simple to install, remove and clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124657
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637527410
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Feeding Cone
- **Design:** Funnel-shaped cone with holes and a suction cup
- **Suitable Foods:** Live worms and frozen bloodworms
- **Mounting:** Suction cup to the inside of the aquarium glass
- **Care:** Rinse in clean water; no soap
- **Target Environment:** Glass aquariums, for bottom-dwelling and other fish fed by hand
---
#### Nisso Fish Net Large (aq-18)
Wide fine-mesh net with a long handle for bigger fish and deeper tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-net-large-aq-18/
- Price: $8.30 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124654 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637484522
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124654-1.webp
A big fish in a small net bends the mesh, tangles its fins and ends up more stressed than the netting was worth. Nisso Fish Net Large (aq-18) (SKU: 124654) is the largest of the standard-style nets in Nisso's range apart from the X-large, a fine-mesh net with an ergonomic handle for moving larger fish, catching strays and relocating decor. The Australian distributor lists it at 150 × 120 mm with a 370 mm handle, and does not say which of the two head figures is the opening width and which the depth, so treat the head as roughly 15 by 12 cm.
Nisso describes the mesh as fine and designed for gentle capture, the handle as ergonomic for a comfortable and secure grip, and the net as easy to clean. The distributor describes the construction as durable materials for regular use and does not name the frame or mesh material. The 370 mm handle is the longest of the Small, Medium and Large nets and reaches the back and bottom of a deeper aquarium, while the larger head gives bigger fish more room inside the mesh before it is lifted. It is the net to choose for cichlids, larger barbs, goldfish and other fish that will not fit comfortably in the Medium (SKU 124655), and it also handles the tasks the smaller sizes struggle with, such as lifting a plant clump or ornament out of the tank. Rinse it after every job and let it dry before storing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger fish:** Cichlids, goldfish and other bigger species that need room in the mesh.
- **Deep or large tanks:** A 370 mm handle reaches the back and bottom.
- **Fish moves between tanks:** Transfers at set-up, upgrades or rehoming.
- **Heavy decor tasks:** Lifting floating plants, debris or small ornaments.
**How to Use**
- **Lower the water level if needed:** Less depth gives the fish fewer places to run.
- **Approach from behind:** Sweep the fish into the net headfirst where possible.
- **Support the frame:** Lift smoothly and avoid shaking the mesh against the fins.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean it in clean water after use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large head:** Listed at 150 × 120 mm for bigger fish.
- **370 mm handle:** The longest handle of the Small, Medium and Large nets.
- **Fine mesh:** Designed for gentle capture.
- **Ergonomic handle:** Comfortable and secure to hold.
- **Easy to clean:** Straightforward maintenance after use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124654
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637484522
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Net
- **Model:** AQ-18
- **Net Size:** 150 × 120 mm, as listed by the distributor
- **Handle Length:** 370 mm
- **Mesh:** Fine
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Fish Net Medium (aq-17) (SKU 124655); Nisso Fish Net Small (aq-16) (SKU 124656)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Fish Net Medium (aq-17)
Fine-mesh mid-size net with a wider head for medium fish and larger tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-net-medium-aq-17/
- Price: $6.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124655 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637484515
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124655-1.webp
Once fish outgrow the small net, chasing them around a 90 cm tank with a narrow head turns a two-minute job into a stressful one. Nisso Fish Net Medium (aq-17) (SKU: 124655) is the middle size in Nisso's fish net range, a fine-mesh net with an ergonomic handle for catching and moving fish, strays and decorations. The Australian distributor lists it at 125 × 100 mm with a 350 mm handle, a wider opening than the Small and a longer reach, which makes it the practical choice for a mixed community of medium-sized fish.
Nisso says the fine mesh is designed to prevent injury to fish, the handle gives a comfortable and controllable grip, and the net is easy to clean and maintain. It is intended for moving fish between tanks, catching stray fish and relocating decorations. The distributor lists the build only as durable, so the frame and mesh materials are not known. The 350 mm handle is long enough to reach the back corners of a typical home aquarium without leaning in, and the wider head gives a fish more room to swim into the mesh instead of being pinned against it. Step down to the Small (SKU 124656) for tetras and guppies, or up to the Large (SKU 124654) for bigger or faster fish. Rinse the net after each use, and do not share one net between a healthy tank and a tank being treated.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium community fish:** Barbs, larger tetras, mollies and similar mid-size species.
- **Larger home tanks:** The 350 mm handle reaches the back of a typical aquarium.
- **Tank rearrangement:** Moving fish out of the way before the hardscape is changed.
- **Retrieving strays:** Fishing out a jumper or a fish that has become stuck behind equipment.
**How to Use**
- **Plan the route:** Choose a clear patch of open water to herd the fish into.
- **Use a second tool:** A small net or a clear plastic card steers the fish into the mesh.
- **Scoop with the wide head:** Sweep in from behind and lift only when the fish is fully enclosed.
- **Rinse and dry:** Wash the net in clean water after use and let it dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-size head:** 125 × 100 mm, wider than the Small.
- **Fine mesh:** Designed to prevent injury to the fish.
- **350 mm handle:** Reaches into larger tanks.
- **Ergonomic grip:** A comfortable, controllable hold.
- **Easy to clean:** Described as simple to keep hygienic.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124655
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637484515
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Net
- **Model:** AQ-17
- **Net Size:** 125 × 100 mm, as listed by the distributor
- **Handle Length:** 350 mm
- **Mesh:** Fine
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Fish Net Small (aq-16) (SKU 124656); Nisso Fish Net Large (aq-18) (SKU 124654)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Fish Net Pointed (nam327)
Fine-mesh net with a pointed head for working into corners and tight spaces.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-net-pointed-nam327/
- Price: $6.02 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113288 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637481170
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113288-1.jpg
Round nets are fine in open water, but fish tend to bolt into the corners and gaps where a round frame will not follow. Nisso Fish Net Pointed (nam327) (SKU: 113288) is Nisso's pointed-head fish net, a fine-mesh net with an ergonomic handle for catching fish and other aquatic creatures, moving them between tanks and relocating decorations. The Australian distributor says the fine mesh prevents fish from being injured during capture and that the handle gives a secure and comfortable grip, with a design that suits both beginners and experienced aquarists.
The name describes the shape, and the distributor does not describe it further; neither the head size nor the handle length is published for this model, so no dimensions are printed here. As a general rule, a pointed or tapered head is easier to push into a corner or between rocks than a rounded frame, although it holds less water for the fish to swim into, so it suits small to medium fish that can be cornered. Fine mesh can snag on sharp rock edges and rough wood, so lift the net clear of hardscape before the fish is raised out of the water, and check the mesh for pulls after each use. Nisso describes the net as made from strong materials for regular use and easy to clean and maintain, without naming the frame or mesh material. After use, rinse it in clean water and let it dry, and keep a separate net for any tank under treatment. Where the fish being caught are larger than the head, one of the standard Nisso nets such as the Medium or Large is the better tool.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tight corners:** Reaching fish that retreat into the back corners of the tank.
- **Hardscape gaps:** Working the tip between rocks, wood and plants.
- **Small and medium fish:** Livestock that can be cornered and lifted in a smaller head.
- **Strays and debris:** Fishing out a dropped leaf, snail shell or loose decoration.
**How to Use**
- **Use the tip:** Slide the pointed end into the gap and let the fish swim into the mesh.
- **Move slowly:** Quick jabs push fish deeper into the aquascape.
- **Lift once enclosed:** Raise the net only when the fish is fully inside, then release it.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean it in clean water and let it dry after use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pointed head:** A tapered shape for corners and tight spaces.
- **Fine mesh:** Designed to prevent injury during capture.
- **Ergonomic handle:** A comfortable and secure grip.
- **Easy to clean:** Simple to maintain between uses.
- **Built for regular use:** Described as made from strong materials.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113288
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637481170
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Net
- **Model:** NAM327
- **Head Shape:** Pointed
- **Mesh:** Fine
- **Handle:** Ergonomic
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Fish Net Small (aq-16)
Fine-mesh everyday net for small fish in community and nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-net-small-aq-16/
- Price: $6.02 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124656 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637484508
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124656-1.webp
Most tanks need a net that is small enough for tetras and guppies but not so small that it needs three attempts. Nisso Fish Net Small (aq-16) (SKU: 124656) is the second-smallest size in Nisso's fish net range, a fine-mesh net with an ergonomic handle for catching fish and other aquatic animals with minimal stress. The Australian distributor lists it at 100 × 75 mm with a 300 mm handle, a head wide enough to scoop small community fish in one pass and a handle long enough to reach the middle of a standard tank.
Nisso describes the fine mesh as designed to prevent injury, the handle as comfortable and secure, and the net as easy to clean. The listed uses are transferring fish between tanks, catching stray fish and relocating decorations, and it is built for regular use, although the frame and mesh materials are not named. At 100 × 75 mm it sits between the X-small (SKU 102809), which suits shrimp and fry in nano tanks, and the Medium (SKU 124655), which has a wider head for fish that are harder to scoop. Use it for water-change days, for moving a few fish into a quarantine container or for rescuing a fish that has been picked on. Rinse it in clean water after use and let it dry, and keep a separate net for any tank under treatment so that problems do not travel. Check the mesh now and then for snags or tears, since a damaged edge can catch fins.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small community fish:** Tetras, guppies, rasboras and similar-sized fish.
- **Quarantine transfers:** Moving new or sick fish into a separate container.
- **Medium tanks:** A 300 mm handle reaches the middle of a standard-height aquarium.
- **Decor moves:** Lifting small ornaments or plant debris out of the water.
**How to Use**
- **Remove obstacles first:** Lift out loose decor so the fish cannot hide.
- **Net from below and behind:** Approach the fish slowly and sweep it into the mesh.
- **Hold the lip under water:** Lift only when the fish is fully in the net, then release it promptly.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean the net after use and keep it out of direct sun.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small size class:** A 100 × 75 mm head for small fish.
- **Fine mesh:** Designed to prevent injury during capture.
- **300 mm handle:** Enough reach for most standard tanks.
- **Ergonomic grip:** Comfortable and secure in the hand.
- **Easy to clean:** Rinses out between jobs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124656
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637484508
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Net
- **Model:** AQ-16
- **Net Size:** 100 × 75 mm, as listed by the distributor
- **Handle Length:** 300 mm
- **Mesh:** Fine
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Fish Net Medium (aq-17) (SKU 124655); Nisso Fish Net Large (aq-18) (SKU 124654)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Fish Net X-large (aq-39)
Top-of-range fine-mesh net for large fish and big aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-net-x-large-aq-39/
- Price: $12.77 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124658 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637484539
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/124658-1.webp
Catching a large fish is a different job from catching a tetra, and a net that is too small is the usual reason it goes wrong. Nisso Fish Net X-large (aq-39) (SKU: 124658) is the largest size in Nisso's fish net range, a fine-mesh net with an ergonomic handle for moving big fish between tanks, catching strays and relocating decorations. Nisso describes the mesh as designed for gentle capture, and the handle as comfortable and secure to hold, with a design that is easy to clean for long-term regular use.
No confirmed head or handle dimensions are available for this model, so none are printed here. By its size class it sits above the Large (aq-18), which is listed at a 150 × 120 mm head with a 370 mm handle, so it is the one to choose when that net is still too small for the fish. Compare it with the largest fish you expect to catch before relying on it. The frame and mesh material are not named by the maker, who describes the build only as durable. A large net is easier to use if the water level is lowered a little first, and it should be moved slowly through the water so the mesh does not push the fish ahead of it. Rinse after use, and keep it away from tanks under medication. A net this size also needs somewhere to dry and be stored where the mesh will not be crushed, and it should be checked for snags before the next big fish is moved.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large fish:** Big cichlids, goldfish and other fish that will not fit a standard net.
- **Big aquariums:** A net that covers more water per sweep in long or deep tanks.
- **Upgrades and rehoming:** Moving fish into a larger system or to a new owner.
- **Heavy clean-up:** Lifting plant clumps, algae mats or debris out of the water.
**How to Use**
- **Lower the water:** Remove some water first so the fish has less room to evade.
- **Net headfirst:** Guide the fish forward into the mesh rather than sweeping from the side.
- **Lift with the frame:** Keep the fish supported and release it quickly.
- **Rinse and dry:** Wash the net in clean water and let it dry fully.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest Nisso net size:** Sits above the Large (aq-18) in the range.
- **Fine mesh:** Designed to minimise stress on the fish during capture.
- **Ergonomic handle:** Comfortable and secure for a long reach.
- **Easy to clean:** Intended to stay hygienic with regular rinsing.
- **Everyday tasks:** Moving fish, catching strays and relocating decor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124658
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637484539
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Net
- **Model:** AQ-39
- **Size Class:** X-large; head and handle dimensions not confirmed
- **Mesh:** Fine
- **Handle:** Ergonomic
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Fish Net X-small (naa035) (SKU 102809)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Nisso Fish Net X-small (naa035)
Compact fine-mesh net for shrimp, fry and nano aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-net-x-small-naa035/
- Price: $5.31 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102809 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637483082
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102809-1.webp
In a nano tank, a full-size net knocks over the hardscape before it ever reaches the fish. Nisso Fish Net X-small (naa035) (SKU: 102809) is the smallest net in Nisso's range, a fine-mesh fish net with an ergonomic handle, sized for catching small fish, fry and shrimp in compact aquariums. The Australian distributor lists it at 60 × 50 mm with a 220 mm handle, which keeps the head small enough to work between plants and rocks and the handle short enough to be controlled in one hand over a small tank.
Nisso describes the mesh as fine and designed for gentle capture that minimises stress on fish, and the net as easy to clean. The distributor gives its uses as moving fish between tanks, catching stray fish and relocating decorations, and describes the build only as durable, with no frame or mesh material named. A net this size is a precision tool: it suits fish that fit comfortably in a 60 mm opening, and anything larger is better caught with the Small, Medium or Large nets in the same range. Rinse it in clean water after each use, let it dry between jobs, and keep one net for each tank, or disinfect it between tanks, so disease is not carried from one aquarium to the next. The X-large (SKU 124658) is the other end of the Nisso net range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** A small head that does not disturb a tightly planted layout.
- **Shrimp and fry:** Fine mesh for small livestock that slip through coarse netting.
- **Moving decor:** Lifting a stray leaf or small ornament out of a small tank.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** A small net that can stay with one container.
**How to Use**
- **Move slowly:** Guide the fish toward the net with gentle strokes instead of chasing it.
- **Use a second tool:** A clear cup or a second net helps steer a fish into the mesh.
- **Lift gently:** Keep the net partly in the water as the fish is moved and release it promptly.
- **Rinse and dry:** Clean the net with clean water after use and let it dry out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Smallest Nisso size:** The X-small is the compact end of the range.
- **Fine mesh:** Designed to minimise stress and injury during capture.
- **Ergonomic handle:** Shaped for a comfortable, secure grip.
- **Short 220 mm handle:** Control at close range over a small tank.
- **Easy to clean:** Described by the distributor as a simple-maintenance design.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102809
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637483082
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Net
- **Model:** NAA035
- **Net Size:** 60 × 50 mm, as listed by the distributor
- **Handle Length:** 220 mm
- **Mesh:** Fine
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Fish Net X-large (aq-39) (SKU 124658)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, nano tanks
---
#### Nisso Fish Net X-small Long Handle (naa036)
Fine-mesh small net with an extended handle for reaching into deeper tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/nisso-fish-net-x-small-long-handle-naa036/
- Price: $10.28 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102810 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637483099
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102810-1.webp
A small net is easy to control, but a short handle means putting your whole forearm into the tank to use it. Nisso Fish Net X-small Long Handle (naa036) (SKU: 102810) is the long-handled version of Nisso's X-small fish net, a fine-mesh net with an ergonomic handle that puts a small head at the end of a longer reach. It is intended for moving fish between tanks, catching stray fish and lifting decorations, with the longer handle helping in tanks where the water is deeper or the surface is crowded with plants and equipment.
The Australian distributor lists the X-small (naa035) with a 220 mm handle, and this model is the long-handle variant of that net. The distributor does not publish the head size or handle length for the long version, so the handle should be judged against the standard X-small rather than from a figure. Nisso describes the fine mesh as gentle on fish, the handle as comfortable and secure, and the design as easy to clean and durable for regular use; no frame or mesh material is named. Because a long handle gives more leverage, it rewards slow, deliberate strokes, and it is worth keeping the head under the surface so the mesh does not catch fins or whisker-like barbels on the way out. Rinse after every use, and use a separate net for any tank under treatment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Taller aquariums:** Reaching fish near the substrate without wetting a sleeve.
- **Crowded aquascapes:** A small head with extra reach to pick a fish out from behind hardscape.
- **Shrimp and small fish:** Fine mesh for livestock that slip through coarse netting.
- **Rimmed or covered tanks:** Working past a lid, hood or light without removing it.
**How to Use**
- **Hold near the end:** Grip the handle toward the end for reach, or closer to the head for fine control.
- **Corner the fish gently:** Herd it toward the net rather than swiping at it.
- **Keep the head wet:** Lift the fish out only after it is fully inside the mesh.
- **Clean after use:** Rinse the net in clean water and let it dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Long handle:** A longer reach than the standard X-small net in the same range.
- **Fine mesh:** Designed to minimise stress on fish during capture.
- **Ergonomic grip:** A handle shaped for comfort and control.
- **Easy to clean:** Simple maintenance after use.
- **General-purpose uses:** Moving fish, catching strays and relocating decor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 102810
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637483099
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fish Net
- **Model:** NAA036
- **Size Class:** X-small head, long handle
- **Mesh:** Fine
- **Handle:** Ergonomic, longer than the standard X-small (naa035)
- **Companion Net:** Nisso Fish Net X-small (naa035) (SKU 102809), with a 220 mm handle
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Nisso — Soil & Substrate
#### Nisso Plant Soil Black 1kg
Japanese black aqua soil for nano planted tanks and shrimp cubes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-plant-soil-black-1kg/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113277
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113277-1.jpg
In a nano tank the substrate makes up a large share of the whole system, so the soil has to feed roots, soften the water and still look right against small leaves. Nisso Plant Soil Black 1kg (SKU: 113277) is the smallest bag of Nisso's Custom Plant Soil in black, a Japanese-made granular aqua soil for freshwater planted aquariums. Australian stockists describe it as nutrient-rich, with bentonite clay that holds nutrients and gives nitrifying bacteria a porous surface to colonise, and added humic and fulvic acids to support root development. It actively lowers pH, GH and KH, holding the water in a slightly acidic range of about pH 5.5 to 6.5 that suits most aquarium plants and soft-water shrimp.
Taking aqua soil at roughly a litre per kilogram, the bag covers about 330 cm² at 3 cm deep: the floor of a 20 cm cube, a planted bowl or a compact desktop tank. The soil comes pre-cleaned and should go in dry and unrinsed, because washing breaks down the clay granules and clouds the water. Stockists state that it releases less than 0.25 ppm of ammonia in the first week, which keeps start-up gentle in a small volume of water. Use it as the whole substrate rather than capping it with sand or gravel, which blocks its buffering. The black granules make bright fish and green leaves stand out, and one stockist notes that the porous grains help absorb the scum new driftwood and decor can release.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano cubes and bowls:** A complete soil bed for tanks up to about 20 cm square.
- **Desktop planted tanks:** Small carpets and stem plants rooted in a dark, nutrient-holding bed.
- **Soft-water stock:** Shrimp and small fish that prefer slightly acidic water.
- **Betta set-ups:** A planted floor for a small betta tank with soft water.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Pour it dry:** Spread the soil straight from the bag into the empty tank; do not rinse.
- **Fill gently:** Lay a plate or plastic bag on the soil and trickle water onto it so the bed is not stirred up.
- **Leave it uncapped:** Keep sand and gravel off the surface so the soil can buffer the water.
- **Plan renewal:** Stockists suggest replacing it every six to twelve months, never adding fresh soil over an exhausted bed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lowers pH, GH and KH:** Holds the water slightly acidic, around pH 5.5–6.5.
- **Bentonite clay:** Retains nutrients and offers a porous home for bacteria.
- **Humic and fulvic acids:** Added to support root development.
- **Low start-up ammonia:** Under 0.25 ppm in the first week, per stockists.
- **Nano-sized bag:** One kilogram for a single small tank with little left over.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113277
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476152
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Colour:** Black
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH, GH and KH; about pH 5.5–6.5
- **Key Components:** Bentonite clay; humic and fulvic acids
- **Coverage (estimate):** About 330 cm² at 3 cm deep, e.g. a 20 cm cube
- **Other Sizes:** Black 3 kg (SKU 113278); Black 8 kg (SKU 113279); also Brown 1 kg (SKU 124806)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and soft-water shrimp tanks
---
#### Nisso Plant Soil Black 3kg
Mid-size bag of buffering black aqua soil for 30 to 40 cm planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-plant-soil-black-3kg/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113278 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476169
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113278-1.jpg
Root-feeding plants such as cryptocorynes, swords and bulb plants take most of their nutrition through the substrate, and in a 30 to 40 cm tank a few kilograms of the right soil does much of that feeding. Nisso Plant Soil Black 3kg (SKU: 113278) is the middle size of Nisso's Custom Plant Soil in black, a Japanese-made aqua soil that stockists describe as nutrient-rich and enriched with humic and fulvic acids for root development. Bentonite clay in the granules retains nutrients and supports beneficial bacteria, and the soil actively lowers pH, GH and KH to settle tank water at about pH 5.5 to 6.5.
Three kilograms, at roughly a litre of soil per kilogram, fills a 30 × 20 cm floor about 5 cm deep or a 40 × 25 cm floor about 3 cm deep, enough to slope a small rimless tank from front to back. Pour it straight into the empty tank without rinsing: the granules are pre-cleaned, and washing damages the clay and causes cloudiness. Retail listings give first-week ammonia release as below 0.25 ppm. The soil is meant to be the whole substrate, not a base layer under sand or gravel, since a cap stops it buffering the water, and it should not be piled on top of an old, spent bed. The softening effect fades with time, and stockists suggest renewal after six to twelve months. The black finish suits high-contrast layouts where red plants and colourful fish are the focus.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small rimless and cube tanks:** Tanks of roughly 30 to 40 cm that need a 3 to 5 cm bed.
- **Root feeders:** Cryptocorynes, Amazon swords and bulb plants that feed through their roots.
- **Shrimp with plants:** Soft-water shrimp kept among moss and stem plants.
- **Sloped layouts:** Enough depth to build the back of the tank higher than the front.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Shape the slope:** Pour the soil dry and bank it higher at the back before any water goes in.
- **Skip the rinse:** Rinsing breaks down the clay granules and clouds the tank.
- **Plant, then fill:** Mist the soil, plant with tweezers, then fill slowly over a plate or plastic sheet.
- **No capping:** Keep sand and gravel off the surface so the buffering continues.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-size 3 kg bag:** Sized for one small to medium planted tank.
- **Root nutrition:** Humic and fulvic acids added for root growth.
- **Water softening:** Lowers pH, GH and KH to about pH 5.5–6.5.
- **Bentonite-based granules:** Hold nutrients and host nitrifying bacteria.
- **Ready to pour:** Pre-cleaned, used straight from the bag.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113278
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476169
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Net Weight:** 3 kg
- **Colour:** Black
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH, GH and KH; about pH 5.5–6.5
- **Key Components:** Bentonite clay; humic and fulvic acids
- **Start-up Ammonia:** Under 0.25 ppm in the first week (stockist figure)
- **Coverage (estimate):** About 3 L; 30 × 20 cm at 5 cm or 40 × 25 cm at 3 cm deep
- **Other Sizes:** Black 1 kg (SKU 113277); Black 8 kg (SKU 113279); also Brown 3 kg (SKU 124807)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Nisso Plant Soil Black 8kg
Large bag of black aqua soil for 60 cm planted tanks and deep layouts.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-plant-soil-black-8kg/
- Price: $49.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113279 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476176
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113279-1.jpg
A 60 cm aquascape with a proper slope uses several litres of substrate before a single plant goes in. Nisso Plant Soil Black 8kg (SKU: 113279) is the largest bag of Nisso's Custom Plant Soil in black, sized for large aquariums or for layouts that need a substantial depth of soil. It is a Japanese-made, bentonite-based granular soil that stockists describe as nutrient-rich, with humic and fulvic acids for root development, and it lowers pH, GH and KH to hold the water slightly acidic, around pH 5.5 to 6.5.
At roughly a litre per kilogram, eight kilograms covers a 60 × 30 cm floor about 4.5 cm deep, or builds a slope from about 3 cm at the front glass to 6 cm at the back. A 90 × 45 cm tank at 5 cm deep needs about 20 L, so plan on three bags. The granules are pre-cleaned and go in dry, never rinsed, and stockists give the first-week ammonia release as below 0.25 ppm, a help when cycling a large new layout. One Australian stockist notes that the porous granules give nitrifying bacteria room to colonise and resist crumbling, which matters in a deep bed that will be planted and replanted. Keep the soil as the only substrate rather than covering it with sand or gravel, which stops it buffering, and replace an old bed rather than layering fresh soil over it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm and larger aquascapes:** A single bag for a 60 cm tank, several for bigger layouts.
- **Deep root beds:** Swords, crypts and other heavy root feeders that like 5 cm or more of soil.
- **Terraced and sloped scapes:** Enough soil to build height behind rock and wood.
- **Several small tanks:** One bag split between a group of nano and small planted tanks.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Hardscape first:** Place rock and wood on the bare glass, then pour and bank the soil around them.
- **Never rinse:** Washing damages the clay granules and clouds the water.
- **Fill slowly:** Run water onto a plate or sheet so the slope holds its shape.
- **Keep it exposed:** No cap of sand or gravel; stockists suggest renewing the soil every six to twelve months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 kg bulk bag:** Fills a 60 × 30 cm floor in one purchase.
- **Black finish:** A dark, high-contrast floor for plants and fish.
- **Buffers soft and acidic:** Lowers pH, GH and KH to about pH 5.5–6.5.
- **Durable grains:** Granules that resist crumbling in a deep, replanted bed.
- **Bacteria-friendly:** Porous bentonite granules give nitrifying bacteria room to settle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113279
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476176
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Net Weight:** 8 kg
- **Colour:** Black
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH, GH and KH; about pH 5.5–6.5
- **Key Components:** Bentonite clay; humic and fulvic acids
- **Coverage (estimate):** About 8 L; 60 × 30 cm at about 4.5 cm deep; three bags for 90 × 45 cm at 5 cm
- **Replacement:** Every 6–12 months (stockist guidance)
- **Other Sizes:** Black 1 kg (SKU 113277); Black 3 kg (SKU 113278); also Brown 8 kg (SKU 124808)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, including large aquascapes
---
#### Nisso Plant Soil Brown 1kg
Earth-brown Japanese aqua soil for natural-look nano planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-plant-soil-brown-1kg/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124806 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476053
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/124806-1.jpg
Black soil gives contrast, but a nano layout built around wood and stone often looks more natural on a bed the colour of a stream bank. Nisso Plant Soil Brown 1kg (SKU: 124806) is the 1 kg bag of Nisso's Custom Plant Soil in brown, a Japanese-made aqua soil of earthy brown, fine to medium granules for freshwater planted tanks. Stockists list bentonite clay to retain nutrients and support beneficial bacteria, plus humic and fulvic acids to promote root development. The soil actively lowers pH, GH and KH and gives a slightly acidic pH of about 5.5 to 6.5, the soft conditions that most aquarium plants and many shrimp prefer.
The 1 kg bag is the nano size. At roughly a litre per kilogram it covers about 330 cm² at 3 cm deep, which is the floor of a 20 cm cube or a small planted bowl. It is pre-cleaned and goes in dry; rinsing damages the clay pellets and clouds the water. Stockists put first-week ammonia release below 0.25 ppm, low enough that a small tank does not swing hard during start-up. The soil is designed to work as the entire substrate. Capping it with sand or gravel blocks its pH buffering, and fresh soil should not be laid over an old, exhausted bed. The brown tone sits well with driftwood, grey stone and moss, and Aqua Life lists it for freshwater shrimp, most aquatic plants and root-feeding species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Natural-style nanos:** Wood, stone and moss layouts where a black floor looks too stark.
- **Small root feeders:** Dwarf crypts and other compact plants that feed through their roots.
- **Soft-water shrimp cubes:** Slightly acidic water for shrimp kept with plants.
- **Testing the colour:** Checking the brown tone against your hardscape before buying 3 kg or 8 kg.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Straight from the bag:** No rinsing or soaking; pour it into the empty, dry tank.
- **Set the hardscape:** Position wood and stone, then fill around them with soil.
- **Gentle filling:** Pour water onto a plate or sheet so the fine grains stay put.
- **Standalone bed:** Do not cover with sand or gravel; plan replacement after six to twelve months, per stockists.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Earthy brown granules:** Fine to medium grains with a natural look.
- **Water softening:** Lowers pH, GH and KH, about pH 5.5–6.5.
- **Bentonite clay:** Holds nutrients and supports beneficial bacteria.
- **Humic and fulvic acids:** Included for root development.
- **Nano bag:** One kilogram for a single small tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124806
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476053
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Colour:** Brown
- **Granule Size:** Fine to medium
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH, GH and KH; about pH 5.5–6.5
- **Key Components:** Bentonite clay; humic and fulvic acids
- **Coverage (estimate):** About 330 cm² at 3 cm deep
- **Other Sizes:** Brown 3 kg (SKU 124807); Brown 8 kg (SKU 124808); also Black 1 kg (SKU 113277)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and shrimp tanks
---
#### Nisso Plant Soil Brown 3kg
Earthy brown buffering soil for medium planted and soft-water shrimp tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-plant-soil-brown-3kg/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124807 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476060
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/124807-1.jpg
Many shrimp, tetras and rasboras come from soft, slightly acidic water, and a buffering soil is the simplest way to hold a tank there without dosing buffers by hand. Nisso Plant Soil Brown 3kg (SKU: 124807) is the 3 kg bag of Nisso's Custom Plant Soil in brown, which Australian stockist Aqua Life describes as Japanese-engineered and suited to medium-sized aquariums. Its fine to medium granules actively reduce pH, GH and KH to a stated range of pH 5.5 to 6.5, contain bentonite clay to retain nutrients and support beneficial bacteria, and are enriched with humic and fulvic acids for root development.
For planning, a 3 kg bag at roughly a litre per kilogram gives about 3 L of soil: a 40 × 25 cm floor at 3 cm, or a 30 × 20 cm floor at 5 cm. The granules are pre-cleaned and, according to the same listing, hold their structure over months of use, so the soil is poured dry and never rinsed; rinsing breaks the pellets and clouds the water. Retail information puts first-week ammonia release at less than 0.25 ppm. The guidance is to use it alone, since a cap of sand or gravel blocks its buffering, not to add it over an old bed, and to replace it after six to twelve months once the softening effect runs down. Aqua Life lists it for freshwater shrimp, most aquatic plants, root-feeding plants and shrimp tanks that need soft water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium planted tanks:** Tanks of roughly 30 to 40 cm that need 3 to 5 cm of soil.
- **Soft-water fish:** Small tetras, rasboras and other species from acidic waters.
- **Shrimp breeding:** Slightly acidic, soft water for shrimp that need it.
- **Natural layouts:** Brown tones beside driftwood and stone.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Measure first:** Length × width × depth in cm, divided by 1,000, gives the litres of soil needed.
- **Pour dry:** Add the soil unrinsed to an empty tank and shape the slope.
- **Fill over a plate:** Slow filling keeps the fine grains from clouding the water.
- **Keep it bare:** No sand or gravel cap, and no new soil over an exhausted bed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine to medium grain:** Earthy brown granules that hold their structure over months.
- **pH 5.5–6.5:** Lowers pH, GH and KH for soft-water stock.
- **Root support:** Humic and fulvic acids in the granules.
- **Bentonite clay:** Retains nutrients and hosts beneficial bacteria.
- **No rinsing:** Pre-cleaned and ready to pour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124807
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476060
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Net Weight:** 3 kg
- **Colour:** Brown
- **Granule Size:** Fine to medium
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH, GH and KH; about pH 5.5–6.5
- **Key Components:** Bentonite clay; humic and fulvic acids
- **Coverage (estimate):** About 3 L; 40 × 25 cm at 3 cm deep
- **Other Sizes:** Brown 1 kg (SKU 124806); Brown 8 kg (SKU 124808); also Black 3 kg (SKU 113278)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and soft-water shrimp tanks
---
#### Nisso Plant Soil Brown 8kg
Bulk brown aqua soil for large natural-style and Dutch planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-plant-soil-brown-8kg/
- Price: $49.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 124808 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476077
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/124808-1.jpg
A large planted aquarium is mostly substrate at the start, and a natural-style layout of 60 to 90 cm can swallow several bags of soil before the wood goes in. Nisso Plant Soil Brown 8kg (SKU: 124808) is the bulk bag of Nisso's Custom Plant Soil in brown, intended for large aquariums or for layouts that need a substantial layer of substrate. Nisso is a Japanese company, and this soil combines bentonite clay with added fulvic and humic acids; it lowers pH, GH and KH and holds the water in a slightly acidic band of pH 5.5 to 6.5.
Eight kilograms gives roughly 8 L of soil, assuming about a litre per kilogram, which covers a 60 × 30 cm floor about 4.5 cm deep. A 90 × 45 cm tank at 5 cm needs around 20 L, so three bags; a 120 × 45 cm tank at the same depth needs about 27 L, or four. Aqua Life states that the soil releases less than 0.25 ppm of ammonia in the first week, and warns against washing it, since rinsing damages the clay pellets and causes cloudiness. It is designed as a standalone substrate: capping with sand or gravel blocks its pH buffering, and new soil should not go over old. The same listing suggests replacing it every six to twelve months. The brown colour reads as earth or stream bed under bright planted lighting, a softer backdrop than black for red stems and green carpets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **90 cm and larger tanks:** Bulk soil for big layouts, at about three bags for a 90 cm tank.
- **Dutch-style stem gardens:** A deep, nutrient-holding bed for dense stem plant groups.
- **Heavy root feeders:** Swords and large crypts that need depth to anchor and feed.
- **Wood and stone scapes:** Earth tones that blend with the hardscape.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rock and wood first:** Set the hardscape on the bare glass, then pour soil around it.
- **Bank it:** Build 3 to 4 cm at the front, rising towards the back.
- **No washing:** Pour straight from the bag to avoid broken granules and cloudy water.
- **Leave it uncovered:** Keep sand and gravel off it, and replace the bed rather than topping it with new soil.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 kg bulk bag:** About 8 L of soil for large layouts.
- **Natural brown tone:** A softer backdrop than black under strong lighting.
- **Soft, acidic water:** Lowers pH, GH and KH to about pH 5.5–6.5.
- **Low start-up ammonia:** Under 0.25 ppm in week one, per Aqua Life.
- **Nutrient and bacteria support:** Bentonite clay with fulvic and humic acids.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 124808
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476077
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Net Weight:** 8 kg
- **Colour:** Brown
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH, GH and KH; about pH 5.5–6.5
- **Key Components:** Bentonite clay; fulvic and humic acids
- **Coverage (estimate):** About 8 L; 60 × 30 cm at 4.5 cm deep; three bags for 90 × 45 cm at 5 cm
- **Replacement:** Every 6–12 months (stockist guidance)
- **Other Sizes:** Brown 1 kg (SKU 124806); Brown 3 kg (SKU 124807); also Black 8 kg (SKU 113279)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, including large aquascapes
---
#### Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 1l
Soft-water shrimp soil for nano Caridina and planted shrimp cubes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-shrimp-soil-black-1l/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113280 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476251
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113280-1.jpg
Bee shrimp, crystal reds and other Caridina need soft, slightly acidic water to thrive, and in a nano tank the substrate is what holds it there week after week. Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 1l (SKU: 113280) is the 1 L bag of Nisso's Custom Shrimp Soil, a Japanese-made black aqua soil formulated for shrimp colonies and the plants kept with them. Australian stockists describe it as nutrient-rich and say it naturally lowers pH and softens the water. Its granules combine bentonite clay, which absorbs excess nutrients and encourages beneficial bacteria, with a higher share of montmorillonite clay than Nisso's Plant Soil, and the montmorillonite releases trace minerals.
Because it is sold by volume, the coverage is easy to work out: one litre spreads over 400 cm² at 2.5 cm deep, the floor of a 20 × 20 cm cube, or about 330 cm² at 3 cm. The pellets are blended in varying sizes so newborn shrimplets and powdered foods are not trapped down between the grains, and stockist information gives ammonia release as less than 0.25 ppm in the first week. It is used straight from the bag; washing damages the clay pellets and causes cloudiness. Lay it as the only substrate, since sand or gravel on top blocks its pH buffering, and do not pour new soil over an old, exhausted layer. Stockists recommend replacement every six to twelve months to keep the buffering active, and a 1 L bag makes that change-over simple in a nano.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano shrimp tanks:** Cubes of about 20 cm for a starter Caridina colony.
- **Breeding cubes:** A fresh soil bed for a dedicated shrimp breeding set-up.
- **Shrimp with plants:** Mosses, small ferns and compact plants rooted in soil that also suits shrimp.
- **Trying the soil:** A small bag before committing to the 3 L or 8 L size.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Pour dry:** Spread the soil straight from the bag into the empty tank, with no rinsing.
- **Depth:** Around 2.5 to 3 cm is enough in a nano cube.
- **Cycle before shrimp:** Run the filter and test for ammonia and nitrite before any shrimp go in.
- **Standalone layer:** Nothing on top, and replace the whole bed after six to twelve months.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lowers pH and softens water:** Slightly acidic conditions for soft-water shrimp.
- **Mixed pellet sizes:** Shrimplets and powdered foods are not trapped between grains.
- **Extra montmorillonite:** More than the Plant Soil, releasing trace minerals.
- **Bentonite clay:** Absorbs excess nutrients and supports bacteria.
- **1 L bag:** Covers the floor of a 20 cm cube.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113280
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476251
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Shrimp Aquarium Soil
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Colour:** Black
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH and softens water; slightly acidic
- **Key Components:** Bentonite and montmorillonite clays
- **Start-up Ammonia:** Under 0.25 ppm in the first week (stockist figure)
- **Coverage:** About 400 cm² at 2.5 cm deep
- **Other Sizes:** 3 L (SKU 113281); 8 L (SKU 113282)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater shrimp and planted aquariums
---
#### Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 3l
Japanese black shrimp soil that softens water for shrimp and planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-shrimp-soil-black-3l/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113281 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476558
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/113281-1.jpg
Shrimp such as Caridina and Neocaridina are sensitive to swings in pH and hardness, and a substrate that holds the water on the soft, slightly acidic side takes much of the guesswork out of keeping them. Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 3l (SKU: 113281) is the 3 L pack of Nisso's Custom Shrimp Soil, a black, Japanese-made aquarium soil formulated for shrimp tanks and planted freshwater aquariums. According to Australian retailer listings, the soil lowers pH and softens water, is rich in nutrients, and contains bentonite clay that absorbs excess nutrients and encourages beneficial bacteria. It is described as ready to use straight from the bag.
A 3 L pack is a mid-sized quantity. Spread over a 30 × 20 cm footprint it makes a layer about 5 cm deep (3,000 cm³ over 600 cm²), enough for a small shrimp tank, while a larger tank needs the 8 L pack (SKU 113282) and a small jar or nano cube can use the 1 L pack (SKU 113280). One retailer's notes say the grains are mixed in size, so baby shrimp and fine food do not get lost in gaps, and advise against rinsing, because washing breaks the grains and causes cloudiness. They also advise against capping the soil with sand or gravel, since a cap blocks the buffering effect, and suggest replacing the soil every 6 to 12 months rather than topping it up. As with any active soil, fill the tank slowly, let it cycle and test ammonia before adding shrimp.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp set-ups:** A soft-water base for colourful Neocaridina and sensitive Caridina species.
- **Small planted tanks:** A nutrient-bearing substrate to root plants without separate base fertiliser.
- **Nano scapes:** A 3 L pack covers about 5 cm over a 30 × 20 cm base.
- **Soft-water preference:** Tanks where a lower pH and softer water are wanted from the substrate.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Do not rinse:** Pour straight into the empty tank, since washing breaks the grains and clouds the water.
- **Level the layer:** Aim for around 4 to 5 cm, sloping higher at the rear for plant roots.
- **Fill gently:** Pour water onto a plate or bag so the soil is not stirred up.
- **Cycle first:** Run the tank and test ammonia before adding shrimp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made in Japan:** Nisso's Custom Shrimp Soil in black.
- **Lowers pH and softens water:** The retailer-stated effect, suiting shrimp.
- **Bentonite clay:** Absorbs excess nutrients and encourages beneficial bacteria.
- **Use straight from the bag:** No pre-wash is listed.
- **3 L pack:** About 5 cm deep over 30 × 20 cm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113281
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476558
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Shrimp & Planted Aquarium Soil
- **Pack Size:** 3 L
- **Colour:** Black
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH and softens water
- **Ingredient Noted:** Bentonite clay
- **Pre-wash:** Not required
- **Origin:** Made in Japan
- **Other Sizes:** Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 1l (SKU 113280); Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 8l (SKU 113282)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater shrimp and planted aquariums
---
#### Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 8l
Bulk shrimp soil for large colonies, breeding racks and 60 cm tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/soil-substrate/nisso-shrimp-soil-black-8l/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113282 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637476565
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Soil & Substrate (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/soil-substrate/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113282-1.jpg
A breeder running a rack of shrimp tanks, or a keeper with a 60 cm colony display, gets through soil by the bucket, and replacing it on schedule is part of the routine. Nisso Shrimp Soil Black 8l (SKU: 113282) is the largest bag of Nisso's Custom Shrimp Soil, a Japanese-made black substrate for large shrimp aquariums or set-ups that need a substantial layer of soil. It gives a nutrient-rich bed that naturally lowers pH and softens the water to slightly acidic conditions, supporting both shrimp health and plant growth. Bentonite clay absorbs excess nutrients and promotes beneficial bacteria, and the shrimp formula carries more montmorillonite clay than Nisso's Plant Soil, which releases trace minerals.
Eight litres covers a 60 × 30 cm floor about 4.5 cm deep, or fills three 30 × 20 cm breeding tanks about 4 cm deep with a little to spare. The pellets come in mixed sizes so shrimplets and powdered foods are not lost between grains, and stockists state that ammonia release stays below 0.25 ppm through the first week. The soil is poured straight from the bag and never washed, because rinsing damages the clay pellets and causes cloudiness. Use it as a standalone substrate without a sand or gravel cap, which would block the pH buffering. Because that buffering is used up over time, stockists recommend replacing the soil every six to twelve months, taking the old bed out rather than laying fresh soil over it, which makes the 8 L bag the practical size for a scheduled change-over across several tanks at once.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **60 cm shrimp displays:** One bag gives a 4 to 5 cm bed across a 60 × 30 cm floor.
- **Breeding racks:** Enough for three small breeding tanks in one go.
- **Scheduled soil changes:** Replacing exhausted beds every six to twelve months.
- **Planted shrimp layouts:** Moss, ferns and stem plants growing alongside a colony.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Remove the old bed:** Take out spent soil completely before laying new.
- **Pour unrinsed:** Spread directly from the bag and shape it in the empty tank.
- **Fill and cycle:** Fill slowly over a plate, then run the filter until ammonia and nitrite test at zero before adding shrimp.
- **No capping:** Keep sand and gravel off the surface.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 L bulk bag:** For one large tank or several small ones.
- **Shrimp-specific clay blend:** Extra montmorillonite for trace minerals.
- **Soft, slightly acidic water:** Lowers pH and softens the water.
- **Shrimplet-friendly grain mix:** Varying pellet sizes keep babies and fine foods from being trapped.
- **Low first-week ammonia:** Under 0.25 ppm, per stockists.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 113282
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637476565
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Shrimp Aquarium Soil
- **Net Volume:** 8 L
- **Colour:** Black
- **Water Effect:** Lowers pH and softens water; slightly acidic
- **Key Components:** Bentonite and montmorillonite clays
- **Coverage:** About 60 × 30 cm at 4.5 cm deep
- **Replacement:** Every 6–12 months (stockist guidance)
- **Other Sizes:** 1 L (SKU 113280); 3 L (SKU 113281)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater shrimp and planted aquariums
---
### Nisso — ATO Systems
#### Nisso Auto Water Supply Top-up
Bottle-fed automatic top-up that replaces evaporated water in small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ato-systems/nisso-auto-water-supply-top-up/
- Price: $31.58 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113287 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637527618
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: ATO Systems (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ato-systems/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113287-1.jpg
Evaporation takes a little water out of every open-top aquarium each day, and the water that is left becomes more concentrated and the level creeps down toward the heater and filter intake. Nisso Auto Water Supply Top-up (SKU: 113287) is a small automatic top-up unit from Nisso that replaces the water lost to evaporation, so the level stays near where it was set instead of falling until someone notices. Nisso's Japanese listing for the unit describes it as a tool that adds water automatically when the tank water evaporates, set up with an empty plastic bottle as the water reservoir, and a hose that allows the water level to be changed.
The same Japanese listing gives the unit's size as 85 mm by 80 mm by 220 mm and says it is made for small tanks up to about 45 cm, which sets the practical limit: it is a nano and small-aquarium top-up, not a system for large displays or sumps. Because it works from a bottle, the bottle size sets how many days it can cover between refills, and the water put in it should match the tank's needs, which means fresh dechlorinated water for freshwater tanks and reverse osmosis water for marine tanks, since only pure water leaves by evaporation. The refill water also needs to be added to the bottle regularly. Follow the instructions supplied in the pack when setting the unit up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small tanks:** Tanks up to about 45 cm where the level falls noticeably each day.
- **Holiday cover:** Keep the level steady while the keeper is away for a few days.
- **Stable salinity:** In marine tanks, replacing evaporation with fresh water keeps salinity from creeping up.
- **Heater and intake protection:** Prevent the level from dropping below equipment that needs to stay submerged.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prepare the reservoir:** Use a clean plastic bottle and fill it with water suited to the tank.
- **Set the level:** Place the unit so the water surface sits at the height wanted, using the hose to adjust.
- **Test before leaving it:** Watch the first few hours to confirm that the level holds steady.
- **Refill regularly:** Top up the bottle before it runs low and check the hose for blockages.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Automatic top-up:** Adds water as the tank water evaporates.
- **Bottle reservoir:** Works with an empty plastic bottle as the water supply.
- **Adjustable level:** A hose allows the water level to be changed.
- **Small footprint:** About 85 × 80 × 220 mm per Nisso's Japanese listing.
- **Small-tank design:** Made for tanks up to about 45 cm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Marukan, Japan)
- **SKU:** 113287
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637527618
- **Product Type:** ATO Systems > Bottle-Fed Auto Top-Up
- **Size:** About 85 mm × 80 mm × 220 mm
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Small tanks, up to about 45 cm
- **Reservoir:** Plastic bottle
- **Level Adjustment:** By hose
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Nisso — Heating & Cooling
#### Nisso Fresh Water Temperature Gauge For Koi
Floating pond thermometer with an easy-to-read display and anchoring cord.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/heating-cooling/nisso-fresh-water-temperature-gauge-for-koi/
- Price: $42.71 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725218 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4975637500093
- Brand: Nisso (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/nisso/) · Category: Heating & Cooling (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/heating-cooling/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725218-1.png
Koi feeding, health checks and treatments all depend on water temperature, and a thermometer buried in the weeds is no use when the pond is a stretch of open water. Nisso Fresh Water Temperature Gauge For Koi (SKU: 725218) is a Nisso freshwater thermometer made for koi ponds, sold by the Australian distributor as the Nisso Koi Pond Thermometer. It floats, has an easy-to-read display, and comes with a cord for anchoring it, so it can be left at the surface and pulled in on the cord to take a reading rather than being fished out of the water.
The distributor lists the size as W90 × D30 × H270 mm and the weight as approximately 70 g, and states that the unit is made in Japan. The temperature range, scale and material are not published, so confirm the range against your climate before relying on it for a pond that sees both summer heat and winter cold. Pond water can differ in temperature with depth and position, especially in summer when the top warms and in winter when the cold sinks, so take readings from the same spot each time and compare like with like. Tether the cord to a fixed point such as a rock, a post or the edge of the pond, and check where the unit ends up after wind or heavy rain. Rinse it in clean water and dry it before storage.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Koi ponds:** The unit is made for freshwater koi pond use.
- **Seasonal changes:** Watching temperature through spring warm-ups and autumn cool-downs.
- **Before feeding or treating:** Checking the water before a decision that depends on temperature.
- **Large water bodies:** A floating unit that can sit out in open water, away from the edge.
**How to Use**
- **Attach the cord:** Tie the anchoring cord to a fixed point at the pond edge.
- **Float it out:** Let the thermometer float on the surface in open water, clear of the edge and any waterfall.
- **Read the display:** Draw it in on the cord and read while it is still in the water.
- **Check regularly:** Take readings at the same time each day for useful comparisons.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Floating design:** Stays on the surface and is easy to retrieve.
- **Easy-to-read display:** A display that can be read at a glance.
- **Anchoring cord:** Included, so the unit does not drift away.
- **Made for koi ponds:** Sold for freshwater koi pond monitoring.
- **Made in Japan:** Country of manufacture stated by the distributor.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Nisso (Japan)
- **SKU:** 725218
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4975637500093
- **Product Type:** Heating & Cooling > Floating Pond Thermometer
- **Dimensions:** W90 × D30 × H270 mm
- **Weight:** Approximately 70 g
- **Mounting:** Floating, with an anchoring cord
- **Origin:** Made in Japan, according to the distributor
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater koi ponds
---
### API — Testing
#### Api Ammonia Test Kit Fresh/saltwater
API Ammonia Test Kit Fresh/Saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-ammonia-test-kit-fresh-saltwater/
- Price: $36.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH151 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163000861
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-10-1.png
The API Ammonia Test Kit provides a fast, accurate liquid testing solution for measuring total ammonia (NH3/NH4+) levels in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Ammonia is a primary cause of fish stress and mortality, produced continuously through fish waste, uneaten food, and organic decomposition. Even trace amounts of ammonia cause gill damage, respiratory distress, and immune suppression. This salicylate-based test kit measures total ammonia concentrations from 0 to 8.0 ppm, enabling aquarists to identify toxic water conditions early and take corrective action.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Test daily during initial aquarium cycling to monitor ammonia accumulation before stocking fish.
- **Routine Monitoring:** Test weekly to ensure the biological filter is actively converting waste compounds.
- **Adding New Fish:** Test whenever adding new livestock to verify that the biological filter can accommodate the increased bioload.
- **Troubleshooting Distress:** Test immediately if fish exhibit gasping at the surface, inflamed gills, lethargy, or clamped fins.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water up to the marked fill line.
- Add 8 drops from **Ammonia Test Solution #1**.
- Add 8 drops from **Ammonia Test Solution #2**.
- Cap the test tube and shake vigorously for 5 seconds to mix thoroughly.
- Wait 5 minutes for the colour to fully develop.
- Match the liquid colour against the included freshwater or saltwater colour card to read the ammonia level in ppm (mg/L).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Essential Water Protection:** Accurately reads total ammonia levels from 0 to 8.0 ppm.
- **Dual-Environment Compatible:** Features distinct colour cards tailored for both freshwater and marine aquariums.
- **Salicylate-Based Chemistry:** Delivers clear, reliable colourimetric readings without interference from standard dechlorinators.
- **High Yield:** Contains sufficient liquid reagents for approximately 130 individual tests.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH151
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Test Kit
- **Parameter Measured:** Total Ammonia (NH3/NH4+)
---
#### Api Calcium Test Kit Liquid 1.25oz Saltwater
API Calcium Test Kit Liquid 1.25oz Saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-calcium-test-kit-liquid-1-25oz-saltwater/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH228 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163120699
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-21.png
The API Calcium Test Kit Liquid 1.25oz (SKU: APH228) measures calcium levels in saltwater and reef aquariums. Calcium is an essential element required by reef-building stony corals, crustaceans, clams, and beneficial coralline algae to form their skeletal structures and shells. Maintaining proper calcium levels (typically 400 to 480 mg/L) is critical for healthy reef growth. This titration test kit provides accurate, reliable readings so aquarists can properly manage calcium dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Reef Maintenance:** Test weekly to monitor calcium consumption by corals and invertebrates.
- **Dosing Calibration:** Check levels before and after adding calcium supplements or adjusting calcium reactors.
- **New Reef Stocking:** Test before introducing new stony corals, clams, or shell-bearing invertebrates to ensure optimal water chemistry.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean test tube with 5 mL of saltwater from the aquarium.
- Add 10 drops of Calcium Test Solution #1, cap the tube, and shake to mix.
- Add Calcium Test Solution #2 drop-by-drop, shaking the tube after each drop. Count the drops required for the solution to change from pink to blue.
- Multiply the total number of drops used by 20 to determine the calcium concentration in mg/L (ppm).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Precise Titration Method:** Measures calcium levels accurately from 20 mg/L (ppm) upwards.
- **Essential Reef Tool:** Helps maintain target calcium range (400–480 mg/L) for vibrant coral growth.
- **High Yield:** Provides up to 140 individual tests depending on aquarium calcium levels.
- **Complete Kit:** Includes 2 liquid bottle reagents, a glass test tube with cap, and step-by-step instructions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH228
- **Product Type:** Testing / Saltwater & Reef Test Kit
- **Volume:** 1.25 oz (Liquid Bottles)
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
##### Additional Information
The API CALCIUM TEST KIT accurately measures calcium concentrations down to 20 mg/L. Calcium levels naturally decrease over time as invertebrates absorb calcium from the aquarium water. The kit includes two calcium testing solutions, a capped glass test tube, and an instruction sheet with a colour chart. It is designed specifically for use in reef aquariums.
---
#### Api Deluxe Ph Test Kit With Liquid Adjusters
API Deluxe pH Test Kit With Liquid Adjusters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-deluxe-ph-test-kit-with-liquid-adjusters/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH23 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163020296
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-23.png
The API Deluxe pH Test Kit (SKU: APH23) provides a complete, all-in-one testing and treatment solution for managing freshwater pH levels. Designed to read standard freshwater pH ranges from 6.0 to 7.6, this kit not only measures water acidity and alkalinity but also includes liquid pH adjusters to correct unsafe water parameters. By keeping pH levels balanced, aquarists can prevent stress, immune suppression, and gill irritation in community freshwater fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Testing:** Test weekly to ensure pH remains within the ideal range for your specific freshwater species.
- **Parameter Correction:** Use the included adjusters whenever test results show pH levels that are too high or too low.
- **New Tank Setups & Water Changes:** Check and adjust new tap water before introducing it into established aquariums.
**How to Use**
- **To Test pH:** Fill a clean glass test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water. Add 3 drops of pH Test Solution, cap, and invert to mix. Compare colour against the included chart.
- **To Raise pH:** Add 1 drop of pH UP per 38 L (10 US gallons) of water directly to the tank. Wait 5 minutes and retest before adding more.
- **To Lower pH:** Add 1 drop of pH DOWN per 38 L (10 US gallons) of water directly to the tank. Wait 5 minutes and retest before adding more.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-One Solution:** Combines liquid pH testing reagent with pH UP and pH DOWN liquid adjusters.
- **Accurate Range:** Measures standard freshwater pH levels from 6.0 to 7.6.
- **Safe Adjustments:** Allows for controlled, incremental pH adjustments to prevent shock to fish.
- **Complete Kit:** Includes pH Test Solution, pH UP (30 ml), pH DOWN (30 ml), glass test tube, and colour chart.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH23
- **Product Type:** Testing / Aquarium Test Kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
**Additional Information**
The API Freshwater Aquarium pH Test Kit includes a pH test solution, a capped glass test tube, instructions, and a colour chart for simple and accurate pH testing in freshwater aquariums. It measures a wide pH range from 6.0 to 9.0. Simply compare your water to the colour chart to see if levels are safe or need adjustment, and follow the guidelines to treat your aquarium water—it’s that easy!
---
#### Api Freshwater Master Multi Test Kit 5 In 1
API Freshwater Master Test Kit 5 In 1.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-freshwater-master-multi-test-kit-5-in-1/
- Price: $64.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH41 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163010341
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-29.png
The API Freshwater Master Test Kit 5 In 1 (SKU: APH41) is a comprehensive liquid testing station designed to monitor all essential water parameters in freshwater aquariums. Controlling water chemistry is crucial for preventing invisible toxins and maintaining a healthy aquatic environment. This kit accurately measures five critical parameters: pH, High Range pH, Ammonia, Nitrite, and Nitrate. With precise drop-titration liquid reagents, it delivers fast, highly reliable results to keep fish, plants, and beneficial filter bacteria thriving. Fast, easy and accurate! It reads pH, high-range pH, Ammonia, and Nitrate levels in the water. All you need to keep your fish healthy and safe in their tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Setup:** Monitor the nitrogen cycle closely as beneficial bacteria establish.
- **Routine Weekly Maintenance:** Test regularly to catch parameter spikes before they harm aquatic life.
- **Troubleshooting:** Test immediately if fish show signs of disease, distress, rapid breathing, or lethargy.
**How to Use**
- Collect a 5 mL water sample from the aquarium using one of the included glass test tubes.
- Add the designated reagent drops for the parameter being tested (pH, High Range pH, Ammonia, Nitrite, or Nitrate).
- Cap the test tube, shake thoroughly according to individual bottle instructions, and wait for colour development.
- Compare the liquid colour against the laminated colour cards under a clean, direct light source.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **5 Essential Parameters:** Tests pH (6.0–7.6), High Range pH (7.4–8.8), Ammonia (NH3/NH4+), Nitrite (NO2-), and Nitrate (NO3-).
- **Exceptional Value & High Yield:** Performs over 800 individual tests across all five parameter bottles.
- **Complete Station:** Includes 7 liquid reagent bottles, 4 glass test tubes with snap caps, a colour-comparison chart, and a durable holding tray.
- **High Accuracy:** Liquid drop-count testing provides greater precision than paper test strips.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH41
- **Product Type:** Testing / Freshwater Master Kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Api Freshwater Mini Ph Test Kit
API Freshwater Mini pH Test Kit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-freshwater-mini-ph-test-kit/
- Price: $14.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH22 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163001288
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-20.png
The API Freshwater Mini pH Test Kit (SKU: APH22) provides a fast, accurate method for monitoring pH levels in freshwater aquariums. Reading pH levels between 6.0 and 7.6, this compact test kit helps hobbyists detect shifts in water acidity or alkalinity before they cause gill irritation, stress, or health issues in fish and plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Monitoring:** Test weekly to ensure pH levels remain stable for tropical fish and living plants.
- **Water Changes:** Check tap or source water before adding it to the aquarium to prevent pH shock.
- **Troubleshooting:** Test immediately if fish display erratic swimming, gasping at the surface, or loss of appetite.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water up to the fill line.
- Add 3 drops of pH Test Solution, holding the dropper bottle completely vertical.
- Cap the test tube and invert several times to mix the solution thoroughly.
- Compare the resulting liquid colour immediately to the included freshwater colour chart under good lighting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Standard Freshwater Range:** Accurately measures pH levels from 6.0 to 7.6.
- **Instant Colour Reading:** Colour develops immediately for quick visual assessment.
- **Compact Testing Solution:** Includes liquid test solution, test tube, and colour chart in a streamlined format.
- **Aquarium Safe:** Helps maintain stable water conditions for community tropical fish and plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH22
- **Product Type:** Testing / Aquarium Test Kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
##### Additional Information
Maintaining proper pH is essential, as water that is too acidic or too alkaline can negatively impact both fish and plants. The API® pH TEST KIT helps you routinely check pH levels to keep your freshwater aquarium environment healthy. It measures pH levels from 6.0 to 7.6, making it easy to see whether your water is within the safe range or needs adjustment. With this simple test kit, you can quickly monitor your tank each week to ensure stable conditions.
---
#### Api Gh/kh Hardness Test Kit
API GH/KH Hardness Test Kit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-gh-kh-hardness-test-kit/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH21 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163010587
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-18.png
The API GH & KH Hardness Test Kit provides an easy-to-use drop-count titration method to measure General Hardness (GH) and Carbonate Hardness (KH) in freshwater aquariums. General Hardness measures dissolved calcium and magnesium ions essential for fish health, skin/scale development, and plant growth. Carbonate Hardness measures buffering capacity (carbonate and bicarbonate levels), which prevents lethal pH crashes by keeping water chemistry stable. Testing both parameters helps hobbyists replicate natural aquatic environments for specific fish, shrimp, and planted tank setups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Setting Up New Aquariums:** Test source/tap water to determine default mineral hardness before stocking fish.
- **Planted & Shrimp Aquariums:** Monitor GH to ensure proper moulting in shrimp and healthy growth in live plants.
- **Breeding & Species-Specific Care:** Adjust water hardness to match soft-water species (like Discus and Tetras) or hard-water species (like African Cichlids and Livebearers).
**How to Use**
- **Testing GH (General Hardness):**
Fill a clean test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water.
- Add GH Test Solution drop by drop, capping and shaking after each drop.
- Count the drops until the colour changes from **orange to green**.
- 1 drop = 1 dGH (17.9 ppm).
Testing KH (Carbonate Hardness):
- Fill a clean test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water.
- Add KH Test Solution drop by drop, capping and shaking after each drop.
- Count the drops until the colour changes from **blue to yellow**.
- 1 drop = 1 dKH (17.9 ppm).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2-in-1 Water Hardness Kit:** Measures both General Hardness (GH) and Carbonate Hardness (KH).
- **Accurate Drop Titration:** Simple drop-count method yields precise results in degrees of hardness (dGH/dKH) or ppm.
- **pH Shock Prevention:** Helps prevent sudden pH crashes by maintaining proper KH buffering capacity.
- **Freshwater Essential:** Crucial for fish breeding, freshwater shrimp molting, and planted aquascapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH21
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Test Kit
- **Parameters Measured:** General Hardness (GH) & Carbonate Hardness (KH)
##### Additional Information
The API GH & KH TEST KIT helps you duplicate the natural habitat of your fish to prevent stress, keeping them healthy! When keeping freshwater fish and plants, the general hardness (GH) and carbonate hardness (KH) of aquarium water should match their natural habitat.
---
#### Api Kh Hardness Mini Test Kit
API KH Hardness Mini Test Kit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-kh-hardness-mini-test-kit/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH145 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163010594
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-7.png
The API KH Hardness Mini Test Kit provides a compact, precise solution for measuring the carbonate hardness (alkalinity) of your aquarium water to prevent dangerous, sudden pH crashes. Carbonate hardness (KH) acts as a natural buffer that neutralises acidic waste in the water column and holds your pH levels steady. Low KH leaves aquariums vulnerable to rapid pH drops, which can cause severe stress or illness in fish, shrimp, and corals. Formulated for both freshwater and marine aquariums, this mini titration test kit allows aquarists to monitor buffering capacity and maintain stable water conditions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Monitoring:** Test weekly to ensure your aquarium retains sufficient buffering capacity for long-term pH stability.
- **RO/DI Water Remineralisation:** Use when testing pure Reverse Osmosis water before adding mineral buffers for planted or shrimp tanks.
- **Planted & Reef Systems:** Track KH regularly in planted aquariums (where carbon dioxide injection reduces alkalinity) and reef tanks (where corals absorb carbonates to build skeletons).
- **Diagnosing Unstable pH:** Test immediately if you notice unexplained pH fluctuations, lethargy, or signs of distress in your livestock.
**How to Use**
- Fill the clean test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water up to the marked line.
- Hold the KH test bottle vertically and add the reagent drop by drop into the test tube. Count each drop as it enters.
- Cap the tube securely and invert several times after every drop to mix completely.
- Continue adding drops until the solution turns from **blue to bright yellow**.
- The number of drops required to achieve the bright yellow colour change equals your water's carbonate hardness in degrees (°dKH).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact Mini Format:** Convenient, space-saving design containing all essential components for accurate KH testing.
- **pH Crash Safeguard:** Accurately measures buffering capacity to protect fish and plants from sudden acid spikes.
- **Direct Titration Method:** Easy drop-by-drop liquid test yields quick, clear results without needing complex charts.
- **Multi-Tank Safe:** Formulated for reliable testing across freshwater, planted, marine, and reef setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH145
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Test Kit
- **Test Method:** Liquid Drop Titration (Blue to Yellow colour shift)
---
#### Api Nitrate Test Kit Fresh/saltwater
API Nitrate Test Kit Fresh/Saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-nitrate-test-kit-fresh-saltwater/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH150 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163000182
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-9-1.png
The API Nitrate Test Kit provides an accurate liquid testing solution for measuring nitrate (NO3-) levels in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Nitrate is the final end product of the biological nitrogen cycle; while less toxic than ammonia or nitrite, elevated nitrate levels cause chronic fish stress, suppress immune function, impair reproduction, and trigger stubborn algae outbreaks. Regular testing allows hobbyists to determine when water changes are necessary to maintain a clean, healthy aquarium environment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Quality Monitoring:** Test weekly to track organic waste accumulation and schedule timely water changes.
- **Algae Control:** Test whenever experiencing sudden or persistent nuisance algae growth in freshwater or reef aquariums.
- **Planted & Reef Systems:** Monitor nitrate levels to maintain balanced macronutrients for live plants or sensitive marine invertebrates.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water up to the marked fill line.
- Add 10 drops of **Nitrate Test Solution #1**, cap the test tube, and invert several times to mix.
- **Vigorously shake Nitrate Test Solution #2 for at least 30 seconds** (essential to thoroughly mix the active reagent components).
- Add 10 drops of **Nitrate Test Solution #2** to the test tube.
- Cap the test tube and **shake vigorously for 1 full minute** to ensure complete reagent activation.
- Wait 5 minutes for the colour to develop, then compare the liquid colour against the included freshwater or saltwater colour card.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide Parameter Range:** Accurately measures nitrate concentrations from 0 to 160 ppm (mg/L).
- **Dual-Environment Safe:** Includes dedicated colour charts for both freshwater and marine/saltwater aquariums.
- **High Yield:** Contains enough liquid reagent to perform approximately 90 individual tests.
- **Preventative Care:** Helps prevent fish stress and unwanted algae blooms by keeping track of water quality trends.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH150
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Test Kit
- **Parameter Measured:** Nitrate (NO3-)
---
#### Api Nitrite Test Kit Freshwater/saltwater
API Nitrite Test Kit Fresh/Saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-nitrite-test-kit-freshwater-saltwater/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH75 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163001264
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-36.png
The API Nitrite Test Kit (SKU: APH75) provides an accurate, easy-to-read liquid test for measuring nitrite levels in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Nitrite is a byproduct produced during the biological nitrogen cycle as beneficial bacteria break down ammonia. Even in low concentrations, nitrite is highly toxic to fish, interfering with their ability to carry oxygen in their bloodstream. Regular testing helps monitor biological filter health and catch harmful parameter spikes before they cause fish stress or loss.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Cycling:** Test frequently during the first 4 to 6 weeks of establishing a new aquarium to track the second stage of the nitrogen cycle.
- **Routine Monitoring:** Test weekly to ensure the biological filter remains stable and fully operational.
- **Troubleshooting:** Test immediately if fish display signs of distress, lethargy, or rapid gill movement at the surface.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean glass test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water up to the marked fill line.
- Add **5 drops** of Nitrite Test Solution, holding the dropper bottle completely vertical.
- Cap the test tube and shake vigorously for 5 seconds.
- Wait 5 minutes for the full colour to develop.
- Compare the liquid colour against the included freshwater/saltwater colour chart under good lighting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Environment Testing:** Suitable for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
- **Accurate Range:** Measures nitrite levels NO₂⁻ precisely from 0 to 5.0 ppm (mg/L).
- **High Yield Value:** Provides up to 180 individual tests.
- **Complete Kit:** Includes 1 liquid reagent bottle, 1 glass test tube with cap, and a dual-sided colour chart.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH75
- **Supplier Code:** PETPACIFIC
- **Product Type:** Testing / Fresh & Saltwater Test Kit
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
##### Additional Information
The kit includes one nitrite test solution, a capped glass test tube, an instruction manual, and a colour chart for easy and accurate testing. The API NITRITE TEST KIT measures harmful nitrite levels from 0 to 5 mg/L in both saltwater aquariums as well as freshwater.
---
#### Api Ph High Range Test Kit Fresh/saltwater
API pH High Range Test Kit Fresh/Saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-ph-high-range-test-kit-fresh-saltwater/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH26 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163001271
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-24.png
The API pH High Range Test Kit (SKU: APH26) is specifically formulated to measure pH levels between 7.4 and 8.8. High pH levels are essential for marine fish, reef systems, African Cichlids, and brackish aquariums. Regular testing helps aquarists maintain the elevated alkaline conditions required by these specialised aquatic species, preventing hazardous parameter dips that cause stress and disease.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Specialised Tank Maintenance:** Test weekly in African Cichlid, marine, reef, and brackish aquariums.
- **Dosing Monitoring:** Test before and after adding buffering agents or marine salts to verify target pH levels.
- **Troubleshooting:** Test immediately if fish display signs of distress, lethargy, or rapid gill movement in high-pH environments.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean glass test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water up to the marked line.
- Add **5 drops** of High Range pH Test Solution, holding the dropper bottle completely vertical.
- Cap the test tube and invert several times to mix thoroughly.
- Compare the resulting liquid colour against the high-range colour chart under good lighting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Range Precision:** Accurately reads elevated pH levels from 7.4 to 8.8.
- **Multi-Environment Use:** Suitable for high-pH freshwater (African Cichlids), brackish, and marine/reef tanks.
- **High Yield:** Provides over 160 individual tests per bottle.
- **Complete Kit:** Includes 1 high-range liquid reagent bottle, 1 glass test tube with cap, and a colour comparison chart.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH26
- **Product Type:** Testing / Fresh & Saltwater Test Kit
- **Target Environment:** African Cichlid, Marine, Reef, and Brackish Aquariums
##### Additional Information
The API HIGH RANGE pH TEST KIT is suitable for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, measuring pH levels from 7.4 to 8.8. Unstable pH, caused by fish waste or natural acid buildup, can harm fish. Use this kit to monitor and adjust pH for a healthy environment in African cichlid, marine, or goldfish tanks. The kit includes one high-range pH test solution, a capped glass test tube, an instruction booklet, and two colour charts.
---
#### Api Phosphate Test Kit 1.25oz Fresh/saltwater
API Phosphate Test Kit 1.25oz Fresh/Saltwater.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-phosphate-test-kit-1-25oz-fresh-saltwater/
- Price: $30.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH229 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163120637
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-22.png
The API Phosphate Test Kit 1.25oz (SKU: APH229) tests phosphate levels in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Phosphates enter aquarium water through tap water, fish waste, decaying organic material, and fish food. Elevated phosphate levels lead to aggressive nuisance algae growth in freshwater tanks and inhibit coral calcification and growth in reef tanks. This easy-to-read liquid kit measures phosphate concentrations from 0 to 10 ppm (mg/L), helping hobbyists maintain clear water and healthy aquatic life.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nuisance Algae Control:** Test whenever excessive green or hair algae begins developing in the tank.
- **Weekly Monitoring:** Test routinely in planted and reef aquariums to ensure nutrients remain within target limits.
- **Source Water Checks:** Test tap water or RO/DI water prior to water changes to prevent introducing hidden phosphates.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water.
- Add 6 drops of Phosphate Test Solution #1, cap the tube, and shake to mix.
- Add 6 drops of Phosphate Test Solution #2, cap the tube, and shake vigorously for 5 seconds.
- Wait 3 minutes for colour development, then compare the liquid colour against the included freshwater/saltwater colour card under good lighting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Environment:** Formulated for use in both freshwater and marine/reef aquariums.
- **Wide Reading Range:** Measures phosphate levels accurately from 0 to 10 ppm (mg/L).
- **Early Problem Detection:** Identifies nutrient buildup before major algae outbreaks occur.
- **Complete Kit:** Includes 2 liquid reagent bottles, 1 glass test tube with cap, and a dual-sided colour chart.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH229
- **Product Type:** Testing / Fresh & Saltwater Test Kit
- **Volume:** 1.25 oz (Liquid Bottles)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
**Additional Information**
The API PHOSPHATE TEST KIT for freshwater and saltwater aquariums provides accurate measurement of phosphate levels to help maintain a healthy aquarium environment. This kit includes two phosphate testing solutions, a capped glass test tube, instructions, and two colour charts.
---
#### Api Reef Master Test Kit 4 In 1
API Reef Master Test Kit 4 In 1.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-reef-master-test-kit-4-in-1/
- Price: $67.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH305 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163134023
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-27.png
The API Reef Master Test Kit 4 In 1 (SKU: APH305) is an essential liquid testing set engineered for marine and reef aquariums. Maintaining strict water parameters is critical for stony corals, soft corals, and sensitive invertebrates. This master kit measures the 4 key reef parameters—Calcium, Carbonate Hardness (KH), Phosphate, and Nitrate—ensuring optimal conditions for coral skeleton formation, colour retention, and nuisance algae prevention.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Reef Care:** Test weekly to track parameter consumption by growing corals and invertebrates.
- **Dosing Calibration:** Measure parameters before and after adding trace elements, buffer additives, or calcium/alkalinity supplements.
- **Coral Stress Troubleshooting:** Test immediately if corals show tissue loss, pale colouration, or poor polyp extension.
**How to Use**
- Collect a 5 mL water sample from the marine aquarium in one of the provided glass test tubes.
- Follow the specific step-by-step liquid reagent drop instructions for Calcium, KH, Phosphate, or Nitrate.
- Cap and mix as instructed, then compare the liquid colour against the high-precision laminated reef colour cards under a clear light source.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4 Critical Reef Tests:** Measures Calcium (Ca²⁺), Carbonate Hardness (KH), Phosphate (PO₄³⁻), and Nitrate (NO₃⁻)
- **High Precision & Accuracy:** Liquid titration and colourimetric methods deliver reliable results for delicate reef species.
- **Comprehensive Kit:** Includes 7 liquid test reagent bottles, 4 glass test tubes with snap caps, a holding tray, and laminated colour charts.
- **High Yield Value:** Performs over 500 total tests across all four testing parameters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH305
- **Product Type:** Testing / Reef & Marine Test Kit
- **Target Environment:** Marine & Reef Aquariums
##### Additional Information
The API REEF MASTER TEST KIT lets you monitor key reef aquarium parameters, including calcium, carbonate hardness (KH), phosphate, and nitrate. This kit includes four specialised tests calibrated for reef environments. Simply fill the test tubes, add the test solution, and compare the results to the included colour chart. Follow the chart’s recommendations to make adjustments if needed.
---
#### Api Saltwater Master Liquid Test Kit
Liquid Test Kit for monitoring pH, Ammonia, Nitrite, and Nitrate levels in aquarium water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/api-saltwater-master-liquid-test-kit/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH09 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163134016
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-6.png
The API Saltwater Master Liquid Test Kit ( SKU: APH09 ) provides a complete, easy-to-use solution for monitoring four critical marine water parameters: High Range pH, Ammonia, Nitrite, and Nitrate. Maintaining stable water chemistry is essential for the health and longevity of marine fish, invertebrates, and corals. This comprehensive kit includes six liquid reagent bottles delivering over 550 individual tests, four glass test tubes with snap-tight caps, laminated colour charts, and a detailed instruction guide to help keep your saltwater aquarium balanced and thriving.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Monitoring:** Test aquarium water weekly to ensure water quality remains stable and safe for marine life.
- **New Marine Tank Setup:** Monitor parameters daily during the aquarium nitrogen cycle to track initial ammonia spikes, nitrite conversion, and nitrate accumulation.
- **Troubleshooting & Symptoms:** Test immediately if livestock displays signs of distress, loss of appetite, or after introducing new fish or corals.
**How to Use**
- Fill a clean glass test tube with 5 mL of aquarium water up to the marked fill line.
- Add the required number of drops for the specific parameter (High Range pH, Ammonia, Nitrite, or Nitrate) following the instruction booklet.
- Cap the test tube securely and invert/shake as specified for the parameter being measured.
- Wait for the recommended reaction time, then hold the tube against the included laminated colour card under bright, natural light to read your result.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4-in-1 Marine Coverage:** Accurately measures High Range pH (7.4–8.6), Ammonia (0–8 ppm), Nitrite (0–5 ppm), and Nitrate (0–160 ppm).
- **High Value Yield:** Contains over 550 individual tests for long-lasting routine testing.
- **Lab-Grade Precision:** Liquid reagent technology offers superior accuracy compared to standard paper test strips.
- **Ready-to-Use Set:** Includes 4 glass test tubes with snap-tight caps and laminated colour-matching cards.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH09
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163134016
- **Product Type: **Aquarium Water Test Kit
- **Parameters Measured: **High Range pH (7.4–8.6), Ammonia (0–8 ppm), Nitrite (0–5 ppm), and Nitrate (0–160 ppm)
- **Package Dimensions:** 170 mm (L) ×105 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 450 g
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater & Marine Aquariums
---
### API — Additives & Supplements
#### Api Algaefix 118ml
Algae control treatment for green water and hair algae in freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-algaefix-118ml/
- Price: $13.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH195 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163930878
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-15.png
Green water that will not clear and string algae wrapping around plants can undo weeks of aquascaping, and scrubbing alone rarely gets ahead of it. API Algaefix 118ml (SKU: APH195) is API's liquid algae control for freshwater aquariums, in the 118 mL (4 fl oz) bottle. API states that it controls many types of algae, including green water blooms and string or hair algae, and that it will not harm fish or plants when used as directed. Turtles and other aquatic reptiles and amphibians can stay in the aquarium during treatment. It is not for use with crustaceans: freshwater shrimp, crabs and crayfish (lobsters) must not be exposed to it.
The dose is 1 mL per 38 L (10 US gal), or 5 mL per 190 L (50 US gal), repeated every three days until the algae is under control, then one dose a week to keep it there. At that rate, 118 mL provides about 118 single doses for a 38 L tank, or roughly 23 doses for a 190 L tank. API warns not to overdose. Dead algae should be siphoned or scraped out rather than left to decay, since decomposing algae adds to the waste load, and keeping good surface movement during treatment helps maintain oxygen. Algaefix treats the symptom; reducing excess light, nutrients and feeding deals with the cause. On a 190 L tank, a three-dose course uses 15 mL and each weekly maintenance dose 5 mL, so the bottle lasts well beyond the first treatment. The larger 237 mL bottle (APH196) suits bigger tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Green water:** Free-floating algae blooms that cloud the tank.
- **String and hair algae:** Filamentous growth on plants, decor and glass.
- **Ongoing prevention:** A weekly maintenance dose once algae is under control.
- **Turtle tanks:** Animals can remain in the water during treatment.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Treatment dose:** 1 mL per 38 L, or 5 mL per 190 L of aquarium water.
- **Repeat:** Every three days until the algae is controlled.
- **Maintenance:** One dose per week afterwards.
- **Clean up:** Siphon or scrape out dead algae; never overdose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Controls many algae types:** Including green water and string or hair algae.
- **Fish and plant safe:** When used as directed, according to API.
- **Low dose rate:** 1 mL treats 38 L.
- **Weekly maintenance:** Keeps regrowth down after the initial course.
- **Clear warning:** Not for use with shrimp, crabs or crayfish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API (Mars Fishcare, USA)
- **SKU:** APH195
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163930878
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Algae Control
- **Net Volume:** 118 mL (4 fl oz)
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 38 L every 3 days; weekly once controlled
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 4,480 L per bottle at a single dose
- **Cautions:** Do not use with crustaceans; do not overdose
- **Other Sizes:** Api Algaefix 237ml (APH196)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Api Algaefix 237ml
API Algaefix 237ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-algaefix-237ml/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH196 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163940877
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-16.png
API Algaefix 237ml is a specially formulated liquid algae control treatment designed to clear and prevent nuisance algae in freshwater aquariums. It effectively targets a wide variety of algae types—including "green water" blooms, string/hair algae, and brush algae—without harming fish or live plants when used as directed. By controlling growth on glass, gravel, and artificial decorations, API Algaefix helps keep the tank clean, clear, and easy to maintain.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Active Algae Outbreaks:** Use to eliminate green water, hair/string algae, and unsightly growth on glass and ornaments.
- **Routine Preventive Maintenance:** Add weekly after controlling an outbreak to prevent new algae spores from taking root.
**How to Use**
- Calculate your tank's exact volume before dosing to avoid overapplication.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add **1 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons)** or **5 mL per 190 L (50 US gallons)** of aquarium water.
- Repeat the dose every 3 days until the algae is brought under control.
- Scrape, siphon, or filter out dead organic matter as the algae breaks down to prevent oxygen depletion.
- Once controlled, transition to a preventive dosage of **1 dose per week**.
##### Important Safety & Operating Notes
- **Freshwater Use Only:** Formulated strictly for freshwater aquariums.
- **Invertebrate Caution:** **DO NOT use with freshwater crustaceans** (such as shrimp, crabs, or lobsters) as it can be toxic to them.
- **Aeration:** Dead algae decomposition consumes dissolved oxygen; ensure high aeration (air pumps/surface movement) during treatment.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad-Spectrum Algae Control:** Controls green water blooms, hair algae, and algae growth on decorations and glass.
- **Plant & Fish Safe:** Formulated to be safe for live plants and tropical fish species when dosed correctly.
- **Preventative Care:** Helps stop algae growth before it starts when used as part of regular weekly maintenance.
- **Mid-Size Volume:** The 237ml size provides ample treatment capacity for medium to larger freshwater tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH196
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Algae Control
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 8,990 L total water volume across treatment cycles)
##### Additional Information
API AlgaeFix effectively controls many different types of green water algae, string or hair algae, and blanketweed in ponds that contain live plants and fish. API AlgaeFix for ponds will kill existing algae blooms, keeping ornamental ponds and water gardens clean & clear. Once pond algae growth is under control, weekly doses of API AlgaeFix will control algae growth and reduce pond maintenance.
---
#### Api Ammo Lock 118ml
API Ammo Lock 118ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-ammo-lock-118ml/
- Price: $9.90 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH28 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163030455
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-26.png
API Ammo Lock 118ml (SKU: APH28) rapidly detoxifies ammonia produced by fish waste, uneaten food, and organic breakdown. It works on contact to convert toxic free ammonia into a non-toxic form, preventing ammonia burn and gill damage. Unlike standard chemicals that disrupt the nitrogen cycle, Ammo Lock leaves the detoxified ammonia accessible to beneficial filter bacteria, allowing biological filtration to process it safely.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Emergency Ammonia Spikes:** Apply immediately when test kits reveal elevated ammonia levels to safeguard fish.
- **New Tank Setup:** Dose during initial cycling to protect early livestock from new tank syndrome.
- **Overstocked Tanks & Transport:** Use when stocking density is temporarily high or during live fish transport.
**How to Use**
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- Dose daily as needed until ammonia levels drop to 0 ppm through biological filtration.
- Safe for all freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
- Note: Salicylate-based ammonia test kits (such as API Ammonia Test Kits) will accurately show reduced toxicity over time, whereas Nessler-based tests may still detect locked ammonia.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant Ammonia Neutralisation:** Converts toxic ammonia (NH₃) into a non-toxic locked compound instantly.
- **Filter Friendly:** Does not stop or disrupt the biological nitrogen cycle; beneficial bacteria continue to consume the locked ammonia.
- **Stress Reduction:** Protects delicate fish tissue, gills, and internal organs from chemical stress.
- **Dual Environment:** Formulated for both freshwater and marine systems.
- Each dose detoxifies 3.0 ppm of ammonia, 7.0 ppm of chlorine, and 5.0 ppm of chloramines.
- Locks up ammonia in a non-toxic form until it can be broken down by the tank's natural biological filter.
- Works instantly in both fresh and saltwater to detoxify ammonia and remove chlorine and chloramines.
- Eliminates fish stress and promotes healthy gill function, which means happy, healthy fish!
- Made in the USA with love and care for your aquatic family
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH28
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioner
- **Volume:** 118 ml (treats up to 893 L total aquarium volume)
##### Additional Information
You love your fishy friends, but sometimes they can get a little stressed out. Don't worry, API Ammo Lock 4 oz. is here to help! This powerful formula promotes healthy gill function and eliminates fish stress caused by ammonia. Here are some more reasons why you should add Ammo-Lock to your aquarium:
---
#### Api Aqua Essential 118ml
API Aqua Essential 118ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-aqua-essential-118ml/
- Price: $10.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH442 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163034231
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-30.png
API Aqua Essential 118ml (SKU: APH442) is an all-in-one, highly concentrated water conditioner that instantly neutralises tap water toxins and binds harmful nitrogen compounds. It removes chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals from tap water, while also detoxifying toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate produced by fish waste. By rendering these dangerous compounds harmless on contact, API Aqua Essential creates a safe environment for fish and plants without disrupting the biological filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** Add during water changes to eliminate chlorine, chloramine, and heavy metals.
- **Emergency Parameter Spikes:** Use whenever test kits detect elevated levels of ammonia, nitrite, or nitrate.
- **New Tank Setup:** Dose when filling new aquariums to make tap water instantly safe for cycling and stocking.
**How to Use**
- **To Treat Tap Water (Chlorine/Chloramine):** Using the dosing cap on the bottle, add 5 mL per 190 L (50 US gallons) of new tap water.
- **To Detoxify Ammonia, Nitrite, or Nitrate:** Add 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- Dose directly into the aquarium or pre-treat water in a bucket prior to adding to the tank.
- Re-dose after 24 hours if high levels of ammonia or nitrite persist. Safe for freshwater, saltwater, and planted systems.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-One Protection:** Neutralises chlorine, chloramines, heavy metals, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in one step.
- **Super Concentrated:** Requires minimal dosage per gallon for high yield and efficiency.
- **Instant Action:** Works on contact to prevent gill damage and chemical stress in fish.
- **Universal Safe Formula:** Safe for all freshwater, marine, reef, and planted aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH442
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioner
- **Volume:** 118 ml (treats up to 4,480 L for chlorine removal)
##### Precautionary Notes:
- Hazards to humans & domestic animals.
- Keep out of reach of children.
- Caution: Harmful if swallowed or absorbed through the skin.
- Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
- Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling.
##### Additional Information
The advanced new formula of API Aqua Essential(118ml) comes with an adequate level of concentration and has the widest coverage in removal and detoxifying activity of tap water. API Aqua Essential(118ml) takes care of chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in both freshwater and saltwater.
Aqua Essential water conditioner(118ml) is a highly concentrated all-in-one water conditioner that instantly makes tap water safe for fish by removing chlorine and chloramine, thus detoxifying heavy metals commonly found in municipal supply tap water.
Aqua Essential water conditioner(118ml) instantly removes toxic ammonia, nitrate and nitrite levels in freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums. Toxic ammonia is continually released by fish through their gills, urine and solid waste. Uneaten food and decaying organic matter also add ammonia to the water. Small amounts of ammonia can stress fish's health; large amounts of ammonia can definitely kill the fish in the tank. This unique formula binds with ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate, rendering them non-toxic and allowing the biofilter to remove them more effectively.
When adding, transporting or quarantining fish, we recommend using API STRESS COAT water conditioner, which is ideal for use along with AQUA ESSENTIAL water conditioner. Use API AQUA ESSENTIAL(118ml) at start-up and whenever adding or changing water, or if tested levels of ammonia, nitrates or nitrite come to a high level.
---
#### Api Aqua Essential 237ml
API Aqua Essential 237ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-aqua-essential-237ml/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH443 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163044230
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-31.png
API Aqua Essential 237ml (SKU: APH443) is a powerful, highly concentrated all-in-one water treatment designed to instantly make tap water safe and lock up toxic nitrogen compounds. It neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals found in tap water while rapidly detoxifying harmful ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate. This mid-sized bottle provides exceptional coverage for medium to large aquariums, making routine water changes and emergency toxin management simple and economical.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** Dose new tap water during weekly maintenance to eliminate chlorine and chloramines.
- **Toxin Management:** Treat elevated ammonia, nitrite, or nitrate spikes to prevent fish illness or loss.
- **New Tank Setups:** Dose when filling new setups to make source water safe for livestock and filter bacteria.
**How to Use**
- **For Tap Water Conditioning:** Using the dosing cap on the bottle, add 5 mL per 190 L (50 US gallons) of tap water.
- **For Ammonia, Nitrite & Nitrate Detoxification:** Using the dosing cap on the bottle, add 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tank water.
- Mix into new water before adding to the aquarium or dose directly into high-flow areas of the tank.
- Repeat dosage after 24 hours if ammonia or nitrite levels remain elevated. Safe for all marine, reef, and freshwater tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-Action Toxin Neutraliser:** Removes tap water chemicals and detoxifies organic nitrogen waste.
- **Concentrated Yield:** Treats up to 9,000 litres of tap water for chlorine removal.
- **Bio-Filter Safe:** Detoxifies pollutants while keeping them accessible for beneficial bacteria to break down.
- **Dual-Environment:** Formulated for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH443
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioner
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 9,000 L for chlorine removal)
##### Precautionary Notes:
- Hazards to humans & domestic animals.
- Keep out of reach of children.
- Caution: Harmful if swallowed or absorbed through the skin.
- Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
- Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling.
##### Additional Information
The advanced new formula of API Aqua Essential(237ml) comes with an adequate level of concentration and has the widest coverage in removal and detoxifying activity of tap water. API Aqua Essential(237ml) takes care of chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in both freshwater and saltwater.
Aqua Essential water conditioner is a highly concentrated all-in-one water conditioner that instantly makes tap water safe for fish by removing chlorine and chloramine, thus detoxifying heavy metals commonly found in municipal supply tap water.
Aqua Essential water conditioner instantly removes toxic ammonia, nitrate and nitrite levels in freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums. Toxic ammonia is continually released by fish through their gills, urine and solid waste. Uneaten food and decaying organic matter also add ammonia to the water. Small amounts of ammonia can stress fish's health; large amounts of ammonia can definitely kill the fish in the tank. This unique formula binds with ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate, rendering them non-toxic and allowing the biofilter to remove them more effectively.
When adding, transporting or quarantining fish, we recommend using API STRESS COAT water conditioner, which is ideal for use along with API Aqua Essential(237ml) water conditioner. Use API Aqua Essential(237ml) at start-up and whenever adding or changing water, or if tested levels of ammonia, nitrates, or nitrite reach high levels.
---
#### Api Aqua Essential 473ml
API Aqua Essential 473ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-aqua-essential-473ml/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH444 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163054239
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-32.png
API Aqua Essential 473ml (SKU: APH444) is a high-capacity, highly concentrated water treatment engineered to render tap water safe and detoxify organic pollutants instantly. Perfect for larger tanks or multiple aquarium setups, this formula neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and toxic heavy metals while converting harmful ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate into non-toxic forms. It provides comprehensive water conditioning during routine maintenance and serves as an indispensable rapid-response solution during filtration failures or bio-load surges.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular Maintenance:** Add with every water change or top-off to remove aggressive tap water disinfectants.
- **Emergency Toxin Neutralisation:** Apply immediately during spikes in ammonia, nitrite, or nitrate levels.
- **Aquarium Setups & Maintenance:** Essential for establishing new aquariums or transporting live fish safely.
**How to Use**
- **For Tap Water Neutralisation:** Using the dosing cap on the bottle, add 5 mL per 190 L (50 US gallons) of fresh water.
- **For Detoxifying Ammonia, Nitrite & Nitrate:** Using the dosing cap on the bottle, add 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tank water.
- Pre-treat replacement tap water in buckets or add directly into the tank during refill cycles.
- Re-apply after 24 hours if water tests indicate persistent toxin levels. Compatible with all freshwater, planted, and reef environments.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Value Size:** Large 473ml volume treats high water volumes for low cost per use.
- **Comprehensive Water Care:** Dechlorinates source water and locks up ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate instantly.
- **Filter & Coral Safe:** Safe for delicate reef invertebrates, live plants, and biological filter media.
- **Rapid Action:** Protects fish gills and mucous membranes from chemical irritation on contact.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH444
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioner
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 18,000 L for chlorine removal)
##### Precautionary Notes:
- Hazards to humans & domestic animals.
- Keep out of reach of children.
- Caution: Harmful if swallowed or absorbed through the skin.
- Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
- Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling.
##### Additional Information
The advanced new formula of API Aqua Essential(473ml) comes with an adequate level of concentration and has the widest coverage in removal and detoxifying activity of tap water. API Aqua Essential(473ml) takes care of chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals, ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate in both freshwater and saltwater.
Aqua Essential water conditioner(473ml) is a highly concentrated all-in-one water conditioner that instantly makes tap water safe for fish by removing chlorine and chloramine, thus detoxifying heavy metals commonly found in municipal supply tap water.
Aqua Essential water conditioner(473ml) instantly removes toxic ammonia, nitrate and nitrite levels in freshwater, saltwater and planted aquariums. Toxic ammonia is continually released by fish through their gills, urine and solid waste. Uneaten food and decaying organic matter also add ammonia to the water. Small amounts of ammonia can stress fish's health; large amounts of ammonia can definitely kill the fish in the tank. This unique formula binds with ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate, rendering them non-toxic and allowing the biofilter to remove them more effectively.
When adding, transporting or quarantining fish, we recommend using API STRESS COAT water conditioner, which is ideal for use along with API Aqua Essential(473ml) water conditioner. Use API Aqua Essential(473ml) at start-up and whenever adding or changing water, or if tested levels of ammonia, nitrates, or nitrite reach high levels.
---
#### Api Aquarium Salt 1021gm
API Aquarium Salt 1021gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-aquarium-salt-1021gm/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH34 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163021064
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-28.png
API Aquarium Salt 1021gm (SKU: APH34) is made from natural evaporated sea salt designed specifically for freshwater aquariums. Unlike synthetic marine salts, API Aquarium Salt supplies essential electrolytes—such as sodium, potassium, and chloride—that freshwater fish require for healthy gill function and fluid balance (osmoregulation). It promotes natural slime coat recovery, lowers stress during environmental changes, and aids in the prevention and treatment of external freshwater parasites.
##### Benefits:
- Promotes fish health
- Reduces stress in fish
- Improves gill function, making it easier for fish to breathe
- Facilitates osmoregulation
- Provides essential electrolytes fish need to reach peak colouration and vitality
- Promotes disease recovery
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add during water changes to replace essential electrolytes lost to filtration and plant uptake.
- **New Tank Setup:** Add during acclimatisation to reduce osmotic stress on newly introduced fish.
- **Parasite & Disease Support:** Use as a natural supportive treatment during outbreaks of external parasites like Ich (whitespot) or velvet.
**How to Use**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 rounded tablespoon (1/2 oz) per 19 L (5 US gallons) or 1/2 level teaspoon per 3.8 L (1 US gallon) of aquarium water.
- Pre-dissolve the required salt in a small bucket of aquarium water before adding it into the main tank.
- **Important:** Aquarium salt does not evaporate. Only re-add salt when replacing water during routine water changes; do not add salt when topping off evaporated water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Evaporated Sea Salt:** Additive-free formulation tailored for freshwater fish health.
- **Restores Essential Electrolytes:** Improves osmotic regulation and increases gill efficiency.
- **Slime Coat Enhancement:** Stimulates the natural protective mucus barrier to resist disease.
- **Convenient Mid-Sized Pack:** 1021g (1.021 kg) tub provides long-lasting value for small to medium-sized freshwater tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH34
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Aquarium Salt
- **Weight:** 1021 g (1.021 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
##### Additional Information
API AQUARIUM SALT supplies the electrolytes that fish need to help them breathe easier and remain healthy in their new surroundings
The lack of electrolytes may cause serious health problems in aquatic animals. Electrolytes are essential for the uptake of oxygen and the release of carbon dioxide and ammonia through the gills. API(R) AQUARIUM SALT, made from evaporated seawater, provides these essential electrolytes. AQUARIUM SALT does not evaporate and is not filtered out, so it should only be added with each water change. Care should be taken when using salt with live plants, as some plants may be sensitive.
---
#### Api Aquarium Salt 1910gm
API Aquarium Salt 1910gm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-aquarium-salt-1910gm/
- Price: $17.91 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH266 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163031063
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-25.png
API Aquarium Salt 1910gm (SKU: APH266) is made from natural evaporated sea salt to promote overall health and physiological balance in freshwater fish. Unlike synthetic marine salts, API Aquarium Salt supplies essential electrolytes—such as sodium, potassium, and chloride—that freshwater fish need for healthy gill function and osmoregulation (fluid balance). It promotes a healthy slime coat, reduces stress during transitions, and aids in recovery from diseases and external parasites like Ich (whitespot).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add during water changes to replace essential electrolytes lost to filtration and plant uptake.
- **Setting Up New Aquariums:** Add to fresh tap water to ease fish acclimatisation and reduce stress in new environments.
- **Disease & Parasite Treatment:** Use as a natural supportive treatment during outbreaks of Ich (whitespot), velvet, or fungal infections.
**How to Use**
- **Standard Dosage:** Add 1 rounded tablespoon (1/2 oz) per 19 L (5 US gallons) or 1/2 level teaspoon per 3.8 L (1 US gallon) of aquarium water.
- Dissolve the required amount of salt in a small container of aquarium water prior to adding it to the tank.
- **Important:** Salt does not evaporate and is not removed by biological filtration. Only add salt when replacing water during routine water changes (do not add salt for simple water top-offs).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Evaporated Sea Salt:** Pure, additive-free salt tailored for freshwater species.
- **Restores Electrolytes:** Boosts gill efficiency and helps fish maintain proper internal fluid balance.
- **Disease Support:** Aids in natural mucus/slime coat production and assists in treating external parasites.
- **Bulk Packaging:** Economical 1910g (1.91 kg) container provides long-lasting supply for large or multiple aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH266
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Aquarium Salt
- **Weight:** 1910 g (1.91 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
##### Additional Information
Aquarium salt promotes fish health by improving gill function, making it easier for fish to breathe. API Aquarium Salt, made from evaporated sea salt, is a must-have for your aquarium! It also provides essential electrolytes that fish need to reach peak colouration and vitality. These electrolytes may be lost each time you perform a partial water change and will need to be replenished with API Aquarium Salt.
Care should be taken when using salt in aquariums with live plants, as some plants may be sensitive.Use API Aquarium Salt in freshwater aquarium tanks when starting a new aquarium, and any time you perform a water change.
---
#### Api Aquarium Salt 482gm
API Aquarium Salt 482g.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-aquarium-salt-482gm/
- Price: $7.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH17 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163011065
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/102021680955422.jpg
API Aquarium Salt 482g is a natural, evaporated sea salt formulation crafted specifically for freshwater aquariums. Derived from evaporated seawater, it supplies essential electrolytes that freshwater fish need to maintain proper osmotic balance and respiratory health. AQUARIUM SALT supplies the electrolytes fish need to help them breathe easier and remain healthy in their new surroundings. During stress, illness, or rapid water changes, fish lose critical internal electrolytes through their gills, leading to osmotic shock. API Aquarium Salt restores these vital minerals, improves gill function, and aids in recovering from disease, parasitic infections (such as Ich), and stress caused by handling or transport.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add during routine water changes to replenish essential electrolytes lost over time.
- **Disease & Parasite Treatment:** Use as a supportive treatment during outbreaks of Ich (whitespot), velvet, or external fungal/bacterial infections.
- **Stress Recovery & Acclimatisation:** Administer when adding new fish or after handling/netting to reduce stress and prevent shock.
- **Nitrite Poisoning Prevention:** Helps prevent nitrite toxicity by blocking nitrite absorption at the gill membranes during biological filter cycling.
**How to Use**
- Dissolve the required amount of salt in a small container of aquarium water before adding it to the tank.
- **Standard Electrolyte & Stress Dosing:** Add 1 rounded tablespoon (approx. 13 g) for every 19 L (5 US gallons) or 1 level teaspoon per 3.8 L (1 US gallon) of aquarium water.
- **Important Note:** Salt does not evaporate and is only removed through water changes. Only add salt for the volume of new water replaced during water changes.
- Do not use in planted tanks with delicate plant species or with scaleless fish species sensitive to salinity without testing dosage.
**Benefits**
- Promotes fish health
- Improves gill function, making it easier for fish to breathe
- Provides essential electrolytes fish need to reach peak colouration and vitality
- Reduces stress
- Facilitates osmoregulation
- Promotes disease recovery
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Evaporated Sea Salt:** Made purely from evaporated seawater without added iodine, anti-caking agents, or artificial additives.
- **Essential Electrolyte Source:** Supplies key minerals (sodium, potassium, calcium) to maintain optimal osmotic balance.
- **Promotes Gill Health:** Enhances oxygen intake and fish respiration while easing osmotic stress.
- **Natural Disease Support:** Works as an effective secondary treatment against external parasites like Ich and fungal growth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH17
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements
- **Weight:** 482 g
- **Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
##### Additional Information
Electrolytes are essential for the uptake of oxygen and the release of carbon dioxide and ammonia through the gills. A lack of electrolytes may cause serious health problems. API(R) AQUARIUM SALT, made from evaporated sea water, provides these essential electrolytes. AQUARIUM SALT does not evaporate and is not filtered out, so it should only be added with each water change. Care should be taken when using salt with live plants, as some plants may be sensitive.
---
#### Api Co2 Booster 237ml
API CO2 Booster 237ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-co2-booster-237ml/
- Price: $18.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APIC02BOOSTER
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-5-1.png
API CO2 Booster 237ml is a simple, effective liquid carbon supplement formulated to promote vibrant plant growth in freshwater aquariums. Carbon is an essential element required by aquatic plants for photosynthesis and healthy tissue development. While pressurised gas injection systems can be complex and costly, API CO2 Booster delivers a readily available organic carbon source directly into the water column. Daily administration supports lush green foliage, accelerates plant growth, and helps plants outcompete nuisance algae without altering pH levels.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Plant Nutrition:** Administer daily to planted tanks to supply essential carbon for active photosynthesis.
- **Algae Control:** Dosing regularly helps aquatic plants absorb nutrients efficiently, leaving fewer resources for unwanted algae growth.
- **Alternative to CO2 Systems:** Ideal for low-to-medium light planted setups where pressurised CO2 equipment is not practical.
**How to Use**
- Dose daily to maintain a consistent supply of liquid carbon for your plants.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 1 mL of API CO2 Booster per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- Dosing is most effective when applied shortly after aquarium lights turn on for the day.
- Safe for use with freshwater fish, invertebrates, and all live aquarium plant species.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Carbon:** Delivers an easily absorbed organic carbon compound directly to plants.
- **Promotes Plant Growth:** Supports strong root systems and vibrant, healthy leaves.
- **Inhibits Nuisance Algae:** Helps plants starve out algae species by maximising nutrient uptake.
- **User-Friendly Liquid:** Simple daily dosing without the need for pressurised CO2 regulators or tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APIC02BOOSTER
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163035795
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 9,000 L total aquarium volume across doses)
---
#### Api Co2 Booster 473ml
API CO2 Booster 473ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-co2-booster-473ml/
- Price: $32.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH143 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163055793
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-6.png
API CO2 Booster 473ml provides an easy-to-use liquid carbon solution designed to fuel healthy plant development in freshwater aquariums. Carbon is an essential nutrient required by all aquatic plants to carry out photosynthesis and build strong cell structures. While traditional pressurised CO2 setups can be expensive and demanding to configure, API CO2 Booster delivers a bioavailable carbon compound straight to the water column. Regular daily dosing promotes lush foliage, vibrant leaf colouration, and helps aquatic plants naturally outcompete unwanted algae species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Plant Care:** Administer daily to deliver a continuous supply of carbon needed for photosynthesising aquarium flora.
- **Algae Prevention:** Use regularly to bolster plant growth, enabling your live plants to consume excess nutrients and suppress nuisance algae.
- **Pressurised CO2 Alternative:** Excellent choice for low-to-medium tech planted tanks where gas cylinder systems are impractical.
**How to Use**
- Shake bottle well prior to dosing.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 1 mL of API CO2 Booster per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tank water once per day.
- Apply in the morning or immediately after your aquarium light cycle begins for maximum uptake.
- Fully safe for all freshwater fish, live plants, snails, and ornamental shrimp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bioavailable Liquid Carbon:** Readily absorbed by plant tissues for immediate energy production.
- **Enhances Plant Health:** Encourages robust root structure, strong stems, and vivid greenery.
- **Combats Nuisance Algae:** Strengthens plant vitality so live flora can starve out competing algae.
- **Economical Bulk Size:** Larger 473ml bottle delivers long-term value for mid-to-large planted aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH143
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 18,000 L total aquarium volume across doses)
---
#### Api Pimafix 118ml
API Pimafix 118ml - Antifungal Freshwater & Saltwater Fish Remedy.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-pimafix-118ml/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH57 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163970102
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-33.png
API Pimafix 118ml (SKU: APH57) is an all-natural botanical antifungal remedy designed to treat fungal and bacterial infections in freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Formulated from West Indian Bay Tree extract ( Pimenta racemosa ), Pimafix rapidly targets cottony growth, body fungus, mouth fungus, and reddened sores on fish. This natural formula works effectively without disrupting the biological filter, discolouring water, or harming delicate plants and aquatic invertebrates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fungal Outbreaks:** Treat visible cottony patches on fins, mouth, eyes, or body.
- **Secondary Infection Prevention:** Apply when fish suffer from damaged fins, wounds, or physical injuries to prevent fungal spores from settling in.
- **Combined Treatment:** Can be safely paired with API Melafix for a comprehensive antibacterial and antifungal treatment regimen.
**How to Use**
- Remove active carbon from your filter during treatment (carbon absorbs the active ingredients).
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before dosing.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add **5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons)** of aquarium water daily for 7 consecutive days.
- On the 7th day, perform a 25% water change.
- Repeat the 7-day treatment cycle if signs of infection persist, and replace active filter carbon upon completion.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-Natural Formula:** Derived from botanical extracts for gentle, effective healing.
- **Broad-Spectrum Treatment:** Rapidly controls fungal growth, body fungus, and mouth fungus.
- **Biological Filter Safe:** Will not kill beneficial nitrifying bacteria or alter water parameters (pH, hardness).
- **Universal Compatibility:** Safe for freshwater, marine, reef, planted aquariums, and invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH57
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Fish Medication
- **Volume:** 118 ml (treats up to 893 L total aquarium volume over a 7-day course)
##### Additional Recommendations
- Shake well and use dosing cap on bottle.
- Remove activated carbon, if possible.
- Use with MELAFIX to synergistically treat a broad range of infections.
- Turn off the protein skimmer and UV steriliser during treatment.
- In saltwater aquariums with no filter, a slight haze may form.
##### Additional Information
API PIMAFIX(118ml) is an Antifungal Freshwater and Saltwater Fish Remedy which treats fungal and bacterial infections in all fish. API PIMAFIX (118ml) even treats the most delicate fish species such as tetras, discus fry, and scaleless fish like clown loaches. API PIMAFIX's Antifungal Treatment alleviates symptoms such as fungus or cottony growth on fins, mouth and body fungus, and reddening of fins and body.
API PIMAFIX 's(118ml) Antifungal Treatment is safe for use in reef aquariums and will not harm the biological filter or invertebrates, such as live corals and anemones. To treat a broader range of infections, use with API MELAFIX Antibacterial Fish Treatment. API PIMAFIX(118ml) Antifungal Treatment can be used with all other API products, including both medications as well as water conditioners.
---
#### Api Pimafix 237ml
API Pimafix 237ml - Antifungal Freshwater & Saltwater Fish Remedy.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-pimafix-237ml/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH58 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163980101
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-34.png
API Pimafix 237ml (SKU: APH58) is a natural botanical antifungal treatment formulated to clear internal and external fungal infections in marine and freshwater aquariums. Extracted from the West Indian Bay Tree ( Pimenta racemosa ), it quickly stops fungal growth such as cottony patches, mouth fungus, and body rot. This mid-sized 237ml bottle provides ample volume for treating medium-sized aquariums without damaging biological filtration or delicate live plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Active Fungal Infections:** Use when fish present fuzzy or cotton-like tufts, reddened sores, or mouth rot.
- **Wound Healing Support:** Apply following transport, handling, or aggression injuries to shield wounds from fungal contamination.
- **Dual Treatment:** Combine with API Melafix for a broad-spectrum botanical remedy against simultaneous fungal and bacterial diseases.
**How to Use**
- Remove activated carbon or chemical filtration media before dosing.
- Shake the bottle well.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add **5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons)** of aquarium water daily for 7 days.
- Perform a 25% water change on day 7.
- Re-dose if symptoms linger, or reinstall chemical filter media to complete the treatment cycle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Botanical Antifungal Power:** Utilises natural plant extracts to eliminate fungal pathogens safely.
- **No Water Discolouration:** Leaves aquarium water clear without staining decorations, silicone, or plants.
- **Filter & Invertebrate Safe:** Gentle on beneficial filter bacteria, corals, snails, and freshwater/marine invertebrates.
- **Mid-Sized Volume:** Ideal treatment capacity for standard household aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH58
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Fish Medication
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 1,790 L total aquarium volume over a 7-day course)
##### Additional Recommendations
- Shake well and use dosing cap on bottle.
- Remove activated carbon, if possible.
- Use with MELAFIX to synergistically treat a broad range of infections.
- Turn off the protein skimmer and UV steriliser during treatment.
- In saltwater aquariums with no filter, a slight haze may form.
##### Additional Information
API PIMAFIX(237ml) is an Antifungal Freshwater and Saltwater Fish Remedy which treats fungal and bacterial infections in all fish. API PIMAFIX (237ml) even treats the most delicate fish species such as tetras, discus fry, and scaleless fish like clown loaches. API PIMAFIX's Antifungal Treatment alleviates symptoms such as fungus or cottony growth on fins, mouth and body fungus, and reddening of fins and body.
API PIMAFIX 's(237ml) Antifungal Treatment is safe for use in reef aquariums and will not harm the biological filter or invertebrates, such as live corals and anemones. To treat a broader range of infections, use with API MELAFIX Antibacterial Fish Treatment. API PIMAFIX(237ml) Antifungal Treatment can be used with all other API products, including both medications as well as water conditioners.
---
#### Api Pimafix 473ml
API Pimafix 473ml - Antifungal Freshwater & Saltwater Fish Remedy.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-pimafix-473ml/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH59 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163910108
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-35.png
API Pimafix 473ml (SKU: APH59) is a high-volume, all-natural antifungal remedy engineered for larger aquariums or multi-tank setups. Harnessing the healing properties of West Indian Bay Tree extract ( Pimenta racemosa ), Pimafix targets fungal growths, cottony patches, and fungal-bacterial co-infections. It restores damaged fins and skin while keeping aquatic ecosystems balanced, biological filters intact, and water chemistry stable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Disease Outbreaks:** Treat widespread fungal infections in large community or cichlid aquariums.
- **New Stock Quarantining:** Dose during quarantine procedures to treat hidden fungal spores and body sores.
- **Post-Injury Recovery:** Protect fish recovering from physical injuries, fin nipping, or spawning damage.
**How to Use**
- Turn off UV sterilisers and remove chemical filtration media (activated carbon/resins).
- Shake the bottle vigorously.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add **5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons)** of aquarium water daily for 7 days.
- Perform a 25% water change on the 7th day.
- Continue treatment for another 7 days if required, or re-introduce chemical filtration once complete.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Value Size:** Large 473ml volume treats high water volumes at an economical cost per dose.
- **Rapid Natural Healing:** Targets body fungus, cottony patches, and mouth fungus on contact.
- **Safe for Sensitive Ecosystems:** Non-toxic to live plants, stony/soft corals, invertebrates, and biological filters.
- **Freshwater & Saltwater Safe:** Universal formula suitable for all marine, reef, brackish, and freshwater habitats.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH59
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Fish Medication
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 3,580 L total aquarium volume over a 7-day course)
##### Additional Recommendations
- Shake well and use dosing cap on bottle.
- Remove activated carbon, if possible.
- Use with MELAFIX to synergistically treat a broad range of infections.
- Turn off the protein skimmer and UV steriliser during treatment.
- In saltwater aquariums with no filter, a slight haze may form.
##### Additional Information
API PIMAFIX(473ml) is an Antifungal Freshwater and Saltwater Fish Remedy which treats fungal and bacterial infections in all fish. API PIMAFIX (473ml) even treats the most delicate fish species such as tetras, discus fry, and scaleless fish like clown loaches. API PIMAFIX's Antifungal Treatment alleviates symptoms such as fungus or cottony growth on fins, mouth and body fungus, and reddening of fins and body.
API PIMAFIX 's(473ml) Antifungal Treatment is safe for use in reef aquariums and will not harm the biological filter or invertebrates, such as live corals and anemones. To treat a broader range of infections, use with API MELAFIX Antibacterial Fish Treatment. API PIMAFIX(473ml) Antifungal Treatment can be used with all other API products, including both medications as well as water conditioners.
---
#### Api Pond Care Algaefix 473ml
API Pond Care AlgaeFix 473ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-pond-care-algaefix-473ml/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH199 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163921692
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-17.png
API Pond Care AlgaeFix 473ml is a fast-acting liquid algaecide specifically formulated to clear and control nuisance algae growth in outdoor ponds, water gardens, and fountains. It effectively targets widespread pond issues such as "green water" blooms, hair/string algae, and blanket weed. Formulated to operate safely around goldfish, koi, and aquatic plants, API Pond Care AlgaeFix keeps water features clean and clear without interfering with natural biological filtration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Active Algae Outbreaks:** Use to clear green water, blanket weed, and string algae covering rocks, liners, and waterfalls.
- **Routine Seasonal Care:** Apply during warm weather or high-sunlight seasons to prevent algae spores from proliferating.
- **Maintenance Prevention:** Administer weekly to maintain crystal-clear water after initial treatment.
**How to Use**
- Calculate your exact pond or water feature volume prior to dosing.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add **5 mL per 190 L (50 US gallons)** or **1/4 cup (60 mL) per 2,270 L (600 US gallons)** of pond water.
- Mix into an area of high water circulation, such as near a waterfall, fountain, or pump outflow, for even distribution
- **Frequency of Use:** Apply Algaefix once a week to maintain algae control. For initial algae outbreaks, you may need to apply it more frequently, based on the severity of the algae problem.
- **Water Conditions:** Best used in outdoor ponds with stagnant water or low water circulation. Make sure that the water temperature is within the range of 50°F to 85°F (10°C to 29°C) for optimal results.
- Repeat the dose every 3 days until algae is under control (typically 3–4 applications). Water Changes: If doing a partial water change, wait at least 48 hours after applying Algaefix before changing the water to allow the product to work effectively.
- Repeat the dose every 3 days until algae is under control (typically 3–4 applications).
- Once controlled, transition to a preventive dosage of **1 dose per week**.
##### Important Safety & Operating Notes
- **Invertebrate Toxicity:** **DO NOT use with freshwater crustaceans or molluscs** (such as freshwater shrimp, crabs, lobsters, or snails).
- **Aeration Requirement:** As dead algae decomposes, dissolved oxygen levels drop rapidly. Continuous aeration via waterfalls, air pumps, or fountains is critical during treatment, especially in warm weather.
- **Synthetically Lined Features:** Suitable for synthetically lined ponds and self-contained water features without outflow to natural waterways.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad-Spectrum Pond Treatment:** Effectively controls green water, string algae, and blanket weed.
- **Fish & Plant Safe:** Safe for koi, goldfish, ornamental fish, and live aquatic plants (such as water lilies and lotuses) when used as directed.
- **High-Volume Capacity:** The 473ml size treats up to 18,000 L of pond water.
- **Ideal for Outdoor Ponds:** Whether you have a small ornamental pond or a large koi pond, Algaefix is effective in controlling algae growth in all types of outdoor pond environments.
- **Filter Friendly:** Will not disrupt beneficial nitrifying bacteria or damage biological filter media.
- **Improves Water Quality:** By controlling algae growth, Algaefix helps reduce excess nutrients in the water that contribute to algae bloom, leading to improved water quality for a healthier pond.
- **Fast-Acting Algae Control:** Algaefix works quickly to eliminate various types of algae, including green water and string algae, helping to restore clarity to pond water.
- **Safe for Fish and Plants:** When used according to instructions, this product is completely safe for pond fish, plants, and other aquatic organisms, allowing you to enjoy a balanced ecosystem.
- **No Impact on Beneficial Bacteria:** This product is specifically formulated not to harm beneficial bacteria or disrupt the biological filtration in your pond, ensuring that your pond’s natural balance is maintained.
- **Long-Lasting Effects:** Regular use of Algaefix helps prevent recurring algae problems, offering long-term algae control and maintaining clean, clear pond water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH199
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Pond Care
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 18,000 L of pond water)
Additional Information
API Pond Care Algaefix effectively controls green water, string algae, and filamentous algae that can cloud water, suffocate plants, and harm the delicate balance of your pond ecosystem. API Pond Care Algaefix is a powerful, fast-acting solution specifically designed to eliminate and prevent unsightly algae growth in ponds. This liquid formula is safe for fish, plants, and other aquatic life when used as directed, making it an ideal product for maintaining a healthy, vibrant pond environment. Regular use of this product helps maintain clear water and prevents algae outbreaks, keeping your pond looking beautiful and healthy.
##### Available Sizes
- 473 mL (ideal for medium-sized ponds)
##### Recommendations
- Use Regularly: To keep algae growth under control, make Algaefix a regular part of your pond maintenance routine. Weekly use helps prevent algae from taking hold and ensures your pond remains clean and clear.
- Complement with Filtration: While Algaefix is highly effective at controlling algae, it works best in conjunction with a good biological filter or UV clarifier to ensure the best overall water quality and clarity.
- Safe for Koi and Fish: Algaefix is safe for koi, goldfish, and other pond fish, so you can use it with confidence, knowing it won’t harm your aquatic life.
- Monitor Algae Growth: Algaefix is great for early algae blooms but can also be used for ongoing maintenance in ponds prone to algae growth. Keep an eye on algae levels, and treat promptly when needed.
---
#### Api Quick Start 118ml
Nitrifying bacterial treatment for immediate addition of fish in a new aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-quick-start-118ml/
- Price: $17.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH127 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163030899
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-11.png
API Quick Start 118ml ( SKU: APH127 ) is a nitrifying bacterial treatment designed to allow immediate addition of fish when setting up a new freshwater or saltwater aquarium. Formulated with patented live nitrifying bacteria, Quick Start instantly converts toxic ammonia into nitrite and then into non-toxic nitrate, preventing " New Tank Syndrome " and toxic parameter spikes. It stabilises the biological filter during setup, after medicine treatments, or whenever new livestock is introduced into an existing setup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Dose immediately when adding water and setting up a new tank to allow safe, instant fish stocking.
- **Adding New Fish:** Administer whenever introducing new fish or invertebrates to prevent ammonia spikes from increased bioload.
- **Filter Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add after cleaning filter media, replacing cartridges, or changing water to replenish beneficial bacterial colonies.
- **Post-Medication:** Dose after completing fish disease treatments to restore biological filtration disrupted by medications.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before use.
- **Initial Dose:** Add 5 mL of API Quick Start per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- **Regular Use:** Add 1 capful (5 mL) per 38 L (10 US gallons) once a week to help maintain a healthy biological filter.
- For new aquariums, ensure water is treated with a tap water conditioner (such as API Stress Coat) before adding Quick Start and fish.
- Safe to use alongside all API water conditioners and biological supplements.
- For new aquariums, continue to monitor ammonia and nitrite levels regularly, as they may rise initially before the bacteria begin working.
- Follow the weekly dosing schedule for ongoing support.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant Tank Cycling:** Contains live nitrifying bacteria to convert ammonia and nitrite immediately.
- **Prevents Fish Loss:** Protects new fish against toxic ammonia spikes and New Tank Syndrome.
- **Dual-Environment Compatibility:** Fully safe and effective in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
- **No Refrigeration Required:** Shelf-stable formula designed for long-term room-temperature storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH127
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163030899
- **Product Type: **Additives & Supplements for Aquariums
- **Actions Done: **Prevents** "New Tank Syndrome" **by adding live nitrifying bacteria
- **Package Dimensions:** 38 mm (L) × 155 mm (W) × 38 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 118 ml (treats up to 890 L total aquarium volume across doses)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 160 g
- **Target Environment:** Suitable for all freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums
##### Available Sizes
- 30ML: Ideal for small tanks or short-term use.
- 118ML: Perfect for moderate-sized aquariums or regular use.
- 237ML: Great for larger tanks or long-term maintenance.
- 473ML: Best for very large aquariums or those requiring frequent treatments.
##### Additional Recommendations
API Quick Start is highly recommended for anyone setting up a new aquarium or adding new fish to an existing one. It is especially useful for beginners who want to avoid the common pitfalls of cycling a tank. The product can also be used in established tanks to maintain stable water conditions and prevent ammonia and nitrite spikes. Regular use is beneficial, but always ensure proper water testing and tank maintenance for the best results.
---
#### Api Quick Start 237ml
Instantly converts toxic ammonia into nitrite and non-toxic nitrate, preventing "New Tank Syndrome".
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-quick-start-237ml/
- Price: $28.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163040898
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-12.png
API Quick Start 237ml ( SKU: APH128 ) is a nitrifying bacterial treatment designed to allow immediate addition of fish when setting up a new freshwater or saltwater aquarium. Formulated with patented live nitrifying bacteria, Quick Start instantly converts toxic ammonia into nitrite and then into non-toxic nitrate, preventing "New Tank Syndrome" and toxic parameter spikes. It stabilises the biological filter during setup, after medicine treatments, or whenever new livestock is introduced into an existing setup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Dose immediately when adding water and setting up a new tank to allow safe, instant fish stocking.
- **Adding New Fish:** Administer whenever introducing new fish or invertebrates to prevent ammonia spikes from increased bioload.
- **Filter Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add after cleaning filter media, replacing cartridges, or changing water to replenish beneficial bacterial colonies.
- **Post-Medication:** Dose after completing fish disease treatments to restore biological filtration disrupted by medications.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before use.
- Add 5 mL of API Quick Start per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- For new aquariums, ensure water is treated with a tap water conditioner (such as API Stress Coat) before adding Quick Start and fish.
- Safe to use alongside all API water conditioners and biological supplements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant Tank Cycling:** Contains live nitrifying bacteria to convert ammonia and nitrite immediately.
- **Prevents Fish Loss:** Protects new fish against toxic ammonia spikes and New Tank Syndrome.
- **Dual-Environment Compatibility:** Fully safe and effective in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
- **No Refrigeration Required:** Shelf-stable formula designed for long-term room-temperature storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH128
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163040898
- **Product Type: **Additives & Supplements for Aquariums
- **Actions Done: **Prevents** “New Tank Syndrome” **by adding live nitrifying bacteria
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 50 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 1,800 L total aquarium volume across doses)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Suitable for all freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums
##### Available Sizes
- 30ML: Ideal for small tanks or short-term use.
- 118ML: Perfect for moderate-sized aquariums or regular use.
- 237ML: Great for larger tanks or long-term maintenance.
- 473ML: Best for very large aquariums or those requiring frequent treatments.
##### Additional Recommendations
API Quick Start is highly recommended for anyone setting up a new aquarium or adding new fish to an existing one. It is especially useful for beginners who want to avoid the common pitfalls of cycling a tank. The product can also be used in established tanks to maintain stable water conditions and prevent ammonia and nitrite spikes. Regular use is beneficial, but always ensure proper water testing and tank maintenance for the best results.
---
#### Api Quick Start 473ml
API Quick Start 473ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-quick-start-473ml/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH129 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163050897
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-3-1.png
API Quick Start 473ml is a nitrifying bacterial treatment designed to allow immediate addition of fish when setting up a new freshwater or saltwater aquarium. Formulated with patented live nitrifying bacteria, Quick Start instantly converts toxic ammonia into nitrite and then into non-toxic nitrate, preventing "New Tank Syndrome" and toxic parameter spikes. It stabilises the biological filter during setup, after medicine treatments, or whenever new livestock is introduced into an existing setup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Dose immediately when adding water and setting up a new tank to allow safe, instant fish stocking.
- **Adding New Fish:** Administer whenever introducing new fish or invertebrates to prevent ammonia spikes from increased bioload.
- **Filter Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add after cleaning filter media, replacing cartridges, or changing water to replenish beneficial bacterial colonies.
- **Post-Medication:** Dose after completing fish disease treatments to restore biological filtration disrupted by medications.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before use.
- Add 5 mL of API Quick Start per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- For new aquariums, ensure water is treated with a tap water conditioner (such as API Stress Coat) before adding Quick Start and fish.
- Safe to use alongside all API water conditioners and biological supplements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant Tank Cycling:** Contains live nitrifying bacteria to convert ammonia and nitrite immediately.
- **Prevents Fish Loss:** Protects new fish against toxic ammonia spikes and New Tank Syndrome.
- **Dual-Environment Compatibility:** Fully safe and effective in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
- **No Refrigeration Required:** Shelf-stable formula designed for long-term room-temperature storage.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH129
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 3,600 L total aquarium volume across doses)
**Available Sizes**
- **30ML:** Ideal for small tanks or short-term use.
- **118ML:** Perfect for moderate-sized aquariums or regular use.
- **237ML:** Great for larger tanks or long-term maintenance.
- **473ML:** Best for very large aquariums or those requiring frequent treatments.
**Additional Recommendations**
API Quick Start is highly recommended for anyone setting up a new aquarium or adding new fish to an existing one. It is especially useful for beginners who want to avoid the common pitfalls of cycling a tank. The product can also be used in established tanks to maintain stable water conditions and prevent ammonia and nitrite spikes. Regular use is beneficial, but always ensure proper water testing and tank maintenance for the best results.
---
#### Api Stress Coat 118ml
API Stress Coat 118ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-stress-coat-118ml/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH13 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163030851
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-4-1.png
API Stress Coat 118ml is a dual-action water conditioner that makes tap water safe for fish while protecting and restoring their delicate slime coat. Formulated with natural Aloe Vera, it neutralises harmful chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals found in tap water. Simultaneously, it repairs damaged fish tissue and replaces the protective slime coat lost during handling, netting, transport, or territorial aggression, reducing fish stress by up to 40%. API Stress Coat is a water conditioner designed to protect fish from the harmful effects of stress, handling, and environmental changes. It creates a protective slime coat on your fish, which helps reduce stress and promote overall health. Ideal for new tank setups, water changes, or fish transport, Stress Coat helps maintain a stable and healthy environment for your aquatic pets.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Changes & Refills:** Add whenever topping off or changing aquarium water to eliminate tap water toxins.
- **Adding New Livestock:** Use when introducing new fish to reduce transport stress and prevent disease susceptibility.
- **Injury & Tissue Repair:** Administer when treating fish with torn fins, skin wounds, or lost scales to accelerate healing.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before use.
- **To Condition Tap Water:** Add 5 mL of API Stress Coat per 38 L (10 US gallons) of water.
- **To Repair Slime Coat & Heal Wounds:** Add 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- Safe for use in freshwater, marine, and planted aquariums.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Protection:** Neutralises tap water chemicals while promoting fish tissue repair.
- **Enriched with Aloe Vera:** Contains real Aloe Vera to accelerate healing and restore the natural slime coat.
- **Proven Stress Reduction:** Scientifically proven to reduce overall fish stress by up to 40%.
- **Biological Compatibility:** Will not alter pH levels or harm beneficial biological filter bacteria.
- **For Water Changes:** Add 1 ml of API Stress Coat per gallon of aquarium water during water changes to protect fish and promote the recovery of fish that have experienced stress or injury.
- **For New Fish:** When introducing new fish into the aquarium, use 1 ml per gallon of water to reduce acclimation stress.
- **For Fish in Transit:** When transporting fish or during shipping, add API Stress Coat to reduce stress and protect the fish’s slime coat.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH13
- **Supplier Code:** PETPACIFIC
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements
- **Volume:** 118 ml (treats up to 890 L of tap water)
**Available Sizes**
- 30ML – Perfect for smaller tanks or to try the product before committing to larger quantities.
- 118ML – Ideal for small to medium-sized tanks with occasional water changes.
- 237ML – Suitable for larger tanks or more frequent use.
- 473ML – Best for large aquariums or high-volume usage.
##### Additional Recommendation
API Stress Coat is recommended for aquarium owners looking to enhance the overall health and well-being of their fish. It is especially beneficial for fish that are experiencing stress from handling, shipping, or tank changes. Regular use of this water conditioner ensures that your fish remain protected and heal more quickly from injuries, making it an essential product for any aquarium enthusiast.
---
#### Api Stress Coat 237ml 8oz
API Stress Coat 237ml/8oz.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-stress-coat-237ml-8oz/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH84 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163080856
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-37.png
API Stress Coat 237ml (SKU: APH84) is a dual-action tap water conditioner and fish protection additive. Enriched with the natural healing power of Aloe Vera, it instantly neutralises tap water disinfectants—including chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals—while actively protecting fish from environmental stress. API Stress Coat replaces lost natural slime coating, speeds up wound tissue repair, and reduces fish stress by 40% during handling, water changes, or shipping.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** Add whenever replacing water to make tap water safe and replenish protective slime coat.
- **Adding New Fish:** Use when introducing new stock to reduce transport stress and prevent acclimation shock.
- **Injury & Disease Recovery:** Apply to treat damaged fins, scale loss, or skin wounds to encourage rapid healing.
**How to Use**
- **To Dechlorinate Tap Water:** Add **5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons)** of new water.
- **To Heal Wounds & Reduce Stress:** Double the dose—add **10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons)** of aquarium water.
- Dose directly into replacement water or into areas of high flow in the aquarium. Safe for freshwater and marine environments.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Formula:** Acts as a complete dechlorinator while protecting fish tissue.
- **Aloe Vera Enriched:** Clinically proven to reduce stress by 40% and promote natural skin and slime coat regeneration.
- **Instant Neutralisation:** Removes chlorine, chloramines, and toxic heavy metals on contact.
- **Fish & Coral Safe:** Safe for all freshwater fish, marine fish, invertebrates, and live plants.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH84
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioner
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 1,790 L for chlorine removal)
##### Additional Information
API STRESS COAT Aquarium Water Conditioner(237ml/8oz) is enriched with aloe vera; it helps reduce fish stress by up to 40% and supports the healing of damaged tissue. It instantly makes tap water safe by removing chlorine, chloramines, and neutralising heavy metals. The protective slime coat that fish naturally produce can be disrupted during handling, transport, or aggressive interactions in the fish tank. API STRESS COAT Aquarium Water Conditioner's(237ml/8oz) formula also restores this protective slime coat, which is produced naturally by fish.
---
#### Api Stress Coat 473ml
API Stress Coat 473ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-stress-coat-473ml/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH14A · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163050859
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-8-1.png
API Stress Coat 473ml is an essential dual-action water conditioner and health treatment designed for both freshwater and marine aquariums. Municipal tap water contains harmful chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals that damage delicate gill tissue and stress aquatic life. API Stress Coat instantly neutralises these toxic chemicals while leveraging the natural healing properties of Aloe Vera to restore and protect your fish’s natural slime coat. Scientifically proven to reduce fish stress by up to 40%, it accelerates the healing of torn fins, skin lesions, and damaged scales caused by netting, handling, or territorial fighting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Changes & Tank Maintenance:** Dose every time you replace or add tap water to safely dechlorinate the supply.
- **Acclimatising New Fish:** Use when introducing new livestock to ease transit stress and guard against disease.
- **Wound Healing & Recovery:** Administer when treating fish suffering from fin rot, tissue damage, or post-handling stress.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle well before use.
- **To Dechlorinate Water:** Add 5 mL of API Stress Coat per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water.
- **To Heal Wounds & Reduce Stress:** Add 10 mL (double dose) per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- Fully safe for all freshwater and saltwater fish, invertebrates, and live plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-Action Protection:** Functions as a complete tap water dechlorinator and a protective skin shield.
- **Aloe Vera Infused:** Formulated with natural Aloe Vera to heal damaged tissue and promote rapid fin regrowth.
- **Stress Reduction:** Scientifically proven to lower fish stress levels by up to 40%.
- **Instant Detoxifier:** Neutralises chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals on contact.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH14A
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioner
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 3,600 L of tap water)
---
#### Api Stress Zyme 118ml
Biological additive containing 300 million beneficial bacteria to consume organic waste in aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-stress-zyme-118ml/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH121 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163040560
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-8.png
API Stress Zyme 118ml ( SKU: APH121 ) is a concentrated biological additive containing over 300 million live beneficial bacteria per teaspoon to consume aquarium sludge and organic waste. Designed for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, Stress Zyme breaks down fish debris, uneaten food, and decaying plant matter, keeping substrate clean and reducing filter maintenance. Regular addition helps maintain a healthy, active biological filter, ensuring clean, clear water and a stable environment for fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance:** Add weekly to keep gravel clean, prevent sludge accumulation, and support filter performance.
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Dose during initial tank cycling to accelerate beneficial bacterial colonisation.
- **Post-Filter Cleaning & Water Changes:** Use after cleaning filter media or changing water to replenish beneficial bacterial populations.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before use.
- **New Tank Setup:** Add 5 mL of API Stress Zyme per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water on Day 1, Day 7, and Day 14.
- **Weekly Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water once a week.
- Safe for use alongside all API water conditioners and plant supplements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Density Bacterial Solution:** Contains over 300 million live bacteria per 5 mL for active sludge decomposition.
- **Substrate & Filter Cleaner:** Naturally digests organic waste in gravel beds and filter media to extend cleaning intervals.
- **Dual-Environment Safe:** Suitable for all freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums.
- **Shelf-Stable Formula:** Requires no refrigeration after opening.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH121
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163040560
- **Product Type: **Additives & Supplements for Aquariums
- **Actions Done: **Breaks down and consumes fish debris, uneaten food, organic waste and decaying plant matter
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 146 mm (W) × 40 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 118 ml
- **Gross Package Weight:** 160 g
- **Target Environment:** Suitable for all freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums
##### Additional Recommendations
- **For New Aquariums:** API Marine Stress Zyme is an essential product for new marine tanks. It helps kick-start the nitrogen cycle, ensuring your tank is properly filtered and reducing the risks of harmful toxins that could harm your fish and invertebrates.
- **For Established Aquariums:** Regular use of API Marine Stress Zyme supports the continued growth of beneficial bacteria and ensures that your biological filter is always functioning optimally.
- **During Ammonia/Nitrite Spikes:** In cases of high ammonia or nitrite levels, use API Marine Stress Zyme to detoxify and restore balance in your tank.
- **Safe for Sensitive Species:** Ideal for tanks with delicate species such as corals, invertebrates, and small fish, as it doesn't harm beneficial aquatic life.
---
#### Api Stress Zyme 237ml
Organic additive with 300 million good bacteria to break down fish debris, uneaten food, and decaying plant matter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-stress-zyme-237ml/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH122 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163080566
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-9.png
API Stress Zyme 237ml ( SKU: APH122 ) is a concentrated biological additive containing over 300 million live beneficial bacteria per teaspoon to consume aquarium sludge and organic waste. Designed for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums, Stress Zyme breaks down fish debris, uneaten food, and decaying plant matter, keeping substrate clean and reducing filter maintenance. Regular addition helps maintain a healthy, active biological filter, ensuring clean, clear water and a stable environment for fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Maintenance:** Add weekly to keep gravel clean, prevent sludge accumulation, and support filter performance.
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Dose during initial tank cycling to accelerate beneficial bacterial colonisation.
- **Post-Filter Cleaning & Water Changes:** Use after cleaning filter media or changing water to replenish beneficial bacterial populations.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before use.
- **New Tank Setup:** Add 5 mL of API Stress Zyme per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water on Day 1, Day 7, and Day 14.
- **Weekly Maintenance & Water Changes:** Add 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water once a week.
- Safe for use alongside all API water conditioners and plant supplements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Density Bacterial Solution:** Contains over 300 million live bacteria per 5 mL to accelerate organic waste breakdown.
- **Substrate & Filter Cleaner:** Naturally digests organic debris in gravel beds and filter media to extend maintenance intervals.
- **Dual-Environment Safe:** Suitable for all freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums.
- **Shelf-Stable Formula:** Requires no refrigeration after opening.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH122
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163080566
- **Product Type: **Additives & Supplements for Aquariums
- **Actions Done: **Consumes organic waste in aquariums by breaking down fish debris, uneaten food, sludge, and decaying plant matter
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 50 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 237 ml
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Target Environment:** Suitable for all freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums
##### Additional Recommendations
- **For New Aquariums:** API Marine Stress Zyme is an essential product for new marine tanks. It helps kick-start the nitrogen cycle, ensuring your tank is properly filtered and reducing the risks of harmful toxins that could harm your fish and invertebrates.
- **For Established Aquariums:** Regular use of API Marine Stress Zyme supports the continued growth of beneficial bacteria and ensures that your biological filter is always functioning optimally.
- **During Ammonia/Nitrite Spikes:** In cases of high ammonia or nitrite levels, use API Marine Stress Zyme to detoxify and restore balance in your tank.
- **Safe for Sensitive Species:** Ideal for tanks with delicate species such as corals, invertebrates, and small fish, as it doesn't harm beneficial aquatic life.
---
#### Api Stress Zyme 473ml
Biological filter booster with high-density blend of live beneficial bacteria for marine and reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-stress-zyme-473ml/
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163160565
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-10.png
API Marine Stress Zyme ( SKU: APH123 )
is a biological filter booster formulated specifically for marine and reef aquariums. Containing a high-density blend of live beneficial bacteria, it actively consumes organic sludge, uneaten food, and decaying organic waste while neutralising toxic ammonia and nitrites. By establishing and supporting a strong nitrifying bacterial colony, API Marine Stress Zyme promotes a stable, crystal-clear aquatic ecosystem. It is completely safe for delicate marine life—including hard and soft corals, invertebrates, and live rock—making it an essential treatment for new tank setups, weekly maintenance, and emergency water quality recovery.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Marine Tank Setup:** Use during initial cycling to jump-start the biological filter and prevent ammonia spikes.
- **Routine Maintenance:** Dose weekly to keep substrate clean, extend filter media life, and maintain clear water.
- **Ammonia or Nitrite Spikes:** Administer immediately during water quality emergencies to detoxify harmful waste compounds.
**How to Use**
- Shake bottle thoroughly before use.
- **New Tank Setup:** Add 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water immediately after setup, and continue weekly for the first month.
- **Regular Maintenance:** Add 5 mL per 10 gallons once a week to support the biological filter and maintain healthy water conditions.
- **Water Quality Spikes (**Ammonia or Nitrite Spikes): If you notice high ammonia or nitrite levels, dose 10 mL per 10 gallons (38 L) to help neutralise toxins and support biological filtration, accelerating waste breakdown and restoring biological balance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Live Bacterial Strain:** Packed with live beneficial bacteria targeted specifically for saltwater conditions.
- **Reef & Invertebrate Safe:** Gentle formula that will not harm corals, clams, crustaceans, or sensitive marine fish.
- **Sludge & Waste Digestor:** Breaks down trapped organic debris in substrate and filter media to enhance clarity.
- **Rapid Stabilisation:** Helps accelerate initial nitrogen cycling and stabilises parameter fluctuations.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH123
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163160565
- **Product Type: **Additives & Supplements for Aquariums
- **Actions Done: **Eats up organic waste in aquariums by breaking down fish debris, uneaten food, sludge, and decaying plant matter
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 220 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Volume:** 473 ml
- **Gross Package Weight:** 608 g
- **Target Environment:** Suitable for all freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums
##### Additional Information
- For New Aquariums: API Marine Stress Zyme is an essential product for new marine tanks. It helps kick-start the nitrogen cycle, ensuring your tank is properly filtered and reducing the risks of harmful toxins that could harm your fish and invertebrates.
- For Established Aquariums: Regular use of API Marine Stress Zyme supports the continued growth of beneficial bacteria and ensures that your biological filter is always functioning optimally.
- During Ammonia/Nitrite Spikes: In cases of high ammonia or nitrite levels, use API Marine Stress Zyme to detoxify and restore balance in your tank.
- Safe for Sensitive Species: Ideal for tanks with delicate species such as corals, invertebrates, and small fish, as it doesn't harm beneficial aquatic life.
---
#### Api Tapwater Conditioner 118ml
API Tap Water Conditioner 118ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-tapwater-conditioner-118ml/
- Price: $7.50 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH177 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0017163002529
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-12.png
API Tap Water Conditioner 118ml is a highly concentrated water conditioner designed to instantly make tap water safe for aquatic life. Municipal tap water contains chlorine, chloramines, and toxic heavy metals that damage fish gills and destroy beneficial biological filter bacteria. API Tap Water Conditioner immediately neutralises these harmful chemicals upon contact. Its super-concentrated formula requires minimal dosage, making it an efficient choice for setting up new aquariums, performing routine water changes, or topping off evaporated water in both freshwater and saltwater environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Changes & Top-offs:** Add whenever adding tap water to eliminate chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals instantly.
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Treat fresh tap water during initial tank filling before adding live fish or nitrifying bacteria.
- **Transport & Acclimatisation:** Add to transport water to neutralise toxic heavy metal residuals and chlorine.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle well before use.
- **To Remove Chlorine & Heavy Metals:** Add 1 mL per 76 L (20 US gallons) or 5 mL per 380 L (100 US gallons) of tap water.
- **To Neutralise Chloramines:** Add 5 mL per 114 L (30 US gallons) of tap water.
- Mix into new water prior to adding it to the aquarium, or dose directly into the tank when refilling. Safe for freshwater, marine, and reef setups.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant Dechlorination:** Instantly neutralises tap water chlorine, chloramines, and dangerous heavy metals.
- **Super Concentrated:** Requires lower dosage volumes than standard conditioners for high-yield efficiency.
- **Dual-Environment Safe:** Suitable for all freshwater, planted, brackish, and marine aquariums.
- **Filter Friendly:** Will not affect pH levels or disturb beneficial biological filter media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH177
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements
- **Volume:** 118 ml (treats up to 8,930 L for chlorine removal)
##### Additional Information
Tap water contains chemicals and toxins that are harmful to fish if left untreated. API? Tap Water Conditioner removes these toxins instantly, so you can add fish to your aquarium (or add them back after a water change) immediately. API Tap Water dechlorinates aquarium and tap water, detoxifies heavy metals, and may be used in both fresh and salt water. This super-concentrated formula treats up to 600 US gallons with just one ounce, making your aquarium a safe environment for your fish.
---
#### Api Tapwater Conditioner 237ml
API Tap Water Conditioner 237ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-tapwater-conditioner-237ml/
- Price: $14.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH177a · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163010525
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-13.png
API Tap Water Conditioner 237ml is a highly concentrated water conditioner designed to instantly make tap water safe for aquatic life. Municipal tap water contains chlorine, chloramines, and toxic heavy metals that damage fish gills and destroy beneficial biological filter bacteria. API Tap Water Conditioner immediately neutralises these harmful chemicals upon contact. Its super-concentrated formula requires minimal dosage, making it an efficient choice for setting up new aquariums, performing routine water changes, or topping off evaporated water in both freshwater and saltwater environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Changes & Top-offs:** Add whenever adding tap water to eliminate chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals instantly.
- **New Aquarium Setup:** Treat fresh tap water during initial tank filling before adding live fish or nitrifying bacteria.
- **Transport & Acclimatisation:** Add to transport water to neutralise toxic heavy metal residuals and chlorine.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle well before use.
- **To Remove Chlorine & Heavy Metals:** Add 1 mL per 76 L (20 US gallons) or 5 mL per 380 L (100 US gallons) of tap water.
- **To Neutralise Chloramines:** Add 5 mL per 114 L (30 US gallons) of tap water.
- Mix into new water prior to adding it to the aquarium, or dose directly into the tank when refilling. Safe for freshwater, marine, and reef setups.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant Dechlorination:** Instantly neutralises tap water chlorine, chloramines, and dangerous heavy metals.
- **Super Concentrated:** Requires lower dosage volumes than standard conditioners for high-yield efficiency.
- **Dual-Environment Safe:** Suitable for all freshwater, planted, brackish, and marine aquariums.
- **Filter Friendly:** Will not affect pH levels or disturb beneficial biological filter media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH177a
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 17,900 L for chlorine removal)
##### Additional Information
Tap water contains chemicals and toxins that are harmful to fish if left untreated. API? Tap Water Conditioner removes these toxins instantly, so you can add fish to your aquarium (or add them back after a water change) immediately. API Tap Water dechlorinates aquarium and tap water, detoxifies heavy metals, and may be used in both fresh and salt water. This super-concentrated formula treats up to 600 US gallons with just one ounce, making your aquarium a safe environment for your fish.
---
#### Api Tapwater Conditioner 473ml
API Tap Water Conditioner 473ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/api-tapwater-conditioner-473ml/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH178 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0017163003526
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-14.png
API Tap Water Conditioner 473ml is a highly concentrated liquid treatment engineered to instantly render tap water safe for fish and other aquatic life. Municipal tap water contains chlorine, chloramines, and heavy metals, all of which are toxic to fish gills and destructive to beneficial filter bacteria. API Tap Water Conditioner works on contact to neutralise these harmful chemical compounds. Its super-concentrated formula demands low dosage quantities per application, providing an economical and efficient solution for routine water changes, new tank setups, and water top-offs in both freshwater and marine aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water Changes & Top-offs:** Dose fresh tap water every time you perform a water change or top up evaporated tank water.
- **New Aquarium Setups:** Add when filling new aquariums to neutralise chlorine and heavy metals prior to stocking or cycling.
- **Fish Transport & Acclimatisation:** Use in transport bags or quarantine containers to neutralise heavy metal traces and chlorine.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle well before dosing.
- **To Remove Chlorine & Heavy Metals:** Add 1 mL per 76 L (20 US gallons) or 5 mL per 380 L (100 US gallons) of tap water.
- **To Neutralise Chloramines:** Add 5 mL per 114 L (30 US gallons) of tap water.
- Pre-treat new tap water in a bucket or dose directly into the tank during water changes. Safe for all freshwater, planted, brackish, and saltwater environments.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant Neutralisation:** Rapidly removes chlorine, chloramines, and toxic heavy metals on contact.
- **Super-Concentrated Formula:** High-yield dosage rates make this large bottle extremely cost-effective.
- **Filter & Flora Friendly:** Does not affect pH levels, alter water parameters, or harm beneficial nitrifying bacteria.
- **Universal Compatibility:** Safe for freshwater fish, live plants, delicate invertebrates, and marine aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH178
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements / Water Conditioner
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 35,800 L for chlorine removal)
**Additional Information**
Tap water contains chemicals and toxins that are harmful to fish if left untreated. API? Tap Water Conditioner removes these toxins instantly, so you can add fish to your aquarium (or add them back after a water change) immediately. API Tap Water dechlorinates aquarium and tap water, detoxifies heavy metals, and may be used in both fresh and salt water. This super-concentrated formula treats up to 600 US gallons with just one ounce, making your aquarium a safe environment for your fish.
---
### API — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Api Leaf Zone 237ml
API Leaf Zone 237ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/api-leaf-zone-237ml/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH172 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163035795
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/APH172-1.jpg
API Leaf Zone 237ml is a formulated liquid plant fertiliser designed to feed aquatic plants directly through their leaves. Formulated with chelated iron and potassium, Leaf Zone delivers core micro and macro nutrients essential for cellular development and photosynthesis. Chelated iron promotes rich, green foliage and prevents leaf yellowing, while potassium supports overall structural strength and root development. By delivering these minerals in a bioavailable liquid form, Leaf Zone helps freshwater plants thrive without encouraging nuisance algae growth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly Plant Feeding:** Add weekly to supply essential iron and potassium to stem, floating, and water-column feeding plants.
- **Nutrient Deficiency Care:** Use when plants exhibit signs of chlorosis (yellowing or pale leaves) or brittle stems.
- **New Plant Setups:** Administer to newly established planted aquariums to boost leaf structure and accelerate growth.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle well before use.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL of API Leaf Zone per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water once a week.
- Dose directly into the water column where water flow can distribute the liquid evenly.
- Fully safe for freshwater fish, invertebrates, shrimp, and snails. Can be combined with API Root Tablets and API CO2 Booster for a complete plant nutrition regimen.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Iron & Potassium Rich:** Supplies essential minerals for vibrant leaf colour, leaf formation, and strong stems.
- **Chelated Formula:** Contains chelated iron to remain stable and readily absorbable in aquarium water.
- **Fast Absorbing Liquid:** Feeds stems, leaves, and water-column feeders (like Anubias, Java Fern, and floating plants) directly.
- **Algae Prevention:** Balanced nutrient composition is formulated for uptake by aquatic plants without triggering algae blooms.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH172
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Liquid Fertiliser
- **Volume:** 237 ml (treats up to 1,800 L total aquarium volume across doses)
##### Additional Information
API Leaf Zone plant fertiliser is expertly formulated with iron and potassium to enhance the vivid colour and growth of plants in your aquarium. Its fast-absorbing formula nourishes plants through their leaves, making it an essential product for maintaining a thriving aquascape. For optimal results, pair with API Root Tabs plant fertiliser. Experience the ease of maintaining an aquarium garden with API Leaf Zone.
---
#### Api Leaf Zone 473ml
API Leaf Zone 473ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/api-leaf-zone-473ml/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH173 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163105764
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/APH173-1.jpg
API Leaf Zone 473ml is a formulated liquid plant fertiliser designed to nourish aquatic plants directly through their foliage. Formulated with chelated iron and potassium, Leaf Zone supplies essential micro and macro nutrients required for cellular growth and photosynthesis. Chelated iron promotes deep green foliage and prevents leaf yellowing (chlorosis), while potassium strengthens stem structures and supports root stability. By providing these critical minerals in an easily absorbable liquid format, Leaf Zone keeps freshwater aquariums vibrant and healthy without promoting unwanted algae growth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly Plant Feeding:** Apply weekly to deliver continuous iron and potassium to stem, floating, and water-column feeding plants.
- **Addressing Deficiencies:** Dose when plants show signs of yellowing leaves, pale colouration, or weak stem development.
- **Planted Tank Maintenance:** Use regularly in planted aquariums to sustain rapid growth and lush foliage.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before dosing.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL of API Leaf Zone per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water once a week.
- Pour directly into the water column in an area of good circulation for uniform distribution.
- Safe for freshwater fish, shrimp, snails, and live plants. Works effectively alongside API Root Tablets and API CO2 Booster for a complete plant care system.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chelated Iron & Potassium:** Formulated with stable chelated iron and potassium for optimal uptake by plant tissues.
- **Rapid Foliar Absorption:** Feeds stems, leaves, and epiphytic plants (such as Anubias, Java Fern, and Bucephalandra) directly.
- **Prevents Chlorosis:** Stops yellowing of leaves and encourages deep, rich green colours in foliage.
- **Economical Bulk Size:** The 473ml volume offers long-lasting value for larger or heavily planted setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH173
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Liquid Fertiliser
- **Volume:** 473 ml (treats up to 3,600 L total aquarium volume across doses)
##### Additional Information
API Leaf Zone plant fertiliser is expertly formulated with iron and potassium to enhance the vivid colour and growth of plants in your aquarium. Its fast-absorbing formula nourishes plants through their leaves, making it an essential product for maintaining a thriving aquascape. For optimal results, pair with API Root Tabs plant fertiliser. Experience the ease of maintaining an aquarium garden with API Leaf Zone.
---
#### Api Pond Care Aquatic Plant Tabs 25
API Pond Care Aquatic Plant Food Tablets (25 Count) - Potted Plant Fertiliser 10-12-8(N-P-K), i.e 10% nitrogen, 12% phosphorus, and 8% potassium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/api-pond-care-aquatic-plant-tabs-25/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH218 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163201855
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-19.png
API Pond Care Aquatic Plant Food Tablets is a Potted Plant Fertiliser 10-12-8(N-P-K), which means it has 10% nitrogen, 12% phosphorus, and 8% potassium, delivering essential nutrients and iron directly to potted aquatic pond plants to promote lush green growth and steady blooming. Specially formulated with primary macronutrients and essential micronutrients—including nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, manganese, zinc, boron, and copper—these tablets feed plants at the root level throughout the growing season. Designed for use in artificial, self-contained fish and plant ponds, they supply nourishment without leaching excess fertiliser into natural waterways.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Spring Kickoff:** Begin feeding in the spring when water temperatures reach 50°F (10°C).
- **Seasonal Care:** Continue feeding regularly through the spring and summer to ensure blooming all season long.
- **Autumn Wind-Down:** Stop feeding in the autumn when temperatures drop below 60°F (15.5°C).
**How to Use**
- Place tablets directly into the soil of potted aquatic pond plants near the root system.
- Press soil firmly back around the insertion point to seal the tablet in place.
- Resume feeding according to seasonal temperature thresholds.
##### Operating Guidelines & Restrictions
- **Suitable Ponds:** Formulated strictly for artificial, self-contained ponds containing fish and live plants.
- **Environmental Protection:** **DO NOT** use in natural lakes, rivers, streams, or ponds with any outflow.
- **Fish Safety:** Safe for popular pond fish including koi, goldfish, catfish, perch, and more.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Comprehensive Nutrient Formula:** Supplies nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, manganese, zinc, boron, copper, and iron for ideal growth.
- **Root-Zone Application:** Inserted directly into potted plant soil for targeted absorption and full-season blooms.
- **Temperature Guidelines:** Designed for feeding while seasonal temperatures remain between 50°F and 60°F.
- **Pond Fish Safe:** Completely safe for koi, catfish, perch, goldfish, and other ornamental pond species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API / API Pond Care
- **SKU:** APH218
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Pond Plant Fertilizer
- **Packaging:** 1 Pouch of 25 Tablets
##### Additional Information
PONDCARE AQUATIC PLANT FOOD TABLETS - Potted Plant Fertiliser contain essential nutrients and iron for lush green growth of pond plants, including nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, manganese, zinc, boron, and copper for ideal growth. With API POND products, it’s easy to keep a beautiful pond. For almost 60 years, API has developed premium solutions with proven and effective results for your family and ours. API offers a range of testing kits, water conditioners, and nutritionally superior food, because we’re dedicated to making a better underwater world. Begin feeding in the spring when the temperature reaches 50 degrees Fahrenheit, and continue through the fall until the weather drops below 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
PLANT FOOD TABLETS are designed to be placed directly into the soil of potted aquatic pond plants and ensure blooming all season long. They work to provide a safe, hospitable environment for fish such as koi, catfish, perch, goldfish and more. At API, we understand the rewards and relaxation of fishkeeping because we have a passion for fish too. Please note that PONDCARE AQUATIC PLANT FOOD TABLETS are used in artificial, self-contained ponds containing fish and plants. It is strictly prohibited and advised not to be used in lakes, rivers, streams, or ponds with any outflow.
---
#### Api Root Tablets Card Of 10
API Root Tablets Card of 10 - Promotes the lush, beautiful growth of aquatic plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/api-root-tablets-card-of-10/
- Price: $18.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH170 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163035771
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-11-1.png
API Root Tablets (Card of 10) are specifically formulated target-fertiliser tablets designed to deliver essential nutrients directly to the root zone of aquatic plants. Heavy root-feeding plants—such as Amazon Swords, Cryptocorynes, Vallisneria, and Lotus—absorb the majority of their nutrition through substrate rather than the water column. Packed with essential elements like iron, potassium, and carbon, these solid fertiliser tablets promote robust root development, prevent leaf yellowing, and stimulate lush, healthy foliage.
##### Benefits:
- Promotes lush growth of aquarium plants
- Contains Iron.
- Develops strong roots
- Pack of 10 Tablets
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Plant Setup:** Place beneath newly planted root-feeders to accelerate root establishment and reduce transplant shock.
- **Monthly Substrate Replenishment:** Add regular doses every 30 days to replenish depleted substrate nutrients in planted aquariums.
- **Nutrient Deficiency Treatment:** Use when plants exhibit pale leaves, yellowing tissue, or stunted growth due to lack of iron or potassium.
**How to Use**
- Use 1 tablet for every 194 sq. cm (approx. 30 sq. inches) of substrate surface area. As a rough guide, approx one per 13cm. A standard 38 L (10 US gallon) aquarium requires approximately 6 tablets.
- Insert each tablet midway into the gravel or substrate bed near the base of root-feeding plants.
- Replace tablets monthly for optimal plant growth. Add new tablets monthly for optimum growth.
- Safe for all tropical fish, invertebrates, and shrimp. Works effectively alongside liquid fertilisers such as API Leaf Zone or API CO2 Booster.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
##### Key Features
- **Targeted Root Nutrition:** Supplies vital nutrients straight to root systems where plants absorb them most efficiently.
- **Rich in Iron, Carbon & Potassium:** Helps plants build strong roots, vibrant stems, and prevents foliage decay.
- **Convenient Card Packaging:** Packaged in a compact card format containing 10 individual fertiliser tablets.
- **Freshwater Safe:** Completely safe for fish, community tanks, and delicate freshwater invertebrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH170
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 / Substrate Fertiliser
- **Quantity:** 10 Tablets (Blister/Card Pack)
---
### API — Filter Media
#### Api Bio Chem Zorb Treats 210ltrs
Filtration pouch to remove organic pollutants, heavy metals, etc from fresh and saltwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/api-bio-chem-zorb-treats-210ltrs/
- Price: $45.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BE1 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163011089
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/160-3-1.png
API Bio-Chem Zorb ( SKU: BE1 ) is an advanced chemical filtration pouch engineered to remove organic pollutants, heavy metals, odours, and water discolouration from fresh and saltwater aquariums. Containing a blend of pharmaceutical-grade resin and activated carbon, it treats up to 210 litres of water.
It targets colours, odours, heavy metals, and dissolved toxins, resulting in crystal-clear water and improved light penetration, which supports healthier plant and coral growth. Suitable for both freshwater and saltwater setups, Bio-Chem ZORB helps maintain a balanced aquatic environment and promotes vibrant, thriving aquatic life. This pre-packed filter media pouch purifies water down to the molecular level without stripping essential trace minerals or altering pH balance, resulting in crystal-clear aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cloudy or Discoloured Water:** Ideal for eliminating yellow tint, tannins, and murky organic waste.
- **Odour Removal:** Rapidly neutralises unpleasant foul odours originating from bio-waste breakdown.
**How to Use**
- Rinse the Bio-Chem Zorb pouch under cold tap water to remove fine carbon dust.
- Place the pouch directly in a high-flow area of your canister filter, power filter, or sump.
- Replace every 1 to 2 months or when water clarity begins to diminish. Or sooner in heavily stocked aquariums or if odours or discolouration reappear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pharmaceutical Grade Media:** Premium resin blend absorbs dissolved organic compounds superior to basic carbon. Effectively eliminates harmful metals and toxic dissolved gases. Its dual-action filtration removes organic pollutants, dissolved toxins, odours, and colours.
- **Tannin & Odour Neutraliser:** Clears water discolouration caused by driftwood or fish waste. Provides enhanced light transmission, which improves water clarity for optimal coral and plant growth.
- **Safe for All Fish:** Will not alter water hardness or pH levels. It is versatile, safe and compatible with freshwater, saltwater, and reef aquariums. Perfect for both initial aquarium setup and routine maintenance.
- **Pre-Dosed Media Pouch:** Pre-filled pouch design makes installation and maintenance simple while making convenient usable. It is a ready-to-use pouch that treats up to 210 litres. Fits most aquarium filters, including API Filtration Systems-6;
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** BE1
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163011089
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 245 mm (L) × 130 mm (W) × 50 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 274 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Api Nitra Zorb Treats 210ltrs
Resin media to absorb harmful nitrogenous compounds from freshwater aquariums up to 210 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/api-nitra-zorb-treats-210ltrs/
- Price: $32.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BE5 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163011102
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/160-5-1.png
API Nitra-Zorb ( SKU: BE5 ) is a rechargeable ion-exchange resin media specifically designed to absorb harmful nitrogenous compounds—including toxic ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate—from freshwater aquariums up to 210 litres.
API NITRA-ZORB is a convenient, ready-to-use filtration media pouch designed to remove harmful toxins such as ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate from freshwater aquariums. Made from a combination of natural and synthetic ion-exchange resins, it helps maintain a safe and healthy environment for your fish. By pulling nitrogen compounds directly out of the water column, Nitra-Zorb protects fish from toxic spikes during tank cycling or overstocking emergencies, and can be recharged repeatedly using simple aquarium salt solutions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New Tank Cycling:** Prevents dangerous ammonia and nitrite spikes during biological filter establishment.
- **Emergency Water Spikes:** Instantly controls elevated nitrate and nitrite in overcrowded aquariums.
**How to Use**
- Rinse the pouch thoroughly with tap water to clear loose dust.
- Place the pouch into your filter system in the direct path of water flow.
- **A- For New Aquariums or High Ammonia/Nitrite Levels:** Recharge every 5 days during the first month, then every 2 weeks in the second month.
**B- For Established Aquariums: **Recharge every 2 weeks.
**C- When Nitrate Levels Are Elevated: **Recharge every 5 days until nitrate drops below 20 ppm.
**D- Replacement: **Replace the pouch after 2 months of use.
- Recharging Instructions
A- Dissolve 4 tablespoons (80 g) of API Aquarium Salt in 240 ml (8 oz) of warm water.
**B-** Soak the pouch in the solution for 2 hours, then rinse lightly.
**C-** Store in the recharging solution when not in use to maintain effectiveness.
**D-** Recharge the pouch by soaking in a concentrated non-iodised salt brine bath when the media is exhausted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Triple Action Adsorption:** Removes toxins like ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate simultaneously.
- **Rechargeable Ion Resin:** Can be reused multiple times by soaking in salt solution, making it cost-efficient and environmentally friendly.
- **Freshwater Safe:** Protects sensitive aquatic life from toxic waste poisoning. It is phosphate-free, thus safe for freshwater aquariums, preventing unwanted algae growth.
- **Fast Acting:** Begins lowering toxin levels immediately upon contact with circulating water. It is easy to use because it is compatible with most standard aquarium filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** BE5
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163011102
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Chemical Absorbers
- **Package Dimensions:** 295 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 130 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 217 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums Only
---
#### Api Phos Zorb Treats 210ltrs
Filtration media formulated to remove silicate and phosphate from aquarium water; treats up to 210 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/api-phos-zorb-treats-210ltrs/
- Price: $27.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BE3 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163011096
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/160-4-1.png
API Phos-Zorb ( SKU: BE3 ) is a specialised chemical filtration media formulated to selectively remove silicate and phosphate compounds from aquarium water. Treating systems up to 210 litres, it starves unwanted algae species by depriving them of key growth nutrients. PHOS-ZORB also enhances aquatic plant growth and reduces routine maintenance. Safe for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
Compounded in a pre-measured media pouch, Phos-Zorb helps prevent nuisance green water and hair algae blooms without releasing captured phosphate back into the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae Control Outbreaks:** Use when elevated phosphate levels lead to rapid algae blooms.
- **New Tank Setups:** Prevents initial brown diatom blooms by adsorbing silicate leached from new gravel.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the media pouch thoroughly under cold tap water before installation.
- Insert the pouch into your filter chamber where water passes directly through the pouch.
- Test phosphate levels regularly and replace the pouch when levels begin rising (typically every 1–2 months).
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Phosphate Adsorption:** Removes bound orthophosphates to limit nuisance algae growth.
- **Silicate Removal:** Controls unsightly brown diatom algae in newly established tanks. Phosphate & silicate removal reduces algae growth and prevents water cloudiness.
- **Non-Leaching Formula:** Trapped nutrients remain locked inside media even when saturated.
- **Pre-Bagged Convenience:** Fits effortlessly inside canister and hang-on-back filter media trays.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** BE3
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163011096
- **Product Type:** Filter Media / Phosphate Removers
- **Package Dimensions:** 135 mm (L) × 50 mm (W) × 245 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 175 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
### API — Medication
#### Api Melafix 118ml
Natural antibacterial treatment for open wounds and bacterial infections in fish & other aquarium animals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medication/api-melafix-118ml/
- Price: $14.51 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH05
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Medication (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medication/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-3.png
API Melafix 118ml ( SKU: APH05 ) is an all-natural antibacterial treatment designed to rapidly heal open wounds, treat bacterial infections, and promote tissue re-growth in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. Formulated from Melaleuca (tea tree extract), this smooth-acting remedy offers a safe, natural alternative to harsh chemicals. It works efficiently to treat conditions such as fin and tail rot, eye cloud, mouth fungus, and body ulcers without damaging your biological filter or altering your water's pH balance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Infection Treatment:** Administer at the first sign of bacterial infections, damaged fins, cloudiness in the eyes, or open sores.
- **New Fish Introduction:** Add to the aquarium when introducing new livestock to reduce stress and prevent disease outbreaks.
- **Injury Repair:** Use following fish handling, netting, or territorial combat to speed up fin and tissue regeneration.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before each use.
- Remove any active carbon from your filter during the treatment period and turn off UV sterilisers or protein skimmers (in marine tanks).
- **Dosage:** Add 5 mL of API Melafix per 10 gallons (38 L) of aquarium water.
- **Treatment Duration:** Dose daily for 7 consecutive days for active infections. On the 7th day, perform a 25% water change. For preventive care during fish introduction, dose daily for 3 days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100% Natural Extract:** Formulated with natural Melaleuca tea tree extract.
- **Biologically Safe:** Will not harm beneficial nitrifying filter bacteria.
- **Multi-Environment Compatible:** Safe for freshwater, marine, planted, and reef aquariums.
- **Tissue Regeneration:** Promotes rapid regrowth of damaged fins and tissue.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH05
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163907115
- **Product Type: ** Aquarium Medication
- **Volume: **118 ml (treats up to 890 litres total treatment volume)
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 140 mm (W) × 40 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (treats up to 890 litres total treatment volume)
---
#### Api Melafix 237ml
All-natural antibacterial to heal open wounds, repair damaged fins, and clear bacterial infections in aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medication/api-melafix-237ml/
- Price: $21.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH06 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163908112
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Medication (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medication/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-4.png
API Melafix 237ml ( SKU: APH06 ) is an all-natural antibacterial remedy formulated to heal open wounds, repair damaged fins, and clear bacterial infections in both freshwater and marine aquariums. Derived from Melaleuca (tea tree extract), this gentle treatment offers a safe, plant-based alternative to harsh synthetic chemicals. It works rapidly against common aquarium ailments—including fin and tail rot, eye cloud, mouth fungus, and body ulcers—without altering water pH or disrupting the beneficial bacteria in your biological filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Active Bacterial Outbreaks:** Treat at the first sign of fin degradation, cloudy eyes, mouth fungus, or open skin sores.
- **Introducing New Livestock:** Add to quarantine or display tanks when acclimatising new fish to minimise stress and guard against disease transmission.
- **Injury Recovery:** Use after netting, transport, or territorial aggression to promote rapid tissue repair and prevent secondary infections.
**How to Use**
- Shake bottle thoroughly prior to administration.
- Remove active filter carbon and switch off UV sterilisers or protein skimmers throughout the treatment cycle.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL of API Melafix per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- **Treatment Schedule:** Dose daily for 7 consecutive days to resolve active infections, then perform a 25% water change on the 7th day. For preventive dosing when introducing new fish, dose daily for 3 days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Botanical Extract:** Powered by natural Melaleuca tea tree extract for gentle, effective healing.
- **Bio-Filter Safe:** Does not harm beneficial nitrifying bacteria or biological filtration.
- **Multi-Tank Safe:** Suitable for freshwater, marine, planted, and reef environments.
- **Rapid Regeneration:** Accelerates tissue regrowth on damaged fins, tails, and scales.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH06
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163908112
- **Product Type: **Aquarium Medication
- **Volume: **237 ml (treats up to 1,800 L total aquarium volume across doses)
- **Package Dimensions:** 50 mm (L) × 200 mm (W) × 50 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 290 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (treats up to 1,800 L total aquarium volume across doses)
---
#### Api Melafix 473ml
Antibacterial solution to heal open wounds, repair damaged fins in aquarium fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medication/api-melafix-473ml/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: APH07 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0317163910115
- Brand: API (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/api/) · Category: Medication (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medication/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-5.png
API Melafix 473ml ( SKU: APH07 ) is an all-natural antibacterial remedy formulated to heal open wounds,
treat bacterial infections,
and promote tissue regeneration in both freshwater and marine aquariums.
Derived from
(tea tree extract),
this smooth-acting treatment provides a safe,
plant-based alternative to harsh synthetic chemicals.
It efficiently treats common fish ailments—such as fin and tail rot,
eye cloud,
mouth fungus,
and body ulcers—without discolouring aquarium water,
altering pH levels,
or harming beneficial nitrifying filter bacteria.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Active Bacterial Outbreaks:**
Dose immediately at the first signs of fin fraying,
cloudy eyes,
mouth fungus,
or open red sores.
- **Introducing New Fish:**
Add to display tanks or quarantine systems when acclimatising new livestock to minimise the transfer of pathogens and reduce environmental stress.
- **Injury & Post-Handling Recovery:**
Use after netting,
handling,
or territorial fighting to accelerate skin and fin regrowth.
**How to Use**
- Shake the bottle thoroughly before use.
- Remove active carbon from your filter and turn off UV sterilisers or protein skimmers throughout the treatment cycle.
- **Dosage Rate:**
Add 5 mL of API Melafix per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water.
- **Treatment Schedule:**
Dose daily for 7 consecutive days for active infections,
followed by a 25% water change on the 7th day.
For preventative care when introducing new fish,
dose daily for 3 days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Botanical Formula:**
Uses natural
Melaleuca
tea tree extract for gentle,
effective healing.
- **Biologically Safe:**
Will not damage biological filter media or nitrifying bacterial colonies.
- **Multi-Environment Compatible:**
Completely safe for freshwater,
saltwater,
planted,
and reef aquariums.
- **Tissue Repair:**
Accelerates natural regrowth of damaged fins,
tails,
and body scales.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** API
- **SKU:** APH07
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0317163910115
- **Product Type: **Aquarium Medication
- **Volume: **473 ml (treats up to 3,600 L total aquarium volume across treatment cycles)
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 220 mm (W) × 60 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 520 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums (treats up to 3,600 L total aquarium volume across treatment cycles)
---
### Easy-Life — Additives & Supplements
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Blue 1ltr
Litre bottle of cyanobacteria treatment for large freshwater aquariums and repeat courses.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-blue-1ltr/
- Price: $57.56 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725129 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330378
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725129-1.jpg
In a 400 or 500 litre planted display, a cyanobacteria outbreak covers metres of substrate, and a small bottle will not stretch to a full course. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Blue 1ltr (SKU: 725129) is the one-litre size of Easy-Life's treatment for blue-green algae in freshwater aquariums, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands. Rather than poisoning the cyanobacteria, it encourages the heterotrophic soil bacteria that break down animal waste, and Easy-Life explains that restoring that microbiological balance in the substrate takes away the conditions cyanobacteria exploit. Used as directed, it is described as harmless to fish and plants. At 100 doses of 10 mL, the bottle runs a complete course on up to 2,000 L of water.
Each course uses two doses a week apart: 10 mL per 40 L on day one, the same again on day seven, and a water change on day fourteen. Nothing should be changed in between, and activated carbon is removed from the filter before starting so it does not take up the treatment. Shake the bottle before dosing and stay with the stated amount rather than adding extra. When cyanobacteria linger or regrow, Easy-Life allows the course to be repeated. Worked out for a large tank, a 400 L aquarium takes 100 mL per dose and 200 mL per course, so this litre covers five full courses; a 1,000 L system needs 250 mL a dose. That makes this size the economical choice for big displays, shops treating several systems and keepers who expect to repeat the course.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Displays of several hundred litres with widespread slime.
- **Multiple tanks:** Treating more than one system from a single bottle.
- **Repeat courses:** Stubborn outbreaks that need a second round.
- **Planted layouts:** Cyanobacteria on carpets and hardscape where plants must be spared.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Prepare:** Take activated carbon out of the filter and shake the bottle.
- **First dose:** 10 mL per 40 L on day 1 (100 mL for 400 L).
- **Second dose:** The same amount on day 7, with no water change.
- **Finish:** Change water on day 14; repeat the course if needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **One litre:** 100 doses of 10 mL, or full courses for 2,000 L.
- **Works on the substrate:** Promotes the soil bacteria that degrade waste.
- **Gentle on livestock:** Harmless to fish and plants at the stated dose.
- **Simple schedule:** Two doses, one water change, two weeks.
- **Bulk value:** Suits big tanks and repeat treatments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725129
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330378
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Cyanobacteria Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 40 L on day 1 and day 7; water change on day 14
- **Treatment Capacity:** Full two-dose course for up to 2,000 L (single dose for 4,000 L)
- **Application Notes:** Shake well; remove activated carbon; do not overdose
- **Manufacturer:** Easy Life International B.V., Duiven, Netherlands
- **Other Sizes:** Easy-Life Bio-Exit Blue 250ml (725127); 500ml (725128)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Blue 250ml
Biological treatment against blue-green algae for small and mid-size freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-blue-250ml/
- Price: $25.36 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725127 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330354
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725127-1.jpg
Blue-green slime spreading across the sand in sheets, smelling earthy and peeling off in mats, is cyanobacteria rather than true algae, and scraping it off rarely stops it coming back. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Blue 250ml (SKU: 725127) is Easy-Life's biological answer to cyanobacteria in freshwater aquariums. Instead of attacking the slime directly, it promotes the heterotrophic soil bacteria that break down animal waste, which Easy-Life says restores the microbiological balance in the substrate that allowed cyanobacteria to take hold. Made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, it is described as harmless to fish and plants when used as directed. The 250 mL bottle covers a full two-dose course for up to 500 L.
The treatment runs over two weeks. On day one, add 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water; on day seven, repeat the same dose; on day fourteen, carry out a water change. No water should be changed during the two-week treatment, and activated carbon should be taken out of the filter beforehand because it can remove the product. Shake the bottle well before each dose and do not overdose. If cyanobacteria remain, or new growth appears afterwards, the course can be repeated. A single 10 mL dose treats 40 L, so 250 mL holds 25 doses: enough for one complete course in a 200 L tank with plenty left for a repeat, or about eight courses in a 60 L tank. Siphoning the loose mats out before the first dose and improving flow into dead spots supports the treatment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Slime on the substrate:** Blue-green or dark mats spreading over sand or gravel.
- **Coating plants and decor:** Cyanobacteria smothering leaves and hardscape.
- **Recurring outbreaks:** When manual removal alone keeps failing.
- **Smaller tanks:** A 250 mL bottle sized for aquariums up to about 500 L.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Before starting:** Remove activated carbon and shake the bottle well.
- **Day 1:** Add 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water.
- **Day 7:** Repeat 10 mL per 40 L, with no water changes in between.
- **Day 14:** Change water; repeat the course if cyanobacteria persist.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Biological approach:** Supports waste-degrading soil bacteria rather than killing the slime chemically.
- **Two doses per course:** Day 1 and day 7, then a water change on day 14.
- **Fish and plant safe:** Harmless when used as directed, according to Easy-Life.
- **Repeatable:** The course can be run again if growth returns.
- **25 doses:** 250 mL at 10 mL per 40 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725127
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330354
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Cyanobacteria Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 40 L on day 1 and day 7; water change on day 14
- **Treatment Capacity:** One full course for up to 500 L (single dose for 1,000 L)
- **Application Notes:** Shake well; remove activated carbon; no water changes during treatment
- **Manufacturer:** Easy Life International B.V., Duiven, Netherlands
- **Other Sizes:** Easy-Life Bio-Exit Blue 500ml (725128); 1ltr (725129)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Blue 500ml
Fourteen-day treatment that clears cyanobacteria without copper.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-blue-500ml/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725128 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330361
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725128-1.jpg
A blue-green slick spreading across the gravel and rockwork is cyanobacteria, not true algae, and the copper-based cures sold against algae can just as easily harm shrimp and plants. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Blue 500ml (SKU: 725128) is the 500 mL size of Easy-Life's copper-free cyanobacteria treatment for freshwater aquariums, made by the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV. Rather than poisoning the bacterial mat directly, it works by feeding and encouraging the heterotrophic bacteria already living in the substrate, which then outcompete the cyanobacteria and restore the tank's microbial balance. The course runs over fourteen days with two doses and a single water change at the end, and no water needs to be changed while it is working. Easy-Life states the product is safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates when the dose on the label is followed.
The dose is 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water, or 0.25 mL per litre, given on day one and repeated on day seven; active carbon should come out of the filter beforehand, since carbon can strip the treatment from the water before it reaches the substrate. A full course therefore uses 20 mL per 40 L treated, so the 500 mL bottle covers roughly twenty-five full courses in a 40 L aquarium, or a single course spread across about 1,000 L, which suits a fish room or shop running several tanks through the same outbreak. Visible improvement typically follows within about two weeks of starting, and Easy-Life notes that the course can be run again if the mat has not cleared fully the first time. The water change on day fourteen closes out the course and removes the spent treatment from the system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Blue-green slime on surfaces:** A cyanobacteria mat on glass, gravel, rock or plant leaves.
- **Shrimp and planted tanks:** Where a copper-based algaecide is unsafe to dose.
- **Recurring outbreaks:** Tanks where the bloom has returned after being wiped off by hand.
- **Multi-tank systems:** A 500 mL bottle sized for a fish room treating more than one aquarium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day one:** Dose 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water.
- **Day seven:** Repeat the same 10 mL per 40 L dose.
- **Through the course:** Make no water changes and remove active carbon from the filter.
- **Day fourteen:** Carry out a water change to close out the course.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Copper-free mode of action:** Works by boosting substrate bacteria rather than dosing a metal toxin.
- **Fourteen-day course:** Two doses, one week apart, then a single water change.
- **Invertebrate and plant safe:** Easy-Life states it is safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates when dosed correctly.
- **500 mL treatment volume:** About twenty-five courses in a 40 L tank, or one course across roughly 1,000 L.
- **Repeatable course:** Can be run a second time if the cyanobacteria has not cleared.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725128
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330361
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Cyanobacteria (Blue-Green Algae) Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 40 L (0.25 mL per litre), days 1 and 7
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 25 courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 1,000 L
- **Course Length:** 14 days, with a water change on day 14
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725127); 1 L (SKU 725129)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Green 1ltr
Litre bottle of plant-rebalancing algae treatment for fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-green-1ltr/
- Price: $67.36 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725126 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330347
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725126-1.jpg
A shop or fish room growing plants across several tanks sees hair, beard and brush algae on a rotation, since the same nutrient imbalance that feeds algae in one aquarium tends to show up in the next. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Green 1ltr (SKU: 725126) is the one-litre size of Easy-Life's freshwater algae treatment, a liquid of organic acids and growth stimulators from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV that works by strengthening the plants so they out-compete algae rather than by poisoning the algae directly. The fourteen-day course rebalances the tank enough for the plants to pull ahead of hair, beard, brush and brown algae, and the litre bottle is the size suited to a multi-tank set-up or a planted-tank specialist running several courses through a year. Easy-Life states the product is safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates when the dose is followed.
The dose is 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water, or 0.25 mL per litre, dosed on day one and again on day seven, with activated carbon removed from the filter beforehand so it cannot pull the treatment out of solution. The course is closed out with a single water change on day fourteen, and no water changes are needed before then. A full course uses 20 mL per 40 L treated, so the 1 L bottle covers around fifty courses in a 40 L aquarium, or a single course across roughly 2,000 L, enough for a handful of display tanks to be worked through the same bottle over a season. Easy-Life recommends repeating the fourteen-day course if the algae has not fully cleared after the first run.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple planted tanks:** A litre bottle sized for a fish room or shop treating several aquariums.
- **Recurring hair and beard algae:** Outbreaks that return across more than one tank in the same system.
- **Brush and brown algae:** Persistent growth on wood, rock and slower-growing plants.
- **Nutrient-imbalanced planted set-ups:** Tanks where plant growth is behind the algae rather than ahead of it.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day one:** Dose 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water.
- **Day seven:** Repeat the same 10 mL per 40 L dose.
- **Through the course:** No water changes, and keep activated carbon out of the filter.
- **Day fourteen:** Water change to close out the fourteen-day course.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rebalances plant growth:** Organic acids and growth stimulators tackle the cause of the algae.
- **Fourteen-day course:** Two doses a week apart, then one water change.
- **Covers four algae types:** Hair, beard, brush and brown algae in one bottle.
- **Invertebrate-safe:** Stated safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates at the correct dose.
- **1 L multi-tank size:** About 50 courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 2,000 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725126
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330347
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Algae Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Organic acids and plant growth stimulators
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 40 L (0.25 mL per litre), days 1 and 7
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 50 courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 2,000 L
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725124); 500 mL (SKU 725125)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Green 250ml
Fourteen-day plant booster that starves out hair and beard algae.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-green-250ml/
- Price: $21.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725124 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330323
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725124-1.jpg
Hair, beard and brush algae usually turn up because the plants are losing the nutrient race, leaking sugars that feed the very algae smothering them. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Green 250ml (SKU: 725124) is the 250 mL size of Easy-Life's freshwater algae treatment, a liquid of organic acids and growth stimulators from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV that works on the plants rather than the algae. By correcting the imbalance that caused the sugar leak in the first place, it lets the plants out-grow and out-compete hair, beard, brush and brown algae over a two-week course. It is a small bottle sized for a single planted tank rather than a fish room running several outbreaks at once, and Easy-Life describes it as safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates when dosed as directed.
The dose is 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water, or 0.25 mL per litre, given on day one and again on day seven, with activated carbon removed from the filter beforehand so it does not strip the treatment out of the water. A water change on day fourteen finishes the course and clears the spent product from the system; no other water changes are needed while the treatment is running. A full course uses 20 mL per 40 L, so the 250 mL bottle covers around twelve and a half courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 500 L, enough for a single planted tank to be treated repeatedly as new algae flushes appear. Easy-Life recommends the course be repeated if the first round does not clear the algae completely.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Hair and beard algae:** Fine strands or tufts smothering leaves and hardscape.
- **Brush and brown algae:** Stiffer growths on slow-growing plants and decor.
- **Single planted tanks:** A 250 mL bottle sized for one aquarium worked through repeated courses.
- **Weak or stalled plant growth:** Tanks where algae has taken hold because the plants are struggling.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day one:** Dose 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water.
- **Day seven:** Repeat the 10 mL per 40 L dose.
- **During the course:** Leave the water unchanged and keep activated carbon out of the filter.
- **Day fourteen:** Perform a water change to close out the fourteen-day course.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Works on the plants, not the algae:** Organic acids and growth stimulators correct the imbalance behind the outbreak.
- **Fourteen-day course:** Two doses a week apart, then one water change.
- **Broad algae coverage:** Targets hair, beard, brush and brown algae in one product.
- **Invertebrate-safe:** Easy-Life states it is safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates.
- **250 mL single-tank size:** About 12.5 courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 500 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725124
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330323
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Algae Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Organic acids and plant growth stimulators
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 40 L (0.25 mL per litre), days 1 and 7
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 12.5 courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 500 L
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (SKU 725125); 1 L (SKU 725126)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Green 500ml
Mid-size bottle for repeat courses against hair and brush algae.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-green-500ml/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725125 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330330
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725125-1.jpg
Hair, beard and brush algae tend to come back wave after wave in a tank that keeps losing the nutrient race to algae rather than plants, so a single course rarely finishes the job for long. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Green 500ml (SKU: 725125) is the 500 mL size of Easy-Life's freshwater algae treatment, a blend of organic acids and growth stimulators from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV that strengthens the plants rather than attacking the algae outright. Over a two-week course it rebalances the tank so the plants can out-grow hair, beard, brush and brown algae, and the 500 mL bottle is the size to keep on hand for a tank that needs the course run more than once in a season. Easy-Life describes it as safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates when used at the stated dose.
The dose is 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water, or 0.25 mL per litre, applied on day one and repeated on day seven, with activated carbon taken out of the filter first so it cannot adsorb the treatment. No water change is made until day fourteen, when the course finishes with a single change that clears the spent product from the tank. A full course uses 20 mL per 40 L treated, so the 500 mL bottle covers around twenty-five courses in a 40 L aquarium, or a single course across roughly 1,000 L, which is enough headroom for a planted tank, a breeding setup and a quarantine tank to be dosed from the same bottle over a year or more. Easy-Life recommends running the fourteen-day course again if algae growth has not stopped after the first pass.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Returning algae outbreaks:** Tanks where hair or beard algae has come back after a previous clean-up.
- **Several small set-ups:** A 500 mL bottle sized to cover a main tank plus a breeding or quarantine tank.
- **Brush and brown algae on hardscape:** Stubborn growths on wood, rock and slow-growing plants.
- **Weak plant growth:** Tanks where algae has gained ground because the plants are struggling to compete.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Day one:** Dose 10 mL per 40 L of aquarium water.
- **Day seven:** Repeat the 10 mL per 40 L dose.
- **Through the course:** Keep activated carbon out of the filter and skip water changes.
- **Day fourteen:** Finish with a water change to close out the course.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rebalances the plants:** Organic acids and growth stimulators address the cause of the algae, not just the symptom.
- **Fourteen-day course:** Two doses a week apart, finished with one water change.
- **Four algae types:** Covers hair, beard, brush and brown algae.
- **Safe around invertebrates:** Stated safe for fish, plants, shrimp and other invertebrates at the correct dose.
- **500 mL multi-tank size:** About 25 courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 1,000 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725125
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330330
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Algae Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Organic acids and plant growth stimulators
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 40 L (0.25 mL per litre), days 1 and 7
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 25 courses in a 40 L aquarium, or one course across roughly 1,000 L
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725124); 1 L (SKU 725126)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Silicate 1ltr
Litre bottle of silicate remover for multi-tank reef and freshwater systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-silicate-1ltr/
- Price: $47.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725132 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330569
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725132-1.jpg
A shop or hobbyist running several tanks on the same hard tap water tends to see brown diatom dust in more than one system at once, since the silicate feeding it arrives with every top-up. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Silicate 1ltr (SKU: 725132) is the one-litre size of Easy-Life's silicate remover from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, a liquid that neutralises dissolved silicate in both freshwater and marine aquariums so diatom algae runs out of food. The litre bottle is sized for a multi-tank set-up, a new reef system cycling silicate out of fresh sand, or a planted-tank specialist dealing with silicate-rich supply water across several displays. Easy-Life describes the formula as free of harsh chemicals and safe for fish, plants, corals and other invertebrates.
The dose is 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water, given on day one and again on day three, and the bottle should be shaken well before each dose since the active ingredient settles between uses. No water change is made for seven days after the first dose, so the treatment has time to neutralise the silicate already in solution before it is diluted out. A full two-dose treatment uses 20 mL per 20 L, or 1 mL per litre, so the 1 L bottle covers around fifty treatment cycles in a 20 L tank, or a single cycle across roughly 1,000 L, enough to carry a reef system through its first months of diatom blooms or to keep several smaller tanks on hand supply for a year or more.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New reef or sand set-ups:** Silicate leaching out of fresh substrate during the first months.
- **Multiple tanks on one water supply:** Diatom blooms appearing across several aquariums at once.
- **Persistent brown diatom film:** Outbreaks that return after each water top-up.
- **Freshwater or marine systems:** One litre bottle covering either water type.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day one:** Shake well and dose 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water.
- **Day three:** Repeat the 10 mL per 20 L dose.
- **Days one to seven:** No water changes while the treatment is working.
- **After day seven:** Resume water changes and re-treat if diatoms return.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Neutralises dissolved silicate:** Cuts the diatoms' food source rather than scrubbing the film away.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** A single formula for either water type.
- **Two-dose, seven-day cycle:** Days one and three, then a week before the next water change.
- **No harsh chemicals:** Stated safe for fish, plants, corals and invertebrates.
- **1 L multi-tank size:** About 50 cycles in a 20 L aquarium, or one cycle across roughly 1,000 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725132
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330569
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Silicate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 20 L, days 1 and 3
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 50 cycles in a 20 L aquarium, or one cycle across roughly 1,000 L
- **Water Change:** None for 7 days after the first dose
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725130); 500 mL (SKU 725131)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Silicate 250ml
Two-dose treatment for brown diatom algae in fresh or marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-silicate-250ml/
- Price: $25.36 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725130 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330545
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725130-1.jpg
A dusty brown film over the glass, gravel and slower-growing plants is usually diatom algae feeding on silicates leaching out of tap water or the substrate itself. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Silicate 250ml (SKU: 725130) is the 250 mL size of Easy-Life's silicate remover, a liquid from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV that neutralises dissolved silicate so the diatoms feeding on it stop spreading. It works in both freshwater and marine aquariums, which makes a single product useful across different system types in the one shop or household, and the 250 mL bottle suits a single tank worked through more than one treatment cycle. Easy-Life describes the formula as free of harsh chemicals and safe for the fish, plants, corals and invertebrates already in the tank.
The dose is 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water, given on day one and again on day three, with no water change made for seven days afterwards so the treatment has time to work through the system undiluted. Shake the bottle well before each dose, since the active ingredient can settle during storage. A full two-dose treatment uses 20 mL per 20 L, or 1 mL per litre, so the 250 mL bottle covers around twelve and a half treatment cycles in a 20 L tank, or a single cycle across roughly 250 L. That is enough for a nano tank or small marine set-up to be dosed repeatedly as new silicate enters with top-up water or a substrate change, without needing the larger bottle sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Brown diatom film:** A dusty coating on glass, substrate and slow-growing plants or corals.
- **High-silicate tap water:** Supply water that is known to carry dissolved silicate.
- **New substrate or sand:** Freshly added gravel or sand that is leaching silicate into the water.
- **Small freshwater or marine tanks:** A 250 mL bottle sized for a single nano or small aquarium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day one:** Shake well and dose 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water.
- **Day three:** Repeat the same 10 mL per 20 L dose.
- **Days one to seven:** Make no water changes while the treatment works.
- **After day seven:** Resume normal water changes and re-dose if diatoms return.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Neutralises dissolved silicate:** Removes the diatoms' main food source rather than scrubbing the film off.
- **Freshwater and marine use:** One formula for either water type.
- **Two-dose cycle:** Days one and three, with seven days before the next water change.
- **No harsh chemicals:** Easy-Life states it is safe for fish, plants, corals and invertebrates.
- **250 mL single-tank size:** About 12.5 cycles in a 20 L aquarium, or one cycle across roughly 250 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725130
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330545
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Silicate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 20 L, days 1 and 3
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 12.5 cycles in a 20 L aquarium, or one cycle across roughly 250 L
- **Water Change:** None for 7 days after the first dose
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (SKU 725131); 1 L (SKU 725132)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Bio-exit Silicate 500ml
Mid-size silicate remover for recurring brown diatom algae.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-bio-exit-silicate-500ml/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725131 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330552
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725131-1.jpg
Diatom algae keeps a steady supply of brown dust coming back whenever tap water or substrate is topping up the tank's silicate level, so a tank on hard or silicate-rich water tends to need the treatment run more than once. Easy-Life Bio-Exit Silicate 500ml (SKU: 725131) is the 500 mL size of Easy-Life's silicate remover from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, a liquid that neutralises dissolved silicate in both freshwater and marine aquariums so diatoms lose their main food source. The 500 mL bottle is the size to keep on hand where silicate keeps returning, whether from the water supply, a sand substrate or a newly set-up reef. Easy-Life describes the formula as free of harsh chemicals and safe for fish, plants, corals and other invertebrates.
The dose is 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water, applied on day one and again on day three, and the bottle should be shaken well before each dose since the active ingredient can settle on the shelf. No water change is made for seven days after the first dose, giving the treatment time to work through the system before fresh water dilutes it. A full two-dose treatment uses 20 mL per 20 L, or 1 mL per litre, so the 500 mL bottle covers around twenty-five treatment cycles in a 20 L tank, or a single cycle across roughly 500 L, which is enough for a small to mid-size tank to be dosed through several silicate flare-ups, such as after a water change with hard tap water or a substrate disturbance, without running out partway through the season.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Repeated diatom blooms:** Brown dust that returns after each top-up or water change.
- **Hard or silicate-rich tap water:** Supply water that keeps re-triggering diatom growth.
- **Mixed freshwater and marine households:** One bottle that covers either water type.
- **Mid-size tanks:** A 500 mL bottle sized for a tank treated several times over a season.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Day one:** Shake well and dose 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water.
- **Day three:** Repeat the 10 mL per 20 L dose.
- **Days one to seven:** Hold off on water changes while the treatment works.
- **After day seven:** Return to normal water changes and re-treat if diatoms reappear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Removes dissolved silicate:** Cuts off the diatoms' food supply at the source.
- **Dual water-type use:** Suits freshwater and marine aquariums alike.
- **Two-dose, seven-day cycle:** Days one and three, then a week before the next water change.
- **No harsh chemicals:** Stated safe for fish, plants, corals and invertebrates.
- **500 mL mid-size bottle:** About 25 cycles in a 20 L aquarium, or one cycle across roughly 500 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725131
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330552
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Silicate Remover
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 20 L, days 1 and 3
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 25 cycles in a 20 L aquarium, or one cycle across roughly 500 L
- **Water Change:** None for 7 days after the first dose
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725130); 1 L (SKU 725132)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Catappa-x (indian Almond Leaf Extract) 1lt
Litre bottle for larger tanks and frequent dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-catappa-x-indian-almond-leaf-extract-1lt/
- Price: $100.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100912 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330132
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100912-1.jpg
A discus tank, a large community aquarium or a shrimp room with more than a handful of tanks uses almond-leaf conditioner by the hundreds of millilitres rather than the odd capful, which is where the smaller bottles run out fast. Easy-Life Catappa-X (Indian Almond Leaf Extract) 1lt (SKU: 100912) is the one-litre size of Easy-Life's liquid concentrate of Terminalia catappa leaf extract from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, and it is the size the maker points to for larger tanks or tanks that need dosing more often than the standard fortnightly schedule. Easy-Life credits the extract with antifungal, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties that support stressed fish, and because it is a measured liquid rather than steeped leaves it leaves the water clear instead of tea-coloured.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water, or 0.1 mL per litre, shaken well before use and dosed once every two weeks, more frequently in heavily stocked tanks or busier maintenance periods. Scaled up to a 500 L discus or community tank, each dose becomes 50 mL, so the 1 L bottle still covers twenty fortnightly doses, around forty weeks of routine dosing for one large tank. Split across several smaller betta or shrimp tanks instead, the same litre stretches to a hundred standard 10 mL doses, enough for a small fishroom to run its whole fortnightly schedule from one bottle for an extended period. Easy-Life names bettas, discus and shrimp as the typical fish kept with Catappa-X.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large tanks:** Discus or community aquariums of 300 L or more, where doses scale up accordingly.
- **Multi-tank shrimp or betta rooms:** Several smaller tanks dosed from the one litre bottle.
- **Frequent dosing schedules:** Tanks stepped up beyond the standard fortnightly rate.
- **Ongoing blackwater-style conditioning:** ongoing use rather than a single short treatment.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Frequency:** Every two weeks, more often in heavily stocked tanks.
- **Large tanks:** Scale the dose up in proportion to the tank's volume.
- **Before dosing:** Shake well, since the extract can settle in storage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Measured leaf-extract dosing:** A concentrated alternative to loose almond leaves.
- **Antifungal, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory:** Properties Easy-Life attributes to the extract.
- **No water discolouration:** Stays clear, unlike water steeped with leaves.
- **Suits bettas, discus and shrimp:** Easy-Life's stated target fish.
- **1 L large-volume bottle:** 20 doses for a 500 L tank, or 100 doses split across smaller tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100912
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330132
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Botanical Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Contents:** Terminalia catappa (Indian almond leaf) extract
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, every 2 weeks (more often in heavily stocked tanks)
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 standard doses, or 20 doses scaled to a 500 L tank
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 100910); 500 mL (SKU 100911)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including betta, discus and shrimp tanks
---
#### Easy-life Catappa-x (indian Almond Leaf Extract) 250ml
Concentrated almond-leaf tonic for bettas and shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-catappa-x-indian-almond-leaf-extract-250ml/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100910 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330118
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100910-1.jpg
Dried Indian almond leaves are a long-standing blackwater remedy, but loose leaves cloud and stain the water, which is awkward in a display tank. Easy-Life Catappa-X (Indian Almond Leaf Extract) 250ml (SKU: 100910) is the 250 mL size of Easy-Life's liquid concentrate of Terminalia catappa leaf extract, made by the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, giving the same leaf without the loose debris or tannin staining. Easy-Life credits the extract with antifungal, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties that help reduce stress and support general vitality in freshwater fish, and it does not discolour the water the way steeped leaves do. The 250 mL bottle is sized for a single betta, shrimp or small planted tank dosed over the long term.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water, or 0.1 mL per litre, shaken well before use and added once every two weeks under normal conditions. Easy-Life recommends dosing more often in heavily stocked tanks or during high-maintenance periods, such as after a large water change or when new fish or shrimp are settling in. At the fortnightly rate, each 10 mL dose treats 100 L, so the 250 mL bottle holds twenty-five doses, enough to keep a single 100 L betta or shrimp tank on the standard schedule for close to a year, or to cover a smaller nano tank for considerably longer between bottles. Easy-Life names bettas, discus and shrimp as typical uses, with planted and shrimp-focused tanks the main setting for the product.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Betta and discus tanks:** Species that benefit from blackwater-style conditioning without loose leaf litter.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Planted and shrimp-focused set-ups where Catappa-X is a routine additive.
- **New arrivals settling in:** More frequent dosing while fish or shrimp acclimate.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Set-ups that need the fortnightly dose stepped up.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Frequency:** Once every two weeks under normal conditions.
- **Before dosing:** Shake the bottle well, since the extract can settle.
- **Heavy stocking:** Dose more frequently in busy or high-maintenance tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated leaf extract:** The benefits of Indian almond leaf without loose litter or tannin staining.
- **Antifungal, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory:** Properties Easy-Life attributes to the extract.
- **No water discolouration:** Unlike dried leaves steeped directly in the tank.
- **Suits bettas, discus and shrimp:** Easy-Life's named uses for the product.
- **250 mL single-tank bottle:** 25 fortnightly doses, around a year for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100910
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330118
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Botanical Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Terminalia catappa (Indian almond leaf) extract
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, every 2 weeks (more often in heavily stocked tanks)
- **Treatment Capacity:** 25 doses, about a year of fortnightly dosing in a 100 L tank
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (SKU 100911); 1 L (SKU 100912)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including betta, discus and shrimp tanks
---
#### Easy-life Catappa-x (indian Almond Leaf Extract) 500ml
Mid-size bottle for regular dosing across several tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-catappa-x-indian-almond-leaf-extract-500ml/
- Price: $55.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100911 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330125
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100911-1.jpg
A fishroom running a few betta or shrimp tanks side by side goes through almond-leaf conditioner faster than a single display, and dried leaves are hard to dose consistently across more than one tank. Easy-Life Catappa-X (Indian Almond Leaf Extract) 500ml (SKU: 100911) is the 500 mL size of Easy-Life's liquid concentrate of Terminalia catappa leaf extract from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, giving a measurable dose without the mess of loose leaf litter. Easy-Life credits the extract with antifungal, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties that support stressed or recovering fish, and because it is a liquid rather than steeped leaves it does not discolour the water. The 500 mL bottle suits more regular dosing or a couple of tanks run from the one bottle, which the maker notes as ideal for mid-sized tanks or set-ups needing more frequent attention.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water, or 0.1 mL per litre, shaken well before use and applied once every two weeks under normal conditions, stepped up in heavily stocked tanks or during busier maintenance periods. At the fortnightly rate, each 10 mL dose covers 100 L, so the 500 mL bottle holds fifty doses in total, enough for a single 100 L tank on the standard schedule for close to two years, or for two or three smaller betta and shrimp tanks to be dosed from the same bottle for a year or more. Easy-Life names bettas, discus and shrimp as the typical fish kept with Catappa-X, and the product is aimed squarely at planted and shrimp-focused tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple small tanks:** A 500 mL bottle sized to dose two or three betta or shrimp tanks.
- **Discus and shrimp keeping:** Species that benefit from ongoing blackwater-style conditioning.
- **Recovery after stress:** Fish settling in after transport, treatment or a tank move.
- **Busy maintenance schedules:** Tanks that need the dose stepped up beyond the fortnightly standard.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Frequency:** Every two weeks, more often if the tank is heavily stocked.
- **Before dosing:** Shake well, since the extract can settle in the bottle.
- **Across several tanks:** Scale the 10 mL per 100 L rate to each tank's volume.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Measured leaf-extract dosing:** Replaces loose almond leaves with a liquid concentrate.
- **Antifungal, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory:** Properties Easy-Life attributes to the extract.
- **No water discolouration:** Stays clear, unlike water steeped with leaves.
- **Suits bettas, discus and shrimp:** Easy-Life's stated target fish.
- **500 mL multi-tank bottle:** 50 fortnightly doses, around two years for a single 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100911
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330125
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Botanical Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Terminalia catappa (Indian almond leaf) extract
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, every 2 weeks (more often in heavily stocked tanks)
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 doses, about two years of fortnightly dosing in a 100 L tank
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 100910); 1 L (SKU 100912)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including betta, discus and shrimp tanks
---
#### Easy-life Easycarbo (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 1lt
Litre bottle of daily liquid carbon for a community planted tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easycarbo-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-1lt/
- Price: $59.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100878 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837000841
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100878-1.jpg
A planted community tank in the 100 to 200 L range gets through daily liquid carbon noticeably faster than a nano set-up, and running out mid-course stalls plant growth just as algae gets a window to take hold. Easy-Life EasyCarbo (Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 1lt (SKU: 100878) is the one-litre size of Easy-Life's liquid carbon supplement from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, dosed daily as an alternative to CO2 injection or a booster alongside it. The carbon it supplies feeds photosynthesis, supporting plant growth and colour while helping plants compete with algae, with staghorn algae named as one type it is particularly effective against. Because it breaks down within hours of dosing, Easy-Life recommends dosing shortly before the lights come on each day.
The starting dose is 1 mL per 50 L daily for lightly planted tanks, increasing to 2 mL per 50 L daily for heavily planted set-ups, so a 100 L tank uses between 2 and 4 mL a day depending on plant density. At that scale, the 1 L bottle lasts roughly eight months to a year and a half of daily dosing in a 100 L aquarium, which covers a typical community planted tank through a full season without needing a top-up bottle. Easy-Life warns that Vallisneria, Riccia and some shrimp can be sensitive to overdosing, so the dose should be raised gradually rather than starting at the heavy-planting rate. EasyCarbo can run on its own in a non-CO2 tank or alongside pressurised CO2 for extra carbon during heavy growth periods.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community planted tanks:** Tanks in the 100 to 200 L range needing a daily carbon dose.
- **Non-CO2 or low-tech set-ups:** A liquid carbon alternative where pressurised CO2 is not installed.
- **Staghorn algae:** Easy-Life's named target among algae types.
- **Alongside CO2 injection:** A booster dose for heavily planted tanks already on CO2.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light planting:** Dose 1 mL per 50 L daily.
- **Heavy planting:** Increase gradually to 2 mL per 50 L daily.
- **Timing:** Dose shortly before the lights switch on each day.
- **Sensitive species:** Watch Vallisneria, Riccia and shrimp when raising the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Liquid carbon source:** An alternative to, or booster for, CO2 injection.
- **Breaks down within hours:** Timed dosing before lights-on gets the most from each dose.
- **Works against staghorn algae:** Easy-Life's named target among nuisance algae.
- **Scalable dose:** 1 to 2 mL per 50 L daily depending on planting density.
- **1 L community-tank size:** Roughly 8 months to a year and a half of daily dosing in a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100878
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837000841
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 50 L daily (light planting), up to 2 mL per 50 L daily (heavy planting)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 8 months to a year and a half of daily dosing in a 100 L aquarium
- **Companion Product:** Can be used alongside pressurised CO2 injection
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 100876); 500 mL (SKU 100877); 5 L (SKU 113237)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Easycarbo (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 250ml
Daily carbon dosing for a small planted tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easycarbo-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-250ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100876 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837000827
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100876-1.jpg
Aquarium plants need a carbon source to photosynthesise, and running pressurised CO2 on a single small tank is often more plumbing than the tank is worth. Easy-Life EasyCarbo (Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 250ml (SKU: 100876) is the 250 mL size of Easy-Life's liquid carbon supplement, made by the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV as an alternative to CO2 injection or a booster alongside it. The carbon it supplies supports plant growth and colour and helps plants compete with algae, with staghorn algae named as one type it works well against. It breaks down in the water within a matter of hours, so Easy-Life's advice is to dose shortly before the lights come on rather than at a random time of day.
The starting dose is 1 mL per 50 L daily for lightly planted tanks, rising to 2 mL per 50 L daily for heavily planted set-ups, so a 50 L tank uses between 1 and 2 mL each day depending on how densely it is planted. At that rate the 250 mL bottle lasts roughly four to eight months of daily dosing in a 50 L aquarium, which suits a single small or nano planted tank rather than a larger system needing a bigger bottle sooner. Easy-Life flags that sensitive species such as Vallisneria and Riccia, along with some shrimp, can react badly to overdosing, so the dose should be increased gradually rather than jumped straight to the heavy-planting rate. It can be dosed on its own in a non-CO2 tank or alongside pressurised CO2 for extra carbon on heavily planted days.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small non-CO2 planted tanks:** A daily carbon source where pressurised CO2 is not worth installing.
- **Staghorn algae outbreaks:** Easy-Life names this as an algae type the product works against.
- **Alongside CO2 injection:** An extra carbon boost for densely planted tanks already running CO2.
- **Nano and small aquariums:** A 250 mL bottle sized for one small tank over several months.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light planting:** Dose 1 mL per 50 L daily.
- **Heavy planting:** Increase gradually to 2 mL per 50 L daily.
- **Timing:** Dose shortly before the lights switch on, since the carbon breaks down within hours.
- **Sensitive species:** Watch Vallisneria, Riccia and shrimp when increasing the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Liquid carbon source:** An alternative to, or booster for, CO2 injection.
- **Breaks down within hours:** Should be dosed just before lights-on for maximum effect.
- **Works against staghorn algae:** Easy-Life's named target among nuisance algae.
- **Scalable dose:** 1 to 2 mL per 50 L daily depending on planting density.
- **250 mL small-tank size:** Roughly four to eight months of daily dosing in a 50 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100876
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837000827
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 50 L daily (light planting), up to 2 mL per 50 L daily (heavy planting)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 4 to 8 months of daily dosing in a 50 L aquarium
- **Companion Product:** Can be used alongside pressurised CO2 injection
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (SKU 100877); 1 L (SKU 100878); 5 L (SKU 113237)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Easycarbo (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 500ml
Daily liquid carbon for planted aquariums with or without CO2 injection.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easycarbo-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-500ml/
- Price: $43.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100877 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837000834
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/100877-1.png
Carbon is the nutrient plants use in the largest amounts, and in a tank without a CO2 cylinder it is usually the first thing to run short. Easy-Life EasyCarbo (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 500ml (SKU: 100877) is Easy-Life's liquid carbon fertiliser for freshwater planted aquariums, a simple daily supplement that gives plants an extra carbon source for growth. Easy-Life presents it as working with or without added CO2, so it suits low-tech tanks that have no injection at all as well as high-tech layouts topping up an existing system. Made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, it is dosed in small daily amounts, and the 500 mL bottle lasts a 100 L lightly planted tank around eight months.
The dose is 1 mL per 50 L of aquarium water daily in a lightly planted tank, rising to 2 mL per 50 L daily where planting is heavy. EasyCarbo breaks down within about six hours, so it should go in shortly before the lights come on, when plants are about to photosynthesise. Easy-Life says a strong surge in growth follows after a few weeks, and that better-fed plants compete with algae more effectively, with brush and beard algae named in particular; swamp plants such as Cryptocoryne and Echinodorus are said to respond well. Some plants and animals are sensitive to overdosing: Vallisneria, Riccia and delicate shrimp species can react badly, so stay at the lower rate where they are kept and increase slowly. Because trace elements are hard to measure, Easy-Life recommends pairing EasyCarbo with its ProFito all-in-one fertiliser so that carbon is not the only nutrient supplied.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low-tech planted tanks:** A carbon source where no CO2 is injected.
- **Alongside CO2:** A top-up for high-tech layouts with demanding plants.
- **Brush and beard algae:** Healthier plants outcompeting algae, as Easy-Life describes.
- **Cryptocoryne and Echinodorus:** Swamp plants Easy-Life says respond well.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light planting:** 1 mL per 50 L of aquarium water, once a day.
- **Heavy planting:** Up to 2 mL per 50 L daily.
- **Timing:** Dose shortly before lights-on, as it breaks down in about six hours.
- **Sensitive species:** Keep to the low rate with Vallisneria, Riccia and delicate shrimp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Liquid carbon:** An extra carbon source for aquatic plant growth.
- **With or without CO2:** Suits low-tech and high-tech tanks.
- **Daily micro-dose:** Small measured amounts once a day.
- **Algae competition:** Stronger plants hold back brush algae.
- **ProFito partner:** Pairs with Easy-Life's all-in-one fertiliser.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100877
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837000834
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon (Plant Fertiliser)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 50 L daily (light planting) to 2 mL per 50 L daily (heavy planting)
- **Duration:** About 250 days for 100 L at 2 mL a day; about 125 days at the heavy rate
- **Cautions:** Vallisneria, Riccia and sensitive shrimp may react to overdosing
- **Companion Product:** Easy-Life ProFito all-in-one plant fertiliser
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100876); 1lt (100878); 5lt (113237)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Easycarbo (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 5lt
Bulk liquid carbon for aquascaping studios and multi-tank growers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easycarbo-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-5lt/
- Price: $199.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113237 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837000858
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113237-1.jpg
An aquascaping studio or a grower running several tall, heavily planted tanks doses liquid carbon by the hundreds of millilitres a month, not the odd capful, which makes the smaller EasyCarbo bottles an expensive way to buy it. Easy-Life EasyCarbo (Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 5lt (SKU: 113237) is the bulk five-litre size of Easy-Life's liquid carbon supplement from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, dosed daily as an alternative to CO2 injection or a booster alongside it. The carbon supports plant growth and colour and helps plants out-compete algae, with staghorn algae named as a type it works well against, and because it breaks down within hours, Easy-Life recommends dosing shortly before the lights come on.
The starting dose is 1 mL per 50 L daily for lightly planted tanks, rising to 2 mL per 50 L daily for heavily planted set-ups, so a 200 L display uses between 4 and 8 mL a day depending on plant density. At that scale, the 5 L bottle lasts roughly one and a half to three and a half years of daily dosing in a single 200 L tank, or a correspondingly shorter span split across several tanks in a studio or shop, which is where the bulk size earns its place over buying several smaller bottles. Easy-Life warns that Vallisneria, Riccia and some shrimp can react badly to overdosing, so new tanks should be stepped up to the heavy-planting rate gradually. EasyCarbo can be run alone in non-CO2 tanks or alongside pressurised CO2 systems for extra carbon during heavy growth phases.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascaping studios and growers:** Several heavily planted tanks dosed daily from one bottle.
- **Large display tanks:** Tanks of 200 L or more needing a higher daily dose.
- **Staghorn algae:** Easy-Life's named target among nuisance algae.
- **Alongside CO2 injection:** A bulk-supply booster for CO2 tanks with heavy planting.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light planting:** Dose 1 mL per 50 L daily.
- **Heavy planting:** Step up gradually to 2 mL per 50 L daily.
- **Timing:** Dose shortly before the lights switch on each day.
- **Sensitive species:** Watch Vallisneria, Riccia and shrimp when increasing the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk liquid carbon:** Five litres for studios, growers and multi-tank set-ups.
- **Breaks down within hours:** Dosed just before lights-on for maximum effect.
- **Works against staghorn algae:** Easy-Life's named target among algae types.
- **Scalable dose:** 1 to 2 mL per 50 L daily depending on planting density.
- **5 L bulk size:** Roughly 1.5 to 3.5 years of daily dosing in a 200 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 113237
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837000858
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 50 L daily (light planting), up to 2 mL per 50 L daily (heavy planting)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1.5 to 3.5 years of daily dosing in a 200 L aquarium
- **Companion Product:** Can be used alongside pressurised CO2 injection
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 100876); 500 mL (SKU 100877); 1 L (SKU 100878)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Easycarbo Bio (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 250ml
Weekly-dose natural carbon source for a small planted tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easycarbo-bio-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-250ml/
- Price: $21.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725115 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330415
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725115-1.jpg
Carbon-starved plants leak nutrients back into the water instead of using them to grow, which is exactly the opening algae needs to take over a small planted tank. Easy-Life EasyCarbo Bio (Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 250ml (SKU: 725115) is the 250 mL size of Easy-Life's naturally based liquid carbon source, made by the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV as a gentler, weekly-dosed alternative to the standard daily EasyCarbo. It supplies carbon for photosynthesis so plants can grow strongly enough to compete with algae instead of losing nutrients to it, and it can be used with or without pressurised CO2 injection. Easy-Life lists it as safe for fish, shrimp and snails, which suits the mixed planted and invertebrate tanks the 250 mL size is aimed at.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water once a week, or 0.1 mL per litre, rather than the daily dosing used for regular EasyCarbo. At that rate, each 10 mL dose covers 100 L, so the 250 mL bottle holds twenty-five weekly doses, enough to carry a single 100 L planted tank through about six months of routine dosing. Easy-Life pairs EasyCarbo Bio with ProFito, the brand's trace-element fertiliser, recommending the two together for a fuller nutrient supply than carbon alone provides; a dosing calculator on the maker's site can also adjust the amount for a specific aquarium. The weekly schedule suits a smaller tank that does not need the attention a daily dose demands.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small planted tanks:** A weekly carbon dose rather than a daily routine.
- **Shrimp and snail tanks:** Easy-Life lists the product as safe for these invertebrates.
- **Carbon-deficient plants:** Stunted growth or nutrient leakage feeding algae.
- **With or without CO2:** Works as a stand-alone carbon source or alongside CO2 injection.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Frequency:** Once a week, not daily like standard EasyCarbo.
- **Pair with ProFito:** Combine for a fuller supply of trace elements.
- **Fine-tuning:** Use Easy-Life's dosing calculator to adjust for a specific tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Naturally based carbon source:** A gentler alternative to standard liquid carbon.
- **Weekly dosing:** One dose a week instead of a daily routine.
- **Works with or without CO2:** Flexible for CO2 and non-CO2 planted tanks.
- **Safe for fish, shrimp and snails:** Easy-Life's stated safety for mixed invertebrate tanks.
- **250 mL small-tank size:** 25 weekly doses, about six months in a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725115
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330415
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser (Natural)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, once weekly
- **Treatment Capacity:** 25 weekly doses, about 6 months in a 100 L aquarium
- **Companion Product:** ProFito trace-element fertiliser
- **Other Sizes:** 1 L (SKU 724825); 5 L (SKU 724826); 500 mL (SKU 725116)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Easycarbo Bio (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 500ml
Natural weekly carbon dose for a community planted tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easycarbo-bio-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-500ml/
- Price: $24.67 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725116 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330422
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725116-1.jpg
A mixed community planted tank with fish, shrimp and snails living together needs its carbon supplement to be gentle as well as effective, which is the gap EasyCarbo Bio is built for. Easy-Life EasyCarbo Bio (Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 500ml (SKU: 725116) is the 500 mL size of Easy-Life's naturally based liquid carbon source from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, dosed weekly rather than daily like the standard EasyCarbo range. It supplies carbon for photosynthesis so plants can grow fast enough to compete with algae instead of leaking nutrients into the water, and it works with or without pressurised CO2 injection. Easy-Life lists the product as safe for fish, shrimp and snails, making it suited to the mixed stocking in a typical planted community tank.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water once a week, or 0.1 mL per litre, well below the daily volumes used for regular EasyCarbo. At that rate, the 500 mL bottle holds fifty weekly doses of 10 mL each, enough to keep a single 100 L tank on its weekly schedule for about a year, or to cover a slightly larger 150 to 200 L community tank for several months at a proportionally higher dose. Easy-Life recommends pairing EasyCarbo Bio with ProFito, its trace-element fertiliser, for a more complete nutrient supply than carbon alone, and a dosing calculator on the maker's site can refine the amount for a specific aquarium. The weekly rhythm suits a community tank where fish and invertebrates are dosed alongside the plants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community planted tanks:** Mixed fish, shrimp and snail set-ups on a weekly dosing routine.
- **Carbon-deficient plants:** Weak growth or nutrient leakage feeding algae.
- **With or without CO2:** A stand-alone carbon source or a supplement alongside CO2 injection.
- **Sensitive stocking:** Tanks where a gentler, weekly-dosed carbon source is preferred.
**Dosage & Application Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Frequency:** Once a week.
- **Pair with ProFito:** Combine for a fuller trace-element supply.
- **Fine-tuning:** Use Easy-Life's dosing calculator for a specific tank size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Naturally based carbon source:** A gentler alternative to the standard EasyCarbo range.
- **Weekly dosing:** One dose a week rather than a daily routine.
- **Works with or without CO2:** Flexible for CO2 and non-CO2 planted tanks.
- **Safe for fish, shrimp and snails:** Easy-Life's stated safety across mixed stocking.
- **500 mL community-tank size:** 50 weekly doses, about a year in a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725116
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330422
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser (Natural)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, once weekly
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 weekly doses, about a year in a 100 L aquarium
- **Companion Product:** ProFito trace-element fertiliser
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725115); 1 L (SKU 724825); 5 L (SKU 724826)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Easycarbo Bio (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 5lt
Bulk natural carbon source for planted-tank growers and shops.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easycarbo-bio-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-5lt/
- Price: $226.16 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724826 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330446
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724826-1.png
A grower or shop running several planted display tanks wants a weekly carbon routine that scales without constantly replacing small bottles, and a naturally based formula that stays gentle on fish, shrimp and snails across every tank it touches. Easy-Life EasyCarbo Bio (Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 5lt (SKU: 724826) is the bulk five-litre size of Easy-Life's naturally based liquid carbon source from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, dosed weekly rather than daily like the standard EasyCarbo range. Carbon deficiency leaves plants leaking nutrients instead of growing, which opens the door to algae, and this formula supplies that carbon while working with or without pressurised CO2 injection. Easy-Life lists it as safe for fish, shrimp and snails, which matters when the same bottle is dosed across several differently stocked tanks.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water once a week, or 0.1 mL per litre. Scaled to a 500 L display, each weekly dose becomes 50 mL, so the 5 L bottle still covers around a hundred weekly doses, close to two years of routine dosing for a tank that size, or considerably longer when split across several smaller tanks in a shop or growing room. Easy-Life recommends combining EasyCarbo Bio with ProFito, the brand's trace-element fertiliser, for a fuller nutrient supply than carbon alone, and a dosing calculator on the maker's site can be used to fine-tune the amount for a particular aquarium or set-up. The bulk size is the more economical way to buy EasyCarbo Bio once more than one or two tanks are on the weekly schedule.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank growers and shops:** Several planted displays dosed weekly from the one bottle.
- **Large planted displays:** Tanks of 300 L or more needing a higher weekly dose.
- **Mixed fish, shrimp and snail stocking:** A gentler weekly carbon source across varied tanks.
- **With or without CO2:** A stand-alone carbon source or a bulk-supply booster for CO2 systems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Larger tanks:** Scale the dose up in proportion to the tank's volume.
- **Pair with ProFito:** Combine for a fuller trace-element supply.
- **Fine-tuning:** Use Easy-Life's dosing calculator across different tank sizes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk natural carbon source:** Five litres for growers, shops and multi-tank set-ups.
- **Weekly dosing:** One dose a week rather than a daily routine.
- **Works with or without CO2:** Flexible for CO2 and non-CO2 planted tanks.
- **Safe for fish, shrimp and snails:** Easy-Life's stated safety across mixed stocking.
- **5 L bulk size:** About 100 weekly doses for a 500 L tank, stretching further across smaller tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 724826
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330446
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser (Natural)
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, once weekly
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 100 weekly doses for a 500 L tank, or 500 doses at the standard 100 L rate
- **Companion Product:** ProFito trace-element fertiliser
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725115); 500 mL (SKU 725116); 1 L (SKU 724825)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Easyneo 500ml
Post-transport conditioner that supports new fish through acclimation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-easyneo-500ml/
- Price: $49.44 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725133 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330385
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725133-1.webp
Catching and bagging a fish wears away the mucous membrane that is its first line of defence against disease, which is why new arrivals so often fall ill in the days after a move rather than during it. Easy-Life EasyNeo 500ml (SKU: 725133) is the 500 mL size of Easy-Life's post-transport conditioner, made by the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV for dosing once fish have been released into their new tank. Easy-Life states it strengthens the fish's immune system in a natural way, helping it resist the stress-related illness and mortality that follow transport, including outbreaks of Ichthyophthirius in freshwater fish and Cryptocaryon irritans in marine fish, as well as opportunistic bacterial and fungal infections. It is intended for the acclimation period after fish arrive, not as a treatment once disease has already set in.
The dose is 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water, added to the tank after new fish have been released rather than beforehand. Each 10 mL dose covers 20 L, so the 500 mL bottle holds fifty such doses, enough for fifty rounds of new arrivals into a 20 L quarantine tank, or fewer, larger introductions scaled up for bigger systems. Shops and wholesalers handling frequent stock changes are the heaviest users of a bottle this size, dosing it every time a batch of fish goes into holding, while a hobbyist is more likely to use it occasionally after buying new stock or adding fish to an established tank. Because the dose is tied to each introduction rather than a fixed schedule, the bottle lasts as long as new fish keep arriving rather than running to a set calendar.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New fish after transport:** Dosed once fish are released into the holding or display tank.
- **Freshwater and marine arrivals:** Covers Ichthyophthirius in freshwater fish and Cryptocaryon irritans in marine fish.
- **Shop and wholesale holding systems:** Frequent stock turnover dosed with every new batch.
- **Quarantine tanks:** New stock settling in before moving to a display tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 10 mL per 20 L of aquarium water.
- **Timing:** Dose after fish are released into the tank, not before transport.
- **Each new batch:** Re-dose whenever a fresh group of fish is introduced.
- **Scaling up:** Increase the dose in proportion to tank volume for larger introductions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Supports the mucous membrane:** Addresses the main defence weakened by catching and transport.
- **Natural immune support:** Easy-Life's stated mode of action, rather than a direct medication.
- **Covers freshwater and marine parasites:** Named against Ichthyophthirius and Cryptocaryon irritans.
- **Also addresses bacterial and fungal risk:** Opportunistic infections that follow transport stress.
- **500 mL bottle:** Fifty doses of 10 mL per 20 L, one per batch of new arrivals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725133
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330385
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Transport & Acclimation Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 20 L, dosed after release into the tank
- **Treatment Capacity:** 50 doses of 10 mL, one per batch of new arrivals in a 20 L tank
- **Use Case:** Post-transport acclimation, not treatment of established disease
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Ferro (Iron Plant Fertilizer) 250ml
Liquid iron top-up for pale new growth in planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-ferro-iron-plant-fertilizer-250ml/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100879 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837001008
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100879-1.jpg
New leaves that come in pale yellow while the veins stay green, chlorosis, usually means a plant cannot get enough iron, even when the water otherwise looks healthy. Easy-Life Ferro (Iron Plant Fertilizer) 250ml (SKU: 100879) is Easy-Life's liquid iron fertiliser for aquarium plants, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, and supplies iron in a form the maker describes as easily absorbed by plant roots and leaves. It is a targeted correction rather than an everyday all-rounder: Easy-Life's own directions say Ferro should be used only once iron deficiency is actually visible, not dosed to a fixed schedule. Fast-growing stem plants and heavily planted tanks under strong light are the ones most likely to run short, since they draw down iron faster than it is replaced by water changes or substrate.
Five millilitres per 100 litres raises the iron level by about 0.5 mg/L, and because the product is meant for correction rather than routine feeding, Easy-Life leaves the interval up to the keeper; many simply repeat the dose if new leaves are still coming in pale about a week later, and stop once growth returns to its normal colour. A 250 mL bottle holds fifty of those 5 mL doses, enough to treat a 100 L aquarium fifty times over, or a single large system of several thousand litres in one application. Ferro sits alongside Easy-Life's wider range, including ProFito for day-to-day iron, potassium and trace elements and Kalium-Potassium for potassium alone, and is used with either without duplicating the rest of the fertilising routine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Chlorosis on new leaves:** Pale or yellow new growth with the veins still green.
- **Fast-growing stem plants:** Species that draw down iron quickly under strong light.
- **Heavily planted tanks:** Where a general fertiliser is not keeping pace with demand.
- **Alongside ProFito or Kalium:** A targeted top-up rather than a daily feed.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 mL per 100 L, raising iron by about 0.5 mg/L.
- **When to apply:** Only once chlorosis is visible, not on a fixed weekly schedule.
- **Redose as needed:** Repeat at the same rate if new leaves are still pale about a week later.
- **Stop when resolved:** Hold off dosing once new growth returns to its normal colour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Easily absorbed iron:** A liquid form aquarium plants can take up readily.
- **Targeted correction:** Dosed to the symptom rather than on a routine.
- **Precise dose rate:** 5 mL per 100 L lifts iron by a known 0.5 mg/L.
- **Fifty treatments per bottle:** 250 mL covers fifty 100 L doses.
- **Fits the wider range:** Pairs with ProFito or Kalium without duplicating nutrients.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100879
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837001008
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Iron Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 100 L, raising iron by approximately 0.5 mg/L
- **Treatment Capacity:** Fifty 5 mL doses per bottle (a 100 L tank dosed fifty times, or 5,000 L in a single dose)
- **Application:** Dose when chlorosis is visible; no fixed schedule
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (100880)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Ferro (Iron Plant Fertilizer) 500ml
Larger iron top-up for established planted aquariums with recurring chlorosis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-ferro-iron-plant-fertilizer-500ml/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100880 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 850564003258
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100880-1.jpg
A single correction of iron rarely settles a chlorosis problem for good in a tank that is otherwise light on nutrients, so an established planted aquarium often needs the same top-up again every few weeks. Easy-Life Ferro (Iron Plant Fertilizer) 500ml (SKU: 100880) is the larger bottle of Easy-Life's liquid iron fertiliser, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, in the same easily absorbed form as the smaller pack. It is intended as a targeted correction for visible iron deficiency, not a fertiliser dosed to a timetable, and Easy-Life's own guidance is to apply it only once new leaves are actually showing the pale, green-veined look of chlorosis.
The dose is 5 mL per 100 L, which lifts the iron level by about 0.5 mg/L, and many keepers repeat the same amount about a week later if new growth is still pale. A 500 mL bottle holds a hundred of those doses, roughly double the 250 mL pack, which suits a larger single aquarium that needs repeated correction through a growing season, or a keeper running two or three planted tanks from the one bottle. Easy-Life's wider range supplies the rest of a plant's needs: ProFito for day-to-day iron, potassium, magnesium and trace elements, Kalium-Potassium where potassium alone is short, and GreenScape or RedScape for a full NPK feed in aquascapes with few fish. Ferro fills the gap when iron specifically runs low between those routines, rather than replacing them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Recurring chlorosis:** New leaves pale again a few weeks after the last correction.
- **Multiple planted tanks:** One bottle covering repeat doses across more than one aquarium.
- **Heavy stem-plant load:** Fast growers that use up iron faster than light fertilising supplies.
- **Alongside a full routine:** Used with ProFito, Kalium or the Scape range, not instead of them.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard dose:** 5 mL per 100 L, raising iron by about 0.5 mg/L.
- **Repeat on symptoms:** Redose at the same rate once new leaves are pale again.
- **No fixed interval:** Apply when chlorosis appears, not to a calendar.
- **Larger supply:** 500 mL gives a hundred 100 L doses before the bottle runs out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Easily absorbed iron:** Liquid form aquarium plants can take up directly.
- **Symptom-led dosing:** Applied when chlorosis shows, not on a routine.
- **Same 0.5 mg/L lift:** 5 mL per 100 L, the same rate as the 250 mL pack.
- **Hundred treatments per bottle:** Double the dose count of the 250 mL size.
- **Slots into the range:** Complements ProFito, Kalium and the Scape fertilisers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100880
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 850564003258
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Iron Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 100 L, raising iron by approximately 0.5 mg/L
- **Treatment Capacity:** 100 doses of 5 mL per bottle (a 100 L tank dosed 100 times, or 10,000 L in a single dose)
- **Application:** Dose when chlorosis is visible; no fixed schedule
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100879)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Fluid Filter Medium 1lt
Season-size water conditioner with separate rates for routine use, transport and detox.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-fluid-filter-medium-1lt/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100909 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837040564
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/100909-1.jpg
A new filter, a course of medication or just the tap water itself can each leave something in the tank that ordinary filtration will not strip out, and the right dose depends on which situation applies. Easy-Life Fluid Filter Medium 1lt (SKU: 100909) is the one-litre bottle of Easy-Life's FFM, a liquid water treatment made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, for preparing new water, routine maintenance, fish transport, detoxification and recovery after medication, in both freshwater and marine aquariums. Easy-Life describes it as made from natural ingredients with no added chemicals or foreign bacteria. It absorbs heavy metals such as copper, zinc and cadmium, ammonium, chlorine and chloramine, residues from medication and other chemicals, and reportedly PCBs, while adding back essential minerals and trace elements.
The dose varies with the situation: 10 mL per 30 L for routine use and after a course of medication, 5 mL per 30 L of newly added water after a water change, a stronger 20 mL per 30 L when detoxifying ammonia, nitrite or other harmful substances, and 1 mL per 1 L of transport water for moving or acclimatising fish, with the bottle shaken well before each dose. At the routine rate, a 1 L bottle gives about a hundred doses, enough for ten monthly treatments of a 300 L aquarium or far more frequent top-ups in a smaller tank. In a new aquarium, Easy-Life says FFM can shorten the maturation period and help nitrite fall sooner, with increased microbial activity and better access for plants to nutrients already in the water. A short period of harmless cloudiness after dosing is normal, and UV clarifiers or protein skimmers can be left running throughout.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to large tanks:** A 1 L bottle sized for aquariums upwards of 150 to 300 L.
- **Routine maintenance:** Ongoing use and recovery after a course of medication.
- **Water changes:** A lighter dose for each batch of new tap water.
- **Transport and detox:** Moving fish, or clearing a build-up of ammonia or nitrite.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Routine use:** 10 mL per 30 L of aquarium water.
- **After water changes:** 5 mL per 30 L of newly added water.
- **Detoxification:** 20 mL per 30 L for ammonia, nitrite or other harmful substances.
- **Transport:** 1 mL per 1 L of transport water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wide pollutant range:** Heavy metals, ammonium, chlorine, chloramine and reported PCBs.
- **Four dosing tiers:** Separate rates for routine use, water changes, detox and transport.
- **Adds minerals:** Returns essential minerals and trace elements to the water.
- **Season-size bottle:** About a hundred routine doses, close to a year of monthly use.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One formula for either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100909
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837040564
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Multi-Purpose Water Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 30 L (routine use/after medication); 5 mL per 30 L (after water change); 20 mL per 30 L (detox); 1 mL per 1 L (transport)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 100 routine doses per bottle (roughly 10 monthly treatments for a 300 L aquarium)
- **Application:** Shake well; UV and skimmers need not be switched off
- **Other Sizes:** 5lt (100906); 250ml (100907); 500ml (100908)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Fluid Filter Medium 250ml
Multi-purpose liquid water treatment that binds pollutants in small and new aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-fluid-filter-medium-250ml/
- Price: $15.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100907 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837010024
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/100907-1.png
Tap water, a fresh set-up and a course of medication each leave something in the tank that the filter cannot remove on its own. Easy-Life Fluid Filter Medium 250ml (SKU: 100907) is the 250 mL bottle of Easy-Life's FFM, a liquid water treatment made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, and used for preparing new water, routine maintenance and prevention. Easy-Life describes it as made from natural ingredients with no added chemicals or foreign bacteria. It absorbs unwanted substances from the water, including heavy metals such as copper, zinc and cadmium, ammonium, chlorine and chloramine, and residues of medication and other chemicals, while bringing essential minerals and trace elements into the water.
The dose is the same for every routine use: 10 mL per 30 L when the product is first used, 10 mL per 30 L once a month for maintenance, and 10 mL per 30 L of new water at each top-up or water change. Shake the bottle well before dosing. At that rate the 250 mL bottle treats 750 L, which covers a 60 L tank's first dose (20 mL) and many months of monthly doses and water changes, making it a convenient size for nano, betta and small community tanks. In a new aquarium Easy-Life says it can shorten the maturation period and help nitrite fall sooner, and it reports increased microbial activity and better plant access to existing nutrients. Water may turn slightly cloudy for a short time after dosing, which Easy-Life describes as normal and temporary. Chlorine is absorbed over time, so where tap water carries more than 4 ppm chlorine, allow around eight hours before the treated water is relied on. UV clarifiers and protein skimmers can stay on.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New set-ups:** Preparing water and helping a young tank mature.
- **Water changes:** Treating new tap water as it goes in.
- **After medication:** Absorbing residues once a treatment course ends.
- **Small tanks:** A 250 mL bottle sized for nano and betta aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **First use:** 10 mL per 30 L of aquarium water.
- **Monthly:** 10 mL per 30 L to maintain water quality.
- **New water:** 10 mL per 30 L added at each top-up or change.
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle well; cloudiness afterwards is temporary.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Binds pollutants:** Heavy metals, ammonium, chlorine and chloramine.
- **Clears residues:** Takes up medication and chemical traces.
- **Adds minerals:** Essential minerals and trace elements for fish and plants.
- **Natural ingredients:** No added chemicals or foreign bacteria, says Easy-Life.
- **Nano-friendly size:** 250 mL treats 750 L at the standard rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100907
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837010024
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Multi-Purpose Water Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 30 L (first use, monthly and for new water)
- **Treatment Capacity:** 750 L
- **Application:** Shake well; UV and skimmers need not be switched off
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (100908); 1lt (100909); 5lt (100906)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Fluid Filter Medium 500ml
All-round liquid water treatment for community, planted and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-fluid-filter-medium-500ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100908 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837010031
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/100908-1.png
A 120 litre community tank on fortnightly water changes needs a conditioner that does more than strip chlorine, and that will last more than a few months. Easy-Life Fluid Filter Medium 500ml (SKU: 100908) is the half-litre size of Easy-Life's FFM, a liquid treatment for water preparation, maintenance and prevention in all types of aquarium, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands. It works by absorbing unwanted substances, which Easy-Life lists as heavy metals including copper, zinc and cadmium, ammonium, PCBs, chlorine and chloramine, and residues left by medicines and other chemicals. At the same time it adds essential minerals and trace elements, and Easy-Life says it makes nutrients already in the water more available to plants.
One rate covers routine use: 10 mL per 30 L at first use, the same once a month, and 10 mL per 30 L of fresh water at each top-up or water change, after shaking the bottle well. The 500 mL bottle treats 1,500 L in total, so a 120 L tank's first dose takes 40 mL and the bottle then covers a long run of monthly doses and change water. Easy-Life presents it as harmless and calming for fish and invertebrates, made from natural ingredients without added chemicals or foreign bacteria, and says it can shorten the running-in period of a new tank by helping nitrite drop sooner. Brief cloudiness after dosing is described as normal. Where the supply has more than 4 ppm chlorine, give it about eight hours to absorb the chlorine before relying on it. In marine and reef tanks, UV units and protein skimmers do not need to be turned off during treatment.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** Routine conditioning for 100 to 300 litre aquariums.
- **Planted layouts:** Minerals and trace elements, with nutrients made more available.
- **Marine systems:** Usable with skimmers and UV left running.
- **After treatment:** Taking up medication residues at the end of a course.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Starting out:** 10 mL per 30 L when first used.
- **Each month:** Repeat 10 mL per 30 L for maintenance.
- **Change water:** 10 mL per 30 L of fresh water added.
- **High chlorine:** Above 4 ppm, allow about eight hours to absorb it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Absorbs contaminants:** Heavy metals, ammonium, PCBs, chlorine and chloramine.
- **Shorter running-in:** Helps nitrite fall sooner in new tanks, says Easy-Life.
- **Plant support:** Adds trace elements and frees existing nutrients.
- **Skimmer and UV compatible:** No need to switch equipment off.
- **Half-litre bottle:** Treats 1,500 L at the standard rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100908
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837010031
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Multi-Purpose Water Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 30 L (first use, monthly and for new water)
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,500 L
- **Manufacturer:** Easy Life International B.V., Duiven, Netherlands
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100907); 1lt (100909); 5lt (100906)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Fluid Filter Medium 5lt
Bulk water conditioner for fish rooms, shops and multiple aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-fluid-filter-medium-5lt/
- Price: $175.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100906 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837002043
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100906-1.png
A shop or fish room treating water for dozens of tanks gets through a water conditioner far faster than a single display tank does, especially once transport water and the occasional detox dose are added to routine maintenance. Easy-Life Fluid Filter Medium 5lt (SKU: 100906) is the five-litre bulk pack of Easy-Life's FFM, a liquid water treatment made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, covering routine maintenance, water changes, fish transport, detoxification and recovery after medication across freshwater and marine systems. Easy-Life describes the formula as natural, with no added chemicals or foreign bacteria. It absorbs heavy metals including copper, zinc and cadmium, ammonium, chlorine and chloramine, residues from medication and other chemicals, and reportedly PCBs, while adding back minerals and trace elements.
The dose depends on the situation: 10 mL per 30 L for routine use and after medication, 5 mL per 30 L of new water after a water change, 20 mL per 30 L for detoxifying ammonia, nitrite or other harmful substances, and 1 mL per 1 L of transport water, after shaking the bottle well. A 5 L bottle holds roughly 500 of the routine doses, enough to run monthly treatments across a dozen or more 100 to 300 L tanks for a year, with the stronger detox and transport rates drawn from the same bottle as needed. Easy-Life says FFM can shorten the maturation period of a new aquarium and bring nitrite down sooner, with raised microbial activity and better plant access to existing nutrients. A short, harmless cloudiness after dosing is normal, and UV clarifiers or protein skimmers can stay switched on throughout.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and shops:** Multiple tanks drawing routine, transport and detox doses from one bulk supply.
- **Large systems:** Big displays or ponds needing a full-strength dose in volume.
- **Fish transport:** The 1 mL per 1 L rate for moving stock between systems.
- **Ammonia or nitrite spikes:** The 20 mL per 30 L detox dose for a sudden problem.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Routine use:** 10 mL per 30 L of aquarium water.
- **After water changes:** 5 mL per 30 L of newly added water.
- **Detoxification:** 20 mL per 30 L for ammonia, nitrite or other harmful substances.
- **Transport:** 1 mL per 1 L of transport water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk-size pack:** About 500 doses of the standard routine measure.
- **Four dosing tiers:** Separate rates for routine use, water changes, detox and transport.
- **Wide pollutant range:** Heavy metals, ammonium, chlorine, chloramine and reported PCBs.
- **Multi-tank economy:** Suited to shops, breeders and fish rooms running several systems.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One formula across both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100906
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837002043
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Multi-Purpose Water Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 30 L (routine use/after medication); 5 mL per 30 L (after water change); 20 mL per 30 L (detox); 1 mL per 1 L (transport)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 500 routine doses per bottle (enough for a dozen 100–300 L tanks dosed monthly for a year)
- **Application:** Shake well; UV and skimmers need not be switched off
- **Other Sizes:** 1lt (100909); 250ml (100907); 500ml (100908)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Greenscape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 1lt
Full-season NPK fertiliser for larger or multiple planted aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-greenscape-aquascaping-fertilizer-1lt/
- Price: $75.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347331290
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725120-1.jpg
A large aquascape, or a keeper running more than one heavily planted tank, works through an NPK fertiliser quickly enough that the smaller bottles become an ongoing expense rather than a one-off purchase. Easy-Life GreenScape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 1lt (SKU: 725120) is the one-litre bottle of Easy-Life's complete NPK fertiliser, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, for planted tanks with little or no fish stock to supply nutrients on their own. It combines nitrate, phosphate and potassium with iron, manganese, magnesium and trace elements including vanadium, boron, cobalt, lithium, iodine, molybdenum, nickel, tin, aluminium, zinc and selenium, in a formula the maker describes as well stabilised to hold its effect between weekly doses.
The dose does not change with bottle size: 10 mL per 50 L weekly, or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily for frequent small additions, which Easy-Life's figures put at around 20 mg/L nitrate, 2 mg/L phosphate, 13 mg/L potassium and 0.4 mg/L iron per weekly dose. The maker credits the resulting denser growth, broader leaves and stronger colour to cytokinin stimulation, the hormone pathway behind cell division. At a 100 L tank's weekly rate of 20 mL, a 1 L bottle lasts around fifty weeks, close to a full year, or covers two or three smaller aquascapes dosed from the same bottle. GreenScape is the everyday NPK feed in Easy-Life's aquascaping range; RedScape, which supplies significantly less nitrate, is kept aside for keepers wanting to intensify red plant colouration rather than for routine feeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquascapes:** Bigger tanks working through fertiliser faster than small bottles allow.
- **Multiple planted tanks:** One bottle shared across two or three aquascapes.
- **Year-round feeding:** A full season's supply of the standard weekly dose.
- **Heavily planted, low-fish set-ups:** Where nitrate and phosphate must come from the bottle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** 1.5 mL per 50 L dosed in small amounts.
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle before measuring each dose.
- **Fine-tune:** Scale back for algae, add more for pale new growth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete NPK formula:** Nitrate, phosphate and potassium in one bottle.
- **Wide trace-element spread:** Iron, manganese, magnesium and ten further elements.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Denser growth and broader leaves, per Easy-Life.
- **Well stabilised:** Holds its effect between weekly doses.
- **Close to a year per bottle:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725120
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347331290
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquascaping NPK Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 50 L weekly (or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily)
- **Nutrient Increase:** About 20 mg/L nitrate, 2 mg/L phosphate, 13 mg/L potassium, 0.4 mg/L iron at the standard dose
- **Treatment Capacity:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Suitable For:** Heavily planted aquariums with few or no fish
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (725118); 500ml (725119)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Greenscape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 250ml
Trial-size NPK fertiliser for new aquascapes with few or no fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-greenscape-aquascaping-fertilizer-250ml/
- Price: $25.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725118 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347331276
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725118-1.jpg
A heavily planted aquascape with only a handful of fish, or none at all, has almost no source of nitrate or phosphate from livestock, so every nutrient the plants use has to come from a bottle. Easy-Life GreenScape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 250ml (SKU: 725118) is the smallest bottle of Easy-Life's complete NPK fertiliser for aquascaping, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, for planted tanks running with little or no fish stock. It supplies nitrate, phosphate and potassium together with iron, manganese, magnesium and a broad set of trace elements, including vanadium, boron, cobalt, lithium, iodine, molybdenum, nickel, tin, aluminium, zinc and selenium, in a formula Easy-Life describes as well stabilised for a lasting effect between doses.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 50 L once a week, or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily for keepers who prefer small, frequent additions; at the weekly rate, Easy-Life's figures put the increase at around 20 mg/L nitrate, 2 mg/L phosphate, 13 mg/L potassium and 0.4 mg/L iron, alongside the trace elements. Easy-Life attributes denser growth, broader leaves and more intense colour to the way the formula stimulates cytokinin production, the plant hormone behind cell division and new shoots. At the standard rate, a 100 L tank uses 20 mL a week, so the 250 mL bottle lasts around twelve to thirteen weeks, long enough to see a newly planted aquascape through its first growing-in period. GreenScape is meant for regular, ongoing use; Easy-Life's RedScape, with significantly less nitrate, is positioned as an occasional addition for keepers chasing stronger red colouration rather than an everyday feed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquascapes:** Establishing growth in a tank with few or no fish to supply nutrients.
- **Heavily planted tanks:** Dense stem and carpet plants with a high collective demand.
- **Trial size:** A 250 mL bottle for a first aquascape or a smaller tank.
- **Regular feeding:** Everyday NPK use rather than an occasional top-up.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** 1.5 mL per 50 L for small, frequent dosing.
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle before measuring out each dose.
- **Watch the plants:** Reduce the dose if algae appears; increase for pale new growth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete NPK formula:** Nitrate, phosphate and potassium in one bottle.
- **Iron and trace elements:** Manganese, magnesium and ten further trace elements.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Easy-Life's route to denser growth and broader leaves.
- **Well stabilised:** Formulated to hold its effect between weekly doses.
- **Trial-friendly size:** 250 mL lasts about twelve weeks at the standard rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725118
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347331276
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquascaping NPK Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 50 L weekly (or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily)
- **Nutrient Increase:** About 20 mg/L nitrate, 2 mg/L phosphate, 13 mg/L potassium, 0.4 mg/L iron at the standard dose
- **Treatment Capacity:** About twelve to thirteen weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Suitable For:** Heavily planted aquariums with few or no fish
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (725119); 1lt (725120)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Greenscape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 500ml
Standard-size NPK fertiliser for ongoing aquascape maintenance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-greenscape-aquascaping-fertilizer-500ml/
- Price: $43.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725119 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347331283
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725119-1.jpg
Once an aquascape is established, the demand for nitrate, phosphate and potassium does not let up, and a bottle that runs out every couple of months becomes part of the weekly routine. Easy-Life GreenScape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 500ml (SKU: 725119) is the mid-size bottle of Easy-Life's complete NPK fertiliser for planted tanks with little or no fish stock, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands. It supplies nitrate, phosphate and potassium alongside iron, manganese, magnesium and trace elements including vanadium, boron, cobalt, lithium, iodine, molybdenum, nickel, tin, aluminium, zinc and selenium, in a formula Easy-Life describes as well stabilised so the nutrients remain available between doses rather than breaking down quickly.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 50 L weekly, or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily for a little-and-often routine; at the weekly rate Easy-Life's own figures work out to around 20 mg/L nitrate, 2 mg/L phosphate, 13 mg/L potassium and 0.4 mg/L iron. The maker attributes the resulting denser growth, wider leaves and stronger colour to cytokinin stimulation, the hormone pathway behind cell division and new shoots. At that rate a 100 L tank takes 20 mL a week, so the 500 mL bottle covers around twenty-five weeks, close to six months of weekly dosing, or correspondingly longer in a smaller aquascape. GreenScape is intended for regular, ongoing feeding; Easy-Life's RedScape, which carries significantly less nitrate, is kept for occasional use when the goal is a stronger red tone in the plants rather than steady growth.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established aquascapes:** Ongoing weekly feeding once a layout is growing in.
- **Heavily planted, low-fish tanks:** Where livestock supplies little or no nitrate and phosphate.
- **Mid-size supply:** A 500 mL bottle for roughly six months of weekly dosing.
- **Everyday NPK:** The regular feed, with RedScape kept for occasional colour boosts.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** 1.5 mL per 50 L for frequent small doses.
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle before each measured dose.
- **Fine-tune:** Cut back if algae appears; add more for pale new leaves.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete NPK formula:** Nitrate, phosphate and potassium together.
- **Broad trace-element spread:** Iron, manganese, magnesium and ten further elements.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Supports cell division, broader leaves and stronger colour.
- **Well stabilised:** Designed to hold its effect between weekly doses.
- **Six months per bottle:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725119
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347331283
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquascaping NPK Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 50 L weekly (or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily)
- **Nutrient Increase:** About 20 mg/L nitrate, 2 mg/L phosphate, 13 mg/L potassium, 0.4 mg/L iron at the standard dose
- **Treatment Capacity:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Suitable For:** Heavily planted aquariums with few or no fish
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (725118); 1lt (725120)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Kalium/potassium (potassium Plant Fertilizer) 250ml
Liquid potassium top-up for holes and necrosis in plant leaves.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-kalium-potassium-potassium-plant-fertilizer-250ml/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100882 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 850564003272
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100882-072026SD-1.jpg
Holes appearing in otherwise healthy leaves, or patches of dead tissue spreading in from the edges, point to a shortage of potassium rather than the more commonly suspected iron or nitrate, especially in soft water under strong light. Easy-Life Kalium/Potassium (potassium Plant Fertilizer) 250ml (SKU: 100882) is Easy-Life's liquid potassium fertiliser for freshwater aquarium plants, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, for well-planted tanks where potassium is used up faster than soft water and routine fertilising can replace it. Easy-Life lists leaf necrosis, yellowing and slowed growth among the symptoms of potassium deficiency that the product is meant to correct.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L, which raises the potassium level by about 4 mg/L, and Easy-Life says that amount once a week is usually enough to keep plants supplied. A measuring cup is included with the bottle so the dose can be read off directly rather than estimated. At the standard weekly rate a 100 L tank uses 10 mL a week, so the 250 mL bottle lasts around twenty-five weeks, roughly six months, which suits a single well-planted tank running Easy-Life's wider fertilising routine alongside ProFito or the GreenScape and RedScape aquascaping range. Potassium is a macronutrient plants need in reasonably large amounts, so a dedicated supplement such as this is most useful where an all-in-one fertiliser is not quite keeping pace.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Holes or necrosis in leaves:** Dying leaf tissue typical of potassium shortage.
- **Soft-water, well-lit tanks:** Conditions where potassium is used up fastest.
- **Alongside a full routine:** Topping up potassium beyond what ProFito already supplies.
- **Single tank, six-month supply:** A 250 mL bottle sized for one well-planted aquarium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Use the cup:** Measure with the cup included in the pack.
- **Watch the leaves:** Reassess the dose if holes or yellowing continue.
- **Pair with other fertilisers:** Use alongside ProFito or the Scape range, not alone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dedicated potassium supplement:** Targets a macronutrient general fertilisers may under-supply.
- **Measured increase:** 10 mL per 100 L lifts potassium by about 4 mg/L.
- **Weekly dosing:** A single weekly addition is usually sufficient.
- **Measuring cup included:** No separate syringe needed for the standard dose.
- **Six-month bottle:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100882
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 850564003272
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Potassium Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly, raising potassium by approximately 4 mg/L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Deficiency Signs:** Holes or necrosis in leaves, yellowing, reduced growth
- **Pack Includes:** Measuring cup
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (100883)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Kalium/potassium (potassium Plant Fertilizer) 500ml
Larger liquid potassium supplement for ongoing plant maintenance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-kalium-potassium-potassium-plant-fertilizer-500ml/
- Price: $35.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100883 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 850564003289
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100883-1.jpg
A well-planted tank that keeps using potassium faster than soft water replaces it needs more than a one-off correction, and a small bottle of potassium fertiliser runs out just as the plants settle into a routine. Easy-Life Kalium/Potassium (potassium Plant Fertilizer) 500ml (SKU: 100883) is the larger bottle of Easy-Life's liquid potassium fertiliser, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, aimed at the same freshwater planted tanks as the 250 mL pack but sized for ongoing use rather than a single season. Easy-Life lists holes and necrosis in leaves, yellowing and slowed growth as the usual signs that a tank has run short of potassium.
The dose does not change with bottle size, 10 mL per 100 L, which raises potassium by about 4 mg/L, and Easy-Life says a weekly addition at that rate is usually sufficient. The bottle comes with its own measuring cup for reading off the dose. At the standard weekly rate a 100 L tank uses 10 mL a week, so the 500 mL bottle covers around fifty weeks, close to a full year, or correspondingly less in a larger or more heavily planted system. Potassium supplements like this one are typically used alongside a broader fertilising routine, such as Easy-Life's ProFito for iron, magnesium and trace elements or the GreenScape and RedScape range for aquascapes, rather than as the sole source of nutrients.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ongoing potassium top-ups:** A routine addition rather than a single correction.
- **Soft-water, well-lit tanks:** Where potassium runs short fastest.
- **Larger or longer-running tanks:** A bottle sized for close to a year of weekly dosing.
- **Alongside a full routine:** Used with ProFito or the Scape range, not alone.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Use the cup:** Measure with the cup supplied in the pack.
- **Reassess as needed:** Adjust if leaf holes or yellowing persist.
- **Combine with other fertilisers:** Pair with ProFito or the Scape range for full coverage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dedicated potassium supplement:** A macronutrient top-up general fertilisers may not cover.
- **Measured increase:** 10 mL per 100 L lifts potassium by about 4 mg/L.
- **Weekly dosing:** One addition a week is usually enough.
- **Measuring cup included:** No extra equipment needed for dosing.
- **Close to a year per bottle:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100883
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 850564003289
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Potassium Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly, raising potassium by approximately 4 mg/L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Deficiency Signs:** Holes or necrosis in leaves, yellowing, reduced growth
- **Pack Includes:** Measuring cup
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100882)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Profito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 1lt
Full-season all-in-one fertiliser with iron, potassium and trace elements.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-profito-universal-plant-fertilizer-1lt/
- Price: $59.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100875 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330149
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100875-1.jpg
A planted tank that has moved past the trial stage and is being fertilised every week needs a bottle that lasts a season rather than a month, and a litre of concentrate goes a long way before the next purchase is due. Easy-Life ProFito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 1lt (SKU: 100875) is the one-litre bottle of Easy-Life's concentrated all-in-one liquid fertiliser for aquarium plants, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands. It supplies iron, potassium and magnesium at high concentration, together with manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc, cobalt, nickel, iodine and selenium as trace elements, and carries no nitrate or phosphate, leaving those two macronutrients to come from fish waste or a dedicated fertiliser.
Easy-Life credits the resulting denser growth, wider leaves and more vivid colour to ProFito's effect on cytokinin production, the hormones that drive new shoots. The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L weekly, or a seventh of that daily for little-and-often dosing, with newly planted tanks started on about a third of the full dose for the first couple of weeks before working up. The weekly amount can then be adjusted by around 40 per cent either way, more if new leaves stay pale, less if algae appears or growth stalls. At a 200 L tank's weekly rate of 20 mL, the 1 L bottle lasts around fifty weeks, close to a year, or about twice that in a 100 L tank. The liquid's colour can shift from dark green to dark brown without, Easy-Life says, any change in quality, and it should be stored somewhere cool and dark.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established planted tanks:** Weekly fertilising once past the trial stage.
- **Medium to large aquariums:** A litre sized for tanks around 150 to 300 L.
- **Tanks fed by fish waste:** Where nitrate and phosphate already come from livestock.
- **With liquid carbon:** Alongside Easy-Life EasyCarbo for a complete routine.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** One-seventh of the weekly dose each day.
- **New tanks:** About a third of the dose for the first couple of weeks.
- **Fine-tune:** Adjust by about 40% up for pale leaves, down for algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-one formula:** Iron, potassium, magnesium and trace elements in one bottle.
- **No nitrate or phosphate:** Leaves macronutrient control to the keeper.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Supports denser growth and wider leaves.
- **Season-size bottle:** About fifty weekly doses for a 200 L tank, close to a year.
- **Colour varies naturally:** Dark green to dark brown, with no change in quality.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100875
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330149
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > All-in-One Plant Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (or one-seventh daily)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About fifty weekly doses for a 200 L aquarium (or a hundred for 100 L)
- **Main Nutrients:** Iron, potassium, magnesium, plus manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc and other trace elements
- **Free Of:** Nitrate and phosphate
- **Storage:** Cool and dark
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100873); 500ml (100874); 5lt (113236)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Profito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 250ml
Trial-size all-in-one fertiliser with iron, potassium and trace elements.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-profito-universal-plant-fertilizer-250ml/
- Price: $22.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100873 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837000421
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100873-1.jpg
A newly planted tank often shows its first nutrient gaps within weeks, pale new leaves, slow stems, colour that never quite comes in, and a smaller bottle of an all-in-one fertiliser is enough to find out whether that is the problem before committing to a bigger one. Easy-Life ProFito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 250ml (SKU: 100873) is the trial size of Easy-Life's concentrated all-in-one liquid fertiliser for every kind of aquarium plant, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands. It supplies iron, potassium and magnesium in high concentrations together with a broad spread of trace elements, including manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc, cobalt, nickel, iodine and selenium, and contains no nitrate or phosphate, leaving those two macronutrients to come from fish waste or a separate fertiliser.
Easy-Life attributes stronger, denser growth, wider leaves and more vivid colour to the way ProFito stimulates plants' production of cytokinins, the hormones behind new shoots. The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L once a week, or a seventh of that amount daily for keepers who prefer to dose little and often; in a newly planted tank, Easy-Life recommends starting with about a third of the full dose for the first couple of weeks. From there the weekly amount can be adjusted by around 40 per cent either way, more for pale new leaves, less if algae appears or growth stalls. At the standard rate a 100 L tank uses 10 mL a week, so the 250 mL bottle gives around twenty-five weeks, close to six months, which suits a single newly set-up planted tank finding its feet. The liquid can vary from dark green to dark brown; Easy-Life says that does not indicate any change in quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Newly planted tanks:** A smaller bottle to trial ProFito before committing further.
- **Pale or slow growth:** New leaves short of iron, potassium or trace elements.
- **Tanks fed by fish waste:** Where nitrate and phosphate already come from livestock.
- **With liquid carbon:** Alongside Easy-Life EasyCarbo for a fuller routine.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** One-seventh of the weekly dose each day.
- **New tanks:** About a third of the dose for the first couple of weeks.
- **Fine-tune:** Adjust by about 40% up for pale leaves, down for algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-one formula:** Iron, potassium, magnesium and trace elements in one bottle.
- **No nitrate or phosphate:** Leaves macronutrient control to the keeper.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Easy-Life's route to denser growth and wider leaves.
- **Trial-friendly size:** Enough to test the routine before buying a larger bottle.
- **Six months per bottle:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100873
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837000421
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > All-in-One Plant Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (or one-seventh daily)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Main Nutrients:** Iron, potassium, magnesium, plus manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc and other trace elements
- **Free Of:** Nitrate and phosphate
- **Storage:** Cool and dark
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (100874); 1lt (100875); 5lt (113236)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Profito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 500ml
Concentrated all-in-one plant fertiliser with iron, potassium and trace elements, no nitrate or phosphate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-profito-universal-plant-fertilizer-500ml/
- Price: $43.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100874 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837000438
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/100874-1.png
Pale new leaves and stalled stems in a planted tank usually point to missing iron, potassium or trace elements rather than a lack of light. Easy-Life ProFito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 500ml (SKU: 100874) is Easy-Life's concentrated all-in-one liquid fertiliser for every kind of aquarium plant, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands. It supplies iron, potassium and magnesium in high concentrations, together with a broad spread of trace elements including manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc, cobalt, nickel, iodine and selenium. It contains no nitrate or phosphate, which leaves those two macronutrients to come from fish waste or a separate fertiliser.
Easy-Life says ProFito promotes stronger, denser growth, wider leaves and more vivid colours by stimulating the plants' production of cytokinins, the hormones that drive new shoots. The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water once a week, or one-seventh of that amount daily for keepers who prefer to dose little and often. In a newly planted tank, start with about a third of the dose for the first couple of weeks. The weekly amount can then be adjusted by around 40 per cent either way: pale-green new leaves call for more, while algae or a halt in growth suggest less. At the standard rate the 500 mL bottle gives 50 weekly doses for a 100 L tank, close to a year, or about six months in a 200 L aquarium. Chelators and antioxidants keep the formula stable; store it somewhere cool and dark, and do not worry if the liquid varies from dark green to dark brown, which Easy-Life says does not indicate any change in quality.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **General planted tanks:** A single fertiliser for stem plants, rosettes and epiphytes.
- **Pale or yellowing growth:** New leaves short of iron or trace elements.
- **Tanks fed by fish waste:** Where nitrate and phosphate already come from the livestock.
- **With liquid carbon:** Alongside Easy-Life EasyCarbo for a complete routine.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** One-seventh of the weekly dose each day.
- **New tanks:** About a third of the dose for the first couple of weeks.
- **Fine-tune:** Adjust by about 40% up for pale leaves, down for algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-one formula:** Iron, potassium, magnesium and trace elements in one bottle.
- **No nitrate or phosphate:** Leaves macronutrient control to the keeper.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Easy-Life's route to denser growth and wider leaves.
- **Stabilised:** Chelators and antioxidants for weekly dosing.
- **50 weekly doses:** 500 mL for a 100 L tank at the standard rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100874
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837000438
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > All-in-One Plant Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (or one-seventh daily)
- **Treatment Capacity:** One weekly dose for 5,000 L, or 50 weeks for a 100 L tank
- **Main Nutrients:** Iron, potassium, magnesium, plus manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc and other trace elements
- **Free Of:** Nitrate and phosphate
- **Storage:** Cool and dark
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100873); 1lt (100875); 5lt (113236)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Profito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 5lt
Bulk all-in-one fertiliser for aquascapers and multiple planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-profito-universal-plant-fertilizer-5lt/
- Price: $210.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113236 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837000452
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113236-1.jpg
A keeper running several planted tanks, or an aquascaper fertilising large displays every week, gets through an all-in-one plant fertiliser fast enough that the bulk size pays for itself in fewer reorders. Easy-Life ProFito (universal Plant Fertilizer) 5lt (SKU: 113236) is the five-litre bulk pack of Easy-Life's concentrated all-in-one liquid fertiliser, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, in the same formula as the smaller bottles. It supplies iron, potassium and magnesium at high concentration, with manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc, cobalt, nickel, iodine and selenium as trace elements, and contains no nitrate or phosphate, which are left to come from fish waste or a separate fertiliser.
Easy-Life attributes the resulting denser growth, wider leaves and more vivid colour to ProFito's stimulation of cytokinin production. Dosing does not change with bottle size: 10 mL per 100 L weekly, or a seventh of that daily, with new tanks started on about a third of the full dose for the first couple of weeks and the weekly amount then adjusted by around 40 per cent either way for pale leaves or algae. At a 500 L system's weekly rate of 50 mL, the 5 L bottle lasts around a hundred weeks, close to two years, or supports several smaller tanks dosed from the one bottle through a full growing season. As with the smaller sizes, the liquid's colour can shift from dark green to dark brown without any change in quality, and Easy-Life recommends storing it somewhere cool and dark.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple planted tanks:** One bottle feeding several aquariums at once.
- **Large displays and aquascapes:** Bigger systems using up fertiliser faster.
- **Long-term fertilising:** A bulk supply for a full growing season or more.
- **Tanks fed by fish waste:** Where nitrate and phosphate already come from livestock.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** One-seventh of the weekly dose each day.
- **New tanks:** About a third of the dose for the first couple of weeks.
- **Fine-tune:** Adjust by about 40% up for pale leaves, down for algae.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **All-in-one formula:** Iron, potassium, magnesium and trace elements in one bottle.
- **No nitrate or phosphate:** Leaves macronutrient control to the keeper.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Supports denser growth and more vivid colour.
- **Bulk-size pack:** About a hundred weekly doses for a 500 L system.
- **Colour varies naturally:** Dark green to dark brown, with no change in quality.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 113236
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837000452
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > All-in-One Plant Fertiliser
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (or one-seventh daily)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About a hundred weekly doses for a 500 L system
- **Main Nutrients:** Iron, potassium, magnesium, plus manganese, boron, molybdenum, copper, zinc and other trace elements
- **Free Of:** Nitrate and phosphate
- **Storage:** Cool and dark
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100873); 500ml (100874); 1lt (100875)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Redscape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 1ltr
Low-nitrate NPK fertiliser for large or multiple red-themed aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-redscape-aquascaping-fertilizer-1ltr/
- Price: $75.89 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347331344
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725123-1.jpg
A large red-themed aquascape, or more than one tank built around red stem plants, needs a steady supply of a fertiliser that holds nitrate back rather than feeding it, and a small bottle does not go far across that much water. Easy-Life RedScape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 1ltr (SKU: 725123) is the one-litre bottle of Easy-Life's low-nitrate NPK fertiliser, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, for planted tanks with little or no fish stock aiming for stronger red colouration. It shares its base with GreenScape, nitrate, phosphate and potassium together with iron, manganese, magnesium and trace elements including vanadium, boron, cobalt, lithium, iodine, molybdenum, nickel, tin, aluminium, zinc and selenium, but with significantly less nitrate.
The dose does not change with bottle size, 10 mL per 50 L weekly or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily, in a formula Easy-Life describes as well stabilised between applications. Easy-Life positions GreenScape as the everyday NPK feed and keeps RedScape for periodic use, dosed in when red colouration needs reinforcing rather than every week regardless. The maker credits the stronger red tone, denser growth and broader leaves to cytokinin stimulation, the hormone pathway behind cell division. At a 100 L tank's standard rate of 20 mL a week, the 1 L bottle covers around fifty doses, close to a year of occasional-to-regular use, or stretches further across two or three smaller red-themed aquascapes dosed from the same bottle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large red aquascapes:** Bigger tanks that work through a low-nitrate fertiliser faster.
- **Multiple red-themed tanks:** One bottle shared across several aquascapes.
- **Periodic colour maintenance:** Dosed in with GreenScape rather than replacing it.
- **Year-long supply:** A full season or more of occasional RedScape use.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** 1.5 mL per 50 L dosed in small amounts.
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle before measuring each dose.
- **Use sparingly:** Work it into the routine periodically, not as the main fertiliser.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low-nitrate NPK:** Phosphate and potassium with significantly less nitrate than GreenScape.
- **Shared trace-element base:** Iron, manganese, magnesium and ten further elements.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Easy-Life's route to stronger red tone and denser growth.
- **Well stabilised:** Holds its effect between applications.
- **Close to a year per bottle:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725123
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347331344
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquascaping NPK Fertiliser (Low-Nitrate)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 50 L weekly (or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily)
- **Nutrient Profile:** Nitrate, phosphate and potassium with significantly less nitrate than GreenScape, plus iron and trace elements
- **Treatment Capacity:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Suitable For:** Heavily planted aquariums with few or no fish, used periodically for red colouration
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (725121); 500ml (725122)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Redscape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 250ml
Low-nitrate NPK fertiliser for intensifying red plant colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-redscape-aquascaping-fertilizer-250ml/
- Price: $25.96 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725121 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347331320
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725121-1.jpg
Red plants in an aquascape often lose their colour and drift back towards green once nitrate builds up, the opposite problem to the pale, hungry leaves most fertilisers are built to fix. Easy-Life RedScape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 250ml (SKU: 725121) is the smallest bottle of Easy-Life's low-nitrate NPK fertiliser, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, for aquascapes with little or no fish stock that are aiming for stronger red tones rather than simple growth. It supplies the same broad base as Easy-Life's GreenScape, nitrate, phosphate and potassium plus iron, manganese, magnesium and trace elements including vanadium, boron, cobalt, lithium, iodine, molybdenum, nickel, tin, aluminium, zinc and selenium, but with significantly less nitrate in the mix.
The dose is the same as GreenScape's, 10 mL per 50 L weekly or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily, in a formula Easy-Life describes as well stabilised between doses. Because RedScape limits nitrate rather than supplying it generously, Easy-Life positions GreenScape as the everyday feed and RedScape as an occasional addition when red colouration needs a push, rather than a fertiliser to run on its own week after week. The maker attributes the stronger colour, along with denser growth and broader leaves, to cytokinin stimulation, the hormone pathway behind cell division. At the standard rate a 100 L tank uses 20 mL a week, so the 250 mL bottle covers around twelve to thirteen doses, enough to run through a red-colouration push in a newly planted aquascape or a smaller tank over several weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fading red plants:** Colour drifting back to green as nitrate accumulates.
- **Occasional colour push:** Used alongside, not instead of, Easy-Life GreenScape.
- **New aquascapes:** Establishing red tones from the start in a low-nitrate feed.
- **Trial size:** A 250 mL bottle for a first attempt at colouring up red stems.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** 1.5 mL per 50 L for small, frequent additions.
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle before measuring out each dose.
- **Pair with GreenScape:** Use RedScape periodically, not as the sole fertiliser.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low-nitrate NPK:** Phosphate and potassium with significantly less nitrate than GreenScape.
- **Same trace-element base:** Iron, manganese, magnesium and ten further elements.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Easy-Life's route to stronger red tones and denser growth.
- **Well stabilised:** Holds its effect between weekly doses.
- **Trial-friendly size:** About twelve to thirteen weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725121
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347331320
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquascaping NPK Fertiliser (Low-Nitrate)
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 50 L weekly (or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily)
- **Nutrient Profile:** Nitrate, phosphate and potassium with significantly less nitrate than GreenScape, plus iron and trace elements
- **Treatment Capacity:** About twelve to thirteen weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Suitable For:** Heavily planted aquariums with few or no fish, used periodically for red colouration
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (725122); 1ltr (725123)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Redscape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 500ml
Low-nitrate NPK fertiliser for ongoing red colouration top-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-redscape-aquascaping-fertilizer-500ml/
- Price: $43.56 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725122 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347331337
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725122-1.jpg
Keeping red stem plants looking their colour through a growing season usually means dosing a low-nitrate fertiliser every so often rather than once, since nitrate creeps back up between top-ups. Easy-Life RedScape (aquascaping Fertilizer) 500ml (SKU: 725122) is the mid-size bottle of Easy-Life's low-nitrate NPK fertiliser, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, aimed at aquascapes with little or no fish stock that are chasing stronger red tones. It shares its base with GreenScape, nitrate, phosphate and potassium alongside iron, manganese, magnesium and trace elements including vanadium, boron, cobalt, lithium, iodine, molybdenum, nickel, tin, aluminium, zinc and selenium, but carries significantly less nitrate.
Dosing follows the same pattern as GreenScape, 10 mL per 50 L weekly or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily, in a formula Easy-Life describes as well stabilised. Because the whole point of RedScape is to limit nitrate rather than feed it generously, Easy-Life recommends GreenScape for everyday use and keeps RedScape for periodic applications when red colouration specifically needs attention. The maker attributes the stronger red tone, together with denser growth and broader leaves, to cytokinin stimulation, the hormone pathway behind cell division. At a 100 L tank's standard rate of 20 mL a week, the 500 mL bottle covers around twenty-five doses, close to six months of occasional-to-regular colouration top-ups, depending how often RedScape is worked into the routine alongside GreenScape.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Maintaining red colour:** Topping up through a growing season as nitrate creeps back.
- **Periodic use with GreenScape:** RedScape for colour, GreenScape for everyday feeding.
- **Established aquascapes:** Red stem plants that have already coloured up once.
- **Mid-size supply:** Around six months of occasional dosing from one bottle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 50 L of aquarium water.
- **Daily option:** 1.5 mL per 50 L for frequent small doses.
- **Shake first:** Mix the bottle before each measured dose.
- **Use sparingly:** Work it in periodically rather than as the sole fertiliser.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Low-nitrate NPK:** Phosphate and potassium with significantly less nitrate than GreenScape.
- **Shared trace-element base:** Iron, manganese, magnesium and ten further elements.
- **Cytokinin stimulation:** Supports stronger red tones and denser growth.
- **Well stabilised:** Designed to hold its effect between doses.
- **Six months per bottle:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 725122
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347331337
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Aquascaping NPK Fertiliser (Low-Nitrate)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 50 L weekly (or 1.5 mL per 50 L daily)
- **Nutrient Profile:** Nitrate, phosphate and potassium with significantly less nitrate than GreenScape, plus iron and trace elements
- **Treatment Capacity:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Suitable For:** Heavily planted aquariums with few or no fish, used periodically for red colouration
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (725121); 1ltr (725123)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 1lt
Full-season immune support for larger tanks or several aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/easy-life-voogle-ultimate-immune-booster-1lt/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100871 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837010437
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100871-1.jpg
A fish room, a shop, or a keeper running more than one tank on a weekly prevention routine needs an immune support product that lasts beyond a single season. Easy-Life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 1lt (SKU: 100871) is the one-litre bottle of Easy-Life's liquid immune support for aquarium fish, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, in the same plant-extract formula with supporting vitamins and minerals as the smaller sizes. Easy-Life says it suits both continuous weekly use and short courses around a specific stress event, and describes its action as lowering cortisol while helping the fish's own immune cells engage and break down pathogens.
For weekly prevention the dose is 10 mL per 100 L, stepping up to 10 mL per 40 L for a five-day course during active disease, quarantine or after a long transport, with a double-strength 10 mL per 20 L for transport water or newly introduced fish. Easy-Life states the product is harmless to shrimp, snails, plants and the biofilter, does not affect water parameters, and breaks down naturally without needing a water change afterwards. At a 200 L tank's weekly rate of 20 mL, the 1 L bottle lasts around fifty weeks, close to a year, or stretches across two or three smaller tanks run on the same weekly prevention schedule.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger aquariums:** A litre sized for tanks around 150 to 300 L on weekly prevention.
- **Multiple tanks:** One bottle covering several aquariums on the same routine.
- **Illness or quarantine:** The five-day course dose when disease is present.
- **Transport and new arrivals:** The double-strength dose for settling fish in.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly prevention:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week.
- **Active course:** 10 mL per 40 L daily for five days during illness or quarantine.
- **Double dose:** 10 mL per 20 L for transport water or newly introduced fish.
- **No after-treatment:** Water changes are not needed once a course ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-based formula:** Mostly plant extracts with supporting vitamins and minerals.
- **Lowers stress hormone:** Easy-Life says it reduces cortisol in fish.
- **Supports immune cells:** Said to help the fish's own defences engage pathogens.
- **Harmless to tank life:** Safe for shrimp, snails, plants and the biofilter.
- **Close to a year per bottle:** About fifty weekly doses for a 200 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100871
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837010437
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Immune Support / Fish Health Booster
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (prevention); 10 mL per 40 L daily for 5 days (active course); 10 mL per 20 L (double dose, transport/new fish)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About fifty weekly doses for a 200 L aquarium (or a hundred for 100 L)
- **Compatibility:** Does not affect water parameters; no water change needed after dosing
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100869); 500ml (100870); 5lt (100885)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Easy-Life — Freshwater aquarium
#### Easy-life Easycarbo Bio (liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 1lt
Litre bottle of natural weekly carbon for a larger planted display.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/easy-life-easycarbo-bio-liquid-carbon-plant-fertiliser-1lt/
- Price: $60.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724825 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8718347330439
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724825-1.jpg
A larger planted display, or a tank stocked heavily with shrimp and snails alongside the fish, still needs a steady carbon supply to keep the plants ahead of algae, without the daily dosing that smaller bottles are built for. Easy-Life EasyCarbo Bio (Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser) 1lt (SKU: 724825) is the one-litre size of Easy-Life's naturally based liquid carbon source from the Dutch manufacturer Easy-Life International BV, dosed weekly rather than daily like the standard EasyCarbo. Carbon deficiency leaves plants leaking nutrients into the water instead of growing, which lets algae move in, and EasyCarbo Bio corrects that while working with or without pressurised CO2 injection. Easy-Life lists the product as safe for fish, shrimp and snails, which covers the typical stocking in a larger community or planted tank.
The standard dose is 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water once a week, or 0.1 mL per litre, well under the daily volumes used for regular EasyCarbo. Scaled to a 300 L display, each weekly dose becomes 30 mL, so the 1 L bottle still covers around thirty-three weekly doses, roughly eight months of routine dosing for a tank that size, or close to two years on a single 100 L tank at the standard rate. Easy-Life recommends pairing EasyCarbo Bio with ProFito, the brand's trace-element fertiliser, for a fuller nutrient supply than carbon alone, and a dosing calculator on the maker's site can refine the amount for a specific aquarium. The litre size suits a larger display or a tank that would otherwise need the smaller bottles replaced too often.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger planted displays:** Tanks of 200 L or more on a weekly carbon-dosing routine.
- **Mixed fish, shrimp and snail tanks:** Stocking where a gentler weekly dose is preferred.
- **Carbon-deficient plants:** Stunted growth or nutrient leakage feeding algae.
- **With or without CO2:** A stand-alone carbon source or a booster alongside CO2 injection.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 100 L of aquarium water.
- **Larger tanks:** Scale the dose up in proportion to the tank's volume.
- **Pair with ProFito:** Combine for a fuller trace-element supply.
- **Fine-tuning:** Use Easy-Life's dosing calculator for a specific tank size.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Naturally based carbon source:** A gentler alternative to the standard EasyCarbo range.
- **Weekly dosing:** One dose a week rather than a daily routine.
- **Works with or without CO2:** Flexible for CO2 and non-CO2 planted tanks.
- **Safe for fish, shrimp and snails:** Easy-Life's stated safety across mixed stocking.
- **1 L larger-tank size:** About 33 weekly doses for a 300 L tank, or close to 2 years on a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 724825
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8718347330439
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Liquid Carbon Plant Fertiliser (Natural)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L, once weekly
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 33 weekly doses for a 300 L tank, or 100 doses at the standard 100 L rate
- **Companion Product:** ProFito trace-element fertiliser
- **Other Sizes:** 250 mL (SKU 725115); 500 mL (SKU 725116); 5 L (SKU 724826)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 5lt
Bulk immune support for fish rooms, shops and multiple aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/easy-life-voogle-ultimate-immune-booster-5lt/
- Price: $259.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100885 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837305724
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100885-1.jpg
Running weekly immune support across a fish room or a shop full of tanks works through a litre bottle quickly, and buying by the bulk pack keeps the cost of an ongoing prevention routine down. Easy-Life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 5lt (SKU: 100885) is the five-litre bulk pack of Easy-Life's liquid immune support for aquarium fish, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, in the same plant-extract formula with supporting vitamins and minerals as the smaller bottles. Easy-Life describes Voogle as suitable for continuous weekly use or a short course around a stress event, lowering cortisol and helping the fish's own immune cells engage and break down pathogens.
Dosing does not change with bottle size: 10 mL per 100 L weekly for prevention, 10 mL per 40 L for a five-day course during active disease or quarantine, and a double-strength 10 mL per 20 L for transport water or newly introduced fish. Easy-Life states the product is harmless to shrimp, snails, plants and the biofilter, does not affect water parameters, and breaks down naturally, so no water change is needed afterwards. At a 500 L system's weekly rate of 50 mL, the 5 L bottle lasts around a hundred weeks, close to two years, or covers a dozen or more smaller tanks run on the weekly prevention schedule for a full year.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and shops:** Multiple tanks on the same weekly prevention routine.
- **Large systems:** Big displays or ponds needing the dose in volume.
- **Illness or quarantine:** The five-day course dose across several tanks at once.
- **Transport and new arrivals:** The double-strength dose for settling fish in.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly prevention:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week.
- **Active course:** 10 mL per 40 L daily for five days during illness or quarantine.
- **Double dose:** 10 mL per 20 L for transport water or newly introduced fish.
- **No after-treatment:** Water changes are not needed once a course ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-based formula:** Mostly plant extracts with supporting vitamins and minerals.
- **Lowers stress hormone:** Easy-Life says it reduces cortisol in fish.
- **Supports immune cells:** Said to help the fish's own defences engage pathogens.
- **Bulk-size pack:** About a hundred weekly doses for a 500 L system.
- **Harmless to tank life:** Safe for shrimp, snails, plants and the biofilter.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100885
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837305724
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Immune Support / Fish Health Booster
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (prevention); 10 mL per 40 L daily for 5 days (active course); 10 mL per 20 L (double dose, transport/new fish)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About a hundred weekly doses for a 500 L system
- **Compatibility:** Does not affect water parameters; no water change needed after dosing
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100869); 500ml (100870); 1lt (100871)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Easy-Life — Filters
#### Easy-life Eco Reef Base (erb) 1kg
Marine substrate sold under the Easy-Life brand, identity unconfirmed.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/easy-life-eco-reef-base-erb-1kg/
- Price: $35.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101044
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101044-1.webp
A reef aquarium needs a base layer under the display rock, and a bag labelled as a reef base is usually a crushed coral or aragonite-type sand sold for exactly that purpose. Easy-Life Eco Reef Base (ERB) 1kg (SKU: 101044) is listed in the catalogue under the Easy-Life brand (Netherlands) as a 1 kg pack of marine substrate, but a search of Easy-Life's own product range and the major retailers that stock the brand did not turn up a product called Eco Reef Base or ERB; Easy-Life's listed substrates are freshwater, plant-focused products rather than marine reef bases, and no barcode is recorded against this listing either, which is unusual for a current Easy-Life item. This description is written from what is certain about the listing rather than from a confirmed manufacturer page, and the store owner should check the supplier paperwork for this SKU before the page goes live.
Products sold generically as reef base, from whichever manufacturer, are typically a calcium-carbonate substrate such as crushed coral or aragonite sand, used as the bottom layer in a marine or reef tank beneath live rock and sand. A substrate of that kind generally buffers pH upward and provides surface area for beneficial bacteria, and a finer grade is commonly chosen for the look of a sand bed while a coarser grade is used as a base layer under aquascaping rock; none of those specifics are confirmed for this particular pack. The 1 kg size is the smaller of two packs carried for this line, alongside a 5 kg pack, which points to it being meant for a nano or small reef tank rather than a full display. Given the gaps in the maker-level information, this page should be treated as provisional until the supplier confirms the product.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small or nano reef tanks:** A 1 kg pack sized for a shallow base layer in a smaller display.
- **New marine set-ups:** Establishing a substrate bed before rock and sand go in.
- **Topping up an existing bed:** Adding to a substrate layer that has thinned over time.
- **Verification first:** Confirm the exact material and grade with the supplier before use.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Flush any dust or fines out of the substrate before adding it to the tank.
- **Lay as a base layer:** Spread it across the tank floor before placing rock or decorative sand on top.
- **Avoid disturbing it unnecessarily:** Repeated stirring can cloud the water and release trapped waste.
- **Check compatibility:** Confirm the grade and material suit the intended use before committing a full tank to it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sold as marine substrate:** Listed under the Easy-Life brand for reef aquarium use.
- **Two pack sizes:** 1 kg and 5 kg, suiting different tank scales.
- **Identity not confirmed:** Not found on Easy-Life's own range or among major retailers of the brand.
- **No barcode on file:** This listing carries no GTIN, unlike other current Easy-Life products.
- **Recommend verification:** Supplier confirmation needed before the specifics are published with confidence.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 101044
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Marine Reef Substrate
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Other Sizes:** 5 kg (SKU 101045)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums (identity and specification unconfirmed)
---
#### Easy-life Eco Reef Base (erb) 5kg
Bulk marine substrate sold under the Easy-Life brand, identity unconfirmed.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/easy-life-eco-reef-base-erb-5kg/
- Price: $140.01 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 101045
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/101045-1.webp
Setting up a full-size reef display takes several kilograms of base substrate under the rockwork, which is where a bulk bag rather than a small retail pack earns its keep. Easy-Life Eco Reef Base (ERB) 5kg (SKU: 101045) is listed in the catalogue under the Easy-Life brand (Netherlands) as a 5 kg pack of marine substrate, but a search of Easy-Life's own product range and the major retailers that carry the brand did not turn up a product called Eco Reef Base or ERB; the substrates Easy-Life does publish are freshwater, plant-focused products rather than marine reef bases, and this listing also carries no barcode, which is unusual for a current Easy-Life item. The description here is written from what the catalogue data and general knowledge of reef base substrates can support, not from a confirmed manufacturer page, and the store owner should check the supplier paperwork for this SKU before the listing goes live.
Products sold generically as reef base, whatever the brand, are typically a calcium-carbonate substrate such as crushed coral or aragonite sand used as the bottom layer in a marine or reef tank, beneath the display rock and any finer sand on top. A substrate of that kind generally buffers pH upward over time and gives beneficial bacteria more surface area to colonise, with a coarser grade usually chosen as a base layer and a finer grade for the visible sand bed; none of those specifics are confirmed for this particular pack. The 5 kg size is the larger of two packs carried for this line, alongside a 1 kg pack, and a bag this size points to a full tank set-up or a deeper substrate bed rather than a top-up quantity. Given the gaps in the maker-level information, this page should be treated as provisional until the supplier confirms the product.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full reef tank set-ups:** A 5 kg pack sized for a complete substrate bed rather than a top-up.
- **Deeper substrate beds:** Tanks built with more depth under the rockwork.
- **New marine systems:** Establishing the base layer before rock and display sand go in.
- **Verification first:** Confirm the exact material and grade with the supplier before use.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Flush dust and fines out of the substrate before it goes into the tank.
- **Build the base layer first:** Lay it across the tank floor before adding rock or decorative sand.
- **Avoid repeated disturbance:** Stirring a settled bed can cloud the water and release trapped waste.
- **Check compatibility:** Confirm the grade and material suit the tank before committing a full bag to it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sold as marine substrate:** Listed under the Easy-Life brand for reef aquarium use.
- **Two pack sizes:** 1 kg and 5 kg, suiting different tank scales.
- **Identity not confirmed:** Not found on Easy-Life's own range or among major retailers of the brand.
- **No barcode on file:** This listing carries no GTIN, unlike other current Easy-Life products.
- **Recommend verification:** Supplier confirmation needed before the specifics are published with confidence.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 101045
- **Product Type:** Soil & Substrate > Marine Reef Substrate
- **Net Weight:** 5 kg
- **Other Sizes:** 1 kg (SKU 101044)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums (identity and specification unconfirmed)
---
### Easy-Life — Medication
#### Easy-life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 250ml
Weekly immune support to reduce stress-related disease in fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medication/easy-life-voogle-ultimate-immune-booster-250ml/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100869
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Medication (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medication/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/100869-1.png
Stress from a house move, a new filter, overcrowding or a run of dirty water lowers a fish's resistance well before any visible sign of illness shows up. Easy-Life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 250ml (SKU: 100869) is Easy-Life's liquid immune support for aquarium fish, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, formulated mostly from plant extracts with supporting vitamins and minerals. Easy-Life says it can be used as a short course around a specific stress event or continuously as a weekly addition, and describes its action as lowering cortisol, the stress hormone, while helping the fish's own immune cells engage and break down pathogens more effectively.
For ongoing prevention, the dose is 10 mL per 100 L once a week. Where disease is already present, in quarantine, or after a long transport, Easy-Life steps the dose up to 10 mL per 40 L for a five-day course, and a double-strength dose of 10 mL per 20 L is used for transport water or when settling in newly introduced fish. Easy-Life states Voogle is harmless to shrimp, snails, plants and the biological filter, does not affect water parameters, and breaks down naturally, so no water change is needed once a course is finished. At the standard weekly rate a 100 L tank uses 10 mL a week, so the 250 mL bottle covers around twenty-five weeks, close to six months, which suits a single tank kept on the weekly prevention routine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly prevention:** An ongoing addition to support general immunity.
- **Visible stress or illness:** Transport, new arrivals, overcrowding or dirty water.
- **Quarantine and new fish:** Settling arrivals in before they join the main tank.
- **Single tank, six-month supply:** A 250 mL bottle for one aquarium on weekly dosing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly prevention:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week.
- **Active course:** 10 mL per 40 L daily for five days during illness or quarantine.
- **Double dose:** 10 mL per 20 L for transport water or newly introduced fish.
- **No after-treatment:** Water changes are not needed once a course ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-based formula:** Mostly plant extracts with supporting vitamins and minerals.
- **Lowers stress hormone:** Easy-Life says it reduces cortisol in fish.
- **Supports immune cells:** Said to help the fish's own defences engage pathogens.
- **Harmless to tank life:** Safe for shrimp, snails, plants and the biofilter.
- **Six-month bottle:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100869
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837010413
- **Product Type:** Medication > Immune Support / Fish Health Booster
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (prevention); 10 mL per 40 L daily for 5 days (active course); 10 mL per 20 L (double dose, transport/new fish)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About twenty-five weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Compatibility:** Does not affect water parameters; no water change needed after dosing
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (100870); 1lt (100871); 5lt (100885)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Easy-life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 500ml
Larger immune support supply for ongoing weekly prevention.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medication/easy-life-voogle-ultimate-immune-booster-500ml/
- Price: $51.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100870 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8715837010420
- Brand: Easy-Life (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/easy-life/) · Category: Medication (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medication/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/100870-1.png
A tank kept on a weekly immune-support routine rather than used only when a problem appears gets through a small bottle faster than it looks like it should. Easy-Life Voogle (ultimate Immune Booster) 500ml (SKU: 100870) is the larger bottle of Easy-Life's liquid immune support for aquarium fish, made by Easy Life International in Duiven, the Netherlands, in the same plant-extract formula with supporting vitamins and minerals as the smaller pack. Easy-Life describes Voogle as suitable for continuous weekly use as well as short courses around a stress event, working partly by lowering cortisol and partly, the maker says, by helping the fish's own immune cells engage and break down pathogens.
The weekly prevention dose is 10 mL per 100 L. For active disease, quarantine or after long transport, the dose steps up to 10 mL per 40 L for five days, and a double-strength 10 mL per 20 L applies to transport water or newly introduced fish settling into quarantine. Easy-Life states the product is harmless to shrimp, snails, plants and the biofilter, leaves water parameters unaffected, and breaks down naturally, so no water change is needed once a course ends. At the standard weekly rate a 100 L tank uses 10 mL a week, so the 500 mL bottle covers around fifty weeks, close to a full year of continuous weekly prevention.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Continuous weekly prevention:** A supply sized for ongoing, not occasional, dosing.
- **Illness or quarantine:** Stepping up to the five-day course dose when needed.
- **Transport and new arrivals:** The double-strength dose for settling fish in.
- **Close to a year's supply:** 500 mL at the standard weekly rate.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weekly prevention:** 10 mL per 100 L once a week.
- **Active course:** 10 mL per 40 L daily for five days during illness or quarantine.
- **Double dose:** 10 mL per 20 L for transport water or newly introduced fish.
- **No after-treatment:** Water changes are not needed once a course ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Plant-based formula:** Mostly plant extracts with supporting vitamins and minerals.
- **Lowers stress hormone:** Easy-Life says it reduces cortisol in fish.
- **Supports immune cells:** Said to help the fish's own defences engage pathogens.
- **Harmless to tank life:** Safe for shrimp, snails, plants and the biofilter.
- **Close to a year per bottle:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Easy-Life (Netherlands)
- **SKU:** 100870
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8715837010420
- **Product Type:** Medication > Immune Support / Fish Health Booster
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 100 L weekly (prevention); 10 mL per 40 L daily for 5 days (active course); 10 mL per 20 L (double dose, transport/new fish)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About fifty weekly doses for a 100 L aquarium
- **Compatibility:** Does not affect water parameters; no water change needed after dosing
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (100869); 1lt (100871); 5lt (100885)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### ZISSAQ — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Ziss Aqua - Co2 Generator Kit Up/down - Zcr-160
160 g acid and carbonate refill for the Ziss ZC-II CO2 generator.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/ziss-aqua-co2-generator-kit-up-down-zcr-160/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56008
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ZA56008.webp
A chemical CO2 generator is only as useful as its next refill, and running out halfway through a planted tank's growth spurt sets the plants back. Ziss Aqua - CO2 Generator Kit Up/Down - ZCR-160 (SKU: ZA56008) is the Ziss CR-160 CO2 generation kit, the 160 g reagent set that charges the Ziss ZC-II CO2 generator. It is a refill rather than a complete CO2 system: the kit holds the #1 Up solution, a mild acid that goes in the upper tank of the generator, and the #2 Down powder, a carbonate salt for the lower tank. As the acid drips onto the powder, the neutralisation reaction releases carbon dioxide, and the generator's speed control valve sets how fast that happens.
Ziss states that one kit lasts about 45 days in a 100 L aquarium. The real figure depends on the drip rate chosen, so a smaller tank run at a low bubble rate will stretch a kit further and a larger or heavily planted tank will use it faster. The reaction works between 5 and 40 °C, and unopened kits can be stored at room temperature. When the reaction is finished, the spent contents are tipped out and washed down the sink, the generator is rinsed, and a fresh kit goes in. The name Up/Down refers to these two parts of the charge, not to a diffusion method. Ziss also supplies directions in the generator manual for a do-it-yourself charge, but the CR-160 removes the weighing and mixing. The ZC-II generator and its ZD-200 diffuser are sold separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **ZC-II owners:** The matched refill for the Ziss CO2 generator.
- **Routine recharging:** Roughly every six weeks on a 100 L tank at the maker's rate.
- **Keeping a spare:** A kit on hand so CO2 does not lapse between refills.
- **Avoiding DIY mixing:** Pre-measured reagents in place of home-made solutions.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Up solution:** Pour the #1 mild acid into the generator's upper tank.
- **Down powder:** Add the #2 carbonate salt to the lower tank.
- **Set the drip:** Open the speed control valve slowly and check the bubble rate.
- **Dispose:** Discard the spent contents in the sink and rinse before recharging.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two-part charge:** Mild acid Up solution and carbonate Down powder.
- **About 45 days in 100 L:** Ziss's stated run time per kit.
- **Works from 5 to 40 °C:** Suits normal room and cabinet temperatures.
- **Room-temperature storage:** No refrigeration needed for spare kits.
- **Simple disposal:** Spent reagents go down the sink.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56008
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2 Generator Refill Kit
- **Model:** CR-160 (sold as ZCR-160)
- **Net Weight:** 160 g kit
- **Contents:** #1 Up solution (mild acid); #2 Down powder (carbonate salt)
- **Duration:** About 45 days in a 100 L aquarium
- **Operating Temperature:** 5–40 °C
- **Compatible With:** Ziss ZC-II CO2 Generator Unit (ZA56010)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Co2 Generator Unit - Zc-ii
Patented chemical CO2 generator with drip-rate control and pressure relief for planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/ziss-aqua-co2-generator-unit-zc-ii/
- Price: $56.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56010 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560109
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ziss-zc-ii-co2-generator.jpg
Pressurised CO2 means a cylinder, a regulator and a solenoid, which is a lot of hardware for a 60 to 100 litre planted tank, while yeast bottles give an output that rises and falls with the brew. Ziss Aqua - CO2 Generator Unit - ZC-II (SKU: ZA56010) is Ziss Aqua's patented carbon dioxide generator from Korea, which produces CO2 by chemical neutralisation: a mild acid solution in the upper tank drips onto a carbonate powder in the lower tank, and the gas released passes to the aquarium. A speed control valve sets the drip rate and therefore the CO2 output, a pressure-equalising design keeps generation steady, and a pressure relief safety valve vents any unexpected build-up. Ziss rates the output at over 99% purity.
The unit measures 18 × 14 × 33 cm and comes with the Ziss ZD-200 CO2 diffuser, which has an integrated bubble counter for checking the injection rate. The reagents are not included: the generator runs on the Ziss CR-160 generation kit (ZCR-160), a 160 g set of #1 Up solution and #2 Down powder that Ziss says lasts about 45 days in a 100 L aquarium, and the manual also explains how to make up a do-it-yourself refill from citric acid and sodium bicarbonate. Ziss states that generation is unaffected by temperature between 5 and 40 °C, and the generator can be reused after cleaning between refills. Patents are listed for Korea, Japan and the EU. As with any CO2 system, start with a slow bubble rate and watch fish behaviour, then raise it gradually while checking CO2 with a drop checker.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to medium planted tanks:** Around 100 L, where a cylinder system is more than needed.
- **Upgrading from yeast:** A chemical reaction with adjustable, steadier output.
- **Nature aquariums and aquascapes:** CO2 for stem plants and carpeting species.
- **Cylinder-free set-ups:** No regulator, solenoid or gas refills to arrange.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fill the tanks:** Add the CR-160 Up solution and Down powder as the manual directs.
- **Connect the diffuser:** Run CO2 tubing from the generator to the ZD-200 in the aquarium.
- **Set the rate:** Open the speed control valve slowly and count bubbles on the ZD-200.
- **Refill and clean:** Empty, rinse and recharge the generator when the kit is spent.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chemical neutralisation:** Acid and carbonate react to release CO2 on demand.
- **Speed control valve:** Adjusts the drip rate and gas output.
- **Pressure relief safety valve:** Vents excess pressure.
- **ZD-200 diffuser included:** With a built-in bubble counter.
- **5–40 °C operating range:** Output unaffected by room temperature within that band.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56010
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560109
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > CO2 Generator
- **Model:** ZC-II (also listed as ZC-2)
- **Dimensions:** 18 × 14 × 33 cm
- **CO2 Purity:** Over 99%
- **Operating Temperature:** 5–40 °C
- **Included:** Generator, ZD-200 CO2 diffuser with bubble counter
- **Not Included:** CR-160 generation kit (reagents)
- **Companion Product:** Ziss CO2 Generator Kit Up/Down ZCR-160 (ZA56008), about 45 days per kit in 100 L
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums
---
### ZISSAQ — Food
#### Ziss Aqua - Artemia Blender - Zh-2000
Two-litre polycarbonate brine shrimp hatchery with heater-ready lid and bottom harvest valve.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/ziss-aqua-artemia-blender-zh-2000/
- Price: $73.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56024 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560246
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ZA56024.webp
Newly hatched brine shrimp are the first live food most fry will take, and a hatchery that produces enough for a fish room each day saves running several bottles on the bench. Ziss Aqua - Artemia Blender - ZH-2000 (SKU: ZA56024) is Ziss Aqua's 2.0 L Artemia hatchery from Korea, a tall cone of clear, durable polycarbonate that can sit inside or outside an aquarium. Air from a pump runs through the supplied diffuser to keep the cysts moving, the lid has room for a heater and thermometer to hold the hatching temperature steady, and a cleanable needle-type valve at the bottom lets the hatch be drained off once it is ready. The unit measures 18 × 14 × 33 cm.
In the box are the hatchery body with handle and base, the lid, a Ziss ZAD-10 cleanable air diffuser, a Ziss ZV-4 air valve to set the bubble rate, air tubing, a glass thermometer and a 3 mL pipette for feeding out. Extension legs (ZH-EL) are an optional extra that raise the unit for easier harvesting; the ZH-2000 Plus includes them. The clear body lets the hatch be watched as it happens. General Artemia practice is to hatch cysts in salted water with steady aeration and warmth, following the cyst supplier's directions for salt, temperature and timing. Once hatched, switch off the air for a few minutes so the empty shells float while the orange nauplii gather low down, then open the bottom valve and drain the nauplii into a fine brine shrimp net, leaving the shells behind. An air pump and heater are needed and are not part of the kit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Raising fry:** Daily live baby brine shrimp for killifish, livebearers, cichlids and bettas.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** A two-litre batch for several tanks of growing fish.
- **Marine larvae and corals:** Live nauplii for clownfish fry and coral feeding.
- **Conditioning adults:** Live food ahead of spawning.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Set up the air:** Run tubing from the pump through the ZV-4 valve to the ZAD-10 diffuser.
- **Fill and add cysts:** Use salted water and the cyst amount the supplier recommends.
- **Keep it warm:** Fit a small heater and the thermometer through the lid if the room is cool.
- **Harvest from the bottom:** Stop the air, let shells rise, then drain the nauplii through the valve.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **2.0 L capacity:** Large batches for breeders and fish rooms.
- **Clear polycarbonate body:** Durable and easy to watch the hatch through.
- **Heater-ready lid:** Space for a heater and thermometer.
- **Cleanable bottom valve:** Needle-type drain for separating nauplii from shells.
- **Ziss parts included:** ZAD-10 diffuser, ZV-4 valve, thermometer and pipette.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56024
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560246
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Hatchery
- **Model:** ZH-2000
- **Capacity:** 2.0 L
- **Dimensions:** 18 × 14 × 33 cm
- **Material:** Polycarbonate (PC)
- **In the Box:** Hatchery, lid, base, ZAD-10 diffuser, ZV-4 valve, air tubing, glass thermometer, 3 mL pipette
- **Optional:** ZH-EL extension legs
- **Other Sizes:** ZH-700, 700 mL (ZA56065); ZH-2000 Plus with legs (ZA56062)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish breeding and fry rearing
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Artemia Blender - Zh-2000 Plus (inc Ext Legs)
Two-litre brine shrimp hatchery raised on extension legs for easy harvesting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/ziss-aqua-artemia-blender-zh-2000-plus-inc-ext-legs/
- Price: $73.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56062 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560628
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56062.jpg
The fiddly part of hatching brine shrimp is the harvest: getting a net or cup under a bottom valve on a hatchery that sits flat on the bench. Ziss Aqua - Artemia Blender - ZH-2000 Plus (inc Ext Legs) (SKU: ZA56062) solves that by pairing Ziss Aqua's 2.0 L ZH-2000 Artemia hatchery with the ZH-EL extension legs in one pack. The legs lift the clear polycarbonate cone so there is working room beneath the needle-type bottom valve, taking the overall height from 33 cm to 42 cm on an 18 × 14 cm footprint. Everything else is the standard ZH-2000: a heater-ready lid, aeration through a Ziss diffuser, and a cleanable drain valve that lets the hatch be run off from below, all made in Korea.
The kit includes the hatchery with lid and base, the ZH-EL legs, a ZAD-10 cleanable air diffuser, a ZV-4 needle air valve, a glass thermometer and a 3 mL pipette for portioning live food into fry tanks. Ziss notes it can be used inside or outside an aquarium; on legs it is set up as a free-standing unit beside the fish room rack or on a shelf with a cup or net placed under the valve. Hatching itself follows general Artemia practice and the cyst supplier's directions: salted water, steady aeration and warmth, with a small heater fitted through the lid where the room is cool. To harvest, stop the air so the shells float, wait a few minutes for the nauplii to settle, then open the valve and drain them into a fine net before rinsing and feeding. An air pump is required and is not included.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily harvests:** Breeders who collect live food every day and want the valve within easy reach.
- **Bench or shelf set-ups:** A free-standing hatchery beside the fish room rack.
- **Large fry batches:** A 2.0 L volume for many tanks of growing fish.
- **Reef and marine breeding:** Live nauplii for clownfish larvae and corals.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Fit the legs:** Attach the ZH-EL legs and stand the unit on a level surface.
- **Connect the air:** Pump to ZV-4 valve to ZAD-10 diffuser inside the cone.
- **Hatch:** Add salted water and cysts as the supplier directs, with heat if needed.
- **Collect:** Air off, shells up, then open the valve over a net or cup under the cone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Extension legs included:** Room under the valve for a net or cup.
- **2.0 L hatchery:** The same capacity as the ZH-2000.
- **Clear, durable polycarbonate:** Watch the hatch and the harvest.
- **Heater and thermometer space:** Built into the lid.
- **Complete kit:** Diffuser, valve, thermometer and pipette in the box.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56062
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560628
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Hatchery
- **Model:** ZH-2000 Plus (ZH-2000 with ZH-EL legs)
- **Capacity:** 2.0 L
- **Dimensions:** 18 × 14 × 42 cm with legs
- **Material:** Polycarbonate (PC)
- **In the Box:** Hatchery, lid, base, ZH-EL extension legs, ZAD-10 diffuser, ZV-4 valve, glass thermometer, 3 mL pipette
- **Other Sizes:** ZH-2000 without legs (ZA56024); ZH-700, 700 mL (ZA56065)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish breeding and fry rearing
---
### ZISSAQ — Accessories
#### Ziss Aqua - 2-way Air Valve - Zv-43
Cleanable needle-type air valve with a clear body and straight flow.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-2-way-air-valve-zv-43/
- Price: $2.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56056 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560567
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56056.jpg
An air pump pushes out more than most small set-ups need, and a valve in the line is how the excess is trimmed back. Ziss Aqua - 2-way Air Valve - Zv-43 (SKU: ZA56056) is a two-way air control valve from Ziss Aqua, using a needle-valve design with a clear plastic body so the setting can be seen. Ziss describes the ZV-43 as a cleanable, opening-type valve with a straight flow path, unlike the other two-way air valves on the market, and lists the design as patent pending. All parts are made in Korea, and it is supplied as a single piece.
The valve is turned by a dial for fine control of airspeed, and a retailer describes it as designed to be leak-free. Ziss describes the valve as cleanable, so it can be opened up if it becomes blocked. It is fitted in line between the air pump and the airline, and Aquarium Co-op describes an air valve of this kind as how the flow to an egg tumbler is set. The listings do not state the airline size it accepts, so the connection should be checked against the tubing in use. Ziss also supplies the ZV-4 valve with its ZH-2000 Artemia Blender, a separate model from this one. Fitted at the pump end of the line, it controls everything downstream, and fitting one valve per device lets several outlets be balanced from a single pump. A transparent body also makes it easier to spot dirt building up inside.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reducing airflow:** Turns down a pump that is too strong for a small tank or hatching tube.
- **Egg tumblers and hatcheries:** Sets a gentle, steady flow for air-driven hatching equipment.
- **Air-driven filters:** Allows the flow to be tuned without changing the pump.
- **Replacing a blocked valve:** A cleanable valve that is not thrown out when it clogs.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Cut the airline:** Cut the tubing between the pump and the air stone or device.
- **Connect both ends:** Fit the pump side to the inlet and the device side to the outlet, keeping the flow straight.
- **Set the dial:** Turn the knob slowly while watching the bubbles or the eggs.
- **Clean if blocked:** Take the valve apart, rinse the parts and reassemble it firmly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Needle-valve design:** A dial gives fine control of airspeed.
- **Straight flow:** Ziss highlights this as a difference from other two-way valves.
- **Clear body:** You can see how far the valve is open.
- **Cleanable:** The opening-type body can be cleaned if blocked.
- **Made in Korea:** Ziss lists the design as patent pending.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56056
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560567
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Air Valve
- **Model:** ZV-43
- **Type:** Two-way needle-type air valve, adjusted by dial
- **Body:** Clear plastic
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and air-driven equipment
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Air/co2 Diffuser - Zd-200
Fabric diffuser for air or CO2 lines that breaks gas into finer bubbles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-air-co2-diffuser-zd-200/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56037 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560376
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56037.jpg
Gas that enters the water as a few large bubbles escapes to the surface before it has done any work, and a fabric diffuser is a simple way to change that. Ziss Aqua - Air/co2 Diffuser - Zd-200 (SKU: ZA56037) is a Ziss Aqua fabric diffuser, listed for use on either an air line or a CO2 line. Its listing describes it simply as a fabric air/CO2 diffuser, with no size or pore rating given, so the guidance below covers how fabric diffusers are generally used.
A fabric diffuser forces the gas through a fine woven surface, which splits it into smaller bubbles than an open tube or a coarse airstone gives. Smaller bubbles hang in the water longer and expose more gas surface to the water, which is why this style of diffuser is chosen for aeration and for dissolving CO2 in planted tanks. It connects to an airline or CO2 tubing, sits submerged and works from the pressure of the supply. Tubing size and the diffuser's exact dimensions are not stated, so check that the connector suits the line before fitting it. Fabric diffusers can load up with film and fine debris over time, which reduces the bubble output, so expect to rinse or replace them occasionally. Ziss Aqua's other diffusers, the ZAD-10 and ZAD-12, are plastic and cleanable and produce larger bubbles for water lift, so the two types do different jobs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **CO2 injection:** A fine-bubble outlet for a CO2 line in a planted aquarium.
- **Fine aeration:** Smaller bubbles for oxygenating water from an air pump.
- **Nano and small tanks:** A diffuser that spreads gas through a larger area than a single outlet.
- **Replacing a clogged stone:** A fabric alternative when ceramic or sintered stones block.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Connect the line:** Attach the airline or CO2 tubing, using a check valve so water cannot run back.
- **Place it low:** Keep it below the surface and near the water flow so the bubbles are carried round the tank.
- **Watch the output:** Fewer or larger bubbles mean the fabric is clogged.
- **Rinse when dirty:** Remove it from the tank and rinse the fabric in clean water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fabric diffuser:** Gas passes through a fine surface to form smaller bubbles.
- **Air or CO2:** Listed for use on both gas types.
- **Submerged use:** Sits in the tank and works from the line pressure.
- **Ziss Aqua range:** Complements the plastic ZAD diffusers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56037
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560376
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fabric Air/CO2 Diffuser
- **Model:** Ziss ZD-200
- **Diffuser Type:** Fabric
- **Gas Types:** Air or CO2
- **Related Products:** Cleanable Plastic Air Diffusers ZAD-10 (SKU ZA56039) and ZAD-12 (SKU ZA56055)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including planted tanks
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Artemia Blender - Zh-700
Compact 700 mL brine shrimp hatchery that hangs on the aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-artemia-blender-zh-700/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56065 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560659
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56065.jpg
A single betta spawn or a batch of livebearer fry needs a little live food every day, not two litres of it, and a small hatchery hanging on the tank takes up no bench space. Ziss Aqua - Artemia Blender - ZH-700 (SKU: ZA56065) is the compact 700 mL member of Ziss Aqua's Artemia Blender range, a clear plastic brine shrimp hatchery with an adjustable mounting bracket that lets it hang on an aquarium or another suitable surface. The included ZAD-10 air diffuser keeps the cysts circulating, the lid has space for an optional heater and thermometer to hold incubation temperature steady, and a precision bottom valve drains the hatched nauplii while leaving shells and debris behind.
Hung on the side of a heated aquarium, the ZH-700 sits close to the water it will feed, and the tank's warmth helps where no separate heater is fitted. Smaller batches suit keepers raising one or two spawns at a time, or anyone wanting a fresh hatch every day rather than a large one that has to be stored. General Artemia practice is to hatch cysts in salted water with steady aeration, following the cyst supplier's directions for salt, temperature and timing. When the hatch is ready, switch the air off for a few minutes so the empty shells float and the nauplii settle, then open the valve and run them into a fine brine shrimp net, rinse them in fresh water and feed. An air pump and airline are needed; a ZV-4 valve on the line makes the bubble rate easy to set. For larger volumes, the 2.0 L ZH-2000 is also available.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small spawns:** Betta, killifish or dwarf cichlid fry that need little live food.
- **Livebearer fry:** A daily top-up of live nauplii for growing young.
- **Limited space:** Hangs on the tank instead of standing on a bench.
- **Fresh daily hatches:** Small batches started each day for a continuous supply.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Mount it:** Fit the adjustable bracket to the aquarium rim or a suitable surface.
- **Connect aeration:** Run airline from the pump to the ZAD-10 diffuser.
- **Hatch:** Add salted water and cysts as the supplier directs, with heat if required.
- **Harvest:** Stop the air, let shells rise, then drain nauplii through the bottom valve.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **700 mL capacity:** Compact batches for hobby breeders.
- **Adjustable hanging bracket:** Mounts on the aquarium or another surface.
- **Heater-ready lid:** Room for an optional heater and thermometer.
- **Precision bottom valve:** Drains nauplii and leaves shells behind.
- **Transparent body:** The hatch can be checked at a glance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56065
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560659
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Hatchery
- **Model:** ZH-700
- **Capacity:** 700 mL
- **Mounting:** Adjustable hanging bracket
- **In the Box:** Hatchery, mounting bracket, lid with heater and thermometer recess, ZAD-10 air diffuser, bottom release valve
- **Requires:** Air pump and airline (not included)
- **Other Sizes:** ZH-2000, 2.0 L (ZA56024)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine fish breeding and fry rearing
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bbs Feeding Cup Sf-0 - 0.13mm
Fine-mesh feeding cup that holds baby brine shrimp in one spot for fish and shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bbs-feeding-cup-sf-0-0-13mm/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56041 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560413
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56041.jpg
Baby brine shrimp tipped into a tank disperse in seconds, and most of them end up in the filter instead of the fish. Ziss Aqua - Bbs Feeding Cup Sf-0 - 0.13mm (SKU: ZA56041) is the EZ Sieve SF-0 feeding cup from Ziss Aqua with a 0.13 mm stainless steel mesh, the finest of the three mesh grades sold for this model. Live food goes into the clear cup, water passes through the mesh and the food stays inside, so fish and shrimp feed from one concentrated spot. A retailer describes the 0.13 mm grade as a fine mesh for baby brine shrimp and other small live foods, which makes it the grade to choose when the food is newly hatched Artemia.
The clear body lets the feeding be watched. The cup mounts either on a hang-on bracket or on an integrated suction cup, and one suction cup is supplied with it. Ziss lists the SF-0 at 5.5 × 7.2 cm, which makes it smaller than the 8.5 × 6.5 cm Collector SF-1 and better suited to a nano or small display than to harvesting large volumes. It suits both freshwater and marine tanks. When it is not being used for feeding, the same cup works as a small submerged holder for a plant or a frag. The 0.13 mm grade passes water quickly but holds hatchlings; coarser versions are sold in 0.18 mm (SKU ZA56042) and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56043), and a heavier hatch of live food means more rinsing of the mesh afterwards.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Baby brine shrimp feeding:** The 0.13 mm mesh is chosen to hold newly hatched Artemia inside the cup.
- **Other small live foods:** Daphnia and similar small live foods that would otherwise scatter.
- **Shy or small fish:** Concentrates the food where slower feeders can reach it.
- **Nano and small tanks:** A 5.5 × 7.2 cm cup that does not dominate a small display.
**How to Use**
- **Mount the cup:** Fix it to the glass with the suction cup or hang it from the bracket so the base sits just under the surface.
- **Add the food:** Pour rinsed live food into the cup; the water drains through and the food stays inside.
- **Watch it feed:** Fish gather at the cup, and the clear body shows how much is left.
- **Rinse after use:** Rinse the mesh in clean water after each feeding so it does not clog.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.13 mm mesh:** The finest grade of the SF-0 range, for baby brine shrimp.
- **Stainless steel mesh:** Passes water and holds live food.
- **Clear body:** The feeding can be watched.
- **Two mounting options:** Integrated suction cup or hang-on bracket.
- **Freshwater and marine:** Listed for both water types.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56041
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560413
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Live Food Feeding Cup
- **Model:** Ziss EZ Sieve SF-0
- **Mesh Size:** 0.13 mm, stainless steel
- **Size:** 5.5 × 7.2 cm
- **Mounting:** Suction cup (included) or hang-on bracket
- **Other Sizes:** Sf-0 0.18mm (SKU ZA56042); Sf-0 0.22mm (SKU ZA56043)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bbs Feeding Cup Sf-0 - 0.18mm
Medium-mesh feeding cup for general live food and slower in-tank feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bbs-feeding-cup-sf-0-0-18mm/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56042 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560420
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56042.jpg
Not every live food is small enough to need the finest mesh, and a mesh that is too fine slows the water drain and gathers debris faster than it needs to. Ziss Aqua - Bbs Feeding Cup Sf-0 - 0.18mm (SKU: ZA56042) is the middle grade of the Ziss Aqua EZ Sieve SF-0 feeding cup, with a stainless steel mesh of 0.18 mm. A retailer describes this grade as a medium mesh for general collection and feeding, so it is suited to live foods that are larger than newly hatched brine shrimp. The cup holds the food in one place under the surface while the water flows through, so the fish come to it rather than the food drifting round the tank.
The 0.18 mm version shares the SF-0 body: a clear cup measuring 5.5 × 7.2 cm as listed by Ziss, with an integrated suction cup or a hang-on bracket as the mount. One suction cup is included. The same SF-0 line is available in 0.13 mm (SKU ZA56041) for baby brine shrimp and in 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56043) for larger foods. On a retailer's comparison, coarser sieves in this family let newly hatched brine shrimp pass through, which makes the 0.18 mm grade a feeding mesh more than a harvesting mesh, and a user who wants to keep hatchlings inside should use the 0.13 mm. The cup is rated for freshwater and marine tanks, and when it is empty it doubles as a small submerged plant holder, so it earns its place on the glass between feedings.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grown-on live food:** Foods such as older Artemia or Daphnia that a finer mesh would restrict.
- **Mixed feeding:** General feeding of live foods in a community tank.
- **Quick drainage:** A mesh that drains faster than the 0.13 mm grade.
- **Display tanks:** Keeps live food from scattering over rockwork and into the overflow.
**How to Use**
- **Choose the position:** Press the suction cup to the glass, or use the bracket, with the cup base just below the surface.
- **Load the cup:** Rinse the live food in clean water, then tip it into the cup.
- **Let it drain:** Water passes through the mesh while the food remains available to the fish.
- **Clean the mesh:** Rinse after every use and let it dry, as stuck debris reduces drainage.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.18 mm mesh:** The middle grade, a medium mesh for general feeding.
- **Stainless steel:** A mesh that is sturdy enough to rinse repeatedly.
- **Clear body:** Shows how much food is left.
- **Suction or bracket mount:** Fits to the glass or hangs on the rim.
- **Dual use:** Doubles as a plant holder when not feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56042
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560420
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Live Food Feeding Cup
- **Model:** Ziss EZ Sieve SF-0
- **Mesh Size:** 0.18 mm, stainless steel
- **Size:** 5.5 × 7.2 cm
- **Mounting:** Suction cup (included) or hang-on bracket
- **Other Sizes:** Sf-0 0.13mm (SKU ZA56041); Sf-0 0.22mm (SKU ZA56043)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bbs Feeding Cup Sf-0 - 0.22mm
Coarse-mesh feeding cup for adult brine shrimp and larger live foods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bbs-feeding-cup-sf-0-0-22mm/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56043 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560437
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56043.jpg
Adult brine shrimp, bigger Daphnia and similar live foods are easily held by a coarse mesh, and a coarse mesh drains quickly and stays cleaner. Ziss Aqua - Bbs Feeding Cup Sf-0 - 0.22mm (SKU: ZA56043) is the coarsest grade of the Ziss Aqua EZ Sieve SF-0 feeding cup, with a stainless steel mesh of 0.22 mm. A retailer describes this mesh size as a larger mesh intended mainly for adult Artemia and other larger live foods, so the cup is the choice for fish and shrimp that are fed grown-on live food, not newly hatched shrimp. Placed just below the surface, it keeps the food in one spot while the water moves through the mesh.
The cup is the standard SF-0 body, clear so the feeding can be watched, and measuring 5.5 × 7.2 cm as listed by Ziss. It mounts on the glass with its integrated suction cup, which is included, or hangs from a bracket on the rim. Because the mesh is the most open of the three SF-0 grades, baby brine shrimp will pass through it, so the 0.13 mm cup (SKU ZA56041) is the one to use for hatchlings and the 0.18 mm cup (SKU ZA56042) sits in between. The coarse grade also rinses clean easily after the food is eaten. Ziss lists the SF-0 for freshwater and marine tanks. Between feedings it can serve as a small submerged holder for a plant, so the cup is useful on the glass even when no live food is being offered.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult brine shrimp:** Holds grown-on Artemia that are too large to pass through the mesh.
- **Larger live foods:** Daphnia and other live foods suited to a coarse mesh.
- **Medium and large fish:** Predatory and larger community fish that take grown live food.
- **Fast-draining feeds:** A mesh that drains and rinses faster than the finer grades.
**How to Use**
- **Pick the grade:** Use this 0.22 mm cup only for foods too large to pass through the mesh.
- **Mount it:** Attach the suction cup to clean glass, or use the bracket, with the base just under the surface.
- **Add the food:** Rinse live food and place it in the cup; the water drains and the food stays.
- **Rinse afterwards:** Clean the mesh in clean water after use and remove leftover food.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.22 mm mesh:** The most open grade of the SF-0 range.
- **Larger foods:** Retailer states it is mainly for adult Artemia and other larger live foods.
- **Stainless steel mesh:** Rinses clean and keeps its shape.
- **Clear cup:** The feeding can be watched from the front.
- **Suction cup included:** Ready to mount on the glass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56043
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560437
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Live Food Feeding Cup
- **Model:** Ziss EZ Sieve SF-0
- **Mesh Size:** 0.22 mm, stainless steel
- **Size:** 5.5 × 7.2 cm
- **Mounting:** Suction cup (included) or hang-on bracket
- **Other Sizes:** Sf-0 0.13mm (SKU ZA56041); Sf-0 0.18mm (SKU ZA56042)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Silencer (zb-300f/200f/150f)
Lid-adjustable bubble noise reducer for Ziss F series and sponge filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-silencer-zb-300f-200f-150f/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56052 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560529
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56052.jpg
The gentle bubbling of an air-driven filter sounds quite different at three in the morning, and much of that sound is bubbles bursting at the water surface. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Silencer (zb-300f/200f/150f) (SKU: ZA56052) is the Ziss Silencer SH-1, which the maker describes as a newly designed noise reducer for the popping of air bubbles. The product name lists the three Ziss Bubble Bio F series filters it is named for, the ZB-150F, ZB-200F and ZB-300F, and Ziss states that it also suits other suitable sponge filters. According to Ziss, the noise is reduced by adjusting the lid part, which makes the quieting effect something the owner sets by hand rather than a fixed result.
It is a small accessory. The sources checked do not publish its dimensions, its material or a fitting diagram, so the notes here follow the maker's description and the instructions packed with the part should be followed for fitting. The silencer does not change how the filter works: the air pump, diffusers, sponge and ZM-II media carry on exactly as before, and only the sound of the same airflow at the surface is addressed. It is named for the F series, the Flow Enhanced models; the Silent and Stand Up ZBS models are separate lines that the product name does not mention. Sitting at the water line, it is likely to gather film and algae like the other parts around the outlet, so rinse it in aquarium water whenever the filter is serviced. A silencer is a sensible companion where a tank shares a room with people trying to sleep, work or watch television.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bedroom and office tanks:** Surface popping is the noise that carries furthest at night.
- **Ziss F series filters:** Named for the ZB-150F, ZB-200F and ZB-300F.
- **Sponge filters:** Ziss says it suits other compatible sponge filters.
- **Noise-sensitive rooms:** Spaces where the pop of bubbles is the problem more than the airflow itself.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Check compatibility:** Confirm the filter is a ZB-150F, ZB-200F, ZB-300F or another suitable sponge filter.
- **Fit as instructed:** Follow the maker's instructions packed with the silencer for how it attaches.
- **Adjust the lid:** Move the lid part in small steps and listen after each change.
- **Re-check the airflow:** Make sure the filter media is still moving, and rinse the silencer when servicing the filter.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Noise reducer:** Designed to cut the popping of air bubbles.
- **Adjustable lid:** Noise is reduced by adjusting the lid part.
- **F series fit:** Named for the ZB-150F, ZB-200F and ZB-300F.
- **Other sponge filters:** Suitable for compatible sponge filters, per Ziss.
- **Sound only:** It does not alter the biological media or filter volume.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56052
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560529
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Air Bubble Noise Silencer
- **Model:** Ziss Silencer SH-1
- **Fitment:** Bubble Bio ZB-150F (SKU ZA56040), ZB-200F (SKU ZA56029) and ZB-300F (SKU ZA56028); other suitable sponge filters
- **Adjustment:** Lid part
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-150 Silent
Quiet-running moving-media biofilter for bedroom and desktop tanks up to 150 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zb-150-silent/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56059 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560598
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56059.jpg
An aquarium in a bedroom or office is heard before it is seen, and the pop of bubbles at the surface is usually the first noise that gets noticed. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-150 Silent (SKU: ZA56059) is the Silent Model of the Ziss Bubble Bio in the 150 L size, an air-driven moving bed biofilter that Ziss rates for aquariums up to 150 L. As in every Bubble Bio, an aquarium air pump or blower pushes air through cleanable diffusers, the air lifts Ziss ZM-II moving media, and the rolling pieces clean themselves while supporting the bacteria that process ammonia and nitrite. Ziss describes the filter as patented in Korea, with all of its materials and parts made there.
The ZB-150 Silent has a filter volume of 300 mL, the same media volume as the ZB-150F, and an overall size of about 6.3 × 21.5 cm. Ziss supplies a Ziss Air Valve (ZV-4) with the Bubble Bio range, and the filters have sponges in the bottom section that hold back larger debris. The Silent models are a separate line from the Flow Enhanced F series, which is the range the separate Silencer (SKU ZA56052) is specified for. The sources reviewed do not explain how the Silent version reduces noise, so airflow should still be set sensibly: enough to keep the media rolling, not enough to churn the surface. Ziss notes that the air pump is a separate purchase and that the unit saves energy by running on air rather than a powered filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quiet rooms:** Bedrooms, offices and living areas where surface noise is a nuisance.
- **Medium aquariums:** Tanks of up to 150 L needing a self-cleaning biological stage.
- **Planted and shrimp tanks:** Gentle, air-driven filtration with no strong intake.
- **Low-energy set-ups:** Systems already running an efficient air pump or blower.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Connect the air supply:** Join airline from the pump through the ZV-4 air valve to the filter.
- **Place the filter:** Position it where water moves freely around the housing and the outlet is near the surface.
- **Adjust the flow:** Open the valve until the media rolls steadily, then reduce it until the sound level suits the room.
- **Look after it:** Rinse the media and bottom sponge in aquarium water when doing tank maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Silent Model:** The quieter-running Bubble Bio line, as designated by Ziss.
- **MBBR principle:** Moving media with direct oxygen supply for biofiltration.
- **Self-cleaning:** The inner media cleans itself and needs no manual scrubbing.
- **Cleanable diffusers:** Fine bubbles from diffusers that can be opened and cleaned.
- **Bottom sponge:** Adds a mechanical stage beneath the media.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56059
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560598
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZB-150 Silent
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 150 L
- **Filter Volume:** 300 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 6.3 × 21.5 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zb-200 Silent (SKU ZA56058); Zb-300 Silent (SKU ZA56057)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 150 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-150f
Air-driven moving-media biofilter for aquariums up to 150 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zb-150f/
- Price: $31.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560406
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56040.jpg
A small tank still needs a proper biofilter, but a motor, hoses and a media basket can be more hardware than the aquarium has room for. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-150f (SKU: ZA56040) is the 150 L Flow Enhanced model of the Ziss Bubble Bio, an in-tank biological filter that runs from an ordinary aquarium air pump instead of a powerhead. Air rising through the tube keeps Ziss ZM-II moving media rolling, so the pieces rub against each other and shed their own debris while carrying a film of nitrifying bacteria on a large protected surface. Ziss, a Korean maker, applies moving bed biofilm reactor (MBBR) technology, a method used in aquaculture, to the home aquarium, and retailers state that the parts are made in Korea.
Ziss rates the ZB-150F for aquariums up to 150 L, with a filter volume of 300 mL and an overall size of 6.3 × 18.5–20.2 cm. The Flow Enhanced design is intended to move the media on a modest air supply, and a filter sponge at the base catches larger particles before they reach the media. The air valve (ZV-4), an integrated air diffuser and suction cups come with the filter, but the air pump does not. A UK retailer suggests an Eheim Air 200 or equivalent. Because the media cleans itself, routine care is limited to rinsing it in aquarium water during maintenance, as the retailer's guidance puts it. The ZB-200F and ZB-300F cover larger tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size community tanks:** Biological filtration for aquariums up to 150 L without a powered filter.
- **Extra capacity:** A second biofilter beside a sponge filter or hang-on-back filter on a heavily stocked tank.
- **Breeding and grow-out tanks:** Gentle, air-driven filtration with no strong intake current.
- **Quarantine tanks:** A compact unit that is easy to move between tanks.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from the pump to the air valve, then to the filter, with the pump above the water line or a check valve fitted.
- **Mount it:** Fix the filter to the glass with the suction cups so the air outlet sits just under the surface.
- **Set the airflow:** Open the valve until the media is lifting and rolling steadily, then back it off slightly if the popping at the surface is too loud.
- **Maintain:** Rinse the media in aquarium water at maintenance time and keep the base sponge clear.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Air-driven operation:** Runs from an air pump or blower, with no motor in the tank.
- **Flow Enhanced design:** The F series is built to move its media on a smaller air supply.
- **Self-cleaning media:** ZM-II pieces rub together as they roll, so the inner media needs no manual cleaning.
- **Base sponge:** Traps large debris ahead of the media.
- **Accessories supplied:** Air valve, integrated diffuser and suction cups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560406
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZB-150F (Flow Enhanced)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 150 L
- **Filter Volume:** 300 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 6.3 × 18.5–20.2 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zb-200f (SKU ZA56029); Zb-300f (SKU ZA56028)
- **Companion Product:** Ziss Bubble Bio Silencer (SKU ZA56052)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 150 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-200 Silent
Silent Model air-driven biofilter with 450 mL of moving media for tanks to 200 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zb-200-silent/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56058 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560581
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56058.jpg
Once a tank passes 100 L the biofilter has more to do, and the room it sits in still has to stay quiet. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-200 Silent (SKU: ZA56058) is the 200 L size of the Ziss Bubble Bio Silent Model, a moving bed biofilter that is powered by air rather than a motor. Air from a pump or blower rises through the housing and keeps Ziss ZM-II media in constant motion, which Ziss calls auto-cleaning because the pieces polish one another while the bacteria on them receive a direct supply of oxygen. Ziss says the filter is patented in Korea and that all of its materials and parts are made there.
Ziss rates the ZB-200 Silent for aquariums up to 200 L. Its filter volume is 450 mL and its overall size is about 7.5 × 24.5 cm, which makes it wider than the ZB-150 Silent and a little taller than the ZB-200F. A sponge in the base prevents large debris reaching the media, and the Ziss Air Valve (ZV-4) used across the range lets the airflow be trimmed to suit the tank and the room. The sources checked do not say how the Silent version quietens the bubbles, so treat the name as Ziss's own designation and set the airflow by ear. An air pump is required and is not part of the pack. For tanks beyond 200 L, the ZB-300 Silent is the larger model in the same line.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Living-room aquariums:** Display tanks of 120 to 200 L that sit near seating or a television.
- **Heavier stocking:** Tanks where a small sponge filter alone would struggle with the ammonia load.
- **Replacing a canister:** A motor-free biological stage for owners who want fewer moving parts.
- **Marine tanks:** Retailers list the Bubble Bio for both fresh and salt water.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Join the airline:** Run airline from the air pump to the ZV-4 valve and on to the filter, and fit a check valve if the pump sits below the water line.
- **Install the filter:** Set it in a spot with open water around it and the outlet just under the surface.
- **Start the media:** Open the valve until the media rolls, allowing a few hours for it to start moving well.
- **Service:** Rinse the media and sponge in aquarium water during maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Silent Model:** Ziss's quieter-running version of the Bubble Bio.
- **450 mL filter volume:** Mid-sized media capacity for tanks up to 200 L.
- **Oxygen-fed media:** Air both lifts the media and supplies the bacteria.
- **Low running cost:** Uses an air pump or blower instead of a powered filter.
- **Korean parts:** Materials and components made in Korea.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56058
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560581
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZB-200 Silent
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 200 L
- **Filter Volume:** 450 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 7.5 × 24.5 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zb-150 Silent (SKU ZA56059); Zb-300 Silent (SKU ZA56057)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 200 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-200f
Flow Enhanced moving-media biofilter for aquariums up to 200 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zb-200f/
- Price: $36.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56029 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560291
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56029.jpg
Stocking a tank to the glass means more ammonia to process, and the biofilter has to keep up without taking over the aquarium. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-200f (SKU: ZA56029) is the middle size of the Ziss Bubble Bio F series, an air-powered moving bed filter rated by Ziss for aquariums up to 200 L. A column of air lifts the ZM-II media inside the housing and lets it tumble, which scrubs the pieces against each other and keeps bacteria working on a high protected surface area. According to retailers it is a freshwater and marine filter, and the parts are made in Korea, where the design is patented.
The ZB-200F has a filter volume of 450 mL and an overall size of about 7.5 × 21.5–23.2 cm, so it is wider and taller than the ZB-150F and holds more media. The F in the name stands for Flow Enhanced: the housing is shaped to keep the media moving on a small air pump. A fine sponge at the base filters out large debris, a ZV-4 air valve lets the airflow be trimmed, and an integrated diffuser and suction cups are supplied. There is no air pump in the box. As the media cleans itself, maintenance means rinsing it in aquarium water when the sponge and housing are cleaned. If bubble noise at the surface is a concern, Ziss sells a separate Silencer for the F series.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger community tanks:** Aquariums of up to 200 L that need more biological capacity than a basic sponge filter gives.
- **Heavily stocked displays:** Cichlid, livebearer and goldfish tanks with a high ammonia load.
- **Powered filter back-up:** A second biofilter that keeps bacteria working if the main filter is switched off or serviced.
- **Marine systems:** A supplementary biofilter in a fish-only or reef display with the air supply above the water line.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Prepare the filter:** Fit the diffuser and sponge, then stick the suction cups to the housing.
- **Plumb the air:** Connect airline from the pump through the air valve to the filter inlet.
- **Position it:** Press it onto the glass in a spot with free water movement and the outlet just below the surface.
- **Tune and service:** Raise the airflow until the media rolls freely, and rinse the media in tank water at water changes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 L rating:** The mid-range F series model, sized for larger community tanks.
- **Moving bed biofiltration:** Air keeps the media tumbling so it cleans itself.
- **450 mL filter volume:** Half as much again as the ZB-150F.
- **Fresh and salt water:** Retailers list it for both.
- **Supplied fittings:** Air valve, diffuser, sponge and suction cups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56029
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560291
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZB-200F (Flow Enhanced)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 200 L
- **Filter Volume:** 450 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 7.5 × 21.5–23.2 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zb-150f (SKU ZA56040); Zb-300f (SKU ZA56028)
- **Companion Product:** Ziss Bubble Bio Silencer (SKU ZA56052)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 200 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-300 Silent
Large Silent Model moving-media biofilter with 600 mL volume for tanks to 300 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zb-300-silent/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56057 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560574
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56057.jpg
A big aquarium usually means a big filter and a noisy one, and a living room is not the place to listen to either. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-300 Silent (SKU: ZA56057) is the largest size of the Ziss Bubble Bio Silent Model, an air-driven biological filter rated by Ziss for aquariums up to 300 L. It follows the moving bed biofilm reactor (MBBR) principle, an aquaculture technology Ziss was the first to adapt to commercial aquarium use, according to retailer descriptions: an air pump or blower lifts the ZM-II media so that it tumbles, cleans itself and receives oxygen directly, which supports the bacteria that handle ammonia and nitrite.
Ziss lists a filter volume of 600 mL for the ZB-300 Silent and an overall size of about 7.5 × 29 cm, the longest of the Silent models. Like the rest of the range it uses cleanable air diffusers, comes with a Ziss Air Valve (ZV-4) for adjusting airflow, and carries sponges in the bottom section. The design is patented in Korea and made from Korean materials and parts. The pack does not include an air pump, so one should be sized to the airflow needed to keep this larger volume of media moving. The retailer pages checked do not explain what makes the Silent version quieter, so set the airflow by watching the media and listening to the surface. Smaller ZB-150 Silent and ZB-200 Silent versions cover tanks of up to 150 L and 200 L.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks of 200 to 300 L needing a self-cleaning biological stage.
- **Quiet spaces:** Home displays where the filter runs all day and night beside living areas.
- **High bio-load:** Big or numerous fish that produce a lot of ammonia.
- **Air-driven systems:** Fish rooms and tanks already supplied by a central blower.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Size the air pump:** Choose one that can keep the full 600 mL of media rolling at the tank's depth.
- **Connect the line:** Run airline through the ZV-4 valve to the filter, with a check valve if the pump is below the water.
- **Position the unit:** Place it with water free to circulate around it and the outlet near the surface.
- **Clean on schedule:** Rinse the media and sponges in aquarium water at routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 L rating:** The top Silent model, for the largest home aquariums in the range.
- **600 mL filter volume:** Twice the media volume of the ZB-150 Silent.
- **Auto-cleaning media:** Rolling ZM-II pieces keep themselves clean.
- **Adjustable airflow:** Supplied ZV-4 valve controls the bubble rate.
- **Made in Korea:** Ziss states that materials and parts are Korean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56057
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560574
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZB-300 Silent
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 300 L
- **Filter Volume:** 600 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 7.5 × 29 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zb-150 Silent (SKU ZA56059); Zb-200 Silent (SKU ZA56058)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 300 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-300f
Largest Flow Enhanced air-driven biofilter for aquariums up to 300 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zb-300f/
- Price: $40.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56028 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560284
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56028.jpg
Large tanks hide a lot of ammonia, and a biofilter for them has to hold plenty of media without needing a big pump to move it. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zb-300f (SKU: ZA56028) is the largest model in the Ziss Bubble Bio F series, an in-tank moving bed filter rated for aquariums up to 300 L. Air from an aquarium pump or blower lifts the ZM-II media through the housing so that it rolls, rubs clean and keeps a film of bacteria exposed to oxygen-rich water, a principle Ziss borrows from aquaculture. The 2020 Flow Enhanced design is described by a retailer as workable from a small air pump of about 100 L/h.
The ZB-300F has a filter volume of 600 mL. Retailer specifications give a length of 26.0–27.7 cm and a width of 7.5 cm, and the riser pipe can be extended to suit the water depth. It comes with a Ziss ZV-4 air valve, four suction cups, an integrated air diffuser and a sponge that traps large debris, but the air pump is extra. Ziss states that the media is self-cleaning, so the inside never needs scrubbing; rinsing it in tank water with the sponge at maintenance time is enough. The Aquarium Co-Op notes for the Bubble Bio range that pairing it with a sponge or hang-on-back filter adds mechanical filtration. The Silencer for F series filters is sold separately, and smaller ZB-150F and ZB-200F models are available.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Aquariums of 200 to 300 L that need extra biological capacity.
- **Big, messy fish:** Goldfish, oscars and large cichlids that produce a heavy waste load.
- **Fish rooms:** Moving media biofiltration running from a shared air line or blower.
- **Deep tanks:** The extendable pipe suits taller tanks where the outlet must reach the surface.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Extend the pipe:** Adjust the length so the outlet sits just below the water surface.
- **Connect the air:** Join airline, air valve and filter inlet, with the pump above the water or a check valve fitted.
- **Fix it in place:** Press the four suction cups onto clean glass and give the media a few hours to start moving freely.
- **Maintain:** Rinse the sponge and media in aquarium water, not tap water, during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 L rating:** The top size of the F series, for large aquariums.
- **600 mL filter volume:** Twice the volume of the ZB-150F.
- **Small-pump operation:** Flow Enhanced housing, reported to run on about 100 L/h of air.
- **Extendable pipe:** Length adjusts to the depth of the tank.
- **Complete fittings:** Air valve, four suction cups, diffuser and sponge.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56028
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560284
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZB-300F (Flow Enhanced)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 300 L
- **Filter Volume:** 600 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 7.5 × 26.0–27.7 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zb-150f (SKU ZA56040); Zb-200f (SKU ZA56029)
- **Companion Product:** Ziss Bubble Bio Silencer (SKU ZA56052)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 300 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zbs-150
Stand Up moving-media biofilter with gravel base for low and mid-size tanks to 150 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zbs-150/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560307
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56030.jpg
Hanging a filter on the glass does not suit every tank, particularly a low one, a rimless one or a tank where the glass is already crowded with fittings. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zbs-150 (SKU: ZA56030) is the 150 L size of the Stand Up Model of the Ziss Bubble Bio, a moving bed biofilter that rests on the aquarium floor instead of clipping to the side. It runs on an air pump or blower: air lifts the Ziss ZM-II media inside the housing, the pieces tumble and clean one another, and the bacteria on them are supplied with oxygen directly. Ziss describes the filter as patented in Korea, with the materials and parts made there.
What sets the Stand Up models apart is the base. According to a retailer's description, they carry fine gravel in the bottom parts, which lets the filter sit naturally on the substrate and adds a second layer of physical filtration beneath the sponge that every Bubble Bio has at its base. Ziss rates the ZBS-150 for aquariums up to 150 L. It has a filter volume of 300 mL, the same as the ZB-150F, in a stockier body of about 9.3 × 16 cm, which is shorter and wider than the hang-on versions. The Ziss Air Valve (ZV-4) in the range is used to trim the airflow. The air pump is not included. Ziss also makes the ZBS-200 for tanks of up to 200 L.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low and shallow tanks:** A short 16 cm body that suits tanks where a tall hang-on filter would stick out.
- **Rimless and glass-clear displays:** Keeps the filter on the floor rather than clipped to the front or rim.
- **Extra biological capacity:** Moving media biofiltration for aquariums up to 150 L.
- **Turtle and fish tanks:** A retailer notes the Bubble Bio range as a fit for turtle tanks, where mechanical filtration is added separately.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Choose the spot:** Stand the filter on the substrate where water can flow around it and the airline can reach.
- **Connect the air:** Run airline through the ZV-4 valve to the filter, with a check valve if the pump is below water level.
- **Set the airflow:** Increase the air until the media lifts and rolls, and allow a few hours for it to settle in.
- **Maintain it:** Rinse the media and sponge in aquarium water when the tank is serviced.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Stand Up design:** Sits on the tank floor with no suction mounting.
- **Gravel base:** Fine gravel in the bottom parts adds physical filtration, per a retailer description.
- **Self-cleaning media:** ZM-II pieces rub together as air rolls them.
- **Compact height:** About 16 cm tall for lower aquariums.
- **300 mL filter volume:** Rated for tanks up to 150 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56030
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560307
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZBS-150 (Stand Up)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 150 L
- **Filter Volume:** 300 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 9.3 × 16 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zbs-200 (SKU ZA56032)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 150 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zbs-200
Taller Stand Up moving-media biofilter with 400 mL volume for tanks to 200 L.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-zbs-200/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56032 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560321
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56032.jpg
Some tanks have no room on the rim and no wish to see a filter on the glass, yet still need generous biological capacity. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter - Zbs-200 (SKU: ZA56032) is the larger of the two Stand Up Model sizes in the Ziss Bubble Bio line, a freestanding air-driven moving bed filter rated by Ziss for aquariums up to 200 L. An air pump or blower drives the action: bubbles lift Ziss ZM-II moving media, the pieces tumble and self-clean, and oxygen reaches the bacteria directly. The filter is patented in Korea, and Ziss states that its materials and parts are made there.
The ZBS-200 has a filter volume of 400 mL and measures about 9.3 × 19 cm, 3 cm taller than the ZBS-150 with the same 9.3 cm width. Retailer descriptions of the Stand Up models mention sponges in the bottom section and fine gravel in the bottom parts, which lets the filter sit naturally on the substrate and acts as a second layer of physical filtration. Its 400 mL sits between the 300 mL of the 150 L models and the 450 mL of the ZB-200F, so the ZBS-200 trades a little media volume for the freestanding format. The Ziss Air Valve (ZV-4) helps set the airflow, while the air pump itself must be bought separately. The inner media needs no manual cleaning, as the rolling motion does that work.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rim-free tanks:** Aquariums where there is no room or wish to mount a filter on the glass.
- **Tanks up to 200 L:** Moving media biofiltration for medium-large community or cichlid tanks.
- **Behind rockwork:** The freestanding body can be tucked beside hardscape on the substrate.
- **Supplementing mechanical filters:** A biological stage to pair with a sponge or hang-on-back filter.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Stand it on the substrate:** Settle the gravel base onto the tank floor, upright and clear of decor that would block the airflow.
- **Fit the air supply:** Connect airline and the ZV-4 valve between the pump and the filter, with a check valve where needed.
- **Bring up the airflow:** Open the valve gradually until the media is rolling freely.
- **Rinse at maintenance:** Rinse the sponge and gravel base in tank water at each service.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Freestanding body:** Needs no suction cups or rim clips.
- **400 mL filter volume:** Larger media volume than the ZBS-150.
- **Gravel and sponge base:** Two physical stages below the moving media.
- **Air-driven:** No motor or impeller in the tank.
- **Korean build:** Materials and parts made in Korea, according to Ziss.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56032
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560321
- **Product Type:** Filters > Air-Driven Moving Bed Biofilter
- **Model:** Bubble Bio ZBS-200 (Stand Up)
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** Up to 200 L
- **Filter Volume:** 400 mL
- **Overall Size:** Approx. 9.3 × 19 cm
- **Media:** Ziss ZM-II moving media
- **Air Pump:** Required, not included
- **Other Sizes:** Zbs-150 (SKU ZA56030)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums up to 200 L
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Cleanable Plastic Air Diffuser - Zad-10
10 mm plastic air diffuser that opens for cleaning, for small sponge filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-cleanable-plastic-air-diffuser-zad-10/
- Price: $1.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56039 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560390
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56039.jpg
An airstone clogs slowly, then all at once, and the usual fix is to throw it away and buy another. Ziss Aqua - Cleanable Plastic Air Diffuser - Zad-10 (SKU: ZA56039) is the 10 mm size of the Ziss cleanable plastic diffuser, a Korean-made airstone alternative that can be taken apart and cleaned when it clogs. A retailer listing for the 12 mm version of the same line says that the parts simply open for cleaning, that the diffuser is designed to produce large bubbles for stronger water movement, and that it has low back pressure so that it works well even from a low-power air pump or blower. The ZAD-10 is the smaller of the two sizes in the catalogue, intended for narrower spaces.
The ZAD-10 is described by Ziss as a 10 mm cleanable air stone. The ZAD-12 is listed at 12 mm × 35 mm and moulded from PP and PC plastics; the ZAD-10 length and material are not published separately in the sources used, but the line is plastic throughout, with no porous stone to wear out. Large bubbles move more water than a fine curtain and are suited to water-lift systems, which is how sponge filters and undergravel filters work: the rising bubbles pull water through the filter. They are less suited to fine aeration or CO2 diffusion, for which a fine-pore diffuser is better. The ZAD-12 listing describes the line as made for long-term use. A light plastic diffuser may need to be weighed down or anchored with a small stone so that it stays where it is placed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small sponge filters:** A 10 mm diffuser to drive water lift in a compact sponge filter.
- **Undergravel filters:** Large bubbles lift water up the uplift tube.
- **Low-power air pumps:** Low back pressure suits small pumps and blowers.
- **Clog-prone set-ups:** Tanks where airstones block and need to be cleaned often.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Connect the airline:** Join it to the diffuser and place it where the bubbles rise inside the uplift or sponge tube.
- **Anchor it:** A light plastic diffuser may float, so weigh it down or hold it in place.
- **Watch the bubbles:** A weaker stream or uneven bubbles means it is time to clean it.
- **Open and rinse:** Take the parts apart, rinse clear any film in tank water and reassemble.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cleanable design:** Opens up so a clogged diffuser can be reused.
- **Large bubbles:** Strong water movement for water-lift filters.
- **Low back pressure:** Works with a low-power air pump or blower.
- **Plastic construction:** No stone to crumble, and no replacement needed when clogged.
- **10 mm size:** The smaller of the two sizes in the line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56039
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560390
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Cleanable Air Diffuser
- **Model:** Ziss Cleanable Plastic Air Diffuser ZAD-10
- **Diffuser Width:** 10 mm
- **Material:** Plastic (ZAD-12 listed as PP and PC)
- **Bubble Type:** Large bubbles for water movement
- **Cleaning:** Parts open for cleaning
- **Other Sizes:** Zad-12 (SKU ZA56055)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Cleanable Plastic Air Diffuser - Zad-12
12 mm x 35 mm plastic air diffuser with large bubbles that opens for cleaning.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-cleanable-plastic-air-diffuser-zad-12/
- Price: $1.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56055 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560550
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56055.jpg
A diffuser that moves water well is only useful if it keeps doing so after a few weeks in a tank, and airstones are poor at that. Ziss Aqua - Cleanable Plastic Air Diffuser - Zad-12 (SKU: ZA56055) is the 12 mm size of the Ziss cleanable plastic diffuser, made in Korea of PP and PC plastics and measuring 12 mm × 35 mm. It is designed to give large bubbles that create stronger water movement than a fine airstone. It has low back pressure, so it works well even with a low-power air pump or blower, and when it clogs the parts simply open for cleaning rather than the whole diffuser being thrown away.
The maker positions it for water-lift systems such as undergravel filters and sponge filters, where the rising bubbles carry water up a tube and draw fresh water through the filter media. It is built for long-term use. The body is light plastic, so it can float loose in a tank unless a small stone is attached to hold it down. The 12 mm model is the larger of the two plastic diffuser sizes carried, the other being the 10 mm ZAD-10, so it suits larger sponge filters and uplift tubes. Because the bubbles are large it is a water-movement tool first and an aeration tool second; for very fine bubbles a fabric or ceramic diffuser is the usual choice.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger sponge filters:** A 12 mm diffuser for strong water lift through the sponge.
- **Undergravel filters:** Sits at the base of the uplift tube to drive flow.
- **Blower-driven systems:** Low back pressure suits blowers and small air pumps.
- **Hard-to-keep-clear lines:** Tanks where airstones clog quickly and a washable diffuser saves replacements.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Attach the airline:** Push the tubing onto the diffuser and set it low in the uplift tube or sponge filter.
- **Stop it floating:** Weigh it down with a small stone if it rises from position.
- **Check for clogging:** Smaller or uneven bubbles show that the diffuser needs cleaning.
- **Clean by opening:** Open the parts, wash out the debris and put it back together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large bubbles:** Designed for stronger water movement than a normal airstone.
- **Low back pressure:** Performs even with a low-power pump or blower.
- **Opens to clean:** Parts come apart for cleaning when clogged.
- **Made in Korea:** Plastic parts moulded from PP and PC.
- **12 mm × 35 mm:** The larger size of the cleanable plastic line.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56055
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560550
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Cleanable Air Diffuser
- **Model:** Ziss Air Diffuser ZAD-12
- **Size:** 12 mm × 35 mm
- **Material:** PP and PC plastic
- **Bubble Type:** Large bubbles for water movement
- **Recommended Use:** Water-lift systems such as undergravel and sponge filters
- **Other Sizes:** Zad-10 (SKU ZA56039)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.10mm
Finest-mesh stainless steel sieve for harvesting baby brine shrimp from hatching water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-1-0-10mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56020 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560208
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56020.jpg
Hatching brine shrimp is the easy part; separating the nauplii from the salt water and eggshells without losing half of them is the part that goes wrong. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.10mm (SKU: ZA56020) is the finest-mesh version of the Ziss EZ Sieve SF-1, a clear-bodied live food collector with a 0.10 mm stainless steel mesh. Fishyhub states that the 0.10 mm sieve is the one that collects live baby brine shrimp, and Bulk Reef Supply describes it as a fine mesh for baby brine shrimp and very small live foods. Pour the hatching water through it, the water drains and the nauplii stay on the mesh ready for rinsing and feeding.
The SF-1 measures 8.5 × 6.5 cm and has a durable plastic body with a stainless steel mesh, which Ziss makes in SUS304 or SUS316 stainless in Korea, according to one retailer. The sieve section can be removed, there is an integrated suction cup, and the collectors are designed to stack, so a coarser sieve can be stacked above a finer one to sort live foods by size. A four-leg design lets it stand in a sink for rinsing as well as being used in or on the tank. One sieve and one suction cup come in the pack. The 0.10 mm mesh is the finest of the SF-1 range; the 0.13 mm (SKU ZA56018), 0.18 mm (SKU ZA56036) and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56019) sieves cover larger foods, and the SF-2 collectors in the catalogue go finer again in micron sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Harvesting hatchlings:** Separating baby brine shrimp from hatching water and eggshell debris.
- **Very small live foods:** Collecting other tiny live foods that a coarser sieve would lose.
- **Rinsing before feeding:** Washing salt water off nauplii before they go into a freshwater tank.
- **Breeding set-ups:** Fry tanks and breeding rooms that need a regular supply of live food.
**How to Use**
- **Set up over a container:** Stand the sieve on its legs in a sink or hold it above a bowl.
- **Pour through:** Tip the hatching water through the mesh and let the water drain away.
- **Rinse the catch:** Run clean water over the shrimp while they are still on the mesh.
- **Feed or clean:** Transfer the shrimp to the tank, then rinse the mesh with fresh water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.10 mm mesh:** The finest SF-1 grade, for collecting baby brine shrimp.
- **Stainless steel mesh:** SUS304 or SUS316, as described by a retailer.
- **Stackable:** Several mesh sizes can be combined to sort live foods.
- **Removable sieve:** The mesh section comes out for cleaning.
- **Suction cup mount:** Integrated suction cup for use on the aquarium wall.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56020
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560208
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector Sieve
- **Model:** Ziss EZ Sieve SF-1
- **Mesh Size:** 0.10 mm, stainless steel
- **Size:** 8.5 × 6.5 cm
- **Body:** Clear plastic with integrated suction cup
- **In the Box:** One sieve and one suction cup
- **Other Sizes:** Sf-1 0.13mm (SKU ZA56018); 0.18mm (SKU ZA56036); 0.22mm (SKU ZA56019); Sf-2 in 220, 180, 130, 100, 75 and 45 µm (SKUs ZA56045–ZA56050)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and hatcheries
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.13mm
Fine 0.13 mm stainless sieve for Artemia collection and slow, concentrated in-tank feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-1-0-13mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56018 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560185
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56018.jpg
Live food only does its job if the fish can reach it, and a cloud of Artemia drifting round a display tank is mostly wasted. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.13mm (SKU: ZA56018) is the 0.13 mm version of the Ziss EZ Sieve SF-1, a clear-bodied live food collector and feeder with a stainless steel mesh. Bulk Reef Supply describes this grade as suited to Artemia and to slower in-tank feeding: it collects and rinses the food, then, stuck to the glass with its integrated suction cup, it holds the food in one place with the bottom of the sieve just under the surface so the fish come to it.
The collector measures 8.5 × 6.5 cm and combines a durable plastic body with a stainless steel mesh, which one retailer says is SUS304 or SUS316 and made in Korea. The sieve can be removed, the units stack so that more than one mesh size can be used to sort live foods, and a four-leg design lets it stand in a sink. It can separate live food from hatching water or other liquids, so less water and debris reach the aquarium. Retailer notes suggest that holding food in a sieve reduces the number of daily feeds some fish need and leaves less uneaten food decaying in the filter. One sieve and one suction cup are included. Compared with the 0.10 mm (SKU ZA56020), the 0.13 mm is a slightly more open grade that drains faster while still collecting Artemia; the 0.18 mm (SKU ZA56036) and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56019) are coarser again.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Artemia collection:** Straining brine shrimp from their hatching or culture water.
- **Slow feeding in the tank:** Holding live food on the glass so it is eaten over time.
- **Daphnia and small foods:** Rinsing and feeding other small live foods.
- **Display and breeding tanks:** Keeping live food from spreading into rockwork and the filter.
**How to Use**
- **Collect:** Pour the culture water through the mesh over a sink or container.
- **Rinse:** Run clean water through the mesh to wash off salt and debris.
- **Mount for feeding:** Press the suction cup to the glass and set the base of the sieve just under the surface.
- **Remove after feeding:** Take it out when the food is finished, rinse it and let the mesh dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.13 mm mesh:** Suited to Artemia and slower in-tank feeding, per Bulk Reef Supply.
- **Two jobs in one:** A collector at the sink and a feeding station on the glass.
- **Stackable design:** Combine mesh sizes to separate live foods by size.
- **Clear body:** Lets the fish and the food level be watched.
- **Four-leg stand:** Rests upright in a sink for rinsing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56018
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560185
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector Sieve
- **Model:** Ziss EZ Sieve SF-1
- **Mesh Size:** 0.13 mm, stainless steel
- **Size:** 8.5 × 6.5 cm
- **Body:** Clear plastic with integrated suction cup
- **In the Box:** One sieve and one suction cup
- **Other Sizes:** Sf-1 0.10mm (SKU ZA56020); 0.18mm (SKU ZA56036); 0.22mm (SKU ZA56019); Sf-2 in 220, 180, 130, 100, 75 and 45 µm (SKUs ZA56045–ZA56050)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and hatcheries
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.18mm
Medium 0.18 mm stainless sieve for general live food collection and feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-1-0-18mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56036 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560369
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56036.jpg
A collector that is too fine clogs with debris, and one that is too coarse lets the food through, so the middle grade is the one many keepers settle on. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.18mm (SKU: ZA56036) is the 0.18 mm version of the Ziss EZ Sieve SF-1 live food collector, which Bulk Reef Supply describes as a medium mesh for general collection and feeding. It suits the larger live foods in a keeper's rotation, such as grown-on Artemia and Daphnia, and it drains quickly enough to be used again and again during a single feeding. On a retailer's comparison, sieves of around 0.20 mm let newly hatched brine shrimp pass through, so this grade is for feeding larger foods and not for harvesting hatchlings.
Like the rest of the SF-1 range it measures 8.5 × 6.5 cm, with a durable clear plastic body and a stainless steel mesh that a retailer lists as SUS304 or SUS316 and made in Korea. The sieve is removable, the collectors stack to combine mesh sizes, and an integrated suction cup lets it hang on the aquarium wall as a feeding station with the base just beneath the surface. A four-leg design lets it stand in a sink or over a tub. The pack includes one sieve and one suction cup. For hatchlings the 0.10 mm (SKU ZA56020) or 0.13 mm (SKU ZA56018) grades are the ones to look at, and the 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56019) is the coarser step above this one. The sieve also keeps live food together so that fewer pieces drift into the filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grown-on live foods:** Collecting and feeding Artemia and Daphnia that are too large for the finest meshes.
- **General rinsing:** Washing live food of culture water before it is fed.
- **Sorting by size:** Stacking above a finer sieve so that bigger organisms are kept apart from smaller ones.
- **Feeding stations:** A glass-mounted holder for live food in a community tank.
**How to Use**
- **Collect the food:** Tip culture water through the sieve and let the water drain.
- **Rinse it through:** Wash the catch under clean water until the salt and debris have gone.
- **Mount for feeding:** Stick it to the glass so the bottom sits just under the surface.
- **Clean the mesh:** Lift out the sieve after feeding, rinse it and leave it to dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.18 mm mesh:** The medium grade for general collection and feeding.
- **Quick drainage:** A more open mesh than the 0.10 mm and 0.13 mm versions.
- **Stainless steel mesh:** Described by a retailer as SUS304 or SUS316.
- **Stackable:** Several mesh sizes can be combined to sort live foods.
- **Integrated suction cup:** Mounts on the aquarium wall as a feeder.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56036
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560369
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector Sieve
- **Model:** Ziss EZ Sieve SF-1
- **Mesh Size:** 0.18 mm, stainless steel
- **Size:** 8.5 × 6.5 cm
- **Body:** Clear plastic with integrated suction cup
- **In the Box:** One sieve and one suction cup
- **Other Sizes:** Sf-1 0.10mm (SKU ZA56020); 0.13mm (SKU ZA56018); 0.22mm (SKU ZA56019); Sf-2 in 220, 180, 130, 100, 75 and 45 µm (SKUs ZA56045–ZA56050)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and hatcheries
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.22mm
Coarse stainless mesh sieve for adult brine shrimp and larger live foods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-1-0-22mm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56019 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560192
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56019.jpg
A sieve only helps when its openings match the food, and the finest meshes clog the moment they meet anything bigger than baby brine shrimp. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-1 - 0.22mm (SKU: ZA56019) is the coarsest of the four mesh options in Ziss Aqua's SF-1 collector, a small clear polycarbonate frame holding a stainless steel mesh made in Korea. Ziss builds its EZ Sieve range for separating egg shells, harvesting Artemia after decapsulation, feeding Artemia and use as a breeder box. The SF-1 measures 8.5 x 6.5 cm, has a separate bracket and is stackable. At 0.22 mm, Bulk Reef Supply describes this mesh as intended mainly for adult Artemia and other larger live foods.
The 0.22 mm opening is the same as 220 µm, and Ziss's catalogue lists SUS304 stainless steel for the 130, 180 and 220 µm meshes in the range. Anything smaller than the openings passes straight through, which keeps the sieve draining quickly compared with the finer SF-1 meshes of 0.10, 0.13 and 0.18 mm. The body is clear so the contents can be watched, and the retailer listing describes an integrated suction cup that holds the sieve on the aquarium glass as a feeding station, with the bottom just below the water surface. Because the SF-1 stacks, a coarse mesh like this one can sit above a finer one to sort live food by size in a single pour. The larger SF-2 collector at 12 x 11 cm suits bigger volumes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Adult brine shrimp:** Holds grown Artemia while hatching or culture water drains away.
- **Larger live foods:** Catches live food bigger than 0.22 mm that a finer sieve would only clog.
- **Sorting by size:** Placed above a finer SF-1 in a stack to separate larger animals from small ones.
- **In-tank feeding station:** Mounted on the glass so live food stays in one area rather than spreading through the tank.
**How to Use**
- **Match the food:** Check that the animals you want to keep are larger than 0.22 mm; smaller ones will pass through.
- **Pour through:** Tip the culture or hatching water over the mesh and let it drain into a bucket or container.
- **Rinse the catch:** Run clean water through the sieve before feeding so culture water stays out of the tank.
- **Mount for feeding:** Fix the suction cup to the glass with the bottom of the sieve just below the surface, then add the food.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coarse 0.22 mm mesh:** The widest opening of the SF-1 options, so water drains freely.
- **Stainless steel screen:** Korean-made mesh that rinses clean between uses.
- **Clear polycarbonate body:** Lets you see the live food while it is collected or eaten.
- **Stackable frame:** Combine different SF-1 meshes to sort live food by size.
- **Suction cup mounting:** Holds the sieve on the glass as a feeding station.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56019
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560192
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector (Sieve)
- **Model:** EZ Sieve SF-1, 0.22 mm mesh
- **Mesh Opening:** 0.22 mm (220 µm), stainless steel
- **Size:** 8.5 x 6.5 cm
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Uses:** Egg shell separation, Artemia harvesting and feeding, breeder box
- **Other Sizes:** Collector Sf-1 - 0.10mm (SKU ZA56020); 0.13mm (SKU ZA56018); 0.18mm (SKU ZA56036); larger Collector Sf-2 in 45–220 µm (SKU ZA56050, ZA56049, ZA56048, ZA56047, ZA56046, ZA56045)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and live food culture
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 100um
Very fine stainless mesh sieve for baby brine shrimp and small live foods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-2-100um/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56048 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560482
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56048.jpg
The step below a standard brine shrimp sieve is for the foods that are smaller still, and it needs a mesh that holds them without sealing shut. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 100um (SKU: ZA56048) is the 100 µm option in Ziss Aqua's SF-2 collector, the larger frame of the EZ Sieve range, with a clear polycarbonate body and a stainless steel screen made in Korea. Bulk Reef Supply describes the equivalent 0.10 mm mesh in the SF-1 as fine mesh for baby brine shrimp and very small live foods. The frame is 12 x 11 cm and has a separate bracket, and Ziss lists the EZ Breeder hanger as an option.
A 100 µm opening is 0.10 mm. Ziss's catalogue lists SUS316 stainless steel for the 45, 75 and 100 µm meshes in the range, the grade used for its three finest screens. Compared with the 130 µm version, this mesh lets less through, so it retains smaller nauplii and finer particles, but it also drains more slowly and will block sooner if the water is cloudy with shell fragments. Pouring in stages and rinsing the screen helps. The range is designed for separating egg shells, harvesting Artemia after decapsulation and feeding Artemia, and the finer 75 and 45 µm versions go further down the size scale for the smallest foods.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Baby brine shrimp:** Retains nauplii that could pass through a coarser 180 or 220 µm screen.
- **Very small live foods:** Holds food smaller than a standard hatchery sieve will keep.
- **Feeding fry:** Rinsed catches sized for the smallest mouths.
- **Clean-up of hatch water:** Separating fine animals from the water before they go to the tank.
**How to Use**
- **Pre-sieve if cloudy:** Pass cloudy hatch water through a coarser mesh first so shell debris does not clog this one.
- **Pour slowly:** A 100 µm screen drains more gently than the coarse versions, so add water in small amounts.
- **Rinse the catch:** Wash it with clean water while still in the sieve.
- **Clear the screen:** Flush from the underside with water after use, since fine mesh holds debris.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100 µm mesh:** A very fine opening for small nauplii and fine live foods.
- **SUS316 grade:** Ziss's catalogue lists this stainless steel for its finest meshes.
- **Large SF-2 frame:** 12 x 11 cm gives more screen area to offset the slower flow.
- **Clear body:** Polycarbonate lets the catch be seen.
- **Bracket or hanger:** Separate bracket, with an optional EZ Breeder hanger.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56048
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560482
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector (Sieve)
- **Model:** EZ Sieve SF-2, 100 µm mesh
- **Mesh Opening:** 100 µm (0.10 mm), stainless steel
- **Size:** 12 x 11 cm
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Collector Sf-2 - 220um (SKU ZA56045); 180um (SKU ZA56046); 130um (SKU ZA56047); 75um (SKU ZA56049); 45um (SKU ZA56050); smaller Collector Sf-1 in 0.10, 0.13, 0.18 and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56020, ZA56018, ZA56036, ZA56019)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and live food culture
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 130um
Fine stainless mesh sieve for collecting newly hatched brine shrimp.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-2-130um/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56047 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560475
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56047.jpg
Baby brine shrimp slip through a net that looks fine enough, and a hatchery batch is wasted when they do. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 130um (SKU: ZA56047) is the 130 µm option in Ziss Aqua's SF-2 collector, the larger frame of the EZ Sieve range, with a clear polycarbonate body and a stainless steel screen made in Korea. Retailers describe the 130 µm mesh as fine enough to collect baby brine shrimp while letting hatch water flow through. The SF-2 frame measures 12 x 11 cm and has a separate bracket, and Ziss lists the EZ Breeder hanger as an option.
The 130 µm opening is 0.13 mm. Ziss's catalogue lists SUS304 stainless steel for the 130, 180 and 220 µm meshes in the range, with SUS316 for the finer 45, 75 and 100 µm. Bulk Reef Supply describes the 0.13 mm mesh in the smaller SF-1 as good for collecting Artemia and slower in-tank feeding. The SF-2 gives the same mesh a wider frame, so a full hatchery drain passes through more quickly and the catch spreads over a bigger area. Ziss designs the range for separating egg shells, harvesting Artemia after decapsulation and feeding Artemia. Animals smaller than 130 µm pass through, so very fine foods need the 100, 75 or 45 µm versions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Newly hatched Artemia:** Collects nauplii when a brine shrimp hatchery is drained.
- **After decapsulation:** Harvests Artemia once the egg shells have been dealt with.
- **Egg shell separation:** Lets hatch water pass while the catch is held for rinsing.
- **Daily live feeding:** A mesh size that suits the routine of feeding fry and small fish.
**How to Use**
- **Set it over a container:** Rest the frame over a bucket or bowl, or fit it to the bracket or hanger.
- **Drain the hatchery:** Pour or drain the culture water through the mesh in a steady stream.
- **Rinse with clean water:** Wash the shrimp in the sieve so salty hatch water does not reach a freshwater tank.
- **Transfer to the tank:** Pipette or tip the rinsed catch into the aquarium, then rinse the screen to prevent clogging.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **130 µm mesh:** Fine enough for baby brine shrimp, coarse enough to drain steadily.
- **SF-2 frame size:** 12 x 11 cm for larger hatchery volumes.
- **Stainless steel screen:** Made in Korea and easy to rinse between batches.
- **Clear polycarbonate:** Shows the harvest as it collects.
- **Bracket or hanger:** Separate bracket, with an optional EZ Breeder hanger.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56047
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560475
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector (Sieve)
- **Model:** EZ Sieve SF-2, 130 µm mesh
- **Mesh Opening:** 130 µm (0.13 mm), stainless steel
- **Size:** 12 x 11 cm
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Collector Sf-2 - 220um (SKU ZA56045); 180um (SKU ZA56046); 100um (SKU ZA56048); 75um (SKU ZA56049); 45um (SKU ZA56050); smaller Collector Sf-1 in 0.10, 0.13, 0.18 and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56020, ZA56018, ZA56036, ZA56019)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and live food culture
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 180um
General-purpose medium mesh sieve on the large SF-2 frame.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-2-180um/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56046 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560468
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56046.jpg
Most live-food jobs fall somewhere between sieving grown shrimp and catching newly hatched ones, and a medium mesh covers that middle ground. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 180um (SKU: ZA56046) is the 180 µm option in Ziss Aqua's SF-2 collector, the larger frame of the EZ Sieve range, built from clear polycarbonate with a stainless steel screen made in Korea. The frame measures 12 x 11 cm and has a separate bracket, with the EZ Breeder hanger listed as an option. Ziss designs the range for separating egg shells, harvesting Artemia after decapsulation, feeding Artemia and use as a breeder box.
A 180 µm opening is 0.18 mm, which Bulk Reef Supply describes, on the SF-1 sieve, as a general-purpose medium mesh. Ziss's catalogue lists SUS304 stainless steel for the 130, 180 and 220 µm meshes in the range. It sits one step finer than the 220 µm and one step coarser than the 130 µm, so it retains animals larger than 0.18 mm while letting smaller particles and most culture water drain away at a steady rate. Newly hatched brine shrimp are normally collected on a finer mesh, and the 130 µm and 100 µm SF-2 versions are the usual comparison for that job. The 180 µm version suits mixed or growing live foods where a very fine screen would slow the pour or clog.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed live foods:** Retains a range of sizes from a single culture container.
- **Growing brine shrimp:** Collects juveniles that have outgrown the finest meshes.
- **Middle step in a stack:** Sits between a coarse 220 µm and a fine 130 µm sieve when grading live food.
- **Medium-volume harvests:** The 12 x 11 cm frame drains a larger pour than the SF-1.
**How to Use**
- **Size the food first:** Anything smaller than 180 µm will pass through the mesh and be lost.
- **Support the frame:** Rest it over a bucket, or fit it to its bracket or an EZ Breeder hanger.
- **Pour in stages:** Add the water in two or three pours so the screen drains without overflowing.
- **Clean after use:** Rinse the screen with clean water and let it dry before storing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **180 µm mesh:** A medium opening that balances drainage against what is retained.
- **Large SF-2 frame:** 12 x 11 cm for bigger pours than the SF-1.
- **Korean stainless steel:** Corrosion-resistant screen that rinses clean.
- **See-through body:** Clear polycarbonate shows the catch while sieving.
- **Flexible mounting:** Separate bracket, with an optional EZ Breeder hanger.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56046
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560468
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector (Sieve)
- **Model:** EZ Sieve SF-2, 180 µm mesh
- **Mesh Opening:** 180 µm (0.18 mm), stainless steel
- **Size:** 12 x 11 cm
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Collector Sf-2 - 220um (SKU ZA56045); 130um (SKU ZA56047); 100um (SKU ZA56048); 75um (SKU ZA56049); 45um (SKU ZA56050); smaller Collector Sf-1 in 0.10, 0.13, 0.18 and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56020, ZA56018, ZA56036, ZA56019)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and live food culture
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 220um
Large stainless mesh sieve for adult Artemia and bulky live food.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-2-220um/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56045 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560451
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56045.jpg
Harvesting a big hatchery batch through a palm-sized sieve takes patience, and a coarse mesh on a larger frame cuts that time. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 220um (SKU: ZA56045) is the coarsest mesh option of Ziss Aqua's SF-2 collector, the larger frame in the EZ Sieve range, with a clear polycarbonate body and a stainless steel screen made in Korea. At 12 x 11 cm it is bigger than the 8.5 x 6.5 cm SF-1, with a separate bracket, and Ziss lists the EZ Breeder hanger as an option for it. The range is designed for separating egg shells, harvesting Artemia after decapsulation, feeding Artemia and use as a breeder box.
The 220 µm opening equals 0.22 mm, and Ziss's catalogue lists SUS304 stainless steel for the 130, 180 and 220 µm meshes in the range. It is the widest of the six SF-2 meshes, which run from 45 to 220 µm, so it drains fastest and holds back only larger animals and debris. Bulk Reef Supply describes the matching 0.22 mm SF-1 mesh as intended mainly for adult Artemia and other larger live foods, and the same reasoning applies here at the bigger size. Anything smaller than 220 µm, including newly hatched brine shrimp, will pass through, so a finer SF-2 such as the 130 µm is the choice for collecting nauplii. This one suits sieving grown shrimp or separating coarse material from a finer catch.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grown brine shrimp:** Collects adult Artemia from a culture container in one pour.
- **Large batches:** The 12 x 11 cm frame handles more water than the SF-1 before it needs a rinse.
- **Removing coarse debris:** Lets fine hatch water through while holding back larger shell and waste pieces.
- **Pre-filtering a stack:** Placed over a finer mesh to split larger and smaller animals.
**How to Use**
- **Check the target:** Confirm the food is bigger than 220 µm, because anything smaller passes through.
- **Position the sieve:** Rest it over a bucket or container, or fit it to the bracket or an EZ Breeder hanger.
- **Pour slowly:** Let the water drain through the mesh rather than flooding the frame.
- **Rinse and dry:** Wash the catch with clean water and rinse the screen after each use so salt and debris do not build up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Widest SF-2 opening:** 220 µm mesh for fast drainage and larger animals.
- **Larger frame:** 12 x 11 cm, bigger than the SF-1 collector.
- **Stainless steel screen:** Mesh made in Korea, easy to rinse clean.
- **Clear polycarbonate body:** Shows what has been caught at a glance.
- **Bracket mounting:** Separate bracket supplied in the range, with an optional EZ Breeder hanger.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56045
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560451
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector (Sieve)
- **Model:** EZ Sieve SF-2, 220 µm mesh
- **Mesh Opening:** 220 µm (0.22 mm), stainless steel
- **Size:** 12 x 11 cm
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Collector Sf-2 - 180um (SKU ZA56046); 130um (SKU ZA56047); 100um (SKU ZA56048); 75um (SKU ZA56049); 45um (SKU ZA56050); smaller Collector Sf-1 in 0.10, 0.13, 0.18 and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56020, ZA56018, ZA56036, ZA56019)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and live food culture
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 45um
Finest stainless mesh sieve in the SF-2 range for microscopic live foods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-2-45um/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560505
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56050.jpg
At the bottom of the size scale a sieve stops being a strainer and becomes a way of concentrating things you can barely see. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 45um (SKU: ZA56050) is the 45 µm option in Ziss Aqua's SF-2 collector, the larger frame of the EZ Sieve range, with a clear polycarbonate body and a stainless steel screen made in Korea. It is the finest of the six SF-2 meshes, which run from 45 to 220 µm. The frame measures 12 x 11 cm and has a separate bracket, and Ziss lists the EZ Breeder hanger as an option.
A 45 µm opening is 0.045 mm, less than half the 0.10 mm of the finest SF-1 version. Ziss's catalogue lists SUS316 stainless steel for the 45, 75 and 100 µm meshes in the range. The collector is designed for separating egg shells, harvesting Artemia after decapsulation and feeding Artemia, and Bulk Reef Supply lists live foods such as Artemia, Daphnia and phytoplankton as uses for the SF-1 sieves. A screen this fine holds back everything bigger than 45 µm, so it also catches fine silt and debris along with the food, and it drains the slowest of the range. It is the version for the smallest cultured foods and for rinsing fine material, not for routine brine shrimp collection, where the 130 or 100 µm meshes drain faster.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Microscopic live foods:** Concentrating cultures smaller than the 75 and 100 µm meshes can hold.
- **Fine particle rinsing:** Separating small organisms or particles from larger volumes of water.
- **Fry first feeding:** Preparing rinsed foods for the smallest mouths.
- **Last step in a series:** The final screen after coarser sieves have removed larger material.
**How to Use**
- **Sieve in order:** Pass the water through coarser meshes first, finishing with the 45 µm screen.
- **Allow time:** The fine mesh drains slowly, so pour a little at a time and let it clear.
- **Do not force it:** Avoid pressing on the screen, which can push particles into the openings.
- **Back-flush at once:** Rinse from the underside straight after use so the mesh does not dry blocked.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **45 µm mesh:** The finest opening in the SF-2 range.
- **SUS316 grade:** The stainless steel Ziss's catalogue lists for its finest meshes.
- **Large frame:** 12 x 11 cm to offset slower drainage.
- **Korean-made screen:** Stainless mesh that can be back-flushed clean.
- **Clear polycarbonate body:** Lets you check what has been caught.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560505
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector (Sieve)
- **Model:** EZ Sieve SF-2, 45 µm mesh
- **Mesh Opening:** 45 µm (0.045 mm), stainless steel
- **Size:** 12 x 11 cm
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Collector Sf-2 - 220um (SKU ZA56045); 180um (SKU ZA56046); 130um (SKU ZA56047); 100um (SKU ZA56048); 75um (SKU ZA56049); smaller Collector Sf-1 in 0.10, 0.13, 0.18 and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56020, ZA56018, ZA56036, ZA56019)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and live food culture
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 75um
Ultra-fine stainless mesh sieve for the smallest cultured live foods.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-collector-sf-2-75um/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56049 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560499
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56049.jpg
Some live foods are far smaller than brine shrimp, and the sieve that keeps them has to be finer than anything in a standard hatchery kit. Ziss Aqua - Collector Sf-2 - 75um (SKU: ZA56049) is the 75 µm option in Ziss Aqua's SF-2 collector, the larger frame of the EZ Sieve range, with a clear polycarbonate body and a stainless steel screen made in Korea. The mesh is the second finest of the six SF-2 versions, which run from 45 to 220 µm. The frame is 12 x 11 cm with a separate bracket, and Ziss lists the EZ Breeder hanger as an option.
A 75 µm opening is 0.075 mm, finer than the 0.10 mm lower limit of the SF-1 range. Ziss's catalogue lists SUS316 stainless steel for the 45, 75 and 100 µm meshes. The maker's range is designed for separating egg shells, harvesting Artemia after decapsulation and feeding Artemia, and Bulk Reef Supply lists live foods such as Artemia, Daphnia and phytoplankton for the SF-1 sieves in general. A mesh this fine holds back only organisms and particles larger than 75 µm, so it is the version to choose when the food is much smaller than a newly hatched brine shrimp. Water passes through slowly, and the larger SF-2 frame provides extra area to help. Check the size of the culture against the opening before buying, because anything smaller than 75 µm will still pass through.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very small cultured foods:** Rinsing and concentrating foods that are smaller than baby brine shrimp.
- **Fine particles:** Separating small organisms from culture water on a larger frame.
- **Fry feeding:** Preparing rinsed live food sized for the smallest fry.
- **Finishing a stack:** The fine step under a 130 or 100 µm sieve when grading by size.
**How to Use**
- **Pre-sieve first:** Pass the water through a coarser mesh so larger debris does not clog the 75 µm screen.
- **Pour gently:** Add culture water slowly and give it time to drain.
- **Rinse the catch:** Run clean water over the animals while they remain on the screen.
- **Back-flush after use:** Rinse from the underside to push trapped particles out of the mesh before storing it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **75 µm mesh:** Second finest of the six SF-2 options.
- **Finer than SF-1:** Below the 0.10 mm smallest mesh of the SF-1 collector.
- **SUS316 stainless steel:** The grade Ziss's catalogue lists for its finest meshes.
- **Large frame:** 12 x 11 cm for more screen area.
- **Clear polycarbonate body:** Shows what has been retained.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56049
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560499
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Collector (Sieve)
- **Model:** EZ Sieve SF-2, 75 µm mesh
- **Mesh Opening:** 75 µm (0.075 mm), stainless steel
- **Size:** 12 x 11 cm
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Collector Sf-2 - 220um (SKU ZA56045); 180um (SKU ZA56046); 130um (SKU ZA56047); 100um (SKU ZA56048); 45um (SKU ZA56050); smaller Collector Sf-1 in 0.10, 0.13, 0.18 and 0.22 mm (SKU ZA56020, ZA56018, ZA56036, ZA56019)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, hatcheries and live food culture
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-55
Air-driven 270 mL hatching tube for small fish eggs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-egg-tumbler-zet-55/
- Price: $30.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56006 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560062
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56006.jpg
Eggs left lying on the substrate are exposed to fungus and to hungry tank mates, and moving water around them is the usual way to keep a clutch healthy. Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-55 (SKU: ZA56006) is the small-fish size of Ziss Aqua's egg tumbler, a clear polycarbonate tube that sits inside the aquarium and uses air from a pump to keep the eggs gently moving until they hatch. Air enters the unit and air plus water leave through the outlet cap, whose wave-making shape creates irregular water movement. Ziss makes the tumbler in Korea and lists it as patented. The ZET-55 has an inner diameter of 55 mm, an overall size of 6.0 x 21 cm and a volume of 270 mL.
The catalogue lists the ZET-55 for small fish, between the 200 mL ZET-E55 and the 400 mL ZET-65. An air pump is required, and Ziss notes that airlines are not included, so airline tubing is bought separately. Aquarium Co-op, a US retailer that sells the Ziss tumbler, describes the flow as adjustable, so large or small eggs can be tumbled, and eggs from species that should not be agitated can simply have water flow around them. Its guide describes mounting the tumbler on the tank wall with suction cups and a bracket, a stainless steel screen in the cap that catches debris, and setting the flow with an air valve until eggs move gently at the base. Hatching time depends on the species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small fish eggs:** The 55 mm tube is sized for the smaller egg clutches of small species.
- **Keeping eggs clear of predators:** Eggs hatch in the tube rather than on the tank floor where parents or tank mates can reach them.
- **Species that lose eggs to fungus:** Constant water movement around the eggs helps keep fungus from settling.
- **Moderate clutches:** A 270 mL volume suits batches that would crowd a 200 mL tube.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse and assemble:** Rinse the parts in clean water and fit the cap as the maker's instructions describe.
- **Add water and eggs:** Fill with aquarium water, then add the eggs and close the tube.
- **Connect the air:** Fit airline from an air pump, with a valve to set the flow.
- **Adjust the flow:** Increase air until the eggs roll gently at the base, and remove any that turn white or fuzzy.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **270 mL volume:** Sits between the 200 mL ZET-E55 and the 400 mL ZET-65.
- **Air-powered tumbling:** Air plus water exit through the outlet cap, so no separate pump is needed in the tube.
- **Wave-making outlet cap:** Produces irregular water movement across the eggs.
- **Clear polycarbonate:** Strong body that allows the eggs to be watched.
- **Made in Korea:** Ziss lists the design as patented.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56006
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560062
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Egg Tumbler (Fish Egg Incubator)
- **Model:** ZET-55
- **Volume:** 270 mL
- **Inner Diameter:** 55 mm
- **Overall Size:** 6.0 x 21 cm
- **Air Supply:** Air pump required; airline not included
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Egg Tumbler - Zet-e55, 200 mL (SKU ZA56007); Zet-65, 400 mL (SKU ZA56005); Zet-80, 700 mL (SKU ZA56000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding aquariums, installed inside the tank
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-65
Air-driven 400 mL hatching tube for medium-sized fish eggs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-egg-tumbler-zet-65/
- Price: $35.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56005 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560055
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56005.jpg
Medium-sized eggs such as those of cichlids and catfish are often lost to fungus or to the parents, and a tube that tumbles them in clean water gives them a better chance to hatch. Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-65 (SKU: ZA56005) is the medium size of Ziss Aqua's egg tumbler, a clear polycarbonate tube that sits inside the aquarium and runs on air from a pump. Air enters the unit and air plus water exit through the outlet cap, which has a wave-making shape to create irregular water movement. Ziss builds the tumbler in Korea and lists it as patented. The ZET-65 has a 65 mm inner diameter, an overall size of 7.0 x 23 cm and a volume of 400 mL.
Ziss lists the ZET-65 for medium fish, one step up from the 270 mL ZET-55 and below the 700 mL ZET-80. It needs an air pump, and the catalogue notes that airlines are not included. Aquarium Co-op, a US retailer, sells the Ziss tumbler for African cichlid and catfish eggs and describes the flow as adjustable: larger eggs can be tumbled firmly, small eggs more gently, and eggs that should not be moved can sit while water flows around them. Its guide describes wall mounting with suction cups and a bracket, a stainless steel screen in the cap that catches debris and a valve to set the airflow. Eggs that turn white or fuzzy should be removed with tweezers, and fry stay in the tube until their yolk sacs are absorbed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium-sized eggs:** The 65 mm tube gives room for clutches larger than a 55 mm tube holds.
- **Cichlid and catfish eggs:** Aquarium Co-op sells the Ziss tumbler for these eggs, hatched in tumbling water away from the parents.
- **Fungus control:** Constant movement of water over the eggs helps keep fungus from settling.
- **Fry until free swimming:** Hatchlings can stay in the tube until the yolk sac is gone.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Prepare the tube:** Rinse the parts and fit the outlet cap as the maker's instructions describe.
- **Fill and load:** Add aquarium water, then the eggs, then close the tube.
- **Fix in place:** Mount the tumbler inside the aquarium using the bracket or suction cups.
- **Set the air:** Connect an air pump through a valve and adjust until the eggs lift gently without bouncing hard.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **400 mL volume:** The mid-size option, above the ZET-55 and ZET-E55.
- **65 mm bore:** A wider tube for medium eggs and larger batches.
- **Wave-making outlet cap:** Creates irregular movement through the tube.
- **Clear polycarbonate body:** Strong and see-through for checking progress.
- **Made in Korea:** Ziss lists the design as patented.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56005
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560055
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Egg Tumbler (Fish Egg Incubator)
- **Model:** ZET-65
- **Volume:** 400 mL
- **Inner Diameter:** 65 mm
- **Overall Size:** 7.0 x 23 cm
- **Air Supply:** Air pump required; airline not included
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Egg Tumbler - Zet-e55, 200 mL (SKU ZA56007); Zet-55, 270 mL (SKU ZA56006); Zet-80, 700 mL (SKU ZA56000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding aquariums, installed inside the tank
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-80
Largest air-driven 700 mL hatching tube for big fish eggs and large clutches.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-egg-tumbler-zet-80/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56000 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560000
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56000.jpg
Large fish spawn in numbers that overwhelm a small hatching tube, and crowding the eggs only invites fungus to spread from one to the next. Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-80 (SKU: ZA56000) is the largest size of Ziss Aqua's egg tumbler, a clear polycarbonate tube that sits inside the aquarium and runs on air from a pump. Air enters the unit and air plus water exit through the outlet cap, whose wave-making shape creates irregular water movement. It is made in Korea and listed by Ziss as patented. The ZET-80 has an 80 mm inner diameter, an overall size of 8.5 x 27 cm and a volume of 700 mL, nearly double the 400 mL ZET-65.
Ziss lists the ZET-80 for big fish. An air pump is required, and the catalogue notes that airlines are not included. Aquarium Co-op, a US retailer, describes the Ziss tumbler as a way to raise cichlid and catfish eggs into fry, with adjustable flow, so large eggs can be tumbled and eggs that should not be moved can be left still while water flows around them. One of its reviewers wished for a larger size for high-volume pleco spawns; the 80 mm tube is the largest size in the ZET range. Its guide describes wall mounting with suction cups and a bracket, a stainless steel screen in the cap and an air valve for setting the flow. Remove eggs that turn white or fuzzy, and keep fry in the tube until the yolk sacs are absorbed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Big fish eggs:** The 80 mm bore handles the larger eggs of big species.
- **High-volume spawns:** The 700 mL volume holds clutches that would overfill the smaller tubes.
- **Hatching away from adults:** Eggs hatch in the tube rather than among large tank mates.
- **Raising to free swimming:** Fry can remain until the yolk sac is gone, as the retailer's guide describes.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Clean and assemble:** Rinse every part and fit the outlet cap following the maker's instructions.
- **Fill and load:** Add aquarium water, then the eggs, and close the tube.
- **Secure the tube:** Fix it inside the tank with the bracket or suction cups so it cannot shift.
- **Tune the airflow:** Run airline from the pump through a valve and raise the flow until the eggs tumble gently.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **700 mL volume:** The largest capacity in the ZET range.
- **80 mm bore:** Room for big eggs and big clutches.
- **Air-powered flow:** Needs only an air pump and airline.
- **Wave-making outlet cap:** Moves the eggs irregularly rather than in a single stream.
- **Clear polycarbonate:** Strong body made in Korea.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56000
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560000
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Egg Tumbler (Fish Egg Incubator)
- **Model:** ZET-80
- **Volume:** 700 mL
- **Inner Diameter:** 80 mm
- **Overall Size:** 8.5 x 27 cm
- **Air Supply:** Air pump required; airline not included
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Egg Tumbler - Zet-e55, 200 mL (SKU ZA56007); Zet-55, 270 mL (SKU ZA56006); Zet-65, 400 mL (SKU ZA56005)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding aquariums, installed inside the tank
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-e55
Compact 200 mL air-driven hatching tube for small tanks and small eggs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-egg-tumbler-zet-e55/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56007 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560079
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56007.jpg
A hatching tube that hangs inside a small tank has to leave room for the fish, and the shortest tumbler in the range is built for that. Ziss Aqua - Egg Tumbler - Zet-e55 (SKU: ZA56007) is the compact model of Ziss Aqua's egg tumbler, a clear polycarbonate tube that sits inside the aquarium and runs on air from a pump. Air enters the unit and air plus water exit through the outlet cap, whose wave-making shape creates irregular water movement. It is made in Korea and listed by Ziss as patented. The ZET-E55 shares the 55 mm inner diameter of the ZET-55 but has a shorter body, 6.0 x 16 cm overall, and holds 200 mL.
The catalogue lists the ZET-E55 as the small-tank version, and it has the smallest volume of the four tumblers, 70 mL less than the 270 mL ZET-55 that shares its bore. An air pump is required, and airlines are not included. Aquarium Co-op, a US retailer, describes the Ziss tumbler as adjustable, so large or small eggs can be tumbled, and eggs from species that should not be moved can be left still while water flows past. Its guide describes wall mounting with suction cups and a bracket, a stainless steel screen in the cap that catches debris, and setting the airflow with a valve until the eggs move gently at the base. Remove any eggs that turn white or fuzzy, and keep fry in the tube until their yolk sacs are absorbed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small tanks:** The 16 cm body takes up less depth than the 21 cm ZET-55.
- **Small fish eggs:** The 55 mm bore suits the small clutches of small species.
- **Shallow set-ups:** A shorter body suits water depths that limit a longer tube.
- **Small batches:** A 200 mL volume avoids overcrowding a few eggs in a larger tube.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse and assemble:** Wash the parts in clean water and fit the cap following the maker's instructions.
- **Fill and load:** Add aquarium water and the eggs, then close the tube.
- **Mount inside the tank:** Secure it inside the aquarium with the bracket or suction cups.
- **Adjust the air:** Connect an air pump through a valve and turn it up until the eggs move gently.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Shortest body:** 16 cm overall, against 21 to 27 cm for the other sizes.
- **200 mL volume:** The smallest capacity in the range.
- **55 mm bore:** The same inner diameter as the ZET-55.
- **Wave-making outlet cap:** Gives irregular movement to the eggs.
- **Clear polycarbonate:** Strong body made in Korea.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56007
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560079
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Egg Tumbler (Fish Egg Incubator)
- **Model:** ZET-E55
- **Volume:** 200 mL
- **Inner Diameter:** 55 mm
- **Overall Size:** 6.0 x 16 cm
- **Air Supply:** Air pump required; airline not included
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Other Sizes:** Egg Tumbler - Zet-55, 270 mL (SKU ZA56006); Zet-65, 400 mL (SKU ZA56005); Zet-80, 700 mL (SKU ZA56000)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater breeding aquariums, installed inside the tank
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Extension Leg (zh-2000) - Zh-el
Raises the ZH-2000 Artemia Blender for easier harvesting.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-extension-leg-zh-2000-zh-el/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56061 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560611
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56061.jpg
A brine shrimp hatchery that stands on a benchtop leaves its bottom drain valve low and awkward to reach, and a few extra centimetres of height solves that. Ziss Aqua - Extension Leg (zh-2000) - Zh-el (SKU: ZA56061) is the extension leg kit for the Ziss Aqua ZH-2000 Artemia Blender, the 2,000 mL brine shrimp hatchery. According to Ziss's catalogue the kit inserts into the Artemia Blender's stand so the bottom valve is easier to reach, and the legs are detachable and strong. Bulk Reef Supply describes the legs as raising the blender by about 10 cm, which makes harvesting more efficient and convenient, and lists them as compatible with the ZH-2000 only.
The ZH-2000 is an 18 x 14 x 33 cm polycarbonate hatchery that can be hung inside or outside a tank, with a lid mount for a heater and thermometer and a needle-type bottom drain valve for separating shells after hatching. The catalogue lists the ZH-EL at 16 x 19 cm. The longer ZH-2000 Plus, at 42 cm tall, already includes an extension leg, while the standard ZH-2000 does not, so this kit is the way to give the standard model the same extra height. The listings do not describe the fitting steps or the contents of the pack in detail, so the buyer should check the leg against the blender's stand when it arrives. It is an accessory only and does not include a hatchery.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard ZH-2000 owners:** Adds the extension height the ZH-2000 Plus includes.
- **Harvest access:** Lifts the bottom valve so a container can be placed beneath it.
- **Bench-top hatching:** Gives more clearance below the blender when it sits on a bench or shelf.
- **Draining shells:** Makes the needle valve easier to reach when separating shells after hatching.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Empty the blender:** Remove the water and shrimp before changing the stand.
- **Insert the legs:** Fit the extension into the Artemia Blender stand, following the leg's fit.
- **Check the stance:** Stand the blender on a flat surface and confirm it does not rock.
- **Refill and test:** Add water, confirm the valve is closed and watch for leaks before use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **About 10 cm of lift:** Raises the blender by roughly 4 inches, according to Bulk Reef Supply.
- **Insert-in design:** Fits into the Artemia Blender's stand.
- **Detachable:** Ziss describes the legs as detachable and strong.
- **Easier valve access:** Brings the bottom drain valve within easier reach.
- **ZH-2000 specific:** Listed as compatible with the ZH-2000 only.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56061
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560611
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Brine Shrimp Hatchery Extension Leg
- **Model:** ZH-EL
- **Fitment:** Ziss Aqua ZH-2000 Artemia Blender
- **Height Added:** About 10 cm (3.9 in)
- **Size:** 16 x 19 cm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater brine shrimp hatching
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Ez Breeder - Bl-2t
2.4 litre in-tank breeder box with side mesh and air-driven water supply.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-ez-breeder-bl-2t/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56026 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560260
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56026.jpg
Livebearer fry hidden in plants are usually eaten before they are seen, and a pregnant guppy dropped into a cramped plastic trap is stressed before she gives birth. Ziss Aqua - EZ Breeder - BL-2T (SKU: ZA56026) is a 2.4 L breeder box from Ziss Aqua in Korea that sits inside the aquarium and keeps fresh tank water flowing through it. Its integrated water supply system uses air from a pump to draw aquarium water up into the box, and that water leaves through a fine stainless steel mesh panel on the side, so the box stays at tank temperature and quality while the fish inside cannot escape or be reached. The body is very clear, strong polycarbonate, and all materials and parts are made in Korea.
The box measures 14 × 14 × 15 cm, and the BL-2T has a 0.7 mm side mesh, sized for small fish; Ziss makes a BL-2TF version for very small fish. A six-step adjustable hanger and a two-step bracket set how high the box sits in the water, so it can be lowered for deeper water inside or raised to keep it near the surface, and the clear walls make it easy to check on fry or a recovering fish. Common uses are raising fry until they are too big to be eaten, isolating a pregnant livebearer before she drops, and giving an injured or bullied fish time to recover without leaving the main tank. An air pump and airline are needed to run the water supply; a needle valve such as the Ziss ZV-4 lets the flow be turned down for very young fry. Clean the mesh regularly so the flow stays strong.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Raising fry:** Guppy, platy and molly young kept safe until they outgrow the adults' mouths.
- **Pregnant livebearers:** A calm space with tank water for a female close to dropping.
- **Recovery:** Injured or bullied fish given time apart without changing water.
- **Small species:** Fish and fry large enough not to pass a 0.7 mm mesh.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount the box:** Fit the hanger or bracket to the tank wall inside the aquarium.
- **Set the height:** Use the six-step hanger to place the box at the right water depth.
- **Connect the air:** Run airline from the pump to the water supply inlet.
- **Adjust the flow:** Fit a control valve and turn the flow down for tiny fry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Integrated water supply:** Air-driven flow of fresh tank water through the box.
- **Stainless steel side mesh:** 0.7 mm openings that let water out and keep fish in.
- **Adjustable mounting:** Six-step hanger and two-step bracket.
- **Clear polycarbonate:** Strong body with an unobstructed view.
- **2.4 L volume:** Room for a female or a batch of fry.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56026
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560260
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Breeder Box
- **Model:** EZ Breeder BL-2T
- **Dimensions:** 14 × 14 × 15 cm
- **Volume:** 2.4 L
- **Mesh:** Stainless steel, 0.7 mm, side position
- **Material:** Polycarbonate body, made in Korea
- **Requires:** Air pump and airline
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums with livebearers and small fish
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Ez Breeder - Bl-2tf
2.4 L hang-on breeder box with fine 0.2 mm side mesh for very small fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-ez-breeder-bl-2tf/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56035 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560352
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56035.jpg
Fry of the smallest species can slip through an ordinary breeder box mesh, so the opening size decides whether a separation box works at all. Ziss Aqua - Ez Breeder - Bl-2tf (SKU: ZA56035) is the fine-mesh model of Ziss Aqua's EZ Breeder, a clear polycarbonate box that hangs inside an aquarium and separates young fish, shrimp or breeding pairs from the rest of the tank. Ziss describes the BL-2TF as the model for very small fish species. The box measures 14 x 14 x 15 cm with a volume of 2.4 L, and this model has 0.2 mm stainless steel mesh in the side walls.
Ziss lists the EZ Breeder range with an integrated water supply system, wide windows, stainless steel mesh made in Korea, and a 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket for mounting. A retailer describes an external air siphon on the side that creates extra flow, so water in the box stays close to the tank's temperature and water values. The same retailer lists the range for separating young fish, breeding and crossing shrimp, catching feeder shrimp in marine aquariums and breeding livebearers, in fresh and salt water. The 0.2 mm side mesh is the finer of the two mesh sizes in the range, against 0.7 mm on the GL-1T and BL-3T, so it keeps smaller fry and shrimp from escaping. Fine mesh clogs more readily, so the screen needs regular rinsing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very small fish:** Holds the fry and adults of species too small for 0.7 mm mesh.
- **Shrimp breeding:** Separates shrimp for breeding or crossing without losing them through the mesh.
- **Newly born fry:** Gives young fish a protected space away from adult tank mates.
- **Feeder shrimp:** Retains small shrimp in a marine tank until they are used.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the mount:** Fit the 6-step hanger to the tank rim or use the 2-step bracket, then set the height.
- **Hang the box:** Lower it so the box fills with tank water through the mesh and the air siphon is in place.
- **Add the animals:** Move the fish or shrimp in gently once the water level has settled.
- **Rinse the mesh:** Lift the box out regularly to clear algae and debris from the 0.2 mm screen.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **0.2 mm side mesh:** The fine option, for very small species and fry.
- **2.4 L box:** Roomy enough for a breeding pair or a group of fry.
- **Integrated water supply:** Tank water circulates through the box, as Ziss describes.
- **Wide windows:** Clear walls give a good view in.
- **Adjustable mounting:** A 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket allow the height to be set.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56035
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560352
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Breeder Box
- **Model:** EZ Breeder BL-2TF
- **Size:** 14 x 14 x 15 cm
- **Volume:** 2.4 L
- **Mesh:** 0.2 mm stainless steel, side
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Mounting:** 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket
- **Other Sizes:** Ez Breeder - Bl-3t, 0.7 mm bottom and side mesh (SKU ZA56027); Gl-1t, 0.7 mm bottom mesh (SKU ZA56025)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Ez Breeder - Bl-3t
2.4 L hang-on breeder box with 0.7 mm mesh on the bottom and sides.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-ez-breeder-bl-3t/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56027 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560277
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56027.jpg
A breeder box that exchanges water through more than one wall keeps the water inside close to the tank, which matters when fry are growing in a space of a few litres. Ziss Aqua - Ez Breeder - Bl-3t (SKU: ZA56027) is the three-screen model of Ziss Aqua's EZ Breeder, a clear polycarbonate box that hangs inside an aquarium to hold fish, fry or shrimp apart from the rest of the tank. The box measures 14 x 14 x 15 cm and has a volume of 2.4 L. This model has 0.7 mm stainless steel mesh in the bottom and both sides, which fits the "3" in its name.
Ziss lists the EZ Breeder range with an integrated water supply system, wide windows, stainless steel mesh made in Korea, and a 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket for mounting. A retailer describes an external air siphon on the side that adds flow, and lists the range for separating young fish, breeding and crossing shrimp, catching feeder shrimp in marine aquariums and breeding livebearers, in fresh and salt water. The 0.7 mm mesh is the coarser of the two sizes in the range, against 0.2 mm on the BL-2TF, so it suits fish and shrimp that are too large to pass through, with more open flow and less clogging. One retailer lists the BL-3 with two screens rather than three, so the mesh layout is worth checking against the box when it arrives.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing fry:** Fry larger than 0.7 mm are held while water flows through three walls.
- **Separating young fish:** A retailer lists the range for keeping young fish apart from larger tank mates.
- **Livebearer breeding:** A retailer lists the box for breeding livebearers.
- **Shrimp holding:** Retains shrimp of a size that will not pass through the mesh.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick the fitting:** Use the 6-step hanger on the rim or the 2-step bracket, then set the box height.
- **Lower the box:** Settle it so tank water fills it through the bottom and side mesh.
- **Add the fish:** Move them in with a net or a container rather than tipping them in.
- **Check the mesh:** Wipe or rinse the screens when algae or debris builds up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bottom and side mesh:** Three screens give water exchange through more than one face.
- **0.7 mm openings:** The coarser mesh option, for larger fry and shrimp.
- **2.4 L volume:** A box-sized space for a pair or a small group.
- **Clear polycarbonate walls:** Wide windows for watching the contents.
- **Hanger and bracket:** The 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket allow height adjustment.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56027
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560277
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Breeder Box
- **Model:** EZ Breeder BL-3T
- **Size:** 14 x 14 x 15 cm
- **Volume:** 2.4 L
- **Mesh:** 0.7 mm stainless steel, bottom and side
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Mounting:** 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket
- **Other Sizes:** Ez Breeder - Bl-2tf, 0.2 mm side mesh (SKU ZA56035); Gl-1t, 0.7 mm bottom mesh (SKU ZA56025)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Ez Breeder - Gl-1t
2.4 L hang-on breeder box with a single 0.7 mm bottom mesh screen.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-ez-breeder-gl-1t/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56025 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560253
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56025.jpg
Not every breeder box needs mesh on every wall, and the simplest layout is a single screen in the floor. Ziss Aqua - Ez Breeder - Gl-1t (SKU: ZA56025) is the one-screen model of Ziss Aqua's EZ Breeder, a clear polycarbonate box that hangs inside an aquarium to hold fish, fry or shrimp apart from the rest of the tank. The "1" in the name marks the single stainless steel screen, which sits in the bottom of the box with 0.7 mm openings. The box measures 14 x 14 x 15 cm and has a volume of 2.4 L.
Ziss lists the EZ Breeder range with an integrated water supply system, wide windows, stainless steel mesh made in Korea, and a 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket for mounting. A retailer describes an external air siphon on the side that adds flow, and lists the range for separating young fish, breeding and crossing shrimp, catching feeder shrimp in marine aquariums and breeding livebearers, in fresh and salt water. A bottom-only mesh leaves the walls solid, so the contents are visible through the clear sides while water exchange happens from below. Compared with the BL-3T, which has bottom and side mesh, it has less mesh area, and compared with the BL-2TF, the mesh is coarser at 0.7 mm rather than 0.2 mm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearers such as guppies:** A retailer lists the range for breeding livebearers, and the 0.7 mm floor mesh holds fish larger than that.
- **Isolating one fish:** A solid-walled box for a single fish that needs to be held apart.
- **Viewing the contents:** Clear sides with no mesh to obstruct the view.
- **Short-term holding:** Keeps fish or shrimp in the tank water during maintenance.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Select the mount:** Fit the 6-step hanger or the 2-step bracket and set the height.
- **Lower into place:** Hang the box so water rises through the bottom mesh to the working level.
- **Introduce the fish:** Move them in gently and watch for the first few minutes.
- **Clean the floor:** Lift the box out regularly to rinse waste from the bottom screen.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single bottom screen:** One stainless steel mesh in the floor of the box.
- **0.7 mm openings:** The coarser of the two mesh sizes in the EZ Breeder range.
- **Solid clear walls:** Polycarbonate sides without mesh for a clear view.
- **2.4 L volume:** Space for a pair or a small group of fry.
- **Adjustable mounting:** A 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket set the height.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56025
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560253
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Breeder Box
- **Model:** EZ Breeder GL-1T
- **Size:** 14 x 14 x 15 cm
- **Volume:** 2.4 L
- **Mesh:** 0.7 mm stainless steel, bottom
- **Body:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Mounting:** 6-step hanger and 2-step bracket
- **Other Sizes:** Ez Breeder - Bl-2tf, 0.2 mm side mesh (SKU ZA56035); Bl-3t, 0.7 mm bottom and side mesh (SKU ZA56027)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Fabric Air Stone - Zad-17
17 mm weighted fabric air diffuser with six spare disks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-fabric-air-stone-zad-17/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56060 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560604
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56060.jpg
An air stone that stops bubbling because it has silted up usually means a trip to the shop, and a stone with spare parts in the pack avoids that. Ziss Aqua - Fabric Air Stone - Zad-17 (SKU: ZA56060) is the 17 mm size of Ziss Aqua's fabric air diffuser, built from non-woven fabric disks in place of a solid stone. Ziss says the fabric has a larger pore volume, giving longer intervals between maintenance, and the diffuser is weighted so it sinks on its own. The ZAD-17 uses more weight material than the 15 mm ZAD-15, and Ziss supplies it with six spare fabric disks. It is a single piece per pack and is covered by a Korean patent.
Bubble size is adjustable by tightening or loosening the diffuser, and Ziss notes that it must be closed tightly to produce fine bubbles. Aquarium Co-op, which sells the same Ziss adjustable stone, says tighter disks give finer bubbles, which suit sponge filters and oxygenation, but place more restriction on the air pump. The diffuser can be taken apart for cleaning, with the spare disks available when the fabric wears out. At 17 mm it is 2 mm wider than the ZAD-15, which gives a larger body and more weight than the smaller diffuser. It suits larger tanks and filters than the 15 mm version, and any air pump driving it should be checked against the restriction at the finest setting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium and larger tanks:** The 17 mm body gives more diffusing area than the ZAD-15.
- **Staying put:** Extra weight material helps the larger body stay on the bottom.
- **Sponge filters:** Fine bubbles lift water through an air-driven sponge filter.
- **Long-term use:** Six spare disks cover several rounds of cleaning or replacement.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Attach the airline:** Fit airline from the air pump to the diffuser's inlet.
- **Close it firmly:** Tighten the diffuser fully if fine bubbles are wanted.
- **Lower into the tank:** The weighted body sinks and stays on the bottom or inside the filter.
- **Swap disks when needed:** Open the diffuser, replace worn disks from the spare set and re-tighten.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Six spare disks:** Ziss lists replacement fabric with the ZAD-17.
- **Extra weight:** More weight material than the ZAD-15 to sink the larger body.
- **Adjustable bubbles:** Closing the diffuser tightly gives fine bubbles.
- **Non-woven fabric:** Larger pore volume for longer maintenance intervals, says Ziss.
- **17 mm diameter:** The larger size in the ZAD range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56060
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560604
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Fabric Air Stone
- **Model:** ZAD-17
- **Diameter:** 17 mm
- **Material:** Non-woven fabric disks, weighted body
- **In the Pack:** 1 diffuser with 6 spare fabric disks
- **Other Sizes:** Fabric Air Stone - Zad-15, 15 mm (SKU ZA56022)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, sponge filters and hatching set-ups
---
#### Ziss Aqua - Nano Tank - Zt-14
Clear 2.4 L polycarbonate cube for rearing and holding very small animals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/ziss-aqua-nano-tank-zt-14/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56051 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560512
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56051.jpg
Very small fish, fry and invertebrates are hard to keep track of in a main aquarium, and a small clear container lets them be fed, watched and moved on their own. Ziss Aqua - Nano Tank - Zt-14 (SKU: ZA56051) is a cubic mini aquarium from Ziss Aqua, moulded in clear polycarbonate and sold with a 2.4 L volume. A retailer describes it as a versatile cubic aquarium box, with a vertical design for placing several side by side. It is made in Korea like the rest of the Ziss range.
A 6 mm hole is the main feature beyond the box itself. The retailer describes it as a hole for an airline or for water changes, so air tubing or a small siphon hose can be passed through the same opening. Because polycarbonate is clear and tough, the contents can be seen from every side, and a row of boxes makes it easy to compare batches of fry or shrimp. The listings do not mention a lid, filter, heater or light, so it is more sensibly used as a rearing or holding container than as a full display aquarium; any cover, heater or filter would need to be sourced separately. Animals that outgrow a 2.4 L container will need to move to a larger tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rearing fry:** A small, separate container for growing out young fish with their own feeding routine.
- **Shrimp and small invertebrates:** A clear 2.4 L space for holding or breeding very small animals.
- **Batches side by side:** The vertical, cubic shape lets several tanks sit in a row.
- **Small water changes:** The 6 mm hole gives a route for a siphon hose or airline.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse the tank:** Wash with clean water only, with no soap or detergent, before use.
- **Choose a stable surface:** Place it on a level shelf able to carry the weight of 2.4 L of water.
- **Fit the airline:** Pass airline through the 6 mm hole if gentle aeration is wanted.
- **Fill and add animals:** Add conditioned water, then introduce the animals gradually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Clear polycarbonate:** Durable material with a view of the contents from every side.
- **2.4 L capacity:** A small volume suited to fry, shrimp and very small animals.
- **6 mm hole:** Described by a retailer as the entry for an airline or water change.
- **Cubic, vertical shape:** Designed to sit side by side with other boxes.
- **Made in Korea:** A Ziss Aqua product.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56051
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560512
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Nano Rearing Tank
- **Model:** Nano Tank ZT-14
- **Volume:** 2.4 L
- **Material:** Clear polycarbonate
- **Hole:** 6 mm, for airline or water change
- **Shape:** Cubic, vertical design
- **Target Environment:** Rearing and holding very small aquatic animals
---
### ZISSAQ — Filter Media
#### Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter Media - Zm-ii - 1l
Small moving biofilter media in a 1 L pack for Bubble Bio filters and moving bed systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/ziss-aqua-bubble-bio-filter-media-zm-ii-1l/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56014 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560147
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56014.jpg
Bacteria need surface to live on, and the less room a filter has, the smaller and more cleverly shaped that surface has to be. Ziss Aqua - Bubble Bio Filter Media - Zm-ii - 1l (SKU: ZA56014) is a 1 L pack of Ziss ZM-II, which Ziss calls the world's smallest moving filter media. The pieces are made from a high-density, non-toxic polyethylene (PE) resin and shaped to give a very high protected surface area, the part of the media where nitrifying bacteria can settle without being scoured away by the movement around them. The surface area is described as very high, but no figure has been published in the sources used.
ZM-II is the media used in Ziss Bubble Bio filters, where air lifts and rolls the pieces so that they rub against each other and keep themselves clean. Ziss also applies it in aquarium filter systems and aquaculture systems, and a retailer describes it as suitable for static filtration, where the media sits in a chamber or bag rather than moving. That makes the pack useful as a refill or top-up for a Bubble Bio, as a bio stage in a sump or canister that has spare space, or as a way to seed a new filter from an established one. The 1 L pack is larger than the filter volume of any single Bubble Bio model, which ranges from 300 to 600 mL in the sizes carried here. Ziss does not publish a recommended fill rate in the sources used, so match the amount to the filter's media chamber.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Refilling a Bubble Bio:** Replacing media that has been lost, or topping up a filter after cleaning.
- **Adding biological capacity:** A second media stage in a tank or sump that has room to spare.
- **Static filter chambers:** Media bags or baskets where a compact, high-surface material is wanted.
- **Aquaculture and breeding systems:** Moving bed set-ups where the media is kept in motion by air.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the pieces in aquarium water before they go into a running system.
- **Fill the chamber:** Add media up to the filter's own filter volume, leaving the room it needs to move.
- **Keep it moving:** In a moving bed filter, set the airflow so the media rolls rather than packs down.
- **Keep it wet:** Move the media between tanks in tank water so the bacterial film is not allowed to dry out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Very small pieces:** Described by Ziss as the world's smallest moving filter media.
- **High protected surface area:** Designed to hold bacteria in sheltered surface.
- **Non-toxic PE resin:** High-density polyethylene resin construction.
- **Self-cleaning in motion:** Pieces rub clean when rolled in a Bubble Bio.
- **Long-term use:** Rated by the maker for long service life.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56014
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560147
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Moving Bed Biomedia
- **Model:** Ziss Media ZM-II
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Material:** High-density non-toxic PE resin
- **Used In:** Ziss Bubble Bio filters, aquarium filter systems and aquaculture systems
- **Companion Product:** Ziss Bubble Bio filters, 300–600 mL filter volumes
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and aquaculture systems
---
### ZISSAQ — Air Pump
#### Ziss Aqua - Fabric Air Stone - Zad-15
15 mm weighted air diffuser with fabric disks and adjustable bubble size.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/ziss-aqua-fabric-air-stone-zad-15/
- Price: $3.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56022 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560222
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56022.jpg
Ceramic air stones clog gradually and are usually thrown away, whereas a stone built from fabric disks can simply be taken apart. Ziss Aqua - Fabric Air Stone - Zad-15 (SKU: ZA56022) is the 15 mm size of Ziss Aqua's fabric air diffuser, which uses non-woven fabric disks in place of a solid stone. Ziss says the fabric has a larger pore volume, giving longer intervals between maintenance, and the diffuser is weighted so that it sinks on its own. It is supplied as a single piece and is covered by a Korean patent.
The bubble size is adjustable: tightening the diffuser closes up the fabric disks and gives finer bubbles, and Ziss notes that it must be closed tightly to get fine bubbles. Aquarium Co-op, which sells the same Ziss adjustable stone, says tighter disks produce finer bubbles, which suit sponge filters and oxygenation, but add more restriction for the air pump. The stone can be taken apart to clean it or to replace the disks if it clogs. The ZAD-15 is the smaller of the two sizes, against 17 mm for the ZAD-17, which Ziss supplies with more weight material and six spare fabric disks. A 15 mm body fits where space is tight, such as inside a small sponge filter or a nano tank, and the air pump should be able to cope with the restriction at the finest setting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small aquariums:** The 15 mm body fits nano tanks and small containers.
- **Sponge filters:** A fine-bubble stone for lifting water in an air-driven sponge filter.
- **Breeding and rearing set-ups:** Gentle aeration for hatching, fry tanks and small tubs.
- **Replacing clogged stones:** A diffuser that can be opened and cleaned rather than discarded.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Connect the airline:** Push airline from the pump onto the diffuser's air inlet.
- **Set the bubble size:** Tighten the diffuser for fine bubbles or loosen it for larger ones.
- **Place it in the tank:** The weighted body sinks to the bottom without being fixed in place.
- **Clean when flow drops:** Open the diffuser, rinse or replace the fabric disks and close it tightly again.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Non-woven fabric disks:** Larger pore volume for longer periods between maintenance, according to Ziss.
- **Adjustable bubble size:** Closing the diffuser gives finer bubbles.
- **Weighted body:** Designed to sink naturally without extra weight.
- **Takes apart:** The fabric can be cleaned or replaced.
- **15 mm diameter:** The compact size of the ZAD range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56022
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560222
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Fabric Air Stone
- **Model:** ZAD-15
- **Diameter:** 15 mm
- **Material:** Non-woven fabric disks, weighted body
- **Pack:** 1 piece
- **Other Sizes:** Fabric Air Stone - Zad-17, 17 mm (SKU ZA56060)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums, sponge filters and hatching set-ups
---
### ZISSAQ — Freshwater aquarium
#### Ziss Aqua - Air Valve - Zv-4
Clear plastic needle valve for fine control of airline flow.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/ziss-aqua-air-valve-zv-4/
- Price: $1.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ZA56054 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8809574560543
- Brand: ZISSAQ (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/zissaq/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ZA56054.jpg
An air pump runs at one strength, but a sponge filter in a fry tank, an airstone in a betta tank and a brine shrimp hatchery each want a different amount of air. Ziss Aqua - Air Valve - ZV-4 (SKU: ZA56054) is Ziss Aqua's plastic air valve, a needle-type control valve that fits into the airline between the pump and the device it feeds. Ziss describes it as giving precise air volume control, with a large head that is easy to turn by hand and a clear body that shows the airway. Like the rest of the Ziss range, all parts are made in Korea, and it is the same valve Ziss supplies with its Bubble Bio sponge filters and Artemia Blender hatcheries.
A needle valve works by narrowing the airway gradually as the head is turned, so small adjustments make small changes in flow, which is what makes it suited to slow sponge filters, gentle bubbling in shrimp and fry tanks, and steady aeration in a hatchery. One valve per line also lets a single pump serve two or more tanks, each set to its own rate, and a valve placed on a spare outlet can bleed off excess air from a pump that is too strong. A control valve is not a check valve, so a separate non-return valve is still needed where water could siphon back down the line to a pump sitting below the tank. Make clean, square cuts in the tubing for an airtight fit, and keep the valve outside the water and within easy reach, near the rim of the tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge filters:** Turn the bubble rate down for fry, shrimp and betta tanks.
- **Brine shrimp hatcheries:** Steady aeration without blowing cysts out of the water.
- **Multiple tanks from one pump:** A valve on each line to balance the airflow.
- **Replacement part:** A spare for a Ziss hatchery or Bubble Bio filter.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Cut the airline:** Make a clean, square cut where the valve will sit.
- **Push on the tubing:** Fit the pump side and the tank side firmly onto the valve.
- **Adjust slowly:** Turn the head in small steps until the flow is right.
- **Add a check valve:** Fit one separately if the pump sits below the water line.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Needle-valve design:** Fine, gradual control of air volume.
- **Large head:** Easy to grip and turn.
- **Clear body:** Plastic construction with a visible airway.
- **Made in Korea:** All parts produced by Ziss.
- **Ziss original part:** The valve supplied with Ziss hatcheries and sponge filters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Ziss Aqua (Korea)
- **SKU:** ZA56054
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8809574560543
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Airline Control Valve
- **Model:** ZV-4
- **Valve Type:** Needle valve, manual adjustment
- **Material:** Clear plastic
- **Contents:** 1 valve
- **Used With:** Ziss Bubble Bio sponge filters and Artemia Blender hatcheries
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with air-driven equipment
---
### Triton — Additives & Supplements
#### Triton Alkalinity Increaser (CO3) (1L)
Liquid alkalinity buffer for lifting low KH in reef aquariums without touching calcium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-alkalinity-increaser-co3-1l/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2030
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/co3_alkalinity_increaser_1000ml_front_edited.jpg
A home test that reads 5 dKH when the target is 7 to 8 calls for a correction that raises carbonate hardness and leaves everything else where it is. Triton Alkalinity Increaser (CO3) (1L) (SKU: 2030) is Triton's liquid alkalinity buffer for marine aquariums, listed by the maker simply as CO3. According to Triton, it raises alkalinity without affecting calcium, magnesium or trace elements, so a low KH reading can be corrected without disturbing the rest of a balanced dosing routine. Corals and other calcifying invertebrates use carbonate as they build their skeletons, and a steady carbonate level also keeps pH from swinging. The 1 L bottle is measured by the millilitre and dosed straight into the system, and Triton rates it at basic skill level.
Triton's dose rate is strong and easy to work with: 100 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 3 dKH, which is 1 mL per litre of aquarium water. Put another way, roughly 33 mL per 100 L lifts KH by 1 dKH, so a 300 L system that is one degree low needs about 100 mL, and the whole bottle raises 1,000 L by about 3 dKH. Triton recommends keeping alkalinity at 7 to 8 dKH, dosing into an area of good water flow and testing alkalinity daily while the level is being adjusted. Before any correction, check that the alkalinity test kit itself reads accurately, because a drifting reagent can trigger a dose the tank does not need. Triton points to its N-DOC water analysis for a true alkalinity figure.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low KH reading:** Bringing alkalinity back up to Triton's 7–8 dKH range.
- **Alkalinity-only corrections:** Raising carbonate hardness while calcium and magnesium stay where they are.
- **Alongside an existing routine:** A separate correction for tanks already on two-part, Core7 or a calcium reactor.
- **High-demand SPS systems:** Topping up alkalinity where coral growth consumes it quickly.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check the test kit:** Confirm the alkalinity test reads accurately before calculating a dose.
- **Calculate the amount:** 100 mL per 100 L for a 3 dKH rise, or about 33 mL per 100 L per degree.
- **Dose into flow:** Add it to an area of good water movement in the sump or display.
- **Test daily:** Re-check alkalinity each day while working towards 7–8 dKH.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Alkalinity only:** Triton states calcium, magnesium and trace elements are unaffected.
- **Strong liquid dose:** 100 mL per 100 L gives about 3 dKH.
- **Measured by the millilitre:** Easy to scale from a nano tank to a large system.
- **Clear target:** Triton recommends 7–8 dKH.
- **Basic skill level:** Triton's own rating for this buffer.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2030
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Alkalinity Buffer
- **Net Volume:** 1 L (1,000 mL), liquid
- **Dose Rate:** 100 mL per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 3 dKH (1 mL per litre)
- **Treatment Capacity:** Raises about 1,000 L by 3 dKH, or about 3,000 L by 1 dKH
- **Recommended Alkalinity:** 7–8 dKH
- **Application:** Dose into good water flow; test alkalinity daily while adjusting
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Other Size and Format:** Triton Alkalinity Increaser (NaHCO3) (4kg), SKU 1050, a dry DIY salt
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Alkalinity Increaser (NaHCO3) (4kg)
Bulk sodium bicarbonate for mixing your own reef alkalinity solution.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-alkalinity-increaser-nahco3-4kg/
- Price: $69.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1050
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nahco3_alkalinity_increaser_4000g_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Large reef systems and DIY two-part users go through alkalinity faster than any ready-made bottle can keep up with, and buying the raw salt is how most of them keep the cost sensible. Triton Alkalinity Increaser (NaHCO3) (4kg) (SKU: 1050) is Triton's DIY alkalinity salt, a 4,000 g pack of sodium hydrogen carbonate (sodium bicarbonate, NaHCO 3 ) that is dissolved in RODI water and dosed to raise carbonate hardness. Triton packs its DIY salts in-house and tests them at TRITON Lab, and the salt suits two-part, three-part and other do-it-yourself dosing methods. Retailer information adds that it raises alkalinity without changing other elements or compounds, and that it is aimed at larger tanks that need large additions.
Triton's reference rate is 3 g per 100 L to raise alkalinity by about 1 dKH, with a target of 7 to 8 dKH. A 500 L system therefore needs about 15 g for each degree, and the 4 kg pack covers more than 260 such one-degree corrections on that volume. The salt is always dissolved fully in RODI water first and the solution added to an area of good water flow, never poured in as dry powder. On the Triton Method the amount to add is taken from the Dosage tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis; outside the method, test alkalinity, calculate the shortfall, dose and retest a few hours later. For a matched two-part routine, the companion salt is Triton Calcium Increaser (CaCl 2 ) in the same 4 kg size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **DIY two-part dosing:** The alkalinity half of a home-mixed calcium and alkalinity routine.
- **Large reef systems:** Tanks whose daily alkalinity demand makes bottled buffers costly.
- **Three-part and Balling-style methods:** A pure alkalinity salt for custom mixes.
- **One-off corrections:** Bringing a low KH reading back up to 7–8 dKH.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Work out the amount:** 3 g per 100 L for each 1 dKH rise required.
- **Dissolve completely:** Mix the salt into RODI water until no grains remain.
- **Add to high flow:** Pour the solution slowly into a well-circulated part of the sump or display.
- **Retest:** Check alkalinity again a few hours after dosing and adjust the next dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sodium hydrogen carbonate:** A single-compound alkalinity salt.
- **Packed and tested by Triton:** Quality controlled at TRITON Lab.
- **Easy arithmetic:** 3 g per 100 L for roughly 1 dKH.
- **Bulk 4 kg pack:** Hundreds of corrections for a mid-size reef.
- **Method-flexible:** Suits two-part, three-part and other DIY routines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1050
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > DIY Alkalinity Salt
- **Compound:** Sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3)
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg (4,000 g), powder
- **Dose Rate:** 3 g per 100 L raises alkalinity by about 1 dKH
- **Recommended Alkalinity:** 7–8 dKH
- **Preparation:** Dissolve in RODI water; add to an area of good flow
- **Companion Product:** Triton Calcium Increaser (CaCl2) 4 kg
- **Other Size and Format:** Triton Alkalinity Increaser (CO3) (1L), SKU 2030, a ready liquid buffer
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Base Elements CORE7 Bulk Edition (4x4L)
Bulk Core7 dosing set for running the full Triton Method on larger reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-base-elements-core7-bulk-edition-4x4l/
- Price: $164.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1011,2
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/core7_flex_base_elements_4x4l_en_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
The Triton Method sets out to replace routine water changes with measured daily dosing, and on a large reef the litre bottles run out within weeks. Triton Base Elements CORE7 Bulk Edition (4x4L) (SKU: 1011,2) is the bulk Core7 Base Elements set, an ionically balanced, highly concentrated dosing system supplying calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and other seawater and trace elements. The bulk set is made up with RODI water into four 4 L solutions, or two 8 L solutions for two-part dosing. Retailer mixing tables list powder bags A to D and Liquid 1B in the set. In the Base Elements version, Liquid 1B contains TRITON Infusion, Triton's trace blend, making it the version for the full Triton Method with a refugium and macroalgae filtration.
The same set runs as four-part, three-part or two-part. In four-part, Solution 1 is an ionic mix carrying magnesium, potassium, strontium, fluorine, boron and bromine, Solution 2 is calcium, and Solutions 3a and 3b both supply alkalinity; three-part combines the two alkalinity solutions. Four-part needs four dosing pump heads and is the version Triton recommends, while two-part runs on two heads but cannot adjust calcium and magnesium independently. Triton's starting dose is 2 mL per 100 L per day for four- and three-part, or 4 mL per 100 L per day for two-part, aiming at about 7 dKH. Test alkalinity daily at first, changing the dose by 10 to 20 per cent as KH rises or falls, then every three days once stable. ICP-OES testing after two to three weeks, then every two to three months, fine-tunes the rest. The label carries a GHS07 warning: causes serious eye irritation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full Triton Method:** Reefs with a refugium and macroalgae filtration dosed by Core7.
- **Large or heavily stocked reefs:** Systems that use litres of solution each month.
- **Moving up from 1 L sets:** The same method in a bulk pack.
- **Flexible pump set-ups:** Four, three or two pump heads from one kit.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Make up with RODI water:** Mix each solution to its final volume as the set directs.
- **Start low:** 2 mL per 100 L per day in four- or three-part; 4 mL in two-part.
- **Follow alkalinity:** Adjust by 10–20 per cent until KH holds near 7 dKH.
- **Space the solutions:** Dose into high flow with at least five minutes between them.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete base dosing:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and other elements.
- **Infusion included:** Triton's trace blend is built into Liquid 1B.
- **Four-, three- or two-part:** One set, three pump configurations.
- **Bulk yield:** About 16 L of finished solution.
- **ICP-guided:** Element balance fine-tuned from Triton Lab results.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1011,2
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Dosing System (Core7 Base Elements)
- **Yield:** 4 × 4 L (four- or three-part) or 2 × 8 L (two-part), made up with RODI water
- **Starting Dose:** 2 mL per 100 L per day (four/three-part); 4 mL per 100 L per day (two-part)
- **Target Alkalinity:** About 7 dKH
- **Pump Heads:** Four for four-part; two for two-part
- **Trace Blend:** TRITON Infusion in Liquid 1B
- **Hazard:** GHS07, causes serious eye irritation
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with a refugium
---
#### Triton Boron (B) (1L)
Single-element boron supplement for reef tanks, dosed only from ICP-OES results.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-boron-b-1l/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2010B
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/boron_1000ml_plastic_bottle_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Boron rarely shows up on a hobby test kit, so most reefkeepers only learn it has drifted when a laboratory analysis puts a number on it. Triton Boron (B) (1L) (SKU: 2010B) is Triton's single-element boron supplement for marine aquariums, a 1 L liquid for raising boron on its own after an ICP-OES test has shown it to be low. Boron occurs naturally in seawater at about 4.5 mg/L, and Triton lists it among its macro elements. According to Triton it helps stabilise pH and supports the colour and health of SPS and LPS corals. The supplement sits in Triton's intermediate skill level, a step above the basic calcium, magnesium and potassium products.
Triton is direct about the risk: boron is dangerous if dosed incorrectly, and the ICP-OES recommended dosage must not be exceeded. That is why there is no fixed rate on the bottle. After a water sample is analysed by Triton Lab, the DOSE tab of the results gives the correction dose needed to reach Triton's set point, a maintenance dose to hold it there and the maximum safe daily dose for that system. Those figures are only as good as the aquarium volume entered, so Triton asks users to make sure the Aquarium Profile volume is filled in correctly. Dose into an area of high flow and leave at least five minutes between different element additions. Re-testing at regular intervals shows whether the maintenance dose is holding boron steady as the tank's demand changes. Boron is one of the ten macro elements reported in every Triton ICP-OES analysis, so each correction can be checked on the next result.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low boron on ICP:** Correcting a measured shortfall against Triton's set point.
- **Maintenance dosing:** Holding boron at about natural seawater level once corrected.
- **SPS and LPS reefs:** Systems where Triton links boron to coral colour and health.
- **Individual adjustments:** Topping up boron without moving any other element.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before dosing:** Use only the amount given in the ICP-OES DOSE tab.
- **Check the volume:** Make sure the Aquarium Profile volume is correct before reading the dose.
- **Never exceed the limit:** Keep within the maximum safe daily dose shown in the results.
- **Dose into flow:** Add to high flow and wait five minutes before the next element.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Boron only:** A single-element correction rather than a blend.
- **Natural seawater reference:** Corrections aim at about 4.5 mg/L.
- **pH support:** Triton credits boron with helping stabilise pH.
- **Intermediate skill level:** Triton's rating, with a clear overdose warning.
- **1 L liquid:** Measured straight from the bottle in millilitres.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2010B
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Boron)
- **Element:** Boron (B)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L (1,000 mL), liquid
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 4.5 mg/L
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Dose into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Warning:** Dangerous if dosed incorrectly; do not exceed the ICP-OES recommended dose
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Bromine (Br) X10 Strength (100ml)
Ten-times concentrated bromine for ICP-guided reef corrections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-bromine-br-x10-strength-100ml/
- Price: $44.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2010Br
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/bromine_br_x10_100ml_front_02_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Bromine is one of the more abundant elements in natural seawater, yet it is easy to overlook until an ICP-OES analysis shows it sitting below the line. Triton Bromine (Br) X10 Strength (100ml) (SKU: 2010Br) is Triton's single-element bromine supplement for marine aquariums, supplied as a ten-times concentrate in a 100 mL bottle. Natural seawater carries roughly 62 mg/L of bromine, and Triton groups it with its macro elements. Triton notes that research has associated bromine with pink colouration in SPS corals, and the supplement is meant to correct a measured shortfall without adding any other element. Triton places it at intermediate skill level.
The concentrate is where the care comes in. Triton's instruction is to dose with extreme care, because bromine can be dangerous to Acropora at elevated concentrations, and with a ten-times strength product every millilitre counts, so measure each dose accurately. The amount to add comes from the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis, which sets out a correction dose, a maintenance dose and the maximum safe daily dose for the system based on the Aquarium Profile volume. Add the dose into an area of high flow and leave at least five minutes between different element adjustments. Triton also points out that bromine is found in construction dust, so renovation work near the tank is a possible source; keeping the aquarium free of environmental contamination avoids pushing the level too high before any supplement is added. A high bromine reading on the analysis is therefore a reason to look for an outside source rather than to keep dosing.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low bromine on ICP:** Raising a measured shortfall towards natural seawater level.
- **SPS colour work:** Reefs where bromine is part of a colour-focused element plan.
- **Small, precise doses:** Ten-times strength keeps volumes low.
- **Maintenance:** Holding bromine steady once the set point is reached.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Follow the DOSE tab:** Use the correction and maintenance amounts from the ICP-OES results.
- **Measure precisely:** Use a syringe or pipette; the liquid is ten times concentrated.
- **Protect Acropora:** Never exceed the maximum safe daily dose.
- **Dose into flow:** High-flow area, five minutes apart from other elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **X10 concentrate:** A full-strength supply in a 100 mL bottle.
- **Single element:** Bromine without other compounds or elements.
- **Natural seawater reference:** Corrections aim at about 62 mg/L.
- **Coral colour link:** Triton cites research tying bromine to pink in SPS.
- **Intermediate skill level:** Triton's rating, with an Acropora caution.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2010Br
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Bromine)
- **Element:** Bromine (Br)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid, 10× concentrate
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 62 mg/L
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Dose into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Warning:** Can be dangerous to Acropora at elevated concentrations
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton CYA-NO Cyanobacteria Inhibitor (100ml)
Antibiotic-free cyanobacteria control that shifts reef nutrient ratios.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-cya-no-cyanobacteria-inhibitor-100ml/
- Price: $40.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 4001
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/triton_cya-no_100ml.webp
Red slime on the sand usually says more about the nutrient balance of a reef than about the slime itself, which is why siphoning it out only works until it grows back. Triton CYA-NO Cyanobacteria Inhibitor (100ml) (SKU: 4001) is Triton's cyanobacteria inhibitor for reef aquariums, a 100 mL liquid that works on the conditions cyanobacteria thrive in rather than attacking them directly. Triton developed it from its N-DOC laboratory testing and its work on the N:C:P ratio; it influences nitrogen, iodine, phosphorus, potassium and boron levels and the balance between nitrogen, carbon and phosphorus. Retailer information describes it as encouraging beneficial organisms that compete with cyanobacteria, gradually moving the tank away from conditions they favour.
Triton states that CYA-NO is reef-safe, containing no antibiotics and no heavy metals, and it is described as safe to use in any reef system. It works slowly by design, so results come over days rather than overnight. The most accurate dose is calculated from a Triton N-DOC analysis using the online calculator on Triton's website, and Triton recommends pairing the treatment with an N-DOC test; a generic dosage is available where the water parameters are not known. Triton is honest about the limits: CYA-NO works against the most common forms of cyanobacteria, not all varieties, and if cyanobacteria increase after four or more days of treatment, dosing should stop immediately. Triton rates the product at basic to intermediate skill level. For long-term balance of the N:C:P ratio after treatment, Triton points to its Organics range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cyanobacteria outbreaks:** Red or dark slime mats on sand, rock or glass.
- **Nutrient imbalance:** Tanks where N-DOC results show a skewed N:C:P ratio.
- **Antibiotic-free control:** Reefs where antibiotic treatments are unwanted.
- **Mixed reef systems:** Corals, fish and invertebrates together.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test with N-DOC:** Use the results in Triton's online CYA-NO calculator.
- **Generic dose:** Use Triton's standard dosage only when parameters are unknown.
- **Allow time:** Expect a gradual effect rather than an overnight change.
- **Watch day four:** Stop at once if cyanobacteria are spreading after four or more days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Works on conditions:** Shifts the nutrient balance cyanobacteria depend on.
- **No antibiotics or heavy metals:** Triton's reef-safe formulation.
- **N-DOC based:** Developed from Triton's organic carbon and nitrogen testing.
- **Calculated dosing:** Online calculator for a tank-specific dose.
- **Clear stop rule:** Halt if cyanobacteria increase after four days.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 4001
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Cyanobacteria Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid
- **Elements Influenced:** N, I, P, K and B, and the N:C:P ratio
- **Dose Rate:** Calculated from N-DOC results; generic dose where parameters are unknown
- **Contains:** No antibiotics, no heavy metals
- **Skill Level:** Basic to intermediate
- **Companion Product:** Triton N-DOC water analysis
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton CaRx Calcium Reactor Media
High-density, low-silt reactor media for stable calcium and alkalinity.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-carx-calcium-reactor-media/
- Price: $149.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3060
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/carx_calcium_reactor_media_10kg_front_edited-1000x1000-1.jpg
A calcium reactor can only feed the tank what its media is made of, so purity matters as much as the reactor itself. Triton CaRx Calcium Reactor Media (SKU: 3060) is Triton's high-purity calcium reactor medium, made for professional reef systems and the Triton Method and supplied as a 10 kg box. Triton states that it dissolves almost completely, prevents silting and contamination-related problems, and delivers stable calcium and alkalinity output. The particle size is optimised for calcium reactors, and the density is high enough that the media needs replacing less often than many alternatives, which Triton presents as a cost advantage in large aquariums.
Triton recommends running the reactor at a pH of 6.0 to 6.2. The media is designed to work alongside Triton Infusion, the trace element additive, so that calcium, alkalinity and trace elements are all kept stable, and Triton calls it cost-effective when used with Infusion. It is suited to DaStaCo reactors and, according to retailers quoting Triton, to calcium reactors in general. No grain size range, purity percentage or replacement interval is published, so those are left to the reactor maker's manual. One retailer suggests passing the reactor effluent through an aerated cup in the sump to drive off CO2 and lift tank pH before the water spills over.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Calcium reactors:** Filling a new chamber or refilling one that has dissolved down.
- **Triton Method tanks:** A calcium and alkalinity source that fits the method's testing and dosing routine.
- **Larger reef systems:** High density means fewer refills, which matters most with a big chamber.
- **Silting problems:** A swap for media that leaves silt or fines in the chamber.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fill the chamber:** Pour the media in to the level given in the reactor's own manual.
- **Set the reactor pH:** Adjust CO2 and flow until the chamber reads 6.0 to 6.2.
- **Let output settle:** Allow the effluent to stabilise, then test calcium and alkalinity in the tank.
- **Top up as it dissolves:** Add more media as the level falls rather than waiting for the chamber to empty.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High purity:** Intended to avoid contamination-related problems in the aquarium.
- **Dissolves almost completely:** Leaves little residue to build up in the chamber.
- **No silting:** Keeps the reactor running efficiently.
- **High density:** Needs replacing less often, according to Triton.
- **Reactor-specific particles:** Particle size optimised for calcium reactors.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 3060
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Reactor Media
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg box
- **Function:** Calcium and alkalinity supply through a calcium reactor
- **Recommended Reactor pH:** 6.0–6.2
- **Compatibility:** DaStaCo reactors and calcium reactors in general
- **Companion Product:** Triton Infusion trace element additive
- **Method:** Suited to the Triton Method
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums with a calcium reactor
---
#### Triton Calcium (Ca) (1KG)
Single-element calcium for correcting a low ICP reading without changing Core7 ratios.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-calcium-ca-1kg/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2010Ca
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/calcium_ca_1000ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
When calcium slips on a Core7-dosed reef, the instinct is to turn up the calcium pump, but that upsets the balance the dosing system is built around. Triton Calcium (Ca) (1KG) (SKU: 2010Ca) is Triton's single-element calcium supplement for marine aquariums, a 1 kg pack for raising calcium on its own once a test has shown a shortfall. Natural seawater holds about 420 to 440 mg/L of calcium, and Triton describes it as essential to skeleton calcification in SPS and LPS corals, as well as helping to stabilise pH. Triton rates it at basic skill level, alongside its magnesium and potassium supplements.
Triton's guidance for Core7 users is specific: if calcium drops, correct it with this product and do not increase Core7 Component 2. The correction amount comes from the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis, which gives a correction dose to reach the set point, a maintenance dose to hold it and the maximum safe daily dose for that system. Because the calculation depends on tank volume, Triton asks users to make sure the Aquarium Profile volume is filled in correctly so that the dosage information is right. Add the supplement into an area of high flow and leave at least five minutes between different element adjustments, since elements can react with one another when added together. A falling calcium reading should also prompt a check of alkalinity and magnesium, which are consumed by the same calcification process. Follow-up tests show whether the maintenance amount is enough as corals grow and demand rises.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low calcium on Core7:** Correcting calcium without raising Component 2.
- **Low calcium on ICP:** Bringing a measured shortfall up towards 420–440 mg/L.
- **Stony-coral reefs:** SPS and LPS systems where calcification draws calcium down.
- **Maintenance dosing:** Holding calcium at the set point once corrected.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Base every dose on an ICP-OES analysis and its DOSE tab.
- **Set the volume:** Confirm the Aquarium Profile volume before reading the dose.
- **Leave Core7 alone:** Correct with this supplement rather than changing Component 2.
- **Space the additions:** Dose into high flow, five minutes apart from other elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium on its own:** A targeted correction instead of a blend.
- **Protects Core7 balance:** Triton's recommended fix for a calcium dip.
- **Skeleton building:** Essential to SPS and LPS calcification.
- **pH support:** Triton credits calcium with helping stabilise pH.
- **Basic skill level:** Triton's own rating for this supplement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2010Ca
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Calcium)
- **Element:** Calcium (Ca)
- **Pack Size:** 1 kg
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 420–440 mg/L
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Dose into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Calcium Increaser (CaCI2) (4kg)
Bulk calcium chloride dihydrate for DIY reef calcium dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-calcium-increaser-caci2-4kg/
- Price: $69.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1070
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cacl2_dihydrate_calcium_increaser_4000g_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
A reef full of growing stony corals can draw calcium down by tens of milligrams a week, and topping it up from small bottles soon becomes the most expensive line in the maintenance budget. Triton Calcium Increaser (CaCI2) (4kg) (SKU: 1070) is Triton's DIY calcium salt, a 4,000 g pack of calcium chloride dihydrate (CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O) for dissolving in RODI water and dosing to raise calcium. Triton packs its DIY salts in-house and quality controls them at TRITON Lab, and the salt is suited to two-part, three-part and other do-it-yourself supplement methods. Retailer information adds that it raises calcium without changing other elements or compounds and suits larger tanks that need large additions.
Triton's reference rate is 3 g per 100 L to raise calcium by about 10 mg/L, with natural seawater sitting at about 420 to 440 mg/L. On a 1,000 L system, a 10 mg/L lift therefore takes about 30 g, so the 4 kg bag covers well over a hundred such corrections at that size. Dissolve the salt fully in RODI water before it goes in, then add the solution slowly to an area of good water flow. Triton Method users take the amount from the Dosage tab of their ICP-OES analysis; others test calcium, calculate the shortfall, dose and retest after a few hours. For two-part dosing, the matching alkalinity salt is Triton Alkalinity Increaser (NaHCO 3 ) in the same 4 kg size, and retailer information suggests a magnesium salt alongside for a complete routine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **DIY two-part:** The calcium half of a home-mixed calcium and alkalinity routine.
- **Large stony-coral systems:** Tanks where calcium demand makes ready-made liquids costly.
- **Custom multi-part mixes:** A single-compound calcium salt for three-part methods.
- **Correcting a low reading:** Lifting calcium back towards 420–440 mg/L.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Calculate:** Allow 3 g per 100 L for each 10 mg/L of calcium required.
- **Dissolve in RODI:** Stir until the solution is clear before dosing.
- **Pour slowly into flow:** Add to a well-circulated area of the sump or display.
- **Test again:** Recheck calcium a few hours later before the next addition.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium chloride dihydrate:** A pure, single-compound calcium source.
- **In-house packing:** Tested and quality controlled at TRITON Lab.
- **Simple dose maths:** 3 g per 100 L for about 10 mg/L.
- **4 kg bulk bag:** Built for large or high-demand reefs.
- **Pairs with NaHCO3:** Triton's matching alkalinity salt for two-part.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1070
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > DIY Calcium Salt
- **Compound:** Calcium chloride dihydrate (CaCl2·2H2O)
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg (4,000 g), powder
- **Dose Rate:** 3 g per 100 L raises calcium by about 10 mg/L
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 420–440 mg/L calcium
- **Preparation:** Dissolve in RODI water; add to an area of good flow
- **Companion Product:** Triton Alkalinity Increaser (NaHCO3) 4 kg
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Chromium (Cr) (100ml)
Advanced-level chromium trace supplement for experienced reefkeepers who test by ICP.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-chromium-cr-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Cr
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/chromium_cr_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Chromium is one of the few elements where Triton's ideal reading is no reading at all, which makes it a supplement for aquarists who test often and dose with restraint. Triton Chromium (Cr) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Cr) is Triton's single-element chromium trace supplement for marine aquariums, a 100 mL liquid in the maker's advanced trace element group alongside nickel and cobalt. Triton states that chromium is known to be beneficial for natural coral pigmentation and for skeletal calcification, and the supplement lets an experienced reefkeeper add it on its own as part of an ICP-guided trace element plan rather than through a mixed blend.
Triton's dosage is 1 mL per 1,000 L, with regular ICP-OES testing. The dose can be increased to a maximum of three times, by 1 mL per 1,000 L each time, and Triton asks anyone needing further guidance to contact the company directly for dosage advice. The warnings are unusually firm: chromium is extremely dangerous if dosed incorrectly, and dosing must stop immediately if chromium appears in the ICP results at any level, because at correct dosing it should not show up on the analysis. At the base rate the 100 mL bottle holds about 100 doses for a 1,000 L system, or about 200 for a 500 L reef, so a single bottle lasts a long time. Smaller systems need fractions of a millilitre: a 400 L reef takes 0.4 mL at the base rate, which is why a fine syringe is the practical way to measure it. Add each dose into an area of high flow, apart from other element additions.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **ICP-led trace plans:** Reefs tested regularly by Triton Lab.
- **Coral pigmentation work:** Where chromium is part of a colour strategy.
- **Experienced aquarists:** Triton classes it as an advanced supplement.
- **Stepwise trials:** Small, measured increases checked by testing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start at the base rate:** 1 mL per 1,000 L of system water.
- **Increase cautiously:** At most three increases of 1 mL per 1,000 L each.
- **Stop on detection:** Cease dosing as soon as chromium appears in ICP results.
- **Ask for advice:** Contact Triton for tailored dosage guidance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chromium only:** A single trace element, not a mix.
- **Advanced skill level:** Triton's highest-caution category.
- **Clear stop rule:** Any ICP reading means stop dosing.
- **Pigment and calcification:** The roles Triton attributes to chromium.
- **Small, measured doses:** 1 mL treats 1,000 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Cr
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Chromium)
- **Element:** Chromium (Cr)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 1,000 L; increase at most three times by 1 mL per 1,000 L
- **Doses per Bottle:** About 100 base doses for 1,000 L
- **Set Point:** Not detectable on ICP-OES at correct dosing
- **Skill Level:** Advanced
- **Warning:** Extremely dangerous if dosed incorrectly
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Cobalt (Co) (100ml)
Cobalt trace element for SPS and LPS colour, for advanced aquarists only.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-cobalt-co-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Co
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/cobalt_co_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Many reefs already receive cobalt without anyone dosing it, because it arrives with the vitamins in fish food, so the first step with this supplement is checking whether the tank needs it at all. Triton Cobalt (Co) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Co) is Triton's single-element cobalt trace supplement for marine aquariums, a 100 mL liquid in the maker's advanced trace element group. According to Triton, cobalt promotes the colour and health of SPS and LPS corals. Because food can already supply it, Triton advises checking an ICP-OES analysis before dosing, and the supplement is meant for aquarists who test often enough to see the effect of each change.
Triton's dosage is 1 mL per 1,000 L, with regular ICP-OES testing to follow the result. If more is needed, the dose can be increased to a maximum of three times, each step adding 1 mL per 1,000 L, and Triton invites aquarists to contact the company for dosage advice beyond that. Triton warns that cobalt is extremely dangerous if dosed incorrectly and that dosing should stop if cobalt appears in the ICP results, since at correct dosing levels it should not be detectable. The 100 mL bottle provides about 100 base doses for a 1,000 L system; a 250 L reef uses a quarter of a millilitre per dose, so a fine syringe is the practical way to measure it. Add it into a high-flow area, separately from other elements.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After an ICP check:** Only once testing shows food is not already supplying cobalt.
- **SPS and LPS colour:** Part of a coral-colour trace element plan.
- **Advanced reefkeeping:** Systems run by aquarists who test regularly.
- **Single-element control:** Adjusting cobalt independently of other traces.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before the first dose:** Check ICP-OES results for existing cobalt.
- **Base dose:** 1 mL per 1,000 L; measure small volumes with a syringe.
- **Limit increases:** No more than three steps of 1 mL per 1,000 L.
- **Stop if detected:** Halt dosing when cobalt shows in the analysis.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single trace element:** Cobalt with no other additions.
- **Coral colour and health:** Triton's stated benefit for SPS and LPS.
- **Food-aware dosing:** Triton flags cobalt build-up from fish food vitamins.
- **Advanced skill level:** For experienced aquarists only.
- **100 mL bottle:** About 100 base doses for 1,000 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Co
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Cobalt)
- **Element:** Cobalt (Co)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 1,000 L; maximum of three increases of 1 mL per 1,000 L
- **Set Point:** Not detectable on ICP-OES at correct dosing
- **Skill Level:** Advanced
- **Warning:** Extremely dangerous if dosed incorrectly; check ICP before dosing
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton DETOX - Metal Remover (100ml)
Humic acid treatment that binds copper and lead for removal by carbon.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-detox-metal-remover-100ml/
- Price: $37.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2021
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Detox-1000x1000__26556.jpg
An ICP-OES result showing copper or lead above natural levels often explains corals that will not open, and the metal has to come out without a full water change on a stocked reef. Triton DETOX - Metal Remover (100ml) (SKU: 2021) is Triton's heavy-metal treatment for marine aquariums, a 100 mL liquid that uses natural humic acid to bind excess copper and lead so that activated carbon can then take them out of the water. Triton describes it as completely reef-safe, safe for fish, coral and invertebrates, and adds that the humic acid has antibacterial and antiparasitic properties that benefit fish. No water change is needed, and Triton rates it at basic skill level.
Triton's dose is 3 mL per 100 L, added to an area with good water flow, so the 100 mL bottle covers one treatment of a system of about 3,300 L. The sequence matters: remove activated carbon and phosphate adsorber first, switch off any ozone, then dose with the protein skimmer left running. After three days add fresh activated carbon, and after one week replace the carbon again so the bound metals leave the system with it. The water turns dark brown during treatment, which Triton states is normal, and if the skimmer starts to overflow its output should be turned down. Triton is clear that DETOX should be used only after an ICP-OES analysis has confirmed elevated copper or lead, rather than as a routine additive. A follow-up ICP test confirms the metals have gone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Elevated copper:** Confirmed by an ICP-OES analysis, from medication or equipment.
- **Elevated lead:** Contamination flagged in the unwanted-metals section of the results.
- **Stocked reefs:** Treating without removing corals, fish or invertebrates.
- **Avoiding big water changes:** Metals removed through carbon instead.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Prepare the system:** Take out carbon and phosphate adsorber; turn off ozone.
- **Dose:** 3 mL per 100 L into good flow, with the skimmer running.
- **Day three:** Put fresh activated carbon back into the system.
- **Day seven:** Replace the carbon again; turn the skimmer down if it overflows.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural humic acid:** Binds copper and lead in the water.
- **Carbon removal:** Bound metals leave with the activated carbon.
- **Reef-safe:** Safe for fish, coral and invertebrates, according to Triton.
- **No water change:** The treatment runs in the display system.
- **Brown water is normal:** A visible sign the treatment is working.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2021
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Heavy Metal Remover
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid
- **Active Principle:** Natural humic acid
- **Dose Rate:** 3 mL per 100 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 3,300 L per bottle
- **Targets:** Excess copper (Cu) and lead (Pb)
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Product:** Triton CARBON - Activated Carbon (1L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with fish, coral and invertebrates
---
#### Triton Flourine (F) (1L)
Fluorine supplement for coral skeleton building, dosed from ICP-OES analysis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-flourine-f-1l/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2010F
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/fluorine_1000ml_plastic_bottle_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Fluorine is present in natural seawater at only about 1.3 mg/L, yet it is one of the elements stony corals build into their skeletons, and a tank that grows coral steadily can draw it down. Triton Flourine (F) (1L) (SKU: 2010F) is Triton's single-element fluorine supplement for marine aquariums, a 1 L liquid for raising fluorine on its own once a laboratory test has shown it to be low. Triton describes fluorine as an important building block for coral and invertebrate skeletons and says it promotes growth and colour in LPS and SPS corals. It belongs to Triton's macro element group and carries an intermediate skill rating, with an added note that it is for experienced hobbyists only.
Triton warns that fluorine can be dangerous if dosed incorrectly, so there is no general dose rate on the bottle. Instead the amount comes from the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis, which compares the measured level with Triton's set point and gives a correction dose, a maintenance dose and the maximum safe daily dose for the system. Those figures depend on the aquarium volume recorded in the Triton Lab profile, so the profile should match the real water volume, sump included. Add each dose into an area of high flow, and keep it separate from other element additions. Fluorine is one of the ten macro elements reported in every Triton ICP-OES analysis, so regular re-testing shows whether the maintenance dose is holding the level or needs adjusting as coral growth changes demand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low fluorine on ICP:** Correcting a measured shortfall towards about 1.3 mg/L.
- **Fast-growing stony corals:** Systems where skeleton building draws fluorine down.
- **LPS and SPS colour and growth:** The benefits Triton links to fluorine.
- **Experienced reefkeepers:** Those already working from regular ICP results.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose from results:** Use only the amount in the ICP-OES DOSE tab.
- **Check the profile volume:** Make sure the recorded volume includes the sump.
- **Stay under the limit:** Never exceed the maximum safe daily dose.
- **Add into flow:** Dose into a high-flow area, separately from other elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fluorine only:** A single-element correction rather than a mix.
- **Skeleton building block:** Triton's description of fluorine's role.
- **Natural seawater reference:** Corrections aim at about 1.3 mg/L.
- **Intermediate skill level:** For experienced hobbyists, in Triton's words.
- **1 L liquid:** A long-lasting supply for maintenance dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2010F
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Fluorine)
- **Element:** Fluorine (F)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L (1,000 mL), liquid
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 1.3 mg/L
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate; experienced hobbyists only
- **Warning:** Can be dangerous if dosed incorrectly
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton INFUSION Trace Element Supplement (100ml)
Triton Method trace blend for calcium reactor, Balling and two-part reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-infusion-trace-element-supplement-100ml/
- Price: $40.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1080
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/TritionInfusion_1024x1024-1.webp
The Triton Method was built around Core7, but plenty of large reefs already run a calcium reactor or a Balling set-up and have no wish to replace it. Triton INFUSION Trace Element Supplement (100ml) (SKU: 1080) is Triton's proprietary blend of trace elements and other beneficial substances, the same trace component that is built into Core7 Base Elements, sold separately so the method can run alongside other macro dosing. It contains no macro elements: calcium, alkalinity and magnesium come from the aquarist's chosen system, whether a calcium reactor, Balling salts, two-part or kalkwasser. Triton describes it as ideal for large aquariums with calcium reactors.
According to retailer information drawn from Triton's text, the blend supplies iodine, manganese, vanadium, zinc and other trace elements in Triton's prescribed ratios, together with chelators that keep them biologically available, and a blend of substances meant to enhance algae-based nutrient control such as a refugium. Triton's dosing is tied to alkalinity: 1.25 mL for every 10 dKH of alkalinity consumed, so the dose follows the reef's actual calcification rate, and it is used daily. Triton also provides an online calculator for working out the amount. On a calcium reactor, Triton suggests a reactor pH of 6.0 to 6.2 with the effluent matched to calcium and alkalinity consumption, and ICP testing every two to three months. Aquarists already dosing Core7 Base Elements do not need it, since their Liquid 1B already contains Infusion. Core7 Reef Supplements, the version for carbon dosing, biopellets, calcium reactors or classic water changes, uses an adapted trace profile without Infusion instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Calcium reactor reefs:** Adding Triton's trace profile to reactor-supplied macros.
- **Balling and two-part users:** Following the Triton Method without Core7.
- **Kalkwasser systems:** Pairing traces with a limewater routine.
- **Core7 Reef Supplements:** The trace blend that version leaves out.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Track alkalinity use:** Measure how much alkalinity the reef consumes.
- **Scale the dose:** 1.25 mL for every 10 dKH of alkalinity consumed.
- **Dose daily:** Add into high flow, separately from other additions.
- **Confirm by ICP:** Test every two to three months to check the trace levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Trace elements only:** No calcium, alkalinity or magnesium.
- **Same blend as Core7 Base Elements:** Triton's Infusion profile on its own.
- **Chelated:** Keeps trace elements biologically available.
- **Alkalinity-linked dosing:** 1.25 mL per 10 dKH consumed.
- **Method-flexible:** Calcium reactor, Balling, two-part or kalkwasser.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1080
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element Blend
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid
- **Contents:** Trace elements including iodine, manganese, vanadium and zinc, with chelators
- **Dose Rate:** 1.25 mL per 10 dKH of alkalinity consumed; daily use
- **Not Included:** Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium
- **Dose Calculation:** Triton online dosing calculator
- **Compatible Methods:** Calcium reactor, Balling, two-part, kalkwasser, Core7 Reef Supplements
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Iodine (I) (100ml)
Single-element iodine supplement for reef aquariums, dosed from ICP results.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-iodine-i-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020I
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/iodine_i_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Dosing iodine by habit is guesswork, and Triton's answer is to measure it first and replace only what is missing. Triton Iodine (I) (100ml) (SKU: 2020I) is Triton's iodine trace element seawater supplement, a liquid single-element product in a 100 mL bottle. Triton describes iodine as beneficial for metabolic processes in reef aquaria and says it promotes the health of macro-algae and SPS coral. Because it is a single element, it raises iodine without increasing other compounds or elements, and retailers describe it as ultra-pure. It belongs to Triton's range of macro and trace element supplements, which the maker says rests on more than a decade of research into natural and closed-system seawater.
No general dose is published for it. Triton's instruction is to check the DOSE tab of a Triton Lab ICP analysis, which gives the amount for the individual tank, so the retailer pages carry no concentration or millilitres-per-litre figure. Iodine is among the elements an ICP analysis reports, so the same sample that flags a shortfall also supplies the dose. That fits the Triton Method of testing, correcting and then maintaining against set points based on natural seawater. Retailers list the product as saltwater and reef safe, and note that it does not need refrigeration. A 1 L bottle of the same product is also available for larger systems (SKU 22020I), and the ICP test kits are the natural companion.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After a low iodine result:** Replace what the ICP analysis shows is missing.
- **Targeted correction:** Adjust iodine alone without disturbing calcium, alkalinity or other trace elements.
- **SPS and macro-algae systems:** Triton ties iodine to the health of both.
- **Triton Method tanks:** Single-element adjustments driven by the lab report.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Run a Triton ICP analysis and note the iodine reading.
- **Read the DOSE tab:** The report gives the amount for that tank; no general rate is published.
- **Dose as reported:** Add no more than the report calls for.
- **Retest:** Use the next ICP result to confirm iodine has moved into range.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single element:** Iodine alone, with no other compounds or elements added.
- **Metabolic role:** Triton links iodine to metabolic processes in reef aquaria.
- **ICP-guided dosing:** The amount comes from the tank's own analysis.
- **Reef safe liquid:** Listed by retailers as saltwater safe and needing no refrigeration.
- **Small bottle:** 100 mL, with a 1 L size above it.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020I
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element (Iodine)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Element:** Iodine (I)
- **Form:** Liquid, single element
- **Dose Rate:** Per the DOSE tab of a Triton Lab ICP analysis; no general rate published
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required, per retailer listings
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits (SKU 1040)
- **Other Sizes:** Triton Iodine (I) (1L) (SKU 22020I)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Iodine (I) (1L)
Large-volume iodine supplement for big reefs and fragging systems on ICP-guided dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-iodine-i-1l/
- Price: $179.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 22020I
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Triton-Iodine-1-l.jpg
Iodine is used up steadily in a busy reef, and on a large system or a coral farm the 100 mL bottle empties faster than the next ICP test comes round. Triton Iodine (I) (1L) (SKU: 22020I) is the one-litre size of Triton's single-element iodine supplement for marine aquariums, a liquid that raises iodine on its own after testing has shown a shortfall. Natural seawater carries about 60 µg/L of iodine. Triton describes it as supporting coral fragging and tissue regeneration and as promoting the health of macroalgae and SPS corals, and it is one of the few trace elements Triton rates at basic skill level.
The dose comes from the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis, which gives a correction dose, a maintenance dose and the maximum safe daily dose for that system, and Triton asks for it to be added into an area of high flow, separately from other elements. The litre size makes most sense where those daily maintenance figures add up: systems of several thousand litres, frag tanks and coral farms. Triton also gives specific advice for fragging: reduce iodine dosing about one week before fragging SPS corals, because of the mucus response linked to high organic carbon, then resume immediately after fragging. Iodine is one of the thirteen trace elements reported in every Triton ICP-OES analysis, so its level can be followed from one test to the next through each fragging cycle. Triton's link between iodine and macroalgae health also matters in Triton Method systems, where a refugium of macroalgae carries the nutrient export.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Daily maintenance doses that would quickly empty a 100 mL bottle.
- **Coral farms and frag systems:** Iodine management around regular fragging.
- **Macroalgae refugiums:** Triton links iodine to macroalgae health.
- **Low iodine on ICP:** Correcting a shortfall towards about 60 µg/L.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Use the DOSE tab:** Correction and maintenance amounts from the ICP-OES results.
- **Before fragging:** Reduce iodine dosing about a week before cutting SPS corals.
- **After fragging:** Resume the normal dose straight away.
- **Dose into flow:** High-flow area, apart from other element additions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 1 L size:** Ten times the volume of the standard bottle.
- **Single element:** Iodine on its own for targeted adjustment.
- **Fragging support:** Triton's stated role in tissue regeneration.
- **Basic skill level:** Triton's rating for iodine.
- **Clear fragging protocol:** Reduce before, resume after.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 22020I
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Iodine)
- **Element:** Iodine (I)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L (1,000 mL), liquid
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 60 µg/L
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Fragging Note:** Reduce one week before fragging SPS; resume immediately after
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Other Sizes:** Triton Iodine (I) (100ml) (SKU 2020I)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Iron (Fe) (100ml)
Iron trace supplement for macroalgae growth and coral colour, for experienced users.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-iron-fe-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Fe
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/iron_fe_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Macroalgae in a refugium and corals in the display both draw on iron, and Triton notes that corals and algae consume it readily, so the level can fall between tests. Triton Iron (Fe) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Fe) is Triton's single-element iron supplement for marine aquariums, a 100 mL liquid in the maker's trace element group. Triton describes iron as supporting metabolic functions, stimulating macroalgae growth and contributing to coral colouration, which makes it relevant to both the refugium and the display. It carries an intermediate skill rating with a clear qualifier from Triton: experienced users only.
Triton's dosage is 1 mL per 500 L, with regular ICP-OES testing to follow the effect. The dose can be increased to a maximum of three times, adding 1 mL per 500 L each time, and Triton offers tailored advice by email for anything beyond that. The safety margin is narrow: Triton states that iron is dangerous if dosed incorrectly, that readings should stay below 1 µg/L, and that any reading above that means the level is already too high and dosing must stop immediately. Triton also explains why iron readings can fall quickly: iron binds with phosphorus, which can cause rapid drops in the measured level, so a low reading is a reason to test again before stepping the dose up. At the base rate the 100 mL bottle holds about 100 doses for a 500 L system, or about 50 for a 1,000 L reef. Measure each dose accurately and add it into an area of high flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Refugium macroalgae:** Supporting growth of algae used for nutrient export.
- **Coral colouration:** Part of a trace element plan for LPS and SPS.
- **Fast iron uptake:** Systems where ICP results show iron depleting quickly.
- **Experienced reefkeepers:** Those who test regularly and dose precisely.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Base dose:** 1 mL per 500 L of system water.
- **Step up carefully:** A maximum of three increases of 1 mL per 500 L.
- **Keep below 1 µg/L:** Stop immediately if ICP shows iron above this level.
- **Test regularly:** Use ICP-OES results to judge each change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Iron only:** A single trace element for precise control.
- **Macroalgae stimulation:** Triton's stated benefit for algae growth.
- **Coral colour support:** Iron contributes to colouration, per Triton.
- **Defined ceiling:** Readings should stay under 1 µg/L.
- **Experienced users only:** Triton's own qualifier on this supplement.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Fe
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Iron)
- **Element:** Iron (Fe)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 500 L; maximum of three increases of 1 mL per 500 L
- **Doses per Bottle:** About 100 base doses for 500 L
- **Set Point:** Below 1 µg/L on ICP-OES
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate; experienced users only
- **Warning:** Dangerous if dosed incorrectly; stop at once if the set point is exceeded
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Lithium (Li) (100ml)
Lithium trace element for reef stability and LPS condition, dosed by ICP-OES.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-lithium-li-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Li
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/lithium_li_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Lithium sits in natural seawater at around 200 µg/L, and a reef can drift away from that without any visible sign until a laboratory analysis puts the two numbers side by side. Triton Lithium (Li) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Li) is Triton's single-element lithium supplement for marine aquariums, a 100 mL liquid for raising lithium on its own once an ICP-OES test has shown it to be low. Triton describes lithium as supporting overall reef health and stability, ionic balance and coral vitality, and says it can improve the condition and feeding response of LPS corals. It sits in Triton's trace element group at intermediate skill level.
Triton's warning is direct: lithium is dangerous if dosed incorrectly, so follow ICP-OES recommendations only. The amount comes from the DOSE tab of a Triton analysis, which sets out a correction dose, a maintenance dose and the maximum safe daily dose based on the system volume, and each dose goes into an area of high flow. Triton adds two notes that help in reading the results. First, changing lithium levels can affect the growth of Bryopsis, the stubborn green hair algae, so a shift in lithium is worth watching alongside any change in algae. Second, low-grade magnesium supplements can contain lithium as a contaminant, which means a high reading may come from another product rather than from this one. Because the DOSE tab caps each day's addition at the maximum safe daily dose, a large shortfall is closed over several days rather than in one go. Lithium is one of the thirteen trace elements in every Triton ICP-OES analysis, so re-testing after a correction shows whether the maintenance dose is holding it near the natural level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low lithium on ICP:** Correcting a shortfall towards about 200 µg/L.
- **LPS-heavy reefs:** Where Triton links lithium to condition and feeding response.
- **Bryopsis watch:** Systems where algae changes follow lithium shifts.
- **Maintenance dosing:** Holding lithium steady once corrected.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **ICP results only:** Dose exactly the amount in the DOSE tab.
- **Respect the maximum:** Never exceed the safe daily dose shown.
- **Check other products:** Rule out lithium from low-grade magnesium salts.
- **Add into flow:** Dose into a high-flow area, apart from other elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lithium only:** A single-element trace correction.
- **Natural seawater reference:** About 200 µg/L.
- **Reef stability:** Triton links lithium to ionic balance and coral vitality.
- **LPS response:** Improved condition and feeding, according to Triton.
- **Intermediate skill level:** With a firm follow-ICP-only warning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Li
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Lithium)
- **Element:** Lithium (Li)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL, liquid
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 200 µg/L
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Dose into high flow
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Warning:** Dangerous if dosed incorrectly; follow ICP-OES recommendations only
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Magnesium (Mg) (1KG)
Magnesium powder for stony-coral calcification and coralline algae growth.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-magnesium-mg-1kg/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2010Mg
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/magnesium_mg_1000g_front_edited_540x.webp
Magnesium is drawn down by stony-coral skeletons and coralline algae alike, and a tank that is suddenly covered in pink and purple coralline can use it faster than expected. Triton Magnesium (Mg) (1KG) (SKU: 2010Mg) is Triton's single-element magnesium supplement for marine aquariums, a 1,000 g powder for raising magnesium on its own. Natural seawater holds about 1,320 to 1,370 mg/L of magnesium, and Triton describes it as essential to skeleton calcification in SPS and LPS corals and as supporting coralline algae growth. Triton lab-tests its macro element supplements for purity and rates magnesium at basic skill level.
Triton's reference rate is about 10 g per 100 L to raise magnesium by roughly 10 mg/L. A 400 L system that is 50 mg/L low therefore needs about 200 g, and the 1 kg pack covers 100 corrections of 10 mg/L on a 100 L tank. On the Triton Method the amount comes from the DOSE tab of an ICP-OES analysis, which gives the correction dose, the maintenance dose and the maximum safe daily dose, so Triton asks users to make sure the Aquarium Profile volume is filled in correctly to prevent incorrect dosage information. Triton notes that magnesium consumption is often higher when the method is first started, as coralline algae proliferate, and generally falls once coralline growth stabilises. Dose into an area of high flow and leave at least five minutes between different element adjustments. On a Core7-dosed reef, magnesium also arrives daily in Solution 1, so this powder is the single-element top-up for when an ICP-OES analysis shows magnesium below the set point. Magnesium is one of the ten macro elements reported in every analysis, which makes the effect of each correction easy to follow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low magnesium on ICP:** Raising a shortfall towards 1,320–1,370 mg/L.
- **Starting the Triton Method:** Covering the extra demand while coralline spreads.
- **Stony-coral reefs:** Supporting SPS and LPS skeleton building.
- **Single-element correction:** Adjusting magnesium without moving other elements.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Calculate:** About 10 g per 100 L for each 10 mg/L rise.
- **Use the DOSE tab:** Follow the ICP-OES correction and maintenance amounts.
- **Confirm the volume:** Check the Aquarium Profile volume before dosing.
- **Space additions:** High-flow area, five minutes between different elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium only:** A single-element powder supplement.
- **Calcification support:** Essential to SPS and LPS skeletons.
- **Coralline growth:** Triton links magnesium to coralline algae.
- **Lab-tested purity:** Checked at TRITON Lab.
- **Straightforward dose:** 10 g per 100 L for about 10 mg/L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2010Mg
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Magnesium)
- **Element:** Magnesium (Mg)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg (1,000 g), powder
- **Dose Rate:** About 10 g per 100 L raises magnesium by about 10 mg/L
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 1,320–1,370 mg/L
- **Application:** Dose into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Magnesium Increaser (MgCl2) (4kg)
Bulk magnesium chloride salt for DIY two-part and three-part reef dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-magnesium-increaser-mgcl2-4kg/
- Price: $69.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1060
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/mgcl2_hexahydrate_magnesium_increaser_4000g_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
A reef full of stony corals and spreading coralline algae can pull magnesium down faster than small bottles of supplement can sensibly replace it, and a dry salt mixed at home is the economical way to keep up. Triton Magnesium Increaser (MgCl2) (4kg) (SKU: 1060) is Triton's highly pure magnesium chloride hexahydrate (MgCl 2 ·6H 2 O), sold as a dry salt for raising magnesium in marine aquariums. Triton states that its DIY salts are packed in-house from the purest ingredients and are tested and quality controlled within the Triton Lab. The salt raises magnesium without adding other elements or compounds, it can be used with or without the rest of the Triton system, and the 4 kg pack is aimed at larger tanks that need big additions.
Magnesium helps hold calcium and alkalinity in solution and is consumed by corals, coralline algae and other invertebrates, so most reef tanks need topping up from time to time; Triton notes that strong coralline growth in particular raises consumption. The working reference is that 8.4 g raises 95 L (25 US gal) by 10 mg/L, which is roughly 9 g per 100 L for each 10 mg/L. The salt is dissolved completely in RODI water and the solution poured slowly into a high-flow area of the sump or display, with magnesium retested a few hours later. As a hexahydrate, about 12 per cent of its weight is magnesium, so 4 kg can lift a 1,000 L system by around 450 mg/L in total. Triton makes its DIY salts for two-part, three-part and other DIY supplement methods, and this one pairs with Triton Calcium Increaser and Alkalinity Increaser for a high-purity two-part system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low magnesium readings:** Bringing magnesium back up after a test shows a shortfall.
- **DIY two-part systems:** The magnesium component alongside calcium and alkalinity salts.
- **Coralline-heavy reefs:** Tanks where coralline algae growth drives up demand.
- **Large water volumes:** Systems where bottled magnesium becomes costly.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Test first:** Measure magnesium and work out the shortfall before weighing any salt.
- **Calculate the amount:** Allow about 8.4 g per 95 L for each 10 mg/L rise.
- **Dissolve completely:** Stir into RODI water and wait until no crystals remain.
- **Add slowly, then retest:** Pour into high flow in the sump and test again after a few hours.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Magnesium chloride hexahydrate:** The chloride form of magnesium salt, highly pure.
- **Single-element correction:** Raises magnesium without adding other compounds.
- **Packed in-house:** Tested and quality controlled within the Triton Lab.
- **Method-neutral:** Works with or without the Triton system and in any DIY method.
- **4 kg bulk pack:** Sized for large tanks and repeated batches of solution.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1060
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Magnesium Salt (DIY)
- **Compound:** Magnesium chloride hexahydrate (MgCl2·6H2O)
- **Net Weight:** 4 kg
- **Form:** Dry salt for dissolving in RODI water
- **Dose Reference:** 8.4 g per 95 L (25 US gal) raises magnesium by 10 mg/L
- **Capacity:** About 450 mg/L in total across 1,000 L (calculated)
- **Suitable Methods:** Two-part, three-part and other DIY dosing
- **Companion Products:** Triton Calcium Increaser, Triton Alkalinity Increaser
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton Manganese (Mn) (1L)
Bulk single-element manganese for LPS polyp extension, dosed from ICP-OES results.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-manganese-mn-1l/
- Price: $179.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 22020Mn
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/9683ae8da3c46ad5a72026730b3625014c19228b_2e0dff3a-073e-48b6-b60c-2a7a3c5f2132_1024x1024.webp
Goniopora have a reputation for closing up and fading in home aquariums, and manganese is the trace element Triton links most closely to how well they open. Triton Manganese (Mn) (1L) (SKU: 22020Mn) is the one-litre bottle of Triton's liquid manganese supplement for reef aquariums, made to correct manganese on its own when a Triton Lab ICP-OES analysis shows it below the set point. Triton describes manganese as supporting LPS coral health and polyp extension, with Goniopora responding particularly well, and says it also supports photosynthesis and macroalgae growth in a refugium. The same supplement comes in 100 mL; the 1 L size suits large systems, multi-tank installations and anyone dosing manganese routinely over many months.
The dose comes from the analysis rather than a fixed rate. The DOSE tab of the ICP results gives a correction dose to reach Triton's set point, a maintenance dose to hold it there, or both, together with the maximum safe daily amount for that system. Triton rates manganese at intermediate skill level and warns that it is dangerous if dosed incorrectly, so it should be added only on ICP-OES recommendations and never by guesswork. Each addition goes into an area of high flow, and at least five minutes should pass before a different element is dosed, because elements can react with one another. A follow-up analysis after a few weeks shows whether the maintenance amount is holding manganese at the set point or needs adjusting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low manganese on ICP:** Correcting a measured shortfall against Triton's set point.
- **Goniopora and LPS displays:** Tanks where polyp extension is poor and manganese tests low.
- **Refugium systems:** Supporting photosynthesis and macroalgae growth in the refugium.
- **Big or multiple systems:** A one-litre supply for large water volumes or several tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Analyse first:** Send a water sample to Triton Lab for ICP-OES testing.
- **Read the DOSE tab:** Use the correction and maintenance amounts calculated for the tank.
- **Stay under the daily limit:** Never exceed the maximum safe dose shown in the results.
- **Space the elements:** Dose into high flow and wait five minutes before the next element.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single trace element:** Adjusts manganese without changing anything else.
- **LPS focus:** Triton links it to LPS health and polyp extension.
- **Goniopora response:** Named by Triton as particularly responsive.
- **Refugium support:** Aids photosynthesis and macroalgae growth.
- **One-litre bottle:** Ten times the volume of the standard 100 mL size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 22020Mn
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Manganese)
- **Element:** Manganese (Mn)
- **Net Volume:** 1 L (1000 mL)
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Range Sizes:** 100 mL and 1000 mL
- **Companion Product:** Triton Lab ICP-OES water test
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with LPS corals or refugiums
---
#### Triton Molybdenum (Mo) (100ml)
Single-element molybdenum supplement for reef aquariums, dosed from ICP results.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-molybdenum-mo-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Mo
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/molybdenum_mo_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Enzyme-related trace elements only matter if the tank actually runs short of them, and that is a question for a lab report rather than a hunch. Triton Molybdenum (Mo) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Mo) is Triton's molybdenum trace element seawater supplement, a liquid single-element product in a 100 mL bottle for reef aquariums. Triton describes molybdenum as beneficial for enzyme processes and says it can promote colouration in SPS and LPS corals. As a single-element product it lets the aquarist raise molybdenum without increasing other compounds or elements, and retailers describe the supplement as ultra-pure. It is part of the Triton range of macro and trace element supplements, which the maker says rests on more than a decade of research into natural and closed-system seawater.
Triton publishes no concentration and no general dose for it. The instruction is to check the DOSE tab of the tank's Triton Lab ICP analysis, which sets the amount, and that dependence on testing is the point of the product: Triton's method is to test, compare the results with its set points based on natural seawater, and correct only the elements that are out of range. Retailers list it for saltwater aquariums, and the dose report is the reference to follow rather than a rule of thumb. Only the 100 mL bottle is listed, and the ICP test kits are the usual companion.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After a low molybdenum result:** Top up the element the lab report flags as depleted.
- **Single-element adjustment:** Correct molybdenum alone and leave the rest of the water chemistry as it is.
- **SPS and LPS reefs:** Triton says the element can help coral colouration.
- **Triton Method systems:** Maintenance guided by periodic ICP testing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Get the baseline:** Send a water sample for a Triton ICP analysis and read the molybdenum value.
- **Follow the DOSE tab:** The report states how much to add; Triton publishes no standard dose.
- **Do not guess:** Without a result there is no basis for dosing, so test before the first drop.
- **Check again:** Confirm the value at the next ICP test before continuing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single element:** Molybdenum on its own, with no other elements added.
- **Enzyme processes:** Triton links the element to enzyme function in reef aquaria.
- **Colour support:** Triton says it can promote colouration in SPS and LPS corals.
- **Dose from the report:** The amount is read from the tank's ICP analysis.
- **Liquid, 100 mL:** A single bottle size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Mo
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Trace Element (Molybdenum)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Element:** Molybdenum (Mo)
- **Form:** Liquid, single element
- **Dose Rate:** Per the DOSE tab of a Triton Lab ICP analysis; no general rate published
- **Companion Product:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits (SKU 1040)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums
---
#### Triton N-FUSE Component 1 (100ml)
Carrier-solution half of Triton's two-part nutrient delivery system for SPS and LPS corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-n-fuse-component-1-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 4005
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/triton-n-fuse-component-1-100ml-TRITON-NFUSE-COMP1.webp
Much of the food squirted at corals drifts straight past them and ends up in the skimmer or the sand, and that waste is what Triton set out to cut with N-FUSE. Triton N-FUSE Component 1 (100ml) (SKU: 4005) is the first of the two parts of N-FUSE, Triton's synthetic nutrient carrier for SPS and LPS corals, supplied as a 100 mL liquid. Component 1 creates the carrier solution: it is mixed with RODI water and with whichever coral food, amino acids or nutrient supplement is being used, before Component 2 is added to trigger encapsulation. Triton says the concept is inspired by the ultra-fine, nutrient-rich coral dust excreted by parrotfish, which corals have evolved to feed on, and was developed from research on Australia's Great Barrier Reef. N-FUSE is not a food in its own right; it carries existing foods and supplements to the corals.
Triton's method starts with 10 mL of Component 1 in 100 mL of RODI water in a clean container. The chosen food or supplement is added and mixed thoroughly, then 10 mL of Component 2 goes in and a fine crystalline powder forms, and the mixture is dispensed gently around and onto the corals with a syringe. Both components are needed every time; Component 1 cannot be used alone. Triton allows up to three applications a week and asks to be contacted before using it more often. With 10 mL per feed, the bottle provides ten applications, a little over three weeks at the maximum frequency. Triton states that food and supplement use can be cut by up to 70 per cent, with less water pollution as a result, and designs N-FUSE to follow X-PAND, which opens the polyps first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Target feeding SPS and LPS:** Delivering food directly onto the corals that need it.
- **Amino acid and coral food users:** Making existing products go further.
- **Nutrient-sensitive reefs:** Reducing the share of food that ends up as waste.
- **After X-PAND:** Feeding once polyps have expanded.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Make the carrier:** 10 mL Component 1 into 100 mL RODI water.
- **Add the food:** Stir in coral food, amino acids or nutrient supplement thoroughly.
- **Add Component 2:** 10 mL, then watch for the crystalline powder to form.
- **Apply by syringe:** Gently around and onto corals, up to three times a week.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carrier base:** Component 1 forms the solution that takes up the food.
- **Works with existing foods:** Amino acids, coral foods and nutrient supplements.
- **Parrotfish-inspired:** Modelled on fine coral dust found on natural reefs.
- **Less waste:** Up to 70 per cent less food and supplement, according to Triton.
- **Ten feeds per bottle:** 10 mL used per application.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 4005
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Feeding Carrier (Part 1)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Use per Application:** 10 mL in 100 mL RODI water
- **Applications per Bottle:** 10 (calculated)
- **Frequency:** Up to 3 times per week
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Component:** Triton N-FUSE Component 2 (100mL) (SKU 4006), required
- **Pairs With:** Triton X-PAND (SKU 4004)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with SPS and LPS corals
---
#### Triton N-FUSE Component 2 (100mL)
Encapsulating second part that turns coral food into a fine nutrient-carrying powder.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-n-fuse-component-2-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 4006
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/n-fuse_comp2_front_2-600x600-1.jpg
The step that makes N-FUSE work is the cloud of fine crystals that appears when the second part goes into the mix. Triton N-FUSE Component 2 (100mL) (SKU: 4006) is the second of the two parts of N-FUSE, Triton's synthetic nutrient carrier for SPS and LPS corals, in a 100 mL bottle. Its job is to trigger encapsulation: added to the carrier solution made from Component 1, RODI water and the chosen food, it forms a crystalline powder that holds amino acids, coral foods or nutrient supplements and takes them to the corals. Triton modelled the idea on the fine, nutrient-rich coral dust that parrotfish leave behind on natural reefs, a food source corals have evolved to use, and developed it through research on the Great Barrier Reef.
Order matters. Component 2 always goes in last, once 10 mL of Component 1 has been mixed into 100 mL of RODI water and the food has been stirred through thoroughly; 10 mL of Component 2 is then added and the crystal formation observed, and the mixture is gently syringed around and onto the target corals. Component 2 has no use without Component 1. As both parts are used at 10 mL a time, the two 100 mL bottles run out together after ten applications. Triton sets a limit of three applications a week, with a request to contact Triton before going beyond that. According to Triton, feeding this way can reduce food and supplement requirements by up to 70 per cent and cut water pollution. N-FUSE is intended to be used after X-PAND, which expands the polyps within minutes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Completing an N-FUSE mix:** The final step after Component 1 and the food.
- **Precise coral feeding:** Fine particles delivered straight onto SPS and LPS.
- **Cutting feeding waste:** Less food left to break down in the system.
- **X-PAND feeding routines:** Applied once polyps have opened.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Prepare first:** 10 mL Component 1 in 100 mL RODI water, plus the food.
- **Add 10 mL last:** Pour in Component 2 after the food is fully mixed.
- **Look for crystals:** A crystalline powder forms as encapsulation takes place.
- **Syringe onto corals:** Apply gently, no more than three times a week.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Encapsulation trigger:** Converts the mix into a fine nutrient-carrying powder.
- **Visible reaction:** Crystal formation shows the mix is ready.
- **Matched usage:** 10 mL per feed, the same as Component 1.
- **Reef-research origin:** Developed from Great Barrier Reef studies.
- **Basic skill level:** A simple measured routine with a syringe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 4006
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Feeding Carrier (Part 2)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Use per Application:** 10 mL, added last to the Component 1 mix
- **Applications per Bottle:** 10 (calculated)
- **Frequency:** Up to 3 times per week
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Component:** Triton N-FUSE Component 1 (100ml) (SKU 4005), required
- **Pairs With:** Triton X-PAND (SKU 4004)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with SPS and LPS corals
---
#### Triton NH ALPHA Nitrogen Supplement (100ml)
Organic and inorganic nitrogen for clean reef tanks running short of nitrogen.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-nh-alpha-nitrogen-supplement-100ml/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3050
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nitrogen-Alpha-1000x1000__35476.jpg
Very clean reef water looks impressive on a nitrate test, but corals that run short of nitrogen lose colour and vitality however well the trace elements are dosed. Triton NH ALPHA Nitrogen Supplement (100ml) (SKU: 3050) is the nitrogen supplement in Triton's Organics range, a 100 mL liquid blend of organic and inorganic nitrogen compounds for reef aquariums without cyanobacteria problems. Triton says it restores nitrogen balance to support coral colour and vitality, covers the nitrogen needs of corals, algae and beneficial microbes, and helps bring the system towards the TRITON Ratio. Faster uptake of trace element supplements and a healthier nitrogen cycle are among the benefits it lists.
Triton intends NH ALPHA for use once an N-DOC test, which measures inorganic carbon, organic carbon and total bound nitrogen, has confirmed a nitrogen deficiency, with the amount taken from the Dosage tab of the N-DOC results. Where no N-DOC result is available and corals fade despite ICP-guided element dosing, Triton gives a fallback of 1 mL per 500 L of aquarium water per day, with phosphate held in parallel at about 0.02 to 0.07 mg/L depending on the habitat, and the coral response watched closely. At that rate the bottle lasts 100 days on a 500 L system, or around 200 days on 250 L. The Alpha formula is for systems free of cyanobacteria and nuisance algae; where those are present, Triton points to NO BETA, and an active outbreak should be dealt with first using Triton CYA-NO. The product is rated at intermediate skill level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Confirmed nitrogen deficiency:** When N-DOC results show nitrogen is lacking.
- **Fading despite ICP dosing:** Corals losing colour while elements sit at their set points.
- **Clean, healthy systems:** Tanks with no cyanobacteria or nuisance algae.
- **Balancing nutrient ratios:** Moving nitrogen towards the TRITON Ratio.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Run an N-DOC test:** Use the Dosage tab of the results as the first choice.
- **Fallback dose:** 1 mL per 500 L per day when no N-DOC result is available.
- **Watch phosphate:** Keep it at about 0.02 to 0.07 mg/L alongside.
- **Adjust to the corals:** Monitor colour and response and retest before changing the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Organic and inorganic nitrogen:** A blend of both forms in one solution.
- **Alpha formula:** For reef tanks free of cyanobacteria and nuisance algae.
- **Trace element uptake:** Triton lists faster uptake of element supplements.
- **N-DOC guided:** Dosed from Triton's organic nutrient analysis.
- **Low daily volumes:** 1 mL per 500 L at the fallback rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 3050
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Nitrogen Supplement (Organics)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Composition:** Organic and inorganic nitrogen compounds
- **Dose Rate:** Per N-DOC Dosage tab; fallback 1 mL per 500 L per day
- **Duration:** About 100 days on 500 L at the fallback rate (calculated)
- **Phosphate Alongside:** About 0.02–0.07 mg/L, depending on habitat
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Companion Product:** Triton N-DOC test
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums without cyanobacteria or nuisance algae
---
#### Triton NO BETA Nitrogen Supplement (100ml)
Nitrogen for reef tanks low in nitrogen that also battle cyanobacteria or algae.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-no-beta-nitrogen-supplement-100ml/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3051
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/58dee8db898e5931bce439f49aee3fe8b718f3c6_1024x1024.webp
Red slime and ultra-low nitrate often turn up in the same tank, and adding nitrogen to a system with cyanobacteria needs a different formula from feeding a clean one. Triton NO BETA Nitrogen Supplement (100ml) (SKU: 3051) is the Beta nitrogen product in Triton's Organics range, a 100 mL liquid of organic and inorganic nitrogen compounds for reef aquariums that have cyanobacteria or nuisance algae alongside a nitrogen deficiency. Triton says it addresses low nitrogen and bacterial coatings together, adding nitrogen in a measured way and supporting the nitrogen cycle in what it calls compromised systems, while working towards the TRITON Ratio.
NO BETA has no fixed dose, and like the rest of the Organics range it comes as a 100 mL liquid whose use depends entirely on the N-DOC findings for the individual tank. Triton's instruction is to run an N-DOC test, select the habitat type and then select "Cyanobacteria" as the problem, after which the Dosage tab of the N-DOC results gives the NO BETA amounts; an online calculator in Triton's toolkit covers the same ground. Phosphate is kept in parallel at about 0.02 to 0.07 mg/L. Where cyanobacteria are actively spreading, Triton asks for the outbreak to be treated with CYA-NO first, before nitrogen correction begins. Once the cyanobacteria and algae are gone, the clean-system formula, NH ALPHA, takes over, so NO BETA can be a stage in a recovery rather than a permanent part of the routine. The product is rated at intermediate skill level, and repeat N-DOC testing tracks progress.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cyanobacteria with low nitrogen:** Red slime or coatings in a nitrogen-deficient tank.
- **Nuisance algae issues:** Systems where algae persist while nitrogen tests low.
- **After a CYA-NO treatment:** Correcting nitrogen once an outbreak is under control.
- **Recovering systems:** Rebuilding balance in what Triton calls compromised tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test with N-DOC:** Select the habitat, then "Cyanobacteria" as the problem.
- **Dose from the Dosage tab:** No fixed rate applies; use the calculated amount.
- **Hold phosphate steady:** About 0.02 to 0.07 mg/L in parallel.
- **Switch when clear:** Move to NH ALPHA once cyanobacteria and algae have gone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Beta formula:** Made for tanks with cyanobacteria or nuisance algae.
- **Dual action:** Targets nitrogen deficiency and bacterial coatings together.
- **Organic and inorganic nitrogen:** Both forms in one solution.
- **Analysis-based dose:** Calculated individually from N-DOC results.
- **Part of a sequence:** CYA-NO first, NO BETA next, NH ALPHA once clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 3051
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Nitrogen Supplement (Organics)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Composition:** Organic and inorganic nitrogen compounds
- **Dose Rate:** From the N-DOC Dosage tab with "Cyanobacteria" selected; no fixed rate
- **Phosphate Alongside:** About 0.02–0.07 mg/L
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Related Products:** Triton CYA-NO; Triton NH ALPHA (SKU 3050)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with cyanobacteria or nuisance algae
---
#### Triton Nickel (Ni) (100ml)
Advanced-level nickel trace element for coral colour and tissue expansion.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-nickel-ni-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Ni
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/nickel_ni_100ml_front_edited_540x.webp
Corals need nickel in tiny amounts and suffer not far above them, which is why Triton places this element at the top of its skill ladder. Triton Nickel (Ni) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Ni) is Triton's liquid nickel trace element supplement for reef aquariums, a 100 mL bottle for correcting nickel on its own when a Triton Lab ICP-OES analysis shows it below the set point. Triton says nickel promotes colour and tissue expansion in SPS, LPS and soft corals. It is rated at advanced skill level, intended for experienced reefkeepers only, and Triton describes it as extremely dangerous if dosed incorrectly. Like the rest of Triton's single-element range, it exists so that one element can be adjusted precisely from test results instead of through a broad trace mix.
Every dose is taken from the DOSE tab of the tank's ICP analysis, which sets out the correction and maintenance amounts and the maximum safe daily dose for that volume. Triton asks for results to be monitored after every dose and for dosing to stop as soon as nickel goes above the set point. It also points out that an elevated nickel reading can indicate compromised magnet seals in equipment, so a high result is a reason to inspect hardware rather than a puzzle to dose around. Additions go into an area of high flow, with at least five minutes before a different element is added. With an element this potent, small, spread-out corrections and frequent retesting matter more than reaching the set point quickly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Confirmed nickel shortfall:** Only when ICP-OES shows nickel below Triton's set point.
- **Dull colour or poor expansion:** SPS, LPS or soft corals lagging while nickel tests low.
- **Experienced keepers:** Rated advanced by Triton, not a first supplement.
- **Full ICP programmes:** Completing a trace element correction plan element by element.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test before dosing:** Base every course on a current ICP-OES analysis.
- **Use the DOSE tab only:** Follow the calculated correction and maintenance amounts.
- **Retest after each dose:** Stop as soon as nickel exceeds the set point.
- **Dose into high flow:** Leave five minutes before adding any other element.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single element:** Raises nickel without adding other compounds.
- **Colour and tissue expansion:** Triton's stated benefit for SPS, LPS and soft corals.
- **Advanced rating:** Triton's highest skill classification.
- **Equipment indicator:** High readings can point to failing magnet seals.
- **100 mL bottle:** A small volume for an element dosed in very small amounts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Ni
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Nickel)
- **Element:** Nickel (Ni)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Skill Level:** Advanced
- **Caution:** Extremely dangerous if dosed incorrectly; stop above the set point
- **Companion Product:** Triton Lab ICP-OES water test
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with SPS, LPS and soft corals
---
#### Triton Organics Bio-Base (100ml)
Organic support with carbon for reef tanks at normal nutrient levels, dosed alongside Core7.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-organics-bio-base-100ml/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1090
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/bio_base_100ml_front_edited-1000x1000-1.jpg
Dosing calcium, alkalinity and trace elements keeps the chemistry in line, but the bacteria and plankton that make use of those elements need organic support of their own. Triton Organics Bio-Base (100ml) (SKU: 1090) is the complete organic support system in Triton's Organics range, a 100 mL liquid for reef aquariums with normal nutrient levels. Triton says it accelerates beneficial metabolism, boosts the uptake of trace element supplements and helps prevent cyanobacteria, and it contains organic carbon. It works by stimulating beneficial microbes, helping to limit cyanobacterial growth by stabilising nutrient ratios, and supporting plankton as a natural food source for corals, which Triton describes as holistic N:C:P management rather than a single-nutrient fix.
Bio-Base is dosed in proportion to Triton Core7 base element use: the standard rate is 1 mL for every 50 mL of Core7, up to a maximum of 5 mL per 50 mL, adjusted as nutrient levels change; as Core7 consumption rises with coral growth, the Bio-Base dose rises with it. At the standard rate the 100 mL bottle covers 5 L of Core7 dosing; at the maximum it covers 1 L. Regular N-DOC and ICP-OES testing shows how the system is responding. Because Bio-Base contains organic carbon, it is not meant for ultra-low nutrient systems or tanks already dosing carbon from another product; Triton makes Bio-Base ULNS, which has no organic carbon, for those. Triton classifies Bio-Base at basic skill level, so it suits reefkeepers just starting with the Organics range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Normal-nutrient reefs:** Systems with measurable nitrate and phosphate.
- **Core7 users:** Tanks already dosing Triton Core7 base elements.
- **Cyanobacteria prevention:** Supporting balanced ratios that discourage slime.
- **Improving element uptake:** Helping corals make use of dosed trace elements.
- **Plankton support:** Encouraging plankton as a natural food source for corals.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Standard rate:** 1 mL for every 50 mL of Core7 dosed.
- **Maximum rate:** No more than 5 mL per 50 mL of Core7.
- **Track Core7 use:** Scale the dose up or down as Core7 consumption changes.
- **Test and adjust:** Use N-DOC and ICP-OES results to fine-tune.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Contains organic carbon:** For reefs at normal nutrient levels.
- **Microbial support:** Stimulates beneficial bacteria and metabolism.
- **Plankton support:** Encourages a natural coral food source.
- **Element uptake:** Triton says it boosts trace element utilisation.
- **Basic skill level:** A simple ratio to Core7, no test-specific calculation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1090
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Organic Support (Organics)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Organic Carbon:** Yes
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 50 mL Core7 (maximum 5 mL per 50 mL)
- **Coverage:** 5 L of Core7 at the standard rate (calculated)
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Product:** Triton Core7 base elements
- **Alternative:** Triton Organics Bio-Base ULNS (SKU 1091) for low-nutrient or carbon-dosed tanks
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with normal nutrient levels
---
#### Triton Organics Bio-Base ULNS (100ml)
Carbon-free organic support for ultra-low nutrient and carbon-dosed reef tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-organics-bio-base-ulns-100ml/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1091
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/bio_base_ulns_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Ultra-low nutrient reefs are often run with vodka, vinegar or another carbon source, and a support product that adds even more carbon would only work against that routine. Triton Organics Bio-Base ULNS (100ml) (SKU: 1091) is the ULNS version of Triton's organic support system, a 100 mL liquid for reef aquariums running at very low nutrient levels. Unlike standard Bio-Base it contains no organic carbon, so it can sit alongside external carbon dosing without doubling the carbon going into the tank. Triton says it accelerates beneficial metabolism, boosts trace element uptake, helps prevent cyanobacteria and adds to biodiversity, while helping to keep the N:C:P ratio balanced at very low nutrient levels.
Triton defines a ULNS system as one with nitrate below 9 mg/L, and the product is equally intended for tanks that already dose carbon separately whatever their nitrate. Dosing follows the same Core7-linked schedule as Bio-Base: 1 mL for every 50 mL of Core7 as standard, with a maximum of 5 mL per 50 mL, adjusted as nutrient levels change. Because the dose is tied to Core7 rather than to a test calculation, it scales up as the reef's base element demand grows. On that basis the 100 mL bottle covers 5 L of Core7 dosing at the standard rate, or 1 L at the maximum. Regular N-DOC and ICP-OES testing tracks how the system responds. Where nitrate sits above the ULNS range and no carbon dosing is used, Triton points to the carbon-containing Bio-Base instead. The product is rated at basic skill level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ultra-low nutrient systems:** Reefs with nitrate below 9 mg/L.
- **Carbon-dosing tanks:** Systems already using vodka, vinegar or a carbon product.
- **Core7 dosing routines:** Added in step with Triton Core7 base elements.
- **Cyanobacteria-prone reefs:** Supporting balanced ratios at low nutrient levels.
- **Biodiversity:** Encouraging a more varied community of beneficial organisms.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Confirm the system type:** Nitrate under 9 mg/L or separate carbon dosing.
- **Dose to Core7:** 1 mL per 50 mL of Core7 as the standard rate.
- **Cap the dose:** No more than 5 mL per 50 mL of Core7.
- **Monitor:** Retest with N-DOC and ICP-OES and adjust as nutrients change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **No organic carbon:** Compatible with external carbon dosing.
- **Built for ULNS:** Supports reefs kept at very low nutrient levels.
- **Biodiversity support:** Triton lists improved biodiversity among its effects.
- **Cyanobacteria prevention:** Helps hold nutrient ratios in balance.
- **Core7-linked dose:** A fixed ratio that scales with base element use.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1091
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Organic Support (Organics, ULNS)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Organic Carbon:** None
- **Dose Rate:** 1 mL per 50 mL Core7 (maximum 5 mL per 50 mL)
- **Coverage:** 5 L of Core7 at the standard rate (calculated)
- **ULNS Definition:** Nitrate below 9 mg/L (Triton)
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Alternative:** Triton Organics Bio-Base (SKU 1090) for normal-nutrient tanks
- **Target Environment:** Ultra-low nutrient and carbon-dosed marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton P ALPHA Phosphorus Supplement (100ml)
Organic and inorganic phosphorus for SPS reefs running phosphate too low.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-p-alpha-phosphorus-supplement-100ml/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3052
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/triton-p-alpha-phosphorus-100ml-1749210687.jpg
Stripping phosphate to zero is a common route to faded, receding SPS, and once that has happened the answer is to add phosphorus back in small, controlled amounts. Triton P ALPHA Phosphorus Supplement (100ml) (SKU: 3052) is the Alpha phosphorus product in Triton's Organics range, a 100 mL liquid of organic and inorganic phosphorus compounds for reef systems without cyanobacteria or nuisance algae. Triton says it raises phosphorus in systems with a confirmed deficiency to balance the N:C:P ratio, and it is optimised for the TRITON Ratio. Deficiency signs Triton lists are coral colour loss, tissue recession and ultra-low phosphate on ICP-OES, and it notes these are especially relevant in SPS-dominant tanks.
Triton's starting dose is 0.1 mL per 100 L of aquarium water per day, increased slowly where needed because phosphate requirements vary from tank to tank, with the Dosage tab of the ICP analysis guiding the amount. Regular phosphate measurements, from ICP testing or a hobby test kit, confirm whether the dose is working. At the starting rate a 500 L system uses 0.5 mL a day, so the bottle lasts roughly 200 days; on 1,000 L it lasts around 100 days. P ALPHA is the choice for clean systems; where cyanobacteria or nuisance algae are present, Triton points to P BETA instead, and an active outbreak is treated first with CYA-NO. The product is rated at intermediate skill level, and changes should be made gradually.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Ultra-low phosphate:** ICP-OES or test kit readings close to zero.
- **Colour loss and recession:** SPS fading or receding while phosphate is depleted.
- **SPS-dominant systems:** Tanks where Triton says deficiency is most relevant.
- **Clean tanks:** No cyanobacteria or nuisance algae present.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start low:** 0.1 mL per 100 L of aquarium water per day.
- **Increase slowly:** Raise in small steps only if phosphate stays low.
- **Measure regularly:** Check phosphate with ICP-OES or a reliable test kit.
- **Use the ICP Dosage tab:** Let the analysis refine the daily amount.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Organic and inorganic phosphorus:** Both forms in one solution.
- **Alpha formula:** For systems free of cyanobacteria and nuisance algae.
- **N:C:P balance:** Optimised for the TRITON Ratio.
- **Small daily doses:** 0.1 mL per 100 L to start.
- **Long-lasting bottle:** About 200 days on a 500 L system at the starting dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 3052
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Phosphorus Supplement (Organics)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Composition:** Organic and inorganic phosphorus compounds
- **Starting Dose:** 0.1 mL per 100 L per day, increased slowly as needed
- **Duration:** About 200 days on 500 L at the starting dose (calculated)
- **Monitoring:** Regular phosphate tests; ICP-OES recommended
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Related Product:** Triton P BETA (SKU 3053) for tanks with cyanobacteria or algae
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums without cyanobacteria or nuisance algae
---
#### Triton P BETA Phosphorus Supplement (100ml)
Phosphorus for low-phosphate reef tanks that already have cyanobacteria or algae.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-p-beta-phosphorus-supplement-100ml/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 3053
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/phosphorus_p_beta_100ml_front_edited-1000x1000-1.jpg
Adding phosphorus to a tank that already has cyanobacteria or nuisance algae sounds backwards, which is exactly why Triton makes a separate formula for that situation. Triton P BETA Phosphorus Supplement (100ml) (SKU: 3053) is the Beta phosphorus product in Triton's Organics range, a 100 mL liquid blend of organic and inorganic phosphorus compounds for reef aquariums with pre-existing cyanobacteria or algae issues and a phosphorus deficiency. Triton says it delivers compounds similar to P ALPHA but is formulated for compromised systems, helping to balance the N:C:P ratio on the basis of Triton's research. Phosphorus levels can come from an ICP-OES analysis or from a hobby test kit.
Before any phosphorus goes in, Triton asks for an active cyanobacteria outbreak to be treated with CYA-NO. P BETA then starts at 0.1 mL per 100 L of aquarium water per day, increased slowly only if phosphate stays low, with the Dosage tab of the ICP analysis refining the amount and regular phosphate measurements, ideally backed by ICP-OES, confirming the trend. On a 250 L reef the starting dose is 0.25 mL a day, so the bottle runs for around 400 days; a 1,000 L system at the same rate uses it in about 100 days. Once the cyanobacteria and algae have cleared, the clean-system formula P ALPHA is the usual next step. Triton rates the product at intermediate skill level.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low phosphate with cyanobacteria:** Phosphorus depleted while slime persists.
- **Low phosphate with nuisance algae:** Algae on rock or glass despite near-zero readings.
- **Following CYA-NO:** Restoring phosphorus once an outbreak has been treated.
- **Compromised systems:** Reefs being steered back towards a balanced N:C:P ratio.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Treat outbreaks first:** Use CYA-NO on active cyanobacteria before dosing.
- **Begin at 0.1 mL per 100 L:** Dose once daily into the system.
- **Step up gradually:** Increase only when repeat tests show phosphate still low.
- **Verify with testing:** Track phosphate regularly and follow the ICP Dosage tab.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Beta formula:** Designed for tanks with existing cyanobacteria or algae.
- **Organic and inorganic phosphorus:** Combined sources in one liquid.
- **Ratio management:** Helps rebalance nitrogen, carbon and phosphorus.
- **Gentle starting dose:** 0.1 mL per 100 L per day.
- **Long bottle life:** Roughly 400 days on 250 L at the starting rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 3053
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Phosphorus Supplement (Organics)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Composition:** Organic and inorganic phosphorus compounds
- **Starting Dose:** 0.1 mL per 100 L per day, increased slowly if needed
- **Duration:** About 400 days on 250 L at the starting dose (calculated)
- **Before Use:** Treat active cyanobacteria with Triton CYA-NO
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Related Product:** Triton P ALPHA (SKU 3052) for clean systems
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with cyanobacteria or nuisance algae
---
#### Triton Phosphate Remover - AL99 (1L)
High-purity aluminium-based granulate for reactor removal of phosphate, barium and silicate.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-phosphate-remover-al99-1l/
- Price: $64.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2070
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/d922b0e0787359f897bca02638d5e97bef485e9d_1024x1024.webp
Phosphate that keeps creeping up between water changes is usually tackled with an adsorbent media in a reactor, and in a reef that is tested by ICP the purity of that media matters as much as its capacity. Triton Phosphate Remover - AL99 (1L) (SKU: 2070) is Triton's AL99 phosphate remover, 1000 mL of aluminium-based granulate that Triton states is more than 99 per cent pure. Its main job is removing phosphate, and Triton says it also removes barium and silicate. It is designed for reef aquariums, and Triton notes that it is also effective in freshwater systems. The product is rated at basic skill level.
Triton's standard dose is 50 mL of granulate per 100 L of aquarium water, rising to as much as 100 mL per 100 L where phosphate is high, so the 1 L pack treats about 2,000 L at the standard rate or 1,000 L at the high rate. Before use the granulate is rinsed with RODI water until the fizzing stops completely. It runs in a media reactor with flow regulation: the flow is set so the granulate does not tumble, since Triton specifies a reactor with controlled flow and no tumbling. The media is replaced every four weeks, or sooner if phosphate starts to rise again. Because the media is aluminium-based, Triton advises that if ICP-OES results show aluminium climbing, AL99 should be alternated with a GFO (granular ferric oxide) media.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rising phosphate:** Readings that climb despite regular water changes.
- **High phosphate correction:** Up to double the standard amount where readings are high.
- **Silicate or barium issues:** Secondary removal alongside phosphate.
- **Freshwater systems:** Triton notes it is also effective in freshwater.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure the media:** 50 mL per 100 L, or up to 100 mL per 100 L for high phosphate.
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Use RODI water until the fizzing stops completely.
- **Use a regulated reactor:** Set the flow so the granulate stays still and does not tumble.
- **Replace on schedule:** Every four weeks, or earlier if phosphate rises.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Over 99 per cent pure:** Aluminium-based granulate, according to Triton.
- **Three targets:** Phosphate first, plus barium and silicate.
- **Reef and freshwater:** Effective in both system types.
- **Clear dosing:** A per-100 L measure for standard and high phosphate.
- **Four-week service life:** A simple replacement interval.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2070
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Phosphate Remover (Aluminium-Based)
- **Net Volume:** 1000 mL (1 L) of granulate
- **Purity:** Over 99 per cent (Triton)
- **Removes:** Phosphate, barium, silicate
- **Dose Rate:** 50 mL per 100 L; up to 100 mL per 100 L for high phosphate
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,000 L at the standard rate (calculated)
- **Replacement:** Every 4 weeks or sooner if phosphate rises
- **Application:** Rinse in RODI; flow-regulated reactor, no tumbling
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums; also freshwater systems
---
#### Triton RTN-X RTN Inhibitor (100ml)
In-tank bath treatment for corals hit by bacterial rapid tissue necrosis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-rtn-x-rtn-inhibitor-100ml/
- Price: $49.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 4002
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/RTN-X-1000x1000__49641.jpg
Rapid tissue necrosis can strip an SPS colony within a day or two, and prising the coral out of the rockwork for a dip is not always practical or safe. Triton RTN-X RTN Inhibitor (100ml) (SKU: 4002) is Triton's rapid tissue necrosis inhibitor, a 100 mL liquid that Triton says aids corals against bacterial types of RTN. It was derived from Triton's N-DOC laboratory work and the research behind its N:C:P ratio. According to Triton, the treatment creates an environment that shocks the bacteria attacking the affected coral while supplying specific elements that help fortify the coral under attack. That effect comes from an intensive bath given inside the aquarium, so the coral does not need to be removed from the tank.
RTN-X is mixed with aquarium water as Triton directs, and the solution is ready to use after 20 minutes. It is then applied directly to the affected area of the coral, with water flow around that coral minimised so the bath stays in contact for as long as possible. Where nutrient levels are known, ideally from an N-DOC test, Triton recommends a ratio adjustment before the bath, and its online calculator gives the treatment details for the system. RTN-X can also be used as a bath for freshly imported corals. Triton is clear that it is not for parasitic infections, and that the stressors that triggered the problem must also be addressed. The product is rated at intermediate skill level. Its sister product STN-X covers the slower form of tissue loss.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bacterial RTN:** Tissue peeling quickly from SPS or other stony corals.
- **Corals that cannot be moved:** Colonies grown into the rockwork.
- **New arrivals:** A bath for freshly imported corals.
- **With N-DOC results:** Systems where a ratio adjustment can be made first.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Prepare the bath:** Mix RTN-X with aquarium water as directed on the label.
- **Wait 20 minutes:** Let the solution stand before use.
- **Cut the flow:** Minimise water movement around the affected coral.
- **Apply directly:** Treat the affected area and deal with the original stressors.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **In-tank bath:** The coral stays in place during treatment.
- **Two-way action:** Shocks attacking bacteria and fortifies the coral, per Triton.
- **N-DOC derived:** Developed from Triton's N:C:P ratio research.
- **Import bath:** Also suitable for freshly imported corals.
- **Calculator support:** Triton's online tool gives treatment details.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 4002
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Treatment (Rapid Tissue Necrosis)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Preparation:** Mixed with aquarium water; ready after 20 minutes
- **Dose Rate:** Per label and Triton's online calculator, ideally with N-DOC results
- **Not For:** Parasitic infections
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Related Product:** Triton STN-X STN Inhibitor (SKU 4003)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with SPS and LPS corals
---
#### Triton Reef Supplements CORE7 Bulk Edition (4x4L)
Concentrated base and trace element kit for two-, three- or four-part reef dosing.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-reef-supplements-core7-bulk-edition-4x4l/
- Price: $164.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1012,2
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/core7_flex_reef_supplements_4x4l_en_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Keeping calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements in step from separate bottles gets costly on a large reef. Triton Reef Supplements CORE7 Bulk Edition (4x4L) (SKU: 1012,2) is the 4 x 4 L bulk kit of Triton's Core7 Reef Supplements, the Core7 Flex version for reef tanks run on methods other than the full Triton Method, such as Balling, carbon dosing, calcium reactors or regular water changes. It is supplied as labelled powder bags A, B, two C bags and D, plus a liquid bottle 1B, all mixed with RODI water into four 4 L solutions, or two 8 L solutions for two-part dosing. In this Reef Supplements version, bottle 1B carries trace elements without Triton Infusion, which is sold separately. Triton rates the set at 19,500 dKH and says the powder is seven times more concentrated than Balling powder.
In four-part form, Solution 1 is an ionic mix of magnesium, potassium, strontium, fluoride, boron, bromide and trace elements; Solution 2 is calcium; and Solutions 3a and 3b supply alkalinity. Three-part combines 3a and 3b, and two-part puts calcium, magnesium and the trace elements in one solution and alkalinity in the other. Triton recommends four-part for trace element stability and independent calcium and magnesium control. The starting dose is 2 mL per 100 L per day for four- and three-part set-ups, or 4 mL per 100 L for two-part, aiming at about 7 dKH. Alkalinity is tested daily at first, with the dose changed by 10 to 20 per cent as needed, then every three days once stable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Non-Triton methods:** Balling, carbon dosing, water-change and reactor systems.
- **Large or SPS-heavy reefs:** High daily demand that small bottles cannot meet.
- **Calcium reactor support:** Triton suggests starting at 50/50 with the reactor.
- **Dosing pump set-ups:** Two, three or four channels, as the pump allows.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Mix each solution:** Dissolve the powder in about 1 L of RODI water, then top up to 4 L.
- **Start the dose:** 2 mL per 100 L daily (four- or three-part); 4 mL for two-part.
- **Steer by alkalinity:** Aim for about 7 dKH, adjusting by 10 to 20 per cent.
- **Dose into high flow:** Leave at least five minutes between different solutions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Flex configuration:** The same salts make two-, three- or four-part solutions.
- **Complete profile:** Calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements in one kit.
- **Highly concentrated:** 19,500 dKH per set, seven times Balling powder.
- **Infusion-free 1B:** Trace set suited to methods outside the Triton Method.
- **Bulk 16 L output:** Four 4 L solutions from one kit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1012,2
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Base Elements (Multi-Part Dosing)
- **Contents:** Powder bags A, B, C (2) and D, plus liquid bottle 1B
- **Makes:** 4 x 4 L (four- or three-part) or 2 x 8 L (two-part)
- **Strength:** 19,500 dKH per set
- **Starting Dose:** 2 mL per 100 L per day (four-/three-part); 4 mL per 100 L (two-part)
- **Alkalinity Target:** About 7 dKH
- **Testing:** ICP-OES 2–3 weeks after set-up, then every 2–3 months
- **Version:** Reef Supplements (other methods), without Infusion
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums on non-Triton methods
---
#### Triton STN-X STN Inhibitor (100ml)
In-tank bath for stony corals losing tissue to bacterial slow tissue necrosis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-stn-x-stn-inhibitor-100ml/
- Price: $49.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 4003
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/2a130fd3e008a3ae70d4354ccc0278bb2776bde5_1024x1024.webp
Slow tissue necrosis creeps rather than races, with tissue receding a little at a time until a band of bare white skeleton is hard to ignore. Triton STN-X STN Inhibitor (100ml) (SKU: 4003) is Triton's slow tissue necrosis inhibitor, a 100 mL liquid that Triton says aids corals against bacterial types of STN. It follows the same approach as RTN-X but is formulated for the slower-progressing bacteria behind STN, and like RTN-X it grew out of Triton's N-DOC laboratory testing and its N:C:P ratio work. Triton describes the effect as an intensive in-tank bath that shocks the bacteria attacking the coral while providing specific elements that help fortify it, so the affected colony can be treated where it sits. Its product text states that STN-X contains no antibiotics or aggressive heavy metals and is safe to use in any reef system.
The solution is prepared from aquarium water and STN-X, left to stand for 20 minutes, and then applied around the receding tissue with the flow near that coral turned down. Triton's preferred approach is to use N-DOC lab results to dial in the dose rate, making a nutrient ratio adjustment before the bath where levels are known, and the online calculator sets out the treatment for the individual tank. STN-X is not intended for parasitic infections, and Triton stresses that whatever stressed the coral in the first place has to be identified and addressed alongside the treatment, or the tissue loss is likely to return. It is rated at intermediate skill level. For tissue loss that spreads in hours rather than days, Triton offers RTN-X.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bacterial STN:** Gradual tissue recession on SPS and other stony corals.
- **Established colonies:** Corals that are impractical to remove for a dip.
- **Reef-wide caution:** Systems where antibiotics are not wanted.
- **N-DOC users:** Tanks with known nutrient levels for a ratio adjustment.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test if possible:** Use N-DOC results to set the dose and any ratio adjustment.
- **Mix and rest:** Prepare with aquarium water and let it stand 20 minutes.
- **Reduce flow:** Slow the water movement around the treated coral.
- **Treat and correct:** Apply around the receding area and fix the underlying stressor.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Formulated for STN:** Aimed at slower-progressing bacterial tissue loss.
- **No antibiotics:** Also free of aggressive heavy metals, per Triton.
- **Treats in place:** An in-tank bath with no need to remove the coral.
- **Shock and fortify:** Targets bacteria while supporting the coral.
- **Dose dialled in by testing:** N-DOC results and Triton's calculator.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 4003
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Treatment (Slow Tissue Necrosis)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Preparation:** Mixed with aquarium water; ready after 20 minutes
- **Dose Rate:** Per label and Triton's online calculator, ideally with N-DOC results
- **Contains:** No antibiotics or aggressive heavy metals
- **Not For:** Parasitic infections
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Related Product:** Triton RTN-X RTN Inhibitor (SKU 4002)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with stony corals
---
#### Triton Strontium (Sr) X10 Strength (100ml)
Ten-times concentrated strontium for coral skeleton growth and colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-strontium-sr-x10-strength-100ml/
- Price: $44.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2011Sr
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/strontium_sr_x10_100ml_front_01_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Fragging is part of keeping a reef in shape, and Triton says cut corals heal faster when strontium sits at its optimal level. Triton Strontium (Sr) X10 Strength (100ml) (SKU: 2011Sr) is Triton's ten-times concentrated liquid strontium supplement for reef aquariums, a 100 mL bottle for correcting strontium on its own when a Triton Lab ICP-OES analysis shows it below the set point. Strontium is a macro element that occurs naturally in seawater, at about 8 mg/L by Triton's figure, and Triton links it to skeleton growth, colour and polyp extension in LPS and SPS corals. The x10 concentration keeps dosing volumes small, and Triton classifies the product at basic skill level.
The amount to add comes from the DOSE tab of the ICP results, which gives a correction dose to bring strontium up to the set point, a maintenance dose to hold it there, and the maximum safe daily dose for the system. Because this is a concentrate, the volumes in the DOSE tab should be read carefully and measured with a syringe or dosing pump rather than estimated. Each addition goes into an area of high flow, with at least five minutes before a different element is dosed. The bottle carries the GHS07 warning symbol with hazard statement H302, harmful if swallowed, and Triton's label advice is not to eat, drink or smoke while using it. Retesting after a few weeks shows whether the maintenance dose is keeping pace with the reef's demand.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low strontium on ICP:** Correcting a measured shortfall against Triton's set point.
- **After fragging:** Keeping strontium optimal while cut colonies heal.
- **Growing stony corals:** LPS and SPS reefs where skeleton growth draws on strontium.
- **Small-volume dosing:** Where a concentrate suits a doser channel or syringe.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Analyse the water:** Start from a Triton Lab ICP-OES result.
- **Follow the DOSE tab:** Apply the correction and maintenance amounts as calculated.
- **Measure precisely:** Use a syringe or pump; the x10 strength leaves little margin.
- **High flow, five-minute gap:** Space strontium from other element additions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ten-times concentrate:** Small doses for a macro element used in quantity.
- **Skeleton growth and colour:** Triton's stated benefit for LPS and SPS corals.
- **Frag recovery:** Faster healing at optimal strontium, according to Triton.
- **Natural seawater reference:** About 8 mg/L as the benchmark.
- **Basic skill level:** Triton's entry-level rating for this element.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2011Sr
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Strontium)
- **Element:** Strontium (Sr)
- **Strength:** 10x concentrate
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Hazard:** GHS07, H302 harmful if swallowed
- **Companion Product:** Triton Lab ICP-OES water test
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with LPS and SPS corals
---
#### Triton Sulphate (S) (1KG)
Powdered sulphate supplement for reef tanks, dosed only after salinity is confirmed.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-sulphate-s-1kg/
- Price: $79.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2010S
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/sulphate_s_1000g_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
A low sulphate result on an ICP report is one of the few readings that should be double-checked before anything goes into the tank, because the cause is often the salinity rather than the sulphate. Triton Sulphate (S) (1KG) (SKU: 2010S) is Triton's powdered sulphate supplement for reef aquariums, a 1000 g pack for correcting sulphate on its own when a Triton Lab ICP-OES analysis shows it below the set point. Triton gives natural seawater at about 900 mg/L and says sulphate supports calcification of the coral skeletal matrix and the health of LPS and SPS corals. It is classified at intermediate skill level.
Before dosing, Triton asks for salinity to be verified with more than one instrument, since low salinity produces low sulphate readings and correcting salinity may solve the problem on its own. The reference rate is 10 g per 100 L for a rise of about 22.6 mg/L, while the exact correction and maintenance amounts come from the DOSE tab of the ICP results, together with the maximum safe daily dose. By that reference, the 1 kg pack holds a hundred 10 g additions, enough to raise 1,000 L by roughly 226 mg/L in total. The powder is weighed accurately, dissolved in RODI water and added into an area of high flow, with at least five minutes before a different element goes in. Triton warns that sulphate is dangerous if dosed incorrectly.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Confirmed low sulphate:** An ICP-OES shortfall that remains after salinity is checked.
- **Stony coral systems:** LPS and SPS reefs where skeletal calcification is the priority.
- **Maintenance dosing:** Holding sulphate at the set point once it has been reached.
- **Element-by-element correction:** Adjusting sulphate without moving other elements.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Check salinity twice:** Confirm with two or more instruments before dosing.
- **Use the DOSE tab:** Follow the calculated correction and maintenance amounts.
- **Know the reference:** 10 g per 100 L lifts sulphate by about 22.6 mg/L.
- **Dissolve and add to high flow:** Leave five minutes before the next element.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Powder form:** A dry supplement weighed out to the gram.
- **Skeletal matrix support:** Triton links sulphate to calcification in stony corals.
- **Published reference rate:** A known rise per 10 g for cross-checking the DOSE tab.
- **Salinity safeguard:** Triton's own instruction to rule out low salinity first.
- **1 kg pack:** One hundred reference additions of 10 g.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2010S
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Macro Element (Sulphate)
- **Element:** Sulphate (S)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg (1000 g)
- **Form:** Powder
- **Reference Rate:** 10 g per 100 L raises sulphate by about 22.6 mg/L
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Natural Seawater Level:** About 900 mg/L (Triton)
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with LPS and SPS corals
---
#### Triton Vanadium (V) (100ml)
Vanadium trace element for sponges, tunicates and stony corals, dosed to ICP results.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-vanadium-v-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020V
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/vanadium_v_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Sponges and tunicates are rarely the target of a supplement, yet in a mature reef they are some of the most varied filter feeders in the rockwork, and vanadium is the trace element Triton ties to their health. Triton Vanadium (V) (100ml) (SKU: 2020V) is Triton's liquid vanadium trace element supplement for reef aquariums, a 100 mL bottle for correcting vanadium on its own when a Triton Lab ICP-OES analysis shows it below the set point. Triton says vanadium supports the physiological function and resilience of sponges, tunicates and SPS and LPS corals, and promotes colour and polyp extension in corals. It is rated at intermediate skill level, and as a single-element product it lets vanadium be raised by exactly the amount the test calls for.
Triton warns that vanadium is dangerous if dosed incorrectly and should be added only on ICP-OES recommendations. The analysis's DOSE tab gives a correction dose to reach the set point, a maintenance dose to hold it, and the maximum safe amount per day for the tank's volume, and those figures are the only dosing guide for this product. Additions go into an area of high flow, and at least five minutes should pass before a different element is dosed, as elements can react with each other when added together. Because trace elements are needed in tiny quantities, the 100 mL bottle usually lasts a long time on a home reef. Regular retesting confirms that the maintenance amount still matches what the system is using.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low vanadium on ICP:** Correcting a measured shortfall against Triton's set point.
- **Cryptic and filter-feeder zones:** Reefs with sponges and tunicates in the rockwork or sump.
- **Mixed stony coral tanks:** SPS and LPS where colour and polyp extension lag.
- **Ongoing maintenance:** Holding vanadium steady once the set point is reached.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start from a test:** Use a current Triton Lab ICP-OES analysis.
- **Apply the calculated dose:** Correction and maintenance amounts from the DOSE tab.
- **Respect the maximum:** Do not go past the daily limit given for the system.
- **Dose separately:** Into high flow, five minutes apart from other elements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single element:** Adjusts vanadium without adding anything else.
- **Sponge and tunicate health:** Triton's stated focus for this element.
- **Coral colour and extension:** Also aimed at SPS and LPS corals.
- **ICP-guided:** Doses calculated from the tank's own analysis.
- **Intermediate rating:** For keepers already dosing to test results.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020V
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Vanadium)
- **Element:** Vanadium (V)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Companion Product:** Triton Lab ICP-OES water test
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with sponges, tunicates and stony corals
---
#### Triton X-PAND (100mL)
Polyp expansion trigger that readies SPS and LPS corals for target feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-x-pand-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 4004
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/triton-x-pand-100-ml-1.avif
Target feeding a coral with its polyps pulled in mostly feeds the filter, so getting the polyps out before the food arrives makes the biggest difference. Triton X-PAND (100mL) (SKU: 4004) is Triton's coral feeding trigger, a 100 mL liquid that causes polyp expansion in SPS and LPS corals and primes them to feed. Triton says it is derived from natural substances occurring on the ocean floor and was researched on Australia's Great Barrier Reef, where corals in the muddy inter-reef zones showed a strong feeding response to substances stirred up from the mud, opening their mouths in anticipation of nutrients. By improving that feeding response, Triton states that food and supplement requirements can fall by up to 70 per cent, which also means less water pollution.
Triton's directions are to mix 10 mL of X-PAND with 50 mL of aquarium water and dispense it slowly around the target corals with a syringe. Polyp expansion should be visible within two to five minutes, which is the cue to feed. Up to three applications a week are allowed, and Triton asks to be contacted before using it more often. At 10 mL per application, the 100 mL bottle covers ten feeding sessions. Using X-PAND at the same time of day helps train corals into a feeding routine, and Triton pairs it with N-FUSE, where X-PAND opens the polyps and N-FUSE delivers the nutrients. Triton rates X-PAND at basic skill level, and it is designed to work with any reef system or feeding method.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Before target feeding:** Opening SPS and LPS polyps ahead of food.
- **Shy or closed corals:** Colonies that rarely extend when food is offered.
- **Training a routine:** Regular use at a set time each feeding day.
- **With N-FUSE:** The first step of Triton's two-product feeding method.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dilute:** Mix 10 mL X-PAND with 50 mL of aquarium water.
- **Apply slowly:** Syringe the mix around the corals to be fed.
- **Wait two to five minutes:** Feed once polyps have expanded.
- **Limit frequency:** No more than three times a week without Triton's advice.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast response:** Polyp expansion within two to five minutes.
- **SPS and LPS:** Works on both groups of stony coral.
- **Natural origin:** Based on ocean-floor substances studied on the Great Barrier Reef.
- **Less food needed:** Up to 70 per cent reduction, according to Triton.
- **Ten sessions per bottle:** 10 mL per application.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 4004
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Feeding Trigger
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Use per Application:** 10 mL in 50 mL aquarium water
- **Response Time:** 2–5 minutes
- **Frequency:** Up to 3 times per week
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Pairs With:** Triton N-FUSE Components 1 and 2 (SKU 4005, 4006)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with SPS and LPS corals
---
#### Triton Zinc (Zn) (100ml)
Zinc trace element for coral growth and colour, dosed from ICP-OES analysis.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/triton-zinc-zn-100ml/
- Price: $33.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2020Zn
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/zinc_zn_100ml_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
New SPS growth that looks burnt is usually blamed on the lights, but Triton suggests checking zinc before anyone touches the lighting schedule. Triton Zinc (Zn) (100ml) (SKU: 2020Zn) is Triton's liquid zinc trace element supplement for reef aquariums, a 100 mL bottle for correcting zinc on its own when a Triton Lab ICP-OES analysis shows it below the set point. Triton describes zinc as supporting the enzymatic reactions that matter for growth and colour in LPS and SPS corals, and notes that burnt-looking new growth can be a sign of zinc deficiency rather than a lighting problem. It carries an intermediate skill rating and is one of Triton's single-element supplements, used to move one element at a time to the level the test shows is needed.
All dosing comes from the DOSE tab of the ICP results: a correction dose to bring zinc up to the set point, a maintenance dose to keep it there, and the maximum safe daily amount for that particular system. Triton warns that zinc is dangerous if dosed incorrectly, so it should only be added on ICP-OES recommendations. Each addition goes into an area of high flow, and at least five minutes should separate zinc from the next element, because elements can react with one another. Changing the lighting and dosing zinc at the same time makes it hard to tell which change helped, so testing first and adjusting one thing at a time gives a clearer answer. A repeat analysis confirms when the set point has been reached.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low zinc on ICP:** Correcting a measured shortfall against Triton's set point.
- **Burnt-looking tips:** New SPS growth that looks scorched while zinc tests low.
- **Slow growth or weak colour:** LPS and SPS corals not responding as expected.
- **Before a lighting change:** Ruling out zinc deficiency first, as Triton suggests.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Test first:** Base the dose on a current ICP-OES analysis.
- **Follow the DOSE tab:** Use the calculated correction and maintenance figures.
- **One change at a time:** Leave the lighting alone while zinc is being corrected.
- **High flow, five minutes apart:** Keep zinc separate from other element additions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Single element:** Raises zinc without altering other parameters.
- **Enzyme support:** Triton links zinc to enzymatic reactions in corals.
- **Growth and colour:** Aimed at LPS and SPS corals.
- **Diagnostic hint:** Burnt new growth as a possible zinc deficiency sign.
- **Intermediate rating:** Dosed only to ICP-OES results.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2020Zn
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Trace Element (Zinc)
- **Element:** Zinc (Zn)
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Form:** Liquid
- **Dose Rate:** As calculated in the DOSE tab of a Triton ICP-OES analysis
- **Application:** Into high flow; 5 minutes between different elements
- **Skill Level:** Intermediate
- **Companion Product:** Triton Lab ICP-OES water test
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with LPS and SPS corals
---
### Triton — Testing
#### Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits
Laboratory seawater analysis of 45 parameters in parts per billion.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/triton-icp-oes-lab-test-kits/
- Price: $59.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1040
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/triton_icp_test_priority_shipping_front_view_1024x1024_1f523b08-2ed9-43cc-8324-8ba4ddfb5cea_1024x1024@2x.webp
Hobby test kits measure a handful of parameters in parts per million, which leaves most of the elements in a reef unmeasured and contamination invisible until corals react. Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits (SKU: 1040) is a single Triton Lab water test kit: a sample of aquarium water goes to a Triton laboratory, where it is analysed by ICP-OES (inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometry) for 45 parameters at parts-per-billion precision. The kit contains three sample vials and a registration barcode. Triton runs five ICP-OES labs on four continents, including Australia, and samples go to the nearest one, with results typically available 24 to 48 hours after the sample arrives.
The analysis covers ten macro elements (boron, bromine, calcium, chloride, fluorine, potassium, magnesium, sodium, sulphur and strontium), thirteen trace elements (barium, beryllium, cobalt, chromium, iron, iodine, lithium, manganese, molybdenum, nickel, silicon, vanadium and zinc), nineteen unwanted metals including aluminium, copper, lead, mercury, tin and arsenic, plus phosphorus, phosphate and salinity. Results appear in an online dashboard with an element table, bar graphs, trend charts, analysis and recommendations, and PDF or CSV export. The DOSE tab shows which elements need correcting, how much to add and the maximum safe daily dose, which is how every Triton single-element supplement is dosed. Triton suggests testing every two to three months on the full Triton Method, and monthly for new tanks, tanks with problems or high-value collections.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Before dosing elements:** Establishing what a reef actually needs.
- **Unexplained coral decline:** Checking for depletion or metal contamination.
- **Triton Method maintenance:** A routine test every two to three months.
- **New or troubled tanks:** Monthly testing until the system is stable.
**How to Use**
- **Register first:** Create a Triton Lab account and a virtual aquarium, and connect the kit's barcode.
- **Sample carefully:** Rinse each vial three times in aquarium water, then fill and seal it.
- **Keep a backup:** Take a second sample to hold at home, as Triton advises.
- **Submit and post:** Submit online, then send the sealed sample to the nearest lab.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **45 parameters:** Macro, trace, unwanted metals, nutrients and salinity.
- **Parts-per-billion precision:** Far finer than home test kits.
- **Australian lab:** Part of Triton's five-lab network.
- **Fast turnaround:** Typically 24 to 48 hours after arrival.
- **Dosing guidance:** DOSE tab with correction amounts and safe daily limits.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1040
- **Product Type:** Testing > Laboratory Water Test (ICP-OES)
- **Test Method:** ICP-OES, results in parts per billion
- **Parameters:** 45 (10 macro, 13 trace, 19 unwanted metals, P, PO4, salinity)
- **Kit Contents:** 3 sample vials, registration barcode
- **Turnaround:** About 24–48 hours after the sample reaches the lab
- **Results:** Online dashboard with DOSE tab, trends and PDF/CSV export
- **Other Sizes:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits 4 Pack (SKU 1040-4PK)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits 4 Pack
Four mail-in laboratory analyses for tracking trace elements in reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/triton-icp-oes-lab-test-kits-4-pack/
- Price: $195.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 1040-4PK
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/test_icp_4pack_front_edited_1024x1024@2x.webp
Colour-chart test kits stop at calcium, alkalinity and magnesium, while a laboratory ICP-OES analysis also reads the trace elements that a reef tank runs short of or collects. Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits 4 Pack (SKU: 1040-4PK) is a pack of four Triton ICP-OES kits, each one a single sample submission to Triton Lab. The aquarist collects tank water, sends it in, and the results appear in an online account with an email when they are ready. The panel covers macro and trace elements such as sodium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, strontium, boron, bromine, iodine, iron and manganese, and the list is growing, with retailer listings quoting anywhere from 27 to 36 elements. The single-kit version is Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits (SKU 1040).
Each result is shown as a traffic-light system: yellow means pay attention and red means act, and opening a light shows a summary of remedial steps, including dosages. Triton's beginner guide describes two sample vials per test and suggests running an ICP test every two to three months as routine maintenance once a tank is stable. Bulk Reef Supply recommends at least three tests to start with: a first reading, one after corrections, and one to see which trace elements are used up faster. A pack of four covers that sequence with one kit to spare. The kits contain no chemicals, according to Bulk Reef Supply, so there is no reagent to expire.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Baseline testing:** A first full reading on a new or unfamiliar reef system.
- **Before dosing trace elements:** Find out what is low or high before adding single-element products such as Triton Iodine or Molybdenum.
- **Follow-up after changes:** Check that a correction moved the number in the right direction.
- **Spotting contaminants:** Triton's analysis flags elements that are above range, such as copper or aluminium.
**How to Use**
- **Register the kit:** Follow the instructions in the box to link it to a Triton Lab account.
- **Collect the water:** Rinse each vial with tank water three times, then fill it completely from the display tank.
- **Pack and post:** Seal the vials in the return packaging and send them to the lab.
- **Read the report:** Check the traffic lights online, then use the dose information for any element flagged.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four tests in one pack:** Enough for a baseline, a follow-up and two further checks.
- **Laboratory ICP-OES:** Reads macro and trace elements to a level colour kits cannot.
- **Traffic-light results:** Yellow for attention, red for action.
- **Remedial steps in the report:** Dosages are shown when a flagged result is opened.
- **No reagents:** The kit is a sampling set, so shelf life is not a concern.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 1040-4PK
- **Product Type:** Testing > ICP-OES Water Analysis Kits
- **Contents:** 4 × Triton ICP-OES lab test kits
- **Method:** Mail-in ICP-OES analysis by Triton Lab
- **Samples:** Two vials per test, per Triton's guide
- **Results:** Online account with email notice and traffic-light flags
- **Suggested Use:** Baseline, post-correction and follow-up tests; routine testing every 2–3 months once stable
- **Other Sizes:** Triton ICP-OES Lab Test Kits (SKU 1040), single kit
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums
---
### Triton — Filter Media
#### Triton CARBON - Activated Carbon (1L)
Lab-tested granular carbon for polishing reef water in a bag or reactor.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/triton-carbon-activated-carbon-1l/
- Price: $33.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2040
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Carbon-1000x1000__05004_499x499.webp
Yellowed water, lingering chemicals after a treatment and the general build-up of dissolved organics are all jobs for activated carbon, provided the carbon itself does not add anything unwanted. Triton CARBON - Activated Carbon (1L) (SKU: 2040) is Triton's granular activated carbon for marine aquariums, a 1,000 mL tub of media for removing toxins, pollutants, chemicals and impurities from reef water. Triton lab-tests it and states it is free from contaminants, the same standard the maker applies across its treatments range. It is the carbon Triton pairs with its own DETOX heavy-metal treatment, and Triton rates it at basic skill level.
Triton's rate is 100 mL per 100 L, or 1 mL per litre, so this 1 L tub treats a system of about 1,000 L in one fill, or two changes on a 500 L reef. Rinse the carbon in RODI water before use, because fine carbon dust can irritate coral polyps. It can then sit in a mesh bag in a high-flow area of the sump, or run in a reactor with the flow kept slow enough that the granules do not tumble. Triton recommends replacing the carbon every four to six weeks, so a large system on continuous carbon gets through several tubs a year. During a DETOX treatment the carbon comes out first, goes back in fresh after three days and is replaced again after a week to remove the bound metals.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Continuous water polishing:** Removing dissolved organics and discolouration.
- **After medication or treatments:** Taking residual chemicals out of the water.
- **With Triton DETOX:** Removing copper and lead once DETOX has bound them.
- **Reactor or bag set-ups:** Suits either passive or pumped use.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Measure the amount:** 100 mL of carbon per 100 L of system water.
- **Rinse first:** Wash in RODI water until the fines are gone.
- **Place it in flow:** Mesh bag in a high-flow sump area, or a reactor that does not tumble the media.
- **Replace on schedule:** Change the carbon every four to six weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Lab-tested:** Triton states it is free from contaminants.
- **Granular format:** Works in a media bag or a reactor.
- **Simple dose:** 1 mL of carbon per litre of water.
- **DETOX partner:** Removes the metals that DETOX binds.
- **Four-to-six-week service life:** Triton's replacement interval.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2040
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL, granulate
- **Usage Rate:** 100 mL per 100 L (1 mL per litre)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 1,000 L of system water per fill
- **Replacement:** Every 4–6 weeks
- **Preparation:** Rinse in RODI water; do not let it tumble in a reactor
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Companion Product:** Triton DETOX - Metal Remover
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Triton DI - Deionising Resin (1L)
Ultra-pure DI resin for the final polishing stage of an RO/DI unit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/triton-di-deionising-resin-1l/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 2050
- Brand: Triton (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/triton/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/353a051a10dc01466a7cf1bf527f2f90ab743fdd_ed970ebe-f462-462e-be18-3c6685e70d60_1024x1024.webp
A reverse osmosis membrane removes most of what is in tap water, but the remainder includes silicate, the nutrient behind brown diatom films on new reef glass and sand. Triton DI - Deionising Resin (1L) (SKU: 2050) is Triton's ultra-pure deionising resin for RODI water, a 1,000 mL pack of granulate that goes into the DI stage of a reverse osmosis system. According to Triton it removes the contaminants that reverse osmosis misses, including diatom-promoting silicate, so the water used for salt mixing and top-off starts as close to pure as possible. Triton applies the same lab-tested approach to its treatments range, and rates the resin at basic skill level.
Triton's set-up places the resin in a DI pod installed inline after the last RO stage, and it recommends running two pods in series. An inline TDS meter with sensors on both sides of the first pod shows how the resin is performing, and Triton's rule is to replace the resin in both pods once the meter reads 001. Unlike Triton's activated carbon, which is rinsed first, DI resin must not be rinsed before use, and Triton's instruction on this is explicit, so the resin goes straight from the pack into the pod. Because a Triton ICP-OES analysis reports silicon among its trace elements, the aquarium's own test results give a second check on whether silicate is getting through the RO/DI unit. The resin is a water-purification medium, used outside the aquarium itself.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **RO/DI water for reefs:** Polishing water for salt mixing and auto top-off.
- **Silicate and diatom problems:** Removing silicate that RO lets through.
- **Resin changes:** Refilling refillable DI pods when the TDS reading rises.
- **Two-pod set-ups:** Charging both pods for the arrangement Triton recommends.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Do not rinse:** Pour the resin straight into the pod, dry.
- **Install after RO:** Fit the pod inline after the final reverse osmosis stage.
- **Use two pods:** Run them in series with a TDS meter around the first.
- **Change on reading:** Replace both pods' resin once the meter reads 001.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ultra-pure resin:** Triton's grade for reef-quality RODI water.
- **Silicate removal:** Takes out the diatom-promoting silicate RO misses.
- **Refill pack:** 1 L of granulate for refillable DI pods.
- **Simple monitoring:** TDS meter reading tells when to change it.
- **No rinsing:** Ready to load straight from the pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Triton (Germany)
- **SKU:** 2050
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Deionisation Resin
- **Net Volume:** 1,000 mL, granulate
- **Installation:** DI pod inline after the last RO stage; two pods recommended
- **Monitoring:** Inline TDS meter with sensors either side of the first pod
- **Replacement:** Both pods when the TDS meter reads 001
- **Preparation:** Do not rinse before use
- **Skill Level:** Basic
- **Target Environment:** RO/DI systems supplying marine and reef aquariums
---
### MANTIS — Filters
#### Mantis Media Reactor - Mr100
Compact up-flow reactor for carbon, GFO and bio-pellets.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-media-reactor-mr100/
- Price: $209.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069401
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069401.jpg
Loose carbon or GFO sitting in a filter sock channels water around the media instead of through it, and a reactor is what forces every drop of flow to actually contact the media before it moves on. Mantis Media Reactor - Mr100 (SKU: MA069401) is the smallest of the Mantis up-flow media reactors, a hand-crafted 100% acrylic chamber built for activated carbon, GFO or bio-pellets on tanks up to about 500 L. Water is fed in at the base and pushed up through the packed media bed via adjustable 20 mm hose barbs, so the full flow is forced through the chamber rather than finding a path of least resistance around it. Assembly is straightforward, with no extra fittings or tools needed beyond connecting the inlet and outlet hoses to a suitable pump.
The MR100's chamber holds about 1,500 mL of media and the body measures roughly 152 × 152 × 365 mm, a size meant to sit beside a sump rather than inside it. Mantis suggests a pump delivering around 2,000 L/H to drive the up-flow at the right rate, slow enough that the media bed does not blow apart yet fast enough that water is turned over through the chamber regularly. The acrylic housing resists scratching and discolouration over time, and because the reactor is a passive chamber rather than a powered unit, it runs on whatever external pump is already feeding it, with no additional wiring of its own. For larger systems the same reactor is made in the Mr150 (SKU: MA069402) and Mr200 (SKU: MA069403) sizes, sharing the same up-flow design at a larger media capacity.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid reef tanks:** Systems up to roughly 500 L running carbon, GFO or bio-pellets.
- **Nano and all-in-one sumps:** A compact 152 mm footprint that fits beside a small sump.
- **Chemical filtration top-ups:** Adding a dedicated carbon or GFO stage without redesigning the sump.
- **Bio-pellet reactors:** Running bio-pellets at a flow rate the pellets can tumble in rather than pack solid.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount the chamber:** Stand the reactor beside the sump within reach of the hose run.
- **Connect the hose barbs:** Attach 20 mm hose from the pump to the inlet barb at the base.
- **Load the media:** Pack the chamber with carbon, GFO or bio-pellets, rinsed first to clear dust.
- **Set the flow:** Run a pump around 2,000 L/H and adjust the outlet valve until the media tumbles gently rather than slamming against the lid.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up-flow design:** Forces the full pump flow through the media bed rather than around it.
- **100% acrylic build:** Scratch and discolouration resistant for long-term use.
- **Adjustable 20 mm hose barbs:** Simple connection to an external pump with no extra fittings.
- **1,500 mL media capacity:** Sized for carbon, GFO or bio-pellets on smaller systems.
- **Compact footprint:** 152 × 152 mm base suited to nano and small sump set-ups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069401
- **Product Type:** Filters > Media Reactor
- **Suitable Tank Size:** Up to about 500 L
- **Suggested Pump Flow:** Around 2,000 L/H
- **Media Capacity:** About 1,500 mL
- **Dimensions:** About 152 × 152 × 365 mm (W × D × H)
- **Material:** 100% acrylic
- **Connections:** Adjustable 20 mm hose barbs
- **Other Sizes:** Mr150 (SKU: MA069402); Mr200 (SKU: MA069403)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Media Reactor - Mr150
Mid-size up-flow reactor for carbon, GFO and bio-pellets on growing reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-media-reactor-mr150/
- Price: $290.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069402
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069402.jpg
As a reef system grows past its starter tank, the carbon or GFO dose that once fitted in a hang-on reactor stops keeping pace, and the next step up needs a bigger chamber rather than a second small one. Mantis Media Reactor - Mr150 (SKU: MA069402) is the mid-size Mantis up-flow reactor, built in hand-crafted 100% acrylic for activated carbon, GFO or bio-pellets on tanks up to about 800 L. Water enters at the base and is pushed upward through the media bed by a dedicated pump connected via adjustable 20 mm hose barbs, so the whole flow is forced through the chamber rather than slipping past loosely packed media the way it would in a filter sock. The design needs no extra fittings to assemble beyond the hose connections.
The Mr150's chamber holds about 2,500 mL of media, nearly double the smallest Mr100, in a body measuring roughly 160 × 160 × 420 mm. Mantis suggests a pump around 4,000 L/H to drive it, a step up from the Mr100's 2,000 L/H that matches the larger media volume and keeps the bed tumbling rather than packing solid or blowing apart. The acrylic housing is scratch and discolouration resistant, and since the reactor itself has no motor, it draws no power of its own and simply runs off whatever external pump is feeding it. It sits between the compact Mr100 (SKU: MA069401) and the larger Mr200 (SKU: MA069403) in the same range, sharing the same up-flow mechanism at a capacity suited to a tank that has outgrown the smallest size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Growing reef systems:** Tanks around 500 to 800 L that have outgrown a smaller reactor.
- **Heavier GFO or carbon loads:** A larger media volume for systems needing more chemical filtration capacity.
- **Bio-pellet reactors:** Running a bigger pellet volume at a flow rate the bed can tumble in.
- **Stepping up from the Mr100:** Upgrading media capacity without jumping straight to the largest size.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the reactor:** Stand it beside the sump with room for the hose run from the pump.
- **Connect the hose barbs:** Fit 20 mm hose from the pump outlet to the reactor's inlet barb.
- **Load the media:** Rinse carbon, GFO or bio-pellets before packing the chamber.
- **Dial in the flow:** Run a pump near 4,000 L/H and adjust the outlet until the media tumbles without hammering the lid.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up-flow media bed:** Pushes the full pump flow through the chamber rather than around loose media.
- **2,500 mL media capacity:** Nearly double the Mr100 for a system outgrowing the entry size.
- **160 × 160 mm footprint:** A mid-size body for a growing sump without crowding smaller equipment.
- **Hand-crafted acrylic:** Scratch and discolouration resistant for everyday reef-room use.
- **Adjustable 20 mm hose barbs:** A simple, tool-free connection to an external pump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069402
- **Product Type:** Filters > Media Reactor
- **Suitable Tank Size:** Up to about 800 L
- **Suggested Pump Flow:** Around 4,000 L/H
- **Media Capacity:** About 2,500 mL
- **Dimensions:** About 160 × 160 × 420 mm (W × D × H)
- **Material:** 100% acrylic
- **Connections:** Adjustable 20 mm hose barbs
- **Other Sizes:** Mr100 (SKU: MA069401); Mr200 (SKU: MA069403)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Media Reactor - Mr200
Large up-flow reactor for carbon, GFO and bio-pellets on big systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-media-reactor-mr200/
- Price: $340.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069403
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069403.jpg
A large display tied to a sizeable sump needs its chemical filtration scaled up to match, and running two small reactors side by side is rarely as tidy or as effective as one reactor built for the volume. Mantis Media Reactor - Mr200 (SKU: MA069403) is the largest of the Mantis up-flow reactors, a hand-crafted 100% acrylic chamber rated for activated carbon, GFO or bio-pellets on tanks up to about 1,200 L. Water is driven in at the base and forced upward through the full depth of the media bed via adjustable 20 mm hose barbs, so a large charge of carbon or GFO is worked evenly rather than channelling along the path of least resistance the way loose media in a sock or sump corner would.
The Mr200's chamber holds about 4,000 mL of media, more than double the mid-size Mr150, in a body measuring roughly 180 × 180 × 450 mm, the largest footprint in the range. Mantis suggests a pump around 6,000 L/H to keep a bed of that volume tumbling evenly without dead spots forming at the base or the media packing solid under its own weight. The acrylic construction is scratch and discolouration resistant despite the larger size, and as a passive chamber with no motor of its own, it simply runs off whatever dedicated pump is plumbed to the inlet. It is built for systems that have outgrown both the Mr100 (SKU: MA069401) and Mr150 (SKU: MA069402), sharing the same up-flow principle at a scale suited to a large display or multi-tank system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Systems up to about 1,200 L needing substantial chemical filtration.
- **Heavy GFO or carbon loads:** A 4,000 mL chamber for a large charge of media changed on a set schedule.
- **Multi-tank or frag-room systems:** One large reactor instead of running several smaller units.
- **Bio-pellet filtration at scale:** A bed large enough to support nitrate reduction on a bigger system.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the reactor:** Allow space beside the sump for its 450 mm height and the hose run.
- **Connect the hose barbs:** Fit 20 mm hose from a dedicated pump to the inlet barb.
- **Load the media:** Rinse carbon, GFO or bio-pellets and pack the full chamber before sealing it.
- **Tune the flow:** Run a pump near 6,000 L/H and adjust the outlet until the whole bed tumbles evenly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Full-depth up-flow:** Drives water through the entire media bed rather than around it.
- **4,000 mL media capacity:** The largest chamber in the range, for a sizeable carbon or GFO charge.
- **180 × 180 mm base:** The widest footprint in the range, built for large sumps.
- **Hand-crafted acrylic:** Scratch and discolouration resistant at the largest size offered.
- **Adjustable 20 mm hose barbs:** Connects directly to a dedicated pump with no extra fittings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069403
- **Product Type:** Filters > Media Reactor
- **Suitable Tank Size:** Up to about 1,200 L
- **Suggested Pump Flow:** Around 6,000 L/H
- **Media Capacity:** About 4,000 mL
- **Dimensions:** About 180 × 180 × 450 mm (W × D × H)
- **Material:** 100% acrylic
- **Connections:** Adjustable 20 mm hose barbs
- **Other Sizes:** Mr100 (SKU: MA069401); Mr150 (SKU: MA069402)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Rollermat 1200
Automatic fleece roller filter for tanks up to 1200 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-rollermat-1200/
- Price: $525.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069503
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069503.jpg
A big system throws a lot more fine debris at its mechanical filtration than a nano tank does, and a sock that needs changing several times a day quickly becomes the most tedious job on the maintenance list. Mantis Rollermat 1200 (SKU: MA069503) is the larger of the two Mantis automatic fleece roller filters, feeding a continuous roll of fleece across the water flow and advancing a clean section automatically as the media in use loads up with waste, instead of relying on socks pulled and rinsed by hand. Running on DC 12 V, it is built for tanks up to 1,200 L and rated to a maximum flow of 12,000 L/H, double the smaller Rollermat 600's capacity.
The 1200 takes a wider 19 cm fleece roll, still 50 m long, giving more filtration area per section advanced than the 600's 14 cm roll and suiting the higher flow it is rated for. The mechanism is built for low-maintenance running, with straightforward installation and a quick roll change once the fleece runs out, and Mantis rates it as suited to marine, tropical and freshwater aquariums alike, since the mechanical task does not change with water chemistry. The body measures about 506 × 250 × 180 mm, the largest footprint in the range, sized to replace a sock holder on a sump handling serious flow. A smaller Rollermat 600 (SKU: MA069501) runs the same mechanism on tanks up to 600 L with a narrower fleece and half the rated flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large systems:** Tanks up to 1,200 L with a sump return up to 12,000 L/H.
- **High bioload displays:** Heavily stocked or heavily fed tanks producing frequent fine particulate.
- **Reducing daily maintenance:** Cutting out repeated filter sock changes on a demanding system.
- **Marine, tropical or freshwater:** Any water type needing consistent, high-flow mechanical filtration.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the unit:** Install it where the sump flow would otherwise pass through a sock holder.
- **Load the 19 cm roll:** Thread the fleece onto the mechanism following the supplied guide.
- **Connect power:** Wire the DC 12 V unit before running flow through the chamber.
- **Confirm the advance:** Check the fleece feeds smoothly under full flow, then leave it running automatically.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rated to 12,000 L/H:** Matched to large-sump return pumps on tanks up to 1,200 L.
- **19 cm × 50 m fleece roll:** More filtration width per section than the Rollermat 600.
- **Automatic advance:** Feeds fresh fleece through as the media in use loads up with waste.
- **Largest body in the range:** About 506 × 250 × 180 mm, built for high-flow sumps.
- **Marine, tropical and freshwater rated:** Suits any common aquarium water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069503
- **Product Type:** Filters > Automatic Fleece Roller Filter
- **Suitable Tank Size:** Up to 1,200 L
- **Maximum Flow:** 12,000 L/H
- **Power:** DC 12 V
- **Fleece Size:** 19 cm wide, 50 m roll
- **Dimensions:** About 506 × 250 × 180 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Rollermat 600 (SKU: MA069501)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Rollermat 1200 Fleece 50m Roll
Replacement fleece for the Rollermat 1200 automatic filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-rollermat-1200-fleece-50m-roll/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069504
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069504.jpg
A large system puts through fleece faster than a nano tank does, and finding the roll has run out mid-service is worse on a 1200 than on a smaller unit, since more flow is passing through unfiltered while a replacement is sourced. Mantis Rollermat 1200 Fleece 50m Roll (SKU: MA069504) is the replacement fleece media sized for the Mantis Rollermat 1200 automatic filter, cut to the wider 19 cm width that unit's mechanism takes and supplied as a 50 m roll matching the length of the original. It replaces traditional filter socks and floss in the same way the factory-loaded roll does, capturing fine particulate and debris as the Rollermat advances the fleece automatically across the flow path.
The fleece is intended for the same systems the Rollermat 1200 itself serves, chiefly marine, tropical and freshwater aquariums, since the mechanical filtration task stays the same regardless of water chemistry. Being a straight 19 cm by 50 m replacement, it needs no cutting or trimming before being threaded onto the mechanism; the spent roll comes off and the new one goes on in its place. Because the Rollermat 1200 handles larger systems and higher flow, keeping a spare on hand matters more here than on the smaller unit, particularly on heavily stocked displays or sumps running close to the filter's rated 12,000 L/H. This fleece fits the Rollermat 1200 only; the narrower Rollermat 600 Fleece 50m Roll (SKU: MA069502) is cut to 14 cm for the smaller unit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rollermat 1200 roll changes:** Replacing a spent fleece roll in the Mantis Rollermat 1200.
- **Large or high-flow systems:** Tanks running near the Rollermat 1200's rated 12,000 L/H.
- **Keeping a spare on hand:** Avoiding filtration downtime while waiting on a reorder.
- **Marine, tropical or freshwater:** Any Rollermat 1200 installation regardless of water type.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Remove the spent roll:** Take out the used fleece once it has fully fed through the mechanism.
- **Load the new roll:** Thread the 19 cm roll onto the feed mechanism the same way the original was loaded.
- **Check the feed:** Run the filter briefly to confirm smooth advancement before leaving it unattended.
- **Store the spare dry:** Keep any unused roll somewhere dry until it is needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact-fit replacement:** Cut to 19 cm to match the Rollermat 1200's feed mechanism.
- **50 m roll length:** The same length as the roll the unit ships with.
- **No trimming needed:** Loads directly into the mechanism at the correct width.
- **Built for higher flow:** Sized for the Rollermat 1200's larger systems and faster roll turnover.
- **Marine, tropical and freshwater use:** Suited to any Rollermat 1200 installation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069504
- **Product Type:** Filters > Replacement Fleece Roll
- **Compatible Model:** Mantis Rollermat 1200
- **Fleece Width:** 19 cm
- **Roll Length:** 50 m
- **Other Sizes:** Rollermat 600 Fleece 50m Roll (SKU: MA069502)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Rollermat 600
Automatic fleece roller filter for tanks up to 600 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-rollermat-600/
- Price: $460.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069501
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069501.jpg
A filter sock clears fine particles well for a day or two and then clogs, and nobody wants to be the one pulling a slimy sock out of the sump every evening. Mantis Rollermat 600 (SKU: MA069501) is an automatic fleece roller filter that replaces traditional filter socks and floss with a continuously fed roll of fleece, advancing a fresh section across the water as the media in use loads up with debris rather than needing to be pulled and rinsed by hand. Run on DC 12 V, it is built for tanks up to 600 L and rated to handle a maximum flow of 6,000 L/H, keeping up with a sump return pump that would otherwise overwhelm a sock in short order.
The unit takes a fleece roll 14 cm wide and 50 m long, giving a long run of clean media before the roll needs replacing, and the mechanism is built for low-maintenance operation with straightforward installation and a quick fleece change when a roll does run out. Mantis rates the design as a versatile fit for marine, tropical and freshwater aquariums, since the mechanical filtration task is the same regardless of water chemistry. The body measures about 456 × 200 × 180 mm, sized to sit in or beside a sump in place of a sock holder. A larger Rollermat 1200 (SKU: MA069503) is built on the same principle for tanks up to 1,200 L, taking a wider 19 cm fleece at double the rated flow.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing filter socks:** Cutting out the daily or twice-daily sock change on a busy system.
- **Tanks up to 600 L:** Systems with a sump return up to 6,000 L/H.
- **Heavy bioload or feeding:** Tanks generating fine particulate faster than a sock can comfortably handle.
- **Marine, tropical or freshwater:** Any water type needing consistent mechanical filtration.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Site the unit:** Install it in the sump flow path where a sock or filter sock holder would normally sit.
- **Load the fleece roll:** Thread the 14 cm roll onto the mechanism following the supplied guide.
- **Connect power:** Wire the DC 12 V unit to its power supply before starting flow through the chamber.
- **Check the advance:** Confirm the fleece feeds through cleanly once water is running, then leave it to run automatically.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Automatic fleece advance:** Feeds a fresh section of media through as the fleece in use loads up.
- **Rated to 6,000 L/H:** Matched to sump return pumps on tanks up to 600 L.
- **14 cm × 50 m fleece roll:** A long run between roll changes.
- **Low-maintenance mechanism:** Straightforward installation and a quick roll swap when needed.
- **Marine, tropical and freshwater rated:** One filter across every common aquarium type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069501
- **Product Type:** Filters > Automatic Fleece Roller Filter
- **Suitable Tank Size:** Up to 600 L
- **Maximum Flow:** 6,000 L/H
- **Power:** DC 12 V
- **Fleece Size:** 14 cm wide, 50 m roll
- **Dimensions:** About 456 × 200 × 180 mm
- **Other Sizes:** Rollermat 1200 (SKU: MA069503)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Rollermat 600 Fleece 50m Roll
Replacement fleece for the Rollermat 600 automatic filter.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-rollermat-600-fleece-50m-roll/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069502
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069502.jpg
An automatic fleece roller filter is only as useful as having a fresh roll ready when the last one runs out, and running short part-way through a service leaves the mechanical filtration stage sitting idle. Mantis Rollermat 600 Fleece 50m Roll (SKU: MA069502) is the replacement fleece media sized specifically for the Mantis Rollermat 600 automatic filter system, cut to the 14 cm width that unit's mechanism takes and supplied as a 50 m roll, matching the length of the roll the unit ships with. It is designed to replace traditional filter socks and floss in the same way the original roll does, capturing fine particulate and debris as the Rollermat advances it automatically across the flow.
The fleece is intended for the same range of systems the Rollermat 600 itself serves, primarily marine, tropical and freshwater aquariums, since the fine mechanical filtration task does not change with water chemistry. Because the roll is a straight 14 cm by 50 m replacement, no cutting or trimming is needed before loading it into the mechanism; the old, spent roll is removed and the new one threaded on in its place. Keeping a spare roll on hand avoids a gap in filtration while waiting on a reorder, which matters most on systems where the Rollermat 600 is handling a heavy bioload or frequent feeding and running through fleece faster than expected. This fleece fits the Rollermat 600 only; the wider Rollermat 1200 Fleece 50m Roll (SKU: MA069504) is cut to 19 cm for the larger unit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rollermat 600 roll changes:** Replacing a spent fleece roll in the Mantis Rollermat 600.
- **Keeping a spare on hand:** Avoiding a gap in filtration while waiting on a reorder.
- **High-bioload systems:** Tanks running through fleece faster than a single roll lasts between services.
- **Marine, tropical or freshwater:** Any Rollermat 600 installation regardless of water type.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Remove the spent roll:** Take out the used fleece once it is fully wound through the mechanism.
- **Load the new roll:** Thread the 14 cm roll onto the feed mechanism as the original roll was loaded.
- **Check the feed:** Run the filter briefly to confirm the fleece advances smoothly before leaving it unattended.
- **Store the spare dry:** Keep an unused roll somewhere dry until it is needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact-fit replacement:** Cut to 14 cm to match the Rollermat 600's feed mechanism.
- **50 m roll length:** The same length as the roll the unit ships with.
- **No trimming needed:** Loads directly into the mechanism without cutting to size.
- **Fine particulate capture:** Replaces the same role a filter sock or floss would otherwise play.
- **Marine, tropical and freshwater use:** Suited to any Rollermat 600 installation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069502
- **Product Type:** Filters > Replacement Fleece Roll
- **Compatible Model:** Mantis Rollermat 600
- **Fleece Width:** 14 cm
- **Roll Length:** 50 m
- **Other Sizes:** Rollermat 1200 Fleece 50m Roll (SKU: MA069504)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 120
Compact in-sump skimmer for reef tanks of 300 to 600 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-tornado-protein-skimmer-120/
- Price: $429.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069100
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069100.jpg
Dissolved organics build up fastest in a tank that has just been stocked, and a skimmer with a small footprint still needs to pull its weight in a crowded sump. Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 120 (SKU: MA069100) is the smallest model in the Tornado range, an in-sump protein skimmer built in solid PVC and acrylic for reef and marine aquariums of 300 to 600 litres. It is driven by a 12 W Mantis DC Pump 1000, a needle-wheel pump that draws air into the body at 400 L/H to create the fine bubble column the skimmer relies on to strip proteins and dissolved organics from the water column before they break down into nitrate and phosphate.
The body measures about 135 by 160 mm at the base and stands 500 mm tall, a footprint the maker keeps deliberately small given the air-handling capacity on offer. Water enters through a turbulence-reducing design that settles flow before it reaches the reaction chamber, and a bubble dispersant chamber above the collection cup breaks up foam so fewer microbubbles return to the sump. The 120 is built for in-sump use only, not external plumbing, and the whole body comes apart for cleaning the pump, the riser and the collection cup. Larger reef tanks that outgrow the 120 move up to the Tornado 150, which runs a larger pump on the same body principle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reef tanks:** Systems holding 300 to 600 L of total water volume, sump included.
- **New or recently stocked tanks:** Extra protein export while the biofilter and corals settle in.
- **Space-limited sumps:** A small base footprint for sumps where room around the skimmer section is tight.
- **Everyday nutrient control:** Routine skimming alongside water changes and mechanical filtration.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit in the sump:** Stand the skimmer in the dedicated sump section, levelled on the sump floor.
- **Set the water level:** Adjust the sump level so the body sits at the depth recommended for a stable bubble column.
- **Run in the pump:** Switch on the DC Pump 1000 and let the foam head build over the first day or two.
- **Clean on a schedule:** Empty the collection cup regularly and strip the body down periodically to clear the pump and riser.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12 W DC Pump 1000:** Needle-wheel air draw of 400 L/H for a fine, consistent bubble column.
- **Small footprint:** About 135 × 160 mm at the base for sumps with limited skimmer space.
- **Bubble dispersant chamber:** Breaks up foam above the collection cup to cut microbubble return.
- **Turbulence-reducing body:** Settles incoming flow before the reaction chamber.
- **Fully strippable:** The body disassembles completely for cleaning and pump maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069100
- **Product Type:** Filters > In-Sump Protein Skimmer
- **Pump:** 12 W Mantis DC Pump 1000, needle-wheel
- **Air Intake:** 400 L/H
- **Dimensions:** About 135 × 160 mm base, 500 mm tall
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 300–600 L
- **Installation:** In-sump only
- **Material:** Solid PVC and acrylic construction
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado 150 (MA069101), 180 (MA069102), 200 (MA069103), 300 (MA069104), 500 (MA069105), 800 (MA069106)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 150
In-sump skimmer stepping up to 500 to 800 litre reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-tornado-protein-skimmer-150/
- Price: $529.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069101
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069101.jpg
A reef tank that has moved past its first year tends to carry more fish, more coral and more food going in, and the skimmer that handled the cycle stage often needs to step up with it. Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 150 (SKU: MA069101) is the next size in the Tornado in-sump range, built in solid PVC and acrylic for marine systems of 500 to 800 litres. A 20 W Mantis Tornado 2000 needle-wheel pump pulls air into the body at 700 L/H, well above the 120 below it, giving the bigger water volume a proportionally larger bubble column to work with.
The body stands 520 mm tall on a 160 by 200 mm base, still compact enough for a standard sump cabinet while handling the extra bioload a mid-size system produces. As with the rest of the range, a turbulence-reducing body design settles the water before it reaches the reaction chamber, and a bubble dispersant chamber sits above the collection cup to knock foam down before it escapes as microbubbles. The 150 disassembles completely for servicing the pump and riser, and it is built for in-sump installation only. Systems under 500 L run the smaller 120; systems pushing past 800 L are better served by the 180.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size reef systems:** Display and sump combinations totalling 500 to 800 L.
- **Heavier feeding regimes:** Tanks where feeding has increased with coral and fish stocking.
- **Replacing an undersized skimmer:** A step up for a tank that has outgrown the 120.
- **Standard sump cabinets:** A 160 × 200 mm base that fits typical skimmer sections.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Level it in the sump:** Stand the 150 in the skimmer section on a level sump floor.
- **Dial in the water level:** Trim the sump water level until the foam head sits consistently in the neck.
- **Allow a break-in period:** Expect the bubble column to settle and the foam to darken over the first week.
- **Strip down to clean:** Pull the body apart periodically to clear salt creep from the pump and riser.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 W Tornado 2000 pump:** 700 L/H air intake for mid-size reef bioloads.
- **520 mm body:** A 160 × 200 mm base suited to standard sump cabinets.
- **Bubble dispersant chamber:** Reduces microbubble carry-over into the sump.
- **Turbulence-reducing inlet:** Settles flow ahead of the reaction chamber.
- **Complete strip-down:** Full disassembly for pump and riser maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069101
- **Product Type:** Filters > In-Sump Protein Skimmer
- **Pump:** 20 W Mantis Tornado 2000, needle-wheel
- **Air Intake:** 700 L/H
- **Dimensions:** About 160 × 200 mm base, 520 mm tall
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 500–800 L
- **Installation:** In-sump only
- **Material:** Solid PVC and acrylic construction
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado 120 (MA069100), 180 (MA069102), 200 (MA069103), 300 (MA069104), 500 (MA069105), 800 (MA069106)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 180
In-sump skimmer for mixed reef displays of 800 to 1500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-tornado-protein-skimmer-180/
- Price: $679.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069102
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069102.jpg
A mixed reef carrying a heavier fish load asks more of its protein skimmer than a coral-only tank the same size, and the Tornado 180 is built for that step up in demand. Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 180 (SKU: MA069102) sits in the middle of the Tornado in-sump range, specified for marine systems of 800 to 1500 litres and driven by a 35 W Mantis Tornado 2500 needle-wheel pump that moves air into the body at 1000 L/H.
At 250 by 190 mm at the base and 570 mm tall, the body is noticeably broader than the 120 and 150 below it, giving the larger air volume room to form a stable foam column rather than overflowing the neck. The reaction chamber still relies on the range's turbulence-reducing inlet and bubble dispersant chamber to keep wet foam manageable and microbubbles out of the return. Like the rest of the range it is an in-sump unit only, built in solid PVC and acrylic, and the body comes apart completely for cleaning. A tank running close to 1500 L is better matched to the 200, which carries a larger pump again. The maker describes the Tornado range as quiet and efficient in operation, running here on a 35 W pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reef and fish-heavy displays:** Systems of 800 to 1500 L carrying more than a coral-only bioload.
- **Tanks outgrowing the 150:** A step up when foam production starts outpacing the collection cup.
- **Daily feeding schedules:** Frequent feeding that raises dissolved organic load between water changes.
- **Sumps with room to spare:** A wider 250 × 190 mm base than the two smaller sizes.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Seat the body:** Stand the skimmer level in the sump's dedicated skimmer section.
- **Tune the water level:** Adjust sump depth until the foam builds steadily without flooding the collection cup.
- **Watch the first week:** Let the bubble column and foam colour settle in before judging output.
- **Pull apart to service:** Disassemble fully to flush salt from the pump housing and riser.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **35 W Tornado 2500 pump:** 1000 L/H air intake for mixed reef and fish-heavy systems.
- **Wider 250 × 190 mm base:** More room for the foam column than the smaller sizes.
- **570 mm body:** Sized for 800 to 1500 L aquariums.
- **Bubble dispersant chamber:** Limits microbubble return to the sump.
- **Fully serviceable:** Complete disassembly for pump and riser cleaning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069102
- **Product Type:** Filters > In-Sump Protein Skimmer
- **Pump:** 35 W Mantis Tornado 2500, needle-wheel
- **Air Intake:** 1000 L/H
- **Dimensions:** About 250 × 190 mm base, 570 mm tall
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 800–1500 L
- **Installation:** In-sump only
- **Material:** Solid PVC and acrylic construction
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado 120 (MA069100), 150 (MA069101), 200 (MA069103), 300 (MA069104), 500 (MA069105), 800 (MA069106)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 200
In-sump skimmer for large reef systems of 1500 to 2500 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-tornado-protein-skimmer-200/
- Price: $919.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069103
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069103.jpg
Once a reef system passes the 1500 litre mark, many skimmers sized for smaller tanks run flat out just keeping pace with the bioload. Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 200 (SKU: MA069103) sits at the larger end of the Tornado range, rated for marine aquariums of 1500 to 2500 litres and powered by a 50 W Mantis Tornado 4000 needle-wheel pump that draws 1500 L/H of air into the reaction chamber.
The body measures about 285 by 230 mm at the base and 640 mm tall, large enough to hold a substantial foam column without the collection cup filling faster than it can be emptied. It keeps the same turbulence-reducing inlet and bubble dispersant chamber as the smaller Tornado models, scaled up to match the higher air throughput, and remains an in-sump-only design built in solid PVC and acrylic that disassembles fully for cleaning. Large display tanks with a heavy fish stock suit the 200 better than the 180 below it, and systems moving past 2500 L step up to the 300. The maker rates the Tornado range as efficient and quiet in operation. The 200 and the 300 have overlapping tank ranges between 2000 and 2500 L, so the choice comes down to stocking density and feeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Systems of 1500 to 2500 L, display plus sump.
- **Heavy fish stocking:** Bioloads from fish-dominant tanks rather than coral-only systems.
- **Frequent feeding:** High feed rates that push dissolved organics up between water changes.
- **Replacing an undersized unit:** A step up from the 180 where foam production outpaces the cup.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position in the sump:** Install the skimmer in its dedicated section, level on the sump floor.
- **Set the operating level:** Adjust the sump water level until the foam column holds steady.
- **Let it break in:** Allow the foam column to stabilise over the first several days of running.
- **Service on a schedule:** Strip the body down periodically to clean the pump and clear salt build-up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 W Tornado 4000 pump:** 1500 L/H air intake for large reef bioloads.
- **285 × 230 mm base:** Sized for a bigger foam column than the mid-range models.
- **640 mm body:** Matched to 1500 to 2500 L aquariums.
- **Scaled bubble dispersant chamber:** Keeps microbubble return down at higher airflow.
- **Complete disassembly:** Services the pump and riser without special tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069103
- **Product Type:** Filters > In-Sump Protein Skimmer
- **Pump:** 50 W Mantis Tornado 4000, needle-wheel
- **Air Intake:** 1500 L/H
- **Dimensions:** About 285 × 230 mm base, 640 mm tall
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 1500–2500 L
- **Installation:** In-sump only
- **Material:** Solid PVC and acrylic construction
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado 120 (MA069100), 150 (MA069101), 180 (MA069102), 300 (MA069104), 500 (MA069105), 800 (MA069106)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 300
In-sump skimmer for 2000 to 3000 litre reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-tornado-protein-skimmer-300/
- Price: $1,389.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069104
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069104.jpg
SPS-dominant systems and large mixed reefs tend to run lean on nutrients by design, which puts extra pressure on the skimmer to keep exporting organics without stripping everything the corals still need. Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 300 (SKU: MA069104) is built for marine systems of 2000 to 3000 litres, carrying a 70 W Mantis Tornado 6000 needle-wheel pump that draws 2500 L/H of air through the reaction chamber.
The body stands 700 mm tall on a 320 by 260 mm base, the largest single-pump footprint in the range below the 500 and 800. The same turbulence-reducing inlet and bubble dispersant chamber used throughout the Tornado line let the 300 manage the higher air volume without the wet, unstable foam that an undersized skimmer produces at this throughput. It is in-sump only, built in solid PVC and acrylic, and fully strippable for servicing the pump and riser. Systems closer to 2000 L that find the 300 producing more foam than needed can run the 200 instead, while systems above 3000 L move to the 500. The 300 and the 200 have overlapping tank ranges between 2000 and 2500 L, so the choice between them comes down to stocking density and feeding. The maker names the 70 W pump on the 300 as the Tornado 6000, the same pump name used for each half of the dual-pump 800.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large mixed or SPS reefs:** Systems of 2000 to 3000 L running a lean nutrient regime.
- **High-turnover sumps:** Tanks where the return pump and skimmer both run at the upper end of their range.
- **Multi-tank systems:** A single skimmer servicing a connected set-up of that total volume.
- **Stepping up from the 200:** Where foam output has started to outpace the collection cup.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Install level:** Stand the 300 in its sump section on a flat, level base.
- **Set the water depth:** Match the sump level to the operating depth the body is designed for.
- **Allow a longer break-in:** Expect the foam head to take longer to stabilise at this air volume.
- **Strip for cleaning:** Disassemble completely on a schedule to clear the pump and riser of salt.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **70 W Tornado 6000 pump:** 2500 L/H air intake for large reef bioloads.
- **320 × 260 mm base:** The largest single-pump footprint below the 500 and 800.
- **700 mm body:** Built for 2000 to 3000 L aquariums.
- **Stable high-volume foam:** Turbulence-reducing inlet and bubble dispersant chamber scaled for the output.
- **Full strip-down:** Services pump and riser without special tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069104
- **Product Type:** Filters > In-Sump Protein Skimmer
- **Pump:** 70 W Mantis Tornado 6000, needle-wheel
- **Air Intake:** 2500 L/H
- **Dimensions:** About 320 × 260 mm base, 700 mm tall
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 2000–3000 L
- **Installation:** In-sump only
- **Material:** Solid PVC and acrylic construction
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado 120 (MA069100), 150 (MA069101), 180 (MA069102), 200 (MA069103), 500 (MA069105), 800 (MA069106)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 500
In-sump skimmer for 4000 to 5000 litre systems and frag farms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-tornado-protein-skimmer-500/
- Price: $1,869.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069105
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069105.jpg
A system running several thousand litres, whether one large display or a bank of connected grow-out tanks, produces more waste per day than a home aquarium skimmer was built to handle. Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 500 (SKU: MA069105) is rated for marine systems of 4000 to 5000 litres and runs on a 105 W Mantis Tornado 10000 needle-wheel pump, drawing 5000 L/H of air through the body.
At 364 by 312 mm at the base and 632 mm tall, the 500 shares its footprint with the top-of-range 800, the difference between the two coming down to pump arrangement rather than body dimensions. The turbulence-reducing inlet and bubble dispersant chamber used throughout the Tornado range carry over here, built to cope with an air volume many times that of the entry-level 120. It is an in-sump unit only, built in solid PVC and acrylic, and disassembles completely for servicing. Frag farms and wholesale systems running close to 5000 L that need more capacity again move to the dual-pump 800. The maker rates the Tornado range as efficient and quiet in operation, and names the 105 W pump on the 500 as the Tornado 10000, the pump size also used for the 10000 return pump in the same range.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large single displays:** Systems of 4000 to 5000 L in one connected water volume.
- **Frag farms and grow-out systems:** Multiple tanks on a shared sump at this total volume.
- **Heavy daily feeding:** Large systems where feed rates and bioload scale with tank numbers.
- **Stepping up from the 300:** Where a single Tornado 6000 pump is no longer enough.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Allow for the footprint:** Confirm sump clearance for the 364 × 312 mm base before installing.
- **Level and connect:** Stand the skimmer in its section and wire the 105 W pump to power.
- **Run in gradually:** Expect several days before the foam column and collection rate settle at this volume.
- **Plan for larger servicing:** Schedule full strip-downs more often given the higher throughput.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **105 W Tornado 10000 pump:** 5000 L/H air intake for large systems.
- **364 × 312 mm base:** Shared footprint with the top-of-range 800.
- **632 mm body:** Built for 4000 to 5000 L of total water volume.
- **High-volume foam handling:** Turbulence-reducing inlet and bubble dispersant chamber scaled for the output.
- **Full disassembly:** Services the pump and riser on large systems without special tools.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069105
- **Product Type:** Filters > In-Sump Protein Skimmer
- **Pump:** 105 W Mantis Tornado 10000, needle-wheel
- **Air Intake:** 5000 L/H
- **Dimensions:** About 364 × 312 mm base, 632 mm tall
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 4000–5000 L
- **Installation:** In-sump only
- **Material:** Solid PVC and acrylic construction
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado 120 (MA069100), 150 (MA069101), 180 (MA069102), 200 (MA069103), 300 (MA069104), 800 (MA069106)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 800
Dual-pump in-sump skimmer for 6000 to 7500 litre systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filters/mantis-tornado-protein-skimmer-800/
- Price: $2,499.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069106
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069106.jpg
The largest reef systems rarely rely on a single pump for anything, and the skimmer is no exception once the water volume climbs into the thousands of litres. Mantis Tornado Protein Skimmer 800 (SKU: MA069106) is the top of the Tornado in-sump range, rated for marine systems of 6000 to 7500 litres and driven by two Mantis Tornado 6000 needle-wheel pumps working together for a combined 140 W and 6000 L/H of air intake.
The body shares its 364 by 312 mm base and 632 mm height with the single-pump 500, the step up in capacity coming from the second pump rather than a larger shell. The pair of pumps feeds the same turbulence-reducing inlet and bubble dispersant chamber design used across the range, scaled to cope with a higher air volume than the 500 without the foam destabilising. It is built in solid PVC and acrylic for in-sump installation only, and the body comes apart fully so both pumps can be serviced. Below 6000 L, the single-pump 500 is the better-matched size. The maker lists the pump pairing as two Tornado 6000 units, 140 W combined, and describes the range as efficient and quiet in operation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **The largest reef systems:** Single displays or multi-tank set-ups of 6000 to 7500 L.
- **Wholesale and public aquarium systems:** High-turnover installations needing a dual-pump skimmer.
- **Heavy, continuous bioload:** Systems where a single pump would be running at its limit around the clock.
- **Replacing a maxed-out 500:** A step up once the single-pump unit can no longer keep pace.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check sump clearance:** Confirm the skimmer section can take the 364 × 312 mm base and both pump housings.
- **Wire both pumps:** Connect the two pumps to power and confirm both are drawing air evenly.
- **Allow an extended run-in:** Expect the foam column to take longer to stabilise with two pumps feeding it.
- **Service the pumps separately:** Strip the body down and clean each pump on the same maintenance schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual Tornado 6000 pumps:** Combined 140 W and 6000 L/H air intake.
- **Same footprint as the 500:** 364 × 312 mm base, 632 mm tall.
- **Largest Tornado capacity:** Rated for 6000 to 7500 L systems.
- **Two pumps to service:** Each can be cleaned when the body is stripped down.
- **Shared bubble dispersant design:** Scaled to handle the higher air volume.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069106
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000000069007
- **Product Type:** Filters > In-Sump Protein Skimmer
- **Pumps:** 2 × Mantis Tornado 6000, needle-wheel, 140 W combined
- **Air Intake:** 6000 L/H
- **Dimensions:** About 364 × 312 mm base, 632 mm tall
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 6000–7500 L
- **Installation:** In-sump only
- **Material:** Solid PVC and acrylic construction
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado 120 (MA069100), 150 (MA069101), 180 (MA069102), 200 (MA069103), 300 (MA069104), 500 (MA069105)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
### MANTIS — Pumps & Wavemakers
#### Mantis Reefvane Cross Flow Pump 25
Slim cross-flow wavemaker for tanks up to 250 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-reefvane-cross-flow-pump-25/
- Price: $325.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069304
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069304.jpg
A single powerhead aimed across a tank pushes water in one direction and leaves the far corners flat, which is the gap a cross-flow design is meant to close. Mantis Reefvane Cross Flow Pump 25 (SKU: MA069304) is a controllable cross-flow wave pump built as a slim tube with sideway fins running along its length, so instead of a single jet it pushes water out sideways along its whole body and generates a broad, even wave rather than one narrow stream. The fins are what let the pump create a sheet of movement across the width of the tank, which Mantis says improves overall circulation compared with a single-point powerhead of similar flow.
The Reefvane 25 is rated at a flow of 7,500 L/H and a maximum of 25 W, sized for tanks from about 50 to 250 L behind glass up to 15 mm thick. The pump body itself measures about 220 × 33 × 67 mm, a slim profile meant to sit along the back or side wall without dominating the view the way a bulkier powerhead can. Five pump modes are built in: Constant for a steady, adjustable flow; Stream Wave for an undulating current at a fixed rate; Random for irregular wave patterns; Pulsing for on-off bursts that still keep water moving; and Cycle, which runs through changing patterns automatically. A larger Reefvane 45 (SKU: MA069305) is made for bigger tanks up to 450 L, sharing the same cross-flow body and mode selection at a higher flow and wattage.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid reef tanks:** Systems from about 50 to 250 L needing broad, even circulation.
- **Dead-spot correction:** Replacing or supplementing a single powerhead that leaves corners flat.
- **Coral placements needing varied flow:** Random and Pulsing modes for corals that benefit from changing current.
- **Glass up to 15 mm:** Standard-thickness display and nano tanks within that range.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Choose a mounting spot:** Position it along the back or side wall where a broad sideways flow is wanted.
- **Confirm glass thickness:** Check the pane is 15 mm or less before fitting the magnetic mount.
- **Power on and select a mode:** Start on Constant to judge the flow before trying Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing or Cycle.
- **Adjust position and strength:** Fine-tune placement and output once livestock settle into the new flow pattern.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cross-flow body with sideway fins:** Pushes water out along its length for a broad, even wave.
- **Five pump modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle for varied flow.
- **7,500 L/H at 25 W:** A flow-to-power balance aimed at tanks up to 250 L.
- **Slim tubular profile:** About 220 × 33 × 67 mm, discreet along a back or side wall.
- **Magnetic fit to 15 mm glass:** Suits standard-thickness display and nano tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069304
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > Cross-Flow Wave Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 7,500 L/H
- **Power:** 25 W maximum
- **Suitable Tank Size:** About 50 to 250 L
- **Maximum Glass Thickness:** 15 mm
- **Dimensions:** About 220 × 33 × 67 mm
- **Pump Modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing, Cycle
- **Other Sizes:** Reefvane Cross Flow Pump 45 (SKU: MA069305)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Reefvane Cross Flow Pump 45
High-output cross-flow wavemaker for tanks up to 450 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-reefvane-cross-flow-pump-45/
- Price: $425.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069305
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069305.jpg
A big display tank needs enough horizontal movement to reach every corner without a wall of powerheads cluttering the view, and a longer cross-flow body is one way to spread that movement without adding more units. Mantis Reefvane Cross Flow Pump 45 (SKU: MA069305) is the larger of the two Mantis cross-flow wave pumps, a slim tube running sideway fins along its body so it pushes water outward across its full length rather than from one single outlet. That sideways push is what creates the broad, even wave Mantis describes, giving more complete circulation across a wide tank than a single narrow jet aimed from one corner.
The Reefvane 45 is rated at 15,000 L/H and up to 45 W, sized for tanks from about 50 to 450 L behind glass up to 19 mm thick, both noticeably higher than the smaller Reefvane 25. The pump body measures about 290 × 33 × 67 mm, longer than the 25 to spread its sideways flow across a wider tank while keeping the same slim profile along the wall. The same five modes are built in: Constant for a steady, adjustable flow, Stream Wave for an undulating current at a fixed rate, Random for irregular wave patterns, Pulsing for on-off bursts, and Cycle for a rotation through changing patterns. For smaller systems the Reefvane 25 (SKU: MA069304) shares the same cross-flow mechanism and mode set at a lower flow, wattage and glass-thickness rating.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger reef tanks:** Systems from about 50 to 450 L needing strong, even circulation.
- **Wide or long tanks:** A longer cross-flow body spreading sideways movement further than a point-source pump.
- **High-flow coral placements:** Random and Pulsing modes for corals that need stronger, varied current.
- **Glass up to 19 mm:** Thicker-pane display tanks beyond the Reefvane 25's rating.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- **Choose a mounting wall:** Position the longer body where its sideways flow can span the tank's width.
- **Confirm glass thickness:** Check the pane is 19 mm or less before attaching the magnetic mount.
- **Power on and test a mode:** Start with Constant, then try Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing or Cycle.
- **Fine-tune for livestock:** Adjust position and output once corals and fish settle into the new flow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Longer cross-flow body:** Spreads sideways flow across a wider tank than the Reefvane 25.
- **15,000 L/H at up to 45 W:** Higher output matched to larger systems.
- **Five pump modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle.
- **19 mm glass rating:** Suits thicker-pane display tanks.
- **Slim profile despite the length:** About 290 × 33 × 67 mm, still discreet along the wall.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069305
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > Cross-Flow Wave Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 15,000 L/H
- **Power:** 45 W maximum
- **Suitable Tank Size:** About 50 to 450 L
- **Maximum Glass Thickness:** 19 mm
- **Dimensions:** About 290 × 33 × 67 mm
- **Pump Modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing, Cycle
- **Other Sizes:** Reefvane Cross Flow Pump 25 (SKU: MA069304)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Return Pump 10000
Submersible 24V DC return pump for large aquariums and sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-tornado-return-pump-10000/
- Price: $429.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069203
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069203.jpg
Large tanks and sumps with real distance between the pump and the display need both flow and head in reserve, and the 10000 is where the Tornado return pump range starts delivering that. Mantis Tornado Return Pump 10000 (SKU: MA069203) is rated at 10000 L/H with 5 m of head, a 24V DC pump built for submersible use only.
Power draw runs from 30 W to 105 W across the 20 speed settings on the control module, considerably more headroom than the mid-size models in the range, while the shaft and bearings are the same ceramic specification the maker lists for quiet, energy-saving running. The body measures about 203 by 99 by 191 mm, sized up from the 4000 and 6000 to suit this flow rate, and it shares that footprint with the 12000. Large reef and fish-only systems with a sizeable sump-to-display run are the natural fit, and systems needing more head at the same flow move to the 12000. Mantis calls the Tornado pumps safe and efficient, and the 24V DC supply keeps the voltage in the water low. The lowest setting still draws 30 W, so the 105 W maximum is only reached when the speed is turned right up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums and sumps:** Systems needing more flow than the mid-size Tornado models provide.
- **Longer or elevated plumbing runs:** Up to about 5 m of head on a high-flow line.
- **Multiple return outlets:** Enough flow in reserve to split across more than one return line.
- **High sustained output:** Continuous running at the upper end of the Tornado range.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Install fully submerged:** The 10000 is rated for submersible use only.
- **Wire the controller:** Connect the control module and confirm it powers up before plumbing in.
- **Check head and flow together:** Confirm the plumbing run fits within the 5 m head rating at the flow needed.
- **Step through the speeds:** Use the 20 settings to match output to the display and overflow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10000 L/H rated flow:** 5 m head, 30–105 W depending on speed.
- **203 × 99 × 191 mm body:** Shares its footprint with the Tornado 12000.
- **20 speed settings:** Fine control across a wide output range.
- **Ceramic shaft and bearings:** Specified for quiet, energy-saving operation at high flow.
- **Submersible only:** Built to run fully underwater in the sump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069203
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Submersible Return Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 10000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 5 m
- **Power:** 30–105 W, 24V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 203 × 99 × 191 mm
- **Control:** 20 adjustable speed settings via control module
- **Use:** Submersible only
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado Return Pump 2000 (MA069200), 4000 (MA069201), 6000 (MA069202), 12000 (MA069204)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Return Pump 12000
Submersible 24V DC return pump for large aquariums with high head.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-tornado-return-pump-12000/
- Price: $479.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069204
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069204.jpg
A display mounted well above the sump, or plumbing that takes a long way around a stand, eats into a pump's effective flow faster than most buyers expect, which is where the extra head rating of the 12000 earns its place. Mantis Tornado Return Pump 12000 (SKU: MA069204) is the largest model in the Tornado return pump range, rated at 12000 L/H with 6 m of head, a 24V DC pump built for submersible use only.
The control module's 20 speed settings cover a power range of 30 W to 115 W, and the pump uses the same ceramic shaft and bearings as the rest of the Tornado line, specified by the maker for quiet, energy-saving operation. At about 203 by 99 by 191 mm the body is the same size as the 10000, the extra head and flow coming from the pump's internals rather than a larger shell. Large aquariums with a demanding plumbing layout, or sumps positioned well below the display, are the main use case, while systems with less head to overcome are better matched to the smaller Tornado sizes. Mantis calls the Tornado pumps safe and efficient, and the 24V DC supply keeps the voltage in the water low. Like the 10000 it starts at 30 W on the lowest setting, so the extra output is available without committing to the 115 W maximum all the time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-head installations:** Sumps well below the display, or a long plumbing run with several fittings.
- **Large aquariums:** Systems at the top end of what the Tornado range covers.
- **Equipment plumbed in line:** Extra head in reserve for chillers or reactors on the return.
- **Continuous high-output running:** Ceramic bearings specified for long service at high speed.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge fully:** The 12000 is rated for submersible installation only.
- **Wire the control module:** Connect and test the controller before final plumbing.
- **Measure the actual head:** Account for every fitting and rise in the run, not just vertical height.
- **Dial in the speed:** Use the 20 settings to avoid overdriving the display's overflow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12000 L/H rated flow:** 6 m head, 30–115 W depending on speed.
- **Highest head in the range:** 1 m more than the 10000, at a higher flow rate.
- **203 × 99 × 191 mm body:** Same footprint as the 10000.
- **20 speed settings:** Full adjustment range from one control module.
- **Ceramic shaft and bearings:** Specified for quiet, energy-saving operation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069204
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Submersible Return Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 12000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 6 m
- **Power:** 30–115 W, 24V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 203 × 99 × 191 mm
- **Control:** 20 adjustable speed settings via control module
- **Use:** Submersible only
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado Return Pump 2000 (MA069200), 4000 (MA069201), 6000 (MA069202), 10000 (MA069203)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Return Pump 2000
Submersible 24V DC return pump for nano and small aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-tornado-return-pump-2000/
- Price: $269.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069200
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069200.jpg
A nano tank or a small sump does not need the flow of a display-size return pump, but it still benefits from the quiet, adjustable output a DC drive gives over a fixed-speed AC pump. Mantis Tornado Return Pump 2000 (SKU: MA069200) is the smallest model in the Tornado return pump range, a 24V DC submersible pump rated at 2000 L/H with 3 m of head and a control module offering 20 adjustable speed settings. It is built for submersible use only, not as an external in-line pump.
Power draw runs from 10 W at the lowest speed setting to 35 W at full output, so the flow can be tuned down for a quiet sump return or opened up for a stronger push through plumbing with some head height to overcome. The maker specifies high-performance ceramic shaft and bearings for quiet, energy-saving running. The pump body measures about 125 by 50 by 121 mm, small enough to sit in a nano sump chamber without crowding the baffles. Systems needing more than 2000 L/H move up to the Tornado 4000. Mantis calls the Tornado pumps safe and efficient, and the 24V DC supply keeps the voltage in the water low. At the lowest speed setting the pump draws only 10 W, which suits overnight or reduced-flow running on a small system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small sumps:** A compact body sized for tight sump chambers.
- **Low-to-moderate head height:** Up to about 3 m of lift before output falls away.
- **Quiet running tanks:** Bedroom or office aquariums where pump noise matters.
- **Fine flow adjustment:** 20 speed settings for tuning return flow to the display.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge fully:** Install the pump in the sump; it is rated for submersible use only.
- **Connect the controller:** Wire the control module and set an initial mid-range speed.
- **Check the head height:** Confirm the plumbing run stays within the pump's 3 m head rating.
- **Tune the flow:** Step through the 20 speed settings to match the display's requirements.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24V DC drive:** 20 adjustable speed settings from a single control module.
- **2000 L/H rated flow:** 3 m head, 10–35 W depending on speed.
- **Ceramic shaft and bearings:** Specified for quiet, energy-saving operation.
- **Compact body:** About 125 × 50 × 121 mm for small sump chambers.
- **Submersible design:** Built for in-sump use rather than external plumbing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069200
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Submersible Return Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 2000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 3 m
- **Power:** 10–35 W, 24V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 125 × 50 × 121 mm
- **Control:** 20 adjustable speed settings via control module
- **Use:** Submersible only
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado Return Pump 4000 (MA069201), 6000 (MA069202), 10000 (MA069203), 12000 (MA069204)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tornado Return Pump 4000
Submersible 24V DC return pump for small to mid-size aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-tornado-return-pump-4000/
- Price: $310.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069201
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069201.jpg
A tank that has grown past nano scale generally needs more than 2000 L/H to keep a sump turning over properly, without jumping straight to a pump sized for a display several times the volume. Mantis Tornado Return Pump 4000 (SKU: MA069201) is the next step in the Tornado range, a 24V DC submersible pump rated at 4000 L/H with 4 m of head, built for submersible use only.
The control module carries the same 20 adjustable speed settings as the rest of the range, with power draw from 10 W up to 50 W depending on the setting chosen, and the maker specifies high-performance ceramic shaft and bearings for quiet, energy-saving running. At about 164 by 86 by 161 mm the body is noticeably larger than the 2000, and it shares that footprint with the Tornado 6000. A small to mid-size aquarium running one or two pieces of equipment off the same return line suits the 4000, while systems needing more lift or flow step up to the 6000 or 10000. Mantis calls the Tornado pumps safe and efficient, and the 24V DC supply keeps the voltage in the water low. At the lowest setting the pump draws 10 W, the same floor as the 2000, so it can be turned well down when the tank does not need the full 4000 L/H.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small to mid-size aquariums:** Tanks that have outgrown a 2000 L/H return.
- **Sumps with moderate plumbing runs:** Up to about 4 m of head before output tails off.
- **Shared return lines:** Driving a return manifold feeding more than one outlet.
- **Noise-sensitive set-ups:** Ceramic bearings and a DC drive for quieter long-term running.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Fit in the sump:** Submerge the pump fully; it is not for external, dry-mounted use.
- **Wire the control module:** Connect the controller and start at a mid-range speed setting.
- **Measure the head:** Confirm the plumbing stays within the 4 m rated head.
- **Adjust to the display:** Step through the 20 speeds to set the return flow the tank needs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4000 L/H rated flow:** 4 m head, 10–50 W depending on speed.
- **24V DC with 20 speed settings:** One control module covers the full adjustment range.
- **Ceramic shaft and bearings:** Built for quiet, energy-saving running.
- **164 × 86 × 161 mm body:** Shares its footprint with the Tornado 6000.
- **Submersible only:** Designed to run fully underwater in the sump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069201
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Submersible Return Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 4000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 4 m
- **Power:** 10–50 W, 24V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 164 × 86 × 161 mm
- **Control:** 20 adjustable speed settings via control module
- **Use:** Submersible only
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado Return Pump 2000 (MA069200), 6000 (MA069202), 10000 (MA069203), 12000 (MA069204)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tourbon Wave Pump 100
Sine-wave pump for 60 to 120 cm aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-tourbon-wave-pump-100/
- Price: $275.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069302
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069302.jpg
Most tanks in the 60 to 120 cm range need more than a single corner-mounted powerhead to move water evenly from end to end, without resorting to a pump sized for a much larger display. Mantis Tourbon Wave Pump 100 (SKU: MA069302) is the mid-size model in the Tourbon range, a 24V DC wave pump rated at 6000 L/H and specified for tanks between 60 and 120 cm, with a mount rated for glass or acrylic up to 12 mm thick.
Like the rest of the Tourbon range it runs a sine-wave drive across five flow modes, Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle, so flow can swap between a steady push and an irregular, reef-like surge without changing hardware. Power draw runs from 5 W to 25 W depending on the mode and frequency selected, in keeping with the low-heat, energy-efficient operation the maker describes. The compact, durable housing is rated for either fresh or marine water. A tank nearer 60 cm that does not need the full 6000 L/H can run the smaller Tourbon 60, while a tank approaching or past 120 cm fits the larger Tourbon 200 better. The 24V DC supply keeps only low voltage at the aquarium, and the maker lists the Tourbon pumps as energy efficient with low heat output. The 60 to 120 cm tank range covers many standard display sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size aquariums:** Tanks between 60 and 120 cm in length.
- **Freshwater or marine systems:** A single pump suited to either.
- **Reef-style random flow:** Pulsing and Random modes for a more natural surge than a fixed stream.
- **Standard glass thickness:** Mounts on panels up to 12 mm thick.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Confirm panel thickness:** Check the glass or acrylic is within the 12 mm rating.
- **Place the pump:** Aim the flow along the tank rather than straight at the front glass.
- **Pick a flow mode:** Choose Constant for even flow or Random or Pulsing for a more natural surge.
- **Fine-tune the frequency:** Cycle through the five presets until the movement suits the stock.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6000 L/H flow rate:** Sized for 60 to 120 cm aquariums.
- **Five flow modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle.
- **24V DC sine-wave drive:** Quiet, low-heat, energy-efficient operation.
- **5–25 W power range:** Scales with the frequency and mode selected.
- **Glass or acrylic to 12 mm:** Mount rating suited to standard mid-size tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069302
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Wave Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 6000 L/H
- **Power:** 5–25 W, 24V DC
- **Maximum Panel Thickness:** 12 mm glass or acrylic
- **Flow Modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing, Cycle
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 60–120 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Tourbon Wave Pump 60 (MA069301), 200 (MA069303)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tourbon Wave Pump 60
Compact sine-wave pump for 40 to 60 cm aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-tourbon-wave-pump-60/
- Price: $225.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069301
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069301.jpg
A small aquarium rarely has room for a bulky wavemaker, but fish and corals in a 40 to 60 cm tank still benefit from water movement that does not feel like a jet from a single powerhead. Mantis Tourbon Wave Pump 60 (SKU: MA069301) is the smallest model in the Tourbon range, a 24V DC wave pump rated at 4000 L/H and specified for tanks between 40 and 60 cm. The maker rates its mount for glass or acrylic up to 10 mm thick and describes the sine-wave drive as ultra quiet, with low heat output and energy-efficient running.
The pump offers five flow modes, Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle, with an adjustable wave frequency across five presets, so the movement in a small tank can be varied through the day instead of running as one continuous current. Power draw spans 3 W at the lowest setting to 15 W at the highest. The compact, durable construction suits fresh or marine water. Tanks running past 60 cm or needing more flow than 4000 L/H move up to the Tourbon 100. Mantis lists the Tourbon pumps as energy efficient with low heat output. The pump runs on 24V DC and is rated for tanks of 40 to 60 cm, the smallest range in the Tourbon line. Its mount rating of 10 mm is also the thinnest in the line, against 12 mm and 19 mm on the larger models, so measure the glass first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small aquariums:** Tanks between 40 and 60 cm in length.
- **Freshwater or marine:** One pump suited to either water type.
- **Varied flow patterns:** Five flow modes instead of one constant current.
- **Thin-walled glass or acrylic:** Mounting on panels up to 10 mm thick.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Check wall thickness:** Confirm the glass or acrylic is 10 mm or less before mounting.
- **Position the pump:** Place it where the flow can sweep the tank without hitting the glass directly.
- **Select a flow mode:** Choose from Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing or Cycle.
- **Adjust the frequency:** Step through the five presets to suit the tank's inhabitants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **4000 L/H flow rate:** Sized for 40 to 60 cm aquariums.
- **Five flow modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle.
- **24V DC sine-wave drive:** Low heat output and energy-efficient running.
- **3–15 W power range:** Adjustable across five wave-frequency presets.
- **Glass or acrylic to 10 mm:** Mount rating suited to thinner-walled small tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069301
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Wave Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 4000 L/H
- **Power:** 3–15 W, 24V DC
- **Maximum Panel Thickness:** 10 mm glass or acrylic
- **Flow Modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing, Cycle
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 40–60 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Tourbon Wave Pump 100 (MA069302), 200 (MA069303)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Turbo Pro Return Pump 20000
36V DC return pump for external or submersible use.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-turbo-pro-return-pump-20000/
- Price: $799.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069205
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069205.jpg
A return pump that runs every hour of every day needs a motor that can shed its own heat, not just push water, and that is the problem the Turbo Pro line is built around. Mantis Turbo Pro Return Pump 20000 (SKU: MA069205) is the smallest model in the Turbo Pro range, a 36V DC pump rated at 20000 L/H with 8 m of head, which can run either externally, plumbed in line, or submersed in a sump.
The Turbo Pro range is described as having an in-built circulation and cooling mechanism to prevent overheating, backed by high-performance ceramic shaft and bearings for durable, energy-saving operation. Power draw spans 30 W to 135 W across its speed range, and dual feed modes of 30 or 60 minutes pause the return during feeding. The body measures about 125 by 50 by 121 mm. Systems needing more head or flow than the 20000 offers step up to the 25000 or 30000. The 36V DC supply is a step above the 24V used on the Tornado pumps, so check that the controller and power supply match before connecting. The 20000 has the lowest head rating in the Turbo Pro line at 8 m, against 9 m on the 25000 and 10 m on the 30000. The in-built cooling mechanism is what allows the same pump to be mounted externally as well as submersed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **External or in-sump installation:** A return pump that is not restricted to submersible use only.
- **Continuous, high-duty running:** Built-in cooling for a pump expected to run around the clock.
- **Feeding pauses:** A 30- or 60-minute feed mode to stop flow during target feeding.
- **Entry point to the Turbo Pro range:** 20000 L/H and 8 m head, below the 25000 and 30000.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Choose the mounting:** Install either externally in a plumbed line or submersed in the sump.
- **Allow airflow if external:** Keep the cooling mechanism clear of obstructions when the pump is mounted dry.
- **Set the feed mode:** Select the 30- or 60-minute pause for use at feeding time.
- **Check head and flow:** Confirm the plumbing stays within the 8 m head rating at the flow needed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20000 L/H rated flow:** 8 m head, 30–135 W depending on speed.
- **36V DC drive:** Higher voltage than the Tornado return pump range.
- **Built-in cooling mechanism:** Guards against overheating on continuous duty.
- **Dual feed modes:** 30- or 60-minute flow pause for feeding.
- **External or submersible:** Not restricted to one mounting style.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069205
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Return Pump (External or Submersible)
- **Flow Rate:** 20000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 8 m
- **Power:** 30–135 W, 36V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 125 × 50 × 121 mm
- **Feed Modes:** 30-minute or 60-minute pause
- **Use:** External or submersible installation
- **Other Sizes:** Turbo Pro Return Pump 25000 (MA069206), 30000 (MA069207)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Turbo Pro Return Pump 25000
36V DC return pump for larger systems, external or submersible.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-turbo-pro-return-pump-25000/
- Price: $899.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069206
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069206.jpg
Stepping up from 20000 to 25000 L/H is a modest jump on paper, but it buys enough extra head and flow to cover a larger sump-to-display run without pushing the smaller Turbo Pro pump to its limit. Mantis Turbo Pro Return Pump 25000 (SKU: MA069206) is the mid-size model in the range, a 36V DC pump rated at 25000 L/H with 9 m of head, suitable for either external or submersed installation.
It carries the same in-built circulation and cooling mechanism as the rest of the Turbo Pro range to manage heat over long running hours, with high-performance ceramic shaft and bearings for durable, energy-saving duty. Power draw runs from 30 W to 165 W, and the dual feed modes pause flow for either 30 or 60 minutes at feeding time. At about 164 by 86 by 161 mm the body is larger than the 20000, sharing its footprint with the 30000 above it. Systems that need the extra 5000 L/H and additional metre of head over the 20000, without yet needing the 30000, are the right fit. The 36V DC supply is a step above the 24V used on the Tornado pumps, so the controller and power supply need to match. Its 30 W minimum draw is the same as the 20000 and 30000, so the range between the lowest and highest settings is wide. At the other end of the line the 20000 tops out at 135 W and the 30000 at 230 W.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger reef and fish-only systems:** More flow and head than the entry-level 20000.
- **Extended plumbing runs:** Up to 9 m of head between sump and display.
- **Long-duty operation:** Built-in cooling for continuous running.
- **Feeding routines:** A 30- or 60-minute feed pause built into the pump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Decide the mounting style:** Plumb in externally or submerge fully in the sump.
- **Keep cooling clear:** If mounted externally, make sure the cooling mechanism is not obstructed.
- **Set feed timing:** Choose the 30- or 60-minute pause to suit the feeding routine.
- **Confirm head and flow:** Match the plumbing run to the pump's 9 m head rating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **25000 L/H rated flow:** 9 m head, 30–165 W depending on speed.
- **36V DC drive:** The mid-size model in the Turbo Pro range.
- **Built-in cooling mechanism:** Supports long, continuous running hours.
- **Dual feed modes:** 30- or 60-minute flow pause.
- **Shared body with the 30000:** About 164 × 86 × 161 mm.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069206
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Return Pump (External or Submersible)
- **Flow Rate:** 25000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 9 m
- **Power:** 30–165 W, 36V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 164 × 86 × 161 mm
- **Feed Modes:** 30-minute or 60-minute pause
- **Use:** External or submersible installation
- **Other Sizes:** Turbo Pro Return Pump 20000 (MA069205), 30000 (MA069207)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Turbo Pro Return Pump 30000
36V DC return pump for large, high-flow systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/pumps-wavemakers/mantis-turbo-pro-return-pump-30000/
- Price: $999.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069207
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Pumps & Wavemakers (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/pumps-wavemakers/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069207.jpg
The top of the Turbo Pro range is aimed at systems where a smaller pump would be running flat out, or where the plumbing run has enough fittings and height to eat into flow before it ever reaches the display. Mantis Turbo Pro Return Pump 30000 (SKU: MA069207) is the largest model in the range, a 36V DC pump rated at 30000 L/H with 10 m of head, suitable for external or submersed installation.
At 30 W to 230 W the power range is the widest in the Turbo Pro line, reflecting the output needed to sustain 30000 L/H against up to 10 m of head, and the same in-built circulation and cooling mechanism found on the smaller models keeps the motor from overheating on continuous duty. Ceramic shaft and bearings are specified throughout for durable, energy-saving operation, and the two feed-mode settings, 30 or 60 minutes, work the same way as on the 20000 and 25000. The body shares its 164 by 86 by 161 mm footprint with the 25000. Systems with less demand are better matched to one of the smaller Turbo Pro pumps. The 36V DC supply is a step above the 24V used on the Tornado pumps, so the controller and power supply need to match. The 30 W minimum matches the other Turbo Pro models, which leaves a very wide span between the lowest and highest settings.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large, high-flow systems:** The highest flow and head in the Turbo Pro range.
- **Demanding plumbing layouts:** Long runs, multiple fittings or in-line equipment ahead of the display.
- **Round-the-clock operation:** Built-in cooling for the range's highest power draw.
- **Scheduled feeding pauses:** A 30- or 60-minute feed mode on the pump.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Select the mounting:** Install externally in line or fully submerged, as the system suits.
- **Allow for cooling:** Keep the circulation and cooling mechanism unobstructed, especially on external mounts.
- **Set the feed pause:** Choose 30 or 60 minutes to match the tank's feeding routine.
- **Verify the plumbing:** Check the full run, including fittings, against the 10 m head rating.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30000 L/H rated flow:** 10 m head, 30–230 W depending on speed.
- **Widest power range in the line:** Up to 230 W to sustain high flow against head.
- **Built-in cooling mechanism:** Guards the motor on continuous high-power running.
- **Dual feed modes:** 30- or 60-minute flow pause.
- **External or submersible:** Shares its body with the 25000.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069207
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Return Pump (External or Submersible)
- **Flow Rate:** 30000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 10 m
- **Power:** 30–230 W, 36V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 164 × 86 × 161 mm
- **Feed Modes:** 30-minute or 60-minute pause
- **Use:** External or submersible installation
- **Other Sizes:** Turbo Pro Return Pump 20000 (MA069205), 25000 (MA069206)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### MANTIS — Freshwater aquarium
#### Mantis 4 Stage Ro 100 Advanced
Wall-mounted RO/DI unit for tap-water aquarium top-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/mantis-4-stage-ro-100-advanced/
- Price: $298.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069602
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069602.jpg
Tap water carries chlorine, chloramine and dissolved minerals that most aquarium keepers would rather not add to a tank. Mantis 4 Stage RO 100 Advanced (SKU: MA069602) is a four-stage reverse osmosis and deionisation system built around a 100 GPD (about 380 L per day) thin-film composite membrane, pre-mounted on a steel bracket that can be moved as a bench unit or fixed to a wall. Water passes through a 5-micron sediment pre-filter, a 5-micron carbon block, the RO membrane and a colour-changing DI resin cartridge in turn, so the output reads close to zero TDS at the tap. A pressure gauge shows how the filters are performing, and the kit includes a tap adaptor, colour-coded hose, fittings and housing wrenches.
The maker rates the RO membrane to reject more than 98% of dissolved salts, heavy metals and bacteria; the sediment and carbon stages remove particles, rust, chlorine and chloramine ahead of it. Red hose carries tap water in, blue carries the finished water out and black carries waste to a drain. The sediment pre-filter is listed at 3 to 6 months, the carbon block at 4 to 7 months and the membrane at about 12 months, while the DI resin is spent when its colour shifts from blue-black to golden brown. It connects to a standard tap and needs no permanent plumbing. A boosted version with a pump and digital TDS monitoring is sold as the Advanced + TDS & Pump.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single display tanks:** A bench or wall-mounted source of near-zero TDS water.
- **Reef and planted aquariums:** RO/DI water for salt mixing or for dosing without unwanted minerals.
- **Small fish rooms:** Filling water containers between change days.
- **Chlorinated or chloraminated mains:** Removing both before the water reaches a tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount the bracket:** Fix it to a wall or stand it as a bench unit near a tap and a drain.
- **Connect the hoses:** Red hose to the tap adaptor, blue to a container, black to a drain.
- **Flush before first use:** Run the system to waste for several minutes until the water runs clear.
- **Watch the gauge and DI colour:** Replace the sediment, carbon or DI stage when pressure drops or the resin changes colour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100 GPD membrane:** Rated for about 380 L of RO water a day.
- **Four filtration stages:** Sediment, carbon block, RO membrane and colour-changing DI resin.
- **Pressure gauge:** Fitted to the housing for a visual check on filter condition.
- **Wall or bench mount:** Pre-mounted on a steel bracket, movable or fixed to a wall.
- **Colour-coded hose:** Red for tap water in, blue for RO/DI water out, black for waste.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069602
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters (& Accessories) > 4-Stage RO/DI System
- **Output:** 100 GPD membrane, about 380 L of RO/DI water per day
- **Filter Stages:** 5-micron sediment pre-filter, 5-micron carbon block, RO membrane, colour-changing DI resin
- **Membrane Rejection:** More than 98% of dissolved salts, heavy metals and bacteria, according to the maker
- **Replacement Intervals:** Sediment 3–6 months, carbon block 4–7 months, membrane about 12 months, DI resin on colour change
- **Mounting:** Pre-mounted bracket for bench use or wall mounting
- **In the Box:** Pressure gauge, tap adaptor, 4/6 mm hose, fittings, wrenches
- **Other Sizes:** Mantis 4 Stage RO 100 Advanced + TDS & Pump (MA069603)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium water preparation
---
#### Mantis Tornado Return Pump 6000
Submersible 24V DC return pump for mid-size reef and fish-only systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/mantis-tornado-return-pump-6000/
- Price: $379.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069202
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069202.jpg
Mid-size systems running a decent head height from sump to display need a pump with some reserve in hand, rather than one working at its ceiling just to reach the overflow. Mantis Tornado Return Pump 6000 (SKU: MA069202) is rated at 6000 L/H with 5 m of head, a 24V DC pump built for submersible use only that shares its body with the Tornado 4000 below it.
Power draw spans 20 W to 70 W across the pump's 20 speed settings, and the maker specifies high-performance ceramic shaft and bearings for quiet, energy-saving operation. At about 164 by 86 by 161 mm, the body fits the same sump footprint as the 4000, so an upgrade between the two does not usually mean re-plumbing the return line. A 5 m head rating gives enough reserve for most sump-to-overflow runs on a mid-size tank, while longer or higher runs are better served by the 10000 or 12000. The pump comes with a control module that sets the 20 speeds, and Mantis calls the Tornado pumps safe and efficient, and the 24V DC supply keeps the voltage in the water low. The 20 W minimum draw is higher than on the 2000 and 4000. Its 70 W maximum is double that of the 4000 at full output.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size reef and fish-only systems:** Tanks needing more lift than the 4000 provides.
- **Longer plumbing runs:** Up to about 5 m of head between sump and display.
- **Upgrading without re-plumbing:** Same body size as the 4000 for a drop-in swap.
- **Adjustable flow needs:** 20 speed settings to dial in return flow against overflow capacity.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Submerge the pump:** Install fully underwater in the sump; it is not for dry external use.
- **Connect the controller:** Wire the control module before powering on.
- **Confirm the head:** Check the plumbing run sits within the 5 m head rating.
- **Balance with the overflow:** Set the speed so return flow does not exceed what the overflow can handle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **6000 L/H rated flow:** 5 m head, 20–70 W depending on speed.
- **Shared body with the 4000:** About 164 × 86 × 161 mm for drop-in upgrades.
- **20 speed settings:** One control module across the full range.
- **Ceramic shaft and bearings:** Quiet, energy-saving operation specified by the maker.
- **Submersible only:** Designed to run fully underwater.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069202
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Submersible Return Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 6000 L/H
- **Head Height:** 5 m
- **Power:** 20–70 W, 24V DC
- **Dimensions:** About 164 × 86 × 161 mm
- **Control:** 20 adjustable speed settings via control module
- **Use:** Submersible only
- **Other Sizes:** Tornado Return Pump 2000 (MA069200), 4000 (MA069201), 10000 (MA069203), 12000 (MA069204)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Tourbon Wave Pump 200
Sine-wave pump for 150 to 180 cm aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/mantis-tourbon-wave-pump-200/
- Price: $315.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069303
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069303.jpg
A long display, 150 to 180 cm end to end, needs a wavemaker with the flow to reach the far glass without the single-direction surge a smaller pump produces when it is turned up to compensate. Mantis Tourbon Wave Pump 200 (SKU: MA069303) is the largest model in the Tourbon range, a 24V DC wave pump rated at 18000 L/H, the highest output in the line by a wide margin over the 100 below it.
The maker rates the mount for glass or acrylic up to 19 mm thick, suited to the thicker panels typical of a large tank, and the pump runs the same five flow modes as the smaller Tourbon models: Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle. Power draw spans 10 W to 35 W, and the sine-wave drive keeps the same low-heat, energy-efficient profile the maker describes across the range. It suits fresh or marine water in a single large display or a long frag system where one pump needs to cover the full length of the tank. Tanks under 150 cm are better served by the smaller Tourbon 100. The 24V DC supply keeps only low voltage at the aquarium, and the maker lists the Tourbon pumps as energy efficient with low heat output. At 18000 L/H it is three times the output of the Tourbon 100 and 4.5 times that of the 60.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks between 150 and 180 cm in length.
- **Long frag or display systems:** One pump covering the full length rather than several smaller units.
- **Thicker glass or acrylic:** Mounting on panels up to 19 mm thick.
- **High-flow reef-style movement:** 18000 L/H across the same five flow modes.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Verify wall thickness:** Confirm the panel is within the 19 mm rating before fitting.
- **Place the pump:** Position it at one end so the flow travels the length of the tank.
- **Start on a lower setting:** Begin at a lower frequency given the pump's high maximum flow.
- **Select a mode for the tank:** Use Constant for steady flow or Random or Cycle for varied movement across a long display.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **18000 L/H flow rate:** The highest output in the Tourbon range.
- **Five flow modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing and Cycle.
- **24V DC sine-wave drive:** Low-heat, energy-efficient operation at high flow.
- **10–35 W power range:** The highest power draw in the line.
- **Glass or acrylic to 19 mm:** Mount rating suited to larger tank panels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069303
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000000006903
- **Product Type:** Pumps & Wavemakers > DC Wave Pump
- **Flow Rate:** 18000 L/H
- **Power:** 10–35 W, 24V DC
- **Maximum Panel Thickness:** 19 mm glass or acrylic
- **Flow Modes:** Constant, Stream Wave, Random, Pulsing, Cycle
- **Suitable Aquarium Size:** 150–180 cm
- **Other Sizes:** Tourbon Wave Pump 60 (MA069301), 100 (MA069302)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### MANTIS — Dosing Pumps
#### Mantis Dosing Container - 6l
Four-chamber 6 L reservoir for multi-head dosing pumps on reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dosing-pumps/mantis-dosing-container-6l/
- Price: $149.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069400
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Dosing Pumps (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dosing-pumps/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069400.jpg
A dosing pump is only as tidy as the bottles feeding it, and four mismatched jugs on the cabinet floor are how lines get swapped and solutions get spilt. Mantis Dosing Container - 6l (SKU: MA069400) is a four-compartment reservoir from Mantis that holds the solutions for a multi-head doser in one compact, space-saving unit. Each chamber holds 1.5 L, giving 6 L in total, and is graduated in 100 mL increments so the level can be read at a glance. Slide-and-pour refill lids open each chamber for topping up without lifting the unit out of the cabinet, and four coloured dosing tubes, blue, yellow, red and purple, keep each line identified from container to pump head.
The container measures about 266 mm long, 176 mm wide and 210 mm high, small enough to sit beside a sump or on a cabinet shelf. Float switch holders are built in, so a low-level float switch can be mounted in a chamber where the dosing controller or alarm supports one. The 100 mL graduations also make it simple to check what a pump has actually delivered against what it was set to dose, a useful habit after calibration or a tubing change. As a guide to refill intervals, a chamber dosing 50 mL a day lasts about 30 days, and one dosing 25 mL a day about two months. The container stores and feeds solution only; the dosing pump and any float switch are bought separately.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Three-part and Balling dosing:** Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in three chambers, with the fourth free for trace elements.
- **Four-head dosers:** One chamber per pump head, matched by tube colour.
- **Planted tank fertilising:** Separate macro and micro fertiliser solutions for automatic dosing.
- **Tidying the cabinet:** One footprint in place of a row of separate bottles.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Pick a level spot:** Stand it on a flat shelf near the doser, clear of sump splash and heat.
- **Run the coloured tubes:** One colour per chamber, each to its own pump head, with the pump channels labelled to match.
- **Fill and record:** Pour each solution through its slide lid and note the starting level on the 100 mL scale.
- **Check consumption:** Compare the level drop after a few days with the programmed dose and recalibrate if they differ.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four 1.5 L chambers:** Up to four solutions kept apart in one 6 L unit.
- **100 mL graduations:** Levels and daily use readable without a measuring jug.
- **Slide-and-pour lids:** Each chamber refilled on its own without moving the container.
- **Colour-coded tubes:** Blue, yellow, red and purple lines keep solutions and pump heads matched.
- **Float switch holders:** Mounting points for low-level float switches.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069400
- **Product Type:** Dosing Pumps > Dosing Container (Reservoir)
- **Capacity:** 6 L total, 4 × 1.5 L compartments
- **Graduations:** 100 mL increments
- **Dimensions:** Approx. 266 × 176 × 210 mm (L × W × H)
- **Lids:** Slide-and-pour refill lid on each chamber
- **Dosing Tubes:** Four, colour-coded blue, yellow, red and purple
- **Float Switch Holders:** Built in
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums with automatic dosing pumps; also planted tanks
---
### MANTIS — RODI Filters
#### Mantis 3 Stage Ro 100
Compact reverse osmosis system producing 100 GPD of pure water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters/mantis-3-stage-ro-100/
- Price: $239.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069601
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: RODI Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069601.jpg
Tap water carries chlorine, chloramines and dissolved minerals that an aquarium would rather not inherit, and a reverse osmosis unit is what strips most of that out before the water ever reaches a mixing bucket. Mantis 3 Stage Ro 100 (SKU: MA069601) is a three-stage reverse osmosis filter built around a 5-micron sediment pre-filter, a 5-micron carbon block filter, and a 100 GPD (about 380 L per day) RO membrane, mounted together on a sturdy bracket for bench or wall mounting. The sediment stage traps particulates and rust ahead of the carbon block, which removes chlorine, chloramines and other dissolved compounds that would otherwise shorten the life of the membrane that does the main job of rejecting dissolved salts and other contaminants.
Connections run on 4/6 mm hose with colour-coded fittings: a red plug for the tap water inlet, a blue plug for the pure water outlet, and a white plug for the waste water outlet, which makes plumbing the system to a tap and a drain straightforward without tracing lines by trial and error. The pack includes tap adaptors, assorted fittings and the wrenches needed to seat the filter housings, so the unit is largely ready to connect once unboxed. As a membrane-based system it needs reasonable incoming water pressure to perform at its rated output, and like any RO unit its sediment and carbon stages are consumable and need periodic replacement well before the membrane itself, which has the longest service life of the three stages. It produces water suited to mixing with marine salt or for general use in freshwater set-ups wanting chlorine- and mineral-free top-up water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixing marine salt water:** Starting from RO water free of chlorine and most dissolved minerals.
- **Freshwater top-up and water changes:** Diluting tap water's mineral content before it reaches the tank.
- **Protecting sensitive livestock:** Removing chloramines and heavy dissolved solids that stress fish and corals.
- **Bench or wall mounting:** Installing near a tap and a drain using the supplied mounting bracket.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Mount the bracket:** Fix it to a wall or bench within reach of a tap connection and a drain.
- **Fit the tap adaptor:** Connect the red inlet line to the tap using the supplied adaptor and fittings.
- **Route the outlets:** Direct the blue pure-water line to a storage container and the white waste line to a drain.
- **Flush before first use:** Run the system to waste briefly before collecting water for the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three filtration stages:** Sediment pre-filter, carbon block and RO membrane in sequence.
- **100 GPD output:** About 380 L per day of purified water under suitable pressure.
- **Colour-coded connections:** Red tap inlet, blue pure-water outlet, white waste outlet.
- **Sturdy mounting bracket:** Keeps the housings secure for bench or wall installation.
- **Fittings and wrenches included:** Tap adaptors and housing wrenches supplied for setup.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069601
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters (& Accessories) > 3-Stage RO System
- **Stages:** 5-micron sediment pre-filter, 5-micron carbon block filter, 100 GPD RO membrane
- **Output:** 100 GPD (about 380 L per day)
- **Tubing:** 4/6 mm hose, colour-coded fittings
- **Included:** Tap adaptors, fittings, filter housing wrenches, mounting bracket
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis 4 Stage Ro 100 Advanced + Tds & Pump
Booster-pumped RO/DI system with digital monitoring.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/rodi-filters/mantis-4-stage-ro-100-advanced-tds-pump/
- Price: $650.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069603
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: RODI Filters (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/rodi-filters/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069603.jpg
Low mains pressure slows an RO membrane, and that is where a booster pump earns its place. Mantis 4 Stage RO 100 Advanced + TDS & Pump (SKU: MA069603) is the boosted version of Mantis's 100 GPD reverse osmosis and deionisation system, built on the same four filtration stages as the standard Advanced unit but adding a 24V DC booster pump, a smart controller and a 2-point digital TDS reader. The booster raises pressure at the membrane, which the maker says speeds production and cuts the volume of water sent to waste, while the controller runs an automatic flush cycle and flags when a filter stage needs changing.
Filtration follows the same path as the standard system: a 5-micron sediment pre-filter and carbon block remove particles, chlorine and chloramine ahead of the 100 GPD RO membrane, which the maker rates to reject more than 98% of dissolved salts, heavy metals and bacteria, with a colour-changing DI resin cartridge polishing the output to near-zero TDS. The TDS reader monitors two points in the line in real time, so a rise in dissolved solids shows up before it reaches the tank. Supply hose is colour coded, red for tap water in and blue for RO/DI water out, with a separate hose carrying waste water to a drain. Output is rated at the same 380 L (100 gallons) a day as the standard unit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low or variable mains pressure:** The booster pump keeps output steady where the standard unit would slow down.
- **High-demand fish rooms and reef systems:** Frequent top-ups and salt mixing from one unit.
- **Unattended operation:** Auto-flush and filter-change alerts.
- **Floor or wall installs:** Stands on a cabinet floor or mounts on a wall, on a sturdy bracket.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the bracket:** Stand it on the cabinet floor or fix it to a wall near the tap and drain.
- **Wire the controller:** Connect the booster pump and controller to power before running water.
- **Flush to waste first:** Let the unit run to drain until the output reads close to zero TDS.
- **Monitor the TDS reader:** Act on a rising reading or a filter-change notification.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **24V DC booster pump:** Lifts pressure at the membrane to maintain output on weak mains supply.
- **2-point digital TDS reader:** Continuous real-time monitoring of dissolved solids in the line.
- **Auto-flush controller:** Periodically clears the membrane housing and signals when a filter needs changing.
- **100 GPD membrane:** The same 380 L per day rated output as the standard Advanced unit.
- **Floor or wall mounting:** A sturdy bracket suited to standing in a cabinet or fixing to a wall.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069603
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000000069403
- **Product Type:** RODI Filters (& Accessories) > 4-Stage RO/DI System with Booster Pump & TDS Monitor
- **Output:** 100 GPD membrane, about 380 L of RO/DI water per day
- **Filter Stages:** 5-micron sediment pre-filter, 5-micron carbon block, RO membrane, colour-changing DI resin
- **Booster Pump:** 24V DC, raises membrane pressure to maintain output on low mains pressure
- **Monitoring:** 2-point digital TDS reader; auto-flush and filter-change notification on the controller
- **Membrane Rejection:** More than 98% of dissolved salts, heavy metals and bacteria, according to the maker
- **Mounting:** Sturdy bracket for floor standing or wall mounting
- **Other Sizes:** Mantis 4 Stage RO 100 Advanced (MA069602)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquarium water preparation
---
### MANTIS — Filter Media
#### Mantis Bio Block - 2 Pack
Ceramic biological filter media for sumps and wet/dry filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/mantis-bio-block-2-pack/
- Price: $62.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069701
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069701.jpg
A biofilter only works as well as the surface its bacteria have to colonise, and a block of inert ceramic gives them far more of it than loose gravel or a sponge ever could. Mantis Bio Block - 2 Pack (SKU: MA069701) is an inert ceramic biological filter media with an open flow architecture, built to carry a large colony of nitrifying bacteria while still letting water pass freely through the block. Each block measures 100 × 100 × 25 mm, and the pack of two is sized to sit in a sump tray, a wet/dry trickle chamber or a hang-on-back filter basket without being cut or broken up. The ceramic is inert, so it adds no minerals or buffering of its own to the water column; it is there purely as a surface for the colony to grow on.
The block's surface is described as microporous, with a large specific surface area, and a supplier listing puts it at roughly 1080 m² per block once the internal pore structure is accounted for. That surface supports a stable, highly active biofilm that processes ammonia and nitrite, and the three-dimensional void structure is also reported to help limit bacterial build-up within the media itself. Beyond straightforward biofiltration, the open block face works as a base for sponge growth, micro-fauna and even coral frags kept in a sump refugium. It suits sumps, trickle filters, wet/dry towers, hang-on-back filters, or placement directly in the aquarium, and is rated for freshwater, marine and pond systems alike.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New filter set-up:** Seeding a sump, wet/dry tower or HOB basket with a high-surface-area media from day one.
- **Upgrading from gravel or balls:** Replacing lower-surface-area media with a block offering a larger bacterial colony.
- **Sump refugiums:** Providing a stable base for sponge growth, micro-fauna and small coral frags.
- **Freshwater, marine or pond:** Any biological filter chamber across any of the three water types.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before use:** Run the block under tap water to clear dust before it goes into the filter.
- **Seat in the flow path:** Place it where water must pass through rather than around it, in a tray, basket or chamber.
- **Leave it undisturbed:** Avoid removing or scrubbing the block once a colony has established; rinse gently if needed.
- **Pair as needed:** Use the two blocks together or split between two filter stages for extra capacity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Inert ceramic construction:** Adds no minerals or buffering, acting purely as a bacterial surface.
- **Open flow architecture:** Lets water pass through the block rather than around it.
- **High surface area:** Listed at around 1080 m² per block from the microporous structure.
- **Fixed block size:** 100 × 100 × 25 mm, sized for sump trays and filter baskets without cutting.
- **Multi-purpose surface:** Also used as a base for sponge growth, micro-fauna and frags.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069701
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Ceramic Biological Media (Blocks)
- **Pack Contents:** 2 ceramic bio blocks
- **Block Size:** 100 × 100 × 25 mm each
- **Material:** Inert, microporous ceramic
- **Suitable Filters:** Sumps, trickle/wet-dry towers, hang-on-back filters, or placed directly in the aquarium
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond aquariums
---
#### Mantis Bio Sphere - 1kg
pH-neutral ceramic bio-media beads for canister and HOB filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/mantis-bio-sphere-1kg/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069702
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069702.jpg
A canister or hang-on-back filter has a small media basket, and what goes in it decides how much of the tank's ammonia and nitrite actually gets processed. Mantis Bio Sphere - 1kg (SKU: MA069702) is a pH-neutral ceramic bio-media in bead form, built with an open flow structure and an ultra-high surface area so a modest volume of beads carries a disproportionately large bacterial colony. The ceramic is inert and does not shift the water chemistry, which is what the pH-neutral description refers to, so it can be dropped into an established tank without affecting existing parameters. The 1 kg bag suits a single canister filter, a hang-on-back basket, or topping up a small to medium sump.
The beads are designed for sumps, trickle filters, wet/dry towers, hang-on-back filters, or scattered directly in the aquarium, and the same bag works across freshwater, marine and pond systems. A microporous surface gives the beads their high specific surface area, which is where the biofilm of nitrifying bacteria actually forms rather than on the smooth outer shell alone. Because they are loose beads rather than a solid block, they pack into an awkward-shaped basket or chamber more easily than a block media, filling gaps around pumps, heaters or intake strainers. A 2 kg bag (SKU: MA069703) is stocked for larger sumps or where two filters are being seeded at once, and the beads from either size are interchangeable and can be mixed in the same chamber.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister and HOB filters:** Filling a media basket where loose beads pack more easily than a fixed block.
- **Small to medium sumps:** A 1 kg bag sized for a single sump tray or filter sock holder.
- **New tank cycling:** Adding surface area early so a biofilm has somewhere to establish.
- **Freshwater, marine or pond:** The same bead suits any of the three water types.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before loading:** Run the beads under tap water to remove dust before placing them in the filter.
- **Use a media bag or basket:** Contain loose beads so they stay in the flow path rather than scattering through the filter.
- **Position in the flow:** Pack them where water is forced through the media, not around a bypassed corner.
- **Avoid over-cleaning:** Rinse gently in old tank water rather than scrubbing or replacing the whole batch at once.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **pH-neutral ceramic:** Inert beads that add bacterial surface without shifting water chemistry.
- **Ultra-high surface area:** A microporous structure that carries far more biofilm than solid media of the same volume.
- **Loose bead format:** Packs into odd-shaped baskets and chambers more readily than a block.
- **1 kg bag size:** Suited to a single canister, HOB filter or small sump.
- **Freshwater, marine and pond use:** One media across every common water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069702
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Ceramic Biological Media (Spheres)
- **Net Weight:** 1 kg
- **Material:** pH-neutral, microporous ceramic beads
- **Suitable Filters:** Sumps, trickle/wet-dry towers, hang-on-back filters, canisters, or placed directly in the aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Mantis Bio Sphere 2 kg (SKU: MA069703)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond aquariums
---
#### Mantis Bio Sphere - 2kg
Bulk pH-neutral ceramic bio-media beads for sumps and multiple filters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/mantis-bio-sphere-2kg/
- Price: $57.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069703
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069703.jpg
A large sump or a fish room running several filters at once gets through bio-media quickly, and buying it in a bulk bag avoids topping up every few months from a small pouch. Mantis Bio Sphere - 2kg (SKU: MA069703) is the bulk bag of Mantis's pH-neutral ceramic bio-media beads, built with an open flow structure and an ultra-high surface area for a large bacterial colony per kilogram of media. Being inert and pH-neutral, the ceramic adds no minerals or buffering of its own, so a sump can be topped up or re-seeded without shifting established water parameters. The 2 kg bag is sized to fill a full sump tray, split between two filters, or hold enough spare media to refresh an ageing canister without running short partway through.
The beads suit sumps, trickle filters, wet/dry towers, hang-on-back filters, or scattering directly in the tank, and the same bag is rated for freshwater, marine and pond systems. A microporous surface is what gives the beads their high specific surface area, where the biofilm of nitrifying bacteria actually forms rather than on the outer shell alone. Loose beads fill an oddly shaped sump compartment or a basket crowded with a pump or heater more completely than a solid block media, and because the 2 kg bag holds twice the volume of the 1 kg pack (SKU: MA069702), it suits a bigger single system or splitting between two chambers from one bag rather than buying two smaller ones.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large sumps:** Filling a full-size sump tray or media chamber in one go.
- **Multiple filters:** Splitting one bag between two canisters, HOB filters or sump sections.
- **Stocking up:** Keeping spare media on hand to refresh a filter without a mid-batch top-up.
- **Freshwater, marine or pond:** One bulk bag suited to any of the three water types.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before loading:** Rinse the beads under tap water to clear dust before filling the filter.
- **Bag or basket it:** Hold loose beads in a media bag or basket so they stay in the flow path.
- **Split across chambers:** Divide the 2 kg bag between two filters rather than overfilling one.
- **Rinse, don't replace, routinely:** Clean gently in old tank water rather than swapping the whole batch at each service.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **pH-neutral ceramic:** Bulk-pack beads that add bacterial surface without shifting water chemistry.
- **Ultra-high surface area:** Microporous beads that carry a large biofilm colony per kilogram.
- **2 kg bulk bag:** Enough for a full sump or to split between two filters.
- **Loose bead format:** Fills odd-shaped chambers and baskets more completely than a block.
- **Freshwater, marine and pond use:** One media across every common water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069703
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 000000006903
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Ceramic Biological Media (Spheres, Bulk Pack)
- **Net Weight:** 2 kg
- **Material:** pH-neutral, microporous ceramic beads
- **Suitable Filters:** Sumps, trickle/wet-dry towers, hang-on-back filters, canisters, or placed directly in the aquarium
- **Other Sizes:** Mantis Bio Sphere 1 kg (SKU: MA069702)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, marine and pond aquariums
---
#### Mantis Filter Cup 4" - Ms-013
Reusable media cup alternative to disposable filter socks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/mantis-filter-cup-4-ms-013/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069801
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069801.jpg
A filter sock does one job and then goes in the bin, while a sump chamber built for socks can just as easily hold a reusable cup packed with whatever media the tank needs that week. Mantis Filter Cup 4" - Ms-013 (SKU: MA069801) is a 4 inch filter media cup built as a versatile, cost-effective alternative to disposable filter socks. Rather than being limited to mechanical filtration, the cup can be packed with filter floss, ceramic media, activated carbon, GFO or any other loose biological or chemical media, so one cup does the job of several single-purpose socks. Slots moulded into the base of the cup direct water flow down through whatever media is loaded, instead of letting it bypass around the sides.
A media bag is included with the cup, letting finer or looser media such as carbon or GFO be bagged separately inside the cup rather than spilling loose through the slotted base, while coarser media like floss or ceramic pieces can sit directly in the cup if preferred. Because the cup is reusable rather than disposable, the running cost over time is lower than buying replacement socks, and the media inside can be swapped out independently of the cup itself, so carbon can be refreshed without discarding the whole unit. It fits the same sump or sock-holder fittings a filter sock would use, and suits freshwater and marine systems where a sump, trickle filter or wet/dry tower is already set up to take a hanging filter sock or cup.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Replacing filter socks:** Swapping a disposable sock holder for a reusable cup in the same fitting.
- **Running chemical media:** Packing carbon or GFO in the supplied bag for easy removal and replacement.
- **Mixed-media filtration:** Loading floss, ceramic media and a bag of carbon in the one cup together.
- **Freshwater or marine sumps:** Any sump or trickle filter already set up for a hanging sock or cup.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fit the cup:** Hang it in the sump's sock holder or filter housing the way a filter sock would sit.
- **Bag loose media:** Use the supplied media bag for carbon, GFO or other loose or fine material.
- **Layer coarser media freely:** Place floss or ceramic pieces directly in the cup around the bag.
- **Check and refresh:** Rinse the cup and swap out spent media on a routine maintenance schedule.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reusable cup design:** Replaces single-use filter socks with a washable, refillable cup.
- **Slotted base:** Directs water flow through the loaded media rather than around it.
- **Media bag included:** Keeps loose or fine media such as carbon and GFO contained.
- **Takes any loose media:** Floss, ceramic media, carbon, GFO or biological media all fit.
- **4 inch size:** Sized to fit standard sock holders and sump fittings.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069801
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN-8):** 22102522
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Reusable Media Cup
- **Cup Size:** 4 inch (about 10 cm)
- **Included:** 1 filter cup and 1 media bag
- **Compatible Media:** Filter floss, ceramic media, activated carbon, GFO, biological media
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### MANTIS — Accessories
#### Mantis Aqua Glue (4g X 25pcs) - Ms-015
Gel adhesive that cures underwater for frags and plants.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/mantis-aqua-glue-4g-x-25pcs-ms-015/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069803
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069803.jpg
A coral frag drifts off a plug the moment it is lowered back into the tank, and a glue that needs a dry surface is no help once the rock is wet. Mantis Aqua Glue (4g X 25pcs) - Ms-015 (SKU: MA069803) is a gel-type adhesive supplied as 25 individual 4 g tubes, made to bond coral fragments to plugs or rock and to fix live or artificial plants to ornaments and aquascape hardscape. It sets while fully submerged, so a frag can be held against a plug or a stem tucked against driftwood and glued in place without lifting the piece out of the water. The gel consistency stays where it is squeezed rather than running off a curved plug or an angled rock face, which matters when the join has to hold before the piece is released.
Each of the 25 tubes holds 4 g, enough for one or two frags or a small plant placement, so a fresh tube is opened for every job rather than working from a shared bottle that skins over between uses. The small single-dose format suits a frag swap, a club trade table or a weekend spent replanting a tank, where several separate bonds are needed in one sitting and a part-used tube would otherwise go to waste. It is suited to both freshwater and marine aquariums, so the same pack glues a coral frag rack one day and ties a java fern to a piece of wood the next. There is no mixing or activator step: the gel is applied directly from the tube and holds the piece with a short, steady press while it takes hold, a longer hold helping on a heavier or awkward-shaped frag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coral fragging:** Mounting a freshly cut frag onto a ceramic plug or frag rack before it goes onto the rock.
- **Rescaping and replanting:** Fixing live or artificial plants to driftwood, rock or ornaments that keep drifting loose.
- **Underwater repairs:** Re-securing a frag, plug or small ornament that has come away without draining the tank.
- **Either water type:** Freshwater planted tanks and marine reef systems both take the same tube.
**How to Use**
- **Position first:** Hold the frag, plug or plant against the spot it needs to sit, in or out of the water.
- **Apply a small bead:** Squeeze a small amount from the tube onto the contact point only.
- **Hold until set:** Keep the piece steady and in contact for a short, firm press while the gel grips.
- **Open a fresh tube per job:** Use one tube per frag or plant rather than returning to a part-used one later.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cures underwater:** Sets while fully submerged, so frags can be glued without draining the tank.
- **Gel, not liquid:** Stays put on curved plugs and angled rock instead of running off.
- **25 single-use tubes:** A clean 4 g dose for each job, with no shared, skinned-over bottle.
- **Freshwater and marine:** One adhesive for reef frags and planted aquascapes alike.
- **No mixing step:** Applied directly from the tube with nothing to measure or activate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069803
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Coral & Aquascape Adhesive (Gel)
- **Net Contents:** 25 × 4 g tubes (100 g total)
- **Format:** Single-use gel tubes, one dose per tube
- **Application:** Cures underwater; for coral frags, rock, plants and ornaments
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Mantis Ceramic Coral Frag Plug (25pcs)
Ceramic mounting plugs for propagated coral frags.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=13159
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069804
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069804.jpg
A cut coral frag needs something solid to attach to before it can be glued onto display rock, and bare rock rubble is rarely the right shape or size for a frag rack. Mantis Ceramic Coral Frag Plug (25pcs) (SKU: MA069804) is a pack of 25 ceramic plugs for mounting newly propagated coral frags, sized to sit in a standard frag rack and to be glued or wedged into display rock once the frag has grown out. The ceramic body gives coralline algae and the frag's own tissue a stable, inert surface to encrust over, which is the usual way a plug eventually disappears from view as the colony matures. Supplied as a pack of 25, the quantity suits a batch fragging session rather than mounting a single piece.
Each plug is used the same way regardless of the coral being fragged: the cut frag is glued to the flat top of the plug with a cyanoacrylate or gel coral adhesive, the plug is slotted into a frag rack to hold it upright while tissue recovers, and once the frag has encrusted and is ready to go on display, the whole plug is glued or wedged directly onto the main rockwork. Ceramic plugs are the standard alternative to frag-safe cement or bare rock rubble because the flat, consistent base fits rack holes cleanly and the plug can be labelled or photographed for tracking a frag's growth before it goes on show. The pack is intended for marine reef aquariums and is not required for freshwater plants or ornaments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fragging a colony:** Mounting several cut frags from one coral onto individual plugs in a single session.
- **Frag racks and grow-out tanks:** Holding newly cut frags upright while tissue recovers and encrusts.
- **Trading and selling frags:** A plug gives a frag a stable, gluable base buyers can mount straight onto their own rock.
- **Replacing broken mounts:** Re-plugging a frag that has come away from a cracked or lost base.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Glue the frag to the plug:** Apply coral adhesive to the flat top and hold the frag steady until it sets.
- **Rack it to recover:** Slot the plug into a frag rack or egg crate so the frag sits upright in good flow and light.
- **Check for encrustation:** Leave the frag until tissue has spread over the plug's edge before moving it to display rock.
- **Mount on display:** Glue or wedge the encrusted plug into a gap in the main rockwork once ready.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ceramic construction:** An inert surface that coralline and coral tissue readily encrust over.
- **Standard frag-rack fit:** Shaped to sit in the holes of a typical frag rack or egg-crate holder.
- **Pack of 25:** Enough plugs for a full fragging session from one colony.
- **Works with any coral glue:** No special adhesive required to mount a frag.
- **Reusable workflow:** Suited to grow-out, trading and final rock mounting in one piece.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069804
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Ceramic Coral Frag Plugs
- **Pack Contents:** 25 ceramic frag plugs
- **Material:** Ceramic
- **Compatible With:** Standard frag racks and egg-crate holders
- **Target Environment:** Marine (reef) aquariums
---
#### Mantis Coral Feeding Pipette Set (2pcs) - Ms-014
Two-pipette set for targeted coral and invertebrate feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/mantis-coral-feeding-pipette-set-2pcs-ms-014/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069802
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069802.jpg
Broadcast feeding a reef tank means half the food drifts past the coral it was meant for, and getting a food directly onto a polyp or into a crevice needs something more precise than a turkey baster. Mantis Coral Feeding Pipette Set (2pcs) - Ms-014 (SKU: MA069802) is a set of two pipettes, one longer and one shorter, for targeted feeding of corals and other aquatic animals. The longer pipette reaches a frag or colony sitting deep in the rockwork or at the back of a tall tank, while the shorter one suits close-up, precise work on a coral near the front glass or in a frag tank. Both are simple squeeze-bulb pipettes: draw up a small amount of liquid or finely dissolved food, position the tip near the target, and release it in a controlled dose rather than scattering it across the water column.
The set is built for feeding corals directly, delivering a dose of phytoplankton, zooplankton or a dissolved coral food within reach of the polyps' tentacles so it is taken up before it disperses, but the same two pipettes work equally well for spot-feeding other small aquatic animals such as anemones, feather dusters, shrimp or fry that benefit from a precisely placed meal. Having two lengths in the set covers most tank depths and layouts without needing a separate tool for shallow and deep placements, and the pipette draws up liquid food straight from a mixing cup rather than needing the food premixed into the whole tank's water column.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Target-feeding corals:** Delivering phytoplankton or dissolved food directly to a polyp or colony.
- **Deep or awkward placements:** Using the longer pipette to reach a frag tucked into the rockwork.
- **Close-up frag tank work:** Using the shorter pipette for precise feeding near the front glass.
- **Other small tank animals:** Spot-feeding anemones, feather dusters, shrimp or fry.
**How to Use**
- **Prepare the food:** Mix the food in a small cup of tank water rather than loading it dry.
- **Draw up a dose:** Squeeze the bulb, dip the tip into the mixed food and release the bulb to fill the pipette.
- **Position close to the target:** Bring the tip near the polyp or animal before dispensing.
- **Release gradually:** Squeeze gently so the dose settles on the target rather than scattering with the current.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two pipette lengths:** A longer and a shorter pipette covering different tank depths.
- **Precise dosing:** A squeeze bulb delivers a controlled amount rather than a broadcast dose.
- **Targeted feeding:** Suited to corals, anemones and other animals that feed better from a direct dose.
- **Reusable set:** Rinses clean between feeds for repeated use.
- **Works with any liquid food:** Suits phytoplankton, zooplankton and dissolved coral foods alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069802
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Target Feeding Pipettes
- **Pack Contents:** 2 pipettes (one long, one short)
- **Use:** Targeted feeding of corals and other small aquatic animals
- **Target Environment:** Marine (reef) and freshwater aquariums
---
#### Mantis Magnet Viewer - Ms-017
Magnetic magnifying viewing portal for aquarium glass.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/accessories/mantis-magnet-viewer-ms-017/
- Price: $79.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069805
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Accessories (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/accessories/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069805.jpg
Looking at a reef or planted tank through the front glass still leaves a layer of algae film and glare between the eye and the detail, and a handheld magnifier cannot be held steady for long. Mantis Magnet Viewer - Ms-017 (SKU: MA069805) is a magnetic viewing portal built with an optical-grade magnifying glass lens, held in place on the aquarium glass by its own magnets rather than a suction cup or a hand. The viewing portal is about 10 cm (4 in) across, large enough to frame a coral head, a fish or a cleaning crew without constantly repositioning the unit, and once attached it stays put for extended viewing or photography sessions.
The lens has a focal range of about 7.5 cm (3 in) from the glass, which is the working distance at which the magnified image comes into sharp focus, and it is intended to bring out detail on corals, fish and other aquatic life that is easy to miss through plain glass or acrylic. Like other magnetic aquarium tools, it is rated for a maximum combined glass thickness of 12 mm, so it holds securely on standard display tanks but should not be relied on for thicker glass without checking the fit first. Because it mounts externally on the outside of the tank, it adds no equipment inside the water and can be moved to a different spot on the glass at any time to follow a fish or a coral as it grows.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Close observation:** Checking coral polyp extension, fish condition or cleaning crew activity in detail.
- **Aquarium photography:** Holding a steady, magnified view in place while a photo or video is taken.
- **Everyday viewing:** Fixed to a favourite spot on the glass for regular close-up looks at the tank.
- **Standard display glass:** Any tank with combined glass thickness up to 12 mm at the viewing point.
**How to Use**
- **Clean the glass:** Wipe algae film from both sides of the pane where the viewer will sit.
- **Position the lens:** Hold the outer half against the glass opposite the inner magnet piece.
- **Let the magnets engage:** Bring the two halves close until they lock together through the glass.
- **Adjust as needed:** Slide the unit along the glass to frame a different coral, fish or angle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Optical-grade lens:** A magnifying glass intended for clear, detailed viewing.
- **Magnetic mounting:** Holds in place on the glass without a suction cup or hand support.
- **10 cm viewing portal:** A wide enough window to frame a coral head or fish without repositioning.
- **7.5 cm focal range:** The working distance at which the magnified image is sharpest.
- **External fit, no tank intrusion:** Mounts outside the glass, adding nothing inside the water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069805
- **Product Type:** Accessories > Magnetic Viewing Portal
- **Viewing Portal Size:** About 10 cm (4 in)
- **Focal Range:** About 7.5 cm (3 in) from the glass
- **Maximum Glass Thickness:** 12 mm
- **Material:** Optical-grade magnifying glass lens with magnetic mount
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### MANTIS — Saltwater Aquarium
#### Mantis Rubicon Aquarium 2.a - 40l
Compact all-in-one Starfire glass nano reef tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/saltwater-aquarium/mantis-rubicon-aquarium-2-a-40l/
- Price: $325.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069900
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Saltwater Aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/saltwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069900.jpg
A nano reef set-up usually means buying a tank, an overflow, a return pump and plumbing as separate purchases and then working out how they fit together, which is the gap an all-in-one tank is built to close. Mantis Rubicon Aquarium 2.a - 40l (SKU: MA069900) is the smaller model in the Mantis Rubicon series, a compact nano aquarium built in Starfire glass for a clearer, less green-tinted view than standard float glass. At 40 L it suits a desktop, a home office or a first reef set-up where a larger display would be impractical, and the series is aimed at hobbyists who want an easy-to-maintain tank without piecing a sump system together from separate parts.
The 40 L Rubicon ships with a glass overflow panel built into the tank itself, a circulation pump, the plumbing needed to connect the display to its filtration chamber, and a filter sock for mechanical filtration, so the core of a working reef system is included rather than left for the buyer to source. The overflow panel is what lets water drain to a filtration area behind or below the display while keeping the front glass clear of equipment, and the included pump returns filtered water back to the main display to complete the circuit. Because everything needed to start running the system is in the box, set-up is mainly a matter of positioning the tank, connecting the included plumbing and pump, and loading the filter sock before adding water. A larger 75 L Rubicon 4.a (SKU: MA069901) is built on the same principle for a bigger display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Desktop and office reef tanks:** A 40 L footprint small enough for a home office or living space.
- **First-time sump systems:** An included overflow, pump and plumbing for a buyer new to all-in-one tanks.
- **Clearer front-glass viewing:** Starfire glass for less green tint than standard float glass.
- **Nano reef or planted set-ups:** A compact display suited to a smaller coral or planted layout.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the tank:** Set it on a stand rated for its filled weight, levelled before adding water.
- **Connect the plumbing:** Fit the included plumbing between the display and the filtration chamber below the overflow.
- **Fit the pump:** Install the circulation pump to return filtered water to the main display.
- **Load the filter sock:** Fit the supplied filter sock before running water through the system for the first time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Starfire glass construction:** A clearer viewing pane than standard float glass.
- **Built-in overflow panel:** Drains to the filtration chamber while keeping the display free of visible equipment.
- **Circulation pump included:** Returns filtered water to the display without a separate purchase.
- **Plumbing supplied:** Connects the display and filtration chamber out of the box.
- **Filter sock included:** Mechanical filtration ready to run from day one.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069900
- **Product Type:** Saltwater Aquarium > All-in-One Nano Aquarium Kit
- **Capacity:** 40 L
- **Glass Type:** Starfire glass
- **Included:** Glass overflow panel, circulation pump, plumbing, filter sock
- **Other Sizes:** Rubicon Aquarium 4.a - 75l (SKU: MA069901)
- **Target Environment:** Marine (reef) aquariums
---
#### Mantis Rubicon Aquarium 4.a - 75l
Larger all-in-one Starfire glass nano reef tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/saltwater-aquarium/mantis-rubicon-aquarium-4-a-75l/
- Price: $445.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MA069901
- Brand: MANTIS (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/mantis/) · Category: Saltwater Aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/saltwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/MA069901.jpg
Stepping up from a nano cube usually means re-sourcing a new overflow, a bigger pump and new plumbing all at once, which is the jump an all-in-one tank in a larger size is built to remove. Mantis Rubicon Aquarium 4.a - 75l (SKU: MA069901) is the larger model in the Mantis Rubicon series, built in Starfire glass for a clearer, less green-tinted view than standard float glass, at a 75 L capacity that gives more room for aquascaping and a bigger coral or fish stocking list than the smaller 40 L model. It is aimed at the same easy-to-maintain, all-in-one approach as the rest of the range, just scaled up for a display that has outgrown a true nano.
The 75 L Rubicon ships with a glass overflow panel built into the tank, a circulation pump, the plumbing to connect the display to its filtration chamber, and a filter sock for mechanical filtration, so the core components of a working reef system come in the one box rather than being sourced separately. The overflow panel routes water to a filtration area out of sight of the main display, keeping the front glass clear, while the included pump returns filtered water to complete the circuit. At 75 L there is more water volume to buffer swings in temperature and water chemistry than in the 40 L model, which can make the larger tank a steadier system to run day to day. A smaller 40 L Rubicon 2.a (SKU: MA069900) is built on the same principle for a more compact display.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Stepping up from a nano cube:** More water volume and aquascaping room than a 40 L tank.
- **Reef and mixed livestock displays:** A capacity that supports a broader stocking list than a true nano.
- **First sump system at a larger scale:** Included overflow, pump and plumbing for a buyer moving up from a basic set-up.
- **Clearer front-glass viewing:** Starfire glass for less green tint than standard float glass.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the tank:** Set it on a stand rated for its filled weight, levelled before adding water.
- **Connect the plumbing:** Fit the included plumbing between the display and the filtration chamber below the overflow.
- **Fit the pump:** Install the circulation pump to return filtered water to the main display.
- **Load the filter sock:** Fit the supplied filter sock before running water through for the first time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Starfire glass construction:** A clearer viewing pane than standard float glass.
- **Larger 75 L capacity:** More aquascaping room and water volume than the 40 L model.
- **Built-in overflow panel:** Drains to the filtration chamber while keeping the display free of visible equipment.
- **Circulation pump and plumbing included:** The return circuit is supplied rather than sourced separately.
- **Filter sock included:** Mechanical filtration ready to run from day one.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Mantis
- **SKU:** MA069901
- **Product Type:** Saltwater Aquarium > All-in-One Nano Aquarium Kit
- **Capacity:** 75 L
- **Glass Type:** Starfire glass
- **Included:** Glass overflow panel, circulation pump, plumbing, filter sock
- **Other Sizes:** Rubicon Aquarium 2.a - 40l (SKU: MA069900)
- **Target Environment:** Marine (reef) aquariums
---
### Dr Tims — Additives & Supplements
#### Dr Tim's Ammonium Chloride Solution 2oz
Measured ammonia source for fishless cycling with One & Only bacteria.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-ammonium-chloride-solution-2oz/
- Price: $9.90 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001830 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540018304
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/81254001830-1-scaled.jpg
A fishless cycle needs ammonia, and household cleaners bring surfactants and perfume with them while a pinch of dry salts is guesswork. Dr Tim's Ammonium Chloride Solution 2oz (SKU: 81254001830) is a 60 mL bottle of reagent-grade ammonium chloride solution from Dr Tim's Aquatics, made to feed One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria in a tank that has no fish in it yet. The concentration is 40 mg of total ammonia-nitrogen (TAN) per millilitre, dosed by the drop at four drops per 3.8 L (one US gallon), which works out to roughly 2 mg/L of ammonia-nitrogen per dose. Dr Tim's states that most fishless cycles need the ammonia added three times, and on that basis the 2 oz bottle cycles an aquarium of up to 359 L (100 gallons).
The method follows Dr Tim's One & Only directions: dechlorinate, add the bacteria, dose ammonia to an initial 2 to 4 ppm, test every day or two, and redose once ammonia and nitrite have fallen, adding fish only when both read zero. For larger tanks Dr Tim's gives the conversion of 100 drops to 5 mL. A 120 L tank takes about 127 drops per dose, so the bottle covers three cycles of that size, while a 359 L tank uses it all. It is an ammonia source only, so it must never go into a tank holding fish or invertebrates, and a liquid ammonia and nitrite test kit is needed to follow the cycle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New freshwater or marine set-ups:** Cycling the filter before any fish, shrimp or coral arrive.
- **Tanks started with One & Only:** The ammonia the live bacteria need when no fish are there to supply it.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** Getting a bare tank's sponge filter ready ahead of a new purchase.
- **Filters kept running empty:** Feeding an established biofilter after its fish have moved out.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose rate:** Four drops per 3.8 L of aquarium water, added after the bacteria with the filter running.
- **Target level:** An initial reading of 2 to 4 ppm ammonia; a 40 L tank takes about 42 drops.
- **Redose:** When ammonia and nitrite drop, add the same dose again, one or two more times.
- **Finish:** Add fish once ammonia and nitrite both test zero; water change first if either sits above 10 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reagent-grade solution:** Ammonium chloride without the surfactants or fragrance of household ammonia.
- **Known strength:** 40 mg/mL of total ammonia-nitrogen, so every drop delivers the same amount.
- **Drop dosing:** Four drops per 3.8 L, with no syringe or scales needed.
- **Cycles up to 359 L:** Three doses for a 100 gallon aquarium from one bottle.
- **Companion to One & Only:** Dr Tim's own ammonia source for its live nitrifying bacteria.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001830
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540018304
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Fishless Cycling Ammonia Source
- **Net Volume:** 2 oz (60 mL)
- **Concentration:** 40 mg/mL total ammonia-nitrogen (TAN)
- **Dose Rate:** 4 drops per 3.8 L (1 US gallon), typically 3 doses per cycle
- **Cycling Capacity:** Up to 359 L (100 gallons) per bottle
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria
- **Range Sizes:** 2 oz, 4 oz (757 L) and 8 oz (1,514 L)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums with no livestock, during a fishless cycle
---
#### Dr Tim's AquaCleanse FRESHWATER 4oz (908L)
Tap water conditioner that destroys chlorine, chloramine and ammonia for freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-aquacleanse-freshwater-4oz-908l/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001011
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001011-1.jpg
Chloramine does not gas off overnight the way chlorine does, so a bucket left standing is no protection for the fish. Dr Tim's AquaCleanse FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001011) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' freshwater tap water detoxifier, used when setting up a new aquarium and for routine water changes. According to Dr Tim's it destroys the chemical bonds that form chlorine, chloramines and ammonia rather than masking them, and it does so without the smell some conditioners leave in the room. It is not a bacterial product, and Dr Tim's states it is safe to use alongside One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria, which makes it the dechlorinator of choice when a tank is being cycled with that culture.
The dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, about 1.3 mL per 10 L, stirred into the bucket for 15 seconds before the water goes into the tank. Dr Tim's directions are firm on that order: treat the water in a clean, soap-free container first, never add raw tap water to the aquarium and dose afterwards. At that rate the 4 oz bottle treats 908 L, which is around 35 weekly changes of 25 L on a 100 L tank. Dr Tim's states AquaCleanse cannot be overdosed, with the caveat that very large amounts may lower pH in poorly buffered water, and separately cautions that overdosing any ammonia remover during a start-up cycle can slow nitrification, so the measured dose is the right one.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly water changes:** Treating each bucket of replacement water for a community or planted tank.
- **Filling a new aquarium:** Conditioning the first fill before One & Only bacteria and fish go in.
- **Chloraminated supplies:** Water that stays toxic no matter how long it stands.
- **Small to medium tanks:** A 118 mL bottle that lasts months on a 50 to 150 L aquarium.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure:** 5 mL for every 38 L of tap water; a 20 L bucket takes about 2.6 mL.
- **Stir:** Mix for 15 seconds so the whole bucket is treated.
- **Then fill:** Add the conditioned water to the tank; never treat after filling.
- **Keep to the dose:** More than directed only risks pH in soft water and slower cycling in a new tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three tap water toxins:** Chlorine, chloramines and ammonia dealt with in one dose.
- **Destroys, not masks:** Dr Tim's describes the chemicals as broken down, not bound and hidden.
- **No unpleasant odour:** Nothing to smell on the hands or in the bucket.
- **Compatible with One & Only:** Dechlorinates without harming the live nitrifying bacteria.
- **Treats 908 L:** A 118 mL bottle at 5 mL per 38 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001011
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010117
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Tap Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, stirred for 15 seconds
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Removes:** Chlorine, chloramines, ammonia
- **Application:** Treat water in a clean container before adding it to the aquarium
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria
- **Other Sizes:** AquaCleanse FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001012)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's AquaCleanse FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L)
Double-size freshwater dechlorinator for big tanks and busy fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-aquacleanse-freshwater-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001012 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010124
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001012-1.jpg
A 25 per cent change on a 400 L tank is 100 L of tap water every week, and a small bottle of conditioner disappears in a couple of months at that rate. Dr Tim's AquaCleanse FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001012) is the 236 mL size of Dr Tim's Aquatics' freshwater tap water detoxifier, rated by the maker's usage chart to treat 1,817 L (480 gallons). Dr Tim's describes it as destroying the bonds that form chlorine, chloramines and ammonia, so the toxins are gone rather than hidden, and the product has no unpleasant odour. It is formulated for freshwater aquaria; Dr Tim's makes a separate version for marine systems.
The dose does not change with the bottle: 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, stirred for 15 seconds in a clean container that has never seen soap, before the water is added to the tank. For the 400 L tank above that is about 13 mL per change and roughly 18 changes from the bottle; a 200 L tank changing 50 L a week gets around 36. Dr Tim's states the product cannot be overdosed, though very large amounts may lower pH where the water is poorly buffered. Because AquaCleanse also removes ammonia, Dr Tim's advice for a tank still cycling is to dose it only as directed, to bring a rising ammonia reading down with a partial water change instead of extra conditioner, and to keep ammonia under 2 mg/L as nitrogen before adding One & Only, with which it is safe to use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater displays:** Tanks of 300 L and more where each change runs to buckets by the dozen.
- **Several tanks on one supply:** Breeding racks and fish rooms that change water on a schedule.
- **Big first fills:** Conditioning hundreds of litres for a new aquarium before livestock arrives.
- **Emergency changes:** Treating a large volume in a hurry after a spike or a treatment course.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L of tap water; a 100 L change takes about 13 mL.
- **Mix first:** Stir for 15 seconds in the bucket or barrel, then transfer the water to the tank.
- **Cycling tanks:** Dose to the directions only; manage rising ammonia with water changes, not more conditioner.
- **Soft water:** Avoid heavy overdoses, which Dr Tim's says can pull pH down where buffering is low.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,817 L per bottle:** Eighteen 100 L changes, or a year of weekly 35 L changes.
- **Chlorine, chloramines and ammonia:** The three tap water toxins Dr Tim's targets.
- **Odour-free formula:** Mix a barrel of water without a chemical smell.
- **Works with One & Only:** Safe to use while the live bacteria establish a new filter.
- **Freshwater specific:** The freshwater formulation, with a marine version sold separately.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001012
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010124
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Tap Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, stirred for 15 seconds
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons)
- **Removes:** Chlorine, chloramines, ammonia
- **Application:** Pre-treat in a clean, soap-free container; do not dose the aquarium after filling
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria
- **Other Sizes:** AquaCleanse FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001011)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's AquaCleanse MARINE 4oz (908L)
Reef-formulated tap water detoxifier for salt mixing and top-off water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-aquacleanse-marine-4oz-908l/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001411 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014115
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001411-1-scaled.jpg
Corals and shrimp are less forgiving of chloramine than a hardy fish, and the water that goes into a salt mix or a top-off container has to be clean before it reaches them. Dr Tim's AquaCleanse MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001411) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' tap water detoxifier in the formulation the maker labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, sold in Australia as the Marine version. Dr Tim's says it destroys chlorine, chloramines and ammonia, the three tap water residues it lists as toxic to fish, corals and other invertebrates, rather than binding them, and leaves no unpleasant odour in the mixing drum.
Directions are the same as the freshwater product: 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, stirred for 15 seconds in a clean, soap-free container, treating the water before it goes anywhere near the tank. That rate gives the 4 oz bottle a capacity of 908 L, which covers about 45 changes of 20 L on a 200 L reef, or a long run of 10 L top-off cans at 1.3 mL each. Dr Tim's states the product cannot be overdosed, while noting that very large amounts may lower pH in poorly buffered water, a point to remember with freshly made salt water. It contains no bacteria and is safe to use with One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria, including the saltwater and reef cultures used to start a new marine system.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixing salt water from tap:** Detoxify the fresh water before the salt goes in and the pump starts.
- **Top-off water:** Conditioning evaporation make-up where RO water is not on hand.
- **Reef, nano and seahorse tanks:** The formulation Dr Tim's labels for invertebrate-heavy systems.
- **Starting a marine tank with One & Only:** A dechlorinator that does not interfere with the live bacteria.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose:** 5 mL per 38 L of tap water; a 60 L mixing bin takes about 8 mL.
- **Stir 15 seconds:** Then add salt and heat as usual, or use as top-off once mixed.
- **Treat before, not after:** Never add untreated tap water to a stocked aquarium and dose afterwards.
- **Watch pH on big overdoses:** Measured dosing keeps new salt water where it should be.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reef labelling:** Dr Tim's version for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria.
- **Chlorine, chloramines and ammonia removed:** The residues Dr Tim's lists as toxic to corals and invertebrates.
- **Breaks the bonds:** Dr Tim's describes destruction rather than masking.
- **Odour-free:** Nothing added to the smell of a salt mix.
- **908 L from 118 mL:** Dozens of water changes on a nano or mid-size reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001411
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014115
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Tap Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, stirred for 15 seconds
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Removes:** Chlorine, chloramines, ammonia
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria
- **Other Sizes:** AquaCleanse MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001412)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Clear-Up FRESHWATER 4oz (908L)
Natural bacterial flocculant for milky freshwater without alum or polyacrylamide.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-clear-up-freshwater-4oz-908l/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001041 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010414
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001041-1.jpg
A new tank, a stirred-up substrate or a heavy feed can turn the water milky white, and the fine particles behind it pass straight through a filter sponge. Dr Tim's Clear-Up FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001041) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' natural water clarifier for freshwater aquaria. Dr Tim's describes it as a natural flocculant made up of beneficial bacteria: the bacteria cause the small suspended particles to attach to one another until they form flocs large enough for the mechanical filter to trap. The maker states it contains no chemicals, in contrast to clarifiers built on alum, which contains aluminium, or polyacrylamide, which Dr Tim's calls a potentially toxic chemical, and it has no odour.
The dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water after shaking the bottle well, which is about 13 mL for a 100 L tank and gives the 4 oz bottle roughly nine such treatments, or a capacity of 908 L. Dr Tim's directions are to switch the filter off for a moment, pour Clear-Up over the whole water surface, wait 10 to 15 minutes for the flocs to form and then restart the filter so it can collect them. Most tanks clear well inside a day; in extreme cases Dr Tim's says it can take up to 24 hours. Rinsing the filter wool or sponge a day later removes what has been caught, and the maker's general advice for its bacterial products is not to add different ones on the same day so the cultures do not compete.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New tank cloudiness:** The white haze that follows a first fill or the first weeks of a cycle.
- **After a gravel clean or rescape:** Silt and fines stirred into the water column.
- **Overfeeding bloom:** Milky water after too much food or a missed water change.
- **Small to medium freshwater tanks:** A 118 mL bottle sized for 50 to 200 L aquariums.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** The bacteria settle, so the bottle needs a good shake before each dose.
- **Dose 5 mL per 38 L:** A 60 L tank takes about 8 mL; a 200 L tank about 26 mL.
- **Filter off, pour, wait:** Spread the dose over the surface and give the flocs 10 to 15 minutes to form.
- **Restart and rinse:** Run the filter to catch the flocs, then clean the mechanical media the next day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bacterial flocculation:** Beneficial bacteria bind fine particles into filterable flocs.
- **No alum or polyacrylamide:** Dr Tim's states it contains no chemicals at all.
- **Clears white water:** Formulated for cloudy, milky aquarium water.
- **No odour:** Nothing to smell when the bottle is opened.
- **Nine 100 L doses:** 908 L of treatment from one 118 mL bottle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001041
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010414
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Water Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Contents:** Natural flocculant of beneficial bacteria; no alum, no polyacrylamide
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Application:** Filter off, dose over the surface, wait 10–15 minutes, filter on; up to 24 hours in extreme cases
- **Other Sizes:** Clear-Up FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001042)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Clear-Up FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L)
Chemical-free water clarifier sized for large freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-clear-up-freshwater-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $48.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001042 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010421
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001042-1.jpg
Clearing a 400 L tank takes more than 50 mL of clarifier a time, and a small bottle is gone after two doses. Dr Tim's Clear-Up FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001042) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' natural clarifier for freshwater aquaria, rated by the maker's usage chart to treat 1,817 L (480 gallons). Rather than a synthetic polymer, it is a flocculant made of beneficial bacteria that, in Dr Tim's words, cause small particles to attach to each other and become a bigger particle the filter can remove. The maker states it is 100 per cent natural, contains no chemicals and has no odour, and sets it against clarifiers that rely on alum, which carries aluminium, or polyacrylamide, which Dr Tim's describes as potentially toxic.
At 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, the 400 L tank above takes about 53 mL and gets four and a half doses from the bottle; a 250 L tank needs 33 mL and gets seven. Shake the bottle well first. Dr Tim's directions are to turn the filter off briefly, add Clear-Up across the entire water surface, wait 10 to 15 minutes for the flocs to form and then turn the filter back on, which is when the flocs are pulled into the mechanical media. The maker allows up to 24 hours for the water to clear in extreme cases. The sponge or wool will be visibly dirty afterwards and is worth rinsing, and Dr Tim's general guidance for its bacterial products is to add different ones on different days so they do not compete.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater displays:** Cichlid, community and planted tanks from 250 L up.
- **Persistent haze:** Water that stays dull after a water change because the particles are too fine to trap.
- **After substrate work:** Replanting, re-levelling sand or adding new gravel.
- **Fish rooms:** Several tanks dosed from one bottle rather than a drawer of small ones.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work out the volume:** 5 mL per 38 L of actual water, allowing for rock and substrate.
- **Pause the filter:** Pour the shaken dose over the whole surface with the filter off.
- **Wait 10 to 15 minutes:** Flocs form in still water, then the filter restarts to collect them.
- **Space bacterial products:** Use One & Only or Eco-Balance on another day, as Dr Tim's advises.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,817 L per bottle:** Four to five full doses on a 400 L tank, seven on a 250 L tank.
- **Beneficial bacteria, not polymer:** Particles are flocculated by living cultures.
- **Contains no chemicals:** Dr Tim's statement, with no alum or polyacrylamide.
- **Works with the filter:** Flocs are made in still water and removed once it restarts.
- **Odour-free:** Nothing to notice at the bottle or the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001042
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010421
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Water Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Contents:** Natural flocculant of beneficial bacteria; no alum, no polyacrylamide
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons)
- **Application:** Filter off, dose over the surface, wait 10–15 minutes, filter on; up to 24 hours in extreme cases
- **Other Sizes:** Clear-Up FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001041)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Clear-Up MARINE 4oz (908L)
Reef-labelled natural clarifier for cloudy white saltwater and nano reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-clear-up-marine-4oz-908l/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001441 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014412
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001441-1.jpg
Fresh aragonite sand can leave a marine tank looking like milk for days, and a bacterial bloom in a new reef does the same. Dr Tim's Clear-Up MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001441) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' natural water clarifier in the formulation the maker labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, sold here as the Marine version. Dr Tim's describes it as a natural flocculant of beneficial bacteria that make tiny suspended particles stick to each other until they are big enough to be filtered out, and states that it contains no chemicals, unlike clarifiers based on alum, which contains aluminium, or polyacrylamide, which the maker calls potentially toxic. There is no odour.
The dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, so a 100 L nano reef takes about 13 mL and a 200 L system 26 mL, and the 4 oz bottle is rated to treat 908 L in total. Shake it well first. Dr Tim's method is to switch the filtration off for a short while, pour the dose across the whole water surface, allow 10 to 15 minutes for the flocs to form, then restart so the mechanical stage, filter sock or floss can trap them. Dr Tim's says the water may take up to 24 hours to clear in extreme cases. Replacing the sock a day later removes the collected material, and the maker's general advice for its bacterial products is to keep different ones to different days so the cultures do not compete.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New sand beds:** Dust from freshly added aragonite or crushed coral.
- **Nano and pico reefs:** A 118 mL bottle measured in small doses for 30 to 150 L tanks.
- **Seahorse tanks:** Dr Tim's names seahorse aquaria among the systems this version is made for.
- **Cloudy start-ups:** The white haze that can follow a cycle or a heavy feed.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake before use:** Bacteria settle in the bottle between doses.
- **5 mL per 38 L:** About 4 mL for a 30 L pico, 13 mL for 100 L.
- **Still water for 10 to 15 minutes:** Filtration off while the flocs form, then back on to capture them.
- **Change the sock:** Swap or rinse mechanical media once the flocs have been collected.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reef, nano and seahorse labelling:** Dr Tim's marine formulation for invertebrate systems.
- **Bacterial flocculant:** Living cultures bind the fines, not a synthetic polymer.
- **Free of alum and polyacrylamide:** No aluminium and no chemical additives, according to the maker.
- **Nano-friendly bottle:** 908 L of treatment, dosed a few millilitres at a time.
- **No odour:** Nothing added to the air around an open-topped tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001441
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014412
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Water Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Contents:** Natural flocculant of beneficial bacteria; no alum, no polyacrylamide
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Application:** Filtration off, dose over the surface, wait 10–15 minutes, filtration on
- **Other Sizes:** Clear-Up MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001442)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Clear-Up MARINE 8oz (1,817L)
Bulk bottle of Dr Tim's bacterial clarifier for large reef and fish-only systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-clear-up-marine-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $55.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001442 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014429
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001442-1.jpg
Once a marine system runs to a sump and a few hundred litres, a single clarifier dose is measured in tens of millilitres and a 4 oz bottle covers two tries. Dr Tim's Clear-Up MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001442) is the 236 mL size of the natural water clarifier Dr Tim's Aquatics labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, the version sold as Marine in Australia, with a maker-rated capacity of 1,817 L (480 gallons). It works by flocculation: Dr Tim's describes beneficial bacteria that cause small particles to attach to each other and become bigger particles the filtration can remove. The maker states the product is 100 per cent natural, contains no chemicals and no odour, and contrasts it with alum-based clarifiers, which contain aluminium, and polyacrylamide, which it calls potentially toxic.
Dosing is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of system water, so a 500 L reef with its sump takes about 66 mL a time and gets three to four doses from the bottle, while a 300 L fish-only tank needs 39 mL and gets six. Shake well before measuring. Dr Tim's directions are to switch the filtration off briefly, pour the dose over the entire water surface, wait 10 to 15 minutes while the flocs form, then restart so the filter socks, floss or roller mat can collect them; in extreme cases the maker allows up to 24 hours for the water to clear. Socks fill quickly after a dose and should be changed the following day. Dr Tim's general advice for its bacterial products is not to add different ones on the same day, so a One & Only or Eco-Balance dose belongs on a different day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sumped reef systems:** Total volumes of 300 L and more, where each dose runs past 40 mL.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** Heavy feeders that cloud the water between water changes.
- **After aquascaping:** Rock moved, sand bed disturbed, fines through the whole system.
- **Bacterial blooms:** The milky phase of a new or recently restarted marine tank.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose on total volume:** 5 mL per 38 L of display plus sump, less rock and sand.
- **Return pump off:** Pour the shaken dose over the surface and wait 10 to 15 minutes.
- **Restart to collect:** Mechanical filtration pulls the flocs out once flow resumes.
- **Fresh socks next day:** Remove the trapped material before it breaks down.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,817 L capacity:** Several full doses even on a large sumped system.
- **Reef-labelled version:** Dr Tim's formulation for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria.
- **Bacteria do the binding:** A living flocculant rather than a polymer or aluminium salt.
- **No chemicals:** Dr Tim's statement; no alum, no polyacrylamide.
- **Odour-free:** Nothing to smell in the sump cabinet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001442
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014429
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Water Clarifier
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Contents:** Natural flocculant of beneficial bacteria; no alum, no polyacrylamide
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons)
- **Application:** Filtration off, dose over the surface, wait 10–15 minutes, filtration on
- **Other Sizes:** Clear-Up MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001441)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Eco-Balance FRESHWATER 4oz (454L)
Weekly multi-strain probiotic bacteria for small freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-eco-balance-freshwater-4oz-454l/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001061 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010612
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001061-1.jpg
Every aquarium carries a bacterial population whether or not anyone manages it, and the question is which organisms hold the ground. Dr Tim's Eco-Balance FRESHWATER 4oz (454L) (SKU: 81254001061) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' multi-strained probiotic bacteria for freshwater aquaria. The maker describes it as 100 per cent natural and states that its probiotic strains reduce the number of harmful bacteria, maintain a balanced environment and promote optimal water quality; retail label copy puts the mechanism as competitive exclusion, friendly bacteria taking up the space and food that unfriendly ones would otherwise use. Dr Tim's research page notes the strains are Bacillus species selected for their ability to inhibit problem bacteria in aquaria and ponds.
Eco-Balance is a maintenance product rather than a cycling one: Dr Tim's directions are to use it on a weekly basis, at a minimum dose of 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water after shaking the bottle well. A 100 L tank takes about 26 mL a week, so the 4 oz bottle covers around four to five weeks there, or eleven weeks on a 40 L nano, for a total capacity of 454 L. The label asks for a half dose the first time, because the bacteria may cause oxygen levels to drop temporarily as they establish, and extra aeration during that first week is a reasonable precaution. Dr Tim's general advice for its bacterial products is not to add different ones on the same day so the cultures do not compete, so a One & Only or Clear-Up dose goes on a separate day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekly maintenance:** A standing dose after the water change on a community or planted tank.
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** A 118 mL bottle dosed 5 to 16 mL at a time for 20 to 60 L aquariums.
- **After antibiotics or medication:** Re-seeding the microbial community once a treatment course is over.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Systems where waste and uneaten food feed the wrong bacteria.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** The cultures settle, so shake hard before every dose.
- **First dose halved:** 5 mL per 38 L the first week, with the air pump running.
- **Then 10 mL per 38 L weekly:** About 10 mL for a 40 L tank, 26 mL for 100 L.
- **Separate days:** Keep Eco-Balance apart from One & Only and Clear-Up doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Multi-strain probiotic:** Several Bacillus strains rather than a single culture.
- **Competitive exclusion:** Friendly bacteria crowd out the harmful ones, according to the maker.
- **100 per cent natural:** No chemicals, as Dr Tim's states.
- **Weekly routine:** Dosed once a week, not daily.
- **Four to eleven weeks per bottle:** 454 L of treatment, depending on tank size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001061
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010612
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Probiotic Bacteria
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Contents:** Multi-strained probiotic (Bacillus) bacteria, 100 per cent natural
- **Dose Rate:** Minimum 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) weekly; half dose on first use
- **Treatment Capacity:** 454 L (120 gallons)
- **Application:** Shake well; do not add on the same day as other Dr Tim's bacterial products
- **Other Sizes:** Eco-Balance FRESHWATER 8oz (908L) (SKU 81254001062)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Eco-Balance FRESHWATER 8oz (908L)
Larger probiotic bacteria bottle for a month-by-month freshwater routine.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-eco-balance-freshwater-8oz-908l/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001062 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010629
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001062-1.jpg
A product dosed every week on a 200 L tank goes through a small bottle in a month, so the larger size is the practical one for anything beyond a nano. Dr Tim's Eco-Balance FRESHWATER 8oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001062) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' multi-strained probiotic bacteria for freshwater aquaria, rated by the maker's usage chart at 908 L (240 gallons). Dr Tim's calls it 100 per cent natural and states that its blend of probiotic strains reduces the number of harmful bacteria, keeps the environment balanced and promotes optimal water quality. The maker's research page describes the cultures as Bacillus strains chosen for their ability to inhibit problem bacteria in aquaria and ponds, and label copy sums up the mechanism as blocking unfriendly bacteria through competitive exclusion.
Directions are a weekly dose, at a minimum of 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, from a well-shaken bottle. On a 200 L tank that is about 53 mL a week and roughly four and a half weeks from the bottle; on 100 L it is 26 mL and nine weeks; on a 60 L tank, 16 mL and about 15 weeks. The label specifies a half dose the first time because the bacteria may cause a temporary drop in oxygen while they establish, so the first week is dosed at 5 mL per 38 L with good surface movement. Dr Tim's advises against adding its different bacterial products on the same day, as the cultures compete, so One & Only after a filter clean, or Clear-Up for cloudy water, is dosed on a different day from Eco-Balance.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium to large freshwater tanks:** 100 to 300 L aquariums on a weekly probiotic schedule.
- **Cichlid and goldfish tanks:** Heavy feeders and heavy waste loads that favour the wrong microbes.
- **Several small tanks:** One bottle shared across a rack of breeding or grow-out tanks.
- **Recovering systems:** Rebuilding the microbial community after a medication course has run.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake hard:** Resuspend the cultures before measuring each dose.
- **Week one at half strength:** 5 mL per 38 L, with aeration or surface agitation running.
- **Weekly thereafter:** 10 mL per 38 L, about 53 mL for a 200 L tank, after the water change.
- **Not with other cultures:** Leave a day between Eco-Balance and any other Dr Tim's bacteria.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **908 L per bottle:** Nine weeks on a 100 L tank, four to five on 200 L.
- **Bacillus probiotic blend:** Multiple strains selected by Dr Tim's to inhibit problem bacteria.
- **Blocks unfriendly bacteria:** Competitive exclusion, as the label describes it.
- **Nothing synthetic:** Dr Tim's states it is 100 per cent natural.
- **Half-dose start:** A built-in precaution against the first-week oxygen dip.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001062
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010629
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Probiotic Bacteria
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Contents:** Multi-strained probiotic (Bacillus) bacteria, 100 per cent natural
- **Dose Rate:** Minimum 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) weekly; half dose on first use
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Application:** Shake well; do not add on the same day as other Dr Tim's bacterial products
- **Other Sizes:** Eco-Balance FRESHWATER 4oz (454L) (SKU 81254001061)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Eco-Balance MARINE 4oz (454L)
Reef-formulated probiotic Bacillus blend for nano reefs and seahorse tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-eco-balance-marine-4oz-454l/
- Price: $32.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001461 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014610
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001461-1.jpg
Corals share their water with Vibrio and other opportunists, and a reef with a thriving population of friendly bacteria leaves less room for them. Dr Tim's Eco-Balance MARINE 4oz (454L) (SKU: 81254001461) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' multi-strained probiotic bacteria in the formulation the maker labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, sold in Australia as the Marine version. Dr Tim's research notes describe Bacillus strains chosen for their ability to inhibit Vibrio shiloi, a bacterium the maker says harms corals in the wild, along with other problem bacteria in aquaria. The product is stated to be 100 per cent natural, to reduce the number of harmful bacteria and to maintain a balanced environment with optimal water quality.
The dose is a weekly one: a minimum of 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of system water, after shaking the bottle well. A 100 L nano reef takes about 26 mL a week and gets four to five weeks from the bottle; a 50 L seahorse tank takes 13 mL and gets nine, for a rated capacity of 454 L. On the first use the label calls for half that dose, since the bacteria may lower oxygen levels temporarily while they establish, so surface movement and aeration are kept up through that first week. Dr Tim's general advice for its bacterial products is to add different ones on different days so the cultures do not compete, which separates Eco-Balance from One & Only and Clear-Up in the weekly routine.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and pico reefs:** 20 to 100 L systems dosed a few millilitres at a time.
- **Seahorse and pipefish tanks:** Dr Tim's names seahorse aquaria among the systems this version is made for.
- **Coral quarantine and frag tanks:** Small volumes where a weekly probiotic dose is simple to keep up.
- **After a bacterial upset:** Rebuilding the friendly population once a treatment or crash has passed.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** Bacillus cultures settle, so resuspend them before every dose.
- **Half dose first:** 5 mL per 38 L for week one, with aeration and flow running.
- **Weekly minimum:** 10 mL per 38 L, about 13 mL for 50 L or 26 mL for 100 L.
- **Different day from other cultures:** Keep One & Only and Clear-Up doses separate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Vibrio-inhibiting strains:** Bacillus cultures selected against Vibrio shiloi, per Dr Tim's research.
- **Reef, nano and seahorse labelling:** The marine formulation for invertebrate systems.
- **Multi-strain blend:** More than one probiotic organism in the bottle.
- **Natural product:** 100 per cent natural, as the maker states.
- **Nano-sized bottle:** 454 L of weekly treatment from 118 mL.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001461
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014610
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Probiotic Bacteria
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Contents:** Multi-strained probiotic (Bacillus) bacteria, 100 per cent natural
- **Dose Rate:** Minimum 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) weekly; half dose on first use
- **Treatment Capacity:** 454 L (120 gallons)
- **Application:** Shake well; do not add on the same day as other Dr Tim's bacterial products
- **Other Sizes:** Eco-Balance MARINE 8oz (908L) (SKU 81254001462)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Eco-Balance MARINE 8oz (908L)
Bigger bottle of Dr Tim's reef probiotic for sumped marine systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-eco-balance-marine-8oz-908l/
- Price: $41.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001462 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014627
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001462-1.jpg
On a 300 L reef with a sump, a weekly probiotic dose runs close to 80 mL, and a 4 oz bottle is finished inside a fortnight. Dr Tim's Eco-Balance MARINE 8oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001462) is the 236 mL size of the multi-strained probiotic bacteria Dr Tim's Aquatics labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, sold as the Marine version in Australia and rated by the maker's chart to treat 908 L (240 gallons). Dr Tim's states the product is 100 per cent natural, that it reduces the number of harmful bacteria and that it maintains a balanced environment and optimal water quality. Its research notes describe the cultures as Bacillus strains selected to inhibit Vibrio shiloi, a bacterium the maker says harms wild corals, and other problem bacteria in aquaria.
The directions are weekly use at a minimum of 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of total system water, bottle shaken well before measuring. The 300 L system above takes about 79 mL a week and gets three weeks from the bottle; a 200 L tank takes 53 mL and gets four to five weeks; a 100 L reef takes 26 mL and gets nine. Dr Tim's asks for a half dose on the first application because the bacteria may temporarily lower oxygen levels as they take hold, so the first week runs at 5 mL per 38 L with normal aeration. The maker's general guidance for its bacterial products is to add different ones on different days so the cultures do not compete, which keeps One & Only and Clear-Up off the Eco-Balance day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sumped reef systems:** 200 to 400 L totals where the weekly dose is measured in tens of millilitres.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** Heavily fed systems where waste supports unwanted bacteria.
- **Multiple marine tanks:** Display, frag and quarantine systems dosed from one bottle.
- **Post-treatment recovery:** Re-establishing friendly bacteria after a chemical or antibiotic course.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dose on total volume:** Display plus sump, at 10 mL per 38 L each week.
- **Start at half:** 5 mL per 38 L the first time, with surface agitation running.
- **Shake and measure:** About 53 mL for 200 L, 79 mL for 300 L, after the weekly water change.
- **Keep cultures apart:** Dose One & Only or Clear-Up on a different day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **908 L per bottle:** Three weeks on 300 L, nine weeks on 100 L.
- **Bacillus strains against Vibrio:** Selected by Dr Tim's for activity against Vibrio shiloi.
- **Reef-labelled formulation:** The version made for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria.
- **Reduces harmful bacteria:** The maker's stated purpose for the blend.
- **100 per cent natural:** No chemicals in the bottle, according to Dr Tim's.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001462
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014627
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Probiotic Bacteria
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Contents:** Multi-strained probiotic (Bacillus) bacteria, 100 per cent natural
- **Dose Rate:** Minimum 10 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) weekly; half dose on first use
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Application:** Shake well; do not add on the same day as other Dr Tim's bacterial products
- **Other Sizes:** Eco-Balance MARINE 4oz (454L) (SKU 81254001461)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's First Defense FRESHWATER 4oz (908L)
Vitamin and immunostimulant stress aid for new and recovering freshwater fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-first-defense-freshwater-4oz-908l/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001021 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010216
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001021-1.jpg
The ride home in a bag, a new tank and a different water chemistry land on a fish within the same hour, and that is when it is most open to infection. Dr Tim's First Defense FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001021) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' stress relief and immune support additive for freshwater aquaria. Dr Tim's describes it as a mixture of vitamins and immunostimulants together with a slime coat replacement polymer that helps restore a damaged mucus layer and close off the points where infection starts; it is also said to stimulate feeding in fish that have gone off their food. On the water side, the maker states that it neutralises chlorine and chloramine, buffers against pH changes and detoxifies heavy metals, and that freshwater fish take the vitamins in through the skin and gills.
The dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water from a shaken bottle, which is about 13 mL for a 100 L tank and gives the 4 oz bottle roughly nine such doses, or 908 L in total. Dr Tim's lists partial water changes, disease treatments and any time fish show signs of stress as the occasions to use it, with new tanks and transport named as the typical stressors; retailers carrying the maker's label add acclimation, new fish additions and a few drops in the fish bag, and note a chelating agent as the heavy metal component. It is not a replacement for a nitrifying bacteria product or a medication, but a supportive dose that sits alongside both.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bringing fish home:** A few drops in the transport bag, then a dose in the tank at release.
- **Water change day:** Dosed with the new water to cover the chlorine and pH shift at the same time.
- **Fish off their food:** Dr Tim's says it stimulates feeding in fish that are not eating.
- **During a treatment course:** Immune and slime coat support while a medication does its work.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** Then measure 5 mL for every 38 L of tank water.
- **Small tanks:** About 3 mL for 20 L, 8 mL for 60 L, 13 mL for 100 L.
- **Repeat as needed:** At each water change, and whenever stress or injury shows.
- **Keep testing:** It neutralises chlorine but does not replace ammonia and nitrite checks in a new tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Vitamins plus immunostimulants:** Dr Tim's blend for stress relief and immune help.
- **Slime coat polymer:** Replaces lost mucus and covers infection entry points, per the maker.
- **Conditions tap water too:** Neutralises chlorine and chloramine and detoxifies heavy metals.
- **pH buffering:** Softens the swing when new water meets old.
- **908 L per bottle:** Nine doses for a 100 L freshwater tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001021
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010216
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Fish Stress & Immune Support
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Contents:** Vitamins, immunostimulants, slime coat replacement polymer, heavy metal chelating agent
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Also Treats:** Chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals; buffers pH changes
- **Other Sizes:** First Defense FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001022)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's First Defense FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L)
Double-size stress and immune support for big tanks and treatment courses.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-first-defense-freshwater-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001022 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010223
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001022-1.jpg
A medication course with water changes every other day calls for a stress additive at each one, and on a 300 L tank that is 40 mL a time. Dr Tim's First Defense FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001022) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' freshwater stress relief and immune support formula, rated by the maker's usage chart to treat 1,817 L (480 gallons). Dr Tim's states that it contains a mixture of vitamins and immunostimulants, that a slime coat replacement polymer helps restore the mucus layer fish lose under stress, and that it helps fish and other aquatic organisms adapt to a new environment or to poor water quality. The same dose neutralises chlorine and chloramine, buffers against pH changes and detoxifies heavy metals, so it doubles as a conditioner for the change water.
Dosing is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water after shaking the bottle. The 300 L tank above takes about 39 mL and gets six doses from the bottle; a 150 L tank takes 20 mL and gets twelve; a 100 L tank, 13 mL and eighteen. Dr Tim's names three occasions for it: partial water changes, disease treatments and any time fish show signs of stress, with new tanks, transport and bagging as common triggers, and says it can stimulate feeding in fish that have stopped eating. Retailers reproducing the label describe a chelating agent as the heavy metal component and recommend it for acclimation and new additions. It supports rather than treats, so a sick fish still needs the right medication and a cycled filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater tanks:** 200 to 400 L aquariums where each dose runs past 25 mL.
- **Treatment courses:** Repeated doses through a week or two of medication and water changes.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Several tanks and regular new arrivals covered by one bottle.
- **After a water quality lapse:** Stressed fish following a filter failure or missed changes.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure on tank volume:** 5 mL per 38 L; about 39 mL for 300 L.
- **With each water change:** Shake, dose and add with the fresh water.
- **New arrivals:** A dose in the tank at release, after a few drops in the bag.
- **Alongside medication:** Use through the course and at the water changes that follow it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,817 L per bottle:** Eighteen doses on a 100 L tank, six on 300 L.
- **Immune support blend:** Vitamins and immunostimulants, in Dr Tim's description.
- **Slime coat replacement:** A polymer that covers the mucus layer lost to handling and stress.
- **Change-water conditioner:** Chlorine, chloramine and heavy metals handled in the same dose.
- **Feeding response:** Dr Tim's says it helps bring fish back onto food.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001022
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010223
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Fish Stress & Immune Support
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Contents:** Vitamins, immunostimulants, slime coat replacement polymer, heavy metal chelating agent
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons)
- **Also Treats:** Chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals; buffers pH changes
- **Other Sizes:** First Defense FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001021)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's First Defense MARINE 4oz (908L)
Reef-safe vitamin and slime coat support for newly shipped marine fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-first-defense-marine-4oz-908l/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001421 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014214
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001421-1.jpg
A marine fish arrives after days in bags and holding systems, often with its slime coat scuffed and its appetite gone, and the first week decides a lot. Dr Tim's First Defense MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001421) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' stress relief and immune support additive in the formulation the maker labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, sold in Australia as the Marine version. Dr Tim's describes a mixture of vitamins and immunostimulants with a slime coat replacement polymer, and explains that saltwater fish take the vitamins in as they drink. The maker also states that it neutralises chlorine and chloramine, buffers against pH changes and detoxifies heavy metals, and that it can stimulate feeding in a fish that has stopped eating.
The dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of system water from a well-shaken bottle: about 4 mL for a 30 L quarantine tank, 13 mL for 100 L, with a rated capacity of 908 L for the bottle. Dr Tim's lists partial water changes, disease treatments and visible stress as the times to use it, with transport and new tanks as the usual causes. Bulk Reef Supply's listing of the saltwater product adds that the vitamins help fight lateral line erosion, that a chelating agent handles the heavy metals, that it suits acclimation and new fish additions and makes an additive for freshwater dips, and its staff state the product is reef safe. In a quarantine tank the small volume makes a full dose cheap, which is where a 4 oz bottle earns its place.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quarantine of new marine fish:** Dosed into the QT on arrival and at each water change through observation.
- **Lateral line erosion:** Vitamins that the retailer label says help fight the condition.
- **Freshwater dips:** An additive to the dip water, as Bulk Reef Supply notes.
- **Reef and seahorse displays:** The reef-labelled version, described by its retailer as reef safe.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake, then measure:** 5 mL per 38 L; a 30 L quarantine tank takes about 4 mL.
- **At release:** Dose the tank as the fish goes in, after a few drops in the bag.
- **Through treatment:** Repeat at each water change while a medication course runs.
- **Water change day:** Dose with the new water; it also buffers the pH shift and binds heavy metals.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reef, nano and seahorse labelling:** Dr Tim's marine formulation for invertebrate systems.
- **Vitamins taken in by drinking:** Delivered the way marine fish absorb them, per the maker.
- **Slime coat polymer:** Covers a mucus layer worn by nets and bags.
- **Immunostimulants:** Dr Tim's blend to help ward off infection points.
- **Quarantine-sized:** 908 L of treatment, dosed a few millilitres at a time.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001421
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014214
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Fish Stress & Immune Support
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Contents:** Vitamins, immunostimulants, slime coat replacement polymer, heavy metal chelating agent
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Also Treats:** Chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals; buffers pH changes
- **Other Sizes:** First Defense MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001422)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's First Defense MARINE 8oz (1,817L)
Large-system stress relief and immune support for marine and reef fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-first-defense-marine-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001422 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014221
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001422-1.jpg
Large marine fish are expensive to replace, and the weeks after a new tank, a move or a treatment are when losses tend to happen. Dr Tim's First Defense MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001422) is the 236 mL size of the stress relief and immune support additive that Dr Tim's Aquatics labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, sold here as the Marine version and rated by the maker to treat 1,817 L (480 gallons). Dr Tim's states that it contains a mixture of vitamins and immunostimulants and a polymer that replaces lost slime coat and wards off infection points, that it helps fish adapt to new environments and poor water quality, and that saltwater fish take in the vitamins as they drink. It also neutralises chlorine and chloramine, buffers against pH changes and detoxifies heavy metals, according to the maker.
The dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of total system volume, shaken first: about 26 mL for a 200 L tank, which gives nine doses from the bottle; 39 mL for 300 L and six doses; 66 mL for a 500 L sumped system and three to four. Dr Tim's directs its use at partial water changes, during disease treatments and whenever fish show signs of stress, and says it can stimulate feeding in a fish that has stopped. Bulk Reef Supply's listing of the saltwater version adds vitamins to help fight lateral line erosion, a chelating agent for heavy metals, use for acclimation and freshwater dips, and its staff describe the product as reef safe.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only and FOWLR displays:** 300 L and larger systems holding tangs, angels, triggers and eels.
- **Sumped reefs:** Dosed on display plus sump volume at water changes.
- **Treatment periods:** Repeated doses through a course of medication and the changes that follow.
- **Stocking a new system:** Several arrivals over a few weeks, each with its own dose at release.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work on total volume:** 5 mL per 38 L of display and sump; about 66 mL for 500 L.
- **Shake every time:** Resuspend before pouring a dose.
- **Dose with the change water:** It conditions the new water and buffers the pH shift as it goes in.
- **Dips and bags:** A measured addition to a freshwater dip or a transport bag, as the retailer label notes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,817 L capacity:** Nine doses on 200 L, six on 300 L, from one 236 mL bottle.
- **Reef-labelled formulation:** Dr Tim's version for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria.
- **Vitamins and immunostimulants:** The maker's blend for stress relief and immune help.
- **Slime coat polymer:** Replaces the mucus layer worn away by handling and shipping.
- **Water conditioning built in:** Chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals and pH swings covered.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001422
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014221
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Fish Stress & Immune Support
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Contents:** Vitamins, immunostimulants, slime coat replacement polymer, heavy metal chelating agent
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of aquarium water, bottle shaken well
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons)
- **Also Treats:** Chlorine, chloramine, heavy metals; buffers pH changes
- **Other Sizes:** First Defense MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001421)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's One & Only FRESHWATER 4oz (227L)
Live nitrifying bacteria to cycle a new freshwater tank for fish on day one.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-one-only-freshwater-4oz-227l/
- Price: $70.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001001 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010018
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001001-1-scaled.jpg
New tank syndrome is the ammonia and nitrite spike that kills fish in the first weeks because the filter has no bacteria yet. Dr Tim's One & Only FRESHWATER 4oz (227L) (SKU: 81254001001) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' live nitrifying bacteria for freshwater aquaria, developed by Dr Timothy Hovanec and rated for aquariums up to 227 L (60 gallons). Dr Tim's describes a community of ammonia-oxidising and nitrite-oxidising bacteria grown together on a microstructure rather than as free cells, built for one job: establishing a working biofilter in a new tank in less than half the time of an undosed aquarium, according to the maker. It is not a sludge remover and does not take out nitrate.
The directions start with the water: dechlorinate it with AquaCleanse or another conditioner free of aldehydes, which harm the bacteria, and have the filter running. Shake the bottle until the liquid is cloudy, pour it over the biological media or into the tank, and switch off any UV steriliser for 36 to 48 hours. Fish go in within 24 hours of dosing, at roughly one giant danio-sized fish per 3.8 L to begin with, while ammonia and nitrite are tested; the most ammonia-sensitive species wait about 20 days. Readings may show for a day or so before dropping, and a cloudy tank the next morning is a heterotrophic bloom, not the nitrifiers. If ammonia or nitrite already sits above 10 mg/L as nitrogen, a water change comes first. Brackish tanks below 10 ppt use this freshwater formula.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New freshwater aquariums:** Tanks up to 227 L stocked within a day of filling.
- **After a filter wash or failure:** Re-seeding a biofilter rinsed too hard or left without power.
- **After medication:** Antibiotics and chemical treatments that knock nitrifiers back.
- **New fish or a big gravel clean:** A top-up when the ammonia load jumps.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dechlorinate first:** Treat the water with AquaCleanse; no aldehyde-based conditioners.
- **Shake until cloudy:** Clear liquid means the bacteria are still on the bottom.
- **Pour over the media:** With the filter running; UV off for the next 36 to 48 hours.
- **Add fish within 24 hours:** Or dose Dr Tim's Ammonium Chloride to 2 to 4 ppm for a fishless cycle.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Live, not dormant:** Ammonia and nitrite oxidisers grown as a working community.
- **Fish on day one:** Dr Tim's directions put fish in within 24 hours of dosing.
- **Up to 227 L:** One 118 mL bottle for a 60 gallon freshwater tank.
- **Half the cycle time:** The maker's stated improvement over an undosed aquarium.
- **Dated bottle:** Stamped with a use-by month and year; refrigeration extends shelf life.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001001
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010018
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Live Nitrifying Bacteria (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 4 oz (118 mL)
- **Contents:** Live ammonia-oxidising and nitrite-oxidising bacteria
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 227 L (60 gallons) per bottle
- **Application:** Shake well, pour over filter media; UV off 36–48 hours; fish within 24 hours
- **Storage:** Never freeze; keep below 35 °C; 6 months at 18–29 °C, 1 year at 10 °C
- **Companion Products:** Dr Tim's AquaCleanse; Dr Tim's Ammonium Chloride Solution
- **Other Sizes:** One & Only FRESHWATER 8oz (454L) (SKU 81254001002)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, and brackish tanks below 10 ppt salinity
---
#### Dr Tim's One & Only FRESHWATER 8oz (454L)
Live nitrifying bacteria for starting large freshwater aquariums up to 454 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-one-only-freshwater-8oz-454l/
- Price: $109.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001002 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010025
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001002-1-scaled.jpg
A 120 cm cichlid tank or a 300 litre planted display holds a lot of water, and all of it needs a working biofilter before the stocking climbs. Dr Tim's One & Only FRESHWATER 8oz (454L) (SKU: 81254001002) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' live nitrifying bacteria for freshwater, rated by the maker to treat aquariums up to 454 L (120 gallons). Developed by Dr Timothy Hovanec, it holds ammonia-oxidising and nitrite-oxidising bacteria grown as a community on a microstructure rather than as free cells, and Dr Tim's states it gives a working biofilter in less than half the time of an undosed aquarium. It does not remove sludge or nitrate.
The 8 oz suits one large tank or can be split across smaller ones pro rata, at about 52 mL per 100 L. Dechlorinate the water first with AquaCleanse or another conditioner free of aldehydes, bring it to temperature and have the filter running. Shake until the liquid turns cloudy, pour it over the biological media, and keep any UV steriliser off for 36 to 48 hours. Fish go in within 24 hours, starting at around one giant danio-sized fish per 3.8 L, with ammonia and nitrite tested while feeding normally; low readings for a day or so are expected. The most ammonia-sensitive species should wait about 20 days. Where ammonia or nitrite already exceeds 10 mg/L as nitrogen, a partial water change comes first.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large new set-ups:** Freshwater tanks of 250 to 454 L stocked within a day of dosing.
- **Tank upgrades:** Moving fish into a bigger aquarium with fresh, unseeded media.
- **Biofilter setbacks:** After a filter failure, a power cut or a medication course.
- **Several small tanks:** One bottle shared pro rata across quarantine or breeding tanks.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Condition the water:** AquaCleanse or an aldehyde-free dechlorinator first.
- **Shake hard:** Until no clear liquid sits above the cloudy bacteria.
- **Dose to volume:** The whole bottle for 454 L, or about 52 mL per 100 L.
- **Stock and test:** Fish within 24 hours, then check ammonia and nitrite.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Live nitrifiers:** Ammonia and nitrite oxidisers supplied as an established community.
- **Rated to 454 L:** Twice the capacity of the 4 oz bottle.
- **No waiting period:** Fish within 24 hours of dosing, according to the maker.
- **Faster cycling:** Under half the time of an undosed tank, Dr Tim's states.
- **Dated bottle:** A use-by month and year is stamped on the back.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001002
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010025
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Live Nitrifying Bacteria (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 8 fl oz (236 mL)
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 454 L (120 gallons); about 52 mL per 100 L pro rata
- **Application:** Shake well; pour over biological media; UV off 36–48 hours
- **Storage:** Never freeze; keep below 35 °C; about 6 months at 18–29 °C, 1 year at 10 °C
- **Companion Products:** Dr Tim's AquaCleanse; Ammonium Chloride Solution
- **Other Sizes:** One & Only FRESHWATER 4oz (227L) (SKU 81254001001)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, and brackish tanks below 10 ppt salinity
---
#### Dr Tim's One & Only MARINE 4oz (227L)
Live nitrifying bacteria to cycle a new saltwater or reef aquarium up to 227 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-one-only-marine-4oz-227l/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001401 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014016
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001401-1-scaled.jpg
A new marine tank of dry rock and freshly mixed salt water has no biofilter at all, and the first fish added are the ones that pay for it. Dr Tim's One & Only MARINE 4oz (227L) (SKU: 81254001401) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' live nitrifying bacteria for saltwater, rated by the maker for aquariums up to 227 L (60 gallons). Developed by Dr Timothy Hovanec, it contains ammonia-oxidising and nitrite-oxidising bacteria grown together as a community on a microstructure, and Dr Tim's states a dosed tank reaches a working biofilter in less than half the time of an undosed one. It has no sulphur odour, needs no waiting period, and does not remove nitrate or bust sludge.
Marine directions add one step: the protein skimmer and any UV steriliser are switched off before dosing and stay off for 36 to 48 hours. The water should be dechlorinated, at temperature and circulating. Shake the bottle until cloudy, then pour it over the biofilter media, or into the tank water where there is no dedicated media. Fish follow within 24 hours; for a fishless start, ammonia is dosed to 2 to 4 ppm and topped up once or twice until tests read zero. Dr Tim's cautions that it may not control ammonia from uncured live rock, and that ammonia or nitrite above 10 mg/L as nitrogen calls for a water change first. The 4 oz suits nano reefs and mid-size marine tanks, at about 52 mL per 100 L pro rata.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New saltwater set-ups:** Fish-only and reef tanks up to 227 L.
- **Nano and pico reefs:** About 31 mL for a 60 L tank, pro rata.
- **After disruption:** Filter cleaning, disease treatment or a filter failure.
- **Brackish above 10 ppt:** Dr Tim's specifies the saltwater formula above 1.007 SG.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Skimmer and UV off:** Before dosing and for the next 36 to 48 hours.
- **Shake until cloudy:** Clear liquid means the bacteria are not mixed through.
- **Dose onto the media:** Rock rubble, sump media or the tank water.
- **Feed the bacteria:** Fish within 24 hours, or ammonia to 2 to 4 ppm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine formula:** Nitrifying bacteria for saltwater and reef aquariums.
- **Rated to 227 L:** One 118 mL bottle for a 60 gallon marine tank.
- **Grown as a community:** Cultured together on a microstructure, not as free cells.
- **Fish within a day:** No waiting period, according to the maker.
- **Odour-free:** No sulphur smell when the bottle is opened.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001401
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014016
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Live Nitrifying Bacteria (Marine)
- **Net Volume:** 4 fl oz (118 mL)
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 227 L (60 gallons); about 52 mL per 100 L pro rata
- **Application:** Protein skimmer and UV off 36–48 hours; fish within 24 hours
- **Fishless Cycling:** Ammonia to 2–4 ppm, repeated once or twice
- **Storage:** Never freeze; keep below 35 °C; about 6 months at 18–29 °C, 1 year at 10 °C
- **Other Sizes:** One & Only MARINE 8oz (454L) (SKU 81254001402)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums, and brackish tanks above 10 ppt salinity
---
#### Dr Tim's One & Only MARINE 8oz (454L)
Live nitrifying bacteria that jump-starts a marine biofilter fast.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-one-only-marine-8oz-454l/
- Price: $110.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001402 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014023
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001402-1-scaled.jpg
A newly filled marine or reef tank needs weeks for its biological filter to establish on its own, and that wait is exactly when ammonia and nitrite spikes do the most damage. Dr Tim's One & Only MARINE 8oz (454L) (SKU: 81254001402) is Dr Tim's Aquatics' live nitrifying bacteria blend for saltwater and reef aquariums, developed from Dr Timothy Hovanec's research into the bacteria that drive the nitrogen cycle. Rather than waiting the 30 to 45 days a biofilter can take to form naturally, the product is poured straight into the system to establish nitrifying bacteria immediately, converting ammonia and nitrite into safer forms and helping prevent new tank syndrome. Dr Tim's describes it as 100% natural, with no sulfur or other offensive odour, unlike some older bacterial additives. The 8 fl oz bottle is rated to treat aquariums up to 454 L.
The bacteria are suited to any marine or reef system with salinity above about 10 ppt (specific gravity above roughly 1.007), and Dr Tim's lists the product as reef safe. It carries no food source of its own, so it is not a standalone ammonia source for a fishless cycle; a separate ammonia source is needed if fish are not being added straight away. Dr Tim's calls for dechlorinated water before dosing and warns against dechlorinators containing aldehydes, which can harm the bacteria. The bottle needs a thorough shake until the liquid looks cloudy rather than clear, and is then poured over biological filter media or directly into the water if no dedicated media is fitted. It suits a first-time set-up as readily as an established tank recovering from a water change, a filter clean, new fish or a course of medication.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New marine and reef set-ups:** Establishing the biofilter before or soon after the first fish go in.
- **After water changes:** Topping up bacterial numbers disturbed by a large change.
- **After filter cleaning:** Restoring bacteria lost when media is rinsed or replaced.
- **Adding new fish or after treatment:** Supporting the biofilter through the extra ammonia load.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Dechlorinate first:** Treat tap water before dosing, avoiding aldehyde-based dechlorinators.
- **Turn off the skimmer and UV:** Switch off the protein skimmer and UV steriliser for up to 48 hours after dosing.
- **Shake until cloudy:** A clear liquid means the bottle has not been shaken enough.
- **Pour onto filter media:** Apply directly to biological media, or into the tank water if there is none.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Instant biofilter:** Establishes nitrifying bacteria without the usual multi-week wait.
- **Treats up to 454 L:** The 8 fl oz bottle's rated capacity for marine and reef systems.
- **No offensive odour:** Dr Tim's describes it as natural, with no sulfur smell.
- **Reef safe:** Suited to systems carrying corals and other invertebrates.
- **Developed from Hovanec research:** Based on Dr Timothy Hovanec's nitrifying bacteria studies.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001402
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014023
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Biological Filter Starter
- **Net Volume:** 8 fl oz (about 237 mL)
- **Treatment Capacity:** Up to 454 L per bottle
- **Contents:** Live nitrifying bacteria blend for saltwater and reef aquariums
- **Water Type:** Saltwater above about 10 ppt salinity (1.007 specific gravity)
- **Shelf Life:** About 6 months at room temperature, up to 1 year refrigerated; never freeze
- **Other Sizes:** One & Only MARINE 4oz (227L) (SKU 81254001401)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Re-Fresh FRESHWATER 4oz (908L)
Natural bacteria to clear green and brown tints from freshwater aquarium water.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-re-fresh-freshwater-4oz-908l/
- Price: $41.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001051 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010513
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001051-1.jpg
Water that has drifted from clear to faintly yellow-green rarely got that way overnight, and it rarely clears overnight either. Dr Tim's Re-Fresh FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001051) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Re-Fresh for brown and green water, the freshwater version, which treats up to 908 L (240 gallons) in total at the maker's dose rate. Dr Tim's describes it as a 100% natural, potent mixture of beneficial bacteria that eliminate green and brown grunge both in the water and on aquarium surfaces, revitalising old water, keeping it odour-free and reducing organics. The maker calls it plant friendly and says it can be used frequently to hold the water clear.
The label dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons), added weekly after shaking the bottle well. A 100 L community tank takes about 13 mL a week, so this bottle runs for around nine weekly doses; if results are slow, the directions allow dosing every other day, since every aquarium differs. The main caution concerns invertebrates: Re-Fresh may be harmful to snails and shrimp, so it should not be overdosed in tanks that keep them, and new snails or shrimp should wait five to seven days after the final dose. Bacteria do not remove the cause of discolouration, and Dr Tim's points to overfeeding, overstocking and skipped cleaning as the usual sources of organic build-up. Bulk Reef Supply recommends pairing Re-Fresh with Dr Tim's Waste-Away, which works on sludge in the gravel and filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tinted water:** Green or brown discolouration that routine water changes have not shifted.
- **Grimy surfaces:** Brown film building up on glass, décor and hardscape.
- **Musty-smelling tanks:** Odour from organics in an older set-up.
- **Planted aquariums:** A plant-friendly treatment, used with care around shrimp and snails.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** Mix the bacteria through the liquid before measuring.
- **Measure by volume:** 5 mL per 38 L, or about 13 mL for a 100 L tank.
- **Weekly routine:** Every other day for a spell if the water is slow to clear.
- **Protect invertebrates:** No overdosing with shrimp or snails; add new ones 5–7 days after the last dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural bacteria:** Dr Tim's 100% natural beneficial bacteria blend.
- **Water and surfaces:** Works on green and brown grunge in both places.
- **Odour control:** Keeps water odour-free, according to the maker.
- **Plant friendly:** Suited to planted freshwater tanks.
- **About 23 doses:** 118 mL at 5 mL per dose, 908 L of treatment in all.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001051
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010513
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Clarifying Bacteria (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 4 fl oz (118 mL)
- **Contents:** Beneficial bacteria
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly; every other day if needed
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons); about nine weekly doses for a 100 L tank
- **Caution:** May harm snails and shrimp; do not overdose where they are kept
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER
- **Other Sizes:** Re-Fresh FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001052)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and planted aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Re-Fresh FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L)
Bacterial water clarifier for large freshwater tanks and regular weekly upkeep.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-re-fresh-freshwater-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001052 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010520
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001052-1.jpg
In a big freshwater display, a little discolouration spreads through hundreds of litres, and a weekly treatment has to go a long way. Dr Tim's Re-Fresh FRESHWATER 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001052) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Re-Fresh for brown and green water in the freshwater version, with a total treatment capacity of 1,817 L (480 gallons), twice that of the 4 oz. It is a blend of beneficial bacteria that Dr Tim's describes as 100% natural and potent, working on the green and brown grunge in the water column and on tank surfaces. The maker's stated results are revitalised old water, preserved clarity, odour-free water and fewer organics, and the product is intended for frequent use.
Shake the bottle well and dose 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) once a week. At that rate a 200 L aquarium needs about 26 mL, so the bottle lasts close to nine weeks, while a 300 L display takes about 40 mL a dose and gets six. Where water stays tinted, the directions allow dosing every other day for a period. Snails and shrimp need care: the label warns that Re-Fresh may be harmful to them, so avoid overdosing where they live and wait five to seven days after the last dose before adding new ones. Re-Fresh is a clarifier rather than a sludge remover; for waste packed into gravel and filter media, Bulk Reef Supply recommends using it alongside Dr Tim's Waste-Away, and Dr Tim's suggests checking feeding and stocking where tinting keeps returning.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater displays:** Tanks of 200 L and more on a weekly dosing routine.
- **Several aquariums:** One bottle shared across a group of smaller tanks.
- **Aged water:** Yellow, green or brown tints in a long-running set-up.
- **Stale smell and film:** Odour and brown coatings from organic build-up.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake first:** Bacteria settle in the bottle between doses.
- **Dose to the tank:** 5 mL per 38 L; about 26 mL for 200 L, 40 mL for 300 L.
- **Keep it weekly:** Step up to every other day only while the water clears.
- **Mind the invertebrates:** Avoid overdosing with snails or shrimp present.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Double capacity:** 1,817 L of treatment from 236 mL.
- **Bacterial blend:** 100% natural, according to Dr Tim's.
- **Weekly maintenance:** A routine dose to hold clarity in large tanks.
- **Odour reduction:** Keeps water odour-free as organics are reduced.
- **Pairs with Waste-Away:** Clarity from Re-Fresh, sludge control from Waste-Away.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001052
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010520
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Clarifying Bacteria (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 8 fl oz (236 mL)
- **Contents:** Beneficial bacteria
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly; every other day if needed
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons); about nine weekly doses for a 200 L tank
- **Caution:** May harm snails and shrimp; wait 5–7 days after the final dose to add them
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER
- **Other Sizes:** Re-Fresh FRESHWATER 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001051)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, including planted tanks
---
#### Dr Tim's Re-Fresh MARINE 4oz (908L)
Natural bacteria for brown and green grunge in saltwater and reef tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-re-fresh-marine-4oz-908l/
- Price: $45.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001451 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014511
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001451-1.jpg
Red slime spreading across a reef's sand bed tempts a reach for antibiotics, which Dr Tim's notes also kill the nitrifying bacteria and the symbiotic bacteria corals rely on. Dr Tim's Re-Fresh MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001451) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Re-Fresh in the marine version, a 100% natural blend of beneficial bacteria that the maker says eliminates green and brown grunge in the water and on aquarium surfaces. At the maker's rate the bottle treats up to 908 L (240 gallons). Dr Tim's lists revitalised water, lasting clarity, odour-free water and reduced organics among its effects, and Re-Fresh is the first step in the maker's cyanobacteria and algae removal programme.
That programme begins with removing as much algae and cyanobacteria as possible by siphoning, netting and fine filtration, then dosing Re-Fresh at 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) every three to four days for 10 to 14 days, before moving on to Waste-Away. A 4 oz bottle holds enough for a four-dose course in a tank of about 220 L. For routine upkeep the label dose is the same 5 mL per 38 L, shaken and added once a week; a 60 L nano takes about 8 mL, so the bottle lasts roughly 15 weeks. The caution in a reef is the clean-up crew: high doses may harm snails and shrimp, so Dr Tim's advises removing them during the course, and new ones should wait five to seven days after the final dose. The maker also asks that the cause, whether overfeeding, overstocking or missed maintenance, be dealt with.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cyanobacteria outbreaks:** The first stage of Dr Tim's removal programme.
- **Discoloured water:** Brown or green tint in saltwater that has lost its clarity.
- **Film on rock and glass:** Grunge settling on aquarium surfaces.
- **Nano reefs:** Small marine tanks where 118 mL covers months of weekly doses.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Remove first:** Siphon and net out as much slime and algae as possible.
- **Course dosing:** 5 mL per 38 L every 3 to 4 days for 10 to 14 days.
- **Routine dosing:** 5 mL per 38 L weekly, shaken well.
- **Clean-up crew:** Move snails and shrimp out during the course; add new ones 5–7 days after it ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine formula:** For saltwater and reef aquariums.
- **Bacterial approach:** Natural cultures in place of antibiotics that also kill nitrifiers.
- **Course-sized bottle:** One full programme course for a tank of about 220 L.
- **Water and surfaces:** Targets grunge suspended in the water and coating the rock.
- **First of two stages:** Followed by Waste-Away in the maker's protocol.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001451
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014511
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Clarifying Bacteria (Marine)
- **Net Volume:** 4 fl oz (118 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly; every 3–4 days for 10–14 days against cyanobacteria
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons) in total
- **Caution:** High doses may harm snails and shrimp
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE
- **Other Sizes:** Re-Fresh MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU 81254001452)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Re-Fresh MARINE 8oz (1,817L)
Larger bottle of natural clarifying bacteria for reef systems and fish-only marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-re-fresh-marine-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001452 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014528
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001452-1.jpg
Brown-tinted water in a big reef or fish-only system dulls everything in it, and with a sump adding to the volume it takes a lot of product to make a difference. Dr Tim's Re-Fresh MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001452) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Re-Fresh in the marine version, with a total treatment capacity of 1,817 L (480 gallons). Dr Tim's describes Re-Fresh as a 100% natural, potent mixture of beneficial bacteria that clear green and brown grunge from the water and from surfaces, revitalise old water and keep it odour-free while reducing organics. Bulk Reef Supply describes the bacteria as specially selected to work together against discolouration and odours.
The routine dose is 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons), shaken and added once a week, which for a 400 L display and sump is about 53 mL, or roughly four and a half weeks from this bottle. For cyanobacteria, the maker's programme raises the frequency to every three to four days for 10 to 14 days once the slime has been siphoned out, and the 8 oz holds enough for that four-dose course in a system of about 450 L. Waste-Away follows in the programme, starting at a half dose. High doses may harm snails and shrimp, so Dr Tim's advises taking them out of a reef during the course, avoiding overdoses wherever they remain, and waiting five to seven days after the final dose before adding any. Bulk Reef Supply lists no refrigeration requirement for Re-Fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger reef systems:** Display and sump volumes of 300 L and more.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** Heavy feeding that leaves the water tinted.
- **Cyanobacteria programmes:** A full course for systems up to about 450 L.
- **Odour control:** Stale smell rising from organic build-up.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Shake well:** Settled bacteria need mixing before each dose.
- **Weekly maintenance:** 5 mL per 38 L, about 53 mL for a 400 L system.
- **Programme dosing:** Every 3 to 4 days for 10 to 14 days after manual removal.
- **Invertebrate care:** Snails and shrimp out during a course, back 5–7 days after it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,817 L capacity:** Twice the treatment of the 4 oz bottle.
- **Marine formula:** For saltwater fish-only and reef aquariums.
- **Selected bacteria:** A natural blend aimed at discolouration and odour.
- **Course for big systems:** Enough for a cyanobacteria course in about 450 L.
- **Partner to Waste-Away:** Clarifier first, sludge-buster second.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001452
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014528
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Water Clarifying Bacteria (Marine)
- **Net Volume:** 8 fl oz (236 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly; every 3–4 days for 10–14 days against cyanobacteria
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons); about 4–5 weekly doses for a 400 L system
- **Caution:** High doses may harm snails and shrimp
- **Storage:** No refrigeration required
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE
- **Other Sizes:** Re-Fresh MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001451)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums, including sump-fed systems
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER 4oz (454L)
Sludge-busting bacteria that clean gravel beds and filters in freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-freshwater-4oz-454l/
- Price: $54.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001283 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010711
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001071-1-scaled.jpg
Push a siphon into gravel that has gone a while without a clean and a brown cloud comes up, and that is only the part a siphon can reach. Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER 4oz (454L) (SKU: 81254001283) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Waste-Away for freshwater, a natural aquarium cleaner the maker calls sludge-busting bacteria, treating up to 454 L (120 gallons) at the label dose. It combines several bacterial species isolated from aquarium and pond environments that attack and dissolve organic wastes, dissolved and particulate. Dr Tim's lists its effects as dissolving sludge and dirt, unclogging gravel beds, removing hidden wastes and keeping filter pads flowing longer for better water flow and more oxygen. It contains no phosphates and is 100% natural.
Shake the bottle and add 10 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) once a week to a high-flow part of the tank, with any UV steriliser switched off for 48 hours afterwards. A 100 L tank takes about 26 mL a dose, so this bottle gives four to five weekly treatments. Dirty tanks need a gentler start: Dr Tim's strongly recommends a half dose first, since breaking down a lot of sludge at once can cause temporary cloudiness, a small ammonia reading and a drop in oxygen. If the water clouds, hold the next dose until it clears, never overdose, and add no more than one bacterial product per day. The maker also recommends Waste-Away against aquarium slime and for keeping turtle tanks clean. It keeps about six months at room temperature, or about a year at 10 °C.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Gravel beds:** Sludge packed into the substrate of a community tank.
- **Slow filters:** Filter pads clogging up between cleans.
- **Turtle tanks:** Recommended by Dr Tim's for keeping them clean.
- **Weekly maintenance:** Routine dosing so sludge does not accumulate.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start at half:** 5 mL per 38 L in a dirty tank.
- **Full dose:** 10 mL per 38 L weekly, shaken, into a high-flow area.
- **UV off:** For 48 hours after each dose.
- **Watch for cloudiness:** No further doses until clear; one bacterial product per day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sludge-busting bacteria:** Several species that dissolve organic waste.
- **Gravel and filters:** Unclogs substrate and keeps filter pads flowing.
- **No phosphates:** The formula contains none, according to the maker.
- **Turtle tanks too:** A named use on Dr Tim's own product page.
- **About 12 full doses:** 118 mL at 10 mL per 38 L.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001283
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010711
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Sludge-Removing Bacteria (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 4 fl oz (118 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly; half dose to start in dirty tanks
- **Treatment Capacity:** 454 L (120 gallons); 4–5 weekly doses for a 100 L tank
- **Application:** Shake well; add to a high-flow area; UV off 48 hours
- **Storage:** About 6 months at room temperature, about 1 year at 10 °C
- **Companion Products:** Dr Tim's Re-Fresh FRESHWATER; Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER
- **Other Sizes:** Waste-Away FRESHWATER 8oz (908L) (SKU 81254001072)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and turtle tanks
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 189L
Time-release sludge-busting bacteria for freshwater tanks up to 189 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-gel-freshwater-189l/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001082 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010827
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001082-1-scaled.jpg
Weekly bacteria doses work well until a busy week gets in the way, and sludge does not take weeks off. Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 189L (SKU: 81254001082) is a single Medium Waste-Away Time Release Gel from Dr Tim's Aquatics in the freshwater version, rated for aquariums up to 189 L (50 gallons). The gel holds Waste-Away bacteria and releases them into the water automatically and continuously, and according to the maker those bacteria consume nutrients and break down fish waste, keeping the tank clean and the water clear. One gel lasts up to 30 days, and it signals its own end: when it changes to a tan colour it is spent and due for replacement.
The gel carries the same bacteria as Dr Tim's liquid Waste-Away, which the maker describes as several species isolated from aquarium and pond environments that attack and dissolve organic wastes, and Dr Tim's recommends cleaning the tank with the liquid first, then maintaining it with gels. Installation takes a minute. Leave the clear wrapper sealed until the gel is going in, then unzip it, remove the tab, attach the suction cup provided and fix the gel in the tank, filter compartment or sump wherever water circulation is lowest. A 189 L rating covers most tanks from 60 to 90 cm long; for 190 to 378 L the Large gel is the next size up. Retail specifications list no refrigeration requirement, and Bulk Reef Supply staff say sealed gels keep for a few years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **After a liquid clean-up:** Holding a tank steady once Waste-Away liquid has cleared the sludge.
- **Busy weeks:** Continuous release in place of a dose that has to be remembered.
- **Messy eaters:** Goldfish and cichlid tanks up to 189 L that load the gravel quickly.
- **Trying the gels:** A single gel to see how a month of time release suits the tank.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Keep it sealed:** Unzip the clear wrapper only when the gel is going in.
- **Fit the suction cup:** Remove the tab and attach the cup provided.
- **Choose a quiet spot:** Tank, filter box or sump, wherever circulation is weakest.
- **Swap when tan:** Dispose of the spent gel and fit a new one, no more than 30 days apart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Time-release bacteria:** Waste-Away cultures released automatically and continuously.
- **Up to 30 days:** One gel covers a month in a tank up to 189 L.
- **Tan colour indicator:** The gel shows when it is exhausted.
- **Freshwater formula:** The freshwater version of the Waste-Away gel.
- **Suction-cup mount:** Sits inside the tank, a filter box or a sump.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001082
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010827
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Time-Release Bacteria Gel (Freshwater)
- **Contents:** 1 Medium Waste-Away Time Release Gel; suction cup provided
- **Rating:** Aquariums up to 189 L (50 gallons)
- **Duration:** Up to 30 days
- **Replacement Indicator:** Changes to a tan colour when spent
- **Placement:** Lowest-flow area of the tank, filter box or sump
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER liquid for the initial clean
- **Other Sizes:** FRESHWATER 189L - 2pk (SKU 81254001083); 378L (SKU 81254001084); 378L - 2pk (SKU 81254001085)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums up to 189 L
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 189L - 2pk
Two months of time-release sludge control for freshwater tanks up to 189 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-gel-freshwater-189l-2pk/
- Price: $51.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001083 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010834
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001083-1-scaled.jpg
Once a tank is clean, the hard part is keeping it that way month after month without a calendar reminder. Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 189L - 2pk (SKU: 81254001083) is a two-pack of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Medium Waste-Away Time Release Gels in the freshwater version, each gel rated for aquariums up to 189 L (50 gallons) and lasting up to 30 days. Each gel releases Waste-Away bacteria into the water continuously, bacteria that Dr Tim's says consume nutrients and break down fish waste, so the tank stays clean and the water clear between services. With two in the pack, one tank gets roughly two months of cover, the second gel replacing the first when it changes to a tan colour.
Dr Tim's suggests starting from a clean tank, using Waste-Away liquid to clear accumulated sludge, and letting the gels maintain it from there. The second gel should stay in its sealed clear wrapper until it is needed; Bulk Reef Supply staff say sealed gels keep for a few years, and retail specifications list no refrigeration requirement, so the spare can wait in a cupboard. To fit, unzip the wrapper, pull the tab and press the suction cup provided onto the glass, a filter box wall or the inside of a sump, in the spot with the least water movement. Bulk Reef Supply lists Dr Tim's two-packs at double the single-gel volume, so the pair can also serve two separate tanks, each within 189 L, changed on the same day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Month-to-month upkeep:** Two consecutive 30-day gels for one tank up to 189 L.
- **Two small tanks:** One gel each for a pair of aquariums serviced together.
- **After a Waste-Away liquid course:** Holding the result once the sludge is gone.
- **A spare on hand:** A sealed second gel ready when the first turns tan.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Open one at a time:** Leave the second gel sealed in its clear wrapper.
- **Mount in low flow:** Tab off, suction cup on, placed where circulation is weakest.
- **Watch the colour:** Tan means the bacteria are spent.
- **Replace and dispose:** Remove the old gel and fit the second within 30 days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two Medium gels:** Each rated to 189 L.
- **About two months:** Two 30-day gels used one after the other.
- **Continuous release:** Waste-Away bacteria delivered without weekly measuring.
- **Sealed shelf life:** Unopened gels keep for years, per Bulk Reef Supply staff.
- **Colour cue:** The gel turns tan when replacement is due.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001083
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010834
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Time-Release Bacteria Gel (Freshwater)
- **Contents:** 2 Medium Waste-Away Time Release Gels; suction cup provided
- **Rating:** Up to 189 L (50 gallons) per gel
- **Duration:** Up to 30 days per gel; about 2 months used in sequence
- **Replacement Indicator:** Changes to a tan colour when spent
- **Storage:** Keep sealed until use; no refrigeration required
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER liquid
- **Other Sizes:** FRESHWATER 189L (SKU 81254001082); 378L (SKU 81254001084); 378L - 2pk (SKU 81254001085)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums up to 189 L per gel
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 378L
Large time-release bacteria gel for freshwater aquariums up to 378 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-gel-freshwater-378l/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001084 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010841
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001084-1-scaled.jpg
Big freshwater tanks hide sludge in the places a siphon never reaches: under rockwork, behind the background and in the corners of a sump. Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 378L (SKU: 81254001084) is a single Large Waste-Away Time Release Gel from Dr Tim's Aquatics in the freshwater version, rated for aquariums up to 378 L (100 gallons). It is the largest of the three gel sizes Dr Tim's makes, Small to 38 L, Medium to 189 L and Large to 378 L, and it releases Waste-Away bacteria into the water automatically and continuously for up to 30 days. According to Dr Tim's, those bacteria consume nutrients and break down fish waste, keeping the tank clean and the water clear.
In a larger system the gel can go wherever water moves least: a quiet corner of the display, a filter chamber or the slow end of a sump. Keep the clear wrapper closed until fitting, then unzip it, take off the tab, attach the suction cup provided and press it into position. Dr Tim's recommends cleaning the tank first with Waste-Away liquid and maintaining it afterwards with gels, so a heavily soiled 300 L tank would get a liquid course before the first gel goes in. When the gel turns a tan colour it has finished and should be removed, thrown away and replaced with a fresh one. For tanks of 189 L or less the Medium gel is the matching size, and the Large also comes as a two-pack for longer cover.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater displays:** Tanks between about 190 and 378 L.
- **Big, messy fish:** Goldfish, large cichlids and other heavy feeders.
- **Sump and filter-box systems:** A gel parked in a low-flow chamber, out of sight.
- **Upkeep after a deep clean:** Following a Waste-Away liquid course.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Clean first:** Run a Waste-Away liquid course in a heavily soiled tank.
- **Open at fitting time:** Unzip the wrapper and remove the tab only when installing.
- **Mount out of the current:** Suction cup on glass or a chamber wall in the slowest water.
- **Replace at tan:** Dispose of the spent gel and fit a new one, up to 30 days apart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large size:** Rated to 378 L, double the Medium gel.
- **Automatic release:** Bacteria enter the water continuously, with nothing to measure.
- **30-day life:** One gel per month of maintenance.
- **Hidden placement:** Works in the display, a filter box or a sump.
- **Built-in reminder:** The shift to tan shows when it is used up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001084
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010841
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Time-Release Bacteria Gel (Freshwater)
- **Contents:** 1 Large Waste-Away Time Release Gel; suction cup provided
- **Rating:** Aquariums up to 378 L (100 gallons)
- **Duration:** Up to 30 days
- **Replacement Indicator:** Changes to a tan colour when spent
- **Range Sizes:** Small to 38 L, Medium to 189 L, Large to 378 L
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER liquid
- **Other Sizes:** FRESHWATER 378L - 2pk (SKU 81254001085); 189L (SKU 81254001082); 189L - 2pk (SKU 81254001083)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums up to 378 L
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 378L - 2pk
Twin Large bacteria gels for big freshwater systems or two months of cover.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-gel-freshwater-378l-2pk/
- Price: $64.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001085 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010858
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001085-1-scaled.jpg
Large freshwater systems need maintenance that scales, whether that means two months of cover for one big tank or a gel each for a pair of displays. Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER 378L - 2pk (SKU: 81254001085) is a two-pack of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Large Waste-Away Time Release Gels in the freshwater version. Each gel is rated for aquariums up to 378 L (100 gallons), lasts up to 30 days and releases Waste-Away bacteria into the water automatically and continuously; Dr Tim's says the bacteria consume nutrients and break down fish waste to keep the tank clean and the water clear. Bulk Reef Supply lists the Large two-pack at up to 200 gallons (757 L), so the pair can also run together in a system bigger than one gel's rating.
Used one at a time, the pack gives a tank up to 378 L about two months of continuous bacteria, with the second gel kept in its sealed clear wrapper until the first changes to a tan colour. Sealed gels keep for a few years according to Bulk Reef Supply staff, and no refrigeration is required. Fitting is the same for each gel: unzip the wrapper, remove the tab, attach the suction cup provided and place the gel in the tank, filter box or sump where circulation is lowest. Where both go into one large system, they can sit in two separate quiet spots, such as each end of a long display, or the display and the sump. Dr Tim's advises starting from a clean tank, with Waste-Away liquid used first on any built-up sludge.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Two months, one tank:** Consecutive gels for a freshwater aquarium up to 378 L.
- **Systems above 378 L:** Both gels together, in line with the 757 L two-pack listing.
- **Two large tanks:** One gel each for a pair of displays up to 378 L.
- **Heavy bioloads:** Large cichlids, goldfish and other heavy feeders.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Single-tank use:** Fit one gel and keep the second sealed.
- **Large-system use:** Place both gels in separate low-flow spots.
- **Fitting:** Unzip, remove the tab and attach the suction cup provided.
- **Replacement:** Change gels when they turn tan, no more than 30 days apart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two Large gels:** Each rated to 378 L.
- **Flexible use:** In sequence for two months, or together in a bigger system.
- **Continuous bacteria:** Released automatically, with nothing to measure.
- **Long sealed life:** A spare that keeps for years unopened, per Bulk Reef Supply staff.
- **Tan end-point:** Each gel shows when it is spent.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001085
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010858
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Time-Release Bacteria Gel (Freshwater)
- **Contents:** 2 Large Waste-Away Time Release Gels; suction cup provided
- **Rating:** Up to 378 L (100 gallons) per gel; two-pack listed at up to 757 L (200 gallons)
- **Duration:** Up to 30 days per gel
- **Replacement Indicator:** Changes to a tan colour when spent
- **Storage:** Keep sealed until use; no refrigeration required
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER liquid
- **Other Sizes:** FRESHWATER 378L (SKU 81254001084); 189L (SKU 81254001082); 189L - 2pk (SKU 81254001083)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, up to 378 L per gel
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel MARINE 189L - 2pk
Reef-safe time-release bacteria gels for saltwater tanks up to 189 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-gel-marine-189l-2pk/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001071
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001283-1-scaled.jpg
Detritus settles behind the rockwork and in the corners of the filter chambers, where a turkey baster never quite reaches. Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel MARINE 189L - 2pk (SKU: 81254001071) is a two-pack of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Medium Waste-Away Time Release Gels in the marine version, which the maker describes as good for all saltwater and reef tanks and labels reef safe. Each gel is rated for aquariums up to 189 L (50 gallons) and lasts up to 30 days, releasing Waste-Away bacteria into the water automatically and continuously. Dr Tim's says the bacteria consume nutrients and break down fish waste, keeping the tank clean and the water clear, and Bulk Reef Supply describes the gels as working on fish waste in the hard-to-reach areas of a reef tank.
In a single tank up to 189 L the two gels cover about two months, one after the other. The rear chambers of an all-in-one reef or a quiet section of a sump both suit the low-flow placement Dr Tim's specifies, keeping the gel out of view. Keep each gel sealed in its clear wrapper until use, then unzip it, remove the tab and attach the suction cup provided. When a gel changes to a tan colour it is spent; remove it, dispose of it and fit the second. Dr Tim's recommends cleaning the tank first with Waste-Away liquid, then maintaining it with gels, and Bulk Reef Supply adds that the gels can help raise ORP and protein skimmer production. Sealed spares keep for a few years, according to Bulk Reef Supply staff.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and mid-size reefs:** Saltwater tanks up to 189 L, one gel at a time.
- **All-in-one aquariums:** A gel tucked into a rear filter chamber.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** Heavy-feeding fish that leave waste in the rockwork.
- **Following a liquid clean:** After Waste-Away liquid has cleared built-up detritus.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unwrap at fitting:** Keep the second gel sealed for the following month.
- **Low-flow mounting:** Suction cup in the quietest part of the tank, filter box or sump.
- **Watch for tan:** The colour change marks a spent gel.
- **Swap monthly:** Replace within 30 days and discard the old gel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine formula:** For all saltwater and reef tanks, labelled reef safe.
- **Two Medium gels:** Each rated to 189 L for up to 30 days.
- **Hidden waste:** Bulk Reef Supply notes action in the hard-to-reach areas of a reef.
- **Hands-off dosing:** No measuring, no weekly reminders.
- **Tan indicator:** Each gel shows when it needs replacing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001071
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Time-Release Bacteria Gel (Marine)
- **Contents:** 2 Medium Waste-Away Time Release Gels; suction cup provided
- **Rating:** Up to 189 L (50 gallons) per gel
- **Duration:** Up to 30 days per gel; about 2 months used in sequence
- **Replacement Indicator:** Changes to a tan colour when spent
- **Reef Safe:** Yes, as labelled by Dr Tim's
- **Placement:** Lowest-flow area of the tank, filter box or sump
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE liquid
- **Other Sizes:** MARINE 378L (SKU 81254001284); MARINE 378L - 2pk (SKU 81254001285)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums up to 189 L per gel
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel MARINE 378L
Large reef-safe bacteria gel for saltwater aquariums up to 378 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-gel-marine-378l/
- Price: $42.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001284 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540012845
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001284-1-scaled.jpg
A reef tank with a sump has plenty of quiet corners where detritus builds up between water changes. Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel MARINE 378L (SKU: 81254001284) is a single Large Waste-Away Time Release Gel from Dr Tim's Aquatics in the marine version, rated for saltwater and reef aquariums up to 378 L (100 gallons) and labelled reef safe by the maker. It releases Waste-Away bacteria into the water automatically and continuously for up to 30 days, and Dr Tim's says those bacteria consume nutrients and break down fish waste to keep the tank clean and the water clear. Bulk Reef Supply calls it a 100% natural bacterial additive that helps dissolve sludge and hidden wastes, and adds that the gels can help increase ORP and protein skimmer production.
Placement matters in a marine system, where return pumps and wavemakers keep most of the water moving. Dr Tim's asks for the spot with the least circulation, which in a sump-fed reef usually means a sump chamber or a sheltered back corner of the display. Keep the gel sealed in its clear wrapper until it is going in, then unzip it, remove the tab and attach the suction cup provided. For a tank that has built up a layer of detritus, Dr Tim's recommends a clean with Waste-Away liquid first, with the gel taking over maintenance afterwards. Bulk Reef Supply lists the Large gel at about 18 cm (7 in) tall and says to replace it every 30 days; it changes to a tan colour when replacement is due. The marine Large gel also comes as a two-pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef systems with a sump:** Displays up to 378 L with a low-flow sump section.
- **Larger fish-only tanks:** Saltwater fish tanks between 189 and 378 L.
- **Detritus in the rockwork:** Waste breakdown in areas a siphon cannot reach.
- **Maintenance after a clean-up:** Following a Waste-Away liquid course.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Pick the quietest water:** A sump chamber or sheltered corner, away from pumps.
- **Open at install:** Unzip the clear wrapper and remove the tab.
- **Mount it:** Attach the suction cup provided to the glass or a baffle.
- **Replace every 30 days:** Or as soon as the gel has turned tan.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large marine gel:** Rated to 378 L of saltwater.
- **Reef safe:** As labelled by Dr Tim's.
- **ORP and skimmer support:** According to Bulk Reef Supply.
- **Continuous release:** No daily or weekly measuring.
- **Visible end-point:** The gel turns tan when spent.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001284
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540012845
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Time-Release Bacteria Gel (Marine)
- **Contents:** 1 Large Waste-Away Time Release Gel; suction cup provided
- **Rating:** Aquariums up to 378 L (100 gallons)
- **Duration:** Up to 30 days
- **Gel Size:** About 18 cm (7 in) tall, per Bulk Reef Supply
- **Replacement Indicator:** Changes to a tan colour when spent
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE liquid
- **Other Sizes:** MARINE 378L - 2pk (SKU 81254001285); MARINE 189L - 2pk (SKU 81254001071)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums up to 378 L
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel MARINE 378L - 2pk
Two Large reef-safe bacteria gels for big saltwater systems or two months of cover.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-gel-marine-378l-2pk/
- Price: $71.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001285 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540012852
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001285-1-scaled.jpg
Large reef systems turn over a lot of water and a lot of food, and the waste that escapes the skimmer settles where it cannot be seen. Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel MARINE 378L - 2pk (SKU: 81254001285) is a two-pack of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Large Waste-Away Time Release Gels in the marine version, good for all saltwater and reef tanks according to the maker and labelled reef safe. Each gel is rated for aquariums up to 378 L (100 gallons) and releases Waste-Away bacteria into the water continuously for up to 30 days; Dr Tim's says the bacteria consume nutrients and break down fish waste to keep the tank clean and the water clear. Bulk Reef Supply sells this Large two-pack as covering up to 200 gallons (757 L).
That gives two ways to use the pack. In a system up to 378 L, fit one gel and keep the other sealed in its clear wrapper, swapping when the first turns a tan colour, for about two months of cover. In a bigger system, such as a display and sump with a combined volume above 378 L, both gels can go in at once in separate low-flow positions, in line with the retailer's 757 L listing. Each is fitted the same way: unzip the wrapper, remove the tab, attach the suction cup provided and place it where water circulation is lowest. Dr Tim's advises cleaning the tank with Waste-Away liquid first. Bulk Reef Supply notes the gels can help increase ORP and protein skimmer production, and its staff say sealed gels keep for a few years.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Big reef systems:** Display and sump volumes above 378 L, with both gels in place.
- **Two months of upkeep:** One gel at a time in a tank up to 378 L.
- **Twin systems:** A display and a frag tank, one gel each, each within 378 L.
- **After a Waste-Away liquid course:** Holding a cleaned system steady.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Decide the layout:** One gel at a time, or both together above 378 L.
- **Find slow water:** Sump chambers and sheltered corners away from pumps.
- **Fit each gel:** Unzip, remove the tab, attach the suction cup.
- **Retire at tan:** Remove and dispose of each spent gel, at most 30 days after fitting.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two Large gels:** Each rated to 378 L.
- **Up to 757 L together:** Per Bulk Reef Supply's two-pack listing.
- **Reef-safe marine formula:** For saltwater and reef aquariums.
- **Long sealed life:** Unopened gels keep for years, per Bulk Reef Supply staff.
- **Colour-change indicator:** Tan means replace.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001285
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540012852
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Time-Release Bacteria Gel (Marine)
- **Contents:** 2 Large Waste-Away Time Release Gels; suction cup provided
- **Rating:** Up to 378 L (100 gallons) per gel
- **Two-Pack Coverage:** Up to 757 L (200 gallons), per Bulk Reef Supply
- **Duration:** Up to 30 days per gel
- **Replacement Indicator:** Changes to a tan colour when spent
- **Storage:** Keep sealed until use; no refrigeration required
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE liquid
- **Other Sizes:** MARINE 378L (SKU 81254001284); MARINE 189L - 2pk (SKU 81254001071)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE 4oz (454L)
Sludge-busting bacteria for detritus in reef rockwork, sand and coral beds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/dr-tims-waste-away-marine-4oz-454l/
- Price: $29.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001471 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014719
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001471-1-scaled.jpg
Detritus in a reef hides in the rock and the sand bed, out of reach of a baster and out of sight until nutrients start to climb. Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE 4oz (454L) (SKU: 81254001471) is the 118 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Waste-Away in the version labelled for reef aquariums, treating up to 454 L (120 gallons) at the label dose. Dr Tim's describes Waste-Away as sludge-busting bacteria: several species isolated from aquarium and pond environments that attack and dissolve organic wastes quickly. The maker lists dissolving sludge and dirt, unclogging coral beds and removing hidden wastes, and says the bacteria consume phosphate and nitrate as they break down dissolved and particulate organics. It contains no phosphates and is 100% natural.
The label dose is 10 mL per 38 L (10 gallons), shaken and added weekly to a high-flow area, with the protein skimmer and UV steriliser switched off for 48 hours. A 100 L reef takes about 26 mL a week, so the bottle gives four or five full doses, while a 50 L nano gets about nine. Start a heavily loaded tank at half dose, because Dr Tim's warns that breaking down a lot of sludge at once can cloud the water, show a small ammonia reading and pull oxygen down; never overdose, and hold further doses until cloudiness clears. Bulk Reef Supply rates it reef safe with caution and repeats the rule of one bacterial product per day. In Dr Tim's cyanobacteria and slime programme, Waste-Away is the second stage, after a Re-Fresh course.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Detritus in rockwork:** Waste lodged where a baster cannot reach.
- **Clogged sand and coral beds:** Sludge settling into the substrate.
- **Nano reefs:** Small tanks where one bottle lasts about two months.
- **Slime and cyanobacteria:** Stage two of the maker's programme, after Re-Fresh.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Half dose first:** 5 mL per 38 L for a dirty tank.
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 38 L, shaken, into high flow.
- **Skimmer and UV off:** For 48 hours after each dose.
- **Watch oxygen:** Cloudy water means wait; never overdose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reef-labelled formula:** Waste-Away for saltwater and reef aquariums.
- **Phosphate-free:** Contains no phosphates, according to Dr Tim's.
- **Organic breakdown:** Dissolved and particulate waste digested by bacteria.
- **Unclogs coral beds:** A named effect on the maker's page.
- **Compact bottle:** 454 L of treatment for small and mid-size reefs.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001471
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014719
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Sludge-Removing Bacteria (Marine)
- **Net Volume:** 4 fl oz (118 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly; half dose to start
- **Treatment Capacity:** 454 L (120 gallons); 4–5 weekly doses for a 100 L reef
- **Application:** Protein skimmer and UV off 48 hours after dosing
- **Reef Safe:** Yes, with caution (Bulk Reef Supply)
- **Storage:** About 6 months at room temperature, about 1 year at 10 °C
- **Companion Products:** Dr Tim's Re-Fresh MARINE; Waste-Away Gel MARINE
- **Other Sizes:** Waste-Away MARINE 8oz (908L) (SKU 81254001472)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums
---
### Dr Tims — Freshwater aquarium
#### Dr Tim's AquaCleanse MARINE 8oz (1,817L)
Larger bottle of Dr Tim's reef-grade dechlorinator for marine systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dr-tims-aquacleanse-marine-8oz-1817l/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001412 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014122
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001412-1-scaled.jpg
A fish-only marine tank with a sump can swallow 100 L at every water change, and a 4 oz conditioner bottle is empty by the second month. Dr Tim's AquaCleanse MARINE 8oz (1,817L) (SKU: 81254001412) is the 236 mL size of the tap water detoxifier Dr Tim's Aquatics labels for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria, the version sold as Marine in Australia, and the maker's usage chart rates it to treat 1,817 L (480 gallons). Dr Tim's states that it destroys chlorine, chloramines and ammonia, which it describes as toxic to fish, corals and invertebrates and as needing removal before any animal is exposed, and that it does so with no unpleasant odour.
Dosing is 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, stirred for 15 seconds in a clean container that has never held detergent, and always before the water is salted and transferred, never into a stocked tank. For a 500 L system changing 100 L a fortnight that is about 13 mL a time and some 18 changes, roughly eight months, from one bottle; a 300 L tank changing 30 L weekly stretches it past a year. Dr Tim's says the product cannot be overdosed, with the qualification that very large amounts may lower pH in poorly buffered water. It is safe with One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria, and Dr Tim's adds a caution for new tanks: because AquaCleanse also removes ammonia, overdosing it during a start-up cycle can delay nitrification, so a rising reading is better handled with a partial water change than with extra conditioner.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish-only and FOWLR systems:** Large, regular water changes on predator and community marine tanks.
- **Sumped reefs:** Systems whose total volume runs well past the display tank.
- **Bulk salt mixing:** Treating a 100 to 200 L mixing barrel in a single measured dose.
- **New marine set-ups:** Conditioning the first fill ahead of a One & Only cycle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Measure for the barrel:** 5 mL per 38 L; a 150 L mix takes about 20 mL.
- **Stir, then salt:** 15 seconds of mixing before the salt and heater go in.
- **Start-up tanks:** Keep to the directed dose so ammonia removal does not slow the cycle.
- **High ammonia:** Change water rather than adding more conditioner, as Dr Tim's advises.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1,817 L capacity:** Eighteen 100 L changes from a 236 mL bottle.
- **Reef-labelled formulation:** Dr Tim's version for reef, nano and seahorse aquaria.
- **Chlorine, chloramines and ammonia:** Destroyed rather than masked, according to the maker.
- **Safe alongside One & Only:** Dechlorinate a new system without harming the starter culture.
- **No odour:** Mix a barrel in the house without a chemical smell.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001412
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014122
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Tap Water Conditioner
- **Net Volume:** 8 oz (236 mL)
- **Formulation:** Dr Tim's reef, nano and seahorse version
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 38 L (10 US gallons) of tap water, stirred for 15 seconds
- **Treatment Capacity:** 1,817 L (480 gallons)
- **Removes:** Chlorine, chloramines, ammonia
- **Companion Product:** Dr Tim's One & Only Live Nitrifying Bacteria
- **Other Sizes:** AquaCleanse MARINE 4oz (908L) (SKU 81254001411)
- **Target Environment:** Marine, reef, nano and seahorse aquariums
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER 8oz (908L)
Natural sludge-removing bacteria for big, heavily fed freshwater and turtle tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dr-tims-waste-away-freshwater-8oz-908l/
- Price: $48.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001072 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540010728
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001072-1-scaled.jpg
Goldfish, large cichlids and turtles all eat heavily and produce waste to match, and the sludge collects faster than a monthly clean can keep up with. Dr Tim's Waste-Away FRESHWATER 8oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001072) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Waste-Away for freshwater, treating up to 908 L (240 gallons), double the 4 oz. Dr Tim's describes it as a unique combination of bacteria, isolated from aquarium and pond environments, that attack and dissolve organic wastes quickly; as they work through dissolved and particulate organics, the maker says they also consume phosphate and nitrate. The product itself contains no phosphates and is sold as 100% natural.
Even with monthly water changes, Dr Tim's notes, sludge stays in hard-to-reach and hard-to-see places: under décor, deep in the gravel and in the filter. Cleaner filter pads mean better flow and more oxygen. The label dose is 10 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly, shaken first and added where the water moves fastest, with UV sterilisers off for 48 hours. A 200 L tank uses about 53 mL a dose, around four and a half weeks from this bottle, and a 100 L turtle tank gets about nine. In a filthy tank, begin with half a dose, because rapid breakdown can bring temporary cloudiness and an oxygen dip, and wait for cloudy water to clear before dosing again. Once the tank is clean, Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gels can hold it there between doses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large freshwater tanks:** Heavily stocked aquariums of 200 L and more.
- **Turtle tanks:** Waste from turtles that feed and foul the same water.
- **Neglected gravel:** Sludge built up over months below the surface.
- **Between services:** Weekly dosing to keep filter pads flowing.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Gentle start:** Half dose, 5 mL per 38 L, in very dirty tanks.
- **Weekly dose:** 10 mL per 38 L, or about 53 mL for 200 L.
- **Into the current:** Add to a high-flow area with UV off for 48 hours.
- **Pace it:** Hold doses while the water is cloudy; one bacterial product per day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **908 L capacity:** Twice the treatment of the 4 oz bottle.
- **Organic waste digestion:** Works on dissolved and particulate organics.
- **Phosphate-free formula:** Bacteria that consume phosphate rather than add it.
- **Better filter flow:** Pads stay open longer between cleans.
- **Turtle-tank use:** Specifically recommended by Dr Tim's.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001072
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540010728
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Sludge-Removing Bacteria (Freshwater)
- **Net Volume:** 8 fl oz (236 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** 10 mL per 38 L (10 gallons) weekly; half dose to start in dirty tanks
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons); 4–5 weekly doses for a 200 L tank
- **Application:** Shake well; add to a high-flow area; UV off 48 hours
- **Storage:** About 6 months at room temperature, about 1 year at 10 °C
- **Companion Products:** Dr Tim's Waste-Away Gel FRESHWATER; Re-Fresh FRESHWATER
- **Other Sizes:** Waste-Away FRESHWATER 4oz (454L) (SKU 81254001283)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and turtle tanks
---
#### Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE 8oz (908L)
Natural bacteria for the second stage of a cyanobacteria clean-up in reef tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dr-tims-waste-away-marine-8oz-908l/
- Price: $48.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 81254001472 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 812540014726
- Brand: Dr Tims (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dr-tims/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/81254001472-1-scaled.jpg
Cyanobacteria feeds on the same organics that build up as detritus, and Dr Tim's argues that cells killed by chemicals simply decay into food for the next bloom. Dr Tim's Waste-Away MARINE 8oz (908L) (SKU: 81254001472) is the 236 mL bottle of Dr Tim's Aquatics' Waste-Away in the marine version, treating up to 908 L (240 gallons), the size that suits larger reefs and a full clean-up programme. It is a combination of several bacterial species, isolated from aquarium and pond environments, that attack organic wastes, dissolved and particulate, and consume phosphate and nitrate in the process, according to the maker. The bottle contains no phosphates and is 100% natural.
In Dr Tim's cyanobacteria programme, Waste-Away follows a 10 to 14 day course of Re-Fresh. Day 1 is a half dose of 5 mL per 38 L (10 gallons), day 3 another half dose, and day 4 a full dose of 10 mL per 38 L if the water has not clouded; it then goes in every two to three days for two weeks, watching for cloudiness, and at least monthly once the tank recovers. For a 100 L reef that course uses roughly one 8 oz bottle. The caution is oxygen: a large bacterial bloom can lower it to dangerous levels, so never overdose. For routine weekly use, add the full dose to a high-flow area after shaking, with the protein skimmer and UV off for 48 hours. The maker also asks that overfeeding and overstocking be checked as causes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cyanobacteria:** Stage two of Dr Tim's programme, after Re-Fresh.
- **Larger reefs:** Weekly maintenance for systems of 200 L or more.
- **Fish-only systems:** Heavy-feeding marine fish leaving detritus in the sump.
- **Monthly upkeep:** The maker's minimum once the tank is clean.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Days 1 and 3:** Half doses of 5 mL per 38 L.
- **Day 4 onwards:** 10 mL per 38 L every 2 to 3 days for two weeks if the water stays clear.
- **Maintenance:** Weekly by the label, and at least monthly.
- **Skimmer and UV:** Off for 48 hours after dosing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Programme-sized:** About one bottle for a 100 L reef's two-week course.
- **No antibiotics:** Bacteria in place of drugs that also kill nitrifying and coral bacteria.
- **Phosphate-free:** Contains none, according to the maker.
- **Nutrient uptake:** Bacteria consume phosphate and nitrate as they digest organics.
- **908 L capacity:** Twice the treatment of the 4 oz bottle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dr Tim's Aquatics (USA)
- **SKU:** 81254001472
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 812540014726
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Sludge-Removing Bacteria (Marine)
- **Net Volume:** 8 fl oz (236 mL)
- **Dose Rate:** Full dose 10 mL per 38 L (10 gallons); half dose 5 mL per 38 L to start
- **Treatment Capacity:** 908 L (240 gallons)
- **Application:** Shake; add to high flow; skimmer and UV off 48 hours
- **Reef Safe:** Yes, with caution (Bulk Reef Supply)
- **Storage:** About 6 months at room temperature, about 1 year at 10 °C
- **Companion Products:** Dr Tim's Re-Fresh MARINE; Waste-Away Gel MARINE
- **Other Sizes:** Waste-Away MARINE 4oz (454L) (SKU 81254001471)
- **Target Environment:** Saltwater and reef aquariums
---
### Vitalis — Food
#### Vitalis Algae Flakes 22g
Large algae-based flake for herbivorous marine fish in a single community tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-algae-flakes-22g/
- Price: $18.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AF00022
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/AF00022-1.jpg
A tang or rabbitfish fed only meaty flake will pick at the rockwork all day looking for the greens it is missing, and a dedicated algae flake fills that gap. Vitalis Algae Flakes 22g (SKU: AF00022) is the small pot of the herbivore flake from Vitalis, the UK feed brand of World Feeds, and the food was previously sold as Newera Algae Flakes. The recipe is built around a blend of carefully selected algae, including nutrient-rich species harvested in UK waters, combined with fish, molluscs and crustaceans so that the flake is a balanced diet rather than a vegetable side dish. Carotenoid pigments are added to support colour in fish such as marine angelfish and clownfish. The 22 g pot suits one display with a handful of grazers, or a first trial before moving to a larger size.
The listed composition is algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals. Vitalis describes the flakes as large, easily digested and low in waste, and says the formula was designed with delicate feeders and bottom dwellers in mind, so pieces that drift down to the sand are still useful food. A large flake can be fed whole to tangs and angelfish or crumbled between the fingers for clownfish, damsels and small wrasse. Feed only as much as the fish clear in a few minutes and remove anything left over so it does not foul the water. Vitalis Marine Flakes can be used in conjunction with it, so herbivores and omnivores in the same tank share one simple rotation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tangs and surgeonfish:** A daily algae feed for fish that graze constantly in the wild.
- **Mixed community tanks:** Clownfish, damsels, angelfish and wrasse that take both algae and meaty food.
- **Delicate feeders:** A flake formula designed with timid and bottom-feeding fish in mind.
- **Single small set-ups:** A 22 g pot that is used up while the flake is still fresh.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small portions:** Only what is eaten within a few minutes, once or twice daily.
- **Size the flake:** Crumble it for small mouths; feed it whole to tangs and angelfish.
- **Clear leftovers:** Net or siphon uneaten flake before it breaks down.
- **Rotate the diet:** Alternate with Vitalis Marine Flakes for omnivores in the same tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Algae-led recipe:** A blend of selected algae, including species from UK waters.
- **Complete diet:** Fish, molluscs and crustaceans balance the plant content.
- **Added carotenoids:** Pigments to support colour in angelfish and clownfish.
- **Low-waste large flake:** Easily digested, according to Vitalis.
- **22 g starter pot:** Sized for one tank of grazers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** AF00022
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357913
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Format:** Large flake, can be crumbled
- **Composition:** Algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Suitable For:** Surgeonfish, rabbitfish, marine angelfish, butterflyfish, damselfish, clownfish, wrasse
- **Former Name:** Newera Algae Flakes
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Algae Flakes 40g (SKU AF00040)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, fish-only and reef
---
#### Vitalis Algae Flakes 40g
Larger pot of algae flake for well-stocked marine tanks with several grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-algae-flakes-40g/
- Price: $36.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AF00040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139357920
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/AF00040-1.jpg
Where a tang, a pair of rabbitfish and a pygmy angelfish share one reef, a small pot of greens does not last long. Vitalis Algae Flakes 40g (SKU: AF00040) is the larger of the two pots of Vitalis's herbivore flake, the food once sold as Newera Algae Flakes and now made under the Vitalis name by World Feeds in the UK. It is a complete flake for algae-eating marine fish rather than a supplement: a blend of selected algae, some of it harvested in UK waters, is combined with fish, molluscs and crustaceans, plus vitamins and minerals. The 40 g pot holds close to twice the flake of the 22 g size, which suits busier tanks, several grazers or a routine with algae on the menu every day.
Vitalis names marine angelfish, damselfish, clownfish, butterflyfish, wrasse, rabbitfish and surgeonfish as the intended fish, and UK retailers add tangs and foxface to the list. Added carotenoid pigments support colour, particularly in angelfish and clownfish. The flakes are made large, so they can go in whole for a big surgeonfish or be crushed for smaller mouths, and Vitalis designed the recipe to suit bottom dwellers and delicate feeders as well as mid-water grazers. The maker describes the flake as easily digested and low in waste, which matters in a heavily stocked system. Feed small amounts that are cleared within a few minutes and take out leftovers. Vitalis Marine Flakes can be fed alongside it, giving omnivores protein-led meals between the algae feeds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several herbivores:** Tangs, rabbitfish and angelfish sharing one display.
- **Between sheet-algae feeds:** A prepared algae meal on days when no nori is offered.
- **Bottom-dwelling grazers:** A formula designed to suit fish that feed near the substrate.
- **Fish-only and reef systems:** Any tropical marine tank with herbivorous community fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Little and often:** Several small pinches rather than one heavy feed.
- **Whole or crushed:** Whole flakes for tangs; crushed flake for clownfish and damsels.
- **Watch the clean-up:** Remove flake that settles uneaten after a few minutes.
- **Keep it sealed:** Close the lid after each feed so the flake stays dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 g pot:** Close to double the 22 g size for multi-grazer tanks.
- **Selected algae blend:** Includes nutrient-rich species harvested in UK waters.
- **Marine protein balance:** Fish, molluscs and crustaceans round out the recipe.
- **Colour support:** Carotenoid pigments added to the flake.
- **Large, low-waste flake:** Easily digested, according to the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** AF00040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357920
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Format:** Large flake, fed whole or crushed
- **Composition:** Algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Ideal For:** Tangs and surgeonfish, foxface and rabbitfish, marine angelfish, butterflyfish, damsels, clownfish, wrasse
- **Companion Product:** Vitalis Marine Flakes
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Algae Flakes 22g (SKU AF00022)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Vitalis Algae Pellets 1mm 140g
Soft, slow-sinking algae pellet for small and medium herbivorous marine fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-algae-pellets-1mm-140g/
- Price: $27.49 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP00140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358064
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/AP00140-1.jpg
Flake food sits on the surface and is often swept into the overflow before a grazer gets to it, whereas a pellet that sinks slowly gives every fish in the water column a turn. Vitalis Algae Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU: AP00140) is the pellet form of Vitalis's algae diet, prepared from the same formula as Vitalis Algae Flakes and built on five different algae to give captive herbivorous marine fish a balanced diet. The pellets are 1 mm across, soft and slow-sinking, sized for clownfish, damsels and other small to medium mouths. Vitalis states the soft pellet means less waste and so better water quality. The 140 g pot is a mid-size pack for a single display tank or a small fish-only system.
The listed composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals, from natural, sustainably sourced ingredients. A UK retailer's published analysis gives protein 39.3%, moisture 19%, inorganic matter 20%, fat 7.7% and fibre 1.2%; the moisture level reflects the soft texture. Vitalis recommends it for all types of herbivorous tropical marine fish, naming surgeonfish, butterflyfish, all angelfish, damselfish, clownfish, rabbitfish and wrasse. Because the pellets fall slowly, mid-water feeders can take them before they reach the rock, and anything that lands is still soft enough for grazers to pick up. Feed small amounts that are eaten within a few minutes and remove what is left after feeding.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small herbivores:** Damsels, clownfish and dwarf angelfish that suit a 1 mm pellet.
- **Surface-shy fish:** Grazers that will not come up for floating flake.
- **Strong-flow tanks:** A sinking food that is less likely to be lost to the overflow.
- **Mixed diets:** An algae-based meal alongside meaty foods in community reef tanks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small pinches:** Once or twice daily, only what is finished in a few minutes.
- **Spread the food:** Scatter across the surface so dominant fish cannot guard it all.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon uneaten pellets from the sand.
- **Reseal the pot:** Keep the lid closed between feeds to protect the soft pellets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five algae:** The same formula as Vitalis Algae Flakes, in pellet form.
- **Soft, slow-sinking:** Reaches fish feeding at every level of the tank.
- **1 mm pellet:** Sized for small and medium marine herbivores.
- **Less waste:** Vitalis links the soft formulation to better water quality.
- **140 g pot:** A practical size for one display tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** AP00140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358064
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow-sinking
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 39.3%, moisture 19%, inorganic matter 20%, fat 7.7%, fibre 1.2%
- **Suitable For:** Surgeonfish, butterflyfish, angelfish, damselfish, clownfish, rabbitfish, wrasse
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Algae Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU AP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, fish-only and reef
---
#### Vitalis Algae Pellets 1mm 260g
Bulk pot of soft algae pellets for busy marine systems and multiple grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-algae-pellets-1mm-260g/
- Price: $39.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AP00260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358095
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/AP00260-1.jpg
A fish-only system with a school of tangs, or a reef with several herbivores and a few clownfish, can work through a pot of algae food in weeks. Vitalis Algae Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU: AP00260) is the larger pot of Vitalis's 1 mm algae pellet, a soft, slow-sinking food made from the same five-algae formula as Vitalis Algae Flakes and intended as a balanced, complete diet for captive herbivorous marine fish. At 260 g it holds nearly twice the food of the 140 g pot, which suits larger systems, several tanks or keepers who feed algae at every meal. Vitalis says the soft pellet produces less waste, helping water quality in tanks where feeding is heavy.
The composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals, which Vitalis describes as natural and sustainably sourced. Analytical figures listed by a UK retailer are protein 39.3%, moisture 19%, inorganic matter 20%, fat 7.7% and fibre 1.2%. The recommendation covers all herbivorous tropical marine fish, with tangs and foxface given as examples alongside surgeonfish, butterflyfish, angelfish, damselfish, clownfish, rabbitfish and wrasse. The 1 mm size is small for an adult tang, which may need a few pinches, but it keeps the smaller fish in the same tank fed. Offer what is eaten in a few minutes, and keep the lid closed between feeds, since a bigger pot is open for longer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tang-heavy systems:** Several surgeonfish or rabbitfish that need algae every day.
- **Multi-tank keepers:** One pot shared across a display and a quarantine or holding tank.
- **Mixed stocking:** A pellet small enough for clownfish and damsels kept with larger grazers.
- **Heavily fed reefs:** A soft, lower-waste food where nutrients need watching.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to appetite:** Portions cleared within a few minutes, once or twice daily.
- **Sink and share:** Let pellets fall slowly so mid-water and lower fish both feed.
- **Clean up:** Siphon uneaten pellets so they do not decay in the rock or sand.
- **Store well:** Keep the large pot sealed, cool and dry between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **260 g pot:** The larger size for systems with many herbivores.
- **Five-algae formula:** Shared with Vitalis Algae Flakes for a consistent diet.
- **Complete feed:** Algae balanced with fish, molluscs and crustaceans.
- **Slow-sinking soft pellet:** Taken in mid-water and still soft when it lands.
- **Lower waste:** Vitalis cites improved water quality.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** AP00260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358095
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 260 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 39.3%, moisture 19%, inorganic matter 20%, fat 7.7%, fibre 1.2%
- **Ideal For:** Tangs, foxface, surgeonfish, rabbitfish, angelfish and other marine herbivores
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Algae Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU AP00140)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums with herbivorous fish
---
#### Vitalis Anemone Food 4mm 60g
Soft 4 mm sinking pellet for target feeding carnivorous anemones.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-anemone-food-4mm-60g/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AN00060 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358750
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Vitalis-Anemone-Food-4mm-60g.png
Host anemones draw much of their energy from the algae living in their tissue, but on the reef they also catch fish and larger particles with their tentacles, and in an aquarium that part of the diet has to be supplied by hand. Vitalis Anemone Food 4mm 60g (SKU: AN00060) is Vitalis's anemone pellet, a complete, palatable and highly digestible food developed to suit the passive feeding mechanisms of carnivorous anemones. It belongs to Vitalis's invertebrate range, which the maker says is designed to cover the nutritional needs of corals and anemones that are not met through photosynthesis alone. Each soft 4 mm pellet imitates the larger food particles and whole fish that an anemone's stinging tentacles trap in the wild, and it can be offered whole to a large carpet or broken down for a smaller bubble tip.
The composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats and minerals, and a UK retailer's published analysis lists protein 51.6%, fat 10.5%, inorganic matter 17.9% and moisture 20.7%, a meaty profile in keeping with the prey it stands in for. Vitalis formulates it for all anemone species and names carpet, bubble tip, maxi mini carpet, magnificent, long tentacle and pink-tipped anemones. The pellets are soft for ease of digestion and sink slowly, and Vitalis says the formula produces less waste for better water quality. Target feeding works well: with the pumps turned down for a few minutes, a pellet is laid on the tentacles near the mouth using tongs or a feeding pipette, and the anemone draws it in. Any pellet that is released, or carried off by a clownfish and dropped, should be removed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Clownfish hosts:** Bubble tip, carpet and long tentacle anemones kept with clownfish.
- **Beyond photosynthesis:** Food that covers what lighting alone does not supply.
- **Newly added anemones:** A soft, easily handled pellet to start a feeding routine.
- **Mixed-size collections:** Whole pellets for large carpets, broken pieces for small bubble tips.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Turn the flow down:** Pause or reduce pumps so the pellet stays on the tentacles.
- **Place, do not scatter:** Set each pellet near the mouth with tongs or a pipette.
- **Match the portion:** Whole 4 mm pellets for large anemones; halve or crumble them for small ones.
- **Remove rejects:** Take out any pellet the anemone releases within a few minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for anemones:** Matches the passive feeding of carnivorous anemones.
- **Prey-sized 4 mm pellet:** Imitates larger particles and whole fish caught on the reef.
- **Soft and slow-sinking:** Easy to digest and simple to place with tongs.
- **Meaty recipe:** Fish, molluscs and crustaceans, about 52% protein.
- **Less waste:** Vitalis cites improved water quality.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** AN00060
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358750
- **Product Type:** Food > Invertebrate Food (Anemone Pellets)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Pellet Size:** 4 mm, soft, slow-sinking; can be broken down
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, minerals
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 51.6%, fat 10.5%, inorganic matter 17.9%, moisture 20.7%
- **Suitable For:** Carpet, bubble tip, maxi mini carpet, magnificent, long tentacle and pink-tipped anemones
- **Feeding Method:** Target feeding, whole or broken pellets
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums with anemones
---
#### Vitalis Catfish Pellets 1mm 140g
Soft, strongly scented sinking pellet for corydoras and other small catfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-catfish-pellets-1mm-140g/
- Price: $23.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CP00140
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/CP00140-1.jpg
Corydoras and most other bottom-dwelling catfish find their food by smell and touch rather than sight, and a hard pellet lost among the gravel is easy to miss and rough on sensitive barbels. Vitalis Catfish Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU: CP00140) is Vitalis's pellet for soft-mouthed catfish of all kinds, formerly sold as Newera Catfish Pellets. The pellets are soft, strongly flavoured and scented, and rich in a variety of attractants that encourage natural foraging, so species that hunt by smell locate them quickly. They sink to the floor of the aquarium rather than hanging in mid-water, and the soft texture is gentle on delicate mouthparts and barbels. The 1 mm size suits corydoras, small loaches and young catfish, and the 140 g pot is a sensible size for a single community tank.
The composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, minerals, and molluscs and crustaceans, from natural, sustainably sourced ingredients that Vitalis describes as low in waste. Vitalis lists Corydoras, Bagrid catfish, Botia loaches, Brochis, Dianema, Doras, Synodontis and Pimelodus as the fish it is formulated for. Many of those are most active around dusk, so a feed just before or just after the lights go out lets them eat without competition from tetras and barbs. Drop the pellets near where the catfish gather, offer only what is found and eaten within a few minutes, and siphon any leftovers from the substrate. In a tank with fast mid-water fish, feeding those first at the surface keeps them occupied while the pellets go down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Corydoras groups:** A 1 mm pellet sized for small, soft-mouthed catfish.
- **Community tanks:** A sinking food that reaches the bottom past mid-water fish.
- **Sand and fine gravel:** Soft pellets that are kind to barbels while foraging.
- **Evening feeds:** A meal for catfish that wait for lights-out to come out.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Target the bottom:** Drop pellets where the catfish forage.
- **A few minutes' worth:** Only what is found and eaten in a short time.
- **Distract the fast fish:** Feed mid-water species first so pellets reach the floor.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Remove uneaten food so the substrate stays clean.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-mouth formula:** Gentle on delicate mouthparts and barbels.
- **Strong scent:** Attractants for fish that hunt by smell.
- **Bottom-reaching:** Sinks to the floor where catfish feed.
- **Fish, algae and crustacean recipe:** Natural, sustainably sourced ingredients.
- **140 g pot:** A single-tank size for a small catfish group.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** CP00140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358637
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Catfish)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, sinking
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, minerals, molluscs and crustaceans
- **Suitable For:** Corydoras, Bagrid catfish, Botia, Brochis, Dianema, Doras, Synodontis, Pimelodus
- **Former Name:** Newera Catfish Pellets
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Catfish Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU CP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Catfish Pellets 1mm 260g
Larger pot of soft sinking pellets for big corydoras shoals and catfish collections.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-catfish-pellets-1mm-260g/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CP00260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358644
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/CP00260-1.jpg
A shoal of twenty corydoras, a breeding group in a fish room or a tank of synodontis and loaches gets through catfish food faster than a typical community. Vitalis Catfish Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU: CP00260) is the larger pot of Vitalis's catfish pellet, the food that was sold as Newera Catfish Pellets before the range took the Vitalis name. It is formulated for soft-mouthed catfish of all kinds: the pellets are soft, strongly flavoured and scented, and carry a variety of attractants so that fish which find food by smell home in on them. They go to the floor of the tank where catfish feed, and the soft texture is gentle on barbels and fine mouthparts. With nearly twice the contents of the 140 g pot, the 260 g size suits large shoals, several tanks or a catfish specialist.
Ingredients listed are fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, minerals, and molluscs and crustaceans, all described by Vitalis as natural and sustainably sourced, with a low-waste formulation. The intended fish are Corydoras, Bagrid catfish, Botia, Brochis, Dianema, Doras, Synodontis and Pimelodus. At 1 mm the pellet is small for an adult Pimelodus or a large Synodontis, which will need several pellets per feed, but it suits mixed groups where juveniles and small species share the bottom. Spread the pellets across the areas where fish forage so every catfish in a large group gets a share, feed only what is cleared in a few minutes, and siphon what remains. Many catfish feed most actively at dusk, so an evening feed shortly before or after lights-out works well.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large corydoras shoals:** Enough soft pellets to feed a big group every day.
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** One pot shared across several catfish tanks.
- **Mixed bottom-dwellers:** Catfish and loaches feeding together on the substrate.
- **Night-active species:** Synodontis and Pimelodus fed around lights-out.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Spread the feed:** Scatter pellets over several foraging spots for a large group.
- **Short meals:** Feed what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Scale for big fish:** Larger catfish take several 1 mm pellets per feed.
- **Keep it dry:** Reseal the 260 g pot promptly after each use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **260 g size:** Nearly double the 140 g pot for big groups.
- **Attractant-rich:** Strongly scented for catfish that feed by smell.
- **Soft pellet:** Gentle on barbels and delicate mouths.
- **Sinks to the bottom:** Delivered where substrate feeders forage.
- **Low-waste recipe:** Fish, algae, molluscs and crustaceans.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** CP00260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358644
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Catfish)
- **Net Weight:** 260 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, minerals, molluscs and crustaceans
- **Ideal For:** Corydoras, Brochis, Dianema, Doras, Synodontis, Pimelodus, Bagrid catfish and Botia loaches
- **Former Name:** Newera Catfish Pellets
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Catfish Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU CP00140)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums and fish rooms
---
#### Vitalis Cichlid Carnivore Pellets 1mm 140g
Soft, protein-rich pellet for dwarf and smaller carnivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-cichlid-carnivore-pellets-1mm-140g/
- Price: $19.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CC00140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358972
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/CC00140.webp
A peacock or an apistogramma eats very differently from a rock-grazing mbuna, and a vegetable-heavy cichlid food leaves the meat-eaters short of the protein they are built for. Vitalis Cichlid Carnivore Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU: CC00140) is Vitalis's complete, highly digestible pellet tailored to the high protein needs of smaller carnivorous cichlids from Africa's Rift Lakes and from Central and South America. The protein blend includes whole fish meal and a mix of molluscs and crustaceans, and the natural pigments in those ingredients help support healthy colouration. The pellets are soft and designed to sink slowly, encouraging a natural feeding response as they fall. At 1 mm they are sized for dwarf cichlids, juveniles and the smaller Malawi peacocks and haps, and the 140 g pot suits a single tank.
Vitalis names Haplochromis, Aulonocara, Protomelas, Julidochromis, Nimbochromis, Neolamprologus, Apistogramma, Microgeophagus, Nannacara and Laetacara as the fish it is formulated for, a list that runs from Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika to South American soft-water dwarfs. A slow-sinking pellet suits all of them: open-water peacocks and haps take it on the way down, Julidochromis and Neolamprologus pick it from the rockwork, and rams and apistos find it on the sand. Herbivorous mbuna are not on Vitalis's list and are better served by a vegetable-based food. Feed small amounts once or twice a day, only what is eaten within a few minutes, and siphon any pellets left on the substrate so they do not spoil the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dwarf cichlids:** Apistogramma, rams, Nannacara and Laetacara in planted or community tanks.
- **Malawi peacocks and haps:** Aulonocara and smaller Haplochromis-type cichlids.
- **Tanganyikan rock dwellers:** Julidochromis and Neolamprologus that feed close to cover.
- **Growing juveniles:** A 1 mm pellet that young carnivorous cichlids can manage.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once or twice daily:** Portions eaten within a few minutes.
- **Let it fall:** Drop pellets so they sink slowly through the territories.
- **Feed shy fish:** Add a few pellets near caves and rockwork for retiring species.
- **Clean up:** Siphon uneaten pellets from the sand after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carnivore formula:** Tailored to the high protein needs of smaller carnivorous cichlids.
- **Marine protein blend:** Whole fish meal with molluscs and crustaceans.
- **Natural pigments:** From the main ingredients, for healthy colouration.
- **Soft, slow-sinking:** Encourages natural feeding as the pellet falls.
- **1 mm, 140 g:** A small pellet in a single-tank pot.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** CC00140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358972
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow-sinking
- **Protein Sources:** Whole fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans
- **Suitable For:** Haplochromis, Aulonocara, Protomelas, Julidochromis, Nimbochromis, Neolamprologus, Apistogramma, Microgeophagus, Nannacara, Laetacara
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Cichlid Carnivore Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU CC00260)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums, Rift Lake and South American
---
#### Vitalis Cichlid Carnivore Pellets 1mm 260g
Larger pot of soft carnivore pellets for peacock and hap displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-cichlid-carnivore-pellets-1mm-260g/
- Price: $29.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CC00260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358989
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/CC00260.webp
A Lake Malawi display stocked with a dozen peacocks and haps, or a fish room raising several broods of dwarf cichlids, needs a food bought in more than small pots. Vitalis Cichlid Carnivore Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU: CC00260) is the larger pot of Vitalis's carnivorous cichlid pellet, a complete feed tailored to the high protein needs of smaller carnivorous cichlids from the African Rift Lakes and Central and South America. Its protein blend combines whole fish meal with molluscs and crustaceans, whose natural pigments help support healthy colouration, and Vitalis describes the pellet as highly digestible. The pellets are soft and sink slowly through the water, and the 260 g pot holds nearly twice the food of the 140 g size for busy tanks and multiple set-ups.
The fish Vitalis lists are Haplochromis, Aulonocara, Protomelas, Julidochromis, Nimbochromis, Neolamprologus, Apistogramma, Microgeophagus, Nannacara and Laetacara. In a large peacock and hap tank, a slow-sinking pellet spreads through the water column so subdominant fish get a share instead of the boldest male taking everything at the surface. The 1 mm size is small for full-grown Nimbochromis or Protomelas, which will take several pellets at a time, yet it feeds smaller tankmates and growing juveniles too. Vegetarian mbuna are not on the list and need a plant-based food. Feed once or twice a day, giving only what is cleared in a few minutes, and siphon leftovers; reseal the pot after each feed so the soft pellets stay in good condition.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Peacock and hap displays:** Larger groups of Aulonocara, Protomelas and Haplochromis.
- **Breeding rooms:** Raising several broods of carnivorous cichlids at once.
- **Mixed-size groups:** Adults and juveniles sharing one 1 mm pellet.
- **Several tanks:** One pot for dwarf cichlid and Tanganyikan set-ups side by side.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Spread it out:** Scatter across the tank so subdominant fish feed.
- **Scale for adults:** Large haps take several pellets per feed.
- **Short meals:** Only what is eaten within a few minutes, once or twice daily.
- **Seal and store:** Keep the large pot closed, cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **260 g pot:** The larger size for well-stocked cichlid tanks.
- **High-protein design:** Built for carnivorous rather than herbivorous cichlids.
- **Whole fish meal, molluscs, crustaceans:** The core of the protein blend.
- **Colour from ingredients:** Natural pigments support healthy colouration.
- **Slow-sinking soft pellet:** Reaches fish at every level of the tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** CC00260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358989
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Carnivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 260 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow-sinking
- **Protein Sources:** Whole fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans
- **Ideal For:** Smaller carnivorous cichlids from Lakes Malawi and Tanganyika and Central and South America
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Cichlid Carnivore Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU CC00140)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater cichlid aquariums and fish rooms
---
#### Vitalis Goldfish Flakes 22g
Large crushable coldwater flake for a small goldfish aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-goldfish-flakes-22g/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: GF00022 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358224
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/GF00022-1.jpg
A goldfish will beg at the glass every time someone walks past, so the food that goes in needs to be digested well and leave little behind. Vitalis Goldfish Flakes 22g (SKU: GF00022) is the small pot of Vitalis's coldwater flake, a palatable, highly digestible and balanced complete food for goldfish from the common types to the fancy varieties. The natural pigments present in its main ingredients are combined with a tailored balance of vitamins and minerals to help maintain health and colouration. The flakes are made large so they can be crushed to suit the size and number of fish, and Vitalis says the large-flake formulation reduces waste and improves water quality. The 22 g pot suits a small tank with one or two young goldfish, or a first try of the food.
The listed composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins, made from natural, sustainably sourced ingredients. The analysis published by an Australian retailer gives protein 44.8%, fat 9.5%, inorganic matter 12% and crude fibre 1.4%. Vitalis recommends it for orandas, shubunkins, comets, fantails and common goldfish. The directions are a pinch once or twice a day, adjusted to the number and size of fish, offering only as much as they eat in five minutes and removing anything left so it does not break down and pollute the water. Flake floats at first; crushing it and soaking it for a few seconds lets it sink, which some keepers of round-bodied fancy goldfish prefer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small goldfish tanks:** One or two young fish where a small pot stays fresh.
- **Fancy varieties:** Orandas and fantails that need flake crushed to mouth size.
- **Single-tail goldfish:** Comets, shubunkins and commons kept indoors.
- **Trying a new food:** A small pot to check the fish take it.
**Feeding Guide**
- **A pinch, once or twice daily:** Sized to the number and size of fish.
- **Five-minute rule:** Only what is eaten in five minutes.
- **Crush to size:** Break the large flakes for small or young goldfish.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out uneaten flake before it pollutes the water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coldwater formula:** A complete flake for all goldfish varieties.
- **Large, crushable flake:** Adjusted to the size and number of fish.
- **Colour support:** Natural pigments with vitamins and minerals.
- **Low waste:** Vitalis links the large flake to better water quality.
- **22 g pot:** The small size for a one-tank keeper.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** GF00022
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358224
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Format:** Large floating flake, crushable
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 44.8%, fat 9.5%, inorganic matter 12%, crude fibre 1.4%
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, the amount eaten in five minutes
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Goldfish Flakes 40g (SKU GF00040)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater goldfish aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Goldfish Flakes 40g
Bigger pot of coldwater flake for larger goldfish groups and growing fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-goldfish-flakes-40g/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: GF00040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358231
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/GF00040-1.jpg
Goldfish keep growing for years and eat accordingly, and a tank of four or five adult fish empties a small pot of flake quickly. Vitalis Goldfish Flakes 40g (SKU: GF00040) is the larger pot of Vitalis's goldfish flake, a complete, palatable and highly digestible diet for every goldfish variety, from commons and comets to orandas and fantails. Vitalis combines the natural pigments in its key nutritional ingredients with a tailored balance of vitamins and minerals so that the flake helps maintain good health and colouration. The flakes are deliberately large: whole flakes suit big adult goldfish, and the same pot can be crushed for small fish. With close to twice the contents of the 22 g pot, the 40 g size fits larger tanks and keepers feeding several fish twice a day.
Composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins, which Vitalis describes as natural and sustainably sourced. An Australian retailer lists the analysis as protein 44.8%, fat 9.5%, inorganic matter 12% and crude fibre 1.4%. According to Vitalis, the large-flake formulation reduces waste, and goldfish produce plenty of waste of their own, so it helps to feed precisely: a pinch once or twice daily, scaled to the number and size of fish, no more than they eat in five minutes, with uneaten flake removed so it cannot break down in the tank. Where fast single-tail fish share a tank with slower fancy types, spreading the pinch along the surface gives the slower fish a chance to eat.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger goldfish groups:** Four or more fish that would quickly finish a small pot.
- **Adult fish:** Whole large flakes for big commons, comets and shubunkins.
- **Mixed tanks:** Single-tail and fancy goldfish fed from one pot.
- **Daily staple:** A complete flake for routine twice-daily feeding.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Scale the pinch:** Adjust to the number and size of goldfish.
- **Five minutes at most:** Feed only what is eaten in that time.
- **Spread it out:** Scatter along the surface so slow fancy fish get a share.
- **Clear the rest:** Remove leftover flake to protect water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 g pot:** Close to double the 22 g size for bigger groups.
- **All-variety recipe:** Commons, comets, shubunkins, orandas and fantails.
- **Pigments, vitamins and minerals:** Tailored for health and colouration.
- **Whole or crushed:** Large flakes for adults, crushed for young fish.
- **Reduced waste:** Vitalis's stated benefit of the large flake.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** GF00040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358231
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Format:** Large flake, fed whole or crushed
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 44.8%, fat 9.5%, inorganic matter 12%, crude fibre 1.4%
- **Suitable For:** Oranda, shubunkin, comet, fantail and common goldfish
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Goldfish Flakes 22g (SKU GF00022)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater goldfish aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Goldfish Pellets 1.5mm 140g
Mid-size pot of soft sinking pellets for a community of goldfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-goldfish-pellets-1-5mm-140g/
- Price: $18.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: GP00140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358279
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/GP00140-1.jpg
A tank of four or five growing goldfish, some fancy and some single-tailed, needs a staple that every fish can reach, not just the quickest one at the surface. Vitalis Goldfish Pellets 1.5mm 140g (SKU: GP00140) is the mid-size pot of Vitalis's goldfish pellet, a complete, highly digestible feed made for goldfish that do not need a surface food. The 1.5 mm pellets are soft and designed to sink slowly, so the fast fish do not take everything in the first few seconds and the slower fancies feed as the pellets fall. Vitalis combines the natural pigments in its key ingredients with a tailored balance of vitamins, minerals and trace elements to help keep goldfish healthy and well coloured. At twice the size of the 70 g pot, the 140 g size suits a typical goldfish tank fed every day.
Ingredients listed are fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins, from sustainable resources. Published analytical figures from an Australian retailer are protein 41.9%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 19.8%, fat 8.8% and crude fibre 1.9%. The food is formulated for all goldfish varieties, with orandas, shubunkins, comets, fantails and common goldfish named by Vitalis, and black moors and ranchu added by the retailer. Goldfish are messy eaters, so portion control matters: feed once or twice a day, only what the group clears within a few minutes, and take out uneaten pellets after that time. Rotating with Vitalis Goldfish Flakes gives the fish a varied routine from the same maker.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed goldfish tanks:** Fancy and single-tail fish fed together.
- **Everyday staple:** A complete pellet for routine feeding of a small group.
- **Slow feeders:** Orandas and moors that lose out to faster fish at the surface.
- **Growing fish:** A 1.5 mm pellet that young and adult goldfish both manage.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once or twice a day:** Portions the whole group clears in a few minutes.
- **Scatter widely:** Spread pellets so slower fish get their share.
- **Clean afterwards:** Remove uneaten pellets from the gravel.
- **Vary the menu:** Alternate with Vitalis Goldfish Flakes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **140 g pot:** A mid-size pack for a typical goldfish group.
- **Slow-sinking soft pellet:** Shared fairly between fast and slow fish.
- **Made for sub-surface feeding:** For goldfish that do not need a surface food.
- **Health and colour support:** Natural pigments, vitamins, minerals and trace elements.
- **Sustainable ingredients:** Fish, algae, molluscs and crustaceans.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** GP00140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358279
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1.5 mm, soft
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 41.9%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 19.8%, fat 8.8%, crude fibre 1.9%
- **Companion Product:** Vitalis Goldfish Flakes
- **Other Sizes:** 70g (SKU GP00070); 260g (SKU GP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater goldfish aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Goldfish Pellets 1.5mm 260g
Largest pot of soft sinking goldfish pellets for big displays and several tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-goldfish-pellets-1-5mm-260g/
- Price: $25.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: GP00260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358286
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/GP00260-1.jpg
Goldfish can live for well over a decade and grow large, and a keeper with a big display or several tanks of fancies goes through pellets steadily. Vitalis Goldfish Pellets 1.5mm 260g (SKU: GP00260) is the largest pot of Vitalis's 1.5 mm goldfish pellet on the shelf, a palatable and highly digestible complete food for all goldfish varieties. Vitalis designed it for goldfish that do not need a surface food: the pellets are soft and sink slowly, so feeding happens through the water column rather than at the top. Natural pigments in the main ingredients are combined with a tailored balance of vitamins, minerals and trace elements to help maintain health and colouration. At 260 g it holds nearly four times the contents of the 70 g pot.
The composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins, from sustainable resources. An Australian retailer gives the analysis as protein 41.9%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 19.8%, fat 8.8% and crude fibre 1.9%. Vitalis lists orandas, shubunkins, comets, fantails and common goldfish, and black moors and ranchu are also named by the retailer. The 1.5 mm size is small for a large adult goldfish, which will take a good number of pellets per feed, but it means one pot feeds big and small fish alike. Feed once or twice a day, only what is eaten within a few minutes, and remove uneaten pellets. A larger pot stays open for longer, so close it straight after each feed and store it somewhere cool and dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large goldfish displays:** Groups of big adult fish that eat heavily.
- **Several tanks:** One pot shared across fancy and single-tail set-ups.
- **Breeders and growers:** Juveniles and adults fed the same 1.5 mm pellet.
- **Fancy goldfish collections:** Orandas, ranchu and moors fed below the surface.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed to the group:** Once or twice daily, cleared within a few minutes.
- **Allow for size:** Big adults take more pellets than young fish.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Remove uneaten pellets before they break down.
- **Close promptly:** Reseal the pot after each feed and keep it cool and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **260 g pot:** The largest size of the 1.5 mm pellet stocked.
- **Sinks slowly:** For goldfish that do not need a surface food.
- **Soft texture:** A highly digestible pellet for all varieties.
- **Balanced nutrition:** Vitamins, minerals and trace elements with natural pigments.
- **One size for all fish:** 1.5 mm suits juveniles and adults together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** GP00260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358286
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 260 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1.5 mm, soft, slow-sinking
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 41.9%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 19.8%, fat 8.8%, crude fibre 1.9%
- **Ideal For:** All goldfish varieties, fancy and single-tail
- **Other Sizes:** 70g (SKU GP00070); 140g (SKU GP00140)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater goldfish aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Goldfish Pellets 1.5mm 70g
Soft, slow-sinking 1.5 mm pellet for fancy goldfish, in a small starter pot.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-goldfish-pellets-1-5mm-70g/
- Price: $12.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: GP00070 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358262
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/GP00070-1.jpg
Round-bodied fancy goldfish are slow, clumsy surface feeders, and a food that drifts down through the water lets them eat at their own pace. Vitalis Goldfish Pellets 1.5mm 70g (SKU: GP00070) is the smallest pot of Vitalis's goldfish pellet, a palatable, highly digestible and balanced complete food designed for goldfish that do not need a surface food. The soft 1.5 mm pellets sink slowly, encouraging a natural feeding experience, and the natural pigments in the main ingredients are combined with a tailored balance of vitamins and minerals to help maintain health and colouration in all goldfish varieties. Trace elements are included as well. The 70 g pot suits one or two goldfish, or a trial before buying a larger size.
The composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins, made from sustainable resources. An Australian retailer lists the analysis as protein 41.9%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 19.8%, fat 8.8% and crude fibre 1.9%; the moisture figure reflects the soft texture. Vitalis names orandas, shubunkins, comets, fantails and common goldfish, and the same retailer adds black moors and ranchu. The 1.5 mm size is easy for small and medium goldfish to take whole. Feed a few pellets per fish once or twice daily, only what is eaten within a few minutes, and remove anything left after that time so it does not foul the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fancy goldfish:** Orandas, ranchu, black moors and fantails that feed better below the surface.
- **Small tanks:** One or two fish, where a 70 g pot is used while fresh.
- **Switching from flake:** A small pot to introduce a sinking food.
- **Mixed diets:** A pellet meal to alternate with flake feeds.
**Feeding Guide**
- **A few pellets per fish:** Once or twice daily.
- **Few-minute limit:** Offer only what is eaten in a few minutes.
- **Let them sink:** Drop pellets where the slower fish can reach them.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net or siphon uneaten pellets afterwards.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Below-surface feeding:** Designed for goldfish that do not need a surface food.
- **Soft 1.5 mm pellet:** Gentle on digestion and easy to take.
- **Slow-sinking:** Encourages natural feeding as it falls.
- **Vitamins, minerals and trace elements:** With natural pigments for colouration.
- **70 g starter pot:** The smallest size in the range.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** GP00070
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358262
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Goldfish)
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1.5 mm, soft, slow-sinking
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 41.9%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 19.8%, fat 8.8%, crude fibre 1.9%
- **Suitable For:** Oranda, shubunkin, comet, fantail, common goldfish, black moor, ranchu
- **Other Sizes:** 140g (SKU GP00140); 260g (SKU GP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater goldfish aquariums
---
#### Vitalis LPS Coral Food 60g
Soft 1.5 mm pellets for target feeding large polyp stony corals.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-lps-coral-food-60g/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: LC00060 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358699
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OIP-14-1.webp
Large polyp stony corals often come from deeper, dimmer water and rely less on sunlight than their small-polyp relatives, so in an aquarium a real share of their nutrition has to be fed. Vitalis LPS Coral Food 60g (SKU: LC00060) is the LPS pellet from Vitalis's invertebrate range, which the maker developed to provide the nutritional needs of corals and anemones that are not met through photosynthesis alone. The soft, sinking pellets have a small 1.5 mm grain, sized for corals that trap the suspended particulate matter found naturally on reefs, and an advanced blend of amino acids is included to bring on polyp extension and feeding behaviour. Vitalis states the soft formulation means less waste and better water quality, which matters when food is placed directly on the coral.
The composition is fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals. Label additives listed by a UK retailer include astaxanthin at 133 mg/kg, vitamin A at 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 at 2,000 IU/kg and vitamin E at 200 mg/kg, with zinc, manganese, copper, iron and iodine compounds as trace elements, plus antioxidants and preservatives. Vitalis recommends it for Catalaphyllia, Euphyllia, Favia, Fungia, Galaxea, Goniopora, Lobophyllia and Plerogyra. The directions are to feed every other day, placing sufficient pellets onto the polyps, ideally with tongs, without overfeeding, and to remove uneaten food. The coral should sit where there is enough flow to carry waste food away, and wet fingers should never go into the pot, so the remaining pellets stay dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Euphyllia and elegance corals:** Torch, hammer, frogspawn and Catalaphyllia with feeding tentacles out.
- **Brain and plate corals:** Favia, Lobophyllia and Fungia that take food at the mouth.
- **Lower-light positions:** LPS placed lower in the rockwork where light is weaker.
- **Mixed LPS reefs:** A single pellet size for a collection of large polyp corals.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Every other day:** Vitalis's recommended feeding frequency.
- **Place with tongs:** Set sufficient pellets onto the polyps rather than scattering them.
- **Do not overfeed:** Remove anything the coral does not take.
- **Keep the pot dry:** No wet fingers in the pot; use dry tongs or a scoop.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Made for LPS:** Covers needs not met by photosynthesis alone.
- **Small 1.5 mm grain:** Sized like the particulate matter corals trap on reefs.
- **Amino acid blend:** Added to encourage polyp extension and feeding.
- **Astaxanthin and vitamins:** A, D3 and E with trace elements.
- **Soft, sinking pellet:** Less waste, according to Vitalis.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** LC00060
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358699
- **Product Type:** Food > Coral Food (LPS Pellets)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1.5 mm, soft, sinking
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Additives:** Astaxanthin 133 mg/kg; vitamin A 15,000 IU/kg, D3 2,000 IU/kg, E 200 mg/kg; zinc, manganese, copper, iron and iodine compounds
- **Feeding:** Every other day, onto the polyps with tongs
- **Suitable For:** Catalaphyllia, Euphyllia, Favia, Fungia, Galaxea, Goniopora, Lobophyllia, Plerogyra
- **Target Environment:** Reef aquariums with LPS corals
---
#### Vitalis MINI Marine Grazer 120g
Water-stable grazing rings on a suction fixing for tangs and other marine grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-mini-marine-grazer-120g/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MG00120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358101
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/MG00120-1.jpg
Tangs and rabbitfish spend most of the day picking at rock in the wild, and a food they can return to again and again suits that habit better than a single scatter of flake. Vitalis MINI Marine Grazer 120g (SKU: MG00120) is Vitalis's MINI MarineGrazer feeding system for marine grazing species: soft rings of food that are mounted on the side of the aquarium with the suction fixing included in the pot. Vitalis describes the rings as very stable in water, so the fish can graze through the day, and the format encourages natural grazing behaviour while keeping the feeding fish in view at the front glass. Vitalis made the grazing ring smaller in 2013 to suit typical tank sizes and stocking levels, which also reduces waste. The product was previously sold under the Newera name.
The composition is fish and fish derivatives, algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans and minerals, so each ring is a balanced meal rather than straight algae. A UK retailer lists vitamins A, D3 and E among the additives, with zinc, manganese, copper, iron and iodine compounds as trace elements. Vitalis names tangs, unicornfish, surgeonfish, rabbitfish, parrotfish, butterflyfish and wrasse as fish that benefit, and the food is soft enough for larger fish to tear off pieces. To feed, push a ring onto the suction fixing and press the cup onto the glass below the waterline where the grazers can reach it. Remove any remains after a few hours so the food does not decompose in the tank, and keep the rings not in use sealed in the pot.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tangs and surgeonfish:** A food they can graze on through the day.
- **Rabbitfish and unicornfish:** Herbivores that pick rather than snatch.
- **Watching fish feed:** Grazing on show at the front of the tank.
- **Mixed grazers:** Butterflyfish, wrasse and parrotfish sharing one feeding point.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Mount the ring:** Fit a ring to the suction fixing and attach it below the waterline.
- **Choose the spot:** Place it where every grazer can reach it, away from strong flow.
- **Clear the remains:** Take out what is left after a few hours.
- **Store sealed:** Keep the remaining rings closed in the pot.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Grazing ring format:** Encourages natural, all-day grazing.
- **Suction fixing included:** Mounts the ring on the aquarium glass.
- **Water-stable:** Holds together while fish feed over time.
- **Balanced recipe:** Algae with fish, molluscs and crustaceans.
- **MINI size:** A smaller ring sized for typical home aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MG00120
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358101
- **Product Type:** Food > Grazing Rings (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g
- **Format:** Soft, water-stable MINI grazing rings
- **In the Pot:** Grazing rings and suction fixing
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals
- **Additives:** Vitamins A, D3 and E; zinc, manganese, copper, iron and iodine compounds
- **Suitable For:** Tangs, unicornfish, surgeonfish, rabbitfish, parrotfish, butterflyfish, wrasse
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis MINI Marine Grazer 240g (SKU MG00240)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums with grazing fish
---
#### Vitalis MINI Marine Grazer 240g
Suction-mounted food rings that turn feeding into grazing for tangs and rabbitfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-mini-marine-grazer-240g/
- Price: $56.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MG00240 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358118
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/MG00240-1.jpg
Tangs, rabbitfish and butterflyfish spend their day picking at surfaces in the wild, and a pinch of pellets that is gone in a minute does little for that instinct. Vitalis MINI Marine Grazer 240g (SKU: MG00240) is the larger retail pack of Vitalis Mini Marine Grazers, a food for tropical marine grazing fish from World Feeds in the UK, sold previously as the Newera Mini Marine Grazer. The food is pressed into small rings, or grazing wheels, that fix to the side of the aquarium with a suction fitting to form a feeding station, so fish graze from the ring rather than snatching food from the water. Retailers list the 240 g pack with two suction fittings, enough to run two stations in a larger tank.
The recipe lists fish and fish derivatives, algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, vitamins and minerals, giving herbivores and omnivores plant matter and marine protein in one ring. The published analysis is protein 31.9%, fat 12%, crude fibre 4.5%, moisture 21.3% and inorganic matter 18.6%, a lower protein and higher fibre balance than the Vitalis marine pellets. Fish named for it are tangs, surgeonfish, unicornfish, rabbitfish, butterflyfish, parrotfish and wrasse, and marine angelfish also take to a feeding station. Vitalis gives no fixed ration, so a practical approach is to fix one ring where the grazers can reach it in moderate flow, watch how quickly it is eaten, and remove any remains before they break up. The range also comes in a 120 g pack and a 1.7 kg bulk pack.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tangs and surgeonfish:** A grazing food that keeps them occupied through the day.
- **Rabbitfish and unicornfish:** Plant and marine ingredients in one ring.
- **Butterflyfish and angelfish:** Fish that pick at surfaces rather than chase pellets.
- **Larger tanks:** Two suction fittings for two feeding stations.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Fix the station:** Press the suction fitting onto clean glass within reach of the grazers.
- **One ring at a time:** Load a single wheel and see how fast it is eaten.
- **Remove remains:** Take out any part-eaten ring before it starts to break up.
- **Balance the diet:** Feed alongside pellets or flakes for the rest of the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Grazing rings:** Food shaped as wheels that fish pick at.
- **Suction feeding station:** Mounts on the glass where it can be watched.
- **Algae in the recipe:** Plant content for herbivorous grazers.
- **Two fittings in the 240 g pack:** Two stations for bigger or busier tanks.
- **Higher fibre:** 4.5% crude fibre in a 31.9% protein recipe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MG00240
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358118
- **Product Type:** Food > Grazing Rings (Marine Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 240 g
- **Format:** Mini grazer rings with suction fittings
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 31.9%, fat 12%, crude fibre 4.5%, moisture 21.3%, inorganic matter 18.6%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, vitamins, minerals
- **Ideal For:** Tangs, surgeonfish, unicornfish, rabbitfish, butterflyfish, parrotfish, wrasse, marine angelfish
- **Other Sizes:** 120 g (MG00120)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums with grazing fish
---
#### Vitalis Marine Flakes 22g
High-protein staple flake for tropical marine fish in a small reef or fish-only tank.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-marine-flakes-22g/
- Price: $18.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MF00022
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/MF00022-1.jpg
A nano reef with a pair of clownfish, a royal gramma and a goby needs one staple food that suits every fish in it without leaving the water cloudy. Vitalis Marine Flakes 22g (SKU: MF00022) is the small pot of Vitalis's principal marine flake, a palatable, highly digestible and balanced complete feed for tropical marine fish. The recipe uses a special formula of marine proteins from fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans, backed by vitamins and minerals for health and condition. The flakes are made large so they can be crushed to suit the size and number of fish in the tank, which makes one pot workable for both small and medium-sized fish. The 22 g size suits a nano or small aquarium, where a pot is finished while the flake is still fresh.
A UK retailer lists the analytical constituents as protein 50.0%, crude fat 10.6%, inorganic matter 9.6% and crude fibre 1.5%, a protein-led profile in line with the mostly carnivorous fish it serves. Vitalis formulates it for clownfish, angelfish, butterflyfish, anthias, lionfish, gramma, garden eels, damselfish, wrasse and hawkfish. It may be used in conjunction with Vitalis Algae Flakes, so tanks that include grazers can split each feed between the two, and Vitalis suggests rotating it with its Platinum Marine range for variety. Crush a pinch to the right size for the smallest mouths, feed only what is eaten within a few minutes, and net out anything that reaches the rock or sand uneaten.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Clownfish, gramma, damsels and small wrasse.
- **Daily staple:** A complete flake as the base of a varied diet.
- **Mixed carnivore and grazer tanks:** Paired with Vitalis Algae Flakes.
- **New marine keepers:** A single pot to start a feeding routine.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Crush to size:** Break the large flakes for small marine fish.
- **Short feeds:** Only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Share with greens:** Mix in Vitalis Algae Flakes where herbivores are kept.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out flake that settles on the rock or sand.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine protein formula:** Fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans.
- **Protein-led:** About 50% protein in the listed analysis.
- **Large, crushable flake:** Sized to the fish being fed.
- **Vitamins and minerals:** Supporting health and condition.
- **22 g pot:** Sized for nano and small marine tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MF00022
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357821
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Format:** Large flake, crushable
- **Protein Sources:** Fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 50.0%, crude fat 10.6%, inorganic matter 9.6%, crude fibre 1.5%
- **Suitable For:** Clownfish, angelfish, butterflyfish, anthias, lionfish, gramma, garden eels, damselfish, wrasse, hawkfish
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Marine Flakes 40g (SKU MF00040)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, fish-only and reef
---
#### Vitalis Marine Flakes 40g
Larger pot of marine-protein flake for community reefs and fish-only systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-marine-flakes-40g/
- Price: $34.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MF00040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139357838
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/MF00040-1.jpg
Once a marine tank holds a shoal of anthias, a hawkfish, a couple of wrasse and a pair of clowns, feeding becomes a twice-daily job and a small pot of flake does not go far. Vitalis Marine Flakes 40g (SKU: MF00040) is the larger pot of Vitalis's main marine flake, a complete, palatable and highly digestible feed for tropical marine fish. It is built on a special formula of marine proteins from fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans, with vitamins and minerals for health and condition. Vitalis makes the flakes large so they can be broken to the size required, from whole flakes for angelfish and butterflyfish to fine crumbs for anthias and small wrasse. At 40 g the pot holds close to twice the flake of the 22 g size, which suits larger community tanks.
Analytical constituents listed by a UK retailer are protein 50.0%, crude fat 10.6%, inorganic matter 9.6% and crude fibre 1.5%. The fish Vitalis names are clownfish, angelfish, butterflyfish, anthias, lionfish, gramma, garden eels, damselfish, wrasse and hawkfish. The flake is designed to be used alongside Vitalis Algae Flakes, and rotating it with the Vitalis Platinum Marine range adds further variety, which helps in a larger tank where grazers and carnivores share the same feeds. Anthias and other planktivores do well on several small portions spread through the day rather than one large one. Feed only what is eaten within a few minutes each time, and remove uneaten flake before it breaks down among the rockwork.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger community reefs:** Anthias, wrasse, hawkfish and clownfish fed together.
- **Fish-only systems:** Angelfish and butterflyfish taking whole flakes.
- **Planktivore shoals:** Crushed flake offered in several small feeds a day.
- **Rotation feeding:** Alternated with Vitalis Algae Flakes and the Platinum Marine range.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Break to size:** Whole for large fish, crumbled for small mouths.
- **Split the feeds:** Several small portions suit anthias and other active fish.
- **Few-minute portions:** Feed only what is cleared quickly.
- **Keep it dry:** Reseal the pot straight after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **40 g pot:** Close to double the 22 g size for bigger tanks.
- **Fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans:** The core marine proteins.
- **Around 50% protein:** Suited to mostly carnivorous marine fish.
- **Breaks to any size:** Large flakes for every mouth in the tank.
- **Designed for rotation:** Pairs with Vitalis Algae Flakes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MF00040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357838
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Format:** Large flake, fed whole or broken
- **Protein Sources:** Fish meal, molluscs and crustaceans
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 50.0%, crude fat 10.6%, inorganic matter 9.6%, crude fibre 1.5%
- **Companion Product:** Vitalis Algae Flakes
- **Other Sizes:** Vitalis Marine Flakes 22g (SKU MF00022)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, reef and fish-only
---
#### Vitalis Marine Pellets 1mm 140g
Everyday soft sinking pellet for mixed community marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-marine-pellets-1mm-140g/
- Price: $43.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MP00140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139357968
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/MP00140-1.jpg
A mid-size reef with clownfish, a couple of gobies, some damsels and a wrasse eats a steady amount every day, and a staple food is used up well before it goes stale. Vitalis Marine Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU: MP00140) is the 140 g pot of Vitalis's standard marine pellet, a complete, palatable and highly digestible diet from World Feeds in the UK for tropical marine fish. Each soft pellet is roughly 1 mm and is made to sink slowly so fish feed on it as it falls, and the recipe is built on whole fish meal plus a blend of molluscs and crustaceans. Vitalis links the high digestibility to less waste and better water quality, and states that the ingredients are sustainably sourced.
Label figures for the formula are 50.1% protein, 10.3% fat, 1.7% crude fibre, 20.8% moisture and 17.7% inorganic matter. Added nutrition includes vitamin A at 15,000 IU/kg, vitamin D3 at 2,000 IU/kg and vitamin E at 200 mg/kg, trace elements supplied as zinc, manganese, copper, iron and iodine compounds, and 133 mg/kg of astaxanthin. The species named for it are marine angelfish, gobies, damselfish, clownfish, butterflyfish, wrasse, hawkfish, pufferfish and parrotfish. Feed a pinch once or twice daily, only what disappears within five minutes. In a tank that also holds tangs or rabbitfish, Vitalis recommends its Algae Pellets alongside, and the pellet can be rotated with Platinum Marine Pellets to keep fish in peak condition.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reef communities:** A daily staple for a tank of several small to medium fish.
- **Fish-only displays:** Angelfish, butterflyfish and pufferfish that feed through the water column.
- **Rotational feeding:** The everyday half of a rotation with Vitalis Platinum Marine Pellets.
- **After the 70 g trial:** More food per pot once the fish have accepted the pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Size the pinch:** Match it to the number and size of fish in the tank.
- **Frequency:** One or two feeds a day.
- **Watch the clock:** Stop when the fish lose interest, five minutes at most.
- **Cater for herbivores:** Add Vitalis Algae Pellets or Flakes where grazers are kept.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete marine diet:** Formulated to be fed alone as the daily food.
- **Soft texture:** Easy to digest, with less waste reaching the filter.
- **Sinks slowly:** Suits fish that take food in mid-water.
- **Vitamin and trace mineral pack:** A, D3 and E plus five trace element sources.
- **140 g pot:** The mid-size option between the 70 g and 260 g.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MP00140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357968
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 50.1%, fat 10.3%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 17.7%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Sensory Additive:** Astaxanthin 133 mg/kg
- **Ideal For:** Clownfish, gobies, damselfish, marine angelfish, butterflyfish, wrasse, hawkfish, pufferfish, parrotfish
- **Other Sizes:** 70 g (MP00070); 260 g (MP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, reef and fish-only
---
#### Vitalis Marine Pellets 1mm 260g
Large pot of soft 1 mm marine pellets for well-stocked reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-marine-pellets-1mm-260g/
- Price: $59.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MP00260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139357975
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/MP00260-1.jpg
Once a reef holds a dozen or more fish, or two tanks are fed from the same pot, the small sizes run out every few weeks. Vitalis Marine Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU: MP00260) is the largest retail pot of the Vitalis everyday marine pellet, the same complete and highly digestible food for tropical marine fish as the 70 g and 140 g, made by World Feeds in the UK. The pellet is soft, around 1 mm, and sinks slowly so fish can take it on the way down, and the protein comes from whole fish meal with a tailored mix of molluscs and crustaceans. Nearly double the 140 g pot, it suits busy displays, fish-only systems and keepers running more than one marine tank.
The analysis listed for this pellet is 50.1% protein and 10.3% fat with 1.7% crude fibre, 20.8% moisture and 17.7% inorganic matter, and the vitamin pack supplies 15,000 IU/kg of vitamin A, 2,000 IU/kg of D3 and 200 mg/kg of vitamin E, along with trace minerals and astaxanthin. Vitalis's guidance is the same at every size: a pinch once or twice a day, no more than the fish clear within five minutes, uneaten food removed. In a large tank that means several small pinches spread across the surface so that shy gobies and hawkfish get a share before the damsels finish it. Herbivores such as tangs need Vitalis Algae Pellets as well, and the maker suggests rotating with Platinum Marine Pellets for fish under stress. Keep the lid closed between feeds so the pellets stay fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Well-stocked reefs:** A dozen or more small to medium marine fish fed daily.
- **Several tanks:** One pot shared across a display and a quarantine or frag system.
- **Fish-only systems:** Angelfish, butterflyfish, pufferfish and wrasse in larger numbers.
- **Established diet:** Fish already eating the pellet and needing a bigger supply.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Spread the feed:** Several small pinches across the tank so every fish gets a share.
- **One or two meals a day:** The maker's frequency for all sizes.
- **Five minutes only:** Feed what is eaten in that time and remove the rest.
- **Keep it sealed:** Close the lid after each feed to protect a pot that lasts longer.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest retail pot:** 260 g for bigger tanks and multi-tank keepers.
- **Same 1 mm pellet:** Identical recipe to the 70 g and 140 g sizes.
- **Soft and slow sinking:** Taken in mid-water and easy to digest.
- **Molluscs and crustaceans:** A marine protein base alongside whole fish meal.
- **Rotation-ready:** Designed to pair with Vitalis Platinum Marine Pellets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MP00260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357975
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 260 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 50.1%, fat 10.3%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 17.7%
- **Vitamins (per kg):** A 15,000 IU, D3 2,000 IU, E 200 mg
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, eaten within five minutes
- **Companion Products:** Vitalis Algae Pellets; Vitalis Platinum Marine Pellets
- **Other Sizes:** 70 g (MP00070); 140 g (MP00140)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, reef and fish-only
---
#### Vitalis Marine Pellets 1mm 70g
Soft, slow-sinking 1 mm pellet for small marine fish and nano reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-marine-pellets-1mm-70g/
- Price: $22.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MP00070 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139357951
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/MP00070-1.jpg
A nano reef with a pair of clownfish and a goby gets through food slowly, and a small pot stays fresher than a big one left open for months. Vitalis Marine Pellets 1mm 70g (SKU: MP00070) is the smallest pot of the Vitalis everyday marine pellet, a complete food for tropical marine fish from World Feeds in the UK. Each pellet is about 1 mm across, soft for easy digestion and designed to sink slowly, so fish pick it out of the water column as it falls. The protein comes from a marine blend of whole fish meal with a tailored mix of molluscs and crustaceans, and the 70 g pot suits a small tank or a first trial of the diet.
The label analysis for the formula is protein 50.1%, fat 10.3%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.8% and inorganic matter 17.7%, with added vitamins A, D3 and E, trace minerals and astaxanthin as a colouring agent. Vitalis's directions are a pinch once or twice a day, only as much as the fish eat in five minutes, with the pinch matched to the number and size of fish and any leftovers removed so they cannot break down and foul the water. The 1 mm size suits the smallest marine mouths: clownfish, gobies, damselfish, young wrasse and hawkfish. Vitalis suggests feeding its Algae Pellets alongside where grazers share the tank, or rotating with the Platinum Marine range. Larger 140 g and 260 g pots of the same pellet are also stocked.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and pico reefs:** A small pot for a few small fish, finished while it is still fresh.
- **Clownfish and gobies:** A 1 mm pellet that fits the smallest marine mouths.
- **Trying a new food:** Test acceptance before buying a larger pot.
- **Quarantine tanks:** A separate pot for fish in isolation, kept apart from the display supply.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Once or twice a day:** A small pinch at each feed.
- **Five-minute rule:** Offer only what is eaten within five minutes.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net or siphon out uneaten pellets before they break down.
- **Add algae for grazers:** Pair with Vitalis Algae Pellets if a tang or rabbitfish shares the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1 mm soft pellet:** Easy to digest and sized for small-mouthed marine fish.
- **Slow sinking:** Drifts down so mid-water feeders can take it.
- **Marine protein blend:** Whole fish meal with molluscs and crustaceans.
- **Complete diet:** Made to be fed on its own as the daily food.
- **Starter pot:** 70 g, the smallest size of this pellet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MP00070
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357951
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine)
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 50.1%, fat 10.3%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.8%, inorganic matter 17.7%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Additives (per kg):** Vitamin A 15,000 IU, vitamin D3 2,000 IU, vitamin E 200 mg, astaxanthin 133 mg, zinc, manganese, copper, iron and iodine compounds
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, eaten within five minutes
- **Other Sizes:** 140 g (MP00140); 260 g (MP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums and reef tanks
---
#### Vitalis Mixed Reef Food 50g
Micronised flake that mimics suspended particles for coral feeding.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-mixed-reef-food-50g/
- Price: $38.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: MR00050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139359221
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/OIP-16.webp
Corals catch much of their food from the water, trapping fine particles that drift past their tentacles, and in a clean reef tank with efficient skimming there is very little of that left. Vitalis Mixed Reef Food 50g (SKU: MR00050) is a complete food for corals from World Feeds in the UK, described by Vitalis as a palatable, highly digestible and balanced feed. It is a micronised flake, milled finely so that it imitates the suspended particulate matter in seawater that corals capture with their tentacles, and the retailer listing describes it as suitable for all coral species. Vitalis also points to research suggesting that feeding may improve the rate of photosynthesis by increasing the number of zooxanthellae within the coral.
Those zooxanthellae are the symbiotic algae in coral tissue that turn light into the chemical energy corals need for growth, so feeding supports the coral alongside the lighting rather than replacing it. The recipe is described as made from natural fish and vegetable-derived ingredients, sustainably sourced, and as producing less waste for better water quality. Vitalis does not publish a fixed dose on the listings available, so start with a small amount and build up. A common approach with fine coral foods is to mix a small pinch with a little tank water, turn off or slow the return and circulation pumps for a short period, and release the cloud near the corals or target it with a pipette. Watch for feeding response, keep the amount small, and restart the pumps before long. Skimmer output and nutrient levels show whether the tank is coping.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reefs:** SPS, LPS and soft corals fed from one fine particle food.
- **Low-nutrient systems:** Clean, heavily skimmed tanks with little suspended food.
- **Frag and grow-out tanks:** Coral systems with few fish to add food to the water.
- **Supporting growth:** Feeding alongside good lighting and stable water.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Start small:** A light pinch, increased slowly as the tank adjusts.
- **Mix first:** Stir the flake into a little tank water to make a fine suspension.
- **Slow the flow:** Turn pumps down or off briefly while corals feed.
- **Watch nutrients:** Track nitrate and phosphate and adjust the amount.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micronised flake:** Milled to resemble natural suspended particles.
- **Complete coral food:** A balanced feed rather than a single ingredient.
- **Zooxanthellae support:** Feeding linked by research to higher zooxanthellae numbers.
- **Highly digestible:** Formulated for less waste.
- **Natural ingredients:** Fish and vegetable-derived, sustainably sourced.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** MR00050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139359221
- **Product Type:** Food > Coral Food (Micronised Flake)
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Format:** Micronised flake
- **Ingredients:** Natural fish and vegetable-derived ingredients
- **Ideal For:** All coral species, per the retailer listing
- **Feeding:** Small amounts, mixed with tank water, flow reduced while feeding
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Platinum Flakes 22g
Immune-support marine flake for small reefs and newly added fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-platinum-flakes-22g/
- Price: $20.00 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF00022
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/PF00022-1.jpg
Anthias, grammas and garden eels pick food from the water column rather than the sand, and a flake that drifts suits them better than a pellet that drops straight down. Vitalis Platinum Flakes 22g (SKU: PF00022) is the small tub of Vitalis Platinum Marine Flakes, a complete food for tropical marine fish from World Feeds in the UK. It carries the nutrition of the principal Vitalis Marine Flake and adds dietary components that Vitalis designed to support the immune system and maintain health and condition. The flakes are made large for feeding diversity, so they can be fed whole to bigger fish or crushed between the fingers for small mouths, and the 22 g tub suits a nano reef or a single quarantine course.
Analysis figures published for the flake are protein 49.4%, fat 11.1%, inorganic matter 10.9% and fibre 2%, from fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats and minerals. Fish named for it include clownfish, marine angelfish, butterflyfish, anthias, grammas, garden eels, damselfish, wrasse, parrotfish and hawkfish. Vitalis presents Platinum as one half of a rotation with its standard Marine or Algae foods, switching between them in blocks of a few weeks, and as a food for stress periods such as a new tank or a move. Feed a pinch once or twice a day, only what is eaten within about five minutes, and remove any flakes that settle uneaten. Large flakes also mean less dust and waste in the tub, which Vitalis links to clearer water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New arrivals:** Fish settling into a new tank or a quarantine system.
- **Water-column feeders:** Anthias, grammas and garden eels that take drifting food.
- **Nano reefs:** A small tub for a few fish, used up while fresh.
- **Diet rotation:** The Platinum block between periods on standard Vitalis foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Crush for small fish:** Rub flakes between finger and thumb for gobies and clownfish.
- **Pinch once or twice daily:** Adjusted to the number and size of fish.
- **Five minutes:** Offer only what is eaten in that time.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove sunken flakes before they break down.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Immune-support recipe:** Marine Flake nutrition with added dietary components.
- **Large flakes:** Fed whole or crushed to suit the fish.
- **Complete diet:** Covers the needs of tropical marine fish on its own.
- **Low waste:** Larger flakes mean less dust in the water.
- **22 g tub:** A small pack for nano tanks and quarantine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** PF00022
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357876
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Marine, Immune Support)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Format:** Large flake, can be crushed
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 49.4%, fat 11.1%, inorganic matter 10.9%, fibre 2%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, minerals
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, eaten within five minutes
- **Other Sizes:** 40 g (PF00040)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums and reef tanks
---
#### Vitalis Platinum Flakes 40g
Large-flake marine diet with added immune support for community reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-platinum-flakes-40g/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PF00040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139357883
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/PF00040-1.jpg
A community reef with butterflyfish, a pair of angelfish and a shoal of chromis needs a flake big enough for the larger fish yet easy to break down for the small ones. Vitalis Platinum Flakes 40g (SKU: PF00040) is the 40 g tub of Vitalis Platinum Marine Flakes, World Feeds' enhanced marine flake that includes the full nutrition of the principal Vitalis Marine Flake plus added dietary components for immune support. Vitalis formulates it as a complete food to support the immune system and maintain health and condition in tropical marine fish. The flakes are deliberately large, so one tub can feed a mixed community: whole flakes for angelfish and wrasse, crushed flakes for gobies, clownfish and anthias.
The formula's analysis is 49.4% protein, 11.1% fat, 10.9% inorganic matter and 2% fibre, based on fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, plant-derived ingredients, oils and fats and minerals. Species listed for the flake are clownfish, marine angelfish, butterflyfish, anthias, grammas, garden eels, damselfish, wrasse, parrotfish and hawkfish. Vitalis recommends Platinum in rotation with its standard Marine or Algae flakes and pellets, a few weeks on each, and especially through stressful periods such as a move to a new tank. Directions are a pinch once or twice a day, only what is eaten within five minutes, with uneaten food removed. With almost twice the contents of the 22 g tub, the 40 g suits a medium reef going through repeated rotation cycles.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed communities:** Large and small fish fed from one tub of crushable flake.
- **Butterflyfish and angelfish:** Larger mouths that take whole flakes at the surface.
- **Stressful periods:** Rescapes, new tankmates or a move to a new system.
- **Repeated rotations:** Several Platinum phases between standard Vitalis foods.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed two sizes:** Drop some flakes whole and crush the rest for small fish.
- **Daily routine:** A pinch once or twice a day.
- **Time limit:** Only what is eaten in five minutes.
- **Rotate:** Alternate blocks of a few weeks with Vitalis Marine or Algae foods.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Enhanced Marine Flake:** The core Vitalis flake with immune-support components.
- **Crushable large flakes:** One food for big and small mouths.
- **49.4% protein:** Fish, molluscs and crustaceans lead the recipe.
- **Less waste:** Large flakes leave less dust to cloud the water.
- **40 g tub:** Almost twice the 22 g for a medium community reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** PF00040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139357883
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Marine, Immune Support)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Format:** Large flake, whole or crushed
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 49.4%, fat 11.1%, inorganic matter 10.9%, fibre 2%
- **Ideal For:** Clownfish, angelfish, butterflyfish, anthias, grammas, garden eels, damselfish, wrasse, parrotfish, hawkfish
- **Companion Products:** Vitalis Marine Pellets and Algae foods for the rotation
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (PF00022)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums and reef tanks
---
#### Vitalis Platinum Pellets 1mm 140g
Soft sinking marine pellet built to support immunity and condition.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-platinum-pellets-1mm-140g/
- Price: $47.49 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PM00140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358019
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/PM00140-1.jpg
Reef fish rarely fall ill out of nowhere: a move, an aggressive tankmate or a swing in water quality usually comes first, and that is the stretch Platinum is meant to cover. Vitalis Platinum Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU: PM00140) is the 140 g pot of Vitalis Platinum Marine Pellets, a complete food for marine fish from World Feeds in the UK that takes the nutrition of the principal Vitalis Marine Pellet and adds key dietary components designed to support the immune system. The pellets are soft for easy digestion and designed to sink slowly, which Vitalis says encourages a natural feeding response, and at about 1 mm they suit small and medium-sized reef fish.
The formula lists protein at 49.3%, fat 9.4%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.7% and inorganic matter 18.8%, with fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, plant-derived ingredients, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals. Species named for the range include clownfish, marine angelfish, gobies, damselfish, butterflyfish, wrasse, hawkfish, pufferfish and parrotfish. It can be fed as a complete food or as a supplement, and Vitalis recommends it in rotation with its Marine Pellets: roughly four weeks of the standard diet, then two weeks of Platinum, repeated. Directions are a pinch once or twice daily, only as much as the fish eat in five minutes. Where tangs or other herbivores are kept, Vitalis Algae Flakes or Pellets belong in the cycle too.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rotation in community reefs:** The two-week Platinum block that follows the standard diet.
- **After disturbance:** Rescapes, new tankmates or water-quality upsets that unsettle fish.
- **Recovering fish:** Specimens coming off a treatment or out of quarantine.
- **Medium reefs:** A pot that covers several rotation cycles for a mixed community.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily amount:** A pinch once or twice a day, matched to the fish present.
- **Five-minute limit:** Feed only what is eaten in that time.
- **Remove waste:** Take out uneaten pellets to protect water quality.
- **Cycle the diet:** About four weeks Marine Pellets, two weeks Platinum, then repeat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Enhanced Marine Pellet:** The core Vitalis recipe with immune-support components added.
- **Soft texture:** Easy to digest for fish under stress.
- **Slow sinking:** Taken naturally as it falls through the water.
- **Complete or supplementary:** Fed alone or rotated with the standard pellet.
- **140 g pot:** Several rotation cycles for a mixed reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** PM00140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358019
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine, Immune Support)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 49.3%, fat 9.4%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.7%, inorganic matter 18.8%
- **Ideal For:** Clownfish, gobies, damselfish, marine angelfish, butterflyfish, wrasse, hawkfish, pufferfish, parrotfish
- **Companion Product:** Vitalis Marine Pellets 1mm for the rotation
- **Other Sizes:** 70 g (PM00070); 260 g (PM00260)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums and reef tanks
---
#### Vitalis Platinum Pellets 1mm 260g
Large pot of immune-support marine pellets for big reefs and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-platinum-pellets-1mm-260g/
- Price: $65.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PM00260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358026
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/PM00260-1.jpg
A large reef, a holding system or a fish room with several marine tanks gets through a two-week Platinum phase quickly, and buying small pots for each rotation adds up. Vitalis Platinum Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU: PM00260) is the largest pot of Vitalis Platinum Marine Pellets stocked, the World Feeds (UK) pellet formerly sold as Newera Aegis. It builds on the nutrition of the standard Vitalis Marine Pellet with added dietary components that Vitalis designed to support the immune system and help fish cope with stress. Each soft pellet is around 1 mm and sinks slowly, and the 260 g pot holds close to twice the 140 g, enough for repeated rotation cycles across a well-stocked system.
Protein is listed at 49.3% with 9.4% fat, 1.7% crude fibre, 20.7% moisture and 18.8% inorganic matter, and the ingredients are fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals. Vitalis presents Platinum as part of a cycle rather than a year-round staple: the regular Marine or Algae food for about four weeks, Platinum for about two, then back again. It also recommends Platinum through quarantine, stress and medication, and for around two weeks before fish are shipped or moved, which makes a bulk pot useful wherever fish come and go. Feed in small pinches once or twice a day, no more than is eaten in five minutes, spreading the food so every fish gets a share.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef displays:** Many fish going through the Platinum phase together.
- **Holding and quarantine systems:** A constant flow of new arrivals that need conditioning.
- **Breeders and fish rooms:** Fish being prepared for sale or transport.
- **Multi-tank keepers:** One pot covering the rotation in several marine tanks.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Spread small pinches:** Several across the surface so timid fish are not out-competed.
- **Once or twice daily:** The maker's frequency at every size.
- **Five-minute rule:** Remove whatever is left after that time.
- **Pre-transport:** Switch fish onto Platinum about two weeks before a move.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 260 g pot:** Repeated Platinum phases without reordering.
- **Stress-period diet:** Recommended for quarantine, medication and transport.
- **Same 1 mm soft pellet:** Identical to the 70 g and 140 g pots.
- **Slow sinking:** Feeds the mid-water and lower levels of the tank.
- **49.3% protein:** A marine fish and shellfish recipe with vitamins and minerals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** PM00260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358026
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine, Immune Support)
- **Net Weight:** 260 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 49.3%, fat 9.4%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.7%, inorganic matter 18.8%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Former Name:** Newera Aegis Pellets
- **Other Sizes:** 70 g (PM00070); 140 g (PM00140)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, reef and holding systems
---
#### Vitalis Platinum Pellets 1mm 70g
Immune-support marine pellet for quarantine, new arrivals and small tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-platinum-pellets-1mm-70g/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PM00070 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358002
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/PM00070-1.jpg
A newly bought clownfish spends its first weeks in a quarantine tank, stressed by the move and often refusing food, and that is when a diet aimed at condition rather than growth earns its place. Vitalis Platinum Pellets 1mm 70g (SKU: PM00070) is the 70 g pot of Vitalis Platinum Marine Pellets, the enhanced version of the Vitalis Marine Pellet from World Feeds in the UK, sold previously as Newera Aegis Pellets. It keeps the nutrition of the standard pellet and adds dietary components that Vitalis designed to support the immune system and keep fish in peak health and condition. The pellet is soft, about 1 mm and slow sinking, and 70 g is enough for a quarantine course or a small reef.
The published analysis is protein 49.3%, fat 9.4%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.7% and inorganic matter 18.8%, from fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals. Vitalis does not intend Platinum as the only food all year round. Its suggested routine is to feed the regular Vitalis Marine or Algae diet for about four weeks, then switch to Platinum for about two weeks, and repeat, with Platinum also used during quarantine, during stress or medication, and for roughly two weeks before fish are moved. Feed a pinch once or twice daily, only what is eaten within five minutes, and remove anything left. A small pot suits that on-and-off pattern in a nano tank.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Quarantine:** New fish settling in a separate tank before they join the display.
- **During medication:** Fish under treatment that need to keep eating well.
- **Before a move:** About two weeks ahead of transport or a tank change.
- **Nano reefs:** A small pot for the two-week Platinum phase of a rotation.
**Feeding Guide**
- **A pinch at a time:** Once or twice a day, scaled to the fish present.
- **Five minutes:** Offer only what is cleared in that time.
- **Clean up:** Remove uneaten pellets so they do not pollute a small volume.
- **Rotate:** About two weeks of Platinum after roughly four weeks of the standard diet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Immune-support formula:** Standard Marine Pellet nutrition plus added dietary components.
- **Soft 1 mm pellet:** Easy to digest and small enough for clownfish and gobies.
- **Slow sinking:** Encourages a natural mid-water feeding response.
- **Formerly Newera Aegis:** The same pellet line under the Vitalis name.
- **70 g pot:** Sized for a quarantine course or a small tank.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** PM00070
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358002
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Marine, Immune Support)
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 49.3%, fat 9.4%, crude fibre 1.7%, moisture 20.7%, inorganic matter 18.8%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, molluscs and crustaceans, oils and fats, vitamins, minerals
- **Feeding Pattern:** Rotated with Vitalis Marine or Algae foods; a pinch once or twice daily
- **Other Sizes:** 140 g (PM00140); 260 g (PM00260)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical marine aquariums, reef and quarantine tanks
---
#### Vitalis Plec Pellets 8mm 160g
Soft sinking algae pellet for plecos, bristlenose and other grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-plec-pellets-8mm-160g/
- Price: $26.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PP00160 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358316
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/PP00160-1.jpg
A bristlenose that has cleaned every trace of algae off the glass still needs to eat, and most foods for the fish above never reach it on the bottom. Vitalis Plec Pellets 8mm 160g (SKU: PP00160) is the 160 g pot of Vitalis's pellet for grazing catfish, especially the Loricariidae, made by World Feeds in the UK and sold previously as Newera Plec Pellets. The 8 mm pellets are soft and sink, so they settle on the substrate where plecos feed, and the soft texture suits the way these fish rasp at their food. Rich in algae, vitamins and minerals and highly digestible, the pellet is designed to supplement natural algae grazing and support health, with less waste left behind.
The label analysis is protein 39.6%, fat 9.1%, crude fibre 3.4%, moisture 21% and inorganic matter 19.7%, from fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins. Vitalis names plecostomus, Ancistrus (bristlenose), whiptails, hillstream loaches, Garra and Panaque as suitable, and other algae-grazing fish take it readily. Most plecos feed after dark, so a common routine is to drop a pellet or two per fish shortly before the lights go out, placed near their cave or favourite piece of wood, and to remove anything still uneaten the next morning. In a busy community, feeding at night also keeps the pellets away from faster fish. The 160 g pot suits one or two plecos or a small group of bristlenose.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bristlenose and common plecos:** A daily food once natural algae runs short.
- **Community tanks:** A sinking pellet that reaches bottom grazers past the shoals above.
- **Whiptails and hillstream loaches:** Grazers that pick food off surfaces.
- **Single-pleco tanks:** A pot sized for one or two fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed at dusk:** Add pellets shortly before the lights go out.
- **Place it near cover:** Drop pellets close to caves or driftwood.
- **Start small:** One or two pellets per fish, adjusted to what is finished.
- **Morning check:** Remove anything uneaten the next day.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **8 mm sinking pellet:** Settles on the substrate where plecos feed.
- **Soft texture:** Suited to rasping, grazing mouths.
- **Algae-rich recipe:** Supplements natural grazing.
- **Highly digestible:** Less waste left in the tank.
- **160 g pot:** The smaller size for one or two fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** PP00160
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358316
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Plecos and Grazers)
- **Net Weight:** 160 g
- **Pellet Size:** 8 mm, soft, sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 39.6%, fat 9.1%, crude fibre 3.4%, moisture 21%, inorganic matter 19.7%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, algae, oils and fats, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Ideal For:** Plecostomus, Ancistrus, whiptails, hillstream loaches, Garra, Panaque
- **Other Sizes:** 300 g (PP00300)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums with bottom-grazing fish
---
#### Vitalis Plec Pellets 8mm 300g
Larger pot of soft algae pellets for pleco groups and catfish tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-plec-pellets-8mm-300g/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PP00300 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358323
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/PP00300-1.jpg
A tank with a breeding colony of bristlenose, a few whiptails and a royal pleco goes through sinking food far faster than a single bristlenose, and larger fish need more than one pellet each. Vitalis Plec Pellets 8mm 300g (SKU: PP00300) is the larger pot of Vitalis's algae-rich pellet for grazing catfish, made by World Feeds in the UK and formerly sold as Newera Plec Pellets. It is the same 8 mm soft, sinking pellet as the 160 g size, designed for Loricariidae and other bottom grazers, highly digestible and made to supplement the algae they would otherwise graze. Nearly double the 160 g, the 300 g pot suits groups of plecos, pleco breeders and larger catfish-led aquariums.
Analytical figures on the label are 39.6% protein, 9.1% fat, 3.4% crude fibre, 21% moisture and 19.7% inorganic matter, with fish and fish derivatives, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, plant-derived ingredients, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals. Species Vitalis lists are plecostomus, Ancistrus, whiptails, hillstream loaches, Garra and Panaque. With several plecos in one tank, territory matters: spread pellets between caves and pieces of wood so subordinate fish are not pushed off, and feed shortly before lights-out when most loricariids become active. Start with one or two pellets per adult fish and adjust until the food is gone by morning, removing any remains. Wood-grazing species such as Panaque still need driftwood in the tank alongside the pellets. Keep the pot sealed between feeds, since a larger pot stays open for longer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pleco groups:** Several bristlenose or plecos sharing one tank.
- **Breeding colonies:** Adults and growing young fed every evening.
- **Larger loricariids:** Common plecos and Panaque that eat more per feed.
- **Grazer-heavy communities:** Whiptails, Garra and hillstream loaches together.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Spread between territories:** Place pellets near each cave so every fish feeds.
- **Evening feed:** Add pellets shortly before the lights go off.
- **Adjust by morning:** Increase or reduce until nothing is left at daybreak.
- **Keep wood in the tank:** Wood-rasping species still need driftwood.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **300 g pot:** Nearly twice the 160 g for groups and colonies.
- **Same 8 mm pellet:** Identical soft, sinking recipe across both sizes.
- **Algae, vitamins and minerals:** Supplements natural grazing.
- **Loricariid focus:** Designed around bottom-feeding grazing catfish.
- **Low waste:** A highly digestible pellet for heavily stocked tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** PP00300
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358323
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Plecos and Grazers)
- **Net Weight:** 300 g
- **Pellet Size:** 8 mm, soft, sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 39.6%, fat 9.1%, crude fibre 3.4%, moisture 21%, inorganic matter 19.7%
- **Former Name:** Newera Plec Pellets
- **Feeding:** Evening feed, one or two pellets per fish to start
- **Other Sizes:** 160 g (PP00160)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums with plecos and grazing catfish
---
#### Vitalis Tropical Flake 22g
Complete algae-blend flake for small tropical community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-tropical-flake-22g/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TF00022 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358125
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/TF00022-1.jpg
A first tropical tank with a few guppies, a group of neon tetras and a pair of platies needs one food that every fish will take, and a small tub that is finished before it loses its freshness. Vitalis Tropical Flake 22g (SKU: TF00022) is the 22 g tub of Vitalis Tropical Flakes, a complete, palatable and highly digestible flake from World Feeds in the UK, formulated for all tropical freshwater fish. Vitalis builds it around key nutritional ingredients with a blend of algae and a tailored balance of vitamins and minerals, and the natural pigments in those ingredients support healthy colouration. The flakes are made large on purpose so they can be crushed to suit the size and number of fish.
The fish Vitalis names for this flake are tetras, gouramis, pufferfish, angelfish, barbs, rainbowfish, guppies, mollies, platies, minnows and rasboras, which covers most of a typical community. Its directions are a pinch once or twice a day, only as much as the fish will eat in five minutes, with the pinch adjusted to the number and size of fish and any uneaten food removed so it does not break down and pollute the water. For the smallest fish, such as rasboras and young livebearers, rub the flakes between finger and thumb before they go in; larger angelfish and gouramis can take them whole. The 22 g tub suits a small or nano tank, a first aquarium or a holiday top-up, and the same flake comes in a 40 g tub for bigger communities.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **First aquariums:** One flake for a mixed starter community of tetras and livebearers.
- **Nano and small tanks:** A tub that is used up while it is still fresh.
- **Livebearers:** Guppies, mollies and platies that feed at the surface.
- **Trying the diet:** A small tub to check acceptance before buying more.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Crush for small mouths:** Break flakes down for rasboras, tetras and fry-sized fish.
- **Once or twice a day:** A pinch matched to the number of fish.
- **Five-minute rule:** Feed only what disappears in that time.
- **Remove uneaten flakes:** Keep a small tank's water clean.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete diet:** Formulated as the main food for tropical freshwater fish.
- **Algae blend:** Plant content alongside the core nutritional ingredients.
- **Natural pigments:** Ingredients chosen to support healthy colouration.
- **Large, crushable flakes:** One flake for fish of different sizes.
- **22 g tub:** The small size for nano and starter tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** TF00022
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358125
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Tropical Freshwater)
- **Net Weight:** 22 g
- **Format:** Large flake, can be crushed
- **Key Ingredients:** Algae blend, vitamins and minerals, natural pigments
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, eaten within five minutes
- **Ideal For:** Tetras, gouramis, pufferfish, angelfish, barbs, rainbowfish, guppies, mollies, platies, minnows, rasboras
- **Other Sizes:** 40 g (TF00040)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Tropical Flakes 40g
Everyday flake with algae and natural pigments for established community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-tropical-flakes-40g/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TF00040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358132
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/TF00040-1.jpg
An established community of rainbowfish, barbs, gouramis and a pair of angelfish eats more than a starter tank, and the same flake has to suit a 2 cm rasbora and a 10 cm angelfish. Vitalis Tropical Flakes 40g (SKU: TF00040) is the larger tub of the Vitalis tropical flake stocked, a complete and highly digestible food from World Feeds in the UK for all tropical freshwater fish. The recipe combines key nutritional ingredients with a blend of algae and a tailored balance of vitamins and minerals, and Vitalis notes that the natural pigments in those ingredients support healthy colouration. Large flakes give feeding diversity: fed whole for the bigger fish, crushed for the smaller ones.
Species named by Vitalis include tetras, gouramis, pufferfish, angelfish, barbs, rainbowfish, guppies, mollies, platies, minnows and rasboras. Directions are the same as for the 22 g tub: a pinch once or twice a day, only what the fish eat within five minutes, scaled to the number and size of fish, with uneaten food removed so it cannot pollute the water. In a busier tank, a split feed works well: a few whole flakes at one end for the larger fish and a crushed pinch at the other so smaller species are not crowded out. With nearly twice the contents of the 22 g tub, the 40 g suits medium to large community aquariums, or keepers who feed more than one tank. Close the lid after use to keep the flakes dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium and large communities:** Daily staple for a tank with a broad mix of species.
- **Rainbowfish and barbs:** Active mid-water fish that take whole flakes.
- **Angelfish and gouramis:** Larger mouths fed alongside small tetras.
- **Several tanks:** One tub shared between a main display and a smaller tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Split the feed:** Whole flakes for large fish, crushed flakes for small ones.
- **Frequency:** Once or twice a day, a pinch at a time.
- **Five minutes:** Stop when the flakes are no longer eaten within that time.
- **Keep it dry:** Close the lid straight after feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete tropical flake:** Covers the daily needs of freshwater community fish.
- **Highly digestible:** A balanced recipe that Vitalis describes as palatable.
- **Algae and minerals:** Plant content plus a tailored vitamin and mineral balance.
- **Colour support:** Natural pigments from the ingredients.
- **40 g tub:** Nearly twice the 22 g for bigger communities.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** TF00040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358132
- **Product Type:** Food > Flakes (Tropical Freshwater)
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Format:** Large flake, whole or crushed
- **Key Ingredients:** Algae blend, vitamins, minerals, natural pigments
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, eaten within five minutes
- **Companion Product:** Vitalis Tropical Pellets 1mm for mid-water and lower-level feeders
- **Other Sizes:** 22 g (TF00022)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Tropical Pellets 1mm 140g
Complete soft pellet for livebearers, barbs, rainbowfish and characins.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-tropical-pellets-1mm-140g/
- Price: $26.49 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TP00140 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358187
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/TP00140-1.jpg
Livebearers, barbs and rainbowfish are busy feeders that will eat at every level of the tank, and a soft pellet that sinks slowly gives them more time with each feed than a flake that is gone in seconds. Vitalis Tropical Pellets 1mm 140g (SKU: TP00140) is the mid-size pot of Vitalis's tropical freshwater pellet, made by World Feeds in the UK as a complete, balanced and highly digestible food. The roughly 1 mm pellet is soft and designed to sink slowly to encourage natural feeding, and the recipe pairs an algae blend with a tailored balance of vitamins and minerals plus natural pigments for healthy colouration. At 140 g it covers a medium community tank for a good stretch.
Analysis for the formula is 43.9% protein, 10.1% fat, 2.1% crude fibre, 20.6% moisture and 18.4% inorganic matter. Ingredients are fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins, which gives omnivorous livebearers the plant matter they look for. Vitalis names guppies, mollies and platies, barbs, rainbowfish, tetras, characins, freshwater gobies and freshwater pufferfish as suitable. Feed a pinch once or twice a day, adjusting the amount to the number and size of fish, and give no more than is eaten in five minutes before removing the rest. Alternating these pellets with a flake such as Vitalis Tropical Flakes gives surface and mid-water feeders a varied week.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearer tanks:** Guppies, mollies and platies that like plant matter in their food.
- **Barbs and rainbowfish:** Active shoals that feed through the water column.
- **Medium community tanks:** A pot sized for steady daily feeding.
- **Flake and pellet rotation:** The pellet half of a varied diet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily pinch:** Once or twice a day, adjusted to the fish.
- **Spread it out:** Scatter across the surface so the shoal does not crowd one spot.
- **Five-minute limit:** Feed only what is cleared in that time.
- **Alternate:** Swap with a flake on some days for variety.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete freshwater pellet:** Balanced as a daily food for tropical fish.
- **Soft and slow sinking:** Encourages natural feeding through the tank.
- **Algae in the recipe:** Useful plant content for omnivores.
- **43.9% protein:** A fish, mollusc and crustacean base.
- **140 g pot:** The mid-size between the 70 g and 260 g.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** TP00140
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358187
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Tropical Freshwater)
- **Net Weight:** 140 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 43.9%, fat 10.1%, crude fibre 2.1%, moisture 20.6%, inorganic matter 18.4%
- **Ideal For:** Guppies, mollies, platies, barbs, rainbowfish, tetras, characins, freshwater gobies, freshwater pufferfish
- **Companion Product:** Vitalis Tropical Flakes
- **Other Sizes:** 70 g (TP00070); 260 g (TP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater community aquariums
---
#### Vitalis Tropical Pellets 1mm 70g
Soft slow-sinking micro pellet for small tropical freshwater fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/vitalis-tropical-pellets-1mm-70g/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TP00070 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358170
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/TP00070-1.jpg
Flakes are eaten at the surface, and in many community tanks the tetras and gobies that feed lower down get only what slips past the guppies. Vitalis Tropical Pellets 1mm 70g (SKU: TP00070) is the 70 g pot of Vitalis's tropical pellet, a complete, palatable and highly digestible food from World Feeds in the UK for tropical freshwater fish. The pellets are small, around 1 mm, soft for easy digestion and made to sink slowly, so they pass through the middle of the tank where many small species feed. The recipe combines an algae blend with vitamins, minerals and natural pigments that support healthy colouration, and the 70 g pot is the starter size for small tanks.
The label analysis lists protein at 43.9%, fat 10.1%, crude fibre 2.1%, moisture 20.6% and inorganic matter 18.4%, with fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals and vitamins. Fish named for the pellet are tetras, freshwater pufferfish, barbs, rainbowfish, mollies, guppies, platies, characins and freshwater gobies. Vitalis's directions are a pinch once or twice a day, only as much as the fish eat within five minutes, with the amount matched to the number and size of fish and anything uneaten removed. Feeding a few pellets at a time lets the slow sink do its job, and pellets that reach the bottom are still found by gobies and bottom-foragers. The 70 g pot suits a nano or small community tank, or a first try of the diet.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-water feeders:** Tetras and small characins that miss out on floating flake.
- **Freshwater pufferfish:** Small puffers that pick food as it falls.
- **Nano community tanks:** A small pot used up while it is fresh.
- **Varying the diet:** A pellet to alternate with a flake food.
**Feeding Guide**
- **A small pinch:** Once or twice daily, sized to the fish present.
- **Let it sink:** Add a few pellets at a time so they spread through the water.
- **Five-minute rule:** Feed only what is eaten in that time.
- **Clean up:** Remove pellets left on the substrate.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small soft pellet:** About 1 mm and easy for small fish to digest.
- **Slow sinking:** Feeds the middle of the tank, not just the surface.
- **Algae blend:** Plant content with vitamins and minerals.
- **Natural pigments:** Support healthy colouration.
- **70 g starter pot:** The smallest size of this pellet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** TP00070
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358170
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Tropical Freshwater)
- **Net Weight:** 70 g
- **Pellet Size:** About 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 43.9%, fat 10.1%, crude fibre 2.1%, moisture 20.6%, inorganic matter 18.4%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, eaten within five minutes
- **Other Sizes:** 140 g (TP00140); 260 g (TP00260)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater community aquariums
---
### Vitalis — Freshwater aquarium
#### Vitalis Tropical Pellets 1mm 260g
Large pot of soft sinking pellets for big community tanks and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/vitalis-tropical-pellets-1mm-260g/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: TP00260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 5060139358194
- Brand: Vitalis (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/vitalis/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/TP00260-1.jpg
A 300 L community tank with large shoals, or a fish room breeding livebearers in several tanks, can empty a small pot of pellets in a fortnight. Vitalis Tropical Pellets 1mm 260g (SKU: TP00260) is the largest pot of the Vitalis tropical freshwater pellet stocked, the same complete, highly digestible food from World Feeds in the UK that is sold in 70 g and 140 g sizes. The pellet is soft, around 1 mm, and sinks slowly to encourage natural feeding, while an algae blend, a tailored vitamin and mineral balance and natural pigments support health and colouration. The 260 g pot suits large tanks, multiple tanks and keepers who feed growing fish several times a day.
The formula analyses at 43.9% protein, 10.1% fat, 2.1% crude fibre, 20.6% moisture and 18.4% inorganic matter, made from fish and fish derivatives, molluscs and crustaceans, algae, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, vitamins and minerals. Species Vitalis lists are tetras, barbs, rainbowfish, guppies, mollies, platies, characins, freshwater gobies and freshwater pufferfish. The directions do not change with the size of the pot: a pinch once or twice a day, enough to be eaten in five minutes, uneaten food removed. In a large tank, scatter the pinch along the front glass so shoals spread out and slower fish get a share; in a fish room, measure out each tank's portion rather than feeding straight from the pot. Close the lid between feeds and store the pot somewhere cool and dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community aquariums:** Big shoals of barbs, tetras and rainbowfish fed daily.
- **Livebearer breeding:** Several tanks of guppies, mollies and platies.
- **Growing fish:** Juveniles fed more than once a day.
- **Bulk supply:** Keepers already using the pellet who want fewer reorders.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Scatter widely:** Spread pellets along the tank so the whole shoal feeds.
- **Once or twice daily:** A pinch per feed, matched to the stocking.
- **Five minutes:** Remove anything not eaten in that time.
- **Portion for multiple tanks:** Measure each tank's share instead of feeding from the pot.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 260 g pot:** The largest size of the tropical pellet stocked.
- **Same 1 mm pellet:** Identical recipe to the 70 g and 140 g pots.
- **Soft, slow-sinking texture:** Taken through the water column.
- **Algae and natural pigments:** Plant content and colour support.
- **Complete diet:** Balanced for daily feeding of tropical freshwater fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Vitalis (World Feeds, UK)
- **SKU:** TP00260
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 5060139358194
- **Product Type:** Food > Soft Sinking Pellets (Tropical Freshwater)
- **Net Weight:** 260 g
- **Pellet Size:** 1 mm, soft, slow sinking
- **Analytical Constituents:** Protein 43.9%, fat 10.1%, crude fibre 2.1%, moisture 20.6%, inorganic matter 18.4%
- **Composition:** Fish and fish derivatives, derivatives of vegetable origin, oils and fats, algae, molluscs and crustaceans, minerals, vitamins
- **Feeding:** A pinch once or twice daily, eaten within five minutes
- **Other Sizes:** 70 g (TP00070); 140 g (TP00140)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical freshwater aquariums and fish rooms
---
### AP Natural Products — Natural Rock & Wood
#### Ap Naturals Aurum Stone 20kg
Bulk box of smooth-faced decorative stone for large aquascapes and multiple tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-aurum-stone-20kg/
- Price: $137.33 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113120 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000236
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113120-1.jpg
A big layout looks most natural when every rock in it shares the same colour and texture, and that takes more stone than a single retail bag holds. Ap Naturals Aurum Stone 20kg (SKU: 113120) is a 20 kg box of natural decorative stone from AP Natural Products, packed as assorted pieces for aquascaping. Aurum is offered as a smooth-faced stone with contrasting dark and light tones, used to create strong points of interest against plants and substrate. Because it is natural rock rather than a moulded ornament, every piece differs in outline, size and markings, and the photos show the type of stone rather than the exact pieces in a given box.
AP Natural Products does not publish a water-chemistry rating for Aurum stone, so treat it as untested until checked. A few drops of vinegar on a clean, dry piece is the usual first test: fizzing points to carbonate that can lift pH and hardness, which suits African cichlids but not soft-water plants, tetras or shrimp. After setting up, test pH and KH again once the stone has been in for a week. Rinse and scrub each piece before use to clear dust and loose grit. In the tank, seat the largest stones first, directly on the glass or on a protective mat, then add substrate around them and fill gaps with smaller pieces. Twenty kilograms covers a feature layout in a large aquarium or several smaller scapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Contrast in planted tanks:** Dark and light tones that stand out against green growth.
- **Large display builds:** Enough matching stone for a main feature and its supporting rocks.
- **Several tanks at once:** One box shared across a fish room, club display or shop set-up.
- **Terrariums and paludariums:** Dry or splash-zone hardscape as well as underwater layouts.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse and scrub:** Clear dust and grit with a stiff brush and water, never soap.
- **Test before stocking:** Vinegar-test a piece, then check pH and KH after a week in the tank.
- **Base on the glass:** Seat key stones before the substrate so they cannot shift or be undermined.
- **Lower, do not drop:** Place heavy pieces by hand in a drained or part-filled tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 kg box:** A bulk quantity of one stone type for big or multiple layouts.
- **Smooth-faced pieces:** A softer, cleaner look than jagged or pitted rock.
- **Contrasting tones:** Light and dark colouring that draws the eye.
- **Natural stone:** Each piece unique in shape, size and markings.
- **Assorted sizes:** Larger feature stones and smaller fillers in one carton.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113120
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000236
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquascaping Stone
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Material:** Natural decorative stone
- **Pieces:** Assorted shapes and sizes; photos indicative
- **Effect on Water:** Not published by the supplier; test before use
- **Preparation:** Rinse and scrub before use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, aquascapes and terrariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Black & White Thin Line Stone 20kg
Dark veined stone in bulk for high-contrast aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-black-white-thin-line-stone-20kg/
- Price: $150.12 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113093 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000212
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113093-1.jpg
Fine white lines across dark rock lead the eye through a layout, and when every stone carries the same veining the whole hardscape reads as one formation. Ap Naturals Black & White Thin Line Stone 20kg (SKU: 113093) is a 20 kg box of natural black stone marked with thin white lines, supplied by AP Natural Products as assorted pieces for aquascaping. The surface is rough rather than polished, giving moss, plant roots and biofilm something to grip, and the dark base sets off green plants and brightly coloured fish. As with any natural rock, the pattern, size and shape change from piece to piece, so the photos show the stone type rather than the pieces in a particular box.
The veining is the feature to design around. Turning every piece so its lines run the same way, horizontally or at a shared angle, mimics a single bed of rock broken into boulders, which is how stone appears in nature and in Iwagumi-style layouts. Use the largest pieces as the main stone and two or three companions, then scatter smaller ones to tie the group into the substrate. AP Natural Products does not publish whether the stone is inert, and white veins in dark rock can be calcite, which slowly releases carbonate; vinegar-test a dry piece and check pH and KH after a week if the tank holds soft-water fish, shrimp or demanding plants. Rinse every piece before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Iwagumi and rock-led scapes:** Matching veined stone for a main rock and its companions.
- **High-contrast planted tanks:** Dark rock behind carpets and fine-leaved stem plants.
- **Long display tanks:** Enough rock for the full hardscape of a large aquarium.
- **Rockwork for hardy fish:** Ledges and caves once the effect on water has been checked.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Align the lines:** Run the white veining in one direction for a natural strata effect.
- **Rinse first:** Hose or brush off dust and fines before the stone goes in.
- **Check the water:** Test pH and KH after the stone has been in for about a week.
- **Build stable stacks:** Rest caves on the glass and test each piece for wobble.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black with thin white lines:** Crisp veining across a dark base.
- **Rough texture:** Grip for moss, roots and beneficial biofilm.
- **Strong plant contrast:** Dark rock that makes green foliage stand out.
- **Natural pieces:** No two stones alike in pattern or outline.
- **20 kg in one box:** A bulk lot for large or multiple layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113093
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000212
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquascaping Stone
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Colour:** Black with thin white lines
- **Texture:** Rough natural surface
- **Effect on Water:** Not published by the supplier; test before use
- **Preparation:** Rinse before use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Ap Naturals Bulk Black Cichlid Stone Unpackaged
Loose dark rock sold by weight for cichlid caves and rock walls.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-bulk-black-cichlid-stone-unpackaged/
- Price: $4.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725057
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725057-1.jpg
Rock-dwelling cichlids claim territory one cave at a time, and a tank of mbuna needs far more stone than a bag or two can supply. Ap Naturals Bulk Black Cichlid Stone Unpackaged (SKU: 725057) is dark natural rock from AP Natural Products, supplied loose and unpackaged by the kilogram rather than in a retail box, for building the stacked caves, ledges and rock walls that African cichlid aquariums are planned around. Pieces run from roughly 0.5 to 3 kg, about 5 to 30 cm across, so an order holds both heavy base stones and smaller pieces for wedging gaps. Every stone is natural and will differ from the photos in shape and size.
The dark colour is a backdrop against which the blues, yellows and oranges of Malawi and Tanganyikan cichlids show strongly, and the rough, porous surface carries biofilm and nitrifying bacteria. AP Natural Products does not publish a water-chemistry rating, so test a piece before building: rift lake cichlids are kept in hard, alkaline water, and a vinegar test and a pH and KH reading after a week show how the stone behaves in a particular tank. Cichlids dig, so lay the bottom course directly on the glass before adding sand, and keep caves open with several entrances so subordinate fish have somewhere to retreat. A rock wall across a long tank can weigh tens of kilograms, so check the stand rating before ordering.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Malawi mbuna tanks:** Dense rockwork with many caves and territories.
- **Tanganyikan set-ups:** Ledges and crevices for rock-dwelling species.
- **Breeding and grow-out systems:** Caves that break line of sight and spread out aggression.
- **Fish rooms and large builds:** Bulk rock ordered by weight for several tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rock before sand:** Seat base stones on the glass so digging cannot topple the stack.
- **Build open caves:** Leave entrances and gaps so every fish has a refuge.
- **Test the stone:** Vinegar-test a piece and check pH and KH before fish go in.
- **Rinse well:** Hose off dust and grit and scrub with a stiff brush, no soap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black natural rock:** A dark backdrop for brightly coloured cichlids.
- **Sold by the kilogram:** Order the quantity a build actually needs.
- **Mixed piece sizes:** Roughly 0.5 to 3 kg per stone.
- **Porous surface:** Room for biofilm and beneficial bacteria.
- **Unpackaged:** Loose rock without retail boxing, suited to bulk orders.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725057
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Cichlid Rock (Bulk)
- **Supply:** Loose and unpackaged, sold by weight (per kg)
- **Piece Weight:** Approx. 0.5–3 kg
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 5–30 cm
- **Colour:** Black
- **Effect on Water:** Not published by the supplier; test before use
- **Preparation:** Rinse and scrub before use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African cichlid aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Cork Bark Sheets
Large flat cork for backgrounds, hides and climbing walls in tanks and enclosures.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-cork-bark-sheets/
- Price: $467.87 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724793 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000540
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724793-1.jpg
A run of bark across the back wall turns a glass box into something that looks like a forest edge, and cork does it at a fraction of the weight of rock or timber. Ap Naturals Cork Bark Sheets (SKU: 724793) are natural flat-to-curved sheets of cork bark from AP Natural Products, each about 50 to 60 cm long, 40 to 55 cm wide and 1.5 to 2 cm thick, supplied as a box of 10 sheets. Cork is the outer bark of the cork oak, a light, springy material that holds up in both wet and dry set-ups, so the same sheets serve aquariums, paludariums, terrariums and reptile enclosures. Every sheet is natural and unique in curve, texture and outline.
Australian stockists describe cork as generally safe in most freshwater aquariums, where it can be used as a background, built into caves or placed as decor, and note that it may release some tannins at first. Soak the sheets before they go in to clear loose debris and reduce that early tint; boiling is an option, but cork floats and has to be held under, and in the aquarium it must be fixed in place with aquarium silicone, wedged behind rock or weighted down. In reptile and amphibian enclosures it can go in as supplied or after a rinse, as a background, a hide leaned against a wall, a climbing face or a basking surface, with the bark texture giving grip and helping with shedding. Sheets cut cleanly with a fine saw or sharp knife to fit a back panel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Terrarium backgrounds:** A natural back wall that gives climbing species more usable space.
- **Reptile hides:** A curved sheet leaned against the glass makes an instant shelter.
- **Paludariums:** Cork above the waterline for mosses, epiphytes and climbing frogs.
- **Blackwater-style aquariums:** A bark element that adds a light tannin tint.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak before aquarium use:** Clears debris and reduces the initial tannin release.
- **Fix it down:** Cork floats, so silicone, wedge or weight it in place underwater.
- **Cut to fit:** Trim to the height and width of the back panel before mounting.
- **Reptile set-ups:** Place directly or after a rinse; brush off waste during cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large sheets:** About 50–60 cm by 40–55 cm each.
- **1.5–2 cm thick:** Rigid enough to stand alone or mount as a wall.
- **Light and buoyant:** Easy to handle and fix to a vertical surface.
- **Wet or dry use:** Durable in aquatic and terrestrial set-ups.
- **Box of 10:** Natural sheets, each a unique shape.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724793
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000540
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Cork Bark Sheets
- **Material:** Natural cork oak bark
- **Sheet Size:** Approx. 50–60 cm long × 40–55 cm wide × 1.5–2 cm thick
- **Contents:** 10 sheets per box
- **Preparation:** Soak before aquarium use; rinse optional for reptiles
- **Buoyancy:** Floats; fix in place underwater
- **Companion Products:** Ap Naturals Cork Tubes (small, medium and large)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, paludariums, terrariums and reptile enclosures
---
#### Ap Naturals Cork Tubes (large)
Long hollow cork logs for big enclosures, vertical climbs and large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-cork-tubes-large/
- Price: $853.47 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724792 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000533
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724792-1.jpg
In a tall enclosure or a long aquarium a short piece of bark gets lost, and the decor has to be big enough to change how the space is used. Ap Naturals Cork Tubes (large) (SKU: 724792) are the longest hollow cork sections in the AP Natural Products range, each about 50 to 60 cm long and supplied as a box of 6 pieces. They are natural bark from the rounded limbs of the cork oak, so each log has its own curve, wall thickness and opening, along with the rugged, fissured outer texture cork is known for. Stood upright, a large tube becomes a climbing trunk; laid down, it is a hollow log long enough to run most of the width of a large tank or enclosure.
Australian stockists recommend cork for both aquatic and dry set-ups. For aquarium use, soak each log first to clear loose debris and reduce the initial release of tannins, and plan how it will be held down: a piece this size floats strongly, so it needs to be siliconed to a base, wedged firmly under heavy rock or weighted inside. Boiling a whole 60 cm log is rarely practical, so soaking and scrubbing is the usual route. In reptile and amphibian enclosures a large tube can go in as supplied or after a rinse, and gives a hide, a climbing structure and a basking surface in one, with the bark texture aiding grip and shedding. Despite the size, cork stays light, so even the biggest pieces are easy to lift out for cleaning.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tall arboreal enclosures:** An upright trunk for climbing geckos, tree frogs and other arboreal species.
- **Large reptile set-ups:** A long hollow log as hide and basking platform.
- **Large aquariums:** A centrepiece log for big catfish and cichlids to shelter under.
- **Paludariums:** A trunk rising from the water to carry plants and moss.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak and scrub:** Clear debris and reduce tannins before aquarium use.
- **Secure firmly:** Silicone to a base or wedge under heavy rock, as large cork floats strongly.
- **Brace upright logs:** Wedge vertical pieces so they cannot topple onto animals or glass.
- **Lift out to clean:** Rinse or brush during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Longest size:** About 50–60 cm per log.
- **Vertical or horizontal:** A climbing trunk or a hollow ground log.
- **Light for its size:** Easy to position and lift out for cleaning.
- **Box of 6:** Feature pieces for several large enclosures.
- **Fissured bark:** A natural surface that gives grip and holds moss.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724792
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000533
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Cork Bark Tubes
- **Material:** Natural cork oak bark
- **Piece Length:** Approx. 50–60 cm
- **Contents:** 6 pieces per box
- **Preparation:** Soak before aquarium use; rinse optional for reptiles
- **Buoyancy:** Floats; fix in place underwater
- **Other Sizes:** Small 10–20 cm (SKU 724790); Medium 30–40 cm (SKU 724791)
- **Target Environment:** Large aquariums, paludariums, terrariums and reptile enclosures
---
#### Ap Naturals Cork Tubes (medium)
Mid-length hollow cork for reptile hides, tunnels and aquarium caves.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-cork-tubes-medium/
- Price: $804.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724791 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000526
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724791-1.jpg
A tube wide enough to crawl through and long enough to hide the whole body is the shape most ground-dwelling reptiles and cave-loving fish look for first. Ap Naturals Cork Tubes (medium) (SKU: 724791) are hollow sections of natural cork bark from AP Natural Products, each about 30 to 40 cm long with a diameter of roughly 15 to 25 cm, supplied as a box of 8 pieces. The tubes come from the rounded limbs of the cork oak, so every piece keeps its own curve, opening and rugged outer texture. The medium size sits between a small hide and a feature piece: large enough for adult lizards, snakes and frogs to use as a full-body retreat, and big enough to read as a log in a mid-sized aquarium.
Australian stockists list cork tubes for both water and dry use. In aquariums they make caves, tunnels and decorative features that give fish and invertebrates shelter; soak each tube first to clear loose debris and reduce the initial release of tannins, and expect to hold it down, as cork floats. Boiling is an option for cleaning if the piece is weighted under. In reptile and amphibian enclosures the tubes can be placed directly or after a rinse and used as a hide, a climbing structure or a basking surface, with the natural bark texture helping with grip and shedding. Laid on its side the tube is a tunnel; stood on end against the back wall it becomes a climbing post.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Lizard and snake hides:** A full-body retreat for medium-sized reptiles.
- **Aquarium caves:** A log-style tunnel for catfish, loaches and other shelter seekers.
- **Climbing posts:** Stood on end for arboreal geckos and frogs.
- **Paludarium features:** Half in, half out of the water as a bank or crossing.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak before aquarium use:** Removes debris and limits the early tannin tint.
- **Hold it down:** Wedge under rock or silicone in place, since cork floats.
- **Stand or lay:** On its side as a tunnel, upright as a climbing post.
- **Clean as needed:** Rinse or brush off waste during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **30–40 cm lengths:** Long enough to hide an adult lizard or form an aquarium log.
- **15–25 cm diameter:** A wide opening that larger animals can use.
- **Hollow natural bark:** A ready-made tunnel with no carving or drilling.
- **Box of 8:** Pieces for several enclosures or a large display.
- **Wet or dry use:** Durable in aquatic and terrestrial set-ups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724791
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000526
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Cork Bark Tubes
- **Material:** Natural cork oak bark
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 30–40 cm long, 15–25 cm diameter
- **Contents:** 8 pieces per box
- **Preparation:** Soak before aquarium use; rinse optional for reptiles
- **Buoyancy:** Floats; fix in place underwater
- **Other Sizes:** Small 10–20 cm (SKU 724790); Large 50–60 cm (SKU 724792)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, paludariums, terrariums and reptile enclosures
---
#### Ap Naturals Cork Tubes (small)
Short natural cork hollows for small hides, nano tanks and planted terrariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-cork-tubes-small/
- Price: $557.34 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724790 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000519
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724790-1.jpg
Small animals feel safest in a snug, dark retreat that fits them closely, and a short length of hollow bark does that better than an oversized cave. Ap Naturals Cork Tubes (small) (SKU: 724790) are short hollow sections of natural cork bark from AP Natural Products, each about 10 to 20 cm long and supplied as a box of 18 pieces. The tubes are bark stripped from the rounded limbs of the cork oak, so each keeps its natural curl, open ends and rugged outer texture, and no two are alike in length, width or wall thickness. At this size they suit nano aquariums, shrimp tanks, small terrariums and enclosures for small reptiles and amphibians, or a scatter of pieces through a larger display.
Underwater, a small tube gives fish and invertebrates a tunnel to shelter in, but cork floats, so each piece has to be fixed down with aquarium silicone, wedged under stone or weighted until the layout is set. Australian stockists recommend soaking cork before aquarium use to remove loose debris and reduce the first release of tannins; boiling is possible if the piece is held under. In dry set-ups the tubes can go straight in, or after a rinse, as a hide, a short climbing piece or a basking spot, the bark surface giving grip and helping with shedding. Small tubes also make natural planters for tillandsias, mosses and small epiphytes, and a box of 18 covers a run of small enclosures.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small reptile and frog hides:** A close-fitting retreat for small geckos, skinks and frogs.
- **Nano and shrimp tanks:** A tunnel for small fish and shrimp to shelter in.
- **Planted terrariums:** A natural holder for mosses and small air plants.
- **Multiple enclosures:** Eighteen pieces to fit out a row of small set-ups.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak first for water use:** Clears debris and reduces the initial tannin tint.
- **Anchor underwater:** Silicone, wedge or weight the tube, since cork floats.
- **Bed it in:** Half-bury a tube in substrate for a burrow-style entrance.
- **Keep it clean:** Rinse or brush off waste during routine maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Short lengths:** About 10–20 cm per piece for compact set-ups.
- **Hollow natural bark:** A ready-made tunnel with open ends.
- **Box of 18:** Enough pieces for several small enclosures or tanks.
- **Grippy texture:** Rough bark that aids climbing and shedding.
- **Light to handle:** Easy to reposition during cleaning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724790
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000519
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Cork Bark Tubes
- **Material:** Natural cork oak bark
- **Piece Length:** Approx. 10–20 cm
- **Contents:** 18 pieces per box
- **Preparation:** Soak before aquarium use; rinse optional for reptiles
- **Buoyancy:** Floats; fix in place underwater
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 30–40 cm (SKU 724791); Large 50–60 cm (SKU 724792)
- **Target Environment:** Nano aquariums, terrariums and small reptile and amphibian enclosures
---
#### Ap Naturals Corners Stone 20kg
Angular grey stone in bulk for sharp, structured rock layouts.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-corners-stone-20kg/
- Price: $253.33 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113054 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000168
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113054-1.jpg
Sharp edges and flat planes give a hardscape a sense of rugged mountain scenery that rounded river stone cannot. Ap Naturals Corners Stone 20kg (SKU: 113054) is a 20 kg box of natural stone from AP Natural Products, offered as sedimentary rock with angular faces and neutral grey tones and packed as assorted pieces for aquascaping. The grey sits quietly behind plants and fish rather than competing with them, and the broken, cornered shapes lock together well when stacked, which makes the stone suited to ridges, cliffs and terraces. Each piece is natural and different in size, edge and texture, so the photos show the stone type rather than the exact contents of a box.
AP Natural Products does not publish whether Corners stone is inert. Many sedimentary rocks contain some carbonate, so check it before committing a soft-water layout: drip a little vinegar on a clean, dry piece and look for fizzing, then test pH and KH after the stone has been in the tank for a week. Rinse and brush every piece to remove dust and fines before use. Angular rock suits layouts built around strong lines: set the largest piece as the focal point, angle its companions in the same direction, and use flat-faced pieces to create terraces that hold substrate on a slope. Check stacks for wobble and keep sharp edges away from long-finned fish. A 20 kg box covers a full rock layout in a large tank or several smaller builds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mountain-style scapes:** Ridges and peaks built from sharp-edged stone.
- **Terraced layouts:** Flat faces that retain substrate on a slope.
- **Neutral backdrops:** Grey rock that lets plant greens and fish colour lead.
- **Large or multiple tanks:** A bulk lot of one stone type for consistent rockwork.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse and brush:** Clear dust and fines before the stone goes in.
- **Test the water:** Vinegar-test a piece and recheck pH and KH after a week.
- **Angle consistently:** Point companion stones the same way as the main rock.
- **Mind the edges:** Keep sharp corners clear of delicate fins and flexible tubing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Angular shapes:** Sharp edges and flat planes for structured layouts.
- **Neutral grey:** A calm colour that suits most planted and community tanks.
- **Stacks well:** Cornered pieces lock together into cliffs and terraces.
- **Natural stone:** Every piece unique in size and outline.
- **20 kg bulk box:** Enough rock for a large aquascape or several small ones.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113054
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000168
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquascaping Stone
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Stone Type:** Sedimentary, angular
- **Colour:** Neutral grey
- **Effect on Water:** Not published by the supplier; test before use
- **Preparation:** Rinse and brush before use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Ap Naturals Dragon Stone 20kg
Bulk Ohko-style textured stone for planted aquascapes and terrariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-dragon-stone-20kg/
- Price: $175.48 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112917 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000151
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112917-1.jpg
Few aquascaping rocks look as weathered straight out of the box as dragon stone, with craggy, scale-like faces and pockets that seem made for moss. Ap Naturals Dragon Stone 20kg (SKU: 112917) is a 20 kg box of dragon stone, also sold as Ohko stone, supplied by AP Natural Products as assorted pieces for aquascaping. The stone has a porous, clay-like make-up and earthy colours from reds and yellows to deep browns, which darken once wet, and its rugged surface is full of crevices that give plant roots and beneficial bacteria a foothold. Every piece is natural and unique in shape and size, so the photos show the type of stone rather than the pieces in a particular box.
Aquascaping retailers describe dragon stone as inert, with no effect on water parameters, which makes it a common choice for planted freshwater tanks; Bulk Reef Supply lists it for freshwater only, noting that it leaches unwanted minerals over time in saltwater. Mosses, Anubias, Bucephalandra and ferns self-attach to the rough surface over time, or can be tied or glued on to start. The stone is relatively brittle, which is an advantage when building: retailers note it can be broken with a hammer and chisel, or cut with a grinder to give a flat base. Rinse each piece thoroughly before use and scrub the crevices to clear dust and sediment. A 20 kg box supplies a full rock layout for a large tank or several mixed-size groups.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquascapes:** Textured stone for moss, Anubias and Bucephalandra.
- **Iwagumi and mountain layouts:** Craggy main stones with smaller companions.
- **Terrariums and paludariums:** Earthy rock for dry and splash-zone hardscape.
- **Large or multiple builds:** One 20 kg box of matching stone.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse and scrub crevices:** Wash out dust and sediment before use.
- **Shape if needed:** Break with a hammer and chisel or cut a flat base for stability.
- **Mix sizes:** Combine a large centrepiece with smaller pieces around it.
- **Keep it freshwater:** Use in freshwater set-ups, not marine tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dragon-scale texture:** Rugged faces full of pockets and crevices.
- **Inert in freshwater:** Described by aquascaping retailers as having no effect on parameters.
- **Plant-friendly surface:** Mosses and epiphytes attach readily.
- **Workable stone:** Brittle enough to break or trim to shape.
- **Earthy colours:** Reds, yellows and browns that deepen when wet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112917
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000151
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Dragon Stone (Ohko)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Material:** Dragon stone (Ohko stone), porous with a clay-like composition
- **Colour:** Earthy reds, yellows and browns; darker when wet
- **Effect on Water:** Inert in freshwater; not recommended for saltwater
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly and scrub crevices
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums, terrariums and paludariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Gobi Desert Stone 20kg
Pale layered stone in bulk for canyon-style and desert aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-gobi-desert-stone-20kg/
- Price: $138.61 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113107 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000229
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113107-1.jpg
Canyon layouts depend on stone with visible bedding lines, so that separate rocks read as one eroded cliff. Ap Naturals Gobi Desert Stone 20kg (SKU: 113107) is a 20 kg box of Gobi desert stone from AP Natural Products, packed as assorted pieces for aquascaping. Retailers of this stone describe a light greyish-cream colour that darkens when wet and distinct layering with patterns that resemble folds or ancient sediment layers, along with a relatively smooth surface. The pale tone makes plants and fish stand out sharply, and the horizontal lines give depth to a layout when the pieces are stacked with their layers aligned. Each piece is natural and unique, so shapes and sizes vary from the photos.
Gobi desert stone is not an inert rock. Buce Plant notes that it slightly increases general hardness and pH as minerals dissolve over time, and recommends inert stone for shrimp tanks where stable soft water matters. That makes it a better fit for planted community tanks, livebearers and hard-water fish than for Caridina shrimp or blackwater species; test pH and GH after the stone has been in for a week and adjust water changes to suit. Rinse each piece thoroughly before use to remove dust and sediment. For a canyon effect, set two tall groups facing each other with a sand path between them and keep every layer line running the same way. The stone also suits terrariums and paludariums where a clean, windswept look is wanted.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canyon-style layouts:** Stacked layers forming cliffs either side of a sand path.
- **Desert and dry-look scapes:** Pale rock with a clean, windswept character.
- **Hard-water tanks:** Community fish and livebearers that tolerate a slight rise in pH.
- **Terrariums and paludariums:** Light-toned hardscape above and below the waterline.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Wash off dust and sediment before the stone goes in.
- **Align the layers:** Keep bedding lines horizontal or at one shared angle.
- **Monitor hardness:** Test pH and GH after the first week and with each water change.
- **Avoid for sensitive shrimp:** Choose inert stone for soft-water shrimp tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Layered pattern:** Distinct sediment-style lines for a canyon look.
- **Light cream-grey tone:** A bright base that makes plants and fish pop.
- **Relatively smooth surface:** A clean finish rather than a jagged one.
- **Slight buffering effect:** Raises GH and pH a little over time.
- **20 kg box:** Bulk stone for a large layout or several tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113107
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000229
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquascaping Stone
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Material:** Gobi desert stone
- **Colour:** Light greyish-cream with layered lines; darker when wet
- **Effect on Water:** Slightly raises general hardness and pH over time
- **Shrimp Suitability:** Not recommended for soft-water shrimp tanks
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly before use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and community aquariums, terrariums and paludariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Goldvine Dark Wood (large)
Twelve large dark vine wood centrepieces for big aquariums and vivariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-goldvine-dark-wood-large/
- Price: $340.73 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725333 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000571
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725333-1.jpg
A large tank needs one commanding piece of wood to anchor the view, and small branches clustered together rarely achieve the same effect. Ap Naturals Goldvine Dark Wood (large) (SKU: 725333) is the largest grade of AP Natural Products' darker-toned Goldvine wood, supplied as a box of 12 pieces, each about 43 to 48 cm in size. These are feature pieces: twisting, branching vine wood with intricate shapes and the deeper colouring of the Dark grade, big enough to stand as the main hardscape element in aquariums of about 90 cm and longer or as the framework of a tall vivarium. With only 12 pieces per box, each has its own character, and photos show the style of wood rather than a particular piece.
Wood of this size takes longer to prepare than small branches. It will not fit most pots, so soak each piece in a large tub or clean bin, changing the water every few days until it sinks unaided; in the meantime it can be fixed to a slate base with stainless screws or pinned under heavy rock. Expect a tea-coloured tint from tannins at first, along with a slight drop in pH in soft water; water changes and activated carbon reduce it, while blackwater keepers may welcome it. A white biofilm can appear on new wood and clears without treatment. Before filling the tank, check that the piece sits firmly and clears the lid, lighting and filter intake.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** A main centrepiece for aquariums of about 90 cm and longer.
- **Big fish communities:** Shelter and broken sight lines for larger cichlids and catfish.
- **Tall vivariums:** A climbing frame for arboreal reptiles and frogs.
- **Feature builds:** Statement wood for shop, office or showroom displays.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak in a tub:** Large pieces need a bin and several water changes.
- **Fix to a base:** Screw to slate or pin under rock until it sinks unaided.
- **Check clearances:** Allow room for the lid, light and filter pipework.
- **Clear the tint:** Water changes and activated carbon reduce tannin colour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest Goldvine Dark grade:** About 43–48 cm per piece.
- **Centrepiece scale:** One piece can anchor a whole layout.
- **Dark toning:** Deeper colour than standard Goldvine wood.
- **Intricate branching:** Shelter and plant attachment points throughout.
- **Box of 12:** Individual feature pieces, each one different.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725333
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000571
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquarium Wood
- **Material:** Natural Goldvine wood, dark grade
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 43–48 cm
- **Contents:** 12 pieces per box; shapes vary
- **Suits:** Aquariums of about 90 cm and longer
- **Preparation:** Soak in a large tub until waterlogged
- **Other Sizes:** Small 23–28 cm (SKU 725331); Medium 30–40 cm (SKU 725332)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater aquariums and vivariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Goldvine Dark Wood (medium)
Twenty mid-size dark vine wood pieces for 60 to 90 cm aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-goldvine-dark-wood-medium/
- Price: $414.74 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725332 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000564
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725332-1.jpg
A mid-size branch is the workhorse of most aquascapes: big enough to frame the layout, small enough to combine with two or three others into one tree-like structure. Ap Naturals Goldvine Dark Wood (medium) (SKU: 725332) is the medium grade of AP Natural Products' darker-toned Goldvine wood, supplied as a box of 20 pieces, each about 30 to 40 cm in size. The wood is a twisting, branching vine with intricate shapes, and the Dark grade carries deeper colouring than the standard Goldvine Wood in the same range, which suits moody, natural-looking layouts and contrasts well with bright green plants. Pieces at this size fit standard tanks of roughly 60 to 90 cm, and each one is natural and different from the photos.
Preparation follows the usual routine for aquarium wood. Soak the pieces in a tub, changing the water every few days, until they stay down on their own; a piece of this size that still floats can be wedged under rock or screwed to a slate base until it waterlogs. Tannins released from the wood colour the water a light tea shade and can lower pH slightly in soft water, an effect some keepers want for blackwater fish; regular water changes and activated carbon reduce it. A harmless white biofilm may cover new wood for a week or two before fading. Combining two or three medium pieces, branches pointing the same way, gives a convincing root or tree structure that carries mosses and epiphytes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard aquascapes:** Main wood for tanks of roughly 60 to 90 cm.
- **Tree-style layouts:** Several pieces combined into one branching structure.
- **Blackwater tanks:** Dark wood with a light tannin tint for tetras and dwarf cichlids.
- **Medium terrariums:** Climbing branches for geckos, frogs and small lizards.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak and change water:** Continue until the piece sinks without help.
- **Use a base if it floats:** Weight under rock or fix to slate until waterlogged.
- **Group the pieces:** Point branches in one direction for a natural flow.
- **Manage the tint:** Water changes and carbon reduce tannin colour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-size branches:** About 30–40 cm, the most versatile Goldvine Dark grade.
- **Deeper colour:** Darker toning that sets off green plants.
- **Combinable shapes:** Pieces that join into larger structures.
- **Box of 20:** Enough to match wood across several layouts.
- **Natural shelter:** Twisting forms that create hiding places for fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725332
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000564
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquarium Wood
- **Material:** Natural Goldvine wood, dark grade
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 30–40 cm
- **Contents:** 20 pieces per box; shapes vary
- **Suits:** Aquariums of roughly 60–90 cm
- **Preparation:** Soak until waterlogged
- **Other Sizes:** Small 23–28 cm (SKU 725331); Large 43–48 cm (SKU 725333)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted and blackwater aquariums, terrariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Goldvine Dark Wood (small)
Box of compact dark-toned vine wood pieces for nano tanks and terrariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-goldvine-dark-wood-small/
- Price: $446.88 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725331 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000557
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725331-1.jpg
In a nano tank a single branch has to carry the whole layout, so it needs fine detail at a small scale rather than bulk. Ap Naturals Goldvine Dark Wood (small) (SKU: 725331) is the smallest grade of the darker-toned Goldvine wood from AP Natural Products, supplied as a box of 35 pieces, each about 23 to 28 cm in size. Goldvine is a branching vine wood with twisting, intricate shapes, and the Dark grade has deeper colouring than the standard Goldvine Wood in the same range. At this size the pieces suit nano and shrimp tanks, betta set-ups, small terrariums and accent placements in larger aquariums, and a box of 35 gives plenty of choice for matching shapes. Every piece is natural and unique, so photos are indicative only.
Like most aquarium wood, Goldvine needs preparation before it goes in. Soak the pieces in a tub of water, changing it every few days, until they sink on their own; small pieces can also be boiled in a large pot to speed this up and clean them. Any tannins left in the wood tint the water a tea colour and can lower pH slightly in soft water; water changes or activated carbon clear the tint if it is not wanted. A soft white biofilm sometimes appears on new wood in the first weeks; it is harmless, fades on its own and is grazed by snails and shrimp. The fine branches make good anchor points for moss, Anubias nana and other small epiphytes tied on with cotton or glued.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and shrimp tanks:** Fine-branched pieces scaled to tanks of around 30 to 45 cm.
- **Betta set-ups:** Resting places near the surface and shelter below.
- **Small terrariums:** Climbing and perching branches for small reptiles and frogs.
- **Accent pieces:** Smaller branches to extend a larger hardscape.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak until it sinks:** Change the water every few days while tannins leach out.
- **Boil small pieces:** Speeds waterlogging and cleans the surface.
- **Anchor if needed:** Wedge under stone or substrate until fully waterlogged.
- **Expect some biofilm:** A white film on new wood is harmless and clears in time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Darker Goldvine grade:** Deeper-toned vine wood than standard Goldvine.
- **Small pieces:** About 23–28 cm, sized for nano layouts.
- **Intricate branching:** Fine detail and natural hiding spots.
- **Box of 35:** Wide choice of shapes for matching sets.
- **Plant anchor points:** Branches for moss and small epiphytes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725331
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000557
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquarium Wood
- **Material:** Natural Goldvine wood, dark grade
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 23–28 cm
- **Contents:** 35 pieces per box; shapes vary
- **Preparation:** Soak until waterlogged; boiling optional
- **Effect on Water:** May tint water with tannins
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 30–40 cm (SKU 725332); Large 43–48 cm (SKU 725333)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums, shrimp tanks and terrariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Honeycomb Wood (large)
Pitted honeycomb-textured driftwood in a box of twelve for shelter-rich aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-honeycomb-wood-large/
- Price: $519.39 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113052 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000120
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113052-1.jpg
Bottom-dwelling fish and shrimp spend their days in holes and hollows, and wood riddled with them gives a tank shelter on every surface. Ap Naturals Honeycomb Wood (large) (SKU: 113052) is a box of 12 large pieces of honeycomb wood from AP Natural Products, each about 30 to 40 cm in size. Honeycomb wood is a natural driftwood named for its porous, honeycomb-like structure, a surface of pits, holes and channels that sets it apart from smooth branch wood and gives each piece a weathered, sculptural shape. In an aquarium the cavities become refuges for small fish, shrimp and plecos, and the rough texture gives roots and mosses a firm grip. Every piece is unique, so photos show the style of wood rather than the pieces supplied.
As with other aquarium driftwood, honeycomb wood should be prepared before use. Soak each piece in a tub, changing the water every few days, until it sinks on its own; boiling cleans the surface and speeds waterlogging where a piece fits the pot. The wood may release tannins that tint the water a tea colour and can lower pH a little in soft water; water changes and activated carbon reduce the tint, while blackwater keepers may leave it. Flush the cavities with a hose during preparation to clear trapped debris, and check that no hole is just large enough to trap a growing fish. Large pieces suit aquariums of around 75 to 120 cm, laid flat as a cave system or stood on end as a feature.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pleco and catfish tanks:** Holes and hollows for bottom dwellers to claim.
- **Shrimp and nano fish:** Cavities that serve as refuges and grazing surfaces.
- **Blackwater layouts:** Driftwood that adds a light tannin tint.
- **Terrariums:** Sculptural wood with crevices for planting and hiding.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak until it sinks:** Change the water every few days while it waterlogs.
- **Flush the holes:** Hose out trapped dirt and debris before use.
- **Check hole sizes:** Avoid openings that could trap a growing fish.
- **Plant the pits:** Wedge moss or small epiphytes into the cavities.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Honeycomb structure:** Pits, holes and channels across the surface.
- **Large grade:** About 30–40 cm per piece.
- **Built-in shelter:** Cavities for fish, shrimp and invertebrates.
- **Grip for plants:** Rough texture that holds roots and moss.
- **Box of 12:** Natural pieces, each a unique shape.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113052
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000120
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Driftwood
- **Material:** Natural honeycomb driftwood
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 30–40 cm
- **Contents:** 12 pieces per box; shapes vary
- **Preparation:** Soak until waterlogged; boiling optional
- **Effect on Water:** May tint water with tannins
- **Other Sizes:** Small (SKU 113050); Medium (SKU 113051); XL Large (SKU 113053)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and terrariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Honeycomb Wood (medium)
Box of 20–30 cm honeycomb driftwood for community and planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-honeycomb-wood-medium/
- Price: $643.51 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113051 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000113
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113051-1.jpg
A 60 cm community tank needs wood that reads as a feature from across the room without filling the swimming space, and a mid-size piece with an open, pitted surface does exactly that. AP Naturals Honeycomb Wood (medium) (SKU: 113051) is the medium grade of AP Natural Products' honeycomb driftwood, supplied as a box of about 36 pieces, each roughly 20 to 30 cm long. The wood takes its name from the honeycomb-like holes and hollows that cover its surface, giving each piece an ornate, eroded character. Being natural wood, no two pieces share the same shape, and the pieces sent will differ from the photographs.
Pieces of 20 to 30 cm sit comfortably in aquariums of about 45 to 90 cm, either as a single focal piece or overlapped in twos and threes to build a root-like cluster with caves underneath. The holes collect biofilm and give tetras, rasboras, dwarf cichlids and catfish cover, and retailers point to honeycomb wood for L-number plecos and wood-loving shrimp. Mosses and small epiphytes such as anubias nana or java fern can be tied or glued into the pits, where their roots soon take hold. Expect a mild release of tannins that tints the water amber for a while; soaking or boiling first reduces it and removes dust and loose material. The box count suits a shop display, an aquarium club or anyone fitting out several tanks at once.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community aquariums:** A focal piece for tanks of about 45 to 90 cm.
- **Root clusters:** Overlap two or three pieces to form caves and overhangs.
- **Epiphyte mounts:** Pits and holes hold moss, anubias and java fern roots.
- **Multi-tank fit-outs:** About 36 pieces for a fish room, shop or club.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Prepare first:** Scrub, rinse and soak for several days; boil any piece that fits the pot.
- **Build from the base:** Set pieces on the tank floor before adding substrate so they stay put.
- **Keep holes clear:** Position pieces away from the filter intake so debris does not pack into them.
- **Manage the tint:** Water changes and activated carbon clear the amber colour if unwanted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-size pieces:** About 20–30 cm long, suited to tanks around 60 cm.
- **Holes and hollows:** A natural honeycomb pattern for shelter and grazing.
- **Plant-friendly surface:** Pits that grip epiphyte roots and moss.
- **About 36 per box:** A bulk lot for several aquascapes.
- **One-off shapes:** Every piece differs from the photos.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113051
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000113
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural honeycomb driftwood
- **Contents:** About 36 pieces per box
- **Piece Size:** About 20–30 cm each; shapes vary
- **Suits:** Aquariums of roughly 45–90 cm
- **Preparation:** Scrub and soak or boil before use
- **Other Sizes:** Small 10–20 cm (SKU 113050); Large 30–40 cm (SKU 113052); XL Large 40–50 cm (SKU 113053)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Honeycomb Wood (small)
Carton of 10–20 cm honeycomb driftwood pieces for nano, shrimp and breeding tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-honeycomb-wood-small/
- Price: $587.50 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113050 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000106
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113050-1.jpg
Shrimp and small catfish spend the day picking over wood, and a piece riddled with holes gives them far more surface to graze and more gaps to hide in than a smooth branch. AP Naturals Honeycomb Wood (small) (SKU: 113050) is a carton of small honeycomb driftwood pieces from AP Natural Products, the Australian hardscape supplier, packed at about 65 pieces per box with each piece roughly 10 to 20 cm long. Honeycomb wood is a natural driftwood whose surface is covered in honeycomb-like holes and hollows, which gives it an ornate, weathered look quite unlike branchy or smooth woods. Every piece is a natural specimen, so shape, hole pattern and size vary from one piece to the next and from the photos.
At this size the pieces suit nano and small aquariums, shrimp tanks and breeding set-ups, where one or two pieces make a feature and the holes give fry, shrimplets and small catfish somewhere to retreat. Retailers recommend honeycomb wood for L-number catfish and for shrimp that like wood to explore, and the carton count makes it practical for a fish room or a row of tanks. Like most driftwood it may release tannins, tinting the water a light tea colour and lowering pH a little in soft water; a soak or boil before use clears dust and debris and reduces that first release. New wood can grow a harmless white film in its first weeks, which shrimp and snails usually graze off. Lighter pieces may need soaking until waterlogged, or wedging under a stone, before they stay down.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Shrimp tanks:** Holes and pits add grazing surface for biofilm and hiding spots for shrimplets.
- **Pleco and catfish set-ups:** Small L-number catfish use the hollows as cover.
- **Nano aquascapes:** Pieces of 10 to 20 cm sized for tanks of about 30 to 45 cm.
- **Several tanks at once:** About 65 pieces for a fish room, breeding rack or club build day.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Scrub and rinse:** Brush off dust and loose bark under running water, without soap.
- **Soak or boil:** Soak for several days, or boil small pieces, to cut tannins and help them sink.
- **Anchor floaters:** Wedge a buoyant piece under stone or substrate until it waterlogs.
- **Expect a white film:** Harmless biofilm on new wood fades within a few weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Honeycomb surface:** Pitted with holes and hollows for an ornate, weathered look.
- **Small size class:** Pieces about 10–20 cm long for compact tanks.
- **Bulk carton:** Roughly 65 pieces per box.
- **Grazing and cover:** Extra surface for biofilm and shelter for fry and shrimp.
- **Natural and varied:** No two pieces alike; photos are indicative.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113050
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000106
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural honeycomb driftwood
- **Contents:** About 65 pieces per box
- **Piece Size:** About 10–20 cm each; shapes vary
- **Preparation:** Scrub, rinse, then soak or boil before use
- **Effect on Water:** May release tannins (light tea-coloured tint)
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 20–30 cm (SKU 113051); Large 30–40 cm (SKU 113052); XL Large 40–50 cm (SKU 113053)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums, shrimp and nano tanks
---
#### Ap Naturals Honeycomb Wood (xl Large)
Honeycomb driftwood centrepieces of 40–50 cm for big display aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-honeycomb-wood-xl-large/
- Price: $1,213.14 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113053 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000137
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113053-1.jpg
In a 120 cm display a small branch disappears, and the hardscape needs pieces long enough to anchor the layout on their own. AP Naturals Honeycomb Wood (XL Large) (SKU: 113053) is the largest grade of AP Natural Products' honeycomb driftwood, a box of about 20 pieces with each piece roughly 40 to 50 cm long. The surface is honeycombed with holes, pits and hollows that give the wood a sculpted, eroded look, and at this length the pattern is plain to see from across the room. Each piece is a natural specimen with its own outline and hole pattern, and the pieces supplied will not match the photographs.
A 40 to 50 cm piece suits aquariums of about 90 cm and longer, where one can stand as the main feature or two can be set at angles to frame an open space in the middle. The larger hollows give bigger plecos, catfish, loaches and cichlids a cave to claim, and retailers recommend honeycomb wood for L-number catfish in particular. A large piece of wood releases more tannin overall, so expect the water to take on an amber tint for some weeks; long soaks with regular changes of water reduce it, since pieces this size rarely fit a pot for boiling. Big wood can float until it is fully waterlogged, so weight it with rock or fix it to a base until it settles. The 20-piece box suits large builds, display stock or a busy fish room.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Main hardscape for aquariums of about 90 cm and longer.
- **Catfish and cichlid tanks:** Hollows big enough for larger plecos and territorial fish.
- **Framing a layout:** Two pieces angled in from the ends leave open water in the centre.
- **Shop and fish-room stock:** About 20 big pieces per box.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak in a tub:** Use a clean tub or bin and change the water until the wood sinks.
- **Weigh it down:** Hold a floating piece under rock or tie it to a slate base.
- **Seat on the glass:** Bed heavy wood on the tank floor, under the substrate, so it cannot shift.
- **Clear the hollows:** Siphon the larger cavities during routine cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **XL size class:** Pieces about 40–50 cm long.
- **Bold honeycomb pattern:** Holes and pits that read clearly at display distance.
- **Cave-forming hollows:** Cover for larger bottom-dwelling fish.
- **About 20 pieces per box:** Enough for several big aquascapes.
- **Natural variation:** Each piece individual; photos indicative.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113053
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000137
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural honeycomb driftwood
- **Contents:** About 20 pieces per box
- **Piece Size:** About 40–50 cm each; shapes vary
- **Suits:** Aquariums of about 90 cm and longer
- **Preparation:** Scrub, then soak in a tub with water changes
- **Other Sizes:** Small 10–20 cm (SKU 113050); Medium 20–30 cm (SKU 113051); Large 30–40 cm (SKU 113052)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater display aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Long Hands Wood
Pale, straight-branched driftwood of 40–60 cm for forest-style and upright aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-long-hands-wood/
- Price: $502.10 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113123 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000199
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113123-1.jpg
Twisting roots suit a jungle scape, but a forest layout needs straight, clean lines that read as trunks and limbs. AP Naturals Long Hands Wood (SKU: 113123) is a bulk box of Long Hands driftwood from AP Natural Products, a pale, straight wood distinguished by smooth bark of consistent colour and evenly spaced branches. Retail listings put the pieces at about 40 to 60 cm, and the box holds approximately 10 kg of wood, usually 20 to 30 pieces. Each piece is natural, so branch count, thickness and length differ from piece to piece and from the photos.
The pale, even colouring sets Long Hands apart from dark woods such as Malaysian driftwood, and it shows up strongly against dark soil, black sand or a dark background. Pieces of 40 to 60 cm suit aquariums of roughly 60 to 120 cm, set upright or angled to suggest trunks, or laid low as fallen branches across the substrate. The smooth branches are easy to tie mosses and small epiphytes onto, and several pieces grouped together build a forest scene or a bonsai-style tree, with anubias or bucephalandra on the thicker limbs and moss on the finer tips. Scrub and soak before use to remove debris and reduce tannin release; long, slender pieces may need weighting with rock or burying at the base until they waterlog. At roughly 10 kg, the box supplies several large aquascapes or a shop's hardscape stock.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Forest aquascapes:** Straight limbs that read as tree trunks.
- **Dark-substrate tanks:** Pale wood that stands out against soil or black sand.
- **Moss trees:** Smooth branches that take tied-on moss and small epiphytes.
- **Bulk supply:** About 10 kg of wood for several layouts or shop stock.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak before use:** Scrub, rinse and soak to clear debris and reduce tannins.
- **Anchor the base:** Bury the foot in substrate or wedge it under rock until it sinks.
- **Angle for flow:** Lean pieces in one direction so the layout reads as a single scene.
- **Trim to fit:** Cut an over-long branch with a fine saw to clear the lid or light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pale, consistent colour:** Smooth bark with an even tone.
- **Straight branches:** Evenly dispersed limbs for clean lines.
- **Long pieces:** About 40–60 cm each.
- **Approximately 10 kg per box:** Usually 20 to 30 pieces.
- **Natural variation:** Each piece individual; photos indicative.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113123
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000199
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Branch Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural Long Hands driftwood
- **Contents:** Approximately 10 kg per box (20–30 pieces)
- **Piece Size:** About 40–60 cm each
- **Appearance:** Pale, straight, smooth bark with evenly spaced branches
- **Suits:** Aquariums of roughly 60–120 cm
- **Uses:** Forest scapes, moss trees, upright or fallen-branch layouts
- **Preparation:** Scrub and soak; weight until waterlogged
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Ap Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (ex-large)
40–50 cm statement pieces of dense Malaysian hardwood for large display aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-malaysian-driftwood-ex-large/
- Price: $628.90 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724788 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000496
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724788-1.jpg
The wood in a 150 cm display or a big cichlid tank has to hold its own against large fish and a lot of water, and a 40 to 50 cm piece of heavy hardwood does. AP Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (ex-large) (SKU: 724788) is the extra-large grade of AP Natural Products' Malaysian driftwood, a box of about 18 pieces, each roughly 40 to 50 cm long. Malaysian driftwood is dark, dense and roughly textured, so even the biggest pieces normally sink without soaking. No two are alike, and the pieces sent will vary in shape and colour from the photos.
Pieces of 40 to 50 cm suit aquariums from about 90 cm up to 180 cm, alone as a centrepiece or combined into a large root structure with caves under and between the pieces. That bulk gives big plecos, larger catfish, oscars and other robust fish cover and sight breaks, and it suits blackwater and South-East Asian themed displays. Large pieces release a fair amount of tannin, tinting the water a deep tea colour at first; soaking in a tub or bin with frequent water changes reduces it before the wood goes in, and carbon or water changes clear it afterwards. Handle with care, since a heavy piece dropped into a tank can crack the base glass. The 18-piece box suits large builds, shops and public displays.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Big display tanks:** Centrepiece wood for aquariums of about 90 to 180 cm.
- **Large robust fish:** Cover and sight breaks for big plecos, catfish and cichlids.
- **Blackwater themes:** Tannins tint the water a deep tea colour.
- **Large builds and shops:** About 18 extra-large pieces per box.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Pre-soak in bulk:** Use a large tub and change the water until it runs lighter.
- **Lower, never drop:** Ease heavy wood into the tank to protect the base glass.
- **Lock the structure:** Wedge pieces together on the tank floor so they cannot topple.
- **Clean around it:** Siphon under overhangs where waste gathers.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Extra-large size class:** About 40–50 cm per piece.
- **Dense hardwood:** Sinks without soaking, even at this size.
- **Dark, rugged character:** A strong contrast with plants and pale sand.
- **Big-fish cover:** Caves and overhangs for large species.
- **About 18 per box:** Bulk supply for display-scale aquascapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724788
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000496
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Malaysian Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural Malaysian driftwood (dense hardwood)
- **Contents:** About 18 pieces per box
- **Piece Size:** About 40–50 cm each
- **Suits:** Aquariums of roughly 90–180 cm
- **Preparation:** Scrub, then soak in a tub with water changes
- **Other Sizes:** Small 10–20 cm (SKU 724785); Medium 20–30 cm (SKU 724786); Large 30–40 cm (SKU 724787)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater display aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (large)
30–40 cm Malaysian driftwood feature pieces for aquariums of 75 cm and up.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-malaysian-driftwood-large/
- Price: $266.06 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724787 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000489
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724787-1.jpg
A bigger aquarium calls for fewer, larger pieces of wood, since a handful of small sticks looks cluttered in a 120 cm tank. AP Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (large) (SKU: 724787) is the large grade of AP Natural Products' Malaysian driftwood, packed at about 12 pieces per box, each roughly 30 to 40 cm long. The wood is dense, dark and rugged, and at this size each piece carries real weight, so it sinks without soaking and stays where it is set. Every piece is unique, and those supplied will differ in shape and colour from the photos.
Pieces of 30 to 40 cm suit aquariums of about 75 to 120 cm, as a single centrepiece or as a pair framing a planted foreground. The bulk of the wood gives larger cichlids, plecos, catfish and gouramis territory and cover, and its weight means fish that dig or push decor around are unlikely to shift it. Malaysian driftwood releases tannins, so the water takes on a tea-coloured tint that eases over the first weeks and with water changes; soaking in a tub before use reduces it, as a piece this size is hard to boil. Mosses, anubias and java fern attach well to the textured surface once tied on. The 12-piece box suits a shop, a fish room or a large multi-tank build where several big tanks need matching wood.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Feature wood for tanks of about 75 to 120 cm.
- **Cichlid and pleco tanks:** Heavy pieces that territorial fish will not move easily.
- **Planted layouts:** A dark frame for foreground carpets and stem plants.
- **Shop or fish room:** About 12 large pieces per box.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak in a tub:** Pieces this size rarely fit a pot, so soak with regular water changes instead.
- **Rest on the glass:** Place the wood before the substrate so its weight sits on the base.
- **Check stability:** Rock each piece gently to be sure it cannot roll onto fish or glass.
- **Ease the tint:** Water changes and activated carbon reduce tannin colour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large size class:** About 30–40 cm per piece.
- **Heavy and dense:** Sinks without soaking and stays put.
- **Dark, rugged surface:** Textured wood that holds epiphyte roots.
- **Territory and cover:** Enough bulk for larger fish to claim.
- **About 12 per box:** Fewer, bigger pieces for large tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724787
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000489
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Malaysian Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural Malaysian driftwood (dense hardwood)
- **Contents:** About 12 pieces per box
- **Piece Size:** About 30–40 cm each
- **Suits:** Aquariums of roughly 75–120 cm
- **Effect on Water:** Releases tannins; tea-coloured tint
- **Other Sizes:** Small 10–20 cm (SKU 724785); Medium 20–30 cm (SKU 724786); Ex-large 40–50 cm (SKU 724788)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (medium)
20–30 cm pieces of dark, sinking hardwood for 60 cm community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-malaysian-driftwood-medium/
- Price: $330.41 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724786 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000472
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724786-1.jpg
Most freshwater community tanks are around 60 cm long, and that is the size where a 20 to 30 cm piece of dark wood gives the layout a clear focal point. AP Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (medium) (SKU: 724786) is the medium grade of AP Natural Products' Malaysian driftwood, a box of about 25 pieces, each roughly 20 to 30 cm long. The wood is a dense, dark hardwood with a rugged texture, and the shapes vary widely from piece to piece. Because it is so dense it normally sinks as soon as it is placed, so it can go in after a clean and a short soak rather than weeks of waiting.
Pieces of this length suit aquariums of roughly 45 to 90 cm, standing alone at one end or combined to build a hardscape with caves under the branches for plecos, loaches, dwarf cichlids and other fish that like cover. Malaysian driftwood releases tannins, tinting the water a tea colour and creating the stained look of a tropical stream; soaking or boiling before use reduces the initial release, and water changes or activated carbon clear it afterwards if clear water is preferred. The hard, textured surface takes java fern, bucephalandra and mosses tied on with thread, and the roots grip within a few weeks. About 25 pieces in the box covers a shop's display tanks, a fish room or a club's set-up day.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** A focal piece for aquariums of about 45 to 90 cm.
- **Caves for bottom-dwellers:** Plecos, loaches and dwarf cichlids use the gaps underneath.
- **Tea-stained looks:** Tannins give the water a natural, stream-like tint.
- **Several set-ups:** About 25 pieces for a fish room or shop.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Clean first:** Scrub under running water, then soak or boil to cut the tannin release.
- **Bed it in:** Set the base on the glass and bank substrate around it.
- **Attach plants:** Tie epiphytes on with cotton or fishing line until they root.
- **Control the tint:** Use water changes or carbon if clear water is wanted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium size class:** About 20–30 cm per piece.
- **Sinks readily:** Dense enough to stay down without long pre-soaking.
- **Rich, dark colour:** Contrasts with green plants and light sand.
- **Cover and shelter:** Shapes that create gaps and overhangs.
- **About 25 pieces per box:** Bulk quantity for multiple aquascapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724786
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000472
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Malaysian Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural Malaysian driftwood (dense hardwood)
- **Contents:** About 25 pieces per box
- **Piece Size:** About 20–30 cm each
- **Suits:** Aquariums of roughly 45–90 cm
- **Preparation:** Scrub, then soak or boil to reduce tannins
- **Other Sizes:** Small 10–20 cm (SKU 724785); Large 30–40 cm (SKU 724787); Ex-large 40–50 cm (SKU 724788)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (small)
Dense, dark driftwood in 10–20 cm pieces for nano, betta and shrimp tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-malaysian-driftwood-small/
- Price: $326.94 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724785 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000465
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724785-1.jpg
Light woods bob about for weeks before they settle, which is a nuisance in a nano where every piece has to sit exactly right. AP Naturals Malaysian Driftwood (small) (SKU: 724785) is AP Natural Products' small grade of Malaysian driftwood, supplied as a box of about 40 pieces with each roughly 10 to 20 cm long. Malaysian driftwood is a dense, dark hardwood with a rugged, intricately textured surface, and because of that density it usually sinks straight away without a long pre-soak. Each piece is a natural specimen, so shape, colour and size vary across the box and from the photos.
Small pieces of 10 to 20 cm fit nano and small aquariums of roughly 20 to 45 cm, betta tanks and shrimp set-ups, where one piece props up a moss or anubias planting and a couple more add depth. Like other Malaysian wood it releases tannins, giving the water a tea-coloured tint that suits fish from soft, stained waters such as bettas, gouramis and many tetras; soaking or boiling first reduces the initial release, and a small piece fits easily in a saucepan. Retailers describe the wood as durable, and its surface soon carries the biofilm that shrimp graze on. With about 40 pieces in the box, it suits breeders, shop display tanks or a run of small aquariums set up at the same time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and betta tanks:** A single piece sized for tanks of about 20 to 45 cm.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Dense wood that grows biofilm for grazing.
- **Moss and anubias mounts:** A heavy base that will not drift once planted.
- **Breeding racks:** About 40 pieces to furnish a row of small tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Scrub and rinse:** Brush off dust and loose fibres under running water.
- **Boil to cut tannins:** Small pieces fit a pot, and boiling speeds the first tannin release.
- **Place directly:** The dense wood normally sinks without weighting.
- **Expect white fuzz:** A harmless film on new wood clears within a few weeks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dense and sinking:** Usually goes straight to the bottom.
- **Dark, rugged texture:** Rich colouring with an intricate surface.
- **Small size class:** About 10–20 cm per piece.
- **About 40 per box:** A bulk lot for many small tanks.
- **Tannin-bearing:** Tints water a natural tea colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724785
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000465
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Malaysian Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural Malaysian driftwood (dense hardwood)
- **Contents:** About 40 pieces per box
- **Piece Size:** About 10–20 cm each
- **Suits:** Nano and small aquariums of roughly 20–45 cm
- **Effect on Water:** Releases tannins; tea-coloured tint
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 20–30 cm (SKU 724786); Large 30–40 cm (SKU 724787); Ex-large 40–50 cm (SKU 724788)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano, betta and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Maple Leaf Stone 20kg
Red rock with fine pale veining in a 20 kg box for warm-toned aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-maple-leaf-stone-20kg/
- Price: $150.65 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 724789 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000502
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/724789-1.jpg
Grey rock dominates aquascaping, and a warm red stone is one of the simplest ways to make a layout look different. AP Naturals Maple Leaf Stone 20kg (SKU: 724789) is a 20 kg box of Maple Leaf stone from AP Natural Products, a red stone traced with fine, almost white lines in leaf-like patterns. Aquasabi describes the surface as resembling spider webs or several layers of leaves, and that pattern gives the stone its name. The box holds assorted pieces in mixed sizes, and as with any natural stone each one has its own shape and markings, so the stones supplied will differ from the photos.
Maple Leaf stone contains calcium and slightly raises water hardness, and it may also nudge pH upward. Aquasabi recommends regular water changes, at least 50% per week in its guidance, to counteract the effect, and says the stone can still be used in tanks such as betta aquariums with that maintenance in place. That makes it a natural fit for livebearers, rainbowfish and other fish comfortable in neutral to harder water, while keepers of very soft-water species should test GH, KH and pH after setup. Rinse the stones thoroughly before use; washing also removes surface residue that dulls the colour. The warm tone contrasts with green plants and pairs well with pale sand and dark wood, and a 20 kg box gives enough stone to choose a main piece and supporting stones for a mid-size layout, or to furnish several smaller tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Warm-toned layouts:** Red stone as an alternative to grey rock.
- **Planted tanks:** Strong contrast against green foliage.
- **Neutral to hard water:** Fish and plants comfortable with slightly harder water.
- **Several small tanks:** A 20 kg lot split across nano and medium set-ups.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Wash off dust and residue before use.
- **Plan the stones:** Lay out the main and supporting stones outside the tank first.
- **Keep up water changes:** Regular changes offset the slight rise in hardness.
- **Monitor parameters:** Test GH, KH and pH in soft-water set-ups.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red stone:** Warm colouring that is uncommon in aquascaping rock.
- **Leaf-like veining:** Fine pale lines across the surface.
- **Calcium-bearing:** Slightly raises hardness.
- **20 kg box:** Assorted pieces for a full layout.
- **Natural variation:** No two stones alike.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 724789
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000502
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquascaping Stone (Maple Leaf)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Material:** Natural Maple Leaf stone
- **Colour:** Red with fine, near-white veining
- **Effect on Water:** Slightly raises hardness; may raise pH
- **Care:** Rinse before use; keep up regular water changes
- **Uses:** Main and supporting stones, accents between plants
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Ap Naturals Petrified Wood 20kg
Fossilised wood stone with real grain in a 20 kg box for natural aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-petrified-wood-20kg/
- Price: $130.06 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113055 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000175
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113055-1.jpg
Petrified wood gives a layout the look of old timber with the permanence of rock: it never rots, softens or floats. AP Naturals Petrified Wood 20kg (SKU: 113055) is a 20 kg box of petrified wood stone from AP Natural Products, supplied as assorted pieces in mixed sizes. Petrified wood is fossilised tree material in which the original wood has been replaced by minerals, chiefly silica, over a very long period, so it keeps the grain, growth rings and fibrous texture of timber in solid stone. The colours typically run through deep reds, pale yellowish whites and dark greys, and depending on how each piece broke it shows straight fractures or smooth, flowing curves.
Aquascaping references describe petrified wood as essentially inert, with no calcium carbonate, which makes it popular for soft-water planted tanks, shrimp and blackwater-style layouts; some retailers note that certain petrified stones can raise pH and hardness slightly, so test the water after setup. A quick check is a drop of vinegar on the surface, where no fizzing indicates no carbonate. Unlike real wood it releases no tannins and will not break down. Pieces tend to be chunky and horizontal, so they work well laid in layers or set at an angle with the grain lines running the same way. Pieces that feel light for their size can contain hollow sections, so test each for strength before stacking other stone on top, and rinse and brush every piece before use. The warm reds and creams sit well with green plants and with both pale and dark sands.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Soft-water planted tanks:** A stone generally regarded as inert.
- **Shrimp aquariums:** Hardscape that does not leach carbonate.
- **Wood look without decay:** Grain and growth rings in permanent stone.
- **Layered layouts:** Chunky pieces stacked with the grain aligned.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse and brush:** Clear dust and grit from each piece.
- **Do a vinegar test:** No fizzing means no carbonate on that stone.
- **Align the grain:** Run the grain of each piece in a compatible direction.
- **Check before stacking:** Avoid loading light, possibly hollow pieces.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fossilised wood:** Mineral-replaced timber with real grain.
- **Mixed colours:** Deep reds, pale yellowish whites and dark greys.
- **Straight or curved breaks:** Varied fracture shapes for contrast.
- **Low impact on water:** Generally regarded as inert; no tannins.
- **20 kg box:** Assorted pieces for one or more layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113055
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000175
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquascaping Stone (Petrified Wood)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Material:** Petrified wood (fossilised, silica-replaced)
- **Colour:** Deep red, pale yellowish white and dark grey tones
- **Shape:** Chunky, often horizontal pieces with visible grain
- **Effect on Water:** Generally inert; test pH after setup
- **Preparation:** Rinse and brush; vinegar test optional
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted, shrimp and soft-water aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Sava Wood (medium)
Bulk box of textured natural driftwood pieces for aquascaping and multi-tank set-ups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-sava-wood-medium/
- Price: $662.80 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113124 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000205
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113124-1.jpg
Fitting out a row of tanks one piece of wood at a time is slow, and a mixed box lets each layout be matched from the same stock. AP Naturals Sava Wood (medium) (SKU: 113124) is a bulk box of Sava driftwood from AP Natural Products, the Australian hardscape supplier, holding approximately 15 kg of wood in about 170 to 180 pieces. That works out at an average of roughly 85 g per piece, so the box is made up of many modest pieces rather than a few large ones. Sava wood has a distinctive surface texture, varied shapes and rich colouring, and every piece is a natural specimen that will differ from the photographs.
With so many pieces to choose from, the box suits shops, breeders and aquascapers who want a consistent wood across several tanks, or plenty of options when building one layout piece by piece. Smaller pieces can be grouped into a root cluster, propped against stone or used singly in nano tanks, and they give fish and shrimp shelter and a surface for biofilm. Like most driftwood, Sava wood may release tannins that tint the water a tea colour. Scrub and rinse each piece, then soak or boil before use to remove debris and reduce the first tannin release, and weight any piece that floats until it waterlogs. New driftwood can grow a harmless white film in its first weeks, which shrimp and snails usually graze off, and an over-long piece can be trimmed with a fine saw.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-tank set-ups:** One stock of wood for a fish room or shop display.
- **Root clusters:** Group several pieces for a fuller hardscape.
- **Nano and small tanks:** Single pieces in scale with compact aquariums.
- **Shelter for fish and shrimp:** Gaps and surfaces that collect biofilm.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Clean each piece:** Scrub and rinse under running water, without soap.
- **Soak or boil:** Reduce tannins and loosen debris before use.
- **Weight floaters:** Hold buoyant pieces under stone until they sink.
- **Sort before scaping:** Lay pieces out by size and shape to plan the layout.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Textured natural wood:** Distinctive surface and rich colouring.
- **Varied shapes:** Many options for building a layout.
- **High piece count:** About 170 to 180 pieces per box.
- **Approximately 15 kg:** Bulk quantity for several aquascapes.
- **Every piece unique:** Photos are indicative only.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113124
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000205
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural Sava driftwood
- **Contents:** Approximately 15 kg per box (170–180 pieces)
- **Average Piece Weight:** Roughly 85 g
- **Preparation:** Scrub, rinse, then soak or boil
- **Effect on Water:** May release tannins
- **Uses:** Root clusters, nano tanks, multi-tank fit-outs
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Ap Naturals Seiryu Stone 20kg
Bluish-grey, white-veined rock in a 20 kg box for Iwagumi and mountain-style layouts.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-seiryu-stone-20kg/
- Price: $139.09 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 112918 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000144
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/112918-1.jpg
The craggy grey ridges in so many nature-style aquascapes are Seiryu stone, chosen because its texture reads as a mountain range even at tank scale. AP Naturals Seiryu Stone 20kg (SKU: 112918) is a 20 kg box of Seiryu stone from AP Natural Products, a natural bluish-grey rock with striking white veining and a deeply textured, ridged surface. The box holds assorted pieces in mixed sizes, so a complete rock layout, with a main stone, supporting stones and smaller fragments, can be picked from a single lot. Every stone is unique, and shapes and veining will differ from the photos.
Seiryu stone is not inert: Green Aqua notes that it can slightly increase the pH and carbonate hardness (KH) of aquarium water, an effect that is usually manageable with regular water changes. That suits most community fish and plants, but keepers of soft-water species such as Caridina shrimp should test KH, GH and pH after setup and adjust the amount of stone if needed. Rinse the stones well before use to remove dust, and brush off algae later with a soft brush or sponge. As well as Iwagumi layouts built from rock alone, Seiryu makes a solid base to wedge driftwood against or a low accent between plants, and Green Aqua links it with Japanese minimalist layouts as well as larger mountain-range scapes when used in quantity. Twenty kilograms is a typical quantity for a rock-led layout in a tank of about 60 to 90 cm, with spare stones to choose from.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Iwagumi layouts:** Main and supporting stones for rock-led scapes.
- **Mountain scenes:** Ridged texture that reads as a range at tank scale.
- **Wood and stone builds:** A firm base to wedge driftwood against.
- **Neutral to hard water:** Tanks where a slight rise in pH and KH is acceptable.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse and scrub:** Remove dust and loose grit before the stones go in.
- **Set the main stone first:** Place the largest piece off-centre, then add supporting stones.
- **Bed stones in:** Sink each base into the substrate so it sits naturally and stays stable.
- **Test the water:** Check pH, KH and GH after setup, especially with soft-water species.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bluish-grey with white veins:** Classic Seiryu colouring.
- **Ridged texture:** Deep crags and folds that suggest mountains.
- **Slight buffering effect:** Can lift pH and KH a little.
- **20 kg box:** Assorted sizes for a complete layout.
- **Natural stone:** Each piece unique.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 112918
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000144
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Aquascaping Stone (Seiryu)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Material:** Natural Seiryu stone
- **Colour:** Bluish-grey with white veining
- **Effect on Water:** Can slightly raise pH and KH
- **Preparation:** Rinse well before use
- **Uses:** Iwagumi and mountain layouts, base for driftwood
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted aquariums and aquascapes
---
#### Ap Naturals Stump Wood (extra Large) 100-150cm 18kg - 8
A single 100–150 cm natural wood stump for very large tanks, ponds and displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-stump-wood-extra-large-100-150cm-18kg-8/
- Price: $697.47 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725329
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725329-1.jpg
Very large aquariums and public displays need wood on a scale that most boxed driftwood simply does not reach. AP Naturals Stump Wood (extra Large) 100-150cm 18kg - 8 (SKU: 725329) is one individual stump from AP Natural Products, piece number 8 in the extra-large size class of 100 to 150 cm, weighing 18 kg. It is sold as that exact piece, with the listing photos showing the stump itself next to AP Natural Products' size reference guide, so what is pictured is what is supplied. Although it is longer than the 22.5 kg large stump (piece 23), this one weighs 18 kg, making it a longer and comparatively lighter specimen.
At 100 to 150 cm the stump suits aquariums of about 150 cm and longer, large ponds, paludariums and shop or office displays, laid along the length of the tank or angled up from the base so it rises towards the surface. Check its outline against the photographed size reference and the tank's inside measurements, allowing for the lid, lights and any overflow box. At 18 kg it is still a job for two people, partly because of its length; lower it onto the base glass before the substrate goes in. Wood of this length needs a large tub, trough or pond to soak in, with a stiff-brush scrub and regular water changes to draw out tannins and debris. Expect a tea-coloured tint at first, and weight the stump if it floats until it waterlogs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Very large aquariums:** Centrepiece wood for tanks of about 150 cm and longer.
- **Ponds:** A long natural feature along the edge or across the shallows.
- **Public and office displays:** Scale that holds up in a big viewing panel.
- **Paludariums:** A long trunk running from the water up into the land area.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Check the length:** Compare the photographed size with the tank's inside length and height.
- **Soak in a trough:** Scrub, then soak with regular water changes until the water runs lighter.
- **Carry it level:** Two people lift the 18 kg stump to control its length.
- **Brace the ends:** Rest the ends on rock or substrate so it cannot roll or slide.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact piece supplied:** Piece number 8, as photographed.
- **Extra-large size class:** 100–150 cm overall.
- **Long, lighter build:** 18 kg despite its length.
- **Display scale:** Sized for big aquariums and ponds.
- **Natural character:** A one-off shape, texture and colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725329
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Wood Stump (Individual Piece)
- **Piece Number:** 8
- **Size Class:** Extra Large, 100–150 cm
- **Weight:** 18 kg (as listed for this piece)
- **Material:** Natural wood stump
- **Suits:** Aquariums of about 150 cm and longer, ponds, paludariums
- **Preparation:** Scrub and soak in a large tub or trough; too large to boil
- **Other Sizes:** Large 70–100 cm, 22.5 kg, piece 23 (SKU 725328)
- **Target Environment:** Very large freshwater aquariums, paludariums and ponds
---
#### Ap Naturals Stump Wood (large) 70-100cm 22.5kg - 23
One-off 22.5 kg wood stump as the centrepiece of a large display aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-stump-wood-large-70-100cm-22-5kg-23/
- Price: $777.79 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725328
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725328-1.jpg
Some layouts are built around a single piece of wood, and in a big display that piece has to be heavy, large and unlike anything else in the room. AP Naturals Stump Wood (large) 70-100cm 22.5kg - 23 (SKU: 725328) is one individual wood stump from AP Natural Products: piece number 23 in the large size class of 70 to 100 cm, weighing 22.5 kg. It is sold as that exact piece rather than a random pick from a box, and the listing photos show the stump itself alongside AP Natural Products' size reference guide. As a natural specimen it has its own shape, texture and colouring, which is the reason to choose a numbered piece over a generic one.
A stump of 70 to 100 cm suits aquariums of about 120 cm and longer, depending on its footprint and height, as well as large paludariums and ponds where one solid centrepiece is wanted. Before buying, compare the size reference in the photos with the inside length, depth and height of the tank, leaving clearance for the lid and lights. At 22.5 kg it is a two-person lift and should be lowered onto the base glass before any substrate goes in, never dropped into a filled tank. Wood this size will not fit a pot, so scrub it with a stiff brush, hose it down and soak it in a large tub or pond with regular water changes to draw out tannins and loose material. Expect a tea-coloured tint in the first weeks, and if the stump floats at first, weight it until it waterlogs.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display aquariums:** A single centrepiece for tanks of about 120 cm and longer.
- **Paludariums:** A stump that rises from the water into the land section.
- **Ponds and water features:** A natural wood feature at the edge or in the shallows.
- **Signature layouts:** A numbered piece chosen from the photos, not a random pick.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Measure first:** Check the photographed size against the tank's inside dimensions.
- **Soak in bulk:** Scrub, hose and soak in a large tub with regular water changes.
- **Lift with two people:** Lower the 22.5 kg stump onto the base before adding substrate.
- **Stabilise it:** Bank substrate or rock around the base so it cannot tip.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Exact piece supplied:** Piece number 23, as photographed.
- **Large size class:** 70–100 cm overall.
- **Substantial weight:** 22.5 kg of solid natural wood.
- **Single focal point:** Enough presence to carry a large layout alone.
- **Natural character:** A one-off shape, texture and colour.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725328
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Wood Stump (Individual Piece)
- **Piece Number:** 23
- **Size Class:** Large, 70–100 cm
- **Weight:** 22.5 kg (as listed for this piece)
- **Material:** Natural wood stump
- **Suits:** Aquariums of about 120 cm and longer, paludariums, ponds
- **Preparation:** Scrub, hose and soak in a large tub; too large to boil
- **Other Sizes:** Extra Large 100–150 cm, 18 kg, piece 8 (SKU 725329)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater aquariums, paludariums and ponds
---
#### Ap Naturals Texas Holey Rock
Natural holed limestone sold by the kilo for African cichlid and marine aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-texas-holey-rock/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 100165
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/100165.jpg
African rift lake cichlids live among rock piles full of caves and crevices, in hard, alkaline water, and Texas holey rock delivers both the look and the water chemistry. Ap Naturals Texas Holey Rock (SKU: 100165) is natural holey rock from AP Natural Products, a weathered limestone riddled with holes, tunnels and pockets that fish can swim through and claim as territory. It is sold by weight: one unit is 1 kg, so ordering a quantity of 10 means 10 kg of rock, made up of whatever pieces reach that weight. Every piece is unique, and the photos show the type of rock rather than the exact pieces supplied.
Holey rock is a calcium carbonate stone, so it slowly dissolves into the water and raises pH and carbonate hardness (KH). That makes it a natural match for Malawi and Tanganyika cichlids and for marine fish-only tanks, where a stable, alkaline pH is wanted, but a poor choice for soft-water fish such as discus, tetras, many South American cichlids and shrimp that need soft water. The many holes create caves for mbuna, shell dwellers and other territorial fish, which helps reduce aggression by breaking lines of sight. Brush and rinse each piece under running water before use to remove dust, and build stacks on the tank floor or on a rigid base, not on top of the sand, so burrowing fish cannot undermine them.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Malawi and Tanganyika tanks:** Caves and hard, alkaline water in one material.
- **Fish-only marine tanks:** Natural rockwork that supports a stable, high pH.
- **Territorial fish:** Many holes and tunnels to divide territories.
- **Large aquascapes:** Bought by the kilo to build substantial rockwork.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Clean before use:** Scrub and rinse under running water; no soap or detergent.
- **Build from the base:** Place rocks on the glass or a rigid base before adding sand.
- **Check stability:** Wedge or stack pieces so they cannot topple if fish dig.
- **Monitor pH and KH:** Test after setup, as the rock will lift both over time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural holed limestone:** Weathered rock full of holes and tunnels.
- **Raises pH and KH:** Suits hard-water and marine set-ups.
- **Sold by the kilogram:** One unit equals 1 kg of rock.
- **Every piece unique:** Shapes and sizes vary from photo to delivery.
- **Built-in caves:** Ready-made shelter for cichlids and other rock dwellers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 100165
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Holey Rock
- **Material:** Natural holey limestone (Texas holey rock)
- **Sold As:** Per kilogram (1 unit = 1 kg)
- **Pieces:** Assorted shapes and sizes; photos indicative
- **Effect on Water:** Raises pH and carbonate hardness (KH)
- **Preparation:** Scrub and rinse before use
- **Target Environment:** African cichlid, hard-water and marine aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Tiny Ramous Wood
Fine, densely branched driftwood for moss trees, shrimp tanks and nano scapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-tiny-ramous-wood/
- Price: $472.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113122 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000182
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113122-1.jpg
A tree in an aquascape is only convincing when its branches split into ever finer twigs, and that is the kind of wood most driftwood is not. AP Naturals Tiny Ramous Wood (SKU: 113122) is a box of ramous driftwood from AP Natural Products, a particularly thin and delicate wood known for its dense branch structure. Each piece is very light, and retailer listings of the same barcode put it at typically 20 to 50 cm across at its widest point. The box holds approximately 3 kg of wood, usually 32 to 40 pieces, which works out at an average of roughly 75 to 95 g per piece.
The fine, many-forked branches are the reason to buy ramous wood: tied with moss at the tips, a single piece becomes a canopy, and several pieces bundled at the base build a full tree for a nano or medium planted tank. With pieces this light the box goes a long way, since a single small tree may use only three or four of them. In shrimp tanks the twigs give a huge grazing surface for biofilm and a tangle that shrimplets can hide in. Because the wood is so light, it will float at first; soak it until waterlogged, or hold the base down with stone or glue it to a flat rock before planting. The fine tips can snap, so handle pieces gently during cleaning. Like most driftwood it may release some tannins, and a soak or brief boil before use removes debris and reduces the first release.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Moss trees:** Fine tips that take moss for a canopy effect.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Dense twigs for grazing and shelter.
- **Nano and medium scapes:** Delicate branches in scale with small tanks.
- **Bulk builds:** About 3 kg of wood for several layouts or display tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak until waterlogged:** Light wood floats until it has absorbed enough water.
- **Fix the base:** Glue or tie the trunk to a flat stone so it stays upright.
- **Bundle for trees:** Group several pieces at the base and spread the tips outward.
- **Handle gently:** Fine twigs break easily during cleaning and rescaping.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dense branching:** Thin, delicate wood with many forks.
- **Very light:** Averages under 100 g per piece.
- **20–50 cm span:** Measured at the widest point.
- **Approximately 3 kg per box:** Usually 32 to 40 pieces.
- **Grazing surface:** Fine twigs that carry biofilm for shrimp.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113122
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000182
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Branch Driftwood (Bulk Carton)
- **Material:** Natural ramous driftwood
- **Contents:** Approximately 3 kg per box (32–40 pieces)
- **Piece Size:** Typically 20–50 cm at the widest point
- **Average Piece Weight:** Roughly 75–95 g
- **Preparation:** Soak until waterlogged; anchor the base
- **Uses:** Moss trees, shrimp tanks, nano aquascapes
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted, nano and shrimp aquariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Volcano Stone-black 20kg
Bulk black volcanic rock for dark, textured aquascapes and planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-volcano-stone-black-20kg/
- Price: $150.12 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113109 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000243
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113109.jpg
Pale rock can wash out a planted layout, while dark, rough stone makes green plants and bright fish stand out sharply. Ap Naturals Volcano Stone-black 20kg (SKU: 113109) is a 20 kg box of natural black volcanic rock from AP Natural Products, sold as a bulk lot for building rockwork in large aquariums, several tanks at once or a pond feature. Volcanic stone forms when lava cools quickly and traps gas, leaving a light, porous rock with a rough, pitted surface, dark colouring and irregular shapes. Each piece is unique, and the pieces supplied will differ from the photos in shape and size.
The porous surface gives beneficial bacteria a large area to colonise, so a rockwork of volcanic stone adds to the tank's biological capacity, and its rough texture is ideal for attaching mosses, anubias, bucephalandra and java fern with thread or glue. Black lava rock is generally regarded as inert, with little effect on pH or hardness, which makes it suitable for soft-water planted tanks as well as general community and cichlid aquariums; check pH after setting up any new rock. Because it is lighter than most stone for its size, it is easier to stack into tall formations. The edges can be sharp, so arrange it away from delicate-finned fish and wear gloves when handling. Rinse well before use to clear dust and loose grit. Outdoors, the rock weathers well and gives pond plants and filter bacteria a rough surface to grip.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Planted aquascapes:** Dark rock that contrasts with green plants.
- **Epiphyte mounting:** Rough surface for tying or gluing mosses and anubias.
- **Large or multiple tanks:** A 20 kg lot for big displays or several set-ups.
- **Ponds and water features:** Natural rock edging and features outdoors.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse thoroughly:** Hose or brush off dust and loose grit before use.
- **Handle with gloves:** The pitted surface can have sharp edges.
- **Stack securely:** Build on the tank base and test each piece for stability.
- **Check water after setup:** Test pH once the new rock has been in for a few days.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black volcanic rock:** Dark, pitted natural stone.
- **Porous surface:** Large area for beneficial bacteria.
- **Lightweight for its size:** Easier to stack into tall structures.
- **Plant-friendly texture:** Grips roots and attachment thread.
- **20 kg bulk lot:** Enough rock for large or multiple aquascapes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113109
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000243
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Volcanic Rock
- **Material:** Natural black volcanic stone
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Pieces:** Assorted shapes and sizes; photos indicative
- **Effect on Water:** Generally inert
- **Preparation:** Rinse well before use; handle with gloves
- **Uses:** Aquascape rockwork, epiphyte mounting, pond features
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater, planted aquariums and ponds
---
#### Ap Naturals Volcano Stone-red 20kg
Porous red lava rock in a 20 kg box for planted and moss-covered aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/natural-rock-wood/ap-naturals-volcano-stone-red-20kg/
- Price: $128.16 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 725334 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000588
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Natural Rock & Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/natural-rock-wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/725334-1.jpg
Red lava rock is the stone aquascapers reach for when they want moss to grow over it, because its rough, pitted surface gives rhizoids something to grip. AP Naturals Volcano Stone-Red 20kg (SKU: 725334) is a 20 kg box of natural red volcanic stone from AP Natural Products, a highly porous rock with a rugged surface full of fissures and a deep red to reddish-brown colour. Volcanic stone is light for its size, so a 20 kg box holds more rock by volume than the same weight of a dense stone such as Seiryu. Each piece is natural, and shapes, sizes and colour vary from the photos.
Red lava is an inert stone that does not affect water hardness, according to Nature Aquariums Australia, so it suits soft-water planted tanks, shrimp and sensitive fish as well as general community aquariums. The porous structure provides a large surface for beneficial bacteria, and mosses, anubias, bucephalandra and other epiphytes take well to it when tied or glued in place. The red tone contrasts strongly with green plants and pairs well with driftwood; larger stones also make good anchor points, with wood wedged between them to hold it down. Rinse and scrub each stone with a brush before use. The edges can be sharp and some pieces heavy, so avoid placing stones directly on the glass: set them on substrate, secure stacked stones so they cannot shift during maintenance, and keep them a few centimetres from the walls for cleaning access.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Moss and epiphyte scapes:** A rough surface for rhizoids and roots.
- **Soft-water tanks:** Inert stone that leaves hardness unchanged.
- **Colour contrast:** Red rock against green plants and dark wood.
- **Biological support:** Porous surface for beneficial bacteria.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Rinse and brush:** Scrub off dust and loose grit.
- **Protect the glass:** Rest stones on substrate, not directly on the base.
- **Secure stacks:** Fix stacked stones so they cannot shift.
- **Leave a gap:** Keep rock a few centimetres off the glass for cleaning.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Red volcanic stone:** Deep red, rugged and fissured.
- **Highly porous:** Large surface for bacteria and plant roots.
- **Inert:** Does not alter water hardness.
- **Light for its size:** More rock per kilogram than dense stone.
- **20 kg box:** Assorted pieces for one large or several small layouts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 725334
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000588
- **Product Type:** Natural Rock & Wood > Volcanic Rock (Red)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg (assorted pieces)
- **Material:** Natural red volcanic (lava) stone
- **Colour:** Deep red to reddish brown
- **Effect on Water:** Inert; does not affect hardness
- **Preparation:** Rinse and brush before use
- **Handling:** Edges can be sharp; wear gloves
- **Uses:** Moss and epiphyte mounts, rockwork, wood anchoring
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater planted, shrimp and community aquariums
---
### AP Natural Products — Wood
#### Ap Naturals Goldvine Wood (large) (~12 Pieces)
Large golden vine wood feature pieces for big aquariums and vivariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8426
- Price: $329.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113041 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000083
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113041-1.jpg
The bigger the tank, the more a single dramatic branch does for the layout, drawing the eye and giving larger fish a territory to claim. Ap Naturals Goldvine Wood (large) (~12 Pieces) (SKU: 113041) is a box of about 12 large Goldvine pieces from AP Natural Products, each roughly 40 to 50 cm in size. Goldvine is a naturally shaped vine wood with a golden-brown colour, a sprawling branch structure and vine-like patterning, used in aquariums and terrariums alike. At this grade each piece is a feature in its own right, sized for aquariums of about 90 cm and longer, tall vivariums and display tanks. No two are the same, so photos show the style of wood rather than the piece supplied.
Despite their size, gold vine pieces stay light. Australian retailers describe the wood as smooth-surfaced and low in tannin, and warn that it can take 7 to 10 days to waterlog and sink; a large piece may take longer, so start soaking early in a bin or bath, or fix the wood to a slate base with stainless screws so it stays put from day one. The faint tea tint from any remaining tannins clears with water changes or activated carbon, and the wood usually darkens to a reddish-brown once submerged. Long, thin branches are fragile: carry each piece by its thickest section and test the fit in the empty tank, allowing clearance for the lid, light and filter intakes, before adding water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquascapes:** A centrepiece for tanks of about 90 cm and longer.
- **Bigger fish:** Territory markers and cover for angelfish, gouramis and catfish.
- **Tall vivariums:** A sprawling climbing frame for arboreal reptiles and frogs.
- **Display builds:** Statement wood for showroom and office tanks.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Start soaking early:** Allow 7–10 days or more for large pieces to sink.
- **Fix to a base:** Screw to slate if the layout cannot wait.
- **Carry by the trunk:** Thin outer branches break under load.
- **Dry-fit first:** Check clearances in the empty tank before filling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Largest Goldvine grade:** About 40–50 cm per piece.
- **Sprawling branches:** One piece fills a large layout.
- **Light for its size:** Easy to lift and reposition.
- **Low tannin:** A faint tint that clears quickly.
- **About 12 per box:** Individual feature pieces, each different.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113041
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000083
- **Product Type:** Wood > Vine Driftwood
- **Material:** Natural Goldvine wood
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 40–50 cm
- **Contents:** About 12 pieces per box; shapes vary
- **Suits:** Aquariums of about 90 cm and longer
- **Preparation:** Soak until waterlogged, or fix to a base
- **Other Sizes:** Small 20–30 cm, ~35 pieces (SKU 113039); Medium 30–40 cm, ~20 pieces (SKU 113040)
- **Target Environment:** Large freshwater aquariums and vivariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Goldvine Wood (medium) (~20 Pieces)
Branching golden vine wood in mid-size pieces for community and planted tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8425
- Price: $414.74 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113040 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000076
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113040-1.jpg
Most community aquariums need wood that reaches from the substrate into the midwater, giving fish cover without blocking the view. Ap Naturals Goldvine Wood (medium) (~20 Pieces) (SKU: 113040) is a box of about 20 medium Goldvine pieces from AP Natural Products, each around 30 to 40 cm in size, the same 30 to 40 cm grade that Australian retailers list singly as AP Naturals Goldvine Driftwood Medium. The wood is naturally sourced vine with a golden-brown colour, an open branch structure and vine-like patterning, offering hiding spots and visual interest for fish, reptiles and amphibians in both aquariums and terrariums. Medium pieces suit tanks of roughly 60 to 90 cm, and each one is unique, so photos are indicative.
Gold vine wood is light for its size. Australian retailers describe it as smooth-surfaced and low in tannin, and note that it can need 7 to 10 days of soaking before it waterlogs and sinks, so prepare pieces well before a scape is planted. Soak in a tub with regular water changes, or anchor a floating piece under rock or to a slate base so the layout can go ahead. The small amount of tannin released gives a faint amber tint that water changes and activated carbon remove, and the wood tends to deepen to a richer reddish-brown underwater. Two or three medium pieces arranged with branches pointing the same way build a convincing root system that carries moss, ferns and Anubias.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** Cover and broken sight lines for tetras, rasboras and gouramis.
- **Planted aquascapes:** Main wood for tanks of about 60 to 90 cm.
- **Root-style layouts:** Several pieces combined into one structure.
- **Terrariums:** Climbing branches for geckos and tree frogs.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Prepare early:** Soak for up to 7–10 days until the pieces sink.
- **Anchor floaters:** Pin under rock or fix to slate in the meantime.
- **Combine pieces:** Point branches in one direction for natural flow.
- **Attach plants:** Tie moss, ferns or Anubias to the branches.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Mid-size pieces:** About 30–40 cm, the most versatile Goldvine grade.
- **Branch structure:** Natural cover from substrate to midwater.
- **Golden-brown tone:** Warm wood that richens underwater.
- **Faint tint only:** Low tannin once soaked.
- **About 20 per box:** Enough to match wood across several tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113040
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000076
- **Product Type:** Wood > Vine Driftwood
- **Material:** Natural Goldvine wood
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 30–40 cm
- **Contents:** About 20 pieces per box; shapes vary
- **Colour:** Golden-brown, deepening to reddish-brown underwater
- **Suits:** Aquariums of roughly 60–90 cm
- **Preparation:** Soak until waterlogged
- **Other Sizes:** Small 20–30 cm, ~35 pieces (SKU 113039); Large 40–50 cm, ~12 pieces (SKU 113041)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community and planted aquariums, terrariums
---
#### Ap Naturals Goldvine Wood (small) (~35 Pieces)
Golden-brown vine wood in small branches for nano layouts and terrariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/?post_type=product&p=8424
- Price: $399.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113039 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9343040000069
- Brand: AP Natural Products (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/ap-natural-products/) · Category: Wood (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/wood/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113039-1.jpg
Small tanks look most natural with wood that has fine twigs and tight curves, the kind of detail that shows at close viewing distance. Ap Naturals Goldvine Wood (small) (~35 Pieces) (SKU: 113039) is a box of about 35 small Goldvine branches from AP Natural Products, each roughly 20 to 30 cm in size. Goldvine is a naturally shaped vine wood with a golden-brown colour, an open branch structure and vine-like patterning along its length, suited to aquariums and terrariums alike. The branching creates hiding spots and visual interest for fish, shrimp, reptiles and amphibians, and the small grade fits nano tanks, shrimp set-ups and small vivariums. Every piece is unique in shape, so the photos show the style of wood rather than individual pieces.
Australian retailers of gold vine wood describe it as very light, with smooth surfaces and intricate branching, low in tannin, and slow to sink: one notes it can take 7 to 10 days of soaking to become waterlogged. Start the pieces in a tub of water before they are needed, changing the water as it tints, or boil small branches in a pot to speed things up and clean them at the same time. Any tannins that remain give only a light tea colour, easily cleared with water changes or activated carbon. In the tank the wood often turns a deeper reddish-brown. Thin branches are fragile, so handle them carefully and avoid forcing a piece into position. A box of about 35 gives enough choice to match pieces for several small layouts.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano aquascapes:** Fine branches for tanks of around 30 to 45 cm.
- **Shrimp tanks:** Surfaces for biofilm grazing and moss attachment.
- **Small vivariums:** Light perches for small geckos and frogs.
- **Detail work:** Twigs that extend the lines of a larger branch.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Soak ahead of time:** Allow up to 7–10 days for the wood to waterlog.
- **Boil small pieces:** Speeds sinking and cleans the surface.
- **Handle gently:** Fine branches snap if forced into place.
- **Tie on plants:** Attach moss or Anubias nana with cotton or glue.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Golden-brown vine wood:** Warm colour with vine-like patterning.
- **Small branches:** About 20–30 cm, scaled for nano set-ups.
- **Light and smooth:** Easy to arrange and gentle on fins.
- **Low in tannin:** Only a light tint once soaked.
- **About 35 per box:** Plenty of shapes to choose from.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** AP Natural Products (Australia)
- **SKU:** 113039
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9343040000069
- **Product Type:** Wood > Vine Driftwood
- **Material:** Natural Goldvine wood
- **Piece Size:** Approx. 20–30 cm
- **Contents:** About 35 pieces per box; shapes vary
- **Colour:** Golden-brown
- **Preparation:** Soak until waterlogged; boiling optional
- **Other Sizes:** Medium 30–40 cm, ~20 pieces (SKU 113040); Large 40–50 cm, ~12 pieces (SKU 113041)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums, shrimp tanks and terrariums
---
### Insectivore — Food
#### Insectivore Algae Wafer 100gm
Larger pouch of insect-protein algae wafers for plecos and catfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-algae-wafer-100gm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS45 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042486
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-18.png
A tank with a group of plecos, loaches or Corydoras goes through algae wafers quickly, and the bigger pouch keeps the cost per feed down. Insectivore Algae Wafer 100g (SKU: INS45) is the 100 g size of the range's wafer: a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural food with black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal for insect protein and spirulina, alfalfa, kelp and spinach for the greens that grazing fish need. Insectivore's position is that insects are what wild fish eat, so a food containing insects works in aquariums as it does in nature, and the wafers are described as highly palatable.
Multivitamins, omega-3 and astaxanthin are added to support a strong immune system and to bring out natural fish colouration, with the range noting improvements in colour, fins, scales and body. The wafer suits bottom-feeding catfish and other fish that work the substrate, and it is slow enough to be picked at by shrimp and snails as well. At 100 g this pouch is the economical choice for a heavily stocked community tank, a breeding setup or a fish room, with the 40 g pouch (INS44) available for a single small tank. Reseal between feeds, and offer wafers once the lights are low.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Groups of bottom feeders:** Several plecos, loaches or a shoal of Corydoras that empty a small pouch in weeks.
- **Breeding and grow-out tanks:** A regular green and insect meal for fry and juveniles that feed low in the water.
- **Fish rooms:** One pouch covering several tanks on the same evening feeding round, bought at the better price per gram.
- **Invertebrate tanks:** Dwarf shrimp and snail colonies that graze a wafer slowly over many hours.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Evening feeding:** Most catfish and loaches feed at dusk, so place wafers after the main lights go off.
- **One wafer at a time:** Add another only when the first has gone; uneaten wafers soften and foul the water.
- **Clear the substrate:** Siphon out any remains at the next water change.
- **Keep sealed:** Fold the pouch closed and store in a cool, dry cupboard.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Economy 100 g pouch:** The larger of the two Algae Wafer sizes, two and a half times the 40 g pack.
- **Multi-protein recipe:** Black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal alongside plant proteins.
- **Four greens:** Spirulina, alfalfa, kelp and spinach for algae grazers.
- **Colour and immune support:** Added multivitamins, omega-3 and astaxanthin.
- **All natural and sustainably sourced:** Insects as a lower-impact protein.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS45
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042486
- **Product Type:** Food > Algae Wafers
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Range:** Bioscape Insectivore insect-formula fish foods
- **Named Ingredients:** Black soldier fly larvae, mealworm meal, spirulina, alfalfa, kelp, spinach, multivitamins, omega-3, astaxanthin
- **Suitable For:** Bottom-feeding catfish, plecos, loaches, shrimp and snails
- **Also Available:** 40 g pouch (INS44) for a single small tank
- **Format:** Wafer for substrate feeding
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community, catfish and invertebrate aquariums
---
#### Insectivore Algae Wafer 40gm
Insect and spirulina wafers for bottom-feeding catfish and algae eaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-algae-wafer-40gm/
- Price: $11.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS44 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042479
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-17.png
Bottom feeders get their share last at feeding time, and a wafer that reaches the substrate whole is the simplest way to fix that. Insectivore Algae Wafer 40g (SKU: INS44) is a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural fish food from the Insectivore range, built on black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal with spirulina, alfalfa, kelp and spinach supplying the plant side of the diet. The range calls itself "The Ultimate Insect Formula for Fish", on the reasoning that insects are a natural part of what wild fish eat. Added multivitamins, omega-3 and astaxanthin support a strong immune system and natural colouration.
Algae Wafers are made for bottom-feeding catfish and other fish that graze the substrate, from bristlenose plecos and Corydoras to loaches, dwarf shrimp and snails. Plant and insect proteins arrive together in one wafer, which the range describes as helping development, growth, colour and vigour, with an improvement in colour, fins, scales and body over time. The 40 g pouch is the smaller of two sizes and suits a single tank or a short trial, while the 100 g pouch (INS45) covers a heavily stocked tank or several aquariums. Feed in the evening when most catfish are active, and keep the pouch sealed and dry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Catfish and plecos:** A staple for bristlenose, Corydoras, Otocinclus and other substrate grazers that miss out on flakes.
- **Community tanks:** Gives the bottom of the tank its own meal after the mid-water fish have eaten.
- **Shrimp and snail tanks:** A slow-eaten wafer that invertebrates can pick at over hours.
- **Varied diets:** The green, plant-based part of a rotation with flakes, granules and frozen foods, so grazers are not living on protein alone.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed after lights dim:** Drop a wafer near a hiding spot once the tank quietens and the catfish come out.
- **Portion by appetite:** Offer only as much as is cleared within a few hours; a single wafer feeds several small fish.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out anything uneaten by morning to protect water quality.
- **Store dry:** Reseal the pouch after each use and keep it away from heat and moisture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Insect formula:** Black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal as the protein base.
- **Plant-based greens:** Spirulina, alfalfa, kelp and spinach for grazing species.
- **Vitamins, omega-3 and astaxanthin:** Added for immune support and natural colour.
- **Sustainably sourced, all natural:** Insect protein as a more sustainable alternative to traditional sources.
- **Bottom-feeder format:** A wafer made for catfish and other fish that feed on the substrate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS44
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042479
- **Product Type:** Food > Algae Wafers
- **Net Weight:** 40 g
- **Range:** Bioscape Insectivore insect-formula fish foods
- **Named Ingredients:** Black soldier fly larvae, mealworm meal, spirulina, alfalfa, kelp, spinach, multivitamins, omega-3, astaxanthin
- **Suitable For:** Bottom-feeding catfish, plecos, loaches, shrimp and snails
- **Also Available:** 100 g pouch (INS45) for larger or multiple tanks
- **Format:** Wafer for substrate feeding
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater community, catfish and invertebrate aquariums
---
#### Insectivore Betta Insect Flakes 25gm
Bloodworm, krill and insect flake food for Siamese fighting fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-betta-insect-flakes-25gm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS46 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042493
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-19.png
A betta is a carnivore that hunts insects at the surface, and a flake built around that is a better fit than a general tropical mix. Insectivore Betta Insect Flakes 25g (SKU: INS46) is a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural betta food containing freeze-dried bloodworms and krill, from a range whose foods are based on black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal. Insectivore describes the flakes as highly palatable, with added multivitamins to support a strong immune system and enhance natural colouration, and it headlines the product as "The Ultimate Insect Formula for Betta Fish".
The reasoning behind the range is that a fish's natural diet in the wild contains insects, so an insect-based food works in the aquarium as well as it does in nature. The flakes supply both insect and plant proteins to help development, growth, colour and vigour, and the range notes that keepers see an improvement in colour, fins, scales and body with regular feeding. The 25 g pouch is sized for a single betta or a pair of small tanks, which keeps the food fresh rather than sitting open for months. Feed small pinches a betta can finish quickly, and remove anything that drifts to the bottom.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single betta tanks:** A daily staple for a male or female Siamese fighting fish kept on its own.
- **Betta sororities and community tanks:** A surface flake that bettas reach before slower tank mates.
- **Colour and finnage:** Keepers wanting stronger colour and fin condition from an insect-based diet.
- **Varied feeding:** The dry, everyday component of a diet that also includes frozen or live bloodworm, brine shrimp and daphnia.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small pinches:** Offer a few flakes once or twice a day, only what is eaten within a couple of minutes; a betta has a small stomach.
- **Feed at the surface:** Drop flakes where the betta sits; it will take them from the surface before they sink.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net out any flakes that reach the bottom, since a small betta tank fouls quickly.
- **Reseal after use:** Keep the pouch closed and dry so the flakes stay crisp.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Betta-specific flake:** Formulated for Siamese fighting fish rather than adapted from a general tropical mix.
- **Freeze-dried bloodworms and krill:** The named ingredients in the recipe.
- **Insect protein base:** The range is built on black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal.
- **Multivitamins added:** For immune support and natural colouration.
- **All natural, sustainably sourced:** Insects as a lower-impact protein source.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS46
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042493
- **Product Type:** Food > Betta Food
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Range:** Bioscape Insectivore insect-formula fish foods
- **Named Ingredients:** Freeze-dried bloodworms, krill, black soldier fly larvae, mealworm meal, multivitamins
- **Format:** Flake, fed at the surface
- **Suitable For:** Siamese fighting fish (Betta splendens)
- **Also Available:** Single 25 g size in the Insectivore range
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater betta tanks and peaceful community aquariums
---
#### Insectivore Bottom Tablets 150gm
Premium sinking insect-protein diet for shy, active and multi-tank bottom-dwelling species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-bottom-tablets-150gm/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS41 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042448
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/9327975042448_1-e1783679499478.webp
This larger 150g pack features aquarium food tablets engineered with a specialised binder that locks in key insect proteins, allowing the tablets to hold their shape perfectly underwater. This extended, slow-release design gives shy or nocturnal foragers ample time to graze naturally without the food dissolving into useless, messy muck. By breaking down slowly through active grazing rather than rapid melting, these high-density tablets deliver the high-utilisation proteins needed for healthy barbel development, strong skeletal growth, and vital energy levels—all while completely eliminating the localised water fouling and cloudy substrate zones common with standard bottom-feeder foods.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavily-Stocked Bottom Tanks:** Ideal for aquariums housing groups of Corydoras, clown loaches, or plecos.
- **Nocturnal Scavenger Feeding:** Excellent night-time feeding for catfish species.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Drop the appropriate number of tablets to match bottom fish density daily.
- Place near substrate caves or open feeding zones.
- Discard unconsumed food after 30 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Yield 150g Tub:** Long-lasting supply for aquariums with multiple bottom scavengers.
- **Insect Meal Foundation:** Provides species-appropriate protein for insectivorous bottom dwellers.
- **Dense Sinking Matrix:** Holds form on substrate to allow natural grazing.
- **Minimises Water Pollution:** Highly digestible formulation leaves minimal organic residues.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS41
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042448
- **Distributor / Supplier:** PETPACIFIC
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Sinking Tablets
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 175 g
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Bottom-Dwelling Tropical & Coldwater Fish
- **RRP:** $32.99
---
#### Insectivore Bottom Tablets 50gm
For bottom-dwelling shy aquatic species like Corydoras catfish, loaches, and plecos.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-bottom-tablets-50gm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS40 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042431
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-13.png
Insectivore Bottom Tablets 50g ( SKU: INS40 ) are fast-sinking, dense food tablets formulated for bottom-dwelling species like Corydoras catfish, loaches, and plecos. Packed with insect larvae meal, these tablets quickly reach the substrate to provide targeted nutrition.
Insectivore Bottom Tablets 50g pack features aquarium food tablets with a fast-sinking, high-density design engineered to deliver targeted nutrition directly to the substrate layer. These premium tablets plunge straight to the aquarium floor, bypassing mid-water fish to ensure that your Corydoras, loaches, and plecos get their fair share of food without having to fight aggressive surface feeders. Formulated with a specialised binder, the tablets hold their shape perfectly underwater, allowing shy or nocturnal bottom-dwellers ample time to graze naturally without the food dissolving into useless muck.
This substrate-focused diet replicates the natural, insect-heavy scavenging habits of wild catfish and loaches. The nutrient-rich profile provides high-utilisation proteins that support healthy barbel development, strong skeletal growth, and vital energy levels for active bottom-dwellers. Because the tablets break down slowly through grazing rather than rapid melting, they completely eliminate the localised water fouling and cloudy substrate zones common with inferior bottom-feeder foods.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom-Feeder Nutrition:** Purpose-built for Corydoras, loaches, spiny eels, and bottom catfish.
- **Targeted Substrate Feeding:** Ensures bottom dwellers get adequate food before surface fish consume it all.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Drop 1 to 2 tablets directly near bottom-feeder hiding spots 1–2 times daily.
- For nocturnal species (like loaches or catfish), drop tablets into the tank after lights-out.
- Remove any residual food after 30 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Rapid-Sinking Tablets:** Plummets directly to substrate away from top-water scavengers.
- **Insect Protein Core:** Replicates natural insect larvae and worm diets of bottom dwellers.
- **Slow-Dissolving Structure:** Allows bottom species to rasp and nibble without breaking apart instantly.
- **Non-Clouding Formula:** Keeps aquarium water clean and clear during prolonged feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS40
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042431
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Sinking Tablets
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Bottom-Dwelling Tropical & Coldwater Fish
---
#### Insectivore Fd Tropical Tablets (adhesive) 150gm
Engaging glass-adhering multi-protein diet for close-up monitoring and vibrant community colouration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-fd-tropical-tablets-adhesive-150gm/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS43 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042462
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-16.png
Insectivore Freeze-Dried Tropical Adhesive Tablets 150g (SKU: INS43) provide a 150g tub of interactive glass-sticking tablets. Combining insect-meal nutrition with interactive feeding convenience, it turns routine feeding into a clear observation experience.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Tank Interactive Feeding:** Excellent for community tanks with diverse tropical species.
- **Regular Fish Health Inspections:** Ideal for drawing shy species into the light for routine health checks.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Press the tablet securely against the front glass panel until it sticks firmly.
- Allow fish to graze naturally as the tablet releases tasty insect food particles.
- Use daily or several times a week as a supplemental feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 150g Supply:** Practical size for regular interactive feeding sessions.
- **Glass-Adhering Technology:** Firmly sticks to aquarium glass without leaving sticky residue.
- **Insect Larvae Protein:** High acceptance rate across community species.
- **Improves Fish Boldness:** Encourages shy fish to feed out in the open near the glass.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS43
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042462
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Adhesive Glass Tablets
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 175 g
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
---
#### Insectivore Fd Tropical Tablets (adhesive) 50gm
Interactive glass-sticking insect-made food for up-close feeding & community fish health.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-fd-tropical-tablets-adhesive-50gm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS42 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042455
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/240-15.png
Insectivore Freeze-Dried Tropical Adhesive Tablets 50g (SKU: INS42) are interactive glass-sticking food tablets engineered for close-up observation of tropical fish. Pressing the tablet against the front glass creates an immediate feeding station for all community fish. Insectivore FD Tropical Tablets are a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural fish food. Insectivore FD Tropical Tablets contain insect meal, shrimp, and garlic. They are highly palatable and feature added multivitamins, astaxanthin, and Omega-3 to help support a strong immune system and enhance natural fish colouration.
This innovative, glass-adhering pack features premium freeze-dried tablets designed to transform your daily feeding routine into a captivating, interactive experience. By sticking firmly to your aquarium window, these tablets anchor the feeding action directly in your line of sight, allowing you to easily monitor the health, vitality, and feeding behaviour of your community fish up close. Formulated with a specialised natural binder, the tablet holds its structure beautifully against the glass as your fish pick at it, ensuring that mid-water and surface feeders get equal access to the nutrient-rich formula without the food instantly crumbling and scattering into the substrate.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Interactive Observation & Inspection:** Great for inspecting fish health, taking photos, or interactive feeding.
- **All-Level Feeding:** Allows surface, mid-water, and bottom fish to gather around a central glass-mounted point.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Take one tablet and press it firmly against the inside glass of the aquarium for 5 seconds.
- Watch as fish gather to pick at the tablet as it slowly softens.
- Feed 1 tablet daily or as an interactive treat alongside regular flakes/pellets.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Adhesive Glass-Mounting:** Sticks easily to aquarium glass for close-up fish viewing.
- **Insect-Rich Composition:** High palatability draws shy fish into clear view.
- **Slow-Release Softening:** Softens gradually without dropping to the substrate in chunks.
- **Nutrient-Dense Formula:** Enriched with essential vitamins, amino acids, and colour boosters.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS42
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042455
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Adhesive Glass Tablets
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
---
#### Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 100gm
Insect-based coldwater flakes for goldfish tanks and indoor ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-goldfish-flake-food-100gm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS06 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042332
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-1.png
Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 100g ( SKU: INS06 ) offers a 100g tub of insect-based coldwater flakes for established goldfish tanks and indoor ponds. Formulated without cheap starches, it supports steady growth, vibrant colour depth, and overall longevity.
Insectivore Goldfish Flake is a premium, sustainably sourced fish food made with all-natural ingredients. This multi-protein formula features high-quality black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal to deliver exceptional palatability. Enriched with vital multivitamins and astaxanthin, it actively strengthens your fish's immune system while naturally boosting vibrant colouration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Goldfish Aquariums:** Ideal for feeding multiple large fancy goldfish or pond fish indoors.
- **Long-Term Daily Diet:** Provides balanced daily nutrition for all coldwater cyprinids.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily in small portions.
- Ensure all food is eaten within 3 minutes; discard excess if necessary.
- Store away from direct sunlight and heat.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Insect Meal Foundation:** Replaces land-animal proteins with highly biologically available insect protein.
- **Colour Pigmentation Support:** Enhances deep orange, yellow, and red colour patterns naturally.
- **Low-Pollutant Nutrition:** High absorption reduces solid waste accumulation.
- **Bulk Container:** Economical 100g size for larger goldfish collections.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS06
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042332
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Goldfish Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 155 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 145 g
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
- **RRP:** $19.99
---
#### Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 200gm
For coldwater fish, digestive health ensures growth and vibrant colours.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-goldfish-flake-food-200gm/
- Price: $33.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS08 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975045111
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-3.png
Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 200g ( SKU: INS08 ) is the largest size option in the coldwater line, providing 200 grams of insect-protein flake food. Formulated specifically to cater to coldwater digestive systems, it ensures healthy growth and vibrant colours while reducing tank pollution.
Insectivore Goldfish Flake offers a premium, all-natural diet sustainably crafted for your fish. This multi-protein blend utilises nutrient-rich black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal to create an irresistible flavour. Infused with essential multivitamins and astaxanthin, it fortifies the immune system while bringing out the brilliant, natural colours of your goldfish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Goldfish & Pond Systems:** Perfect for high-volume feeding in large aquariums or indoor coldwater vats.
- **Long-Term Feeding:** Great value size for serious goldfish hobbyists.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Feed 1–2 times daily, scattering flakes evenly across the water surface.
- Only feed as much as the fish can consume in 3 minutes.
- Store in a dry, cool environment.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Volume 200g Size:** Long-lasting bulk supply for large coldwater populations.
- **Insect & Plant Synergy:** Blends insect protein with dietary fibre for smooth digestion.
- **Clear Water Assurance:** Digestible components mean clean water and clear filters.
- **Natural Pigment Boosters:** Promotes deep, lustrous goldfish scale colours.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS08
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975045111
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Goldfish Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 164 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 285 g
- **Net Weight:** 200 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
- **RRP:** $33.99
---
#### Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 20gm
Flakes insect meal with digestible vegetable matter for goldfish and coldwater species, aiding smooth digestion.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-goldfish-flake-food-20gm/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS04 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042318
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/300-24.png
Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 20g ( SKU: INS04 ) is a specialised coldwater flake combining insect meal with digestible vegetable matter tailored for goldfish and coldwater species. It aids smooth digestion, reduces swim bladder stress, and maintains clean tank water.
Insectivore Goldfish Flake is a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural fish food. Insectivore Goldfish Flake contains Black Soldier Fly Larvae and Mealworm Meal, is highly palatable and has added multivitamins and astaxanthin to help support a strong immune system and enhance natural fish colouration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Coldwater & Goldfish Diets:** Daily feeding for fancy goldfish, comets, shubunkins, and coldwater minnows.
- **Swim Bladder Health:** Helps prevent bloat and floating issues associated with low-quality filler foods.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Offer small amounts 1 to 2 times daily.
- Pre-soak flakes briefly in a cup of aquarium water if feeding fancy goldfish prone to surface air-gulping.
- Feed only what can be cleared in under 2 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Coldwater Balanced:** Insect protein blended with plant-derived fibre for easy gut transit.
- **Clear Water Assurance:** Highly digestible nutrients minimise cloudiness and ammonia buildup.
- **Natural Colour Boosters:** Enhances red, orange, and calico pigments natively.
- **Compact Size:** Ideal starter tub for single-goldfish or small bowl setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS04
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042318
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Goldfish Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 35 g
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
- **RRP:** $6.99
---
#### Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 50gm
Blend of insect meal and rich fibre for growing goldfish mimics natural aquatic insect and plant consumption.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-goldfish-flake-food-50gm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS05 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042325
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/240.png
Insectivore Goldfish Flake Food 50g ( SKU: INS05 ) delivers a balanced blend of insect meal and fibre-rich vegetable ingredients for growing goldfish. Designed to mimic natural aquatic insect and plant consumption, it optimises energy levels and digestive wellness.
Insectivore Goldfish Flake contains Black Soldier Fly Larvae and Mealworm Meal, is highly palatable and has added multivitamins and astaxanthin to help support a strong immune system and enhance natural fish colouration. Insectivore Goldfish Flake is a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural fish food.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard Goldfish Aquariums:** Daily feeding for medium-sized goldfish setups.
- **Digestion Optimisation:** Perfect for species needing fibre alongside clean insect protein.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Pinch flakes onto the water surface 1–2 times per day.
- Limit food quantity to what fish consume within 2 to 3 minutes.
- Maintain a tight tub seal to preserve freshness and crunchy flake texture.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Insect & Fibre Formula:** Prevents constipation and supports gut health in coldwater species.
- **Reduced Waste Output:** High nutrient absorption keeps filter pads cleaner longer.
- **Immune Protection:** Enriched with essential vitamins to ward off seasonal temperature stress.
- **Flake Consistency:** Softens quickly without dissolving instantly, making intake easy.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS05
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042325
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Goldfish Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
- **RRP:** $12.99
---
#### Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 150gm
Insect-based diet for fancy and pond goldfish promoting growth, digestion, & vibrant pigmentation.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-goldfish-pellets-150gm/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS27 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042417
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-11.png
Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 150g ( SKU: INS27 ) deliver a 150-gram supply of sinking goldfish pellets powered by insect meal. Specially balanced with plant fibre and insect protein, it promotes steady growth, clean digestion, and vibrant pigmentation in fancy and pond goldfish. This fish food provides a generous, long-lasting supply of slow-sinking nutrition tailored for multi-fish setups, fancy goldfish collections, and small garden ponds. The specialised formula of this pellet diet safely replicates a wild, coldwater diet, which is made by merging high-utilisation insect proteins with essential dietary fibres. It is the ideal foundational diet for hobbyists looking to maintain robust immune defences and rich, deep colour genetics across their entire coldwater display.
The sink-rate is precisely calibrated to encourage natural substrate foraging, eliminating surface air-gulping to protect your fish from painful bloating and buoyancy issues. Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 150g pack is engineered to support steady, proportionate body development; this nutrient-dense pellet ensures maximum food conversion with minimal metabolic waste. Because the ingredients are optimised for a goldfish’s unique, stomachless digestive tract, your fish absorb more nutrients per bite, keeping the aquarium water crystal clear and free of heavy ammonia spikes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fancy Goldfish Aquariums:** Recommended daily sinking food for fancy goldfish varieties.
- **Preventing Digestively-Induced Floating:** Protects sensitive digestion from bloat and air-gulping.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily in portions consumed within 2–3 minutes.
- Scatter pellets across substrate to encourage natural bottom foraging.
- Keep container tightly sealed after use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking Pellet Formulation:** Promotes natural substrate grazing and guards against bloat.
- **Optimal Insect Digestibility:** Reduces waste production to keep filter water clean.
- **Balanced Fibre & Protein:** Perfect nutrient ratios for coldwater cyprinid metabolism.
- **Medium 150g Container:** Convenient size for regular feeding of multiple goldfish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS27
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042417
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Goldfish Pellets
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 175 g
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
- **RRP:** $24.99
---
#### Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 280gm
For maximum nutrient absorption & low waste output, keeps goldfish healthy, colourful, and active in large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-goldfish-pellets-280gm/
- Price: $40.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS28 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042424
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-12.png
Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 280g ( SKU: INS28 ) offer an economical 280-gram tub of sinking insect-based goldfish pellets. Formulated for maximum nutrient absorption and low waste output, it keeps goldfish healthy, colourful, and active. This fish stable diet pack of 280 grams is a large-capacity coldwater tub, economically sized for hobbyists managing large display tanks, heavy bioloads, or outdoor goldfish ponds. This bulk formula addresses the core challenge of housing multiple large goldfish by offering a highly digestible, slow-sinking pellet that stops surface air-gulping instantly.
Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 280g aquatic food packet encourages natural bottom-feeding behaviour, which protects your fancy varieties from the chronic buoyancy and swim-bladder complications often triggered by cheap, floating commercial diets. This professional-grade formulation prioritises low-residue digestion to keep up with the demanding waste output of mature coldwater species. Every pellet is packed with a balanced ratio of clean insect proteins and premium plant matter, ensuring maximum nutrient uptake so your fish produce significantly less waste. The result is a cleaner filter, fewer spikes in harmful toxins, and a highly stable environment where your goldfish can achieve steady growth, robust immunity, and deep, radiant pigmentation.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Goldfish Collections:** Ideal bulk option for feeding multiple large fancy goldfish or indoor ponds.
- **Long-Term Daily Nutrition:** Complete sinking diet suitable for year-round coldwater feeding.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Feed 1–2 times per day in amounts fully eaten in 3 minutes.
- Distribute evenly across substrate so all fish can forage peacefully.
- Store in a cool, dry place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large 280g Value Size:** Cost-effective tub for high-volume goldfish feeding.
- **Sinking Action:** Keeps fancy goldfish feeding safely at the bottom of the tank.
- **Insect Meal Digestibility:** Minimises waste accumulation and protects water chemistry.
- **Enhanced Scale Brilliance:** Boosts natural orange, red, and white colour patterns.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS28
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042424
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Goldfish Pellets
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 155 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 330 g
- **Net Weight:** 280 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
- **RRP:** $40.99
---
#### Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 55gm
For fancy goldfish & coldwater species (Orandas, Ryukins, Black Moors) prone to swim bladder issues.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-goldfish-pellets-55gm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS26 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042400
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-10.png
Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 55g ( SKU: INS26 ) are small sinking pellets specifically created for goldfish and coldwater species. Containing insect protein and plant fibre, these pellets encourage natural bottom-foraging while preventing air gulping associated with floating foods. It offers a specialised coldwater diet specifically formulated to support the unique digestive systems of fancy and common goldfish. These slow-sinking pellets encourage natural bottom-foraging, effectively preventing the dangerous air-gulping behaviour common with floating foods that often leads to fatal swim bladder issues.
Insectivore Goldfish Pellets 55g pack combines clean insect proteins with essential plant fibres; this formula ensures smooth nutrient absorption and drastically reduces bloating, keeping your fish stable and active. This premium daily diet balances high-utilisation proteins with metabolic support tailored for cool-water environments. The nutrient-dense formula ensures optimal growth and physical development without overtaxing the fish's digestive tract, resulting in significantly less tank waste. Regular feeding helps maintain crystal-clear water while providing the targeted nourishment required to build a resilient immune system and bring out deep, lustrous body colour naturally.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Goldfish Foraging:** Ideal for fancy goldfish (Orandas, Ryukins, Black Moors) prone to swim bladder issues from floating flakes.
- **Daily Coldwater Diet:** Balanced daily food for small-to-medium coldwater setups.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Drop small amounts of pellets into the tank 1–2 times per day.
- Provide an amount the fish can consume within 2 to 3 minutes.
- Remove unconsumed pellets to maintain water clarity.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking Pellet Design:** Prevents gulping surface air, reducing swim bladder complications.
- **Insect & Plant Blend:** Tailored specifically for goldfish digestive physiology.
- **Water-Stable Pellets:** Retain shape without dissolving into water-clouding paste.
- **Natural Pigment Enhancement:** Promotes bright scales and clear colour contrast.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS26
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042400
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Goldfish Pellets
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 65 g
- **Net Weight:** 55 g
- **Target Environment:** Coldwater & Goldfish Aquariums
- **RRP:** $12.99
---
#### Insectivore Holiday Block 33g
Slow-release insect-formula feeder block for up to 14 days away.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-holiday-block-33g/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS50 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975052157
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-20.png
Two weeks away is the point where asking a neighbour to feed the fish starts to go wrong, with either too much food or none. Insectivore Holiday Block 33g (SKU: INS50) is a single 33 g feeder block that is placed in the aquarium before leaving. It releases tiny, aromatic bubbles that attract fish to the block and dispenses food gradually, only while the fish are actively feeding, so it is not dumping its whole load into the water on day one. One block is described as sustaining 20 to 25 fish for up to 14 days, and it suits goldfish and all tropical freshwater fish.
The block carries the Insectivore range's insect formula, with black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal supplying the protein, in an all-natural, highly digestible recipe described as supporting the fish's immune and digestive systems. It is also enriched with ingredients that help stabilise pH levels and reduce nitrogen content in the water, which matters when no one is there to do a water change. On return, any remaining block is simply removed and normal feeding resumes. For shorter breaks the companion Weekend Blocks pack (INS51) offers four smaller blocks rated for about three days each, so the right block can be matched to the trip.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Holidays of one to two weeks:** Cover a fortnight away without relying on a visitor to measure out food.
- **Goldfish and tropical community tanks:** Suited to goldfish and all tropical freshwater species.
- **Stocked tanks:** Sized for 20 to 25 fish; use more than one block in a larger or heavily stocked aquarium.
- **Backup feeding:** A block in the cupboard for an unexpected trip.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed normally first:** Give the usual meal the day before leaving so fish start the break well fed.
- **Place the block:** Set it on the substrate in a spot with gentle flow just before you go.
- **Leave the filter running:** Normal filtration and lighting schedules keep the tank stable while the block works.
- **Remove what is left:** Lift out any remaining block on return and go back to daily feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Up to 14 days:** One block for 20 to 25 fish over a two-week holiday.
- **Feeds on demand:** Food is released gradually and only while fish are actively feeding.
- **Insect formula:** Black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal in an all-natural recipe.
- **Water-quality support:** Ingredients that help stabilise pH and reduce nitrogen content.
- **No equipment:** Nothing to program or plug in.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS50
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975052157
- **Product Type:** Food > Holiday & Weekend Feeder Blocks
- **Pack Contents:** 1 × 33 g block
- **Feeding Duration:** Up to 14 days
- **Fish Load:** Approximately 20–25 fish per block
- **Suitable For:** Goldfish and all tropical freshwater fish
- **Named Ingredients:** Black soldier fly larvae, mealworm meal
- **Companion Product:** Weekend Blocks 4-pack (INS51) for breaks of about 3 days
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
#### Insectivore Large Tropical Carnivore Pellets (soft) 110gm
Soft-textured pellets for predatory tropical fish species.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-large-tropical-carnivore-pellets-soft-110gm/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS24 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042387
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-8.png
Insectivore Large Tropical Carnivore Pellets 110g ( SKU: INS24 ) are soft-textured sinking pellets specially formulated for predatory and carnivorous tropical fish. The insect-heavy, nutrient-rich food formulation provides the high protein required by large carnivores. These unique, soft-textured pellets mimic the natural feel of live prey, encouraging immediate strikes from finicky bottom-feeders and top-level predators alike.
Insectivore Large Tropical Carnivore Pellets 110g pack delivers a dense, meat-rich diet specifically engineered to satisfy the aggressive predatory instincts of large tropical carnivores. Crafted to match a natural wild diet without fouling your water, this high-energy formula provides the heavy protein loads required for massive muscle growth, skeletal strength, and robust vitality in large species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Carnivorous & Predatory Fish:** Designed for Oscar cichlids, bichirs, large catfish, knife fish, and larger cichlid species.
- **Transitioning off Live Food:** Ideal for training carnivorous fish away from live feeder fish onto dry food.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Drop individual pellets near predatory fish or directly into their feeding zone.
- Feed once or twice daily, giving only what can be eaten in 2 minutes.
- Promptly remove any uneaten pellets to keep water clean.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Soft-Moist Texture:** Replicates the texture of natural live prey for high palatability.
- **High Insect-Protein Content:** Meets the biological requirements of predatory species.
- **Rapid Sinking Formula:** Reaches bottom-dwelling and mid-water predators quickly.
- **Highly Appetizing Scent:** Stimulates immediate feeding response in stubborn predators.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS24
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042387
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Soft Carnivore Pellets
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 120 g
- **Net Weight:** 110 g
- **Target Environment:** Large Carnivorous Tropical Fish
- **RRP:** $12.99
---
#### Insectivore Large Tropical Carnivore Pellets (soft) 450gm
For predatory tropical species like cichlids, monster fish, & predatory catfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-large-tropical-carnivore-pellets-soft-450gm/
- Price: $38.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS25 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042394
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-9.png
Insectivore Large Tropical Carnivore Pellets 450g ( SKU: INS25 ) offer a large 450g bulk container of soft-textured sinking pellets for predatory tropical fish. Packed with natural insect protein, these soft pellets provide essential amino acids for growth and physical development. This professional-grade formula centres on high-yield, species-appropriate insect proteins that deliver the exact amino acid profiles required for rapid muscle development and structural growth.
Insectivore Large Tropical Carnivore Pellets 450g pack is a high-capacity bulk supply engineered specifically for monster fish setups, massive cichlid displays, and predatory catfish. The signature soft texture ensures high palatability for aggressive feeders, giving you an efficient, waste-reducing daily feeding solution that keeps massive carnivores in peak physical condition without clouding the water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Predatory Aquariums:** Bulk feeding solution for large cichlids, monster fish, and predatory catfish.
- **Daily Carnivore Feeding:** Staple diet for predatory species requiring soft, high-protein food.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Feed controlled quantities once or twice daily depending on fish size and metabolism.
- Offer pellets slowly to ensure each is consumed before reaching the substrate.
- Store in a cool, dry area away from damp air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 450g Size:** Economical size for feeding large predatory fish populations.
- **Soft & Pliable Consistency:** High acceptance rate even among wild-caught specimens.
- **Insect Protein Core:** Highly bio-available insect meal supports rapid, healthy growth.
- **Low Water Contamination:** Highly digestible formula minimizes biological waste output.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS25
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042394
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Soft Carnivore Pellets
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 165 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 550 g
- **Net Weight:** 450 g
- **Target Environment:** Large Carnivorous Tropical Fish
- **RRP:** $38.99
---
#### Insectivore Mini Tropical Granules 45gm
For tropical fish with small mouths such as endlers, rasboras, etc..
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-mini-tropical-granules-45gm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS20 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042349
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-4.png
Insectivore Mini Tropical Granules 45g (SKU: INS20) are extra-fine, slow-sinking granules formulated for small tropical fish with small mouths, such as micro-rasboras, neon tetras, endlers, and small barbs. The micro-granule format ensures equal feeding access throughout the water column. The slow-sinking granules mimic natural feeding habits, encouraging active behaviour and reducing uneaten food waste. With a balanced blend of nutrient-rich insect proteins, it provides the daily energy and defence support needed for long-term health and vitality.
It is a premium, sustainably sourced fish food crafted from all-natural ingredients. This multi-protein, bite-sized formula features high-quality black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal, making it highly palatable for small tropical fish. Enriched with essential multivitamins and astaxanthin, it actively strengthens the immune system while naturally enhancing the brilliant colours of your aquatic pets..
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small & Nano Tropical Fish:** Designed specifically for micro-fish, small tetras, and rasboras.
- **Mid-Water Feeding:** Slow-sinking action accommodates mid-water feeders reluctant to take surface flakes.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Pinch a small amount of micro-granules over the water surface.
- Observe as granules slowly drift downward; feed 1–2 times daily.
- Ensure all granules are consumed within 2 minutes.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Micro-Sized Granules:** Easily swallowed by small-mouthed tropical and nano fish.
- **Slow-Sinking Action:** Gives mid-water and bottom feeders time to grab food before it hits the substrate.
- **Insect Meal Core:** Highly appetising natural scent encourages timid feeders to take food.
- **Non-Clouding:** Does not break down into dust or cloud clean water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS20
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042349
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Granules
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 60 g
- **Net Weight:** 45 g
- **Target Environment:** Small & Nano Tropical Aquariums
- **RRP:** $14.99
---
#### Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 100gm
Insect-protein-rich food for fish health in well-stocked tropical aquariums and multiple-tank setups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-tropical-flake-food-100gm/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS03 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042301
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/300-23.png
Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 100g ( SKU: INS03 ) is a bulk-value container designed for well-stocked tropical aquariums and multiple-tank setups. Built on an insect-protein core, it delivers natural nutrition that supports active swimming, strong immunity, and brilliant pigmentation.
Insectivore Tropical Flake contains Black Soldier Fly Larvae and Mealworm Meal, is highly palatable and has added multivitamins and astaxanthin to help support a strong immune system and enhance natural fish colouration. Insectivore Tropical Flake is a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural fish food.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multi-Tank & High-Density Systems:** Perfect for feeding large community tanks or multiple tropical setups.
- **Comprehensive Daily Nutrition:** Suitable for all surface and mid-water omnivorous and carnivorous tropical fish.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Lightly sprinkle flakes over the water surface twice daily.
- Feed controlled amounts that fish clear within 3 minutes.
- Avoid overfeeding to prevent unwanted nutrient buildup in filter media.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sustainable Insect Protein:** High-protein formulation derived from natural insect larvae.
- **Clean-Water Formula:** Easily digested to minimise organic nitrate and phosphate accumulation.
- **Rich in Essential Fatty Acids:** Supports healthy organ function and scale lustre.
- **Bulk Value Size:** 100g tub ideal for long-term daily aquarium feeding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS03
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042301
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Tropical Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 155 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 145 g
- **Net Weight:** 100 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
- **RRP:** $21.99
---
#### Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 200gm
Diet for large aquariums, fish rooms, and community tank fishes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-tropical-flake-food-200gm/
- Price: $33.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS07 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975045104
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-2.png
Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 200g ( SKU: INS07 ) is an extra-large tub of fish & aquatic food engineered specifically for large display aquariums, fish rooms, and high-density community tanks. Packed with premium insect larvae meal, this sustainably sourced formula ensures peak health, striking colouration, and maximum vitality across all tropical species. Its highly digestible ingredients minimise waste, helping you maintain a clean and crystal-clear aquatic environment.
This professional-grade, multi-protein diet bridges the gap between natural foraging and convenient daily feeding. Enriched with essential multivitamins and natural colour enhancers, it fortifies the immune systems of community fish while bringing out their brilliant, radiant hues. The generous 200g size offers a practical, long-lasting solution for hobbyists and breeders who demand top-tier nutrition for thriving underwater ecosystems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Display Tanks & Fish Rooms:** Value tub for heavy feeding requirements across multiple tropical tanks.
- **High-Density Feeding:** Keeps water clear even under frequent daily feeding routines.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Scatter small amounts across the surface 2 times daily.
- Provide only what fish devour within 2 to 3 minutes.
- Keep lid tightly closed between uses to prevent moisture entry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Value Size:** 200g tub designed for large volume feeding needs.
- **Insect Larvae Base:** Rich in natural lipids and amino acids vital for tropical species.
- **Superior Bioavailability:** Minimises fish excretion, protecting water quality.
- **Vivid Colour Expression:** Enhances natural hues in tetras, rainbowfish, and livebearers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS07
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975045104
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Tropical Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 100 mm (L) × 100 mm (W) × 164 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 285 g
- **Net Weight:** 200 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
---
#### Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 20gm
Insect-protein-based diet for small tropical fish replicating natural wild feeding habits, boosting fish health.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-tropical-flake-food-20gm/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS01 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042288
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/300-22.png
Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 20g ( SKU: INS01 ) is a nutrient-rich, insect-protein-based staple diet engineered for small tropical fish. Formulated with sustainable insect meal to replicate natural wild feeding habits, this highly digestible flake enhances colour, boosts immune health, and minimises aquarium waste.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily Tropical Feeding:** Ideal as a daily staple food for tetras, barbs, guppies, gouramis, and other small-to-medium community fish.
- **Colour & Vitality Enhancement:** Formulated for active surface and mid-water feeding species needing high protein digestibility.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Pinch a small amount of flakes and scatter across the water surface.
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily, providing only as much as fish can consume within 2 to 3 minutes.
- Remove any uneaten food after feeding to maintain water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Insect Protein Base:** Mimics natural insect-heavy diets found in freshwater ecosystems.
- **High Digestibility:** Reduces biological waste load and helps keep aquarium water clear.
- **Immune Support:** Rich in natural amino acids, vitamins, and minerals for disease resistance.
- **Surface Floating Flakes:** Perfect for top-dwelling and mid-water tropical species.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS01
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042288
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Tropical Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 35 g
- **Net Weight:** 20 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
- **RRP:** $7.99
Insectivore Tropical Flake is a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural fish food. Insectivore Tropical Flake contains Black Soldier Fly Larvae and Mealworm Meal, is highly palatable and has added multivitamins and astaxanthin to help support a strong immune system and enhance natural fish colouration.
---
#### Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 50gm
Amino acids & proteins rich insect-meal fish food diet for active tropical community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-tropical-flake-food-50gm/
- Price: $13.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042295
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/300-21.png
Insectivore Tropical Flake Food 50g ( SKU: INS02 ) provides an insect-meal diet in a medium-sized tub, tailored for active tropical community aquariums. Rich in essential amino acids and natural proteins, these flakes support healthy growth, vibrant colouration, and low bio-load.
Insectivore Tropical Flake is a multi-protein, sustainably sourced, all-natural fish food. Insectivore Tropical Flake contains Black Soldier Fly Larvae and Mealworm Meal, is highly palatable and has added multivitamins and astaxanthin to help support a strong immune system and enhance natural fish colouration.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Tank Feeding:** Daily nutrition for mixed-species tropical community tanks.
- **Digestive Health:** Excellent for fish prone to digestive stress from low-grade plant fillers.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Sprinkle a small pinch onto the water surface 1–2 times per day.
- Offer only what your fish can completely consume in 2–3 minutes.
- Store in a cool, dry place with the lid tightly sealed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Insect Diet:** Contains insect meal to align with wild freshwater diets.
- **Vibrant Colour Support:** Packed with natural carotenoids and clean proteins.
- **Low Bio-Load:** Highly digestible formula reduces fish waste and tank maintenance.
- **Ideal Flake Structure:** Flakes remain buoyant for surface and mid-water feeders.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS02
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042295
- **Distributor / Supplier:** PETPACIFIC
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Tropical Flakes
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 70 g
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
- **RRP:** $13.99
---
#### Insectivore Tropical Granules 150 Gm
Multi-protein food for bottom-dwelling species in community aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-tropical-granules-150-gm/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS22 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042363
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-6.png
Insectivore Tropical Granules 150g ( SKU: INS22 ) provides a 150-gram tub of slow-sinking granules for medium-to-large community aquariums. It ensures mid-water and bottom-dwelling species receive high-protein insect nutrition without food dissolving into dust.
Insectivore Tropical Granules 150g provides a generous, long-lasting supply of our premium, all-natural pellets designed for medium and large tropical fish. This sustainably sourced, multi-protein recipe centres on nutrient-rich black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal to ensure exceptional palatability and clean digestion. Infused with a powerful boost of multivitamins and astaxanthin, these slow-sinking granules strengthen the immune system and dramatically elevate the natural, radiant colours of your fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community Aquariums:** Daily feeding for active mid-water community species.
- **Balanced Nutrition:** Ideal for mixed setups containing both active swimmers and bottom scavengers.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Scatter granules across the water surface 1 to 2 times daily.
- Feed only as much as fish consume within 2 to 3 minutes.
- Keep container in a cool, dry place.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium Granule Size:** Perfect mouth-feel for mid-sized cichlids, gouramis, and larger tetras.
- **Insect Meal Foundation:** Easily digested nutrients lead to reduced tank bio-load.
- **Slow-Sinking Profile:** Allows fish at all water levels to feed naturally.
- **150g Medium Tub:** Practical size for routine daily feeding of active tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS22
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042363
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Granules
- **Package Dimensions:** 60 mm (L) × 60 mm (W) × 115 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 160 g
- **Net Weight:** 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
- **RRP:** $22.99
---
#### Insectivore Tropical Granules 230gm
Insect-protein food for high-capacity tropical aquarium fish health & growth.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-tropical-granules-230gm/
- Price: $40.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS23 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042370
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-7.png
Insectivore Tropical Granules 230g ( SKU: INS23 ) is a large 230-gram container of slow-sinking granules engineered for high-capacity tropical aquariums. Containing premium insect protein, it promotes muscle growth, healthy immunity, and vibrant colouration.
Insectivore Tropical Granules 230g pack
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tropical Aquariums:** Ideal for well-stocked community tanks and medium cichlid displays.
- **High-Protein Diet:** Great for growing fish and species with high metabolic rates.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Sprinkle granules 1–2 times daily into the aquarium.
- Adjust feeding quantity so all food is cleared in under 3 minutes.
- Secure the lid after use to prevent moisture degradation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 230g Container:** Long-lasting tub for high-demand aquariums.
- **Slow-Sinking Performance:** Ensures mid-water fish get adequate feeding time.
- **Insect-Based Digestibility:** High absorption rates keep nitrate levels lower.
- **Vibrant Colour Support:** Natural ingredients highlight brilliant fish hues.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS23
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042370
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Granules
- **Package Dimensions:** 75 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 155 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 300 g
- **Net Weight:** 230 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
- **RRP:** $40.99
---
#### Insectivore Tropical Granules 45gm
For medium size tropical fish like angelfish, gouramis, tetras, rainbowfish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-tropical-granules-45gm/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS21 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975042356
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-5.png
Insectivore Tropical Granules 45g (SKU: INS21) offer standard-sized, slow-sinking insect-based granules for medium tropical community fish like angelfish, gouramis, larger tetras, and rainbowfish. Rich in natural proteins, they drive vitality and deep colouration.
Insectivore Tropical Granules 45g delivers a premium, all-natural diet featuring a coarser granule size tailored for mid-to-large tropical species. This sustainably sourced, multi-protein formula blends high-quality black soldier fly larvae and mealworm meal into a highly palatable, slow-sinking pellet. Enhanced with essential multivitamins and astaxanthin, it actively reinforces immune defenses while naturally intensifying the rich, vibrant hues of your larger community fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Medium Tropical Fish:** Excellent daily food for mid-water feeders requiring a substantial granule size.
- **Active Mid-Water Species:** Sinks slowly through the mid-water column for natural hunting behaviour.
**How to Use / Feeding Guide**
- Sprinkle granules directly into active filter flow for wide dispersion.
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily in quantities cleared within 3 minutes.
- Close tub lid tightly after each feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow-Sinking Density:** Ideal for mid-water species that ignore surface food.
- **Insect Protein Rich:** Formulated with black soldier fly larvae meal for optimal digestibility.
- **Colour Enhancing:** Supports brilliant red, blue, and gold pigmentation.
- **Resists Disintegration:** Holds structure in water to prevent water fouling.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS21
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975042356
- **Product Type:** Aquarium Fish Food / Granules
- **Package Dimensions:** 45 mm (L) × 45 mm (W) × 80 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 60 g
- **Net Weight:** 45 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Tropical Aquariums
- **RRP:** $14.99
---
#### Insectivore Weekend Blocks 24g
Four insect-formula feeder blocks for short breaks of about three days.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/insectivore-weekend-blocks-24g/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: INS51 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975052089
- Brand: Insectivore (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/insectivore/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/240-21.png
A weekend away should not need a feeding plan, and a small block dropped in on Friday covers it. Insectivore Weekend Blocks 24g (SKU: INS51) is a pack of four feeder blocks, each rated for approximately 15 to 20 small to medium fish for up to three days. Placed in the tank before leaving, a block emits tiny, aromatic bubbles that draw the fish in and releases food gradually, only while they are actively feeding, so a short absence does not turn into an overfeeding problem. No timers or equipment are required, and anything left when you return is simply lifted out.
The blocks are packed with insect-based proteins from black soldier fly larvae and mealworms, in the all-natural, highly digestible recipe the Insectivore range uses across its foods, described as supporting the immune and digestive systems of the fish. They are also enriched with ingredients that help stabilise pH levels and reduce nitrogen content in the water over the break. The range names bettas, gouramis, killifish and community tanks of insectivorous freshwater fish as the natural fit, with goldfish and tropical fish in general also covered. Four blocks in the pack means four weekends, and the single 33 g Holiday Block (INS50) takes over when the trip stretches to two weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weekends and long weekends:** Breaks of up to three days where a feeder block replaces daily feeding.
- **Bettas, gouramis and killifish:** Insect-eating freshwater fish that take readily to the formula.
- **Community tanks:** Small to medium fish in groups of 15 to 20 per block.
- **Regular travellers:** Four blocks in one pack for repeated short trips through the year.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Feed the usual meal:** Give fish their normal food before leaving rather than extra.
- **Add one block:** Place it on the substrate before you go; use two blocks in a larger or busier tank.
- **Keep equipment running:** Leave filter and lights on their normal schedule.
- **Remove leftovers:** Take out any remaining block on return and resume daily feeding.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four blocks per pack:** Each one covers a break of up to three days.
- **Rated for 15 to 20 fish:** Small to medium freshwater fish per block.
- **Gradual release:** Food dispensed only while fish feed, with no equipment needed.
- **Insect protein:** Black soldier fly larvae and mealworms in an all-natural recipe.
- **Water-quality support:** Helps stabilise pH and reduce nitrogen while you are away.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Insectivore
- **SKU:** INS51
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 9327975052089
- **Product Type:** Food > Holiday & Weekend Feeder Blocks
- **Pack Contents:** 4 feeder blocks (24 g pack)
- **Feeding Duration:** Up to 3 days per block
- **Fish Load:** Approximately 15–20 small to medium fish per block
- **Suitable For:** Bettas, gouramis, killifish, goldfish and tropical community fish
- **Named Ingredients:** Black soldier fly larvae, mealworms
- **Companion Product:** Holiday Block 33 g (INS50) for up to 14 days
- **Equipment Needed:** None; no timers or feeders
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums
---
### SCHEGO — Air Pump
#### Schego Air Stone 50 X 25 X 25mm
Rectangular air stone that turns air line flow into bubbles for aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/air-stone-50-x-25-x-25mm/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH611 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256006116
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH611.jpg
A bare air line only coughs large bubbles at the surface, while a stone at the end of it breaks the same air into a finer stream. Schego Air Stone 50 X 25 X 25mm (SKU: SH611) is a rectangular air stone from Schego, a German maker of aquarium membrane air pumps. It measures 50 × 25 × 25 mm, is sold as a single piece and connects to the air tubing running from an air pump. The block shape lets it lie flat along the bottom glass or stand on its end, and the modest size suits small and mid-size aquariums, quarantine and hospital tanks, and set-ups where a discreet bubble source is wanted behind rock or plants.
Few figures are published for this stone, so this page sticks to what the name and barcode establish: the size, the shape and the pack of one. No material, pore size or air-flow rating could be confirmed from Schego or a retailer, and none is claimed here. As with any air stone, bubble size and volume depend on the pump behind it. A weak pump may push only a few bubbles through a dense stone, while a strong one needs the air line and fittings to be secure. If the pump sits below the water line, fit a check valve in the air line so water cannot siphon back when the power is off.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Extra aeration:** Adds surface movement and gas exchange in a warm, heavily stocked or planted tank.
- **Quarantine and hospital tanks:** A simple, gentle bubble source in a bare tank that has no filter running.
- **Power-cut backup:** Pairs with a battery-powered air pump to keep water moving when mains power fails.
- **Bubble effect:** Placed along the back glass for a visible curtain of bubbles.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Rinse the stone:** Run it under warm water before use; do not use soap or detergent.
- **Connect the line:** Push air tubing onto the stone's inlet and run it up to the air pump.
- **Protect the pump:** Add a check valve if the pump sits below the water level.
- **Position it:** Set it on the bottom clear of the heater and plants; weigh it down if it floats.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **50 × 25 × 25 mm block:** A compact rectangle that fits small tanks and tight corners.
- **Bubble diffuser:** Turns the output of an air pump into a stream of small bubbles.
- **German brand:** Schego also makes the membrane air pumps this stone is meant to run from.
- **Single stone:** One piece per pack, so the order count is the stone count.
- **Easy to refresh:** A clogged or thinning stone can be rinsed or simply replaced.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Germany)
- **SKU:** SH611
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256006116
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Air Stone (Diffuser)
- **Size:** 50 × 25 × 25 mm
- **Shape:** Rectangular block
- **Pack:** 1 air stone
- **Use:** Air line diffuser for aquarium air pumps
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums fitted with an air pump
---
#### Schego Airline Non-return Valve (2pcs)
Provides vital back-siphonage protection for aquarium air pumps and air accessories.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/airline-non-return-valve-2pcs/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH652 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256006529
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/160.png
The Schego Airline Non-Return Valve 2-Pack ( SKU: SH652 ) provides vital back-siphonage protection for aquarium air pumps and air accessories. Installed in-line along standard airline tubing, it allows air to flow freely into the tank while blocking water from back-siphoning into the pump during power outages. High-quality airline non-return/check valve. Stops the backflow of water from the aquarium into the air pump during power outages.
Constructed with high-precision internal seals, these valves safeguard delicate electrical air pumps against short-circuiting and water damage caused by reverse water pressure.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Air Line Protection:** Essential when an air pump is positioned lower than the aquarium water surface level.
- **CO2 System Safety:** Prevents water from siphoning back into delicate gas regulators or solenoids.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Cut your
4 mm
standard airline tubing at a convenient spot outside the tank.
- Note the directional arrow on the check valve housing indicating air flow direction.
- Push the airline tubing firmly onto the inlet and outlet hose barbs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Zero Back-Flow Seal:** Prevents catastrophic water siphoning into air equipment.
- **Low Backpressure Design:** Maximises air delivery performance from small and large pumps.
- **Durable Acrylic Body:** Transparent casing allows visual inspection of inner valve operation.
- **Standard Fitting:** Fits all standard
4 mm
(
3/16"
) flexible airline hose lines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego
- **SKU:** SH652
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 4005256006529
- **Product Type:** Air Pumps & Accessories / Check Valves
- **Package Dimensions:** 40 mm (L) × 15 mm (W) × 25 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 5 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Air Systems
---
### SCHEGO — Spare Parts
#### Schego Ideal Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit
Complete pump-head refresh for the Schego Ideal 150 air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/ideal-air-chamber-diaphragm-kit/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH772 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007724
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/schego-ideal-diaphragm-set-sh771-aquatic-supplies-australia-8443799_700x700.webp
When a diaphragm has been in service for years, the chamber it works in is usually ready for replacement too. Schego Ideal Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit (SKU: SH772) is the supplier's air chamber and diaphragm kit to suit the Schego Ideal air pump, the German-made membrane pump from Schemel & Goetz. The air chamber is the part of the pump head where the diaphragm moves and where air is drawn in and pushed out, so replacing chamber and membrane together renews the whole air-moving section in one step instead of the membrane alone.
The Ideal is a compact fixed-output pump listed at 150 L/h at 0.5 m head and 170 L/h at the outlet with no head, drawing 5 W, with a case of about 130 × 70 × 50 mm and a noise level quoted at 41 dBA. It has no flow regulator, so a pump that has lost output has a mechanical cause: a worn diaphragm, a dirty or damaged chamber, a blocked filter felt, or a failed coil. Fitting this kit deals with the first two. If the pump still struggles afterwards, the filter felt (SH774) and coil (SH773) are the other wearing parts. Neither the supplier nor the maker publishes a parts breakdown for the kit, so the contents are described by name only and should be compared with the old head before the pump is rebuilt.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-hours pumps:** Ideal pumps that have run continuously for years and have lost output.
- **Cracked or dirty chamber:** Damage or build-up in the head that a membrane alone will not cure.
- **One-step rebuild:** Replaces the two parts that decide how much air the pump delivers.
- **Before replacing the pump:** A kit is the lower-cost alternative to buying a new Ideal 150.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate the pump:** Unplug the pump and take off the airline before opening the housing.
- **Remove the old head:** Open the case and take out the air chamber and diaphragm assembly.
- **Fit the kit:** Seat the new air chamber and diaphragm in the same position as the old one.
- **Close and run:** Reassemble the case and run the pump to confirm steady airflow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chamber and diaphragm together:** Renews both parts of the air-moving head at once.
- **For the Ideal range:** Supplied to suit the Schego Ideal air pump.
- **No flow regulator to adjust:** The Ideal's output is fixed, so the kit restores the original delivery.
- **German-made pump family:** Schemel & Goetz parts for a Schego pump.
- **Kit rather than loose parts:** Avoids mixing a new membrane with a worn chamber.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH772
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007724
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Chamber and Diaphragm Kit
- **Fits:** Schego Ideal air pump (Ideal 150)
- **Pump Case:** About 130 × 70 × 50 mm
- **Pump Noise:** 41 dBA (retailer specification)
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH771); coil (SH773); air filter felt (SH774)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Ideal pump
---
#### Schego Ideal Air Filter Felt (4pcs)
Four replacement intake pre-filters for the Schego Ideal air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/ideal-air-filter-felt-4pcs/
- Price: $5.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH774 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007748
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH774.jpg
Everything an air pump blows into the tank first passes through the pump's intake, and in a fish room that air carries dust and lint. Schego Ideal Air Filter Felt (4pcs) (SKU: SH774) is a pack of four replacement felt pre-filters for the Schego Ideal air pump. The felt sits in the pump's intake and stops dust before it reaches the diaphragm and valves, which is why Schego describes easily replaceable pre-filters among the features of its pumps. A clogged felt starves the pump of air, so output falls even though the motor and membrane are fine.
Schego's own instructions for the Prima in the same range say the prefilter in the base plate should be replaced regularly when it is dirty, and the same logic applies to the Ideal. The pump is listed at 150 L/h at 0.5 m head and 5 W, with no flow regulator, so an unexplained drop in airflow is worth checking at the felt before the diaphragm is touched. A pack of four allows several changes before more are needed. No size or material is given for the felt by the maker or the supplier, so the old felt should be kept as a pattern until the new one has been checked against it. Schego lists a separate felt pack for each pump family, so the pack should be matched to the pump model rather than assumed to fit others.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Falling airflow:** The first thing to check on an Ideal pump that has slowed down.
- **Dusty rooms:** Fish rooms, sheds and workshops clog the felt faster.
- **Visibly grey felt:** A dark or matted pad has done its job and should be changed.
- **Routine upkeep:** A pack of four covers several scheduled changes.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the pump:** Remove the mains plug and the airline before touching the housing.
- **Reach the intake:** Open the base or cover as the pump's instructions show to find the felt.
- **Swap the pad:** Lift out the dirty felt and press a new one into the same seat, flat and uncreased.
- **Close and restart:** Refit the cover and run the pump to check the airflow has recovered.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four-piece pack:** Four felts for repeated changes.
- **Intake pre-filter:** Keeps dust away from the diaphragm and valves.
- **Ideal-specific:** Listed to suit the Schego Ideal air pump.
- **Quick, tool-light job:** The felt is the easiest wearing part of the pump to service.
- **Protects the membrane:** Cleaner intake air means less wear on the moving parts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH774
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007748
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Filter Felt
- **Quantity:** 4 felt filters
- **Fits:** Schego Ideal air pump (Ideal 150)
- **Pump Output:** 150 L/h at 0.5 m head
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH771); air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH772); coil (SH773)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Ideal pump
---
#### Schego Ideal Coil 240v/50hz
Replacement electromagnet coil for the Schego Ideal air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/ideal-coil-240v-50hz/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH773 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007731
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/schego_coil-970x650-1.jpg
A diaphragm pump that has gone quiet while the plug is still in the wall has usually lost its coil, not its diaphragm. Schego Ideal Coil 240v/50hz (SKU: SH773) is the spare coil for the Schego Ideal compressor, rated for 240 V mains at 50 Hz. The coil is the electromagnet at the heart of a vibrating-armature air pump: mains current through it makes the magnetic arm swing at mains frequency, and that swing is what drives the diaphragm. Without a working coil the arm does not move, the diaphragm does not flex and no air is delivered.
The Ideal pump is listed at 150 L/h at 0.5 m head, 170 L/h with no head, and 5 W, in a case of about 130 × 70 × 50 mm. Being a mains-voltage part, the coil is a repair for someone comfortable working inside an appliance; the pump must be unplugged and left unpowered while the case is open, and anyone unsure should have a technician or the supplier carry out the work. Because the pump itself is inexpensive, the coil is worth fitting mainly when the rest of the pump (diaphragm, chamber and case) is in good order. A pump that still runs but delivers less air more likely needs the diaphragm set (SH771), the air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH772) or a fresh filter felt (SH774). The maker does not publish resistance or winding data for the coil.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dead pump:** Power is present at the socket but the pump makes no sound and no air.
- **Intact diaphragm:** The membrane and chamber look healthy, so the fault lies in the drive.
- **Repair over replacement:** Keeps a good Ideal case, chamber and arm in service.
- **Workshop stock:** A spare for a shop or fish room running several Ideal pumps.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Remove the mains plug and leave it out for the whole repair.
- **Open the case:** Take the housing apart to reach the coil and the arm assembly.
- **Swap the coil:** Remove the old coil and fit the new one in the same position and orientation.
- **Test before closing:** Reassemble, plug in with the case secured, and check that the pump runs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **240 V / 50 Hz rating:** Matches Australian mains supply.
- **Drive component:** The coil is what makes the pump's magnetic arm vibrate.
- **Ideal-specific:** Listed for the Schego Ideal compressor.
- **Keeps the pump:** Avoids replacing a pump whose other parts are sound.
- **German maker:** Schemel & Goetz, the company behind Schego.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH773
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007731
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Coil
- **Voltage:** 240 V, 50 Hz
- **Fits:** Schego Ideal air pump (Ideal 150)
- **Pump Power:** 5 W
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH771); air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH772); air filter felt (SH774)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Ideal pump
---
#### Schego Ideal Diaphragm Set
Replacement membranes for the Schego Ideal 150 L/h aquarium air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/ideal-diaphragm-set/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH771 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007717
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH771.jpg
An air pump that is still humming but no longer pushing much air is usually a tired diaphragm, not a dead pump. Schego Ideal Diaphragm Set (SKU: SH771) is the replacement membrane set for the Schego Ideal air pump, made by Schemel & Goetz in Germany. The diaphragm is the flexible disc moved by the pump's vibrating arm to push air out through the outlet, and it flexes constantly for as long as the pump runs. Schego's Ideal is listed at 150 L/h at 0.5 m head (170 L/h at the outlet with no head), 5 W, and a long diaphragm life is one of the features Schego gives for the range.
Even a long-life diaphragm wears, and the usual signs are weaker bubbling, a change in sound or an air stone that no longer shows a steady stream. The Ideal is a fixed-output pump with no flow adjustment, so a drop in output points to wear rather than a setting. The supplier lists this set for the Ideal only, so it should not be used on the Prima, Optimal or M2K3 pumps, which have their own sets. Diaphragms are replaced on a stopped, unplugged pump. The set is the diaphragm alone: if the pump head is also dirty or damaged, the air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH772) replaces both together, and a worn filter felt (SH774) is a separate part. The maker does not publish diaphragm dimensions for this set.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Weak airflow:** Air stones or sponge filters that used to bubble strongly now run flat.
- **Noisy pump:** A split or stiff diaphragm can change how the pump sounds.
- **Years of service:** A pump running 24 hours a day eventually needs a new membrane.
- **Cheaper than a new pump:** A set restores a working Ideal 150 without replacing the motor.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Disconnect the pump from the mains and the airline before opening it.
- **Open the head:** Remove the housing cover and the pump head to reach the diaphragm.
- **Swap the membrane:** Take off the old diaphragm and fit the new one, noting which way round it sits.
- **Reassemble and test:** Close up in reverse order and check the pump runs and delivers air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ideal-specific:** Listed by the supplier for the Schego Ideal air pump only.
- **Restores output:** A fresh diaphragm brings back the pump's air delivery.
- **German maker:** Schemel & Goetz, the company behind the Schego name.
- **Diaphragm only:** Sold separately from the air chamber and the coil.
- **Quiet, low-vibration design:** Schego's stated aim for the pump the set serves.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH771
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007717
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Diaphragm
- **Fits:** Schego Ideal air pump (Ideal 150)
- **Pump Output:** 170 L/h at 0 m; 150 L/h at 0.5 m head
- **Pump Power:** 5 W
- **Companion Parts:** Air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH772); coil (SH773); air filter felt (SH774)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Ideal pump
---
#### Schego M2k3 / Ws3 Air Filter Felt (4pcs)
Four intake filters for Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/m2k3-ws3-air-filter-felt-4pcs/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH744 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007441
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH744.jpg
Pumps that aerate transport tubs and bait tanks often sit in garages and sheds, which is where intake felts clog fastest. Schego M2k3 / Ws3 Air Filter Felt (4pcs) (SKU: SH744) is a pack of four replacement filter felts for the Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps. The felt is the pre-filter on the pump's intake: it stops dust and fibres from reaching the diaphragm and valves, and it is the cheapest part of the pump to renew. Schego lists easily replaceable pre-filters among the features of its pumps, and a retailer listing describes these as original spare filters for the M2K3 and WS3.
The M2K3 and WS3 are the two largest pumps in the Schego range, at 300 L/h (M2K3, no head) and 350 L/h (WS3), and the WS3 is intended for at least 3 m of water column. A blocked felt lowers the output of any membrane pump, and a pump working against back-pressure has the least air to spare. Schego does not publish a replacement interval for these felts, so a visual check is the better guide, particularly in dusty rooms: a grey or matted pad is due for changing. The felt dimensions are not published either, so compare the new pad with the old one on fitting. If a fresh felt does not restore airflow, the diaphragm set (SH742) is the next part to try, followed by the air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dusty locations:** Garages, sheds and fish rooms where fibres and dust settle on the pump.
- **Routine inspection:** Look at the felt whenever the pump is moved or cleaned.
- **Reduced airflow:** The cheapest fix to try first on an M2K3 or WS3.
- **Several pumps:** A pack of four covers a small battery of M2K3 units.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power off:** Unplug the pump and disconnect the airline.
- **Reach the intake:** Open the housing to find the felt filter at the air inlet.
- **Replace the felt:** Lift out the old pad and place a new one flat in the same seat.
- **Verify:** Close the housing, restart and check the airflow at the outlet.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four felts:** Several service intervals in one pack.
- **Two pump models:** Listed for the M2K3 and the WS3.
- **Intake protection:** Keeps dust off the diaphragm and valves.
- **Original spare:** Described as such by the retailer listing.
- **Low-cost upkeep:** The lightest service job on these pumps.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH744
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007441
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Filter Felt
- **Quantity:** 4 felt filters
- **Fits:** Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps
- **Pump Outputs:** M2K3 300 L/h at 0 m; WS3 350 L/h
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH742); air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743); reed arm (SH745)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers aerated by Schego M2K3 or WS3 pumps
---
#### Schego M2k3 Coil 240v/50hz
Mains drive coil for the Schego M2K3 single-outlet air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/m2k3-coil-240v-50hz/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH741 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007410
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Schego-M2K3-220-240v50Hz-350lh-510x510-optimized.avif
The M2K3 is the pump that gets used for fish transport tubs, bait tanks and busy fish rooms, and its coil is what keeps the stroke going. Schego M2k3 Coil 240v/50hz (SKU: SH741) is the replacement coil for the Schego M2K3 membrane air pump, rated for 240 V mains at 50 Hz. The coil is the electromagnet inside the pump: current through it moves the magnetic arm, and the arm moves the diaphragm. If the coil fails, the pump has power but no movement, so there is no hum, no vibration and no air from the outlet.
Retailer specifications for the M2K3 give 300 L/h with no head and 260 L/h at 0.5 m, a maximum pressure of 2.0 m water column, 46 dBA, a single outlet, a manual screw regulator and a case of about 170 × 75 × 60 mm. Schego also makes deluxe versions of the M2K3 with a potentiometer for air volume and an on/off switch. One retailer lists a 12 V DC version of the M2K3 at 600 mA, so the voltage of the pump should be confirmed from its label before this 240 V coil is ordered; the coil is for mains-powered pumps only. The M2K3 coil is a different part from the WS3 coil (SH931) even though the two pumps share many spares. Anyone fitting it should leave the pump unplugged throughout; the coil carries mains voltage and the work suits someone comfortable with appliance repairs. The maker does not publish winding data.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dead M2K3:** Mains power is present but the pump is silent and still.
- **Fish transport and bait tanks:** Pumps that are switched on and off often and run in damp places.
- **Intact head:** The diaphragm and valves are sound, so the drive is the weak link.
- **Shop and hatchery use:** A spare coil is cheaper than a spare pump where many M2K3s run.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Check the label:** Confirm the pump is a 240 V, 50 Hz M2K3 before opening it.
- **Unplug:** Pull the mains plug and leave it out until the case is closed.
- **Replace the coil:** Open the housing, remove the old coil and fit the new one in the same position.
- **Test:** Close the case, plug in and check the pump starts and delivers air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **240 V / 50 Hz rating:** Intended for mains-powered M2K3 pumps.
- **M2K3-specific:** Listed separately from the WS3 coil.
- **Drive part:** The electromagnet that vibrates the arm.
- **Heavy-duty pump:** The M2K3 is also used in industrial applications, according to retailers.
- **Repair option:** Returns a silent pump to service without new case or head.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH741
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007410
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Coil
- **Voltage:** 240 V, 50 Hz
- **Fits:** Schego M2K3 air pump (mains version)
- **Pump Output:** 300 L/h at 0 m; 260 L/h at 0.5 m head
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH742); air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743); reed arm (SH745)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, tubs and bait tanks aerated by a Schego M2K3 pump
---
#### Schego M2k3 Pump Chamber
Replacement pump chamber for the Schego M2K3 single-outlet air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/m2k3-pump-chamber/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH749 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007496
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/8a4d908794408376bd112e30377186787cfa1aa4.webp
Schego builds its membrane pumps for long service, and in an M2K3 the chamber is the housing where all of that service takes place. Schego M2k3 Pump Chamber (SKU: SH749) is the replacement pump chamber for the Schego M2K3 single-outlet air pump. The chamber is the part of the pump head that holds the diaphragm and the air path to the outlet; if it is cracked, warped or fouled, a new diaphragm alone will not bring the pump back. Schego says its pumps offer long diaphragm life, quiet operation and low vibration, and are used in many industrial applications that need a long service life as well as in aquariums.
The M2K3 is listed at 300 L/h with no head and 260 L/h at 0.5 m, a maximum pressure of 2.0 m of water column, 46 dBA and a case of about 170 × 75 × 60 mm, with a screw regulator and one outlet. It is used for aeration in aquariums, fish transport and bait tanks. This item is the chamber on its own: the supplier lists the air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743) as a separate product, the diaphragm set (SH742) for the membranes, and the chamber gaskets (SH746) for the seals, and the difference between this chamber and the kit's chamber is not documented, so the pump should be opened and the old part compared before ordering. Dimensions and material of the chamber are not published. The part is listed for the M2K3 only, not the WS3.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Cracked head:** A split or chipped chamber that leaks air or will not seal.
- **Warped by heat or age:** A chamber that no longer meets the diaphragm squarely.
- **Deposits that will not clean:** Residue inside the air path that restricts flow.
- **Industrial or transport use:** M2K3 pumps working long hours in rough conditions.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Remove the mains plug and disconnect the air outlet line.
- **Remove the head:** Open the housing and carefully lift the pump head off the body.
- **Swap the chamber:** Take out the old chamber and fit the new one with fresh gaskets and the diaphragm.
- **Close and test:** Reassemble evenly and run the pump, checking for steady air and no hissing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **M2K3-specific:** Listed for the single-outlet M2K3 pump.
- **Holds the diaphragm:** The housing where the membrane works.
- **Industrial-grade heritage:** Schego pumps are used where long service life matters.
- **Low vibration design:** Part of the quiet-running character Schego claims.
- **Sold separately:** Available apart from the diaphragm set and the kit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH749
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007496
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Chamber
- **Fits:** Schego M2K3 single-outlet air pump
- **Pump Output:** 300 L/h at 0 m; 260 L/h at 0.5 m head
- **Pump Case:** About 170 × 75 × 60 mm
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH742); air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743); gaskets (SH746)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, tubs and bait tanks aerated by a Schego M2K3 pump
---
#### Schego M2k3/ws3 Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit
Chamber and membranes for Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/m2k3-ws3-air-chamber-diaphragm-kit/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH743 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007434
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/schego-M2K3-11_ml.jpg
A diaphragm and the chamber it works in wear together, and replacing one without the other often means doing the job twice. Schego M2k3/ws3 Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit (SKU: SH743) is the air chamber and diaphragm kit for the Schego M2K3 and WS3 membrane air pumps. It brings the air-handling end of the pump back to a known condition in one visit: new chamber, new diaphragm, and no need to judge which of the two was at fault. A retailer listing for the diaphragms in this range describes the part as an original spare for the M2K3 and WS3 aerators.
The M2K3 is listed at 300 L/h with no head and 260 L/h at 0.5 m, 46 dBA and 2.0 m of maximum head, in a case of about 170 × 75 × 60 mm. The WS3 is listed at 350 L/h and 5 W with at least 3 m of water column and a 1 m cable, for the higher back-pressure of skimmers and decorative columns. Schego notes that these pumps stay reliable in continuous operation and run quietly with low vibration, and a fresh air path helps keep it that way. Compared with the loose diaphragm set (SH742) this kit costs more but covers a cracked, warped or dirty chamber; compared with the pump chamber alone (SH749) it supplies the membranes as well. The supplier does not itemise the kit or publish part dimensions, so the old parts should be compared with the new before fitting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Full head overhaul:** A pump that has run for years and needs the air section renewed.
- **Dirty chamber:** Debris or deposits in the chamber that cleaning will not remove.
- **Persistent low output:** A new diaphragm alone has not restored the airflow.
- **Skimmer duty:** WS3 units working against 3 m of water column that need full pressure.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Switch off:** Turn off and unplug the pump, then disconnect the air filter.
- **Remove the head:** Carefully lift off the pump head from the body.
- **Exchange the parts:** Fit the new chamber and diaphragm, noting the direction of the film.
- **Test run:** Reassemble, run the pump and check for steady airflow and even sound.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Chamber plus membrane:** Two wearing parts in one kit.
- **M2K3 and WS3:** One kit listed for both models.
- **Continuous-duty pumps:** Schego describes both as reliable in constant operation.
- **Quiet and low vibration:** The stated character of the Schego membrane pumps.
- **Original spare:** Described as an original part by the retailer listing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH743
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007434
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Chamber and Diaphragm Kit
- **Fits:** Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps
- **M2K3 Case:** About 170 × 75 × 60 mm
- **WS3 Pressure:** At least 3 m water column (Schego)
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH742); chamber gaskets (SH746); pump chamber (SH749)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers aerated by Schego M2K3 or WS3 pumps
---
#### Schego M2k3/ws3 Air Chamber Gasket (2)
Two sealing gaskets for the air chamber of M2K3 and WS3 pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/m2k3-ws3-air-chamber-gasket-2/
- Price: $6.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH746 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007465
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/328375.jpg
An air pump is only as good as the seal around its chamber, and a hardened gasket leaks pressure that the pump has already paid for. Schego M2k3/ws3 Air Chamber Gasket (2) (SKU: SH746) is a pack of two replacement air chamber gaskets for the Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps. A gasket in this position seals the joint between the chamber and the rest of the pump head, so that the air pushed by the diaphragm leaves through the outlet rather than leaking out of the joint. Two gaskets are supplied in the pack.
Leakage matters most on the WS3, which Schego rates for a pressure of at least 3 m of water column and an output of 350 L/h at 5 W, because a pump built for back-pressure loses the most when its seals are poor. The M2K3 is listed at 300 L/h with no head and 260 L/h at 0.5 m, with a maximum head of 2.0 m, and the same logic applies on a smaller scale. Signs of a failed gasket are a hissing sound around the pump head, a pump that is weaker than it was and not improved by changing the felt, and a stroke that sounds normal but delivers little. The gaskets are normally replaced whenever the head is opened for a diaphragm change. Schego does not publish gasket dimensions or material, so the old gasket is the guide to fit.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Leaking chamber:** Hissing or weak output with an intact diaphragm and a clean felt.
- **Head disassembly:** Fit new gaskets whenever the chamber has been opened for service.
- **Back-pressure duty:** WS3 pumps feeding skimmers or columns need tight seals.
- **Warped or flattened seals:** An old gasket that no longer springs back is due for changing.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the pump:** Disconnect the mains and the airline first.
- **Take off the head:** Carefully remove the pump head and separate the air chamber.
- **Replace the gasket:** Remove the old gasket and press the new one into the same groove or seat.
- **Reassemble:** Close the chamber evenly and test for steady airflow without hissing.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pack of two:** A spare for the next time the head is opened.
- **M2K3 and WS3:** Listed for both pump models.
- **Seals the air path:** Keeps pressure inside the chamber and outlet.
- **Low-cost part:** Easy to fit while the head is open for a diaphragm change.
- **Suits pressure pumps:** Useful on the WS3, which works against up to 3 m of water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH746
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007465
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Gaskets
- **Quantity:** 2 gaskets
- **Fits:** Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps
- **WS3 Output:** 350 L/h, 5 W, at least 3 m water column (Schego)
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH742); air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743); pump chamber (SH749)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers aerated by Schego M2K3 or WS3 pumps
---
#### Schego M2k3/ws3 Diaphragm Set
Replacement membranes for Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/m2k3-ws3-diaphragm-set/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH742 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007427
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH742.jpg
Every stroke of a membrane pump flexes the same small disc, and in an M2K3 that stroke happens tens of thousands of times a day. Schego M2k3/ws3 Diaphragm Set (SKU: SH742) is the replacement diaphragm set for the Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps. The diaphragm is the membrane that turns the arm's vibration into moving air, and one set is listed for both models, which share their pump head. When it hardens, cracks or loses its flex, the pump delivers less air than its rating even though it runs normally.
The M2K3 is listed at 300 L/h with no head and 260 L/h at 0.5 m, with a single outlet and a screw regulator. The WS3 is the higher-pressure version: Schego lists it at 350 L/h, 5 W and a pressure of at least 3 m of water column, with a regulator and a 1 m cable, for decorative water columns and protein skimmers. A skimmer pump works harder against depth, so a tired diaphragm shows up there first. The job itself is simple: turn off the pump and disconnect the air filter, remove the pump head carefully, take off the old film and insert the new one, paying attention to the direction, then reassemble and check operation. The maker does not publish diaphragm dimensions, so the old film is the reliable guide to the right way round. If the chamber is also dirty or cracked, the air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743) is the better purchase.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Loss of air volume:** The M2K3 or WS3 runs but no longer fills its air stones or skimmer.
- **Pressure applications:** WS3 pumps feeding skimmers or water columns that start to struggle.
- **Stiff or cracked membrane:** A diaphragm inspected during service shows its age.
- **Routine rebuild:** A scheduled change on pumps in continuous service.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Stop and disconnect:** Turn off the pump, unplug it and disconnect the air filter.
- **Remove the head:** Carefully take off the pump head to reach the diaphragm.
- **Swap the film:** Take out the old diaphragm and insert the new one, paying attention to its direction.
- **Rebuild and check:** Reassemble the pump and confirm that it runs and delivers air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two models:** Listed for both the M2K3 and the WS3.
- **Directional fitting:** The new film must be seated the right way round.
- **Restores delivery:** Brings back the air volume of a worn pump.
- **Diaphragm only:** The chamber is a separate part (SH749) or included in the kit (SH743).
- **For pressure pumps:** Matters most on the WS3, designed for 3 m of water column.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH742
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007427
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Diaphragm
- **Fits:** Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps
- **WS3 Output:** 350 L/h, 5 W, at least 3 m water column (Schego)
- **M2K3 Output:** 300 L/h at 0 m; 260 L/h at 0.5 m head
- **Companion Parts:** Air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH743); chamber gaskets (SH746); pump chamber (SH749)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers aerated by Schego M2K3 or WS3 pumps
---
#### Schego M2k3/ws3 Reed Arm W/- Magnet
Replacement vibrating arm and magnet for Schego M2K3 and WS3 pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/m2k3-ws3-reed-arm-w-magnet/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH745 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007458
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/328375-1.jpg
A pump that rattles like a loose tin is often the arm, and in an M2K3 the arm is what turns mains hum into airflow. Schego M2k3/ws3 Reed Arm W/- Magnet (SKU: SH745) is the replacement reed arm with magnet for the Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps. The coil creates an alternating magnetic field, and the magnet on the arm follows it, swinging the arm back and forth at mains frequency. That swing is passed to the diaphragm, so a bent, cracked or demagnetised arm leaves a pump with a good coil and a good membrane that still cannot move air.
The M2K3 is listed at 300 L/h with no head and 260 L/h at 0.5 m, a maximum head of 2.0 m, 46 dBA and a case of about 170 × 75 × 60 mm. The WS3 is the higher-pressure version at 350 L/h and 5 W, with Schego giving its pressure as at least 3 m of water column and a 1 m cable. Both have an adjustable air output. For an arm swap, Schego's published procedure for the related Prima shows the order of work: unplug, open the housing, undo the armature screws, lift the armature off, and on reassembly leave a gap of about 1 mm between magnet and coil. The Prima is a smaller pump, so that figure is a guide to the care needed rather than a specification for the M2K3 or WS3, and the correct gap for these models is not published. A cracked head or a hardened diaphragm calls for the chamber kit (SH743) or the diaphragm set (SH742) instead.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rattling pump:** A loose or distorted arm clatters against the housing.
- **Weak or uneven stroke:** Coil and diaphragm are fine but delivery is low.
- **After mishandling:** A pump dropped in transit or on a shelf may have a bent arm.
- **Full rebuild:** Fitted with a coil and head kit when overhauling an old M2K3 or WS3.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Disconnect the mains plug and airline.
- **Open the housing:** Remove the cover and the pump head to expose the arm.
- **Change the arm:** Undo the arm's fixings, lift it off and fit the new arm the same way round.
- **Set the clearance:** Keep a small, even gap between magnet and coil, then test the pump closed up.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Arm with magnet:** The moving part of the drive, supplied as one piece.
- **M2K3 and WS3:** Listed for both pump models.
- **Quiet-running design:** Schego rates both pumps for quiet operation and low vibration.
- **Cures mechanical noise:** Replaces a worn or bent arm.
- **Adjustable-output pumps:** Both pumps have air volume regulation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH745
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007458
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Reed Arm
- **Fits:** Schego M2K3 and WS3 air pumps
- **Includes:** Reed arm with magnet
- **WS3 Data:** 350 L/h, 5 W, 1 m cable, at least 3 m water column (Schego)
- **Companion Parts:** Coil (SH741 for M2K3, SH931 for WS3); diaphragm set (SH742); chamber kit (SH743)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers aerated by Schego M2K3 or WS3 pumps
---
#### Schego Optimal / Ws2 Air Filter Felt (4pcs)
Four intake felt filters for Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/optimal-ws2-air-filter-felt-4pcs/
- Price: $5.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH854 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256008547
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Schego_WS2_optimal_prefilter1.jpg
A pump that runs 24 hours a day breathes in a lot of room air, and the felt on its intake collects what the room contains. Schego Optimal / Ws2 Air Filter Felt (4pcs) (SKU: SH854) is a four-piece pack of replacement filter felts for the Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps. Schego lists easily replaceable pre-filters among the features of its pumps, along with long-life diaphragms and a transparent housing, and the felt is the item that gets swapped most often because it is the first thing to clog.
The Optimal 250 runs at 250 L/h with no head and 210 L/h at 0.5 m, with a screw flow regulator, while the WS2 delivers 250 L/h for higher-pressure uses such as decorative water columns and protein skimmers. Both draw 5 W and share a case of about 130 × 70 × 50 mm. A skimmer pump pushing against water depth is particularly sensitive to a blocked intake, because there is less air to spare. Changing the felt when it looks grey is cheaper than diagnosing a weak pump. The supplier gives no felt diameter or thickness, so the old pad should be kept as a template until the replacement has been checked against it. If airflow stays low with a clean felt, the diaphragm and head kit (SH852) is the next part to check, followed by the coil (SH853) and reed arm (SH855).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grey or matted felt:** Visible dust build-up means the pad has finished its job.
- **Weak air on a regulated pump:** Check the felt before turning the screw regulator up.
- **Skimmer and column duty:** WS2 pumps working against depth need clear intake air.
- **Annual service:** A four-piece pack covers several routine changes.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Remove the mains plug and the airline before opening the housing.
- **Locate the felt:** Open the housing as the pump's instructions describe and find the intake pad.
- **Replace the pad:** Take out the dirty felt and seat the new one flat in the same place.
- **Close up:** Refit the housing and restart, then compare airflow with before.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Four felts per pack:** Several changes before a reorder.
- **Optimal and WS2:** One pack listed for both pump models.
- **Replaceable pre-filter:** A designed-in service item, according to Schego.
- **Protects the membrane:** Dust is stopped before it reaches the diaphragm.
- **Simple service item:** The felt is the easiest part on the pump to renew.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH854
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256008547
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Filter Felt
- **Quantity:** 4 felt filters
- **Fits:** Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps
- **Pump Power:** 5 W (both models)
- **Companion Parts:** Air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH852); coil (SH853); reed arm with magnet (SH855)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers driven by Schego Optimal or WS2 pumps
---
#### Schego Optimal/ws2 Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit
Pump head and membrane for Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/optimal-ws2-air-chamber-diaphragm-kit/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH852 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256008523
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH852.jpg
An Optimal that runs an air stone is a pump that works all day, and the part that works hardest is the head. Schego Optimal/ws2 Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit (SKU: SH852) is the air chamber and diaphragm kit to suit the Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps, made by Schemel & Goetz in Germany. The air chamber and diaphragm are the pair of parts that actually move the air: the diaphragm flexes, the chamber directs the air through its valves, and together they set how much the pump delivers. One kit serves both models, which share the same compact case.
The Optimal 250 is listed at 250 L/h with no head and 210 L/h at 0.5 m, 5 W, a maximum head of 2.5 m, 39 dBA and a screw regulator for flow. The WS2 is the higher-pressure sibling, designed for applications such as decorative water columns and protein skimmers, listed at 250 L/h and 5 W, with Schego giving its pressure as at least 2 m of water column. Both come in a case of about 130 × 70 × 50 mm with a 1 m cable. A worn head shows up as weak bubbling, a pump that cannot push against the water depth, or a change in sound. Because the kit renews the whole air-moving section, it is the better choice than the loose diaphragm when the chamber is dirty or damaged. The maker does not publish the contents of the kit piece by piece.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Skimmer pumps:** WS2 pumps driving a protein skimmer or air-powered device lose pressure as the head wears.
- **Weak aeration:** An Optimal that no longer lifts air through a deep air stone.
- **Dirty or damaged head:** The chamber needs replacing along with the membrane.
- **Planned servicing:** A scheduled rebuild for a pump used around the clock.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Power down:** Unplug the pump and disconnect the airline.
- **Open the case:** Remove the housing cover to expose the pump head.
- **Fit the new head:** Replace the air chamber and diaphragm with those from the kit, seated the same way as the old ones.
- **Close and test:** Reassemble, restart and check the airflow and the regulator on the Optimal.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two models, one kit:** Listed for both the Optimal and the WS2.
- **Renews the air path:** Chamber and diaphragm are replaced together.
- **Pressure-pump ready:** Suits the WS2 used for water columns and skimmers.
- **Same case size:** Both pumps share a 130 × 70 × 50 mm housing.
- **German maker:** Schemel & Goetz, the company behind the Schego name.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH852
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256008523
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Chamber and Diaphragm Kit
- **Fits:** Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps
- **Optimal 250 Output:** 250 L/h at 0 m; 210 L/h at 0.5 m head
- **WS2 Output:** 250 L/h, 5 W, pressure of at least 2 m water column (Schego)
- **Companion Parts:** Coil (SH853); air filter felt (SH854); reed arm with magnet (SH855)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers driven by Schego Optimal or WS2 pumps
---
#### Schego Optimal/ws2 Coil 240v/50hz
Replacement coil for Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/optimal-ws2-coil-240v-50hz/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH853 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256008530
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Schego-WS2-220-240v50Hz-250lh-510x510-optimized.avif
When an Optimal or WS2 stops dead, the cause is more often in the drive than in the diaphragm. Schego Optimal/ws2 Coil 240v/50hz (SKU: SH853) is the replacement coil for the Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps, rated 240 V and 50 Hz. The coil is the electromagnet of the pump: alternating mains current through it makes the arm with the magnet vibrate, and the vibration drives the diaphragm. Schego describes the task of its membrane pumps as supplying fish, marine life and plants with oxygen in 24-hour continuous operation, which is a heavy duty for a coil that is energised all day.
The Optimal 250 is listed at 250 L/h with no head, 5 W, a maximum head of 2.5 m and 39 dBA, with a screw flow regulator. The WS2 is listed at 250 L/h, 5 W and a pressure of at least 2 m of water column, intended for decorative water columns and protein skimmers. Schego's data gives both a 130 × 70 × 50 mm case, a 1 m cable and a regulator. The coil is a mains-voltage part, so the pump must stay unplugged for the entire repair, and anyone unsure about working inside an appliance should have it done by a technician. If the pump still runs but has lost air, the problem is more likely in the head (kit SH852), the filter felt (SH854) or the reed arm (SH855) than in the coil. Resistance and winding data are not published for the coil.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pump will not start:** There is no hum, no vibration and no air with power at the socket.
- **Burnt-out drive:** The coil is the likely fault when head and diaphragm look healthy.
- **Skimmer and column pumps:** A WS2 running a protein skimmer needs its drive intact.
- **Rebuilding rather than replacing:** A pump with a good case and head is worth a new coil.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect:** Unplug the pump from the mains before opening anything.
- **Open the case:** Remove the cover and the head to reach the coil.
- **Swap the coil:** Take out the old coil and fit the new one in the same position and way round.
- **Check and test:** Rebuild the pump and test it with the cover closed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **240 V / 50 Hz:** Matches Australian mains supply.
- **Two pump models:** Listed for the Optimal and the WS2.
- **The drive part:** Energises the magnet arm that moves the diaphragm.
- **Built for continuous duty:** Schego describes 24-hour operation as the pump's task.
- **Keeps the pump alive:** Avoids replacing a unit whose other parts are sound.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH853
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256008530
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Coil
- **Voltage:** 240 V, 50 Hz
- **Fits:** Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps
- **Pump Case:** About 130 × 70 × 50 mm; cable 1 m
- **Pump Power:** 5 W
- **Companion Parts:** Air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH852); air filter felt (SH854); reed arm with magnet (SH855)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers driven by Schego Optimal or WS2 pumps
---
#### Schego Optimal/ws2 Reed Arm W/- Magnet
Replacement vibrating arm with magnet for Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/optimal-ws2-reed-arm-w-magnet/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH855 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256008554
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/schego-82s003-pumpe-optimal-ws2_1920.webp
The coil gets the credit for driving a membrane pump, but the part that actually moves is the arm. Schego Optimal/ws2 Reed Arm W/- Magnet (SKU: SH855) is the replacement reed arm with its magnet for the Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps. In a vibrating-armature pump the coil's alternating field makes the magnetised arm swing back and forth, and the arm is linked to the diaphragm, so every stroke of the membrane begins here. The magnet comes fitted to the arm, and Schego's instructions for the related Prima pump call the equivalent part the metal rocker armature.
The Optimal 250 is listed at 250 L/h with no head, 210 L/h at 0.5 m, 5 W and 39 dBA, with a screw regulator; the WS2 is listed at 250 L/h and 5 W with a pressure of at least 2 m of water column, for decorative columns and protein skimmers. Both sit in a case of about 130 × 70 × 50 mm. A damaged or bent arm gives a pump that buzzes, rattles or runs with little output while the coil and diaphragm look fine. Schego's strip-down procedure for the Prima, a related pump, says the gap between magnet and coil should be about 1 mm after reassembly; the same care with the gap applies to any rebuild of these pumps, but the exact figure for the Optimal and WS2 is not published. The supplier lists no dimensions or material for the arm.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rattling or buzzing:** The arm may have loosened, bent or lost its magnet.
- **Weak stroke:** Coil powered, diaphragm sound, yet little air delivered.
- **After a drop or knock:** An impact can distort the arm without cracking the case.
- **Complete rebuilds:** Fitted alongside a new head kit and coil in a full overhaul.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Disconnect the mains plug and airline before the case is opened.
- **Expose the arm:** Remove the housing cover and head to see the arm and diaphragm linkage.
- **Exchange the arm:** Loosen the arm's fixing, lift it off and fit the new arm in the same orientation.
- **Mind the gap:** Keep the magnet close to the coil but not touching, then run the pump to check.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Arm and magnet together:** Supplied as the assembly the pump uses.
- **Two models:** Listed for both the Optimal and WS2.
- **Link to the diaphragm:** Transfers the coil's vibration into pumping action.
- **Cures rattles:** Replaces a bent or worn arm that makes a pump noisy.
- **Restores stroke:** A correctly fitted arm returns the pump to its listed output.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH855
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256008554
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Reed Arm
- **Fits:** Schego Optimal and WS2 air pumps
- **Includes:** Reed arm with magnet
- **Pump Case:** About 130 × 70 × 50 mm
- **Companion Parts:** Air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH852); coil (SH853); air filter felt (SH854)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums and skimmers driven by Schego Optimal or WS2 pumps
---
#### Schego Prima Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit
Pump head and diaphragm for the Schego Prima 100 L/h air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/prima-air-chamber-diaphragm-kit/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH732 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007328
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH732.jpg
Sometimes the diaphragm is not the only thing that has gone, and a soiled pump head will keep a fresh membrane from doing its job. Schego Prima Air Chamber & Diaphragm Kit (SKU: SH732) is the air chamber and diaphragm kit to suit the Schego Prima air pump. In Schego's parts list for the Prima, item 732 is the pump head, and Schego's instructions say that the white pump head can be replaced as well as the diaphragm if it is heavily soiled. The kit therefore renews the part of the pump that actually handles the air, leaving the case, coil and cable as they are.
The Prima is Schego's smallest membrane pump, rated 220–240 V at 50 Hz for indoor use, and retailer specifications list 110 L/h at no head, 100 L/h at 0.5 m, 3 W, a case of about 116 × 66 × 51 mm and 41 dBA with no flow adjustment. Schego's maintenance steps are to unplug the pump, remove the housing cover, take off the diaphragm nut and the metal rocker armature, and pull off the diaphragm or replace the complete pump head. After rebuilding, the gap between the magnet and the coil should be about 1 mm. If the head is clean and only the membrane is worn, the cheaper diaphragm set (SH731) is enough. The supplier does not list the individual pieces in the kit, so the old head should be compared with the new one before the pump is dismantled further.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Heavily soiled head:** Schego's stated reason for replacing the pump head along with the membrane.
- **Damaged chamber:** A cracked or warped head that a diaphragm alone cannot fix.
- **Old Prima pumps:** A full head swap for a pump that has run for years.
- **Quick turnaround:** Fits as a unit instead of fiddling with loose parts.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Disconnect the mains plug and the airline.
- **Open the housing:** Loosen the base screws and lift off the cover.
- **Swap the head:** Remove the metal rocker armature and the old head, then fit the new head with its diaphragm.
- **Set the gap:** Rebuild in reverse order and leave about 1 mm between magnet and coil.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete pump head:** Matches Schego's Prima item 732 pump head.
- **Diaphragm included:** The air chamber and membrane arrive as one kit.
- **Prima-specific:** Does not suit the Ideal, Optimal or M2K3 pumps.
- **Case and coil retained:** Only the air-moving section is renewed.
- **Maker's procedure:** Strip-down and gap are published in the Prima instructions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH732
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007328
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Chamber and Diaphragm Kit
- **Schego Item:** 732 (pump head)
- **Fits:** Schego Prima 100 L/h air pump
- **Pump Voltage:** 220–240 V, 50 Hz, indoor use only
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH731); coil (SH733); air filter felt (SH734)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Prima pump
---
#### Schego Prima Air Filter Felt (5pcs)
Five replacement prefilter felts for the Schego Prima air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/prima-air-filter-felt-5pcs/
- Price: $5.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH734 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007342
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SCH-734.webp
A felt pad the size of a coin is all that stands between room dust and the working parts of an air pump. Schego Prima Air Filter Felt (5pcs) (SKU: SH734) is a pack of five replacement filter felts for the Schego Prima diaphragm pump, listed as item 734 in Schego's parts list for the Prima. In Schego's instructions the prefilter sits in the base plate of the pump, and the instruction is to replace it regularly when it is dirty. Left in place too long, it chokes the intake, and the pump's output falls even though the motor and diaphragm are fine.
The Prima is a 100 L/h pump, 110 L/h with no head, drawing 3 W according to retailer specifications, with a case of about 116 × 66 × 51 mm and no flow adjustment. It is made for indoor use at 220–240 V and 50 Hz. Because there is no regulator to turn, a gradual loss of airflow is easy to mistake for a failing pump; looking at the felt first costs nothing. Five pieces in a pack covers a long run of changes for one pump, or several pumps in a small fish room. A grey, matted or visibly dusty felt should be replaced, and the diaphragm set (SH731) is the next suspect if airflow stays low with a fresh felt. The maker and supplier do not publish felt dimensions, so the old pad is the guide to how the new one sits.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dirty prefilter:** Schego's trigger for replacement is a felt that has become dirty.
- **Airflow slipping:** The first check when a Prima's bubbling weakens.
- **Multiple Prima pumps:** Five pieces cover a rack of small tanks.
- **Dusty positions:** Pumps on floors, shelves or in sheds clog sooner than ones in clean rooms.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug first:** Disconnect the mains plug and the airline.
- **Find the base plate:** The prefilter sits in the base plate of the pump.
- **Replace the felt:** Remove the dirty pad and lay a new one in the same place.
- **Restart and observe:** Reconnect the airline and check that the bubbling has returned.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Five-piece pack:** More changes per purchase than the four-piece Ideal and Optimal packs.
- **Item 734:** Matches Schego's Prima filter felt listing.
- **Base-plate prefilter:** Sits in the pump base, where the maker places it.
- **Easily replaced:** No dismantling of the pump head is needed.
- **Prima-specific:** Intended for the 100 L/h pump only.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH734
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007342
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Filter Felt
- **Schego Item:** 734
- **Quantity:** 5 felt filters
- **Fits:** Schego Prima 100 L/h air pump
- **Replace:** When the felt is dirty (Schego's Prima instructions)
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH731); pump head kit (SH732); coil (SH733)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Prima pump
---
#### Schego Prima Coil 240v/50hz
Replacement drive coil for the Schego Prima 100 L/h air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/prima-coil-240v-50hz/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH733 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007335
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/25c93af2d32b89a1c52c302e12e2c1f9.jpg
Nano tanks and quarantine tubs are often aerated by a Prima that nobody has opened in years, and when it stops, the coil is the part to suspect. Schego Prima Coil 240v/50hz (SKU: SH733) is the replacement coil for the Schego Prima air pump, listed at 240 V and 50 Hz. In Schego's parts list for the Prima, the coil is item 733. It is the electromagnet that sets the pump's metal rocker armature moving, and the armature in turn moves the diaphragm, so a failed coil leaves a pump that is plugged in and silent.
The Prima is rated 220–240 V at 50 Hz and is for indoor use only. Retailer specifications list 110 L/h at no head, 100 L/h at 0.5 m, 3 W and a case of about 116 × 66 × 51 mm. It is sold as a compressor for small aquariums, and the pump body does not include accessories: the air hose, air stone or diffuser and a check valve are bought separately. Schego's strip-down steps for the pump begin with unplugging, removing the base screws and housing cover, and removing the metal rocker armature; the coil sits in the same housing, and after any rebuild the magnet-to-coil gap should be about 1 mm. Because the coil operates at mains voltage, the pump must be unplugged for the whole repair. If the pump runs but is weak, the diaphragm set (SH731), the pump head kit (SH732) and the filter felt (SH734) are the more likely fixes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Silent pump:** The Prima is plugged in and powered but makes no sound and no air.
- **Sound diaphragm:** The membrane looks healthy, so the drive side is the likely fault.
- **Small-system pumps:** Nano aquariums and tubs that depend on a single Prima.
- **Repair culture:** Keeps a good case and head in use rather than discarding the whole pump.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Isolate:** Take the plug out of the socket and keep it out until the pump is closed again.
- **Open the case:** Loosen the base screws and remove the housing cover.
- **Exchange the coil:** Take out the metal rocker armature, then remove the old coil and fit the new one in the same position.
- **Check the gap:** Rebuild, leaving about 1 mm between the magnet and the coil, then test the pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Item 733:** The coil listed in Schego's Prima spare parts list.
- **240 V / 50 Hz:** The mains rating given in the product name.
- **Drive part:** The electromagnet that moves the rocker armature.
- **Prima-only:** Listed for the Prima; other Schego models have their own coils.
- **Quiet, low-power pump:** The Prima draws 3 W, according to retailer specifications.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH733
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007335
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Coil
- **Schego Item:** 733
- **Voltage:** 240 V, 50 Hz
- **Fits:** Schego Prima 100 L/h air pump
- **Not Included:** Air hose, diffuser and check valve are sold separately
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH731); pump head kit (SH732); air filter felt (SH734)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Prima pump
---
#### Schego Prima Diaphragm Set
Two replacement diaphragms for the Schego Prima 100 L/h air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/prima-diaphragm-set/
- Price: $14.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH731 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256007311
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/SH731.jpg
The smallest pump in a range tends to be the one left running longest, in a nano tank, a quarantine tub or a breeding box. Schego Prima Diaphragm Set (SKU: SH731) is the replacement diaphragm set for the Schego Prima, the entry-level membrane air pump from Schemel & Goetz in Germany. Schego's instructions for the Prima list the diaphragms as item 731, supplied as two pieces, which matches this set's code. A diaphragm is the flexing membrane that does the pumping, and when it fatigues the Prima delivers less air than its rated 100 L/h.
Schego's instructions say to replace the diaphragm if performance drops, and to replace the white pump head as well if it is heavily soiled; the head is a separate part sold as the air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH732). The Prima is rated 220–240 V at 50 Hz for indoor use only. Retailer specifications give it 110 L/h at no head and 100 L/h at 0.5 m, 3 W, a case of about 116 × 66 × 51 mm and no flow adjustment. The maker's procedure is to unplug the pump, loosen the base screws and remove the housing cover, unscrew the diaphragm nut, loosen the screws on the metal rocker armature and lift it off, then pull off the old diaphragm. Reassembly is in reverse order, leaving a gap of about 1 mm between the magnet and the coil.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Dropping output:** The Prima's bubbling has weakened but the pump still runs.
- **Small tanks and tubs:** Nano aquariums, quarantine tubs and breeding set-ups where the Prima is the working pump.
- **Preventive service:** A pair of diaphragms gives one change and a spare.
- **Before the pump head:** Try the membrane first; Schego advises replacing the head only if it is heavily soiled.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug:** Pull the mains plug before undoing anything.
- **Open the pump:** Loosen the base screws, remove the housing cover and unscrew the diaphragm nut.
- **Lift off the arm:** Loosen the screws on the metal rocker armature, lift it off and pull off the old diaphragm.
- **Refit in reverse:** Fit the new diaphragm, rebuild the pump and set the magnet-to-coil gap at about 1 mm.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two diaphragms:** Item 731 in Schego's Prima parts list is a two-piece set.
- **Prima-specific:** Made for the 100 L/h pump, not the larger Schego models.
- **Maker-documented fitting:** Schego publishes the strip-down steps in the Prima instructions.
- **Restores airflow:** The fix when the pump is healthy but the membrane is tired.
- **Low-power pump:** The Prima is listed at 3 W.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH731
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256007311
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Diaphragm
- **Schego Item:** 731 (2 pieces)
- **Fits:** Schego Prima 100 L/h air pump
- **Pump Output:** 110 L/h at 0 m; 100 L/h at 0.5 m head
- **Companion Parts:** Air chamber and diaphragm kit (SH732); coil (SH733); air filter felt (SH734)
- **Target Environment:** Small freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by a Schego Prima pump
---
#### Schego Red Flapper Valves & Retainers (10pcs)-all
Ten red flapper valves with retainers for Schego diaphragm air pumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/red-flapper-valves-retainers-10pcs-all/
- Price: $8.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH890 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256008905
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SMI-check-valve-in-line-flapper-500x500pxl_700x700.webp
The valves in a diaphragm air pump are the smallest parts in the head and the ones that decide whether the air goes forwards or back. Schego Red Flapper Valves & Retainers (10pcs)-all (SKU: SH890) is a pack of ten red flapper valves with their retainers, listed by the supplier as suiting all Schego models. A flapper valve is a thin, flexible flap that lifts to let air pass in one direction and falls shut against its seat to stop it flowing back. In a diaphragm pump the diaphragm moves up and down, and the flappers are what turn that motion into a one-way flow of air towards the outlet.
Because the flaps are thin and move with every stroke, they stiffen, curl or crack over time, and a pump with tired valves loses output, pulses unevenly or sounds different even though the coil, arm and diaphragm are fine. The retainers are the small parts that hold each flapper in place in the pump head. The pack covers a range of pumps rather than one: Schego lists air pumps from 100 L/h (Prima) through 150 L/h (Ideal) and 250 L/h (Optimal and WS2) to 350 L/h (M2K3 and WS3), and the supplier gives this item as suiting all of them. Schego does not publish valve dimensions, material or the number of flappers each pump uses, so the old valve should be compared with a new one before the pump is closed up. Valves are replaced with the pump unplugged and the head open.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Uneven or pulsing airflow:** The pump runs but the bubbles come in bursts or have weakened.
- **Back-flow:** Air or water seems to pass the wrong way through the pump head.
- **Stiff or curled flaps:** Valves seen at a diaphragm change that no longer lie flat.
- **Several pumps:** Ten pieces suit a shop or fish room with a mix of Schego models.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Unplug the pump:** Disconnect the mains and the airline.
- **Open the head:** Take off the cover and head so the valves are visible.
- **Note the position:** Check which way each old flapper and retainer sits before removing it.
- **Fit and test:** Install the new flapper and retainer the same way, rebuild the head and run the pump.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Ten pieces:** Enough valves to service several pumps.
- **Retainers included:** The holders come with the flappers.
- **Red flapper valves:** Supplied in red, as the name says.
- **Listed for all models:** The supplier states they suit every Schego model.
- **One-way flow:** The part that keeps air moving towards the outlet.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH890
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256008905
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Valves
- **Quantity:** 10 flapper valves with retainers
- **Colour:** Red
- **Fits:** Schego diaphragm air pumps (supplier lists as suiting all models)
- **Related Parts:** Diaphragm sets and chamber kits for each pump family (SH731, SH771, SH852, SH742)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums aerated by Schego diaphragm pumps
---
#### Schego Ws3 Coil 240v/50hz
Mains drive coil for the Schego WS3 high-pressure air pump.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/spare-parts/ws3-coil-240v-50hz/
- Price: $45.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: SH931 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 4005256009315
- Brand: SCHEGO (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/schego/) · Category: Spare Parts (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/spare-parts/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Schego-WS3-220-240v50Hz-350lh-510x510-optimized.avif
A decorative water column or protein skimmer fed by a WS3 depends on that pump running all day against the weight of the water. Schego Ws3 Coil 240v/50hz (SKU: SH931) is the replacement coil for the Schego WS3 air pump, rated 240 V and 50 Hz. The coil is the electromagnet in the pump's drive: it makes the magnet arm swing, and the arm drives the diaphragm. Schego describes the WS3 as developed for special applications such as water decorative columns or protein skimmers, where it offers a higher pressure than the standard models, at least 3 m of water column.
Schego's data for the WS3 gives an air output of 350 L/h and a power of 5 W, with air regulation, a 1 m cable and a case of about 170 × 75 × 60 mm (a retailer gives 160 × 75 × 60 mm). It is listed as Schego item 930; the coil here is the pump's mains drive part and is listed separately from the M2K3 coil (SH741). A failed coil leaves the pump silent and still, with no air at the outlet, while a pump that runs but delivers little is more likely to need a diaphragm (SH742), chamber kit (SH743), gaskets (SH746) or arm (SH745). The coil carries mains voltage, so the pump must stay unplugged during the repair and the work suits someone used to appliance servicing. The maker does not publish winding or resistance data, and the pump's own label should be checked for the 240 V rating before fitting.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Silent WS3:** The pump is powered but makes no sound and no air.
- **Skimmer feed pumps:** A dead air supply to a skimmer needs a quick, low-cost repair.
- **Water-column displays:** Decorative columns that depend on the WS3's pressure.
- **Sound mechanical parts:** The diaphragm, arm and chamber are in good order, so only the drive is at fault.
**Installation & Replacement Guide**
- **Disconnect the pump:** Remove the plug from the socket and take off the air line.
- **Open the housing:** Remove the cover and the head to reach the coil.
- **Fit the new coil:** Take out the old coil and install the new one in the same position and orientation.
- **Test it closed:** Reassemble the case before plugging in, then check the pump runs and delivers air.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **WS3-specific:** Listed for the high-pressure WS3, not the M2K3.
- **240 V / 50 Hz:** Mains rating in the product name.
- **Drive part:** Energises the magnet arm that pumps the air.
- **High-pressure pump:** Keeps a WS3 delivering to 3 m of water column.
- **Repair, not replace:** Restores a pump with otherwise sound parts.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Schego (Schemel & Goetz, Germany)
- **SKU:** SH931
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 4005256009315
- **Product Type:** Spare Parts > Air Pump Coil
- **Voltage:** 240 V, 50 Hz
- **Fits:** Schego WS3 air pump (Schego item 930)
- **Pump Output:** 350 L/h, 5 W, at least 3 m water column (Schego)
- **Companion Parts:** Diaphragm set (SH742); chamber kit (SH743); gaskets (SH746); reed arm (SH745)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, water columns and skimmers driven by a Schego WS3 pump
---
### Dymax — Freshwater aquarium
#### Dymax Composeal Beige 50G
Beige bonding sponge that hides glue joints on pale stone and light-coloured hardscape.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dymax-composeal-beige-50g/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM158 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009361589
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/8885009361589.jpg
Gluing a pale stone layout with superglue and tissue leaves white, crusty seams that show up from the front glass for months. Dymax Composeal Beige 50G (SKU: DM158) is the beige colour of Dymax's Composeal Bonding Sponge, a non-toxic bonding compound that is packed between pieces of rock or wood and then set with scaping glue to give a long-lasting, durable and waterproof joint. Dymax developed it as a cleaner alternative to the tissue-paper-and-glue method, and the compound comes in three natural colours so the joint blends into the hardscape without a cosmetic touch-up afterwards. Beige is the shade for light, sandy and cream-toned materials, and the 50 g pack covers a full layout rather than a single join.
Composeal is used for bonding wood and rock in aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums, and for filling gaps where two pieces do not sit flush. Dymax's directions are to secure the two pieces firmly together, densely fill the Composeal between them, then apply scaping glue evenly over the Composeal surface, making sure the glue also reaches the opposite side of the joint, and allow a few seconds for it to cure. Dymax pairs it with its own Flora Scaping Glue (DM743a), sold separately. The glue reacts with the sponge as it cures and gives off a small amount of smoke and smell, so Dymax recommends a mask, goggles and gloves, and working in a well-ventilated area, ideally with a fan running. Building the structure on a towel outside the tank and leaving it to air for a while before it goes in keeps the process tidy. Composeal is also sold in brown (DM174) and dark grey (DM172).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Pale stone layouts:** Light, sandy or cream-coloured rock where dark joints would show.
- **Bleached and light wood:** Pale branches and roots glued into a frame.
- **Filling gaps:** Bridging uneven contact points between two pieces.
- **Terrariums and paludariums:** Building backgrounds and ledges from rock and wood.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Dry-fit first:** Position and hold the two pieces firmly together before bonding.
- **Pack it densely:** Press Composeal tightly into the gap so it fills the joint.
- **Glue over the top:** Apply scaping glue evenly over the Composeal, both sides of the joint.
- **Protect yourself:** Mask, goggles and gloves, in a ventilated room with a fan.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Beige colour:** Blends into light stone and pale wood.
- **No tissue paper:** A tidier alternative to the tissue-and-glue method.
- **Waterproof bond:** Long-lasting and durable once set with scaping glue.
- **Cures in seconds:** Joints set within moments of gluing.
- **Non-toxic:** Described by Dymax as non-toxic and environmentally friendly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM158
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009361589
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Hardscape Bonding Compound
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Colour:** Beige
- **Works With:** Scaping glue such as Dymax Flora Scaping Glue (DM743a), sold separately
- **Curing:** A few seconds after glue is applied
- **Safety:** Wear mask, goggles and gloves; ventilate well
- **Other Colours:** Brown (DM174); Dark Grey (DM172); also made in 25 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums
---
#### Dymax Discus Gold 540g Sinking Pellets
Mid-size pack of protein-rich discus pellets for established groups and breeding pairs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dymax-discus-gold-540g-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $66.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM458 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364580
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Dymax-Discus-Gold-540g-DM458-JPG.jpg.webp
A group of adult discus that has learned to take pellets eats steadily every day, and keepers with a settled shoal soon find the small tub too small. Dymax Discus Gold 540g Sinking Pellets (SKU: DM458) is the 540 g pack of Dymax's discus pellet, a sinking food formulated as a complete diet from a blend of proteins, indispensable amino acids, vitamins and minerals. Dymax gives it a higher protein level for rapid, healthy growth and good body structure, describing that level as compatible with live foods, and adds natural flavour attractants because discus are known as finicky eaters. Dymax's product text goes as far as saying it is formulated so discus can be bred without supplementary foods.
Natural colour-enhancing ingredients, astaxanthin among them, are included to improve body colour, while a prebiotic and garlic extract support the digestive system. With more than three times the contents of the 170 g pack (DM457), the 540 g size makes sense for a display of six or more adults, a pair being conditioned to spawn, or a tank of juveniles that need several meals a day. Dymax's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only as much as the fish eat within five minutes, never overfeeding and always removing leftovers after the feeding period. Because the pack is opened often, closing it firmly after each feed and storing it out of warmth and humidity keeps the pellets in good condition. Fish rooms and discus breeders using larger quantities can step up to the 1.2 kg pack (DM534).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Established groups:** A shoal of adults that already accepts pellets.
- **Breeding pairs:** Conditioning fish on a protein-rich staple.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Juveniles that need frequent small meals for growth and shape.
- **Replacing beef heart:** A dry staple for keepers moving away from messy homemade mixes.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small and often:** Two to three feeds a day, as Dymax directs.
- **Watch the clock:** Only what is eaten in five minutes.
- **One feeding spot:** Discus learn a feeding station, which makes leftovers easy to find.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets after each feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **540 g pack:** More than three times the 170 g size.
- **Complete diet:** Proteins, amino acids, vitamins and minerals in one pellet.
- **Prebiotic and garlic:** For the digestive system and fussy appetites.
- **Natural colour enhancers:** Including astaxanthin.
- **Breeding support:** Dymax says discus can be bred on it without supplementary foods.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM458
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364580
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Discus)
- **Net Weight:** 540 g
- **Form:** Sinking pellet
- **Key Inclusions:** Proteins, indispensable amino acids, vitamins, minerals, prebiotic, astaxanthin, garlic extract, flavour attractants
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten within 5 minutes; remove leftovers
- **Ideal For:** Discus groups, breeding pairs and juveniles
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Discus Gold 170g (DM457); Dymax Discus Gold 1.2kg (DM534)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical and discus aquariums
---
#### Dymax Marine Complete 160g Small Sinking Pellet
Seafood-based staple pellet for mixed reef and fish-only communities.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/freshwater-aquarium/dymax-marine-complete-160g-small-sinking-pellet/
- Price: $30.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM539 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365396
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Freshwater aquarium (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/freshwater-aquarium/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/8885009365396_1.webp
A reef with a pair of clownfish, a few chromis, a wrasse and a goby needs one food that every mouth in the tank will take, fed day in and day out. Dymax Marine Complete 160g Small Sinking Pellet (SKU: DM539) is the 160 g pack of Dymax's seafood pellet for carnivorous and omnivorous marine fish, a small 1.6 mm pellet that sinks slowly through the water column. Krill meal and fish meal head the ingredient list, followed by wheat flour, yeast and mussel meal, with spirulina, algae and fish oil adding plant matter and marine lipids. Dymax describes the formula as complete and balanced, highly digestible, flavour-enhanced for finicky eaters and built with natural colour enhancers.
The 160 g tub holds about 400 mL of pellets, more than two and a half times the 60 g pack (DM538), and suits an established community tank fed several times a day. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein at least 42%, crude fat at least 8%, crude fibre no more than 3%, moisture no more than 10%, phosphorus at least 1.2% and ash no more than 15%. Astaxanthin and β-carotene are the colour-enhancing ingredients, while garlic, β-glucan, Bacillus subtilis and a prebiotic are included for health and digestion. Because the pellet sinks slowly, fish holding in the current get first chance and gobies or other sand-dwellers collect what drops. Dymax also sells a 560 g pack in a 2.5 mm medium pellet for larger fish such as tangs and angelfish that outgrow the small size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mixed reef communities:** One pellet for clownfish, chromis, wrasses and gobies together.
- **Fish-only systems:** A daily seafood staple for carnivores and omnivores.
- **Sand-dwelling fish:** Slow-sinking pellets reach gobies and other bottom feeders.
- **Daily staple:** A 400 mL tub for regular feeding in an established tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two or three feeds:** Small portions spread through the day.
- **Watch the reef:** Offer only what disappears within a few minutes.
- **Feed in low flow:** Drop pellets where the current carries them past the fish, not into the overflow.
- **Monitor nutrients:** Uneaten food raises nitrate and phosphate, so trim portions if test results climb.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Larger 160 g tub:** About 400 mL of pellets for daily feeding.
- **Seafood protein:** Krill, fish and mussel meal for carnivorous and omnivorous fish.
- **Slow sinking:** Feeds midwater fish first, then the sand-dwellers.
- **Health ingredients:** Garlic, β-glucan, Bacillus subtilis and a prebiotic.
- **Colour support:** Astaxanthin and β-carotene.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM539
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009365396
- **Product Type:** Food > Marine Pellets (Carnivore and Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 160 g (about 400 mL)
- **Pellet Size:** 1.6 mm small, slow sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 42%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, phosphorus min 1.2%, ash max 15%
- **Ingredients:** Krill meal, fish meal, wheat flour, yeast, mussel meal, spirulina, algae, astaxanthin, fish oil, lecithin, garlic, β-carotene, vitamins, minerals, potassium sorbate, BHT, β-glucan, Bacillus subtilis, betaine
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Marine Complete 60g (DM538); 560 g in 2.5 mm medium pellet
- **Target Environment:** Marine fish-only and reef aquariums
---
### Dymax — Aquascaping & CO2
#### Dymax Composeal Brown 50G
Brown bonding sponge for gluing driftwood, roots and branch hardscape without visible seams.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/dymax-composeal-brown-50g/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM174 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009361749
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/8885009361749.webp
Tying a tangle of spider wood into a tree shape is the easy part; making the joins disappear is what usually takes the time. Dymax Composeal Brown 50G (SKU: DM174) is the brown shade of Dymax's Composeal Bonding Sponge, a non-toxic, quick-bonding compound that fills the space between two pieces of hardscape and, once scaping glue is applied over it, sets into a strong, waterproof and long-lasting joint. Brown is the colour to choose for driftwood, roots, branch wood and warm-toned stone, where the compound reads as part of the wood rather than as a patch. It replaces the conventional tissue paper and glue method, and Dymax notes that no cosmetic touch-up is needed afterwards.
The sponge is packed firmly into the gap while the two pieces are held together, then the glue is spread evenly over the Composeal surface and around to the other side of the joint, and the bond cures within a few seconds. Composeal works with Dymax's Flora Scaping Glue (DM743a), which is sold separately, and is suitable for aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums. As the glue cures it reacts with the compound and releases a little smoke and smell, so Dymax recommends a mask, goggles and gloves and good airflow, with a fan if possible. Large wood structures are easier to build outside the tank in stages, letting each joint set before the next is added. Because driftwood can float until it is waterlogged, a bonded frame glued to a rock base also helps hold the layout down. The same compound comes in beige (DM158) and dark grey (DM172).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Driftwood trees:** Building branch structures from several pieces of wood.
- **Wood onto rock:** Anchoring roots to a stone base so they stay put.
- **Warm-toned stone:** Brown and tan rock where grey or beige would show.
- **Paludarium frames:** Wood-and-rock structures above and below the waterline.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Hold it together:** Secure both pieces firmly before filling the joint.
- **Fill densely:** Pack Composeal tightly into every gap.
- **Glue both sides:** Spread scaping glue evenly over the sponge and around the joint.
- **Ventilate:** Work with a fan, mask, goggles and gloves.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Wood-matched brown:** Disappears into driftwood and roots.
- **Quick bonding:** Sets within seconds once glue is added.
- **Strong and waterproof:** A durable, long-lasting joint.
- **Gap filling:** Bridges uneven contact points between pieces.
- **Cleaner than tissue:** No crusty white seams to disguise later.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM174
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009361749
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Hardscape Bonding Compound
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Colour:** Brown
- **Bonding Method:** Packed between pieces, then set with scaping glue (sold separately)
- **Curing:** A few seconds
- **Safety:** Mask, goggles and gloves; well-ventilated area
- **Other Colours:** Beige (DM158); Dark Grey (DM172); also made in 25 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums
---
#### Dymax Composeal Dark Grey 50G
Dark grey bonding compound for seamless joins in grey stone and rock-built aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/dymax-composeal-dark-grey-50g/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM172 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009361725
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/8885009361725.jpg
An iwagumi or a stacked rock wall in grey stone loses its effect when every joint is outlined in pale glue residue. Dymax Composeal Dark Grey 50G (SKU: DM172) is the dark grey colour of Dymax's Composeal Bonding Sponge, a non-toxic, quick-bonding compound that gives a long-lasting, durable and waterproof bond once Dymax Flora glue is added. It is made for bonding the woods and rocks used in aquascaping, terrariums and paludariums, and for filling the gaps between pieces that do not meet cleanly. Dark grey suits slate, grey and blue-grey stone and dark lava-type rock, where a beige or white seam would stand out against the stone.
Dymax designed Composeal to replace tissue paper in the traditional scaping-glue method, and with three natural colours to choose from the finished joint needs no cosmetic touch-up. In use, the two pieces are pressed and held together, the gap is densely filled with Composeal, scaping glue is applied evenly over the Composeal and carried round to the opposite side of the joint, and the bond cures in a few seconds. Flora Scaping Glue (DM743a) is the matching glue and is sold separately. The glue reacts with the compound as it cures, releasing a small amount of smoke and smell, so wear a mask, goggles and gloves and work in a well-ventilated space with a fan. For tall rock structures, bond the base pieces first and build upwards, checking stability before the layout goes into the tank. Composeal is also made in beige (DM158) and brown (DM174).
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grey stone layouts:** Iwagumi and rock-dominant scapes in grey or blue-grey stone.
- **Stacked rock walls:** Building height and overhangs safely from smaller pieces.
- **Dark rock:** Slate and lava-type stone where pale joints would show.
- **Gap filling:** Closing spaces between rocks that do not sit flush.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Build from the base:** Bond the lower pieces first, then work upwards.
- **Press and fill:** Hold the rocks together and pack Composeal densely into the gap.
- **Glue evenly:** Cover the Composeal and the far side of the joint with scaping glue.
- **Stay safe:** Mask, goggles, gloves and a fan for ventilation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dark grey shade:** Matches grey stone, slate and dark rock.
- **Fast setting:** The bond cures in a few seconds with glue.
- **Waterproof and durable:** Holds rock structures long term.
- **Replaces tissue paper:** Tidier joints with no touch-up needed.
- **Non-toxic compound:** Environmentally friendly, according to Dymax.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM172
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009361725
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Hardscape Bonding Compound
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Colour:** Dark grey
- **Glue Required:** Dymax Flora Scaping Glue (DM743a) or similar, sold separately
- **Curing:** A few seconds after gluing
- **Safety:** Mask, goggles, gloves and ventilation recommended
- **Other Colours:** Beige (DM158); Brown (DM174); also made in 25 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums
---
#### Dymax Flora Scaping Glue 20g Bottle
Fast-curing aquascaping glue for fixing moss and plants to rock, wood and gravel.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/aquascaping-co2/dymax-flora-scaping-glue-20g-bottle/
- Price: $9.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM743a
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Aquascaping & CO2 (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/aquascaping-co2/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/8885009367437.webp
Tying moss onto wood with cotton thread works, but it is slow, the thread shows for weeks and epiphytes on a vertical face tend to slip. Dymax Flora Scaping Glue 20g Bottle (SKU: DM743a) is Dymax's liquid scaping adhesive for aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums, made to attach moss and plants to rocks and wood and to bond hardscape materials to one another. It cures within seconds and gives the plant firm support while it roots, and because it bonds to wood, rock and even gravel, plants can be placed exactly where they look natural rather than where a thread will hold them. The 20 g bottle dispenses through a nozzle, which keeps each application small and placed where it is needed.
Dymax's directions are short: dispense a small amount of glue onto the chosen spot on a dry surface, press the plant or material firmly in place for a few seconds until it cures, then wipe excess glue from the nozzle before replacing the cap so the bottle does not seal itself shut. Dry surfaces matter, so lift wood or stone out of the water and pat the area dry before gluing, or work on hardscape before the tank is filled. A thin line of glue under the rhizome is enough for Anubias, Bucephalandra and ferns; burying the rhizome in glue is not needed. For moss, a few small dots across the surface hold a thin layer in place. Flora Scaping Glue is also the glue Dymax pairs with its Composeal Bonding Sponge (DM158, DM174, DM172 and the marine purple DM870), which is packed into hardscape joints and then set with this glue to give a waterproof, colour-matched bond.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Moss on wood and rock:** Java moss, Christmas moss and similar mosses fixed in thin patches.
- **Epiphyte plants:** Anubias, Bucephalandra and ferns mounted by the rhizome.
- **Hardscape bonding:** Joining rock and wood, alone or with Composeal.
- **Terrariums and paludariums:** Mounting plants on backgrounds and branches.
**How to Use**
- **Dry the spot:** Apply to a dry surface, as Dymax directs, not to wet wood or stone.
- **Use a small amount:** A thin line or a few dots is enough for most plants.
- **Press and hold:** Hold the plant firmly in place for a few seconds until it cures.
- **Clean the nozzle:** Wipe away excess glue before replacing the cap.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Cures in seconds:** Plants are held as soon as the glue sets.
- **Bonds many materials:** Wood, rock and even gravel.
- **No thread or line:** A cleaner look than tied-on plants.
- **Composeal partner:** The glue that sets Dymax's bonding sponge.
- **Multi-habitat:** Aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM743a
- **Product Type:** Aquascaping & CO2 > Aquascaping Glue
- **Contents:** 20 g bottle with nozzle
- **Form:** Liquid adhesive
- **Curing:** Within seconds
- **Bonds To:** Wood, rock and gravel; attaches moss and plants
- **Application:** Dry surfaces only; press for a few seconds
- **Companion Products:** Dymax Composeal Bonding Sponge (beige, brown, dark grey, marine purple)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquascapes, terrariums and paludariums
---
### Dymax — Dry Rock & Sand
#### Dymax Marine Composeal Purple 50g
Purple bonding compound that blends reef rock joints into coralline-coloured aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dry-rock-sand/dymax-marine-composeal-purple-50g/
- Price: $16.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM870 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009368700
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Dry Rock & Sand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dry-rock-sand/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Marine-Composeal-50g.webp
Dry reef rock starts out pale, but much synthetic reef rock is coloured purple to imitate coralline algae, and a pale glue seam across a purple arch is the first thing a viewer notices. Dymax Marine Composeal Purple 50g (SKU: DM870) is the marine version of Dymax's Composeal Bonding Sponge, a non-toxic, quick-bonding compound for joining reef rock and artificial coral in reef aquascapes. Packed into the gap between two rocks and then set with scaping glue, it forms a long-lasting, durable and waterproof bond. Its purple reef colour is matched to synthetic reef rock, so Dymax notes that no cosmetic touch-up is needed once the joint is made, and it can also be used to fill gaps between pieces.
Marine Composeal does not bond on its own: it needs a scaping glue, and Dymax pairs it with its Flora Scaping Glue (DM743a), sold separately. The method follows the rest of the Composeal range: hold the two rocks firmly together, pack the compound densely into the joint, apply glue evenly over the Composeal and round the back of the joint, and allow a few seconds for it to cure. The glue reacts as it cures and gives off a little smoke and smell, so a mask, goggles and gloves and a well-ventilated space with a fan are recommended. Build the rockwork out of the water, on a towel or tray, and let each bonded section set before lifting it. Rinsing the finished structure before it goes into the display is a sensible precaution in a reef. The freshwater Composeal range comes in beige, brown and dark grey.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Synthetic reef rock:** Purple-toned rock where pale joints would show.
- **Arches and overhangs:** Bonding rock into open structures that leave flow paths.
- **Artificial coral:** Fixing decorative pieces to the rockwork.
- **Gap filling:** Closing spaces between rocks that do not seat neatly.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Work dry:** Build the structure outside the tank on a towel or tray.
- **Pack and glue:** Fill the joint with Composeal, then glue evenly over it and around the back.
- **Allow to set:** A few seconds per joint before handling.
- **Protect yourself:** Mask, goggles and gloves, with a fan for ventilation.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purple reef colour:** Matched to synthetic reef rock.
- **No touch-up:** Joints blend in once bonded.
- **Waterproof bond:** Strong and durable with scaping glue.
- **Gap filler:** Bridges uneven contact points.
- **Non-toxic:** Described by Dymax as environmentally friendly.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM870
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009368700
- **Product Type:** Dry Rock & Sand > Reef Rock Bonding Compound
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Colour:** Purple (reef)
- **Glue Required:** Dymax Flora Scaping Glue (DM743a), sold separately
- **Curing:** A few seconds once glue is applied
- **Safety:** Mask, goggles and gloves; ventilate well
- **Related Range:** Dymax Composeal in beige, brown and dark grey for freshwater
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
### Dymax — Food
#### Dymax Algae Wafers Supreme 160g Sinking Wafers
Larger pack of algae wafers for tanks with several plecos and bottom grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-algae-wafers-supreme-160g-sinking-wafers/
- Price: $20.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM462 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364627
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/53078-dymax-algae-wafers-160g-dm462-jpg-510x510_grande-1.webp
Once a tank holds a colony of suckermouth catfish, wafers stop being an occasional extra and become the main meal every evening. Dymax Algae Wafers Supreme 160g Sinking Wafers (SKU: DM462) is the 160 g pack of Dymax's spirulina-rich sinking wafer, made for plecostomus, sucking catfish and the other herbivorous fish that feed from the bottom. Each disc is shaped to sink rapidly and keep its form once it lands, which gives slower and less pushy species time to graze rather than losing the food to quicker tankmates. The formula is high in vegetable matter and contains several types of algae alongside the spirulina, and Dymax describes it as a complete daily diet with added vitamins.
Holding more than two and a half times the contents of the 60 g pack (DM461), the 160 g size suits established tanks with a breeding group of bristlenose, larger common or sailfin plecos, or a keeper feeding wafers across more than one aquarium. The analysis listed for the range is crude protein at least 42%, crude fat at least 6%, crude fibre no more than 5%, moisture no more than 10%, phosphorus at least 1.2% and ash no more than 18%. A large pleco will happily sit on a wafer and keep others away, so spreading several discs around the tank lets the smaller fish feed too. Close the pack after each feed and store it somewhere cool and dry so the wafers stay firm. As with any plant-based food, take out anything still uneaten before the next feed so it does not break down in the gravel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bristlenose colonies:** Adults and growing juveniles feeding together each evening.
- **Larger plecos:** Common, sailfin and other big suckermouths that need more than a nibble.
- **Mixed bottom dwellers:** Corydoras, loaches and catfish sharing the same substrate.
- **Several tanks:** A pack size that covers wafer feeding in more than one aquarium.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Spread the wafers:** Place discs apart so dominant fish cannot guard them all.
- **Scale to the group:** Add wafers as the colony grows, guided by what is cleared.
- **Feed around lights-out:** Nocturnal suckermouths feed with more confidence in the dark.
- **Remove remains:** Siphon out leftover wafer before it softens into the gravel.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bigger 160 g pack:** More than two and a half times the 60 g size.
- **Rapid sinking:** Lands on the bottom before midwater fish intercept it.
- **Shape-retaining disc:** Gives slow grazers time to feed.
- **Vegetable-rich recipe:** Spirulina and multiple algaes for herbivores.
- **Complete daily diet:** Fortified with vitamins, according to Dymax.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM462
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364627
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 160 g
- **Form:** Rapid-sinking disc wafer
- **Analysis (as listed):** Crude protein min 42%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, phosphorus min 1.2%, ash max 18%
- **Main Ingredients:** Vegetable matter, spirulina and multiple algaes, with vitamins and supplements
- **Ideal For:** Plecos, bristlenose, sucking catfish and other algae-eating bottom feeders
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Algae Wafers Supreme 60g (DM461); also made in 520 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Dymax Algae Wafers Supreme 60g Sinking Wafers
Spirulina-rich sinking discs for bristlenose, plecos and other bottom grazers.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-algae-wafers-supreme-60g-sinking-wafers/
- Price: $11.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM461 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364610
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/53082-dymax-algae-wafers-60g-dm461-jpg-510x510_grande-1.webp
A bristlenose working the glass at night rarely gets a share of flake that faster fish snap up near the surface, so its food has to arrive on the bottom and stay there. Dymax Algae Wafers Supreme 60g Sinking Wafers (SKU: DM461) is the small pack of Dymax's algae wafer, a disc-shaped food built around spirulina, vegetable matter and several algaes for plecostomus, sucking catfish and other herbivorous bottom feeders. The disc sinks quickly and holds its shape after it lands, so a shy grazer can rasp at it over a long period instead of competing for a few seconds of food. Dymax presents it as a complete daily diet fortified with vitamins, and the 60 g pack suits one community tank with a handful of bottom grazers, or a first try with a newly bought fish.
The analysis listed for the wafer is crude protein minimum 42%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 5%, moisture maximum 10%, phosphorus minimum 1.2% and ash maximum 18%. That protein sits alongside the plant content rather than replacing it: the recipe leans on spirulina and algae, which plecos and other algae eaters prefer. Because the wafer keeps its form, it suits mixed tanks where corydoras, loaches and plecos all feed off the substrate and a crumbling food would be taken by midwater fish before it settled. Feed only what is cleared before the next feed and lift out anything left, since softened plant food fouls the water if it is forgotten in the gravel.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bristlenose and plecos:** A plant-based staple for suckermouth catfish that rasp food off surfaces.
- **Community tanks:** Gets food past midwater fish to the grazers on the bottom.
- **Shy or slow feeders:** A disc that stays intact while timid fish nibble at it.
- **Small groups:** A 60 g pack sized for one tank with a few bottom feeders.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Start small:** One wafer for a small group, adding another only if the first is cleared.
- **Feed at dusk:** Drop wafers in around lights-out, when nocturnal grazers become active.
- **Clear leftovers:** Remove softened remains before the next feed to protect water quality.
- **Check condition:** A well-fed pleco shows a gently rounded belly; adjust the number of wafers to suit.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast-sinking disc:** Drops straight to the substrate past surface and midwater feeders.
- **Holds its shape:** Lets less aggressive species graze over a long period.
- **Spirulina and algae:** High levels of the plant foods that algae eaters prefer.
- **Vitamin fortified:** Presented by Dymax as a complete daily diet.
- **Starter pack:** 60 g for a single tank or a trial with new fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM461
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364610
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Wafers (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g
- **Form:** Fast-sinking disc wafer that holds its shape
- **Analysis (as listed):** Crude protein min 42%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 5%, moisture max 10%, phosphorus min 1.2%, ash max 18%
- **Main Ingredients:** Vegetable matter, spirulina and multiple algaes, with added vitamins
- **Ideal For:** Plecostomus, bristlenose, sucking catfish and other herbivorous bottom feeders
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Algae Wafers Supreme 160g (DM462); also made in 520 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Dymax Cichlid Premium 1.2kg Sinking Pellet (2.0mm)
Bulk vegetable-based pellet for large African cichlid colonies and fish rooms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-cichlid-premium-1-2kg-sinking-pellet-2-0mm/
- Price: $81.55 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM533 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365334
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/2ed82993-2703-42b1-9cfb-6126e4393220.webp
A breeder with a row of mbuna grow-out tanks, or a big Malawi display holding dozens of fish, measures food by the kilogram rather than the tub. Dymax Cichlid Premium 1.2kg Sinking Pellet (2.0mm) (SKU: DM533) is the bulk pack of Dymax's herbivorous cichlid food: a 2.0 mm sinking pellet with a formula rich in vegetable content, made to meet the nutritional needs of African cichlids from Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika as a daily diet and also suited to other herbivorous tropical fish. The recipe includes prebiotics that Dymax says support health, vigour and digestion, linoleic acid for healthy organs and reproductive capacity, and pure-cultured spirulina for vibrant colour.
At 1.2 kg it holds more than twice the 560 g pack (DM460), which makes it the practical size for fish rooms, cichlid breeders and keepers running several African tanks on one diet. β-glucan is also included to support the immune system, useful where fish are moved, sold or grown on in numbers. Dymax's feeding instructions are two to three times daily, the amount the fish eat within five minutes, with no overfeeding and leftovers removed after each feed. A large pack is opened many times, so reseal it after each use and keep it cool and dry; decanting a week's supply into a smaller container limits how often the main pack meets humid air. For fry too small to take a 2.0 mm pellet, a few pellets can be crushed between the fingers until the young fish grow into the full size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many tanks of herbivorous cichlids on one consistent diet.
- **Large Malawi displays:** Big mbuna colonies that get through a lot of food every week.
- **Grow-out tanks:** Juveniles raised on the same food they will eat as adults.
- **Tanganyikan grazers:** Tropheus and other plant-eating species from the lake.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily routine:** Two to three feeds each day, as Dymax directs.
- **Portion by appetite:** Only what the fish clear in five minutes.
- **Tank by tank:** In a fish room, judge each tank's portion by its own stocking.
- **Clean up:** Remove uneaten pellets after the feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.2 kg bulk pack:** More than twice the 560 g size.
- **2.0 mm sinking pellet:** One pellet size across a whole fish room.
- **Plant-based nutrition:** A vegetable-rich formula for herbivorous cichlids.
- **Prebiotics and β-glucan:** Digestive and immune support in every feed.
- **Linoleic acid:** Included for organ health and breeding condition.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM533
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009365334
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 1.2 kg
- **Pellet Size:** 2.0 mm, sinking
- **Key Inclusions:** Vegetable content, pure-cultured spirulina, prebiotics, linoleic acid, β-glucan
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, only what is eaten within 5 minutes; remove leftovers
- **Ideal For:** Malawi and Tanganyikan herbivorous cichlids and other herbivorous tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Cichlid Premium 560g (DM460); also made in 180 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African cichlid aquariums and fish rooms
---
#### Dymax Cichlid Premium 560g Sinking Pellets
Vegetable-rich 2 mm sinking pellet for Malawi and Tanganyikan herbivorous cichlids.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-cichlid-premium-560g-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $44.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM460 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364603
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/53102-dymax-cichlid-premium-560g-dm460-jpg_grande-jpg.webp
Mbuna and Tropheus spend their days scraping algae off rock in the wild, and a diet built only on meaty pellets does not suit a gut made for plant matter. Dymax Cichlid Premium 560g Sinking Pellets (SKU: DM460) is Dymax's daily food for herbivorous cichlids, a 2 mm sinking pellet with a formula rich in vegetable content, made to meet the nutritional needs of African cichlids from Lake Malawi and Lake Tanganyika and suitable for other herbivorous tropical fish. Pure-cultured spirulina is included for colour, prebiotics support digestion and vigour, and β-glucan is added to support the immune system. The 560 g pack suits a single well-stocked African display.
Dymax also adds linoleic acid, which it links to healthy organs and improved reproductive capacity, so the same food serves breeding colonies as well as show tanks. The 2 mm pellet sinks through the water column, giving fish that hold territory low in the rockwork a chance to feed instead of leaving everything to the boldest fish at the surface. Dymax's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only the amount the fish consume within five minutes, avoiding overfeeding and removing any leftovers after the feeding period. Small, frequent meals suit herbivorous cichlids, whose long guts are built for steady grazing rather than one large feed. For bigger collections or several tanks the same food comes in a 1.2 kg pack (DM533), and a 180 g size is also made.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mbuna communities:** A daily staple for rock-dwelling Malawi cichlids that graze algae in the wild.
- **Tropheus and other Tanganyikans:** A vegetable-led diet for plant-grazing species.
- **Breeding colonies:** Linoleic acid included for reproductive condition.
- **Mixed herbivore tanks:** Other herbivorous tropical fish that take a sinking pellet.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three meals:** Feed small portions two or three times a day.
- **Five-minute rule:** Offer only what is eaten within five minutes.
- **Spread the portion:** Scatter pellets across the tank so subordinate fish get a share.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten pellets after the feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Vegetable-rich formula:** Designed around the diet of herbivorous cichlids.
- **2 mm sinking pellet:** Reaches fish holding near the rockwork.
- **Spirulina for colour:** Pure-cultured spirulina in the recipe.
- **Gut and immune support:** Prebiotics and β-glucan included.
- **560 g pack:** Sized for one busy African display.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM460
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364603
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Herbivorous Cichlid)
- **Net Weight:** 560 g
- **Pellet Size:** 2.0 mm, sinking
- **Key Inclusions:** Pure-cultured spirulina, prebiotics, β-glucan, linoleic acid
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten within 5 minutes
- **Ideal For:** Herbivorous African cichlids from Lakes Malawi and Tanganyika, and other herbivorous tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Cichlid Premium 1.2kg (DM533); also made in 180 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater African cichlid aquariums
---
#### Dymax Discus Gold 1.2kg Sinking Pellet
Bulk discus pellet for breeders, grow-out systems and large discus displays.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-discus-gold-1-2kg-sinking-pellet/
- Price: $120.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM534 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365341
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/8885009365341_1.webp
Raising a spawn of discus to a saleable size means feeding hundreds of hungry juveniles several times a day, and that is where a bulk pack earns its place. Dymax Discus Gold 1.2kg Sinking Pellet (SKU: DM534) is the largest pack of Dymax's discus food, a sinking pellet made as a complete diet from a blend of proteins, indispensable amino acids, vitamins and minerals. Dymax specifically developed it with higher protein levels for rapid, healthy growth of discus and good body structure, with natural flavour attractants for a species known as a finicky eater, and with garlic extract aimed at wild-caught fish. Astaxanthin and other natural ingredients are added to promote vibrant body colour.
At about seven times the contents of the 170 g pack (DM457), the 1.2 kg size is meant for discus breeders, grow-out systems, shops holding newly imported fish and keepers with a large discus display. A prebiotic is included to help the digestive system, which matters when juveniles are fed heavily for growth. Dymax's feeding directions are two to three times daily, the amount the fish eat within five minutes, avoiding overfeeding and removing anything left after the feeding period. In bare-bottom grow-out tanks, leftovers are easy to see and siphon out before they affect water quality in the warm water discus need. Keep the main pack sealed, cool and dry, and decant a working supply for daily use so the bulk of the pellets stays fresh. A 540 g pack (DM458) sits between the two sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Grow-out systems:** Batches of juveniles fed several times every day.
- **Breeding programmes:** Pairs conditioned on one consistent diet.
- **Retail and holding tanks:** New arrivals, wild-caught fish included, settling onto a prepared food.
- **Large discus displays:** Big groups that would empty small packs quickly.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Up to three feeds:** Dymax directs two to three meals a day.
- **Five minutes per feed:** Offer only what is cleared in that time.
- **Decant a working supply:** Keep the main pack closed, cool and dry.
- **Siphon leftovers:** Especially in bare-bottom grow-out tanks.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **1.2 kg bulk pack:** About seven times the 170 g size.
- **One diet across tanks:** The same pellet from juveniles to breeders.
- **Growth-focused protein:** Higher protein for growth and body structure.
- **Colour support:** Astaxanthin and other natural colour enhancers.
- **Digestive support:** A prebiotic, plus garlic extract for acceptance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM534
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009365341
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Discus)
- **Net Weight:** 1.2 kg
- **Form:** Sinking pellet
- **Key Inclusions:** Proteins, indispensable amino acids, vitamins, minerals, prebiotic, astaxanthin, garlic extract
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten within 5 minutes
- **Ideal For:** Discus breeders, grow-out systems and large discus groups
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Discus Gold 170g (DM457); Dymax Discus Gold 540g (DM458)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical and discus aquariums
---
#### Dymax Discus Gold 170g Sinking Pellets
High-protein, colour-enhancing sinking pellet for discus and finicky eaters.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-discus-gold-170g-sinking-pellets/
- Price: $28.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM457 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364573
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Dymax-Discus-Gold-170g-DM457-JPG-510x510.jpg.webp
Discus are famously fussy, and a wild-caught fish that has only known live food can ignore a new pellet for days. Dymax Discus Gold 170g Sinking Pellets (SKU: DM457) is Dymax's specialist discus food, a sinking pellet made from a blend of proteins, indispensable amino acids, vitamins and minerals, with a protein level Dymax describes as compatible with live foods. Garlic extract and natural flavour attractants are included specifically for finicky eaters and fish from the wild, and astaxanthin with other natural colour-enhancing ingredients is there to bring out body colour at what Dymax calls a noticeable rate. The 170 g pack is the size to start with when moving a few discus onto a prepared food.
Discus feed slowly and often pick food from the bottom or just above it, which is why a sinking pellet suits them better than a flake that drifts into the filter intake. Dymax adds a prebiotic to help the digestive system, and positions the higher protein level as support for rapid, healthy growth and good body shape in young fish. The directions are two to three feeds daily, offering only what the fish eat within five minutes, avoiding overfeeding and removing leftovers after the feeding period. Discus tanks are kept warm, so uneaten food breaks down quickly and is worth siphoning out promptly. When converting fish from bloodworm or beef heart, mixing a few pellets in with the familiar food over several days helps acceptance. The same pellet is sold in 540 g (DM458) and 1.2 kg (DM534) packs once a group is eating it reliably.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Wild-caught discus:** Garlic and flavour attractants to tempt fish used to live food.
- **Juveniles growing on:** A high-protein staple for growth and body shape.
- **Colour development:** Astaxanthin and natural enhancers for stronger body colour.
- **Small groups:** A 170 g pack for a few discus or a first trial of pellets.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds:** Small meals spread through the day.
- **Five-minute limit:** Offer only what is eaten within five minutes.
- **Wean gradually:** Mix pellets with the usual frozen food at first.
- **Siphon after feeding:** Warm discus water fouls quickly if leftovers stay in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Sinking pellet:** Suits discus that feed near the bottom.
- **High protein:** A level Dymax rates as compatible with live foods.
- **Garlic and attractants:** Aimed at finicky and wild-caught fish.
- **Astaxanthin:** One of several natural colour-enhancing ingredients.
- **170 g trial size:** For a small group or a first switch to pellets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM457
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364573
- **Product Type:** Food > Sinking Pellets (Discus)
- **Net Weight:** 170 g
- **Form:** Sinking pellet
- **Key Inclusions:** Blend of proteins, indispensable amino acids, vitamins, minerals, prebiotic, astaxanthin, garlic extract
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten within 5 minutes
- **Ideal For:** Discus, including wild-caught and finicky fish
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Discus Gold 540g (DM458); Dymax Discus Gold 1.2kg (DM534)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical and discus aquariums
---
#### Dymax Marine Complete 60g Small Sinking Pellet
Krill and seafood pellet for carnivorous and omnivorous marine fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-marine-complete-60g-small-sinking-pellet/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM538 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365389
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/8885009365389_1.webp
New marine fish often arrive refusing anything but frozen mysis, and the first dry food they are offered has to smell like something from the reef. Dymax Marine Complete 60g Small Sinking Pellet (SKU: DM538) is Dymax's small 1.6 mm sinking pellet for carnivorous and omnivorous marine fish, a recipe led by krill meal and fish meal, with mussel meal, spirulina and algae further down the list. Dymax adds a flavour attractant for finicky fish, natural colour-enhancing ingredients including astaxanthin and β-carotene, and a prebiotic, and describes the formula as easily digestible and fully balanced. The 60 g pack holds about 180 mL of pellets, which suits a nano reef or a first trial with a fussy new arrival.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 42%, crude fat minimum 8%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 10%, phosphorus minimum 1.2% and ash maximum 15%. Garlic, β-glucan and Bacillus subtilis also appear in the ingredient list, and Dymax links its marine formulas to immune support and resistance against parasites. The pellets sink slowly, so fish can take them in midwater while bottom dwellers pick up what reaches the sand, and the 1.6 mm size fits the mouths of clownfish, damsels, cardinalfish and other small to medium fish. A reasonable routine is two or three small feeds a day, offering only what is eaten within a few minutes, since uneaten pellets in rockwork add to nitrate and phosphate. The 160 g pack (DM539) uses the same pellet, and a 560 g pack comes in a 2.5 mm medium pellet for larger fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Clownfish and damsels:** Small mouths that suit a 1.6 mm pellet.
- **Meat-eating reef fish:** Cardinalfish, small wrasses and others that favour seafood.
- **Weaning new arrivals:** A krill-led pellet with a flavour attractant for fussy fish.
- **Nano reefs:** A 60 g pack sized for a small tank's fish load.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Small portions:** Two or three feeds a day rather than one large one.
- **A few minutes only:** Offer what is eaten before pellets settle into the rock.
- **Pause the wavemakers:** A few minutes of low flow stops pellets blowing into the overflow.
- **Mix when weaning:** Soak pellets with thawed frozen food until the fish accept them alone.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Krill and fish meal lead:** Marine proteins for carnivores and omnivores.
- **1.6 mm slow-sinking pellet:** Taken in midwater and picked up off the sand.
- **Flavour attractant:** Added for finicky fish.
- **Natural colour enhancers:** Astaxanthin and β-carotene in the recipe.
- **Nano-sized pack:** About 180 mL of pellets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM538
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009365389
- **Product Type:** Food > Marine Pellets (Carnivore and Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g (about 180 mL)
- **Pellet Size:** 1.6 mm small, slow sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 42%, crude fat min 8%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, phosphorus min 1.2%, ash max 15%
- **Ingredients:** Krill meal, fish meal, wheat flour, yeast, mussel meal, spirulina, algae, astaxanthin, fish oil, lecithin, garlic, β-carotene, vitamins, minerals, potassium sorbate, BHT, β-glucan, Bacillus subtilis, betaine
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Marine Complete 160g (DM539); 560 g in 2.5 mm medium pellet
- **Target Environment:** Marine fish-only and reef aquariums
---
#### Dymax Marine Superior 160g Small Sinking Pellet
Larger tub of algae-rich pellets for reef tanks with several grazing fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-marine-superior-160g-small-sinking-pellet/
- Price: $30.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM542 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365426
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/1118741837.jpg
Keeping a pair of blennies, a dwarf angelfish and a shoal of chromis fed on algae-based food every day takes more than a sample pack. Dymax Marine Superior 160g Small Sinking Pellet (SKU: DM542) is the 160 g tub of Dymax's herbivore and omnivore pellet for marine fish, a small 1.6 mm sinking pellet that pairs spirulina, seaweed and marine algae with fish, krill and mussel meal. Dymax enriches the recipe with spirulina and natural carotenoids for colour, and includes garlic and immunostimulants that it links to better resistance against bacteria and parasites. It is formulated as a complete diet for tropical marine fish, with flavour enhancement for fussy feeders.
At about 400 mL of pellets, more than two and a half times the 60 g pack (DM541), this size suits a mixed reef where several grazers are fed two or three times a day. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein at least 40%, crude fat at least 6%, crude fibre no more than 3%, moisture no more than 10%, phosphorus at least 1.2% and ash no more than 15%. Listed ingredients include β-glucan and Bacillus subtilis alongside astaxanthin, vitamins A, D3, E and C, and chelated trace minerals. Dymax describes the pellets as highly digestible, which helps keep waste down in a nutrient-sensitive reef. Many keepers feed it alongside a seafood pellet such as Dymax Marine Complete so that carnivores and grazers both get what they need. Once tangs and rabbitfish outgrow the 1.6 mm size, the 560 g pack in a 2.5 mm medium pellet is the better match.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Several grazers:** Blennies, dwarf angelfish and juvenile tangs fed daily.
- **Mixed reef staple:** A plant-rich pellet beside a meatier food.
- **Fish-only with live rock:** Omnivores that need algae in every meal.
- **Fussy feeders:** Flavour enhancement to tempt reluctant fish.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two or three feeds:** Small amounts through the day for grazers.
- **Few minutes only:** Offer what is eaten before pellets reach the rock.
- **Pair with seafood:** Alternate with a krill-based pellet in mixed tanks.
- **Test regularly:** Trim portions if nitrate or phosphate start to rise.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **160 g tub:** About 400 mL of pellets for regular feeding.
- **Algae-forward recipe:** Spirulina, seaweed and marine algae for herbivores.
- **Highly digestible:** Dymax's description, aimed at less waste.
- **Carotenoid colour support:** Spirulina, carotenoids and astaxanthin.
- **Health additives:** Garlic, β-glucan and Bacillus subtilis.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM542
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009365426
- **Product Type:** Food > Marine Pellets (Herbivore and Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 160 g (about 400 mL)
- **Pellet Size:** 1.6 mm small, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, phosphorus min 1.2%, ash max 15%
- **Main Ingredients:** Spirulina, seaweed, algae, fish meal, krill meal, mussel meal, fish oil, wheat flour, yeast, garlic, lecithin, β-glucan, astaxanthin, Bacillus subtilis, vitamins and minerals
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Marine Superior 60g (DM541); 560 g in 2.5 mm medium pellet
- **Target Environment:** Marine fish-only and reef aquariums
---
#### Dymax Marine Superior 60g Small Sinking Pellet
Algae and spirulina pellet for herbivorous and omnivorous marine fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-marine-superior-60g-small-sinking-pellet/
- Price: $14.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM541 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365419
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/8885009365419_1.webp
Blennies, small tangs and dwarf angelfish graze algae through the day on the reef, and a diet of meaty pellets alone leaves them short of the plant matter they are built to process. Dymax Marine Superior 60g Small Sinking Pellet (SKU: DM541) is Dymax's small 1.6 mm sinking pellet for herbivorous and omnivorous marine fish, combining spirulina, seaweed and marine algae with fish meal, krill meal and mussel meal. Dymax enriches it with spirulina and natural carotenoids for colour, and builds in garlic and immunostimulants that it says improve resistance against parasites. The 60 g pack holds about 180 mL of pellets.
The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 40%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 10%, phosphorus minimum 1.2% and ash maximum 15%. β-glucan and Bacillus subtilis are among the listed ingredients, along with astaxanthin as the colour ingredient and a full vitamin and mineral pack. Where Dymax Marine Complete leads with krill for carnivores, Marine Superior puts algae and seaweed up front for fish that need plant content in every meal, so the two are often fed side by side in a mixed reef. The 1.6 mm pellet suits blennies, dwarf angelfish, damsels, clownfish and juvenile tangs; larger tangs and rabbitfish are better served by the 560 g pack's 2.5 mm medium pellet. Feed small amounts two or three times daily and take out anything left after a few minutes. The 60 g size is a sensible first pack for a nano or a single grazer.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Algae grazers:** Blennies, dwarf angelfish and small tangs that need plant matter daily.
- **Omnivorous reef fish:** Clownfish and damsels that eat both algae and seafood.
- **Alongside a meaty food:** Balances a krill-based pellet in a mixed community.
- **Nano reefs:** A 60 g pack for one or two grazers in a small tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Little and often:** Two or three small feeds a day suit grazing fish.
- **Short window:** Offer only what is eaten within a few minutes.
- **Alternate foods:** Rotate with a seafood pellet or frozen food for variety.
- **Clean up:** Remove uneaten pellets so they do not add to nutrient levels.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine algae and seaweed:** Plant content for herbivorous and omnivorous fish.
- **Spirulina and carotenoids:** For colour enhancement, according to Dymax.
- **Immune support:** Garlic, β-glucan and Bacillus subtilis in the recipe.
- **1.6 mm small pellet:** Sized for blennies, damsels and dwarf angelfish.
- **Trial-size pack:** About 180 mL of pellets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM541
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009365419
- **Product Type:** Food > Marine Pellets (Herbivore and Omnivore)
- **Net Weight:** 60 g (about 180 mL)
- **Pellet Size:** 1.6 mm small, sinking
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, phosphorus min 1.2%, ash max 15%
- **Main Ingredients:** Spirulina, seaweed, algae, fish meal, krill meal, mussel meal, fish oil, wheat flour, yeast, garlic, lecithin, β-glucan, astaxanthin, Bacillus subtilis, vitamins and minerals
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Marine Superior 160g (DM542); 560 g in 2.5 mm medium pellet
- **Target Environment:** Marine fish-only and reef aquariums
---
#### Dymax Seaweed Blend Floating Flakes 50g
Seaweed and spirulina flake for marine herbivores and plant-eating freshwater fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-seaweed-blend-floating-flakes-50g/
- Price: $15.45 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM549 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365495
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/8885009365495_1.webp
Tangs and angelfish that graze all day can go hungry in a tank where the only food is meaty frozen fare, and a seaweed flake fills that gap with very little effort. Dymax Seaweed Blend Floating Flakes 50g (SKU: DM549) is Dymax's floating flake for herbivorous and omnivorous marine fish, built on seaweed, algae and spirulina with fish meal, krill meal and squid meal as the seafood proteins. The flakes float at the surface and crumble easily between the fingers, so the same food can be offered whole to a tang or broken down for a small blenny or damsel. Dymax describes it as an all-natural, nutritious formula, rich in vitamin C for immune support.
Natural garlic extract is added to increase acceptance by wild-caught and finicky fish, and Dymax presents garlic as a natural aid to parasite prevention. The listed guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 33%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3%, moisture maximum 10%, phosphorus minimum 1.0% and ash maximum 15%, a lower protein figure than Dymax's marine pellets that reflects the plant-led recipe. β-carotene, β-glucan and Bacillus subtilis are also in the ingredient list. Marine herbivores named for it include tangs, angelfish, wrasses and damsels, and it is also sold as a food for herbivorous freshwater fish. The directions are to feed two to three times daily, the amount the fish eat within a few minutes, avoiding overfeeding and removing leftovers after the feeding period. The 50 g pack holds about 400 mL of flake; Dymax also makes 20 g and 150 g sizes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tangs and angelfish:** Plant matter for grazers that need it every day.
- **Wrasses and damsels:** Omnivores that pick flake from the surface and midwater.
- **Freshwater herbivores:** Plant-eating fish that take a floating flake.
- **Fussy new arrivals:** Garlic extract to encourage wild-caught fish to feed.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three times daily:** Small pinches the fish finish within a few minutes.
- **Crumble for small mouths:** Break flakes down for blennies and small damsels.
- **Feed into low flow:** Keep flakes away from the overflow or skimmer intake.
- **Remove leftovers:** Net or siphon out uneaten flake after the feed.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Seaweed-based:** Seaweed, algae and spirulina lead the recipe.
- **Floating flake:** Easily crumbled for fish of different sizes.
- **Rich in vitamin C:** For immune support, according to Dymax.
- **Garlic extract:** Improves acceptance by wild-caught and finicky fish.
- **Marine and freshwater:** For herbivores and omnivores in either system.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM549
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009365495
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Flakes (Herbivore)
- **Net Weight:** 50 g (about 400 mL)
- **Form:** Floating flake, easily crumbled
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 33%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%, phosphorus min 1.0%, ash max 15%
- **Main Ingredients:** Seaweed, algae, spirulina, fish meal, krill meal, squid meal, wheat flour, yeast, fish oil, lecithin, garlic, vitamins and minerals
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten within a few minutes
- **Range Sizes:** 20 g, 50 g and 150 g
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater aquariums with herbivorous or omnivorous fish
---
#### Dymax Tropical Essential 120g Sinking Granules
Larger can of slow-sinking granules for busy community and livebearer tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-tropical-essential-120g-sinking-granules/
- Price: $22.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM455 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364559
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/53214-dymax-tropical-essential-granules-120g-dm455-jpg-510x510_grande-1.webp
A 200 litre community with a shoal of tetras, a colony of guppies and a few angelfish gets through granules quickly when it is fed twice a day. Dymax Tropical Essential 120g Sinking Granules (SKU: DM455) is the 120 g can of Dymax's soft, slow-sinking granule for freshwater tropical fish, made to retain its shape in the water so it does not pollute the tank or turn it cloudy. Dymax includes spirulina algae and astaxanthin to improve body colours, a prebiotic with garlic extract to support digestion, and Stimmune for immune support. The larger can is aimed at well-stocked community tanks, livebearer breeding setups and keepers feeding more than one aquarium.
Dymax lists tetras, guppies, mollies and angelfish as the fish it is made for, and the slow sink means a single feed works its way from surface livebearers past midwater shoals to bottom dwellers. Angelfish in particular take food as it falls rather than from the surface, so a granule that hangs in the water suits them well. Holding well over twice the 45 g pack (DM454), the 120 g can is the more economical size once a tank is fully stocked, and livebearer breeders can feed adults and growing fry from the same can, crushing a few granules for the smallest young. Dymax's feeding directions are two to three times daily, the amount the fish will eat within five minutes, avoiding overfeeding and removing leftovers after the feeding period. Keep the lid tight between feeds so the granules stay soft and fresh.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Well-stocked communities:** Mixed tanks with fish feeding at every level.
- **Angelfish tanks:** A granule that hangs in the water where angels feed.
- **Livebearer breeding:** Adults and growing fry fed from one can.
- **Several aquariums:** A 120 g can that covers more than one tank.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Daily routine:** Two to three feeds, as Dymax directs.
- **Five minutes:** Offer only what disappears in that time.
- **Crush for fry:** Rub a few granules into fine pieces for newborn livebearers.
- **Clear the bottom:** Remove uneaten granules after the feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **120 g can:** Well over twice the contents of the 45 g pack.
- **Gentle slow sink:** One feed reaches surface, midwater and bottom fish.
- **Clean feeding:** Granules keep their shape and do not cloud the water.
- **Colour and health:** Spirulina, astaxanthin, prebiotic and garlic extract.
- **Immune support:** Stimmune included in the recipe.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM455
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364559
- **Product Type:** Food > Slow-Sinking Granules (Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 120 g (can)
- **Form:** Soft, slow-sinking granules that retain their shape
- **Key Inclusions:** Spirulina algae, astaxanthin, prebiotic, garlic extract, Stimmune
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount eaten within 5 minutes; remove leftovers
- **Ideal For:** Tetras, guppies, mollies, angelfish and other small to medium tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Tropical Essential 45g Sinking Granules (DM454)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Dymax Tropical Essential 45g Sinking Granules
Soft, slow-sinking granules for guppies, tetras and small community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-tropical-essential-45g-sinking-granules/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM454 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364542
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/53216-dymax-tropical-essential-granules-45g-dm454-jpg_grande-1.webp
Flake that sits on the surface feeds the boldest fish first, while tetras holding in midwater and corydoras waiting below often miss out. Dymax Tropical Essential 45g Sinking Granules (SKU: DM454) is Dymax's everyday granule for small freshwater tropical fish: soft granules that sink slowly through every level of the tank, retain their shape in the water and, according to Dymax, do not pollute the water or cause cloudiness. Spirulina algae and astaxanthin are included to improve body colours, a prebiotic and garlic extract support the digestive system, and an ingredient Dymax lists as Stimmune is added for the immune system. The 45 g pack suits a single community or nano tank.
Dymax names guppies, tetras, mollies and angelfish as target fish, and the granule size also suits swordtails, platies, rasboras and most other small tropicals with modest mouths. As the granules drift down, surface feeders take some, midwater shoals take more and whatever reaches the gravel is picked up by bottom dwellers, which spreads one feed across the whole community. Because the granules stay soft and intact rather than breaking into dust, less fine food is lost into the filter. Dymax's directions are to feed two to three times daily, only the amount the fish will consume within five minutes, avoiding overfeeding and always removing leftovers after the feeding period. For a nano tank, a pinch of a few granules per fish is usually plenty, and the granules also work as a second food alongside flake, giving midwater and bottom fish their share of every feed. A 120 g can (DM455) is available for larger or busier tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Livebearer tanks:** Guppies, mollies, platies and swordtails.
- **Small shoaling fish:** Tetras and rasboras that feed in midwater.
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** A 45 g pack for a modest fish load.
- **Mixed communities:** Granules that feed the top, middle and bottom in turn.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds:** Small meals spaced through the day.
- **Five-minute rule:** Feed only what is eaten within five minutes.
- **Start with a pinch:** A few granules per fish, adjusted to appetite.
- **Remove leftovers:** Siphon out uneaten granules after the feeding period.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Slow-sinking granules:** Reach fish at every level of the tank.
- **Holds its shape:** Soft granules that Dymax says do not cloud the water.
- **Colour ingredients:** Spirulina algae and astaxanthin.
- **Digestive support:** Prebiotic and garlic extract.
- **Compact 45 g pack:** Sized for nano and small community tanks.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM454
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364542
- **Product Type:** Food > Slow-Sinking Granules (Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 45 g
- **Form:** Soft, slow-sinking granules
- **Key Inclusions:** Spirulina algae, astaxanthin, prebiotic, garlic extract, Stimmune
- **Feeding:** 2–3 times daily, the amount consumed within 5 minutes
- **Ideal For:** Guppies, tetras, mollies, angelfish and most small tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Tropical Essential 120g Sinking Granules (DM455)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical community aquariums
---
#### Dymax Tropical Flakes Essential 150g Floating Flakes
Resealable 150 g pack of staple tropical flake for larger and multiple tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-tropical-flakes-essential-150g-floating-flakes/
- Price: $22.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM465 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364658
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/53218-dymax-tropical-flakes-essential-150g-dm465-jpg-510x510_grande-1.webp
A heavily stocked community or a shelf of breeding tanks can empty a small flake tin in a few weeks, and a larger resealable pack saves constant reordering. Dymax Tropical Flakes Essential 150g Floating Flakes (SKU: DM465) is the 150 g pack of Dymax's staple tropical flake, supplied in a resealable foil container and formulated as a complete, balanced diet for freshwater tropical fish. Dymax builds it around a protein source it describes as superior, with garlic extract, prebiotic bacteria for health, vigour and digestion, and a natural colour enhancer with spirulina for fish colour. Dymax's aim is a diet close to what fish eat in nature, supporting growth, appearance and breeding.
Fish meal and krill lead the ingredients, followed by wheat germ, cassava starch, soya bean meal, yeast, fish oil, spirulina, colourants, vitamins and minerals. The guaranteed analysis is crude protein minimum 40%, crude fat minimum 6%, crude fibre maximum 3% and moisture maximum 10%, and linoleic acid is included for organ health and reproductive capacity. Three times the contents of the 50 g pack (DM464), the 150 g size suits a 300 litre community, a livebearer fish room or a household with several aquariums on the same staple. Guppies, mollies, angelfish and smaller cichlids all take it from the surface. Feed two to three times daily, only what is eaten within a few minutes, removing any flakes that settle uneaten. Pressing the air out of the foil pack before resealing helps the flakes stay crisp through to the bottom of the bag.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large community tanks:** Big shoals and mixed species fed every day.
- **Several aquariums:** One staple flake across the household or fish room.
- **Livebearer breeding:** Linoleic acid included for reproductive capacity.
- **Angelfish and small cichlids:** Surface-feeding tropicals that take flake readily.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three feeds:** Small amounts through the day.
- **Few minutes:** Only what the fish clear before flakes sink.
- **Portion per tank:** Judge each aquarium separately by its own stocking.
- **Reseal properly:** Squeeze out air and close the foil pack after use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **150 g resealable pack:** Three times the 50 g size in a foil container.
- **Complete staple:** Balanced daily nutrition for tropical fish.
- **Prebiotic bacteria:** For health, vigour and digestion.
- **Colour support:** Spirulina and a natural colour enhancer.
- **Breeding condition:** Linoleic acid for organs and reproduction.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM465
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364658
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Flakes (Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 150 g (resealable foil container)
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill, wheat germ, cassava starch, soya bean meal, yeast, fish oil, spirulina, colourants, vitamins and minerals
- **Key Inclusions:** Prebiotic bacteria, linoleic acid, garlic extract, natural colour enhancer
- **Ideal For:** Guppies, mollies, angelfish, small cichlids and other tropical fish
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Tropical Flakes Essential 50g (DM464); also made in 20 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### Dymax Tropical Flakes Essential 50g Floating Flakes
Everyday staple flake with prebiotics and spirulina for tropical community fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/dymax-tropical-flakes-essential-50g-floating-flakes/
- Price: $12.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM464 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009364641
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/53220-dymax-tropical-flakes-essential-50g-dm464-jpg_grande-1.webp
Most community tanks start with a tin of flake, and the one chosen ends up as the food the fish eat more often than anything else. Dymax Tropical Flakes Essential 50g Floating Flakes (SKU: DM464) is Dymax's staple floating flake for freshwater tropical fish, formulated as complete and balanced daily nutrition. It contains prebiotic bacteria that Dymax says improve health, vigour and digestion, spirulina and a natural colour enhancer to restore and improve fish colour, a protein source Dymax describes as superior, and garlic extract to encourage feeding. The 50 g size suits a single community tank, from a small guppy setup to a mid-size planted aquarium.
The listed ingredients are fish meal, krill, wheat germ, cassava starch, soya bean meal, yeast, fish oil, spirulina, colourants, vitamins and minerals, with a guaranteed analysis of crude protein at least 40%, crude fat at least 6%, crude fibre no more than 3% and moisture no more than 10%. Dymax also adds linoleic acid, which it associates with healthy organs and reproductive capacity, so the flake suits breeding livebearers as well as display fish. Guppies, mollies, angelfish and other tropical community fish take flake readily from the surface, and the flakes can be crumbled for tetras, rasboras and fry. Feed two to three times a day, no more than the fish clear within a few minutes, and remove anything that sinks uneaten. Flake loses quality once opened, so a 50 g pack that is finished within a few months keeps every feed fresh. A 150 g pack (DM465) suits larger or multiple tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Everyday staple:** Daily food for a freshwater tropical community.
- **Livebearers:** Guppies, mollies and platies that feed at the surface.
- **Angelfish and gouramis:** Fish that pick flakes from the top layer.
- **Single tanks:** A 50 g pack that stays fresh while it is used.
**Feeding Guide**
- **Two to three times daily:** Small pinches spread across the day.
- **Few minutes only:** Feed what is eaten before flakes sink.
- **Crumble for small mouths:** Rub flakes finer for tetras, rasboras and fry.
- **Close after use:** Seal the pack to keep moisture out between feeds.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Prebiotic bacteria:** Added for digestion and vigour.
- **Spirulina and colour enhancer:** To improve fish colour.
- **40% minimum protein:** Fish meal and krill as the leading proteins.
- **Garlic extract:** Encourages fish to feed.
- **Single-tank size:** 50 g used up while still fresh.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM464
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 8885009364641
- **Product Type:** Food > Floating Flakes (Tropical)
- **Net Weight:** 50 g
- **Guaranteed Analysis:** Crude protein min 40%, crude fat min 6%, crude fibre max 3%, moisture max 10%
- **Ingredients:** Fish meal, krill, wheat germ, cassava starch, soya bean meal, yeast, fish oil, spirulina, colourants, vitamins and minerals
- **Key Inclusions:** Prebiotic bacteria, linoleic acid, garlic extract
- **Ideal For:** Guppies, mollies, angelfish and other tropical community fish
- **Other Sizes:** Dymax Tropical Flakes Essential 150g (DM465); also made in 20 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater tropical aquariums
---
#### MASSIVE ACHIEVE 1.2KG SINKING WAFER
Dymax Massive Achieve Sinking Wafers 1.2kg.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/food/massive-achieve-1-2kg-sinking-wafer/
- Price: $129.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: DM529 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 8885009365297
- Brand: Dymax (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/dymax/) · Category: Food (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/food/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MASSIVE-ACHIEVE-1.2KG-SINKING-WAFER.png
Dymax Massive Achieve Sinking Wafers (SKU: DM529) are a high-protein, nutritionally complete daily diet formulated specifically for large bottom-feeding fish, catfish, plecos, stingrays, cichlids, and monster fish species. Designed to sink rapidly to the aquarium bed, these durable wafers ensure bottom dwellers get full access to essential nutrition without having to compete with surface-feeding fish.
Enriched with premium animal proteins, essential vitamins, trace minerals, and natural colour enhancers, this balanced formula promotes robust growth, strong immune response, and vibrant natural colouration. The wafers are engineered to soften quickly in water while retaining their structural integrity, making them easy to digest without crumbling or clouding the aquarium water.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Bottom-Feeder Nutrition:** Ideal daily diet for large bottom-dwelling carnivores and omnivores, including catfish, polypterus, stingrays, loaches, and large plecos.
- **Large Cichlid & Monster Fish Feeding:** Perfect for substrate-foraging cichlids and predatory species requiring dense, protein-rich diets.
- **Colour & Health Maintenance:** Suitable for daily feeding to maintain intestinal health, boost immunity, and promote natural skin and scale pigmentation.
**How to Use**
- Feed 1 to 2 times daily, dropping the required amount directly over the area where bottom fish forage.
- Provide only as many wafers as your fish can consume within 15 to 20 minutes.
- For nocturnal species (like certain catfish and plecos), feed shortly after switching off the aquarium lights.
- Remove any unconsumed food after 30 minutes to maintain optimal water clarity and quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fast-Sinking Wafers:** Quickly drop to the substrate to target bottom dwellers directly and prevent food theft by surface fish.
- **High-Protein Formula:** Rich in quality aquatic proteins to support healthy muscle development and rapid growth in large fish.
- **Non-Clouding Design:** Binds nutrients tightly so the wafer softens for easy consumption without dissolving into the water column.
- **Bulk 1.2kg Value Pack:** Economical bulk tub size designed for large tanks, high-density setups, and monster fish keepers.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Dymax
- **SKU:** DM529
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 8885009365297
- **Product Type:** Food / Sinking Wafers & Monster Fish Food
- **Net Food Weight:** 1.2 kg (1200 g)
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 150 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1,250 g (1.25 kg)
- **Target Environment:** Tropical Freshwater Aquariums, Cichlid & Monster Fish Tanks
---
### ASF — Dry Rock & Sand
#### ASF HoldFast Epoxy Purple
Two-part epoxy putty for bonding rock, coral and slate in purple-toned aquascapes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dry-rock-sand/asf-holdfast-epoxy-purple/
- Price: $46.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-210117
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Dry Rock & Sand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dry-rock-sand/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/ASF-210117-1.jpg
Rockwork that relies on balance alone tends to shift the first time a snail, a wrasse or a careless hand nudges it, and a bright white seam of glue gives the repair away. ASF HoldFast Epoxy Purple (SKU: ASF-210117) is Aquarium Systems' HoldFast epoxy stick in a purple finish, a hand-kneaded two-part putty that bonds rock, coral, slate and many other materials for building caves, ledges, arches, walls and grottos. Aquarium Systems states that HoldFast is not toxic to fish, invertebrates or reptiles and is equally suitable for freshwater and saltwater, so it serves reef tanks, cichlid rockscapes and terrariums alike. The purple colour sits more quietly against coralline-covered rock than a white epoxy.
The stick is used by cutting off as much as the job needs and kneading it with the fingers until the two components are fully combined and the colour is even. The surfaces to be joined should be clean, and roughening them first gives a stronger grip. The maker's directions for HoldFast allow roughly seven minutes of working time before the putty starts to harden; it sets within about 30 minutes and can be sanded, filled or drilled in under an hour. Press it into cracks and crevices between the pieces, then smooth or sculpt the excess so it blends into the rock. Wash hands after use, as the uncured putty may irritate sensitive skin, and keep it away from the eyes. Only knead as much as can be placed within the working time.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reef aquascaping:** Bonding dry or live rock into arches, overhangs and stable stacks.
- **Coral and frag placement:** Fixing coral pieces to rock or plugs.
- **Freshwater rockscapes:** Slate caves and ledges for cichlids and other rock-dwellers.
- **Reptile enclosures:** Securing rock and decor in terrariums.
**Placement & Care Guide**
- **Prepare surfaces:** Clean the pieces and roughen the contact points.
- **Knead the putty:** Cut the amount needed and work it until the colour is uniform.
- **Bond and shape:** Press into gaps, then smooth the excess within about seven minutes.
- **Let it set:** Allow about 30 minutes before loading the joint; sand or drill after an hour.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Purple finish:** Blends with coralline-encrusted and purple-toned rock.
- **Bonds many materials:** Rock, coral, slate and more.
- **Non-toxic to aquatic life:** Stated safe for fish, invertebrates and reptiles.
- **Quick set:** About seven minutes to work, 30 minutes to set.
- **Workable after curing:** Can be sanded, filled or drilled.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-210117
- **Product Type:** Dry Rock & Sand > Aquascaping Epoxy
- **Form:** Two-part epoxy putty stick, hand-kneaded
- **Colour:** Purple
- **Working Time:** About 7 minutes
- **Set Time:** About 30 minutes; sandable or drillable within an hour
- **Bonds:** Rock, coral, slate and other aquascaping materials
- **Safety:** May irritate sensitive skin; wash hands after use
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, terrariums
---
#### ASF HoldFast Epoxy Sand
Two-part epoxy putty stick for bonding aquarium rockwork.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dry-rock-sand/asf-holdfast-epoxy-sand/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-216125
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Dry Rock & Sand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dry-rock-sand/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/ASF-216125-1.jpg
Loose rock in a reef or cichlid tank shifts the moment a fish wedges itself into a gap, and silicone alone will not hold a cantilevered ledge in place underwater. ASF HoldFast Epoxy Sand (SKU: ASF-216125) is a two-part epoxy putty stick from ASF (Aquarium Systems, France), the maker behind the Instant Ocean and Holdfast ranges, supplied here in a sand colour that blends with dry rock and substrate rather than showing as plain white. The two parts come pre-combined inside the stick, so there is no separate hardener to measure out: break off the amount needed and knead it by hand until the colour runs even throughout. It cures hard underwater, and once set it can be drilled, filed or carved to a precise fit. A single stick is sized for a number of small jobs rather than one large rebuild, so it suits touch-ups and modest rockscapes more than a full aquascape pour.
Aquarium Systems states the cured putty is safe for fish and invertebrates in both freshwater and marine systems, and that it bonds to dry and live rock, coral skeleton, slate, resin ornaments and glass. Working time after kneading is short, at roughly seven minutes, so a piece needs to be positioned and pressed into the joint promptly. It sets within about 30 minutes and reaches a full, drillable cure within an hour, after which normal flow and fish traffic can resume. Surfaces should be clean and roughened where possible so the epoxy keys into the rock rather than any biofilm sitting on it. It is a rockwork adhesive rather than a sealant, and is not a substitute for aquarium silicone on load-bearing glass seams.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rock and reef aquascapes:** Joining dry rock into overhangs, caves and ledges that will not shift once cured.
- **Attaching frags and ornaments:** Fixing coral frag plugs or resin décor to rock without relying on silicone.
- **Repairing an existing aquascape:** Re-bonding a piece that has come loose during a rearrange or a digging fish.
- **Colour-matched repairs:** The sand tone over white where the patch needs to disappear against rock or substrate.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Break off only what is needed:** Smaller portions knead evenly and waste less of the stick.
- **Knead until uniform:** Work the putty between fingers until the colour is consistent with no streaks.
- **Press and hold within seven minutes:** Position the joint and hold it steady while the putty is still pliable.
- **Leave undisturbed to cure:** Avoid flow or handling for 30 minutes, and wait a full hour before drilling.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Pre-combined two-part stick:** No separate hardener to measure; knead by hand to activate.
- **Sand colour:** Cures to a tone that blends with dry rock and sand rather than showing white.
- **Underwater cure:** Sets hard in water within about 30 minutes.
- **Fish and invertebrate safe:** Suitable once cured in freshwater and marine aquariums.
- **Workable once set:** Can be drilled, filed or shaped for a precise fit.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-216125
- **Product Type:** Dry Rock & Sand > Epoxy Rock Adhesive
- **Form:** Two-part epoxy putty stick, sand colour
- **Working Time:** About 7 minutes after kneading
- **Cure Time:** Sets in about 30 minutes; drillable within 1 hour
- **Compatible Surfaces:** Dry rock, live rock, coral skeleton, slate, resin ornaments, glass
- **Water Type:** Fish and invertebrate safe once cured
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### ASF Paleo Sand FINE 25Kg
Bright fossil aragonite sand in a fine grade for reef and marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dry-rock-sand/asf-paleo-sand-fine-25kg/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-218001
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Dry Rock & Sand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dry-rock-sand/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/ASF-218001-1.jpg
A sand bed sets the brightness of the whole reef, and dull or dusty sand soaks up light that corals could use. ASF Paleo Sand FINE 25Kg (SKU: ASF-218001) is Aquarium Systems' Paleo Sand in the fine grade, ultra-pure natural aragonite from a fossil origin, sold as a 25 kg box of five 5 kg bags. Its analysis is 99.2% calcium carbonate, 0.4% magnesium carbonate and 0.035% iron oxide, and that purity gives it an extremely bright, highly reflective surface that Aquarium Systems presents as an advantage for corals that thrive under strong light. The maker positions it as an alternative to natural coral sand.
The fine grade gives a soft, smooth bed that suits burrowing and sand-sifting animals such as wrasses, jawfish, gobies and sand-dwelling invertebrates, and it presents the clean, even look of a natural reef flat. Fine grains pack more closely, so the bed should be kept shallow enough to stay clean and the water flow set so it does not drift. Retailer directions are to rinse the substrate thoroughly before it goes in the aquarium; after placing it, the tank is filled slowly over a plate or bag so the sand is not stirred up, and any remaining fine dust can be taken off the surface with a gentle siphon. Aragonite is a calcium carbonate substrate, so it also helps support carbonate hardness. Twenty-five kilograms is roughly 17 litres of sand, about a 3 cm bed across a 120 × 45 cm footprint.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New reef set-ups:** A bright, pure base for high-light coral tanks.
- **Sand-sifting livestock:** Fine grains for wrasses, jawfish and gobies that dig or bury.
- **Replacing old substrate:** Refreshing a dull or phosphate-laden sand bed.
- **Large displays:** Bulk 25 kg for long or wide marine tanks.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Rinse each bag thoroughly in a bucket before use.
- **Place before rock settles:** Spread evenly, or set rock on the glass and fill sand around it.
- **Fill gently:** Pour water slowly onto a plate or bag to avoid clouding.
- **Siphon the dust:** Lift residual fines off the surface with a gentle siphon.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Fine grade:** Soft texture for burrowing fish and invertebrates.
- **Fossil aragonite:** 99.2% calcium carbonate.
- **Highly reflective:** Bright white bed that returns light to corals.
- **Five 5 kg bags:** Easier to carry and rinse than one sack.
- **Coral sand alternative:** Aquarium Systems' stated positioning.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-218001
- **Product Type:** Dry Rock & Sand > Aragonite Sand (Fine)
- **Net Weight:** 25 kg (5 × 5 kg bags)
- **Material:** Natural fossil aragonite
- **Composition:** CaCO3 99.2%, MgCO3 0.4%, iron oxide 0.035%
- **Grade:** Fine
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly before use
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Paleo Sand MEDIUM 25Kg (ASF-218002)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### ASF Paleo Sand MEDIUM 25Kg
Medium-grain fossil aragonite that stays put in higher-flow reef tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/dry-rock-sand/asf-paleo-sand-medium-25kg/
- Price: $199.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-218002
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Dry Rock & Sand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/dry-rock-sand/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/ASF-218002.webp
Fine sand looks soft but blows into drifts and dunes once powerheads are turned up, which is where a heavier grain earns its place. ASF Paleo Sand MEDIUM 25Kg (SKU: ASF-218002) is the medium grade of Aquarium Systems' Paleo Sand, ultra-pure natural aragonite of fossil origin, packed as a 25 kg box holding five 5 kg bags. The maker's analysis is 99.2% calcium carbonate, 0.4% magnesium carbonate and 0.035% iron oxide. That purity makes the sand extremely bright and highly reflective, which Aquarium Systems sees as an advantage for high-light corals, and it is offered as an alternative to natural coral sand.
A medium grain is heavier than the fine grade, so it resists being moved by strong circulation and is less likely to be blown onto corals or into the overflow. The more open structure also allows water to move between the grains and is easier to stir and siphon clean. It suits SPS reefs and mixed reefs with high flow, as well as fish-only systems where a coarser look is wanted, though very small sand-burrowing species prefer the fine grade. Rinse the sand thoroughly before adding it, fill the tank slowly so the bed is not disturbed, and siphon any fine dust from the surface. As calcium carbonate it also supports carbonate hardness. The five separate bags make it easy to rinse one at a time in a bucket and to hold some back for later top-ups. The 25 kg makes roughly 17 litres of sand, about 3 cm deep over a 120 × 45 cm base.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-flow reefs:** SPS and mixed reefs where fine sand would drift.
- **Fish-only marine:** A brighter, coarser bed under larger fish.
- **Easier cleaning:** Grains that siphon cleanly without being lost.
- **Bulk set-ups:** 25 kg for long display tanks or sump refugiums.
**Substrate & Placement Guide**
- **Rinse well:** Wash each 5 kg bag until the water runs clearer.
- **Spread evenly:** Slope slightly towards the back for depth if wanted.
- **Fill slowly:** Add water gently to keep the bed in place.
- **Clean the surface:** Siphon away any fines once the tank is full.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium grade:** Heavier grain that holds its place in strong flow.
- **Ultra-pure aragonite:** 99.2% calcium carbonate from a fossil source.
- **Bright and reflective:** Suits high-light coral systems.
- **Boxed in five bags:** 5 × 5 kg for manageable rinsing.
- **Siphon-friendly:** Open grain that is easy to keep clean.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-218002
- **Product Type:** Dry Rock & Sand > Aragonite Sand (Medium)
- **Net Weight:** 25 kg (5 × 5 kg bags)
- **Material:** Natural fossil aragonite
- **Composition:** CaCO3 99.2%, MgCO3 0.4%, iron oxide 0.035%
- **Grade:** Medium
- **Preparation:** Rinse thoroughly before use
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Paleo Sand FINE 25Kg (ASF-218001)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
### ASF — Filter Media
#### ASF Bio-Pellets 1000ml
Biodegradable polymer pellets for reactor-based nitrate and phosphate reduction in marine tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/asf-bio-pellets-1000ml/
- Price: $74.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-216036
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/ASF-216036-1.jpg
Nitrate and phosphate creep up in every fed reef, and water changes alone rarely hold them where corals want them. ASF Bio-Pellets 1000ml (SKU: ASF-216036) is a one-litre tub of Aquarium Systems' bio-pellets, made from 100% biodegradable polymers for use in saltwater aquariums. The pellets do two jobs at once: they give bacteria a surface to colonise and serve as their carbon food source. As those bacteria grow on the pellets they take up nitrate and phosphate from the water and bind them into bacterial biomass, which the protein skimmer then removes from the system. A dosing spoon is included for measuring pellets into the reactor.
Bio-pellets must be run in a dedicated pellet reactor, where the flow keeps them gently tumbling; they are not loose media for a filter bag. Aquarium Systems notes that the reactor flow rate steers the result: a faster flow favours phosphate reduction and a slower flow favours nitrate reduction, so the tap or pump on the reactor becomes the control. Because the process depends on exporting biomass, an efficient skimmer is part of the system, and the reactor outlet is usually placed near the skimmer intake so the bacterial film shed by the pellets goes straight to it. Pellets are consumed slowly as they work, so the reactor is topped up from time to time to keep the bed volume steady. Starting with a modest amount of pellets and increasing it while nitrate and phosphate are tested is the usual approach. The 1000 mL size suits larger systems or long-term refills; a 400 mL pack is also made.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rising nitrate:** Reef tanks where nitrate keeps climbing between water changes.
- **Phosphate control:** Run at a faster reactor flow to favour phosphate reduction.
- **Heavily fed systems:** Fish-heavy marine tanks producing a steady nutrient load.
- **Skimmed marine set-ups:** Systems with a protein skimmer to export the biomass.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Use a reactor:** Load the pellets into a dedicated bio-pellet reactor only.
- **Measure with the spoon:** Begin with a modest quantity and build up gradually.
- **Tune the flow:** Faster for phosphate, slower for nitrate, with the pellets kept moving.
- **Feed the skimmer:** Direct the reactor outlet towards the skimmer intake.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Carbon source and surface:** Bacteria live on the pellets and feed on them.
- **Nitrate and phosphate uptake:** Nutrients bound into removable biomass.
- **Fully biodegradable:** Polymer pellets that are consumed over time.
- **Flow-adjustable result:** Reactor flow shifts the balance between nitrate and phosphate.
- **One-litre tub:** A larger fill for big reactors and refills, spoon included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-216036
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Bio-Pellets (Nutrient Reduction)
- **Net Volume:** 1000 mL
- **Material:** 100% biodegradable polymers
- **Removes:** Nitrate and phosphate via bacterial biomass
- **Required Equipment:** Bio-pellet reactor and protein skimmer
- **Included:** Dosing spoon
- **Range Sizes:** 400 mL and 1000 mL
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### ASF Filter Sock 100 Micron
Fine mesh sump sock for polishing water and catching suspended particles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/asf-filter-sock-100-micron/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-217068
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-217068-1.jpg
The water leaving a display tank carries detritus, uneaten food and fine particles straight into the sump, and the cheapest place to catch them is the first point they land. ASF Filter Sock 100 Micron (SKU: ASF-217068) is an Aquarium Systems filter sock with a 100 micron rating, a fine grade that traps much smaller particles than sponge or coarse floss. It hangs in a filter sock holder at the overflow drain so all the water coming down from the display passes through it before reaching the skimmer, media or return pump. The result is clearer water and a cleaner sump, provided the sock is changed before it clogs.
A 100 micron sock is the polishing grade: it removes fine suspended matter that a 200 micron sock lets through, but it also fills faster and so needs changing more often. Many reef keepers swap it every few days, rinsing the used sock and putting it through the wash, so having two or three in rotation keeps the sump running without a gap. Trapped waste keeps breaking down while it sits in the sock, which is the reason for regular changes. Check that the sock ring fits the holder in the sump before ordering. A sock that is left too long fills, lifts the water level and lets the flow spill over the top, so the filtration is bypassed without any obvious sign from the display. For tanks that clog a fine sock too quickly, the 200 micron version is the coarser alternative.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water polishing:** Removing fine particles for clearer display water.
- **Reef sumps:** Catching detritus before it settles in the sump.
- **After feeding:** Trapping uneaten food and fine debris from the display.
- **Freshwater sumps:** Mechanical pre-filtration in large freshwater systems too.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Fit the holder:** Seat the sock ring firmly in the sock holder under the drain.
- **Route all flow:** Make sure the overflow water falls into the sock, not around it.
- **Change often:** Swap the sock every few days, before it overflows or slows.
- **Wash and rotate:** Turn inside out, rinse, machine wash without detergent and dry.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100 micron rating:** The finer grade for polishing water.
- **Sump-mounted:** Fits a filter sock holder at the overflow drain.
- **Reusable:** Rinsed and washed between uses.
- **Catches detritus early:** Waste is removed before it reaches the sump floor.
- **Fresh or marine:** Mechanical filtration for either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-217068
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Sock
- **Filtration Rating:** 100 micron
- **Function:** Mechanical filtration at the sump inlet
- **Mounting:** Filter sock holder (check ring size against the holder)
- **Care:** Rinse and wash without detergent; keep spares in rotation
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Filter Sock 200 Micron (ASF-217069)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater sump systems
---
#### ASF Filter Sock 200 Micron
Coarser sump sock that traps debris while lasting longer between changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/asf-filter-sock-200-micron/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-217069
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-217069-1.jpg
A fine filter sock that overflows after two days is a chore, and on a busy tank a coarser grade often does the job with far less fuss. ASF Filter Sock 200 Micron (SKU: ASF-217069) is the 200 micron filter sock from Aquarium Systems, a mechanical filter that sits in a sock holder beneath the overflow drain and catches detritus, uneaten food and loose particles before the water reaches the rest of the sump. At 200 microns the mesh is twice as open as the 100 micron grade, so it lets the finest suspended matter pass but keeps flowing for longer before it needs to come out.
That longer interval is the reason to choose it. Heavily fed fish tanks, systems with high flow through the overflow and tanks with a lot of sand being stirred up all load a sock quickly, and the 200 micron grade copes with that load without backing up as soon. It still keeps visible debris, food and algae fragments out of the skimmer section and off the sump floor. Some keepers run it as everyday filtration and fit a 100 micron sock for a few days when they want to polish the water. Check that the ring suits the sump's sock holder, and keep a spare so one can be washed while the other is in use. Even a coarse sock holds trapped waste that keeps breaking down, so it should still come out on a set routine rather than only when it overflows.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Everyday sump filtration:** General debris removal with longer service between changes.
- **High-flow overflows:** Systems where a fine sock clogs and bypasses too quickly.
- **Heavy feeders:** Fish-only marine and large freshwater tanks with plenty of waste.
- **Sand-bed tanks:** Catching material lifted during cleaning and aquascaping.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Seat it securely:** Push the sock ring fully into the holder below the drain.
- **Watch the level:** Replace it when water starts rising inside the sock.
- **Clean it well:** Rinse out waste, turn inside out and wash without detergent.
- **Keep a spare:** Rotate two socks so filtration never stops.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **200 micron mesh:** Coarser grade for general debris capture.
- **Longer change interval:** Slower to clog than a 100 micron sock.
- **Protects the sump:** Keeps food and detritus out of the skimmer section.
- **Washable:** Reused through many cleaning cycles.
- **Pairs with 100 micron:** Swap to the finer grade for polishing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-217069
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Filter Sock
- **Filtration Rating:** 200 micron
- **Function:** Mechanical pre-filtration at the overflow drain
- **Mounting:** Filter sock holder (confirm ring fit)
- **Care:** Rinse, invert and wash without detergent; rotate spares
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Filter Sock 100 Micron (ASF-217068)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and freshwater sump systems
---
#### ASF Mega Media - Large 500g - Blue
Coarse synthetic filter media for the first mechanical stage of canisters and sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/asf-mega-media-large-500g-blue/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-215032
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Blue-458x458-1.jpg
Fine filter wool on its own clogs within days when a tank sheds a lot of large debris, and flow drops long before the next clean. ASF Mega Media - Large 500g - Blue (SKU: ASF-215032) is the large, blue grade of Aquarium Systems' Mega Media, a synthetic filtration media that lets water pass through freely while trapping large and small impurities. It comes as 500 g in a bag of about 50 × 20 × 10 cm, ready to be torn or cut to fit the filter. Aquarium Systems describes it as chemical-free, with no effect on water parameters, and as tougher than many other media, able to be rinsed and reused several times.
The large grade is the coarser, more open fibre in the Mega Media range, which makes it the natural first stage: it takes the bulk of the debris load at the inlet so finer media further along stays clean for longer. Aquarium Systems says its absorbent structure lets it last longer than other fine media between changes, though it should still be replaced regularly to prevent blockages. Before first use the media is loosened by hand and rinsed in clean water, then placed in the filter. It suits most external filters and sumps in both freshwater and saltwater systems. For a finer polishing layer after it, the Small White grade is available. Rinse used media in tank water drawn off during a water change rather than under the tap.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Canister pre-filtration:** The first media tray, catching coarse debris.
- **Sump inlets:** A layer under the drain or in the first chamber.
- **Messy fish:** Goldfish, cichlids and large eaters that produce bulky waste.
- **Replacing clogged floss:** Where fine wool chokes too quickly.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Loosen and rinse:** Tease the fibres apart and rinse in clean water before use.
- **Cut to fit:** Size a piece to fill the tray or chamber without gaps.
- **Place it first:** Put the coarse blue layer before finer media in the flow path.
- **Rinse and replace:** Rinse when flow drops; replace once it no longer recovers.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large grade:** Open blue fibre for coarse mechanical filtration.
- **Traps large and small particles:** While letting water flow through.
- **Chemical-free:** Does not change water parameters.
- **Reusable:** Rinsed and reused several times.
- **Bulk 500 g bag:** Enough to cut several filter pads.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-215032
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Mechanical Filter Media (Coarse)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Grade / Colour:** Large, blue
- **Material:** Synthetic filter fibre, chemical-free
- **Supplied:** Bag of approx. 50 × 20 × 10 cm
- **Suitable For:** Most external filters and sumps
- **Companion Product:** ASF Mega Media - Small 500g - White (ASF-215030)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
#### ASF Mega Media - Medium 500g - Green
Synthetic filter wool for mechanical filtration.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/asf-mega-media-medium-500g-green/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-215031
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-215031-1.jpg
Cloudy water after a feed is usually a mechanical filtration problem rather than a biological one, and the fix is a media that physically traps the particles before they break down. ASF Mega Media - Medium 500g - Green (SKU: ASF-215031) is the 500 g green pack of Mega Media from Aquarium Systems (France), a synthetic filter wool sold across a small range graded by density and colour-coded for identification: white as the finest grade, green as the medium grade used here, and blue as the coarsest. The fibres trap suspended debris as water passes through, clearing fine particulate that a sponge or biological media alone will let through, and the wool is incompressible so it keeps an open flow path even once it starts loading up with waste. It is sold loose by weight rather than pre-cut, so a 500 g pack is pulled apart and packed into the filter chamber or media bag by hand to the thickness needed.
Aquarium Systems describes Mega Media as chemically inert and safe for all aquatic life, meaning it does not alter water chemistry as it works, and states it suits every filter type from internal and external canister filters through to sump systems in fresh or marine water. Because it is washable and reusable, the same handful of wool goes through several cleaning cycles rather than being replaced each service, keeping running costs down over the media's life. The medium grade sits between the fine white grade, which polishes to a higher clarity but clogs faster, and the coarse blue grade, which holds more debris but lets finer particles through. It is typically used as a polishing stage alongside biological media rather than as a stand-alone filter.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fine particulate removal:** Clearing cloudiness left behind by biological and coarse mechanical stages.
- **Sump and canister filters:** Packed into a media chamber or filter bag as a dedicated mechanical stage.
- **Post-cleaning polish:** A temporary pad after a substrate clean or water change stirs up fine debris.
- **Freshwater or marine:** The same wool suits either water type without modification.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Tear to fit:** Pull the wool apart to the thickness needed for the chamber or filter bag.
- **Position after coarse media:** Place it downstream of a sponge or coarser stage so it is not the first thing to clog.
- **Rinse, don't discard:** Wash it out under running water during routine maintenance rather than replacing it each time.
- **Watch the flow:** Reduced flow through the chamber signals it is time to rinse or loosen the packed wool.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Medium-grade density:** Green denotes the mid grade between the fine white and coarse blue in the range.
- **Incompressible fibre:** Holds its structure and flow path as it loads with debris.
- **Chemically inert:** Does not alter water chemistry as it filters.
- **Washable and reusable:** Rinses clean for repeated use rather than one-time disposal.
- **Universal filter fit:** Suits internal, external and sump filtration in fresh or marine water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-215031
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Synthetic Filter Wool
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Grade:** Medium (green); fine (white) and coarse (blue) also made in the range
- **Material:** Synthetic filter wool, chemically inert
- **Reuse:** Washable; rinse and reuse rather than replace each service
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### ASF Mega Media - Small 500g - White
Fine synthetic filter media for polishing water in canisters and sumps.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/asf-mega-media-small-500g-white/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-215030
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/White-458x458-1.jpg
Cloudy water that a sponge cannot clear usually comes down to particles too small for coarse media to hold. ASF Mega Media - Small 500g - White (SKU: ASF-215030) is the small, white grade of Aquarium Systems' Mega Media, a synthetic filter media made to retain impurities in the filter as a complement to the filtration already running. The 500 g bag is loose fibre to be cut or torn into pads of any shape, so it fits canister trays, hang-on filters, internal filters and sump chambers. Like the rest of the range it is chemical-free and does not alter water parameters, and it is used in freshwater and saltwater alike.
The small grade is the finer fibre in the Mega Media line, so it sits later in the flow path, after a coarser layer such as the Large Blue grade has removed the bulk of the debris. Placed that way it polishes the water by holding fine particles, and it lasts longer because it is not taking the full load. Aquarium Systems advises loosening the fibres and rinsing them in clean water before use, and placing the media the right way round in the filter. Fine media fills faster than coarse, so check it at each filter service, rinse it when flow slows and replace it when rinsing no longer restores flow. A 500 g bag cuts into many pads, enough for several changes in a canister or a full layer in a sump chamber.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Water polishing:** Clearing fine haze after the coarse stage.
- **Final canister tray:** The last mechanical layer before biological media.
- **After disturbance:** Catching fine particles following aquascaping or a substrate clean.
- **Small filters:** Cut-to-size pads for hang-on and internal filters.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Prepare the fibre:** Loosen the media and rinse it in clean water first.
- **Layer it after coarse media:** Let a coarser pad take the large debris upstream.
- **Fit snugly:** Fill the tray so water cannot bypass around the edges.
- **Service often:** Rinse when flow slows; replace once it stays compacted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Small grade:** Fine white fibre for polishing filtration.
- **Cut to any shape:** Loose 500 g bag for any filter type.
- **Inert:** Chemical-free, with no effect on water parameters.
- **Complements coarse media:** Works behind the Large Blue grade.
- **Fresh and marine:** One media for either water type.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-215030
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Mechanical Filter Media (Fine)
- **Net Weight:** 500 g
- **Grade / Colour:** Small, white
- **Material:** Synthetic filter fibre, chemical-free
- **Form:** Loose media in a bag, cut to size
- **Position:** After coarse mechanical media
- **Companion Product:** ASF Mega Media - Large 500g - Blue (ASF-215032)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and saltwater aquariums
---
### ASF — Medications
#### ASF ZAP-TASIA 20ml
Syringe-applied treatment for removing Aiptasia and Majano anemones from reef aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/asf-zap-tasia-20ml/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-219025 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 3443982190258
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/ASF-219025-1.jpg
One Aiptasia on a piece of live rock soon becomes twenty, and each one stings neighbouring corals and competes for space. ASF ZAP-TASIA 20ml (SKU: ASF-219025) is Aquarium Systems' Zap-Tasia, a 20 mL treatment for removing pest Aiptasia and Majano anemones, applied directly onto each anemone with the syringe supplied. No injection into the animal is needed: the solution is placed over the centre of the anemone and spreads from the oral disc to the base of the tentacles, and the product information states that the pest anemones disappear within minutes. When used correctly, it is described as reef safe and harmless to corals and other invertebrates.
Turn off the water circulation before treating so the solution stays on target rather than drifting across the rock. Shake the bottle well, draw the solution into the syringe and position the applicator tip over the centre of the anemone, then release it gently. If the solution has thickened, three to five drops of RO water thin it to a workable consistency. Take care not to tear or damage the anemone during application, as a damaged Aiptasia can regrow from fragments. Treat each visible anemone in turn, restore circulation after a few minutes, and check the rock over the following days for any that were missed or have reappeared. Large or established colonies may need more than one session. Follow the label directions supplied with the product, and keep the bottle closed and out of reach of children between uses.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aiptasia outbreaks:** Glass anemones spreading across live rock.
- **Majano anemones:** Green or brown Majano colonies near corals.
- **New rock or frags:** Single hitchhikers spotted on recent additions.
- **Hard-to-reach spots:** Pests in crevices where scraping would damage rock or coral.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Stop the flow:** Switch off pumps and powerheads before treating.
- **Load the syringe:** Shake the bottle well and fill the supplied syringe.
- **Target the centre:** Hold the tip over the oral disc and apply slowly.
- **Do not tear:** Avoid damaging the anemone, which can trigger regrowth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two pest species:** Treats both Aiptasia and Majano anemones.
- **Direct application:** Applied onto the anemone, no injection required.
- **Fast action:** Pest anemones disappear within minutes.
- **Reef safe when used correctly:** Stated harmless to corals and invertebrates.
- **Syringe included:** For precise placement between corals.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-219025
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 3443982190258
- **Product Type:** Medications > Pest Anemone Treatment
- **Net Volume:** 20 mL
- **Targets:** Aiptasia and Majano anemones
- **Application:** Applicator syringe, circulation switched off
- **Thinning:** 3–5 drops of RO water if the solution thickens
- **Caution:** Do not damage the anemone during treatment
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
### ASF — Additives & Supplements
#### ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Freshwater 150L
Thirty-day vial programme for cycling a new freshwater aquarium up to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/asf-lunidose-start-up-freshwater-150l/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-218010
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-218010-1.jpg
A new freshwater tank has clean water and an empty filter, and the bacteria that make it safe for fish take weeks to arrive by themselves. ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Freshwater 150L (SKU: ASF-218010) is Aquarium Systems' start-up programme for freshwater aquariums of up to 150 litres, a pack of 15 pre-measured single-dose vials that runs over 30 days. The range was developed with Dr Tim Hovanec, the nitrifying bacteria specialist behind Dr Tim's Aquatics, and is designed to build the biological balance in the filter that Aquarium Systems calls the key factor of success. There is no measuring and no dose to calculate: each vial is one complete dose, and a printed programme card says which vial goes in on which day.
Aquarium Systems states that the programme lets the owner enjoy fish within two days of starting, with the remaining vials carrying the tank through its first month while the biofilter matures. Day 1 is the day the first vial is used, and the date is written on the card so the schedule is easy to follow. Each vial is shaken, tapped so the liquid drops out of the cap, opened by breaking off the top and poured in whole; the maker sums it up as shake, tap, twist and pour. The 150 L pack suits a typical starter or mid-size community aquarium, while the Nano 75L pack covers smaller set-ups. Once the 30 days are complete, Aquarium Systems recommends moving on to its L'Unidose Maintenance programme to keep the tank stable.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New freshwater aquariums:** Tanks of up to 150 litres being set up from scratch.
- **First-time fishkeepers:** A dated, step-by-step card instead of dose charts and measuring caps.
- **Restarting a tank:** After a full strip-down, when the filter has to establish again.
- **Community and planted tanks:** Tropical or coldwater freshwater set-ups in the 100 to 150 litre range.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Mark Day 1:** Write the start date on the programme card when the first vial goes in.
- **Prepare the vial:** Shake it, then tap the top so no liquid is left in the cap.
- **Dose in full:** Break off the top and pour the entire contents into the aquarium.
- **Follow the card:** Use the vial or vials listed for each day until the 30 days are complete.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Complete 30-day programme:** Every dose for the first month in one pack.
- **Fifteen single-dose vials:** Pre-measured for an aquarium of up to 150 litres.
- **Developed with Dr Tim Hovanec:** Built around Dr Tim's Aquatics nitrifying bacteria expertise.
- **Fish within two days:** Aquarium Systems' stated timing when the programme is followed.
- **No measuring:** Shake, tap, twist and pour, guided by a dated card.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-218010
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 3443982180105
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Start-Up Programme
- **Treatment Capacity:** Aquariums up to 150 L
- **Contents:** 15 single-dose vials and programme card
- **Programme Length:** 30 days
- **Application:** Whole vial poured into the aquarium on the days shown on the card
- **Follow-On Product:** L'Unidose Maintenance programme (freshwater)
- **Other Sizes:** ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Freshwater Nano 75L (ASF-218030)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater aquariums up to 150 litres
---
#### ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Freshwater Nano 75L
Pre-dosed vials that take a small freshwater tank through its first month.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/asf-lunidose-start-up-freshwater-nano-75l/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-218030 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 3443982180303
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-218030-1.jpg
Small tanks are the least forgiving while they cycle, because a little ammonia in a few dozen litres soon reaches a level that harms fish. ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Freshwater Nano 75L (SKU: ASF-218030) is the nano version of Aquarium Systems' freshwater start-up programme, sized for aquariums of up to 75 litres. It comes as single-dose vials and a programme card that set out a 30-day schedule, developed with Dr Tim Hovanec of Dr Tim's Aquatics, a specialist in nitrifying bacteria. Every vial holds a measured dose for a nano tank, so there is no risk of guessing a capful into a very small volume of water.
Aquarium Systems designs the programme to establish the biological balance in a new aquarium and states that fish can be enjoyed within two days of starting. The owner writes the start date on the card as Day 1, then follows it day by day: shake the vial, tap it so the liquid clears the cap, break off the top and pour all of it in. Desktop tanks, betta set-ups, shrimp tanks and small planted cubes all fall within the 75 L rating. A larger 150 L freshwater pack covers bigger aquariums, and once the first month is done Aquarium Systems points owners to its L'Unidose Maintenance programme for ongoing care.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and desktop tanks:** Freshwater aquariums from a few litres up to 75 litres.
- **Betta and shrimp set-ups:** Small tanks where a stable filter matters from day one.
- **Small planted cubes:** Starting the biofilter alongside a new aquascape.
- **Beginners' first tank:** A dated card replaces dose charts and measuring.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start the card:** Note the date the first vial is used; that is Day 1.
- **Shake and tap:** Mix the vial, then tap the liquid down out of the cap.
- **Pour it all:** Snap the top off and add the whole vial to the tank.
- **Stay on schedule:** Use the vials the card lists for each day until day 30.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano-sized doses:** Each vial is measured for a tank of up to 75 litres.
- **Thirty-day schedule:** The whole first month planned on one card.
- **Dr Tim Hovanec collaboration:** Developed with the Dr Tim's Aquatics bacteria specialist.
- **Two-day fish timing:** Aquarium Systems' stated aim for adding the first fish.
- **Break-top vials:** One vial, one dose, nothing left to measure.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-218030
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 3443982180303
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Freshwater Start-Up Programme
- **Treatment Capacity:** Aquariums up to 75 L
- **Contents:** Single-dose vials and programme card
- **Programme Length:** 30 days
- **Application:** Whole vial added on each day shown on the card
- **Follow-On Product:** L'Unidose Maintenance programme (freshwater)
- **Other Sizes:** ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Freshwater 150L (ASF-218010)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater nano aquariums up to 75 litres
---
#### ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Marine 150L
Vial-by-vial start-up programme for new saltwater aquariums up to 150 litres.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/asf-lunidose-start-up-marine-150l/
- Price: $39.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-218011 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 3443982180112
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-218011-1.jpg
A new marine tank has to grow the bacteria that process waste before it can carry fish, and getting that first month wrong is the most common reason saltwater beginners give up. ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Marine 150L (SKU: ASF-218011) is Aquarium Systems' 30-day start-up programme for saltwater aquariums of up to 150 litres. It replaces bottles and measuring caps with pre-measured single-dose vials and a programme sheet that lists which vial goes in on which day. The programme was developed with Dr Tim Hovanec, the nitrifying bacteria specialist behind Dr Tim's Aquatics, and Aquarium Systems names the biological balance of the aquarium as the key to success.
The day the programme starts is Day 1, and the first vial goes in that day. For each dose the vial is detached from the strip, shaken, tapped so the solution drops out of the cap, opened by breaking the top and emptied completely into the aquarium. Aquarium Systems states the programme is designed so the owner can enjoy fish within two days of starting; stocking should still be gradual and guided by water tests. The 150 L marine pack suits a starter reef or fish-only system, and a Marine Nano 75L pack covers smaller tanks. After the 30 days, Aquarium Systems recommends its L'Unidose Maintenance programme to keep the biological balance steady as the reef matures.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New marine aquariums:** Saltwater tanks of up to 150 litres being set up for the first time.
- **Fish-only and starter reefs:** Systems that need a working biofilter before livestock goes in.
- **All-in-one marine kits:** Packaged tanks in the 100 to 150 litre range.
- **After a full restart:** When rock, sand and filter are being re-established.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Day 1:** Start the programme sheet and add the first vial.
- **Each dose:** Shake the vial and tap the solution down out of the cap.
- **Open and empty:** Break the top and pour the whole vial into the aquarium.
- **Through day 30:** Add the vials the sheet lists for each day, then move to maintenance.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Marine formulation:** Made for saltwater aquariums rather than freshwater.
- **150-litre rating:** Doses sized for starter reef and fish-only tanks.
- **Thirty days covered:** The full first month in one pack.
- **Dr Tim's Aquatics collaboration:** Developed with Dr Tim Hovanec.
- **Single-dose vials:** No measuring, no overdosing by guesswork.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-218011
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 3443982180112
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Start-Up Programme
- **Treatment Capacity:** Aquariums up to 150 L
- **Contents:** Single-dose vials and programme sheet
- **Programme Length:** 30 days
- **Application:** Entire vial poured into the aquarium as scheduled
- **Follow-On Product:** L'Unidose Maintenance programme (marine)
- **Other Sizes:** ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Marine Nano 75L (ASF-218031)
- **Target Environment:** Marine aquariums up to 150 litres
---
#### ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Marine Nano 75L
Measured start-up doses for nano reefs and small saltwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/asf-lunidose-start-up-marine-nano-75l/
- Price: $28.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-218031 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 3443982180310
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-218031-1.jpg
A nano reef holds so little water that a small mistake in the first weeks shows up fast, which makes guesswork dosing a poor fit. ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Marine Nano 75L (SKU: ASF-218031) is Aquarium Systems' start-up programme for saltwater aquariums of up to 75 litres, a pack of 15 single-dose vials with a guide that takes the tank through a 30-day programme. It was developed with Dr Tim Hovanec, a specialist in nitrifying bacteria and the founder of Dr Tim's Aquatics, to make a new aquarium biologically balanced. Each vial is a complete, pre-measured dose for a nano system, so nothing is measured out by drops or capfuls.
The programme starts with the first vial, and the guide then sets out the rest day by day. Each vial is shaken, tapped so the liquid clears the cap, opened by breaking off the top and poured in completely. Aquarium Systems states the programme is designed for enjoying fish within two days; in a small marine tank that first fish should be a hardy one, with further stock added slowly as tests stay clear. The 75 L rating covers most all-in-one nano reefs, pico tanks and small fish-only cubes, while the Marine 150L pack is made for larger tanks. When the month is complete, Aquarium Systems suggests continuing with its L'Unidose Maintenance programme.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** All-in-one and rimless saltwater tanks up to 75 litres.
- **Pico and desktop marine:** Very small systems where dose accuracy matters most.
- **Clownfish starter tanks:** A first marine set-up built around one or two hardy fish.
- **Re-establishing a nano:** After a strip-down or move to new rock and sand.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **First vial:** Begin the programme on Day 1 with vial one.
- **Before opening:** Shake well and tap the top so the cap is empty.
- **Add it whole:** Break the top and pour the full contents into the tank.
- **Follow the guide:** Dose as listed until the 30 days are complete.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Nano marine doses:** Fifteen vials measured for tanks of up to 75 litres.
- **Month-long programme:** A 30-day start-up guided vial by vial.
- **Nitrifying bacteria expertise:** Developed with Dr Tim Hovanec of Dr Tim's Aquatics.
- **Fish in two days:** Aquarium Systems' stated design goal.
- **Compact pack:** Sized for the shelf beside a nano reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-218031
- **Barcode (GTIN/EAN):** 3443982180310
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Start-Up Programme
- **Treatment Capacity:** Aquariums up to 75 L
- **Contents:** 15 single-dose vials and guide
- **Programme Length:** 30 days
- **Application:** Whole vial added per scheduled dose
- **Follow-On Product:** L'Unidose Maintenance programme (marine)
- **Other Sizes:** ASF L'Unidose Start Up - Marine 150L (ASF-218011)
- **Target Environment:** Marine nano aquariums up to 75 litres
---
### ASF — Air Pump
#### ASF Air Pump VENTO 2
Quiet single-outlet air pump with aeration kit for small to mid-size aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/asf-air-pump-vento-2/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-210554
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-210554-1.jpg
An air pump on a lounge-room tank is judged as much by what it sounds like at night as by the bubbles it makes. ASF Air Pump VENTO 2 (SKU: ASF-210554) is the Vento 2.0 from Aquarium Systems, a 3 W single-outlet diaphragm air pump rated at up to 140 litres of air per hour with a maximum head of 130 cm. The housing is built to reduce vibration and resonant noise, and Aquarium Systems offers an additional coloured jacket that slips over the pump to absorb more sound. It is sold as a complete aeration set, with airline tubing, an airstone and a one-way check valve in the box, so it can be running the day it is unpacked.
The 140 L/h output on one outlet suits a single airstone, sponge filter or ornament in a typical home aquarium, and the 130 cm head rating means it still pushes air to the bottom of a standard-height cabinet tank. Power draw is 3 W, low enough to leave running around the clock. The check valve belongs in the airline between pump and tank to stop water siphoning back into the pump if the power drops, and the pump is happiest sitting above the water line on a soft surface. Vento pumps suit freshwater and marine aquariums alike; for two outlets and adjustable output, the larger Vento 4 is the step up.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sponge filters:** Driving one air-powered sponge filter in a fry, shrimp or hospital tank.
- **Extra oxygen:** Surface agitation in warm weather or during medication.
- **Bedroom and living-room tanks:** Where a buzzing pump would be noticed.
- **Single airstones or ornaments:** One air line to one outlet.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Position the pump:** Place it above the water level on a stable, soft surface.
- **Fit the check valve:** Cut the airline and insert the valve with its flow arrow pointing to the tank.
- **Connect the airstone:** Push the tubing onto the airstone and sink it in the aquarium.
- **Power up:** Plug in and check for a steady stream of bubbles.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **140 L/h output:** Enough air for one airstone or sponge filter.
- **Low 3 W draw:** Inexpensive to run 24 hours a day.
- **Vibration-reducing design:** Built to cut resonant noise.
- **130 cm maximum head:** Reaches the bottom of tall aquariums.
- **Complete aeration kit:** Airline, airstone and check valve included.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-210554
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Aquarium Air Pump
- **Model:** Vento 2.0
- **Maximum Air Output:** 140 L/h
- **Power:** 3 W
- **Outlets:** 1
- **Maximum Head:** 130 cm
- **In the Box:** Air pump, airline tubing, airstone, one-way check valve
- **Optional Accessory:** Coloured noise-absorbing jacket
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Air Pump VENTO 4 (ASF-210556)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### ASF Air Pump VENTO 4
Twin-outlet adjustable air pump for large and deep aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/air-pump/asf-air-pump-vento-4/
- Price: $94.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-210556
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Air Pump (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/air-pump/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-210556-1.jpg
Large tanks, deep tanks and multi-tank set-ups ask more of an air pump than a single bubbler can give, and two separate lines from one pump keep the cabinet tidy. ASF Air Pump VENTO 4 (SKU: ASF-210556) is the Vento 4.0, the top model in Aquarium Systems' Vento range, with two outlets delivering up to 200 litres of air per hour each, 400 L/h in total. It works at depths of up to 1.7 m and its output is adjustable, so the same pump can drive a gentle stream through a planted tank or full aeration in a heavily stocked one. Like the rest of the range, it is designed to reduce vibration and resonant noise and is supplied as a set with a check valve, airline tubing and an airstone.
The adjustable output is the main difference from the single-outlet Vento 2: rather than bleeding off surplus air with a gang valve, the pump itself is turned down to match the load. Two outlets allow two sponge filters, an airstone and a filter, or air lines to two neighbouring tanks. The 1.7 m working depth comfortably covers tall display aquariums and sumps, and the higher output suits big community tanks, goldfish and cichlid tanks, and marine systems that need extra gas exchange. A coloured jacket is available to add sound damping. Mount the pump above water level, with a check valve on every line.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large aquariums:** Tanks that need more air than one small pump can supply.
- **Deep tanks and sumps:** Rated for a working depth of up to 1.7 m.
- **Two air lines:** Twin sponge filters, or one pump serving two tanks.
- **Variable demand:** Turned up in summer heat, down for a quiet planted tank.
**Installation & Setup Guide**
- **Place above water:** Stand the pump higher than the water line on a firm, padded surface.
- **Valve each line:** Fit a check valve in each airline, arrow towards the tank.
- **Connect both outlets:** Run the airlines to airstones or air-driven filters.
- **Set the output:** Adjust the air intensity to suit the tank and depth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Two outlets:** 2 × 200 L/h for two independent air lines.
- **Adjustable output:** Air intensity set on the pump itself.
- **1.7 m working depth:** Suited to tall displays and deep sumps.
- **Noise-reducing build:** Vento housing designed against vibration.
- **Kit included:** Check valve, airline and airstone supplied.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-210556
- **Product Type:** Air Pump > Aquarium Air Pump (Adjustable)
- **Model:** Vento 4.0
- **Maximum Air Output:** 400 L/h (2 × 200 L/h)
- **Outlets:** 2
- **Working Depth:** Up to 1.7 m
- **Flow Control:** Adjustable air output
- **In the Box:** Air pump, check valve, airline tubing, airstone
- **Optional Accessory:** Coloured noise-absorbing jacket
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Air Pump VENTO 2 (ASF-210554)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums, including deep tanks
---
### ASF — Salt
#### ASF Instant Ocean 10Kg/300L
Synthetic marine salt mix for everyday reef and fish-only systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/asf-instant-ocean-10kg-300l/
- Price: $84.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-216028
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-216028-1.jpg
A reef tank only stays stable if every water change reproduces the same mix, batch after batch, and that consistency is what a synthetic salt is sold on. ASF Instant Ocean 10kg/300L (SKU: ASF-216028) is the 10 kg box of Instant Ocean from Aquarium Systems (France), a synthetic sea salt mixed from raw materials drawn from an ancient, prehistoric sea bed deposit at Lorraine in north-eastern France and processed for a uniform particle size and consistent mineral load from batch to batch. The 10 kg box is formulated to mix roughly 300 L of saltwater, making it a working size for a single display, a quarantine system or a fish room running more than one tank between restocks. Aquarium Systems markets Instant Ocean as a complete, mono-component formula supplying the major, minor and trace elements that marine fish, invertebrates and corals need.
Mixing is done outside the aquarium: dissolve the salt into reverse-osmosis or dechlorinated tap water, stir thoroughly and run an air pump through the mix for a period before use to help it fully dissolve and gas off. Instant Ocean's own guidance for general marine fishkeeping is a specific gravity of 1.020 to 1.023 at 24°C (75°F), checked with a hydrometer or refractometer rather than judged by eye; reef systems are commonly run slightly higher, and the exact amount of salt added should be adjusted against the reading rather than a fixed scoop count. The 10 kg box dissolves quickly once stirred and, according to the maker, reaches a stable pH within minutes rather than drifting over hours. Salt should never be poured directly into a tank holding livestock; it is always mixed and tested separately first. The same formula is sold in the 20 kg bucket (ASF-216030) for larger systems or less frequent restocking.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine water changes:** Mixing replacement saltwater for marine and reef aquariums on a regular schedule.
- **New marine set-ups:** Filling a system for the first time before the cycle begins.
- **Quarantine and holding systems:** A working-size box for a dedicated quarantine or hospital tank.
- **Multi-tank fish rooms:** A size that covers several smaller systems between larger restocks.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Use treated water:** Mix into reverse-osmosis or dechlorinated water, never straight into a stocked tank.
- **Stir and aerate:** Stir thoroughly and run an air pump through the mix before use.
- **Check, don't guess:** Confirm specific gravity of 1.020–1.023 at 24°C with a hydrometer or refractometer.
- **Adjust gradually:** Add more salt or more water in small amounts and re-test rather than estimating a final dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 kg makes 300 L:** A working box size for a single system or several small tanks.
- **Ancient seabed source:** Raw material drawn from a prehistoric sea deposit in Lorraine, France.
- **Mono-component formula:** One blend supplying major, minor and trace elements.
- **Fast dissolving:** Mixes quickly and reaches stable pH within minutes, per the maker.
- **Consistent particle size:** Aimed at batch-to-batch uniformity for repeatable water changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-216028
- **Product Type:** Salt > Marine Sea Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Yield:** Approximately 300 L of saltwater
- **Target Specific Gravity:** 1.020–1.023 at 24°C (75°F), per Instant Ocean's directions
- **Mixing Water:** Reverse-osmosis or dechlorinated tap water
- **Other Sizes:** 20 kg bucket, about 600 L yield (ASF-216030)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### ASF Instant Ocean 20Kg/600L Bucket
Bulk synthetic marine salt in a reusable bucket.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/asf-instant-ocean-20kg-600l-bucket/
- Price: $154.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-216030
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-216030-1.jpg
A frag tank, a sump-fed system or a shop holding several marine displays gets through salt fast enough that a small box becomes a weekly chore. ASF Instant Ocean 20kg/600L Bucket (SKU: ASF-216030) is the 20 kg bucket of Instant Ocean from Aquarium Systems (France), the same synthetic sea salt as the smaller box, mixed from raw material drawn from an ancient prehistoric sea bed deposit at Lorraine in north-eastern France and processed for a consistent particle size and mineral load. Supplied in a resealable bucket rather than a cardboard box, it keeps the unused salt dry between water changes and is easier to scoop from in bulk. The 20 kg fill is formulated to mix roughly 600 L of saltwater, double the yield of the 10 kg box, which suits larger reef and marine displays, sump systems and multi-tank set-ups that would otherwise need several smaller boxes.
Mixing follows the same directions as the smaller size: dissolve into reverse-osmosis or dechlorinated water, stir thoroughly and run an air pump through the batch before use to help it dissolve fully and gas off. Instant Ocean's guidance for general marine fishkeeping is a specific gravity of 1.020 to 1.023 at 24°C (75°F), checked with a hydrometer or refractometer rather than a fixed scoop count, and reef systems are commonly run a little higher. Aquarium Systems markets Instant Ocean as a mono-component formula supplying the major, minor and trace elements marine fish, invertebrates and corals need, reaching a stable pH within minutes of mixing according to the maker. As with any batch, salt is mixed and tested in a separate container and never added directly to a tank holding livestock. The bucket's size and resealable lid make it the more economical option where a system is going through more than one box a month; the 10 kg box (ASF-216028) suits smaller or less frequent water changes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef and marine displays:** Systems running several hundred litres that need frequent water changes.
- **Sump-fed and multi-tank systems:** Shared water changes across linked tanks from one bulk supply.
- **Shops and fish rooms:** Several holding systems drawing on the same bucket between restocks.
- **New large set-ups:** Filling a sizeable system for the first time before the cycle begins.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Scoop from the bucket as needed:** Reseal the lid between uses to keep the remaining salt dry.
- **Mix outside the tank:** Dissolve in treated water, stir thoroughly and aerate before use.
- **Test before adding:** Confirm specific gravity of 1.020–1.023 at 24°C with a hydrometer or refractometer.
- **Top up gradually:** Adjust salt or water in small steps and re-test rather than estimating the final mix.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **20 kg makes about 600 L:** Twice the yield of the 10 kg box from one container.
- **Resealable bucket:** Keeps unused salt dry and is easier to scoop from in bulk.
- **Ancient seabed source:** Raw material drawn from a prehistoric sea deposit in Lorraine, France.
- **Mono-component formula:** One blend supplying major, minor and trace elements.
- **Fast dissolving:** Reaches stable pH within minutes of mixing, per the maker.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-216030
- **Product Type:** Salt > Marine Sea Salt Mix
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Yield:** Approximately 600 L of saltwater
- **Packaging:** Resealable bucket
- **Target Specific Gravity:** 1.020–1.023 at 24°C (75°F), per Instant Ocean's directions
- **Other Sizes:** 10 kg box, about 300 L yield (ASF-216028)
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### ASF Reef Crystals 10kg/300L
Enriched reef salt with added calcium, trace elements and vitamins for regular water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/asf-reef-crystals-10kg-300l/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-216029
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-216029-1.jpg
For a reef, the salt bucket is the single biggest source of calcium, magnesium and trace elements, so what goes into each water change matters as much as any additive. ASF Reef Crystals 10kg/300L (SKU: ASF-216029) is Aquarium Systems' Reef Crystals, which the maker describes as the first enriched sea salt formulation made with reef aquariums in mind, in a 10 kg pack rated to make about 300 litres of saltwater. Its raw materials come from prehistoric salt mines in Lorraine, France. On top of a full sea salt base it carries additional calcium for reef organisms building shells and skeletons, additional trace elements, added vitamins, and a neutraliser for heavy metals present in domestic tap water.
Aquarium Systems states that Reef Crystals is rich in calcium and magnesium, may remove the need for separate calcium dosing in some tanks, and reaches and holds the correct pH quickly. It dissolves to clear water within a few minutes and can be used straight away, and each batch is analysed to check element levels. The 300 L rating works out at roughly 33 g per litre, so the 10 kg pack covers a new 200 to 250 litre system with some left for top-ups, or about a dozen 25 litre water changes on a typical reef. Mix into RO/DI water and set the final salinity with a refractometer rather than by weight alone.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine water changes:** Weekly or fortnightly changes on reef and fish-only tanks.
- **New marine set-ups:** Filling a small to mid-size system for the first time.
- **Coral-heavy reefs:** Tanks that benefit from the extra calcium and trace elements.
- **Tap-water users:** The heavy-metal neutraliser addresses metals such as copper.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Start with clean water:** Use RO/DI water in a dedicated mixing container.
- **Add the salt:** About 33 g per litre, added to moving water with a pump running.
- **Check salinity:** Measure with a refractometer and adjust to the reef's target.
- **Match temperature:** Bring the new water to tank temperature before the change.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Enriched formula:** Additional calcium, trace elements and vitamins.
- **Heavy-metal neutraliser:** Counters metals in domestic water supplies.
- **Fast dissolving:** Mixes clear in minutes and is ready to use.
- **Batch analysed:** Each batch checked for correct element levels.
- **10 kg pack:** Around 300 litres, sized for home reef routines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-216029
- **Product Type:** Salt > Enriched Reef Salt
- **Net Weight:** 10 kg
- **Makes:** About 300 L of saltwater
- **Mixing Ratio:** About 33 g per litre (from the pack rating); final salinity by refractometer
- **Enrichment:** Calcium, trace elements, vitamins, heavy-metal neutraliser
- **Raw Material Source:** Salt mines in Lorraine, France
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Reef Crystals 20Kg/600L Bucket (ASF-216031)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
#### ASF Reef Crystals 20Kg/600L Bucket
Bulk enriched reef salt in a resealable bucket for larger systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/salt/asf-reef-crystals-20kg-600l-bucket/
- Price: $189.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: ASF-216031
- Brand: ASF (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/asf/) · Category: Salt (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/salt/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/ASF-216031-1.jpg
Large reefs and frequent water changes get through salt quickly, and a sealed bucket keeps the mix dry between batches and doubles as a mixing container afterwards. ASF Reef Crystals 20Kg/600L Bucket (SKU: ASF-216031) is the 20 kg bucket of Aquarium Systems' Reef Crystals, rated on the pack at about 600 litres of saltwater. Aquarium Systems calls Reef Crystals the first formulation of enriched sea water, made with raw ingredients from prehistoric salt mines in Lorraine, France, and enriched beyond standard sea salt with additional calcium, trace elements and vitamins, plus a neutraliser for heavy metals carried in household tap water.
The added calcium is there for reef organisms forming shells and skeletons, and Aquarium Systems describes the salt as rich in calcium and magnesium, to the point that it may eliminate the need for additional calcium in some systems. It reaches and maintains the correct pH quickly, mixes clear in a few minutes and is ready to use, with each batch analysed for element levels. At roughly 33 g per litre the 20 kg bucket can fill a new 400 to 500 litre system, or cover about 24 changes of 25 litres. Store the bucket closed between uses so the salt stays free-flowing, and confirm every batch with a refractometer before it goes into the tank. Mixing the new water a few hours ahead, with a pump and heater running, lets it reach tank temperature and settle before use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Display and sump systems of several hundred litres.
- **Frequent water changes:** Fewer purchases for keepers changing water weekly.
- **Multiple tanks:** One bulk supply for a reef, frag tank and quarantine.
- **Calcium-demanding corals:** SPS and LPS reefs drawing on calcium and magnesium.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Prepare RO/DI water:** Fill a clean mixing tub with a pump and heater.
- **Measure the salt:** Roughly 33 g per litre, added gradually to circulating water.
- **Test before use:** Confirm salinity with a refractometer once it is clear.
- **Reseal the bucket:** Close the lid tightly after scooping to keep moisture out.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 20 kg bucket:** Around 600 litres per the pack rating.
- **Calcium and magnesium rich:** May reduce the need for separate calcium dosing.
- **Trace elements and vitamins:** Enriched beyond natural sea water.
- **Tap-water metal neutraliser:** Built-in protection against heavy metals.
- **Reusable container:** A sealed bucket that serves the fish room afterwards.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** ASF (Aquarium Systems, France)
- **SKU:** ASF-216031
- **Product Type:** Salt > Enriched Reef Salt (Bulk Bucket)
- **Net Weight:** 20 kg
- **Makes:** About 600 L of saltwater (pack rating)
- **Mixing Ratio:** About 33 g per litre; adjust by refractometer
- **Enrichment:** Calcium, trace elements, vitamins, heavy-metal neutraliser
- **Container:** Resealable bucket
- **Other Sizes:** ASF Reef Crystals 10kg/300L (ASF-216029)
- **Target Environment:** Reef and marine aquariums
---
### BioScape — Ornament
#### Bioscape Downed Starfighter 24 X 16cm
Wrecked starship resin ornament looking like a crashed reconnaissance fighter buried on the lake bed.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-downed-starfighter-24-x-16cm/
- Price: $29.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS425 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975052201
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180-5.png
The BioScape Downed Starfighter ( SKU: BIS425 ) is a 24 x 16cm wrecked starship resin ornament, designed to look like a crashed reconnaissance fighter buried on the lake bed. A crash-landed spacecraft statue—bold, immersive, and perfect for sci-fi-themed tanks. It doubles as a creative hideout for fish in both fresh and saltwater setups.
Featuring detailed wing wreckage and hollow cockpits, it offers an engaging sci-fi aquascape look while providing shelter for timid aquarium inhabitants.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Alien / Sci-Fi Theme:** Pairs with dark substrates and green planted aquascapes.
- **Breeding & Shelter Caves:** Offers dark crevices for bottom dwellers and invertebrates.
**How to Use**
- Clean with water prior to submerging.
- Embed the rear engine or wing into gravel to simulate an impact scene.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Battle Damage Detailing:** Sculpted wing cracks and engine housing details.
- **Aquatic Safe Resin:** Made from non-toxic materials that preserve water clarity.
- **Integrated Caves:** Multiple entry points for small fish and shrimp.
- **Low Maintenance:** Easy to clean during routine water changes.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS425
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975052201
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Sci-Fi Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 240 mm (L) × 160 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 400 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Jungle Stump Large 42 X 28 X 50cm
Tree stump sculpture providing climbing surfaces for reptiles.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-jungle-stump-large-42-x-28-x-50cm/
- Price: $194.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS439 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975053918
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/180-10.png
The BioScape Jungle Stump Large ( SKU: BIS439 ) is an expansive 42 x 28 x 50cm centerpiece tree stump sculpture designed for large freshwater aquariums, cichlid tanks, and terrariums.
Weighing nearly 4 kg, this heavy-duty resin piece replicates a massive submerged rainforest root system, providing extensive climbing surfaces for reptiles or swimming archways for large fish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Focal Features:** Acts as the main structural centrepiece for aquariums over 200 litres.
- **Reptile Climbing Structures:** Serves as a sturdy climbing branch network in tall vivariums.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Wash down with fresh tap water before installation.
- Place centrally on the tank bottom prior to adding substrate to ensure maximum base stability.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Impressive 50cm Height:** Creates vertical depth in tall aquariums and terrariums.
- **Substantial 3.9kg Mass:** Heavy weight prevents shifting, tipping, or floating.
- **Inert Polyresin Build:** Completely safe for sensitive fish, reptiles, and live plants.
- **Intricate Root Architecture:** Generates natural hiding territories and swim-through channels.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS439
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975053918
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Large Wood Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 490 mm (L) × 320 mm (W) × 550 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 3950 g
- **Target Environment:** Large Aquariums & Reptile Terrariums
---
#### Bioscape Jungle Stump Medium 19 X12 X 25cm
Tree stump featuring bark texture and hollow swim-through channels.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-jungle-stump-medium-19-x12-x-25cm/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS438 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975053901
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/180-9.png
The BioScape Jungle Stump Medium ( SKU: BIS438 ) is a detailed 19 x 12 x 25 cm artificial tree stump ornament featuring realistic root flaring, bark texture, and hollow swim-through channels.
Designed for aquariums and paludariums, it creates a natural rainforest riverbed look while remaining completely inert and safe for water chemistry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Natural Aquascaping:** Excellent alternative to natural driftwood without water discolouration or tannin leaching.
- **Cichlid & Pleco Cover:** Provides territorial boundaries and root caves for bottom dwellers.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse thoroughly under tap water.
- Set onto the tank base and surround with natural substrate or live plants like Anubias and Java Fern.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Zero Tannin Leaching:** Keeps water clear without altering pH or water hardness.
- **Realistic Root Strands:** Detailed sculpt mimics weathered jungle tree stumps.
- **Multiple Hollow Entry Points:** Encourages exploration and provides territorial shelter.
- **Weighted Base Design:** Sinks instantly without needing pre-soaking or weighing down.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS438
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975053901
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Wood Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 185 mm (L) × 115 mm (W) × 260 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 400 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums & Paludariums
---
#### Bioscape Oriental Lady At Well 10 X 17.5cm
Decorative ornament crafted to add artistic Asian-inspired scenery to freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-oriental-lady-at-well-10-x-17-5cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS307 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975046903
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Bioscape_Oriental_Lady_At_Well_10_X_17.5cm.jpg
The BioScape Oriental Lady At Well ( SKU: BIS307 ) is a polyresin decorative ornament crafted to add artistic Asian-inspired scenery to freshwater aquariums. Measuring 10 x 17.5 cm,
it depicts a traditional figure beside a classic well structure.
Add tranquil beauty to your aquarium with the Bioscape Oriental Lady at Well. Crafted from non-toxic, aquarium-safe resin, it offers a peaceful vibe, a built-in swim-through shelter, and lush detail. Suitable for both freshwater and saltwater environments. Hand-painted with non-toxic, aquatic-safe pigments, this durable resin piece provides visual contrast and subtle shelter spaces for small fish and invertebrates without affecting water chemistry.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquarium Aquascaping:** Creates a focal point feature in Asian or traditional themed aquarium layouts.
- **Fish Shelter:** Offers swim-through cavities and hiding areas for nano fish, shrimp, or fry.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse ornament under lukewarm tap water prior to tank placement (do not use soap).
- Nest inside substrate at the centre or midground of the display tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Non-Toxic Polyresin:** Fully safe for all freshwater fish, invertebrates, and live plants.
- **Colourfast Paint:** Resists fading and peeling underwater over extended periods.
- **Intricate Sculpting:** Hand-finished details create a realistic rustic stone aesthetic.
- **Weighted Base:** Sinks quickly and stays anchored firmly in gravel or sand.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS307
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975046903
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Resin Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 180 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 255 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Oriental Lady Sitting 10.5 X 14.5cm
Ornament featuring a seated figure in classical attire, adding a peaceful aesthetic to aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-oriental-lady-sitting-10-5-x-14-5cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS308 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975046910
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/160-7.png
The BioScape Oriental Lady Sitting ( SKU: BIS308 ) is an oriental-themed polyresin decor ornament measuring 10.5 x 14.5 cm. Featuring a seated figure in classical attire, it introduces a peaceful aesthetic element into underwater environments.
Cast from fish-safe synthetic resin, it is resistant to water degradation and provides a non-reactive structure suitable for community fish setups. Creates a peaceful retreat in your aquarium with the Bioscape Oriental Lady Sitting. Made from non-toxic, aquarium-safe resin, this serene ornament features fine detailing and a discreet shelter. Suitable for freshwater and saltwater tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Theme Decoration:** Pairs with oriental bridges, pagoda structures, and live mosses.
- **Terrarium/Aquarium Layouts:** Works as a decorative accent in both aquariums and terrariums.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse thoroughly with clean, fresh water.
- Position on top of gravel or sand in your aquascape foreground or midground.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Safe Polyresin Construction:** Will not leach chemicals or alter water pH levels.
- **Hand-Painted Finish:** Detailed paintwork brings out classic artistic accents.
- **Compact Footprint:** Fits easily into nano aquariums or desktop setups.
- **Submerged Stability:** Weighted design prevents shifting in water currents.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS308
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975046910
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Resin Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 152 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 135 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums & Terrariums
---
#### Bioscape Pickup Truck 15.5 X 7.5 X 8cm
Ornament looks like an abandoned classic vehicle overtaken by nature; it brings rustic charm to freshwater tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-pickup-truck-15-5-x-7-5-x-8cm/
- Price: $27.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS428 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975052102
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180-6.png
The BioScape Pickup Truck ( SKU: BIS428 ) is a vintage rusted pickup truck ornament measuring 15.5 x 7.5 x 8 cm. Designed to look like an abandoned classic vehicle overtaken by nature, it brings rustic charm to freshwater tanks. Rustic vintage truck ornament—brings a charming rural vibe to your aquarium while offering cozy hideouts for fish.
Constructed from aquatic-grade resin with hollow bed and cab spaces, it provides playful hiding tunnels for small community fish and dwarf crayfish.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Rustic Theme Aquascapes:** Great addition to sunken vehicle and abandoned landscape setups.
- **Nano Fish Shelter:** The open cab and truck bed offer resting areas for small fish.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse carefully with lukewarm tap water.
- Nest flat on top of substrate in the aquarium foreground.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Vintage Rustic Detail:** Weathered paint mimics aged, rusted metal panelling.
- **Safe Polyresin Composition:** Neutral material does not alter pH or GH.
- **Hollow Interior Cavity:** Allows nano fish and shrimp to pass through smoothly.
- **Compact Size:** Fits easily in small to medium aquarium dimensions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS428
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975052102
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Rustic Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 155 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 85 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 20 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Predator Mask 17 X 17 X 11.5cm
BioScape Predator Mask 17 x 17 x 11.5cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-predator-mask-17-x-17-x-11-5cm/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS475 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975058388
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-20-1.png
The BioScape Predator Mask Ornament (SKU: BIS475) is a bold, iconic sci-fi decoration designed to transform any aquarium or terrarium into an alien landscape. Featuring realistic textures, metallic-style weathering, and hollow interior spaces, this medium-sized ornament serves as both an impressive visual focal point and a functional shelter for aquatic inhabitants. Moulded from durable, non-toxic resin, it is fully safe for all freshwater and marine life.
A bold decorative addition, the Bioscape Predator Mask enhances your tank’s visual appeal while creating functional habitat features for your aquatic inhabitants. Made from aquarium-safe, non-toxic materials, this ornament offers sturdy structure and lasting durability underwater. The spacious interior and openings provide hiding spots and swim-through areas for fish and other aquatic life, helping reduce stress and encourage natural behaviour.
The Bioscape Predator Mask 17 × 17 × 11.5 cm is a striking aquarium ornament that adds character and intrigue to your tank. Sculpted to resemble a dramatic predatory mask, it creates a unique visual focal point that enhances both freshwater and marine aquascapes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Themed & Feature Tanks:** Excellent as a dominant centrepiece in sci-fi, jungle, or alien-themed aquarium landscapes.
- **Fish Shelter & Hideouts:** Hollow structures and eye/mouth cavities offer swim-throughs and resting areas for territorial fish, cichlids, catfish, and invertebrates.
**How to Use**
- Unbox and inspect the ornament carefully.
- Rinse thoroughly with fresh water to remove any lingering dust from manufacturing or transit.
- Anchor the base firmly into aquarium substrate to prevent tipping or movement from water currents.
- Position powerheads or filter outlets to create subtle water movement through mask openings for added realism.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Realistic Alien Mask Sculpture:** Detailed armour plates, dreadlocks, and weathered textures for a dramatic aquatic look. Eye-catching predator mask design that elevates aquarium aesthetics.
- **Functional Swim-Throughs:** Hollow interior with openings provides shelter and security for aquatic life, reducing fish stress. Provides shelter and swim-through space for fish.
- **Water Parameter Neutral:** Manufactured from inert resin that will not alter pH, hardness, or water chemistry; made from aquarium-safe, non-toxic materials. Suitable for both freshwater and marine tanks.
- **Substantial Size:** Generous 17 x 17 x 11.5 cm dimensions make it an outstanding centrepiece for medium to large aquariums.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS475
- **Product Type:** Ornament / Aquascaping Decor
- **Dimensions:** 17 cm x 17 cm x 11.5 cm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums, Marine Aquariums & Terrariums
---
#### Bioscape Reptile Birch Hide 25.5 X 9 X 7.5cm Medium
Synthetic tree log shelter hiding for juvenile reptiles, small geckos, and invertebrates.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-reptile-birch-hide-25-5-x-9-x-7-5cm-medium/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS436 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975052287
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/180-8.png
The BioScape Reptile Birch Hide Medium ( SKU: BIS436 ) is a mid-sized 25.5 x 9 x 7.5 cm synthetic log shelter designed for juvenile reptiles, small geckos, and invertebrates. Life-like birch log with concealed entrances; doubles as decor and reptile-friendly retreat.
Moulded with lifelike white birch bark detailing, it offers a secure, enclosed space that supports natural hiding and shedding behaviours.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Juvenile Reptile Habitats:** Sized for growing hatchlings, small geckos, or invertebrates.
- **Terrarium Decor:** Blends seamlessly into naturalistic desert or tropical vivarium setups.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Wash with warm, fresh water before placing in the habitat.
- Position over substrate in a low-traffic area of the enclosure.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Realistic Wood Finish:** Replicates genuine birch bark without wood splintering.
- **Easy to Disinfect:** Smooth resin interior wipes clean effortlessly.
- **Rot & Mould Resistant:** Holds up under high moisture or humid terrarium environments.
- **Reduces Reptile Stress:** Creates an enclosed space for resting and hiding.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS436
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975052287
- **Product Type:** Reptile Supplies / Hides & Shelters
- **Package Dimensions:** 260 mm (L) × 105 mm (W) × 85 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 35 g
- **Target Environment:** Reptile Terrariums & Vivaria
---
#### Bioscape Reptile Birch Hide 32.5 X 14 X 8cm Large
Realistic-looking log mimics tree bark, giving a shelter/hiding spot for reptiles & amphibians.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-reptile-birch-hide-32-5-x-14-x-8cm-large/
- Price: $37.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS435 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975052270
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/180-7.png
The BioScape Reptile Birch Hide Large ( SKU: BIS435 ) is a 32.5 x 14 x 8cm measuring realistic looking ornament log hide crafted to mimic natural birch tree bark. It provides an essential shelter spot for reptiles, amphibians, and invertebrates.
Featuring a hollow half-log structure, it assists in reducing reptile stress by offering a dark, humid microclimate necessary for resting, shedding, and thermoregulation. Life-like birch log with concealed entrances. Doubles as decor and reptile-friendly retreat.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Reptile Enclosures:** Ideal for snakes, bearded dragons, geckos, and blue-tongue lizards.
- **Humid Basking Sites:** Can be placed over heat mats or moss to create humid hide boxes.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Wipe clean with a damp cloth or water rinse before introduction.
- Place firmly on enclosure substrate inside the warm or cool zone of the terrarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Birch Bark Texture:** Mimics real wood without the risk of rotting or moulding.
- **Hygienic Resin:** Easy to wash and disinfect compared to natural timber logs.
- **Large Sheltered Cavity:** Accommodates adult reptiles comfortably.
- **Non-Porous Surface:** Does not harbour parasites or bacteria.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS435
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975052270
- **Product Type:** Reptile Supplies / Hides & Shelters
- **Package Dimensions:** 330 mm (L) × 150 mm (W) × 90 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 75 g
- **Target Environment:** Reptile Terrariums & Enclosures
---
#### Bioscape Space Alien 8 X 5.5 X 9cm
BioScape Space Alien 8 x 5.5 x 9cm.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-space-alien-8-x-5-5-x-9cm/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS473 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975058364
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/1-19-1.png
The BioScape Space Alien Ornament (SKU: BIS473) brings an out-of-this-world sci-fi theme to aquariums and terrariums. Crafted with detailed features and vibrant finishes, this compact ornament adds a fun, eye-catching centrepiece or accent to aquatic aquascapes. Made from non-toxic, aquatic-safe resin, it provides a safe, durable decoration that won't leach chemicals or alter water parameters in freshwater or saltwater environments.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sci-Fi & Themed Aquascaping:** Perfect for creating unique alien, futuristic, or pop-culture themed aquariums and terrariums.
- **Small Fish & Shrimp Shelters:** Ideal for smaller nano tanks or community setups where small fish, shrimp, or fry need cozy hiding spots and visual barriers.
**How to Use**
- Remove the ornament from its packaging and inspect for any shipping debris.
- Rinse thoroughly with clean, lukewarm water (do not use soap, detergents, or chemical cleaners).
- Place the ornament securely into the aquarium gravel, sand, or terrarium substrate.
- Arrange live or artificial plants around the base for a natural, integrated aesthetic.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Detailed Sci-Fi Design:** Intricately detailed alien sculpture designed to create a dramatic focal point.
- **Non-Toxic & Fish-Safe:** Made from high-grade resin that is 100% safe for freshwater and marine life.
- **Colourfast & Durable:** Resists fading and degradation under aquarium lighting and continuous water immersion.
- **Compact Footprint:** Compact 8 x 5.5 x 9 cm dimensions fit easily into nano tanks and small aquarium displays.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS473
- **Product Type:** Ornament / Aquascaping Decor
- **Dimensions:** 8 cm x 5.5 cm x 9 cm
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums, Marine Aquariums & Terrariums
**Additional Notes**
Transform your aquarium into a whimsical underwater world with Bioscape’s Space Alien ornament. Made from durable, high-quality resin, it adds vibrant colour and unique character, creating an engaging environment for your fish.
---
#### Bioscape Space Craft Unit 19 X 11.5cm
Alien craft aquarium sculpture depicting a derelict pod embedded on the riverbed.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-space-craft-unit-19-x-11-5cm/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS315 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975046989
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Bioscape-Space-Craft-Unit-19-x-11.5cm-1.webp
The BioScape Space Craft Unit ( SKU: BIS315 ) is a 19 x 11.5cm alien craft aquarium sculpture depicting a derelict pod embedded on the riverbed. Hand-painted with metallic hull colours and distressed details, it creates a unique sci-fi underwater environment.
Constructed from non-reactive polyresin, it provides safe, inert decor that won't leach toxins into freshwater aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Foreground & Midground Decor:** Fits easily across medium-sized aquariums as a central feature.
- **Catfish & Cichlid Caves:** Interior cavity provides essential darkness for nocturnal fish species.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Wash thoroughly with clean water prior to introduction.
- Settle the pod into gravel substrate near live or artificial plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Inert Polyresin Material:** Maintains pH neutrality without altering water hardness.
- **Realistic Weathering:** Detailed paint effects emulate long-term underwater submersion.
- **Multiple Port Holes:** Enables smaller fish to enter and hide safely.
- **Easy Clean Finish:** Smooth surfaces allow easy wipe-down during maintenance.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS315
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975046989
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Sci-Fi Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 240 mm (L) × 125 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 295 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Space Helmet 16 X 12.5 X 11cm
Astronaut helmet decor creating cave shelter for fish & plecos.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-space-helmet-16-x-12-5-x-11cm/
- Price: $23.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS443 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975053956
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180-12.png
The BioScape Space Helmet ( SKU: BIS443 ) is a 16 x 12.5 x 11cm astronaut helmet decor piece, sculpted as a hollow deep-space relic lying on the riverbed floor. Classic helmet design—compact, whimsical, and ideal for hiding shy species.
With an open visor and neck space, it acts as a functional cave shelter for fish, crayfish, and plecos.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sci-Fi Aquascaping:** Creates an intriguing sunken astronaut theme.
- **Fish Cave Shelter:** Hollow visor opening serves as a dark entrance for cave-dwelling species.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse thoroughly with tap water before tank placement.
- Settle on the substrate layer near foreground plants.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Hollow Visor Opening:** Provides an easy entrance cavity for fish to explore and rest inside.
- **Detailed Paintwork:** Hand-painted battle marks and metallic visor ring detail.
- **Safe Polyresin:** Keeps aquarium water chemistry stable and safe.
- **Smooth Edges:** Smoothly finished openings protect delicate fish fins.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS443
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975053956
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Sci-Fi Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 170 mm (L) × 135 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 300 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Space Robot 9.5 X 7.5 X 11.5cm
Ornament featuring futuristic design with metallic paint.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-space-robot-9-5-x-7-5-x-11-5cm/
- Price: $21.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS442 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975053949
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180-11.png
The BioScape Space Robot ( SKU: BIS442 ) is a compact 9.5 x 7.5 x 11.5cm retro robot aquarium ornament. Featuring a fun, futuristic design with metallic paint highlights, it adds a playful theme to nano aquariums.
Bring retro sci-fi flair to your aquarium with the Bioscape Space Robot! Crafted from non-toxic resin, this detailed figure adds character and a fun focal point while providing shelter for small fish. Cast in durable, non-toxic polyresin, it provides safe decoration without affecting aquatic water quality. Safe for all freshwater and saltwater tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano Aquarium Theming:** Perfect decor accent for small desktop tanks or children's aquariums.
- **Invertebrate Habitats:** Offers shrimp and nano snails a textured surface for biofilm grazing.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse under fresh tap water.
- Embed the base into gravel or sand in the foreground of the tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Retro Robot Design:** Eye-catching metallic finish brings playful novelty to fish tanks.
- **Aquarium-Safe Paint:** Non-toxic pigments will not leach into water over time.
- **Compact Footprint:** Ideal for nano tanks under 30 litres.
- **Stable Weight Base:** Stays grounded in light water currents.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS442
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975053949
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Sci-Fi Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 105 mm (L) × 80 mm (W) × 120 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 220 g
- **Target Environment:** Nano Freshwater Aquariums (Can be used in marine aquariums too)
---
#### Bioscape Star Fighter 23.5 X 15.6cm
Sci-fi-themed sunken starship aquarium ornament resembling a crashed interstellar vessel.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-star-fighter-23-5-x-15-6cm/
- Price: $32.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS313 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975046965
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180.png
The BioScape Star Fighter ( SKU: BIS313 ) is a sci-fi-themed sunken starship aquarium ornament measuring 23.5 x 15.6cm. Designed to resemble a crashed interstellar vessel on the seabed, it features hollowed openings and realistic hull weathering.
Made from durable aquatic resin, this piece serves dual roles as an eye-catching aquascape centre feature and an interactive cave structure for bottom-dwelling species. Adds a vibrant and unique touch to any aquarium while providing a safe environment for your fish. This beautifully crafted aquarium ornament is hand-painted with premium, non-toxic materials, ensuring it is safe for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Sci-Fi Aquascaping:** Ideal for creating sunken spaceship theme layouts.
- **Territorial Fish Shelter:** Provides multiple entrances and dark hideouts for cichlids, loaches, and catfish.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Wash with plain tap water before adding to the tank.
- Press slightly into the substrate bed to secure the ship in position.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Detailed Sci-Fi Design:** Features weathered metal textures and mechanical hull accents.
- **Hollow Swim-Through Caves:** Gives timid fish security and reduces aquarium stress.
- **Aquarium-Safe Materials:** Resin composition will not impact water parameters; safe & non-toxic.
- **Sturdy Weight Distribution:** Remains grounded near water currents and filter outlets. Each piece is handmade, carefully crafted and painted.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS313
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975046965
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Sci-Fi Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 200 mm (L) × 150 mm (W) × 190 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 565 g
- **Target Environment:** Safe for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
---
#### Bioscape Tree Face 11 X 7.5 X 14cm
Mystical tree stump ornament featuring a carved face adds fantasy-themed charm to planted aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-tree-face-11-x-7-5-x-14cm/
- Price: $24.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS422 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975052195
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180-4.png
The BioScape Tree Face ( SKU: BIS422 ) is a whimsical, mystical tree stump ornament featuring a carved face design measuring 11 x 7.5 x 14 cm. It adds fantasy-themed charm to planted aquariums and terrariums. A carved tree visage meant to serve up mystique and functional swim-throughs—promotes fish interaction with a whisper of enchantment.
Moulded from high-grade polyresin with bark-like textures, it provides hiding nooks for small fish, shrimp, or amphibious reptiles.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fantasy-Themed Tanks:** Adds character to mossy, forest-styled aquascapes.
- **Small Terrarium Decor:** Suitable for moist terrariums, paludariums, and amphibian enclosures.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse under warm tap water without soaps or detergents.
- Position among live plants, mosses, or driftwood pieces.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural Wood Texture:** Detailed wood grain and root bark sculpt.
- **Multi-Environment Use:** Suitable for submerged aquariums or dry/humid terrariums.
- **Fish & Reptile Safe:** Smooth resin edges prevent fins or skin from snagging.
- **Colourfast Coating:** Resists algae staining and colour degradation.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS422
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975052195
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Fantasy Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 110 mm (L) × 85 mm (W) × 150 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 45 g
- **Target Environment:** Aquariums, Terrariums & Paludariums
---
#### Bioscape Walker Carrier 20.5 X 17.5cm Medium
Sci-fi-inspired mechanical walker ornament appears as a downed military walker unit.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-walker-carrier-20-5-x-17-5cm-medium/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS314 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975046972
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/180-1.png
The BioScape Walker Carrier Medium ( SKU: BIS314 ) is a sci-fi-inspired mechanical walker ornament measuring 20.5 x 17.5cm. Rendered to appear as a downed military walker unit, it brings cinematic flair to freshwater fish tanks.
Crafted from non-toxic resin with smooth interior edges, it offers resting spots and shaded cover for territorial fish species.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Futuristic Themes:** Excellent focal decor item for modern sci-fi aquarium themes.
- **Shrimp & Small Fish Hideout:** Leg structures and hull hollows offer safe grazing zones.
**How to Use**
- Rinse under fresh water to clear handling dust.
- Place on the aquarium floor and arrange aquatic plants or moss around the base structure.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Unique Mechanical Aesthetic:** Features detailed battle-worn mechanical limbs and body armour.
- **Fish-Safe Resin Construction:** Safe for sensitive freshwater species and invertebrates.
- **Hollow Frame Openings:** Allows fish to swim through and explore interior spaces.
- **Stable Leg Base:** Stands firmly on sand or gravel substrates.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS314
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975046972
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Sci-Fi Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 235 mm (L) × 110 mm (W) × 210 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 515 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Walker Carrier 31.5x25.5cm Large
Sci-fi robot-like sculpture of a sunken battle walker for decorating larger freshwater aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-walker-carrier-31-5x25-5cm-large/
- Price: $69.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS321 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975047047
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180-3-1.png
The BioScape Walker Carrier Large ( SKU: BIS321 ) is a command-scale sci-fi robot sculpture measuring 31.5 x 25.5cm. Designed as a large-scale sunken battle walker, it provides an impressive centre display for larger freshwater aquariums.
With large hollow leg arches and an interior chassis cavity, it provides generous shelter space for larger fish species like adult cichlids, plecos, and gouramis.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Aquarium Centrepieces:** Ideal main attraction piece for tanks 150 liters and larger.
- **Large Fish Hideout:** Generous internal volume accommodates larger territorial fish.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse thoroughly with room-temperature water.
- Anchor firmly into deep gravel substrate to ensure stable placement.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Large Feature Size:** Substantial dimensions create a striking visual impact in tall tanks.
- **Spacious Swim-Throughs:** Large opening arches prevent larger fish from getting trapped.
- **Durable Heavy Build:** Weighs 1.6 kg to prevent floating or accidental tipping by large fish.
- **Safe Non-Toxic Paint:** Inert paint finish safe for all freshwater setups.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS321
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975047047
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Sci-Fi Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 340 mm (L) × 150 mm (W) × 285 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1615 g
- **Target Environment:** Medium & Large Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Web Figure 9.5 X 7.5 X 5.5cm
Spiderman superhero figure ornament for small aquarium setups.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/bioscape-web-figure-9-5-x-7-5-x-5-5cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS445 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975053970
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/180-13.png
The BioScape Web Figure ( SKU: BIS445 ) is a small superhero-inspired resin ornament of Spiderman measuring 9.5 x 7.5 x 5.5cm. Depicting a crouched figure of Spiderman, it introduces a pop-culture theme into small aquarium setups.
Moulded from safe aquatic resin, it is fully colourfast and harmless to all freshwater aquatic life. The Bioscape Web Figure can make an interesting retro addition to the scape of your aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Novelty Theme Tanks:** Fun addition for themed desktop aquariums or betta setups.
- **Foreground Accent:** Adds a small pop of colour to tank corners.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Wash under cold tap water.
- Place on top of gravel in the foreground area.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Compact Dimensions:** Fits into small nano aquariums and Betta bowls.
- **Aquarium-Safe Materials:** Resin body will not affect water parameters.
- **Vibrant Paint:** Fade-resistant colours remain bright under underwater aquarium lighting.
- **Weighted Base:** Prevents drifting or floating.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS445
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975053970
- **Product Type:** Ornaments & Decor / Novelty Sculptures
- **Package Dimensions:** 120 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 100 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 220 g
- **Target Environment:** Nano Freshwater Aquariums & Betta Tanks
---
#### Penn Plax Skull Gazor 17.2cm
Aquarium decoration crafted to create a dramatic theme (non-toxic material).
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/ornament/penn-plax-skull-gazor-17-2cm/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: PPO7 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 0030172081002
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Ornament (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/ornament/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/111-31.png
The Penn-Plax Skull Gazor ( SKU: PPO7 ) is a detailed, atmospheric aquarium decoration crafted to create a dramatic theme in any aquascape. Standing 17.2 cm tall, this sculpted relic feature includes weathered bone textures, deep eye sockets, and aged skeletal detailing that adds depth and curiosity to your aquatic layout. These decorations are carefully handcrafted and painted with premium, non-toxic materials, making them safe for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.
Made from high-grade, non-toxic resin, the Skull Gazor is completely inert and safe for both freshwater and marine fish. Designed with hollow interiors and functional swim-through openings, it doubles as a territorial hiding cave for shy fish, cichlids, dwarf shrimp, and aquatic amphibians.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Aquascaping & Themed Displays:** Ideal for sunken ruin, pirate, fantasy, or prehistoric aquarium themes.
- **Providing Fish Shelter:** Serves as a vital hiding space and swim-through cave to reduce stress for timid tank inhabitants.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Rinse the ornament thoroughly under warm freshwater before placing it in the tank (do not use soap or detergents).
- Position the skull firmly into the aquarium substrate near the midground or background.
- Surround with live plants or driftwood to integrate the ornament naturally into the aquascape.
- Gently wipe during regular maintenance with an aquarium-safe pad to clean off surface algae.
- **Note:** Rinse thoroughly before use.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Realistic Weathered Sculpting:** Features detailed bone texture with an aged patina finish for an authentic look.
- **Safe, Non-Toxic Resin:** Completely water-safe material that will not discolour or leach chemicals into the water.
- **Functional Swim-Through Caves:** Hollow construction offers safe hiding spots and territorial boundaries for fish.
- **Stable Weighted Base:** Sinks quickly and stays firmly anchored in sand or gravel substrate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape / Penn-Plax
- **SKU:** PPO7
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 0030172081002
- **Product Type:** Ornament / Aquarium Scenery & Decor
- **Package Dimensions:** 113 mm (L) × 129 mm (W) × 107 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 275 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Marine Aquariums, Terrariums
---
### BioScape — Maintenance
#### Bioscape Advanced Water Changer 25' 7.6mtr
Gravel vacuum & water changer for aquarium maintenance.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/bioscape-advanced-water-changer-25-7-6mtr/
- Price: $59.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS45 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975057152
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-14.png
The BioScape Advanced Water Changer 25' ( SKU: BIS45 ) is a 7.6-meter complete aquarium gravel vacuum and water change system designed to streamline routine tank maintenance. Operating via faucet water pressure, it drains dirty aquarium water directly into your sink and refills the tank without requiring buckets.
The Bioscape Advanced Water Changer 7.6m is a long-hose, faucet-driven aquarium water change system. This type of product is designed to make routine water changes significantly easier and less messy than the traditional bucket method. Equipped with a faucet adapter, gravel tube, flow valve, and heavy-duty flexible hose, it cleans substrate bed detritus while siphoning out dirty water simultaneously.
##### How it Works (General Principle of the BioScape Advanced Water Changer 25' 7.6m System)
- **Connection:** The system typically includes an adapter that screws onto most standard household faucets (sometimes with different thread sizes or universal adapters included).
- **Siphon/Drain Mode:** With the faucet running, a venturi effect is created, drawing water out of the aquarium through a gravel vacuum tube and out through the hose into the sink. This simultaneously siphons out dirty water and often acts as a gravel vacuum to remove debris from the substrate.
- **Fill Mode:** By simply flipping a switch on the faucet attachment, the water flow is reversed. Clean, dechlorinated tap water (often at a controlled flow rate) is then pumped directly from the faucet through the hose and into your aquarium.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Routine Water Changes:** Drains wastewater and refills aquariums directly from tap faucets.
- **Substrate Vacuuming:** Lifts trapped fish waste and food debris from gravel beds during siphoning.
**How to Use / Installation Process**
- Attach the multi-thread brass adapter to your sink faucet and connect the pump valve.
- Extend the 7.6-meter hose and place the gravel intake tube inside the aquarium.
- Turn on the faucet to initiate water suction, then switch the valve direction to refill when done.
**Few Considerations and Tips for Using BioScape Advanced Water Changer 25' 7.6m**
- **Faucet Compatibility:** Ensure the included faucet adapter is compatible with your household faucets. Universal adapters are often available if needed.
- **Water Temperature:** When refilling, it's crucial to match the temperature of the incoming tap water to the aquarium water to avoid shocking your fish. A thermometer is essential.
- **Dichlorination:** You must still dechlorinate the new water. Some people add dechlorinator directly to the tank while it's filling, while others use an in-line filter or pre-treat water in a separate container before adding it via the system.
- **Water Waste:** Because the siphon relies on constant faucet pressure, some water is wasted down the drain during the draining process. This can be a concern for those mindful of water consumption.
- **Maintenance:** Keep the hose and gravel vacuum clean to prevent algae or bacteria build-up.
Priming: Some systems require a slight priming action to start the siphon.
- **Pressure:** The efficiency of the siphon and fill will depend on your home's water pressure.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **No Bucket Siphoning:** The Advanced water changer (Python No Spill Clean and Fill System) connects to your household faucet, using water pressure to create a siphon that drains water from your aquarium; it also allows you to reverse the flow to refill your tank directly from the faucet, eliminating the need for buckets. This is the biggest advantage – it eliminates the need to carry heavy, dripping buckets back and forth, saving time and preventing spills.
- **Dual Action Valve:** Flips easily between suction (drain) and fill modes. Faster water change process allows you to drain and refill large tanks much quicker.
- **Generous 7.6m Hose Creating Long Reach:** Reaches tanks situated in adjacent rooms or halls. A 7.6-meter hose is designed for homes where the aquarium is a significant distance from a water source (like a kitchen or bathroom sink). Enables easy connection to a faucet and reaches tanks across a room, down a hallway, or even in a different part of the house without needing to carry heavy buckets.
- **Gravel Vacuuming with Substrate Protection Tube:** Prevents gravel from being sucked up into the hose line. Most systems incorporate a gravel vacuum attachment to clean the substrate while draining.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS45
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975057152
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Water Changers & Siphons
- **Package Dimensions:** 400 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 350 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 1400 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
#### Bioscape Advanced Water Changer 50' 15.2mtr
Extra-long gravel cleaner & refill system for large aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/maintenance/bioscape-advanced-water-changer-50-15-2mtr/
- Price: $95.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: BIS46 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9327975056100
- Brand: BioScape (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/bioscape/) · Category: Maintenance (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/maintenance/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/180-15.png
The BioScape Advanced Water Changer 50' ( SKU: BIS46 ) is an extra-long 15.2-meter automatic gravel cleaner and refill system engineered for large aquariums or tanks located far from domestic water taps. Powered by faucet water flow, it creates a continuous suction force that drains tank water while cleaning gravel substrate, then switches to direct refilling without manual bucket handling.
The Bioscape Tropic Advanced Water Changer redefines routine aquarium maintenance, offering a convenient and mess-free solution for both siphoning and refilling your tank. Designed for ultimate ease of use, this innovative system connects directly to your tap, eliminating the need for heavy buckets and making water changes fast and efficient, regardless of your aquarium's size.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Long-Distance Maintenance:** Designed for aquariums located far away from domestic sinks.
- **Large Water Volumes:** Rapidly drains and fills high-capacity aquariums efficiently.
**How to Use**
- Secure the faucet valve onto your sink tap assembly.
- Unroll the 15.2-meter hose to your aquarium and submerge the gravel siphon tube.
- Turn on the tap to create suction for draining, then invert the valve to push clean water back to the aquarium.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Extended 15.2m Reach:** Ideal for maintaining large aquariums in living rooms or offices.
- **Saves Effort & Time:** Removes manual bucket transportation during water changes. Gentle Vacuum with Strainer: Designed to create a safe and effective vacuum that removes detritus and debris while protecting fish and plants from accidental suction.
- **Integrated Gravel Vacuum:** Cleans substrate debris while siphoning out dirty water. Integrated flow valve provides precise control over water flow, allowing for efficient siphoning and gentle refilling without disturbing your aquascape.
- **Universal Faucet Adapter:** Fits standard household water faucet threading. Seamlessly works with aquariums of all sizes, from nano tanks to large-scale setups. Direct tap connection enables effortless connection to most standard household faucets, eliminating the physical strain of carrying heavy water buckets.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** BioScape
- **SKU:** BIS46
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 9327975056100
- **Product Type:** Maintenance / Water Changers & Siphons
- **Package Dimensions:** 400 mm (L) × 75 mm (W) × 350 mm (H)
- **Gross Package Weight:** 2050 g
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater & Saltwater Aquariums
---
### Independent Store Brand — Filter Media
#### Independent Store Brand Macropore 100ml
Trial-size nitrate and tannin resin for nano tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-macropore-100ml/
- Price: $17.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102257 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927264973
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102257-1.jpg
A new nano tank or a bowl does not need a litre of filter resin, but it still benefits from the same polishing power a bigger system gets. Independent Store Brand Macropore 100ml (SKU: 102257) is the smallest pack of Macropore, a macroporous synthetic anion-exchange resin in bead form that pulls nitrogenous waste and tannin staining out of aquarium water as it passes through, leaving the water visibly clearer. Used in both freshwater and marine aquariums, it is placed loose in a fine mesh bag inside the filter, where moving water carries dissolved waste through the bead bed rather than past it.
As the resin works it gradually darkens from white toward brown; once it stops clarifying the water or will no longer bleach back to white, it has reached capacity and needs recharging or replacing. On the dose rate this line is sold at, 1 L of Macropore treats roughly 4,800 L of water for about six months, which puts the 100 mL pack at around 480 L of treatment capacity, enough for a single small tank running between recharges rather than a whole fish room. Freshwater users can recharge the resin with a salt soak rather than replacing it outright, while marine use and the occasional stubborn freshwater batch call for a bleach recharge. Oasis stocks the same resin in 500 mL, 1 L and 2 L packs for larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano tanks and bowls:** A small resin dose sized to a tank too small to justify a full litre.
- **New set-ups:** Polishing water while a small biological filter establishes.
- **Driftwood tannins:** Clearing the tea-coloured tint a small piece of wood can cause.
- **Topping up a mesh bag:** A convenient size to refresh resin without buying more than needed.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Bag it first:** Rinse the resin, then load it into a fine mesh filter bag before use.
- **Site it in flow:** Place the bag where filter water moves through it steadily, not in a dead spot.
- **Watch the colour:** Replace or recharge once the beads stay dark and water clarity drops.
- **Recharge for freshwater:** Soak the bagged resin in a non-iodised salt solution, then rinse before reuse.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macroporous anion resin:** Bead-form synthetic polymer with a quaternary amine functional group.
- **Nitrate and tannin control:** Filters nitrogenous waste and tannin colour from the water column.
- **Visible clarity change:** Darkens as it works, a built-in signal that it needs recharging.
- **Rechargeable, not disposable:** Salt or bleach recharge extends the life of one pack.
- **Small-tank sizing:** A 100 mL pack scaled for nano aquariums rather than a fish room.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102257
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927264973
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Nitrate & Tannin Removal Resin
- **Net Volume:** 100 mL
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 480 L for approximately 6 months (1 L treats about 4,800 L)
- **Use:** Loose beads in a fine mesh filter bag, placed in filter flow
- **Recharge:** Non-iodised salt soak for freshwater; bleach soak for marine or stubborn freshwater use
- **Other Sizes:** 500 mL (SKU 102258); 1 L (SKU 102259); 2 L (SKU 102260)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Macropore 1l
Standard-size nitrate and tannin resin, recharge instructions included.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-macropore-1l/
- Price: $49.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102259 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211786
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102259-1.jpg
Buying filter resin by the litre is the point at which a recharge routine starts to make financial sense over simply throwing the spent pack away. Independent Store Brand Macropore 1l (SKU: 102259) is the one-litre pack of Macropore, a macroporous synthetic anion-exchange resin in bead form that removes nitrogenous waste and tannin colour from freshwater and marine aquarium water, clearing a tank that has gone slightly hazy or tea-tinted. The beads are used loose in a fine mesh bag inside the filter, where the resin bed sits in the path of moving water rather than off to one side of it.
At this pack's dose rate, 1 L of Macropore treats around 4,800 L of water for about six months before it is exhausted, recognised by the beads staying dark brown instead of bleaching back toward white. For freshwater use, the spent resin is recharged by dissolving two handfuls of non-iodised salt into 1 L of water in a plastic container, leaving the bagged resin to soak for 12 hours, then rinsing before it goes back in the filter; roughly one in four freshwater recharges will still need a bleach recharge if discolouration remains. Marine use always calls for the bleach method: a 1:1 bleach-to-water soak for 12 hours, a thorough rinse, then an 8-hour soak in fresh water dosed with two tablespoons of chlorine neutraliser per cup of water, checked for any lingering chlorine odour before reuse. The same resin is sold in 100 mL, 500 mL and 2 L packs for smaller or larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Standard aquariums:** A 1 L pack sized for a typical single display tank.
- **Ongoing maintenance:** Bought in a size that supports a recharge-and-reuse routine rather than frequent repurchase.
- **Yellowing water:** Clearing tannin tint from driftwood or leaf litter.
- **Post-medication clean-up:** Polishing water after a treatment course, alongside carbon if needed.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Bag the resin:** Rinse the beads and load them into a fine mesh filter bag.
- **Position in flow:** Set the bag where filtered water passes through it steadily.
- **Recharge for freshwater:** Soak in 2 handfuls of non-iodised salt per litre of water for 12 hours, then rinse.
- **Recharge for marine:** Soak 1:1 in bleach for 12 hours, rinse, then soak 8 hours in water with chlorine neutraliser.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macroporous anion resin:** Bead-form synthetic polymer with a quaternary amine functional group.
- **Nitrate and tannin removal:** Targets nitrogenous waste and tea-coloured tannin staining together.
- **Documented recharge method:** Salt recharge for freshwater, bleach recharge for marine, with set timings.
- **Roughly 4,800 L per litre:** A six-month treatment estimate at the standard dose.
- **Standard litre pack:** The most common size for a single display aquarium.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102259
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211786
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Nitrate & Tannin Removal Resin
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 4,800 L for approximately 6 months
- **Recharge (Freshwater):** 2 handfuls non-iodised salt per 1 L water, soak 12 hours, rinse
- **Recharge (Marine):** 1:1 bleach soak 12 hours, rinse, then 8-hour soak with chlorine neutraliser
- **Other Sizes:** 100 mL (SKU 102257); 500 mL (SKU 102258); 2 L (SKU 102260)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Macropore 2l
Bulk nitrate and tannin resin for large tanks and multiple systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-macropore-2l/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102260 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211793
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102260-1.jpg
A big display tank, a pond-linked system or a fish room running several filters gets through filter resin faster than a single litre pack can keep up with. Independent Store Brand Macropore 2l (SKU: 102260) is the two-litre bulk pack of Macropore, a macroporous synthetic anion-exchange resin in bead form that removes nitrogenous waste and clears tannin colour from freshwater and marine aquarium water, restoring a crystal-clear appearance as water passes through the bead bed. Like the smaller packs, the resin is used loose in a fine mesh bag placed where filter flow runs through it.
This two-litre container treats around 9,600 L of water for approximately six months, the volume Oasis states directly for this pack size, which suits a large single display, a linked multi-tank system or a fish room restocking several mesh bags at once. The resin darkens from white toward brown as it nears exhaustion, and is exhausted once it no longer bleaches back to white or stops clarifying the water. Freshwater systems recharge it in a non-iodised salt solution, soaking the bagged resin for 12 hours before rinsing; marine systems, and the freshwater batches a salt soak will not fully restore, need a bleach recharge followed by a thorough rinse and an 8-hour soak in water dosed with chlorine neutraliser, checked for any remaining chlorine smell. Buying at this size means fewer separate packs to open across a run of mesh bags. Smaller 100 mL, 500 mL and 1 L packs are available for single tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large display tanks:** Enough resin for a single big system without buying several small packs.
- **Multi-tank systems:** Linked aquariums or a fish room filling several mesh bags from one container.
- **Pond-linked filtration:** Larger water volumes that need proportionally more resin.
- **Stocking up:** Keeping a recharge-ready spare on hand for a busy filtration setup.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Divide into bags:** Split the resin across as many fine mesh bags as the system needs.
- **Place in flow:** Position each bag where filter water passes through it, not in dead water.
- **Track colour across bags:** Recharge or rotate bags as they darken, rather than waiting for all of them at once.
- **Recharge in batches:** Salt-soak freshwater batches together; bleach-recharge marine batches together.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macroporous anion resin:** Bead-form synthetic polymer with a quaternary amine functional group.
- **Bulk two-litre pack:** The largest regularly stocked size in this line.
- **Stated 9,600 L capacity:** About six months of treatment at this pack's rate.
- **Nitrate and tannin control:** Removes nitrogenous waste and tea-coloured staining together.
- **Rechargeable in bulk:** Salt or bleach recharge suits refreshing several mesh bags at once.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102260
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211793
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Nitrate & Tannin Removal Resin
- **Net Volume:** 2 L
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 9,600 L for approximately 6 months
- **Use:** Loose beads divided across fine mesh filter bags, placed in filter flow
- **Recharge:** Non-iodised salt soak for freshwater; bleach soak for marine or stubborn freshwater use
- **Other Sizes:** 100 mL (SKU 102257); 500 mL (SKU 102258); 1 L (SKU 102259)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Macropore 500ml
Mid-size nitrate and tannin resin for community tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-macropore-500ml/
- Price: $34.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102258 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211779
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102258-1.jpg
Most community tanks sit somewhere between a nano bowl and a fish-room system, and a 500 mL pack of filter resin is sized for exactly that middle ground. Independent Store Brand Macropore 500ml (SKU: 102258) is a macroporous synthetic anion-exchange resin in bead form that removes nitrogenous waste and tannin staining from freshwater and marine aquarium water, leaving it visibly clearer as it passes through. The beads sit loose in a fine mesh bag inside the filter, where steady flow carries dissolved waste through the resin bed rather than around it.
The resin signals its own exhaustion by colour: fresh beads are pale, and they darken toward brown as capacity is used up, becoming due for a recharge once that colour change is obvious or the water stops clearing. At the rate 1 L of Macropore treats roughly 4,800 L of water for about six months, a 500 mL pack carries around 2,400 L of treatment capacity, enough for a mid-size community tank to run for a full recharge cycle before the resin needs attention. Freshwater tanks can recharge the resin in a non-iodised salt solution rather than buying a fresh pack each time; marine use, and freshwater batches that salt alone will not restore, call for a bleach recharge followed by a thorough rinse and a chlorine-neutraliser soak. The same resin is sold in 100 mL, 1 L and 2 L packs for smaller or larger systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Community tanks:** A mid-size dose for tanks between nano and large display scale.
- **Visible water clarity issues:** Clearing a slight haze or yellow tint without a full water change.
- **Driftwood and bogwood tanks:** Controlling tannin tint from a moderate amount of wood.
- **Scheduled recharges:** A convenient size to keep on hand for routine resin turnover.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Load a mesh bag:** Rinse the resin and pack it into a fine mesh filter bag before use.
- **Position for flow:** Place the bag where filter water passes through it, not in a still corner.
- **Check the colour regularly:** Darkened beads and falling clarity mean it is time to recharge.
- **Recharge or replace:** Use a salt soak for freshwater, bleach for marine, then rinse thoroughly.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macroporous anion resin:** Bead-form synthetic polymer with a quaternary amine functional group.
- **Dual-purpose filtration:** Targets both nitrogenous waste and tannin colour in one pass.
- **Self-indicating exhaustion:** Colour change from white toward brown flags when to recharge.
- **Reusable by recharge:** Salt or bleach soaking restores the resin instead of discarding it.
- **Community-tank sizing:** A 500 mL pack scaled above the smallest 100 mL size.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102258
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211779
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Nitrate & Tannin Removal Resin
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,400 L for approximately 6 months (1 L treats about 4,800 L)
- **Use:** Loose beads in a fine mesh filter bag, placed in filter flow
- **Recharge:** Non-iodised salt soak for freshwater; bleach soak for marine or stubborn freshwater use
- **Other Sizes:** 100 mL (SKU 102257); 1 L (SKU 102259); 2 L (SKU 102260)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Macropore Resin Bags
Reusable mesh bags for loose filter media.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-macropore-resin-bags/
- Price: $13.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102261 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927265420
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102261-1.webp
Loose filter resin tipped straight into a canister or sump finds its way into the impeller within days, which is why media like Macropore is always sold to be bagged, never poured in loose. Independent Store Brand Macropore Resin Bags (SKU: 102261) are durable, reusable mesh bags built to hold loose filtration media such as Macropore resin, carbon or ceramic noodles inside an aquarium filter. The mesh is fine enough to stop the media escaping into the impeller or spraybar while still passing water freely, and each bag closes with a drawstring or zip closure so it can be opened, rinsed out and refilled rather than discarded with the spent media inside it.
The bags are sized to suit most standard canister and hang-on filter baskets, sump compartments and in-tank filter trays, which is where loose granular or bead media is typically packed. Because the closure is reusable, a single bag can be recharged and reloaded repeatedly alongside media that is itself designed to be recharged, such as Macropore, rather than being replaced every time the media inside it is refreshed. A bag that develops a tear or a stretched closure should be retired, since a split seam defeats the point of containing the media in the first place. Keeping a spare bag or two on hand means a recharge cycle is never held up by a bag still drying out from its last wash.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Any loose granular media:** Macropore, carbon, zeolite or similar beads that must not reach the impeller.
- **Canister and hang-on filters:** Holding media inside a basket or tray sized for bagged, not loose, product.
- **Sump and reactor use:** Containing media in a chamber with strong flow.
- **Recharge cycles:** A spare bag lets one batch of media soak while another stays in service.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse before loading:** Rinse both the bag and the media under tap water before first use.
- **Fill loosely:** Leave the bag roughly two-thirds full so water can move through the media freely.
- **Close securely:** Pull the drawstring tight or seal the zip fully before the bag goes into the filter.
- **Check the seams:** Inspect the closure and mesh at each water change; replace a bag that has torn or stretched.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Reusable construction:** Opens and closes repeatedly instead of being discarded with spent media.
- **Fine, high-flow mesh:** Contains beads and granules while keeping water movement through the media.
- **Drawstring or zip closure:** A secure seal that still opens easily for recharging.
- **Suits most standard filters:** Sized for typical canister, hang-on and sump media compartments.
- **Pairs with rechargeable media:** A practical match for resins like Macropore that are soaked and reused.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102261
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927265420
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Media Bag
- **Material:** Fine mesh fabric
- **Closure:** Drawstring or zip, reusable
- **Compatibility:** Most standard canister, hang-on and sump filters
- **Companion Products:** Independent Store Brand Macropore (100 mL to 2 L packs)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Blue (100-800ltrs)
Mid-size clarifying block for garden ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-pond-block-blue-100-800ltrs/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102512 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927265383
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102512-1.jpg
A garden pond big enough to hold fish is also big enough that reaching for a bottle of algaecide every time the water turns green gets expensive fast. Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Blue (100-800ltrs) (SKU: 102512) is the second size in a four-block range, covering ponds from 100 to 800 litres. Rather than acting as an herbicide, it works anti-bacterially, since most of the organisms behind green-water and bacterial-bloom cases are bacteria rather than true algae, clearing visible colour in approximately seven days once it is placed.
One Blue block lasts around three to four weeks depending on local water hardness, working continuously over that period rather than in a single burst. Beyond clarifying colour, the block assists in preventing ammonia spikes, which matter more in a stocked garden pond than in an empty tub, and it helps stabilise pond pH by resisting the acidifying drop that waste build-up or a bacterial bloom can otherwise cause. The 100 to 800 litre range covers most backyard ponds holding a handful of goldfish or koi fry, sitting between the smaller Red block for tubs and the larger Green blocks for bigger, more heavily stocked ponds. Checking the pond's actual volume before choosing a block size matters more than guessing from its surface area, since depth and shape both affect how much water a given footprint actually holds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Backyard garden ponds:** Stocked ponds in the 100 to 800 litre range.
- **Green or cloudy water:** A bacterial bloom affecting pond clarity after warm weather or heavy feeding.
- **Newly stocked ponds:** Supporting water quality while fish settle into a new or refilled pond.
- **Scheduled maintenance:** A routine block change every three to four weeks depending on hardness.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Confirm the volume:** Check the pond falls within the 100 to 800 litre range before using this size.
- **Set it in flow:** Place the block where circulation will carry its effect through the pond.
- **Expect about a week:** Visible clearing typically shows within roughly seven days.
- **Renew on schedule:** Replace every three to four weeks, sooner if the water is hard.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Anti-bacterial, not herbicidal:** Targets bacteria rather than treating true algae with a herbicide.
- **Clears in about 7 days:** A visible improvement within roughly a week.
- **3 to 4 week duration:** Lifespan varies with local water hardness.
- **Ammonia spike support:** Helps prevent ammonia spikes in a stocked garden pond.
- **pH stabilising:** Resists the acidifying pH drop a bloom or waste load can cause.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102512
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927265383
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Pond & Aquarium Clarifying Block
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Treats:** 100 to 800 litres
- **Working Life:** About 3 to 4 weeks, depending on water hardness
- **Action:** Anti-bacterial clarification; assists ammonia-spike prevention and pH stability
- **Other Sizes:** Red 10–100 L (SKU 102511); Green 500–1500 L (SKU 102513); Green Large 1000–3500 L (SKU 102514)
- **Target Environment:** Garden ponds, freshwater
---
#### Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Green (500-1500ltr)
Larger clarifying block for established koi and goldfish ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-pond-block-green-500-1500ltr/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102513 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927265390
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102513-1.jpg
A pond big enough to carry a group of koi or a decent-sized goldfish colony produces more bio-load, and green water in that setting usually points to a bacterial bloom feeding on it rather than a weed problem. Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Green (500-1500ltr) (SKU: 102513) is the third size in a four-block range, scaled for ponds from 500 to 1,500 litres. It is anti-bacterial rather than herbicidal, since the organisms behind most green-water cases are bacteria, and it clears visible colour in approximately seven days once placed in the pond.
One Green block lasts roughly three to four weeks depending on local water hardness, acting over that period rather than as a single dose. In a pond of this size carrying an established fish load, the block's role in preventing ammonia spikes and stabilising pH against acidifying drops matters as much as the visual clarity it restores, since a larger bio-load places more pressure on both. The 500 to 1,500 litre range sits above the smaller Red and Blue blocks and below the Large Green block, which covers ponds up to 3,500 litres, so this size is the one to use once a pond has grown past tub or small-garden scale.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Koi and established goldfish ponds:** Ponds in the 500 to 1,500 litre range carrying a real fish load.
- **Green water after warm weather:** A seasonal bacterial bloom in a larger, well-stocked pond.
- **Heavy feeding periods:** Supporting water quality when feeding rates rise with fish size.
- **Scheduled renewal:** A routine replacement every three to four weeks depending on hardness.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Check the pond volume:** Confirm it sits within the 500 to 1,500 litre range for this size.
- **Place in circulating water:** Position the block where flow will distribute its effect.
- **Allow about a week:** Expect visible clearing within roughly seven days.
- **Replace on schedule:** Renew every three to four weeks, sooner in harder water or heavier stocking.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Anti-bacterial, not herbicidal:** Works against the bacteria behind most green-water cases.
- **Clears in about 7 days:** A visible result within roughly a week of placement.
- **3 to 4 week duration:** Lifespan depends on local water hardness.
- **Suited to a heavier bio-load:** Sized for established ponds with a real fish population.
- **Ammonia and pH support:** Assists in preventing ammonia spikes and stabilising pH.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102513
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927265390
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Pond & Aquarium Clarifying Block
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Treats:** 500 to 1,500 litres
- **Working Life:** About 3 to 4 weeks, depending on water hardness
- **Action:** Anti-bacterial clarification; assists ammonia-spike prevention and pH stability
- **Other Sizes:** Green Large 1000–3500 L (SKU 102514)
- **Target Environment:** Koi and goldfish ponds, freshwater
---
#### Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Green Large (1000-3500lt)
Largest clarifying block for big ornamental ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-pond-block-green-large-1000-3500lt/
- Price: $11.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102514 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927265406
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102514-1.jpg
A large ornamental pond holding several thousand litres needs a clarifying treatment that matches its scale, not a handful of small blocks dropped in together. Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Green Large (1000-3500lt) (SKU: 102514) is the largest size in a four-block range, built at roughly double the weight of the smaller colours and covering ponds from 1,000 to 3,500 litres. Like the rest of the range it works anti-bacterially rather than as an herbicide, since the organisms behind most green-water and bacterial-bloom cases are bacteria, and it clears visible colour in approximately seven days.
One Large Green block lasts around three to four weeks depending on local water hardness, continuing to work over that stretch rather than dissolving as a single dose. In a pond of this size, often carrying a substantial koi or mixed fish population, the block's role in assisting ammonia-spike prevention and stabilising pH against an acidifying drop is doing real work alongside the visible clarity it restores. Because 1,000 to 3,500 litres covers large backyard and feature ponds at the top of the range, this is the size to use once the smaller Red, Blue and Green blocks are undersized for the volume of water being treated. Measuring actual pond volume, rather than guessing from the surface area alone, matters most at this scale, since depth and shelving both change how many litres a given footprint holds.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ornamental ponds:** Feature ponds and bigger koi systems in the 1,000 to 3,500 litre range.
- **Heavy bio-load situations:** Ponds carrying a substantial fish population or heavy feeding.
- **Persistent green water:** A larger bloom that a smaller block size would under-treat.
- **Scheduled renewal:** Routine replacement every three to four weeks depending on hardness.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Confirm the volume:** Check the pond sits within the 1,000 to 3,500 litre range for this size.
- **Position in circulation:** Place the block where pond flow spreads its effect across the volume.
- **Allow about a week:** Expect visible improvement within roughly seven days.
- **Replace on schedule:** Renew every three to four weeks, sooner in harder water or a heavier bio-load.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Anti-bacterial, not herbicidal:** Targets the bacteria behind most green-water cases.
- **Clears in about 7 days:** Visible improvement within roughly a week.
- **3 to 4 week duration:** Working life depends on local water hardness.
- **Largest block in the range:** Roughly double the weight of the Red, Blue and Green sizes.
- **Ammonia and pH support:** Assists in preventing ammonia spikes and stabilising pH at larger-pond scale.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102514
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927265406
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Pond & Aquarium Clarifying Block
- **Net Weight:** 65 g
- **Treats:** 1,000 to 3,500 litres
- **Working Life:** About 3 to 4 weeks, depending on water hardness
- **Action:** Anti-bacterial clarification; assists ammonia-spike prevention and pH stability
- **Other Sizes:** Green 500–1500 L (SKU 102513)
- **Target Environment:** Large ornamental and koi ponds, freshwater
---
#### Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Red (10-100ltrs)
Small clarifying block for nano ponds and tubs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/independent-store-brand-pond-block-red-10-100ltrs/
- Price: $7.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102511 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927265376
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102511-1.jpg
Green water in a small tub pond or an outdoor container is almost always bacteria rather than true algae, which is why a herbicide-style treatment often does little for it. Independent Store Brand Pond Block - Red (10-100ltrs) (SKU: 102511) is the smallest of a four-size range of dissolving clarifying blocks, sized for ponds and tubs holding 10 to 100 litres. Rather than acting as an herbicide, the block works anti-bacterially against the bacteria responsible for most green-water and bacterial-bloom cases, clearing visible colour in approximately seven days.
Depending on local water hardness, one Red block lasts around three to four weeks once placed, continuing to work for that period rather than dissolving in a single dose. Alongside clearing colour, the block assists in preventing ammonia spikes and helps stabilise pond pH by resisting the acidifying pH drop that a bacterial bloom or accumulating waste can otherwise cause. Because the small 10 to 100 litre range covers anything from a large plant tub to a modest ornamental pond, the Red block is the size to reach for before stepping up to the Blue, Green or Large Green blocks that cover progressively bigger volumes.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small tub ponds:** Water features and container ponds in the 10 to 100 litre range.
- **Green or cloudy water:** A bacterial bloom clouding an otherwise healthy small pond.
- **New small ponds:** Settling water quality while a tub pond's biological balance establishes.
- **Routine upkeep:** A scheduled block change every three to four weeks depending on water hardness.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Match the block to the volume:** Confirm the pond or tub falls within the 10 to 100 litre range before use.
- **Place it in circulating water:** Set the block where water movement carries its effect through the pond.
- **Allow about seven days:** Expect visible clearing within roughly a week of placing the block.
- **Replace on schedule:** Renew every three to four weeks, sooner in harder water.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Anti-bacterial, not herbicidal:** Targets the bacteria behind most green-water cases.
- **Clears in about 7 days:** Visible improvement within roughly a week of placement.
- **3 to 4 week duration:** Working life depends on local water hardness.
- **Ammonia spike support:** Assists in preventing ammonia spikes alongside clarifying.
- **pH stabilising:** Resists the acidifying pH drop a bloom or waste build-up can cause.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102511
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927265376
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Pond & Aquarium Clarifying Block
- **Net Weight:** 25 g
- **Treats:** 10 to 100 litres
- **Working Life:** About 3 to 4 weeks, depending on water hardness
- **Action:** Anti-bacterial clarification; assists ammonia-spike prevention and pH stability
- **Other Sizes:** Blue 100–800 L (SKU 102512); Green 500–1500 L (SKU 102513); Green Large 1000–3500 L (SKU 102514)
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and tub water features, freshwater
---
#### Special Order Macropore - 10l
Wholesale-volume nitrate and tannin resin for fish rooms and retail systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/special-order-macropore-10l/
- Price: $399.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102660
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102660-1.jpg
A fish room or a retail holding system running dozens of tanks off shared sumps burns through a two-litre pack of filter resin within weeks, which is the gap this order-in size is meant to close. Special Order Macropore - 10l (SKU: 102660) is a ten-litre, special-order quantity of Macropore, the macroporous synthetic anion-exchange resin in bead form that removes nitrogenous waste and clarifies tannin-tinted water in freshwater and marine systems. Because it is a special-order line rather than a shelf-stocked size, it suits a planned bulk purchase for a large system rather than a top-up for a single display tank.
Macropore darkens from white toward brown as it reaches capacity, and at that point it can be recharged rather than discarded: a 6% saline solution restores freshwater resin until the colour no longer lifts, after which a bleach recharge is needed, while marine use is recharged with bleach from the outset. The maker's own figure for this line is that 1 L of Macropore treats about 4,800 L of water for roughly six months, which scales a 10 L order to around 48,000 L of treatment capacity over that period, enough for a multi-tank system to run an entire recharge cycle before the resin needs attention. The resin is used loose, bagged in fine mesh inside each filter or sump compartment rather than tipped in directly. Oasis also stocks the same resin in shelf-ready 100 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 2 L packs for single-tank use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many filters and sumps drawing from one bulk order instead of repeated small packs.
- **Retail holding systems:** Shared filtration under constant turnover and frequent stock movement.
- **Large single displays:** A big tank that would otherwise need several 2 L packs opened at once.
- **Planned bulk stocking:** Ordered ahead of a known, high-volume recharge or restocking cycle.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Divide across bags:** Portion the resin into as many fine mesh bags as the system's filters need.
- **Place in active flow:** Set each bag where filtered water passes through it, not in a still corner.
- **Recharge freshwater with saline:** Soak in a 6% salt solution until the colour lifts; rinse before reuse.
- **Recharge marine with bleach:** Soak, rinse thoroughly and neutralise chlorine before the resin goes back in.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Macroporous anion resin:** Bead-form synthetic polymer with a quaternary amine functional group.
- **Ten-litre special-order volume:** Sized for fish rooms and multi-tank systems, ordered in rather than shelf-stocked.
- **About 48,000 L capacity:** Roughly six months of treatment at the stated 4,800 L per litre rate.
- **Nitrate and tannin control:** Removes nitrogenous waste and tea-coloured staining.
- **Rechargeable at scale:** Saline or bleach recharge suits refreshing many bags together.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102660
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Nitrate & Tannin Removal Resin
- **Net Volume:** 10 L (special order)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 48,000 L for approximately 6 months (1 L treats about 4,800 L)
- **Use:** Loose beads divided across fine mesh filter bags, placed in filter flow
- **Recharge:** 6% saline solution for freshwater; bleach recharge for marine use
- **Other Sizes:** 100 mL, 500 mL, 1 L and 2 L shelf-stocked packs
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Independent Store Brand — Additives & Supplements
#### Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 125ml
Concentrated dechlorinator sized for one small aquarium.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-super-chlor-125ml/
- Price: $10.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102457 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211724
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102457-1.jpg
A single small to mid-size aquarium rarely needs much conditioner at once, but it needs some every water change, which is where a 125 mL bottle earns its place over both the pocket size and the bigger bottles. Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 125ml (SKU: 102457) is a concentrated water conditioner for fresh or saltwater that removes chlorine and other toxic ions and converts ammonia into the far less harmful compound hexamine. Hobbyists are advised to raise the dose in windy, very wet or very dry weather, since those conditions increase turbidity in mains or stored water and encourage bacterial growth that adds to the treatment load.
Dechlorination and detoxifying runs at 5 mL per 300 L, while neutralising ammonia takes the stronger 10 mL per 100 L dose, so the correct amount depends on the problem being treated rather than the tank size alone. At the dechlorinating rate the 125 mL bottle covers around 7,500 L of top-up or change water; at the ammonia-conversion rate it covers roughly 1,250 L. Tank volume for dosing is found by multiplying length by breadth by water height in centimetres and dividing the result by 1,000 to arrive at litres. This size suits a single aquarium on a normal water-change schedule rather than multiple tanks, where the 500 mL and larger bottles in this range work out more economical per litre.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Single aquarium set-ups:** Regular water changes on one tank rather than a multi-tank system.
- **Mains water treatment:** Removing chlorine before new or top-up water reaches the tank.
- **Ammonia spikes:** Converting ammonia to hexamine during a cycling or overstocking issue.
- **Extreme weather weeks:** A higher dose while mains water quality is affected by weather.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Calculate the volume:** Multiply length × breadth × water height (cm) and divide by 1,000 for litres.
- **Dose for dechlorination:** Add 5 mL per 300 L to remove chlorine and toxic ions.
- **Dose for ammonia:** Use 10 mL per 100 L to convert ammonia to hexamine.
- **Adjust for weather:** Increase the dose in windy, very wet or very dry conditions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-action conditioner:** Removes chlorine and toxic ions while converting ammonia to hexamine.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One formula treats either water type.
- **Concentrated formula:** Small doses treat several hundred to several thousand litres.
- **Weather-adjusted dosing:** Guidance to raise the dose in difficult water conditions.
- **Single-tank sizing:** 125 mL matched to one aquarium's regular water-change routine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102457
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211724
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator & Ammonia Detoxifier
- **Net Volume:** 125 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 300 L (dechlorination); 10 mL per 100 L (ammonia conversion)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 7,500 L dechlorinated, or 1,250 L for ammonia conversion
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 102456); 250 mL (SKU 102450); 500 mL (SKU 102451); 1 L (SKU 102452); 2.5 L (SKU 102453); 5 L (SKU 102454)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 1l
Bulk dechlorinator for multi-tank households and small ponds.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-super-chlor-1l/
- Price: $50.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102452 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211755
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102452-1.jpg
Running several aquariums, or an aquarium alongside a garden pond, turns conditioner from an occasional purchase into a running cost worth buying in bulk. Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 1l (SKU: 102452) is the one-litre pack of this concentrated conditioner, removing chlorine and toxic ions from fresh or saltwater and converting ammonia into the far less harmful compound hexamine across a volume of water that would otherwise need several smaller bottles. A higher dose is advised in windy, very wet or very dry weather, since those conditions raise turbidity in mains or stored water and encourage bacterial growth that adds to the treatment load.
The dechlorinating and detoxifying dose is 5 mL per 300 L, while ammonia conversion takes the stronger 10 mL per 100 L, with the correct choice depending on which problem is being treated. At the dechlorinating rate the 1 L bottle covers around 60,000 L over its life; dosed for ammonia conversion, it covers roughly 10,000 L. Tank volume is calculated by multiplying length by breadth by water height in centimetres and dividing by 1,000 to get litres, a calculation worth repeating per tank in a multi-tank household rather than estimating a combined total. This size suits several aquariums sharing one bottle, a single large pond-linked system, or anyone who would otherwise be refilling a 500 mL bottle every few weeks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Multiple aquariums:** Several tanks sharing one bottle instead of each holding its own small size.
- **Ponds and larger systems:** Volumes big enough that a 500 mL bottle would need frequent replacing.
- **Stocking up:** Buying ahead rather than restocking every water change.
- **Ammonia events across tanks:** Treating ammonia in more than one system from a single supply.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Calculate each tank's volume:** Length × breadth × water height (cm), divided by 1,000, per tank treated.
- **Dechlorinate at 5 mL/300 L:** The standard dose for chlorine and toxic ions.
- **Treat ammonia at 10 mL/100 L:** A stronger dose where ammonia conversion is needed.
- **Adjust for weather:** Raise the dose during windy, very wet or very dry spells.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-action conditioner:** Removes chlorine and toxic ions while converting ammonia to hexamine.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One formula covers either water type.
- **Bulk one-litre pack:** Sized for several tanks or a pond-linked system.
- **Weather-adjusted dosing:** Guidance to dose higher in difficult water conditions.
- **High treatment ratio:** About 60,000 L of dechlorinating coverage from one bottle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102452
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211755
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator & Ammonia Detoxifier
- **Net Volume:** 1 L
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 300 L (dechlorination); 10 mL per 100 L (ammonia conversion)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 60,000 L dechlorinated, or 10,000 L for ammonia conversion
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 102456); 125 mL (SKU 102457); 250 mL (SKU 102450); 500 mL (SKU 102451); 2.5 L (SKU 102453); 5 L (SKU 102454)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 2.5l
Fish-room size dechlorinator for serious hobbyists.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-super-chlor-2-5l/
- Price: $85.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102453 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927265062
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102453-1.jpg
A serious breeding set-up or a fish room with a dozen tanks on a shared top-up line goes through dechlorinator at a rate the household-size bottles were never meant to cover. Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 2.5l (SKU: 102453) is a 2.5-litre pack of this concentrated conditioner, removing chlorine and toxic ions from fresh or saltwater and converting ammonia into the far less harmful compound hexamine across a volume suited to a busy multi-tank operation rather than a single display aquarium. A higher dose is advised in windy, very wet or very dry weather, since these conditions raise turbidity in mains or stored water and encourage bacterial activity that adds to the treatment load.
The dechlorinating and detoxifying dose remains 5 mL per 300 L, while ammonia conversion needs the stronger 10 mL per 100 L, chosen according to the problem being treated rather than the water volume alone. At the dechlorinating rate, 2.5 L treats around 150,000 L over its life; dosed instead for ammonia conversion, it covers roughly 25,000 L. Tank volume for dosing is calculated by multiplying length by breadth by water height in centimetres and dividing by 1,000 for litres, a figure worth working out per tank or per shared sump rather than guessed at scale. This size is built for fish rooms, breeders and anyone managing enough tanks that the 1 L bottle would be a weekly rather than monthly purchase.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fish rooms and breeders:** Many tanks drawing on shared top-up or change water.
- **Shared sump systems:** Large combined water volumes treated from a single supply.
- **Bulk buying:** Reducing how often conditioner needs restocking for a busy set-up.
- **Large-scale ammonia events:** Treating ammonia across several systems at once.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Calculate per system:** Length × breadth × water height (cm), divided by 1,000, for each tank or sump.
- **Dechlorinate at 5 mL/300 L:** The standard dose for chlorine and toxic ions.
- **Treat ammonia at 10 mL/100 L:** A stronger dose where ammonia conversion is needed.
- **Increase in bad weather:** Raise the dose during windy, very wet or very dry spells.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-action conditioner:** Removes chlorine and toxic ions while converting ammonia to hexamine.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One formula for either water type.
- **Fish-room scale pack:** 2.5 L sized for multi-tank operations.
- **Weather-adjusted dosing:** Guidance to dose higher in difficult water conditions.
- **High treatment ratio:** About 150,000 L of dechlorinating coverage from one pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102453
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927265062
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator & Ammonia Detoxifier
- **Net Volume:** 2.5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 300 L (dechlorination); 10 mL per 100 L (ammonia conversion)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 150,000 L dechlorinated, or 25,000 L for ammonia conversion
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 102456); 125 mL (SKU 102457); 250 mL (SKU 102450); 500 mL (SKU 102451); 1 L (SKU 102452); 5 L (SKU 102454)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 250ml
Standard-size dechlorinator for regular water changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-super-chlor-250ml/
- Price: $16.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102450 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211731
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102450-1.jpg
Every water change puts fresh mains water in contact with gills and slime coats, and an untreated top-up undoes the point of the change by reintroducing chlorine the aquarium just had removed. Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 250ml (SKU: 102450) is a concentrated conditioner for fresh or saltwater that removes chlorine and toxic ions on contact and converts ammonia into the far less harmful compound hexamine, sized as a standard bottle for an aquarium on a regular change schedule. During windy, very wet or very dry weather, a higher dose is advised, since those conditions raise turbidity in mains or stored water and encourage the bacterial activity that adds to the load the conditioner has to handle.
Dechlorinating and detoxifying water takes 5 mL per 300 L, while converting ammonia needs the stronger 10 mL per 100 L dose, so the dose used depends on which issue is being addressed rather than the tank size on its own. At the dechlorinating rate, a 250 mL bottle treats around 15,000 L of water over its life; dosed instead for ammonia conversion, it covers roughly 2,500 L. Tank volume for either dose is calculated by multiplying length by breadth by water height in centimetres and dividing by 1,000 to get litres. The 250 mL size is built for an aquarium running a normal weekly or fortnightly change schedule, between the smaller bottles for occasional top-ups and the 500 mL and larger sizes for bigger or more frequent use.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Regular water changes:** A standard bottle sized for weekly or fortnightly maintenance.
- **New tap water:** Treating mains water before it reaches an established aquarium.
- **Ammonia events:** Converting ammonia to hexamine during cycling or an overstocking issue.
- **Weather-affected supply:** A higher dose during spells of windy, very wet or very dry weather.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work out the volume:** Multiply length × breadth × water height (cm) and divide by 1,000 for litres.
- **Dechlorinate at 5 mL/300 L:** Add this amount to remove chlorine and toxic ions.
- **Treat ammonia at 10 mL/100 L:** Use this stronger dose when ammonia conversion is needed.
- **Increase for extreme weather:** Raise the dose when water quality is affected by weather.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-action conditioner:** Removes chlorine and toxic ions while converting ammonia to hexamine.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** A single formula for either water type.
- **High treatment ratio:** A 250 mL bottle covers thousands of litres at the standard dose.
- **Weather-adjusted dosing:** Guidance to dose higher in difficult water conditions.
- **Regular-use bottle size:** Scaled for a routine water-change schedule rather than a one-off top-up.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102450
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211731
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator & Ammonia Detoxifier
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 300 L (dechlorination); 10 mL per 100 L (ammonia conversion)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 15,000 L dechlorinated, or 2,500 L for ammonia conversion
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 102456); 125 mL (SKU 102457); 500 mL (SKU 102451); 1 L (SKU 102452); 2.5 L (SKU 102453); 5 L (SKU 102454)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 500ml
Larger dechlorinator for bigger tanks and frequent changes.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-super-chlor-500ml/
- Price: $26.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102451 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211748
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102451-1.jpg
A bigger aquarium, or one on a more frequent water-change routine, runs through conditioner faster than a 250 mL bottle can comfortably keep up with. Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 500ml (SKU: 102451) steps up to a half-litre of the same concentrated conditioner, removing chlorine and toxic ions from fresh or saltwater and converting ammonia into the far less harmful compound hexamine. In windy, very wet or very dry weather a higher dose is recommended, since those conditions raise turbidity in mains or stored water and encourage bacterial growth that adds to the burden on the conditioner.
The dechlorinating and detoxifying dose is 5 mL per 300 L, while converting ammonia takes the stronger 10 mL per 100 L, so the dose depends on which job is being done rather than tank size alone. At the dechlorinating rate the 500 mL bottle treats around 30,000 L over its life; dosed for ammonia conversion instead, it covers roughly 5,000 L. Tank volume for dosing is worked out by multiplying length by breadth by water height in centimetres and dividing by 1,000 for litres. This size suits a larger single tank, a tank on weekly rather than fortnightly changes, or two smaller tanks sharing one bottle, sitting between the standard 250 mL bottle and the 1 L size aimed at multiple tanks.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Larger single tanks:** Bigger aquariums that use more conditioner per water change.
- **Frequent change schedules:** Weekly rather than fortnightly maintenance.
- **Two tanks sharing a bottle:** A practical size for a household running more than one aquarium.
- **Ammonia events:** Converting ammonia to hexamine during cycling or a stocking issue.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work out the volume:** Multiply length × breadth × water height (cm) and divide by 1,000 for litres.
- **Dechlorinate at 5 mL/300 L:** The standard dose to remove chlorine and toxic ions.
- **Treat ammonia at 10 mL/100 L:** A stronger dose where ammonia conversion is needed.
- **Raise the dose in bad weather:** Increase it during windy, very wet or very dry spells.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-action conditioner:** Removes chlorine and toxic ions while converting ammonia to hexamine.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One formula for either water type.
- **Bigger bottle, same concentration:** Scaled-up size at the same dose rate as the smaller bottles.
- **Weather-adjusted dosing:** Guidance to dose higher in difficult water conditions.
- **Multi-change capacity:** About 30,000 L of dechlorinating coverage from one bottle.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102451
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211748
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator & Ammonia Detoxifier
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 300 L (dechlorination); 10 mL per 100 L (ammonia conversion)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 30,000 L dechlorinated, or 5,000 L for ammonia conversion
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 102456); 125 mL (SKU 102457); 250 mL (SKU 102450); 1 L (SKU 102452); 2.5 L (SKU 102453); 5 L (SKU 102454)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 50ml
Pocket-size dechlorinator for top-ups and travel.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-super-chlor-50ml/
- Price: $7.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102456 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927211717
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102456-1.jpg
Topping up a small tank or treating a bag of transport water does not call for a full-size bottle of conditioner sitting half-used on a shelf. Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 50ml (SKU: 102456) is the smallest pack of this concentrated water conditioner, which removes chlorine and other toxic ions from fresh or saltwater and converts ammonia into the far less harmful compound hexamine. A higher dose than usual is recommended in windy, very wet or very dry weather, since those conditions raise turbidity in stored or mains water, which in turn encourages bacterial growth and increases the treatment load.
Dechlorinating and detoxifying tap water takes 5 mL per 300 L, while converting ammonia calls for a stronger 10 mL per 100 L dose, so the correct amount depends on which problem is being treated, not simply the volume of water. At the standard dechlorinating rate, the 50 mL bottle treats around 3,000 L of top-up water; dosed for ammonia conversion instead, it covers roughly 500 L. Tank volume for dosing purposes is worked out by multiplying length by breadth by water height in centimetres and dividing by 1,000 to get litres. The 50 mL size suits nano tanks, bettas, quarantine containers and transport water rather than a full tank's routine water-change schedule, where the larger bottles in this range are more economical.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Small tanks and bowls:** Nano and betta setups where a full-size bottle would go to waste.
- **Transport and bagged water:** Treating a small volume before fish or shrimp are moved.
- **Quarantine tanks:** A dedicated small bottle kept apart from the main system's conditioner.
- **Trying the product:** A low-commitment size before buying a larger bottle.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Work out the volume:** Multiply length × breadth × water height (cm) and divide by 1,000 for litres.
- **Dose for dechlorination:** Add 5 mL per 300 L of water to remove chlorine and toxic ions.
- **Dose for ammonia:** Use 10 mL per 100 L where ammonia needs converting to hexamine.
- **Increase in extreme weather:** Raise the dose in windy, very wet or very dry conditions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-action conditioner:** Removes chlorine and toxic ions while converting ammonia to hexamine.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One formula for both water types.
- **Concentrated dosing:** Small millilitre doses treat large water volumes.
- **Weather-adjusted dosing:** A higher rate advised in windy, wet or dry conditions.
- **Pocket-size bottle:** 50 mL sized for small tanks and transport water.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102456
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927211717
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator & Ammonia Detoxifier
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 300 L (dechlorination); 10 mL per 100 L (ammonia conversion)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 3,000 L dechlorinated, or 500 L for ammonia conversion
- **Other Sizes:** 125 mL (SKU 102457); 250 mL (SKU 102450); 500 mL (SKU 102451); 1 L (SKU 102452); 2.5 L (SKU 102453); 5 L (SKU 102454)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 5l
Largest bulk dechlorinator for wholesale and retail systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-super-chlor-5l/
- Price: $159.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102454 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927264980
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102454-1.jpg
A retail holding system or a wholesale operation moving large volumes of water daily needs its dechlorinator bought by the drum, not the bottle. Independent Store Brand Super-chlor 5l (SKU: 102454) is the largest pack in this range, a 5-litre volume of concentrated conditioner that removes chlorine and toxic ions from fresh or saltwater and converts ammonia into the far less harmful compound hexamine at a scale matched to continuous commercial-style use. A higher dose is recommended in windy, very wet or very dry weather, since those conditions raise turbidity in mains or stored water and encourage bacterial growth that adds to what the conditioner has to neutralise.
The dechlorinating and detoxifying dose stays at 5 mL per 300 L, while ammonia conversion needs 10 mL per 100 L, selected according to the issue being treated rather than the water volume on its own. At the dechlorinating rate, 5 L treats around 300,000 L over its life; dosed for ammonia conversion instead, it covers roughly 50,000 L. Tank or system volume for dosing is found by multiplying length by breadth by water height in centimetres and dividing by 1,000 for litres. This size is intended for retail holding systems, wholesale operations and fish rooms running a continuous turnover of water, where even the 2.5 L pack would need replacing too often to be practical.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Retail holding systems:** Continuous water turnover under daily stock movement.
- **Wholesale operations:** Large shared systems treating substantial volumes regularly.
- **Large fish rooms:** Operations where even a 2.5 L pack is used up quickly.
- **Bulk ammonia treatment:** Converting ammonia across large or multiple systems at once.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Calculate system volume:** Length × breadth × water height (cm), divided by 1,000, per system treated.
- **Dechlorinate at 5 mL/300 L:** The standard dose for chlorine and toxic ions.
- **Treat ammonia at 10 mL/100 L:** A stronger dose where ammonia conversion is needed.
- **Adjust for weather:** Raise the dose during windy, very wet or very dry spells.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Dual-action conditioner:** Removes chlorine and toxic ions while converting ammonia to hexamine.
- **Fresh and saltwater use:** One formula for either water type.
- **Largest pack in the range:** 5 L sized for wholesale and retail-scale systems.
- **Weather-adjusted dosing:** Guidance to dose higher in difficult water conditions.
- **Highest treatment ratio:** About 300,000 L of dechlorinating coverage from one pack.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102454
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927264980
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator & Ammonia Detoxifier
- **Net Volume:** 5 L
- **Dose Rate:** 5 mL per 300 L (dechlorination); 10 mL per 100 L (ammonia conversion)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 300,000 L dechlorinated, or 50,000 L for ammonia conversion
- **Other Sizes:** 50 mL (SKU 102456); 125 mL (SKU 102457); 250 mL (SKU 102450); 500 mL (SKU 102451); 1 L (SKU 102452); 2.5 L (SKU 102453)
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
#### Independent Store Brand Ultra Chlor 2.5 Kg
Bulk powder dechlorinator for ponds and large systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/independent-store-brand-ultra-chlor-2-5-kg/
- Price: $169.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 113025
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/113025-1.jpg
Dosing a large pond or a bank of tanks with liquid conditioner means moving and pouring a lot of bottled water, and a powder that dissolves into the same job takes up a fraction of the space. Independent Store Brand Ultra Chlor 2.5 Kg (SKU: 113025) is a highly concentrated dechlorinating powder for use in aquariums and ponds, neutralising chlorine and other toxic ions at concentrations up to 3 ppm. The standard dose is 1 gram per 1,000 L, a rate chosen to clear typical mains chlorine levels without needlessly overdosing a system that does not need it.
Weather affects how much is needed: in windy, very wet or very dry conditions, up to five times the normal dose is recommended, since turbidity in the water supply under those conditions encourages bacterial growth that increases the overall treatment demand, and some municipalities raise chlorine dosing further during exactly those conditions. At the standard 1 g per 1,000 L rate, a 2.5 kg pack treats around 2,500,000 L of water, a volume suited to a pond, a wholesale system or a fish room rather than a single home aquarium, where the liquid Super-chlor range in smaller bottles is the more practical choice. Being a powder, it is measured by weight rather than volume and mixed into water before or during addition to the system rather than poured neat.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large ponds:** Dechlorinating substantial top-up or refill volumes economically.
- **Wholesale and retail systems:** Bulk treatment of mains water across many tanks or holding systems.
- **Weather-affected supply:** Extra dosing during windy, very wet or very dry periods.
- **Bulk buying for cost:** Powder dosed by weight works out more economical at scale than bottled liquid.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Weigh the dose:** Measure 1 gram per 1,000 L of water to be treated.
- **Dissolve before adding:** Mix the powder into a small volume of water before introducing it to the system.
- **Distribute evenly:** Add the dissolved dose where circulation will spread it through the full volume.
- **Increase in bad weather:** Dose up to five times the standard rate in windy, very wet or very dry conditions.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated powder format:** Dosed by weight, more compact to store and transport than bottled liquid.
- **Neutralises chlorine and toxic ions:** Effective against chlorine levels up to 3 ppm.
- **Standard dose of 1 g per 1,000 L:** A rate matched to typical mains chlorine levels.
- **Weather-adjustable dosing:** Up to five times the standard rate in difficult conditions.
- **Bulk 2.5 kg pack:** Treats roughly 2.5 million litres at the standard dose.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 113025
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Dechlorinator (Powder)
- **Net Weight:** 2.5 kg
- **Format:** Powder, dosed by weight
- **Dose Rate:** 1 g per 1,000 L (standard); up to 5 × in adverse weather
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,500,000 L at the standard dose
- **Neutralises:** Chlorine and toxic ions up to 3 ppm
- **Target Environment:** Ponds and large freshwater aquarium systems
---
### Independent Store Brand — Testing
#### Independent Store Brand Easy Ph Test 50ml
Pump-dispensed liquid pH test with a colour chart.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/testing/independent-store-brand-easy-ph-test-50ml/
- Price: $8.00 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: 102461 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 784927264867
- Brand: Independent Store Brand (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/independent-store-brand/) · Category: Testing (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/testing/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/102461-1.jpg
A drop-count test asks for steady hands and a syringe, and that is one more thing to get wrong on a tank that already needs attention. Independent Store Brand Easy Ph Test 50ml (SKU: 102461) is a liquid pH test sold with its own pump dispenser built into the cap, so a single press delivers a consistent dose of indicator into the sample without a dropper or a syringe. The sample is read inside the test's own clear plastic lid rather than a separate tube, and the resulting colour is matched against a printed chart to give a pH reading.
pH is one of the water-quality checks worth testing most often: daily in a newly set-up aquarium while the tank finds its own chemistry, and weekly once stocking and filtration have settled. To run the test, water is filled to near the top of the clear plastic lid, one pump of the liquid indicator is added, and the sample is left for 30 seconds before the colour is checked against the chart. A first-use pre-prime, pumped into the sink rather than the sample, clears air from the dispenser so the first real reading is not under-dosed. The 50 mL bottle holds enough indicator for a working aquarium to run the daily-to-weekly testing routine for a useful stretch before a refill is needed.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **New aquarium set-up:** Daily pH checks while the tank cycles and chemistry stabilises.
- **Established tanks:** A weekly check to catch pH drift before it affects fish.
- **After water changes:** Comparing new water to tank water before and after topping up.
- **Troubleshooting stress:** A quick first check when fish are off-colour or gasping.
**How to Use**
- **Pre-prime once:** Pump the dispenser into the sink before the first real test to clear air from the line.
- **Fill the lid:** Add aquarium water to near the top of the clear plastic lid.
- **Add one pump:** Dispense a single pump of liquid indicator into the water in the lid.
- **Wait and match:** Wait 30 seconds, then compare the colour against the printed chart.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Built-in pump dispenser:** One press meters a consistent dose, with no dropper or syringe needed.
- **Lid doubles as the test chamber:** No separate tube to fill, rinse or lose.
- **30-second colour development:** A short wait before the result is read against the chart.
- **Printed colour chart:** Matches the developed colour directly to a pH value.
- **50 mL pack size:** Sized for a single aquarium's regular testing routine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Independent Store Brand
- **SKU:** 102461
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 784927264867
- **Product Type:** Testing > Liquid pH Test
- **Net Volume:** 50 mL
- **Test Method:** Liquid indicator with colour-chart comparison
- **Dose:** One pump per sample, read after 30 seconds
- **Before First Use:** Pre-prime once into the sink to clear the dispenser
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater and marine aquariums
---
### Coral Essentials — Additives & Supplements
#### Coral Essential Power Gro Ready 500ml
Ready-to-dose vitamin and L-lysine supplement for coral growth and colour.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essential-power-gro-ready-500ml/
- Price: $27.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-GROO500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 769807386105
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/0769807386105.jpg
Corals under strong light and clean water can still look pale and slow when the only food going into the tank is meant for the fish. Coral Essential Power Gro Ready 500ml (SKU: CE-GROO500) is Coral Essentials' Coral Power Gro Ready, a blend of vitamin complexes with the amino acid L-lysine, made by the Brisbane company and tested at the Sustainable Reefs coral farm in Cairns. Coral Essentials describes it as a food source for coral that supports growth, colouration, vitality and metabolism in SPS and LPS corals, and says polyp extension increases after dosing, a sign of feeding coral. It is formulated to be dosed straight from the bottle, and sits in the Coral Power range beside Power Amino Ready, which supplies amino acids rather than vitamins.
The daily dose is set by stocking: 2.5 mL per 100 L for a lightly stocked reef, 3.5 mL for medium and 5.0 mL for heavy, adjusted up or down for each tank's conditions and coral density. Coral Essentials notes that extra vitamins are either taken up by the coral or removed by the aquarium's natural processes. Gro Ready does not need refrigeration after opening, which is what makes it suitable for any dosing machine as well as for dosing by hand. At the medium rate a 200 L reef uses 7 mL a day, so the 500 mL bottle lasts about ten weeks; a lightly stocked 100 L tank takes around 200 days to use it. A safety data sheet is available from Coral Essentials.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **SPS and LPS reefs:** Daily vitamin support for growth and colour.
- **Poor polyp extension:** Corals that open weakly between feeds.
- **Automated dosing:** A shelf-stable liquid that can sit on a doser.
- **Heavily stocked tanks:** Systems with high coral density and demand.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light stocking:** 2.5 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Medium stocking:** 3.5 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Heavy stocking:** 5.0 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Fine-tune:** Adjust from these rates for coral density and the tank's response.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Vitamin complexes plus L-lysine:** A food source for corals.
- **Ready to dose:** Straight from the bottle, no mixing.
- **No refrigeration:** Stable at room temperature after opening.
- **Doser friendly:** Suits all dosing machines or manual dosing.
- **Australian made:** Brisbane formulation, coral-farm tested.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-GROO500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 769807386105
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Vitamins
- **Product Name:** Coral Power Gro Ready (Coral Power range)
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Vitamin complexes with L-lysine
- **Dose Rate:** 2.5 / 3.5 / 5.0 mL per 100 L daily (light / medium / heavy stocking)
- **Storage:** No refrigeration needed after opening
- **Companion Products:** Coral Essentials Power Amino Ready
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with SPS and LPS corals
---
#### Coral Essentials CVE+ 2.75L
Bulk all-in-one coral supplement for large, heavily stocked reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-cve-2-75l/
- Price: $289.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CVE275L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331696
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/CoralEssentialsCve.webp
On a large SPS system a daily supplement soon runs to tens of millilitres, and small bottles do not last a month on the doser. Coral Essentials CVE+ 2.75L (SKU: CE-CVE275L) is the largest container of CVE+, Coral Essentials' all-in-one marine aquarium additive, blended from the maker's Black Label Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+ into one formula. Coral Essentials states that it keeps the results of the individual bottles in a single dose, targeting colour through Chroma+, activity through Vibrance+ and feeding through Energy+. The 2.75 L size is aimed at large displays and heavily stocked systems where daily volumes are high. Like the rest of the Black Label range it comes from the Brisbane maker and is tested at the Sustainable Reefs coral farm in Cairns.
The maker's rates are written for heavily stocked aquariums: per 100 L each day, 2 mL for LPS and soft corals, 4 mL for a mixed reef and 6 mL for SPS-dominant systems. A 500 L heavily stocked SPS reef therefore doses 30 mL a day, so this container lasts about three months; a 400 L mixed reef at 16 mL a day gets nearly six. Coral Essentials advises dosing directly out of the CVE+ container on a pump, sterilising any other container first, and never using a clear dosing reservoir because light can affect the product. A sump compartment without light is an alternative, but next to a lit refugium use a dark container or the original. It needs no refrigeration after opening.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large SPS displays:** High daily volumes on a dedicated doser channel.
- **Heavily stocked reefs:** The stocking level the maker's rates are written for.
- **Multi-tank systems:** Shared sumps feeding several displays.
- **Long-term users:** Fewer refills once CVE+ is part of the routine.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **SPS dominant:** 6 mL per 100 L per day.
- **Mixed reef:** 4 mL per 100 L per day.
- **LPS / soft coral:** 2 mL per 100 L per day.
- **Doser set-up:** Feed from the original container or a sterilised dark one, out of the light.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 2.75 L:** About three months on a 500 L SPS reef.
- **Three Black Label products:** Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+ in one.
- **Automation ready:** Designed to run straight from the container.
- **Room temperature:** No refrigeration after opening.
- **Protect from light:** Opaque or original containers only.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CVE275L
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331696
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Vitamin and Supplement Blend
- **Range:** Black Label
- **Net Volume:** 2.75 L
- **Dose Rate:** 6 / 4 / 2 mL per 100 L daily (SPS / mixed / LPS-soft, heavily stocked)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 92 days for 500 L at the SPS rate
- **Storage:** No refrigeration; away from light
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (SKU CE-CVE250); 500ml (SKU CE-CVE500)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine reef aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials CVE+ 250ml
Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+ combined in one bottle for nano reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-cve-250ml/
- Price: $39.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CVE250
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/20260317_24316c.jpg
Three separate coral supplements are a lot of bottles and measuring for a 60 L reef on a desk. Coral Essentials CVE+ 250ml (SKU: CE-CVE250) is the smallest size of CVE+, Coral Essentials' all-in-one marine additive, whose name comes from the three Black Label products blended into it: Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+. Coral Essentials developed it with the goal of simple reefing, keeping the qualities of the individual bottles in a single daily dose. The maker credits Chroma+ with boosting colour, Vibrance+ with lifting activity and Energy+ with improving the feeding response. The 250 mL bottle suits nano reefs and anyone trying CVE+ for the first time. Coral Essentials is a Brisbane company that tests its range at the Sustainable Reefs coral farm in Cairns.
Coral Essentials sets the dose for heavily stocked tanks: 2 mL per 100 L a day for LPS and soft corals, 4 mL for a mixed reef and 6 mL for an SPS-dominant tank. A tank with fewer corals takes less, and the safest course is to start low and build up while watching the corals. CVE+ does not need refrigeration after opening, but it can be affected by light, so it should be dosed from its own bottle or a dark container rather than a clear reservoir, and any container other than the original should be sterilised first. On a heavily stocked 60 L LPS nano, 1.2 mL a day makes this bottle last about seven months; a 100 L mixed reef uses it in about two.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano reefs:** One small bottle in place of three supplements.
- **Trying CVE+:** Testing the response before moving to a larger size.
- **Dull or closed corals:** Support for colour, activity and feeding together.
- **Hand dosing:** Small daily volumes measured with a syringe.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **LPS / soft coral:** 2 mL per 100 L daily, heavily stocked.
- **Mixed reef:** 4 mL per 100 L daily, heavily stocked.
- **SPS dominant:** 6 mL per 100 L daily, heavily stocked.
- **Lighter stocking:** Start below these rates and increase gradually.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Three in one:** Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+ in a single formula.
- **Colour, activity, feeding:** The three effects the maker targets.
- **Room-temperature storage:** No refrigeration after opening.
- **Light sensitive:** Keep in the original bottle or a dark container.
- **250 mL size:** Months of dosing on a nano reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CVE250
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Vitamin and Supplement Blend
- **Range:** Black Label
- **Net Volume:** 250 mL
- **Contents:** Blend of Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+
- **Dose Rate:** 2 / 4 / 6 mL per 100 L daily (LPS-soft / mixed / SPS, heavily stocked)
- **Storage:** Room temperature after opening; protect from light
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (SKU CE-CVE500); 2.75L (SKU CE-CVE275L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, nano to small
---
#### Coral Essentials CVE+ 500ml
All-in-one Black Label supplement for colour, activity and feeding in mid-size reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-cve-500ml/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CVE500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331689
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/500ml-cve.webp
Dosing colour, activity and food supplements separately means three schedules to keep, and one missed bottle throws the routine out. Coral Essentials CVE+ 500ml (SKU: CE-CVE500) is the 500 mL bottle of CVE+, the Brisbane maker's all-in-one marine additive formulated from a mix of its Black Label Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+. Coral Essentials says the blend keeps the qualities of the individual products in a convenient single dose, with Chroma+ aimed at colour, Vibrance+ at activity and Energy+ at feeding. The half-litre size suits a mid-size reef dosing by hand or from a single doser head.
Dosage is given per 100 L per day for heavily stocked tanks: 2 mL for LPS and soft corals, 4 mL for mixed reefs and 6 mL where SPS dominate, with less for lightly stocked systems. For a dosing pump, Coral Essentials recommends running straight out of the CVE+ bottle. A separate dosing container must be sterilised before use, and because light can affect CVE+, never use a clear one; a dark container, or a sump compartment with no light, works instead, and a lit refugium calls for the original bottle or a dark container. No refrigeration is needed after opening. A heavily stocked 250 L LPS reef doses 5 mL a day and gets about 100 days from this bottle. The same blend comes in 250 mL for nanos and 2.75 L for large systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size reefs:** 150 to 300 L systems on one supplement.
- **Single-head dosers:** One line for colour, activity and feeding.
- **Mixed reefs:** LPS, soft corals and SPS sharing one tank.
- **Replacing separate bottles:** Simplifying a Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+ routine.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Set the rate:** 2, 4 or 6 mL per 100 L daily for LPS, mixed or SPS.
- **Scale for stocking:** Reduce the dose in lightly stocked tanks.
- **Dose from the bottle:** Run the doser line directly into the original container.
- **Keep it dark:** No clear reservoirs; sterilise any substitute container.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Black Label blend:** Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+ combined.
- **One daily dose:** Replaces three separate supplements.
- **Doser compatible:** Direct from the bottle on an automatic pump.
- **No refrigeration:** Stable at room temperature after opening.
- **500 mL bottle:** Around 100 days on a 250 L LPS reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CVE500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331689
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Vitamin and Supplement Blend
- **Range:** Black Label
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Contents:** Blend of Chroma+, Vibrance+ and Energy+
- **Dose Rate:** 2 / 4 / 6 mL per 100 L daily (heavily stocked LPS-soft / mixed / SPS)
- **Storage:** No refrigeration; keep away from light
- **Dosing Containers:** Original bottle, or a sterilised dark container
- **Other Sizes:** 250ml (SKU CE-CVE250); 2.75L (SKU CE-CVE275L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials Calcium Up Powder 3kg
Calcium chloride granules for mixing bulk reef calcium solution at home.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-calcium-up-powder-3kg/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CALUP · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331658
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/calcium-up-3kg-small_orig.webp
Large reefs that dose calcium every day soon find themselves paying to ship water, and mixing from dry salt is the obvious way around it. Coral Essentials Calcium Up Powder 3kg (SKU: CE-CALUP) is a 3 kg bucket of concentrated calcium chloride granules at 94% purity from Coral Essentials' Primary Care range, sold as a cost-effective way for reef keepers with large tanks to supply calcium. The whole bucket makes 10 L of solution at 100,000 ppm, the same calcium strength as the maker's ready-mixed Calcium + Trace liquid, so the same dosing figures apply. Mixing instructions are printed on the bucket.
Besides the 100,000 ppm recipe, Coral Essentials says the granules can be made up at 50,000 ppm, to the familiar Randy's recipe 1 and 2 mixes, or at any strength using the solution calculator on its website. On its own the solution is plain calcium; adding Coral Power Trace A and B turns it into a complete calcium dose with trace elements, matching the premixed product. Dosing then follows the usual route: test calcium regularly, measure how fast the tank uses it and set the dose with the maker's calculator, rechecking as corals grow. Coral Essentials finds natural seawater levels right for most aquariums, and 430 to 470 ppm desirable for high growth in SPS and hard coral systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** High daily calcium demand where liquids become costly.
- **Refilling Calcium + Trace:** Mixing a matching 100,000 ppm solution at home.
- **Randy's two-part users:** A calcium chloride source for recipe 1 or 2.
- **Custom strengths:** Weaker solutions for nano tanks via the calculator.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Follow the label:** Use the bucket's instructions for the chosen strength.
- **Full-bucket batch:** All 3 kg makes 10 L at 100,000 ppm, about 300 g per finished litre.
- **Mix carefully:** Add granules to pure water gradually and stir; the solution warms as it dissolves.
- **Add trace if wanted:** Coral Power Trace A and B complete the blend.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Calcium chloride granules:** 94% purity.
- **10 L at 100,000 ppm:** From one 3 kg bucket.
- **Matches Calcium + Trace:** Same strength, same dosing maths.
- **Flexible recipes:** 50,000 ppm, Randy's 1 and 2, or custom.
- **Instructions on the bucket:** Plus an online solution calculator.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CALUP
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331658
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Calcium Chloride (Dry)
- **Net Weight:** 3 kg
- **Contents:** Calcium chloride granules, 94% purity
- **Yield:** 10 L of solution at 100,000 ppm (whole bucket)
- **Recipes:** 100,000 ppm, 50,000 ppm, Randy's 1 and 2, custom
- **Target Level:** Natural seawater levels; 430–470 ppm for high SPS growth
- **Companion Products:** Coral Power Trace A and B; Carbonate Up Powder 1.8kg (SKU CE-CARBUP)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, especially large systems
---
#### Coral Essentials Calcium+Trace 10L
Bulk liquid calcium and trace blend for large SPS systems and coral farms.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-calciumtrace-10l/
- Price: $174.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CAL10L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331573
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/cal-trace-10l_orig.webp
A big SPS-dominant reef can take more than a litre of calcium solution a week, and small bottles turn into a constant reorder. Coral Essentials Calcium+Trace 10L (SKU: CE-CAL10L) is the bulk 10 L drum of Coral Essentials' Calcium + Trace, the same 100,000 ppm (mg/L) liquid calcium sold in the smaller sizes, with the maker's Coral Power Trace A and B elements already blended in. Coral Essentials, based in Brisbane and testing its products at the Sustainable Reefs coral farm in Cairns, states that no extra trace elements are needed when dosing it. The 10 L drum is aimed at large displays, multi-tank systems and frag operations dosing every day.
Each millilitre raises calcium by about 1 ppm in 100 L, so on a 1,000 L system 100 mL lifts the level roughly 10 ppm. The maker's daily recipe is 3 mL per 100 L for soft corals and LPS, 6 mL for a mixed reef and 12 mL for SPS dominant tanks, which is 120 mL a day on a 1,000 L SPS system and about 83 days from this drum. Large systems are where test-based dosing pays off: measure calcium regularly, work out the daily depletion and set the doser with the Primary Elements Dosing Calculator. Coral Essentials recommends 470 ppm or more for high growth in SPS and hard coral systems, and about 430 to 470 ppm otherwise.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large SPS displays:** High daily demand on systems of 500 L and up.
- **Coral farms and frag systems:** Many colonies growing on one water volume.
- **Multiple tanks:** One drum feeding several dosers.
- **Refilling smaller bottles:** Topping up 500 mL or 2.75 L containers from bulk.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Start from the recipe:** 12 mL per 100 L daily for an SPS-dominant system.
- **Measure depletion:** Test over several days and calculate actual uptake.
- **Set the doser:** Run the calculated volume in several small daily doses.
- **Raise targets carefully:** Correct about 1 ppm per mL per 100 L at a time.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **10 L bulk drum:** Months of dosing for big systems.
- **100,000 ppm calcium:** Same strength as the 500 mL and 2.75 L sizes.
- **Trace A and B blended in:** Calcium and trace in one liquid.
- **Simple maths:** 1 mL per 100 L raises about 1 ppm.
- **Bulk alternative:** Calcium Up powder makes the same strength from dry salt.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CAL10L
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331573
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 10 L
- **Concentration:** 100,000 ppm (mg/L) calcium
- **Dose Rate:** 3 / 6 / 12 mL per 100 L daily, or test-based
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 83 days for a 1,000 L SPS system at 12 mL per 100 L
- **Target Level:** 430–470 ppm; 470 ppm or more for SPS growth
- **Companion Products:** Magnesium+Trace 10L (SKU CE-MAG10L); Calcium Up Powder 3kg (SKU CE-CALUP)
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (SKU CE-CAL500); 2.75L (SKU CE-CAL275L)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine reef systems and coral farms
---
#### Coral Essentials Calcium+Trace 2.75L
Doser-sized 100,000 ppm calcium for mixed reefs and growing SPS tanks.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-calciumtrace-2-75l/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CAL275L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331542
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/cal-trace-2-75l_orig.webp
Once a dosing pump takes over calcium, the bottle on the shelf needs to last months rather than weeks. Coral Essentials Calcium+Trace 2.75L (SKU: CE-CAL275L) is the mid-size container of Coral Essentials' Calcium + Trace, a liquid calcium concentrate at 100,000 ppm (mg/L) carrying the Brisbane maker's Coral Power Trace A and B elements, added using its Coral Essentials Method. With those elements already in the mix, Coral Essentials says no separate trace dosing is needed. The 2.75 L size suits a mid-size reef on an automatic doser running Calcium + Trace and Carbonate + Trace side by side.
At this concentration 1 mL lifts calcium by about 1 ppm per 100 L, so doses are easy to work out. The simple recipe is daily: 3 mL per 100 L for soft corals and LPS, 6 mL for a mixed reef and 12 mL where SPS dominate. For tighter control, test calcium regularly, measure how fast the tank uses it and set the dose with the Primary Elements Dosing Calculator on the Coral Essentials website, then retest as new pieces are added and colonies grow. Coral Essentials finds 430 to 470 ppm right for most tanks, with 470 ppm or more for high growth in SPS and hard coral systems. A 300 L mixed reef doses 18 mL a day, so 2.75 L lasts around five months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Mid-size reefs on a doser:** 200 to 500 L systems dosed daily.
- **Growing SPS colonies:** Rising demand that needs regular adjustment.
- **Two-part routines:** Paired with Carbonate + Trace at matching rates.
- **Stepping up from 500 mL:** Fewer refills once the dose is settled.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Recipe dosing:** 3, 6 or 12 mL per 100 L daily by coral type.
- **Measured dosing:** Test, calculate depletion and dose to match.
- **Split the dose:** Spread the daily volume over several doser runs.
- **Retest regularly:** Demand changes as corals grow and new pieces arrive.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated calcium:** 100,000 ppm, about 1 ppm per mL per 100 L.
- **Built-in trace elements:** Coral Power Trace A and B already added.
- **Doser friendly:** A liquid ready to run from the container.
- **Maker's calculator:** Online support for depletion-based dosing.
- **2.75 L container:** Around five months on a 300 L mixed reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CAL275L
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331542
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 2.75 L
- **Concentration:** 100,000 ppm (mg/L) calcium plus Trace A and B elements
- **Dose Effect:** About 1 ppm per mL per 100 L
- **Dose Rate:** 3 / 6 / 12 mL per 100 L daily (soft coral-LPS / mixed / SPS)
- **Target Level:** 430–470 ppm for most aquariums
- **Companion Products:** Carbonate+Trace 2.75L (SKU CE-CARB275L); Calcium Up Powder 3kg (SKU CE-CALUP)
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (SKU CE-CAL500); 10L (SKU CE-CAL10L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with LPS and SPS corals
---
#### Coral Essentials Calcium+Trace 500ml
Liquid calcium with trace elements, sized for nano and small reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-calciumtrace-500ml/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CAL500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331467
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/cal-trace-500ml_orig.webp
A small reef with a few stony corals uses calcium faster than many keepers expect, and weekly water changes alone are a slow way to replace it. Coral Essentials Calcium+Trace 500ml (SKU: CE-CAL500) is the smallest bottle of Coral Essentials' Calcium + Trace, a concentrated liquid calcium at 100,000 ppm (mg/L) blended with the Brisbane company's Coral Power Trace A and B elements. Because the trace elements are already in the mix, Coral Essentials says there is no need to add trace elements separately. It is part of the maker's Primary Care range and is dosed alongside Carbonate + Trace to keep calcium and alkalinity in step.
The strength makes the maths simple: 1 mL raises calcium by about 1 ppm in 100 L of water. Coral Essentials gives two ways to dose. The simple recipe is a daily 3 mL per 100 L for a soft coral or LPS tank, 6 mL for a mixed reef and 12 mL for an SPS-dominant system. The alternative is to test calcium regularly and match the dose to the measured depletion with the maker's Primary Elements Dosing Calculator. The target is about 430 to 470 ppm for most aquariums. On a 100 L mixed reef this 500 mL bottle lasts roughly 83 days at 6 mL a day, and a 60 L soft coral tank takes about nine months to use it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** Small systems where a half-litre lasts a season.
- **First two-part regime:** Starting calcium dosing before buying in bulk.
- **Soft coral and LPS tanks:** Low-demand systems on the 3 mL recipe.
- **Correcting a low reading:** Raising calcium in measured 1 ppm steps per mL per 100 L.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Soft coral / LPS:** 3 mL per 100 L per day.
- **Mixed reef:** 6 mL per 100 L per day.
- **SPS dominant:** 12 mL per 100 L per day.
- **Test and adjust:** Check calcium regularly and recalculate as corals grow.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **100,000 ppm calcium:** 1 mL lifts 100 L by about 1 ppm.
- **Trace A and B included:** No separate trace dosing required.
- **Three-step recipe:** Doses set for soft coral, mixed and SPS tanks.
- **Calculator support:** Maker's online calculator for test-based dosing.
- **Half-litre bottle:** About three months on a 100 L mixed reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CAL500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331467
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Calcium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Concentration:** 100,000 ppm (mg/L) calcium
- **Dose Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 1 ppm
- **Dose Rate:** 3 / 6 / 12 mL per 100 L daily (soft coral-LPS / mixed / SPS)
- **Target Level:** 430–470 ppm; 470 ppm or more for SPS-dominant growth
- **Companion Products:** Coral Essentials Carbonate+Trace; Magnesium+Trace
- **Other Sizes:** 2.75L (SKU CE-CAL275L); 10L (SKU CE-CAL10L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials Carbonate Up Powder 1.8kg
Anhydrous sodium carbonate for mixing your own reef alkalinity solution.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-carbonate-up-powder-1-8kg/
- Price: $47.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CARBUP · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331634
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/carbonate-up-1-8kg-small_orig.webp
On a large SPS reef the alkalinity container empties faster than any other, and buying it premixed means paying for a lot of water. Coral Essentials Carbonate Up Powder 1.8kg (SKU: CE-CARBUP) is a 1.8 kg bucket of concentrated anhydrous sodium carbonate granules at a minimum 99.2% purity, part of Coral Essentials' Primary Care range for reefers with large tanks. Coral Essentials pitches it as a cost-effective way to supply carbonate and alkalinity: the whole bucket makes 10 L of solution at 180,000 ppm (10,085 dKH), matching the strength of the maker's ready-mixed Carbonate + Trace liquid. The mixing instructions are printed on the bucket itself.
Other strengths are possible. Coral Essentials lists a 100,000 ppm solution, Randy's recipe 1 and 2 mixes, and any custom strength through the solution calculator on its website. Mixed on its own the result is plain carbonate; adding Coral Power Trace C, bromide and boron makes it a complete carbonate dose with trace elements, equivalent to the premixed product. From there dosing is test-led: check alkalinity regularly, calculate how much the tank uses each day and dose to match, rechecking as corals grow. Coral Essentials finds about 8 to 9 dKH right for most aquariums and 8.5 to 9.0 dKH desirable for SPS and hard coral growth. A safety data sheet is available, and the mixed solution is strongly alkaline.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High-demand SPS systems:** Large daily alkalinity consumption.
- **Refilling Carbonate + Trace:** A matching 180,000 ppm solution mixed at home.
- **Randy's recipe dosing:** Sodium carbonate for recipe 1 or 2.
- **Custom strengths:** Weaker mixes for smaller tanks via the calculator.
**Mixing & Application Guide**
- **Read the bucket:** Follow the printed recipe for the strength required.
- **Whole-bucket batch:** 1.8 kg in 10 L total, about 180 g per finished litre.
- **Handle with care:** Wear gloves and eye protection; the solution irritates skin and eyes.
- **Complete it:** Add Coral Power Trace C, bromide and boron if wanted.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Anhydrous sodium carbonate:** Minimum 99.2% purity.
- **10 L at 180,000 ppm:** From one 1.8 kg bucket.
- **Same strength as Carbonate + Trace:** Same dosing maths, 0.1 dKH per mL per 100 L.
- **Several recipes:** 100,000 ppm, Randy's 1 and 2, or custom.
- **Bulk economy:** Dry granules instead of shipped liquid.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CARBUP
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331634
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Sodium Carbonate (Dry)
- **Net Weight:** 1.8 kg
- **Contents:** Sodium carbonate, anhydrous granules, min. 99.2% purity
- **Yield:** 10 L at 180,000 ppm (10,085 dKH), whole bucket
- **Recipes:** 180,000 ppm, 100,000 ppm, Randy's 1 and 2, custom
- **Target Level:** 8–9 dKH; 8.5–9.0 dKH for SPS growth
- **Companion Products:** Coral Power Trace C, Bromide and Boron; Calcium Up Powder 3kg (SKU CE-CALUP)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, especially large systems
---
#### Coral Essentials Carbonate+Trace 10L
Concentrated alkalinity and trace element supplement for reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-carbonatetrace-10l/
- Price: $174.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CARB10L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331566
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/carb-trace-10l_orig.webp
Alkalinity is one of the fastest-moving parameters in a reef tank once coral cover builds up, and a bulk bottle avoids running short mid-week on a system that depends on daily dosing. Coral Essentials Carbonate+Trace 10L (SKU: CE-CARB10L) is the ten-litre size of Coral Essentials' liquid carbonate supplement, formulated at 180,000 ppm, equivalent to 10,000 dKH, and blended with the maker's own trace element mix, including its Coral Power Trace C elements plus boron and bromide, following what the maker calls its Coral Essentials Method. Because the trace blend is already included, no separate trace element dosing is needed alongside it.
Coral Essentials gives two dosing paths. The simple recipe is a daily dose per 100 L of tank volume: 3 mL for a soft coral or LPS system, 6 mL for a mixed reef, or 12 mL for an SPS-dominant system. At the mixed-reef rate, a 500 L system uses 30 mL a day, so the 10 L bottle lasts roughly 330 days before a refill. The alternative is alkalinity-based dosing: test KH regularly, calculate the dose needed to match the system's depletion rate using the maker's online dosing calculator, then retest as coral growth, new additions and invertebrates change consumption over time. Coral Essentials recommends a general target of about 8 to 9 dKH, rising to 8.5 to 9.0 dKH for high growth in SPS and hard coral-dominant systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Daily alkalinity maintenance:** Replacing carbonate consumed by coral growth and calcification.
- **Large or heavily stocked systems:** The 10 L size suits systems dosing daily over an extended period.
- **SPS and hard coral tanks:** Higher dosing tiers for systems targeting faster growth.
- **Trace element top-up:** Covers trace elements alongside carbonate, without a separate trace product.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Soft coral/LPS systems:** 3 mL per 100 L of tank volume, daily.
- **Mixed reef systems:** 6 mL per 100 L of tank volume, daily.
- **SPS-dominant systems:** 12 mL per 100 L of tank volume, daily.
- **Alkalinity-based dosing:** Test KH regularly and calculate the dose from the depletion rate using the maker's calculator.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **180,000 ppm carbonate:** Equivalent to 10,000 dKH in concentrate.
- **Trace elements included:** Coral Power Trace C elements, boron and bromide in the blend.
- **No separate trace dosing needed:** The blend covers both carbonate and trace elements.
- **Two dosing methods:** A simple daily recipe or alkalinity-based calculated dosing.
- **Bulk 10 L size:** Extended dosing runway for larger or heavily stocked systems.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials
- **SKU:** CE-CARB10L
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331566
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Alkalinity (KH) & Trace Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 10 L
- **Concentration:** 180,000 ppm carbonate (10,000 dKH equivalent)
- **Dose Rate:** 3 mL (soft/LPS), 6 mL (mixed reef) or 12 mL (SPS) per 100 L daily
- **Target KH:** About 8–9 dKH; 8.5–9.0 dKH for high-growth SPS/hard coral systems
- **Trace Elements:** Coral Power Trace C, boron, bromide
- **Other Sizes:** Carbonate+Trace 2.75L (SKU CE-CARB275L); Carbonate+Trace 500ml (SKU CE-CARB500)
- **Target Environment:** Marine (reef) aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials Carbonate+Trace 2.75L
10,000 dKH liquid carbonate for dosing-pump reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-carbonatetrace-2-75l/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CARB275L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331535
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/carb-trace-2-75l_orig.webp
A reef on a dosing pump only stays stable if the alkalinity container is big enough to see it through the month without running dry. Coral Essentials Carbonate+Trace 2.75L (SKU: CE-CARB275L) is the 2.75 L container of Coral Essentials' Carbonate + Trace, the Brisbane maker's liquid carbonate at 180,000 ppm (mg/L), equal to 10,000 dKH. Coral Power Trace C elements, boron and bromide are blended in using the Coral Essentials Method, and the maker says no additional trace elements are needed alongside it. It is the alkalinity part of the Primary Care range and runs beside Calcium + Trace on a two-head doser.
Each millilitre adds 1.8 ppm of carbonate, or 0.1 dKH, to 100 L. Coral Essentials offers two dosing methods. The simple recipe is 3 mL per 100 L a day for soft corals and LPS, 6 mL for a mixed reef and 12 mL for SPS-dominant tanks. The more precise method is to test alkalinity regularly, work out how fast it falls and set the dose with the maker's Primary Elements Dosing Calculator, rechecking as coral grows, new pieces are added and invertebrates take up carbonate. The maker recommends about 8 to 9 dKH for most tanks and 8.5 to 9.0 dKH for high growth in SPS systems. On a 300 L mixed reef at 18 mL a day, 2.75 L lasts about five months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Automatic dosing:** Mid-size reefs with alkalinity on a pump.
- **Mixed and SPS reefs:** Higher daily carbonate demand from stony corals.
- **Two-part systems:** Matched to Calcium+Trace 2.75L by volume.
- **Stepping up from 500 mL:** Fewer changes once the dose is known.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Choose a recipe:** 3, 6 or 12 mL per 100 L daily by coral type.
- **Or measure:** Test KH, find the daily drop and calculate the dose.
- **Spread it out:** Run the daily volume in several small doser doses.
- **Recheck often:** Adjust as demand rises with growth.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Concentrated carbonate:** 180,000 ppm (10,000 dKH).
- **Boron and bromide included:** With Coral Power Trace C elements.
- **Predictable effect:** 0.1 dKH per mL per 100 L.
- **Doser-sized:** 2.75 L for months of automatic dosing.
- **Calculator backed:** Online tool for depletion-based dosing.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CARB275L
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331535
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Alkalinity Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 2.75 L
- **Concentration:** 180,000 ppm carbonate (10,000 dKH) with trace C, boron and bromide
- **Dose Effect:** 1.8 ppm (0.1 dKH) per mL per 100 L
- **Dose Rate:** 3 / 6 / 12 mL per 100 L daily, or test-based
- **Target Level:** 8–9 dKH for most aquariums
- **Companion Products:** Calcium+Trace 2.75L (SKU CE-CAL275L); Carbonate Up Powder 1.8kg (SKU CE-CARBUP)
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (SKU CE-CARB500); 10L (SKU CE-CARB10L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums with LPS and SPS corals
---
#### Coral Essentials Carbonate+Trace 500ml
Liquid alkalinity with trace C, boron and bromide for smaller reefs.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-carbonatetrace-500ml/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CARB500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331474
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/carb-trace-500ml_orig.webp
Alkalinity is usually the first number to slide in a young reef, and a swing of a degree or two is enough to stress stony corals. Coral Essentials Carbonate+Trace 500ml (SKU: CE-CARB500) is the 500 mL bottle of Coral Essentials' Carbonate + Trace, a concentrated liquid carbonate at 180,000 ppm (mg/L), or 10,000 dKH, blended with the maker's Coral Power Trace C elements plus boron and bromide. Coral Essentials states that no further trace elements are needed when it is used. It is the alkalinity half of the Brisbane maker's Primary Care two-part, dosed alongside Calcium + Trace, and like the rest of the range it is tested at the Sustainable Reefs coral farm in Cairns.
The concentration is set so that 1 mL raises carbonate by 1.8 ppm, or 0.1 dKH, in 100 L of water. Coral Essentials' simple daily recipe is 3 mL per 100 L for a soft coral or LPS tank, 6 mL for a mixed reef and 12 mL for an SPS-dominant system, the same volumes as Calcium + Trace so both bottles run together. For accuracy, test alkalinity regularly and calculate the dose from the measured drop with the Primary Elements Dosing Calculator. Most aquariums sit well at about 8 to 9 dKH, and 8.5 to 9.0 dKH suits fast-growing SPS and hard coral systems. At 6 mL a day a 100 L mixed reef gets about 83 days from this bottle.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Nano and small reefs:** A half-litre for tanks with modest demand.
- **Falling alkalinity:** Lifting KH in measured 0.1 dKH steps.
- **Starting two-part:** Paired with Calcium+Trace 500ml at matching volumes.
- **Soft coral and LPS tanks:** Low-demand systems on the 3 mL recipe.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Soft coral / LPS:** 3 mL per 100 L each day.
- **Mixed reef:** 6 mL per 100 L each day.
- **SPS dominant:** 12 mL per 100 L each day.
- **Test-based option:** Measure KH, calculate the daily drop and dose to replace it.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **180,000 ppm carbonate:** 10,000 dKH concentrate.
- **Trace C plus boron and bromide:** Blended in, no extra trace dosing.
- **0.1 dKH per mL per 100 L:** Easy correction maths.
- **Matches Calcium + Trace:** Same 3, 6 and 12 mL recipe.
- **500 mL bottle:** Close to three months on a 100 L mixed reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CARB500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331474
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Alkalinity Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Concentration:** 180,000 ppm (10,000 dKH) carbonate
- **Dose Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises 1.8 ppm (0.1 dKH)
- **Dose Rate:** 3 / 6 / 12 mL per 100 L daily (soft coral-LPS / mixed / SPS)
- **Target Level:** 8–9 dKH; 8.5–9.0 dKH for SPS-dominant growth
- **Companion Products:** Calcium+Trace 500ml (SKU CE-CAL500)
- **Other Sizes:** 2.75L (SKU CE-CARB275L); 10L (SKU CE-CARB10L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials Magnesium+Trace 10L
Bulk liquid magnesium with potassium for large reefs and multi-tank systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-magnesiumtrace-10l/
- Price: $174.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-MAG10L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331580
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/coralessentialsmagnesiumtrace10l.png
A system of a thousand litres or more doses magnesium by the hundred millilitres, and a 10 L drum is the sensible way to keep a doser supplied. Coral Essentials Magnesium+Trace 10L (SKU: CE-MAG10L) is the bulk size of Coral Essentials' Magnesium + Trace, a liquid magnesium concentrate at 12,500 ppm (mg/L) with Coral Power Potassium added by the maker's Coral Essentials Method. Coral Essentials, based in Brisbane, tests its products at the Sustainable Reefs coral farm in Cairns, and this drum is the size meant for large displays, coral farms and frag systems running the full Primary Care routine of calcium, carbonate and magnesium.
Coral Essentials gives a 1 mL dose a 0.125 ppm effect on magnesium per 100 L of water, so on a 1,000 L system 800 mL lifts magnesium by about 10 ppm, which makes it a maintenance dose rather than a rapid correction. The daily recipe is 3 mL per 100 L for soft corals and LPS, 6 mL for a mixed reef and 12 mL for SPS-dominant tanks, which on a 1,000 L SPS system is 120 mL a day and about 83 days from this drum. On large systems the test-based method usually gives tighter control: measure magnesium over several days, calculate the depletion and set the doser with the maker's Primary Elements Dosing Calculator. The maker suggests 1,300 to 1,350 ppm for high growth in SPS and hard coral systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large reef systems:** Displays of 500 L and up with daily dosing.
- **Coral farms:** Grow-out systems running three-part dosing.
- **Several tanks:** One drum supplying more than one doser.
- **Refilling smaller containers:** Topping up 500 mL or 2.75 L bottles.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Recipe start:** 3, 6 or 12 mL per 100 L daily by coral type.
- **Measure uptake:** Test magnesium over several days before adjusting.
- **Calculate:** Use the maker's calculator; 1 mL per 100 L adds 0.125 ppm.
- **Split the volume:** Run large daily doses as several smaller doser runs.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 10 L drum:** Around 83 days on a 1,000 L SPS reef.
- **Magnesium with potassium:** Coral Power Potassium in the blend.
- **Primary Care partner:** Matches Calcium + Trace and Carbonate + Trace.
- **Clear dose effect:** 0.125 ppm per mL per 100 L.
- **SPS target:** 1,300–1,350 ppm for high growth.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-MAG10L
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331580
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 10 L
- **Concentration:** 12,500 ppm (mg/L) magnesium plus potassium
- **Dose Rate:** 3 / 6 / 12 mL per 100 L daily, or test-based
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 83 days for 1,000 L at the SPS rate
- **Target Level:** 1,300–1,350 ppm for SPS and hard coral growth
- **Companion Products:** Calcium+Trace 10L (SKU CE-CAL10L)
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (SKU CE-MAG500); 2.75L (SKU CE-MAG275L)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine reef systems and coral farms
---
#### Coral Essentials Magnesium+Trace 2.75L
Daily magnesium and potassium for the third part of a reef dosing routine.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-magnesiumtrace-2-75l/
- Price: $69.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-MAG275L · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331559
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/coralessentialsmagnesiumtrace2.75l.png
Calcium and alkalinity get the attention, but magnesium is the element that helps keep the other two in solution, and it falls slowly enough to be forgotten. Coral Essentials Magnesium+Trace 2.75L (SKU: CE-MAG275L) is the 2.75 L container of Coral Essentials' Magnesium + Trace, a concentrated liquid magnesium at 12,500 ppm (mg/L) with the maker's Coral Power Potassium blended in using its Coral Essentials Method. It completes the Brisbane company's Primary Care trio alongside Calcium + Trace and Carbonate + Trace, and uses the same simple daily recipe so all three can run on one doser schedule.
That recipe is 3 mL per 100 L per day for a soft coral or LPS system, 6 mL for a mixed reef and 12 mL for an SPS-dominant tank. Coral Essentials states that 1 mL raises magnesium by 0.125 ppm in 100 L, so this is a maintenance dose to match daily use rather than a quick fix for a very low reading. The alternative method is to test magnesium regularly and set the dose from the measured depletion with the maker's Primary Elements Dosing Calculator. Coral Essentials finds natural seawater levels right for most aquariums and 1,300 to 1,350 ppm desirable for high growth in SPS and hard coral systems. A 300 L mixed reef uses 18 mL a day, so this container lasts about five months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Three-part dosing:** Magnesium alongside Calcium + Trace and Carbonate + Trace.
- **Mid-size reefs:** 200 to 500 L systems on an automatic doser.
- **Slowly falling magnesium:** Replacing what corals and coralline algae use.
- **Potassium top-up:** Coral Power Potassium included in the mix.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Soft coral / LPS:** 3 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Mixed reef:** 6 mL per 100 L daily.
- **SPS dominant:** 12 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Test-led option:** Measure depletion and use the maker's calculator to set the dose.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12,500 ppm magnesium:** Liquid concentrate for daily dosing.
- **Potassium included:** Coral Power Potassium blended in.
- **Same recipe as Ca and KH:** 3, 6 or 12 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Measured effect:** 0.125 ppm per mL per 100 L.
- **2.75 L container:** About five months on a 300 L mixed reef.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-MAG275L
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331559
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Reef Magnesium Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 2.75 L
- **Concentration:** 12,500 ppm (mg/L) magnesium, with potassium
- **Dose Effect:** 1 mL per 100 L raises magnesium 0.125 ppm
- **Dose Rate:** 3 / 6 / 12 mL per 100 L daily (soft coral-LPS / mixed / SPS)
- **Target Level:** Natural seawater; 1,300–1,350 ppm for SPS growth
- **Companion Products:** Calcium+Trace 2.75L (SKU CE-CAL275L); Carbonate+Trace 2.75L (SKU CE-CARB275L)
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (SKU CE-MAG500); 10L (SKU CE-MAG10L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials Magnesium+Trace 500ml
Concentrated magnesium and trace supplement for reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-magnesiumtrace-500ml/
- Price: $34.95 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-MAG500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331597
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/coralessentialsmagnesiumtrace500ml.png
Low magnesium lets calcium and alkalinity interact less efficiently, which is why a stalled KH reading in a reef tank often traces back to magnesium rather than the carbonate dose itself. Coral Essentials Magnesium+Trace 500ml (SKU: CE-MAG500) is the 500 mL size of Coral Essentials' liquid magnesium supplement, formulated at 12,500 ppm and blended with the maker's Coral Power Potassium, dosed using what Coral Essentials calls its Coral Essentials Method. The 500 mL size suits a smaller system or a trial of the product before committing to one of the larger bottles in the range.
Coral Essentials gives the same two dosing paths used across its range. The simple recipe is a daily dose per 100 L of tank volume: 3 mL for a soft coral or LPS system, 6 mL for a mixed reef, or 12 mL for an SPS-dominant system. According to the maker, 1 mL raises magnesium by 0.125 ppm per 100 L of tank water, so a 6 mL daily dose in 100 L raises magnesium by about 0.75 ppm that day. The alternative is to test magnesium regularly, measure the depletion rate and calculate the dose with the maker's online calculator, retesting as coral growth and new additions change demand. Coral Essentials targets roughly natural seawater magnesium levels for general reef-keeping, rising to 1300 to 1350 ppm for high growth in SPS and hard coral-dominant systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Low magnesium readings:** When testing shows magnesium below the target range.
- **Stalled alkalinity or calcium:** Low magnesium can limit how well calcium and carbonate interact.
- **Smaller or new systems:** The 500 mL size suits a smaller tank or a first-time trial.
- **SPS and hard coral tanks:** Higher target range for systems aiming for faster growth.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Soft coral/LPS systems:** 3 mL per 100 L of tank volume, daily.
- **Mixed reef systems:** 6 mL per 100 L of tank volume, daily.
- **SPS-dominant systems:** 12 mL per 100 L of tank volume, daily.
- **Calculated dosing:** Test magnesium regularly and dose to the depletion rate using the maker's calculator.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **12,500 ppm magnesium:** Concentrated liquid magnesium source.
- **Coral Power Potassium included:** A trace potassium component in the same bottle.
- **Known dosing effect:** 1 mL raises magnesium by 0.125 ppm per 100 L.
- **Two dosing methods:** A simple daily recipe or calculated dosing against test results.
- **Trial-friendly 500 mL size:** Suits a smaller system or a first purchase.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials
- **SKU:** CE-MAG500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331597
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Marine Magnesium & Trace Supplement
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL
- **Concentration:** 12,500 ppm magnesium
- **Dose Rate:** 3 mL (soft/LPS), 6 mL (mixed reef) or 12 mL (SPS) per 100 L daily
- **Dosing Effect:** 1 mL raises magnesium by 0.125 ppm per 100 L
- **Target Magnesium:** Natural seawater level; 1300–1350 ppm for high-growth SPS/hard coral
- **Trace Elements:** Coral Power Potassium
- **Other Sizes:** Magnesium+Trace 10L (SKU CE-MAG10L); Magnesium+Trace 2.75L (SKU CE-MAG275L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine (reef) aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials Power Amino Ready 2.75L
Bulk amino acid supplement for automated dosing on large coral systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-power-amino-ready-2-75l/
- Price: $99.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-AMINO275L
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/amino-ready-500ml_orig.webp
Heavily stocked SPS systems take amino acids every day, and on a big tank the 500 mL bottle runs out in a matter of weeks. Coral Essentials Power Amino Ready 2.75L (SKU: CE-AMINO275L) is the 2.75 L size of Coral Power Amino Ready, Coral Essentials' blend of essential amino acids for marine aquariums. It carries the same ingredients as the maker's Coral Power Amino but is ready to dose straight from the container with no refrigeration, which is what suits it to automatic dosing. Coral Essentials says corals use amino acids for enzyme production, tissue growth and skeleton formation, and to build the organic matrix that regulates and speeds calcification.
Doses follow stocking density: 2.5 mL per 100 L daily for light stocking, 3.5 mL for medium and 5.0 mL for heavy, adjusted for tank conditions and coral density. On a heavily stocked 500 L reef that is 25 mL a day, so the container lasts about 110 days; a medium-stocked 400 L system at 14 mL a day gets over six months. The maker's caution matters more at this scale: high doses are not recommended where phosphate and nitrate are elevated, because excess amino acids can then feed algae outbreaks. Australian retailer Reeftopia lists the same dosing table for the 500 mL and 2.75 L sizes. A doser line can run directly into the container, and it does not need to be kept in a fridge.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large SPS reefs:** Daily amino acids on systems of 400 L and up.
- **Coral farms:** Grow-out tanks where tissue and skeleton growth are the aim.
- **Automated routines:** A bulk container that sits on the doser for months.
- **Moving up from 500 mL:** Fewer refills once the dose is settled.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Heavy stocking:** 5.0 mL per 100 L every day.
- **Medium stocking:** 3.5 mL per 100 L every day.
- **Light stocking:** 2.5 mL per 100 L every day.
- **Watch nitrate and phosphate:** Hold back on high doses when either is elevated.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk 2.75 L:** About 110 days on a heavily stocked 500 L reef.
- **Essential amino acids:** For enzymes, tissue and skeleton.
- **Same recipe as Coral Power Amino:** In ready-to-dose form.
- **Room-temperature storage:** No refrigeration after opening.
- **Doser compatible:** Works with all dosing machines.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-AMINO275L
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Amino Acids
- **Range:** Coral Power
- **Net Volume:** 2.75 L
- **Dose Rate:** 5.0 / 3.5 / 2.5 mL per 100 L daily (heavy / medium / light stocking)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 110 days for 500 L at the heavy rate
- **Caution:** No high doses with elevated phosphate and nitrate
- **Storage:** No refrigeration needed
- **Other Sizes:** 500ml (SKU CE-AMINO500)
- **Target Environment:** Large marine reef aquariums and coral systems
---
#### Coral Essentials Power Amino Ready 500ml
Ready-to-dose essential amino acids for SPS growth and calcification.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/additives-supplements/coral-essentials-power-amino-ready-500ml/
- Price: $27.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-AMINO500 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 706502734848
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Additives & Supplements (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/additives-supplements/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/CoralPowerAminoReady.webp
A coral builds skeleton on an organic framework of its own making, and amino acids are the raw material for that framework as well as for new tissue. Coral Essentials Power Amino Ready 500ml (SKU: CE-AMINO500) is Coral Essentials' Coral Power Amino Ready, a blend of essential amino acids for marine aquariums with the same ingredients as the maker's Coral Power Amino, in a formula ready to dose straight from the bottle. Coral Essentials explains that corals need amino acids for enzyme production, tissue growth and skeleton formation, including the organic matrix that regulates and accelerates calcium carbonate deposition, the process known as calcification. The maker is based in Brisbane and tests its range at the Sustainable Reefs coral farm in Cairns.
The daily dose depends on stocking: 2.5 mL per 100 L for a lightly stocked reef, 3.5 mL for medium and 5.0 mL for heavy, adjusted for the tank's conditions and coral density. Coral Essentials says increased amino acid levels are readily used by coral, but it does not recommend dosing at high levels where phosphate and nitrate are already elevated, because that can lead to algae outbreaks. Testing nutrients before raising the dose is the sensible order. Amino Ready needs no refrigeration after opening and suits any dosing machine or manual dosing. A medium-stocked 150 L reef uses about 5.25 mL a day, so the 500 mL (17 fl oz) bottle lasts around three months.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **SPS growth:** The maker's dosing plan for enhanced SPS growth.
- **Low-nutrient reefs:** Feeding corals in tanks with little dissolved food.
- **Small and mid-size tanks:** A half-litre that lasts months under 200 L.
- **Doser routines:** Shelf-stable liquid that can sit on a pump.
**Dosing & Administration Guide**
- **Light stocking:** 2.5 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Medium stocking:** 3.5 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Heavy stocking:** 5.0 mL per 100 L daily.
- **Check nutrients:** Keep doses modest if nitrate and phosphate are high.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Essential amino acids:** Building blocks for tissue and skeleton.
- **Supports calcification:** Feeds the organic matrix behind skeletal growth.
- **Ready to dose:** Same ingredients as Coral Power Amino, no preparation.
- **No refrigeration:** Stable after opening at room temperature.
- **Doser or hand dosing:** Suits every dosing machine.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-AMINO500
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 706502734848
- **Product Type:** Additives & Supplements > Coral Amino Acids
- **Range:** Coral Power
- **Net Volume:** 500 mL (17 fl oz)
- **Contents:** Essential amino acids, ready-to-dose formula
- **Dose Rate:** 2.5 / 3.5 / 5.0 mL per 100 L daily (light / medium / heavy stocking)
- **Caution:** Avoid high doses with elevated phosphate and nitrate
- **Storage:** No refrigeration after opening
- **Companion Products:** Coral Essential Power Gro Ready 500ml (SKU CE-GROO500)
- **Other Sizes:** 2.75L (SKU CE-AMINO275L)
- **Target Environment:** Marine reef aquariums, especially SPS
---
### Coral Essentials — Filter Media
#### Coral Essentials Activated Carbon 2L
Virgin pelletised bituminous carbon for clear water in marine aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/coral-essentials-activated-carbon-2l/
- Price: $59.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-CARBON · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331665
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/activated-carbon-2l-small_orig-1.webp
A reef that looks faintly yellow when a white card is held behind the glass is carrying dissolved organics, and activated carbon is the usual way to strip them out. Coral Essentials Activated Carbon 2L (SKU: CE-CARBON) is a 2 L bucket of virgin activated carbon from Coral Essentials' Water Treatment and Filtration range, made purely from bituminous coal and supplied as pellets typically 4 to 5 mm across and 6 to 7 mm long. Coral Essentials describes it as an ultra-high grade carbon whose high activity and very large surface area, created in the activation process, suit it to marine aquarium filtration. The pellet form packs evenly in a reactor and stays in a filter bag.
The carbon is aimed at dissolved organic chemicals, above all phenols and tannins, which build up from fish and coral waste and the breakdown of faeces, plant matter and uneaten food. Coral Essentials adds that it also removes chlorine, chloramine and some heavy metals. Use is set by how much filtration the tank needs: 50 mL per 100 L of aquarium water for low, 100 mL for medium and 150 mL for high, run in a reactor or a filter bag. Rinse it thoroughly in fresh water first to wash away carbon dust. At the medium rate the 2 L bucket treats 2,000 L of water, which gives a 300 L reef six or more fills.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Yellowed water:** Removing the tannins and organics that tint a reef.
- **Routine polishing:** Continuous carbon in a reactor or sump bag.
- **Heavily fed systems:** Extra organic load from fish waste and uneaten food.
- **After medication:** Clearing residual treatments once a course has finished.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse first:** Wash the pellets in fresh water until the dust is gone.
- **Measure the dose:** 50, 100 or 150 mL per 100 L for low, medium or high filtration.
- **Reactor or bag:** Tumble gently in a reactor or place a bag in steady sump flow.
- **Replace when spent:** Swap in fresh carbon on a regular schedule as adsorption falls off.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bituminous coal base:** Virgin carbon with a very high surface area.
- **Pelletised:** 4–5 mm by 6–7 mm pellets for even flow.
- **Targets organics:** Phenols, tannins and other dissolved waste compounds.
- **Removes chlorine and chloramine:** Plus some heavy metals.
- **2 L bucket:** 2,000 L of treatment at the medium rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-CARBON
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331665
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Activated Carbon
- **Volume:** 2 L bucket
- **Material:** Virgin activated carbon from bituminous coal, pelletised
- **Pellet Size:** Typically 4–5 mm diameter, 6–7 mm long
- **Usage Rate:** 50 / 100 / 150 mL per 100 L (low / medium / high filtration)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 2,000 L at medium, 1,333 L at high
- **Preparation:** Rinse in fresh water before use
- **Companion Products:** Coral Essentials Reef Zeolite 2L
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums
---
#### Coral Essentials Reef Zeolite 2L
Marine-grade zeolite rock for lowering nutrients in reef systems.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/filter-media/coral-essentials-reef-zeolite-2l/
- Price: $47.95 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: CE-ZEO · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 787099331672
- Brand: Coral Essentials (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/coral-essentials/) · Category: Filter Media (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/filter-media/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/reef-zeolite-2l-small_orig.webp
Pushing a reef towards low nutrients takes more than a skimmer once the fish load climbs, and zeolite works directly on the nitrogen side of the problem. Coral Essentials Reef Zeolite 2L (SKU: CE-ZEO) is a 2 L bucket of naturally occurring, marine-grade zeolite rock from the Brisbane maker's Water Treatment and Filtration range. Coral Essentials states that zeolite absorbs ammonia and other nitrogenous compounds and, used appropriately, can quickly help reduce phosphate and nitrate. Its micro-porous structure also makes it a suitable environment for anaerobic bacteria.
Coral Essentials recommends a reactor, or filter bags in the sump placed as close as possible to the return outlet, and suggests rinsing the zeolite in fresh water before it goes in. The amount follows the level of filtration wanted: 50 mL per 100 L of aquarium water for low, 100 mL for medium and 150 mL for high. It suits anyone aiming to lower system nutrients or keep an ultra-low nutrient system (ULNS), but Coral Essentials warns that phosphate and nitrate must not be removed too quickly or the corals can be shocked. Starting at the low rate and testing nitrate and phosphate as it takes effect is the cautious way in. At the low rate the 2 L bucket covers 4,000 L of aquarium water, and a 200 L reef at the medium rate gets ten 200 mL charges from it.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **High nitrate:** Systems where nitrogen compounds keep building between water changes.
- **ULNS reefs:** Maintaining the low-nutrient water many SPS keepers aim for.
- **Ammonia spikes:** Absorbing ammonia while the biofilter catches up.
- **Nutrient reduction plans:** Alongside carbon and skimming in a low-nutrient system.
**Placement & Usage Guide**
- **Rinse in fresh water:** Wash the zeolite before it goes into the reactor or bag.
- **Choose the rate:** 50, 100 or 150 mL per 100 L for low, medium or high filtration.
- **Position for flow:** In a reactor, or a bag near the return outlet in the sump.
- **Go slowly:** Test nitrate and phosphate often; drop too fast and corals may be shocked.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Natural zeolite rock:** Marine grade, from Coral Essentials.
- **Absorbs ammonia:** And other nitrogenous compounds.
- **Helps lower phosphate and nitrate:** When used as directed.
- **Micro-porous:** A home for anaerobic bacteria.
- **2 L bucket:** Up to 4,000 L of treatment at the low rate.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Coral Essentials (Brisbane, Australia)
- **SKU:** CE-ZEO
- **Barcode (GTIN/UPC):** 787099331672
- **Product Type:** Filter Media > Zeolite
- **Volume:** 2 L bucket
- **Material:** Natural marine-grade zeolite rock
- **Usage Rate:** 50 / 100 / 150 mL per 100 L (low / medium / high filtration)
- **Treatment Capacity:** About 4,000 L at low, 2,000 L at medium
- **Placement:** Reactor, or filter bag near the sump return outlet
- **Companion Products:** Coral Essentials Activated Carbon 2L
- **Target Environment:** Marine and reef aquariums, including ULNS systems
---
### Aquasonic — Medications
#### Aquasonic Bactonex 100ml
Aquasonic Bactonex 100ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-bactonex-100ml/
- Price: $10.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS07 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001583
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-5.png
Aquasonic Bactonex 100ml (SKU: AQS07) is a preventative antiseptic treatment and a broad-spectrum antibacterial treatment formulated to combat common bacterial diseases, fungal, and protozoal infections in freshwater aquarium fish. It is suitable for use in both freshwater and marine fish-only aquariums and is especially useful during water changes, when introducing new fish, or within quarantine systems. It effectively targets fin and tail rot, bacterial mouth rot, body ulcers, cloudy eye, and red sores. Bactonex helps stop bacterial cell wall synthesis, halting the progression of tissue breakdown and helping fish regenerate damaged fins and skin.
**Precautionary Note: This product is not safe for corals or invertebrates. Activated carbon must be removed from filtration systems before treatment.**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- During regular water changes or when introducing new fish to an aquarium. In quarantine tanks.
- **Bacterial Infections:** At the first signs of external infection, treat fish showing ragged or fraying fins, reddened body sores, open ulcers, or cloudy eyes.
- **Secondary Bacterial Attack:** Use following parasitic or fungal infections to clear lingering bacterial pathogens from damaged skin.
**How to Use**
- Remove active carbon filtration and turn off UV sterilisers prior to application.
- Shake the bottle well.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water.
- Repeat dosage every 3-5 days as required until bacterial symptoms clear.
- Perform a 25% water change on completion of treatment before replacing filter carbon.
**Additional Guidelines**
- Always remove **activated carbon** from filters before starting treatment.
- Never use in aquariums containing **corals or invertebrates **without removing activated carbon.
- Ensure adequate aeration and filtration at the time of treatment
- Keep aquarium hygiene good to improve effectiveness
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad-Spectrum Antibacterial:** Treats fin rot, tail rot, ulcers, mouth fungus/rot, and cloudy eye. Helps prevent a wide range of bacterial, fungal, and protozoal conditions, including Velvet, Whitespot, Chilodonella, Trichodina, and Trichodinella.
- **Tissue Regeneration Support:** Halts bacterial tissue destruction to allow healthy skin and fin regrowth.
- **Targeted Formula:** Designed for gentle yet effective bacterial control in freshwater systems.
- **Compact Packaging:** 100ml size ideal for standard home aquariums.
- **Ideal for Preventative Use:** Can be used proactively during routine water changes or when adding new fish to help reduce the risk of disease outbreaks.
- **Suitable for Freshwater & Marine Fish-Only Systems: **Effective in both freshwater aquariums and marine setups that house fish only.
- **Essential for Quarantine Tanks:** An important treatment for quarantine systems to safeguard new, stressed, or recovering fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic
- **SKU:** AQS07
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antibacterial Treatment
- **Volume:** 100 ml
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
- **Use:** Targets bacterial, fungal, and protozoal infections of Freshwater and marine fish-only aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Bactonex 250ml
Aquasonic Bactonex 250ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-bactonex-250ml/
- Price: $19.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS08 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001590
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-6.png
Aquasonic Bactonex 250ml (SKU: AQS08) is an antibacterial medication designed for medium-to-large freshwater aquariums. Formulated to treat widespread or severe bacterial conditions, it addresses fin rot, red streaks on fins/body, ulceration, and bacterial eye infections. The 250ml volume ensures hobbyists have sufficient medication to complete a full course of treatment across larger tank volumes without running out mid-cycle.
Aquasonic Bactonex is a preventative antiseptic treatment designed to help protect aquarium fish from bacterial, fungal, and protozoal infections. It is suitable for use in both freshwater and marine fish-only aquariums and is especially useful during water changes, when introducing new fish, or within quarantine systems.
**Important: This product is not safe for corals or invertebrates. Activated carbon must be removed from filtration systems before treatment.**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Severe/Widespread Bacterial Outbreaks:** At the first signs of external infection, treat whole tanks when multiple fish display fraying fins, mouth rot, or open body lesions.
- During regular water changes, or when introducing new fish to an aquarium, in quarantine tanks.
- **Post-Aggression Recovery:** Dose when fish suffer severe fin damage from tankmate aggression to prevent bacterial necrosis.
**How to Use**
- Remove activated carbon or resin filtration media before dosing.
- Shake bottle vigorously.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water.
- Repeat dose every 3-5 days until symptoms resolve completely.
- Perform a 25% water change before reinstalling chemical filter media.
**Additional Guidelines**
- Remove **activated carbon** from filters before treatment
- Do not use in aquariums containing **corals or invertebrates**
- Ensure adequate filtration and aeration during treatment
- Maintain good aquarium hygiene to improve effectiveness
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **High-Strength Bacterial Control:** Clears fin rot, body rot, cloudy eye, and bacterial skin ulcers. Its broad-spectrum disease protection helps prevent a wide range of bacterial, fungal, and protozoal conditions, including Velvet, Whitespot, Chilodonella, Trichodina, and Trichodinella.
- **Promotes Healing:** Stops bacterial proliferation so immune systems can rebuild damaged tissue. It is ideal for preventative use:
Can be used proactively during routine water changes or when adding new fish to help reduce the risk of disease outbreaks.
- **Sufficient Capacity:** 250ml bottle provides ample treatment volume for larger aquariums.
- **Safe for Biological Filters:** Will not destroy nitrifying bacteria when used according to directions. Effective in both freshwater aquariums and marine setups that house fish only.
- **Essential for Quarantine Tanks:** An important treatment for quarantine systems to safeguard new, stressed, or recovering fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic (Australia)
- **SKU:** AQS08
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antibacterial Treatment
- **Volume:** 250 ml
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
- **Use:** Targets bacterial, fungal, and protozoal infections of Freshwater and marine fish-only aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Bio-tet 100 Tabs
Aquasonic Bio-Tet 100 Tabs - Broad-Spectrum Aquarium Antibiotic.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-bio-tet-100-tabs/
- Price: $44.99 AUD inc. GST · Out of stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS13 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001644
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-10.png
Aquasonic Bio-Tet 100 Tabs (SKU: AQS13) is a commercial-sized broad-spectrum antibacterial medication designed for treating bacterial infections across large volumes of water. Ideal for aquarists managing severe outbreaks, multiple tanks, or large fish setups, these tetracycline-based tablets control systemic bacterial disease, advanced fin rot, columnaris, and infected body lesions. It also helps control red slime algae (cyanobacteria), a frequent problem in marine and reef systems.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Widespread Bacterial Outbreaks:** Treat larger aquariums or multi-tank systems affected by bacterial rot or septicemia. Fish showing open sores, frayed fins, ulcers, or cotton-like growths. Presence of red slime algae on rocks, substrate, or aquarium glass
- **Extended Treatment Regimens:** Provides sufficient quantity for daily re-dosing protocols required during full 5-to-7 day antibiotic courses.
- **Isolation & Quarantine Facility Use:** Essential stock for breeders, importers, and dedicated hobbyists treating incoming or sick fish.
**How to Use**
- Remove chemical filtration media (activated carbon, resins) and turn off UV sterilisers.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add **1 tablet per 50 L** of aquarium water.
- Dissolve tablets in a container of aquarium water before adding to the tank. A red tint in the water indicates the medication is active.
- Repeat dose daily or every 48 hours for 3 to 5 days, performing a 20% to 25% water change before each dose.
- Perform a final 30% water change on the 6th day and reinstall carbon filters once the treatment cycle is complete. Any remaining colour will fade naturally within about a week.
- Extended use may impact beneficial bacteria. Use in a hospital or quarantine tank whenever possible.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Bulk Commercial Quantity:** 100 tablets treat up to 5,000 L of water per single dose.
- **Systemic Antibacterial Action:** Penetrates internal tissues to fight deep-seated bacterial pathogens.
- **Clears Severe Symptoms:** Halts fin erosion, open body ulcers, columnaris, and mouth decay.
- **Economic Bulk Value:** Cost-effective solution for large-scale aquatic care.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic (Australia)
- **SKU:** AQS13
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antibacterial Treatment
- **Quantity:** 100 Tablets
- **Target Environment: ** Freshwater, planted, reef, and marine aquariums
- **Active Ingredient:** Tetracycline
- **Use:** Bacterial infection and cyanobacteria control
##### Additional Features
Wide-Range Bacterial Treatment Targets Tetracycline-sensitive bacteria responsible for fin rot, ulcers, cloudy eyes, and other bacterial infections.
Red Slime Algae Control Helps eliminate cyanobacteria that cause red slime algae, making it suitable for marine and reef aquariums.
Compatible with Multiple Aquarium Types Safe for use in freshwater tanks, planted aquariums, reef systems, and fish-only marine setups when used as directed.
Visible Treatment Indicator Temporarily turns aquarium water red during treatment, indicating active medication. The colour naturally fades within approximately one week.
---
#### Aquasonic Bio-tet 25 Tabs
Aquasonic Bio-Tet 25 Tabs - Broad-Spectrum Antibiotic for Freshwater Marine Aquariums.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-bio-tet-25-tabs/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS12 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001637
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-9.png
Aquasonic Bio-Tet 25 Tabs (SKU: AQS12) is a broad-spectrum antibiotic medication formulated to combat systemic bacterial infections in freshwater fish. Powered by tetracycline-based compounds, Bio-Tet treats internal bacterial conditions, fin and tail rot, bacterial ulcerations, columnaris, and mouth fungus. It also helps control red slime algae (cyanobacteria), a frequent problem in marine and reef systems. The pre-measured tablet format ensures accurate dosing for targeted treatments in isolation or main aquariums.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Systemic Bacterial Diseases:** Treat internal bacterial septicemia, dropsy-like swelling, or red streaks on skin and fins.
- **Advanced Fin & Body Rot:** Apply when bacterial decay causes severe erosion of fins, tails, or mouth tissue.
- **Ulcers & Open Sores:** Use on fish suffering from bacterial lesions caused by injuries or aggression.
- As a preventative treatment in quarantine(hospital tanks) or acclimation tanks.
**How to Use**
- Remove active carbon and turn off UV sterilisers.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add **1 tablet per 50 L** of aquarium water.
- Crushing or pre-dissolving tablets in water prior to addition ensures rapid distribution. A red tint in the water indicates the medication is active.
- Treat every 24 to 48 hours for 3 to 5 consecutive days, performing a 20% to 25% water change prior to each new dose.
- On the 6th day, conduct a final 30% water change and restore carbon filtration upon completing the course.
- Extended use may impact beneficial bacteria. Use in a hospital or quarantine tank whenever possible.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Tetracycline-Based Antibiotic:** Powerful systemic treatment against Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria.
- **Treats Advanced Bacterial Conditions:** It has a wide-range bacterial treatment property that targets tetracycline-sensitive bacteria responsible for fin rot, ulcers, cloudy eyes, columnaris, bacterial mouth rot, red skin ulcers, and other bacterial infections.
- **Red Slime Algae Control:** Helps eliminate cyanobacteria that cause red slime algae, making it suitable for marine and reef aquariums.
- **Pre-Dosed Tablet Form:** Eliminates liquid measurement errors for consistent dosing.
- **Visible Treatment Indicator:** Temporarily turns aquarium water red during treatment, indicating active medication. The colour naturally fades within approximately one week.
- **Ideal for Hospital Tanks:** Highly recommended for targeted treatment in quarantine or hospital aquariums.
- **Compatible with Multiple Aquarium Types:** Safe for use in freshwater tanks, planted aquariums, reef systems, and fish-only marine setups when used as directed.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic (Australia)
- **SKU:** AQS12
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antibacterial Treatment
- **Quantity:** 25 Tablets
- **Target Environment: ** Freshwater, planted, reef, and marine aquariums
- **Active Ingredient:** Tetracycline
- **Use:** Treat bacterial infections and control cyanobacteria in aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Formalin/malachite Solution 100ml
Aquasonic Formalin/Malachite Solution 100ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-formalin-malachite-solution-100ml/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS18 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131003921
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-11.png
Aquasonic Formalin/Malachite Solution 100ml (SKU: AQS18) is a powerful, dual-action antiparasitic treatment designed to eradicate stubborn protozoan parasites in freshwater aquariums. Combining the synergistic properties of formalin (formaldehyde) and malachite green, this solution effectively targets a wide range of common freshwater fish diseases, including whitespot (Ich), external parasites, fungal infections, slimy skin disease, and cloudy skin conditions and severe cases of Whitespot ( Ich ), Velvet ( Oodinium ), Costia , Trichodina , and Chilodonella . It is an essential treatment when standard milder antiparasitic medications fail to clear persistent infestations.
This copper-free formulation is designed for freshwater fish-only aquariums and should not be used in systems containing invertebrates.
**Precautionary Note: Do not use in aquariums containing shrimp, snails, or other invertebrates.**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Severe Whitespot & Velvet:** Treat persistent or advanced outbreaks of Whitespot and Velvet parasites. Visible external parasites on skin or gills; slimy, cloudy, or dull skin appearance
- **Resistant Protozoan Infections:** Apply when fish suffer from Costia, Trichodina, or Chilodonella causing heavy slime coat secretion and flashing.
- **Rapid Quarantine Action:** Use in quarantine tanks for fast-acting control of external protozoans on wild-caught or newly imported stock.
**How to Use**
- Turn off UV sterilisers and remove active carbon filtration prior to application.
- Ensure strong tank aeration, as formalin temporarily decreases dissolved oxygen levels in water.
- Shake bottle well before use.
- **Dosage Rate:**
Add 5 mL
per 20 litres of aquarium water daily for 4 consecutive days.
- **Temperature Adjustment:** Gradually raise water temperature by 2-3 degrees Celsius, staying within safe limits for the fish being treated, to enhance effectiveness.
- Monitoring & Aftercare: Repeat dosage after 2 to 3 days if necessary; observe fish daily for improvement. Once treatment is complete, perform a partial water change to maintain water quality. Perform a 25% to 30% water change between doses.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Synergistic Dual Formula:** Blends formalin and malachite green for high-potency parasite elimination. Combines the proven effectiveness of Formalin and Malachite Green to rapidly address whitespot, ectoparasites, and fungal infections.
- **Broad Protozoan Range:** Controls Ich, Velvet, Costia, Trichodina, and Chilodonella.
- **Fast-Acting Solution:** Rapidly clears free-swimming parasites and attached skin organisms. Begins acting quickly to reduce irritation and eliminate disease-causing organisms.
- **Compact Size:** 100ml bottle ideal for targeted home aquarium treatments.
- **Copper-Free Treatment:** Suitable for aquariums where copper-based medications are not desired, while still delivering strong disease control.
- **Improves Skin & Scale Appearance:** Helps clear cloudy, slimy, or turbid skin, restoring a healthier and cleaner appearance to affected fish.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic (Australia)
- **SKU:** AQS18
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antiparasitic Treatment
- **Formula Type:** Formalin & Malachite Green (copper-free)
- **Volume:** 100 ml
- **Target Environment: F**reshwater fish-only aquariums
- **Use:** Whitespot (Ich), external parasites, fungal infections, slimy skin disease in Fish of freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Formalin/malachite Solution 250ml
Aquasonic Formalin/Malachite Solution 250ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-formalin-malachite-solution-250ml/
- Price: $22.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS19 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131004508
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-12-1.png
Aquasonic Formalin/Malachite Solution 250ml (SKU: AQS19) provides a larger volume of high-potency antiparasitic treatment for medium-to-large freshwater aquariums. Combining formalin and malachite green, this formulation stops external protozoan outbreaks by attacking parasites across their active lifecycle stages. It is designed for aquarists managing stubborn cases of Whitespot, Velvet, and skin protozoan parasites across larger tank capacities. It treats freshwater fish diseases, including whitespot (Ich), external parasites, fungal infections, slimy skin disease, and cloudy skin conditions and severe cases of Whitespot (Ich), Velvet (Oodinium), Costia, Trichodina, and Chilodonella.
This copper-free formulation is designed for freshwater fish-only aquariums and should not be used in systems containing invertebrates.
Precautionary Note: Do not use in aquariums containing shrimp, snails, or other invertebrates.
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Large Tank Outbreaks:** Treat widespread protozoan infestations in larger community or cichlid aquariums.
- Visible external parasites on skin or gills; slimy, cloudy, or dull skin appearance. Severe Whitespot & Velvet: Treat persistent or advanced outbreaks of Whitespot and Velvet parasites.
- **Persistent Skin & Gill Parasites:** Apply when fish exhibit heavy gasping, flashing, or cloudy skin caused by microscopic protozoans.
- **Multi-Tank Quarantine:** Ideal for breeders and hobbyists running multi-tank quarantine systems.
**How to Use**
- Remove chemical filtration (activated carbon/resins) and turn off UV sterilisers.
- Increase surface agitation or add an airstone to maintain high dissolved oxygen levels during treatment.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water for 4 consecutive days.
- Gradually raise water temperature by 2- 3 degrees Celsius, staying within safe limits for the fish being treated, to enhance effectiveness.
- Conduct a 25% water change before re-dosing after 48 to 72 hours if symptoms remain. Observe fish daily for improvement. Once treatment is complete, repeat the partial water change to maintain water quality.
- Reinstall carbon filtration once the treatment cycle is finalised.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Maximum Strength antiparasitic:** Combines two active compounds for maximum efficacy against external parasites. It has dual-Action Disease Control, combining the proven effectiveness of Formalin and Malachite Green to rapidly address whitespot, ectoparasites, and fungal infections.
- **Eradicates Stubborn Organisms:** Fast control of Ichthyophthirius, Oodinium, Costia, and flukes.
- **High-Yield Pack:** 250ml size offers multiple full-course treatments for larger aquariums.
- **Proven Formula:** Trusted standard for treating difficult protozoan infections.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic (Australia)
- **SKU:** AQS19
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antiparasitic Treatment
- **Formula Type:** Formalin & Malachite Green (copper-free)
- **Volume:** 250 mL
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater fish-only aquariums
- **Use:** Whitespot (Ich), external parasites, fungal infections, slimy skin disease in Fish of freshwater aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Fungonex 100ml
Aquasonic Fungonex 100ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-fungonex-100ml/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS01 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001743
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-38.png
Aquasonic Fungonex 100ml (SKU: AQS01) is a specialised antifungal treatment formulated to protect and heal freshwater aquarium fish suffering from fungal infections. It effectively treats common fungal issues such as cotton wool disease ( Saprolegnia ), body fungus, and secondary fungal growth that develops on injured skin, fins, or gills. By destroying fungal spores and stopping growth at the source, Fungonex helps fish recover quickly while keeping aquarium water parameters stable.
Aquasonic Fungonex is a highly effective formula for freshwater aquarium treatment; it addresses common fish health issues like fungal infections, fin and tail rot, cloudy eyes, and damaged fins. It has the best efficacy when it is used at the immedieatlty first signs of illness; it also helps protect fish from secondary infections caused by injuries or stress.
It is advised to take special care when treating baby fish, tetras, and scaleless species; in these cases, a reduced dosage of the solution is recommended.
**Note: It is Not Suitable For Marine aquariums**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fungal Outbreaks:** Treat visible white, grey, or cotton-like tufts on fish fins, gills, mouth, or body. Fraying, eroding, or reddened fins and tails
- **Wound & Injury Recovery:** Apply when fish suffer scale loss, fin nipping, or handling damage to prevent fungal spores from infecting raw tissue; this is after injuries caused by netting, aggression, or environmental stress
**How to Use**
- Remove activated carbon and turn off UV sterilisers before dosing (chemical filtration absorbs active ingredients).
- Shake bottle thoroughly before application.
- **Standard Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water. Reduced Dosage for
- **Reduced Dosage for Sensitive Species:** For baby fish, tetras, loaches, eels, and other scaleless species - Add 5mL per 40 litres of water.
- Repeat dosage every 3 days until signs of fungal infection disappear.
- Perform a 25% to 30% water change upon completion of treatment before reinstalling fresh activated carbon.
- **After Treatment Care:** Monitor fish closely during treatment. Once treatment is complete, carry out a partial water change to maintain optimal water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Antifungal Care:** Quickly targets Saprolegnia and other fungal pathogens.
- **All-in-One Disease Control:** Treats fungal growth, fin and tail rot, cloudy eyes, and inflamed or damaged fins with a single formula.
- **Prevents Secondary Infections:** Protects open wounds and sores from fungal growth. Ideal for use after handling injuries, aggression wounds, or physical damage to reduce the risk of fungal outbreaks.
- **Fast-Acting Formula:** It begins working quickly to help reverse visible symptoms and support recovery.
- **Gentle on Freshwater Environments: ** Formulated to treat fish without altering biological filter efficiency when used as directed.
- **Suitable for Sensitive Fish:** It is suitable for Sensitive Fish and other species such as baby fish, tetras, loaches, eels, and other scaleless species; For this, simply lower the concentration of the formula, and it will be perfect for sensitive fish and other sensitive aquatic animals.
- **Compact Bottle:** 100ml volume ideal for small to medium aquarium treatment cycles.
- **Filter Safe:** Does not harm beneficial filter bacteria when dosed according to instructions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic (Australia)
- **SKU:** AQS01
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antifungal Treatment
- **Volume:** 100 ml
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Fungonex 250ml
Aquasonic Fungonex 250ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-fungonex-250ml/
- Price: $16.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS02 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001750
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/1-39.png
Aquasonic Fungonex 250ml (SKU: AQS02) is a medium-sized antifungal medication designed to eradicate fungal diseases in freshwater fish tanks. It treats persistent fungal attacks, including cotton wool disease, fuzzy body patches, and fungal infections on open wounds. This larger 250ml size offers an economical solution for medium-to-large aquariums or multi-tank setups requiring thorough, multi-day treatment courses.
Aquasonic Fungonex(250ml) is a highly effective formula for freshwater aquarium treatment; it addresses common fish health issues like fungal infections, fin and tail rot, cloudy eyes, and damaged fins. It has the best efficacy when it is used at the immedieatlty first signs of illness; it also helps protect fish from secondary infections caused by injuries or stress.
It is advised to take special care when treating baby fish, tetras, and scaleless species; in these cases, a reduced dosage of the solution is recommended.
**Note: It is Not Suitable For Marine aquariums**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Fungal Outbreaks:** Treat visible white, grey, or cotton-like tufts on fish fins, gills, mouth, or body. Fraying, eroding, or reddened fins and tails
- **Wound & Injury Recovery:** Apply when fish suffer scale loss, fin nipping, or handling damage to prevent fungal spores from infecting raw tissue; this is after injuries caused by netting, aggression, or environmental stress
**How to Use**
- Remove activated carbon and turn off UV sterilisers before dosing (chemical filtration absorbs active ingredients).
- Shake bottle thoroughly before application.
- **Standard Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water. Reduced Dosage for
- **Reduced Dosage for Sensitive Species:** For baby fish, tetras, loaches, eels, and other scaleless species - Add 5mL per 40 litres of water.
- Repeat dosage every 3 days until signs of fungal infection disappear.
- Perform a 25% to 30% water change upon completion of treatment before reinstalling fresh activated carbon.
- **After Treatment Care:** Monitor fish closely during treatment. Once treatment is complete, carry out a partial water change to maintain optimal water quality.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Broad Antifungal Coverage:** Rapidly clears cotton wool disease and secondary fungal infections.
- **All-in-One Disease Control:** Treats fungal growth, fin and tail rot, cloudy eyes, and inflamed or damaged fins with a single formula.
- **Prevents Secondary Infections:** Protects open wounds and sores from fungal growth. Ideal for use after handling injuries, aggression wounds, or physical damage to reduce the risk of fungal outbreaks.
- **Fast-Acting Formula:** It begins working quickly to help reverse visible symptoms and support recovery.
- **Gentle on Freshwater Environments: ** Formulated to treat fish without altering biological filter efficiency when used as directed.
- **Suitable for Sensitive Fish:** It is suitable for Sensitive Fish and other species such as baby fish, tetras, loaches, eels, and other scaleless species; For this, simply lower the concentration of the formula, and it will be perfect for sensitive fish and other sensitive aquatic animals.
- **Economical Capacity:** 250ml volume provides sufficient medication for larger aquariums or repeated treatments.
- **Filter Safe:** Does not harm beneficial filter bacteria when dosed according to instructions.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic
- **SKU:** AQS02
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antifungal Treatment
- **Volume:** 250 ml
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Ichonex 100ml
Aquasonic Ichonex 100ml - Antiparasitic Medication for Freshwater Fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-ichonex-100ml/
- Price: $9.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS04 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001699
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-3.png
Aquasonic Ichonex 100ml (SKU: AQS04) is a copper-based treatment that is a fast-acting antiparasitic medication formulated to combat Whitespot disease ( Ichthyophthirius multifiliis ) and velvet in freshwater aquarium fish. Whitespot is a highly contagious parasite that appears as tiny white salt-like spots across the fish's body, fins, and gills. Ichonex targets the free-swimming stage of the parasite to interrupt its lifecycle, providing rapid relief from severe itching, flashing, and respiratory distress. It remains non-staining and easy to use.
**Precautinary Note: Due to its copper content, this product is not recommended for use with shrimp, catfish, or other copper-sensitive species.**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Whitespot (Ich) Infections:** Use at the first sign of small white spots on fish fins, tail, or body.
- **Behavioural Parasite Indicators:** Apply if fish are frequently "flashing" (rubbing themselves against gravel, rocks, or decorations) or breathing rapidly.
- Best results achieved in freshwater aquariums with stable pH levels of 7.5 or higher
**How to Use**
- Remove active carbon from filters and turn off UV sterilisers during treatment. Ensure adequate aeration during treatment
- Slowly raise aquarium temperature slightly (around 26°C–28°C) if species permit to speed up the parasite lifecycle.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water. Initaially at Day 1, add 5 mL per 40 litres of aquarium water. On Days 2 & 3, add 2.5mL per 40 litres of aquarium water (half dose).
- Repeat dosage every 3 days until all white spots have completely vanished. For improved effectiveness, split each daily dose into two equal portions and administer morning and evening.
- Perform a 25% water change post-treatment.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Parasite Treatment:** Rapidly controls Whitespot (Ich) and velvet parasites. Formulated with a proven copper compound to combat whitespot and velvet parasites efficiently.
- **Lifecycle Interruption:** Kills free-swimming theronts to halt parasite reproduction.
- **Symptom Relief:** Reduces irritation and flashing behaviour caused by parasite attachment.
- **Convenient Size:** 100ml bottle suitable for treating small-to-medium aquariums.
- **Clear, Non-Staining Formula: **Does not discolour aquarium water, helping maintain a clean and attractive tank appearance.
- **Optimised Treatment Method: **Designed to disrupt the parasite life cycle through accurate dosing and optional temperature adjustments.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic
- **SKU:** AQS04
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antiparasitic Treatment & Copper-based medication
- **Volume:** 100 ml
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Ichonex 250ml
Aquasonic Ichonex 250ml - Copper-Based Antiparasitic Treatment for Freshwater Fish.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-ichonex-250ml/
- Price: $15.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS05 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131001705
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/1-4.png
Aquasonic Ichonex 250ml (SKU: AQS05) is a copper-based treatment that is an antiparasitic treatment designed for larger freshwater aquariums experiencing outbreaks of Whitespot (Ichthyophthirius multifiliis) or velvet disease. Because Whitespot spreads rapidly through water columns, whole-tank treatment is necessary. This 250ml bottle provides ample capacity to treat entire community tanks over multiple lifecycle cycles, eliminating parasites from fish tissue and substrate alike. It is easy to use and does not stain or discolour aquarium water, helping to maintain a crystal clear tank appearance.
**Precautinary Note: Due to its copper content, this product is not recommended for use with shrimp, catfish, or other copper-sensitive species.**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Tank-Wide Ich Outbreaks:** Treat community tanks when multiple fish show white spots or dust-like velvet coatings.
- **New Stock Quarantine:** Use in quarantine tanks when newly acquired fish show signs of parasitic scratching or irritation.
- Best results achieved in freshwater aquariums with stable pH levels of 7.5 or higher
**How to Use**
- Shake well before use. Remove active carbon from filters and turn off UV sterilisers during treatment. Ensure adequate aeration during treatment.
- Slowly raise aquarium temperature slightly (around 26°C–28°C) if species permit to speed up the parasite lifecycle.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water. Initaially at Day 1, add 5 mL per 40 litres of aquarium water. On Days 2 & 3, add 2.5mL per 40 litres of aquarium water (half dose).
- Repeat dosage every 3 days until all white spots have completely vanished. For improved effectiveness, split each daily dose into two equal portions and administer morning and evening.
- Perform a 25% to 30% water change after the treatment cycle ends.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Effective Ich Elimination:** Targets Ichthyophthirius multifiliis across all infection stages.
- **Prevents Cross-Contamination:** Treats entire aquarium volume to kill free-floating parasites in gravel and water column.
- **High-Volume Bottle:** 250ml capacity allows full multi-dose treatment regimens for larger setups.
- **Easy Application:** Simple drop-or-cap dosing for straightforward application.
**Product Details**
- **Brand:** Aquasonic
- **SKU:** AQS05
- **Product Type:** Medications / Antiparasitic Treatment and Copper-based medication
- **Volume:** 250 ml
- **Target Environment:** Freshwater Aquariums
---
#### Aquasonic Marine Oodonex 100ml
Aquasonic Marine Oodonex 100ml.
- Product page: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product/medications/aquasonic-marine-oodonex-100ml/
- Price: $12.99 AUD inc. GST · In stock (catalogue export, 26 October 2026)
- SKU: AQS30 · Barcode (GTIN/UPC/EAN): 9328131013111
- Brand: Aquasonic (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/brand/aquasonic/) · Category: Medications (https://oasisaquariums.com.au/product-category/medications/)
- Image: https://oasisaquariums.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1-15.png
Aquasonic Marine Oodonex 100ml (SKU: AQS30) is a specialised marine antiparasitic medication formulated specifically to treat Marine Velvet disease ( Amyloodinium ocellatum ) in saltwater fish. Marine Velvet is an aggressive, fast-spreading dinoflagellate parasite that attacks the skin and gills of marine fish, often causing rapid mortality if left untreated. Marine Oodonex targets free-swimming dinospores and attached parasites, providing fast relief from gill irritation and skin damage.
Aquasonic Oodonex is a potent treatment designed for marine aquarium fish affected by whitespot (Cryptocaryon irritans) and Oodinium (marine velvet disease) . This copper-based formula is intended for fish-only marine aquariums, providing fast and effective results.
**Important: Not suitable for reef tanks; avoid use with reef systems, corals or invertebrates.**
##### Usage & Application
**When to Use**
- **Marine Velvet Outbreaks:** Apply immediately upon observing a dusty, brownish-gold velvet film, sloughing mucus, or severe skin haze. Confirmed or suspected outbreaks of Oodinium or marine Ich.
- **Respiratory Distress & Flashing:** Use when marine fish exhibit rapid, laboured breathing, lethargy, or frequent flashing against liverock and substrate. Fish displaying white spots, rapid breathing, or flashing/scratching behaviour.
- **Quarantine Procedures:** Ideal for treating newly introduced wild-caught or delicate marine fish during quarantine protocol.
- Fish-only marine aquariums (not suitable for reef systems)
**How to Use**
- Remove activated carbon, chemical filtration resins, and turn off UV sterilisers and protein skimmers prior to dosing.
- Ensure high aeration using air stones, as marine parasite treatments require well-oxygenated water.
- **Dosage Rate:** Add 5 mL per 20 L of aquarium water.
- Repeat dosage every 3 days for a full treatment cycle, performing a 20% to 25% water change before each new dose.
- Note: For maximum safety of sensitive invertebrates, corals, and live rock, perform treatment in a dedicated hospital or quarantine tank.
##### Product Specifications & Highlights
**Key Features**
- **Targeted Velvet Relief:** Specifically formulated to eradicate Amyloodinium ocellatum in saltwater species. Its targeted parasite control effectively combats Oodinium and marine whitespot, helping fish recover rapidly.
- **Protects Gill Tissue:** Halts parasite attachment to delicate gill filaments to restore normal oxygen intake.
- **Rapid & Powerful **Action: